Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal"

See other formats


firesenteb  to 

{Elje  ICthrary 

of  the 

Mmuerstty  of  Hormtta 

bu 


Mrs.  M.L.   Davies 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/journals06soci 


Che^K^f^i^ 


THE    JOURNAL 


Society  of  (Efyemtcal  3nousttY-* 


"VOL.    "VI.— 1887. 


n0. 


LONDON: 

EYRE   AXD    SPOTTISWOODE,    HEK   MAJESTY'S   PRINTERS, 
EAST    HARWSC   STREET.    FLEET    STREET.    EX. 


St 


journal  of  t^c  Society  of  Chemical  Onbustry. 


DEX  OF  VOL  VI.— 1887. 


INDEX    OF    AUTHORS'    NAMES. 


PAGE 

Abel, CD.    Lanohu 147 

Abel,  Sir  F.    Discussion  ou  Chlorine 783 

Abel.  Sir  F.  A.    The  Imperial  Institute 458 

Kinetite 3 

Abney  and  Festing.    Photometry  of  the  Spectrum 424 

Abom,  AV.,  and  Landin,  J.    Tanning 511 

Abram  Coal   Co.    Coal  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    694 

A  ■> 'Unties  f.  AnV Unfair.  Berlin.    Azo-colours 133 

Actienges  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co.    Azo-d}'es  2<5 

Adam.  E.    Spirit  Still 774 

Adams.    Determination  of  Fat 34 

Addie,  J.  and  J.    Sulphurous  Acid  (illus.) 41 

Adlam,  W.    See  Faulkner  821,876 

Adrian.    Eucalyptus 605 

Ahrens,  F.    Sparteine 736 

Albert.    Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid   523 

Alexander  and  AlcCosh.    Blast  Furnace  Tar  5S3 

Alexander.  J.,  and  Co.    Soap  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 7i>2 

Alftan,  E.    Illuminating  Power  of  Petroleum 650 

Aliamet.    Reagent  for  Copper  Salts 607 

Alison, CD.    Cement   218 

Alison,  F.    See  Tervet Hi 

Allen.  A.  H.    Action  of  Water  on  Lead Ill 

Blast  Furnace  Tar 583 

Carbolic  Acid 671 

Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 87 

Paraffin  Scale  Testing 124 

Yalenta's  Test  for  Oils 22 

Allen,  E.  R.  and  AV.  C.    Footl  from  Almond  Kernels 514 

Allen,  6.  H.,  and  Nickels,  B.    Purification  of  Glycerin 1 12 

Allen,  S.  AV.,  and  Breffit,  G.    Artificial  Fuel 134 

Allen,  AV.    Apparatus  at  Alanchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  628 

Alliott,  J.  B.aud  Paton,  J.  M.  C.    Filter  Presses 537 

Alverguiat  Freres.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) O'J 

Ancoals  rale  Rubber  Co.    India-rubber,  Ac.  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 7''»< 

Anderson.    Pyridine 485 

Rottlerin 3*1 

Anderson,  A.  W.    FUter-presses 501 

Andouard,  A.    Phosphoric  Acid  in  Milk 603 

Action  of  Superphosphates  on  Nitrates 551 

Andoynaud,  A.    Plastering  Must 145 

Andrae,  G.    Experiments  with  Manures 826 

Andre-  e.    Thermo-regulator 301 

Andrr  '-;.E.    Plates  for  A'oltaic  Batteries 558 

dary  Batteries 673 

Safrauine 138,285 

R.    See  Smith.  A 664 

I.e.    Drying  Fruit  Ac 738 

Augerer.    Stability  of  Sublimate  Solutions G74 

Annaheim.  J.    Oxynaphthol  Derivatives 726 

Substituted  Naphthylenediamines C52 

Anschutz.    Constituents  of  Coal  Tar 581 

Anschiitz,  K.,  and  Evaus,  N.  P.    Antimony  Pentachloride 546 

Antrick,  O.    Cocaine 449 

Sp.  Gr.  Bottle  (illus.) 449 

Applegarth,  R.    Carbon  Electrodes , 379 


PAGE 

Archbold.    Starch 189 

Archbold,  G.    Corn  Starch 80 

Arehbutt,  L.    Blast  Furnace  Tar 583 

Archer,  F.  T.,  Hardy,  G.  AV.,  and  Archer,  F.  J.    Lubricating 

Composition 825 

Armstrong.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Bleaching 246 

Dioxynaphthalene 560 

Electrolytic  Bleaching 341 

Armstrong,  A.  W.    Electric  Batteries 379 

Armstrong,  H.  E.    The  Alkaloids 4>2 

Armstrong  and  Miller.    Electrolytic  Examination  of  Hydro- 
carbons    531 

Arnaud,  A.    Cholestrin  in  Carrots 300 

Arnold,  O.    Nitrogen  Determination  (illus.) 150 

Arnold,  CAV.    A  Dental  Anodyne 677 

Arthur,  E.  A.  and  E.  M.    Calcium  Sulphate 2n2 

Arzberger  and  Zulkowsky.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) 66 

Asboth,  A.  V.    Determination  of  Starch  (illus.) 608 

Ashton,  R.    Self-extinguishing  Candles 112 

Astley  and  Ti/ldesley  Coal  Co.    Coal  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 694 

Atterberg,  A|alunuence  of  the  Soil  on  Cereals 828 

Attout  and  Cljyton.    Isochromatic  Plates 424 

Atwater,  W.,  and  Woods,  C.    Nitrogen  Determination 840 

Aubry.    Pure  Yeast 122 

Aubry,  L.    Analyses  of  Barleys 733 

Audouard,  L.  P.    Treatment  of  Fabrics 503 

Audouin,  P.  M.  E.    Explosives 521 

Avery,  R.  B.    Gas  from  Hydrocarbons 713 

Aykroyd,  A.  and  AV.  E.,  and  Smith,  J.    Aniline  Black 727 

Babbitt,  H.  C    Manganese  in  Steel  and  Iron 383 

Bach.    See  Leuckart 449 

Bade.    Stilbene 226 

Badisehe  Anil.  u.  Sod.  Fabrik.    Yellow  Colour  from  Gallic 

Acid 437 

Glvcerol  Mordant 437 

Red  Azo-Dyes 726 

Baeyer.    Phloroglucinol  225 

Quinoline 485 

Baeyer,  F.,  and  Co.    Cotton  Colours 818 

Bagnall  and  Co.    Soap,  ic.  at  Alanchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition   , 763 

Bailev.    Discussion  on  Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Oil  Tester 204 

Bailev,  G.  H.    Influence  of  Mass  on  Chemical  Action 91 

Test  for  Bismuth 416 

Sulphate  of  Lead  and  Alumina  415 

Bailey,  M,  and  Warner,  J.    Batteries 379 

Bailev,  W.  H.,  and  Co.  Apparatus  at  Alanchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 627 

Bailhache,  G.    SeeCommetiu 223 

Baither,  O.    Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone 660 

Baker,  R.  and  W.    Seal  Skin  Leather 513 

Balard.    Bromine 706 

Baldwin,  AA".  V.    Aluminium 600 

Balland.    A'ulcauised  Caoutchouc 549 

a  2 


IV 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Fob. 29, 1888. 


PAGE 

Ba  iberger,  B.,  and  Beckmann.O.    Naphthoicaldehydc 542 

Bamberger,  E.,and  Muller,  It.    Carbazol  Blue 660 

bi  rgcr,  E.  and  Philip  M.    Pyrene 135,866,651 

Bandrowski.    Alkaloldal  Basesin  Petroleum  719 

Bang     Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys NS 

Bang,  J.  l.¥,and  Buffln,M.O.A.    Purification  of  Alcohol...    U7 

Banker,  6.  w  .    Paints B2B 

l  lanner,  S.    Ti.ni  ment  of  Hydrocarbons 134 

Barber-Starkey,  W.  J.  S.    Secondary  Batteries 673 

i       iier,  13.,  and  Leclanchi,  M.    Electrical  Batteries 735 

Barclay,  II..  and  Simpson,  15 136_ 

Bardy.    Dimethylaniline  (illus.) 486 

Bargate,G.    8a  Sandabl 5U 

Barrett,  11.    See  Elmore li0 

Barrow,  .1.    Alkali  Manufacture r'17 

Barry,  C.  J.  H.    See  "Wallace -"''' 

Barstow,  .1.    Filters  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exbibition.    77-2 

rton  and  Sons.    Asphalte  Pipes 208 

Bastet,  I..    Waterproof  Paper 559 

li;ilr,  .1 .  J.    Preservation  of  Crustacea 832 

Bateson.    Soda 'l0 

Battut,  L.    Ammonia  in  Turnips 45 

Baubigny,  11.    Artificial  Manganese  Blende 728 

Bauer,    Arabinose 219 

I  taugh,  •! .  E.,  and  Hinksman,  C.    Chlorinating  Ores 599 

Seduction  of  Gold  Ore »23 

Baum,  II.    Pararosaniline  and  its  homologies 437 

Baumann,  A.    Determination  of  Ammonia  in  Soils (107 

Estimation  of  Ammonia  in  Soils 820 

Banr,  W.    Filter-presses 501 

Bayer.    Naphtholnionosulphonic  Acid 721 

Barer.  P..  and  Daisberg,  C.    Sulpho-Acid  of  p-Naphthylamine    593 

Paver.  K.  J.    Aluminium  Sulphate 387 

Barley  J     Separation  of  Zinc  from  Nickel  and  Manganese  . .    499 

'  Reaction  of  Iron  with  Nitric  Oxide  (illus.) 4<>9 

Payne.    Condenser  for  "Water  Analysis 34 

Bays,  G.  H..  jun.    Galvanic  Cell 299 

Bazin,  P.    Depolarising  Electric  Batteries 298 

Beat  tie,  J.,  jun.    Zincs  for  Batteries 512,  519 

Beaumont,  W.W.    Secondary  Batteries 673 

Becker.    See  Klein 716 

Becker,  F.    See  Englert 47,  375 

Beckett  and  "Wright.    Morphine 490 

Beckmann,  E.    Menthol 834 

Folding's  Solution 5J 

Beckstein,  C.    Powder  for  Hardening  Iron 218 

Beckurts.    Toluenesulphamide 587 

Beckurts.  II.    Narcotic  Extracts 750 

See  Hoist,  G 567 

Pit  ter  Aim.  ind  Water 5b7 

Becquerel.    Orthoohromatio  Photography 424 

Bedron,  P.  P.    Certain  Colliery  Waters 712 

Beech,  A.    See  Jones,  E 364 

Bchr.    Invert  Sugar 19 

Belli  and  Van  Dorp.    Naphthalic  Acid 135 

Beilhy,G..andMcArthur,  J.B.  Waste  Gas  from  Oil  Stills  ...  81 
Beilby  G.T.,and  McArthur,  J. B.    Utilisation  of  Gas  from 

'     Stills 212 

Bell.    Determination  of  Fat  in  Milk 3 1 

Fungi  and  Fermentation 495 

Bell,  A.    Softening  Water 48 

Bell  Bros.  Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  700 
Bell,  Sir  I.  Lowthian.  Salt  Beds  at  Middlesbrough  (illus.)...  596 
Belon.J.    Treatment  of  Ores 600 

Manufact  ore  of  Hydrogen 590 

Bemmelen,  J.  M.  van.     Decomposition  of  Chromous  Sulphate    661 

Bander  and  Bohultz.    Cotton  Colours 817 

Bendix.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) 70 

Rem.  ival  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Spirit 829 

Beuecke,  P.    Germs  in  Castor  Oil  Cake 831 

Estimation  of  Butter 60S 

Pencdictus,  M.    Composition  for  Removing  Paint 550 

Benedikt,  R.,  and  Ulzer,  F.    Turkey-red  Oils 543 

Benger,  F.  Baden.    The  Digestive  Ferments 189 

Benmelen,  J.  M.  v.    Acid  Soil  in  Holland 373 

Benncrt ,  C.  A.    Thiamines 726 

Bennett.    See  Gray 768 

Bennett,  J.  M.    Smelting  and  Refining  Metals 371 

Pigments 51* 

Benoist.  L.    See  Collin 695 

Bensaude,  S.    Alcohol  from  Manioc  Boots 831 

R.      Maintaining     Liquids    at    Constant    Level 

(illus.) 450 

Benzon.    Composition  of  Arrowroot 336 

Berard.I.    Spirit  Still 774 


PAG] 

I  !i  rg.  P.  V.  P.,  and  Sorensen,  O.    Cream  Tester 522 

Berg,  P.v.    Separation  of  Zino  from  Iron,  Cobalt,  and  Nickel.  49 

Titration  of  Zinc  and  Cadmium 884 

Bergaini.  O.     See  Lirbcrniann,  C .WO,  722 

Caucasian  Madder 722 

Bergmann.    See  Flurscheim 888 

Bernoilli,  D.    Injector  Pump  (illus.) 65 

Bernstein,  R.    Granular  Nitrocellulose 225 

Pernthsen.    Safranine  I :;s 

Bernthsen,  A.    Saf canines SIS, 435 

Thiodiphenylamine   214 

Safranine  and  Phenazine 385 

Phenazoxin 5 '2 

Bernthsen,  A.,  and  Goske,  A.    Methyl-and  Ethyl-orange 606 

Bernthsen,  A.,  and  Schweitzer,  H.    Phenazine 212 

Bernthsen,  A.,  and  Semper,  A.    Juglon  560 

Berry,  E.  E.    See  Siilman 375 

Berry,  N.  A.    Bright  Red  Copper  Slag 305 

Pertiielot.    Constituents  of  Coal  Tar 684 

Berthelot,  N .    Fixation  of  Nitrogen 552 

Berthelot  and  Andre.    Formation  of  Nitrates 601 

Bertbollct.    Chemical  Action 91 

Berzclius.    Ammonio-zinc  Chloride  544 

Beseler,  A.,  and  Maercker,  31.    Values  of  Different  Wheats  and 

Oats 60S 

Bessel-Hagen.    Barometric  Pump  65 

Besson,  H.    See  Pearce 603 

Beu,  J.    Defueelisation  of  Spirit  830 

Bcutcll.  A.,  and  Dafert.  F.  W.    Seeds  of  Panicum  Miliaceum. .  448 

Pipettes  without  Graduations  (illus.)    IM 

Bevan,  E.  J.    See  Cross 170 

Bidwell.  J.  and  A.    Gold  and  Silver  Cement 42 

Biel,  J.    Analysis  of  Opium 566 

Bicrmann.    Sheep  poisoned  by  Sorrel 297 

Biggs,  R.  U.  W.    Recovery  of  Tin  from  Scrap 823 

Billeter,  O.    Automatic  Filtration  (illus.) 561 

Billinghurst,  W.  E.    Nitre  in  Tarapaca  (illus.) 545 

Bilsland  and   Co.    India-rubber,    &c.   at   Manchester   Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Bindley,  T.  R.  11.,  and  Son.    Gelatine,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 765 

Bindschedler  and  Busch.     Specimens  at  Manchester   Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 634 

Binglc,  J .  R.    See  Constable 612 

Bintiey,  C.  R.    See  Stuart B28 

Birch.    Photography  of  the  Spectrum 127 

Pirl.  J.    Adulteration  of  Olive  Oil B41 

Pirukoff,  W.    Dimethylanthragallol 641 

Bischof.    Micro-organisms  in  Water 114 

Bischof,  G.    Discussion  on  Bacteriology 323 

Bishop,  W.    Action  of  Oils  on  Polarised  bight 750 

Blackic,  A.    Emulsions 894 

Blarez.    Detection  of  Acid  Magenta 61 

Blessing,  J.  II.    Purification  of  Water 211 

Block  and  Tollens.    Levulinic  Acid 874 

Blondel,  E.    Chrome  Mordant 183 

Blum,  L.    Albumen  in  Urine 887 

Decomposition  of  Sodium  Chloride  by  Phosphoric  Acid  . . .  367 

Separation  of  Manganese  and  Iron 226 

Treatment  of  Thomas-slag 1 43 

Blvthe.    Sewage 210 

Boake,  A.,  and  Roberts,  F.  G.  A.    Antiseptic  for  Beer 376 

Disinfectants  ., 615 

Boardmann.    Galvanised  Water  Pipes -r'"'7 

Bockliseh,  ().    Ptomaines 604 

Bodenberger,  H.,  and  Scheller,  R.    Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar    s^s 

Bodlander,  G.,  and  Traube,  J .    Fusel  Oil  in  Spirits 376 

Boehm,  M.    See  Engler,  C 371 

Bookmann,  O.    See  Bamberger 5 12 

Bohlig,  E.    Determination  of  Residue  in  Liquids 220 

Rohm.    Gossypose J  '•"' 

Bohn,  R„  and  Graehe,  O.    Galloflavin 722 

Bolton,  Sir  F.    Explosive --''■ 

Bolton,  Sir  Francis.    Obituary « 

Bolton,  Meade.    The  Bacilli  of  Anthrax 32a 

Bonnet,  A.    See  Thorrand B10 

Boone,  G.,  and  Nory.  J.    Subsidence  Apparatus  (illus.)  537 

Booth.  H.    SeeMiniati,J "  : 

Borchers,  W.    Reduction  of  Antimony  Ore 673 

Borgmann.    Lager  Peer '** 

Borgmann,  E.    Beer  from  Pure  Teast 17 

Borland,  W.  Dalrymple.    Discussion  on  Kiuetitc II 

Borland.  W.  D.    Sanitary  Preparations 37s 

Bomtraircr,  A.    Air  Pump ®j 

Borntriiger,  H.    Bone  Fat 8i0 


Feb.  M.1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


140 
512 

819 

22"> 


PAGE 

Bothamley,  C.  H .    Orthochromatic  Photography 423 

Bothams,  J.  C.    Separation  of  Sewage  Sludge 48 

Bott,  W.    Isomeric  Pyrocresols Gli; 

BSttcber.    Chamber  for  Micro-organisms  (illus.) 116 

BSttcher,  W.    See  Thraemer,  G 51,4 

Bui  tiger.    Congo  Red 817 

Bottinger,  C.    Tannin  from  Oak  Wood S50 

Boulouvard.    Chlorine  (illus.) 77, ; 

Boult,  A.  J.    Primer  for  Torpedoes,  4c 521 

Bonlton,  M.  P.  W..  Newlands,  B.  E.  R„  and  Ferrctt.  E.    Eevi- 

vification  of  Charcoal 375 

Bourcond,  E.    Aerated  Beverages 2'.'7 

Bourgeois   Aine.     Specimens   at  Manchester  Roval;  Jubilee 

Exhibition 636 

Bourgeois,  I..    Crystallised  Carbonates 

Bourgerel,  0.  L.  B.  L.    See  Reillon 

Buursier,  E.    Dyeing 

Bousignac,  L.  do.    See  Commetin 

Boussingault.    Ammonia  Determination 

Determination  of  Ammonia !.'.!!.*...' 

Boutroux.    Acid  Fermentation  of  Glucose 

B  .hi  ater,  H.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 

■r.  J.  R.    See  Ireland 

Bowen,  O.    Gunpowder 335 

Bowen,  O.,  and  Cobeldick,  J.    Deodoriser 

Bowtn  and  Loiseau.    Sugar  Refining 

Bowman,  F.  H.    Cotton  Fibre ...!!.! 

Box.    See  Cooper.    India-rubber,    4c.  at    Manchester   Roval 
Jubilee  Exhibition \ 

Boyer.    Treatment  of  Beet  Pulp 

Boyle,  R.  K.    Electroplating ,*] 

Boymond.    Therapeutic  Value  of  Quinine  Salts 

Boynton.C.  S..  and  Tan  Patten,  W.J.    Food  Products..'..!!.! 

Bradford,  T.    Disinfecting  Chamber ! 

Bramley,  W.    Carbonate  of  Soda 

See  Cochrane ...""""" 

Bramley,  W,  and  Cochrane,  W.  P.    Carbonate  of  Magnesia  ! ! ! 

Brand,  A.    Solid  Bromine 

Branson,  F.  W.    Galvanic  Batten- !..!.!" 

Brasse,  L.,  and  Vlasto,  E.    Specific  Gravity  Apparatus  (illus.) . 

Bratby  and  Hinchcliffe.    Essences,  4c.  at  Manchester  Roval 
Jubilee  Exhibition mmm 

Brcfeld.    Teast . .  

Breffit,  G.    See  Allen,  8.  V !.!..!...!!!.!!!!!!!!!! 

Bvelaz.  G  L.    See  Piotet '.!!.!!!!!!!!! 

Breutel,  E.    Estimation  of  Iron  in  presence  of  Alumina 

Brieger,  L.    Ptomaines 

Briggs,  W.    Black  Varnish  for  Iron 

Brin,  A.    Preservation  of  Milk 

Brin,  A.  and  1.  Q.    Bleaching 

Oxidation  of  Oils,  4c .". 

Ozone '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'.". 

Treatment  of  Copper  Pyrites  .... . . . . . .  1 . ...'. '.  \ '.  \  \ ' '. ', °  \  \  \  \ 

British  Alizarin  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 


6U7 
829 
185 

21'.' 

22.; 

S33 

10 

595 

766 

669 
604 
736 
377 
48 
41 
820 
6fll 
3S6 
518 
382 


118 
134 
559 
151 
484 
513 
514 
596 
443 


597 
Exhibition T Z7Z  .*,,.*  ?    634 


Broadbcnt  and  Son.  Soap,  ic.  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 
Exhibition 

Broadhurst  and  Co.  India-rubber,  4c.  at  Manchester  Roval 
Jubilee  Exhibition " 

Brock,  J„  and  Minton,  T.    Bleaching  Powder  (illus.) 

Brodie.    Bees'  Wax 

Broenner.    Xaphthylaminesulphonic  Acid 

Bronson,  E.  A.    Plaster  for  Walls '..'.'.'.'. 

Brookbanks,  J.    Removing  Scale  from  Boilers  . 


Brooke,  E.  and  Sons.    Firebricks  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 
Exhibition * 

Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Brooks.    See  Senior 

Brooks,  h.  w.  oil  Gas !.!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 

Brose,  D.    Manganese  Steel 

Brown.    See  Jewsbury 

Brown,  A.    Organised  Ferments !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 

Brown,  H.    Cultivation  of  Teast !!!!!!!!!!! 

Brown,  J.  B.    See  Sinclair !!!.!!!!!!! 

Brown,  J.Campbell.    Discussion  on  Chlorates. 

Production  of  Chlorine 

Address  to  Liverpool  Section ......... 

Discussion  on  Boiler  Management !!!!!!"" 

Discussion  on  Starch 

Indigo  Plants 

Kinetite '  ■ 


Brown,  R    and.  Co.    Soap,  4c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition * 

Brown,  W.    Soap,  4c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 
Brown,  \V.  (  Victoria  Soap  Co.).    Soap  at  Manchester  Roval 
Jubilee  Exhibition 


7G3 

766 
291 
519 
721 
292 
812 


C34 
763 
503 

111 
771 
115 
123 
674 
253 
248 
71 'i ; 
In; 
84 
7!U 


763 
763 


522 


PAGE 

Brownlow.    See  Slack ;: . 

Brown- Westhead  T.  C.,  Moore  and  Co.    Pottery  at  Manchester 

Koyal  Jubilee  Exhibition ;,;, 

Broxburn  Oil  Co.    Specimens  at  JIanchestcr  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition '  ,...,, 

Brucke,  E.    Congo  Red  as  an  Indicator !..  335 

Bruckner.    Xylene '  -., 

Bruckner.E.    Prussian  Black  Earth !!!!!!!!!!!!  n 

Bruenstein,  A.    Extraction  of  Oil  from  Seeds 141 

Brunler,  A.,  and  Rommeuholler.  C.  G.    Aeration  of  Liquids.! !  599 
Brunler    O.    and    RommenhoUer,   C.    G.    Liquid    Carbonic 

„  .    ,.  Aci?, ; 662,663 

Bruuhn.    Ultramarine 7,. 

Brunnemann.    Decomposition  of  Slag .!!   !  ,--', 

Brunnemann,  C.    Phosphoric  Acid  in  Slag !!!!!!.!!!!  304 

Brunner.    Action  of  Sulphur  on  Ammonia (,7 

Discussion  on  Boiler  Management.   .  '  i.,- 

Ultramarine .'.'!.'!.".! -., ' 

Brunner,  H.    Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining 

Brunner,  Mond   and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Bruuner,  P.,  and  Witt,  O.  N.    Bermdene'. .... . '. . ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !  \ '"'.  .-'.;' 

Brunton,  Lander.    Piperidine ^7 

Bryant  and    May.     Matches  at  Manchester  Roval' jubilee 

Exhibition _  --, 

Brydges,  E.  A.    Treatment  of  Hides ......'............,'.  1 12 

Buch.C.  von,    Discussion  on  Sodium  Manufacture  MS 

Incandescent  Gas  Lights ,   " '  7  . 

Buchheim.    Crotonolic  Acid .!!!.!!.......!.!.! . !  520 

Buchner,  E.    Action  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  Ultramarine.  "."."." 
Buchner,  G.    Arsenic  in  Ferric  Chloride 

Cadmium  Sulphide ' 

Bucking  and  Linch.    Thomas-slag 

Buckley,  J.,  Trustees  of  the  late.    Specimens'  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition »01 

Buhring.C.  J.    Filter !!!!!!!!!!!!  813 

Buisiue,  A.    Changes  in  Saint  Waters 221 

Bulk.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) !!!!!!!!!!"  70 

Bunge.P.    Balances na 

Bunsen.    Iodometrv '  S.,X 

Decomposition  bf  Glass .' q. 

Electrolytic  Hydrogen 0?; 

Pump  (illus.) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'"  ,a 

Bunsen  and  Roscoe.    Intensity  of  Sunlight 4>8 

Bunte,  H.    Galvanised  Water  Pipes !...!!!!!!!!!.!.  557 

Burdon-Sanderson.    Filtration  of  Water !!!!!!!! 

Burghardt,  C.  A.,  and  Twining,  W.  J.    Aluminium  !..!!!!!!.!  !;7 1 

Burkhard.    Determination  of  Sugar  in  Beet ,-,.!• 

Burkhard,  G.    Estimation  of  Starch...  .  sT, 

Sugar  in  Oil  Cake !'.!'..'!.' .'.'." ,[', 

Burns,  H.    Ammonia  Soda  Process '  - ...', 

Bleach  Manufacture  (illus.) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. R20 

Bums,  W.    Distillation  of  Tar,  4c can 

Sulphuric  Acid  (dlus.) ££ 

Treatment  of  Sewage .'.'.'.'.'.'.' '.".' 515  833 

Burroughs,  Wellcome,  and  Co.    Drugs '  4cV  at '  Manchester  ' 
Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

lanolin ...IZII"IIIZI""  629 

Burton,  C.  W.,  and  Moisen,  F.  T.    Purification  of  Water.. 

Buseh,  A.    Santonin 

Bnssey,  W.  G.    Burner  for  Hydrocarbons ! ! ! -, , 

Buttner,  W.,  HaUer,  J.  G.,  and  Magnus,  J.    Extraction  of  Fat'  Hi 

Byk,H.    TannicAcid ..I)ll 


Calderara,  S.  A.  and  A.  J.    Hydrometers 135 

Caldwell,  H.  31.    Deodorant  and  Disinfectant ...  "•?-'* 

Calmels.    See  Hardy !.!.'!!!!"'  675 

Calmets  and  Gossin.    Ecgoniue .,.',r 

Cameron,  Sir  C.  A.    Bye-products  of  Porter  Brewing. '.'.'.'. '.'.'.'.'.  4^7 

Cameron,  J.    Composition  for  Ships 51  . 

Campagne,  L.    See  Pitsch 

Campbell,  Dugald.    Sewage 

Candy,  F.    Fullers  Earth 

Treatment  of  Sewage 2° 

Cannon,  F.  W.    See  Faull ..!.!!.!.!!!!!!!!! 

Cards,  A.    See  Vierneisel ..!!!..!  802 

Carey.    Columnar  Magnesia 05, 

Discussion  on  Boiler  Management '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.. ...'  m 

Carey,  E.    Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining ..!!..,  20 

Carey,  Gaskell,  and  Hurler.    Black  Ash  Liquors !.!!!!..!.!.!  34.1 

CareyLea.    Orthochromatic  Photography 434 

Carius.    Sulphur  in  Albuminoids ,^ 

Carmody,  P.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco !  4112 

Carnelly,  T.    Parainidodiphenylsulphonic  Acid. ..!.!!!!!!!!!!  13s 


326 

21" 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  29,  isss. 


PAGE 

Carnelutti  and  Xusini.    Alkanniu 723 

Canuck,  J.    Powdered  Milk 377 

Camot.    Separation  of  Gold 384 

Separation  of  various  Metals 386 

Camot,  A.    Reactions  of  Vanadates 746 

Reactions  <>r  Vanadium 679 

Test  tor  Potassium 662 

Caro.    Methylene  Blue J3" 

Tropoeolius 591 

Carpenter,  Lant.    Diseussion  on  Sodium  Manufacture 248 

Carpenter.  R.  F.    Discussion  on  Acidity  in  Flue  Gases 3tS 

Carrick  and  Brockbank.    Model  of  Ayvesome  Iron  Works C95 

Carson.  S.    Steam-jet  Aspirator 65 

Carter,  H.    Galvanic  Batteries 604 

Carter,  W.    Composition  for  Ships'  Bottoms 1  <- 

Carves.    Coke  Ovens 580 

Casamagor,  P.    Implements  of  Filtration 66 

Casartelli.  J.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    628 

Casciorolus.    Bononian  Phosphorus 706 

Case.  W.  E.    Galvanic  Battery 735 

Casebourne  and  Co.    Cement  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition "69 

Casella,  L.,  and  Co.    Naphtholmonosulphonic  Acid  (F.) 725 

Castner.    Sodium  Process 171 

Cazcneuve,  P.    Non-injurious  Colours 816 

Cazeneuveand  Hugounenq.    Pterocarpin 737 

Celli,  A.,  and  Marino-Zuco,  F.    Formation  of  Saltpetre 596 

Celluloid.  La  Cie..  Francaise  do.   Coloured  Designs  on  Celluloid  595 

Chailly,  F.    See  Millochau,  A 142 

Chamberland.    Filter S19 

flask  for  Growth  of  Organisms  (illus.) 116 

Champy.  A.  '/,..  A.  N,  and  1,.  P.    Glucose  from  Jerusalem 

Artichoke 554 

Chance.    Magnesium  Chloride 7*7 

Chance,  A.  M.    Discussion  on  Chloride 788 

Chancel.    Separation  ol  Alumina  from  Iron 458 

Chandelon.    Action  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on  Albumen 3S1 

Chandor,  L.    Burner  for  Mineral  Oil  (illus.) 815 

Chandor,  L.,and  Molting,  C.  li.    Hydrocarbon  Lamps 590 

Chardonnet,  Comte  H.  de.    Artificial  Silk 139 

Chelmicki,  J.  von.    Designs  on  Metallic  Surfaces 517 

Chem.  Fab.  Act.  Ges.  Hamburg.    Purification  of  Anthracene  .  505 

Chemin.O.    Treatment  of  Mixed  Fibres 40 

Cheney,  W.  B.    Hamamelis  Virginica 49 

Chevalet,  L.  A.    Phosplio  Guano 514 

Purification  of  Ammoniacal  Liquids  (illus.) 597 

Chevallot,  E.    'Waterproofing  Fabrics 139 

Chicandard.    Bread 165 

Chinnery,  U.  T.    Combustion  of  Mineral  Oil 651 

Christensen.    Mangauese  Precipitates 100 

Christiansen.    Water  Air-pump  (illus.) 66 

Christie.    Discussion  on  Refuse  Liquors 361 

Christie,  J.    Estimation  of  Iron 352 

Christomanus,  A.    Euboean  Magnesite 40 

Christy,  T.,  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

"  Exhibition 639 

Church,  A.  H.    Vegetable  Albinism 219 

Claassen.    Corros:on  of  Boiler  Plates 296 

Claassen,  E.    Vanadium  and  Chromium  from  Iron  Ores 305 

Solubility  of  Manganese  Sulphide  in  Potassium  Sulphide  .  305 

Clamond,  C.    Battery  excited  by  Heat 516 

Clapham,  C._  A.    Filter 812 

Clark.    Sulphur  Determination 85 

Clark,  D.  K.    Calorific  Value  of  Fuels 36 

Filter-press 812 

Clark,  J.    Aluminium  Alloys 548,  823 

Arsenic  in  Pyrites 352 

Clark,  R.  I.,  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition 636 

Classen.    Separation  of  Antimony 673 

Classen  and  Ludwig.    Estimation  of  Arsenic 353 

Claus.    Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  or  Nitrous  Acid 819 

Azophcnylene 212 

Purification  of  Coal  Gas  by  Ammonia  (illus.) 25 

Claus,  C.  F.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 501,502 

Soda  Manufacture 439 

Claus  and  Fremy 663 

Clayton.  J.  and  J.    Filters  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    772 

Clayton,  R.    Filter 814 

Clergct .    Polarisation  of  Sugar 669 

Clolus.    Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 88 

Close,  G.    See  Schnurmann 519 

Cloudman,  F.  A.    .Set?  Warren 736 

Cobcldick,  J.    8  <  Bowen 888 


PACK 

Cobledick,  J.    See  Bowen,  0 226 

Cohley.T.H.    Sewage  Sludge 378 

Cochrane,  W.  P.    See  Bramley 661 

Cochrane,  W.  P.,  and  Kramley,  W.    Magnesium  Chloride 820 

Coghill,  Douglas.    Letter  to,  on  Coal  Mines  Bill ■ 567 

Cogiievina.    Photometry 501 

Cohen,  J.  B.    See  Miniati,  T 418 

Colin.    Solution  for  Growth  of  Organisms 113 

Colin,  A.  H.    Smilax  Rotundifolia 4'.i 

Colin,  S.    Solubility  of  Gypsum  in  Ammonium  Salts 553 

Cohn  and  Millet.    Organisms  in  the  Air 115 

Colby,  C.  E..  and  M'Loughlin,  C.  S.    Action  of  Sulphurous 

Anhydride  on  Benzene 366 

Coleman,  J.  J.    Chemical  Education 799 

Refrigeration 2S2 

College   of  Agriculture.    Specimens   at   Manchester    Royal 

J  ubilee  Exhibition 695 

Collett,  J.  M.    Sodium  Sulphite 597 

Collett,  J.  M.,  and  Co.    Isinglass,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 70.", 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 701 

Collin.    Coke  Ovens  (illus.) 280 

Collin,  C,  and  Benoist,  L.    Fixation  of  Colouring  Matters 59.", 

Collins.    Discussion  on  Micro-organisms  of  Yeast 191 

Colson,  A.    Ery throl 374 

Coltelloni.    Removal  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Spirit 829 

Commetin,  E.,  and  others.    Accumulators 223 

Comstock,  W.  J.,  and  Koenigs,  W.    Cinchonine 146 

Cinchona  Derivatives 786 

Coninck.  G.  de.    See  Storck 727 

Coninck,  Oechsner  de.    Pyridine  Alkaloids 51 

Alkaloids 522 

Conrad,  M„  and  Guthzeit,  M.    Humus 220 

Constable,  M.,  and  Bingle,  J.  R.    Extraction  of  Gold 512 

Constable,  W.  E.    Artificial  Asphalt 2'.' ; 

Cooper.  Box,  &  Co.    India-rubber,  &c.  at   Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Coppee.    Coke  Ovens 5S0 

Cordillos  dit  Luzy.    Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Corenwinder.    Nitrates  in  Beet 113 

Cornish,  R.    Addition  of  Sugar  to  Mortar 140 

Cottam,  E.    German  Silver 599 

Cotton,  W.    Purification  of  Feed  Water 501 

Coutts  and  Brothers.    Blast  Furnace  Tar 68 1 

Cowper,  E.  A.    Filter-press 812 

Cox,  H.  B.     Electric  Batteries 223 

Cox,  S.  D.  and  J.    Treatment  of  Sewage 48 

Craig,  A.  F.,  Nelson,  A.,  and  Snodgrass,  J.    Separation  of  Oils, 

&C 294 

Crampton.  O.  A.,  and  Trescot,  T.  C.    Carbonic  Acid  in  Beer 

(illus.) 839 

Crawford,  W.  \V.    Maturing  Spirits 281 

Cresswell,  C.  G.    Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates..  705 

Creydt.R.    Estimation  of  Rafflnose 829 

Raffinose 221 

Creydt,  R.,  and  Scheibler,  C.    Raffinose 6G9 

Crimp.    Sewage  Sludge    239 

Critchley,  T.    Starch  at  Manchester  Rnyal  Jubilee  Exhibition  769 
Critchlow,  J.,  and  Forester,  T.,  "W.,  H.,  and  L.    Filter-press  510.813 

Crocker,  F.  B.    See  Curtis 518 

Crocker,  J.  A.    FUter 537 

Croft  Granite  Brick  and  Concrete  Co.    Paving,  &c.  at  Man- 
chester Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 707 

Croll,  S.  H .    Treatment  of  Ammoniacal  Liquors 820 

Crooke,  J.  J.  and  R.    Treatment  of  Copper  JIatte 218 

Crookes,  H.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    636 

Cros  and  Ducos  du  Hauron.    Chromo-lithography 424 

Crosfield,  J.,  and  Sons.    Soap  at   Manchester   Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 762 

Cross.    Electrolytic  Bleaching 247 

Cross,  C.  F-,  and  Bevan,  E.  J.    Electrolytic  Bleaching 170 

Cross  and  Bevan.    Electrolytic  Bleaching 337 

Cellulose 695 

Crosse,  J.    Accumulators 222 

Crowder.    Discussion  on  Alkaloids 491 

Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates 705 

Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Moisture  in  Superphosphates 404 

Crum-Brown.    Laboratory  Fittings  (illus.) 205 

Crum-Brown  and  Fraser.    Alkaloids 490 

Cryer.    See  Millward 635 

Cuisinier,  L.    Glucose  Manufacture 602 

Cerealose :'";' 

Glycase s2!l 


Fell.  29, 1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Cullerne,  C.   I!.,  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester    It  .yal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 701 

ConliEfe,  R.,  and  Lund,  J.    Calciner  (illus.) S14 

Currie.  S.C.  C.    Sea  Squire 734 

Cunie,  W.,  and  Co.    India-rubber,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Curtis,  C.G.,  Crocker,  F.B.,  atunviieeler,  S.  S.    Etectric  Bat- 
teries    518 

Curtinan,    Detection  of  Aniline  Colours 522 


Dafert,  P.  \V.    Composition  of  Starch 

Bee  Beutell *J6, 451 

Dahl.    Naphthylaminesnlpbonic  Acid Til 

Dahl,  C.  P.    Evaporation  of  Waste  Liquors  from  Wood  Fibre.  412 

Dahlz,  K.  G.    Preserving  Milk 377 

Daisberg,  C.    See  Bayer,  F 593 

Dale.    See  Roberts 835 

Hale.  R.  S.    Specimens  at   Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    627 

Dalton.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  .  624 

Danchell,  P.  H.    Treatment  of  Sewage 29S 

Danzer,  H.,  Simian,  A.,  and  De  Marcien.    Dyeing  Fabrics 544 

Darapsky,  L.    Boric  Acid  in  Chili 545 

nitre  in  Tarapaea  (illus.) 545 

Daubrawa.    Antimony  Pentachloride 546 

Daudenart,  L.  G.  G.    Treatment  of  Sewage «7s 

Dauslish.    Bread 165 

Davidson.    Discussion  on  Iron  in  Chars 50O 

Sulphurous  Acid  in  Raw  Sugar 681 

Davidson,  R.    Estimation  of  Iron  in  Chars 421 

Davies,  E.,  and  Harris.  H.  F.    Paper  from  Spent  Hops 55S 

Davis.    Discussion  on  Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys SO 

Davis,  G.  E.    Refrigeration  and  Ice-making  (illus.) 252 

Specimens.  Ac.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. . .  629 

Sulphate  of  Lead  and  Alumina 415 

v  ,   Ellison,  H 72(1 

Davis,  H.J.    Pyrites 287 

Dai  is.  J.,  and  Co.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 628 

Davy.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. . .  624 

Dawson.    Sewage 214 

Dawson,  B.    Evaporation  of  Waste  Lyes *S0 

Dawson,  D.,  and   Bros.    Specimens    at   Manchester   Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 635 

Deacon,  H.  W.,  and  Hurter.F.    Ammonia  Manufacture  (illus.)  509 

Debouteville,  E.  D.,  andMalandin,  L.  P.  C.  Carburetter  for  Air  502 

Debray  and  PCchard.    Oxidation  of  Battery  Carbons 673 

Debus.    Reaction  of  Uranium  Solutions 837 

Dee  Oil  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion   630 

Degener.    Maltose  and  Dextrose ^-s 

Polarisation  of  Beet  Juice 553 

Dehne,  A.L.  G.    Filter  Presses 364 

Deibert,  T.  J.    Kalmia  Augustifolia 49 

Dejardin,  A.  C.    Protection  of  Vines  against  Phylloxera 601 

Delabarre,  O.  P.    Pump  for  Water,  4c 66 

Delacbanal.    See  Vincent,  C 559,  668 

De  la  Rive.    Electrolysis 171 

Delbriiek.    Bottled  Beer 555 

Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  Beer 734 

Yeast 122 

Delerue.  C.    Washing  Wool.  £c.  (illus.) 660 

Delsol,  E.  J.  L.    Potassium  Carbonate 729 

Demant,  S.    Decolourisation  of  Carbolic  Acid 503 

Do  .Marcien.    See  Danzer 544 

Dempster,  A.    Sulphate  of  Ammonia 42 

Dennis,  J.  H.,  and  Gleudinning,  X.    Sulphide  of  Zinc 440 

Deojridised  Metal  Co.  Bridgeport,  C.S.A.    Bronze 141 

Derham.T.    Hydrometers 383 

Desmazures,  C.    Galvanic  Batteries  51S 

See  Commetin 22.; 

Desolu,E.  H.    Galvanic  Batteries 51S 

Desormes,  C.    Attraction  by  Jet  of  Air  (illus.) 65 

Dospeissis,  L.  H.    Electric  Sugar  Refining 19 

Despretz.    Rise  of  Zero  in  Thermometers  130 

Desruelles,  L.  and  W.    Electric  Batteries  222 

Deutecom.    Sulphur  Determination 85 

Deutsch,  W.  M.    Filter 280 

Deville.    Aluminium 176 

Examination  of  Silk 565 

Deville,  Saiute-Claire.    Composition  of  Petroleum 33 

De  Vrij.    Cinehonidine  in  Quinine 455 

Commercial  Quinine  Sulphate 841 


PAGE 

Dewar.    Quinoline 485 

Dewar,  J.    Chlorine  Manufacture  (illus.)  775 

Dewrance,  J.    Lubricant  for  Steam  Cylinders  141 

Dibdin.    Sewage  Sludge - 

Dibdin,  W.  J.    London  Sewage 36C 

Dick,  R.    Gutta-percha  Compounds 513 

Dick,  W.    Asphaltum  Varnish S7S 

Dieterich,  E.    Analysis  of  Opium 566 

Assay  of  Opium 1 4s 

Estimation  of  Morphia 609 

Diez,  R.    Estimation  of  Glycerol 609 

Dirvell,  P.  J.    Separation  of  Gold  from  Antimony,  &c 3St 

Distillers  Company.      Spirits  at    Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition 771 

DittiU3r.    Barometric  Pump 65 

Estimation  of  Arsenic 353 

Prevention  of  Bumpins 581 

Dittmar.  W.,  and  M'Arthur,  J.    Potassium  Determination  and 

Atomic  Weight  of  Platinum 

Divers,  E.,  and  Haga,  T.    Action  of  Sulphites  on  Nitrites 

Dollfus.    Ultramarine 792 

Donald,  J.    See  Macnab si  i 

Donald,  W.    Chlorine  Manufacture  (illus.) s22 

Donath.    Reaction  of  Morphine 149 

Test  for  Rosin 682 

Donath.  E.    Estimation  of  Chromium 450 

Manganese  Green 433 

Stannous  Chloride 456 

L'ses  of  Manganese  Dioxide 43s 

Donath,  E.,  and  Jeller,  R.    Separation  of  Chromium 158 

Valuation  of  Copper  Ores 45S 

Separation  of  Alumina  from  Iron 45S 

Dorman,  G.  E.    Secondary  Battery 146 

Dorin,  H.  E.  P.    Electrochemical  Etching 516 

Dott,  D.  B.    Alcohol  for  Manufacturing  Purposes S05 

Doulton  and  Co.     Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 627 

Pottery  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition iS 

Drake,  J.    Gas  from  Benzoline 364 

Draper.    Absorption  Spectra 429 

Drechsel.    Absorption  Bottle  (illus.) 430 

Dreyfus.    Discussion  on  Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 90 

Discussion  on  Influence  of  Mass 93 

Manufacture  of  Toluidina 42u 

Driffield,  V.  E.    Boiler  Management  (illus.) 178 

Dubois,  C.    Extraction  of  Sulphur 439,412 

Dubourg,  E.    See  Gayon,  U 144 

Dudok,  Devitt,  and  Co.    Electric  Smrar  Refining 19 

Dulitz,  H.    Explosive 226 

Dulong.    Formula  for  Calorific  Value S3 

Dunn,  A.,  and  Hasslacher,  P.    Galvanic  Batteries 299 

Duncan.    Sugar  Refining , 15 

Dunkley,  E.  and  A.    Waterproof  Leather 51 4 

Dunn.    Deposits  in  Water  Pipes 712 

Oxidation  by  Permanganate 350 

Dnpetit,  G.    See  Gayon,  U 144 

Dupre.    Discussion  on  Kinetite 10 

Durand,  L.,  and  Husruenin.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Dureau.    Purification  of  Syrups 143 

Durnford,  A.  H.    Gunpowder 233 

Dyar,  H.  G.,  and  Hemming,  J.    Carbonate  of  Soda 661 

Dyer.  Bernard.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Moisture  in  Superphosphates 4**  t 

Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates 7"4 


E.  B.    Tannin  Determination 51 

Earp,  W.  R.    Leather  Manufacture 44 

East  Lancashire   Chemical   Co.     Apparatus  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 029 

Eberhardt.L.  A.    Oil  of  Black  Pepper 675 

Ebert  and  Merz.    Oxynaphth.I 72  ; 

Xaphthalenedisulphonic  Acid  72". 

Eck,  R.    Coriander  Oil 675 

Eckenroth,  H.    Bleaching  Barley 295 

Edelmann.    Pocket  Battery 515 

Eder.    Orthochromatic  Photography 424 

Edwards,  Downes.    Preserved  Potatoes 771 

Edwards,  G.  M.    Treatment  of  Ores  (Sizing) 664 

Edwards,  J.  S.    Oil  from  Fish 548 

Edwards,  J.  S.  and  J.    Drying  Waste  Hatter 537 

Effront,  J.    Saccharification 733 

E°rasse,  E.    Indian  Drugs 49 

Eglcston,  T.    The  Weathering  of  Building  Stones. 42 


viii 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,  isss. 


PAGE 

Ehmann.  V.    Galvanised  Water  Pipes ■-" 

Ehrhardt,  P.    Carbonic  Acid  for  Sugar  Works 603 

Bhrenberg,  A.    Apparatus  lor  Electrolytic  Gasea  (ilbis.) 3S3 

Sperical  Gasometer  (illus.)  682 

Ehrenwerth,  J.  v.    The  Martin  Process  of  Iron  Smelting 43 

Eijkman.  J.  F.    Hydrastine 881 

Einhorn.  E.    Kcgonine 605 

Risele,0.    fl     Wunderlich S3S 

Eisenbaut,  R.    Articles  from  Ground  Wood,  &c 

Eitner.    Estimation  of  Tannin 96 

Bkenberg,  M.    Temperature  Regulator 562 

Elborne.    Bee  Hfilbing '*' 

Elborne.  W.    Strophanthue 881 

Elliot.    Gas  Analysis  Apparatus k&* 

EUis.    Discussion  on  Indicators 199 

Ellison,  H..  and  Davis.  G.  L'.    Distillation  of  C  a!  Tar 720 

Ellwood.    Valenta's  Test  for  Oils -1 

Ebnore,  F.  E.    Electrolysis 833 

Elmore,  W.  and  A.  S.,and  Barrett.  H.    Electrolytic  Treatment 

of  Ores 140 

Elwortby,  H.  S.    Indian  Dyes ?86 

Mahwa  Flowers  as  a  Source  of  Sugar -1 

Emeis.    See  Doges '" 

Endemann.    Ultramariue "'■'- 

Engel.    Ascospores  in  Yeast llv 

Bugler,  C.    Examination  of  Petroleum 39 

Engler,  0,  and  Boebm,  11.    Vaselin 371 

E'.:-lert.  S.,  and  Becker,  F.    Purification  of  Sugar  Juice 47 

"Purification  oi  Sugar  Juice 375 

Engling.    Milk  Caseiu 882 

Enzinger.    Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  Beer 7   1 

Epstein.  L.    Electrodes 519 

Erb.L.    SeeJanovsky 485,  436 

Erdmann.    See  Volhard 653 

Erdmann,  E.    Colours  for  Cotton 816 

Eriksson,  L.  J.,  and  Xordline.  E.  E.  R,    Dry  Rennet 221 

Ermen  and  Roby.    Cotton,  Jtc.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 

Errara,  L.    Glycogen  in  Teast B28 

Errera,  B.    Localisation  of  Alkaloids  in  Plants 671 

Errera,  G.    Stilbene 286 

Eschellmann,  G.    Chlorates 248 

rt,  C.  Veevers,  H.,  and  Schwab,  M.    Purification  of  Coal 

Gas 719 

Etienne,  E.    See  Venator 386 

Eureka  Salt  Manufacturing  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester 

Royal  J  ubilee  Exhibition 700 

Evans.    Estimation  of  Tanniu 84 

Evans,  N.  P.    See  Anschutz 516 

Evans,    Sons,  and   Co.    Lime   Juice   at    Manchester    Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 77; 

E>ckens,0.    White  Lead  (illus.) 288 

Eykman.    Hydrastine 448 

Eytelwein,    Discharge  of  Water  from  Tubes 65 


Fahlberg,  C.    Saccharine 18.  449,  587,  S « 

i  Fahlberg,  C,  and  List,  R.    Benzoylsulphiruide 652 

Pahrig,  E.    Sugar  Manufacture 511 

Faireloush,   G.      Soap,   ic.    at    Manchester    Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 76S 

Fairley.  T.    Filter  Pumps  (illus.) 64 

Falck.    Conune 224 

Faleounier,  G.    Glass  Bricks 510 

Falh  ostein,  O.    Bet  1'etry 3 

Faradi                   lysis 171 

Manuscript.  &C.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition.  625 

Farbaky,  S.,  and  Schenek,  S.    Secondary  Batteries  . .  :*. 604 

Farbcnfabriktn  rorm.  Bayer  and   Co.     /S-naphthylainiue-^- 

mouosidphonic  Acid 436 

.Faroireri*   vorm.   Meister,    Lucius,  and    Bruning.      Indole 

Colours 50" 

Green  Colours SOS 

Farinaux.    Filter  Press  (illus.) 372 

Farinaux,  P.    Carbonic  Acid  Manufacture 509 

Farui'-r.  M.  G.    Aluminium 735 

Faucher.    Saltpetre  in  Beet 143 

Faulenbach.    Determination  of  Starch 53 

Faulkner,  F..  and  Adlarn,  W.    Aerating  Wort 221 

Brew  ers'  Worts 376 

Faull,  E.  M.  B.,  and  Cannon,  F.W.    Corrosion  Prevent  he  .. .  814 

Fayaud,  A.    Vulcanised  Caoutchouc ',   : 

F'cldlnan,  A.    Enamelled  Ware ."17 


PAGE 

Fenton,  J.    Treatment  of  Sewage 515 

Ferko,  P.    Pyrogenic  Reactions 539 

Festing.    Bet  Abney 424 

Field,  J.  C.  and  J.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 6S1 

Finch,  R.    Concentration  of  Sulphuric  Acid  (illus.) 216 

1" ink.  R.    Affinity  of  Sulphates 728 

Finkener.    Examination  of  Castor  Oil 148 

Filter  Pump  (illus.) 71 

Potassium  Determination 801 

Finkler.    Spirilla  in  Water 320 

Fischer.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) 71 

Magnesia  in  Boiler  Scale 1S7 

Fischer  and  Phi'.ipp.    Dimethylamidoazobeuzene 1% 

Fischer,  B.,  and  Wnnmer,  H.    Oxy-azo  compounds G5'.> 

Fischer,  E.    Estimation  of  Arsenic 353 

Fischer,  E.,  and  Stcche,  A.    Methylation  of  Indoles 592 

Fischer,  E.,  and  Wagner,  P.    Rosindoles". 592 

Fischer,  E.,  and  Weber,  M.  W.    Extraction  of  Gold 512,  518 

Fischer,  F.    Calorific  Value  of  Coal 35 

Gas  Analysis  Apparatus  (illus.) 74S 

,11.    Stassfurt  Potash 663 

Fischer,  O.    Kairine 489 

Fischer,  O.  VT.    Oil  of  Strophanthus  Seeds 676 

Fischer,  O.,  and  Hepp,  E.    Azophenines  and  Indulines 724 

Xitrosamines 72:i 

Fish.    Automatic  Saliva  Ejector 66 

Fittbogen,  J.,  and  Schiller,  R.    Growth  of  Beet  Plant 733 

Fittig.    Laboratory  Fittings 2"", 

Fitzgerald.    Lithanode 873 

Fitzgerald.  D.  G.    Batteries  for  Extraction  of  Gold,  &c 604 

Negative  Elements  lor  Batteries 558 

Treat  ment  of  Battery  Liquor 515 

A  oltaic  Batteries 146 

Flach.    Treatment  of  Zinc  Scum 870 

Flamache,  A.,  and  Picard,  E.    Drying  Wood,  &c 510 

Flangergues.    Rise  of  Zero  in  Thermometers 130 

Fleck,  H.    Detection  of  Picric  Acid  in  Food 50 

Fleischer,  M.    Valuation  of  Thomas-fclag 46 

lit isihmann.    See  Schrodt,  M 550 

Fleischmann,  W.    Testing  Butter 831 

Fleming,  A.  B.,  and  Co.    Apatite  (Azalite) 12s 

Oils,  A:c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 762 

Fleming,  H.    Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys SS 

Fletcher,  A.  E.    Discussion  on  Chlorine 789 

Fletcher,  J.    Dyeing  Paper 139,  50S 

Fluckiger.    Analysis  of  Opium 148,  566 

Fludder,  G.  R.    See  Schanschieff 222 

Flug.  K.    Ignatjewite 4" 

Flurscheim  and  Bergmann.    Galvanising 333 

H.    Adulteration  of  Rape  Oil 6o!i 

Determination  of  Chlorides  in  Potash 6n7 

Water  of  the  River  Bode 604 

Fol  and  Dunaut.    Microphytes 325 

Follenius.    Cadmium  Sulphide 665 

Fellows  and  Bate.     Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 627 

Foot  .     Pulsation  Pump 65 

Fordred,  J.    Torrefied  Grain  for  Brewing 145 

Forrest.    See  Smith 76:1 

Forrest,  R,  W.    8      Ma  'Arthur,  J.  S 600 

Forrester.    Bet  Critolilow 510,  sis 

Forsling,  S.    Xaphthylamincsulphonic  Acids 721 

F  ureter.    Mineral  Oil  Gas Su 

Foster,  F.    Aeration  of  Liquors 547 

Foth.    Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  Beer 7:*4 

Fould.  A.,  and  Genreau,  P.    Fire  Bricks,  Crucibles,  Ac 43 

Foulis.    Discussion  on  Gas  from  Oil 203 

Fourness,  W.  A.    Dyeing  Loose  Cotton 508 

Fowler.J.B.    Oil  Gas 212 

Fox,  S.    Preventing  Incrustation  in  Boilers 133 

Frauehimout,  P.  N.    Carbamides 681 

Francis.    Blasting  Plug 177 

Francis,  J.  R.,  and  Jones,  F.  F.    Sulphur  from  Ores 731 

Frank)  A.    Recovery  of  Sulphites 735 

Franke,  B.    Gas  Burette  (illus.) 450 

Frankeuburg,   I.     India-rubber   Ac.    at   Manchester   Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Fraukland.    Fungi  in  Potable  Water 4M 

Frankland.  P.  F.    Bacteriology 316 

Micro-organisms  in  Water 114 

Fraser,  T.  R.    Strophauthin n7i 

Fredurean,  J.  B.  F".    Utilisation  of  Slate  Refuse 510 

Free.  J.  W.    Manufacture  of  Malt 145 

Freeman.  J.  B..  and  Co.     Specimens    at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 637 


Feb.  29,  isss.]        THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PASS 

Frehse.    Determination  of  Salycilic  Acid 148 

Fremy.    Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on  Nitrons  Acid Ml 

See  Claus 668 

Frerc.    Blue  Colour  of  Ammonium  Sulphate 383 

Presenilis,  W.    Acetometer 389 

Freimd,  M.  and  Will.  W.    Hydrastine 381,  tt:i 

Frickc,  E.    Effect  of  Vapours  on  Vegetation 7.'!'! 

Frickhinger,  H.    Spirit  us  Aeth.  Nit 3x1 

Friedel,  c.    Ferrooyanides 5 15 

Friedheim,  C.    Determination  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 456 

Sulphur  Determination (107 

Friedlander,  F.,  and  Quaglio,  G.    Hydrocarbons  from  Gas 505 

Friedrichs.    See  Greiner 300, 739 

Friend.    Electric  Sugar  Refining 18 

Fritschi,  A.    Carbonic  Oxide 189 

Fritzsche.    Valuation  of  Indigo 1"..". 

Froedman,  F.  H.    Transparent  Cards,  &c 550 

Waterproof  Paper,  4c 825 

Fronde,  \V.    Flow  of  Water  through  Pipes  (illus.) 68 

Fronting,  R.    Milk 671 

Frutiger,  G.    Determination  of  Urea  (illus.) 1-19 

Fry.    Ensilage 66S 


Gaedicke,  J.,  and  Methe.  A.    Magnesium  Light  for  Photo- 
graphy    538 

Galbraith.    Discussion  on  Xessleiising 3 i 

Gal],  W.  D.    See  Knights,  J.W 37s 

Gallois.    See  Hardy 7:i7 

Gamble.    Discussion  on  Chlorine 789 

Gamble,  Josias  C,  and  Sun.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition '. . .  697 

Gan  Kroger,  A.    Screen  Bottom  for  Filter  Tanks 649 

Garroway,  R.  and  J.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 700 

Gartner.    Germs  in  Water 557 

Garton,  F.    Transparent  Varnish 513 

Gaskell.    Black  Ash  Liquors 310 

Gaskell,  Deacon,  and  Co.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 697 

Gftsselin  and  Le.vy.    Reaction  of  Morphine 149 

Gassner,  C,  jun.    Galvanic  Batteries 674 

Gatty,  P.  A.    Dyeing  Cotton  727 

Dyeing  Wool 544 

Gaunesdorfer,  J.    Effect  of  Lithium  Salts  on  Vegetation s2t; 

Gautenberg,  W.    Examination  of  Sugar 681 

Gautier.    Investigations  on  Foundry  Iron 664 

Gayon,  A.  M.  V.    Inverted  Sugar 17 

Gayon.U.    Fractional  Distillation  (illus.)  838 

Gayon, U., and  Dubourg,  E.    Fermentation Ill 

Gayon,  U.,  and  Dupetit,  G.    Fermentation in 

( 3 i  ilolst,  L.    Picrocarmine 543 

Gehe  and  Co.    Review  of  Markets 309 

Geissler.    Air  Pump 300 

Barometric  Pump 65 

Filter  Pump  (illus.) 72 

Geldart  and  Co.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    763 

Gent,  J.  F.    Cerealine  from  Maize 602 

Gerhardt.    Qninoline 485 

Gericke.    Dinitrosulphobenzide 366 

Gerlach.    Peptones 738 

German  Pharmaceutical  Society.    Tests  for  Preparations 075 

Gerrard.    Atropine 3S9 

Tulipin 381 

Gersdorf,  A.    Funnels 364 

Gerstenberger.    "  Salvo  Petrolia  "  (Vaselin) 676 

Gerstner,  M.    Nordhausen  Oil  of  Vitriol  Mixtures 289 

Getterlund,  C.  G.    Malting  Barley 830 

Geuther,  A.    Methyl  Alcohol  in  Calamus  Root 676 

Ghillany,  E.    Acetphenetidine  as  an  Antipyretic 676 

Gibson.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 186 

Gibson,  J.    Laboratory  Fittings  (illus.) 205 

Gieseckc.    Conuue 486 

GifFard.    Injector 66 

Gilchrist,  P.   C.    Specimens    at   Manchester    Royal    Jubilee 

Exhibition 694 

Steel  Manufacture 732 

Giles.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Giles  and  Shearer.    Titration  of  Sulphites 196 

Gillman,  A.  W.,  and  Spencer,  S.    Finings  for  Brewers 514 

Sulphites 546 

Oilman,  C.  G.    Porous  Earthenware 547 

Gimbel,  A.    See  Liebermami,  C 633 


PAGE 

Gintl,  W.,  and  Storcli,  L.    Ecgonine 520 

Girard.    Bread 170 

Sugar  in  Beet 828 

Girard,  A.    Su$ar  licet 295 

Girard,  C,  and  L'Hote,  L.    Aniline  Chromatcs 653,  659 

Girard,  M.  A.    The  Gums  of  Gaboon.  &c 666 

Giraud,  H.    Separation  of  Tin  and  Antimony 226 

(iil tins,  C.  K.    Filters 364 

Glea.    See  Heddle 875 

Glendinning,  X.    See  Dennis 140 

Gmelin.    Ultramarine 791 

Gmelin,  O.    Chemical  Notes  for  Foundrymen 5  19 

Goadsby  ami  Co.    Specimens  at  ftianchester  Boya)  Jubilee 

Exhibition 687 

Goebel,  E.    Detection  of  Cinchona  Alkaloids :;n; 

Goebel,  H.    Estimation  of  Morphia 565 

Goiz,  J.    Electric  Su.-ar  Benniug 19 

Goldschmidt.    Papaverine 400 

Goldschmidt,  H.    Mould  Fungus  in  the  Air B29 

Goldschmidt  and  Schmidt.    Stuppfett 651 

Gooch.    Estimation  of  Lithium 718 

Gooch,  F.A.    Estimation  of  Boric  Acid  (illus.)  385 

Goppelsroder.    Ultramarine 792 

Goske,  A.    See  Bernthsen,  A 506 

Goslich.    Consumption  of  Fuel  in  Breweries 73  4 

Gossage.    Treatment  of  Black  Ash  Liquors 849 

Gossage,  F.  H..  Mathieson,  T.  T„  and  Hawlickzek,  J.    Sodium 

Sulphide JtS 

Gossage,  W.,  and  Sons.    Soap  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Gossin.    See  Calmets 220 

Gottig,  C.     Crystallised  Alkalis 663 

Crystals  of  the  Alkaline  Hydrates ."j'.it 

Hydrates  of  Caustic  Potash 546 

Hydrate  of  Caustic  Soda 509 

Gottig,  J.    See  Nietzki,  R 506 

Gotz,  G.  W.    Production  of  Ammonia  in  Iron 664 

Grabau,  L.    Aluminium 512 

Aluminium  Fluoride 820 

Graebe,  C.    See  Bohn,  R 722 

Graff,  W.    Separation  of  Fat 665 

Graham.    Rate  of  Flow  in  Tubes 415 

Graham,  A.  M.    Manufacture  of  Sulphates 217 

Grasset,  A.,  and  Mallat,  A.  C.    Cement 37" 

Grassman,  P.    Wheat  injured  by  Copper  Sulphate 295 

Grauer,    E.     Apparatus    for    extracting   Aqueous    Solutions 

(dins.) 303 

Grawitz.    Aniline  Chroinate 653 

Grawitz,  W.  J.  S.    Printimr  Aniline  Black 819 

Gray.    Discussion  on  Paraffin  Wax 500 

Gray,  Smith,  and  Bennett.    Soap  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition '. 762 

Great  Bocks  Lime  and  Stone  Co.    Lime,  ftc,  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 768 

Greenbank   Alkali    Works    Co.    Specimens   at    Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 198 

Greening,  F.    Substitute  for  India-rubber,  ke 540 

Greenway,  T.  J.    Separation  of  the  Precious  Metals  from  Lead      -13 

Greenwood,  G.    Sec  Lambert 443 

Greiner  and  Friedrichs.    Three-way  Cock  (illus.) 789 

Mercury  Air  Pump  (illus.)  800 

Gresly.    Isomers  of  Dimethylanthragallol 511 

Gridley  and  Co.    Isinglass,  ie.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 764 

Griess.    Diazo  Bodies 691 

Diazo  Compounds 2x3 

Griess,  J.  P.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition       626 

Griess,  P.,  and  Harrow,  G.    Action  of  Diamines  on  Carbo- 
hydrates       446 

Griessmayer.    Starch  Cellulose 4-46 

Griffiths,  A.  B*.    Irou  Sulphate  as  a  Manure 374 

Griffiths,  Bros.,  and  Co.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 637 

Grimaux,  E.,  and  Lefevre,  L.    Dextrin  from  Glucose 830 

Grimabaw  Bros.     Specimens   at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 612 

Grimshaw,  H.    Discussion  on  Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Groger,  M.    Oxidation  of  Palmitic  Acid 825 

Grosfils,  P.    Preservation  of  Butter 67o 

Grossman.    Discussion  on  Acidity  in  Flue  Gases :;is 

Discussion  on  Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 90 

Grotthus.    Action  of  Light  on  Iron  Salts 279 

Gruber,  O.  v.    Double  Sulphate  and  Phosphate  of  Ammonia  . .    442 

Guiinet.    Ultramarine 791 

Guitard.    Electric  Deposition  of  Dust :;7s 

Guntz.    Antimony  Tartrate , 509 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  so,  1888. 


PAGE 

Gussefeld,  0.    Nitrogen  in  rMisotl  Superphosphates 531 

Gutensohn,  A.,  and  James,  J.  M.    Pickling  Iron,  Ac 517 

Gatbzeit,  It.    S  a  Conrad '--" 

Gutzeit.    li.tr, n,i  irsenic 522 

Gutzeit,  H.    Methyl  Alcohol  in  Plants On:.  67 1 


Haarst.    Chloral  Camphor ^81 

llaberman.    Oxidation  of  Dextrose ■"•" l 

Hack.    Discussion  on  Purification  of  Coal  Has 30 

Hackney,  \V.    St  e  Penros»,  W 294 

Haddow,  A.    Adjustable  Thermometers  (illus.) ISO 

Hadfield,  R.    Steel 548 

Haedicke  ami  Tollens.    Raffinose S74 

Haen,  C.  J.  E.  do.    Antimony  Fluoride 7-7 

Haga,  T.    Set  Divers,  E 663 

Hagemann,  G.  A.    Thermo-chemistry 270 

Hagemann, O.  C.    Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 88 

Bagenbach.    Viscosity tit 

Hager.    Analysis  of  Opium B66 

Hahn.E.    Test  For  Linseed  Oil 681 

llakausson.    Toluensdisulphonic  Acid 137 

Hake.    Magnesium  Chloride 7s7 

Hallam,  A.    Specimens  at  Manchester  RoyalJubilee  Exhibition  636 

Haller,  J.  G.    See  Buttner 443 

II  ill.  tt,  W.  B.    Treatment  of  Sewage 072 

Halliday  and  Co.     Soap.  Ac.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Ilalske.    See  Siemens 734 

Halter,  C.  and  J.    Imitation  Straw  Plait 139 

Hamburger,  S.    Discussion  on  Magnesium  Chlorate 251 

Production  of  Chlorine "J  is 

Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining 21 

Discussion  on  Ultramarine 794 

Discussion  on  Pyrometers 14 

Hamel,  L.    Colours  on  Cotton S19 

Hamilton.    Broxburn  Petroleum 352 

Discussion  on  Egyptian  Petroleum 180 

Discussion  on  Testing  Para  [tin  Scale 275 

Testing  Paraffin  Scale 351 

Hammer.    Tannin 388 

Hammerschlag.    See  Liebermann 642 

Hammond,  G.    Utilisation  of  Gas  Tar S15 

Hammond,  H.  R.    See  Lea,  J 661 

Hammond,  J.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 719 

Hampe.    Separatum  of  Zinc 49 

Hampe.  W.    Treatment  of  Tin  Ore 301 

Hanansek,  E.    Detection  of  Woody  Pibre  in  Paper S10 

Hanisch,  E.,  and  Schroder,  M.    Sulphuric  Anhydride 599 

Handtmann.    Waste  Water  from  Sugar  Works 672 

Hanker,  Th.    Addition  of  Sugar  to  Cement 1 10 

Hanks,  H.  G.    Californian  Petroleum 409 

Hannan,  R.,  and  Milburn.  M.    Zinc 600 

Hannay,  J.  B.    Extraction  of  Gold 673 

Protective  Paint  for  Ships 601 

Sulphuric  Acid 720 

Treatment  of  Sewage 298 

Hannay,  J.  B.,  and  Pape.  E.  J.    White  Paint 550 

Hansen.     Beer  from  Pure  Yeast 17 

Yeast 556 

Hansen,  C.    Rennet 297 

Hansen,  r.  C.    Organisms  in  the  Air  and  in  Yeast  (illus.)  ....  lit 

Hans, >n.    Treatment  of  Sewage 230 

Hanssen.    Strychnine  605 

Hantzsch.    Nitrandio  Acid  213 

Harbord.    Influence  of  Silicon  on  Iron   203 

Harden  Stay  and  Sinclair  Fire  Appliance  Co.    Fire  Apnli- 

ances  at  Manchester  Royal  .Jubilee  Exhibition ". ..  (128 

Hardman   and    Holdons.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition '. . .  633 

Hardman,  J.,  and  Co.   Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 633 

Hardy,  G.  W.    See  Archer 825 

Hardy  and  Calmels.    Pilocarpine 675 

Hardy  and  Gallois.     Ineme 737 

Hargreavee,  J.,  Robinson,  T..  and  Hargreaves,  J.    Chlorine 

from  Hydrochloric  Acid 367 

Hargreaves  and  otbi  rs.    Treatment  of  Pyrites 368 

*ul|>l::tt<'  ,,!  Sni:i * 3&S 

Harm.  F.    Treatment  of  Waste  Sugar  Liipiors 551 

Hannet.H.    Basic  Lining  lor  Furnaces 218 

liarnaek.     Duboisine 389 

Harrington  Bros.    Bpecimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 7nl 


PAGE 

Harris,  A.  F.    Electro-plating 239 

Harris,  H.  F.    See  Davies,  E 558 

Harris,  H.  I.    Electric  Batteries 519 

Harrison,  F.  J.,  and  Co.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 630 

Harrison,  G.,  and  Trimming.  O.    Fireproof  Paint 550 

Harrison.  G.  K.    Firebricks,  Ac.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 767 

Harrow,  G.    See  Griess 446 

Hart.  P.    Estimation  of  Caustic  Soda 317 

Cooling  Water  for  Technical  Purposes  (illus.) 711 

Hartland,  W.  H.    River  Pollution  (illus.)  358 

Hartley,  W.  N.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Carbon  Compounds  . . .  215 

llartmaim,  J.    Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Harvey,  J.    Safety  Ci ick  for  Stills  649 

Hasebrock,  K,    Colour  Reaction  for  Bismuth l."6 

Hasenclever,  R.    Soda  Industry   663 

Hasselberg.    Spectrum  Photography 132 

Hasslaeher,  F.    See  Dun,  A 209 

Ilaussermann,  C.    Estimation  of  Paratoluidine 60S,  751) 

Analysis  of  Benzenes 639 

Hawksbee.    Injector  Pump  (illus.)    65 

Hawlickzek,  J.    See  Gossage 720 

Hawliezck,  J.    See  Mathieson 11,290 

Hayduck.     Hops 731 

Yeast  122 

Hayduck,  M.    Lactic  Acid  Fermentation 605 

Hayes,  C.    See  Remsen 816 

Hazlehurst  and  Sons.    Soap,  &c  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Health   Soap  Co.   Soap,   &c.  at  Manchester   Royal   Jubilee 

Exhibition  763 

Heathfield,  R.    Coating  Sheet  Iron 665 

Galvanising 512.  500 

Heckel.  E.,  and  Schlagdenhauffen,  F.    Araucaria .. . . .  675 

Cholestrin  ill  Vegetable  Fats 300 

False  Kola  Nut 737 

Heddle,  M.  F.,  Glen,  D.  C.and  Stewart,  D.    Filtering  Material  375 

Hclmcr.    Nesslerising 33 

Testing  Butter S31 

Heidlberg.    Chlorodimethylanilines 366 

Heim,  C.    Photometric  Investigation 716 

Heintz,  A.     Seger's  Pyroscope 134 

Heintz,  C.    Gas  Absorption  Tube  (illus.)  r.77 

Heinzelmann,  G.    St.  John's  Bread   830 

Heisch.    Sewage  Contamination 195 

Helhing,  H.    Strophanthus 3Si 

Helbiug  and  Elborue.    Seeds  of  Strophantus 737 

Helfenberger.    Estimation  of  Morphia 609 

Hellfrisch,  C.    See  Rossi 554 

Hellriegel.    Effect  of  Manure  on  Beetroot 667 

Hemilian,  W.    Diphenylmetaxylylmethane 213 

Hemming,  J.    pSeeDyar  661 

Hempel,  W,    Error  in  Gas  Analysis 747 

Gas  Burette  (illus.) 788 

Hencke,  H.,  Palm.  J.,  andSeetig,  B.  Dryer  for  Brewers'  Waste, 

&e.  (illus.) 47 

Henderson,  R.  J.    India-rubber  Compositions 732 

Hengold,  O.    Frozen  Milk 557 

Henry.  A.    Dyeing 641 

Henschke.    Seopolii  Root 834 

Hepp,  E.    See  Fischer,  0 723.  72 1 

Hepworth,  J.,  and  Marriott,  E.  Ammonia  from  Coal  Gas  (illus.)  864 

Herapath.     Sewage 2  Hi 

Herles.    Estimation  of  Sugar  in  Beets 750 

Hermite,  E.    Electrolytic  Bleaching  170,  217. 727 

Electrolytic  Bleaching  (illus.) 387 

Bleaching 299, 596 

Chlorine  and  Ozone 286 

Electrolysis 73 1 

Heron,  J.    Discussion  on  Antiseptic  Values  of  Salts 703 

Discussion  on  Bread 169 

Herreshoff,  J.,  and  Nichols,  H.  and  G.    Sulphuric  Acid 870 

Hcrroun,  E.F.    Discussion  on  Kinetite 11 

Herz,  J.    Artificial  Colours  in  Red  Wines 51 

Detection  of  Alum  in  Flour 51 

Herzfeld.    Extraction  of  Sugar 669 

Extraction  of  Sugar  from  Beet 828 

Oxidation  of  Dextrose 554 

Sugar  as  an  Addition  to  Mortar 870 

Sugar  used  with  Mortar 664 

Sweetness  of  Grape  Sugar '. 6a3 

Waste  Water  from  Sugar  Works 672 

Hesse.    Organisms  in  Air 115 

Test  for  Cincbouidine Ml 

Hesse,  O.    Alkaloids  of  Berberidaeeae 225 

Coca-bases 675 


Feb.  29, 1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XI 


PAGE 

Heumann,  K.,  and  Oeconomides,  L.    Diazoamidobenzene IM 

Diazoamido  Bodies 5U 

Heumann,  K.,  and  Wiernik,  J.    Diphenylethane 506 

Heusler,  C.    Siliceous  Copper 

Hewitt,  D.  B.    Discussion  on  Chlorine 

Hevwood,  J.    Apparatrs  at  Manchester  Koyal  Jubilee   Y.x- 

hibition 

Hickes,  R.L.    Disinfectants  with  Soda 072 

Hicks.  B.  J.,  and  Kirkwood.  J.    Lubricant 294 

Hicks,  W.    Lubricating  Compound 

Hhrgin,  J.    Sulphocyanide  o(  Copper 80 

Higgins,  C.  Longuet.    Chlorates 248 

Jl  .----s,  P.     Spoiler 599 

H  ikely,  P.,  and  Radcliffe,  J.    Filter 304 

Hilirard,  E.  W.    Influence  of  Lime  on  Vegetation 7S3 

II    --•■nstock.    Tetrabasic  Calcium  Phosphate 4",7 

Hill,  W.    SeeReimer 

Hills  F.  C.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 23 

Hinchcliffe.    See  Bratby 772 

Hindsberg,  0„  and  Kast.  A.    Physiological  Action  of  Acet- 

phenetidine 521 

Hinksman,  C.    SwBsagfa B  Si 

Hinsberg.    Tolunaphthazine 506 

Hird,  C.    Filters 

Hirsohsohn,  E.    Solubility  of  Indol 834 

Hirzel.    Steam  Bath  (illus.) 

Hitchins,  R.  W.    Non-conducting  Plaster 510 

Hlonsek,  J.    "Wood  Wool 3.V, 

Hobson,A.  H.    See  Knight,  F.  M 667 

Hodgkin,  J.  E„  and  Perrett,  E.    Filter  (illus.) 01 

Hodgfcinson.  A.    Cleansing  Compound 727 

Hoffmann,  R.    Ultramarine 7^'2 

Hoffmeister,  W.    Barley 415 

Hofman.    Detection  of  Aniline  Colours 522 

Hofman,  L.,  and  Koeniirs.    Kairoline 

Hofinaun.    Conxine 4->: 

H  f'nann,  A.  V.    Quiuoline  Red 214 

Hofmann.H.    Bleaching  Wool :-.: 

Hohnel,  F.  v.    Caoutchouc 4J3 

Holdens.    See  Hardman 833 

Holderman,  E.    Crystals  of  Sulphur  in  Calcium  Polysulphide  .  590 

Holliday,  T.    Dyeing  Fibres 5+4 

Holm,  C.,  and  Poulsen,  S.  V.    Contamination  of  Tea=t 556 

Holm,  J.  F.    See  Loerbeek 557 

Holm  and  Poulsen.    Analysis  of  Yeast 113 

Holmes,  J.  H.    Holders  for  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps 734 

Hoist.    Narcotic  Extracts K 

Hoist,  G..  and  Becknrts.  H.    Examination  of  Strychnine  and 

Brucine 

Holzer,  W.    Incandescent  Lamps 299 

Honig.    Oxidation  of  Dextrose 554 

Honig  and  Zatzeh.    Manganese  Precipitates 100 

Honywood,  T.    Preparation  of  Fibre 660 

Hood,  J.  J.,  and  Salamon,  A.  G.    Sulphate  of  Alumina 316 

Meta-Stannic  Acid 59S 

Hoogewerf  and  Tan  Dorp.    Isoquinoline 211 

Hooper,  D.    Acid  from  Gym  ne  ma  Sit  ventre 380 

Hooper,  H.  A.    Estimation  of  Lithium 713 

Hope,  W.    Gunpowder 225 

Hoppe-Seyler,  F.    Estimation  of  Hydrocen 563 

Horn,  F.  M.    Estimation  of  Salts  in  Soap 

Rosin  in  Beeswax! 6S2 

How,  W.  A.    Aerating  Beer,  Ac 297 

Howard,  D.    Address  at  Annual  Meeting 476 

Discussion  on  Alkaloids 49o 

Discussion  on  Bacteriology 323 

Discussion  on  Bread ins 

Discussion  on  Chlorine 78B 

Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 162 

Discussion  on  Filter  Pumps 73 

Discussion  on  Raisins  Acids 243 

Howard,  W.  C.    Thebaine 490 

Howard  and  Sons.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 639 

Howe,C.J.    Cement 370 

Howson,  E.    See  Long,  A.  de  Laude 294 

Hoyle,  S.    Anti-incrustator  for  Boilers 649 

Hufschmidt,  F.    Estimation  of  Arsenic 353 

Hughes.    Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates 706 

Hughes,  T.  V.    See  Rawson 134 

Hugounenq.    See  Cazeneuve 737 

Hummel,   J.    J.    Specimens   at   Manchester  Royal   Jubilee 

Exhibition '. 638 

Humy,  P.  R.  de  F.  d'.    Galvanic  Batteries 516 

Hunt,  B.    Estimation  of  Tannin 95 

Hunt,  C.    Discussion  on  Purification  of  Coal  Gas 31 


PAGE 

Hunter.    Broxburn  Petroleum 

Testing  Paraffin  Scale 

Hunter,  A.  D.    Deodcrant 515 

Hurst,  G.  H.    Va'enta's  Test  for  Oils 

Hurter.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 187 

Magnesium  Chlorate 25] 

Sulphur  in  Pyrites 316 

Hurter.  F.    Electrolytic  Bleaching  (illus.) 337 

Discussion  on  Pyrometers 15 

Treatment  of  Liquids  with  Gases  i  illus.  > 707 

See  Deacon 5"9 

Huston.    Shortness  of  Iron 42 

Hutchinson.   A.  H.     Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphos- 
phates   70S 

Discussion  on  Antiseptic  Value>    :'  >-...'- 70S 

Hutchinson,  C.  C.    Phosphatic  Slag 241 


Ihl,  A.    Colour  Reactions  of  Beet  Su^ar 

Colour  Reactions  of  Starch  and  Gum 306 

Ilinski.    Xaphthalene-a-oxime-j9-imide 723 

niingworth,  J.    See  Tolson,  G 

Immendorff,  H.    Determination  of  Lime  in  Slag 

Imray,  O.    Secondary  Battery 140 

Ingham,  W.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 1S7 

Imrlis.    Arsenic  in  Copper 354 

Ireland,  A.  C  and  Bowbeer,  J.  R.     Composition  for  Ships' 

Bottoms 219 

Inine,  R.    Eg\rptian  Petroleum 130,276 

Action  of  Bleach  on  Writing  Ink -  " 

Irwin.    Discussion  on  Influence  of  Mass 

Isbert,  A.    Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid 

Isler,  O..  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 034 

I   es.    Orthochromatic  Photography 425 


Jaeobsen.    Pure  Yeast 122 

Jacobsen,  E.    Quinoline  Red 214 

Jaeobsen.  O.    Pentamethylbenzene 510 

Purification  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 

Xylene ." 584 

Jaeobson,  H.    Vegetable  Fats BE 

Jacquelain,  A.    Carbon  Manufacture 720 

Ja^enburg.  G.    Dyeing  Fibres 544 

Mordanting  Cotton 508 

Jazn.    Pulsation  Pump 65 

Jago,  W.    Fermentation  in  Bread 164 

Jahne,  L.    Bleaching  Powder 367 

Jahns,  E.    Indian  Hemp 675 

Jakowlew.    Acetic  Acid  from  Wood 438 

James,  J.  M.    See  Gutensohn,  A 517 

Jameson.    CokeOven '• 

Jamezek.    Electrolysis 171 

Janovsky,  J.  V.,  and  Erb.  L.    Azobenzene  Products 435,  138 

Jannain.    Action  of  Water  on  Lead  Ill 

Jarmay,  G.    Ammonium  Chloride 540 

Jawein.  L.    Determination  of  Zinc 

Substances  from  "  Kamala  " 381 

Jelinek.    Carbonic  Acid  for  Sugar  Works 

Jeller,  R.    See  Donath 

Jensen.    Oxidation  of  Iron  Phosphide 680 

Jensen,  E.    Action  of  Air  on  Basic  Cinder 15 

Basic  Slaz 374 

Enrichment  of  Ground  in  Iron 44.'! 

Old  Ceramic  Ware -  r 

Jewsbury  and  Brown.    Mineral  Waters  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 771 

Jlimow,  J.    Russian  Bakuols 135 

Jobst,  F.    Cinchonidine  in  Quinine 455 

Jodlbaur.    Nitrogen  Determination 

John,  J.    Brewers'  Pitch 

Johnson.    Discussion  on  Bacteriology 325 

Discussion  on  Sodium  Manufacture 24s 

Johnson,  Tt.  S.    Aspirator 65 

Johnson.  J.,  and  Co.    Blacklead,  4c.  at  Manchester.  Royal 

JubUee  Exhibition 771 

Johnson,  J.  Y.    Treatment  of  Mineral  Oils  for  Soap 141 

Johnson,  S.  H.    Sewage  Sludge 241 

Johnson  and  Berthelot.    Melitose 445 


Xll 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,1888. 


PAOB 
Johnson,  Mattluy.  and  Co.    Platinum  al   Manchester  R  .yal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 695 

Johnston,  1'.,  and  Smith.  (.'.    Detonators --'' 

Johnston,  W.  B.    Batter]  Carbons 678 

i                .1.    Vacuum  Pan ^5 

Jolles,  a.    Reaction  of  Chloroform ,: 

Siphon  (illus.) I ■'" 

Jolly.    Barometric  Pump '  ■' 

J  (iiKs.    Loss  of  Oxygen  by  Permanganate 261 

Jones, E, and  Beech, A.    Filter  IY._-ss.-s :;,;' 

Jones,  r.    Uanganese  Precipitates i°o 

Jones,F.F.    s     Francis,J.R ?31 

Jones,  J.    Retorts  for  Shale,  &c 540 

s.  Spencer 376 

Jones,  T.  J.,  and  Tasker,  W,  11.    Secondary  Batteries 604 

Jdrgensen.    Micro-organisms  of  Yeast 120 

1          :i.     Reaction  of  Codeine 149 

Joss,  1'.     S«(  Ki-llner,  C) 553 

Joule.    Alechanical  Equivalent  of  Heat ~,,~ 

It  is.-  of  Zero  in  Thermometers 130 

Joule,  J.  1'.     Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 

1  lull 024 

Jonrdan.    Press  f. .r  Oil 540 

Julius, P.    Set  Schnltz,  G 653 

Juptner.    Colorimetric  Test  for  Sulphur 804 


Kahlbaum,  C.  A.  V.    Nitrotoluene 419 

Kahlbaum,  G.  W.  A.    Tbermo-regulator  (illus.) 301 

Kakizaki,  T.    See  K.-lliier,  O 553 

Kalniann,  W.    Iodine  Solutions 523 

Kalmann,  W..  and  spoiler,  J.    Examination  of  Soda  Liquors  .  S39 

Kanders.    Polariineter 835 

Kappel.    Solubility  of  Magnesium  in  Water  containing  Car- 
bonic Acid 607 

Kassner.    Residue  from  Potato  Spirit 829 

Kast.A.    See  Hindsberg,  0 521 

Kauffman,  C.  C.    Treatment  of  Fibres .' C60 

Ka,    Bros.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion    642 

Kaye,  Anthony  K.,  and  Son.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 701 

Kayser,  A.    Sodaand  Silicates  Manufacture  (illus,) 730 

Kceting,  G.  R.    Ventilation  of  Sewers 222 

Kehrmann,  F.    See  Nietzki 435 

Kelbe  and  Warth.    Acids  in  Resm  Oil 539 

Keilner,  O.,  and  others.    Development  of  the  Silkworm 553 

Kennedy.    Inlluence  of  Silicon  on  Iron 293 

Kennedy,  I).  M.    Purification  of  Petroleum  Oil 503 

Kennedy,  H.    Mineral  "Wool  from  Slag Ill 

Kennepohl,  G.    Phosphoric  Acid  in  Slag 680 

Kenyon,  H.    Zinc  Sulphide S22 

Kenyon,  T.    Pigments 513 

Kern,  A.    Colours  from  Thiobcnzoic  Acid 508 

Kern  and  Sandoz.    Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzoplienone....  660 

Kerner.  G.,  and  Weller,  A.    Commercial  Quinine  Sulphate  ...  S41 

Kerr,  J .    Canadian  Petroleum 411 

Kershaw,  H.    Dyeing  cotton,  &c - 215 

Kershaw,  J„  and  Co.     Samples  at  Manchester  Royal  Jublilee 

Exhibition 763 

Kessler,  J.  L.    Treatment  of  Bisulphates 292 

Kiliani,  II.    Arabinose 219 

Products  of  Arabinose 446 

Kilvert,  N.,  and  Sons.    Soap,  &o.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

King.    Discussion  on  Testing  l'arallin  Scale 275 

King,  F.,  and  Co.    Dried  Vegetables,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 771 

King,  J.  P.  and  V.  F.    Press  for  Paraffin  Scale 351 

Kingzett,  C.  T.    Glycerin  from  Soap  Leys 88 

intiseptio  Properties  of  Various  Salts  702 

Discussion  on  Bacteriology 324 

Discussion  on  Chlorine 7<10 

Kirchner.    Inlluence  of  Sugar  Liquors  on  Milk  of  Cows 448 

Borkpatrick.  J.    Turkey-Rwl  Oil 541 

Kirkwood,  J.    See  Hicks,  B.  J 294 

Kissel,  A.  K.    Imitation  India-rubber 219 

E  -si in l\  It.    Ezaminatum of  Gtlne 565 

Estimation  ..(  Nicotine 665 

Kjeldahl.    Nitrogen  Determination  (illus.) 150,457 

Klasou,  P.    Action  of  Chlorine  on  Carbon  Bisulphide 728 

Toluenedisulph.mil-  Acids 137 

Dander,  C,  L.    Dyeiug  Yam 595 


TAGE 

Kleb.    Cultivation  of  Organisms 114 

Klein.    Iron  Phosphide  not  present  in  Slag 6S0 

Microphytes 323 

Pure  Yeast 113 

Klein.  J.    Use  of  Ammonium  Dithiocarbonatc  in  Analysis....  BS6 

Klein,  Schanzlin,  and  Becker.    Rotary  Pumps  (illus.) 716 

Kleiner-Fiertz,  E.  C.    Aluminium 512,  517,  51S 

Kleist  and  Zeller.    Repairing  Coke  Ovens  (illus.) 2s2 

Klien.    Composition  of  Barley  and  Peas 45 

Klinger.    Diamidostilbeuc 437 

Ki  1:1  up.     Slag  and  Cement Got 

Ultramarine 7i'ii 

Knapp,  1".    Ultramarine 40 

Knapp.J.B.    Gas  Burner  with  Nitrous  Oxide 815 

Knecht.    Chrvsamine  as  a  Mordant 817 

Filter  Pump  (illus.) 72 

Kneeshaw,  Lupton.  and  Co.    Paving,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition '. . .  767 

Knight,  E.  M.,  and  Hobson,  A.  H.    Liquid  Gum 667 

Kuights,  J.  \V.,  and  Gall,  W.  D.    Disinfectant 37s 

Knoll,  A.    Morphinecarbonic  Acid  520 

Codeine  521 

Knop.    Ammonia  Determination 827 

Azotometer  6117 

Knop,  "W.    Estimation  of  Ammonia  in  Soils  457 

Knorr.    Antipyrine  4so 

Knorre,  G.  v.     Use  of  Nitroso-/3-naphthol  in  Analysis S84 

Knublauch.    Influence  of  Lime  in  Gas-making 503 

Kobert.    Croton  Oil 520 

Kobig.    Hexyl  Alcohol 146 

Kiibrick,  A,    Ash  in  Organic  Substances 840 

Organic  Matter  in  Spring  "Water  455 

Koch.    Comma  Spirilla 820 

Mi.To-or-runisms  in  Water  114 

Koch,  R.    Titration  of  Free  Acid  in  Tannin 608 

K...  lis.  W.    Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Albuminoids lis 

Kocian,  K.    See  Wohanka 378 

Kock,  E.    Triphenylmethane  Derivatives 65S 

Koechlin.    Bichrome  as  a  Mordant l:;i 

Kocllner,  C.  A.    Filter  Press  (illus.)    814 

Koenigs.    Quinoline  4S5 

Koenigs,  W.    See  Comstock,  AY.  J 146,  7:10 

Koblransch.    Electrolysis  of  Chlorates 344 

Kohn.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Bleaching S4o 

Discussion  on  Treatment  of  Liquids  with  Gases Tin 

Kohn,  G.  H.    Water  Gas   503 

Kolb,  J.    Syphon 39 

Kolbe 561 

Koller,  T.    Plantago  Major 4!i 

Kollmann.    Shortness  of  Iron   42 

Koninck,  L.  L.  de.    Thiosulphates ;;si 

Detection  of  Ammonia,  Nitric  Acid,  &c :;•- 1 

Korab.    Alant  Root   520 

Korth.    Treatment  of  Spirit  Residues 830 

Kurting.    Aspirator  with  Filter  (illus.) 537 

Filter  Pump  (illus.) 72 

Korvins-Sakovicz,  T.  v.    Grape  Sugar 602 

Kostanecki,  S.  v.    See  Lieberniann 724.  sis 

Kottstorfer.    Butter  Analysis 388 

Kraemer,  G.,  and  Bottcher,  VV.    Relation  of  Petroleum  to  Coal 

Hydrocarbons 504 

Krause.    Chlorobromanilic  Acid 720 

Krause,  \V.    Green  Colour 507 

Kremel,  A.    Aconite 505 

Colchicine :;ss 

Extract  of  Conium 682 

Lead  Plaster 667 

Kremp.    Field  Experiments B26 

Kretzchmar,  M.    Detection  of  Boron 568 

Fat  in  Milk 151 

Determination  of  Potassium 528 

Kreusler.    Formation  of  Nitrates 601 

Kreuslcr,  U.    Nitric  Acid  in  Plants .'..".2 

Respiration  of  Plants ., 733 

Kreuzhage.    See  Wolf,  G 667 

Krdhnke.    Boronatrocalcitc 545 

Kriiss.    Photometry 501 

Krtiss,  G.    See  Yicrordt,  R 137 

Kuhlmanu.    Emulseur  (illus.) 170 

Ultramarine 791 

Kiihn.    Application  of  Copper  Sulphate  to  Wheat 205 

Kuhn,  B.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    635 

Kiilme.    Peptone 840 

Kulz,  E.    Indian  Yellow 507 

Kundt.    Absorption  Spectra 429 

Kunkel,  J.    Phosphorus 706 


Peb.29.U88.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Kuntze,  L.    Sugar  Waste  Lye  aa  Manure 552 

Kunz.  H.    Emetine 

Paraffin  as  Preventive  against  Frothing BBC 

Kurtz,  \.  G..  and  Co.    Specimens  it  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhil  .it  ion <»5 

Kynaston,  J.  W.    Chlorate  o(  Potash 598 


liberie,  P.    Evaporator  for  Sugar  Liquor 554 

Lach.    Sugar  Manufacture 553 

Ladenburg.    Atropine 

i-ine 389 

Ladenburg,  A.    Active  Confines  221 

Ladenburg  and  Both.    Lutidinic  Acid S66 

■we.  E.G.  H.    Fireproof  Paper S8C 

Ladureau.    Nitrates  in  Beets 143 

Ladureau,  A.    Ammonia  Ferment 

de.  G.  V.    Electric  Bat  tones 51S 

Discus!    n  on  Egyptian  Petroleum 130 

Lambert,  H.,  and  Greenwood,  G 443 

Landin.  J .    See  Abom,  W 514 

Landolt.    l'olaristrobometer 449 

Landon,  C.  E„  and  Wilson,  J.    Emulsion  of  Chloroform -J 

Landwehr.  H.  A.    Reagent  for  Hydrojyl  Group 226 

■k.  II.  <■ .  and  Ritsert,  R.  E.    Treatment  of  Wool  Fat  .  373 

Lanehcck.  K.  W    Treatment  of  Wool  Fat' 519 

Lange.    Picoline 224 

Langenhagen,  J.  H.  G.    Leather  Polish 295 

Latchinow.    Tolnenesulphamide 587 

Laube,  G.    Decolourising  Power  of  Animal  Charcoal 47 

Lauder,  A.    Whisky  at  Manchester  Eoyal  Jubilee  Exhibition.  773 

Laurent.    Naphthase 

Polarimeter 833 

Laval.  C.  G.  P.  de.    Valuation  of  Milk 151 

Lavender.  E.    Oxide  of  Iron  Paint 373 

■  ,'C   Chemical   0>.      India-rubber  Substitute  at  Man- 
chester Eoyal  Jubilee  Exhibition 767 

Lawes  and  Gilbert.    Barley 45 

Lawrence,  T.,  and  Son.     Bricks,  &c.  at   Manchester  Eoyal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 7'-7 

Laycock,  T.    'Waterproofing  Leather 601 

Li.  J-.  and  Hammond,  H.  E.    Employment  of  Zinc  Ore  in 

Chlorine  Manufacture 664 

Leather,  J.  W.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 

Discussion  on  Filter  Pumps 75 

Moisture  in  Superphosphates 404 

Lebiez.  L.  C.  E.    Secondary  Batteries 833 

Leblanc.    Soda 7>s 

Le  Chateher,  H.    Hieh  Melting  Points 

Lcclanehc.  M.    See  Barbier.  E 735 

Ledebur.  A.    Blue-shortness  of  Iron  and  Steel 42 

Experiments  on  Pis  Iron 37" 

Influence  of  Hot  Blast 5  18 

Leerbeck,  A.  R.,  and  Holm,  J.  F.    Albumen-maltose 557 

Lefebore.  X.    Spirit  Still 774 

Lefevre,  L.    See  Grimaux 830 

Le  Franc.    Molasses  Sugar f,54 

Legler,  L.    Estimation  of  Glycerin 52 

Lehmaun,  O.    See  Xietzki 435 

Lehmann,  E.    Varnish  Manufacture 550 

Lellmann,  E.    p-nitronaphthalene 541 

Pbenyl-piperidine 605 

Lellmann  and  Eemy.    0-nitronaphthalene 593 

Lcnz,  O.  K.    Distillation  of  Petroleum 591 

Lcnz.  W.    Discrimination  of  Indigos 739 

Permanganate  Method  of  Organic  Analysis 98 

Leone,  T.    Bacteria  in  Water B27 

Leonardt  and  Co.    Cotton  Colours 818 

Leonhardt.  A.,  and  Co.    Azo-Colours 507,815 

Leuckart,  E.    Carvol,  Borneol,  and  Menthol 449 

Lenken.    Reaction  for  Sugar 149 

Lever,  Bros.    Soap,  ic.  at  Manchester  Eoyal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion    763 

Levi.L.  E.    Thiophen  Green 505 

Levinstein.    Xylene 5*4 

Levinstein.    I ,   and   Co.      Specimens   at  Manchester  Eoyal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 633 

Levy.    See  Gasselin 149 

Levy,  L.    Colour  Enactions  for  Arsenic  and  other  Acids 3jr 

Determination  of  Titanic  Acid Bra 

Lewis,  G.  T.    Smeltinz  Tin  Ore 13 

Lewis,  H.  and  E.  W.    See  Thomas 511 

Lewj".    Estimation  of  Paratoluidine 60S 

Leybold,  \V.    Delivery  Tnbe  for  Burettes  (illus.) 3*2 


PAGE 

I.'H  te.  L.    Estimation  of  Vanadium 

See  Girard,  C 

Lidoff,  A.,  and  Tichomiroff,  W.    Electric  Bleaching 

Liebermann.    Eeaction  for  Albumen 

Liebermaun,  C„  and  Bergami,  O.    Cocccrin 560 

Ruberythric  Acid •  722 

Liebermanu,  C,  and  Gimbel,  A.    Anthranol 653 

Liebermann  and  Hammerschlag.    Dinitronaphtbylamine 512 

Liebermann  and  Jacobsen.    Eihenyl-a-/3-naphthyleiiedianiine  : 

Liebermann,  C,  and  Romer,  M.    Alkannin 723 

Liebermann,  C.  and  Kostanecki,  St.  v.    Oxyanthraquinones  721.  -IS 

Liebermann,  C,  and  Seidler,  P.    Opiatrrin 341 

Liebermann,  C,  and  Wi  use,  W.    Hydroxyanthraqninone 546 

Li'bermann.  C.  and  Witt,  0.  X.    Azines of  Cbrysoquinone  . . .  723 

Liebhaber,  Baron  de.    Cleaning  Powders  (Tologens) 2!>4 

Liebig's  E.rtract  of  Meat  Co.     Preparations  at  Manchester 

Rival  Jubilee  Exhibition 772 

Liebig's  Wine  Co.    Preparations  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition "71 

Liechti  and  Suida.    Mordanting 92 

Mordants 133 

Turkey.Red  Oils 513 

Liepmann,  H.    Electpjlytic  Treatment  of  Ores 518 

Lieven,  O.    Behaviour  of  Peaty  Sand  in  Cement +12 

Light,  J.,  and  Son.    Soap,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 

Lightfoot,  T.  B.    Refrigeration 

Lignon.M.    Estimation  of  Emetine 609 

Lilley.H.  L..  andCo.     Starch,  te. at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 770 

Limbach.    Metaxylidine 541 

Limprieht  and  Richter.    Toluenedisulphonic  Acid 137 

Linch.   See  Bucking 551 

Ling.  A.  R.    Isomeric  Change  in  Phenol  Series 72 

Linlithgow  Oil  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition 630 

Linnemann.    Water  Air  Pump 65 

Lintner.    Diastase 417 

Pure  Yeast 122 

Lintner,  C.  H.    Diastase i'M 

Lintner,  C.  J.    Brewing 554 

Lippmann.  '  Amount  Of  Pulp  in  Beet 1 13 

Eaflinose 445 

Lippmann,  E.  v.    Eaflinose 46 

Lippmann.  E.  O.  v.    y-Galactan 

Saccharates 554 

Lippmann,  G.v.    Juice  of  Abnormal  Suear  Beet 6«9 

Lipscombe,  H.  E.    Purification  of  Water ;72 

Lisch.    SeePetry 3 

List  R.    See  Pahlberg,  C 

Lister,  J.  T.    Carbons  for  Electric  Lamps 379 

Little  and  Son.    Specimens   at    Manchester   Eoval   Jubilee 

Exhibitiou 630 

Liversedge.  A.  J.    Discussion  on  River  Pollution 361 

Discussion  en  Testing  Paraffin  Scale 275 

Livesey,  F .    Cost  of  Purification  of  Coal  Gas 30 

Livesey,  J,  and  Whitehouse,  W.    Carburetter  for  Gas i 

Lloyd.    Lobelia  Lnftata 520 

Sewage 243 

Lloyd,  J.  1".  andC.  G.    Magnolia  Bark 300 

"  Asiminin 300 

Lloyd,  E.    Amines  from  Phenols "2 

Lodge.    Electric  Deposition  of  Dust 378 

Loew,  O.    Catalytic  Actions 43.5 

Diastase 447 

Formose 44»j 

Loewy.    Manufacture  of  Toluidine 420 

Loges,  G.    Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Slags 467 

Lopes  and  Emeis.    Analyses  of  Leaves 414 

Lohmann,  C.    Dyeing  Blue 50S 

Loiseau.    Eaflinose 415 

See  Boivin 16 

Lomas.    See  Morgan 772 

London  and  Counties   Tea   Co.     Tea  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 77 ; 

Long,  A.  de  Laude,  and  Howson,  R.    Fibrous  Iron 294 

Lorenz.    Litmus  as  an  Indicator 419 

Lorimer,  J.  H.    Bleaching,  Disinfeetine,  &c 508 

Drying  Hides.  4c 551 

Lorrain,  J.  G.    Electric  Deposition  of  Dust :_;7* 

Filtration 5nl 

Incandescent  Lamps 517 

Organic  Oxides 377 

LSsch.    Determination  of  Theinc 566 

Lott,  E.    Sewage  Contamination 495 

Louis,  D.  A.    English  Tobacco 79 

Lovett.  J.    Filter  Pump 6K 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  w,  1888. 


tage 

1,  vibond,  J.  W.    Colorimeter  (illus.)  522 

meter t>-8 

Lowden,  8.    Cement 51" 

l.i.w. •.('..  and  Co.    Spec-hm  ->'■-  :it    Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition **5 

LSwe,  F.  P.  F.    White  Lead "32 

Lowenthal.    Determination  i >f  Tannin H 

Estimation  of  Tannin ™ 

Tannin 388 

Lowig,  C.    Caustic  Alkalis I38 

Ludlow,  W.  J.    Batteries 558 

Lndwig.    Separation  of  Antimony f>"3 

Luke,  J.    Duplex  Paper  for  Walls,  4c 519 

Lund,  J.    See  Cunliffe '814 

Lunge.    Estimation  of  Paratoluidine 6C8 

Kinetite ? 

Estimation  of  Chlorine 344 

Sulphur  Determination 85 

Sulphur  in  Pyrites 846 

Lunge,  G.    German  Coke  Oven  Tars 580 

Estimation  of  Sulphur  in  Pyrites 96 

Nitrogen  Compounds  in  Sulphuric  Acid 679 

Sorubber  for  Gases  (illus.) 584 

Lunge,  G. .  and  Rohrmann.  L.    Absorber  for  Gases 597 

Absorption  Apparatus  (illus.) 538 

Lunge,  G.,  and  Rosenberg,  J.    Lutidines  of  Coal  Tar 865 

Lunge  and  Smith.    Aetion  of  Potassium  Permanganate 99 

I. upon.    See  Eneeshaw 767 

Lftrmaon,  F.  W.    Blast  furnaces 548 

Lux.    Purification  of  Gas 134 

Lwoff,  J.    Fatty  Aeids  in  Resin  Oil 539 

Lyman,  J.H.    Waterproof  Paints S25 

Lyte,  P.  M.    Cupels 43 

Lead  Pigment 732 

White  Lead 601 

Macadam.    Boiler  Incrustation  178 

Macadam,  I.    Discussion  on  Testing  Paraffin  Scale 271 

Macadam,  W.  I.  Employment  of  Agalite  in  Paper  Manufacture 

(illus.) 126 

Gas  from  Paraffin  Oil   199 

Macalister,  H.  G.,  and  Stewart.  W.    Iodised  Oil 834 

Mac  Arthur,  A.    Sheep  Dip  142 

M' Arthur,  J.    .See  Dittmar 799 

MacArthur,  J.  B.    Mineral  Oil  Gases 810 

Maearthur.  J.  S„  Forrest,  R.  W.  and  W.,  and   Morton.  G. 

Extraction  of  Gold  and  Silver 600 

Hacdonald,  J.  W.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management  1S7 

External  Scale  on  Boilers 334 

Arrowroot  Manufacture 334 

Discussion  of  Sugar  Refining '...  20 

Macllwaine,  A.  W.    Extraction  of  Oils 294 

Macindoe,  G.  D.    Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates  .  704 
Macintosh.  C,  and  Co.    India  rubber  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 765 

Mack.    Starch SI 

Mackay,  F\  X.    Absorption  of  Gases    36S 

Mackay,  H.    Medicinal  Preparation  of  Oils 835 

Mackinuon.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Mackintosh,  .T.  B.    Gas  Analysis  (illus.) S36 

Maonab,  T.    Cartridges  for  Blasting 521 

Maonab,  W.,  sen.  and  jun.,  and  Donald,  J.    Settling  Tank 814 

Hacpherson,  D.,  and  Co.    Specimens    at  Manchester   Rcval 

Jubilee  Exhibition 637 

MacTcar.    Black  Ash 349 

Maetear.   Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Bleaching 247 

Discussion  on  Sodium  Manufacture 217 

Mallear.  J.     Elevator  for  Acids,  &e.  (illus.) 176 

Preparing  Soda  for  Sale 42 

Sodium  174 

Strontia  Hydrate 597 

Maddox.    Orthochromatie  Photography 425 

Haercher.    Barley - 377 

Barley  for  Brewing 143 

Determination  of  Starch 53 

Maercker.  M.    See  Bcscler,  A 868 

.Mallei.  E.  T.    Xanthoxylum  Fraxineuin 49 

Hagerstein,  V.    Action  of  Sodium  Nitrate  as  Manure 41 

Magnesium  Metal  Co.   Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubileo 

Exhibition 695 

Magnus,  .1 .    .v  e  But  titer 443 

Mabla.    Hydrastine  881,449 

Maiguen.  P.  A.    Purification  of  Water 222 

Majendie,  Col.  V.  D.    Report  on  Explosion  at  Manchester 885 

Malandin,  L.  P.  C.    See  Dcbouteville 502 

Mallat,  A.  C.    Sic  Grasset 370 

Mallet.    Chloro-staunic  Compound 456 


rA«E 

Mailman  and  Scolik.    Orthochromatie  Photography 426 

Malot,  C.    Titration  of  Phosphoric  Acid 563 

Maltzahn  v.    Solubility  of  Phosphate's 667 

Maltzan,  M.    Solubility  of  Thomas-slag 46 

Mallbre,  E.    Brewing 669 

Manchester  Aniline  Oo.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 634 

Mandleberg,    J.,   and  Co.    India-rubber,  &c.  at  Manchester 

Itoyal  Jubilee  Exhibition   766 

Mannlcy,  T.    Valuation  of  Indigo 455 

Manonry  and  Scheibler.    Sugar  Relining 17 

Maquenne.    Dambose  and  Inosite 666 

3Ieth,\  1  Alcohol  in  Plants 674 

Methylamine  in  Plants 603 

Margerison,  J.,  ar.d  Co.    Soap  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 762 

Marguerite-Delacharlonny,  P.    Volatilisation  from  Solutions. .    306 

Margueritte.    Determination  of  Iron 564 

Marino-Zuco,  F.    See  Celli,  A 896 

Markownikow.    Xaphthenes 504 

Marlott,  K.    Omeire  831 

Marpniann.    Alant  Root 520 

Marriott,  E.    See  Hepworth,  J 364 

Marsh,  J.  A.    Gas  from  Hydrocarbons  690 

Marshall,  F.  J.    Paper  Pulp 380 

Marshal],  G.  F.    Filters 501 

Marshall,  J.  and  T.  A.    Malt  Flour 145 

Martens.  A.    Strength  of  Paper  299 

Martin,  .1.  C.    White  Lead S25 

Martin,  R,  H.    Asbestos  Cloth  300 

Martins,  C.  A.    Mixed  Azo-colours 138,139 

Stilbene  and  Fluorene  Derivatives 437 

Marz.    Pure  Yeast 122 

Maschke.    Starch  Globules 83 

Mason,  W.  P.    Viscometer  412 

Massey-Mainwaring,  W.  F.  B.    Presses  for  Sludge 378 

Mathieson,  T.  T.    See  Gossage  72:1 

Mathieson,  N.,  and  Hawliczek,  J.    Bicarbonate  of  Soda 4L 

Mathieson.  T..  and  llawliezck,  J.    Treatment  of  Black  Ash 

(illus.) 290 

Matsuoka,  V.    See  Kellner,  0 553 

Matthew,  P.  M.,  jun,    Waterpoof  Fabrics   549 

Matthews,  H.  R.  and  C.  G.    Aerated  Beverages  221 

Matthews,  R.    Ses  Noad,  J.  H 146 

Maumene.    Inversion  of  Sugar 17 

Saccharine 419, 588 

Mawson  and  Swan.    Filter  Pumps  (illus.) 72 

Maxim,  H.  S.    Magnetic  Separation  of  Metals 515 

Max  Mtiller.    Corrosion  of  Lead  Pipes 832 

Maxwell,  T.,  and  Young,  J.    Colouring  Matters 286 

Maxwell,  W.    Carbon  Filaments 516, 605 

Carbon  Filaments  for  Lamps 517 

Incandescent  Electric  Lamps 7,35 

May.    See  Bryant 771 

Mayencon,    Electrolytic  Detection  of  Metals 836 

Mayer,  A.    Adulterated  Linseed  Cake 557 

Me  Arthur,  J.  B.    See  Beilby,  G 31,212 

MeCay.    Arsenic  in  Pyrites 353 

McCay,  Le  Roy  W.    Determination  of  Arsenic 564 

McCosh.    See  Alexander 583 

McCutchon.    Press  for  Paraffin 271 

Press  for  Paraffin  Scale 126 

McDougall  Brothers.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 630 

McFarlane.  W.    Cotton,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition      63S 

McKechnie,  D.    Refining  Copper 512 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 696 

McLean,  A.,  and  Smith,  R.    Coloured  Varnishes 601 

MoNair,    Discussion  on  Valenla's  Test  for  Oils 24 

Medicus.    Formula  for  Uric  Acid 681 

Medland,  J.  B.    Regulator  for  Incandescent  Lamps 299 

Meerkatz.    Estimation  of  Tannin 96 

Meeze,  A.  G.    Gas  from  Fluid  Hydrocarbons 719 

Meikle,  J.    Bleaching  Cotton,  &c 727 

Meineke.  C.    Determination  of  Manganese 45« 

A 1  ialysis  of  Clay 442 

Determination  of  Phosphorus 387 

Meldola,  R.,  and  Strcatfeild,  F.  W.    Diazoamido  Compounds  283, 721 

Mellon,  W.  W.    Free  Acid  in  Superphosphates 803 

Mellor,  W.    Pottery  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. .    767 

McndelejelT.    Eka-silicon 731 

Bakuol 135 

Pulsir  Pump 65 

Mensrhing.    See  Meyer,  V 731 

Mensching,  J.,  and  Meyer,  V.    Pyrometer 521 


Peb.  39,1888  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


CAGE 

Meroer,  .1.    Manganese  Bronze  on  Calico 193 

Merck,  C.  E.    Bcgonine 225 

Merck,  E.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  039 

Merck,  W.    Peptone 561 

Hermet.    Gas  Purnace 539 

Merriam,  L.  P,    Xvlomite  for  Collars,  ic "  I 

Merritt,  II.  W.    Coating  for  Electric  'Wires 55S 

Herryman,  S.  W.    Boiler-cleaning  Compound 361 

Merz.    Mcthylphenazine , 212 

Mere.  V.,  and  MQIler,  P.    Aniline  formed  from  Phenol 138 

Mono-  and  Di-tolylamine 505 

Men,  V..  and  RK  0.    Ethylenediamine  with  Catechol 513 

Meserole,  A.  V.     Secondary  Batteries s;i 

Meunier.    Calorific  Value  of  Coal So 

M-unier-Lyon.    Vaselio 520 

Meyer.    Decomposition  of  Phosphatic  Slag 91 

"  Solubility  of  Thomas-slag 46 

Meyer,  J>.    Distillation  under  Reduced  Pressure  (illus.) 878 

Meyer,  V.    Magnesium  and  Germanium 510 

Physiological  Action  of  Chlorinated  Ethyl  Sulphide r.71 

8t  ffMensching 521 

Meyer,  V.,  and  Mensching.    Vapour  Density  of  Germanium  ..  731 

.Meyer,  V..  and  Xeure,  K.    Bye-products  of  Thiophen 653 

Me]  gang,  G.    Waterproof  Paper 553 

M  ichael.    Resorcinol  Reaction 3S8 

M  ichaelis,  H.    Reflux  Condenser  (illus.) 147 

Michel.    Viscosity  of  Beer 554 

Mi.  the,  A.    See  Gaedicke,  J - 

Millet.    See  Colin.    Organisms  in  Air 115 

Miksch.    Sugar  Manufacture 553 

Hilburn,  M.    See  Hannan,  R COO 

Miller.    See  Armstrong 5S4 

Miller,  V.  h.  E.    Drying  Sewage 48 

Millochau,  A.,  and  Chailly,  F.    Tannin-- 142 

Mills,  E.  J.    Discussion  on  Gas  from  Oil 203 

Discussion  on  Indicators 199 

Viscosity 414 

Millward  and  Cryer.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 635 

Milne.    Discussion  on  Iron  in  Chars 500 

Milne,  J.  M.    Determination  of  Ammonia 423 

Extraction  of  Fat  by  Soxhlet's  Apparatus 33 

Ne8slerising 33 

Milues,  E.  D„  and  Brother.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Miniati,  T.,  Booth,  H.,  and  Cohen,  J.  B.    Reduction  of  Xitro- 

toluenc 418 

Minton,  T.    See  Brock,  J 291 

Hitscherlich.    Azo-benzene 5:d 

Barometric  Pump u5 

Mitscherlich,  A.    Fibres  from  Wood 543 

Hitting,  E.  K.    Discussion  on  Kinetite 12 

M'Dougall,  J.  T.  and  J.    Wood  Pulp 146 

M'Loughlin,  C.  S.    See  Colby 3G6 

Moerner,  C.  T.    Nutritive  Value  of  Funsi 298 

Mohlau,  R.    Cotton  Colours S17 

Mohler.    Sulphur  Determination 97 

Mohr,  C.    Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid 523 

Moison,  F.  T.    See  Burton,  C.  W 2j 

Molisch.    Reaction  for  Sugar 1 4!' 

Moliseh,  H.    Nitrogen  Compounds  in  Plants 551 

Mollett-Fontaine,  F.    Treatment  of  Textile  Materials 360 

Molloy,  B.  C.    Amalgamating  Gold ;:;,-, 

Mond,  L.    Ammonia  from  Ammonium  Chloride 140,216,217 

Chlorine 4  m 

Treatment  of  Ammoniiun  Chloride 288 

Mond  and  Jarmay.    Bicarbonate  of  Soda 54; 

Monnet,P.    Fractional  Distillation  (illus.)  678 

Montagne,  S.    Treatment  of  Tin  Scrap 294 

Montagne,  S.  C.    See  Rcillon 512 

Montagne,  S.  T.    Recovering  Tin  from  Scrap gi  1 

Montgelas,  Count  R.  de.    Aluminium  Batteries S80 

Electric  Batteries 223 

Magnesium 223 

Moodie.    Mechanical  Separator  (illus.) 13 

Moore.    See  Brown- Westhead 763 

Moore,  E.    New  Tint  of  Opaque  Glass ,-,  17 

Morand,  A.    Tannin 291 

Morawskiaml  Sfcingl.    Manganese  Precipitates Io0 

Morawski,  T.,  and  Stingl,  J.    Soja  Bean 5i;i 

Morchais.    See  Pellet 45 

Morfit,  C.    Treatment  of  Paper 553 

Morgan,  Lomas,  and  Co.    Matches,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 772 

Moritz,  E.  R.    Composition  of  Worts 603 


PAGE 

Morite,  J.    Old  Win.- 48 

M     ris.    Organisms  of  Yeast 194 

Morris,  G.  II.     Micro-organisms  (illus.) 113 

Horth,  F.    Furnace  for  Hydrocarbons 212 

Morton,  G.    Set  Mac  Arthur,  J.  S 6C0 

Moseley,  C.    Obituary 682 

Moseley,  D„  and  Sons.    India-rubber,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Jlostyn  Coal  ami  Iron  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition '. . .  695 

Mottershead  and  Co.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition 629 

Mourlot,  E.    Birch  Bark 549 

Moyret.    Examination  of  Silk 565 

Mueller,  F.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion   C2S 

Muencke.    Nitrogen  Detennination  (illus.) 150 

Muencke,  R.    Filter  Pumps  (illus.) 73 

Muhlbauser,  O.    Beuzaldebyde  Green 433 

Methyl  Violet 434 

Methylene  Blue 136 

<  iranee  Azo-Colours 591 

TheEosins 283 

Resorcinol 284 

Muirhead,  A.    Action  of  Zinc  Chloride  on  Oils :;-jt; 

Mulder.    Ammonium  Dithiocarbonate 836 

Muller,  A.    Action  of  Fusel  Oil 830 

Titration  of  Indigo 455 

Muller,  F.  C.  G.    Crucible  Steel 2:' : 

Muller,  H.    Blue  Colour  for  Cotton 215 

Muller,  J.  A.    Ferro- and  Ferricyanides 545 

Muller.  K.    Storage  of  Sugar  Residues 664 

Muller,  M.    Preservation  of  Food 557 

Muller,  P.    Xylylamiiies 540 

Mailer,  P.    See  Merz,  V 138,  505 

Muller,  R.    See  Bamberger,  E 660 

M  tiller-Jacobs.    Turkey-red  Oils 543 

Muller-Jacobs,  A.    Colouring  Matters 13S 

Muller,  Thursau  H.    Action  of  Diastase 829 

Mumford.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Moisture  in  Superphosphates 404 

Mumford,  T.W.B.    Discussion  on  Analysis  of  Superphosphates  704 

Grinding  and  Separating  Hard  Substances  (illus.) 12 

Superphosphates  333 

Munro,  J.  31.  H.    Sewage  Sludge 239 

Muntz.    Tannin  388 

Muntz  and  Rainspacher.    Tan  Testing 04 

Hurrie,  J.    Indicators  for  Boilers 133 

Muspratt.    Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining 20 

Muspratt,  E.  K.    Discussion  on  Chlorine 7ss 

Discussion  on  Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Pyrites 345 

Discussion  on  Pyrometers ." 14 

Muspratt,  E.  K.,  and  Escbellmann,  G.    Chlorates 2ls 

Muspratt,   J.,  and    Sons.    Specimens   at    Manchester    Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Mylius.    Detection  of  traces  of  Lead 304 

Mylius,  E.    Preparation  of  Ointments HI 

Mylius,  F.    Gallic  Acid  Reaction lis.) 

Iodine  Starch 

Nageli  and  Lister,    Cultivation  of  Organisms 114 

Xahnsen,  R.    Estimation  of  Copper  and  Arsenic 564 

Xasini.    See  Caruel  Jlti ;j:; 

X"nson,  H.  B.    Viscometer 412 

Xast.  W.  F.    Treatment  of  Manure 553 

Native  Guano  Co.    Treatment  of  Sewage .  378 

X'autier,  A.    Superphosphate  for  Beet z.<; 

Xebel,  B.    Distillation  of  Mercury  in  Vacuo 606 

Neisen,  F.    Barometric  Pump 65 

Xelson,  A,    See  Craig,  A.  F 2:>4 

Xenchi.    Ptomaines 4-4 

Neucki,  M.  v.,  and  Kolbe,  C.    Salols 561 

Xesliit,  E.  P.    Clearing  Hides m 

Tanning   513 

Nestle,    H.  Milk    Foods  at  Manchester  Royal    Jubilee    Ex- 
hibition    775 

XVt  Llefold,  F.    Moisture  in  Superphosphates 403 

Xeuffer,  K.  H.    Ammonium  Phosphate  as  a  Manure 443 

Injurious  Action  of  Sodium  Xitrate 444 

Manures 143 

Neuhaus,  G.    Storing  Potatoes 444 

Neumann,  G.    Determination  of  Iran  in  Slag  (illus.) 6*0 

Neure,  K.    See  Meyer,  V (^3 

-Veic  York  Oxygen  Co.    Hydrogen  Manufacture 92 


xvi 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  K>,  1888. 


TAGE 

B.,  and  Sisson.  G.    Recovery  of  Ferrocyanides 349 

i  -    ...    Wood  Pulp  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition '"" 

Newbery  and  Vautin.    Chlorination  of  Gold  Ores  (illus.i B24 

Newlands,    B.    E.    R.       Discussion    on    Analysis    of   Super- 
phosphates    J  J* 

Discussion  on  Bread J™ 

-      Bonlton  

Newlands,  J.    Discossion  on  English  Tobacco 163 

Nicholas,  -I .    Treatment  of  Ores 

s,H.  andG.    Set  Herreshofi 370 

Nicholson,  T.    Coal  Gas ""1 

Nickels,B.    Funnels  (illus.) :;-'7 

rin  from  Soap  Leys »s 

len.G.H 14- 

N  ckels.'W.  C.    Funnels 134 

Nicoli  I .  V.     S  (  Thorrand 510 

51.  A.    Tulipin *Sl 

Niederstadt,  B.  C.    Japanese  Oil  of  Peppermint 48 

Niedselag,  W.    Action  of  Lime  on  Sugar 

Xietzki.  R.    Indamines" 2]3 

Nitranilic  Acid ••  ||S 

Safraninc 1,v  Lv' 

Xietzki.  R..  and  Gdttig,  J.    A7'  .naphthalene 50C 

ki,  R.,  and  Kehrmann,  F.    Quinones 433 

Xietzki  and  Lehmann,  O.    Dimethylsafranine 435 

Xikiforoff,  A.    Naphtha  Products 540 

Xoad.  J.    Extraction  of  Gold,  ic 511 

Extraction  of  Precious  Metals M.  517 

.  J.  H.,  and  Matthews,  R.    Battery  Plates 146 

Nobbe.    Perennial  Scented  Grass 448 

Nobbe,  P.    The  Wild  Potato  of  Paraguay 826 

Nobel.    Burner  for  Petroleum  Residues 35 

el,  C.  le.    Reaction  for  Albumen B40 

Noble,  J.  D.    Canadian  Petroleum 410 

Nolting,  C.  H.    See  Chandor,  L 590 

Nordenfelt,  T.    Iron  ("astincs 29S 

Nordling.  E.  E.  R.    See  Eriksson 221 

:ni:ly.  A.  L.    Still  for  Water  (illus.) B13 

Nory,  F.    Honiologes  of  Cocaine BS4 

Noiy,  J.    See  Boone,  G 537 

Noyes.    Saccharine 5S8 

Xydpruck,  Count  Yitold  de.    Tanning 513 


Obernettcr.    Orthochromatic  Photography ISS 

Ochsenius,  C.    Fabiana  Imbricata 18 

Phosphoric  Acid  in  Chili  Saltpetre 728 

Odlins.    Arsenic  in  Copper 854 

Bleaching  Powder 1™ 

Oeconomides,  L.    See  Heumann,  K 436,641 

Oehler.    Methylene  Blue 1*5 

Ogden,  T.    Treatment  of  Refuse ;72 

O'Keenan,  C.  E.    Primary  Battery 604 

Oliver,  R..  and  Co.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Olivier,  L.    Microscopic  Flora  in  Sulphur  Springs 293 

O'Neill,  C.    Effect  of  Modern  Colours  on  Calico  Printing 643 

Oppelt,  E.    Extraction  of  Oils 373 

Ordonneau.    Potato  Spirit 123 

Oriolle,  P.    Still  for  Water 280 

(May,  C.    Waterproof  Textures 550 

Ortlieb.    Ferrocyanides 546 

O'Shea.    Bleaching  Powder 170 

Osier,  F.  and  C.    Fountain  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition   037 

Osmond,  F.    Determination  of  Phosphorus 107 

Ostwald.    Separation  of  Zinc 49 

O'Sullivan,  C.    Raffinose  in  Barley 46 

Otto.    Acetomcter, i'vtl 

Otto,  C.    Coke  Oven  Tar 581 

Otto,  H.    Tetrabasic  Calcium  Phosphate 4SJ 

Otto,  T.  F.  V.  C,  and  Otto.  Dr.  C.  and  Co.    Coke  Ovens 364 


Padgett.  J.  Howarth.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Koyal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 700 

Page.    Chlorination  of  Organic  Bodies 99 

Page,  s.  K.    See  Slater .-. 378 

Paget,  A.     Mantles  for  Incandescent  Gas  Lamps 590 

Mantles  for  Incandescent  Gas  Burners 814 


r.UiE 

Paenoul.    Beetroot  Seeds 687 

Juice  in  Sugar  Beet 445 

Pagnoul,  A.    Experiments  with  Beet 552 

Pakemau.W.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bit ion  636 

Palm,  J.    See  Hencke 47 

Palmer,  T.    Treatment  of  Hides 667 

Palmquist,  A.    See  Petterson,  0 749 

Pampe.    Revivificat  ion  of  Char 829 

Pampe,  F.    Purification  of  Raw  Spirit 555,  556 

Panum.     Microphytes 324 

Pape.  E.J.    ,SVe Ffannay.  J.  B 650 

Park,  J.    Bichromate  of  Ammonia 442 

Partes,  A.    Extraction  of  Gold,  &c 823 

Parkinson.  Ff..  and  Co.    Leather.  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 764 

Parnell,  E.  H.    See  Simpson,  J 729 

Parnell,  E.  W.,  and  Simpson,  J.    Antimony  Ores 512 

Pasteur.    Flask  for  Growth  of  Organisms  (illus.) 117 

Solution  for  Growth  of  Organisms 113 

Paterson.    Retort  for  Gas  from  Oil 203 

Paton.  J.  C,  and  Son.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Paton.  J.  M.  C.    See  Alliott, 537 

Pat  t  inson.    Sulphur  Determination 85 

Pattinson,  H.  L.    Barium  Polysulphide 289 

Pattinson,  J.    Discussion  on  Chlorine 789 

Loss  of  Chlorine  from  Bleaching  Powder 94 

Oxidation  by  Permanganate 350 

Pauly,  C.    Test  for  Potassium  5C2 

Payen  and  Persoz.    Diastase 297 

Payne.  S.J.    Fire  Bricks 202 

Pearce.  E.  H.,  and  Besson,  H.    Machinery  for  Glass 663 

Pearoe,  J.  E.    Voltaic  Batteries 516 

Pearson  and  Co.    Chicory  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition      775 

Pebal.    Laboratory  Fittings  (illns.) 205 

Pecbard.    iSfee  Debroy 673 

Pechiney.    Chlorine  (illus.) 776 

Black  Ash  Liquors 349 

Pechmann,  H.  v.    See  Stokes.  II.  N 22 1 

Peekham,  S.  F.    C'alifornian  Asphaltum 410 

Peligot.    Antimony  Tartrate 509 

Nitrogen  Determination  (illus.) 160 

Saccharin 18, 808 

Saecharates 554 

Pellet  and  Morchais.    Ammonia  in  Turnips   45 

Pelletier.    Alkannin 723 

Pellett.    Juice  in  Sugar  Beet  445 

Pelouze.    Determination  of  Sulphuretted  Hydroeen 456 

Penrose,  W..  and  Hackney.  W.    Open  Hearth  Steel 2!i4 

Peppe,  T.F.    Treatment  of  Tussur  Silk 286 

Perkin.    Tetramethylenecarboxyhc  Acid 504 

Perkin.  A.  G.  and  W.  H,  jun.    Kamala  Powder 381 

Perkin,  W.  H.    Sp?cimeosat  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition      027 

Perkins,  J.  P.    Paint 550 

Pernier,  H.    See  Schroder.  E 513 

Perret.  M.  A.    Extraction  of  Sugar  Juice  375 

Perrett,  E.    See  Bonlton 875 

6      Hodgkin 812 

Perry,  II.    O  'bait  Compounds 217 

Perry,  X.  W.    Galvanic  Cells 618 

Persoz.    Aniline  Chroiuate 653 

Persoz.  J.    Examination  of  Silk 565 

Pesier.    Natroineter   451 

Peter.    Tanning   373 

l'eterman.    Action  of  Superphosphates  on  Nitrates 551 

Petermnnu.    Jerusalem  Artichoke 830 

Juice  in  Sugar  Beet 445 

Petre,  F.    Treatment  of  Sewaae 515 

Petry,  T.,  Fallenstein,  O.,  and  Lisch,  H.    Kinetite 3 

Pettenkofer.    Gallic  Acid  Reaction 680 

Petenkofer  and  Sndakoff.    Escapes  of  Coal  Gas 877 

Petterson,  O..  and  Palmquist,  A.    Determination  of  Carbonic 

Acid  in  Air  (illus.)  749 

Peyrusson,  A.  E.    Secondary  Batteries 517 

Preiser.    Defuselation  of  Spirit  550 

Pfeiffer.  E.    Arsenic  in  Matches 522 

Natrometer  451 

Removal  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Spirit 514 

Pfeiffer,  H.  T.    Cocaine 561 

Pfeiffer  and  Tolletis.    Formula  of  Starch 66S 

Philip,  M.    See  Bamberger.  E 135,  366,  651 

Phillips.    San  Domingo  Pyrites  86 

Phillips,  i '.  B.    See  Sandahi 511 


Peh.aa.1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETx7  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


svu 


PAGE 

Phillips.  E.    Colouring  Petroleum  Oils 283 

Phillips,  R.  C.    Useful  Plants  from  the  Congo ISO 

Phillips,  W.  li.    Phosphates  of  North  Carolina 514 

/  7e  vphate  8e  wage  Co.    Sewage 240 

Phota-Dollingen,  V.    Experiments  on  Moorland 87  t 

Picard,  E.    8m  Plamache 510 

Glass  Manufacture 547 

Pick,  S.    Ammonia  Soda  Process  (illus.) 30S 

Pictet.    Cliemieal  equivalent  of  Horse  Power 172 

Refrigeration 2:.  t 

I'ietet,  R.  p..  and  Brelaz,  G.  L.    Paper  from  Wood 559 

Pitkin,  J.    Secondary  Batteries 516 

Pitseli,  O..  and  Campagne,  L.    Cultivation  of  Cereals s-ji; 

Plagge.     Filtration  of  Water 819 

Platiitz.  V.  de.     Pasteurisation  of  Beer 734 

Piatt  Bros,  and  Co.    Coal.  to.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 61  t 

Platz,  B.    Copper  in  Coal 751 

Plochl.  J.    Piridine  Bases 605 

1  '1  Ui.-i.-e.    Andromedotoxin 6T6 

Pluirge,  P.  0.    Xaroeine 

<  >pium  Alkaloids s  \  i 

Pochin,  II.   D..  and  Co.     Specimens   at  Manchester    Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 701 

Poggendorff.    Barometric  Pump 65 

Pohl,  J.    Physiological  Action  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 51 1 

Poirrier  and  Co.     Specimens  at   Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

E  xhibition ns  { 

Poirrier,  A.  P., and  Rosenstiehl.  D.  A.    Anthraquinonc 595 

Poisenille.    Viscosity tit 

Poisson,    Molasses  Sugar 554 

Pollack,  E.    Laboratory  Apparatus  (illus.) 006, S37 

Porumer.    Action  of  Phosphoric  Acid  as  Manure 687 

Pond,  J.  A.    Enamelling  Wood,  &c 211) 

Portion,  G.    Fermentation 830 

Pott,  R.  and  X.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 700 

Ponlsen.    &»Holm  US 

Poulsen.  S.  V.     .SVe  nolm,  C 

Powell,  W.    Cans  for  Food 671 

Power.     Hvdrastine 449 

Power,  P.     Eivchthites  Oil 834 

Erigeron  Oil 834 

Power,  F.  B.    Sodium  Biearbouate 308 

Powton,  N.  B.    Treatment  of  Phosphatic  Minerals 2:»; 

Price's  Patent  Candle  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Roval 

Jubilee  Exhibition 632 

Pridham,  C.  W.    See  Upward "17 

Pringle,  R.    Carbon  from  Soot C01 

Prior,  E.    Acid  in  Malt 52 

Procter,  H.  R.    Estimation  of  Tanins 94 

Prodanow.  N.    See  Raikow 147,  521 

Pukall,  W.    See  Will 605 

Puisell,  W.  G..  and  Co.     Specimens  at   Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 700 

Puvrez.    Sack-filter 143 


Quaglio.    Coke  Ovens  (illus.) 2S0 

Qnaglio,  G .    See  Friedlinder,  F 505 

Quantin,  H.    Reduction  of  Copper  Sulphate  by  Fermentation.  144 

Quayle,  J.  E.    Washing  Powder 549 

Quinby,  W.  C.    Electrolyte S7Y 

Quincke,  F.    Acenaphthene 50C 


Rabitz.C.W.    Filters 364 

Radcliffe,  F.    Gas  Producers 134 

RadclitTe.  J.    AVeHikel.v 3M 

Raffard,  N.  J.    Desiccating  Electrical  Apparatus 293 

Ragosine  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 631 

Raikow.  P.    Distillation  in  an  Inert  Gas  (illus.) 590 

Raikow,  P..  and  Prodanow,  N .    Siphon  (illus.) 581 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus  (illus.) 1 17 

Rain,  A.    Spirit  from  Batatas 830 

Ruraos-Gareia,  M.    Till  frc-m  Tin  Scrap 511 

Raschig.    Determination  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 456 

Raschig,  F.    Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on  Nitrous  Acid 819 


PAGE 

Rawlins,  II.  J.  L.    Ultramarine 7;>1 

Rawlins  and  Son.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 036 

Raws;  m.    Discussion  on  Treatment  of  Liquids  with  Gases 710 

Rawson,  F.  L.  and  W.  S.    Gauzes  for  Incandescent  Lamps....  538 

Rawson.  F.  L.,  and  Hughes.  T.  V.    Incandescent  Gas  Lamps. .  134 

Rawson,  S.  G.    Discussion  on  Ultramarine 795 

Raydt,  W.    Refrigeration 256 

Raynaud,  T.    Hyposulphate  of  Soda 42 

Read.    Sulphate  of  Lead  and  Alumina 415 

Recki  nsaon,  A.    Secondary  Batteries 517 

Redl,  F.    Treatment  of  Hydrocarbons 503.504 

Redwood,  Boverton.    Pnraffin  Scale  Testing 124 

I  iiscussicn  on  Testing  Paraffin  Scale 271 

Petroleum  Residues 35 

Petroleum  Territories 40G 

Viseoshnetry 412 

Reess.    Micro-organisms  of  Yeast 110 

Reichardt,  E.    Purification  of  Waste  Waters 557 

Reichert.    Butter  Analysis 388 

Reid,  T.    Clarification  of  Sewage .' 557 

Reillon,  D.  G.,  Montague.  S.  C,  and  Bourgerel,  O.  L.  B.  L. 

Aluminium 512 

Reimer,  C.  L.    Quinaldine 21 1 

Reimer,  C.  L.,  and  Hill,  W.    Rape-seed  Oil 732 

Reimer,  C.  L.,  and  Will,  W.    Erucic  Acid 21s 

Rein,  F.  C,  and  Son.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition C29 

Bernhardt,  C.    Analysis  of  Platinum 389 

Reinke.    Removal  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Spirit 820 

Turbidity  of  Beer 144 

Reinte,  O.    Extract  of  Malt 734 

Reinsch.    Tanning  by  means  of  Pyrofuscin 43 

Reis.    Solubility  of  Thomas-slag 46 

R.is.  M.  A.  von.    Action  of  Carbon  Dioxide  on  Slag 667 

Reitmar,  O.    Capillarimetry 

See  Stutzer 457 

Rempel.R.    Extractor  (illus.)   677 

Yeast 336 

Rempel  and  Pampe.    Formation  of  Bad  Spirit   S89 

Remsen.    Toluenesulphamide 587 

Remsen,  I.,  aud  Hayes,  C.    Sulphon-Fluoresicin sit*. 

Remy.    See  Lellmann 

Renaid,  A.    Estimation  of  Indigo  on  Fabric 455 

Renaut.    Chlorine  Manufacture ;*s 

Rennie,  E.  H.    Glycyphyllin 221 

Bex  Bituminous  Coal  Co.    Patent  Fuel 629 

Richards.  W.  A.    .See  Watts    517. '"-:! 

Richardson.    Bread 165 

Deposits  in  Water  Pip?s 712 

Richardson,  C.    American  Barley :.;  ; 

Richc.    Distillers'  Residues  as  Fodder 829 

Richter.    See  Limpricht  137 

Richter,  L.    Lalleuiantia  Iberica  S25 

Rideal.    Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 4"2 

Ridsdale.    Colour  Tests \>i 

Riebeck.    Treatment  of  Hydrocarbons 282,503 

Riedel,  O.    See  Wolfhiigel,  G 557 

Riley.    Discussion  on  Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll    413 

Riley,  J.    Discharge  for  Manganese  Bronze  on  Calico   1!>3 

Riley,  J.,  and  Sons.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition  697 

Ris,  C.    See  Merz 643 

Ritsert.  Ii.  E.    See  Langbeck 373 

Rit  ter.    Ultramarine 7;>2 

Ritthausen.    Melltose 115 

Superphosphate B26 

Riviere,  L.    Saponification  of  Fats   141 

Roberts,  F.  A.    Discussion  on  Bread  168 

Roberts,  F.  G.  A.    See  Boake 370,515 

Roberts,  T.    Antiseptic  Tabric 222 

Roberts,  Sir  W.    Digestion 189 

Roberts,  W.    Experiments  with  Phosphates s2s 

It  Ik  rts,  Dale,  and  Co.    Explosion  at  Works - 

Robertson.    Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining  V> 

Robertson,  J.    See  Smith,  A G64 

Robinson,  B.    British  Wines  at  Manchester    Royal    Jubilee 

Exhibition 775 

Robinson.  T.    Alum  Manufacture 41 

See  Hargreaves,  J 367,  368 

See  Ermen  and  Roby 637 

Roecbling  Bros.    Coke  Ovens  (illus.)  280 

Rohrmann,  L.    See  Lunge,  G 5 38 ,697 

Rombnrgh.  P.  v.    Dextro  Hexyl  Alcohol 1 10 

Earner,  M.    See  Liebermaun,  C '-'• 

b 


XY111 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29, 1888. 


TXOE 

B inholler, C. 6.    Sfe  Brunler.A ■"'■"•' 

S     Brunler,  0 662,  683 

Roots,  J.    Volatilisation  of  Hydrocarbons 134 

ttoscoe,  Sir  H.  E.     Disoussion  on  Refrigeration i"lS 

Discussion  on  Chlorine 88 

Labi  iratory  Fittings 205 

River  Purification 3,s 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 62o 

Technical  Education "'''■' 

B  se,B.    Analysis  of  Fats 306 

Rose,  O.    Still  for  Shale 505 

R  isenbaum,  D.    Plantego  Major 49 

Rosenberg,  J.    Lutidines  of  Coal  Tar 365 

B  —  nbla.lt,  T.    Estimation  of  Boric  Acid ;;~l 

Plashing  Point  of  Petroleum 30-1 

Rosenblum,  D.    Grape  Sugar 602 

B  isenstiehl.    Separation  of  Toluidinea 419 

Rosenstiehl,  D.  A.    •'See  Poirrier 595 

Rosing,  B.    Electrical  Conduction  in  Fused  Alloys 48 

Treatment  of  Zinc  Scum   370,  S79 

Ross,  .1.    Poisoning  with  Carbon  Bilsulphide 145 

Ross,  \V.     (,i'i',  rine  (a  deodorant) 222 

Rossi,  L-, and  Hellfriseh,  C,    Artificial  Gum 551 

Ri.issh-r.    Absorption  of  Sulphuric  Acid  Fumes  (illus.) 597 

Roth.  C.    Colouring  Matters 595 

Roburite 561 

Rosseau,  G.    Manganites 509 

Roussin.    Tropoeolins 591 

Rnussin,  Z.    Orange-red  Colour   724 

Rowe,  T.  B„  and  Co.    Soap  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    702 

Roxburgh,  J.    Manure  Manufacture 827 

Roy  and  Co.  Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  763 
Roy,  Colledge,  and  Co.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Ruhee.  J.    Distillation 773 

Rudnew,  W.    Aeetic  Acid  from  Wood 488 

Rugheimer.  L,   Thermostat  (illus.) 677 

RulTin,  51.  C.  A.    See  Bang 1 17 

Ruffle.  J.    Analysis  of  Superphosphates 704 

Analysis  of  Superphosphates 491 

Discussion  on  English  Tobaeeo 402 

Estimation  of  Moisture  in  Superphosphates 403 

Superphosphates 327 

Ruhemann.    Citruzinamide 4S5 

Russe.  H.    See  Wallbrecht,  F 599 


-  uren.    Starch  Grinding 55S 

Sadler  and  Co.     Specimens    at    Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 633 

Sahlstrom,  C.  A.    Hydrocarbon  Injector  for  Furnaces 719 

Salamon.    Starch 83 

Salamon.A.G.    See  Hood,  J.  J 216,598 

Salford  and  Irwell  Rubber  Co.    India-rubber,  &c.  at  Man- 
chester Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 766 

Sal/,  a-.  T.     Estimation  of  Ash  in  Oxalic  Acid,  &.C 226 

Sampson,  T„  and  Jealous,  F.  H.    Dyeing 819 

Samuel,  \Y.  H„  and  Co.  Soap,  \e.  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Samuels,  .u.  M.    Extract  of  Coffee 357 

Sandahl,  C.  J.,  Bargate,  G„  and  Phillips,  C.  B.     Manganese 

Alloys 511 

Sandeman.  J.     (tils.  &c.  at  Manchester  Roval  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    762 

Sandmeyer.    Nitrites 541 

Sandmeyer,  T.    Aromatic  Amido-Compounds 593 

Sandoz.    See  Kern 660 

Sugar  Co.    Sugar  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition (illus.) 770 

Sanaenbaoher,  W,  and   Tanatar,  S.      Distillation   of   Fatty 

Matters 549 

.I.E.    Tannic Aeid 151 

Sawrey.  J.  S.    Purification  of  Water 501 

Schaag,  A.    Galvanising 833 

B  .   larw&ohter,  H.    Pasteurising  Beer,  &c 376 

-     Iter.    Test  for  Oinohonidine Ml 

Bohafer,  1..    Oxalate  Test  for  Quinine  Salts 522 

Schaefter.    p-uuphthol-p-sulphonic  Acid 693 

i  r.  V.    Action  of  Rennet  Ferment 832 

Schanschieff,  A.    Liquid  for  Butteries 517 

Schanschicff,  A.,  and  Fludder,  G.  R,    Galvanic  Butteries 222 


PAGE 

Schansslin,    See  Klein 716 

Schar,  E.    Explosion  of  Ether 680 

Schattmann.    "Waste  Water  from  Sugar  Works 672 

Scheffer.    Test tag  Butter 148 

Scheibler.    Determination  of  Sugar  in  Beet 882 

Juice  in  Sugar  Beet 445 

Ra  llinose 221 

See  Manoury 17 

Scheibler,  C.    Estimation  of  Melitriose '445 

Use  of  Poisonous  Substances  in  Manufacture  of  Sugar  ....    S28 

See  Creydt,  R 66D 

Seheller,  R.    See  Bodenberger 828 

Schenek,  S.    See  Farbaky 604 

Seheu,  C.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition    036 

Scheurer-Kestner.    Calorific  Value  of  Coal 35 

Schickendantz.    Sugar  Cane 553 

Sohiff.    Cadmium  Sulphide • 665 

!   Schill,  C,  and  Seilacher,  C.    Oxidation  of  Oils 549 

Schiller.R.    See  Fittbogen 733 

Schiller,  T.    Brewers'  Returns  as  Fodder 656 

Schilling,  E.    Nitrogen  in  Coals 6S2 

Scliimmel  and  Co.    Percentage  of  Oil  in  Drugs,  Ac 737 

Sp.  Gr.  of  Essential  Oils 41S 

Schlagdenhauffen,  F.    See  Heckel 300,075,787 

Schlickum,  C.    Commercial  Pepsins 800 

Schlickum,  O.    Assay  of  Quinine  Sulphate 388 

Schloesing.    Ammonia  Determination B26 

Sehlbsing.    Determination  of  Ammonia 607 

Schmalz.    Stopcock  for  Foul  Gas  (illus.) 282 

Schmid.    Chromo  Mordant 133 

Coke  Oven  Tar 581 

Schmidt.    See  Goldsehmidt 651 

Schmidt,  E.    Berberine 520 

Schmidt,  R.  E.    Lac-dye 659 

Sclimidtborn.  K.    Sulphate  of  Potash 139 

Sclmiitt,  C.    Saccharin 681 

Sohmuckert,  F.  E.    Indigo  Solutions 514 

Schnabel.    Treatment  of  Zinc  Scum 370 

Schneemann.    Distillers'  Residues S2'.l 

Schneider,  B.  B.    Uniting  Metal  and  Glass 218 

Schneider,  L.    Phosphorus  in  Pig  Iron 140 

Schnurmann,  H.,  and  Close,  G.    Sulphite  Cellulose 519 

Schofleld,  S.    Extraction  of  OH  from  Waste 549 

Scholvien,  L.    Arsenic  in  Chloroform 382 

Schoop.    Estimation  of  Paratoluidine 750 

Sehoop,  P.    Acid  Magenta 592 

Dimethylaniline  (illus.) 486 

Separation  of  Toluidines 419 

Speetroscopical  Examination  of  Colours 137 

Schorlemmer,  C.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 627 

Sehreib,  H.    Ammonia  Soda  Process  (illus.) 288 

Effluent  Water 603 

Schroeder.    Estimation  of  Tannin '.it 

Schroder,  M. '  See  Hanisch,  E 599 

Schroder,  Von.    Determination  of  Tannin 51 

Schroder,  E.,  and  Perner,  H.    Electrotyping 518 

Schrodt,  M.    Nitric  Acid  as  indicating  Adulteration  of  Milk. ,      48 

Schrodt,  31 .,  and  Fleischmanu.    Artificial  Butter 550 

Schuchardt,    T.     Specimens   at    Manchester    Royal    Jubilee 

Exhibition 642 

Sehultz.    Diamidofluorene 437 

Schultz,    G..   and    Julius,    P.     Artificial    Organic  Colouring 

Matters 663 

( irganic  Colouring  Matters 721 

Schulze,  B.    Fatty  Acids  in  Soap S89 

Maize  from  Cameroon 444 

Schulze,  E.    Formation  of  Nitrates  in  Plants BOJ 

Schulze,  E„  and  Steiger,  E.    Arginine 880 

Paragalaetin 446 

Schulze,  K.  B.    Coal  Tar  Constituents 866 

Coal  Tar  Hydrocarbons 584 

Schumann.    Orthoehromatic  Photography 424 

Schumann,  G.    Determination  of  Starch 566 

Schnnck,  E.    Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 625 

Schutze,  R.    Extracting  Apparatus  (illus.) 885 

Schwab,  M.    See  Estcourt,  C 719 

Sohwalb,  F.  R.    Bees'  Wax 549 

Sehwarz,  H.    Pyrocresols 646 

SchwebeL    Nitrosophenyk'lycin 723 

Sohweder,  G.  P.    Extraction  ol  Gold 731 

Schweissinirer.    Atropine 389 

Medicinal  Extracts 149 

Schweitzer,  H,    See  Benithsen  A 212 


Feb.  29,  ls^s.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PASS 

Schwengers  Sonne,  P.    Treatment  ol  Molasses 878 

Seolt.    Socage 

Sehelien,  J.    field  of  Butter  from  Cream 603 

Se<!,  G.    Antipyrine 875 

Seegen,  T.    Sugar  Reactions 150 

Seel,  C.    Carbon  Filaments 379 

Beetig.E.    Sec  Hencke '" 

Soger.    Pyroscope 1::t 

Seidler,  P.    See  Liebermann 641 

Seilacher,  C.    See  Sehill 549 

Sell.    Specific  Gravity  of  Butter,  So W 

Sellon,  .1.  s.    Secondary  Batteries 558,  6M 

Sembritaky,  P.    Formation  of  the  Skin  on  Heating  Milk -ti-> 

Semper,  A.    See  Bernthsen,  A 500 

Senilerens,  J.  B.    Action  of  Sulphur  on  Ammonia 307 

Senff.    Acetic  Acid  from  Wood 433 

Senhofcr.    Toluenedisulphonic  Acid 138 

Senier.    Croton  Oil 520 

Senior  and  Bi ks.    Soap,  So.  et  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 70! 

Sennuler,  F.  W.    Oil  of  Allium  Ursinum 670 

Si  in. hi,  J.,  and  Whitten,  J.  O.    Galvanic  Batteries 674 

Sr>tini.    Humus 220 

Beyl  lerlich,  A.    Sugar  Manufacture G02 

Seyberlich  and  Trampedaeh.    Crystallised  Grape  Sugar 16 

Seyffart.    Sugar  Analysis 567 

Shack-Sommer,  G.    Sugar  Refining 15 

Shaw,  D„  and  Co.    Oils,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 702 

Shaw,  E.    Carbons  for  Electric  purposes 228 

Shaw,  H..  and  Co.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 703 

Shaw,  Saville.    Collecting  Gas  from  Water 711 

Shaw,  T.    Testing  Mine  Gases  (illus.) 751 

Shaw  and  Connolly.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 628 

Shearer,  J.  R.    Filters 279 

B  ,■:,.  I.    Waste  Water  from  Sugar  Works 672 

Sidersky.     Juice  in  Sugar  Beet 11"' 

Press-cake  from  Beet  Root 1-13 

Sidersky,  D.    Carbonic  Acid  Determination  (illus.) 606 

Siebel,  H.  J.,  jun.    Enriching  Gas 503 

Siebold.    Mordants  for  Wool 132 

Siegerist,  J.  C.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition      686 

Siemaug,  S.    Hydrocarbon  Lamp 502 

Siemens,  F.    Evaporating  and  Calcining  Furnace  (illus.) 049 

Regenerative  Gas  Lamps 539 

Siemens  and  Halske.    Electrolysis 73-t 

Sievert,  M.    Mauurial  Experiments 295 

Sillar.    Sewage 213 

Silva.    Separation  of  Gold 384 

Simand,  F.    Estimation  of  Tannin 95 

Simian,  A.    See  Danzer 5-44 

Simon,  H.    Apparatus  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition    029 

Coke  Ovens 580 

Simon,  W.    Bichromate  of  Potash SOS 

Simpson,  J.    See  Parnell 512 

Simpson,  J.,  and  Parnell,  E.  H.    Recovery  of  Sulphur 729 

Simpson,  R.    See  Barclay 130 

Sinclair,  R.  D.,  and  Brown,  J.  B.    Antiseptic  Paper 074 

Sisson.G.    fltoNewall,  F.  S 349 

Skelton,  G.  and  G.  W.    Soap,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Skraup.    Quinoline W5 

Thalline «9 

Skraup  and  Vortmann.    Xicotidine -188 

Slack  and  Brownlow.    Filters  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 7.2 

Slater,  J.  W.,  Page.  S.  K„  and  Stevens,  W.    Treatment  of 

Sewage 878 

Slater,  T.    Metallic  Alloys 371 

Smith.    Oxidation  by  Permanganate 350 

See  Gray 702 

Smith,  A..  Robertson,  J ,  and  Andrew.  J.  R.    Cement 00 1 

Smith,  A.  P.    Nitrates  and  Nitrites 079 

Smith,  C.    Secondary  Batteries' 517 

Smith,  G.    Eleetri.al  Fuses 51<.  ."21 

See  Johnston,  T 220 

Smith,  J.    Dyeins 286 

Gold  Beating  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. . . .    095 

See  Aykroyd,  A 727 

Smith,  J.  H.    Oxidation  of  Organic  Bodies  by  Permanganate  .    200 

Permanganate  Method  of  Organic  Analysis 93 

Smith,  J.  J.  C.    Insulation  of  Electrical  Conductors 510 

Smith,  R.    See  McLean,  A 601 


TAGE 

Smith,  Watson.    Blast  Furnace  Tar 588 

Coke  Oven  Tar 680 

Kinetite  lillus.)  2 

Monster  Black  Ash  Furnace  (illus.) 410 

Phenols  from  Tar 671 

Report  on  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 884 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 688 

Test  for  Bismuth 410 

Smith,  W.  R.  W.    Discussion  on  Gas  from  Oil 203 

Smith  and  Forrest.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 703 

Sue mi.  M.  and  C.  L.    Treatment       Seaweed,  Ac COO 

Snodgrass,  J.    S  t  Craig,  A.  1' 29-4 

Snyder,  P.  II.    Gas  Carbon 365 

.Soc.  Anon,  de  Comtnentry-Fourchamljault.    Manufacture  of 

Iron HI 

Soc.  Anon,  pour  I'Etude  ef  la  Criation  de  Soudiires,    Am- 
monia Soda  Process  (illus.) 440 

Soc.  Anon,  le  Ferro  Nickel.    Xickel  Alloys 511 

Soc.  de  Lamin  de  Hick*  /.    Xickel  Alloys 293 

Soc.  Anon,  de  MttaMsation  artislique.     Silver  Coating  on 

various  Objects -- 3 

Soc.  Anon,  de  Par/urns  Nahtrela  de  Cannes.    Extraction  of 

Perfumes 382 

Soc.  Anon,  des  Prod.  Chim.  de  SI.  Denis.    Treatment  of  Iron 

Ore v 511 

Soc.  Chem.  Ind.,  Basle.    Phenylhydrazine  Compounds 720 

Soc.  Ind.  et  Comm.  des  Metavx,  Paris.    Protection  of  Copper.    513 
Soc.  de  Lafarge  Libre  et  Cie.,  Paris.    Impermeable  Fabrics  .    519 

Societe  Charles  Viguet,  ses  Fils  et  Cie.    Sizing  Fibre 600 

Society  of  Chemical  Industry  in  Basle.    Ethylether  of  a  new 

Acid 658 

Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 13 1 

Soldaini.    Reagent  for  Sugar 828 

Soldenhoff,  R.  de.    Incineration  of  Sludge 557 

Solvay,  E.    Chlorine Ml 

Treatment  of  Phosphate  of  Lime 510 

Sonnenschein,  A,    Estimation  of  Acetic  Acid 563 

Sonnet,  W.    Portland  Cement 298 

Sorensen,  O.    See  Berg 528 

Sostegni,  L.    Formation  of  Dextrose 829 

Soubeiran,  J.  L.    Ineine , 737 

Soubsiran,  L.    Chia  Seeds 520 

Soubriran,  L.    Organisms  in  Solutions  of  Alkaloids 381 

Souteiron.    Inversion  of  Sugar 17 

Soxhlet.    Digester  (illus.) 53 

Extraction  of  Fat 34 

Soxhlet,  F.    Pipette  for  Ether  (illus.) 52 

Spence,  P.,  and  Sons.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 700 

Spencer,  8.    See  Gillman,  A.  W 514,540 

Spencer,  W.,  and  Jones,  J.    Brewers'  Worts 876 

Spiegel.    Euxanthic  Acid 607 

Spiller,  J.    Discussion  on  Kinetite 12 

Spindler,  H.    Phosphate  Deposits  in  Southern  Italy 668 

Sprengel.    Pump 65 

Sprengel,  H.    Kuietitc 3 

Springer,  C.  C.    Boiler  for  Paper  Pulp 223 

SpiiUer,  J.    See  Kalmann  839 

Squibb.    American  Spirit  Law 800 

Squire.    Discussion  on  Bread 109 

Squire,  W.  S.    Manure  from  Spent  Wash 82S 

Utilisation  of  Battery  Liquid 222 

Teast 2:>7.  .".1 1 

Squire,  W.  S.,  and  Currie,  S.  C.  C.    Recovery  or  Zinc 734 

Stahlschmidt.    Kinetite 0 

Stammer.    Waste  Water  from  Sugar  Works 072 

Stammer,  C.    Condensed  Steam  as  Feed-water  for  Boilers  ....    296 

Stanford,  E.  C.  C.    Discussion  on  Indicators 199 

Discussion  on  Nesslerising 34 

Estimation  of  Iron  352 

St.  Denis  Dyestuff  and   Chemical  Co.    Specimens  at  Man- 
chester Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 634 

Steche.A.    SeeFischer 592 

Steger.    Examination  of  Zinc  Muffles 731 

Steiger,  E.    See  Schulze 880,  1 10 

Stein.    Saccharates 554 

Ultramarine "''1 

Stein.M.    Cork  Porous  Cells 878 

Steinbeck.    Estimation  of  Copper 458 

Stephens.    Estimation  of  Tannins 94 

Stenart.    Broxburn  Petroleum 352 

Steuart,  D.  R.    Occurrence  of  Petroleum  at  Broxburn 12s 

Stevens,  AV.    See  Slater W8 

Stevenson.    Discussion  on  Alkaloids I'-'1 

Stewart.    See Keddle : '•'■'• 

Stewart,  D.    Earthy  Grey  Colours W 


b  2 


THE   .TOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29, 1888. 


PAGE 

,     834 
.     768 

770 




39 
675 
676 


Stewart,  W.    S  i  Maealister 

Stiebel.    Si .  Thaw 

stilT  and  Co.    Starch  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

StingT,  J.    Si    Horawski 

Stockheim,  II.    Filter  tor  Beer 

Filter  

st i nkin.iiin.    Amorphous  Cocaine 

Stoeder,  W.    Arbntiu 

Stoehr,  C.    Strychnine G^5 

Stoermer,  It.    Reaction  of  Thymol 151 

Stohmann.    Determination  of  Potassium 523 

St.,k,s.  P.  W.S.    Cement 547 

Stokes,  H.  N.,  and  Pechmann,  H.  v.    Pyridine  Derivatives ... .  22t 

Stone.  F.  B.    Test  for  Bismuth 416 

Stone.  G.    Determination  of  Zinc 523 

Stone,  It.    Liquid  Fuel  for  Bricks,  4c 664 

Storch,L.    Set  Gintl 520 

Stunk.  1'.,  and  Coninck,  G.  (le.    Turkey  Red 727 

st,, it.  .1.    Gas  Escape  Indicator  (illus.)  G51 

Treatment  of  Waste  Oils 005 

Strakosch.    Diamidostilbene 437 

Orthodinitrobenzidine 542 

Strasser,  M.    Artificial  Gum 554 

Streatfeild,  F.  W.    See  Meldola,  R 288, 721 

Streng.    l'hosphoric  Acid  in  Borocalcitc 72S 

Stroraeycr,  W.    Sacchorates 55 1 

Stuart.  E.  B.    Organisms  in  Solutions  of  Alkaloids 3S1 

Stuart,  II.  A.,  and  Binney,  C.  R.    Tin  Plating 823 

Stutzer.  A.    Action  of  Pepsin  on  Protoids 071 

Capillarimetry 52 

Value  of  Chili  Saltpetre  as  Manure 44 

Stutzer,  A.,  and  Reitmer,  O.    Nitrogen  Determination 457 

stutzer  and  Werner.    Pig-nut  Cake  as  Fodder 831 

Suchomel.    Purification  of  Beet  Juice 143 

Suida.    See  Liechti 648 

Sulle,  R.    Distillation 773 

Snl  man.  II.  L.,  and  Berry,  E.  E.    Starch 375 

Sutherland,  D.  A.    Saccharine  (illus.) 808 

Testing  Paraffin  Scale 271 

Paraffin  Scale  Testing  (illus.) 123 

Sutherland.  W.  S.    Gas  Producers 501 

Swan.  1 '.    Pigments 1 12 

Swan  and  Leach.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 630 

Swedenborg.    Barometer  Pump 65 

Swinscoe,  C.    Galvanising 513 

Symes,  G.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 5<>2 


Tafte,  II.    Detection  of  Salicylic  Acid 889 

Tanatar,  S.    See  Sanzenbacher 519 

Tappeiner,  H.    Fermentation  of  Cellulose 831 

Tasker,  W.  H.    See  Jones 604 

Tate,  A.  N.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 188 

Tate,    II.,   and    Sons.    Sugar   at    Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 770 

Tate,  X.     Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining 21 

Tatham,  J.    Insulating  Material 73:"i 

Tatloek,  R.  R.    Potassium  Determination 801 

Sulphur  in  Pyrites 340 

Arsenic  in  Pyrites 854 

li, ■term iuation  of  Iron  in  Alum 276 

Discussion  on  River  Pollution 361 

Taylor.  J.,  and  Sons.    Leather,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  J  ubilee 

Exhibition 761 

Tavlor,  W.    Secondary  Batteries 299 

Teilliard,  L.    Treatment  of  Spirit 631 

Tenuants  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 098 

[      ii.-nt,  R.  B.    Retorts  for  Shale 721 

T,  rgmanowski,  G.    Naphtha  Gas 539 

1 1  rvet,  It.    Discussion  on  Iron  in  Chars 500 

I  liscussion  on  Paraffin  Wax 500 

Discussion  on  Testing  Paraffin  Scale 271 

Paraffin  Wax  (illus.) 365 

Still  for  Mineral  Oils 184 

Treatment  Of  Pa  ratlin  Wax 825 

|,  rvet,  R.,  and  Alison,  F.    Paraffin  Wax 412 

Te&chemacher  and  Smith.    Sulphur  Determination BS 

Tcssutt.     ritramariue 791 

Theiaen,  E.    Cooler  for  Liquids 279 

Thew  and   Stiebel.    shellac  at   Manchester   Royal   Jubilee 

Exhibition 709 

Tliilo,  E.    Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid 457 


PAGE 

Thom,  D.,  anil  Co.    Soap,  &c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 763 

Thom,  J.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition    699 

Thomas,  J.,  Lewis,  H.  and  E.  W.    Galvanising 511 

Thomas.  P.    Phosphorite  in  Tunis 72S 

Sulphurous  Acid 442 

Thompson.    Discussion  on  Ultramarine 795 

Thompson,  C.    Set?  Wright 001 

Thompson,  W.  G..  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

J  ubilee  Exhibit  ion 034 

Thompson.  W.  P.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 188 

Discussion  on  Sugar  Refining 20 

Discussion  on  Treatment  of  Liquids  with  Gases 719 

Paper  for  Cheques 791 

Thorns.    Bread 101 

Methyl-alcohol  in  Plants 60s 

Thorns.  H     Ammonio-zinc  Chlorides 544 

Calamus  Root 660 

Crystals  from  Leclanche  Cells ">15 

Hydrogen  Peroxide 504 

Thorns,  W.  A.    Deposition  of  Platinum 518 

Thomson.    Thermo-ehemistry 27o 

Thomson.    Discussion  on  Influence  of  Mass 93 

Discussion  on  Refrigeration 259 

Discussion  on  Testing  Oils 21 

Thomson,  A.  C.    Treatment  of  Mineral  Oils 591 

Thomson,  G.    Extraction  of  Copper 516 

Thomson,  J.    Jet  Pump  (illus.) 05 

Level  Indicator  for  Boilers 133 

Thomson,  R.  T.    Indicators  in  Analysis 195 

Thomson,  W.    Act:on  of  Substances  on  Writing  Inks 808 

Antiseptics 515 

Discussion  on  Acidity  in  Flue  Gases 848 

Discussion  on  Dyeing  with  Chlorophyll 413 

Fluorine  Compounds  as  Antiseptics  .* 072 

Thorpe.    Laboratory  Fittings 205 

Pulsation  Pump or, 

Thorrand,  J.,  Xicolet,  V..  and  Bonnet,  A.    Cement 610 

Thowjess,  O.  M.    Aluminium  Chloride 721 

Sodium  Manufacture B23 

Thurstonland  Brick  and  Stone  Co.    Bricks,  4c.  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 767 

Thwaite,  B.  II.    Treatment  of  Iron  Ore Olio 

Tichomiroff,  W.    See  Lidoff,  A S46 

Tidy.    Sewage 241 

Tidy,  M.    Action  of  Water  on  Lea  1 112 

Tilden.    Discussion  on  Micro-organisms  of  Yeast 194 

Tivoli,  D.    Hydrogen  Arsenide 837 

Todd.    American  Paper 128 

Todd,  A.  M.    Oil  of  Peppermint 49 

Polariscope  used  in  examination  of  Essential  Oils 44S 

Todd,  E.  X.    Xit  rocellulose 850 

Tollen.    Humus 220 

Tollens.    Raliinose 46, 221,  415 

v  ,   Block 374 

X  i   Ilaedicke 374 

Tnlson,  G.,  and  Illiugworth.  J.    Carbonising  Rigs,  4c 559 

Toinkins,  A.  S.    See  Bowen,  0 220 

Tonge,  J.  H.    Fire  Extinguishers 589 

Tootell  and  Co.    Size,  4c.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition      709 

Tooth,  W.    Extraction  of  Spelter 218 

Tdpler.    Barometric  Pump  05 

Toricelli.    Vacuum 05 

Townsend,  J.    Treatment  of  Hides 551 

Trachsel,  E.  F.    Carbonate  of  Soda 217 

Trampcdach.    See  Seyberlich 46 

Trampedach,  A.    Sugar  Manufacture 002 

Traub,  M.  C.    Ethyl  Bromide BOB 

Traube.    Electrolysis 171 

Traube,  J.    Estimation  of  Fusel  Oil 52 

Sec  Bodlander 370 

Traube,  T.    Viscosity  of  Oils  (illus.) 414 

Trechmann.  O.    Cement,   4c.  at  Manchester  Royal   Jubilee 

Exhibition  (illus.) 707 

Treseot,  T.  C.    See  Crampton.  C.  A 839 

Treskow.  II.    Measure  for  Definite  Quantities  of  Solutions 

(illus.) G"S 

Trimming,  O.    See  Harrison,  G 550 

Trobach.    Extraction  of  Sugar 609 

Trobaeh,  K.    See  Vierncisel 602 

Trovtbeck  Park  Green  Slate  Co.    slate  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 763 

Truby,  C,  and  Co.    See  Mancheett  r  Aniline  Co 634 

Tsabanajaw.    Turkey-red  Oils 643 

Ts,  lurch.     Vcuhuba 876 

Tuchschmidt.    Polarisation  of  Sugar C09 

Tucker.    Sugar  Analysis 122.  1  is 


»b.  *.>.  is*.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xxi 


PAGE 

Tucker,  I.E.    Converter  Linings  IS 

Furnace  Linings 512 

Xante,  J.    See  Von  Konitz :;:; 

Turnbull.J.  M.    Gas  (nun  Mineral  <hl 051 

Turner,  T.    Influence  of  Silicon  on  Iron 2:t.3 

Tweedale,  C.  L.    Galvanic  Batteries 671 

Twining,  W.  J.    See  Burghardt i;7l 

Twynam,  T.    Furnace  Linings 511 

Purification  uf  Iron 43 

Tyrer,  T.    Discussion  on  Antiseptic  Values  of  Salts 70S 


Ubbelohde;  A.    Paper  from  Moss  Peat 558 

l'l  lik.    Viscosity  or  Beer 5.*! 

Vlhnann.   Triphenylmethan 653 

Vlhnann,  C.    Triphenylincthaue  Derivatives 816 

1  i  ■  r,  F.    See  Benedikt  513 

Upward,  A.  R., and  Priilhaui,  C."W.    Galvanic  Batteries .",17 

Urban, C.    Naphthylenc-diamine  542 


Valton.    Shortness  of  Iron 12 

Van  Drop,    8m  Behr 13S 

See  Hoogewerf 214 

Van  Patten,  W.J.    See  Boynton 377 

Van  Tieghem.    Glycerin  Ferment 495 

Vanicek.    Filter  for  Beer,  1c.  (illus.) 876 

Vantin,  0.  T.  J.    Compressed  Chlorine 599 

Vaughn,  J.  W.    I'nhairing  Hides 7:s 

Vauquelin.    Chromium 131 

W,  vers.  H.    See  Estcourt,  C 719 

Venator,  W,  and  Etienne,  E.    Chrome  Iron  Ore  S8C 

Vian.    Phenol  Cocaine 675 

Vickers,  S.    Separator  and  Filter 537 

Vierneisel,  Trobach,  K...  and  Cards,  A.    Dextrose  602 

Vierordt.    Photometry  of  the  Spectrum 121 

Vierordt,  R.,  and  Kruss,  G.    Spcctroscopical  Examination  of 

Colours 137 

Villiers.  A.    Acidimetrv 564 

Detection  of  Sulphites •.  607 

Villon,  M.    Tannin 38S 

Vincent,  C,  and  Delachanal.    Carbohydrate  in  Acorns 66S 

Berries  of  Rowan  Tree   559 

Virloy,  A.  de.    See  Commetin 223 

Vite-.ni.  E.  A.    Purification  of  Perfumes 3*2 

Vitrile  and  Luminoid  Co.,  New  York.    Carbon  Filaments. . . .  604 

Vlasto.  E.    Pickling  Metals B23 

See  Brasse 3S2 

Voclcker.    Magnesia  in  Boiler  Scale l«7 

v.  ,-.1.  H.  W.    Intensity  of  Sunlight 12* 

Orthochromatic  Photography 421 

Vogel.  J.  H.    Basic  Sine- 679 

Phosphoric  Acid  in  Slag , . . .  838 

Volhard.    Determination  of  Manganese 456 

Volhard.J.    Iodometry 839 

Volhard  and  Erdmann.    Thiophen 653 

Vollhanl.    Filter  Pump  (illus.) 73 

Vollmer,  J.    Field  Experiments 827 

Von  Hohenhauaen  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition ". . .  635 

Von  Konitz.  II.  F.,  and  Tunis,  J.    Extract  of  Coffee 377 

A'orwerk,  P.    Estimation  of  Phosphorus  in  Steel 387 

Vrij,  E.  de.    Quinine 150 

Vol  pius,  G.    Congo-red  as  an  Indicator 739 

Examination  of  Ether 760 

Officinal  Bromides 567 

Reaction  for  Morphine 563 

Vaselin 719 


Wade.  J.  L.    Anti-Incrustator  for  Steam  Boilers 39 

Wade,  T.  L.    Lubricant 294 

Wagner.    Albumenoids  m  Cereals 45 

Wagner,  A.    Subterranean  Motion  of  Coal  Gas 377 

Wanner,  L.  V,    Starch -  OS 

Wagner.  P.    Manure  for  Fruit-trees  in  Winter 553 

Pbosphatic  Slag i  u 

See  Fischer 592 

Wagner,  W.    Ensiling  under  Pressure 297 

Wahl,  A.    Washing  Precipitates  (illus.)  301 


PAGE 

B.F.    Asphalt  for  Ships' Decks 112 

Waito,  C.  >".    Starch  or  Flour  Paste 875 

Walker.  S.  1".    Galvanic  Batteries 516 

Walker,  W..  and  Sons.    Leather,  &e.  at   Manehe-ter  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 763 

Walker.  Parker,  and  Co.     Specimens  at    Blanches!   r   B 

Jubilee  Exhibition 

Wallace.    Broxburn  Petroleum 352 

Discussion  on  Determination  of  Fat 34 

Discussion  on  Gas  from  Oil 2' '3 

Paraffin  Scale  Testing 121 

Sewage  Sludge 248 

Testing  Parartin  Scale :;.',l' 

Discussion  on  Testing  Paraffin  Scale 271 

Discussion  on  Waste  Gas  from  Oil  Stills 33 

Wallace,  C.  W.  N.,  and  Barry,  C.  J.  H.    Caramel 

Wallace,  J.    Alcohol  Still  (iilns.  I I 

Walllrrecht,  F.,  and  Rnsse,  H.    Artificial  Elateriie 

Walrand.    Shortness  of  Iron 12 

Walsh.  E.    Reduction  of  Zinc  Ores 600 

Walter.    Cotton  Colours s17 

Walter,  T.    Laboratory  Apparatus  (illus.) ;  8 

Walther,  K.    Phosphatic  Deposits  in  Italy B28 

Walton.    Influence  of  Silicon  on  Iron 293 

Walton,  T.  M.     Boilers  for  Paper  Pulp 223 

Sulphurous  Acid 368 

Wauklyn.    Nesslerising 33 

Ward,  E.    Apparatus  at   Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion      62S 

Warner,  C.  B.    Waterproofing 826 

Warner,  J.    See  Bailey ;:i 

Warren.  J.  E.,  aud  Cloudman,  F.  A.    Treatment  of  Spi  ut  Pulp 

Liquors 736 

Warren,  T.  T.  P.  B.    Caoutchouc  Plants 666 

Worth.    See  Kelbe 539 

Warwick,  J.    Lead  Fume 218 

White  Lead 291 

Wass,  A.  G.    Lubricant 443 

Waterhouse.    Orthochromatic  Photography 121 

Watkins,  H.    Baking  Powder 377 

Watson.    Test  for  Bismuth 416 

Watson.  C.    Sulphate  of  Lead  and  Alumina 115 

Watson,  J.  D.    Annealing  Glass :;7" 

Watt,  A.    Discussion  on  Boiler  Management 1>\ 

Watt.  J.    Deodoriser 222 

Watts.    Economic  Products  of  India 7:*7 

Watts,  C.  W.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas  by  Ammonia  (illus.)  ..      25 

Purification  of  Coal  Gas 503 

Wat  ts,  J.  J.,  and  Riclianls,  W.  A.    Bicarbonate  of  Soda 547 

Soda  Sesquicarbonate 661 

Weber,  C,  and  Co.    Cotton,  ic.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition  638 

Weber,  M.  W.    See  Fischer,  E 512.  :,ls 

Websky.    Rapic  Acid 732 

Webster,  W.    Voltaic  Batteries 833 

Webster's  Patent  Aluminium  Crown  Metal  Co.    Specimens 

at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 698 

Weddinir,  H.    Development  of  Ammonia  in  working  Iron t;t31 

Weidel  and  Russo.    Isouicotine 188 

Weigert,  L.    Copper  in  Wine 

Weil.    Determination  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 156 

Sulphur  Determination 607 

Weil,  F.    Analysis  of  Sulphides 561 

Estimation  of  Zinc  in  Zinc  Dust 117 

Weilandt,  M.    Superphosphate S2U 

Weingartner,  E.    Detection  of  Artificial  Colouring  Matters  ...    451 

Weinsteiu,  L.    Melting  Point  of  Paraffin 567 

Weiss,  R.    Alumina  Compounds  for  Bleaching 544,546 

Weith  and  Mere.    Separation  of  Toluidines 419 

Welch.    Sulphur  Determination 96 

Welch.  W.    Hydrocarbon  Fire  Lighter 588 

Weldon,  L.    Dyeing 286 

Weldon,  W.    Black  Ash  Liquors 319 

Chlorine  Manufacture  (illus.)    775 

Wellcome.    See  Burroughs 772 

Weller,  A.    Alkaloidal  Bases  in  Petroleum 719 

See  Kerner BA1 

Welshaeh.  A.  von.    Atmospheric  G-.is  Burner 

Incandescent  Burner 212 

Wende,  H.    Trimethylanthragallol 511 

Wendling.F.    Washable  Paint 43 

Wense,  W.    See  Liebennann 540 

Werner.    See  Stutzer 831 

West,  J.  B.    Tanning 373 

West  Cumberland  Iron  and  Steel  Co.    Specimens  at  Man- 
chester Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 695 

Westmoreland.    Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Pyrites S45 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb. 20, 1888. 


PAGE 

ffi  stmorcland,  J.  W.    Determination  ol  Sulphur  in  Pyrites  ..  84 

u  ej  mersch,  11..  and  Whittall.  J.    Bl  cl  ric  Batteries 238 

w  1     ler.S.S     S    Curtis 518 

White,  Sinclair.    Action  of  Water  on  Lead ill 

White,  W.    '                 Edgamating S71 

White,  W.  G.    Colour  Printing 286 

\\  hitefield,  L.    Designs  on  Fabrics EOS 

Whitehouse,  W.    fli    Livesey 

Whitelaw.    Discussion  on  Waste  Gas  from  1  til  stills 33 

Whiteley.  K.  L.    Chromium  Mordants 131 

Whitley,  J.    Apparatus  for  Corrosive  Liquids 39 

Whittall,  J.    See  Weymersch 223 

Wnitten.J.O.    Set  Serson <i7t 

Whit  thread.    Sewage 2io 

Wiborgh.    Col.  irimetrio  Test  for  Sulphur 304 

Wiborgh,  J.     D  ^termination  of  Carbon  in  Iron  (illus.) 7  is 

'cali  Co.    Black  Ash  Furnace  (illus.) Hi! 

Specimens  at  .Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition G9S 

Wienzkowsky.    Acetic  Acid  from  Wood 438 

Wiemik.    Set  Henmann,  K 606 

Wigg,  Bros.,  and  Steele.     Specimens  at  Manchester  Eoyal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 697 

Wiggin,  H.,  and  Co.    Specimens  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 696 

Wild.  W.    Bnfermented  Wine 669 

Wiley.  H.W.    Extraction  of  Sugar  by  Diffusion 296 

Wilkins.    Ultramarine 791 

Wilkinson,  A.    Paper  Pulp 558 

Will.  W.    Hesperidin  and  Naringin 553 

Naringin 149 

Si .    l'l  elin.l.  H 449 

SeaReimer,  C.  L -is 

Will,  W.,  and  Pukall,  W.    Aesculetin 605 

II  ,  ,   /'r     r  Works.    Roofing,  etc. at  Manchester  Royal 

Jubilee  Exhibition 7G9 

Williams.    Bread 165 

Williams,  Grcvillc.    Alkaloids  100 

Williams.  H.    Carlmretted  Gas 364 

See  Kayser Tin 

Williams,  J.    Absolute  Alcohol  in  Bond 80S 

Williams.  E.    Estimation  of  Caustic  Soda 346 

Williams,  W.    Fusible  Plug  (illus.) 649 

Williams,  W.  Carleton.    Action  of  Water  on  Load Ill 

Williams  and  Watson  Smith.    Congo  Red  as  an  Indicator 197 

Williamson.    Black  Ash  Liquors 349 

Wilson.    Bleaeliing  Liquid 541 

Wilson,  J.    See  Landon 882 

Wilson.  J.  II.    Treatment  of  Fibre 286 

Wilson.  J.  V.    Soap,  &c  at   Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi. 

bition 763 

Wimmer.H.    See  Fischer,  B 659 

Wiudisch.  W.    Aldehyde  in  Spirit 830 

Detection  of  Aldehyde  in  Alcohol 388 

Detection  of  Lactic  Acid , 562 

Wingham.  A.    English  Tobacco  (illus.) 76 

English  Tobacco 400 

Discussion  on  Bread 16S 

Discussion  on  English  Tobacco Ifi3 

Winkler.    Estimation  of  Caustic  Soda 347 

Winkler,  C.    Chlorine  from  Bleaching  Powder 456 

Germanium 731 

Winser  and  Co.    Salufer 630 

Winterhoff,  F.    Lettering  on  Glass 547 

Wirth  and  Co.    Recovery  of  Tin 141 

Wisser.    Gun  Cotton S41 

Witt,  O.    Air  pump 65 

Witt.o.  N.    The  Azines 505,  506 

Azonium  liases 543 

Azophonines 724 

Chrysoidine 591 

Eurhodines  213 

ludulines  and  Azophonines 594 

Naphtholphenazine 723 

a-Naphthylamine 5:14 

Safraninc 285 

Tolnylene  Red 212 

.SYf  Brunner,  P 512 

8     Liebcrmann,  C 7l':s 


PAGE 

Witt.  O.  N., and  Juetzki.    Safraninc 4'!5 

Wittelshofer.    Henze's  Mashing  Apparatus S30 

feast  and  Valuation  of  Starch 830 

Wittcnstrom,  C.  G.    Iron  Castings 293 

Witting,  F.    Saccharine 560 

Witz.    Cellulose 695 

Woern.  W.    Vat  for  Cellulose 519 

Wohanka,  J.,  and  Kocian,  K.    Treatment  of  Sewage 378 

Wolf.    Estimation  of  Ammonia  in  Soils 457 

Safety  Lamp 282 

Wolf.  G.,  and  Kreuzbage.    Action  of  Saltpetre  en  Plants 667 

Wolff,  C.  H.    Detection  of  Arsenic 1  17 

Wolff,  G.    Purification  of  Waste  Water 514 

Wolfhiigcl.    Bacillus  Pyocyaneus 320 

Wolfhugel,  G.,  and  Riedel.  O.    Bacteria  in  Water 557 

Wolkow,  A.    Toluenesulphamide 587 

Wollaston,  E.  W.     Oils,  \c.  at  Manchester   Royal   Jubilee 

Exhibition 762 

Wollny,  E.    Specific  Gravity  of  Seed  Potatoes lit 

Water  Capacity  of  Soils 552 

Wollny,  R.    Testing  Butter 831 

Wolt,  F.  W.  A.    Butter  Analysis 388 

Wood.    Determination  of  Phosphorus 3S7 

Wo.  ,ds,  C.    See  Atwater SIO 

Wooldridge,  L.  C.    Protection  of  Anthrax 1S3 

Woolley.  J.,  Sens,  and  Co.    Apparatus  Drugs  at  Manchester 

Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 629,  639 

Worms.    Dinitronaphthylamine 5 1-.' 

Wrexham  Layer  Beer  Co.    Beer  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 77o 

Wright,  C.  R.  A.    Action  of  Zinc  Chloride  on  Castor  Oil 326 

Discussion  on  Alkaloids 4!m 

Discussion  on  Bread 168 

Discussion  on  Chlorine 790 

Discussion  on  English  Tobacco 1  >',•_' 

Wright,  C.  R.  A.,  and  Thompson,  C.    Voltaic  Combinations  ...  604 

Wright,  L.  T.    Flame 362 

Liquid  Fuel  (illus.) 35 

Wright,  R.    Soap 373 

Wrightson.    Phosphatic  Slag 241 

Wunderlich,  A.,  and  Eisele,  O.    Galvanic  Battery 833 

Wurster,  C.    Action  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on  Albumen 381 

Congo  Red  as  Indicator 835 

Detection  of  Active  Oxygen 301 

Determination  of  Lignin  in  Paper Mn 

Worts.    Diastase 117 


Yaiyan.  H.  T.    Vacuum  Distillation  Apparatus 39 

Young.  A.  15.    See  Kayser 730 

Young,  F.  J.    Equisetum  Biemalc 49 

Young.  J.    Carbonisation  of  Coal 815 

See  Maxwell,  T 286 

Young,  W.    Purification  of  Coal  Gas 135 

Young.  W.  C.    Alum  in  Bread 679 

Yonng  and  Meldrum.    Oil  Spring  at  Alfrcton 12s 

Younger,  W.    Acidity  Determination  in  Fine  Gases  (illus.) . . .  347 

Estimation  of  Oxygen  (illus.)  348 


Zaayer,  H.  G.  de.    Andromedotoxin 676 

Zaloziecki,  R.    Purification  of  Ozokerite 652 

Zatzek.    See  Honig 100 

Zeller.    Sec  Klcist 282 

Ziegler,  J.  H.    Roshvdrazine 594 

Zieglcr.  J.  11..  and  Lecher,  M.    Tart ra zincs 593 

Zinke.  T.    Phenylnaphthalene 651 

Zippcrcr,  P.    Determination  of  Starch  (illus.) 52 

Ziurek.    Chlorides  in  Potash 607 

Zureher.    Aniline  Chromate 653 


1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


INDEX      OF      SUBJECTS. 


TAGE 

Absorption  Apparatus  for  Gases  (ill us.) 538 

Bottle  with  Valve  (illus.) 150 

Spectra 489 

Tui ie  Qaa  (illus.) 677 

Acacia QiraffaOj  Seeds  of 561 

Aearus  Saochari  (illus.) 770 

Accumulators 516,  517,  518,  51! 

Electric '222.  223 

Aecnaphthcne 506 

Acetic  Acid,  Detcrminat  ion 563 

Solubility  of  Oils  in 22 

From  Wood % . . .  438 

Acetins  of  Glycerol 437 

Acetoraeter 389 

Aeetphenetidine,  Physiological  Action  of 521 

As  an  Antipyretic 676 

Acid  Determination  in  Flue  Gases  (illus.) 347 

Gases  from  Chemical  Works 527 

Acidimetry 564 

Acids,  Aluminium  Bronze  vessels  for 39 

Elevator  for  (illus.) 17tJ 

Si | fhon  for  Raisin;; 2 IS 

Aconite,  Extract  of 565 

Acorns,  Carbohydrate  in 668 

Address,  President's,  at  Annual  Sleeting 476 

Aerated  Beverages 297 

A.ratiiiL'  Liquids 547 

Affiuity  of  Metallic  Sulphates 728 

Agalibe  employed  in  Paper  Making  (illus.) 126 

Air,  Carburetter  for i:;t 

Determination  of  Carbonic  Acid  in  (illus.) 749 

Pump,  Mercurial  (illus.) 300 

Al  (Horindatinctoxia) 7f^ 

Alantio  Acid 526 

Alantol 520 

Albinism,  Vegetable 210 

Albumen 849 

Action  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on 381 

Maltose 557 

In  Urine 387 

Albuminoids  in  Barley  and  Peas 15 

Determination  of  Sulphur  in 11-3 

Alcohol,  Aldehyde  in 3SS 

Distillation  of  (illus.) 669 

For  Manufacturing  Purposes SOS 

Oxidised  by  Manganese  Dioxide 438 

Purification  of 147 

Alcoholic  Fermentation lit 

Liquids,  Maturiug 221 

Aldehyde  in  Alcohol 388 

Aldehydes,  Compounds  with  Hydrazines 507 

Alizarin,  Constitution  of 725 

Industry 014 

Industry  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  ....    625,  633 

Oil,  Preparation  of Hi 

Alkali  Manufacture 547 

Waste.  Treatment  of 439 

Works  Regulation  Act 527 

Alkaline  Hydrates,  Crystallisation  of 507 

Sulphides,  Physiological  Action  of 514 

Alkalis.  Caustic 438 

Crystallised 662 

Alkaloidal  Bases  in  Petroleum 719 

Alkaloids 822 

Investigation  of  the £9 

Etc.  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 639 

In  Plants,  Localisation  of 674 

Vegetable  Organisms  in  Solutions  of 381 

Alkannin 723 

Allium  TJrsinum,  Oils  of 676 

Alloys,  Electrical  Conductivii  v  of 48 

Metallic 37i 

Alluvial  Districts.  Acid  Soil  in 373 

Almond  Meal  as  Food 514 

Water,  Bitter 567 


PAGE 

Alum  in  Bread 679 

Determination  of  Iron  in 27"'» 

In  Flour.  Detection 51 

Iron  Determination  in 352 

Manufacture. H 

Alumina  Compounds  for  Bleaching 544,548 

Determination  of  Iron  in  presence  of i;,i 

And  Lead,  Sulphate  of 415 

Separation  from  Iron 458 

Sulphate 216 

Aluminite,  New  Variety  of 40 

Aluminium  Alloy,  Deposition  of \~i 

Aluminium  Alloys 511,512,548,  823 

Bisulphite  employed  with  Beet  Juice 143 

Bronze  Vessels  for  Acids,  etc 35 

Extraction 512,  600 

Extraction  of 517.  518 

Fluoride 820 

Manufacture 247,  731,  735 

Price  of i7fl 

Steel  Castings  with 29s 

Sulphate 387 

Amalgamating  Pan 371 

A mido-Com pounds.  Conversion  of 503 

Amines  from  Phenols ;:,■! 

Ammonia,  Action  of  Sulphur  on 307 

From  Ammonium  Chloride 216,  217 

Bichromate 442 

Cartridga 521 

From  Coal  Gas  (illus.) 364 

Prom  various  Coals 652 

Compounds  from  Coal  Gas 502 

Detection  of 334 

Determination 42.3 

Developed  in  working  Iron 664 

Double  Sulphate  and  Phosphate  of 412 

Estimation  in  Soils ,    ggfi 

Ferment,  Destruction  of §26 

Purification  of  Coal  Gas  by  (illus.) 25 

Purification  of  Gas  by 501 

In  Sewage  Sludge 243 

Soda  Process  (illus.) 2SS,  368,  440,  546, 720 

Treatment  of  Soda  Ash  (illus.) 290 

In  Soils,  Estimation  of 457 

From  Sulphate  (illus.) 509 

Sulphate  Manufacture 510 

In  Turnips 45 

Ammoniacal  Liquor,  Coal  Gas  purified  by 719 

Liquor,  Distillation  of 42 

Liquor,  Treatment  of 135 

Liquors,  Composition  of 27 

Liquors,  Treatment  of  (illus.) 597,  820 

Ammoniatcd  Superphosphates,  Analysis  of }:>:; 

Ammonio-zinc  Chlorides 544 

Ammonium  Chloride,  Treatment  of 140,216,  217,  289 

Chloride,  Manufacture 822 

Determination 799 

Dithiocarbonate $36 

Phosphate  as  a  Manure n; 

Salts,  Solubility  of  Gypsum  in 553 

Sulphate,  Blue  Colour  of  283 

Sulphate,  Manorial  Value  of 44 

Amylodextrose 147 

Anaesthetic,  Local  677 

Analysis,  Employment  of  Vanadium  in 74**, 

Indicators  in 195 

Organic 269 

Permanganate,  Method  of 350 

Andromedotoxin 676 

Aniline  Black 819 

Black  Dyeing JB7 

Chlorodimethyl- 366 

Chromates 653,  659 

Colours,  Detection  of 522 

Colours,  Varnishes  prepared  with 601 

Dyes,  Indian  Trade  in 464 

Estimation  of  Paratoluidine  in 750 

Formed  from  Phenol 13s 

Phenazine  formed  from 2*5 

Sulphite,  Colours  from  726 

Trade  of  Germany 529 

Treatment  with  Oxynaphthol 726 


XXIV 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1888. 


PAGE 

Anlhoxaiithum  Odoratum **8 

Anthracene  Purification  

Trini.'ltivl 

AntbragaUol,  Trimethyl-  and  Dimethyl 

Anlhranol   

Antbxaquinone  Manufacture 

Anthrarufin,  Pormulaol  


505 

,->n 

.Ml 

653 


Anthrax. 


320 

Protection  of ls:i 

Anti-fouling  Composition  for  .Ships 518 

Anti-Incrustators  for  Boilers 179 

r.  ir  St  earn  Hoilers  39 

Antimony,  Colour  Reactions  for 387 

Electrolytic  Reduction  ol 673 

Extraction 731 

Fluoride  Manufacture 727 

Ores,  Treatment  of 512 

Pentaohli  .ride 546 

In  Portugal 530 

Separation  of 884 

Tartrate 509 

And  Tin,  Separation  of 220 

Antipyretic 521,  070 

Antipyrine i v'-' 

As  Substitute  for  Morphine 1575 

Antiseptic  Fabric 222 

S;i It  for  Brewing 376 

Treatment 508 

Antiseptics 515,  672,  67 1 

Apparatus,  etc  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 027 

Arabinose 219,  H6 

Arabonic  Acid 220 

Araucaria,  Secretion  of 075 

Arbutiu 07(3 

Ardoisite 510 

Arghline 380 

Aristolochia  Cymbifera.  Drug  from 560 

Am.wroot  Starch  Manufacture 334 

\  rsenic  in  Chloroform SS2 

Colour  Reactions  for 3S7 

Determination 504 

Determination  in  Pyrites 352 

Electrolytic  Detection  of 147 

In  Ferric  Chloride  Solution 522 

In  Matches 522 

Separated  from  Waste  Waters 

Separation  of 

Arsenical  Colours  prohibited  in  Sweden 

Arsenious  Anhydride,  Action  on  Hydrogen  Arsenide 

Arseniuretted    Hydrogen   removed    from    Sulphuretted    Hy- 
drogen   

Artichoke,  Jerusalem,  Glucose  from 

Asbestos  Felt 

Ascospores  in  Yeast  Cells  (illus.) 

Ash  Determination 

Determination  in  Organic  Substances ' 

A  spbalt,  Artificial 

Asphaltic  Composition  for  Ships'  Decks 

Asphaltum 

Varnish 

Aspirator  applied  to  Filter  (illus.) 

Aspirators  (illus.) 

Atropine 

Aziminin 


Axines 

Preparation  of  the 

Azobenzene,  Substitution  Products  of 

A/.o-< 'olours 138, 139,  4S7,  507, 

From  Stilbene  and  Fluorene 

Azo-derivatives,  Constitution  of 

Azo-dyes 

Secondary 

Azonaphthalene 

Azoniuin  Bases 

Azopheniues 594, 

Azophcnyiene 

Azotoluenc 


557 
384 
520 
837 

G79 
554 
300 
118 
220 
MO 
293 
142 
till' 
378 
537 
C.t 
487 
300 
543 
505 
435 
591 
815 
721 
286 
720 
506 
613 
721 
212 
136 


Bacteria 115 

Effect  on  Water s^7 

Nitrification  caused  by *  rqa 

In  Water ;,;; 

Bacteriology :in; 

Measurer  (or  Solutions  (illus.) 1:7s 

Baking  Powder ■  ■-■• 

Baku.  Manganese  Ores  from 10 

Petroleum 539 


Bakuol 

Balances,  Chemical 

Barium  Hydrate 

Manganate 

Phosphate,  Influence  in  Acidimetry. ... 

Sulphides,  Treatment  of 

Barley,  Albuminoids  in 

American 

For  Brewing 

Examination  of 

Injurious  Action  of  Sodium  Nitrate  on. 

Raffinose  in 


Swedish  . 


Treatment  with  Sulphurous  Acid 

Barleys.  Analyses  of 

Baryta  Hydrate 

Bassic  Cinder  disintegrated  by  Exposure 

Batatas,  Spirit  made  from 

Batteries,  Depolarisation  of 

Electric 222, 

Galvanic 299,  379,  380,  510,  517,  618,  .'.1:'. 

Secondary 510,  517,  518,  ran, 

Voltaic 

Voltaic  and  Secondary 

Zincs  for 

Battery  Acid,  Utilisation  of  Spent 

Actuated  by  Heat 

Cell,  Pocket  form  of 

Galvanic 

Secondary 

Solutions,  Chromic  Acid  from 

Bauhinia  Yalilii,  Fibres  of 

Beer  Adulteration 

Etc.  Aeration  of 

Est  iiuation  of  Carbonic  Acid  iu  (illus.) 

Filter  for  (illus.) 

Finings,  Sieve  for 

Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on 

Lager 

Manufacture 

From  Pure  Yeast  

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Turbidity  of 

Viscosity  of 

Beeswax,  Constituents  of 

Estimation  of  Rosin  iu 

Beet,  Abnormal 

Experiments  with 

Formation  of  Sugar  in 

Juice,  Purification  of 

Plant,  Experiments  on 

Press  Cake  from 

Pulp,  Treatment  of 

Quantity  of  Sugar  in 

Saltpetre  in 

Sugar 

Sugar  Determination  in 

Sugar,  Colour  Reactions  of 

Sugar  in  the  United  States 

Beetroot,  Effect  of  Manure  on 

Seeds  

Bchenic  Acid 

Benzaldehyde  Green 

Benzene,  Action  of  Sulphurous  Anhydride  on 

Pentamethyl 

Benzenes,  Analysis  of 

Benzidene  Derivatives 

Benzidine  Colours 

Colours  from 

Benzidinesulphohic  Acids 

Benzoliue,  Gas  from 

Benzopurpurine 

Benzoylsulphimide.  Ethereal  Salts  of 

Benzoylparanitraniline 

Berbaininc 

Berberidaeeae,  Alkaloids  of  the 

Berberine 225 

Betaine 

Beverages,  Aerated 

A.  rated,  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. . 

Aeration  of 

Bichromate  Manufacture 

Birch  Bark,  Essence  of  

Biscuits,  etc.  from  Almond  Meal 

Bismuth  Nitrate  Fermentation  with  addition  of 

Oxvhvdratc,  Action  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on 

Test  for 

Bisulphides,  Treatment  of 

Bitumen,  Artificial 

Black  Ash  Furnace,  Revolving  (illus.) 

Coloring  matters,  Earthy 

Dye  for  Wool 

Blast  Furnaces.  Construction  of 

Furnace  Gas 


PAGE 

1SS 

.-,1;! 

217 
433 

2811 
45 
370 
143 
,  445 
HI 
16 
830 
2H5 
733 
507 
45 
.  S30 
,  298 
223 
674 
073 
558 
140 
512 
222 
510 
515 
s.;; 
S33 
515 
286 
391 
297 
830 
370 
51t 
734 
123 
669 
47 
770 
144 
554 
549 
682 
IB 
552 
828 
143 
733 
143 
GOO 
6011 
111 
553 

i;s2 
455 

0S1 
607 
607 
732 
483 
366 
510 
530 
542 
817 
138 
285 
3G4 
817 
652 
883 
225 


520 
483 

>21 


771 
5WI 
308 
5111 
514 
144 
450 
416 
202 
5011 
416 
727 
500 
548 
583 


Peb.89,1888.]        THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


irv 


FACE 

Blasting,  Cartridges  for 521 

Permission  to  employ  Gunpowder 567 

• 177 

Bleach.  Chlorine  prepared  from  406 

And  Soda  Sulphate,  Manufacture  of  ( illus.) 820 

Bleaohing 2*6.  399,  443.595, ::>6.  734 

Aeents,  Action  OD  Writing  Ink 307 

Alumina  Compounds  for 54 1.  .">  46 

n,  etc 727 

Electrolytic 170, 246 

By  Electrolytic  Action 727 

Electrolytic  Method  of  (illus.) 337 

Powder,  Loss  of  Chlorine  from \<\ 

Powder  Manufacture  (illus.) 

Wool,  Cotton,  etc 50S 

Bl  ue,  Carbazol 660 

Colour  for  Cotton 815 

Shrub  (African  Drug) 501 

Boiler  for  Cellulose 519 

Cleaning  Compound 36  : 

Explosions  in  Germany  (18*6)  (illus.) 715 

Fittings  (illus.) lsj 

Incrustation  Preventive 619 

Management  (illus.) 17s 

Setting  (illus.) 133 

Boilers,  Deposits  removed  in 133 

External  Scale  on 334 

Fusible  Pluss  for  (illus.) 649 

Level  Indicators  for 133 

Purification  of  Water  for 501 

"Removal  of  Scale  from ^12.  VU 

For  Wood  Pulp 223 

Bolivia,  Trade  of 463 

Bone-black.  Sugar  Refined  without 553 

Bone  Fat,  Composition  of gas 

Bones,  etc.,  Grease  Extracted  from  443 

Borax,  Soap  mixed  with 373 

Boric  Add,  Chilian   515 

Acid  Determination  (illus. ) 

Borneol  449,  834 

Borocalcite,  Phosphoric  Acid  in 72S 

Boron  detected  in  Milk,  etc 563 

Boronatrocalcite   545 

Brandy  Distillation  in  Switzerland 556 

Brassidic  Acid  218 

Brazil,  Customs  Tariff  of  6s5 

Foreign  Competition  in 40 ; 

Brea-asphaltum  : 19 

Bread,  Alum  in  679 

Making 16* 

Breweries,  Consumption  of  Fuel  iu 731 

Brewers'  Grains  as  Fodder  556 

Pitch  SSI 

Brewery.  Bye-products  from  a  Porter 417 

Institute  of  Berlin 731 

Waste  Liquors,  Dryer  for  (illus.) 47 

Brewing,  Advances  in 554 

Antiseptic  Salt  for 376 

Barley  for 1 43 

Torrefied  Grain  prepared  for 1)5 

Bricks,  Glass 510 

British  Empire,  Statistics  of 459 

Bromides,  Examination  of   567 

Bromine  Preparations 378 

"  Solid  " 3SS 

Broxburn,  Petroleum  at 12* 

Brucine,  Estimation  of 567 

Bucking  Fabrics 366 

Building  Materials  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition   ;  7 

Burette,  Gas  (illus.) 450 

Burettes,  Delivery  Tube  for  (illus.) 

Burner  for  Mineral  Oil,  etc 651 

For  Mineral  Oils,  etc.  (illus.) SIS 

Standard  Gas 601 

Butter 148 

Analysis 388 

Artificial 556 

Examination 

Examination  of 466 

Preserving 670 

Sp.  Gr.  of +47 

Butyric  Fermentation 496 


.Cadmium  Colours 665 

Separation  of 386 

Titration  with  Iodine 3*4 

Calamus  Root,  Constituents  of 560 

Methyl  Alcohol  iu 676 


PAGE 

"  Calcerine  " 

Calcining  Furnace  (illus.) ;i;i 

Calcite,  Artificial l to 

Calcium  Chloride,  Treatment  of 820 

Determination  in  Slasrs,  etc 750 

Phosphate,  Tetrsbasic 157 

Polvsulphide,  Sulphur  Crystals  from 596 

Sulphate,  Crystalline  . . . ." 

Sulphide  in  Char 841 

Calico,  Discharge  for  Manganese  Bronze  011 193 

Printing 286 

Printing  with  Antimony  Fluoride 737 

Printing  Industry 6 13 

Californian  Petroleum 

Cameroon,  Maize  from ut 

I    Camomile,  Hexyl  Alcohol  from  Oil  of IK; 

Camphor  Bromide 6411 

Monopoly  in  Formosa 391 

Candle    Industry   illustrated   at    Manchester  Ro\al  Jubilee 

Exhibition .' 631,  632 

Power  of  Gas  from  Petroleum . 

Trade  in  China , 

Candles.  Self-extinguishimr 1 42 

Trade  with  Egvpt 687 

Trade  with  Holland 

Cannabine 640 

Cans  for  Preserved  Food '. 671 

Caoutchouc,  Changes  in  Vulcanised 549 

Plants 666 

Substitute  for 219 

Valuation  of 443 

Capillarimetry,  Fusel  Oil  estimated  by 52 

Caramel 2t-i 

Carbamides 681 

Carbamine  Reaction  for  Aniline  Colours 522 

Carbazol  Blue 660 

Carbohydrates,  Action  of  Aromatic  Diamines  011 446 

Carbolic  Acid,  Crude 671 

Acid,  Deeolorisation  of 

Carbon  Bisulphide,  Action  of  Chlorine  on 72s 

Bisulphide,  Poisoning  by 145 

Bisulphide  removed  from  Perfumes 388 

Batter}- 735 

Compounds,  Absorption  Spectra  of 215 

Electrodes,  Change  produced  by  Acids 673 

Electrodes  and  Filaments 379 

In'Iron,  Determination  (illus.) 743 

Manufacture  from  Tar,  etc 720 

Perchloride,  Action  of  Sulphur  on 738 

Prepared  pure  from  Soot 601 

Sulphodichlonde,  Colours  produced  with 5os 

Carbonates,  Crystallised 140 

Carbonic  Acid,  Action  on  Thomas-slag 667 

Acid,  Action  on  TTltramarin 507 

Acid  in  Air  (illus.) 74:. 

Acid  in  Beer  (illus.) 839 

Acid  with  Bottled  Beer 555 

Acid  Gas,  charging  Liquids  with 547 

Acid,  charging  Water  with 663 

Acid,  Employment  of  Liquid 662 

Acid  Generator 297 

Acid,  Liquids  charged  with 599 

Acid  Manufacture 5fr.* 

Acid  for  Sugar  Manufacture 692 

Anhydride.  Assimilation  by  Plants 733 

Oxide  Manufacture 439 

Carbonizer,  Revolving  (illus.) 814 

Carbons  for  Batteries 223 

For  Electric  Lamps 516,  517 

From  Paper  Pulp,  Electric 673 

Carburetted  Air 502 

Gas 364 

Carburetter  for  Air  or  Gas 134 

Cards,  etc.,  Transparent 550 

Carrots,  Cholestrin  in 300 

Cartridges  for  Blasting 521 

Carveol 449 

Casein si  2 

Cassia  Occidental!* 420 

Castor  Oil,  Action  of  Zinc  Chloride  on 326 

Oil  Cake,  Poisonous  Properties  of sjl 

Oil.  Examination  of lis 

Oil  Plants  from  the  Coneo 421 

Sugar 77o 

Catalytic  Actions 455 

Catechol,  Action  of  Ethylcnediamine  on 543 

Ceilings,  Cement  for 292 

Cells  made  of  Cork,  porous 6;:; 

Celluloid,  Coloured  Designs  on S 

Fabric,  Striped 559 

Cellulose 

Boiler  for 519 

Fermentation  of 831 


XXVI 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Fob.  29, 1888, 


PAGE 

But 370,  510,  517, 1 164 

Drain  Pipes 292 

Gfc .1,1  or  Silver -12 

[nflueni f  Feat;  Sand  on 442 

I  nfluenoe  of  Sugar  on 140 

Kiln  (illus.) 767 

Liquid 667 

Manufacture 293,298 

Por  Walls 202 

its 218 

Ceramio  Ware,  Old 217 

( terealine 602 

I    realose ;;75 

Cereals,  Effecl  of  Manures  on 826 

Effeol  of  Nitrates  on 826 

In  relation  to  the  Soil B28 

Starch  in SO 

Char 47 

Oaloium  Sulphide  and  Gypsum  in 841 

Washing,  Screen  Bottom  for  Tanks (Wit 

Charcoal.  Decolourising  Power  of  Animal 47 

Treatment  of 515 

Chars.  Estimation  of  Iron  in 421,  600 

Revivification  of 375,  829 

CAasmanfera  Cordifolia 49 

Chemical  Education 79S 

Industries 477 

Industries,  German 683 

Industry,  American 753 

Section,  Manchester  Exhibition,  Report  on 624 

Cheques,  etc.,  Paper  for 791 

Chia  Seeds 520 

Chili,  the  Boric  Industry  in 515 

Foreign  Trade  of 392 

Saltpetre,  Manurial  Value  of 44 

Saltpetre  on  Moorland 374 

Phosphoric  Acid  in 728 

Chilian  Nitrate,  Report  upon 569 

Chimney  Gases,  Acidity  of 527 

China,  Candle  Trade  in 684 

Clay  (illus.) 1 27 

Grass,  Cultivation  of 684 

Chloral  Camphor.  Reaction  for 6S1 

Chlorate  of  Potash,  Explosives  containing 2 

Chlorates 2  IS 

Electrolysis  of 311 

Chlorine 661 

From  Ammonium  Chloride 140 

Prom  Bleach 450 

Compressed 599 

Electrolytic 173 

Electrolytic  Manufacture  of 337 

Manufacture  (illus.) 286,  367,  440,  775,  S22 

Rate  of  Loss  from  Bleaching  Powder 94 

Chlorination  of  Gold  Ore  (illus.) 824 

Chlorodimethylanilines 366 

Chloroform.  Arsenic  in 8S2 

Emulsion  with  Water 382 

Reaction  of 563 

Chlorophyll,  Dyeing  with 413 

Chlorotoluidine 653 

Cholesteriu,  Purification  of 373 

Cholestrin  in  Carrots  and  Vegetable  Fats 300 

Choline 4S3 

Chrome  Iron 511 

Iron  Ore,  Analyses  of 386 

Lining  for  Furnaces 511 

Chromic  Acid  from  Waste  Battery  Liquor 51B 

Chromium  Colours  on  Cotton 215 

Determination 45C,  458 

Extracted  from  Iron  Ore 305 

Mordants' 131 

Chromogens  215 

Chromophors 215 

Chromons  Sulphate,  Explosion  of  Tube  containing 661 

Chrysamine 817 

Chrysoidiuc 591 

Clinsnnaphthazinc 723 

Chrysophenine •  818 

I  lirysoquinone,  Azides  of 723 

Chrysotoluazme 723 

Cioohene  Dibromide 147 

Cinchona  A  Ik  ali, ids.  Products  of 736 

Alkaloids.  Detection 306 

Trade  o!  Ceylon 753 

Cinchonidine,  Estimation  of 455 

Cinchonine 116 

Citnzinamide 4S5 

Citric  Acid,  Determination  of 103 

Citrus  tlecumana,  Blossoms  of 449 

Clay,  Analysis  of 112 


PAGE 

Cleaning  Cotton,  etc 727 

Cleansing  Powder 294 

Coal,  Copper  present  in 751 

Evaporativo  Power  of 36 

Extract  for  Tanning 43 

Hydrocarbons.  Relation  of  Petroleum  to 604 

Treatment  with  Salt 815 

Coal  Gas,  Ammonia  from  (illus.) 364 

Benzene  from !>3 

Cost  of  Purification So 

Lime  Process  of  Manufacture 503 

Purification  of 1 34, 135,  501,  502.  503,  719 

Purification  by  Ammonia  (illus.)  25 

Recovery  of  Sulphur  from 719 

Subterranean  Motion  of 377 

Coal  Slack,  Bins  for  (illus.) 181 

Coal  Tar  Colours,  Development  of 461 

Colours,  Non-injurious 816 

Constituents 360 

Industry  illustrated  at  Manchester  Koyal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion  633,  034,  012 

Lutidines 365 

Coal  Trade,  Depression  in  Belgian 463 

Coals,  Nitrogen  in 652 

Cobalt  Compounds 217 

Separation  of 386 

Separation  of  Zinc  from 49 

Coca  Leaves,  Alkaloids  of 675 

Cocaine 488,  561,  039.  640 

Homologues  of 834 

Optical  Propert  ins  of 419 

Phenol-  675 

Coeamin 075 

Cocccric  Acid 560 

Coccerin ."it;i  I 

Coceeryl-alcohol 560 

Coccuha  cor(h'fotii>$ 49 

Cochineal  Dyes 615 

Sensitiveness  of 196 

Waste.  Utilisation  of 21S 

Cock  for  Stills,  Safety 649 

Cocoa  Meal,  Value  as  Fodder S31 

Codeine 490,  521. 0 II 

Cod-liver  Oil  with  Essence  of  Hops B35 

Coffee,  Extract  of 877,  657 

Coke,  Evaporative  Power  of 36 

Manufacture 130 

Ovens  (illus.) 280.  364 

( )ven  Tars 680 

Colchicine 388 

C  'i  lombo  Extraction 149 

Colorimeter  (illus.) 522 

Colorimetry 304 

Cylinders  for 33 

Colour  Tests,  Apparatus  for 04 

Colouring  Matter, Orange  Red 724 

Matters.  Discrimination  of  Artificial 451 

Matters,  Red 726 

Matters,  Survey  of  Artificial  Organic B53 

Matters.  Table  of  Artificial  Organic 721 

Matters  in  Wine  s 51 

Colours  on  Calico,  etc.  Fixing 595 

For  Cotton 816 

From  Hydroxyanthraqninoncs 540 

Non-injurious 816 

For  Varnishes,  etc 138 

Comma  Spirillum 320 

Conchoearpus  Peckolti,  Narcotic  from 560 

Condenser  (illus.) 302.  s:S7 

Ordinary  .and  Reflux  (illus.) 147 

Surface 279 

For  Water  Analysis 34 

Condensers  for  Sulphur 442 

Congo,  Plants  from  the 420 

Red 817 

Red  as  an  Indicator 190.  739,  S35 

Conium  Extract  682 

Consular  Reports 392 

Confine  486 

Confines,  Synthesis  of  Active 224 

Cooler  for  Liquids 279 

Copper  Alloys 511 

From  Burnt  Pyrites 548 

Determination  836 

Determination  in  Pyrites  564 

Electrolytic  Extraction  of 516 

Estimation  of  Arsenic  in 354 

Extraction 511. 517 

Liquors,  Zinc  Sulphide  from  440 

Ores,  Treatment  of 218, 371 

Ores,  Valuation  of 458 

Oxide,  Catalytic  Action  of 455 


Peb.  29, 1888.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xxvn 


T.IOT. 

Copper  present  in  Coal  751 

Proteetion  of 513 

Pyrites,  Treatment  of  597 

Refining  512 

Separation  of 386 

Siliceous 600 

Slag,  Bright  Red  305 

Sulphate,  Action  on  Wheat  2'.i5 

Sulphate.  Manufacture  (illus.)    597 

Sulphate  reduced  l>y  Fermentation 144 

Bnlphocyanide  80 

In  Wine 556 

Coriander  Oil 675 

Cordials,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  772, 77,"> 

Cork  Porous  Cells 673 

Costa  Rica  Exhibition 303 

Cotarninc 189 

Cotoiiie 1 

Cotton,  etc..  Bleaching  and  Cleaning   7^7 

Bleaching  and  Dyeing 508 

Blue  Colour  for 215 

Colouring  Matters 816 

1  ly,  in--    816, 727 

Fibre,  Chemistry  of 595 

Etc.,  indigo  dyed  on  819 

Ete.,  Waterproof  510 

Cream  Tester  022 

Cresol,  Tolylamine  from 505 

Croton  Oil,  Action  of 520 

Crucibles !".,  292 

Cupels,  Materials  for 43 

Cuprous  Chloride.  Ethylene  soluble  in 717 

Customs  Tariffs 227.  58 1 

Cyanides,  Ferro-  and  Ferri- 5 15 

Cylinders  for  Xesslcr's  Test  33 

Damascus,  Drugs  and  Chemicals  in HU 

Damboseand  Inosite,  Identity  of 666 

Daniell's  Dry  Cell,  Pocket  form  of 515 

Daphniu 284 

Decantatimi  Apparatus  (illus.)  637 

Decomposition,  Influence  of  Mass  on  Chemical   91 

Dental  Anodyne  1:77 

Deodorant   515 

Deodoriser 2^:: 

For  Sewage,  etc 833 

Desiccating  Wood,  etc 610 

Detonators  226 

Dextrin,  Fermentation  of  1+4 

Dextrose 828 

Oxidation  of  551 

Diamidobenzene,  Combination  with  Carbohydrate 446 

Diamidostilbene  Colours   818 

Dianthin 284 

Dianthryl   653 

Diastase 296, 447 

Action  of  829 

Diazo-amido  Bodies,  Reaction  of    541 

Compounds 2S3 

Diazoamidobenzcne,  Aetion  of  Phenol  on    436 

Digester,  Soxhlet's  (illus.)    52 

Digestive  Ferments 189 

Dinicthylamidoazobenzene  as  an  Indicator 196 

Dimethylaniline,  Manufacture  (illus.) 436 

Dinitrocresol,  Detection  of 50 

Diphenyl,  Tetramido- 5 12 

Diphenylamine  from  Phenol 138 

Diphenylethane  Derivatives 506 

Diphcnylsulplioxide 306 

Diphenylxylylmethane 213 

Disintegrator  for  Pigments 513 

Disinfectants  378, 672 

Disinfecting  Powder 291 

Disinfection  143,  515 

Distillation  Apparatus,  Vacuum 39 

Fractional  (illus.)  678 

In  an  Indifferent  Gas  (illus.) 590 

Distillers'  Wash  as  Manure 828 

Distilling  Flask  (illus.) 302 

Ditaine 611 

Drain  pipes,  cement 292 

Drugs,  American  and  Indian 10 

Imported  into  Italy,  Duties  011 530 

Illustrated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 639 

Xew 560,  561 

Dryer  for  Brewery  Wasle  Liquors  (illus.) 47 


tage 

Drying  Cylinder  for  Waste  Matter 537 

Duboisine  Reactions :>yi 

Duronitrile 541 

Durylic  Acid 5 II 

Dust,  Electric  Deposition  of 378 

Dyeing 514, 595, 819 

Cotton,  ete 727 

Fabrics 286 

Paper 189 

With  Turkey- Red 727 

Wool  Blue  508 

Dyes  displayed  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 635 

Indian  7!"'. 

Solvent  for 1:7 

Dyestuffs,  Trade  with  China 570 

Dynamite 3 


Earth,  Russian  Black 414 

Earthenware,  Porous r,\~ 

Bcgi  'nine  226,  520 

Ecuador,  Trade  in 393 

Education,  Chemical 798 

Technical 101 

Elaterite,  Artificial 599 

Electric  Batteries ;:;:, 

Deposition  of  Dust :,-^ 

Lamps,  Carbons  for 370,  516.  517 

Lamps,  Incandescent 299 

Sugar  Refining is 

Wires,  Coating  for 558 

Electrical  Conductivity  of  Fused  Alloys 48 

Conductors,  Vulcanising  Coating  of 516 

Fuses   518 

Electro-chemical  Etching 516 

Electrodes,  Change  produced  in  Carbon C73 

Electrolysis 731 

Employed  in  Treatment  of  Ores 140 

Electrolytic  Bleaching 170.  240,  299.  727 

Detection  of  Arsenic 147 

Detection  of  Metals 836 

Deposition  of  Platinum 518 

Extraction  of  Aluminium 517 

Extraction  of  Copper 5it; 

Extraction  of  Gold,  etc 516,  517,518 

Method  of  Bleaching  (illus.) 337 

Purification  of  Sugar 514 

Electro-plating 200 

On  Organic  Substances 223 

Eire  trotyping 513,  517 

Elements  for  Voltaic  Batteries 558 

Elevator  for  Acids,  &c.  (illus.) 170 

Euieiite  (an  Explosive) 521 

Emetine 736 

Emolline  (Sef tener  for  Warps) 769 

Emulsions 294 

Enamel,  Transparent 513 

FInamelled  Ware 547 

Enamelling  Wood,  etc 219 

Ensilage 668 

Eosin  Colouring  Matters 2S3 

Eosins,  Absorption  Spectra  of 427 

Equisetum  Biemale 49 

Ert ehthites  Oil 831 

Ericaceae,  Poisonous  Principle  of 676 

Erigeron  Oil 834 

Erucic  Acid 218 

Erysipelas  Micrococcus 320 

Erythrol 374 

Ery  throsin 281 

Essential  Oils,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    772 

Etching.  Electro-chemical 5ifi 

On  Glazs,  etc 5  47 

Ethane,  Diphenyl- 50C 

Ether,  Examination 7"-o 

Explosion 680 

Pipette  (illus.)    52 

Etlioxycafleine 641 

Ethyl  Ether,  a  New 720 

Ethylene  Soluble  in  Cuprous  Chloride 717 

Ethvlenediamine,  Substance  from 653 

On  Catechol,  Action  of 543 

Ethyleneorthophenylenedianiine 3W 

Ethyl-orange 506 

Ethylparanitraniline 283 

Ethyl  Sulphide,  Physiological  Action  of  Chlorinated 674 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  2y,  isss. 


139 


Eurhodines 

Euxanthio  Acid 

Evaporating  Furnace  (illus.) 

Evaporation,  Bscapi  dBodiea 

Of  Waste  Lye 

I      p  rator  for  Sugar  Liquor 

Exhibition  al  Barcelona  

Manchester  Royal  Jubilee ''21, 

Plan  of  Royal  Jubilee,  Manchester 

Explosion  caused  by  Chr< ins  Sulphate 

of  Kt her 

At  Chemical  Works.  Report  ou 

Bate  ii 

Explosive  Gases,  Indicator  for  (illus.) 

Bxplosives  (illus.)   -■  226, 

Bxsiocator  (illus.) 

Extracting  Aqueous  Solutions  (illus.) 

Extractor  (illus.) 677, 


Fabiana  Imbricata 

Fat  Determination  in  51  ilk. 

Extraction  of  

Extractor,  Soxhlet's 

( )f  Soja  Bean 

Treatment  of 


Fats 


Analysis  of 

Cholestrin  in  Vegetable 

Etc.,  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition.. 
Fatty  Acids  estimated  in  Soap 

Acids  in  Light  Resin  Oil 

Matters.  Still  for 

Peed-water  Heater  for  Boilers  (illus.) 

Feliling's  Solution,  Titration  with 

Ferment.  Ammonia,  Destruction  of 

Glycerin 

Fermentation  with  addition  of  Bismuth  Nitrate 

Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on 

Products  of 

In  its  relation  to  Bread-making 

Ferments  (illus.)  

Action  on  Proteids 

The  Digestive 

Ferric  Chloride  Solution,  Arsenic  in 

Fcrro-  and  Ferri-cyanides 

Ferrq-cyanides  from  Soda  Liquors 

Ferro-nianganesc 

Ferro-silicon 

Fertilisers.  Analysis  of 

Moisture  Determination  in 

Fibres.  Preparation  of 

Treatment  of 

Treated  with  Hydrofluoric  Acid 

Washing  Machine  tor  (illus.)  

Prom  Wood,  Textile 

Filter  (illus.)  39,812,813, 

Filters 279,  280,  364,  376,601,537, 

Shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Filter  for  Beer 

Filters,  Experiments  with 

Filter  for  Viscid  Liquids  (illus.)  

Filter  Press  (illus.)   S37,  S12,  813, 

Filter  Presses 364,  372,  378, 

lilt  er  Press,  Potter's 

Pumps  (illus.) 

Filtering  Apparatus  (illus.) 

Material,  Earthy 

Filtration 

Automatic  (illus.)  

(if  Water 

Fire  Bricks 43, 

Fire-clay  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Fire  Extinguishers,  Chemical 

Lighter 

Fire-proof  Articles 

Material 

Paint 

Pish  Manure 

Fish,  etc.,  <  HI  from 

Wax 

Plume 

Flask  for  Distillation  (illus.) 

Flasks  for  Cultivation  of  Micro-organisms  (illus.) 

Floor,  Alum  detected  in 

Fluo  Gases,  Acid  Determination  in  (illus.) 

Fluorene.  Azo-Colours  from 437, 

Fluorescein 

Sulphon- 


AGE 
•213 
507 
649 
:;  hi 
442 
55 1 
568 
762 
64 
661 
680 
835 
362 
751 
521 
837 
3(13 
S35 


49 
151 
413 

31 
619 
665 
S25 
306 
3IIO 
762 
389 
:,",:> 
519 
ISO 


495 
144 
734 
123 
164 
113 
671 
lsy 
522 
515 
319 
311 
664 
327 
403 
660 
286 

40 
660 
513 
814 
649 
772 
555 
319 
537 
814 
501 
510 

64 
210 
375 
601 
561 
557 
292 
767 
589 
53S 

517 
380 

550 
210 


3U2 
117 
51 
347 
815 
2  S3 

816 


ta<;e 

Fluorides  as  Antiseptics 515 

Fluorindine 591 

Fluorine  Compounds  as  Antiseptics 672 

Fodder,  Brewers'  Grains  as 556 

I'ood,  Cans  for  Preserved C71 

Detection  of  Picric  Acid  in 50 

Preservation  of 557 

Preserved B  32 

Product,  Cere  al 377 

Salicylic  Acid  in 389 

Formaldehyde,  Action  of  Lime  on 446 

Formosa,  Camphor  Monopoly  in 391 

Formose 146 

Fi  lundrymen,  Chemical  Notes  for 5 18 

Fractional  Distillation  (illus.) 838 

Fruit  Essences,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    772 

Trees.  Manure  for 553 

Furl.  Artificial 134 

I  n  Breweries.  Consumption  of 734 

Liquid  (illus.) 35 

Rubbish  employed  as 661 

Fuller's  Earth 660 

Fungi  and  Fermentation 495 

Nutritive  Value  of  Edible 298 

Funnels  (illus.) 134,  327,361 

Furnace  for  Black  Ash.  Revolving  (illus.) 416 

For  Burning  Tar  (illus.) 37 

For  Chlorinating  Ores .".(.'.i 

P\>r  Evaporating  a  id  Calcining  (illus.) 619 

For  Evaporation  of  Waste  Liquors 412 

Furnace  Linings 43,  511,512 

Furnaces.  Hydn  icarbon  Oil  Feeder  for 719 

For  Hydrocarbons 212 

Lined  with  Blocks  of  Lime 213 

Fusel  Oi!  estimated  by  Capillarimetry :•! 

Oil  extracted  from  Spirit 555,  55S 

Oil,  Removal  from  Spirit 514 

Oil  removed  from  Spirit 829 

Oil  in  Spirits 376 

Fuses,  Electrical 518 

Fusible  Plugs  for  Boilers,  etc.  (illus.) 649 

Gadinine 1-1 

Galactau 602 

Galactose  from  Lupin  Seeds It; 

Gallic  Acid  Reaction 680 

Acid.  Yellow  Colour  from 2s;,.  137 

Gall,  .flavin 285,437,722 

Galvanising 5U.  512.  513 

Iron 5yy,  665,  833 

Gas  Analysis  (illus.) 348,  677 

Analysis  Apparatus  (illus.) 748.  749,  S36 

Analysis,  An  error  in 747 

Apparatus  for  Endiometry  (illus  ) 3S3 

From  Baku  Petroleum 539 

From  Benzoliue 364 

Burette  (illus.) 450 

Burettes  (illus.) 738,  739 

Burner,  Atmospheric 502 

Burners.  Incandescence 131,  212 

Burners,  Incandescent 590 

Carbon,  Treatment  of 365 

Carburetted : 364.  5'  '2.  501 ; 

Distillation  in  an  Inert  (illus.) 590 

From  Hydrocarbons 590.  719 

Lamps,  Slant les  for  Incandescent 538,  814 

Lamps.  Regenerative 539 

Leak.  Detector  for  (illus.) 651 

Lighting  F'ires  with 538 

Manufacture 503 

From  Mineral  Oil 651 

From  Mineral  Oils,  Analyses  of 810 

From  ( lil 212 

From  Oil  Stills 31 

From  Paraffin  Oil 199 

Producers 131, : '.ill 

Purification  by  Manganese  Dioxide 438 

Retorts.  Pyroscope  for 131 

From  Tar 590 

From  Tar  Stills,  Utilisation  of 212 

Tar,  Utilisation  of 815 

Gases,  Absorption  of 363 

Al  is.  rption  Apparatus  for  (illus.) 538 

H  vdrocavbons  from 51  15 

Scrubber  for  (illus.) 584,  597 

S.  .lubil  itv  of 92 

From  Tar  Fires 33 

Gasometer,  Spherical  (illus.) 562 

Gelatine  employed  with  Battery  Solutions 223 

Em ulsions  with 294 

Test  for  Water 323 


Feb.  29.M88.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XXIX 


r.vr.K 

G. latin  method  of  examining  Water 118 

Etc  shown  :it  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 71  3 

German  Chemical  Industries 883 

Empire,  Boiler  Explosions  in  (illns.) 715 

Silver 689 

Germanium 731 


375, 


Klhyl. 

Volatility  of 

Germany,  Oil  Trade  in 

Glass,  Ann.  aim-' 

Bricks 

Industry.  German 

Manufacture 

And  Metal,  Uniting 

( Frnaments  and  Lettering  on. . 

Working 

Glucose  

From  Jerusalem  Artichoke... 

Manufacture 

Glue.  Examination  of 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Glutazine 

G  lycerin  Ferment 

Manufacture 

Prom  Soap  Leys 

Glyeer*  1.  Ac-tins  of 

Determination 

Gl yenronic  Acid 

Glyeyphyllin 

Gold,  etc..  Amalgamation  of 

i.ent 

Extraction 511,812,516,  517,518,600, 

Etc  Extraction  of 

Extraction  from  Antimony  Ores 

Separated  from  Arsenic,  etc 

Ore,  Chlorination  of  (illus.) 

Ores.  Treatment  of 

Grain  Torrefied  for  Brewing 

Grass.  Perennial  Scented 

Greasy  Waste,  Extraction  of  Oil  from 

Green,  Briliiant  

Colours 

Malachite 

Thiophen 505, 

Grey  Colouring  Matters.  Earthy 

Grinding  Hard  Substances  (illus.)  

Guano.  Chilian 

Native 

Peruvian 

Phospho 

Gum  Arabic.  Imitation 

Artificial 

Colour  "Reactions  of 

Liquid 

Gums,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  ... 

Gun-cotton  Examination  

Gunpowder  Manufacture 226, 

Gutta-percha 

Lite,  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Gymnema  Sylvestr.:-,  Acid  from 

Gymnemic  Acid 

Gypsum  removed  from  Char 

Solubility  in  Ammonium  Salts 


511 
528 
370 
51 

547 

218 

."IT 
! 
375 
554 
- 
565 
763 
221 
495 
142 

s7 
4S7 

52 
:  ' 
221 
735 

673 

si? 

731 

3s  I 

824 

371 
143 
148 
51!i 
434 
E  - 
43.1 
507 

727 

12 
22s 
243 

gto 

514 
447 
554 
30C. 
667 
769 
841 
226 
513 
765 
380 
SSfl 
S41 
553 


Hamamelia  Tirginica 49 

Hay.  etc  Preservation - 97 

Beat,  Battery  actuated  by sl6 

Regulator  for  Evapoiations  (illus.) 80S 

Hedylglin 375 

Heleninm 641 

Hesperidin,  Swgar  from 553 

Hessian  Purple 818 

H.xyl  Alcohol  from  Oil  of  Camomile 116 

Hide  Clippings  used  in  Castinz 141 

Powder,  Tannins  estimated  by  means  of 94 

Hides,  Preservation  of 142 

Treatment  of 551, 601, 6«7 

I'nhairing 733 

Homopterocarpin 737 

Hops,  Constituents  of 734 

Essence  with  Cod-liver  Oil 836 

Exhausted 4-17 

Spent,  used  for  Paper 553 

Humus  Substances 220 

Hydrast  inc '. 381,  449, 641 

Hydrastis  ran  ideiisis.  Extract  of 526 

Hydrastis  canadensis,  Extraction 146 

Hydrazines.  Compounds  with  Ketones 507 

Hydrazobcnzene 436 


Hydrocarbon  Gas 

Lamps 

Oil  Feeder  for  Furnaces 

Oils.  Purification 

Hydracarhons.  Aromatic 

Burner  for  Liquid 

Furnaces  for 

Gas  from 

From  Gases 

Treatment  of 

Hydrochloric  Aeid  from  Ammonium  Chloride 216. 

\ rid  Manufacture  (illus.) 

Acid,  Treatment  of 

Hydrofluoric  Acid,  Fibres  treated  with 

Hydrogen  Arsenide.  Action  on  Arsenious  Anhydride 

Determination  in  presence  of  Marsh  Gas 

Flame  supported  bv  Nitrous  Oxide 

Manufacture ' 92,  2s.;.  364, 

Peroxide,  Action  on  Albumen 

Peroxide,  Action  on  Bismuth  Oxyhydrate 

Peroxide,  Estimation 

Hydrometers 133, 

Hydrosyanthraquinone  Colouring  Matters 

H>  Jvoxyl-group,  Reagent  for 

Hyoscixte !x~ 

Hyoscyamine 4s 

Reactions 

Hyposulphurous  Acid.  Purification  of  Sugar  Juice  by 


IGE 

590 
590 

719 
504 
584 

503 

212 
71i* 
505 
.-.•.■  1 

217 

730 
367 
40 
337 

563 

315 
590 
SSI 
456 
564 
383 
540 
22ii 
641 
,641 

::-  • 
47 


Ice  Making  (illus.) 252 

Ici  heib  (African  Drug) 561 

Ignatjewitc 49 

Igniting  Gas 

Ilipe  Nuts 14< 

Illuminating  Power  of  Petroleum 650 

Imperial  Institute,  The  Work  of  the 458 

Imports  and  Exports,  Chemical 528,529 

Incandescent  Vapour  Lamp 502 

Incrustation  Prevent  ive :',;' 

Preventive  for  Boilers 649 

Indian  Corn  Oil " 

Dvcs  and  Methods  of  Dyeing 796 

Hemp.  Alkaloid  of 675 

Yellow S07 

India-rubber  Compositions 732 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 765 

Suhstitute 5W 

Indicator.  Congo-red  as  an 739 

Indicators,  Sensitiveness  of 193 

Indiiro.  Estimation  and  Valuation  of 465 

Detection  in  Dyed  Fabrics 739 

Dyeing 819 

Eixed  on  Calico,  etc 595 

Plant  and  Products 791 

Plants 421 

Products  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 626 

Solutions.  Preparation  of 544 

Indole  Derivatives 507 

Indoles.  Methylation  of 592 

Indulines 594.721 

Ineine 7 


Infusorial  Earth  at  Stavanger 

Injectors  (illus.) ._ 

Inosite  and  Damlxisc.  Identity  of 

Institute,  The  Work  of  the  Imperial 

Insulator  for  Electrical  Conductors 

Jmifa  Htlenium,  Principles  of 

Invertase 

Iodine  Convention.  The 

Solution.  Strensth  of 

Starch,  Blue 

Titration  with 

Iodised  Oil 

Iodol,  Solubility  in  Ethereal  Oils 

Iodoinetry 

Iron,  Accumulation  in  the  Ground  from  use  of  Slag 

Alloys 

Ammonia  developed  in  Working 

Black  Varnish  for 

Blue-shortness  of 

Case-hardening 

In  Chars.  Estimation  of 481, 

Determination  in  Alum 

Determination  in  Presence  of  Alumina 

I  let.  nnination  of  Carbon  (illus.) 

Direct  from  Ore  in  Russia 

Determination  in  Slag  (illus.) 

Estimation  of  Small  Quantities 

Fibrous 

Galvanised 599, 


755 

65 

666 

45S 
735 
520 
S29 
466 
52:; 
563 
384 
S34 
siU 
839 
443 
511 
664 
513 
42 
218 

500 

27.; 

151 
7  s 
75! 
680 


291 


XXX 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,  isss. 


PAGE 

Iron,  Galvanising 611, 612,  6M 

Heated  in  Wo  d  Charcoal ''0 

[nfluence  of  ll.it  lilast  on 648 

Manganese  in 383 

Ami  Manganese,  Separation  of '-'-" 

Manuiacl  ure J*J 

Manufacture,  Dei  elopment  of »68 

i  ire.  Treatment  of ''"" 

Or,-,  Vanadium  and  Chromium  extracted  from SOo 

1  »ri  s,  Treatment  of 611 

Oxide  Pigments 

gpnorus  Compounds  in '  l'_' 

in  isphorus  Determination  in 387 

Pickling  or  Cleaning 517 

Purification ,0 

Reaction  with  Nitric  Oxide ''■'' 

Suits,  Purification  of  Waste  Water  by 614 

Separation  from  Alumina 458 

Separation  of  Zinc  from •!:' 

t,  in 293,870 

Sulphate  as  :i  Manure 374 

Ironstone.  Chrome 456 

isinglass,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition.  764 

Isomeric  Change  in  Phenol  Series 72u 

Italian  Chemical  statistics 754 

Italy.  Customs  Tariff 390 

Duties  on  Drugs 530 

Phosphatic  Deposits  in  Southern 568,828 

Ivorine,  Coloured  Designs  on 595 

1  v  ory,  Substitute  for 549 


Jabi  (African  Drug) 661 

Japan,  Chemicals  for 572 

Trade  during  1886 391, 392 

Java,  Soap  Mailing  in 572 

Joa  (African  Drug) 561 

Jubilee  Exhibition,  Manchester 621 

Juglon 560 

Juices,  Extraction  of 373 

Jute,  Treatment  of 660 


Eairine 489 

Kairoline 489 

Kali  Industry,  The 528 

Kahnia  AngustifoHa 49 

Kamala SSI 

Kaolin,  Composition  of 12S 

Kau  (African  Drug) 561 

Kerosene 136,  112 

Baku 539 

Ketones,  Compounds  with  Hydrazines 507 

Kinetite  (illus.) 2 

Klebbirse 410 

Klebreis 446 

Klipswitt  (African  Drug) 561 

Kola  Nut,  False .". 737 

I.al  «  latory  Fittings  (illus.) 205 

Laecaic  Acid. . . .-. 659 

Lac-dye,  Colouring  Matter  of 659 

Lactic  Arid.  Detection  of 562 

Lager  Beer  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  . . .    770 

Lamp  for  determining  Burning  Percentage  of  Kerosene 412 

Eneandesoent  Vapour 602 

Lamp,  safety 2^2.  362 

Lamps  for  Hydrocarbons Sin l 

Illuminating  Power  of  various JM 

Incandescent  Electric 517,  734,  735 

Photographic 431 

Lanolin l  it,  629 

M  ai  i  u  lac  tore 373 

Lead  and  Alumina.  Sulphate  of -115 

Action  of  Water  on , in 

Fume,  Pipes  f1>r 21S 

Pigments,  Manufacture 7:;2 

Pipes,  Corrosion  by  Water 8 32 

Plaster,  Examination  of 507 

From  Prsfbram,  Analysis  of 823 

ating  Precious  Metals  from IS 

White 601, 82S 

White.  Manufacture  (illus.) 2ss.  291 

1  n  Zinc  Preparations 304 

Leaf,  Tobacco  (illus.)  70 


PAGE 

Leak  Detector  for  Gas  (illus.) 651 

Leather  Manufacture 14.  513,  514 

Polish 295 

Gendered  Flexible 601 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 763 

Waste,  Utilisation  of 222 

Leaves.  Analyses  of 441 

I.celanche  Cells,  Crystals  from 515 

Lencopiaurin 5 11 

Levulinic  Acid 37 1 

Levulose,  Reaction  for 388 

Lignin  in  Paper,  Determination 665 

Lignite  Hydrocarbons,  Eelation  of  Petroleum  to 

Line.  Action  on  Sugar  

Blocks  for  lining  Furnaces 21  s 

Carbonate  (illus.) 127 

Influence  on  Gas  Coal 50:1 

Influence  on  Vegetation 733 

Juice,  etc.  show  n  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  772 

Linen,  etc.  Bleaching 727 

Linseed  Cake,  Adulterated  557 

Oil,  Test  for 181 

Lithanode 673 

Lithium  Salts,  Effect  on  Vegetation 826 

Lobelin 520 

Logwood,  Extract  of 149 

Lubricating  Composition 826 

Oils,  Treatment  of  Waste 665 

nils.  Viscosity  (illus.) 41  i 

Value  of  Petroleum 204 

Lubricant 29 1.  1 43 

For  Steam  Cylinders 1 11 

Lupin  Seeds.  Substances  from 446 

Lutccienne  (Dibromodinitrofluorescein) 284 

Lutidmes,  Coal  Tar 365 


Madder,  Caucasian 722 

Dyes ;i5 

Indian 797 

Products  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 625 

Magenta,  Acid 592 

Magnesia  in  Boiler  Mud  and  Scale 179 

Ca  il>.  inate,  Hydrated 661 

As  a  Preventive  against  Phylloxera 601 

Separation  from  Potassium  Carbonate  Mother-Liquors 729 

Magnesite,  Composition  of 2  ft' 

"Euboean 40 

Magnesium  Chloride,  Chlorine  from  (illus.) 775 

Chloride.  Electrolysis  of  (illus.) 337 

Chloride  Manufacture 82o 

Light  for  Photography 5:1s 

Manufacture 223 

Melting  Point  of 510 

Strength  of 730 

Magnetism,  Separation  of  Metals  by  means  of 515 

Magnets,  Examination  of  Substances  by 515 

Magnolia  Bark 300 

Mahtea  Flowers  as  a  Source  of  Sugar 21 

Maize  from  Cameroon ill 

Manufacture  of  Starch  from 80 

Malt 115 

Acid  Determined  in 52 

Extract •. 734 

Extract,  etc.  showu  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion    772 

Flour 1 15 

Powder  as  Food 557 

Maltha 109 

Maltose _. 828 

Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition,  Report  on  chemical 

Section 621 

Manganese  Alloys 51 1 

Blende,  Production  of 72s 

Bronze  on  Calico,  Discharge  for 193 

Determination l.'.G 

Dioxide,  Uses  of 43S 

Green 433 

Iron :»7i> 

And  Iron,  Separation  of 226 

Ore  in  the  United  States 526 

1  Ires  from  Baku 4.1 

Oxides.  Composition  of 99 

Phosphorus  Compounds  of 1 10 

Separal  ion  of  Zinc  from 4:i9 

In  Steel  and  Iron ... '. ."s  ; 

Sulphide.  Solubility  in  Potassium  Sulphide 305 

Manganites,  Preparation  of 509 

Mangostin 507 

Manioc  Roots.  Alcohol  from 831 

Mant  les  fur  Incandescent  Gas  Burners 590 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Mantles  for  Incandescent  Gas  Lamps 588.  sl  ■ 

Manure,  Ammonium  Phosphate  as  a +13 

Distillers' Wash  as  a 888 

For  Fruit  Trees 658 

Iron  Sulphate  as  a 374 

ium  Nitrate  as  a +4 

SuLtir  Refuse  Liquor  as  a 552 

.Manured  Sand,  Experiments  with  Beets  in 552 

Hsnnres 148,667,827 

Ammonia  Detennination  in l-:: 

Containing  Nitrate,  Nitrogen  Determination  in 157 

Effect  on  Cereals 826 

Manorial  Experiments B27,  v-v 

Experiments  with  Oats 46 

Value  of  Leaves ++l 

Hashing  Materials,  Yield  of 734 

Hatches,  Arsenic  in 522 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 772 

Heasnre  f>r  Solutions  (illus.) 678 

Heat  Ext  nets,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Ex- 
hibition    772 

Mcchanical  Equivalent  of  Electrolytic  Action 173 

Meeting,  Proceedings  of  Sixth  Annual 17  4 

Melitose +45 

Determination  of 821 

Melitriose,  Estimation  of +15 

Melting  Points 568 

Menthol 44'.',  834 

Menthoxime 531 

Mercurial  Air  Pump  (illus.)  800 

Mercuric  Oxide,  Determination  of  Manganese  by  use  of +5tS 

Mercury,  Purification  of 510 

Metal  and  Glass,  Uniting 21s 

Metals,  Detection  by  Electrolysis S36 

Deoxidised Ill 

Extraction  by  Electrolysis 1+0 

Pickling 828 

Precious,  separated  from  Lead 4, 

Separated  by  Magnetism 515 

Metallic  Coating  for  Objects 513 

Designs,  Electrotyping 517 

Salts  Action  of  Ammonium  Dithioearbonate B  17 

Sulphates 217 

Metallised  Organic  Substances 223 

Metastannic  Acid.  Manufacture 593 

Methyl  Alcohol  in  Calamus  Root 876 

Alcohol  in  Plants 602, 67+ 

Methylene  Blue 136 

Methyl-orange 506 

Methylphenylanthranol 814 

Micro-organisms,  Cultivation  of  (illus.) 113 

Middlesborough  Salt  Beds  (illus.) 566 

Mildew  in  Wheat 295 

Milk,  Action  of  Freezing  on 557 

Action  of  Rennet  on 832 

African  Drink  from 831 

Analysis  of 31 

Adulteration  of 45 

Etc..  Boron  detected  in 563 

Of  Cows,  Influence  of  Sugar  Residues  on 44S 

Examination 671 

Fat.  Determination  in 151 

Formation  of  the  Skin  on  Heating ++S 

Nitric  Acid  in ,, 4S 

Powdered 377 

Preservation  of 51+ 

Preserving 377 

Mineral  Oil.  etc.,  Burner  for 651 

Oil,  Gas  from 861 

Oil  Gas,  Analyses  of 810 

icorporated  with  Soap,  etc 141 

Oils,  Treatment  of 131.  591 

Mines.  Signal  for  Explosive  Gases  in  (illus.) "51 

Molasses  Salts.  Saltpetre  from 669 

from 554 

Treatment  of 143,  375 

Molybolic  Acid,  Reaction  for 3>  7 

Moorland,  Experiments  on 37+ 

Mordanting  Cotton 508 

Wool,  etc 544 

Mordants.  Chromium 131 

Morphia.  Estimation  of 565,  oikt 

Morphine +90 

Antipvrine  as  Substitute  for 675 

Methyl- 521 

Reaction  for 149,  568 

Carbonic  Acid,  Ethers  of 526 

Mortar,  Influence  of  Peaty  Sand  on 4  42 

Sugar  added  to 370 

Mueiline  (a  Size  for  Cotton) 769 

Mud  from  Boilers,  Analyses  of 179 

Muscarine , 481 


PAGE 

Museums,  Commercial SOS,  391,  68+ 

Must.  The  Plastering  of 145 

Hyristica  Surinameusis,  Seeds  of C76 


Naphtha  Residues,  Benzene  from 510 

Naphthalene,  Action  of  Heat  on 588 

As  a  Medicine 6  42 

Azo- 506 

Naphthase 213 

Naphthoiealdebyde 5 12 

Xaphthoictbiamide 512 

Napntholsnlphonic  Acids,  Colours  from 72"> 

Naphtbvlamine,  a 594 

Bnlpho-p 593 

Naphthylaminesulplionic  Acids  (01 721 

Acids,  Colours  from 725 

Naphthylamine-i-monosulphonic  Acid +36 

Naphthylenediainiue,  m-(a  0) 512 

Naphthylenediamines,  substituted C52 

Naphthylniethylaleohol 542 

Narceine,  Reaction  for 562 

Narcotic  Extracts,  Examination 750 

X  arcotine 

Naringenin ti:i 

Haringin ++9 

Suirar  from 553 

Natrometer 451 

Neosote  (an  Antiseptic) 672 

Nesslerising 33 

Neurine 483 

Nickel  Allov 589 

Alloys 293,  511 

Estimation if.' 

Protoxide  used  for  Decomposition  of  Ammonium  Chloride.  1+0 

Separation  of StJ6 

Separation  of  Zinc  from +9 

Nicotine 4SS,  522 

Estimation 565 

Nitrsmlic  Acid 213 

Nitrates.  Action  of  Superphosphates  on 551 

E  fleet  on  Cereals 526 

Formation  in  Plants 601 

And  Nitrites 679 

Nitre  Deposit  in  Tarapaca  (illus.) 5+5 

Nitric  Acic  Detection 

Ether  Residues 381 

Oxide,  Reaction  of  Iron  with 499 

Nitrites  and  Sulphites,  Reaction  between 663 

Nitrobenzene,  Explosives  containing 2 

Nitrocellulose,  Artificial  Silk  from 139 

Granular 225 

Solvent  for 550 

Nitrogen  in  Albino  Foliage 219 

In  Coals 652 

Compounds  detected  in  Seleniferous  Sulphuric  Acid 679 

Compounds  in  Plants 551,  552 

Determination  (illus.) 150,  S+0 

Determination  in  Manures  containing  Nitrate 457 

Fixed  by  Soils 552 

In  Sewage  Sludge 2 13 

In  Superphosphate  Mixtures,  Loss  of 551 

In  Uncultivated  Soils 826 

Nitrometer  (illus.) 119,  271,  +99 

Nitronaphtbalene  (0) 511 

Nitrosamines 723 

Nitr  :so-bases 723 

NitToso-0-Naphthol  used  in  Analysis 3S+ 

Nitrotoluene  Derivatives 507 

Nitrous  Acid.  Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on 819 

Oxide,  Hydrogen  Flame  supported  by 815 

Xkasa  or  Sassy  Tree +21 

Noxious  Vapours,  Effect  on  Vegetation 733 

Xuheib  (African  Drug) •  561 

Oak  Wood,  Tannin  from 530 

Oats.  Manurial  Experiments  witll 46 

Value  of  different  Varieties  of OtiS 

Obituary.  Charles  Moseley 188 

Sir  Francis  Bolton 3S 

Oil  Cake  Manufacture 4+S 

Cakes,  Sugar  in +45 

From  Fish 548 

Gas 503,590 

Gas  Manufacture 212 


THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  in.  i-s<. 


PAOB 

Oil  rias.  Mineral go 

Gaa  Tar.  Treatment  of 2sj 

1 1  im  Greasy  Waste,  etc 6*j 

Prom  Indian  Corn Mo 

Iodised ..* 

or  Japanese  Sardine J'2 

Plant v-'"' 

5 10 


89*, 


I'lVs 

Press  and  Machinery  for.., 

stills.  Waste  Gas  from 

Tester 

Trade  in  Germany 

Oils.  Action  on  Polarised  Light 

Burner  for  Mineral  (illus.) 

Emulsions  of 

Bssential,  Adulteration  of 

Sp.  (Jr.  of 

Extraction  of 

Illuminating  Power  of 

Lighting  Fires  with 

Oxidation  of 

Percentage  in  various  Drugs  and  Plants 

Etc..  Separator  for 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Still  for  Mineral 

Turkey-red 543, 

Yalenta's  Test  for 

Viscosity  of  (illus.)  

Ointments,  Preservation  of 

Oleic  and  Stearic  Acids.  Separation  of  (illus.) 

Olive  Oil  adulterated  with  Vaselin 

Omeire 

Opiaurin 

Opium  Alkaloids,  Separation 

Analysis  of 

Assay  of 

Orange  Azo-Colours 

Ores.  Amalgamation  of 

Furnace  for  Chlorinating 

Sulphur  from 

Treatment  of 871,  600,664, 

Treatment  by  Electrolysis 

Organic  Analysis,  Permanganate  Method  of 9s, 

Matter  estimated  in  Water 

Oxides,  Formation  of 

Oxalate  Test  for  Quinine  Salts 

Oxalic  Acid.  Action  of  Perniansanate  on 

Acid  from  Nitric  Ether  Liquors 

Acid,  Titration  or 

Oxides,  Action  of  Sulphur  ou 

Formation  of  Organic 

Oxyacanthine 

( )xyanthniquinones 

Chromogeuic  Properties  of 

Oxyazo-Oompounds 

Oxygen,  Bleaching  and  Disinfection  by  means  of 

Detection  of  Active 

Determination  (illus. J 

Oxynaphthal.  Treatment  with  Aniline 

Oxy  naphthoquinone 

Ozokerite,  Action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  on 

Purification  of 

Ozone  Manufacture 286,299, 

Production  .  


143 

31 
204 
628 
750 
815 
294 
448 
448 
373 

39 


5  19 

737 
294 
7i'.2 
184 
514 
22 
414 
141 
372 
841 
S31 
511 
840 
666 
14S 

591 
871 

599 

731 
823 

14o 
330 
455 
."77 
522 
2« 
S81 
99 

3n7 


SIS 

724 
669 
443 
304 
348 
72': 
660 
052 
504 
831 
676 


Paint,  Fireproof 

Powder,  for  removing 

Removal  of  old 

Prom  Slag 

Washable 

White 

Paints,  etc.  illustrated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Palmitic  Acid.  Oxidation  of 

Pancreatic  Ferments 

Panicum  MiUactu.n,  Seeds  of 

Papahie 

Papaverine 

Paper,  Antiseptic  

For  Cheques,  etc 

1  letection  Of  Woody  Fibre  in 

Detenu ination  of  Liguiu  in 

1  feeing 189, 

Making  in  Japan 

Manufacture  (illus.) 

Manufacture  in  Roumania 

Pulp.  Boilers  for 

Pulp  Machinery   

Pulp.  Treatment  of| 

Pulp.  Treatment  of  Waste  Liquors 73.'., 

Starch  determined  in 

Strength  of 

Toughened  

I  i-nisparent  and  Waterproof 

Waterproof  668 

Etc.,  Waterproof  825, 


6511 
294 

5'0 
550 

43 
550 
CSii 
625 
192 
1H 
642 
190 
674 
7:u 
B40 
5i> 
608 
308 
12.; 

66 
223 
380 
508 
736 
.v,: 
299 
568 
511 
,559 
B26 


PAGE 

Papier-Machc 558 

Paraffin    Industry  illustrated   at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition  030 

Melting  Point 567 

Oil.  Gas  made  from' 199 

Oils.  Treatment  of  Heavy 282 

As  Preventive  against  Frothing 630 

Purification  of 504 

Scale  Testing  (illus.) 123,  271,  851 

Wax.  Purification  of 412,  326 

Wax,  Refined  (illus.) :;  v,  50  I 

Paragalactin \w> 

Paramidodiphenylsulphonie  Acid 138 

Pararosaniline,  Manufacture 437 

Paratoluidine,  Estimation 750 

Pasteurising  Beer,  etc 370 

P.juUinea  Acideata    49 

Pawpaw 420 

Pearl-hardening 293 

Peas,  Albuminoids  in 45 

Peat,  Paper  made  from 558 

Peaty  Sand,  Influence  on  Mortar 442 

Pentamethylbenzeue 540 

Pepper,  Oil  of  Black   075 

Peppermint,  Japanese  Oil  of is 

Yield  of  Oil  of  ....  49 

Pepsin.  Action  of 191 

Pepsins,  Commercial 300 

Peptone,  Production  of  561 

Peptones,  Commercial 738 

Perfumes   382 

Permanganate  Method  of  Organic  Analysis 9S.  260,  £50 

Permanganates,  Preparation  of  Manganites  from 509 

Petivtvia  Htxaglocliin,  Drug  from 520 

Petrofracteur    2 

Petroleum.  Alkaloidnl  Bases  in 719 

Broxburn 352 

Ualimmian 409 

Depot  of  Russian 403 

Distillation 5')1 

Egypt  tan ISO,  276 

Evaporative  Power  of L. . . .  85 

Examination 39 

Flashing  Point S04 

Illuminating  Power  of 650 

Industry  illustrated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibi- 
tion    681 

Industry  1  United  States)  57" 

Lamps,  Illuminating  Power  of 39 

Lubricating  Value  of 204 

oils.  Tinting  283 

Relation  to  Coal  Hydrocarbons  51U 

Residues,  Hydrocarbons  from 54u 

Residues.  Treatment  of 282 

Reservoir  at  Rotterdam  3u7 

Russian 393 

Shale  Mine  at  Broxburn 12S 

Stills.  Utilisation  of  Gas  from 212 

Supply  of  4ii 

United  States  and  Canadian 405 

Pharmaceutical  Chemistry 478 

Preparations,  Tests  for 675 

Phenazin E  1  - 

Phenazine 212 

Formed  from  Aniline 285 

Phenazoxin 512 

Phenol,  Action  on  Diazoamidolienzene 4S6 

Aniline  ami  Diphenylamine  from 133 

Cocaine  »;7."> 

Series,  Isomeric  change  in  720 

Phenols,  Coal  Tar 800 

Converted  into  Ainii.es 652 

Phenylbydrazine,  Treatment  with  a  new  Ethyl-ether 726 

Phenylnaphthalene 051 

Phosgene 728 

Phosphate,  Tetracalcium 374 

Phosphates.  Analysis  of 491 

Field  Experiments  with ^2.'..  828 

1  >n  Moorland 374 

( if  North  Carolina 514 

Relative  Efficiency  of 067 

Treatment  of  510 

In  Water 495 

Phosphatic  Deposits  in  Southern  Italy 668,  S-s 

Earths,  Treatment  of 296 

Phospho  Guano 514 

Phosphoric  Acid  in  Chili  Saltpetre 72s 

Acid,  Action  on  Sodium  Chloride ....  967 

Acid  Determination 457  523,  s3S 

Acid  Determination  in  Slair 30A680 

Acid  and  Superphosphates  826 

Acid,  Titration  of 503 


Feb.  29, 1888.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xxxiii 


PAGE 

Phosphorite,  etc.,  Determination  of  Calcium  in 750 

1  ii  Tunis,  Deposits  of "8 

Phosphorus  Compounds  of  Iron  and  Manganese 140 

Est  [mated  in  Iron ;;s7 

Photography,  Maanesiuui  Light  for ■"' ;v 

Orthochromatic '-:! 

Photometer  Bar 501 

Photometric  Value  of  Gas  from  Paraffin  Oil 200 

Value  of  Petroleums 1 35 

Photometries!  Determinations  of  various  Lights 71<; 

Phylloxera.  Resistance  to 601 

Pickling  or  Cleaning  Metals 517 

liquors  from  Metals,  Treatment  of 823 

Picric  Acid,  Detection  of  50 

Picrocarm.'ne 513 

Pictures,  Flexible  Material  for 550 

Pigment  Colours  for  Fibres 286 

Green 433 

Pigments,  Disintegrating 513 

( ixide  of  Iron 373 

Preparation  of  , 513 

Yellow 112 

Pig  Nut  Cake.  Value  as  Fodder 831 

Piles,  Voltaic 222 

Pilocarpine 642,  675 

Piperidin''  480 

Pipette  fur  Ether  (illus.) 5-2 

Pipettes  without  Graduations  (illus.) 451 

Pitch,  Brewers'  831 

Piantago  Major 49 

Plants,  Assimilation  of  Nitrogen 067 

From  the  Congo 42o 

Formation  of  Nitrates  in 601 

Methyl  Alcohol  in 802,  674 

Xitrogeu  Compounds  in 551,  552 

Respiration  of 733 

Plaster  for  Boilers,  etc 51* 

Platinum  Alloys 293 

Atomic  AVeiaht  of 799 

Determination 389 

Extraction 51G,  51S 

Separated  from  Arsenic,  etc 3S4 

Plug  for  Blasting 177 

Plugs  for  Boilers, etc.,  Fusible  (illus.)   t',49 

Plumbago. etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  771 

Poisoning  by  Carbon  Bisulphide 145 

Poisons,  Sale  in  Sweden 528 

Polarimeter SS5 

Sugar  examined  by  the 631 

Polariseope,  Adulterations  in  Essential  Oils  detected  by Its 

Polarised  Light,  Action  of  Oils  on 750 

Polish  for  Leather 295 

Porter  Browing,  Bye-products  of 417 

Portugal,  Antimony  in 530 

Potash  Bichromate 808 

Chlorate  Manufacture 598 

Hydrates  of  Caustic 5*1 

Salt  Liquors,  Treatment  of 668 

Trade,  Stassfurth 528 

Potassa  Sulphate  Manufacture 36s 

Potassium  Carbonate  Manufacture 11 .  72:" 

Chloride  Industry list 

Determination 52:5, 799 

Double  Sulphate  and  Phosphate  of 1 12 

Iodide  as  Test  for  Bismuth 416 

Primer  for  Torpedoes 521 

Sulphate  Manufacture  139 

Sulphide,  Solubility  of  Mancanese  Sulphide 305 

Test  for 562 

Potato  of  Paraguay,  The  Wild 820 

Potatoes,  Influence  of  Sp.  Gr.  on  Yield  of 1 M 

Storing  414 

Potentite 9 

Potter's  Filter  Press 51" 

Pottery  illustrated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  . .  767 

Prehnitene 5 19 

Press  for  Oil  549 

Cake  from  Beet 143 

Primrose  (Ethyltetrabrouiofiuorescein) 2;  t 

Proteids,  Action  of  Ferments  on 671 

Przibram,  Refined  Lead  from v2:; 

Pteroearpin 737 

Ptomaines 1st 

Plyaloid 1 15 

Pulp  in  .'■bnormal  Beet 1 13 

Pulsir  Pump 65 

Pulver  Sugar 77o 

Pump,  Rotary  (illus.) 7b; 


PAGE 

Pumps,  Barometric 65 

Sprengel  (illus.) c,t 

Purpurin,  Constitution  of 725 

Purree 507 

Pyrene 136,  366,  651 

Pyridine  Alkaloids 51,  4s j 

Bases,  Coal  Tar S66 

Derivatives,  Synthesis  of 22 1 

Pyrites.  Analysis 504 

Copper,  etc.  from  Burnt 548 

Estimation  of  Arsenic  in 352 

Mines  in  the  Tinted  states  and  Canada 

Sulphur  Determination  in 84,96, 345 

Treatment  of 308,  597 

Pyroeresols,  Isomeric 646 

Pyrodene  (Fire-proof  Paint) 637 

Pyrofuscin 43 

Pyrogenic  Reactions 539 

Pyrometer 521 

Pyrometers 14 

Pyroscope  for  Gas  Retorts 131 

Pyrusin 284 


Qnercin COS 

Quinalizarin 541 

Quinine 488 

Estimation  of  Cinchonidine  in 455 

Percentage  in  various  Salts 57 

Salts, Oxalate  Test  for 522 

Salts,  Therapeutic  Value  of 736 

Sulphate,  Assay  of 588 

Sulphate.  Commercial 841 

Sulphate.  Detection  of  Cinchona  Alkaloids 306 

Testing 160 

Quinoline 4*5 

Red 214 

Quinones.  Secondary  and  Tertiary 435 


Rabass  (African  Drug)  561 

Rifflnose 4*5.  37 1 

Determination  of 221 

Estimation  of 445,  669,  829 

Rags,  etc..  Carbonisation  of 559 

Raiz  Pipi  (a  new  Drug) 520 

Rape  Seed  Oil 7  2 

Baph ia  Fibre  as  Imitation  Straw  Plait 139 

Rapic  Acid 7-32 

Refrigeration  (illus.)  252 

Refuse  Matter.  Treatment  of 672 

Regulator  for  Electric  Lamps 299 

Rennet 297 

Active  Agent  of 191 

Manufacture  of  Dry 221 

Reports,  Consular 687 

Resin  Oil,  Fatty  Acids  in 539 

Resinates,  Colours  mixed  with 138 

Resorcinol  Manufacture 2S4 

Retort,  Revolving  (illus.) 814 

Retorts,  Fireclay 292 

For  Shale 721 

For  Shale,  etc 540 

River  Pollution  by  Trade  Liquids  (illus.) 358 

Road  Material 599 

BjOburite 561 

Roof  Material 599 

Ropes,  etc.,  Antiseptic  Treatment  of SOS 

Rosanalinc  Para-,  Manufacture  of 437 

Sulpbonation  of 592 

Rosazurine 813 

Roshydrazhie 594 

Rosin  in  Beeswax 682 

Rosindoles,  The 592 

Rotary  Pumps  (illus.) 716 

Rotoin 834 

Rottlerin 381 

Rowan-tree,  Berries  of  the 559 

Rubber  Plants  from  the  Congo 421 

Products  illustiated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhi- 
bition    013 

Rubbish  used  as  Fuel  in  Kilns,  etc 664 

Ruberythric  Acid 722 

Rubidium  Determination 799 

C 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,  isss. 


Russian  Black  Earth .!,'.! 

Pet  roleum .';  V 

Trade  in  1886 ;;'[ 

Rye,  Manurial  Experiments  with 295 


Saaka. 


121 


Saccliarates •""" ! 

Saccharin,  Detection  of ,,M 

Saccharine  (illus.)  19,4*9,660,808,884 


Coal-tar  . 


Substance,  Diasta 


37 


Saccharometers '  ' 

Saccharomycetes  <  x*easl  1  (illus.) 113 

6  13 
285 
212 


Safranine 

Constitution  of 


Safrii  lines 

Constitution  or 

Safrosin  

Salicylic  Acid 

Acid.  Determination  of 

Ami  "  Esters" 

Acid  in  Food 

Saliva,  Action  of 

Salt  Beds  nt  Belfast 

Beds  near  Hiddlesborough  (illus.)  . 

Treatment  of  Coal  with 

Saltpetre,  Action  011  Plants 

Formation  of 

From  Molasses  Salts 

Salufer  (an  Antiseptic) 

Salvo  Petrolia 

Sand.  Influence  of  Peaty  on  Mortar  — 

Sanitary  View  of  Artificial  Butter 

Santonin 

Saponification  of  Fats,  etc 

Sardine,  Oil  of 

Sasxy  Tree 

Scale  from  Boilers.  Analyses  of 

Schitzomyeetes  (Bacteria ) 


13s. 


435 

284 

sit 

148 

:,.;i 

:is9 

L90 

B88 

596    I 

815    I 

667 

696 

669 

630 

670 

112 

556 

559 

111 

372 

121 

17i> 

115 

S3! 

834 

133 

649 

597 

513 

223 

55S 

s27 

660 

679 

429 

12 
294 
495 

48 
23: 1 

S33 
222 
505 
128 
721 
540 

297 
112 
301 1 
7('.'.l 
601 
219 
559 
514 

Silage -J'l 

Silica,  Influence  on  Gas  Coal 503 

Silicate  of  Soda '■'•" 

Siliceous  Copper 6"° 

Silicon  in  Iron  and  Steel -:,:; 

Silico-spicgcl Bll 

Silk.  Artificial Ijg 

I    coons,  Treatment  of  Wild »6 

Conference  at  the  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition. . .    7.>3 

Examination  of D'',,, 

Vegetable 4° 

Silkworm.  Development  of  the 553 

Bilver  Alloy  with  Nickel 293 

Bromide,  Action  of  Light  on 429 

Cement . 42 

Extraction 511.512.  516,  517,  not) 

From  Rio  Tinto  Burnt  Pyrites 5'8 

Ores,  Treatment  of 871 


PAGE 

Siphon  (illus.) 460,  5S1 

For  Raising  Acids 248 

Size,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 769 

Skins,  Treatment  of 601 

Sla-  Accumulation  of  Iron  in  the  Ground  from  use  of 443 

Action  of  Carbonic  Acid  on 667 

Basic 374 

Basic.  Valuation  or 679.  680 

And  Cement, 664 

Composition  of  Phosphatic 551 

Determination  of  Phosphoric  Arid  in 304,  157 

Experiments  on  Rye  Crops 293 

Iron  Determination  in  (illus.)  680 

Linings  for  Furnaces 512 

Paint 560 

Phosphatic 241 

Phosphoric  Acid  Determined  in 8 ">s 

Treatment  of 148 

Treatment  of  Phosphatic 43 

Wool HI 

Mool  Plaster  for  Steam  Pipes,  etc 510 

Slate  Refuse,  Utilisation  of 5ln 

Sludge,  Treatment  of 557 


Seopolein 

Scopolia  Root 

Scrapers  for  Steam  Boilers 

Sen  en-bottoms  for  Filters 

Scrubber  for  Bases  (illus.) 6S4, 

Scil  Splits,  Treatment  of 

Seaweed.  Carbons  for  Batteries  made  from 

Employed  in  Manufacture  of  Paper 

Manure 

Treatment  of 

Seleniferous  Sulphuric  Acid 

Sensitisers,  Photographic 

Separator  for  Hard  Substances  (illus.) 

For  Oils,  etc 

Sewage  Contamination  in  Water 

Drying 

sliidse 

Treatment  of 43,  298,360,  S78,  515,557,6,2, 

Sewers.  Ventilation  of 

Shale,  Distillation  of 

Mine,  Petroleum  in 

Retorts  for 

Etc.,  Retorts  for 

Sheep  poisoned  by  Sorrel 

Wash 

Sheeting,  Kon-conducting 

Shellac,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition.. 
Ships'  Bottoms,  Composition  for 1 12,  513 

Bottoms,  Paint  for 

Shirt  Collars,  etc..  Xylonite 

Sieve  for  Beer  Finings 


Smilax  Glycyphylla,  Sweet  Principle  or 

Smihtx  rotundifolia 

Soap.  Demand  in  Bulg 


221 
49 
231 


Determination  of  Salts  in 681 

Fatty  Acids  Estimated  in 389 

Leys.  Glycerin  from 87 

Leys,  Treatment  of 142 

Making  in  Java 572 

Manufacture 54fl 

Manufacture  in  Holland  687 

Etc.  Mineral  Oils  incorporated  with 141 

Mixed  with  Borax 373 

Soaps,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 762 

Soda,  Ammonia  Process  (illus.)  288,368,  110.  729 

Ash,  Estimation  of  Caustic  Soda  in 31*;.  317 

Bicarbonate  Manufacture 11 

Carbonate 217 

Carbonate  and  Sesquicarbonate 631 

Hydrate  of  Caustic 509 

Hyposulphite 42 

Industry.  Position  of  the 663 

Liquors.  Examination 83".' 

Liquors,  Ferrocyanides  from 349 

.Manufacture  (illus.) 290,  139.73(1 

Nitrate 228 

Prepared  for  Sale 42 

Recovered  from  "Waste  Lves 139 

Sulphate  and  Bleach.  Manufacture  of  (illus.)   820 

Sulphate  Manufacture 368 

Sulphate.  Treatment  of 729 

Waste  employed  in  Manufacture  of  Methylene  Blue 1S6 

Sodium  Bicarbonate 547 

Bicarbonate,  American 308 

Chloride,  Action  of  Phosphoric  Acid  on 367 

Manufacture 174 

Nitrate.  Injurious  action  on  Barley 411 

Nitrate  as  a  Manure 41 

Process  of  Aluminium  Manufacture 247 

Production  of 823 

Silicate 730 

Sulphide  Manufacture 729 

Sulphite 597 

Soil  in  Alluvial  Districts 373 

Relation  of  Cereals  to B28 

Soils,  Accumulation  of  Iron  in 113 

Ammonia  and  Nitrogen  iu 826 

Estimation  of  Ammonia  in 457 

Nitrogen  fixed  by 

Water  Capacity  of 

Soja  Bean 

Soot,  Pure  Carbon  from 

Sorbus  aucupaxia 

Sorrel,  Sheep  poisoned  by 297 

Soaps,  etc..  Desiccated,  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition "71 

Spain,  Trade  with 39?, !  27 

Trade  Stat  istics 307 

Sparteine 52 .'.  736 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus  (illus.) 14' 

Gravity  Flask  (illus.) 

Spectra  of  Carbon  Compounds 

Spectroscopical  Investigation  of  Tar  Colours 

Spectrum.  Photographing  the ''-' 

Spelter,  Extraction  of "-Is 

Spicgeleisen "11 

Spirit,  Fusel  Oil  extracted  from 555.  556 

Lamps.  Maintenance  of  Level  in  (illus.) 456 

Law.  German • ; ,  §84 

Manufacture 82„.  S3] 

Removal  of  Fusel  Oil  from 514 

Spirits.  Fusel  Oil  in 370 

Etc.  shown  al  Maude  ster  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition i73 

Treatment  with  Ozone 831 


552 
519 
601 

559 


3S2 

■119 
215 
137 


K-b.2u.isss.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Sponee.  Treatment  of 

St.  John's  Bread,  Composition  of   830 

Stannous  Chloride  Solution,  Decomposition  of 

Starch.... U 

Action  of  the  Brushes  in  Sifting 

Cellulose 446 

ctionsof 

Determination  (illus.} 62,840 

Determination  in  Paper 

For  Fabrics 375 

Fermi                    in 

Prom  Maize,  Manufacture •' 83 

Manufacture 

Manufacture,  Arrowroot 334 

Pi    pertiesof v;; 

Saccharification  of 733 

Dextrin,  Turbidity  of  Beer  due  to 141 

Starches,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  769 

Stassfurt  Industry 6S3 

Statistics  of  Imports  and  Exports 528,  528 

For  July,  Trad,- 571 

Steam  Boilers,  Incrustation  prevented  in 39 

Boilers,  Sugar  in  Feed-water 230 

Cylinders,  Lubricant  for 141 

Stearic  and  Oleic  Acids.  Separation  of  (illus.) 372 

Stearin 219 

Steel,  Blue-shortness  of 42 

Castings  with  Aluminium 293 

Converter  Linings 13 

le 293 

Manganese  in 383 

Manufacture Ml,  611,  788 

Manufacture,  Development  of 460 

The  Martin  Process 43 

Open  Hearth 294 

Silicon  in 293 

Treatment  of 5  is 

Stillx-ne,  Azo-Colours  from 437 

Test  for 22-5 

Still  for  Fat t v  Ha tters 5 10 

For  Mineral  Oils 134 

For  Sea  Water  i  illus.) 813 

For  Water 280 

Stills                      for 649 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  ..    773,774 

Sb  ines,  The  Weathering  of  Building 12 

Straw  Plait.  Imitation 139 

Strontia  Hydrate 597 

Strontium  Hydrate 217 

Strophanthin 071 

Strophanthus 381,  039 

Hispidus.  Ineine  from 737 

Seeds.Oilof 070 

Strychnine,  Estimation  of 667 

Stuppiett 051 

Styrolene  Alcohol,  Hydrocarbon  from 651 

Sublimate  Solutions,  Stability  of 07 1 

Subsidence  Apparatus  (illus.) 737 

Tank  for  Water  and -11 

Sugar 553,  554 

Action  of  Lime  on 608 

Analysis 507 

Beet,  Colour  Reactions  of 455 

Beet,  Development  of 295 

in  Beet,  Estimation 75  1 

In  Beet,  Formation 828 

Superphosphate  for 295 

Beet. Quantity  of  Juice  in 1 15 

Bounties  Conference 845 

Bounties,  Russian 228 

Dane,  Extraction  of 296 

Used  with  Cement 664 

Influence  on  Cement 1  hi 

Crystallised  Grape 16 

Determination  in  Beet 

Examina  tion 

Examined  by  the  Polarimeter 681 

Extraction  by  Means  of  Alcohol 

In  Peed  Waters  for  Boilers,  Action  of 2!'0 

Juice,  Extraction  of :;75 

Juice,  Purification  by  Hyposulphurous  Acid 47 

Juices,  Purification  of 375 

Law.  The  new  German 50.1 

From  Jfihica  Flowers 21 

Manufacture 514 

Manufacture,  Carbonic  Acid  for 602 

Manufacture,  Use  of  Poisonous  Substances  in B28 

Added  to  Mortar :;7o 

In  Oil  Cakes H5 

Production,  Russian 164 

Reactions  for 149,150 

Refining 15 

Refuse  Liquor  as  a  Manure 552 

Residues,  Action  on  Milk  of  Cows 448 

Residues.  Storage  of 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Rcval  Jubilee  Exhibition 709 

Of  Soja  Bean 519 


I'aoi: 

imposition  by  Acids 221 

tness  of  various 21 

Suint  Waters,  Changes  in 221 

Sulphon-Fluorescein 810 

Sulpharsenati  s  used  for  Unhairing  Hides 41 

Sulphates.  Affinity  of  Metallic :> 

Metallic 217 

Sulphides,  Analysis  of 

Sulphites .-,:  .7 

Manufacture  of r.i-'. 

And  Nitrites,  Reaction  between cos 

Snlphocyanides  a-  Discharge  for  Manganese 193 

From  Soap  Leys 89 

Sulphur  on  Ammonia,  Action  of :>7 

,1  Gas -±- 

Coluritnetric  Test  for 3iH 

or 442 

Crystals  from  Calcium  Polysulpbide 596 

Deposit  of 54 

Determination  in  Albuminoids 14s 

Determination  in  Pyrites 84.  96,  345 

Extraction 43<l 

From  Ores 731 

red  from  Coal  Gas 71:' 

Springs,  -Microscopic  Flora  in   29£ 

From  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 72*.' 

Trioxide.  Mixtures  with  Sulphuric  Acid 2-:i 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  Determination   450 

Hydrogen,  Physiological  Action  of 514 

Hydrogen,  Purification 07:' 

Hydrogen.  Treatment  of   729 

Hydrogen  Water.  Bottle  for  (illus.) 211 

Sulphuric  Acid,  Concentration  of  (illus.) 216 

Acid,  Influence  on  Solubility  of  Lead Ill 

Acid  Fumes.  Absorption  of  (illus.)  597 

Acid  Manufacture  (illus.) 662,  729 

Acid.  Xordhausen ^>:< 

Acid  produced  Eectrolytically 140 

Acid,  Purification  of 370 

Acid.  Seleniferous  07:' 

Anhydride  Manufacture 599 

Sulphurous  Acid,  Action  on  Nitrous  Acid 819 

Acid,  Barley  treated  with 295 

and  Iodometry 839 

Acid  Manufacture  (illus. )  41. 363 

Acid  in  Raw  Sugar 681 

Acid  recovered  from  Waste  Liquors 735 

Acid  Solution  442 

Anhydride,  Action  on  Benzene  300 

Superphosphate  for  Sugar  Beet 295 

Superphosphates,  Analysis  of 491 

Free  Acid  in BOS 

I.  issof  Nitrogen  in  Mixed ._ 551 

Moisture  determination  in .' 327. 4"3 

Sweden,  Arsenical  Colours  prohibited  in 536 

Switzerland,  Brandy  Distillation  in 5:0 

Syphon  39 

Syrup,  Purification  of 143 

SyniDS.  Decolorisation  oi 515 

Filtration  of 375 


Tan-tester 94 

t'tilisation  of  Spent 222 

Tannic  Acid  from  Berries  of  the  Rowan-tree  55:' 

Acid,  Granulated   300 

Acid,  Reaction  of   151 

Tannin  Determination '. ...    51,388 

Manufacture    2t't 

From  Oak  Wood 5511 

Tanning 13. 142.  373.  513.  51 1 

Illustrated  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 703 

Tannins,  Estimation  of 94 

Tar,  Analysis  of 586 

Etc.,  Carbon  made  from ZSO 

Colours,  Spectroseopie-41  Investigation  of 137 

Distillation  of 590,  72u 

Fires,  Gases  from 38 

Furnace  for  Burning  (illus.) 37 

Blast  Furnace 583 

Germau 580 

Tarapaea,  Nitre  Deposit  in  (illus.) 545 

Tariff  Changes e-5 

Tartaric  Acid.  Titration  of 99 

Tartrazines 593 

Tea,  etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 771 

Technical  Education 401.  1-" 

Telegraph  Wires,  Vulcanising  the  Coating  of 510 

Temperature  Indicators  for  Boilers 133 

Regulator 562 

Temperatures  of  Decomposition 508 


THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1888. 


E66 
180 
516 

301 
1.77 
726 

720 
6SS 

r.ns 


PAGE 

Tetrameth)  ldiamidothiobenzophenoiie 

Tnalline ,s:' 

Thebaine '''"' 

Tin  in. .  Estimation  ol 

[Thermometers,  Adjustable  (illus.) 

Thermopile 

Thermo  Regulator  (illus.) 

Thermostat  ( illus.) 

Thiamines 

Thiaminesulphonic  Acid 

Thienylmercaptan 

Thiobcnzoic  Acid  Derivatives 

Thiobenzophenone  Derivatives y0- 

Thiodiphenylamine -l  ^ 

Tliionin,  Dimethyl-  and  Diethyl- 506 

Thiophen,  Bye-products  of C55 

Green ■?'(,0•  D^1' 

Thiosulphates,  Reaction  of 381 

T hi. -sulphuric  Aciil.  Detection :;sl 

Thomas-sins.  Action  of  Air  on 45 

s.  luliilityot *» 

Valuation  of ll» 

Thymol,  Reaction  of 151 

660 
226 
804 
823 
823 
141 

n 

511 


294,  600. 


Timbo 

Tin  and  Antimony.  Separation  of 

(  hv,  Treatment  of 

Plate  Manufacture 

Recovered  from  Scrap 

Scrap,  Utilisation  of 

Scraps  and  Ore,  Treatment  of 

Separation  from  Tin  Scrap 

Tinned  Food ^:;- 

Tinning  Wire  Gauze,  etc 513 

Titanic  Acid  Determination 679 

Tobacco.  Ash  of 77 

English  (illus. ) 76 

English-grown li  -  Wfl 

Extracts,  Estimation  of  Nicotine  in 505 

ToildaUa  AcuUata 40 

Tolidine  Colours B17 

"Tologens"  (Mixtures  for  Cleansing,  etc.) 294 

Toluene,  Action  of  Heat  on 539 

Toluenedisulphonic  Acids 137 

Toluenes,  Reduction  of  Xitro- 418 

Toluidine.  Analysis  of  Ortho  and  Para IK 

Chloro- . . . .". 053 

Tolunaphthazines,  Isomeric 50G 

Toluylene  Red 212 

Tolylamine,  Mono-  and  Di- 505 

Tonite 11 

Trade  Liquids,  Treatment  of  (illus.) 358 

Rep  irts 53,  306,  300,  402,  524,  508,  083.  752.  St2 

Statistics 229 

Trifolii  Extract urn 140 

Trimethylanthragallol 541 

Triphenylcarbinol 214 

Triplienylmethaiie  Derivatives 053,  S10 

Trophic 487 

Tripoeuliil 591 

Tulipin 381 

Tunis,  Deposits  of  Phosphorite  in 72s 

Turkey-Bed,  Dyeing  with 727 

lied  Oil 727 

Red  Oils 5 13,  51 1 

Turmeric,  Sensitiveness  of 195 

Turnips,  Ammonia  ill 45 


Ucuhuba 076 

Ultramarine 40,  701 

Action  of  Carbonic  Acid  on ' 5(17 

United  States,  Bi  et  Sugar  in  the 684 

Manganese  Ore  in 526 

Uranium  Nitrate,  Titration  of  Phosphoric  Acid  with 563 

Urea  Determination  (illus.)    149 

Urine,  Albumen  in 387 


Vacuum  Distillation  Apparatus  39 

Vahritl  Indira.  Seeds  of 1 16 

Valeric  Acid  in  Light  Resin  Oil 539 

Valve.  Absorption  Bottle  with  (illus.)  150 


PAGE 

Vanadic  Acid,  Reaction  for S87 

Vanadium 070 

Est  imation  of 50t 

Extracted  from  Iron  Ore 805 

Reactions  of 740 

Vaporiser  for  Liquid  Hydrocarbons 503 

Vapour  Density  Apparatus 521 

Vapours,  Absorption  Apparatus  for  (illus.) 538 

Varnish 513 

Asphaltum 373 

For  Iron 513 

Linseed  Oil 681 

Manufacture 55(1 

Varnishes.  Coloured 601 

Etc..  Colours  for 13S 

Vasclin 871, 620,  070.  710 

Mixed  with  Olive  Oil 841 

Vegetable  Pats 825 

Ivory.  Nitration  of 225 

Silk  from  Caineroons 40 

Textile  Materials,  Treatment  of 300 

Vegetables,  Preserved,  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee 

Exhibition 771 

Vegetation,  Effect  of  Noxious  Vapours  on 733 

Influence  of  Lime  on 733 

Ventilation  of  Sewers 222 

Vernonia febrifugal  {Soiiaux) 420 

Vines.  Treatment  against  Phylloxera 601 

Vii  .1.  t.  Methyl- 434 

Viscosimetry  (illus.) 412. 414 

Viscosity  of  Mineral  Oils,  Improving  the 134 

Vulcanisation  of  Caoutchouc 732 

Vulcanising  the  Coating  of  Telegraph  Wires 516 


Washing  Powder 

Precipitates  (illus.)  

Waste  Lyes.  Evaporation  of 439, 

Water,  Purification  by  Iron  Salts 

Waters,  Purification  of 

Water,  Action  on  Lead 

Analysis,  Condenser  for 

Bacteria  in 

Baths,  Maintenance  of  Level  in  (illus.) 

For  Boilers,  Purification  of 

Cartridge 

Development  of  Bacteria  in 

Filters 

Fungi  in 

Gauges  for  Boilers 

Micro-Organisms  in 114. 

( trganie  Matter  estimated  in 

Pipes.  Zinc-coated 

Purilicatiou  of 48,  21 1 .  222,  280,298,  364. 

Sewage  Contamination  in 

Still  for  Sea  ( ill  us.)  

Etc..  Subsidence,  Tank  for 

Supply,  London 

Waterproof  Cloth,  Decorated 

Cotton,  Paper,  etc 

Materia] 330, 

Waterproofing 

Composition s25. 

Leather 

Whalebone,  Substitute  for 

Wheat,  Action  of  Copper  Sulphate 

Value  of  different  Varieties  of 

White  Lead 

Wild  Gourd  (African  Drm-) 

Willesden  Paper 

Win. •,  Colouring  Matter  for 

Copper  in 

Manufacture 

Old 

Etc.,  Pasteurising 

Wines,  Examination  for  Artificial  Colours 

Etc.  shown  at  Manchester  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 

Wire  Gauze.  Tinning 

Witherite,  Artificial 

Wo.  il.  Acetic  Acid  from 

Charcoal.  Pig  Iron  heated  in 

1  i-'siccation  of 

Paper  made  from 

Plastic  Material  from 

Pulp,  Boilers  for 

Pulp,  Extraction  of  Moisture  from 

Smoke,  Treat  men  t  of  Materials  with 

Textile  Fibres  from 

Wool 

Womly  Fibre,  Detection  in  Paper 


540 
301 
442 
514 
557 
111 
31 
557 
4.11 1 
501 
521 
827 
040 
495 
182 
310 
455 
557 
672 
495 
813 
814 
310 
510 
510 
550 
139 
820 
511 
549 
295 
668 
601 
6G1 
521 
830 
550 
000 

48 
370 

51 
774 
513 
140 
488 
370 
510 
559 
:;sn 
223 
140 
508 
543 
366 
810 


im]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xxxvii 


PAGE 

Wool,  Black  Dye  fur 506 

Dyeing 5118, 544 

Fat.  Treatment  of 373,  54a 

(Urease,  Treatment  of 147 

Etc,  Grease  Extracted  from 443 

Mineral 141 

Washing  Machine  (illus.) 660 

AY'lntening 727 

Wort ,  Aeration  of 221 

Worts,  Treatment  of  Brewers' 370 

Writing  Ink,  Action  of  Bleaching  Agents  on 80S 

Xanthoxylumfraxinetun 49 

Xylenols,  Xylylamines  from 540 

Xylonite,  Shirt  Collars,  etc.  made  from 559 

Xylylaniines  from  Xylenols 54  1 


Yam.  Discrimination  ol  Colour  on 7S9 

Dyeing 595 


Yeast . 


Beer  from  Pure 47 

Contamination  of 551; 

Manufacture 297,  514 

Micro-organisms  of  (illus.) 11", 

Organisms  in 194 

Turbidity  in  Beer 555 


TIG! 


Zinc,  Ammouiu-Chlorides  of 

A  in  monio  Chloride '..'..','.'.'.','. 

Chloride.  Action  on  Castor  Oil .!....!" 

Coaled  Water  Pipes "i 

Coating  on  Iron,  etc .....'... 

Determination [  m  t[ 

Determined  as  Pyrophosphate •••«..."!"" 

Fields  of  Missouri ,, 

Iron  Coated  with ', 

Muffles,  Products  remaining  in '  ."."'. 

Ore,  Treatment  of '  ;  ;.  jjgg 

Pigments p   'ti    ' 

Preparations,  Lead  in .!...'"!..!!! 

Recovery  of ......!!!!" 

Scum,  Treatment  of .........!."."  370 

Separation  of 

Separation  from  Iron,  Cobalt,  and  Nickel '...'."'.!!'.!! 

Separation  from  Nickel 

Sulphide  employed  in  Manufacture  of  Methylene  Blue..'.. 

Sulphide  Manufacture .440 

Titration  with  Iodine ' 

Volumetric  Estimation  of 

white ;:;;;;; 

Zincs  for  Batteries 

Zylonite,  Coloured  Designs  on 


541 
515 
320 
557 
599 
SS7 
523 
752 
666 
731 
064 
513 
304 
734 


379 
3S6 
49 
499 
137 
S22 
:>i 
117 
560 
512 
595 


Feb.  as.  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LIST    OF     MEMBERS 


Abbott,  Jolm,  Braemm  Hou-e,  Lancaster  Gate,  Hvile 
Park,  W. 

Abel,  Sir  V.  A..  Royal  Arsenal,  Woolwich.  London.  S.E. 
Abney,  W.  de  W.,  Capt,  Willealie  House,  Wetherby 

Load,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Abraham,  A.  ('.,  B7,  Bold  street,  Liverpool 
Acland,  Sir  H.  W.,  Radclyffe  Library,  Oxford 
Adam,  A.  Learmouth,  40,  Sir  Michael  street,  Greenock, 

N.B. 
Adam,  J.  B.,  17-2,  Leith  Walk.  Edinburgh 
Adams.  M.  A.,  Ashford  Load,  Maidstone,  Kent 
Adams,  J.  W.,  74,  Oxford  Street,  Regent  Load,  Sal  ford, 

Manchester 
Addenbrooke,  Edwin,  IS,  Cawley  Road,  South  Hackney, 

E. 
Adilie,  J.,  Langloan  Ironworks,  Coatbridge,  N.B. 
Addvman,  F.  T.,  Laboratory  of  Roy.  Agric.  Soc,  12, 

Hanover  Square,  London,  W. 
Adkins,  IL,  Chemical  Works,  Smethwick 
Affleck,  J.,  Mill  House.  Woolton,  near  Liverpool 
Aikman,  Charles  M.,  183,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 
Aitken,  A.  P.,  S,  Clyde  Street,  Edinburgh 
Aitken,  J.  B.,  Gerard's  Fold  Chemical  Works,  Widnes 
Akitt,  Thomas.  Belsnnd  Factory,  Tirhoot,  India 
Albright,  G,  S.,  The  Elms.  Park  Road,  Edgbaston 
Albright,  W.  A.,  Mariemont,  Birmingham 
Allbright,  W.  B.,  Dorchester,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Alexander,  J. O., 4,  Belhaven  Terrace,  Kelvinside,(  Masgow 
Alexander,  W,  T.,  20,  Booth  Street.  Mosley  Street,  Man- 
chester ;    and  Crumnock  Bank,  Victoria   Crescent, 
Eccles 
Allan,  Jno.,  2,  Blythwood  Villas,  Crouch  Hill,  N. 
Alldred.  C.  EL,  .'!•">,  Crisp  Terrace,    I'pper  Park  Load, 

Plumstead  Common,  Kent 
Allen.  A.  II.,  Sydenham  Cottage,  Park  Lane,  Sheffield 
Allen,  J.,  104,  Upper  North  Street,  Poplar,  London,   E. 
Allen,  .).  Fenwick,  Newham,  Whalley  Range,  Manches- 
ter 
Allen,  Walter  S.,  13  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Alleu,  Wm.,  Edenholme,  Bournemonth,  Hants 
Allen,  W.  H.,  c  o  F.  Stearns  &  Co.,  Detroit,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 
AUender,  G.  M..  Stammerham,  Horsham,  Sussex 
Allhusen,  A.,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Allhusen,  Wilton.  102,  QuaySide,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Allibon,  G.  IL.  Seaview,  Litherland  Park,  near  Liver- 
pool 
Alsben.',  M.  (Sondheim,  Alsberg  &  Co.),  P.O.  Box  2437, 

New  York,  U.S.A. 
Anderson,  C.  Torre,  Messrs.  Bass&  Co.,  Burton-on-Trent 
Anderson,  Geo.  B.,  Victoria  Square,  Felling-on-Tyne 
Anderson,  John,  Glengarnock  Ironworks,  Ayrshire,  N.B. 
Anderson,  J.  M.  T.,  Explosives  Co.,   Ld.,  Stowmarket, 

Sutt'olk 
Anderton,  G.  H.,  Howendyke,  Howden,  Yorks. 
Angell,  •!.,  The  Grammar  School,  Manchester 
Angus,  .lames,  Lugar,  Ayrshire,  N.I'.. 
Angus,  John,  Ingram  House,  165,  Fenchurch  St., London, 


Angus,  W.  Mathwin,  St.  John's  Leather  Works,   New- 

eastle-on-Tyne 
Annandale,  J.  IL,  Polton,  Midlothian,  N.B 
Annison,  R.  II. ,  16, Water  Lane,  Tower  Street,  London, 

E.C. 
Ansdell,  G.,  4.3,  Courtfield  ltd.,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Ansdell,  T.  C. ,   Kearsley  Cottage,  Farnworth,  Bolton 
Archbold,   George,   Laboratory,  Phoenix,   Gswego  Co., 

N.V.,  U.S.A. 
Archbutt,  L.,  Argyle  Terrace,  Rose  Hill,  Derby 
Armstrong,  Dr.  H.   E.,  Central  Institution,  Exhibition 

Road,  London,  S.W. 
Armstrong,  Sir  William  O.,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne 
Ash,  T.  E. .  4.  Saltram  Place,  Citadel  Load,  Plymouth 
Ashwell,  H..  Woodthorpe  Grange,  Sherwood,  Notting- 
ham 
Ashwell,  J.    IL,   Woodthorpe  Grange,  Sherwood,  Not- 
tingham 
Ashwell,  J.  R.,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Bentinck  Road,  The 

Forest,  Nottingham 
Ashworth,  L. ,  The  Barlows,  Radelift'e,  near  Manchester 
Aston,  Theo. ,  11,  New  Square,  Lincoln's  Inn,  London, 

W.C. 
Atcherlev,  B.  J.,  37.  Ashchurch  ( Jrove,  Starch  Green,  W. 
Atkins.  S.  K..  Market  Place,  Salisbury 
Atkinson,  A.  J..  44.  Loudoun  Square,  Cardiff 
Atkinson,  Geo.,  Aldersgate  Chemical  Works,  Southall, 
Middlesex  ;  and  00,  Aldersgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Atkinson.  1!.  W.,  44,  Loudoun  Square,  Cardiff 
Atttield,  J.,  Ashlands,  Watford,  Hertfordshire 
Aubrey,  W.  H.,  Caledonia  Estate,  Province  Welleslcy, 

Penang 
Auer,  H.,  Lathom  House,  Halebank,  near  Widnes 
Auerbach,  C.  G.,  Farbenfabriken  vorni.  F.  Bayer  &  Co., 

ERierfeld,  Germany 
Au-tin,  E.,  126,  Bermondsev  Street,  London,  S.E. 
Aykroyd,  W.   H.,  Oakwood  Villas,  Toller  Lane,  Man- 
ningham,  Bradford,  Yorks. 

B 

Bailey,  Edwin  M. ,  Royal  Rank  of  Scotland,  Ardrossan, 
Ayrshire;  and  38,  Berkeley  Street,  Glasgow 

Bailey,  Wm.,  The  Terrace.  Oaken,  near  Wolverhampton 

Bailey,  G.  H.,  Owens  College,  Manchester 

Bainbridge,  Herbert  A.,  Union  Club,  Trafalgar  Square, 
London,  S.W. 

Baker,  E.,  Stoneleigh,  Eastern  Avenue,  Reading,  Berks. 

Baker,  Harry,  262,  Plymouth  Grove,  Manchester 

Baker,  W.  <;.,  Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea, 
London,  S.W. 

Baker,  Theodore,  Clifden,  Overcliff,  Gravesend 

Bald,  J.  H.,  Braddock,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Ball,  T.  B.,  12,  Edmund  Street,  Rochdale 

Ballard,  E.  G.,  Queen's  Park,  St.  Helens 

Ballard,  J.  P.,  Somerby  Villa,  Norfolk  Park,  Maiden- 
head 

Bamber,  H.  K.,  5,  Westminster  Chambers,  Victoria 
Street,  London,  S.W. 

Banister,  H.  (,'.,  31,  Dale  Street,  Liverpool 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28, 1887. 


Banks,  Arthur  J.,  229,  Wavertree  Road,  Liverpool  ;  and 
c  o   Jas.    Morrell   >\    Co.    Limited,  Morpeth   Dock, 
Birkenhead 
Banner,  Samuel,  4,  Ivanhoe  Road,  Liverpool 
Bannister,  1!.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  Lon- 
don, W.C. 
Bannister,  W.,  His,  Patrick  Street,  Cork,  Ireland 
Barclay,  II.,  Rose  Hill,  Harrington,  Cumberland 
Barclay,  Thos.,  17,  Hull  street.  Birmingham 
Bardsley,  Robt.,  c/o  Jewsbury  &  Brown,  44,  Downing  St., 

Manchester 
Barlow,  E  .  2,  Old  Palace  Yard,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Barnes,    II.    J.,    Phoenix    Chemical    Works,    Haekuev 

Wick,  E. 
Barnes,  J.,  .'>7,  Avenue  Parade,  Accrington,  Lancashire 
Barnes,  Jonathan,  Huckton  Vale,  near  Stalybridge 
Barnes,    K.    L.,    Phoenix    Chemical    Works,    Hacknev 

Wick,  E. 
Barr,  .1.,  Dinting  Yale,  Glossop 
Barr,  );.,  44.  Granby  Terrace,  Hill  Head,  Glasgow 
Barret,   E.  L. ,  53,  Springfield  Road,  St.   John's  Wood, 

London,  N.W. 
Barrow,  J.,  Helme  House,   Sandwich  Road,    Ellesmere 

Park,  Eccles,  Manchester 
Harrow,  Jos.,  Oldham  Road,  Failsworth,  Manchester 
Bartholomew,  G.,  Halstow  House,  Windsor  Road,  Forest 

( late,  London,  E. 
Bassett,  H.,  26,  Belitha  Villas.  Barnsbury,  N. 
Bateson,  Percy,  Emsworth,  Wavertree,  Liverpool 
Battershall,    Jesse   P.,   402,    Washington   Street,    New 

York,  U.S.A. 
Hatty,  R.  B.,  Drayton  Villa,  Erdington,  near  Birmingham 
Baxter,  W.  IL,  The  Lawn,  Brixton  Hill,  London,  S.W. 
Bayley,  F.  s.,  88,  King  Street,  Manchester 
Bayley,  Thos.,    7.   West  End   Chambers,    Broad   Street 

Corner,   Birmingham 
Baynes,  .1.,  jun..  Royal  Chambers,  Scale  Lane,  Hull 
Beadle,  Clayton,  Beadon  Well,  Belvidere,  Kent 
Beaut's,  E.,  Moatlands,  Paddock  Wood,  Brenchley,  Kent 
Beardmore,  Win.,  1'arkliead  Forge,  Glasgow 
Beaven,  F.  S  ,  5,  Boreham  Terrace,  Warminster,  Wilts. 
Bechler,  M.,  The  Manbre  Saccharine  Co.,  Limited,  Ful- 

ham  Road,  Hammersmith,  London,  W. 
Beckett,  G  H.,  Hartford,  Khedive  Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
Beckett,  J.  H.,  Wilmslow  Park,  Cheshire 
Beckingham,  J.  IL,  Messrs.  Scott  Brothers,  Royal  Insur- 
ance Buildings,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Bedford,  J.,  Woodhouse  Cliff,  Leeds 
Bedingfield,  C.   H.,  4,    Tichborne   Street,  High  Fields, 

Leicester 
Bedson,  1'.  1'.,  Durham  College  of  Science,  Newcastle- 

on-Tvne 
Beilby,  G.,  St.  Kitts,  Slateford,  N.B. 
Belcher,  .1.  ('..  ID,  Charles  St.,  Marine  Parade,  Brighton 
Bell,  C.  Lowthian,  Middlesbrongh-on-Tees 
Bell,  G. ,  Runcorn  Soap  and  Alkali  Co.,  Runcorn 
Hell,  II.  S.,  2,  St.  Anne's  Park  Villa.,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Bell,  Jno.,  11*.  Southwark  Street,  London,  S.E. 
Bell,  .1.  Carter.  Kauklield,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton, 

Manchester 
Hell.  Sir  I.  Lowthian,  Bart.,  Rounton  Grange,  Northal- 
lerton 
Bell,  .1.  Ferguson,  Stafford 

Bell,  .!.    Ralston,  Appleby  Iron  Co.,  Frodingham,  Don- 
caster 
Bell,  Jno.,  Millburn,  Renfrew,  N.B. 
Bell,  <».,  13,  Northumberland  Terrace,  Tvnemouth 
Bell,  T.  Hugh,  Middlesbrongh-on-Tees   ' 
Bellingham,  Win..  Dalston  Distillery,  London,  F. 
Bendix,  D.,  The  British  AJizarin  Co.,   Limited,  Silver- 
town,  Victoria  Docks,  London,  E. 
Benger,  F.  B.,  7,  Exchange  Street,  Manchester 
Benjamin,  M.,  t:i.  Fast  67th  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Bennett,    Jantes   M.,     12,    Hamilton   Drive,    Billhead, 

( Hasgow 
Bennett,  Thos.,  Birch  Vale,  near  Stockport 
Bennie,    ,1.    W.,    Guaranteed    Manure    Works,    Cubitt 

Town,  E. 
Bentley,  .1.  W.,  Stakehill  Works,  Castleton,  Manchester 
Benton.   W.    E.,  Littleworth  House,   Hcdnesford,  Staf- 
fordshire I 


Berdoe,  Walter,  51,  South  John  Street,  Liverpool 

Beriuger,  .1.  J..  10,  South  Terrace,  Camborne,  Cornwall 

Beringer,   ('.,   07,   Farrant   Avenue,  Wood  Green,  Lon- 
don, N. 

Bernays,  J.,  96,  Newgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Berry,  F.  E.,  70,  George  Street,  Gower  Street,  London, 
N.W. 

Best,  T.  T.,  4,  Markt  Platz,  Erlangen,  Bavaria 

Bevan.  A.,  Bryn  Chemical  Works,  Llanelly,  S.  Wales 

Bevan,  E.  J.,  4,  New  Court,  Lincoln's  Inn,  London,  W.C. 

Bevan,  I.,  Llanelly  Chemical  Works,  Llanelly,  S.Wales 

Bevan,  J.    Williams,  Southview  House,  Shirehampton, 
near  Bristol 

Bevan,  Thos.,  122,  Cheshire  View,  Broad  Street,  Pendle- 
ton, Lancashire 

Beveridge.  J.,  19,  RectotyRoad,  Cardiff 

Bewick,  T.  Burrell,  Heblmrn-on-Tyne 

Bibby,  E.  V,  Garston   Copper  Works,  Garston,   near 
Liverpool 

Bickerdike,    W.    E.,    Clayton  Grange,  Wilpshire,  near 
Blackburn 

Bickerton,  C.  W..  The  Hollies,  Bosden,  near  Stockport 

Bickett,  J.  II.,  Medical  College,  London  Hospital,  F. 

Biggart,  J.Win.,  29,  Cathcart  Street,  Greenock,  N.B. 

Biggs,  B.,  3,  Lawrence  Pountney  Hill,  London,  EC 

Bilni,    G.    V.,   Pennsylvania  Salt    Manufacturing    Co., 
Philadelphia,  U.S.A. 

Billing,  11.   S.,   Messrs.    Barnard,  Lack  &  Alger,    Ply- 
mouth Chemical  Works,  Plymouth 

Bindschedler,    R.,   Societe  pour  l'lndustrie   Chimique, 
Basle,  Switzerland 

Bingley,  J.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Northampton 

Binks,  J.  B.,  4,  Criftel  Street,  Silloth,  Cumberland 

Binney,  H.  A.,  Sutton,  St.  Helens 

Bird,  R.,  Ellerslie,  Roath,  Cardiff 

Birley, R.  K.,    Messrs.   Clias.  Macintosh   &   Co.,  Cam- 
bridge Street,  Manchester 

Birch,    R.    W.    Peregrine,    2,  Westminster   Chambers, 
Victoria  Street,  London,  S.W. 

Bischof,    Guatav,    4,    Hart   St.,   Bloomsbury,   London, 
W.C. 

Bishop,  Frank,  G,  Holly  Terrace,  West  Hill,  Highgate,  X. 

Bishop,  Fred,  12,  Charles  Street,  Edinburgh 

Bishop,  Jos.  J.  F. ,  39,  Market  Street,  Manchester 

Bishop,    A.    Conway,  Three   Mills   Lane,    Broinley-by- 
Bow,  London,  E. 

Bishop,  G.  A.,  Royal  Bank  House,  Coatbridge,  N.B. 

Black,  Win.,  St.  Bede Chemical  Co.,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne 

Black,  Wm  ,  Stanrigg,  Airdrie,  N.  I!. 

Blaekwell,  G.  G.,  20,  Chapel  Street,  Liverpool 

Blades,  C.  M..  Stanley  Mount,  Northwich,  Cheshire 

Blagden,  W.  G.,  1,  Fenchurch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 

Blair,   J.,    Irvine   Bank  Chemical  Works,  Kilmarnock, 
Ayrshire 

Blake,  C.  A.,  47,  Piccadilly.  London,  W. 

lilake,   F.    C,   Mansfield 'Valley   Allegheny  Co.,   Pa., 
U.S.  A. 

Blake,    .las.,    Thames     Sugar     Refinery,     Silvertown, 
London,  F. 

Illenkinsop,  W..  ( tardea  N\  harf,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Blesf,  A.  .1.  S.,  :;■.',  Chorlton  Street,  Manchester 

Blinkhorn,  W.  J.,  31,  Grove  Park,  Liverpool 

Blount.  Bertram,  23,  Queen  Anne's  Gate,  Westminster, 
S.W. 

Blundstone,   F.    1!.,    10,   Wellington   Mansions,    North 
Bank,  Regent's  Park,  X.W. 

Blythe,  F.  C,  New  holme,  Victoria  Park,  Manchester 

Blythe,  H.  F.,  Holland  Bank  Chemical  Works,  Church, 
near  Accrington 

Blyton,  J.,   12,  Cromford  Court,  Market   Street,   Man- 
chester 

Boa,  Peter,  119,  George  Street,  Edinburgh 

Boake,  A.,  Highgate,  London,  X. 

Hoard,  J.  T.,  Distillery,  Cheese  Lane,  Bristol 

Logic,   Win.,  Wappinger's  Falls,   Duchess  Co.,    X.Y., 
U.S.A. 

Bolas,  Thos.,  s.  Grove  Terrace,  Chiswick,  W. 

Bolton,  C.  A..  4n,  Carlton  Street,  Nottingham 

Bolton,  G.  11.,  Widnes  Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  Widnes 

Booth,  Geo.,  Irk  Vale    Dycworks,    Middleton,     near 
Manchester 


Feb.  28, 188-.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


m 


Borland,  John,  Etruria,  Kilmarnock,  X.B. 

Bo;  land,   W.    D.,  3-5,  Petherton   Road,  Highbury  New 

Park,  N. 
Boston,  H.  G.,  Xunthorpe  Crescent,  BishopthorpeRoad, 

York 
Bothamley,  C.  H.,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds 
Bottinger,  H.  T.,  Elberfeld,  German; 
Bottle,  Alex.,  4,  Godwyne  Road,  Dover 
Boulton,  H.  E.,  64.  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Bonlton,  S.  B.,  64,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.G. 
Boulton,  T.   S.,  Monutford  House,  Barnsbury   Square, 

London,  N. 
Bountitt',   G.  R  ,  Cloneurry  Copper  and  Smelting  Com- 
pany, Cloncurry,  Queensland 
Bourcart,    K.,    IS,    Chaussee    de    Dornach,   Mulhouse, 

Alsace 
Bow,  R.  H.,  7,  South  Gray  Street,  Edinburgh 
Bowen,   S.   B.,   Bricktield   Chemical  Works,    Llanelly, 

South  Wales 
Bower,  G.,  St.  Neots,  Huntingdonshire 
Bower,  H.,  P.O.  Box  946,  Philadelphia,  I'a.,  USA 
Bowler,  G.  8.,  Crystal  Palace  District  Gas  Co.,  Limited, 

Lower  Sydenham,  S.W. 
Bowley,  Jos." John,  Wellington  Works,  Battersea  Bridge, 

London,  S.W. 
Bowly,   J.    E.,   Elm  House,    Trinity   Load,  Birchfield, 

Birmingham 
Bowman,  F.  H.,  West  Mount,  Halifax 
Bowman  R.,  Eglington  Chemical  Works,  Irvine,  X.B. 
Bowrey,  J.  J.,  Kingston,  Jamaica,-  West  Indies 
Boyd,  Pythagoras,  Box  77,  North  Adams,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Boyd,  W.,  Tharsis  Works.  East  Moors,  Cardiff 
Boyd   W.,   c/o    Messrs.     Tennant  &    Co.,    St.    Rollox, 

Glasgow 
Bracewell,  Wm.,  Brinscall,  near  Chorley 
Bradburn,  J.  A.,  5,  Chester  Road,  Northwich 
Bradbury,  A.,  Mason's  Buildings,  Exchange  Street  East, 

Liverpool 
Bradbury,  W.  A.,  Steetley  Chemical  Works,  Worksop 
Braden,  Herman 

Bradley,  X'.,  49  and  51,  Chapman  Street,  Hulme,  Man- 
chester 
Bramham,  W. ,  S2,  Bow  Road,  Loudon,  E. 
Bramley,  Win.,  18,  Clarence  Street,  Middlesbro'-on-Tees 
Bramwell,  E.,  Charlwood  House,  Huyton,  near  Liver- 
pool 
Bramwell,  Sir  F. ,  5,  Great  George  Street,  Westminster, 

London,  S.W. 
Bramwell,  G.  H.,  Cowley  Hill,  St.  Helens.  Lancashire 
Bramwell,  Samuel,  4,  St.  Ann's  Square,  Manchester 
Branson,  F.  W. ,  14,  Commercial  Street,  Leeds 
Bray,  Geo.,  Blackman  Lane,  Leeds 
Brayne,  Francis  W.,  Bow  Pottery,   Three  Mills  Lane, 

Bromley-by-Bow,  E. 
Breckon,  J.  R. ,  32,  Fa wcett  Street,  Sunderland 
Breen,  George,  Irvine  Chemical  Co.,  Limited,  204,  Yin- 
cent  Street,  Glasgow 
Brenemanu,  A.  A.,  97,  Water  Street,  Xcw  York,  U.S.A. 
Brewis,  E.  T.,  Ill,  Great  Brunswick  Street,  Dublin 
Briant,  L.,  24,  Holborn  Viaduct,  London,  E.C. 
Briggs,  T.  Lvnton,  c/o  Read,  Holliday&  Suns,  II udders- 
field 
Briggs,  W.,  SpringBeld  Terrace,  Arbroath,  X.B. 
Briujes,  J.    H.,   Whit -chapel  Engine  Works,  Fieldgate 

Street,  London,  E. 
Bristow,  ( ..  W.,  Worcester  House,  35,  Eastcheap,  Lon- 
don, E.C. 
Broad,  .las..  66,  High  Street,  Lewes,  Sussex 
Brock,  J.,  British  Alkali  Works,  Widnes 
Brooke,  Elwd.,  Oakley  House,  Edgerton,  Huddersfield 
Brookes,  E.  A.,  15,  Withington  Road,  Whalley  Range, 

Manchester 
Brotherton,  E.  A.,  Fern  Clirle,  Ilkley,  Yorkshire 
Brown,  A.  Cram,  8,  Belgrave  Crescent,  Edinburgh 
Brown,  Arthur  E.,  Morden  Cliff,  Lewisham,  S.E. 
Brown,  D.,  93,  Abbey  Hill,  Edinburgh 
Brown.  D.,  Donaghmore,  Tyrone,  Ireland 
Brown,  H.,  Royal  Oak  Brewery,  Stockport 
Brown,  J.  Campbell,  27,  Abercrombie  Square,  Liverpool 
Brown,    J.   Kiuniburgh,  5,  Saxe  Coburg  Place,   Edin- 
burgh 


Brown.  J.   T.,  46,    Kilmaine  Road,    Fulliam,    London, 

s.W. 
Brown,  Oliphant  A.,  Lennoxmill,  Lennoxtown,  X.B. 
Brown,  T.,  The  Chemical  Works,  Kind's  Lynn 
Brown,  Horace  T. ,  47,  High  Street,  Burton-on-Trent 
Brown,  Walter,  c/o  .las.  H.  Dennis  &  Co.,  Widnes 
Brown,  F.  W.,  17,   Walterton  Road,  St.   Peters  Park, 

London,  W. 
Brown,  S.  B.,  Strines,  near  Stockport 
Brown,  W.  A.,  Overton  Paper  Mills,  Greenock,  X.B. 
Browning,  W.,  Broad  dak.  Accrington 
Bruce,  Edw.  M.,  Union  Pacific  U.  R.,  Omaha,  Xebraska, 

U.S.A. 
Brundrett,  A.,  Rhymney  Ironworks,  Monmouthshire 
Brunner,  H.,  Cliff  House,  Appleton,  Widnes 
Bruuner,  J.  F.  L.,  Trinity  Hall,  Cambridge 
Brunner,  J.  T.,  Winnington,  Northwich 
Brunner,  J.  P.,  28,  Exchange  Street  East,  Liverpool 
Bryan,  E.,  Gas  Works,  Beverley,  East  Yorkshire 
Bryce.  A.  S.,  Glenpark  Oil  Works,  East  Xelson  Street, 

Glasgow 
Bryce,  A.  S.,  jun.,  8,  Broompark  Terrace,  Dennistown, 

Glasgow 
Buch,  Carl  Yon,  17,  Cavendish  Place,  London,  W. 
Buchan,  A  ,  13,  Willowbank  Crescent.  Glasgow 
Buchanan,  J.  Y.,  10,  Moray  Place.  Edinburgh 
Buckeridge,    Herbert    L.,    53,    Palace    Road,    Crouch 

End.  X. 
Buckley,  W.,  Brookside  Printworks,  West  Leigh,  Lan- 
cashire 
Budden,    E.    R.,    Camelot,    Xetherhall  Terrace,   South 

Hampstead,  X.W. 
Bullock,    J.    L.,   3,   Hanover  Street,    Hanover  Square, 

London,  W. 
Bun  by,  H.,  Solwav  Ironworks,  Maryport,  Cumberland 
Bunker,  H.  E.,  24,  Great  Cheetham  Street  West,  Lower 

Brouyhtou,  Manchester 
Burdekin,  G.,  jun.,    Sutton   Lodge  Chemical  Co.,   St. 

Helens 
Burghardt,  (.'.    A.,    Bridgwater   Club    Chambers,    110, 
King    Street,.  Manchester  ;    and   Owens     College, 
Manchester 
Burgmann,  C.  F.,  41, Warwick  Gardens,  Kensington, W. 
Barnard,  R.,  Plymouth  Chemical  Works,  Plvmouth 
Burnett,  E.  E.,*  IIS,  Huddleston   Road,  Tufnell  Park, 

London,  X. 
Burrell,  B.  A.,  Bank  Chambers,  70,  South  Mall,  Cork 
Burroughs,  S.  M. ,  Bell  Lane,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Burton,  F.,  2,  Green  Street,  Bethnal  Green,  E. 
Bury,  J.  H.,  Church  Chemical  Works,  near  Accrington 
Bush,  R.  A.,  20,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E  C. 
Bush,  W.  E.,  20,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Bush,  W.  J.,  20,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E.<'. 
Bushill,  C.  D.  T.,  Broom*  Hill,  Great  Barr,  Birmingham 
Butt,  E.  X.,  25,  Sussex  Gardens,  Hyde  Park,  London,  W. 
Butler,  Samuel.  Compton,  Wolverhampton 
Butler,    W.    W.,    Crown  Brewery,   Broad  Street,   Bir- 
mingham 
Butterfield,  J.  ('..  Westbury  Cottage,  Barking 
Button,  H.,  Faraday  Chemical  Works,  Rainham,  Essex 
Byard,  A.  G.,  70.  Fisher  Street,  Canning  Town,  E. 
Bytbway,  M.,    43,   Lloyd  Street,    Albert  Square,  Man- 
chester 


Cabot,  Godfrey  L.,  82,  Water  Street,  Boston,  Mass., U.S.  A. 

Calderwood,  J.,  I,   Alverton  Villas,  Wandsworth  Com- 
mon, London,  S.  W.  ;    and   Price's  Patent   Candle 
Co.,  Battersea 
Caley,  A.  J.,  Chapel  Field,  Norwich 
Callard,  S.,  Pontamman  Chemical  Works,  Ammanford, 

Carmarthen 
Calvert,   J.    H.,     Oakenshaw    Printworks,    Clayton-le- 

Moors,  Accrington 
Cameron,  Ian,  Xickel  Co.,  Kirkintilloch,  X".B. 
Cameron,  R.,  Priory  Lodge,  Blantyre.  Lanarkshire 
Cammack,  J.,  S.  Salisbury  Street,  St.  Helens 
Campbell,  A.,  19,  Harold  Road,  Upton  Park,  Essex 
Campbell,   Andrew,   Linlithgow  Oil  Co.,    Linlithgow, 
X.B. 

a  1 


IV 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  2s,  iss:. 


Campbell,  John,  25,  New  Chambers  Street,  New  York, 

1  .S.A. 
Cannon,  M.,  Beaufoy's  Chemical  Works,  Lavender  Hill, 

London,  S.W. 
Carey,  E.,  Widnes,  Lancashire 

Carey,  W.    H.,  Forest  Works,  Bulwell,  near  Notting- 
ham 
Carlile,  T.,  27,  St.  Vincent  Place,  Glasgow 
Carlyle,  W.  A.,  The  Kims,  Yardley,  Worcestershire 
Carmody,  Patrick,  Laboratory,  Somerset  Bouse,  London, 

W.C. 
Caraelly,  Thos.,  University  College,  Dundee 
Caro,  II.,  Mannheim,  Germany 

Carpenter,  11.  S.,  32,  Holbom  Viaduct,  London,  E.C. 
Carpenter,  R  !•'.,  Bent  Terrace,    Prestwich,  near  Man- 
chester 
Carpenter.  W.  L.,  .'!(>,  Craven  Park,  Harlesden,  London, 

N.W. 
Carran,  T.  W.,  Girton  House.  Shicl  Road,  Liverpool 
Carrick,  H.,  Holly  House,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Carruthers,  J.  G.,  Burnbrae  House,  Milngarie,  N.B. 
Carter,   W.   C,  2,  Weech    Road,   Burgess  Hill,  Hamp- 

stead,  N.W. 
Carteighe,  M.,  ISO,  New  Bond  Street,  London,  W. 
Casthelaz,  ('has.,  li),  Hue  Ste.  Croix  de  la   Bretonnerie, 

Paris 
Castner,  Hamilton  Y.,  23,  Cecil  Street,  Strand,  London, 

W.C. 
Cawley,  <!.,  2,  Birch  Villas,  Northern   Grove,  Didsbnry, 

Manchester 
Cawley,  J.,  278,  Passaic  Street.   Newark,   New  Jersey, 

U.S.A. 
Chadwick,  Edmund,  Witton  Mill,  Blackburn 
Chailwick,  L.  N.,  Ivy  Lawn.  Ponders  End,  Middlesex 
Chaloner,  G.,  35,  King's  Road,  Green  Lanes,  N. 
Chamberlain,  J.,  Has.  Light  &  Coke  Co.,  Beckton,  Ninth 

Woolwich,  E. 
Chambers,  J.  M.,  Te  Mata,    Havelock,  Hawkes   Bay, 

New  Zealand 
t  banee.  A.  M.,  Alkali  Works,  Oldbury,  near  Birming- 
ham , 
•  'banee,  J.  F.,  Alkali  Works,  Oldbury.  near  Birmingham 
Chandler,  Dr.  C.  F.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College, 

New  York 
Chancy,    Harry,    North    Mexican    Silver    Mining    Co., 

Cusihuiriachic,  Chihuahua,  Mexico 
Chapman,  S.,  84,  Eccleston  Square,  London,  S.W.  ;  and 

36,  Mark  Lane,  E  C. 
Chapman,  W..  Crescent  Road,  Ipswich 
Charlton,  J.,  Ellesmere  Park.  Eccles,  near  Manchester 
Charlton,    J.,    c/o   Levinstein    &    Campbell,    '25,    New 

Chambers  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Cheesman,  A.,  Bedford  Road  Brewery,  Luton,  Beds. 
Cheesman,  W.,  c/o  F.  Kendall  &  Son,  Chemical  Works, 

Stratford-on-Avon 
Cheetbam,  F.  W.,  Carlton  Bank.  Hyde,  Manchester 
Cheyne,    A.    M.,   c/o   Messrs.    Burgoyne,   lb,   Coleman 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
Chidley,   J.   It.,   Abbey  Mills  Distillery,    West   Ham, 

Essex 
Chisholm,  M.  E.,  S,  Kennington  Park  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Christie,  J.,  Messrs.  John  Orr-Ewing  &  Co.,  Alexandria 

Works.  I lumbartonshire 
Christie.  W.,  222,  Brunswick  Road,  Bromley,  E. 
Christopher,  G.,  S,  Rectory  Grove,   Clapham,   London, 

S.  \\ . 
Christy,  Thos.,   Malvern    House,    Sydenham,  S.E.  ;  and 

155,  Fenchurch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Chrystal,    W.  .1.,  Shawfield  Works,  Rutherglen,  near 

Glasgow 
Chubb,  Harry,  21,  Lansdowne  Place,  Brighton 
Church,  A.  II  .  Shelsley,  K.ew,  Surrey 
( 'laisen.  L.,  36,  Gereonstrasse,  Coln-am-Rhein,  Germany 
Clanahan,  11.  ('.,  88,  King  Street,  Manchester 
Clark,  E.  B.,  Rangoon  Oil  Co.,  Rangoon,  Burmab 
('lark.  .1..  138,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow 
Clark,  II.  G.  1 1..  Brewery,  Twickenham,  Middlesex 
(lark,  K.  Ingham,  2,  Park  Prospect,  Queen  Anne's  Gate 

Westminster,  s.W. 
Clarke,  Arthur,  St.  Aim's  Hill  Factory,  Nottingham 
Claudet,  A.  C,  li,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 


Claudet,  F.  G.,  The  Grange,  Weston,  near  Runcorn 

clans,  ('.,  24,  Merton  Road,  South  Wimbledon,  S.W. 

Clans,  Carl  1''..  jun.,  9,  Nassington  Bond,  Hampstead, 
N.W. 

Clayton,  E.  G.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  54,  Holhorn  Via- 
duct, London,  E.C. 

Clayton,  F.  C,  IS,  St.  James'  Load,  Edgbaston,  Bir- 
mingham 

denies,  J.  H.,  Penrhyn  Lodge,  Woodbury  Down,  Fins- 
bury  Park,  N. 

Cleminsbaw,  E.,  Windsor  Street  Gasworks,  Birmingham 

demons,  G.  H.,  Cudbear  Street,  Hunslet  Road,  Leeds 

Clerk,  Dugald,  c/o  Messrs.  Tangye's,  Limited,  Cornwall 
Works,  Birmingham 

Cliff,  D.  V..  7.  Wellington  Street,  Leeds 

Cliff,  J.,  Nesbitt  HaU,  Fulneck,  Leeds 

Cliff,  Stephen,  Worlley,  near  Leeds 

Clift,  .1.,  Kemp  Field  Bouse,  Knottingley,  Yorks. 

Clifton,  C.  D.,  Royal  Oak  Brewery,  Stockport 

Cloud,  T.  C,  Wallaroo  Smelting  Works,  Wallaroo, 
Son t h  Australia 

Clowes,  F.,  University  College,  Nottingham 

Clowes,  G.  A..  Needham  Market,  Suffolk 

Uoates,  John,  lOii,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Cobb,  P.,  79,  CornhiU,  London,  E.C. 

Cochrane,  Win.  P.,  Ormesby  Ironworks.  Middlesbro' ; 
and  3,  Belmont  Terrace,  Coatbam,  Redcar 

Cockburn,  J.,  11,  Heathcote  Stieet,  Mecklenburgh 
Square,  London,  W.C. 

Coghill,  P.  G.,  1(3,  Hornton  Street,  High  Street,  Ken- 
sington, W. 

Cogswell,  W.  B.,  Syracuse,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Cohen,  J.,  Beech  House,  Pendleton,  Manchester 

Colby,  W.  II.,  Oakley,  Ruthin  Road,  Denbigh 

Coleman,  Jos.  B.,  University  College,  Nottingham 

Coleman,  J.  J.,  Ardarroch,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow 

('"liens,  E. ,  Vinegar  Works,  Stourport,  Worcestershire 

Collins,  J.  H.,  01,  Bickerton  Road,  Highgate  New  Town, 
London,  N. 

Collins,  John,  Bradford  Chambers,  Mawdsley  Street, 
Bolton-le-Moors 

Collins,  H.  S.,  Messrs.  Langton  &  Co.,  230,  Upper 
Thames  Street.  London,  E.G. 

Collyns,  C.  S.  A.,  47,  Park  Street,  Greenheys,  Man- 
chester 

Colson,  A..  Gas  Office,  Millstone  Lane,  Leicester 

Connor,  C.  C,  Notting  Hill  House,  Belfast,  Ireland 

Conrad,  E.  C,  23,  Widl  Street.  Wellclose  Square,  Lou- 
don, E. 

Cook,  E.  M.,  154,  East  37th  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Cook,  E.  R..  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow, 
London,  E. 

Cook.  11.  J.,  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  London, 
E. 

Coid;,  Robt.,  Atlas  Chemical  Works.  Widnes 

Cooke,  Leonard,  Horwicb  Yale,  near  Bolton-le-Moors 

Cooke.  Samuel,  Poona,  Bombay,  India 

Cookson,  N.  T..  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Coomber,  Thos..  9,  Osborne  Road,  Clifton,  Bristol 

Cooper,  A.. ,  Nortliljisti  in  Steel  Co.,  Middlesbrongh- 
on-Tees  ;  and  the  Laurels.  Linthorpe,  near  Middles- 
brougb-on-Tees 

Cm. per,  Claude  H.,  The  Towers,  Old  Sneinton,  Not- 
tingham 

Cooper,  H.  P.,  15,  Haringey  Road,  Hornsey,  N. 

Corbett,  E.,  Plaskynaston  Chemical  Works,  Ruahon, 
North  Wales 

Corbett,  Jim.,  M.P.,  Stoke  Works,  near  Bromsgrove, 
Worcestershire 

Cottam,  J.  C,  oil.  Lombard  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Cottell,  O.  !>.,  101,  Lou-  Lane,  Bermondsey,  S.E. 

Cotterell,  Rocke,  35a,  Ann  Street,  Glasgow 

Cotterill,  Thos.,  I ibard  Street  West,  West  Bromwich 

Cotton,  J.,  Church  street.  St.  Helens 

Couper,  W.  G.,  1.  Fenchurch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 

(units.  E.  .1.  H.,  (31,  East  View,  Turton  Road,  near 
Bolton 

Cowan,  A.  1!.,  Tudhoe  Ironworks.  Spennymoor,  New- 
castle  on-Tyne 

Cowell,  Peter,  Free  Public  Library,  Liverpool 

Cox,  J.,  Dersingham  Hall,  Dersingham,  Norfolk 


Feb. 28, 18S7.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


Cox,  Walter  J. ,  Rock  House,  Basford,  Nottingham 
Crabb,   W.,    Border    Counties  Chemical  and    Manure 

Work-.  Silloth,  Cumberland 
Crabtree,  Thos.,  Spring  ^"aIU■y  Dyeworks,  Failswortb, 
near  Manchester 

Craig,  <;..  Lugar  Iron  Works,  Cumnock,  N.B. 

Crake,  William,  CorrallQaemado,  Andacollo,  Coquimbo, 
Chili 

(rapper.  J.  R.,  Lime  House,  Walsall 

Craw, John,  Meadowbauk,  Greenock  Road,  Paisley,  N.B. 

Crawford.  1>.,  Langdale's  Manure  Works,  Newcastle-on- 
line 

Crawford,  D.,  Glengowan  Printworks,  Caldercrnix,  by 
Glasgow 

Crawford,   Thos.,   10,  Haldaue  Terrace,  Newcastle-on- 
Tyne 

Cresswell,  C.  G.,  -20,  (olinett  Road,  Putney  Park.  Lon- 
don :  and  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster.  S.W. 

Cresswell,  C.  N.,  1,  Hare  Court,  Temple.  E.r. 

Crichton,    Donald   (...    Mount   Albion,   by   Herberton. 
Queensland 

Crompton,  Percy  P.,  Dearden's House,  Bnry,  Lancashire 

Crookes,    W.,    7,    Kensington   Park   Gardens.    Notting 
Hill,  London,  W. 

Cropper,  L.,  Eagley  Mills,  near  Bolton 

Croshebl,    A.    L.,    c/o  Richardson  Bros.   &  Co.,   Short 
Strand,  Belfast 

Cross.  C.  P.  53,  Eaton  Terrace,  London.  S.  W.  :  ;:iid  4, 
New  Court,  Lincoln's  Inn,  London,  W.C. 

Cross,  C.  J.,  Brentford,  Middlesex 

Cross,  J.,  Widnes 

Crossley,  R  ,  Bentcliffe  House,  Acerington 

Crow,  J.  K  .  2,  Colham  Villas,  West  Drayton,  Middlesex 

Crowder,    W.,    271,     Evering    Road,    Upper    Clapton, 
London,  N. 

Crowther,  Horace  W.,  Messrs.  Chance  Brothers,  Alkali 
Works,  Oldbury,  near  Birmingham 

Crowther,  W.  M.,  Field  House.  Gomersal,  near  Leeds 

Cruikshank,  <;.  M.,  62,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 

Cram,  A..  Thornliebank.  Glasgow 

Crumbie,  W.  D.,  U.S.  Govt.  Laboratory,  402,  Washing- 
ton Street,  New  York 

Cubley,  G.  A.,  4,  High  Street,  Sheltield 

Cuming,  James,  jun.,  Chemical  Works,  Yarravilli,  Mel- 
bourne,  Australia 

Cnnliffe,  E.  T.,  The  Parsonage,  Handforth,  near  Man- 
chester 

Curphey,  W.  S.,  268,  Renfrew  Street,  Glasgow 

Curr,  K.  G.,  5,  Nelson  Street,   Plymouth  Grove,  Man- 
chester 

Carry,  W.  A.,  Gilt  brook  Chemical  Works.   Aws  worth, 
Nott<. 

Cuthbert,  H.  W.,  88,  Bishopsgate  Street  Within,  Lon- 
don, EC. 

Cuthbert,  R.  M..  27a,  Ashley  Place.  London,  S.W. 

Cuthbertson,  J.  N..  29,  Bath  Street.  Glasgow 

Cuthbertson,  William,  Caroline  Park,  Edinburgh 


Dacie,  J.  C.  Soap  Works,  Putney,  London,  S.W. 

Dagger,  J.  H.   J.,   3,  We?t   Bank   Road,    Edge   Lane. 
Liverpool 

Dale,  R.  S.,  Ivy  Cottage,  Cornbrook,  Manchester 

Daniell,  Louis  C.  10,  Swan  Lane,  Upper  Thames  Street, 
London,  E.< '. 

Darby,  J.  H..  Pen-y-Garth,  near  Wrexham 

Darling,  W.  H.,  126,  Oxford  Street.  Manchester 

Dauber,  H.,  jun.,  Kenniore,  Waterloo  Park,  near  Liver- 
pool 

Davidson,  G.,  c/o  W.  Ov  H.  M.  Goulding,  Limited,  The 
Glen,  Cork.  Ii eland 

Davidson,   J.   E.,   lij,   Hawthorne  Terrace,    Newcastle- 
upon-Tyne 

Davidson,  R.,  c/o  John  Walker  &  Co.,  sugar  refiners, 
Greenock,  N.B. 

Davidson,  R.   H..   c  o  Messrs.  Golding,   Davis  iV   Co., 
Marsh  Alkali  Works,  Widnes 

Davies,  A.  E.,  ti,  Rnmford  Place,  Liverpool 

Davies.  Meurig  I1..  77.  Everton  Terrace,  Everton,  Liver-  i 
pool 


Davies,  R.  H..  Apothecaries'  Hall,  London,  EC. 
Davis,  A.  P.,  9,  Ebor  Terrace,  Woodliottse  Hill.  Leeds 
Davis,    Chas.,    10,   Oaklield   Cottages,   Oakiield   Road, 

East  Ham,  E. 
Davis,    G.    E.,   South  Cliff  House,  Higher  Broughton, 

Manchester 
Davis,  H.  W.,  The  Laboratorv,  Somerset  House,  Lon- 
don, W.C. 
Davis,  d.  F..  236,  East  .".1st  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Davis,  P.  H.  (Messrs.  Golding,  Davis  &  Co.),  Widnes 
Davis,  T.  S  .  V.".'.  South  Lambeth  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Dawson,    B.,    York  House,  Malvern  Link,   Worcester- 
shire 
Dawson.  C.  A..  127,  Church  Street,  Runcorn 
Dawson,    Jno.,    Kirkheaton    Coal-Tar    Colour    Works, 

Huddersfield 
Dawson,    Thos..    Stonecroft   House,    Milnsbridge,    near 

Huddersfield 
Dawson,  W.  E.,  Pretoria,  Transvaal,  South  Africa 
Dawson,  W.  Haywood,  British  Alizarin  Co.,  Limited, 

Silvertown,  Victoria  Dock,  E. 
Day.  St.  John  V.,  115,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 
Deacon,  H.  W-,  Appleton  House,  Widnes 
Deakin,    E.,    Belmont    Bleach    and    Dyeworks,     near 

Bolton 
Deakin,  H.,  Ryecroft  Dyeworks,  Belmont,  near  Bolton 
Deans,   J.    A.,    Oxalic   Acid   Manufactory,    Morriston, 

Swansea 
Dearden,  Thos.,  12,  Hey  wood  Street,  Bun-,  Lancashire 
De  Deken,  A.,  IS,  Rue  Villette,  Liege,  Belgium 
Deering.  W.  H..  Chemical  Department,  Royal  Arsenal, 

Woolwich,  S.E. 
Defries,  D.  C,  .33,  Redcliffe  Sonare,  South  Kensington, 

S.W. 
De  la  Rue,  W.,  73,  Portland  Place,  London,  W. 
Dempster,  A..  Rosemount,  Elland,  Yorkshire 
Demuth,   Dr.  L.,  Wharfdale,  Church  Road,  Edgbaston, 

Birmingham 
Dent.  W.  V..  Royal  Arsenal,  Woolwich,  London,  S.E. 
Denton,  E.  Bailey,  Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street, 

Westminster,  S.W. 
Dewar,  J.,  1,  Scroope  Terrace,  Cambridge 
Dey,  Preo  Lall,  4,  Beadon  Street.  Calcutta 
Dibdin,  W.  .1.,  Metropolitan  Board  of  Works,   Spring 
Gardens,    London,    S.W. ;    and    Maytield    Grange 
B  ad,  Sutton,  Surrey 
Dick,  A.,  110,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Dicketts,  William,  9,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Dickinson,  A.  J.,   Neptune  Tar  and  Chemical  Works, 

Deptford,  London,  S.E. 
Dickson,  Jno.,  16,  Dale  Street.  S.S.,  Glasgow 
Dittmar,  W.,  Anderson's  College.  Glasgow 
Divers,   E.,   Imperial    College   of   Engineering,  Tokyo, 

Japan 
Dixon,  Jos.,  Spring  Grove,  near  Sheffield 
Dixon,  M.  T.,  5,  Brandling  Park.  Newoastle-on-Tyne 
Dixon,  William,  jun.,  Belle  View  Park.  Snnderland 
Dobbie,   J.    J.,    University   College    of    North   Wales, 

Bai:_ 
Dobbin,  L. ,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University,  Edinburgh 
Dobson.  Geo.,  Grange  Alkali  Works,  near  Cardiff 
Doggett,  C.  S..  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Doidge,  H. ,  2-2,  Alberta  Terrace,  Sherwood  Rise,  Notting- 
ham 
Domeier,  A..  13.  St.  Mary-at-Hill,  London,  E.C. 
Donald,    George,    Arnold    Printworks,    North    Adams. 

Ma><..  U.S.A. 
Donald,  das.,  5,  Queen's  Terrace.  Glasgow 
Donald.  W..  New   Explo-ive-  Co..  Limited,  Pembrey, 

South  Wales 
Donald,  W.  .1.  A..  .'.  Belgrave Terrace,  (Jlasgow 
Doolittle,  Orrin  s.,  Altoona,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Dott,  D.  B.,  93,  Abbey  Hill.  Edinburgh 
Dougall,  A.,  Gasworks.  Sculcoates.  Hull 

si.  Archibald,  Gasworks,  Kiddenninster 
>las,  William,  Diamond  Plantation,  Dernerara 
Doulton.  Henry.  Lambeth  Pottery,  London.  S.E. 
Doux.  .Iule>.  jun.,  55,  Bleecker  Street,  Utica,  New  York, 

U.S.A. 
Dowling,  Edmund,  83,  Cable  Street,  London.  K. 
Down,  F.  J.,  13,  Victoria  Road,  Charlton.  S.E, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28, 1887. 


Down,  T.,  Willington-upon-Tyne 
Dowson,   J.    Emerson,   3,   Great   Queen  Street,   West 
minster,  S.  W  . 

Three  Mills  Distillery,   Bromley-by 


s,  Albert    Square,   Clapham    Road, 


Drake,  Chas.  A.. 

Bow,  E. 
Dreaper,    \V.    P., 

I, on, I..n,  S.  \\ 

Drew,  D.,  Lower  House  Printworks,  near  Burnley 

Dreyfus,  C,  Clayton  Aniline  Co.,  Limited,  Clayton, 
Manchester 

Driffield,  V.  ('..  Farnworth,  Widnes 

Drinkwater,  T.  W.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  41,  Chambers 
Street,  Edinburgh 

Dryden,  J.,  Messrs.  Chance's  Alkali  Works,  Oldbury 

Duckworth,  C.  W.,  Garner's  Buildings,  North  Koad, 
Clayton,  Manchester 

Duckworth,  William,  93,  Corporation  Street,  Man- 
chester 

Duffy,  B.,  Sutton  Alkali  Works.  St.  Helens 

Duggan,  T.  1!..  32,  Narford  Koad.  Upper  Clapton,  E. 

Duncan,  J.,  9,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C.  ;  and  Clyde 
Wharf,  Victoria  Lock,  E. 

Duncan.  Archibald,  1,  Teneriffe  Street,  Higher  Brongh- 
ton,  Manchester 

Duncan,  James,  Cleland,  Lanarkshire 

Dunn.  J.,  .").'!.  Brown  Street.  Manchester 

Dunn.  J.  T.,  115,  Seotswood  Koad,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Dunn,  P.,  53,  Brown  Street,  Manchester 

Dunn,  S.,  Stirling  Chemical  Works,  West  Ham,  Lon- 
don K.  ;  and  14,  South  Hill  Park  Gardens,  Hamii- 
stead,  N.W. 

Dunscombe,  M.  W.,  St.  Augustine's  Parade,  Bristol 

Duns  tan,  W.  R.,  17.  Bloomsbury  Square,  London,  W.C. 

Dupee,  H.  D.,  44,  Oliver  Street,  Boston,  U.S.A. 

Dupiv,  A..  Westminster  Hospital  Medical  School, 
Caxton  Street,  London,  S.  W. 

Durrant,  Keg.  G.,  Marlborough  College,  Wilts 

Dyer,  B.,  17,  Great  Tower  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Dyson,  C.  E.,  Flint,  North  Wales 

Dyson,  Geo.,  Hurworth,  Darlington 

Dyson,  G.,  231,  Wilton  Terrace,  Cheetham,  Manchester 

Dyson,  H.,  Calder  Yale,  Wakefield 

Dyson,  Join),  Derby  Court,  Long  Millgate,  Manchester 


Earp,  W.  R.,  Halton  Koad,  Runcorn,  Cheshire 

East,  Walter,  Speen  Cottage,  Oil  Mill  Lane,  Kingston- 
on-Thames 

Eastick,  J.  J.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Plaistow  Wharf, 
North  Woolwich  Koad,  London,  E. 

Eastick,  C.  E.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Plaistow  Wharf, 
North  Woolwich  Koad,  London,  E. 

Eastlake,  Thos.  L.,  23,  Great  George  Street,  West- 
minster, S.W. 

Eastwood,  Edward,  Tunnel  Soap  Works,  Wapping,  E. 

Eaton,  W.  H.,  Chemical  Works,  Lostock  Hall^  near 
Preston 

Edge,  Anthony,  Keadville,  Mass.,  F.S.A. 

Edgell,  G.  E.,  4,  Hardwick  Terrace,  Gate«head-on-Tvne 

Edmands,  H.  K.,  337,  East  27th  Street,  New  York, 
U.S.A. 

Edwards,  A.  J.,  The  Gasworks.  Taunton 

Ekman,  C.  D.,  Dieppe,  France 

Elborne,  W.,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester 

Elborough,  T.,  59,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Elkins,  G.  W.,  423,  Walnut  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
I  .S.A. 

Elliott,  A.  II.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College,  New 
York,  1  .S.A. 

Ellis,  c.  J.,  Young  Laboratory  of  Technical  Chemistry, 
00,  John  Street,  I  ilasgow 

Ellis, G.  E.  R,  10,  Colville  Road,  Bayswater,  London. W. 

Ellis,  11.,  Hi?,  Regent  Street,  Leicester 

Kllis,  Hervey  K.,  Moreland  Cottage.  Shooter's  Hill, 
London,  S.  E. 

Elmore,  A.  S.,  359,  Clapham  Koad,  London,  S.W. 

Elworthy,  II.  s.,  Rosa,  N.W.I'.,  India 

Eramens,  s.  ]|  silver  Valley  Railroad,  Thomasville, 
N.C.,  U.S.A. 

Endeniann,  II.,  33,  Nassau  Street,  New  York  City. 
C.S.A. 


England,  R.  J.,  Farmer  &  Co.,  Dunster  House,  Mark 

Lane,  London 
Ermen,  P.,  jun.,  Nassau  Mills,  Patricroft,  Manchester 
Ernst,  Adolf,  Oberlangenbielau,  Schlesien,  Germany 
Eschellman,  George,  Dyar  Terrace,  Winnington,  North- 

wich,  <  Iheshire 
Esilman,  A.,  North  Koad,  Clayton,  Manchester 
Estcourt,  C,  'JO,  Albeit  Square,  Manchester 
Evans,  John,  Nash  Mills,  Hemel  Hempstead 
Evans,    Enoch,    181,     Herbert    Koad,     Small    Heath, 

Birmingham 
Evans,  W.  N.,  60,  Stackpole  Road,  Bristol 
Everitt,  F,  Douglas,  Finstall  House,  Bromsgrove 
Evershed,  F.,  Atlas  Works,  Hackney  Wick,  London,  E. 
Evershed,  Wallis,  c;o  Whitwell  &  Co.,  Limited,  Kendal, 

Westmoreland 
Ewing,    II.    M.    K.,    Alexandria     Works,    Alexandria, 

Dumbarton 

F 

Falilberg,   C,    Saccharin  fabrik,  Salbke-Westerhiiscn, 
a/Elbe,  Germany 

Fairley,  T.,  16,  East  Parade,  Leeds 

Fairlie,  H.  C,  Summerford  House,  Falkirk,  N.B. 

Fairweather,  W.,  62,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 

Faliowfield,  T.,  Clayton-le-Moors,  near  Accrington 

Farrant,  N.,   180,  St.   Paul's   Koad,    West  Smetbwick, 
near  Birmingham 

Fairies,  T.,  10,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Partington,  T.,  4,  Waterloo  Place,  Cork,  Ireland 

Fasnacht,  A.  E.,  Sandy  Lane  Chemical  Works,   Clay- 
ton, Manchester 

Faulkner,  F.,  Crosswells  Brewery,   Oldbury,  near  Bir- 
mingham 

Fawsitt,  c.   A.,   Atlas  Chemical  Works,  East   Nelson 
Street,  ( Ilasgow 

Fellows,  A.,  Hebburn-on-Tyne 

Felton,  Thos.,  304,  Romford  Koad,  Forest  Gate,  E. 

Fenner,  N.  J.,  The  Cedars,  Mazeliill,  Blackheath,  Lon- 
don, S.E. 

Ferguson,  J.,  The  University,  Glasgow 

Fergnsson,    H.,    7S,  Acomb   Street,    Moss  Side,   Man- 
chester 

Field,  E.  W.,  The  Brewery,  Nottingham 

Field,  S.  E.,  The  Brewery,  Nottingham 

Field,  J,  K.,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Fielding,  A..  L"J,  Dantzic  Street,  Manchester 

Filcock,  P.,  Chester  Koad,  Macclesfield 

Findlay,  J.  T.  J.,  Silvertown,  London,  E. 

Fisher,"  W.  W..  .">.  St.  Margaret's  Koad,  Oxford 

FitzBrown,  G.,  Broughton  Copper  Works,  Manchester 

Fitzbugh,  R.,  21,  Long  Row,  Nottingham 

Fletcher,  A.  E.,  57,  Gordon  Square,  London,  W.C. 

Fletcher,    F. ,  North  London  Chemical  Works,   Hollo- 
way,  N. 

Fletcher,  J.  R.,  Kersley  Paper  Mills,  Stoneclough,  Man- 
chester 

Fletcher,  R.  Jopling,  Vine  Cottage,   Hazel  Grove,  near 
Stockport 

Fletcher,  K.  Steele,  Misterton,  Gainsboro',  Lincolnshire 

Fletcher,  T.,'Thynne  Street,  Warrington 

Flower,   Major  Lamorock  (Lee  Conservancy  Board),  12, 
Finsbury  Circus,  E.C. 

Flynn,  T.  J.,  c/o  D.  Heywood  &  Sons,  Mitcham,  Surrey 

Foord,   Geo.,  Royal  Mint,   Melbourne,    Victoria,   Aus- 
tralia 

Foote,   H.  C.|  37,  Arlington   Court,    Cleveland,    Ohio, 
U.S.A. 

Forbes,  J.,  Chemical  Works,  Old  Ford,  London,  E. 

Formoy,    J.   Arthur,     12,    Railway  Approach,   London 
Bridge,  S.  F. 

Forrest,  A.,  Holt  Town,  Manchester 

Forrester,  J.,  87,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C, 

Forster,  Ralph  C,  c/o  Messrs.  Bessler,  Waechter  &  Co., 
Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Forshaw,  C.  F.,  S,   St.   Andrews,   Listerhills,   Bradford, 
Yorks 

Forster,  W.  G.,  Lonesome  Chemical  Works,  Streatham 
Common,  London,  S.W. 

Forth,  Henry,  Eland  Street,  New  Basford,  Nottingham 

Foster,   H.  Le  Neve,  Palmer's    Shipbuilding  and  Iron 
Co.,  Limited,  Jarrow-on-Tyne 


tfeb.  as,  if»;.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  ENDtJSTRY.  vii 


Poster,  R,  LeNeve,  The  Firs,  North  Road,  Droylsden, 

Manchester 

Foster,   R.   Francis,  12,   Roeland  Street,    Cape  Town, 
South  Africa 

Poster,  W.,  Middlesex  Hospital,  London,  W.C. 

Fonlis,   Wm.,  2,    Montgomerie  Quadrant,    Kelvinside, 
Glasgow 

Fox,  C.  J.,  66,  Aldersgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Fox,  T. ,  jim.,  Court,  Wellington,  Somerset 

France.  C.  II.,  Horsforth,  I. 

France,  G.  T  ,  Friar's  Goose,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 

France,  I!.  C.  D.,  31,  Portland  Road,  Edgbaston,  Bir- 
mingham 

Francis,  E.,  Rock  Villas,  Parkside,  Nottingham 

Francis,  E.  G.,  1,  Halstead  Villas,  Fulhani  Road,  Ham- 
mersmith, W. 

Francis,  ( ;.  I',.,  5,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Francis,  \V.  H.,  .">,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Frankenburg,  Isidor,  Greenga  to  Rubber  Works,  Salford, 
Manchester 

Prankland,  Dr.  F..,  The  Yews,  Reigate,  Surrey 

Frankland,  11.,   Sebright  Villa,   Egglescliffe,    vid  Dar- 
lington 

Frankland,   Dr.  P.  F.,  Grove  House,  Pembridge  Square, 
London,  W. 

.    W.   J..   121,    Adelaide  Road,   Uaverstock  Hill, 
N.W. 

Free,  R.,  The  Elms,  Mistley,  Essex 

Freear,  H.  M.,  Edgefield,  Harpenden,  Herts 

Freeman,  A.,  40,  Liverpool  Road,  St.  Helens,  Lancashire 

Freestone,  J.  W.,  7,   Clark  Terrace,  New  Perry   Road, 
New  Ferry,  Cheshire 

French,    Andrew,    Glanleam    Villa,     Bearsden,     near 
<  rlasgon 

Fries,  Harold  H.,  Mohrcnstras>e  6,  Berlin,  W. 

Priswell,    R.    J.,    110,    Darenth    Load,   Stamford    Hill, 
London,  N. 

Frost,  Joe,  Mold  Green,  Huddersfield 

Fryer,  A.  ('.,  16,  Richmond  Hill,  Clifton,  Bristol 

Fullarton,  It.,  30,  Donegal  Place,  Belfast,  Ireland 

Fuller,  Jno.,  Rookwood,  Chapter  Road,  Willesden  Park, 
N.W. 

Fuller,  W.  M.,  Ely  House,  Wolverhampton 

Fulton,  H.  R.,  Limni,  viA  Papho,  Cyprus 

Fyfe,  Jno.,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow 


Gabbett,  E.  R.,  Prince  Regent's  Wharf,  Victoria  Docks, 
London,  E. 

Gadd,  W.  Lawrence,  50,  Richmond  Grove,  Manchester 

Gadsden,  H.  A.,  6,  Crosby  Square,  Bishopsgate  Street, 
London,  E.C. 

Galbraith,  William,  136,  West  Graham  Street,  Glasgow 

Gall,  Henry,  L'Usine  dc  Produits  Chimiques  de  Villers 
par  Hermes,  Oise,  France 

Gait,  Alexander,  61,  Sardinia  Place,  Hillhead,  Glasgow 

Gamble,  D.,  Windlehurst,  St.  Helens 

Gamble,  J.  C,  Hardshaw  Brook  Chemical  Works,  St. 
Helens 

Gamble,  W.,  Haresfinch,  St.  Helens 

Gardiner,  E.  le  Breton,  Passaic,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 

Garrick,  A.  1!.,  Eccleston  Park,  near  Prescot 

Garton,  R.  (Hill,  Garton  &  Co.),  Southampton  Wharf, 
Battersea,  S.W. 

Gascoyne,  Dr.  W.  J.,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Rich- 
mond, Virginia,  U.S.A. 

Gaskell.H.,  inn.,  Clayton  Lodge,  Aigburth,  near  Liverpool 

Gaskell,  E.  H.,  Woolton  Wood,  Liverpool 

Gaskell,  J.,  1,  Woodlands  Road,  Cheetham  Hill,  Man- 
chester 

Gatlieral,  G.,  Heathrield,  Hebbnrn-on-Tyne 

Gatine,  I..,  23,  Rue  des  Hosiers,  Paris 

Catty,  F.  A.,  Elmfield  Hall,  Accrington 

Gaussen,  W.  F.  A.,  .33,  Eaton  Square,  London,  S.W. 

Gerland,  B.  W.,  Messrs.  F.  Steiner  it  Co.,  Church,  near 
Accrington 

Gibbins,  H.  B.,  Bryntirion,  St.  (George's  Road,  Chelten- 
ham 

Gibbs,  D.  Cecil,  Hanover  Court,  Milton  Street,  London, 
E.C. 

Gibbs,  R.  D.,  Woodlands  Cottage,  Six  Ways,  Smethwick 


Gibbs,  \\".  I'.,  Inveresk  Mill-.  Musselburgh,  N.I!. 

i.j  .-..ii,  ■!..  'J'.1.  Greenhill  Gardens,  Edinburgh 

Gibson,  J.  M.,c/o  Buckley  Brick  and  Tile  Co., Buckley, 

i  Ibester 
Gilbert,  Dr.  J.  IL.  Harpenden,  near  St.   Albans 
Gilchrist,  1".  •  '.,    Palace    Chambers,  0,  Bridge   Street, 

Westminster,  London 
Gilchrist,  Peter  S.,  10,  Burlington  Crescent,  Goole 
Giles,  W.,  Clous  Keagh  Works, Warton  Road,  Stratford, 

London,  E. 
Gill,  Aug.  H.,  Mass.   Institute  of   Technology,  Boston, 

Ma-..  (J.S.A. 
Gilmour,  Geo.,  Cameron  Bridge  Distillery,  Wiudygates, 

Fifeshire,  N.B. 
Gimmingham,  C.  IL,  Stamford  House,  Northumberland 

Park,  Tottenham, _N. 
Gladstone,  Dr.  J.  H.,  17,  Pembridge  Square,  London,  V  . 
Glaeser,  F.  A.,  Carpenter's  Road,  Stratford,  E. 
Girdwood,  Dr.  Gilbert  P.,  54,  Beaver  HallTerrace,  Mon- 
treal, Canada 
Glen,  J.  M.,  Fereneze Printworks,  Barrhead,  N.B. 
Glendinning,  H.,  Dyar  Terrace,  Wilmington,  Northwich 
Glendinning,  N.,  Merton  Bank,  St.  Helen- 
Glover,  G.  T.,  The  Phospho  Guano  Co.,  Limited,  Sea- 
combe,  Cheshire 
Clover,   John,    Rothbury  Terrace,    Heaton,    near  New- 

castle-on-Tvnc 
Glover,  T.,  Messrs.  Mort,  Liddell  &  Co.,  Widnes 
Clover,  W.,  Tower  Chemical  Works,  Sihcrtown,  Lon- 
don, E, 
Goddard,  F.,  1,  Clipstone  Avenue,  Nottingham 
Goldenberg,  Laz.,  Edison  Machine  Works,  107,  Goerck 

Street,  New  Vork,  U.S.A. 
Goldschmidt,  S.  A..  Columbia  Chemical  Works,  'JO— 30, 

•lay  Street,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A. 
Good,  T.,  Inland  Revenue,  Alfretou,  Derbyshire 
i  roodbart,  E  C,  16S,  Lower  Addiscombe  Load,  Croydon 
Goodwin,  C.  C,  Throstle  Nest,  <  >ld  Trafford,  Manchester 
Goppelsroeder,  F.,14,Brubachstrasse,  Mulhauseu,  Elsass, 

Germany 
Gordon,  •'.  G.,  Landore  Steel  Works,  Landore,  R.S.O., 

South  Wales 
Gore,  Dr.  G.,  67,  Broad  Street,  Birmingham 
Gorman,  W.  A.,  Dunloe,  Putney,  S.W. 
Gossage,  F.  II.,  Widnes 
Gossling,    Frank,    The    Patent     Office,     Southampton 

Building-.  Chancery  Lane,  W.C. 
Gow,  Dr.  James,  High  School,  Nottingham 
Cow,  R.  J.,  Pittville  Terrace,  Ditton,  near  Widnes 
Gowland,  W.,  Imperial  Mint,  0  Saka,  Japan 
Goyder,   G.   A.,  Government  Survey  Office,   Adelaide, 

South  Australia 
Gracey,  R.,  21,  Nile  Street,  Liverpool 
Graesser,   It.,   Cefn,  near   Ruabon,  North  Wales;  and 

Argoed  Hall,  Llangollen,  North  Wales 
Grafton,  F.  W,  01,  Portland  Street,  Manchester 
Graham,  C,  University  College,  (lower  Street,  London, 

W.C. 
Graham,  C.  C,  c/o  Blundell,  Spence  &  Co.,  Beverley 

Road,  Hull 
Graham,  J.  A.,  Sherborne  Lodge,  Werter  Road,  Putney, 

S.W. 
Grandage,  IL,  Thornton  Road,  Bradford,  Yorkshire 
Gray,    G.  Watson,    12,    Argyle   Road,    Garston,    near 

Liverpool 
Gray,  W.,  Oil  Refinery,  Hull 

Gray.  Jno.,  Clippens  oil  Works,  by  Johnstone,  N.B. 
Creen,  A.  G.,  Atlas  Work-,  Hackney  Wick.  London,  E. 
Green,  C.  H.,  7,  Vork  Street,  Liverpool 
Creen,  German,  2,  Croft  Terrace,  Jarrow-on-Tyne 
Green,  H.,  Tovil  House,  Maidstone 
Green,    John,   Iron,    Tinplate,    and   Chemical   Works, 

Abercarne,  Mon. 
Green,  L.,  Riverdale,  College  Road,  Maidstone 
Green,  R.,  Soho  Mill,  Wooburn,  near  Beaconsrield 
Green,  Upfield,  Licbenheim,  Clarendon  Road,  Watford, 

Hert-. 
Greenaway,  A.  .1.,  Frognal,  Hampstead,  N.V  . 
Greenhalg'h,   .1.   Herbert,   Shepherd'-,  Tottington   Mill, 

near  Bury 
Greenhough,  D.  W.,  16,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  as,  188j. 


Greenway,  T.  J.,  37S,  Eccleshall  Road,  Sheffield 

Greenwood,  EL,  G4,  King  Street,  Aeerington 

Greville,   11.    L.,   4,  Moreland   Villas,  Lambton  Road, 

Horusev  Rise,  London,  N. 
Grey,  W.  J.*,  Helle  Vue  House,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Griess,  P.,  Burton-on-Trent 
Griffin,  Martin  L.,  Holvoke,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Griffith,  Agnew,  Daisy  Mount,  Blundell  Sands,  Liverpool 
Griffith,  It.  \Y.  S.,  Eyeworth  Lodge,  Lyndhurst,  Hants 
Griffiths,  Azariah,  Blmbank,  Pleasance,  Falkirk,  N.B. 
Grime,  J.,  Rosebank  Cottage,  Busby,  near  Glasgow 
Grimshaw,  H.,  Thornton  View,  Clayton.  Manchester 
Grimwood,  R.,  30,  Bickerton   Road,  Upper  Holloway, 

London,  N. 
Grindley,  J.,  Upper  North  Street,  Poplar,  London,  E. 
Groom, 'A.  J.,  City  of  London  Brewery,  Thames  Street, 

E.C. 
Grossmann,   Dr.  J.,  Hendhani  Yale  Chemical  Works, 

Manchester 
Groves,  C.  E.,  352,  Kenningtcn  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Grnndtvig,  C.  H.  W.,  Sunnyside,  Wimbledon,  S.W. 
Gnnn,  W.  L.,  Broad  Plain  Soap  Works,  Bristol 
Guyatt,   T.,  Ceara  Gas  Co.,  Limited.  9,  Queen  Street 

Place,  Cannon  Street,  London,  EC. 

H 

Haacke,  A.,  Kieselguhr  Wharf,  Hackney  Wick.  E. 
Habirshaw,  W.  W.,  159,  Front  Street,  New  York  City, 

U.S.A. 
Hacking,  W.  H.,  The  Grange,   Clayton-le-Moors,  near 

Accrington 
Haddow,  A.,  1,  Keith  Place,  Easter  Road,  Edinburgh 
Hadfield,  R.  A..  Newhall  Road,  Attercliffe,  Sheffield 
Hadkinson,  F.,  Pamphila  Oil  and  Soap  Works,  Mitylene, 

Mediterranean 
Hadkinson,  R.,  Smyrna,  Asia  Minor 
Haga,  Tamenasa, Chemical  Department, Science  College, 

Imperial  University,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Haig,  Robert,  Busby  Printworks,  Glasgow 
Hake,  C.  N.,  14,  Great  Smith  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Hall,   Archibald  D.,   95,    Bishopsgate   Street,   London, 

E.G. 
Hall,  C,  5,  Bilton  Road,  Rugby 
Hall,  Edgar,  Queenborongh,  Kent 
Hall,  G.,  Laboratorio,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Provincia  de 

Huelva,  Spain 
Hall,  J.  Albert,  12S,  Lloyd  Street,  Greenheys,  Manchester 
Hall,  Joseph,  Park  Villa,  Queen's  Park,  St.  Helens 
Hall,  S.,  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  London,  E. 
Hall,  T.  Fanner,  Dunster  House,  Mark  Lane,  London, 

E.C. 
Hall,  W.  J.,  co  Boulton  &  Co.,  Aurora  Mines,  Puerto 

Cabcllo,  Venezuela 
Haller,  Geo.,  SG,  Leadenhall  Street.  London,  E.G. 
Hallett,  Shackleton,  1,  Hare  Court,  Temple,  E.G. 
Hamburger,  S. ,  117,  North  Road,  St.  Helens 
Hamilton,  David,  Ash  Bank,  Shawlands,  near  Glasgow 
Hamilton,  .las.  C,  Kingscaril,  Linlithgow,  N.B. 
Hamilton,  Oswald,  Owens  College,  Manchester 
Hamilton,  Robert,  Muirkirk  Ironworks,  Muirkirk,  N.B. 
Hatnlen,  G.  J.,  33,  Vane  Street,  Spring  Bank,  Hull 
Haniinersley,  Win.,  Tar  Works,  Beekton,  E. 
Haniniersley,   W.    H.   L.,  Daisy   Bank   Cottage,  Leek, 

Staffordshire 
Hammill,  M.  J.,  Dunton  Green,  near  St.  Helens 
Hammond,  .1.,  The  Gas  Co.,  Lewes,  Sussex 
Hand,  T.  W..  Public  Library,  Oldham 
Hcndasyde,  C.  H.,  The  Dean  Works,  Dalkeith.  N.B. 
Hanrez,   Prosper,  19,  Rue  du  Prince  Albert,  Brussels  : 

ami  9,  Rue  Moris,  Chaussee  de  Charleroi,  Brussels 
Hanson,   A.    M.,   Abbey   Printworks,  Whalley,    Black 

burn 
Hanson,  John,  Fern  Villa,  Belle  Vue,  Wakefield 

'die,    William,   The    Gas    Offices,    Newcastle-upon 

vr  rync 

naruiu.       j  t  >iii|OI,  chemical  Works,  Stoke-on-Trent 
Hardy,  fa.  _,     ,(-)iS   K,i„mn,i  |;0:„i,  Sheffield 
Hargreaves,    i     Widnes 

Harkness ,w>,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  Honse.  Lon 
don,  \\ .(., 


Plough  Court,    37,   Lombard    Street, 
Canon   Works,    Falkirk, 


ift- 


-r 


Harland,   R.    H., 
London,  E.C. 
Harley,  Boston,   Laboratory 

N.B. 
Harrington,   W.    B.,  Ardsullagh,  Old  Black  rock  Lead. 

Cork 
Harris,   Booth,   jun.,   Clovelly   House,   Nor\ 

Forest  Gate   E. 
Harris,  D.,  Caro.ine  Park,  Edinburgh 
Harris,  Evan  R.,  Euckwell  House,  Bedminstc 
Harris,  T.,  The  1  Jion  Acid  Co.,  Runcorn 
Harrison,    A.,    TKames    Sugar    Refinery, 

London,  E. 
Harrison,  C,  Anjlo-American  Oil  Mi 
Hull 

D..  ffetham  Chemical  Works,  Bristol 

Kins  Hagley,  near  Stourbridge 

II..  Fagley,  near  Stourbridge 

,    5,   Magdala    Terrace,    Gardiner's    Hill, 


F*ath, 
Silvertown, 

Church  Stiect, 


G. 
G. 
G. 


Harrison, 
Harrison 
Harrison 
Harrison, 
Cork 
Harrison,  P 


W.,  7.,  Cromwell  Road,  Peterborough 
Harrison,  S.  M..  S'tton  Alkali  Works,  St.  Helens 
Hart,  Bertram  H.,106,  Trinity  Street,  Norwich 
Hart,  E.,  Lafayettt College,  La-ton,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Hart,   P.,  c/o  Tenants   &   Co.,  Mill    Street,   Clayton, 

Manchester 
ilartland,  W.  H.  H   114,  Hyde  Park  Street,  Glasgow 
Hartley,    Joseph,  3,Brook  Road,   Gorton  Hall  Estate, 

near  Manchester 
Hartley,  Arthur,  Canon  Brewery,  Brighton 
Hartley.  W.  N.,  Roy.l  College  o'f  Science,  Dublin 
Hartmann,  G.,   Clavrley,   Blackheath   Park,    London, 

S.E. 
Harvey,   Ernest   \\..    o   Mrs.   Ad. lie,   9.   Main  Street. 

Wishaw,  N.B. 
Harvey,  W.,  70,  Greffhuregatan,  Stockholm.  Sweden 
Harvey,  T.  11..  Catteown,  Plymouth 
Hasen'clever,   R.,  Cheiiselie  Fabrik-Rhenania,  Aachen, 

Prussia 
Hastings,  C.  W.,  -2'2,  B  kingham  Street,  Adelphi,  Lon- 
don, W.i'. 
Hastings,  H.  M.,  54,  Eith  Road,  West  Kensington,  W. 
Hatfield,  Jno  ,  WindsoRoad,  Newton  Heath,  Lanca- 
shire 
Hatton,  Wm.  P.,  13,  St.Juintin   Avenue,  North  Ken- 
sington, W. 
Hawkins,  H.,  Eyeworth  odge,  Lyndhurst,  Hants 
Hawliczek  Josef,  40,  Beiey  Road,  Liverpool 
Hazelhurst,  C.  W.,  Haiti. Grange,  Runcorn 
Head.  John,  12,  Queen  A:e's  Gate,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Healey,  A.  E.,  W  illesdenanction,  London,  N.W. 
Heap,  Chas.,  Caldershaw.ear  Rochdale 
Heap,  L-,  Stacksteads,  ne  Manchester 
Heath,  B.  C,  Myton  Grari,  near  Warwick 
Heathlield,  R.,  Edgbaston  all,  Birmingham  ;  and  Lien 

Galvanising  Works,  B'lingham  Heath 
Heaton,  C.W.,  Charing  Cis  Hospital,  London,  W.C. 
Hedlev,   Armorer,    Mayliei    Gosforth,    Newcastle  on- 

Tvne 
Heer,    P.    .Eugen,     OberuVyl,    Canton     St.    Gallen, 

Switzerland 
Heerlein,  Robert,  Pennsylvai  Salt  Manufacturing  Co., 

Natrona,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Hehner,  0.,  11,  Billiter  Squ>,  London,  E.C. 
Heisch,  C,  79.  Mark  Lane,  ndon,  E.C. 
Hellier,   Walter  -I.  G.,   Bris'   Channel  Chemical  Co., 

Minehead,  Somerset 
Hellon,  R.,  47,  New  Lowthetreet,  Whitehaven 
Helm,  H.  J.,  13,  St.  George'sjllas,  Perrv  Hill,  Catford, 

S.E. 
Hemingway,  II.,  GO,  Mark  L;.  London,  EC. 
Hempleman,   F.   S. ,    Wenninjn  House,  Wenniiigton, 

Romford,  Essex- 
Henderson,  G.  G.,  Chemical  L;,atory,  The  University, 

Glasgow 
Henderson,  W.  F.,  Moorfield,  remont  Gardens,  New- 

castle-on-Tyne 
Hendrichs,  F.  11.,  21.  Mincing  ne,  London,  E.C. 
Henshaw,  Jno..  Brook  Street  ^,  Works,  Manchester 
Henning,  E.  C,  Bow  Brewery.iw,  I. 
Heriut,  Wm.  Scott,  Pin.  Leon,  Demerara 


Feb.  88, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


IX 


Herman,  W.  D  .  West  Park,  St.  Helens 

Herrmann,  K.  W.  (Herrmann,  Keller  &  Co.),  60,  Mark 
Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Heron,  J.,  c  'o  Garton,  Hill  &  Co.,  Southampton  Wharf, 

Battersea,  S.VV. 
Fonlis    \\  ^-  '  ••  General  Steam   Navigation  Company's 

Glaseo'5'  Deptford,  London,  S.E. 
Fox  C  J        s  •  4"'  Movable  Place,  Newcastle-on-Tyne; 
w'  p'  ' :  allege  of  Science,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

!.'  '      '.'  os.,  J  arrow  Chemical  Works,  South  Shields 

11      .•        Adolph,  Oil  Works.  Leeds 

Hewitt.  D.  B.,  Winnington  House,  Northwich,  Cheshire 

Heycock,  C.T.,  King's  College,  Cambridge 

Heyden,    l>r.   1'.    von,   6,    Leipsiger    Strasse,   Dresden, 
( iermany 

Heys,  W.  E.,  70,  Market  Street,  Manchester 

Beys,  Z.  J.,  Stonebouse,  Barrhead,  N.B. 

Heys,  Z.  i.  .  Springhill  Villa,  Barrhead,  near  Glasgow 

Hey* 1.    G.,    Spring    Vale    Works,    Middleton,    Lan- 
cashire 

Heywood,  J.    G.,  GS,  Sutherland  Avenue.  Maida  Vale, 
London,  W. 

Heywood,  J.  II.,  Holland  Street,  Rochdale 

Heywood,  J.   S.,   7,   Caledonian    Road,    King's    Cross, 
London,  N. 

Hibbert,  W.,  8,  St.  Dunstan's  Road,   Margravine  Gar- 
dens, West  Kensington,  S.W. 

Higgin,  A.  J.,  22,  Little  Peter  Street,  Gaythorn,  Man- 
chester 

Higgin,   W.    11.,   Hall  Chemical  Works,  Little   Lever, 
near  Bolton 

Higgin-.  C  1...  c  o  J.  Muspratt  &  Co.,  Widnes  :  and  29, 
Falkner  Square,  Liverpool 

HUditch,  T.,  Cedar  Grove,  Heaton  Chapel,  near  Man- 
chester 

Hill,  A.  Bostoek,  14,  Temple  Street,  Birmingham 

Hill,  A.  Bowdler,  101,  Southwark  Street,  Loudon,  S.E. 

Hill,  J.  1'..  Bowker  Bank  Printworks,  Higher   Crump- 
sail,  Manchester 

Hill,  J.  K.,  Waterside,  Irvine,  N.B. 

Hills,  A.  F.,  Thames  Ironworks  and  Shipbuilding  Co., 
Victoria  Dock  Road,  E. 

Hills,  C.   H.,   Anglcsea  Copper    Works,   Low  Walker, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Hills,  H.,  Chemical  Works,  Deptford,  London,  S.E. 

Hills,     M.    H.,    Tower    Varnish    Works,    Long    Acre, 
Nechells,  Birmingham 

Hills,  W .,  225,  Oxford  Street,  Loudon,  W. 

Hills,  W.  A  ,  Ureat  Barr,  near  Birmingham 

Hindle,  .T.  H.,  67,  Avenue  Parade,  Accrington 

Hinds,  James,  127,  Gosford  Street,  Coventry 

Hirst,  Benj.,  Messrs.  Hirst,  Brook  &  Hirst,  Leeds 

Hislop,  L..  Saltney,  Cheshire 

Hodges,  J.  F.,  63,  Upper  Arthur  Street,  Belfast,  Ireland 

Hodgkins,    J  ,    Childwall,    Church    Road,    Richmond, 
Surrey 

Hodgkinson,  J.  H.,  Messt-.    E.   Potter  &  Co.,   Dinting 
Vale,  Gloss,  p 

Hodgkinson,  W.  P.,  29,  Pembroke  Square,  London,  W.  ; 
and  South  Kensington  Museum,  London,  S.W. 

Hodgson,  C,  High  House,  Eppleby,  Darlington 

Hofmann,   A.    W.,   10,  Doratheen  Strasse,  Berlin,  (ier- 
many; and  c/o  C.  Hofmann,  20, Oxford  Mansions, W. 

Hogben,  W..  Redbraes,  Broughton  Road,  Edinburgh 

Hogg,  Lt.-Col.    Sir  James,    Bart.,   M.P.,    17,  Grosvenor 
Garden-.  London.  S.W. 

Hogg,   T.   W..   c  o    John    Spencer    &    Sons,   Newburu 
Steelworks,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Hohenhausen,  J.  von,  Yew  Tree  Chemical  Works,  303, 
Colly  hurst  Road,  Manchester 

Holdich,  A.  H.,  Wigan  Coal  &  Iron  Co.,  Ld.,  Wigan 

Holdsworth,  H.  G.,  West  Ham  Abbey,  London,  E. 

Holgate,  S.  V.,  29,  Long  Row,  Nottingham 

Holgate,  T.   E.,   146,  Blackburn  Road,  Darwen,   Lan- 
cashire 

Holgate,  T.,  Corporation  Gasworks,  Batley 

Holland,  P..  18,  Exchange  Street,  Manchester ;  ami  12. 
Talbot  Street.  Southport 

Hollidav.  P.  (Head,  HoUiday  &  So:,-  ,  Huddersfield 

Holliday,  T. ,  Clifton  Villa,  High  Street,  Wet  t  Bromwich, 
Stall'ord.shire 


Holloway,  Wm.,  Newlands,  Middlesbro'. 
Holme-,  Ellwood,  Wellburn,   Jesmond,   Ncweastle-on- 
Tyne 

Holmes,  F.  G.,  Prince  Regent's  Wharf,  Victoria  1  locks, 

Holmes,  .1.,  96,  Holland  Road,  Brixton,  London,  S.W. 

Holt,  G.  Crompton,  e/o  Hugh  Hughes,  4,  Vork  Build- 
ings. Sweeting  Street,  Liverpool 

Holt,  J.  W.,  North  Road,  Clayton,  near  Manchester 

Hood,  R.  W.,  46,  Sandwcll  Road,  West  Bromwich 

Hooper,  E.  G.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  House, 
London,  W.C. 

Hooton,  Edm.,  The  Vinery.  Burton  Joyce,  Notts. 

Hopkin,  W.  K.,  16,  Gross  Street,  Hatton  Garden, 
London.  E.C. 

Hore,  Etsnojo,  SS,  King  Henrv's  Road,  Chalk  Farm, 
N.W. 

Horn,  W.  Freeman,  Grove  Works,  Lombard  Road, 
Battersea,  S.W. 

Horner,  G.  1'.,  Old  Basford,  Nottingham 

Horroeks,  S.,  3S,  Duke  Street,  Southport,  Lancashire 

Howard,  A.   G.,  The  Green,  Tottenham,  London,  N. 

Howard,  D.,  Rectory  Manor,  Walthamstow,  Essex 

Howard,  D.  I...  City  Mills,  Stratford,  Loudon,  E. 

Howard,  W.  1>.,  City  Mills,  Stratford,  London,  E. 

Howard,  W.  Crewdson,  Messrs.  Howard  &  Sons, 
Stratford,  London,  E. 

Howarth,  R.  S.,  21,  Bellott  Street,  Cheetham,  Man- 
chester 

Howell,  H.,  Pye  Bridge  Chemical  Works,  Alfreton, 
Derbyshire 

Hoyle,  C.  F.,  Holmeleigh,  Woodlesford,  near  Leeds 

Hoyle,  T.  E.,  Church  Terrace,  Blackley,  near  Man- 
chester 

Hughes,  E.  J.,  Church  Street.  Flint 

Hughes,  H..  7,  Geneva  Road,  Elm  Park,  Fairfield, 
Liverpool 

Hughes,  J.,  7!'.  Mark  Lane,  Londou,  E.C. 

Hughes,  R.,  Church  Street,  Flint 

Hughes,  T.,  c,o  Herb.  Hughes,  Lower  Gornal,  near 
Dudley 

Hulme,  J.,  Vale  Printworks,  Dinting,  Glossop 

Hume,  William,  IS,  Lonsdale  Terrace,  Edinburgh 

Humfrey,  C,  The  Villas,  Parkgate,  Cheshire 

Hummel,  J.  J.,  Cavendish  Villa,  Woodhouse  Cliffe, 
Leeds 

Humphrys,  N.  H.,  Gasworks,  Salisbury.  Wilts 

Humphrys,  F.  C,  Gasworks,  Ilkeston,  Nottingham 

Humphries,  Jacob,  Apothecaries'  Hall,  Low  Moor,  near 
Bradford 

Hunt,  B..  c  o  W.  L.  Jackson,  Esq.,  M.P.,  Buslingthorp 
Tannery.  L<  eds 

Hunt,  ('.,  Gasworks,  Windsor  Street,  Birmingham 

Hunt,  E.,  Wood  Green,  Wednesbury,  Staffordshire 

Hunt,  W.,  Wood  Green,  Wednesbury,  Statlordshire 

Hunt,  J.  S.,  Appleton,  Widnes 

Hunter,  I".  W.,  4,  Westmoreland  Road,  Newcastle-on- 
Tyne 

Hunter,  John,  Minto  House  Medical  School,  Edinburgh 

Hunter,  T.  G.,  Comestoca  Printworks,  Paschall  Street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Huntington,  A.  K.,  King's  College,  Strand,  Loudon, 
W.C. 

Hunzinger,  Alfred,  c/o  E.  Potter  &  Co. ,  Dinting  Vale, 
Glossop,  Derbyshire 

Hurman,  F.  K..  Ryton-on-Tyne 

Hurst,  G.  11..  22,  Blackfriars  Street,  Salford,  Manchester 

Hurter,  F.,  Messrs.  Gaskell,  Deacon  &  Co.,  Widnes 

Huskisson,  P.  L..  77,  Swinton  street.  London,  W.C. 

Husband,  J.  Cecil,  Knowsley  Street  (and  21,  Heywood 
Street),  Cheetham,  Manchester 

Huson,  C.  W.,  5,  York  Buildings,  l>ale  Street,  Liver- 
pool 

Hutcheson,  J.  B.,  The  L'niversity,  Glasgow 

Hutehings,  W.  M.,  Dee  Bank  Lead  Works,  Bagillt, 
North  Wales 

Hutchinson.  A.  H..  !'0.  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Hutchinson, C.  C,  Messrs.  S.  11.  Johnson  &  Co..  Strat- 
ford, London,  E. 

Hutchinson,  (has.  H.,  Albert  Works,  Church  Street, 
Barnslev,  Yorkshire 


THK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. ffl.  188?. 


Hutchinson,  T.  J.,  Leeman's  "Hill  Wofks,  Toltington, 

near  Bury 
Huxley,  J.  II..  40,  Brincliffe  Edge  Road,  Sheffield 

I 

Ikuta,  M.,  UniversitBts  Laboratorium,  Erlangen, 
Bavaria 

Imray,  Harold,  The  Grange,  Underbill,  near  Bamet 

Ingham,  J.  W.,  2,  Bisley  Villas,  Femdale  Road,  Ley- 
tonstone,  I  . 

rnglis,  R  A.,  Arden,  Bothwell,  N.B. 

Irvine.  K..  Royston,  Granton,  Edinburgh 

Irvine.  G.  11..  Cloncurry  Copper  &  SmeltingCo.,  Queens- 
land. Australia 

Irving,  -T.  M.,  17a.  Dickinson  Street,  Cooper  Street, 
Manchester 

Irwin,  \Y.,  The  Grange,  Polygon  Road,  Higher  Crump- 
gall 

Irwin.  J.  T..  Tlie  Grange,  Pol  vson  Road,  Higher  Crump- 
sal  1 

Isler,  Otto,  Marsden  Street,  Manchester 

Ivey.  W.  E.,  School  of  Agriculture,  Lincoln,  Canterbury, 
New  Zealand 


Jones,  A.  V  .  South  Arthurlie,  Barrhead,  Glasgow 

Jones,  E.  W.  T..  10,  Victoria  Street.  Wolverhampton 

Jones,  E.  Fielding,  Dalmonach,  Bonhill,  Dumbarton- 
shire, N.B. 

Jones,  F.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Grammar  School,  Man- 
chester 

Joues,  li.  Chapman,  Royal  Normal  School  of  Science, 
South  Kensington,  London.  S.W. 

Jones,  J.  W.,  Basford  House,  Seymour  I  hove,  Whalley 
Range,  Manchester 

Jones.  Lieut.-Col.  A.  S.  (V.C.),  Hafod-y-Wern  Farm, 
Wrexham,  Denbighshire 

Jones,  W.  Arthur.  Kcnwith  Lodge,  Redland,  Bristol 

Jones,  W.  Norris,  53,  Botanic  Koad,  Edge  Lane,  Liver- 
pool 

Jones,  \V.,47,  New  Broad  Street,  London,  E.C.  ;  andc/o 
11.  Jones,  6,  Lord  Street,  Liverpool 

Joynson,  P.,  Connahs  Quay  Alkali  Works,  Connahs 
Quay,  Flint 

Jowett,  W.,  Lower  Hall,  Mellor,  near  Stockport 

Justice,  P.  M.,  14,  Southampton  Buildings,  Chancery 
Lane,  London,  W.C. 


K 


Jack,  W.  F..  Ravensworth,  Neath,  Glamorganshire 
Jackson,  A.  i  ...The  Willows,  Martintown, Port  Douglas, 

Queensland 
Jacks. .n,  Edward,  Ashleigh,  Beaufort  Road,  Edghaston, 

Birmingham 
Jackson,  Edgar,    106,   Queen  Victoria  Street,  London. 

E.C. 
Jackson,  F.,  Spring  Dank.  Crumpsall  Lane,  Manchester 
Jackson,  G.  B.,  Copthorne  House,  Congleton,  Cheshire 
Jackson,  John.  2U0,  Dobbie's  Loan,  Glasgow 
Jackson,  1!.  V.,  Ashurst,  West  Hill.  Sydenham,  S.  E. 
Jackson,  T..  Clayton,  near  Manchester 
Jackson.  Walter,  24.  Sydenham  Avenue.  Sefton  Paik, 

Liverpool 
Jackson,  W.  P.,  Saxilby,  near  Lincoln 
Jacques.  G.,  High  Street.  Uttoxeter,  North  Staffordshire 
.'ago.  Win..  Science  Schools,  Brighton 
James.    E.    T..  British   Alizarin  Co.,   Ld.,   Silvertown, 

Victoria  Docks,  E. 
James,  J.  Win.,  University  College,  Cardiff 
Jameson,  J.,  Akenside  Hill.  Neweastle-on-Tyne 
Japp.  Dr.  F.  P..   27.   Woodstock  Koad.   Bedford  Park, 

Chiswick.  W. 
Jarmay,  G.,  Winnington  Park,  Northwich 
Janes,    Deming,   Michigan    Carbon    Works,    Detroit, 

Mich..  U.S. A. 
Javne,  II.  W.,  Chem.  Lab.,  Bermuda  Street,  Frankford, 

Philadelphia.  U.S.A. 
Jekyll.  H.  II..  Drury  Line.  Lincoln 
Jekyll,  J..  Castle  Moat  House.  Lincoln 
Jennei.    E.,   Arthur   Villa,    Murchison    Koad,  Leyton, 

Essex 
Johns m.  A.  E. ,  Victoria  Street,  Wolverhampton 
Johnson,  D.,  52,  Fitziobns  Avenue,  South  Hampstead, 

N.W. 
Johnson,  E.,  Lawton  House,  Rainhill,  Lancashire 
Johnson,  Frank,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Huelv.i,  Spain 
Johnson,  Geo.,  Grange  Metal  Work-.  Jarrow-on-Tyne 
Johnson,    Jno. ,    Franklin   Square,  and    Cherry  Street, 

New  York,  U.S.A. 
Johnson,  J.    E.,    Crown     Chemical    Works,     Stratford, 

London,  E. 
Johnson,  J.  Grove,  "23,  Cross  Street,  Finsbury,  London, 

E.C. 
Johnson,   I.  1L.  47,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  London 
Johnson,  S.  1L,  West  Ham  Hall,  Forest  Gate,  Essex 
Johnson,  T.  A..  Winnington  Park,  Northwich,  Cheshire 
John-ton,  W.  (;..  Chemical  Works.  Coatbridge  Street, 

Port  Dundas,  Glasgow 
Johnston.    W.    i...    Stevens'    Institute  of    Technology, 

Boboken,  N.J.,  I  >.A. 
Johnstone.  Jas.,  Shawtield  Works,  Kntherglen,  Glasgow 
Johnstone,  1..,  Newhattle  Collieries,  Dalkeith,  N.B. 
Johnstone,  W.,  16,  Alfred    Place  West,  South  Kensing- 
ton, S.W. 


Kalle,  Dr.  Wm.,  Biebrich-am-Rhein,  Germany 

Kater.  R  McCulloch,  Nobel's  Explosives  Co.,  Stevenston, 

Ayrshire,  N.B. 
Kawakita,  Michitada,  Imperial  College  of  Engineering, 

Tokyo,  Japan 
Kay,  II.  A.,  IS.  Maida  Vale,  London,  W. 
Kay,  W.  E.,  c  o  W.  Crura  &  Co.,  Thornliebank,  Glasgow 
Kean,  •'..  Aeea  House,  Grant  Street.  Jarrrow-on-Tyne 
Keatns,  H.  W.,  Baxenden,  near  Accrington 
Keeling,   F.,  52,  Lansdowne  Gardens,  South  Lambeth, 

S  E. 
Keiser,   E.   II.,  Bryn   Mawr  College,  Brvn  Mawr,   Pa., 

U.S.A. 
Kellner,  Dr.  Win.,  13,  Clarendon  Villas,  Old  Charlton, 

S.E. 
Kelly,  R.  K.,  3,  Pall  Mall  East,  London,  S.AV. 
Kemp,  W.  J.,  Dingley,  Kedhill,  Surrey 
Kennedy,  William,  2S,  Royal  Exchange  Square,  Glasgow 
Kenyon,   A.,   Kossendale  Brewery,   ('lough   Fold,  near 

Manchester 
Kenyon,  K.,  Printworks,  Handforth,  near  Manchester 
Kerr,  J..  Church,  near  Accrington 
Kerry,  W.  H.,  Laboratory,  14,  Castle  Street,  Liverpool 
Kershaw,  J.,  Grease,  Varnish,  and  Cement  Works,  Hol- 

linwood,  near  Oldham 
Kershaw,  J.  B.  C,  Sutton  Lodge  Chemical  Works,  St. 

Helens 
Key,  J.  T.,  8,  Maclion  Bank,  Nether  Edge,  Sheffield 
Keys,  Jno.  li.,  ],  Thymic  Street,  West  Bromwich 
Kiddie,  Thos.,  c  o  Orford  Sulphur  and  Copper  Co.,  Box 

44,  New  Brighton,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Kilner,  F.  J..  Royal  Infirmary,  Bristol 
Kilpatrick,  W.  s.,  4,  Annfield  Place,  Glasgow 
Kinch,  E.,  Royal  Agricultural  College,  Cirencester 
Kindersley,   F...  N.  M.,  Crown  Chemical   Works,  Marsh 

Gate  Lane.  Stratford,  London,  E. 
King,  A.  J.,  Ingersley  Vale  Bleach  works,  Bollington, 

Macclesfield 
King,  C.  M ..  5,  Ferine  Park  Koad,  Hornsey,  N. 
King,  C.  M.,  Campsie  Alum  Works,  Lennoxtown,  N.B. 
King,  J.  Falconer,  City  Analyst,  Edinburgh,  N.B. 
King.  J.  T.,  Clayton  Square,  Liverpool 
King.  J.  Westali,  115,  Wellington  Street,  Glasgow 
King.  Walter,  Tamworth  House.  Mitcham,  Surrey 
Kingdon,  J.  E..  30.  Victoria  Koad.  (lid  Charlton,  S.E. 
Kingsford,  T.  P..  Oswego,  New  York.  U.S.A. 
Kingzett,  C.  T.,  Trevcna,  Amhurst  Park,  London.  N. 
Kirkham,  Thos.,  70,  Green  way  Road,  Runcorn,  Cheshire 
Kirkman,  K.,  Landore  Alkali  Works,  Swansea 
Kirkpatrick,  A.  J..  179,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow 
Kitamura,  Y.,   c  o  Mr.   Goto,  42,  Chitose   Clio,  Honyo, 

Tokyo.  Japan 
Kitchen,  Theo.,  Messrs.  J.  Kitchen  \-  Sons,  28,  Flinders 

Lane  North,  Melbourne,  Australia 
Kitto,    B..    26,    Lancaster  Koad,    Finsbury  Park,   Lon- 
don, N. 


1. 1..  28,  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  TNDUSTKV. 


Klein,   J.,   in  firma    Klein,    Schauzlin,   Becker,    Fran- 

kcnthal,  Rheinpfalz,  Germany 
Knight,  Henry,  51,  South  John  Street,  Liverpool 
Knight,  J.  1!.,  Silvertown  Soapworks,  Silvertown,  Lon- 
don, E. 
Knight,  J.   J.,  10,  Key  Hill  Drive,  Hockley  Hill,   Bir- 
mingham 
Knipler,  !•'.,  Stareh  Works,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Knowles,  Jno.,  58,  Greenway   Road,  Runcorn,  Cheshire 
Knowles,  Joshua,  Stunner  Hill,  Tottington,  near  Bary 
Knowles,    Samuel,    Stormer  Lodge,    Ciumpsall,    Man- 
chester 
Knox,  E.  W.,  Colonial   Sugar   Refining   Co.,  Sydney, 
N.S.W.  :  and  e  o  F.  Parbury  &  Co.,  7,  East  India 
Avenue,  Leadenhall  Street,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Kocchlin,  Horace,  Loerraeh,  Duche  de  Bade,  Germany 
Kohn,  Chas.  A.,  University  College,  Brovvnlovv  Street, 

Liverpool 
Kolb,  J.,  Soc.  Anon,  des  Manut".  dc  Produits  Chimiques, 

Lille,  France 
Kraftmeier,  E.,  6,  Great  "Winchester   Street,   London, 

E.C. 
Krause,  G.,  "  Cheuriker-Zeitung,"  Cotlien,  Germany 
Kraose,  O.  H.,  Box  217,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 
Krohn,  F.  W.  T.,  13,  Belsize  Square,  South  Hampstead, 

N.  VV. 
Kiihl,  W.  H.,  73,  Jager  Street,  Berlin,  Germany 
Kunlieim,  Dr.  Hugo,  23,  Lindenstrasse,  Berlin 
Kupferberg,  H.,  Chemical  Works.  Blackley,  near  Man 

Chester 
Kur,  Emmanuel,  13,  Bath  Buildings,  Hudderstield 
Kynaston,  J.  W.,  Kensington,  Liverpool 


Lacey,   T.   S.,   Lawn  House,  Beekton  Gasworks,  North 

Woolwich,  London,  E. 
Laidler,  C.  1'.,  26,  Noble  Terrace,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Laing,  John,  38,  Warrender  Park  Terrace,  Edinburgh 
Lake,  D.  E..  36,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Lake,   G.,  jun.,  538,  Eceles  New   Road,    Eccles,  Man- 
chester 
Lake,   W.  EL,  11,   St.   Julian's  Farm   Load,  West  Nor- 
wood, S.  E. 
Lakeman,   T.,  178,  Phillip  Street,   Sydney,  New  South 

Wales 
Lamb,  Chas.,  GO,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Lamond,  H.  B.,  Levenslmlme  Printworks,  Manchester 
Lane,  D.,  72,  South  Mall,  Cork,  Ireland 
Landsberg,  Dr.  Ludwig,  Offenbach  ii/M.,  Germany 
Langbeck,  H.  W. .  127,  Leman  Street,  London,  E. 
Larios,  P.,  c/o  Messrs.   R.  Marsden  &  Co.,  47,  Spring 

Gardens,  Manchester 
Larkin,  T.,  St.  Bede  Chemical  Works,  South  Shields 
Lamed,   J.   N.,  Young  Men's  Library,   ButFalo,   N.Y., 

U.S.A. 
Latham,   Baldwin,  7,  Westminster  Chambers,   Victoria 

Street,  London,  S.W. 
Laurie,    A.   P.,  29,    Artesian    Road,    Bays  water,   Lon- 
don, W. 
Lawrence,  H.  A.,  Brockweir,  Grosvenor  Road,  Gunners- 
bury 
Lawrence,  Jas.,   7,  Bellgrove  Terrace,  Glasgow- 
Laws,  J.  1'.,  3,  Tylield  Road,  Oxford 
Lawson,  Wm.,  Bellshili,  Lanarkshire 
Lavvson,  Arthur  J.,  Marsh  Soapworks,  Bristol 
Lazarus,  M.   J.,  Ashburn  House,   Victoria  Bark,  Man- 
chester 
Leathart,  J.,  Lead  Works,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Leather,  J.   W.,   13,   Kedclifl'e  Street,  South  Kensing- 
ton, S.  W. 
Lee,   C.    Tennant,    45,    Kilby    Street,    Boston,    Mass., 

U.S.A. 
Lee,  S.  Wright,  7,  Church  Street,  Liverpool 
Lee,  J.  E.,  Wallsend,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Lee,  H.  C,  Peckham  Brewery,   Hill  Street,  Beckham, 

S.E. 
Leeds,  F.  H.,  Wearside,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
Leeming,    T.     H.,    Burneston    House,    Barking    lload, 

Blaistovv,  London,  E. 
Lccs,  Asa,  76,  Dunconibe  Road,  Upper  Holloway,  N. 


Lees,  Thos.,  Daisy  Bank,   Gorton   Road,  Reddish,  near 
Stockport 

Leete  Jos.,  57  and  58,  Toole v  Street,  London  Bridge,  S.E. 
Leffmann,  Dr.  1L,  Box  791,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  I  .S.A. 
Leith,  J..  Boundary  Road  Chemical  Work-,  St.  Helens 
Leipner,  II.  A.  B.,  8,  Loftus Street,  Sydney,  New  South 

Wales 
Lemon,  Jas.,  Palace  Chambers,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Lennard,  F.,  165,  Eenehurch  Street,  London,  E.C 
Lennox,    Jno.,    Cloncurry    Copper   and    Smelting   Co., 

Cloncurry,  Queensland 
Leonard,    Win.    J.,    Hope    Chemical  Works,   Hackney 

Wick.   E. 
Leon,  J.  T.,  3S,  Portland  Place,  London,  W. 
Lester,  Wm.,  P.ron  t'Ul'a,  Wrexham,  North  Wales 
Leverkus,    Otto,    1  and  3,  Leamington  Place,   Princess 

Street,  Manchester 
Levinstein,  Ivan,  Neuburg,  Daisy  Bank  Road,  Victoria 

Park,  Manchester 
Lewington,    B.,   14,  Cleveland   Street,   Fitzroy  Square, 

London,  S.W. 
Lewis,  J.  H.,  c/o  Muspratt  &  Sons,  Widnes 
Lewis,  G.  T.,  231,  South  Front  Street.  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

U.S.A. 
Lichtenstein,    Theodore,    Chemical  Works,  Silvertown, 

London,  E. 
Liddle,  W.  T.,  421,  Blackburn  Road,  Accrington 
Liebermann,  L.,  54,  Portland  street.  Manchester 
Liebmann,  Dr.  A.,  10,  Marsden  Street,  Manchester 
Liepmann,    II.,    The    Liepmann    Carbon  Co.,  Limited, 

Nelson  Wharf,  Milhvall,  London,  E. 
Lightfoo.t,  T.  I'..,  3,  Church  Terrace,  Accrington 
Lightt'oot,  T.  B.,  Cornwall  Buildings,  35,  Queen  Victoria 

Street,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Lilley,  H.  L.,  Albert  Works,  Queen's  Road,  Manchester 
Lilly,  Oliver  M.,  The  Croft,  Spondon,  Derby 
Linde,  Carl,  Wiesbaden,  Germany 
Lindley,  L.,  Sherwood  Street.  Nottingham 
Lishman,  W.  W.  L.,  36,  Washington  Street,  Girlington, 

Bradford,  Yorks. 
Little  John,  J.,  53,  Ren  field  Street,  Glasgow 
Liversedge,  A.  J.,  c/o  Watson,  Laidlaw  &  Co.,  Kingston, 

Glasgow 
Liversidge,    A.,    The    University,    Sydney,  New  South 
Wales;  and  c/o  Trubner  &   Co.,  57,  Ludgate  Hill, 
London 
Livesey,  Frank,  South  Metropolitan  Gas  Co.,  70'J.v,  Old 

Kent  Road,  London,  S.  E. 
Livingston,  W.  J.,  .Metropolitan  Board  of  Works,  Spring 

Gardens,  London,  S.W. 
Lober,  J.  B., 3409,  Race  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  US.  A. 
Lodge,  A.  S..  Spring  Side,  Prestwieh,  near  Manchester 
Lomas,  T.,  Cleveland,  Minehead,  Somerset 
Longmore,  J.,  Hillside,  Brentwood,  Essex 
Longshaw,  Jas,,  7,  Park  Place,  Cross  Lane,  Salford 
Longstali",    G.  D.,    Butterknowle,   Southfields,   Wands- 
worth; S.W. 
Lorenz,  H.,  7  and  8,  Idol  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Lorimer,  J.,  42,  Hargrare  Park  Road,  Junction  Road, 

London.  N, 
Lorrain.  J.  G.,  Norfolk  House,   Norfolk  Street,  Strand, 

London,  W.C. 
Lott,  F.  E.,The  Laboratory,  Bridge  Chambers,  Burton- 

on -Trent 
Louis,  D.  A.,  77.  Shirland  Gardens,  London,  W. 
Love,  E.  G.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College,  50th 

Street.  New  York,  I  .S.A. 
Lovett,    W.  Jesse,    Jessamine   Cottage,   Thornes,  near 

Wakefield 
Lovibond,  J.  W.,  26,  St.  Ann's  Street,  Salisbury 
Lovibond,  T.  W. ,  Beaumont  House,  Newark-on-Trent 
Lovibond,  V.  " 

S.W. 
Lowe,    C.    W 
Stockport 
Lowe,  W.,21, 

Chester 
Lowe,  W.  P.,  Cambrian  View,  Chester 
bowman,  Oscar,  53/3  Karl  Strasse,  Munich,  Bavaria 
Lowson,  J.  G.  E  ,  St.   Leonard's  Mill,   Lasswade,  Mid 
lotbian,  N.B. 


The  Hermitage,  North  End,  Fulbam, 
,  Summeilield  House,  Reddish,  near 
Rosamond  Street  West,  All  Saints,  Man 


xu 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28,  ml. 


Macadam,  W.  I.. 
Macalpine,  G.  W, 
Macarthur,  J.  G, 


Lucas,  I{.  J.,  10,  Not th  Street.  Longsight,  Manchester 

Luck,  A  ,  Powder  Mills,  Dartford,  Kent 

Luck,  K..  70,  Stamford  street,  Blackfriars  Road,  Lon- 
don. S.E. 

Luck,  11.  C,  70,  Stamford  street.  Blackfriars  Uoad, 
London,  S.E. 

Lundberg,  Alt.,  Bergvik,  Sweden 

Lunge,  Or.,  Englishes  Viertel,  Hottingen,  Zurich,  Swit- 
zerland 

Lunn,  ('.,  Woodsome  Lees,  near  Huddersfichl 

Lupton,  Sydney,  The  Harehills,  near  Leeds 

Luthy,  Otto,  220,  Church  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
U.S.A. 

Lye,  W.  T.,  The  Firs,  Luton,  Beds. 

Lyle,  James,  l'laistow  Wharf,  North  Woolwich  Road, 
London,  E. 

Lyle,  Jno.,  37,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.G. 

Lyon,  J.  G.,  The  Aire  Tar  Works,  Knottingley,  Yorks. 

Lyte,  !•'.  M.,  Cotford,  Oak  Hill  Road,  Putney,  London, 
S.W. 

Lyttle,  A.  M.,  North  of  Ireland  Chemical  Co.,  Belfast 

M 

Macadam,  C.  T.,  110,  Fenchurch  Street,  London,  E.G. 
Macadam,  Dr.  S.,  Surgeons'  Hall,  Edinburgh 
i  Surgeons'  Hall,  Edinburgh 
.,  Parkside,  Aceiington 
^xuv.i.L ......  ...  ^..,  200,  Hobbies  Loan,  Glasgow 

Macdonald,  A.,  3,  Yale  View  Terrace,  Langside,  Glasgow 
Macdonald,  J.  W.,  c/o  Messrs.   H.  Tate  <x  Sons,  Love 

Lane,  Liverpool 
Macfarlane,  J.  A.,  Marquesa  2,  Barcelona,  Spain 
Macfarlane,   R.  F.,   Grange   Metal  Works,  Jarrow-ou 

Tyne 
Macfarlane,   Thos.,    Inland    Revenue  Dept.,    Ottawa, 

Canada 
Macfarlane,  W.,  Monk's  Bridge  Ironworks,  Leeds 
Macllwaine,  A.  \\\,  Patent  Oil  Extracting  Co.,  Stone- 
ferry,  Hull 
Maclndbe,  G.  D.,   1,  Reginald  Villas,  Waterloo  Road, 

Wolverhampton 
Macintosh,  C.  J.,  54,  Leadenhall  Street,  London,  E.G. 
Mackenzie,  Jas.,  24,  Shuttle  Street,  Glasgow 
Mackenzie,  T.  E.,  Tharsis  Mines,  Huelva,  Spain 
Mackenzie,  W.  Gossar,  2,  Grove  Terrace,  Edinburgh 
Mackey,  J.  A,  1  and  2,  Bouverie  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Mackinlay,    Wm.,    Laboratory,    Silicate  Faint   Works, 

Charlton,  Kent 
Mackinnon,  A.  K.,  7i»,  Drayton  Gardens,  London,  S.W. 
Maclagan,  R.  C,  5,  Goates  Crescent,  Edinburgh 
MacMahon,  J.  H.,  Lancashire  Alkali  and  Sulphur  Co., 

Limited,  Widnes 
Macmillan,  J.  I..,  1,  Mango  Lane,  Calcutta,  India 
Macnab,  C,  Lillyburn,  Milton  of  Canipsie,  N.B. 
Macnah,    W.,   jun.,  74,    Windsor  Road,    Forest    Gate, 

Essex 
Macnair,    D.    S.,    Allan    Glen's    Institution,  Cathedral 

Street,  Glasgow 
Macpherson.D.D.,  Reddish  House,  near Lymm,  Cheshire 
Mactear,  J.,  2,  Victoria  Mansions,  Westminster,  S.W. 
McAlister,  R.,  La wes' Chemical  Manure  Co.,  Limited,  ' 

Barking  Creek,  Essex 
McAUum,  C.  D.,  7,  Dean  Street,  NeweasUe-on-Tvne 
McArthur,  J.  S.,  Cassel  (.old  Extracting  Co.,  Limited, 

13,  'N  est  Scotland  Street,  Kinnine  Park,  Glasgow 
McBeath,    J.    W.,    Exeter    Street,    West   Hartlepool, 

Durham 
McCallum,  J.  M.,  South  Park,  Paisley,  N.B. 
McCalman,  l>.,  116,  George  Street,  Glasgow 
McCarnie,  T.  (Couper,  McCarnie  &  Co.),  1,  Fenchurch 

Avenue,  London,  E.C. 
McCowan,  W.,  Crown  Brewery, Cape  Hill,  Birmingham  , 
McCulloch,  •!..  2,  Tyne  View  Terrace,  Hebburn-on-Tyne 
McDaniel,  J.  J.,  Bandon.  Ireland 
McDonald.  Donald,  Invernevis,  Fort  William,  N.B. 
McDonald.   T.  M.,  Kirtoun,   Seabank   Road,  Liscard, 

Cheshire 
McEwen,    T.    G.,   53,    New    Road,    Commercial     Load, 

London,  E. 
McFarlaue,  Walter,  Crossleo  House,  Thornliebank,  near 

Glasgow 


McFarlane,  J.  F.,  Newton  Schoolhouse,  Dalkeith,  N.B. 
McGlashan,  John,  Woodneuk,  Gartcosh,  near  Glasgow 
McGowan,    John,    Ash    House,  Talk  o'-th -Hill,    near 

Stoke-  upon-Trent 
McKechnie,  D.,  Copper  Works,  St.  Helens 
McKechnie,  D.  M.,  Olive  Mount,  St.  Anne's,  St.  Helens 
McKechnie,  R.,  Thorndean,  Elderslie,  by  Paisley,  N.B. 
MeKeUar.W.  (■.,  Eglinton  Chemical  Works,  Irvine,  N.B. 
McKenny,     C,     Drogheda     Chemical     Manure    Co., 

Drogheda,  Ireland 
McKinlay,  J.  G.,  15,  Charing  Cross,  Glasgow 
McKinlay,  R.  W.,  Auieliaville,  Aytoun  Road,   Pollok- 

shields,  N.B. 
McLellan,  J.  V.,  Cullochfaulds  Chemical  Works,  Craig 

Street,  Glasgow 
McLeod,  H..  Cooper's  Hill,  Staines 
McMillan,    W.    <;.,    Metallurgical    Laboratory,    King's 

College,  Strand,  London,  W.C. 
McMillan,  T.  0.,  4.  Ardgowan  Terrace,  Glasgow 
McRoberte,    G.,    Nobel's    Kxplo-ives   Co.,   Stevenston, 

Ayrshire,  N.B. 
Mahon,  R.  W.,  110,  Arch  Street,  Camden,  New  Jersey, 

U.S.  A. 
Maignen,  P.  A.,  32,  St.  Mary  at  Hill,  London,  E.C. 
Main,  l!obt.,  Ardeer  Ironworks,  Stevenston,  Ayrshire, 

N.B. 
Major,  J.  C,  The  Bhylls,  Compton,  Wolverhampton 
Major,  J.  L.,  Sculcoates,  Hull 
Makins,  G.  II.,  Daneslield,   Upper  Latimore  Road,  St. 

Albans 
Malcolm,  S. ,  Jarrow  Chemical  Works,  South  Shields 
Malcolmson,  J.  G.,  The  Grange,  East  Barnet,  Herts. 
Mallinckrodt,    Edw.,    Mallinckrodt    Chemical   Works, 

St.  Louis.  Missouri,  U.S.A. 
Mander,  S.  T.,   17,  Gracechurch  Street,  London,  E.C.  ; 

and  Varnish  Works,  Wolverhampton 
Manning,  F.  A.,  IS,  Billiter  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Mannington,  H.  T.,  01,  Rawcliffe  Road,  Walton-on-the- 

H ill,  Liverpool 
Markel,  K.,  c/o  Brnnner,  Mond  &  Co.,  Northwich  ;  and 

8,  Castle  Road,  Northwich 
Markliam,  A.  D.,  IS,    Merrick   Square,    Trinity   Street, 

Borough.  S.E. 
Marks,  E.  G.,  3S,  Cornwallis  Crescent,  Clifton,  Bristol 
Mai  by,  J.  E. ,  Hebburn-on-Tyne 
Marriott,  Wm.,  8,  Belgrave  Terrace,  Huddersfield 
Marsh,  W.,  Greenbank  Alkali  Works  Co.,  Limited,  St. 

Helens 
Marsh,  J.  T.,  British  Alkali  Works,  Widnes 
Marsh,  T.  S.,  Ash  Lea,  Litherland  Park,  Liverpool 
.Marsh,  Walter,  4,  York  Terrace.  Northam,  Southampton 
Marshall,  T.  E.,  4,  East  Castle  Road,  Merchiston,  Edin- 
burgh 
Marshall,  Wm.,  7,  Walter  Street,  Nottingham 
Marshall,  Wm.,  The  Baths,  St.  Andrews,  N.B. 
Martin,  H.,  Poole,  near  Wellington,  Somerset 
Martin,  H.  R,  H.,  Hong-Kong  and  China  Gas  Co.,  Hong- 
Kong 
Martin,  N.  H.,  '20,  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Martin,   W.    H.,    1S3,  King's  Road,  Chelsea,  London, 

S.W.     ■ 
Martins,  Dr.  C.  A.,  28,  Vosse  Strasse,  Berlin,  Germany 
Martyn,  S.  E..  Trevemper  Bridge.  New  Quay,  Cornwall 
Martyn,  W.,  c/o  Messrs.  Tennant,  Hebburn-on-Tyne 
Mason.  J.,  Eynsham  Hall,  Witney,  Oxon 
Mason,  W.  B.,  117,  Derby  Street,"  Bolton-le-Moors 
Mason.  A.  11.,  17s.  Mance  Street,  Montreal,  Canada 
Masson,  D.   Orme,   University  of  Melbourne,  Victoria, 

Australia 
Master,  C.  11.,  Friary  Brewery  Co.,  Guildford 
Mather,    J.,    Blavdon   Chemical    Works,    Blaydon-on- 

Tyne 
Mathieson,  N.,  Widnes 
Matthews,  C.  G.,  Laboratory,  Bridge  Chambers,  Burton- 

on -Trent 
Mavor,  James,  134,  St.  Vincent  street.  Glasgow 
May,  J.,  Hyde  House,  Old  Battersea,  Surrey 
Mayenfeld,  E.  von  Salis,  Verein  Chemischen  Fabriken, 

Waldhof  bei  Mannheim,  Germany 
Mayhew,  E.  W.  A.,   High  Street,  FreemanUe, Western 
Australia 


Feb.  28. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Mead,  Frank,  Sutton  Gasworks,  Surrey 
Meadows,  II..  Spa  Place,  Hombertstone  Road,  Leicester 
Mease,  G.  D.,  23,  Killieser  Avenue.  Telford  Park,  S.W. 
Meldola,  R.,  6,  Brunswick  Square,  London,  W.C. 
Mellin  V.  <le  M.,  The  Polvgon,  Ardwick,  Manchester 
Mellias;  J.  C,  232,  Greshain   House,  Old  Broad  Street,  I 

London,  E.< '. 
Mellon.  W.  W.,  Howdendyke,  Howden,  Yorks 
Mellor.S.,  Magnesium  Metal  Co.,  Patricroft,  Manchester 
Melville,  D.,  Merrimac  Chemical  Co.,  13,  Pearl  Street, 

Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Menses,  R  C,  Inveresk  Mills.  Musselburgh,  N.B. 
Menzies,  W.  J.,  Greenbank  Alkali  Works  Co.,  Limited, 

St.   Helens 
Mercer.  J.  1!.,  322,  Lower  Broughton  Road,  Manchester 
Mercer.  1'.  M.,  89,  Bishopsgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Merrylees,  J.,  Minasde  Rio  Tinto,  Provincia de Huelva, 

,in 
Messel.  Dr.  R.,  Silvertown,  London.  E. 
Mef. ill.  Jno.,  +0,  Henry  Street,  Church,  Accrington 
Metcalf,  T.,  Miles  Platting,  near  Manchester 
Metcalf,  W.   M..  Stanhill    House,  Oswaldtwistle,  near 

Accrington 
Mewburn,  J.  C,  169,  Flee!  Street,  London,  E  C. 
Meynier,  -I.  A..   Hi,   Rue  Hamlin,  l'aris 
Middleton,  J.,  179,  West  George  Streer.  Glasgow 
Miest.  Kmile.Stc  Marie  d'Oignies,  parTamines,  Belgium 
Mill,  1  >r.  Sngh  R.,  3,  Glenorchy  Terrace,  Edinburgh 
Miller.  E.  V.    e  0  New  Zealand  Sugar  Co.,  Auckland, 

New  Zealand 
Miller.  A.  K..  40,  Bishop's  Terrace,  Fulham,  S.W. 
Miller.    A.     Russell,    The    Cairns,    Cambuslang,   near 

Gtasgi 
Miller.  H.  von,  Chemische  Fabrik,  Hruschau,  Austria 
Miller.  X.  li..  Harpenden,  near  St.  Albans 
Miller,  Robt,  79,  West  Nile  Street,  Glasgow 
Miller,  W.  M.,  co  Booker  Bros.    &    Co.,  » Jeorgetown, 

Demerara,  West  Indies 
Miller.    T.    Paterson,   The   Cairns,    Cambuslang,    near 

t  Glasgow 
Mills.  E.  J.,  Anderson's  College,  Glasgow- 
Milne.  G.  A..  Wei  ham  Villa,  Norton,  Malton.  Yorks. 
Milne.    Dr.    -I.    M.,   Roy.    Infirm.    Medical  School,    87, 

-;le  Street.  Glasgow 
Milner,  E.,  Hartford  Manor.  Northwieh 
Mitchell,  J.  W.,63,Burnley  Road,  Rawtens  tall,  Lancashire 
Mitchell,  S.W.,Craigbank,  Giffhock,  nearThornliebank, 

N  B. 
Mittinj:,  E.  K.,  Faversham,  Kent 
Morl'att.  Thos.,  ■"',  Brandling  Terrace,  EellinLr-on-Tvne 
Mohr.    1!.,  c/o  Bio  Tinto   Co.,  30,  St.  Swithin's  Lane, 

London,  E.C. 
Moir,  J..  Clayton,  near  Manchester 
Moir,  11.  M,  Uankside,  Christchnrch  Road,  Hampstead, 

London,  N.  W. 
Molineux,  J..  Somerset    House,    London,    W.C.  ;    and 

Longden  Hall,  Wellington,  Shropshire 
Mond.    L  ,  20,  Avenne  Road,  Resents  Park,  London, 

N.W. 
Mook,   (has.,   Donglashall,   Westeregeln,    Magdeburg, 

Germany 
Moonev,    M.,   Chemical  Works,   74,  Rogerson's  Qnay, 

Dublin 
Moore.  B.  T.,  Longwood,  Bexley,  Kent 
Moore,  G.  E.,  69,  Liberty  Street.  New  York.   U.S.A. 
Moore,    Lock,   28,    St.   Clair    Street.    Rochester,   N.Y., 

3.  A. 
Moore.   1!.    T..   134,  St.  Vincent  Street.  Glasgow 
Moore,  "Win.   Bailey,  Cauldon   House,   Shelton,  Stoke- 
on-Trent 
Moorhou-e,  J.   B..   Horton   Hank,   Bradford 
Moretti,  Giuseppe,  via  Cerretani  S,  Eirenze,  Italy 
Morgan,  < ».  V.,  M.P.,  IS,  The  Boltons,   South  Kensing- 
ton. S.W. 
Morgans,  Thos.,  The  Guildhall,  Bristol 
Morgan,   Win.,  Public  Analyst's    Laboratory,    Nelson 

Terrace.  Swansea 
Morison,  John,  Newbattle,  Dalkeith.  N.B. 
•    Moritz,  E.  R.,  7_.  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 
Morley,  Dr.  H.  Eorster,  University  Hall,  Gordon  Square, 
London,  W.I  . 


Morice,  -las.  A..  Tullymet,  Aytonn  Road,  PoUokshielda, 

Glasgow 
Morris,  G.   H.,  Messrs.  Worthington  &  Co.,  Burton-on- 

Trent 
Morris,  .1.  H.,  63  and  63,  Blundell  Street,  Liverpool 
Morris,  M.  Ivor  E.,  Ammanford,  R.S.O.,  South  Wales 
Moni~.  R..  Doneaster 
Morrison,  J.,  Pottery  Lane,  Forth  Bank,  Neweastle-on- 

Tyne 
Morrison,   Jno.,    P.O.   Box   74,    North  Adams,    Ma-  . 

U.S  A. 
Morrison,  R.  M.,  The  Poplars.  Beulah  Hill,   I  pper  Nor- 
wood. S.E. 
Morson,  T.,   124,  Southampton  Row,   Russell  Square, 

London,  W.C. 
Morson,  T.  P.,  33,  Southampton  Row,  Russell  Square, 

London,  W.C. 
Moseley,  Chas..  Grangethorpe,  Rusholme,  Manchester 
Moseley,  Jos.,  Cringle  Hall,  Levenshufane,  Manchester 
Mo--.  .'] . .  Hirdir  Lodge,  New  Thornton  Heath,  Surrey  : 

and  15,  Lawrence  Pountney  Lane,  London,  EC. 
Moult.  J  .  3,  Gladstone  Terrace,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Muir.    1    1'..  44S,  Camden  Road,  London,  N.W. 
Milliard,  R.,  46,  Drakefell  Road,  St.   Catharine's  Fark, 

Hatcham.  s  E. 
Miiller,  Dr.  II..  13,  Park  Square    East,  Regent's   Fark, 

London,  N.W. 
Mumford,  A.,  9,  Westwell  Street,  Plymouth,  Devon 
Mumford,  T.  W.  B.,  1,  Glendale  Villas,  Sylvan  Road, 

Wansteul,  Essex 
Munro,  Dr.  J.  M.   H.,   College   of  Agriculture,    Down- 
ton.  Salisbury 
Muras,  T.  H.,  H.M.  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Build- 
ings, London,  W.C. 
Murdoch,  H.  It.    M.,    4,    Nobel's   Villas,    Stevenston, 

A  vis hi re 
Murphy,   John,   11,   Wellesley  Terrace,   Prince's  Park, 

Liverpool 
Murray,  H.  S.,  Glenmayne,  Galashiels,  N.B. 
Murrie,  Jas.,  10:?.  Bishop  Street,  Anderston,  Glasgow 
Mnskett,   T.,   97,   Walton  Lane,  Stanley   Fark,   Liver- 
pool 
Muspratt,  E.  K.,  Seaforth  Hall,  near  Liverpool 
Muspratt,  J.  L.,  Trelawney  House.  Flint.  North  Wales 
Muspratt,  S.  K.,  31,  Oale  Street,  Liverpool 
Muter,  Dr.  J..    Winchester  House,   Kennington  Road, 

London,  S.  E. 
Muter.  James,  e/o  West  Lothian  Oil  Co.,  Fauldhouse, 

N.B. 
Myall,    A.    A.,    21,    Cockspur  Street,    Charing  Cross, 
London,  S.W. 

N 

Naef,  P.,  Uetikon,  Zurich,  Switzerland 

Nakamura,  Teikichi,  c/o  Y.  Fukuzawa,  Mita-Nichonie, 

Tokyo,  Japan 
Napier.   J.,    1,     St.    Matthew's   Place,    Norwich   Road, 


Ipswich 

Napier,    Jas  , 
Glasgow 
Nason,  H.  B. , 
Navlor.  W.  A. 


jun.,    10,    Carmei.t  Drive,    Shawlands, 


Troy,  New  York.  U.S.A. 
II..   e/o  Hearon,   Squire,   &  Francis,  .",, 

Coleman  Street,  London,   E.C. 
Neil,  W.,  126,  Turner's  Road,  Burdett  Road,  London,  E. 
Neild.  A.,  Maytield,  Manchester 
Neill,  F.  A.   it.,  Bold  Ironworks,  St.   Helens  Junction, 

Lancashire 
Neilson,  James.  107,  John  Street.  Glasgow 

T.,  Black  Banks  Chemical  Works,  Darlington 
Nettlefold,  E.,  16,  Broad  Street.  Birmingham 
Nettlefold,  F.,  The  Explosives  Co..  Stowmarket 
Newall,  F.  S.,  Washington,  County  Durham 
Newall,  R.  S  ,  Femdene,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Newlands,  B.   E.    R..     Trelawney   House,    Cambridg 

Park,  Wanstead,  E. 
Newlands,     W.     P.     R.,    40,     Alkham    Road,    Stoke 

Newington,  London,  N. 
Newman,     G.    J.,     jun.,    Laurel     Bank,     Wilmslow, 

Cheshire 
Newton.  A.  H.,  Belsize  Court,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Newton,  A.  II.,  jun.,  Belsize  Court,  Hampstead,  N.W. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. 28. 18S7. 


H.  H. ,  505,  Edge  Lane,  Droylsden,  Manchester 
•ne,  W.  G..  North  British   Chem.  Co.,  Clydebank, 

and   38. 


Newton,  Harry,  Park  Green,  Macclesfield 
Newton,  Jno.,  Park  Green,  Macclesfield 
Newton,  II.  C,  Belsize  Court,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Newton,  .1  in ■  .  Manor  Works,  Rotherhithe  New  Road, 

London,  S.  E. 
Nichols,  .1 .  A..  Spring  Bank,  New  Mills,  near  Stockport 
Nicholson,  E.  C,  Canton  House.  Heme  Hill,  London, 

S.E. 
Nicholson,  J.  C,  Chemical  Works,  Hunslet,  Leeds 
Nicholson,  VV.  0.,  12,  Granville  Square,  London,  W.C. 
Nicol,  W.  W.  J.,  Mason  College,  Birmingham 
Nicoli,  G.    B.,   c/o  Balfour,   Guthrie  &  Co.,   Portland, 

Oregon,  ISA. 
Niimno.  J.,  2.  Bath  Villa*.  Portland  Load,  South   Xor- 

wood,  London,  S.  E. 
Nisbigawa,    F.,    14,    Go    Bancho   Koji  Machi,   Tokyo, 

Japan 
Nixon,. I..  04,  Elswick  Road,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Nolting,    E.,    Ecole    de    Chiraie,    Mulhouse,     Alsace, 

Germany 
Norman,  F.  J.,  Messrs.  Wigg  Brothers  &  Steel,  Runcorn 
Norrington,  A.  Reginald,  Cattedown,  Plymouth 
North.".!.    S.,    12.   Roeland  Street,  Cape  Town,  South 

Africa 
North,  W.  H.,  4,  Whetley  Grove,  Manningham,    Brad- 
ford, Yorks. 
Northing,  J.,  9,>,  Tritonville  Road,  Sandymount,  Dublin 
Norton.  Lew  is  M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 

Boston,  U.S.A. 
Norton.  S.  A..  Columbus,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 

O 

Oates 
O'Beirne 

near  Glasgow 
Odling,  W.,  15,    Norham    Gardens,    Oxford 

Ladbrooke  Road,  North  Kensington,  W. 
Oehler,  K.,  Offenhach-am-Main,  Germany 
Ogilvie,  T.   R.,  Percy  Lodge,  Woodford  Road,   Snares- 
brook,  Essex 
Ogden.  J.  M.,  EUscope  House,  Sunderland 
Ogston,    G.  H.,    Junior  Athenaeum   Club,    Piccadilly, 

London,  W. 
Oldershaw,  Wm.,  09,  Long  Row,  Nottingham 
Oliver,  ¥.,  70.  Winchester  Street.  South  Shields 
Ollerenshaw,  S.,  Sutton  Alkali  Works.  St.  Helens 
O'Neill,  C,  Laboratory,  72,  Denmark  Road,  Manchester 
O'Neill,    E.    H.,    Johnson's  Saccharum    Co.,   Limited, 

Stratford,  London,  E. 
(•ram.  T. ,  Hudear.  Bury 
Orme,  •'.,  65,  Barbican,  London,  E.C. 
Orr,  A..  1,  Park  Terrace,  Irvine,  N.B. 
Urr,  J.  1'..,  Blantyre  Lodge,  Westcombe  Park,  London, 

E.C. 
Urr,    Robert,    79,    West    Nile    Street.    Glasgow;    and 

Falkirk.  N.B. 
Ostersetzer,  J.,  Oak  Lodge,  Castleknock,  co.  Dublin 
O'Shea,  L.  T..  Firth  College,  Sheffield 
O'Sullivan,  C,  140,  High  street,  Button-on-Trent 
u  Sullivan.  J..  71,  Spring  Terrace,  Burton-on-Trent 
Overbeck,   Baron  Gustavns  de,   23,   Ryder   Street,  St. 

James',  London,  S.W. 
Owen,  Thos..  Ellsbridge  Honse,  Keynsham,  near  Bristol 
Uxland,  Robert,  32,  Portland  Square,  Plymouth 

P 
Packard,  E  ,  jun  .  Bramford,  near  Ipswich 
Packer,    G.    L.,    Hall    Side   Steel   Works,    Newton-bv- 

Glasgow 
1'    j.'.  F.  .1.  M.,  98,  Aldernev  Street.  London    S  W 
Pages,  Albert,  34,  Boulevard  Henri  I\"..  Paris 
Paine,  s.,  7,  Exchange  Street.  Manchester 
Palmer,  Francis  P.,  Debden  Hall.  Longhton,  Essex 
Palmer.     T.     Chalkley,     22,     North"    Front     Street 

Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  ' 

Pan  ton,  .1.  A.,  The  Manor  House,  Watford,  Herts. 
Panario,  Thos.  P..  17,  St.  Philip's  Street,  Queen's  Road 

Battersea,  S.W. 

Park.  .1. 

Parker,  Thos.,  The  Electrical  Engineering  Co.,  Commer- 
cial Road,  Wolverhampton 


Parker,  W.  II.,  177,  Alfreton  Road,  Nottingham 
Parkinson,    Dr.    R.,    Sun  Bridge    Buildings,  Bradford, 

Yorkshire 
Parnell,  E.  W.,  Lancashire  Sulphur  ami  Alkali  Works, 

Widnes 
Parr,  Samuel,  South  Sherwood  Street,  Nottingham 
Pass,  A.  C,  Rushmer  House,  Durdham  Down,  Clifton, 

Bristol 
Patcrson,  John,  Hawthorne  Terrace,  Workington,  Cum- 
berland 
Paterson,  Walter,  jun.,  178,  Buchanan  Street,  Glasgow 
Paton,  W.  Grant,  Greenbank  Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  St. 

Helens,  Lancashire 
Patterson, G., So,  Carleton  Road,Tufnell  Park,  London, N. 
Patterson,    T.    L.,    Messrs.    J.    Walker   &    Co.,    sugar 

refiners,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Pattinson,  H.  L.,  Scots  House,  West  Boldon,  Newcastle- 
on-Tyne 
Pattinson,    II.    L.,    jun.,  Heworth    Lodge,   Eelling-on- 

Tyne 
Pattinson.  J.,  75,  The  Side,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Paltison,  J.,  11,  Both  well  Street,  Glasgow,  N.B. 
Paul,  Fred.  W.,  c/o  The  Steel  Company  of  Scotland, 

Limited,  150,  Hope  Street,  Glasgow 
Pauli,  Dr.,  Hochst,  Germany 
Payne,  Geo.,  Calder  Soapworks,  Wakefield,  Yorks 
Payne,  .1.  B.,  15,  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Payne,  J.  1L,  17,  Croft  Terrace,  Jarrow  on-Tyne 
Peachey,  H.,  Circus  Brewery,  Shrewsbury 
Peacock,  A.  E.,  Waverley,  Bridlington  Quay 
Pearce,  W.,  jun.,  Bow  Common,  Loudon,  E. 
Pears,      Andrew,     Lanadron      Soapworks,      Isleworth, 

Middlesex 
Pearson,    II.    E.,   0,  Woodland    Grove,    Colwick  Yale, 

Notts. 
Pearson,  Wm.,  30,  Mellor's  Buildings,  Exchange  Street 

E  .  Liverpool 
Peaty,  Henry,  Longport,  near  Stoke-on-Trent 
Pechiney,  A.  R.,  Salindres  (Card),  France 
Pedler,  A.,  Presidency  College,  Calcutta,  India 
Pedler,  J.  R.,  Woodbank,  Lordship  Lane.  Dulwich,  S.E. 
Pegge,  J.  Y. ,  c  o  Nnnneley  &  Co.,  Bridge  Street  Brewery, 

Burton-on-Trent 
Peile,  EL,  Shotley  Bridge,  co.  Durham 
Pentecost,  S.J. ,  Regent  Street,  New  Basford,  Nottingham 
Percy,    Dr.    J.,    1,    Gloucester    Crescent,    Hyde  Park, 

London,  W. 
Perkin,  Dr.  W.  H.,  The  Chestnuts,  Sudbury,  Harrow 
Perkin,  T.  D.,  Greenford  Green,  Harrow 
Perkin,  A.  G.,  56,  Elizabeth    Street,  Cheetham,  Man- 
chester 
Perrett.  E.,  S,  Victoria  Chambers.  Westminster,  S.W. 
Petersen,    Beatus,   09,   Nvhavn.   Copenhagen,   Denmark 
Pctherick,    E.    A.,    17,  Warwick    Square,    Paternoster 

Bow,  London,  E.C. 
Peto.  A.,  Plumbago  Crucible  Works,  Battersea,  London, 

S.W. 
Petraczek,  Fir.  Jos.,e/oRead,  Holliday  &  Sons,  Hudders- 

field 
Pettigrew,  J.,  Varnish  Manufactory,  Carpenter's  Road, 

Stratford,  E.     • 
Petty,   A.,   Silvertown,   London,   E.;   and  Wood  Lodge, 

Shooter's  Hill,  Kent 
Peyton,  E.  P.,  Chemical  Works,  Lister  Street,  Birming- 
ham 
Pfeiffer,     Karl,     1,     Sutherland    Road,    West    Ealing, 

Middlesex 
Phillips,    C.  D.,    Odam's    Chemical    Works,    Hudson's 

Wharf.  Victoria  Docks,  London,  E. 
Phillips,  IL,  is.  Exchange  Street,  Manchester 
Phillips,  A.  G.,  IS,  Fopstone  Load,  Sou;h  Kensington, 

S.W. 
Phipps,  Thos.,  169,  Bridge  Street,  Northampton 
Phipson,    Dr.    T.    L.,    Laboratory,    S,    Hotham  Villas, 

Putney,  I.  indon,  S.W. 
Puk.  Dr.  S.,  Direction    der    Soda    Fabrik,    Szczkowa, 

( lalizien,  Austria 
Pickard,     Sand.,     Hope     Paper     Mills,     Cefn-y-Bedd, 

Wrexham 
Pickup.  R.,  Bank  Mill  Printworks,  Tonge,  Middleton, 

Lancashire 


Feb.  28,  i8s:.|   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XV 


Pickles,  H.,  Prussiate   Works,  Droylsden,  Manchester 
Pilkington,  G.,  Wiilnes 

Pinkerton,  D.  J.,  Tradeston  Gasworks,  Glasgow 
Pinkney,  Robert,  18,  Bread  Street    Hill.  London,  EX. 

Pipe,  .las.,  Messrs.  Win.  Henderson  &  Co.,  Irvine,  N.B. 
l'itt,  T.,  Hi,  Coleman  Street.  London.  E.C 
Pittnck,  F.  W.,  25,  Can-  Street.  Hebburn-on-Tyne 
Player,  J.   H.,  5,  Prince  of  Wales'  Terrace,   Kensing- 
ton, W. 
Polglase,  F.  J.  W.,  Tyne  Vale  Chemical  Works,  Forth 

Bank,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Pollock,  A.,   Dilliehip  Turkey-red  Dyeworks,  Bonbill, 

Dumbartonshire 
Pond,  J.  A.,  99,  Queen  Street,  Auckland,  New  Zealand 
Poole,  Thos.,  25,  Water  Street,  Liverpool 
Pooley,  T.  A.,  121,  The  Grove,  Denmark  Hill,  S.E. 
Pope,  S.,  Camden  Works,  Runcorn 
Porter,  Herbert,  Border  Lodge,  Honor  Oak,  S.E. 
Porter,  J.  H.,  165,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Pott,  W.  H.,  22,  Sonthwark  Bridge  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Potter,  E.  P.,  Hollinhnrst,  Bolton-le-Moors 
Potter,  Chas.  E.,  Love  Lane  Sugar  Refinery,  Liverpool 
Powell,   L.  S..  .">,  Notting  Hill  Square,  Campden  Hill, 

London,  W. 
Powell,   W.   A.,   Maison  Marie    Louise,  Hyeres  (Yar), 

France 
Povnter.  J.  Edgar,  Clydenenk,  Uddingston,  near  Glasgow 
Pratt,  J.  W..co  Pratt  &  Co.,  Mobile,  Alabama,  U.S.A. 
Prentice,  R.,  Chemical  Works,  Stowmarket 
Preston,  R.,  Bury  (.round,  Bury,  Lancashire 
Price,  A.  F.,  71-3,  Post  Street,  San  Francisco,  California, 

U.S.A. 
Price,   D.   S. ,   26,   Great  George  Street,    Westminster, 

London.  S.  W. 
Price,  W.  E.,  Gasworks,  Hampton  Wick.  Middlesex 
Pringle,  W.,  58,  St.   Oswald's  Road,  West  Brompton, 

s.  w. 

Pritcbanl.  W.  S.,  Farnwortb,  Whines 

Procter,  H.  1!.,  30,  Hotspur  Street,  Tynemouth 

Procter,  J.  W.,  Skeldergate  Bridge,  York 

Proctor,  C,  Government   Laboratory,  Somerset  House, 

London,  W.(  . 
Proctor,    ('.    W.    Cope,    Heathercliffe,    Clifton    Down, 

Bristol 
Proctor,  B.  S.,  11,  Grey  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tvne 
Proctor,  W.  W.,  33,  The  Side,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Pugh',  G.,  12,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C 
Pullar,  P.,  PuHar'*  Dyeworks,  Perth,  N.B. 
Pullar,  R.  D.,  Pullar's  Dyeworks,  Perth,  N.B. 
Purser,  E.  T..  82,  James  Street,  Dublin 


Quaas.    Gustav,     Home    Park  Mills,   King's    Lanslev, 

Herts.  ' 

Quibell,  Oliver,  Highfield,  Xewark-on-Trent 


Radema^her,   H.  A.,  77,  Charlestown,  Glossop,   Derby- 
shire 
Rae,  G.,  Tbarsis  Sulphur  and  Copper  Co.,  Widnes 
Rait,  G.  L.,  Gloucester  House,  Downshire  Bill,  11. imp- 
stead,  Lon. Ion,  N.  W. 
Ramsay,  Dr.  W..  University  College,  Bristol 
Ramsden,  J.,  Lion  Brewery,  Belvidere  Road,  Lambeth, 

London,  S.E. 
Rawcliffe,  Harold,  Appleton  Lodge,  Widnes 
Bawes,  F.  1).,  15,  Gough  Road,  Stratford,  London,  E. 
Rawlins,  G.,  Brook  Works,  Rainhill,  Lancashire 
Rawlinson,  A.  J.,  Newton-le- Willows,  Lancashire 
Rawson,  C,  3,  Union  Street,  Bradford 
Rawson,  s.  G.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  College, 

Liverpool;  and  lis.  Chatham  Street,  Liverpool 
Ray,    Win  ,   Dyeing   Department,    Yorkshire    College; 

Leeds 
Raymond,  C.  W.,  24,  Lawrence  Road,  Aldington  Road, 

Bow,  London,  E. 
Bayner,  J.  A.  E.,  Sutton  Alkali  Works,  St.  Helens 
Readman,  J.  li.,  9,  Moray  Place,  Edinburgh 
Readman,  J.  F.,  Codnor  'Park  Ironworks,  by  Alfreton, 
Derbyshire 


Reay,  T.  Bunion,  So,  Herrington  Street,  Sunderland 
Reddrop,  J.,  Laboratory,  I..  &  N.  VV.  Railway,  Crewe 

Redfern,  Edwin,  17,  Clayton  Street,  Holme,  Maii.-li.--t.  i 
Redfern,  G.  1'..  4.  South  Street,  Finsbnry,  London,  E  C. 
Bedfern,  Jos.,  49,  Harvie  Street,  Bridgeton,  Glasgow 
Redmayne,  J.  M..  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Redwood,  P>.,  85,  Gracechureh  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Redwood,  I.  W.,  Young's  Oil  Co.,  Addiewell,  N.B. 
Redwood,  Dr.  T.,  17,  Bloomsbury  Square,  London.  W.c. 
Bee,  Dr.   A.,  121,   Manchester   Road,   Middleton,   near 

Manchester 
Keed,  Albert  E.,  21,  St.  Andrew's  Crescent,  Cardiff 
Peeks,  T.  H.,  71,  Chelsea  Gardens,  Chelsea  Bridge  Road, 

London,  S.  W. 
Reid,  David  E.,  Kaboonga  Mines  Co.,   Kilkivan,  Mary- 
borough, Queensland 
Reid,  .loh., 10,  Milton  Street,  Stockport  Road, Manchester 
Beid,  T.  Anderson,  11,  Mersey  View,  Buncorn 
Beid,  W.  C,  7,  Graingerville,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Beid,W.  Hamilton,  c/o  Messrs.  Mandall&  Co. ,  Stockton- 
on-Tees 
Reid,W.  F.,  Fieldside,  A.hllestone,  Surrey 
Reid,  W.  G.,  young's  Oil  Co.,  Limited,  UphalL  N.B. 
Remfry,  H.  H.,  5,  Fancy  Lane,  Calcutta,  India 
Remmers,  B.  H.,  1S9,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 
Renard,  Chas.  L'Estaque,  Marseilles,  France 
Beuaut,  F.  W.,  65,  Radipole  Road,  Fulhan.  Road.  S.W. ; 

and  19,  Great  George  Street.  S.W. 
Bennie,  A.  G.,  07.  Lansdowne  Ciescent  West,  Glasgow 
Rennie,   Dr.   E.    H.,    University    of    Adelaide,    South 

Australia 
Rennoldson,  W.  L.,    St.   Bede  Chemical  Works,    East 

Jarrow 
Reoch,  R.,  River  Point,  Rhode  Island,  l.S.A. 
Reynolds,  Dr.  J.  Emerson,  Trinity  College,  Dublin 
Reynolds,  P.,  13,  Briggate,  Leeds 
Rhodes,  E  ,  c/o  Thus.  Vickers  &  Sons,  Widnes 
Richards,  J.,  Clifton  Lodge,  Swinton,  near  Manchester 
Richards,  W.  A.,  Sandbach,  Cheshire 
Richardson,   B.   S.,  Scottdale,  Westmoreland  Co.,  Pa., 
l.S.A. 
1  Richardson,  C.  1".,  The  Elms.  Newark-on-Trent 

Richardson,  C.  T. ,  Monkton  Lodge,  .Jarrow  on-Tyne 
|  Richardson,  J.  G.  F.,  Elmlield,  Stoneygate,  Leicester 
Richardson,  J.  G.,  '24,  Windsor  Terrace,  Newcastlc-on- 

Tyne 
Richardson,  •! .  H.,  359,  Blackburn  Road.  Accrington 
Richardson,    F.   W.,    13,    Whetley    Grove,    Bradford, 

Yorkshire 
Richmond,  11.  D.,  2,  Trulock  Villas,  Park  Lane,  Totten- 
ham, N. 
Richmond,  W.H.,  Liver  AlkaliWorksCo., Limited,  Light- 
body  Street,  Liverpool  ;  and  37,  Merton  Road,  Bootle 
Rickman,   J.   Pellatt.   Falcon  Glass  Works,   St.    Bride 

street,  London,  E  C. 
Riddell,  Robert,  Messrs.  AJlsopp  &  Co.,  New  Brewery, 

Burton-on-Trent 
Rideal,  Samuel,  University  College,  London.  W.C. 
Ridsdale,  C.  II..  24,  Outram Street,  Stockton-on-Tees 
Bigg,    K  ,    Messrs.    M'Bride  &  Co.,     Union    Chemical 

Works.  St.  Helens 
Riley,  17,  2,  City  Road,  Finsbury Square,  London,  E.C. 
Riley,  Jas.,  150,  Hope  Street,  Glasgow 
Riley,  J;  E.,  Arden  Hal),  near  Accrington 
Riley,  J.  Hapten  Chemical  Works.  Accrington 
Riley,  J.,  3,  Alton  Terrace,  Fairfield.  Manchester 
Riley.  .lames.   Laboratory,   Brinscall  Works,  near  Chor- 

ley,  Lancashire 
Riley,  W.  G.,  Hapten  Chemical  Works,  mar  Accrington 
Ripley,  II.,  Bowling  Dyeworks,  Bradford,  Yorkshire 
Ritchie.  W.  R.,  The  Grove,  Belfast,  Ireland 
Bitson.  T.  N.,  96,  St.  Saviour's  Road,  Jersey 
Rix,   W.    P..    Doulton   &    Co.,    Lambeth    Art    Pottery, 

London,  S.E. 
Robbing,   J.,    Gibraltar  Walk,    Bethnal    Green   Road, 

London,  E. 
P. .''bins,  J.,  147.  Oxford  Street,  Loudon,  W. 
Roberts,  F.  G.  Adair,  Clvdach,  Bethune  Road,  Stamford 

Hill,  N. 
Roberts,  R.  Wightwick,  Officinade  Eusays,  Valparaiso, 
Chili 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IFcb.  as.  issr. 


Roberts-Austen,  W,  C,  Royal  Mint.  London,  E. 

tsou,  John,  Mosswell,  Milngavie,  near  Glasgow 
Robertson,    li.  A  ,   42,    Aytoun   Road,    Polloksbields, 

Glasgow 
Robinson,  A.   K.,   Faraday  Chemical  Works,  5  and  6, 

Aston  Road,  Birmingham 
Robinson,  G.  ('.,  Royal  Institution,   Hull;  and  Labora- 
tory, Hon. I  Street,  Hull 
Robinson,  II.  11.,  16,  Tower  Street,  Cirencester 
Robinson,  J.,  Farnworth,  Widnes;  and  50,  [rwell  Street, 

Widnes 
Robinson,  Jno.,  5,  Elizabeth  Terrace,  Ditton,  Widnes 
Robinson,  1!.,  Apsley  Buildings,  old  Hall  Street,  Liver- 
pool 
Robinson,  Thomas,  401,  West  Street,  Glasgow 
Rodger,  Edw.,  I,  Clairmont  Gardens,  Glasgow,  W. 
Rohling,  Ferd.,  c  o  Rohling  and  Rave,  Monster,  West- 
phalia, i  lermany 
Rollin,  J.  G,  St.   Bede  Chemical  Co.,   Limited,   New- 

castle-on-Tyne 
Ronalds,  Dr.  E.,  Bonnington  House,  Edinburgh 
Kooke,  .).  A.,  Horrock-  Lane,  Red  Bank,  Manchester 
Booth,  .1.  S..  Walton  Chemical  Works.  Chesterfield 
Boqnes,  Adolphe,  30,  Rue  Sainte  Croix  de  la  Bretonnerie, 

Paris 
Boscoe,  Sir  Henry,  M.P.,  Victoria  Park,  Manchester 
Roscow,  das..  Fail-view,  Littleborough,  Lancashire 
Rosicki,  Dr.  1'.,  .">.  Quai  Claude  Bernard,  Lynns.  France 
Roskell,  Jos.,  Port  Tennant  Copper  Works,' Swansea 
Boss,  J.  <;.,  14,  Argyle  Place,  Edinburgh 
Ross,  Win,,  12,  King  Street,  Manchester 
Rottenburg,  Paul,  c  o  Messrs.  Leisler,   Dock  &  Co.,  130, 

Hope  Street,  Glasgow,  X.l!. 
Boutledge,  Thos.,  Claxheugh,   Hylton,  near  Sunderland 
Rowan,  F.  J.,  134,  Sr.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow 
Rowell,  W.   A.,  co  Messrs.  Sullivan  &  Co.,   Limited 

British  Alkali  Works.  Widnes 
Lowland,  W.   L.,  4S0O,  Chester  Avenue,  Philadelphia 
Pa.,  U.S.A. 

0,    Conyngham   Road,   Victoria   Park, 


Rowley,   Thos., 

Manchester 
Rowley,   W.  ,1. 

Ilaiidswortl 


Wellington    Road, 
Jamestown, 


Wellington   Villas 
Birmingham 

Roxburgh,    J.    W.,     Levenbank   Works, 
Dumbartonshire,  X.  B. 

Royle,  T.,  The  Cedars,  West  Ham  Park,  E. 

Boyse,   S.  W.,  St.  Andrew's  Chambers,  Albert  Square, 
Manchester 

Ruffle,  Jno.,  Portway  House.  Plashet  Load,  Plaistow,  E. 

Bumble,  C,  Belmont  Works,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Riintz,   John,    Linton   Lodge,    Lordship    Load,    Stoke 
Newington,  N. 

Bnpji,  Win.,  117,  Pearl  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Ruscoe,  Jno.,  Albion  Works,  Henry  Street.  Hyde,  near 
Manchester 

Kushton.  H.  1'.,  30,  Juvenal  Street,  Liverpool 

Russell,  Jno.,  Anchor  Brewery,  Britten  Street,  Chelsea, 
London,  S.  W. 

Russell,  Dr.  W.   .1.,  St.    Bartholomew's  Hospital,   Lon- 
don, E.C. 

Ryan,  T.,  Castle  Hill  House,  Flint,  N.  Wales 

Ryder.  C.  E..  co  Messrs.  Elkington,  Newhall  Street, 
Birmingham 

Ryland,   Howard   P.,   The  Cedars,   Gravelly  Hill,   Bir- 
mingham 


Sadler,  A.  E.j  Sandhall.  I'lverston,  Lancashire 

Sadler,  s.  A..  Middlesbrough-on-Teea 

Sadtler,  Samuel  P..  University  of  Pennsylvania   Phila- 
delphia. Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Saiiisbury,   E.,  Briton  Ferry  Chemical  Works,  Glamor- 
ganshire 

Saint,   W.    Johnson.     Hermann   Strasse   5,    Scbwabin", 
Miinchen,  Bavaria 

Salaraon,  A.  G.,  1.  Fern-hutch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 

Salamon,  Jno.,  The  Willows,  Wennugton,  near  Rom- 
ford, Essex 

Samuel,  W.  Cobden,  203,  Norwood  Road,  Heme  Hill 
London,  S.E, 


Samuelson,    Sir    Bernard,     Bart,    M.P.,    50,    Prince's 

<  late,  London,  S.  W. 
Sandon,  IL,  lis,  Leighton  Load,  Kentish  Town,  London, 

N.W. 
Sanderson,  T.  C,  21,  Glengall  Grove,  Old  Kent  Road, 

London,  S.  E. 
Sanford,  P.G.,  Blandford  Lodge,  Streatham,  s.W. 
Sansone,  A..  Vauxhall  Chemical  Works;  and 8,  Bignor 

Street.  (  lieetham  Hill,  Manchester 
Saul,  ('.  IL,  70,  Mosley  Street,  Manchester 
Savage,  W.  W.,  109,  St  James's  Street,  Brighton 
Savary,  W.  .1.  IL,  39,  Lombard  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Schad,  Julius,  14,  Charlotte  Street,  Manchester 
Schiippi,    lh.    11. ,    Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik, 

Ludwigshafen-am-Rhine,  (lermany 
Schellhaas,  H.,  54.  Navigation  Road,  Northwich 
Scheurer-Keatner,  Dr.  A  ,  57,  Rue  de  Babylone,  Paris, 

France 
Schindler,  Martin  F".,  Zurich,  Switzerland 
Schloesser,  R.,  11.  Charlotte  Street,  Manchester 
Schofield,  <'.,  Whalley  Ban-:'.  Manchester 
Schofield,  C.  J..  Clayton,  Manchester 
Schofield,   E.,    Scout   Bottom,  Newchurch,  near   Man- 
chester 
Scholefield,  II.  E.,  52.  Edge  Lane,  Liverpool 
Schorlemmer,  Dr.  ('.,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester 
Schott,  A..  20,  Princess  Street,  Manchester 
Schreiber,  F.  T. ,  Halliwell  Bleachworks,  near  Bolton 
Schroeder,  C,  55,  Bloom  Street,  Manchester 
Schunck,  Dr.  E.,  Kersal,  near  Manchester 
Scorgil,  J.,  College  of  Science,  Poona,  India 
Scott,  A.,  High  Calton,  Edinburgh 
Scott.  [•'..  Rhodes  Works,  Middleton,  near  Manchester 
Scott,  (i.  IL,  Hague  liar,  New  Mill-,  near  Stockport 
Scott,    Win.,    9,    Ardgowan     Street     West,    Greenock, 

X.l! 

Scott,  W.  T.,  Crown  Chemical  Works,  Marsh  Gate  Lane, 
Stratford,  Condon,  E. 

Scudder,  F".,  20,  Devonshire  Street,  Ardwick.  Man- 
chester 

Seaward.  G.  A., St.  George's  Brewery,  Commercial  Boad. 

London,  E. 
Segner.  P..  20,  Princess  Street,  Manchester 
Sellars,  J.,  Fairfield,  near  Manchester 
Sellon,  .1.  S-,  7s.  Hatton  Garden,  London,  E.C. 
Sellon,  S. 
Semet,  Louis,  217.  Chaussee  de  Vleurgat,  and  19,  Bite 

du  Prince  Albert.  Brussels 
Senier,  Dr.  A.,  Chemisches  l.aboratorium,  35,  Georgen- 

strasse,  Berlin,  X.W. 
Senier,  IL,  Romola  Terrace,  Tulse  Hill,  London.  S.  F. 
Serre,  C.  A.,  55.  Fnlton  Street.  New  York,  I'.S.A. 
Sevin,  •'.,  155.  Fenchnrch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Sexton,  A.  Humboldt,   7.   Sefton   Terrace,   RuthergleD, 

Glasgow 
Seymour.   .1.    B.    W.,    Nortkcroff    Farm,  Inkpen,  near 

Hungerford,  Berks. 
Shackel,  W.,  Three  Mills  Distillery.  Bromley-by-Bow,  E. 
Sbackleton,  C.  J.,  Sydney  Villa,  Mill  Hill,'  Derby ;  and 

Phoenix  Chemical  Works.  Ironbridge,  Salop 
Shadwell,  J.  E.  L.,  Meadowbank,  Melksham,  AVilts. 
Shapleigh,  W.,  c/o  Graham  Blandy,  10,  Broad  Street, 

Xew  York,  U.S.A. 
Sharp,    Henry.     Loseley    Hurst,     Bournemouth;    and 

Poole 
Sharp,  James,  The  Towers,  Low  Moor,  near  Bradford, 

York-. 
Sharpies,  Stephen  P.,  13,  Broad  street.  Boston,  Mass., 

C.S.A. 
Shaw,  D.,  Clayton,  near  Manchester 
Shaw,    F.    W.,    Heapey    Bleah  works,    near   Chorley, 

Lancashire 
Shaw,  Geo.,  37.  Temple  Street,  Birmingham 
Shaw,  Jno.,  Bradley  Mills,  Halifax 
Shaw,  B.,  West  Bank  Chemical  Works,  Widnes 
Shaw,  Walter,  Sherdley  Glass  Works,  St.  Helens 
Shearer,  A..  Messrs.  Boake  &  Co..  Stratford,  London,  E. 

Shenstone,  W.  A.,  Clifton  College,  Bristol 
Sherlock,  T.,  New  Market  Place.  St.  Helens 
Shimidzu,  Tetsukichi,  c/oT.  Hirano,  11,  GinzaShichome, 
Tokyo,  Japan 


freb.Z8.i8SJ.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Shimose,  Masachika,  [nsatsn  Kyoku,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Shipstone,   .las.,   jnn.,    Woodthorpe  Lodge,   Slierwo.nl, 

Nottingham 
Siddall,  F.  P.,  Averley  Villa,  Station  Road,  NewBarnett, 

Herts. 
Sicber.  C.  II..  Wbitworth,  near  Rochdale 
Siebold,  1..,  Can  Bank,  Walmersley,  near  Bury 
Sill,  T.  T.,  Wallsend  Chemical  Co.,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Sillar,  \V.  Cameron,  The  Native  Guano  Co.,   Limited, 

29,  New   B  et,  Blackfriars,  E.C. 

Silva,  Prof.  R.  I )..  26,  Rue  de  la  Harpe,  Paris 
Simon,  II..  20,  Mount  Street,  Manchester 
Simpson,  J.,  8A,  Rumford  Place,  Liverpool 
Simpson,  R.,  Grecian  Terrace,  Harrington,  Cumberland 
Simpson,  W.  >..  Do,  Darenth  Road,  Stamford  Hill,  N. 
Sims,  T.  II.,  Mayneld  Printworks,  Mancbester 
Singleton,  Jos.,  41.  Corporation  Street,  Manchester 

>n,  G.,  jnn.,  Washington  Chemical  Co.,  Washington, 

County  Durham 
Skaifc,  Wilfred  T.,  630,  Sherbrooke  Street,   Montreal, 

Canada 
Slade.  H.  E..  Streatham  Common,  London,  S.W. 
Slater,  H.  H.,  Clifton  Villa,  Brading,  Isle  of  Wight 
Smaile,  J.  I.,  Messrs  Gibbs  ^V  Co.,  Iquique,  Chili 
Small,  Evan   W.,  Cavendish  Crescent  North,  The  Park, 

Nottingham 
Smetham,  A.,  18,  Brunswick  Street,  Liverpool 
Smiles,  Jas.,  3,  Brandon  Terrace.  Edinburgh 
Smith,    Alfred,    Bank   Lane  Chemical   Works,   Clayton, 

Manchester 
Smith,   Anthony,   Dublin   Vitriol    Works,    Ballybough 

Bridge,  Dublin 
Smith,  A.  E.,  Widnes 
Smith,  A.  J.,  Elswick  Ordnance  Works,  Newcastle-on- 

Tyne 
Smith.  Ernest,  114,  West  Street,  Glasgow 
Smith,  C.  A..  The  Laboratory,  S,  Loftus Street,  Sydney, 

New  South  Wales 
Smith,  Edgar   F.,  Wit tenberg  College,  Springfield,  Ohio, 

Smith,  E.  T.,  35,  Ampthill  Square,  Hampstead  Road, 
London,  N.W. 

Smith,  Fred.,  West  Parade,  Suttonon-Hull 

Smith,  G.,  Polmont  Station,  Scotland 

Smith,  Geo.  F.,  Cromwell  Lodge,  Putney  Hill,  S.W. 

Smith,  Henry,  1).  Malvern  Road,  Dalston,  London,  E. 

Smith,  H.  P.,  1,  Au'oert  Park.  Highbury,  London.  X. 

Smith,  J.  Johnstone,  Miramichi.  Port  Glasgow,  N.B. 

Smith,  J.,  Ash  Crove  House,  Radclili'e,  Manchester 

Smith,  Dr.  J.   H.,   1,   Bute  Terrace,   Low  Fell,  Gates 
head-on-Tvne 

Smith,  J.  W.,  West  Street,  Paddock,  Huddersfield 

Smith,  M.  H.,  Messrs,  Hopkin  &  Williams,  Waterside, 
Wandsworth,  S.  W. 

Smith,  Richard,  Metallurgical  Laboratory,  Royal  School 
of  Mines,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 

Smith,  P.  W.,  The  Grange,  Kirkburton,  near  Hudders- 
rield 

Smith,  S..  33,  Ampthill  Square,  Hampstead  Road,  Lon- 
don, N.W. 

Smith.  Thos.,  Heriot  Hill  House,  Edinburgh 

Smith,  Watson,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester 

Smith,  Wilfred,  114,  West  Street.  Glasgow 

Smith,  W.,  10,  Corn  Street,  Bristol 

Smithells,  A..  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds 

Sinithers.  F.  ().,  Dashwood  House,  9,  New  Broad  Street, 
London,  E.C, 

Smithson,  J..  Park  Printworks,  Halifax 

Snelliug,  E.,  5,  Spital  Square,  Bishopsgate  Street,  Lon- 
don, E. 

Soames,  J.  K.,  Thames  Soap  and  Candle  Works.  Green- 
wich, S.  E, 

Solvay,  Ernest,  19,  Hue  du  Prince  Albert,  Brussels 

Solvay,  Alfred,  P. .it-fort,  Belgium 

Sommer,  Dr.  G.  Shack,  323.  Vauxball  Road,  Liverpool 

Summer,    Adolf,    Wot   Berkeley  Alameda  Co.,   Cali- 
fornia, U.S.  A. 

Southall,  A.,  Richmond  Hill  Road,  Edgbaston 

Sowerby,  W.  M.,  S,  Clervaux  Terrace.'jarrow-on-Tvne 

Soward,  A.  W.,   is,  Scylla  Road,  The  Rye,  Peckliam, 
S.E. 


Spalding,  E.  S.,  South  Darenth,  Kent 
spenee,  D.,  Alum  Works,  Manchi 

'.  F.,  Alum  Works,  Manchester 

Spence,  J.  W.,  63,  West  Regent  Stre.-r,  Glasgow 
Spencer,  Hugh  T.,  Park  House,  St.  Helens 

.  Jno.,  Globe  Tube  Works,  Wednesbury 
i;-..  11.  Old  Ashlield,  Bradford 

er,  J.  W..  Newi. urn,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Spiegel,  Dr.  Adolf,  Messel,  Darmstadt,  Germany 
Spiller,  J.,  2,  St.  Mary-  Road,  Canonbury,  London,  N. 
spiller,  A..  2,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Canonbury,  London,  N. 
Sprengel,    L)r.   H.,  Sa\ille  Club,    107,   Piccadilly,  Lon- 
don, W. 
Squire.  E.  I...  <  oall.rookdale,  Shropshire 
Squire,  P.  W.,  413,  Oxford  Street,  London,  W. 
Squire,  Dr.    W.    S.,    Clarendon  House,  St.  John's  Wood 

Park.  N.W. 
Staeev,  H.  G.,  300,  High  Hoi  born,  London,  W.C. 
Staee'v.  S.  L  ,  300,  High  Holborn,  London,  W.C. 
Stahli  Dr.  K.    F.,  Johnstown  Chemical  Works,  Johns- 
town, Cambria  Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Stanford.  E.  I'.  C,  Glenwood,  Dalmuir,  N.B. 
Stanley,  C.  L.,  Sandygate  House,  Wath-upon-Dearne, 

Yorkshire 
Stanning,  Jno.,  Broadfield,  Leyland,  near  Preston 
Stapleton,  Jos.,  3,  Lower  Sackville  Street,  Dublin 
Staples,  H.  J.,  Spondon,  Derby 
Staples,     Sir    Nath.    A.,    Bart.,    Lissan,     Cookstown, 

Ireland 
Stark,  J.  F. ,  33,  Sisters  Avenue,  Clapbam   Common, 

London,  S.W. 
Starling,  J.  H.,  The  Avenue,  Erith,  Kent 
Staub,   Dr.  A.,  care  of  Brunner,   Mond  &  Co.,  Nortb- 

wich,  Cheshire 
Staveley,  W.  W.,  Bagbill,  Pontefract 
Stead,  J.  E.,  5,  Zetland  Road,  Middlesbrough-on-Tees 
Stead,  W.  H.,  23,  Boundary  Street.  Liverpool 
Stebbins,  J.  H.,  117,  Pearl  Street,  New  Vork,  U.S.A. 
Steedman,   R.   H.,   North  Britisb  Chemical  Co.,  Clyde 

Bank,  near  Glasgow- 
Steel,  J.  M.,  83,  Gracechurcb  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Steele,  M.,  Newton  Hall,  Frodsham,  Cheshire 
Steel,   K.   Elliott,   Spring  Cliffe   House,   Heaton   Road, 

Bradford,  Yorkshire 
Steel,  Thos  ,   Nansori   Sugar  Mill,    Rewa   River,   Yiti 

Levn,  Fiji 
Steiger,  Alph.,  16,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Stephens,  Chas.,  Avenue  House,  Finchley,  N. 
Steuart,  D.  V.,  Eagle  Chemical  Works,  Clayton,  near 

Manchester 
Stenart,  D.  R.,  Broxburn,  near  Edinburgh,  N.B. 
Stevens,   Wm. ,   The  Native  Guano  Co.,   Ld.,  29,  New 

Bridge  Street.  Blackfriars,  E.C. 
Stevens,  W.  J.,  Marsh  Soapworks,  Bristol 
Stevenson,  J.,  Broxburn,  N.B. 
Stevenson,  Jas.,  23,  West  Nile  Street,  Glasgow;  and  The 

Bromfields,  Largs,  N.B. 
Stevenson,    A.    S.,    Tynemouth  ;    and  Acb  na   Cloich, 

Oban,  N.B. 
Stevenson,  H.  E.,  2,  Bromfield  Gardens,  Onslow  Road, 

Richmond,  Surrey 
Stevenson,  J.  C,  M.P.,  South  Shields 
Stevenson,  Dr.  T.,  Guy's  Hospital,  London,  S.E. 
Stevenson,  W.,  Standaid  Works,  95a,  Southwark Street. 

London,  S.E. 
Stewart,  A.  Y.,  212,  Camden  Road,  London,  N.W. 
Stew  ait.  S.,  Caledonian  Railway  Stores  Department,  St. 

Bollox,  Glasgow 
Stewart,  David,  Birdston  Farm,  Kirkintilloch,  N.B. 
Stiker,   Flavins  P.,  639,  Ellicott  Street,   Buffalo,  N.V.. 

U.S.A. 
Stillwell,  C.  M.,  55,  Fulton  Street,  New  Vork,  U.S.A. 
Stirk,  Jos.,  126.  Station  Street,  Burton-on-Trent 
Stoddart,    F.    Wallis,    Western    Counties    Laboratory, 

Bristol 
Stoddart,  J.  E.,  60,  Robertson  Street,  Glasgow 
St  .er,  J.,  6.  Hanover  Quay,  Dublin 
Stoker.  G.  N\,  The  Laboratorv,  Somerset  House,  Lon- 
don, W.C. 

Be,  E.  D.,  19,  Lever  Street.  Piccadilly,  Manchester 
Stone,  V.  B.,  75,  Plnmstead  Road,  Plumstead,  Kent 

6 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDtSTftY.      [Feb.  2s,  is;?. 


Stopes,  H.,  Kenwyn,  Cintra  Park,  Upper  Norwood,  S.E. 
Storer,  D.,  Sydnej  Street,  Glasgow 
Storey,  11.  I...  Cnderfell,  Lancaster 
Storey,  J.  11..  Haverbreaks,  Lancaster. 
Strongman,  J.  Pim,  Sarno,  Salerno,  Italy 
Strype,  W.  G.,  The  Murrougb,  Wicklow,  Ireland 
Stuart.  C.  E.,  29,  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Stuart.  T.  \V.,  Newt.m  Villas,  Hebburn-on-Tyne 
Studer,  Dr.   A..  10.  Marsden  Street,  Manchester 
Suilliot.  11.,  21,  Rue  Stc  Croix  de  la  Bretonnerie,  Paris 
Sumner,  R.  M.,  50A,  Lord  Street,  Liverpool 
Sutherland,   D.   A.,  Burntisland  Oil  Co.,  Burntisland, 

N.B. 
Sutherland,  R.  M.,  Lime  Wharf  Chemical  Works,  Fal- 
kirk, N.B. 
Sutherland,  Jno.,  16,  Flinders  Lane  North,  Melbourne, 

Victoria,  Australia 
Sutton,  F.,  London  Street,  Norwich 
Sutton,  F.  Napier,  57,  Gordon  Square,  London,  W.C. 
Swan,  J.  C,  1,  Dean  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Swan,  J.  W..  Lauriston,  Bromley,  Kent 
Swinburne,   Geo.,  c/o  J.    ('nates  ec  Co.,   Planet  Cham- 
bers, 8,  Collins  Street  East,  Melbourne,  Australia 
Syddall.R.  J.,  Roseleigh  House,  Chad  kirk,  near  Stockport 
Sykes,  E.,  27,   Nursery  Street,   Pendleton,   near  Man- 
chester 
Syke6,  Dr.  B.  C,  St.  John's  House,  Cleckheaton,  York- 
shire 
Syme,  W.  B.,  c  o  Young's  Paraffin  Oil  Co.,  Addiewell, 

West  Calder,  N.B. 
Symes,  Dr.  C,  14,  Hardman  Street,  Liverpool 


Takamatsu.  T.,  Tokyo  University,  Japan 

Takamine,  J.,  Noshonmsho,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Tanner.  A.  E.,  High  Cross,  Tottenham,  N. 

Tanner,  B..  Femdale  Villa,  Disraeli  Road,  Forest  Gate, 

Essex 
Tate,  A.  N.,  Hackins  Hey,  Liverpool 
Tate,  E..  Sugar  Refinery.  Silvertown,  London.  E. 
Tate,  F.  H. ,  Holland  Bank  Chemical  Works,  Church, 

near  Accrington 
Tate,  H,  jun.,  Allerton  Beeches,  Allerton,  near  Liver- 
pool 
Tate,  W..  4".  Norwood  Grove,  Liverpool 
Tatlock,  J.,  100.  Sauchiehall  Street.  Glasgow 
Tatlock,  R  R.,  13S,  Bath  Street.  Glasgow 
Tatters,  J.  G.,  Dean  House,  South  Shields 
Taubman,  R.,  33,  Southampton  Row.  London,  W.C. 
Taylor,  Andrew,  11,  Sutton  Place,  Edinburgh 
Tavlor,  C,  Friars  Field  Villas,   Uttoxeter  New   Road, 

*  Derby- 
Taylor,  G.  Crossland,  Thornton  Hough,  near  Keston, 

Cheshire 
Tavlor,  Jno.,  The  Belgrave  Pharmacy,  Torquay.  Devon 
Taylor,  J. 

Taylor,  Jas.,  Osgathorpe  Crescent.  Sheffield 
Taylor,  H.  E.,  11,  Langdale  Road,  Greenwich,  S.E. 
Taylor,  R.  L.,  29,  Peru  Street,  Higher  Bronghton,  Man- 
chester 
Taylor,   W,    T..   c  o    Prentice    Bros.,   Chemical  Works, 

Stowmarket,  Suffolk 
Teed.  Dr.  F.  L.,  8,  Victoria  Chambers,  Westminster,  Lon- 
don. S.W. 
Tennant,  SirChas.,  Bart,  35,  Grosvenor  Square,  S.W. ; 

and  Glen,  Peebleshire,  N.B. 
Tennant,  Jas.,  Dartmouth  Lodge,  Saltwell,  Gateshead- 

on-Tyne 
Terry,   Hubert  L.,   13,  Duke  Street,  Greenheys,    Man- 
chester 
Tenet.   R.,   Forth   House,    Fisher   Row,    Musselburgh, 

N.B. 
Thatcher,  C.  1'..  Gwydyr  House,  559,  Old  Kent  Road, 

London,  S  E. 
Thew,  Walter  11.,  47,  Castle  Street,  Liverpool 
rhom,  John,  Birkacre,  Chorley,  Lancashire 
Thomas,  C,  Broad  Plain  Soapworks,  Bristol 
Thomas,  H.  E.,  Hyde  Lodge,  Redland,  Bristol 
Thomas,  J.,  Brook  House,  Woobnrn,  near Beaconsfield 
Thomas,   J.  W.,  The  Laboratory  Wharf,  Cardiff  ;  and 
Pen-y-lan,  near  Cardiff 


Thomas,  R.  Schofield,  70,  Charlotte  Street,  Birmingham 
Thomas,  S.  M.,  143,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Thompson,  <  'has.,  St.  Ninian's  House,  Leighton  Crescent, 

Brecknock  Road,  N.W. 
Thompson,  Claude  M.,  University  College,  Cardiff 
Thompson,   G.  E.,   Birkdale,   South  Road,  Smethwick, 

Birmingham 
Thompson,  W.,  jun.,  Larkfield,  Earlstown,  Lancashire 
Thompson,    W.   G.,  Tonge  Springs  Works,  Middleton, 

near  Manchester 
Thompson,  W.  P.,  (i,  Lord  Street,  Liverpool 
Thompson,  G.  Carruthers,   39,  Kersland  Terrace,  Hill- 
head,  Glasgow 
Thomson,  John,  Institution  for  Deaf  and  Dumb,  Queen's 

Park,  Glasgow 
Thomson,  J.  M.,  King's  College,  London,  W.C. 
Thomson,  J.  S.,  Uphall  Oil  Works,  Uphall,  N.B. 
Thomson,    R.,    City   Analyst's    Laboratory,    13S,   Bath 

Street,  Glasgow 
Thomson,  Robt.  T.,  13s,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow 
Thomson,  W..  Royal  Institution,  Manchester 
Thome,    K.    E.    H.,   c/o  H.    E.    Thome,   Bridgetown, 

Barbadoea 
Thorne,   Dr.  L.  T.,   52,   University   College  of  Wales, 

Aberystwith 
Thorneycroft,   Wallace,  447,   Sauchiehall  Street,  Glas- 
gow 
Thorp,  T  W.,  Messrs.  Crossman  &  Co.,  Mile  End  Road, 

London,  E. 
Thorp,   W.,   39,   Sandringham  Road,  Kingsland,  Lon- 
don, E. 
Thorpe,  Dr.  T.   E.,  Royal  Normal  School   of   Science, 

South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Tibbitts,  J.  H.,  Astoria,  Long  Island,  New  York,  U.S.  A. 
Tichbome,   C.   R.   C,    15,   North  Great  George  Street, 

Dublin 
Tickner,  G.,  Castle  Brewery,  Guildford 
Tidy,    Dr.    C.    ML,   3,   Mandeville    Place,    Manchester 

Square,  London 
Tighe,  Patrick,  Lake  House,  East  Jarrow 
Tihlen,  Dr.  W.  A.,  Mason  Science  College,  Birmingham 
Timmins,  A..  Stanley  Villas,  Runcorn 
Timmis,  T.  S. .  Widnes 

Todd,  A.  M„  Nottawa,  St.  Joseph  Co.,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 
Tomlinson,  G.  G.,  Rainham  Ferry  Vitriol  Co.,  Rainham, 

Essex 
Toms,   F.    W.,    States    Analyst's    Office,    St.   Heliers, 

Jersey 
Tonks,  E.,  Packwood,  Knowle,  near  Birmingham 
Tothill,  W.  W.,  Messrs.  Reckitt  &  Son,  Limited,  Hull 
Towers,    J.  W.,   Grosvenor  Buildings,  Victoria  Road, 

Widnes 
Towns,  J.,  Hall's  Wharf,  Victoria  Docks,  London,  E. 
Townsend,    H.    H.,    Avenue     House,    Gotham    Park, 

Bristol 
Townsend,  Jos.,   19,    Crawford    Street,     Port   Duiidas, 

Glasgow 
Trachsel,   E.   F.,   c/o   W.    C.    Moore,    9,    Old    Jewry 

Chambers,  London,  E.C. 
Trechniann,  CO.,  10,  Cliff  Terrace,  Hartlepool 
Trench,   G.,   Standard   House,   Faversham,    Kent  :  and 

the  Cotton  Powder  Co.,  Limited,  Fa\ershani 
Trewby,  G.  C,  The  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Co.,  Horseferr.v 

Road,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Trewby,    Herbert,   Langford  Lodge,  New  Park  Road, 

Clapham  Park,  S.W. 
Tribe,  P.  C.  M.,  Oswego,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Trimble,  H.,  032,  Marshall  Street,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A. 
Trimnell,  C.  H..  Elmhurst,  New  Maiden,  Surrey 
Trobridge,  A.,  6,  Willow  Avenue,   Sandou  Road,  Edg- 

bastou,  Birmingham 
Truby,  Charles,  53,  High  Street,  Manchester 
Truman,  E.  11.,  31,  Derby  Road,  Nottingham 
Tsukiyania,  S.,  Imperial  Paper  Mills,  oji,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Tuer,  Arthur  H.,  2S,  Church  street,  Standish,  near  Wigan 
Tunbridge.  A.  A. 

Tnnbridge,  *  leorge,  7.  The  Crescent,  KingStieet,  Leicester 
Tiirgcnsen.  Dr.    R.,    Oberroblingen  a/  See,  bei  Halle, 

( lermany 
Turnbull,  Win..  14,  Wilberforce  Terrace,  Gateshead-on- 

Tvne 


fob. »,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHF.M  t(  !AL  INDUST 1 1 V 


six 


Turnbull,  W.  S.,  Place  of  Bonhill,  Renton,  Dumbarton- 

sliire 
Turner,  F.  T.,  17,  Copeland  Street,  Stoke-on-Trent 
Turner,  Thos.,  Mason  College,  Birmingham 
Turner,  W.  Spencer,  225,  Oxford  Street,  Manchester 
Tweedie,  G.  P..  2,  Torriano  Villas,  Broadstairs,  Kent 
Twivey,  A.,  Five  Ways,  Edgbaston,  Birmingham 
Twynam,  T.,  54.  Minford  Gardens,   West  Kensington 

l'ark.  London,  W. 
Typke,  1'.  (;.  W.,-Fairlawn,  Now  Maiden,  Surrey 
Tyrer,  T.,  Garden  'Wharf,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

U 

I'mnev,  C,  50,  Southwark  Street,  London.  S.E. 
Underwood,  G.  K.,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Technology,   Boston, 

Mass.,  (J.S.A. 
Upward,  W.,  Deacon  Road,  Appleton-in-Widnes 

I'smar,  J.  H.,  31,  Threadneedle  Street,  London,  E.C. 


Vary,  G.  M.  P.,  '25,  Grange  Road,  Edinburgh 

Vasey,  T.  E.,  6,  South   Parade,   Leeds;  and  27,  Corn 

Exchange  Chambers,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Vaughan,  J.  I.,  Woodleigh,  East  Dulwich  (Jrove,  S.E. 
Vaux,  Cuthbert,  The  Brewery,  Sunderland 
Veitch- Wilson,  J.,  Queen  Street,  Bradford,  Manchester 
Yenahles,  T.,  Parkburn  Chemical  Works,  Kirkintilloch, 

N.B. 
Verdin.  Jos..  The  Brockhurst,  Northwich,  Cheshire 
Verel,  F.  W.,  The  Linn,  Cathcart,  Glasgow 
Verel,  W.  A.,  1.36,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow 
Vickers,  W.,  Pose  Hill,  SmedTey  Lane.  Manchester 
Vieth,  Dr.  P.,  31,  St.  Petersburg' Place,  Bayswater,  Lon- 
don, W. 
Virtue,     W.,    Brauhaus,    Ober     Doubling,     bei    YAien, 

Austria 
Voelcker,  E.   W.,   11,  Salisbury    Square,   Fleet  Street, 

London,  E.C. 
Voss,    Hermann,    Holstein    House,    Whitworth   Road, 
South  Norwood,  S.E. 

W 

Wache,   Alt'.,  6,  Rue  Lambrecht,  Douai,  France 
Wager,    H.     W.    T.,    Ashley    Amewood,    Lymington, 

Hants 
Wainwright,  J.  H.,  402,  Washington  Street,  New  York, 

U.S.  A. 
Waite,  C.  X.  Medford,  Mas-.,  U.S.A. 
Walker,    A.,    Irvine   Chemical    Co.,     Limited,    Irvine, 

N.B. 
■Walker,  Arthur  J.,  3S,  Portadown   ttoad,   Maida  A,  ale, 

London,  N.W. 
Walker,  E.  Robinson,  IS,  St.  Ann'.-  Street,  Manchester 
Walker,  Hugh  W..  37.  Fox  Street.  Greenock,  N.B. 
Walker,  Geo.,   City    Analyst's   Laboratory;    13s.   Bath 

Street,  Glasgow 
Walker,  R.,  The  Pallett.  Quarlton,  near  Bolton 
Walker,  R.  W.,  Quarlton  Vale  Printworks,  Turton,  near 

Bolton 
Walker,    S.    R..    21,    School    Street,    Radcliffe,    Man- 
chester 
Walker,  T.,  Merton  Bank  Chemical  Works.  St.  Helens 
Wall,  R.  F.,  Thames  Sugar  Refinery,  Silvertown,  Lon- 
don, E. 
Wallace,    Robert,    120,  St.    Leonard's  Street,  Bromley, 

London,  E. 
Wallace,  Dr.  W.,  13S,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow 
Waller,  Dr.  E.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College,  50th 

Street,  4th  Avenue,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Walsh,   F.   T.,  Hamilton    Printworks,    Lowell,    Mass., 

U.S.A. 
Walsh,   P.   H.,   13,    Penny    Street,  Blackburn,    Lanca- 
shire 
Waltham,  T.,  Brewery,  Stockwell,  London.  S.W. 
Walton,  Cornelius,  63,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London, 

E.C. 
Warburton,  J.,  Kearsley  House,  Farnwortb,  near  Bolton 
Ward,  G.,  Messrs.  Hirst,  Brooke  &  Hirst,  Leeds 
Ward,  Geo.,  Claremont,  St.  Saviour's  Road,  Leicester 
Ward,   Howard    Chas.,   Yeatton,    Hordle,    Lymington, 
Hants 


Wardale,  J.  D.,  Redheugh  Engine  Work-.   Gateshead- 

on-Tviie 

Wardale,'  H.,  52.  Bewick  Road.  Gateshead  on  l\ne 
Warden.  Dr.  C.  J.  H.,  Medical  College,  Calcutta,  India 
Wardle,  Thos.,  Leek,  Staffordshire 
Waring,  F.  S.,  Lillie  Terrace,  Castle  Street,    Sneinton, 

Nottingham  . 

Warne,  Thos.,  c/o  Rainham  Ferry  \  ltnol  Co.,  Rainham, 

Warnert'H.  G.,  County  Bridge,  Ash,  Surrey 

Warren,    T.    T.    P.    Bruce,     I'ainworth    \  ilia,    hailham 

Grove,  Forest  Gate,  Essex 
Warington,  A.  W.,  1A,  Nikolausberger  W  eg,  Gotuugen, 

Hanover 
Warington,  Robt.,  Harpenden,  Herts. 
Warwick,  Jno.,  Rye  Hill,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne 
Warwick,  .1.  F..  The  Brewery,  Newark-uyion-Trent 
Waterfall.  W.  B.,  e  o  Avon  Manure  Co.,  Bristol 
Watson,  chas,  5,  Paradise  Row,  stoekton-on-Tees 
Watson,  D.,  Broughton  Copper  Works.  Manchester 
Watson,  G.,  jun.,  16,  East  Nelson  Street,  Whitevale, 

Glasgow 
Watson,  J.    G,   The  Rhyddings,   Oswaldtwistle,    near 

Accrington 
Watson,  J.  D.,  Irtside,  Holmrook,  near  Carnfoith 
Watson,  T.  Donald,  23,  Cross  Street,  Finsbury,  London, 

E.C. 
Watson,  Jno.,  Cement  Works,  Gateshead-on-Tyne 
Watson,   Jno.,   Laboratory,    Newcastle   Chemical   Co., 

Gateshead-on-Tvne 
Watson,  W.  11.,  Laboratory.  The  Folds,  Bolton 
Watt,  A.,  SO.  Harrington  Road,  Sefton  Park,  Liverpool 
Watts   A.  J.,  45,  Caixa,  Pernambuco,  Brazil 
Webb,  SamL  G.,  c  'o  W.  Pilkington  &  Son,  \\  idnes 
Webster, C.S.Stanford, Malvern  House.  Redland,  Finstol 
Wehler,  Theodore.  32,  Liberty  Street.  New  York.  I  .S.A. 
Weightman,  Johu  F.,  c/o  Powers  &  Weightman,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.,  U.S.A. 
I  Weldon,  Ernest,  42,  Saudon  Street,  New   Basford,   -Not- 
tingham 
Weldon,  Osmond,  66,  North  Gate,  New  Bastord,  Not- 
tingham . 
Wells,  G.  I.  J.,  41,  Francis  Terrace,  ^  ictoria  Pari:,  Lon- 
don, E. 
Welsh,  Jas.,  Clayton  Mount,  Newton  Heath,  near  Man- 
chester 
Welsh,  W..  Orleton  House,  Whalley  Range,  Manchester 
Weasel,  Carl,  Bernburg,  Anbalt,  Germany 
West,  John,  Barfield  House,  Didsbury,  near  Manchester 
Westmoreland,  J.  W.,  25,  Park  Square,  L(       - 
Weston,  Wm.,  11. M.  Dockyard.  Portsmouth 
Wetzel,  H.  A.,  Box  47U.  Detroit,  Michigan,  U  S.A. 
Whalley,    L.    J.    de,    Florence    House,    Fairlop    Road, 

Leytonstone,  E. 
Wharton,  A..  Gasworks,  Basford,  Nottingham 
Whewell,  G.,  15,  Exchange  Street,  Blackburn 
Whiffen,  T.,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  S.W  . 
Whiffen,  T.,  jun.,  Lombard   Road,  Battersea,  London, 

S.W.  T      , 

Whiffen,  W.G. ,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  s.  \\ . 
Whiiaker,  T.,  Messrs.  EJtipley  &  Sons,  Bradford. Yorks. 
Whitaker,  Thos., 22,  Delaunays  Road, Higher Crumpsall, 

Manchester 
Whittaker,  C.  J.,  Willow  House,  Accrington 
White,  A.,  Horton Field,  West  Drayton,  Middlesex 
White,  A.  D.,  Avenue  House,  We.-t  Drayton,  Middlesex 
White!  P.  T.,  Castle  Street.  Saffron  Hill,  London,  E.C. 
White]  S.  J.,  3329,  Powelton  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

V  S  A. 
White,    W.    H.,     Killingworth    House,     Killingworth, 

Ncwcastleon-Tyne  , 

Whitehouse,  Enoch,  12S,  Coventry  Road.  Birmingham 
Whitelaw.  A.,  87,  Sidney  Street,  Glasgow 
Whiteley,  Geo.,  Victoria  Lead  Works,  Burdett  Road, 

Limehouse,  E. 
Whiteley,  R.  Lloyd.  University  College,  Nottingham 
Whowel'l,  P.,  Car'r  Bank,  Tottington,  Bury,  Lancashire 
Wigs,  C,  Hoole  Bank,  Chester 
Wise    G.  L.,  Runcorn 

Wigg,  Walter  J.,  Did  Quay  Copper  and   Alkali   \\  orks, 
Runcorn,  Cheshire 


XX 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28, 1887. 


Wiggin,   11..    M.I1.,   Metchley  Grange,   Harborne,  near 

Birmingham 
Wiggin,    W.    W..    Metchley  Grange,    Harborne,    near 

Birmingham 
Wightman,  C,  151,  Fenchurch  Street,  London,  I  .( 
Willi.  Eugene,  Technikum,  Winterthur,  Switzerland 
W  tide,  T.,  Spring  Place,  Rhiwderin,  Newport,  Mon. 
Wilding,    S.   P.,    1,    Queen   Victoria    Street,    .Man-inn 

House,  London,  E.C. 
Wiley,  M.  \V.,  l.  Bell  Terrace,  Wot  Hartlepool 
Wilkie,  'I'.   M.,  Nobel  Co.'s  Works,   Stevenston,   Ayr- 
shire, N.B. 
Wilkin.  Walter  H.,  Appold  Street.  Finsbury,  E.C. 
Wilkinson,  J.  B.,  Tong  Street,  Dudley  Hill,  Bradford, 

Turks. 
Will,  J.  Shiress,  Q.C.,  M.P.,  3,  Pump  Court,  Temple, 

London,  E.C. 
Will.  YV.  Watson,  Ossory  Villa,  Ossory  Road,  London, 

S.E. 
Williams,  (has.,  1,  Leadenliall  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Williams,    C.  Greville,    Layneld,    Bolingbroke    Grove, 

Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Williams.  J.,  63,  Warwick  Gardens,  Kensington,  W. 
Williams,  J.  W.,  ti,  Giltspur  Street,  London,  E.C 
Williams,  M.  W.,  Queen  wood  College,  near  Stoekbridge. 

Hants 
Williams.  Rowland,  9.  Albert  Square,  Manchester 
Williams,  T. ,  3, York  Buildings,  14,  Dale  Street, Liverpool 
Williams,  T.  Howell,  10,  Ascharn  Street,  Kentish  Town, 

N.W. 
Williams,  T.  H.,  Bank  House,  Garston  :  and  2,  Chapel 

Walks,  South  Castle  Street,  Liverpool 
Williams,  W.   Carleton,   Firth  College,  and  33,  Broms- 

grove  Road,  Sheffield 
Williams,  W.  Collingwood,  6S,  Grove  Street,  Liverpool 
Williams,    W.   J.,   20S,    State    Street,    Camden,    N.J., 

U.S.A. 
Williamson,  J.  H.,  Goldenhill  Works,  Stoke-on-Trent 
Williamson,     Jno.,     Jarrow   Chemical    Works,    South 

shields 
Williamson,  Robt.,  Osborne  Villas,  Cheetham  Hill  Road, 

Manchester 
Wills,   G.  S.  V.,   Gladstone  House,  St.  George's  Road, 

Southwark,  London,  s.  E. 
Wills,    J.    Lainson,    1,    Rue   Maubourguet,    Bordeaux, 

France 
Wills,  S.  D.,  Castle  Green  Colour  Works,  Bristol 
Wilmot,  H.  F:.,  27,  Upper  Berkeley  Street,  London,  W. 
Wilputte,  N.  L.,  13,  Park  Road.  Ebbw  Vale,  Mon. 
Wilson,  A.,  Stafford 

Wilson,  Alexander,  Caroline  Park,  Granton,  N.B. 
Wilson,  Anthony  W.,  10,  Westcote  Street,  Hull 
Wilson,  C.  T.,  16,  Gordon  Square,  London,  W.C. 
Wilson,  David  W.  R.,  Sinderby,  Thirsk,  Yorkshire 
Wilson,  Frank,  The  Brewery,  Castle  Street,  Long  Acre, 

London.  W.C. 
Wilson,    F.     H.,    Lancashire    Sulphur  &  Alkali  Co., 

Limited,  Widnes 
Wilson,  G.,  jun.,  Cairnview,  Kirkintilloch,  Dumbarton- 
shire 
Wilson,    G.    E.,   The   Chemical  Works,  Oldbnry,  near 

Birmingham 
Wilson,  Jno.  Ed.,Wyddrington,  Edgbaston.  Birmingham 
Wilson,  Jno.,  Redheugh  Chemical  Works,  Gateshead-on- 

Tyne 
Wilson,  J.  II..  6  Fenchurch  Buildings,  E.C. 
Wilson,  J.  Millar,  Box 42,  Chester,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Wilson,  It.  11.,  Egglescliffe,  Yarm-on-Tees 
Wilson,  W.  H.,  Presidency  College,  Madras 
Wilton,  Geo.,  Gasworks,  Silvertown,  E. 
Wilton,  Jno.,  Clydesdale,    Norwich  Road,    Forest    Gate, 

Esses 
Wilton,  Thos.,  Tar  and  Liquor  Works,  Gas  Light  &  Coke 

Co.,  Beckton,  E. 
Windus,  W.,  1,  Hughenden  Road,  Clifton,  Bristol 
Win-ham.  A..  30,  Oxford  Mansions,  London.  \y. 
Winser,  P.  J.,  c/o  Lever  l?ros.,  Soapworks,  Warrington 
Winsloe,    II.,   Messrs.   Tennanl    &  Go.,   49,   Faulkner 

Street,  Manchester 
Winstone,  A.  I",.,  100,  Shoe  Lane,  E.C. 
W.nstone,  E.  H.,  2,  Yictoria  Mansions,  Victoria  Street, 

London,  S.W. 


Alexandria,  Dumbar- 


Wire,  A.  P.,  1,  Seaton  Villas,  Birkbeck  Road,   Leyton- 

stone,  E. 
Wishart,  G,  J.,  8,  Dryden  Sheet.  Edinburgh 
Witt.  Dr.  OttoN.  E.,    33.    I.indenallee,  Westcnd,  Char- 

lottenburg,  Berlin 
Wolfenden,  S.,   Wellington  Terrace,   Cowley  Hill,    st. 

Helens 
Womersley,  P.  1!..  Lynmead,  Wanstead,  Esses 
Wood,  C.  H.,  40,  Lorraine  Road,  Holloway.  London,  N. 
Wood,  E.  T. .  Brinscall,  Chorley,  Lancashire 
Wood,  Robt.  B.,  Dalquhnrn  Works,  Kenton,  N.B. 
Wood,  Jas..  Green's  Terrace,  Padiham,  Burnley 
Wood.  Joseph,  Brinscall,  near  Chorley,  Lancashire 
Wood,  Wm.,  Antwerp,  Belgium 
Wood,   W.    C.,  Avenue  Cottage, 

tonshire 

Wood,  \V.  H.,  Ill,  Victoria  Street,  Westminster.  S.W. 
Woodcock,   R.   C,   American  and  Continental  Sanitas 

Co.,  636— 642, West  55th  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Woodcock,   W.   H.,  13,   University  Place,   New  York, 

U.S.A. 
Woodhead,    Jas.,   Ashliekl    Terrace,    Slaithwaite,    near 

Hudderstield 
Woodland,  J.,  173,  Marylebone  Road,  London,  N.W. 
Woodward,  J.  H.,  Houfton  Street,  Bristol 
Woodward,  W.  C,  Biddulph  Valley  Coal  &  Iron  Works, 

Stoke-on-Trent 
Wool  ley,  G.  S..  09.  Market  Street,  Manchester 
Wootton,  A.  C,  44a,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Worrall,    H.,    Crimsworth,    Groby    Road,    Altrincham, 

Manchester 
Worrall,  J.,  Whalley  Range,  Manchester 
Wor.-ley.  P.  J.,  Nethatn  Chemical  Co.,  Bristol 
Wray,  O.  J.   P.,   British   Alizarin  Co..   Limited,  Silver- 
town,  Victoria  Docks,  London,  E. 
Wright,  A.   B.,  The  Patent   Office,   25,    Southampton 

Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 
Wright,  Jos.,  19,  Arboretum  Street,  Nottingham 
Wright,  Joshua,  13,   Alton  Terrace,  Manchester  Road, 

Fairfield,  near  Manchester 
Wright,  W.,  F"airtield  Road  Chemical  Works,  Droylsden, 

Manchester 
Wright,  Dr.  C.  Ft.  Alder,  St.  Mary's  Hospital,  Paddington, 

London,  W. 
Wright,  Jas.  C.^  14,  Cargo  Fleet  Road,  Middlesbro'  on- 

Tees 
Wright,  L.  T.,  Gas  Oflices,  George  Street,  Nottingham 
Wuth,  A.,  67,  Bolton  Street,  Ramsbottom,  near  Man- 
chester 
Wyatt,  J.  W.,  Nash  Mills,  Heme!  Hempstead,  Herts. 
Wykes,  L.,  Tharsis  Co.   Works,  Oldbury,  Birmingham 
Wylde,  J.,  Frizinghall  Chemical  Works,  near   Shipley, 

Yorks. 
Wylde,  J.  R.,  Heatherlea,  Penketh,  near  Warrington 


Yardley,  II.  B.,  17.  Clarendon  Villas,  Charlton,  Kent 

Yates,  1\.  64,  Park  Street.  Southwark,  London,  S.E. 

Yates,  It..  G4,  Park  Street,  Southwark,  London,  S.E. 

Yglesias,  M..  2.  Tokenhouse  Buildings,  London,  E.C. 

Yoshida,  Hikorokuro,  Imperial  University,  Hongo, 
Tokvo,  Japan 

Young,  A.  C,  04,  Tynvhitt  Road,  St.  John's,  S.E. 

Young,  Brougham,  Home  Lyn,  Woodberry  Down,  Lon- 
don, N. 

Young,  C.  Francis,  New  Islington  Chemical  Works. 
Baker  Street.  New  Islington,  Manchester 

YounLTjJno.,  22,  Belhaven  Terrace,  Kelvinside,  Glasgow, 
N.B. 

Young,  Jno.,  Clive  Villa,  Cemetery  Road,  Hanley 

Young,  J.  It.,  17,  North  Bridge,  Edinburgh,  N.B. 

Young,  Robt.,  3,  ltadstock  Road,  Fairtield,  Liverpool 

Young,  Sydney,  13,  Aberdeen  Terrace,  White  Ladies 
Road,  Bristol 

Young,  T.  Graham,  Westfield,  West  Calder.  N.B. 

Y'oung,  W.  C,  22,  Windsor  Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 


Zimmermann,  A.,  21,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Zinkeisen,  W.,    c  o  Fran  Helene  Fischer,   Rappstrasse 
No.  3,  Tubingen,  Germany, 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THK 


Society  of  Chemical  3noustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IX  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  i.— Vol.  VI. 


JANUARY    29,    1887. 


N<ui  Members  30  -  iwr  annum  ;  Hemben 
21  -  per  Set ;  Single  Copie    2.6. 


Cbe  ^ocictp  of  Chemical  JnDusttp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P..  LL.D..  V.P.R.S.  . .  1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B..  D.C.L..  F.R.S.   ..  1S82-18S3. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1884. 

\V.  11.  Perkin.  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1881—1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885-1S86. 

COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1887. 


Abst  factors: 


President:  David  Howard. 

Vice-Presidents  : 


Sir  I.  Lowthian  Bell.  Bart.. 

F.R.S. 
Prof.  James  Dewar.  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Peter  Griess.  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
Dr.  W.  II.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.     E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
J.  L'.  Stevenson.  M.P. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 

John  Calderwood,  F.R.S. E.  John  Pattinson. 

Eustace  Carey.  S.  A.  Sadler. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter.  Sir  Bernhard  Samuelson, 
Henrv  Doulton.  Bart..  M.P. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.  Sir  Chas.  Tennant,  Bart. 

S.  H.  Johnson.  Lewis  T.  Wright. 
Ivan  Levinstein. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary : 
Ludwig  Mond,  50.  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 

General  Secretary:  Charles  G.  Cress  well. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers.  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee : 


The  President 
Sir  F.  A.  Abel.  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
George  E.  Davis. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar.  F.R.S. 
Prof.  Chas.  Graham.  D.Sc. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D..  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt.  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  sTiFF  OF 

Abstractors : 


F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

K.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.  O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 


C.  F.  Cro^s. 

A.  R.  Davis. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  V.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E.  Jones. 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 

Chap.  A   Kohn.  Ph.D. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  I'll. [I. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

Wm.  Macnab,  Jun. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 

J.  M   H.  Munro,  D.Sc. 


H.  A.  Rademacher. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev,  M.A. 
Alex.  Watt. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting  will  he  held  in  Manchester  in  the  month  of 
July.  1SS7,  instead  of  in  Glasgow  as  originally  arranged  ; 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  in  Glasgow  being  post- 
poned until  1SSS. 

This  change  originated  in  a  generally-expressed  desire, 
resulting  in  a  special  invitation  from  the  Manchester 
Section,  supported  by  the  cordial  acquiescence  of  the 
Glasgow  Section.  It  will  enable  members  to  visit  both 
the  Jubilee  Exhibition  in  Manchester,  and  the  Glasgow 
Exhibition  of  188S. 

Full  particulars  as  to  the  Manchester  Meeting  will 
appear  in  a  subsequent  issue. 

The  supply  of  copies  of  the  Journal  for  January,  1882, 
ami  January,  1883,  being  now  exhausted,  the  Secretary 
would  be  glad  to  receive  communications  from  members 
possessing  extra  copies  of  those  numbers,  in  good  condi- 
tion, with  a  view  to  purchase. 

Should  sufficient  applications  for  complete  sets  be 
received,  the  numbers  will  be  reprinted. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye-Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed oO  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  he  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES    OF    ADDRESS. 


T.  T.  Best,  l'o  Wavertree  ;  4,  Markt  Platz.  Erlangen, 
Bavaria. 

K.  N.  Butt,  1  o  Curzon  Street ;  25,  Sussex  Gardens,  Hyde 
Park.  W. 

H.  Carrick,  l'o  Redheugh  :  Holly  House,  Gateshead  on- 
Tyne. 

John  Craw.  1  o  Caledonia  House ;  Meadowbank,  Greenock 
Road.  Paisley,  X.B. 

A.  R.  Davis.  1  o  Eaglescliffe  ;  9.  Ebor  Terrace.  Woodhouse 
Hill.  Leeds. 

Chas.  Estcourt.  1  o  Princess  Street ;  20,  Albert  Square, 
Manchester. 

Wm.  Galbraith.  1  o  Glengarnock  ;  136,  West  Graham  Street, 
Glasgow. 

R.  Gracey,  1  o  Woodville  "Serrace ;  21,  Nile  Street.  Liver- 
pool. 

A.  Griffiths,  1  o  Clyde  Cottage  :  Klmbank,  Pleasance,  Falkirk, 
X.B. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  29.  I8B7. 


B.  Hart.  1  o  Old  Charlton  ;  IOC.  Trinity  Street,  Norwich. 

Joseph  Hartley,  1  o  Longsight :  3,  Brook  Road,  Gorton  Hall, 
near  Manchester. 

R.C.  Heath,  lo  Cliff  Hill:  Myton  Grange,  near  Warwick. 

A.  F.  Hills  ;  Journals  to  "  Library,"  Thames  Ironworks,  etc., 
Co..  Victoria  I  tock  Road,  E. 

W.  A.  Hills,  1  o  Chester :  Great  Barr.  near  Birmingham. 

11.  S.  Howarth,  lo  Elizabeth  Street;  21,  Bellott  Street, 
C'l tham,  Manchester. 

\V.  6.  Johnstone,  1  "  Warrington  ;  Stevens  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology. Hoboken.  N.J..  U.S.A. 

Lewis  Johnston,  1  o  Edinburgh  ;  Newbattle  Collieries,  Dal- 
keith. N.B. 

Jno.  Knowles.  1  o  Iirackley  Street ;  58.  Grecnway  Road, 
Runcorn. 

R.  Lucus.  1  o  Clayton  ;  10.  North  Road,  Longsight.  Man- 
chester. 

A.  Luck,  l/o  Stamford  Street  :  Powder  Mills.  Hartford, 
Kent. 

J.  S.  Macarthur.  l/o  Glasgow  ;  Cassel  Gold  Extracting  Co., 
Limited,  IS,  West  Scotland  Street.  Kinning  Park.  Glasgow. 

A.  II.  Markham.  1  o  Trinity  Square;  18,  Merrick  Square, 
Trinity  Street,  Borough.  S.E. 

G  1).  llease.  1  o  Montrell  Road  ;  23,  Killieser  Avenue,  Tel- 
ford Park,  S.W. 

J.  W.  Mitchell,  l/o  Prospect  Hill ;  03,  Burnley  Road,  Rawten- 
stall. 

Lock  Moore.  1  o  Nottingham  ;  2S,  St  Clair  Street,  Rochester 
N.Y..U.S.A. 

Jas.  Napier,  jun,  1  o  Camlachie  ;  10,  Garment  Drive,  Shaw- 
lands,  Glasgow. 

Jno.  Patterson.  1  o  Derwent  Villa  ;  Hawthorne  Terrace, 
Workington.  Cumberland. 

H.  Peachey.  lo  Chichester;  Circus  Brewery,  Shrews- 
bury. 

Jno.  Ruffle,  1  o  Upton  Manor ;  Port  way  House,  Plashet  Road. 
Plaistow.  K. 

E.  Sainsbury,  l/o  Dunster  House;  Briton  Ferry  Chemical 
Works,  Glamorganshire. 

D.  Stewart,  l/o  Milton  of  Campsie  ;  Birdston  Farm.  Kirkin- 
tilloch. N.B. 

F.  Napier  Sutton,  1  oBeckenham;  57.  Gordon  Square,  London, 
W.C. 

Thos.  Warne.  1  o  Wednesbury ;  60.  Westbourne  Street, 
Walsall. 

S.  G.  Webb,  1  o  Plymouth  ;  c  o  W.  Pilkington  &  Son.  Widnes. 

H.  E.  Wilmot.  1  o  Westbourne  Park  ;  27.  Upper  Berkeley 
Street.  London.  W. 

P.  B.  Woniersley,  1  o  West  Ham ;  Lynmead.  Wanstead, 
Essex. 

.1.  C.  Wright  ;  Journals  to  11,  Cargo  Fleet  Road,  Middles- 
borough. 

Jno.  Young.  1  o  Milton  of  Campsie;  22,  Belhaven  Terrace, 
Kelvinside.  Glasgow. 

T.  Graham  Young,  1  o  Limefield ;  Westfield.  West  Calder, 
N.B. 

W.Zinkeisen.  l/o  Glasgow  ;  c  o  Frau  Hclene  Fischer.  Rapp- 
strasse,  No.  3,  Tubingen.  Germany. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


H.  A.  Lawrence,  I  o  Bramshill  Villas,  Harlesden,  N.W. 

G.  B.  Nicoll,  1  ii  Milltirook.  near  Devonport. 

s.  Sellon,  1  o  Palace  club.  Westminster. 

A.  A.  Tunbridge,  1  o  The  Crescent,  Leicester. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  21st  JANUARY,  1887. 


H.  Auer.  Lathom  House,  Halebank,  near  Widnes.  chemist. 

Jos.  Barrow.  Oldham  Road.  Failsworth,  Manchester,  assist- 
ant chemist. 

J.  Ralston  Bell,  Appleby  Iron  Co.,  Frodingham,  Doncaster, 
chemist. 

Jno.  Bell,  Millburn.  Renfrew,  N.B..  dyer. 

Peter  Boa,  119.  George  Street,  Edinburgh,  chemist  and 
druggist. 

M.  Bythway,  13.  Lloyd  Street,  Albert  Square,  Manchester, 
drysnlter. 

F.  \V.  Cheetham,  Great  Norbury  Street,  Hyde,  Manchester, 
hat  manufacturer. 

Percy  de  G.  Coghill.  16,  Hornton  street.  High  Street,  Ken- 
sington, W..  works  chemist. 

G.  H.  Cmickshank,  62,  St.  Vincent  Street.  Glasgow,  con- 
sulting engineer  and  patent  agent. 

Wm.  Cuthberlson.  Caroline  Park,  Edinburgh,  chemical 
manufacturer. 

G.  Davidson,  c  o  W.  &  H.  M.  Goulding,  Limited,  The  Glen, 
Cork,  chemist. 

Win.  Duckworth,  93,  Corporation  Street,  Manchester,  Manu- 
facturing chemist. 

Robert  Haig.  Busby  Printworks,  Glasgow,  chemist. 

Jas.  C.  Hamilton,  Kiugscaril,  Linlithgow,  N.B.,  works 
manager. 

Wm-P.  Hatton.  13,  St.  Quintin  Avenue,  North  Kensington, 
W..  assistant  starch  manufacturer. 

Y.  Kitamura,  c/0  Mr.  Goto,  l\!,  Chitosecho.  Honyo,  Tokyo, 
Japan,  agricultural  chemist. 

1 1.  W.  Lowe,  Summerfleld  House,  Reddish,  near  Stockport, 
cliemical  student. 


R.  C.  Maclagan,  M.D..  5,  Coates  Crescent,  Edinburgh,  ink 
manufacturer. 

Wm.  Marriott.  S,  Belgravc  Terrace,  Huddersfield.  manu- 
facturing chemist. 

Eniilc  Micst,  Stc.  Marie  doignies,  ]-ar  Tamines,  Belgium, 
engineer. 

Wm  Bailey  Moore.  Cauldon  House,  Shelton,  Stoke-on-Trent, 
porcelain  manufacturer. 

Giuseppe  Moretti,  via  Cerretani,  S,  Firenze,  Italy,  soap  and 
oil  manufacturer. 

I'.  Nettlefold,  The  Explosives  Co..  Stowmarket  chemist. 

T.  Chalkley  Palmer,  22,  North  Front  Street,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  U.S.A..  chemist. 

Jno.  V.  Pegge,  c  b  Nunnelcy  &  Co.,  Bridge  Street  Brewery, 
Burton-on-Trent.  brewer. 

Dr.  Jos.  Petraczek,  c/o  Read.  Holliday  &  Sons.  Huddersfield, 
technical  chemist. 

J.  G.  Ros9,  It,  Argyle  Place.  Edinburgh,  analyst. 

Edgar  F.  Smith.  Wittenberg  College.  Springfield.  Ohio, 
U.S.A.,  professor  of  chemistry. 

A.  E.  Tanner,  High  Cross,  Tottenham.  N..  pharmaceutical 
chemist. 

S.  Tsukiyama,  Imperial  Paper  Mills,  Oji,  Tokyo,  Japan, 
chemist. 

Hr.  R.  Turgensen,  Oberroblingen  ;'  See.  bei  Halle,  Germany. 

Cornelius  Walton,  63,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London,  E.G., 
engineer. 

S.  J.  White.  3329,  Powelton  Avenue.  Philadelphia.  Pa., 
U.S.A..  chemical  student. 

W.  Collingwood  Williams,  86,  Grove  Street,  Liverpool, 
analyst. 


iDcatfc 


Col.  Sir  Francis  Bolton.  19.  Grosvenor  Gardens,  London, 
S.W.— at  Bournemouth.  January  5. 

M.  (i.  Grossman,  Berwick-on-Tweed. 

Emile  Leroy,  Directeur  de  la  Soudiere,  Gie.  de  St.  Gobain, 
Chauny,  Aisne,  France— December  19. 


HonDon  Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 

Chaii  man  :  David  Howaid. 

Committee : 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 

H.  E.  Armstrong. 

W.  Lant  Carpenter. 

W.  Growder. 

C.  Graham. 

S.  Hall. 

A.  K.  Huntington. 


R,  Messel. 

)'.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

B.  Redwood. 

T.  Royle. 

John  Spiller. 

G.  C.  Trcwby. 

J.  Williams. 


Hon.   Local   Sec.   and   Treasurer :   Thos.  Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea,  S.W. 

The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  he  held  en  the  tiist 
Monday  in  each  month. 

SESSION   1886-87. 

Prospect i ve  A rra ngem cuts. 

Feb.  7.— Mr.  W.  Jago.  "On  Fermentation  in  its  relation  to 
Bread  Making." 
,,         Mr.   J.  Mactear,   "  A    New    Method  of   Elevating 

Liquids,  especially  applicable  to  Acids." 
,,  Mr.  C.   Napier    Hake,   "  Notes  on   the  Stassfurth 

Industries." 
Mr.  Wingham,  "English-grown  Tobacco." 
Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan,  "Mr.  Hermite's  Method 

of  Electrolytic  Bleaching." 
Mr.  J.  Mactear,  "  The  Castner  Process  for  Produc- 
tion of  Sodium." 
April  4. — Triennial  Election  of  Sectional  Officers  and  Com- 
mittee. 


'  March 


Notices  of  Meetings  and  Papers  will  be  found  in  the 
Scientific  Journals. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  to  be  made  to  the 
Local  Secretary. 

ON   KINETITE. 

HY   WATSON   SMITH,    F.C.S.,    F.I.C  , 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  the  Victoria 

University,  etc. 

There  is  no  doubt,  I  think,  that  any  new  blasting 

explosive  for  which  it  can  be  truly  claimed  that  it 

I  is  so  easy  to  prepare  and  mix,  and  withal  so  safe, 

that  its  principal  constituents  might  be  readily  and 


Jan.  29,  1SS7.)       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


safely  transported  to  the  place  where  they  are 
wanted,  and  the  composition  there  made  up. — or, 
that  if  first  made  and  then  carried  as  a  whole  to 
its  destination,  there  is  not  the  slightest  peril  from 
exudation  of  dangerous  liquid  matters,  or,  in  fact, 
danger  of  any  kind  of  mechanical  separation  ;  more- 
over, that  supposing  by  violent  percussion  at  any 
point,  some  of  the  explosive  lying  about  be  detonated 
at  that  point,  the  detonation  confines  itself  to  the 
said  fragment  immediately  struck,  and  does  not 
spread  to  the  surrounding  substance — then,  other 
things  bring  equal,  such  new  explosive  is,  1  con- 
ceive, well  worthy  of  as  large  a  share  of  confidence 
as  can  be  given  to  such  nutters.  This  certainly 
becomes  the  case  if  we  can  say  of  it  that  prac- 
tically in  open  spaces  it  can  scarcely  be  called  an 
explosive,  and  is  thus  harmless ;  that  it  does  not  even 
burn  very  readily  or  quickly  in  contact  with  a  flame, 
and  that  it  remains  unchanged  on  keeping,  whether 
in  hot  or  cold  weather.  But  most  of  these  advan- 
tages were  claimed,  and  so  far  as  my  experience  has 
gone,  rightly  claimed,  for  certain  members  of  pre- 
cisely the  class  of  explosives  to  which  kinetite,  the 
subject  of  my  paper,  belongs,  so  far  back  as  1873,  in  a 
remarkable  paper  read  before  the  Chemical  Society 
by  Dr.  Hermann  Sprengel,  This  paper  was  termed 
by  Sir  Frederick  Abel,  in  his  presidential  address 
before  our  Society  in  1883,  "one  of  the  most 
interesting,  original,  and  suggestive  of  compara- 
tively recent  contributions  to  the  literature  of  ex- 
plosives," and  I  may  now  add  that  it  seems  to  me 
it  has  proved  sufficiently  suggestive  to  the  inventors 
of  Kinetite  to  have  enabled  them  by  the  addition  of  a 
certain  improvement  to  make  what  I  cannot  help 
regarding  as  the  safest  blasting  explosive  in  existence. 
Of  Dr.  Sprengel's  paper  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1873,  pages 
805  and  806),  Sir  Frederick  Abel  in  his  address  (this 
Journal,  vol.  ii.  pages  31l>  and  313)  gave  an  abstract, 
which  I  beg  herewith  to  reproduce,  since  it  so 
felicitously  condenses  into  a  very  brief  space  so  much 
that  was  important  in  that  and  previous  papers  : — 

"In  a  memoir  contributed  to  the  Chemical  Society 
in  1873,  Dr.  Hermann  Sprengel  sets  forth  the  reason- 
ing whereby  he  was  led  in  1871  and  subsequently  to 
make  a  series  of  experiments  demonstrating  that 
mixtures  of  strong  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1'5)  with  solid 
or  liquid  hydrocarbons,  such  as  naphthalene,  phenol, 
or  benzene,  or  with  other  very  readily  oxidisable 
liquids,  such  as  carbon  bisulphide,  may  be  detonated, 
and  that  potassium  chlorate  may  be  also  applied  in 
the  same  way  in  conjunction  with  such  substances, 
so  that  cylinders  of  compressed  chlorate  might  be  ! 
converted  at  any  time  into  explosive  cartridges  by  | 
saturating  them  with  the  sulphide  or  with  a  liquid 
hydrocarbon.  He  pointed  out  that  one  obstacle  to 
the  practical  application  of  mixtures  of  nitric  acid 
and  hydrocarbons— namely,  the  heat  developed  upon 
producing  the  mixture,  due  to  the  nitrification  which 
ensues  (and  very  prone  to  establish  violent  oxidation 
and  even  ignition)— may  be  removed  by  employing 
the  nitro-producls  instead  of  the  original  hydro-  j 
carbons.  Thus,  while  the  addition  of  strong  nitric 
acid  to  phenol  would  inflame  it,  the  employment  of  j 
trinitro  phenol  would  actually  give  rise  to  a  very  con- 
siderable depression  of  temperature  on  mixing  with 
nitric  acid.  And  again,  the  employment  of  nitro- 
benzene would  be  attended  only  by  a  trifling  eleva-  ! 
tion  of  temperature,  while  cold  would  be  produced 
by  using  diuitrobenzene.  Sprengel  urged  that  the 
facts  brought  forward  by  him  were  susceptible  of 
important  application,  because  powerful  explosive 
cartridges  or  charges  might  at  any  time  be  rapidly 
prepared  from  two  ingredients  which,  kept  separately, 
are  non-explosive." 
I  shall  now  try  to  show  that  the  so-called  kinetite  ' 


is  virtually  one  of  what  Dr.  Sprengel  terms  his 
"safety  explosives"  (see  this  Journal,  1886, page  200), 
and  by  a  modification  and  improvement  wrought  by 
Messrs.  T.  l'etry,  O.  Fallenstein,  and  H.  Liscb,  of 
Diiren,  the  safety  is  somewhat  further  enhanced  by 
a  greater  convenience  of  form  safely  conferred  upon 
the  nitrobenzene  used,  that  liquid  being  converted 
into  a  jelly  that  can  easily  be  packed,  carried,  or 
stored  with  safety,  and  without  danger  of  exudation. 
Let  us  first  see  what  kinetite  exactly  is.  Messrs. 
l'etry.  Fallenstein  and  Lisch  (Ger.  Pat.  31,786,  June 
18,  1884)  prepare  this  explosive  by  dissolving  gun- 
cotton,  or  other  nitrocellulose,  in  the  nitro-compound 
of  an  aromatic:  hydrocarbon, — for  example,  nitro- 
benzene,— and  then  they  knead  into  the  resultingjelly, 
potassium  chlorate,  nitrate,  ammonium  nitrate,  and 
similar  compounds,  and  finally  add  to  the  whole 
mass  and  incorporate  with  it  three  per  cent,  of 
antimony  pentasulphide.  It  is  proposed  that  from 
this  explosive,  as  with  dynamite,  cartridges  enveloped 
in  paper  cases  should  be  formed  These  kinetite 
cartridges  have  been  manufactured  by  the  firm  of 
Petry  &  Fallenstein,  of  Diiren,  since  1884.  Some 
coal-mining  experiments  were  tried  with  these  car- 
tridges in  1884  near  Stolberg,  and  a  full  account  is 
given  in  the  Berg  mul  ffiittenmannischen  Zeihmg 
for  1885,  page  05. 

The   results  of  these   experiments,  -  tabulated    as 
follows  : — 

Metres  thrown 


I  losta 
per  metre. 


Consumption 

in  kilos.  f,,r 
one  metz 
I  Gunpowder 

I     (70  per  cent.)  ..    6'S.)    I-57 

"?,,7    "Dynamite    351    770 

Wlln     (Kinetite  430    'SSI 


In  field-  I 


up  id  seam 
working. 

..  0W6 
..  0  0.il 
..    0-053 


In  shaft- 
sinking 


I  Dynamite    5"30 


13-03 


0-01-29 


I  Kinetite    SL'7    22'35    0-0135 

(Presumably  the  metres  above  referred  to  are  cubic  metres^ 

show  that  kinetite,  as  regards  consumption  and  cost, 
did  not  altogether  compare  very  favourably  with 
gunpowder  and  dynamite,  but  in  the  displacement  of 
material  in  the  working  of  seams,  it  appears  to 
slightly  better  advantage  even  than  dynamite.  In 
the  article  on  these  experiments — Ding/.  I'ohjt.  J. 
256,  409  (i.e.,  in  1884)— it  is  very  truly  added  that 
first  experiments  of  this  kind  do  not  warrant  the 
drawing  of  conclusions,  and  that  "  it  is  probable  the 
correct  method  of  using  kinetite  has  not  been  found 
out "  :— 

"The  kinetite  used  in  the  experiments  referred  to 
was  made  of  gun-cotton  (probably  dinitro-eellulose) 
and  nitrobenzene  made  into  a  jelly,  in  which  potas- 
sium chlorate  and  nitrate  were  kneaded,  and  to 
which  some  antimony  pentasulphide  was  added  It 
is  stated  that  kinetite  in  spite  of  this  latter  addition 
is  nevertheless  difficult  to  explode,  and  can  only  be 
brought  to  this  by  very  strong  detonating  caps.  It 
is,  however,  waterproof,  and  cannot  be  frozen.  It 
requires  a  good  solid  tamping,  a  circumstance  which 
becomes  important  in  actual  working,  and  dangerous 
with  detonating  caps.  Experiments  in  which  stoppers 
of  gypsum  or  hay  were  used  seemed  to  answer  well. 
The  only  obstacle  to  the  use  of  kinetite  is  said  to  be 
the  circumstance  that  its  production  is  dearer  than 
that  of  blasting-gelatin  or  dynamite/' 

It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  this  was 
written  (1884)  when  benzene  commanded  a  market 
price  of  some  five  to  six  shillings  per  gallon  ;  now  the 
price  is  Is.  4d.  to  Is.  6d.  per  gallon.  The  preparation 
of  kinetite  has  been  patented  in  this  country  as  a 
communication  from  Messrs.  l'etry  A-  Fallenstein  to 
Thomas  Wiikins,  of  Peckham,  Suirey  (Eng.  Pat. 
10,986,  August  Ii,  1884). 

In  this  patent  the  advantages  claimed  for  kinetite 
are  that  "whilst  it  is  stronger  than  ordinary  gun- 

.vl 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uan-29,  iss? 


powder  (explosive  force  five  or  six  times  that  of 
ordinary  powder),  it  is  far  Jess  daDgerous  thau 
dynamite,  and  being  very  easily  mixed,  and  that 
mixing  being  unattended  with  danger,  the  ingre- 
dients (none  of  which  are  per  se  explosive,  except  the 
small  percentage  of  gun-cotton)  may  be  transported 
to  the  place  where  an  explosive  is  required  and  there 
mixed.  Moreover  the  compound  of  gun-cotton  and 
nitrobenzene  is  a  non-explosive  gelatinous  mass  ; 
hence  the  gun-cotton  can  be  dissolved  before  trans- 
port to  form  the  jelly,  and  all  danger  to  the  public 
from  the  carriage  of  explosives  for  mining  purposes 
suppressed." 

The  explosive  itself  is  a  plastic  mass  varying  in 
consistence  according  to  the  mixture  adopted,  and 
the  proportions  recommended  as  giving  the  best 
results  are  the  following  : — 

Per  cent. 

Nitrobenzene  (or  similar  nitro-compounds)  16  to  21 

Gun-cotton  (or  other  form  of  nitrocellulose)   ..    |  to   l 

Alkaline  chlorates  and  nitrates 75  to  82$ 

Sulphur,  as  antimony  pentasulphide  (or  other 
sulphide)  1  to    3 

100     100 

The  above  are  the  English  patentee's  own  words. 
Now  let  us  hear  the  results  obtained  by  German 
authorities  not  interested  in  anything  but  the  actual 
truth  and  their  own  personal  reputation. 

In  the  first  place,  here  is  the  translation  I  have 
made  of  the  original  of  a  stamped  testimonial  from 
the  Burgermeister  of  the  locality  where  the  works  of 
Messrs.  Petry  &  Fallenstein  stands  :— 

Herewith  it  is  testitietl  that  in  the  Blasting  Explo- 
sive Works  for  Kinetite  manufacture,  owned  by  Messrs. 
Petry  &  Fallenstein,  licensed  in  August  20,  1SS4,  no 
accident  or  mishap  of  any  kind  lias  occurred. 

K.  K.,  Biirgermeisterei  Amt. 

Rolsdorf,  June '27,  1SS5. 

Next  follows  a  translation  of  a  report,  manuscript 
copy  of  which  has  been  sent  me.  This  report  deals 
with  the  question  as  to  the  -sensitiveness  of  kinetite, 
and  runs  as  follows  : — 

At  the  request  of  General  Director  Landsberg  of 
Aachen,  in  presence  of  Director  Blum  and  also  Mining 
Director  Dunkel  of  the  Coal  Mine  Diepenlinchen,  near 
Stolberg,  the  following  experiments  were  tried — 

The  iron  tube  A  shown  in  the  ad  joining  cut  serves  for  the 
reception  of  the  cartridge,  and  the  iron  ramrod  1!  is  fur- 
nished with  a  plate  C  for  carrying  the  weight,   whereby 


Then  the  plate  C,  and  with  it  the  ramrod  B,  was  set 
rotating  in  order  to  produce  friction.  The  cartridge  in 
the  tube  was  now  exposed  to  a  violent  concussive  fric- 
tion by  allowing  a  freight  of  21kilos.  to  fall  repeatedly 
from  a  height  of  one  metre  upon  the  ramrod.  Neither 
by  this  means  nor  in  the  foregoing  eases  did  either  igni- 
tion or  explosion  of  the  kinetite  result.  By  the  blows  of 
the  ramrod,  however,  the  latter  was  so  firmly  imbedded 
in  the  kinetite  that  it  was  possible  to  lift  the  whole 
apparatus  up  by  the  ramrod  without  getting  the  latter 
loose.  At  last  the  tube  was  unscrewed  out  of  the  appa- 
ratus, when  it  was  found  that  the  kinetite  was  pressed 
extremely  bard  on  the  bottom.  It  was  ignited  and 
burned  slowly  without  the  slightest  appearance  of  explo- 
sion. 

The  General  Director  Landsberg  declared  himself 
completely  satisfied,  by  the  result  of  these  trials,  as  to 
the  safety  of  kinetite  as  a  blasting  explosive. 

I  have  also  received  copy  of  another  manuscript 
report  from  Germany,  containing  the  report  of 
other  experiments  of  which  I  will  give  a  condensed 
account. 


the  pressure  required  in  ramming  a  bore-hole  can  be 
given  :  A  was  loaded  with  a  cartridge  of  kinetite,  the 
ramrod  B  adjusted,  and  its  plate  ('  laden  with  an  85kilo. 
weight, 


Em.  1. 


FlG.  3. — View  from 

above  of  piece  of 

(  vlinder. 


Fig.  2.— Side 
Mew. 

On  April  2,  1885,  before  the  Eonigl.  Bergrath 
Wagner,  in  presence  of  Bergassessors  Muller  and 
Kropp,  Professor  Schulz,  with  Messrs.  Till,  Baumann, 
Zimmermann  and  Hillonblink,  engineers  and  mana- 
gers, the  following  trials  were  made.  A  fire  was 
kindled  on  a  hearth  over  which  was  an  arch  in  which 
a  hole  had  been  made  admitting  a  funnel.  It 
was  so  contrived  that  cartridges,  etc.,  could  be 
arranged  in  the  space  between  the  funnel  and  an 
iron  cap  which  covered  the  funnel.  This  cap  could 
be  raised  by  a  string,  and  in  so  doing,  the  cartridges 
and  other  matters  in  the  space  between  funnel  and 
cap  were  precipitated  through  the  ♦mnel  and  upon 
the  grate  or  hearth.  The  kinetite  cartridges  from 
Petry  &  Fallenstein's  works  weighed  SOgrms.  each. 
The  results  were  briefly  as  follows  :— - 

(1.)  Two  kinetite  cartridges  cut  into  four  equal 
parts  and  distributed  in  the  funnel.     N'o  explosion. 

(2.)  A  kinetite  cartridge  tightly  wrapped  in  a 
thick  paper  covering  74cm.  long,  in  order  to  exert 
pressure.     iTo  explosion. 

(3.)  Two  kinetite  cartridges  pressed  together  in  a 
strong  bedding-mould.     Wo  explosion. 

(4.)  Three  percussion  caps  (such  as  are  used  for 
dynamite)  were  completely  enveloped  in  a  kinetite 
cartridge,  and  strongly  bound  up  in  paper.  Onln 
explosion  of  the  detonating  caps  and  combustion  of  the 
cartridge. 

Thrown  upon  a  burning  fire  it  thus  appears  that 
kinetite  cartridges  cannot  produce  an  explosion. 

The  Koyal  Mining  Councillor  Wagner  testifies, 
under  his  seal,  that  the  results  of  these  experiments 
precisely  coincide  with  those  he  had  himself  obtained 
in  similar  trials. 

I  have  obtained  also  a  translation  of  the  Report  of 
the  Royal  Technical  and  Administrative  Military 
Committee    in    Vienna    on    a    sample  of   so-called 


Jan. a.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


"  Petrofracteur,"  submitted  in  order  to  procure 
licence  for  manufacturing.  Petrofracteur  generally 
resembles  kinetite  in  composition,  but  differs 
specially  in  that  it  contains  no  guncotton,  which 
renders  the  nitrobenzene  of  the  jelly  more  difficult 
of  volatilisation. 

Petrofracteur  consist-  of  a  mixture  of  the  following 
in  the  following  proportions  : — 10  per  cent, 
nitrobenzene.  07  per  cent,  potassium  chlorate,  '20  per 
cent,  potassium  nitrate,  and  three  per  cent,  antimony 
pentasulphide.  With  the  powder  test  of  Nehatins  it 
was  found  impossible  to  explode  the  triturated  sample 
with  double-filled  spurting  caps,  and  hence  petrofracteur 
is  unsuitable  for  gunnery  purposes. 

With  an  adaptation  of  the  Brisanz-meter,  using  lead 
cylinders  and  an  adjustable  ballistic  pendulum,  17grms. 
of  petrofracteur  gave  a  pendulum  propulsion  of  t"98°, 
•_'  -i:;  .  1*88  :  average  2-11°,  as  against  B-76  of  To  per 
cent.  Kieselguhr  dynamite,  and  a  compression  of  the 
lead  cylinders,  each  20mm.  long,  of  1-00.  1-500,  DO; 
average  1  '20  kilogram-meters,  as  against  ll'9kilogram- 
meters  of  70  per  cent,  dynamite. 

Detonated  in  the  open,  petrofracteur  is  therefore  far 
fective  than  70  per  cent,  dynamite.  Exposed  in 
the  open  air  for  eight  days  it  lost  9-73  per  cent,  of  its 
weight,  due  to  the  volatilisation  of  the  nitrobenzene,  and 
an  impervious  casing  is  recommended.  In  damp  air  it 
loses  nitrobenzene,  but  absorbs  moisture.  Heated  to  70 
C.  for  a  lengthened  period,  after  2—3  days  all  nitro- 
benzene is  lost,  but  no  further  decomposition  was  observ- 
able. Heated  in  a  closed  "eprouvette"  to  70  C.  the 
nitrobenzene  evaporated,  and  the  preparation  after  two 
days  became  deep  black  by  the  change  of  the  antimony 
pentasulphide  into  the  lower  black  sulphide  and  sulphur. 
Neither  explosion,  ignition,  nor  tumultuous  decomposi- 
tion takes  place.  The  substance  is  not  affected  by  tem- 
peratures near  or  below-  zero.  Slowly  heating  from  70; 
upwards  cause-  no  explosion.  At  ."40;  it  commences  to 
melt  and  then  decomposes,  leaving  a  white  residue. 
The  fusion  ami  decomposition  are  accompanied  with 
pulling  and  spitting  on  suddenly  heating  to  ."i00  ,  and 
combustion  takes  place.  A  coating  of  1mm.  thick 
lietween  steel  surfaces  of  l'34sq.cm.  area,  the  pre- 
paration only  exploded  by  blows  of  4  kilogram-meters 
and  upwards  upon  the  first  blow,  below  this  down  to  3v> 
kilogram-meters  only  partially,  and  below  the  latter  not 
;it  all,  whilst  70  per  eent.  Kieselguhr  dynamite  explodes 
with  l'fi  kilogram-meters. 

The  l  ommittee  consider-  petrofracteur  less  dangerous 
than  Kieselguhr  dynamite,  with  respect  to  personal  and 
public  safety,  as  regards  its  manufacture,  storage,  pack- 
ing, conveyance  generally,  and  particularly  railway  con- 
veyance, also  in  respect  to  its  sale  and  use  no  objections 
whatever  stand  in  its  way. 

On  comparison  of  this  report  with  the  foregoing  on 
kinetite,  it  is  observable  that  petrofracteur  is  the  more 
sensitive  of  the  two,and  notalittleso.  lain  sure, more- 
over, that  kinetite  suddenly  heated  to  500'  would  not 
break  into  combustion.  Onreferringtothe  constituents 
of  both  explosives,  generally  so  similar,  and  to  the  pro- 
portions adopted.  I  am  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
difference  referred  to  is  due  to  the  larger  proportion 
of  antimony  pentasulphide  combined  with  the  greater 
inequality  of  the  mixture  with  liquid  nitrobenzene, 
and  also  to  what  we  may  call  the  superior  wetting 
power  of  the  nitrobenzene — i.e.,  its  closer  physical 
contact  with  the  solid  constituents  of  the  "petro- 
fracteur" mixture,  whereas  in  kinetite  thenitroben- 
zene-guncotton  jelly  envelops  each  grain  of  saline 
matter  with  a  waterproof  and  airproof  skin,  which 
does  not,  I  believe,  creep  into  pores  or  minute 
crevices,  but  roughly  envelops  each  minute  grain. 
Thus,  I  believe  what  the  kinetite  slightly  gains  in  a 
kind  of  theoretical  way  by  the  addition  of  its  small 
|  to  1  per  cent,  of  gun-cotton,  in  explosive  power,  it 
very  largely  gains  in  the  physical  condition  into 
which  it  and  the  nitrobenzene  are  thrown,  as  a  jell)-, 
and  in  the  whole  physical  condition  so  largely  out  of 


proportion  to  the  minute  quantity  of  nitrocellulose 
required,  conferred  thus  upon  the  entire  mass. 

You  mav  now  naturally  inquire  :  "  Since  the  manu- 
facture of  kinetite  has  been  patented  in  this  country 
byWilkdns,  it  is  to  be  presumed  efforts  have  been 
made  to  obtain  a  licence  for  the  manufacture  ! " 
This  is  so  ;  nevertheless  no  success  has  attended 
these  efforts,  the  company  desiring  to  commence  the 
manufacture  failing  to  convince  the  Secretary  of  State 
of  the  sufficient  safety  of  the  explosive  in  question ; 
but  being  desirous  of  obtaining  further  test-,  proofs, 
etc.it  then  invited  further  and  more  searching  trials, 
and  for  this  purpose  exhaustive  experiments  and  re- 
ports have  been  made  separately  and  independently  by 
Prof.  Stahlsehmidt  of  the  Polytechnic  Schools  in 
Aachen,  bv  Prof.  Lunge,  of  Zurich,  by  Professor  J. 
Campbell  Brown,  of  Liverpool,  and  by  myself.  Prof. 
Campbell  Brown  and  I  worked  together  with  regard  to 
one  point— viz..  experiments  as  to  the  effect  of  a 
glancing  blow,  wood  on  wood.  Before  saying  any- 
thing as  to  the  experiments  thus  more  recently  tried, 
1  must  refer  to  the  Government  report,  which  is 
adverse  to  kinetite. 

In  the  recently  published  Blue  Book,  the  Tenth 
Annual  Report  of  Her  Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Explo- 
-  -viz.,  that  for  the  year  18S5,  pages  30  and  31, 
the  following  report  appears  as  to  kinetite  : — 

Kinetite  consists  of  nitrobenzene  thickened  or  gelati- 
nised by  the  addition  of  some  collodion  cotton  incor- 
porated with  finely-ground  chlorate  of  potassium  ami 
precipitated  sulphide  of  antimony.  Nitrobenzene  is  not 
present  in  any  of  the  explosives  at  present  licensed,  and 
kinetite  constitutes  in  some  measure  a  new  departure. 
In  some  respects,  such  as  the  very  high  temperature 
required  for  its  ignition  and  the  great  difficulty,  practi- 
callv  the  impossibility,  to  explode  it  when  unconrinedby 
the  "application  of  heat,  kinetite  possesses  considerable 
advantages,  but  it  suffered  under  two  fatal  detect-.  In 
the  first  place  it  proved  to  be  extremely  sensitive  to 
combined  friction  and  percussion,  and  in  the  second 
place  it  gave  indication  of  a  certain  want  of  ctemieal 
ility,  which,  under  favourable  conditions,  might 
lead  to  spontaneous  ignition  or  explosion.  In  regard 
to  the  latter  point,  I  [the  chemical  adviser  of  the 
( Government]  have  quite  recently  received  information 
fully  bearing  out  the  correctness  of  my  conclusion  :  cases 
of  spontaneous  ignition  of  kinetite  have  not  onlv  been 
actually  observed  to  occur  in  the  laboratory,  but  in  one 
case,  at  least,  the  contents  of  a  magazine  containing 
kinetite  were  burnt,  owing  to  the  spontaneous  ignition 
of  the  explosives.  In  the  latter  case  it  had  been  ob- 
served that  the  kinetite  had  become  strongly  acid,  and 
arrangements  were  at  once  made  for  its  destruction,  but 
the  kinetite  took  fire  spontaneously  before  these  arrange- 
ments could  be  carried  into  effect. 

In  connection  with  the  rejection  of  Tnrpin's  explo- 
sives, of  etnite  and  of  kinetite,  all  of  which  contain 
chlorate  of  potassium,  I  should  like  to  offer  the  following 
remarks :  Chlorate  of  potassium,  on  account  of  the 
readine—  with  which  it  lends  itself  to  the  production  of 
powerful  explosives,  offers  a  great  temptation  to  inven- 
tors of  new-  explosives,  and  many  attempts  haye  been 
male  to  put  it  to  practical  use,  but  so  far  with  very 
limited  success  onlv.  This  i-  chiefly  owing  to  two 
causes.  In  the  first  place  chlorate  of  potassium  i-  a  very 
unstable  compound— it  is  one  of  those  compounds 
during  the  decomposition  of  which  heat  is  evolved,  or 
energy  is  produced  during  decomposition,  instead  of,  a-  is 
usually  the  case,  being  absorbed,  and  all  such  compounds 
are  unstable — and  is  liable  to  suffer  decomposition  under 
a  variety  of  circumstances,  and  under,  comparatively 
speaking,  slight  causes,  chemical  and  mechanical.  All 
cnlorate  mixtures  are  liable  to  what  is  termed  spontaneous 
ignition  or  explosion  in  the  presence  of  a  variety  of 
materials,  more  particularly  of  such  as  are  acid  or  are 
liable  to  generate  acid  ;  and  all  chlorate  mixtures  are 
readily  exploded  by  percussion,  but  more  particularly  hy 
coinbihed  friction  and   percussion,   such  as  a  glaucing 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan.29.is87. 


blow,  which  mi^ht  easily,  and  would  often,  oceur  in 
charging  a  liole.  In  t lie  second  place,  there  is  some 
evidence  lo  sliow  that  this  sensitiveness  to  percussion 
and  friction  increases  by  keeping,  more  especially  if 
the  explosive  is  exposed  to  the  action  of  moist  and  dry 
air  alternately.  It  inventors  would  only  keep  tliese 
characteristics  of  chlorate  mixtures  in  mind  they  would 
frequently  save  themselves  serious  disappointment. 

With  respect  to  the  question  of  stability,  Professor 
Stahlschmidt,  in  letters  addressed  to  Messrs.  Petty 
&  Fallenstein,  of  which  I  have  translation-copies, 
makes  statements  of  which  I  give  the  following 
extracts  : — 

Neither  chlorate  of  potash,  nor  saltpetre,  nor  pen- 
tanitrocellulose,  nor  nitrobenzene,  are  bodies  which  either 
by  themselves  or  in  mixture  undergo  alteration.  1  have 
still  in  my  possession  a  cartridge  remaining  over  from 
the  tests,  which  lias  in  no  wise  changed  its  characteris- 
tics, but,  on  the  contrary,  retains  all  the  features  pre- 
sented in  a  perfectly  fresh  state. 

The  letter  is  dated  June  14,  188.5,  and  the 
sample  was  given  to  Dr.  Stahlschmidt  on  Dec.  20, 
1884.  Another  letter  to  Messrs.  Petry  &  Fallen- 
stein,  bearing  date  of  Aug.  1,  1885,  runs  as  follows  : — 
With  respect  to  the  explosiveness  of  your  kinetite 
by  a  sliding  blow,  or  a  glancing  blow,  I  beg  to  say  that 
exhaustive  trials  which  1  have  earned  out  prove  that 
only  very  small  particles  of  the  explosive  compound  can 
be  made  to  explode  by  this  action ;  in  fact,  only  such 
particles  as  are  immediately  struck.  All  the  rest 
remained  unconsumed,  and  in  part  strewn  about.  Any 
danger,  therefore,  of  a  more  extensive  explosion  taking 
place  is  completely  excluded. 

Now,  to  my  mind,  only  one  cause  of  acidity  deve- 
loping in  kinetite  is  conceivable — viz.,  the  impurity 
of  some  of  the  raw  materials,  which  conceivably 
might  contain  a  little  acid— e.g.,  the  guncotton,  the 
nitrobenzene,  and  the  antimony-pentasulphide.  In 
the  latter  case,  the  acidity  could  scarcely  be  said  to 
develop  ;  but  if  not  carefully  made,  the  antimony- 
pentasulphide  might  of  course  contain  some  free 
sulphur,  and  this  might  commence  an  action.  Never- 
theless, the  proportion  of  the  sulphide  used  is  very 
small  (about  i  percent).  I  cannot  but  think,  in  view 
of  the  experiments  and  reports  from  Germany,  as 
well  as  those  I  have  tried,  that  the  cases  of  sponta- 
neous ignition  must  have  arisen  from  extraordinary 
causes  of  impurity,  or  acids  present  in  the  materials, 
and  such  mishaps  are  as  liable  to  arise  in  many  other 
licensed  explosives. 

Since  kinetite  made  with  the  addition  of  antimony- 
pentasulphide  was  rejected  by  the  Secretary  of  State, 
the  attempt  was  made  to  meet  his  views  by  removing 
the  sulphide  from  the  mixture  ;  in  short,  kinetite 
was  made  of  nitrobenzene  jelly  andpotassium  chlorate, 
with  or  without  the  addition  of  some  nitre  (0  per 
cent.).  But,  thus  made,  we  at  once  recognise  in  kinet- 
ite a  modified  form  of  Sprengel's  "rack-a-rock";  still, 
it  no  doubt  is  a  modified  form,  and  J  believe  the 
physical  change  induced  in  the  nitrobenzene  by  dis- 
solving in  it  so  small  a  quantity  of  nitrocellulose, 
forms  a  distinctly  new  departure.  The  experiments 
made  by  Lunge,  Campbell  Brown  and  myself,  were 
with  this  modified  kinetite.  Nevertheless,  after  our 
experiments  were  concluded,  the  "Potentite"  Com- 
pany, Limited,  the  company  desirous  of  working 
Wilkins  patent  (the  communication  from  Petry  <fc 
Fallenstein),  received  a  letter  from  the  Home  Office 
once  more  denying  the  desired  licence.  The  letter  ran 
as  follows,  and  was  addressed  to  Mr.  Macan,  the 
London  representative  of  the  company  : — 

WHITEHALL,  February  25,   L886. 
Sir,— I  am   directed   by  the    Secretary   of  State   to 
inform  you,  with  reference  to  previous  correspondence 


that  the  sample  of  the  explosive  kinetite  submitted  by 

you  for  examination,  although  a  trifle  less  sensitive  than 
the  sample  previously  submitted,  and  rejected,  when 
tested  by  a  glancing  blow,  is,  nevertheless,  far  too  sensi- 
tive under  this  test  to  admit  of  its  being  licensed  for 
general  use.  I  am  to  state  that  it  has  been  found  that 
the  explosive  may  be  fired  without  much  difficulty  by  a 
slight  glaneimg  blow  from  a  wooden  broomstick,  or  small 
mallet,  even  when  placed  on  a  new,  or  rather  soft  deal 
floor,  and  that,  in  these  circumstances,  the  Secretary  of 
State  has  no  choice  but  to  refuse  to  license  it.  —  I  am.  Sir, 
your  obedient  Servant,  PEMBERTON. 

If  I  was  asked,  "What  then  would  be  the  effect  of 
detonating  the  portion  struck  by  a  mallet  or  broom- 
stick on  a  wooden  floor,  supposing  that  floor  entirely 
covered  with,  say  a  qtiartei-of-an-inch  deep  of  kinet- 
ite 1  Would  it  not  be  an  awful  explosion  1  "  By  no 
means  so  ;  and  from  an  intimate  experience  with 
laboratory  specimens  of  kinetite,  extending  over  a 
year-and-a-half,  I  can  affirm  my  willingness  to  allow 
myself  to  be  placed  in  such  a  room,  and,  if  merely 
furnished  with  a  bucket  or  two  of  water,  I  will  under- 
take to  detonate  on  iron,  with  an  iron  hammer,  some 
of  the  kinetite  which  shall  be  in  direct  contact  with 
all  the  rest  on  the  floor  (to  detonate  with  wood  on 
wood  is  far  too  troublesome,  and  I  have  often 
exhausted  myself  with  violent  glancing  blows  ere  I 
could  get  satisfactory  detonations).  Nitrobenzene  is 
considerably  heavier  than  water,  and  so  an  effusion 
of  water  would  soon  extinguish  it  on  burning,  and  all 
that  the  detonation  of  the  portion  struck  in  a  room 
like  that  named  could  do.  would  be  to  inflame,  the  oil 
in  the  surrounding  kinetite  ;  and  yet  in  none  of  the 
trials  I  have  made  or  seen  made  have  I  ever  seen 
kinetite  set  on  fire  byr  the  detonation  of  a  part  of  it. 
A  striking  experiment  performed  at  Melling,  near 
Liverpool,  in  the  presence  of  Prof.  Campbell  Brown 
and  myself,  and  to  be  subsequently  described,  will 
justify,  I  believe,  what  may  at  first  seem  to  look  like 
a  suicidal  proposition  on  my  part. 

I  will  now  give  the  report  of  Prof.  Lunge  on  ex- 
periments he  made  with  kinetite  free  from  sulphides, 
and  which  he  himself  prepared  from  the  gelatin 
supplied  to  him  by  Messrs.  Petry  A:  Fallenstein  : — 

[TRANSLATION   COPT.] 

ZURICH,  1st  October,  1885. 

Report  upon  the  Kinetite  of  Petev  & 

Fallenstein,  ok  Duren. 

I  have  been  requested  by  the  above  linn  to  report  upon 
the  chemical  stability  of  their  patented  explosive,  called 
kinetite  ;  as  also  upon  its  sensitiveness  against  shock 
and  blow.  To  this  end,  the  said  linn  placed  at  my  dis- 
posal a  quantity  of  gelatine,  composed  of  5  parts  of 
nitrocellulose  and  100  parts  of  mtrobenzol,  and  with 
this  I  myself  prepared  the  explosive  compound,  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  of  the  patent,  by  mixing  22  parts  of 
this  gelatine  with  a  compound  of  72  parts  of  chlorate  of 
potash,  and  6  parts  of  nitrate  of  potash,  both  finely 
powdered  and  intimately  kneaded  together,  until  a 
homogeneous  mass  was  obtained,  in  which  each  salt 
particle  was  coated  or  covered  by  the  nitrobenzol  gela- 
tine. The  mass  thus  acquired  a  consistency  of  about 
that  of  damp  garden  mould,  and  obtained  also  a  certain 
although  low  grade  of  plasticity. 

With  kinetite  thus  prepared,  I  have  carried  out  the 
following  experiments  : — 

I.— BEHAVIOUR   UNDER  SHOCK   OB    BLOW. 

1.  A  small  quantity  of  kinetite  was  spread  out  upon 
cardboard,  ami  laid  upon  an  iron  anvil.  Violent  blows 
with  a  hammer  were  then  dealt  upon  it,  without,  bow- 
ever,  producing  any  explosion.  The  same  conditions 
obtained  with  wood. 

2.  Some  kinetite  was  next  placed  upon  a  thin  sheet  of 
copper-plate,  aud   laid   together  with  it  on  the  anvil. 


Jan.  29.  I8S7.]      THE  JOOIXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


Here,  too,  on  being  struck  violently  with  a  hammer,  no 
explosions  resulted.  The  kinetite  was  merely  flattened 
out,  and  stink  firmly  to  the  under  (striking)  surface  of 
t lie  hammer. 

.'i  Kinetite,  laid  directly  upon  the  iron  anvil,  exploded 
on  being  struck  with  the  hammer,  hut  only  in  so  far  as 
it  came  immediately  between  the  two  iron  (steel)  sur- 
faces. All  the  rest  was  merely  compressed,  or  scattered 
about  So,  for  instance,  a  portion  of  kinetite  remained 
sticking  to  the  surface  of  the  hammer  head  unchanged, 
and  was  finally  brought  to  explosion  by  a  somewhat 
altered  direction  given  to  the  blow. 

Inference. 

Kinetite  only  explodes,  even  by  violent  blows  and 
shocks,  when  iron  impinges  direct  on  iron.  IJetween 
iron  and  copper  it  cannot  be  brought  to  explode  ;  and 
equally  so  between  iron  or  cardboard  or  wood. 

Kinetite,  therefore,  is  as  little  sensitive  to  shock  or 
blow  as  any  other  known  well-behaved  explosive. 

n. — BEHAVIO0B  t'XDER  IGNITION. 
Kven  larger  quantities  ti.c,  as  in  the  case  of  my 
experiment,  several  gramme*)  of  kinetite  may  be 
ignited,  either  by  a  burning  body,  or  by  a  red-hot  iron, 
without  any  appearances  of  explosion  taking  place.  The 
compound  burns  quietly  with  a  strong  illumination  and 
sooty  Maine,  and  leaves  a  hard,  salt  residue. 

III.— BEH.VVIOl'E  WHEN"   HEATED. 

1.  A  few  grammes  of  kinetite  were  heated  in  an  air 
bath  during  a  lengthened  period  to  120    C.    _'4>-  1     . 

Subjected  to  this  process,  the  nitrobenzol  gradually 
evaporated.  The  salty  residue  showed  no  explosive 
qualities. 

■2.  A  few  grammes  of  kinetite  were  directly  heated  in 
an  enamelled  iron  dish,  over  a  moderately  large  gas  Maine 
(Uunsen  burner).  The  nitrobenzol  evaporated  very 
quickly  and  completely,  but  quietly,  in  the  form  of  a 
brownish-yellow  vapour.  A  residue  of  salts  remained, 
which  later  on  was  brought  to  a  state  of  fusion,  without, 
however,  obtaining  any  appearances  of  explosion. 

3.  A  few  grammes  were  placed  in  the  same  dish,  but 
over  a  very  powerful  gas-flame,  so  that  a  very  high  tem- 
perature was  very  quickly  reached.  In  about  30  seconds 
the  substance  ignited  aud  burned  quietly  away,  leaving 
a  residue  of  molten  salts.  The  ignition  occurred 
evidently  in  this  instance,  by  reason  of  the  Fact  that  the 
temperature  was  rapidly  raised  to  the  point  of  inflam- 
mability before  evaporation  of  the  nitrobenzol  had  taken 
place. 

4.  In  order  to  test  if,  from  an}-  cause  of  separation 
between  the  gelatine  and  the  salt  molecules,  a  greater 
degree  of  danger  would  arise,  I  heated  in  a  water  bath  a 
few  grammes  of  the  gelatine  lie,  of  the  compound  of 
100  nitrobenzole  and  5  nitrocellulose)  by  itself  only.  As 
an  open  dish  was  used,  the  temperature  did  not  rise 
ah  ive  S0°  C.  (16ti  F.  |.  At  this  temperature,  however,  it 
did  not  by  any  mean-  reach  the  point  of  fusion,  but,  on 
the  contrary,  retained  almost  the  same  salve-like  condi- 
tion which  it  has  uuder  ordinary  temperatures.  It  may 
therefore  be  confidently  assumed  that  no  separation 
(disincorporation)  of  the  explosive  compound  from  any 
sweating  out  of  the  gelatine— consequent,  say,  upon 
the  heat  of  summer  weather— can  take  place.  It  may 
also  be  remarked  that  the  gelatine  thus  heated  in  a  water 
bath,  on  being  ignited,  burnt  quietly  away  without  a 
trace  of  explosive  characteristics.  For  itself  alone  it  also 
evinces,  when  struck  by  iron  upon  iron,  much  weaker 
explosive  characteristics  than  kinetite. 

Any  disincorporatinn  of  the  compound  would  there- 
fore diminish  the  danger  of  carriage  and  storage.  Quite 
the  opposite  of  ordinary  dynamite,  which  on  account  of 
the  sweating  out  of  nitroglycerine  in  liquid  form, 
increases  its  dangerousness  to  an  enormous  extent. 

Inference, 

In  reference  to  its  behaviour  under  heating  and  igni- 
tion, kinetite  is  considerably  less  daugerous,  in  re>pect 

•Dr.  Lunge  here,  of  course,  refers  only  to  direct  blows,  and 
not  glancing  or  sliding  blows. 


of  carriage  and  storage,  than  any  other  explosive  known 
to  me  in  my  general  experience  hitherto. 

IV.— ITS  BEHAVIOUR  OX  rROLONi.EI'  STORAGE. 

Experiments  in  respect  to  this  I  could  not  earn- out, 
as  a  lengthened  period  of  time  would  be  necessary.  I 
consider,  however,  such  experiments  quite  purposele>>. 
No  expert  would  for  a  moment  entertain  the  thought 
that  from  any  degree  of  prolonged  storage,  to  whatever 
length  of  time  extended,  any  such  change  in  the  ingre- 
dients composing  kinetite  could  take  place,  which  could 
in  any  sense  make  its  manipulation  in  the  slightest 
decree  more  dangerous. 

If  the  storage  vessels  are  not  tight,  nitrobenzol  will 
evaporate.  If  water  is  permitted  to  associate  with  it, 
the  salts  will  be  washed  out.  In  either  case  the  residue 
will  always  be  lets  explosive 

If  stored  in  vessels  impervious  to  air  and  water,  it  is 
beyond  question  that  any  reaction  can  take  place  which 
could  increase  the  danger  of  explosion,  such  as  is  the 
case  with  imperfectly  purified  nitroglycerine,  or  with 
dynamite  manufactured  therefrom. 

On  the  basis  of  the  above  facts,  and  on  the  b.-ws  of  the 
experience  which  I  have  had  in  experimenting,  by  order 
of  the  Swiss  ( iovernment  and  Swiss  Railways,  upon  the 
explosives  chiefly  used,  I  give  it  as  my  opinion  that  the 
explosive  called  kinetite,  manufactured  by  Petry  & 
Fallenstein,  belongs  to  the  least  dangerous  of  all  explo- 
sives in  reference  to  carriage,  manipulation,  and 
storage  :  and  that  any  possibility  of  increase  of  danger, 
from  change  of  character  by  storage,  or  by  transport,  is 
entirelv  excluded. 

-  _-ned)  Dr.   LUNGE, 

Professor  of  Tech.  Chi  mistry 
at  the  Eidgenossiscken  Polytechnikum, 
Zurich. 

Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown's  report  now  follows,  and 
this  was  written  in  complete  ignorance  of  Dr.  Lunge's 
experiments,  results,  or  report  : — 

University  College, 
Liverpool,  5th  Dec,  1SS5. 
I  have  examined  and  made  experiments  with  a  sample 
of  kinetite  received  from  the  Potentite  Company,  Lim., 
in  November  last,  and  with  other  samples  made  by  my- 
self, and  beg  to  report  as  follows  t — 

1.  When  submitted  to  blows  upon  an  iron  anvil  with 
an  iron  hammer,  it  explodes  when  struck  with  sufficient 
force,  but  not  very  easily  ;  and  only  that  portion  im- 
mediately struck  explodes,  the  surrounding  portions,  if 
any,  remaining  unaltered. 

2.  When  placed  upon  copper,  zinc,  aud  other  metals, 
aud  struck  with  an  iron  hammer,  it  exploded  with 
greater  difficulty  and  no  more  completely. 

3.  It  exploded  entirely  only  when  placed  between 
two  iron  plates  and  struck  with  a  sufficiently  heavy 
hammer. 

4.  When  placed  upon  wood  and  struck  either  directly 
by  the  hammer  or  with  the  intervention  of  an  iron  plate, 
it  only  flattened  out  and  did  not  explode. 

5.  \Vhen  placed  upon  iron,  wood,  stone,  and  concrete 
successively,  and  struck  by  a  slanting  blow  of  an  iron 
hammer,  it  behaved  in  the  same  way  as  when  struck 
directly.  When  struck  by  a  slanting  blow  of  a  wooden 
mallet  it  did  not  explode,  t 

0.  When  placed  upon  iron,  wood,  stone,  and  concrete 
successively,  aud  struck  by  a  slanting  blow  of  a  heavily- 
shod  heel,  a  small  portion*  only,  or  sometimes  none,  ex- 
ploded, leaving  the  rest  flattened  only. 

7.  When  heated  in  an  open  dish  until  half  dry,  and 
treated  in  the  same  way.  it  exploded  in  a  similar  way — 
perhaps  a  little  more  easily  when  hot  :  but  when  all  the 
nitrobenzene  had  been  evaporated  away  it  did  not  ex- 
plode under  any  kind  of  blow. 

S.  When  a  large  quantity  is  set  on  fire  by  any  burning 
substance,  or  a  hot  bar,  it  does  not    explode,    but   burns 

t  More  recent  experiments  by  Dr.  .1.  Campbell  Brown 
showed  lhat  when  fairly  beaten  into  the  wood,  and  continued 
slanting  blows  administered  till  in  fact  the  friction  produces 
warmth,  slight  detonations  could  at  length  he  caused,  confin- 
ing themselves,  however,  to  the  points  and  portions  struck. 
— W.  S. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY'  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Jan. H>. its? 


i[iiietly  away  with  a  smoky  flame,  leaving  a  saline  mass 
which  contains  a  little  potassium  chloride,  but  chiefly 
potassium  chlorate  and  nitrate.  In  one  experiment  I 
found  as  much  a-  halt  the  potassium  chlorate  reduced  to 
chloride  ;  but  in  no  ease  was  neatly  all  the  chlorate 
reduced.    The  residue  is  non-explosive. 

9.  An  ounce  of  kinetite  surrounding  one  of  Geo! 
EggerstorfFs  sextuple  detonators  and  placed  on  a  boulder 
in  the  open,  did  not  appear  to  me  to  explode  when  the 
detonator  was  Bred  bj  a  fuse,  but  was  >■>  scattered  that 
no  complete  evidence  as  to  what  became  of  it  could  be 
obtained  :  the  experiment  was  therefore  repeated  in  the 
same  way.  but  under  an  inverted  empty  barrel.  In  this 
case  the  kinetite  was  only  partly  exploded,  lifting  the 
head  of  the  barrel,  and  was  partly  but  imperfectly  burnt, 
there  being  soot  inside  the  barrel  and  a  strong  smell  of 
nitrobenzol  on  all  the  grass  surrounding  the  stone  on 
which  the  kinetite  had  been  placed,  and  the  stone  was 
uninjured. 

Judging  from  all  these  results,  1  entertain  no  doubt 
whatever  that  kinetite  is  a  much  safer  kind  of  explosive 
than  dynamite  and  its  allies,  whether  in  manufacture, 
storage,  or  in  use. 

J.  Campbell  Brown,  D.Sc, 

Professor  of  Chemistry  in  Utiiversity  College, 
Liverpool,  and  Victoria  University. 

As  regards  my  own  experiments,  I  was  invited  to 
specially  test  and  report  on  the  chemical  stability  of 
kinetite  made  without  antimony  pentasulphide,  and 
subsequently  with  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown  to  wit- 
ness and  to  try  some  held  experiments  on  a  larger 
scale  at  the  Potentite  Company's  Works  and  in  a 
neighbouring  quarry  at  Melling,  near  Liverpool. 

Kepokt  on  the  Chemical  Stability,  etc.  of  the 
New  Explosive  known  as  ■•Kinetite." 

( >ct.  20,  ISSo. 

I.  A  quantity  of  kinetite  was  prepared  by  me  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  furnished,    hut  1   took  pure  nitro- 
benzene   instead    of    the    commercial     article     usually 
employed.     I  dissolved    1   part   of  gun-cotton,    the  pro- 
duct of    the    Potentite   Company,    Melling,    by   Liver- 
pool,    in     -0    parts    of     pure    nitrobenzene,    prepared  | 
specially    for  me   by   Mr.    C.   Dreyfus  of  the  Clayton 
Aniline   Company,    near   Manchester.       I   warmed  the 
nitrobenzene  in  the  process  of  solution,  and  found  that 
beat  causes  the  gun-cotton  to  go  very  quickly  into  solu-  I 
tion.     To  ascertain   if  any  danger  exists  in  this  part  of 
the  process  by  which,  with  mechanical  agitation,  no  appli- 
cation of  heat  would  lie  necessary,  I  heated  the  mixture  to 
nearly  1:20s  Centigrade  (24S°  1".).     The  only  effect  was  j 
fuming  of  the  nitrobenzene.     Hence,  to  promote  solution 
of  the  gun-cotton,  wanning  of  the  mixture  with  a  closed  ! 
steam  coil  would  be  perfectly  and  absolutely  safe. 

My  jelly  produced  as  above  I  now  mixed  intimately 
in  a  porcelain  mortar  with  well-dried  potassium  chlorate 
and  nitrate,  in  the  following  proportions  :  22  parts  of  the 
aforesaid  jelly,  72  parts  of  chlorate  of  potassium,  and  0 
parts  nitrate  of  potassium. 

II.  I  first  found  that  the  explosive  in  portions,  each 
about  the  size  of  a  pea,  was  detonated  by  smart  blows 
with  an  iron-headed  hammer  on  a  cast-iron  [date,  giving 
explosions  like  pistol  shots. 

III.  Similar  pieces  of  explosive  (about  the  consistency 
of  nutty  i  when  placed  on  the  iron  plate  and  fired  with  a 
lighted  match,  simply  burned  with  a  smoky,  luminous 
flame,  quite  harmlessly,  and  left  behind  a  residue  of  a 
white  saline  character.  This  residue  consisted  almost 
entirely  of  the  unaltered  potassium  chlorate,  for  it  de- 
flagrated powerfully  on  heating  with  the  blow-pipe  flame 
or  charcoal.  It  is  then  easy  to  burn  away  the  nitro- 
benzene, and  probably  the  gun-cotton,  quite'  harmlessly 
from  the  explosive,  without  sensibly  altering  the  potas- 
sium  chlorate.  I  say  "  without  sensibly  altering,"  for,  on 
closely  observing  the  burning  mass,  1  perceived  no  symp- 
toms of  fusing  of  the  residue  of  chlorate  as  it  w:is  left. 

[V.  A  thin  wrought-iron  plate  was  now  heated  stongly, 
but  not  more  than  to  a  black  heat,  ami  a  piece  of'the 
explosive  was  now  put  ou  this  plate.     It  commenced  to 


smoke  strongly,  ami  continued  to  do  so  till  the  nitro- 
benzene was  volatilised,  when  intumescence  of  the 
chlorate  set  in  with  evolution  of  oxygen  gas,  as  is  usual 
with  chlorate  of  potash  when  heated — but  no  sign  of 
anything  approaching  to  explosive  violence  was  tit  any 
time  manifested.  Neither  in  III.  nor  here  in  IV.  does 
the  presence  of  the  gun-cotton  manifest  itself  by  any 
phenomenon  in  the  least  degree. 

Y.  Further  portions  of  toe  explosive  were  placed 
in  watch-glasses  and  exposed  to  temperatures  of 
about  96°  to  100  C,  and  about  70'  C.  respectively.  In 
from  "24  to  30  hours  it  was  found  that  all  nitrobenzene 
bad  volatilised,  not  even  the  least  odour  remaining,  and 
residues  were  left  which  consisted  of  chlorate  of  potas- 
sium with  the  minute  quantity  of  gun-cotton  originally 
added  in  the  form  of  jelly. 

VI.  The  dry.  odourless  saline  residues  obtained  by  the 
evaporation  of  the  nitrobenzene  were  now  placed  ou  the 
cast-iron  plate  and  violently  struck  with  the  iron  headed 
hammer,  but  without  any  result  in  the  shape  of  detona- 
tion. 

On  charcoal  with  the  blow-pipe  flame,  the  chlorate 
deflagrated  and  burned  along  with  the  gun-cotton  in  it, 
but  not  in  the  least  differently  from  chlorate  of  potassium 
deflagrated  alone  under  the  same  conditions. 

Similar  portions  of  saline  residues  left  as  above  stated 
were  subjected  to  the  following  tests  : — 

(")  I'onion  placed  on  a  strongly-heated  iron  plate, 
quietly  fused,  evolved  oxygen  gas  just  as 
chlorate  of  potassium  usually  does. 
(6)  Another  portion  refused  to  ignite,  deflagrate,  or 
explode  on  attempting  to  (ire  with  the  flame 
of  a  match. 

VII.  "  A  portion  kept  in  a  warm  room  (16°  C.)  in  stop- 
pered bottle  for  three  weeks,  was  not  changed  in  the 
least,  nor  was  another  portion  similarly  kept  for  two 
months.  In  fact,  in  the  chemical  nature  of  things,  it 
is  quite  impossible  any  spontaneous  change  should  take 
place. 

VIII.  Another  portion  exposed  in  a  watch-glass  at 
about  30"  C.  for  several  days,  was  at  the  end  of  about  3i 
days  found  dry,  and  to  consist  of  a  simple  mixture  of 
chlorate  with  the  small  quantity  of  gun-cotton  of  the 
jelly.  The  jeily  itself  I  have  found  perfectly  stable,  and 
also  that  on  exposure  it  does  not  suffer  loss  by  evapora- 
tion of  the  nitrobenzene  like  the  kinetite,  though,  of 
course,  such  evaporation  does  take  place. 

Altogether,  I  consider  the  kinetite  is  a  most  sttfc  mix- 
ture, as  I  believe  my  experiments  amply  prove. 

IX.  The  employment  of  nitrobenzene  well  washed 
fiom  all  free  acid,  and  gun-cotton  also  free  from 
acidity,  are  precautions  which,  being  very  easy  of 
attainment,  I  see  no  difficulty  or  danger  at  all  in  the 
production  of  kinetite  on  a  large  scale,  perfectly  safe  to 
keep. 

-\.  1  have  made  some  kinetite  with  pure  nitrotoluene, 
and  this  I  find  more  difficult  to  detonate  than  that  made 
with  pure  nitrobenzene — i.e. ,  a  harder  blow  must  be  ad- 
ministered. Consequently  the  use  of  a  commercial  ben- 
zene containing  also  toluene,  and  the  resulting  employ- 
ment of  a  mixture  of  nitrobenzene  and  nitrotoluene, 
offers  no  risk  of  danger  whatever,  but  being  detonated, 
even  with  more  difficulty  than  a  kinetite  made  with  pure 
nitrobenzene,  it  is,  on  the  contrary,  safer. 

Watson  smith,  F.C.S.,  T.I.C., 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology 
in  the  Victoria  University. 

KEPor.T  on  a  sei:ie>  oi  Comparative  Experiments 
made  12th  November,  issj,  with  "Kinetite," 
"Potentite,"  anh  Nobel's  Dynamite,  at  the 
Works  of  the  Potentite  Company,  Melling, 
neak  Liverpool,  in  company  with  Professor  J. 
Campbell  Brown,  Mb.  F.  W.  Macan,  and  several 
Memrers  of  the  Firm  and  Officials. 

November  SO, : 
The  following  experiments  were  tried   with   the  object 

January  .'.  1887. — A  portion  of  this  same  sample,  and  also 
some  of  a  larger  sample  prepared  from  commercial  products. 
and  kept  since  October,  1&»,  and  brought  under  all  normal 
conditions  of  exposure,  are  now  perfectly  unchanged. 


Jan.  2!.,  iksm      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDtFSTRY. 


9 


of  comparing  the  explosive  effects  of  the  above-named 
preparations. 

( y  I  inders  of  solid  load  each  2ft.  longandliin.  in  diameter, 
were  bored  with  boles  down  the  centre,  the  bore  of 
each  of  "Inch  is  j J  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  I8in.  in 
depth.  The  cartridges  were  lowered  into  this  tube  by 
the  fuse  terminated  By  a  detonator  inserted  in  the  cart- 
ridge, and  whilst  the  end  of  the  fuse  projected,  the 
tamping  was  done  with  water — i.e.,  water  was  poured 
into' the  hole  until  full.  The  cylinder  having  been  sunk 
in  the  earth  until  only  about  tin.  projected,  the  fuse  was 
lighted,  and  after  the  explosion  the  earth  was  removed 
and  then  the  tube,  when  a  bullions  swelling  was  found 
upon  it  in  the  vicinity,  more  or  less,  of  the  cartridge. 
The  volumes  of  such  bulbs  could  easily  be  measured  by 
measuring  the  water  capable  of  tilling  the  cylinders  in 
which  the  explosions  had  taken  place. 

A  1.  Two  cartridges  of  potentite  (a  mixture  of  nitre 
and  gun-cotton),  each  weighing  Uoz.,  were  now  exploded 
in  a  lead  cylinder  sunk  in  the  earth. 

The  side  of  the  cylinder  was  blown  out  and  a  rent 
made,  a  bulbous  bulging  out  of  the  lead  all  round  the 
place  where  the  cartridges  were,  appearing. 

A  2.  Two  cartridges  of  potentite,  as  before,  exploded. 

Bulging  again  as  before,  but  no  rent  ;  still  the  bulb  i 
contained  several  cracks  and  small  ruptures. 

B  1.     Two  cartridges  of  kinetite,   of  lioz.   each,  ex- 
ploded as  in  A  1,  ami  2.     Explosion  sharper  than  in  A  1  | 
and  2.     But  though  bulged  in  a  very  even  bulbous  form,  I 
not  any  rupture  had  taken  place. 

15  2.  Kinetite  paste  used  this  time,  and  not  cartridges, 
the  weight  employed  being  the  same  as  in  B  1.  Sharp 
report  and  red  flash.  Bulb  very  evenly  bulbous  in 
shape. 

C.  Some  kinetite  paste  was  now  placed  on  a  granite 
stone  connected  with  detonator  and  fuse,  and  tired.  ' 
From  the  sound  it  was  judged  that  only  the  detonator 
exploded.  At  any  rate,  all  was  blown  away,  and  no 
positive  proof  remained  that  the  kinetite  was  not  ex- 
ploded.    To  get  such  proof — 

CI.  Again  some  kinetite  paste  was  placed  with 
detonator  and  fuse  on  the  stone,  the  fuse  lighted,  and  an 
empty  cask  placed  over  the  whole,  so  as  to  enclose  it. 
On  exploding,  the  head  of  the  cask  was  blown  out,  but 
the  rest  of  the  structure  remained  unhurt. 

On  examining  the  grass,  a  dark  circular  line  was  i 
observed  just  inside  the  circle  described  by  the  rim  of 
the  cask,  and  this  was  found  to  be  moist  with  and  to 
smell  strongly  of  nitrobenzene.  Thus  it  is  proved  that 
even  with  a  detonator,  when  fired  in  the  open,  or  even 
in  a  space  so  much  enclosed,  either  no  explosion  or  only 
a  very  partial  one  ensues. 

C  2.  A  cartridge  of  potentite  fired  on  the  same  stone 
with  a  detonator  and  fuse,  just  as  the  kinetite  was  tired 
(under  an  inverted  cask),  was  exploded  and  blew  the  cask 
to  pieces. 

Comparison  of  Kinetite  and  Dynamite  (NobeVs 
Cartridges). 

I.  Lead  cylinders,  bored  precisely  as  before,  were  used. 
One  cartridge  of  Nobel's  dynamite  (2Joz. )  was  exploded. 
IS'o  flash  perceived  ;  the  cylinder  was  bulged  locally,  but 
unevenly  somewhat  as  in  Fig.  1  (seep.  .'/). 

II.  One  cartridge  of  kinetite  (2^oz. )  exploded.  Sharp 
explosion,  much  sharper  than  I.  No  Hash  perceived, 
and  cylinder  bulged  apparently  to  about  double  the 
volume  of  that  in  I.  with  the  dynamite.  The  bulge  was 
remarkably  even,  however. 

III.  Two  cartridges  of  kinetite  (2Joz.)  exploded. 
Sharp  explosion  as  in  II.,  but  louder.  Very  regular 
bulge,  of  larger  size  than  in  II.,  but  an  almost  perfect 
bulb.     No  rupture. 

IV.  Two  cartridges  of  dynamite  (2}oz.  each)-  Flash, 
and  deep  hollow  detonation  or  explosion  ;  earth  thrown 
up,  and  with  it  the  upper  half  of  the  lead  cylinder,  about 
6ft.  into  the  air.  This  part  of  the  lead  cylinder  bad 
assumed  a  form  like  that  in  Figs.  2  and  .'5  [see  p.  4). 
A  hole  was  found  in  the  ground  where  the  upper  part  of 
the  cylinder  was,  and  the  lower  part  remained  embedded. 
The  hole  measured  about  34ft.  iu  diameter. 


V.  Another  explosion,  with  a  similar  charge  of 
dynamite  as  in  IV.,  gave  a  result  singularly  like  that  of 
IV.  in  every  respect. 

VI.  Explosion  with  another  double  charge  of  kinetite 
(two  cartridges  of  2Joz.  each)  produced  a  result  very  like 
that  of  III.— viz.,  a  singularly  even  bulge  as  if  a  bulb 
had  been  blown  upon  the  tube  by  an  experienced  -la-- 
blower,  but  this  time  there  was  a  rupture,  a  hole  being 
blown  in  the  side  measuring  about  3m.  by  liin. 

Thus  it  appears  that  a  certain  degree  of  reliance  could 
be  placed  on  a  rough  calculation  of  the  explosive  effect 
of  a  charge  of  kinetite,  single  or  if  doubled,  but  no  such 
calculation  could  be  made  with  regard  to  dynamite. 
For,  a  small  charge  of  dynamite  doing  less  work  than  a 
similarly  small  one  of  kinetite,  actually  did  when  doubled 
immeasurably  more  than  double  the  work  of  the  doubled 
charge  of  kinetite,  and  did  it  after  a  somewhat  eccentric 
and  destructive  fashion.  The  localised  character  of  the 
violence  of  the  dynamite  explosion  was  well  marked. 

As  regards  any  attempt  at  explanation  of  the  at  first 
sight  abnormal  results  of  these  latter  experiments,  one 
theory  suggests  itself  as  possibly  the  most  likely. 

It  was  noticed  in  each  case  when  a  rupture  was  effected 
in  the  lead,  that  the  general  results  indicated  a  consider- 
ably greater  destructive  action  than  when  no  rupture 
took  place. 

In  experiment  I.,  where  no  rupture  with  the  single 
charge  of  dynamite  took  place,  it  is  observed  how  un- 
even the  bulge  of  the  lead  was,  though  not  a  large  bulge 
by  any  means.  This  indicates  the  certain  rupture  of  the 
lead  with  an  explosion  of  dynamite  the  equal  of  which, 
generally  speaking,  with  kinetite  would  not  rupture  the 
lead,  because  being  equally  exerted  in  all  directions,  an 
even  bulge  is  produced.  The  uneven  character  of  the 
bulge  caused  by  the  dynamite  also  throws  some  light  on 
the  extraordinary  and  eccentric  concentration  of  violence, 
1  so  to  sav,  with  which  dynamite  acts  upon  certain  points, 
in  given  directions,  so  as  to  cause  what  are  called 
destructive  local  action. 

The  Action  nf  Kinetite  in  Blasting  Rock. 

An  experiment  was  tried  in  a  quarry  of  sandstone  near 
the  Potentite  Company's  Works,  and  instead  of  a  cait- 
ridge  simply  a  piece  of  kinetite  moulded  in  the  bands 
was  used  ;  this  was  inserted  in  the  bore  hole  just  as  a 
cartridge  would  be,  in  it  being  inserted  also  the  detonator 
with  fuse.  The  tamping  was  not  carried  out  at  all,  the 
fuse  being  simply  lighted.  An  explosion  followed,  which 
did  admirable  wink  in  clearing  cut  a  large  mass  of  rock, 
and  in  large  pieces,  and  generally  manifesting  an  equal 
all-round  action,  which  must  be  of  the  greatest  economic 
value  in  blasting  in  either  quarries  or  coal  mines.  The 
testimony  of  the  workman  in  charge  was  highly  in 
favour  of  the  kinetite  as  regards  the  loosening  of  large 
[  pieces,  as  compared  with  that  of  dynamite.  A  parti- 
cularly valuable  quality  of  kinetite  was  shown  in  the 
next  experiment.  A  bore  hole  had  been  made  in  the 
rock  at  the  bottom  of  a  pool  of  water,  and  into  this  a 
piece  of  kinetite  paste,  first  moulded  in  the  hand,  was 
inserted  by  a  workman,  who  bared  his  arm  and  reached 
down  to  the  bottom  of  the  pool  for  the  purpose.  Into 
the  middle  of  the  kinetite  the  detonator  was  inserted, 
the  end  and  a  few  inches  of  the  fuse  projecting  above  the 
water.  On  lighting  the  fuse,  at  length  an  explosion 
followed,  showing  the  waterproof  character  of  the 
explosive.  Nitrobenzene  being  insoluble  in  water,  pro- 
tects the  particles  of  otherwise  soluble  chlorate  of 
potassium,  so  that  the  whole  remains  insoluble  and  nn- 
wetted  in  the  water. 

The  fact  that  in  so  many  cases,  probably  most,  cart- 
ridges of  kinetite  ate  not  needed,  and  that  kinetite  may 
be  handled  in  moulding  with  safety,  as  it  is  not  noxious 
like  dynamite,'  producing  the  violent  headaches  following 

*  I  am  aware  that  vapours  ot  nitrobenzene  in  closed  spaces 
act  to  some  extent  as  a  poison,  but  the  conversion  into  the 
jelly  prevents  the  vapourisation  lo  a  great  extent,  and  hence 
the  poisonous  effect,  which  again  is  very  far  below  that  at 
nitroglycerin,  even  supposing  work  in  closed  rooms,  of  which 
there  is  no  need.— W.  B. 


10 


THE  JOUKJSTAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBT.     [Jan.  a,  im. 


contact  with  that  article,   is  a  strong  argument  in  its 
favour,  both  on  economic  ;is  well  as  sanitary  grounds. 
Watson  smith.  F.C.S.,  F.I.C., 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology 
in  lln   Victoria  University. 

As  an  expression  of  opinion,  the  immense  prepon- 
derance of  all  the  evidence  compels  me  to  say,  with 
Professor  Lunge,  that  "  the  explosive  called  kinetite 
belougs  to  the  least  dangerous  of  all  explosives  in 
reference  to  carriage,  manipulation  and  storage." 

As  regards  the  use  of  kinetite  in  coal  mines,  I  have 
heard  a  report  from  Germany,  the  reference  to  which 
I  can  unfortunately  not  find  again,  that  it  behaves 
exceedingly  well,  especially  in  detaching  or  loosening 
very  large  masses  anamakingbut  little  smallsand  dust. 
This  i~  a  matter  of  immense  importance  in  coal  mining. 

In  conclusion,  permit  me  to  say  that  I  have  not  the 
slightest  interest  in  kinetite  beyond  my  reputation 
as  a  representative  of  chemical  technology,  and  my 
duty  as  regards  my  experiments  and  report,  which, 
again,  the  company  charged  me  to  make  in  their 
interests,  with  the  most  unbiased  intent  to  elicit  the 
full  truth,  and  I  must  confess  that  in  those  interests, 
thoseof  my  country,  and  with  every  due  care  to  my  own 
reputation,  I  cannot  but  see  great  advantages  in  the 
manufacture  and  use  as  a  blasting  explosive  of  this 
offspring,  as  I  cannot  but  regard  it.  of  1  >r.  Sprengel's 
researches,  and  1  should,  therefore,  class  kinetite  as 
par  exce/lenct  "a  safety  explosive."  If  I  can  rind 
evidence,  or  have  it  placed  before  me,  to  the  contrary, 
it  will  be  my  duty,  and  I  shall  in  fact  hasten  to 
renounce  that  position. 

Experiments. 
After  reading  his  paper,  .Mr.  Watson  Smith  per- 
formed several  experiments  with  a  view  to  proving 
the  safety  attending  both  the  manufacture  and  use 
of  kinetite.  (1.)  He  dissolved  5  of  nitrocellulose  in 
100  of  nitrobenzene,  and  heated  the  mixture  even  to 
ebullition  over  a  flame  (nitrobenzene  boils  at  205°  C). 
(2.)  Some  kinetite  (made  in  November,  1885)  was  put 
on  a  strongly  heated  iron  plate  over  the  gas  flame, 
nitrobenzene  was  rapidly  volatilised,  but  no  combus- 
tion ensued,  until  the  flame  was  directly  applied  to 
the  explosive,  when  the  latter  burned  away  steadily 
and  somewhat  slowly.  (3.)  Some  kinetite  was  placed 
on  an  iron  block,  and  was  struck  heavily  with  a 
hammer.  Several  explosions  of  those  portions  which 
actually  came  between  the  two  iron  surfaces  occurred. 
(4.)  Some  kinetite  was  placed  on  a  sheet  of  lead, 
which,  again,  was  placed  on  the  iron.  Heavy  blows 
were  struck  at  this,  with  no  result.  On  a  second 
attempt  a  minute  portion  was  exploded.  The  same 
experiment  was  repeated  a  third  time,  with  no 
result.  (5.)  Some  kinetite  was  laid  on  wood,  and 
struck  with  a  wooden  mallet  so  as  to  produce  a 
sliding  or  glancing  blow.  Repeated  attempts  to 
explode  the  kinetite  in  this  way  were  made,  but  with 
no  success.  Sume  portions  of  the  explosive  adhered 
to  the  mallet,  and  were  subsequently  burnt  off  at  the 
gas  flame. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  Mr.  Watson  Smith  had  given 
a  very  interesting  paper  on  this  new  substance.  It 
was  most  remarkable  to  see  how  Dr.  Sprengel's  in- 
ventions had  borne  fruit.  It  seemed  hardly  "possible 
now  for  an  inventor  to  do  more  than  develop  one 
or  another  of  Dr.  Sprengel's  ideas  on  the  subject— in 
fact,  all  that  remained  for  one  to  invent  in  respect  of 
this  class  of  explosives  were  variations  in  composition 
and  in  name.  It  seemed  to  him  that  the  most  inter- 
esting property  of  kinetite  was  its  power  of  regular 
explosion.  In  this  respect  it  appeared  to  be  superior 
to  dynamite,  for  if  the  latter  were  used  in  coal 
mining  or  in  quarrying,  its  excessively  destructive 


local  action  was  always  a  great  disadvantage.  This 
new  explosive,  however,  gave  results  more  resembling 
those  of  gunpowder,  and  it  would  therefore  appear  to 
be  a  very  valuable  addition  to  our  stock  of  blasting 
agents.  Of  course  there  might  be  reasons  why  the 
use  of  kinetite  would  be  unadvisable  ;  but,  looking 
at  the  experiments  they  had  seen  performed,  it  did 
not  appear  to  him  to  be  a  very  dangerous  body. 

Dr.  Dlpke  observed  that,  if  he,  as  the  adviser 
of  the  Home  Office  in  matters  relating  to  explosives, 
might  compare  small  things  to  great,  he  would 
suggest  that  the  various  gentlemen,  whose  reports 
had  been  rtad  to  the  meeting,  were  "in  a  position 
of  greater  freedom  and  less  responsibility,'  and  every- 
onepresent  would  understandtuat  he  had  to  be  cautious 
as  to  what  he  said.  He  had  often,  in  teaching,  com- 
pared these  explosives  to  horses.  Everyone  was 
aware  that  a  horse  knew  what  sort  of  a  rider  was  on 
him.  He  would  do  what  a  good  rider  wished  him  to 
do.  But  put  a  bad  rider  on  him.  and  he  would  be 
nowhere.  Similarly,  it  would  seem  that  explosives 
knew  when  they  were  in  the  hands  of  a  man  who 
understood  them.  They  then  would  do  what  was 
expected  of  them,  but  in  the  hands  of  an  inexperienced 
individual, of  course  the  individual  would  be  nowhere. 
When  kinetite  was  first  introduced,  Dr.  Stahlschmidt 
had  written  him  (the  speaker)  a  letter  urging  him  to 
recommend  it  as  a  perfectly  safe  and  perfectly  stable 
body.  In  fact,  as  in  the  case  of  every  inventor  of  a 
safety  explosive,  the  thing  he  had  invented  was 
absolutely  inexplosive,  except  at  the  very  moment 
when  one  had  got  it  in  the  hole  and  wished  to  explode 
it.  One  might  do  what  one  liked  with  it — shoot  at 
it,  put  it  between  two  express  trains,  take  it  up  a 
precipice  and  tumble  it  down — the  explosive  would 
never  do  harm  unless  one  wished  it.  In  his  hands 
kinetite  had  proved  to  be  neither  stable  nor  otherwise 
safe.  Kinetite  was  one  of  a  well-known  class  of 
explosives,  of  which,  as  a  rule,  only  the  portion 
actually  struck  exploded.  Sometimes  one  might 
strike  them  with  a  hammer  without  exploding  them, 
at  other  times  the  slightest  touch  would  set  them  off 
•  a  masse.  One  might  shoot  at  tons  of  dynamite  when 
frozen  without  exploding  it  ;  in  fact,  at  such  a  time 
it  was  scarcely  to  be  exploded  by  a  detonator. 
But  the  result  would  be  very  different  in  summer. 
There  was  an  instance  in  which  a  poor  man 
had  lost  his  hand  by  merely  taking  a  dynamite 
cartridge  in  his  hand  and  striking  it  with  a  small 
hammer.  It  had  become,  a  proverbial  saying  in  his 
laboratory,  when  the  impossible  happened,  "It  only 
explodes  when  iron  strikes  iron  direct."  And  so  the 
man  with  greater  freedom  and  less  responsibility 
thinks,  "  I  nave  never  succeeded  in  making  it  go  off, 
and  therefore  it  is  safe."  But  it  was  well  known 
that  most  serious  accidents  had  happened  through 
a  comparatively  slight  touch  of  a  hammer  on  such 
bodies.  They  ought  not,  theoretically,  to  have  gone 
off. but,. unfortunately,  they  had  done  so,  and  scattered 
people  to  atoms.  There  was  one  respect  in  which 
some  of  these  explosives  had  an  advantage  ;  their 
constituents  could  be  kept  separate  and  mixed  only 
at  the  moment  when  they  were  required.  That  was 
very  admirable,  in  some  cases,  but  it  required  much 

Sractical  experience  to  decide  when  it  was  desirable, 
ut,  desirable  or  not,  it  could  not  be  done  in  this 
country  without  an  Act  of  Parliament.  That  was  a 
point  inventors  should  bear  in  mind.  If  they  could 
get  the  power  from  Parliament,  well  and  good  ;  but 
at  present  no  such  power  existed.  To  return  to  the 
question  of  the  kinetite  experiments.  In  the  labora- 
tory of  the  manufacturers  two  or  three  cartridges 
went  off  spontaneously— they  ought  not  to  have  done 
so,  but  tliey  did.  Several  hundredweights  of  the 
same    suspicious    composition    were    then    in    the 


Jan. ».  1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


11 


magazine  at  the  factory,  and  arrangements  were  made 
for  tlieir  destruction.  Accordingly)  next  day  they 
went  to  remove  them,  but  when  they  arrived  they 
found  that  the  kinetite  had  anticipated  their  action, 
and  had  burnt  away.  Fortunatelyit  bad  not  exploded. 
Sometimes  these  bodies  did  simply  burn  away;  at 
others  they  exploded.  But,  supposing  it  were  prove*  1 
that  kinetite  would  never  explode  under  such  circum- 
stances, what  would  have  happened  if  a  ton  of  gun- 
cotton  had  been  in  the  same  magazine  ?  Would  the 
gun-cotton  have  remained  unexploded  ?  He  imagined 
that  even  Mr.  Watson  Smith  would  not  have  liked  to 
pass  the  night  in  the  magazine  containing  these  hun- 
dredweights of  kinetite  ;  and  if  he  had  done  so,  it  was 
to  be  feared  that  the  Section  would  not  have  had  the 
pleasure  of  hearing  him  read  the  paper  they  had  ju.-t 
listened  to.  Professor  Lunge  had  said  in  his  report 
that  he  had  not  found  it  possible  to  explode  kinetite 
on  wood.  But  he  (the  speaker)  had  lound  that  in 
his  hands  it  would  go  off  on  wood,  on  iron,  on  stone, 
on  almost  anything.  Could  it  be  that  kinetite  was 
unusually  sensitive  in  his  hands  1  And  that  was  the 
great  danger  of  all  chlorate  explosives.  They  were 
admirable  ;  they  were  beautiful  :  but  they  had 
the  very  ugly  knack  of  doing  the  wrong  thing 
at  the  wrong  time.  If  great  caution  were  used, 
they  were,  as  a  rule,  safe  to  keep ;  and  kinetite 
itself  was  usually  safe  from  explosion  by  fire. 
So  one  might  often  set  tire  to  gun-cotton  by  the 
hundredweight  or  by  the  ton,  and  it  would  merely 
burn  off:  at  other  times  it  would  explode.  He  had  seen 
a  hundredweight  of  dynamite  burn  off  quite  com- 
fortably ;  at  another  time  two  or  time  pounds  of  it  set 
on  tire  violently  exploded — why,  he  did  not  know. 
These  facts  showed  how  careful  those  who  were  respon- 
sible for  the  lives  of  others  should  be.  They  could  not  be 
too  cautious  with  respect  to  new  explosives,  whenever 
there  was  the  shadow  of  a  doubt  about  their  safety. 
It  was  all  very  well  for  Mr.  Watson  Smith  to  show  them 
the  experiments  he  had  made,  but  he  (the  speaker; 
might  hint  that  he  would  have  got  an  explosion 
more  easily  if  he  had  struck  his  slanting  blows  across 
the  grain  of  the  wood  instead  of  with  the  grain.  Every- 
one who  had  the  slightest  experience  of  explosives 
knew  that  even  gunpowder  would  occasionally  go  off  if 
incautiously  rammed  down  a  hole.  It  ought  not  to,  but 
it  did.  And  how  much  more  readily  might  such  a  thing 
happen  with  kinetite  !  Men  of  experience  would  know 
that  gun  cotton  might  be  struck  at  ordinary  tempera- 
tures and  it  would  not  communicate  a  flame  :  but  if  it 
were  struck  at  100"  F.  the  whole  mass  would  probably 
^o  off.  There  wis  another  considerable  danger  in 
these  chlorate  explosives  which  was  at  present 
little  understood— viz.,  sensitiveness  to  atmospheric 
changes.  If  made  of  pure  materials  and  carefully 
kept,  they  would  last  well.  But  if  some  of  the  same 
matter  were  exposed  alternately  to  cold,  damp,  and 
to  warm  dry  atmospheres,  it  would  be  lound  to  be 
covered  with  crystals  of  chlorate  of  potassium,  in  which 
condition  it  was  sometimes  remarkably  sensitive. 
With  respect  to  the  experiments  mentioned  by  the 
author,  he  (the  speaker)  would  be  greatly  obliged  to 
any  one  who  would  show  him  any  instruments  by 
means  of  which  the  force  of  combined  friction  and 
concussion  could  be  measured.  He  had  never  yet 
succeeded  in  measuring  such  force  accurately.  There 
was  thus  no  exact  measure  of  the  sensitiveness  of  these 
explosives,  but  there  was  strong  evidence  that  on  being 
exposed  alternately  to  moisture  and  warmth  they 
became  much  more  sensitive,  and  would  occasionally 
go  off  with  a  very  slight  blow.  He  could  say  much 
more  on  the  subject,  but  he  was  under  considerable 
restriction  as  to  freedom  of  speech.  He  would  con- 
clude by  assuring  the  meeting  that  all  these  questions 
were  considered  by  the  authorities  fairly  and  care- 


fully, with  the  full  knowledge  that  on  their  decision 
depended  not  only  the  introduction  of  improvements 
in  an  important  branch  of  manufacture,  but  the  lives 
of  hundreds  of  their  fellows. 

Mr.  W.  Dalkymplk-Rorlanii  said  he  had  worked 
for  a  long  time  with  explosives,  and  felt  quite  Bure 
that  chlorate  mixtures  were  all  more  or  less  uncertain 
in  action,  both  in  manufacture  and  storage.  There 
were  one  or  two  points  upon  which  he  would  be  glad 
of  further  information.  First,  as  to  the  density  of 
kinetite.  Everyone  knew  that  the  density  of  an 
explosive  was  a  matter  of  great  importance.  F<  r 
instance,  blasting  gelatine  had  a  great  advantage 
over  dynamite  because  of  its  greater  density.  For 
the  same  reason  dynamite  had  the  advantage  of  gun- 
cotton.  He  would  therefore  be  giad  to  know  the 
specific  gravity  of  kinetite.  Then  as  to  the  initial 
impulse  required  for  explosion.  From  what  had 
been  said  of  its  non-sensitiveness  he  should  think  it 
required  a  large  impulse.  That  would  be  important 
As  to  the  experiments  made  to  show  the  relative 
forces  exerted,  he  could  not  but  think  that  those 
cylinder  tests,  as  carried  out.  were  wholly  unreliable 
and  practically  worthless.  Under  no  circumstances 
could  they  give  more  than  approximate  results. 
There  was  one  point  in  respect  of  this  new  body 
which  had  not  been  touched  upon — viz.,  the  gases 
of  explosion.  In  these  days  of  high  explosives  yield- 
ing gases  practically  innocuous — water,  carbonic  acid, 
etc. — any  new  explosive  would  stand  a  poor  chance  if 
its  gases  of  explosion  were  noxious.  Now,  chlorates 
were  well  known  to  yield  as  a  rule  gases  containing 
more  or  less  chlorine  ;  at  any  rate  they  were  liable  to 
do  so.  He  would  be  glad  to  know  whether  this  had 
been  found  to  be  the  case  with  kinetite.  He  con- 
sidered sulphide  of  antimony  a  most  dangerous  thing 
to  use.  If  its  employment  had  been  abandoned,  well 
and  good,  but  he  was  not  clear  on  that  point.  As  to 
the  experiment  made  by  Mr.  Smith  to  show  the 
harmlessness  of  mixing  gun-cotton  with  nitrobenzene, 
of  course  no  new  property  had  been  imported  to  the 
gun-cotton  thereby.  It  was  observable  that  nitrous 
fumes  were  given  off  during  the  heating  :  but  the 
gun-cotton  being  in  very  small  quantity  would  not 
make  itself  felt  to  much  extent.  The  anvil  experi- 
ments shown  were  very  interesting  ;  but  he  did  not 
think  they  showed  kinetite  to  be  safer  than  dynamite, 
or  gun-cotton,  or  even  gunpowder. 

Mr.  E.  F.  Hbekoum  said  that  most  of  the  remarks 
he  had  intended  to  make  had  been  anticipated  by  the 
last  speaker.  It  was  a  well-known  fact  that  gun- 
cotton,  as  made  for  the  preparation  of  potentite,  was 
not  sensitive  to  concussion.  It  might  be  remembered 
that  in  order  to  induce  the  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire 
Railway  Co.  to  allow  the  carriage  of  potentite  over 
their  line,  the  makers  ran  some  trucks  over  some 
potentite  cartridges  placed  on  the  rails  without  dam- 
age. He  had  conducted  many  experiments  of  the 
kind  they  had  seen,  and  had  found  that  the  explosion 
of  the  portion  actually  compressed  was  often  not 
communicated  to  the  loose  portions.  But  he  regarded 
such  experiments  as  of  little  value,  since  the  various 
accidents  which  had  occurred  with  potentite  and 
tonite  (bodies  which  were  comparatively  safe)  had 
demonstrated  that  the  detonation  of  such  bodies  in  a 
confined  space  might  be  very  serious.  He  would 
suggest  that  the  fact  of  the  kinetite,  or  a  large  pro- 
portion of  it.  not  being  exploded  by  a  blow  indicated 
an  imperfect  action  of  its  constituents  due  to  their 
not  being  uniformly  blended.  Although  a  detonator 
had  failed  to  cause  complete  explosion  in  some 
kinetite  placed  on  an  open  boulder,  still  it  waspossible 
that  a  slight  detonation,  produced  by  the  friction  of 
a  rammer  in  a  bore-hole,  might  cause  the  explosion 
of  the  whole.     He  quite  agreed  with  the  last  speaker 


12 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      U""-  *uss< 


in  his  remarks  on  the  lead  cylinder  tests.  Noanalysis 
of  the   products   ol   combustion  having  been  made, 

then  was  no  evidence  whether  the  kinetite  had  ex- 
erted all  its  energy  or  not. 

Mr.  John  Spillek  wished  to  inquire  what  was  the 
nature  of  the  detonator  used  for  firing  these  cartridges, 
because  the  experiments  of  the  late  Edwin  Brown 
had  shown  that  much  depended  on  this  point.  One 
could  not  but  recognise  the  high  value  of  1  >r. 
Sprengel's  experiments,  which  had  initiated  this  and 
other  contributions  to  the  science  of  explosives.  Jn 
the  body  placed  before  them  that  evening  there 
would  appear  to  be  a  very  great  excess  of  oxidising 
materials.  If,  as  Mr.  Smith  had  suggested,  the  anti- 
mony pentasulphkle  was  tube  kept  out  altogether, 
there  would  remain  gun-cotton,  chlorate  of  potash, 
and  nitrobenzene— bodies  all  containing  so  much 
oxygen  that  one  would  expect  it  to  be  greatly  in 
excess,  or  likely  to  become  so  when,  by  exposure, 
some  of  the  nitrobenzene  had  vapourised.  But  his 
purpose  was  chiefly  to  impure  what  sort  of  fuse  had 
been  used  for  detonating  these  cartridges. 

Mr.  E.  Kennard  Mitting  wished  to  ask,  in 
reference  to  the  experiments  in  lead  cylinders, 
whether  any  steps  were  taken  to  ensure  that  the 
earth  wasuniformly  homogeneous  round  each  cylinder. 
If  not,  that  would  account  to  some  extent  for  the 
different  results  obtained  by  the  firing  of  various 
cartridgi  3. 

The  Chairman  having  called  upon 

Mr.  Watson  Smith  to  reply,  he  said  he  must  at  once 
bow  to  Dr.  Dupre'smuchsuperiorand  wider  knowledge 
of  explosives.  His  own  experience  had  extended  over 
one  year  and  a-half,  and  had  all  been  laid  before  the 
meeting  that  night.  Still,  having  heard  what  Dr. 
Dupre  had  to  say  on  the  subject,  he  could  not  help 
thinking  that  there  was  at  least  as  much  to  be  said 
for  kinetite  as  for  dynamite.  They  had  heard  much 
of  the  mysteries  and  misdeeds  of  dynamite  and 
of  the  possibility  of  danger  from  kinetite.  He 
could,  of  course,  only  judge  by  his  own  expe- 
rience, and  from  that  he  judged  kinetite  to  be 
stable  and  constant.  If  there  were  acid  present  in 
the  nitrobenzene  (sulphuric  acid,  for  instance)  he 
could  understand  that  reaction  would  occur  between 
it  and  the  chlorate  of  potash  ;  but  that  could  easily 
be  obviated  by  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of 
aniline.*  Similarly,  the  presence  of  sulphide  of 
antimony  might  possibly  account  for  the  heating 
which  had  developed  in  certain  cases  ;  but  it  was 
proposed  to  abandon  the  use  of  that  constituent  in 
England.  This  explosive  was  manufactured  in  Ger- 
many, and  no  mishaps  had  occurred  ;  and  he  could 
not  but  regard  most  of  the  accidents  and  dangers  they 
had  heard  of  as  being  due  to  ignorance.  A  workman 
might  have  his  hand  blown  oft';  but  if  he  (the 
speaker)  had  to  deal  with  kinetite,  he  took  care  not 
to  put  his  hand  in  peril.  He  understood  kinetite, 
but  the  workman  in  question  evidently  did  not 
understand  dynamite.  He  was  not  aware  that  Stahl- 
schmidt  invented  kinetite,  but  had  always  understood 
that  explosive  was  the  invention  of  retry  A-  Fallen- 
stein,  of  Diiren.  Mr.  Smith  had  not  determined  the 
density  of  kinetite  :  but  it  might  be  roughly  judged 
fi'oin  the  densities  of  its  constituents — nitrobenzene, 
to  begin  with,  being  about  V2.  The  ground  in  which 
the  lead  cylinder  tests  were  made  was  of  a  clayey 
nature  and  was  tolerably  homogeneous.  All  the 
cylinders  were  embedded  in  the  same  kind  of  soil, 
close  together,  and  the  pressure  on  each  would  be 
about  equal.  He  thought  the  bulges  made  in  the 
cylinders  showed  the  direction  of  the  force  exerted, 

•  This  proposal  was  made  by  Dr.  Sprenge]  in  bis  paper  read 
before  tin-  Chemical  Society  in  1873  and  hence]  claim  nothing 
new  for  It.— W.  si. 


and  that  an  even  bulge  must  be  taken  as  indicating 
an  equal  development  of  force  all  round,  while  an 
extremely  uneven  sphere  would  show  a  greater 
development  in  the  direction  of  thegreatestbulge.  As 
to  the  gases  of  explosion, he  had  not  determined  them  : 
but  he  had  never  observed  the  slightest  smell  of 
chlorine  in  them.  He  would  propose  that  the  gun- 
cotton  should  be  put  into  the  nitrobenzene  as  soon  as 
possible,  and  should  never  remain  in  stock  ;  it  should, 
moreover,  be  well  tested  for  acid  before  being  dis- 
solved. When  Dr.  Lunge  tested  kinetite  on  wood, 
he  had  probably  used  direct  blows  only  ;  but  he  (the 
speaker)had  usedglancingblows.  It  wasquitetruethat 
both  potentite  and  kinetite  needed  a  large  initial  im- 
pulse to  explode  them  ;  but  then  if  one  wanted  safety 
one  must  be  prepared  tosacrificesomethingfor  it.  One 
could  not  expect  great  sensitiveness,  easy  explosion, 
and  safety  at  the  same  time.  He  was  not  a  special 
advocate  for  potentite  or  tonite  ;  those  bodies  were 
simply  experimented  on  for  the  sake  of  comparison, 
the  experiments  being  made  in  the  Potentite  Com- 
pany's works.  The  detonators  employed  in  the 
experiments  described  were  Eggerstorff's  sextuple 
detonators.  He  must  confess  himself  ignorant  of 
their  composition  ;  but  they  were  very  powerful, 
and  on  one  occasion  already  referred  to,  one  of  them, 
although  failing  to  detonate  the  kinetite  in  the  open, 
had  produced  quite  an  explosion  on  its  own  account. 

»«*^w*»«*»- 


SOME  NOTES  ON  GRINDING  AND  SEPARA- 
TING  HARD  SUBSTANCES. 

BY   T.    W".    B.    MUMFORD. 

Some  four  years  since,  the  firm  of  manufacturers 
with  whom  I  am  connected,  saw  their  way  to  do  a 
largely  increased  trade  in  artificial  fertilisers,  but 
were  limited  to  the  quantity  they  could  produce  by 
the  capacity  of  their  machinery  for  grinding  phos- 
phatic  materials.  The  opportunity  I  speak  of  came 
when  there  was  a  scarcity  all  round  of  the  particular 
article  required,  and  consequently  profits  were  better 
than  usual.  This  made  us  doubly  anxious  to  secure 
the  business ;  the  only  question  was,  How  to 
do  it? 

Our  margin  of  engine  power  was  not  very  great, 
certainly  not  sufficient  to  drive  millstones  enough  to 
produce  what  was  required,  and  I  therefore  cast 
about  for  some  other  machine  to  help  in  the  matter. 
I  may  say  that  every  system  which  I  investigated  I 
considered  unsuitable,  either  from  the  power  required 
to  work  it,  or  from  what,  in  my  opinion,  was  equally 
important — the  principle  on  which  the  various 
machines  were  constructed — whereby  the  probable 
wear  and  tear  or  gradually-diminishing  efficiency  of 
the  apparatus  would  increase  the  cost  of  producing 
the  article  we  wanted  to  make  :  so  that  what,  under 
ordinary  circumstances,  was  a  very  profitable  margin 
between  the  cost  of  production  and  the  selling  price, 
would  have  been  seriously  diminished,  if  it  did  not 
disappear  altogether. 

I  had  long  held  the  opinion  that  grinding  phos- 
phates by  the  aid  of  millstones  was  both  primitive 
and  expensive,  but  inasmuch  as  every  manufacturer 
possessed  machinery  of  that  description,  and  it  repre- 
sented so  many  pounds  sterling  in  his  books  as  plant, 
it  became  a  matter  of  some  difficulty  for  me  to  get 
very  much  encouragement  or  information  as  to  what 
had  been  done  in  other  directions.  There  is  of  course 
this  great  advantage  with  millstones,  they  begin  and 
finish  the  material  ready  for  use,  whereas  other 
machines  require  some  assistance  in  separating  the 
fine  from  the  coarser  particles  which  they  grind.  It 
is  not  my  intention  this  evening  to  inflict  upon  you 


Jan.S9.i8B7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


13 


an  account  of  my  experiences  in  perfecting  a  grind- 
in-  machine  to  help  us  out  of  our  difficulties  :  suffice 
it  to  say  that,  having  the  good  fortune  to  have  as  my 
chief  engineer  a  thoroughly  good  all-round  man,  we 
were  enabled  to  construct  on  our  own  principle  a 
system  of  roller  mills  which  not  only  met  all  our 
requirements  for  the  time  being,  but  which  have  been 
at  work  continuously  ever  since,  and  with  the  most 
satisfactory  results. 

With  roller  mills,  as  with  every  other  machine 
outside  millstones,  the  material  after  being  crushed 
required  to  be  graded.  I  found  it  was  one  thing  to 
crush  or  grind  the  phosphate,  but  quite  another 
matter  to  get  an  uniformly  fine  grade,  which  would 
fulfil  the  two  essentials  01  profitable  manufacture— 
viz.,  minimum  insolubility  of  the  mixed  phosphates 
and  sulphuric  acid,  with  maximum  condition  of  the 
finished  article.  We— and  I  daresay  many  other 
manufacturers  are  in  the  same  fix— had  not  a  large 
space  at  our  disposal,  and  so  were  prohibited  from 
ting  the  ordinary  exhaust  apparatus  with  stive  or 
dust  chambers  ;  we  had  therefore  to  fall  back  upon 
sieves,  and  here  my  troubles  commenced.  We  tried 
every  form — circular,  hexagonal,  and  flat :  iron  gauze, 


steel  gauze,  copper  gauze,  brass  gauze,  perforated 
plates,  etc.,  etc.,  but  all  to  no  purpose  ;  none  proved 
satisfactory.  Either  a  small  hole  would  wear  in  the 
sieve,  and,  before  the  man  in  charge  had  discovered 
it,  sufficient  coarse  material  had  got  through  to  upset 
my  calculations  for  insoluble  phosphate  ;  or,  the 
material  being  slightly  damp,  the  sieves  became 
clogged,  and  we  had  to  stop  to  brush  them.  More- 
over I  found  that  with  woven  wire  the  weaver  was 
confined  to  a  certain  gauge  of  material,  and  that  the 
finer  the  mesh  required  the  thinner  was  it  necessary 
for  the  wire  to  be  ;  whilst  the  finer  I  found  it  neces- 
sary to  grind  the  material  the  greater  tendency  was 
there  for  the  sieves  to  become  blocked,  and  the  more 
necessity  was  there  for  them  to  be  kept  in  a 
constant  state  of  vibration,  or  to  be  brushed,  and 


hence  when  most  was  required  in  this  direction,  the 
substance  on  which  the  operation  had  to  be  performed 
was  far  less  capable  of  withstanding  what  it  was 
necessary  to  do  to  keep  the  interstices  tree.  The 
question  was.  What  was  to  be  done  .'  Here  we  were 
with  a  splendid  machine  for  grinding  our  materials, 
but  it  was  impossible  to  shut  our  eyes  to  the  fact 
that  with  the  most  perfect  system  of  sieves  we  could 
devise  or  obtain,  they  would  wear  out,  and  moreover 
that  we  were  at  the  mercy  of  our  workpeople,  who  by 
inattention  might,  and  did,  bring  about  results  which 
were  the  very  opposite  of  what  we  desired. 

My  colleague,  Mr.  Moodie,  after  we  had  from  time 
to  time  discussed  this  weak  point  in  our  armour, 
conceived  the  idea  of  the  machine  to  which  I  wish  to 
draw  your  attention,  and  of  which  I  have  a  model  on 
the  table  before  me. 

The  diagram  to  which  I  will  now  refer  will  explain 
the  principle  on  which  the  apparatus  is  constructed. 

Sectiox  ok  Separator 

A,  outer  casing  of  sheet  iron,  circular  in  form,  into 
which  the  tine  'lust  is  thrown,  terminating  in  a  spout  at 
the  bottom  for  delivering  into  bags,  casks,  on  toereepei>. 
etc.,  etc.,  as  may  be  desired.  B,  inner  casing  into  which 
the  coarse  particles  fall,  and  can  be  delivered  to  the 
right  or  left  through  the  branch  pipes  ".  a,  by  moving  the 
valve  c  C,  a  movable  band  encircling  the  top  of  the  case 
B,  which  acts  as  a  damper  for  closing  the  opening  be- 
tween the  cases  A  and  B,  and  is  worked  by  the  lever  /, 
and  the  rods  h,  h.  D,  hood  against  which  the  material 
is  thrown.  E,  E,  blades  of  fan  connected  by  arms  to  the 
disc  E1,  rotating  on  the  fan  spindle  Es.  F,  standard  for 
carrying  the  spindle  and  driving  gear,  which  may  he 
bevel  wheels  or  pulleys.  G,  feed  cone  into  which  the 
material  is  fed. 

Mode  of  Operation. 

The  material  to  be  treated  is  fed  into  the  cone  G, 
and,  falling  on  to  the  rotating  disc  E1,  is  thrown  in  a 
thin  stream  all  round  towards  the  fixed  hood  D.  The 
current  induced  by  the  fan  passes  upwards  and 
carries  with  it  the  fine  particles,  which  are  thrown 
into  the  outer  case  A  ;  the  current  of  air7  separating 
itself  from  the  fine  particles  by  centrifugal  force, 
returns  through  the  opening  O  in  the  direction  of 
the  arrows,  the  same  air  being  used  over  and  over 
again.  The  coaser  particles  which  are  too  heavy  to 
be  lifted  by  the  current  of  air  fall  into  the  casing  B, 
from  whence  they  return  by  the  branch  pipes  a,  a,  to 
the  grinding  machine  to  be  further  reduced. 

The  degree  of  fineness  of  the  finished  material  can 
be  regulated  by  the  speed  of  the  fan.  also  by  the 
partial  closing  "of  the  aperture  O,  by  means  of  the 
damper  C,  which  intercepts  the  current  of  air. 

Different  forms  of  hood  D  also  alter  the  quality  of 
the  finished  material. 

I  may  add  that  I  have  found  by  using  this  separator 
in  conjunction  with  millstones  that  I  have  been  able 
to  increase  the  quantity  of  finished  material  60 — 70 
per  cent,  continuously,  and  this  without  any  addi- 
tional wear  and  tear  of  the  stones,  or  increase  in  the 
power  taken  to  drive  them,  the  reason  being  that  the 
runner  is  raised  as  high  as  possible  consistent  with 
its  still  grinding  the  material  between  it  and  the 
bedstone.  The  "material,  coarse  and  fine  together, 
after  passing  the  stones  is  fed  into  the  separator,  the 
fine  passing  out  by  one  spout,  and  being  caught  in 
bags,  etc.,  in  the  usual  way.  whilst  that  which  is  not 
ground  sufficiently  fine  is  returned  to  the  eye  of  the 
stones  to  be  further  reduced.  I  am  working  one 
5ft.  separator  to  every  two  pairs  of  millstones,  and 
this  arrangement  leaves  plenty  of  margin  for 
materials  which  are  much  more  easily  ground  than 
phosphates,  and  where  the  quantity  of  fine  which 


14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       Uan.29,1887 


two  pairs  of  4ft  Bin.  .-tones  will  produce  is  in  excess 
of  what  we  are  able  to  get  from  phosphate  of  lime. 
Figs.  -  and  3  -how  this  arrangement— 

A  is  the  separator;  1'.,  I!,  millstones;  C,  elevator; 
./.  a,  spouts  from   millstones  to  elevator;    h,  spoilt    from 

elevator  to  separator;  c,  >-.  return  spouts  tor  the  coarse 
particles  to  millstones  ;  d,  -punt  for  delivering  finished 
material  into  hags,  etc. 

The  machines  have  no  wearing  parts  which  come 
in  contact  with  the  material  or  which  can  get  out  of 
order  ;  they  are  driven  at  a  slow  speed  for  machines 
of  this  sort.  A  finished  material  of  any  degree  of 
ness  can  he  separated  by  it,  and  ones  miller 
cannot  by  inattention  vary  the  grade  of  the  ground 
material.      The  separator  also  takes  up  very  little 

r< i.  and  can  be  ad  ipted  to  any  system  of  crushing 

or  grinding  machinery. 

In  conclusion,  permit  me  to  say  that  by  the  aid  of 
these  machines  we  are  able  to  keep  our  insoluble 
phosphate  in  our  supers  below  1  per  cent.,  and  at  the 


Meetings  will  be  held  nt  University  ( lollege  Laboratory, Brown- 
low  street,  on  Feb.  2,  March  2,  April  fi  (Annual  Meeting), 

and  May  4,  and  the  following  papers  have  been  promised:  — 
Prof.  George  Arehbold.  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Starch.1' 
Mr.  V.  C  Driffield,  "On  Boiler  Management." 
Mr.  C.    Longuet  Higgins,  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Potas- 
sium Chlorate  by  means  of  Magnesia." 
Mr.  .1.  W.  Maedonald,  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Arrowroot 
in  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies ;  its  Uses  and  Adulterants." 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  seut  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


A  Meeting  urns  held  in  the  Chemical  Theatre  of 
the  University  College,  Brownlow  Street,  on  Wednes- 
day evening,  December  1,  lXtiG. 

PROFESSOR   CAMFBELL  BROWN   PRESIDING. 


DISCUSSION  OX  DR.  HURTER'S  PAPEK  ON 
PYROMETERS  (tuis  Journal,  1886,  034). 

Mr.  E.  K.  MuSPEATTsaid  that  the  Siemens  electrical 
pyrometer  gave  accurate  results,  at  first,  up  to  800°  CL, 


f   i   a    2 


same  time  the  condition  of  the  manufactured  article 
is  all  that  can  be  desired. 


Erratum.  In  the  December  number  (1886),  page  R3I,  Mr. 
Kvershed'u  part  in  discussion,  for  "  Messrs,  Kynastcm  and 
Rideal"  read  "Messrs,  Cinnicutt  and  Nef." 


Liverpool  Section. 

Chairman  :  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown. 
I'ice-Chai7*man  :  Dr.  F.  Hurler. 
Committee  : 
J.  Aflleck.  J.  W.  Kynaston. 

I     '..  Iiallard.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 

Ernest  BIbby.  Jas.  Simpson. 

II.  Urunner.  A.  Norman  Tate. 

J.  C.  Gamble.  A.  Watt. 

D.  Herman. 

toeal  See.  and  Treasurer :   W.  P.  Thompson,  C.  Lord  Street 
Liverpool. 


but  in  a  very  short  time  it  got  out  of  order,  and  had 
to  be  discarded.  He  wished  to  know  whether  the 
instrument  exhibited  by  Dr.  Hurter  could  not  be 
made  less  fragile.  It  was  quite  clear  that  up  to  900° 
F.  very  excellent  results  were  given,  and  the  zero 
was  not  altered  by  constant  use.  If  used  in  a  works 
its  fragility  was  Very  detrimental  to  its  permanent 
use. 

Dr.  Hambttrger  said  that  he  could  only  confirm 
Dr.  Hurler's  statement  as  to  the  inaccurate  results 
obtained  by  the  pyrometers  which  were  usually 
employed  in  chemical  works.  The  Steinle  and 
Hartung  graphite  pyrometer  gave  at  first  very  good 
results  tip  to  about  500°  C.  but  if  the  instrument  had 
once  been  quickly  cooled,  its  indications  were  unreli- 
able, and  it  must  be  adjusted  very  often.  The 
Sehiiffer  and  Budenberg  pyrometer  also  required  fre- 
quent adjustment.  The  only  trustworthy  instrument 
was  Fischer's  calorimeter,  but  it  must  be  carefully 


Jan. so. iss;.]      THE  .JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


IS 


bandied,  and  could  not  be  left  inthe  hands  of -workmen. 
He  would  also  like  to  point  out  that  in  the  Septem- 
ber number  of  this  Journal,  p.  491,  there  was  an 
article  by  Seger,  who  made  extensive  investigations 
on  the  fusibility  of  ceramic  glazes.  As  a  result  he 
was  able  to  arrange  a  scale  of  glazing  mixtures,  the 
fusibility  of  whicb,  during  regular  intervals,  served  as 
an  indication  tor  the  temperature.  But,  of  course, 
this  scale  could  only  be  employed  for  very  high  tem- 
peratures, such  as  prevailed  in  the  pottery  oven  and 
so  forth. 

The  Chairman  (Dr.  J.  Campbell  Brown)  said  he 
thought  that  the  glass  could  be  replaced  by  porcelain, 
but  that  platinum  would  hardly  answer  the  purpose 
for  many  reasona  Platinum  would  be  more  apt  to  be 
influenced  by  outside  pressure  than  either  glass  or 
porcelain. 

]>r.  Hi  i:iki:  said  that  with  regard  to  the  fragility 
of  the  instrument,  he  had  certainly  placed  before 
them  an  instrument  which  looked  exceedingly  fragile. 
It  was  especially  designed  for  taking  the  temperature 
of  superheated  steam  in  a  part  of  their  works,  hence 
the  reason  for  its  peculiar  shape.  As  to  the  amount 
of  error  which  Mr.  Carey  mentioned,  it  was  very  con- 
siderable, amounting  to  200'  in  2000.  With  regard  to 
making  the  pyrometer  of  different  material,  it  was 
difficult  to  join  a  platinum  or  porcelain  bulb  to  the 
mercurial  gauge  and  air  tight  enough  to  stand  the 
variations  of  temperature.  Messrs.  Heisch  and 
Folkard  proposed  to  make  the  bulb  of  platinum  or 
porcelain,  but  how  they  were  going  to  fix  these  bulbs 
he  was  at  a  '.  At  a  white  heat,  platinum 

and  most  metals  become  porous,  so  that  gases  trans 
fuse  through  them,  and  he,  therefore,  was  afraid  that 
platinum  would  not  answer  the  purpose.  Porcelain 
might  answer  if  a  satisfactory  joint  could  be  made 
Let weiu  the  mercurial  gauge  and  the  porcelain  bulb. 
I  'latinum,  also,  was  too  expensive.  He  was  unable  to 
give  any  information  regarding  Murrie's  pyrometer, 
as  he  had  not  received  any  accurate  description  of  it. 

The  Chairman,  after  stating  that  he  had  placed 
on  the  table  a  few  specimens  illustrating  the  manu- 
facture of  Saccharine,  called  upon  Dr.  Shack-Summer 
to  read  his  paper  on  the  Manufacture  of  Sugar. 

- — »*&««♦*«*«« — 

SUGAi;  REFINING. 

BY  DR.   GDSTAF   SCHACK-SOMMRR. 

Before  attempting  an  account  of  the  work  of  sugar 
refining,  we  must  ascertain  what  the  difficulties  to  be 
contended  with  are,  and  of  what  their  nature  con- 
sista  Now  the  object  of  the  process  is  of  course  to 
remove  the  impurities  from  the  raw  sugar  :  and  we 
find  that  these  impurities  are  of  two  kinds— (a) 
mechanical,  ('<)  chemical. 

(a)  The  mechanical  impurities  consist  of  sand, 
remnants  of  the  plants  from  which  the  raw  sugar  has 
been  extracted,  and  other  insoluble  matters.  These 
can  be  completely  removed  I >y  careful  filtration.  This 
process  may  be  accomplished  either  with  filter  bag* 
or  with   I  •*.     When  filter  bags  are  used  the 

sugar  is  simply  melted  in  hot  water  and  passed 
through  the  bags  by  its  own  weight.  This  is  neces- 
sarily a  comparatively  slow  process.  But  a  more 
expeditious  method  of  filtration  is  that  of  driving 
the  liquor  through  filter  presses.  In  this  case  the 
sugar  solution  not  containing  solid  impurities  enough 
to  enable  it  to  saturate  the  pores  of  the  filtering 
medium,  and  so  to  cause  it  to  pass  through  slowly 
and  become  completely  clarified  in  process,  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  add  something  to  it  to  improve 
the  medium  of  filtration.  For  this  purpose,  it  is  custo- 
mary toaddsuch  diverse  substances  as  ground  charcoal, 


sawdust,  lignite,  blood, albumen  ;  or  various  chemicals, 
for  example,  lime,  sucrate  of  lime,  alum  and  its  salts, 
and  tannic  acid.  The  first  three  substances  named 
of  course  remain  in  the  press  without  further  aid 
from  the  refiner  ;  the  blood  and  albumen  coagulate 
through  the  heat  of  the  process,  and  are  also,  there- 
fore, kept  back  ;  but  the  other  substances  require  to 
be  precipitated  by  the  further  addition  of  chemicals 
before  going  into  the  filter  press. 

Secondly,  we  have  to  deal  with  the  chemical 
impurities,  and  these  are  the  most  troublesome.  They 
consist,  first  and  foremost,  of  colouring  matter  ; 
secondly,  of  those  impurities  which  prevent  crystal- 
lisation ;  and  thirdly,  of  those  which  may  destroy  the 
crystallisable  matter. 

The  colouring  matter,  of  course,  consists  principally 
of  vegetable  substances  which  have  not  been  sepa- 
rated from  the  sugar  in  the  preparation  of  the  raw. 
But,  besides  this,  it  is  found  that  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  sugar  itself  has,  owing  to  unskilful  treat- 
ment, been  turned  into  caramel,  and  this  must  also 
be  removed  before  the  colour  can  be  improved.  For 
this  purpose,  either  animal  charcoal  or  some  artificial 
substance  sharing  its  properties  must  be  used.  The 
only  other  method  of  decolorisation  which  need  be 
mentioned  is  by  using  sulphurous  acid  over  a  filtering 
medium  of  gravel. 

The  impurities  which  prevent  crystallisation  are 
inverted  sugar,  foreign  bodies  of  the  albumen  class, 
gums,  and  inorganic  salts  and  bases  ;  and  their  adverse 
action  appears  to  be  due  to  the  fact  that  they  inter- 
vene between  the  particles  of  sugar  at  the  moment  of 
crystallisation,  and  prevent  its  taking  place.  The 
correctness  of  this  theory  is  proved  by  the  fact  that 
when  these  impurities  are  removed  by  the  osmose 
process,  crystallisation  occurs  freely.  Raw  cane  sugar 
contains  chiefly  albumenic  impurities,  and  the  inor- 
ganic salts  in  it  are  not  so  difficult  to  deal  with  as 
those  contained  in  raw  sugar  obtained  from  beet. 

From  experience,  the  refiner  makes  a  rule-pf -thumb 
calculation  that  the  available  hard  sugar  to  be  turned 
out  from  a  given  sample  of  raw  cane  is  equal  to  the 
amount  of  the  pure  sugar  contained  therein,  less  three 
times  the  amount  of  salts  and  the  amount  of  grape, 
or  uncrystallisable  sugar.  From  my  own  experiment 
I  have  found  that  the  available  in  the  raw  sugar  used 
during  a  whole  year,  and  the  hard  sugar  turned  out 
during  the  same  period,  were  practically  the  same. 
Pol.  84 -2 5,  avail.  72"15.  Total  cane  sugar  turned  out 
in  hard  crystal,  etc.,  but  not  taking  into  account  what 
was  boiled  into  tanks,  ~2  per  cent,  (cane  in  77"5  per 
cent.). 

The  salts  contained  in  raw  beet  are  more  injurious, 
and  in  consequence  of  this  the  refiner  has  to  take 
his  available  hard  sugar  obtainable  from  beet  to 
be  equal  to  the  amount  of  pure  sugar  it  contains, 
minus  five  times  the  salt  :  but  in  this  case  the  result 
can  be  only  a  purely  arbitrary  figure,  because  the 
sugar-liquor  extracted  from  beet  grown  on  soil  near 
the  sea,  or  in  places  where  nitrate  of  soda  is  used  as 
manure,  are  almost  uncrystallisable.  The  salts  of 
potash  and  the  alkali  hydrates  appear  to  be  most 
inimical  to  crystallisation,  and  these  salts  are 
found  to  some  extent  in  low-class  cane — e.<j.,  Jaggery, 
4"9  percent.:  Ho  Ho,  5'8  percent.  :  Egyptian, 6*30 
per  cent.,  5'3  per  cent.,  OS  per  cent.  And.  more- 
i  iver,  the  salts  of  potash  are  generally  found  to  amount 
to  two-fifths  of  the  total  salts  present. 

Mr.  Duncan,  of  London,  has  for  many  years  suc- 
cessfully used  an  alum  process  for  getting  rid  of  these 
salts.  He  first  precipitates  the  potash  in  the  form  of 
alum,  and  then  neutralises  the  residual  liquor  by  the 
addition  of  lime.  One  part  of  potash  requires,  for 
conversion  into  alum,  about  9"5  parts  of  sulphate  of 
alumina,  out  of  which  2o  parts  are  required  to  con- 


Ifi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Mmi.£s.iK7. 


vert  tin-  jiotasli  into  a  sulphate,  and  the  remaining  7 
combine  with  the  sulphate  of  potash  and  form  alum- 

or,  Kj(S04)4 -r24aq. 

After  treat- 

BeeiBjrup.       meat,  un«l  tieforo        After  Char. 

Char. 

Sugar 60-18  40-54  4r60 

US  3-81   1-33  0-47 

Water,  etc.  3u"21  5813  57  93 

100-00  100-00  10000 

The  alum  is  then  separated  from  the  sugar-liquor 
by  the  addition  of  lime-water  until  it  only  gives  a 
dull  red  tinge  to  blue  litmus  paper,  after  which  the 
liquor  is  pumped  into  the  blow-up  pans,  and  goes 
through  the  regular  process  of  sugar  refining. 
Another  method  of  using  chemicals  in  refining  which 
is  sometimes  practised  is  as  follows  .---Five  to  ten  per 
cent,  of  calcium  sucrate  is  added  to  a  pure  sugar- 
liquor,  and  the  mixture  is  treated  with  carbonic-acid 
gas  until  it  is  almost  decomposed,  when  it  becomes 
calcium  hydrate,  sucric  acid,  and  carbonic  acid  chemi- 
cally combined,*  or  more  correctly,  sucrate-hydro- 
carbonate  of  lime.  This  compound  is  mixed  with 
the  raw  sugar-liquor  which  they  desire  to  purify,  and 
then  the  process  of  decomposing  it  with  carbonic 
arid  is  completed.  A  very  spongy  precipitate  is  thus 
formed,  which  carries  with  it  most  of  the  colouring 
matter  and  other  impurities.  The  inventors,  Messrs. 
Boivin  and  Loiseau,  of  Paris,  claim  for  their  process 
that  by  its  use  not  only  is  the  yield  of  sugar  increased 
and  its  quality  improved,  but  that  also  less  charcoal 
is  required  and  less  molasses  turned  out.  With 
regard  ti>  this  last  point,  however,  it  should  be  men- 
tioned that  the  molasses  obtained  under  this  method 
is  i[uite  unfit  for  any  purpose  except  distilling.  A 
firm  who  use  this  process  showed  a  sample  of  their 


Raw  SniAR  from  Java. 
Pol.  97-6. 

Baw  Liquor. 

Liquor  nit  r'il 

through 

Char. 

Char 
Washings. 

Crystallisable  sugar  

I'ncrystallisable  sugar. . 
Organic   substances  be- 

4500 

100 

1-40 

•20 

5210 

46-60 
•30 

■00 

•10 

53-00 

43-00 
ISO 

1-35 

•25 

53X0 

10000 

100-00 

100-00 

Bah  si  oab  fboji  M  inilla 

(so-calleil  "Taal   ). 

Pol.  74. 

Raw  Liquor. 

Liquor  nlt'r.l 

through 

Char. 

|Char 
Washings. 

Crystallisable  sugar 

I'ncrystallisable  sugar. . 
Organic)  substances  be- 

35-40 

'J  10 

•00 

1-20 

54  00 

100-00 

41-20 
6-40 

•00 

10 

52-00 

36-00 
7-80 

210 

Aab 

•80 
5330 

100-00 

10000 

sea  at  a  recent  exhibition  labelled  "  Syrup  con- 
taining all  the  impurities."  I  think  that  statement 
is  decidedly  misleading,  tor  most  of  the  original  im- 
purities contained   in   the  raw  sugar  were  thrown 


•  See  Lock.   Wigncr.  and   Borland's  excellent   treatise  on 
ir  Growing  and  Itellning." 


down  in  the  precipitate  ;  and  what  makes  their  syrup 
unsaleable  for  consumption  is  impurities — that  is, 
chemicals  put  in  by  themselves  in  the  process.  The 
process  can  only  be  advantageously  employed  for  raw 
sugars  containing  a  small  percentage  of  inverted 
sugar,  as,  if  there  is  much  uncrystallisable  present,  it 
will  combine  with  the  lime,  and  becomes  glucate  of 
calcium,  a  substance  which  forms  a  sticky  mass,  and 
which,  owing  to  its  great  solubility,  cannot  be  got  rid 
of  throughout  the  whole  process,  and  by  its  presence 
prevents  a  large  proportion  of  the  sugar  from  crystal- 
lising out.  The  most  generally  used  medium  of 
chemical  purification,  however,  is  animal  charcoal. 
The  substance  is  composed  chiefly  of  carbon  in  a 
minutely-divided  state,  deposited  on  a  groundwork 
of  phosphate  of  calcium.  For  this  reason  it  has  a 
great  power  (probably  entirely  physical)  of  retaining 
most  of  the  soluble  substances  as  well  as  the  colour- 
ing matters. 

The  analysis  on  preceding  column,  taken  from  the 
working  of  our  sugar-house,  shows  the  absorbent 
power  of  char,  for  the  impurities  contained  in  solution 
of  sugar  (gauge  24r  B.  at  G3'5'  F.). 

I  attribute  the  organic  substances  in  the  char  wash 
ings  of  the  taal  to  decomposed  sugar. 

The  absorbent  powers  of  char  increase  at  high 
temperature.  The  finer  the  grain  of  the  char,  the, 
more  powerful  its  action.  Certain  inorganic  salts — 
e.g.,  carbonate  of  lime,  and  several  substances  of  the 
albumen  class — seem  to  be  permanently  retained  by 
thechar  ;  butothers,such  as inorganicbases, combined 
with  organic  acids,  and  most  of  the  inorganic  salts, 
and  gummy  substances  seem  to  be  only  temporarily 
retained,  and  are  removable  by  the  addition  of  thinner 
liquors,  or  by  washing  with  hot  water. 

If  the  refiner  could  use  just  the  amount  of  char 
necessary  to  absorb  the  colouring  matter  and  the  salts 
which  he  desires  to  have  removed,  and  could  then  let 
the  sugar-liquor  drain  oft',  he  would  reap  the  full 
advantage  from  the  char  ;  but  as  he  cannot  afford  to 
waste  the  sugar  adhering  to  the  particles  of  char,  he 
has  to  wash  it  out  with  hot  water,  and  then  these 
thin  liquors  contain  nearly  all  the  impurities  which 
the  raw  sugar  originally  contained. 

The  absorbent  power  of  char  ceases  sooner  for  salts 
and  other  impurities  than  for  colouring  matters.  In 
connection  with  this  we  may  note  that  a  thin  scale  is 
often  formed  in  the  pans  in  which  these  thin  liquors 
are  evaporated,  and  it  has  been  found  on  analysis  to 
contain — 

Lime 25-87 

Mngnesia  0  10 

Peroxide  of  Iron  02s 

Alumina 0'58 

Oxide  of  Copper    350 

Oxide  of  Lead 0"17 

Potash' 970 

Soda 0-42 

Sulphuric  Acid  41(10 

Phosphoric  Acid    0'19 

Carbonic  Acid 1*30 

Insoluble  Siliceous  Matters 3'75 

Combined  Water  7'84 

Organic  Matter,  Loss,  etc 170 

100-00 

Several  substitutes  for  char — for  instance,  a  car- 
bonised mixture  of  100  parts  of  pipe-clay,  20  of  tar, 
and  50o  parts  of  coal-dust— have  been  brought  for- 
ward, which  may,  in  their  fresh  state,  have  the  same 
effect  as  charcoal,  but  they  lose  their  power  more 
quickly  on  reburning.  But  why  English  manufac- 
tured charcoal  is  so  much  better  than  foreign  make  I 
have  not  been  able  to  find  out.  Here  is  a  field  for 
arch  fur  chemists,  and  I  hope  someone  will  read 
us  a  paper  on  char  soon,  that  we  may  ventilate  this 
very  interesting  subject. 

Before  the  char  is  used,  it  is  necessary  to  wash 
carefully  all  the  salts  out  of  it.    The  first  water  con- 


Jan.89.i8S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


17 


tallied  464*4  grains  of  salts  per  gallon.  After  eight 
hours'  washing  with  boiling  water,  the  wash-water 
still  contained  99'3  grains  of  salts  per  gallon  :  after 

eleven  hours,  39"3  grains  of  salts  per  gallon  ;  after 
fourteen  hours,  23'8  grains  of  salts  per  gallon  ;  after 
seventeen  hours,  9"20  stains  of  salts  per  gallon  ;  and 
alter  twenty  hours,  2*8  grains  of  salt-  per  gallon. 

The  impurities   which   destroy  the  crystallisable 

are    principally   acids.     The  organic    acids, 

although  themselves  not  very  powerful,  may  liberate 

the  acid  in  the  salts,  and  then  play  havoc  with  the 

crystallisable  sugar. 

"The  lime  or  lime  salts  contained  in  the  charcoal 
or  the  substances  pnt  into  the  pan,  when  the  sugar 
is  melted,  are  the  only  possible  remedies  for  this  evil. 
The  sugar  refiner,  during  his  whole  manipulation  of 
the  material,  is  constantly  adding  to  the  impurities 
it  contains.  To  begin  with,  he  dissolves  the  sugar  in 
.  although  he  knows  that  in  time  a  sugar  solu- 
tion will  be  decomposed  into  ulmic  acid  and  water. 
A  -lava  sugar  hiving  got  wet  on  the  journey  altered 
very  much,  as  the  analysis  shows  : — 


Sound  Java  Sugar. 
Washed  Java  „ 


0-2 
5-2 


z  =  z 

7. 

„ 

27 

< 

~  - 

0 

> 
< 

01 
02 

08 
81 

98-5 
83-8 

965 
751 

have  been  cut,  before  they  reach  the  mills.  During 
this  period  fermentation  sets  in,  and  in  the  result 
the  raw  BUgar  derived  from  them  contains  an 
unduly  large  proportion  of  inverted  BUgar. 

From  the  prominence  we  have  given  inverted  sugar, 
it  will  be  seen  this  is  one  of  the  worst  difficulties  with 
which  the  sugar  refiner  must  contend,  and  it  will, 
therefore,  be  well  to  give  some  account  of  it,  though 
it  is  a  substance  of  whicli  comparatively  little  is 
known.  It  cannot  be  classified  by  its  crystallisation. 
nor  by  its  constant  qualities,  tor  it  is  a  mixture  of 
restless  particles  of  saccharine  matter,  which  are 
always  changing  the  position  of  their  molecules. 
Inverted  sugar  can  remain  without  crystallising  for 
months,  until  suddenly,  without  apparent  cause,  it 
deposits  crystals  which  turn  the  polarised  light  to  the 
right,  and  are,  therefore,  called  Dextrose.  Uncrystal- 
lisable,  on  the  contrary,  turns  the  polarised  light  to 
the  left,  and  is  known  as  Levulose.  These  two  are 
present  in  irregular  proportions  in  inverted  sugar,  and 
the  process  of  inversion  is  believed  to  take  place  by 
one  molecule  of  cane  sugar  combining  with  two  mole- 
cules of  water,  and  forming  a  mixture  of  dextrose 
and  levulose  : — 


C,JI 


.011+H.O=CcH,,0,+CeH„0. 
Dextrose.     Levulose. 


Then  he  heats  the  solution,  knowing  full  well  that 
heat  is  favourable  to  the  inversion  of  sugar.  In  fact, 
Souteiron  has  shown,  experimentally,  that  a  solution 
of  pure  crystals  of  pol.  VI  '0  after  two  hours'  heating 
polarised  only  OS,  after  four  hours  58,  after  eight  hours 
only  38,  and  soon.  This  shows  how  necessary  it  is 
for  the  reSner  to  guard  against  high  temperature 
during  his  processes.  He  should  never  get  higher 
than  GO— Go°  Celsius,  say  140—150°  F.  Thi 
chemist  proved,  by  repeating  the  experiment  with  a 
solution  covered  with  oil  and  attaining  the  same 
result,  that  this  waste  was  not  due  to  the  action  of 
the  air. 

This  inversion  is  not  due  to  the  sudden  application 
of  heat,  but  is  brought  about  by  the  action  of  long- 
continued  raised  temperature,  and,  therefore,  the 
more  quickly  he  can  accomplish  the  process  of  refiniDg, 
the  less  liability  to  loss  of  crystallisable  sugar  is  in- 
curred. To  give  an  example  from  practice,  it  has 
been  found  that  in  working  raw  of  a  polarisa- 
tion of  84'25  for  a  considerable  period  there  was  a 
loss  of  cane  amounting  to  12'25  per  cent,  on  the  raw 
melted,  which  was  equivalent  to  14'G0  per  cent,  on  the 
crystallisable  melted.  Of  this  loss  half  would  go 
in  molasses  turned  out,  but  the  other  half  of  the  lost 
crystallisable  must  be  attributed  to  inversion.  Not 
only  must  heat  and  water  be  guarded  against,  if  we 
wish  to  keep  down  this  tendency  to  inversion,  but 
sunlight  must  also  be  avoided,  as  it  has  a  similar 
power  of  inverting  cane  sugar,  as  the  following 
experiment  of  Maumene  shows  : — 

He  took  two  similar  glass  tubes  filled  withpurecane 
solution,  and  kept  them  from  the  12th  of  May  to  the 
20th  of  October — one  he  exposed,  the  other  was  in 
complete  darkness — both  were  kept  at  the  same  tem- 
perature. At  the  end  of  this  period  he  found  that 
half  of  the  first  solution  had  become  inverted,  whereas 
the  other  remained  in  its  original  condition. 

It  may  be  well  here  to  mention  another  cause  of 
inversion,  which,  however,  does  not  come  under  the 
control  of  the  British  refiner.  It  is  the  practice  of 
some  planters  to  cut  the  canes  more  quickly  than 
their  mills  are  able  to  crush  them,  and  for  this  re  i  son 
the  canes  often  have  to  lie  several  clays,  after  they 


Dextrose  crystallises  in  the  form  of  twin  crystals  of 
the  triclinic  system.  The  presence  of  inverted  sugar 
always  depreciates  the  value  of  the  raw,  but  I  also  have 
strong  suspicion  that  the  cloudiness  of  golden  syrup 
(refined  molasses),  whicli  is  the  great  trouble  of  some 
refiners,  since  it  renders  their  residual  product 
unsaleable,  is  due  to  the  dextrose  crystallising  out 
after  a  more  or  less  considerable  time  has  elapsed 
since  the  manufacture  has  been  completed. 

Dextrose,  indeed,  is  troublesome,  not  only  in  its 
simple  form,  but  also  in  its  combinations  with 
organic  and  inorganic  bases.  Inverted  sugar  and 
lime  in  combination  form  a  very  easily  decomposed 
salt,  which,  if  exposed  to  the  sunlight  for  a  few- 
minutes,  turns  from  white  to  a  dark  brown,  approach- 
ing black,  and  in  that  state  is  proof  against  further 
decomposition  by  carbonic  acid. 

These  properties  of  inverted  sugar  render  it  im- 
possible for  the  refiner  of  cane  sugar  to  profit  by  the 
new  methods  of  refining  more  universally  practised 
on  the  Continent  for  extracting  the  crystallisable 
sugar  from  molasses,  by  the  means  of  compounds  of 
lime  strontianite  and  "baryta.  I  need  only  refer  to 
such  processes  as  those  of  Manoury  and  Scheibler, 
which,  though  excellent  for  beet,  are  impracticable 
with  cane  sugar.  Though  I  may  mention  here  that 
the  French  Government  has  prohibited  manufacturers 
at  Aubervilliers  and  Wallers  from  using  the  last  ingre- 
dient on  account  of  symptoms  of  poisoning,  which 
showed  themselves  not  only  amongst  the  workmen 
employed  in  the  manufactories,  but  also  amongst  the 
animals  and  vegetables  for  miles  round  the  works. 
A.  M.  V.  Gayon  has  proposed  to  destroy  the  inverted 
sugar  by  means  of  a  fungus  called  Mucor,  having 
made  the  discovery  that  fermeutation  with  that  fungus 
will  only  attack  the  inverted  sugar  in  molasses,  and 
leaves  the  cane  sugai  intact.  In  this  process  the 
solution  must  be  first  boiled  so  as  to  prevent  all  other 
fermentation,  then  it  is  impregnated  with  the  mucor 
circinelloides,  and  whilst  the  fermentation  is  proceed- 
ing, any  air  which  is  admitted  has  to  be  either 
filtered  through  cotton  wool  or  passed  through  red- 
hot  pipes,  so  as  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  the  ap- 
proach of  any  other  germs.  The  liquid  itself  must 
be  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  30—40'  C.  during 
the  proce.-s,  but  afterwards  may  be  gradually  lowered 
to  201  C.  to  avoid  evaporation  of  the  alcohol.  After 
the  fermentation  is  over  the  alcohol  is  distilled  off, 

B 


IS 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uan. 29,1887. 


and  the  sugar  is  secured  by  the  usual  methods  of 
crj  stallisation. 

It  has  often  been  remarked  that  1"  et-root  sugar  has 
less  Bweetening  power  than  cane  sugar.  This  could 
be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  there  are  substances 
— e.g.,  Peligot's  discovery,  Saccharin— which  have 
the  power  of  turning  the  polarised  light  more  than 
cane  sugar,  and  have  man)  oi  its  properties  as  well, 
but  have  do  taste  whatever.  Pehgors  Saccharin — 
which  should  not  be  confused  with  Fahlberg's 
Saccharine,  to  which  1  will  refer  later  on— is  produced 
by  the  action  of  hydrate  of  calcium  on  inverted  sugar, 
a  product  which  is  very  apt  to  be  generated  by  the 
method  in  which  beet-root  sugar  is  made  on  the 
Continent. 

1  am  also  unable  to  give  any  definite  reason  why 
fruit  preserved  with  beet-root  sugar,  or  refined  sugar 
made  from  beet  root,  will  not  keep.  The  only  ex- 
planation to  be  offered  for  this  is  that  the  salts,  which 
are  never  totally  eradicated  from  beet-root  sugar, 
favour  fermentation. 

Now  it  will  be  seen,  from  all  we  have  said,  that  the 
sugar  refiner  has  to  overcome  many  difficulties,  and 
to  overcome  them  all  at  the  same  time.  Thus,  if  he 
does  not  use  sufficient  heat  in  his  process,  he  prolongs 
his  operation  and  favours  fermentation.  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  he  uses  too  much  heat,  he  caramelises  the 
saccharine  matters.  Again,  if  he  docs  not  get  rid  of 
the  foreign  bodies  and  the  acids,  the  sugar  will  not 
crystallise,  yet  he  injures  the  raw  material  in  the 
process  of  destroying  them. 

It  now  becomes  necessary  for  the  sugar  refiner  to 
convert  his  pure  sugar  liquor  into  a  solid  substance 
in  a  saleable  form. 

This  is  done  in  modern  refineries  by  first  boiling 
the  liquor  in  vacuum  pans,  and  then  separating  the 
formed  sugar  crystals  from  the  syrup,  by  means  of 
centrifugal  hydro-extractors.  When  viewing  the  | 
present  rapid  and  inexpensive  methods  of  accomplish- 
ing these  ends,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  conceive 
that  only  a  very  few  years  ago  sugar  refiners  were 
content  to  separate  their  hard  sugar  from  the  syrup  by 
the  slow  process  of  drainage,  which  not  only  caused 
great  loss  by  the  time  which  was  wasted  and  the 
room  which  was  required  to  accommodate  the  moulds 
for  several  days'  melt,  but  also  caused  the  sugar  to 
become  very  hard  and  insoluble,  and  this  evil  was 
intensified  by  the  practice  of  "  sucking :'  air  through 
the  sugar,  so  as  to  dry  it  after  the  drainage  had  run 
through.  This  comparative  insolubility  is  another 
reason  why  Titlers  are  now  so  little  used,  as,  though 
old  habit  was  with  difficulty  broken,  customers  have 
at  length  begun  to  find  that  ready-made  cubes  not 
only  are  a  saving  of  labour  to  the  purchaser  by  re- 
lieving him  from  the  trouble  of  chopping  his  sugar, 
before  using  it,  but  they  may  consist  of  sugar  quite 
as  pure  as  the  old  loaf  sugar,  and  are  much  more 
soluble  than  it  ever  could  be. 

It  is  strange  that  though  all  these  objections  to 
moulds  were  well  known  at  the  time,  refiners  per- 
sisted in  using  the  old  process  long  after  the  invention 
of  the  centrifugal  hydro-extractor  ;  and  I  well  remem- 
ber, when  1  was  a  student,  that  this  fact  suggested  to 
my  prof essor  a  long  dissertation  on  the  struggle  by 
which  real  economy  has  to  overcome  old  fashions. 
Similar  fashions  *till  hold  their  sway  in  our  trade, 
for  in  many  parts  of  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire  there 
is  a  great  demand  for  immense  crystals  which  owe 
their  size  to  the  great  temperature  at  which  they  are 
boiled,  though  it  is  well  known  that  this  high  "tem- 
perature renders  them  very  insoluble.  Not  only  can 
fancy  prices  be  obtained  for  these  large  crystals  of 
pure  sugar,  but,  especially  in  the  South  of  England, 
grocery  Demeraras,  which  are  merely  a  highly  crys- 
tallised raw  cane  sugar,  are  much  sought  after,  as 


there  is  a  very  unfounded  belief  that  they  contain 
more  sweetening  properties  than  white  crystals  of 
pure  sugar. 

Grocers  frequently  complain  that  refiners  fell  them 
water  instead  of  sugar.  Now  it  is  a  fact  that  pure 
crystal  sugars  contain  less  than  0"5  per  cent,  of 
moisture,  and  it  is  to  the  presence  of  this  modicum 
of  water  that  the  sparkle,  which  is  so  much  sought 
after,  is  due.  And  the  very  people  who  cry  out  so 
loudly  about  "  wet "  crystals  are  the  first  to  reject 
absolutely  dry  sugar  on  account  of  its  dulness  and 
want  of  sparkle. 

A  paper  on  sugar  refining  at  the  present  time 
would  be  very  incomplete  without  a  reference  to  the 
alleged  discovery  of  "  Professor  "  Friend  ;  I  refer  of 
course  to  electric  sugar  refining.  When  it  is  borne 
in  mind  how  many  different  kinds  of  foreign  bodies 
are  wont  to  be  present  in  the  raw  material,  and  how 
easily  the  pure  sugar  is  injured  and  even  destroyed 
in  the  process  of  eradicating  them,  it  will  be  under- 
stood what  an  immense  stride  that  gentleman  claims 
to  have  made  when  he  says  that  he  can  almost 
instantly  refine  sugar  at  a  merely  nominal  cost  and 
with  a  merely  nominal  loss  in  the  process. 

He  claims  first,  to  quote  the  words  of  his   own 
pamphlet,  that  the  process  will  refine  any  grade  of 
sugar,  and  that  raw  sugars  of  the  lowest  grades  are 
as  easily,    cheaply,  and  effectually  refined   as  raw- 
sugars  of  the   highest  grades.      Secondly,  that  the 
whole  saccharine  matters  in  the  raw  sugar,  including 
the  invert,  within  the  merest   trifle  is  returned   in 
refined  sugars  of  the  highest  grades  similar  to  those 
exhibited,  and  he  claims  that  the   invention  is  an 
entirely  new  process  of  refining  sugars.    It  is  dry 
throughout,  dispensing  altogether  with  boiling  and 
the  use  of  bone-black  ;   no  syrup  whatever  is  pro- 
duced, but  the  whole  product  is  hard  sugar  of  nearly, 
if  not  quite,  absolute  pure  sugar — viz.,  100  per  cent, 
of  pure  sugar,  as  per  analysis.     A  principal  feature 
of  the  process  is  the  use  of  electricity,   concerning 
which  the  inventor  claims  that  he  has  discovered  a 
new  method  of  producing    it   at   a   nominal  cost. 
Knowing  definitely  nothing  more  than  this   about 
Professor  Friend's  process,  one  can  of   course  only 
speculate  as  to  how  this  problem  is  to  be  worked 
out,  bearing  in  mind  all  the  difficulties  with  which 
tbe'sugar  refiner  is  surrounded.     To  begin  with,  it  is 
stated  that  the  process  is  an  entirely  dry  one,  and  I 
have  the  Professor's  own  authority  for  the  statement 
that  at  all  events  he  did  not  use  "  more  than  perhaps 
a  bucket  full  of  water  "  in  the  whole  course  of  his 
great  demonstration,  when  on  the  14th  July,  1885,  he 
produced  40  barrels  filled  with  refined  sugar  of  12 
different  sizes,  ranging  from  cubes  of  nearly  an  inch 
cube  down  to  powder.     Now,  as  I  am  not  aware  that 
one  can  bring  about  crystallisation  of  sugar  without 
first  passing  the  substance  through  the  stage  of  solu- 
tion in  some  liquid,  I  can  only  suppose  that  when  the 
Professor  speaksof  hisprocessasa  dry  process.he  means 
us  to  understand  either  that  he  does  not  dissolve  his 
sugar  in  water,  but  uses  some  other  solvent  for  the 
purpose, orthat  hefusesit  byheat.  The  first  alternative 
is  the  most  likely  one,  as  it  would  be  almost  impossible 
to  keep  sugar  in  a  sufficiently  high  temperature  to 
fuse   it,   without   at   the    same   time    turning   it  to 
caramel,  for  even  at  160"  C.  the  fusing  point  of  sugar, 
it  decomposes  very  rapidly.     The  peculiar  agglomera- 
tion   of   crystals  which   form  the  sample  of  refined 
which  he  lias  produced,  even  favour  the  first   theory. 
But  in  spite  of  this  I   should  personally  be  inclined 
to  believe  that  this  solvent  had  been  applied  after 
the  refining  process  had  been  completed,  for  all  the 
individual  crvstals  of  electric  sugar  belonged  to  the 
i  monocline  form  of  crystallisation,  that  form  winch 
I  sugar  invariably  takes. 


Jan. 29, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


19 


For  the  second  place  I  must  refer  to  the  statement 
regarding  the  application  of  electricity  to  the  purifica- 
tion of  sugar.  Now  up  to  this  time  there  has  been  a 
general  agreement  amongst  scientific  men    to   the 

effect  that  sugar  is  a  poor  conductor  of  electricity, 
and  that  it  is  totally  unaffected  by  the  action  of  the 
electric  fluid  But  Professor  Friend  is  not  the  only 
person  who  claims  the  invention  of  a  process  of  sugar 
refining  by  electricity,  for  last  year,  in  Dingier1* 
Juki  mi/,  cclvii.  p.  298,  We  find  it  stated  that  some 
people  in  Lyons  claim  to  have  obtained  sugar  by  the 
following  method  : — They  boiled  lOOkilos.  of  potatoes 
in  S  cubic  metres  of  water  containing  okilos.  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  a  trace  of  nitric  acid.  They 
passed  through  this  an  electric  current  of  11  amperes. 
The  elect  indcs  wire  of  antinionial  lead,  and  the  rlow 
of  the  current  was  continually  changed.  Alter  two 
hours  it  was  tested  and  all  the  starch  had  disappeared, 
and  then  firet  the  acid  and  then  the  saccharine  matter 
was  precipitated  with  lime,  and  from  the  precipitate  the 
latter  freed  by  carbonic  acid  when  it  had  been  evapo- 
rated and  crystallised.  The  result  of  this  experiment 
was  analysed  and  found  to  contain 

Water   Cfls 

Asb 3-67 

Grape l'OO 

Cane  SS-38 

100-00 

I  could  never  verify  this  startling  announcement,  and 
Professor  Seheibler,  of  Berlin,  whom  I  consulted 
about  it,  told  me  it  was  a  misapprehension,  and 
Professor  Landolt,  at  the  general  meeting  of  the 
Rubenzucker  Industrie,  in  July,  1885,  made  a  state- 
ment to  the  effect  that  no  progess  had  been  made  up 
to  that  date  in  making  use  of  electricity  in  the 
process  of  sugar  refining.  I  had  a  letter  a  few  days 
ago  from  Mr.  Gill  of  London,  who  investigated  the 
invention  personally  and  found  there  was  no  truth  in 
it  whatever. 

There  is  one  method  in  which  it  may  be  possible 
to  use  electricity  in  sugar  refining,  but  I  do  not  think 
it  has  ever  been  attempted  in  practice.  That  is,  to 
create  ozone  by  passing  electricity  through  oxygen 
and  then  decolorising  the  sugar  with  the  product. 
Patents  have  been  taken  out  by  several  persons  for 
the  use  of  electricity  in  sugar  refining,  but  they  all 
propose  to  purify  the  liquor  from  the  salts  by  decom- 
posing them  into  their  constituent  parts  ;  and  under 
the  working  of  each  patent  there  is  an  increase  of 
uncrystallisable  in  the  process.  I  need  only  mention 
the  excellent  experiments  made  in  the  sugar  house 
of  MM.  Dudok,  Devitt  &  Co.,  at  Amsterdam,  which 
were  quite  unsatisfactory  in  their  results.  As  regards 
the  patents  of  Mr.  Louis  Henri  Uespeissis,  of  Paris, 
taken  out  30th  August,  1883,  and  of  Joseph  Goiz,  of 
Berlin,  taken  out  27th  November,  1883,  they  have 
not  proved  of  any  practical  advantage,  and  neither 
have  been  adopted. 

I  have  now  given  all  the  information  which  can 
throw  any  light  on  the  probability  of  the  electric 
process  being  practicable,  and  I  think  you  will  agree 
that  the  practical  difficulties  of  sugar  refining  prevent 
any  likelihood  of  electricity  being  advantageously- 
employed  in  the  process.  I  do  not  for  a  moment 
pretend  that  it  is  an  impossibility  to  make  cane 
sugar  from  invert,  in  fact  I  believe  that  some  day  it 
will  be  rendered  practicable  to  do  so  ;  but  when  that 
is  done  I  think  the  inventor  will  be  able  to  use  other 
and  cheaper  sources  for  his  raw  material  than  either 
the  sugar  cane  or  the  beet-root,  and  here  I  do  not 
mean  crystals  of  invert  sugar,  such  as  Mr.  Behr,  of 
New  York,  has  produced,  but  I  mean  crystals  of 
cane  sugar  to  be  produced  from  the  invert  sugar. 

Before  I  close  this  paper  I  would  like  to  mention 


that  saccharine,  which  is  one  of  the  products  of  coal 
tar  treated  in  the  manner  described  on  a  former 
occasion  in  this  Society,  would  seem  to  a  chemical 
mind  to  be  poisonous,  or  at  least  prejudicial  to 
health,  but  experiments  made  by  medical  men,  first 
on  animals  and  afterwards  on  human  beings,  have 
proved  that  it  shows  no  evil  effects.  In  fact  it 
passes  through  the  body  without  decomposition,  as  a 
chi  rry-stone  would  do.  The  whole  amount  adminis- 
tered to  a  person  can  be  afterwards  recovered  from 
his  secretions.  Now,  of  course,  to  sufferers  from 
diabetes  mellitus  and  gouty  persons  saccharine  may 
be  a  boon,  as  it  will  allow  them  to  enjoy  the  sweet- 
ness of  sugar  and  similar  carbohydrates  without  their, 
to  them,  injurious  effects.  But  sugar  planters  and 
refiners  need  not  be  afraid  of  this  substance,  for  it 
has  only  the  power  of  conveying  the  sweet  taste  of 
sugar  to  the  palate.  It  is  absolutely  without  the 
nutritious  properties  of  sugar. 

Experiments  on  dogs  have  shown  that  a  diet  of 
sugar,  combined  with  a  modicum  of  fat  in  order  to 
ensure  the  complete  assimilation  of  the  sugar,  will 
be  sufficient  to  keep  up  the  vital  forces  for  a  long 
period,  that  in  fact  sugar  contains  all  the  nutritious 
elements  necessary  for  sustaining  life. 

There  are  many  substances  which,  on  entering  the 
stomach,  are  converted  by  the  process  of  digestion, 
first  into  sugar  and  afterwards  into  fat,  and  it_  is 
found  that  children  and  persons  with  weak  digestion 
are  much  benefited  by  a  diet  containing  a  quantity  of 
sugar,  as  the  preliminary  process  of  digestion  is 
avoided,  and  the  sugar  becomes  fat  almost  immedi- 
ately upon  its  reception  into  the  body. 

Moreover,  there  is  another  digestive  property  of 
sugar,  which  is  also  common  to  salt.  This  is  the 
power  of  exciting  the  salivary  glands  which  makes  it 
possible  for  many  other  substances,  of  themselves 
indigestible,  to  be  eaten  without  danger,  because  it 
causes  them  to  be  thoroughly  impregnated  with 
saliva  before  they  are  swallowed,  and  thus  easy  of 
digestion,  a  property  which  is  not  possessed  by  the 
coal-tar  sugar. 

A  company  with  a  capital  of  £100,000  is  now- 
established  at  Madgeburg,  to  manufacture  this 
substance  on  a  large  scale,  but  I  cannot  believe  that 
it  will  ever  find  its  way  into  the  grocer's  shop  ;  it  is 
much  more  probable  that  it  will  remain  on  the 
druggist's  shelves,  where,  doubtless,  it  will  be  found 
very  useful  for  medicinal  purposes. 

In  spite  of  my  conviction  that  neither  of  these 
much-talked-of  competitors  are  dangerous  to  the 
sugar  refiner,  I  think  it  will  be  seen  from  the  few- 
remarks  that  I  have  given  you,  that  the  sugar  refiner 
has  sufficient  real  difficulties  to  contend  with  in  his 
business  to  render  it  very  necessary  for  him  to  bring 
all  the  resources  of  his  experience  and  all  the  know- 
ledge of  chemistry  he  can  command  to  his  aid,  if  he 
attempts  to  compete  with  the  bounty  fed  productions 
of  the  Continent  and  the  United  States. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  that  they  had  had  a  most 
interesting  and  instructive  paper  from  Mr.  Shack- 
Sommer,  and  that  there  was  a  great  deal  of  room  for 
remarks  and  discussion.  He  believed  there  was 
present  a  representative  of  the  Electric  Sugar  Co., 
and  had  pleasure  in  calling  upon 

Mr.  Robertson,  who  said  the  reader  of  the  paper 
had  mentioned  that  he  did  not  understand  what 
Professor  Friend  claimed  as  bis  process.  Thisbeing  so, 
his  criticisms  of  what  he  did  not  (admittedly)  under- 
stand could  not  be  of  great  value.  He  might  have  been 
mistaken,  as  owing  to  the  reverberation  in  the  room 
he  had  not  quite  caught  every  word  of  the  reader. 

B  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan. 29, 1887. 


lie  had  been  requested  to  attend  the  meeting,  as 
being  perhaps  the  heaviest  English  investor  in  the 
Electric  Sugar  Company.  Be  had  been  to  New 
York  to  see  and  learn  all  he  could  about  what 
was  claimed  for  this  new  invention.  He  attended 
what  was  called  a  demonstration  at  Professor 
Friend's  house,  at  which  time  nine  barrels  of  raw 
sugar  were  given  him  to  refine,  and  after  two  hours 
and  a  half  he  was  shown  what  was  said  to  be  the 
result — eight  different  sizes  of  refined  sugar,  some  of 
which  was  now  shown.  Professor  Friend  would 
allow  no  one  to  see  how  he  rctincd  the  sugar,  nor 
his  machinery  cither,  and  was  keeping  the  process 
secret.  He  was  fully  convinced  that  Professor 
Friend  had  done,  and  could  do,  all  that  he  claimed. 
He  had  invested  moderately  before  going  out  to 
New  York,  but  after  attending  the  demonstration 
alluded  to,  and  becoming  acquainted  with  Professor 
Friend  and  his  family,  he  had  more  than  doubled 
his  investment,  and  had  induced  other  members  of 
his  family  to  do  likewise  ;  but  this  did  not  prove 
anything  beyond  his  own  faith  in  the  invention.  He 
had  never  heard  a  single  expert  in  sugar  deny  that 
the  product  was  a  new  one ;  the  process  being  a 
new  one  unknown  to  anyone  but  the  inventor. 
He  could  not  say  how  it  was  done,  but  thought  it 
only  reasonable  to  give  Professor  Friend  credit  for 
what  he  claimed,  seeing  that  no  one  had  yet  pro- 
duced the  same  character  of  refined  sugar  as  that 
shown.  He  was  so  confident  of  the  bond  Jides  of 
the  inventor  and  all  he  claimed,  that  if  he  could 
afford  it  he  would  double  his  holdings  in  the 
company.  He  had  pleasure  in  placing  before  the 
members  several  specimens  of  sugar  refined  by 
Professor  Friend. 

.Mr.  E.  Cabby  would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Shack- 
Sommer  one  question.  He  understood  him  to  say, 
as  a  kind  of  general  statement,  that  crystallisation 
could  only  be  induced  from  a  state  of  either  solution 
or  fusion.  He  might  have  misunderstood  the  remark, 
but  would  observe  that  there  were  many  instances 
in  nature  of  crystallisation  without  solution  or 
fusion,  as,  for  example,  the  crystallisation  of  wrought 
iron  when  exposed  to  continued  vibration.  The 
iron  gradually  became  crystalline  and  brittle  instead 
of  being  fibrous  and  tough. 

Mr.  Musfratt  said  he  would  be  glad  if  Dr. 
Shack-Sommer  could  give  them  some  further  infor- 
mation as  to  the  way  in  which  the  poisoning 
referred  to  in  his  paper  had  taken  place.  As  he 
understood  that  when  baryta  salts  were  used  in  the 
way  described  in  the  paper,  an  insoluble  precipitate 
was  formed,  it  seemed  difficult  to  understand  how 
the  use  of  these  salts  could  affect  the  surrounding 
people  in  any  way.  The.  poisoning  must  have  been 
serious  to  cause  the  Government  to  interfere  in  the 
matter. 

Dr.  Si  hack-Sommkr  said  that  his  information  was 
derived  from  Scheibler's  Zeitschrift  fib-  Riibemucker 
Industrie,  vol.  xvii.  No.  13,  p.  167,  where  it  is  stated 
that  the  works  of  Mr.  Lebandy,  at  Aubervilliers  and 
Wallers,  had  been  closed  by  order  of  the  Government 
on  account  of  sickness  amongst  the  workmen,  mani- 
festing itself,  in  the  first  instance,  by  the  falling  off 
of  their  hair,  as  well  as  the  destruction  of  all  animal 
and  vegetable  life  for  a  considerable  distance  round, 
the  poisoning  of  the  neighbouring  streams,  and  the 
pollution  of  the  atmosphere,  which  was  noticeable  for 
miles  round,  J  le  had  no  particulars  as  to  how  it  took 
place. 

Mr.  HENRY  Brunneb  said  that  he  thought  the 
reason  why  beet  sugar  was  not  as  sweet  as  cane  sugar 
was  due  in  some  measure  to  the  presence  of  the 
salts  contained  in  the  syrups  or  molasses  adhering  to 
the  sugar. 


Mr.  .1.  W.  Macdonald  said  he  thought  that  the 
poisoning  caused  by  the  use  of  baryta,  was  due  to  the 
small  particles  flying  about,  owing  to  the  handling 
and  slacking  of  the  caustic  baryta.  This  could  be 
considerably  obviated  by  care  in  the  construction  of 
the  works,  keeping  the  baryta  department  by  itself, 
and  having  it  closed  in  as  much  as  possible.  This 
would  only  affect  the  workmen  in  the  baryta  depart- 
ment, and  would  be  no  worse  than  in  other  industries 
where  compounds  of  baryta,  lead,  arsenic,  and  such 
like  substances  were  manufactured  orused.  The  baryta 
could  not  affect  the  consumers  of  the  sugar,  for  it  was 
completely  precipitated  by  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  the 
carbonate  of  baryta  filtered  off.  Even  should  a  trace 
of  baryta  compounds  remain  in  the  molasses,  it  would 
not  appear  in  loaf  and  crystalsugars,  which  were  washed 
free  of  molasses.  He  quite  agreed  with  Dr.  Shack- 
Sommer's  remarks  on  the  so-called  electric  sugar  pro- 
cess of  Prof.  Friend.  He  thought  the  professor's 
claims  preposterous,  and  the  public  should  know  what 
those  in  the  sugar  industry  thought  of  the  process. 
Prof.  Friend  claimed  to  have  discovered  a  means 
of  separating  the  sugar  from  the  innumerable  organic 
and  inorganic  impurities  contained  in  raw  sugars. 
He  also  claimed  to  have  converted  the  glucose  into 
crystallisable  sugar,  and  to  separate  it  along  with  the 
sugar.  Any  of  these  results  would  be  most  remark- 
able, if  obtained  in  a  wet  process  ;  but  the  process  was 
also  said  to  be  a  dry  one.  Now,  sand  and  other 
insoluble  matter  could  not  be  separated  from  sugar 
crystals  by  a  dry  process.  You  must  have  solution 
and  filtration.  Prof.  Friend  did  not  tell  them  what 
became  of  the  potash  salts  and  other  soluble  im- 
purities which  at  present  formed  molasses.  All  that  he 
showed  was  sugar  and  such  like  substances  as  sand, 
fibre,  and  the  various  substances  at  present 
removed  in  the  refineries  by  filtration,  Yery  similar 
sugar  to  the  "  electric"  sugar  could  be  made  by  gently 
crushing  loaf  sugar,  and  separating  it  into  various 
sizes  by  a  set  of  different  sieves.  If  the  process  were 
so  very  valuable,  the  Americans  would  very  soon  sub- 
scribe the  necessary  capital.  As  to  the  sweeten- 
ing property  of  cane  sugar,  he  thought  the 
flavour  contained  in  raw  cane  sugars  helped  to 
make  the  taste  of  those  sugars  so  pleasant.  He 
believed  that  pure  sugar  made  from  cane  or  beet  had 
the  same  sweetness,  and  that  if  each  were  introduced 
into  the  mouth  under  the  same  conditions,  it  would 
be  found  that  the  effect  on  the  palate  was  the  same. 
By  pure  sugar  he  meant  loaf  sugar,  cube  sugar,  crys- 
tallised sugar,  and  granulated  sugar,  all  of  which  con- 
tain practically  100  per  cent,  of  actual  sugar.  If 
yellou  sugar*,  however,  or  "pieces,"  containing  syrup, 
were  being  tasted,  those  made  from  beet  would  not 
taste  as  sweet  as  those  made  from  cane,  because  of 
the  salts  contained  in  the  syrup.  The  salts  in  beet 
syrup  were  more  abundant  and  also  more  nauseous, 
weight  for  weight,  and,  therefore,  neutralised  a  greater 
quantity  of  the  actual  sugar  (or  sweetuess)  present  in 
the  sample.  He  had  made  some  pure  crystallised 
sugar  (testing  100  per  cent.)  both  from  raw  cane  and 
raw  beet  sugar.  These  crystals  were  made  under 
exactly  the  same  conditions.  Equal  weights  of  each 
were  then  dissolved  in  equal  volumes  of  water.  These 
equal  solutions  were  then  tasted  by  different  persons, 
care  being  taken  to  introduce  into  the  mouth  equai 
quantities  of  these  solutions.  The  general  opinion 
was  that  no  difference  in  sweetness  could  be  distin- 
guished. Equal  quantities  of  the  original  crystals 
were  also  tried  in  the  mouth  ;  they  also  produced 
apparently  the  same  sweetness. 

Mr.  W.  P.  Thompson  said  that  although  he  was  not 
a  believer  in  the  electric  sugar,  he  did  not  think  it 
was  out  of  the  bounds  of  possibility  that  Prof.  Friend 
might  have  discovered  some  method  of  subliming 


Jan. 29. 18S7.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


21 


sugar  in  combination  with  some  solvent  or  other 
chemical,  so  as  to  form  a  sublimable  composition, 
then  to  precipitate  the  sugar  from  that  compound  by 
means  of  electricity,  or  other  means,  so  as  to  form 
crystals. 

l)r.  Ham  m  RGEB  -tated  that  Dr.  Summer  had  cot 
mentioned  a  new  proi  ess  for  the  purification  of  sugar 
rotations,  which  had  been  patented  by  two  Anstrians 

^lert  and  Becker).  The  details  of  the  pri 
were  not  present  to  his  mind,  but  he  knew  that  the 
purification  was  brought  about  by  the  artion  of  the 
alumina  compound  ot  Schiitzenberger's  hydromono- 
thionic  acid.  On  boiling,  the  latter  was  decomposed 
into  alumina  and  hydromonothionic  acid,  which 
destroyed  the  colouring  matter  present.  He  remem- 
bered having  read  that  the  process  had  been  intro- 
duced into  several  Austrian  works,  where  it  was 
worked  with  perfect  success. 

Mr.  Norman  Tats,  referring  to  the  preservative 
properties  of  sugar,  thought  that  sufficient  attention 
had  not  been  given  to  the  inorganic  salts  in  the  two 
kinds  of  sugar.  He  could  not  help  thinking  that  the 
difference  in  the  amount  of  sulphates,  phosphates,  etc., 
would  frequently  have  someveryconsiderableinfluence 
in  the  use  of  one  sugar  as  compared  with  the  other,  as 
a  preservative  agent.  He  also  thought  the  reference 
to  the  presence  of  mucor  made  by  Mr.Sehack-Sommer, 
was  worthy  the  close  attention  of  sugar  manufacturers. 
Further  biological  investigations  on  the  effects  of 
the  presence  of  mucor  and  other  organisms  would, 
he  thought,  result  in  gTeat  advantage  to  sugar  refiners. 

Dr.  Hahbubgxb  asked  whether  the  potassium  salts 
could  be  separated  from  molasses,  or  whether  the 
molasses  would  be  fermented  first  t 

Dr.  Schack-Sommei;  replied  that  the  alum  process 
had  been  used  by  Mr.  Newlands,  of  Messrs.  Duncan's, 
to  get  the  potash  salts,  and  the  chemicals  were 
obtained  as  by-products. 

Dr.  Hajebttrgkb  asked  whether  those  salts  were 
precipitated  1 

Dr.  Schack-Sommei:  replied  that  they  were. 

The  Chairman,  before  calling  upon  Dr.  Shack- 
Sommer  to  reply,  said  with  regard  to  electric  sugar, 
they  were  very  glad  to  see  present  so  able  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  inventor's  interest,  because  they  had 
had  put  before  them  the  whole  and  sole  evidence  that 
bad  been  adduced  in  favour  of  the  inventor's 
claim,  which  was  that  a  gentleman  took  a  number 
of  bags  of  raw  sugar  from  one  room  into  another,  and 
after  a  certain  time  had  brought  certain  bags,  bottles 
or  specimens  of  refined  sugar  from  that  second  room, 
there  being  no  evident  connection  between  the  one 
and  the  other.  They  were  given  to  understand  that 
the  assertion  was  made  by  him  that  the  refined  sugar 
came  from  the  unrefined:  but  there  was  not  the 
slightest  particle  of  proof  to  support  the  statement.  In 
the  absence  of  that  evidence  manufacturers  entirely 
declined  to  believe  in  it.  There  was  a  very  proper  ten- 
dency to  disbelieve  everything  that  is  absolutely 
secret— spirit  rapping,  for  instance;  and  until  some 
indication  was  given  of  the  connection  between  the  raw 
and  the  refined  product  of  that  process,  they  could  not 
expect  reasonable  people  to  give  it  credence.  He  did 
not  say  that  the  process  was  not  true,  but  there  was 
no  piece  of  evidence  produced  that  would  cause  people 
to  invest  money  in  it  :  and  he  could  only  express  a 
hope  that  the  gentlemen  who  had  so  generously  and 
boldly  risked  their  money,  might  get  it  back  again 
some  time.  "With  regard  to  the  use  of  ozone,  he  had 
seen  a  gentleman  interested  in  that  subject  perform  a 
large  experiment,  the  only  result  of  which  was  that 
the  sugar  was  a  little  darkened  rather  than  lightened. 

Dr.  Schack-Sommei:  said,  in  reply,  that  he  would 
fust  inform  Mr.  Robertson  that  he  had  not  come  there 
that  evening  to  attack  the  Electric  Sugar  Refining 


Co.,  or  any  other  company.  His  purpose  was  only  to 
investigate,  from  a  scientific  point  of  view,  the  proba- 
bilities of  the  alleged  invention  of  Prof.  Friend,  and 
In'  believed  he  had  proved  to  all  present, save  Mr. 
Robertson,  that  according  to  all  scientific  rules  yet 
known,  this  "  wonderful  "  discovery  was  entirely  in- 
explicable As  regarded  Mr.  Thompson's  suggestion 
that  probably  the  process  was  performed  by  Eublima- 
.  the  plain  answer  was  that  sugar  and  its  com- 
pounds do  not  sublime  :  but  he  quite  agreed  with 
Mr.  Thompson  that  crystallisation  could  take  place 
from  vapour-,  considering  that  in  the  gaseous  state 
the  atoms  of  a  substance  were  merely  the  atoms  of  it 
in  the  liquid  state,  considerably  expanded.  As  to  the 
poisoning  in  the  neighbourhood  of  baryta  works,  he 
did  not  think  it  impossible,  as  from  his  own  expe- 
rience in  the  manufacture  of  white  lead  he  found  by 
chemical  reaction  that  traces  of  the  lead  salt  were 
perceptible  at  great  distances.  If  acetate  of  lead 
could  do  this,  he  did  not  see  why  baryta  salts  should 
not  go  further  than  was  imagined.  As  to  beet  sugar, 
he  knew  a  wholesale  grocer  who  by  smell  alone  was 
invariably  able  to  tell  if  a  sample  of  pure  white  sugar 
polarising  100,  submitted  to  him,  had  been  derived 
from  beet  or  cane.  The  only  explanation  he  could 
afford  Mr.  Tate  as  to  the  salts  was  the  one  he  had 
already  given. 

Meeting  held  Wednesday,  January  J,  1SS7. 
DR.   HUKTER  IX   THE  CHAIR. 

The  Chairman*  said  that  before  calling  on  the 
Secretary  to  read  the  first  paper,  he  would  ask  if  any 
member  had  a  communication  to  roakel 

Mr.  J.  W.  M acdoxald  said  that  as  the  question  of 
the  different  sweetness  of  cane  and  beet  sugars  was 
brought  up  at  the  last  meeting,  he  had  brought  samples 
of  refined  sugars  made  exactly  in  the  same  way  from 
raw  beet  and  cane  sugars.  He  would  place  these  on 
the  table  for  the  members  to  examine.  It  was  a  pity 
that  the  report  of  the  last  meeting  of  this  8ection  was 
not  yet  published,  so  that  they  could  have  read  the 
remarks  with  reference  to  the  sweetness  of  beet  and 
cane  sugar,  before  they  came  to  this  meeting.  He 
bad  also  brought  samples  of  >■«"■  cane  and  beet  sugars, 
which  contained  exactly  the  same  saccharine  strength, 
so  that  the  members  could  be  able  to  judge  of  the 
sugars  before  and  after  refining.  They  would  see 
that  the  raw  beet  was  very  nauseous,  and  that  the 
raw  cane  was  sweet  and  pleasant,  but  that  there  was 
'  no  difference  between  the  pure  refined  articles  from 
each.  Many  persons  said  that  beet  sugar  was  not 
as  sweet  as  cane,  but  he  would  qualify  that  by  saying 
"  raw  "  beet  sugar. 

Dr.  Hcrter  said  that  perhaps  some  of  the  mem- 
bers would  endeavour  to  find  out  by  taste  which 
sample  was  from  beet  and  which  from  cane  sugar. 

After  due  examination  most  of  the  members— in  the 
proportion  of  about  4  to  1— thought  that  the  sample 
made  from  cane  sugar  had  been  made  from  beet. 

— *>♦>*♦«««♦>» — 

N<  >TE  ON  MAHWA  FLOWERS,  AS  A  SOURCE 
OF  SUGAR. 

BY   H.   S.   ELWORTHT,  F.C.S. 

Some  months  ago  an  article  appeared  in  one  of  the 
English  morning  papers  in  regard  to  the  manufacture 
of  sugar  from  the  rlowers  of  the  Mahwa  tree.  The 
article  in  question  gave  a  very  sensational  account  of 
the  capabilities  of  the  tree,  and  its  sugar-produciDg 


a 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Ja«.», 1887. 


powers,  placing  the  amount  of  sugar  at  50  per  cent, 
on  the  dried  flowers.  Figures  were  also  given  t<  i  show 
the  large  amount  yielded  by  each  tree,  and  the  num- 
ber of  trees  which  could  be  grown  on  an  acre  of 
ground.  Tt  was  made  out  quite  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  writer  that  the  sugar  cane  had  met  with  a  far 
more  formidable  rival  than  the  beet. 

Thinking  it  worth  while  to  investigate  the  matter, 
and  having  facilities  for  obtaining  the  flowers  in  any 
desired  quantity,  I  tested  -1  samples  from  as  many 
different  places,  with  the  following  result  : — 

Wros,.     InTtrt     Deitro    Total 
sucrose.     Sugar-     Glucose.  Sugar. 

No.  1.— From  Hyderabad 171  40-0  —  571 

..    2—     ..      .lubulpore 4  T.  414  —  460 

,.    ?.—     ..      Guzral    Oil  453  —  549 

..    4.—     „      Mirzapore    6  7  —  436  50"3 

The  above  analyses  will  show  that  the  Mahwa  is  totally 
unfitted  for  the  manufacture  of  crystallisable  sugar, 
although  possibly  available  as  a  source  of  brewer's 
sugar.  Tin-  spirit  made  by  a  direct  fomentation  of  the 
flowers  contains  an  exceptionally  large  proportion  of 
fusel  oil,  and  has  a  very  strong  unpleasant  flavour. 
It  would,  therefore,  require  very  careful  purification. 
This  tree,  Bassia  Latifolia  (Roxb.)  is  indigenous  to 
the  forests  of  Central  India,  and  is  largely  cultivated 
in  many  other  parts  of  the  country.  It  forms  a  valu- 
able souiceof  food  to  the  poorer  classes  in  the  dis- 
trict where  it  abounds,  and  considerable  quantities  of 
native  spirit  are  made  from  it.  It  is  not  generally 
fermented  alone,  but  is  mixed  with  about  one- 
third  of  molasses.  As  previously  stated,  it  con- 
tains a  large  quantity  of  lusel  oil,  one  sample  ex- 
amined by  me  having  no  less  than  3  per  cent,  of 
this  dangerous  ingredient.  The  price  of  the  dried 
flowers  ranges  from  about  2  rupees  8  annas  to 
3  rupees  per  maund  of  82«lbs. 

Some  time  ago  considerable  quantities  of  the 
flowers  were  shipped  to  France,  but  for  what  purpose 
I  am  unable  to  say,  and  I  believe  the  shipments  have 
been  stopped. 

There  was  also  a  kind  of  brandy  made  from  the 
flowers  by  a  European  in  the  Punjab,  some  years  ago, 
but  this  has  also  been  stopped. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  A.  Watt  said  it  seemed  to  him,  from  the 
analyses  given,  that  the  flowers  were  totally  unsuited 
for  the  manufacture  of  sugar,  owing  to  the'small  pro- 
portion of  sucrose  contained  in  them.  He  thought 
they  might  suit  "  Professor  Friend,"  as  the  glucose 
was  just  as  useful  for  his  purpose  as  the  sucrose. 

The  Chairman,  in  reply  to  a  question  of  Mr.  N. 
Tate,  said  he  thought  that  the  percentages  given  in 
the  paper  were  from  the  dry  flowers.  The  sugar 
trade  appeared  to  him  to  be  like  the  alkali  trade,  a 
new  ghost  turning  up  every  day  to  frighten  manu- 
facturers. He  thought  the  paper  would  do  go.  d  in 
dispelling  wrong  impressions. 


Chemical  Club  Booms,  Victoria  Bvildings,  'Tuesday, 
January  .(,  1887. 


Dr.  Bowman. 
K.  F.  Carpenter, 
'     Kstcourt. 
H.  Grimahaw. 
Peter  Hart. 
Dr.  Gerland. 

J.    Carter-Bell, 


ggancfjcstct  Section. 

Chairman  :  Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  JI.P. 

rice-Chairman  :  I.  Levinstein. 

Committee: 

C  Schorlemnier. 
Dr.  Schunck. 
Dr.  Watson. 
Wm.  Thomson. 
L.  Siebold. 
Dr.  Hewitt. 
Loeal  Secretary  : 
Bankficld,    The    Cliff,    Higher    Bronghton, 
Manchester. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


ON  YAI.ENTAS  TEST  FOR  OILS. 

BY  GEORGE    II.    HURST.   F.C.S. 

J.n  Dingl  Polyt.  J.  252,  296,  E.  Valenta  brought 
before  the  notice  of  chemists  a  new  te>t  for  oils  ; 
this  consisted  in  mixing  equal  volumes  of  the  oil 
and  glacial  acetic  acid  of  10562  sp.  gr.,  heating 
the  mixture  until  solution  occur,  and  then  intro- 
ducing a  thermometer  into  the  mixture  and  allow- 
ing it  to  cool  slowly,  and  noting  the  point  at  which 
a  turbidity  begins  to  make  its  appearance  in  the 
tube.  An  abstract  of  this  notice  appears  in  the 
Chem.  Soc  J.  Abstracts;  1884,  p.  loT!»;  see  also 
J.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind.  1884,  642.  In  this  paper  Valenta 
states  that  olive  and  castor  oils  are  soluble  in  glacial 
acid  at  ordinary  temperatures,  while  lape  oils  are 
only  imperfectly  soluble,  and  other  oils  only  dis- 
solve in  glacial  acid  when  heated.  The  statement 
in  regard  to  olive  is  not  borne  out  by  figures  quoted 
in  a  table  given  with  the  paper. 

More  recently  this  test  was  brought  before  the 
notice  of  the  members  of  the  Manchester  Section  of 
the  Society  of  (  hemical  Industry,  in  January  last, 
by  Mr.  Alfred  H.  Allen,  of  Sheffield,  and  reported 
in  the  Journal  for  February,  1886. 

I  have  at  odd  intervals  made  a  few  experiments 
with  this  test,  but  without  any  very  satisfactory 
results  ;  recently,  however,  I  have  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  examining  a  large  number  of  samples  of 
various  oils  with  this  test,  and  as  the  results  I 
obtained  differed  from  those  obtained  by  Yalenta 
and  Allen.  I  thought  it  might  be  of  interest  to  the 
members  of  this  Section  to  bring  them  before  you. 

In  the  original  paper,  beyond  stating  that  equal 
volumes  of  oil  and  acid  are  used,  Yalenta  mentions 
no  specific  quantities  to  be  taken;  Allen  recommends 
using  3cc.  of  each.  My  experiments  were  made  as 
follows  :  5cc.  of  oil  were  poured  into  a  test  tube, 
and  5cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  sp.  gr.  1'0562,  were 
added.  A  thermometer  was  then  inserted  into  the 
mixture  and  the  whole  heated  until  a  clear  solution 
was  obtained.  The  mass  was  then  allowed  to  cool 
slowly,  and  the  temperature,  when  the  mixture 
became  turbid,  was  noted. 

My  results  are  given  in  Table  I.,  and  as  far  as 
comparison  is  possible,  the  corresponding  figures  of 
Yalenta  and  Allen. 

It  will  be  observed  from  the  figures  given  that 
Allen  invariably  gives  lower  turbidity  temperatures 
than  Yalenta,  and  that  my  temperatures  are  lower 
than  either. of  those  observers. 

There  is  also  another  important  difference  between 
us  ;  both  Valenta  and  Allen  state  that  rape  oils  are 
not  soluble,  even  at  the  boiling  point  of  acetic  acid. 
Now,  I  was  always  able  to  dissolve  these  oils. 

From  the  figures  given  it  will  be  seen  that  rape 
and  colza  oils  have  a  high  turbidity  temperature  ; 
linseed  oil  is  comparatively  low  in  the  list ;  while 
castor  oil  and  oleic  acid  dissolve  easily  at  the  ordinary 
temperature.  Olive  oil  is  intermediate  between  rape 
and  linseed,  and  it  is  notable  that  tallow  oil  has  a 
lower  turbidity  temperature  than  the  corresponding 
lard  oil.  This  test  will  be  found  useful  in  detecting 
rape  oil  in  admixture  with  other  oils. 

From  the  differences  in  the  turbidity  temperatures 
of  the  same  oils  obtained  by  Yalenta,  Allen,  and  my- 
self, it  seems  to  me  that  we  might  infer  that  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  personality  enters  into  this  test, 
a  great  deal  depending  on  the  manner  in  which  this 
testis  carried  out.  1  have  obtained  various  figures 
even   with   the  same  samples  of  oil  and  acid.    To 


TAK  I.K     1. 


1.  Ground  Nut  Oil  (African) 

2.  „  (Frenoh) 

3.  Rape  Oil  (Hull  Refined)  .. 
1.       „        (Stettin)   

5.  ,,  

6.  ..         (Black  Seal 

7.  Colza  Oil 

8.  „        (Stettin)  

9.  .,         (French)  

10.  ..  

13.  Neatsfoot  Oil 

13 

11.  Lard  Oil  

15.  ,,         (Summer)    

16.  ,,  (American) 

17.  Olive  Oil  (Malaga) 

18.  „  


10.         „  

20.  ,.         (Mogador) 

21.  „         (Zante) 

22.  .,  (GaUipoli)    

23.  Cotton-seed  Oil 

21.  „  

25.  Linseed  Oil  (Bombay)  

26.  „  (Russian)   .... 

27.  „  (Baltic)  1 

28.  „  .,       2 

29.  ,.  (Boiled)  

30.  Whale  Oil  (Norwegian)  1. 

31.  „  „  2. 

32.  ,.  (Arctic) 

33.  „  

31.  Shark  Oil 

35.  Cod  Oil 

36.  .Seal  Oil  (Arctic)  

37.  .Sperm  Oil    

38.  ,.       (Bottlenose) 

39.  .,  

10.  .,  

U  „       (White  Whale)  .. 

12.  Castor  Oil    

13.  Thickened  Rape  Oil  1 

11.  „  ,.         2 

15.  Palm-nut  Oil 

16.  Cocoa-nut  Oil    

17.  Tallow  Oil  (Cold-pressed) 

18.  Ox  Oil    

19.  l'.osinOil 

50.  Oleic  Acid  


Specific  GrnTity  at 

15-5°  t\ 

Water  at  15  5°  C. 

-    100. 


•9165 
■9175 

•ill  15 
•9168 
•9132 

•9162 
■9131 


■9132 

■9116 

■9161 

•916 

•9111 

•915 

•in>; 


•9122 
•9138 
•9151 

•9222 
•9313 
•9315 
•9325 

•915 

•HIS 
■9177 
•9235 

•8675 
•9235 
•9225 

■S7S3 

■S7S1 
■8866 
•963 
•967 


'  Docs  not  become 
)     turbid  at  13  . 


■981 


Hurst. 


TE.M1LK.wi   1   '     "i     Tl    J   I4DITV, 
UlJHEUVCIl-. 


92 


86 
85 
73 
99 

97 
91 
91 
82 
85 
65 
76 
69 
73 
76 
71 
65 
62 
17 
28 
53 
63 
11 
11 
36 
36 
36 
71 
53 
65 
18 
95 
65 
34 
85 
SI 
71 
71 
60 
Soluble. 
15 
15 


17 

H 

II 

\l  txea  in  ali 
proportions. 


Insoluble. 


Insoluble. 


Ill 


85 


110 


Sjlublc. 


18 

10 


Insoluble. 


Insoluble. 


102 


(Ellwood-lOt) 


90 

57—73 

(Ellwood-67) 


38 


102 

9S-103 


Soluble. 


32 
7 '5 


■n 


THE  JOUHNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INM'STllY.      |Jan. 29, 18S7. 


obtain  good  results  it  is  necessary  to  liave  a  dry  test 
tube  ;  the  presence  of  a  .<//<<>//  quantity  of  water  in- 
creases the  turbidity  temperature,  or  in  the  case  of 
and  eolza  oils  prevents  their  being  dissolved. 

This  seems  tO  show  that  while  the  test  is  useful  in 
many  cases,  it  must  always  be  carried  out  in  one  par- 
ticular manner,  and  as  a  comparative  test  in  the  same 
manner  as  Mauinenes  test  is  used. 

On  reference  to  Table  I.  it  will  be  noticed  that 
even  samples  of  the  same  kind  of  oil  differ  among 
themselves  sometimes  to  a  great  extent,  as,  for  in- 
stance, the  olive  oils  from  76  to  28. 

TABLE  II. 

SHOWING  INFLUENCE  OF  FREE  ACID  OX  THE 
TURBIDITY  TEMPERATURE. 


Oil. 


Colza  Oil. 


Castor  Oil,  seconds  

Ground  Nat  Oil,  African 
French  . . 

Xeatsfoot  Oil   

n         English.. 

Lard  Oil 

,,         Summer 

Ox  Oil  

Cottonseed  Oil   


Sperm  Oil.  Arctic 

,,         Bottlenosc. 


White  Whale 
Norwegian  Whale  Oil,  1    . 


Whale  Oil,  Arctic 

Rape  Oil,  Hull  refined 


Black  Sea  . 
Olive  Oil,  Malaga  . . . 
,,        Mogador.. 

Zante  

Oallipoli  . . 


Turbidity      5<?SentfB?1 
Tempe^o^AcHl 

u  "■        as  Oleic  Acid. 


93 


Ordinary 
92 


So 
65 


G9 

J8 


53 
G3 


So 


GO 


53 


SS 
So 


3-5G 
1-23 

331 
4-01 
2-67 
5'57 
1*55 
2-005 
215 
S-02 
•19 
■98 
1  17 
2-225 
1-9G 
3-125 
2-67 


4  01 
5-74 


4  56 


73 

2  45 

7G 

5-31 

G2 

7  35 

17 

11  03 

28 

22-06 

On  thinking  over  what  may  be  the  reason  of  this 
difference,  I  felt  inclined  to  adopt  a  suggestion  of 
.Mr.  Allen's,  that  difference  in  the  amount  of  free  acid 
that  oils  would  contain  would  lead  to  differences  in 
the  turbidity  temperatures  of  such  oils. 

Now,  seeing  that  oleic  and  acetic  acids  are  miscible 
at  the  ordinary  temperatures  in  all  proportions,  I 
thought  that  it  would  be  safe  to  infer  that  the  greater 
the  proportion  of  free  fatty  acid  an  oil  contained, 
the  lower  the  turbidity  temperature  would  be:  to 
see  whether  this  inference  was  correct,  I  determined 
the  amounts  of  free  acid  present  in  the  oils,  and  the 
results  are  given  in  Table  II.  But  the  evidence  is 
nearly  as  much  against  as  for  this  inference. 

I  therefore  made  a  number  of  direct  experiments. 
1  took  5cc.  of  cotton  oil  (because  this   contained  the 


least  amount  of  free  acid  of  all  the  oils  examined) 
and  mixed  it  with  varying  quantities  of  oleic  acid, 
and  determined  the  turbidity  temperatures  of  these 
mixtures  ;  the  results  are  appended  : — 

Turbidity  Temperatuxe 

occ.  cotton  oil  ) 

IS" 

Jcc.  oleic  arid   1 

5cc.  cotton  oil  ) 

37 

lcc.  oleic  acid  J 

5cc.  cotton  oil    i 

28 

1  <■(■.  oleic  acid  J 

5cc.  cotton  oil  1 

20 

2cc.  oleic  acid  J 

occ.  cotton  oil  1 

15 

2J.cc.  oleic  acid  I 

From  which  it  will  be  seen  that  the  turbidity  tem- 
perature decreases  with  increase  of  oleic  acid,  and 
that  when  the  proportion  of  acid  in  the  oil  gets  to 
33  per  cent,  it  is  practically  soluble  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  of  the  air. 

I  am  strongly  inclined  to  think  that  the  inference 
as  to  the  effect  of  acid  in  oil  on  this  test  noted  above 
is  correct. 

In  connection  with  my  experiments  I  made  a  fen- 
to  see  what  influence  varying  the  quantiti  and  pro- 
portions of  oil  and  acid  would  have  on  tin        ults. 

I  found,  first,  that  so  long  as  the  proportions  of  oil 
and  acid  remained  the  same  it  did  not  matter  how 
much  of  each  was  taken.  If  the  proportions  were 
altered  I  found  the  results  affected  as  follows  :  In- 
crease of  oil  decreased  the  temperature  of  turbidity, 
while  increase  of  the  acid  increased  the  temperature. 

Table  III.  shows  some  of  the  results  obtained 
in  this  way. 

Mineral  oils  are  only  partially  soluble  in  acetic 
acid  at  50"  C,  while  rosin  oil  is  completely  soluble  ; 
thus  this  test  can  be  used  to  distinguish  these  oils, 
but  it  cannot  be  used  quantitatively. 

When  a  mineral  oil  and  a  fat  oil  are  mixed  together, 
the  mixture  containing  about  10  per  cent,  of  mineral 
oil  and  treated  with  acetic  acid,  the  oil  is  completely 
dissolved,  the  presence  of  the  fat  seeming  to  bring 
about  the  solution  of  the  mineral  oil  ;  if  the  propor- 
tion of  mineral  oil  be  much  greater  than  this,  then 
complete  solution  does  not  occur. 

Since  writing  the  above  paper  Mr.  Ellwood  has 
published  (Pharmaceutical  Journal,  3,  xvii.  519)  some 
results  of  his  in  the  use  of  this  test,  in  which  he  cor- 
roborates some  of  my  remarks.  He  gives  the  follow- 
ing figures : — 

Oliveloil    101   C. 

Almond  oil  ..  ..108' C. 

Linseed  oil G7   C. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Thomson  desired  to  know  what  was  the  nature 
of  this  turbidity,  and  also  if  all  the  oil  would  separate 
out  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of  the  atmosphere; 
further,  which  test  Mr.  Hurst  considered  the  better— 
the  acetic  acid  or  the  ordinary  sulphuric  acid  testl 
Had  Mr.  Hurst  determined  the  amounts  of  different 
oils  dissolved  by  the  acetic  acid  at  the  ordinary  tem- 
■'  peratures '? 

Mr.  McXair  said  he  might  suggest  that  some  of 
the  discrepancies  arose  from  the  manner  in  which  the 
experiments  were  carried  out,  for  the  thermometer 
did  not  give  the  true  temperature  of  the  liquid.     A 


Jan. 28,1887.]      THE  JOl'iLVAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  iHBtJSTKY. 


2.-. 


thermometer  with  a  large  bulb  would  cod  more 
slowly  than  one  with  a  .small  one,  and  would  tl 
fore  give  too  high  a  temperature.  He  would  3Ugf 
that  the  tube  containing  the  mixture  of  oil  and  acid 
should  be  immersed  in  a  large  volume  of  heated 
liquid,  which  would  then  cool  down  slowly  and  give 
the  true  temperature. 

Mr.  1 1 1  i:st  :  In  reply  to  Mr.  Thomson's  question 
as  to  turbidity,  he  should  regard  it  simply  as 
a  deposition  of  the  oil  from  the  acid.  He  had 
allowed  the  mixture  of  oil  and  acid  to  stand  for 
some  time,  and  then  found  that  they  gradually 
separated    into   layers,   the   oil   above  and  the  acid 


although  a  portion  of  the  process  has  been  in  use  for 
a  considerable  time  at  the  Old  Kent  J  toad  works  of 
the  South  Metropolitan  Cas  Company. 

The  material  which  we  use  for  purifying  the  gas 
is  ammonia,  which  is  employed  in  the  form  of  gas. 
As  all  the  impurities  of  coal-gas  are,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  ammonia  itself,  of  an  acid  character,  they 
are  removed  in  combination  with  ammonia,  dis- 
solved in  water.  For  the  purpose  of  description  the 
process  may  be  divided  into  three  parts,  and  I  will 
first  briefly  describe  the  apparatus  employed  in  the 
different  stages  of  the  process. 

For  the   purification  of   the  gas  a  series  of  six 


TABLE 

III. 

Vi\l  PABXB  ",  Oil. 

MlXKIl    WITH 

Pabtu  of  A<  ktk  Acid. 

l 

- 

3 

13 
S3 
62 

I 

50 
35 
72 

5             6              7 

8 

9 

10 

16 
106 

78 

II 

'Z  » 

Not  at 
la 

Not  at 
15" 

Xot  at 
1     15° 

60 
35 

50            19             IS 

100          1025         101 

76            79              70 

17 
105 
SO 

165 
106 

79 

Colza  Oil,  Stettin  

Lard  Oil,  American 

below.  It  seemed  to  him  that  the  solubility 
depended  tnipon  the  temperature,  and  hence  there 
was  a  , ,  trence  in  turbidity  and  temperature  with 
different -oils  according  to  their  degree  of  solubility 
in  the  acids.  With  regard  to  the  comparison  between 
this  test  and  Maumene's,  he  considered  Maumenes 
the  best.  As  to  the  manner  in  which  these  experi- 
ments had  been  carried  out,  he  had  tried  the 
experiments  in  the  form  given  by  Mr.  McNair,  and 
had  found  no  advantage  over  the  method  described. 
The  results  were  much  the  same. 

ERRATA.— On  page  612  of  this  Journal.  December  number, 
ond column,  line  11  from  top,/or  "head"  read  "bead." 
Page  613  of  the  same,  line  25  from  bottom  of  second  column. 
for  "sulphate  and  sulphide"  read  "sulphite  and  sulphide." 
In  Mr.  Fawsiu's  paper,  p.  638.  second  column,  fifth  line,  for 
"22  C."  read  "  -22   I  '." 


T5irminrjfjam  anD  9£iDlanD  Section. 

Chairman :  Charles  Hunt. 
Vice-Chairman:  Dr.  Tilden. 
Committee  : 
G.  S.  Allbright.  J.  L.  Major. 

A.H.Allen.  Dr.  Morris. 

T.  Barclay.  Dr.  Nicol. 

Horace  T.  Brown.  E.  P.  Peyton. 

J.  V.  Chance.  L.  Percival. 

A  coison.  w.  av.  Stavelfif. 

B.  1  lawson.  W.  A.  Wiggin. 

E.  W.  T.  Jones. 

Treasurer :  C.  O'Sullivan. 

Local  Secretary  : 

A.  Bostock  Hill.  11,  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


CLAUS'S     PROCESS      FOR     THE      PURIFI- 
CATION OF  COAL-GAS  RY  AMMONIA. 

BY    C.    W.    WATTS. 

The  process  which  I  have  to  describe  has  for  its 
object  the  complete  purification  of  coal-gas  in  closed 
vessels.  It  is  founded  on  the  processes  invented 
some  years  ago  by  F.  C.  Hills,  which  had  the  same 
object  in  view,  but  have  not  succeeded  completely, 


scrubbers  is  employed  ;  they  are  shown  on  the  plan 
at  A,  Aj— As. 

Five  of  the  scrubbers  are  4ft.  square  and  20ft. 
high,  the  sixth  (a  subsequent  addition)  is  circular, 
5ft.  diameter  and  30ft.  high.  The  total  scrubbing 
space  is  about  2000  cubic  leet,  which  allows  8  cubic 
feet  space  for  each  1000  cubic  feet  of  gas  purified 
per  diem,  reckoned  on  the  maximum  make. 

All  the  scrubbers  are  filled  with  broken  gannister 
brick,  in  pieces  about  2in.  in  diameter,  and  are  pro- 
vided with  tumbling  boxes  for  distributing  the 
liquor. 

At  the  foot  of  each  scrubber  is  a  pump,  by 
which  the  liquor  from  each  scrubber  is  sent  into 
another.  The  last  scrubber,  A5,  is  supplied  with 
cold  spent  liquor  from  the  still,  in  quantity  regu- 
lated according  to  the  amount  of  gas  passing  through 

J  the  system  ;  this  liquor  is  pumped  from  one  scrubber 

I  to  another  through  the  entire  series,  gradually 
taking  up  the  impurities  from  the  gas,  until  it  is 
finally  removed  from  A,  saturated  with  these  im- 
purities,   and    ready    for    the    next    stage  of    the 

i  process. 

The  second  stage  of  the  process  is  that  known  as 

j  Hill's  process,  and  consists  in  the  decomposition  by 
heat  of  the  carbonate  and  sulphide  of  ammonia  con- 

i  tained  in  the  scrubber  liquor,  the  carbonic  acid  and 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  being  expelled,  while  the 
ammonia  is  retained  in  the  liquor. 

The  plant  consists  of  three  parts  : — 1st,  the  ap- 
paratus in  which  the  actual  heating  takes  place  ; 
2nd,  a  scrubber,  which  we  call  a  carbonating  tower, 
in  which  the  gases  from  the  heated  liquor  are  washed 
with  the  cold  scrubber  liquor  on  its  way  to  the 
heating  tower ;  and  3rd,  a  small  catch  scrubber  for 
completing  the  absorption  of  the  ammonia  which 
accompanies  the  carbonic  acid  and  sulphuretted 
hydrogen. 

In  the  experimental  plant  at  Windsor  Street  the 
heating  apparatus  and  the  carbonating  tower  are 
each  divided  into  two  portions,  but  they  really  form 
one  apparatus,  and  will  be  so  described.  The  catch 
tower  B  and  the  carbonating  towers  B,  and  B..,  are 
constructed  and  worked  just  like  the  scrubbers  ;  they 
are  2ft.  square  and  lMt.  high. 
The  heating  is  effected  in  the  two  towers  marked 


56 


THK  .TOniN.U.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INi)tJSTinT.      |Jan.  29. 18S7. 


B3  and  B,.  These  are  also  2ft  .square  ami  18ft. 
high  ;  each  is  fitted  with  thirty  cast-iron  trays  23in. 
square  and  3io.  deep,  in  each  of  which  is  a  flat  coil 
l  steam  pipe  supplied  with  steam  from  amain 
pipe  between  the  two  towers.  The  scrubber  liquor, 
after  passing  through  the  carbonating  towers  B,  and 
1!..,  is  pumped  to  the  top  of  B;.  and  overflows  from 
tray  to  tray  to  the  bottom,  where  it  is  pumped  to 
15,  anil  passes  in  the  same  way  through  this,  the 
temperature  gradually  rising  and  more  and  more  of 
the  carbonic  acid  being  driven  off,  until  at  the  end 
the  liquor  consists  principally  of  caustic  ammonia, 
and  is  ready  for  the  next  process. 

This  is  carried  out  in  two  towers  marked  C  and 
C,,  similar  in  all  respects  to  the  carbonating  towers, 
and  forming,  as  they  do,  a  single  piece  of  apparatus. 
A  third  tower  C2l  in  connection  with  them,  acts  as  a 
condenser  for  the  hot  gases  from  C,. 

The  purified  liquor  from  Bj,  which  is  already  at  a 
temperature  of  195°  F.,  is  pumped  into  C,  and 
thence  to  C.  At  the  bottom  of  C  free  steam  is  in- 
troduced (as  a  matter  of  practice  the  exhaust  steam 
from  the  engine  is  used). 


It  is  at  this  point  that  the  portion  of  the  gas  which 
is  purified  in  our  plant  is  drawn  off. 

The  gas  entering  the  scrubbers  contains  the  follow- 
ing removable  impurities  : — Ammonia,  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  carbonic  acid,  and  carbon  bisulphide,  and, 
in  addition,  hydrocyanic  acid  and  oxygen,  which, 
though  they  can  hardly  be  called  impurities,  are 
absorbed  in  the  scrubbers,  and  play  an  important 
part  in  the  process. 

The  quantities  of  these  substances  are,  as  might 
be  expected,  somewhat  variable,  as  will  be  seen  from 
the  following  table  : — 

Ammonia     0')  to  05  per  cent,  by  volume. 

.■sulphuretted  hydrogen    ..  10  to  18       ,,  „ 

Carbonic  acid  1*5  to  2"8        .,  ,, 

Hydrocyanic  acid    0*1         —       ,,  „ 

Oxygen DO  to  0'8 

The  volume  of  the  carbon  bisulphide  is  extremely 
small,  only  forming  two  or  three  hundredths  per  cent. 
of  the  crude  gas. 

The  carbonic  acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
generally  amount  to  about  four  per  cent,  of  the 
crude  gas. 


pure  a  a  s 


Thick  lines  denote  liquor  pipes. 


A  minute  quantity  of  caustic  soda  solution  is 
mixed  with  the  liquor  in  the  still  for  the  purpose  of 
decomposing  the  fixed  salts  of  ammonia.  The  liquor, 
on  arriving  at  the  bottom  of  C,  is  completely  free 
from  ammonia,  and,  after  cooling,  is  pumped  to  a 
tank  placed  over  scrubber  A,  and  is  used  again  for 
washing  the  gas. 

The  whole  series  of  operations  is  perfectly  con- 
tinuous :  the  only  materials  used  for  the  purification 
of  the  gas  are  ammonia  and  water,  which  are  brought 
together  in  the  scrubbers  to  combine  with  and 
absorb  the  impurities  of  the  gas,  and  are  then,  after 
being  freed  from  these  impurities  by  heat,  separated 
from  each  other  by  distillation,  to  be  again  brought 
together  in  the  scrubber,  and  so  on. 

We  will  now  consider  more  in  detail  the  changes 
undergone  by  the  gas  and  liquor  in  the  various 
stages  of  the  process. 

l'l  RE  II  ATIOX    OF    THE  O  V-. 

The  crude  gas  made  in  the  retorts  passes  first 
through  the  condensers  and  a  Livesey  washer,  the 
latter  being  supplied  with  liquor  from  the 
condensers.  In  these  it  deposits  the  tar  and  the 
excess  of  water,  and  the  condensed  water  absorbs 
about  two-thirds  of  the  ammonia  in  combination 
with  carbonic  acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 


5 

1 1 1 

o 


~-«.AIR 


We  find  that,  under  ordinary  conditions,  the  liquor 
produced  in  the  scrubbers  consists,  empirically,  of 
normal  carbonate  and  hydrosulphide  of  ammonia  ; 
consequently,  to  effect  complete  purification,  we 
must  supply  to  the  gas  a  quantity  of  ammonia  equal 
to  twice  the  volume  of  the  carbonic  acid  +  once 
the  volume  of  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  or,  deduct- 
ing the  ammonia  already  contained  in  the  gas,  about 
6'o  per  cent,  by  volume  of  the  foul  gas,  or  nearly 
30lb.  of  ammonia  for  the  gas  produced  from  one  ton 
of  coal. 

We  have  found  it  most  advantageous  to  work  with 
a  liquor  containing  about  four  per  cent,  of  ammonia, 
of  which  about  three-fourths  is  causticised  in  the 
subsequent  heating  process  and  rendered  available 
for  purification.  It  follows  that  about  100  gallons  of 
this  liquor  are  required  for  the  purification  of  the  gas 
from  one  ton  of  coal.  This  quantity  will,  of  course, 
vary  with  the  amount  of  impurity,  and  also  with 
the  temperature,  a  smaller  quantity  being  required 
in  winter,  and  a  rather  larger  quantity  in  warm 
weather. 

I  shall  have  to  describe  two  modifications  of  the 
process  ;  the  first  and  more  simple  effects  the  re- 
moval of  the  carbonic  acid,  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
and  ammonia,  with  only  a  partial  reduction  of  the 
carbon  bisulphide,  while  by  the  second  this  imparity 
can  be  reduced  to  any  degree  that  may  be  desired. 


Jan. _>o, iss;.!      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


2? 


In  the  first  method  the  spent  liquor  for  washing 
the  gas  is  introduced  into  the  last  scrubber  ;  after 
passing  through  this  it  is  pumped  to  the  next 
scrubber,  and  so  on  straight  through  the  series. 

The  foul  gas  enters  at  the  bottom  of  scrubber  A 
and  passes  straight  through  in  the  opposite  direction  \ 
to  the  liquor. 

The  ammonia  for  purification  enters  the  system  at 
the  outlet  of  scrubber  A  and   passes  with   the   coal- 
gas  through   the  connecting  pipe  to  the  bottom  of  , 
A,,  the  two  Vicing  thus  thoroughly  mixed. 

The  foul  gas  entering  A  meets  in  its  upward 
passage  with  the  liquor  produced  in  the  next  scrubber 
A,.  This  liquor  contains  about  five  per  cent,  of 
ammonia,  of  which  about  three  per  cent,  is  combined 
with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  (as  monosulphide),  and  i 
about  one  per  cent,  with  carbonic  acid,  which 
accompanies  the  ammonia  from  the  still. 

As  the  ammonia  from  the  still  is  necessarily  some- 
what warm,  this  liquor  is  at  a  temperature  of  100 — 
110  I''.,  and  when  it  comes  into  contact  with  the  gas 
in  A,  nunc  of  the  free  ammonia  and  ammonium  sul- 
phide are  volatilised  and  return  to  A,,  the  effect 
being  to  always  keep  a  stock  of  ammonia  in  the 
intermediate  scrubbers,  which  is  amply  sufficient  to 
deal  with  any  temporary  variations  in  the  quantity 
of  the  gas  or  the  amount  of  impurity  contained 
in  it. 

In  scrubber  A,  the  whole  of  the  carbonic  acid  is 
generally  absorbed,  but  none  of  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  ;  indeed,  the  gas  leaving  the  scrubber  is 
richer  in  this  impurity  than  the  original  gas,  the 
additional  quantity  having  been  volatilised  from  the 
liquor. 

At  exceptionally  low  temperatures,  and  also  with 
weaker  liquor  than  is  usually  employed,  the  reverse 
is  the  case,  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  owing  to  its 
greater  solubility  in  water,  being  absorbed  first,  while 
the  carbonic  acid  passes  forward.  As  before  men- 
tioned, the  ammonia  for  purification  enters  at  the 
outlet  of  the  first  scrubber,  and  passes  together 
with  the  partially  purified  gas  into  the  second 
scrubber  A,.  In  our  first  experiments,  the  ammonia 
was  introduced  with  the  foul  gas  into  the  first 
scrubber,  but  it  was  found  that,  owing  to  the  great 
solubility  of  ammonia,  the  liquor  produced  contained 
a  large  proportion  of  free  ammonia,  which  was  in  con- 
sequence wasted  for  purposes  of  purification.  By 
introducing  the  ammonia  into  the  second  scrubber, 
and  washing  the  foul  gas  with  the  liquor  so  produced, 
it  is  completely  saturated  with  acid  impurities.  The 
gas  entering  A,,  thus  contains  about  10  per  cent,  of 
ammonia,  two  per  cent,  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
and  the  small  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  which  accom- 
panies the  ammonia  from  the  still.  In  its  passage 
through  this  scrubber  it  is  deprived  of  all  the  carbonic 
acid,  and  a  large  proportion  of  the  ammonia  and 
sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

In  the  next  scrubber  nearly  all  the  remaining  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  is  absorbed,  and  the  remaining 
scrubbers  complete  the  absorption  of  the  ammonia. 

In  this  process  only  five  scrubbers  are  employed, 
and  are  worked  so  that  the  liquor  from  the  last  one, 
A4,  contained  nothing  but  traces  of  ammonia,  and 
that  from  A3  contained  from  one  to  two  percent,  of 
ammonia,  and  a  trace  only  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

A  typical  set  of  liquors  would  be  as  follows  : — 
a,. 

Total  Ammonia O'l 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen. .     — 
Ammonia  as  Carbonate . .    — 

The  foul  gas  always  contains  some  oxygen,  derived 
from  air  accidentally  drawn  in  during  the  drawing  and 
charging  of  the  retorts.  In  its  passage  through  the 
scrubbers    some    of    this    oxygen    acts    upon    the 


A3. 

As. 

A:,. 

A. 

1-5 

01 

.    3'6    . 

.    1-5    . 

.     5-0     . 
.     2-0     . 

.    ro    . 

.  i-o 

.    30 

ammonium  hydrosulphidein  the  liquors  and  converts  it 
intobisulphide :— 2NH*HS-t-0  (NH4)SS2  H,0. 
On  the  quantity  of  bisulphide  (polysulphide) 
thus  formed  depends  the  quantity  of  carbon 
bisulphide  that  is  absorbed  ;  but  the  quantity  formed 
from  the  oxygen  naturally  contained  in  the  gas  is 
too  small  to  effect  more  than  a  very  partial  purifica- 
tion of  the  gas  from  this  substance.  We  attempted 
to  increase  the  amount  by  introducing  an  additional 
quantity  of  air,  but  found  that  the  absorption  of 
oxygen  by  the  liquor  was  so  slow  and  incomplete  that 
it  would  have  been  necessary  to  introduce  so  much 
air  as  to  seriously  reduce  the  illuminating  power  of 
the  gas. 

We  then  adopted  the  present  system  of  dissolv- 
ing the  necessary  amount  of  sulphur  in  the  liquor 
containing  ammonium  sulphide,  and  this  method  is 
successful  in  reducing  the  lotal  sulphur  compounds 
below  the  maximum  allowed  by  the  London 
Referees. 

As  carbon  bisulphide  vapour  is,  even  when  un- 
diluted, practically  insoluble  in  water,  it  is  evident 
that,  when  it  forms,  as  in  the  case  of  coal  gas,  only 
two  or  three  hundredths  per  cent,  by  volume  of  the 
gas,  it  may  be  regarded  as  absolutely  insoluble, 
and  its  removal  by  a  liquid  absorbent  must  be 
effected,  as  it  is  by  solid  absorbents  such  as  calcium 
sulphide,  by  exposing  a  large  surface  of  the  purifying 
material  to  the  gas. 

For  this  reason  we  have  found  it  necessary  to  in- 
crease the  scrubbing  power  by  the  addition  of  a  sixth 
scrubber,  and  to  devote  three  of  the  scrubbers  to 
this  work,  supplying  them  with  the  liquor  contain- 
ing ammonium  bisulphide. 

The  course  of  the  liquor  through  the  scrubbers 
has  therefore  been  altered,  that  of  the  gas  remaining 
as  before. 

The  wash  water' is  pumped  into  A.-,  ;  from  this  it 
passes  at  once  to  Ai,  the  scrubber  into  which  the 
ammonia  first  enters.  Here  it  absorbs  ammonia  and 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  is  then  pumped  into  A4. 
Before  coming  into  contact  with  the  gas  in  this 
scrubber,  it  passes  through  a  quantity  of  sulphur  and 
dissolves  some  of  it,  forming  the  necessary  poly- 
sulphide. 

From  A4  the  liquor  passes  to  A,.,,  from  A-j  to  A.,, 
and  thence  to  A. 

The  carbonic  acid  is,  as  before,  absorbed  in  A,  the 
bulk  of  the  ammonia  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  in 
Aj,  while  the  next  three  scrubbers,  which  are  already 
charged  with  a  liquor  strong  in  sulphide  of  am- 
monium, absorb  little  of  the  principal  impurities, 
which  pass  through  them  to  A.-,,  where  the  purifica- 
tion is  completed. 

The  carbon  bisulphide  is,  for  the  most  part,  ab- 
sorbed in  the  three  scrubbers  A2,  Ay,  and  A4,  which 
contain  the  polysulphide. 

Since  the  adoption  of  this  system,  the  total  sulphur 
in  the  gas  purified  by  our  process  has  never  exceeded 
•20  grains  per  10<)  cubic  feet. 

By  further  increasing  the  size  of  the  scrubbers  this 
quantity  could  be  reduced  in  proportion. 

The  gas  is  continually  tested  during  the  day  with 
Harcourt's  apparatus,  and  the  highest  result  obtained 
was  12*5  grains  S  as  CSn,  while  many  results  below  5 
grains  have  been  recorded.  The  reliability  of  the.^e 
tests  has  been  confirmed  by  the  Referees'  test  for  total 
sulphur,  the  average  of  a  number  of  tests  being  L6"9 
grains,  with  a  maximum  of  19  grains. 

Temperature  does  not  appear  to  have  any  direct 
effect  upon  the  absorption  of  the  carbon  bisulphide, 
but  indirectly  affects  it  by  varying  the  composition 
of  the  liquors,  a  higher  temperature  causing  the  ac- 
cumulation of  ammonium  sulphide  in  the  intermediate 
scrubbers. 


8a 


TI1K  JOtliNAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       l-'»"- -»•  «« 


Tin-  only  conditions  necessary  for  the  efficient 
purification  of  gas  lrom  carbon  bisulphide  are  suffi- 
cient surface  of  liquor  exposed,  and  enough  polysul- 

phide  to  keep  the  liquor  distinct ly  yellow  on  its 
emergence  from  scrubber  A.  This  amount  is  about 
0"25  to  0'3  per  cent,  (weight  in  volume),  of  which 
about  one-half  is  due  to  the  oxygen  of  the  foul  gas, 
ami  the  rest  is  obtained  by  the  direct  addition  of 
sulphur. 

In  passing  through  scrubber  A  some  of  this  sulphur 
(about  O'l  per  cent.)  combines  with  ammonium  cyan- 
ide to  form  thiocyanate,  and  a  further  portion  (about 
0'05  per  cent.)  is  converted  info  thiosulphate.  If  the 
amount  of  sulphur  as  polysulphide  is  not  sufficient  to 
Form  these  compounds,  then  the  absorption  of  the 
carbon  bisulphide  is  incomplete. 

Hill's  Process. 

The  scrubber  liquor  produced  in  our  process  is 
similar  in  composition  to  ordinary  gas  liquor.  A 
typical  sample  had  the  composition  : — 

Ammonia  4*30  per  cent.  \ 

Sulph.  hydrogen —  TOS       „  c™m.i.  im« 

Carbonic  acid 520       „  J?,™"?9   "  109fc- 

Sod.  Thiosulphate. 0-50       ,.  i  or  lbs.  in  U)  gallons. 

Sod.  Thiocyanate  ..TOO       ,.  I 

The  simplest  way  of  expressing  the  proportions  of 
ammonia,  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  carbonic  acid  is 
this  : — 

Ammonia  4-50 

Sulphuretted  hydrogen 108 

Ammonia  as  carbonate  4*00 

The  equivalents  of  ammonia  and  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  being  the  same  (17),  this  mode  of  expression 
shows  that  this  liquor  consists,  empirically,  of  normal 
carbonate  and  hydrosulphide  of  ammonia. 

The  scrubber  liquor  is  pumped  into  the  carbonating 
tower  P>i,  and  on  its  way  down  this  and  the  next 
tower  it  meets  with  the  gases  evolved  from  the  liquor 
in  the  heating  towers.  These  gases  consist  of  am- 
monia sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  carbonic  acid.  In 
the  upper  portion  of  B1(  where  the  temperature  is  low, 
the  ammonia  is  almost  completely  absorbed,  and 
what  little  does  not  escape  condensation  is  absorbed 
in  the  catch  tower  B. 

At  the  same  time  as  the  liquor  absorbs  ammonia  it 
also  takes  up.  at  first,  some  of  the  other  gases,  and  the 
ammonium  sulphide  is  gradually  decomposed  by  the 
carbonic  acid,  the  decomposition  becoming  more  com- 
plete as  the  Liquor  becomes  warmer. 

At  the  bottom  of  Bs  the  temperature  of  the  liquor 
is  100—170°  F.,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  am- 
monium sulphide  has  been  converted  into  carbonate. 
The  liquor  also  contains  a  good  deal  of  free  ammonia 
which  has  been  volatilised  from  the  heating  towers. 

From  the  carbonating  tower  B._.  the  liquor  passes 
to  the  heating  apparatus  B ..  and  B4.  It  will  be  re- 
membered that  this  consists  of  a  series  of  CO  trays 
heated  by  steam,  the  liquor  overflowing  from  tray  to 
tray.  The  steam  is  adjusted  so  as  to  raise  the  liquor 
to  a  temperature  of  195°  F.  By  this  the  excess  of 
ammonia  over  that  contained  in  the  original  liquor  is 
expelled  together  with  most  of  the  carbonic  acid,  so 
that  at  the  outlet  of  the  apparatus  the  liquor  consists 
principally  of  caustic  ammonia. 

The  extent  to  which  the  decomposition  of  the  am- 
monium salts  may  be  carried  depends  on  three 
things— time,  temperature,  and  strength  of  liquor  ; 
the  longer  the  time,  the  higher  the  temperature,  and 
the  weaker  the  liquor,  the  further  can  the  decomposi- 
tion be  carried.  Our  heating  apparatus  is  of  such 
size  that  the  maximum  quantity  of  liquor  worked  takes 
at  least  two  hours  to  pass  through  it,  being  raised 
during  that  time  from  160°  to  195°. 

A  scrubber  liquor  containing  about  4  per  cent. 


ammonia  as  carbonate  and  sulphide  under  such  cir- 
cumstances loses  at  least  three-quarters  of  its  acid 
constituents.  The  composition  of  the  liquor  men- 
tioned before  would  be  about 

Total  ammonia 1*50  per.  cent. 

Ammonia  as  rarhonate 1'10        ,, 

Sulphuretted  hydrogen nil. 

Liquors  containing  less  than  :i  per  cent,  of  am- 
monia can  be  heated  to  200°  F.,  and  the  amount  of 
ammonia  causticised  will  be  from  80  to  90  per  cent. 
The  additional  expense  of  heating  the  larger  volume 
of  liquor  of  this  strength  would,  however,  more  than 
compensate  for  the  slightly  greater  yield  of  free 
ammonia. 

Distillation  or  the  Pctbifisd  Liquor. 

The  last  stage  of  the  process  is  that  in  which  the 
ammonia  is  expelled  from  the  liquor  and  returned  to 
the  scrubbers. 

The  liquor  from  the  heating  apparatus,  which  is  at 
195°  F.,  is  pumped  into  the  still,  which  consists  of 
two  towers,  and  the  exhaust  steam  from  the  engine 
entering  at  the  bottom  of  the  still  expels  the  whole 
of  the  ammonia  and  ammonium  carbonate  from  the 
liquor. 

It  will  be  recollected  that  the  scrubber  liquor,  be- 
sides carbonate  and  sulphide,  contains  thiocyanate 
and  thiosulphate  ;  these  salts  are  not  decomposed  at 
212°,  so  that  it  is  necessary  to  add  a  fixed  alkali  in 
order  to  obtain  the  ammonia  from  them.  In  our 
plant  at  Windsor  .Street  we  generally  employ  caustic 
soda  for  this  purpose  ;  on  a  larger  scale,  lime  would 
of  course  be  substituted. 

The  whole  of  the  ammonia  from  the  liquor, 
together  with  some  steam  and  carbonic  acid,  which 
has  not  been  expelled  by  the  previous  heating 
process,  pass  from  the  still  through  a  third  tower, 
which  acts  as  a  condenser.  In  this  most  of  the  steam 
and  carbonate  of  ammonia  are  condensed,  and  the 
resulting  liquor  returns  to  the  heating  towers.  The 
rest  of  the  ammonia,  still  at  a  temperature  of  about 
100°,  passes  from  the  condenser  back  to  the  scrubber 
A,,  thus  completing  the  cycle  of  operations. 

The  spent  liquor  from  the  still  is  cooled  and 
pumped  back  to  the  scrubber  A-  to  be  used  again 
for  washing  the  gas.  The  excess,  due  to  con- 
densed steam,  and  not  required  in  the  scrubbers,  is 
continually  withdrawn,  and  from  it  the  thiocyanate 
is  recovered. 

The  whole  series  of  operations  described  goes  on 
continuously,  and  is  easily  kept  in  order.  A  few 
points  only  have  to  be  looked  to  in  order  to  maintain 
purification.  The  amount  of  ammonia  supplied  to 
the  scrubbers  must  be  sufficient,  but  not  greatly  in 
excess  of  that  required  to  combine  with  the 
impurities.  In  order  to  regulate  this,  the  gas  must 
be  tested  at  one  or  two  points,  easily  found  by 
experience,  which  the  different  impurities  should 
reach,  but  not  pass.  If  the  ammonia  is  found  to  be 
in  excess  or  the  reverse  the  quantity  is  altered  by 
increasing  or  diminishing  the  amount  of  wash-water 
(spent  liquor)  supplied  to  the  last  scrubber.  As 
there  is  always  a  surplus  of  spent  liquor  produced 
there  is  always  enough  for  any  slight  increase  that 
may  be  required.  It  will  easily  be  understood  that 
an  increase  (or  decrease)  of  the  amount  of  water  in 
the  last  scrubber  means  an  increase  in  the  liquor 
from  scrubber  A,  which,  passing  through  the  heating 
and  distilling  plant,  means  an  increased  supply  of 
ammonia  to  the  scrubbers.  Even  considerable  varia- 
tions of  the  quantity  of  water  supplied  to  the 
scrubbers  do  not  appreciably  affect  the  strength  of 
the  Liquor  :  the  only  effect  is  to  vary  the  rate  of  circu- 
lation, and  therefore  the  amount  of  ammonia  enter- 
ing the  scrubbers  in  any  given  period  of  time. 


Jan. 29.  issr.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


29 


The  other  points  that  require  attention  are  the 
temperature  of  the  heating  apparatus  ami  the  still. 
With  a  regular  circulation  of  the  liquor  and  a 
tolerably  uniform  pressure  of  steam,  these  require 
very  little  attention  :  of  course,  if  the  quantity  of 
liquor  passing  through  the  plant  is  altered,  the  steam 
must  be  altered  in  proportion. 

It  still  remains  to  describe  the  method  by  which 
sulphur  is  recovered  from  the  gases  evolved  by 
heating  the  liquor,  and  to  mention  the  method-  by  , 
which  it  is  proposed  to  recover  thiocyanates,  and  to 
obtain  the  ammonia  of  the  foul  gas  in  forms  more 
valuable  than  ordinary  gas  liquor. 

Tin-foul  gas  entering  the  scrubbers  con tainscarbonic 
acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  amounting  together 
to  about  4  per  cent,  of  the  volume  of  the  gas.     The 
ratio  of  the  carbonic  acid  to  the  sulphuretted  hydro-  | 
gen  is  about  two  to  one. 

A  small  quantity  of  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
oxidised,  and  the  sulphur  unites  with  hydrocyanic 
acid,  but  the  greater  part  it,  and  the  whole  of  the 
carbonic  acid  of  the  foul  gas,  pass  out  of  the  catch 
tower  B. 

The  gas  consists  of  about  25  to  30  per  cent,  sulphur- 
etted hydrogen,  and  the  rest  is  carbonic  acid,  with  a 
trace  of  hydrocarbon  vapour. 

The  process  employed  for  recovering  the  sulphur  is 
that  invented  by  Mr.  Clans,  and  now  in  use  at  several 
places  in  connection  with  the  manufacture  of  sulphate 
of  ammonia. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  what  we  call  a  kiln,  a 
depositing  chamber,  and  catch  purifiers  as  a  safe- 
guard against  the  possibility  of  a  nuisance. 

The  kiln  is  a  small  chamber  built  of  fire-brick,  and 
enclosed  in  a  shell  of  cast-iron  plates.  The  chamber 
in  our  case  is  circular,  2ft.  (iin.  in  diameter,  and  3ft. 
high  ;  it  contains  a  layer,  loin,  deep,  of  oxide  of  iron 
ir  lumps  about  lin.  diameter,  supported  on  a  grating 
built  of  lin.  split  fire-bricks  set  on  edge.  A  space  of 
about  1  foot  above  the  oxide  is  empty,  and  the  gas 
enters  this  space,  passes  downwards  through  the 
oxide  and  out  from  below  the  grating  into  tie 
depositing  chamber.  This  is  a  brick  building,  24ft. 
long  by  8ft  wide  and  .lift,  high,  with  9in.  walls  and 
flat  roof  of  ^in.  slates.  Transverse  baffle  walls  are 
built  inside  the  chamber,  which  open  alternately  on 
one  side  and  the  other  of  the  chamber,  so  that  the 
gases  are  forced  to  traverse  the  whole  area  of  the 
chamber  before  reaching  the  outlet. 

Previous  to  entering  the  kiln  the  gases  are  mixed 
with  a  quantity  of  air  (supplied  by  a  small  air-pump) 
9jj  times  the  volume  of  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
This  volume  of  air  contains  the  oxygen  necessary  to 
convert  the  hydrogen  of  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
into  water,  thereby  setting  free  the  sulphur. 

At  starting,  the  kiln  is  filled  with  hydrated  oxide 
of  iron  (manganese  or  other  metal),  the  ordinary 
reactions  take  place  between  the  substances  present, 
sulphide  of  iron  being  formed  and  immediately 
reoxidised  by  the  air,  and,  as  these  reactions  take 
place  in  a  small  confined  space,  the  heat  produced 
accumulates  until  the  whole  mass  is  red-hot.  At  this 
temperature,  of  course,  the  sulphur  produced  by  the 
reaction  is  immediately  volatilised,  and  passes  with 
the  other  gases  into  the  depositing  chamber,  where  it 
settles.  As  the  proportion  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
in  the  gas  is  not  quite  constant,  it  will  generally 
happen  that  there  is  either  a  slight  excess  or  a  slight 
deficiency  of  air  supplied.  There  will  then  be  a  small 
quantity  of  either  sulphuretted  hydrogen  or  sul- 
phurous acid  at  the  outlet.  To  prevent  the  escape 
of  these  gases  into  the  air,  a  wash  tower  tilled  with 
pebbles  and  supplied  with  a  little  water  is  connected 
to  the  chamber,  and  beyond  this  is  a  small  open 
oxide  purifier.    The  water  absorbs  any  sulphurous 


acid  that  may  be  present,  and  the  oxide  of  iron  any 
ol  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
The  sulphur  obtained  amounts  to  about  00  per 
cent,  of  the  theoretical  quantity.  It  is  very  pure, 
analysing  over  91)  per  cent,  sulphur,  deducting  the 
moisture  that  it  generally  contains.  The  gases  from 
the  gas  liquor  contain  small  quantities  of  naphtha- 
lene and  other  hydrocarbons,  and  these  being  charred 
in  passing  through  the  kiln  impart  a  brownish  tinge 
to  the  sulphur.  The  amount  of  carbon  present, 
however,  does  not  amount  to  O'l  per  cent. 

Thiocyahates. 

Hydrocyanic  acid  exists  in  the  foul  gas  to  the 
amount  of  about  0  1  per  cent,  by  volume.  It  is 
absorbed  by  the  liquor,  and  combines  with 'sulphur 
to  form  thiocyanic  acid;  XH4CX  +  (NH,)  S 
=NELCNS+(NH4)2S.  If  there  is  not  sufficient 
polysulphide  present"  to  convert  all  the  hydrocyanic 
acid  into  thiocyanic  acid  the  rest  remains  unaltered 
until  it  reaches  the  heating  apparatus,  where  at  least 
some  of  it  acts  upon  the  iron  of  the  apparatus  and 
forms  ferrocyanide. 

The  ammonium  thiocarbonate,  formed  by  the 
absorption  of  carbon  bisulphide,  also  forms  thio- 
cyanate  by  spontaneous  decomposition,  (XH,)  I 
=  XH4CNS  +  2H~S.  The  thiocyanide  thus  formed 
is  converted  into  sodium  salt  by  means  of  caustic 
soda  added  in  the  still,  and  is  found  in  the  surplus 
spent  liquor  derived  from  the  condensed  steam. 

The  amount  of  sodium  tbiocyanate  formed  is  23lb. 
per  ton  of  coal. 

From  the  spent  liquor  the  thiocyanate  is  recovered, 
either  by  simple  evaporation  or  by  precipitation  with 
cupric  sulphate  or  cuprous  thiocyanate. 

From  the  sodium  salt  ferrocyanide  may  be  made 
by  Gelis's  process. 

Ammonia. 

It  will  be  understood  from  the  general  description 
of  the  process  that  a  certain  stock  of  ammonia  is 
constantly  circulating  through  the  system.  The 
amount  required  is  estimated  at  about  iiolb.  ammonia 
in  the  plant  for  each  ton  of  coal  carbonised  per  diem. 

As  the  foul  gas  entering  the  scrubbers  contains 
ammonia,  equal  to  about  lAlb.  per  ton  of  coal,  an 
accumulation  would  take  place,  unless  an  equal 
quantity  was  continually  withdrawn.  Of  course  this 
withdrawal  may  be  effected  in  the  form  of  ordinary 
gas  liquor  from  scrubber  A,  but  the  process  allows  of 
its  withdrawal  in  either  one  of  two  more  valuable 
forms,  sulphate  and  carbonate. 

The  manufacture  of  sulphate  in  connection  with 
:  the  process  could  readily  be  effected  by  substituting 
an  acid  saturator  for  the  catch  tower  B,  attached  to 
the  heating  apparatus. 

As  the  quantity  of  ammonia  normally  entering  this 
tower  is  less  than  that  which  must  be  withdrawn,  a 
connection  is  made  from  a  part  of  the  carbonating 
tower  where,  in  consequence  of  the  higher  tempera- 
ture, the  gases  contain  a  larger  proportion  of  am- 
monia. By  this  means  the  amount  of  ammonia  with- 
drawn may  readily  be  made  equal  to  that  brought  in 
by  the  foul  gas,  and  at  the  same  time  the  acid  satu- 
rator would  act  as  a  perfect  safeguard  against  the 
escape  of  any  ammonia  with  the  other  gases. 

If  sulphate  were  made  in  this  way  the  whole  of 
the  fuel,  and  all  the  plant,  except  the  saturator, 
would  be  saved,  the  sulphate  being  manufactured  for 
the  cost  of  the  acid  and  the  labour. 

In  the  description  ol  the  action  of  the  heating  and 
'  carbonating  plant  it  was  explained  that  the  sulphur- 
etted hydrogen  was  expelled  from  the  liquor  by  the 
carbonic  acid  evolved  in  the  heating  tower.  At  or 
about  the  junction  between  the  heating  and  car- 


so 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [.'«■>.  20.  isst. 


Donating  towers  the  gases  in  the  apparatus  are  am- 
monia, carbonic  acid,  and  strain. 

If  these  gases,  or  a  portion  of  them,  are  conducted 
into  a  cold  chamber  there  condenses  a  liquor,  which 
on  cooling,  forms  a  mass  of  crystals  of  ammonium 
carbonate.  The  mother  liquor  usually  contains  a 
little  sulphide.  l>ut  the  crystals  are  free  from  it.  A 
specimen  of  such  condensed  liquor  contained  24  per 
cent,  of  ammonia,  of  which  18  per  cent,  was  carbon- 
ate, and  only  0'(i  per  cent,  of  sulph.  hydrogen. 

This  is  equal  to  a  liquor  of  lluoz.  strength,  or  say 
ten  times  the  strength  of  ordinary  gas  liquor. 

1  have  now  described  the  whole  number  of  opera- 
tions involved  in  this  process  of  purification,  and  it 
may  be  useful  to  re-state  the  essential  features  of  the 
process  and  point  out  the  advantages  which  it  offers 
over  the  ordinary  process. 

The  most  important  feature  of  the  process  is  that 
it  effects  complete  purification  of  the  gas  by  a  per- 
fectly continuous  operation  carried  out  in  closed 
vessels.  There  is  no  possibility  of  nuisance  arising 
from  the  opening  of  purifiers  containing  foul  gas,  or 
the  exposure  of  the  purifying  material  to  the  air,  nor 
any  loss  of  gas  or  admixture  of  air  with  the  gas  from 
the  former  cause. 

The  gas  is  completely  purified  from  carbonic  acid 
and  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  from  all  but  the  usual 
traces  of  ammonia,  and  the  obnoxious  and  trouble- 
some carbon  bisulphide  is  easily  reduced  to  any 
desired  amount  by  a  simple  and  cheap  addition  to 
the  ordinary  process. 

The  illuminating  power  of  the  gas  is  not  reduced 
by  this  process  ;  indeed  the  average  of  a  large  number 
of  tests  showed  a  slight  excess  of  illuminating  power 
over  that  of  the  same  gas  purified  by  lime  and  oxide. 
This  may  be  ascribed  to  the  complete  absence  of 
carbonic  acid,  and  perhaps  also  to  the  fact  that  a 
smaller  proportion  of  the  oxygen  is  absorbed. 

The  by-products,  sulphur  and  ammonia,  are  re- 
covered in  more  valuable  forms,  and  thiocyanates, 
which  may  fairly  be  called  a  new  product,  at  "least  as 
far  as  English  gasworks  are  concerned,  are  easily  re- 
covered and  converted  into  valuable  salts.  The 
ground  space  covered  by  the  plant  is  less  than  that 
required  for  dry  purification,  especially  where  sulphur 
purification  is  carried  out. 

The  cost  of  working  I  am  hardly  prepared  to  state, 
as  the  expenses  of  ordinary  work  cannot  be  calculated 
from  that  of  an  experimental  plant,  where  the 
attendance  and  labour  required  for  continual  altera- 
tions are  much  greater  than  would  be  required  for 
regular  work. 

The  principal  expense  is  fcr  fuel  in  raising  the 
necessary  steam  :  the  cost  of  this  has  been  2|d.  per 
ton,  taking  fuel  at  five  shillings  per  ton.  It  may 
reasonably  be  expected  that  considerable  economies 
will  be  effected  on  this  side;  and  especially  the 
possibility  of  raising  steam  by  means  of  the  "waste 
heat  from  the  retort  furnaces  must  not  be  lost 
sight  of. 

The  amount  of  sulphur  required  to  form  poly- 
sulphide  for  the  purpose  of  removing  carbon  bisul- 
phide from  the  gas  is  about  i!lb.  per  ton  of  coal. 
Taking  sulphur  at  £4  per  ton  this  would  be  0"85d. 
per  ton  of  coal,  or  0"085d.  per  1000  cubic  feet.  The 
cost  of  sulphur  purification  in  London  is  given  by 
Mr.  F.  Livesey  at  l^d.  per  1000  cubic  feet. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Hack  :  We  have  been  listening  to  a  very 
interesting  paper,  and  are  very  much  indebted  to 
Mr.  Watts  for  the  clearway  in  which  he  has  described 
the  process.  A  question  I  wish  to  ask  is  as  to  the 
alleged  cost  of  ordinary  purification.  It  was  stated 
to  be  l|d.,  whereas  1  have  reason  to  believe  it  is 


covered  entirely  by  id.  per  LOOOcubic  feet,  1  may  say, 
that  being  in  Birmingham  I  have  had  die  opportunity, 
from  time  to  time,  of  followiug  out  this  very  interest- 
ing process,  and  consider  that  much  praise  is  due  to 
M  r.  Glaus  in  respect  to  it,  and  should  be  glad  to  hear 
that  we  shall  be  able  to  purify  our  gas  by  the  process 
as  cheaply  as  we  do  at  the  present  time.  1  am  not 
prepared  to  contest  anything  that  Mr.  Watts  has  said 
with  regard  to  the  chain  of  beautiful  chemical 
changes  and  reactions  which  take  place;  but  I  may 
state  that  on  the  last  occasion  when  tests  were  made 
on  my  behalf  the  process  was  not  efficient  for  re- 
ducing regularly  the  sulphur  compounds  to  the  desired 
limit,  and  I  am  therefore  very  pleased  to  hear  that 
by  the  addition  of  sulphur  to  the  liquor  he  has  been 
successful  in  bringing  them  down  to  a  very  low  point, 

1  and  well  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  the  London 
gas  refiners.  This  is  a  very  important  point,  and  one 
that  will  weigh  well  with  gas  engineers  ;  but,  as  a 
gas  engineer,  I  should  like  to  be  assured,  before 
adopting  the  process,  that  taking  the  value  of  the  extra 
products — Prussian  blue,  etc.  — into  account  there 
would  be  a  saving  over  the  prevailing  method.  For 
the  last  three  years,  at  one  of  my  works,  we  have 
been  able  to  purify  the  gas  from  carbonic  acid,  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen,  and  ammonia,  and  bring  the 
sulphur  compounds  down  very  low;  the  whole  cost, 
including  new  materials  and  labour  (after  crediting 
the  materials  sold),  has  not  exceeded  one-third  of  a 
penny  per  1000  cubic  feet  of  gas  made.  Now  that  is  a 

I  very  small  item,  and  I  repeat  that  we  want  to  be 
assured  that  by  this  new  plan  we  should  be  able  to 
purify  cheaper  than  this.  I  am  not  going  to  say  any- 
thing against  this  beautiful  chemical  process,  but  we 
now  wish  to  have  some  reliable  information  as  to  the 
net  cost.  Without  considerable  saving  can  be  shown 
to  result,  this  system  will  1  hardly  think  take  the 
place  of  our  existing  purilying  arrangements,  but  it 
is  more  likely  to  be  adopted  where  new  works  are 
contemplated,  or  extensions  required,  as  at  Belfast  ; 
and  we  shall  all  anxiously  await  the  results  obtained 
there  upon  the  larger  scale. 

Mr.  Watts  :  In  actual  practice  it  is  impossible  to 
use  extremely  concentrated  solutions,  on  account  of 
the  rapid  volatilisation  of  the  ammonium  sulphide. 
We  have  in  the  laboratory  used  such  a  solution  con- 
taining polysulphide  with  good  effects.  I  may  say 
that  1  have  made  a  number  of  experiments  with 
different  sulphides,  more  particularly  barium  and 
sodium  sulphides,  and  I  have  found  that  solutions  of 
monosulphides,  unless  very  strong,  are  absolutely  iu- 
capable  of  absorbing  bisulphide  of  carbon.  The  con- 
clusion I  came  to  was,  that  the  monosulphides  are 
decomposed  in  solution  into  hydrate  and  hydrosul- 
phide,  and  it  is  well  known  thai  hydrosulphides  will 
not  combine  with  carbon  bisulphide.  When  the 
solution  is  very  concentrated  this  decomposition  will 
be  incomplete,  and  the  carbon  bisulphide  is  then 
absorbed  by  the  undecomposed  monosulphides.  The 
formation  of  a  small  quantity  of  polysulphide,  either 
by  addition  of  sulphur  or  by  exposure  of  the  solution 
to  the  air,  at  once  confers  upon  the  solution  the 
property  of  absorbing  bisulphide  of  carbon.  The 
case  of  ammonium  sulphide  is  somewhat  different 
to  that  of  barium  and  sodium  sulphides.  Mono- 
sulphide  of  ammonia  only  exists  at  very  low  tempera- 
tures, so  that  even  very  strong  solutions,  so  long  as 
they  are  free  from  polysulphide,  will  not  absorb  car- 
bon bisulphide.  The  use  of  polysulphide  of  ammonia 
was  discovered  by  Leigh,  at  Manchester,  some  years 
ago.  How  far  the  invention  was  carried  into  practice 
I  cannot  say.  Mr.  Turner  asked  about  the  effect  of 
oxygen  upon  the  illuminating  power  of  gas.  I  men- 
tioned that  the  oxygen  in  the  foul  gas  was  only 
partially  absorbed  in  our  process,  and  stated  that  this 


Jan.  29.  is?:.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


31 


would  be  rather  an  advantage  than  otherwise.  Dr. 
Frankland  has  proved  that  the  reduction  of  the 
illuminating  power  of  gas  by  the  prepuce  of  air  is 
due  to  the  nitrogen,  the  oxygen  tending  to  counter- 
balance the  injurious  etl'eet  of  the  nitrogen,  doubtless 
by  increasing  the  temperature  of  the  name.  Conse- 
quently, given  the  unavoidable  presence  of  a  certain 
proportion  of  air,  a  process  which  does  not  absorb 
the  oxygen  is  preferable  to  one  that  absorbs  almost 
the  whole  of  it.  Then  as  to  the  additional^  cost  of  the 
removal  of  the  sulphur  compounds.  The  cost  in 
London  is  given  by  Mr.  F.  Livesey  as  a  ljd.  per  1000 
cubic  feet  ;  very  likely  this  has  been  reduced  since 
the  date  of  his  paper  on  the  subject.  In  our  case  it 
is  about  Id.  for  ln,000  cubic  feet. 

The  L'h.uk.man  :  The  question  of  purification  in 
closed  vessels  is  one  that  has  occupied  the  minds 
of    gas    men    for    many    years    past,    and     many 
attempts    have    been    made    to    arrive    at  a    solu- 
tion of    it.     About   eleven    years    ago    success    was 
thought     to    have    been    achieved    by    Hill's    pro- 
cess, by  which  ammonia  is  driven  from  its  combi- 
nation with  other  impurities  in  gas  liquor,  and  used 
over  again  in  the  washers  or  scrubbers.    Only  partial 
purification,  however,  was  effected  by  this  means, 
and,  substantially,  little  was  accomplished  until  the 
matter  was  taken  up  by  Mr.  Claus,  by  whom  complete  ( 
purification,  without  the  aid  of  any  foreign  material, 
has  at  length  been  effected.     Hitherto  we  have  re- 
garded this  as  an  object  to  be  attained,  not  as  a  means 
for  increasing  the  value  of  the  residual  products,  but 
almost  solely  for  the  reduction  of  labour,  the  avoid- 
ance of  the  necessity  for  costly  plant,  and  for  doing 
away  with  the  loss  and  nuisance  resulting  from  the 
emptying  and  charging  of  dry  purifiers.    The  opera- 
tions of  the  Ammonia  Purifying  Co.,  however,  while 
embracing  all  these  objects,  have  revealed  to  us  new 
sources  of  income,  not  only  from  the  more  saleable 
character  of  the  residuals,  but  also  from  the  addition 
they  are  able  to  make  to  the  latter,  in  the  utilisation 
of  the  sulphocyanides  which  have  hitherto  been  run 
to  waste.    It  is,  therefore,  greatly  to  be  desired  that 
the  proctss  may  be  successtully  developed,  and  those 
who,  from  the  data  already  furnished   by  the  experi- 
ment, have  determined  upon  adopting  it  on  a  larger 
scale,  deserve    our    thanks   for  affording   the  only 
possible  means  by  which  its  economical  advantages 
can  be  fully  and  satisfactorily  determined.     In  the 
observation  made  by  Mr.  Hack,  as  to  the  average 
cost  of  purification  to  the  London   companies  being 
about   Id.  per  m.,  doubt  was  expressed  as  to  the 
accuracy  of  Mr.   Watts'  statement  of   cost  for  the 
removal  of  the  sulphur  compounds— viz.,  lfd.  per  m. 
This,  as  stated  by  Mr.  Watts,  was  given  upon  the 
authority  of  Mr.  Livesey,  and  does  not  appear  to  me 
to  be  necessarily  inconsistent  with   the  statement  of 
total  cost  ;   because  Mr.   Livesey   was,   I  presume, 
speaking  of  the  removal  of  sulphur  compounds  only,    Ocr  attention 
whereas  the  entire  process  of  purification  embraces    ' 
at  least  one  operation  which  is,  or  has  frequently 
been,  a  source  of  profit — I  refer  to  the  removal  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  by  oxide  of  iron.    If  the  oxide 
of  iron  be  well  bought   the  value  of  the  spent  oxide 
may  become,  as  was  frequently  the  case  until  recently, 
considerably  greater  than  the  first  cost  of  the  material. 
Mr.  Hack  referred  also  to  the  fact  that  at  one  of  his 
works  the  cost  of  purification   was  extremely  low, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  sulphur  compounds  never 
exceeded,  but  were  frequently  considerably  within, 
the  limits  prescribed  by  the  gas  referees.     Without 
special    purification    that    was   a    very    exceptional 
experience,  and  1  think  that  the  statement  ought  to 
have  been  supplemented  by  information  as  to  how 
much  of  such  a  result  was  due  to  the  process  of 
purification  employed ;  because  it  might  very  possibly 


be  due  simply  to  the  employment  of  moderate  beats, 

or  to  the  use  of  a  coal  exceptionally  free  fromsulphur, 
or  to  a  combination  of  these  causes.  In  any  case  it 
could  prove  nothing,  either  for  or  against  the  adoption 

of  the  ammonia  process  under  such  conditions,  tbe 
advantages  of  which  were  not  to  be  measured  by  the 
question  of  a  few  grains,  more  or  less,  of  sulphur  left 
in  the  gas.  Having  had  the  process  working  under 
my  immediate  supervision  for  some  considerable 
time  I  am  in  a  position  to  say  that  for  works  ot 
large  size  there  is  almost  certain  to  be  a  considerable 
reduction  on  the  cost  of  labour  ;  although  where  the 
make  of  gas  is  small  I  should  hesitate  to  recommend 
its  adoption,  for  the  simple  reason  that  the  labour 
required  to  work  a  plant  for  the  purification  of  one 
million  cubic  feet  per  day  would,  in  all  probability, 
be  equal  to  one  of  four  or  five  times  the  dimensions. 
Mr  Watts  has  dealt  fully  with  the  prospect  as  regards 
increased  value  of  residuals,  and  I  need  only  add 
that,  with  respect  to  sulphur  alone,  which  is  recovered 
in  a  solid  form,  the  return  ought  to  be  doubled,  while 
the  cost  of  oxide  of  iron  and  lime  would  entirely 
disappear. 


©lasgoto  ano  %cottisrj  Section. 

Chairman:  J.  Neilson  Cuthbertson. 

rice-chairman  :  Prof.  Mills. 

Hon.  Vice-chairman  :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 

Committee: 

J.  Fyfe. 
K. Irvine. 


J.  B.  Adam. 
J.  Addie. 

Prof.  Crum-Brown. 
J.  Y.  Buchanan. 
J.  Christie. 
W.  J.Chrystal. 
\V.  ri.  Curphey. 
Prof.  Ferguson, 


J.  J.   Coleman 


G.  G. 


T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  M.  .Milne. 
J.  Pattison. 
R.  Pullar. 
R.  R.  Tatlock. 
A.  Whitelaw. 
Treasurer  : 

near  Glasgow. 


Hon 
Ardarroch,  Bearsden 
Local  Secretary: 
Henderson,  Chemical   Laboratory, 
University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

The  Third  Meeting  of  the  Fourth  Session  of  this 
Section  was  held  In  the  Booms,  207,  Bath  Street, 
Glasgoiv,  on  Tuesday,  January  4,  1887. 

MR.    J.   NEILSON  CUTHBEKTSON   IN  THE  CHAIR. 

ON   WASTE   GAS   FROM   OIL   STILLS. 

BY  GEORGE   BEILBY,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.,  AND  J.  B.   M'AltTHrR. 

has  for  some  time  been  directed  to 
the  production  of  permanent  gas,  which  invariably 
occurs  at  the  later  stages  in  the  redistillation  of 
crude  shale  oil  and  petroleum.  Ihe  oil  we  shall  refer 
to  in  this  paper  is  crude  shale  oil,  as  it  comes  from 
the  condensers  of  the  retorts,  containing  therelore, 
naphtha,  burning  oil,  intermediate  oil,  lubricating 
oil  and  solid  paraffins,  and,  in  addition,  basic  and 
acid  tars  and  resinous  bodies  of  high  boiling  point 
The  crude  oil  on  entering  the  oil  refinery  is  handled 
in  one  of  two  ways-it  is  either  distilled  to  dryness 
in  a  moderate  current  ot  steam,  or  it  is  first  treated 
with  weak  sulphuric  acid  and  caustic  soda  tor  the 
removal  of  a  portion  of  the  basic  and  acid  tars  and  is 
then  distilled  to  dryness.  In  either  case  this  first 
distillation  is,  more  or  less  intentionally  a  destructive 
distillation  ;  the  original  oil  thus  produces  an  oil  of 
lower  specific   gravity,    which    contains    a    smaller 


32 


THE  .JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Jan. 89. 1887. 


quantity  of  acid  and  basic  tars,  and  is  then  fore  more 
ily  refined.  A  residue  ol  pitch]  coke  remains  in 
the  still,  and  hydrocarbon  gas,  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen, ammonia  and  watei  vapours  pass  away  from  the 
condenser  of  the  still.  There  is  evidently  a  breaking 
down  of  complex  bodies  containing  carbon,  hydrogen, 
nitrogen,  oxygen,  and  sulphur,  into  simpler  hydl 
bons,  and  the  ot  her  pre 'duet.-  enumerated  above.  1  Un  the 
amount  of  destruction  permitted  must  l>e  most  care- 
fully regulated,  as  the  paraffins  and  defines  of  higher 
boiling  point  are  very  easily  decomposed  and 
destroyed,  so  that  a  distillation  which  would  produce 
excellent  results  on  the  basic  and  acid  impurities 
might  be  disastrous  in  its  effects  on  the  solid 
paraffins  and  viscous  defines.  The  amount  of  destruc- 
tion to  be  permitted  is  influenced  by  the  nature  of 
the  origiual  shale,  the  system  of  retorting  employed, 
and  by  the  market  prices  of  the  various  paraffin 
products. 

Our  principal  object  was  to  study  the  history  of 
one  of  the  secondary  products  of  this  destructive 
distillation — the  hydrocarbon  gas.  As  far  as  we  can 
learn,  no  measurements  of  the  volume  or  tests  of  the 
quality  of  this  gas  had  been  made  by  other  observers. 

We  have  made  experiments  in  the  laboratory, 
distilling  a  litre,  and  in  the  works  distilling  about  10 
tons  at  a  time. 

Laboratory  Distillation. 

A  litre  of  crude  oil  was  distilled  to  dryness  in  a 
glass  flask  over  a  "Fletcher  lamp,  a  current  of  low- 
pressure  steam  being  passed  through  the  oil  during 
distillation.  The  gas  from  the  condenser  was  drawn 
into  a  small  gasholder.  The  entire  distillate 
measured  !)85cc.  The  loss  by  volume  was,  therefore, 
15  per  cent. 

Taking  the  weights  of  the  oil  and  its  products,  we 
have  : — 

Crude  Oil  distilled  S&?grnis. 

Oil  distillate MHrOUgrms. 

Kesidue    10  58    ,, 

(ins 71)3     ., 

Unaccounted  for 3  49    ., 



SS2ktiiis. 

The  volume  of  the  gas  was  G85  litres,  or  at  the  rate 
of  11  cubic  feet  per  gallon  of  oil.  The  illuminating 
power  of  the  gas  was  35  standard  candles  on  a 
calculated  consumption  of  5  cubic  feet  per  hour.  It 
is  a  matter  of  general  experience  with  oil  works 
chemists,  that  in  well-conducted  laboratory  distilla- 
tions the  amount  of  decomposition  which  takes  place 
is  small  compared  with  that  in  works  distillation. 

Works  Distillation. 

In  January  and  February  last  year  we  made 
various  determinations  of  the  gas  produced  at  the 
crude  stills,  in  Oakbank  Works.  Through  the 
courtesy  of  Mr.  Eraser,  the  managing  director  of  the 
company,  we  are  enabled  to  quote  some  of  these 
results  here. 

These  experiments  were  made  primarily  to  gain 
information  as  to  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  gas 
produced  in  actual  distillation.  Attempts  were  also 
made  to  measure  the  actual  products  from  the  crude 
oil  so  as  to  apportion  the  various  losses  as  in  the 
laboratory  experiments,  but  in  a  going  work  it  is 
absolutely  impossible  to  get  really  trustworthy 
figures  to  a  reasonable  degree  of  accuracy.  The 
large  size  of  the  vessels,  the  differences  of  temperature 
of  the  oil,  the  presence  of  water  in  the  crude  oil  and 
distillate,  all  combine  to  prevent  accurate  measure-  ' 
ment.  We  shall,  therefore,  only  quote  such  portions 
of  the  results  as  refer  to  the  gas  evolved  per  gallon  of 
crude  oil. 


The  collection  of  the  gas  was  effected  by  con- 
necting the  gas  pipe  of  the  condenser  with  a 
-mall  gasholder  about  20  feet  in  diameter.  A 
-tram  jet  was  placed  in  the  connecting  pipe  so  a.- to 

draw  trie  gas  from  the  condenser  and  urge  it  forward 
to  the  holder.  The  gas  on  its  way  to  the  holder 
passed  through  a  supplementary  condenser,  in  which 
it  was  cooled  to  the  temperature  of  the  air,  and 
deposited  such  naphtha  and  water  as  had  escaped 
condensation  in  the  ordinary  condenser.  All  of  the 
fittings  were  of  a  temporary  description,  and  were 
ultimately  found  to  be  quite  insufficient  to  pass  the 
whole  of  the  gas  when  it  was  at  its  maximum  flow. 
In  consequence  of  this  only  a  portion  of  the  gas  could 
be  collected,  and  the  total  make  had  to  be  estimated. 
The  figures  given  below  are  certainly  well  within  the 
truth. 

A  still  charged  with  2425  gallons  of  crude  oil  gave 
2800  cubic  feet  of  gas,  or  115  cubic  feet  per  gallon  of 
oil. 

A  still  charged  with  2400  gallons  of  residues  from 
the  second  distillation  of  crude  oil  gave  about  4000 
cubic  feet  of  gas,  or  1'06  cubic  feet  per  gallon. 

No  systematic  chemical  examination  of  the  col- 
lected gas  was  attempted,  but  its  illuminating  power 
was  tested  in  a  number  of  cases,  and  determination's 
of  the  amount  of  volatile  hydrocarbons  removable 
by  scrubbing  with  heavy  oil  were  made. 

The  average  gas  from  the  distillation,  which  yielded 
115  cubic  feet  per  gallon,  had  an  illuminating  power 
of  34  standard  candles,  calculated  to  a  consumption 
of  5  cubic  feet  per  hour.  The  average  gas  from 
the  second  residues,  which  yielded  TOG  cubic  feet 
per  gallon,  had  an  illuminating  power  of  29 
candles. 

Samples  of  gas  from  various  stages  of  the  distilla- 
tion were  collected  separately  and  tested  for  their 
illuminating  power.  It  was  found  that  gas  began 
to  come  off  freely  when  the  distillate  reached  a 
sp.  gr.  of  800— from  this  stage  till  the  yellow 
resinous  end  of  the  distillate  began  to  make  its 
appearance,  the  illuminating  power  was  from  40  to 
45  candles.  During  the  running  of  the  resinous  dis- 
tillate, that  is,  while  the  still  was  coking,  the  illu- 
minating power  fell  to  24  candles. 

By  scrubbing  with  heavy  oil,  gas  which  had  stood 
in  the  gasholder  for  3tj  hours,  1*2  gallons  of  naphtha 
per  1000  cubic  feet  of  gas  was  obtained.  The  illu- 
minating power  before  scrubbing  was  34  candles, 
and  after  scrubbing  22  candles.  This  shows  that 
the  gas  is  fairly  permanent  and  might  possibly  be 
used  for  lighting  railway  carriages. 

We  did  not  chemically  examine  the  naphthaseparated 
by  heavy  oil  scrubbing,  but  from  itspbysical  characters 
it  seemed  to  consist  chiefly  of  low  temperature 
hydrocarbons.  The  comparatively  high  illuminating 
power  of  the  oil-scrubbed  gas  seems  to  indicate  that 
it  probably  contains  some  of  the  lower  defines. 

AVe  must  point  out  that  the  experiments  we 
have  detailed  were  made  with  stills  worked  on  the 
old  non-continuous  system.  The  recently  introduced 
system  of  long-continued  feeding  certainly  diminishes 
the  decomposition  of  oil,  and  correspondingly  re- 
duces the  gas  production  ;  but,  as  we  have  pointed 
out  at  the  beginning  of  the  paper,  regulated  decom- 
position is  one  of  the  chief  objects  of  the  first  dis- 
tillation, and  therefore  a  certain  quantity  of  gas 
must  always  be  produced.  After  due  allowance  is 
made  for  all  reasonable  deductions,  there  will  still 
remain  a  large  volume  of  excellent  gas  well  adapted 
for  the  lighting  of  works  and  villages,  and  probably, 
also,  of  railway  carriages.  This  is  the  more  impor- 
tant to  oilworks,  as  the  practice  of  scrubbing  the 
retort  gas  with  heavy  oil  renders  it  absolutely  use- 
less for  illuminating  purposes. 


Jan.  29, 1887.]       Till'.  .!<  >l'  I!  N.\  1.  ( )!•'  Tl  I  E  SOCIETY  ol'  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


33 


DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  Wallace  said  the  subject  brought  before 
them  that  evening  was  one  which  interested  him  very 
much,  as  it  was  the  first  time,  so  far  as  he  knew, 

that  this  particular  teas  hail  ever  been  measured  as 
regarded  quantity  or  luminosity.  He  was  very  glad 
to  hear  that  the  illuminating  power  was  so  high.  Tie 
gas  obtained  in  the  original  distillation  of  the  shale 
was  much  purer — perhaps  --  or  i-i  candles,  and 
was.  therefore,  not  SO  suitable  for  lighting  towns  or 
villages,  or  even  railway  carriages.  Taking  an 
ordinary  work  such  as  Mr.  I'.eilby  had  been  accus- 
tomed to,  he  would  like  to  know  what  the  quantity 
of  gas  per  day  would  be,  and  whether  this  quantity 
would  really  be  of  some  commercial  value,  for  that 
really  was  the  important  point  in  the  paper  I  If 
the  gas  could  be  turned  to  profitable  account,  his  own 
impression  was  that  it  would  do  very  well  for  com- 
pressing for  use  in  railway  carriages,  although  its 
illuminating  power  was  not  so  high  as  the  gas  used 
at  present. 

Mr.  Stanford  asked  how  the  gas  stood  compres- 
sion, and  whether  it  was  easily  condensed  or  not? 

.Mr.  Whitelaw  believed  that  Mr.  Coleman  had 
made  some  experiments  in  compressing  gases  of  the 
kind  under  discussion.  He  remembered  receiving  a 
bottle  of  the  oil,  or  compressed  gas,  which  boiled 
with  the  slightest  elevation  of  temperature  ;  even  the 
heat  of  the  hand  was  sufficient  to  cause  boiling.  He 
was  not  aware,  however,  whether  this  was  the  same 
gas  as  Mr  Beilby  had  operated  on. 

Mr.  li:\  ink  asked  whether  the  amount  of  gas  was 
decreased  or  increased  by  using  steam  in  the  distil- 
lation < 

Mr.  Rkii.p.y  in  reply  to  Dr.  Wallace's  remarks, 
said  that  in  a  work  like  Oakbank  the  production 
of  still  gas  would  be  about  20,000  cubic  feet  per  day, 
but  the  production  of  some  larger  works  would  be 
fr<  mi  m  i.oi  ii )  to  1 00,000  feet.  He  had  not  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  trying  the  effect  of  compression,  as  sug- 
gested by  Mr.  Stanford,  but  it  was  considered  that 
oil  scrubbing  through  a  heavy  oil  was  a  much  more 
severe  test  of  the  permanence  of  a  gas  than  simple 
compression.  Referring  to  Mr.  Irvine's  question,  he 
had  not  tested  the  gas  from  stills  worked  without 
steam,  but  it  was  presumed  that  the  production  of 
gas  would,  in  that  case,  be  larger,  because  steam  was 
used  to  prevent  decomposition.  Mr.  Coleman's  appa- 
ratus for  the  compression  of  gases,  referred  to  by  Mr. 
Whitelaw,  was  originally  applied  to  waste  gas  from 
shale  retorts.  In  that  case  the  condensation  of  the 
very  volatile  hydrocarbons  was  due  to  the  cooling  by 
expansion  in  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine 
rather  than  to  the  preliminary  compression. 


(A)  NOTES  OX  "NESSLERISING."  {B)  NOTES 
ON  THE  EXTRACTION  OF  FATS  BY 
SOXHLET'S  APPARATUS. 

BY  J.    M.   MILNE,   PH.D. 

In  these  notes  originality  is  not  claimed.  They 
simply  embody  a  description  of  some  modifications 
of  apparatus  which  I  have  found  extremely  useful 
in  my  laboratory. 

" Nesdtrising." — Wanklyn's  original  instruction  for 
nesslerising  water  distillates  involved  the  taking  over 
of  three  separate  quantities  of  50cc.  and  the  deter- 
mination of  the  ammonia  in  each.  This  involved  a 
great  deal  of  trouble,  and  occupied  a  considerable 
amount  of  time.  Some  years  ago,  Hehner  suggested 
an  improvement  in  this  method,  as  well  as  in  the 
form  of  nesslerising  tube  used,  and  I  was  so  struck 


with  the  simplicity  of  his  method,  as  well  as  with  the 
great  saving  in  time  resulting  from  its  use,  that  1  at 
once  ordered  a  pair  of  his  nesslerising  cylinders  from 
London,  and  have  used  them  ever  since.  Although 
these  cylinders  can  now  be  had  in  Glasgow,  I  under- 
stand they  are  very  little  used,  and  this  fact  has 
induced  me  to  bring  them   under  your  notice  this 

i  evening.     Helmet's  modification  of  the  original  pro- 
-  is  very  simple  and  easily  carried  out.     Instead 

1  of  separate  quantities,  the  whole  distillate  is  collected 
in  one.  I  have  a  series  of  stoppered  bottles,  holding 
over  200CC,  which  are  kept  specially  for  water  distil- 
lates. These  are  marked  for  50ca,  lOOcc,  loOcc,  and 
200cc.  In  the  case  of  a  water  containing  little 
ammonia,  lOOcc.  of  distillate  will  be  found  to  contain 
the  whole  of  it.  Others  may  require  150ca,  or  even 
200ee.  to  be  taken  over.  It  goes  without  saying  that 
in  every  case  a  final  quantity  of  50cc.  must  be  col- 
lected separately  and  nesslerised,  in  order  to  ensure 
that  the  distillation  is  complete.  One  great  advan- 
tage of  this  method  is  that  with  a  number  of  waters 
on  hand  at  one  time,  the  distillations  can  be  carried 
on  one  after  the  other,  and  the  various  distillates  put 
aside  and  nesslerised  when  convenient,  or  the  light 
most  favourable. 

The  construction  of  the  cylinders  is  also  simple. 
They  are  made  with  a  somewhat  broad  foot,  and  are 
graduated  to  hold  lOOcc  Near  the  bottom  a  glass 
tap  is  soldered  on,  so  that  the  contents  of  the 
cylinder  can  be  slowly  run  off.  The  two  cylinders 
are  placed  side  by  side  on  a  white  surface,  a  measured 
quantity  of  standard  ammonium  chloride  is  run  into 
one,  then  ammonia-free  distilled  water  up  to  the 
lOOcc.  mark.  2cc.  of  Nessler's  solution  are  next 
added,  and  the  whole  thoroughly  mixed  with  a  glass 

\  rod  flattened  out  at  the  end.  lOOcc.  of  the  w;ater 
distillate  is  placed  in  the  other  cylinder,  2cc.  of 
Nessler  added  and  well  mixed.  In  practice  I 
find  that  lcc.  of  standard  ammonium  chloride 
(=-000025grm.   NHS)  in  lOOcc.  gives  a  tint  which 

i  very  readily  can  be  compared.     After  standing  for 

|  five  minutes,  the  two  cylinders  are  compared.     If,  as 

I  usually  the  case,  the  water  distillate  is  the  darker  of 
the  two,  a  small  beaker  is  placed  below  its  tap, 

I  which  is  then  turned  on  till  the  contents  drop  out 
slowly.  If  the  eye  is  directed  straight  down  the 
interior  of  the  cylinders,  no  perceptible  movement  of 
the  column  is  observable,  and  a  point  will  be  reached 
when  the  tint  of  the  contents  of  the  two  cylinders 
are  alike.  The  tap  is  now  closed  and  the  height  of 
the  water  distillate  read  off.  It  is  then  filled  up 
again  from  the  beaker,  and  re-adjusted.  This  is 
repeated  three  times  and  the  average  of  three  read- 
ings taken  as  correct.  As  nesslerising  cannot  be 
done  in  gaslight,  I  have  endeavoured  to  imitate 
the  process  with  two  shades  of  indigo  solution. 
Assuming  that  the  lighter  shade  in  this  cylinder 
represents  the  standard  ammonium  chloride  (and 
contains  lcc.  of  it)  and  that  the  darker  one  (the 
water  distillate)  has  been  run  down  to  TOcc.  to 
equalise  the  tint,  then  a  simple  proportion  calcula- 
tion is  all  that  is  required  :  If  TOcc.  contains 
ammonia  equal  to  lcc.  of  standard  chloride,  how 
much  will  102  (the  total  bulk  in  the  cylinder)  con- 
tain ?  The  rest  of  the  calculations  are  obvious.  It 
is  evident  that  these  cylinders  can  be  equally  well 
made  use  of  in  any  kind  of  colorimetric  testing. 
There  is  one  slight  objection  to  these  cylinders  as  at 
present  made.  There  are  sometimes  little  specks  in 
the  glass  at  the  bottom.  This  could  easily  be  obviated 
by  making  the  feet  a  little  thicker,  grinding  them 

quite  flat  and  then  polishing,  just  like  this  small 

specimen-jar  on  the  table.  I  am  at  present  trying 
to  get  a   pair  of  cylinders  made  to  this  improved 

pattern. 


3-4 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Jan.  29. 1887. 


"Soxklet's  Fat  Extractor."— In  the  determination 
of  fate,  especially  with  regard  to  milk  analysis,  the 
Dse  of  this  apparatus  is  very  convenient  and  greatly 
to  be  recommended,  and  in  t\ .  1  think,  entirely  take 
the  place  of  any  other  form   of  percolator.      The 
arrangement  on  the  table  has  been  made  according 
to  my  own  instructions,  and  works  ver\  well.      It  has 
the  advantage  of  enabling  duplicate  or  separate  deter- 
minations to  l>e  made  side  by  side,  using  only  one 
inverted  condenser.     The  condenser  is  made  Hat  or 
oval,  instead  of  round,  so  that  two  internal  tubes  can 
be  fitted  in  and  a  Soxhlet's  extractor  attached  to  tin- 
lower  end  of  each.     It  is  obvious  that  by  making  the 
outer  case  round  and  larger,  four  internal  glass  tubes 
can  be  used,  and  four  extractions  carried  on  at  once, 
the  whole  arrangement  being  set  up  on  a  round 
table,  so  as  to  admit  of  easy  access.     I  have  on  the 
wall  an  enlarged  drawing  of  the  actual  Soxhlet  part 
of  the  arrangement,  in  order  to  show  that  the  wide 
tube  is  closed  at  the  bottom  like  a  test  tube,  and 
communicates  by  a  side  tube  with  the  flask  below. 
At  the  other  side  is  an  extremely  ingenious  syphon- 
arrangement,  which  is  automatic,  and  also  leads  into 
the  flask    The  Masks  used  are  conical  in  shape,  and 
have  the  weights  marked  on  the  necks.    They  have 
necks  of  the  same  diameter,  so  that  they  all  tit  one 
cork.     In  using  the  apparatus  for  milks  I  proceed  as 
follows.  Approximately  lOcc.  of  the  milk  are  measured 
into  a  small  tared  basin  of  porcelain,  and  the  weight 
noted.     The  milk  is  then  evaporated  on  the  steam 
bath,  with  frequent  stirring,  in  order  to  render  it 
granular,  until,  on  being  removed  and  cooled,  the  resi- 
due is  semi-solid.     The  residue  can  then  be  easily 
detached  from  the  basin  by  means  of  an  ordinary 
joiner's  gouge,  and  is  transferred  to  a  paper  cup,  made 
by  pressing  a  circular  filter  over  the  end  of  a  glass 
cylinder.     The  cup  and  contents  are  then  placed  iu 
the   Soxhlet   tube,  the  basin,  etc..  being  thoroughly 
rinsed  with  dry  ether,  which  is  added  to" the  residue. 
Sufficient  ether  is  poured  in  to  reach  within  a  short 
distance  of  the  bend  of  the  syphon  tube  :  and  some 
ether  is  also  placed  in  the  conical  flask.    The  various 
connections  are  then  made,  and  the  water  bath  below 
the  flask  started.     The  ether  in  the  flask  distils  up  I 
through  the  side  tube  into  the  wide  one.  containing 
the  residue,  and  as  soon  as  the  surface  reaches  the 
bend  of  the  syphon,  it  is  at  once  carried  over  into  the 
flask  below,  carrying  the  extracted  fat  along  with  it. 
This  process  is  repeated  over  and  over  again.     Pro- 
vided the  joints  are  all  tight,  the  apparatus  can  be 
left  to  itself  for  a  long  time.     From  one  and  a-half  to 
two  hours  are  quite  sufficient.     The  flask  is  finally 
taken  off,  attached  to  an  ordinary  small  condenser  by 
irk  of  the  same  size,  and  the  ether  distilled  off 
W  ithin  the  last  year  or  so  a  complete  revolution  has 
taken  place  as   regards   the  extraction  of  fat  from 
milk,  in  the  introduction  .of  "Adams's"  paper  coils 
for  drying  the  milk  up.     These  coils,  several  of  which 
I  have  on  the  table,  are  made  by  rolling  up  long  strips 
of  thick  white  blotting  paper  into  a  not  too  closely 
compressed  coil,  and  tying  round  with  a  thread.    The 
coils  are  treated  with  ether   to  remove   traces  of  fat 
from  the  paper.     A  quantity  of  the  milk  is  placed  in 
a  small  beaker,  and  the  weight  noted.     A  coil  is  then 
d  in  the  beaker  so  as  to  be  not  more  than  half 
immersed,  and  allowed  to  remain  till  no  more  milk  is 
drawn  up.     It  is  then  removed,  the  dry  end  placed 
on  a  glass  plate,  and  the  whole  kept  for  two  hours  in 
d  water   bath,  after  which  it  is  transferred  to 
-  ixhlet  tube,  and  extracted  in  the  usual  way.      I 
have  been   using  these  coils  for  some  time  (in  con- 
junction   with    the    older    method)    with    excellent 
-.  and  have  been  able  to   confirm  the  fact- 
pointed  out  by  the  committee  of  the  Society  of  Public 
Analyists— that  from  "J  to  '6  pec  cent,  more  fat  is 


extracted  by  this  method.  The  process  has  also  been 
ntly  examined  by  several  German  chemists,  who 
have  recommended  its  adoption  there.  1  I. 
coil  method  of  drying  up  milk  for  fat  extractions  will 
quite  take  the  j [others.  In  the  case  of  dupli- 
cates, tli.-  results  are  very  concordant.  In  his  book  on 
Milk  Analysis,  eta,  Dr.  Bell,  ol  Somerset  Hon--,  states 
that  he  has  obtained  less  fat  when  using  the  Soxhlet's 
tube  than  by  his  own  marceration  process.  This  is 
certainly  not  my  experience.  A  great  advantage  also 
is  that  the  apparatus  being  automatic,  requires  no 
attention,  thus  saving  much  time.  It  can  also  be  used 
for  many  purposes  of  extraction,  such  asoil  c 
1  have  also  found  it  extremely  convenient  for  deter- 
mining grease  in  cloths  to  be  used  for  waterproofing 
purposes,  and  in  which  the  presence  of  any  consider- 
iautity  of  fat  is  objectionable. 

DISI  IJSSION. 

Dr.  Walla*  e  said  that  so  far  as  he  knew  Dr.  Milne 
was  the  first  in  Scotland  who  had  made  independent 
experiments  upon  this  process  oi  Adams's,  as  com- 
pared with  the  ordinary  mode  of  extraction  of  fats  : 
and  it  was  very  satisfactory  to  know  that  the  results 
obtained  agreed  thoroughly  with  those  of  chemists  in 
London  and  elsewhere.  His  own  impression  was  that 
Soxhlet's  apparatus  was  a  very  perfect  one.  so  much 
so  that  he  could  not  see  why  it  should  not  extract 
every  particle  of  fat  iu  any  substance.  What,  in  his 
opinion,  had  prevented  the  general  adoption  of 
Adams's  method  was  the  fact  that  the  Somerset  1 1 
chemists  had  not  yet  taken  it  up.  The  same  state  of 
matters  existed  with  regard  to  the  standard  of  light. 
So  far  as  legislation  had  yet  gone,  there  was  only  one 
standard  of  light — i.e..  the  sperm  candle,  which  was  a 
very  imperfect  standard,  and  yet  people  continued  to 
use  it,  because  no  other  standard  was  recognised. 
Public  analysts  were  in  the  same  position  with  regard 
to  the  analysis  of  milk  and  the  extraction  ol  fat.  He 
hoped,  therefore,  that  Dr.  Bell,  of  Somerset  House, 
would  start  independent  experiments,  and  convince 
himself  regarding  the  analysis  of  milk. 

Mr.  Stanford  said  the  Section  was  certainly 
indebted  to  Dr.  Milne  for  the  excellent  apparatus, 
and  the  able  manner  in  which  he  had  brought  his  sub- 
ject before  them.  He  believed  that  one  of  the  diffi- 
culties pointed  out  by  Dr.  Milne,  in  connection  with 
the  nesslerising  tubes,  might  be  obviated  by  making 
the  bottom  of  white  enamelled  glass. 

Mr.  Galbraith  suggested  that  instead  of  setting 
the  Ncssler  tube  on  a  white  slab,  a  thin  disc  of  porce- 
lain might  be  dropped  into  the  tube  before  use,  as  it 
would  not  then  matter  whether  the  glass  at  the  foot 
of  the  tube  was  perfectly  transparent  or  not. 

At  the  close  of  the  discussion  on  Dr.  Milne's  paper, 
Mr.  C.  M.  Airman.  M. A..  B.Sc,  exhibited  Bayne's 
new  form  of  condensing  apparatus  for  water  analysis. 
The  construction  is  simple,  the  condenser  consist- 
ing of  an  oblong  box  of  block  tin. with  a  tube  running 
through  it.  the  water  for  cooling  runs  in  at  one  end 
and  out  at  the  other  end  of  the  upper  surface.  The 
apparatus.  Mr.  Aikman  said,  combined  si  vi  ral  advan- 
tages over  the  older  forms  of  condensers,  not  the  least 
of  which  was  the  escape  from  the  danger  of  breakage. 


iibutt. 
\v.  a.  Curry. 
ll.  l loidge. 
It.  Fitzmigh. 

K.  Kr.i: 


Bottingfjam  Section. 


Chairman  :  Prof.  Clowes. 

Vice-Chair  man  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Treasurer:  J.  B.  Coleman. 

Committee  : 


T.  W.  Lnviuond. 
11.  .1.  Staples. 
K.  H.  Truman. 

K.  U  \\  le 


Jan.  29. 1887. |      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


35 


Bbn.  Loral  Secretary  : 
J.  R.  Ashwrll,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Buntinck  Koad, 
Nottingham. 

A  i  an  earl;  date,  "  Water  Softening,"  by  J.  B.  Coleman. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 

be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

Thr   Opening    Meeting  of  tin-  Session    was  held  at 
University  College,  Nottingham,  on  November  19. 

PROFESSOR  CLOWES,    D.8C,    IX  THE  (HAIR. 

Thk  Chairman,  in  reviewing  the  work  of  the  past 
session,  stated  that  the  inaugural  soiree,  held  on  June 
5,  1885,  had  been  followed  by  two  lectures,  to  which 
tin-  I'ul'lie  were  invited;  Dr.  Bowman,  of  Halifax, 
lecturing  on  '*  The  Stricture  of  Fibres  used  in 
Textile  Fabrics,"  and  Mr.  T.  Wardle,  of  Leek,  select- 
ing "  Silk "  for  his  subject.  Both  lectures  were  pro- 
fusely illustrated,  and  well  attended  and  received. 
At  the  ordinary  meetings  of  the  Society  the  follow- 
ing papers  had  been  read  and  discussed: — "The 
Analysis  of  ( !as  Coal,"  by  Lewis  T.  Wright  ;  "  Water 
Purification  and  Softening,"  by  P.  A.  Maignen , 
"  i'.--e  of  Poisonous  .Materials  in  Dyeing  Hosiery,"  by 
J.  1!.  Ashwell  and  H.  Forth  :  "  Some  Points  in  the 
Analysis  i, f  ( tils,"  by  L.  Archbutt.  The  Publication 
Committee  of  the  Society  had  acknowledged  the  im- 
portance of  these  papers  by  publishing  all  of  them  in 
the  Journal.  As  regards  papers  foxsubsequent  meet- 
ings, the  Secretary  had  a  goodly  number  of  promises, 
but  was  quite  open  to  receive  more  ;  and  members 
were  urged  to  Kx  dates,  some  of  them  early  dates,  for 
reading  their  papers,  Members  were  reminded  that 
communications  were  not  necessarily  composed  of 
original  work,  or  investigations  carried  out  by  their 
authors,  although  this  would  naturally  be  the  highest 
standard  to  be  kept  in  view.  Accurate  descriptions 
of  processes  not  generally  fully  known  to  chemists, 
and  furnished  by  men  with  special  knowledge  and 
experience  of  such  processes,  would  usually  be  of  value 
to  the  Section,  and  possibly  even  to  the  Society  at 
large.  Smaller  shorter  papers,  constituting  brief 
notes  or  notices,  would  also  be  welcomed,  and  might 
lead  to  useful  discussion.  The  exhibition  of  chemical 
products,  apparatus,  or  models  likely  to  be  interesting 
on  account  of  their  novelty,  or  from  some  other  special 
characteristic,  would  also  be  welcome. 

Meeting  held  Monday,  December  IS,  1SS6. 


LIQUID  FUEL. 

BY    LEWIS  T.    WEIGHT. 

In  1883  I  had  the  honour  of  addressing  the  Man- 
chester Section  of  this  Society  on  the  subject  of 
"  Gaseous  Fuel,"  a  subject  then  of  absorbing  interest, 
and  the  theme  for  numerous  "  papers."  The  atten- 
tion of  the  technical  world  now  seems  likely  to  turn 
to  "Liquid  Fuel,"  since  we  are  threatened  with  a 
deluge  of  petroleum,  which  would  no  doubt  be  an 
accomplished  fact  if  it  were  possible  for  this  material 
to  be  delivered  at  such  a  price  as  to  enable  it  to  com- 
pete with  our  cheap  English  coals.  The  fine  paper 
read  before  the  London  Section  of  this  Society  in 
1885,  "  On  the  Russian  Petroleum  Industry,"  by  Mr. 
Boverton  Redwood,  has  given  us  an  idea  of  the 
enormous  quantities  of  petroleum  seeking  a  market  ; 
but  we  have  yet  to  learn  the  lowest  price  at  which  it 
can  be  delivered  in  this  country,  for  on  the  price 
depends,  of  course,  whether  it  can  successfully  compete 
with  coals.    Mr.  Redwood    states    that    at  Nobel's 


works  lib.  of  petroleum  residue  evaporated  14ilb.  of 
water  in  a  boiler  provided  with  Nobel's  trough 
burner,  and  12lb.  when  injected  into  the  furnace  by 
steam,  whereas  coal  was  only  equal  to  from  Tib.  to 
8lb.  of  water.  It  is  probable  that  the  coal  employed 
was  not  of  the  finest  quality.  I  do  not  know  what 
the  constitution  of  the  petroleum  residue  may  be — 
but  the  higher  classes  of  petroleum  are  surely  the 
most  concentrated  fuel,  weight  for  weight,  we  can 
hope  to  find.  Whilst  the  American  petroleum  oils 
are  mostly  hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffin  series,  the 
Russian  appear  to  be  mostly  pseudo-olefines  (nap- 
thenes)  and  benzenoid  hydrocarbons.  You  will  remem- 
ber that  the  hydrocarbons  of  the  paraffin  series  up  to 
heptane  have  positive  heats  of  formation,  and  from 
the  regular  progression  presented  by  those  bodies,  as 
far  as  they  have  been  investigated,  we  may  conclude 
that  the  higher  members  of  the  series  also  have  posi- 
tive heats  of  formation,  and  yield  on  combustion  less 
heat  than  would  be  indicated  by  their  elementary 
composition,  or  calculated  according  to  Dulong's 
formula.  Methane,  the  first  member  of  the  series, 
yields  on  combustion  about  11  per  cent,  less  heat  than 
would  be  given  by  the  same  amount  of  carbon  and 
hydrogen  in  the  free  state.  Hexane  about  0  per  cent, 
less.  The  members  of  the  define  series,  at  present 
studied,  have  either  negative  heats  of  formation  or 
very  small  positive  ones.  Of  the  acetylene  series,  the 
two  first  members,  acetylene  and  ethylene,  have 
negative,  and  diallyl  (C,;H10)  a  small  positive  heat  of 
formation  ;  naphthalene,  anthracene  and  benzene 
appear  to  have  negative  heats  of  formation.  I  men- 
tion these  matters  as  I  think  it  probable  that  carbon 
for  carbon  and  hydrogen  for  hydrogen,  the  Russian 
will  be  found  to  yield  more  heat  than  American  petro- 
leums. As  engineers  we  labour  underthe  difficulty  of 
being  compelled  to  employ  an  empirical  formula  for 
the  calculation  of  the  combustion  equivalents  of  our 
fuels,  and  this  difficulty  can  only  be  removed  when 
the  chemists  have  had  time  to  determine  for  us  the 
true  calorific  values  of  the  materials  we  employ  as 
fuel.  Until  then  we  shall  have  to  avail  ourselves  of 
Dulong's  formula,  with  the  mental  reservation  that 
it  is  likely  to  give  results  perhaps  8  per  cent,  from 
the  truth.  It  is  well  known  that  most  coals  at 
present  investigated  yield  in  the  calorimeter  higher 
results  than  are  obtained  by  calculation.  There  are, 
however,  exceptions.  I  find  that  fourteen  coals 
examined  by  Scheurer-Kestner  and  Meunier  in  their 
calorimeter  gave  an  average  result  9  per  cent,  in 
excess  of  the  average  calculated  value.  The  coals 
examined  by  Ferd.  Fischer,  in  his  boiler  trials,  also 
gave  about  7  or  8  per  cent,  more  in  the  calorimeter 
than  calculated  from  elementary  composition*.  I 
have  had  no  experience  of  petroleum  as  a  fuel,  but  I 
venture  to  make  a  theoretical  comparison  between  it 
and  coal.  The  average  composition  of  fifteen  petro- 
leums from  various  parts  analysed  by  M.  Sainte- 
Claire  Deville  was — 

Carbon 817 

Hydrogen 131 

Oxygen    2'2 

lOO'O 

which  gives  a  theoretical  evaporative  power  per  lb. 
of  19'C3lb.  water  from  a  temperature  of  100°  C.  at 
atmospheric  pressure,  reckoning  the  HoO  formed  on 
combustion  of  the  hydrogen  to  be  in  the  gaseous 
condition,  thus  : — 

817  X  8080+  (l3'l-2g2  )2S780 
o36oxl00 


=  10-03. 


(the  theoretical  evaporative   power  will  always  be 
expressed  on  this  basis).     In  a  good  boiler  we  may 


Wagner's  Jnhreijbericht,  18S3-1S85. 


C2 


36 


THE  JOCKNAI.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       (Jan. 89, 1867. 


expect  to  get  80  per  cent,  of  the  calculated  heat  of 
combustion  of  such  a  class  of  fuel  into  the  water. 
Wi  should  then  have  an  actual  evaporative  power  of 
15'70lb.  water  ;  but  as  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  water 
evaporated  would  I"-  required  to  work  the  injector,if 
the  petroleum  were  worked  on  that  system,  we  should 
have  a  net  evaporative  power  of  1  l*92lb.  water.  This 
estimate  gives  petroleum  weight  for  weight  32  percent, 
more  evaporative  power  than  coal  of  a  practical 
evaporative  power  of  H-3lb. 

D.  K.  Clark,  in  his  "Manual  of  Rules  and  Tables," 
falls  into  a  singular  error  in  his  notes  on  "Liquid  Fuels," 
and  credits  some  petroleum  oils  with  a  theoretical 
evaporative  power  of  29  081b.  A  glance  at  the 
formulae  and  elementary  composition  of  his  petroleum 
oils  will  immediately  cause  the  error  to  be  disclosed. 
In  his  otherwise  useful  manual  the  custom  of  calcu- 
lating the  combustion  values  of  the  fuels  on  the  basis 
of  the  H..0  formed  on  combustion  of  the  fuel  being 
liquid,  is  objectionable,  as  it  operates  unfairly  against 
those  fuels  containing  but  little  hydrogen,  and  is  a 
condition  not  to  be  arrived  at  in  practice. 

No  doubt  some  of  the  purer  petroleum  distillates 
might  give  one  or  two  pounds  more  than  this  figure, 
but  would  they  not  be  commensurately  dearer  ! 

A  crude  petroleum  of  'ST  specific  gravity  would 
measure  2D7A  gallons  to  the  ton  of  22401b.,  and  at  one 
penny  per  gallon  would  be  equivalent  to  a  coal  of 
the  above  mentioned  quality  at  16s.  3d.  per  ton. 
without  reckoning  anything  on  account  of  a  saving 
in  labour  of   firing,  and  other  advantages  liquid  fuel 

Possesses,  such  as  getting  more  work  out  of  the 
oiler,  etc.  It  is  impossible  to  assign  any  value  to 
these,  as  everything  would  depend  upon  particular 
circumstances.  Of  course,  if  it  were  found  that 
trough  burners  could  be  successfully  employed,  then 
the  comparison  would  be  much  more  favourable 
to  the  petroleum  ;  but  petroleum  at  one  penny  per 
galLm  is,  at  present  a  thing  only  to  be  dreamt  of. 
There  are  other  liquid  or  semi  liquid  fuels  produced 
in  this  country  at  a  very  low  price,  such  as  tar  oils 
and  tar,  and  the  attention  of  engineers  and  manufac- 
turers who  require  intense  and  regular  heats  should 
be  directed  to  these.  The  results  of  the  boiler  trials 
I  have  made  with  tar  and  creosote,  and  which  were 
casually  mentioned  in  a  paper  I  read  before  the 
London  Section  of  this  Society,  on  November  1 
last,  I  now  propose  to  bring  before  your  notice. 
The  results  in  the  paper  referred  to  were  given  for 
actual  working  conditions — viz.,  feed  water  at  12°  C. 
(53'G°  F.)and  40lb.  steam  pressure.  The  boiler  was  a 
two  liued  ( ialloway  boiler  28ft  long,  7ft.  diameter,  of 
the  best  modern  construction  : — 


materials  employed,  and  their  calorific  values  calcu- 
lated according  to  the  usual  formula  : — 

i     -oso+  (h— °)»rso-  in  .0  \600) 

IHi. 

The  carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen,  and  moisture,  etc., 
being  ex]. rosed  per  cent.,  and  the  result  being  in 
units  (lbs.)  by  weight  of  water  evaporated  from  100°  ( '., 
and  atmospheric  pressure  per  unit  (lbs.)  weight  of 
fuel. 

The  Nottinghamshire  top  lain!  cannel  employed 
has  the  following  elementary  composition  : — 


Class  of  Fuel. 


tf umbel 
of  Days 


Nottingham  Top  Hard  Cannel 

Silkstone  Gas  Coal 

Coke  from  Top  Hard  Cannel 

Silkstone  Gas  Coke 

Tar  Steam  injected 

Creosote  Steam  injected 


11 

r 

G 
C 

7 
9 


Pounds  of 

Water 

evaporated 

Steam 
Pressure. 


710 

v::i 
919 
1070 
11  21 


8"78 
1001 

o-in 

1115 
12-71 

1335 


('   ... 
H    . 
N 
- 

II  (I 
Ash 
O    ... 


67-0 

.  56 
.  12 
.  10 
.  7-8 
B* 
.110 


100  0 


u7xS0S0+28780(o-6  -  1L°)-(7-C  ■  GOD) 


12-27 


and  would  therefore  have  a  theoretical  evaporative 
power  of  1-Ji'Tlb.  of  water  per  lib.  of  fuel. 

The  Silkstone  Coal— 


c 

.790 

11      

5"2 

X         

rs 

s  

..  i-.i 

11  II 

.  in 

Ash  

O 

28 
..  6-0 

9xS0S0+28780(o-2- 

6  0\ 
"8  / 

-<1 

1000 
x600) 

11-21 
538-5x100 

with    a    theoretical   evaporative   power   of   14241b. 
water  per  lib.  of  fuel. 

The  Top  Bard  Cannel  Coke— 


c       

801 

H    

N"    

S 

Oti 

1-3 

01 

11  ii 

1-1 

Ash    

o    

Ill) 

ro 

lOO'O 

S0-l>:S080+2S7S0(0-6- 

-!J?  )_(!•!     UOOI 

W;it,-r  from 
100°  0.  and 
Atmospheric 

.me. 


=  1223 

5Xu"5  •  100 

with   a  theoretical  evaporative  power  of  12231b.  of 
water  per  lib.  of  fuel. 

The  Silkstone  Gas  Coke— 

C 890 

H    Ill 

X  i-o 

s   1-2 

II  <>  1-2 

Ash    5-2 

O    11 


8080x89+  (rO-t4)28780  - 


100-0 
(1-2x600) 


1383 


536-5  •  100 

with  a  theoretical  evaporative  power  of  13831b.  of 
water. 
The  Tar— 


I  give  coals  and  coke  in  this  table  for  the  purpose  of 
comparison. 

I  will  now  give  the  elementary  composition  of  the 


8080 

..SO-2 

H 
X 

O 

x80- 

..  7-0 

..  08 

.  0-5 

.11-5 

>^(7--11'5)2S7S0 
5365x100 

1000 
=  15'fK 

Jan.!9,«87.]       THH  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


37 


with  a  theoretical  evaporative  power  of  15'06lb.  of 
water. 

The  Creosote — 

C  B7  i 

II      7-3 

N     0-3 

S      "■' 

()     I  ■"' 

KNI'll 

80S0  -.87-J  +  (7-3  -  *5)  28780 

V  8'  m  i6-78 

536-5  x  100 

with  a  theoretical  evaporative  powcrof  lG-78lb.of  water. 
The  following   table  gives  the  percentage  of  the 
theoretical  evaporative  power  actually  obtained  : — 


Actual. 


Nottingham  T.  II.  Cannel  878 

Yorkshire  Silkstonc   Coal  lO'Ol 

T.  H.  Cannel  Coke 991 

silkstonc  Gas  t'oko    1T15 

Tar  Steam  Injected    1271 

Creosote             13-35 


Calculated. 


12-27 
11-21 
12-23 
13-83 
1506 
1678 


Per  Cent. 


7 1  '56 
70-30 
81-03 
80-62 
81-10 
79-56 


ft  will  lie  observed  that  the  coals  come  out  low, 
the  cokes  and  tar  very  well,  and  the  creosote 
occupies  a  mediate  position.  It  is  also  important 
to  bear  in  mind  that  the  coals  examined  by 
Scheurer-Kestner  and  Fischer  were  really  seven  to 
nine  per  cent,  better  than  by  calculation  ;  but  I 
cannot  say  that  this  would  also  apply  to  the  coals 
used.  The  creosote  results  agree  fairly  with  some 
I  have  had  the  privilege  of  seeing,  that  were  ob- 
tained  in    the    London    district,    and    also    in    the 


These  injectors  are  said  to  require  about  five  per 
cent,  of  the  Steam  made  to  work  them,  and  sutler 
from  the  obvious  difficulty  of  not  being  able  to  raise 
the  strain  to  start  themselves  with.  Asupplemen- 
tary  boiler,  fired  by  other  means,  would  have  to 
provide  that  in  the  first  instance.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  the  oil  could  be  burned  without  steam 
at  all,  alter  the  maimer  of  Nobel's   trough   burner. 

have  tried  with  an  arrangement  similar  to  the 
one  1  shall  shortly  describe  for  retort  furnaces  ; 
but  it  was  not  large  enough  to  be  able  to  consume 
enough  oil  to  evaporate  anything  like  the  usual 
quantity  of  water.  Dp  to  that  point,  however,  the 
combustion  of  fuel  was  very  perfect,  and  gave  great 
promise  for  an  extension  of  the  system.  The  flame 
from  these  oils  is  very  fierce,  and  it  is  no  doubt 
advisable  to  place  a  ring  of  fire-bricks  as  a  lining  for 
those  parts  of  the  boiler  in  immediate  vicinity  to  the 
flame,  and  tire-brick  shields  in  front  of  the  first  tubes, 
if  the  boiler  is  of  a  Calloway  type.  The  grate  also 
wants  covering  with  either  a  dense  bed  of  ashes  or 
lire  tiles,  and  the  lower  half  of  the  flue  below  the 
grate  should  be  closed  with  a  metal  shield.  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  it  would  be  preferable,  if  the 
use  of  oil  were  intended  to  be  permanent,  to  employ 
a  fire-box  of  firebrick  outside  the  boiler,  with  a  fur- 
nace of  the  type  to  be  described  hereafter,  and  lead 
the  flame  into  the  boiler  flues. 

The  attention  of  gas  engineers  has  been  forcibly 
directed  to  the  use  of  tar  as  a  fuel  for  the  firing  of 
retorts,  now  that  this  once  high-priced  material  is 
suffering  like  everything  else,  perhaps  even  to  a  more 
marked  extent,  from  what  is  called  depression  in  track, 
it  has  in  many  places  reached  so  low  a  commercial 
value  that  it  is  profitable  to  burn  it  as  a  fuel. 
Happily,  at  Nottingham  this  is  not  the  case,  and  our 
interest  in  tar  as  a  fuel  is  more  experimental  in  view 


A  GUARD  TILE. 

B  TAR     TILE. 

C  Cleaning  tils 

O  FRAME 

E.  FIRE  BARS 


neighbourhood  of  Nottingham  ;  but  as  I  have  no 
information  about  the  boilers  employed,  a  close  com- 
parison is  not  possible.  Creosote  is  an  excellent 
fuel  for  boiler  firing,  and  easy  to  manipulate.  It 
requires  to  be  warmed  if  it  contains  much  "tar 
salts,"  to  dissolve  the  naphthalene,  etc.  Tar  is  rather 
more  difficult  to  manage  with  ordinary  forms  of 
injectors,  as  the  peculiar  orifices  employed  are 
extremely  liable  to  obstruction  with  this  viscous 
fluid,  and  there  is  a  tendency  to  produce  smoke  if 
the  flow  of  tar  is  irregular. 

For  the  purpose  of  injecting  these  liquid  fuels  into 
furnaces,  a  great  number  of  injectors  have  been 
invented,  and  if  they  materially  differed  in  prin- 
ciple the  study  of  them  would  be  perfectly  bewil- 
dering, but  as  they  are  almost  all  alike  their  study 
is  really  very  simple.  The  one  on  the  tal'le  before 
you  is  perhaps  the  simplest  form,  and  is  one  1 
designed,  and  have  called  a  "  spray  burner,''  and 
consists  of  one  tube  carrying  the  steam  placed  at 
right  angles  to  another  carrying  the  liquid  fuel,  in 
the  fashion  of  those  scent  sprays  that  were  and  are, 
perhaps,  now  very  popular  for  distributing  scent  in 
rooms. 


of  what  may  happen  if  a  further  fall  in  tar  products 
sets  in.  I  have  abandoned  the  use  of  steam  injection 
for  our  experimental  tar  tires,  in  favour  of  another 
system  I  am  going  to  describe.  The  steam  injectors 
produce  magnificent  heats,  but  are  rather  inter- 
mittent in  their  action,  and  the  steam  they  require 
is  a  serious  item  and  not  always  available. 

Tar  being  a  pseudo-liquid  fuel,  in  arranging  for  its 
combustion  one  has  to  provide  for  the  twenty  to 
twenty-five  per  cent,  of  solid  carbon  it  contains,  and 
that  is  deposited  in  the  furnace  as  a  kind  of  coke  or 
breeze  on  the  distillation  of  the  volatile  portions, 
which  are  much  more  easily  consumed  than  the  tar- 
coke.  The  tar  fire  I  have  adopted  is  one  that  can 
readily  be  adapted  to  an  ordinary  coke  furnace,  and 
as  readily  removed,  leaving  the  furnace  as  before. 
The  accompanying  sketch  shows  the  arrangement. 

An  iron  frame  1)  standing  on  legs  on  the  floor  just 
in  front  of  the  furnace-door  carries  three  fire-tiles  on 
iron  bearers.  The  upper  one  A  is  not  moved,  and 
serves  to  shield  the  upper  face  of  the  tile  B  from  the 
tierce  heat  radiated  from  the  furnace,  and  also  causes 
the  air  that  rushes  into  the  furnace  between  the  tiles 
A  and  B  to  travel  over  the  upper  face  of  the  tile  B 


:<s 


THIS  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      U«".-.'u,  iss, 


which  the  tar  flows,  thereby  keeping  it  cool  and 
preventing  the  tax  From  bursting  into  name  until  it 
reaches  the  edge  of  the  tile  B,  over  the  whole  edge  oi 
which  it  is  made  to  run  fairly  well  by  a  distributing 
arrangement.  A  rapid  combustion  takes  place  here, 
1'iit  some  unconsumed  tar  falls  on  to  the  bed  below. 
About  one-third  of  the  grate  area  is  filled  up  by  a 
fire-tile,  and  on  this  the  tar  coke  falls.  The  tile  C  is 
moved  away  from  time  to  time,  and  the  tar-coke  that 
accumulates  in  front  of  it  is  pushed  back  on  to  the 
fire-barsE,  at  the  back  oi  the  furnace,  to  be  there 
consumed.  Air  is  thus  admitted  by  three  narrow 
slot-like  openings  to  the  front  of  the  furnace  between 
the  tiles  A,  I!  and  C  and  under  ('  and  through  the 
fire-bars  E.  The  air  openings  below  are  about  three 
times  the  area  of  the  openings  in  the  front  of  the 
furnace,  but  as  the  openings  between  the  fire-bars 
and  tiles  are  always  more  or  less  covered  by  tar-coke, 
it  is  impossible  to  say  what  the  effective  openings  are! 
The  disposition  above  described  is  found  to  answer 
admirably,  and  requires  but  little  attention.  Three 
minutes  per  hour  per  lire  seems  to  be  the  average 
time  required  for  attention,  and  the  labour  is  of 
a  very  light  kind,  and  consists  of  clearing  the 
passages  between  the  tiles,  and  occasionally 
pushing  back  the  coke  on  to  the  fire-liars. 
These  latter  are  not  interfered  with,  and  will  not 
require  cleaning  unless  any  bricks  in  the  furnace 
have  been  melted,  when  a  bed  of  slag  will  be  found 
on  them. 

The  amount  of  draught  required  for  these  fires  is 
very  small,  and  less  than  with  coke  firing.  I  find 
that  0"08  of  an  inch  vacuum  is  sufficient  with  tar  fires, 
ami  0-2.5  of  an  inch  for  coke  fires.  The  fires  would 
require  less  attention  with  more  draught,  and  more 
tar,  as  the  apertures  do  not  easily  close  with  a  sharp 
draught,  and  the  tar  is  better  carried  forward  into 
the  furnace.  A  regular  feed  of  tar  is,  of  course, 
required,  and  considerable  difficulty  seems  to  be  ex- 
perienced in  obtaining  this.  So  long  as  we  employed 
ordinary  forms  of  taps  or  valves,  so  long  (even  with 
filtration)  did  I  experience  difficulties  with  the  flow 
of  the  viscous  tar,  but  on  the  construction  of  valves 
specially  designed  for  the  regulation  of  its  flow,  this 
difficulty  immediately  disappeared,  and  there  is  no 
longer  the  shghest  trouble  on  this  account. 

The  labour  connected  with  the  feeding  of  furnaces 
with  coke,  and  cleaning  fires  from  clinker,  is  very 
arduous.  Eight  coke  fires  are  normally  considered 
to  be  work  for  one  man.  A  lad  could  work  16  of  these 
fares. 

Considerable  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  com- 
position of  the  furnace  gases  from  the  tar  fires  The 
slightest  deficiency  in  the  air  supply,  of  course,  results 
in  the  immediate  production  of  smoke,  so  that  the 
damper  must  be  set  to  provide  always  a  sufficient  air 
supply.  Under  these  circumstances  of  damper  the 
following  analyses  have  been  obtained  :  — 

ANALYSES   OF   COMBUSTION    CASKS   FROM   TAB 

FUSES. 

ATo  Smoke 

Oft.  P  CO. 

\\.'3    ■  '.'J    not  determined. 

ib-8  ::::::::::  s-i  ::::::::;• 

US    2-5    

13o    30     

l-'l     5-6    " 

m  ig  "' 

18-1     5-9     

1.V3 10     " 

10'8    to     .. 

ii-o  2-8  .......;;;         ;; 

Average..  129    39 of  11  Analyses. 

}V$    not  determined. 

14-3     

at;  : 


Damper  adjusted  w  that  a  slight  S mole  was  observable 

in  the  combustion  r/ascs. 

CO:.  O.  CO. 

17'3  none not   determined. 

16-6  

1G-5  01     

15-8  0-1     

1U'2  1-8     0'7 


SIR    FRANCIS    BOLTON. 

Sn:  Francis  Bolton  died  on  5th  January  at 
the  Royal  Bath  Hotel,  Bournemouth,  where  he 
and  Lady  Bolton  had  been  staying  for  the  last 
two  months. 

The  deceased  was  born  in  1831,  and,  entering 
the  Army  in  1857,  was  staff  officer  on  the  Gold 
Coast  from  1858  to  1860.  He  became  captain 
of  the  12th  Foot  in  1861,  major  (unattached)  for 
special  military  scientific  services  in  18o'8,  lieut- 
colonel  in  1877,  and  retired  colonel  in  1881.  He 
was  the  inventor  of  the  system  of  telegraphy 
and  visual  signalling  introduced  into  Her 
Majesty's  Service  in  1863.  Since  1871  he  had 
been  the  water  examiner  under  the  Board  of 
Trade  ;  and  was  the  founder,  vice-president, 
and  hon.  secretary  of  the  Society  of  Electricians. 
Sir  Francis  Bolton  will  be  best  recollected  by 
the  general  public  in  connection  with  the  Health, 
Inventions,  and  Colonial  and  Indian  Exhibitions, 
in  all  of  which  he  played  an  important  part.  It 
was  entirely  due  to  the  invention  of  Sir  Francis 
that  the  prismatic  fountains,  which  formed  such 
an  attraction  at  these  exhibitions,  were  intro- 
duced, and  it  was  under  his  immediate  super- 
vision that  they  were  installed  and  improved. 
The  Colonel  was  an  implicit  believer  in  his 
invention,  and  continued  improving  and  enlarg- 
ing on  it  up  to  the  time  of  his  death.  The 
manipulating  of  the  electric  signals  by  means 
of  which  the  fountains  were  worked  was  rarely 
entrusted  to  anyone  by  the  inventor,  and  six 
nights  out  of  seven  it  was  Sir  Francis  himself 
who  directed  the  operations  from  the  little  room 
in  the  clock  tower.  It  was  his  great  delight  to 
be  surrounded  by  ladies  and  gentlemen  of  his 
acquaintance,  to  whom  he  loved  to  exhibit  the 
working  of  the  machinery,  and  he  was  generally 
accompanied  by  a  small  circle  of  friends  on  his 
visits  to  the  tower.  Sir  Francis  had  for  a  long 
time  past  been  an  acute  sufferer,  the  symptoms 
of  his  disease  which  gave  most  trouble  being  an 
almost  total  loss  of  voice.  In  the  hope  of 
improving  his  condition,  he  underwent  several 
operations,  but  with  little  result,  and  experienced 
considerable  pain,  notwithstanding  which  he 
invariably  appeared  in  the  best  of  spirits,  and 
frequently  made  jokes  at  his  own  expense  in 
reference  to  his  loss  of  voice.  Sir  Francis  was 
in  appearance  of  somewhat  burly  build,  and  had 
a  fine  presence.  He  was  exceedingly  popular 
with  all  who  came  in  contact  with  him,  and  his 
bearing  towards  his  employes,  even  of  the  lower 
grades,  was  such  as  to  render  him  exceedingly 
popular  with  them  also. 


Jan. 29. 1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  H'CIF.TV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


30 


Journal  anD  patent*  Literature. 

I— GENERAL  PLANT.  APPARATUS,  AND 

MACHINERY. 

Improv  i   to   Filtra 

-    i  kheim,     Mannheim,     Germany. 
Fug.  Pat.  397,  Jan.  9,  1886.     8d. 

The  specification  a  closed  filter  casing  which 

is  separated  into  two  compartments  by  a  division  plate, 
and  fitted  with  connecting  pipes  by  means  of  which  the 
compartments  can  be  used  either  together  or  separately, 
in  the  latter  case  capable  of  treating  different  liquids  it 
required.  The  invention  next  refers  to  a  new  filtering 
medium  composed  of  two  parti  of  dry,  white,  ground  wooa 

fibre,  and  one  part  of  dry  linen  fibre,  bi --ively  treated 

with  so  la  lye,  bisulphite  of  lime,  and  a  small  quantity 
of  sulphuric  arid,  under  repeated  boilings  and  washings. 
After  exposing  for  a  day  or  two,  boiling  in  steam  and 
washing  in  cold  water,  it  is  finally  treated  with  alcohol 
tree  from  fusel  oil  for  the  purpose  of  preservation. — 15. 


An  Improved  Con  ng  and  Removing 

Inerustatii  -       .,  Boilers.     J.  L.  Wade,  Glasgow. 

Eng.  fat.  1037.  -Ian.  23,  1886.     6d. 

THE  inventor  prepares  the  following  compound — viz., 
40  parts  of  esparto  grass  boiled  in  water  to  a  pulp,  to 
vvhieli  are  added  20  parts  of  powdered  nut  galls,  and 
20  parts  of  chestnut  pitch  extract.  The  mixture  is 
boiled  to  homogeneity,  when  the  following  substances 
are  added  in  solution— viz.,  carbonate  of  potash,  chloride 
of  potash,  and  silicate  of  soda  10  parts  each,  and  of 
chestnut  flour  20  parts.  The  quantity  and  composition 
is  varied  with  the  composition  of  the  water  to  be  treated, 
and  he  sometimes  adds  valonia  and  glycerine,  the  latter 
in  '21  time-  the  quantity  of  the  former.  The  mass  on 
cooling  may  either  solidify  or  remain  fluid  or  semi-fluid, 
according  to  ingredients  used,  and  i-  applied  accord- 
ingly.— ii. 

Improv*  ds  and  in    Apparatus 

for.     J.   Mactear.     From  J.  Kolb,  Lille,  France. 
Eng.  l'at.  1990,  Feb.  11,  1SSG.     8cL 

The  invention  is  based  on  the  principle  that  if  two 
columns  of  liquid  balance  each  other,  one  may  be  made 
of  lees  specific  gravity  taken  as  a  whole  than  the  other, 
by  intimately  mixing  with  it  air  or  -a-c-  in  a  state  of 
minute  subdivision.  Application  of  this  principle  may 
for  instance  be  made  to  a  syphon  in  the  way  of  drawing 
the  liquid  from  a  lower  reservoir  up  through  the  long 
leg,  and  delivering  it  by  means  of  the  short  leg  into  a 
higher  reservoir.  Air  iinely  divided  being  admitted  near 
the  lower  end  of  the  long  leg  of  the  syphon,  at  the  same 
time  that  exhausting  action  is  applied  at  the  highest 
point-,  the  liquid  will  rise  and  be  discharged  as  described. 
Other  applications  are  shown  in  the  specification. — II. 


Improv  Apparatus  for   the   Manufacture   of 

Distillati  irrosive 

Liquid  and  Gaseous  Substances.     .1.   Whitley,  Leeds. 
Eng.  I'at.  10,022,  Aug.  .-,.  1SS0.     4d. 

This  refers  only  to  the  substitution  of  aluminium,  or 
aluminium  bronzes  consisting  of  copper  with  from  10  to 
.">0  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  for  lead  or  brass  in  the  manu- 
facture of  article-  used  in  connection  with  apparatus  as 
referred  to  in  the  title.  — I'.. 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  bv  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  Readi 
Comptroller    of   tie-   Patent   Office,   Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane.  London,  W.C.     The  amount  of  postage  may 

be  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  Sd jd. 

Above  Sd..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  Od.  .  Id. 

..      1*.  RL,    .,  ..         Us.  Id...  Ud. 

..      -s.  Id..    .,  ..         as.  id...  &L 


H.  T. 
14,162, 


Improvement  in  Vacuum  Distillation  Appa 

Yarvan,    Toledo,    Ohio,    U.S.A.      Lug.    l'at. 
Nov.  :j,  1886.     - 

'I'm-;  apparatus  consists  essentially  of  double  coils  of 

piping  arranged  one  within  the  other  and  fitted  in  a 
special  way.  the  inner  pipe  containing  the  liquid  to  be 
evaporated  and  the  Burroundingonethe  heating  medium, 
such  a-  steam.  If  several  coils  are  used  successively  for 
double  and  triple  effect,  the  steam  coming  oil'  the  liquid 
evaporated  in  the  first  inner  coil  may  he  used  for  heating 
the  next  coil  or  coils.  The  remainder  of  the  apparatus  is 
principally  required  for  regulating  the  proper  supply, 
distribution,  ami  direction  of  How  of  the  liquids  and 
vapours.       A    modification    of    the    apparatus   is    also 

i  in  the  substitution  of  multitubular  evaporators 
for  the  double  coils  previously  named.  For  further 
details  the  specification  and   its  two  sheets  of  draw  ings 

consulted.     The  number  of  claims  set  up  is  '27. 

—I!. 


H.— FUEL,   GAS,  AND   LIGHT. 


C.   Engler.     ('hem. 


Thf  Examination   of  Petroleum.^ 

Zeit.  10,  1335. 

Ix  referring  to  experiments  by  Chandler,  K  Weber,  and 
the  iierlin  officer  of  health,  on  the  healing  of  the  lamp 
reservoir  in  petroleum  lamps,  the  author  comes  to  the 
same  conclusion  as  V.  Meyer — viz.,  that  the  use  of  lamps 
should  be  forbidden  in  which  the  oil  is  heated  to  more 
than  5°  C.  above  the  surrounding  temperature.  A 
criticism  on  Thoerner's  conclusions  on  the  value  and 
examination  of  petroleum  (this  Journal.  1SS6,  371) 
is  entered  into,  with  which  the  author  in  the 
main  agrees.  He  admits  the  safety  of  an  oil 
tie'  flashing  point  of  which  is  above  38°,  but  con- 
siders that,  taking  the  expense  of  the  oil  and  other 
-  into  accouut,  the  raising  of  the  minimum  Hash- 
ing point  from  21"  to  23s  WOa\d  be  sufficient.  That  the 
temperature  of  ignition  of  oils  in  the  oil  reservoir  of  a 
lamp,  or  when  determined  by  Abel's  apparatus,  only 
-how  slight  differences  as  stated  by  Thoerner,  both  his 
own  experiments,  as  well  as  those  of  K.  Weber  and  of  the 
Berlin  officer  of  health  disprove,  differences  of  7 — 10° 
having  been  observed  on  an  average.  This  difference  is 
chiefly  due  to  the  relation  existing  between  the  empty 
space  in  the  reservoir  and  that  occupied  by  the  oil.  An 
Abel's  apparatus  tilled  with  30cc.  of  various  oils  gave 
flashing  points  from  V  to  ll'-5  above  those  obtained 
when  the  apparatus  contained  7occ.  (the  normal  amount) 
of  these  oils.  The  greater  the  relative  volume  of  air, 
both  in  Abel's  apparatus  and  in  lamp  reservoirs,  the 
higher  appears  to  be  the  Hashing  point.  The  harmless 
nature  of  the  explosions  in  oil  lamp  reservoirs,  as  com- 
mented upon  by  Thoerner,  has  been  thoroughly  investi- 
gated by  Weber,  who  has  determined  the  exact  conditions 
under  which  the  explosions  may  be  either  of  a  violent  or 
of  a  mild  nature.  No  appreciable  change  appears  to 
take  place  in  the  composition  of  an  oil  before  ami  after 
the  burning  of  a  portion.  This  confirms  Thoerner's 
results.  The  diminution  in  the  illuminating  power  of  a 
lamp  after  it  has  burned  for  some  hours  is  due,  as 
Thoerner  found,  to  (1)  the  deposition  of  carbon  on  the 
wick,  and  [2)  the  greater  distance  through  which  the 
oil  has  to  rise  as  its  consumption  continues.  The  former 
is  the  prime  cause,  and  is  diminished  to  varying  extents 
by  an  increased  supply  of  air.  This  diminution  of  the 
illuminating  power  of  a  lamp  increases  with  the  amount 
of  heavy  oils  present.  The  rate  of  rise  of  an  oil  in  the 
wick  is  independent  of  its  specific  gravity,  except  for 
different  portions  of  one  and  the  same  kind  of  oil.  It 
is  directly  dependent  upon  the  viscosity  of  the  oil.  The 
author  then  remarks  on  the  necessity  of  testing  the 
illuminating  power  of  oils  by  mean-  of  those  Ian. 
suited  for  them,  ami  vice  versa  in  testing  different  forms 
of  lamps  to  use  those  oils  lor  which  they  are  most 
applicable.— C.  A.  K. 

also  this  Journal,  1886,  180;  and  them.  Zeit.  10,1238, 
1-71.  1321. 


40 


THE  JOUKXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan.29,1887 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Notes  from  Baku.     Chem.  Zeit.  10.  1337. 

Although  large  quantities  of  petroleum  are  still 
obtained  from  the  Baku  region,  it  appears  nevertheless 
that  the  yield  is  steadily  decreasing,  and  thai  in  tour  or 
liw  year-  it  will  hardly  suffice  to  supply  the  Russian 
demand  alone.  Borings  are  now  made  to  depths  of 
100 — 150  fathoms  w  here  formerly  the  oil  was  reached  at 
40— 4o  fathoms.  In  some  cases  borings  right  through 
the  oil-containing  strata  on  to  the  underlying  volcanic 
rocks  (300  fathoms)  have  failed  to  produce  oil.  Boring 
is  nevertheless  continued,  although  the  price  of  oil, 
owing  to  tlie  market  being  overstocked,  is  practically 
nothing.  The  price  for  nude  naphtha  on  the  spot  is 
less  than  a  half-penny  per  gallon,  and  for  petroleum  and 
kerosine  of  the  best  quality  2d.  per  gallon.  The 
opening  up  of  new  localities  for  boring  is  contemplated, 
and  the  whole  district  between  the  greater  and  lesser 
Caucasus  is  believed  to  contain  oil-yielding  strata.  The 
value  of  the  Baku  products  could  be  considerably 
enhanced  were  capital  and  chemical  knowledge  at 
band  to  effect  improvements  in  the  processes  employed. 

— C.  A.  K. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Preparation  of  Ultramarine  Blue  in  tin-  Wit  Win/.     F. 
Knapp.     J.  Prakt  Chem.  34,  328^-340. 

Is  a  previous  communication  (this  .Journal,  1SSG,  238, 
and  J.  Prald.  Chem.  32,  375)  the  author  referred  to  the 
uncertainty  of  converting  the  ultramarine  mixture  into 
the  blue  product  in  the  wet  way.  and  expressed  the 
opinion  that  the  formation  of  the  blue  is  dependent  on 
conditions  which  are  as  yet  unknown.  On  fusing,  the 
ultramarine  mixture  assumes  a  yellow  colour,  which 
subsequently  changes  to  a  brown  tone,  indicative  of  the 
completion  of  the  fusion  process.  These  conditions  are 
entirely  altered  if  air  is  allowed  to  have  access  to  the 
mixture,  the  brown  colour  ot  the  product  being  again 
changed  to  a  yellow  shade,  which  cannot  be  distinguished 
from  the  original  colour,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  deter- 
mine the  end  of  the  operation. 

The  author  has  obtained  a  species  of  ■ultramarine  blue 
in  the  wet  way  from  silica  (without  alumina).  The 
success  of  the  preparation,  however,  depends  on  the 
nature  and  condition  of  the  silica  employed.  The  results 
obtained  with  linely  pulverised  quartz  being  unsatisfac- 
tory, the  silica  was  used  in  the  form  of  a  gelatinous  pre- 
cipitate. For  this  purpose  a  solution  of  sodium  silicate 
was  treated  with  an  acid,  the  washed  precipitate  mixed 
with  sodium  carbonate  and  sulphur,  then  dried  and 
heated.  The  yellowish-grey  product,  when  moistened 
with  water  or  with  "  liver  of  "sulphur  '  solution,  gradually 
became  blue,  but  the  colour  was  not  verv  permanent. 
Better  result-  were  obtained  when  the  following  method 
was  used  :— A  weighed  quantity  of  commercial  soda 
water  glass  (containing  one  third  of  its  weight  of  solid 
sodium  silicate)  was  treated  with  seven  parts  of  water 
and  the  theoretical  amount  of  hydrochloric  acid  required 
to  precipitate  the  silica.  Owing  to  the  dilution  of  the 
liquid  the  silica  remained  in  solution  together  with  the 
sodium  chloride.  The  mixture  was  then  treated  with 
sulphur  and  sodiumcarhonate  in  equivalent  proportions  to 
the  amount  of  silica  contained  in  the  solution.  It  is  recom- 
mended to  moisten  the  sulphur  with  alcohol  before  it  is 
added  to  the  solution,  owing  to  the  difficulty  experienced 

in  mixing   it  with   the   other   ingredients.    'The  mixture 

was  then  dried  and  heated  for  about  forty  minutes  at  a 

dull  red  beat.  A  yellowish -grey  mass  was  obtained 
which  gave  the  deep  blue  of  ultramarine  on  digestion  with 
a  solution  of  "liver  of  sulphur."  The  product  was,  however, 
more  soluble  in  water  than  the  blue  obtained  with  a 
mixture  of  kaolin,  soda,  ami  sulphur. 

Alumina  yields  a  species  ,,f  ultramarine  blue  which 
closely  resembles  the  product  prepared  from  silica.  Hie 
behaviour  of  alumina  in  the  presence  of  sodium  carbon- 


ate and  sulphur  is,  however,  essentially  different.  On 
heating  a  mixture  containing  equal  parts  of  alumina  lin 
a  gelatinous  form  I, sulphur  and  sodium  carbonate,  sulphur 
is  freely  expelled  and  a  white  mass  obtained,  which 
consists  mainly  of  sodium  aluminate.  The  opposite 
result  is  obtained  when  the  alumina  is  converted  into 
the  aluminate  before  it  is  mixed  and  fused  with  sulphur 
and  sodium  carbonate.  Whilst  on  saturating  a  solution 
of  soda  with  alumina  in  the  cold,  three  atoms  of  N;i...u 
arc  taken  up,  only  one  atom  is  fixed  when  the  mixture 
is  heated  to  redness. 

In  conclusion  it  is  stated  that  common  salt  may  be 
permanently  tinged  blue  with  sulphur  alone.  It  is  also 
shown  that  it  i-  possible  to  obtain  a  colour  resembling 
ultramarine  blue  from  substances  having  no  direct  bear- 
ing on  the  chemical  constitution  of  ultramarine.  Thus 
on  heating  a  mixture  of  calcium  phosphate,  sodium  car- 
bonate and  sulphur,  a  good  medium  blue  is  obtained.  It 
is  a  remarkable  coincidence  that  on  mixing  tricalcium 
phosphate  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  freshly  ignited 
"  liver  of  sulphur,"  the  mixture  gradually  assuniesa  blue 
colour  in  the  cold. — D.  B. 


V.-TEXTILES  :  COTTON,  WOOL.  SILK,  Etc. 

Vegetable  Silk  from  Cameroon*.     Chem.  Zeit.  10,  1335. 

The  seeds  of  a  species  of  (  ochlospermum  are  surrounded 
with  a  covering  of  tine  hairs,  which  are,  however,  too  brittle 
and  too  loosely  attached  to  render  them  of  any  importance 
for  weaving  purposes,  even  if  mixed  with  other  fibres. 
This  is  also  the  case  with  the  hairs  found  on  the 
seeds  of  several  other  plants  [Chem.  Zeit.  7,  40li).  It  is 
suggested  that  these  hairs  might  be  made  use  of  in 
stuffing  cushions,  etc.,  or  in  twine  making.  These  fibres 
are  coloured  faint  red  by  phloroglucinol  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  with  aniline  sulphate  faint  yellow,  and 
are,  accordingly,  slightly  lignined.  The  colour  of  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  fibres  is  somewhat  yellowish,  the 
lustre  not  insignificant  (see  this  Journal,  1886,  642). 

— C.  A.  K. 

Improvements  in  tin  Trait  mint  of  Animal  Fibres  or 
Mixed  Fabrics  to  remove  Vegetabh  Matters  (herefrom. 
0.  Chemin.     Eng.  l'at.  :m\  Jan.  13,  1886.     tkl. 

The  inventor  substitutes  hydrofluoric  acid  for  the  hydro- 
chloric acid  gas  employed  by  other  inventors. — E.  J.  B. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Tgnatjewite,    a   inn-    variety   of  Aluminite.     K.  Flug. 
Chem.  Zeit.  10,  1291. 

SPECIMENS  examined  obtained  from  Kachnnit  (Ekater- 
inoslaw,  Russia),  in  the  form  of  colourless  kidney- 
shaped  concretions,  resembling  kaolin  or  chalk  in 
appearance.  .  An  analysis  given  shows  the  presence  of 
36'39  per  cent,  total  AC*'.,  more  than  half  of  which 
appears  to  be  present  as  hydrate.  The  importance  of 
this  mineral  for  the  preparation  of  aluminium  sulphate 
and  alum  is  remarked  upon  by  the  author.— C.  A.  K. 


Eubcean  Magnesite. 


A.  Christomanus. 

1337. 


Chem.  Zeit.  10. 


A  VERY  pure  magnesite,  containing,  according  to 
analysis,  94"46  per  cent.  MgCO,.  The  deposits  are 
large,  but  localised.  — C.  A.  K. 


Notts  from  Baku.     Chem.  Zeit. 


THE  manganese  ores  obtained  from  thisd 

kaja,  Beschatuban,  and  Tiflis)  are  so  plei. ...... ,, 

id    ami    large    pieces    are    considered    worth    the 

,..,  .       .:.:     _    :      1 .1 l.~: 


10,  1337. 

district  (Kwirils 
enliful  that  only 


the   good    .m>.    Mug«    ,..^.v .... 

it.      The  competition  is  very  keen,  the  ore   being 
almost  wholly  exported  to  England  and  France. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Jan. 29, 1887.1       THE  JOl'KNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


41 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Alum  and  Sulphate 
of  Alumina.    T.  Robinson,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  150, 
Jan.  •">,  1886.    (>d. 
The  calcined  alum -yielding  material  is   treated  with 
Bnlpharic  acid  in  the  usual  manner  for  obtaining  a  solu- 
tion of  aluminium  sulphate.    Sufficient  calcium  sulphide, 
in  tin'  form  of  Leblanc  vat   waste,  is  then  added   to 
neutralise    any  free  acid   and   precipitate   arsenic   and 
other  impurities.     The  "yellow  liquor"  from  the  vat 
waste  may  be  substituted  for  solid  calcium  sulphide. 
— S.  11. 

An  Improved  Proci  ss  for  the  Production  oj  Sulphurous 
Acid  Gas.  .lohn  and  James  Addie,  Langloan,  N.B. 
Eng.  Pat.  ISO,  Jan.  5,  1886.     Sd. 

THIS  invention  consists  of  a  process  for  the  production 
of  sulphur  dioxide  from  pyrites  or  other  sulphur  com- 
pounds, wherein  the  sulphur,  in  combination  with  a 
metal,  is  replaced  by  silica,  of  other  slag-producing 
material,  anil  being  thus  liberated,  is  oxidised  by  a  blast 
of  hot  or  col. 1  air.  A  small  blast-furnace  or  cupola  A  is 
heated  to  a  white  heat,  and  then  charged  with  a  mix- 
ture of  pyrites  ami  sandstone,  siliceous  limestone, 
or    other    slag-producing    material.       A    hot    blast    is 


Hon  of  chlorides  m  sulphates  of  an  alkali  there  be  added 
a  solution  of  crude  sodium  carbonate,  and  the  mixture 
be  submitted  to  the  action  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  pure 
sodium  bicarbonate  U  precipitated  in  a  crystalline  form. 
In  practice  vat-liquor  is  mixed  with  a  strong  solution  of 
-odium  chloride,  or  the  black  ash  is  directly  lixiviated 
with  brine  and  the  mixture,  obtained  in  either  way, 
treated  with  carbonic  acid.  This  treatment  resolves 
itself  into  two  stages— viz..  the  purifying  and  the  car- 
bonating  process.  In  the  lirst  instance,  ihe  carbonic 
acid  acts  first  on  the  crude  liquora  by  precipitating 
alumina,  iron,  and  silica.  The  solution  is  then  filtered, 
and  the  clear  liquor  subjected  to  the  further  action  of  a 
current  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  when  pure  sodium  bicar- 
bonate is  precipitated.  At  this  second  stage,  the  sul- 
phides and  cyanides  present  are  also  decomposed,  with 
the  evolution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  cyanogen. 
After  washing,  the  bicarbonate  is  nearly  chemically 
pure,  and  is  either  by  diving  converted  into  marketable 
sodium  bicarbonate,  or  by  calcining  into  pure  monocar- 
bonate.  The  liquor  remaining  consists  mainly  of  Bodium 
chloride,  and  can  be  used  over  and  over  again  for 
lixiviating  fresh  black  a-h.  To  make  pure  bicarbonate 
from  crude  sodium  bicarbonate  (from  the  ammonia-soda 
process),  the  latter  is  dissolved  in  a  solution  of  sodium 


directed  into  the  furnace  through  the  tuyeres  I!,  by 
which  the  mixture  is  reduced  to  the  molten  state,  the 
sulphur  being  set  free  and  carried  upwards,  together 
with  sonic  sulphurous  acid  formed,  while  the  silica,  com- 
bining with  the  iron,  forms  a  slag,  which  is  run  off  from 
lime  to  time.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  furnace,  which 
is  closed  with  a  hopper-charging  arrangement,  or  into 
the  brick-lined  tubes  C  and  D,  a  blast  of  hot  or  cold  ait- 
is  directed,  in  order  to  completely  burn  the  sulphur, 
which  rises  in  a  finely-divided  state  from  the  heated 
materials  below.  In  connection  with  the  pipe  1 1,  is  a 
water  lute  E.  which  serves  as  a  safety  valve  in  the  event 
of  excessive  pressure  of  the  gas. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  tl,.  Manufacture  of  Bicarbonate  of  Soda 
,i,i,/  Soda-Ash.  N.  Mathieson  and  .1.  Hawliczek, 
Widnes.  Eng.  Pat  -2-J7,  -Ian.  6,  1886.  6d. 
Tills  invention  has  for  its  object  the  manufacture  of 
either  pure  bicarbonate  or  of  pure  nionocaibonate  of  soda 
direct  from  the  crude  "vat-liquor,"  or  "red  liquor,"  or 
"  black  ash,"  all  of  the  Leblanc  process,  or  from  a  solu- 
tion of  crude  sodium  sulphide,  or  from  the  crude  sodium 

bicarbonate  of  the  ammonia-soda  process.     If  to  a  solu- 


chloride  or  sulphate,  and  subjected  to  the  action  of  car- 
bonic acid,  whereby  pure  bicarbonate  is  precipitated. 
If  a  crude  sodium  sulphide  solution  be  treated  with  car- 
bonic acid  in  the  manner  previously  mentioned,  sodium 
bicarbonate  is  precipitated  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
evolved. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonates  or  Bi- 
carbonates  of  Sodium  or  Potassium  from  tlicir  Sul- 
phates.  W.  I'.ramlev,  .Middlesbro'-on-Tees.  Eng.  Eat. 
1050,  Jan.  23,  18S6."  0,1. 
BABIUU  SULPHATE  is  reduced  with  coal  to  sulphide,  and 
the  latter  treated  with  an  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  so 
as  to  form  barium  chloride.  To  this  solution  magnesia, 
hydrate  of  magnesia,  or  hydrated  magnesium  carbonate 
is  added,  and  carbonic  acid,  preferably  under  pressure, 
injected  into  it.  The  mixture  is  then  heated  ami  agitated 
in  order  to  complete  the  reaction  and  drive  off  the  excess 
of  carbonic  acid.  Barium  carbonate  is  thus  precipitated, 
magnesium  chloride  being  in  solution.  This  solution  is 
separated  from  the  precipitate  and  treated  for  the 
recovery  of  the  magnesia  for  further  use  and  the  pro- 
duction of  chlorine  ami  hydrochloric  acid.     The  barium 


42 


'I  UK  JOtJBNAL  OF  'I  UK  SOCIKTY  OK  CHEMICAL  INMVIKY.      H»*  ».«&. 


carbonate,  after  washing,  i-  treated  with  a  solution  of 
sodium  sulphate,  or  potassium  Bulpbate,  and  carbonic 
acid  gas  is  injected,  sodium  or  potassium  bicarbonate 
is  formed  in  solution  and  barium  sulphate  precipitated. 
For  the  decomposition  of  the  bicarbonate  and  formation 
of  sodium  or  potassium  carbonate,  magnesia  is  added  to 
the  solution  in  a  rinsed  vessel  which  is  heated  and 
agitated.  Phe  magnesia  is  rapidly  converted  into 
liydrated  magnesium  carbonate,  which  should  be 
employed  as  previously  described.  The  barium  sul- 
phate, after  washing,  also  re-enters  the  cycle  of  opera- 
tions.—s.  11. 

Improvements  in  Prepan  '  Distribu- 

tion.    J.  Mactear,  London.    Eng.  Pat  1989,   Feb.  11, 
1886.     4u\ 

Monohydrated  or  decahydrated  sodium  carbonate  in 
a  granulated  state  is  compressed  in  -nit ;  l.le  moulds  so 
■  form  tablets,  cakes,  or  blocks  of  convenient  size 
and  weight  The  most  convenient  shape  is  the  rectan- 
gular form,  allowing  a  number  to  be  packed  together 
without  waste  of  Bpace.  The  moulds  may  be  arranged 
to  impress  a  trade-mark  on  the  blocks.— S.  II. 


Improvement*  in  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Ammoniacal 
Liquor  for  the  Purpose  of  Prod  i    phateof Am- 

monia.    A.   Dempster,   Yorkshire.  '   Eng.   Pat.    3220 
March  8,  1886.     8d. 

SEE  this  Journal,  1S86,  379— 3S1.  This  is  an  amended 
specification,  made  by  merely  deleting  the  fifth  claim  in 
the  former  specification,  loc.  cit. — \V.  S. 


Producing  Hyposulphite  of  Soda  (Sodium  Thiosulphate). 
T.  Raynaud,  Namur,  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat  12,255, 
Sept.  27,  1886.     6d. 

SODIUM  HYPOSULPHITE  is  obtained  by  the  action  of 
sulphur  dioxide  on  sodium  sulphide,  thus:  2Na  ,S  3S<  I , 
=S  +  2NasS,Oj.  The  sodium  sulphide  solution  required 
for  this  purpose  is  produced  by  the  reduction  of  sodium 
sulphate  with  coal.  This  mass  contains  besides  sodium 
monosulphide,  the  polysulphides,  carbonate,  hydrate, 
and  sulphate  of  soda,  together  with  hyposulphite  of  , 
sodium  (thiosulphate).  The  former  by-products  are  not  \ 
converted  by  sulphur  dioxide  into  sodium  hyposulphite, 
thereby  forming  a  troublesome  impurity  in  the  solution 
during  the  process,  and  causing  a  loss  of  soda.  The 
invention  has  for  its  object  the  treatment  of  the  crude 
solution  of  sodium  sulphide  in  such  a  manner  that  all 
the  various  compounds,  except  the  sulphate,  are  con- 
verted by  sulphurous  acid  into  hyposulphite.  This  is 
effected  by  the  addition  of  lime  and  sulphur,  the  former 
eausticising  the  -odium  carbonate,  which  is  then  acted 
upon  by  the  sulphur,  forming  sodium  sulphide. — S.  II. 


the  calcium  carbonate  from  among  the  particles  of 
dolomite.  The  greater  degree  of  weathering  observed  in 
blocks  close  to  the  surface  of  the  earth  in  large  town-  is 
due  t.i  the  impregnation  of  these  portions  by  water  rising 
from   below,  and  thrown  upon  them   by  water  courses 

from  above,  since  the  damp  stones  are  m affected  by 

the  acid  atmosphere  near  the  ground  than  they  would 
be  when  dry.  Moreover,  at  greater  elevation-  the 
deleterious  effects  of  the  acid  constituents  are  minimised 
by  dilution  with  much  free  air.  The  author  linds  also 
that  the  wind  laden  with  dust  (mainly  consisting  of 
sharp  sand  particles)  beating  against  the  buildings 
cause-  a  gradual  surface  wear.  No  stone,  however 
hard  (not  even  the  diamond),  was  found  capable  of  re- 
sisting the  action  of  the  -and  blast,  though  but  for  a 
-hort  time.  He  has  observed,  also,  that  m  cemeteries 
the  letter-  graven  on  the  tombstones  are  frequently 
illegible  where  thej  arc  exposed  to  the  prevailing  wind 
of  the  place.  Finally,  Egleston  emphasises  the  neces 
sity  for  extreme  care  in  the  selection  of  building  stones, 
anil  in  the  arrangement  of  cornices  and  water  ducts  in 
sucll  manner  that  the  water  may  not  fall  or  collect 
largely  upon  any  portion  of  the  stone  work. 

— W.  G.  M. 

An  Improved  Cemi  it  oi   I  i    Various  Pur- 

<  t.     J.  Bidwell  and  A.  Bidwell,  Axminster.     Eng. 
Pat.  olT,  Jan.  13,  1886.     6d. 

To  produce  a  cement  which,  when  dry,  will  burnish  to 
a  bright  gold  or  silver  colour,  the  patentees  mix  white 
coburg,  copal,    mastic,  and  white  hud  varnish  with  zinc 

white,  bisulphide  of  tin,  and  powdered  Dutch  foil ;  or 
when  a  silvery  lustre  i-  required  the  Dutch  foil  is  re- 
placed by  silver  powder.  — C.  C.  H. 


ix.— building  materials,  clays,  mortars, 

AND  CEMENTS. 

On  the  Causes  of  the   Weatliering  of  Building  Stt 
T.   Egleston.     Dingl.  Polyt  J.  262.  190—191. 

The  results  of  Professor  Egleston's  researches  are 
communicated  in  a  paper  read  before  the  American 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers.  He  linds  that  under  favour- 
abb'  climatic  conditions  granite  is  practically  un- 
affected.  But  the  influence  of  unfavourable  conditions 
i-  evidenced  by  the  present  state  of  the  Egyptian 
Obelisk  in  the  Central  Park  of  Nevt  York,  wnichj 
2000  years  exposure  to  the  dry  climate  of 
Egypt  was  yet  tree  from  deterioration,  whilst  only  five 
years  in  New-  y,,rk  has  Bufficed  to  bring  about  a  rapid 
decay.  Sand-ton.-  vary  in  their  weather-resisting  power 
according  to  their  binding  medium,  those  containing  a 
siii.eou-  medium  being  the  most  stable,  those  with 
line-,  oxide  of  iron  0  mailer   being    less   so  in 

ence.  Of  limestones,  pure  calcium  car- 
bonate and  pure  dolomite  are  best  In  mixtures  of  the 
two  there  is  ;t  fear  of  disintegration  by   the  solution  of  , 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

On  the  Blue-shortness  of  Iron  and  Steel.  Professor  A. 
Ledebur.  Dingl.  Polyt  J.  262,  166—169;  and 
Glaser's  Ann.  1886,  208. 

For  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  nomenclature,  the  author 
proposes  to  term  "blue-shortness"  that  sudden  in- 
crease in  the  brittleness  of  iron  occurring  at  the  tem- 
perature (250—350  )  at  which  the  metal  assumes  a  blue 
colour.  Whilst  red-  and  cold-shortness  may  be  ascribed 
to  the  presence  of  certain  well-known  substances,  blue- 
shortness,  though  doubtless  increased  by  certain  kinds 
of  foreign  matter,  appear-  to  be  common  to  all  varieties 
of  iron  ami  steel,  but  chiefly,  it  would  seem,  to  the 
latter.  Valton  [Berg.  u.  Ihnl.  Z<ii.  1877,25)  was  the 
first  to  observe  this  phenomenon,  and  Huston,  Walrand, 
and  others  have  continued  the  investigations.  From 
these  it  would  appear  that  at  the  temperature  named 
(Kollmann  would  place  the  critical  point  at  500°)  the 
metal,  though,  perhaps,  unaffected  as  to  actual  strength, 
becomes  far  less  ductile,  thi-  property  being  restored 
at  a  somewhat  higher  temperature.  .Metal  forged, 
bent,  or  worked  under  these  circumstances  is  liable  to 
form  cracks  which  defy  any  but  the  most  careful  in- 
spection to  disc-over,  but  which,  under  suitable  con- 
ditions, may  be  developed  intoverj  serious  flaws.  By 
the  light  of  these  experiment-,  many  otherwise  un- 
accountable occurrences  maybe  explained,  Bywayoi 
illustration  a  ca-e  in  point  is  given.  A  pump  rod  for  a 
mine  was  rolled  from  Bessemer  iron  made  from  best  pig, 
and  was  found  to  stand  a  satisfactory  test  both  for 
ultimate  strength  and  elongation.  After  a  short  time 
several  lengths  of  the  rod  gave  way.  A  careful  exam- 
ination of  the  fractured  portions  showed  circumferential 
cracks  extending  inwards  (in  some    ■  ring  half 

the  cross  sectional  area)  with  smooth  sides,  on  which 
there  was  here  ami  there  observed  a  distinct  blue  colour. 
Chemical  analysis  demonstrated  a  i_<">d  metal  for  the 
required  purpose  :  somewhat  high,  it  is  true,  in  arsenic 
I  m  Ms  per  cent,  (and  antimony  (0*045  percent  .b  hut  not  Suffi- 
cient to  impair  the  working  propertiesof  the  metalatared- 
he.it:  foritwas  provedthatthe  iron  was  not  in  an; 
red-short,  nor  was  there  difficulty  in  welding  it.  The 
simplest  explanation  of  the  occurrence  i-  that  the  metal 


Jan. 29, 1887.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETV  OF  CHEMICAL  INM'KTUV. 


43 


was  worked  at  tliat  temperature  at  which  it  is  more 
brittle  than  when  cold  or  red-hoi  ;  the  cracks  thus 
formed  under  the  hammerwould  1"'  developed  bj  thi 
shrinkage  during  subsequent  cooling.  Further  experi- 
ments to  ascertain  tin-  influence  of  foreign  substances 
on  the  blue-shortness  of  iron  and  steel  are  greatly  to  !«' 
desired.— \V.  G.  M.  

On  the  Martin  Process  with  exclusive  or  preponderating 
,-  Pig-iron  and  Ore.  3.  v.  Ehrenwerth.  Xeits. 
f.  Berg,  u.  Hiittenw,  31.  656. 
From  the  experiments  quoted  the  following  conclusions 
are  drawn  : — 1.  The  ores  <  1« >  not  acl  directly  but  chiefpj 
by  the  agency  of  the  Blag.  2,  By  the  increased  amount 
of  slag  from  the  exclusive  use  of  pig  and  ore  tin'  heat 
of  tin-  bath  i-  diminished,  and  the  time  of  duration  of  a 
charge  lengthened,  ami  thus  the  lining  is  more  strongly 
attacked,  demanding  more  repairs,  especially  since  the 
slag  is  rich  in  oxide  of  iron.  3.  The  reaction  between 
the  slag  and  the  iron  is  accelerated  at  high  furnace  tem- 
peratures, and  the  charge  is  thus  worked  off  more 
rapidly.  4.  This  process  is  much  more  dependent  on  the 
working  temperature  than  is  the  ordinary  process.  5. 
The  ore  should  be  supplied  in  small  pieces,  which  will 
rapidly  dissolve  in  the  slag,  rather  than  in  lumps  or 
briquettes  of  pig-iron  and  ore.  0.  An  ore  of  low  oxida- 
tion is  preferred  because  a  larger  amount  may  he  used, 
thus  hading  to  a  higher  yield  of  iron,  hut  otherwise  the 
degree  of  oxidation  is  of  no  importance.  A  great  ex- 
cess   of   slag    with    its  attendant    evils    may    be  in    part 

avoided  by  rapidity  of  work,  by  the  use  of  high-class 
refractory  materials  and  suitable  Muxes,  and  by  tapping 
the  slag  when  its  action  is  completed.  In  cost  of  work- 
ing, this  process,    rightly  carried  on  is  at  least  on  a  par 

with    Bessemer's,  whilst   in  regularity  of   production, 

Uoor    space    required,    absence   of    blast,    and    for   low 

on  metal,  is  actually  superior  toil. — W.  G.  M. 


calcined  dolomite  in  the  form  of  powder  with  eight 
p,-r    .nil.     ol     an    agglomerant,     made     by    fusing 

■■  molecular  "  weights  ol  calciu nagnesium,  or  sodium 

chloride,  or  of  cryolite  with  "equivalent  "  weights  "t 
calcium  or  sodium  carbonate,  or  of  lime:  this  mixture 
to  he  then,  if  necessary,  recalcined  to  expel  all  traces  of 
water  and  carb lioxide,  afterwards  pressed  into  the 

required  shape  and  tired  for  four  hours,  when  it  will  have 
become  hard,  and  may,  if  in  a  covered  place,  be  pre- 
served long  in    air   without   deterioration.       During    the 

firing,  unless  before  moulding  the  ingredients  have  been 

tired  at  a  white  heat,  some  shrinkage  will  occur.  Lime, 
magnesia,  or  alumina  may  be  used  instead  of  dolomite, 
provided  care  he  taken  to  expel  the  whole  of  the 
carbon  dioxide  and  water  before  moulding.  The  agglo- 
meration may  also  be  effected  by  slaking  the  base  with 
a  sedation  of  chlorides,  and  subsequently  calcining 
thoroughly.— W,  G.  M. 


Improy  emt  nts  in  thi  Preparation  *>J  Materials/or,  ami  in 
/'.  Manufacture  of ,  Qvpels  and  Tests.  F.  Maxwell 
Lyte,  Putney.  Eng.  Pat.  10,185*,  August  27,  1885. 
tid.     (Amended  Specification.) 

THE  amendment  consists  in  an  alteration  in  the  title  of 

a  specification  abstracted  in  this  Journal  for  1885,  page 

53S.— \Y.  G.  M.  

Improvements  in  Steel  Converter  Linings  and  Boil 
a.  E.  Tucker,  Birmingham.  Eng.  l'at.  14,507,  Nov. 
26,  1SS5.  Id. 
BASIC  Bessemer  slag,  alone  or  mixed  with  lime  or  iron 
oxide,  cast  into  blocks,  rammed  into  bricks,  or  used  as 
a  slurry,  may  be  employed  with  advantage  for  lining  the 
body  and  top  sections  of  steel  converters,  or  either 
copper,  lead  and  glass  furnaces  or  iron  cupolas. 

— W.  G.   M. 

Improvements  in  Separating  tin:  Precious  Metals  /mm 
Lead.  T.  .1.  ( ireenwav,  Sheffield.  Eng.  Pat.  1027, 
dan.  23.  1886!  lid. 
THE  "zinc  skimming.--"  from  the  zinc  desilvering  pro- 
cess are  firsl  liijuati  d  in  the  usual  way  to  separate  the 
excess  of  lead  :  if  the  resulting  metal  contain  less  than 
seventy-five  percent,  of  lead,  it  will  on  fusion  separate 
into  two  layers,  of  which  the  upper  will  be  an  alio]  ol 
sixty  per  cent.  zinc,  with  over  twenty  per  cent,  precious 
metals  and  less  than  -i\  percent,  lead,  and  the  lower  will 
he  lead  saturated  with  this  alloy.  I  In  cooling,  the  argen- 
tiferous zinc  first  solidifies,  ami  is  to  he  removed,  broken 
up.  and  retorted.  The  lead  hath  during  cooling  give-  up 
a  further  quantity  of  the  zinc  alloy  in  the  form  of 
crystals,  which  may  be  treated  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  zinc  crust. — W.  G.  M. 


Manufacture  of  Refractory  Bricks,  Tiles,  Tubes, 
Crucibles,  Furnace  Linings,  mid  other  Articles  sub- 
jected to  High  Temperatures.  A.  Fould  and  1'. 
Genreau,  Nancy,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  1243,  dan.  27, 
1 B86.  6d. 
Certain  modifications  are  described,  hut  the  method 
preferred  by  the  patentees  is  to  incorporate  thoroughly 


Improvements  in  thi  Purification  of  Iron,  and  of  Pho's- 

phatic  Ferruginous    Slags.      T.     Twynam,   London. 

Eng.  l'at.  1796,  Feb.  li,  is.sO.     lid. 

Tut:  melted  jug  iron  is  mo  into  a  reverberatory  furnace 

with  basic   or  neutral  lining,    and   there    treated   with 

slag,  the  metallic  oxides  of  which  are  reduced  by 

the  metalloids  of  the  pig.     'W  hen  the  iron  is  so  rich   in 

silicoli    that  the   slag   will    finally   contain    more   than 

twenty  to    twenty-five   per    cent,   of   silica,     phosphoric 

acid  will  be  reduced,  the  phosphorus  passing  into  the 

metal  :  in   this  ease  the  siliceous   slag  must   he  tapped 

oil  and  fresh  slag  added,  or  if  preferred  the  desiliconised 

iron  may  be,  treated  by  the  Thomas-Gilchrist  or  Siemens 

process. — W.  G.  M. 

Improvements  in  ih<-  Smelting  of  Tin  Ore  and  Recover- 

in:/  Tin  from  Tinned  Slur/  linn  Scraps.     G.  T.  Lewis, 

Philadelphia,     U.S.A.       Eng.    Pat.    313S,     .March    5, 

1886.     Sd. 

Tin-:  tin  ore  is  smelted  in  a  cupola  furnace,  from  which 

the  gases,  containing  much  volatilised   tin,   are  sucked 

by  a  fan  through  sheet-iron  cooling  chambers,  and  then 

forced  through  a  series  of  woollen   bags  which  intercept 

the  tin  compounds.      The  latter  may  subsequently   be 

treated  in  any  suitable  way.      The   temperature  of  the 

furnace,  more  especially  if  tin  scrap  be  under  treatment, 

should  be  high,  in  order   to  assist   the   volatilisation   of 

the  metal.— W.  G.  M. 


XIL-PAINTS,  VARNISHES.  AND  RESINS. 

Improvements  in  tin-  Manufactvri  of  Paint.  F.  'Wend- 
ling,  Munich,  Germany,  Fug.  l'at.  10S6,  Jan.  25, 
1SS0.  (id. 
In  order  to  prepare  a  washable  paint  able  to  resist 
atmospheric  influences,  the  patentee  forms  a  binding 
body  by  linely  pulverising  and  mixing  together  the 
following  substances  :-  -about  30  parts  of  potash  or  soda 
water-glass,  15 — 25  parts  of  fluoride  of  calcium,  10  parts  of 
cryolite,  between  15  and  10  parts  of  marble  or  silicate 
of  magnesia,  between  20  and  15 parts  carbonate  of  lime, 
lo  parts  phosphate  of  lime.  100  parts  of  colouring 
matter  are  thoroughly  mixed  with  200  parts  of  the  bind- 
ing body,  and  1  part  of  this  mixture  is  added  to  2  parts 
of  caustic  potash  with  sufficient  water  to  form  the  proper 
consistency.  The  paint  is  applied  in  the  ordinary  way. 
To  harden  the  paint  ii  is  washed  with  warm  water  con- 
taining about  15  per  cent,  potash  or  soda  water-glass. 

— B.  H. 


XIIL— TANNING,  LEATHER,   GLUE,  AND  SIZE. 

Reinsch's  Tanning  Process  by  means  of  "Alkaline  Coal 
Extract"  (PyrofuscinJ.  Dingl  Polyt.  J.  262, 
79—83. 
THIS  new  tannin,  composed  of  carbon,  hydrogen  and 
oxygen,  exists  in  almost  all  coal  (except  anthracite  ,  but 
iu  Varying  quantities,     Its  chemical  reactions  have  been 


44 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uan.29,  m. 


partly  studied  by  the  author  (this  Journal,   1885,  39-2). 
Its  stability,  when  acted  upon  by  strong  chemicals  and 
light,  distinguishes  it  from   most  bumic  ;i.-i.  1  bodies.     It 
i-  extracted  from  suitable  coal   by  a   boiling  alkaline 
solution,  in  which  it  is  readily  soluble,  and  from  which 
the   "pyrofuscin"  is  precipitated  by  a  mineral  acid. 
Pyrofuscin    is    a    weak    acid,    its    alkaline    salts   being 
easily  soluble,  and  alkaline-earth  sails  less  soluble.     By 
evaporating  the  potassium  and  sodium  salts,  microscopic, 
indistinct  rhombic  crystals  are  obtained.  On  boiling  with 
concentrated  chromic  acid  solution  a  weak  acid  of  yellow- 
brown  colour  is  formed.    Pyrofuscin  is  a  verystablebody ; 
its  dilute  or  concentrated   solutions   in     alkalis   remain 
unaltered  in  contact  with  the  air;  neither  concentrated 
hydrochloric    nor   sulphuric  acid    attack    the  pure   sub- 
Stance.     On  the  other  hand,  boiling  nitric  acid  converts 
it  into  a  body  soluble  in  water.     The  alkaline  solution 
of  pyrofuscin  is  very    antiseptic.     A  very  dilute  solution 
(0-02grm.  of  the  moist  substance  per  litre)  exposed  to  the 
long-continued    influence    of    direct     sunlight    is    not 
chemically   altered    or  discoloured.      The   direct  extract 
from  coal  obtained  by  frequent  boilings  of  the  coal  with 
caustic  soda  (about  lOOgrms.  caustic  soda  to  2— 3kilos. 
coal)  contains   at  least   2—3  per  cent,   pyrofuscin,   and 
has  a  sp.   gr.  of  1025— 1-03.     A  hide,   after  treatment 
with  the  pyrofuscin  solution,  is  converted  into  leather. 
This  leather  has  a  stronger  grain,  and  withstands  alter- 
nate   wetting   and   drying    much  better  than   alum  or 
bark-tanned   leather.      If   tanned  sheeps'  skins  be  laid 
for    twenty-four     hours     in    a    2 — 3    per    cent,   pyro- 
fuscin  solution,  they  are  greatly  improved   as  regards 
firmness     and     toughness.         Hides     intended    to     be 
tanned  with  pyrofuscin  are  unhaircd  with   lime  in  the  j 
usual  way,   and  then  the  lime  is  removed  by  a   bran  I 
"bate."     The  hides  are  then  soaked  for  two' to  three 
days  in  a  pyrofuscin  solution  containing  about  25grms. 
per  litre,  and  afterwards  placed  in  a  solution  containing 
about  40grms.  per  litre,  to  which   is  added  sodium  car- 
bonate (lOgrms.  per  litre)  and  slaked  lime  [20grms.  per 
litre),  in  which  they  remain  three  to  five  days.     They 
are  then   laid  in  a  solution   of  two   parts   by  weight   (if 
common  salt  and  three  parts  of  magnesium  chloride  in 
sixty  narts  of  water,  to  which  is    added   twenty-four 
parts  by  volume  of  hydrochloric  acid       This  solution 
neutralises  the  alkali  and  precipitates  the  pyrofuscin  in 
the  fibre  of  the  hide.     The  hides  are  then  washed,  lightly 
oiled,  and  dried.     This  [process  is  said  to  be  50  per  cent, 
cheaper  as  regards  time  and  material  than  bark-tanning, 
and  30  per  cent,  cheaper  than  alum. — B.  H. 


ItnprovemcnU  in  the  Manufacture  of  Leather.     W.  R. 
Earp,  Kuncorn.     Eng.  Pat.  2052,  Feb.  12,  1SS6.     6d. 

The  patentee  claims  the  use  of  an  alkaline  solution  of 
a  sulpharsenate  or  sulpharsenite,  disnlpharsenate  or 
disulpharsenite,  preferably  the  sodium  salts,  or  a  mix- 
ture of  them  containing  live  to  eight  parts sulpharsenical 
-all  to  100  parts  of  water  for  unhainng  hides.  Heals., 
claims  the  use  of  sulphurous  acid,  or  a  bisulphite,  in 
tanning,  and  a. Ids  about  a  gallon  sulphurous  acid 
solution  at  4J  Tw.  to  a  tan-pit  of  average  size.— B.  II. 


XIT.-AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

Action  of  Sodium  Nitrate  as  a  Manure.    V.  Magerstein. 
Bied.  Centr.  15,  581—583. 

In  the  experiments  described,  sodium  nitrate  was 
applied  t"  potatoes,  barley  and  oats,  on  a  sandy  -oil, 
which  had  received  a  light  dressing  of  superphosphate. 

In    sonic  cases    the    nitrate  >vas    mixed  with    the    -oil,  in 

others  it  was  used  as  a  top  dressing,  after  sowing  the 
Beed,  and  when  the  plant  had  sprouted.  Potatoes  and 
oal  -  j  ielded  besl  »  ith  the  top  dressing,  whilst  with  barley 
the  contrary  was  the  result.  The  rainfall  during  the 
period  of  growth  (April  to  August)  was  3477mm,  some 

what  below  the  average.  The  weight  per  bushel  and 
the  ash  of    both  the  oats  anil    the  Karley  were   greater  in 

the  case  of  top  dressing.  The  author  gives  an  explana- 
tion of  this  behaviour  of  sodium  nitrate.     In  the  case  ol 


top  dressing  the  nitre  dissolves  in  the  moisture  of  the 
soil,  and  forms  a  tolerably  concentrated  solution  there. 
This  comes  first  in  contact  with  the  shallower  rooted 
barley,  oats  and  potatoes.  The  conditions  in  the  other 
mode  of  manuring  are  different,  hence  the  different 
results. — D.  A.  L.  

Comparative  Manurial  Experiments  nith  Ammonium 
Sulphate  anil  Sodium  Nitrate.  X .  Magerstein.  Bied. 
•  'entr.  15,  583-  -585. 

<  >ats  and  barley  were  grown  on  a  diluvial  sandy  soil, 
with  200kilos.  sodium  nitrate  per  hectare,  and  with 
300kilos.  ammonium  sulphate  per  hectare.  The  yield 
per  hectare  was  as  follows  : — 


No  Mascre. 

Sodium 

NlTRATB. 

Ammonium 

St  "LI-HAT*. 

straw. 
Kilo-ctr. 

Grain. 
Hectolit. 

Straw. 
Kilo-ctr. 

lirain. 
Hectolit 

Straw. 

Kilo-ctr. 

drain. 
Hectolit. 

Barley 15-85 

Oats  27'50 

18-28 

■Js-17 

24-50 
39-80 

2641 

38-72 

24  62 
18-45 

2374 
35-41 

Ammonium  sulphate  on  this  light  soil  favours  straw  pro- 
duction, but  nitrate  is  superior  as  regards  grain.  The 
percentage  of  ash  in  the  barley  straw  was: — Unmanured, 
rjp605  -.  with  sodium  nitrate,  li'151  ;  with  ammonium  sul- 
phate, 5  205.  In  the  oat  straw  : — Unmanured,  10016; 
with  sodium  nitrate,  8-123  ;  with  ammonium  sulphate, 
6861.  From  a  financial  point  of  view  the  nitrate  proved 
the  best.— D.  A.  I.. 

Value  of  Chili  Saltpetre  an  a  Manure.    A.Stutzer.     Bied. 

Centr.  15,  5S5 — 507. 
The  present  article  is  the  first  part  of  a  prize  essay, 
written  for  the  Committee  ot  Nitrate  of  Sodium 
Producers.  The  original  treatise  is  divided  into  two  parts. 
1.  Manuring  with  nitrogenous  substances  with  special 
reference  to  sodium  nitrate.  2.  The  practical  application 
of  sodium  nitrate  as  a  manure.  The  essay  represents 
fully  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  this  subject, 
and  is,  therefore,  of  much  interest.  First,  the  absolute 
necessity  of  nitrogen  to  plant  life  is  indicated  :  anil,  after 
due  consideration  of  the  question  of  the  need  of  a  store 
of  nitrogen  in  the  soil,  the  following  conclusion  is  given  : 
That  no  plant  cultivated  on  farms  w  ill  grow  normally 
unless  nitrogen  is  supplied  through  the  root.-.  Without 
nitrogenous  manure  plants  grow  but  feebly,  therefore  such 
manure  becomes  necessary  ;  and  as  the  manure  produced 
on  farms  in  by  far  the  greater  number  of  cases  is  not 
sufficient  for  the  requirements  of  crops,  if  really  a  good 
harvest  is  sought,  nitrogenous  manures  must  he  used. 
The  numerous  nitrogenous  manures  of  commerce  are 
mentioned,  nitrate  being  selected  as  best,  ammonium 
sulphate  coming  next.  Then  the  conditions  necessary 
for  the  formation  of  nitric  acid  in  the  soil  are  detailed. 
Nitrates  being  the  only  form  of  nitrogen  immediately 
assimilable  by  plants,  sodium  nitrate  is  specially  adapted 
for  producing  vigorous  nutrition  and  growth  of  plants; 
then  owing  to  its  mobility  in  soil  it  acts  as  a  manure  to 
the  subsoil,  and  causes  the  roots  to  penetrate  into  the 
soil,  and  SO  make  better  use  of  the  moisture  and  nutritious 
matter  contained  m  it.  Loss  of  sodium  nitrate  by  drain- 
age is  referred  to.  Numerous  instances  of  the  injurious 
action  of  large  quantities  of  ammonium  sulphate  on 
plants  arc  compared  with  the  few  instances  of  such  injury 
l.y  sodium  nitrate  :  in  fact,  in jurious  impurities  frequently 
present  in  ammonium  sulphate  are  never  found  in  sodium 
nitrate.  The  following  table  gives,  in  round  numbers, 
the  mean  excess  of  the  increase  in  yield  obtained  by 
the  use  of  lOOkilos.  sodium  nitrate  when  compared  with 
the  increase  in  yield  from  75kilos.  ammonium  salts  : — 

Experiments. 

-.'.".kilos,  wheat  gram  and  lOOkilos.  straw  gs 

gQ    .,     barley  grain  and  lOOkilos.  straw  81 

150    ..     meadow  hay  28 

mil    ..     potatoes     36 

'.mi    ..     sugarbeal    in 

1700    ..     mangold 36 


Jan.2-J.i8S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  01'  Till".  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


45 


The  last   column  of  numbers  indicates  the  number  of    Ammonia   in    Turnips. 

experiments  bom  which  the  averages  were  obtained. 

The  advantage  of  using  phosphates  and  potash  salts  in 

conjunction    with    sodium  nitrate  is  explained.      The 

next  point  considered  is  the  quality  of  the  produce  after 

the  use  of  nitrogenous  manures.     With  regard  to  oats 

ami  barley,  the  albuminoids  in  the  grain  are  increased 

1  per  cent'    This  is  beneficial  for  distilling  and  feeding, 

but  undesirable  for  brewing  purposes.     The  albuminoid 

increase  in  the  stravi  is  quite  unimportant.    Theeffect 

nt  nitrogenous  manuring  on  the  bread-making  qualities 

nt  wheat  requires  investigating.  Anthoritiesdisagree  as  to 

whether  the  weight  of  grain  per  bushel  is  or  is  not  affected 

l.\  Buch  inanities.     The  quality  of  potatoes  ia  not  altered 

to  any  noteworthy  extent  when  nitrate  is  sown  with  the 

seed,  but  when  it  is  applied  as  a  tup  dressing  there  is  a 

decline    both    in  the  yield  of  tnliers  and  in  the  quantity 

of  starcli  in  them.     Sugar  beet  is  even  mine  sensitive 

than  potatoes  to  the  action  of  sodium   nitrate,  when  the 

known  limits  are  exceeded  ;  directions  tor  the  cultivation 

of  sugar  beet  are  given.     The  idea  that  sodium  nitrate 

impoverishes  the  soil  is  shown  to  be  fallacious,  lor  ex- 
perimental evidence  demonstrates  that  sodium  nitrate 
only  occasions  a  need  of  more  plant  nutriment  in  quan- 
tities necessary  to  supply  the  requirements  of  the  increased 
harvest  it  itself  produces  ;  hut  this  produce  is  not  richer 
1  ban  usual  in  mineral  matters;  and,  moreover,  sodium 
nitrate  does  not  aid  the  washing  out  and  removal  of  im- 
portant plant  foods,  and  by  that  means  impoverish  the 
soil.  Lawes  and  Gilbert  'show  that  barley  grown  with 
nitrate  does  not  remove  more  matter  from  the  soil  than 
barley  grown  with  ammonium  salts.  Numerous  experi- 
ments show  that  on  an  average  the  amount  of  straw  pro- 
duced by  nitrate  is  nm  excessive  when  compared  with  the 
total  produce.  Numerous  calculations  are  given  as  to 
the  relative  value  of  sodium  nitrate  for  dilterent  crops. 
\\  ith  sugar  beet,  the  1st,  2nd,  old  and  4th  hundred  kilos. 
of  sodium  nitrate,  per  hectare,  each  produce  2324kUos.  of 
roots,  the  full  ami  (i!h  hundred  kilos,  each  produce  only 
975ki)08. ;  therefore,  it  is  not  economical  to  use  more  than 
■ii « ik  i  los.  of  sodium  nitrate  per  hectare.  Experiments  with 
oil-plants,  pulses,  fodder-plants,  meadow  grass  and  fibre- 
plants  are  too  lew  toafford  matter  for  positive  generalisa 


Battut.  Hied.  Centr.  15, 
604—607. 
When  turnip  juice  or  slices  of  turnip  are  distilled  with 
calcined  magnesia  (Boussingault'a  method),  ammonia  is 
given  off.  Juices  from  different  turnips  yield  per 
lOOgrms.  of  root,  2"37,  r07,  500,  lo.'i,  1  -SSmgrms.,  or  a 
mean  of  0  002)ogrm.  ammonia.  Fresh  root  cuttings 
give  OH,  1'69,  o  OTingrins.,  or  a  mean  of  0-0012grm. 
ammonia.     Rootsdriedat  LOO — no  give  more  ammonia 

than  fresh  roots,  evidently  owing  to  the  decomposition 
of  organic  matter.  The  following  results  show  that, 
besides  ammonia,  the  mots  contain  easily  decomposable 
nitrogenous  matter.    Some  fresh  root  gave,  by  the  above 

method,  O'OOHiOgini.  ai mia  :  the  residue  dented  w  ith 

lime-water,  and  the  original  volume  made  np  with  water, 

then  distilled  as  before,  gave  a  further  0  0204  per  cent. 
.  !  ammonia  :  and  this  residue,  ill  its  turn,  treated  with 
potash,  etc.,  and  distilled,   yielded   a   fuither  O'OOOl    p,i 

cent,  ammonia.  Pellet  Mini  Morchais  suggested  that  the 
ammonia  was  present  as  ammonium  magnesium  phos- 
phate, and  therefore  recommend  treating  witli  nitric 
acid  before  distilling  with  magnesia  ;  this  treatment  is, 
however,  evidently  quite  inadmissable  in  the  presence  of 
such  decomposable  substances. —  D.  A.  I.. 


Mammal  Experiments   with   Oats. 
64-2-643. 


P.ied.    Centr.    15, 


THESE  experiments  demonstrate  that  when  the  manures 
contained  nitrogen,  phosphoric  acid  and  potash,  or 
nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid,  the  plants  were  darker  in 
colour,  the  straw  longer  and  more  perfect  in  grain  ;  but 
took  cig  lit  days  longer  to  ripen  than  in  the  following 
case-.  With  phosphoric  acid  and  pota.-h  manures  the 
plants  at  iirst  showed  no  difference,  but  later  on  the  greeH 
corn  was  more  yellowish,  and  ultimately  the  straw  was 
weak.  Unmanured  plants  were  worse  than  the  others 
in  all  points,  and  had  to  be  harvested  earlier.  The  money 
value  of  the  increase  in  yield  in  each  case  was  : — With 
sodium  nitrate,  superphosphate,  and  potash,  93*38 marks 
(about  t'4  13s.  4d.)  ;  with  sodium  nitrate  and  superphos- 
phate, 66 "64  mark-  (about  £3  6s.  7d.)  ;  with  a  moderate 


lion,    but    it   seems    that   the   profits   from    nitrogenous     Quantity    of   superphosphate   and    potash,    41  02  ;    with 


manuring  on  meadow  grasses  are  nil,  while  for  rape  they 
are  very  high.  The  comparative  action  on  summer  and 
winter  crops  requires  investigating.  According  to  the 
results  of  scientific  investigation  ami  practical  experience, 
the  following  may  be  regarded  as  the  average  amount 
of  increased  produce  by  manuring  with  sodium  nitrate  in 
average  quantities  and  under  average  agricultural  con- 
ditions : — Corn  crops,  MOOkilos,  grain,  500kilos.  straw; 
potatoes,  l'JOOkilos. ;  sugar  beet,  2300kilos. ;  and  mangold, 
4000kilos. ;  lor  every  hundred  kilos,  nitre  used.  Meadow 
grasses  take  up  nitrogen  as  readily  as  corn  crops,  but  the 
increase  produced  is  not  so  valuable,  since  it  takes  as 
much  manure  to  produce  100 kilos,  of  grass  as  it  does  to 
produce  lOOkilos.  of  barley-corn  ;  therefore,  it  is  only 
under  very  favourable  conditions  of  soil  and  market  that 
it  would   pay  to   manure   meadows  with  sodium   nitrate. 


arger  quantity  superphosphate  and  potash,  a  deficiency 
of  1  42.  Potash  manures  made  least  show  ;  probably 
the  soil  contained  sufficient  already.  —  D.  A.  L. 


Klien.     Bied.  Centr. 


Composition  of  Barley  and  Peas. 

15,  644. 

THE  author  has  observed  a  decrease  in  the  amount  of 
albuminoids  in  barley  and  pea-corn,  when  grown  on  a 
sandy  soil  poor  in  lime,  with  large  quantities  of  super- 
phosphate. On  the  other  band,  this  was  not  observable 
when  such  soil  was  heavily  dressed  with  precipitate 
(neutral  phosphates),  nor  in  the  case  of  a  soil  rich  in  lime, 
even  when  ten  times  as  much  superphosphate  was 
applied.  Moreover,  on  a  phosphorite  soil,  containing  20 
The  smallest  return  for  nitrogenous  manuring  is'ofteTed  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid  the  amount  of  albuminoids 
by  leguminous  crops  such  a-  peas,  vetches,  lupins,  clover,  in  peas  was  not  less  than  when  they  were  grown  with  a 
etc.  With  regard  to  other  crops  there  are  no  trustworthy  &ugW  dressing  of  pnosphatic  manure.  Wagner  found 
data,  but  from  general  experience  rape,  mustard,  poppy,  <>n  a  saI"l.v  so"  Poor  IB  lime,  heavily  manured  with 
maize,  millet,  buckwheat,  hops,  tobacco,  cabbages,  flax,  superphosphate,  that  the  albuminoids  increased  in  straw 
and  hemp  may  be  classed  with  corn  crops  ;  the  vine  and  and  green  plants,  hi 
all  fruit  and  berry-bearing  plants  are  also  very  sensitive     ' 


to  nitrogenous  mountings.  A  lower  but  still  considerable 
profit  may  be  anticipated  in  return  of  manuring  carrots, 
chicory,  parsnips,  wild  cabbage,  and  artichokes  with 
nitrate  of  soda.  With  regard  to  the  use  of  this  manure 
on  very  porous  soils,  it  should  only  be  used  as  a  top 
dressing,  the  best  time  being  when  the  plant  is  just 
appearing  above  ground  ;  it  may,  however,  be  put  on  at 
a  later  period  of  growth.  The' question  of  autumn  or 
spring  sowing  is  not  yet  definitely  decided  ;  but  it  seems 
best  to  divide  the  allotted  quantity  of  nitrogenous  manure, 
nutting  the  smallest  lot  on  in  the  autumn,  and  the  larger 
lot  in  the  spring,  at  any  rate  the  nitrogen  required  for  the 
winter  growth  of  crops  may,  without  hesitation,  be  ap- 
plied in  the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda.—  D.  A.  L. 


rain  and  seed.  It  is 
hence  inferred  that  the  traces  of  free  mineral  acid,  and 
not  the  great  excess  of  combined  phosphoric  acid  in  the 
soil,  impede  the  migration  of  the  albuminoids  in  such 
cases.  — D.  A.  L. 


Disintegration   of  Basic   Cinder  b>/   Exposure  to  Air. 

Edmund  Je'nscb.  Chem.  Zeit,  10,  1271— 1370. 
THE  author's  experiments  prove  that  during  the  disinte- 
gration which  Thomas-slag  undergoes  by  exposure  to 
damp  air,  the  phosphoric  acid  of  the  slag  becomes  more 
and  more  soluble  in  alkaline  citrate;  so  that  after  the 
lapse  of,  say,  one  year  in  contact  with  moist  soil,  it  may 
he  supposed  that  the  whole  of  the  phosphoric  acid  of  the 
slag  will  be  converted  into  a  form  in  which  it  is  immedi- 
ately assimilable  by  plants.— J.  M.  H.  M. 


40 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       U«n.  en,  MW. 


M.   Maltzan. 
1338 


(  hem. 


The  Solubility  of  77 

'  Zeit  10,  1337 

The  author  criticises  the  p  ipers  of  Reis  and  Meyer  {this 
Journal,  1886,  381)  on  the  solubility  of  Thomas-slag  in 
aqueous  solutions  of  carbonic  acid,  and  1h>1. Is  to  his 
Bl  itemenl  ihat  this  slag  "  contains  phosphoric  acid  in  the 
must  insoluble  form  conceivable."  According  to  Reis1 
experiments,  22' S39grms.  of  a  saturate. 1  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  carbonic  acid  are  needed  to  dissolve   lgrm.  of 

phosphoric  acid  from  Thomas  slag.     I  h f  Meyer's  ex 

periments  gives  a  solubility  of  1  in  34,11110  in  fifty  hours. 
Considering  that  2936  parts  of  a  saturated  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  carbonic  acid  dissolve  1  part  of  phosphoric  acid 
in  artificially  prepared  tricalcium  phosphate  in  ten  hours, 

and  that  the  solubility  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  1 'ash 

is  1  in  13,158,  and  of  that  in  bones  buried  for  twenty 
years  1  in  7299,  the  author  considers  the  experiments 
referred  to  to  be  decidedly  in  support  of  his  statement. 

— C.  A.  K. 


On  ilic  Valuation  of  Slag  from  the  Thomas  Process,  ac- 
cording to  the  fineness  ot  tin  Ground  Product.  M. 
Fleischer.     Hep.  Anal.  L'hem.  6,  073—081. 

It  is  now  well  understood  that  the  value  of  this  slag,  both 
for  meadow-land  and  tilled  fields,  depends npon  the  fine- 
ness with  which  it  is  ground  ;  and  hence  it  is  important 
in  purchasing  it  that  the  fineness  or  percentage  of  linc- 
ground  slag  should  be  specified.  It  is  usual  in  many 
places  to  stipulate  that  at  least  75  per  cent,  should  pass 
through  a  sieve  the  holes  of  which  are  0  25mm.  broad  ; 
but  the  results  obtained  by  sifting  specimens  of  the  same 
Blag  often  vary  considerably,  this  being  due  to  differences 
in  the  kind  of  sieve  employed.  The  writer  lias  been  in 
the  habit  of  using  a  sieve  of  sleet-metal  in  which  holes 
of  0'25mm.  in  diameter  were  punched;  whereas,  at  other 
places,  wire  sieves  are  employed,  the  distance  between 
the  wires  being  0'25mm.  In  the  former  case,  the  area  of 
the  opening  is  0  049sq.  mm.,  in  the  latter,  0  063.  He 
has  carefully  investigated  the  manner  in  which  the  deter- 
mination is  affected  by  (1)  the  nature  of  the  sieve,  (2) 
the  duration  of  the  shaking,  and  (3)  the  weight  of  the 
.-ample  taken  for  sifting.  Sieves  with  punched  boles  are 
unsuitable  for  the  purpose,  as  the  holes  soon  get  stopped 
up;  but  the  brass-wire  gauze  does  well,  and  is  very 
uniform.  The  particular  kind  of  gauze  selected  was  that 
known  as  No.  100;  the  distance  between  the  meshi 
this  is  0'168mm.,  and  the  area  of  the  hole-  0'028sq.  mm. 
The  following  method  of  estimation  is  recommended  :  — 

The  whole  of  the  sample  is  weighed,  and  first  sifted 
through  a  coarse  sieve  so  as  to  remove  the  particles  over 
l'5min.  in  size  :  these  are  weighed  and  allowed  for  after- 
wards. From  the  coarsely-sifted  slag  a  sample  of  oOgrms. 
is  taken  and  shaken  for  half-an-hour  in  a  sieve  made  of 
No.  100  wire-gauze.  The  residue  is  weighed,  and  the 
difference  between  this  and  iOO  gives  the  required  per- 
centage —weighing  the  sifted  slag  gives  too  low  a  result, 
as  some  of  the  fine  dust  is  always  lost.  Samples  should 
contain  at  least  75  per  cent,  of  "  tine-ground  slag,"  for 
although  the  sieve  above  recommended  is  finer  than 
those  at  present  used,  the  grinding  of  the  slag  is  now 
more  carefully  carried  out  than  was  formerly  the  case. 

The  following  example  will  show  what  compensation 

should  be  paid  in  ease  the  -lag   does   not   come  up  lo  the 

specified  degree  of  fineness.     Suppose  that  lO.OOOkilos. 

of  slag   are   sold    for  360s.,    20   per    cent,    of    phosphoric 

aei.l  ami  90  per  cent,  ot  "fine-ground  slag"  being  guaran- 

,      .,.,  ■  ,        9000    20     ,„„„,  .,         ,    , 

teed,     this  corresponds  to  I800kilos.  of  phos- 

phoric acid  in  the  "  fine-ground  "  for  :;t'i(is.,  or  1  kilo,  of 
line  ground  phosphoric  acid  tor  0'20s.  If  the  slag  is 
found  to  contain  only  19  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid  and 
SO  per  cent,   of  " fine-ground,"   the  quantity  of   fine- 

ground  phosphoric  acid  is  only  =     loJOkiros., 

the  value  of  which  i-  304s.  Hence,  56s.  should  fie 
paid  as  compensation.— I).  K.  J. 


•  iluielin-Kraut.     Anonr.  Cliem.  Jf,  ],  368. 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

Raffinose.     E.  von  Lippmann  and  others.     Died.  Centr. 

15,  630—636. 
This  is  a  resume  of  the  numerous  researches  of  various 
authors,    which   have   appeared   from    time   to   time,  and 

have  culminated  in  establishing  the  identity  of  the  sugar 
obtained  from  molasses,  from  cotton  seed,  and  from 
Eucalyptus-manna,  now  known  as  "raffinose."  Raffinose 

exists  as  such  in  the  original  root  :  in  the  strontium 
hydroxide  process  it  separates  along  with  the  cane  sugar, 
as  a  saccharate  ;  in  the  diffusion  process  it  is  the  cause 

of  the  formation  of  needle  cr\  stale.  Tollene  has  examined 
solutions  containing,  for  100  of  cane  sugar, -1,  3,  5,  7,  9, 
125,  ami  ■-',">  percent  of  raffinose.  When  these  solutions 
are  crystallised,  those  containing  1  percent,  deposit  un- 
altered cane  sugar,  those  containing  :i  and  5  per  cent, 
give  elongated  crystals,  the  7  per  cent,  gives  long 
needles,  whilst  the  II  to  25  per  cent,  solutions  also  yield 
needles,  but  only  after  Borne  months.  When  the  mother- 
liquors  from  the  crystallisation  of  the  1 — 3  per  cent,  solu- 
tionsare  diluted,  beautiful  long  nee.  lies  gradually  separate. 
Raffinose  is  hence  regarded  a-  favouring  the  formation  of 
molasses,  or  in  other  words,  impeding  the  crystallisation 
of  sugar  to  a  certain  extent.  Raffinose,  <  ,i;H,,<f,j  It'll.' ', 
crystallises  in  needles  with  15  per  cent,  of  water,  which 
can  lie  expelled,  if  care  be  taken,  without  fusing  thesiigar. 
It  is  very  soluble  in  water,  hut  only  very  sparingly  in 
strong  or  dilute  alcohol ;  from  the  latter  it  can  be  readily 
crystallised.  Raffinose  only  reduces  Fehling  solution 
after  inversion,  and  then  very  strongly.  The  specific  rota- 
tion of  raffinose  (a)  D= 104 — 105\  after  1  hour's  inversion 
is  reduced  to  (a)  D= about  53°,  ami  hevulose  is  found  in 
the  syrup.  After  5  hours' inversion  it  is  only  (a)  11  = 
about  in  ,  and  galactose  may  he  obtained  fioin  this 
syrup.  Heated  with  nitric  acid,  raffinose  yields  22 — 23 
per  cent,  of  mucic  acid  :  hence,  the  above  formula  is 
probably  correct  ;  with  Bulphuric  acid  it  yields  Itevulinic 
acid.  With  phenylbydrazin  it  yields  a  yellowish  pre- 
cipitate, after  1  to  2  hours'  beating.  Raffinose,  either 
befi  re  or  alter  inversion,  ferments  easily  and  completely 
with  yeast  and  solutions  containing  the  nutritive  sub- 
stances for  the  yeast,  with  the  formation  of  alcohol.  It 
forms  a  sodium  com  pound,  and  like  cane  sugar  a  strontium 
compound  in  hot  solutions.  It  differs  from  cane  sugar 
in  not  forming  with  smaller  quantities  of  strontium,  or 
in  cold  solutions,  a  mono-strontium  compound.  These 
two  sugars  may  be  separated  by  means  of  this  reaction. 
Raffinose  also  forms  a  calcium  compound.  For  the  esti- 
mation of  raffinose  two  methods  are  proposed1,  one 
based  on  polarisation  and  inversion,  the  other  on  the 
formation  of  mucic  acid,  by  means  of  nitric  acid.  Raffi- 
nose has  been  detected  in  barley  by  C.  u'Sullivan. 

— D.  A.  L. 

On  the  Production  of  Crystallised  Grape  Sugar.  Sey- 
berlicb  and  Trampedach.  Neue  Ztschr,  f.  Zuckerind, 
17,  186. 

Tin-:  authors  rind  that  grape  sugar  crystallises  from  acid 
or  neutral  solution-  only  in  line  interlaced  needle-shaped 
crystals,  retaining  obstinately  much  mother-liquor  ; 
whilst  from  alkaline   solutions  it   may   he  obtained  in 

smooth,  strong  plates,    free   from  water,  from  which   the 

liquor  may  be  readily  separated  centrifugally.     They, 

therefore,  obtain  a  sugar  ot  :V,  to  ;is  pet  cent,  by  con- 
verting 1  part  of  starch,  rubbed  down  with  2  to  3 
paits  of  water,  by  nitric  acid  (5  parts  to  1000  parts 
ot  starch)  until  10  drops  of  the  solution  give  no  turbidity 
with  20cc.  of  mi  per  <ent.  alcohol  ;  then  neutralising 
with  chalk  and  rendering  distinctly  alkaline  by. soda, 
evaporating  in  oat  u6  to  35—36°  B.,  and  cooling  slowly. 

The  separated  syrup  may  be  evaporated  and  again 
crystallised,  when,  after  adding  sulphuric  acid,  aud 
separating  the  resulting  calcium  sulphate,  since  it  con- 
laius  practically  the  whole  of  the  nitric  acid  in  the  free 
condition,  it  may  he  employed  for  converting  a  fresh 
portion  of  starch.  If  sulphuric  acid  he  use  I  lor  the  eon- 
version,  in  addition  to  the  soda,  there  must  be  added  a 
small  quantity  of  hydrogen  peroxide  to  oxidise  the  albu- 
minous bodies  contained  in  the  starch. — \V.  G.  M. 


Jan.  29, 1S87.,      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


47 


Determination  of  the  Decoloun  ing  Power  of  Animal] 
Charcoal.     G.  Laube.     Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  6,  660— 661.   j 

This  is  a  simpleprocess,]  ieldingg IcomparativereBnlts, 

to  avoid  the  costly  apparatus  usually  employed  in  sugar 

factories.     A  sample  of  g i  animal  charcoal  i-  obtained, 

bad  pieces  in  ii  being  carefully  picked  out,  ground,  and 
then  passed  through  a  one  sieVe.  The  powder  is  dried 
at  I  in  C,  and  is  then  kept  as  the  "standard  char."  50 — 
lOOci'.  of  good  caramel  are  dissolved  in  an  equal  volume 
of  water,  mixed  with  lOOcc.  alcohol,  and  then  made  up 
in  a  lit ri' :  after  Btanding  for  Beveral  days,  ii  i>  lilten  d, 
and  is  ready  for  use  a-  the  "standard  colour."  The 
decolourising  power  of  the  powdered  "  char  "  is  deter- 
mined l'\  gently  boiling  Sgrms.  of  it  with  200cc.  water, 
and  then  adding  lOcc.  ol  the  "  standard  colour  "  solution. 
The  boiling  is  continued  for  exactly  10  minutes,  under 
an  upright  condenser.  The  liquid  is  then  passed  through 
a  double  Biter  until  the  filtrate  is  quite  clear.  Seme  of 
the  standard  colour  solution  is  then  run  into  200cc. 
water,  from  a  graduated  pipette,  until  the  water  has 
exactly  the  sane- tint  as  the  above  filtrate.  The  tints 
are  rendered  more  distinct  by  the  addition  of  a  drop  of  i 
caustic  soda,  and  the  comparison  should  be  made  in  test 
tubes  of  equal  diameter,  as  in  Nesslerising.  lOcc,  less 
the  number  of  cc.  added  in  the  second  experiment,  gives 
the  number  of  cc.  of  "  standard  colour  "  solution,  which 
lias  been  decolourised  by  the  5grms.  oi  standard  "char." 
]!y  repeating  the  experiment  under  exactly  the  same 


of  one  of  the  salts  suffice  for  tlie  treatment  of  1000  parts 
of  I  lie  juice  ;   it  is  thus  four   times  more  efficacious  tlian 

calcium  sulphite.  In  treating  raw  juice  by  this  process, 
the  following  course  is  recommended  :— 1st  saturation: 
I  be  juice  is  mixed  with  2  '■'•  per  cent,  of  lime,  warmed 
and  saturated  with  carl. on  dioxide  to  0*10  of  alkalinity, 
and  the  precipitate  removed  by  a  filter-press.  2nd  satura- 
tion :  G *5  per  cent,  lime  is  added,  saturation  is  effected, 
as  1»  tine, to o(n  percent.,  and  filtration.  3rd  saturation  : 

1  per  cent,  of  a  hyposulphite  is  added,  it  is  saturated   to 

o  02  per  cent,  oi  alkalinity,  boiled,  and  filtered  through 
double  thickness  of  cotton  doth,  under  a  pressure  equal 
i"  3  5m.  of  the  juice.  4th  saturation:  The  juice  is 
evaporated  to  a  thick  syrup,  and  2  per  cent,  of  a  hypo- 
sulphite is  added,  with  I  2  pel  cent,  of  milk  of  lime;  it  is 
then  finally  saturated  to  0*03  percent,  by  carbon  dioxide, 
boiled  and  tillered.  Lastly,  after  further  boiling,  a  pure 
syrup  of  exceptionally  high  density  is  obtained. 

— W.  G.  M. 


XVL— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
making  Fodder  from  certain  Liquid  Wast,  Pro- 
ducts. II.  Hencke,  J.  Palm,  and  K.  Seetig,  Darm- 
stadt, Germany.   Eng.  Pat.  14,459,  Nov.  25,  1885.   8d. 

THE  closed  eunical  receptacle  D  is  revolved  on  rollers 
I.  ly  any  suitable  mechanism  :  the  space  M  is  a  flue  in 


conditions  with  any  other  "ehar,"its  decolourising  power, 
compared  with  that  of  the  standard  sample,  can  be 
readily  determined.  As  the  fineness  of  the  powder 
influences  the  result,  the  same  sieve  should  always  be 
used  for  the  experiments.— E.  E.  I'.. 


On  the  Decolourisation  ami  Purification  of  Sugar  Juice 
by  Hyposulphurous  Acids,  or  its  Salt*.      R,  Bnglerl 

and  V.  Decker,  (or.  Pat.  36,851,  Jan.  31,  1886. 
The  hyposulphurous  acid  with  the  formula,  H  SO.,,  may 
be  produced  bj  mixing  an  excess  of  iron  filings  or  zinc 
duel  with  aqueous  sulphur  dioxide  solution,  with  exclu- 
sion of  air  and  thorough  cooling.  The  resulting  reaction 
is  thus  expressed  :— 2SOaH  2Zn  +  II  ,<  i    si  i  Zn-t  S(  I  ,Zn 

II,.  By  adding  milk  of  lime,  the  comparatively 
insoluble  calcium  sulphite  is  precipitated,  and  by  the 
subsequent  addition  of  phosphoric,  oxalic  or  sulphuric 
acids,  the  required  acid  is  obtained  in  the  free  condition 
To  prepare  salts  of  the  acid,  the  solution  of  the  zinc  Ball 
should  he  mix.d  with  the  base  to  he  employed,  if  by  its 
action  zinc  oxide  can  be  separated.  The  salts  suitable 
for  use  in  the  clarification  process  are  those  of  the  alkali 
earth  metal-.,  magnesium,  aluminium,  zinc,  manganese 
and  iron  ;  and  these,  being  more  stable  than  the  free 
acid,  are  to  he  preferred.      In  practice,  two  to  three  parts 


connection  with  a  furnace,  the  sides  heing  rendered 
tight  at  M1  by  means  of  tongues  or  rings  projecting 
fr.un  the  under  side  of  I)  into  sand  placed  in  the 
annular  U-shaped  chambers  shown.  The  liquid  refuse 
from  breweries,  etc.,  is  fed  into  vessel  a,  from  whence  it 
is  distributed  upon  the  shelf  l>,  from  thence  to  £  ,  and 
by  pipe  6*  to  the  revolving  heated  Hour  II.  where  the 
evaporation  commenced  on  the  heated  shelves  I,  and  b1 
is  continued.  The  dried  matter  is  removed  from  0  bj  a 
-Taper,  and  pressed  between  heated  tollers.  — C.  C.  H. 


Chemical  Characteristics  of  Beer  manufactured  from 
run   Yeast.     E.  Borgmann.    Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  25 

532—335.  °' 

II  INSEN  investigated  the  causes  of  the  diseases  of  beer, 
and  found  them  in  some  cases  to  be  due  to  the  yeast 
employed,  which  was  contaminated  with  "secondary 
tonus.  To  remedy  this,  he  proposed  to  prepare  pure 
yeast— that  is,  yeast  grown  under  conditions  of  absolute 
purity  from  a  Bingle  selected  yeast  cell.  This  pure- 
cultivation  yeast  is  now  in  use  in  the  brewery  of  (lid 
Carlsberg,  and  also  in  a  gieat  many  other  breweries  on 
the  Continent.  At  Old  Carlsberg  two  pure  yeasts  are  in 
use— No.  1  and  No.  2— each  of  which  is  cultivated  from 
■  i   single  yeast  cell,  and  produces  a  beer  with  different 


48 


THE  lol"l;\AL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan. 29.  issr 


distinct  characteristics.  Two  experimental  fermenta- 
tions with  these  yeasts  were  carried  on  at  Old  Carlsberg. 
Tlie  wort  used  was  ordinary  bottom  fermentation  wort  of 
13—14  percent.  Balling,  and  the  fermentations  were  so 
carried  on  thai  the  results  were  comparable.  After  some 
months' storage  the  beers  were  bottled  and  senl  to  the 
author.  Both  were  bright  and  pure  flavoured.  On 
analysis,  they  gave  the  following  numbers  : 


lt<-*-r  prepared  with 
ream  [Jo.  1.  Venst  tfo 

Contftini  in  lOOoc.— 

Alcohol 1*13  grins.  . 

Extract 5"35 

Ash 0*20       .. 

Free  acid  (as  lactic  1     „.no,. 

aeidl   i     008h     "        ' 

Glycerol      o-ioa    ,. 

Phosphoric  acid  O'Oiia   ., 

Nitrogen    0-0710  .. 


4  23  grms. 

5'8 1 
0-23      .. 

dill     .. 

0137    .. 

ous-jx  ,, 
0071H  ,. 


Prom  these  numbers,  which  are  the  mean  of  many 
determinations,  the  author  concludes  that  the  different 
yeasts  cause  a  different  chemical  composition  in  the 
resulting  beers,  lie  also  finds  that  the  proportion  of 
alcohol  to  glycerol  is  different  from  that  found  with 
other  beers.  From  analyses  of  other  beers  lie  finds  that 
the  proportions  are — 

Alcohol.  Glycerol. 

Maximum 100     .Vl>)7 

Minimum  100     JH0 

whilst  with  the  Carlsberg  pure  yeast  beers  the  numbers 
are — 

No.  1  NTo.  2 

Alcohol.  Glycerol.  Alcohol.  Glycerol. 

100     263     100     321 

— G.   H.  St 


Composition  of  Old  Wine.     J.  Moritz. 

1370. 


Milk, 

M. 


Chem.  Zeit.  10. 


By  the  analysis  of  some  samples  of  Hothenberg,  1748, 
17S3,  compared  with  other  analyses  previously  made, 
the  author  shows  that  these  old  wines,  especially  when 
kept  in  the  cask,  contain  a  large  proportion  of  glycerol, 
the  maximum  found  being  14  glycerol  to  10(1  alcohol. 
The  proportions  of  extract  and  acid  are  also  greater  in 
the  old  wines.— J.  M.  H.  M. 

XVII.— CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,   SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY.  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(A)   CHEMISTRY   OF   FOODS. 

On  the  Presence  of  Nitric  and  Nitrous  Acids  in 
nut!   the   Adulteration   of   Milk   with    Watt 
Schrodt.     Hep.  Anal.  Chem.  6,  684. 

The  author  has  examined  the  milk  of  cows  whieh  have 
been  fed  for  some  time  upon  turnips  to  which  saltpetre 
has  been  added,  and  linils  that  none  of  the  latter  passes 
into  the  milk.  Hence  the  presence  of  nitric  and  nitrous 
acids  in  milk  would  tend  to  prove  that  the  milk  has 
been  adulterated  with  impure  spring  water  containing 
nitrous  acid. — D.  E.  J. 


(/i)   SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Use  in  Softening  and 
Purifying  Water.  A.  Hell,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
14,37'i,  Nov.  24,  1SS5.     8d. 

Ah  ri.i:  the  addition  of  the  reagents  required  for  soften- 
ing the  water,  it  is  run  into  a  tall  upright  tank,  the 
upper  part  of  which  is  fitted  with  a  number  of  ribbed 
shelves,  or  plates,  sloping  to  one  side  of  the  tank.  The 
libs  on  the  under  sides  of  one  plate  are  intermediate  to 
those  on  the  upper  side  of  the  next  plate  below,  which 
nearly  touch  the  surface  of  the  plates  between  the  upper 
til.-.  The  water  passing  across  the  plate  travels  in  a 
circuitous  path  under  and  ovei  the  ribs  at  right  angles 
to  the  direction  <>f  slope.  The  precipitate  deposits 
upon  the  shelves,  slides  to  their  lowest  edge  and  into  a 
pipe  communicating  with  all  the  shelves,  from  which  the 

deposit  is  periodically  drawn  off.  The  clarified  softened 
water  Bows  olf  from  above  the  shelves. —  C.  C.  II. 


Drying  of  Sewage.      V.    L.   E.  Miller,    London.     Eng. 
Pat  10,  Jan.  1,  1886.     6d. 

Tm,  sewage  is  placed  in  an  air-tight  tank  so  as  to  nearly 

lill  the  interior  thereof.  The  space  above  the  Bewage  is 
put  in  communication  with  a  fan  or  pump  ;  a  pipe  or 
pipes  communicate  between  the  outer  air  and  the  bottom 
of  the  tank,  ending  in  perforations.     A  current  of  air 

can  thus  be  drawn  through  the  sewage,  whereby  the 
water  in  I  he  sewage  is  "  either  converted  into  vapour  or 
absorbed  by  the  air,  and  pumped  out  of  the  tank,  the 
more  or  less  dry  residue  alone  being  left."— ('.  ('.  II. 


Improvements  in  the  Arrangement  and  Constitution  of 
Apparatus  for  Extracting  Sewage  Sludge  or  other 
Semi-solid  Matter  from  Tanks  or  Places  where  if  Sub* 
sides  or  is  Precipitated.     J.   C.   Bothams,  Salisbury. 

Eng.  Pat  530,  .Ian.  13,  1886.     Sd. 

Along  the  bottom  of  the  tank  is  a  pipe  communicating 
witli  a  main  pipe;  the  underside  of  the  branch  pipe  is 
provided  with  a  number  of    projecting   branches  fitted 

with  a  sliding  or  swivel  valve.  The  sludge  can  be 
removed  from  all  parts,  or  any  one  part,  of  a  tank  by- 
opening  the  sliding  valves  and  .sucking  the  sludge  up 
into  the  main  pipe  by  means  of  a  vacuum  arrangement 

— C.  C.  H. 

hnprovenn  nts  in  Disinfecting  mid  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
T.   Bradford,   SaJford.     Eng.   Pat  591,  Jan.  14,  1886. 

Sd. 
THE  disinfecting  chamber  is  placed  o\  era  furnace,  at  the 
side  and  front  of  which  is  a  small  boiler  winked  at 
atmospheric  pressure,  and  kept  tilled  to  a  constant  level 
with  water.  The  steam  from  the  boiler  passes  first  into 
a  superheating  chamber  situated  in  the  furnace,  and 
from  thence  into  the  disinfecting  chamber. — ('.  C.  H. 


1  mprovi  mints    in    the   Treatment   of  Sewage.      S.    D. 

Cox   and   J.    Cox,    liexlev  Heath,    Kent.     Eng.    Pat. 

1259,  dan.  28,  1SS0.     4d. ' 
After  separating  the. solids,  the  sewage  is  passed  through 
rusty  scrap-iron,  and  afterwards   through   peat  or  wood 
charcoal. — C.  C.  11. 


XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Electrical   Conductivity   in    Fused  Alloys.     B.   Kb'sing. 
Inaug.  Dissert.  Jena,  1886. 

The  opinion  that  electricity  may  be  conducted 
in  two  distinct  ways— (1)  moleeularly,  when  the 
current  exerts  no  chemical  action  on  the  conductor; 
and  (2)  electrolytically,  when  the  conductor  undergoes 
chemical  decomposition— receives  some  support  from 
experiments  by  the  author.  lie  finds  that  if  an  electrical 
curn-nt  <>f  sufficient  strength  to  effect  a  considerable  rise 
in  temperature  be  passed  through  a  fused  alloy,  a  small 
fraction  of  the  current  is  conducted  electrolytically. 

— C.  A.  K. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS.  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

{nation   of  Japanese  Oil  of  .Peppermint.     B.  ('. 

Niederstadt.     Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  6.  575. 
This  cheap  variety  of  the  oil  lias  a  pale  yellow  colour,  a 
stron"  odour  of   peppermint,   with   a   burning  aromatic 
flavour    a  specific  gravity  of  0960    to    0-961,    and    a 


flavour,  a  spec.-.. —   - 

negative  polarisation  of  105   to  106.     ...  ..- 

unaffected  by  iodine,  dissolving  in  one  to  two  parts  of 
alcohol  of  specific  gravity  0-85,  and  giving  with  nitric 
acid  hut  indistinctly  the  characteristic  blue  colour  of  the 
English  oil.  By  the  nitroprusside  of  copper  test  neither 
oil  of  turpentine, 
in  it— W.  CM. 


It   is  neutral  and 


me  niuoprussiue  oi  copj'ci  n-.-i  ... ...... 

glycerol  nor  alcohol  could  be  detected 


Jan.59,M87.j      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


On  the  Yield  of  Ethereal  Oil  of  Peppermint.     A.   M. 
Todd.     Pharm,  liundsch.  1886,  4,  23o. 

The  quantity  of  oil  yielded  on  distillation  is  identical 
whether  from  the  fresh  cut  or  the  dried  plant  ;  and 
except  that  the  latter  gives  a  somewhat  better  aroma 
there  is  no  practical  difference  in  the  quality.— W.  ( ,.  M. 


Fabiana  Imbricata. 


C.  Ochsenins. 

S96. 


Arch.  Pharm.  24, 


Tills  ilruLf,  recently  imported  into  Europe  from  Chili, 
where  its  leaves  and  thin  twigs  are  used  as  a  remedy 
against  the  liver-fluke,  common  to  cattle  on  damp 
pasture  lands,  is  a  plant  of  the  Chilian  Solanaceat  order. 
It  is  a  strong,  woody  shrub,  commonly  about  three  feet 
in  height,  growing  in  dry  mountainous  districts  between 
and  37  south  latitude  at  a  height  of  300  to  2000 
metres  above  the  sea  level  ;  its  habitat  being  that  of  the 
tamarisk,  its  appearance  in  (lower  that  of  the  erica. 

— W.  <  i.  M. 

/.'•  teat  ches  on  American  Drugs.    Amer.  Jour,  of  Pharm 

16.  417. 
Xanthoxylumfraxineum. — The  powdered  bark,  accordin" 
to  Edw.  T.  Mallet,  gave  with  absolute  alcohol  2-7  percent, 
of  extract,  consisting  of  resin,  with  some  sugar,  tannin, 
colouring  matter,  and  an  alkaloid,  which  was  obtained 
in  yellowish  crystals  by  treatment  with  ammonia  and 
chloroform.  The  latter  gave  the  usual  reactions  with 
alkaloid  reagents,  and  appeared  identical  with  that  ob- 
tained by  Colton,  except  that  the  latter  was  insoluble 
in  chloroform. 

Kalmia  angustifolia, — This  shrub,  which  acts  as  a 
Btrong  poison  with  sheep,  has  been  examined  by  T.  J. 
rt.  By  treating  the  aqueous  extract  of  the  leaves 
with  lead  acetate,  separating  the  lead,  and  extracting 
with  alcohol,  he  obtained  a  residue  which  coin, 
small  crystals  of  a  substance  answering  to  the  tests  for 
arhutin.  Considerable  quantities  of  tannin  were 
found  in  the  lea* es. 

Planiago  major,  ace  irding  to  U.  Hosenbaum,  contains 
a  fair  proportion  of  sugar  and  oxalic  acid  :  whilst  in  the 
leaves  uf  the  plant,  T.  Koller  found  also  albumen,  pectin, 
with  citric  and  oxalic  acids. 

Baman  lira.— W.  B.  Cheney  found  in  this 

plant  notable  quantities  of  a  saponitiaiile  wax,  green 
resin,  tannin,  and  sugar,  but  no  trace  of  an  alkaloid  or 
crystallisable  body. 

ilax  rotundifolia. — The  bark  was  found  by  A.  II. 
Colin  to  contain  a  glucoside  not  yet  isolated, 'but  no 
calcium  oxalate. 

Sguisetum  biemale,  F.  J.  Young  finds  to  contain  two 
resinous  bodies  of  brownish-green  colour,  one  semi-fluid, 
the  other  of  tinner  consistency.  It  in  no  wise  merits  its 
reputation  as  a  remedy  for  dropsy.— W.  G.  M. 


acrid  flavour  when  fresh  ;    the  leaves  are  emploved  to 
relieve  pains  in  the  bowels  ;  and  the  fruit,  when  | 

a  substitute  for  pepper,  whilst  after  dryinj 
made  into  vinegar  by  the  natives.  The  root  has  long 
been  used  as  a  stimulant  and  febrifuge,  the  I 
pharmacopoeia  recommending  a  tincture  and  an  infusion, 
in  doses  of  lOcc.  of  the  former,  or  Sgrms.  to  60grm~.  of 
the  latter,  twice  or  thrice  in  the  day.  Notable  quantities 
of  a  resinous  body,  an  ethereal  oil,  in  flavour  recalling 
oil  of  cinammon,  and  a  bitter  substance,  are  found  in  the 
outer  portions  of  the  roots.— \V.  G.  M. 


XXII.— GESEEAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTET. 

Th>   Separation  of  Zim  ...  Cobalt,  end  Nickel, 

1*.  von  Berg.     Zeite.  Anal.  (hem.  25.  512—519. 

FROM  Ostwald's  numbers  for  the  relative  chemical 
affinity  of  acids  it  i-  probable  that  zinc  can  le  com- 
pletely separated  from  iron,  cobalt,  and  nickel  by 
hydrogen  sulphide  in  formic  acid  or  monochloracetfc 
acid  solutions.  Hampe  (this  .Journal,  18S">,  419)  has 
shown  this  to  be  the  case  with  formic  acid.  The  author 
has  examined  the  question  under  Ostwald's  direction. 

Precipitation  in  Formic  Acid  Solution, — Hampefound 
that   complete  separation    took    place    when    at    least 
15— 20cc.  formic  acid  of  sp.  gr.   1-2  were  added  to  each 
2.50—  500ce.  of  the  solution  ;  if  less  were  added   small 
quantities  of  other  sulphides  came  down  with  the  zinc 
sulphide.     From  the  results  of  Ostwald's  researches  it 
seemed  probable  that  better  results  would  be  obtained 
with  very  much  more  dilute  solutions,   and  the  author 
found  that  with  3ce.  formic  acid,  sp.  gr.   1"2  in  360cc. 
water,  a  precipitate  of  zinc  sulphide  quite  free  from  iron 
was  obtained.     The  precipitation   must   take  place  at 
al.. mt  50—60"  </.,  and  the  precipitate  must  be  filtered  off 
at  nine,  as  a  little  iron  comes  down  on   standing.     The 
precipitation  is  carried  out  as  follows:    When  the  solu- 
tion is  diluted  to  the  required  strength  it  is  warmed  to 
60*  C,  and  sufficient  formate  or  acetate  of  sodium 
added  to  combine  with  the  whole  of  the  sulphuric  acid, 
the  proper  amount  of  free  formic  acid  is  then  added,  and 
hydrogen  sulphide  slowly  passed  through  the  solution, 
A\  hen  precipitation  is  complete  and  the  precipitate  has 
partly  settled,  it  i-  thrown  on  a  filter  and  washed  with 
hydrogen  sulphide  water  containing  one  per  cent,   free 
formic  acid.     In  the  analyses  given  below,  51 -OigSgrms, 
ZnS(  >,. ,  II  (I  were  dissolved  in  ,'OOcc. 


DETERMIXATIOX  OF  ZINC  IX  PURE  ZIXC  SULPHATE 
SOLLTIOX.S. 


Indian  Drugs.    II.  Egasse.    Nonv.  Remed.  2,  434,  462. 
Chasmantera    cordifolia   (coeevlus  eordifolius). — Under 

the  names  of  gulaucha,  guloe,  and  giloe  this  plant 
flourishes  in  India,  the  drug  being  sold  extensively  in 
the  bazaars  as  a  tonic  and  antipcriodic,  in  the  form  of 
cylindrical  pieces  2  to  5cm.  long  and  1  to  5cm.  in 
diameter.  It  is  a  perennial  creeper,  climbing  to  the 
summit  of  the  highest  trees,  its  branches  putting  forth 
roots  which,  reaching  to  the  ground,  initiate  a  fresh 
growth:  mots,  stem,  and  leaves  are  equally  in  demand  as 
adrug.  The  Indian  pharmacopoeia  commends  its  use  a-  a 
tincture  (4  to  Sec.  in  die)  ;  as  an  extract  (Otigrm.  to  lgrm. 
per  diem,  in  the  form  of  pills) ;  and  as  an  infifsion 
(1  :  10)  of  which  COcc.  to  90cc.  are  to  be  taken  thrice 
a-day.  The  -terns  contain  berberin,  an  nncrystallisable 
bitter  substance  changed  by  dilute  sulphuric' acid  into  a 
glucoside,  and  a  bitter  kind  of  starch  meal  known  as 
"Palo." 

Toddalia  aculeaia  [Paullinia  aculeata),  one  of  the 
family  of  Rutaa  •• ,  flourishes  on  the  Coast  of  Coromandel 
in   Southern    China     Ceylon,    Java,   and   the   Isles   of     , 
.Mauritius  and  Bourbon.  All  parts  of  the  plant  possess  an  I  .50— CO1,  and  treated  as  above, 


1. 

ZnO  taken. 
Giro. 

FulND. 

Formic 

Acid. 

sp.  gr.  1-2. 

cc. 

1-0 

Total 

Solution. 

cc. 

Differ- 

ZnS. 
Grm. 

ZnO. 
Grm. 

ence  in 

per  cent 

0-2940 

0-3532 

0-2950 

100 

+033 

o 

0-2940 

03526 

02945 

10 

100 

+016 

3. 

02910 

03525 

0-2944 

25 

300 

+014 

1. 

0-2940 

03521 

0-2911 

25 

300 

+0-02 

5. 

0-2940 

0-3518 

0-2938 

50 

300 

-0-06 

6. 

0-2940 

0-3505 

0-2927 

7  "5 

300 

-043 

7. 

02940 

03483 

0-2909 

100 

300 

-1-03 

These  numbers  show  that  zinc  can  be  completely  pre- 
cipitated from  formic  acid  solution  as  zinc  sulphide  if 
the  amount  of  free  acid  present  is  not  too  great.  For 
the  determination  in  presence  of  iron,  occ.  of  the  above 
solution  were  taken,  mixed  with  1  -2grm.  of  iron-alum, 
diluted    with   water  to  required   strength,   warmed  to 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jna.I8.iS87. 


DETERMINATION  OF  /.ISC   IN  PRESENCE   OF  IKON. 


Taken. 

Found. 

Volume 

Ml 

Solution. 

CC. 

Formic 

Ai-iil 
cc. 

Differ- 

ZnO. 

(il  111. 

Irun 
ulum 
Grin. 

ZnS. 
Grm. 

/nil. 

1  .mi. 

ence  in 
pel  cent. 

1. 

0-1170 

1-2 

0-1777 

01181 

200 

2-8 

40-96 

.1 

0U70 

1-2 

01772 

o-iiso 

200 

28 

+0-68 

3. 

01170 

1-2 

0T765 

01171 

280 

2S 

+0-26 

4. 

iiiirii 

1-2 

01762 

0-1172 

280 

2-8 

+  0-11 

5. 

0-1170 

1-2 

O-17U0 

0-1170 

300 

36 

-o-oi 

6. 

0117(1 

1-2 

0-1 75S 

0-1168 

360 

3-6 

-012 

The  precipitates  in  Ncs.  1  and  2  contained  a  little  iron  ; 
in  Nos.  3  to  0  they  were  quite  free  from  iron. 

DETERMINATION  OF  ZINC  IN  PRESENCE  OF  NICKEL. 


Takes. 

Found. 

Vol.  of 
Solu- 
tion. 

cc. 

Formic 

Acid. 

cc. 

36 
3  6 
3-6 

Differ- 

ZnO. 

Grm. 

NiSO... 
Grm. 

ZnS.             ZnO. 
Grm.            Umi. 

ence  in 
l'ercent. 

1. 

2. 
3. 

0-1170 
O-1170 
0-1170 

0-25 
0-25 
0  25 

01768 
0-1765 
01761 

0-1177 
0-1171 
0-1171 

360 
360 
360 

+  017 
+0-27 
1-0-06 

These  analyses  were  carried  out  exactly  as  before  ;  no 
trace  of  nickel  was  found  in  either  precipitate. 

DETERMINATION  OF  ZINC  IN  PRESENCE  OF  COBALT. 


Zn< ). 
Grm. 


CoSO„.       ZnS. 
Grm.         Grin. 


ZnO. 
Grm. 


01170  025  0-1761  0-U73 
0-1170  0-25  0-1762  0  1172 
0-1170       0-25        01753         O'llCl 


Vol.  of 
.Solu- 
tion, 
cc. 


360 
360 
360 


Formic  Differ- 
Acil.  encein 
cc.      per  cent. 


In  the  precipitation  of  zinc  in  the  presence  of  cobalt 
the  precipitate,  after  a  time,  becomes  slightly  green.  It 
i-  necessary,  therefore,  to  dissolve  the  precipitate,  after 
filtration,  in  hydrochloric  acid  in  order  to  separate 
the  small  amount  of  cobalt  sulphide  it  contains.  The 
acid  solution  of  zinc  is  then  neutralised  with  am- 
monia, treated  as  above,  and  the  pure  zinc  sulphide 
weighed. 

Precipitation  from  Monochloracetic  Acid  Solution,. — 
The  analyses  with  this  acid  were  carried  out  as  follows  : — 
The  solution  made  up  to  the  required  volume  was 
warmed  to  50 — 60J  C,  -Ice.  of  a  double  normal  solution 
of  ammonia  (34grms.  Nil-  per  litre),  and  Tec.  of  a  four 
times  normal  solution  of  monochloracetic  acid  (378grms. 
CH2ClCOOH  per  litre)  added,  and  then  a  slow  stream 
of  hydrogen  sulphide  passed  through  the  mixture.  The 
precipitated  zinc  sulphide  separated  in  a  heavy  powdery 
form  and  rapidly  fell  to  the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  thus 
allowing  rapid  nitration  ;  it  is  necessary  to  filter  at 
once,  and  wash  with  hydrogen  sulphide  water  contain- 
ing a  little  monochloracetic  acid,  or  a  little  cobalt  sul- 
phide may  come  down.  In  analysis  Xo.  it,  as  shown  in 
the  last  table,  the  filtration  was  delayed  fifteen  minutes, 
with  the  result  of  getting  about  one  per  cent,  cobalt  sul- 
phide thrown  down. 

The  separation  from  iron  and  nickel  is  complete  ; 
with  cobalt  immediate  nitration  is  required. 

— G.  H.  M. 


A  New  Test  for  the  Detection  of  Picric  Acid  ami  Dinitro 
Cresol  in  Fund.  H.  Fleck.  Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  6, 
649—650. 

Of  late  manufacturers  of  farinaceous  foods,  such  as 
niaccaroni,  have  been  in  the  habit  of  dyeing  them, 
usually  with  dinitro-crcsol  (Victoria  yellow) ;  since  picric 
acid  has  been  occasionally  substituted  for  this  harmless 
dye,  the  necessity  of  a  test  for  distinguishing  them  has 
arisen,  as  the  bitter  taste  imparted  to  such  goods 
by  picric  acid  is  not  always  satisfactory  evidence. 
The  process  recommended  is  to  digest  the  finely- 
powdered  sample  of  food  with  alcohol,  filter,  evaporate 
filtrate  to  small  bulk,  and  then  taste  ;  if  the  liquid  he 
bitter,  picric  acid  is  probably  present.  Warm  for  a  few 
minutes  with  a  little  pure  hydrochloric  acid,  eool,  and 
then  drop  a  fragment  of  metallic  zinc  into  the  evaporat- 
ing basin.  After  standing  in  the  cold  from  half-an-hour 
to  two  hours,  the  contents  of  the  basin  will  become  a 
beautiful  blue  colour  if  picric  acid  be  present,  or 
bright  blood-red  with  dinitro-cresol.  Mere  traces  of 
these  two  dves  can  be  detected  by  this  test. 

— E.  12.  B. 


RESULTS   OF  ANALYSES. 


/n'l. 
Gnu. 


1. 

0-3228 

2. 

03228 

3. 

0-3228 

1. 

03228 

5. 

0-3228 

6. 

0-3228 

7. 

0-3228 

8. 

03228 

!). 

03228 

111. 

11-3228 

11. 

0-3228 

Grm. 


1-5  Iron  Alum 


0'J  NiSOj 


O-.iCoSO, 


ZnS. 
Grin. 

0-3860 
03851 
0  3861 
03S01 
0  3858 
O3S70 
0-3862 
03859 
0-3900 
0-3883 
03S71 


a 

OS*  NH' 

_  z  =  tune 


ZnO. 

Gnu. 


0  3221 
0-3210 
0-3227 
03225 
03'22 
03232 
0-3225 
0  3223 
(r3257 
0-3248 
0-3233 


minimi 
cc. 

I 
1 
1 
1 
1 

4 
I 
1 
I 
1 
4 


Vol.  of 

Solution. 

cc. 


15(1 
150 
150 
450 
450 
150 
150 
150 
150 
l.-.d 
150 


Difference 

in 
per  cent. 


-0-13 
-036 
-0  02 

-O'll 
-0-18 
+  0-13 
-0-08 
-0-16 
+  0-90 

hi: 

H0-15 


Jan. huek.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


51 


Herz.     liep.  Aiml. 


The  Detection  of  Alum  in  Flour.    J. 
Chem.  1SS0,  35'J. 

A  cylinder  is  filled  from  rne-fourth  to  one-third  full  villi 
the  Hour  under  examination,  and  the  Bom  is  thoroughly 
moistened  with  water.  Then  a  few  cubic  centimetres  "i 
alcohol  and  two  drops  of  a  freshly  prepaied  logwood  solu- 
tion (ogrms.  logwood  in  lOOcc.  alcohol]  are  added.  After 
thoroughly  mixing  up  the  thick  paste  the  cylinder  is 
lilleil  u|>  with  a  saturated  solution  of  common  salt.  At 
the  same  time,  trials  are  made  using  pure  Hour  and  Hour 
containing 001  ,  0"05  .  0  I  alum,  and  by  comparing 
the  depth  of  colour  of  the  flour  under  examination  with 
these  standards  the  amount  of  alum  in  it  can  he  esti- 
mated. The  gradations  of  colour  for  each  amonnl  of 
alum  are  distinct  and  the  colour  is  permanent  for  a  day. 
In  presence  of  0  0  J — 'J  1  "alum  the -all  solution  takes  a 
clear  blue  colour  ;  with  001     the  colour  is  a  violet  red. 

— B.  11. 


Examination  of  Led  Wines  for  Artificial  Colouring 
Material*.  J.  Herz.  Rep.  Anal.  (hem.  6.  650— 
652. 

The  author  prefers  Blarez's  method  of  detecting  acid- 
magenta  or  other  sulphonic  acids.  The  w ine  is  shake  n  up 
with  lead  peroxide,  which  quickly  decomposes  all  the 
other  colours,  whilst  even  traces  of  acid-magenta  render 
the  filtrate  violet-red.  To  test  for  the  other  colours  as 
well,  30 — 50cc.  of  the  wine — either  in  its  original  condi- 
tion or,  preferably,  after  being  concentrated  by  eva]  ora- 
tion—is treated  with  20— 30cc.  of  a  cold  saturated  solu- 
tion of  magnesium  sulphate,  and  then  10— 20cc.  caustic 
soda  solution  is  Btiired  in.  The  precipitate  of  magnesium 
hydrate  carries  down  with  it  all  the  natural  colouring 
matter  in  the  wine,  and  a,- i  most  of  the  artificial,  except 
archil  and  the  sulphonic  acids;  the  former  gives  rise  to 
a  dark-bine  liltiate,  whilst  the  latter  can  he  delected  by 
treat  ug  the  colourless  or  yellowish-red  tillrate  with  sul- 
phuric acid.  If  the  filtrate  be  red  or  reddish-brown,  the 
treatment  with  magnesium  sulphate  and  soda  must  lie 
repeated.  By  this  test  the  acid-magenta  may  be  detected 
in  30<*c  of  unconcentrated  wine  containing  only  1  part  in 
100,000  (by  weight,  of  it.  After  being  well  drained,  the 
magnesium  hydrate  precipitate,  together  with  the  tilter, 
is  dried  in  a  porcelain  basin  with  some  .-and  over  a  water 
hath.  This  residue  is  extracted  with  ether,  and  the  ex- 
tract tested  for  ordinary  magenta  by  dyeing  some  woollen 
threads  with  it  in  the  usual  manner:  the  so-called 
"CasBJBsine"  leaves  a  yellowish-brown  colour  in  the 
baMn,  and  dyes  the  wool  reddish-brown,  which  becomes 
yellow  with  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  colourless  with 
strong  ammonia. 

If  some  of  the  original  wine  he  shaken  up  with  amy] 
alcohol,  and  the  extract  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  colour 
of  the  residue  is  altered  when  treated  with  certain 
reagents,  as  shown  in  the  following  table  : — 


the  wine  shows  a  violet  tint  it  has  been  artificially 
coloured.  Experiments  were  made  by  the  author  with 
white  wines,  artificially  coloured  with  various  decoctions, 
and  also  with  red  wines,  to  which  20  per  cent,  of  the 
artificially  coloured  wine  had  been  added.  When  treated 
with  tartar  emetic,  the  following  results  were  obtained  :— 

I  ted  wine  (genuine) Cherry  red. 

Common  red  poppy  (Paparir  Itkaas)    Dark  cherry  red. 

Cherries  Violet. 

Elderberries  iSambui  »v  nigra)   Itcddish  violet. 

Dwarf  Elder  (jerries  {Sambueua  /•.'fcinNisi Violet. 

Bilberries  (whortleberries)  Violet. 

Pi  ivetberries   Pure  violet. 

The  fresher  the  decoctions  the  more  distinct  is  the  re- 
action. An  old  solution  of  priretberries  is  not  detected 
by  the  above  test  To  obtain  the  violet  tint  well,  it  is 
advisable  to  dilute  the  wine  with  at  least  an  equal 
volume  of  water  (if  the  colour  be  very  dark  more  water 
must  be  added),  and  in  all  cases  to  compare  the  samples 
with  genuine  red  wine,  treated  under  exactly  the  same 
conditions.  The  spectroscope  has  not  yet  been  found  by 
the  author  to  give  reliable  result-.  — E.  E.  B. 


Xotes  on  the  Pyridine  Alkaloid-.     Oeebsner  de  Coninck. 

Conipt.  Kend.  103,  040. 
The  methyl-  and  etbyliodides  of  the  pyridine  alkaloids 
give  delicate  colour'  reactions  in  presence  of  caustic 
potash,  a  property  not  shared  by  the  corresponding 
derivatives  of  the  reduced  pyridines  ipiperidine  and  its 
homologues).  The  methyliodides  of  aniline  and  its 
homologues  <:ive  no  colour  reactions  in  presence  of 
caustic  'potash.  The  reaction  serve.-,  therefore,  to  dis- 
tinguish the  pyridine  alkaloids  from  the  above  groups. 
Hofmann's  reaction  for  the  pyridine  bases  (Ber.  xiv. 
1497)  (characteristic  smell  on  heating  the  methyliodides 
with  caustic  potash)  is  not  given  by  the  methyliodides 
either  of  piperidine  and  its  homologues,  or  by  those  of 
aniline  and  its  homologues. — C.  A.  K. 


Determination  of  Tannin.     E.  B.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem. 
25,  527— 52a 

The  author  has  examined  the  various  methods  of  tan- 
nin determination,  and  finds  that  Von  Schroeder's  modi- 
fication [Zeits.  Anal.  Chan.  25-  121)  of  Lowenthal's 
method  gives  the  best  results.  The  author  carried  out 
the  determination,  using  a  solution  of  ferrous  acetate 
prepared  from  iron  alum  in  the  following  proportions:— 

Iron  ammonium  alum    J8'2grms. 

Crystallised  sodium  acetate    2-VO    .. 

Acetic  acid  containing  50  ,  hydrate    10  Dec. 

dissolved  in  one  litre. 

lOcc.  of  this  solution  are  added  to  50cc.  of  the  tannin 
solution  to  be  determined,  which  is  prepared  according 
to  Sehroeder  of  Sgrms,  per  litre;  the  mixture  is  examined 
at  the  end  of  fifteen  minutes  to  see  if  the  iron  is  in  ex- 
ces-,  which  should  always  he   the   case,   made   up   to 


Archil,  violet-red  

Bordeaux  B,  carmine 

Ponceau  RKK,  dark  red   

C'assissine,  violet-purple    

Vinicoline  Bordclaise,  cherry-red 


With 
Conoentntrd 

.Sulphuric  Aci«l. 


nonceotnted 

Hy Jr^-chl  ilic 
Acid. 


c'au.-tic 

- 


Red  Blue 

Carmine                        Carmine  Carmine 

Crimson                         Crimson  Brown 

Yellow                   Yellowish-brown  Hcd 

Brown                                Bed  Brown 


The  colour  of  the  wine  after  extraction,  changes  in 
the  presence  of  ordinary  magenta  to  cherry  red,  of 
magenta  S.  to  reddish-violet,  of  Bordeaux  to  dark  cherry- 
red,  of  Ponceau  to  yellowish-red. 

To  test  for  foreign  vegetable  colours,  a  cold  saturated 
solution  of  tartar  emetic  is  strongly  recommended.  10 — 
loec.  of  the  wine  are  shaken  with  5cc.  of  the  tartar 
emetic  solution,  allowed  to  stand  for  some  hours,  and 
then  examined  hy  reflected  antl  transmitted  light.     If 


lOOcc.  and  filtered.  20cc.  of  the  filtrate,  equal  to 
lOcc.  of  the  original  solution,  are  then  titrated  with 
standard  potassium  permanganate,  after  addition  of 
•20cc.  indigotiu  solution.  The  difference  between  the 
amount  of  iron  added  and  that  found  on  titration  gives 
the  amount  precipitated  by  tannin.  The  author  j;ets 
very  good  results  with  tannin  and  gallic  acid  by  this 
method,  but  has  not  had  an  opportunity  of  trying  it 
with  other  suVstanees  containing  tannin,— G.  H.  M. 

D2 


52 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  Till-  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Pm.»  issr. 


The  End  Reaction  in  Titrations  with  Fehling's  Solution. 
E.  Beokmum.    Zeit.  Anal.  Chem.  25,529—530. 

IN  order  to  determine  the  poinl  at  which  all  the  copper 
disappears  in  volumetric  determinations  with  Fehling's 
solution,  t he  author  recommends  moistening  the  outside 
of  a  piece  of  filter-paper  with  a  little  of  the  filtered  liquid, 
alter  folding  the  paper  two  or  three  times,  and  when  it  is 
Boaked  through,  applying  a  drop  or  two  of  the  reagent 
for  copper  -potassium  ferrocyamde  in  acetic  acid  solu- 
tion or  ammonium  sulphide— and  then  examining  the 
paper  against  a  white  background.— 6.  H.  M 


Bied,  Centr. 


'i 
tl 


Estimation  of  Acid  in  Malt.      E,   Prior 

15,  647. 

In  the  ordinary  way  an  aqueous  extract  is  made  by 
soaking  malt  in  water  for  two  hours,  agitating  fre- 
quently, filtering,  and  titrating  filtrate.  It  is  now  shown 
thai  such  prolonged  contact  with  water  is  prejudicial  to 
the  results,  since  half-an-hour's  action  of  water  on  malt 
is  frequently  sufficient  to  give  rise  to  an  abundant 
formation  of  acid.  Hence  the  following  method  of  pro- 
cedure is  recommended  :— lOOgrms.  of  crushed  malt  are 
left  in  contact  with  oOOcc.  of  dilute  alcohol  (made  by 
mixing  commercial  acid-free  absolute  alcohol  with  four 
volumes  of  water),  stirred  frequently  and,  after  at  least 
four  hours,  filtered.  lOOec.  of  the"  filtrate  are  titrated 
with  baryta  water  in  the  usual  way.— D.  A.  L. 


A  New  Process  for  Estimating  Glycerin  (Glycerol)  in 
Fermented  Liquids.  L.  Legler.  Rep.  Anal.' Chem.  6, 
63] — G3G. 

ALL  the  processes  which  have  hitherto  been  proposed 
lor  determining  the  amount  of  glycerol  in  wine,  etc.,  are 
inaccurate,  since  it  is  impossible  to  extract  all'  the 
glycerol  by  means  of  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether 
It  is  true  that  glycerol,  if  pure,  is  completely  soluble  in 
such  a  mixture  :  but  if  it  contains  any  impurities  which 
are  insoluble  the  loss  is  frequently  very  considerable. 
To  avoid  this  source  of  error,  it  is  proposed  to  determine 
the  amount  of  glycerol  in  a  sample  of  wine  by  oxidisin" 
it  to  carbonic  acid  by  means  of  a  strong  solution  of 
potassium  bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid.  The  reaction 
is  expressed  by  the  equation  3C.H,0,  +  7K.,Cr..O- 
+  :>slPS04  =  7K,S04  +  7Cr,(S(  i4t;;  -  9C<  I .  +  40 II  ,( ).  It  is, 
however,  advisable  to  use  an  excess  of  acid  and  of  the 
bichromate.  The  determination  can  be  made  with  a 
Will's  carbonic  acid  apparatus;  the  mixture  of  the 
glycerol  and  the  oxidising  liquid  must  be  allowed  to 
boil  gently  until  the  action  is  complete,  the  gases 
evolved  being  passed  through  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  rhe  apparatus  is  then  cooled,  and  a  current  of  dry 
air  drawn  through  it.  The  loss  in  weight  is  due  to  the 
escape  of  carbonic  acid,  and  from  this  the  amount  of 
glycerol  can  be  calculated.  The  author  recommends 
operating  on  about  Igrm.  of  glycerol,  and  taking  such 
a  large  quantity  of  strong  sulphuric  acid  for  drying  the 
gases  evolved  that  the  mixture  can  be  boiled  for  three 
to  four  hours  without  the  loss  of  any  aqueous  vapour 
The  teat  experiments  made  by  the  author  with  pure 
glycerol  are  very  accurate. 

To  determine  the  glycerol  in  a  samide  of  wine,  the 
impure  glycerol  (obtained  by  evaporating  a  known 
volume  oi  the  wine  to  dryness  with  milk  of  lime  and 
extracting  with  96  per  cent  alcohol)  is  oxidised  as 
described  above.  The  authoi  assumes  the-  absence  of 
sugar  tartaric,  malic,  citric  and  tannic  acids  which 
would  evolve  carbonic  arid  if  oxidised  with  potassium 
bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid.  He  makes  a  deduction 
of  003ogrm.  glycerol  for  lOOec.  wine  for  the  other 
organic  impurities ;   but,  if  desired,  they  may  be  first 

removed  by  precipitation  with  an  ammoniacal  solution 
of  lead  acetate,  which  would  not  interfere  with  the 
subsequent  treatment  of  the  liquid. 

This  method  has  not  yet  been  thoroughly  tried  for 
determining  the  glycerol  in  beer  or  sweel  wine-  hut  to 
remove  the  cane  sugar  from  the  latter,  before  oxidising 
it,  the  author  recommends  heating  the  sample  with 
baryta   water,    which    will    fompletelv    decompose    the 


sugar,  the  resulting  compounds  being  insoluble  in 
alcohol.  The  results  of  future  investigations  of  the 
subject  are  promised.— E.  E.  li. 


An  Ether-pipette  for  Fat  Determinations.     F.  Soxhlet. 

Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  6,  637. 
The  pipette,  shown  in  the  accompanying  woodcut,  was 
devised  to  avoid  the  injurious  effects  produced  by  con- 
stantly drawing  off  by  suction  the  ether  solutions  into  a 
pipette  when  the  fat  had  to  be  estimated  in  a  large 
number  of  samples  of  milk.  The  aqueous  ether  solution 
is  placed  in  the  two-necked  bottle  A,  which  is  connected 
with  an  indiarubber  air-syringe.      If  this  be  pressed 


with  one  hand,  and  then  the  pinchcock  B  is  opened  with 
the  other,  the  ether  will  rise  from  A  into  the  pipette  C, 
and  finally  overflow  into  D.  The  cock  B  is  then  closed 
immediately,  and  the  contents  of  the  pipette  allowed  to 
run  into  the  agitating  flasks  by  opening  K,  until  the 
liquid  has  fallen  to  the  mark  F.  As  soon  as  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  ether  solution  is  in  the  two. necked  bottle 
G,  owing  to  the  overflow  into  D,  this  bottle  is  put  in  the 
place  of  A.— E.  E.  B. 

Estimation  of  Fusel  Oil  Im  GapUlarimetry.    3.  Traube. 
Rep.  Anal.  (hem.  6.  659-660. 

In  reply  to  criticisms  on  the  author's  former  articles  on 
this  subject  by  A.  Stutzer  and  0.  Reitmar  (Hep.  Anal. 
Chem.  6,  606),  he  denies  that  the  ethereal  oils  which  may 

be  found  in  brandy  and  liqueurs,  influence  the  height  of 
the  liquid  in  the  capillary  tubes  more  than  ethyl  alcohol, 
and  states  that  consequently  they  would  not  interfere 
with  the  determination,  even  if  present  in  large  quan- 
tities. Only  when  certain  acid  compound  ethers 
are  present,  as  is  the  case  in  many  ethereal  oils, 
would  the  capillarity  be  appreciably  affected,  and  these 
compounds  are  decomposed  by  the  distillation  with  potash. 
The  author  has  proved  the  accuracy  of  these  statements 
by  actual  experiments  with  liqueurs. — E.  E.  B. 


Ihc  Determination  if  Starch  in  Seeds,  etc.,  by  means  of 
Soxhlet' s  Digester.  Paul  Zipperer.  Rep.  Anal.  Chem. 
699—703. 

ALTHOUGH  determinations  of  starch  in  starch-meal 
made  by  various  analysts  agree  fairly  well,  the  results 
obtained  in  the  estimation  of  starch  in  seeds  are  often 
very   discordant.     Widely  different  results  have  been 


Jan. 29, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


53 


given  by  different  chemists  for  the  amount  of  starch  con- 
tained in  pepper;  and  whereas  the  percentage  oi  starch 
found  in  cacao  beans  by  some  chemists  varies  from 
(Payen,  Lampadins)  in  fourteen  or  eighteen  (Mitscher- 
lich),  James  liell  only  found  four  or  live  pur  cent  of 
starch  which  could  be  converted  into  sugar.  These 
differences  are  dne  to  the  faulty  methods  of  analysis 
employed  ;  and  the  writer  points  out  that  in  dealing 
with  seeds,  a  simple  treatment  with  dilute  arid-  in 
order  to  couvert  the  Btarch  into  sugar  is  inadmissable, 
because  they  contain  other  Bubstances  (especially  cellu- 
lose), which  arc  thus  converted  into  dextrose,  and  so  in- 
fluence the  results. 

Two  methods  of  analysis  are  employed  in  agricultural 
laboratories.  The  first  is  that  of  Maercker,  in  which 
the  finely-powdered  substance  is  heated  with  water 
(Francke  adds  a  small  quantity  of  lac-tic  acid)  under 
pressure  in  a  Reischauer's  flask  for  some  hours  at  125— 
110'  C.  :  it  is  then  filtered,  and  after  inversion  with  fl1  1. 
the  sugar  in  the  filtrate  is  determined  by  means  of 
Fehling'a  solution.  In  the  more  recent  method  pro- 
posed by  Faulenbach,  a  concentrated  solution  of  diastase 
(prepared  by  extracting  malt  with  glycerine  and  water) 
is  employed.  Both  methods  have  disadvani 
especially  when  time  is  taken  into  consideration.  The 
cover-glasses  of  Reisckaur's  flask  frequently  crack,  owing 
to  the  unequal  pressure  of  the  screws  ;  and  Faulenbaelfs 
method  seldom  gives  good  results,  because  the  solution 
of  diastase  soon  loses  its  fermenting  power,  and  becomes 
almost  useless  within  a  month  after  it  has  been  pre- 
pared. 


The  author  has  adopted  a  modification  of  Maereker's 
1.  in  which  the  conversion  of  the  starch  is  carried 
out  under  pressure,  and  the  cellulose  is  almost  com- 
pletely separated.  The  apparatus  employed  is  that 
devised  by  Soxhlet  for  the  estimation  of  starch,  and 
cousists  of  a  copper  vessel  F.  25cm.  in  diameter  and 
28cm.  deep,  tinned  on  the  inside,  and  supported  on  iron 
feet.  The  disc  b  is  supported  by  three  feet,  which  rest 
upon  a  sieve  e  placed  upon  the  bottom  of  the  digester  ; 
iu  b  there  are  seven  openings  5'  which  serve  as  support  8 
lor  stioii'.'  glass  Basks  of  about  150cc.  capacity.  Water 
is  poured  into  the  vessel  until  it  stands  about  1cm.  above 


the  false  bottom  e,  and  then  b  (which  is  also  Idled  with 
water  up  to  the  level  of  the  holes  b')  is  introduced. 
The  finely-powdered  substance  is  placed  iu  the  Flasks, 
shaken  up  with  a  few  cc  of  distilled  water,  and  lOOcc. 


Of  hot  distilled    water    added 


of 


meal  or  Hour 
should  lie  taken,  and  2— 5gnns.  of  seeds,  such  n>  pepper 
or  cacao.  After  thorough  shaking  the  flasks  are  un- 
corked and  placed  in  the  holes  ', :,  the  cover  is  screwed 
tightly  on,  and  the  temperature  raised  to  140 — 150  C  , 
which  corresponds  to  a  pressure  of  four  atmospheres,  as 
indicated  by  the  barometer.  By  proper  regulation 
the  temperature  can  be  kept  fairly  constant  for  three 
and-a  half  hours  ;  the  steam  is  then  allowed  to  escape 
by  the  Bafetj  valve,  and  the  cover  is  removed.  The 
contents  of  the  flasks  are  filtered  while  hot  with  a 
filter-pump,  and  the  residue  on  the  lilter  washed  with 
hot  water  until  the  filtrate  gives  no  reaction  with 
iodine.  The  filtrate  (measuring  .'{00— 350CC. )  is  heated 
with  20cc.  concentrated  HC1  in  a  flask  with  inverted 
condenser  on  a  water  bath  for  three  hours,  filtered, 
neutralised  with  caustic  soda,  and  made  up  to  oOOcc.  ; 
the  dextrose  formed  is  estimated  by  titration  with 
Fehling's  solution.  The  percentage  of  starch  is  calcu- 
lated by  the  formulae  given  by  Sachsse : — 

Dextrose    :    Starch    =    Dextrose  found    :    jc 
108         :        99        =  u  ■    ■'■ 

•  )r  the  percentage  of   dextrose  found  must   be   multi- 
plied by  ,  '.  =  0-916. 

Seeds  which  contain  much  fatty  matter  should  be 
pounded  with  an  equal  quantity  of  quartz-sand, 
placed  in  a  cone  of  lilter  paper,  and  treated  with  ether 
for  three  hours  in  Soxhlet's  extraction  apparatus  ;  the 
fatty  matter  can  be  determined  iu  the  ethereal  ex- 
tract. If  they  contain  tannic  acid  and  ready-formed 
sugar  as  well,  they  must  undergo  a  further  treatment 
for  three  hours  with  eighty  per  cent,  alcohol,  befoie  the 
starch  is  extracted.  The  author  gives  examples  of 
analyses  in  which  the  results  differ  only  by  a  fraction 
of  a  per  cent.,  and  states  the  residue  left  after  filtra- 
tion gives  no  reaction  with  iodine. — D.  E.  J. 


jftcto    15oo&.s. 


TECHNISCH-CHEMISCHES  JAHRBUCH,  1885—86.  Ein  Hcricht 
uber  die  Fortschri  tte  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Chemischen  Techno- 
logic voni  Juli  18S5  bis  April  188B.  Herausgegebcn  von  Dr. 
Uidolf  Biedermaxx.  Achter  Jahrgang.  Mit  263  in  den 
Text  gedruckten  Illustrationen.  Berlin  :  Carl  Heymann's 
Verlag-  1887.  London:  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street. 
Covent  Garden. 
Octavo  VOLUME,  strongly  bound  in  cloth  and  gilt  lettered. 
It  contains  Preface,  Table  of  Contents.  List  of  abbreviated 
titles  of  works  referred  to  in  text,  171  pages  of  subject  matter, 
with  which  are  interspersed  263  woodcuts.  Next  follows  a 
Review  of  New  Books  that  have  appeared  during  the  session 
1885—1886.  arranged  as  works  on  Physics,  Chemistry.  Chemi- 
cal Technology.  Mineralogy,  Geology,  and  Botany,  and  works 
on  Miscellaneous  Subjects.  The  Jabrbuch  closes  with  care- 
fully arranged  Indexes  of  Names  of  Authors,  and  subject 
matter.  The  arrangement  of  the  subject  matter  is  as 
follows  :  —  i.  Gesetzgebung.  Verordnungen  U.S.W.  II.  Eisen. 
III.  Magnesium  and  Aluminium.  IV.  Gold  und  Silber. 
V.  Kupfer.  VI.  Blci.  VII.  /ink.  VIII.  Ziim.  IX.  Nickel 
und  Kobalt.  X.  Mangan.  Molybdan.  Antinion.  XI.  Chlor, 
Salzsaurc.  Brom.  Iod.  XII.  Schwefel.  Schwefolwasserstoff, 
Siliwertigesaure.  Schwefelsaiire.  XIII.  Saurretoff,  Wasser- 
stoff,  WasserstorTsuperoxyd.  Kohlcnsaure.  Saltpetersaure. 
XIV.  Soda.  XV.  Kaliumverbindungen  und  verschiedene 
Alkalisalze.  XVI.  Ammoniak  und  Cyanverbindungen. 
XVII.  Alkalische  Erden.  XVIII.  Thonerdc  und  Alaun. 
XX  Glas.  XXI.  Thonwaaren.  XXII.  Cement.  XXIII. 
KunstlicheSteinc.  XXIV.  Explosivstoffe.  XXV.  Lenchtstoffe. 
XXVI.  Heizstoffe.  XXVII.  Zucker.  XXVIII.  Starke  und 
starkezucker.  XXIX.  Wcin.  XXX.  Hicr.  XXXI.  Spiritus- 
XXXII.  Eette,  llarze  und  Seifen.  XXXIII.  \\  asser. 
XXXIV.  Nahrungsmittcl.  XXXV.  Dungemittel.  Abfalle. 
Disinfection.  XXXVI.  Gerberei.  XXXVII.  Osgamsche 
Sauren.  XXXVIII.  AlKaloide.  XXXIX.  KarbstofTc.  XL. 
Gespunistfasern,  Cellulose,  Bleichen,  Karben.  und  Drucken, 
XL1.  Papier.    XLII.  Photographie.    XLIII.  Apparate. 


TRADE   REPORT. 
(From  the  "Board  of  Trade"  and  other  Journals.) 
Russia  (Classification  of   Articles  in   Customs*  .Tariff).— 

(Double-3s.  2d.    Poud  =  361b.  av.l     Syrups  of    white  colour 
with  yellow  tinge,  sweet  in  taste,  and  of  sour  odour,  extracted 


54 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan.  29. 1S87. 


from  Btan  h  bj  treating  II  with  sulphuric  acid,  Section  59,  duty 

l  rouble,  20  o  poud. 

Prance.     Importation  of  Phosphorus.    "Byadecreool  the 

Government,  dated  the  16th  December  last,  importers 

required  to  takeout  '  acquits  a  caution '  at 

the  posi  of  arrival  in  France.    These  doei ntsareto  contain 

n  statement  of  the  quantities  imported,  and  the  na and  resi- 
dence <•'  the  person  to  w  hom  the)  are  addressed." 
Peru.  -By  tin'  new  Peruvian  tariff,  which  came  into  opero- 
on  thelsl  of  January  last,  the  following  are  the  revised 
ratr~  .if  Customs'  duties  levied  on  various  articles  imported 
into  Peru  :— 

7'"  pay  an  ad  valorem  ditty  of  JO  per  cent. 

Quicksilver  1  toman  Cement 

Sperm  and  Seal  Oil  Detonators  for  Mines 

I        iciil  Scientific  Instruments 

Sulphuric  Acid  Kesin 

Tar  and  Pitch  Printers'  Ink 

Greek  Ci  stoms  Takiff. 

Drachme      9Ad.      Oke  =  2'Slb.    av.      Quintal  =  123  21b.   av. 
Drachme  (weiglit)  =  0-llloz.  av. 


No.  in 
G.xek 
Tariff. 


Takiii 
Classification. 


BO 

M 


82 


S3 


Si 


87 

8S 


CO 


111 
113 


99 


97 
98 

99 
100 


101 

102 


Volatile  oils  lessenecs) 

fixed  oils,  comprising 
machine  oils,  as  welt 
as  oils  for  the  manu- 
facture of  gas,  plas- 
ters, and  ointment . . 

Patent  Medicines:— 
(a.)  Liquids  in  bottles 
(6.)  Solids 
(a)      .,  in   boxes 

Chemical  Products:- 

|a.)  Alkalis  and  salts 

produced  from 

alkaline  bodies 

(&.1  Salts  and  acids.. 

id  Quinine 

(<t.)  Quinidineandcin- 
chonine 

Simple  medicines  and 
preparations  of  the 
same,  chemical  pro- 
ducts used  as  medi- 
cines, not  otherwise 

mentioned  

j  (a.)  Aniline  colours, 
crystallised  or  in 
powder   

to.)  Aniline  in  shape- 
less lumps      .... 

(Ml  colours  

Varnish  prepared  with 
oil  or  alcohol 

(o-l  Mineral  and  metal- 
lie  rolours.  other, 
solid  

lb.)  Vegetable  colours, 
other,  solid 

Perfumes,  alcoholic  or 
not.  vinegars,  pom- 
ades, oils,  soaps, 
powders,  pastes  (ai  o- 
matic),  aromatic 
herbs  and  wood, 
Bcents  in  small  bags, 
cosmetics,  pearl 
paste,  pearl  powder, 
etc.  

Soaps,  ordinal)*,  not 
perfumed 

1  listilled  products  per- 
fumed Iwitb  the  ex- 
ception t>f  volatile 
oils  and  pcifuni 

Starch   

w.i  Ordinary  isinL.- 
glue,  of  all  l. 
liquid  or  solid 

ili. i  Uelatine  of  all  kinds 
bee  oi    ail    kinds 
;  ■  i  .  . 

White  wax  in  eakes  or 
sticks,  stearine,  and 
sealing  wax    

Kerosine,  paraffin,  and 
other  artificial  wax 

White  wax  tapers  of 
all  kinds  and  sizes, 
and  mouldings  ■  ■  t 
wax   

Canities 

Inks  of  all  kinds  


Old  Bates  of 
Duty. 

Neoi  Hates  of 
Duty. 

Dr.  Lep. 
Oke       3     00 

Oke 

Dr.  Lep. 
5     00 

Free. 

0     50 

Okc       8 
8 
8 

CO 
00 
00 

" 

2     00 
i     00 
5     00 

Free. 

Drachme  1    00 

Oke            0    50 

Free. 

Drachme  0 

07 

Drach 

me  0    10 

Free. 

Oke 

0     20 

Oke       8 

00 

„ 

8     00 

8 

o 

00 

30 

(',       IK) 

(I     30 

Oke  0  50  and  0  80 

0     70 

Free. 

Free. 


Free. 
Oke        0     W 


Oke 

5 

(XI 

5     00 

Oke  0  20 

an 

In  10 

,.       0     JO 

Oke 

r 

0 

(Ml 
20 

1  00 
0     20 

•• 

n 
i 

20 
00 

n  in 
1     00 

•• 

0 

50 

Prohibited. 

,, 

1 

20 

Okc    1     20 

ii 

0 

„       0     BE 

•• 

1 

0 

00 
00 

.11 

1  in 

2  no 
0     50 

Imports  ikto  United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Not.  18S5. 


Chemical  Products  unenume- 

rated                    Value 

£7,195 

Copper  Ore  and  Kcgulus  — 

Tons 

1,983 

Value 

Sm  .  "i 

Iron  Ore Tons 

158.716 

Value 

Pyrites  of  Iron  or  Copper- 

Tons 

28.311 

Value 

17.172 

Value 

-ei.400 

Nov.  1886. 


£6.373 

3.933 

£72,539 

210.228 

£135,722 

15.807 
£83.17-1 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from 
the  United  Kingdom  into  Spain. 


Aktici.es. 

Nov.1885. 

Ni  .v.  1886. 

Alkali  Cwt. 

18.934 

22.81S 

Value 

£6.670 

£8,001 

Cement   Cwt. 

8.9U0 

12.500 

Value 

•-'.117 

£1,025 

Chemical  Products,  including 

Dvcstuffs Value 

£3.671 

£3,927 

Soap Cwt. 

824 

996 

Value 

£722 

v-M 

Floating  Exhibitions.— The  project  for  a  floating  exhibi- 
tion at  Bordeaux  has  been  abandoned,  in  consequence  chiefly 
of  the  Bordeaux  Chamber  of  Commerce  having  declined  to 
give  its  support  to  the  undertaking. 

Remarkable  Deposit  of  Sulphur.— Sulphur  deposits  of 
vast  extent  and  remarkable  purity  have  recently  been  dis 
covered  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Tarawera  Mountain,  the 
scene  of  the  late  volcanic  disturbances.  The  deposits  occur 
in  the  Onepu  Block,  and  are  all  within  an  area  of  about  500 
acres.  Upwards  of  one-fourth  of  this  area— or  125  acres— is 
covered  with  sulphur  in  a  nearly  pure  state,  and  varying  in 
depth  from  3  or  1  to  15  feet.  The  sulphur  exists  in  the  form 
of  well-developed  crystals,  aggregated  in  masses,  and  pre- 
sents a  good,  clean,  yellow  colour.  In  some  of  the  deposits 
there  is  a  crust  of  several  inches  of  fused  sulphur,  on  break- 
ing which  the  crystalline  variety  can  be  shovelled  out.  In 
other  parts  of  the  area  referred  to  several  feet  of  stones  and 
earth  nave  to  be  removed  before  the  sulphur  is  reached  ;  but 
all  over  the  various  deposits  it  can  be  obtained  with  very  little 
trouble,  and  averaging  85  to  95  per  cent  of  pure  sulphur. 

The  deposits  have  long  been  known  to  the  natives,  but  it  is 
only  recently  that  Europeans  have  had  their  attention  drawn 
to  them,  and  at  present  a  company,  having  secured  from  the 
native  owners  a  lease,  is  working  the  district.  The  only  work 
necessary  in  recovering  the  sulphur,  consists  in  shovelling  it 
into  barrows  and  wheeling  it  a  few  hundred  yards  to  the  river 
Tarawera.  which  runs  past  the  Block,  and  is  navigable  thus 
far  from  the  sea.  a  distance  of  12  or  15  miles.  A  small  steam 
barge  is  employed  for  carrying  the  sulphur  down  the  river  to 
Matata,  where  it  is  transhipped  into  larger  vessels. 

The  district  described  is  about  150  miles  by  sea  south  of 
Auckland,  on  the  river  Tarawera,  aud  near  the  shores  of  Lake 
Rotoiti  Te  Puk.  It  is  about  15  miles  distant  from  the  ill-fated 
Maori  tillage— Moura — which,  with  its  inhabitants,  was 
destroyed  during  the  recent  volcanic  disturbance.— Brit,  and 
Col.  Druggist. 

Trade  Marks  in  Germany.— A  decision  in  connection 
with  German  trade  mark  law  of  considerable  interest  to  manu- 
facturers has  recently  been  arrived  at.  In  Germany,  under  the 
Trade  Mark  Law  of  1S74 .  it  has  always  been  held  that  trade 
marks  consisting  solely  ut  letters,  figures,  or  words  cannot  be 
registered.  So  far  as  this  affected  native  manufacturers  out- 
siders could  have  no  cause  of  complaint,  but  when  the  Com- 
mercial Tribunal  at  Leipsic  decided  that  foreign  trade  marks 
of  thisdescription.  however  stringently  they;  might  bcprotcctcd 
at  home,  were  also  debarred  from  registration,  the  case 
became  veri  different.  Obviously  well-known  English  houses 
could  not  change  the  distinctive  word  by  which  their  goods 
were  known  all  over  the  world  for  the  sole  purpose  ol  bringing 
themselves  \\  iiliin  the  German  law  :  and  the  consequence  was 
that  a  system  of  wholesale  pirocj  woe  carried  on  in  connection 
with  trade  marks  of  this  nature.  As  a  result  of  this,  not  only 
1  did  our  manufacturers  lose  trade,  but  their  wares  were  dis- 
credit i  ,1  because  ot  I  he  low-priced  imitations  bearing  the  same 
letter  or  wind,  which  were  palmed  oil'  as  being  the  real 
English  article.  When  the  negotiations  for  the  conclusion  of 
an  International  Convention  for  the  protection  of  industrial 
property  came  to  an  abortive  conclusion,  another  strenuous 
effort  was  made  to  upset  the  ruling  of  the  Leipsic  Tribtl 
This  has  at  length  been  attended  with  complete  success,  the 
third  section  of  the  Imperial  Court  having  decided  that,  whilst 
the  limitation  holds  good  as  regards  natives,  any  foreign 
trade  mark,  of  whatever  description,  would,  if  properly 
protected  in  the  country  of  its  origin,  le  also  entitled  to 
registration  in  Germany.— Chemist  and  Druggist- 


Jan.  CO.  1887.] 


THE  JGUBKAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHiMICAL  INDtJ&TRY. 


-:, 


PEEIODICAL      RETURNS     OF      Imin.KTS     AMD      EXPORTS. 

■    .     „„a   f,Am   the  undermentioned  Cot  sums  in  the  latest  Month  for  which   RETURNS  have 
Imports  and  EXPORTS  tato  't^S^S^aSfsA  of  the  Year,  including  BUCh  latest   Month. 

-Rouble  =  2s.  Od.;  Franc  -  Bftd.i  Milrcis  =  Is.  6d. ;  Gulden  =  Is.  8d.;  Lire  =  9,"„d. ;  Dollar  =  Is.  2d. 


.Yore. 


I.— Imports. 


[fAM]     "I    ''"'   STKV. 


Russia  in  Europe 

France 

Rortugul  

Italy    

Hungary*    

United  states   .. . 
British  lndiat    ..  • 


I.. i  test 
Month. 


September . 
October 
November  . 
September 

October   . . . 

June 

November 
October    ... 


Value  for  the  Month. 


I  --I',. 


Roubles 

Francs 
Milreis 

Lire 
Gulden 
Dollars 
Rupees 


:' 1.1 29.000 

37,8*7,000 

376,117.000 

.     3,336,000 

1111.756,000 


S7.010.000 
1  18,!  '\ 


Aggregate  for  Period  of  the  Year. 

including  Litest  Month. 


1880. 


No  Returns. 
.il.OI9.tlOO  V.GOS.OOO 

.6,23,23,156 


283.:  09.000 
321,256,000 

3  787.533.  OOO 

28.217. 

1,232,607,000 

18B.SWi.IIHJ 
607.107,(HKI 
ll.OO.OO.iOl 


18SS. 


3,070  I  ■ 

.  ..- 

;./'...    ■ 

i   '.'    • 

10,00  '..-■' 


II.— Export*. 


Russia  in  Europe. 

France 

Portugal 

Italy 

Hungary*   

United  States  — 
British  lndiat  


September 

October    

November  ..... 
September  ..... 

October    

June 

November  .... 
October   


RoubleB 

Francs  .. 
Milreis  . 

Lire  

Gulden 

Dollars  . 
Rupees  . 


5!,17?,0C0  U.liS.OCO 

53,*99,GC0  .-.J."',"" 

323.125.U10  t69.WO,000 

1. 925.C0O  !.!•'■ 

.102,918.000  93,137,000 
.  No  Keturns. 

72.619,010  B7,iSl,000 

6,22,98,255  :      S,S0,13JHC 


303.3c6.CC0 
356,655X00 
2,981,200.000 
19.675X00 
877,533,000 
193.511  l  00 
027,017.  mil 
50.12,73,118 


iJ-V  I 
t,7SS,iClfl00 

■      , 

■,16,000 
177,9Gt  ■  0 
SM,9i 

11.8SS 


The  above  fiavrcs  are  subject  to  revision  in  the  Annual  Returns. 

manufacture  only. 

'  Including  tr.oli- v  ith  Austria.  ,       ,     ., 

1  Th. '"ggrteite  figures  are  for  the  financial  rear  commencing  let  ArnL. 

Foreign  Trade  ok  India. 

Import*  and  Exports  into  am!  from  British  India. 


Chemicals,  drugs,  medicines  and  narcotics,  and 
dyeing  and  tanning  materials 


Oils 


Imports   from   Foreign 
Countries. 


Seven  Months 
1st  April  to  31st  October. 


Exports  to  Foreign 
Countries. 


Seven  Months 
1st  April  to  31st  October. 


18SC. 


1X85. 


1886. 


1885, 


18,73.730 
77.13.153 


R. 

is.os.iso 


R. 

'..59.21.205 
21,38,065 


R. 

7,tO,3l,5Dl 
SS,01,6Ci 


The  Coal  Trade. 

The  following   table   shows  the   commercial   movement  of  coal  in  the  Customs  Union  during  July,  1886,  and  during  the 
inc.  iuiioouib    iuo  ^  flrst  geven  mont|ls  0f  tlie  same  year:— 


Germany— 

Bremen tons 

Hamburg 

Other  Freeports  

Belgium    

Denmark     

France  

England  

Italy   

Holland    

Norway    

Austria-Hungary     

Russia 

Sweden     

Switzerland  ■ 

Spain 

United  states    

Other  Countries  

Totals  1886  

„       1885  

Difference  1886 


1785 

15,751-6 

207M 

0.231-3 

75  6 

1.735  6 

167,383-0 

01 

2,5007 

32.7U2- 1 

TI-.". 

12-4 


256.861-8 
31fl.60.TS 
-16,2580 


1.008-8 

212  tilHl-7 

1,495-6 

37.2755 

42.V3 

18.894-4 

766,358-2 

01 

11.397-3 

227.211-6 

513-2 

0  1 

2569 


231 


1.277.580-1 
1,196,285D 

-181.2951 


EXPORTS, 

July, 

Beran  Months, 

1886. 

1886. 

24.6103 

182.320-8 

22.5601 

163.334'S 

2.0700 

l6.M-.ru 

29.122-5 

292.e06S 

5150 

2.237  9 

68.6358 

582.231  1 

229  6 

8621 

3.780-0 

217,747-5 

1,594,8864 

356 

35  ti 

182,39* -0 

1.377,750-1 

35,361-5 
8053 

185  99I-8 

2.210-4 

50.622-5 
958 

336,7061 
5663 

SOO'O 

8000 

4215 

621  "5 

670.1073 

4.767.306-5 

688.821-9 

4.928.9108 

-18-714  6 

-161,604-3 

—Chemist  and  Druggist. 


56 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  .SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Pan.  29,  1887 


Board  of  Trade  Returns. 

For  the  year  1886  the  imports  into  the  United  Kingdom 
amounted  to  £319,381,000,  a  decrease  of  £21,023,000,  or  a  little 
compared  with  1885.  More  than  three- 
fourths  of  the  reduction  is  in  articles  of  food  and  drink.  The 
orts  amounted  to  £212,361,000  a  decrease  of  £681,000,  or 
about  ;  per  cent.  Most  classes  of  articles  show  redactions. 
Durjrj  i    half  of  the  year  trade  was  very  bad,   and 

foreign  commerce  was  no  exception  to  the  rule:  but  during 
the  last  few  months  a  decided  improvement  lias  set  in.  The 
imports  showed  a  decrease  of  £19,086,000,  or  over  10  per  eent.. 
for  the  six  months  ended  June  30th,  H  hile  ihe  exports  for  the 
same  period  showed  a  decrease  of  £1.0.16.000,  or  about  1  per 
cent.,  as  compared  with  the  first  half  of  1885.  1  luring  the  last 
six  months,  however,  the  decrease  in  the  imports  was  only 
£1.937.000,  or  at  the  rate  of  only  i  per  cent.,  and  the  exports 
showed  an  increase  of  £355.000. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  last  month  show  a  small 
decrease  in  the  exports.  The  imports  amounted  to  £31,011.000, 
an  increase  of  £57.000.  or  about  a  1  percent.,  and  the  exports 
to  £17.051.000.  a  diminution  of  £151.000.  or  about  1  per  cent. 
Nearly  ail  the  dutiable  articles  show  increases  in  the  quantities 
taken  out  for  home  consumption.— Brit,  and  Col.  Druggist. 

Last  Month's  Trade  Statistics. 
The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  December  show   the 
following  figures  : — 

Imports. 


Exports. 


„      ,       ,  December,  1383. 

Total  value '230,953,588  . . . 


December.  1886. 
,.  £31,011,283 


1 
£17,053,510 


Exports. 

December,  1885. 

Total  value £17.204. 128  . 

Foreign  and  Colonial  pro- 
duce (partly  estimated)..      5,172,782  1,596,559 

Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :— 

Imports. 


Chemical  manufactures- 
Products  unenume- 

rated value  £ 

Alkali  cwt. 

, value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)        ewt. 

,,  ..  value  £ 

.,    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt, 

value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

\-  A  1 1 1  g   -t 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick! 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac.    seed,    shell,    stick, 

and  dye value  £ 

Byes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials- 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) cwt. 

Bark  ifor  tanners'  or 

ilvers-  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

(Uber  coal-tar  dyes value  £ 

Cochineal    ewt. 

,,  value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..        tons 
value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancinc,  and  mun- 

leel cwt 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancinc,  and  mun- 

jeet value£ 

Valonia   tons 

value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut   nil. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm ewt. 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

of  all  kinds tuns 

value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm    tuns 

Train,    blubber,    und 

sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

value  £ 


123.100 

1,181 

l.O-'l 

112.275 

30,306 

163,885 

70,151 

25,289 

22.171 

105.250 

8,895 

8,657 

67.188 

3,616 

10,521 

9,118 

32,935 


120.953 
3.219 
3,142 
17.835 
11,159 
83.325 
42.677 
10,211 
33,377 

127.420 
10.425 
10.467 

128,878 
10,053 
38,137 

.,,oo> 

17,185 


101.0S4 

1.330 

3.216 

39,985 

9,885 

197,019 

80.277 

21.057 

20,979 

30.000 

2.875 

16,503 

78.254 

3,250 

16,382 

S,594 

21,500 


24,017 


24,298 

17,394 
1.110 
1,210 
7,624 
2.700 

56,702 
1,591 

34,676 


17,113        13,821 


5,586 

19,099 

17,983 

87 

Looo 

9,288 

1,750 

39,332 

6.371 
150.790 


3,449 

19,365 

27,523 

37 

1,517 

9,109 

2,318 

52.213 

1,983 

109,401 


3.189 
2,392 

13.616 

27.217 

11,717 

1,235 

50.506 

71.411 

114.821 

7,187.097 

231,873 

1,716 

50,563 

1.G38 

52,119 
10.048 

15,616 


2,311  2,791 


3,833         2,846 

2,183  1.217 

39.193        18,311 


19.826 

28,321 
2,062 

87,969 

8,267,745 

261,310 

1.616 

14,308 

1,859 

51, nil 
22,74! 
29,401 


10,621 
11,219 

1,156 

12,001 

99.014 

107.621 

,,511.331 

"'272,578 

1,185 

2  7,822 

1,626 

58,107 

39.910 
32,052 


Dec.  1884. 

Dec.  1885. 

Dec.  1886. 

British  and    Irish    pro- 

duce:— 

566,976 

5111.251 

504,318 

value  E 

173,031 

154,491 

1 13,266 

Bleaching  materials        cwt. 

119,337 

127.305 

121,687 

value  £ 

56,386 

11,965 

43,453 

Drugs  and  medicinal 

rations     

Oil  (seed) gals. 

76.519 

82,572 

72.618 

1,275,900 

1,173,200 

1,430,800 

1211.755 
35.3S3 

105.135 
32,662 

U9.0S6 

36.228 

11,711 

39,629 

38,073 

Painters'        colours 

and  materials  (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

89,137 

88,233 

100,285 

Foreign    and    Colonial 

merchandise  : — 

Bark,  Cinchona cwt. 

13,628 

12.52S 

10.522 

„           value  £ 

58,800 

73,026 

73.376 

Chemicals     (uneiui- 

22.S73 

17.012 

l2.o:  ;n 

Cochineal  cwt. 

259 

1,222 

803 

value  £ 

1.770 

8,331 

5.520 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 

532 

512 

766 

,.         value  £ 

12.517 

11,978 

17.115 

3,830 

6,150 

2,492 

value  £ 

13.035 

24,044 

9,891 

2,24  4 

2.187 

, value  £ 

52,743 

46,832 

48,716 

Lac,  various  kinds..        ewt. 

1,811 

7,201 

1.770 

..  value  £ 

17,005 

23.784 

13,033 

Oils,  cocoa-nut cwt. 

13,067 

5,150 

5.011 

,,             , value  £ 

20,223 

8,086 

7,185 

,,    olive   tons 

117 

188 

113 

,,        value  £ 

7.579 

8,382 

6.656 

,,    palm   cwt. 

24,828 

31,129 

56.038 

value  £ 

3S.S39 
75.626 

38,317 
56.203 

59.368 

..    petroleum    ....        gals. 

15,806 

,,             ,.            value  £ 

3,619 

1,992 

2.200 

Quicksilver   lb. 

420.694 

2SX.N7H 

289.341 

value  £ 

32,645 

23,071 

27,558 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 

ash)            cwt. 

797 

7,903 

231 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 

ash   ■--.  ,  lo  l„,ee,!"p.£ 

S01 

6,197 

Hematite  Ore.— The  requireiiie.f'"=ed  sul^-.u. 'eh  makers 
of  hematite  pigs  are  reported  to  be  sucn  .hovelled  J;  certain 
to  be  a  large  trade  in  the  importation  of  Spa.0!  stones  .  the 
Clyde  during  the  whole  of  the  present  year,  for  w.'hed  ;  bod, 
indeed,  sales  have  been  made  in  some  cases  by  ii.''T  litt  ts. 
Ore-freights  from  Bilbao  to  the  Clyde  have  recently  imp.  _ed 
from  5s.  3d.  to  6s.  3d.  per  ton.— Chemist  and  Druggist.       '   i 

Berlin.— A  report  of  the  Berlin  Chamber  of  Commei'ce 
states  that  European  commerce. is  feeling  more  and  more  the 
influence  of  the  United  States.  The  export  of  German  corn 
has  decreased  by  50  per  cent.,  and  Mannheim,  which  at  one  time 
was  one  of  the  principal  markets  for  cereals,  has  lost  much  of 
its  importance.  The  sugar  industry  is  everywhere  in  a  pre- 
carious state.  The  cotton  trade,  chemicals  and  colours  havo 
greatly  suffered.  At  the  conclusion  the  report  protests  strongly 
against  the  protectionist  policy  of  most  of  the  European 
countries,  and  points  out  the  disastrous  consequences  for 
Germany. — Chemist  and  Druggist. 

Roumaxia.— The  Paper  Manukactdre  and  Trade  in 
ROUMANIA  ani>  Skkvia. — The  manufacture  of  paper  is,  as 
stated  by  the  Brussels  Bulletin  du  Music  Commercial,  only 
slightly  developed  in  Roumania.  Nearly  all  the  paper  con- 
sumed there  is  imported  from  Austria-Hungary,  France.  Ger- 
many and  England.  There  are  only  two  paper  factories  in 
Koumania,  one  at  Busteni.  producing  about  250,000kilos.  per 
annum  :  the  other  at  Letea,  established  with  the  support  of 
the  Government,  from  whom  it  has  obtained  great  privileges. 
The  expenses  of  the  construction  of  the  latter,  the  property  of 
the  Roumanian  Paper  Manufacturing  Company,  and  the  great 
outlay  for  works  to  protect  it  from  the  inundations  of  the 
Bistritsa,  which  flows  at  a  short  distance  from  the  factory, 
are,  however,  so  great  that  the  result  is  most  unsatisfactory, 
in  consequence  ot  which  the  shares  can  be  got  at  a  discount  of 
50  percent.  This  company  is,  under  a  contract,  compelled  to 
supply  all  the  paper  the  Government  requires,  but  it  is  hardly 
able  to  supply  the  paper  necessary  for  the  printing  of  the 
Moniti  ui-  Offlciel.  and  produces,  therefore,  barely  150,000kilos. 
per  annum.  The  factory  at  Utisteni  produces  likewise  only 
paper  for  printing  purpose.-.  Every  variety  and  quality  of 
paper  is  consumed  in  Koumania.  Of  foreign  countries. 
Austria  Hungary  imports  the  largest  quantity,  amounting  in 
value  to  1.970.695  trams.  Next  follows  France  with  487.529 
francs.  Germany  with  291,128  francs,  and  England  with  13.271 
francs.  In  Servia  there  is  no  paper  factory  at  all,  most  of  the 
paper  used  being  imported  Hum  Austria-Hungary.  In  1881 
the  importations  were  as  follows:— (1)  Of  ordinary  paper, 
6l7.912kilos.;  value  295,424  francs.  12)  Of  writing,  printing  and 
drawing  paper,  212,630kilos. ;  value  290,202  francs.  (3)  Of 
,  igarette  paper,  53,336  kilos.:  value  68,960  francs.  (1 1  of  coloured 
paper,  81,H5kilos.;  value  80.031  francs.  (5)  Of  card  pasteboard, 
etc.,  paper,  30,102kilos.;  value  57.038  francs.  Payment  is  made 
by  bills  of  exchange  at  four  or  six  months.  The  customs  duty 
on  entry  into  Servia  is  :  on  silk  paper,  10  francs  ad  valorem  : 
on  post  paper  10  francs  per  lOOkilos. ;  on  thin  packing  paper, 
S  francs  ad  valorem ;  on  drawing  paper,  S  francs  ad  valorem; 


Jan.  29. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


57 


on  writing  and  printing  paper,  7  francs  per  lOOkilos.  :  card- 
board, I  francs  per  lOOkilos.:  on  ordinary  packing  paper, 
1  francs  per  lOOkilos.  The  customs  charges  do  not  exceed 
1  per  cent.— Chemist  and  Druggist. 

A.\  VLYBES  OF  CINCHONA    BARKS 

Grown  in  the  Madras  <  iovernmenl  Plantations,  and  forwarded 

to  the    Indo-Colonial    Exhibition,    LondOD,    1886,   by    David 

Hooper,  F.C.S.,  Government  Quinologlst. 


.  succirubra.  natural.. 

,,  mossed    . 

renewed  .. 

branch  .. 

root  .. 

,,    renewed 

(shavings)  .. 

robusta,  natural 

„         mossed    .... 

,,         renewed   

branch    

micrantha,  natural  .. 
,,  renewed.. 

,.  branch    . . 

Calisaya,  natural   

branch    

Anglica.  natural 

branch 

Ledgeriana,  natural.. 
,,  branch  .. 

Javanica.  natural 

„  branch  

officinal  is,  natural 

„  mossed 

renewed  .. 

paludiana,  natural    . . 

renewed.. 

pitayensis,  natural    .. 

„  mossed 

,,  renewed  . . 

Huniboltiana,  natural 

renewed 


s 

c 

1  i 

— 

.-?  = 

■= 

o 

3(9 

z- 

1- 

D 

2-57 

1-91 

2-11 

2-27 

li'i'.i 

2  n:; 

■r\, 

I'M 

T48 

1  85 

1-38 

2-28 

1-66 

121 

0-77 

309 

230 

1-16 

VH2 

1-13 

2-08 

2-58 

1-92 

3-n; 

5\92 

i-io 

2  54 

2-20 

rt;i 

274 

— 

— 



tr 

tr 

2-15 

1-62 

1  _*  1 

2-32 

0  79 

0-59 

073 

IDS 

0-81 

ii- 

tr 

tr 

— 

7 -38 

549 

[•33 

2  97 

2"21 

049 

3-72 

2-77 

157 

4  -.17 

3-40 

1-50 

506 

+•21 

085 

005 

0-04 

0-40 

0-08 

0-51 

1-19 

3-11 

2-34 

0-56 

51 2 

381 

0-95 

:mi; 

_".'." 

052 

301 

2-21 

1'55 

1-72 

1-28 

0-K( 

011 


(l-.'.l 

025 


432 
143 
0-16 
0-20 

H-J2 


1-10 

0-63 

0-78 

tr 


- 

1-11 
1-68 

1  -2.5 

1-59 
113 

2-iir, 
1-58 
077 

0  51 
117 

1  92 
112 

1  60 

2  13 
193 
119 
2  01 
082 
107 
201 

I  T.l 
039 
0  45 

II  115 
039 
028 
1-93 
191 
2-33 
il  19 
0  13 


-  "B 


0-88 

II '.is 
0-71 
110 
127 

I  15 
0-31 
035 
1  65 

1 1. Mi 
n  in 
1  (12 
0  45 
11.29 
018 
0-11 
036 
088 
0  50 
0J8 
0.15 
0-50 

0  02 
070 
B-43 
087 
u:,'.i 

0-37 

II'.'., 

1  I  '.  I  I 

1-07 


GUI 
6-34 

.V28 
6J1 
5-12 

6-97 

5-10 
ll'JII 
'.i  HI 
602 
2-32 
4  54 
2  05 
5-95 
3-73 
3-91 
265 
852 
1-27 
444 
3-37 
5-39 
6-17 
6-63 
0-96 
2-85 
6  32 
7-67 
668 
518 
3-4 


The    1'kr(.'K>  —  -..,... n>    in    \  akious    Quinine 

Salts.— 'iii'  .  ,10111  the  Pharmaceutische  Post,  will 

be  usef  .ating  the  amount  of  real  quinine  in  any 

prepa 

..,e  acetate 75'0  per  cent. 

bisulphate  591  ,, 

„        hydrobromate  (basic)   73"5  „ 

„        hydrobromate  (neutrall 60'0  ,, 

hydrochlorate  81'6  ,, 

,,        lactate  7S"2 

purum  (hydric)    857  ,, 

sulphate  74 '3  ,, 

sulphovinate 720  „ 

tannate 206 

,,        valerianate    72'9  ,. 


a^ontfrtp    patent   list. 

L— GENEKAI    PLANT,   APPARATUS,    and 

MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16715  F.  N.  Maokai .  Liverpool.  Apparatus  for  refrigerating 
enclosed  spaces,  such  as  cold  stores.    December  21 

167S0  J.  H.  Lorimer,  London.  Drying  machines.  December 
21 

16816  H.  Johnson,  Bradford.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for 
compressing  air.    December  22 

16817  J.  T.  Naylor.  Bradford.  Valve  for  steam,  water  or 
ga>.     December  22 

16855  A.  Firth.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  grates  of 
Bteam  boilers  and  other  furnaces.    Decembcr23 

16863  F.  Livut.  London.  An  improved  generator  for  the  pro- 
duction of  steam  with  efficiency  and  economy.    December  23 

16947  S.  Pearson,  Bradford.  Hot-water  heating  apparatus. 
December  28 

H994  H.  E.  Newton,  London— From  W.  M.  Deutsch,  United 
States.  Filtering  apparatus.  Complete  specification. 
December  28 

17015  C.  A-  Baekstrom,  London.  Improvements  in  centri- 
fugal machines.    Complete  specification.    December  28 

17037  W.  J.  Thomas,  London,  improvements  in  pressure 
gauges.    Complete  specification.    December  29 


17100  A.  Dervaux.  London.  A  purifying  apparatus  for 
steam  boilei  -.    I  ompli  t<     pei  iflcation.    1  i 

17133  D.  Hancock,  D.  <  .  Hancock,  and  A.  II.  Hancock, 
London.  Construction  ofyalves  for  hot  and  cold  water  and 
luii        Dei  eml  er  :;i 

17152  .1.  Tangye  and  R.  3.  Connock,  London.  Apparatusfor 
compressing  air  or  the  like.    Decembers! 

1887. 

208  W.  F.  Pamphlett,  London.  Evaporating  and  condensing 
apparatus  for  producing  fresh  water  from  sea  water,  for 
drinkingpurpoBes  and  fur  boiler  teed.    January  6 

23]  i'.  M.  Page,  London— From  D.  Morgan.  South  America, 
An  improved  furnace  bar.    January  7 

265  1'.  ('.Vivien  and  A.  Laine.  London.  Improvements  in 
the  process  of  and  apparatus  for  distilling.    January  7 

2-1   .1.  Parkes  and  .1.  Parkes,  Birmingham.     Carburei 
apparatus.    January  8 

501  P.  Ewens.  London.  Improvements  in orconneclcd  with 
furnaces  for  heating  air  preparatory  to  its  use  in  what  is 
known  as  the  cool  air  drying  process,    January  12 

519  M.  F.  Ryden,  London— From  ('.  Qvarnstrom,  Russia. 
An  apparatus  for  burning  liquid  fuel,  applicable  as  a  smith's 
hearth,  and  for  otherpurposes.    January  12 

560  W.  Whittaker,  London.  Mechanical  -tokers  for  supply- 
ing fuel  to  the  furnaces  of  steam  boilers.    January  13 

561  E.  Perrett,  London.  Means  or  apparatus  employed  in 
connection  with  filters  for  the  purpose  of  cleansing  the  same. 
January  13 

592  J.  B.  Stubbs.  Manchester.  Self-acting  water  expellers 
or  steam  traps,  applicable  also  as  a  low-pressure  indicator  for 
steam  boilers.    January  14 

G01  T.  Taylor,  London.  Improvements  in  or  applicable  to 
steam  boilers  for  consuming  smoke.    January  14 

6X9  Zehren  Freres,  Paris.  An  improved  form  of  tap  or  cock 
for  water,  steam,  or  gas  purposes.    January  15 

673  W.  Beaumont,  London.  Improvements  in  gas  taps  and 
water  taps.    January  15 

677  A.  Arnold  and  W.'H.  Webb,  London.  Open  boilers  or 
coppers-    January  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.' 

1886. 

672  A.  Neubecker.    Refrigerating  apparatus.    January  19 

731  J.  R.  Shearer.  Filters  applicable  for  the  filtration  of 
water  and  other  liquids.    January  19 

2408  H.  A.  Fleuss.  Freezing  and  refrigerating  machines, 
jeeember  24 

2520  J.  Thomson.  Apparatus  for  indicating  or  regulating 
temperature,  pressure,  or  volume  of  confined  fluids.  December 
24 

2927  H.  ¥..  Newton— From  E.  Theisen.  Apparatus  for  cool- 
ing and  condensing  purposes.    January  5 

3020  W.  Beesley  and  J.  Beesley.  Steam  boilers  applicable 
for  utilising  the  waste  heat  from  puddling,  forge,  mill,  and 
other  furnaces.    January  5 

3346  H.  A.  Galliers  and  Y.  Klaerr.  Apparatus  for  heating 
water  by  gas.    January  8 

3326  A.  M.  Clark— F'rom  P.  Oriolle.  Process  and  apparatus 
for  distilling  water.    January  8 

3420  G.  A.  Jarvis.    Improved  basic  bricks.    January  49 

3617  C.  A.  Tew.  Taps  for  governing  the  flow  of  liquids. 
January  19 

3730  C.  W.  Burton  and  F.  T.  Moison.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  purification  of  water.    January  19 

3779  J.  Love.  Furnace  bars  and  attachments  thereto. 
January  19 

4541  W.  Schmidt.  Steam  generators  and  apparatus  con- 
nected therewith.    January  12 

4693  G.  Daverio.  A  refrigerating  apparatus  for  roller  mills. 
January  19 

5693  I'.  J.  Crossley.  Rotary  fan  or  propeller  for  the  move- 
ment of  air  for  ventilating,  blowing,  etc.,  also  for  the  move- 
ment of  fluids  and  gases.    January  8 

6531  W.  J'oulis,    Apparatus  for  heating  by  gas.    January  19 

S917  J.  Phethean.  Apparatus  for  generating  motive  power. 
January  5 

11621  11.  Gerdes.  Apparatus  for  supplying  steam  boilers 
with  water.    December31 

15215  H.  J.  Allison— From  J.  H.  Blessing.  Apparatus  for 
purifying  water.    DecemberSl 

15216  H.  J.  Allison— F"rom  J.  H.  Blessing.  Water  purifying 
apparatus.    December  31 

15263    A.    J.    Boult— F'rom    N.    Carvalho.      Apparatus   for 

heating  air,  steam,  etc.    December  24 
15292  G.  Westingnouse,  jnri.    Thermostats.    December  21 
15715  J.  Joly  and  J.  Bochon.    Apparatus  for    granulating 

or  disintegrating  coke,  etc.    January  5 
15778  C.  A.  Knight.    Apparatus  for  heating  and  purifying 

the  feed  water  supplied  to  steam  boilers.    January  5 
16263  ^  .  R.  Dennis.    Heating  apparatus.    January  12 
16277  F^.  Seger.    Centrifugal  apparatus.    January  12 
16414  W.    W.  Popplew ell— From  J.  Trueb.     Thennonietric 

regulators  for  heating  apparatus.    January  15 
16433  D.  Bylands  and  R.  Potter.  Construction  of  port  mouths 

of  regenerative  gas  furnaces.    January  19 


'  The  dates  gireu  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journal!  in  whic  I 
acceptances  of  the  e',  mplete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
specification?  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspeotaoD  at  the 
Patent  office  immediately,  aud  to  opposition  within  two  months  of  the 
said  daiee. 


68 


'I  BE  J<  rilNAI.  OF  Till:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jm. cu.  istr. 


H.-FUEL,  c.As.  ami  LIGHT. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16899  <■  Tolson  and  .1.  Illingworth.  Halifax.  Means  or 
apparatus  for  producing  gas,  and  combining  such  apparatus 
with  gas  engines.    December  21 

16930  v.  Fritschi and E. Beauflls, London.  I  h ■■  manufacture 
of  hydrogen.    I  December  21 

16933  A.  Eckford,  Edinburgh.  An  improved  automatic  oil 
gas,  etc..  apparatus  for  lighting.  gas  engines,  portable  and 
other  purposes,  without  the  use  of  a  gas-holder.     December  28 

16992  K..S.  Lawrence,  London.  Improvements  in  carliiiretuis 
and  gas  generators.    Complete  specification.    December  28 

17020  6.  Tolson  andj.  Illingworth,  Halifax.  .  Gas  purifiers. 
Decomber 29 

17021  W.  ('.  Ilaigh  and  A.  A.  Ilaigh,  Manchester.  Artificial 
fuel.     1  lecember  29 

17113  G.  A.  Skinner,  London.  Apparatus  for  heating  apart- 
ments.   December  31 

1SS7. 

31  J.  A.  Veadonand  R.  Middleton,  Leeds.  Machinery  for 
the  manufacture  of  blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel  or  materials 
for  Bmelting  or  analogous  purposes.    January  1 

131  P.  Greyson  and  A.  Yerley,  London.  Composition  for 
preventing  the  accumulation  of  deposits  in  the  retort  pipes  of 
gas  apparatus  or  lor  facilitating  the  removal  of  such  deposits. 
January  i 

-IS  A.  Chadwick,  Sale.  An  itnprored  fuel  by  the  admixture 
of  pitch  and  coke.     January  7 

til  T.  Kay.  Sunderland.  A  means  of  preventing  explosions 
in  petroleum  or  paraffin,  or  other  mineral  oil  tanks.  January 
II 

509  E.  Edwards,  London  —  From  A.  Lego,  France. 
Machinery  for  manufacturing  comi  r  jssed  bricks  or  blocks  of 
artificial  tuel.    January  12 

010  J.  Lyle,  Glasgow.  Burning  mineral  and  other  oils  for 
heating  and  lighting  purposes,  ami  a ppliances  connected  there- 
with.    January  14 

620  G.  Book,  London.  Machinery  for  charging  and  drawing 
gas  retorts.    January  It 

070  .1.  Broad  &  Suns,  and  G.  ('.  Fowler.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  night  lights.    January  15 

710  A.  Kitson.  London.  Improvements  in  gasapparatusand 
process  for  generating  illuminating  gas.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.    January  17 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 
18S6. 

1807  W.  S.  Morland.  Removing  and  discharging  the  material 
used  in  gas  purifiers.    January  8 

20J1  G.  Delaporte.  Improvements  in  lighting  by  gas,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     December  21 

2S07  s.  W.  Allen  and  G.  Hrellit.  Apparatus  for  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  fuel.    December 31 

3058  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  K.  Middleton.  Machinery  for  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  fuel,  etc.     January  5 

3381  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  11.  Middleton.  Machinery  for  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  fuel,  etc.    January  12 

15013  J.  Lilley  and  F.  Melge.  Manufacture  of  artificial  fuel. 
Januar>  s 

1518H  A.  J.  Boult— From  W.  P.  Lane  and  A.  M.  Sutherland. 
Manufacture  of  gas.    December  21 

15178  F.  Lux.  Purification  of  illuminating  gas,  etc.,  and  appa- 
ratus therefor.    December  31 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

10771  11.  (i.  Price,  J.  Harvey. and  A.  J.  Dodd,  London.  An 
Improved  manufacture  of  colouring  matter.    December  21 

17083  J.  Y.  Johnson.  London— From  the  Farbcnfahrikcn  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  &  Co.,  Germany,  Manufacture  of  azo  dyes. 
1  lecember ;  0 

17132  J.  R.  Geigz,  London.  Production  of  blue  colouring 
matters.    Decemb*  c  31 

18*7. 

126  II.  J.  Walder,  London.  Process  for  the  production  of 
colouring  matter  from  carbolic  acid  and  other  hydrocarbons. 

Janiian    I 

127  ll.  J  Walder.  Process  fur  producing  colouring  matter 
from  anthraquinone.    January  l 

737  O.  I  in:  ay,  London  From  theFarbwerke  vormale  Meister, 
Lucius  .v  BrUning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  colouring 
matters  bj  the  action  of  nil  toso-derivativi  a  of  secondary  aro 
matic amines  upon  phenols  and  oxycarbonic  acids.  Januarj  17 

COMPLETE  SPEi  n  l>  ATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3198  J.  Y.  Johnson  -  From  the  Actiongesellschafl  Farben- 
fabriken  vormals  Bayer  &  Co.  Manufacture  ol  azondyes  and 
benzidine  and  tolidine  mono-sulpho  acids.    January  s 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

Ili7s7  W.H.  Beck,  London  — From  ('.  I  (clonic.  France.  Pro- 
cess  and  apparal  us  fur  washing  ami  in  eparlng  wool  and  other 
fibrous  man  rials.    Complete  specification.    December  21 

170SO  J.  Obozineki,  Liverpool.  New  or  improved  waterproof. 
vegetable,  animal  or  mineral  fabrics,  ana  process  of  manu- 
facturing the  same.    1  ceember  30 

1887. 

Oil  ('.  Scheibler  and  O.  Illuih,  London.  Manufacture  of 
lacquered  leather-like  material  from  felt.    January  it 

639  F.  A.  Gatty  and  J.  Leemann,  Manchester,  tmprovemei  ts 
in  woven  fabrics,  and  in  the  method  of  treating  the  some  for 
the  product] i  patterns  or  designs  thereon.    January  15 

( '0  MPLETE  SPEi  IFli  A  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

2117  J.  Howgate  &  Sons, and  F.  Smith,  Method  of  and  appa- 
ratus  for  producing  Astrachan  yarn.    December  21 

3l;05  II.  W.  Thorn.  Starching  and  finishing  textile  fabrics, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    January  5 

3755  A".  S.  Johnston.  Manufacture  and  softening  of  linen, 
he  m  p.. jute,  or  other  yarns.    January  8 

mii  7  H.  Birbeck— From  T.  F.  Peppe.  Treating " tuESur "  and 
other  wild  silk  cocoons,  and  applying  the  silk  thetclrom  to  the- 
manufacture  of  lace.  etc.    January  11) 

U307  E.  W.  Sorrel],  jun.,  and  E.  Fourgeirol.  Process  and 
machinery  for  preparing  silk  cocoons  for  reeling.    January  19 


VI.— DYEING,  CAI.K'd  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  am.  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1887. 

171  W.  Birch.  Manchester.  A  pparatusfor  washing,  soaping, 
dyeing,  and  dunging  woven  fabrics.    January  0 

113  G.  Jagenburg,  London.  An  improved  process  and  appa- 
ratus for  dyeing  unspun  textile  fibres.    January  11 

COMPLETE:  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3732  H.  Kershaw.    Dyeing  textile  goods.    January  19 
3758  \Y.  Cockcroft.       Apparatus  for  producing  designs  on 
textile  piece  goods.    January  Hi 


VII— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 
1886. 
17101  G.Kamensky,  London.    See  Class  XVIII. 

1887. 

62  W.Donald,  London.    Treatment  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas 

for  the  production  of  chlorine  gas.    January  3 

32(10.  von  Gruber,  London.  Process  tor  manufacturing 
sulpho-phosplintes  of  ammonia  and  potassium.  Complete 
specification.1  January  S 

553  H.  Poller.  London.  Manufacture  or  preparation  of  a 
compound  of  soda  or  potash  and  lime  adapted  for  ttse  in  the 
purification  and  softening  of  waters,  and  for  other  purposes. 
January  Hi 

629  D.  G.  Fitzgerald.    See  Class  XVIII. 

<  'OMPLETE  SPEi  'IFICA  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

t;:.  I..  Mond.  Obtaining  ammonia  and  hydrochloric  acid  from 
ammonium  chloride.    DecemberSI 

on  L.  Mond.  Ootaining  ammonia  and  chlorine  from  ammo- 
nium chloride.    Decembers 

1018  L-  .Mend.  Obtaining  ammonia  and  hydrochloric  acid 
from  ammonium  chloride.    January  8 

i  i  in  L.  Mond.  Obtaining  ammonia  and  chlorine  from  ammo- 
nium chloride.    Januarys 

1831  A.MacDonald  Graham.  Manufacturing  sulphates  of 
metals  from  their  oxide-.    January  12 

l  -..- 1  J.J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Salomon.  Preparation  of  sulphate 
of  alumina     January  13 

2207  It.  J.  Leslie— From  D.  finch.  Concentration  of  Bul- 
phuric  acid,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Januarys 

3106  l  F.Trachsel.  Production  of  carbonate  of  sodium  or 
ol  i aum,  and  hydrate  of  strontium,  or  of  barium.    Jan.  12 


Jan.J9.ias7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  (  I'  I  BEMICAL  IM  DSTRY, 


VIII. 


-GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16833  W.  D.  Clitr.  London.  Manufacture  of  porcelain  and 
metal  baths.    December  22 

16877  W.  Boulton.  London.  Apparatus  for  making  bats  for 
nse  in  tin-  manufacture  of  various  articles  of  pottery.  Complete 
December  23 

lTll.i  .1.  1..  Napier,  A.  D.  Brogan.  and  A.  M.  Malloch. 
Glasgow.    Manufacture  of  plate  glass,    December  31 

1887. 

87  W.  11.  Hales,  Stoke-on-Trent  Machinery  for  making 
pottery  ware.    January  f 

120  W.  H.Turner,  London.     Improvements  in  the  prn 
or  decorating  of  earthenware,  china,  and  the  like,  and  in  the 
nanufacture  of  materials  therefor.     January  I 

178  .1.  Van  de  Loo,  Berlin.  Construction  of  presses  for  the 
embellishment  of  bricks  or  other  ceramic  products.  Complete 
specification.    January  12 

P.M.  Justice,  Londcn— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des 
Manufactures  de  Glaus.  Verres.  Vitres,  etc..  Belgium.  Appa- 
ratus for  handling  crucibles,  such  as  those  used  for  the  melting 
of  glass.    January  13 

662  O.  I'atcrson.  Glasgow.  Rendering  enamel  paintings  on 
stained  glass  impervious  to  atmospheric,  destructive,  or  inju- 
rious influences.    January  15 

(  OMPLETE  SPE{  IFH  ATIONS  A(  '  EPTBD. 

1886. 

2859  H.  S.  Sant  and  s.  Sant.  Process  for  mosaic  or  other 
decoration  of  pottery  ware  by  the  use  of  skeletons  of  leaves, 
or  other  parts  of  plants,  trees  or  vegetables,  or  of  insects,  etc. 
December  31 

3113  W.Cartlidge  and  H.  Cartlidge.  Enamel,  lustre,  and 
hardening  kilns  used  in  the  manufacture  of  pottery  ware. 
January  12 

:  972  W.  E.  Chance.  Machinery  for  the  manufacture  of 
of  rippled  glass.    January  19 

.-Tin  M.  11.  Blancbard.  Manufacture  of  ornamental  and 
other  tiles.    January  111 


IX.— BUILDING    MATERIALS,     CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16922  E.  Clarke,  Leeds.  Improvements  in  briquettes. 
]  ber  21 

16926  E.  A.  Bronson,  London.  Compounds  for  coating  and 
finishing  walls  and  the  like.  Complete  specification.  Decem- 
ber 21 

17U55  J.  Tall,  London.    Admixing  or  combining  ingredii 
and  producing  a  compound  suitable  for  exterior  surfacing  or 
facings  of  concrete  structures    or   concrete  articles  used  in 
buildings.    December  29 

17098  \\".  Sonnet,  London.  An  improved  mode  of  and 
apparatus  for  continuously  manufacturing  Portland  cement. 
Complete  specification.    December  30 

17130  A.  Mack,  London.  Plaster  boards  for  use  in  the 
i ii i ii i *  diate  construction  of  drv  and  fireproof  rooms.  Decem- 
ber 31 

1715S  S.P.  Wilding,  London— From  StammiiS  Co..  Germany. 
Manufacture  of  briquettes.  Complete  specification.  Decem- 
ber SI 

1887. 

31i  G.  G.  M  Hardingham,  London— From  P.  J.  Grouvclle. 
France.  Manufacture  of  what  is  known  as  "iron  cement.' 
Janu 

121  W.  White.  London.  Improvements  in  roads  and  pave- 
ment-, and  paving  blocks  therefor.    January  11 

577  P.  M.  Justice,  London— From  C.  Dietzscb,  Gern  any. 
Manufacture  of  cement.    January  13 

M.  Justice— From  C.  Dieizsch.  Furnaces  or  kilns  for 
calcining  or  burning  limestone,  lime,  and  similar  materials. 
Complete  specification.    January  13 

1  J.     M.    Murphy,    Livernool.      Fireproof    construction. 
January  11 

628  J.  F.  O'Connor  Wood,  London.  The  disintegration  of 
clay.    January  11 

W2  F.  V.  lladlow,  Buxted.  A  new  artificial  stone .  or 
cement.     January  15 

and  C.  Brand,  London.  Manufacture  of 
paMng  blocks  from  scoria  or  slag,  and  means  to  be  used 
therefor.    January  15 

■  ndorff  and  C.  Yungst,  London.    Improve- 
mentsin  roofing  tiles.    January  15 

731  T,  Koyle,  London.  Treating  wood  with  antiseptic  and 
preservative  fluids.    January  17 


-  OMPLETE  SPECIFICATIi  PT1  D. 

1886. 
1126  C.    I).   Alison.     Manufacture   of   cements  or  plasters 

3217  J.  B.  Bannay.    See  Class  .W  II.— B. 
5026  J.  B.  Warwood  and  J.  Wallis.    Apparatus  for  sifting 
cement,  etc.    January  19 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Ere. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1SS0. 

1676S  C.  Puddefoot.  London.     Naming  machines  for  sheet 
metal.    Complete  specification.    December21       . 
167  B  W.  L.  Purr es,  Wimbledon,    steel  tempering.    Decem- 

16790  T.  C.  Sanderson.  London.  Process  for  reducing  anti- 
monial  ores  and  for  separating  gold  and  silver  therefrom. 
December  22  ^  %  .  . 

16S09  D.  Sinclair  and  G.  Johnstone,  Glasgow.  An  improved 
solder  bar  or  block.    December  23 

16S70  J.  H.  Noad  and  H.  R.  Hammond.  London.  Proouclion 
of  aluminium  from  clay  alumina  or  any  of  the  salts  of  alumi- 
nium.   December  23 

I68S2  G.  F.  Redfern,  London— From  M.  Raty  and  E.  Lambert. 
France.  Improvements  in  treating  slag,  ana  the  like.  Decem- 
ber 23 

169-^3  E.  Teasto.  London.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  cleaning  or  pickling  metals,  and  in  utilising  the  liquids 
that  have  been  employed  therefor.    December  21 

16935  E  de  Pass.  London— From  La  Societe  Industrie-lie  et 
Commerciale  des  Metaux,  *  ranee.  A  process  for  preserving 
thn  surface  of  copper  or  its  alloys.    December  -I 

16951  J.  J.  Robins,  Derby.  Forming  deep  corrugations  in 
steel,  iron,  or  o'  her  metals,  to  ensure  sharp  edges.   December  J8 

16991  A.  J.  Boult,  London- From  J.  Walto.  ,  L  nited  btates. 
Coal  mining  machines.    December  28 

1700S  T  \rcher.  jun.,  andT.  O.  Hobson.  London.  Apparatus 
for  watering  or  wetting,  and  laying  dust  in  the  workings  of 
mines,  or  for  analogous  uses.    December  28 

17019  K.  W.  E.  Moinhu,  London.  1  renting  slag  and 
recovering  metal  therefrom.    December  C9 

17107  H.  N.  Penrice.  London.  Machineiy  to  be  used  in  rock 
tunnelling.    December  30 

171°9  A  B.  Southall  and  J.  11.  Clegg,  Sheffield.  Machinery, 
apparatus,  and  appliances  for  screening,  sorting,  cleaning. 
n  ashing,  and  travelling  coal  and  other  minerals,  and  the  like 
substances.    December  31 

1887. 

21  R.  Oswald,  Talk-o'-the-Hill.  An  Improved  safety  lamp. 
January  1  , 

38  A.'Gav.  London.  Means  and  apparatus  for  extracting 
iron,  steel,  or  other  magnetic  substances  fiom  China-stone  or 
other  materials.    January  1 

63  W  H.  Beck.  London-From  M.  Marcus  and  C.  Iinal>. 
France  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  alloys  of  aluminium 
and  copper  or  tin  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  aluminium 
gold  and  aluminium  silver.    Januarys 

105  C.  Parker.    London— Partly  from  H.   L.  Gault.  L  nited 
states.    Improvements  in  converters  used  in  the  manufacture 
eel.    January!  . 

129  L  Plom  and  J.  D  Andrimont.  London.  Blasting  or 
breaking  down  coal  and  other  minerals  or  rocks,  and  in 
apparatus  employed  therefor.    January  1 

111  K.  Riley,  Habergham.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
to  miners' lamps.    Januaiy  7 

251  H.  Davis  and  A.  Davis.  London.  Improvements  in 
miners' safety  lamps.    Januaiy  7 

200  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  reduction  of  ore.    January  7 

285  E  Hunt,  Glasgow-From  G.  Thomson.  I  nited  Slates. 
Obtaining  silver  from  ores,  mattes,  or  compounds  containing 
it.    January  8  . 

-    1.    Allen,   Reading.      Method    of    forging    or   shaping 
articles  of  metal  or  other  substances.    Januarys 

301  O.  Zadig  and  E.  Feldtmann.  London.  Treatment  of 
refractory  ores  for  the  extraction  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  or 
zinc  bv  thermo-hv  dro-electricity.    January  8  . 

331  j.  Vavaeseur,  London,  cteel  projectiles  for  piercing 
armour-plates.    January  8 

I.  C.  Sanderson,   London.     Means   and  apparatus  for 
reducing  metallic  oxides.    January  10 

133  J.  Bevendge,  London.  Treatment  of  minerals  and  pro- 
duction of  by-products  therefrom.    January  11 

117  H.J.  iladdan.  London-From  M.  Neuerburg.  Germany. 
Improvements  in  crushing  apparatus.    January  11 

163  H  H.Lake.  London— rrom  W.  While.  United  states. 
Improvements  relating  to  ore  separators.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   January  11  „  ...  ,  .   ,         c 

182  E  Whitehouse,  Bilston.  Rollinc  metal  tubes  of  various 
sections  direct  from  the  forge,  bar.  billet,  pile,  or  ingot,  at  one 
heat,  process,  or  operation.    January  12  

616  Sir  1.  Lowthian  Bell.  Bart..  London.     Manutacture  of 
-of  aluminium  with  iron.    January  II 

621  11.  H.  Lake,  London-From  J.  Illmgwortli.  I  nited 
Manufacture  of  metal  ingots,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Jan.  14 


CO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Jan.  29,  issf. 


B29  D.  G.  FitzGerald.    See  Clan  Will 

630  .1.  H.  Darby,  London.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
certain  kinds  of  Bteel.     January  II 

631  J.  I!.  Darby.  Manufacture  of  steel  or  iron  by  the 
baste  process     January  1 1 

657  M.  Settle,  Manchester.  Improved  apparatus  for  "shot 
firing  "  in  mines  or  other  places  liable  to  the  accumulation  of 
explosive  or  inflammable  gas,  or  the  like.    January  15 

701  11.  Hull,  London.  Apparatus  and  process  for  coaling 
sheets,  plates,  and  pieces  of  iron  and  steel  or  other  metal 
with  tin,  tnne.  and  other  metals.    January  17 

738  C.  D.  Abel,  London— From  A.  Klonne,  Germany. 
Apparatus  for  screening  or  sorting  ores  and  other  materials. 
January  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1885. 

15951  G,  Lowry.  Machines  for  crushing  stone,  ore,  etc. 
December  21 

1886. 

HID  H.  C.  S.  Dyer.  Manufacture  of  compound  armour 
plates.    January  S 

1010  E.  Morewood.  Coating  iron  and  other  sheets,  plates, 
and  pieces  with  tin  or  other  metal.    Januarj'  12 

2867  J.  H.  Johnson— From  ha  Societe  Anonyme  de  Com- 
mentry-Fourchambault.  Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel. 
December  31 

3261  W.  Potthoff.  Manufacture  of  metal  castings,  and  ap- 
paratus therefor. 

3457  W.  1).  Allen.  Furnaces  for  melting  and  treating  pig-  I 
iron,  and  feeding  or  charging  same.    January  15 

3684  C.  Clarke.  Producing  a  "coloured  gold"  surface  on 
articles  of  gold  or  other  metal  or  alloy.    January  19 

3836  A.  Kurzwernhart  and  E.  Bertrand.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  easting  ingots  of  steel  or  ingot  metal.    January  5 

\.  M.  Clark— From  H.  Harmet.     An  improved  basic 
lining  for  metallurgical  apparatus.    January  5 

10211  H.  H.  Lake— From  E.  Thomson.  Welding  of  metals, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    January  5 

11113  M.  Settle.  Electric  safety  lamps  for  use  in  mines. 
January  12 

11756  S.  Gratrix.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  lead  or 
other  metal  pipes.    January  12 

12861  J.  Warwick.  Treatment  of  fume  in  lead  works. 
January  15 

14928  J.  R.  Whitney.  Improvements  in  and  connected  with 
the  casting  of  metais.    December  24 

15154  J.  T.  King— From  H.  Kennedy.  Manufacture  of 
mineral  wool,  and  apparatus  therefor.    December  24 

15216  P.  H.  Felt.  Manufacture  of  iron  bars,  plates,  etc. 
December  24 

15270  F.  A.  Herbert  z.    Cupola  smelting  furnaces.    Dec.  24 

15357  J.  T.King— From  D.  Brose.    Making  steel.    Dec.  31 


XL— FATS,   OILS,   and   SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

18S6. 

16925  Sir  D.  L.  Salomons,  London.  An  improved  buoyant 
soap.    December  21 

16979  A.  W.  Macllwaine,  London.  Apparatus  for  extracting 
oils  by  volatile  solvents.    December  28 

1887. 

I  P.  Tenet,  Glasgow.  Apparatus  for  treating  or  purifying 
palatini  wax.    January  1 

10  K.  Wright,  Chesterfield.  Angelic  cuticle  and  washing 
soap.    Complete  specification.    January  1 

198  M.  Mackay.    See  Class  XVII.— C. 

360  A.  G.  Wass,  London,    Au  improved  lubricant.    Jan.  10 
W.  s.  Somers,  Liverpool.    The  manufacture  of  solidine 
or  solidified  burning  and  other  oils  grease.    January  11 

608  li.  G.  Price.  J.  Harvey,  and  A.  J.  Dodd,  London.  An  im- 
proved manufacture  of  soap.    January  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

2762  E,  Edwards— From  L.  Riviere.  Process  for  the  saponifi- 
i  ation  of  fatty  bodies.     December  21 

3641  A.  W.  Macllwaine.  Means  for  extracting  oils  by- 
volatile  solvents.    January  15 


XII. -PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  AMD  RESINS. 

APPLICATION. 
1887. 

?I7  K.  J.  Worrall,  London.     Improvements  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  distemper.    January  C 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3636  A.  ('.  Inland  and  J.  I:.  Bowboar.  Composition  for  pre- 
venting attachment  oi  barnacles  to  the  bottoms  of  plated  shins. 
January  15 

1  61  W.  Carter.  Anti-fouling  compostionfor  ships'  bottoms. 
December  31 

XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16832  H.  Buczkowski,  London.  Polish  or  coating  (soluble  in 
water)  for  leather.    December  22 

16894  J.  Straighton,  Liverpool.  Apparatus  for  burring  and 
cleaning  hairy  and  woolly  skins,  and  for  unhairing  and  soften- 
mgskms.    December  24 

17026  J.  H.  G.  Langenhagen,  Liverpool.  A  new  or  improved 
leather  polish.    Complete  specification.    December  29 

1887. 

646  W.  P.  Kermann  and  G.  A.  Kermann,  Liverpool.  An  im- 
proved composition  for  dressing  leather.    January  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

9604  W.  Doss.  Application  of  a  material  produced  by  the 
treatment  of  waste  leather.    January  19 

lo200  H.  H.  Lake— From  A.  Milioc'hau  and  F.  Chailly.  Im- 
proved process  of  tanning.    December  21 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,   MANURES,    Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 
1886. 
16866  J.  H.  Barry.    See  Class  XVII.-B. 
17000  A.  W.  Carlson,  London.    A  process  and  apparatus  for 
utilising  urine  as  manure.    December  28 


XV. -SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1886. 

16775  B.J.  B.  Mills,  London— From  A.  Fayaud,  France.  A 
new  process  for  the  vulcanisation  of  pure  caoutchouc  in  sheets 
or  in  articles  made  therefrom.    December  21 

16827  H.  Vivien,  London.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture 
of  refined  sugar,  partly  applicable  to  the  manufacture  of 
glucose,  starch,  and  similar  products.     December  22 

16921  J.  Anderson,  jun.,  London.  Compound  for  use  as  a 
substitute  for  indiarubber,  or  to  be  compounded  therewith. 
December  24 

17011  P.  Campbell,  Glasgow— From  J.  Foster  and  J.  Camp- 
bell. Java.  Improvements  in  and  connected  with  triple  effect 
evaporating  steam  vacuum  pans  used  for  boiling  sugar,  and 
for  other  evaporating  purposes.    December  29 

1887. 

165  C.  1).  Abel.  London— From  Messrs.  Pfeifcr  and  Langen, 
Germany.  Method  of  extracting  foreign  substances,  in  par- 
ticular rattinosc.  from  sugar  solution  bv  means  of  lead,  either 
in  the  form  of  oxide  or  as  electrode.    January  5 

-'56  W.  Powell  and  E.  Powell.  Liverpool.  A  compound  to 
be  used  for  making  adhesive  paste.    Januai  \  7 

602  It.  A.  Pobertson  and  J.  G.  Hudson,  Glasgow.  lmpro\e- 
ments  in  sugar-cane  mills.    January  11 

COMPLETE  SPE(  IFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3196  R.  Englert  and  F.  Becker.  Process  for  purifying  sac- 
charine juices.    Januarys 

14117  C.  X.  Waite.  Compound  for  use  in  preparing  starch 
or  flour  size  for  yarn,  textiles,  etc.    January  12 

16016  F.  Scheibler.  Moulding  sugar,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
January  8 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc       • 
APPLICATION  S. 

ism;. 

17013  N.  Browne.  London— From  A.  Braconicr,  France, 
Manufacture  of  champagne  and  foaming  wines,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    December  29 


jon.29.1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


61 


17059  W.  Gerdcs,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
treatment  of  the  waste  products  of  breweries  for  the  production 
of  alcoholie  liquor.    December  29 

1887. 

;>i  P.  Weinig,  London.  Malt  germinating  apparatus.  Jan. 3 
r.  c.  Vivien  and  A.  I.aiiu-     See  class  I. 

328  IS.  J.  H.  Mills.  London-  From  ('.  Brada,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  malt  kilns.    Complete  specification.    Jan.  8 

521  E.  Heanes.  London.  An  improvement  iu  the  treatment 
of  wines  of  the  port  and  claret  class.    January  12 

( 'OMPLETE  SPECIFIl  .1  TI<  >NS  A  <  'CEPTED. 


2627  A.  W.  C.illman.  S.  Spencer,  and  E.  S.  Spencer.  Appa- 
ratus for  treating  grain  or  cereals  to  be  used  in  brewing, 
distilling,  and  vinegar-making.    December  24 

2029  A.  W.  Gillman.  S.  Spencer,  and  K.  S.  Spencer.  Appa- 
ratus for  9teaming  grain  or  cereals  to  be  used  in  brewing, 
distilling,  and  vinegar  making.    December  31 

11312  A.  .1.  lioult— From  C.  F.  Elze.  Beer  refrigerators. 
January  19 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

A  — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

1G929  M.  Ross,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  drying  and  withering  of  tea-leaf,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    I  )ecember  21 

16990  II.  Glover.  Stratford.  An  improvement  in  dog  biscuits. 
1 1  ier  28 

17017  M.  Samelaon,  London.  Manufacture  of  liquid  extract 
fee.     December  2S 

17010  J.  P.  Larieux  and  H.  Gregoire,  London.  An  improved 
food  for  cattle  and  other  animals.    December  29 

I7d7."i  C.  S.  Boynton  and  W  J.  van  Patten,  London.  An 
improvement  in  the  preparation  of  food  products.    Dec.  .SO 

L7087  a.  li.  Itnrie,  Glasgow.  Refrigerating  machinery 
applicable  i"  air-cooling  or  fret  zing  machines  for  use  at  sea  or 
on  land,  for  preserving  meat  or  other  perishable  substances. 
Deci  iuber30 

1713il  G.  F.  Redfern.  London— From  J.  Petit,  France.  Stop- 
pering or  closing  bottles.  Jars,  and  like  vessels  for  containing 
I  nl  food.    December  31 

1887. 

122  H.  F.  von  Konitz  and  J.  Zuntz.  London.  Manufacture 
of  extract  of  cofl'ee.    Complete  specification.    January  4 

2)0  \V.  Olsson.  London— From  G.  Bergman,  Sweden.  Im- 
provements in  food  for  herbivorous  animals  prepared  from 
tish  and  vegetable  substances.    January  7 

712  J.  M.  Fletcher,  Cheadle.  Apparatus  for  compressing 
and  preserving  vegetable  products.    January  17 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1886. 

10806  J.  H.  Barry.  London.  Treatment  of  excreta,  urine, 
and  sewage  sludge  for  the  production  of  manure,  and  appa- 
ratus for  use  in  such  treatment.    December  23 

1887. 

10.'  H.  Schlichtcr,  London.  Platinum  lamps  for  deodorising 
and  disinfecting  purposes.    January  11 

C— Disinfectants. 


10729  F.  Goddard,  Nottingham.  Construction  and  arrange- 
ment of  apparatus  for  disinfecting  by  steam.    December  21 

16831  F.  H.  Weber.  London.  Process  for  the  manufacture 
of  candles  for  fumigating  or  deodorising.    December  22. 

1887. 

198  M.  Mackay,  London.  A  new  deodorising  and  disinfect- 
ing oil.    January  6 

270  t '.  T.  Kingzett,  London.  The  production  of  solutions  for 
use  as  antiseptics,  disinfectants,  deodorants,  oxidants,  and 
general  sanitary  reagents.    January  7 

:M  .1.  C.  Stevenson  and  J.  G.  Tatters, London.  Animproved 
disinfectant  and  oxidising  agent.    January  10 

Id  I;.  V.  Tuson,  London.  Combination  of  ingredients,  and 
the  production  of  "  powders  "  therefrom,  for  disinfecting  and 
deodorising  purposes.    January  11 


COMPLETE  8PECIEK  ATIONS  .1'  (  EPTED. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

2909  C.  Hansen.    Treatment  of  rennet.    January  5 

9690  I.  Grun.     Preparation  of  preserves  for  making  milk  and 

flour  dishes  of  all  kinds,    .human  12 
11835  G.  F.  Redfern— From  L.  J.  Eriksson  and  E.  J.  R.  Nord- 

ling.    Manufacture  of  dry  rennet.    December  21 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1886. 

2139  F.  II.  Danchell.    System  of  treating  sewage.    Jan.  12 
3217  J.  B.  llannay.    Treating  sewage  and  making  cement. 
January  5 

C.-DlSIXFECTANTS. 


15201    J.   Watt, 
cember  21 


1886. 
An  improved  deodorising  material.     De- 


XYI1I.—  ELECTRO  CHEMISTRY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1SS6. 

16739  C.  G.  Curtis.  F.  B.  Crocker  and  S.  S.  Wheeler.  Electric 
motors  and  dynamo-electric  machines.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   December  21 

10810  T.  Goodman,  London— From  C.  Gossner.  jun.,  Ger- 
many.   Improvements  in  galvanic  elements.    December  22 

16823  E.  Barbier  and  M.  Leclanche,  London.  Improvements 
in  electrical  batteries,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  depolarising 
bodies  to  be  used  therein.    December  22 

10865  L.  R.  Davies  and  M.  Shearer.  London.  Improvements 
in  batteries  for  lighting  and  other  purposes.    December  23 

16930  A.  J.  Boult.  London— F>om  F.  L.  Pope.  United  States. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  dynamo-electric  and  electro- 
dynamic  machines     December  21 

16942  J.  D.  F.  Andrews,  London.  Apparatus  for  the  conver- 
sion of  electrical  currents.    December  21 

17018  M.  H.  Smith.  Halifax.  Improvements  in  and  ap- 
pliances for  a  method  of  transmitting  electric  currenis.  De- 
cember 29 

17050  G.  Kapp,  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric 
machines.    December  29 

17101  G.  Kamensky,  London.  Manufacture  of  caustic  soda, 
or  potash,  or  carbonate  of  sodium,  or  potassium,  together  with 
sulphuric  acid,  by  means  of  electrolysis.    December  30 

17120  R.  E.  B.  Crompton  and  J.  Swinburne,  London. 
Dynamo-electric  machinery.    December  31 

1887. 

Ill  W.  C.  Quinby.  London.  An  electrolyte  and  depolarising 
solution  for  voltaic  batteries.  Complete  specification. 
January  4  ... 

Ill  W.A.  Leipner.  London.  An  improvement  in  dynamo- 
electric  and  electro-dynamic  machines.    January  4 

171  H.  C.  Gover,  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo  and 
other  sueh-Hke  machines.    January  6 

301  O.  Zadig  and  E.  Feldtmann.  London.  Treatment  of 
refractory  ores  for  the  extraction  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  or 
zinc,  bv  thermo-hvdro-electricity.    January  8 

305  b.  Zadig  and  E.  Feldtmann.  Secondary  electrical 
batteries.    January  8 

503  H.  H.  Leigh.  London— From  J.  L.  Clerc.  France.  An 
improved  dvnamo-electric  machine.    January  13 

029  D.  G.  FitzGerald.  London.  Means  for  effecting  the 
electro-chemical  generation  of  chlorine  in  metallurgical  opera- 
tions for  the  extraction  of  gold  and  other  metals  from  their 
ores.    January  11 

034  J.  Hopkins.  London.    Electricity  meters.    January  15 

700  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti.  London.  Electric  furnaces  and  appa- 
ratus for  heating,  lighting  and  carrying  onchemical  processes; 
and  working  such  furnaces  or  apparatus.    January  15 

701  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti.    Electrical  meters.    January  15 

702  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti.  Dynamo-electrical  machines.  January 
15 

717  W.  B.  Sayers.  London.  Disc  dynamo-electric  machines 
and  motors.    January  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1S80. 

2631  J.  G.  Johnson— From  L.  A.  W.  Desruclles.  Electric 
batteries.    December  24 

2632  J.  G.  Johnson— From  L.  A.  \V.  Desruclles.  Treatment 
of  materials  used  in  electric  batteries.    December  21 

2932  A.  Schanschieff.    Galvanic  batteries.    January  5  > 
2956  M.  Immisch.     Electro-motors  and  dynamo  machines. 
January  12 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Jan.  £9, 1887. 


3178  A.  Schansehicil' and  G.  K.  Fiuddcr.    Galvanic  batteries. 
January  IS  

1057  P.  Haddan-From  J.  Crosse.    \  oltaic  piles  and  accu- 
mulators.   January  19 

.  Conimclin.  (;.  Bailhache,  C.  Desmazures.  A.  L.ae 
Bouslgnac.    Improvemenla  In  teriee  acting  as 

accumulators  of  electricity-    I  leci  ruber  :  I 

r.Olo  R.  Eisemann.  Dynamo-electrolytic  battery.   Januarys 

olden  ami  A    I'.  'I'rotter.  liegu- 

lating  the  action  "i  dj  namo-eli  cl  ■  ii  mac  bines.    Janu: 

J .  Wodicka.    Armatures  for  dj  namo  elect]  ic  machines. 
December  St  ... 

M  15988  W-  Elmore.  A.  S.  Elmore,  and   II.  Barrett    Means 
ami  apparatus  (or  extraction  ol  metals  from  ores,  i    • 
from  "bluestone"  and  similar  complex  ores;     for   refining 
copper,   and  manufacturing  sulphuric  acid  electrolytically. 
I  tecember  31 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1S86. 

17159  N-  Browne.  London— From  J.  Scherbel  and  T.  Renins, 
German;  •  Apparatus  tor  drying  strawboard,  cardboard,  and 
i he  like-"  Complete  specificatiou.    December  31 


1S87. 


An 


117  A.M.Clark.  London— From  S.  J.  Depont,  France, 
improved  manufacture  of  artificial  ivory. 

,'il7  II.  II.  Lake,  London— From  K.  l;  \Viggin.  1'nited  States. 
Manufai  tuie  of  corrugated  paper  and  similar  fabrics  or  mate- 
rial-.   Complete  specification.    January  12 

523  H.H.Lake,  London— From  E.  R.  Wiggin.  Machinery 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  corrugated  paper  and  similar 
fabrics  or  materials,    i  'omplete  si  c  cifii  ation.    January  12 

ii!7  YV.O.  A.  Lowe.  Liverpool.  Utilisation  of  a  waste  pro- 
duct, and  manufacture  of  an  improved  antiseptic  pa]  ertherc- 
troin.    January  l"» 

i  OMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

291.S  J.  C.  W  Stanley.  Preparation  of  materials  suitable  for 
paper  making,  and  apparatus  therefor.    December  31 


XXI.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

ISSci. 

16S68  T.  T.  Parkinson.  Cheltenham,  and  ( '.  V.  Boys.  London. 
[mprovei Is  in  rockets  and  other  fireworks.    Dt  cembi  t  S3 

16888  J.  T.  Coles.  London.  An  improvement  in  or  connected 
with  fusee  vi  stas  or  wax  matches  for  lighting  cigars,  pipes, 
etc    December  23 

17035  .1.  Boag,  Glasgow.  The  construction  of  blasting  car- 
tridges.   December  '.u 

1887. 

272  H.  E.  Harris,  London.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  fusees,  vesuvians,  and  the  like. 
January  7 

391  w. Blckford -Smith  and  G  .1.  Smith.  London.  Means  of 
igniting  fusees  without  exposing  Maine  or  sparks.    January  Hi 

393  W.  Bickford-Smith  and  G.  J.  Smith.  Means  of  igniting 
fusees  without  i  ixj  using  flame  or  sparks.    January  10 

410  W.  Walton,  Sunderland.  .Method  of.  and  apparatus  for, 
lighting  cigars,  cigarettes,  and  pipes  in  wind  or  rain. 
Januai  i  1 1 

us  K.  Edwards,  London— From  1:.  Sjbberg,  Sweden.  A 
new  or  improved  explosive.    January  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

758  W.  D.  Borland.  Explosive  substances,  and  absorbent 
materials  therefor.    January  19 

3578  A.  H.  Durnford.  Manufacture  ol  gunpowder.  Dc- 
cember  ;ii 

:;  93  0.  Bowen,  A.  S.  Tomkins,  and  J.  Cobeldick.  Manu- 
fai  i  are  of  gunpowder.    Dec  ember  31 

8368  T.  Johnston  and  U.  smith.  Detonators  or  caps  to  be 
used  with  dynamite  or  other  explosive.    January  5 

11137  W.  Holmstrom.  London.  Machinery  tor  applying 
igniting  mate  rial  to  match  sticks  or  splints.     Dec<  tnber  21 

19079  C.  R.  E.  Bell,  Lighters  lor  pipes,  cigars,  etc.  January 
12 


UNCLASSIFIED. 

170SS  P.Ward  and  W.  S.  Oliver.   London.     Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  and  production  of  carbon.     December  30 
1711U  a.  Bessell  and  a.   Bessell,  London.    Improvements  in 

the  process  of  purifying  graphite.     December  31 


Printed!  Manchester,  for  the  Si  emleal  Industry. 

i   .s ,...-,  .  Receipt  i|  Subset iptions:  6,  York  Street,  Corent  t.iiMiai. 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3it5iistry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  2,-Vol.  VI. 


FEBRUARY    28,    1887. 


Non-Members  307-  per  annum :  Members 
21  -  per  Set;  Single  Copies  2  6. 


Cfjc  ©ocietp  of  Cfjcmical  Jnoustrp. 


Past  Presidents  : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P..  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S.  ..  1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.H.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S.   ..  1882—1883. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1881-1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1887. 


President :  David  Howard. 
J'ice-Presiderits  : 


Sir  1.  Lowthian  Bell.  Bart.. 

F.R.S. 
Prof.  Jame9  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Peter  Griess.  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.     E.    Roscoe,    M.P. 

F.R.S. 
John  SpiUer. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
J.  C.  Stevenson.  M.P. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 


John  Caldcrwood.  F.R.S. E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Henry  Doulton. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 


John  Pattinson. 

S.  A.  Sadler. 

Sir  Bernhard  Sarnuelson, 

Bart..  MP. 
Sir  Chas.  Tennant,  Bart. 
Lewis  T.  Wright. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary: 
Ludwig  Mond,  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  X.W. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresewell. 

Offices  • 
Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  We6tminster,  S.W. 

THE    JOURNAL. 

Publication  Committee: 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes.  D.Sc. 
George  E.  Davis. 
\Y.  V.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar.  F.R.S. 
Prof.  Chas.  Graham.  D.Sc. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
I).  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester, 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  6TAFF  OF 

Abstractors  : 


F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.  O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 


C.  F.  Cro?s. 

A.  R.  Davis. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E-  Jones. 


Abstractors  : 
W.  E.  Kay. 
A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 
Chas.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 
J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 
D.   V.  Louts. 
Writ  Bfacnib,  Jun. 
W.  G.  McMillan. 
G.  II  irris  Morris,  Ph.D. 
J.  M.  H.  Munro,  D.Sc. 


H.  A.  Rtdemicher. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
K.  W.  Reliant. 
James  Tavlor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Veley,  M.A. 
Alex.  Watt. 
Sydney  Young,  D.So. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting  will  be  held  in  Manchester  in  the  month  of 
July,  18S7,  instead  of  in  Glasgow  as  originally  arranged  ; 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  in  Glasgow  being  post- 
poned until  1S88. 

This  change  originated  in  a  generally-expressed  desire, 
resulting  in  a  special  invitation  from  the  Manchester 
Section,  supported  by  the  cordial  acquiescence  of  the 
Glasgow  Section.  It  will  enable  members  to  visit  both 
the  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  in  Manchester,  and  the 
Glasgow  Exhibition  of  18S8. 

Full  particulars  as  to  the  Manchester  Meeting  will 
appear  in  a  subsequent  issue. 

The  supply  of  copies  of  the  Journal  for  January,  1882, 
and  January,  1883,  being  now  exhausted,  the  Secretary 
would  be  glad  to  receive  communications  from  members 
possessing  extra  copies  of  those  numbers,  in  good  condi- 
tion, with  a  view  to  purchase. 

Should  sufficient  applications  for  complete  sets  be 
received,  the  numbers  will  be  reprinted. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye- Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  tiiey 

comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bve-Law 

viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES    OF    ADDRESS. 


H.  E.  Bunker.  1  o  Stocks  Street;  21,  Great  Cheetham  Stroet 
West.  Lower  Broughton.  Manchester. 
G.  L.  Cabot,  l.o  Cambridge ;  82,  Water  Street,  Boston.  Mass 

u.s.a. 

C.  F.  Claus,  jun.,  l/o  Old  Ford;  9,  Nassington  Road,  Ilimp- 
stead.  X.W. 

A.   De  Deken,    l.o   Cincinnati;   18,  Rue    Villette.    Liege, 
Belgium. 

C.  S.  Doggett.  1  o  Munich  ;  Boston,  Mass..  U.S.A. 

Jno.  Dyson,  l/o  Cheetham;   Derby  Court,  Long  Millgate, 
Manchester. 

C.  D.  Ekman,  1  o  London ;  Dieppe,  France. 

S.  H.  Emmens,  l/o  London;    Silver  Valley  Railway  Co 
Thomasvitle,  N.C..  U.S.A. 

A.  Haacke.  l/o  Fenchurch  Street ;  Kieselguhr  Wharf,  Gains- 
bro'  Road,  Hackney  Wick,  E. 


64 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TUF  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb. 28. uw. 


Walter  K.  King.  1  o  Cannon  street;  22,  Lawrence  Pountney 

; on.  E.C. 

11    A.   Lawrence,  1  o   Harlesden;    Brookweir,   G 
Road.  Qunnersbury. 

.las.  Lawrence,  l  oStevenston ;  7.  BellgroveTerrace, '  llasgow 

1>  A.  Louis. I  o  11  irpenden;  77.  Shirland  Gardens  London.  W. 

K.  F.  Macfarlane,  lo  Cwm  Avon;  Grange  Metal  Works, 
Jarrow-on-Tj  tie. 

K.  G.   Mark-.  1  o  Unity  sit  irnwallis  Crescent, 

Clifton.  Hi  : 

\.  II  ,i.  .Miller,  l/o  Regent's  Park;  Harpenden,  near  St. 
Albans. 

Dr.  Hugo  Muller,  Journals  to  13,  Park  Square  East.  Regent's 
Park,  N.W. 

Jas.  Murrle,  1  oGallowgate;  103.  Bishop  Street,  Anderston, 
jow. 

J.  A.  Nichols,  1  o  Bankfleld  Terrace;  Spring  Hank.  New 
Mills,  near  Stockport. 

G.  B.  Niooll,  lo  Devon  port;  c  o  Balfour,  Guthrie  &  Co., 
Portland,  Oregon,  U.S.A. 

J.  H.  Porter,  1  o  Tudor  street;    165,  Queen   Victoria 
London.  E.C. 

Dr.  A.  Ree,  l  o  Leeds;  121,  Manchester  Road,  Middleton, 
near  Manchi 

T.  Andersen  Reid,  l  o  Weston  ;  n.  Mersey  View,  Runcorn. 

Jno.  Robinson,  I  o  Farn  worth  ;  5,  Elizabeth  Terrace,  Ditton, 

Widl 

\     > .msone.   lo    Technical    School;    Vauxhall   Chemical 
Works;  amis.  Bignor  Street,  Cheetham  Hill.  Manch 
A.  ll.  Tuer,  lo  Manchester;  28,  Church  Street,  Standish, 

near  Wiu-an. 

P.  G.  W.  Typke.  1  o  Cannon  street;  22,  Lawrence  Pountney 
Lane.  London,  E  I '. 

A.  Wache,  1  o  Crrny :  6,  Rue  Lambrecht,  Douai,  France. 

Thos.  Warne.  1  o  Walsall  :  e  o  Rainham  Ferry  Vitriol  Co.. 
1;  tinliatn    i : 

.1.  D.  Watson,  l/o  Whitehaven;  Irtside,  Holmrook.  Carn- 
forth. 

C.  .1.  Whittaker,  lo  Plantation  Street;  Willow  House, 
Accringtnn. 

('has  Wigg.  1  o  Runcorn;  Hoole  Bank.  Chester. 

W.  Collingwood  Williams,  1  o  86;  68,  Grove  Street.  Liver- 
pool. 

E.  11.  Winstone.  1  o  Bloomsbury  Square;  2.  Victoria  Man- 
sions. London,  S.W. 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 
James  Park,  l/o  Millburn  Chemical  Works.  Glasgow. 


ra.   W.I..  sugar 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  2nd  FEBRUARY,  1887. 

R.  II.  Annison,  16.  Water  Lane,  Tower  Street,  London,  E.C., 
master  lighterman. 

J.  F.  L.  Brunner.  Trinity  Hall.  Cambridge,  undergraduate. 

W.  A.  Carlyle,  The  Elms,  Yardley,  Worcestershire,  electro- 
lytic engineer. 

John    Dickson.  16,   Dale  Street,   South  Side.  Glasgow,  oil 
merchant, 

G.  E.  K.  Ellis.  10.  Colville  Boad,  Bayswater,  London,  W., 
analytical  chemist. 

(JpBeld    Green,    Liobenheim,    Clarendon    Road,    Watford, 
Herts.,  stationer. 

R.  A.  Hadfleld,  Newhall  Road,  Attercliffe,  Sheffield,  steel 
founder. 

Josef  Efawliczek,  10,  Bentley  Road,  Liverpool. 

Win.   Scotl    lleriot.   Pin.  Leonora.  Demerara 
factory  engineer. 

D.  Lloyd  Howard.  City  Mills.  Stratford,  London.  E., chemical 
manufacturer. 

Win.   Hume,   is.  Lonsdale  Terrace.    Edinburgh,    scientific 
Instrument  maker. 

John    Hunter.    MintO    House  Medical  School,   Edit 
analytical  chemist 

Jno  -     Warrender    Park    Terrace,    Edinburgh 

chemical  and  oilworks  manag 

Jno.    McGlasban,    Woodncuk,    Gartcosh,    near   Glasgow 
chemist 

W.  (1.  McKellar,  Eglinton  Chemical  Works.   Irvine    \  p. 
analytical  chemist 

.1.  G.  McKinlay,  15,  Charing  Cross,  Glasgow,  student  of 
chemistry. 

T.  K.  Marshall,  I.   East  Cas*)<    Street  Merchiston,   Edin- 
burgh, student  (sci) 

C.  H.  Master,  Friary  Brewer]  Co..  Guildford,  brewer 

Jno.  Morison,  N'ewbattle,  Dalkeith.  N.B.,  mining  engineer 

Robt  Pinkney,  1-.  P. .a,;  Sirei  t  Hill,  London,  E.G.,  manu- 
facturing chemist 

Oliver  Quibell,  Highfield,  Newark-on- Trent,  manure  manu- 
rer. 

David   F.    Reid,    Kal nga   Mines   Co.,    Kilkivan.    Mary- 
borough. Queensland,  sn 

Thos.    Robinson,    mi.    u  .,•„»-,    man 

Glasgow  Alum  ami  Ammonia  Co.  Limited. 

A.    Hum  retrace,     Rntberglen 

Glasgow,  professor  ot  chemistry. 

Q.  M-  P.  Vs  ee  Road,  Edinburgh,  science  student 

Arthur    .1  Walker,    38,    Portsdown    Head.    Maida 
London    N.W. 

Alfred  P.  Wire,  l.  Beaton  Vilhu 
stone,  schoolmaster. 


RESIGNATIONS  CANCELLED. 

C.  D.  T.  Bushill,  Hroom  Hill.  Great  Barr.  Birmingham. 

Thos.  Crawford,  in.  Haldane  Terrace,  Newcastle  on-Tyne. 

A.  G.  Jackson,  The-  Willows,  Martintown.  Port  Douglas 
Queensland. 

Wm.  Kennedy,  28,  Royal  Exchange  Square.  Glasgow. 

II.  Meadows,  spa  Place,  rlumberstone  Road,  Leicester. 

V.  de  M.  Mellin.  The  Polygon,  Ardwiok,  Manchester. 

Fred.  II.  Paul,  c  o'l'he  Steel  Co.  of  Scotland,  150,  Hope  Street 
Glasgow. 


Dcatfjs. 


(J.  T.  Chinneiy,  UedheuKh  ('lieinical  Works.  Gateshead. 
Astlejr  P.  Price,  47.  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields.  W.C. 
J.  M.  Roberts,  of  Combrook  Chemical  Works,  Manchester. 
uthport,  Februar\  18. 


Lonoon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Bublixoton  House. 

Chairman:  David  Howard. 
Committee  : 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 
11.  E.  Armstrong. 
W.  l.arit  Carpenter. 
W.  Crowder. 

c.  Graham. 

S.  Hall. 

A.  K.  Huntington. 


P.  Messel. 

P.  E.  P.  Newlands. 

B.  Bed  wood. 

T.  Royle. 

John  Spiller. 

G.  C.  Trewby. 

J.  Williams. 


linn.  Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer:   Thos.  Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf.  Church  Road.  Battersea,  S.W. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  each  month. 

SESSION    lSsSG-ST. 

Prospect i  re  A  rra  ngements. 

March  7.— Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan,  "Mr.  Hermite's  Method 
of  Electrolytic  Bleaching." 

Mr.  J.  Alactear,  "  The  Castner  Process  for  Prodtic- 
tion  of  Sodium." 

"  A  New  Method  of    Elevating  Liquids,  specially 
applicable  to  Acids." 
April  1.— Triennial  Election  of  Sectional  Officers  and  Com- 
mittee. 

Discussion  on  Papers  read  7th  March. 

Dr.  J.  M.  11.  Munro,  "Further  Notes  and  Experi- 
ments, on '.In-  Composition  and  Manorial  Value 
of  Filter-pressed  Sewage  sludge." 


Biikb.'ek  Boad,  Leyton- 


Notices  of  Meetings  and  Papers  will  be  found  in  the 
Scientific  Journals. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  to  be  made  to  the 
Local  Secretary. 


OX    THE    VARIOUS     FORMS    OF     FILTER 
PUMPS  OB  WATER-JET  ASPIRATORS. 

.    1  uiil.l  V',    P.R.S.E.,    1.1. '  . 

Since  the  publication   of    Sprengel's  paper  on  the 
vacuum  in  1865,  and  Bunsen's  paper  on  an  improved 
le  of  filtration  i:  9,  the  applications  of  the 

air  pump  have  become  so  familiar  as  to  be  considered 
almost  indispensable  in  chemical  ami  physical  hi  bora - 

As  commonly  understood,  the  air  pump  and  the 
aspirator  are  machines  which  differ  not  in  principle, 
but  only  in  degree,  anil  Geissler,  Joule,  and  others 
have  constructed  mercurial  aspirators  which  are  air 
pumps  capable  of  giving  very  perfect  vacua. 

The  pumps  used  in  chemical  and  physical  lal 
tories  may  be  classified  as  follows  : — 

1.  Barometric  or  weight  pumps,  which  are:  (a) 
Statical,   such  G  issler,   which   exhaust  air 

by  the  alternate  emptying  and  tilling  of  a  vessel 
forming  the  upper  part  of  a  barometric  column,  (b) 
Dynamic,  such  as  the  Sprengel,  in  which  the  con- 
tinuous; falling  of  a  liquid  through  a  tube  of  uniform 


A  Ground  Plan  of  the  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  of  Manchester  is  herewith  inserted,  and  shows  the  position  of  Section  III.  (Chemical 

and  Allied  Industries).     Space  has  been  allotted  to  applicants  as  far  as  the  area  available  will  allow. 


Jam 
LIS 

R.  1 

mast, 

J.  I 

\v. 

h  tic  i 

Jol) 
mercl 

Q.  1 
anal} 

Up 
Herts 

R. 

fOUU' 

Jets 

w, 
facto 

D. 
man 

Wi 
instr 

Jol 
anal 

.In 
cher 

.in 
chei 

W 
anal 

J. 
cliei 

T. 
bun 

£ 

R 

fa.t 

0 

far, 

.    » 
bop 

Gin 
A 

Gla 
G 
-\ 

Loi 

A 
BtOI 


Feb.  28, 1887.)   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


05 


bore  and  of  a  length  rather  greater  than  the  baro- 
metric column  of  the  liquid  produces  the  exhaustive 
effect.  The  barometric  pumps  are  generally  worked 
by  mercury  or  water. 

2.  Momentum  or  pulsation  pumps,  such  as  the 
Jagn  pump,  which  depend  on  the  momentum  and 
pull  of  an  intermittently  interrupted  column  of  the 
liquid  used,  the  action  being  similar  to  that  of  the 
hydraulic  ram  used  for  lifting  water  by  the  sud- 
denly interrupted  How  of  a  larger  quantity  of  water. 
In  the  ram  the  water  is  raised  in  front  by  the 
momentum  ;  in  the  Jagn  pump  air  is  pulled  in  behind. 

3.  Injector  or  pressure  pumps,  which  depend  on  the 
laws  relating  to  the  flow  of  fluids  (either  gases  or 
liquids)  through  an  expanding  mouth-piece.  In 
laboratories  they  are  generally  worked  by  water, 
but  they  may  be  worked  almost  equally  well  by  any 
gas  or  liquid  under  pressure,  and  acting  in  any 
position  downward,  horizontal,  or  even  upward.  They 
are  identical  in  principle,  and  nearly  so  in  construc- 
tion, with  the  injector  water  pump  described  by 
Professor  J.  Thomson  in  1859  for  raising  water,  or 
with  the  steam  injector  patented  by  Giffard  for 
feeding  steam  boilers. 

The  injector  pumps  are  the  most  numerous  of 
those  employed  in  laboratories,  and  they  are  adapted 
either  to  work  with  a  small  quantity  of  water  at 
high  pressure,  or  with  a  larger  quantity  at  low  pres- 
sure. 

The  following  is  a  brief  statement  of  the  history 
of  the  subject : — 

1.  The  Barometric  or  Weight  Pump: — 

(a)  Statical. — Toricellian  vacuum  discovered,  1643. 

1722.  Description,  by  Swedenborg,  of  a  barometer 
pump. 

1847.  Patent  fur  application  of  the  barometric  column 
in  the  working  of  vacuum  pans  in  sugar  refineries, 
granted  to  J.  Johnstone. 

1855—58.  Geisaler  introduced  and  used  his  mercurial 
barometric  pump,  which  has  been  modified  and  adapted 
for  various  purposes. 

1862.  Improved  by  Topler,  Dingl.  Poll/.  Jour.  1862, 
p.  420:  1865,  by  Poggendorfl',  Ann.  exxv.  p.  151  :  1865, 
by  Jolly  ;  1S73,"  by  Mitscherlich,  Pogg.  Ann.  cl.  p.  420  ; 
1881,  Bessei-Hagen,  Wiedemanns.  Ann.  xii.  p.  425  ;  also 
by  Dittmar  (Challenger  Keportsi.  1SS2 :  F.  Neisen, 
Zeitsch.  f.  Instrumentenkunde,  1882,  p.  285. 

1S85.  Improved  pump  patented  in  Germany,  by 
Albert  Geissler,  D.K.P.,  32,224.  Modifications  of  the 
statical  pump  have  also  been  described  by  PHuger, 
Weinhold,  Lane  Fox,  Joule,  and  many  others. 

(6)  Dynamic — The  tronipe  or  water  air  blast  used 
from  time  immemorial. 

1852.  G.  S.  Johnson  described  an  aspirator  for  use  in 
laboratories  worked  by  a  constant  stream  of  water, 
Chei  '         1852,  p.  186. 

1 865.  Spi  <  neel  published  ids  researches  on  the  vacuum 
nnil  described  his  pumps  worked  by  mercury  or  other 
liquids,  Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  1865,  p.  9. 

186S.  Bunsen  described  pump  and  apparatus  for 
quickened  filtration  and  other  purposes,  Ann.  der  Chem. 
u.  Pharm.,  lid.  148,  p.  277.  Modifications  of  the 
Spreugel  pump  or  parts  of  it  have  also  been  described 
by  McLeod,  Swan  and  Steam,  Gimingham,  Weinhold, 
St.  Claire  Deville,  and  many  others. 

2.  Tht  Momentum  or  Pulsation  Pump: — 

1872.  Jagn  described  his  pump  which  he  had  used 
for  about  two  years  before  that  time,  Pogg.  Ann.  der 
Phyt.  ».  Cht  mil .  148,  p.  317. 

1873.  Mendelejelf  on  the  "  Pulsir  pump,"  Annalen  der 
Chem.  a.  Pharm.  105,  p.  03—91. 

1872.  Thorpe  on  a  modification  of  the  Jagn  pump, 
Phil.  Mag.  1872,  p.  249. 

1873.  Foote  mi  a  modification  of  the  Jagn  pump, 
Amer.  Join  id  Art  ,  1873,  p.  361. 

1876.  Linneruan  on  a  practical   form    of   water   air 


Chem.  a.  Pharm.  Bd.  170,  p.  327; 


pump,  Annalen  der 
177.  p.  295. 
1886.  0.  Witt  on  a  simple  air  pump,  etc. ,  Chem.  Zeit. 

10,  TOO  ;  also  this  Journal.  Sep.  1S86,  p.  503. 
1886.  A,  Borntrageron  Bame,  Ber.  19,  1090. 

3.  Injector  or  Pressure  Pumps: — 

1719.  Hawksbee,  one  of  the  improvers  of  the  common 
air  pump,  found  that  on  blowing  through  a  tube 
into  a  small  box,  the  air  escaping  by  another  tube  oppo- 
site the  lirst.  the  pressure  of  air  in  the  !k>x  became  less 
than  thai  of  the  atmosphere,  and  not  greater.     Pig.  1. 

1738.  Daniel  BernouiUi  discovered  that  water  passing 
from  the  narrow  to  the  wide  end  of  a  conical  tube  could 
draw  into  its  current  water  from  another  vessel  at  a 
lower  level.     Fig.  2. 

1801.  Kvtclwein  published  his  "Handbuch  der  Mcch- 
anik  and  der  Hydraulic,"  in  which  he  described  many 
original  experiments  and  investigated  the  law>  relating 
to  the  discbarge  of  water  from  variously-shaped  outflow 
tubes. 


Fig.  l. 


Fig. 


1S30 — 50.  The  steam-jet  aspirator  used  in  ventilat- 
ing mines,  patented  by  S.  Carson  in  1840.  Also  used  by 
<  ■•  Stephenson  in  improving  the  draught  of  the  locomo- 
tive. 

1852.  Prof.  James  Thomson  described  a  jet  pump  for 
lifting  water  [Brit.  Ass.  Reports,  1852 — 53),  and  found 
that  it  utilised  about  one-fifth  (018)  of  the  power  due  to 


Fic.  3. 

the  falling  water.  Through  A  (Fig.  3)  water  descends 
from  a  height,  passes  through  the  jet  C,  and  comes  out 
at  B,  drawing  up  with  it  water  from  D. 

1855.  Clement  Desormes  {Ann.  de  Chan,  et  de  Phys., 
36,  p.  39),  showed  that  a  plate  of  metal  or  wood  brought 
near  an  orifice  in  the  side  of  a  leservoir  of  compressed 
air  will,  after  the  first  repulsive  action  of  the  current,  be 
attracted  j  and  will  remain  rapidly  oscillating  within  a 
short  distance  of  the  opening. 


Pig.  4. 


Fig.  4a. 


This  experiment  may  be  demonstrated  by  blowing  be- 
tween the  lingers  against  a  piece  of  paper,  or  by  two 
circular  cards  mounted  as  in  Fig.  4,  as  described  in 
Weinhold's  "  Physics,    p,  315.     On  blowing  through  the 


60 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb.  »s,  rss:. 


tube  A  (Tig.  4),  the  card  < ',  which  is  hang  from  the  card 
I!  by  three  small  tlireails,  is  drawn  up  and  attracted 
towards  B.  This,  like  eaeli  of  the  preceding  experiments, 
is  a  case  of  the  passage  of  a  Qnid  through  an  expanding 

mouthpiece,  causing  a  diminished  pressure  as  compared 
with  that    in  front,  which  in    each    case    is    that   of  t lie 

atmosphere, 

is:,.-,,  c.  l'.  DelaWrre patented  a  steam  pump  for  lift- 
ing water,  ventilating  mines,  etc. 

1858.  Giffard  patented  his  injector  for  feeding  -team 
and  other  boilers,  of  which  numerous  modifications  have 
been  described  and  patented. 

\s'-2.  Christiansen  described  the  first  water  air  pump 
on  the  injector  principle,  Fig,  An.  A  is  a  piece  of  thick- 
walled  indiaruober tubing  which  lias  been  perforated  at 
J!  by  a  hoi  wire  and  constricted  at  C  by  a  small  ring 
fitted  over  the  tube.  ( In  inserting  at  11  a  short  piece  of 
bent  glass  tubing  drawn  out  to  a  jet,  and  connecting  the 
top  end  of  A  with  the  water  supply  under  moderate 
pressure,  air  is  drawn  in  through  the  bent  tube  and  a 
considerable  vacuum  obtained. 

1874.  J.  Lovett  described  an  improved  filter  pump, 
Chem,  A'<  tvs,  May  15, 1874,  p.  200. 

1S74— 75.  P.  Casamajor  on  "Implements  of  Filtration," 
.1-  scribed  a  filter  pump  in  the  American  Chemist,  April. 
1S74,  and  Chem.  News,  June  27,  1S75,  p.  33. 

a  b  c  J 


motion  in  injectors,   a  few  additional   experiments 
may  be  quoted. 

Mr.  \V.  Froude,  in  his  address  to  the  Mechanical 
Section  of  the  British  Association  at  Bristol  in  1875, 
showed  that  water  under  any  head  H,  Fig.  5,  passing 
through  a  contracted  pipe,  does  not  exert  an  excess  of 
pressure  on  the  converging  surface  which  it  meets  (as 
is  commonly  supposed),  but  that  the  pressure  is  least 
at  the  contracted  part,  as  shown  by  the  levels  in  the 
gauge-glasses  n,  5,  e,  d,  e.  Further,  he  showed  that 
ii  tin-  pipe  be  much  contracted  the  pressure  can 
be  still  further  reduced  ;  so  that  if  we  have  two 
cisterns  A  and  15  connected  by  such  a  contracted 
pipe,  a  portion  of  the  pipe  as  at  C,  Fig  ii.  may  be 
removed  without  the  How  of  the  liquid  from  A  to 
B  being  interfered  with  ;  the  water  rising  in  the 
cistern  B  to  within  a  slight  distance  of  its  level 
in  A.  At  F,  in  the  central  line  of  the  connecting 
pipe,  the  full  head  of  pressure  h  is  exerted,  but 
there  is  practically  no  movement,  while  at  C  there 
is  no  pressure,  but  very  rapid  movement  ;  and  on 
trial  it  is  found  that  the  pressure  and  velocity  of 
movement  being  convertible  and  complementary, 
1  the  pressure  at  any  point  varies  according  to  the 


H 


Fig.  5. 


■    ^ 


F       C 


ift 


IHf 

^~A~^ 

D 

JF 

i 

Fig.  6. 

1875 — 76. —  Injector  air-pumps  were  introduced  and 
nsed  by  dentists  at,  or  prior  to,  this  date.  Kisk's  "Auto- 
matic Saliva  Ejector "  is  described,  and  figured  in  an 
American  price  list  of  1S76. 

Injector  air  pumps  worked  by  steam  have  also  been 
proposed  for  laboratory  use  by  Lovett,  Kochinke,  Teclu, 
and  others. 

Is75.  Arzberger  and  Zulkowsky  described  the  first 
form  of  their  pump,  Ann.  der  Chem.  u.  l'luirm.  Bd.  176, 
p.  327. 

The  dates  and  references  to  the  other  pumps  are  each 
given  where  known,  with  the  table  of  tests  relating  to 
the  pump. 

The  pumps  which  are  now  most  frequently  used  in 
laboratories  are  those  of  the  injector  class.  As  cer- 
tain errors  are  found  in  text-books  regarding  fluid 


Fig.  7. 


square  of  the  velocity  at  that  point  In  any  given 
case  the  pressure  observed,  plus  that  which  has  been 
lost  in  producing  velocity,  is  constant,  and  equal  to 
the  total  head  of  water  //,  Figs.  5,  6,  7.  If  we  modify 
Mr.  Froude's  experiment  and  cut  off  the  pipe  at  E, 
Figs.  C,  7,  the  pressure  at  E  is  then  simply  the  general 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  whole  of  the 
pressure  due  to  the  head  of  water  in  A  has  been 
changed  into  velocity  ;  but  the  velocity  at  C  must  be 
greater  than  the  velocity  at  E  by  as  many  times  as 
the  sectional  area  of  the  pipe  at  C  is  contained  in  its 
area  at  E.  The  velocity  at  C  being  so  much  greater 
than  at  E,  the  pressure  must  be  less,  and  therefore 
less  than  that  of  the  atmosphere.  The  tube  O  may 
be  regarded  as  a  gauge  to  show  the  minus  pressure, 
and,  if  this  gauge  be  supplied  with  mercury,  the  latter 


Feb.  28. 1SS7.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


C7 


will,  under  favourable  conditions,  rise  to  near  the 
height  of  the  barometer. 

In  place  of  a  head  of  water  or  other  liquid,  one 
may  also  use  air,  steam,  or  any  gas  under  pressure,  to 
obtain  similar  results,  and  with  air  or  steam  under 
high  pressure,  working  one  of  these  injector  pumps,  a 
good  vacuum  may  be  obtained. 

On  examining  the  various  pumps  of  this  class 
which  have  been  invented,  we  find  that  in  some,  Figs. 
11,  12,  14,  in,  etc.,  the  water  enters  by  a  jet  placed 
immediately  over  a  constricted  tube,  the  narrowest 
part  of  which  may  be  called  the  neck.  I  have 
measured  the  areas  of  the  jet  and  of  the  neck  in  a 
considerable  number  of  pumps  from  different  sources, 
and  find  that  the  urea  of  the  neck  is  generally  about 
twice  that  of  the  jet ;  or  the  diameter  of  the  jet  is  to 
that  of  the  neck  as  1  :  s'i  or  1  : 1"4.  This  proportion 
differs  somewhat  from  that  given  by  Arzberger  and 
Zulkowsky — viz.,  1 : 1  '22, but  though  the  mathematical 
formulae  employed  by  these  authors  appear  to  me  to 
be  correct,  yet  the  number  of  experiments  quoted  in 
the  paper  are  far  too  few  to  establish  the  above  ratio  ; 
and  on  applying  more  recent  experiments  to  the  same 
formula:  a  ratio  of  the  two  diameters  approximating 
to  that  of  1 :  1*4  is  obtained.  It,  therefore,  appears 
that  in  many  cases  the  makers  of  these  pumps  have 
by  trial  or  accident  made  use  of  dimensions  which 
come  near  to  those  required  by  theory. 

By  taking  the  working  part  of  an  ordinary 
Sprengel  pump  as  arranged  by  Bunsen,  one  can  place 
within  the  upper  part  of  the  fall  tube,  close  to  the  jet  a 
smaller  tube  constricted  in  its  upper  part  to  form  a 
neck,  and  projecting  below  a  little  beyond  the  Bunsen 
tube,  so  that  the  two  can  be  connected  air-tight  by 


Fig.  8. 

means  of  an  indiarubber  tube  stretched  and  tied  over 
both.  By  this  means  one  obtains  a  very  efficient 
injector  pump,  in  which  one  can,  by  using  neck- 
pieces more  or  less  constricted,  study  the  best  work- 
ing proportions.  My  experiments  carried  out  in  this 
manner  point  to  the  ratio  of  diameters  of  jet  and 
neck  1  :  1  '4  as  probably  the  best. 

In  this  form  of  pump,  Figs.  11,  12,  14,  16,  17,  18, 
19,  20,  24,  and  20,  the  air  is  drawn  in  all  round  the 
jet  as  it  enters  the  neck  and  expanding  mouthpiece ; 
but  the  air  may  be  drawn  in  on  one  side  only,  as  in 
Figs.  21  and  22,  or  the  air  may  be  drawn  in  by 
a  central  tube,  in  which  case  the  water  fills  the  body 
of  the  pump,  as  in  Figs.  13,  15,  23,  27,  and  28.  These 
variations  make  no  difference  whatever  in  the 
principle  or  working  of  the  pump,  but  with  the  last- 
mentioned  form — Fig.  13,  made  of  brass  to  unscrew — 
one  can  insert  in  the  necksmall  tubes  of  different  sizes, 
and  so  alter  the  working  of  the  pump.  Generally,  the 
smaller  the  neck  the  higher  the  pressure  required  to 
produce  any  given  degree  of  exhaustion  ;  and  the 
wider  the  neck,  up  to  a  certain  limit,  the  less  the 


pressure.  On  the  other  hand,  those  pumps  which 
work  with  low  pressures  require  very  much  more 
water  than  those  working  with  high  pressures.  On 
multiplying  the  weight  of  water  used  per  minute  by 
its  head  or  pressure  in  feet,  we  obtain,  in  foot  pounds 
I  marked  F.  P.  in  the  tables),  the  power  required  to 
produce  the  exhaustive  effect  in  one  minute's  work- 
ing of  the  pump.  Compared  in  this  manner,  the  low 
pressure  pumps  are  much  less  efficient  machines  than 
the  pumps  working  at  higher  pressures. 

The  pumps,  Figs.  11,  12,  and  15,  have  a  trap  at  the 
bottom  serving  to  break  the  continuity  of  the  water 
current,  ami  so  avoid  a  kind  of  setting  of  water  and 
air  in  particular  parts  of  the  outflow  tube,  by  which 
the  efficiency  of  the  instrument  might  possibly  be 
slightly  diminished.  In  others  the  same  effect  is 
Jit  by  bending  the  tubes,  as  in  <  teiasler's,  Fig.  19, 
or  Bulk's,  with  the  tube  bent  at  right  angles. 

It  is  important  to  have  the  water  supply  much  in 
excess  of  that  required  by  the  pump  used.  On 
turning  the  water  tap  full  on,  it  should  supply  in 
one  minute  a  quantity  of  water  two  to  three 
times  the  maximum  quantity  required  by  the  pump 
in  the  same  time.  Neglect  of  this  point  has  led  to 
some  pumps  being  condemned  unjustly. 

The  apparatus  used  in  testing  the  various  pumps 
is  shown  in  Fig.  9,  excepting  that  with  the  pumps 
requiring  much  water,  larger  water  pipes  had  to  be 
used.  A  is  the  flexible  water-supply  pipe,  formed 
of  sound  rubber  tubing,  covered  with  a  double 
thickness  of  strong  canvas  sewn  over  it.  B  is  a 
strong  iron  bottle  capable  of  standing  any  pressure 
up  to  or  over  100  pounds  per  square  inch,  and 
having  one  tube  going  to  the  bottom,  passing 
through  the  neck,  and  joining  the  water  pipe  by  a 
T-piece.  For  the  purpose  required  the  larger  this 
bottle  is  the  better,  but  a  good  sound  iron  mercury 
bottle  may  be  used.  The  bottle  B  being  air  tight 
and  water-tight  under  pressure,  and  being  also  full 
of  air  when  connected  with  the  water  pipe,  the  air 
cannot  escape,  but  is  compressed  by  the  pressure 
of  the  water.  At  a  pressure  double  that  of  the 
atmosphere  the  air  will  be  compressed  to  one-half 
its  volume  (say  at  15  pounds  pressure),  and  the 
bottle  will  be "  half  full  of  water  :  at  30  pounds 
pressure  the  bottle  will  be  two-thirds  full  of  water. 
Thus,  when  the  water  pressure  varies,  as  it  frequently 
does,  in  towns  where  there  is  much  demand  on  the 
service,  the  bottle  B,  by  its  reserve  of  water  under 
pressure,  helps  to  keep  the  supply  of  water  to  the 
pump  more  constant,  and  may  be  said  to  act  as  a 
governor.  The  water  taps,  where  there  is  a  high 
water  pressure,  are  generally  plug  taps,  which  do 
not  permit  the  pressure  from  the  bottle  B  to  go 
back  into  the  water  main. 

The  glass  tube  C  (connected  by  a  T-piece  with  the 
water  pipe)  serves  as  a  manometer,  and  contains 
within  it  a  small  tube,  30in.  long,  closed  at  the  upper 
end,  and  dipping  in  mercury.  This  small  tube  is  full 
of  air,  which  by  its  compression,  read  off  on  the 
barometer  scale  adjacent,  indicates  the  water  pressure. 
D  is  a  Bourdon's  pressure  gauge  for  the  same  purpose, 
which  was  usedmore  especially  when  wider  watertubes 
had  to  be  employed.  At  a  is  a  tap  which,  on  closing 
it,  shows  the  pressure  on  the  closed  pipes.  I  is  a 
Geissler  pump  placed  so  as  to  show  the  working  of 
the  apparatus.  J  is  the  water  outflow  tube.  The 
pump  is  connected,  through  the  safety  tube  F,  with 
the  barometric  gauge  E,  and  with  the  receiver  to  be 
exhausted— which  is  the  bottle  H— having  a  capacity 
of  2'2  litres,  and  provided  with  a  special  tap  similar  to 
that  at  the  bottom  of  the  safety  tube  F  (see  Fig.  10). 
By  turning  these  taps,  either  air  can  be  admitted  i  r 
the  connection  can  be  shut  off.  The  safety  tube  V 
has  a  Bunsen  valve  fitted  inside  to  the  end  of  the 


68 


THE  JOtRXAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IlfDtTSfftV.      (Keb.28.i88f. 


tube  O.    To  work  the  apparatus  the  water  is  turned 
on  to  the  pn  quired,  the  tap  on  the  bottle  11 

is  turned  to  connect  with  the  pump,  and  the  tap  at  the 
bottom  of  F  is  turned  open  to  the  air.    All  being 

ready,  this  latter  tap  is  tu I  round  to   shut   off  air 

nnect  with  the  receivi  t  11.  at  the  same  instant 
that  the  minute  clock  K  is  started.  Theclock  K  has 
a  lly  hack  action,  and  strikes  the  minutes,  so  that  the 
observer  can  read  off  the  barometric  gauge  E  as  each 
minute  is  struck,  and  record  the  results.     After  ten 


The  above  apparatus  can  be  worked  by  one  p<  rson, 
but  it  is  mure  convenient  to  have  two -one  to  watch 
the  clock  and  give  an  eye  to  the  water-pressure  g 
the  other  to  watch  the  barometric  gauge,  and.  if 
iy.  to  keep  his  hand  on  the  water-supply  tap 
in  case  of  fluctuation.- d!  pressure. 

Fig.  10  show-  the  tap  in  full  size  which  is  fitted  in 
various  parts  of  the  apparatus.  It  is  made  from  an 
ordinary  good  gas  tap,  which  should  be  specially 
ground,  as  they  are  nevi  t  air-tight  when  sold.    The 


Fig.  n. 


minutes,  the  tightness  of  the  connections  is  tested  by  | 
shutting  off  first  the  pump  and  then  the  bottle  ;  and 
if  the  gauge  E  remains  at  a  constant  level,  or  so  that 
the  fall  is  within  1mm.  in  five  minutes,  the  readings  j 
are  accepted  as  approximately  accurate.  Part  of  the 
connections  can  also  be  tested  separately  by  closing 
the  tap  b  .-  and  on  then  working  the  pump  only  F  and 
the  gauge  I".  are  exhausted,  which,  with  a  good  pump, 
attains  its  limit  within  a  minute.  The  absence  of 
air  bubbles  when  the  end  of  the  outflow  tube  dips  in 
water  shows  that  the  cornections  between  b  and  the 
pump  I  are  air-tight* 


•  To  ohtain  the  iequisitp  tightness  of  taps  and  connections. 
I  have  found  a  lute,  made  by  heating  Indlarnbber  with  a  small 
proportion  of  vaseline,  of  great  service,  The  Baseline  is  mi  ted 
ovei  .i  v.-ry  small  l.urner  in  a  porcelain  basin,  and  the  rabbet 
(preferably  good  black  rubber,  though  11  may  he  old  rubber 
tliBl  has  lost  US  quality)  added  in  small  portion's  as  it  dissoli  eg 
in  ihe  vaseline.  The  basin  may  be  covered  w  it h  a  glass  plate, 
and  the  slow  heat  used  should  cause  scared  \  any  distillation 
of  volatile  products  from  the  rubber.  The' lute  I  have  used 
contained  about  10  percent,  of  vaseline  to  90  percent  of  rubber. 


little  screw  and  washer  at  the  bottom  of  the  plug  are 
first  removed,  and  a  hole  bored  from  C  into  the  ordi- 
nary through  hole  of  the  tap,  which  is  then  closed  by 
solder  on  one  side  at  1> :  then  trimmed  and  regronnd, 
so  that  the  hole  in  the  plug  is  from  the  bottom  to 
one  side  only.  A  short  piece  of  tubing,  F  F,  is 
then  soldered  on  to  the  body  of  the  tap  as  shown, 
and  a  pointer  E  soldered  on  the  top  of  the  ping  to 
point  which  way  it  i-  open.  When  the  plug  is  turned 
across  in  the  ordinary  position  of  a  closed  tap  it  is 
closed  to  both  A  and  B  :  when  the  pointer  points 
towards  A  it  opens  toward-  A,  and  if  towards  P>  to  I>. 
The  tube  V  F  IS  fitted  air  tight  by  mean-  of  a  stopper 
in  the  bottle  11  (Fig.  9), 

It  is  by  mean-"!  these  taps,  which  I  devised  about 

three  years  ago,  that  during  that  time  one  pump  has 
been  utilised  to  do  all   the  exhaustion  work  of  my 
laboratory.    The  pump  is  connected  with  a  main  pipe 
passing  along  the   laboratory   tables,   and   at 
worker's  place  is  a  bottle  similar  to  H  (Fig.  9),  which 


Feb.28.iasM      THE  JQtJRNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHKMir.U.  IMn  >Ti:v. 


69 


is  fixed  below  the  table  :  the  neck  of  the  bottle,  or 
better,  the  tube  F  F  (Fig.  10),  rising  above  the  table. 
One  end  of  the  tap  (say  B)  ted  with  the 

vacuum  main  pipe  by  soldered  lead  tubing;  the  other 
end  of  the  tap  A  is  connected  by  a  flexible  tul 
any  filtering  apparatus  or  other   \  be  ex- 

hausted. 

In  using  this  arrangement,  it  will  be  observed  that 
all  the  vacuum  supplied  at  A  must  come  from  the 
bottle  below  F  F,  an. I  not  from  the  main  pipe,  which 


Fig.  10. 

is  then  shut  off.  When  the  vacuum  is  not  required 
at  A.  the  tap  is  turned  round  towards  F>,  to  raise  the 
degree  of  exhaustion  in  the  bottle.  As  there  are  a 
number  of  such  bottles  in  the  laboratory,  they  form 
together  a  vacuum  reservoir  of  some  capacity,  avail- 
able at  once  without  waiting.  If  well  fitted,  the 
taps  retain  the  vacuum  for  several  days. 

Explanation  of  the  Table?. 
In  the  tables  which  follow,  the  column  below  P. 
indicates  the  water  pressure  in  pounds  per  square 


inch  ;  F.P.  is  the  product  of  the  weight  of  the  water 
used  in  pounds  multiplied  by  its  fall  in  feet :  or.  what 
is  the  same,  its  "  head  "  in  feet :  F.P.  therefore  means 


ordinary  fool  pounds  of  power  or  energy  spent  in 
working  the  pump.  The  other  columns  give  the 
readings  of  the  barometric  gauge  in  mm.  of  mercury 
•  luring  the  of  the  pump 

up  to  ten  minutes.  Thus,  the  pump  shown  in  Fig. 
II  gives,  at  ten  pounds  water  pressure,  after  one 
minute'.-  woi  vacuum,   in   receiver  bottle  H 

I  22  litres  capacity,  equal  to  302mm.  of 
mercury  ;  and  after  ten  minute-'  working  of  the 
pump,  a  vacuum  equal  to  702mm.  of  mercury.  The 
last  column  to  the  right  states  the  quantity  of  water 
used  per  minute  in  litre-. 

The  results  given  are  corrected  to  a  common  baro- 
metric column  ..f  about  760mm.,  and  may  therefore 
pared  with  one  another.  Sometimes  there  is 
air  in  the  water  pipes,  which  introduces  an  error  into 
these  time  tests  :  but  the  irregularity  so  introduced 
ally  noticeable,  and  is  eliminate.'!  by  repeating 
The  greater  number  of  the  tests  have  been 
repeated  several  times. 

The  first  minutes  working  give',  in  my  opinion,  a 
fair  test  of  the  practical  usefulness  of  the'pump;  and 
during  the  first  minute  the  influence  of  slight  possible 
leaks  or  imperfections  in  the  testing  apparatus  is  at  a 
minimum. 

The  following  factors  may  be  useful  :— 

Pounds  per  square  inch  multiplied  by  2  31  equal  feet 
head  of  water. 

rounds  per  square  inch  divided  by  117  equal  atmo- 
spheres. 

Pounds  per  square  inch  multiplied  by  0-0703077  equal 
kilogrammes  per  square  centimetre. 

Pounds  per  square  inch  multiplied  by  51"  equal  milli- 
metres column  of  mercury. 

Foot  pounds  multiplied  by  frlSS  equal  kilogrammetrcs. 

Fig.  11.— ALVERGNIAT  FRBRES1  GLASS  PUMP. 

■  Exhausted.  Quantity  of  Water 

T.    P.P.      123-56789       10     used  per  Minute. 
10    153  302  121  199  5S6  59S  C29  653  673  686  702mm.  3       litres. 

15    305  395  525  59S  615  670  687  712  723  731  73S  ..  1 

20    11.5  112  5S8  612  681  710  72S  736  710  711  718  ..  138 

2.5    625  iSl  619  681  715  733  711  716  719  750  750  „  I  92 

30    S30  515  650  705  731  713  716  719  7.51  753  753  ..  o'll 

35  1033  561  679  723  73S  716  719  751  753  —    —  „  5  86 

10  1285  577  6S9  72S  711  719  751  753  —    —    —  .,  632 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  56  litres  of  air 
per  minute  at  40  pounds  pressure  ;  or  about  a  cubic 
foot  of  air  in  five  minutes. 

Best  RestdU  Fust  Minute. — The  results  obtained 

from    2o    to     40    pounds    pressure   are    all   good, 

but  that  at  20  pounds  pressure  is  the  best      As 

regards  power,  the  best  result  is    at    ten  pounds 

ure. 

The  above  pump  was  obtained  direct  from  Messrs. 
Alvergniat  ;  but  another,  obtained  through  Messrs. 
Townson  it  Mercer,  of  London,  gave  almost  identi- 
cally the  same  results. 

Fig.  12.— ALVERGNIAT  FRERES'  BRASS  I'l'MP.' 

Quantity  of  Water 
used  per  Minute. 


Minute-  Exhausted. 
2      3      15      6      7 


T.  F.r.     123156789      10 

10  115  182  210  301  351  38-5  119  117  171   189  .501mm.  2-26  litres. 

1.5  229  210  325  116  166  197  525  519  569  58S  603  ..3  00 

20  333  322  131  502  551  555  611  632  650  663  676  ,.     323 

25  531  385  199  567  611  615  66S  681  691  705  715  ,.     1"2 

30  702  126  511  60S  650  676  691  703  715  72:1  72S  ..      16 

35  868  152  575  631  671  692  703  718  725  731  733  ..     1SS 

10  1U33  16S  598  650  681  702  :i<  72.5  733  736  73S  ..      SIR 


Alvergniat  Freres.  10,  Rue  dc  la  Sorbonne,  Paris. 


70 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. 28, 1887, 


Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows,  at  40  pounds 
pressure,  4 '35  litres  of  air  per  minute ;  or  a  cubic  foot 
(if  air  in  c>">  minutes. 

Best  Results  Fust  Minute. — As  regards  quantity  of 
water  used,  this  pomp  gives  nearly  equally  good 
results  ;it  20,  25,  HO,  35,  and  40  pounds  pressure  ;  but 
the  result  obtained  at  20  pounds  pressure  is  slightly 
in  advance  of  the  others.  As  regards  power  used, 
the  best  result  is  at  the  lowest  pressure — 10  pounds. 

Fig.  13.-ARZBERGF.R  &  ZULKOYVSKY'S  BRASS  PUMP. 

(Made  by  C.  Gekhardt,  of  Bonn.) 

Ann.  d.  Chan.  it.  Pharm.  1ST.'.,  Bd.  in:,  p.  327. 


Fig.  U.-BENDIX    BRASS    PUMP. 
(From  Lenoir  &  Forster,  Vienna.) 

Minutes  Exhausted.  Quantity  of  Water 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
P.F.P.    12      3      4       5       6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 

used  pel  minute. 


9   10 
5  117  223  325  377  133  JIG  JS7  517  539  559  576mm.  161  litres. 


7  ir.il  2.il  367  119  105  532  559  572  587  598  G01  ,.  5'20  ,, 

10  311  288  412  198  559  617  664  690  700  709  717  „  612  „ 

15  567  377  517  610  690  711  722  727  730  732  731  „  7  Ml  „ 

20  882  172  617  6S5  709  717  725  730  731  736  738  „  868  „ 

25  1210  535  661  700  719  723  729  731  739  710  711  „  952  „ 

1  id  as  a  blower  this  pump  blows  in  one  minute 
4"363  litres  of  air  at  25  pounds  pressure ;  or  a  cubic 
t.'nt  in  (j'5  minutes. 

■  />'<  st  Results  First  Minute — For  quantity  of  water 
at  .">  and  7  pounds  pressure;  for  power  at  5  pounds 
pressure. 

Th.  Schorer,  in  1873  {Zeitsch.  f.  Anal.  Chemie, 
1878,  p.  177),  describes  a  low  pressure  pump,  which 
he  claims  was  shown  in  1873,  in  the  Chemical  and 
Physical  Section  of  the  German  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science. 


I*.  F.r.   12      3      4       5      6       7       8 

10  150  126  242  215  -    —    —    —    — 

15  223  299  330  333  —    —    —    —    —    - 

20  427  356  413  416-    —    —    ___    — 

25  646  406  517  536  538  511  —    —    —    —    — 

30  793  112  577  624  642  655  65S  —    —    —    — 

35  989  46S  60S  600  6SS  694  699  705  707  —    — 

10  1201  178  621  673  691  705  707  712  715  —    — 


10      used  per  minute. 
—nun.    2'96  litres. 

-  „       358      „ 

-  „       4-20      „ 

-  ,.       5-08      „ 
-    „       520      „ 

556      „ 
592      „ 


Used  as  a  blower  this  pump  blows  4T>5  litres  of  air 
per  minute,  at  40  pounds  pressure ;  or  a  cubic  foot  of 
air  in  6  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
at  20  to  30  pounds  pressure;  for  power  at  10  pounds 
pressure. 

Fig.  15.— BULK'S  GLASS  PUMP. 

Described  1S76,  Ber.  d.  Deutseh.  Chcm,  Ges.  1876,  p.  1871, 

Fres.  Zeit.  Anal.  Chan.  1878,  p.  198. 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
2      3      4      5      6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 
10       used  per  minute. 


P.  F,P.   123456789 

10  96  160  205  229  252  263  273  283  291  296  302mm.  T87  litres. 

15  171  226  293  310  382  408  426  147  165  181  501  „  230  „ 

20  279  286  381  142  491  520  550  577  592  021  634  „  271  ,. 

25  397  338  452  520  567  603  629  650  666  6S1  694  „  3125  „ 

30  538  395  527  585  630  660  684  701  712  721  734  „  3'525  „ 

35  692  426  58S  632  671  691  712  720  725  731  736  „  3'89  „ 

40  866  458  595  660  697  715  725  731  735  733  741  „  4'26  „ 

Used  asa  blower,  this  pump  blows, at  40  pounds  pres- 
sure, 2'65  litres  of  air  per  minute ;  or  a  cubic  foot  of 
air  in  10  6  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  Minute.— -For  quantity  of  water 
at  30  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  luwest  pressure. 

Another  pump  of  this  pattern,  from  a  different 
source,  gave  from  10  to  20mm.  lower  results.  The 
position  of  the  jet,  and  the  proportions  of  the  jet  and 


Fig.  14. 


FlO.    13. 

At  15  pounds  pressure  the  author  states  that  his  pump 
requires  20  litres  of  water  per  minute.  As  ordinary 
water-pipe  fittings  do  r.ot  often  supply  this  quantity 
of  water,  I  have  not  tested  Schorer's  pump."  It  is  a 
pump  adapted  for  very  low  pressures,  ranging 
from  2  to  1".  pounds,  and  using  from  about  10  to  20 
litres  of  water  per  minute. 


•  The  bottom  oulllow  tube  beinBaduistablc,  this  pump  may 
will,  a  very  torgewater  supply,  give  quicker  evacuations  than 
he  above.  On  the  other  band,  by  screwing  up  the  bottom 
tube  to  its  utmost  limit,  this  pump  assumes  a  hiirh-pressure 
Character,  and  then  works  up  to  10  pounds  pressure,  usinit 
much  less  water.    See  Tables  A  and  B. 


FlG.   16. 

constriction,  are  here  very  important.  A  Bulk's  pump 
obtained  from  Yienna  with  bent  tube  at  bottom 
(instead  of  the  hole  at  the  side,  as  described  in  the 
author's  paper)  gave  very  unsatisfactory  results,  and 
appeared  to  be  out  of  proportion. 


Feb.  28. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


71 


Fig.  16.-FINKENERS     OLA8S     PUMP, 
Winkler's  Industrie  Qaze,  I.  p.  23. 
Minutes  Exhausted. 


F.P. 


4      S 


r. 

10  -  -  -  -  - 

15  —  —  —    —    — 

20  -  -  -    -    - 

25  819  117  525  530  533 


Quantity  of  WiUt 
10  uaed  per  minute. 


-mm.    52    litres. 

-  .,      592      „ 

-  ..      668      „ 


30  11C5    551  621  637  610  613   — 
35  H66    582  697  72S  711  715  717 


7-61 
821 


Used  as  a  blower  this  pump  blows  6"38  litres  of 
air  per  minute,  at  3.">  pounds  pressure  :  or  about  a 
cubic  foot  of  air  in  4  4  minutes.  At  lower  pressures 
than  25  pounds  the  pump  works  only  very  slowly, 
but  using  the  gauge  only  without  the  receiver,  the 
gauge  rises  to  260,  396,  515,  671  and  733mm.,  at 
pounds  pressure  10,  15,  20,  25  and  30  respectively. 


30  290  351  158  550  577  603  617  671  689  705  718mui.  19  litres. 
35  377  390  500  567  611  650  076  691  710  720  728  ..   212   „ 
10  159  121  535  598  612  673  697  710  723  731  736  „   226   „ 

Used  as  a  blower  this  pump  at  40  pounds  pressure 
blows  324  litres  of  air  per  minute  ;  or  a  cubic  foot  in 
B"7  minutes. 

Best  Result*  Fust  Minute.— Forquantityof  waterat 
40  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  10  pounds  pressure. 

This  is  a  high-pressure  pump  with  very  small  holes, 
and  for  the  quantity  of  water  used  it  is  very  efficient 
When  received  from  the  makers  this  pump  was  fitted 
with  washers  of  lead,  which  were  not  perfectly  tight, 
especially  at  the  higher  vacua.  The  above  results 
were  obtained  after  inserting  well  greased  leather 
washers  in  place  of  those  of  lead. 

FISCHER'S      BRASS      PUMP. 
(Made  by  Desaoa,  of  Heidelberg.*) 


Fig.  17. 


Fig.  IS. 


Fig.  17.-FISCHERS   GLASS    PUMP. 

Dingler's  Polyt.  Jour.  221,  p.  136  ;  225,  p.  105 ;  1877. 
Zeitsehr.f.  Analyt.  Chem.  1877.  p.  312. 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
3      4      5       6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 
used  per  minute. 


P.  F.P.  1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10 

10  89  203  293  318  377  108  132  152  163  1S1  191mm.  1'75  litres. 

15  167  217  371  155  199  528  519  567  580  593  608  „  2'185   „ 

20  251  386  126  523  575  616  610  660  679  689  691  „  25 

25  357  322  173  572  631  676  702  718  728  733  736  „  281 

30  173  380  528  616  671  705  723  731  738  711  711  ,,  31 

35  610  108  556  612  686  715  733  735  711  711  716  „  312   „ 

10  721  119  585  679  720  711  751  751  755  756  756  „  356 

Blowing  power  of  the  pump  at  40  pounds  pressure 
515  litres  of  air  per  minute  ;  or  a  cubic  foot  of  air  in 
5'fi  minutes. 

Best  Jiesidls  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
used  at  30  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  used  in  foot 
pounds,  10  pounds  pressure. 

Fischer's  glass  pump,  obtained  from  various  sources, 
gave  nearly  constant  results. 

Fig.  18.-FISCHERS   BRASS    PUMP. 
(Made  by  Dreyer,  Rosenkran-z  &  Droop,  of  Hasnovir.) 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
3      4       5       6       7       t 


Quantity  Of  Water 
used  per  minute. 


P.  F.P.  123456789      10 

10    56  135  187  238  278  317  351  3S7  111  139  150mm.  11    litres 

15    99  205  276  333  382  126  168  501  538  562  680    .,  13 

20  151  268  318  121  173  517  556  588  616  610  658    ,.  1  51      „ 

25  219  312  103  173  523  569  601  632  658  679  691    „  T72      „ 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
2      3      4       5        6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 
10    used  per  minute. 


P.  F  P.  1234       5        6789 

10  89  226  291  315  320    —    —    —    —    —    -mm.  176  litres. 

15  171  291  10S  139  117  150    -----  „  21?8  „ 

20  305  361  137  502  520  530  533    —    -    —    —  ,.  300  ,. 

25  107  390  507  579  611  629  636  610  615  617  650  ..  320  ,. 

30  519  116  511  593  660  681  692  699  705  708  711  „  310  .. 

35  611  139  561  637  676  699  711  718  723  725  727  ,.  3  60  „ 

10  773  191  606  671  707  720  729  735  711  713  717  „  3  SO  „ 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows,  at  40  pounds 
pressure,  4'7  litres  of  air  per  minute  ;  or  a  cubic 
foot  in  6  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  Min ute.— For  quantity  of  water 
used  at  40  pounds  pressure ;  for  power  used  at  20 
pounds  pressure. 

This  pump  is  of  similar  construction  to  that  from 
Dreyer  Rosenkranz  and  Droop,  of  Hannover,  but  it  has 
wider  holes  and  uses  more  water. 

Another  brass  copy  of  the  Hannover  pump  is  also 
frequently  met  with  in  this  country.     One  that  I 


Fig.   19. 

have  tested  from  G.  Mason  A  Co.,  of  Glasgow,  after 
slightly  widening  the  hole  and  neck,  used  from  13  to 
28  litres  of  water  at  the  above  pressures,  and  gave 
exhaustions  in  very  nearly  the  same  proportions  as 
the  above,  but  rather  better  for  the  quantity  of 
water  used. 


•  Lent  by  Prof.  Hummel,  of  the  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXM'sTRY.      IKeb.  as.  1887. 


Fig,  19,-GEISSLER'S  GLASS  PUMP. 
(Sen!  out  aboul  1876.     Also  called  AMERIi  an  Pi  mi  .i 


Miiim. 
2       J      4      5       6      7 


1-      1    1 

10      86  117  165  201  237  267  :9I  .117  312  350  3E0mm.    1 


Quantity  of  Water 
used  per  miDute. 


litres. 


15  156  102  231  283  Si*  3f.7  400  129  155  ITS  500  ..  201  „ 

20  311  179  260  320  369  111  119  481  510  536  556  ..  306  ,. 

2.-.  Ill  205  293  309  121  10S  507  539  567  590  608  ..  326  ,. 

30  585  231  335  108  165  512  517  580  606  627  615  „  3  61  „ 

35  661  252  361  439  197  511  57;.  OS  629  617  666  ..  370  ., 

10  677  307  121  501  559  603  631  658  679  692  702  „  382  ,. 

15  897  S29  150  528  582  621  653  680  691  705  715  ,.  392  ., 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows,  at  40  pounds 
pressure,  1'76  litres  of  air  per  minute;  or  about  a 
cubic  foot  of  air  in  1G  minutes. 

Best  Krsutts  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
used  at  45  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  used  at  10 
pounds  pressure. 

Six  pumps  of  this  pattern,  tested  against  each  other, 
gave  results  agreeing  with  one  another  within  about 
25mm.,  and  the  agreement  was  still  closer  on  taking 
into  account  the  quantity  of  water  used  in  each  case 


Fig.  20. 
fig.  20.— 'brass  pump  devised  by  dr.  knecht 

(Of  the  Technical  College,  Bradford;  late  of  the  Polytechnikum, 
Zurich). 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
P.  p.P     12       3       4       5      6       7 


Quantity  of  Water 
used  per  minute. 


9     10 

20  137  101  2%  351  3S7  106  121  134  117  163  171mm.  1"35  litres. 

25  182  252  346  387  116  142  461  478  192  507  515    „  P435  ,. 

30  227  278  372  124  460  183  507  526  541  55!  561    „  119  „ 

35  291  286  393  152  189  518  537  556  569  580  590    „  1'65  „ 

10  317  291  10G  192  526  551  572  587  601  611  621    „  ITS  „ 

15  112  299  129  518  519  577  598  613  621  631  611    ,.  180  ,. 

Pump  in  Horizontal  Position. 

10  265  265  372  131  181  518  511  558  577  592  606mm.  — 

Pump  Upside  Down. 

10  -  268  372  139  186  520  516  563  587  598  Ullmm.   — 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  at  40  pounds 
pressure  0D  litre  of  air  per  minute;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  about  :S1  minutes. 

In  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  water,  the  best 
result  is  obtained  at  the  highest  pressure  :  but  in  pro- 
portion to  the  power  used,  the  best  result  recorded  is 
at  20  pounds  pressure. 


*  Lent  by  Dr.  Knecht. 


Fig.  2L— ROUTING'S  BRASS   PUMP. 

(First  sent  out  about  1880.1 


Exhausted. 

2       3      4      S       6       7 


Quantity  <-f  Watet 
9     10     used  per  minute. 


r.  f.p.  i 

3   95  195  317  398  171  517  552  582  60S  632  650 mm.  3'72  litres. 

10  238  333  160  517  5901627  658  679  692  702  710  .,   I'6S  .. 

15  41S  126  554  621  676  689  705  718  723  728  731  „  5'18  „ 

20  051  199  619  673  699  715  723  72S  733  736  738  „  61   ,. 

25  966  516  65S  697  707  718  728  733  736  73S  711  .,   76 

30  1269  5S2  679  712  725  731  733  736  738  711  713  „  832  .. 

Used  as  a  blower  this  pump  blows  at  30  pounds 
pressure  41">  litres  of  air  per  minute;  or  a  cubic  foot 
in  6"8  minutes. 


7>V.*c  Results  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
at  20  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  used  at  lowest  pres- 
sure. 

Another  pump  of  this  make  had  rather  wider 
holes,  and  consumed  about  20  to  2.">  per  cent,  more 
water,  but  gave  practically  the  same  results  as  the 
above  for  each  minute's  exhaustion. 


Fin.  22 

Fig.  22.-MAWSON  &   SWAN'S  GLASS  PUMP,  No.  1. 

(Sent  out  about  1876—77.) 

Minute-  Exhausted,  Quantity  of  Water 
P.   P.P.   1      2      3      4       5       6       7       8       9      10       used  per  minute. 

10  111  182  270  333  377  393  119  132  151  165  173mm.    225  litres- 

15  218  239  361  139  497  541  572  601  621  640  652  „      2-86     „ 

20  337  273  406  491  562  606  610  660  676  689  697  .,      332     „ 

25  102  320  171  582  G2I  655  681  697  710  715  718  .,       361      „ 

30  610  351  520  611  660  686  705  712  718  720  723  „       I'OO     „ 

35  811  139  595  671  710  728  737  711  715  716  717  „       1'56     „ 

40  968  158  619  689  720  733  711  711  716  717  719  ..      176     „ 


Feb.  2«.  188:.)       THE  JOrnX.U.  OF  THE  SOCIKTV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


::? 


1-..1  as  a  blower,  this  pomp  blows  3  litres  of 
air  per  minute  at  4<>  pounds  pressure;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  '.i  miir 

Result*  /'■  a  Minute.  For  quantity  of  water 
at  35  and  -i"  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  10  pounds 
pressure. 

One  of  these  glass  pumps  has  been  in  common  use 
in  my  laboratory  since  I*-*.'!,  doing  all  the  exhaustion 
work  required.  It  still  works  as  well  as  when  tir.-t 
put  up.  The  average  water  pressureat  the  laboratory 
is  from  50  to  60  pounds  in  the  closed  pipes,  so  that 
:;.">  pounds  can  generally  be  obtained  while  the  pump 
is  working. 


Fig.  -24. 
Fig.  23. 

Fig.  23.-MAWsi.tx  AND  SWAN'S  GLASS  1  CMP,  No.  2. 

iSent  out  about   1871 


Minutes  Bxli    . 

2      3      4      5      6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 
10     used  per  Minute. 


P.  F.P.  1   2  3  4   5  6   7  8   9 

10  121  12S  200  255  296  333  361  387  113  112  165mm.  211  litres 

15  19S  179  260  315  361  100  139  183  501  530  556  „  26  .. 

20  286  202  302  372  132  178  511  519  5S5  595  616  ..  2-1  .. 

25  399  217  361  115  501  551  590  619  610  65S  679  „  311  „ 

30  537  289  119  501  561  608  612  66S  6S6  702  715  ,.  352  ,. 

35  818  132  567  637  681  712  731  711  713  716  719  ..  16  .. 

40  1021  117  588  666  707  731  711  713  716  719  751  ..  502  .. 

1  rsed  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  2U2  litres  of  air 
per  minute  at  40  pounds  pressure:  or  a  cubic  foot  of 
air  in  9"6  minute-. 

Rett  Result*  First  Minute.— For  quantity  of  water 
at  3.")  pounds  pressure  :  for  power  at  10  pouuds. 

Another  pump  of  this  pattern  from  a  different 
source  gave  results  nearer  to  those  of  the  low-pres- 
sure pumps  requiring  much  water. 


Best  ■  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 

ut   15,  20,  and  25  poupds  pri  ssure— that  ;it  25  pounds 
is  slightly  the  best  ;  for  power  at  the  lowest  pi 

MAWSON  AND  SWAN'S  GLASS  PUMP.No.3. 

out  about  1879.) 
In  Germany  sometimes  known  as  "  Vollhard'a  Pump." 


Minutes  Bxha 

2      3      4        5      6       7 


10      used  \'T  Minute. 


P.  F.P.    1      2     3     4       5     6      7      8      9 

10  70  130  171  211  212  273  299  32S  352  371  395mm.  13S  litres. 

15  135  192  255  304  311  377  108  135  161  1S4  1S9  ..  177  ., 

20  20S  229  296  351  39S  137  103  191  517  539  562  „  2  05  ., 

25  297  266  316  106  455  191  527  551  572  602  624  „  2-34  ., 

30  390  309  403  462  510  551  580  617  629  617  660  „  256  ,. 

35  195  335  116  507  553  588  615  610  674  688  698  „  2"78  „ 

10  612  376  191  551  591  623  617  667  682  695  706  .,  3  01  ., 

1  rsed  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  2"25  litres  of  air 
at  40  pounds  pressure  ;  or  a  cubic  foot  of  air  in  12-5 
minutes. 

Jl'.-t  Results  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
at  4n  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  10  pounds 
pressure. 

Another  pump,  rather  smaller,  from  a  different 
source,  had  more  of  the  high-pressure  character. 

Quantity  of  Water 
10     used  per  Minute. 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
T.    F.P.     12      3      4       5       6       7       8 

20  128  189  268  325  372  113  117  178  502  525  516mm.  1~25  litres. 

25  175  221  309  375  126  171  507  536  564  585  606    „     F378    ., 

30  253  263  359  429  481  523  559  5SS  614  634  653    „     166      .. 

35  313  291  103  473  525  567  601  627  650  671  686    .,     176      .. 

40  381  320  131  510:562  601  632  658  679  694  705    „      FS75    „ 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  1  '56  litres  of  air 
per  minute  ;  or  a  cubic  foot  of  air  in  18  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
used  at  40  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  20  pounds 
pressure. 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
P.    FP    12      3456      7 


8      9 


Quantity  of  Water 
10      used  per  Minute. 


<=%: 


10    229  2-57  351  129  181  528  562  588  608  629  612mm.  4  52  litres. 

15    393  312  121  .512  .569  611  612  C63  6S1  QpT  710    ..      516 

20    586  334  l!*2  5*2  637  671  691  710  718  72.5  731     .. 

25    859  39.5  516  629  676  702  71S  728  733  736  738    ,.     676 

30  1201  426  585  660  697  71S  72S  733  776  738  711    ..     756 

35  1115  150  60S  60S  710  723  731  736  738  741  711    ..      ?  12 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  1'88  litres  of  air 
per  minute  at  35  pounds  pressure  :  or  a  cubic  foot  of 
air  in  15  minut 


Quantity  of  Water 
9      10       used  per  minute. 


Fig.  26. 
Fig.  25.-MUEXCKE .?   BRASS    POMPS.1 

Small  Brass  Pumt. 

Minutes  Exhausted. 
V     V  P.  1      2      3      4      5      6      7      8 

30  306  356  176  516  598  627  650  668  679  685  692mm.  1"97  litres. 

35  381  390  507  5S0  621  650  676  686  697  705  712    .,     2"11      .. 

10  168  113  536  603  645  673  692  7C3  712  715  723    ..     230      .. 

15  551  432  554  616  658  684  702  712  720  721  728    ..     211      „ 

50  625  158  580  610  676  699  712  718  723  72S  731    ..     2-16      .. 


*  The  pumps   of  this  form  vary  much   in  their  efficiency 
and  consumption  of  water, 
t  Dr.  Robert  Muencke,  58.  Luiscnstrasse,  Berlin,  N.W. 


T4 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28. 1887. 


The  pomp  does  not  work  under  30  pounds 
pressure. 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pomp  blows  at  30  pounds 
pressure  -I  litres  of  air  per  minute ;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  \-2  minutes. 

/!>st  Results  First  Minute, — For  quantity  of  water 
at  50  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  30  pounds 
pressure. 

Fig.  26—MUENCKE'S   ADJUSTABLE   BRASS   PUMP. 


MinuUs  BxhauBte  L 
P.P.    12      3-1567 


Quantity  of  Water 
9      10      used  per  Minute. 


15  220    18  179  313  361  377  390  -    -  —    -mm.  2-88  litres. 

20  330  356  460  199  50 4  506  509  —    —  —    -    „  328      „ 

23  493  126  528  572  5S0  5S8  592  594    —  —    —    „  388      „ 

30  62-1  188  598  615  665  676  681  6S6  68S  —    -    „  40S      „ 

35  81S  507  632  673  697  705  709  712  715  717  719    .,  1T>0      „ 

;  40  984  535  655  697  712  71S  722  724  726  72S  729    ,.  4'SI      „ 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  at  40  pounds 
pressure  4  litres  of  air  per  minute ;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  7  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  .Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
at  40  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  20  pounds 
pressure. 

A  great  many  experiments  were  made  to  obtain 
the  best  position  by  raising  or  lowering  the  bottom 
part  of  the  pump.  The  above  results  are  the  best 
obtained. 


Fro.  27.  Fig.  28. 

Fig.  27.-MUEXCKES    GLASS    PUMPS. 
(Both  of  these  pumps  hare  a  low-pressure  character.) 


Mimit.->  Exhausted, 
P.P.   12      3      4      5      6      7 


Quantity  of  Water 
used  per  Miuwtr. 


P.  F.P.  1   2   3  4   5   6   7   8   9  10 

10  226  276  380  158  512  559  592  624  647  665  GSlmm.  414  litres. 

15  418  338  465  551  611  653  681  702  715  725  733  „  518   „ 

20  630  395  515  603  655  6S9  711  721  731  730  738  „  6  20 

25  890  429  562  631  681  708  720  733  736  738  712  „  700 

30  1220  458  593  644  702  720  731  731  737  740  711  „  800   „ 

35  1516  186  616  681  711  728  733  738  713  711  745  „  S'52   „ 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  Mow-  at  35  pounds 
pref«ure  33  litres  of  air  per  miuute  ;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  8  6  minutes. 

Best  Result*  Fit  st  Minute.— For  quantity  of  water 
nt  20  pounds  pressure  ;  for  power  at  10  pounds 
pressure. 


Fin.  28.-MUENCKE"S  GLASS  PUMP-Modified  Fohm. 


Minutes  Exhausted. 
F.P.     12      3      4      5       6      7 


Quautity  of  Water 
10      used  per  Minute. 


P.     F.P.     123456789 

5    127  231  335  106  158  497  530  556  577  595  611mm.  5"0  litres. 
10    305  307  131  515  572  611  615  668  681  697  717    „      62 
15    573  398  528  608  668  692  712  723  729  737  710    „     7"48      ,. 
20    SS2  473  601  671  705  720  728  735  738  740  742    „     8-68      .. 
25  1251  515  629  686  715  729  731  737  710  742  714    „     981      „ 

Used  as  a  blower,  this  pump  blows  at  20  pounds 
pressure  2'7G  litres  of  air  per  minute  ;  or  a  cubic  foot 
of  air  in  10  minutes. 

Best  Results  First  Minute. — For  quantity  of  water 
at  15  and  20  pounds  pressure  ;  and  for  power  at  the 
lowest  pressure. 

Tables  A  (p.  75)  and  B  (p.  76)  are  summaries  from 
the  preceding,  with  ratios  calculated  between  the 
air  blown  or  pumped  out  and  the  water  used. 

Table  A  shows  results,  with  the  pumps  used  as 
blowers,  which  may  be  also  regarded  as  exhaustions, 
with  a  receiver  of  infinitely  large  capacity,  or  as  the 
rate  of  exhaustion  at  the  exact  instant  of  starting 
the  pump  with  any  receiver  of  ordinary  limited 
capacity.  The  rate  of  exhaustion  varies  as  the 
exhaustion  proceeds,  but  the  first  minute's  working 
gives  a  useful  result  for  most  practical  purposes.  In 
the  preceding  tables  given  with  each  pump  the  exact 
capacity  of  the  receiver  and  tubes  exhausted  was 
2'28  litres,  and  Table  B  gives  the  results  of  the  first 
hi  ni  ute's  working  with  each  pump,  at  various  pressures, 
stated  as  before.  On  multiplying  these  readings  of 
the  mercury  gauge  by  the  factor  0'03,  we  obtain  the 
volume  of  air  pumped  out  in  litres,  from  which  the 
ratios  of  air  and  water  volumes  in  the  right  hand 
column  are  calculated  ;  also  on  dividing  the  readings 
by  7<;0,  or  multiplying  by  00013,  we  obtain  the  volume 
of  air  extracted,  compared  with  that  of  the  receiver 
taken  as  unity. 

Besides  the  pumps  named  in  the  preceding  tables 
I  have  also  tested  some  others,  including  the  Jagn 
and  the  Witt  pulsation  pumps.  The  latter  are  slower 
in  their  action  than  the  injectors,  as  they  do  not 
work  continuously  like  them. 

The  results  given  in  the  tables  enable  any  one 
knowing  the  average  pressure  and  quantity  of  water 
available  in  his  laboratory  to  select  the  pump  which 
will  give  either  the  quickest  evacuation  or  the  highest 
result  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  water  used. 

Some,  such  as  those  of  Alvergniat,  Finkener, 
Sorting,  and  Arsberger  and  Zulkowsky,  give  very 
high  results  at  their  maximum  pressure,  but  use 
considerable'  quantities  of  water.  Others  give  ex- 
cellent results  in  proportion  to  the  water  used,  such 
as  those  of  Bulk,  Fischer,  Knecht,  the  small  No.  3 
Mawson  and  Swan  pump,  and  the  small  brass  pump 
of  Muencke. 

As  mechanical  machines  doing  duty  for  the  energy 
supplied  to  them  none  of  these  instruments  are  very 
perfect  ;  but  the  best  in  this  respect  are  the  pumps 
of  Fischer,  Kiirting,  and  the  Muencke  glass  pump, 
each  worked  at  the  lowest  pressures. 

I  have  to  thank  many  of  the  makers  and  dealers 
in  apparatus  for  catalogues  and  information 
courteously  supplied.  Besides  nearly  all  the  firms 
in  this  country,  many  of  whom  have  taken  much 
trouble  in  the  matter,  I  have  also  to  thank  the 
foreign  firms,  some  of  whose  names  are  given  under 
the  various  pumps.  Professor  A.  Weinhold,  of 
Chemnitz,  kindly  gave  me  some  notes  and  references, 
and  Professor  Hummel  and  Dr.  Knecht  lent  the 
pumps  mentioned  in  the  tables. 


Feb.  28, 188-.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


DISI  I  S8ION. 

The  Chairman  regarded  Mr.  Fairley's  account  of 
various  pomps,  and  his  explanation  of  their 
action,  as  most  lucid.  Dr.  Sprengel  had  revolu- 
tionised our  ideas  of  physics  by  what  was  Btill  known 
as  the  "Sprengel'  pump,  and  since  then  great  ad- 
vances had  lieen  made  in  the  construction  and  appli- 
cation of  these  apparatus.  Considering  how  extremely 
convenient  they  had  been  found  for  laboratory  pur- 
poses, he  was  surprised  that  they  were  not 
universally  adopted,  and  that  people  should  still  be 
found  with  patience  sufficient  to  endure  the  old  class 
of  apparatus.     He  looked  forward  with  much  interest 


happened  to  be  working  the  same  pump  with  only 
a  paper  filter. 

The  Chairman  said  he  had  found  by  experience 
that  with  an  ordinary  Korting  pump  it  was  possible 

to  have  IS  branches  at  work  simultaneously.  Under 
such  circumstances,  no  difficulty  had  been  found  in 
getting  a  pressure  of  half  an  atmosphere  in  ea;h 
branch,  notwithstanding  that  ordinary  tubing  and 
ordinary  gas-cocks  were  used.  He  therefore  thought 
no  difficulty  need  arise  in  dividing  a  vacuum. 

Mr.  Lkathf.i:  replied  that  that  was  no  doubt  quite 
true;  but  what  he  wanted  to  point  out  particularly 
was  the  fact  that  the  practice  of  distillation  in  vacuo 
was  a  common  thing   now,  and   it   was  absolutely 


T  A  B  L  E    A. 
TABLE    OK    THE    BLOWING    POWERS    OF 


THE    VARIOUS    PUMPS. 


Pressure  in  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

Per  Huron, 

Nome  of  Pump. 

'"""" 

of  Air  to  Water. 

Price. 

Ail    Mown  in 
litres. 

Water  used  in 
litres. 

to 

5-9 

C-32 

0  93 

2s.  6d.  &  6  francs. 

40 

135 

508 

0-85 

12  francs. 

Arzbergcr  and  Zulkowsky  (brassl  

25 

1-36 

952 

016 

22  M. 

„                    ,,     with  outflow  tube 
in  lowest  position 

20 

1-51 

10-8 

012 



„     in  highest  position 

to 

390    - 

511 

0-79 



10 

5'92 

079 

5F1.  (Austrian). 

10 

2'65 

126 

062 

Is.  6d. 

35 

638 

821 

0-77 

3s. 

10 

5-15                          352 

116 

Is.  and  3s.  6d. 

„       (Dreyer  &  Co.,  brass)  

10 

3-21                          226 

1-18 

2G5M  (with  gauge) 

10 

173                          380 

1-22 

,,       (copy,  maker  unknown,  brass) 

10 

290                          2'75 

1-05 

Ss.6d. 

10 
10 

1-76                          353 
0-90                          173 
IIS                         832 

050 

Is.  6d. 

0-52 

30 

050 

15s. 

10 

3-00                          fSS 

062 

Is. 

10 

2'95                          1-96 

059 

Is. 

(No.  3  glass)  

10 

225 

3  01 

075 

Is. 

35 

330 

852 

039 

2M. 

„         (No.  970  glass)  

20 

2  70 

8-60 

0?2 

2  M. 

50 

2-75 

2-86 

112 

25  M. 

,,         (No.  952  brass,  adjustable' 
with  three-way  tap)  1 

10 

1-00 

1-72 

0-85 

60  M. 

to  the  appearance  in  the  Journal  of  Mr.  Fairley's 
details,  because  of  their  eminent  thoroughness  and 
clearness. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Leather  said  he  would  like  to  know 
whether  Mr.  Fairley  had  ever  tried  the  experiment 
of  a  number  of  persons  using  the  same  filter-pump. 
It  seemed  to  him  that  the  thing  might  be  practi- 
cable where  a  number  of  students  were  working 
together  and  only  a  small  pressure  was  required- 
provided  the  pipes  did  not  leak.  But  considering  the 
number  of  joints  that  would  be  required  and  the 
generally  defective  condition  of  rubber  tubing,  he 
leared  the  joints  would  be  found  to  leak  rapidly.  He 
certainly  would  not  like  to  try  it  except  as  an  experi- 
ment. The  question  might  become  serious  if  one 
person  wanted  to  use  the  pump  for  working  an 
apparatus  for  distillation  in  vacuo,  or  at  a  very  low 
pressure— Say    about    10    millimetres— and  another 


necessary  in  manipulating  some  organic  substances 
to  distil  under  a  pressure  of  about  10  or  15  milli- 
metres only.  He  feared  that  under  such  circum- 
stances the  practice  suggested  by  Mr.  Fairley  might 
have  awkward  results. 

The  Chairman  invited  Mr.  Fairley  to  state  to  the 
meeting  what  his  experience  of  such  distillation  had 
been. 

Mr.  Faieley  was  sorry  to  say  he  had  not  had  much 
experience  in  the  use  of  the  air  pump  for  the  purpose 
of  distillation  in  vacuo.  But  as  regarded  joints,  tubes, 
taps,  and  so  on,  he  had  had  considerable  experience, 
and  he  was  satisfied  that  it  was  possible  to  make  and 
keep  any  ordinary  gas-taps  air-tight.  The  rubber 
tubing  which  he  preferred  was  the  kind  used  by 
photographers  for  working  pneumatic  shutters,  which 
was  quite  strong  enough  to  resist  atmospheric  pres- 
sure. 


76 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  PTDUSTRY.      [»*•■  «* 


TABLE 


T  A  B  L  E     B. 

OF    THE    FIRST    MINUTE'S    WORKING    OF    THE    PUMPS 
(Exhausting  the  Receiver  o»2'3  litres  i  apai  pty). 


:  IMiup. 


Alvergniat  Frerea  (glass)    

„  ,,      (bras9)    

Arzberger  and  Zulkowsky  (brass) 


with  outflow  tube 
in  lowest  position 

in  highest  position 

Bendil  (brass)    

Bulk  (glass) 

Finkener  (glass)    

Fischer  (glass)   

(brass,  by  Dreyer  &  Co.)    

(brass,  by  Desagal 

(brass,  copy  by  ?)    

Geissler  (glass)  

Knecht  (brass)  

Korting  (brass) 

Mawson  and  Swan  (No.  1  glassl 

(No.  2  glass) 

„  „  (No.  3  glass) 

Mueneke  (No.  971  glassi  

(No.  970  glass)  

(No.  94S  small  brass)     


Pressure  in  pounds  per  .«iviur«  inch. 


10      15       20      25      SO      35       40      45      50 


Ratio  I  Air 

Pumped  out  lo  Waterueed, 


—  302    395    112    481    515    561    577     — 

—  182    210    322    385    426    132    KS     - 
221    2S6    371    163    530     —      -      -      — 


(No.  952  adjustable  brass  with  , 
three-way  tap)  i 


—  330  119 

—  156  213 

—  226  299 

—  160  226 

—  203  217 

—  135  205 

—  226  261 

—  113  220 

—  117  162 

195  333  126 

—  1S2  139 

—  138  179 

—  130  192 

—  276  338 
335  131  52S 


507  562 
273  312 
356  106 
286  33S 
-  117 
286  322 
268  312 
361  390 
265  283 
179  205 
161  252 
199  516 
273  320 
202  217 
229  266 
395  429 
501  629 


3.9  — 


—  356  126 


ITS  HIT  512 

442  468  473 

395  426  453 

551  582  — 

380  10S  119 

351  390  121 

416  439  491 

312  346  3S0 

234  252  307 

273  2S6  £96  299 

582   -  -   - 

331  139  458  — 

289  432  447  — 

309  335  376  — 

458  486  -   - 

356  390  413  432 

486  507  535  — 


I5S 


Varies  from  027  to  0-29 
024  to  029 
011  to  016 

O'll  to  016 
0-17  to  IV2S 
0-22  In  Hi';. 
0'24  to  0  32 

0'21 
033  to  035 
035  to  051 
0'36  to  0-37 
0-30  to  040 
0-21  to  0  25 
035  to  054 

015  to  023 
0-23  to  0-28 

016  to  0-28 
0-28  to  0-30 
018  to  019 
0-19  to  0-21 
053  to  056 

031  to  031 


ENGLISH-GROWN  TOBACCO. 

BY   ARTHUR  WINGHAM. 

I  desire  to  introduce  to  the  notice  of  chemists  the 
results  of  a  few  analyses  and  experiments  in  con- 
nection with  what  may  probably  become  a  new 
industry  in  this  country— viz.,  tobacco-growing.  It 
is  a  subject  which  is  being  seriously  discussed,  and 
in  which  a  great  amount  of  public  and  scientific 
interest  is  being  shown.  The  results  obtained  and 
here  recorded  are  purely  of  a  scientific  nature,  and 
tend  to  throw  considerable  light  on  the  subject,  as 
far  as  they  go,  and  have  been  obtained  by  experi- 
menting on  some  samples  of  English  tobacco  grown 
by  Lor.  1  Harris  at  Faversham.  The  work  has  been 
carried  on  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  the  Royal 
School  of  Mines  and  Normal  School  of  Science. 

The  English  samples  examined  were  of  four  dis- 
tinct varieties,  and  were  consequently  arranged  into 
four  lots,  which  were  numbered  1,  3,  :s.  4,  and 
examined  separately.  The  following  table  shows 
the  average  measurements  and  weights  of  leaves  :— 


No.  I. 


No.  2  was  of  a  light  brown  colour,  partly  green, 
and  thin  and  somewhat  slender. 


LenKth. 

Breadth 
.it  too  \A 

Weight. 

I. 

■1 

3. 

1. 

.     22  ii  ■ 
.     16      .. 

21      .. 

26      .. 

It  Inches 

9      ,, 

7       ., 
9       „ 

120granin 

.VI 

91 

83 

N'.,    1    was  of  a  uniform   moderately-deep 
brown  colour.     Rather  thick  and  tough. 


dull- 


Fra.  l. 


Fig.  2, 


No. :?  was  deeper  in  colour  than  No.  1. 
'also  and  tougher. 


Thicker 


Feb.  28,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


No.  4  was  somewhat  similar  in  shape  to  No.  l,  but 
lighter  colour  and  thinner,  although  moderately 
tough. 

All  the  leaves  were  damp  and  unfenneilted. 
Before  experimenting  with  them  they  wen1  dried 
at  100°  C.  until  no  further  loss  in  weight  took  place. 


PERCENTAGE   OF   WATER. 

No.  1     21        |      No.  3    

.,    i    26  ..    4     


22 

20 


For  the  purposes  of  comparison  some  samples  of 
foreign  tobacco  were  taken,  and  worked  side  by  side 
with  the  English  samples,  and  it  would  be  as  well  to 
introduce  them  here.     Unfortunately,  these  were  all 


Fig.  4. 


fermented  leaves,  it  being  impossible  to  obtain  any 
that  had  not  undergone  fermentation.  These  sam- 
ples were  three  in  number,  and  were  numbered  5,  6, 
and  7. 

No.  5.  American  leaf  strips  (Kentucky).  Size, 
24in.  by  lOin.  This  leaf  closely  resembled  No.  1  in 
appearance  and  structure,  and  No.  4  in  size.  Deeper 
in  colour  than  any  English  sample,  and  reddish- 
brown.    Moderately  strong  aromatic  odour. 

No.  <>.  American  Western  strips.  Size,  18in.  by 
8in.  This  leaf  was  almost  exactly  the  same  in 
appearance  and  structure  as  No.  3.  Deeper  in  colour, 
but  not  reddish  brown.  Dark  dull-brown,  similar  to 
No.  3,  but  deeper.    Slight  aromatic  odour. 

No.  7.  German.  Size,  loin,  by  Gin.  Very  dark  in 
colour,  almost  black.  Thin  leaves,  not  very  strong. 
Yeins  tough  and  stringy.  Strong  odour,  but  not 
aromatic. 

The  samples  5,  <;.  and  7  were  selected— Nos.  5 
and  6  on  account  of  similarity  to  English  leaves,  and 
No.  7  as  being  of  European  growth.  They  were  also 
dried  at  100°  C. 

The  dried  leaves  of  the  seven  samples  were  then 
remeasured,  and  the  weights  notified,  and  from  these 
data  a  rough  idea  of  the  relative  weights  of  the  seven 
samples  was  obtained,  by  calculating  the  weight  in 
grammes  of  one  square  foot  These  results  are  only 
approximately  accurate,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of 
measuring  the  area  of  such  irregular  shapes  as  those 
of  tobacco  leaves.  They  are,  however,  useful  and  of 
interest.    The  following  are  the  results  : — 

WEIGHT  IN   GRAMMES  OF  ONE   BQUARE  FOOT   OF 
LEAVES  DRIED  AT  loo    0. 

No.  1  2  J  4  5  6  7 

134     ..    7-5    ..     115    ..    88    ..     75    ..    8'C  ..    8'8 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  the  English  samples  Nos.  1 
and  3  the  weights  per  square  foot  are  nearly  double 
those  of  Nos.  i>  and  0,  to  which  they  respectively 


correspond  in  appearance,  etc.  During  the  process 
of  fermentation  leaves  undoubtedly  lose  weight,  and 
very  considerably  so,  but  whether  they  would  lose  so 
much  as  the  difference  above  is  very  doubtful.  The 
samples  were  then  broken  up,  the  mid-ribs  removed, 
and  the  remainder  crushed  up  into  a  coarse  powder, 
and  thoroughly  mixed,  to  obtain  a  proper  homoge- 
neous sample.  It  was  this  perfectly  dried  sample  at 
100°  C.  that  was  taken  in  all  cases  for  analysis  and 
experiment,  and  all  results  expressed  in  percentages 
of  leaf,  refer  to  the  leaf  as  bring  in  this  condition, 
the  only  one  which  could  be  relied  U] for  con- 
stancy. 

Tin1  amount  of  ash  was  first  determined,  with  the 
usual  precautions,  and  gave  the  following  results  :— 

PERCENTAGE  OF  ASH. 


No.  1  2 

2528   ..  2287 


3  4 

..   21-19   ..    23-03 


5 
1C49 


6 
2141 


7 
19-63 


In  every  case  the  ash  was  white.  In  burning  the 
English  samples  it  was  found  necessary  to  continue 
the  heating  from  the  first,  or  they  would  not  burn, 
and  the  carbon  at  a  dull  red  heat  burnt  off  very 
slowly.  In  fact,  it  was  with  difficulty  that  the  last 
traces  were  oxidised.  No  self-supporting  combustion 
took  place  at  all.  On  first  heating,  an  oil  distilled 
off,  which  burnt  with  a  very  luminous  flame,  espe- 
cially so  in  No.  3,  which  also  burnt  altogether  more 
readily  than  the  others.  The  foreign  leaves,  on  the 
other  hand,  burnt  off  very  readily,  and  when  once 
ignited  continued  to  burn  for  some  time  without 
continuation  of  the  heat.  The  exact  causes  of  this 
difference  in  burning  properties  will  not  be  discussed 
here. 

From  the  above  results  it  will  be  seen  that  the  ash 
in  the  English  tobacco  is  very  high.  This  is  of 
importance,  as  showing  that  the  sod  has  been  highly 
manured,  and  that  the  plant  has  been  probably 
forced.  This  is  rather  unfavourable,  and  assuming 
that  the  leaves  lose  weight  in  fermentation,  the  per- 
centages of  ash  in  the  fermented  leaves  would  be 
still  higher.  Taking  twenty  per  cent,  as  the  probable 
loss  in  weight  during  fermentation,  the  resulting 
figures  would  then  be  in 

No.  12                            3  4 

316 ,     28-6^     26-5 205". 

— unusually  high  results.  The  highest  ash  recorded  in 
connection  with  tobacco  leaves  is  not  over  230  per 
cent.,  and  the  average  is  very  much  below  this. 

PERCENTAGE    COMPOSITION    OF    ASH. 


I'otash  lIv-jO) 

Soda  (Na20)   

Lime  (CaO) 

JIutjnesia  (MgO) 

( 'hlorine  

Carbonic  Acid  (COd  (by  dill'.i 

Sulpburic  Acid  (SOj) 

Phosphoric  Acid  (P-0  J  

Silica  ISi04 

1VA1  


Deduct  ox.  eq.  for  CI. 


Howl,     No.  2. 


No.  3.     No.  4. 


802 
4-42 

1102 
3-96 

28  02 

11-85 
4-95 
2-61 
113 

nil 

106-31 
631 

10000 


loi;, 

4  SI 

3S-66 

361 

28-95 

1260 
372 
2-78 
2-76 

nil 

10607 
6-07 

10000 


7-38 
4-J5 


9  09 
4-64 


4310 

41-26 

3  92 

336 

27  01 

9-69 

1095 

4  55 

3-80 

286 

3-31 

1-89 

272 

nil 

nil 

10042 

lOOU 

642 

614 

10000    100-00 


78 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Feb.  28. 1887. 


A  complete  analysis  of  the  ash  was  then  made  of 
the  English  samples,  which  gave  the  results  shown 
in  table  at  foot  ol  preci  ding  page. 

The  usual  methods  of  analysis  were  employed,  and 
therefore  need  aol  be  detailed. 

Tin-  ashes  of  the  foreign  samples  were  not  analysed, 
ire  many  already  recorded. 

The  figures  obtained  above  are  very  important  and 
Useful,  and  in  one  or  two  cases  rather  remarkable. 
The  most  important  constituents  are  the  alkalis  and 
the  lime.  The  low  percentage  of  potash,  and  the 
high  percentage  of  lime,  speak  very  badly  for  the 
quality  of  the  ash,  which  should  contain  a  much 
larger  proportion  of  potassium  to  lime.  The  high 
percentage  of  chlorine  is  a  most  remarkable  result, 
and  one  also  detrimental  to  good  quality.  The  low 
percentage  of  carbonic  acid  is  no  doubt  due,  to  a 
certain  extent,  to  the  excess  of  lime  over  potash,  a 
certain  amount  of  caustic  lime  being  produced  at  the 
dull-red  heat  required  to  burn  off  the  carbon.  Sul- 
phuric acid  is  fortunately  low,  and  the  phosphoric 
acid  is  much  below  the  average.  Taken  altogether, 
the  ashes  in  the  four  samples,  although  varying  in 
percentage  in  the  leaf,  seem  to  be  practically  the 
same.  Nos.  1  and  3  seem  to  go  side  by  side  in  what 
little  difference  there  is,  and  the  other  two  are  also 
very  close  to  each  other.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
Nos.  1  and  :?,  as  also  2  and  4,  showed  a  similarity  in 
weight  per  square  foot. 

The  total  nitrogen  was  then  estimated.  The  method 
employed  was  the  combustion  method  with  copper 
oxide  in  vacuo.  To  ensure  complete  combustion  of 
the  organic  matter  present  the  substance  was  mixed 
with  an  excessive  amount  of  copper  oxide  in  a  fine 
state  of  powder,  and  ground  down  in  the  mortar  with 
it.  then  placed  in  the  combustion  tube  with  the  copper 
roll  and  burnt  in  the  usual  manner.  The  following 
are  the  results  : — 

PERCENTAGE  OF, TOTAL  NITROGEN. 
No.  1  2  3  4  5  6  7 

4-62  ....  11G  ....  4-67  ....  465  ....  4'33  ....  3'52  ....  4  24 

The  total  amount  of  nitrogen  is  of  no  particular 
assistance  in  deciding  as  to  the  quality  of  a  tobacco, 
but  is  still  of  interest,  as  showing  the  amount  taken 
up  by  the  plant  from  the  soil.  What  is  present  in  the 
case  of  the  English  samples  appears  to  be  all  organic 
nitrogen,  as  the  leaves  were  tested  most  carefully  for 
nitrates,  and  not  a  trace  could  be  found.  This  obser- 
vation applies  to  the  fleshy  part  of  the  leaves  only, 
as  the  veins  contained  small  traces  of  nitrates  and 
the  mid-rib  considerable  traces.  Nitrates  were  found 
in  the  fleshy  part  of  the  American  samples,  however, 
although  in  very  small  quantities. 

The  condition  in  which  the  nitrogen  existed  was 
not  thoroughly  investigated  ;  but  sufficient  was  done 
to  cast  very  serious  doubt  on  the  existing  ideas  of  the 
changes  by  fermentation  and  the  causes  of  the  com- 
bustibility of  tobacco. 

This  subject  is  being  pursued,  and  I  hope  at  some 
future  date  to  refer  again  to  it. 

The  amount  of  soluble  matter  in  the  leaf  was  next 
determined.  This  was  done  by  heating  a  weighed 
quantity  with  distilled  water  for  one  hour  to  a  tem- 
perature of  80  0.  on  a  steam-bath,  filtering  off  the 
solution,  washing  the  residue,  drying  it  at  100°  O, 
and  weighing  it.  The  following  figures  were  ob- 
tained : — 

VI  2  3  4  5  6  7 

Soluble  extract     ..  58-00..5d"64..56'56..57'11.. 45*36    8970    S8"27 
Residue     42-00. .U'36. .43-15. .42-89. .64-81.  CO'SO    S1'7S 

The  results  agree  very  well  in  the  case  of  the  lir.-t 
four  samples,  but  the  percentages  of  soluble  extract 
are  very  high.     It  is  recorded,  in  connection  with 


foreign  tobaccos,  that  the  highest  extractive  obtained 
in  this  way  was  not  over  55'0  per  cent.,  and  the 
average  is  about  10  percent,  lower,  so  that  the  extrac- 
tive in  the  above  four  samples  is  excessive,  and  tends 
to  confirm  the  previously-expressed  opinion  that  the 
plants  have  been  forced. 

The  amount  of  ash  contained  in  the  dried  leaves 
after  extraction  with  water  was  next  ascertained, 
as  also  the  amount  of  nitrogen,  with  the  following 
results  : — 

PERCENTAGE  OF  ASH  AND  NITROGEN  IN'  THE 
RESIDUE  FROM  AQUEOUS  EXTRACT. 

No.  12  3  4  5  6  7 

Ash  10-8!)..  11-40..  11  -71..  11-61.. 13-22..  18-78..  11-14 

Nitrogen    1'13..  3-06..  4-25..  3-29..  34o..  3'-'l  .   rio 

It  is  here  worthy  of  note  that  the  dried  residual,  or 
washed  leaves,  burnt  free  from  carbon  much  more 
readily  than  the  original  leaf.  The  above  results 
were  calculated  into  the  percentages  on  original  leaf 
by  allowing  for  soluble  extract,  and  the  amount  of 
ash,  as  also  nitrogen,  extracted  by  water  was  obtained 
by  difference. 

PERCENTAGE  OF  ASH  EXTRACTED  BY.  AND 

INSOLUBLE  IN.  WATER, 

Ash  So.  1  2  3  4  5  6  7 

Extracted  (bv  diff.)  2071. .1816.. 1611. .1865..  9  27..  1009.  .10-72 

Not  extracted 4"57..  471  .  5'OS..  V98..  722. .11-32..  891 


25-2S  22S7  2119  23'63  1619  2141  1963 
These  results  are  very  important  ones,  and  leave 
very  little  doubt  as  to  the  artificial  nature  of  the 
plant.  The  leaves  are  immature.  The  amount  of 
mineral  constituents  not  extracted  by  water,  and 
which  are  consequently  those  forming  part  of  the  leaf 
itself,  is  exceedingly  low  in  all  the  English  samples, 
while  the  amount  extracted  by  water  is  very  high  ; 
thus  showing  the  superficial  nature  of  the  mineral 
constituents. 

The  high  figures  above  in  the  four  English  samples, 
showing  the  soluble  mineral  constituents,  no  doubt 
account,  to  a  large  extent,  for  the  high  percentage  of 
soluble  extract  of  the  original  leaf. 

The  amount  of  soluble  and  insoluble  nitrogen  is 
given  in  the  following  table  : — 

PERCENTAGE  OF  NITROGEN  EXTRACTED  BY.  AND 
INSOLUBLE  IN.  WATER. 

Nitrogen        No.  1  2  3  4  5  6  7 

Extracted   [by  dift.)  289  . .  2  90  . .  282  . .  3"24  . .  2'45  . .  1'59  . .  1-50 
Not  extracted  173  ..  1'26  ..  VS5  ..  I'll  ..  P88  ..  193  ..  271 


462      416      467      4-65      433      3-52      424 

It  will  be  seen  that  a  similar  result,  in  a  less 
marked  degree,  is  obtained  here,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
mineral  constituents — a  higher  ratio  of  soluble  nitro- 
gen to  insoluble  in  the  case  of  the  English  samples 
than  in  the  case  of  the  foreign.  The  insoluble 
nitrogen  may  be  taken  to  roughly  represent  the  albu- 
menoid  nitrogen,  as  the  determination  of  the  albu- 
menoid  nitrogen  in  three  of  the  above  samples  proved 
it  to  be  so. 

An  experiment  was  next  conducted  with  a  view  to 
ascertain  the  amount  of  internal  combustion  that 
took  place  when  the  leaves  were  heated  without  con- 
tact with  air.  Unfortunately,  these  experiments  did 
not  prove  so  simple  as  was  anticipated.  Weighed 
quantities  of  each  sample  were  placed  in  small  com- 
bustion tubes,  closed  at  one  end  and  drawn  out  at  the 
other,  and  connected  with  a  Sprengel  pump.  When 
a  vacuum  was  obtained  the  tubes  were  heated  to  very 
dull  redness,  about  the  same  temperature  being  em- 
ployed in  each  case.  The  gas<  s  which  were  produced 
were  collected  and  measured.  These  gases  were  found 
to  be  mixtures  of  CO.COs.Nand  hydrocarbons.  They 
were  not  completely  analysed,  but  the  object  of  the 


Feb. 88.1887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  OHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


experiment  was  kept  in  view,  and  the  oxides  of  car 

1"  'ii  were  determined.  The  COa  was  absorbed  by 
potash,  and  tlie  CO  by  cuprous  chloride.  Inthis 
waj  was  obtained  the  amount  of  carbon  oxidised 
within  the  leaf  itself.  The  following  arc  the  re- 
sults : — 

CM  BIC  CENTIMETRES  OF  GASES  COLLECTED  FROM 
ONE  GRAMME  OF  LEAF  BURNT  IN  VAC!  0. 

N ..  2  3  4  .  5  6  7 

99-9    ...  !HS  ....  10*1  ....  119  0  ....  137*9  ....  ISS'l 

PERCENTAGE  OF  CARBON  OXIDISED   BY   HEATING 
IN   VACUO. 

CAKBOH  No.  2  3  4  5  6  7 

Oxidised  into  CO.. 238  ..3-30..  3'(i:t  ..  I'M  ..  HO      t"83 

..     CO O'oS    ,  0-49  ..  0-59  ..  0'80  ..  0-89  ..  082 

Total 3D*      319       1"22      5'2C      559      5-15 

The  results  of  these  experiments  point  in  the 
direction  anticipated — viz.,  that  the  amount  of  carbon 
oxidised  in  the  leaf  itself  is  greater  in  theforeignand 
fermented  tobacco  than  in  the  English  and  unfer- 
mented,  A  larger  quantity  of  total  gas  is  given  off, 
and  the  amount  of  both  CO.;  and  CO  is  greater. 
This  may  lie  due  to  the  difference  of  constitution  of 
the  leaves,  especially  between  fermented  and  unfer- 
mented,  but  it  may  also  arise,  and  probably  does  so, 
from  the  presence  of  nitrates  to  a  small  extent,  and 
more  so  to  the  presence  of  substances  introduced  at 
the  time  of  curing.  However,  too  much  importance 
must  not  be  attached  to  these  figures  at  present  The 
experiment  requires  further  investigation  and  pro- 
bable modification,  before  results  01  definite  value 
can  be  obtained.  By  some  such  experiment  it  might 
be  possible  to  measure  the  internal  combustibility  of 
tobacco,  and  this  would  be  an  important  test.  The 
above  experiment  tends  to  show  that  this  can  be 
done,  and  it  is  mentioned  here  as  a  preliminary  expe- 
riment of  some  interest. 

Taking  the  whole  of  the  results  into  consideration, 
the  opinion  may  be  expressed  that  they  are  not,  by  I 
any  means,  all  unfavourable.  It  would  be  out  of 
place  at  the  present  time  to  discuss  the  possibility  of 
tobacco-growing  in  this  country  being  a  financial  suc- 
cess, and  it  would  be  presumptive  on  the  above  few 
results  to  attempt  to  prognosticate.  The  object  of 
these  analyses  and  experiments  has  been  to  show  the 
comparative  qualities  of  English  and  foreign  tobaccos. 
This  object  has  been  attained,  as  far  as  the  present 
samples  are  concerned,  with  the  result  that  some  of 
the  most  serious  faults  have  been  laid  bare.  If  the 
causes  of  these  faults  are  prevented  and  guarded 
against,  there  is  no  telling  what  the  result  may  be. 
The  English  leaves  are  very  heavily  handicapped,  on 
account  of  not  having  undergone  the  process  of  fer- 
mentation and  curing,  and  consequently,  at  present, 
cannot  be  fairly  judged  as  a  tobacco.  What  the 
action  of  fermentation,  storing,  etc.,  will  be  upon  I 
them,  it  is  not  easy  to  say.  One  thing  is  pretty  ccr-  \ 
tain  ;  that  is,  that  the  leaves  would  improve,  and 
they  might  produce  a  good  tobacco,  at  any  rate  better 
than  some  of  the  inferior  qualities  imported.  It 
must  not  be  forgotten  that  in  the  above  experiment  - 
they  have  been  compared  with  good  foreign  samples.  I 

The  leaves  are  favourable  as  to  size  and  general  : 
appearance,  but  they  lack  body.  They  fail  in  being 
immature,  but  the  reason  for  this  is  known,  and  it 
might  be  remedied.  As  regards  burning,  they  will  not 
stand  the  test  applied  for  cigar  tobacco.  The  ash 
also,  as  shown  above,  is  not  of  the  most  desired  com- 
position, and  this  is  a  matter  of  very  considerable 
importance. 

The  one  great  point,  however,  is  the  fermenta- 
tion. The  exact  changes  which  take  place  during 
this  process  are  at  present  little  known.  One  or 
two  things  are  evident— that  loss  of  weight  takes 


place,  due  to  oxidation   of   carbon    and    probable 

elimination  of  nitrogen,  and  that  the  mineral  i 
tuents  remain  unaltered,  but  increase  in  pern 
as  the  fermentation  goes  on.  These  facts  would  pro- 
duce in  the  case  of  the  English  samples  an  abnormal 
quantity  of  ash,  and  it  is  obvious  that  an  organic 
substance,  being  to  a  degree  loaded  with  mineral  con- 
stituents which  do  not  lend  any  aid  to  the  combus- 
tion, but  on  the  other  hand  tend  to  retard  it,  will  not 
burn  co  freely  as  a  similar  substance  containing  less 
of  those  constituents.  This  is  evidenced  to  a  certain 
extent  in  the  interesting  fact  notified  above,  that  the 
leaves  which  had  been  digested  with  hot  water,  and 
from  which  four-fifths  of  the  mineral  constituents 
had  been  removed,  burnt  much  more  readily  than 
the  original  leaf.  Comparing  these  leaves  with 
one  another,  No.  3,  or  the  long  narrow  leaf,  is 
decidedly  the  best,  and  seems  to  have  thrived  better 
under  the  circumstances  than  the  others.  It  is  the 
heaviest  in  weight  and  lightest  in  ash,  and  moreover 
burns  better  than  the  others.  No.  1  is  also  a  heavy 
leaf,  but  it  is  not  of  such  a  good  quality. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  these  remarks  apply 
only  to  the  present  samples,  which  were  all  grown  by 
Lord  Harris,  and  must  not  be  taken  as  including  all 
English-grown  tobacco.  I  am  at  present  engaged  in 
carrying  out  similar  experiments  for  Mr.  C.  De  L. 
Faunce  De  Laune,  on  some  tobacco  grown  at  Sitting- 
bourne,  and  I  hope  to  have  the  pleasure  of  laying 
before  this  Society  still  more  satisfactory  results. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  Hodgkinson  for  enabling 
me  to  conduct  the  necessary  experiments,  and  also  to 
Mr.  D.  A.  Louis. 


Erratum.— In  the  Discussion  on  Mr.  Tracbsel'a  paper,  page 
633,  December  number,  18S6,  1th  and  oth  lines  from  the  end  of 
Mi.  C.  T.  Kingzett's  remarks,  for  "90  per  cent,  of  sodium 
hyposulphite,  and  only  about  10  per  cent,  of  sodium  carbonate." 
read  "  10  per  cent-  of  sodium  hyposulphite,  and  only  about  90 
per  cent,  of  sodium  carbonate.' 


Liverpool  Section. 

Chairman  :  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown. 
Vice-Chairmayi :  Dr.  F.  Hurter. 


Committee: 

J.  W.  Kynaston. 
E.  K.  Muapratt. 

Jas.  Simpson. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
A.  Watt. 


J.  Affleck. 
E.  G.  Ballard. 
Ernest  Bibby. 
H.  Brunner. 
J.  C.  Gamble. 
1).  Herman. 
Local  Sec.  and  Tirasurer :   \V.  P.  Thompson,  C,  Lord  .Street, 
Liverpool. 


Meetings  will  be  held  at  I'ni  versify  College  Laboratory,  Brown- 
low  Street,  on  March  2,  April  (i  [Annual    Meeting),   and 
May  1.  and  the  following  papers  have  been  promised:  — 
Mr.  V.  C.  Driffield,  "On  Boiler  Management." 
Mr.  C.    Longuet  Higgins.  "On  the  Manufacture  of   Potas- 
sium Chlorate  by  means  of  Magnesia." 
Mr.  J.  \V.  Macdonald.  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Arrowroot 
in  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies  ;  its  Uses  and  Adulterants." 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


A  Meeting  was  held  in  the  Chemical  Tkealrt  oj 
the  University  College,  BrovmiUno  Street,  on  Wednes- 
day evening,  February  -',  1887. 

PROFKSSOE   CAMPBELL  BROWN    PRESIDING. 


After  the  minutes  had  been  read  and  passed,  the 
Chairman  announced  that  he  had  placed  on  the  table 
various  samples  of  salol,  and  the  materials  from 
which  it  is  made,  which  he  thought   would   prove 

B 


80 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. 28. 1887. 


interesting  to  the  members  ;  also  a  Zeiss's  mineral- 
ogical  microscope  containing  several  improvements, 
and  a  collection  of  starches  from  various  plants 
yielding  starch. 

The  Secretory  read  Dr.  Archbold's  paper,  ''On the 
Manufacture  of  Starch." 


-W*WX<«*4 


THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  COIiX  STAIICH 
IN  AMERICA. 

BY    GEO.    ARf'HBOLD,   M.D. 

The  term  ''Corn  Starch"  is  exclusively  applied  to 
starch  made  from  maize  or  Indian  corn.  There  is  no 
try  in  the  United  States  which  has  grown  so 
rapidly,"  and  concentrated  itself  into  a  small  circle  of 
factories,  within  the  last  half-century, as  this  industry. 
There  are  now  twenty-two  factories  engaged  in  the 
manufacture  of  starch  from  Indian  corn,  and  located 
in  six  different  States,  the  largest  being  that  at  ( lien 
Cove,  Long  Island,  known  as  the  Glen  Cove  Manu- 
facturing Co.  This  i<  probably  the  largest  in  the 
world,  there  being  used  each  day  33(i,0o0lb.  of  Indian 
corn  in  the  manufacture  of  starch. 

There  are  also  several  glucose  factories  in  different 
States  which  also  extract  starch  from  Indian  corn  ; 
but  as  it  is  never  dried,  but  immediately  converted 
into  glucose  or  grape  sugar,  I  do  not  include  the 
latter  as  starch  factories  proper. 

The  number  of  wheat  starch  factories  in  the 
I'nited  States  does  not  exceed  eight  or  ten  of  any 
magnitude ;  and  careful  investigation  shows  that 
most  of  them  have  no  larger  capacity  than  50  to  100 
bushels  per  diem. 

This  would  indicate  a  gradual  falling  into  disuse  of 
wheat  starch,  with  a  preference  to  that  made  from 
Indian  corn. 

Cereals  containing  Starch. — The  following  is  a  list 
of  the  principal  starch-producing  cereals,  and  the 
percentage  yield  of  starch,  according  to  the  published 
analyses  of  Krocker  {Ann.  Client,  lviii.  212)  : — 

Wheat  Flour 65-21 

Rye a-lC, 

Oats    3793 

Harley   6463 

Duck  Wheat J3"80 

,.    Meal  65-05 

Indian  Corn    65'88 

..       Meal    77  71 

Hice    86-78 

Beans 3771 

Peas   38-81 

Potatoes  yield  on  an  average  18  per  cent,  of  starch' 
These  percentages  of  starch  appear  very  high  ;  how- 
ever, they  represent  high  grades  of  the  cereals  which 
seldom  or  never  find  their  way  into  the  starch  fac- 
tories. During  my  own  experience  of  over  six  years 
in  the  analysis  of  Indian  corn  used  in  the  starch 
factories,  I  very  seldom  found  the  quantity  of  starch 
to  exceed  58  per  cent.  The  following  analysis  of 
maize  represents  the  average  of  many  samples 
analysed  in  the  course  of  one  year's  working  :— 

Water   11-20 

arch   51"80 

Cellulose 1640 

Gum  and  Sugar  L'iK) 

Chiten   8-20 

Ash 4-80 

Fat 4'70 


100  00 


I  have  found  from  experience  that  the  above  repre 
sents  correctly  the  quality  of  corn  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  starch. 

The  following  is  an  average  of  114  of  the  analyses 

of  Indian  corn  from  various  parts  of  the   I'nited 

as  given  onpages215— 217of  the  report  issued 

by  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  1883. 


Assuming  54  per  cent  of  the  70'69  per  cent,  of 
carbohydrates  therin  stated  to  be  starch,  then  we 
have  a  fair  idea  of  the  composition  of  the  Indian 
corn  used  in  these  industries: — 

Water  10-04 

Ash Vb'l 

nil   5-20 

Carbohydrates   70'(!9 

Fibre                                      -2-09 

Albumenoids  (N  =  1  Ii7  per  cant.) 10'lfi 

100  00 

Process  of  Manufacture. — The  process  universally 
adopted  is  that  known  as  the  alkaline  or  ''sweet 
process,"  and  which  is  adapted  to  the  extraction  of 
starch  from  maize  better  than  any  other  process 
known,  with  one  exception,  ami  that  is  the  "sulphu- 
rous acid  process,'1  which  latter  has  some  objections 
which  will  be  explained  later  on.  However,  this 
much  may  be  said  of  the  SO.,  process  in  its  favour — 
that  it  not  only  gives  a  larger  yield  and  starch  of  a 
very  high  grade,  but  much  more  of  the  waste 
material — gluten,  etc. — is  recovered  in  a  marketable 
condition;  and  now  that  the  manufacture  of  SOs 
h  is  become  a  staple  branch  of  industry,  especially  in 
Great  Britain,  there  is  no  reason  why  certain 
mechanical  difficulties,  or  rather  objections,  should 
not  be  overcome,  and  this  process  become  as  general 
as  the  "  alkaline." 

The  reason  why  the  alkaline  process  is  called  the 
"  sweet  process  "  is  to  distinguish  it  from  the  "  sour 
or  acid  process"  adopted  for  the  extraction  of  starch 
from  wheat.  This  latter  consisted  in  macerating 
wheat  or  wheat  flour  (thoroughly  incorporated  with 
water)  until  the  alcoholic  fermentation,  produced  at 
the  expense  of  the  sugar  of  the  wheat  and  part  of 
the  starch  converted  into  fermentable  sugar,  had 
thoroughly  oxidised  or  converted  the  said  sugar  into 
acetic  acid,  which  generally  requires  from  three  to 
four  weeks.  The  gluten  of  the  wheat  was  then 
readily  dissolved,  and  the  starch  liberated  aud 
separate  1  by  mechanical  means,  and  further  purified 
by  washing  in  water.  (For  full  particulars  of  this 
!  old  "  sour  process,"  and  which  is  still  universally 
adopted  in  America  with  very  little  modification  by 
wheat  starch  makers,  see  Muspratt,  article  ''Starch," 
vol.  ii.  p.  950  ;  "Ures  Dictionary,"  vol.  iii.  p.  T-45.) 

In  the  treatment  of  maize  this  process  is  imprac- 
ticable, inasmuch  as  the  gluten  of  this  grain  is  not 
so  easily  soluble  in  acetic  acid  solution  as  in  the  case 
of  wheat  and  cereals  of  a  like  description,  and  the 
,  time  required  in  its  maceration,  to  obtain  a  similar 
result  in  dissolving  the  gluten,  would  not  only 
impair  the  quality  of  the  starch,  but  much  loss  in 
quantity  would  be  the  result. 

In  extracting  starch  from  maize  by  the  "sweet 
process,11  six  operations  are  necessary,  of  which  the 
following  brief  synopsis  will  give  you  some  idea, 
before  I  enter  upon  further  details: — 

1.  The  maize  is  subjected' to  a  cleansing  process  by 
means  of  powerful  fan-  or  blowers  called  winnow- 
ing." This  cleans  the  grain  from  superfluous  bran, 
dirt,  cob,  etc.  In  this  process  there  is  generally  a 
loss  of  over  1]  per  cent,  of  the  grain,  from  the  above 
bran,  dirt,  and  pieces  of  cob,  etc.,  being  removed. 

2.  The  clean  grain  is  now  placed  in  tanks  called 
"steeps,'  and  covered  with  water  at  a  temperature 
ranging  from   70°  to  140°  F.,  according  to  the  expe- 

of  the  manufacturer.  These  steeps  vary  in 
capacity,  holding  from  1000  to  0000  bushels  each. 
This  process  requires  from  three  to  ten  days,  or  until 
the  grain  is  sufficiently  soft  to  grind. 

3.  The  grinding  process,  which  is  generally  accom- 
plished by  means  of  burr-stone  mills  and  iron  rollers. 

4.  The  straining  process,  in  which  the  ground  corn 


Fob.  28, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDCSTEV. 


81 


is  washed  and  strained  through  a  series  of  revolving 
sieves  with  a  current  of  water.  In  some  factories 
horizontal  square  shaking  sieves  are  used. 

5.  The  regrinding  of  the  magma  and  collection  of 
the  impure  starchy  matter. 

<:.  The  treatment  with  caustic  alkali,  and  separation 
in  the  vats  called  separators. 

As  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  after 
treatment  of  the  impure  starch  with  the  solution  of 
caustic  alkali  in  the  vats  named  "separators,''  that 
as  much  of  the  oil  and  mineral  constituents  of  the 
corn  be  removed  as  is  possible,  and  the  nitrogenous 
matter  surrounding  the  starch  of  the  grain,  such  as 
gluten  and  albumen,  be  thoroughly  softened,  so  as  to 
be  brought  to  a  condition  to  be  acted  upon  by  the 
alkali,  the  process  of  steeping  the  grain  is  one  of 
great  importance,  and  various  methods  have  beer 
adopted.  In  most  factories  the  corn  is  allowed 
simply  to  remain  in  contact  with  the  water  for  a 
period  of  eight  or  ten  days,  or  until  the  putrefactive 
fermentation  has  set  in.  and  the  corn  soft  enough  to 
grind.  During  this  period  much  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen is  given  off,  thereby  creating  a  most  offensive 
odour  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  works,  and  even 
permeating  the  entire  city  when  winds  are  favourable. 
Another  process  of  softening  the  grain  is  that  known 
as  the  Mack  process,  which  is  used  in  Germany  in 
treating  rice  and  maizj  for  starch,  and  which  consists 
mainly  in  treating  these  cereals,  in  a  properly  con- 
structed iron  tank,  with  water  (with  or  without 
alkali),  and  gas  or  air  pressure.  The  inventor  claims 
that,  by  the  aid  of  compressed  air,  the  cereals  soften 
quicker,  and  yield  from  (3  to  s  pur  cent,  more  of  the 
finished  products,  thus  saving  tune,  plant,  and  chemi- 
cals. When  water  without  the  addition  of  alkali  is 
used  with  the  grain,  a  tank  so  constructed,  lined 
with  lead  or  non-corroding  material,  might  be 
used  with  advantage.  For  full  particulars  of  this 
process  see  Bingl.  tolyt  256,  35. 

A  similar  process  has  been  patented  in  this  country 
since  the  publication  of  Herr  Mack's  process,  but  it 
is  doubtful  if  the  process  will  come  into  general  use. 
It  remains  to  be  proved  what  influence  such  treat- 
ment of  the  grain  wonld  have  on  the  physical  condi- 
tion and  appearance  of  the  finished  products.  The 
most  rational  system  of  this  treatment  of  maize  is 
that  used  in  the  Glen  Cove  Starch  Works,  previously 
referred  to,  and  is  the  system  known  as  the  Durgen 
system.  In  this  factory  there  are  three  steeps  or 
tanks,  each  holding  5500  bushels  of  corn,  which,  at 
5Glb.  per  bushel,  represent  310,8001b.  of  corn  in  each 
tank.  Through  each  of  these  tanks  there  is  a  con- 
tinuous stream  of  water  heated  to  a  temperature  of 
130—140°  Fahr.,  which  Hows  for  three  days  at  the 
rate  of  about  10,000  gallons  into  each  tank  per  day, 
after  which  the  corn  is  sufficiently  softened  for  the 
grinding  process.  It  has  been  estimated  that  no  less 
than  315lb.  of  solid  matter  per  day  is  extracted  from 
all  these  tanks  of  grain,  and  which  may  be  divided 
into— 

1281b.  Oil  and  other  organic  substances. 
611b.  Albumenoids. 
1261b.  Ash  of  corn  and  constituents  of  the  water. 


3151b. 

In  this  wet  and  softened  condition  the  grain  is 
conveyed  to  the  grinding-room,  where  it  is  first 
ground  in  burr-stone  mills,  and  from  thence  passed 
through  heavy  iron  roller  mills,  when  it  is  carried 
by  wooden  spouts  and  hoppers  to  the  straining  de- 
partment, generally  situated  on  the  floor  underneath 
the  mills.  These  strainers  consist,  first,  of  large 
revolving  sieves  on  a  slight  incline.  The  first  series 
are  of  brass  wire,  and  sixty  meshes  per  square  inch  ; 
the  second  are  of  fine  bolting  silk  cloth,  such  as  we 


find  in  flour  mills.  The  ground  pulpy  mass  falls  with 
a  Stream  of  water  into  tie-  lii-t  series,  and  then 
through  the  second  into  collecting  tanks  underneath. 
Tie-  mixed  fine  and  coarse  magma  which  falls  from 
the  end  of  these  sieves  is  then  conveyed  to  the 
mills,  reground,  and  again  passed  through  these 
sieves  with  a  stream  of  water  as  before,  until  the 
water  ceases  to  come  through  milky.  Tie-  magma 
thus  exhausted  of  its  starch  is  then"  conveyed  to  a 
separate  room,  and,  in  some  factories,  dried,  and  sold 
as  cattle  food,  or,  in  its  moist  condition,  as"swill," 
for  hog  food.  Tie-  magma  (mixed),  as  taken  from  the 
sieves,  has  the  following  average  composition  : — 

Water g2'27 

Ash     ••>- 

on ......;.  i-5i 

Carbohydrates    28<W 

Fibres i-58 

Albumenoids  o67 

too-oo 

The  above  milky  fluid,  washed  from  the  magma 
and  collected  in  the  tanks  underneath  the  sieves,  as 
above  stated,  is  now  allowed  to  rest  or  subside  for 
some  hours,  when  the  supernatant  liquid  is  allowed 
to  run  to  waste.  The  residue,  washed  and  agitated 
with  clean  water,  is  again  allowed  to  repose,  and  the 
supernatant  liquid  run  to  waste.  This  second  wash- 
ing is  necessary,  as,  in  warm  weather  especially,  the 
suspended  impure  starch  is  apt  to  turn  sour,  which 
would  interfere  with  subsequent  operations.  The 
deposited  impure  starchy  matter  is  now  pumped  up 
in  a  semi-liquid  condition  into  large  vats,  called 
"  separators, "  which  are  generally  on  the  top  floor  of 
large  factories— this  impure  starch  consisting  chiefly 
of  starch  and  gluten,  cellulose  and  fat. 

These  so-called  separators  are  huge  wooden  vats, 
of  a  cylindrical  form,  several  feet  high,  and  about  the 
same  in  diameter,  provided  with  a  series  of  plug- 
holes in  the  sides,  arranged  towards  the  bottom  in 
equal  distances  (generally  six  to  twelve  inches),  and 
the  vat  is  provided  with  a  mechanical  stirrer  with 
necessary  gearing.  In  all  well  -  regulated  fac- 
tories there  is  generally  a  series  of  such  vats.  The 
impure  starchy  matter  being  pumped  into  these  vats, 
is  diluted  with  clean  water  and  the  agitators  put  in 
thorough  motion  ;  and  here  is  added  cautiously,  by 
degrees,  a  solution  of  caustic  soda  of  a  gravity  7—8° 
Baume  until  the  milky  liquid  has  changed  to  a 
greenish  yellow  colour.  The  agitation  is  then  con- 
tinued for  some  hours,  so  that  when  a  sample  taken 
from  the  vat  or  separator  in  a  glass  beaker  separates 
into  two  layers,  the  bottom  layer  dark  coloured,  and 
the  upper  pure  white,  being  the  starch. 

It  may  be  here  remarked  that  the  glutenous  or 
nitrogenous  matter  of  corn  consists  of  two  kinds- 
one  which  is  dissolved  by  a  solution  of  caustic 
alkali,  the  other  which  is  precipitated,  and  is  of  a  dark 
yellowish-green  colour.  The  separation  being  com- 
plete, the  machinery  is  stopped  and  the  separated 
starch  and  glutenous  matter  is  allowed  to  deposit, 
and  the  supernatant  solution  of  gluten,  oil,  etc.,  is 
allowed  to  run  to  waste,  and  the  deposited  starch  and 
glutenous  matter  washed  and  agitated  with  water, 
and  allowed  to  stand  at  rest  for  fifteen  to  twenty 
minutes  to  allow  the  insoluble  gluten  to  subside,  when 
the  first  plug  is  drawn,  and  the  starch  suspended  in 
the  water  is  allowed  to  flow  into  a  properly  arranged 
gutter  to  vats  underneath  ;  then  the  next  plug,  and 
90  on  until  the  last  plug  has  been  drawn.  The  plugs 
are  replaced  and  the  vats  again  filled  with  water,  and 
the  operation  repeated  as  before.  This  operation, 
called  the  syphoning  process,  is  generally  repeated 
three  times,  and  the  three  runnings  of  starch  are 
collected  in  three  separate  vats  forming  the  three 
grades    of    starcli    of    the    factory.    The  deposited 

B2 


83 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TITF.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      fFeb.28,1887 


matters,  nearly  exhausted  of  starch  by  the  above 
ill  collected  and  run  over  what  is  called 
lined  table,  which  i  ol  wide  gutters, 

side  by  side,  sixty  feet   long,  with  a  fall  ol    from 
to  six  inches  at  the  lower  end.     The  deposited 
matters  are  allowed  to  flow  evenly  and  slowly  with  a 
stream  of  water,  the  light  materials  running  off  the 
end  to  waste,  while  the  starch  deposits  in  the  gutters 
The  starch  1 1,  2,  and  3)syphonings,  as  above  stated, 
collected  in  different  vats,  are  allowed  to  re- 
pose, the  supernatant  liquid  being  run  to  wast 
then  the  starch  is  well  agitated  with  water- in  some 
cases,  at  this  -tage,  it  is  necessary  to  resyphon  as 

1  hiring  these  operations  in  summer,  when  the  atmo- 
sphere is  hot  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  starch  in 
this  semi-liquid  state  cool,  and  large  lumps  of  ice  are 
kept  floating  in  the  vats. 

These  three  grades  of  factory  starch,  produced  as 
above,  being  clean,  are  again  agitated  with  water  and 
allowed  to  now  through  a  tine  sieve  of  bolting  cloth 
into  oblong  tanks  of  wood,  called  '"settlers" — the 
cloth  retaining  any  fibre  or  glutenous  impurity  while 
the  finer  cells  of  starch  run  through  with  the  water. 
The  starch  now  deposits  in  these  tanks  hard  and  firm 
on  the  bottom,  while  the  water  can  be  run  off  clear 
to  the  surface  of  the  starch. 

The  next  stage  of  the  manufacture  is  to  collect  this 
deposited  starch  in  moulds  :  these  moulds  are  oblong 
boxes  with  a  perforated  bottom.  A  piece  of  muslin  is 
damped  with  water,  and  packed  in  the  bottom 
and  sides  of  these  boxes,  so  as  to  form  a  perfect 
lining  of  the  damp  muslin.  The  moulds  so  prepared 
are  all  arranged  on  stands  side  by  side,  and  the 
deposited  starch  dug  out  of  the  settlers  and  firmly 
picked  in  these  moulds  to  the  brim,  and  as  the 
moisture  drains,  and  the  starch  subsides  in  the 
moulds,  more  starch  is  added  until  it  ceases  to  further 
settle  ;  in  this  condition  it  is  allowed  to  remain  for 
some  hours,  when  the  moist  starch  (which  now  con- 
tains some  60  per  cent,  moisture')  is  turned  out  on  to 
a  table,  and  the  oblong  block  cut  through  into  equal 
and  convenient  sized  blocks  or  squares.  These  pieces, 
or  squares,  are  then  placed  on  an  absorbing  medium, 
or  floor,  which  is  generally  made  of  porous  brick 
covered  with  a  layer  of  plaster  of  Paris  cement  : 
this  floor  is  heated  and  dried  by  means  of 
a  series  of  steam  pipes  underneath.  After  being 
i  iposed  on  this  warm  absorbing  surface  some  hours, 
the  starch  contains  over  4.">  per  cent,  moisture,  and  is 
ready  for  the  crusting  process.  That  is,  the  blocks 
are  placed  side  by  side  on  a  rack,  shelf,  or  shelves,  in 
a  kiln,  and  allowed  to  remain  therein,  exposed 
to  a  heat  of  120°  to  130°,  until  they  assume  a 
yellowish  brown  crust  on  the  outside  (this  crust 
generally  varies  from  Jin.  to  Jin.,  more  or  less,  in  thick- 
ness), when  they  are  taken  out,  and  the  crust  removed 
—when  the  interior  is  perfectly  white,  the  heat  having 
removed  the  impure  matter  to  the  outside.  In  this 
form  it  is  wrapped  in  paper,  and  again  returned  to 
tin  kiln,  and  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  156°  P.  to 
176  1'.  and  allowed  to  remain  therein  exposed  to 
such  a  degree  of  heat  for  a  term  of  three  to  seven 
days,  or  even  two  to  three  weeks,  according  to  the 
nature  and  size  of  the  crystals  required  (the  pieces 
of  starch  of  commerce  are  called  crystals  in  factory 
language).  If  the  higher  temperature  and  short 
period  in  contact  therewith  be  used,  small  pipe 
crystals  are  the  result.  If  the  lower  temperature  and 
longer  time,  the  search  is  obtained  in  larger  chunks 
and  more  irregular.  These  various  forms  of  lump 
starch  are  in  great  demand   in  the  American  market. 

The  starch,  as  it  comes  from  the  kiln  in  this  form, 
and  when  taken  from  the  paper,  falls  into  these 
numerous   pieces  and  forms;      Sometimes  a   large, 


roundish  piece  in   the  centre  (called  a  boulder)  still 
retains  its  moistUJ  on,  and  is  of  a  tine  nature, 

but,  on  being  thrown  amongst  the  hot  starch,  assumes 
the  same  charactei  as  the  rest. 

Starch  from  the  kilns  is  practically  dry,  containing 
from  i  to  1  per  cent  moisture,  but,  on  exposure  to  the 
air,   again  takes  up   moisture,  and  then  retains  its 
commercial  condition  with  L5  per  cent,  wal 
moisture. 

A  sample  of  starch,  taken  in  the  evening,  practi- 
cally dry  from  the  kilns — Le.,  containing  |  11-0 — 
was  allowed  to  remain  in  the  ofKce  till  the  following 
morning  in  an  open  box,  was  found  to  have  absorbed 
">  per  cent,  moisture,  which  it  had  gained  from  the 
atmosphere.  The  larger  the  pieces,  the  larger  the 
percentage  of  moisture  will  be  absorbed.  And,  even 
exposed  in  a  comparatively  dry  store-room  m  barrels 
for  a  length  of  time,  the  moisture  absorbed  varies 
from  10  to  i;,  per  cent.,  adding  to  the  original  weight 
of  starch.  This  fact  is  taken  advantage  of  by  some 
manufacturer.--  aa  a  source  of  revenue. 

The  most  careful  manufacturer,  with  the  most  per- 
fect machinery  and  arrangements,  neverobtains  more 
than  ^Slb.  on  an  average  of  starch  per  bushel  of 
corn  of  5Glb.,  being  50  per  cent,  of  the  above  average 
analysis  of  corn. 

The  loss  of  starch  by  this  so-called  "sweet  process" 
is  invarial  ly  4  per  cent.,  and  in  some  instances  km  iwn 
to  me,  the  loss  exceeds  8  per  cent.,  winch  proves 
carelessness  or  unskilled  workmanship. 

The  above  sketch  of  the  alkaline  process  describes 
that  which  is  universally  used  by  the  starch  makers 
in  the  United  States  with  very  little  variation. 
The  scrapings,  crustings  and  sweepings  from  the 
floor,  together  with  the  starch  collected  on  the 
inclined  tables,  or  gutters,  called  "tailings,"  are  in 
some  factories  worked  with  subsequent  batches  of 
starch.  In  other  cases,  and  I  venture  to  say  many, 
this  is  dried,  ground,  and  placed  in  the  market  as  corn 
flour,  "  starch  flour,"  or  farina.  Lately,  a  quantity  ol 
the  latter  was  handed  to  me  for  analysis,  which  hail 
been  bought  as  "  potato  farina,"  and  invoiced  as  such 
by  a  sausage  manufacturer  in  Syracuse,  X.Y. 
Microscopic  and  chemical  analysis  revealed  its  true 
nature,  as  an  article  unfit  for  human  consump- 
tion, being  full  of  microscopic  aniiualcuke,  etc. 

As  previously  stated,  it  is  of  importance  in 
the  early  stage  of  the  treatment  of  the  corn  to 
remove  as  much  as  possible  of  the  oil  and  mineral 
constituents  of  the  grain  by  steeping,  in  order  that 
the  starch  may  be  rendered  as  pure  as  possible, 
and,  as  an  incidental  product,  to  save  all  the  refuse 
that  can  with  economy  be  prevented  running  to 
waste.  However,  in  my  experience  as  chemist  in  a 
large  factory,. and  past  experience  in  similar  factories 
as  to  which  I  have  been  consulted,  careful  scientific 
investigation  has  proved  that,  as  a  rule,  not  more 
than  13'7lb.  of  actual  dry  refuse  matter  as  hog  food 
is  recovered  in  the  treatment  of  corn,  per  bushel 
of  56lb.,  the  r>6lb.  of  corn  being  represented  aa 
follows  : — 

Starch  recovered   2S0001b. 

]  )ry  refuse  as  food 13'700 

Bran  (in  clearing  process) 0'"2» 

Original  H,  Oof  corn 5  626 

18-054 

Actual  loss    7M6 

Total 56-000 

The  above  figures  show  an  actual  loss  of  practically 
bib.  of  the  solid  constituents  of  the  coin,  and  which 
may  be  divided  among  the  various  constituents  of 
the  corn  as  follows  : — The  above  13  Tib.  recovered  as 
actual  dry  food  is  generally  recovered  as  containing 
62  to  80.£  moisture,  and  sold  as  such,  seldom  in  a 


-■•  1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXl-l  VI'KV. 


S3 


dry  state,  and  taking  the  analysis  given  in  a  pre- 
vious part  of  this  paper,  which  is  a  very  correct 
-u  of  commercial  "starch feed,"  it  is  shown  to 
contain  68'87  11. <  >.  therefore  the  above  13'7lb. 
would  represent  :c>  ponnds  per  bushel  of  moist  refuse 
'•red  from  1  bushel  oi  eorn  as  hog  food. 

The  wasted  matter  is,  therefore,  divided  among  the 
constituents,  as  follows  :— 

As  showing  the  distribution  of  the  loss  among  the 
various  constituents  of  the  corn,  the  following  table 
is  calculated  to  2775  bushels,  at  56  pounds  to  the 
bushel,  or  lo<">,400  pounds  of  corn,  which  is  about  the 
average  daily  consumption  of  corn  in  an  institution 
known  to  the  writer — 


increase  by  the  successive  deposition  of  new  layers 
within  the  old  ones,  so  that  each  layer  is  you? 
and  less  compactly  aggregated  than  the  one  which 
immediately  surrounds  it.  and  since  the  layers  are 
for  the  most  part  of  variable  thickness  they  cause 
the  granule  to  deviate  gradually  in  form  from  the 
originally  spherical  nucleus  and  assume  for  the  most 
part  an  ovoid  form.  According  to  Maschke,  the 
starch  globules  appear  like  bundles  of  three  con- 
centric bladders,  with  light  and  dark  rings,  the  light 
rings  being  formed  of  insoluble,  the  dark  of  soluble 

rch,  and  enclosing  the  centre  cavity  of  the  im 
most  bladder,  which  is  either  empty  or  filled  with 
amy  lone." 


1 .  rent. 

Corn  in  Pon 

Food  per  cent. 

Food  in  Pounds 
Recovered. 

Total  Loc*  in 
Pounds. 

tiels  at  561b.  = 
dirt  =  153,4001b. 

Water 

10-01 

15,101} 

2.331J 

62  27 

62.510 
300 

2.031J 
2.0311 

Ash   . 

va 

0-27 

Oil 

5-20 

7.977 

1-31 

1,305 

6.672 

70-60 

108,1381 

2S-90 

29,015 

1.603J 

Fibre    

2-09 

3,206 

1-53 

1.610 

1,596 

10-16 

16.0155 

5*67 

5,730 

10,3151 

100-00 

153,100 

10000 

100,500 

22,3081 

•  Starch 

50 

77,700 

trace 

trace 

trace 

The  above  table  will  give  some  idea  of  the  loss  of 

solid  matters  other  than  starch,  in  a  factory  of  large 
dimensions,  and  which  is  entirely  caused  by  running 
away  with  the  various  waste  waters,  g  glance  at  the 
quantity  of  albumenoids  thus  wasted— over  10,000 
pounds  daily  in  the  above  instance,  and,  so  far  as 
my  own  experience  in  the  connection  with  such 
factories,  the  above  gives  a  fair  and  average  idea  of 
the  waste  of  valuable  products. 

This  quantity  of  nitrogenous  matter  one  would 
imagine  could  easily  and  profitably  be  recovered,  and 
utilised  as  a  source  of  nitrogen,  ammonia,  etc.,  in 
its  crude  form.  Some  years  ago,  the  author  tried  to 
interest  starch  manufacturers  in  this  direction,  he 
having  been  offered  the  highest  market  value,  by 
respectable  manufacturers  of  fertilisersand others,  but 
through  want  of  technical  knowledge  and  compre- 
n  on  the  part  of  the  manufacturers  of  starch, 
received  no  encouragement,  they  preferring  to  allow 
it  to  run  to  waste. 

In  a  factory,  then,  claiming  to  consume  annually 
i.OOOlb.  of  corn,  what  must  be  the  loss 
explained  in  the  previous  part  of  the  paper,  it  is 
due  to  the  existing  ignorance  of  the  processes 
involved  in  the  manufacture  of  starch,  on  the  part 
of  stockholders  and  others  interested  in  such  fac- 
tories. 

Chemical  and  <>/>>/' -,ii  Properties  of  Starch.— 
According  to  "Watts'*  Dictionary  L'hem."  v.  408: 
-Starch  is  a  white  shining  powder,  soft  to  the  touch, 
grating  between  the  ringers  or  the  teeth,  sometimes 
consisting  of  amorphous  masses,  but  mure  frequently 
of  granules  reoognisable  by  the  microscope." 
granules  are  of  various  "  diameter  [from  \  to 
a  line  (Fritzsche);  from  0185  to  0-002  millimeter 
(Payen)]and  various  form,  have  commonly  a  small 
ntric  nucleus,  surrounded  by  layers  arranged 
concentrically  one  over  the  other."    These  envel 


The  starch  granules  from  corn  have  a  diameter 
of  0030  millimeters,  the  specific  gravity  being  1*5 
at  the  normal  temperature.  Starch  of  inferior 
quality-  has  generally  a  "golden  or  yellow  tinge" 
when  broken,  which  indicates  the  presence  of  gluten. 
Some  years  ago  commercial  starch  from  corn  was 
said  to  be  (U.S.A.)  of  this  latter  tinge.  However, 
the  inroads  of  science  upon  ignorance  have  dispelled 
this  idea.  Regarding  the  chemical  composition  of 
starch,  there  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  conclu- 
sions  arrived  at  by  Salamon  (Jour.  f.  Prakt  Cheat. 
1883,  page  28)  are  correct,  and  that  the  empirical 
formula  of  starch  is  O-H^.O-.  or  some  multiple  of  it 

1     H10O.-„    and    which   the    author    has    had   an 

opportunity  of  proving  during  considerable  work  on 

starch,  which  he  hopes  to  communicate  to  the 

Society  in  a  subsequent  paper,  supplementary  to  the 

present. 

Commercial  Starch. — Experience  has  proved  that 
three  grades  of  starch  may  he  extracted  from 
corn,  differing  only  in  their  degree  of  purity,  or 
freedom  from  the  other  constituents  of  the  grain, 
and  from  these  three  grades  are  put  up  the  various 
brands  upon  the  market  under  a  variety  of  names, 
and  for  a  variety  of  purpi 

Upon  the  removal  from  the  drying  kilns,  starch 
will  seek  and  find  an  equilibrium  of  H..O  with  the 
surrounding  atmosphere,  which  may  be  readily 
understood  as  follows  : — 


Starch  dried  at  100  C.  in  vacuo  (is  completelv  drv) 

ld-5  „  (contains  10     II  < " 

20  in  air  containing  0C, .  II  O 

=  I86V  H,0    

Starch  dried  in  air  saturated  with  moisture 
=  35-7s,  H-O 


Starch. 

=  100', 

=  90 

=81  -' 

M-3 


Experience  thus  bears  out  the  statement  of  the 
late  Dr.  Muspratt  :  "When  starch,  which   has 
dried  in  moist  air  for  several  days,  is  exposed  to  the 


M 


THE  JOUKNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTP.V.     [JV*.  ffl,  1887. 


circulation  of  a  dry  atmosphere,  it  parts  with  a  fur- 
ther quantity  of  ftjO,  which  reduces  the  percentage 
of  this  ingredient  to  is  per  rent.  Thus  dried  it  con- 
stitutes tin'  average  commercial  starch."  The  follow- 
ing analyses  of  two  samples  of  starch  will  give  some 
corroboration  of  this.  No.  1  represents  a  aample  of 
maizena  (pure  corn  starch),  as  taken  from  the  kiln 
and  placed  in  the  desiccator  after  being  weighed. 
No.  2  is  a  sample  of  same  stareh  taken  from  a 
package  put  up  for  commercial  use,  from  a  store  : — 


BUrcb, 

Fibre   . 

•Ash 

ll  ,0 


No.  1.  No.  2. 

98 90-G067 

ii       nil 

ii-.-s    0-2758 

1-2     9-1173 


100  0    1000000 

The  above  represents  a  very  high  grade  of  starch 
for  cooking  purposes,  and  the  highest  that  can  be 
obtained  commercially  ;  and  the  longer  such  starch 
is  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  the  more  hLO  it 
would  absorb,  which  would  corroborate  Pro- 
fessor Huspratt's  .--tatements — namely,  that  starch 
exposed  to  the  atmosphere  contains  180  in  1000 
of  H20.  Certain  manufacturers  in  the  I'.S.A. 
have  made  a  claim  (based  on  the  analysis  of  their 
stareh  by  a  food  analyst  in  London)  that  "their 
stareh  contains  99'8  per  cent,  of  chemically  pure 
stareh."  Such  a  standard  of  purity  could  not  exist 
commercially.  Even  assuming  that  the  starch  was 
dried  in  vacuo  at  100°  C,  the  amount  of  ash  would 
be  nearly  Co  per  cent.  ;  and  a  careful  study  of  the 
above  facts  relating  to  the  absorption  of  H20  from 
the  air,  etc.,  show  that  such  an  analysis  would  be  an 
utter  impossibility,  and  more  especially  with  a  starch 
after  a  voyage  across  the  ocean. 

On  the  technology  of  this  important  industry  I 
will  treat  at  greater  length  on  "The  Composition  of 
the  Various  Commercial  Starches  of  America,"  in  my 
subsequent  paper. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  they  had  heard  a  very 
interesting  paper,  but  there  were  one  or  two 
points  on  which  he .  thought  they  might  be  en- 
lightened. The  "grade  of  starch"  was  a  com- 
mercial phrase,  which  he  thought  might  with 
advantage  be  explained.  It  might  refer  to  the 
size  of  grain,  or  to  the  composition,  or  simply  to 
the  colour.  There  was  a  mania  on  the  part  of 
commercial  people  for  some  particular  colour  in 
many  articles — for  instance,  "whiteness."  Now 
"whiteness''  did  not  always  indicate  the  purity  of 
an  article.  The  whiteness  of  cream  would  not 
indicate  that  it  was  pure.  The  "grade"  of  starch 
might  be  measured  by  its  whiteness,  and  this  white- 
ness might  be  obtained  at  the  expense  of  its 
good  qualities.  They  were  told  in  the  paper  how 
the  different  grades  were  obtained,  but  he  would  like 
to  know  what  was  meant  by  a  grade  of  starch'! 
Another  thing  which  struck  him  was  that  in  choosing 
the  substance  for  the  manufacture  of  starch  many 
things  were  preferable  that  were  really  of  less  actual 
feeding  value  than  others.  They  would  reject 
beans  and  lentils,  which  were  really  very  much  more 
valuable  substances  than  some  of  those  which  held 
more  starch,  because,  in  fact,  the  value  of  albu- 
minous matter  for  feeding  purposes  was  very  much 
greater  than  starch.  Starch  was  an  essential  con- 
stituent of  food,  and  was  a  less  costly  one  than 
the  albuminous  ingredients.  Maize  was  compare 
tively  rich  in  albuminous  constituents;  it  was  not 
so  rich  as  beans  and  peas,  but  was  much  richer 
than  rice  or  wheat,     '.therefore,  for  economical  pur- 


•  Ash  chiefly  phosphates  of  the  grain, 


posi  5,  it  was  not  desirable  that  the  preservation  of 
the  starch  should  be  the  great  sole  object  of  the 
manufacturer. 

Dr.  Koiin  asked  what  led  Dr.  Archbold  to  doubt 
that  (( 'nHlnO:.)n  was  the  correct  formula  for  starch  ? 
It  had,  he  thought,  been  -perfectly  clearly  established. 

The  Ciiaii-.man,  in  proposing  a  vote  of  thanks  to 
the  writer  of  the  paper,  stated  that  a  report  of  the 
discussion  would  be  submitted  to  Dr.  Archbold, 
and  his  replies  would  subsequently  appear  in  the 
Journal. 

— *»*»*»**»+»♦ — 

ON   THE    DETERMINATION    OF   SULPHUR 
IN  PYRITES. 

BY    JAMES    W.    WESTMORELAND,    F.I.C., 
Associate  of  the  Koyal  School  of  Mines,  Tx>ndon. 

ALTHOUGH  much  has  teen  written  within  the  last 
few  years  regarding  the  estimation  of  sulphur  in 
pyrites,  yet  at  the  present  time  the  comparison  of  the 
results  obtained  by  various  operators  is  far  from  satis- 
factory, and  this  will  not  occasion  surprise  when  the 
details  of  the  methods  used  in  various  assay  offices 
and  laboratories  are  examined. 

The  following  process  was  in  use  some  time  ago  in 
a  copper  assay  offiee,where  sulphur  tests  are  made  :  - 
The  orewas  powdered  in  a  wedgwood  mortar,dissolved 
in  nitric  acid,  with  the  addition  of  a  little  hydro- 
chloric acid,  diluted  with  rain  water  and  filtered, 
excess  of  solution  of  barium  chloride  added  to  the 
filtrate,  the  precipitated  barium  sulphate  collected  on 
English  blotting  paper,  washed  with  rain  water, 
ignited  and  weighed.  The  acids  and  rain  water  con- 
tained a  notable  amount  of  sulphur,  while  the  blotting 
paper  allowed  some  barium  sulphate  to  pass  through 
its  pores ;  and  when  it  is  stated  that  the  operators 
did  not  know  that  silica  (sand)was  insoluble  in  hydro- 
chloric acid,  the  extremely  valuable  nature  of  the 
results  will  be  apparent.  Tests  made  in  this  way 
were  used  to  check  the  vendors'  assays  (made  in  a 
somewhat  similar  manner)  on  1600  to  2C00  tons  of 
pyrites  per  month  :  and  the  settlements  were  at  hast 
one  per  cent,  above  the  truth.  Sulphur  at  this  time 
being  Gd.  per  unit,  the  loss  to  the  buyers  varied  from 
£40  to  £b0  per  month. 

The  following  assays  of  samples  of  pyrites,  in  which 
my  results  are  compared  with  those  of  another  opera- 
tor, will  show  the  extremely  variable  character  of 
these  tests  : — 


SULPHUR   ASSAYS   IN    TYIIITES. 
J.W.  W.  Vendore'  AlIBJl  Settled  Produce. 

497        - 


48  23' 
«8-36i 

4S-S1 1 
48-70' 


50'2 


49031  ,„., 


49' 

4S-49' 

48-52T 

48-82 
49-20i 

arut 

4911 
49-26 

19-21 

49-15 

4931 

49-631 
4964  r 

18-94 


40-72  I 
4674  f 


i  19  7  I 
I  19  5  i 


IS  I 


48  8 
49-3 
18  9 

t'.iO 

182 

480 


IS-2 
482  (!) 
48-2  (!) 
48'6 
485 
49-0 
48  6 

488  (!) 

17-9(1) 

ltoferee. 
16-8 


lreh.28,1887.]      THE  J0UBNA1  Of  Till-:  socikty  <>i   CHEMICAL  INDUS!  RY. 


The  following  are  assays  of  one  month's  deliveries 

of  pyrites  :  — 

Vfn.l  i                                                   Settled  Produce. 
191     19-2  or  refer 190    .... 


19-9  19-5  or  refer 19  -' 

498  19-3 

191  19-5  or  refer 19-2 

19-5  19-1 

49-1  I. in 

498  W2oi  refer 191 

498  494 


.1  w  W. 

18-83 

\  4879 

I  19-18 

,  I9-15 

.     l!i  12 

19-111 

.     19-08 

i  19-00 
■  i  I'.i  in; 
.     in  28 


While  my  results  on  the  above  series  of  samples 
are,  as  a  rule,  much  below  those  of  the  vendors' 
era,  in  another  series  with  another  analyst  my 
principals  received  a  letter  from  buyers  stating  thai 
my  results  were  considerably  higher  than  those  made 
on  behalf  of  the  vendors,  who  would  probably  be 
complaining  to  their  analyst  of  the  low  results  he 
returned.  On  investigation  it  transpired  that  the 
vendors'  assays  were  returned  on  the  ore  as  received, 
while  my  assays  were  reported  on  the  dryore  without 
this  fact  being  stated  on  the  certificate.  More  recent 
assays,  however,  have  shown  that  his  results  win- 
still  seriously  below  mine,  and  it  became  the  practice 
to  return  a  produce  0'50  i  er  cent,  below  my  results  on 
these  samples  : — 


Vendors'  Annljst. 
48'8 
487        


J.  w  w. 
19-70.. 49-61 

4911 


The  principal  methods  which  have  been  suggested 
for  the  estimation  of  sulphur  in  pyrites,  are  noticed 
in  Dr.  Lunge's  "Treatise  on  the  Manufacture  of  Sul 
phuric  Acid.''  Although  Teschemacber  and  Smith 
pointed  out  the  necessity  for  the  removal  of  all  nitric 
acid,  before  precipitation  with  barium  chloride  {Chan. 
A< '  ..  vol.  xxiv.  p.  61—64),  and  the  inaccuracy  is  also 
referred  to  by  Deuteeom  (Chem.  Nt  ws,  vol.  xlii.  p.  317; 
Zeits.  Anal.  Chan.  1880,  313),  I  lelieve  precipitations 
in  nitric  acid  solutions  are  made  by  some  assayers  at 
the  present  time. 

Recently,  the  paper  by  Dr.  Clark,  taking  exception 
to  the  results  obtained  by  a  modification  of  Dr. 
Lunge's  "  old  process"  (Jour.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind.  1885,  p. 
329),  and  in  which  he  proposes  to  decompose  pyrites 
by  heating  in  a  muffle  with  magnesia  and  sodium 
hydrate,  has  revived  the  controversy  regarding  the 
accuracy  of  various  methods ;  and  communications 
from  Drs.  Clark  and  Lunge  appear  in  this  Journal, 
1885,  pp.  449,  :<',?,,  724,  Dr.  Lunge  objects  to  any 
fusion  process  on  the  ground  that  any  sulphur 
present  as  galena  or  heavy  spar  would  be  estimated, 
but  is  silent  on  the  subject  of  sulphur  combined  with 
zinc,  which  he  states  ("Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alkali,  i.  p. 
li  'Vi  is  of  no  use  to  the  alkali  manufacturer.  I  agree 
with  Dr.  Clark,  that  with  the  cupreous  pyrites  used 
in  England  the  whole  of  the  sulphur  combined  with 
lead  and  lime  is  estimated  by  either  of  Dr.  Lunge's 
methods,  and  some  experiments  1  have  made  a  ntirm 
the  opinion  that  the  low  results  obtained  in  some 
laboratories  were  due  to  the  large  amount  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  used  in  washing  the  sulphate  of  barium 
precipitate. 

Mr.  Pattinson  has  shown  (Join:  Soc.  Chem.  /»</. 
1885,  p.  721)  that  the  results  of  Clark's  method  anil 
Lunge's  "  new  method"  are  concordant.  I  hopi  to 
show  that  the  results  obtained  by  Lunge's  "old 
process"  ("Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alkali"  i.  p.  102)  agree 
closely  with  those  given  by  the  new  process  ("  Alkali 
Makers'  1'ocket  Look,"  p.  82),  which  is,  therefore,  a 
needless  elaboration.  The  new  method  is  also  liable 
to  losses  caused  by  an  extra  filtration  and  washing, 
and  by  sulphur  retained  in  the  peroxide  of  iron 
precipitate,  while  sulphur  is  liable  to  be  introduced 
by  the  ammonia  and  hydrochloric  acid  used  for 
acidifying.      In  the  majority  of  the  papers  dealing 


with  the  estimation  of  sulphur  there  are  no  ele- 
ments given  in  which  substances  of  known  composi- 
tion an-  operated  on,  concordant  results  only  being 
quoted,  which  may  or  may  not  have  been  affected  by 
tant  error  which  has  escaped  detection. 
I '.i  ing  aware  that  in  many  cases  where  an  amount 
of  crystallised  barium  chloride  slightly  in  e 
that  required  by  theory  hail  been  used  as  the  precipi- 
tant in  solutions  of  pyrites,  the  filtrates  from  the 
llaSn,  precipitate  were  in  a  state  of  unstable  equi- 
librium, and  would  give  precipitates  either  on  the 
addition  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  or  solution  of  barium 
chloride,  I  made. a  series  of  experiments  with  pri 
sulphate  of  iron;  double  sulphate  of  iron  and 
ammonia,  ammonia  iron  alum,  and  pure  recrystallisi  d 
sulphate  of  ammonia,  using  55  grains  of  crystallised 
barium  chloride  to  5  grains  of  sulphur  approximately 
present  (5  grains  sulphur  requires  38'1  gTains  BaCL, 
2aq.).  The  results  ol  the  precipitations  from  ferrous 
solutions  confirm  Teschemacber  and  Smith's  state- 
ment that  the  percentages  so  obtained  are  above  the 
truth,  while  the  other  tests  give  results  as  a  rule 
slightly  under  the  theoretical  percentage.  The 
experiments  were  made  by  dissolving  the  salts, 
diluting  to  20oz.  bulk  of  water,  boiling,  adding 
gradually  the  hot  solution  of  barium  chloride,  and 
allowing  the  solutions  to  stand  overnight.  In  all 
cases  the  acids  and  water  used  were  tested  to  make 
sure  no  sulphur  was  present  in  them. 


SULPHUR  EXPERIMENTS:  55 
USED  BaC1..2aq.  USED  TO  5 
APPROXIMATELY  PRESENT. 

Protosulphate  of  Iron— FeSO,,7aq. 

Theoretical  percentage  of  sulphur 


GRAINS    CRYSTAL- 
GRAINS    SULPHUR 


11-51 
11-629 


11-633 


By  direct  precipitation  as  ferrous  salt    

Bv  precipitation  after  oxidation,  evaporation 

to  expel  nitric  acid,  etc.,  as  in  pyrites  assays    11-473        1P491 
By  precipitation  after  oxidation  with  perman 

ganate  of  potassium 

Double  Sulphate  of  Iron  and  Ammonia -Y^SO ,. 

Theoretical  percentage  of  sulphur 

By  direct  precipitation  as  ferrous  salt  

By  precipitation  after  oxidation,  evaporation! 
to  expel  nitric  acid.  etc..  as  in  pyrites  assays  / 

By  precipitation  after  oxidation  with  perman- 
ganate of  potassium    

Ammonia-iron  Alum— (NH,),  SO,.Fe;iSO,) 

Theoretical  percentage  of  sulphur 

By  direct  precipitation  

Sulphate  of  Ammonia— tXH,t;SO,. — 

Theoretical  percentage  of  sulphur 

i 


By  direct  precipitation 
Average 


11-518  11-53S 

iNH,i.SO,,6aq. 

10-326  — 

16  352  16337 

10-212  16193 

16248  16190 

16313  16-372 
„21aq.- 

13-273  — 

13-197  13203 

2421  — 

21201  21312 

24-282  21-201 

21219 


More  recently  I  have  made  experiments  by 
dissolving;  recrystallised  sulphur,  recently  fused  and 
powdered,  in  pure  redistilled  nitric  acid,  adding  the 
relative  proportions  of  iron,  copper,  lead,  and  zinc, 
and  treating  the  solutions  so  ootained  as  pyrites 
assays  : — 

BY     PRECIPITATION     FROM     FERRIC     SOLUTIONS: 
LUNGES  "OLD  PROCESS." 


Sulphur  taken    — 

Iron 

Lead    

Copper  

Zinc 

Sulphate  of  barium 
equal  to  sulphur 


Grains. 
4-985        

Grains. 

4'988 

121 

401 

010          

032         

030 

o-io 

3628 

3625 

4-982        

4-978 

BY.  PRECIPITATION  AFTER  SEPARATION  OF  THE 
FERRIC  OXIDE  BY  AMMONIA  ETC. :  LUNGES  "NEW 
PROCESS." 


Sulphur 

Grains. 
4t»7  . 
4-SS     . 

36-335  ' 

4VJO  . 

Grains. 

..  5000  .. 

..  438    .. 

..  o-io   .. 

i '36-22.1  '.'. 
..   1975 

Grains. 
..  5-012  . 
..  423    . 

..  o-io  . 

..  0-32    . 

"38-38    '. 

i  888 

Grains. 
..  5019 

..  4-60 

'.'.  o-.o 

..  010 

Sulphate  of  barium 
equal  to  sulphur 

.3655 

..  5019 

86 


T1IK  .lOlllNAI.  OF  'I  HI'.  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBY.       IFeb.28,1887. 


1636    M  11 
46-55    16-48 

10-59    4651 


To  test  the  effect  of  excess  of  barium  chloride  on 
the  weight  of  the  precipitate  obtained,  I  made  the 
following  experiments  on  samples  of  pyrites  : — 

By  precipitation  with  SSgrs.  crys.  UaCl3.  I 

„  65  M  1S"24'    s. 

Mean. 

By  precipitation  -with  55grs.  crys.  BaCl,     4616 
75  „  I6"4i 

95  .,  16-50 

In  the  above  experiments  the  precipitates  were 
allowed  to  stand  overnight  ;  the  same  sample  was 
also  tested  by  precipitation  with  55  grains  crystallised 
chloride  of  barium,  and  filtration  after  standing 
thirty  minutes  :  two  experiments  gave 

i    2S  and  PV14 ;  mean  40'36  per  cent,  sulphur. 

I  have  referred  previously  to  the  solubility  of  sul- 
phate of  barium  in  hydrochloric  acid  ;  the  following 
experiments  show  the  necessity  for  extreme  care  in 
the  use  of  HC1  when  washing  this  precipitate.  Thus, 
while  filtrates  from  precipitations  of  pyrites  solutions 
(10gndnspyrites,55grains  crystallised  barium  chloride) 
remained  quite  clear,  or  gave  only  traces  of  a  precipi- 
tate on  the  addition  of  more  barium  chloride  ;  when 
much  hydrochloric  acid  was  used  in  washing  the 
precipitate,  the  washings,  although  remaining  quite 
clear  on  standing,  gave,  on  the  addition  of  barium 
chloride  solution,  a  precipitate  the  quantity  of  which 
varied  with  the  amount  of  acid  used  ;  and  this 
'  occurred  not  only  with  pyrites  assays,  but  with 
experiments  made  with  sulphate  of  ammonia.  The 
quantity  of  precipitate  obtained  was  much  greater 
than  could  be  accounted  for  by  assuming  that 
other  sulphates  were  precipitated  with  the  sul- 
phate of  baryta,  and  were  removed  from  it  by  the 
excessive  use  of  hydrochloric  acid,  while  the  fact  ihat 
the  total  amount  of  barium  sulphate  obtained  in 
duplicate  experiments  was  the  same  with  limited  and 
excessive  use  of  acid,  supports  the  view  that  sulphate 
of  baryta  was  dissolved  and  reprecipitated  by  the 
addition  of  barium  chloride.  Two  portions  of  sul- 
phate of  ammonia,  containing  approximately  5  grains 
of  sulphur,  were  taken,  dissolved  in  water,  slightly 
acidified  with  HC1,  and  precipitated  with  05  grains 
crystallised  barium  chloride.  After  standing  overnight 
one  of  the  precipitates  was  washed  in  the  usual 
manner,  dried,  ignited,  and  weighed.  After  removing 
the  supernatant  fluid  from  the  other  precipitate  it 
was  washed  with  an  ounce  of  boiling  water,  which 
was,  after  settling,  passed  through  the  filter.  The 
precipitate  was  then  treated  with  400  measured 
grains  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  twenty  ounces 
of  boiling  water  added,  the  precipitate  well  stirred 
up,  and  after  settling  the  clear  fluid  decanted  ;  twenty 
ounces  of  boiling  water  were  then  poured  over  the 
precipitate,  and  after  settling  passed  through  the 
tilter,  to  which  the  precipitate  was  then  transferred, 
washed,  dried,  ignited,  and  weighed.  The  washings 
of  this  second  experiment  were  then  treated  with 
barium  chloride,  and  the  precipitate  washed,  dried, 
etc.,  as  usual.  The  sample  of  sulphate  of  ammonia 
contained  a  little  free  acid,  which  will  account  for 
the  results  being  slightly  above  the  theoretical  per- 
centage : — 


were  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  were  conducted 
as  described  above. 


Grains. 

20-56 


Grains. 
_..-  20591 

:'-,l,^1}  35-625 


wiih  aci< 


36515 
21-39 


0  93 
36-555 
21  -37 


Ammonium  sulphate  taken.. 
Sulphate  of  barium  washed 

with  water  

Sulphate    of    barium     from 

acid  washings    

Total  barium  sulphate  

K>iual  to  sulphur  per  cent.  . . 

!'>/>)'■*  Aaayt. — In  the  following  teste  of  pyrites 
s  old  and  new  processes  were  conducted  as  In- 
describes,  but  employing  H>  grains  of  pyrites  and  55 
grains  crystallised  barium  chloride  for  each  ti 
allowing  the  solutions  to  itand  overnight  The 
experiments  in  which  the  barium  sulphate  precipitates 


Lunge's 
iiM  Process. 


V  w 


.Wll   i 
50-10  I 


50-OS 


After 

with 
10   1 


IS-61 


>■-",  Total 

from  Sulphur 
W.ishings.  per 

OrainB.  cent. 


44-95 

1 198  I 
14-88 

43-57 

1 

1929 

HC25 

IS  01 

1 

50-11   t 
4995  / 

50-10 

- 

4918 

19-15 

- 

19-12 

4932 

- 

48-91 

48-78 

49-66  j' 

49-57 

- 

4959 

49-57 

- 

4907 
•4905  1 

4905 

1105 

1-005 
1015 


5012 

14-95 

P.CI4 


In  concluding  this  portion  of  my  paper  I  would 
refer  briefly  to  the  following  points  :  I  And  it  is  im- 
possible to  expel  all  the  nitric  acid  from  pyrites 
solutions  on  the  first  evaporation  (Lunge  :  '-Sulphuric- 
Acid/'  i.  p.  102)  ;  on  treating  the  residue  with  HC1 
considerable  effervescence  and  evolution  of  nitrous 
fumes  results,  necessitating  precautions  to  avoid 
loss :  and  the  great  difficulty  of  completely  re- 
moving all  the  sulphur  from  the  peroxide  of  iron 
precipitated  by  ammonia.  This  precipitate  should 
always  be  dissolved  and  tested  for  sulphur,  although 
generally  the  amount  is  small.  Some  operators  I 
believe  dissolve  pyrites  in  nitrohydrochioric  acid, 
decomposing  the  excess  of  nitric  acid  by  repeated 
additions  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  boiling,  precipi- 
tating from  this  solution  with  barium  chloride.  My 
experience  is  that  it  is  impossible  to  expel  the  nitric 
acid  completely,  and  that  tests  made  in  this  manner 
are  liable  to  serious  error. 

With  regard  to  the  percentage  of  available  sulphur 
in  pyrites,  Dr.  Lunge  objects  to  the  sulphur  equivalent 
to  the  lead,  zinc,  and  lime  present  being  estimated  as 
available,  stating  ("  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alkali,"  vol.  i. 
p.  108)  that  lead  and  zinc  sulphates  are  hardly  or  not 
at  all  decomposed  at  the  temperature  of  a  pyrites 
burner  ;  and  on  p.  246  of  the  same  volume  he  Btates 
that  burnt  ores  always  contain  some  sulphate  of  iron. 
On  examining  the  analysis  of  burnt  ores  by  Gibb, 
quoted  by  him  on  p.  589,  it  will  be  found  that  the 
Tinto,  Tharsis,  and  Mason's  burnt  ores  contain  more 
sulphur  as  sulphuric  acid  (SOs)  than  suffices  to 
combine  with  all  the  oxide  ol  copper,  lead,  zinc,  ami 
lime  present.  An  analysis  of  San  Domingo  burnt 
ore,  by  Phillips,  also  shows  that  more  sulphur  is 
present  than  suffices  to  form  sulphates  with  all  the 
copper,  lead,  zinc  and  lime. 

Burnt  Ores: — 

Tinto.       Thar.-is.    MaMn  -. 
SO.,pcrcent 0'10  5'25  580 

■  mired   by   PbO.   (mi,  /.„(>, 


Pa' 


519 


3-87 


San  D  Ore.    Analysis  ly  Phillips : — 

Total  sulphur  per  cent 3C6 

Sulphur  required  to  form  sulphates  with  Cu,  l'b, 

Zu.  and  I  an  


2-59 


'  The  addition  of  tartaric  acid  to  solutions  of  ferric  salts 
before  precipitation  with  barium  chloride  baa  been  reeom- 
mended  to  prevent  oxideof  iron  precipitating  h  itli  the  barium 
Bnlphate :  50  graina  of  tartaric  acid  were  added  in  ibis  experi- 
menl,  but  without  any  inlluence  on  the  result. 


Feb.48,i88T.]  THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


In  an  analysis  of  burnt  ore  from  Norwegian  pyrites 
the  figures  are — 

SO    pci' cent 

SO   required  by  PbO,  CaO,  CuO 3-68 

BO    toZnt)    287 

6  16  per  cent.  ZnO  present  requires  6"38  percent 

So..  ;  in  this  case  it  is  evident  some  of  the  sulphate 
of  zinc  has  been  decomposed.  It'  the  analysis  ol 
burnt  ores  from  Spanish  pyrites  referred  to  above  are 
examined,  it  will  be  found  that  the  sulphur  required 
m  sulphates  with  tin:  lime  and  lead  present  ia 
relatively  small,  while  the  zinc  requires  a  much, 
higher  percentage.  This  is  also  evident  in  the 
following  analysis  of  average  samples  of  pyrites 
in  entry  made  by  me — 


sulphur  in  pyrites  are  concordant,  and  express  the 
total  percentage  in  Spanish  pyrites  ;  that  a  moi 
excess  of  chloride  of  barium  should  be  used  when 
precipitating  sulphate  of  baryta,  and  that  great  care 
should  be  taken  in  the  use  oi  hydrochloric  acid  when 
washing  this  precipitate. 


Lead 

Zinc  

Lime    

Sulphur  required  by 

lead  and  lime  

Sulphur  required    by 
zinc    


.... 


(b) 


, 


1.0 


(«•) 


138 

0-85 

101 

053 

0-07 

0177 

0-762 

l-OG 

TSo 

- 

0*27 

0-183 

11-21 

0-21 

103 

0-37 

021 

0-29 

0-22 

0-59 

023 

032 

0-52 

0-91 

- 

".  ti.  c.  el  arc  Spanish  pyrites,  pis  a  sample  of  Italian  ore 
with  la  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

The  quantities  of  sulphates  of  lead  and  lime  present 
when  operating  on  '  gramme  or  10  grain  assays  of 
pyrites  are  so  small  that  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  all  the  sulphur  is  estimated  as  sulphate  of 
barium,  and  in  my  opinion  the  better  plan  would  be 
(in  cases  where  the  pyrites  is  returned  after  burning 
to  copper  extractors)  to  deduct  the  percentage  of 
sulphur  found  in  the  burnt  ores  (making  a  correction 
for  the  lesser  weight  of  the  latter)  within  certain 
agreed  limits  from  the  total  percentage;  the  alkali 
maker  would  then  without  doubt  pay  only  for  the 
actual  sulphur  of  service  to  him.  In  other  eases  an 
allowance  might  be  made,  based  on  the  percentage 
of  lead,  lime,  and  zinc  in  the  ore. 

With  regard  to  the  various  discrepancies  I  have 
enumerated,  it  has  been  suggested  that  they  form  a 
strong  argument  in  favour  of  the  proposed  uniform 
methods  of  analysis.  While  admitting  that  certain 
methods— for  instance,  the  bichromatic  process  for 
iron  assays — are  the  most  accurate,  yet  I  think  great 
caution  should  be  used  in  recommending  that  a 
single  method  be  adopted,  especially  if  it  is  not  free 
from  fault.  To  illustrate  this  I  may  refer  to  Lunge's 
"Alkali  Makers'  Pocket  Book,"  pp.  B2,  B3,  84.  The 
methods  detailed  for  the  estimation  of  copper  and 
zinc  in  pyrites  are  not  above  criticism,  while  the  pro- 
given  on  p.  84  for  the  estimation  of  sulphur  in 
burnt  ores  would  certainly  indicate  that  present  as 
sulphates  of  lead  and  lime.  The  introduction  of  these 
standard  methods  will  also  probably  reduce  the  status 
of  the  chemists  employed,  and  lead  to  work  being 
done  by  rule  of  thumb  instead  of  being  thoroughly 

undent 1,  while  it  is  gi>  [ng  valuable  information  to 

people  who  are  too  idle  or  incompetent  to  investigate 
the  accuracy  of  the  various  processes  themselves, 
with  the  result  that  it  any  variation  occurs  in  the 
material  operated  on,  serious  errors  are  likely  to  occur 
and  escape  detection.  I  would  also  point  out  that 
while  the  general  principles  of  the  methods  which 
should  be  used  in  the  estimation  of  sulphur  have- 
been  known  for  years,  most  serious  errors  have 
occurred  and  escaped  detection  up  to  the  present 
time,  for  which  no  otler  excuse  than  gross  careless- 
ness i \m  l.e  eiven. 

In  conclusion,    1  will  submit   that   the   result-  of 
Lunge's  old  and  new  methods  for  the  estimation  of 


a^ancbestet  Section. 

Chairman  :  sir  II.  E.  Koscoe,  M.P. 

Vice-chairman  :  I.  Levinstein. 

Committee: 


Dr.  Howinan. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 

C.  K.st  court, 
ll  Grimehaw. 
Peter  Hart. 
Dr.  Gerland. 


C.  Schorlemnier. 
Dr.  Schunck. 
Iir.  Watson. 
Win.  Thomson. 
L.  Siebold. 
Dr.  Hewitt. 


Local  Secretary  : 

J.    Carter-Bell,    Bankfteld.    The    Cliff,    Higher    Broughton, 

Manchester. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


OX  THE  TREATMENT  OF  SOAPMAKF.I'.S 
LEYS  FOR  RECOVERY  OF  GLYCERIN. 

BY   ALFRED    H.    ALLEN,    F.I.C.,   F.I  .S., 
President  of  the  Society  of  Public  Analysts. 

The  applications  of  glycerin  are  constantly  extending. 
Besides  being  employed  in  pharmacy  and  medicine 
it  is  also  used  extensively  in   the  manufacture   of 
toilet  soaps,  for  filling  gas-meters  in  situations  liable 
to  be  exposed  to  great  cold,  and  for  various  other 
purposes.       But   by    far   the   largest  application   of 
glycerin  at  the  present  time  is  in  the  manufacture 
of' nitroglycerin,  which  is  used  for  making  dynamite 
and  blasting  gelatin  to  the  extent  of  a  good  many 
tons  daily.  .   ..        .        .        , 

At  present  the  greater  part  of  the  glycerin  ot 
commerce  is  obtained  by  saponifying  fats  under  high 
pressure  with  water  and  a  limited  proportion  of  a 
base.  This  process  yields  a  high  quality  ot  glycerin, 
but  the  fatty  acids,  which  are  the  primary  objects  ot 
the  manufacture,  produce  inferior  soaps  to  tnose 
obtained  by  directly  saponifying  fats   with   caustic 

soda.  „  ,  . 

When  the  latter  method  of  soap-making  is  em- 
ployed, it  is  usual  to  separate  the  soap  from  its 
aqueous  solution  by  adding  common  salt,  the  soap 
being  practically  insoluble  in  brine  of  a  certain 
strength.  Hence  there  is  obtained,  as  a  waste  pro- 
duct, a  strongly-saline  liquid,  containing  a  certain 
proportion  of"  glycerin,  and  it  is  the  treatment  of 
tin    spent  ley  that  forms  the  subject  of  the  present 

Pl  Spent  soapmakers' leys  have  a  very  variable  and 
complex  composition.  They  usually  contain  water: 
glycerin  ;  chloride,  sulphate,  and  carbonate  ot 
sodium  ;  a  small  quantity  of  caustic  soda;  and  very 
variable  amounts  of  suspended  or  dissolved  soap,  ami 
resinous,  fatty,  albuminous,  and  colouring  matter?. 
In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  which  may  be  considered 
the  normal  constituents  of  leys,  a  number  ot  otbei 
troublesome  impurities  exist  in  the  pro.  nets  ot  cer- 
tain works.  Thus,  at  Widncs,  tallow  and  other  fate 
are  saponified  by  means  of  causticised  »»<***" 
liquor,  instead  of  by  finished  caustic  soda.  I  he 
resultant  "Lancashire  leys,"  obtained  in  salting  out 
the  soap,  are  exceedingly  impure,  and  consequently 


- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY      [fret.  26,  is#. 


very  difficult  to  ileal  with.  Besides  the  foregoing 
constituents,  they  contain  a  considerable  quantity  of 
hyposulphites  (thiosulphates),  besides  sulphides,  buI- 
phocyamdes,  cyanides,  ferrocyanides,  etc.  The  snl- 
phur  compounds,  in  particular,  are  very  objectionable, 
for  if  not  removed  they  cause  the  production  ol 
volatile  organic  sulphur  compounds  (hiring  the  dis- 
tillation which  all  recovered  glycerin  has  to  be  sub- 
jected to,  and  the  distilled  product  is  unfit  for  the 
purposes  of  the  dynamite  manufacturer. 

The  recovery  of  the  glycerin  from  Bi  ap  leys  in  a 
state  sufficiently  pure  for  conversion  into  nitro- 
glycerin is  a  problem  which  has  exercised  the 
faculties  of  a  number  of  inventors.  The  history  of 
the  subject  up  to  the  end  of  1881  was  discussed  by 
Mr.  Charles  Kingzett  in  an  interesting  paper  read 
at  an  early  meeting  of  the  London  Section  of  this 
Society  (this  Journ.  1882,  78).  This  paper  and  the 
records  of  the  Patent  Office  constitute  almost  the 
entire  literature  of  the  subject  up  to  the  present  time. 

As  stated  by  Mr.  Kingzett,  a  study  of  the  speci- 
fications relating  to  glycerin-recovery  shows  that 
"  it  is  very  much  easier  to  obtain  a  patent  than  to 
make  a  discovery."  Reviewing  the  different  processes 
described  by  the  patentees,  Mr.  Kingzett  classifies 
them  as  designed  to  effect  the  following  objects  :  "  1. 
To  remove  or  destroy  albuminous  or  soapy  matters, 
together  with  any  residual  soap  in  the  spent  leys. 
2.  To  facilitate  the  removal  of  the  salt,  either  by  em- 
ploying means  to  diminish  the  solubility  of .  the 
chloride  of  sodium,  in  cases  where  that  substance  is 
used,  or  to  substitute  another  which  may  be  more 
readily  and  profitably  removed.  3.  To  economise 
the  cost  of  concentrating  the  leys  to  that  point  at 
which  the  glycerin  may  be  at  once  employed  for 
certain  purposes  in  its  then  crude  condition,  or  still 
further  purified  by  distillation." 

To  effect  the  first  of  these  objects,  it  has  been 
proposed  to  acidulate  the  leys,  and  some  inventors 
then  add  tannin,  gelatin,  albumin,  alum,  chromium 
salts,  iron  salts,  pyroligneous  acid,  etc.  Stearic  acid 
is  employed  by  one  inventor  (Bang,  No.  4593,  1883), 
while  another  proposes  to  convert  the  concentrated 
glycerin  into  a  glyceride  by  heating  it  with  oleic 
acid.  O.  C.  Hagemann  treats  the  leys  with  lime  to  j 
causticise  the  alkaline  carbonate,  and  then  boils  with 
rosin  to  convert  the  resultant  caustic  soda  into  a  rosin 
soap,  which  is  removed. 

To  get  rid  of  the  common  salt,  Clolus  (No.  681 


spirit  or  amyl  alcohol,  for  separating  impurities 
from  glycerin,  both  before  and  after  distillation,  is 
proposed  by  some  inventors,  while  fatty  acids  arc 
preferred  by  others. 

Of  course  modifications  exist  in  the  details  of 
glycerin-recovery,  but  the  method  of  treating  leys 
iinu  common]}  used  is  substantially  as  follows : — The 
liquid  is  acidulated,  heated  by  open  steam,  and  the 
precipitated  fatty  and  resinous  matters  separated.  The 
clear  lie  |iior  is  neutralised  with  soda  ash,  filtercdand con- 
centrated  in  open  pans.  The  evaporation  is  continued 
till  the  boiling-point  reaches  270— 280"  F.  The  salt 
which  separates  continuously  during  the  process  of 
concentration  is  removed  by  perforated  ladles,  and 
then  Usually  washed  with  brine,  and  dried  by  means 
of  a  hydro-extractor.  The  liquid  is  further  concen- 
trated till  the  boiling-point  is  as  high  as  300°  F.  The 
crude  glycerin  thus  obtained  varies  greatly  in  quality. 
The  density  is  mum  tines  as  high  as  1  3*;,  and  the 
proportion  of  mineral  natter  usually  ranges  from  7 
to  14  per  cent.  A  corjsiderable-proportion  of  it  con- 
sists of  sodium  chloride  :  but  if  sodium  sulphate 
has  been  used  for  precipitating  the  soap  the  pro- 
portion of  sulphates  in  the  crude  glycerin  will  be 
correspondingly  high. 

In  any  case,  the  crude  glycerin  requires  to  be 
distilled,  which  is  effected  in  specially-contrived 
apparatus  with  the  aid  of  superheated  steam.  A 
second  and  third  distillation  are  sometimes  necessary, 
and  in  some  cases  the  distilled  product  obstinately 
retains  impurities  which  unfit  it  for  conversion  into 
nitro-glycerin.  I  am  informed  that  in  Germany  a 
good  distilled  product  is  obtained  from  crude  glyce- 
rins which  have  not  hitherto  been  satisfactorily  worked 
in  this  country. 

As  already  stated,  the  impurities  in  Lancashire 
leys  are  exceptionally  troublesome  to  deal  with,  and 
the  most  notable  systematic  attempt  to  purify  the 
product  is  that  patented  by  Mr.  0.  C.  Hagemann 
(Eng.  Pat.  8051,  1885).  After  treating  the  leys  with 
lime,  and  subsequently  boiling  with  rosin  in  the  manner 
already  described,  the  inventor  neutralises  the  liquid 
with  a  mineral  acid,  and  then  adds  ferric  chloride  as 
long  as  a  precipitate  is  produced.  The  precipitate 
consists  mainly  of  fatty  matter  and  Prussian  blue, 
and  is  said  in  the  patent  to  have  a  marketable  value. 
After  separating  the  precipitate,  the  purified  liquid 
is  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  heated,  and  air 
blown  through  it  for  some   time.      This  treatment 


1881)  has  proposed  to  saturate  the  previously  con-  causes  the  decomposition  of  hyposulphites,  etc.  ;  but 
centrated  liquid  with  hydrochloric  acid  gas,  subse-  !  to  complete  their  destruction  a  solution  of  bleaching 
quently  getting  rid  of  the  latter  by  means  of  lead    powder  is  next  added  until  free  chlorine  is  found  in 


oxide  or  a  current  of  air  :  while  P.  Versmann  con 
centrates,  and  treats  the  liquid  with  carbonic  acid, 
by  which  acid  carbonates  are  formed  which  are  com- 
paratively little  soluble  in  glycerin.  Loth  these  in- 
ventors recommend  dialysis  as  a  further  means  of 
separating  the  salts  from  the  glycerin,  and  the  same 
principle  has  been  employed  with  seme  measure  of 
success  by  H.  Fleming.    (Ger.  Pat.  13,953, 1880.) 

Other  inventors  (Eng.  l'at.  1562,  1881)  employ 
sodium  sulphate  instead  of  common  salt  for  preci- 
pitating llie  soap ;  then  neutralise  the  leys  with  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  evaporate  and  separate  the 
sulphate.  In  another  instance!  Eng,  l'at.  iTl's,  1882), the 
ley  is  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  after  con- 
centration, the  salts  are  separated  from  the  glycerin 
by  means  of  alcohol  or  wood  spirit. 

e  inventors  obtain  a  product  rich  in  glycerin 
by  using  spent  leys  instead  of  water  for  dissolving 
the  alkali  requisite  for  saponifying  fats,  while  another 
evaporates  the  ley  till  salt  begins  to  deposit,  and 
uses  the  liquid  instead  of  fresh  brine  for  precipitat- 
ing soap  from  solution. 

The  use  of  immiscible  solvent-,  such  as  petroleum 


the  liquor,  when  the  precipitated  sulphur  is  removed 
and  the  ley  neutralised  ami  concentrated.  This 
process  is  by  no  means  perfect,  though  yielding  a 
much  improved  product. 

The  treatments  with  lime  and  rosin  have  been  aban- 
doned, and  I  believe  the  blue  precipitate  has  not 
hitherto  been  found  to  have  a  marketable  value  ; 
while  purification  by  bleaching  powder  has  formed 
the  subject  of  a  previous  patent.  Put  these  are 
negative  objections.  A  graver  one  is  that  the  proi  ess 
leaves  untouched  the  snlphocyanides  which  are 
present  in  very  considerable  quantity  in  Lancashire 
leys,  and  which  are  perhaps  the  most  objectionable 
impurity. 

It  was  primarily  with  a  view  of  removing  the 
snlphocyanides  that  I  was  led  to  devise  a  method  of 
treating  leys,  which  forms  the  subject  of  a  patent 
recently  obtained  by  Mr.  P..  Nickels  and  myself, 
and  the  process  appears  to  have  satisfactorily  solved 
one  of  the  most  difficult  problems  connected  with  the 
subject. 

Although  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  heavy  metals  form 
ferrocyanides  which  are  iusoluble  in  neutral  or  faintly 


Fcb.28,issr.l      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  KOClETV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


ftft 


acid  liquids,  the  metallic  sulphocyanides  are  mostly 
soluble.  Thus,  whereas  solutions  of  iron,  zinc,  tin, 
lead,  and  copper  are  all  available  for  removing  ferro- 
cyanides  from  leys  containing  them,  copper  solutions 
alone  are  capable  of  precipitatiug  the  sulphocyanides. 
Hence,  it  occurred  to  me  that  copper  salts  might  be 
advantageously  employed  for  the  purpose  in  question, 
and  a  further  consideration  and  experience  of  their 
behaviour  has  shown  Mr.  Nickels  and  myself  that 
they  possess  a  variety  of  attributes  which  render 
them  curiously  well  adapted  for  purifying  soap  leys. 
Thus,  on  adding  a  solution  of  a  copper  salt  to  soap 
leys  previously  rendered  neutral  or  faintly  acid,  the 
sulphocyanides  are  wholly  precipitated,  and  with 
them  are  also  thrown  down  any  sulphides,  cyanides, 
ferroryanides,  or  silicates  ;  together  with  albuminous, 
reBinous,  fatty,  colouring,  and  a  variety  of  other 
organic  matters.  The  precipitate  settles  with  great 
facility,  and  the  filtered  liquid  is  obtained  nearly 
colourless. 

If  a  cupric  solution  be  employed,  which  in  practice 
is  always  the  case,  more  or  less  oxidation  of  the 
hyposulphites  occurs,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  pre- 
cipitate consists  of  cuprous  sulphocyanide. 

The  reaction  between  a  soluble  sulphocyanide  and 
a  cuprous  salt  is  a  simple  case  of  double  decomposi- 
tion, the  insoluble  white  cuprous  sulphocyanide 
being  instantly  precipitated  (CUoCL  +  ZNaCNS 
=  Cu„(CNS)2  +  2NaC'l).  Whenasolubesulphocyanide 
is  treated  with  a  cupric  salt  in  concentrated  solution, 
the  sparingly  soluble  black  cupric  sulphocyanide  is 
first  precipitated,  and  this  gradually  changes  more  or 
less  completely  into  thewhitecuj  nous  salt.  Similarly, 
when  a  cupric  salt  and  a  soluble  sulphocyanide  are 
mixed  in  solution  so  dilute  as  to  prevent  the  precipi- 
tation of  cupric  sulphocyanide,  a  white  precipitate  of 
cuprous  sulphocyanide  is  gradually  formed.  It  is 
evident  that  the  reduction  of  the  copper  to  the 
cuprous  condition  involves  the  simultaneous  oxida 
tion  of  a  portion  of  the  sulphocyanide.  The  odour 
of  hydrocyanic  acid  developed  and  the  formation  of 
a  sulphate  in  the  liquid  indicate  qualitatively  the 
nature  of  the  change,  and  I  have  proved  by  quantita- 
tive experiments — (e.g.,  verification  of  the  ratio  : — 
6CuC'NS  :  H2SO<.) — that  the  following  equation 
represents  the  main  reaction  which  occurs : — 6CuC'l..  + 
7NaCNS+4H-.0=6CuCNS+7KCl+5HCl+H.S01 
+HCN. 

It  would  appear  from  these  considerations  that  the 
presence  of  a  moderate  proportion  of  a  hyposulphite 
is  a  positive  advantage  when  sulphocyanides  are  to 
be  removed  from  leys,  and  that  if  not  present  in 
sufficient  quantity,  the  cautious  addition  of  a  suitable 
reducing  agent  should  be  practised.  When  a  cupric 
salt  is  mixed  in  neutral  or  slightly  acid  solution  with 
sodium  hyposulphite,  and  the  liquid  is  boiled,  a 
sulphide  of  copper  is  well  known  to  be  precipitated. 
In  the  cold  no  precipitation  occurs,  but  the  copper  is 
reduced  to  the  cuprous  state,  showing  that  the  nypo- 
eulphite  undergoes  oxidation  in  some  manner  with 
conversion  into  one  or  more  of  the  thionic  acids,  but 
I  have  not  yet  ascertains d  the  exact  reaction.  Oxi- 
dation to  sulphate  is  unfortunately  very  partial. 

Whether  the  copper  solution  should  be  added  to 
the  leys  in  the  exact  quantity  necessary  to  remove 
the  precipitable  matters,  or  whether  an  excess  should 
be  employed,  is  a  detail  which  experience  will  quickly 
decide.  As  a  rule  a  supplementary  treatment  with 
bleaching  powder  or  other  oxidising  agent  will  have 
to  be  resorted  to  in  order  to  destroy  the  remainder  of 
the  thionic  acids,  and  if  excess  of  copper  has  been 
employed  it  must  be  subsequently  removed  from  the 
liquid  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  an  alkaline  carbon- 
ate, metallic  iron,  or  other  suitable  means,  either  at 
once  or  after  more  or  less  concentration. 


The  employment  of  copper  for  the  purification  of 
soap  leys,  however  perfect  chemically,  would  not  be 
available  in  practice  but  for  the  great  facility  with 
which  the  copper  can  be  recovered  from  the  precipi- 
tate. This  advantage  is  peculiar  to  the  n 
copper.  If  compounds  of  iron,  zinc,  lead,  or  tin  be 
employed,  the  metals  are  practically  irrecoverable 
from  the  precipitates.  But  a  copper  precipitate 
merely  requires  to  be  dried,  ignited  in  the  air,  and 
tieated  with  acid,  for  the  original  solution  to  be 
re-formed.  Or,  if  preferred,  the  precipitate,  whatever 
its  composition,  can  be  sold  to  the  copper-smelter 
with  the  assurance  that  it  will  command  a  price 
strictly  proportional  to  the  copper  present.  Further, 
the  copper  solution  obtained  by  treating  spent 
cupreous  pyrites  in  the  wet  way  (as  practised  by  the 
Tharsis  Company)  is  eminently  suitable  fur  precipi- 
tating soap  leys,  and  hence  the  copper  can,  under 
favourable  circumstances,  be  recovered  from  it  with- 
out the  employment  of  scrap-iron. 

If,  however,  it  be  desired  to  treat  the  copper  precipi- 
tate to  re-form  the  cupric  solution,  a  certain  modifica- 
tion is  desirable  in  practice.  This  is  owing  to  the 
presence  of  ferrocyanides  in  the  leys,  which  become 
precipitated  as  cupric  ferrocyanide,  and  hence  the 
oxide  of  copper  produced  by  roasting  the  precipitate 
contains  an  admixture  of  oxide  of  iron.  To  avoid 
this  it  will  be  preferable  in  many  cases  to  subject  the 
ley  to  a  preliminary  treatment.  That  is,  it  should  be 
acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  treated  with 
the  salt  of  some  metal  forming  an  insoluble  ferro- 
cyanide. A  solution  of  ferric  chloride  or  sulphate 
is  perhaps  the  most  convenient,  as  the  formation  of 
Prussian  blueand  subsequently  of  the  red  ferric  sulpho- 
cyanide is  so  readily  observed  ;  but  solutions  of  zinc, 
tin,  or  lead  are  also  available.  The  bulky  precipitate 
of  albuminous  and  fattyinatters  mixed  with  ferrocyan- 
ides having  been  separated,  the  subsequent  addition 
of  a  cupric  solution  causes  the  complete  precipitation 
of  the  sulphocyanides  as  a  grey  or  nearly  white  cuprous 
sulphocyanide.  This  may  be  ignited,  as  already 
described,  and  the  resultant  cupric  oxide  redi.-solved 
to  produce  a  cupric  solution  for  treating  a  fresh 
quantity  of  leys  ;  or  it  may  be  employed  for  the 
production  of  a  soluble  sulphocyanide  by  double 
decomposition.  Sulphocyanides  of  sodium,  barium, 
magnesium,  etc.,  are  readily  produced  in  this  way, 
while  the  copper  is  left  in  the  form  of  cuprous  oxide 
and  can  be  at  once  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid,* 
and  employed  for  treating  more  leys. 

I  have  been  induced  to  dwell  at  some  length  on 
the  subject  of  the  removal  of  sulphocyanides,  because 
the  process  by  which  we  have  succeeded  in  effecting 
it  is  possessed  of  considerable  theoretical  interest. 
The  practical  value  of  the  process  cannot  yet  be  said 
to  have  been  completely  demonstrated,  but  a  series 
of  experiments  on  a  manufacturing  scale  have  been 
for  some  time  in  progress  at  the  works  of  Messrs.  N. 
Mathieson  &  Co.,  of  Widnes,  and  the  results  so  far 
obtained  have  been  so  highly  encouraging  as  to  leave 
little  doubt  of  ultimate  success.  On  the  table  are  a 
series  of  specimens  representing  the  operation  at 
various  stages  as  actually  carried  out  on  a  large  scale. 
The  salt  recovered  is  of  very  satisfactory  quality, 
presenting  a  marked  contrast  to  that  ordinarily 
obtained  from  Lancashire  leys.  So  far  the  character 
of  the  glycerin  produced  on  distillation  has  not  been 
definitely  ascertained,  but  it  is  confidently  anticipated 
that  the  very  perfect  removal  of  the  sulphur  com- 
pounds effected  by  the  process  will  enable  a  very 
superior  distilled  product  to  be  obtained. 

Although  copper  salts  are  of  exceptional  value  for 

•  The  cuprous  chloride  formed  is  insoluble  iu  pure  water, 
but  is  dissolved  by  hydrochloric  acid,  and  is  also  readily  solu- 
ble in  a  liquid  containing  common  salt. 


00 


THE  .TOUKXAL  <>K  TiiK  SOC'IKTV  ()!•'  ClIKMK'AL  INDl  STltY.       [Feb.  28. 188* 


the  purification  of  leys  containing  sulphocyanides,  it 
must  not  be  supposed  that  other  leys  are  not  materially 
improved  by  treatment  with  copper.  On  the  contrary, 
I  have  met  with  concentrated  leys  produced  in  a  soap 

works,  where  finished  caustic  was  used  for  saponi 
j,  which  were  so  impure  us  to  he  absolutely 
refused  by  the  distiller.  A  simple  treatment  with 
copper  sulphate  caused  the  precipitation  of  an  enor- 
mous quantity  of  impurity,  and  a  change  of  the  crude 
glycerin  from  a  deep  brown  tarry  semi-fluid  to  a 
sherry-coloured  liquid  of  the  \  iscosity  of  pure  glycerin. 
This  improvement  is  not  surprising  when  we  consider 
that  copper  tonus  highly  insoluble  compounds  with 
fatty  acids,  resinous  matters,  albuminous  substances, 
and  a  number  of  other  organic  bodies.  In  all 
instances  where  ferrocyanides  are  absent,  the  copper 
may  be  recovered  as  pure  oxide  by  simply  igniting 
the  precipitate,  so  that  the  expense  attending  the 
process  is  very  moderate. 

Although  Mr.  Nickels  and  I  believe  that  we  may 
fairly  claim  to  have  effected  an  improvement  in  the 
treatment  of  soap  leys  for  the  recovery  of  glycerin, 
the  subject  is  still  far  from  being  exhausted.  None 
but  those  who  have  worked  practically  with  leys 
have  any  idea  of  the  enormous  quantity  of  salt  which 
has  to  be  separated.  It  does  not  appear  that  the 
substitution  by  the  soap-maker  of  the  sulphate  of 
sodium  for  the  chloride  usually  employed  materially 
assists  the  subsequent  operations,  so  that  the  removal 
of  the  salts  still  remains  to  be  effected.  The  fact  is 
often  overlooked  that  glycerin  has  a  far  greater 
solvent  power  than  water  for  many  substances,  and 
hence  the  problem  becomes  further  complicated.  By- 
dialysis  the  proportion  of  salts  can  be  materially 
reduced,  and  H.  Fleming  states  that  by  this  means  a 
first-class  quality  of  crude  glycerin  can  be  obtained, 
which  is  practically  free  from  salt,  and  a  second  grade 
which  is  as  good  as  that  which  has  not  been  subjected 
to  the  process.  Much  of  the  salt  can  doubtless  be 
removed  by  dialysis,  but  the  operation  is  by  no  means 
perfect,  and  only  a  portion  of  the  glycerin  is  claimed 
to  be  recovered  in  a  nearly  salt- free  condition.  In 
fact,  Mr.  B.  Nickels  has  found  that  by  continuing 
the  operation,  using  a  diaphragm  of  parchment- 
paper,  all  the  glycerin  can  be  caused  todialyse,  while 
certain  troublesome  resinous  impurities  remain 
behind.  <  >n  tl  e  other  hand,  Fleming  has  patented 
the  use  of  a  guttapercha  membrane,  which  he  states 
is  traversed  by  salt,  but  is  impermeable  to  glycerin. 
1  am  not  aware  how  far  this  statement  has  been  found 
to  bear  the  test  of  experience.  In  any  case,  it  is 
evident  that  much  still  remains  to  be  accomplished 
in  perfecting  the  recovery-  of  a  high  quality  of 
glycerin  from  soap  leys. 

oi sci  S6I0N. 

The  ('haikman  :  The  subject  of  Mr.  Allen's  paper 
Ie  one  of  very  great  importance,  particularly  from  a 
technical  or  practical  |  oint  of  view.  Unfortunately, 
it  is  one  1  am  not  at  all  familiar  with.  There  is  only 
one  question  which  presents  itself  to  my  mind,  ami 
that  is— What  occasion  is  therefor  the  removal  of 
the  impurities  refined  to'  l  do  not  quite  under- 
stand what  harm  is  done  by  the  sulphur  compounds 
if  they  are  not  removed. 

Mr.  DAVIS:   1   think  that  in  _  the  sale  of 

the  copper  precipitate  to  the  smelter,  Air.  Allen  has 
rather  overlooked  the  direct  commercial  value  pos- 
sessed by  cupreous  sulphocyanides.  This  has  now 
acquired  considerable  importance  as  the  starting 
point  of  various  metallic  sulphocyanides  now  es 
tensively used  bydyers.  In  fact,  for  several  years 
past.  1  have  purposely  manufactured  the  sulpho- 
cy&mde  ol  copperfrom  the  crude  Bulphocyanide  of 
ammonium  obtainable  from  gas  liquor,  and  can  con- 


linn  Mr.  Allen-  experience  as  to  the  necessity  of 
using  a  reducing  agent  it  the  whole  of  the  sulpho- 
cyamde  was  to  be  precipitated  and  no  hydrocyanic 

acid    formed.       I    employ    ferrOUS     .-.ill]. hate    as    the 

cheapest  reducing  agent  available.  Now  that 
eh. mist-  arc  on  the  look-out  for  new  sources  ol 
sulphocyanides,  I  think  Mr.  Allen's  process,  by  which 
Bulphocyanide  of  copper  is  obtained  as  a  secondary 
product"  in  the  purification  of  soap  leys,  is  likely  to 
prove  of  great  value.  I  am  surprised  that  Mr.  Allen 
doubts  that  hyposulphites  are  oxidised  to  sul- 
phates by  eupric  salts,  as  I  am  in  the  habit  of 
precipitating  copper  by  .sodium  hyposulphite,  which 
becomes  converted  into  sulphate. 

Mr.  DREYFUS  :  1  just  wish  to  correct  Mr.  Mavis 
with  respect  to  his  statement  that  he  was  the  first 
to  make  Bulphocyanide  ofcopper.  1  believe  the  late 
Mr.  .Tames  Biggin  made  Bulphocyanide  of  copper 
some  eighteen  years  ago  on  a  large  scale,  and  sold  it 
to  calico  printers.  About  twelve  years  ago  I  manu- 
factured this  article  myself,  and  sold  it  to  the  calico 
printers  as  a  substitute  for  sulphide  of  copper  in 
aniline-black  printing.  I  understood  Mr.  Allen  to 
say  that  in  Germany  they  had  succeeded  in  making 
good  glycerin  by  distilling  the  crude  product,  a  thing 
which  has  not  been  successfully  done  in  England.  Is 
it  not  possible  that  in  Germany  they  obtained  this 
result  by  distilling  in  vacuo} 

Dr.  (Ikossmanx  :  I  have  listened  with  great 
interest  to  Mr.  Allen'-  paper,  but  must  say  that  I 
have  been  greatly  disappointed  at  one  serious 
omission,  and  that  is,  that  Mr.  Allen  has  not  given  us 
an  analysis  of  the  liquors  which  result  from  the 
manufacture  of  soap,  and  which  are  used  for  glycerin 
making.  In  dealing  with  a  commercial  process,  it  is, 
of  course,  of  the  utmost  importance  to  know  exactly 
the  composition  of  the  compounds  which  have  to  be 
worked  up.  Now,  Mr.  Allen  tells  us  that  the 
quantity  of  sulphocyauide  in  the  leys  is  very  con- 
siderable, without  giving  us  any  data.  This  does  not 
agree  with  my  personal  experience,  for  to  my  know- 
ledge the  quantity  of  sulphocyauide  in  black  -  ash 
;  liquors  after  boiling  down  is  comparatively  small — in 
I  fact,  black-ash  liquors,  after  boiling  down  to  the 
utmost  concentration,  would  contain  about  one  or 
one-and-a-half  gnus,  sulphocyauide  of  sodium  per 
litre  :  equal  to  about  one-tenth  per  cent,  by  weight. 
The>e  figures  refer  to  a  time  when  black  ash  was 
made  in  the  ordinary  way,  but  since  then  the 
tendency  has  been  to  reduce  the  cyanide  in  black 
ash,  and  several  patents  have  been  taken  out  to  effect 
this,  one  by  Messrs.  Pechiney  &  Weldon.and  another 
for  treating  the  liquor-  from  black  ash  by  Messrs. 
Gaskell,  Deacon  &  Co.  It  is,  therefore,  now  com- 
paratively easy  to  reduce  the  cyanide  below  the 
figures  which  1  have  mentioned,  and  I  may  be  excused 
for  saying  that  with  a  little  attention  to  the  black-ash 
process,  the  difficulty  in  treating  the  soap  leys  as 
regards  cyanides  could  be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 
The  question  whether  it  might  not  some  day  pay 
alkali  makers  to  increase  the  quantity  of  ferro- 
cyanides and  sulphocyanides  in  their  Liquors  for  the 
purpose  of  manufacturing  these  products, thus  turning 
what  is  now  a  source  of  annoyance  into  a  source  of 
profit,  is  a  separate  question  altogether.  But,  even 
in  that  case,  we  must  not  forget  that  where  the 
Liquors  have  been  used  for  soap  making  thej  contain 
organic  and  other  substances  which  will  be  thrown 
down  with  the  sulphocyauide  of  copper,  and  con- 
taminate any  product  consequently  made  from  it. 
Th.re  will  also,  in  my  opinion,  always  be  a  consider- 
able loss  oi  copper  arising  from  different  causi  . 
ami,  among  others,  from  the  fact  that  the  copper 
-melt,  i  .1...  not  paj  lor  the  actual  quantity  of 
copper,  but  for  the  quantity  which  he  will  obtain  op 


Feb.  28. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY  . 


dl 


Miirltin:-  :i-  indicated  by  the  dry  assay,  and  < 
impurities  in  the  precipitate  may  affect  this  point  to 
a  considerable  extent. 

Mr.  Thomson  :  1  undersl 1  Mr.  Allen  to  say  thai 

the  Germans  bad  succeeded  in  producing  glycerin 
free  from  colour  from  soap  leys,  but  that  up  to  the 

■  nt  time  this  had  not  been  accomplished  in  I 
land.  I  believe  the  French  were  the  first  to  produce 
pure  glycerin  from  soap  leys.  Some  years  ago  I 
visited  the  works  of  M.  Clolns,  in  Paris,  and  he  then 
showed  me  some  glycerin  quite  free  from  colour, 
which  had  been  prepared  by  him  from  Boap  leys. 

Mi.  Allen,  in  reply  to  the  Chairman, said :  The 
sulphur  compounds  cause  the  formation  of  volatile 
sulphuretted  organic  compounds  during  the  subse 
quent  distillation  of  the  glycerin, and  render  it  unfit 
for  conversion  into  nitroglycerin.  With  regard  to 
Mr.  Dreyfus's  remarks,  what  1  stated  was  that  in 
( termany  tiny  obtained  a  product  of  fair  quality  by  dis- 
tilling a  certain  crude  glycerin  which  had  not  hitherto 
been  successfully  distilled  in  England.  The  crude 
glycerin  in  question  was  not  always  obtained  from 
Lancashire  leys.  1  did  not  intend  to  imply  that  a 
colourless  or  fairly  good  distilled  glycerin  could  not 
manufactured  in  England,  as  it  is  done  very 
largely,  by  several  firms.  .Some  of  the  best  samples 
of  distilled  glycerin,  so  far  as  colour  is  concerned, 
behave  in  an  unsatisfactory  manner  on  nitration. 
1  am  delighted  that  so  high  an  authority  as 
Mr.  Davis  should  think  that  the  precipitate  of 
cuprous  sulphocyanide  obtained  in  his  process  is 
likely  to  have  a  direct  value  in  the  manufacture  of 
other  sulphocyanides.  1  fancied  that  hitherto 
Messrs.  Gossage  cared  very  little  what  proportion  of 
sulphocyanides  had  been  present  in  the  black-ash 
liquors,  while.  I  might  remind  Dr.  Grossmann,  that 
was  not  the  same  thing  as  finished  caustic  soda.  I 
don't  know  the  proportion  of  sulphocyanides  actually 
present  in  the  specimens  of  leys  before  us,  as  the 
bottles  are  just  in  the  condition  in  which  they  were 
sent  me  by  Messrs.  X.  Mathieson,  but  you  can  see 
that  the  precipitate  of  cuprous  sulphocyanide  is  very 
-iderable.  I  have  assayed  several  specimens  of 
Lancashire  leys,  and  have  found  them  to  vary  very 
considerably  in  the  proportion  of  ferrocyanides  and 
fatty  matters  present.  The  samples  I  have  examined 
contained  not  less  than  one  gramme  per  litre  of 
sulphocyanogen  (CXS).  This  does  not  at  first  seem 
a  very  large  amount,  but  if  it  existed  in  leys  contain- 
ing five  per  cent,  of  glycerin,  it  is  evident  that  the 
crude  glycerin  obtained  on  concentration  will 
contain  something  like  two  per  cent,  of  sulpho- 
cyanogen, and  much  smaller  proportions  than  this 
were  found  highly  objectionable  on  distillation.  I 
cannot  agree  with  Dr.  Grossmann  as  to  the  result  of 
the  assayof  a  copper  precipitate.  In  the  Cornish  dry 
assay  the  first  operation  was  usually  to  roast  the  ore, 
and  if  that  were  done  with  cuprous  sulphocyanide, 
or  any  mixture  of  that  with  ferrocyanides.  albuminous 
matters,  etc.,  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in  getting 
out  nearly  all  the  copper  by  dry  assay.  In  cases 
where  ferrocyanides  are  present  it  will  probably  be 
found  desirable,  first  of  all.  to  treat  the  leys  with  acid 
and  an  iron  salt,  by  which  means  a  large  amount  of 
fatty  and  albuminous  matters  may  also  be  removed, 
while  the  precipitate  subsequently  obtained  will  con- 
sist of  approximately  pure  and  nearly  white  cuprous 
sulphocyanide.*  In  other  cases  it  will,  doubtl.'- 
found  simpler  to  precipitate  everythii  er  by 

the  addition  of  a  cupric  solution,  roast  the  precipitate, 
and  re-dissolve  the  resultant  oxide  of  copper  in  acid. 
Treatment   with   the    copper   solution    removes    an 


astonishing  quantity  of  impurities  even   from  leys 

din  soap  works  where  only  finished 
soda  is  used.  The  copper  treatment  can  1»  pra 
at  almost  any  stage  of  the  concentration,  but,  so  far, 
the  operations  on  a  large  scale  have  been  cono 
on  the  leys  after  evaporation  to  the  point  at  which 
-alt  began  to  deposit  With  regard  to  Mr.  Davis's 
remarks  about  the  oxidation  of  hyposulphites,  I  am 
myself  accustomed  to  precipitate  copper  in  that  way, 
and  the  re-action  which  occurs  in  a  boiling  solution 
is  generallv  represented  as  follows  ;  —  CuCL 
V  jSgOs+Bip=CuS+NasSO<  I  2HC1.  HasMr" 
Davis  verified  this,  and  found  complete  oxidation  to 
sulphate  1  In  the  cold,  no  separation  of  sulphide  of 
copper  occurs,  and  I  fear  the  change  to  sulphate. 
even  in  the  presence  of  excess  of  copper,  is  not 
complete.  I  wish  it  were,  as  it  would  obviate  the 
necessity  of  a  supplementary  treatment  of  the  leys 
with  bleaching  solution,  but  that  after  all  is  a  simple 
matter. 


"  The  precipitate  obtained  on  a  large  scale  was  found,  after 
washing  and  drying,  to  contain  97  per  cent,  of  cuprous  suiplio- 
cyanide. 


ON  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  MASS  ON  THE 
( !<  >URSE  OF  CHEMICAL  1  (ECOMPOSITION, 
WITH  ESPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  TECH- 
NICAL PROCESSES. 

BY    a.    H.    BAILEY,    li.SC,    PH.D. 

It  is  not  without  some  diffidence  that  I  bring  before 
you  a  subject  which,  strictly  speaking,  is  more  scien- 
tific in  character  than  technical:  but  to  those  engaged 
on  a  large  scale  the  subject  is  a  matter  of  importance, 
and  if  I  can  accentuate  in  some  degree  the  desira- 
bility of  a  more  definite  knowledge  of  this  subject,  I 
shall  be  satisfied;  and  perhaps  in  the  discussion 
there  are  some  who  may  be  able  to  point  out  ex- 
amples of  this  action  which  have  occurred  in  the 
course  of  their  experience. 

I  propose,  by  way  of  introducing  the  subject,  to 
say  a  few  words  about  the  work  and  views  of 
Berthollet,  which,  although  not  accepted  in  their 
entirety  at  the  present  day,  yet  form  the  basis  for 
the  dynamical  study  of  the  course  of  chemical  re- 
action. 

Berthollet  looked  upon  decomposition  as  depending 
chiefly  on  mass,  and  considered  that  such  variations 
as  did  occur  arose  from  physical  causes,  such  as 
volatility  or  insolubility.  Take  the  case  of  silica. 
The  affinity  of  silica  for  bases  is  only  about  1  per 
cent,  of  that  of  nitric  acid,  and  yet  silica  expels 
nitric  acid  from  sodium  nitrate  at  higher  tempera- 
tures, and,  where  a  large  excess  of  silica  is  used, 
even  at  moderate  temperatures.  This  arises  from 
the  greater  volatility  of  nitric  acid.  Again,  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  excess,  though  a  volatile  acid,  decom- 
poses silicates  with  the  separation  of  insoluble  silica, 
the  direction  of  the  reaction  in  this  case  being  de- 
termined by  the  factor  of  insolubility. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  silicates  are  decom- 
posed by  alkaline  carbonates,  and  yet  some  recent 
results,  published  by  Runsen,  show  that  carbonic 
acid  at  ordinary  temperatures  will  decompose  glass, 
the  decomposition  in  his  case  having  proceeded  to 
the  extent  of  6  per  cent.  Similarly,  experiments 
have  been  tried  on  the  solvent  action  of  aqueous 
solutions  of  cartonie  acid  on  the  Thomas-slag  with 
a  view  to  utilising  the  phosphates  contained  in  that 
slag,  and  it  has  been  found  that  it  is  to  a  consider- 
able extent  dissolved  ;  in  fact,  Meyer  was  able  to 
dissolve  more  than  half  the  lime  and  phosphoric 
acid  out  of  such  a  slag  containing  54  per  cent,  of 
lime  and  22'2  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid. 

(  toe  can  readily  see  why  silica  ought  to  be  avoided 
in  the  balling  process,  and  similar  caution  is  required 


92 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TITE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb. 28, 1887. 


in  other  processes  where  higher  temperatures  are 
employed.  This  caution  applies  with  equal  force  to 
processes,  whether  carried  out  on  the  large  scale  or 
merely  as  experimental  trials,  where  glass  or  porce- 
lain are  used,  and  patents  could  easily  be  pointed  to 
in  which  reactions  attributed  to  other  causes  arise 
really  from  the  material  of  which  the  apparatus  is 
constructed.  The  second  point  of  Bertholfet's  views 
has  received  more  attention  in  recent  times,  and  it 
is  with  this  we  chiefly  concern  ourselves. 

When  two  substances  are  brought  together,  the  re- 
action which  takes  place  between  them  is  not  final 
and  determinate,  but  its  extent  is  defined  by  the 
temperature,  by  the  mass,  and  by  other  influences. 
When,  for  instance,  we  bring  together  barium  hydrate 
and  sulphate  of  soda,  we  have  formed  sulphate  of 
barium  and  caustic  soda,  but  the  reaction  is  always 
accompanied  by  a  reverse  reaction,  in  which  the 
caustic  soda  reacts  on  the  barium  sulphate,  repro- 
ducing barium  hydrate  ;  so  that  at  any  given  time 
we  have  present,  not  barium  sulphate  and  caustic 
soda  alone,  but  all  four  of  the  products,  and  the 
relative  quantities  of  these  depend  largely  on  the 
masses  present. 

The  N  ew  York  Oxygen  Company  produce  hydrogen 
by  heating  together  anthracite  and  slaked  lime.  The 
operation  is  finished  in  a  very  short  time,  and  on 
passing  an  excess  of  steam  over  the  residue  in  the 
retorts  the  reverse  action  sets  in  and  the  slaked  lime 
is  reproduced.  We  can  then  proceed  to  submit  the 
materials  to  the  second  operation  for  producing 
hydrogen,  and  this  may  be  continued  many  times 
without  renewing  the  materials.  Whatever  other 
factors  come  in,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  excess 
of  steam  used  in  this  case  controls  the  direction 
which  the  reaction  may  take.  A  further  instance 
comes  from  practical  experience  in  caustic  soda  mak- 
ing. It  has  been  found  that  a  2  per  cent,  solution  of 
carbonate  of  soda  will  yield  994  per  cent,  caustic  ;  a 
10  per  cent,  solution,  however,  gives  only  972  per 
cent,  caustic  ;  and  a  20  per  cent,  solution  gives  only 
907  per  cent,  caustic.  The  reaction  here  is  between 
w  ater,  carbonate  of  soda,  lime,  and  calcium  carbonate  ; 
and  we  have  a  second  instance  very  much  resembling 
the  case  of  the  barium  hydrate,  and  where  the  mass  of 
water  defines  the  course  of  the  reaction. 

Interesting  examples  of  the  same  kind  might  be 
obtained  from  the  experiments  that  have  been  done 
in  the  lixiviation  process,  the  most  interesting  of 
which  are  due  to  Kolb,  He  finds  that  the  amount  of 
carbonate  obtained  increases  with  a  large  excess  of 
water,  but  that  the  sulphides  also  increase  under 
these  conditions,  and  this  latter  more  especially  when 
the  process  of  lixiviation  occupies  considerable  time. 
If  such  experiments  are  worthy  of  being  carried  out 
in  the  complete  manner  that  they  have  been  in  this 
instance,  it  is  worth  while  to  make  similar  investiga- 
tions of  other  processes  with  a  view  to  determine  in 
precise  terms  the  effect  of  mass. 

Where  reactions  are  made  use  of  in  which  the 
chemical  affinity  is  small  we  have  the  results  of  mass 
action  most  pronounced  ;  and  to  take  a  case  right  on 
the  borderland  of  chemistry,  where  chemical  affinity 
is  extremely  small,  we  may  consider  the  case  of 
solution  of  gases.  Dalton  and  Henry  showed  that, 
supposing  the  co  efficient  of  solubility  of  a  gas  be 
determined  in  the  case  of  pure  gas,  the  co-efficient  is 
not  the  same  when  the  gas  is  mixed  with  other 
gases,  but  is  directly  proportional  to  the  quantity  of 
the  gas  present 

Tims,  though  the  co-efficient  of  solubility  of  N«0» 
in  sulphuric  acid  is  large,  yet  when  this  gas  is  mixed 
with  large  quantities -of  nitrogen  and  oxygen,  that 
co-efficient  is  reduced  very  considerably  ;  and  taking 
'01  per  cent  as  that  contained  in  the  gases  passing 


into  the  air  from  a  sulphuric  acid  chamber,  the  co-effi- 
cient of  solubility  is  reduced  to  one  ten-thousandth 
of  its  former  value.  From  this  it  is  evident  that  it 
is  not  practicable  to  prevent  entirely  the  loss  of 
nitre  in  the  process  of  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric 
acid  by  means  of  absorption. 

It  is  quite  possible  that  similar  considerations  may 
apply  to  a  large' number  of  cases  where  chemical 
combination  of  a  loose  kind  takes  place,  and  that  in 
such  cases  also  the  extent  to  which  the  combination 
takes  place  is  determined  by  some  similar  law  of 
which  we  are  at  present  ignorant,  and  dependent  on 
the  relative  masses  of  the  reacting  substances. 
Thus,  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  oxidation 
process  of  the  sulphuric  acid  takes  place  in  the  first 
chamber  ;  after  that,  the  sulphurous  acid  is  very 
slowly  oxidised,  and,  in  any  case,  partially  escapes 
oxidation.  We  have  indeed  at  the  later  stages  of 
the  process  sulphurous  acid,  oxygen,  and  N„Os 
mixed  according  to  recent  research,  large  quantities 
of  sulphuric  acid,  and  moisture  in  the  form  of 
vapour.  If  any  process  could  be  devised  which 
would  accelerate  the  rate  of  deposition  of  the  sul- 
phuric acid,  this  would  no  doubt  accelerate  the 
oxidation  process,  and  render  it  more  complete. 
Such  considerations  enter  into  various  branches  of 
the  industries,  where  rule-of-thumb  forms  at  present 
a  very  considerable  element ;  and  where  chemical 
agency  seems  to  have  so  little  to  du  with  the  process, 
we  cannot  blame  the  manufacturer  for  adopting 
certain  more  or  less  empirical  rules.  But  the  reason- 
able mode  of  procedure  would  be  to  determine  defi- 
nitely what  the  action  of  mass  is  in  such  processes, 
and  then  it  might  be  possible  to  work  on  more 
economical  principles,  and  attain  better  results. 

The  recent  papers  by  Messrs.  Liechti  and  Suida 
tend  to  throw  considerable  light  on  the  mordanting 
process  from  this  point  of  view,  and  form  a  most 
valuable  contribution  to  this  branch  of  inquiry. 
Similar  considerations  will,  no  doubt,  be  found  to 
bear  in  the  ill-understood  process  of  hardening  mor- 
tars and  cements,  and  in  other  similar  cases.  What 
is  mainly  wanted  is,  then,  information  of  a  definite 
character  derived  from  the  study  especially  of  opera- 
|  tions  on  a  large  scale  ;  and  such  observations  may 
fairly  be  expected  from  the  technical  chemist. 
Finally,  to  look  at  the  subject  in  a  more  rigid 
manner,  we  should  say  that  the  course  of  a  chemical 
reaction  is  determined  by  the  degradation  of  energy 
which  takes  place,  and  is  modified  by  the  facilities 
which  present  themselves  for  bringing  about  contact 
between  the  molecules.  Experiments  have  been 
made  in  this  direction  by  Menschutkin,  liertholet, 
(iuldberg,  Waage  and  others,  more  especially  on 
the  latter  of  these  two  factors,  and  an  example  or 
two  may  make  their  method  clear.  If  there  be  pre- 
sent p  molecules  of,  say,  ethyl  alcohol,  and  ^molecules 
of  acetic  acid,  we  write  usually  />=</,  and  give  as  the 
equation  representing  the  reaction — 

0,H,OH-t-CH3CO,H=CH3C02C,H:  +  OH2. 

The  reaction  in  reality,  however,  does  not  attain  com- 
pleteness, and  must  be,  from  the  dynamic  point  of 
view,  looked  upon  as  occurring  between  all  the  four 
substances  taking  part  in  it.  The  extent  of  the 
reaction  and  the  point  of  equilibrium  at  which  the 
relative  amounts  of  the  reagents  cease  to  change 
will  depend  largely  on  influences  external  to  chemi- 
cal, especially  on  mass.  Where  /■>  =  <?,  0'665  parts  of 
aceiic  ether  will  be  produced,  where  t/  =  2p,  0'828 
parts,  and  where  </  =  12/>,  0'933  parts.  Menschutkin 
has  made  similar  observations  on  a  large  number  of 
alcohols,  and  achieved  most  valuable  results.  To 
take  a  second  case. 
On  bringing  together  sulphate  of  barium  and  water 


Peb.28.i8W.]      TTTE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


03 


in  the  relations  of  l  in  500,  and  adding  one  molecule 
weight  ol  pot  issium  carb  mate  at  100°,  until  reaction 
came  to  a  standstill,  it  was  found  that  0'176  of  the 
barium  sulphate  had  been  transformed  into 
Donate.  When  two  parts  of  potassium  carbonate 
were  used,  the  transformation  took  place  to  the 
extent  of  o:V.i5,  and  when  three-and-a-half  parts  were 
used,  to  the  extent  ofO"719.  We  recognise  here,  then, 
the  reaction  in  which  barium  sulphate,  potassium 
carbonate,  barium  carbonate.and  potassium  sulphate 
enter  in.  If  we  increase  the  mass  of  any  one  of 
these  four  bodies,  we  influence  the  course  and  extent 
of  the  reaction.  What  would  be  the  effect,  now,  of 
adding  excess  of  potassium  sulphate.'  We  should 
expect  that  its  influence  would  determine,  in  a  great 
measure,  the  re  formation  of  barium  sulphate  ;  and, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  where  the  0  ••_'.->  p  irts  of  potassium 
sulphate  were  added,  the  amount  of  barium  carbonate 
obtained,  instead  of  being  0  395j  was  only  0'200  ;  and 
where 0'S  of  K.so,  was  introduced,  only  a  trace  of 
barium  carbonate  was  found. 

Gladstone  found  that  the  extent  of  the  reaction 
which  occurred  between  ferric  salts  and  sulpho 
cyanides  depended  on  the  masses  used.  I  may  also 
mention  that*  rladstoneand  Tribe  found  that  there  was 
a  definite  and  simple  relation  between  the  concen- 
tration of  the  acid  and  the  extent  of  its  action. 

In  conclusion,  I  have  to  thank  Dr.  Hurter  for  one 
or  two  valuable  suggestions  in  connection  with  this 
paper. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Ii:\vi\  :    Anyone  who  had  much  to  do  with 
chemical  operations  would  have  often  come  across 
instances  in  which  mass  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with 
the  result  of  those  operations.     One  case  especially 
had  come  under  his  notice  in  the  extraction  of  benzol 
from  coal-gas.     Regarding  this  operation  it  was  usual 
to  say  that  the  lighter  boiling  benzol  might  be  ex- 
tracted from  the  gas  by  absorption  with  a  liquid  of 
higher  boiling-point,  say  xylol  or  cumol,  in  which  it 
would  dissolve.     This  statement,  however,  was  only 
true  in  a  sense,  for  it  depended  entirely  upon  the 
relative  quantity  of  benzol  in  the  gas  to  the  xylol 
employed   for   its   absorption.      Take,   for   instance, 
Manchester  gas,  which  contained  about  three  gallons 
of  benzol  per  10,000  cubic  feet.    If  a  small  quantity 
of  this  gas  was  allowed  to  bubble  through  several 
consecutive  flasks  containing  xylol,  all  the  benzol 
would  leave  the  gas,  and  xylol  in  smaller  quantity 
•would  take  its  place,  and  the  former  would  become 
saturated  with  the  latter  substance.     If,  however,  this 
gas  were  now  passed  through  a  similar  number  of 
flasks  containing  benzol  in  excess,  the  benzol  would 
again  gradually  take  the  place  of  the  xylol  until  the 
gas  contained  none  of  the  latter,  but  was  saturate  1 
with  the  former  substance.      Of  course,   this  was 
really  a  physical   operation,   but  it  seemed  to  the 
speaker  a  good  illustration  of  what  Dr.  Bailey  had 
wished  to  indicate  in  his  interesting  discourse. 

Mr.  Thomson  :  Dr.  Bailey  mentioned  as  an  example 
of  the  influence  of  mass,  the  action  of  silicic  acid  on 
potassium  nitrate.  He  said  when  these  were  heated 
together  the  feeble  silicic  replaced  the  nitric,  acid. 
He  could  not  make  out  whether  he  meant,  by  heating, 
actual  fusion  of  the  silica  with  the  potassium  nitrate, 
or  whether  the  silica  was  boiled  in  a  water  solution 
of  the  nitrate.  If  he  meant  the  former,  the  speaker 
could  not  see  lunv  the  question  of  mass,  as  he  applied 
it,  had  anything  to  do  with  the  reaction.  So  far  as 
lie  could  judge,  Dr.  Bailey  had  given  them  no  new 
facts  in  connection  with  the  influence  of  mass  on 
chemical  action,  nor  had  he  suggested  any  new  method 
of  procedure  by  which  one  could  measure  the  influence 
of  mass  so  as  to  distinguish  what  was  due  to  it,  and 


what  was  due  to  the  influences  of  temperature  or 
other  external  agencies.  With  regard  to  his  explana- 
tion of  what  mass  had  to  do  with  mordanting  of 
cloth,  it  did  not  seem  to  his  mind  satisfactory  . 
Another  suggestion  which  he  gave  as  an  example  of 
the  influence  of  mass  was  the  production  of  hydrogen 
and  calcium  carbonate  when  steam  was  passed  over 
anthracite  coal  covered  with  lime  at  a  red  heat.  The 
coal  decomposed  the  steam,  forming  hydrogen,  car- 
bonic acid,  and  carbonic  oxide.  The  carbonic  acid 
would,  of  course,  combine  with  the  lime  if  the  tem- 
perature were  not  too  high  ;  and  if  it  did  so,  it  was 
evident  that  by  simply  raising  the  temperature  higher 
the  calcium  carbonate  would  become  dissociated  and 
its  carbonic  acid  liberated,  whether  the  steam  con- 
tinued to  pass  over  it  or  not.  How  this  experiment 
illustrated  Dr.  Bailey's  suggestions  as  to  the  action  of 
mass  on  chemical  action  he  could  not  see. 

Mr.  Debypus  wished  to  compliment  Dr.  Bailey  on 
the  selection  of  his  paper,  and  hoped  that  many  more 
of  a  .similar  nature  might  be  brought  before  the 
Society.    He  thought  it  was  very  desirable  that  many 
researches  like  the  one  investigated  by  Dr.  Bailey 
should  be  extended  to  other  substances.     Dr.  Bailey 
had  stated  that  silica,  in  the  presence  of  nitrate  of 
soda  and  by  the  action  of  heat,  would  give  nitric  acid. 
He  hardly  thought  that  this  action  was  to  be  attributed 
to  the  action  of  the  mass,  but  could  be  easily  explained 
by  the  well-known  law,  that  a  fixed  acid,  like  silicic 
acid,  displaced  the  more  volatile  acid,  like  nitric  acid, 
by  the  action  of  heat.    With  regard  to  Messrs.  Liechti 
and  Suida's  paper  on  Mordanting,  referred  to  by  Dr. 
Bailey,  not  having  read  it,  he  could  not  say  what  had 
been  published  in  such  paper  about  the  action  of  mass 
in  mordanting,  but  he  could  say  that  mordanting 
was  a  very  simple  operation,  and  that  the  results 
obtained  with  mordants  depended  entirely  upon  the 
saturation  of  such  mordant.      He  might  give  as  an 
example  the  following  facts  which  came  under  his 
notice  many  years  ago.    When  madder  and  garancine 
were  used  for  dyeing  reds,  at  that  time  a  very  strong 
mordant,  about  12 ;  T,  was  printed  on  the  cloth  and 
fixed  in  the  usual  way  ;  it  was  then  dyed  up  with  a 
certain  quantity  of  madder  and  soaped  in  the  usual 
wav.  Unless  such  a  mordant  was  thoroughly  saturated 
with  the  colouring  matter,  the  colour  would  come  off 
in  the  soaping  and  give  a  very  poor  and  uneven  red  ; 
whereas  if,  instead  of  using  such  a  strong  mordant,  a 
much  weaker  one  was  used,  it  took  far  less  colouring 
matter  to  saturate  it,  and  yet  the  red  produced  stood 
the  soaping  perfectly,  and  was  deep,  bright,  and  fast. 
It  was  his  opinion  that  the  mordant  should  form  a 
saturated  lake  with  the  colouring  matter  in  the  case 
of  dyeing   with   madder  or   alizarin,  and  if  such  a 
saturation  had  taken  place  the  red  produced  would 
be  a  fast  red.     It  should  be  the  study  of  the  colourist 
to  see  how  far  he  could  reduce  his  mordant  in  strength 
and  still  obtain  this  result. 

Dr.  Bailf.y  said  that  what  he  wished  more  especially 
to  do  was,  not  to  bring  into  notice  the  action  of  mass 
in  a  general  way,  but  the  necessity  that  existed  for 
arriving  at  definite  information  as  to  its  influence. 
If  we  bore  in  mind  that  such  influence  did  take  place 
we  should  be  able  to  explain  reactions  which  we 
came  across  in  practical  working,  and  which  other- 
wise presented  difficulties  to  us,  and  might  probably 
be  guided  towards  the  realisation  of  reactions  which 
otherwise  were  not  attainable.  He  failed  to  see  the 
force  of  Mr.  Thomson's  objection  to  the  process  of  the 
New  York  Oxygen  Company,  as  it  seemed  to  him 
that  considerations  of  temperature  argued  rather  in 
the  contrary  direction  to  that  which  Mr.  Thomson 
would  require.  Mr.  Irwin's  example  was  an  interest- 
ing one,  and  no  doubt  numbers  of  such  cases  were 
constantly  occurring  unnoticed. 


04 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Feb. 28.  iw. 


jSclocastlc  Section. 

Chairman:  P.  P.  Bedson. 
rice-Chairman:   3   C  Stevenson,  M.P. 
mmittee: 

II.  R.  Procter. 
B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  W.  Proctor. 


Alfred  Ailhusen. 

G.    P.  France. 

John  Morrison. 
P.  s.  Newall. 
John  Pattinson. 
J.  B.  Payne. 

Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer:  J.T.  Dunn.  115.  Scotswood 
Road,  Newcastle. 


W.  I..  lteimoldson. 
(  .  T-  Richardson. 
T.  W.  Smart. 


Notices  ot  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sen!  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


damp.     With    i  to    an  observation  of    the 

Chairman's,  as  to  the  disapp  >i  the  chlorate 

_■  very  remarkable,  Mr.  Pattinson  said  he  had  no 
explanation  to  offer,  but  the  factwaswell  ascertained 
that  while  fresh  bleach  contained  chlorate,  old  bleach 
frequently  contained  none.  As  to  the  low  percentage 
of  carbonic  acid,  which  had  been  remarked  on  by  Mr. 
Rennoldson  when  the  paper  was  read,  he  had  since 
repeated  the  determinations,  and  confirmed  the 
result-. 

Mr.  Sn  mm  also  remarked  on  the  small  amount  of 
carbonic  acid  in  the  samples,  and  said  that  the  results 
of  Mr.  Pattinson's  experiments  at  higher  tempera- 
tures would  be  awaited  with  interest  by  bleaching- 
powder  manufacturers. 


JW«««4««- 


Metting  held  in  tfo    Collegt    of  Science,  Wednesday,    oN     v    GRAVIMETRIC    METH< 

7' 7/'-'   '  MATINd   TANNINS 


METHOD    OF   ESTI- 

s. 


PEOl  . 


Bl  DSOK,  D.S(    .  IN  Till'.  I  HAIR. 


DISCUSSION  ON  MR  RIDSDALE'S  PAPER 
OX  AN  -  APPARATUS  FOR  COLOUR 
TESTS."    Read  at    the    November    Meeting, 

0STPONED   PROM    DECEMBER). 

Mr.  RlDSDAXB,  at  the  invitation  of  the  Chairman, 
a  hied  that  his  apparatus,  though  designed  for  use  in 
a  special  process,  was  applicable  to  any  colour-testing 
where  the  tints  to  be  compared  were  not  too  deep. 
With  reference  to  the  speed  of  testing,  he  had  men- 
tioned in  the  paper  that  a  test  could  be  completed  in 
35  or  10  minutes  ;  this,  however,  was  by  no  means  the 
possible  rate  of  merely  making  comparisons.  In 
winter  time,  by  about  three  in  the  afternoon  it  was 
frequently  too  dark  to  compare  colours,  and  after 
that  time  perhaps  ten  or  a  dozen  samples  would  accu- 
mulate;  in  the  morning  these  could  all  be  started  at  the 
same  time,  and  got  ready  for  comparison  in  say  45 
minutes,  and  then  the  mere  comparison  did  not 
occupy  more  than  half  a  minute  each. 

In  answer  to  a  question  by  Mr.  .Tohn  Pattinson, 
Mr.  Ridsdalk  stated  that  the  apparatus  could  be 
obtained  from  Mr.  Robson,  Linthorpe  lioad,  Middles- 
borough. 

DISCUSSION  ON  MR  JOHN  PATTINSON'S 
PAPER  OX  "THE  RACE  AT  WHICH 
BLEACHING-POWDER  LOSES  ITS  AVAIL- 
ABLE CHLORINE,"   Read  at  the  November 

Meet  inc. 
The    Chairman    asked   whether    the    method    of 
examining  the  powder  in  the  casks  was  such  as  to 
ensure  uniformity  in  the    samples,   or  whether   amy 

ttlfication  might  have  taken  place  in  the  casks,  so 
that  samples  taken  from  different  layers  might  have 
different  compositions ;  also,  whether  the  hygrometric 
state  of  the  air  in  the  cellar  had  been  recorded  !  He 
remarked  that  the  decomposition  was  obviously  not 
all  attributable  to  the  effect  of  carbonic  acid,  but  must 
be  largely  ascribed  to  the  instability  of  theClO  group. 
which  broke  up,  giving  off  either  chlorine  or  oxygen. 

Mr.  I'm  dNBOK  -aid  that  in  packing  the  casks  great 
care  was  taken  to  -.-cur.-  uniformity  throughout  :  the 
casks  were  then  laid  on  their  .sides,  and  samples  taken 
D,  ,  ly  holes  around  the  circumference 

of  a  circle  on  the  end.     He  had  not  taken  hygrometric 
•  nations,  but  as  the  casks  were  in  a  cellar,  and 
the  temperature  was  low,  the  air  was  probably  pretty 


I!  Y     II  E  X  I!  V     E.    P  K  or  T  E  K.      P.C.S. 

In  the  absence  of  any  exact  knowledge  of  the  struc- 
ture or  equivalents  of    most  of    the  tannins,  it  has 
long  been  desirable  to  have  some  method  of  deter- 
mining by  weight  the  actual  quantity  of  matter  in  any 
tanning   material    capable    of    absorption    by   hide, 
independent  of  its  nature  or  chemical  constitution, 
or  of  any  more  or  less  arbitrary  numerical  factors. 
Some  crude  attempts  at  this  were  early  made  by  Hell 
Stephens,  by  tanning  thin  pieces  of  raw  hide  in  the 
liquor,  and   after   drying,    determining   the   gain   of 
weight.      Xo  practical  method  could,  however,  be 
founded  on  this  procedure,  not   only  on  account  of 
the  extreme  slowness  and  imperfect  character  of  the 
absorption  under  such  conditions,  but  from  difficulties 
connected  with  the  uniform  drying  of  the  hide,  and 
the  large  quantity  required  in   proportion   to    the 
taunin  present.    A  more  hopeful  effort  in  this  direc- 
tion was  the  "tan-tester"  of  Miintz  and  Hainspacher, 
which  in  various  modifications  consisted  of  a  sort  of 
small  filter  press,  by  means  of  which  the  liquid  to  be 
tested   was  forced  through  a  piece  of  wet  raw  hide. 
By  evaporating  equal   portions  before  and  after  this 
treatment,  and   weighing  the  residues,   the   loss  of 
tannin  was  to  be  determined.   In  lieu  of  evaporation, 
a  pienometrical  determination  was  also  employed, 
similar  in  principle  to  that  of  Hammer, -and  based 
upon  the  determinations  which  he  had  made  of  the 
specific  gravity    of    solutions    of    gallotannic    acid. 
Unfortunately,  though   admirable    in  principle  aud 
simple   in   execution,  the  method  failed  in  practice, 
giving,  in  two  careful  sets  of  test-analyses  undertaken 
to  prove   it  by   Mi'.   Evans  and  myself,  discrepancies 
exceeding   30   per  cent,  of  the  total  tannin  present. 
These  variations  were  caused  on  the  one  hand  by  the 
water  present  in  the  raw  hide,  which  was  necessarily 
of  considerable  thickness  :  and  on   the  other  by  the 
t  difficulty  of  ensuring  the  complete  absorption 
of  the  tannin  after  a  small  volume  of  the  solution 
had  been   passed  through.     A  third  source  of  error 
was  also   noted,  which   is   common    to  all    methods 
which  employ  hide  or  hide  powder  as  an  absorbent  of 
tannin  (and  therefore  both  to  Professor  von  Schroeder's 
modified  Ldwenthal  method,  and  to  the  process  1  am 
about  to  describe),  ami  which  depends  on  the  fact 
that  hide  is  .swollen  b\  gallic  and  other  acids,  which 
are  retained  with  considerable  energy  for  the  time, 
though  probabh  expelled  by  tannin  as  the  tanning  pro- 
goes  on.     In  the  tan-tester,  also,  if  much  acid  were 
present,  the  bide  became  so  swollen  that  it  was  im- 
pervious to  the  liquids,  and  continued  filtration  was 
impossible. 


HBh.a8.i887.]      THE  JOrilXAI.  or  Till'  .SOCIETY  of  chemical  industry. 


Mull  attention  has  recently  been  devoted  to  the 
preparation  of  pure  ami  very  finely-divided 
powder,  primarily  for  the  absorption  oi  tannin  for 
the  Lowenthal  process;  and  among  others,  Mr.  I-'. 
Simand,  assistant  at  the  Vienna  Versuchsstation  fur 
/..  lerin  It  itrie,  has  prepared  very  pure  forms,  both 
of  hide  power  and  of  the  gelatinous  tissue  of  porous 
b  mes,  which  gave  up  to  cold  water  nothing  affecting 
permanganate  in  the  Lowenthal  test,  and  only  a  very 
minute  portion  of  ible  matter,  no!  exceed- 

36  milligrammes,  from  5grma    This  meat  freedom 

tr.'iii  soluble  matter  enabled  Simand  to  make  very 
fair  determinations  of  the  total  absorbable  matter 
of  several  tanning  materials,  bnt  a  gr<  :le  to 

succ  the  necessity  of  employing  only  very 

dilute  tanning  solutions  to  avoid  hardening  the  hide 
powder  and  preventing  further  absorption.  Early 
this  year  (Ditigl.  Polyt.  Jour.  260,  564—568  :  ( 
&  i  ■'/■■»<;  Abstract,  1886,  1088),  Messrs.  Simand  and 
Weiss  published  a  very  ingenious  modification  of 
their  earlier  method,  by  which  this  difficulty  was 
completely  overcome,  and  very  much  stronger  infu- 
sions could  be  employed.  Iustead  of  adding  the  hide 
powder  all  at  once,  four  or  five  small  successive 
portions  were  employed  at  intervals  of  6  or  8  hours, 
of  which  the  earlier  ones  removed  a  large  portion  of 
the  tannin,  and  so  enabled  the  later  ones  to  com- 
plete  the  absorption.  Very  satisfactory  analyses  are 
obtained  by  this  method,  and  the  principal  draw- 
backs are  the  rather  considerable  time  required  and 
the  consequent  liability  in  hot  weather  to  putre- 
factive action  and  increased  solution  of  the  hide 
powder. 

It  recently  occurred  to  the  writer  that,  building  on 
the  processes  just  described,  a  combination  might  be 
formed  which  should  unite  the  rapidity  of  Miintz's 
with  the  exactness  of  Simand's  method.  The  idea 
was  that  in  filtration  through  a  column  of  dry  hide 
powder,  the  upper  layers  would  absorb  most  of  the 
tannin,  and  that  from  the  large  surface  exposed  a 
very  complete  and  rapid  separation  would  be  ob- 
tained, and  this  in  practice  has  proved  to  be  the  case. 
A  very  efficient  apparatus  for  the  purpose  may  be 
improvised  from  the  lamp  chimneys  used  in  the 
common  round-wicked  German  petroleum  lamps, 
which  are  contracted  just  above  the  base  of  the 
flame,  and  cylindrical  for  the  remainder  of  their 
length.  A  disc  of  cork  is  perforated  with  the  cork- 
borer,  and  made  slightly  cup-shaped  on  its  two  faces. 
A  piece  of  linen  is  then  stretched  over  it,  and  it  is 
pressed  down  the  chimney  till  it  rests  on  the  con- 
tracted neck,  ogrms.  of  hide  powder  are  weighed 
into  the  tube,  and,  shaken  down,  will  occupy  a  space 
of  about  BOcc.  The  tube  is  now  cut  off,  allowing 
only  length  for  the  insertion  of  a  cork,  which  may 
press  slightly  on  the  powder,  as  it  contracts  in 
volume  when  wet.  This  cork  is  perforated  and 
hollowed  like  the  first,  and  after  being  covered  with 
linen  is  pressed  into  the  tube.  A  short  piece  of 
quill-tubing  fitting  the  hole  in  the  cork,  and  which 
may  be  fitted  by  a  second  (notched)  cork  into  a  flask 
or  broad  bottle,  completes  the  apparatus.  If  the 
liquid  to  be  filtered  be  poured  direct  into  the  tube,  it 
will  be  found  in  most  cases  that  it  will  force  a  chan- 
nel down  one  side  of  the  glass,  and  so  escape  perfect 
absorption.  This  may  be  prevented  by  upward  filtra- 
tion ;  but  to  avoid  this  complication,  the  following 
mode  may  be  adopted  : — The  filtering  tube  is  in- 
verted, broad  end  downwards,  into  a  beaker  of  lOOcc. 
capacity,  which  is  filled  with  the  liquid  till  it  rises 
into  the  hide  powder.  If  the  tube  be  left  an  hour  or 
two  in  this  position,  the  hide  powder  will  become 
gradually  moistened  for  some  distance  ;  and  if  the 
tube  be  now  reversed,  and  the  enlarged  end  filled 
with  the  solution,  the  filtration  will  proceed  evenly 


lily.    In  practice  I  have  employed  a  soli  I 
ol  '".tie'.   etc.,   containing   tannin   equal   to    10  or 
I2grm&  per  litre,  though  I   do  not  know  thi 
tin-  highest  limit  of  strength  admissible.    <  > i  this, 
50ci  filtered  through  paper,  are  evapon 

at  pio  ('.,  to  determine  tie-  total  soluble  -olid,.  If 
total  solids  be  determined  by  drying  a  portion  of  the 
iiial  sample,  the  difference  between  the  two 
determinations  will  givi  the  insoluble,  and  this  mode 
of  procedure  (s  bySimandand  Weiss)  is  pre- 

ferable to  a  direct  one,  which  from  difficulty  of  fil- 
tration  is  often  tedious  or  impossible.  If  now  "jOcc. 
of  the  hide  filtrate  be  also  evaporated,  the  residue  of 
the  hide  powder,  less  a  -mall  correction  for  solubility 
amounting  in  the  sample  I  am  using  to  about  40 
milligrammes,  will  be  the  "extractive"  or  soluble 
matter  not  tannin.  I  have  found  nickel  crucibles 
very  satisfactory  tor  th  rations,  which  pro- 

ceed much  more  rapidly  than  from  porcelain,  though 
for  ignitions  they  are  inferior  to  platinum. 

I  have  satisfied  myself  that  the  filtrates,  made  as 
d.  -nilied, are  perfectly  free  from  tannin,  and  tested  by 
the  Lowenthal  method  they  show  a  lower  result  of 
"non-tannin"  than  those  by  any  other  method  of 
absorption  with  which  1  am  acquainted.  At  the 
same  time  it  is  obvious  that  tanning  extracts,  and 
even  the  purest  commercial  tannins,  contain  matters 
which  are  partially  removed  by  the  filter,  probably  as 
sand,  and  other  chemically  neutral  filters  will  remove 
more  or  less  of  certain  colouring  matters  and  salts. 
Tim-,  in  testing  a  sample  of  .Schering's  tannin  ph.  gr. 
(recommended  by  Von  Schroeder  as  the  purest 
German  tannin),  the  first  .">cc.  were  equivalent  to 
only  Oocc.  of  permanganate  (lgrm.  per  litre),  while 
5cc.  taken  after  running  about  TOcc.  required  -2  3cc. 
If  this  were  reckoned  out  as  gallotannic  acid  it  would 
amount  to  from  1*3  per  cent,  to  4'3  per  cent, 
of  the  total  employed,  but  it  was  shown  by  testing 
with  ammonia  sulphate  of  copper  that  there  was 
probably  none,  and,  at  most,  much  less  than  1  per 
cent,  of  the  original  tannin  present,  and  the  reaction 
was  due  to  gallic  acid.  Other  tanning  materials  which 
do  not  yield  gallic  acid,  still  contain  other  bodies 
which  similarly  affect  the  results.  As  I  have  already 
stated,  gallic  acid  is  pretty  freely  absorbed  by  hide,  a 
1  per  cent,  solution  losing  78  per  cent,  of  the  total. 
This  unfortunate  peculiarity  completely  condemns 
hide  powder  for  rigid  scientific  work  where  gallic 
acid  is  present,  and  makes  it  desirable  in  the  analyses 
of  such  materials  as  sumach,  galls,  and  myra- 
bolanes  to  employ  the  Lowenthal  method  with  pre- 
cipitation with  gelatin  and  salt,  using  the  proportions 
advised  by  Mr.  Bertram  Hunt  (this  Journal,  1885,266). 
I  am  in  hopes,  however,  of  overcoming  the  difficulty, 
either  by  some  method  of  removing  the  gallic  acid  or 
preventing  its  absorption  by  the  hide. 

In  order  to  ascertain  whether  neutral  bodies,  such 
as  are  found  in  tanning  materials,  are  withdrawn 
from  solution  by  the  hide  filter,  experiments  were 
made  with  glucose  and  dextrin.  50cc.  of  a  solution 
of  commercial  glucose,  containing  O'Ggrm.  of  the 
air-dry  substance  left  OoOGgrm.  after  drying  at 
100°  C.  An  equal  quantity,  after  passing  through 
the  hide  filter,  left  0'594grm.,  thus  having  appa- 
rently taken  up  0'088grm.  from  the  hide.  As  only 
about  0'04—0"05grm.  would  have  been  dissolved 
under  similar  circumstances  by  distilled  water,  it 
seems  as  if  glucose  had  the  power  of  increasing 
the  solubility  of  hide  ;  a  point  deserving  investiga- 
tion, both  from  the  analytical  and  the  technical 
standpoints  ;  since  glucose  has  been  frequently  used 
for  the  removal  of  lime  from  hide,  for  which  purpose 
any  solvent  power  on  the  hide  itself  would  be  fatally 
tionable. 

Dextrin    appears    quite    indifferent,   the  gain  of 

C 


90 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28.  if 87. 


weight  in  passing  through  the  hide  filter  being 
0045grni.,  or  practically  the  same  as  with  distilled 
water. 

In  order  to  apply  either  this  process,  or  that  of 
Simand  and  Weiss,  successfully  to  the  analysis  of 
solid  materials,  much  stronger  infusions  are  required 
than  for  the  Lowenthal  method,  and  it  becomes  a 
difficult  problem  to  obtain  them,  and.  at  the  same 
time,  to  secure  complete  exhaustion.  To  accomplish 
this,  Messrs.  Kitner,  Simand,  Meerkatz,  ami  Weiss* 
have  been  jointly  investigating  the  application  of  the 
principle  so  often  employed  in  the  estimation  of  fats 
—viz.,  that  of  continuous  exhaustion  by  the  same 
body  of  liquid,  by  aid  of  the  return-flow  condenser. 
They  have  proved  (what  a  tanner  would  scarcely, 
a  priori,  have  expected)  that  even  materials  so  easily 
changeable  as  sumach  and  valonia  suffered  no 
material  loss  of  tannin  absorbable  by  hide,  even 
by  prolonged  boiling,  though  the  colour  was  deci- 
dedly darkened.  Their  experiments  do  not  seem  to 
have  embraced  gambier.  which  Huntt  found  to  lose 
considerably  by  boiling  in  contact  with  air.  Having 
satisfied  themselves  that  prolonged  boiling  was  admis- 
sible, they  have  constructed  an  apparatus  similar 
in  principle,  though  differing  in  detail,  from  the  well- 
known  Soxhlet's  tube,  which  they  find  to  work 
satisfactorily. 

Since  distilled  water  is  neither  expensive  or 
poisonous,  like  the  more  volatile  fluids  employed 
for  fats,  it  is  questionable  whether,  for  any  small 
number  of  analyses,  the  use  of  so  comparatively 
complicated  and  expensive  an  apparatus  is  either 
necessary  or  desirable,  though  for  an  institution 
like  the  Vienna  Leather  Industry  Research  Station 
it  is  undoubtedly  very  convenient,  enabling  many 
exhaustions  to  go  on  at  once  with  little  attention. 
Probably  excellent  results  would  be  obtained  by 
boiling  the  sample  for,  say,  half-an-hour,  with  as 
small  a  quantity  of  water  as  practicable,  draining  off 
the  strong  liquor,  and  completing  the  exhaustion 
with  hot  water,  which  should  be  evaporated  to 
small  bulk  in  a  flask,  and  added  to  the  strong 
liquor  before  making  up  the  required  quantity. 
This  would  have  the  incidental  advantage  of  avoid- 
ing prolonged  boiling  of  the  greater  part  of  the 
tannin.  A  convenient  and  simple  apparatus  for  the 
purpose  might  be  improvised  by  fitting  a  rather 
wide-tubed  funnel  into  a  flask  with  a  cork,  and  slip- 
ping a  smaller  one  inside  it  containing  the  tanning 
material,  in  a  filter.  The  flask  being  placed  over  the 
gas,  evaporation  and  washing  the  residue  might  go 
on  simultaneously,  while  the  material  would  be 
retained  at  boiling  temperature  by  the  escaping 
steam. 

If.  Eitner  and  his  colleagues  give  a  series  of 
analyses  in  the  paper  referred  to,  both  by  the 
Lowenthal  and  the  hide  powder  methods,  which 
show  that  even  for  the  same  material  there  is  in 
most  cases  uo  constant  relation  between  the  perman- 
ganate value  and  the  absorbable  tannin,  the  relation 
being  affected  even  by  the  age  and  growth  of  the 
sample.  This  is  only  what  might  have  been  expected, 
when  we  consider  that  most  tanning  materials  are 
natural  mixtures  emit  lining  more  than  one  tannin  in 
varying  proportions.  On  this  ground  Eitner  has 
entirely  discontinued  the  use  of  the  Lowenthal 
method  in  the  Vienna  Laboratory  in  favour  of  the 
Simand-Weiss.  Until,  however,  some  satisfactory 
plan  is  hit  upon  of  separating  the  gallic  acid,  neither 
this  nor  the  modification  I  have  described  can  be 
regarded  as  wholly  satisfactory,  at  least  for  such 
materials  as  are  apt  to  contain  this  acid. 


•'Per  Gerber,"296.  2  (Jan.  1    I 
I  This  Journal,  1888,  2U3. 


OX   THE    ESTIMATION   OF    SULPHUR    IN 
PYRITES. 

BY     G.     I.INGE. 

Is  the  Analyst,  November,  188G,  p.  209,  Mr.  J.  C. 
Welch  publishes  a  process  for  assaying  iron-pyrites 
for  sulphur,  available  for  sulphuric-acid  manufac- 
ture, for  which  he  claims  advantages  in  speed  and 
accuracy  over  that  process  which  is  generally  asso- 
ciated with  my  name.  1  have  no  intention  of 
entering  into  a  controversy  upon  the  point,  whether 
Mr.  Welch's  process  is  really  "  cleaner  and  nicer," 
and  altogether  less  troublesome  than  mine,  as  I  think 
that  may  be  safely  left  to  the  judgment  of  every  one 
for  himself.  As  far  as  the  greater  rapidity  of  work 
is  concerned,  I  fail  to  see  how  Mr.  Welch's  process 
could  be  carried  out  in  less  time  than  mine,  even 
assuming  the  necessary  apparatus  to  have  been  put 
up,  and  the  oxygen  to  have  been  prepared  beforehand, 
failing  which  conditions,  that  process  must  evidently 
take  a  very  long  time  indeed.  Rut  I  should  not 
trouble  the  Society  with  any  utterance  on  that 
process,  if  Mr.  Welch  did  not  represent  it  as  more 
accurate  than  a  process  which  he  calls  mine,  but  with 
which  I  have  nothing  to  do,  and  that  upon  the 
strength  of  some  experiments  which  are  altogether 
inconclusive.  This  error  I  feel  bound  to  point 
out. 

Mr.  Welch  says  :  "  Professor  Lunge  claims  that 
his  method,  by  means  of  the  decomposition  of  the 
pyrites  by  strong  nitric  acid,  is  the  best  for  the 
estimation  of  available  sulphur,  as  any  lead  sulphide 
which  might  be  present,  as  galena,  would  be  oxidised 
to  insoluble  sulphate  of  lead."  In  order  to  refute 
this  he  procured  some  lead  sulphide,  "sold  as  pure," 
which  he  treated  with  fuming  nitric  acid,  whereupon 
he  found  in  the  filtrate  from  1'2G3  to  2*389  per  cent, 
of  sulphur,  which  the  nitric  acid  must  have  taken  up 
from  the  lead  sulphide.  It  is  not  clear  whether  the 
percentage  is  calculated  upon  100  lead  sulphide  or 
100  total  sulphur,  but  this  is  really  not  very  impor- 
tant, as  he  did  not  prove  that  the  sulphur  really 
came  from  PbS,  not  from  some  of  the  impurities 
adhering  to  the  article  "sold  as  pure."  We  shall  see 
presently  that  even  pure  PbS  would  probably  have 
yielded  some,  but  very  little,  sulphur. 

In  another  experiment  Mr.  Welch  treated  lgrm. 
of  pure  lead  sulphide,  prepared  by  himself,  from 
which  he  obtained  by  the  nitric  acid  treatment 
barium  sulphate  equal  to  1'918  percent,  of  sulphur. 
But  according  to  his  own  statement,  he  obtained 
from  lgrm.  of  the  same  sulphide  by  his  process  of 
ignition  in  oxygen  l'390grms.  of  "lead  sulphate," 
whilst  lgrm.-  Of  lead  sulphide  theoretically  yields 
r293grms.  of  sulphate,  according  to  Mr.  Welch's,  but 
in  reality  only  1  '268  ( Pb  =  206*39,  O  =  15-96,  S  =  31  -98 ). 
Hence  this  ''pure  lead  sulphide  must  have  been 
very  impure  indeed,  even  if  we  assume  that  l*390is 
a  misprint  for  1*290.  Since  presumably  the  sulphur 
of  any  other  metals  present  in  his  "pure"  lead  sul- 
phide would  be  dissolved  in  the  treatment,  Mr, 
Welch's  experiments  are  refuted  by  his  own  figures, 
and  most  certainly  cannot  claim  to  have  shown  me 
to  have  been  in  error. 

But  the  matter  does  not  end  here,  for  Mr.  Welch 
has  made  some  further  altogether  unaccountable 
mistakes.  In  the  first  instance  he  chooses  to  asso- 
ciate a  method  with  my  name  which  is  the  very 
method  I  opposed  when  bringing  out  my  own.  This 
was  done  at  a  meeting  of  the  Newcastle  Chemical 
Society,  in  December,  1885,  and  this  opposition  was 
repeated  in  my  "Mmufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and 
Alkali,"  vol.  i.  p.   H>2,  from  which,  probably  most 


Feb. 28. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


<r, 


chemists  have  taken  my  method,  which  has  sub- 
sequently been  adopted,  after  careful  eximination,  by 
the  < !  Tin  in  As<oei  ition  of  Alkali  M  ik  :rs,  ai  1  wading 
upon  buyer  and  seller,  and  which  is  hence  rape  r  I 
in  the  "  Alk  ili  M  ikera'  Pocket-B  tok,"  E  is?llsh  e  lition 
by  Lunge  and  Hurtar.  I  siv  there:  "Tlu  solution 
]i  i-,  frequently  been  mile,  by  1'resenius' prescription, 
by  means  of  red  fuming  nitric  acid,  which  it  is  s 
times  difficult  to  obtain  free  from  sulphuric  acii,  and 
which  is  unpleasant  to  handle.  .  .  .  Th^  author 
has  alwayd  found  the  best,  safest,  and  cheapest  way 
to  be  that  by  aqua  regia,  made  from  one  part  of 
fuming  hydrochloric  acid  and  three  or  four  parts  of 
nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1*36  to  l-4."  Later  on  I  nude  a 
sp  rial  study  01  the  action  of  acids  on  pyrites,  wdiich 
completely  continued  and  even  enlarged  the  above  ; 
and  as  I  am  uot  aware  of  my  investigation  having 
been  more  than  quite  cursorily  reported  iu  English 
(it  was  printed  in  the  Ghemitche  Industrie,  1 882, 
p.  76),  I  beg  leave  to  quote  my  results,  as  obtained, 
with  various  descriptions  of  iron  pyrites  :— 

(o)  Nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  14S,  yellow,  and  strongly 
faming,  does  uot  act  at  all  in  the  cold,  and  but  slowly 
at  the  heat  of  a  water-bath  ;  the  decomposition  is  imper- 
fect. 

(/<)  Nitric  acid  of  sp.gr.  1'463,  yellow,  strongly  fuming 
behaves  exactly  like  the  former. 

(e)  Nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  142,  chemically  pure,  colour- 
less, after  a  few  seconds  causes  a  violent  reaction 
without  any  external  heat  being  applied  ;  much  heat  is 
given  olf,  and  in  a  few  minutes  the  decomposition  is 
complete,  no  sulphur  being  separated  as  such. 

((/)  Nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  140,  yellow,  behaves  just 
like  the  former. 

(e)  A  mixture  of  three  parts  strong  hydrochloric  acid 
and  one  part  of  nitric  acid  of  >p.  gr.  1  4'.'  does  not  act  in 
the  cold  ;  on  the  water-bath  there  is  soou  a  reaction,  but 
the  decomposition  takes  a  long  time. 

if)  A  mixture  of  one  part  strong  hydrochloric  acid 
and  three  parts  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1'42  causes  a  strong 
reaction  after  a  few  seconds,  with  considerable  evolution 
of  heat,  and  after  a  few  minutes  the  decomposition  is 
complete,  without  any  separation  of  sulphur. 

This  last  mixture,  which  is  identical  with  that 
mentioned  in  my  book,  was  thus  found  to  be  the  very 
best ;  next  to  it  comes  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1"40  to 
l'4i',  which,  however,  necessitates  several  times 
evaporating  with  hydrochloric  acid;  "fuming'' 
nitric  acid,  which  is  imputed  to  me  l>y  Mr.  Welch  as 
being  part  of  "  my  process,"  teas  found  by  me  the  least 
suitable  of  all. 

Hence,  if  Mr.  Welch  really  wanted  to  oppose  my 
process,  he  ought  not  to  have  made  his  experiments 
with  fuming  nitric  acid,  but  with  the  mixture  pre- 
scribed by  me,  the  decomposing  power  of  which  for 
lead  sulphate  would  evidently  differ  from  that  of 
nitric  acid  by  itself.  This  alone  would  dispose  of 
liis  experiments  as  being  beside  the  mark,  but  there 
is  more  positive  argument  against  them  as  well. 

My  method  of  assaying  pyrites,  as  described  in  my 
Alkali  treatises,  had  been  attacked  by  Fresenius,  as 
not  possessing  sufficient  accuracy.  This  led  me  to 
re-investigate  the  whole  matter  in  a  fundamental 
manner,  and  to  send  my  paper  to  Fresenius  himself, 
who  requested  me  to  make  some  further  experiments, 
and  then  published  the  whole  in  his  ZeiUchrift  fur 
Analytisehe  Ghanie,  1880,  vol.  xix.  p.  419—431, 
without  a  word  of  opposition,  thus  tacitly  acknow- 
ledging the  correctness  of  my  work,  which,  indeed, 
has  never  been  impugned  since  that  time.  One  of 
the  subjects  mentioned  by  me  in  the  appendix,  as 
I  from  Fresenius'  suggestion,  was  the  action 
of  the  liquid  on  lead  sulphate.     I    did   not,    how- 


ever, proceed  in  the  manner  preferred  by  Mr. 
Welch— that  is,  working  under  conditions  which 
never  occur  in  practice — namely,  acting  on  "pure" 
lead  sulphide  with  fuming  nitric  acid,  but  I  male 
my  experiments  to  confor.n  exactly  with  tin  con- 
ditions of  aa  ordinary  pyrites  test — viz.,  idding 
soma  Lead  sulphate  to  a  solution  of  ferric  sulphate, 
precisely  CDrresp  mding  t  >  tint  which  is  obtained  in 
my  process  when  acting  on  iron  pyrites,  evaporating 
to  dryness,  boiling  with  very  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  filtering,  and  weighing  the  undissolved  leil 
sulphate  I  thus  proved  that  so  little  lead  sulphate 
entered  in  solution,  that  the  error  caused  by  it  in 
an  ordinary  pyrites  test  would  not  hive  exceeded 
a  few  hundredths  of  a  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

In  consequence  of  Mr.  Welch's  attack  I  wished  to 
once  more  investigate  this  matter  ;  but  in  order  to 
preserve  all  possible  freedom  from  bias  I  requested 
one  of  my  demonstrators,  Mr.  Mohler,  to  perform 
the  experiments  in  question  from  my  directions.  A 
solution  was  made  of  2grms.  crystallised  ferrous 
sulphate  =  0"2302grm.  sulphur.  To  this  was  added 
O'Tgrm.  pure  sulphuric  acid,  corresponding  to 
-'rm.  sulphur.  The  liquid,  containing 
ii  I588grm.  sulphur,  was  heated  with  lOcc.  of  pure 
concentrated  nitric  acid,  in  order  to  oxidise  the 
ferrous  sulphate  to  ferric  sulphate.  To  this  was 
added  about  one  decigram  of  pure  lead  sulphate 
(prepared  by  precipitation,  thorough  washing,  and 
drying  at  100°  for  several  hours),  exactly  weighed 
(0'1020grm.  in  one  case,  0'087(jgrm.  in  another  case). 
The  whole  was  evaporated  in  the  water-bath  till  all 
the  nitric  acid  had  been  driven  away,  and  now  in 
every  way  corresponded  to  the  condition  in  which 
an  ordinary  pyrites  test  would  be  at  the  end  of  the 
decomposition,  starting  from  one  grm.  of  45  per 
cent,  pyrites,  containing  a  few  per  cent,  of  galena. 
When  the  whole  had  been  brought  to  dryness,  it  was 
heated  up  to  90°  or  100°  with  lOOcc.  of  water  and 
lcc.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  kept  hot  for 
10  minutes,  filtered,  and  washed  till  there  was  no 
more  acid  reaction  whatever.  The  undissolved  lead 
sulphate  was  again  dried  under  exactly  the  same 
conditions  as  before  (the  filter-paper  having  been 
previously  treated  in  the  same  way),  and  the  weight 
determined.  The  residue  in  the  first  case  amounted 
to  0*0979grm.,  in  the  other  to  O"0820grm.  This  means 
that  in  the  first  case  00041grm.,  in  the  second 
0-005(Jgrm.  PbSOj  had  been  dissolved.  The  mean 
is  0005grm.  PbSOj,  or  00005grm.  S.  In  other 
words,  the  quantity  of  lead  sulphate  dissolved  was 
so  slight  that  the  sulphur  imported  from  it  into  the 
pyrites  test  would  not  influence  the  percentage 
return  to  a  greater  extent  than  0'05  per  cent,  of 
sulphur — a  quantity  altogether  vanishing  beside  the 
usual  discrepancies  of  testing  pyrites,  which  even  in 
the  most  skilful  hands,  and  with  the  very  best 
analytical  methods,  often  amount  to  025  per 
cent. 

I  have  thus  proved  the  following  facts  :— 

(1.)  Mr.  Welch's  experiments  were  made  with  inquire 
lead  sulphide,  and  are  hence  inconclusive. 

(2.)  They  would  have  been  so,  even  if  the  lead  sul- 
phide had"  been  pure,  since  Mr.  Welch  worked  under 
conditions  expressly  repudiated  by  me,  and  in  no  pos- 
sible way  representing  my  process. 

(3. )  Positive  experiments,  made  by  me  in  1880,  and 
now  by  Mr.  Mohler,  prove  that  in  the  conditions 
actually  present  in  testing  pyrites— viz.,  m  solutions 
containing  exactly  as  much  iron,  sulphuric  acid,  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  water  as  are  formed  in  my  testing 
process,  the  solubility  of  lead  sulphate  is  so  slight  as  to 
make  it  unnecessary  "to  take  it  into  account  for  all  prac- 
tical purpfl 

L'2 


98 


Till-   .lorilXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Keb.  28. 18S7. 


Incsday,  February  9,  at  the  College 
of  Science. 


TROFESSOi;    BEDSON    IN    THE   '  II  All;. 

d\  NEW  OB  PERFECTED  METHODS  FOB 
Till:  DETECTION  AND  ESTIMATION  OF 
ORG  \Nlc  BODD2S,  BASED  UPON  THEIR 
OXIDATION  BY  POTASSIUM  PERMANGA- 
NATE 

BY    JOHN    HENRY    SMITH,    PH.D.    (ZURICH), 
Associate  of  the  Jtoyal  College  of  Science,  Dublin. 

V  A  I!  T    I . 

The  utility  of  potassium  permanganate  as  a  reagent 
in  both  qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis  lias  long 
The  ease  with  whieh  titrations  in 
volumetric  analysis  are  performed,  the  speed  with 
whieh  these  are  accomplished  in  the  ease  of  potassium 
permanganate,  ami  the  decided  colouration  of  the 
titrated  solution,  even  when  highly  diluted,  in  the 
presence  of  the  smallest  excess  of  the  reagent,  com- 
bine to  render  this  body  a  particular  favourite  with 
chemists.  Still,  the  best  of  friends  has  his  faults, 
and  KMnOt  is  no  exception.  Certain  well-known 
restrictions  must  always  be  observed  in  its  employ- 
ment, and  many  substances  upon  whieh  it  is  known 
to  exert  a  greater  or  less  oxidising  action  have  been 
hitherto  subjected  to  the  same  only  as  a  qualitative 
test,  owing  to  the  incompleteness  of  the  action,  or  to 
the  formation  of  intermediate  manganese  compounds, 
whose  composition  has  been  only  imperfectly  investi- 
gated, but  is  generally  considered  to  be  of  a  variable 
character. 

To  such  a  class  belong  organic  bodies  generally, 
oxalic  acid  being  the  only  one  which  has  surrendered 
itself  to  complete  oxidation,  under  the  ordinary  con- 
ditions of  working.  I  know  of  no  other  organic  body 
which  has  been  completely  oxidised  by  KMn04 
under  conditions  which  would  allow  of  the  quantity 
of  oxygen  absorbed  in  the  reaction  being  even 
a] 'proximately  estimated.  Several  attempts  have 
been  made,  I  am  aware,  but  the  general  conclusion 
derived  from  them  has  been  that  the  oxidation  is  in- 
complete, and  too  variable,  even  when  working  under 
conditions  as  equable  as  possible,  to  found  even  a 
relative  method  of  estimation  upon  the  reaction. 
YV.  Lenz*  succeeded  in  oxidising  grape  sugar  to  the 
extent  of  64  per  cent,  and  glycerin  to  24  per  cent.  ; 
but  he  states  that  the  results  vary  with  the  quantity 
of  permanganate  solution  first  added,  under  otherwise 
exactly  the  same  conditions.t  The  same  conclusion 
had  long  been  arrived  at,  in  regard  to  the  employ- 
ment of  this  reagent  for  the  estimation  of  the 
organic  matter  in  potable  water. 

I  have  carefully  investigated  the  deportment  of 
potassium  permanganate  while  undergoing  the  pro- 
cess of  reduction,  nave  ascertained  the  cause  of  the 
fluctuations  in  the  recorded  results,  and  have  suc- 
ceeded in  nullifying  the  same,  thereby  being  enabled 
to  found  certain  reliable  methods,  generally  applicable 
to  the  detection  and  estimation  of  organic  bodies. 

idi  ring  the  large  extent  to  which  such  bodies 
enter  into  English  chemical  industry,  and  the  import- 
ance of  possessing  more  accurate  and  rapid 
methods  for  their  valuation,  I  need  hardly  apologise 
for  bringing  the  results  of  my  experiments  before  the 
notice  of  this  Society. 

•  Zeiw.  Anal.  Chem.  21,  pp.  31-11. 

i  Unfortunately,  1  bare  neither  been  able  to  consult  the 
original  paper  for  these  conditions,  nor  to  obtain,  them  from 
the  author,  to  whom  I  wrote. 


It  will  probably  prove  most  interesting  and  instruc- 
tive, if  I  adhere  generaUj  t<>  the  order  of  the 
experiments  which  prevailed  in  the  course  of  the 
investigation. 

Direct  Titrations  with  KMn04. 

No  results  having  a  practic  il  be  iring  were  obtained 
from  the  titration  of  organic  bodies  in  the  usual 
manner  ;  the  oxidation  was  incomplete  in  the  case  of 
every  body  examined,  excepting,  of  course,  oxalic  acid 
and  not  even  sufficiently  constant  to  form  any  reliable 

method  of  c parison. 

The  chief  value  of  these  experiments  lies,  therefore, 
in  their  corroboration  "I  the  results  previously  ob- 
tained by  other  experimenters,  and  in  their  more 
emphatic  demonstration  of  the  utter  imtrust worthi- 
ness of  the  permanganate  method  of  estimating  the 
organic  matter  in  drinking  water,  even  as  a  compara- 
tive method,  and  working  under  conditions  generally 
assumed  to  be  similar  :  and  assuming,  further,  that 
the  organic  impurity  present  is  ol  the  same  nature  in 
the  samples  under  comparison.  Snme  of  the  general 
results  obtained  are  of  sutlieieut  importance,  however, 
to  be  quoted  here. 

In  alkaline  solutions,  a  direct  titration  cannot  be 
effected  at  any  temperature,  on  account  of  the  pro- 
duction of  soluble  green  salts  of  manganic  acid,  or  of 
insoluble  manganese  compounds. 

In  exactly  neutral  solutions,  organic  bodies,  with 
few  exceptions,  are  incapable  of  decolourising  a  drop 
of  permanganate  solution,  even  at  a  temperature 
approaching  ebulition.  Even  oxalic  acid  remains  un- 
oxidised  when  exactly  neutralised.  Tannin  is,  how- 
ever, an  exce] 'tii m  to  the  rule.  It  may  be  titrated  to 
the  extent  of  about  62  per  cent,  of  the  total  oxida- 
tion possible  at  loir  ( '.,  before  any  manganese  is  pre- 
cipitated ;  but  the  dark  yellow  colour  which  the 
solution  assumes  renders  it  impracticable  to  employ 
this  reaction  as  a  quantitative  one.  Tartaric  and 
citric  acids  may  also  be  titrated  to  a  slight  extent  in 
boiling  neutral  solutions,  the  former  to  1  per  cent., 
and  the  latter  to  -2h  per  cent,  of  the  total  oxidation. 
This  is  probably  due  to  the  slight  solubility  of  the 
manganese  precipitate  in  exactly  neutral  solutions, 
which  we  know  is  the  ease  with  MnO.,. 

The  behaviour  of  organic  bodies  in  sulphuric  acid 
solutions,  when  acted  on  by  KMnOj,  is  very  varied. 
As  a  rule,  the  oxidation  proceeds  so  slowly  in  the 
cold,  that  a  protracted  waiting  is  required  for  the  dis- 
colouration of  each  drop  of  permanganate  solution, 
extending  frequently  to  hours.  Even  oxalic  acid  is 
no  exception  to  this  rule.  With  citric  acid  (which 
may  be  titrated  as  rapidly  as  oxalic  acid  in  hot 
solutions),  twenty  minutes  were  required  to  de- 
colourise 0'2cc.  of  normal KM11O4  (Ice.  =001  grin.  Fe). 
As  the  temperature  rises,  the  speed  of  decoloura- 
tion increases.  Most  bodies,  however,  even  at  the 
boiling  temperature,  are  exceedingly  slow  in  reducing 
traces  of  permanganate,  and  in  nil  cases  which  I  have 
examined — excluding  oxalic  acid — a  point  arrives  in 
the  titration,  before  the  oxidation  is  perfect,  at  which 
a  brown  manganese  precipitate  is  formed.  Although 
I  am  persuaded  that  there  is  a  theoretical  point  in 
the  reaction  corresponding  to  the  appearance  of  this 
precipitate — apart  from  the  tediousness  of  the  opera- 
tion— I  have  never  found  the  observed  period  suffici- 
ently constant  to  found  a  process  of  estimation  upon 
the  reaction.  The  chief  reason  for  this  irregularity 
is,  that  as  the  theoretical  point  is  approached  the 
formation  of  the  precipitate  becomes  easier,  and  its 
solution  mqre  difficult ;  and  two  drops  of  permanga- 
nate added  at  once,  or  a  slight  lowering  01  tempera- 
ture, might  produce  it  permanently,  where  two 
consecutive  drops,  or  a  constant  high  temperature, 
would  have  prevented  its  formation. 


*,cb.&.i88;.|      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDTJSTBY. 


With  tannin,  which  can  lie  titrated  with  great 
rapidity,  the  rrecipitate  ocean  after  about  66  per 
cent,  of  the  total  oxidation,  corresponding  nearly  to 
the  absorption  of  L6  atoms  of  oxygen  per  molecule. 

With  tartaric  and  citric  acids,  which  may  also  1  .<_■ 
titrated  rapidly  at  the  boiling  temperature,  precipi- 
tation occurs  when  al  d  73  perci 
tively,  of  the  oxygen  required  for  perfect  oxidation 
has  been  absorbed  ;  corresponding  to  an  absorp- 
tion of  3 J  and  Gk  atoms  of  oxygen,  respectively,  per 
molecule.  A  precipitate  was  formed  with  formicacid 
after  addition  of  4  per  cent,  of  the  total  oxygen,  this 
ly  being  due  to  impurity.  With  acetic  acid, 
glycerin,  cane  sugar,  alcohol,  ether,  and  probably  the 
vast  majority  of  organic  bodies,  the  precipitate  is 
formed  on  tlie  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  KMnO, 
solution,  after  more  or  less  prolonged  boiling. 

The  amount  of  free  acid  present  does  not  make 
that  difference  in  the  speed  of  oxidation  which  might 
be  expected.   Indeed,  oxalic,  tartaric,  and  citric  acids 
may  be  titrated  with  comparative  ease,  at  a  high  tem- 
perature, in  virtue  of  their  own  acidity,  until  this  has 
been  neutralised,  when  the  action  stops.    The  equa- 
tion— K:MnJ\  +-H„C.JOt-=K,C,0,  +  2M 
+10COS+8H?0  represents   the  oxidation  of  oxalic 
acid  until  it  is  rendered  neutral.    It  is  seen  tl 
or  62'5   per  cent,   of   the   total   oxidation   has 
effected  at  this  stage.     In  several  ex]  eriments  f'4  pfr 
cent,  could  be  oxidised  before  mai  j  is  pre- 

cipitated. The  excess  was  probably  due  to  a  trace  of 
acid  in  the  permanganate.  I  endeavoured  to  establish 
a  method  for  estimating  the  acidity  or  alkalinity  of 
K.MnO,  solntioi  lising standard  oxalic  acid 

n  ith  to  about  50  )  er  cent.,  and  determining  the 
id  remaining  in  thesolution  with  standard  KHO. 
In  this  endeavour  I  was  not  successful    The  point  at 
which  the  i"  attack  the  manganous 

oxalate  is  not  sufficiently  definite,  either  with  litmus 
or  phenolphthalein  as  indicator  (methyl-orange  could 
not  be  employed),  in  boiling  or  in  cold  solutions.  No 
results  were  obtained  by  adding  excess  of 
K1H  i.  and  titrating  back. 

In  the  titration  of  tartaric  and  citric  acids,  without 
addition  of  external  acid,  three  cases  are  possible. 
Either  the  oxatyl  radicals  themselves,  or  another  part 
of  the  acid  may  be  first  oxidised,  the  COOH  in  the 
latter  case  being  employed  in  neutralising  the  K20 
and  MnO  liberated,  or  both  these  actions  may  occur. 
The  equation  already  given  represents  the  first  case  : 
the  second  may  be  represented  thus  :—  K  Mn .-.<)_ 
+  3H,Ci04  K.<  _<>,  -  2Mn<  _"..  3H20  05. 
Here  we  find  that  acidity  equivalent  to  3  molecules 
of  oxalic  acid  is  sufficient  for  an  oxidation  demanding 
S  atoms  of  oxygen,  while  an  equivalent  of  8  mole- 
cules was  Decessary  in  the  former  case-  Each  oxatyl 
radical  in  an  organic  acid  would,  in  the  former  case, 
be  equiva.ent  to  an  oxidation  requiring  y^ths  of  an 
atom  of  oxygen,  and  in  the  latter  case  to  one  re- 
quiring jtbs  of  an  atom  of  oxygen.  As  there  are  two  of 
these  radicals  in,  and  •">  atoms  of  oxygen  are 
required  for,  each  molecule  of  tartaric  acid,  the 
former  case  would  represent  an  oxidation  equiva- 
lent to  -  5  per  cent.,  the  latter  one  ol 
=  33"3  per  cent,  of  the  total  oxidation  possible.  If 
we  assume   that   the  whole  body  is  being  equally 

oxidised,  then  the  oxidation  will    be    —  -    ""  " 

"i 
=  29"2  per  cent,  of  the  total.  Hut  we  have  seen  that 
only  Hi)  per  cent,  of  the  total  oxidation  is  effected  in 
the  presence  of  a  large  excess  of  acid  in  direct  titra- 
tion. If  we  include  the  oxidation  of  the  oxatyl  radicals 
in  the  09  per  ceut.,  as  we  have  reason  for  doing,  the 

oxidation  becomes  ---  20  "33'3    4!,=27-3  per  cent. 

63  v 

The  amount  oxidised  in  a  direct  titration  was  found 


to  be  2!r7  per  cent,  of  the  total.     If  wi  the 

small  amount  of  acid  in  the  sample  of  KMnO,  em- 
ployed, and  the  1  per  cent,  capable  of  being  oxidi-d 
in  a  neutral  solution,  the  result  is  almost  identical 
with  the  last-mentioned  oxidation. 

In  working  out  these  quantities  for  citric  acid,  we 
obtain  Axf  =  10'4  per  cent,  for  the  oxidation  of 
the  COOH  radicals  aloni  27  -   per  cent,  for 

the  oxidation  of  the  other  portions  of  the  body,  and 

104x160     "  I       ' "  " '  =  238  per  cent,  for  the  oxida- 

i3 
tion  simultaneously  of  those  radicals  which  are 
capable  of  oxidation  by  direct  titration.  In  point 
of  fact.  145  per  cent,  was  oxidised  before  manganese 
was  precipitated,  showing  that  the  oxatyl  radicals  in 
this  case  are  oxidised  much  quicker  than  the  rest  of 
the  body.  Indeed,  if  we  allow  for  the  acidity  of  the 
K.MnO,,  and  deduct  the  2  per  cent,  capable  of  being 
titrated  in  a  neutral  solution,  it  becomes  doubtful 
if  anything  more  than  the  oxatyl  radicals  are  oxid: 
Thus,  to  numbers  apparently  arbitrary,  important 
meanings  may  be  attached. 

In  the  direct  titration  of  oxalic,  tartaric,  and  citric 
acids,  I  constantly  observed  that  the  speed  of  oxida- 
!  tion  rapidly  increased  as  the  action  proceeded  :  the 
first  few  drops  of  permanganate  being  exceedingly 
tardy  in  their  reduction,  even  in  warm  solutions. 
The  cause  of  the  increased  speed  I  traced  to  the 
presence  of  the  manganous  salt  formed  during  the 
action,  which  salt,  all  see  later  on,  has  the 

power  of  reducing  the  permanganate,  thus  accelerat- 
ing the  oxidation.  It  may  be  looked  upon  as  a  carrier 
of  oxygen  in  the  same  light  as  ferric,  aluminic,  and 
other  chlorides  have  been  shi  iwn  to  act  as  carriers  of 
chlorine  to  organic  bodies  by  Page,-*  these  salts  them- 
selyes  remaining  unaltered.  By  taking  advantage  of 
this  action,  and  adding  a  little  manganous  sulphate 
to  the  acidified  solution,  I  found  it  possible  to  titrate 
fairly  rapidly  from  the  commencement,  in  compara- 
tively cold  solutions. 

I  was  disappointed  in  the  application  of  this  result 
to  the  titration  of  those  organic  bodies  which  had 
proved  so  obstinate  of  reduction.  On  the  addition  of 
MnSOi  to  their  solutions,  they  did  not  prove  more 
amicable  to  titration,  although  the  brown  manganese 
ipitate  was  formed  much  sooner  than  in  the 
absence  of  the  manganese  salt. 

The  direct  titration  experiments  having  failed  to 
yield  a  reliable  method  of  analysis,  I  was  Ted  next  to 
investigate  the  action  of  excess  of  permanganate  upon 
organic  solutions.  Before  proceeding  with  this  sub- 
ject, it  will  be  advisable  to  refer  somewhat  fully  to 
the  brown  manganese  precipitate,  which  is  always 
formed  in  presence  of  excess  of  KMnO,,  and  which 
we  also  found  to  be  a  final  product  in  the  direct 
titration  of  organic  bodies. 

Ox  the  Nature  ob  the  Mangakesb  Precipitate. 

With  the  ultimate  composition  of  the  precipitate 
I  was  not  immediately  concerned,  but  rather  with 
the  state  of  oxidation  of  the  manganese  it  contained. 
Lunge  and  the  author,*  in  examining  the  action  of 
;  potassium  permanganate  on  sodium  thiosulphate  in 
neutral  and  alkaline  solutions,  assumed  that  the 
precipitated  manganese  existed  in  the  state  of 
dioxide  ;  and  their  assumption  was  borne  out  by  the 
fact  that  the  theoretical  amount  of  permanganate 
was  not  absorbed  until  excess  had  been  added 
to  satisfy  the  following  equation  :— 3Na._s_<  ' 
+4KsMn,08+HsO  =  3Na4S01+3K2SO,  -  2KHO 
"MnO.-i'.f.,  five-thirds  the  amount  which  would 
be  required  if  the  KMnO,  were  completely  reduced 
to  the  form  of  MnO. 


Ann.  225,  19C. 


'  This  Journal.  1883,  103. 


loo 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      ii'eb.  28.  iss, 


Morawski  and  Stingl*  have  attached  the  general 
formula  KH.Mn40,,,  to  the  precipitate.  Honigand 
Zatzekt  give  Kll-.Mn  ,( >  as  its  composition,  in  the 
case  of  the  oxidation  of  NaaSo03  in  alkaline  solu- 
tion. M.  G  laser]  states  that  K2C03  enters  into  its 
composition  under  the  conditions  named,  and  con- 
firms Morawski's  formula  in  the  case  of  the  oxida- 
tion of  NasS203  in  neutral  solutions.  Honigand 
Zatzek;§  replying  to  < -laser,  question  whether  the 
precipitate  can  be  represented  by  a  constant  formula, 
and  state  that  they  as  well  as  other  authors  have  been 
unsuccessful  in  analysing  it,  as  it  becomes  altered  in 
the  process  of  washing,  retaining  foreign  matter. 
Although  such  diverse  opinions  are  held  concerning 
the  nature  of  the  precipitate,  it  will  be  observed  that 
in  both  the  above  formula?  the  manganese  exists  as 
MnO;.  In  all  my  experiments  this  result  has  been 
confirmed,  and  that  whether  the  precipitation  occurs 
in  neutral,  alkaline,  or  acid  solutions. 

F.  Jones,!,  however,  in  treating  of  the  action  of 
hydrogen,  ammonia,  phosphine,  arsine,  stibine, 
manganese  chloride,  and  manganese  sulphate  on 
potassium  permanganate,  finds  the  precipitated  man- 
ganese, in  each  case,  in  the  state  of  Mn„O0,  never  as 
Mn02.  Now  Jones  effects  all  his  analyses  by 
weighing  the  precipitate,  dried  either  on  the  water- 
bath  or  over  sulphuric  acid  ;  then  reducing  it  with 
hydrogen,  or  igniting  in  air,  and  again  weighing.  He 
has  evidently  assumed  the  precipitate  to  be  a  pure 
hydrated  oxide  of  manganese,  and  does  not  seem  to 
have  examined  it  carelully  for  foreign  constituents. 
The  percentage  of  manganese  which  he  finds  in  the 
precipitate  dried  on  the  water- bath  is  generally  less 
than,  but  approximates  62"5,  which  corresponds  to  the 
formula  ^lno03  +  H»0.  But  in  Mn02  the  percentage 
of  manganese  is  63"2  ;  is  it  not  probable,  therefore, 
he  has  been  dealing  with  an  impure  peroxide  ] 
It  is  true  he  estimates  the  water  in  the  dried 
precipitate  in  two  cases,  and  finds  it  to  agree 
with  the  above  hydrate  ;  but,  again,  the  loss  in  weight 
would  have  been  the  same  had  the  precipitate  been 
MnOo,  and  the  heat  employed  barely  sufficient  to 
reduce  it  wholly  to  Mn304. 

Christensen^  has  shown  that  pure  Mn,.0,-,  is  so 
attacked  by  dilute  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid  that 
precisely  one-half  of  the  manganese  passes  into  solu- 
tion, the  other  half  remaining  as  insoluble  Mn02. 
This  evidence  disproves  Jones'  conclusions,  therefore, 
with  regard  to  the  nature  of  the  precipitate  in  acid 
solutions.  Although  it  has  not  come  within  my  pro- 
vince to  examine  the  precipitate  carefully  for  foreign 
matter,  my  experience  corroborates  that  of  previous 
authors  in  ascribing  to  it  the  property  of  retaining, 
at  least  under  certain  conditions,  constituents  of  the 
solution  in  which  it  is  formed,  and  this  not  only  in 
neutral  and  alkaline  solutions,  but  also  in  acid  ones. 
With  the  state  of  oxidation  of  the  precipitated 
manganese,  however,  1  was  most  intimately  con- 
cerned, and  I  shall  now  quote  a  few  experiments 
which  directly  refute  the  conclusions  of  Jones. 
although  abundant  indirect  evidence  in  confirmation 
of  the  manganese  existing  in  the  state  of  MnO.,  will 
be  found  throughout  this  investigation. 

Five  separate  solutions,  each  containing  50cc.  of 
pure  oxalic  acid  solution,  to  which  equal  amounts  of 
dilute  sulphuric  had  been  added,  were  exactly 
titrated  with  permanganate  in  the  usual  manner.  To 
the  1st,  additional  K.MnO,  was  added,  in  amount  equal 
to  exactly  two-thirds  of  the  quantity  required  forexact 
titration.  The  2nd  solution  was  exactly  neutralised 
with   NaHO,  and  the  same  amount  of  additional 

"  ISerichte  d.  d.  C'liini.  QeaelL  xi.  1 
t  Her.  xvi.  2660.    t  Monatsch.  f.  them.  6.  UB.     ilbitt.T.lS. 
a  Chcm.  Soc.  Journal,  1878.  p.  95. 
•  Journ.  lur.  l'rakt.  t'hem.  {•>),  lid.  28. 


KMn04  added.  The  3rd,  4th,  and  5th  solutions  were 
made  decidedly  and  equally  alkaline  with  NaHO, 
K_('i'.,  and  klK'0.;  respectively,  and  additional 
K  M  h<  t4  immediatelyaddedas before.  All  .">  solutions, 
made  up  to 250CC.,  were  heated  on  the  water- bath  for 
about  2  hours,  and  the  precipitate  allowed  to  settle. 
It  will  be  seen  that  the  K.Mn<J4  added  was  just  suffi- 
i  ent  in  each  case  to  satisfy  the  equation-  3Mn(  I 
4  K2Mn„08=5MnOo  -  K,0  :  the  amount  ol  K\ln< ), 
reduced  being  a  measure  of  the  MnO  oxidised.  Now 
the  neutral  solution  had  become  quite  colourless, 
showing  that  the  manganese  had  been  quantitatively 
oxidised  and  reduced  respectively  to  the  state  of 
peroxide.  The  other  four  solutions  were  still  coloured. 
After  the  precipitates  bad  thoroughly  subsided,  the 
solutions  were  carefully  decanted,  acidified  with 
FUiSOj  where  alkaline,  and  titrated  back  with  stan- 
dard EeS04  solution.  The  following  results  were 
obtained  :  — 


No.  of  Experiment— 

1                  2 

3 

4 

5 

State  of  solution 
%  KJInO,  reduced 

H:SO,    neutral 
99S5          100 

NaHO 

96-0 

K:CO, 
96-8 

K1IO), 
97D 

If  Mn.jO-,  had  been  precipitated,  only  37'5  per 
cent,  of  the  KMnd,  would  have  been  reduced,  as 
shown  by  a  comparison  of  the  two  following  equa- 
tions : — 

3  times  K„Mn,Os  +  SMnO  =  5Mn303  +  KaO. 

S    ,,      K.Mn203  +  3MnU  =  5MnOa  +  K;lO. 

That  the  reduction  was  not  so  complete  in  the  alkaline 
solutions  as  in  the  acid  solution  may  be  partly 
accounted  forby  the  slight  oxidation  of  the  manganese 
precipitates  by  the  atmosphere,  before  the  addition 
of  the  KMnO*. 

Now  Jones  considers  that  even  if  Mn02  be  precipi- 
tated, it  is  at  once  reduced  to  Mn._.Or>,  oxygen  being 
liberated.  I  shall  treat  of  the  evolution  of  oxygen 
in  another  part  of  this  paper  ;.  it  will  be  sufficient  to 
state  that  in  the  case  of  the  neutral  and  alkaline 
solutions  above  referred  to  no  oxygen  is  generated, 
while  in  the  acid  solution,  under  the  conditions  given, 
the  loss  is  so  slight  that  it  need  not  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration. In  another  experiment  in  acid  solution, 
but  merely  warmed  on  the  bath  for  five  minutes, 
(Experiment  0),  !)8'5  per  cent,  of  the  KMnO,  was 
found  to  have  been  reduced.  We  thus  see  that 
KMn04  is  capable  of  oxidising  MnS04  practically 
completely  to  MnO;,  even  when  the  two  bodies  are 
present  in  only  the  theoretical  proportions,  and  that 
whether  the  solutn  n  be  acid,  alkaline,  or  neutral.  I 
shall  refer  later  on  to  the  application  of  these  results 
to  the  estimation  of  manganese  in  manganous  salts. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  although  all  the 
precipitates  contained  Mn  in  the  form  of  Mn02,  they 
were  different  in  appearance,  from  which  we  might 
conclude  that  their  absolute  composition  varied. 
That  formed  in  the  neutral  solution  was  very  bulky, 
and  brown  in  colour;  those  in  the  K2C03  and 
H^S04  solutions  were  very  small  in  bulk  ;  while  the 
others  were  of  medium  bulk.  The  precipitate  in  the 
acid  solution  was  almost  black  ;  the  others  were  more 
or  less  brown. 

It  still  remained  to  be  proved  that  the  precipitates 
formed  with  insufficient  KMnC4  are  in  the  form  of 
Mn02.  In  order  to  confirm  Christensen's  experi- 
ments,** oOcc.  of  pure  acidified  oxalic  acid  solution 
were  exactly  titrated  with  KMnO,,,  and  additional 
permanganate  added  equivalent  to  833  per  cent,  of 

Loc.  cit. 


Feb.  28. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


101 


the  totil  quantity  required  to  convert  the  whole  of 
the  manganese  Bait  into  MnO„ — i.e.,  as  we  have  seen, 
4.V8  per  cent,  in  excess  of  the  quantity  required  to 
com  ert  it  into  Mn2(  > .,  according  to  Jones's  statement. 
After  heating  a  few  minutes  the  solution  became 
quite  colourless  ;  it  was  then  filtered,  and  KaCOs 
added  to  the  filtrate,  when  a  considerable  precipe 
of  MnC0;I  occurred.  From  this  we  learn  conclusively 
that  MnO  is  not  oxidised  to  Mn3Oa,  but  to  MnOa  in 
acid  solutions. 

The  same  experiment  was  performed  in  a  solution 
nearly  neutralised  before  the  addition  of  the  excess 
of  KMnO,,  but  sufficiently  acid,  I  thought,  to 
prevent  tin-  precipitation  of  MnHs0a,  or  the  solution 
ot  the  tinOg  formed.  The  filtrate  gave  a  slight 
precipitate  with  NaHO,  which  turned  brown, 
but  it  was  evident  that  some  manganous  hydrate  had 
been  precipitated  with  the  Mn02.  Now  if  it  existed 
in  combination  with  MnO...  as  Hn«0>  we  would  not 
expect  it  to  be  oxidised  by  atmospheric  oxygen.  To 
prove  whether  this  was  the  case  I  allowed  the  precipi- 
tate to  remain  on  the  filter  for  two  hours,  but  other- 
wise no  means  were  adopted  to  admit  excess  of  air. 
At  the  end  of  that  time  the  precipitate  was  dissolved 
in  50cc.  of  standard  FeS04  solution,  and  titrated 
back  with  KMnO*.  1  found  that  additional  21  per 
cent.  (Experiment  7)  of  the  original  MnS04  had  been 
oxidised  to  Mn02.  If,  therefore,  Mn„Oa  were  a 
stable  body  in  neutral  solutions,  how  could  it  be 
oxidised  by  the  air,  and  more  especially  in  the 
presence  of  a  large  excess  of  Mn02  1 

It  is  generally  accepted*  that  MnH2Oa  is  oxidised 
in  moist  air  to  Mn2O2(0H)2,  but  my  experiments 
prove  that  manganous  hydrate  is  oxidised  continu- 
onsly  in  the  moist  state  by  atmospheric  oxygen  to 
dioxide  both  in  neutral  and  alkaline  solutions,  and  I 
am  inclined  to  the  opinion  expressed  by  Hermannt 
and  Kose}  that  the  so-called  sesquioxide,  at  least  in 
the  moist  state,  is  not  of  similar  constitution  to 
FeoOg,  but  a  mere  mixture  of  MnO.MnO... 

In  .similar  experiments  to  those  just  recorded,  but 
in  solutions  made  alkaline  with  NaHO,  the  following 
results  were  obtained  ;  in  each  case  the  precipitate 
having  been  exposed  two  hours  on  the  filter  before 
being  dissolved  : — 


as  equivalent  to  those  of  Jones,  where  he  passed  the 
respective  gases  into  permanganate  solutions  until 
the  latter  were  discoloured.  As  in  the  previous 
experiments,  the  solutions  became  colourless  after  a 
few  minutes'  heating.  The  precipitates  were  allowed 
to  remain  on  their  filters  unwashed  for  seven  hours : — 


No.  of  Expeiinient- 


'.    KJInO,   added    of 
total  required  

".  original    MnO  oxi- 
dised by  atmosphere 


12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

° 

25 

50 

75 

■7  3 

118 

51 

33 

18 

13 

Heal  8"l. 
17 


50 
0 


Xo.  of  Experiment— 

8 

9 

10 

11 

'.  KMnO,  added  of  amount 
required  for  complete  oxida- 

333 
39 

500 

,     69 

666 

1-2 

'.  oxidised  bjr  atmosphere   .. 

33 

As  we  have  already  seen,  37  o  per  cent,  excess  KMn04 
would  have  been  sufficient  to  convert  all  the  MnO 
into  Mn203.  As  a  matter  of  fact  there  is  no  greater 
tendency  to  oxidation  shown  when  less  EMn04  has 
been  added  than  when  this  amount  has  been  far 
exceeded.  Although  the  addition  of  KMnU4  was 
performed  as  expeditiously  as  possible,  it  might  be 
objected  that  the  oxidation  recorded  had  been  effected 
between  the  addition  of  the  alkali  and  the  KMn04. 
To  make  quite  certain  upon  this  point  the  following 
alterations  in  the  manipulation  were  made.  Instead 
of  the  titrated  oxalic  acid,  2.">cc.  of  a  solution  of  pure 
MnS04,  whose  strength  had  been  accurately  deter- 
mined, were  employed,  and  run  in  by  means 
of  a  pipette  at  the  bottom  of  the  warm  caustic  soda 
solution,  to  which  the  requisite  amount  of  KMn04 
had  previously  been  added.  Under  these  conditions 
the  action  of  the  KMn04  must  precede  that  of  the 
atmosphere.    These  conditions  might  even  be  taken 

*  Roscoe  and  Schorlemmer,  vol.  ii.  2,  p.  11. 

t  Journal  fur  Prakt.  Chem.  43,  50. 

J  Pogg.  Ann.  121,  318. 


If  we  bear  in  mind  that  the  amount  of  atmospheric 
oxidation  decreases  in  two  ratios — one  due  to  the  de- 
crease of  MnO  present,  the  other  due  to  the  covering-up 
property  of  the  Mn02— then  the  above  numbers  are 
just  such  as  we  would"  expect  from  mere  mechanical 
mixtures  of  the  two  oxides  MnO  and  MnO...  There 
is  no  violent  oxidation  until  37'5  per  cent,  of  the 
hydrate  has  been  oxidised,  and  a  sudden  disappearance, 
or  at  least  decrease,  of  the  same  after  this  stage  has 
been  reached,  as  we  would  be  justified  in  expecting, 
were  Mn20«(H0)2  a  definite  chemical  compound, 
and  a  final  stage  of  oxidation  under  these  conditions. 
Experiment  17  was  performed  under  these  improved 
conditions  in  a  neutral  solution.  The  Mn02  precipi- 
tated corresponded  exactly  to  the  KMnO,  added,  no 
oxidation  having  taken  place.  The  filtrate  was  only 
slightly  acid,  owing  to  the  liberation  of  sulphuric  acid, 
thus  :  — 3MnS04  +  K„Mn„Os  +  H20  =  5Mn02  + 
K„SO.  +  2H„S04.  It  gave  "a  considerable  precipitate 
of  MnH20js  with  NaHO. 

Thece'experiments,  therefore,  not  only  refute  the 
results  obtained  by  Jones,  but  they  demonstrate  that 
the  brown  manganese  precipitate,  including  that 
formed  as  a  final  product  in  the  direct  titration  of 
organic  bodies,  contains  the  manganese  in  the  state 
of  the  dioxide.  This  precipitate,  in  the  case  of  direct 
titration,  might  either  be  produced  from  the  action  of 
the  manganous  salt  formed  in  the  solution  upon  the 
final  KMnO i  added;  or  it  might  be  formed  from  the 
reduction  of  KMn04  to  Mn02  by  the  organic  body 
itself.  The  probability  existed  that  some  organic 
bodies  or  their  constituent  radicals  can  reduce  KMnOj 
to  the  form  of  Mn02  only,  even  in  acid  solutions,  as 
is  the  case  with  sodium  thiosulphate  in  neutral  and 
alkalineones;  andl  was  led  back  to  work  under  similar 
conditions  to  those  which  Lunge  and  I  §  had  recom- 
mended in  the  case  of  the  latter  salt— i.e.,  of  adding 
a  large  excess  of  KMn04,  more  than  sufficient  for 
reduction  to  Mn0.2  only,  then  adding  excess  of  stan- 
dard FeS04  solution  after  the  completion  of  the 
oxidation,  and  finally  titrating  back  with  KMn04  in 
the  usual  manner. 

As  is  well  known,  potassium  permanganate  is  con- 
stantly being  employed  in  organic  research  as  an 
oxidising  agent,  and  numerous  are  the  bodies  which 
have  been  discovered  by  its  aid.  Impure  products 
are,  however,  obtained,  and  in  varying  proportions, 
depending  uron  the  amount  of  the  reagent  employed, 
temperature,  and  many  other  conditions.  It  has, 
therefore,  only  been  generally  employed  as  a  qualita- 
tive reagent.  It  occurred  to  me,  that  by  employing 
an  excess  of  the  reagent,  and  working  under  varying 
standard  conditions,  definite  and  simple  compounds 
would  be  obtained,  whose  composition  in  each  case 
might  be  determined  qualitatively  by  ordinary 
analysis,  and  quantitatively  by  an  estimation  of  the 
oxygen  absorbed  in  the  reaction.  I  hoped  that  by 
this  means  we  might  be  enabled  not  only  to  possess 

S  Loc  cit. 


IOJ 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  ENDUSTEY.   in-b.28.iss7. 


reliable  pn  ;   the  valuation   of  commercial 

organic  products,  but  that  we  might  thereby  be  led 
i ii i  a  better  insight  into  the  nature  of  some  of 
those  complex  organic  principles,  of  whose  constitu- 
tion we  are  at  present  in  almost  absolute  ignorance  ; 
as  well  as,  perhaps,  to  increase  our  knowledge  of  the 
wonderful  cycle  of  reducing  and  oxidising  processes 
which  attend  the  phenomena  of  life. 

I  was  led  to  form  these  opinions  from  a  study  of 
the  behaviour  of  solutions  of  various  organic  bodies 
in  presence  of  a  large  excess  of  KMn04  under  vary- 
ing standard  conditions.  The  determinations  which 
1  had  in  view  weii-  the  following  :-  Oxygen  yielded 
bj  excess  of  Mn02  in  acid,  alkaline  and  neutral  sol u- 
respectively ;  oxygen  yielded  by  txcess  "f 
K.\lii<)4  in  acid,  alkaline  ami  neutral  solutions  res- 
pectively. The  latter  would  include  the  former;  the 
difference  would  represent  oxygen  yielded  by  KMm  >t 
in  reduction  to  MnO..  only,  and  would  necessarirj 
correspond  to  more   •  dies  or   radicals  than 

those  represented  by  the  reduction  of  MnO...  I  further 
anticipated  successive  oxidations,  more  especially  of 
a  neutral  one  succeeded  by  an  alkaline  and  acid  cue 
respectively,  and  an  alkaline  oxidation  followed  by 
one  in  acid  solution.  I  found,  however,  that  serions 
errors  entered  into  my  experiments,  the  elimination 
of  which  demanded  the  first  attention. 

1  shall  treat  the  subject  in  three  divisions — namely, 
oxidation  in  acid,  alkaline,  and  neutral  solutions, 
respectively. 

Oxidation  by'largi    excess  of   KMno,  in  Actd 
Soli  hons. 

Sulphuric  acid  is  usually  considered  the  only 
one  generally  applicable  for  titrations  with  per- 
manganate, and  as  the  objections  to  HC1  and  HjN<  >:, 
in    working    with    excess    of   KMn04  and   in   hot 


able  time  is  the  only  one  which  could  be  contemplated. 
The  temperature  of  the  hot-watei  bath  was  naturally 
that  resorted  t  .  most  convenient. 

The  permanganate  solution  which  I  employed,  and 
which  I  shall  designate  as  normal,  was  of  such  a 
strength  that  lcc.  was  equivalent  to  OOlgrm.  of  pure 
metallic  iron,  or  0'00143grin.  of  oxygen.  Anorganic, 
or  other  oxidisable  solution,  I  also  designate  as  normal, 
which  requires  the  whole  of  the  oxygen  liberated  by 
an  equal  bulk  of  normal  KMn<  )j.  in  its  reduction  to 
the  state  of  M 1 1 <  K  for  the  complete  oxidation  of  the 
bodytoCOa  and  H.,0. 

To  oOcc.  of  the  normal  solution  of  the  organic  body 
under  investigation  I  added  1  OOcc  normal  KMn04 
solution.  It  is  important  to  observe  that  this  quan- 
tity represents  an  excess  of  20  percent.  KMnOj,  over 
the  quantity  necessary  for  eemplete  oxidation,  accom- 
panied by  a  reduction  of  the  K.Mn04  to  MnO a,  only. 
".ore.  normal  H2S04  (lcc.  =0"049grm.)  were  then 
added.  1  generally  made  up  the  total  bulk  to  the 
neck  of  a  7">o.v.  flask  with  distilled  water,  and  heated 
on  the  water-bath  for  a  couple  of  hours,  but  now 
employ  250cc.  flasks,  when  I  hud  half-an-hour's  heat- 
ing sufficient.  To  avoid  repetition,  unless  otherwise 
stated,  it  will  be  understood  that  the  solutions  em- 
ployed were  made  up  according  to  the  normal 
formula-  .KMnO4  +  50cc.  n.organic  solution 

-foOee.  nHoS04+550cc,  distilled  water. 

The  results  generally  came  out  much  too  high,  even 
for  perfect  oxidation,  which  indicated  a  loss  of 
oxygen.  The  table  below  shows  the  representa- 
tive numbers  obtained. 

These  experiments  show  that  the  great  loss  of 
oxygen  is  not  altered  by  varying  the  concentration  of 
the  solution,  nor  by  decreasing  the  amount  of  free 
acid  (21).  They  also  indicate  that  the  excessive  loss 
is  not  due  to  the  action  of  the  acid  upon  the  KMn04 


■ 


'>        :'  Kspt-riment- 


Total  bulk  

Time  o£  heating hours 

Organic  body  present  _ 

Per  cent,  indicated  of  total  oxida- 
tion possible    „ 


200 


•200 


200 


Oxalic     Tartaric    Citric 
Acid         Acid     i  Acid 


122  116 


111 


750 

1 


Oxalic 
Acid 


121 
;    Hlcc.  \ 
EfeSOj 


750 
2 


Oxalic 

Acid 


119 


23 

24 

:5 

26 

27 

750 

750 

750 

750 

750 

o 

2 

1 

11 

2 

Tartaric 
Acid 

Citric 

Acid 

Tannin 

FeSO, 

0 

IIS 

117-5 

111 

101-8 

2 

ak'Illt. 

solutions  would  be  much  more  serious,  H2S04 
quite  free  from  these  impurities  was  employed. 
The  temperature  at  which  oxidation  proceeds  is,  as 
might  Vie  expected,  an  important  factor— i.e.,  as  re- 
gards the  speed,  but  not  as  regards  the  product  of 
oxidation.  Some  bodies  natural!)  require  a  higher 
temperature  than  others  to  obtain  the  tinal  product 
of  oxidation  in  a  reasonable  time  ;  but  I  have  reason 
to  believe  that  all  bodies— at  least  at  ordinary  tem- 
peratures—would reach  that  stage  sooner  or  later. 
I  think  that  valuable  information  might  be  derived 
ly  o|  the  rate  of  oxidation  of  complex 
organic  bodies  under  standard  conditions,  such  as 
those  I  am  about  to  describe, and  at  a  temperature 
sufficiently  low  to  allow  of  a  number  of  accurate 
determinations  of  the  progress  of  the  oxidation  at 
different  stages.  A  graphic  representation  ol  the 
results  obtained  would  indicate  by  any  abrupt  change 
in  the  curve  of  oxidation,  the  completion  oi  oi 
the  commencement  of  formation  of  another  pro- 
duct of  oxidation.  Such  manipulation,  however, 
would  be  more  especially  interesting  to  the  n 
chemist  ;  for  analytical  purposes,  a  method  by  which 
the  final  product  of  oxidation  i.s  reached  in  a  reason- 


alone  (27),  and  also  that  it  is  not  experienced  by  sub- 
stituting ferrous  sulphate  for  the  organic  body  (26). 
I  too  hastily  concluded  from  Experiment  26,  that  the 
loss  was  not  due  to  the  presence  of  MnO..,  and 
sought  for  the'  cause  rather  in  some  exciting  action 
to  the  evolution  of  oxygen  produced  by  the  COs 
generated  in  the  case  of  organic  bodies.  I  was,  how- 
ever, disappointed  at  the  result  of  my  endeavours  to 
1  produce  an  equivalent  effect  in  the  experiment  with 
ferrous  sulphate,  by  introducing  gradually  into  the 
solution— which  had  previously  received  a  propor- 
tionate excess  of  sulphuric  acid— 35cc.  of  a  10  per 
cent,  solution  of  potassium  carbonate.  The  loss  was 
even  less  than  before— only  L*2  per  cent.  (28). 

In   parallel   experiments,  with  an. I   without    the 
addition  of   oxalic  acid,  and    varying  the  times  of 
heating,  the  results  in  Table  A  were  obtained. 
These  experiments  prove  conclusively  that  in  each 

case  the  loss  increases  with  the  length  of  heating,  but 
is  much  more  considerable  in  the  solution  which  has 
been  reduced  by  the  organic  body;  although  the 
actual  permanganate  in  such  a  solution,  where  com- 
plete oxidation  occurs,  is  only  one-tixth  of  that  to 
which  no  reducing  agent  has  been  added. 


im.'Jh.  issr.i     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INM  STftY. 


103 


In  experiments  with  glycerine  and  formic  acid, 
confining  the  time  ol  heating  to  half-an-bo 
seemeil  desirable  from  the  above  results,  much  more 
concordanl  indications  were  obtained-  namely,  '.'7 
per  cent  (36)  and  103  per  cent,  (36)  respectively. 
Encouraging  as  these  results  were,  it  Beamed  desir- 
able to  concentrate  the  attention  upon  the  elimination 
of  the  error  caused  by  the  evolution  of  oxygen,  as  it 
would  probably  vary  very  much  with  the  nature  of 
the  body  under  investigation. 


TABLE   A. 

No.  of  Experiment— 

29 

30 

31 

Reducing  bod;  added 

Oxalic  A. 

nil 

Oxalic  A. 

Time  »f  heating 

1  hour 

|  hour 

1  hour 

Loss     cc.  nKMnOj     . 

1-85 

0-15 

3-85 

amount  of  which  latter  was  of  course  allowed  for  in 
regulating  the  total  acidity  of  the  solution,  I  shall 
denominate  such  a  solution  normal  which  contains 
the  same  quantity  of  metallic  iron  in  a  given  hulk, 
that  a  normal  solution  of  ferrous  sulphatedoes.  The 
above  solution  was  only  80  per  cent,  normal,  but  I  shall 
always  quote  the  quantity  employed  in  terms  of  the 
normal  solution.  In  an  experiment  with  oxalic  acid, 
under  normal  conditions,  but  with  the  addition  of  4<)n\ 
normal  ferric  Bulphate  solution,  a  loss  equivalent  to 
I  85cc.  of  normal  permanganate  was  recorded.  The 
foregoing  experiments  are  compared  in  the  following 
table:— 


Xli.  ol  Experiment 


Reducing  body  added. 


nil 


Time  of  heating i    1  hour 


Loss  =  cc.  nKMnO, 


33 


3-1 


0-95 


Oxalic  A.  nil 

3  hours        3  hours 
V'j.j  1-95 


In  recalling  to  mind  the  experiment  in  which  ferrous 
sulphate  was  substituted  for  the  organic  bodj  (26), 
it  occurred  to  me  that  the  excessive  loss  of  oxygen 
might  still  be  due  to  the  presence  of  MnO«,  but  that 
the  ferric  salt  had  the  power  to  prevent,  or  diminish, 
the  action.    The  next  experiments  confirm  this  view. 

Manganous  sulphate  was  formed  by  titrating te 

normal  oxalic  acid  in  the  ordinary  manner.  50ci  .  ol 
normal  KMnO,  were  added,  the  hulk  made  up  to 
750cc,  and  the  solution  heated  on  the  watei  bath 
three  and  a-half  hours.  The  lossol  oxygen  was  equal 
to  9'Occ.  of  the  KMn04.  Another  experiment,  in 
which  the  MnS04  formed  above  was  substituted  by 
an  equivalent  of  crystallised  MnSO,,  showed  a  loss 
equivalent  to  9'5cc.   of  the  normal  permanganate. 


No.  of  Expt. 


Addition 

CO.      nICMnO, 
lost 


Titrated     „  ,n    Titrated 
Oxalic  A.   M"M',    FeSO 


90 


95 


1-8 


„.,„..    Oxalic  A. 
none  +Fej3SO, 


1-85 


To  find  the  action  of  the  ferric  salt  upon  Mn02 
alone,  50cc.  normal  FeS04  solution,  exactly  titrated, 

were  added,  in  an  experiment  with  oxalic  acid  under 
normal  conditions.  The  MnSO,  reduced  the  remain- 
ing K.MnOi,  rendering  the  solution  colourless  in  a 
few  minute-.  Absolutely  no  loss  of  oxygen  was  re- 
corded in  this  experiment  (42).  This  indicated  that 
the  small  loss  of  oxygen  experienced  in  the  presence  of 
the  ferric  salt  was  not  due  to  the  MnOo  formed,  and 
differed  in  this  respect  from  the  excessive  loss  in  the 
absence  of  iron 

From  the  experiments  in  Table  I!  we  learn  the  in- 
tiu.  ace  of  the  ferric  salt  under  varying  conditions. 

By  normal  MniSU4  solution,  1  mean  one  which  is 
able  to  reduce  a  solution  of  normal  permanganate  in 
equal  measures.  From  the  experiments  I  have  already 
recorded,  it  will  readily  he  seen  that  such  a  normal 
solution  contains  |-times  the  amount  of  actual  Mn  that 
an  equal  measure  of  normal  KMn<  >,  does.  Experi- 
ments 44  and  45  confirm  42,  demonstrating  that  no 
loss  occurs,  when  all  the  KMnO,  is  wholly  reduced 


TA11LE   B. 


No.  of  Experiment- 


Reducing  body  added 

cc.  nFe23SO, 

Time  of  heating   

Loss  =  cc.  nKMnO, 


13 


none 

JO 
2hrs. 

2-1 


I      Oxalic  A 

'^+33  "MliSO, 

40 

2  hours 

0-1 


(    Oxalic  A. 

M   iiFeSO,   oxalic  A. 
(     Titrated, 


JO 

2  hours 

0-1 


JO 

|  hour 

0'25 


47 

48 

49 

none 

none 

none 

JO 

none 

20 

\  hour 

3  hours 

3  hours 

10 

0-7 

2-3 

Oxalic  A. 

nol.e 

3  hours 

8-65 


Oxalic  A. 

10 

3  hours 

1-85 


T  U3LE  C. 


No      i  Exp.— 

56 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

Organic  Body. 
X  indicated  . . . 

Glycerine. 
97 

Tannin. 

91-8 

Sugar. 
832 

Citric  A. 
99-6 

Tartaric  A. 
99-8 

Alcohol. 
34 

Acetic  A. 
0o 

50cc.  ?iFeS04  solution,  titrated  and  treated  as 
above. gave  a  [osb  =  1"8cc.  KMnO,  only.  A  Mmk 
experiment  with  lOOcc.  KMn04.  and  no  reducing 
body,  indicated  a  loss  of  2'4cc.  The  only  difference 
in  the  experiment  with  the  titrated  FcSO,  and  those 
with  MnS04  is  that,  in  addition  to  MnSO*,  ferric 
sulphate  is  also  present.  To  confirm  the  retarding 
action  of  the  ferric  salt  still  further,  a  solution  of 
pure  ferric  sulphate  was  made  with  free  H;SO.i,  the 


to  the  form  of  MnO;.  The  presence  of  the  ferric 
stilt,  however,  docs  not  prevent  the  loss  of  oxygen 
from  the  KMnOi,  as  8uch(43),in  fact,  it  seems  to 

increase  the  action  considerably  (48  and  19).  From 
Experiments  46  and  47  we  learn  that  the  loss  is  less 
when  a  reducing  body  is  present,  this  being  no  doubt 
due  to  the  much  smaller  quantity  of  permanganate 
present  (only  J,th  of  the  total)  after  reduction  by  the 
organic  body.    The  action  of  the  ferric  salt  is  thus 


Ml 


l  Hi:  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHF.MK'AL  INDUSTRY,      (t'eb. 28. iMf. 


-i  en  to  b(  of  a  two  fol 

in  the  pri  -  nee  ol    mui  h    K  M  n< ' ,  and  little 
.  but  a  n  tarder  in  tbe  presence  •  I  much 
Mn02  and  little  K.\ln(>,   (51).    The  loss  which  we 
wish  p  ivoid  is  that  which  occurs  after 

the  oxidation  ot  the  organic  body  is  complete  Le., 
when  a  considerable  quantity  ol  MnOj  has  been 
formed,  and  only  a  small  excess  of  KMni  > ,  remains  ; 
hence  the  beneficial  action  of  the  ferric  salt. 

Under  these  improved  conditions  various  organic 
bodies  were  subjected  to  oxidation,  with  much  more 
satisfactory  results,  as  indicated  below.  The  time 
ting  was  2*  hours  in  each  case,  and  20cc. 
normal  Fe2  3S04  were  added,  other  conditions  being 
normal : — 


Kip.- 

Body  added 
%  indii 


Formic  A.    Glycerine.    Tannin. 
106-2  99  93-2 


Cane  .Sugar. 
85-S 


"Willi  a  total  bulk  of  200cc.,  the  solution  being 
heated  for  half-an-hour  only,  the  numbers  given  in 
Table  (.'(page  103)  were  obtained. 

A  parallel  experiment  with  cane  sugar,  in  which 
the  lOOcc.  OlnOj  were  added  in  five  equal  portions 
at  equal  intervals,  thereby  avoiding  excess  of  KMnU,, 
indicated  only  80  per  cent.  (63).  Probably  the  differ- 
ence in  the  two  experiments  was  due  to  loss  of 
oxygen,  from  the  action  of  the  acid  on  the  free 
KMn04.  The  alcohol  was  most  distinctly  oxidised 
to  acetic  acid,  as  evinced  by  the  smell.  The  per- 
centage indicated  also  agrees  closely  with  the  forma- 
tion of  that  body.    Acetic  acid  itself  is  unoxidised 

-  .  the  small  amount  (O'o  per  cent.)  of  oxidation 
recorded,  after  deducting  the  calculated  loss,  being 
probably  due  to  impurity  in  the  acid. 

Such  results  as  those  recorded,  although  bearing 
the  impress  of  approximations  to  certain  absolute 
quantities  1  was  endeavouring  to  estimate,  were  not 
so  perfect  as  those  to  which  1  had  aspired.  The 
errors  due  to  loss  of  oxygen  have  not  been  allowed 
for  in  the  above  experiments,  except  in  the  case  of 
acetic  acid  ;  indeed,  it  would  be  difficult  to  do  so. 
Although  we  know  the  quantity  of  free  KMn04 
existing  both  before  andafterreduetion,  wedonot  know 
when  the  oxidation  is  completed ;  and  even  did  we 
know  this,  we  could  not  be  certain  whether  any 
oxygen  at  all  would  be  lost  until,  the  completion 
of  the  oxidation.  Simultaneous  experiments,  without 
addition  oi  any  reducing  body,  and  with  100  and 
20cc,  /iKMnU,,  indicated  a  loss  of  oxygen  equiva- 
lent to  4  8  per  cent.  (o'3)  and  00  per  cent.  (64) 
respectively,  in  terms  quoted  above.  Now,  if  we 
assume  that  no  loss  occurs  until  the  body  reaches  its 
final  stage  of  oxidation;  and,  further,  that  this  latter 
occurs  after  £  hour's  heating,  both  assumptions 
being  within  the  region  of  probability  ;  then  the  loss 
could  scarcely  have  exceeded  05  per  cent.,  except 
in  the  case  of  alcohol,  where  the  oxidation  is  so 
iplete. 

Another  possible  source  of  error  was  impurity  in 
the  bodies  under  investigation.  Although  tiny  W(  re 
obtained  in  the  usual  course  as  pure  chem 
(excepting  the  loaf  sugar,  winch  was  of  ordinary  com- 
mercial quality),  their  absolute  purity  was  doubtful 
in  some  cases.  Beyond  drying  in  the  not  water  oven, 
or  estimating  the  aciditj  c  gravity,  they  were 

not  subjected  to  any  systematic  analysis,  'i  hroughthe 
kindness  of  Messrs.  Mawson  &  Swan,  1  have  been  sup- 
plied with  some  specially  pure  chemicals,  which  will 
t  in  the  elimination  oi  this  source  of  error.  Uefore 
making  use  of  them,  however,  I  was  anxious  to  still 
further  improve  the  process  if  possible  ;  and,  accord- 


ingly, more  systematic  experiments  were  instituted, 
which  1  shall  now  record.  At  this  stage  1  deter- 
mined, in  order  to  utilise  the  time  as  much  as 
possible,  to  reduce  the  total  bulk  of  solution  to  250cc, 
and  the  time  of  heating  to  half  an  hour,  except  in 
s  wlnrc  a  longer  period  was  necessary,  to  ensure 
ater  accuracy  in  the  estimation  of  small  differences 
in  the  errors  derived  from  working  uuder  varying 
conditions  undi  i  comparison. 

Throughout  this  investigation,  I  have  been  fre- 
quently  impressed  with  the  excessive  caution  which 
must  be  exercised  in  drawing  conclusions  from 
experiments,  however  carefully  made.  We  have  seen 
that  there  is  a  slight  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon 
potassium  permanganate  in  the  absence  of  iron  salts, 
causing  a  small  loss  of  oxygen.  When  MnS04,  or  an 
organic  body  which  is  capable  of  reducing  the  KMn04 
•mpletely  to  the  form  of  Mu02,  is  added,  we  find 
a  very  great  increase  in  the  amount  of  oxygen 
evolved,  although  the  loss  due  to  the  action  of  tbe 
acid  on  the  K.Mi.t',  as  such,  must  necessarily  be 
considerably  decreased.  It  seemed  very  natural  to 
conclude  that  the  increase  was  due  to  the  action  of  the 
1I2S04  upon  the  Mn02  as  such.  In  the  experiments 
already-recorded  I  was  labouring  under  this  impression. 
As  the  experiments  were  strictly  comparative  in  each 
case,  their  value  was  not  diminished  by  the  subse- 
quent revelation  that  this  hypothesis  was  a  false  ODe. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  found  that  the  loss  of  oxygen 
due  to  the  action  of  the  acid  upon  Mi.02  is  absolutely 
nil  under  the  conditions  which  prevailed.  With  a 
view  to  determine  the  amount  of  loss  due  to  the  action 
considered,  to  50cc.  »CsH204  just  sufficient 
KMn04  was  added  to  reduce  all  the  manganese  to 
the  form  of  MnOo,  50cc.  hH2S04  were  then  added, 
but  no  iron  s<rft.  The  bulk  was  made  up  to  250cc,  and 
the  solution  heated  one  hour.  The  solution  was  only 
very  faintly  coloured  after  heating.  A  loss  of  only 
l'35cc.  KMnO,  (o'.">)  was  shown.  Surprising  as  this 
result  was,  I  was  still  more  astonished  at  the  result 
of  a  corresponding  experiment,  in  which  the  heating 
was  prolonged  to  -ih  hours.  No  more  oxygen  was 
evolved  than  in  the  preceding  case — i.e.,  only 
tbe  equivalent  of  l'Scc.  hKMhO,  (66).  As  a  repeti- 
tion of  the  old  experiments,  with  the  proportions  of 
100  KMn04  to  50cc.  oxalic  acid,  proved  that  the 
laws  of  nature  had  in  no  degree  been  enjoying  a 
temporary  relaxation,  the  only  conclusion  which 
could  be  formed  was,  that  the  presence  of 
both  KMnO,  and  MnOa  is  required  for  the 
excessive  evolution  of  oxygen,  which  had  been  so 
frequently  observed.  Final  test  expetiments  com- 
pletely confirmed  this  conclusion.  TooOcc.  nCoHs04, 
already  titrated,  only  one-half  the  quantity  of 
KMnOj  was  .added  necessary  to  oxidise  the  Mn  to 
MnO».  Absolutely  no  loss  of  oxygen  was  recorded  after 
half-an-hour's  heating  ((57).  A  parallel  experiment,  with 
the  usual  proportion.-  of  l\Mii04  and  oxalic  acid, 
indicated  a  loss  of  4'-4cc.  «KMn04  (on).  This  result 
was  most  important,  and  suggested  a  method  of 
analysis  to  which  1  shall  refer  later  on.  It  also  fur- 
nishes the  proof  that  in  the  experiments  (No&  land  6) 
in  which  the  KMnO,  and  MnS04  were  added  in  the 
theoretical  quantities  to  convert  the  whole  of  the 
manganese  into  Mn02,  similar  to  the  conditions  of 
nd  63,  the  quantity  of  oxygen  lost  is  not  suffi- 
cient to  be  taken  into  consideration,  more  especially 
in  No.  6,  which  received  only  half-an-hour's  heating. 
Jones*  makes  a  great  point  of  the  liberation  of 
.en  in  oxidations  by  permanganate.  He  states 
that  it  occurs  under  all  the  conditions  it  is  possible 
to  imagine,  and  he  attributes  the  cause  of  its  gene- 
ration to  the  tendency  to  the  formation  of  Mna03, 

•  Loc.  cit. 


Kcb. 2$.  18SM     THE  JOURNAL  OF  TI1H  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IM>i  STRY. 


10.*> 


which  he  considers  to  be  the  stable  oxide  of  I 
nese,  and  the  final  product  of  oxidation  by  KM 
all  cases.  Mn< » ..  he  finds  to  act  in  the  same  mam  er 
as  KMiiO,,  and  would  lead  one  to  Question  the 
accuracy  of  Fresenius  and  Will's  method  for  the 
valuation  of  that  ore,  on  account  of  the  o 
evolved  in  the  reaction.  Now,  my  experiments 
throw  light  upon  many  of  the  results  obtained  by 
Jones  with  regard  to  the  evolution  of  oxygen,  but 
they  show  at  the  same  time  that  the  above-mentioned 
method  is  free  from  reproach  in  this  respect.  They 
further  show  that  MnO.  is  really  the  stable  com- 
pound of  manganese  in  acid  as  well  as  othi  I 
tions  ;  and.  indeed,  this  very  fact  accounts  for  the 
liberation  of  oxygen  from  KMnO.,  the  evolution  of 
that  gas  not  being  completed  until  the  whole  of  the 
Mn  has  been  reduced  to  the  state  of  MnO..,  as  is 
still  more  strikingly  illustrated  by  the  following 
experiments,  with  varying  amounts  of  permangan- 
ate solution.  Total  bulk  =  2.J0cc. ;  free  acid=50cc. 
xlf_S04  ;  organic  body  =  50cc.  ttC;H..04  :— 


No.  of  Experiment— 

69 

70 

7» 

cc.  Free  KMnO,  after  re- 
duction by  oxalic  acid  . . 

1565 

Ihr. 

41 

323 
ihr. 
615 

S23 
Ihr. 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost  

10-55 

■f  Experiment— 

72 

73 

-■ 

cc.  Free  KMnO,  after  re- 
duction by  oxalic  acid  . . 

1565 

19 

99 

3hrs. 

3hra. 

3hrs. 

91 

2565 

in-;. 

No.  of  Experiment— 


cc.  nKMnO,  added  . 
Time  of  heating  . . 
cc.  nKMnO,  lost  .. 


Ihr. 
02 


76 
100 

77 

25 

1    Ihr. 

2hrs. 

0-5 

04 

78 


100 

2hr.-. 
105 


Of  course  no  iron  salt  was  present  in  these  experi- 
ments. It  is  very  interesting  to  observe  that  the 
loss  increases  very  nearly  in  the  ratio  of  the  square 
root  of  the  amount  of  KMn04  present,  in  the  first 
three  experiments  with  the  shorter  heating,  from 
which  we  can  form  an  idea  of  the  speed  of  reduction. 
In  the  last  three,  the  reduction  of  the  KMn04  was 
more  or  less  complete,  as  represented  by  the  following 
equation  :-  K  2Mn308nMnOs  -  HaSO  1  =  n  +  2Mn02 
+  K,SU,-11.0-  Og.  This  shows  that  to  effect  com- 
plete reduction  of  KMn04  to  MnOs  under  the 
influence  of  pre-existing  MnO..:,  a  loss  of  oxygen 
occurs  =  i  ot  the  total  oxygen  available  from  the 
KMn04.  Keeping  this  in  view,  we  learn  that  the 
reduction  in  Experiment  72  was  theoretically  com- 
plete, and  this  was  borne  out  by  the  solution  being 
almost  colourless  at  the  termination  of  the  heating. 
In  Experiments  73  and  74,  &7'2  and  7^3  per  cent. 
respectively  of  the  reduction  represented  by  the 
above  equation  bad  been  completed. 

Comparative  experiments,  with  no  reducing  body 
present,  gave  the  following  results  :— 


right  in  my  opin  ould  have  no  reduction  at 

all  if  no  impurity  were  present  in  the  KMnO,,  and 

•  were  otherwise  in  tri 
But  if  we  presume  the  presence  of  a  n 
the   solution,  should  it    even   be  an   impurity 
manganons  salt  in  the  K.Mn04,  equivalent  to  01  per 
cent,  in  the  above  experiments,  then  it  is  easi.  . 
we  have  the  conditions  existing  for  the  initiation  of 
the  reaction  expressed  by  the  equation  given  above. 
Corresponding  experiments  were  instituted  in  pre- 
sence of  ferric  sulphate.  SOcc.    »Fe23S<  \  were  added 
to  the  usual  proportions.     With  50cc.   n  oxalic  acid 
added,  the  following  results  were  obtained  :  — 


No.  of  Experiment— 


Timo  of  heating  . 


cc.  Free  KMnO,  pre- 
sent after  reduction 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost    


79 

80 
ihr. 

81 

82 

|hr. 

!hr. 

2hrs. 

25 

50 

75 

25 

OS 

10 

1-3 

2hrs. 


8  95 


From  these  experiments  we  learn  that  the  loss  of 
oxygen  is  only  about  15  per  cent,  what  it  is  without 
the  addition  of  the  ferric  salt,  and  it  increases  more 
in  proportion  to  the  free  KMnO,  present  than  in  the 
ratio  of  the  square  root  of  that  quantity  ;  at  least  in 
the  case  of  the  longer  heating,  which  gives  naturally 
more  accurate  results. 

With  the  iron  salt,  but  in  absence  of  any  reducing 
body,  the  following  results  were  obtained  : — 


No.  1  il  Experiment — 

M 
25 

85 

36 

87 

38 

co.  nKMnO,  added  .. 

50 

75 

25 

75 

Length  of  heating 

,hr. 

(hr. 

Ihr. 

2hrs. 

2hrs. 

Oxvgen  =  cc.  nKMnO, 
lost 

015 

06 

10 

1-9 

82 

Here  we  can  form  no  very  reliable  conclusion  with 
regard  to  the  speed  of  reduction  of  the  KMnO,, 
although  it  seems  to  increase  in  the  ratio  of  the 
square  root  of  the  quantity  of  KMnO,  present  as 
we  found  before.  Not  only  is  the  loss  too  small  to 
found  any  weighty  conclusions  upon  it,  but  if  1  am 


The  ferric  salt,  as  we  had  previously  seen,  increases 
the  loss  considerably  when  no  Mid  ta  is  present,  and 
the  loss  in  this  case  increases  in  a  greater  ratio 
than  the  amount  of  KMnO,  present  :  in  fact,  in  the 
experiments  above,  with  half-an-hour's  heating,  it 
closely  corresponds  to  the  square  of  the  amount  of 
permanganate. 

The  influence  of  the  ferric  salt  is  quite  a  paradox, 
being  in  one  case  an  accelerator  and  in  another  a 
retarder  of  the  action  of  the  acid  on  the  KMn04. 
Without  iron,  the  loss  increases  with  the  increase  of 
MnO..,  while  under  its  influence  the  loss  increases 
with  tlie  amount  of  KM11O4,  and  decreases  with  the 
increase  of  Mn02.  Hence  two  \  roblems  are  ]  re- 
sented for  solution— viz.,  the  cause  of  the  retarding 
action  with  excess  of  Mn02,  and  the  cause  of  the 
accelerating  action  with  excess  of  KMnO,.  The 
most  likely  explanation  1  can  offer  is  that  the  iron 
salt  is  really  an  accelerator,  but  that  it  has  the  power 
of  neutralising  the  action  of  the  MnO._.  after  a  certain 
excess  has  been  formed,  and  this  opinion  has  been 
borne  out  by  subsequent  experiments.  The  Fe23SO. 
does  not,  however,  perfectly  neutralise  the  action  of 
the  MnO..,  for  by  comparing  the  above  experiments 
(7!)  with  B4,  etc.)'  we  find  that  for  the  same  quantity 
of  free  KMn04  a  greater  !  ]>erienced  in  the 

nee  of  MnO.,.  at  least  up  to  a  certain  point. 

In  order  to  find  if  iron  were  precipitated  with  the 
,  KMnO,  was  completely  reduced  by  MnS04 
solution  in  presence  of  ferric  sulphate,  the  solution 
was  filtered,  and  the  precipitate  was  well  washed  and 
ed  in  oxalic  acid.  To  one  portion  ammonium 
hydrate  was  added  in  excess  when  a  considerable  pre- 
cipitated" Fe..HcO0  was  formed.    The  other  portion 


106 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IFeb.  28, 1887. 


icidified  with  HCL  and  BaCL  added,  but  no  pre- 

1.      We    learn    then    that    iron    is 

precipitated   with   the  Mutt.,  and   in   the   form  of 

oxule,  not  as  sulphate. 

It  seemed  important  to  ascertain  it'  other  salts  had 

tine  power  of    neutralising  the  HnOa.    The 

following  were  tried,  added  in  proportion  equivalent 

I       30j     The  KMiii),  added  was  increased 

to  I08'3cc.,  Leaving  25cc.  free  RMni  >,  after  re.  1  net  ion 

by  the  ;">0ce.  n. oxalic  acid,  added  in  each  ease.     The 

heating  lasted  two  hours. 


imtnt— 

89 

90 

91 

92 

93 

Salt  added   

cc.   nKMnOi  lost 

none 
13-0 

Fe»3S04 
2-J5 

MgSOj 
123 

ZnSOj 

no 

Al^SOj 
9'25 

No.  of  Experiment— 

94 

95 

96 

97 

Salt  added   , 

cc.  J1KM11O4  lost 

Crs3SOj 

0 

KsCrsO; 

S3 

Xi.-JOj 

CoSOj 

The  peculiar  action  of  the  chromic  sulphate  is  Basil] 
explained.  The  chromium  is  itself  oxidised  to  the 
state  of  the  trioxide  by  KMnO,,  under  the  con- 
ditions of  experiment.  The  solution  was  rendered 
colourless,  showing  that  the  KMnO,  had  been  com- 
pletely reduced:  and,  as  we  have  already  learned, 
under   such   conditions   no  loss  of    oxygen   i- 

ln  titrating  back  the  solution  to  which 
Ka  y_.i  )-  had  been  added,  allowance  was  of  cour.se 
i  <r  tie'  \'  si  »i  11  was  capable  of  oxidising.  .V, 
an  indirect  result  of  experiment  Xn  94,  we  find  that 
KMnO,  i>  a  much  more  active  oxidising  agent  than 
chromic  acid  in  solution.  This  was  confirmed  bj 
experiments  in  which  an  equivalent  amount  of 
K2Cr207  was  u>ed  instead  of  KMnO,.  The  results 
are  strictly  comparable  with  Experiments  •">-  to  55, 
but  no  ferric  salt  was  added,  The  loss  of  oxygen 
from  B2Cr20,  is  nil  (102). 


No.  of  Exp.— 

98 

99 

100 

101 

102 

Body  added  .. 

X  oxidised 

•.with  KMnO, 

Formio  A. 

7  0 

10G-2 

Glycerin 

no 

09 

Tannin 
51  -S 
03-2 

1  .on' Sugar 
121 
85'8 

None 
0 

Returning  to  thi  1  d  ents  with  various  salts,  we 

Bee  that  Mg  and  Zn  are  without  influence,  while  the 

others  are  all   inferior  to    iron.     An    additional  ob- 

toCr,  Co,  and  Ni,  lies  in  the  insensitiveness 

of  the  end  reaction,  on  account  of  the  colour  imparted 

by  the  salts  themselves  to  the  solution.  Cobalt 
sulphate,  which  proved  the  next  best  to  iron,  was 
tried  in  double  quantity,  with  no  better  result,  5-3cc. 
KMnO<  being  lost  (Experiment  103).  In  conjunction 
with  iron,  it  proved  also  of  no  advantage.  With 
e.pial  quantities  of  the  two  salts,  a  loss  of  .V05cc. 
was  recorded  (104). 

It  was  next  necessary  to  determine  the  best 
amount  of  ferric  sulphate  to  add  to  the  solution. 
I  had  reduced  the  amount  in  the  foregoing  experi 

nionts    to    80CC,    normal,    on    account   of    the    action 

on  the  K  \lnt ),-.  more  especially  as  I  ha, I  found 
this  amount  to  be  nearlj  as  efficient  as  40c&,  as  first 

0  check  the  acti I  tic  MnO...    More  accurate 

experiments  proved   that  an  advantage  existed  in 
increasing  this  amount  considerably.      The  • 
average  of   these  results  is  given  below.    To  50cc. 
ic  acid,  sufficient  KMnO,  was  added  to  leave 

B5CC.  tree  permanganate  alter  reduction  to  M11C.   Tic 

free  acid  present  was  always  equal  to  socc  ,,  if.  S< >,. 


in  addition  to  that  of  the  arid  itself.      The  heating 
was  prolonged  for  two  hours. 


No.  of  Experiment — 


cc   jiFe23S04  added 
CO.  nKMiiO,  lost 


105 

106 

107 

108 

109 

110 

111 

8 

12 

1G 

20 

21 

28 

32 

5-1 

12 

3  95 

365 

31 

31 

31 

36 
285 


co.  nFej3SOj  

cc.  /ilCMnOj  lost .. 


115 
10 

114 
18 

115 
60 

116 
80 

117 
100 

118 

119 
160 

120 

26 

255 

2-3 

1-5 

1-2 

12 

1-1 

We  gather  from  these  experiments,  that  there  is  a 
continual  decrease  in  the  loss  until  about  lOOcc. 
Fe«3St  *,  an'  added,  but  no  advantage  in  the  further 
addition  of  the  salt.  A  confirmation,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  an  explanation,  of  this  result  was  obtained 
from  an  analysis  of  tic  precipitates  formed  by  the 
addition  of  50cc.  »C2H204)  or  its  equivalent,  in 
the  .presence,  of  25,  50,  81  and  I30cc.  respectively  of 
normal  Feg3SOi.  In  order  to  avoid  the  trouble  of 
separating  the  Mn  and  Fe  in  the  precipitates,  the 
iron  was  estimated  in  the  filtrate  directly,  and  the 
amount  in  the  precipitate  determined  by  difference. 
To  reduce  the  amount  of  manganese  in  the  solution 
to  a  minimum,  only  sufficient  KMn04  was  added  to 
oxidisi  the  body,  and  the  manganous  salt  formed, 
completely  to  MnO;.  as  already  explained.  After 
heating,  the  small  quantity  of  KM11O4  still  remain- 
ing was  reduced  with  FeSO.,,  whose  amount  was 
carefully  noted.  The  iron  was  always  determined 
gravimetrically. 


No.  of  Experiment— 


cc  ftl'VyoSO.,  present 

co.  ?iFcS(»i  required  to  de-l 
colourise 1 

Equiv.  cc.  nFejSSOjia  ppt  .. 

Fe  in  ppt.  on  total  present.. 


120 

121 

122 

123 

25 

50 

81-3 

1301 

0-5 

11 

015 

025 

355 

6-6 

10-05 

120 

139 

129 

12-3 

99 

From  the  above,  we  learn  that  the  quantity  of  iron 
precipitated  bears  a  certain  ratio  to  the  total  iron, 
until  a  particular  Btage  is  reached  (between  the  ad- 
dition of  S\"A  ami  130'lcc.  Fe._:.SO, ),  when  it  ap- 
pears that  little  further  precipitation  occurs.     Now, 

if  we  estimate  the  ai mt  of  l'e._.:;so,,  which  would 

be  required  to  give  a  precipitate  equivalent  to,  say, 
12"5cc.  Fe.oSi  »,,  as  12  percent,  of  the  total,  we  find 
104cc.  would  be  required.  This,  as  we  have  seen,  is 
about  the  stage  after  which  no  material  advantage  is 
derived  from  the  further  addition  of  the  ferric  salt. 
Rut  the  ratio  of  the  Fe._.<  >:.  derived  from  li"..cc. 
nFe23SOi,  to  the  Mn02  derived  from  83'3cc. 
uKMnlt],  is  exactly  expressed  by  the  formula, 
3Fe2<  >;.s.\ln( »:.  It  seems,  therefore,  to  be  a  warrant- 
able conclusion,  that  the  advantage  gained  by  the 
addition  of  the  ferric  salt,  is  due  to  the  formation  of 
this  compound,  or  its  hydrate. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  from  experi 
ments  with  varying  quantities  of  Fe^sSOj,  but  in 
absence  of  a   reducing  body,   40cc.  «KMn04  were 
added,  and  the  heating  lasted  two  hours  : — 


V>.  "f  Experiment- 
er. ,1  Kr^SOi  added  . . 
Loas-cc.  fiKMnO*  ■■ 


124 

125 

126 

127 

0 

20 

40 

80 

1-0 

16 

60 

6o 

128 


100 
6-8 


Feb.2S.i8s:.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


107 


We  observe  that  the  loss  rapidly  increases  until 
between  the  addition  of  20  to  40CC.  Fe-.3S04,  beyond 
which  the  increase  is  very  small.  Now  we  know  the 
great  similarity  which  exists  between  the  elements, 
manganese  and  iron,  and  their  oxides.  Is  it  not  pos- 
sible, then,  that  an  unstable  oxide  of  iron  exists 
corresponding  to  the  dioxide  of  manganese  ;  thai  this 
compound  is  formed  by  the  redaction  of  the  KMnO,; 
and  that  it  is  immediately  split  up  again  into  Fe  '  I 
and  ( )  by  the  action  of  the  acid  I  This  seems  to  me  a 
very  plausible  explanation  oi  t  he  accelerating  action 
of  the  iron  salt,  and  it  receives  some  support  from  the 
fact,  thai  tin-  maximum  acceleration  occurs  when  the 
KMn<»,  and  Fe33S04  are  present  in  the  | 
tions  necessary  to  satisfy  the  following  equation 
K2Mn208+3Fe,3S04  +  8H20=K2SOA  +  BH2S(  >, 
fn02+6Fe02. 
We  have  already  been  impressed  with  the  magni- 
tude of  the  loss  experienced  from  the  action  of 
Fe.3SO,4  in  the  presence  of  much  KMnO,.  The 
following  experiments  with  LOOcc.  nKMn04)  and 
heated  for  three  hours,  show  this  still  mure  stri 


No.  of  Experiment— 

129 

130 

151 

Lo83=cc.  »KMnO| 

0 
2-3 

20 
1S-6 

20 
15C 

In  Exp.  131,  is  per  cent,  of  the  KMnO*  had  been 
previously  reduced  by  the  addition  of  MnS04. 

The  following  experiments  are  instructive  as  show- 
ing the  amount  of  oxygen  lost,  with  varying  pro- 
portions of  MnO?  and"  KMt.o,  present,  both  with 
and  without  the  iron  salt.  The  MnO:  present  was 
regulated  by  the  amount  of  oxalic  acid  added  : — 
Without  Ikon  Sulphate.    Heated  2J  Hoi  rs. 


No.  of  Experiuient- 


cc.  nIvMn04reduccd  i 
to  MnO- i 

cc.  free  nKMn04in> 
solution   i 

co.  nKMn04lost 

:.    free    KMnO,    re-  i 
ducedfo  MnUz —  ' 


132 

133 

134 

135 

0 

0 

0 

107 

ISO 

593 

100 

1SG 

06 

10 

50 

87     ■ 

5-5 

28 

9  3 

.1 

136 

10-7 

593 
22-0 
37 


No.  of  Experiment— 


ce.  iiKMnO,  reduced  \ 
toMnOg    I 

cc.  free  nKMnO,  in  l 
Bolution    i 

cc.  11KM11O4  lost 


.    free   KMnO.,   re- 1 
duced  to  J/nOj —  i 


137 

138 

139 

M0 

107 

Bl-J 

811 

Sl'l 

100 

18-G 

593 

100 

33 

no 

301 

19  G 

39 

18-3 

30 

155 

With  lOOco.  hFc;3S04  Aijded.  Length  of  Heating,  2  Hours 


No.  of  Experiment— 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

cc  nKMnOj  reduced  to  MnOj 
cc.  free  KMn04  in  solution.... 
cc  nKMn04lost  

0 
186 

oR 

0 
593 

n-3 

0 
100 
IS -5 
30-8 

107 

593 

7  9 

13-2 

811 
ISO 
26 

rs 

81  1 

.59-3 
8-0 

.'.free  KMn04  reduced  to  Mn  O; 

233 

31-7 

95 

In  summing  up  the  evidence  derived  from  the 
foregoing  experiments,  I  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  beneficial  action  of  the  ferric  salt  could  be  con- 
siderably enhanced,  if  it  could  be  rendered  so  diffi- 
cultly  soluble  as  to  be  at  once  precipitated  by  the 
MnO-    formed j  thereby  rendering    the  theoi 


quantity  necessary  to  form  3Fe;>038Mn02  sufficient 
to  be  added,  instead  of  eight  times  that  quantity. 
which  we  had  found  otherwise  to  be  necessary.  Of 
the  salts  whose  services  could  lie  enlisted,  I  concluded 
that  ferric  phosphate  would  be  the  most  likely  to 
succeed,  ami  in  this  choice  I  was  most  fortunate.  In 
two  parallel  experiments  with  50cc.  nCoH204,  and 
under  the  usual  conditions,  I  obtained  quite  as  good 
a  result  with  20cc.  ,/Fe;3So,.  to  which  I  had  added 
2grms,  of    crystallised   sodium   phosphate,  as   with 

iSOa  alone,  with  which   1   had  pre\ 
obtained    the    best    result.     The    lo  I'OCC, 

//KMnO,  with   (117).  and   Ice.  without,  the   addition 

of  phosphate  (US).  The  heating  Lasted  two  hours. 
In  repeating  these  experiments,  they  were  most  satis- 
factorily confirmed,  with  the  same  time  of  heating, 
as  follows  : — 


No.  of  Experiment — 


cc.  nFe33S0j  added    .. 

Grms.  oryst.  Xa-.UPO, 
added  

Loss  =  cc.  «K  MnOi 


150 

151 

152 

153 

100 

0 

8 

10 

100 

0       2 

2 

2 

2 

1-3 

w 

07 

07 

1-5 

80 


Although  we  find  here  a  considerable  advantage 
in  the  presence  of  the  phosphate  alone  (150),  it  is  the 
combination  of  the  phosphate  and  the  iron  which  is 
the  most  beneficial.  We  learn  also  that  there  is  an 
actual  disadvantage  in  adding  a  large  quantity  of  ferric 
sulphate  with  the  phosphate  (153),  which  indeed  we 
might  have  expected.  The  experiment  with  calcium 
sulphate  was  made  with  a  view  to  find  if  the  mere 
ce  of  a  precipitate  would  have  any  beneficial 
result.    Such  a  view  is  not  confirmed. 

The  following  series  shows  that  between  4  and  lice, 
is  the  best  amount  of  ferric  sulphate  to  be  added. 
140cc.  «KMn04  were  employed  in  order  to  leave  a 
large  excess  of  free  permanganate  after  reduction  by 
the  50cc.  »C2H20a,  that  the  differences  might  be 
the  more  accurately  estimated.  The  heating  lasted 
li  hours  : — 


No.  of  Experiment— 


cc.  HFe23S04added.. 
Grms.  NasHPOj  do. 
Loss  =  cc.nKMn04  .. 


155 

156 

157 

158 

159 

160 

161 

162 

0 

0 

2 

1 

8 

12 

16 

20 

0 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

25 

8 

2'2 

1-6 

11 

1-6 

19 

20 

Here  again  the  great  advantage  of  the  phosphate 
alone  should  be  noted,  as  also  the  great  influence  of 
such  a  small  quantity  of  the  sulphate  as  is  repre- 
sented by  2CC.  — *.&,  OOTgrm.  Fe23S04,  sufficient 
only  to  yield  a  precipitate  with  the  MnO_.,  repre- 
sented by  the  formula  Fe303.16MnOo. 

A  corresponding  series,  to  find  the  best  amount  of 
phosphate,  yielded  the  following  results.  140cc. 
hKMhO,  and  sec.  /iFe._:iS(>,  were  employed,  and 
the  heating  lasted  li  hours  :— 


No.  of  Experiment- 


Grms.  crystallised    NajHPO., 
added    

Loss=cc.  nKMnOj 


163 

164 

165 

20 

J 

11 

2 
1-2 

166 


3 
10 


No.  of  Experiment— 


Grms.  crystallised  NajHPOj 
added    


I,05S  =  cc.  nKMnOj 


167 


5 
0*7 


168 


169 


170 


10       10  (no  Fe) 


OS  03  21 


108 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Feb.  28. 1887. 


Sgrms.  are  seen  to  t>;  sufficient  to  ad  1  under  the  con- 
sisting.    The  increased   phosphate   has   a 
mwked  b  i  in  absenc  >of  iron  i  170), although 

it  U  evident  that  the  iron  salt  cannot  be  dispen   id 
with. 

'Hi  ■  infl  i  u  •  i  of  various  am  mnts  of  a  :id  is  shown 
by  the  followin  5grras.  phosphate,  and  lOcc. 

iron  solution  were  employed,  other  conditions  being 
as  before  :  — 


No.  of  Experiment— 

171 

172 

173 

174 

oo.  total  Normal  Free  Acid  .. 

25-0 

0-8 

90  0 

07 

1(10-0 
13 

2000 
5'0 

No  advantage  is  derived,  therefore,  from  decreasing 
th  ■  am  i mi  "I  acid:  but  probably  there  would  be  an 
advantage  gained  in  point  of  sped  of  oxidation  by 
increasing  it  to,  say,  75cc.,  which  would  more  than 
compensate  for  the  increased  loss  with  the  same 
time  of  beating,  more  especi  illy  as  the  large  quantity 
ol  ph  isphoric  acid  lib -rate  1  might  not  be  so  energetic 
in  in iucing  the  decomposition  of  the  organic  bodies 
whose  investigation  was  contemplate!  as  sulphuric 
acid. 

The  following  series,  under  the  improved  conditions 
to  which  we  have  attaine  1,  sh  »ws  most  strikingly  the 
advantage  of  the  addition  of  phosphate.  140CC. 
n  KMn<  )4  were  employed,  and  the  heating  lasted  two 
hours  : — 


N       if  Experiment  - 

cc.  nFree  Acid  present 
ec.  nFej3SOj  added  . . . 
Grnis.  NasHPOl  added 
Loss  =  ec.  »KMn04    ... 


175 

176 
50'0 

177 

50-0 

TJ'O 

8-0 

4'0 

6'5 

5'0 

5'0 

1'0 

10 

1-1 

1-2 

178 

500 

SO'O 

00 

5  3 


We  note,  also,  that  with  4grms.  Xa.,HP04  and  75cc. 
acid,  we  get  nearly  as  good  a  result  as  with  5  and  50 
respectively. 

The  influence  of  the  phosphate  in  presence  of 
varying  proportions  of  MnOo  and  free  KM11O4.,  ob- 
tained from  a  total  of  lOOcc.  added,  is  here  exhibited. 
The  time  of  heating  was  two  hours  :— 


phosphate  was  found  in  the  filtrate  equivalent  to 
only  l'iv.  „K,  :;S<">4  ;  or,  if  we  deduct  the  ferrous 
sulphate  introduced,  only  1'iee.  —  i.e.,  only  7'4  per 
cent,  of  the  iron  salt  added  remained  in  solution,  the 
remainder  having  been  precipitated.  Although  we 
found  the  error  due  to  the  accelerating  effect  of 
the  ferric  sulphate  to  be  much  less  serious 
in  actual  work  than  the  error  which  resulted  in 
its  absence,  still,  in  the  case  of  bodies  which  are 
not  oxidised  at  all,  or  only  partially,  or  even  wholly 
but  verv  slowly,  this  error  might  be  very  consider- 
able. Now,  however,  we  are  rendered,  in  a  sense, 
in  lependent  of  the  different  behaviours  of  the  organic 
bodies  under  investigation.  Here  we  have  a  regular 
scale  of  errors,  of  only  small  dimensions,  which  wo 
can  allow  for,  after  obtaining  the  indicated  oxygen 
absorbed.  In  the  <'<>/■//  irnrst  case,  that  of  a  body  un- 
oxidisable,  as  in  Experiment  182,  we  see  that  the 
error  in  the  case  of  half  an-hour's  heating  represents 
an  oxidation  of  0'6  per  cent,  of  the  body  under 
investigation.  But  as  this  error  can  be  accurately 
allowed  for,  the  errors  which  may  creep  in  are  only 
such  as  might  be  attributed  to  manipulation. 

In  order  to  make  quite  certain  that  the  phosphate 
introduced  does  not  interfere  in  any  way  with  the 
oxidation,  three  of  the  organic  solutions  already  em- 
ployed were  subjected  to  oxidation  with  addition  of 
6  5cc.  fiFe23S04,  and  4arms.  N'aJIPO,  ;  75cc.  n  free 
acid  being"  present.  The  heating  lasted  for  thirty 
minutes.    The  following  are  the  results  : — 


No.  of  Experiment— 

190 

191 

192 

Per     cent,     indicated 
after  deducting  for 

Glycerin 
97'6 

Alcohol 
32-2 

Cane  Sugar 
82'2 

These  numbers  agree  within  a  per  cent,  with  the 
numbers  we  already  obtained  with  Fe23SOi  (Experi- 
ments 56.  etc.);  except  in  the  case  of  alcohol,  where 
the  oxidation  is  only  one-third  of  that  possible,  and 
we  know  that  the  iron  alone  in  this  case  gives  too 
high  a  result,  on  account  of  the  large  quantity  of  free 
KMnO,  remaining  after  oxidation  has  been  effected. 
In  such  a  case,  where  great  accuracy  is  required,  it 
is  preferable  to  employ  a  larger  quantity  of  the  body, 


No.  of  Expcriment- 


cc.  11  Acid  present    

cc.  nC.ll.,0,  added 

cc.  free  KM n( l4  left 

oc.  ,,i''r,;!S(i, added    ... 
Grins.  Ni.JII'ii. 

KMnOj  lost  


179 


ISO 


181 


50 
25 
58-3 

8 

5 

li 


50 
50 
16-6 


0'7 


50 
75 

0 

8 

5 

0'1 


182 

103 

184 
75 

75 

75 

0 

25 

50 

100 

58-3 

ltl-G 

G'5 

G'5 

0-5 

1 

, 

4 

12 

0'9 

01 

70 

(1 

C-5 
1 
02 


fa 

0 
100 
Go 


187 


58-3 
65 


2-3 


LBS 

189 

75 

75 

50 

75 

lG'G 

0 

6'5 

GS 

2 

2 

07 

02 

The  special  function  of  the  phosphate,  when  added 
in  large  quantity,  is,  as  we  here  see,  in  checking  the 
acceleratn  ol   the  ferric  salt  in  presence  of 

much   K.Mnl).,,  which   had   caused  so  much  anxiety 
re.     When  -4  or  Sgrms.  of  phosphate  are  added, 
w>-  see  it  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.     I  have  ascer- 
tained that  the  in. n  is  almost  completely  precipitated 

under  such  conditions  50cc.  n  oxalic  acid  were 
ctly  titrated  with   KMnO*.     I6'25cc,  RFe,3S04, 

and  Sgrms.  crystallised  Xa.lll'o,  wen-  milled  to- 
ller with  two  thirds  extra  KMn( ),  of  the  quantity 
tired  for  titration.  After  In  ating,  0  8cc.  nFi  So,, 
required  to  decolourise  the  solution,      ferric 


such  as  would  absorb  about  the  samequantity  of  oxygen 
as  is  yielded  by  50cc.  «KMnO,  when  completely 
reduced.  With  this  view  it  is  expedient  to  concen- 
trate the  solutions  as  much  as  possible.  Instead  of 
100  »KMnOt,  I  now  add  50cc.  double  normal  solu- 
tion ;  and  the  phosphate,  iron,  and  free  acid  I  make 
up  in  one  solution,  of  which  only  SJOcc.  are  required. 
This  allows  for  the  introduction  of  l75cc.  of  the 
organic  solution,  should  such  an  amount  be  necessary. 
Bodies  which  are  generally  considered  insoluble,  or 
nearly  so,  may  frequently  be  rendered  available  by 
this  means.  If  this  bulk  were  too  small,  they  might 
still  be  made  up  to  say  750cc,  and  a  longer  heating 


Feb.  28.  issr.l      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


109 


given.  Indeed,  potable  waters  would  require  to  be 
treated  in  this  way,  unless  evap  (ration  were  resorted 
to.  It  is  quite  probable  that  certain  insoluble  bodies 
may  be  oxidised,  if  ii:  iken  to  allow  of  their 

free  circulation  in  the  a  >lution. 

With  regard  to  the  height  of  the  oxidation,  this  La 
in  licated  By  the  change  of  colour  the  rotation  under- 
goes, owing  to  the  precipitation  of  MnOo.  In  the 
above  experiments,  it  occurred  after  from  hve  • 
minutes  with  glycerine  and  alcohol  ;  in  the  case  of 
sugar  not  until  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes.  The  pro- 
gress of  the  oxidation  can  also  be  observed  from 
the  transparency  of  the  solution,  as  seen  through  the 
neck  of  the  flask  ;  and  might  be  roughly  estimated  by 
a  comparison  with  similar  flasks  containing  known 
amounts  of  KMn<  >4.  If  any  doubt  existed  as  to  the 
oxidation  being  complete,  it  would  be  advisable  to 
repeat  the  experiment,  giving  one  or  two  hours'  heat- 
ing, and  deducting  the  small  error  which  occurs. 

Probably  in  no  analytical  work  is  greater  care  and 
more  scrupulous  cleanliness  required  than  with  such 
experiments  as  those  described.  Traces  of  bodies 
which  are  otherwise  innocuous  or  even  beneficial  may 
be  productive  of  the  greatest  harm.  Precaut. 
must  be  taken  against  the  introduction  of  dust  or 
organic  matter  from  the  air,  into  the  flasks  or  solu- 
tions employed.  The  use  of  antiseptics  must  be  par- 
ticularly avoided.  Before  using  any  flask  for  this 
description  of  work,  it  must  be  first  thoroughly 
"  sterilised"  by  boiling  in  it  an  acidified  solution  of 
KMn04.  T  have  known  KMn04  to  be  reduced  in  a 
Bask  which  had  contained  alcohol,  although  it  had, 
previous  to  employment  in  a  blank  experiment,  been 
well  washed  and  rinsed  with  distilled  water.  It  is 
of  course  much  preferable  to  keep  certain  vessels  and 
measures  exclusively  for  this  work.  All  the  chemi- 
cals employed  must  also  be  tested  in  blank  experi- 
ments, and  any  oxidisable  impurity  they  may  contain 
allowed  for. 

I  have  decided  to  employ  Bee,  >iFe33S04  to  4grms. 
Na.HP04l  with  free  acid  equivalent  to  75ec.  normal. 
This  corresponds  very  closely  to  the  formula  Fe..3S04. 
loNa2HIJO4.50H;;SO4  to  every  four  molecules  of 
HnOj  precipitated.  My  solution  is  made  up  as  fol- 
lows : — lSgrrns.  of  pure  ferric  sulphate  (calculated 
anhydrous)  are  dissolved  in  about  300cc.  of  distilled 
water  acidified  with  about  uOcc.  of  pure  sulphuric 
acid  (sp.  gr.  =  1'84).  In  another  beaker  SSOOgrms.  of 
pure  crystallised  sodium  phosphate  are  dissolved  in 
300  or  400cc.  of  distilled  water  acidified  with  the 
remainder  of  lOOcc.  of  the  sulphuric  acid.  When 
solution  is  complete  the  liquids  are  mixed,  the  bulk 
made  up  to  one  litre,  and  the  solution  filtered.  20cc. 
of  this  solution  are  added  to  50cc.  (2n)KMn<)4,  in  a 
flask  containing  250cc.  when  filled  to  the  neck.  50cc. 
of  the  normal  organic  solution  are  added,  and  the  bulk 
made  up  to  250cc.  The  solution  is  heated  for  thirty- 
five  minutes  on  the  water-bath,  which  allows  five 
minutes  for  the  temperature  to  rise.  In  dissolving 
the  precipitate  after  oxidation,  it  is  well  to  have  the 
ferrous  sulphate  solution  strongly  acid,  in  order  that 
no  phosphate  may  remain  undissolved.  I  employ  a 
normal  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  containing  free 
acid  equivalent  to  a  double  normal  solution.  This  is 
made  by  dissolving  50grm&  crystallised  FeSO,  in 
water  acidified  with  103cc.  sulphuric  acid  (sp.  gr.  = 
1-4),  and  making  up  the  bulk  to  one  litre.  The 
strength  of  this  solution  must  be  tested  daily  when 
in  use.  The  flask  must  be  carefully  rinsed  with  the 
ferrous  sulphate  solution  run  in  from  a  pipette,  to 
dissolve  any  adhering  Mn02  ;  this  is  very  easily 
effected.  After  the  solution  is  thoroughly  clear,  I  make 
up  the  bulk  to  about  SOOcc.  in  a  beaker  with  cold 
distilled  water,  when  it  will  be  found  sufficiently  cool 
to  titrate  at  once.        It  is  possible  to  complete  six 


experiments  in  the  course  of  an  hour  by  this  method 
of  working. 

In   order  to  estimate  quite   accurately  the   error 
teed  by  the  loss  of  oxygen  in  employing  the 
solution  I  ha  riin:nts  were  made 

without  addition  of  a  reducing  body,  and  with 
n.oxalic  acid  added,  the  he  r  .  extended  t>  "'<•• 

hours.  Parallel  experiments  were  also  made  with  the 
iron  increised  to  12'5cc.  normal,  but,  as  will  be  seen, 
the  results  are  almost  identical  : — 


Experiment— 

193 

194 

195 

196 

cc.    nFe,330,    pre- 

- 

none. 

2"8 

056 

8 

Oxalic  acid. 
06 

012 

12| 

none. 

23 

056 

12] 

Reducing     body 

Oxalic  a  il. 

Loss  =  cc.    iiKMnO, 

Error=per  cent,  of 
body  per  half-hour 

05 
010 

We  see  here  that  the  error  introduced  is  very  con- 
stant compared  with  former  results.  For  a  body 
which  is  found  to  be  wholly  or  nearly  completely 
oxidised,  if  we  make  a  deduction  of  0  15  or  i  I  2 
cent,  we  may  be  sure  that  the  result  obtained  is 
within  01  per  cent,  of  the  truth,  at  least  as  far  as  the 
error  introduced  by  the  loss  of  oxygen  is  concerned. 

Acetic  acid,  as  we  hive  seen,  is  not  oxidised  by  the 
permanganate.  In  order  to  determine  if  this  was 
absolutely  the  case,  and  whether  it  could  be  substi- 
tuted for  sulphuric  acid  in  case  of  necessity,  the 
following  experiments  were  tried  : — A  neutral  solu- 
tion of  sodium  acetate,  conta  ms.  of  the 
cry>tallised  salt  (t.*..  more  than  sufficient  to  combine 
all  the  free  H-S04),  was  introduced  in  place  of  the 
organic  body  in  both  experiments. 


N .     '  Experiment— 


:-• 


191 


Length  of  heating    Jhr         2hra. 

Lo38  =  cc.  nKMnO,  after  deducting  for  error      2-l  31 


From  the  loss  in  197  we  can  draw  no  conclusion,  as  it 
includes  any  impurity  in  the  acetate  :  but  from  the 
difference  in  the  two  experiments  (=13)  we  obtain  the 
loss  due  to  oxidation  of  the  acetic  acid  itself  in  lihrs. 
We  learn,  then,  that  there  is  a  slight  oxidation  of  the 
acetic  acid  when  present  in  very  large  quantity, 
which  would  not  exclude  its  use,  however,  where 
sulphuric  acid  could  not  be  employed.  An  additional 
error  would  be  introduced  which  would  not  be 
greater  than  O'S  per  cent.  (»  >•.,  in  the  worst  case, 
where  no  oxidation  occurs),  provided  the  acid  were 
perfectly  pure. 

The  accompanying  diagram  illustrates  the  most 
important  results  obtained  from  this  investigation, 
and  will  serve  the  purpose  of  a  summary  of  the  same. 
It  is  sufficiently  clear  to  render  detailed  explanation 
unnecessary.  The  curves  are  drawn  from  au  inde- 
pendent series  of  experiments.  The  height  of  any 
point  in  the  curve  indicates  the  speed  of  the  reduc- 
tion of  KMn04,  after  the  percentage  indicated  on 
the  base  line  has  been  reduced.  The  points  were 
found  by  adding  varying  quantities  of  normal  oxalic 
acid,  heating  for  a  convenient  time,  and  estimating 
the  oxygen  lost  during  the  interval.  The  speed  of 
reduction  calculated  therefrom  was  ascribed  to  the 
middle  point  between  the  redaction  artificially 
initiated,  and  that  finally  indicated  after  heating. 
The  diagram  is  drawn  to  a  scale  of  millimetres,  from 
which  the  percentage  of  the  complete  reduction,  or 


110 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb. 28, 1887. 


Each  mm.  =7% original Mnpptd. as Mn 02 rfius:- K„ Mn, 0  =  K2 0+2 Mn 02  +0, 


Pob. 28. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


Ill 


the  indicated  percentage  error  per  given  tim  •  c  n 
pondii  ygiven  initial  reduction  of  the  KMnO 

< >r  "'  n  ly  l»'  accurately  measured.     It  she 

be  noted  th  it  the  maximum  speed  of  reduction  with 
mi  addition,  and  the  minimum  speed  of  reduction 
with  IV _.".><>,  added,  very  nearly  correspond  to  an 
initial  re'duction  oi  60  per  cent.     With  the  smaller 

ai ml  of  ]•'•■  _.:;><  >4,  the  indication  is  similar,  showing 

that  these  maxima  and  minima  depend  on  the  ratio 
i >i  \ln(  >^  to  K  Miii ),.  The  enormous  initi  il  speed  oi 
reduction  with  Fe=3S04,  as  well  as  the  nearly  com- 
plete annihilation  of  the  reduction  with  Vi  II  !'<•,. 
should  be  noted. 

Practical  Applications. 

The  chief  recommendation  of  such  a  method 
hi-.  d    to  a   Society   like  ours   lies  in  the 

advanl  igi is  which  it  offers  for  the  rapid  and  accurate 
est  i mat i" n  ol  commercial  organic  products,  ami  1 1 

ipy  a  position  of  the  highest  importance  in  Knglish 
chemical    industry.      For  the  determination  of  the 

mil-  matter  in  potable  waters,  and  in  the  i 
liquors  of  the  numi  rous  manufactories  which  la 
empl  .1-.  the  method  will  doubl 

|hm\  e  of  the  ■_•■  id  ic  d  importance.*    For  the 

tmation  of  alcoholic,  and  possibly  ethen  il,  solu- 
is  when  I  u  gelj  diluted,  it  presents  a  more  i 
solution  than  the  specific  gravity  method.     For  the 
examination  of  milk  and  other  animal  secretions  its 
applic  ition  will  ba  ob\  ions. 

But  to  the  rese  irch  chemist  I  i  pen  is 

much  wider.    The  want  ol  a  meth  id  for  es 
the  oxj  gen  in  i  :1  ly,  1ms  long  been 

felt  Now,  although  this  method  does  not  supply 
that  wan'  ,  probably  in  the  vast  majority 

of  organic  bodies  it  i  and  will  at  least  prove  a 

[able  aid  lo  ordinal.  itary  analysis.    The 

probability  is  that  the  number  of  organic  bodies 
which  the  permanganate  will  not  oxidise,  ander  the 

condition  ig,   is  very  small  ;  very   ] 

acetic  acid  is  the  only  body.  Sugar  tve  found  to  be 
oxidised  to  the  extent  of  g2-2  percent.  This  corre- 
cts to  the  absorption  of  20  atoms  of  0x3  ->  0  pi  r 
molecule.  Now.  if  one  molecule  of  acetic  acid  were 
a  product  of  the  oxidation,  we  can  account  for  the 
additional  four  atoms  ot  oxygen  required  for  complete 
■  i  lation  not  being  absorbed 

The  time  is  immature  t  1  speak  definitely  in  the 
matter,  but  I  foresee  the  application  of  this  method 
p  issibly  for  the  ultimate  analysis  of  organic  bodies  : 
in  which  case  carbon,  oxygen,  and  nitrogen  v. 
be  determined  directly  in  one  experiment,  and  the 
hydrogen  by  difference.  In  the  ease  of  nitrogenous 
bo  lies.  I  have  reason  to  believe  the  nitrogen  is  evolved 
gas.    Both  it  and  COa  might  be  collected  over 

rcury  and  measured,  and  the  nitrogen  sub- 
sequently measured  after  absorption  of  the -CO  3  by 
potash. 

I  hope  to  treat  of  the  oxidation  of  organic  bodies 
by  means  of  MnO.   in  acid  solutions,  as  well  a 
oxidations  by  permanganate  in  neutral  and  alkaline 
solutions,  and  of  analytical  methods  derived  there- 
from, in  my  next  paper, 

Although  1  wish  to  reserve  to  myself  the  right  of 
pursuing  these  investigati  ins  inasystemati 
I  trust  others  will  take  up  the  matter  from  their  own 
particular  stac  d  repot    upon  the  meth 

have  here  propound 

'  The  presence  of  ammonium  salts,  and  of  nitrates,  r  have 
found  to  be  absolutely  without  influence ;  and  this  is  also  the 
rith  chloridi  i  mall  quanl  il 

us  are,  however,  detrimental.    In  my  next 
r  I  shall  quote  ex  in  proof  of  the  above  state- 

ments, and  show  how  the  error  arising  from  even  large 
Quantities  of  chlorides  may  be  altogether  prevented. 


INFLUENCE  OF  MINUTE  QUANTITIES  OF 
SULPHURIC  ACID  ON  THE  ACTION  OF 
WATER  ON  LEAD. 

BY    W.    C  IRLETON  -WILLI  Uls    I 

Firth  College,  Sh 

The  action  of  dilute  saline  solution,  on  lead  ha 

the  subject  of  repeated   investigations,    but    until 

recently  the  influence  exerted   by  the  presence  ol 

es  0  icids  on  the  Solvent  acl  ion 

ol  water  on  lead  has  been  entirely  neglected    The 

attention  of  Jarmain,  A.  H.Allen  (CAem.  .V.  ws,  )'•',!  15), 

and  others,  was  first   called  to  this  subject  by  the 

of  lead  p     oning  which  occurred  in 

certain  towns  wh  1  iter  supplied  for  household 

purposes  is  slightly  acid . 

Last  year  Mr.  A.  II.  Allen  and  Dr.  Sinclair  White 

in  a  t  on  the  prevalence  of 

lead  poisoning  in   Sheffield.     The  town  is  supplied 

with  water  co  d  i-  preserved 

in  and  distributed  from  two  distinct    1  rvoirs, 

A  and  11.     The  water  from  the  two  sources  is  almost 

identical  in  comp  isition,  as  the  quantity  of  chlorine. 

sulphuric  acid,  lime  and   magnesia    is  the  same  in 

e  eh.     The  sole  p  lints  of  differ*  1  iat_A  

tains  5-53grns.  per  gallon  total  solids  (of  which  0"47 

is  silica  and  0  10  Ai ,(  I  ,),  and  has  an  acid    reaction  t  I 

litmus;  wherea  1B1  bntains  5"84grns.  per  gallon  total 

solids  (of  w'ni  ■![  ii  65  is  silica  and  0'58  AI  J  ).,).  and  is 
neutral  to  litmus.  The  water  from  the  B  reservoirs 
action  on  lead,  but  the  feebly  acid  water  drawn 
from  the  houses  supplied  from  reservoirs  A  contains 
iron,   in;  to  0"7grus.  of  lead  per  gallon. 

i  quantity  o  I  the  free  acid  contained  in  the  water 
from  the  A  reservoirs  is  so  minute  that  the  authors 
wen    unable  to  ascertain  its  nature.      They  are  of 


S  ILUTXONS. 

■-  z 

IP 

z  . 
=     - 

L 

.1  1  ili-B  ilvt><l  — 

111  .line 

tier 

OaUon 

2          1         I!         21      jsnr3 

Distilled  water  

_ 

0 

0-07 

(111 

d-21 

0-21 

on 

..       • 

- 

+  1 

0-49 

0  56 

07 

081 

„       ■■ 

— 

+  3 

070 

0-91 

1-36 

2-10 

350 

Ammonium  nitrate 

1 

0 

a  21 

0  07 

0  07 

- 

- 

.. 

1 

+  1 

0i-> 

0S1 

0'8i 

0-93 

021 

.. 

1 

5 

1-31 

1-19 

3-01 

1-2 

5 

+  0 

0-33 

o-ti 

0  21 

— 

Oil 

5 

-   1 

081 

11 

l-is 

ro3 

103 

., 

S 

+  5 

1-05 

2-10 

210 

■j-.i! 

3-G1 

Sodium  phosphate  | 

1 

+  0 

0 

- 

- 

0 

0 

Na,HPO, 

1 

1 

- 

0 

0 

- 

0 

.. 

1 

-  a 

091 

1-3:3 

133 

1-47 

1-10 

.. 

5 

+  0 

0 

0 

0 

- 

0 

5 

1 

0 

0 

il 

- 

0 

.. 

5 

-f  5 

019 

077 

0-36 

Ammonium  chloride 

1 

+  0 

0 

0-28 

0-2S 

0-21 

o« 

,. 

1 

v    1 

081 

077 

II-7J 

021 

1 

+  5 

O-.is 

1-26 

2  21 

1-98 

2-80 

.. 

5 

-:-  0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0-28 

.. 

5 

i 

07 

in;: 

03U 

0-7 

0-63 

" 

5 

s 

1-26 

1-68 

151 

182 

2-3 

112 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      L>vb. 28,  if»7. 


H»IT. 


Potassium  nilrnto. 


Calolum  sulphate. 


a    - 


Maxn'slum  sulphate 


Sodium  sulplinte 


Sodium  ohlorlde 


O  <a  z 
i    .: 


0 

+  1 

+  5 

+  0 

I 

5 

+  1 
+  5 

+  1 
+  5 

+  1 
+  5 

+  1 
5 

1 
5 

1 
5 

1 
5 
0 
1 
5 


Lead  diisolTed    Gi 

i ;  iii hi 


24      48his. 


Oil 
0-7 

07 

077 

0-56 

0-11 

0-63 

001 

0  07 

0G3 

0-12 

0"14 

07 

111 

0-14 

0  5G 

0-84 

014 

056 

084 

011 

077 

1-4 


021 
0'84 
!-G8 

011 

0-84 

1-82 

0084 

0-81 

OKI 

0  07 

081 

0-fi3 

0-14 

019 

T88 

0  07 

0-84 

001 

007 

07 

1-26 

011 

077 

1-33 

o-ii 

07 
1-05 
011 
133 

1-82 


0-21 

031 
2-5! 
014 
103 
3  08 
014 
091 
126 

1-26 

077 

014 

0-49 

0  98  J 

007 

0-98 

1'20 

007 

0-63 

1-51 

0-07 

0  77 

1-61 

014 

1-26 

1-26 

011 

1-05 

175 


Oil 
0  91 
301 
0  11 
Oofi 
333 
021 
V33 
2-1 

1-68 
1-82 
007 
011 
2'21 
007 
035 
OBI 
0  11 
063 
2-66 
0-07 
091 
1-61 
0'14 
168 
280 
014 

riu 

2-21 


on 

on 

2-8 

014 

0'28 

4-4S 

007 

0-81 

4-2 

1-68 

2  91 

0 

0-14 

2  15 

028 
2-87 
0  14 
014 
126 
007 
0-42 
141 

189 
336 
0  14 
2-24 

3  22 


opinion  that  it  may  be  either  sulphuric  acid  derived 
From  the  oxidation  of  the  iron  pyrites  contained  in 
the  shale  underlying  the  peat  of  the  collecting  ground, 
or  organic  acids  derived  from  the  peat. 

The  following  experiments  were  made  with  the 
object  of  ascertaining  the  influence  of  minute  quan- 
tities of  free  sulphuric  acid  on  the  action  of  dilute 
saline  solutions  on  lead  :— 

( ihemically  pure  lead  foil  was  cleansed  from  grease 
by  washing  with  alcohol  and  water,  and  was  after- 
wards rubbed  bright  on  a  soft  towel.  It  was  cut  up 
into  pieces  of  U'-j  square  centimetres  area;  each 
piece  was  rolled  into  a  hollow  cylinder,  placed  in  a 
of  about  I50cc.  capacity,  and  covered  with 
"I  the  solution  to  be  examined.  A  sheet  of 
unglazed  paper  was  placed  over  the  flasks,  in  order 
to  protect  them  from  dust,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
allow  free  access  to  the  air. 

The  distilled  water  used  in  preparing  the  solutions 
rated  by  shaking  up  with  air,  and  also  by 
repeatedly  causing  the  water  to  trickle  slowly  from 
Bel  to  another. 

In  order  to  estimate  the  amount  o1  lead,  50cc.  of 
the  clear  solution  were  taken,  and  the  lead  deter- 
mined colotiriiui  trically  1. 
gen  or  ammonium  bu 


y  means   of   sulphuretted 
Iphide.    If  the  liquid  was 


turbid  it  was  necessary  to  filter  it  through  asbestos, 
or,  as  this  did  not  always  prove  ell'ective.  a  stoppered 
bottle  was  Idled  quite  full  of  the  turbid  liquid,  and 
left  at  rest  for  -  I  or  18  hours  until  the  finely-divided 
suspended  matter  deposited.  The  numbers  arranged 
in  the  table  above  represent  the  mean  results  of 
two  or  three  determinations. 

It  appears  from  these  results  that  the  addition  of 
1  grain  per  gallon  of  sulphuric  acid  increases  the 
solvent  action  of  the  dilute  saline  solutions  on  lead  to 
a  marked  extent.  The  amount  of  lead  in  solution,  as 
a  rule,  steadily  increases  until  a  point  is  reached 
where  the  solution  begins  to  show  signs  of  turbidity  ; 
this  is  alwaye  accompanied  by  a  decrease  in  the 
amount  of  lead  in  solution.  The  time  which  elapses 
before  the  solution  becomes  turbid  depends  not  only 
on  the  nature  of  solution,  but  also  on  the  physical 
condition  of  the  lead,  and  on  the  temperature.  It 
sometimes  happens  that  the  results  obtained  at 
different  times,  with  the  same  solution  and  with 
lead  from  the  same  origin,  give  results  which  show  a 
difference  of  from  0"3  to  (5'45  grains  per  gallon,  more 
especially  in  the  ease  of  the  solution  of  sodium 
chloride  and  sulphate  with  free  sulphuric  acid.  The 
lowest  numbers  obtained  when  sulphuric  acid  was 
present  were  always  much  higher  than  the  highest 
readings  obtained  for  the  .antral  solutions,  so  that 
there  is  no  doubt  that  the  presence  of  free  acid 
increases  the  amount  of  lead  in  solution. 

The  total  action  of  the  solution  on  lead  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  amount  of  lead  in  solution,  was 
estimated  by  exposing  coils  of  lead  to  the  action  of 
lOOcc.  of  the  solution  for  4  hours.  The  lead  is  brushed 
free  from  any  deposit,  and  removed  from  the  flask. 
A  few  drops  of  acetic  acid  were  added  to  the  turbid 
liquid  to  dissolve  the  basic  salts  of  lead,  and  the 
amount  of  lead  in  solution  was  then  estimated.  The 
solutions  containing  free  sulphuric  acid  remained 
clear  for  at  least  24  hours.  The  results  are,  therefore, 
identical  with  those  in  the  previous  table. 

TOTAX  Action  in  4  Huvhs. 


£-0 


WuUjr 

Ammonium  Nitrate 

Ammonium  Chloride 

Potassium  Nitrate   . . 

Calcium  Sulphate    . . 

Magnesium  Sulphate 

Sodium  Chloride  .... 


091 

1-51 

21 

1-86 

1-68 

P68 

1-82 

0-91 

063 

1X8 

081 

105 

182 


These  numbers  show  that  the  presence  of  1  grain  per 
gallon  of  free  acid  decreases  the  action  of  the  dilute 
saline  solutions  on  the  lead,  although  it  increases  the' 
quantity  of  lead  dissolved. 

Dr.  Tidy  brought  before  the  British  Association,  at 
Birmingham,  some  interesting  observations  on  the 
effect  of  silica  in  diminishing  the  action  of  water  on 
lead.    In  the  case  of  the  Sheffield  water  supply,  the 


c 

«3   C 

la 

w 

c  a 

iMa* 
0£a 

+  8T 

175 

056 

1 

2-45 

0'84 

5 

2  94 

11 

1 

14 

084 

5 

0'56 

063 

1 

175 

084 

5 

2-10 

0  84 

1 

1  12 

084 

5 

0-07 

081 

1 

112 

019 

0 

091 

084 

1 

1-47 

07 

5 

0'56 

133 

Feb. aussr.j      THF.  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


113 


t  which  attacks  th  per 

gallon  of  silica,  and  the-  water  containing  per 

tion.    Experimi 
were  ma  i  i  tain  whether  the  presence  of  small 

quantities  ol  silica  diminish)  iter  on 

lead  even  when  the  water  contains  free  acid.     The 

Its  show  that  in  certain  conditions  it  is  efficacious. 
A   common    lead    pipe   was    filled   with    LOO    cubic 

!  solutions  "I  calcium  sulphate  ami  I 
sulphuric  acid  (1  grain  per  gallon  each)  and  left  for 
_ 1  hours.     Tli.'  water  contained    Lmgs.  of  lead   per 
litre.  <  )n  rep  mating  the  experiment,  with  a  similar  solu- 
tion, to  which  2grns.  per  gallon  of  dialysed  silica  '■. 
adde  m.     When  ammo- 

nium nitrate  was  substituted  for  the  calcium  sulpfa 
the  addition  of  dialysed  silica  diminished  the  action 
of  the  water  on  the  lead.    The  are   quite 

different  when  strips  of  pure  lead,  which  have  L 

ned   by  immersion   in    dilute    nitric    acid,    and 
thoroughly  washed  and  rubb  d  bright,  are  exp 
for  24 or .48  hours  to  the actionoi  the  solu- 

tions of  tl  s  tllon 

H0SO4)    used   in    the    previous   experiments.      The 
addition  o    i  gallon  of  dialysed  silica 

had  no  effect  on  the  quantity  of  lead  dissolved  by  the 
solutions  containing  free  i 


TBirmingtram  ano  astDlano  Section. 

Chairman :  Charles  Hunt. 
Vice-chairman:  Dr.  Tildcn. 


-    Allbright. 

A.  II.  Allen. 
T.  Barclay. 
Hora(  e  I".  Brown. 
.1.  F.  Chance. 

B.  Daw 

E.  W.  T.  Jones. 

Treasurer:  ('.  O'Sullivan 


Cojtnni' 

J.  L.  Major. 
Dr.  Mi 
Dr.  Nicol. 
E.  P.  Peyton. 
i  .  I  'ercival. 
W.  W.  Stareley. 
W.  A.  Wigs'". 


Local  Secretary  : 
A.  Ilostock  Hill,  H.  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 

Notices  of  papers  ami  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


THE  PURE  CULTIVATION  OF  MICRO- 
ORGANISMS, WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE 
TO  YEAST. 

BY  G.    HARRIS   MORELS,   PH.D.,  F.C.S. 

There  is   no  subject  perhaps  which   has   received 

terattentionduringthelastfewyearstbanthestudy 
of  micro-organisms, and thevariouschangesandactions 
which  are  produced  by  tlieir  agency.     I  propose  to 
give  you  this  evening  some  acco'unt  of  the  met. 
which  are  employed  for  cultivating  the  various  oi  - 
nisnis  in  a  state  of  purity— that  is,  in  a  state  of  fi 
dom  from  all  other  -  than  the  one  we  wish 

I  then  to  draw  your  attention  to  what 
has  been  done  and  is  I  me  in  connection  with 

the  pure  cultivation  ol  1   its  employm 

.  a  practical  scale.     Klein*  in  a  lecture  delivered 
iety.  lays  great  stress  upon 

ibsolute  m  working  with  pure  cultiva- 

tion       !         ■  :  —  ■•  \  ■  t:.;  ■  come  to  I 

ipon  the  matter  in  the  same  light  in  which  we  1 
upon  it— namely,   to  obtain   the   or._ani.sm    pure, 
render  nutritive  materials  duce 

with  this  pure  organism  the  specific  chemical  activity 

wish  to  obtain  ;  not   till   you   have  fulfilled  ail 

•  Jour.  Clem.  Soc.  18S 


these  conditions,  can  you  claim  to  have  established 
t   that  a  definite  organism  is  the  cause  of  a 
definite  chemical  change." 

I  do  not  intend  this  evening  to  say  anything  regard- 
ing the  pathological  mi  -m->,  which  are 
admirably  treate  i  of  in  Klein's  "  .Micro-organisms  and 
;  although  the  methods  employed  for  the 
cultivation  of  these  are  practically  the  same  as  those 
used  for  organisms  which  produce  purely  chemical 
changes,  the  only  difference  lying  in  the  different 
nutritive  medium  employed  for  their  cultivation. 

re  all  things  it  is  necessary,  in  working  with 
micro-organisms,  to  have  a  good  microscope,  capable 
ol  giving  a  magnification  of  from  :iOo — 400  linear 
diameters.  Tins  magnification  is  sufficient  for  all 
ordinary  work  ;  but  in  some  cases  it  is,  of  course,  an 
advantage  to  be  able  to  examine  growths  under  a 
higher  power  than  the  above.  There  are  now  so  many 
makers  ol  goo  I,  cheap  instruments,  that  it  is  almost 
impossible  to  quote  any  special  maker,  but  taking 
everything  into  consideration,  the  German  makers, 
:  ibert,  supply  as  good  an  instrument  at  a 
lower  price  than  English  makers.  1  myself  use  one 
microscopes  with  No.  IV.objective,  and  No. 
i  imbination  giving  a  magnification  of 
350  diameters),  and  fitted  with  an  Abbe's  substage 
condenser.  For  higher  magnifications,  Seiberfs  N  ■. 
VI.  objective,  with  the  above-mentioned  eyepiece, 
answers  all  purp  ses,a  magnification  of  950  diameters 
being  given  by  this  combination. 

The  media  used  for  pure  cultivations  consist  of  both 
liquid  and  solid  material.  The  former,  in  the  case  of 
pathological  organisms,  consists  of  different  prepara- 
tions of  meat-broth,  peptone,  blood-serum,  etc. ;  but  for 
ganisms  we  shall  consider  to-night  Pasteur's 
or  Conn's  solutions  or  diluted  beer-wort  are  more 
illy  used. 

-olutioneonsistsof  lOpartspure  cane-sugar, 
1  part  ammonium  tartrate,  and  the  ash  of  1  part  of 
yeast  dissolved  in  100  parts  of  water. 

Cohn's  solution  is  composed  of  Igrm.  of  ammonium 
tartrat  \  otassium  phosphate,  0'5grm.  crys- 

talline magnesium  sulphate,  0"5grm.  tribasic  calcium 
phosphate  in  lOOcc.  distilled  water. 

The  solid  material  used  is  a  mixture  of  gelatine 
with  broth.  etc.,  or  beer-wort      Koch,  who 

introduce!  this  solid  mixture,  used  only  2—3  per 
cent,  gelatine.  But  this  mixture,  although  solid  at 
ordinary  temperatures,  becomes  liquid  when  the 
temperature  is  raised,  and  as  in  most  cases  it  is 
necessary  to  carry  on  the  growth  at  25 — 30°  C.,  or 
even  higher,  a  larger  percentage  of  gelatine  must  be 
added,  varying  from  0"  to  10  per  cent. 

The  vessels  employed  for  pure  cultivations  consist 
of  test  tubes,  Pasteur's  Masks,  t'hamberland  flasks, 
moist  chambers,  etc.  One  of  the  most  important  con- 
si  lerations  in  working  with  pure  cultivations  is,  as 
Klein  has  pointed  out,  to  obtain  the  apparatus  and 
the  solutions  used  in  a  perfectly  sterile  state.  I  pro- 
lierefore.  to  briefly  describe  the  precautions 
which  it  is  necessary  to  take  in  order  to  ensure  coni- 
sterility  of  apparatus  and  culture  material. 

In  the  first  place  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  all 

and  apparatus,    Basks,  test  tubes,  beakers, 

filter  papers,  tc.,   to    be 

must  be  thoroughly  sterilised   by  heating  to 

120—150     (.'..   that   is.   at   a    temperature   which  is 

sufficient  to  kill  all  micro-organisms  and  their  spores, 

which,  may  have  settled  from  the  air  up  in  and  within 

In  the  case  of  large   \  ssels,  such  as 

flasks,  this  is  best  done  bypassing  the  rUme  of  a 

Bunsen  burner  over  the  surface  of  the  vessel  until  it 

is  hot,  and  then  immediately  closing  the  mouth  and 

side  tube  with  sterilised  cotton-wool  and  indiarubbtr 

tubing  and  glass  rod.     For  small  vessels,  test  tubes, 


Ill 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDl'STEV.       [i-vkes.  i=>:. 


beakers,  cultivation  chambers,  etc.,  an  air-bath  heated 
t  '  the  required  temperature  is  most  convenient  This 
should  be  maintained  at  120  150  C.,andtheves  l- 
allowed  tc  remain  in  it  for  -  :s  hours,  at  that  tem- 
perature The  cotton-wool  for  plugging  the  mouths 
of  flasks  and  test  tubes  must  also  be  well  sterilised  by 
being  loosely  pulled  out  and  then  heated  in  the  air 
bath  to  the  above  temperature  for  some  hours,  on 
several  successive  Jays.  Filter-papers  used  forcover- 
wool  plugs  should  also  lie  heated  in  the 
air-bath.  Forceps,  pipettes,  and  all  other  odds  aud 
ends  of  apparatus  must  be  sterilised  bj  being  pa 
through  a  Bunsen  burner  at  the  moment  of  use. 

I  have  mentioned  above  the  solutions  most  com- 
monly employed  for  cultivations.  These  are  rendered 
rileand  ready  for    inoculation  in  the  test-tubes, 
and  small  flasks,  in  the  following  way  :— The  solid 
material,  as  broth  gelatine,  beer-wort  gelatine,  etc., 
must  be  poured  into  the  previously  sterilised  flasks 
and  test-tubes,  whilst  still  in  a  fluid  state,  and  then 
sterilise!  by  being  boiled  twice  or  three  times  on 
successn     days.     Tyn  lall  has  pointed  out  that  the 
res  of  certain  bacteria  are  not  killed  by  boiling, 
it  is  necessary  to  boil  on  successive  days. 
in  order  to  m\  e  the  unkilled  spores  an  opportunity  of 
n  each  successive  boiling,  when,  of 
the   next  boiling  kills  the  developed  i 
nism. 

No  test-tube  or  flask,  containing  nutritive  material, 
ran  lie  considered  sterile  until  it  has  been  kept  at  a 
temperature  of  32—38  C,  for  at  least  seven  days, 
without  any  sign  of  growth  appearing. 

This  is  of  necessity  a  very  brief  sketch  of  the  pre- 
cautions which  have  to  be  observed,  both  in  the  pre- 
tion    and  sterilisation   of   culture  solutions.     A 
\   iy  completeand  detailed  description  will  be  found 
in  the  little  book  by  Klein,  previously  mentioned. 

We  will  now  pass  on  to  the  methods  employed  for 
obtainingpure  cultivations  of  definite  micro-organisms 
by  inoculating  the  test-tubes  and  small  flasks  con- 
taining sterile  material.  We  may  roughly  divide  the 
inoculations  into  four  classes. 

1.  Inoculations,  by  which  it  is  required  either  to 
obtain  an  organism  in  a  state  of  purity,  which  has 
previously  been  growing  in  a  culture  tube  or  other 
vessel,  or  to  separate  two  or  more  organisms  which 

re  previously  glowing  in  the  same  vessel,  and  each 

ol  which  we  wish  to  obtain  in  a  pure  state.     As  an 

instance  of  this,  I  may  take  a  hay  infusion, which  has 

a  exposed  to  the  air  and  then  allowed  to  remain 

in  a  warm  place.     We  should   then  have  a   mixed 

■tli  of  two  or  more  micro-organisms,  each  of  which 

iy  Wish  to  isolate  and  study  in  a  pure  state. 

2.  Inoculations  from  animal  fluids  and  tissues.  This, 
howi  .ly  to  pathological  organisms,  and 
does  ii               svithin  the  scope  ot  this  paper. 

3.  1  ion  of  water  for  micro-organisms. 

-1.  Examination  ot  the  floating  matter  of  the  air. 
In  the  first  case  we  will  suppose  that  we  have  an  art  i- 
d  cultivation  in  a  test  tube,  and  that  we  desire  to 
inoculate  one  or  more  sterile  tubes  with  the  micro- 
organisms contained  in  this  cultivation.  Wc  then 
take  a  freshly  drawn-out  capillary  pipette,  slightly 
raise  the  plug  of  cotton-wool  in  the  tube  containing 
the  cultivation  with  sterilised  forceps,  and  carefully 
push  the  pointed  end  of  the  pipette  through  the 
.-.  until  it  reaches  the  growth  in  the  tube  ; 
a  small  quantity  of  the  latter  then  ascends  the  pip 
which  is  quickly  withdrawn,  the  plug  of  cotton-wool 
down,  and  tie-  minute  drop  of  inocula- 
ting solution  at  once  conveyed  to  a  new  culture-tube 
by  exactly  the  same  procedure  as  before-  that  is,  the 
partial  withdrawal  of  the  cotton-wool  plug,  the  inser- 
tion of  the  pipette  with  the  solution  into  the  sterile 
culture  material,  whether  solid  or  liquid.    A  small 


quantity  ol"  the  inoculating  solution  flows  out  of 
itself,  or.  if  h  doi  -  not.  it  may  be  forced  out  by  a 
gentle  pressure  applied  to  the  other  end  of  the  pipette. 
The  pipette  is   then  withdrawn,  anil   the   cotton-wool 

plug  replaced  as  before.  If  more  than  one  tube  is 
to  be  inoculated,  this  operation  is  repeated,  using, 
however,  a  fresh  pipette  lor  each  inoculation.  The 
freshly-inoculated  tubes  are  then  placed  in  asuitable 
support,  preferably  in  a  beaker  on  a  cushion  of  cotton- 
wool, and  placed  in  the  incubator  at  the  required 
temperature.  If,  however,  we  have  a  fluid— hay  in- 
fusion, lor  instance — which  a  microscopical  examina- 
tion shows  us  to  contain  more  than  oue  organism, 
and  we  wish  to  obtain  these  in  a  state  of  purity,  it  is 
necessary  to  adopt  either  Kleb's  method  of  "frac- 
tional cultivation,''  or  the  method  of  "dilution" 
employed  by  V.  Niigell  and  Lister. 

The  former  consists  in  endeavouring  to  fractionate 
by  successive  cultivations  the  different  organisms 
growing  together  in  the  same  culture.  It  is  effected 
by  inoculating  1  j  means  of  a  capillary  pipette  traces 
of  the  culture  fluid  into  a  series  of  new  tubes,  con- 
taining different  nutritive  materials  ;  these  tubes  are 
then  placed  in  the  incubator  at  35°  C.  foi  a  short 
time,  say  24  hours,  at  the  end  of  that  time  it  is 
probable  that    in   some  of    the  tu  >rganism, 

which  thrives  best  on  the  particular  nutritive 
material  contained  in  the  tub'',  will  have  grown 
almost  exclusively.      The    treatment  is  then  repeated, 

and  a  series  of  fresh  inoculations  made  from  each 
of  the  first  tubes.  This  is  continued  until  the 
physical  appearance,  microscopic  examination,  etc., 
show  us  that  we  have  a  pure  organism  in  our  culture 

tubes. 

The  latter  method,  that  of  u  dilution,"  consists  in 
diluting  the  culture  fluid  containing  the  various 
species  to  a  very  large  extent— varying  from  1  in 
lOOOtolin  1,000,000— with  a  sterile  saline  solution, 
and  then  inoculating  fresh  culture-tubes  with  this 
diluted  fluid.  In  this  case  it  is  possible  that,  owing 
to  large  dilution,  only  one  species  of  organisms  may 
be  sown  in  some  of  the  tubes,  and  a  pure  culture  is 
at  once  obtained. 

The  two  methods  may  often  be  advantageously 
combined  by  first  making  one  or  two  cultures  by  the 
"fractional  'method  and  then  Using  this  cultivation 
for  "dilution"  with  sterile  saline  solution.  Il  neces- 
sary this  may  be  repeated  until  the  desired  pure 
culture  is  obtained. 

In  the  examination  of  waters  for  micro-organisms, 
the  plate  method,  originally  introduced  bj  Erefeld,* 
ami  later  adopted  by  Koch  for  this  purpose,  istheone 
used.  It  has  been  so  fully  described  recently  in  this 
Journal  by  Dr.  Percy  Frankland,t  and  also  by 
Bischof,}  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  refer  to  it  at 
•  r  length. 

With  regard  to  the  examination  of  the  micro- 
organism in  air,  many  methods  have  been  suggested 
for  collecting  and  cultivating  these  prior  to  their 
cultivation  in  a  state  of  purity.  The  simplest  method 
is  to  expose  open  flasks  containing  sterile  nutritive 
material  to  the  air  in  the  desired  locality  for  a  certain 
time,  and  then  to  close  them  again.  You  have  then 
in  the  flasks  the  organisms  which  were  deposited 
from  the  atmosphere  during  the  given  time,  anil  these 
can    then    be  i.incd.      Using  this 

method,  Hansen  examined  §  the  atmosphere  of 
various  places  within  and  around  the  brewery  of  Old 
Carlsberg  at  Copenhagen,  and  isolated  a  large  num- 
ber   of    organisms  —  yeast,    bacteria,  moulds,    etc. 

•Method,  z.  Inters,  d.  l'ilze.  Med.  l'hys.  Gee.  zu.  Wiirz- 
burtf.  1874. 

his  Journal,  1885.  GflS. 
;  Tins'  Journal,  1886.  111. 
;  I'uinpt.  rendu  du  Luboratoire  de  Carlsberg,  1879. 


Feb.28,1887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


li: 


Another  method,  proposed  by  Cohn  and  Millet,* 
consists  in  aspirating  a  given  volume  of  air  through 
a  series  of  flasks  containing  sterile  nutritive  matei  ial, 
taking  everj  care  that  no  contamination  can  take 
place  except  from  the  aspirated  air.  Thefla 
then  placed  in  the  incubator  and  the  growths 
examined.  A  third  method  is  that  de^  ised  by  Hesse, t 
in  which  a  given  volume  of  air  is  slowly  drawn 
through  a  tube  coated  with  nutritive  pristine,  the 
micro  organisms  are  deposited  on  the  gelatine  and 
grow  win  re  thej  fall. 

Such  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  methods  employed 
for  obtaining  pure  cultivation  of  the  Schitzomj  cetes 
or  bacteria,  as  distinguished  from  the  Saccharomyceti  ; 
or  yeasts.  Apart  from  certain  pathological  micro 
organisms,  which  have  been  thoroughly  worked  at  in 
pure  cultivation,  we  are  almost  entirely  without 
sufficient  evidence  of  the  nature  of  the  changes 
brought  about  by  micro-organisms.  Thus  nothing 
definite  is  known  of  the  organisms  which  produce 
lactic  fermentation  or  the  viscous  fermentation  of 
wine  and  beer  :  the  butyric  fermentation  is  also  in  a 
state  of  uncertainly.  It  is  true  that  these,  amongst 
others,  have  been  worked  at  by  Pasteur  and  other 
observers,  but  in  all  eases  the  results  are  vitiated  bj 
the  fact  that  pure  cultivations  of  the  organisms  were 
not  employed.  Another  source  of  the  frequent  discre- 
pancies between  the  descriptions  of  different  observers 
is,  1  think,  the  failure  to  recognise  the  pleomorphism 
of  micro-organisms  which  is  well  illustrated  in  the 
case  of  the  acetic  ferment.  There  are  a  great  many 
statements  which  require  investigation;  for  instance, 
mueor  raceme  its  is  said  to  be  capable  of  producing 
alcoholic  fermentation,  but  this  statement  is  based  upon 
very  insufficient  evid  im  e,  and  requires  continuation 
by  expi  laments  carried  on  with  pure  cultivations  of 
the  ferment  before  it  can  be  accepted.  And  this  is 
only  one  of  many  statements  of  the  same  nature. 

Hansen  and  other  investigators  have  during  the 
past  few  years  examined  morphologically  and  physio- 
logically a  considerable  number  of  ferments  in  a 
state  ot  purity,  but  it  is  only  within  the  last  few 
months  that  any  advance  has  been  made  in  the 
examination  of  the  chemical  action  of  these  ferments, 
and  the  advance  in  the  latter  direction  will  be  very 
slow  until  vegetable  physiologists  are  also  sufficiently 
chemists  to  be  able  to  study  the  chemical  changes 
taking  place,  or  until  chemists,  working  with 
organised  ferments,  adopt  the  method  of  pure  culti- 
vation which  1  hive  briefly  described  above. 
■  I  think  we  may  consider  that  the  researches  of 
Adrian  Brown,  alluded  to  above,  on  Bacterium 
aceti  and  Bacterium  xylinum  constitute  quite  a  fresh 
departure  in  the  investigation  of  the  organised 
ferments.  We  have  here  not  only  pure  cultivations 
carried  out  with  every  possible  precaution, -but  also 
a  quantitative  examination  of  the  fermentative 
action  of  the  pure  organism  on  certain  definite  sterile 
solutions.  A  brief  outline  of  the  researches  will  not 
be  out  of  place  here,  since  no  better  example  can 
possibly  be  found  of  the  treatment  which  must  in 
future  be  applied  to  the  chemical  actions  produced 
by  micro-organisms. 

Both  Bacterium  "'''//and  Bacterium  xylinum  were 
found  growing  on  the  surface  of  a  beer  which  had 
been  exposed  to  air.  They  were  separated  and  puri- 
fied by  a  combination  of  Kleb's  "Fractional"  and 
V.  Nageli's  ''  Dilution"  methods  as  described  above. 
Doth  micro-organisms  being  strictly  aerobic,  and 
consequently  requiring  a  free  supply  ot  air,  flasks  and 
test-tubes  plugged  with  sterilised  cotton-wool  were 
employed  for  the  cultivations.     For  the  former  the 

ZeitschrUI  f.  Biol,  do  I'M.  iii.  7. 
t  Mittheilungen  Kaiser  Geeundheitsamte,  Berlin,  1881, 

;  Jour.  Chum.  Boo.,  1886,  17.'  and  132. 


cultivating  fluid  was  a  -J  per  cent,  solution   of   alcohol 

in  yeast  wati  r ;  for  the  latter  claret  diluted  with  I 

n  i  volu of   w  i\  i   and  rendere  I  acid  with   1  per 

c  i,t.    act  tic    acid.      When     ri  peate  l     cultivate 
showed  that  the  01  jani  m     «   re  pure,  the  action  of 
the  pure  ferments  on   various  sterile  solutions  was 
d.     //.  aetftoxidises  ethylic  alcohol  to  acetic 

0   Bther    with    a    mere    trace   of   anon-volatile 

acid,  probably  succinic  ;  the  acetic  acid  is  further 
oxidised  into  carbonic  anhydride  and  water  by  pro- 
longed action  :  propylic  alcohol  is  converted  into  pro- 
pionic acid;  methyl  alcohol  is  unacted  upon, 
although  the  ferment  grows  freely  in  a  1  per  cent. 
solution  in  yeast  water,  drown  in  Pasteur's  solution 
with  -1  per  cent,  dextrose  and  calcium  carbonate,  the 
ferment  converts  the  carbohydrate  in  gluconic 
acid,  which  forms  calcium  gluconate  with  the 
am  carbonate  present;  cane-sugar  is  un- 
acted upon,  but  mannitol  is  converted  into  levulose, 
which,  however,  is  itself  entirely  unacted  upon 
by  the  ferment.  This  reaction  is  most  important  in 
helping  to  throw  light  it] ion  the  constitution  of  the 
carbohydrati  s.  It  also  enables  us  to  convert  dextrose 
mi,,  /,  ;■»/.,.«,, since  dextrose  is  converted  into  mannitol 
by  the  action  of  sodium  amalgam,  and  mannitol 
into  levulose  by  the  action  of  pure  B.  aceti  B. 
xylinum  is  characterised  by  the  remarkable  fact  that 
it  convert.- dextrose,  mannitol  and  levulose,  more  par- 
ticularly the  last,  into  cellulose.  In  its  action  on 
other  substances  it  resembles  /;.  aceti.  It  grows 
in  the  form  of  a  toagh  gelatinous  membrane,  and  is 
commonly  known  as  the  "vinegar  plant  ;"  this  latter, 
however,  isalway  s  mixed  with  yeast,  which  in  the .manu- 
facture of  vinegar  from  sugar  solutions,  first  inverts 
and  ferments  the  sugar,  so  forming  alcohol  for  con- 
version into  acetic  acid  by  the  ferment,  since  the  pure 
ferment  is  without  action  upon  sugar  solutions. 

I  have  ventured  to  quote  thus  fully  from  the  two 
papers  of  Mr.  Adrian  Brown,  as  they  are,  so  far  a  I 
know,  the  only  instances  of  a  quantitative  chemical 
examination  of  the  action  of  a  pure  organised  ferment, 
and  because  the  examination  has  brought  to  light 
some  interesting  facts  connected  with  the  action  of 
such  an  every-day  micro-organism  as  the  acetic 
ferment. 

I  must  now  pass  mi  to  the  more  special  part  of 
my  paper— viz.,  the  pure  cultivation  of  yeast,  and  its 
application  upon  an  industrial  scale.  I  suppose  that 
we  are  all  more  or  less  familiar  with  the  effect  which 
Pasteur's  celebrated  work,  "  Etudes  sur  la  Biere," 
produced  upon  the  practice  of  brewing.  It  awoke 
brewers  to  the  fact  that  upon  their  yeast  de]  ended  the 
success  or  failure  of  their  operations.  But  Pasteur 
chiefly  directed  their  attention  to  the  presence  of 
ferments  capable  of  -etting  up  acetic,  lactic,  butyric, 
and  similar  fermentations,  although  he  also  pointed 
out  the  necessity  of  working  with  a  yeast  which  was 
not  contaminated  to  any  great  extent  with  "wild 
yeast  forms.  Saving  had  this  danger  so  forcibly 
pointed  out  to  them,  brewers  became  alive  to  the 
absolute  necessity  ot  cleanliness  in  every  part  of  the 
brewing  plant,  and  I  suppose  that  now  the  con 
tamination  to  any  great  extent  of  brewing  yeast  with 
"disease'  ferments,  as  distinguished  from  foreign 
yeast  forms,  is  a  thing  of  the  past  in  all  well-conducted 
breweries.  With  n  gard,  however,  to  wild  yeast  tonus, 
it  is  not  so  easy  to  know  when  they  arc  present  in  a 
yeast,  or  to  get  rid  of  them  when  they  are  there. 

We  owe  w:hat  will  in  all  probability  turn  out  to  be 
the  solution  of  the   "wild     yeast   question  in  our 

English  breweries,  as  it   has  already  done  in  t1., 
tinental  breweries,  to  Dr.  I-'..  < '.  11  insen,  of  the  (    iris- 
berg  Institute,  in  Copenhagen.     He  has  applied  the 

method.-  of  pure  cultivation  to  yeast,  and  has  further 
so  extended  them  as  to  be  able  to  prepare  pure  cub 


lie 


T1IK  .i(Hi;\\|.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.  28, 1887. 


tures 

Hansen  published  in  lsT^  his  investi 
micro-organisms  in  air.  referred  to  above,  he  remai 
on  the  unsatisfactory  state  oi  the  earlier  work  on  the 
haromycetes,  and  express  pinion  that,  in 

order  to  obtain  a  true  knowledg  ol 

inisnis,   it  would   be  necessary  to  approach  the 
subject  from  a  different  standpoint  to  that  adopted 
by  Keess*  and  l'asteurt  in  the  work  which  I 
already  dona     In  1881  he  published  the  first  of  his  re 
searches  in  this  direction — viz. .that  on  "8 
apiculatw,     and     its    circulation    in    nature, 
which     I     shall     again     refer.       In     this     he    laid 
down    the    fundamental    principle    that    in. 
tions  with  the  Saccharomycetes  should 
on  that  each  species  could  be  cultivated  from 
cell,  in  order  to  ensure  the  absolute  purity  of  the  cul- 
tivation, and  ascertain  the  constant  elm 
the  ferment.     When   this  result   c  ined, 

we  should  have  in  our  hands  a  method  for  the  analy- 
sis of  yea>t,  and  not  only  would   the   results  be  of 
great  scientific  and  theoretical  interest,  but  they  would 
also  be  of  importance  to  the  fermentation  industries. 
In   his    earlier    work,   above-mentioned,    Hansen 
adoptedamodificationofv.Nageli's"dilution"metl 
which  was  as  follows  :— A  vigorous  fermentation  with 
the  yeast  from  which  it  was  desired  to  cultiva! 
promoted  in  a  Pasteur  flask  :  the  yeast  formed  is  then 
largely  diluted  with  a  known  volume  of   sterili 
water,  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  water  by  shaking, 
and  the  number  of  cells  in  a  small  drop  of  the  v. 
counted.    The  counting  is  effected  by  means  ol  a 
ha>niatimeter.     This  may  consist  either  of  a  micro- 
scopic cover-glass  on  which  a  number  of  microscopic 
squares  have  been  ruled,  or  of  a  microscopic  glass 
slide,  on  which  the  squares  are  ruled  in  thecentre  of  a 
very  shallow  cell.     A  good  form  of  the  latter  is  n 
by  C.  Zeiss,  of  Jena,  in  which  the  squares  mi  tsure 
,  I   th  of  a  square  mm.,  and  the  cell  is  01  mm.  deep, 
the  cubical  capacity,  therefore,  of  each  square,  when 
the  cover-glass  is  on,  being  0"00025cmm,     The  drop 
is  placed  well  upon  the  squares,  which  then  assist  the 
eye  in  counting  the  cells  contained  in  the  drop.    Sup- 
posing 10  cells  are  found,  then  if  a  similar-sized  drop 
is  added    from    the    fluid,  which    has    again   been 
thoroughly  shaken,  to  a  flask  containing  a  known 
volume  of  sterilised  water,  say  for  instance  S 
the  probability  now  is  that  this  20cc.  of  water  con- 
tains  10  cells.     The  flask  is  thoroughly  shaken  for 
some  time,  and  then  lcc.  of  the  liquid  quickly  intro- 
duced into  each  of  20  flasks   containing  nutritive 
solution  ;  there  is  now  in  all  likelihood  1  cell  in  each 
of  10  of  these  20  flasks.    This  is  of  course  only  a 
probability.     In  order  to  be  sure  that  some  of  the 
flasks  contain  only  one  cell,  it  is  necessary  to  allow 
them  to  remain  until  a  growth   appears.     Directly 
after  adding  the  lcc.  of  the  diluted  yeast  to  the  i! 
they  are  thoroughly  shaken  and  placed  in  the  incuba- 
tor at  the  required  temperature,  the  cell  or 
present  then  sink  to  the  bottom  of  the  flask,  remain 
and  grow  where  they  settle,  which,  in  the  latter  cas 
>.-.,  if  more  than  1  cell   is  present— is  probably  at 
different  points  on  the  bottom.    Aftei  3  the 

flasks  are  carefully  examined,   and    the    poinl 
growth  noted.     In  those  flasks  in  which  there  is  only 
one  speck  of  growing  yeast  visible,  the  inferem 
that  it  proceeds  from  one  cell,  and  consequently  the 
tains  a  pure  cultivation  :  in  ol  it   is 

P  esible  that  twoor  mor  are  visible,  then  it  is 

to  conclude  that  more  than  one  cell  was  sown  in 
the  flask,  and  its  contents  are  consequently  rejected. 


This  meth  I  lm  sen's 

cially  with  its   which  have    some 

This  mi  results  than  the 

one   about    to    bi  1    when    it    is    wished   to 

ik  and  strong  yeasts,  which  are  growing 

r  in  a  nutritive  liquid.     Another  point  in  its 

ray  possibility  of 
■  imination  after  the  I  ted 

h  is  been  added  to  the  Ha-k. 

Ilai  wards    adopted   a    solid 

medium  for  his  culth  a  tiopped  wort  and 

gelatiie  ii,.  preference  to  th 

mentioned  above, 
since  it  perimentei  to  directly  0 

dividual  ci  micro  co]  e,  and  to 

follow  t  ipment.    He  ad 

a   modification   oi    Koch's    gelatine   plate    m 
taking,  however,  more  elaborate  precautions  to  pre- 
ont animation  al  inoculated  gelatine  is 

spread  on  the  plate.  Before  proceeding  to  describe 
the  method  in  detail,  it  will  be  as  well  to  point  out 
the  necessity  ol  u  ae  place  sel  ipart  entirely 

for  pare  cultivation  work,  as  the  success  or  failure  of 
these  01  reatly  upon  the  freedom 

of  the  air  fn  the  time  the  experiments 

are  being  carried  out     For  this  reas the   room 

should  be  allowed  to  remain  perfectly  undisturbed 
for  some  hours  before  the  cultivation  is  made,  in 
order  to  allow  the  dust  b 

In  order  to  prepare  a  pure  cultivation  of  yeast,  we 
take  a  growth  of  young  and  vigorous  cells,  dilute  this 
down  very  largely  with  sterile  distilled  water  in  a 
small  Chamberland  flask,  until  the  proper  dilution 
is  reached  (this  is  ascertained  by  a  microscopic  exam- 
ination,1.  and  then  again  dilute  a  drop  of  this  with 
sterile  beer- wort  gelatine  (hopped  wort  of  about 
1058  sp.  gr.  with  5— 10  pea-  cent,  gelatine),  until  we 
have  an  extreme  dilution,  A  drop  of  this  is  then 
withdrawn  with  a  sterilised  glass  rod,  and  spread 


a 
c 

/ 

1 

Fig.  1. 

upon  the  under  side  of  a  thin  cover-glass,  which  is 
then  quickly  placed  on  the  ring  of  a  Bottcher's  moist 
chamber.  Fig.  1  represents  one  of  the  chambers  in 
question;  a  is  the  thin  cover-glass,  with  a  layer  of 

gelatine  on  its  under  surface  6,  and  placed  on  the 


Untcrsuchungen    liber  die  AJkoholgarungspUze, 


•  Hotan. 
1870. 

t  Etude*  sur  la  Biere,  Paris.  1876. 
;  Meddelelser  tu  Carlsberg  Labotatorii 


Fig.  2. 


rele  c,  which  is  "Omni,    in   diameter,    and 
cemented  to  tie  is  a  thin   layer  of 

Sterile  distilled  water.     Fig.  -  shows  the  Chamber- 


PaU.28.U87.]      THE  JOI'liN'AL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Ill 


land  flask  mentioned  above  ;  it  consists  «if  a  6 
the  neck  of  which  a  cap  li  i  mnd  with  emery  ; 

ad  of  the  cap  is  drawn  out,  and  this  end  is 
d  with  a  plug  ol    terilised  cotton-wooL 

The  inoculated  gelatine  having  been  spread  on  the 
glass  circle  and  allowed  to  set,  the  chamber  is  then 
pi  iced  nil  the  stage  of  the  microscope  and  examined. 
One  or  two  well-isolated  yeasl  cell  are  picked  out, 
and  the  position  of  these  marked  on  the  glass  circle 
by  a  marker  of  some  description.  The  whole  is  then 
placed  in  ;m  incubator  at  about  25  30  ' '.  and 
allowed  to  remain  for  a  day  or  two.  At  the  end  of 
about  two  days  the  growths  are  generally  visible  to 
the  naked  eye,  and  appear  as  small  whitish  specks 
about  the  size  of  pins  heads.  These  Bpecks  should 
be  well  separated  from  each  other  on  the  glass  circle 

When  the  specks  have  attained  a  sufficient  size 
they  are  transferred  to  sterile  hopped-wort,  ol  about 
ro.">s  sp.  gr.,  contained  in  Pasteurs  flasks  (Fig.  :i). 


Fio. .".. 

These  consist  of  flasks  with  the  neck  drawn  out  and 
bent  over,  as  shown  in  the  figure,  and  with  short  side- 
tubes,  which  are  closed  with  a  piece  of  indiarubber 
tubing,  and  a  glass  rod  :  the  bent  tube  is  closed  with 
a  plug  of  sterilised  asbestos.  The  transference  is 
effected  by  quickly  lifting  the  cover-glass  with  the 
colonies,  plunging  a  short  piece  of  sterilised  platinum 
wire  into  the  colony,  and  then  immediately  dropping 
this  into  the  side-tube  of  the  flask,  the  glass-rod 
stopper  being  quickly  withdrawn  and  replaced. 
Having  got  the  colony  uhich  we  know  is  derived  from 
one  single  cell  into  the  riask,  we  are  then  in  a  position 


and  showed  moist  chambers  with  colonies  in  various 
-  .it  growth.] 

Such  is  the  process  which  Hansen  has  employed  to 
effecl  -  revolution  in  the  study  of  the  oaccharo- 
mycetes.     By  its  means  he  has  succeeded  in  sepai 

n  a  number  of  apparently  different 
yeasts,  from  which  he  has  selected  six  for  further 
Study,  In  addition  to  thpse  he  lias  isolated  two 
varieties  of  ordinary  bottom-fermentation 
which  are  at  present  used  in  the  brewery  of  1  lid 
Carlsberg,  and  also  in  a  very  great  many  othet 
breweries  on  the  Continent,  and  to  which  1  shall 
avain  refer.  He  has  also  determined  that  the  form, 
the  limits  of  size,  and  the  appearance  of  the  cells  do 
not  remain  constant  for  each  variety  or  species,  but 
are  influenced  by  different  conditions  of  growth. 
The  form  and  phases  of  development  of  the  cells, 
however,  when  viewed  from  another  standpoint,  give 
very  important  differences  for  each  variety.  This  is 
the  case  when  the  cells  of  the  different  varieties  are 
exposed  to  similar  conditions,  as  in  the  ascospore 
and  film  formations;  it  is  found  then  that  the 
different  yeasts  behave  in  a  very  different  manner, 
and  each  species  gives  well-detined  characteristics. 
This  can  only  be  explained  by  the  supposition  that  the 
different  varieties  or  species  have  distinct  innate 
properties. 

We  will  now  proceed  to  consider  the  differences 
which  Hansen  has  found  between  the  different 
varieties  of  yeast.  He  has,  as  stated  above,  differen- 
tiated six  species  of  yeasts,  which  he  calls — 

Saccharomyces  cerevisue,  I. 
Saccharomyces  I'aslorianus,  L,  IX  and  III. 
Saccharomyces  ellipsoidetu,  I.  and  II. 

The  ordinary  sedimentary  forms  of  these  are  shown 
in  Figs.  5  to  10:  Fig.  •">  being  S.  cere:  I.;  Fig.  6, 
S.  Past.  I. :  Fig.  7,  S.  Past.  II. .  Fig.  \  S.  Past,  111. ; 
Fig.   9,   S.   ellip.    I.:   and  Fig.  10,  S.  ellip.  II      ft 

will   be    seen    that    although    the    varieties    taken 


separately  appear  quite  distinct,  yet  if  they  were 
mixed  it  would  be  extremely  difficult  to  detect  one 
from  the  other— for    instance,    the   S.    Past,  when 


W&9  KW^ 


Fig.  4. 

to  study  its  characters  and  properties.  Fig.  4  shows 
another  form  of  flask,  which  is  often  of  great  service, 
the  mouth  of  which  is  closed  by  two  layers  of 
sterilised  filter-paper. 

The  above  is  of  necessity  only  a  brief  outline  of  the 
operations  to  be  performed  and  the  precautions  to  be 
observed,  since  it  is  impossible  in  the  scope  of  this 
paper  to  enter  fully  into  details. 

[Dr.  Morris,  in  the  course  of  the  paper,  gave  a 
practical  illustration  of  the  manipulations  necessary, 


Fig.  6. 

mixed  with  S.  cerev.,  or  the  S.  el  ip.  when  mixed 
with  S.  Past,  or  S.  a  n  v.  The  size  of  the  cells 
varies  considerably  with  the  species. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  t  lil'.M  ic.u.  INDUSTRY.      I'vi... 


The  characteristic    which    Hansen    chiefly  relies 
upon  in  differenl 

formation.     The   roi  I   asci  spot  i 

cells  has  long  been  noticed,  Reess,  Engel,  and 


a 


l-'K 


oO 


^qM« 


■CM 


Fig.  10. 

other  observers  ha\  ing  described  it.  and  attributed  tliis 
formation  to  various  causi  -.    ftei  >s  buill  up  a  syst(  m 

Ba<  i  hai  1 1 
size  of  the  i  Brefeld  concluded  that 

only  "wild"  or  "natural"  yeast  was  capable  of 
giving  spores,  whilst  cultivated  yeast  had  lost  this 
property.     Hansen*  examined  his  six 

•  Meddelelser  fra  Carlebcrg  Laburatorict.  lcsj. 


Hows  :  A  small  quantity  of  the 
yeast  v  I  on  a  sterilised  gypsum  block,  this 

[in  '  dish, 

and  wa  ist  by  filling  the  latter  half  full  of 

water.    The  formation  was  ■  when 

bad     tood  for  .1   fevi   days  al    the  ordinary 
rature.     The  sp  rally  form  as  round 

bodies  within  the  cell,  and  are  usually  accom- 
panied bj  the  "sheath-wall"  formation.  Fig,  11, 
I  .  ■       1  ivs     the     formation     for     the 

species.     Hansen  investigated  the  ii  of  dif- 

ferent temperatures  upon  the  rate  of  formation  of 
ores,  in  or, In-  to  del  1  nine  whether  the  dif- 
ished  from  each  other 
in  this  way.     For  this  purpose  it  was  necessary  to 
■.',  — 

1.  The  limits  of  temperature—  i.e.,  the  highest  and 
lowest  temperatures  at  which  sp  i'  -  wi  re  formed. 

■2.  The  most  favourable  temperature  at  which  the 
spores  were  formed. 

3.  The  ratio  of  the  intermediate  temperatures. 

Ti     1  obtained  (which  are  given  in  Table  I.) 

showed  thai  the  formation  of  spores  proceeded  very 
slowly  at  ordinary  temperatures,  but  more  rapidly  as 
the  temperature  rose,  until  it  reached  a  certain  point. 
When  this  point  was  pa    ed  then  the  formation 

ed,  until  it  at  la  I  cea  ed  entirely.   Theloweet 
temper  ad  for  the  si  s   species  was        3C  C.  ; 

the  highest  37'5°  C.  The  highest  and  lowest  tem- 
peratures for  the  different  species  were  also  difl 
and  also  the  limits  of  temperature  within  which  the 
ascospore  formation  takes  place  in  the  different 
species.  We  see  from  the  table  that  the  differences 
at  the  high  temperatures,  and  don  11  to  25'  C,  are 
almost  inappreciable  ;  but  when  we  lower  the  tempe- 
rature the  difference  s  become  more  marked.  For  in- 
stance, at  about  1 1  (_'.,  S.  a  n  v.  first  shows  ascospores 
at  the  end  of  ten  days,  whilst  N.  Past.  II.  shows  them 
at  the  end  of  seventy-seven  hours,  and  so  on  with  the 
other  species.  In  making  this  comparison,  it  is 
necessary  to  make  the  experiments  with  each  of  the 
six  species  under  exactly  the  same  conditions,  since 
the  a  e  pf  old  or  young  cells,  composition  of  the 
nutritivi    medium,  etc.,  exi  marked  influence 

on  the  temperature  and  rate  of  formation  of  the 
ascospores. 

I  [i.ii  iIm  se  results  Holm  and  Poulsent  have  based 
a  method  for  the  practical  analysis  of  brewing  yeast. 
Hansen  found  that  the  ordinary  bottom-fermentation 
yeast  onlj  formed  spores  at  25  C.  after  some  1 
whilst,  as  we  have  seen,  the  "wild"  forms,  as  exem- 
plified by  the  -'  we  are  considering,  form 
&  cospores  at  this  1  ire  in  a  few  hours. 
Working  with  pure  cult:  ach  species, 
I  loliu  and  Poujsen  found  that  they  wire  al 
0-5  per  cent,  ol  S.  Past.  Land  111.,  or  S.  ellip.  II., 
in  a  mixed  yeasl  ;  and.  as  Hansen  has  shown,  that 
when  these  "wild"  yeast   forms,  which  are  the  cause 

of  the  diseases  in  bottom-fermentation  beer,  are  pre- 
sent in  a  barm  to  the  extent  of  not  more  than  2*5  pei 
cent,  of  the  total  yeast,  they  do  not  develop  their 

:    it  will  be  seen    that,    for 

bottom-yeast  at  '■  ition  forms 

a  valuable  means  of  determining  the  purity  of  a 
barm. 

The  next  and  most  recent  of  Hansen's  observations 
are  those  on  the  "film'  formation.*  The  formation 
of  films  on  thcsiirtace  of  the  culture-liquid  is  pecu- 
liar to  most  inicr  ids  when  the  greater  1 

ood  d  in  tin   liquid  is  consumed. 

As  the  result  of  a  series  of  exhaustive  experiments 
with  the  six  fori  going  species,  Hansen  has  estal 
differences  in  their  film  formations,  both  as  1 


t  Meddelelser  tra  Carlsberg  Laboratories  1886.        :  Ibid.  1886. 


S1887.) 


THE  JOURNAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  01  CHEMICAL  ^ggSTBY. 


llfl 


the  limits  of  temperature  within  which  il 
for  a  growth  to  take  place,  and  also  in  theapp 
cells  of  the  film  ;  whilst, 
•Is  of  old  films  show  a  remarkable  chi 
form,  large  mycelium-like  celfe  in  rammed  colonies 
being  forme.l.  yet  the  cells    t&  •  '  ■  &■  '  "«:  "•> 

..  ii.  in a  Lte  shown, 

likecolonies.  N. /w.l.uml  1 1  L        3        .L.however, 


(13—15  C  i  Bhow  very  marked  differences,  and  allow 

the  ,  .  to  be  easily  disti 

/w    11    and   S.    Past.  HI.  which   are  both  top 

fentation  I  M"\TJl 

similar  under  ordinary  conditions,  show  a  marked 
difference  at  this  temperature.      Fig.    12    IP-    '-' 
shows  the  various  forms  oi  the  cells  of  the  lih, 
;x  species  at  13—15  <  . 


TABLE    1. 

AS(                    FORMATION. 

- 

TBMFKBA- 

TORE. 

V.    I. 

(Hani 

S.  1 

M 

•.  III. 

;..  I.                   B.eH 

H 

37' 

none 

- 

- 

- 

— 

36-37 

29  hours 

— 

none 

35 

25      .. 

_ 

none                      31  hours 

33-5 

23      .. 

_ 

36  hours 

23      „     . 

315 

— 

none                           — 

30 

20      .. 

30  hours                        — 
97                                   none 

none 

- 

_ 

29 



-i      ». 

27'5 

_ 

21      .. 

31  hours 

35  hours 

30      .. 

- 

26'5 

— 

•ii                                   -'7 

- 

23      .. 

- 

25      „ 

28 

°7 

2C      .. 

29     .. 

— 

IS 

50      „ 

35      .. 

36      .. 

a     ., 

33      ..                         ®      •• 

53      .. 

- 

165 

65      ,. 

15 

- 

JO      ,. 

1-      .. 

_ 

13       ..                                   — 
_                        55  days 

U-12 

10  davs 

—                              II.. 

10 

— 

81     .. 

7  days 

4"5  days 

9 

$•5 

none 

5  days                          — 

9     .. 

. 

7      ..                          " daTS 

- 

11 

3-1 



It      ..                         1"      •• 

none 

none 

none 

05 

none                         none 

TAULE    II. 
FILM        FORMATION. 


.how  then,  very  early.    Table  II.  ■          the  temp,,,,  The.are >**£*&*£$:  E&SFS 

tares  and  the   length  o                       ,uy    !or    tl ,  y  0f  pure  cultivation  yeasts.    It  is  an  open 

formation  of  the  films  oi  each  ol  the  m  species     At  -        \     <-         ^^         ^  «  be  .con- 

the  high  temperaturea.there  is  very  httled^erencein  q u,  u  on  *££,»    distinct  >liecio     since  it  is  at 

£Jffi$3£S£X£&£  SSiSJ  P=  a  mo't  point  where  the  bounds  can  be  drawn 


120 


Till-:  .!,u  i;x  \l.  OF  Till:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDtJSTRY.      [ivi,. 2s. iss7. 


varieties  in  the  Saccharon 
On  tbis  account   Hansen  has  preferred  to  give  his 

distinguishing  numerals 
re-naming  them,  leaving  this   latter   until   m 
known  on  the  subj 

Jorgensen  has  recently  published  a  book  on  "Die 
Micro-organismen  der  Garungsindustrie,"  in  which  he 
attempt  tion  of  the  Saccharomyc         I 

this  he  sums  up  Hansen's  six  species  as  follows  : 

haromyces    Cerevis^b   I.  -A  top-fermentation 
cellent  results  in  practice;  used  in  the 


HAROMYCES  Pastoriani  S II. — Causes  no  disease 
in  beer;  develops  a&  I  temperatures  between  3° 

and  28°  C  ;  Sim  formation  at  L3  -15°  C. —oval  and  round 
predomina 

Saccharomyces  Pastorianus  [II.    Cause  of  yeast 
turbidity  in  beerj  develops  ascospores  at  temperatures 
between  8f  and  28°  C. ;   film  formation  at  13— 15°  C— 
strongly-developed  colonies  of  sausage  or  thread-shaped, 
mycelium  like  cells  (Fig.  12,  rf). 

Saccharomyces  Ellipsoideus  I.— Yeast  of  grapes : 
develops  ascospores  at  temperatures  between  7'5C  and 
31"5   C.j  lilni  formation  at  l.'i  -15    ('.  -greatly  ramified 


FlO.    11.     -ASCOSPORE    FORMATIOK   (after   HANSEN)  >  1000. 
1.  8.  eerev.  I.      -'.  8.  Ptut  I.     ;;.  8.  Post.  II.      1.  8.  Post.  III.      5.  &  cllip.  I. 


W?^f£> 


ti.   S.  ellip.  II. 


breweries  ol  London  and  Edinburgh  in  an  impi 
develops  ascospores  at  temperatures  between  II     37°  C.  j 
film  formation  at  13   -15  C      the  predominant  number  of  I 
the  cells  resemble  the  original  yeast  i  Fig.  1 2 

Saccharomyces  Pastorianus  I.  Gives  a  bitter 
flavour  to  beer  ;  develops  ascospores  at  temperatures 
between  3  and  30 '5  C.  :  film  formation  at  13  15  I 
fairly  numerous,  Btrongly  -  developed  mycelium  •  like 
colonies  of  verv  elongated  sausage-shaped  cells  (Fie. 
12  b).  °    \ 


and  strongly-developed  colonies  of  short  and  long  cells  ; 
ramifications  often  forked  (Fig.   12,  ('). 

haromyces  Ellipsoideus  II.— Cause  of  yeast- 
turbidity  in  beei  ;  develops  ascospores  at  temperatures 
between  8  and  34  C.  ;  film  formation  at  13— 15° C— re- 
sembles the  ordinary  form  in  a  marked  degree  (Fig.  12, /). 

In  addition  to  these,  various  other  yeast  tonus  have 
scribed  by  various  observers  -viz.,  X  •  riguiu 
i,  .b'.  minor  (Engel),  .!>'.  conglomerate  (B 


Feb.  28. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1-21 


and  so  on,  but  they!  t  been  put  to  the  test 
of  pure  cultivation. 

There   is    anothei  m,  to  which   I  have 

alluded  —  viz.,  which 

reat  interest  i>n  account  of  its  being  the 


^ 


126. 


other  yeast.     It   forms  typical  cit 
(shown  in  Fig.  13),  which  do  not  yield  ■ 

:ent  is 
found  upon  all  ripe  succulent  fruit,  in  the  yi 


Q 

Fig.  12c. 


Fig.  12rf. 


rPo 


only  alcoholic  ferment  whose  cycle  in  nature  h 

y  determined,  and  since  it  formed,  as  already 
stated,  the  si  loint  in  Hansen's  reseat 

the  yeasts.     It  lends  itsell  especially  to  this  p 

since  it  has  a  peculiar  shape  which  is  possessed  by  uo 


Fig.  \2f. 

wine,  and  also  in  the  spontaneously  fermented  Belgian 

beer.      S.  -    is    a    bottom-ferment   which 

ible  of  setting  up  alcoholic  fermentation  in 

beer.      The   fermentation   is,   however,   alight,  only 
1  per  cent  alcohol  being  formed  instead  of  0  percent. 


12! 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      M 


formed  bj   5  sa  under  similar  conditions.    The 

explanation  oi   this  is.  that   it  does    not    ferment 
maltose,  and  does   not   secrete  any   invertase.     In 
brose  solutions  it  sets  up  a    vigorous   alcoholic 
fermentation.      Mil  i  examinations  of  i 

succulent  fruit  in  summer  show  that  this  ferment  is 
present  in  considerable  quantity  in  a  health] 


S.  apiculatus  compared  with   S.  cerev. 
(after  Hansonl  x  930. 

condition  ;  on  the  unripe  fruit,  leaves,  etc,  it  is  not 
found,  and  no  trace  of  the  ferment  can  be  found  upon 
the  plants  in  the  winter.  Hansen  has.  however,  shown 
that  the  ferment  hibernates  in  the  earth  under  the 
trees,  and  in  early  summer  is  carried  again  into  the 
air  and  on  to  the  ripe  fruit  by  the  action  of  the  wind 
and  insects. 

Now.  what  have  been  the  practical  results  of  this 
work  of  Hansen  ?  I  have  already  mentioned  that 
pure  cultivation  yeast  is  in  use  at  the  Carlsberg 
breweries.  In  1883  Hansen,  having  had  occasion  to 
study  the  causes  of  some  cases  of  yeast-turbidity, 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  only  real  remedy  f<  i 
diseases  of  beer  caused  by  "  wild"  yeast  was  to  work 
in  all  cases  with  yeast  which  could  be  guaranteed  free 
from  these  wild  forms.  This  can  only  be  done  by 
Hansen's  method  of  pure  cultivation  or  some  modifi- 
cation of  this  method. 

Hansen*  succeeded  in  isolating  from  the  beer  which 
was  submitted  to  him, by  the  method  I  have  described, 
three    varieties   of  yeast — Sacch  (ordinary 

bottom-yeast,  which  constituted  the  greater  portion), 
'i.  Pastorianus  III.  (a  form  of  bottom-yeast),  and 
Sacch.    ellipsoidens   II.   (a    form   of    top-yeast). 
Experiments  carried  out  with  the  pure  yeasts  showed 
that  fermentations   with  the  .s'.  »ave  a  beer 

which  was  quite  free  from  any  form  of  disease,  but 
that  when  either  one  or  both  of  the  other  forms  were 
also  used  in  the  proper  proportions,  the  disease  was 
set  up.  Further  experiments  showed  that  the  yeast- 
turbidity  was  not  caused  if  the  two  "  wild  "  yeasts 
were  not  added  until  the  end  of  the  primary  fermenta- 
tion, and  also  that  the  disease  did  not  show  itself  if 
S.  Past,  III,  or  S.  tllip.  II.,  formed  2"5  percent,  only 
of  the  yeast  used  for  pitching,  and  when  the  fermenta- 
tion was  carried  on  in  the  fermenting  cellar  until  the 
beer  showed  an  attenuation  ol  6'T  Hailing,  and  when 
the  resulting  beer  was  stored  for  at  least  three 
months.  If.  however,  the  attenuation  was  not  run 
down  so  low  as  this,  and  tie  ol  continued  so 

long,  tli •  showed  itself  with  the  above 

portion  of  "  wild  "yi 

The  result  of  these  experiments  was  that  Hansen 
cultivated  two  varieties  of  bottom  S.  a  n  v.,  for  use  in 
the  Old  Carlsberg  Brewery,  which  are  known  asNos.  ] 
and  2.  These  yeasts,  which,  under  t! 
appear  to  the  uninitiated  to  be  identical,  give  very 
different  results  in  practice. 

No.    1    gives  a   beer  Well  adapted  for  bottling,  and 

containing   less  COa  than   No.  2.     The  beer 

Id   remain   bright    in  bottle  for  at   least 

three  weeks  ;  it  has  also  a  lower  attenuation 

•  Zeituchrift  f.  das  gesaujuitc  Brauwcscu,  1883.  177. 


than  No.  2.     This  yeast  is  chiefly   employed 
for  home  us  •. 
No.  2  Rives  a  good  draught  beer,  containing  more 
(  i  K  than  No.  1  :  it  is  not  adapted  for  bottling, 
and  is  much  preferred   by   German    brewers 
to  No.  1.  and  is,  therefore,  chiefly  cultivated 
for  export. 
Now,  a  word  as  to  the  cultivation  of  pure  yeast 
upon  a  sufficient  scale  to  barm  brewery  vessels.    I 
have  shown  you  that  it  is  comparatively  easy  with 
experience  and  a  rigid  adherence  to  the  small  precau- 
tionary details,  to  obtain  a  small  quantity  of  pure 
'.  but  then  the  question  arises — How  are  we  to 
carry  on  the  cultivation  under  conditions  of  purity 
until  we  have  sufficient  pure  yeast  for  our  fermenting- 
squarel    Well,  at  Carlsberg  it  is  done  by  transferring 
the  yeast  from  a  small  flask  to  a  number  of  larger 
flasks,  and  when  the  growth  of  yeast  is  over,  dividing 
the  yeast  in  these  between  a  still  greater  number  of 
larger  flasks,  taking  care,  of  course,  to  use  all  due 
precaution.,  as  many  as  DO  1  Mitre  Pasteur's  flasks  being 
used  for  the  last  laboratory  cultivation.      This,  how- 
ever, only  gives  about  2  pounds  of  fairly  thick  yeast. 
It  is  then  necessary  to  work  with  still  larger  vessels; 
this  is  done   in  the  brewery,  and  as,  fortunately  for 
the  Danish  brewers,  they  are  not  hampered  by  any 
excise  regulations  in  the  breweries,  they  are  able  to 
arrange  small  fermenting  rounds  in  such  a  way  that 
they  can   collect   in  them  sterilised  wort,  and  after 
adding  the  yeast,   lock    the    vessels   up    and   adopt 
means  to  prevent  air  contamination. 

The  employment  of  these  pure  yeasts  is  coming 
very  largely  into  use  in  the  beer  drinking  countries 
of  the  Continent,  and  some  of  the  most  noted  brew- 
ing technologists  have  given  it  their  support,  notably 
Jacobsen,  Aubry,  Marz,  Lintner,  etc.  The  latter 
sums  up  the  question  in  the  following  statements  : — 

1,  By     contamination     with     so-called    "wild" 

yeasts,  an  otherwise  normal  brewery  yeast 
can  be  rendered  incapable  of  producing  a 
beer  of  good  flavour  and  with  good  keeping 
properties. 

2.  A   contamination  with  "  wild  '  yeasts   may  be 

produced  by  the  dust  of  the  air  during  sum- 
mer and  autumn,  by  the  malt,  or  other  sources. 
?,.  By  employing  Hansen's  method  of  pure  cul- 
tivation and  analysis,  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
from  a  contaminated  yeast  a  good  brewery 
yeast  in  a  state  of  purity. 
4.  Yeast  cultivated  in  a  state  of  purity  pos 

in    a    marked    degree    the    properties  of  the 

original  yeast  before  contamination,  as  far  as 

concerns     the    degree     of     attenuation,    the 

flavour,  and  keeping  properties  of  the  beer. 

.").  There  exist  different  varieties  of  normal  bottom 

yeasts  fS.   ceremsat),  each  with  special  pro- 

,  perties,  which  like  the  peculiarities  of  species 

are  maintained  constant. 

It  must,  however,  be  added  that  the  method  is  not 

without  its  opponents,  DelbrUck   and  Hayduck,  of 

Berlin,  being  the  chief.     These  consider  that  yeast 

can  be  purified  by  cultivation  in  a  saccharine  solution 

of  hops,  and  that  all  botti  m  yeast  fS.  cerev.J  belongs 

to   one  species,  the  differences  in  behaviour   which 

are  noticed  being  merely  transitory. 

So  far,  all  that  has  been  done  with  pure  yeast 
relates  entirely  to  bottom  yeast,  with  the  exception 
of  a  few  top-fermentation  brew(  1 1  lontinent, 

particularly  in  Denmark,  for  which  Jorgensen  has 
cultivate!  a  pure  top  yeast.  Nothing  has  yet  been 
done  in  England  in  this  direction,  although  experi- 
ments upon  an  industrial  scale  are  now  being  carried 
:  Burton-on- Trent  with  different  species  of  pure 
We,  however,  in  England  labour  under  a 
variety  of  difficulties  from  which    the    Continental 


Peb.28.W87J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


12.3 


brewers  are  exempt.  such  a^  temperature  of  Fei 

onditione  -  and  ol  consumption  of  the 

beer. 

Sufficient  has,  li  i  ■  w  <\ « i,  aln  nly  I"  <  n  done  to  prove 
tliat  in  ordinary  brewerj  yeasi  we  also  )'•  i-s^ss  a 
mixture  from  which,  by  Hansen's  method,  aeveral 
varieties  of  .S.  eerev.  can  be  separated,  which  cannot 
microscopically  lie  distinguished  from  each  other, but 
which,  when  used  upon  a  practical  scale,  give  en- 
tirely different  results,  both  as  to  flavour,  brightening, 
attenuation,  and  mode  of  separation  of  the  yeast. 
Experiments  have  also  shown  that  these  characteris- 
tics can  be  maintained  unimpaired  throughout  a  very 
ii  many  successive  ferment  ttions  in  the  brewery. 

With  regard  to  the  scientific  aspect  of  the  question, 

the  pure  cultivati I  yeast  opens  upanimmi 

field  'if  wmk.  Attention  has  already  been  drawn  by 
Mr.  Horace  Brown  and  myself  to  the  different  be- 
haviour of  what  are  usually  railed  "secondary" 
forms,  to  the  various  constituents  of  malt-wort ;  this 
is  a  question  which  can  only  be  studied  by  means  of 
pure  cultivations  of  the  various  yeast  forms,  and  1 
trust  that  before  long  we  shall  have  something  more 
tn  say  mi  this  subject.  Then  there  is  the  question  of  the 
products  of  alcoholic  fermentation  :  all  theworkwhich 
lias  been  dune  on  this  subject  by  Pasteur  and  others 
requires  to  be  repeated  with  pure  yeast,  for  we  cannot 
too  strongly  insist  uponthefact  that, although  Pasteur's 
celebrated  work  paved  the  way  for  all  that  has  beeu 
since  done,  and  his  methods  of  working  for  the  pre- 
vention of  outside  contamination  are  still  used,  yet 
he  had  not  the  initial  purity  of  his  yeasts  which  we 
niiw  get.  Any  general  condemnation  of  the  value 
of  Pasteur's  work,  such  as  has  been  recently  passed 
upon  it  by  certain  German  investigators,  cannot  be 
too  strongly  protested  against,  since  his  almost  un- 
rivalled accuracy  of  experiment  and  scientific  method 
of  work  funned  the  basis  mi  which  all  subsequent 
experiments  have  been  based. 

.\^  instances  of  the  value  of  investigations  with  pure 
yeast.  I  may  quote  the  follow  ing  recent  researches  : — 

Borgmann*  has  lately  shown  how  largely  the  use 
of  pure  yeast  modifies  the  products  of  fermentation 
in  one  important  particular.  He  has  mule  analyses 
of  a  large  number  of  ordinary  lager  beers,  and  tin. Is 
that  the  proportion  of  alcohol  to  glycerin  in  these 
varies  between  a  maximum  of  100:5"497,  and  a 
minimum  of  10u:4'l40 ;  whilst  analyses  of  pure 
Carlsberg  beer,  fermented  with  Xos.  1  and  i!  yeasts, 
gave  the  proportion  100: 2i;:i  for  the  former,  and 
L00:3'24  for  the  latter. 

Ordonneau t  his  shown  also  that  a  potato-spirit 
mash,  w  hen  fermented  « ith  beer  yeast,  gives  amongst 
the  products  isobutyl  alcohol,  whilst  when  fer- 
mented with  S.  i  llii'.,  the  natural  ferment  of  wine 
and  eau-de-vin,  normal  butyl  alcohol  is  formed,  and 
that  the  unpleasant  flavour  of  artificial  spirit  is  due 
to  the  former  alcohol,  fermentations  of  S.  ellip.  giving 
spirit  with  the  pleasant  aroma  and  flavour  of  natural 
cognac. 


<&laspto  ano  ^cotrisb  Section. 

Chairman:  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson. 

Vice-chairman :  Prof.  Mills. 

lion.  Vice-chairman  :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 

Committee: 


J.  Ii.  Adam. 
.i.  Addie. 

Prof.  Crnm-Brown. 
J.  V.  Buchanan. 
J.  Christ  Us. 
W.  .1.  Chrystal. 
W.  S.  Corphe] . 
Prof,  t ertfuson. 


.1.  Fyfe. 

It.  In 

T.  P.  Miller. 

J.  M.  .Milne. 

.1.  Puttison. 

P.  Pnllar. 

It.    P.  Tatlock. 

A.  Whitelaw. 


'  Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.,  25.  532  ;  this  Journal,  1887,  17. 
t  Coiupt.  Keudu.,  1886,  :17. 


linn.  Freasurer: 

J.  J.  Coleman,  Ardarroch,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow. 

Local  Si  crttary: 

U.  O.  Henderson,  Chemical   Laboratory, 
i  Diversity  of  Glasgow. 

Notices  of  papers  and  com  m  animations  for  the  meetings  to  lie 
sent  to  the  Local  Beoretan  . 

The  Fourth  Meeting  of  the  Fourth  Session  of  this 
Section  was  l<  Id  in  tin  Rooms  oj  the  Chemical 
Laboratories  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  on 
Tuesday,  Ft  fa  uary  1,  1887. 

PBOFBSSOB    CKDM    BEOWN,   M.D.,   D.8C,    F.B.S.,   IN 
Tilt:   CHAIR. 


CHAIRMAN'S  OPENING  REMARKS. 

Peofessob  Cbtjm  Bbown  said  he  had  much 
pleasure,  on  behalf  of  tic  <  Ihemists  of   Edinburgh,  in 

welcoming  the  Section  there.  He  was  sure  that 
many  of  them  knew  the  fact — and  he  thought  it  right 
to  say  it  now— that  they  owed  this  meeting  greatly 
to  Mr.  Irvine,  whose  zeal  for  the  progress  of  the 
Society— not  only  in  this  part  of  Scotland,  but  for 
the  Society  generally-  had  induced  him  to  move  in 
this  direction.  When  the  proposition  was  at  first 
mooted,  a  feeling  seemed  to  exist  that  attempts  of 
this  kind  were  hazardous,  but  now  that  it  had  taken 
place  he  thought  it  would  be  admitted  by  all  that  the 
step  was  a  right  one.  He  hoped  that  the  Society- 
would  find  that  they  were  able  to  have  a  good  meet- 
ing in  Edinburgh,  and  that  by  and-bye  tiny  might 
see  their  way  to  have  more  regular  and  stated  meet- 
ings in  that  city,  ti.  well  as  perhaps  in  other  parts  of 
Scotland. 

OX  PARAFFIN  SCALE  TESTING. 

BY    P.    A.    srTHEP.LAND,    P.C.8. 

The  estimation  of  the  percentage  of  impurities  in 
paraffin  scale  of  commerce  is  one  of  great  monetary 
importance,  and  being  to  a  certain  extent  merely  an 
arbitrary  or  comparative  test,  is  the  cause  of  frequent 
disputes'.  At  all  times  should  the  particular  test  be 
one  agreed  to  by  the  parties  concerned,  and  specified 
in  the  contract. 

Somewhat  recently  I  have  had  occasion  to  test  a 
large  number  of  samples.  Despite  every  care  in 
testing,  in  a  room  where  the  temperature  can  be 
maintained  for  a  considerable  time  at  60'  1'.,  my 
results  seldom  agreed  with  those  of  the  buyer— a 
contingency,  however,  not  always  inseparable  from  a 
falling  market.  That  my  results  were  accurate  accord- 
ing to  the  method  I  used,  was  proved  on  repeated 
arbitration  by  the  public  analyst,  whose  method  it 
was.  But  "the  buyers  were  still  unsatisfied,  and 
adhered  to  their  own  results. 

Thedifferences  were  not  of  0'02  or  0'04  per  cent. .which 
would  be  of  serious  importance  in  the  assay  of  pig 
iron  for  sulphur  or  phosphorus :  but  differences 
i aiming  from  one  to  three  per  cent.,  which,  on  a 
valuable  product  like  scale  at  . £25  to  *30  per  ton,  is 
of  no  little  importance. 

Acting  on  advice.  I  inquired  into  the  methods  of 
testing.  No  two  appeared  to  me  to  use  exactly  the 
same  test,  but  1  proceeded  to  try  them  seriatim  to 
ascertain  the  difference  by  the  same  operator. 
While  doing  this,  it  occurred  to  me,  that  as  they  are 
not  all  mentioned  in  any  publication,  it  might  be 
better  if  they  saw  the  light,  and  that  a  timely  dis- 
cussion on  their  merits  might-result  in  the  survival 


121 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY.      [Feb. 28, 1887. 


of  tin'  fittest,  or  il volution  oi  a  better.    To  make 

the   point    int.  resting   to  tbo  i  not    be 

familiar  with   the   Bubji    :,    I    would  brierlj 
that  the  scale  (hard  scale)  referred  to,  is  obtained  by 
cooling  the  heavy  oils  from  petroleum  or  shale  oil, 
filtration   to  the  oil,  and   subsequent    hj 

draulic  pressure. 

I  have  "ii  the  table  a  sample  of  paraffin  scale  as  it 
comi  a  from  the  press. 

Scale  is  of  value  to  the  refiner  and  candlemaker, 
only  for  the  wax  it  contains  oi  a  melting  p  lint  higher 
than  that  of  the  ordinary  temperatui      i  [uently 

lie  makes  a  claim  upon  each  delivery  for  water  and 
dirt  containe  I,  and  foi  what  he  terms  oil,  which,  how- 
ever, consists  mostly  of  soft  paraffin  held  in  solution. 

The  claim  is  generally  allowed   up  to  6   per  cent., 

being   less   in  summer,   or   when   weather  is  warm  ; 

and  greater  in  winter  time  and  cold  weather,  when 

cooling  power  is  greater,  and  a  corresponding 

increase  oi  -"it  i  araffin  is  extracted. 

The  oil  (so  called)  is  universally  es  tractcd  by  pres- 
sure, at  t;n   F.,  in  a  press  provided  with  a  p] 
and  cup,  ."on.  d  iameter, 

The  powdered  scale  is  placed  between  twocirclesof 
cloth,  so  many  circles  oi  filtering  or  blotting  paper 
placed  on  each  side,  and  the  pressun 

Here,  however,  the  analogy  terminates,  fordifferent 
weights  of  substance  are  usi  d,  and  different  amounts 
and  duration  of  pressure  applied ;  in  the  ease  of  the 
plunger  and  cup  on  the  table  by  means  of  a  screw 
with  a  cross-head  lever,  Four  fei  t  long,  in  othi 
by  a  spiral  spring  or  by  a  long  lever  with  a  weight  on 
the  end.      Of  the   melting  point   [  do  not  propose  to 

speak,  though  the  results  vary  also  ai hng  to  the 

method  used.  Mr.  A.  II.  Allen  has  in  his  very 
valuable  book,  given  a  description  a-  complete  as 
1'"-  ible  of  the  various  methods, 

Sampling.— 1  would  like  to  say  in  passing  that  this, 
as  inail  tests,  is  most  important.  Scale  is  usually  con- 
veyed in  tierces  such  as  are.  used  for  sugar,  ami 
samples  drawn  two  weeks  or  so  after  casks  have  been 
exposed  to  wet  weather  show  at  least  a  gain  of  one 
per  cent  of  water. 

Mr.  Boverton  Redwood  has  given  the  most  valu- 
able eoininunicatii.il  ..n  the  subject  in  his  paper,  read 
this  Society,  "<  >n  the  Determination  of  Oif  in 
Scale, "+  and  I  cannot  do  more  than  refer  to  his  con- 
clusive experiments  given  there,  which  prove  that  the 
amount  ol  pressure  is  not  of  so  much  importance  as  the 
length  of  time  it  is  applied,  and  that  the  temperature 
of  the  press  and  sample  must  be  exactly  60  F. 

lie  again  refers  to  this  point  in  his  very  compre- 
hensive  Cantor  Lectures  (1886)  on  "  Petroleum  and 

it-  Products,"  and  gives   Some    further   experimental 

results. 

Mr.  A.  H.  Allen's  work,  already  referred  to,  quotes 
Mr.  Redwood,  and  gives  two  methods  for  water  es- 
timation. 

The  following  processes  are  in  use  at  present : — 

Methods  by  Direct  Pressing  of  Scale. 

I.—  («)  !•;_'  d  (pressure  of  two  men, 

.me  at  each  end  of  lever),  at   temperature  oi  60   Pah., 
witli  five  circles  each  side  for  two  minutes  ;  removed,  re- 
placed with  two  circli    each  aid  forten  minutes. 
-..il  and  portion  of  water  [a). 

(6)  The  pressed  cake  is  dissolved  in  gasolene  in 
beaker,   settled,  decanted,   washed  with  gasolene,   the 
gasolene  is  almost  entirely  decanted  after  the  last  wash- 
ing, and  the  remainder  is  evaporated  at   th dinary 

temperature  till  the  weight  remains  constant.     Weight 

= water  and  dirt  in  pre I  cake.     Dried  in 

re-weighed.     Loss— water,  weight    dirt. 


Allen'-  "  Com!.  Organic  Analysis."  vol 
t  This  Journal,  1884.  p.  130  cl  teq. 


'  Water  and  dirt  in  similar  manner  in  lOgrms.  of 
original  sample.  Results  expressed  in  percentage  and 
calculated  i  i 

H.—  Oil      (i  i32grms  (oOOgrs    | Bed  at  60  Fah.  (nine 

tuns  pressure)  between  Bumcioncy  of  circles  for  live 
minutes.     Loss    oil.  | 

[b)  Water.  25grms.§  maintain. -.1  at  230°  Fah.  ami 
stirred  with  a  thermometer  till  weight  constant,  or  done 
similar  to  1 1 1. 

(c)  liirt.  Scale  dissolved  in  petroleum  spirit,  littered 
through  tare.!  [ilter,  washed  well  with  spirit 

Methods  where  Water  is  first  Separated. 

111.  -Scale  i-  melted  in  a  1000  grain  graduated 
cylinder,  and  allowed  t..  settle  in  warm  water,  scale  de- 
canted, residue  shaken    up  with   .-hale  naphtha,  settled, 

and  percentage  of  water  read  "if  at  60   F. 

IV.—  lOOOgrs.  (64grms.)  taken,  melted  and  settled  in 
Leaker  Bask,  decanted,  residue  washed  with  shale 
naphtha,  and  finally  treated  with  gasolene  as  in  1.(4). 
'1'h is  met h. >a  is  used  i"  check  I.  and  111. 

IV. — 1  or  21b.  are  heated  iii  a  copper  still,  vapours  led 
tin.. null  condenser,  water  collected  in  graduated  cylinder. 
I  i"  i  as  in  II.  (ci. 

In  III.  and  I  V.,  oil  i-  determined  in  scale  poured 
off,  ami  in  V.  in  scale  left  in  the  still. 

A  sufficiency  i-  poured  into  a  tin  dish,  cooled 
directly  by  some  operal    i  others  .slowly  in  a 

water  i> ith  overnight. 

32grms.  (500grs.)  are  i  iken  and  pressed  as  in  II. 

The  latter  methods  are  most  frequently  used,  hut 
the  time  of  pressing  is  by  no  means  the  .same,  varying 
from  5  t"  1'"  minutes. 

It  is  claimed  for  them  that  some  scales  are 
"doughy  ami  will  not  bleed  out  the  oil  they  contain, 
unless  re  melted  and  allowed  to  cool  slowly  to  ensure 
perfect  crystallisation. 

Differences  of  no  less  tban  \  per  cent,  in  oil  alone 
1  ict  ween  a  sample  done  this  wa3  and  one  donebj  direct 
pressure  have  been  quoted  t..  me,  though  personally 
I  have  imt  had  opportunity  to  prove  this  highly 
probable  theory.  In  all  cases  I  found  little  or  no 
difference. 

Method  III.  is  very  open  to  criticism:  it  is  im- 
possible to  read  in  so  wide  a  tube  as  is  generally 
used  nearer  than  0'5  percent.  Moreover,  it  is  held  by 
Dr.  Wallace,  city  analyst,  ( Hasgow,  that  the  insoluble 
may  be  bulky,  and  >..  be  a  source  of  error.  He  says, 
in  a  Later  received  by  me  this  morning,  "  We  have 
found  the  method  of  testing  water  by  melting  and 
settling  very  unreliable,  when  the  percentage  of  water 
is  small,  and  the  insoluble  bulky."  Dr.  Wallace 
had  only  received  the  al  ..-tract  of  my  paper  yesterday, 
and  consequently  had  not  time  to  say  more. 

Some  experiments  done  with  the  same  sample  of 
-cale  by  the  different  methods  for  water  and  dirt, 
showed  rather  lower  results  by  method  1.  than  by  the 
others,  due,  no  doubt,  to  partial  evaporation  in  .so 
small  a  quantity, >a  loss  of  0'09grm.  being  equal  to  0  t» 
per  cent.,  while  IV.  and  V.  compared  favourably  with 
the  tube  method  (in  a  narrow  tube); the  percentage  of 
dirt  in  :!<i  samples  onlj  averaging 0"15  per  cent. 

The  experiments  done  for  per  cent,  of  oil  by  the 

methods  varied,  ac< ling  t"  time  of  pressing,  etc. 

SOOOgis.   also  of  a  sample   wera  melted,  allowed  to 
settle,  and  clear  scale  poured  off  to  cool.    The  s. 
was  used  at  leisure  m<  i  i  various  experiments. 

Portions  of  the   sample    were    pressed  for  various 
length.-  "i  time  :  the  results  were  constant  when  the 
conditions  were  the  same,  three  tests,  at  "minutes 
■c.  ti..t  differing  by  more  than  0  g  per 

I  for  te-t  gave  results 

which  were  analogous  to  those  oi  Mr.  I  ami 

bat  tic  time,  fivi  minuti s,  laid  down 


•  This  Journ.  1884,  p.  430.       Soc  Arts.  Cantor  Lectures,  p.  57. 

en.  1884.  \>.  131, 


Feb.t8.i887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


125 


by  liim,  after  careful  experiments  and  consideration, 
most  just  and 

sr    experiments    with    samples    maint 
previous  to    weighing,    at  .    and    7"-    F.. 

showed  similar  results,  showing  attention  must  also 
be  paid  to  the  tempi  rature  of  the  sample. 

Since  receipt  of  Mr.  Redwood's  letters,  I  have  added 
that  experiments  were  also  done  \i  ith  various  quali 
and  quantities  of  absorbent  paper;  grey  filter. 
botanical  bibulous,  and  white  bl> >t tintr  paper,  ail  of 
wbi  h  are  in  use.  The  results  showed  slight  but 
distinct  differences. 

Experiments  were  made  with  circles  of  coarse  and 
fine  linen  and  cotton  with  like  results. 

What  bas  to  be  a  ttled  then  is  Which  is  the  most 
accurate  method  of  estimating  the  water  and  dirtl 
For  the  oil — Temperature  of  press  and  sample, 
length  and  approximate  amount  of  pressure,  amount 
of  sample  to  be  used,  the  number  of  circli 
paper,  the  character  of  the  cloths  and  paper. 

Until  a  universal  method  be  adopted  this  test  must 
remain  unsatisfactory,  and  be  the  source  of  much 
friction  between  buyer  and  seller,  who  at  present 
talk  quite  freely  of  the  test  of  some  one  analyst  being 
always  -1  per  cent,  higher  than  that  of  another,  or 

It  is  my  object  merely  to  draw  attention  to  this 
anomaly,  and  to  the  necessity  for  union  and  com- 
promise on  this  point,  so  that  a  fixed  process  may  be 
laid  down  for  general  adoption,  which  I  trust  will  be 
done  by  those  more  qualitied  from  knowledge  and 
experience  than  inj  - 

At  the  same  time  1  may  be  permitted  to  mention 
the  process  I  have  adapted  from  the  foregoing  till 
the  uniform  test  be  agreed  on. 

Water  and  Dirt — binding  a  very  long  1000-grain 
tube  troublesome  to  fill,  I  have  had  a  tube  made  with 
a  two-fold  object — to  save  time  in  filling  and  melting, 
and  to  minimise  error  in  reading  of  menu 

A  tube  with  a  top  like  that  of  a  separator,  wide 
mouth  ^in.  diameter,  neck  lin.  long,  bulb  pear-shaped, 


10.  c  c 


■   100  Grs 


i  ID  CiJS 


terminating  in  small  tube  t'in.  diameter  and  5  to  Gin. 
long,  graduated  in  r\rCC.,  or  grains  1  to  100  ;  the 
whole  tube  holding  about  l&OOgrs.* 

64grms.  (lOOOgrs.)  is  weighed  out,  introduced  into 
tube  ;  tube  being  held  by  neck  with  burette  clamp  and 
immersed  in  water  at  150*  F.  till  scale  melts  and  dirt  is 
settled  (it  requires  a  little  tapping  i.  The  bottom  portion 
is  solidified  by  immersion  in  cold  water. and  as  much  i-.s 
le  of  scale  is  poured  off  to  cool;  the  residue 
shaken  up  with  .--hale  naphtha  and  allowed  to  settle, 
water  read  off  at  60c  F. 

Oil. — Scale  which  is  poured  off  into  a  \c-sel  immsrsed 
in  a  larger  basin  with  water  at  130'  F. is  allowed 

•  Messrs.  Baird  &  Tatlock,  100 Sauchieliall  Street.  Glasgow, 
will  supply  these  tub.-s. 


slowly;  maintained  at  t;o-  some  time  before  weigh- 
ing. 

five  minutes  at  60*  F. 
between  two  discs  ol  line  linen,  with  rive  circles  of 
filtering  paper  on  each  side. 
inclusion,  I  have  to  lender  my  thanks  to  those 
from  whom  I  obtained  note  of  various  processes. 
To  Dr.  Wallace  lor  liberty  to  mention  the  first  :  and 
last,  but  ii"t  least,  to  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood,  by 
whose  courtesy  and  letters  I  haw  I  een  much  en- 
conraged  in  the  hope  that  the  object  of  mypapermay 
be  achieved. 

As  the  opinions  and  suggestions  lin  Mr. 

I!e  (wood's  letters  are  of  importance,  1  Leg  permission 
to  read  them  in  full  :— 

85,  Gracechurch  Street, 
London,  I 

36th  January,  1887. 
D.  A.  Sunn  ri  M-.  Esq.. 

The  Burntisland  Oil  Co.,  Limi 
Burntisland 

DEAD  SIB, — 1   have  carefully  reail  the  notes  for  your 
proposed  paper,   and  am  of  opinion  lhat  the  information 
yon  are  in  a  position  to  convey  \i  ill  be  of  practical  value, 
it  only  as  showing  the  necessity  for  the  adoption  of  some 
rally  accepted  method  of  operati   \ 
(l.i  As    regards  the   /'  m   of   Water. — The 

paraffin  Bcale  submitted  to  me  is  principally  American. 
This  scale  usually  contains  less  than  1  percent,  water, 
ami  I  find  that  the  method  of  assay  which  gives  me  the 
results  is  to  melt  25grms.  in  a  tared  hemispherical 
-  dish,  am!  maintain  it  at  a  temperature  of  230'  1'., 
with  constant  stirring  (with  the  thermometer)  until  the 
weight  is  constant— the  cessation  of  the  crackling  sound 
is  a  guide.  When  the  quantity  of  water  is  considerable 
this  method  is  tedious,  ani  de  by  spurting  may 

jreat  care  is  exercised.  In  snch  cases! 
treat  the  scale  with  petroleum  spirit  and  determine  the 
water  by  measurement  (in  the  way  you  describe),  con- 
verting volume  into  weight  in  working  out  ihe  per- 
centage. It  is  important  that  the  petroleum' spirit  used 
should  previously  have  been  caused  to  t:ike  up  as  much 
water  as  it  will  at  the  temperature  of  the  experiment, 
otherwise  there  will  he  loss  of  water  by  solution  in  the 
spirit. 

2.  Determination  of  Dirt.— I  prefer  to  get  the  dirt  on 
a  tared  filter,  where  it  can  be  washed  with  petroleum 
spirit  (after  the  bulk  of  the  scale  has  been  removed  by 
solution  in  the  spirit). 

<  fccasionally,  however,  it  is  more  convenient  to  weigh 
the  dirt  in  a  tared  dish  or  beaker. 

:;  /'  '  rminationofOiU. — Thisstandsuponasomewhat 
different  footing,  for  it  is  necessarilyaptire/yartofroryte**, 
the  results  depending  entirely  upon  the  manner  in  which 
the  operation  of  testing  is  carried  out— there  Dei 
course,  no  natural  or  delined  line  of  demarcation  be- 
tween the  liquid  and  the  semi-solid  hydrocarbons 
present.  I  see  you  are  acquainted  with  my  method  as 
described  by  me  in  the  Journal  o/Soc  Chem.  Industry. 
I  do  not  know  whether  you  have  seen  the  further 
reference  I  made  in  my  Cantor  Lecture?.  I  therefore 
scud  you  a  copy  for  perusal,  in  which,  at  pp.  50  and  57, 
you  will  find  the  remarks  in  question.  These  are  chiefly 
"interesting  from  what  I  previously  stated  in  the  Journal", 
that  amount  of  pressure  is  of  small  importance  compared 
with  temperature. 

I  see  you  consider  that  the  number  of  discs  of  absor- 
bent paper  should  he  specilied,  hut  would  it  not  be 
equally  necessary  to  specify  the  character  (thickness, 
the  paper?  It  ismy  practice  to  employ  so  many 
that  the  outer  ones  are  scarcely  stained  with  oil, 
and  1  think  you  will  lin  1  the  results  strictly  comparative 
if  this  principle  is  carried  out. 

I  note  yon  have  experienced  difficulty  iu  maintaining 
a  temperature  of  60"  F.  in  pressing.  Sou  v. ill  God  it  a 
great  advi  ntage  to  adopt  mj  present  plan  of  having  the 
plunger  and  cup  of  massive  construction  and  detached 
from  the  bed-plate,  etc.,  so  that  they  can  l«  cooled  in 
water  at  60  .  They  are  provided  with  mercury  caps  and 
delicate  thermometer-. 


126 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TUP.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [**•« 


There  is  no  doubt  thai  scale  of  n  "doughy  "  character 
does  not  part  with  its  oil  with  facility,  but  the  process  of 
alow  cooling  is  now  bo  generally  adopted  in  refini 
that  it  is  comparatively  rare  to  bnd  scale  marketed  that 
i-  nut  fairly  crystalline.  1  have  had  t<>  write  this  letter 
hurriedly,  but  I  hope  I  have  dealt  with  tin' points 
on  which  you  wished  for  my  views.  I  trust  that  your 
laudable  efforts  to  place  the  subject  upon  a  more  satis- 
factory  footing  may  he  with  success.     Yours 

truly, '  \'.i'\  ERTON  REDW  OOD. 

b  January,  1887. 

Dear  Sib,— 1  am  iii  receipt  ■>:'  your  letter  of  yester- 
day's date,  ami  enclose  samples  of  the  cloth  and  paper 
I  use.  These  we  cut  with  a  steel  die  in  the  press,  sub- 
stituting the  die  ami  a  hard  wood  block  tor  the  press-cup 
plunger.  Thus  a  considerable  number  can  be  cut  of 
uniform  size  at  one  operation.  You  will  Bnd  this  method 
(perhaps  you  already  adopt  it]  a  great  convenience.  I 
do  not  think  1  have  ever  referred  to  it  in  print. 

1  forgot  to  eaj  that  the  edge  of  the  cup  in  which  the 
scale  is  pressed  is  separate  from  the  bottom,  so  that  it 
can  he  lifted  off.  The  "  cake  "  is  thus  readily  removed 
whole. 

You  aie  at  liberty  to  make  any  use  you  like  of  the 
very  hurried  remarks  contained  in  this  ami  my  previous 
letter.  — Yours  truly,  BOVEBTOH   REDWOOD. 

Addkndt  m. 
ding  the  foregoing  papei  I  have,  by  the 
kindness  of  Mr.  Beilby,  received  a  copy  ol  an  extract 
in  m  the  minutes  of  the  Scottish  Mineral  Oil  Associa- 
tion, dated  August  13,  1884. 

It  consists  of  the  report  of  an  influential  committee 
of  oilworks  managers  who  had  been  appointed  to  fully 
disi  iss  the  subject.     Alter  unanimously 
:i  mending  Mr.  McCutchon's  press,  tiny  gave  the 
following  recommendations : — 
"1.  That  the  quantity  to  be  t  grains. 

i'.  That  the  scale  be  freed  from  dirt  and  water  by 
melting  and  settling,  and  the  above-named  quantity 
_    i  grains)  of  the  unite. i  paraffin  weighed  and  run 
into  a  mould,  and  thereafter  cooled  in  water  to  60° 
Fahr. 

.1  That  the  paraffin  which  is  being  tested  remain 
under  pressure  for  a  period  of  fj  minutes. 

4.  That  linen  pressing  cloths  and  a  number  of  filter 
papers  sufficient  to  absorb  the  oil  (not  less  than  six) 

be  Used. 

5.  That  the  maximum  pressure  be  lOcwts.  per 
square  inch,  ami  the  working  pressure  9cwts.  per 
square  inch." 

\\  ater  and  dirt  estimation  is  not  referred  to.  lam 
glad  to  be  able  to  include  these  recommendations 
before  the  discussion,  as  they  are  a  most  valuable 
addition,  being  the  result  of  no  little  investigation 
and  discussion  :  tiny  are  on  the  same  lines  as  those 
laid  down  in  the  paper. 

It  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  the  labours  of  the 
bould  not  have  resulted  in  the  adoption 
of  one  standard  commercial  method. 

1"  remains  for  all  members  of  this  widely  repre- 
3  .•  ty  interested  in  the  subject  to  see  that 
a  final  settlement  is  now  arrived  at. 

DISI  rjSSION. 

it  was  agreed  to  postpone  the  discussion  on  this 
paper. 

ON  THK  EMPLOYMENT  OF  "AGALITE"  IX 
THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  PAPER 

IiV     W.     IVI80H     MACADAM,     F.I.i..     i    ,    ... 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  New  Veterinary  College,  Edinburgh. 

It  is  well  known  that   in  the  manufacture  of  paper 
there  is  frequently  employed,  besides  the  actual  fibre, 


a  quantity  of  material  intended  to  weight  the  finished 
product,  and,  at  the  same  t  manufac 

tuier  to  -ell  tin-  article  at  a  lower  rate  than  would  be 
otherwise  possible  were  it  necessary  to  send  out  only 
ible  fibre. 
For  this  "  filling  "  oi  ••  weighting  "  many  substances 
have  been  suggested  and  tried  with  more  or  less 
success.  We  may  mention  barytes  or  heavy  spar  or 
barium  snip  *o,  kaolin  or  China  clay,  waste 

bleach  (practically  stucco),  etc  Barytes  being  very 
heavy  <_  ht,  but  the  great  difference  in  s] 

gravity  between  tin-  paper  pulp  and  the  barytes 
renders  it  very  difficult  to  kei  p  tic  bodit  B  sufficiently 
mixed  when  :1c  stuff  is  |  tssing  to  the  machine. 
Stucco  and'.  I  oliuetit.  and  do  not 

ntly  intermingle  with  the  pulp.  With  kaolin, 
which  is  the  usual  I  \  -employed  substance,  the  difficulty 
arises  that  whilst  the  pulp  and  China  clay  are  readily 
mixed,  yet  the  substance  is  not  retained  sufficiently 
by  the  pulp,  ami  passes  into  the  effluent  water,  not 
only  causing  a  loss  ol  the  China  clay,  but  seriously 
aiding  in  the  pollution  of  the  waste  waters,  and 
therefore  requiring  to  be  removed  from  the  liquids 
these  are  allow..!  to  pass  into  water  courses. 
The  above  remarks  would  also  apply  to  the  effluent 
waters   from   works  where  cheap  linen  and   cotton 

-  ale  finished  and  Weighted. 

The  American  printing  and  other  papers  are  known 

for  their  beautiful  surface  ami  gloss,  ami  many 
attempts  have  been  made  in  this  country  to  obtain  a 
similar  surface.  Tin-  usual  method  of  hot-pressing 
has  not  leen  found  equal  to  the  task,  although  much 
has  been  done  in  that  way. 

On  examination  of  the  ashes  left  on  incinerating 
various  portions  of  American  paper,  it  is  found  that 
the  loading  material  is  of  a  fibrous  character,  and 
altogi  ther  different  from  the  ashes  obtained  from  the 

home-manufactured  articles.    The  chemical  analysis 

of  the  American  paper  ashes  show  them  to  consist  of 
ite  of  magnesia,  and  the  material  used  for  load- 
not,  therefore,  China  clay,  which  is  practically 

a  silicate  of  alumina. 
The  material  is  a  fibrous  steatite  found  in  large 

quantities  in  America.     It  is  of  a  white  colour,  with 

a  very  slight  tinge  of  green.     It  is  somewhat  readily 

i  to  a  powder,   the'  ]  Com]  -    which 

are  librcs.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  mineral  is 
from  -2  5  to  2'2,  while  the  grat  ity  of  kaolin  tuns  from 
2'4  to  2  6. 

Ttie  fibrous  character  of  the  ugalite  renders  it 
possible  to  employ  a  larger  gravity  of  the  material 
with  paper  pulp  than  in  the  case  ol  China  clay,  which, 
having  no  fibrous  character,  tends  to  weaken  the 
manufactured  article  more  than  the  agalite  dees. 

A  seiies  of  experiments  were  made  with  linen  rag 
pulp  and  the  agalite,  and  with  the  same  pulp  mixed 
with  China  clay.     The  results  are  given  below  ; — 

.  i  lie-  gravity  of  paper  pulp  (water  1000)..  101! 
Specific  gravity  of  agalite :■-.<  to8'562 

of  China  clay 2  1  to  2'G 

ANALYSIS  OF  PAPKR  PULP. 

Water 9B- 58 

Fibre    :t:w 

Ash    0'07 

100-00 
A  given  quantity  of  pulp  was  placed  upon  metallic 
employed  in  the  paper  machine;  a 
second  piece  of  gauze  was  then  put  ovei  the  pulp,  the 

w  ires  were  surrounded  by  sheets  of  filter  pap< 
the  whole  transferred  to  the  press.  After  fifteen 
minutes  the  materials  were  removed  from  the  press, 
fresh  Motting  paper  substituted  in  place  of  the  now 
wet  l  ieces,  and  the  substance  was  again  placed  in  the 
press.     After  ten  minutes  the  material  WAS  r>  moved 


Fbb. as,  1887.1    the  jorn\AL  of  the  society  of  chemical  in'M'sthy. 


157 


the  paper  formed  taken  from  between  the  wires  and  periment,  made  without  the  addition  of  any  loading 

dried  in  the  water  oven  till  it  ceased  to  lose  weight,  material,  the  actual  loss  of  fibre  was  4p885  grains  per 

This  process  was  repeated  with  the  addition  of  -i:>  per  i"!|",  or  niss.-,  per  cent. 

cent  'if  China  clay,  with  ■!'>  per  rent,  of  agalite,  finer  -'.  i'"111  of  paper  pulp  mixed  with  25  per  cent,  (cal- 


f'lIIXA   CLAY 
Magnified  150  Diameters. 


PRECIPITATED   CARBONATE   OF"   LIME. 
Magnified' 150  Diameters. 


AGALITE   "A." 

Magnified  150  Diameters. 


AGALITE   "B." 
Magnified  150  Diameters. 


quality,  ami  with  :!■">  per  cent,  of  coarser   quality  of 
agalite.     The  results  obtained  were  : — 

1.   1 1 )«"«"i  tit  paper  pulp  containing  33*5  grains  of  dry 
fibre  yielded  of  dry  paper  28015  grains.    In  this  ex- 


culated  on  the  dry  fibre)  of  China  clay  yielded  38"170 
grains  of  dry  material,  of  which  32'U  was  fibre  and 
527  clay.  The  theoretical  quantities  present  in  the 
materials  experimented  with  were  :  Of  dry  fibre  335 


196 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Feb.ss.i887 


grains,  and  of  clay  13-2  grains.    The  loss  sustained  in 

rerting  the  mixture  into  paper  was  equal  to 
grains  of  fibre  and  7'93  grains  ol   China  clay,  or  to 
i  per  cent  of  fibre  and  636  per  cent,  of  the  clay 
used. 

:s.  With  1000  of  pulp  and  25  per  cent  of  the  finer 
ground  agalite  the  results  obtained  wen- :  Of  dry 
material  45'63  grains,  composed  of  :!:i'.'il  grains  of  fibre 
and  12'32  grains  of  the  agalite,  or  an  actual  loss  of 
tii.rc  equal  to  0*19  grains  and  of  agalite  o-ss  grains. 
These  figures  are  equal  to  0  01!)  per  cent,  of  the  pulp 
and  (i'U4  per  cent,  ol  the  mineral  used. 

4.  A  test  similar  to  No.  3,  but  made  with  a  less  finely 

ground  sample  of  agalit  total  of  45'96  grains 

dry  substance,  composed  of  33*42  grains  of  paper 

lilire  and  12"54  grains  of  mineral.     The  loss  in  this 

experiment  was  equal  to  0080  grains  of  fibre  and  0"G6 

tins  of  agalite.  or  0008  per  cent,  of  fibre  and  5 '28 
per  cent,  of  agalite. 

These  results  therefore  show  that  there  is  a  decided 
advantage  in  substituting  agalite  for  China  clay, 
because  not  only  is  there  an  increase  of  dry  paper, 
but  such  is  obtained  by  a  saving  of  fibre,  as  well  as  a 
decrease  of  the  waste  in  the  actual  loading  material, 
and  a  lessened  amount  of  polluting  matter  to  be 
dealt  with.  Moreover,  the  fibrous  character  of  the 
agalite  causes  it  to  yield  a  paper  of  higher  class 
quality  than  is  the  case  with  China  clay.  The  extra 
gloss  which  it  is  possible  to  obtain  with  papers  con- 
taining agalite  is  shown  in  various  American  journals 
and  books. 

The  substance  has  been  stated  to  be  a  silicate  of 
magnesia,  and  to  resemble  asbestos  in  character. 
The  actual  results  of  the  analysis  of  the  mineral  are 
given  below  : — 

CHEMICAL  COMPOSITION  OF  AGALITE  AND 
KAOLIN. 

Agnlite. 

Silica 62  077 

Magnesia      33126 

Water   4  286 

Ferrous  oxide    0104 

Aluminic 0  313 

Undetermined  and  loss    0094 

100000 

Kaolin. 

Silica  61-02  49-65 

Aluminic  oxide L'S'til  4524 

Ferric 1-96  034 

Calcic 236  1-53 

Magnesie 045  052 

1'otassic \    ,.„  „..„ 

Sodic   /    1,e  0,s 

Water  and  loss  3'81  I"94 

100  00      100-00 

The  samples  which  I  have  the  honour  of  submitting 
to  the  Section  have  been  kindly  supplied  by  Messrs. 
A.  B.  Fleming  &  Co.,  Granton. " 

DISCrsMoX. 

Mr.  Todd  said  that  American  paper  had  certainly 

a  superior  gloss,  but  that  was  the  case,  in  his  opinion. 
1  >ng  before  agalite   wa  although  Mr.  Mac- 

adam was  perfectly  right  in  saying  that  agalite  pro- 
duced a  fine  skin.  Be  pointed  out,  also,  that  in  using 
/table  fibre  it  was  absolutely  necessary  to  add 
China  clay,  as  the  paper  would  not  print  without  it. 
and  there  were  certain  classes  of  paper,  such  as  those 
d  for  printing  with  many  colours,  in  which  as  high 
as  30  p>-r  cent  was  use  I,  as  it  w 
it   a   genuine  good  dose,  and  while  admitting  that 
agalite  was  a  very  good  thing,  he  knew  the  Am.  1  ii 
produced  the  fine  gloss  on  their  paper  from  a  different 
to  that  indicated  by  Mr.  Macadam. 
Mr.   MACADAM,    in   reply,    said   that  it   would  be 
generally  admitted    thai   the  Americans  produced 
superior  paper  to  ours,  and  in  American  <  lovernment 


contracts  it  was  specially  specified  that  azalitewasto 

be  employ..!  l ause  it  gave  a  better  gloss  to  the 

paper.  He  pointed  out  also,  that  if  it  was  desirous 
to  till  up  the  pores  of  the  paper,  he  would  do  so  by 
taking  a  fibrous  rather  than  a  non-fibrous  material. 
Replying  to  a  further  question  of  Mr.  Todd's  as  to 
what  the  loss  would  be  on  100  grains  of  azalite  if 
burned  in  a  crucible,  Mr.  Macadam  stated  that  the 
loss  (which  w;is  practically  water)  would  be  3'42  per 
cent. 

ON  THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  PETROLEUM  IN 

A  SHALE  MINK  AT  BROXBURN. 

BY   li.   B.    STEl    WIT,    F.C.S.,  F.I.C. 

Although  the  existence  of  petroleum  in  this  country 
is  by  no  means  rare,  with  the  exception  of  the  so- 
called  oil  spring  at  Alfreton,  in  Derbyshire,  utilised 
by  the  late  Mr.  Young  and  his  partner,  Mr.  Meldrum. 
its  occurrence  has  been  considered  more  as  a  natural 
curiosity  than  of  any  practical  importance  or  com- 
mercial value. 

Sampli  Broxburn  Petroleum. — In  1884  indications 
of  the  existence  of  petroleum  were  discovered  at 
Broxburn  (one  of  the  centres  of  the  shale  oil  trade  of 
Scotland)  when  boring  for  shale  to  the  north-east  of 
that  village.  At  about  100  fathoms  the  rods  came  up 
coated  with  petroleum  of  a  semi-solid  consistency. 
The  sp.  gr.  of  this  oil  was  0  842  and  it  assumed  the 
consistency  of  butter  (or  it  "set '")  at  7.".   F. 

In  the  Sandhole  pit,  about  950 yards  westward  from 
theabove-mentionedbore,petroleumwasfoundinsome 
quantity.  This  pit  was  sunk  through  the  Broxburn 
and  Dunnet  shales  to  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  below  the 
latter  ;  total  depth,  155  fathoms — where  a  level  mine 
was  cut  through  strata  which  gave  a  constant  ooze  of 
oil  and  brine,  while  there  was  a  strong  odour  of  gas. 

The  sp.  gr.  of  the  petroleum  obtained  in  this  level 
is  0830  ;  the  setting,  or  solidifying  point,  01  F.,  and 
the  colour  is  brown  by  transmitted,  and  green  by 
reflected  light. 

ltefined  in  the  usual  manner,  it  gave  : — 


Light  naphtha  

Burning  Oil    

Intermediate  Oil  

Lubricating  Oil 

Paraffin  Scale  (melting pL  103'  F.) 
Loss  in  refining  . ' 


Sp.Gr. 


0-700 
0-730 
0-802 
0810 
0SG5 


Per  Cent. 


5-0 

5-2 
341 
10o 
167 
12-5 
16-0 
1000 


The  bromine-absorption,  which  indicates  the  pro- 
portion of  olefines  present,  is  much  less  than  usual, 
as  the  following  figures  will  show.  Comparing 
refined  burning  oils,  the  bromine  absorbed  is :  Baku, 
o  per  cent.  ;  Broxburn  petroleum,  6"5  per  cent.  ; 
American  petroleum,  11  per  cent.:  Broxburn  shale 
oil,  40  per  cent. 

The  brine  which  accompanies  the  petroleum  has  a 
that  of  sca-watcr  1  25)  and 

gives  li.oDO  grains  or  25oz.  of  solid  matter  in  one 
imperi  orl4'4per  cent.    The  salts  present 

are  chlorides  of  sodium,  potassium,  calcium,  and 
magnesium,  with  traces  of  ferric  chloride.  Chloride 
of  ammonium  is  present  in  amount  equal  too-oilb. 
Hon. 


Feb. 28. 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


129 


In  the  Broxburn  district  combustible  gas  is  given  distance.    The  discharge  ia  now  less  frequent ;  occur- 

off  f ri >i 1 1   b  ire  holes   in  considerable  cjiian'ity.     One  ring  only  at  intervals   of  several   month-,  and   when 

at  "Sandhole"  blew  about  every  minute.     A  bore  the  barometer  is  very  low. 

hole  at  Middleton  Gate  (about  a  mile  Bouth-west),  Of  course  the  discharge  of  gas  is  a  common  enough 

put  down  sixteen  years  ago,  regularly,  once  a  month,  thing  from  bore  holes  ;  but  the  association  of  brine, 

<*  E  N  E  K  A  Li       tS'BCTIOJV       OP     THE 

£  R  O  XB  V  /ZJV     D  I S  T  K/  C  T 


HURLET        L/MC  S-TQH  £ 
Do.  COA  L 

B.  8.  Irohstohc 


Raeburns     Shale 

Muncals        Shale 

CRcr    Shale 
rrro    Eeet     coal 

J&mston     marl 
Ciicr     Shale 
Ht>u*sTon      Coal 

FaZe?  aajuLfiorte 
Fells      Shale 

Brwtlncm  marl 

BROXSl/RH     ShAl  f 

EmfS   and  this    oil 
Shalcs 

Siiiny  sandstone 

SlAtS  una    LlM£r      R/8S 

DuN/icr      Shale 


Siaes,    Limer    fits, 
FAKES,     &? 


Ba.iracks     Shale 

BlikoiE HOUSE    o*   CAMPS 

LrmcsToMe 


Chleflr  -Blots 


■\'A-rHfffsro/v    Shales 


Ems  ■     Er.    .    lis 
ZS      O        0 


43     0        O 

32  •  O       O 

Z&     O       V 

SO      o  •  o 
10   .    0        0 

■fee     a 
*S  •  O  •  0 

7S     o  •  O 


6 S  ■  0  ■  L> 


I3S    0'  V 


10-0-0 


blew  off  gas  for  a  day  or  two  at  a  time.  This 
intermittent  discharge  continued  for  many  years. 
When  lighted,  the  gas  burned  with  a  brilliant  flame, 
about  20ft.  in  height,   which  was  seen  from  a  great 


gas,  and  petroleum  at  Broxburn  is  of  interest,  as 
these  are  associated  in  other  parts  of  the  world. 

The  portion  of  the  mineral  field  at  Broxburn  con- 
taining  this  natural  petroleum  is  of  considerable 

E2 


130 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OK  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     iKcb.  as,  isst. 


extent,  and  doubtless  would  yield  sufficient  oil  to 
make  it  profitable  to  pump,  if  it  would  only  flow. 
It.  however,  contains  too  much  paraffin,  and  is  semi- 
solid at  a  temperature  below  61    F.  ;  a  simple,  but 

fatal  objection  to  this  nil  supply  ever  becoming  of 
I  r  kCtical  value  ur  importance. 

DISCI  SSION. 

The  discussion  on  this  paper  was  postponed  owing 
to  the  absence  of  the  author. 


EGYPTIAN  PETROLEUM. 

I'.Y     ROBERT    IRVINE,    F.C.S.,    IMI.s.E. 

Tins  oil,  which  is  obtained  both  from  superficial 
wells  and  deep  bores,  is  found  in  the  neighbourhood 
ol  Gemsah  and  Gebel  el  Zeit,  a  district  in  which 
crude  oil  has  for  some  time  been  known  to  exist. 
The  crude  oil  is  of  a  dark  brown  colour,  and  has  a 
disagreeable  odour,  owing  to  the  presence  of  sulphur 
compounds,  in  this  respect  resembling  the  inferior 
qualities  of  Canadian  and  Italian  petroleum.  Its 
specific  gravity  is  ov.U  at  60  F..  and  it  is  of  a  thick 
viscous  nature,  retaining  its  fluidity  at  low  tem- 
peratures, owing  to  the  almost  entire  absence  of  solid 
paraffin.  Purified  in  the  same  manner  as  other 
natural  oils,  and  those  obtained  by  the  distillation  of 
coal  and  shale,  it  yields  a  product  ranging  in  gravity 
from  0"850  to  0"950  (burning  oil,  such  as  is  used  for 
household  purposes;  being  absent).  On  washing  with 
sulphuric  acid  previous  to  distillation,  the  loss  sus- 
tained exceeds  50  per  cent.,  which  is  more  than 
double  the  amount  as  compared  with  ordinary  petro- 
leum and  shale  oils.  This  loss,  coupled  with  the 
expense  of  chemicals  required  for  its  purification, 
and  the  absence  of  burning  oil  (ordinarily  so-called), 
puts  it  beyond  the  chance  of  being'  profitably 
purified  ;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand,  its  heavy, 
vise  'lis  character,  or  body,  and  its  non-liability  to 
"set,"  give  it  a  high  place  as  a  lubricant,  as  also 
make  it  suitable  as  a  substitute  for  coal  in  steam- 
raising,  in  locomotive  and  other  boilers.  Gemsah,  or 
Uebel  el  Zeit,  is  about  400  miles  from  Suez,  on 
the  western  side  of  the  Straits  of  Jubal,  at  the 
entrance  to  the  Gulf  of  Suez  ;  and  this  oil  is  said  to 
i  found  in  calcareous  strata,  in  structure  resembling 
coral.  The  amount  of  basic  impurities  present  sug- 
gest that  it  is  the  product  of  decomposed  animal 
matter. 

Captain  Roberts,  from  whom  I  obtained  the  oil, 
w  i  Ltes  under  date  24th  January  :— "  The  latest  infor- 
mation  T  have  is  that  one  boring  has  reached  400ft., 
and  at   that  depth  coral,  and,  lastly,  stiff  clay,  have 
been  reached,  and  that  they  hope  to  find  petroleum 
this  clay.      About  r>0  casks  of  a  very  dark 
me,    called    petroleum,  were    recently  sent   to 
( '  tiro.    The  crude  oil  is  used  successfully  in  lubricat- 
tlie   machinery  of   and    in  raising   steam  in   a 
repairing  establishment  the   Egyptian  Government 
have  at  Suez.     Two  local  steamers  also  use  the  crude 
p  ti  oleum  for  their  engine  bearings." 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  11  lmilton  said  he  had  also  obtained  a  sample 
ol  Egyptian  petroleum,  but  his  results  were  some- 
what different.  The  oil,  ol  course,  was  very  heavy 
and  totally  unsuitabli       i  as  a  burning  oil;  on 

hand,  the  lubricating  oil  was  the  most 
magnificent  he  had  ev<  or  what  was  known  as 

ityand  lubricating  purposes,  while  the  loss  in 
t reatment  was  very  little. 

Mr.  Harris:  What  was  the  proportion  of  the  0-930 
lubricating  oil  in  the  Egyptian  oil? 


Mr.  Hamilton  :  46  to  50  per  cent. 

.Mr.  I.\l\<:  said  that  he  had  received  from  the 
Egyptian  Government  two  gallons  of  petroleum. 
both  of  which  he  distilled  with  steam  and  without 
steam,  lie  got  a  considerable  percentage  of  lubri- 
cating oil — about  70  per  cent,  in  both  cases — al- 
though the  sample  distilled  with  steam  purified  more 
readily  than  that  distilled  without  it. 


ADJUSTABLE  THERMOMETERS. 

BY    ANDREW    H  U'I'oW  . 

A  i.i.  users  of  thermometers  may  not  beaware  that  these 

instruments  undergo  a  gradual  change  for  some  time 
after  their  manufacture,  and  that  although  possibly 
quite  correct  when  they  left  the  makers'  hands,  they 
may  indicate  a  much  higher  temperature  than  what 
is  collect  in  a  year  or  two,  the  increment  of  change 
being  less  as  the  thermometer  becomes  older. 

This  change  of  zero  was  first  noted  by  M.  Flauger- 
gues  in  1822.* 

Dr.  Joule  found  the  change  going  on  during  twenty- 
six  years,  t 

]  iespretz  tested  the  rise  during  five  years,  the  curve 
formed  being  sensibly  a  parabola.! 

The  writer  has  found  the  rise  of  zero  in  thermo- 
meters from  two  to  five  years  old  to  be  from  -2  to  2i 
degrees. 

The  rise  of  zero  appears  to  be  due  entirely  to 
molecular  changes  in  the  glass,  because  it  goes  on 
even  when  the  tube  is  not  sealed,  and,  consequently, 
when  there  is  no  greater  pressure  outside  than 
inside. 

A  method  for  hastening  the  change  of  zero,  by 
keeping  the  thermometer  tubes  at  a  high  temperature 
foi  some  time  before  graduating,  is  described  in  the 
American  GAem.  Jour,  for  1884. §  Besides  this  per- 
manent rise  of  zero,  there  are  temporary  rises  and 
falls  due  to  immersing  the  thermometer  in  very  cold 
or  very  hot  liquids. ||  These  temporary  errors  disap- 
pear in  from  ten  to  fourteen  days.*" 

In  some  operations — for  instance,  in  the  manufac- 
tureof  ice—  2h:  would  represent  50  per  cent,  of  the  whole 
power  of  the  machine,  while  in  brewing  operations 
(where  really  good  beers  are  brewed)  every  fraction 
of  a  degree  has  an  important  influence  on  the  final 
product.  Standard  thermometers  from  Kew  Obser- 
vatory may  be  used,  but  these  are  very  costly,  easily 
broken  and  difficult  to  read,  the  figures  being  on  a 
glass  tube  instead  of  on  a  separate  scale. 

In  practice  it  is  usual  to  make  allowance  fortheerror 
of  the  thermometer,  butthisisa  very  dangerous  practice 
from  the  liability  to  make  the  allowance  on  the  wrong 
side,  thus  doubling  the  error.  For  instance,  a  work- 
man is  told  to  cool  down  a  liquid  to  60  ,  and  he 
learns  that  his  thermometer  reads  a  degree  too  high; 
he  then  makes  up  his  mind  that  he  will  read  the 
thermometer  a  degree  lower  than  60°,  the  result 
being  that  he  cools  tie.'  liquid  2°  too  low— namely,  to 

The  only  way  that  can  be  depended  on  for  accurate 
work  is  to  use  practically  correct  thermometers,  or  in 
some  operations,  thermometers  which  at  least  all  agree 
with  one  another.  A  thermometer  which  can  be 
adjusted  for  error  fulfils  all  that  is  required  in 
and  the  writer  lias  patented  the  con- 
struction of  thermometers  in  which  the  tube  is 
fast'  ned  at  one  end  to  a  separate  piece,  sliding  in  the 

•  Ann.  de  Chlmie  <-t  do  Physique.  \xi.  p.  333(1818). 

I  1  Mi  LI.  s,,c.  of  Manchester,  Feb.  ■.".'.  1870. 

I  "  Wall's  Dlot.  of  t'liem.''  p.  767. 

§  This  Journal.  March,  1885. 

'    Walls'  Diet,  of  I 'hem."  p.  7H7. 

II  Balfour  Stewart's  "Treatise  on  Heat."  p.  15  (18C6). 


Feb. -28. 1887.1      THK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


131 


scale,  bj  n » of  which  any  user  of  thermometers 

can  at  once  adjust  them  to  agree  with  a  standard,  or 
with  one  another. 
In  the  manufacture  of  these  thermometers,  tubes 

must     be    rejected    when   the   difference    in 
between    10°  at  one  part  of    the  Bcale  and  10°  at 
another  part  of  the  scale,  is  more  than  half  a  degree. 

With  this  amount  of  difference,  and  a  rise  ol 
zero  equal  to  2  .  the  adjustment  allows  of  the  greatest 
error  at  the  extreme  ends  of  the  scale  being  reduced 
to  one  twentieth  of  a  degree,  which  error  gradually 
diminishes  until  it  vanishes  at  the  centre  of  the  scale. 

This  amount  of  error  is  of  course  quite  inap] 
able  in  manufacturers'  thermometers. 

For  scientific  work  the  tubes  must  be  more  care- 
fully selected,  and  as  old  as  possible. 

The  patent  pipe  thermometers  remove  several  in 
conveniences    felt    by   users    of    this    class  of  ther- 
mometer. 

In  the  prevailing  design  there  is  an  internally 
screwed  socket  soldered  into  the  pipe,  the  contents  of 
which  it  is  desired  to  test,  and  the  thermometer  has 
a  screw  formed  on  it  which  should  fit  the  socket,  but 
it  often  happens,  when  a  new  thermometer  has  tob 


i  »n  the  motion  of  Mr.  STANFORD,  a  very  heart  , 
of  thanks  was  awarded  to  the  <  Ihairman  for  his  kin  I- 

in    placing   the   rooms   of   the    new    < 
Laboratories  of  Edinburgh  I'niversity  at  thedisposal 
of  the  Section. 


Bottintjrjam  Section. 

Chairman  :  1'rof.  Clowes. 

Vice-Chairman  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Treasurer  :  J.  H.  Coleman. 


L.  An  1, butt. 
W.  A.  Curry. 
H.  Doidge. 
It.  Kilzhugh. 
K.  Francis. 


Committee  : 

T.  W.  I.ovibond. 
H.  .1.  Staples. 
E.  H.  Truman. 
It.  L.  Whiteley. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 
J.  It.  Ashwell,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Bentinck  Road, 
Nottingham. 

At  an  early  date,  "  Water  Softening,"  by  J.  B.  Coleman. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


screwed  into  an  old  socket,  that  the  two  do  not  fit,  also 
when  one  of  these  thermometers  is  screwed  in  tight 
it  may  be  facing  in  the  opposite  direction  to  what  is 
desired,  if  slackened  back  leakage  occurs,  and  if 
tightened  up  further  the  case  is  liable  to  be  broken, 
or  the  screw  overhauled. 

In  my  patent  thermometer  these  two  difficulties 
are  overcome  by  attaching  the  thermometer  to  the 
socket  by  means  of  a  Hange  instead  of  a  screw.  The 
screwed  socket  and  the  nut  form  a  part  of  the  case, 
andremain  together  when  the  thermometer  is  removed. 
The  flange  allows  the  thermometer  to  be  set  facing  in 
any  desired  direction,  and  tightened  in  that  position 
to  any  desired  degree.  The  other  improvements  refer 
to  strengthening  the  case,  and  lessening  the  chance  of 
leakage  past  the  glass  tube. 

Professor  CfiUM  BeoV  n.  in  moving  a  vote  of  thanks 
to  the  authors  of  the  papers,  hoped  that  the  a 
which  had  attended  the  first  meeting  of  the  Section 
in  Edinburgh  would  induce  them  to  renew  the  ex- 
periment before  long,  and  wovdd  increase  the  member- 
ship and  the  interest  of  members  in  the  work  of  the 
Society. 


CHROMIUM    MORDANTS. 

BY   E.    LLOYD   WHITELEY,    F.C.8., 
Lecturer  on  Dyeing,  etc..  University  College.  Nottingham. 

Chromium  was  first  discovered  by  Vauquelin  in  the 
year  IT'.iT,  but  bichromate  of  potash  does  not  appe  c 
to  have  been  used  as  a  mordant  for  cotton  till  1  B2i  i, 
by  Koechlin,  nor  as  a  wool  mordant  till  about 
whilst  it  was  not  introduced  into  this  neighbourhood 
(at  Loughborough)  till  1850. 

Bichromate  of  potash,  or  "bi-chrome,"  is  not  only 
used  for  its  own  sake  as  a  mordant,  but  also  as 
the  starting  point  for  many  other  chromium  com- 
pounds. It  is,  perhaps,  hardly  necessary  to  mention 
the  fact  that  chromium  can  play  the  part  of  an 
acidulous  as  well  as  a  basilous  radical.  "Bi-chrome'' 
is  an  example  of  the  former,  and  in  thinking  about 
its  use  as  a  mordant,  I  was  led  to  try  to  throw  some 
light  on  its  action,  more  particularly  in  wool  dyeing  ; 
viz.,  to  ascertain  whether  at  the  end  of  the  mordanting 
operation  it  were  still  present  as  "  bi-chrome,"  as 
chromic  hydrate,  or  in  some  intermediate  stage  of 
oxidation.  At  the  same  time  I  wished  to  ascertain 
the  influence  of  temperature,  both  on  the  mordanting 
and  dyeing  processes,  as  well  as  to  notice  the  effect 
of  different  states  of  dilution. 

A  very  general  idea  has  been  that  when  wool  was 
boiled  with  "  bi-chrome"  only,  a  deposition  of  chromic 
hydrate  took  place  upon  the  fibre  ;  but  the  wool 
mordanted  in  this  manner  does  not  appear  green, 
as  it  would  do  if  there  were  green  bydrated  oxide 
deposited.  That  being  so,  the  most  natural  expla- 
nation is  that  the  chromate  simply  soaks  into  the 
body  of  the  fibre.  That  this  is  so  is  shown  by 
sulphurous  acid  giving  to  a  mordanted  pattern  a 
qretn  colour.  The  wool  used  had  been  mordanted 
in  a  strong  "bi-chrome"  lath,  being  put  in  cold 
and  heated  up  to  the  boil,  the  total  time  of 
immersion  being  an  hour-and-a-half.  It  was  then 
carefully  washed  with  distilled  water  till  the  wash- 
waters  gave  no  trace  of  chromic  acid,  so  that  the 
greenish  hue  produced  by  the  reduction  could 
not  be  merely  a  surface  colouration.  A  portion 
of  this  wool  was  also  taken  and  immersed  in  a 
solution  of  silver  nitrate,  and  after  a  little 
standing  a  reddish  brown  colouration  of  the  wool 
took  place,  which  was,  no  doubt,  due  to  the  forma- 
tion of  silver  chromate.     After  this  the  remainder 


132 


Till-:  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  tNDUSTRY.      [Feb.  a,  us?. 


of  the  wool  was  allowed  to  stand  in  distilled  water 
for  a  week,  and  at  the  end  "I  that  time  the  water 
Bhowed  distinctly  the  presence  ol  a  cbromate,  which 
had  evidently  diffused  into  it  from  the  wool  fibre. 
The  wool  itself  could  still  be  turned  brown  by 
silver  nitrate,  as  well  as  give  a  decided  yellow  with 

a  solution  of  lead  acetate  and  aeetie  acid.  It  was, 
tier.  loir,     mice     again    washed     till   the    washwater 

shewed  no  traces  ol  i  hromate,  and  il  was  once  more 
allowed  to  remain  in  water  for  a  week.  At  the  end 
ol  this  time  the  liquor  and  wool  were  again  exam- 
ini  d,  with  the  result  that  chromic  acid  was  found  in 
but,  after  rewashing  at  tbe  end  ■  ■!  another 
week,  the  wool  retained  its  power  of  dyeing  yellow 
in  lead  acetate,  whilst  the  diffusion  back  of  the 
chromate,  with  tie-  liquor,  seemed  to  have  ended. 

Besides  these  tests  showing  the  presence  of  a 
chromate  in  the  wool,  the  original  liquor  was 
carefully  tested  for  chromium  in  the  state 
of  a  chromic  salt,  but  not  the  slightest  trace 
could  he  detected.  This  experiment  was  performed 
with  an  exceptionally  large  amount  of  "bichrome" 
in  the  bath,  so  as  to  obtain,  if  possible,  a  clear  result. 
These  results  seem  to  show,  that  when  wool  is  mor- 
danted with  bicbrome  alone,  no  reduction  takes  place. 
In  order  to  confirm  this  the  experiment  was  repeated 
an  I  another  was  carried  out  with  acid  in  the  bath.  It 
was  found  that  when  acid  was  absent,  both  the  liquor 
and  mordanted  pattern  gave  the  same  re-actions 
as  in  the  previous  trial  ;  whilst  in  the  other  ease,  in 
which  sulphuric  acid  was  used  in  the  bath  in  the  pro 
portion  of  1  molecule  of  acid  to  1  molecule  ol  bi- 
cbrome, a  mordanted  pattern  was  obtained,  which 
bore  a  distinct  green  tinge,  the  liquor  gave  a  pre- 
cipitate with  dilute  ammonia,  and  also  showed  the 
presence  of  unchanged  chromate.  It  is,  therefore, 
evident  that  in  this  case  we  have  both  acid  and 
hydroxide  on  the  fibre.  I  noticed,  too,  that  the  pattern 
mordanted  with  bichrome  only  was  much  more  easily- 
washed  free  from  reagent  externally  than  the  other, 
as  if  in  the  latter  case  the  action  had  been  such  as  to 
render  it  more  sponge-like  in  texture,  or  else  to 
thoroughly  loosen  the  imbrications  of  the  fibres  by 
the  oxidation  of  adhering  fat.  After  this  I  planned 
a  somewhat  lengthy  series  of  experiments,  with  the 
view  of  trying  the  influence  of  different  temperatures 
on  the  mordanting  operation,  both  when  the  bichrome 
was  used  alone,  and  also  when  assisted  by  sulphuric 
acid.  I  also  intended  to  analyse  the  liquids,  so  ;\,  to 
ascertain  the  change  which  had  taken  place  in  their 
composition.  The  part  relating  to  chrome  alone  I 
carried  out  as  far  as  testing  the  influence  of  tempera- 
ture, but  I  shall  have  to  adopt  different  apparatus  in 
which  to  mordant  so  as  to  obtain  accurate  compara- 
tive analytical  results,  though  with  the  apparatus 
used  the  analytical  results  would  seem  to  show  that 
it  is  a  question  of  absorption  unchanged  into  the  fibre. 

To  easily  obtain  accurate  comparative  results  as  to 
the  amount  of  chromic  acid  remaining,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  use  a  liquor  of  accurately  known  strength 
for  mordanting,  and  perform  the  operation  in  a 
vessel  provided  with  an  inverted  condenser.  With 
regard  to  temperature  you  will  see  that  the  trials 
hav-  yielded  some  interesting  and  instructive  results. 

I  took  six  sets  of  six  patterns  each.  In  each  set 
every  pattern  was  numbered  with  the  same  number. 
These  sets  were  mordanted  in  a  liquid  which  con 
tailed  bichrome  in  the  relation  of  3  per  cent,  of  their 
weight  ;  the  sets  were  all  entered  cold  and  heated  up 
to  50",  00°,  70°,  80°,  90°  and  100°  (J.  respectively  as 
quickly  as  i  ad  mordanted  for  a  total  period 

of  an  hour-and  a-half.  These  sets,  after  being 
washed,  were  redistributed  into  six  new  sets,  in  such 
a  fashion  that  each  pattern  in  each  set  was  mordanted 
at  a  different  temperature,  and  these  sets  in  their 


turn  were  dyed  in  a  bath  of  logwood  liquor,  at   the 
t.  mperatures  50°,  0>0°,  70c,  .so-,  90°  and  100°  <'.   rea 

pectively.     The  results,  when  arranged  in  order,  show 

a  distinct  convergence  of  col. .in-  towards  the  pattei  n 
which  was  both   mordanted  and  dyed  at  the  boiling 

fioint.  In  every  case  the  pattern  mordanted  at  the 
lighest  temperature  gives  the  best  result. 

This  is  an  important  result,  since  it  shows  that  a 
dyer  does  not  get  his  best  result  (in  the  case  of  log- 
wood) unless  he  both  mordants  and  dyes  at  the  boii, 
ami  that  in  any  case  mordanting  at  the  1  oil  gives 
the  lust  result  with  "bichrome."  It  was  also  noticed 
that  no  dyeing  action  took  place  till  about  40 — r>0°  C. 
The  corresponding  trials  with  acid  in  the  bath  I  have 
not  yet  been  able  to  carry  out. 

Coming  next  to  the  question  of  dilution.  Does  a 
greater  or  less  amount  of  dilution  affect  the  final 
result,  or  is  it  merely  a  question  of  the  actual 
amount  of  salt  in  the  bath  I  Siebold  (this  Journal, 
266,  1885)  says  that  it  practically  does  not  matter 
about  dilution,  the  ratio  between  wool  and  mordant 
being  the  mam  point.  I  have  not  carried  out  his 
experiments  afresh,  but  those  I  have  made  go  to 
prove  that  both  the  increase  and  decrease  of  strength 
have  an  effect  similar  to  that  of  the  use  of  larger  or 
smaller  quantities  of  the  chromate  ;  and  if  the  wool 
possesses  little  or  no  preferential  affinity  for  the 
bichromate  this  is  what  might  be  expected. 

When  we  come  to  the  use  of  bi-chrome  and  acid 
together,  this  fact  is  still  more  strikingly  shown,  and 
it  is  easy  by  mere  concentration  to  overchrome  the 
pattern,  lor  instance,  whilst  lOgrms.  of  wool  mor- 
danted with  3  per  cent,  of  its  weightof  bichromate,  and 
1  pier  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid  in  lioOcc.  of  water, gives 
a  good  colour,  the  same  amount  of  mordant  in  (iOOcc. 
produces  an  overchromed  pattern.  These  results  were 
obtained  under  strictly  comparable  conditions. 

The  practical  bearing  of  these  experiments  is  there- 
fore to  emphasise  the  influence  of  temperature  on 
dyeing  results,  and  also  to  show  that  dilution  does 
require  to  be  taken  into  account  in  determining  the 
percentage  of  mordant  to  be  used. 

What,  then,  is  the  best  way  of  using  "  bi-chrome  "1 
Experiment  has  shown  that  ab(  ut  3  per  cent,  of  the 
salt  (compared  with  the  weight  of  the  wool)  is  suffi- 
cient, under  ordinary  circumstances,  to  give  a  good 
blue-black  ;  but  the  addition  of  1  per  cent,  of  strong 
sulphuric  acid  improves  the  result  ;  the  reaction  which 
occurs  probably  being  represented  by  the  following 
equation  i-lvX'r.O; +H,S04  =  K2SO« +2H?Ci04, 
since  the  proportions  used  are  such  as  to  satisfy  its 
requirements. 

It  must  be  noted  that  this  proportion  of  acid  does 
not  always  hold  good  ;  many  circumstances  will  affect 
it—  e g.,  very  hard  water  ;  or,  again,  whilst  it  might 
be  perfectly  right  for  logwood,  it  very  possibly  might 
not  be  suitable  to  its  extract.  The  presence  of 
easily  reducible  substances  in  the  extract  may  even 
do  away  with  the  necessity  of  adding  sulphuric  acid  ; 
in  fact,  may  make  its  ]  resence  an  evil.  You  will, 
therefore,  see  that  the  practice  of  every  dyer  should 
be  governed  by  his  special  conditions,  which  may  be 
carefully  ascertained  by  experiment,  and  worked 
from  accordingly.  Besides  sulphuric  acid,  tartar  is 
employed  so  as  to  bring  about  similar  results. 
Its  action  is  questionable.  It  may  act  by  neu- 
tralising the  potash  and  liberating  chromic  acid  ; 
but,  probably,  whether  it  does  so  or  not,  it  also  acts 
the  part  of  a  reducing  agent,  and  so  helps  the  pre- 
cipitation of  the  hydrate  on  the  fibre.  This  idea  is 
Supported  by  the  facl  that  it  gives  bluer  shades 
than  those  produced  by  ILSO,,  and  also  by  the 
known  fact  that  oxalic,  tartaric  and  citric  acids  all 
convert  soluble  chromates  into  green  solutions  of 
chromium   salts  with  evolution  of  CO:,  and  that 


freb.28,ite7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OP  Tin:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


133 


alcohol  and  Bugar  in  presence  of  on  acid  will 

the   same  (Omelin).       It   heroines    then   a  question 

whether  the  i    pei  tartar  may  not 

by  cheaper  materials,  auch  as  treacle,  glaco 

and  so    obtain     like    results    at    a    mui  b 

rate. 

For  certain  classes  of  Macks  the  addition  of  a  small 
amount  of  copperas  to  the  bath  rives  a  verj 
result;  it  has  the  effect  of  slightly  reddening  the 
black,  and  probably  will  counteract  the  t-  ndency 
which  chrome  blacks  have  of  turning  green;  but 
in  the  hosiery  trade  such  a  black  is  of  do 
Copper  sulphate,  on  the  other  hand,  has  almost 
the  opposite  effect  ;  and  it  is  possible  that  about  a 
quarter  per  cent,  of  each  would  produce  a  black 
which  would  not  show  such  greening  tendencies. 

Turning  next  to  the  use  of  chromium  salts.  These, 
more  especially  chrome  alum,  if  used  at  all,  do  not 
find  a  very  extended  use  in  the  wool-dyeing 
industry.  Neither  the  alum  nor  the  sulphate 
yield  the  hydrated  oxide  in  sufficient  quantity  to 
produce  deep  shades.  The  ease  with  which  the 
bichromate  can  be  used,  will  stand  in  the  way  of  any 
development  of  their  use  on  wool,  especially  as,  in  the 
case  of  the  chrome  and  acid,  there  is  little  doubt  that 
the  result  is  due  to  two  actions — viz.  (1)  the 
hsematein  forms  a  lake  with  the  precipitated  chromic 
hydrate;  (2)  the  free  or  combined  chromic  acid 
oxidises  the  hematoxylin,  and  then  combines,  aftei 
its  reduction,  with  the  hsematein  thus  produced. 
When  we  turn  to  its  use  in  cotton  dyeing,  we  meet 
at  once  with  a  very  different  set  of  conditions. 
Cellulose,  unlike  wool,  is  a  comparatively  inert  sub- 
stance. Whilst  in  the  case  of  wool  the  chromic  acid 
is  reduced,  either  at  the  expense  of  the  fibre  itself  or 
of  unremoved  fats,  in  the  case  of  cotton  com- 
paratively little  action  would  take  place,  except  such 
as  led  to  the  disintegration  of  the  fibre ;  besides 
which,  cotton  does  not  possess  so  great  an  amount 
of  elective  affinity  or  absorbing  power  as  wool  does. 
The  principal  use  of  this  salt  is,  therefore,  rather  to 
serve  as  an  oxidising  agent  or  for  the  formation 
of  other  chromium  compounds,  than  as  an  actual 
mordant  for  cotton  ;  e./j.,  in  cutch  dyeing,  the 
cotton,  after  steeping  in  the  cutch,  is  passed  into  a 
hot  bath  of  bichromate,  tooxidise  thecutch,  and  to  pro- 
duce the  so-called  japonic  acid.  A  considerable  quan- 
tity of  chromic  hydrate  is  deposited  on  the  fibre  at 
the  same  time,  and  no  doubt  influences  the  shade,  but 
whether  merely  by  its  own  colour  or  as  a  mordant,  is 
perhaps  questionable,  though  it  will  act  as  a  mordant 
for  other  colouring  matters.  To  form  chromic  salts, 
such  as  nitrate,  acetate  and  aceto-  nitrate,  etc.,  biclirome 
is,  however,  largely  used  ;  these  salts  are  formed 
by  the  reduction  of  the  bichromate  in  presence  of  a 
suitable  acid,  by  some  such  reducing  agent  as  glucose, 
glycerine,  alcohol,  etc.  The  object  in  producing 
these  bodies  is  to  obtain  a  chromium  salt  of 
such  a  nature  that  it  easily  yields  its  oxide  to  the 
fabric,  and  the  more  basic  it  is  the  more  easily 
will  it  di-sociate  on  dilution,  or  heating,  or  both. 
The  great  obstacle  to  the  extended  use  of  chromium 
salts  in  dyeing  cotton,  has  been  the  difficulty  of  fixing 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  mordant  to  produce  good 
shades  ;  they  have,  however, been considera My  used  by 
calico  printers,  being  fixed  by  steaming.  For  dyeing 
purposes,  various  pi  I  precipitation  have  b 

proposed,  and  one  of  the  latest  and  most  successful 
consists  in  steeping  the  cotton  in  some  chromium  solu- 
tion, drying,  and  then  passing  it  through  a  solution 
of  carbonate  oi  soda.  The  other  methods  have  not 
been  satisfactory. 

More  recently,  Koechlin  (this  Journal,  1885,  115) 
recommends  a  mordant  prepared  by  adding  excess  of 
caustic  soda  to   chromic  acetate,  the  goods   beiug 


passed  through  this   and  then   thoroughly  ■■■ 
in  running  water.     Schmid  has  modified   this 

to  obtain   it    re  cheaply,  but  there  is  -till  the 

difficult]  of  woi  king  in  juch  alkaline 

will  no  doubt  prevent  its  general  adoption.     Mons. 

.  itij,  n  ana  ' '  louristd  Joyr.x  I  •»  . 

it    of  a  basic  double 

nitrate  of  chromium  and  calcium,  which  is  easily 

ited  when  sufficiently  dilute.  Whether  this  can 

d  in  the  cotton-dyeing  trade  here  is  a  question 

for  someone  practical  to   settle  ;    but  it  pn 

because  of  the  presence  of  the  earthy  metal 
in  it,  and  we  know  that  in  certain  cases— e-jfy  in 
alizarin  dyeing,  there  is  produced  on  the  fibre  a  lake 
containing  lime  in  its  com]  osition. 

In  concluding  I  would  draw  your  attention  to  some 
very  interesting  work  of  Liechti  and  Suida,  of  which 
an  al '.-tract  is  given  in  this  Journal  (1886,  086 — 590), 
and  which  is  well  worthy  of  the  attention  of  all 
practical  men. 


Journal  ano  patent*  Literature. 

I.- GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Improved  Means  of  preventing  Incrustation  "/  certain 
farts  of  Stram  Boilers.  S.  Fox,  Leeds.  Eng.  Pat. 
2376,  Feb.  18,  1S86.    8d. 

This  is  an  appliance  for  keeping  the  upper  surfaces  of 
horizontal  cylindrical  tire-boxes  and  Hues  of  boilers  clear 
from  deposit,  by  the  use  of  scrapers  fixed  to  chains  which 
are  laid  across  the  flues,  their  ends  held  down  by 
weights.  The  chains  are  occasionally  moved  over  the  flue 
from  one  side  to  the  other  by  suitable  gearing,  for  the 
pnipose  of  scraping  oft' and  preventing  any  accumulation 
of  deposit. — B. 

Improved  Apparatus  fur  indicating  or  regulating  Tem- 
perature, Pressure  or  Volume  of  confined  fluids.  J. 
Thomson,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat.  2520,  Feb.  20,  1886. 
Sd. 

This  is  a  development  of  a  previous  patent  (J.  Murrie, 
Eng.  Pat.  303,  18S5),  in  which  use  is  made  of  a  hollow 
chamber  inserted  in  the  enlarged  part  of  a  tube  which  is 
connected  to  both  the  liquid  and  vapour  spaces  of  a 
vapour  generator.  The  hollow  chamber  is  fixed  at  the 
height  of  the  ordinary  level  of  the  liquid  in  the  generator, 
and  as  its  immersion  varies  with  changes  in  the  level  of 
the  liquid,  it  receives  more  or  less  heat,  whereby  the 
tension  of  the  enclosed  air  is  altered  and  noted  on  an 
outside  dial.  From  this  indication  the  change  in  the 
level  of  the  liquid  may  be  deduced,  and  the  same  prin- 
ciple can  also  be  applied  to  other  purposes,  several  of 
which  are  referred  to. — B. 


An  Improvement  in  Glass  Hydrometers.    S.  A;  Calderara 
and  A.  J.  Calderara,  London.     Eng.  1'at.  :i-M»4,  March 

13,  1886.     Sd. 
THIS  refers  to' the  manufacture  of  glass  bulbs  of  hydro- 
meters  by  blowing  them  in  moulds  with  the  view  to  the 
production  of  any  desired  shape  or  size  of  bulbs — 13. 


rem 

Chancery  i.«..v,  « —   ■ 

be  calculated  as  follows : — 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  8d Id. 

Above  Sd..  and  not  excecdius  Is.  6d...  Id. 

.,      Is.  6d.,    .,  ,.         2s.  Id...  I»d. 

■>■=.  Id.,     ..  ,.  2k-  Id...  tid. 


134 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     iFcb.28,ias7. 


Improvementi  in   Filtering   Funnels.     \V.   C.   Nickels, 

London.  Eng.  Pat  8375,  June  25,  1886.  8d. 
The  improvement  consists  in  making  filtering  funnels 
doutdc,  with  a  Bpace  between  the  two  cones,  the  inner 
one,  on  which  the  pap  t  rests,  being  perforated  w  ith  small 
holes,  mi  as  in  allow  free  escape  ol  the  liquid  all  over. 
A. slight  vacuum  may  also  lie  maintained  in  the  space 
between  the  two  cones  by  artificial  means,  w Ivich  greatly 
accelerates  the  filtering  process,  without  injury  to  the 
paper.      B. 


II.- FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Professor  Seger's  Pyroscopi  and  Observations  on  the 
Temperatnrt  iii  the  Interior  of  Gas  Retorts.  A. 
Heintz.     Jonrn.  f.  lias,  u.  Wasservers.  29,  894. 

For  description  of  the  applications  of  the  above  instru- 
ment, see  this  Journal,  1886,  489-491. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Artificial  Fuel.  S.  W.  Allen  and  G.  Breffit,  Cardiff. 
Eng.  Pat  2807,  I  eb.  26,  ism;.  ,s,|. 
This  invention  relates  to  the  di  tccation  of  the  materials 
used  in  the  manufacture  "t  the  fuel.  The  desiccating 
apparatus  is  surmounted  by  a  vertical  steam  pugg,  the 
central  revolving  shaft  of  which  is  continued  downwards 
and  carries  a  series  of  hot tomless  saucers  or  annular 
plates.  Each  saucer  (except  the  top  unci  has  a  smaller 
inverted  saucer  interposed  between  it  and  the  larger 
saucer  next  above.  The  hot  gases  from  some  furnace 
of  convenient  construction  are  made  to  ascend  through 
the  desiccator,  thus  drying  the  fnel  on  the  saucers.  In 
operation  the  raw  material  is  treated  in  the  pugg  and  let 
down  through  regulated  openings  on  to  the  topmost 
saucer,  whence  it  is  scraped  by  proper  scrapers,  so  as  to 
fall  over  the  intermediate  saucer  (which  thus  acts  as  a 
spreader)  on  to  the  larger  saucer  next  below.  Falling 
thus  from  saucer  to  saucer  in  zig-zag  course,  the  material 
may  be  desiccated  to  any  desired  degree.  — A.  It.  1). 


Improvements  relating  to  th<  Purification  of  Illuminating 

Gas  and  other  Iliads,  and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  E. 
Lux,  Ludwigshafen,  Bavaria.  Eng.  Pat.  15,478,  Nov. 
26,  1886.    8d. 

This  invention  is  based  upon  the  principle  of  alternately 
contracting  and  expanding  the  gaseous  current,  and  is 
carried  out  by  dividing  the  said  current  into  several 
streams  and  passing  these  through  scries  of  chambers 
(preferably  contiguous  to  one  another),  the  enclosing  walls 
of  which,  being  convoluted,  continually  change  tlie  sec- 
tional area  in  the  direction  of  the  current.  It  is  claimed 
that  the  sudden  changes  of  velocity  produced  in  the 
gaseous  current  by  this  alternate  expansion  and  contrac- 
tion of  its  channel  cause  a  most  complete  deposition  of 
the  mechanically  carried  solid  or  liquid  matters.  This 
deposition  may  be  aided  by  the  insertion  of  barHe  plates 
where  the  channel  is  widest A.  K.  D. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture,  Blending,  or  Treat- 
ment of  certain  Mineral  Hydrocarbons  or  Compounds  of 
Hydrocarbons.  S.  Banner,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  603, 
January  14,  18S6.     6d. 

This  invention  consists  in  adding  any  one  or  more  hydro- 
carbons of  one  chemical  series,  say  the  paraffins,  to  any 
one  or  more  of  the  nearly  corresponding  hydrocarbons  of 
another  series,  say  the  olelines.  The  specific  gravity  of 
the  mixture  thus  produced  is  higher  than  the  mean  of 
those  of  the  separate  liquids,  and  there  is  a  corresponding 
improvement  in  the  index  of  viscosity  and  the  Hashing 
point — A.  K.  D. 

Improvements  in  Incandescence  Gas  lights.  F.  L.  Rawson, 
and  T.  V.  Hughes,  London.  Eng.  I'at.  1195,  Jan. 
26,  1886.     8d. 

THE  improvements  consist  in  maintaining  a  constant 
relation  between  the  area  of  the  incandescent  material 
ami  the  amount  of  gas,  or  gas  and  air,  used  in  the  burner. 
This  may  be  done  by  so  connecting  the  incandescent 
envelope  witli  the  tap  controlling  the  gas  supply  that 
the  envelope  and  burner  are  moved  relatively  to  one 
another  as  desired.  The  waste  heal  is  used  to  warm  the 
air  required  for  the  burner A.  R.  D, 


Improvements  in  Incandescence  Has  Lights.   C.  von  Buch 
London.    Eng.  Pat  1235,  Jan.  27,  1886.    8d. 

The  inventor  uses  a  framework  of  platinum  win-  to 
support  the  material  that  is  to  be  made  incandescent. 
In  the  case  of  woven  or  librous  material  the  wire  is 
introduced  into  the  texture  at  suitable  intervals,  the 
lower  rim  of  the  frame,  or  projections  therefrom  being 
conveniently  attached  to  the  mouth  of  the  burner 

-A.  R,  D. 


Improvements  in  Gas  Product  rs.    F.  Radcliffe,  l'lumstead. 
Eng.  Eat.  7-577.  June  2,  18S6.     Bd. 

THE  inventoi  supplies  the  producer  with  fuel  from  below 
by  means  of  a  hydraulic  ram  or  screw.  The  ram  works 
in  a  charging-box  connected  with  the  bottom  of  the  pro- 
ducer, and  this  box  is  filled  from  a  spout  or  hopper. 
Before  the  ram  begins  its  upward  stroke  the  idling 
aperture  of  the  box  is  closed  with  a  slide.  When  a 
charge  has  been  forced  into  the  producer,  and  the  ram  is 
about  to  descend,  the  fuel  is  prevented  from  following 
by  an  iron  plate  which  was  laid  loosely  on  the  ram  table 
before  the  charging-box  was  tilled,  and  is  now  caught  by 
two  horizontal  bars  (which  are  passed  through  holes  in 
the  casing)  and  held  till  the  box  is  filled  again  and  the 
ram  ready  to  begin  its  upward  stroke.  The  plate  is  then 
drawn  out  by  a  suitable  slot,  and  all  is  ready  for  the 
insertion  of  another  charge.— A.  R.  D. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Distilling  or  Refining 

Mineral  Oils.      R.  Tenet,  Musselburgh,  X.B.      Eng. 
Pat.  S494,  June  29,  1S86.     Sd. 

This  apparatus  consists  of  a  horizontal  cylindrical  vessel 
divided  by  vertical  partitions  into  a  number  ot  compart- 
ments corresponding  to  the  number  of  stages  of  the 
distillations  to  which  the  oil  is  to  be  subjected.  To  lake 
one  modification  for  example,  the  cylinder  is  divided 
into  live  compartments,  and  the  oil  is  fed  into  the  central 
one  for  the  first  stage.  Alter  this  it  passes,  by  any  suit- 
able connections,  to  the  two  adjacent  compartments  for 
the  second  stage,  and  from  these  to  the  two  outer  or  end 
compartments  for  the  third  stage.  From  these  it  is 
transferred  to  ordinary  coking  stills.  The  transference 
of  the  oil  from  compartment  to  compartment  may  be 
either  continuous  or  periodical,  and  may  be  accomplished 
I'V  gravitation  only  or  by  thcaid  of  steam  pressure.  The 
graduation  of  the  heat  employed  in  the  distilling  process 
may  be  attained  by  placing  the  fires  under  the  (  nd  com- 
partments   and    using    the    lire    gases    lirst    to    heat    the 

intermediate  compartments  and  then  the  central  one. 
i  h  a  separate  lire  may  be  placed  to  each  compartment 
and  regulated  as  required.— A,  R.  1>. 


An  Improved  Method  and  Apparatus  for  rendering  a 
Liquid  Hydrocarbon  Gaseous.  Jas.  Boots,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,967,  August  16,  1886.    8d. 

A  CYLINDER,  having  a  tightly-fitting  piston,  is  provided 
with  an  inlet  and  an  outlet  valve.  Air  and  benzidine  in 
suitable  proportions  are  drawn  into  the  cylinder  by  one 

stroke  of  the  piston,  and.  bj  the  next,  are  forced  out 
again  into  and  through  a  vessel  packed  with  line  wire 
gauze, asbestos,  cotton,  or  the  like.  This  packing  ensures 
the  line  division  of  the  hydrocarbon,  and  si  materially 
aids  in  impregnating  the  air  with  the  vapours  thereof. 

Other  hydrocarbons  besides  benzidine  may  be  used. 
With  the  heavier  ones  the  aid  of  heat  is  required, 

-A.  K.  D. 


Feb.  28, 1887.1     THE  .TOrUXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OK  CHEMICAL  tNDUSTRY. 


13.'. 


Improvements  in   the   Purification   uf  CoalGas  and  in 

Apparatus  therefor,  t/u  tame  being  in  part  applicable 

for  the  Preparation  of  Caustic  Ammonia    ■ 

W.  Young,  Peebles.     Eng.  Pat  16..052,  Bept  29,  1886. 

Is.  3d. 

This  ia  an  improvement  on  the  known  processes  for  osing 

ga-  li.jm»r  to  purify  coal-gas.     By  these,  as  hitherto  con- 

ducted,  gaa  liquor  is  heed  from  its  carbonic  acid  and 

sulphuretted  hydrogen  by  being  raised  to  a  temperature 

nome what  below  100  C.   The  remaining  caustic  ammonia 

solution  is  used  to  absorb  the  acid  gases  from  a  fiesb 

portion  of  coal-gas  by  being  passed  through  a  Bcrubber 

in  a  direction  opposite  to  tiie  tlow  of  the  gas.     The  chiei 


specific  gravity  of  OS'.'O  to  0900,  and  repreaei 
mixture  of  several  fractions.  More  than  50  pel  i 
bakuol  can   1 btained  from  the  crude  ofl  of  Baku, 

.-  the  yield  of  kerosene,  which  is  usual! 
for  illuminating  purposes,  does  not  ex©  n  cent. 

For   determining  the   illuminating    power   of    bakuol, 
different  kinds  were  burned  in  a  common  German  lamp, 
and  their  lighting   effect  was   measured  by  a  B 
photometer.      At  the  same  time  commercial  ken 

camined  under  precisely  the  same  conditions,  and 
it  was  found  that  the  bakuols  were  decidedly  preferable 
to  kerosenes  as  illuminating  agents.  The  following 
table  contains  the  results  of  the  experiments 


1 

2 
3 

1 

5 
6 

8 
9 
10 

11 

1-' 

13 


Spsi  ran  or  Oil. 


Oil  Fine  (Xobell 


Kerosene  (Schibajewl  .. 
„         (Mirzojewl    . . 

(Hopes)   

Astrolin   

Pyronaphtha  iKordigl . . 
,.  (Ragosin) 

Bakuol  No.  1 

No.  2 

No.3 

No.  4 


1 
Kufsian  Pouuda  per  Hour. 

Specific  GiMity 

jti: 

Flashing  Point 

at  76Ciiiiu. 

Effect  it- 1 

units. 

u      >■.    i.m«        ForCandle- 
For  the  Lamp.           umts 

0-8218 

29-5 

900 

0-0667 

00074 

0-808 

32  0 

865 

0  0720 

0-0083 

0-8300 

270 

920 

0-0670 

00073 

0-8225 

27-0 

861 

00662 

00077 

08125 

32-0 

7S5 

00690 

0-0088 

n-l-S 

350 

9-25 

00650 

0-0079 

0-8408 

57  D 

820 

0-0687 

00083 

0-8457 

470 

7-70 

0-0658 

00085 

0-8508 

730 

7-30 

0-0610 

0DO83 

08280 

36D 

7-4C 

0-0588 

00080 

0-8310 

375 

10-40 

0-0633 

0-0060 

0-8300 

395 

984 

00633 

0-0064 

0-S310 

495 

8-30 

0-0675 

0-0081 

objections  to  these  processes  are  that  at  ordinary  pressure 
the  temperature  that  is  required  to  drive  off  the  carbonic 
acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  very  apt  to  drive  off 
the  ammonia  also,  and  that  the  ammonia  solution  enter- 
ing the  scrubber  and  meeting  the  comparatively  pure  gas 
leaving  the  same,  is  also  very  apt  to  part  with  ammonia, 
which  goes  forward  with  the  gas  and  has  to  be  scrubbed 
out  again  with  water.  The  patentee  obviates  these 
difficulties  by  conducting  the  operation  under  a  pressure 
of  from  30  to  501b.  This  pressure  raises  the  solubility 
of  the  ammonia  far  more  than  that  of  the  carbonic  acid 
and  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  so  enables  much  stronger 
gas  liquor  to  be  dealt  with.  In  the  subsequent  operation 
the  caustic  ammonia  solution  is  caused  to  pass  through 
the  scrubber  in  the  same  direction  as  the  gas.  By  this 
means  the  strongest  ammonia  liquor  is  brought  into 
contact  with  the  crudest  gas,  and  the  less  volatile  car- 
bonates and  sulphides  formed  at  once.  For  particulars 
uf  the  elaborate  apparatus  with  which  the  patentee  carries 
out  his  invention,  the  specification  with  it-  drawings  must 
be  consulted.  — A.  R.  1». 

An  Improvement  in  the  Purification  of  Coal-Gat,     11. 
Bowater,  Cradley.     Fng.  Pat  2892,  Nov.  '2,  1886.     4d. 

The  gas  is  passed  through  a  heated  passage,  and  the 
higher  the  temperature  to  which  it  is  raised  the  more 
perfect  is  the  realisation  of  the  advantages  claimed. 
These  are  chieffy  :  That  inferior  coal  can  be  made  to  yield 
gas  of  the  best  quality;  that  t  lie  hydraulic  purification 
may  be  dispensed  with  ;  and  that  all  noxious  smells  are 
destroyed. — A.  K.  D. 


The  table  on  next  page  contains  the  fractions,  with 
their  specific  gravities,  of  four  different  kinds  of  kerosenes 
and  bakuols. 

Considering  the  great  illuminating  power,  combined 
with  the  high-flashing  test  of  the  bakuols,  and  principally 
the  greater  yield  of  bakuol  to  be  obtained  from  crude  oil, 
the  author  expresses  the  hope  that  petroleum  distillers 
will  find  it  more  profitable  to  manufacture  bakuol  from 
Caucasian  petroleum,  than  to  .listil  the  latter  for  kero- 
sene after  the  American  fashion. — S.  H. 


On  Pyrcnc.     E.   Bamberger  and   M. 
3036-3040. 


Philip.     Ber.  19, 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION.  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Vn   Russian  Bakuols.    J.    Jlimow.     Chem.    Xeit.    10- 

1458— 146a 
MSNDELEJEFF  gave  the  name  of  bakuol  to  a  product  of 
di-tillation  of  the  Caucasian  petroleum,  which  had  the 


In  a  previous  communication  (this  Journal,  1886.  595  it 
was  shown  that  by  the  oxidation  of  pyrenic  acid, 
naphthalenetetracarboxylic  acid  c:ill.i  >.  is  obtained.  In 
treating  a  large  quantity  of  this  acid,  a  »  cond  oxidation 
product  is  obtained,  forming  long  orange  needle-  with  a 
vitreous  lustre  melting  at  191  .  Owing  to  the  want  of 
material,  however,  the  investigation  of  this  substance  could 
not  be  pursued.   When  naphthalenetet rat  acidis 

gradually  heated  to  150—170*,  two  molecules  of  water  are 
liberated  with  formation  or  naphthalenetetracarboxylic 
dianhydride  C-  B<(CO.O.CO)*  This  substance  crystal- 
iii  glacial  acetic  acid  in  white  lustrous  needle-. 
Naphthalenetetracarboxylic  acid  therefore  contains  two 
pairs  of  carboxyl  group-  in  ortho-position,  a  circum- 
stance which  receives  confirmation  by  the  formation  of 
naphthalenetetracarboxylic  diim  ide  C : ,  FI ,  •.  i.  >.  N  H .  l » >  ■_ 
from  the  dianhydride  by  treatment  with  ammonia.  '  m 
oxidising  pyrene  ketone  C,  II .« '.  prepared  by  distilling 
pyrenic  acid  with  lime,  a  dibasic  acid  t  11  C<  K  'II  .  i- 
obtained  which  is  decomposed  into  naphthalene  and 
carbonic  anhydride  when  distilled  with  lime.  This  acid 
melt-  at  265°,  yield-  a  characteristic  imide,  and  appears 
to  be  identical  with  the  naphtbalic  acid  obtained  by 
Behr  and  Van  Dorp  from  acenaphthene.    By  determining 


TIM-:  JOURNAL  OF  Till'  SOCII'TY   OK  cHKMICAL  IXIH'STKY.      |k.-i..  -_*.-.  iss7. 


rftion  "t  the  acid  groups  in  naphthalic  acid  the 
authors  expect  to  decide  the  constitution  of  pyrene. 

D.  B 


■  mi  nts  in  the  Man  ufacture  of  ( 'okefor  Mi  tallurgi- 

cal Purposes.     II .  Barclay  and  ft.  Simps Harrington 

Iron  Works,  Cumberland.     Eng.  Pat.  2307,  Oct.  28, 
IS36.     6d. 
'l"ii  i  coal  to  be  coked  is  put  through  a  suitable  disinte- 
grator and  mixed  with  4  or  .">  percent,  of  slaked  lime  in 
liiif  powder.     The  coke  produced  is  less  friable  and  more 


or  steam  to  about  8— 9C  C,  and  then,  whilst  well 
stirring,  the  nitrite  gently  run  in  through  lead  funnels 
winch  reach  to  the  bottom  of  the  vat.  This  requires 
about  two  hours,  after  which  two  carboys  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  arc  added  to  each  vessel. 

Reduction  and  Saturation  with  Hydrogen  Sulphide. — 
I  resh,  moist,  "  soda  waste  "  supplies  the  latter,  and  can 
be  measured  conveniently  in  a  wooden  pail  to  hold 
abont 35kilos.  "waste."  Two  such  pails  of  "waste" 
are  required  to  expel  excess  of  nitrons  acid  from  all 
three  vats  ;   .'  pail  is  added  at  a  time  to  each   vat,  whilst 


1  i:  k<  nONS, 

Percentage  of  Fractions. 

KEBOSEKE8,                                                                                  BAXUOLa 

"0. 

Nobel.        Schibajew. 

Mirzojew. 

A>tr 

No.  1.             No.  2. 

No.  J. 

No  4, 

From  120'  to  150*   

8-0                 1-8 
232               23-7 
253               217 
2.V5               260 
18-0               238 

4-5 
256 
231 

273 
18-7 

2-1 
2fS 
L'l-7 
32-7 
IS  1 

2  0                 3-6 
115                175 
27-5                1S-0 
27  B                31-7 
282                28-6 

11 

106 
17  7 

27-2 
399 

11 

71 

138 

328 

11-9 

..     150  .,    ISO    

..     ISO  .,    210    

„     210  „   250    

Above  250'  

FiucnoNa 
•C. 

From  120"  to  150     

Specific  Gravity  of  tiif 
Kerosene-. 

Fractions  at  17-5'  C. 

Bakcols. 

Nobel. 

- 

U  ii  i  Jew 

&strotin. 

No.  1. 

No.  2 

No.  3. 

07723 
0-7971 
08162 
0  8370 
0  8599 

No.  4. 

070611 
07925 
0-S125 
0-8?55 
08573 

07613 
07915 
08137 
0  8355 
0-85S0 

07698 
0-7855 
0-S075 
0-S260 
08177 

0-7579 
0  7720 
07832 
0-7981 
08230 

07839 
07933 
08152 
0-8315 
08580 

07701 
07990 
08175 
0-8350 
0-8592 

07S52 
07967 
01121 

0S3I5 
08585 

,.     150  ,.    ISO    

..     ISO   ..   210    

.,     210  „  250    

Above  250'   

compact  in  structure  than  that  made  in  the  ordinary  way. 
This  invention  is  onlv  applicable  to  ovens  of  the  Dee  hive 
type.— A.  R.D. 


IT.— COLOURING  MATTEES  AND  DYES. 

The Manufactun  of  Methyleni  Blue.     Otto  Miihihauser. 

Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  262,  371—379. 
THE  two  processes  in  use  for  the  manufacture  of 
methylene  blue  are  based  upon  two  reactions,  the  one 
discovered  by  Caro  in  lbTii  being  the  oxidation  of 
dimethylparaphenylenediamine  in  acid  solution  in  the 
presence  of  hydrogen  sulphide  ;  the  other,  described  by 
Uehler  in  1882,  being  the  oxidation  of  a  base  containing 
sulphur,  and  which  is  obtained  by  treating  a  strong  sul- 
phuric acid  solution  of  nitrosodimethylaniline  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

Process  with  "Soda  Waste." 

The  apparatus  for  the  raw  colour  consists  of  two  series 

of  three  w len  vats,  the  npperone  provided  with  cover 

with  manhole,  stirrers,  and  draught  connected  with  the 
Hue  for  the  removal  of  gases  i  also  two  sets  of  three 
biter  boxes.  For  the  purification,  there  are  two  vats 
for  the  extraction  and  two  for  the  precipitation  of  the 

colours,  and    the    requisite  filters.      The   vats  each  hold 

about  :iuoo  litres  (660  gallons). 

Nitrosodimethylaniline  Solution. — Into  each  vat  1-00 
litre*  of  water  are  run  and  a  mixture  of  dimcth.s  laniline 
hydrochloride  added.  Tins  mixture  is  made  by  diluting 
a  carboy  of  hydrochloric  acid  with  SO  litres  of  water  in 
an  enamel  pan,  and  well  stirring  into  this  lOkilos. 
dimethylanilinc.  Each  \at  is  also  provided  with  a 
vessel  with  run-off  cock  in  which  6'6kilos.  nitrite  of  soda 
an-  dissolved  in  about  150  litres  of  water.  The  tempers 
ture  of   the  solulion   in    the    vats    is    regulated    by    ice 


stirring  well.  Thereupon  two  more  carboys  hydro- 
chloric acid  are  added  to  each  batch,  and  a  pailtul  of 
"  waste  "  thrown  in,  and  then  the  stirrers  thrown  out  of 
gear  so  that  the  evolution  of  gas  can  take  place  slowly 
and  regularly.  With  pauses  of  14  to  2  nours,  4  to  5 
pails  altogether  of  "  waste  "  are  added,  and  the  reduc- 
tion is  then  complete,  a  drop  of  the  solution  on  filter 
paper  no  longer  showing  the  yellow  nitrosoedge.  Dur- 
ing this  operation  the  colour  of  the  liquor  changes  from 
yellow,  through  dark  green,  brown,  black,  blue,  and 
red  to  a  milky  white,  and  the  temporal  pre  rises  about 
o    -viz.,  from  l(i    to  21  . 

The  Oxidation,  —  For  this  purpose  a  solution  of  ferric 
chloride  of  riti  to  117  sp.  gr.,  containing  '20— -1  per 
cent.  Fe  ,<  1 .  .  is  added  in  slight  excess  to  the  solution 
in  the  vats.  The  odour  of  II  S  must  then  entirely  have 
disappeared,  and  the  liquid  must  appear  deep  blue,  also 
the  clear  solution  from  a  sample  precipitated  with  salt 
and  zinc  chloride  should  give  a  slight  blue  colouration  with 
ferrocyanideof  potassium.  The  colour  thus  formed  is  then 
salted  out  with  ISOkilos.  rough  salt  and  about -.'okilos.  of 
zinc  chloride  solution,  containing  44  to  49  per  cent. 
ZnCl,  ( 1  •">  sp.  gr.).  A  drop  on  filter  paper  must  show 
blue  flakes  on  a  red  ground.  The  filtration  is  then  pro- 
ceeded with,  stirring  constantly,  and  takes  two  or 
three  hours.  The  raw  colour  collects  on  the  doubled 
woollen  tillers,  the  red  mother  liquor  runs  into  the  lower 
series  of  vats  for  further  treatment,  and  in  the  ton  vats 
there  remains  a  residue,  which  is  washed  with  the 
water  to  be  used  afterwards  for  the  purification.  The 
red  filtrates  are  kept  well  stilting,  and  into  each  vat 
l2kilos.  of  zinc-dust,  made  into  a  paste  with  water,  are 
added  every  10  minutes— an  iron  ladleful  at  a  time. 
Hydrogen  sulphide  is  given  oil,  and  the  solution  be- 
comes colourless,  A  cat  hoy  of  ferric  chloride  I  -  TOkilos. ) 
is  then  addid.  ami  the  colour  which   precipitates   at  once 

filtered  off.    This  is  termed  the  tine-colour.    The  filtrates 

arc  allowed  to  run  away. 


(M>. 28,1881]      THE  JOLTvXAL  OF  THE  SOCfETV  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDtTSTRY. 


137 


I'm  •ifieation.— The  nur  colour  from  six  vats,  con- 
sisting of  methylene  bine  "waste"  residue,  sulphur. 
:m<l  other  impurities,  is  well  -lirrcd  up  in  the  npper 
purification  vat,  with  water  which  baa  been  warmed 
to  -J,  and  to  which  18kilos.  ferric  chloride  solution 
have  been  added.  After  standing  12  hours 
rotation  is  syphoned  off  on  to  t lie  filters,  the  nitrate 
precipitated  with  200kiioe.  sail  and  30kiloe 
chloude  solution,  and  the  colour  then  filtered  off. 
A  second  liquor,  containing  another  lskilos.  f< 
chloride,  is  taken  oil  tin-  residue  of  the  raw  colour  anil 
treated  exactly  as  the  Bret  one.  A  third  extraction  is 
then  made,  using  only  Skill  B.  ferric  chloride;  from  this 
the  |  in  rest  and  stroDge  i  colour  is  obtained.  It  is  seldom 
necessary  to  make  a  fourth  extraction.  The  residue  of 
the  raw  colour  is  then  stirred  up  in  a  halt  vat  fill  of 
water  with  lokilos.  hydrochloric  aeid.  and  heated  to  the 

boil,  sulphurous  acid  is  given  off,  and  I  he  liquid  becomes 

pale  or  even  colourless  ;  30kilos.  ferric  chloride  are  then 
added  and  the  whole  solution  filtered  into  the  lower  vat, 
where  other  Skilos.  ferric  chloride  are  stirred  in.  and  Ihe 
colour  thrown  down  with  I50kilos.  rough  salt  and  ! 
30kilos  zinc  chloride.  This  is  the  weakest  colour.  The 
zinc-colour  from  six  hatches  is  put  in  the  boiling-up  \at 
anil  well  stirred  with  cold  water,  and  after  12  hours  rest 
filtered  into  the  lower  vessel  where  the  colour  is  thrown  I 
down  with  lOkilos.  ferric  chloride,  ISOkilos.  salt  and 
30kilos.  zinc  chloride,  and  then  filtered  off.  Instead  of 
a  second  extraction  this  residue  is  generally  boiled  up 
with  the  residue  from  the  raw  colour.  The  purified 
colour  thus  obtained  is  allowed  to  drain  well  on  the 
filters,  and  then  is  stirred  up  with  cold  water  until  the 
colour  just  begins  to  dissolve ;  the  resulting  thick 
paste  is  drained  in  filter  bags,  wrapped  up  in  Btrong 
calico  cloths  and  pressed  in  the  hydraulic  press.  The 
cakes  are  cut  up  and  dried  on  zinc  trays  in  a  stove  . 
heated  to  about  60°.  The  yield  of  colour  obtained  as 
above  is  about  5  to  Skilos.  per  vat. 

Process  with  Zimc  Sulphide. 

When  hydrogen   sulphide    is    passed   into  sulphuric 
acid  of  -10 — 50    B.,  precipitation  of  sulphur  takes  place, 
according  to  the  two  following  equations  :  II' mi,-  II  S 
=SO,-  S+H,OandSOs    2H2S-=2HtO+3S 

When  these  reactions  take  place  in  the  presence  of  sul- 
phate of  nitrosodiniethylaniline  a  colourless  base  con- 
taining sulphur  is  formed,  which  on  oxidation  yields 
methylene  blue.  The  nitrosodimetbylaniline  is  made  in 
three  enamelled  iron  vessels  of  400  litres  capacity,  pro- 
vided with  stirrers  and  cooling  jacket,  by  stirring 
lOkilos.  dimethylaniline  into  Tokilos.  sulphuric  acid  of 
Jo  B.  [23  strong  acid  to  50  water),  cooling  with 
ice  to  0  to  8°  and  running  in  slowly  a  solution  of  I 
6"25kilos.  NaNOs  in  30kilos.  water,  whilst  stirring  well. 
When  this  reaction  is  complete  lTokilos.  of  60°  I!,  sul- 
phuric acid  (150  strong  acid  to  22"5  water)  are  poured 
into  eacii  vat.  During  both  operations  the  temperature 
must  not  rise  above  1-  .  The  contents  are  then  blown 
by  air  pressure  into  three  iron  vessels  of  1500  lilies 
capacity,  provided  with  covers,  pressure  gauge,  man- 
hole, cooling  jacket,  draught  pipes  for  removal  of  ease-, 
and  stirrers,  which,  like  the  vessels,  are  covered  with 
lead.  Whilst  well  stirring,  lOOkilos.  of  finely  ground 
dry  zinc  sulphide  are  gradually  added,  the  temperature 
being  kept  at  about  20—25°.  When  all  the  snlphide 
has  been  put  in,  the  vessels  are  closed  and  the  contents 
digested  at  35  -40  until  the  solution  has  become 
colourless.  The  contents  of  the  three  vessels  are  then 
blown  into  a  settling  vat  holding  about  3000  litres,  well 
mixed  and  allowed  to  stand  for  12  hours.  The  solution 
is  then  filtered  oil' from  the  sulphur,  etc.,  the  latter  afti  r- 
wards  boiled  up  with  Skilos.  sulphuric  acid  anil  1000  litres 
water,  allowed  to  settle  and  tillered.  The  united 
filtrates  after  oxidation  are  salted  out.  and  otherwise 
treated  as  before  described.  The  colour  obtained  in 
this  manner  is  much  stronger  than  that  yielded  by  the 
"soda  waste  "  process. — T.  L.  B. 

Method  /or    the    Spectroscopieal  Investigation   of  Tar- 
colours.    V.  Schoop.     Dingl.  lVlyt.  J.  262,  424—427. 
Tut  method  of  testing  the  stiength  of  dye-stuffs  by  test- 
dyeing  requires  great  practice,  and  even  theu  it  is  diffi- 


cult in  manj  cases  to  determine  differences  of  five  pet 
with  anything  like  accuracy.  The  investigations 
of  H  \  ierordl  and  G.  Kttiss  have  rendered  il  possibh  to 
nine  with  accuracy  and  rapidity  the  amount  of 
,-,,!,  urine  matter  in  :i  solution.  The  basis  of  Iheir 
method  is  as  follows :  Every  substance  can  only  absorb 
those  rays  of  light  which  have  the  el rate  of  vibration 

OW  n   molecules.  Ore,   in    the  spec 

Hum  of  the   lighl   reflected   bj    it.   absorption-bands  in 

in  places.     With  lighl  fi the  Fame  source,  the 

irption-band  is  the  darker  the  greater  the  amount  of 
absorbing  (coloured]  substance  i-  contained  in  the  unity 
of  space,  and  the  relation  between  the  lighl  absorption 

and   the  quantity  of  colouring  matter   is   a   very  simple 
on.'.      If  ;ili  of  the  rays  of  a  beam  of  light   pass  through 

a  I  cm.  thick  stratum  of  colour  solution,  a  second  similar 
stratum  will  allow  only  Mb  of  this  Mb  to  pass  through 

it,  and  so  on.  The  same  result  is  obtained  if,  instead  of 
the  light  passing  through  two  such  layers  of  solution,  it 
passes  through  one  Ia>  i  r  of  solution  of  double  stn  ngth  ; 
in  each  case  the  amount  of  colour  is  the  same.  There- 
fore, if  the  amount  of  light  which  passes  through  a  1  .in. 
thick  layer  of  a  solution  containing,  say, one  milligramme 
of  ...lour  in  the  litre,  be  equal  to  ...  then  the  amount  of 
light  which  passes  through  an  .Mime-  so  concentrated  a 
solution,  is  b  =  «'  (where  .<•  equals  the  number  of  milli- 
grammes of  colouring  matter  in  one  litre  solution),  or 
logh  xlogaotx  log  b:  log  a.  The  quantities  a  and 
6 'are  easily  and  quickly  obtained  by  the  spectroscope. 
Scboop's  iiistiument  consists  of  a  tube  with  slit,  prism, 
ami  telescope,  which  is  so  arranged  that  any  position  in 
the  spectrum  can  be  examined  and  determined.  The 
slit  i-  in  two  halves,  the  upper  movable  and  the  lower 
lixed,  and  immediately  in  front  of  the  latter  is  a  vessel 
with  parallel  glass  sides  1cm.  apart,  for  the  solution  to 
be  tested.  When  in  use.  by  regulating  the  height  of  the 
solution  in  this  vessel,  two  spectra  are  obtained,  one  of 
the  source  of  light,  and  the  other  the  absorption  spec- 
trum of  the  solution.  The  darkest  part  of  the  latter  is 
then  found,  and  the  movable  slit  regulated  until  the 
amount  of  light  in  each  spectrum  is  equal.  The  amount 
of  movement  is  shown  on  a  drum  connected  with  the 
micrometer  screw,  and  serves  as  measure  for  the  inten- 
sitv  of  the  light,  that  admitted  by  the  fixed  part  of  the 
slit  being  taken  as  unity.  Having  in  this  way  deter- 
mined the  intensity  of  light  d  r  a  normal  solution  of  any 
colour,  a  similar  determination  for  the  solution  to  be 
tested,  with  the  use  of  the  above  formula,  gives  the 
amount  of  colour  contained  in  it.  It  is  advisable  to 
regulate  the  concentration  of  the  solutions  so  that  about 
00—70  i  ei  cut.  of  the  total  light  only  is  absorbed.  The 
apparatus  can  be  used  to  detect  commercial  mixtures  of 
two  or  more  colours,  as  also  to  determine  the  end  of  the 
reaction  in  the  formation  of  colouring  matters,  such  as 
in  the  magenta  and  blue  melts,  etc.— T.  L.  1!. 


Toluene- di-sulphonic  Acids.     1'.    Klason.     Ber.   19, 
■jssy—osoo. 

By  heating  toluene-m-sulphonic  acid  with  fuming  sul- 
phuric acid,  two  isomeric  di-sulphonic  acids  are  formed 

which  can  be  separated  by  the  different  solubilities  of 
their  barium  salts. 

The  first  is  identical  with  the  so-called  '•.-,  acid 
isolated  by  Hakansson  (Ber.  5,  108S)  from  the  mother- 
liquors  obtained  in  the  preparation  of  the  a-di-snlphoiiic 
acid  by  further  sulphonation  of  toluene  p-sul  phonic 
acid.  Its  barium  salt  i-ll,  mi  ,Ba-l  H,0  18  a  crystal- 
line powder :  100  parts  of  water  at  15  dissolve  3*9  parts 
of  the  anhydrous  salt,    The  potassium  salt  i    II  (SO  K  . 

ll.ii  forms  readily  soluble  crystals.  The  chloride  is 
sparingly  soluble  in  ether  and  crystallises  from  carbon 
disiilphide  in  rhombic  tables  melting  at  96°.  The  amide 
is  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  and  melts  at  224". 

The  second  di-sulphonic  acid  is  identical  with  the  acid 
obtained  by  Limpricht  and  Rfchter  [Ber.  18-  2177)by 
rc.lu.tion  of  the  iodo-toluene-di-sulphonic acid,  formed 
by  snlphonation  of  p-toluidine-w-sulphonic  acid,  diazo- 
ti'sation,  and  treatment  with  111.  Its  barium  salt 
t  .11.  (SO»)  Ba  :;;.ll.ii  forma  easily  soluble  prisma  The 
chloride  melts  at  !».">   and  the  amide  at  214  . 


138 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IFeb.  28.  is>7. 


The  author  also  shows  thai  the  di-sul- 

phonic  acid  of  Sen  hofer  I  irm.    164,  129) 

dned  by  direct  sulphonation  of  toluene  is  identical 

with  tin-  abovi  led  a-acid.      Hence  5  isomeric 

toluene  di-sulphonic  acids  are  at  present  known. 

— A.C  G. 

Formation  of  Aniline  and  Diphenylamine  from  I'i 
V.  Men  and  P.  Muller.  Ber.  19.  2901  2917. 
The  following  i-  a  summary  of  the  authors'  results  ■ 
On  heating  a  mixture  oi  phenol  and  ammoniacal  /inc 
chloride  to  a  temperature  of  about  .".">()  ,  aniline  and 
diphenylamine  are  obtained,  the  yield  amounting  to 
7d  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  phenol  employed.  When 
Bal  ammoniac  is  added  to  the  mixture,  the  reaction  takes 
place  at  a  lower  temperature,  and  the  yield  of  amines  is 
increased.  The  best  results  are  obtained  at  330°.  The 
main  reaction  is  completed  in  twenty  hours,  and  the 
yield  in  tin-  case  is  more  than  80  per  cent  of  the  weight 
of  phenol  used.  A  small  amount  of  carbonaceous  matter 
is  invariably  formed.  Its  quantity  increases  considerably 
when  the  temperature  is  carried  above  340—350°,  As  to 
the  ratio  of  aniline  and  diphenylamine  in  the  product  of 
the  reaction,  it  is  shown  that  the  quantity  of  the  latter 
increases  with  a  diminution  in  the  amount  of  ammoniacal 
zinc  chloride  and  sal  ammoniac,  it  the  temperature  and 
period  of  heating  he  increased.  On  heating  diphenyl- 
amine with  sal-ammoniac,  or  preferably  sal-ammoniac 
and  ammoniacal  zinc  chloride,  aniline  is  formed.  AVhen 
phenol  is  heated  with  zinc  oxide  and  sal-amrnoniac  it 
yields  aniline  and  diphenylamine,  although  the  amount 
is  less  than  in  the  case  of  ammoniacal  zinc  chloride. 
The  zinc  oxide  may  he  replaced  by  magnesia,  in  which 
case  the  yield  is  still  further  lednced.  Sal-ammoniac 
per  sc  has  little  or  no  action  on  phenol  at  350\  At  a 
temperature  of  400  ,  however,  the  action  is  more  ener- 
getic, with  formation  of  aniline  and  diphenylamine. 
Concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  does  not  act  on  diphenyl- 
amine at  300'.  At  320  a  large  proportion  is  decomposed 
into  aniline  and  phenol. — D.  B. 


On  the  Constitution  of  Safranine.     R.  Xietzki.     Ber.  19, 

3017—3022. 
Tiik  author  supplements  his  earlier  work  on  this  suhject, 
and  discusses  the  formula  lately  proposed  by  Andresen 
and  Bernthsen — viz. : 


II  X.t'.M. 


C  II  .K 


i 


HN.cys, 


N    and 


IFX.c.ll 
CI 

II.XA',11; 


One  XH5  group  of  (pheno-)  safranine  can  he  readily 
diazotised,  and  is  eliminated  by  boiling  with  alcohol". 
The  product  (',.11,  X  is  a  dyestuff  of  bluer  shade 
than  safranine,  and  has  no  fluorescence  in  alcoholic 
solution. 

It  dissolves  in  concentrated  II. sn^  with  yellowish- 
brown  colour,  which  on  dilution  iirM  becomes  green  and 
then  red.  It  forms  a  well-crystallised  double  zinc 
chloride.  Its  mono-acetyl  derivative  is  violet,  and  yields 
yellow  crystalline  salts. 

The  second  Ml.  group  can  only  be  diazotised  in 
Btronglj  acid  solution;  on  decomposition  of  the  product 
with  alcohol  a  base  1b  obtained  which,  although  as  yet 
not  analysed,  is  in  all  probability  the  true  mother- 
substance  or  basis  of  safranine.  It  is  reddish-violet, 
and  dissolves  in  dilute  or  concent  rate, 1  acids  with  a 
yellow  colour.  The  same  colour  reactions  arc  shown  by 
di-acetyl  Bafranine,  or  the  mono-acetyl  derivative  of  the 
baseC,  II  N  ,  in  which  the  NHa  groups,  though  not 
removed,  are  neutralised  by  acetyl. 

By  oxidation  of  lmol.  of  symmetrical  di-alkylp- 
phenylene  diamine,  with  2mols.  of  aniline,  or  of  equal 
nod,,  of  p-phenylene  diamine,  di-alkyl  aniline,  and 
aniline,  isomeric  di-alkyl  Balranini  tai 1. 

Both  products  allow  themselves  to  be  readily  con- 
verted into  blue  di-acid  diazo-compounds.  The  explana- 
tion of  these  facts  bv  either  of  the  above  formula-  appears 
to  oiler  some  difficulty.— A.  G.  G. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Mixed  Azo-colours. 
C.  A.  Martius,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  "2213, 
Februarj    L5,  ism;.    6d. 

THE  inventor  has  discovered  that  when  salts  of  tetia/o- 
dipheny]  and  it-  homologues  act  upon  amines  and 
phenols  or  their  sulphonic  acids,  only  one  molecule  of 
these  compounds  combines   in  the  first  place  with  one 

molecule, .1  the  tetrazo-salt,  leaving  one  dia/o-group  free, 

so  thai  combination  is  possible  with  a  second  molecule 
of  the  same  or  a  different  amine,  phenol  or  sulphonic 

acid.     By  this  means  a  Beriee  of  bi ndary  azo-colonrs, 

containing  similar  or  dissimilar  radicle-,  can  be  prepared, 
a  li-t  ,-f  available  amines,  phenols,  sulphonic  and  ear- 
boxylic  acid-  being  given  in  the  specification.  The 
general  process  of  manufacture  consists  in  condoning 
one  molecule  of  the  tetrazo  salt  with  one  molecule  of  the 
amine,  phenol,  etc.,  and  then  combining  this  inter- 
mediate product  with  the  second  molecule  of  the  amine 
or  phenol.  The  following  examples  of  mixed  azo  colours 
are  given  :— (1)  Tetrazodiphenyl,  a-naphthol-sulphonic 
acid  and  a-naphthylamine  sulphonic  acid  ;  a  brown 
violet.  (2)  Tetrazodiphenyl,  /3-naphthol-disolphonic 
acid  It  and  /i-naphthylamine-sulphonic  acid.  (3)  Tetrazo- 
ditolyl,  a-naphthol-sulphonic  acid  and  fi-naphthol-suT- 
phonic  acid  It.  (-1)  Tetrazoditoh  1,  a-naphtiiol-cisnlphonic 
acid  and  /3-naphthol.  (5)  Tetrazodiphenyl,  sulphanilic 
acid  and  salicylic  acid  ;  dyes  cotton  yellow  from  a  soap 
hath  (6)  Same  constituents  as  in  last  sample,  hut  order 
of  combination  reversed.  (7)  The  sulphanilic  or  salicylic 
acid  of  ;>  and  ti  replaced  by  amidobenzoic  acid.  (S) 
Naphthionic  acid  replaced  by  amidobenzoic  acid.  (9) 
Tetrazodiphenyl-sulphonic  acid,  /S-naphtbylamine  and 
(3-naphthyIamine-snlphonic  acid.  (10)  Tctrazoditolyl- 
disulphonic  acid,  a-  and  /9-naphtbylamines. — K.  M. 


Preparation  of  Pararnidodiphenyl-sulphonic  Arid.     T. 
Carnelly,  Dundee.  Eng.  Tat.  3890,  March  10,  1SSG.  6d. 

This  acid  is  prepared  by  treating  henzidine  with  four 
times  its  weight  of  ordinary  oil  of  vitriol  and  heating  the 
mixture  to  ISO1  0.  for  about  30  minutes.  The  product, 
when  cool,  is  mixed  with  water,  and  the  precipitated 
acid  collected  and  washed.  This  sulphonic  acid  can  be 
used  for  the  preparation  of  azo-dyes  according  to  the 
known  processes.  —  It.  M. 


Process  f»r  the  Production  of  Azo-colours  from  Urtho- 
sulpho- or  Orthocarbo- Acid  of  Benzidine.  C.  I*.  Abel, 
London.  From  the  "Actiengesellscbait  fur  Anilin 
Fabrication,"  Berlin,  Germany.  Eim.  Pat  13,780, 
Oct.  27,  1886.     6d 

Ttik  acids  referred  to  in  this  specification  are  prepared 
by  reducing  metanitrobenzene-sulphonic  and  metanitro- 
benzoic  acid  in  alkaline  solution  with  zinc  dust,  whereby 
hydrazo-coinpounds  are  tirst  produced,  and  these,  by  the 
action  of  acids,  are  converted  into  the  isomeric  henzidine- 
disulphonic  or  diearhowlic  acid,  just  in  the  same  manner 
as  benzidine  is  produced  from  hydrazobenzene.  These 
two  acids  can  then  be  used  for  the  preparation  of  azo- 
colours,  of  which  the  following  are  given  as  examples  : — 
1 1 |  Benridine-disulphonicacid  (diazotised)  and  p-naphthol, 
a  yellowish  red  :  (2)  the  same  tetrazo-compound  and 
a-naphthol-sulphonic  acid,  a  bluish  red  :  (3)  the  same 
tetrazo-compound  and  diphenylamine  :  (-4)  the  same 
tetrazo-compound  and  a-naphthylamine;  (5)  the  same 
tetrazo-compound    and    naphthionic   acid  ;    (6)   benzidine 

dicarboxylic  acid  (diazotised)  and  a-naphthol-sulphonic 
acid,  bluish  re.l  :  (7)  the  same  tetrazo-compound  and  a- 
and  8-naphthylamine-sulphonic  acid,  yellowish  brown. — 
R.  M. 

Improvements  in  !/*■  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters, 

and   Vehicle  therefor.     A.    M.   Clark,  London.     From 

lb.   A.   Midler-Jacobs,  New  York,  U.S.A.,  through 

W'irth   &   Co.,    Frankfort  on-Main,    Germany.       Eng. 

Pat  2878,  I  eh.  27,  L886.     Ed. 

Tills  invention  is  carried  out  by  first  preparing  a  neutral 

resin  soap,   dissolving  in  water,  and    precipitating    by 

adding  a  solution  of  zinc  or  aluminium  sulphate,  or  any 


Feb.  as,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


130 


other  salt  of  a  metal.  The  precipitate  i>  washed  and 
dried,  and  then  forma  a  fine  powder  consisting  of  the 
"resinate  of  zinc,  alumininm,  etc.  This  "resinii 
i>  coloured  by  adding  a  colour  solution  to  the  solution  ol 
the  soap,  or  to  the  solution  of  the  metallic  Ball  before 
precipitation,  or  by  washing  the  dry  powder  with  an 
aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution  of  the  colour.  The  coloured 
reeinates  are  said  to  be  soluble  in  benzene,  carbon  di- 
Bulphide,  etc.,  oils  and  oil  varnishes,  and  ran  be  applied 
fur  varnishes,  printing  inks,  dyeing  and  printing,  etc. 

— K.  M. 

A    1  tin-    Production    of  Mixed  .  I 

from   the    Diamido    Combinations   of  the    Ett 
Diphenol.    t'.  A.  Martins,   Berlin,  Germany.      Eng. 
Pat.  7283,  M;i;  31,  1886.     Gd. 

The  patentee  has  discovered  that  the  diamido-deriva- 
tives  of  dimethoxy-  and  diethoxy-dipheny]  may  be  used 
for  the  production  pi  mixed  azo  colours  in  a  manner 
similar  to  benzidine  and  its  homologues.  The  colouring 
matters  are  produced  by  combining  iir>t  1  molecule  of 
an  amine,  phenol,  or  their  sulphonic  or  carboxylic  acids, 
with  the  tetrazo-salt  of  the  methoxy-base,  and  then 
combining  this  intermedial"  product  with  1  molecule  of 
the  same  or  a  different  amine,  phenol,  etc.  Two 
examples  of  the  process  are  given,  1.  Tetrazodiethyl- 
diphenol-ether  is  combined  with  1  molecule  of 
/3-naphtholdisulphonic  acid  (R)  [Ber.  17.  4G2  :  see 
also  this  Journal,  1SS4,  -45),  and  the  product 
is  then  combined  with  1  molecule  of  a-naphtbolmono- 
Bulphonic  acid,  when  a  hlue  colouring  matter  is  pro- 
duced.  2.  In  the  preceding  example  the  a-naphtholsul- 
phonate  is  replaced  by  an  equivalent  quantity  of  Bodiurn 
naphtbionate,  when  a  violet  colour  is  formed.  The 
sulphonic  acids  of  the  inethoxy-  or  ethoxy-base  may  be 
used  instead  of  the  bases  themselves.  — R.  M. 


VI.- 


V.-TEXTI1ES  :  COTTON.  WOOL,  SILK.  Etc. 

An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Silk-like  FUa- 
'■'  icovs  Liquids,  uml  Apparatus  for  that 
mirpose.     Comte  H.  de  Cbardonnet,  Besancon  Doubs, 
Prance.     Eng.  Pat  2211,  Feb.  15,  1SS6.    8d 

THIS  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  artificial 
filaments  resembling  silk,  by  forcing,  at  a  pressure  of 
•J  to  :;  atmospheres,  a  viscous  solution  of  cellulose- 
nitrate  in  ether-alcohol  through  a  line  jet  made  of  glass, 
and  subsequently  through  a  current  of  water,  where  it 
solidities.  The  "filament  is  seized  by  a  delicate  pair  of 
pincers  and  led  over  a  reel  or  bobbin. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvement*  in  Waterproofing  Fabrics.  G.  F.  Red- 
fern,  London.  From  E.  t'hevallot,  Bordeaux,  France. 
Eng.  Fat.  30°.">,  March  4,  1S86.     6d. 

The  fabrics  or  other  material  to  be  treated  are  passed 
through  a  hath  containing  soap  and  a  compound  of 
casein  and  lime.  When  thoroughly  saturated  they  are 
withdrawn,  and  freed  from  excess  of  the  solution  by 
passing  them  between  rollers.  They  are  then  dipped  in 
a  bath  of  acetate  of  alumina,  afterwards  immersed  in 
boiling  water,  or  dried  and  hot  pressed.  Full  directions 
are  given  for  the  preparation  of  the  different  baths  em- 
ployed.— E.  J.  B. 

Improvements  relating  (■•  the  Treatment  of  Fibre,  and  to 
tli>:  Manufacturi  oj  Imitation  Straw  Plait  thei 

C.  and  .1.  Halter,  Mellingen,  Switzerland.     Ell'.   Pat 

14,(547,  Nov.  12,  1886.  4d. 
The  imitation  straw  plait  is  made  from  the  flat  ribbon- 
like  hast  of  the  Raphia.  The  lihrc  is  boiled  in  a  weak 
solution  of  caustic  soda,  washed,  treated  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  again  washed.  The  fibre  is  then 
cut  into  narrow  strips,  which  are  tied  together  and 
wound  upon  bobbins.  If  desired,  the  strips  can  he 
bleached  with  hydrogen  peroxide.  The  strips  are  then 
made  into  a  round  or  Hat  plait  in  the  ordinary  manner. 
The  plaits  may  be  made  upon  cotton  or  other  threads,  or 
upon  brass  or  Bteel  wire  in  order  to  render  them  suf- 
ficiently still'.-E.  J.  B. 


-DYEING.  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING.  AND  BLEACHING. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Tissut  and  other  Papei 
in  Apparatus  therefor.  •!  I  letcher,  Stoneclongb,  Man- 
chester. Eng.  Pat  13,598,  Oct  25,  1886.  6cf. 
Ill  rHBBTO,  owing  to  the  manner  in  which  pulp  for  tissue 
paper  has  Keen  dyed,  there  has  been  a  very  considerable 
waste  of  colouring  matter,  and  also  a  want  <f 
brilliancy  in  the  coloured  paper  produced.  This  patent 
relates  to  mechanical  arrangements  for  dyeing  paper  after 
manufacture,  by  pressure,  which  forces  the  colouring 
agent  through  the  fibres  of  the  paper.    -1  i  the  same  time 

it  is  claimed  that,  besides  being  more  i Domical,  this 

method    produces    richer   and  darker  colours  than  is 

[ ii.le  when  paper  pulp  is  dyed  in  the  engine. 

'  —  H.  A.  i:. 


VIL— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Manufacture  of  Potassium   Sulphati    and  Ammonium 
Chloride  from  Potassium    Chloridt    and  Ammonium 
Sulphate.     K.  Schmidtbom.    Chem.  Zcit.  10,  1499. 
Mutual  Decomposition  of  the  /.'"-    Mai  l'he  appa- 

ratus consistsof  a  large  round  lead-lined  tank, which  is  pro- 
vided with  a  false  bottom,  covered  with  filter  cloth,  a 
mechanical  agitator,  and  a  leaden  steam  coil.  2J  tons 
of  ammonium  sulphatearepnt  into  the  tank  and  dissolved 
in  water  to  a  solution  of  1142  sp.  gr.  This  i-  heated 
to  a  boil,  and  while  the  boiling  is  kept  up,  an  equivalent 
quantity  of  potassium  chloride  (95  —  97  per  cent. 
Kl'li  is  gradually  added,  and  the  agitator  set  in 
motion.  The  mutual  decomposition  commences  at  once, 
ami  potassium  sulphate  is  precipitated  in  an  amorphous 
state.  In  the  short  time  of  10  minutes  after  the  addition 
of  all  the  potassium  chlorite,  the  decomposition  is  com- 
plete,  when  the  agitation  is  discontinued,  and  the  mix- 
ture allowed  to  settle  for  one  hour. 

Production  of  Potassium  Sulphate  and  its  Purification. 
—The  hot  liquor  is  then  run  through  a  tap  at  the  bottom 
into  a  lead-lined  cooling  vessel,  whilst  the  precipitate  of 
potassium  sulphate  remains  in  the  tank  on  the  filter  cloth, 
where  it  is  systematically  washed  with  warm  water, 
until  it  only  contains  up  to  a  half  per  cent,  of  ammonium 
salt~.  In  this  manner  70  per  cent,  of  the  total  potassium 
sulphate  is  directly  recovered.  The  washings  are 
employed  for  dissolving  new  quantities  of  ammonium 
sulphate. 

Treatment  of  the  Filtered  Liquor.— The  liquor  in  the 
cooling  vessel  is  allowed  to  crystallise,  yielding  another 
crop  of  potassium  sulphate,  which  is  purified  by  washing 
wi'h  water.  The  mother-Honor  is  concentrated  until 
potassium  sulphate  is  plentifully  salted  out  ;  and  the 
salts  thus  obtained  are  washed,  together  with  those  left 
on  the  filter  of  the  dissolving  vessel.  The  hot  concen- 
trated liquor  is  filtered  and  alio  ved  to  crystallise  slowly. 
After  several  days  the  mother-liquor  is  run  into  a 
reservoir,  and  boiled  down  along  with  other  liquors  of 
the  same  origin.  The  crystals  obtained  consist  of  two 
different  layers,  which  are  quite  distinct  from  each  other, 
and  are  easily  separated.  The  top  layer,  about  three- 
fifths  of  the  total  bulk,  consists  of  "4  per  cent,  ammonium 
chloride,  and  6  per  cent,  foreign  salts,  principally  potas- 
sium sulphate  and  chloride,  and  sodium  sulphate  ami 
chloride,  whereas  the  bottom  layer  is  composed  of  78 
per  cent,  ammonium  chloride  and  2'J  per  cent  potassium 
sulphate.  The  top  crystals  are  pure  enough  to  be  further 
purified  by  washing,  whilst  lie-  bottom  -alls  are  treated 
with  the  washings  of  the  potassium  sulphate  obtained  at 
a  previous  stage  of  the  process.  These  washings,  con- 
taining both  ammonium  chloride  and  potassium  sulphate, 
are  heated  to  100  t'.,  and  the  crystals,  p laced  in  perfo- 
rated drums,  are  suspended  in  the  hot  liquor.  The  ammo- 
nium chloride  dissolves  almost  immediately,  whilst 
potassium  Bulphateis  only  sparely  dissolved  and  is  left 
behind  on  the  drums  in  a  state  to  be  easily  purified  by 
washing.  The  hot  washings,  after  cooling,  deposit  pure 
ammonium  chloride,  and  tiie  mother-liquor  is  used  over 
and  over  again  for  the  same  purpose.  Both  the  potassium 


140 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Feb.  28. 1887. 


sulphate  and  ammonium  chloride  are  jigged  iu  a  hydro- 
extractor,  the  former  being  then  readj  for  deing  packed  ; 

is  the  lattei  requires  drying  in  a  heated  el 
It  i-  claimed  for  this  proa  --  that  the  pot  issium  sulphate 
produced  is  worth  more  thau  the  potassium  chloride 
employed,  that  no  hydrochloric  acid  is  necessary  for  the 
ammonium  chloride,  which,  moreover,  is  directly  obtained 
in  a  pure  state  without  expensive  refining,  and  thai  the 
manufacture  of  ammonium  chloride  i-  not  dependent  on 
the  proxiniih  of  a  gas  works  •  .■  ,  a  cheap  supply  of 
amraoniacal  liquor.-  -S.  II. 


•f""  in    obtaining    Ammonia    and    Hydro- 

chloric And  from  Ammonium  Chloride.      L.   Mond 
Northwich.     Eng.  Put.  (15,  Jan.  2,  1SSG.     fid. 

AMMONIUM    CHLORIDE    i-    volatilised   ami   its   vapour 

P* •   over  nickel   protoxide    while    heated   to   about 

*00  C.  The  chlorine  then  combines  with  nickel,  am- 
monia being  set  free,  and  passing  on,  can  lie  utilised  in 
any  convenient  manner.  Superheated  steam  of  about 
4."i0  c.  is  then  passed  over  the  heated  nickel  chloride, 
when  a  re-formation  of  nickel  protoxide  takes  place, 
while  the  chlorine  is  given  off  in  the  state  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  gas,  which  ran  be  condensed  by  the  usual 
methods.  The  nickel  protoxide  is  thus  again  in  a  state 
to  de  i  mpose  ammonium  chloride.  Besides  nickel,  a 
large  number  of  the  oxides  of  heavy  metals  possess  the 
property  of  decomposingammonium  chloride  in  tiie  manner 
siatc.l.  For  carrying  out  this  invention,  a  number  of  cast- 
iron  retorts  are  set  obliquely  in  one  common  furnace,  and 
heated  by  direct  fire  or  generator  gases.  The  retorts 
pass  through  the  walls  of  the  furnace  at  both  sides,  ami 
are  at  both  end-  provided  with  covers  and  openings  for 
the  inlet  and  outlet  of  the  gases.— S.  II. 


.!  A'  t for  the  Preparation  of  Crystallised  Car- 

bonates.  L.  Bourgeois.  Compt  Rend.  103.  l"s>- 
The  process  is  based  upon  the  precipitation  of  super- 
heated solutions  of  salts  by  ammonium  carbonate.  If  the 
solution  of  an  ammonium  Bait,  in  which  a  carbonate  i- 
suspended,  he  boiled,  the  latter  gradually  dissolves, 
changing  into  ammonium  carbonate.  If  the' heating  be 
led  tube,  ammonium  carbonate  collects 
in  the  empty  pari  of  the  tube,  and  on  cooling  a  re-forma- 
tion of  the  original  carbonate  take-  place,  which  is,  how- 
ever, deposited  iii  a  crystalline  state.  In  this  manner 
the  author  prepared  artificially  calcite,  strontianite, 
witherite,  and  cerussite.  Cadmium  carbonate,  which 
was  previously  only  known  as  an  amorphous  body,  was 
(bus  obtained  in  rhombohedral  crystals,  whereas  the 
carbonates  of  lithium,  magnesium,  zinc,  manganese,  iron, 
nickel,  cobalt,  and  copper  could  only  he  produced  in  the 
amorphous  state.  It  the  solution  of  an  ammonium  salt 
he  heated  with  the  equivalent  quantity  of  urea  in  a 
sealed  tube,  at  140  C,  at  which  temperature  the  latter 
is  decomposed  to  ammonium  carbonate,  the  formation  of 
the  crystallised  carbonates  t.ikes  place  suddenly. —  S.  H. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS.  MORTARS, 

AND  CEMENTS. 

The  Influence  oj  mi  Addili  ■  ir  on  the  Solidity  of 

Cement.    Tb.  Sankey.     Glaier's  Ann.  1886, 19, 187. 

Equal  pan-  of  finely  ground  lime  and  brown  sugar  are 
said  to  form  a  mortar  equal  in  strength  to  Portland 
cement  According  to  K.  Cornish,  it  has  been  the  custom 
in  India  to  add  a  certain  amount  of  raw  -u;:ar  to  mortar  ; 
and  works   made  with   .such   mortar  can    hardly    he    de- 

stroyed,  except  by  blasting.  The  celebrated  Chunam 
polished  walls  of  Madras  are  said  to  have  been  made 
with  a  cement  to  which  sugar  was  added,  a  slight  addition 
improving  the  quality  of  cement  appreciably. — T.  L.  B. 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

Phosphorus  Compound*  in  Pig-iron.     Leopold  Schneider. 
Oesterr.  Zeitsch.  f.  Berg.  a.  Hiittenw.  34,  735. 

THE  author  has  treated  various  kinds  of  crude  iron 
[specular,  white,  and  grey  pig-iron,  ferro-manganese 
etc. )  with  aqueous  copper  chloride  solution,  which  has 
little  action  on  phospnorised  iron,  and  has  examined  the 
washed  residue.     In  100  parts  of  iron  he  obtained — 

lSti  phosphorus  —  manganese..  185 phosphorus  —  manganese 
UV6  „  —  „  ..205         „  51 

18  2  ..  —  ,.  .37  7         „  528 

1--  „  —  „  ..3S-8         „  541 

Prom  these  numbers  be  concludes  that  phosphorus  forms 

with  iron  a  compound  FejP,  but  with  manganese  the 
compound  Mn;l' ..  The  same  compounds  are  no  doubt 
present  in  steel  and  wrought-iron,  although  they  could 
not  be  separated  from  the  latter,  because  of  the  small 
quantity  of  phosphorus  contained  therein.  -A.  11. 


Improvements  in  obtaini  fr0lll 

Ammonium  Chloride.      L.  Mond,   Northwich.     En" 
Pat  86,  Jan.  2,  Ism;,    6d. 

Tin-  patent  i-  a  modification  of  Eng.  Pat  65,  1SSG  (see 
preceding  abstract),  by  the  same  inventor.  Vapoursofam- 
monium  chloride  are  passed  over  nickel  protoxide  heated 
to 400°  C.,  when  nickel  chl.oride  is  formed  and  ammonia 
i-  set  free.  Air  previously  dried  and  heated  to  500°  6. 
i-  then  passed  over  the  heated  material,  when  the  oxygen 
combines  with  the  ni.kel.  forming  an  oxide  of  nickel, 
and  the  chlorine  1-  given  off  in  an  uncombined  state! 
rhe  nickel  oxide  can  be  used  over  again  for  the  first 

given  off  in  the  second 
Btage  is  said  to  contain  from  •">  to  7  pi  r  cent  of  chlorine. 
I  Ixitles  of  other  heavy  metals  possi — imilar  properties 
e.    The  apparatus  recommended  is  prac- 
tically the  Bame  as  that  described  in  the  abstrac 
P.u.  65,  1886.     s.  ||. 


Improvements  in  the  Minus  of  and  Apparatus  fur  the 
Extraction  of  Metals  from  their  Ons,  particularly  in 
tin  Treatment  of  "  Blue  Stone"  and  similar  Complex 
Ores,  and  for  Electrolytically  Refining  Copper,  and  for 
the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid  by  Elect 
Action.  \V.  &  A.  S.  Elmore,  London:  and  H.  Barrett, 
Dulwich.     Eng,  Pat.  15,988,  L)ec.  29,  1885.     Gd. 

FOB  the  treatment  of  ores  containing  zinc,  lead,  copper, 
silver,  cold,  iron,  sulphur  and  gangue,  the  process  is 
as  follows  : — The  finely-crushed  ores  are  roasted  in  a 
reverberatory  furnace  with  free  access  of  air,  the  gaseous 
products  being  led  into  a  condensing  chamber  where, 
mixed  with  steam,  they  pass  between  pairs  of  suitable 
platinum  combs  insulated  from  each  other,  and  con- 
nected with  opposite  poles  of  an  electrical  machine. 
1  he  ozone  produced  by  the  discbarge  acting  on  the 
sulphur  dioxide  of  the  gases  in  the  presence  of  steam, 
forms  sulphuric  acid,  which  condenses  at  the  compara- 
tively low  temperature  of  the  chamber,  and  may  after- 
ward- be  concentrated.  The  roasted  oie  is  next  agi- 
tated with  water  or  dilute  acid  to  dissolve  copper  and 
zinc,  which  are  generally  accompanied  by  iron  and  some 
silver.  The  copper  and  silver  are  then  precipitated  with 
metallic  zinc,  washed  free  from  the  latter  metal,  and 
cast  into  anode-.'  The  solution  of  iron  and  zinc  is.  if 
-ary.  freed  from  excess  of  the  former  by  the  addition 
..:  calcium  carbonate,  air  being  forced  through  the  liquid 
during  the  precipitation.  It  is  then  electrolysed  for  zinc, 
with  lead  anodes  and  zinc  cathodes  in  tanks  provided 
with  an  inlet  pipe  at  the  bottom  and  an  outlet  above, 
through  which  a  circulation  is  effected  to  rectify  the 
increasing  acidity  of  the  hath  whilst  zinc  is  deposited  : 
the  more  acid  liquid  leaving  the  tank-  is  returned  to 
the  roasted  ore,  and  becoming  saturated,  passes  through 
the  above  cycle  of  operations  before  re-entering  the  tank. 
The  residue  from  lie  leaching  vats  is  treated  in  the 
usual  wa\  f.n  lead,  silver  and  gold.  The  argentiferous 
copper  anode-  are  need  in  a  vessel  divided  into  two  com- 
partments by  a  porous  partition.  This  vessel  is  first 
Idled  with  solution  of  cuprous  chloride  in  hydrochloric 
acid  or  brine,  from  which  copper  is  constantly  deposited 
on  the  cathode,  and  into  which,  but  in  the  I'tle  r  com- 
partment, the  copper  and  silver  of  the  anode  dissolve. 


Feb.  28. 1887.)       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


l-ll 


When  sufficiently  treated,  the  silver  is  exactly  precipi- 
tated by  means  of  a  Bolnhle  iodide,  and  the  filtered 
solution  of  copper  is  retnrned  to  the  cathode  side  of  the 
vessel.-  w  ■  ( ■•  M. 


Improvi  mentt  r<  latino  to  th  /.'■  am  ry  of  Tin  from 
of  Tinned  Plate.  S.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  Wirth 
.\  Co.,  Frankfort-on-lhe-Maine.  Eng.  Pat  2402,  Feb. 
IS,  L886.  Bd. 
In  recovering  the  tin  from  the  mixed  aolntions  of  stannous 
and  ferrous  chlorides  resulting  from  the  treatment  of  the 
plate  with  hydrochloric  acid,  the  liquid  is  to  be  agitated 
with  finely-divided  calcium  carbonate  until  the  tin  is 
completely  precipitated  as  oxychloride,  thus  : — 
23nCls  3HiO+CaCOs=SnO.SnCli.3HsO  COs  CaCl;. 
This  operation  i-  to  be  performed  in  closed  vessels  in  an 
atmosphere  of  carbon  dioxide  to  prevent  precipitation  of 
the  iron.  The  insoluble  tin  salt  is  then  filtered  under 
pressure,  and  the  precipitate  suspended  in  water  in  a 
closed  vessel  as  before,  and  boiled  with  another  equiva- 
lent of  calcium  carbonate,  by  which  means  pure  stannous 
oxide  may  lie  obtained  :  — 

SnO.SnCl,.3H,0+CaCOj=  2SnO    3H,0+COa+CaCl,. 

From  the  calcium  ferrons  chloride  filtrate  the  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  ferrous  sulphate  may  be  recovered  by 
treatment  with  sulphuric  acid  after  evaporation  to 
dryness.  —  W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  Making  Steel.    J.  T.  King,  Liverpool. 

From    I '.    Brose,    Pittsburgh,   Pennsylvania,    I  .S.A. 

Eng.  Pat  15,357,  Nov.  25,  1886.    id. 
I  n  order  to  ensure  a  thorough  mixture  of  the  final  charge 
of  ferro-manganese  or  Bpiegel  with  the  iron  afte 
menl  in  the  Bessemer  converter,  limestone  is  added  with 
the  manganese,  by  which  a  violent  ebullition  i-  caused. 
Of  preference  a  calcareous  marl  from  Western  Pennsyl 
vania  should  be  employed,  and  Bhould  lie  intro 
with  the  manganese  into  the  empty  ladle,  before  the 
contents  of  the  converter  are  poured  into  it. 

— W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iron  and  Steel.  J. 
H.  Johnson,  London.  From  La  Socicte  Anonyme  de 
Commentry-Fourchambanlt,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  2867, 
Feb.  27,  18S6.  6d. 
The  object  of  this  invention — namely,  to  obtain  a  good 
metal  from  impure  mixed  scrap— is  accomplished  in  four 
Firstly,  the  scrap  is  melted  in  a  special  circular 
gas  regenerative  furnace  with  basic  lining  and  spherical 
roof;  with  the  charge  is  added  a  limestone  tlux  and 
subsequently  a  pure  oxide  of  iron  ;  thus  silicon  is  com- 
pletely eliminated.  Secondly,  sulphur  is  removed  by 
the  addition  of  a  suitable  proportion  of  a  ten  per  cent, 
spiegel,  with  soda  and  lime  or  similar  mixture,  at  an 
increased  temperature.  Thirdly,  the  metal  is  tapped 
into  a  deep  ladle,  with  a  lime  and  soda  lining  above  the 
usual  refractory  materials,  wherein  the  last  traces  of 
sulphur  are  extracted,  and  by  which  the  iron  is  conveyed 
to  a  basic  Siemens  furnace  of  ordinary  construction. 
Finally,  in  this  latter  furnace  the  phosphorus  and  carbon 
are  eliminated  in  the  usual  way,  manganese  is  added 
and  the  metal  poured  as  in  the  Siemens  process. 

— W.  G.  M. 


XI.— FATS,  OILS.  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Experiments  on  tht   Preservation  of  Pig   Fat   in  Oint- 

ments.  E.  Mylins.  Pharm.  <  .11.,  N  F.  7,  533. 
Siv  E  there  is  a  tendency  to  abandon  the  use  of  vaseline 
in  ointments  in  favour  of  animal  fats,  these  experiments 
have  just  now  a  special  interest.  After  experimenting 
with  the  most  diverse  preservatives,  the  author  finds 
that  the  best  results  are  given,  for  lead  ointment  with  '.\ 
percent,  of  boric  acid,  and  for  potassium  iodide  ointment 
with  10  per  cent,  of  glycerin  and  CM  per  cent,  of  oil  of 
cloves. — W.  G.  M.         

Improvements  in  the  Preparation   or  Treatment  of  Oils 
forust  in  treating  Wool,  in  the  Manufacture  of  Soap 
and  Lubricants,  as  Mordants  for  Dyeing,   and  for 
analogous  uses.    J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.     Eng.   Pat 
449,  Jan.  11,  1SS6.     6d. 
By  this  invention  heavy  hydrocarbons  or  mineral  oils,  of 
the  type   CnHm-Hi    can   l,e   oxidised  so  as  to  produce 
saponifiable  oils.     To  produce  the  effect  the  mineral  oil 
is  heated  to  about  160'  C,  with  a  varying  percentage  of 
oxyoleie  acid,  or  with  any  very  rancid  animal  or  vegetable 
oil.     Resin  oils  may  be  similarly  treated.     Another  pro- 
cess, to  be  used  alone,  or  in  combination  with  the  above, 
consists  in  passing  a  current  of  gaseous  chlorine  through 
the  oil,  oxides  of  the  alkalis  or  of  the  alkaline  earths 
lieingalso  present.  Oils  thus  oxidised,  with  the  addition 
of  from  2  to  10  per  cent,  of  fixed  vegetable  oils,  may  be 
employed  as  mordants  in  dyeing  vegetable  fibres. 

— W.  L.  C. 


A  Process  for  Deoxidising  Metals.  P.  Jensen,  London. 
From  The  Deoxidised  Metal  Company,  Bridgeport, 
Connecticut,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  77!>o,  June  10,  1SS6. 
6d. 

HOHOOENBOnS,  hard,  sonorous  and  sound  castings  are 
made  by  adding  to  the  melted  metal  a  depth  of  one  or  two 
inches  of  horn  (or  hide)  clippings,  or  analogous  material. 
In  casting  bronze  or  brass  the  addition  is  made  after  the 
fusion  of  the  copper  and  prior  to  the  introduction  of  tin 
or  zinc.  The  alloy  thus  produced  is  to  be  called  "  deoxi- 
dised bronze." — W.  G.  M. 


Improved  Method  and  Apparatus  for  obtaining  Alizarin 
nil  from  Oleaginous  Seeds.  A.  Bruenstein,  Moscow, 
Russia.  Eng.'  Pat.  510,  Jan.  12,  1SS6.  lid. 
The  seeds  are  decorticated,  crushed  in  a  roller  mill,  and 
there  thoroughly  incorporated  with  from  40  to  60  per 
cent,  of  sulphuric  acid,  distributed  from  a  leaden  and 
glass  box,  care  being  taken  that  the  temperature  does 
not  rise  above  50  C.  After  the  mass  has  lain  some 
hours  in  a  lead-lined  tank,  much  oil  collects  at  the  sur- 
face. After  the  removal  of  this  the  mass  is  stirred  up 
with  water,  and  after  subsidence,  more  oil  is  removed. 
Oil  thus  prepared  is  said  to  be  10  per  cent,  better  thau 
the  ordinary  alizarin  oil  prepared  from  Bicinus,  and  the 
cost  of  preparation  to  he  from  2s.  to  4s.  per  pound  less. 
Drawings  are  given. — W.  L.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Mineral  Wool 
and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  T.  King,  Liverpool. 
From  II.  Kennedy, Sharpsbnrg,  Pennsylvania,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,154,  Nov. 22,  1886.     8d. 

A  WOOL,  consisting  almost  wholly  of  fibre,  and  therefore 
requiring  no  separation  from  shot-,  is  made  by  surround- 
ing the  stream  of  molten  slag  with  jets  delivering  steam 
or  air  in  such  manner  that  a  swirling  motion  i-  ;_iven  to 
the  -lag,  which  thus  becomes  more  perfectly  converted 
into  fibre.  The  jets  are  preferably  in  the  form  of  vertical 
and  horizontal  slots,  so  disposed  at  different  angli 
impart  the  desired  motion  to  the  liquid. — W.  C  M. 


Lubricants  for  Steam  Cylinders.    J.  Dewrance.    Eng. 

Pat  2178,  Feb.  15,  1SS6.     4d. 

PLUMBAGO  alone,  as  a  lubricant  in  marine  engines,  is 
often  washed  away  by  the  condensed  water.  The 
patentee,  therefore,  mixes  it  with  an  insoluble  soap  of 
lead  or  lime. — W.  L.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Saponification  of  Fatty 
Bodies.  E.  Edwards.  From  L.  Riviere,  Paris,  France. 
Eng  Pat.  2762,  Feb.  25,  1SS6.  8d. 
The  novelty  of  the  process  consists  mainly  in  the  appa- 
ratus (a  drawing  of  which  is  given)  employed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  mixing  fats  with  1 1 1  alkalis  for  the  production  of 
bard  and  soft  soaps  :  (2)  milk  of  lime  for  the  ultimate 
production  of  Btearic  arid  ;  [3)  sulphuric  acid  ;  [4]  steam 


1  12 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      lFcb.2s.1ss,. 


or  aeneous  vapoitr  alone.  Two  supply  tanks  hold  the 
liquids  to  be  mixed  (for  soaps,  fn(  at  80  C.,aDd  alkaline 
lej  al  lo  percent,  strength  and  80c  C),  whence  the 
liquids  run  into  an  "  integrator  "  and  thence  into  ;i  re- 
action vessel.  All  the  vessels  are  air  tight,  and  commu- 
nicate with  each  other  by  pipes  famished  with  cocks  to 
regalate  the  flow  of  the  liquids.  For  some  purposes  a 
series  of  integrators  and  reaction  vessels  is  provided. 

— W.L.  C. 

Making  Self-extinguishing  Candles.  II.  Asliton, Heaton 
Mersey,  near  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat  9294,  July  17, 
1886.     8d. 

I  >i\  ii'i  RS  —i.e.,  hollow  cones  or  discs,  or  saucer-shaped 

piecesof  noi mbustible  material  (usually  tin  plate)    are 

attached  to  the  wick  before  the  combustible  material  is 
imi  round  it.  These  dividers  are  kept  in  their  places 
by  fine  wire,  twisted  on  the  wick.  This  arrangement 
extinguishes  the  flame  when  the  latter  burns  down  to  it. 

-W.  L.  C. 

The  Treatment  of  Spent  Soap  Lyes,  Crude  Glycerine, 
and  i, liter  Solutions  containing  Glycerin,  for  the 
Removal  of  Impurities  and  the  Recovery  of  Glycerin 
and  other  Products  therefrom.  <;.  II.  Allen,  Sheffield, 
and  B.  Nickels,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  11,069,  August 
31,  1886.     6d. 

THE  patentees  claim  the  use  of  a  soluble  salt  of  copper 
[either  cuprous  or  cupric)  for  the  precipitation  of  impuri- 
ties from  the  lyes,  which  may  or  may  not  be  subjected  to 
a  preliminary  purification  by  treatment  with  acid,  and 
with  an  iron  salt.  The  precipitates  thus  formed  are 
separated  by  subsidence  or  filtration,  and  the  copper 
recovered  therefrom  by  roasting  and  treatment  with  sul- 
phuric acid.  Instead  of  using  iron  and  copper  salts,  a 
current  ot  electricity  iE.M.F.  at  least  4  volts)  may  he 
passed  through  the  lyes,  with  an  anode  of  iron  or  iron 
allny,  and  cupper  or  copper  alloy.—  \V.  I..  ('. 


An  Improved  Wash  or  I'i/i  for  S/iccji  and  other  Ani- 
mals, the  Mime  being  applicable  for  Wits/tine/  Fabi"ics 
or  other  Materials.  A.  MacArthur.  Eng.  Pat,  14,!iS4, 
Nov,  18,  1SS6.     4d. 

NAPHTHA,  soft  snap,  and  pearl  ash,  with  or  without  the 
addition  of  ether,  benzene,  benzoline,  or  creosote,  are 
mixed  and  diluted  with  water. — W.  L.  ('. 


its  heated  state,  tin-  deck  having  been  previously  pre- 
pared and  cleaned  as  above  described.  When  set,  or 
iionrh  so,  the  surface  of  the  composition  may,  if  required, 

be  consolidated  and  smoothed  by  application  of  a  roller, 
or  may  be  treated  by  sprinkling  sand,  powdered  granite, 

etc.,  open  it.    -E.  1 1.  • '. 

Improvements  in  obtaining  Figments.     1).  Swan,  llrae- 
side,  N.B.     Eng.  Pat  2310,  Feb:  17, 1886.    4d. 

ONE  of  the  objects  of  this  invention  is  the  utilisation  of 
ferrous  chloride  arising  in  the  galvaniser's  and  other 
industries,  but  it  is  also  advantageously  applicable  when 
the  protochloride  is  specially  made  for  the  purpose  of 
producing  pigments.  The  solution  of  ferrous  chloride  is 
mixed  with  carbonate  of  lime  or  some  other  alkaline  earthy 
carbonate,  and  the  mixture  is  submitted  to  agitation  and 
aeration.  The  result  of  the  operation  is  to  form  a  solu- 
tion of  chloride  of  calciu r  other  metal,  and  a  precipi- 
tate which  is  of  a  yellow  colour,  and  well  suited  for  use 
as  a  pigment.  If  the  mixture  contain  as  much  ferrous 
chloride  as  corresponds  to  ,">ii  parts  by  weight  of  iron  with 
100  parts  by  weight  of  carbonate  of  lime,  the  resulting 
pigment  will  be  of  a  deep  yellow  colour  inclining  to 
orange,  whilst  if  there  be  a  larger  proportion  of  carbonate 
of  lime  the  colour  will  be  a  pale  or  lighter  yellow.  If  a 
red  colour  is  desired  it  can  be  obtained,  as  is  well  known, 
by  heating  or  calcining  the  deep  yellow  pigment,  the 
result  being  a  pure  oxide  of  iron.  The  precipitated  pig- 
ment is  finished  by  washing  and  drying  ;  whilst  the 
chloride  may  be  utilised  in  any  known  way. — E.  G,  I '. 


XII.-PAINTS,  TARNISHES,  AND  RESINS. 

An  Asphaltic  Protective  and  Preservative  Covering  for 
the  Decks  of  S/ujis  and  similar  Craft,  and  Methods  of 
treating  and  applying  the  same.  E.  F.  Wailes,  New- 
castle on-Tync.     Eng.  Pat.  2060,  Feb.  12,  1886.     Cd. 

Tin;  covering  consists  essentially  of  asphalt  or  bitumen 
(natural  or  manufactured),  or  of  asphaltic  or  bituminous 
compositions,  in  which  asphalt  or  bitumen  forms  the 
chief  ingredient,  treated  by  two  different  processes, 
termed  by  the  inventor  the  dry  and  liquid  process  re- 
spectively. In  the  dry  process,  the  asphalt  or  bitumen, 
or  compound  containing  one  of  these  substances,  is  ground 
to  powder  and  roasted  in  a  furnace;  then,  the  ship's 
deck  having  been  rendered  perfectly  clean  and  dry,  and  i 
holes  or  defective  places  having  been  filled  up  or  made 
level,  the  powder  is  spread,  whilst  hot,  over  the  surface 
to  the  required  thickness,  and  consolidated  by  applying 
heavy  weights  by  a  roller  or  otherwise.  The  surface  may 
then  Ik-  Bmoothed  by  the  application  of  heated  irons— Hat 
or  a~  rollers  and,  if  necessary  to  give  a  firm  footing,  it 
may  afterwards  be  sprinkled  with  sand,  powdered  granite, 
or  any  gritty  substance,  etc.  According  to  the  liquid 
process,  the  asphalt  or  bitumen  or  composition  is  melted 

in  a  furnace  boiler,  together  « ith  oil.  coal-tar,  pitch,  etc., 
in  snch  proportions  as  to  give  the  consistency  required 

for  the  conditions  under  which  it  is  to  be  used,  especially 

having  regard  to  the  changes  oi  temperature  to  which  ii 

may  1"-  exposed.      Being  thoroughly  melted  and   mixed,  ! 

the  composition  is  run  on  to  the  surface  of  the  deck,  in  I 


An  Improved  Anti-fouling  Composition  for  Ships' 
Bottoms.  \V.  (.'arter,  Sunderland.  Eng.  Pat.  15,561, 
Nov.  29,  1SS0.     4,1. 

The  composition  is  prepared  in  two  forms,  one  of  which 
is  for  a  priming  or  first  coat,  which  protects  the  iron  from 
corrosion,  and  the  other  for  application  on  the  top  of  the 
first,  forming  a  second  coat.  The  "priming''  or  first 
coat  consists  of  the  following  ingredients  in  approximately 
the  proportions  given — viz.,  for  1121b.  :  pure  zinc,  :201b.  ; 
"Turkey  red,"  61l>.  ;  resin,  391b.  :  mineral  turpentine, 
151b.  ;  and  boiled  oil,  321b.  The  second  coat  consists  of 
the  following  constituents  : — For  1121b:  "Turkey  red,'' 
•201b.;  mineral  green,  101b.  ;  resin,  301b.  ;  mineral  turpen- 
tine, 2olb.  ;  and  boiled  oil,  271b.  The  ingredients 
in  each  are  mixed  in  a  furnace  pot— the  zinc  and 
Turkey  red  in  the  first  coat,  and  the  Turkey  red  and 
mineral  green  in  the  second  coat— with  boiled  oil  ;  then 
the  resin,  having  been  dissolved,  is  added,  and  the  con- 
sistency is  fuither  reduced  by  the  boiled  oil.  After 
cooling,  the  turpentine  is  added,  and  the  whole  thoroughly 
mixed  and  stirred,  and  put  into  casks  for  use. 

— e.  <;.  c. 


XIIL— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND  SIZE. 

Treating   and   Preserving   Hides  and  Skins.      E.    A. 

Brydges,  Berlin,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat.  14,940,  Nov. 

17,  1886.  4,1. 
This  invention  consists  in  the  application  of  "fossil- 
meal"  or  "  Kieselguhr "  for  preserving  hides  or  skins 
during  transport  from  putrefaction  or  the  attacks  of  in- 
sects. Raw  fossil-meal,  simply  dried,  can  he  used,  or  it 
mav  be  cabined  either  in  absence  or  presence  of  air. 
The  calcined  meal  is  extremely  hygroscopic,  absorbing 
the  moisture  of  the  hides  or  skins.  The  hides  to  he  dried 
are  spread  out  on  a  layer  of  fossil-meal,  and  covered  with 
a  second  layer  of  it— B,  II. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Tanning.  H.  H.  Lake, 
London.  From  A,  Millochan  and  F.  Chailly,  Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat  15,200,  Nov.  22,  1886.    (id. 

THE  chief  object  of  this  invention  is  to  shorten  the  time 
of  tanning.  The  tanning  is  effected  in  a  pit  of  ordinary 
construction,  and  air  is  injected  at  the  bottom  of  each 


i»0     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  ENLTJSTRY. 


143 


]>it  through  a  pipe  connected  with  a  fan.  The  hides  are 
suspended  from  ban  at  the  upper  part  of  the  pi:,  which 
can  be  hermetically  closed  by  a  hinged  cover  or  other 
means.  The  air  can  be  drawn  from  the  top  of  the  pit  by 
the  pump,  and  injected  again  at  the  bottom,  or  fresh  air 
can  !»■  injected.  The  liqnorcan  he  prepared  in  tin.'  same 
pit  as  the  hides  by  introducing  the  material  and  water, 
or  it  may  be  prepared  in  another  pit  fitted  'with  the  air 
injecting  apparatus.— B.  II. 


XIY.-AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

"h  Mm  K.  11.  Nenffer.     (hem.  Zeit.  10,  1057. 

Tiik  author  has  observed  that  sugar-beet,  growing  in 
clayey  marl,  was  improved  by  manuring  with  potassium 
phosphate.  The  amount  of  sugar  also  increased.  Potas- 
sium phosphate  is  probably  advantageous  as  a  manure  iu 
soil  rich  in  lime,  raising  both  the  quantity  and  quality  of 
the  plant.  The  author  then  remarks  on  the  different 
action  of  potassium  phosphate  and  superphosphate  as 
manures.  The  latter,  moreover,  usually  containschlorine, 
ami  in  dry  soasim>  this  is  sometimes  very  disadvantageous. 
Manure  containing  sulphates  must  not  he  used  in  soil 
rich  in  gypsum.  Potassium  phosphate  lias  no  effect  in 
soil  containing  much  potash  and  little  lime.  In  sucli 
soil,  Thomas  slag,  etc.,  should  he  employed. — A.  R. 


meat  of  Thomas-dag.     L  Blum.    L'heni.  Zeit.  10, 
1556. 

To  avoid  grinding  the  slag  it  is  proposed  to  act  on  the 
fluid  slag,  as  it  runs  out  of  the  converter,  with  a  jet  of 
steam,  under  a  pressure  of  'J— 1  atmospheres.  It  is  a 
well -known  fact  that  slag-wool  is  made  in  this  way,  but 
Thomas  slag  always  contains  a  large  excess  of  lime,  so 
that  the  slag  is  reduced  to  a  fibrous  and  powdery  ma-. 
which  needs  no  further  disintegration  for  manuring  pur- 
Should  the  sl.:_  :  en  fluorspar 

or  alkali-  have  been  added  .  it  can  he  run  off  into  a 
waggon,  and  then  treated  with  steam.  With  regard  to 
the  chemical  action  of  the  aqueous  vapour,  it  is  found 
that  the  metallic  granules  are  oxidised,  and  some  of  the 
sulphur  is  eliminated  as  H,S.— A.  R. 


XV.-SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

Purification  of  Syrups  '<>,<l  Molasses.     Journ.   Fabr. 
.Sucre,  27,  -4b\ 

DUBEAU  describes  a  method,  successfully  employed  at 
Bresles,  for  purifying  syrups  and  molasses.  The  green 
syrup  is  treated  according  to  purity,  amount  of  sugar  it 
contains,  and  alkalinity  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid 
and  milk  of  lime,  of  2.3°  B.,  then  boiled  up  with 
steam,  diluted  to  2—3°,  again  heated  to  75°,  and 
filtered  through  Puvrez'a  sack-filter.  A  quantity  of  the 
thin  purified  juice  corresponding  to  about  40kilos.,  is 
now  introduced,  by  means  of  the  forcing  pump, 
into  the  fourth  diffuser.  The  diffusion  battery  lias 
12  vessels  of  25  hectolitres  capacity.  In  a  charge, 
77  vessel-  are  filled  with  1  JbOkilos.  of  beet,  and 
each  time  1800  litres  of  liquid  extract  of  4°  B.  are  drawn 
off'.  The  rest  of  the  process  is  that  usually  adopted.  At 
Bresles  5  percent,  of  the  syrup,  reckoned  on  the  weight 
of  the  beet,  is  returned  to  the  extract,  and  a  yield  of  1 
per  cent,  higher  in  sugar  is  thus  obtained  without  any 
extra  outlay. — A.  B. 

Abnormal  Beet  m,ii  t/,<  Quantity  of  Pulp  in  tki 
Deutsche  Zuckerindustrie,  11,  177s. 

Ix  consequence  of  the  frequent  assertions  that  beet 
poor  iu  juice  contains  only  88—90  per  cent,  of  Ihe  latter, 
whence  it  should  follow  that  there  must  also  be  10 — 12 
per  cent,  of  pulp,  Lippmann  has  made  several  direct 
determinations  of  pulp  in  such  beet,  and  tberesultf 
with  previous  analyses  of  other  chemists.  In  examin- 
jeparate  specimens  of  beet,  certified  poor  in  juice, 
the  amount  of  pulp  was  in  3  cases  less  than  4  per 
cent.,  and  in  30  cases  less  than  o  percent. ;   the  heads 


hi  very  big  l*et  contained  no  more  pulp  than  the  rest  of 
the  beet  (always  below  .J  per  cent.);  normal  and  spiig 
beet,  after  lying  for  a  week  in  the  store,  had  hardly 
gained  1  per  cent,  in  pulp.  The  BO-called  lack  of  juice 
ran  therefore  not  be  due  to  the  quantity  of  pulp  in  the 
beet,  but  only  to  its  quality.  In  determining  the  quantity 
of  pulp,  the  temperature  of  the  extracting  medium  has 
derable  influence  on  the  results  obtained:  thus 
water  of  60  ,  so  .-mil  100  gave  1-68,  412,  372  per  cent. 
pulp  respectively.      A.  K. 


Purification  of  Beet  Juice  with  Aluminium  Bisulphite. 
Sucbomel.     Deutsche  Zuckerind.  11,  1S20. 

BEET  JUICE  is  doubly  saturated  with  3  per  cent,  of  lime, 
carbonic  .acid  being  passed  in  simultaneously.  Satura- 
tion is  carried  to  within  002  of  alkalinity.  For  every 
3000  litres  of  this  juice  1  litre  of  the  bisulphite  solution  i- 
added  ;  the  syrup  of  20 — 24'  B.  is  treated  for  every  2000 
litres  with  4— 5  litres  of  the  bisulphite,  then  with  1  litre 
milk  of  lime,  and  saturated  to  008 — 0'10,  then  passed 
through  filter-presses  and  boiled  down.  The  bisulphite 
solution  had  a  sp.  gr.  of  20— 24c  B.,  and  contained  0-73 
per  cent.  SO,,  112  per  cent-  SO  ,  3  34  percent,  alumina, 
and  was  able  to  neutralise  about  01  potash  or  soda 
alkalinity.  The  favourable  action  of  the  bisulphite  is 
not  one  of  purification  but  of  decolourisation,  and  juice 
thus  treated  has  an  extraordinary  lustre  and  is  only 
slightly  alkaline.  Very  little  sulphuric  acid  passes  into 
the  juice,  so  that  the  boiled  sugar  mass  and  the  sugar 
are  very  much  freer  from  gypsum  than  when  calcium 
bisulphite  or  SO,  gas  are  employed,  the  efficiency  of 
which  cannot,  moreover,  be  determined  so  readily — A.  K- 


The    Amount    of  Saltpetre    contained  in    Sugar  Beet. 
Sucrerie  Indigene,  28,  4S9. 

FAUCHEB  has  recently  drawn  attention  to  the  large 
amount  of  nitrates,  especially  saltpetre,  contained  in 
beet,  and  he  gives  analyses  by  I.adureau  and  Corenwinder, 
according  to  which  the  quantity  of  nitrates  in  the  beet 
is  practically  independent  of  the  nitrates  contained  in  the 
manure.  Thus  the  former  analyst  found  in  lOOkilos.  of 
beet,  grown  in  soil  manured  with  nitrates,  113grms.  salt- 
petre, in  soil  manured  with  stable  manure  305grms. 
saltpetre.  The  nitrates  pass  into  the  molasses  and  from 
these  into  tLe  osmose-water,  *o  that  by  evaporating  and 
crystallising  the  latter,  crystallised  salts  containing  46 — 
50*  per  cent,  saltpetre  can  be  prepared,  which  is  of  course 
a  very  useful  by-product. — A.  R. 

Analysis  of  the  Filter-press  Cake  from  the  Manufacture  of 
Sugar  from  licet  Hoot.  Siderskv.  Bull.  Ass.  (.'him.  4, 
295. 
THE  press-cake  contains  soluble  and  insoluble  sugar. 
In  order  to  determine  the  quantity  of  each  kind,  two 
samples  of  the  cake,  each  weighing  16"2grms.,  are 
ground  with  about  50cc.  of  water  to  a  homogeneous  paste 
One  sample  is  put  directly  into  a  lOOcc  tlask,  treated 
with  a  little  basic  lead  acetate,  made  up  to  lOOcc,  filtered 
and  polarised.  To  the  other  sample,  acetic  at  id  is  gradu- 
ally added,  stirring  continually,  until  the  reaction  is  just 
neutral  anda  light  Bcum  appears  on  thesurface.  It  is  then 
treated  with  lead  acetate  and  so  forth,  as  mentioned 
above.  The  result  of  the  first  polarisation  represents 
the  soluble  sugar,  that  of  the  second  the  total  sugar  ;  the 
difference  of  both  results  is  the  insoluble  sugar. — S.  H. 


XVL— BREWING,  WISES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Barley  for  Brewing  Purposes.     Maerker.     Wochen-ch. 
f.  Braucrei,  1SS6,  3,  6S5. 

1  iu;  barley  for  brewing  purposes  has  improved  in  the 
province  of  Saxony,  the  best  being  "  Chevalier"  barley. 
I  lien  follow  barley  seed,  Danish  barley,  finally  Slovacian 
barley.  Of  foreign  barley,  the  Scotch  pearl  and  golden 
melon  barley  are  preferable.     A  good  barley  should  be 

I 


Ul 


THK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKV.  |Fcb.28.i8»7. 


comparatively  heavy  (68"5  69'6kilos,  pet  hectolitre). 
Tin'  percentage  of  albumen  Bbonld  not  exceed  8'5, 
with  \.>  per  cent  of  water  in  the  grain.  The 
numbers  refer  to  good  and  best  barlei  of  tins  year's 
growth.  It  is  a  fact  that  excellent  barlej  ia  generally 
poor  in  protein  substances.  Concerning  the  effect  of 
manure.',  the  .-111111111  says  :  Excess  of  nitrogen  is  more 
harmful  for  barley  than  other  cereals.  Moderate  quanti- 
ties "i  Chili  saltpetre  have  no  worse  effect  than 
ammonium  sulphate,  nor  does  the  quality  of  the  barley 
seem  to  be  improved  by  manuring  with  phosphates. 

-A.  R 

Method  for  Preventing  Se  ondary  Fermentation* 
in  the  Industrial  Production  of  Alcohol.  U.  Gayon 
and  G.  Dupetit.  Compt.  Rend.  103.  883. 
I'm:  secondary  fermentations,  which  diminish  the  yield 
of  alcohol,  and  also  give  rise  t ■ »  the  production  of  a  spirit 
of  unpleasant  flavour,  may  be  entirely  avoided  by  addi- 
tion nt  small  quantities  of  bismuth  salt's.  A  fermentation 
of  a  mixture  of  soluble  maize  and  heet  molasses,  to  1 
litre  of  which  01  gnn.  bismuth  nitrate  had  been  added, 
gave  the  following  results  : — 


to  non-maltose  is  generally  also  normal  in  worts  with 
starch  dextrin,  on  account  of  the  small  quantity  of  the 
latter,  As  goon  as  the  beer  becomes  richer  in  alcohol 
dining  fermentation,  the  turbidity  appears,  due  to 
separation  oi    starch-dextrin.     In    place  of   the   usual 

hi Iv    vi/,,  malt    powder  as   such,  which   with  the 

adhering  dust  would  again  introduce  sporulee  into  the 
beer — the  author  recom tt  ends  a  cold  aqueous  and  filtered 
decoction  of  lgrm.  malt  for  every  I  hectolitre  of  beer; 
even  better  is  the  addition  for  each  hectolitre  of  turbid 
beer,  of  0'03grm.  pure  diastase  prepared  according  to 
l.intner.  The  saccharification,  which  how  proceeds  very 
rapidly,  may  be  traced  by  the  iodine  reaction. — A.  R. 


Fermentation 
Bismuth  .. . 


with  ) 
)" 


Fermentation     with- 
out Bismuth 


Acidity  Absolute     1:.. 

-     Alcohol    .'•"•■1"!";> 
At  the     per  litre.   '»  ""'  n,,lcl 

Of  Y1S1UI1. 


At  the 
beginning,     end. 


1 1         oCOce, 


33 


50-3cc. 


0 
400 


In  distill, -ries  at  Bordeaux  and  Courrieres,  experiments 
were  conducted  on  a  large  scale,  and  0- lgrm.  bismuth 
nitrate  was  employed  for  every  litre  of  wort.  The  fer- 
mentation in  presence  of  this  salt  was  characterised  by 
the  yeast  remaining  pure,  and  by  the  regularity  with  which 
the  process  could  be  carried  out.  The  acidity  was  only 
slightly  increased,  and  the  yield  of  alcohol  was  greater.' 


On  the  Alcoholic  Fermentation  of  Dextrin  and  Starch. 
I  .  Gayon  and  E.  Dubourg.     Compt  Rend.  103,  885. 

The  alcoholic  ferments  [saccharomyces)  are  well  known  to 
he  without  action  on  dextrin  or  Btarch  solutions,  as  well 
as  on  the  dextrin  of  wort.  The  authors  have  discovered 
a  new  ferment  in  a  specimen  of  mucor  which  possesses 
the  double  property  of  saccharifying  both  dextrin  and 
starch  am.  of  fermenting  the  products;  but  this  mucor 
cannot  invert  saccharose  and  convert  it  into  alcohol.  To 
a  10  per  cent,  dextrin  solution  some  pure  mucor  was 
added  on  the  17th  August  ;  the  fermentation  proceeded 
regularly  : — 

Reducing  Sugar.         Pure  Alcohol. 

September  G 0-32%        ....        2'N  . 

11 ti.7  ....        4-0 

October  1 238  ....        ft 

When  old  beer,  on  which  ordinary  yeast  no  longer  acts, 
is  treated  with  the  mucor  ferment,  after  driving  off  the 
alcohol  the  fermentation  begins  anew,  and  contiin.es 
until  all  dextrin  and  sugar  is  decomposed,  A  certain 
Bavarian  beer  was  subjected  to  this  fermentation  on  the 
24th  July:— 

R-.hieing  Alcohol 

Rotation.         .s.i^.ir.  Dextrin,     formed. 

July  24 69'5  X     ■■    0"96  '.     ..     3"46   | 

Sept.   1 U'O         ..    traces    ..    traces  ..  37   . 

The  same  beer  retained  its  original  composition,  if,  after 
removing  the  alcohol,  it  was  treated  with  saccharomyces. 
Worts  gave,  as  was  to  he  expected,  a  beer  much  richer 


I. 

Fermenting  Tub. 

II. 
Fermenting  Tub. 

III. 
Fermenting  Tub. 

With                  Without 
-Bismuth.               Bismuth. 

With 
Bismuth. 

Without 
Bismuth. 

With 

Bismuth. 

Without 
Bismuth. 

Contents  of  Tub 

COOhl.                   COOlil. 

200hl. 

Cane. 
1000 

i 

1029 

32- 

G7 

4-91% 

200hl. 

Cane. 
1000 

1 

1030 

33* 

26*5 

1 71\ 

200ul. 

Cane. 

1000 

1 

1035 

33* 

1-5 

i-96 

200b  1. 

Cane. 

10CO 

1 

1034 
32-5' 
36 '0 

i-3-y. 

Nature  ot  Molasses 

Specific  Gravit]  of  the  Wort  .. 

Proportion  of  JIaize  Wort   

Specific  Gravity  of  JIaizc  Wort 
Max.  Temperature  of  Ferment 
Increase  of  Acidity  

1075 

A 

1031 
35' 
2-5 

5-872 

1075 
A 

1031 
35' 
130 

571'. 

Percent.  Alcohol  of  Product  .. 

The  Turbidity  of  Beer  due  to  the  Formation  of  Starch- 
Di  etrin,  and  how  to  prevent  it.  Reinke.  Wochensch. 
1.  Brauerei,  3,  "38. 
ATTENTION  is  drawn  to  the  formation  of  starch-dextrin 
in  beer  wort,  which  occurs  when  the  washing  i-  carried 
00  tOO  rapidly  and  the  diastase  is  destroyed  through 
allowing   hot  water  to    run  111  tOO  fast  while  nia-1 

when  the  sprinkling  is  doneal  too  high  a  temperature, 
etc-     The  starch-dextrose  is  hardly  visible  in  the  wort, 

which  urns  nil  practically  clear,  but  may  he  recognised 
dining  the  mashing  process  by  its  reaction  with  iodine  ; 
it  can  be  removed  during  the  actual  brewing  process  by 
careful  mashing,  and  by  slowly  raising  the  temperature 
of  the  wort  in  the  hop-boiler.    The  proportion  of  maltose 


—A.  It. 

in  alcohol  when  the  mucor  was  employed  than  with 
ordinary  yeast  ;  thus,  in  the  former  case  the  beer 
contained  ti'."i  per  cent,  alcohol,  in  the  latter 5 '2  percent 
Starch  ferments  less  energetically  than  dextrin  and 
glucose  :  it,  however,  becomes  partly  soluble,  and  alcohol 
is  formed  with  evolution  of  carbonic  acid. —A.  R, 


On  tin-  Reduction  of  Copper  Sulphate  during  the  Fer- 
mentation of  Wine- Must.  II.  Quantin.  Compt 
Bend,  103,  888. 

Cuprous  sulphide  is  th< ly  compound  of  copper  which 

is  absolutely  insoluble  in  wine-most    Copper  sulphate, 
which  has  been  dissolved  in    wine-must,   separates  out 


28.1887.]     THE  JOritXAf.  OF  THE  SOCIETV  OF  CHEMICAL  tKfcfJSTRY. 


1 45 


as  sulphide.     On  a  small  scale  0°05grn  nlphate 

was  converted  into  sulphide  by  1  litre  of  tae  most,  <>n 
a  large  scale  1 1 1 ■  ■  amount  of  sulphate  iroull  no  doubt  lie 
larger;  however,  the  above  quantity  already  exceeds 
what  would  be  considered  necessary  when  treating  for 
mildew.  The  reduction  of  copper  sulphate  bj  means  of 
tin-  ferments  therefore  Buffices  tor  eliminating  all  copper 
which  may  have  found  it-  way  into  the  iuu-t.  Naturally 
air  must  lie  excluded  to  prevent  oxidation  of  the  sulphide. 

—A.  K. 

On  Plastering  of  Must.     A.  Andoynaud    Uompt,  . 
103,  1028. 

Experienced  wine-growers  have  round  that  to  piaster 
the  vintage,  after  patting  it  into  the  fermenting  vat,  not 

only  gives  it  a  line  colour,  but  also  makes  it  keep  better. 
The  author  has  made  comparisons,  by  fermenting  must 
with  and  without  addition  of  gypsum.  He  finds  that 
gypsum  raises  the  efficiency  of  the  ferment  considerably, 

Since  the  plasterei  musts  ferment  more  rapidly  and  more 
thoroughly.  The  author  proved  that  it  wan"  really  the 
gypsum  itself  and  not  a  larger  proportion  of  acid  which 
the  rapid  fermentation.  In  consequence  of  tl,i- 
shortened  process  of  fermentation  the  secondary  fer- 
ment-, which  in  a  later  stage  are  liable  to  change  the 
wine,  are  checked  in  their  development,  with  the  result 
that  the  wine  keeps  so  much  better.  — A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Grain  m    • 
for  I' Brewing,  Distilling,  and  Vinegar  Making. 

J.  Fordred,  Tottenham.    Eng.  Pat.  4891,  Nov.  - 

amended  April  5,  l!<S6.  6d. 
Tiik  preparation  of  torrefied  e;rain — more  particularly 
barley— to  lie  used  as  a  substitute  for  a  portion  of  the 
malt  employed  in  making  mashes  for  the  above  manu- 
factures. The  torrefacbon  is  effected  in  hollow  cylinders 
ing  on  hollow  trui  nions,  and  which  are  heated  i:i 
the  usual  way.  When  the  barley  i-  sufficiently  torrefied, 
which  is  known  by  its  friable  texture,  its  colour,  smell 
and  flavour,  it  is  crushed  by  means  of  roller-.  1 
cases  the  grain  i-  moi-tened* before  or  during  the  process 
of  torrefaction  (see  also  this  Journal,  1SS3.  2 

— G.  H.  M. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Malt  and 
!■>  Apparatus  therefor.  H.  II.  Lake.  From  J.  W. 
Free,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  1.3,738,  Oct.  26,  1886. 
Sd. 

I'm-  i- a  modification  of  the  entire  process  of  malting, 
together  with  apparatus  for  carrying  out  the  same.  The 
chief  features  of  the  process  are  a  building  with  four 
store;  — the  steeping  tank  being  in  the  third;  the  germi- 
nation promoted  by  steam-heat,  and  when  sufficiently 
advanced  checked  by  cold  air;  a  mechanical  stirrer 
which  aerate.-  the  grain  and  also  breaks  off  the  rootlets 
when  they  become  dry  ;  drying  the  malt  on  the  floors  at 
a  low  temperature  and  screening  the  grain  by  means  of 
an  exhaust  blower.  — G.  11.  M. 


XYIL- CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,    SAHTARY 
CHEMISTRY.  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(A)  CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS. 

I  or  Digeslt 
Med\  M,_di.    J.  Marshall,  and  T. 

A.  Mar-hall,  Govan,  Lanarkshire.    Eng.  Pat.  13,758, 

Oct.  27,   Ism',.     4d. 

The  preparation  of  a  malt  flour  or  "  ptvaloid "  from 
malt  by  grinding,  and  separating  the  husks,  etc.,  with 
line  sieves.—* ..  II.  M. 

(B)  SANITAPY  CHEMISTRY. 

Chron  g  with  Carbon  Bisulphide,    .la.-.   Rosa, 

M.D.,  LL.D.    Medical  Chronicle,  5  [41  257—269. 

Two  eases  are  reported.  The  first  was  that  of  a  man 
aged  twenty-four  years,  unmarried,  and  who  had  never 


suffered  from  any  serious  illness  up  to  date  of  the  seizure 
in  question.  He  was  admitted  to  the  Manchester  Infir- 
mary, 5th  May.  1886.  lie  hail  commence. 1  to  work, 
about  eight  months  before,  in  an  indiarubber  factory, 
and  in  this  situation  he  was  employed  in  the  "  curing- 
room,"  where  he  inhaled  the  vapour-  given  off  from  the 
material-  used  there,  more  or  less  of  these  fumes  con- 
sisting of  carbon  bisulphide.  After  winking  for  a  few- 
week-  here,  the  man  Buffered  from  a  burning  sensation 
in  the  hands  and  face  :  these  were  al-o  hot  to  the  touch, 

and  of  a  red  colour,  lie  found,  however,  that  on  putting 
his  hand-  in  i  old  water  they  immediately  turned  a  livid 
colour,  and  became  cold  and  numb,  as  if  dead,  or  they 
looked  just  as  if  frost-bitten  ;  in  fact,  he  was  compelled 
to  use  warm  water  in  washing.  This  numbness  and 
weakness  extending  gradually  to  his  feet  ami  legs,  and 
being  troubled  with  mental  disturbances,  he  was  com- 
pelled to  leave  work  for  two  or  three  weeks,  during 
which  time  he  rapidly  recovered.  He  now  returned  to 
his  old  work.  His  old  symptoms  soon  returned,  but 
with  redoubled  force,  and  now  he  -nun  experienced  the 
difficulty  iu  walking,  ami  could  scarcely  hold 
anything  in  his  bauds,  which,  besides  being  feeble, 
trembled   a   good  deal,   more  especially   when   the  man 

I  attempted  to  grasp  anything.  The  senses  of  sight  and 
hearing  remained  unaffected,  but  everything  seemed  to 
smell  of  the  vapours  of  the  factory  he  had  left,  and  bis 
food  either  seemed  devoid  of  taste  or  to  taste  only  of  the 
loathsome  vapours.  The  sight  of  food  was  a  burden-  ; 
li"  lost  a  stone  in  weight,  and  observed  the  wasting  of 
his  arms  and  legs  was  out  of  proportion  to  that  of  the 
re-t  of  his  body.  On  leaving  work  in  the  evening,  he 
often  walked  like  a  drunken  person,  and  talked  much 
nonsense.  The  memory  almost  entirely  failed  ;  at  night 
he  was  restless,  or,  if  sleeping,  was  disturbed  by  horrid 
dreams.  In  the  mornings  he  felt  miserable  and  depree 
and  even  found,  on  return  to  work,  some  relief  from  again 
inhaling  the  gas— at  lir-t,  at  least.  Sheer  feebleness  at 
length  prevented  this  man  from  crawling  to  his  work, 
and  he  was  laid  op  for  four  weeks.  He  next  got  em- 
ployment at  a  tarpaulin  factory,  but  soon  found  himself 
unable  to  work,  so  feeble  had  his  hands  become.  Not 
only  had  there  been  a  great  loss  of  power  of  the  brain 
centres  regulating  memory,  bnt  those  affecting  impor- 
tant nervous  functions  had  also  much  suffered  ;  sexual 
appetite,  for  example,  bad  been  lost.  He  contracted 
colourblindness,  also,  to  some  extent.     The  paralysis 

'  of  principal  muscular  centres  was,  of  itself  and  alone, 
such  as  to  reduce  the  patient  to  a  condition  of  pitiable 
weakness  and  helplessness. 

The  second  case  much  resembled  the  first  as  regards 
the  premonitory  symptoms  of  tingling,  paralysis  of 
muscles,  tremblings,  livid  condition  of  hands  if  dipped  in 
cold  water,  los-  of  taste  for  food,  of  memory,  and  in 
addition  the  sight  became  affected.  The  man  could  not 
read,  as  the  words  all  -eemed,  as  he  said,  "to  run 
together.'  At  length  he  became  so  feeble  that  he  couhl 
cely  walk,  and  often  fell  down.  Sexual  appetite 
entirely  failed  ;  shooting  pains  along  nerve  courses  ■ 
little  sleep  possible,  and  that  disturbed  by  horrid  dreams  ; 
violent  headaches,  and  a  longing  to  get  back  to  work, 
where  the  noxious  fumes  brought  temporary  relief,  and 
even  an  exaggerated  feeling  of  pleasure.  This  soon  gave 
way  to  a  feeling  of  intense  apathy  and  wretchedness. 
These  case-  were  not  exceptional  ones,  for  this  man  was 
not  affected,  he  declared,  so  much  as  some  of  his  fellow- 
workmen.  He  stated  that  some  of  these,  under  the 
effect-  of  the  gas,  l>ecame  very  talkative,  and  often 
talked  a  great  deal  of  nonsense,     '  >ne  man,  »:../.,  coming 

to  work  in  the  morning,  declared  he  was  in  Liver] 1 

the  night  before,  a  statement  that  could  not  possibly 
have  been  true.  Another  workman,  apparently  eager  to 
escape  from  some  imaginary  danger,  jumped  through  a 
window,  ran  across  an  open  court,  and  having  crept 
under  a  joiner's  bench,  tried  to  hide  by  covering  bimseli 
with  shaving-.  <  >ne  or  two  of  the  workmen  ha d 
quite  mad,  and  had  been  Bent  to  the  lunatic  asylum. 
our-vision  of  the  patient  here  considered  was 
defective  ;  purple  he  called  white,  and  could  not  distin- 
guish red  from  blue. 

L>r.  Roes  state-  that  these  cases  of  paralysis  from  the 
inhalation  of  carbon  bisulphide  show  that  such  paralysis 

t  -J. 


1  16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      livl  -' 


iup  which  is  caused  by  various  toxic 
agents,  Buch  as  alcohol,  lead,  arsenic,  and  certain  animal 
like  thai  oi  diphtheria.  This  paralysis,  in  fact, 
lea  alcoholic  paralysis  more  nearly  than  U  does 
anyotherform  of  multiple  neuritis.  Sometimes  \\  mptoma 
are  found  close)}  resembling  those  of  delirium  tremens, 
as  in  the  case  oi  the  workman  jumping  through  the  win- 
dow to  hide  himself  in  a  joiner's  shop.  The  statements 
and  cases  .-ire  well  authenticated,  and  neither  alcohol  nor 
U-rnl  played  any  part  whatever  in  the  cases  of  these  two 
patients,  as  causes  or  adjuncts  in  the  paralysis  observed. 
Dr.  Ross  concludes : — "  If  it  lie  true,  then,  that  we 
have  iu  our  midst  certain  workshops  in  which  the  pro- 
manufacture  is  so  deleterious  to  the  health  of  the 
workmen  that  o  certain  proportion  of  them  is  reduced  in 
a  few  months  to  the  pitiable  condition  of  paralytic  help- 
lessness manifested  by  these  two  unfortunate  men,  it  is 
hardly  necessary  for  nie  to  maintain,  in  the  face  of  all 
recent  factory  legislation,  that  these  workshops  ought  to 
be  placed  under  the  most  stringent  regulations,  and  be 
Bubjecl  to  the  frequent  visits  of  a  Government  in- 
spector."— W.  S. 


XVIIL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Improvements  in  Voltaic  Batteries.    D.  G.  FitzGerald, 
London.     Eng.  Pat  335,  Jan.  S,  1886.     8d. 

Tut;  inventor  proposes  a  new  peroxide  plate,  formed  from 
oxide  of  lend  and  glycerine,  admixed  with  water  or  with 
suitable  saline  or  acid  solutions.  He  also  proposes  a 
compound  plate,  having  a  core  made  in  the  above  way, 
surrounded  by  one  of  the  more  porous  oxide  of  lead  com- 
positions mentioned  in  Eng.  Pat  4671,  18S5.  Contact 
is  made  with  the  plate  by  platinum  strips  attached  to  a 
piece  of  ebonite,  and  so  arranged  as  to  make  contact  both 
with  the  core  and  the  outer  composition.  The  part  of  a 
peroxide  plate  at  which  contact  is  to  be  made  may  be 
coated  with  plumbago,  which  tills  the  pores  and  makes 
the  contact  more  perfect. — E.  T. 


A  Secondary  Voltaic  Battery.    O.  Imray,  London.    Eng. 
Pat.  611,  Jan.  14,  18S6.    '8d. 

This  secondary  cell  consists  of  a  shallow  leaden  trough, 
suitably  insulated  in  a  wooden  frame,  in  which  are  placed 
ebonite  troughs  parallel  to  each  other.  These  troughs  con- 
tain leaden  frames  (the  lead  may  be  allowed  with  a  little 
tin  or  otlu-r  white  metal)  on  the  upper  side  of  which  are 
numerous  grooves,  divided  by  partitions,  having  lips  pro- 
jecting over  the  grooves  to  retain  the  material  packed  iu 
the  grooves.  The  material  consists  of  spongy  lead  or 
peroxide  of  lead  mixed  w  it h  metallic  lead.  The  insulated 
frames  united  together  form  one  electrode,  while  the 
leaden  trough  constitutes  the  other.  The  spaces  between 
■  mite  troughs  may  be  tilled  with  frames  similar  to 
those  iu  the  troughs. — E.  T. 


An  Improved  Construction  or  Formation  oj  Plates  with 
,     Electric    Batteries.     J.    II.    Noad, 
Upton,   and    ft.   Matthews,   London.     Eng.  1'at.  1054, 
Jan.  23,  1886.     4d. 

AO  ORDING  to  this  method,  plates  of  woven  \\in\  serving 
as  (me  ol  the  polo  i.f  a  battery,  are  coated  with  a  com- 
pound consisting  of  litharge  formed  into  a  paste  with 
glycerine.  The  plates  thus  formed  are  baked  in  an  oven 
at  a  temperature  of  about  300°F.  to  oxidise  the  glycerine. 

— £  T. 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Improvement*  in  extracting  Moisture  from   Pulp  pro- 

line!  fa, in  Wood  or  other  Fibrous  Materials.    .1.  1. 

and     J.     MDoogall,   Manchester.       Eng  Tat.    1795, 

Feb.  0,  1886.    6«f 

It  is  proposed    to   reduce    the    proportion    of    water 

usually    found   in    well-pressed    wood-pulp— generally 

about  60  per  cent.— by    pressing   the   pulp  in    bags  or 

wrappers,   and    by  which   means   it   is  da id  a  larger 

proportion  of  moisture  will  be  removed  than  lias  been 
hitherto  the  case.— 11.  A.  R. 


Improvt  ii  i  'onstructicm  of  Si  condary  or  Storage  Batterii  s. 
G  E.  Dorman,  Stafford.  Eng.  Pat.  lino,  Feb.  4, 
1886.    Bd. 

secondary   batteries  are  formed  of  lead  strips 

Iiiled  one  above  another,  but  separated  i lach  other 
.\  wooden  or  vulcanised  strips,  and  by  pads  or  cushions 
ot  a  permeable  material  such  as  glasS-WOOl,  the  alternate 
strips  being  connected  together  in  the  usual  way. 

— B.  T. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

On  Dextro-Hexyl  Alcohol    from  Roman  Oil  <>f  Camo- 
mile.    P.  v.  Romburgb,     Rec.  des  Trav.  Chim.  des 

bays-Has.  5,  219. 
Two  kilos,  of  oil  of  camomile  were  saponified,  and  the 
alcohols  thus  produced  separated byfractionaldistillation. 

SOgrnis.  of  Kb' big's  liexyl  alcohol  were  obtained,  the 
specific  gravity  of  which  was  0  829  at  I"'  C.  It  boiled 
at  154°,  and  turned  the  plane  of  polarisation  to  the  light 

— o,i  =  +8lv.  tin  oxidising  by  means  of  chromic  acid, 
the  alcohol  yielded  caproic  acid,  (  ,llr(i„  a  colourless 
liquid  of  unpleasant   smell,   boiling  at   196—198",  and 

also  turning  polarised  light  to  the  right— ad  =  ^  48'92  . 
The  amido-derivative  oi  this  acid  crystallised  in  long 
needles,  fusing  at  124°  C.  The  author  believes  that 
tin-  bexyl  alcohol  is  |8/9-methylethylpropyl  alcohol, 
ill  of  II  it'll—  CH2— UH.OU,  and  its  and  is 
^-metbyletiiylpropionic  acid,  lCH,)(CTI.,)CH— CII-— 
CUUH.  '  — S.  H. 

Ilipe  Nuts  from  the  Cameroons.     Chem.  Zeit.  10,  1628. 

Tins  drug  consists  of  the  cotyledons  of  the  seeds  of 
Vateria  indica  L.,  which  belongs  to  the  class  of 
DipterocarpecB.  The  plant  has  been  known  for  a  long 
time,  and  is  extensively  used  in  India  for  extracting  the 
oil  it  contains.  The  seed,  like  so  many  other  drugs 
containing  tannin,  is  used  as  a  remedy  against  colic.  It 
is  worth  noticing  that  the  tannin  contained  in  these 
seeds  becomes  yellow  on  addition  of  potash,  and  the 
colour  changes  to  a  bluish-green  on  warming.— A.  It. 


On    Cinchonine.     W.   J.  Comstock  and  W.   Koenigs. 

Ber.  19,  2853—2859. 
Cinchonine  combines  with  lmol.  of  bromine  to  form  a 
di-bromide,  f  ,    II     N,OBr  .  which  on  boiling -with  alco- 
holic KOH  loses  --Tll'.r,  and  is  converted  into  dehydro- 
cinchonine,    1 1,  ,.1I,„N,.(».     When    the    latter    base    is 

treated  with  l'fl,  it  yields  dehydrocinchonine  chl 

C19H1(N,d,  which  by  boiling  with  alcoholic  KOH  is 
converted  into  dehydrocinchene,  C ,  t,  1 1 ,  - X .. .  Dehydro- 
cinchene can  also  be  obtained  from  cinchonine  by  con- 
version into  cinchene,  and  beating  the  di-bromide  of  the 
latter  with  alcoholic  K(  ill. 

Cinchonine  dibromide,  i ',  ,11  ,.X,OBr5  +  H-O,  was 
earlier  mistaken  for  di-bromo  cinchonine,  and  described 
under  that  name.  With  cold  concentrated  ll..S(l_,  it 
forms  an  ethereal  sulphate,  sparingly  soluble  in  cold 
water. 

Dehydrocinchonine,  C,0HaoN,0,  crystallises  from 
dilute  alcohol  in  colourless  needles,  which  melt  at 
202—203°,  and  can  be  sublimed.  It  is  easily  soluble  in 
alcohol,  acetone,  ether,  and  benzene,  scarcely  soluble 
in  water  or  petroleum  spirit.  The  bydroliromide, 
C  ||  \  ii.lir.i,,  forms  colourless  prisms,  and  the 
hydrochloride,  C,~  II   .  N  <  M H  1.  long  silky  needles. 

Dehydrocmchonim  chloride,  c.  ,11  NCI.  is  derived 
from  the  dehydrocinchonine  by  the  replacement  of  <  ill  by 

CI.  It  is  veivsoluble  in  benzene,  alcohol,  and  ether,  but 
is  insoluble 'in  petroleum  spirit.  It  crystallises  from 
benzene  on  addition  of  petroleum  spirit,  and  melts  at 
148— 149  . 


Feb. »s.  1887.]      THE  JOl'KXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDUSTRY. 


147 


Cmehent  di-bromide,  i  II  N  I'.r  .  i-  obtained  by 
the  addition  of  bromine  to  a  cold  solution  of  cinchene  in 
chloroform.  It  forma  colourless  crystals,  which  melt  at 
110—113°.  The  hydrobromide  crystallises  in  colourless 
-.  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water.  The  nitrate 
and  cine-double  chloride  are  also  well  crystallised  salts 
sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  readily  in  hot  water. 

■  II  ,N,,  crystallises  from  dilute 
alcohol  in  long  colourless  needles  (  :>IM>,  which  mell 
at  about  60°.  The  hydrobromide,  C  II  ,N„H,Br„ 
form-  small  pi  isms,  very  soluble  in  water,  but 
sparingly  in  absolute  alcohol.  Tlie  platino-chloride, 
(  II  \  ,11  I'ii'I.  forms  slightly  soluble  red  tables. 
Tin'  acid  tartrate  is  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water. 

-A.  I 

Method  for  the  Preparation  of  Lanolin  and  Anhydrous 
Lanolin  from   the    Watte  Liquors  of   W- 
Establishments,    and   from    Commercial    Wool    Fat. 
C.  D.  Abel,  London.    Eng.  Pat.  326,  Jan.  8,  1S86.    6tl. 
I.vnoi.in  was  first  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  4992.  Oct  22, 
1 882      For  the  process  of  its  purification  there  described, 
treatment  of  the  raw  lanolin  with  acetone  is  now 
tuted.    This  dissolves  out  the  pure  fat.  leaving  the  soaps, 
etc,  undissolved,  and  the  solvent  maybe  recoveredby 
distillation.     According  to  another  method,  the  crude 
mass  may  l»-  treated  with  benzene,  carbon  disulphide, 
etc..  when   b  and   fat  are   dissolved,   and   im- 

purities left  behind  ;  from  this,  the  addition  of 
precipitates  the  soaps,  etc.,  leaving  pure  wool-fat  in 
solution.  I'rior  to  treatment  with  solvents,  the  commer- 
cial wool  fat  may  be  melted  and  heated  with  alkalis, 
alkaline  earths  or  their  hydrates,  or  even  with  oxides  of 
heavy  metals. — W.  L.  C. 


Apparatus  for  Determining  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Solid* 
and  1'   R&ikow  and  X.  Prodonaw.    Chem. 

/..•it.  10,  1556. 

Tiik  apparatus  consists  of  a  bent  tulie  as1,  the  right 
limb  of  which  is  drawn  out  and  provided  with  a  cc.  scale. 
The  left  limb  is  wider,  and  at  b  a  bladder-shaped  bul 
blown.  Water  being  poured  into  the  tube,  owing  to 
capillary  action,  the  heights  A.  A1,  to  which  the  water 
in  the  two  limbs,  will  differ.  The  difference  being 
noted,  the  body,  whose  -p.  gr.  is  to  be  determined,  is 
brought  into  b.  1'art  of  the  water  is  expelled,  and  the 
level  of  the  water  in  both  limbs  is  thus  raised.     ( in  now 


An  Improved  /V  '  .1  pparatus  for  the  Purification 

of  Alcohol.     J.  A.  T.  Han- and  M.  C.  A.  Puffin,  Paris 
Eng.  Pat.  TS.i,  Jan.  IS,  1SS6.     Sd. 

As  improvement  of  Eng.  Pat.  10,870,  1SS4.  Heavy 
hydrocarbons  boiling  above  100'  C  are  used  in  place  of 
the  light  petroleum  spirit  of  the  former  specification  : 
the  hydrocarbons  are  also  purified  by  mean-  of  Btrong 
rectified  spirit  instead  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  apparatus 
used  is  also  modified  in  such  a  way  that  a  larger  surface 
of  hydrocarbon  i-  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  alcoholic 
distillate,  a  vertical  chamber  divided  into  compartments 
by  perforated  diaphragms  being  u>ed  instead  of  separate 
Is  — G.  11.  M. 


XXIL— GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHE3HSTRT. 

Arrangement  for  Combining  the  Operations  of  Beating 

with   Reflux    Condi  user,   ■'„,/  afterwards    Distilling. 

Dr.  11.  Michaelis.     Chem.  Zeit.  "10,  1556. 

Tiik  author  describes  an  apparatus  very  similar  to  Lint- 

uer's  for  simplifying  this  operation.  The  arrangement  will 


be  readily  understood  from  a  glance  at  the  figure.  The 
inner  tube  of  the  Liebig  condenser  is  bent  at  right  angles, 
and  passes  in  a  slanting  direction  through  the  cork. 

-A.  P. 


compressing  the  air  over  the  liquid  by  means  of  a  piston 
/..  until  the  original  level  of  the  fluid  is  again  reached, 
the  volume  of  water  which  is  present  over  the  original 
mark  in  the  right  limb  will  at  once  give  the  volume  of 
the  immersed  body,  whence  the  sp.  gr.  is  calculated. 

In  determining  the  sp.  gr.  of  a  liquid,  some  tluid  with 
which  it  does  not  mix  is  first  brought  into  the  tube,  the 
heights  in  the  two  limbs  noted,  and  the  tube  and  fluid 
then  weighed.  Some  of  the  liquid,  whose  sp.  gr.  is  to  be 
found,  is  now  introduced  into  the  left  limb,  the  level  of 
the  fluid  in  a  restored  in  the  manner  previously  described, 
and  the  increase  in  volume  in  a1  noted.  If  "the  tube  be 
;  with  the  two  liquids,  the  weight  of  liquid  la?t 
introduced  is  found,  whence  by  division  with  its  volume 
the  sp.  gr.  is  determined.  The  apparatus  is  said  to  lie 
useful  for  determinations  of  sp.  gr..  where  only  small 
quantities  of  the  liquid  are  at  disposal. — A.  R. 


The  Electrolytic  Evolution  of  Arseniuretted  Hydrogen 
for  the  Detection  '■;"  Arsenic.     C.  H.  Wolff,     Phatm. 
'Ceutr.  Halle,  7,  60S. 
THE  author  has  designed  a  special  apparatus  for  the 
detectiou   of  arsenic   by   the  electrolytic   evolution    of 
hydrogen  arsenide,   which  is  decomposed  into  arsenic, 
thus  producing  the  well-known  arsenic  mirrors.     In  this 
manner,    even   OOOOOlgr.  arsenic   trioxide  can  be  de- 
tected.    With  an  equal  strength  of  the  electric  current, 
the  arsenic  mirrors  always  show  an  equal  intensity,  and 
by  comparing  the  mirrors  obtained  from  known  quan- 
tities of  arsenic,  the  smallest  amount  mav  be  estimated. 
—  S.  II. 

Volumetric  Estimation  of  Zinc  in  Zinc-dust.     F.  Weil. 
Compt.  Bend.  103,  1013. 

ACOPPEK  SOLUTIOH  is  prepared  by  dissolving  12ol9grms. 
of  pure  cupric  oxide  in  a  slight  excess  of  hydrochloric 
acid  and  diluting  to  1  litre,  lOcc.  of  which  contain 
Olgrni.  Cu.  50cc.  of  this  solution  are  treated  in  a 
porcelain  dish  with  ammonia  until  a  slight  permanent 
turbidity  appears,  but  the  liquid  must  still  lie  slightly 
acid.      0'4grm.    of  the   zinc-dust   to   be    tested  is  now 


148 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDTJSTKY.       ' 


added,   and   t lio  max  -tirroil  from  time  to  time  with 
a    platinum   wire,    until   the  wire  no  long 
covered  with  a  black  or  red  skin.      The  precipitation  of 
tin pperbyzinc  in  a  porcelain  dish  takes  about  one 


hour,  whereas  it  can  be  completed  in  a  platinum  dish 

Imp  nf  acetic  acid   is  added  to 

clarity    the    Bolution,    which    is    decanted,    and    after 


in   ten    minutes,     A  drop  of  acetic 


adding  the  washings  of  the  copper  precipitate,  made  up 

to  100  or'JOOcc.     lOcc  of  the  washings  are  run  into  a  Mask 

tn  which  t i  20  to  30cc  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  added 

and  the  whole  is  boiled.  The  copper  still  in  solution  is 
then  titrated  back  with  a  stannous  chloride  solution, 
:  which  are  equal  to  OOlgrm.  Cu.  By  subtract- 
ing t lie  copper  thus  found  from  the  0.">grm.  Cu  employed 
for  the  test,  the  quantity  of  copper  i-  obtained  which  was 
precipitated  by  the  zinc,  and  by  multiplying  this  figure 
with  the  factor  1*0236  the  quantity  of  zinc  in  0'4grm. 
zinc-dust  is  found. — S.  H. 


salt  arc  gradually  decomposed.  (A  solution  of  0*0 
salicylic  acid  in  1  litre  gave  no  colouration  with  ferric 
chloride  after  five  months.)  2.  The  salicylic  acid  musl  first 
be  extracted  with  ether,  and  no  coloured  solutions  should 
be  directly  examined,  for  many  bodies  weaken  the  colour 
reaction  or  suppress  il  entirely,  such  as  acids,  alkalis, 
neutral  Baits— viz.,  phosphates,  tartrates,  oxalab 
:;.  The  ferric  chloride  solution  must  be  very  dilute,  for 
with  small  quantities  of  salicylic  acid  a  Blight  excess  of 
ferric  chloride  destroys  the  colouration.— A.  K. 


initiation  of  Castor  Oil  for  other  Fat  Oils.     Finkener- 
Chem.  Zeit  10.  i">00. 

IF  pure  castor  oil  be  treated  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  a  product  is  obtained  which  dissolves  almost  com- 
pletely in  forty  parts  of  water,  whereas  other  fat  oils, 
such  as  sesame  or  olive  oil,  treated  in  the  same  manner, 
yield  no  elear  solution,  but  an  emulsion.  If  castor  oil 
be  mixed  with  one-fifth  of  sesame  or  olive  oil.  sulphuric 
acid  does  not  detect  the  presence  of  the  two  latter  oils, 
as  the  mixture  gives  Bulphonic  acids,  which  are  soluble 
in  water.  I'.ut  it  was  found  that  alcohol  of  a  specific 
gravity  of  0'829  dissolves  at  17  .V  C.  castor  oil  in  nearly 
any  proportion,  whereas  other  fat  oils  are  only  slightly 
soluble  in  the  same  reagent.  The  test  i-  performed  in 
glass  cylinders  of  lOOcc.  capacity  and  25mm.  diameter, 
which  have  marks  for  lOec.  and  60cc,  measured  from 
the  bottom.  lOcc.  of  the  oil  to  be  tested  are  put  into  tin- 
cylinder.  50cc.  alcohol  added,  and,  after  inserting  the 
stopper,  shaken,  and  then  allowed  to  stand  for  two  to 
three  minutes.  A  -turn;.'  turbidity,  which  does  not  dis- 
appear even  at  20  C,  shows  that  the  oil  was  not  pure 
c  istor  oil,  but  contained  at  least  more  than  ten  per  cent, 
of  other  oils. — S.  H.       

On  the  Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Albuminoids.     W 
Kochs.     Chem.  Centr.  17,  S94. 

A*  CORDING  to  the  author,  it  is  the  amount  of  sulphur  in 
albuminoid  which  decides  whether  it  belongs  to  the 
albuminoids  proper  or  to  the  glutens.  Furthermore,  it  is 
stated  that  one  may  calculate  approximately  the  quantity 
of  glutinous-  and  of  albuminoid-peptone  in  a  mixture  of 
albuminoids,  Buch  as  peptone  preparations,  when  the 
amount  of  sulphur  contained  in  the  latter  is  known.  The 
reason  the  numbers  previously  given  by  the  author  differ 
from  those  of  Fresemus  is  due  to  the  fact,  that  Carina' 
method  is  not  well  applicable  to  albuminoids,  since  at  the 
temperature  employed  all  the  sulphur  is  not  converted 
into  sulphuric  acid.  Whether  the  temperature  is  kept 
for  two  hours  at  120°,  or  three  hours  at  200".  is  immaterial 
to  the  final  result.  On  heating  higher,  explosions  gene 
rally  occurred.  Good  results  were,  however,  obtained 
with  Liebig's  method  for  determining  sulphur.  It  may 
be  assumed  that  muscular  albumen  contains  from  1  —  1  -J 

}ier  cent,  sulphur,  but  that  muscular  gluten  is  quite  free 
rom  sulphur.  For  certain  bodies,  particularly  albumi- 
noids free  from  ash,  Liebig's  method  is  not  practicable, 
owing  to  the  violent  evolution  of  gaa  Such  bodies  are 
firsl  evaported  with  ten  times  their  weight  of  nitric  acid 
(sp.  gr.  1"4)  on  the  water  hath,  and  the  residue  is  mi 
in  a  silver  crucible  with  caustic  potash  and  a  little 
saltpetre.— A.  K. 

On  the  Examination  and  Colorimetrie Determination  of 
Salicylic  Acid.  Frehse.  Joum.  Pharm.  Chem.  14,  ;">07. 
Till-:  following  precautions  are  necessary  in  order  to 
obtain  good  results  in  the  determination  ol  Balicylic  arid 
by  means  of  ferric  chloride: — 1.  The  standard  solution 
which  serves  for  comparison  must  frequently  be  renewed, 
since  dilute  solutions  of  salicylic  acid  and  also  its  sodium 


Contribution  to   t  0  E.    I  >ieterich. 

Pharm.  C.-H.  N.'F.  7-  529,  541. 

Knowing  thai  all  processes  in  common  use  for  testing 
opium  give  unreliable  results,  the  author  has  examined 
the  method  emplo;  I  liickiger  with  a  view  to  its 

perfection.  The  chief  objections  to  this  process  are: — 
The  addition  of  alcohol  hinder-  the  precipitation  of  the 
morphia,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  promotes  the  separa- 
tion of  calcium  salts.  The  deposition  of  the  alkaloid 
is  influenced  by  the  duration  and  intensity  of  the  shaking 
Zeit.  10,  1224).  And  finally,  the  author  finds 
that  on  aiding  the  ammonia  slowly  a  flocculent  pre- 
cipitate of  narcotine  at  first  separates  (the  whole  of  this 
body  being  separable  bv  accurate  neutralisation),  and 
is  afterwards  masked  by  the  crystalline  morphia  pre- 
cipitate. He  therefore  recommends  the  adoption  of  the 
following  methods,  which  are  expeditious  and  accu- 
rate : — 

.,'//,„  Powder. — flgrms.  of  the  dried  substance  are 
extracted  with  OOgrins.  of  water  with  occasional  shaking 
during  12  hours.  After  filtration  2cc.  of  normal  ammonia 
are  added  to  oOgrnis.  of  the  solution,  and  the  narcotine 
is  removed  by  passing  through  a  10cm.  filter.  44'4grms. 
of  this  second  filtrate  (=4grms.  opium)  are  then  mixed 
in  a  weighed  Erlenmeyer's  flask  with  lOgrms.  of  ether 
and  thoroughly  shaken  for  one  minute,  then  with  4cc. 
of  normal  ammonia,  and  again  shaken  ;  after  standing 
for  six  hours  the  ether  layer  is  poured  orl"  through  an 
8cm.  filter,  a  further  quantity  of  lOgrms.  of  ether  is 
then  agitated  with  the  liquid,  and  after  separation 
filtered,  and  finally  the  aqueous  solution  is  passed  through 
the  same  filter,  the  crystals  clinging  to  the  walls  of  the 
essel  being  disregarded.  The  flask  and  tiller  are 
each  washed  twice  with  occ.  of  ether-saturated  water 
and  dried  at  100e  C.  The  crystals  of  morphine  may 
then  he  transferred  without  loss  by  means  ol  a  camel- 
hair  brush  from  the  lilter  to  the  flask,  where  they  are 
heated  at  100"  until  the  weight  is  constant 

For  Opium  Extract. — 3grms.  are  dissolved  in  42grms. 
of  water,  and  after  onehoui  treated  with2cc.  of  ammonia 
and  filtered  as  above  :  31'7grms.  of  the  filtrate  (=2grms. 
extract)  are  then  used  for  the  subsequent  stages  of  the 
-  ss,  which  are  conducted  as  in  the  case  of  the 
powder. 

For  Opium  Tincture. — 50grms.  are  evaporated  to  one 

half  their  hulk;  the  origiual   volume  is  made  up  with 

distilled    water,  and    the  assay   completed  as    already 

i  d,   44*4grms.   (=4grms.   tincture)  of  the  filtrate 

from  the  narcotine  being  employed.  —  W.  <;.  M. 


Pure  Duller  and  Artificial  Butter.     Professor  Schcfler. 
Pharm.  Rundsch.  4,  248. 

PUBE  butter  differs  from  artificial  butter  by  containing 
very  little  or  no  steatine.  The  author  has  based  on  this 
fact  an  easy  method  for  distinguishing  between  the  two. 
He  prepares  a  solution,  which  is  a  mixture  of  40  parts 
by  volume  of  rectified  fusel-oil,  and  GO  parts  by  volume 
of  ether  (sp.  gr.  0  725).  lgnn.  of  pure  butter  dissolves  in 
3cc.  of  this  mixture  at  26—28'  to  a  clear  solution  ;  the 
same  weight  of  beef-snet  requires  ,50cc.  for  complete 
i  solution,  lgnn.  lard  lbcc.  and  lgnn.  stearin  as  much 
as  550cc  of  the  solvent.  In  examining  samples  0*5  to 
lgnn.  of  fat  is  introduced  into  a  12CC  test  tube,  Sec.  of 
the  solvent  are  added,  and  the  well  corked  test  tube 
heated  in  a  water  bath  with  frequent  shaking  from 
about  18°  to  2s  .  and  kept  at  28°  for  some  time.  Pure 
butter  dissolves  to  a  clear  fluid  *  if  the  contents  of  the 
test  tube  are  not  clear,  more  of  the  solvent  is  introduced 


Feb.  28. 1887]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INMSTKY. 


149 


from  a  burette,  until  all  ia  dissolved.    The  greater  the 

quantity  oC  the  solvent  required  for  c plete  solution 

the  greater  is  the  adulteration  of  the  butter.  As  is 
apparent  from  the  following  numbers,  it  is  possible  to 
estimate  approximately  the  extent  of  the  adulteration. 
Tims :  -lgrm.  pure  butter  required  :!■■<■.;  O'lgrm.  lard 
and  0  9srm.  butter,  3'9cc.  ;  0*2grm.  hud  and  0'8grm. 
butter,  1  Sec.  ;  0'3grm.lard  and0  7grm.  butter,  5-7ce.  ; 
0'4grm.  lard  and  0-6grm,  butter,  6'5cc. ;  0*9grm.  lard 
and  O'lgrm.  butter,  l4-4cc. — A.  1!. 


The  Colour  Reaction  given  by  Morphine  with  Sulphuric 
Acid.    Gasselin  and  LeVy,    Pharm.  Chim.  14,  158. 

According  to  Donath(this  Journal,  1886,  618)  morphine 
gives  a  col. mi'  reaction  with  Bulphuric  acid  in  presenceof 
potassinm  arsenate.  The  authors  find  that  the  latter 
ii  is  nothing  to-do  with  tlie  reaction,  as  the  colouration 
is  jusl  as  intense  with'pure  sulphuric  acid.  Presence  of 
various  salts,  such  as  phosphates,  does  not  interfere  with 
the  reaction.  As  Jorissen  has  already  pointed  out,  pure 
codeine  gives  a  similar  colouration,  but  less  intense. 

— A.  It. 


now  introduced  into  a,  and,  having  opened  r,  is  allowed 
to  flow  into  the  burette.  After  washing  down  with  a 
liitl"  water,  sodium  bypobromite  is  introduced  into  a, 
and  from  thence  passed  into  the  burette,  when  tin- stop 
cork  is  quickly  turned  off.  The  gas  is  set  free,  and 
some  mercury  i-  expelled  into  d.  After  the  evolution 
of  gas  has  ceased,  the  mercury  -till  contained  in  the 
burette  is  removed  by  pouring  water  into  a  and  slowly 
opening  stop-cock  >■.  When  the  mercury  has  reached 
the  level  o,  the  water  containing  bypobromite  is  ex- 
pelled by  again  passing  water  from  a  through  r,  and 
Opening  m  slowly.  To  prevent  any  air  from  entering, 
there  must  always  he  some  water  in  o.  For  measuring 
the    volume    of    gas,    /'    aid     m    are    closed  ;    a  is  then 

opened,  ami  the  level  of  the  Quids  in  b  and  c  adjusted 
by  adding  or  removing  water  from  c.  The  analysis  is 
complete  in  a  few  minutes.  About  a  pound  of  mer- 
cury is  required. — A.  It. 

Examination   of  Different    Extracts,      Schweissinger. 

Pharm.  Centr.  Halle,  7,  597  and  (513. 
E.i  1 1  ail  a  in  i;  n  i,  a, m  is.—  Both  the  dry  root  and  the  extract 
contain  mannite,  fructose,  dextrin,  lactates,  and  triticin, 
a  substance  related  to  inulin.  The  aqueous  solution  of 
triticin  turns  the  plane  of  polarisation  to  the  left,  upon 
which  reaction  an  adulteration  of  the  extract  with  dextro- 
gyrate substances  can  be  based.  A  10  per  cent,  solution 
of  the  genuine  extract  polarised  a,,  =  -.j-3c  ;  after  inver- 
sion, aj=  —  7°. 

Extraction  Trifolii.  —  The  vegetable  bitter  can  be 
easily  separated  by  digestion  with  animal  charcoal. 
20grms,  of  extr.  trif.  dissolved  in  loOcc.  of  water  and 
digested  for  two  days  with  lOgrnrs.  of  freshly  calcined 
charcoal  are  completely  deprived  of  any  bitter  principle. 
By  boiling  the  charcoal  with  alcohol,  the  vegetable 
bitter  is  dissolved,  and  remains  behind  after  driving  oil' 
the  alcohol. 

E.i  f  met  mi  Colombo. — A  few  grains  dissolved  in  water 
aeiditied  with  sulphuric  acid  form  a  clear  solution   of 

le n-yellow  colour.     Chlorine  water  turns  the  solution 

red,  which  finally  becomes  colourless. 

Extractum  Hydrastis  canadensis.  — The  solution  of 
this  extract  gives  the  same  colour  reaction  as  that  of 
extr.  col.,  ami  this  may  be  accounted  for  hy  the  presence 
of  berberine  in  both  extracts.  One  drop  of  the  liquid 
extract  dissolved  in  lcc.  of  water  turns  red  with  two 
drops  of  fuming  nitric  acid. 

Extract  ii  m  Lir/ni  Gampeehianii. — Logwood  extract  is 
frequently  adulterated  with  molasses  or  dextrine.  Since 
a  pure  extract  contains  no  substances  which  act  on  polar- 
ised light  or  l'ehling's  solution,  these  adulterations  can 
be  easily  detected  by  precipitating  the  liquid  extract 
with  lead  acetate  and  examining  the  filtrate. — S.  H. 

Remarks  on  Molisch's  New  Reactions  for  Sugar. 
Leuken.  Apoth.  Zeit.  1,  '24(3. 
Molisch's  reactions  (Chem  Zcit.  10,  620)  consist  in  the 
production  of  a  violet  or  red  colour  by  the  action  of  Bul- 
phuric acid  on  a-naphthol  or  thymol  in  the  presence  of 
sugar.  Normal  mine  treated  in  this  manner  turns  violet 
or 'red,  and  Moliseh  therefrom,  concluded  that  normal 
urine  contains  sugar.  Leuken  closely  examined  these 
reactions,  and  showed  that  the  colour  obtained  with 
grape-sugaT  is  different  from  that  obtained  with  urine, 
if  the  process  be  slightly  modified.  Sugar  and  the 
glycosides  generally  show  similar  colour  reactions  with 
a  lame  number  of  aromatic  compounds— menthol,  for 
instance,  giving  more  distinct  colours  than  a-naphthol  or 
thymol.  Besides  sugar,  all  those  compounds  which 
split  oil"  sugar  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid,  such  as 
amygdalin,  salicin,  piperin,  cumarin,  etc.,  give  a  violet- 
red  colour  with  menthol  and  sulphuric  acid.  Alkaloids 
do  not  show  this  peculiarity,  and  this  reaction  is  there- 
fore suitable  for  the  examination  of  alkaloids  for  sugar 
and  glycosides.  The  author  also  showed  that  thymol 
ratus  is  then  complete  for  use  for  any  number  of  deter-  and  sulphuric  acid  produce  a  red  colour  with  different 
initiations.  By  raising  d,  the  burette  and  a  portion  of  a  compounds  which  are  normal  constituents  of  urine,  and 
are  now  filled  with  mercury  ;  stop-cock  >■  is  now  dosed  the  red  colour  caused  by  thymol  and  sulphuric  acid  is 
ami  of  again  lowered.  Should  there  be  a  film  of  water  therefore  no  proof  of  the  presence  of  sugar  in  urine, 
on  the  mercury  in  a  it  must  be  removed,     lcc,   urine  is  — -s-  H. 


New  Apparatus  for  the   Determination  of  Urea.    (1. 
Frutiger.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  [2],  46,  641. 

The  lower  end  of  the  burette  b  is  provided  with  two  short 
side  tubes,  a  and  n  .■  a  stout  piece  of  caoutchouc  tubing 
connects  o  with  the  cylinder  a,  which  is  tilled  with  mer- 
cury, and  ii  similarly  communicates  with  the  tube  c. 
This  latter  i-  fastened  to  //  by  means  of  brass  wire.  The 
lower  end  of  the  burette  is  furnished  with  a  caoutchouc 
Stopper,  and  through  it  passes  the  tube  k-l,  which 
reaches  to  the  level  of  the  side  tube  o,  and  is  closed 
below  by  a  stop-cock  m. 

In  order  to  use  the  apparatus,  water  is  poured  into  e, 
and  a  portion  of  it  allowed  to  How  into  the  burette.  </ 
is  now  closed  and  in  opened,  so  that  the  water  passes 
out  of  the  burette,  care  being  taken  that  /.'  S  remains  full 
of  water,  and  that  no  air  -bubbles  can  enter.     The  appa- 


160 


Till-:  JOURNAL  OF  Till'.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb.  88. 188T. 


Ceiitr.il- 


lions.    T.  Seegen. 
Matt.  Med.  \\  iss.  1886,  11 

Solutions  of  peptone,  pare  egg-albumen,  serum-albu- 
ni-ii.  and  casein  mixed  with  a  Bolution  of  a  naphthol  or 
thymol  give  on  addition  of  concentrated  Bulphuric  acid 
in  excess  the  same  reaction,  which  Molisch  has  recently 
-  a  reaction  characteristic  of  sugar  and  other 
carbohydrates.  Possibly  the  albuminoids  are  decom- 
posed by  the  sulphuric  acid  with  formation  of  sugar. 
At  all  events,  Molisch 'a  reaction  has  lost  value,  and 
certain  conclusions  drawn  from  it  have  therefore  become 
untenable— such,  e.g.,  as  the  assertion  that  "normal 
urine  unquestionably  contains  sugar." — A.  R. 


Modifications  of  KjeldahTs  Method  of  Estimating  Nitro- 
gen.    C.  Arnold.     Arch.  d.  Pharm.  1886,  792. 

Tut:  author  recommends  the  following  alterations  : — 

1.  The  llask  in  which  the  substance  is  heated  with 
sulphuric  acid  is  closed  by  a  test-tube,  the  middle  of 
\\  hich  is  expanded  into  a  bulb  in  order  to  avoid  loss  by 
spirting  (Fig.  1).  This  form  of  stopper  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred to  the  tapering  pear-shaped  one,  for  it  is  less 
liable  to  be  blown  out  by  the  bumping  of  the  liquid,  and 
as  the  condensed  dilute  sulphuric  acid  does  not  drop  so 
readily  from  it  into  the  hot  liquid  below,  spirting  i.-.  to  a 
great  extent  avoided. 

2.  In  the  distillation  of  the  ammonia,  caustic  soda  may 
be  carried  over  into  the  receiver,  and  many  forms  of 
apparatus  have  been  devised  to  prevent  this.  The 
author    recommends   that    of    Dr.     Miincke    (Fig.    2). 


:t.  Tlic  ammonia  is  best  collected  in  a  Peligot's  tube 
Will,  this  apparatus  ii   i-  easy  to  ascertain 
«  nether  the  joints  are  air-tight,  and  the  titration  may  be 
carried  on!  in  the  tube  itself. 

■4.  The  author  employs  J  normal  solutions  of  hydro- 
chloric or  sulphuric  acid  and  ',  normal  soluti if  am- 
monia, and  recommends  fluorescein  as  the  best  indicator. 
Neither  organic  acids  nor  fixed  alkalis  should  he  em- 
ployed in  the  titration.      With  a  black  glass  plate  placed 

below  the  Peligot's  tube,  the  fluorescence  becomes  quite 

visible  on  addition  of  a  single  drop  even  of  !  mal 

ammonia  solution,  after  the  acid  has  been  neutralised. 

The  dilute  solution  of  ammonia  docs  nol  absorb  carbon 
dioxide  from  the  air,  and  complicated  apparatus  for  the 
protection  of  the  liquid  is  therefore  unnecessary.—  8.  Y. 


Notes  on  the  Testing  <>f  Quinine.     E.  de  Vrij.     Nieuw, 

Tijdsch.  v.  d.  Pharm.  in  Nederland,  2,  365. 
WHEN   Igrms.    of    quinine    sulphate    are  dissolved   in 

400gnns.  of  boiling  water,  lgrni.  of  potassium  chmmate 
dissolved  in  a  little  water  added,  and  the  liquid  put  aside 
for  several  hours,  quinine  eliminate  is  deposited  in 
crystals,  which  are  anhydrous,  and  have  the  composition 
'i'.  ,1I,,N  .ti.v.H.t'rn,.*  One  part  of  this  salt  dissolves 
in  '2733  parts  of  water  at  14  C.  For  testing  quinine  for 
cinchonidine,  Sgrms.  quinine  sulphate  are  dissolved  in 
oOOgrms.  of  boiling  water,  l*2grm.  potassium  chromate 
dissolved  in  a  little  water  added,  and  the  liquid  allowed 
to  stand  until  the  next  day.  The  crystals  of  quinine 
chromate  are  then  filtered  and  washed.  The  filtrate  is 
wanned  on  the  water-bath  with  sodium  hydrate  for  some 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  3. 

Pure  caustic  soda  ami  zinc  may  he  heated  in  it  for  hours, 
and  even  when  frothing,  bumping,  or  spirting  occurs,  no 
caustic  is  carried  over.  Attention  must  be  paid  to 
the  following  points  :  Caustic  soda,  when  not  purified 
by  solution  in  alcohol  frequently  contains  nitrite-,  which 
yield  ammonia  when  heated  with  zinc.  If  mercury  is 
employed,  potassium  sulphide  must  be  added  to  the 
tic  alkali  in  order  to  decompose  mercury-ammonium 
compounds.  For  lgrni.  of  mercury  lOcc.  of  a 20  per  cent 
solution  of  potassium  sulphide  are  required.  The  sul- 
phide must  oe  tested  for  nitrites  and  nitrates. 


time,  whereby  the  cinchonidine  is  precipitated,  which  is 
filtered,  dried,  and  weighed.  For  determining  quanti- 
tatively the  amount  of  pure  quinine  in  quinine  sulphate, 
Zgnns,  of  the  latter  are  dissolved  in  'JOOgrnis.  of  boiling 
water  and  treated  with  II  ogrm.  of  potassium    chromate, 

as    previously  described.      The    crystals   are    filtered, 

washed,  dried,  and  weighed,  and  for  every  lOOce.  of  the 

filtrate  O'Oogrm.  quinine  chromate  is  added  to  allow  for 

the  slight  solubility  of  quinine  chromate.  From  the 
latter  the  amount   of  quinine  can  be  directly  calculated. 

— S.  II. 


Feb.  28, 1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


151 


A  Neir  Reaction  of  Thymol.      K.   Stoermer.     Pharm. 

/eit.  31,  744. 
[p    thymol     lie    dissolved    in    concentrated    potassium 
hydrate  solution,  and  the  liquid  slightly  wanned,   on 
adding  a  few  drops  of  chloroform  a  violet  colour  is  at 
once  produced,  which  on  shaking  turns  reddish  violet. 

0*01gr,  thy 1  can  be  thus  detected.    The  liquid   Boon 

separates  in  different  layers  ;  the  lowest  (chloroform)  is 
red,  the  middle  (potash  lye)  is  scarcely  coloured, 
ami  the  top  one  (thymol)  is  dark  violet.-  S.  II. 


.1  New  Reaction  of  Tannic  Arid.     J.  E.  Saul.     Pharm. 
J.  Trans.  3,  387. 

A  i  ski  i  i.  method  for  distinguishing  gallic  acid  from 
tannic  acid  is  the  following:  O'Olgr.  of  tannin  is  shaken 
with  See.  of  water.  Three  drops  of  an  alcoholic  thymol 
solution  and  3cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  are 
aided,  l'ure  tannin  produces  a  turbid  pink  solution. 
whereas  gallic  acid  remains  colourless.  Pyrogallol 
gives  a  dark  violet  solution. — S.  H. 


jRcto    brooks. 


The  Applicability  of  Nitroso-B-Naphthol  for  tl 
motion  of  Ferric  Oxide  in  the  Pretence  oj  Alumina. 
Em.    Hreutel.      Cer.    b'sterr.    ties.    z.    lord.    d.    Ind. 
8,  129. 
FERRIC  salts  are  completely  precipitated  by  nitroso- 
jS-naphthol,  ferrous  salts  but  slowly  and  incompletely. 
In  a  mixture  of  the  two  oxides,  both  the   oxide  and  the 
protoxide  are  completely  precipitated.       The  process  is 
especially  useful  in  the  analysis  of  clay,  which  contains 
but    little    iron,    and    for   the    estimation    of    iron    in 
aluminium   sulphate.     If  so  little  iron  is  present   that 
nitroso-,3-naphthol  only  produces  a  very  slight  precipitate, 
the    author   determines   the  iron   in    the   cold    solution 
colourimetrically  bv  means  of  potassium  ferrocvanide. 

— S.  H. 


Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Determining  the  Quantity 
of  Fat  in  Mil/:.  < '.  G.  P.  De  Laval,  Stockholm. 
Eng.  Pat.  8610,  July  16,  18S5.     8d. 

The  milk  is  warmed  with  an  equal  volume  of  acetic 
acid,  containing  one  volume  in  twenty  of  sulphuric  acid. 
It  is  then  introduced  into  a  fine  glass  tube,  open  at  both 
ends,  which  is  subjected  to  very  rapid  rotation  in  a 
centrifugal  machine.  The  fine  glass  tube  is  graduated, 
and  in  this  part  the  tat  collects,  so  that  its  percentage 
can  be  easily  read  off.  Twelve  tests  can  be  made  simul- 
taneously in  ten  minutes,  or  seventy-two  tests  per  hour 
by  the  apparatus,  which  is  described  and  figured.  The 
speed  of  revolution  is  6000  per  minute.  It  is  claimed 
that  the  results  are  accurate  to  within  0'5  per  cent,  of 
the  total  fat  present,  or  within  00'2  per  cent,  on  the 
milk.— W.  L.  C. 


Chkmikku-K.u.eno wt.  1*S7.    Kin   Hulfsbueh  fur  Chemlker, 

Physlker,  Mmeralogen,  tndustrieue.  Pharmaceuten,  Hut- 

tenm&nner,  u.s.w.   von  Dr.  Rudolf   Bibdbrmawn.    A.ch- 

ter  Jahrgang.     Mit  elner  Beilage.     Berlin:   Isst.    Veriag 

von  Julius  Springer.    London:  H.  Gravel  &  Co.,  33.  King 

Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Small     8vo     volcmk    in     pocket-book      form,     containing 

Calendar    and    table    of    frequently-used    Atomic    Weights 

in   Che   cover.    Title-page.    Preface   and  Table  of  Contents; 

also    Diary,    followed      by   28   blank    pages    for    the    record 

of  notes,   etc.    Then    follows    a    most   complete  set    of  data 

in   tabulated     form,     supplying    almost     .very     imaginable 

ii 1  of  the  Chemist  that  can    be  supplied  by  such  means. 

and  the  work  closes  with  a  few  pages  ruled  for  the 
recording  of  names  and  addresses,  fly-leaves  at  the  end  sup- 
plying the  German  Poet-offlce  Regulations,  and  a  complete 
Railway  Map  of  the  German  Empire.  The  text  covers  289 
pages.  A  small  paper-covered  volume,  forming  an  Appendix 
to  the  Kalendar.  and  termed  the  "  Beilage  zum  Chcmiker- 
Kalender,  1887."  supplies  also,  in  tabular  arrangement,  the 
wants  of  the  Physicist,  in  giving  all  the  more  commonly  re- 
quired physical  constants  and  other  data,  and  closes  with  an 
Appendix  specially  interesting  to  students  desirous  of  gaining 
information  as  to  the  Professors  and  Docenten  in  the  virions 
German  Polytechnic  Schools  and  Universities,  ami  to  thi 
ieets  taught  in  those  institutions.  Not  even  the  limited  menus 
of  the  poorer  classes  of  students  are  forgotten,  and  a  tabulated 
list  is  given  of  the  prices  of  the  various  sizes  of  the  more 
important  articles  of  chemical  apparatus. 


Determinations  of  Fat  in  Mill;.   M.  Eretzschmar.   Chem. 

Zeit.  10,  15."i6. 

The  hard  mass  resulting  from  evaporating  milk,  etc.,  in 
which  the  fat  is  to  be  determined,  with  gypsum,  is  only 
with  difficulty  entirely  removed  out  of  the  dish.  The 
author  proposes  the  following  improvement  : — A  ball  of 
cotton  wool  is  made,  the  half  of  which  must  be  somewhat 
larger  than  the  interior  of  the  evaporating  dish.  A 
square  piece  of  tinfoil,  about  14Scm.  in  length  (its 
thickness  should  be  such  that  it  weighs  about  2*4  grins,  i. 
is  placed  on  the  dish  (diameter  for  20cc.  of  liquid  about 
S'Tcru.),  the  foil  firmly  pressed  into  the  dish  by  the  aid  of 
the  cotton-wool  ball,  and  fixed  by  turning  its  edges 
downwards  over  the  edge  of  the  dish.  Gypsum  is  DOW 
spread  over  the  foil,  and  the  milk,  etc.,  introduced. 
'1  he  uiilk  can  be  readily  evaporated  without  stirring. 
The  whole  mass,  including  the  tinfoil,  is  then  lifted 
out  of  the  dish  and  pulverised.  The  tinfoil  is  cut  up 
and  extracted  together  with  the  powder.  — A.   K. 


CraDc  Report. 


France. 
Duty  on  Paper  Pastes. 

The  following  decision,  affecting  the  classification  of  paper 
pastes  in  the  French  Customs  Tariff,  has  recently  been  given 
by  the  French  Direction  of  Customs  :  — 

Under  the  tariff,  ordinary  pasteboard  at  present  pays  the 
same  duty  as  paper  paste  pressed  and  pasteboard  simply 
moulded  made  of  wood  or  straw  paste,  and  imported  in  the 
shape  of  leaves  moist  or  not.  They  are  only  admitted  duty 
free  when  the  sheets  are  torn  so  as  to  be  absolutely  useless 
except  for  the  manufacture  of  paper,  or  again,  when  the  im- 
porters consent  to  place  them  under  the  transit  regulations. 
The  greater  part  of  the  imported  pastes  are  imported  under 
these  conditions. 

Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Art  ides  in  Customs  Tariff. 
(.Vo<e.— Quintal  =  22011b.  avoirdupois.     Franc  =  9,'id). 
Parts  of  apparatus  for  glass  blowing,  plates  (frames)  of  lead 
perforated,  for  electric  batteries— category,  105 ;  duty,  1  francs 
per  quintal. 

So-called  cobalt  (artificial)— category,  159 ;  duty,  5  francs  per 
quintal. 

Rcssia. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Custom*  Tariff. 

[Note.— Poud  =  361b.  avoirdupois.  Funt  =  0'9021b.  avoirdupois 
Square  arshinc  =  5'D  square  feet.    Gold  rouble  =  3s.- 2cU 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Russian  Customs  Tariff  have  recently  been  given  by  the 
Russian  Government:—  .... 

The  following  homoeopathic  medicines— ailanthus,  buso. 
cannabis  sativa,  cedrou,  chamomilla,  cyclamen,  cynophalium 
polycephalum.  lachesis,  lactuein,  pyrocarbon,  Symphytum 
racemosum,  tarantula,  viola  odorata,  and  zincum— arc  to  be 
included  under  Section  151,  and  to  pay  a  duty  of  10  roubles  per 
poud  gross,  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of 
duty  leviable. 

The  liquid  "  carbohneum  avenanus,  for  soaking  wood. 
Section  16,  duty  5  copecks  per  poud  gross,  with  an  addition  of 
20  per  cent,  on  "each  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

Alloys  of  zinc  and  antimony.  Section  121,  duty  22  copecks  per 
poud. 

Italy. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

I.Xote.— Hectogramme  =  3215oz.  troy.     Kilogramme  =  22011b. 

avoirdupois.    Quintal  =  22011b.  avoirdupois.    Lira=9,  .l.i 
The  following  decisions,  affecting  the  classification  of  various 
articles  which  have  been  the  subject  of  disputes,  have  recently 
been  given  by  the  Italian  Customs  authorities. 

Sulphur  of  ainc  mined  with  sulphate  of  barytes  to  be  in- 
eluded  in  Category  III..  No.  33  (oxide  of  iron.  lead,  pewter, 
and  zinei.  duty  2  lire  per  quintal. 

Articles  composed  of  wine,  extract  of  meat,  malt.  etc.. 
Category  III..  No.  50  (medicinal  articles  compounded,  not  dis- 
tinguished', 1^0  lire  per  quintal. 


152 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAI  INDUSTRY.      [Feb. 28. 18S7. 


Vermilion,  dry,  with  the  addition  of  aniline  colour.    Cate- 

L'nn  I  v  .  \  i  61a  (colours  el  L  from  tar  in  a  dry  state), 

l.i  lire  per  quintal. 

Rxtract  of  dye  woods,  Category  IV..  Wo.  65  (colouring 
extracts  ol  wood  and  .til  other  dyeing  I  ifl  I,  12  Lire  50  per 
quintal. 

I'm  n:i>  Si  \  rES. 
Classification  of  Articles  w   Tariff. 

An  article  called  "toluidine."  known  in  commerce  as  a 
heavj  aniline  oil,  a  manufactured  article,  and  a  productol 
,  tal-tar  (not  n  colour).  Is  dutiable  al  the  v\w  of  20  per  rent,  ad 
valorem,  under  provision  81  in  Schedule  a,  as  products  of 
coal  tar. 

Aliz  irin  blue  and  gallein.   which  arc    enil-tar  colours,   arc 

dutiable  at  n per  cenl    ad  valorem,  under  the 

provisions  of  Section  B2.  as  "all  coal-tar  colours  or  dyes,  by 
what  ever  name  known." 

Sulphate  of  antimony,  which  consists  of  an  artificially-pro- 
duced chemical  compound  well  known  as  "  golden  Bulpnurel 
nf  antimony,"  or  "  pentasulphide  of  antimony,"  is  dutiable  al 
to  per  cent,  ad  v  uorem,  under  the  provision  in  Sec- 
ill  chemical  compounds,"  etc. 

Cocoa  butter,  which  consists  of  an  unctuous,  fatty  body,  or 
c  m  ■]■<■•>•  nil,  derived  by  expression  an  1  heal  from  the  seeds  of 
the  "  Thcobroma  cacao,"  and  which  is  in  fact  an  oil  expressed 
Or  rendered  from  such  seed8,  is  held  to  be  dutiable  at  the  pa  I  e 

ot  25  per  cent  ad  valorem,  under  the  provision  in  Section  92 
for  "all preparations  known  as  essential  oiR  expressed  oils, 
distilled  oils,  rendered  oils,  by  whatever  name  known,"  etc. 

ROU  MANIA. 

New  Commercial  Treat)/. 

With  reference  to  a  statement  that  appeared  totheelTcci  that 
a  new  commercial  treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Rou- 
mania  was  signed  on  the  26th  November  last,  a  letter  has 
been  received  from  the  Foreign  Office  atating  that  the  rati 
fl  nations  of  this  treaty  were  exchanged  at  Bucharest  on  the 
31st  December  last. 

Customs  Formalities. 

The  Journ  il  0$  'iel  of  22nd  December  last  draws  the  atten- 
tion of  its  readers  in  the  difficulties  now  thrown  in  the  way  of 
foreign  trade  in  Roil  mania  by  the  Customs  formalities.  It  is 
in  i  -.\  :ibsnlntely  necessary  that  the  weight  of  packages  of  goods 
should  agree  with  the  statements  made  in  the  bill  of  lading. 
If  there  are  several  articles  in  one  package,  the  separate 
weight  of  each  article  must  be  stated,  and  unless  merchants 
arc  aware  of  this  regulation  much  expense  and  delay  may  be 
caused. 

Tunis. 

Under  tin-  new  Customs  Tariff  of  Tunis— which  came  into 
operation  in  August  hist— the  importation  of  the  following 
articles  is  prohibited  : — Nitrate  of  soda,  saltpetre,  gunpowder, 
dynamite  and  similar  substances,  salt,  and  manures  (exclusive 
of  guano,  phosphate  of  lime  in  powder,  etc.). 

Ubaoijay. 
New  Customs  Tariff. 


and  chemicals  nnt  ol  her  wise  mentioned  :  essences  and  extracts 
ol  everykindnot  otherwise  distinguished;  glycerin;  phos* 
pi  inn  is  past  i-  ;  snap  and  perfumery  ;  inks,  exoepl  print  ing  ink  ; 
candles. 

Importation   of  the  following  prohibited:   Cocoanul   oil, 
dynamite,  Btarch,  white  or  brown  sugar.  Bareaparilla,  salt. 

Trade  between  Spain  and  the  United  Kingdom. 
Imports  from  Spain. 


Articles  paying  a  duty  of:  — 

51     mi  valorem:  Perfumery,  powder  and  ammunition,  beer- 

47    nif  valorem:  Drugs. 

t ■:    ad  valorem  :  Candles,  matches,  and  starch. 

20    ad  valorem  :  Mercury  and  tar. 

1*2  ad  valnrrm  :  Soda,  potash,  phosphorus  in  sticks,  and 
sulphuric,  nitric,  and  chloric  ('hydrochloric)  acids. 

i;    o>i  valorem  :  Scientific  instruments  ;  salt. 

I  <■••  ;  Sheep  dip 

Customs  Tariff  of  Venezuela, 
Rati  9-0/  Import  Duty, 

{Note,  -  Bolivar      franc,  and  is  divided  into  centimes.) 

10  f  per  Kilo, ;  Sulphuric  acid. 

ntimes  per  Kilo. :  stearic  and  oleic  acids  andstearlne  ; 
acetic  and  hydrochloric  acids;  nitric  acid;  colza  oil  and 
m  ichine  oii ;  white  lead  or  carbonate  of  lead  ;  alum  ;  English 
yellow,  or  chromate  ol  Lead,  minium,  litharge,  and  man- 
L-  inese  ;  sulphur  in  powder  and  paste  ;  oxide  of  zinc  ;  ale  and 
cider;  chloride  of  lime ;  fluid  gas;  paper  of  all  kinds  ;  paints 
(common)  prepared  in  Oil  ;  potash,  common  or  calcined  ;  salt- 
ind  salts  of  nitre  ;  ■•<><\;\.  common  or  calcined  :  carbonate 
;  sulphat.  of  iron  oreopperas  ;  sulphate  of  copper 
orblueetone;  turpentine. common ;  vinegar. 

:  i  (  -  ntimes  per  Kilo. :  Collodion  for  photographic  purposes  ; 
varnishes;  sperm  oil  and  paraffin;  gasoline  and  benzine; 
bone  duel  ;  baking  powder. 

l  Bolivar  25  Centimes  per  Kilo. :  nils  and  BOaps  perfumed ; 
oil  of  sesame,  castor,  and  other  kinds  nnt  otherwise  men  tinned  ; 
rod-liver  oil:  tartaric  acid  in  powder ;  arsenic  and  liquid  am 
mniiia;  quicksilver;  colours  and  paints  nni  otherwise  distin- 
guished, such  us  indigo,  ultramarine,  etc,     drugs,  medicines, 


Prim  ipai   A.H  hoi  ss. 

Dec.  18S5. 

Dec,  1886. 

Chemical  Products  unenume- 

rated Value 

£7,033 

26,581 

Copper  Ore  and  RegulUB— 

Tons 

1,291 

3,:m 

Value 

£101.821 

£53,270 

Manganese  Ore    'Inns 

520 

\  alue 

81, 

— 

l'vritcs  of  Iron  or  Copper 

Tons 

■  >  i.l  7'i 

16.671 

Value 

£102.888 

£90,037 

7.l.'ll 

— 

Value 

«.  ,l.ll 

— 

Total  Value  of  Imports    

£921.111-. 

£867,183 

The  total  value  of  imports  during  January,  1887,  amounted 
to  £818,935  as  compared  with  £635,256  in  the  corresponding 
month  of  the  year  1886. 

Exports  from  the  United  Kingdom  to  Spain. 


PRmcIFAl     iBTICLBS. 

Dec.  1885. 

24.918 
£8,711 

£ i ,680 
8,200 
2753 

£5,310 

£2  623 

£tio6 

2,092 

£2,627 

£8,482 

508 

£165 

Dec  1886. 

Alkali    Cwt. 

Value 
Caoutchouc  Manufactures 

Value 
Cement Cwt. 

Value 
Chemical  Products,  including 

24,613 
£9.1  6 

£2.057 

o  mill 
£475 

£-2.038 

Products    of   Coal,   including 

Glass  Manufactures  Value 

Grease,    Tallow,    and   Animal 

Fat Cwt 

Value 
Manure Value 

Value 

£1.735 
£532 

1,043 

£919 

£1,325 

251 

£221 

Total  Value  of  Exports 

£241,868 

£253.238 

The  total  value  of  exports  during  January,  1887,  amounted 
to  £235,826,  as  compared  with  £240,097  in  January,  1886. 

Industrial  Condition  of  Russia. 

Compared  with  1SS0.  the  production  of  manufactured  Roods 
in  1881  was  as  follows  : 


Roublw. 

• 

1880. 

1384. 

Wool  ....   

[76,203.000 
115,075.000 
27,502,000 
11,476.000 
66,640,000 

12.606, 

15,436.000 

18.819,000 

8.307.000 

2.219,000 

56,405,000 

212,826,000 

llll. IHS, UNI 

30,090,000 

silk 

Dyeing 

( ihemical  Products 

12,617,000 
61,252,000 
16,616,000 
22,882,000 
14,791,000 

Porcelain  and  Faience 

10,310,000 
3,943,000 
16,060,008 

It  will  he  observed  that  with  the  exception  of  wool,  dyeing, 
leather,  and  machinery,  all  these  branches  of  industry  show  a 
Substantial  increase. 

Italy. 
Regulations  affecting  Bills  of  Lading. 
iocordina  to  the   French   Monttew  Offlctel,  the   Italian 

Treasury  Department  has  adopted  a  new  Byetem  with  respect 


F<-b.  a,  1887.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


153 


to  the  presentation  of  bills  of  ladine  by  merchants  forwarding 
goods.    Formerly,  the  Customs  authorities  only  required  that 
>lll  of  lading  should  be  but  in  future  two  bills 

must  be  delivered  to  the  Customs  officers,  and 
consequently  the  stamp  duty  is  increased  from  1  lire  10  to  2 
lire  10. 

C  mmercial  School  nt  Flora 

Mr.J.i;   Kennedy,  Her  Majesty's  Secretary  ofEmbass 
Rome,  writing  under  <l  it,-  of  the  uist  October  lust.  s:iys  :  — 

•    \  Royal   decree  has  established   at   Florence  a 

i|  commercial  school,  il bjeol  of  which  is  to  afford 

il  instruction  to  all  intending  to  become  manufactui 
Customs  or    other    Government    orticials.    and  for    whom  a 
technical  knowledge  of  trade  and  of  commercial  tieography 
mav  be  neo  - 

"Candidates  for  the  above  school  must  have  matriculated 
in  chemistr] .  gradu  ite  l  al  the  Lyceum  or  technical  instil 
or-  havi  ted   tln-ir   Btudies   in    a   commercial   schi 

Officials  "i  State  Departments  to  whom  snch  instruction  may 
be  useful  will  be  admitted  to  the  lector.'*. 

"The  course  of  study  will  be  completed  in  two  years." 

Gkrmaht. 

The  Herman  Iron  an  1  Steel  M  mufacl  rrers1  Union  has  just 
published  the  statistical  figures  relating  to  the  production 
during  the  year  1380. 

Pig-Iron  Production  of  the  German  Furnace*  in  1SSG. 
(In  tons  of  10<X)  kilos.) 


Total 

Tol  il 

1886. 

an.l 

- 

TI.    mU 

Foundry 

Ann  pant 
of  Pig 

Amount 

"frig 

Specular 

Kg. 

Pt* 

1886. 

1885. 

January   . 

■ 

30.G10 

296,869 

319.801 

F  •  brnary 

143.030 

! 

59  90:! 

iS.Olfi 

269.481 

296.927 

March 

in  969 

38.015 

71.617 

33,901 

2S7.765 

319.210 

137.299 

78.511 

35,512 

291.221 

:■<■;  *-„; 

M.iv 

37,614 

76.487 

285 

June  

135.518 

?j;.i7i 

71,109 

- 

■J7.5.51I6 

318.919 

July    

144.312 

38.053 

-- 

Angusl 

65.350 

30.299 

264,902 

1IIHT 

135.141 

34.246 

63.966 

28  119 

er    .. 

132,951 

35,061 

1 

mber 

! 

31.11% 

274.057 

308,106 

nlier . 

141.339 

33.900 

74,558 

33,570 

a 

314.679 

Total .... 

I.G85.439 

420.128 

835,178 

363,858 

3,339,803 

3,751,775 

The  official  statistics  furnished  by  the  Government  do  not  as 
yet  come  up  to  the  year  l&Sti.  During  the  seven  previous  years 
the  production  was  as  follows :— 


Beftsemer 

Y<-:,r 

PnddleJ 

Irou. 

ami 

Sl.ec  ular 

Iron. 

Foundry 
Ptg. 

Castings. 

1885 

1.300.179 

186.816 

14,645 

1884 

1.960.138 

1,210.353 

414.328 

15,293 

3.600.612 

1883 

1,072.357 

15.521 

3.169.719 

1882 

1  901.541 

1.153.083 

309,316 

16.835 

3,380.806 

1881 

386.750 

281.613 

16.691 

2.911.009 

1880 

1.732,750 

10.117 

1879 

1,592,811 

161,253 

161,696 

10,821 

Daring  the  next  few  days  the  Association  of  Producers  of 

Pte   Iron  in    Rhineland- Westphalia  will  hold    a    mo 

order  tu  prolong  the  present  combination,  which  terminates 

on  June  30. 

Foreign  Trade  of  India. 
Chemical*!  Drugs,  Medicines  and  Narcotics,  and  Dye- 
ing and  Tanning  Materials, 

The    returns   are  for  the    eight  months— 1st  April  to  20th 
November. 

188-5.  1886. 

Imports R  5.311.362    R  5,769.187 

Exports R  83,521,501     R  87,681 

Depression  of  Trade  and  Industry. 

Final  Report  of  the  Royal  Commission  appointed  *v 
inquire  into  the  Depression  of  Trade  and  Industry  ; 
with  Minutes  of  Evu  Appendices. 

is  the  final   report  of  the  Royal  Commission  on  the 
Djpression  of   Trade  and   Industry.     It  contain?  a 
statement  of  the  information  and  evidence  which  are  given  in 


previous  numbers,  of  which  there  have  been  three  issued  alto- 
:.    Vol.    M.    being  the    largest,    and   consisting  of    two 

i'e  part-;. 

After  tracing  the  methods  adopted  by  the  Commissioners  to 
obtain  evidence  from  ( ihamben  of  <  Commerce,  labour  associa- 
tions, foreign  countries,  and  official  witnesses  on  the  four  suh- 
aches  of  trade  selected  by  them  for  special  Inquiry, 
the  report  proceeds  to  give  shortly  the  ei  .dance  of  some  ol 
principal  witnesses  on  the  subject  of  ill.  the  iron  and  coal 
trades;  rj>,  textile  Indus  '     culture;  <>>.  shipping. 

It  then  deals  briefly  with  the  answers  given  by  Chambers  of 
Commerce,  labour  associations,  and  Her  Majesty's  representa- 
tives In  foreign  countries,  and  further  sum  ma  rises  shortly  the 
written    and    oral    cvi  Having  thus 

bed  the  evidence,  the  Commissioners  proceed  to  their 
conclusions  upon  it :  they  review  the  nature  and  extent  of  the 
depression,  and  they  observe  that  complaints  of  depression 
proceed  in  a  great  measure  from  the  producing  classes.  A 
general  increase  of  production  is  everywhere  remarkable: 
statistics  Of  our  trade  with  foreign  countries  are  largely  <i  noted 

•  production,  of  goods  con  - 
1  by  railway,  and  of  tonnage  entered  and  cleared  are 
ed  in  support  of  the  statement  thai  there  has  been  general 
increase  in  production,  agriculture  alone  being  in  this  case  an 
exception.  Complaints  of  absence  of  profits  are  many,  but 
against  these  they  have  to  B6  ase  of  the  income-tax. 

always  allowing  for  greater  efficiency  of  collection.  Supplv 
of  commodities  is.  no  doubt,  they  add.  in  excess  of  demand, 
and  there  has  been  a  reduction  in  the  return  to  capital. 

After  giving  a  summary  of  the  main  features  of  the  situation. 
Which  arc  Stated  to  be  :— 

(a.)  A  very  serious  falling  off  in  the  exchangeable  value  of 
the  produce  of  the  soil ; 

(b.)  An  increased  production  of  nearly  all  other  classes  of 
commodities; 

(c.l  A  tendency  to  the  supply  of  commodities  to  outrun  the 
demand  ; 

(a\>  A  subsequent  diminution  in  the  profit  obtainable  by 
production ;  and 

(e.)  A  similar  diminution  in  the  rate  of  interest  on  invested 
capital. 

The  report  then  goes  on  to  review  the  depression  as  it 
effects  :  tl)  the  producing  classes.  i2*  the  monied  class,  and  (3) 
the  working  classes.  Having  thus  dealt  with  the  nature  and 
extent  of  the  depression,  the  report  further  remarks  on  the 
causes  which  have  assisted  to  produce  the  existing  state  of 
things.  Amongst  these  the  first  touched  on  relates  to 
changes  which  have  occurred  in  the  distribution  of  wealth, 
a  smaller  proportion  of  profit  falling  to  the  share  of  the  em- 
ployers of  labourthan  formerly,  and  the  employment  of  labour 
having  become  from  this  cause  not  so  full  and  continuous. 
Whether  or  not  the  aggregate  amount  of  profit  is  increasing, 
the  Commissioners  think  that  there  is  no  doubt  that  profits 
are  becoming  more  widely  distributed  among  the  classes  en- 
gaged in  trade  and  industry;  large  capitalists  are  perhaps 
receiving  a  lower  return,  but  the  number  of  those  who  are 
making  a  profit,  if  but  a  small  one.  is  much  increased.  In 
support  of  this,  figures  are  quoted  from  the  Reports  of  Com- 
missioners of  Inland  Revenue  to  show  that,  taking  the  years 
l874r-75,  1>79-S0,  and  18S4-S5.  for  purposes  of  comparison,  the 
number  of  assessments  under  the  head  of  Trades  and  Profes- 
sions. Schedule  D.  at  less  than  £2000  a-year.  has  increased  at  a 
more  rapid  rate  than  the  population,  whilst  the  number  of 
similar  assessments  above  £2000  has  increased  at  a  less  rapid 
rate,  and  the  number  of  similar  assessments  above  £5000  has 
actually  diminished,  and  the  Commissioners  remark  further 
that  the  lower  the  income  the  more  rapid  has  been  the  rate  of 
increase.  But  in  addition  to  this  change  in  the  distribution  of 
wealth,  there  has  been  over-production— an  over-production  to 
which  a  stimulus  was  originally  given  by  the  great  demand  for 
all  manufactured  goods  which  followed  the  war  of  1870-71.  A 
demand  only  temporary  was  treated  a-  if  permanent,  and 
manufacturers  increased  their  power  of  production  as  if  the 
demand  was  to  be  of  a  lasting  character.  Limited  liability 
companies  and  the  operation  of  the  promoters  of  such  com- 
panies had  much  to  do  with  the  continuance  of  this  over- 
production, new  companies  always  springing  up.  even  on  the 
ruins  of  the  old.  At  the  same  time  bad  seasons  and  the  com- 
petition of  the  produce  of  other  countries  caused  the  agricul- 
tural section  of  the  community  to  become  seriously  crippled, 
and  a  lack  of  purchasing  power  resulted  from  the  agricultural 
•s  having  to  accept  smaller  prices  for  such  produce  as 
they  had  to  offer.  Added  to  this,  the  stimulus  of  protection 
in  other  countries  has  made  foreign  markets  less  profitable  for 
our  trade,  in  proportion  as  they  became  more  subject  to  re- 
strictive tariffs.  A  diminution  of  demand  for  our  goods  in  the 
home  market  also  took  place  at  the  same  time  as  the  diminu- 
tion from  abroad. 

The  diminution  of  the  demand  from  abroad— not  in  bulk,  but 
rather  in  value— has  been  caused  in  a  great  measure  by  Ger- 
man competition,  more  especially  in  the  East.  Other  and 
minor  causes  have  been  at  work.  such,  for  instance,  as  de- 
terioration in  the  quality  of  the  goods  supplied,  low-priced 
Koodsof  an  inferior  quality  having  replaced  in  a  great  measure 
those  formerly  supplied. 

Fraudulent'marking.  practised  chiefly  by  foreign  firms,  has 
been  another  cause  at  work,  and  some  witnesses  are  of  opinion 
that  restrictions  on  the  employment  of  labour,  together  with 
strikes  and  similar  movement-,  are  making  production  costly 
in  this  country.  The  Commissioners  add.  however,  that  in 
their  opinion  the  condition  of  trade  and  industry  cannot  with 
justice,  be  attributed  to  the  action  of  trades  unions  and 
similar  combinati 

The  Commissioners  further  state  that  they  cannot  attribute 


164 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb.2s.i887 


the  depression  of  trade  in  any  way  to  the  incidence  of  taxa- 
ti"ii  :  in  fact,  we  arc  in  this  respect  in  a  more  favourable  posi- 
tion than  ilic  foreign  countries  who  compete  with  us  in  the 
markets  of  the  world. 

Complaints  have  been  numerous  as  to  the  prevailing* depres- 
sion being  aggravated  by  the  difficulties  com ted  with  the 

transport  of  goods.  These  complaints  ihc  Commissioners  have 

di\  Ided  into  three  classes  :  — 


(a)  That  the  railway  companies  regulate  their  charges  so  as 
to  favour  one  district,  or  place,  or  trade,  at  the  expense  of 
another,  and  the  importer  of  forci:,-n  goods  at  the  expense 
of  the  home  producer. 

(In  That  the  cost  of  transit  in  this  country  is  excessive,  as 
compared  with  the  charges  made  for  similar  services  in 
other  countries  and  that,  consequently,  our  home  trade  is 
being  crippled  and  destroyed  to  the  advantage  of  our 
foreign  competitors,  who  are  able  to  place  tin 
our  markets  at  b  less  expense  than  the  home  producers, 
who  curry  on  their  operations  at  a  much  less  distance. 

ici  It  is  contended  that  if  the  water  communications  of  the 
country  were  properly  developed,  an  effective  competition 
would  thus  be  established,  which  would  obviate  any  mono- 
poly now  possessed. 

The  Commissioners  examined  into  the  arguments  adduced 
to  them,  their  conclusions  generally  being  against  those  under 
heads  (a)  and  (In.  but  in  favour  of  that  under  ( c).  Thev  then 
pass  on  to  minor  causes  which  have  contributed  to  the  depres- 
sion, such  as  the  royalties  on  minerals,  which  are  stated  by 
some  witnesses  to  be  excessive;  the  demand  which  formerly 
existed  tor  railway  material,  and  which  has  now  fallen  off. 
the  substitution  of  steel  for  iron,  and  consequent  economy  of 
material. 

Having  thus  reviewed  the  prominent  features  of  our  com- 
mercial position  and  the  forces  which  have  contributed  to 
bring  it  about,  the  Commissioners  proceed  to  enumerate  cer- 
tain definite  recommendations  which  they  have  to  make. 
Amongst  these  are:— 111  A  cheapening  of  cost  of  production  ; 
i2i  increased  vigilance  in  competition  with  foreign  countries; 
and  |3I  more  particularly  a  search  for  new  markets.  They 
also  consider  that  technical  education  is  much  neglected 
and  commercial  geography  might,  they  think,  be  studied  to 
advantage. 

Suggestions  have  been  made  to  them  that  diplomatic  and 
consular  agents  abroad  might  render  assistance  in  foreign 
markets,  and  the  Commissioners  weigh  the  arguments  for  and 
against  the  course  proposed. 

Full  statistics  of  internal  or  home  trade,  they  think,  might 
with  advantage  be  collected. 

With  regard  to  the  questions  affecting  the  charges  for  rail- 
way carriage,  the  Commissioners  remark  (al  that  greater 
facilities  should  be  afforded  to  the  public  for  readily  ascer- 
taining the  rates  which  the  companies  profess  to  charge, 
together  with  any  modifications  of  those  rates  which  they 
make  in  favour  of  any  individuals  or  any  classes  of  their  cus- 
tomer-:  On  that  a  cheap  and  effective  procedure  should  be 
provided  for  obtaining  a  legal  decision  on  any  disputed  point, 
and  for  enforcing  the  decision  when  given  ;  fcl  that  greater 
attention  should  be  paid  to  the  development  of  the  water 
communications  of  the  country,  and  that  no  railway  company 
should  be  allowed,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  to  control  or 
own  a  canal;  <dt  that  every  facility  should 'be  afforded  by 
Parliament  for  the  construction  of  light  railways  or  tram- 
ways in  those  parts  of  the  country  which  may  be  found  to 
be  insufficiently  supplied  with  the  means  of  communication, 
or  which  are  susceptible  of  further  development  in  this 
respect. 

Legislation,  the  Commissioners  think,  might  well  be  insti- 
lutcd  with  reference  to  counterfeit  marking  and  fraudulent 
description  of  goods.  The  law  relating  to  limited  liability 
companies  they  also  think  capable  of  improvement,  with  a 
view  to  checking  the  creation  of  unsound  companies,  but  thev 
refrain  from  making  specific  suggestions,  as  they  are  of  i 
opinion  that  Ihc  subject  requires  to  be  further  considered  and 
discussed. 

The  foregoing  report  is  signed  by  eighteen  out  of  the 
twenty-three  l.'oyal  Commissioners  appointed,  but  of  this 
number  only  seven  sign  it  without  reservations  or  remarks. 

Amongst  those  who  make  reservation  are  Mr.  Si later-Booth, 
Mr.  Cohen,  Mr.  Bibbs,  Mr.  Jamieson,  and  Mr.  Palgrave.  who 
consider  the  report  too  optimistic,  and  think  that  it  minimises 
the  depression  which  has  been  proved  by  the  evidence  to  exist  : 
Mr.  Birtwistle,  who  makes  some  suggestions  with  regard  to 
fraudulent  marking  and  limited  liability  trading.  Sir  James 
(  orry  has  also  some  remarks  upon  the  latter  subject,  and  Sir 
('.  M  Palmer  thinks  that  the  minority  report,  signed  by  Lord 
Dunraven,  Mr.  Ecroyd,  Mr.  Lubbock,  and  Mr.  Muntz!  mere 
accurately  describes  the  extent  and  severity  of  [he  d.  ij 
of  trade  and  industry. 

Professor  Bonamy  Price  and  Mr.  Samuel  Storey  are  also 
dissentients,  but  from  one  paragraph  only  in  each  case. 

A  minority  report  drawn  up  by  the  Fair  Trade  members  of 
the  Commission-  namely.  Lord  Dunraven.  Mr.  Ecroyd,  Mr. 
Lubbock,  and  Mr.  Muntz.  is  also  appended,  it  lays  - 
some  points  which  an-  llghtli  passed  over  in  the  mi 
report,  and  advocates  Import  duties  to  countervail,  as  far  as 
al  foreign  bounties  and  protective  duties. 
A  third  report  is  annexed,  signed  by  Mr.  Arthur  O'Connor, 
who  differs  from  the  rest  of  his  colleagues. 


asontfjlp    Ipatcnt    List. 

L— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS,    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 


Tin  II.  Woodcock  and  T.  Riley,  Birmingham.  Modeofsol- 
deringor  brazing  can  hen  ware  and  metallic  pi  pes  or  other  like 
objects  for  sanitary,  chemical,  or  other  purposes.     January  18 

751  J.  Kendall,  Shipley.     Protecting  Rues  ami  generating 

-team  in  vertical  and  Other  boilers,  which  he  calls    '  The  Ken- 
dall ilue  protector  ami  steam  generator."    January  18 

761  ti.  ii.  Hughes  and  D.  Hughes.  Nottingham.  A  furnace 
bar  and  smoke  consuming  furnace.    January  18 

791  A.  II.  w.  Brown,  London.  Improvements  in  means  for 
economising  fuel  and  consuming  smoke  in  steam  boiler  and 
Other  furnaces.    January  18 

820  \V.  Oram.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  hydraulic 
presses.    January  19 

827  St  John  Vincent  I  lay.  Glasgow— From  P.  S.  Swan.  India. 
An  improved  door  lor  furnaces  to  which  hot  air  is  supplied  tor 
the  combustion  of  the  fuel  therein.    January  IS 

832  H.  J.  P.  Jolly.  London— Prom  O.  Richmond,  New  York. 
Method  and  apparatus  for  artificial  cooling.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   January  19 

- ;.;  St  John  Vincent  Hay  Glasgow-  From  P.  S.  Swan.  India. 
Furnaces  for  heating  air.  and  apparatus  connected  there  with. 
January  19 

836  G.  G.  Campbell.  London.    Supplying  heated  air  to  bot- 
toms of  firegrates  by  means  of  a  hot  air  regulator.    January  19 
991    J.   Y.  Johnson.  London— From  II.  J.   Drory,  Austria. 
Apparatus  for  spraying  and  burning  liquid  fuel  tor  heating 
Bteam  boilers,  or  for  other  purposes.    January  21 

1089  H.  Dansey.  London— From  L.  C.  Aula  South 

Wales,     Apparatus  for  condensing  in  vacuo  for  ships  use. 
January  -I 

HIS  J.  Johnson  and  C.  D.  Greenland.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  decorticating  apparatus.    January  21 

1181  A.  Conacher.  London.  Improvements  in  refrigerating 
machines.    January  25 

1211  J.  Barber  and  J.  Fortune,  Manchester.  Apparatus  for 
preventing  the  incrustation  of  the  tubes  of  boilers.    Jan.  26 

1249  W.  L.  Cooper.  London.  Apparatus  for  the  purification 
and  softening  of  water  or  other  liquids.    January  26 

1315  W.  Bergh,  London.  Centrifugal  apparatus  for  sepa- 
rating fluids  of  different  specific  gravities     January  27 

1326  K.  Seeer.  London.  An  arrangement  for  driving  sepa- 
rators and  other  centrifugal  apparatus.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   January  27 

1336  C.  C.  Barton,  London.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
maintaining  a  proportional  flow  of  liquids  through  pipes  of  the 
same  or  of  different  diameters.    January  27 

1136  A.  W.  Bennis.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  apper- 
taining to  apparatus  for  supplying  fuel  to  furnaces     Jan.  29 

1582  A.  J.  Boult,  London— From  S.  W.  Merryman,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  boiler  cleaning  compounds.  Com- 
plete specification.    February  1 

1678  D.  Duvilers.  London.  Improvements  in  carburettors. 
February  2 

1702  J.  Vicars,  T.  Vicars,  and  J.  Vicars,  jun.,  Liverpool. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  feeding  fuel  to  furnaces. 
February  3 

1770  J.  Murrie.  Glasgow.    Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
indicating  or  regulating  temperature  or  pressure.    February  i 
1817   W.  G.  Hicks,  Kamsgate.     Improvements  in  taps  for 
regulating  the  flow  of  tar  or  other  like  liquids.    February  5 

lilll  E.  Green.  Nottingham.  Improvements  in  firebars  for 
furnaces.     February  8 

1915  W.  Bcgg.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  construc- 
tion of  furnaces.     Complete  Specification.     February  S 

2075  W.  Young.  Loudon.  Improvements  iu  filtering  papers. 
February  10 

2085  A.  Purvis  and  W  Purvis.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
hydraulic  valves.     February  10 

"2119  F.  M.  Spence  and  H.  |i.  Spence,  Manchester.'  Improve- 
ments in  furnaces  for  heating,  drying,  or  calcining  certain 
mineral  or  other  substances  or  materials.    February  10 

2127  J.  Brock  and  T.   Minton,  London.     Improvements  in 
filter-presses.    February  111 
2131    P.  M    Justice.  London— From   J.   Macdonald,  I'nited 
-.     Improvements  in  apparatus  for  pumping    liquids. 
February  in 

2150  J.  Y.  Johnson.  London— From  I!.  Seguela.  France.  Im- 
provements in  injectors.  Complete  specification.   February  n 

2151  P.  Keil.  l.ivert 1.     Seel  lass  X. 

2153  C.  Johnson.  Sunderland.  Improved  construction  of  fur- 
nao  Band  closed  fires.    February  11 

2177  II.  Boldenand  li.  ti.  Brooke.  London.  Improvements 
in  injectors.    February  11 

2198  II  D.  Cooper,  London.  An  improved  form  of  washer 
especially  suitable  for  thejoints  of  tubes  and  tit  lings  lined  yvith 
glass  or  other  material.    Complete  specification.    Feb.  ii 

2211  F.N.  Mackay  and  A.  G.  Christiansen,  Liverpool.  Im- 
provements in  means  and  apparatus  for  effecting  refrigeration. 
February  12 

2319  A.  K.  Irvine,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  pressure  regu- 
lators for  gas  and  other  fluids.    February  12 

.1.  Gilinour.  Glasgow.      Improvements  in  andeonnected 
with  forced  blast  steam-boiler  furnaces.    February  12 


'•'•■  28. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIK  KOClKTY  OF  t'HK.MlOAL  IMh  STl.V 


166 


■J  -  - 1 1  J.  Crosfleld  and  E.  Beck,  Liverpool.    Improvement  In 

apparatus  for  mixing  tu ■  ■  granular  or  pulverulent 

materials  in  approximately  definite  proportions.    February  12 

3237  II.  I  ►.  Cooper,  London,  Improved  fittings  for  tubes 
lined  with  glass  or  othrr  material.  Complete  specification. 
February  12 

2251  J.  II.  Johnson)  London— From  A.  Leon,  France.  Im- 
provements in  tubes  nr  conduits  for  gas,  water,  electric  con- 
ductors and  the  like.    February  12 

■'lit;  II.  II.  Lake,  London— From  B.  Loberts,  United  .States. 
Improvements  relating  to  smoke  condensing  apparatus  for  use 

in  connection  with  Bteam-boiler  and  other  furnaces.    Complete 
specification.    February  ii 

2:1111  A.  Conneher.  London.  Improvements  in  refrigerating 
in"  hines.     February  II 

2333  s.  Kilhv  ami  II.  Uobbs,  Northampton.  Boiler  explosion 
preventer.    February  r> 

:'.;il  II.  T.  B.Sanderson,  South  Shields,  stoppingtubes  burst 
ei  nil  pressure.     February  lo 

23R8  T.  Rawson,  Sunderland.  The  circulation  and  pnrinYn- 
tton  of  the  water  in  steam  boilers  win  1st  at  work,  thereby  pre- 
venting the  formation  of  in' rust  at  inn  or  scale.     February  It! 

2433  P.  Calllburcea,  London,  Improvementsin  the  system  of 
hygrometers  and  other  analogous  instruments  and  apparatus. 
Complete  specification.     February  10 

2437  I-'.  Labbe,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for  burn- 
ing lime,  and  for  otherpurposea.    February  lii 

—  I T I  .1.  M.  M'-.Muririe.  < i];i.^'in\ -.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  regulating  lluid  pressures.     February  17 

2485  .1.  .1.  Mofrat,  Birmingham,  Improved  apparatus  for 
condensing  steam.    February  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.' 
1886. 

1938  T.  Oerham.  I  lertain  Improvements  in  hydrometers  and 
arometers.    February  9 

2651  A.  Myall— From  .1.  Mclntyre.  Surface  condensers. 
Fehruary  19 

:tJ7(i  C.S.  Marian.  Injectors  for  raising  and  forcing  fluids, 
and  feeding  boilers.    January  22 

3731  (.'.  W.  Hurton  and  F.  T.  Moison.  Apparatus  and  method 
for  purification  of  water.    January  l".i 

3801  J.  Anderson  and  R.  MoEinnell.  Apparatus  for  inducing 
or  producing  currents  of  air,  water,  or  other  fluid 

:     Hanson  and  .1.   Fernee      Improvements  in  open- 
hearth  rurnaces,  applicable  to  other  heating  purposes.    Feb.  2 

3891  W.  Sellar.  Apparatus  for  heating,  purifying  and  lilter- 
ing  water  for  feeding  steam  boilers,  pumps,  suction  pipes,  etc. 
January  26 

1135  F.  Morth.  Apparatus  for  supplying 'liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel  to  furnaces,  etc.    January  26 

1244  A.  C.  Kirk.  Glasgow.    Improvements  in  feeding,  and  in 
i  beating  apparatus.    January  '-ii 

4497  T.  \Y.  Beverley.    Blow  ing  apparatus.    February  2 

4518  At.  Reuland.  Apparatus  for  drying  semi-fluid  and 
Other  substances.     February  2 

1601  H.  D.  1  leaky.     ( las-tired  furnaces.    Februarys 

1823  1'.  Hikely  and  J.  Kadclifl'e.    An  improved  filter.    Feb.  19 

1681  J.  G.  Kinghorn.  Valves  for  air  circulating,  air  com- 
pressing, and  other  pumps.    February  2 

1681  .1.  Hoss.  Valves  and  fittings  for  steam,  water  or  other 
fluids.     February  2 

1700  E.  X.  Henwood.  Construction  and  arrangement  of  fur- 
naces  for  burning  hydrocarbon  oils  in  conjunction  with  com- 
pressed air  or  steam.     February  5 

IS71  (1.  F.  Ilcdfern— From  M.  H.  Simonet.  An  improved 
grinding  ami  triturating  machine.    February  9 

4s7s  w.  F.  B.  Jlassey  W'ainwaring.    Improvements  in  filter- 
presses,  and  in  drying  sewage  sludge  and  other  moist  matters. 
February  II 

5014  W.  (i.  Wrench.  Apparatus  for  removing  scale  from 
steam  boilers.    February  12 

5111  .1.  Wright.  Construction  of  steam  and  water  taps. 
February  If, 

6261  C.  B.  Davis.     Apparatus  for  mixing  liquids.    Feb.  16 

5252  E.  II.  Donkin,  Four-way  bye-pass  valves  for  gas  and 
other  fluids.    February  16 

5305  T.  Gilmour.    I  reed-heating  apparatus.    February  16 

6343  C.  E  Gittens.     Filters.     February  16 

6515  A.  Waldbaur.    Centrifugal  machines.    January  211 

7H22  .1.  I'.  Mewburn— From  .1.  Dietze,  Germany.  Surface 
cooling,  heating,  anil  condensing  apparatus.    January  26 

9759  K.  Jones  and  A.  Beech,  Filter-presses  and  mode  of 
charging  same.    February  9 

10880  T.D.Williams.  Amalgamating  apparatus.  January  26 

12171  II.  Lane  ami  R.  II.  Taunton.  Manufacture  of  metallic 
vessels  for  containing  gases  and  volatile  liquids  under  pres- 
sure.   February  hi 

13336  A.  J.  Hoult— From  W.  A.  O.  liegeman.  Fluid  pressure 
regulators.     February  19 

I."i7s7  II.  Wilson.  Apparatus  for  creating  forced  draught 
and  forced  combustion,  and  for  injecting  fuel  into  furnaces, 
and  the  like.     January  29 

16135  F.  Kasclowsky.  Apparatus  for  pumping  and  compres- 
sing air.     January  22 

16994  It-  E.  Newton— From  W.  M.  Deutsch.  Filtering  appa- 
ratus'.   January  29 


331  J.  Simpson. 

I  ei, i  nary  12 


1887. 
Lids  or  closers  for  metallic  drums  or  casks. 


'  The  dates  given  are  tin-  dates  of  the;  Official  Journals  in  which 
acceptances  of  the  Complete  Bpecificatdoiu  are  advertised.     Complete 

specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  iuiniediawdy,  and  to  opposition  within  two  months  of  the 
eaid  dates. 


1 1. -FUEL,  CAS,  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

616  \V.  Puraall,  Birmingham.  A  new  or  improved  means  of 
illumination.    January  19 

WTt  S.  Levy,  London — From  G.  II.  Ivohn,  United  States. 
Improvements  connected  with  the  manufacture  of  water  gas 
and  other  gases  for  lighting,  heating,  and  manufacturing  pur- 
poses, and  in  apparatus  therefor.     January  20 

1132  I*'.  Windham,  London.  Improvement  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  gas  I'M-  use  in  gas  engines.     January  25 

1134  J  A.  \  eadon  and  R-Middleton.  Leeds.  Improvements 
in  blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel  <>v  materials  for  smelting,  or 
analogous  purposes.    January  25 

1131*  J.J.  Koyle,  London,  improvements  in  and  apparatus 
toi  preparing  coke  for  use  in  slow-combustion  stoves.    Jan.  25 

1150  J.  y.  Sellon,  London.  Emprovem<  Dtfl  in  apparatus  for 
lighting  hv  Hi-  consumption  of  gas  and  air.    January  25 

1171  G.  H.  Kenner,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
faelure  of  naphthaline  into  forms  suitable  for  use  in  illumina- 
tion, and  in  apparatus  employed  therein.    January  25 

1-1*7  F.  A.  Mr  .Minn,  London.  The  manufacture  of  inflam- 
mable gas  from  oil.    January  27 

1376  E.  Uavies,  London.  Improvements  in  lighting  ard 
heating,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     January  28 

1478  S.  Wilkinson  and  J.  Clarkson.  London.  Improved 
means  of  and  apparatus  for  heating  and  diffusing  air  for 
warming  and  ventilating  purposes.    January  31 

1479  A.  <;.  Meeze,  Redhill.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
l  In-  manufacture  of  gas  from  fluid  hydrocarbons.    January  31 

1190  J.  Atterton,  Haverhill.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
charging  gas  retorts.    January  31 

1511  I*,  Ward  and  W.  S.  Oliver,  London.  Improvements  in 
light-producing  apparatus.    January  31 

1515  H.  Schlichter.  London.  A  method  of  lighting  by  means 
of  gas,  and  apparatus  therefor,  which  method  and  apparatus 
may  be  made  to  serve  also  for  deodorising  and  disinfecting 
the  atmosphere.    January  31 

1538  E.  tfherring.  Manchester.  The  application  of  asbestos 
to  oil  lamps  and  oil  stoves  and  burners  as  a  non-conductor  of 
heat.    February  1 

1551  J.  Torkington.  J.  A.  Ewins,  and  C.  Torkington,  Bir- 
mingham. Improved  means  of  economising  gas  for  lighting 
and  heating  purposes.    February  1 

1681  W.  H.Lindsay,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  fuel.    February  2 

17G7  J.  H.  Ii.  Dinsmore,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  gas  and  apparatus  therefor.    February  4 

1965  J.  Birchall,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
nf  gas  and  apparatus  therefor.    February  8 

2092  L.  A.  Brode,  Glasgow.  An  improved  method  of  utilising 
the  waste  and  dross  of  coal  in  the  manufacture  of  biiquettes 
for  use  as  fuel.    February  10 

2099  J.  A.  Drake,  Halifax.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  generating  heat  in  steam  boilers,  baking 
ovens,  blast  furnaces,  gas  retorts,  and  the  like.    February  10 

2186  M.  P.  W.  Boulton,  Tew  Park.  Oxfordshire.  A  method 
and  apparatus  for  the  combustion  of  fuel.    February  11 

2210  S.  F.  Rhodes.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
convening  into  spray  or  vapour,  hydrocarbon  oils  or  oTher 
liquids,  and  for  burning,  gasefying,  and  evaporating  the  same. 
February  12 

2313  C.  I).  Abel,  London— From  the  Gas  Motoren-Fabrik, 
Germany,  lmprovementsinapparatus  for vapourising  liquids 
giving  combustible  vapours.    February  14 

(  oMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

2456  J.  E.  Mathewson.  Sheffield.  The  separation  of  steam 
or  other  vapours  or  gases  from  liquids  mixed  with  them, 
February  17 

27tit;  W.  L.  Wise-  From  F.  J.  Lothammer.  Portable  ap- 
paratus for  the  manufacture  of  gns.    January  29 

3663  S.  Pitt— From  C.  Haret.  Preservation  of  inflammable 
mattci  s.  and  composition  for  rendering  bodies  uninflammable, 
and  for  extinguishing  fire.    February  19 

3697  F.  Windham.  Manufacture  of  gas  for  use  in  gas 
engines.    January  Tl 

1220  M.  P.  W.  Boulton.  Improved  application  of  heat  to 
generating  and  heating  steam.     January  22 

MM  G.King.    Fastenings  for  retort  lids.     February  5 

1682  W.  A.  Barlow— From  J.  F.  W.  A.  Jahnke.  Lamps  and 
lanterns  for  burning  carburctted  coal-gas.    February  5 

1647  J.  Ihllamore.  Apparatus  for  removing  tar"  from  the 
hydraulic  mains  used  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas.    Feb.  5 

5348  W.  W.  Box.     Gas  retort  lids  and  fastenings.     Feb.  Hi 

10891  W.  Finlayson— From  P.  II.  Martin.  Preparing  as- 
bestos for  use  as  a  non-conductor  of  heat  and  otherwise. 
February  12 

16142  F.  B.  Fowler.  Mode,  means,  and  appliances  for 
making  oil-gas.    January  -'2 

16992  P.  S.  Lawrence.  Carburettors  and  gas  generators, 
January  2C 


156 


(Hi:  JOtJRNAL  OF  'i'llK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INbfSTUY.     I t>b. o8, 1S8?. 


1887. 


7)0  A.  Kitson.    Gas  apparatus,  and  process  for  g(  I 
illuminating  gas.    February  19 


textile  fabrics  aDd  for  similar  purposes.    Complete  spccifiea- 
'.■-II.    February  m 

2351  \.  J.  Boult,  London  — Krom  H.  K.  de  l'awlowski, 
Prance.  Improvements  in  the  process  and  apparatus  tor 
bleaching  of  vegetable  and  animal  matter.    February  lj 


III. 


DESTB1  <  1 1\  i:     DISTIJ  LATION,    TAB 
PRODUCTS,    ET( 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION    ACCEPTED. 

1S86. 

T.  Beilbyand  J. B. McArthur,  Slateford.    Utilising 
hydrocarbon  gases  obtained  in  the  distillation  of  petroleums, 

I  :r.     January  89 


IV.     t'ol.ol  KIM;  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

APPLICATIONS. 

Thomas,  Manchester— From  A.  Zander.  Prussia.  The 
tn. inula'  ture  ol  dye  mattersfrom  red  Sanders  wood  and  certain 
other  woods.    January 

968  A.  G.  Green,  London.  The  manufacture  of  new  azoand 
n  it  in  colouring  matttrs.    January  2] 

|  ,  J.  Smith  til   I  J    5,    limner.  London.    Improvt 
in  marking  ink.    February  2 

1691  O.  Itnray.  London-  From  the  Farbwerke  vormnls 
Heister,  Lucius  and  Brtining,  Germany,  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  alkylised  diamidobenzonhenon  amine  chlorides 

ion  of  the  same  into  alkylised  diamidobi 
nones   and  yellow   colouring    matters   of    the    class   of    the 
"  auramincs."    February  3 

i  <  >MPZ  ETE  SPEi  III'  'ATION  At  '<  'EPTED. 

1SS6. 

1687  T.  Maxwell  and  J.  Young.  Manufacture  of  colouring 
matter.    February  5 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  silk,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1026  II.  Ainley  and  G.  W.  Tonilinson,  London.  Improve- 
ments m  means  or  apparatus  for  fulling,  milling,  scouring, 
ana  felting  woollen  ana  oilier  fabrics  or  materials.  January  .- 
v.  Cook.  London.  Improvements  in  and  applh  able  to 
machinery  for  washing  or  scouring  wool  and  other  fabrics. 
January  26 

161S  T.  Speight.  Bradford.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  removing  the  "bur"  in  wool  and  other 
libri  s.    February  2 

2039  J.  W.  Smith,  Bradford.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  and  apparatus  for  preparing  wool  and  other  fibres  for  spin- 
ning.   February  9 

2089  T.  F.  Wiley.  Bradford.  A  new  or  improved  process  for 
waterproofing  textile  fabrics  and  other  porous  materials. 
February  lu 

2257  1  .  II.  Ford.  A.  N.  lord,  and  J.  A.  Archer.  London.  The 
..I  tuii'oia  new  kind  ol  textile  fabric.    February  12 

2123  G.  1  J.  Wells  amis.  L.  Howard.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  treating  Rhea  bark.  China  grass,  or  other  material  of 
similar  nature,  and  in  apparatus  applicable  therefor.    Feb.  lti 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

P.  Land  ar.de.  P. Ring.     Apparatus  for  carbonising 
and  destroy  ing  vegetable  matter  in  wool.    Fcbruarv  16 

16116  11.  11.  Lake— From  11.  B.  Kendall.  Treatment  of  silk 
and  other  Bores.    January  26 


VL— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  ami  BLEACHING, 

APPLICATIONS. 

818  J.  Walker.  Halifax.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  dyeing  or  otherwise  treating  textile  tibres, 
Januarj  19 

1222  A.  Smith,  Bradford.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
dyeing.    Januar\  26 

1351  W. Birch,  Manchester,  An  improvement  applicable  to 
machines  (Or washing, soaping,  dyeing,  and  dunging  woven 
fabrics.    Januar] 

1610  J.  S.  Satellite  and  J.  S.  Smith.  Mam  luster.  Improve- 
ments  in  or  applii  i  g  machinery.    Februarys 

A.J.  Boult,  London— From   !■'.  Rubay,  Belgium,     Im- 
provements in  the  bleaching  of  vegett  -.  Febrnarj  i 
bV.  Birch,  Manchester,    improvements  in  reikis  used 
in  washing,  soaping,  tlyeing,    ana    other  similar   machines. 
Fcbruarv  5 

1993  K.  Hermite,  J.  l'atcr.-on.  and  C.  F.  Cooper.     S 
Will. 

II.    II.    ].akc.    Londun-Fiom   L.    Whitefield,    I  D 
States.    An  improved  compound  for  producing  designs  upon  | 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED 

1886. 

6988  J.Smith.  Dyeing  cotton,  silk,  wool,  etc.,  either  In  the 
raw  or  raanufacturt  <l  Btate,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Jan,  36 

8219  T.  Hauechel.  Apparatus  for  washing,  dyeing,  drying, 
etc,  wool,  cotton,  and  other  textiles  or  tibres.    February  19 

16396  C.  I'orron.  Machine  for  dyeing  hanks  or  skein-  of 
textile  materials.    January  26 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS 
APPLICATIONS. 

765  C  A.  Burghardt  and  A.  II.  Trier,  Manchester.  An  im- 
proved process  or  processes  for  the  purification  of  bisulphide 
nil.    January  is 

S72  1'.  Man.  Manchester.  Ini]  n>\  ementS  in  and  relating  to 
apparatus  employed  in  the  concentration  of  sulphuric  acid, 
Januan  20 

1719  K.  Hamilton.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  recovery 
of  ammonia  and  carbonic  acid  from  liquors  containing  these, 
and  in  appliances  therefor.    Februarj  :: 

1S32  J.  Mangnall,  Manchester.  Generating  carbonic  acid 
gas,  and  apparatus  connected  therewith.     February  5 

1856  T.  Schmidt.  London.  A  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
certain  salts  of  sodium  and  potassium,  producing  also  gypsum 
and  hydrochloric  acid.    February  5 

1973  W.  Ii.  Cogswell,  Liverpool.  An  improvement  in  bicar- 
bonate columns.    February  8 

1971  L.  Mond  and  D.  It.  Hewitt.  Liverpool.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  caustic  soda  or  caustic  potash,  and  of 
carbonic  acid  from  mono  or  other  carbonate  of  soda  or  potash. 
February  8 

1998  A.  M.  Clark.  London— From  .1.  Brown,  FY  Herreshoff. 
W.  11.  Nichols  and  G.  11.  Nichols,  United  states.  Processor 
making  pure  sulphuric  and  strong  sulphuric  acid  in  one  con- 
tinuous operation.    Complete  specification.    Februai 

2102  C.  NVigg,  Liverpool.  Au  improved  process  for  obtain- 
ing bicarbonate  of  soda.    February  16 

2103  C.  Wigg.  The  treatment  of  spent  copper  liquors  and 
the  application  of  the  product  for  the  purification  of  sewage 
and  like  matters.    February  16 

I  'OMPLETE  SPKi  IFH  A  TIONS  AC(  EPTED. 


1S32  A.  M.  Clark— From  O.  F^yckens.  Producing  lead  salts, 
and  especially  carbonate  or  oxy carbonate  of  lead  (white  lead). 
February  9 

323S  L.  Mond.  Obtaining  ammonia,  chlorine  and  hydro- 
chloric acid  from  ammonium  chloride.    FYbruary  y 

3956  J.  H.  Johnson— From  ¥..  Hermite.  Producing  ozone 
and  hydrogen  for  bleaching  purposes.    January  22 

3957  J.  II.  Johnson—  From  F'..  Hermite.  Producing  chlorine 
compounds  suitable  for  bleaching  purposes.    January  22 

1070  K.  Arthur  and  F.  M.  Arthur.  Process  for  obtaining 
crystallised  sulphate  of  calcium.    February  2 

i::;7  U.  J.  C.  .Marie.  Caustic  powders  for  the  removal  of 
pain)  and  other  deposits.    February  .'• 

1712  11.  L.  Pattinson,  jun.  Treating  tersulphides  or  poly- 
sulphides  of  barium  and  strontium  so  as  to  recover  the  barium 
and  strontium,  and  obtain  other  products.     February  9 

5016  J.  H.  Johnson— F'rom  J.  L.  Kessler.  Process  for  ex- 
pelling sulphuric  acid  in  excess  from  sulphates  andbisulphates. 
F'ebruary  12 

7199  J.  Brock  and  T.  Minton.  Manufacture  of  bleaching 
powder,  and  apparatus  therefor.    F'ebruary  9 

15136  II.  Byk.    See  Class  XX. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  am.  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

830  J.  P.  Guy,  Burslem.  A  saggar  placing  and  drawing 
machine  for  potters*  ov  ens.    January  19 

'.167  W.  Cliff,  London,  linprov .  mints  in  the  manufacture  of 
fire-Clay  enamelled  bath-.     January  21 

1015  It.  FY  Donovan.  F.  Haslet!  and  J.  Johnson.  Dublin. 
Improved  apparatus  for  bio"  ■■>  means  of  coinpn 

air.     Complete  specification.     January  22. 

115]  C  M. Pielsticker,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture 01  plate  glass.    January  25 

0  11.  ft,  Yin.  Plymouth.  Producing  transparencies  on 
coloured  or  ground  glass  for  ornamental  or  other  purposes. 
January  :v 

ll.U  D.  Rylandsand  B.  Stoner,  Barnaley.  Improvements  in 
means  for  blowing  bottles  or  other  hollow  glass-ware. 
Januarj  19 

nil  P.  Graham,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  ol  hollow  clay-ware,  and  in  potters' 
jollies,  or  machines  therefor.    January  29 


Feb.  28, 1887.]      THE  JOUKfrAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTl; V. 


i.-.; 


I., ii.  M.  Wyatt.  London.  An  impermeable  earthenware 
coffin.    Februarj  l 

1733  W.  Eteynolde,  London.  An  improved  snbstitate  for 
Btained  glass.    February  3 

1811  J.  Crltchlow,  T.  Fore8ter,W.  Forester,  II.  Forester  and 
l.    Forester,    Longport.    An   unproved   potters1   filter-press. 

ii  y  8 

2114  0.  ( '.  Hawkes,  London.  New  and  unproved  machinery 
for  bevelling  and  moulding  the  edgi  of  glass  and 

[or  ornamenting  the  surfaces  ol  plates  of  glass.    February  10 

2253  T.  Wickham  ami  J.  Nail.  London.  Improvements  In 
1 1>< ils  for  forming  the  exterior  of  bottle  necks,    February  12 

2256  T.  V/ickham  and  J.  Nail.  Improvements  In  tools  for 
forming  the  interior  of  bottle  mouths.    February  12 

\.  Fielding,  Longport.    An  Improved  differential  speed 
and  reversing  motion  for  potters'  lathes.    February  ll 

■.'-ii--1  W.  P.  Wilson,  London,  fmprovements  in  apparatus  or 
t.inls  for  shaping  the  necks  of  bottlesand  other  like  receptacles. 
Complete  specification.    February  11 

2303  ll.  L.  Doultonand  W.  Parker,  1. on. Ion.  fmprovements 
in  ornamenting  pottery,  tiles  or  glass.    February  ll 

2330  J.  T.  Creasy,  London.    An  improved  tool  for  glazing 
the  edges  of  the  necks  of  glass  bottles  and  jars  of  any  conngura-  , 
t  Ion      February  15 

0  W.  B.  Fitch,  London.    Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
line  of  glass  bottles,  and  apparatus  therefor.    February  1.5 

I  'OMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18SG. 

3368  J.  D.  Denny.  Embossed  and  geometrical  Hies  arid 
mosaics,  and  appliances  for  making  the  same.    February  19 

391  5.  .1.  Payne.  Manufacture  of  fire-bricks,  retorts, 
erneibles.  ete.     February  - 

38)6  0.  Lindner.  Decoration  of  earthenware  and  other 
Mirfares.    January  29 

1882  T.  Ide.  Moulds  for  bending  plate  and  sheet  glass. 
January  20 

4325  11.  Norris.  Colouring  glass,  porcelain,  china  and  other 
substances  to  imitate  stained  glass.    January  20 

5is7  W,  Walker.  Ornamenting  glass,  and  applying  it  to 
architectural  purposes.    Februarj  16 

W.  Hi  ml  ton.    Apparatus  for  making  bats  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  Of  various  articles  of  pottery.     January  20 

1887. 

1015  EL  E.  Donovan.  F.  Ila/.lctt  and  J.  Johnston.  Apparatus 
for  blowing  glass  by  means  of  compressed  air.     Februarj  10 


IX.— BUILDING    MATERIALS,    CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

781  11.  MoDonnell,  J.  J.  Mallon,  and  Q.  W.  Clark,  London. 
Processof  forming  ornamental  coverings  for  walls,  ceilings, 
and  other  surfaces.     Complete  specification.    January  18 

970  W.  K.  Gedge,  London— From  J.  Thorrand,  V.  Nicole t, 
and  A.  Bonnet,  France.  A  novel  artificial  cement.  Complete 
specification.    January  21 

10311  C.  Schlickeysen.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  moulding  bricks,  tiles,  and  similar  articles.    Januarj  22 

1759  i '.  J.  Ford,  London.  Improvements  in  surface  tiles  for 
walls,  partitions,  ceilings,  floors,  etc.    February  1 

1919  P.  Corni.-h.  Stratford,  improvements  in  road  pave- 
ments and  curb  stones.    February  7 

2008  G.  Evans,  London.  Improvements  in  roof  tiles,  single 
lap  and  \\  cat  lur-tight.     February  9 

2302  T.  Smith.  London.  An  improved  method  of  utilising 
metallic  and  other  cements,  plaster  of  Paris,  and  such  like 

lances.    February  11 

2303  1).  N.  Arnold  and  W.  Young,  London.  Improvements 
in  cements.    I  ebruary  15 

2182  W.  Tuffee,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  Portland  cement  and  apparatus  therefor,  applicable  also 
for  making  bricks,  tiles,  and  other  similar  articles,  and  for 
burning  lime  and  other  materials'.    February  17 

COMPLETE  8PECIFICA  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1S8G. 

1816  W.Joy.    Method  of  charging  cement  kilns.   Februarj  8 

2566  1'.  Bowden.  .Machinery  tor  the  manulacture  of  bricks 
and  i  iles.    February  lit 

3121  W.  Macleod.  Laying  pavements  of  wood,  tiles,  concrete, 
etc.    February  a 

3119  C.  E.  Davis.    Improvements  in  tiles  for  rooting.    Feb.  2 

3569  J.  Dyson,   Wakefield.     Construction  of  wall-bom 
bricks  for  preventing  damp  walls.    January  22 

3715  P.  Freygang.  liotary  drying  and  crushing  apparatus 
tin  clay,  etc.    January  22 

1215  J.  Brierley.  F'loors  of  wood  and  earthenware  com- 
bined.   1-  ebruary  2 

1332  G.  H.  Couch.    Ridge,  hip,  and  wall  tiles.    February  2 

I  .17  \\  .  Johnson.  Machinery  for  manufacture  of  bucks 
from  plastic  and  semi-plastic  materials.    February  2 

•"•7-'  1 1.  Cottier.  I'roduction  of  imitations  of  stone,  marble. 
terra-cotta,  etc.,  for  decorative  purposes.    February  J 


i--7  S.  G.  L.  Giles  and  W.  J.  I'ctrie.  Method  of  decorating 
Lincrusta  Walton,  and  other  embossed  materials  for  the 
decoration  of  walls.    February^  M  a  , 

oi  v,  w.  I'arrv.    Improved  construction  ol  Boors,  roofs,  and 

i     of  brick,  terra-cotta,  si >,  etc.    January22 

16  E.T.  L.  Clark.    Hardening  and  preserving  plaster  ol 
and  moulds,  and  rendering  the  same  Impervious 

to  water.     February  10 

i.ii.i.  jf.  Johnson— From  E.  Coignet.  Preparation  and 
treatment  of  beton  or  concrete,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
taryl2  ,  .  .  , 

17098  w.  Sonnet  Mode  ami  apparatus  tor  continuously 
in  mufacturing  Portland  cement.    February  9 

1SS7. 

578  P.  M.  Justicc-FromC.  Dietzscb.  Furnaces  or  kilns  for 
calcining  limi    tone,  et<-.    Februarj  16       ...    ,  ,     , 

7td  11.  McDo ill,  J.  J.  Mallon,  and  G.  \\ .  Clark.    Process 

for  forming  ornamental  coverings  tor  walls,  ceilings,  etc. 
February  19 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

803  P.  M.  Justice.  London-From   W.  V".  shclton,  Turkey, 

Improvements  in  the  production  ol  alloj  a  or  bronzes.    Jan.  is 

815  J.  H.  Selwyn,  London.    Method  or  process  of  treating 

pyritifcrous  or  other  base  ores  to  extract  metals  therefrom. 

January  19  .   , 

921  c.  D.  Abel.  London-  F'roin  E.  Fischer  and  M.  \\  .  \\  eber, 
Germany.  Improvements  in  extracting  gold  and  other 
precious'  metals  from  their  ores,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
Complete  specification.    January  20 

913  A.  E.  Tucker  and  V.  W.  llarbord.  Smethvi  iek.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.     January  21 

993  VV.  Jenisch  and  11.  Lohnert,  London.  Improvements  in 
mills  for  crushing,  pulverising,  grinding,  or  reducing.    Jan.  21 

1069  W.  11.  Edwards,  C.  Button,  ana  J.  K.  Williams.  Bir- 
mingham. Improvements  in  miners'  safety  lamps.  January  21 

1078  A.  Harper,  London.  A  novel  description  of  compound 
castings  of  iron  and  steel  specially  suitable  for  chill  and  grain 
rolls,  and  means  tor  producing  the  same.    January  21 

1100  S.  B.  stme.  London.  Improvements  in  coal  mining 
machines.    Complete  specification.    January  25 

1211  li.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  getting, 
winning,  or  mining  coal,  ana  in  drilling  and  other  apparatus 
therefor.     January  20 

1258  \\  .  B.  Squire  and  S.  C.  G.  Curric,  London.  Obtaining 
metallic  zinc.    January  20 

1201  D.  MeCorkindale  and  G.  Dougall.  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  and  connected  with  stoppers  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  steel.    January  26 

1270  H.  H.  Lake,  London-I'rom  G.  and  A.  Kaymond, 
United  States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  pulverisation 
or  reduction  of  mineral  or  other  substances,  and  to  apparatus 
therefor.    January  27 

I27i'i  K.  I  leaver.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  aluminium  and  aluminium  alloys.    January  27 

1279  W.  Patterson,  Durham.  Improvements  in  miners' 
saiciv  lamps.    January  27 

12U0  F.  \\.  Paul,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  making  iron 
or  steel.    January  27 

1305  K.  11.  Cowles,  London.  Improvements  in  alloys  of 
aluminium  ami  chromium  with  iron  or  steel.    January  -7 

1322  YV.H.  Tooth,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture and  refining  of  iron,  and  the  conversion  of  iron  into  steel, 
and  apparatus  connected  therewith.    January  27 

1388  W.  G.  Ulpherts,  London.  A  novel  application  and 
mode  in  connection  therewith  ol  utilising  old  or  waste  railway 
iails.    January  28 

1121  C.  Roy,  London.  Improvements  in  rolling  mills. 
Januarj  29 

1181  J.  Hayes,  Broughton  Moor.   A  mining  level.  January  31 

1189  11.  (J.  A.  F..  Grunbaum,  London.    Improvements  in  the 
nor  a  light  improving  safely  lamp  for  magnifying  the 
llluminants  and  preventing  accidents.    January  31 

1535  C.  M.  l'ielstieker,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  the  continuous  production  of  metal  bars  and  rods  direct 
from  the  molten  metal.    February  1 

1700  J.  G.  Wright,  Wolverhampton.  Eliminating  from  pig 
or  cast  iron  the  impurities  or  metalloids,  silicon,  sulphur,  and 
phosphorus,    February  3 

17j0  and  1751  11.  11.  Lake— F'rom  Count  U.  de  Montgelas 

issxvm. 

1918  A.  11.  Lead,  London— From  II.  G.  Hicks,  United  Slates. 
Certain  improvements  in  welding  compounds.  Complete. 
specification.    February  7 

1921  C.  Dickenson.  London.  Improvements  in  chills  for 
easting  iron,  steel,  and  Other  tin  t  a  Is.     February  7 

20a0  J.  Douglas,  London.  An  improved  miners' safety  lamp. 
February  9 

2000  W.  Gentles.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  copper,    February  9 

214U  A.  Feldman,  London,  [mproi  i  mints  in  the  production 
of  fluoride  of  magnesium  and  fiui  minium.     Feb.  11 

2t.'d  I'.  Keil.  Liverpool,    New  ami  improved  lumace  appli- 

eable  for  the  reduction  of  Zinc  aim  other  ores  containing 
volatile  metals,  and  for  other  dry  distillation  processes.  1-  eb- 
ruary 11 


]..- 


THE  JOtJKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  (  'II  KM  iCAL  INDUSTRY.      Weo.28.  »B7. 


2168  T.  Freeman  and  D.  R.  Jenkins,  London.  Improvi im nts 
in  means  or  apparatus  to  be  employed  In,  or  connected  with, 
the  coatingol  plates  with  tin  or  terne,  or  other  metals,    reo.ll 

IISO     i     \    Warden  and  J.   Mitchell,! don.     improved 

apparatus  for  preventing  the  accidental  descent  of  cages  in  the 
shafts  of  mines,    Februaryll 

2216  C.  Poole.  Blyth.    Drilling  coal.    Februarys 

2220 E.  V.Seebohm.  London.     Improvements  In  the  manu- 
re of  silicon  steel.    February  12  . 

2230  W,  W.  Curie;  and  J.  Hall,  Sheffield,    [mnrovem 
hardening  steel  or  compound  iron  and  Bteel  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  of  tool?,  and  other  Bteel  or  iron  and  steel  articles, 
and  in  furnaces  or  apparatus  therefor.     February  12 

2215F  M  Spence  and  D- D.  Spence.  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  certain  furnaces  for  heating,  drying,  or  calcining 
certain  mineral  nr  oilier  substances  or  materials.     February  12 

2300  T.  Slater,  London.     Iinprovcinents  in  metallic  alloys. 

"> '  ' '  ,  ,      ■  ii, 

2312  I;.  Stanley,  London.   An  improved  boring  or  tunnelling 

machine.    February  1 1 

23! O  II.  Leipmann,  London.    See  Class  \\  III. 

2147  C.  Sheibler,  London.  Improvements  in  l  he  manufacture 
of  steel  and  iron,  and  In  obtaining  by-products  of  such  manu- 
facture.   Complete  specification.   February  16 

2188  W.  Macfarlane,  Leeds.  An  improvement  in  the  produc- 
tion of  steel.    February  17 

2199  C.  Fairbairnand  M.  Wells.  London.  An  apparatus  for 
forging  by  rollers  eonoidal  projectiles  and  other  articles  of 
circular  transverse  section.  February  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

1102  W.  Tooth.  Method  and  means  for  extracting  spelter, 
and  apparatus  for  treating  the  waste  products.    Januar>  26 

1288  6.  Perry— From  M.  Perry,  obtaining  compounds  of 
cobalt  from  solutions  of  the  same.   Januarj  29 

1289  G.  Perry— From  M.  Perry.  Obtaining  compounds  of 
cobalt  from  solutions  containing  the  same.    January  29 

1173  H.  H.  Lake— From  La  Societe  de  Laminage  du  Xickel. 
Uniting  platinum  or  silver  and  nickel  or  alloys  of  these  metals. 
February  .'. 

2785  W.J.  Smith,    Safety  electric  lamp  for  miners.   Jan.  22 

3632  L.  A.  C.roth  —  From  C.  Beckstein.  Powder  for  hardening 
metals.    Januarj  29 

3746  J. F.  Hall,  Sheffield.    Armour  plates.    January  22. 

3821  J.  K.  Williams.   Safety  lamps  for  use  in  mines.    Jan.  20 

3971  J.  M.  Macdonald— From  T.  D.  Williams.  Stamps  for 
crushingquartz  and  other  ores.    February  5 

3986  J.  M.  White.  Furnaces  for  the  manufacture  of  metallic 
sleepers.    February  2 

4113  G.Dyson.  Leeds.  Apparatus  for  securing  the  chaplets 
used  in  supporting  cores  for  eastings.    January  26 

1112  A.  Howat.    Miners'  safely  lamps.    January  26 

1379  C.  T.  Cayley.  Hardening  or  tempering  steel  bullets  and 
projectiles,  and  apparatus  therefor.    February  2 

1602  J.  S.  Donald.     -Miners' safety  lamps.    February  12 

5527  A.  de  Laude  Long  and  It.  Howson.  A  new  manufacture 
of  fibrous  iron.    February  9 

61*92  L  L.  Sagendorph.  Machines  for  corrugating  sheet 
metal.    January  20 

15103  A.  J.  Boult-  From  La  Societe  Anonyme  de  Metallisation 
Artistique  des  Animaux,  Vegetans,  ou  Autres  Corps,  France. 
Preparation  of  organic  matter  for  metallisation  by  galvanic 
deposit.    January  26 

16386  H.  E.  Newton— From  J.  J.  Crooke  and  R.  Crooke. 
I'nited  States.  Process  for  treating  and  desilverising  copper 
matte,  and  copper  ores  analogous  thereto.    January  22 


XI.— FATS,   OILS,    and   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1033  S.  S.  Sugden.  Woodford.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  fatty  and  oily  matters  for  the  production  of  glycerine. 
v.  hite  lead,  and  soap.    January  22 

■7  R.  Hunt  and  E.  S.  Wilson.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in 
tin-  treatment  of  cotton  seed  to  obtain  oil  feeding  cake  and 
resin-like  matter.    January  21 

1291  N  M.  Henderson, Glasgow,  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  treating  or  purifying  paraffin  wax.    January  27 

1161  H.  M.  Roberts  and  A.  W.  Doery.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  separating  fat  from  liquids  and  apparatus  therefor. 
January  29 

1589  P.  Gill  and  T.  Osman,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  scraping  and  cutting  soap.     February  1 

1753  L.  Hunter,  London.    An  Improved  soap  tablet.    Feb.  3 

1771  R.  Hunt  and  K.  S.  Wilson,  Liverpool.   Improvements  in 


liquids  and  fatty  substances  insoluble  or  slightly  soluble  in 
water.     January  22 

3518  H  J.  Hicks  and  J.  Kirkwood.  Lubricating  composition. 
irj  22 

3749  A.  V.  Craig,  A.  Neilson,  and  J.  Snodgrass.  Glasgow, 
\  eparatus  for  separating  mineral  and  other  oils  from  oils  or 
substances  of  different  specific  gravities.    January  22 

Hill  .1.  L.  Wade,     Lubricating  compound.    January  20 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

955  H.  H.  Gunn,  Glasgow,  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 

of  sulphide  of  zim-  white.     January  21 

106S  P.  Ward  and  S.  W.  Oliver,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  pigments  fur.  and  in  the  method  of,  colouring  photographs. 
February  2 

2201  R.  K.  Donovan  and  J.  McKenny,  Dublin.  The  utilisa- 
tion of  a  natural  product  in  the  manufacture  of  blacking.  Japan 
black  paint,  and  yarn i.sh.  and  other  similar  coloured  materials. 
February  12 

2157  '  '•  Jeyes,  Birmingham.  Jeyes  anti-corrosive  compound. 
February  17 

2 ins  W.  Hick.  London.  A  novel  protective  varnish.  Com- 
plete specification.    February  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

1S32  A.  M.  Clark-From  O.  Eyekens.    See  Class  VII. 
17U20  J.  H.  G.  Langenhagen.    Leather  polish.    February  9 


iprovements    in   refining 


refining  and  clarifying  crude  cotton  seed  oil,     February  I 

1816  w,   II.  stead,  Liverpool.      Improvem 
cotton-seed  oil.    February  5 

1893  W.  links.  Middlesbrough.    Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  lubricating  grease.    February  7 

I  OMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

is*;. 

3106  A.  Blackie.     Preparation  of  emulsions  of  vegetable, 
animal,  or  mineral  oils,  of  solid  paraffins,  waxes,  etc.,  and  of 


XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,   GLUE,   and   SIZE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1009  A.  Smetham,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  waterproof  leather.    January  22 

1163  J.  H.  G.  Langenhagen,  Liverpool.  A  new  or  improved 
dressing  for  leather.    Complete  specification.    January  25 

1371  A.  Tissot,  London.  Improvements  in  tanning  leather. 
January  28 

1382  E.  Page  and  G.  Brayfield.  London.  The  manufacture 
of  a  composition  for  varnishing  and  reviving  leather.  January 
28 

1562  E.  Dunklcy  and  A.  Dunkley,  Northampton.  An  im- 
proved method  of  making  leather  water-proof  or  flexible. 
February  1 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,   MANURES,    Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

780  C.  E.  Hearson  and  B.  Field.  London.  Improvements  in 
the  vaporisation  of  volatile  liquids  for  the  destruction  of 
insects,  and  in  apparatus  for  the  vaporisation  of  volatile 
liquids  for  the  said  purpose,  and  for  other  purposes. 
January  18 

1130  W.  Thompson.  Stratford-on-Avon.  An  improved  ferti- 
liser.   January  25 

2097  H.  K.  Spark  and  J.  Warburton,  Sheffield.  See  Class 
XVII.-B. 

2157  A.  Campbell.  Upton  Park.  The  economical  mixing  or 
compounding  of  phospnatic  compounds  for  artificial  manures. 
February  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3167  A.  Clemm.  Method  and  means  for  the  destruction  of 
insects  and  animals  injurious  to  plants  and  fruits.  Feb- 
ruary 5  .  .  ,        , 

5031  N.  B.  Powter.  Treating  phosphatie  earths  and  rocks 
for  the  manufacture  of  fertilisers  therefrom.    February  12 


XV.-SUGAB,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

779  II.  L.  Salman  and  E.  E.  Berry.  London.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  starch.    January  18 

986  V.  C.  A.  M.  Bondonneau  and  A.J,  M  G  Font,  London. 
Process  and  apparatus  for  acid  saccharitieation  of  starchy 
materials.    Januarj  21 

1931  M.  A.  Perret.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
extracting  the  saccharine  or  other  matter  from  Bllgar-cane  and 
other  substances.    Complete  specification.    February  7 

2297  A.  Urin  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  saccharine  and  saceharifcrous  matters  for 
the   purpose   of   decolourising,   purifying,  or  refining  them. 

A.  Brin  and  L.  (}.  Brin.  Improvements  m  the  treat- 
ment of  saccharine  and  Bacchariferous  matters  for  the  purpose 
of  decolourising,  purifying,  or  refining  them.    February  11 


Feb.28.i887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IMU'STIIV. 


159 


COMPLETE  ■'!■'.<  TFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

3628  II.  K.  J.  Selwlg  nnd  K.  a.  C.  B.  Lunge.      Manofao- 
>i  Bngar  blocks  and  apparatus  therefor.    January  29 

1679  C.  w,  X.  Wallace  and  0.  .1.  II.  Barry.     Manutai 
caramel.    Februarys 

1801  ('.  li.  Abel  From  I'.  S.  Sonne.  Process  for  tin'  de- 
saceharitlcation  of  molasses  and  sugar  syrups,  and  the  siinul- 
tanoona  production  of  oxalates  from  the  suits  contained 
therein.    January  22 

1918  ii  Imray  From  A.  K.  Kissel.  Germany.  Manufacture 
of  an  eiastie  compound  in  Imitation  of  caoutchouc    Jan.  26 

15100.1.  Horning/,  C.  Rabe,  and  F.  J.  Weiss.  Evaporating 
apparatus  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  sugar,  etc     Feb.  'i 


1887. 

7-  i  \V.    P.    Thompson  -From    'I'.    Kane. 
candy.    February  19 


Manufacture    of 


XVI.-BREWING,  WINKS  ahd  SPIRITS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

812  J.  Klein.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  filter- 
ing beer  and  other  liquids.    January  10 

1131  J.  Foulis,  Musselburgh.  Improvements  in  non-alcoholic 
medicated  liquors  or  cordials  for  use  as  a  beverage.    .Ian.  25 

1516  W.  Adlani  and  F.  Faulkner.  London,  improvements 
in  beating  brewers'  wort,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Jan.  31 

1673  •'■  M-  Anderson,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  malting. 
ami  in  drying  malt  and  grain,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
February  2 

1SS0  R.  Wood,  ( 'ardiff.  A  process  for  preparing,  moistening, 
assimilating,  and  malting  barley,  grain,  and  other  farinaceous 
matter  by  steam.    February  7 

1992  G.  Epstein.  London,  fmprovementain  the  treatment  of 
brewers'  and  distillers'  grain.    February  s. 

Clinch.  London.     Improvements  in  brewing.    Feb.  8 

■jo.">7  w.  Ansell,  London.  Manufacture  of  a  non-intoxicating 
age.    February  s* 
1 1.  Grote.  London.    Process  for  removing  fusel  oil  from 
crude  spirits,    or    from   the   mash    containing  crude  spirits. 
February  1(1 

2221  J.  W.  Bailey.  Greenock.  Manufacturing  of  a  new  brew- 
ing saccharine      February  12 

COMPLETE  8PECIFICA  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

1071  F.  Faulkner  and  W.  Adland.  Aerating  brewers'  wort 
and  Other  liquids,  and  apparatus  therefor.    January  26 

1191  W.  A.  How.  Apparatus  for  holding  bicarbonate  of 
soda  for  generating  carbonic  acid  gas  for  use  in  aerating  ale. 
ete.    February  16 

isil  W.  W.  Crawford.    Maturing  alcoholic  liquors.    Jan.  26 

1529  E.  L.  1'ontifex.  .Skimmer  for  removing  yeast  from  wort 
in  a  fermenting  vessel.     February  2 

1868  W.  Bradford.  Cowls  for  malt  and  other  kilns,  and 
brewery  and  distillery  utensils.    February  5 

1887. 
328  ».  J.  P.  Mills-From  C.  Brada.    Malt  kilns.     February  9 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  UK  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Era 

APPLICATIONS. 

A.— Chemistry  ojc  Foodb. 

901  H.  Grossand  1'.  Heeemann,  London.  Process  and  appa- 
ratus for  roasting  coffee.    January  20 

line.  .1.  G.  [tongue,  London  — From  II.  Drenckmann  and  W. 
Hildebrand.  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  means  employed 
to  pro  luce  fermentation  in  dough  for  bread-making.    Jan.  21 

1772  J.  France,  Halifax.  A  new  treatment  of  milk  to  prevent 
its  turning  sour.    February  1 

1996  J.Comrick,  London.    Improvements  in  the  pin, 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  powdered  milk.    Complete 
specification.    February  8 

2148  W.  Smith,  London,  improvements  in  apparatus  for 
separating  cream  from  milk.    February  16 

2519  11.  \V.  Hart.  London.  An  improved  method  of  treating 
cotl'ee  to  prevent  loss  of  its  valuable  constituents  and  to  pre- 
serve the  aroma.    February  17 


B.— Sanitary  Cukmistry. 

799  E.  H.  S.  Bcnest,  London.  Disinfecting  apparatus. 
January  Is 

1333  W.  Webster,  jun.,  London.  Improved  means  of  oxidising 
and  decomposing  by  electrical  action  organic  matter  and  inor- 
ganic salts  in  sewage,  water,  and  other  liquids.    January  27 

1515  H.  Schliohter.    See  class  II. 


1519  II.  II.  Lake,  London    From  I..  I..  Benson  and  W.  T. 
Stilwell,  United  States.    Improvements  relating  to  means  Cor 
Uingand  rendering  innocuous  the  gasi    or  rapour   from 
and  the  like.    Complete  specification.    January  31 
1525  H.  W.  Newton,   Nru<  a-!  le  on  Tyio.     Eliminating  per- 
nicious particli  a  from  atmospheric  air  Inhaled.    February  l 

19  1 ».  '  Iraig,  Bradford.     Am  us  of 

»  idge.    Febi  u 

II.  K.  spark  and  J.  Warburton,  Sheffield,  A  new  or 
Unproved  method  and  material  to  be  used  for  onivei 
sanitarj  and  disinfecting  purposes,  the  said  material  being 
afterw.irds  applicable  as  manure  and  otherwise,  February  lo 
2388  A.  Angell.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  precipitants  and  in  tie-  treal  mi  n  e,    February  15 

2193  c.  Wigg,  l.i .  Ulaas  VII. 

C— lll-IM  I .(   i  w  is. 

2235  1".  GrosfUs,  London.  A  novel  composition  for  preserv- 
ing organic  substances  and  met  hod  of  using  t  he  same.    Feb.  12 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A.     I   H1M1-  1  l:\    OF   1  -''■' 

1886. 

2n;i  W.  A. Gibbs.    Apparatus  tor  witheringand drying  tea. 
coffee,  whe.it,  and  other  granular  materials.    Februarj  19 
2616  A.  M.  Clark   -From  A.  L.  St  Aubin,  France.    Pro 

and  apparatus  tor  treating  coffee,     January  22 

1320  W-.  \V.  Nightingale.  Manufacture  of  transparent  ice. 
Januan  .'.' 

5162  a.Watkins.    An  improved  baking  powder.    Feb.  16 

10903  P.  Jensen— From  K.  G.  Duhl.  Preserving  milk,  and 
vessels  therefor.    February  :i 

17075  C.  S.  Boynton  and  W.  J.  van  Platten.  Preparation  of 
food  products.  February  9 

1SS7. 

122  H.  F.  von  Konitzand  J.  Luntz.  Manufacture  of  extract 
of  coffee.    February.! 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1886. 

3826  J.  G.  Lorrain.  Formation  of  organic  oxides,  and  oxida- 
tion of  matter  suspended  or  dissolved  in  liquids.    February  2 

t-7v  W.  F.  B.  Massey-Mainwaring.    Sec  Class  I. 

6331  A.  /•  Germains,  Apparatus  for  disinfecting,  fumi- 
gating, etc.    February  2 


XVIII.—  ELECTRO  CHEMISTRY. 

APPLICATIoXS. 

8S1  F.  H.  Judson.  London.  An  improved  method  of  insu- 
lating the  electrodes  m  electric  batteries  and  forming  the 
terminals  thereof.    January  20 

925  J.  Wodickz,  London.  Improvements  in  the  inducing  or 
magnetising  parts  of  dynamo-electric  machines  and  electro- 
motors.   January  20 

990  S.  W.  Maquay.  London.  Improved  means  for  feeding 
electric  batteries  and  for  removing  the  plates  therefrom. 
January  21 

1155  W.  A.  Phillips,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  primary  batteries.    January  25 

1333  W  Webster,  jun.    See  class  XVIL— />'. 

1337  N.  W.  Perry,  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic  cells. 
January  27 

1390  R.  C.  Jackson.  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo- 
electric  machines  and  electro-magnets.    January  28 

1595  W.  Beissbarth,  C.  Fleischmann.  and  A.  Beissbarth, 
London.     Improvements  in  electrical  batteries.    February  1 

1654  W.  Kingsland.  London.  Closing  or  sealing  secondary 
battery  cells.    February  2 

1656  M.  Bailey  and  J.  Warner,  London.  Improved  appa- 
ratus for  preventing  the  escape  of  noxious  fumes  or  other 
gases  from  primary,  secondary,  gas.  or  other  batteries  used 
tor  electrical  purposes.    Complete  specification.     February  2 

1693  C.  I).  Abel,  London— From  La  Compagnie  Continentale 
Edison,  France.  Improvements  in  disc  dynamo  or  magneto 
electric  machines.     February  2 

London— From  Siemens  and  Halske.  Ger- 
many.   Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines.    Feb.  3 

1711  O.  Chauer  and  S.  Rabay,  London.  Improvements  in 
accumulators  of  electricity  and  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
same.    Februarys 

1750  H.  H.  Lake.  London— From  Count  R.  de  Montgelas. 
United  States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  electro  deposi- 
tion of  aluminium  and  to  apparatus  therefor.  Complete 
specification.    February  3 

1751  II.  11.  Lake- fount  R,  de  Montgelas.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  extraction  of  aluminium  from  its  chlorides, 
and  to  apparatus  therefor.    Complete  specification.    Feb.  3 

1752  II.  II.  Lake— Count  R.  de  Montgelas.  Improvements 
relating  to  electric  batteries.    Complete  specification.    Feb.  3 

lei.  London— From  A.  Dun  and  F.  Hasslacher, 
Germany,    Secondary  batteries.    February  5 

li.  Abel.  London— From  A.  Dun  and  F.  Hasslacher, 

Germany,     Improvements  in  galvanic  batteries.  February  7 


100 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDUBTRY.      IFeb.28.iss7 


G   K.  Dorman.  Staflbrd.    Improvements  relating  to  the 
irmationol  heat  into  electricity  bj  means  of  the  thermo- 

1988    K.   Hermit..  .1.  Paterson,  and  C.   F.  Cooper.  Ijondon. 
Inoaratus  foi  ing  bleaching  solution.     Febri 

n,  Bristol,    improvements  In  electric  batteries 
ir  liquids.     February  9  _ 

.   Webr,   London.      Improvements  in  galvanic  bat. 
February  '.'  , 

2134  A.  Schanschieff.  London.     Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    Fei.rn.ir>  in  . 

I  Lcipuiann.  London.  Improvements  m  'lie  electro- 
lytical  treatment  of  ores  for  facilitating  the  extraction  and 
,■',.,  ovei  i  ol  gold,  Bilver,  or  copper,  and  in  apparatus 

or.    February  1".  ,     _.„  .      _    .    . 

yi9   i  it,   London— From   A.    L,   llillaircl' 

Fraii'.-     Improvements  in  dyna  cmachines.    t. -b.il, 

2481  i:   Marsh.  Liverpool.    Improvements  in  or  appertaining 
-  and  in  electric  connectors  for  other  pur- 
poses.   February  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

2975  X  T.-sl.i.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    February  ■! 

;.   A.  Garrett      Improvements    in    dynamo-electric 
machines  or  motors.    January  29 
3475  i:  F  H  Crompton.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    icb.  2 
3554  W  Hartnell.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    February.) 
\.  C.  Henderson— From  E.  Bazin.    Method  of  depolari- 
'  sing  electric  batteries.    February  J 

i',;i  A.  F.  Han-is     Electro-plating  apparatus.    Februarys 
4522  W.  S.  Squire.    Process  for  utilising  Ihe  spent  liquid  from 
certain  voltaic  batteries.    Janiiarj 

oT.il  A.  Dun  and  1'.  Hasslacher.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    February  9 

■'  W  Taylor.    Electric  secondary  batteries.    February  19 
i;.  A.  Parrisb.    Method  and  apparatus  for  producing 
and  utilising  electricity.    January  26 

XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

956  R.  F.  Myddc'.ton.  London.  Improvements  in  cigarette 
papers.    January  21 

in:;  Eisentrant,  London.  An  improved  process  for  manu- 
facturing composition  from  cellulose  or  ground  wood,  which 
can  b-  given  any  desired  torm  by  employing  heat  and  pres- 
sure. Complete  specification.  January  29  .  . 
H.  Lake.  Londoii-From  F.  J.  Marshall.  United 
States  improVenTents  in  machinery  for  the  manufacture  of 
uaoerpulp.    Com','                    cation.    February  I 

SIS&  P.  W.  Met:  rath .  Bradford.  I  mprovements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  paper.    February  17 

IPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

16113  J  M  Walton.  Boilers  for  treating  wood  and  other 
fibre  in  the  manufacl  are  of  paper  and  other  pulp.    January  22 


XX.- 


-FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES,   \M'  EXTRACTS. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

4392  A.  Morand      Manufacture  of  tannin  extract  and  similar 

vegetable  extracts,  and  apparatus  employed  therein.    F.-b.  i 

15136  II.  Hvk.      Manufacturing  tannic  add  in  bright  semi- 
transparent  OT  translucent  crystals  orgrains.    February  9 

XXI.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7S3  L.  Cornet  and   L.  Youck.  London.    A  new  or  improved 

isive  compound.    January  18 
ill  H.\"  Morgan,  London.    Atorpedo.    January  26 
1687  W.  Anderson  and  J.  <;.  Buchanan.  London.    Improve- 
ments in  fuses  for  exploding  shells.    February  2 

1798  II.  E.Newton,  London— From  A.  Nobel.  France.    Im- 
provements in  explosive  compounds.    February  4 
1958  V7.   F'or.l.    Sutton   Coldfield.     Improvements   in    cart- 

.    Complete  specification.    Februarys 
l'.'.Ij  P.   Anibidrn.   t'ompte   de  Sparre.  London.     Improve- 
ments in  manufacture  of  cartridges.    February  14 

H.  H.  Lake.  London-  From  The  Deutsche  SprengstofT 
Actieneesellschaft,  Germany.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
gelatinising  of  nitroglycerine.    February  II 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

1116  J.   Farnsworth.    An   improved  signal  anddestructive 
boinb.    January  29 

(265    U.    C.    Seddon.      Percussion 
February  16 

5330  II.  E. Newton— From  A.  Nobel. 
give  '"in pounds.    February  16 

5331  H.  E.  Newton— F'rom  A.  Nobel, 
sive  substances.    February  16 

6909  C.  D.  Abel— From  \V    Loren7.. 


fuses  for  projectiles. 
Manufacture  of  cxplo- 
Manufacture  of  explo- 
Fcrcussion  caps,  and 


tiWJ  1  .    XJ.    .IlKl-riuui    >>      i».t""-       i*..,.™..™   -~i-~ 

means  for  securing  the  same  in  cartridges.    February  lb 

r  N  C  L  A  S  S  I  F  1  E  D  . 
APPLICATIONS. 

1-7. 

130>  \V  T.  Whiteman.  London— From  G.  A.  Wilkins. 
United  States.  An  improved  amalgam  for  use  in  various, 
manufactures.    January  27 

1569  F.  H.  Snyder.  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  treatment  of  gas-carbon,  and  the  manufacture  of  articles 
therefrom.    Complete  specification.    February  1 

159!)  H.  V.  Stacey  and  J.  K.  Stacey.  London.  A  new  or  im- 
proved process  for  hardening  and  treating  bone,    iebruar)    I 


W 


THE    JOURNAL 


OK    TIIK 


Society  of  Chemical  3nbu5try: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL   INTERESTED    IX   CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  .i.-Vol.  VI. 


MARCH     29,     1887. 


Xon-Memhtri-H  50  -  per  annum :  Bfamben 
21  -  per  Set;  Single  Copies  2,6. 


Cfic  ©ocictj)  of  Cfjcmical  3in0u.strp. 


Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  K.  Roscoe.  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.l'.R.S.  ..  1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B..  D.C.L.,  i'.U.S.   ..  l ssj    lx.sii. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1SSI-1885. 

E.  1C.  Muspratt ISSJ— 1886. 


COUNCIL  FOR   YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1887. 


President :  David  Howard. 
Vice-Presidents: 


Sir  I.  Lowthian  Hell.  Hart., 

F.R.S. 
Prof.  James  Dewar.  F.R.S. 
l»r.  Peter  Qrieas.  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurler. 
K.  K.  Muspratt. 
Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 
F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 

J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 

John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 


John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Henry  Doulton. 

Dr.  John  Kvans,  F.R.S. 

s  II.  Johnson. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 


Joint  Pattinson. 

S.  A.  Sadler. 

Sir  Bernhard  Samuelson, 

Bart.,  M.P. 
Sir  (has.  Tennant,  Bart. 
Lewis  T.  Wright. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Ludwig  Mond,  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 

General  Secretary:  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W, 


THE    JOURNAL. 

Publication  Committee  : 
The  President 


SirF.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

11.  Brunner. 

W.  Lant  Carpenter. 

Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 

George  E.  Davis. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Prof.  Dewar.  F.R.S. 

Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

I).  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 
Ivan  Levinstein. 
Prof.  R.  Meldola,  E.R.S. 
Ludwig  Mond. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
C.  OSullivan,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson. 
Dr.  \V.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 
SirH.E.  Roscoe,  M. P.,  F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Thomas  Tyrer. 
Editor:  Watson  Smith.  The  Owens  College.  Manchester. 
ASSISTED  BY  TIIK  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors: 

G.  H.  Beckett.  C.  F.  Crojs. 

D.  BendiX.  A.R.Davis. 
K.  E.  Berry.  A.  G.  Green. 

E.  J.  Bevan.  S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 
W  Dalrymple  Borland.  James  Holme. 

T.  L.  Briggs.  Bertram  Hunt. 

E.  G.  Clayton.  c  c.  Hutchinson. 

Juliui  U.  Cohen.  Ph.D.  D  E.  Jones. 


Abstractors: 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 

Chap.  A    Kohn,  Ph.D. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  I'll. I 

I).  A.  Louis. 

Win   Maenab,  Jun. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 

.1.  M.  H.  Munro,  D.Sc. 

H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson. 

A.  Ree,  Ph.D. 
K.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor,  B.Sc. 
Bortram  Thomas. 
EiUSl  ice  Thomas, 
v.  H.  yeley.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting  will  be  held  in  Manchester  in  the  month  of 
.Inly.  1SS7.  instead  of  in  Glasgow  as  originally  arranged ; 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  in  Glasgow  being  post- 
poned until  1888. 

This  change  originated  in  a  generally-expressed  desire, 
resulting  in  a  special  invitation  from  the  Manchester 
Section,  supported  by  the  cordial  acquiescence  of  the 
Glasgow  Section.  It  will  enable  members  to  visit  both 
the  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition  in  Manchester,  and  the 
Glasgow  Exhibition  of  1888. 

Full  particulars  as  to  the  Manchester  Meeting  will 
appear  in  a  subsequent  issue. 

Th;  supply  of  copies  of  the  Journal  for  January,  18S2, 
and  January,  1883,  being  now  exhausted,  the  Secretary 
would  be  glad  to  receive  communications  from  members 
possessing  extra  copies  of  those  numbers,  in  good  condi- 
tion, with  a  view  to  purchase. 

Should  sutiieient  applications  for  complete  sets  be 
re  teived,  the  numbers  will  be  reprinted. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Dye-Law  43,  they  cannot' receive  the  pre- 
scribed oO  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law— 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES    OF    ADDRESS. 


Capt  J.  E.  Bowly,  l/o  Birchneld  ;  54,  Trinity  Road,  Aston 
Birmingham. 

Thos.  Christy,    1,0  Fenchurch    Street;    25,    Lime    Street 
London.  E.( !. 

A.  s.  Elmore,  l.o  London;  Tweed  Mill.  Cockerniouth. 

N.  Fat-rant,  l/o  St.  Paul's  Road;    2.   Lawnside,   Bearwood 
Road.  Smethwick,  Birmingham. 

S.  E.  FirM,  1  o  Nottingham;  Thorpe  End  Brewery,  Melton 
Mowbray. 

11.  CD.  Fiance.  1  o  Edgbaston  ;  Perry  Hill.  Quinton.  near 
Birmingham. 

\\".   Lawrence  Gadd.  l/o  Manchester;   Bank  House,  High 
street,  Wath-upon-Dearne. 

Root.   Hamilton,  1,  o  Muirkixk;   F.glinton  Ironworks,  Kil- 
winning. N'.li. 

P.  W.  Harrison,  1  o  Peterboro';  93,  Queen  street,  Exeter. 

A 


162 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   (March 29. 1887. 


Thos.  Kirkham.  l/o  Green  way  Road;  ■-'.'.  Lelnster  G 
Runcorn. 

B.  B.  K.  Newlands,  1  0  Wanstead;    It,  Dunsmnre    Road, 
Stamford  Hill,  N. 

T,  C.  Panario,  1  <>  St  Philip's  Street;   is.  omnia  Street, 
Battersea  s.w. 

It.  Preston,    lo  Bury  Uround;    Fernsholme,    Ilury,    Lan- 
cashire. 

Q.  1..  Rail,  lo  Hampstead;  31,  Moorgate  Street,  London, 
B.C. 

S.  Sellon  :  Journals,  etc..  lo  3,  Sailers  Hall  Court,  Cannon 
Street,  London,  K.c. 

Dr.  A.  Senior,  1  o  Berlin;  Thornfleld,  Harold  Road,  Upper 
Norwood,  S.E. 

M.  Senior;  Journals,   etc.,   to  8S,  Norwood   Road,  London, 
B.E. 

Jas.  Towns.  1,  o  Victoria  Docks  ;  50,  Morgan  Street,  ( 'aiming 
Town.  E. 

Win.  Windus,  )o  Ilughenden  Road;   lj,  V.vv.van  Terrace, 
Clifton,  Bristol. 

Jas.  Wood,  l/o  Burnley  ;  Whalley  Abbey  Printworks,  near 
Blackburn. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 

G.  Bartholomew,  l/o  Windsor  Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
T,  Rowley,  l/o  9,  Conyngham  Road,  Victoria  Park,  Man- 
chester. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  23rd  MARCH,  1887. 

Wm.  B.  Andrew,  Duntocher,  Dumbartonshire,  analytical 
chemist. 

Peter  T.  Austen,  Xew  Brunswick.  N.J.,  U.S.A.,  professor  of 
chemistry. 

A.  E.  Cobb,  77  and  78,  Wellington  Street,  Woolwich,  S.E., 
instructor  in  photography. 

1).  Colquhoun.  c/o  Chas.  Tennant  &  Co.,  Limited,  Carnous- 
tie. N.B.,  manager  of  chemical  works. 

W.  H.  Cowburn,  3,  Clarence  Street,  Albert  Square.  Man- 
chester, drysalter. 

Andrew  Duncan,  Dawsholm  Gasworks,  Maryhill,  Glasgow, 
chemist 

Harold  H.  Everett,  c/o  The  Borneo  Co.,  Limited,  28,  Fen- 
church  Street,  E.C.,  mining  engineer. 

And.  Ferric,  79,  Corporation  Street,  Manchester,  chemical 
merchant. 

Saml.  S.  Field,  Eagle  Villa,  Westcombe  Park,  S.E.,  manager 
of  chemical  works. 

1 1.  Gamble,  junr.,  Millbrook,  Eccleston,  Prescot,  Lancashire, 
alkali  manufacturer. 

O.  Herf,  Main  and  Walnut  Street,  St.  Louis,  U.S.A.,  chemical 
manufacturer  and  merchant. 

J.  B.  McArthur,  Oakbank  Oil  Co.,  Limited,  Midcalder,  N.B., 
chemist. 

Thos.  Maxwell,  Brownlee,  Woodside  Avenue,  Rutherglen, 
Glasgow,  manufacturing  chemist. 

Win.  Mellaml,  c  o  O.  11.  Milwood  &  Co..  Bridge  Street, 
Ardwick,  Manchester,  apprentice,  calico  printworks. 

E.  Ivens  Moon.  85,  Gracechurch  Street,  E.C.,  analyst,  assis- 
tant to  Mr.  B.  Redwood. 

Benj.  Nickels,  junr..  13,  St.  Mary-at-Hill,  E.C.,  analyst. 

T.  11.  Norton.  Ph.D.M.A..  University  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio, 
U.S.A.,  professor  of  chemistry. 

Robt  Redwood.  85.  Gracechurch  Street.  E.C.,  assistant 
secretary  to  Petroleum  Association. 

F.  W.  Smeaton,  53,  Rcnflcld  Street,  Glasgow,  analytical 
chemist. 

Chas.  Smith,  c/o  Roxburgh  Street  Refining  Co.,  Greenock, 
analytical  chemist. 

Chas.  Spackinan.  c  o  John  Ellis  &  Sons,  Barrowon-Soar, 
Loughborough,  Portland  cement  works  manager, 

Colin  R.  Strong,  18,  Exchange  Street,  Manchester,  oil 
merchant. 

Henry  Thomas,  41,  Amberley  Street,  Sunderland  (Rcdheugh 
Tar  Products  Co.). 

Alex.  E.  Tucker,  South  Road,  Smethwick,  Birmingham, 
metallurgist. 

W.  F.  Raphael  Weldon,  11,  Brookside.  Cambridge. 

Ernest  Wheatcroft.  C2.  I'age  Hall  Road,  Sheffield,  analytical 
chemist 


Dcattjs. 


LonOon  Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 

Chairman:  David  Howard. 
Committee : 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 

H.  EC-  Armstrong. 

W.  Lanl  Carpenter. 

W.  Crowder, 

C.  Graham. 

s.  Hall. 

A.  K.  Huntington. 


It.  Messel. 

X.  K.  H.   Newlands. 

B.  Redwood. 

T.  ltoyle. 

John  Spillcr. 

G.  C.  Trewby. 

J.  Williams. 


llmt.   Local   Sir.   and    7'reasurer :   Thos.   Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea,  SAW 

The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  he  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  each  month. 

SESSION   1886-87. 

Prospect i re  A 7T« n gements. 

April  1.—  1  discussion  on  Papers  read  7th  March. 

,,         Dr.  J.  M.  H.  Monro,  "Further  Notes  and  Experi- 
ments on  the  Composition  and  Manurial  Value 
of  Filter-pressed  Sewage  sludge." 
Mr.    A.    Wingliam,    "English-grown   Tobacco," 
2nd  Part. 
„  Triennial  Election  of  Sectional  Officers  and  Com- 

mittee. 
-Dr.    P.   F,  Frankland,    "  Recent    Bacteriological 

Research  in  connection  with  Water  Supply." 
Dr.  C.  R.  A.  Wright,  "  The  Action  of  Zinc  Chloride 
on  Castor  Oil. 
C— Dr.  H.  E.  Armstrong.  "  The  Alkaloids— the  Present 
State  of  Knowledge  concerning  them,  and  the 
Method  employed  in  their  Investigation." 
Mr.  lioverton  Redwood.  "  Notes  of  a  Recent  Visit 
to  some  of  the  Petroleum-producing  Territories 
of  the  United  States  and  Canada/' 
-Annual  Meeting  in  Manchester. 


May 


June 


July.- 


Notices  of  Meetings  and  Papers  will  be  found  in  the 
Scientific  Journals. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  to  he  made  to  the 
Local  Secretary. 


Geo.  Atkinson,  Aldersgatc  Chemical  Works,  Southall,  Dec. 
25th,  1888. 
R.  M<  Kcchnie,  Thorndean,  Eldcrelic,  by  Paisley,  N.  11. 


Meeting  held  February  7,  1887. 

THE     PRESIDENT     IN     T II  K     CHAIR. 

DISCUSSION  ON  Mil  WINGHAM'S  PAPER  : 
" ENGLISH-GROWN  TOBACCO"  (See  Feb- 
ruary Number,  Pages  76—79). 

The  Chairman  said  the  subject  was  interesting, 
not  only  because  of  a  possible  new  industry,  but  as  a 
matter  of  agricultural  chemistry.  The  very  remark- 
able variations  in  the  quantity  of  ash  indicated  by 
the  author  deserved  careful  attention.  Undoubtedly 
they  brought  forcibly  home  to  one's  mind  the  fact 
that  tobacco  was  an  exhausting  crop  ;  for  a  vegetable 
product,  with  25  ]ier  cent,  of  ash,  required  a  very 
liberal  provision  of  mineral  constituents  in  the  soil. 

Dr.  WRIGHT  wished  for  information  with  respect 
to  the  alkaloidal  constituents  of  English  tobacco, 
and  as  to  the  percentage  of  nicotine  compared  with 
those  of  foreign  tobaccos.  A  cigar,  which  would  not 
burn  and  which  contained  no  nitrates,  did  not  seem 
to  be  quite  a  desirable  article  ;  but  he  presumed  that 
by  manuring  with  nitrates  that  difficulty  might  be 
overcome.  Or  possibly  a  good  summer  might  mature 
the  leaf  so  far  as  to  render  it  capable  of  being 
actually  used,  With  reference  to  the  process  of  fer- 
mentation which  took  place,  he  presumed  it  involved 
quite  a  different  series  of  changes  from  those  dis- 
cussed earlier  in  the  evening  (Mr.  Jago's  paper).  He 
would  like  to  know  the  condition  of  the  English 
samples  alter  undergoing  that  process  ;  they  would 
then  lie  more  fairly  comparable  with  foreign  growths. 
Hr  did  not  wish  to  pry  into  the  secrets  of  the  trade  ; 
still,  there  wen-  fearful  whispers  going  about  to  the 
effect  that  tobacco  leaves  were  often  treated  with 
i  ingredients  of  a  character  perhaps  more  natural  than 


March 29. 1887.)  THF.  JOURNAL  OF  TIIH  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


]i;?, 


artificial,     [f  the  statemei  the  liberal 

molasaea  and  urine  in  the  manufacture  of  tobacco 
were  true,  be  could  well  understand  the  retici 
tin-  author  on  that  part  of  the  subject. 

.Mr.  Ma<  kiNNwx,  having  had  considerable  experi- 
■i  the  curing  of  tobacco,  thought  it  might  be 
■  a  brief  account  of  the  process.  It 
was  on  thi'  process  that  the  smoking  qualities,  and 
illy  the  "bouquet1'  of  the  leaf,  entirely  de- 
fended, and  unless  the  curing  were  properly  done, 
the  finest  grown  tobacco  would  be  absolutely  worth 
ll  38.  Tie-  leaves  were  first  dried  in  the  shade,  and 
•hen  dipped  in  a  mixture  consisting  of  the 
refuse  of  the  crop  and  a  small  quantity  of  urine; 
this  mixture  being  in  a  state  of  fermentation.  After 
immersion  in  this  liquid  the  leaves  were  laid  rlat  on 
boards  in  large  piles,  and  allowed  to  remain  so  until 
fermentation  had  proceeded  sufficiently,  which  an 
expert  workman  could  ascertain  by  the  temperature 
on  placing  his  hand  between  the  layers.  The  piles 
hen  undone,  and  the  temperature  reduced  by 
exposing  the  leaves  to  the  air.  After  a  lew  days, 
however,  the  temperature  rose  again,  when  the  pro- 
cesa  was  repeated  and  the  fermentation  was  considered 
complete.  The  leaves  were  then  in  proper  condition 
for  manufacture  into  cigars.  He  had  seen  this  pro- 
cess carried  out  in  both  Cuba  and  Paraguay,  and 
believed  it  was  the  plan  used  in  most  tobacco- 
growing  countries.  In  Paraguay  two  classes  of  to- 
bacco were  produced,  one  being  made  from  the  lower 
•  of  the  plant,  which  were  plucked  first  :  the 
other  from  the  three  or  four  leaves  left  at  the  top. 
This  latter  was  considered  the  best  tobacco,  and  was 
so  excessively  strong  that  he  had  been  intoxicated 
by  smoking  a  very  small  part  of  one  cigar  made  from 
it.  This  effect  was  due  to  the  large  quantity  of 
nicotine  contained  in  that  portion  of  the  leaf,  an 
effect  to  which  the  natives  were  so  accustomed  that 
they  could  smoke  twenty  such  cigars  a  day. 

Mr.  Giles  wished  to  know  whether  there  was  any 
foundation  for  the  widespread  opinion  that  tobacco 
prepared  for  smoking  in  pipes  had  of  late  been 
adulterate!  with  glycerin  and  nitrobenzol. 
The  effect  of  adding  glycerin  would  obviously  be  to 
keep  the  tobacco  moist  and  prevent  loss  of  weight. 
The  addition  of  nitrobenzol  would,  he  supposed, 
give  that  peculiar  flavour  possessed  by  the  class  of 
tobacco  called  "  honey-dew.''  That  description  cf 
tobacco  certainly  emitted  a  smell  akin  to  nitro- 
benzol, or  artificial  oil  of  bitter  almonds.  He  con- 
sidered the  addition  of  glycerin  very  detrimental, 
as  it  produced  effects  irritating  to  the  mouth  and 
nasal  organ  of  the  smoker. 

Mr.  Cbowdkb  thought  that  a  little  ash,  more  or 
less,  was  quite  consistent  with  a  good  cigar.  With- 
out the  results  of  fermentation  on  the  English  leaf, 
one  was  quite  unable  to  compare  it  with  foreign 
tobacco.  He  did  not  think  the  proportion  of  lime 
or  potash  had  much  to  do  with  the  matter,  but  the 
proportion  of  nitrates  was  important.  It  was  well 
known  that  tobacco  curers  frequently  used  a  small 
quantity  of  nitrates,  and  if  a  little  too  much  was 
added,  the  result  was  that  the  tobacco  smoked  un- 
pleasantly '■  hot.' 

Mr.  BkbnaSD  Dyei:  a.-ked  if  the  author  had  looked 
for  lithium  in  the  ashes.  It  had  been  laid  down  that 
lithium  was  a  normal  constituent  of  the  tobacco 
plant,  which  was  supposed  to  have  a  power  of  dis- 
covering and  assimilating  it.  He  was.  therefore, 
curious  to  know  whether  these  English  plants  had 
this  constituent.  He  agreed  that  these  ash  analyses 
formed  an  interesting  contribution  to  existing  know- 
ledge of  the  subject  generally,  though  he  must  also 
agree  with  Mr.  Crowd.. r  that  they  did  not  throw- 
much  light  on  the  quality  of  the  tobacco.    The  pro- 


!    combustion    ami    destructive    distillation 

carried  on    in  a   -j. 1    briar   pipe   was    probably   the 

only  way   of  arriving  at   a   satisfactory 
'int. 

Mr.  Mi  uford  hoped  that  the  outcome  of  this 
paper  and  discussion  would  be  to  lead  the  English 

o  grower  to  pay  more  attention  to  the 
position  of  his  soil  and  the  fertilisers  nee. 
to  grow  a  crop  capable  of  competing  with  foreign 
toba,c..>.  Such  a  course  would  be  productive  of 
valuable  results.  He  believed  that  abroad  tobaccos 
I  ly  grown  on  very  siliceous  soils.  Probably 
English  samples  were  grown  on  calcareous  soil. 
lb-  would  like  to  know  whether  the  potash  had  been 
used  in  the  form  of  •'muriate''  of  potash.  That 
course  had  been  tried  abroad,  and  the  result  had 
been  very  deleterious  to  the  quality  of  the  tobacco 
produced. 

Mr.  J.  Xkwi.amis  wished  to  draw  attention  to  a 
method  of  estimating  ash  which  was  not  so  widely 
known  as  it  should  be.  In  the  usual  method  of  pro- 
ceeding, great  difficulty  was  experienced  in  getting 
rid  of  the  last  traces  of  the  carbon,  on  account  of  the 
fusion  of  the  alkaline  salts  present.  The  substance 
should  be  fused  in  a  muffle  and  allowed  to  cool  ;  it 
should  then  be  ground.  Water  sufficient  to  dissolve 
the  salts  should  then  be  added,  when  they  could  be 
separated  out  by  evaporation.  The  residue  would 
calcine  into  a  white  ash  without  difficulty,  and  with- 
out the  us2  of  a  very  high  temperature.  This  method 
of  working  had  been  found  very  useful  in  analysing 
sugar  before  the  introduction  of  the  French  system. 

A  Member  asked  if  the  author  would  name  the 
different  species  of  tobacco  cultivated  (represented  on 
the  black-board  by  the  figures  1.  2,  3,  and  4). 

Mr.  WmGHAM,  in  reply,  said  his  remarks  had  been 
brought  forward  with  a  view  different  from  that 
assumed  by  the  meeting.  He  had  not  pretended  to 
lecture  on  the  art  of  tobacco  cultivation  ;  conse- 
quently, he  was  hardly  prepared  to  answer  all  the 
questions  put  to  him.  He  had  carried  out  his  experi- 
ments from  a  chemico-industrial  point  of  view,  and 
with  the  object  of  showing  British  tobacco  growers 
what  to  do  and  what  to  avoid — to  point  out  the  pro- 
bable effect  of  different  soils  and  different  manures 
on  a  tobacco  crop.  He  had  endeavoured  to  estimate 
the  nicotine  in  the  unfermented  F^nglish  examples  by 
Schloesing's  method — by  digesting  the  leaves  with 
ether,  evaporating  off  the  ether  and  ammonia,  and 
estimating  the  residue  with  sulphuric  acid.  But 
when  he  came  to  titrate  the  solution,  he  had  found 
it  to  be  already  acid,  and  so  nicotine  appeared  to 
be  absent.  The  question  of  nicotine,  however,  was 
not  to  be  regarded  as  settled,  as  his  experiments  in 
that  direction  were  not  completed.  With  respect  to 
the  aroma  of  tobacco,  said  to  be  due  to  its  oil,  he  did 
not  believe  that  either  nicotine  or  nicotianine  existed 
in  unfermented  leaves,  but  thought  that  both  those 
alkaloids  were  produced  during  fermentation.  If  his 
view  were  correct,  the  English  leaves  tested  con- 
tained neither  substance.  It  was  well  known  that 
the  percentage  of  nicotine  in  any  tobacco  was  in 
inverse  proportion  to  that  of  the  nicotianine,  and 
that  the  goodness  of  a  tobacco  depended  on  the  per- 
centage it  contained  of  the  latter — its  essential  oil. 
He  had  not  analysed  the  oils  that  came  off  during 
heating.  From  what  had  been  said,  one  would  be 
inclined  to  think  that  urine  was  employed  to  start 
fermentation,  but  he  did  not  believe  it  was  so.  The 
chlorine  found  in  the  English  specimens  had,  of 
course,  come  from  the  soil.  He  did  not  think  it 
within  his  province  to  enter  into  the  question  of  the 
sophistication  of  tobacco  by  nitrobenzol  and 
glycerin.  The  idea  of  testing  for  lithium  had 
occurred  to  him,  but  unfortunately  too  late  to  try  it 


1IM 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TTIF.  SOCIETY  OK  CIIF.MK  \\l.  [NDUSTRY.  |M*.-ci, »,  is?7. 


on  the  present  samples.  Mr.  Mumford  was  quite 
right  in  thinking  that  the  samples  tested  had  been 
grow  n  mi  a  calcareous  soil,  and  also  in  saj  inn  thai  a 
us  soil  would  be  more  advantageous  The 
quality  of  the  tobacco  depended  more  on  the  1  m  ti 
tution  of  the  soil  thm  un  its  richness.  He  thanked 
Mr.  Newlands  for  his  suggestion;  his  own  method 
had  been  to  he  a  the  tobacco  at  a  very  low  tempera- 
ture in  a  1  ■  platinum  vessel  inclined  to  one 
Bide.  The  examples  ol  English  grown  tobacco  treated 
were  all  American  species  chiefly  ECentuckian. 
There  were  really  only  three  species  of  tobacco,  but 
many  varieties. 

— *»**&*»<-»«*o — 

FERMENTATION  IN    ITS  RELATION  To 
BREAD  MAKING. 

BY   WILLIAM   JAGO,    F.I  .&,    1.1. <  . 

Vkkmkntation  lias  been  made  the  subject  of  careful 
and  systematic  study  in  connection  with  brewing  and 
the  production  of  alcoholic  liquors  generally  :  but,  in 
its  relation  to  bread  making,  has  hitherto  received 
but  comparatively  little  attention  from  scientists.  In 
many  cases  it   lias  apparently  been  assumed   that 

-t  behaves  in  just  the  same  manner  in  dough  as  it 
does  in  a  malt  or  other  wort,  and  consequently  that 
the  same  laws  apply  with  equal  force  to  the  pheno- 
mena of  fermentation  iu  either  substance.  But  the 
fermentation  of  wort  differs  from  that  of  dough  in 
several  most  important  particulars.  The  former  is  a 
liquid,  rich  in  maltose,  and  well  adapted  for  the  sus- 
tenance and  growth  of  yeast;  the  latter  is  a  stiff, 
elastic,  semi-solid  mass,  containing  but  little  readily 
fermentable  matter.  In  wort,  by  a  process  of  bud- 
ding, yeast  rapidly  multiplies  ;  but  when  added  to 
dough  the  yeast  cells  show  no  signs  of  any  repro- 
duction by  budding,  but,  on  the  contrary,  gradually 
disappear,  owing  to  the  breaking-down  of  the  cell- 
walls.  In  the  fermentation  of  wort  but  a  small 
proportion  of  the  effect  is  due  to  the  yeast  originally 
added,  the  greater  part  being  produced  by  the  hew 
yeast  cells  formed  as  the  progeny  of  those  first  intro- 
duced; but  in  dough  the  whole  of  the  work  is  thrown 
on  the  yeast  cells  primarily  introduced  into  the  mass. 
These  are  so  unfavourably  situated  as  to  have  little 
or  no  power  of  reproduction,  and  consequently  on 
their  activity  and  vitality  successful  fermentation 
must  depend.  This  being  the  case,  it  is  evident  that 
mature  and  vigorous  yeast  is  more  absolutely  essen- 
tial to  the  baker  than  even  to  the  brewer  :  since,  if 
the  latter's  initial  fermentation  be  sluggish,  the  pro- 

>  of  new  cells  may  fairly  be  expected  to  be  more 
active.  On  the  other  hand,  absolute  freedom  from 
foreign  ferments  i>  not  a  point  of  such  vital  Import- 
ance to  the  baker  as  to  the  brewer.  In  many  cases,  a 
yeast  that  on  microscopic  examination  would  be 
immediately  rejected  by  the  brewer,  would  be  found 
capable  of  making  good  bread.  I  might  even  go  a 
step  further,  and  say  that  of  two  yeasts  the  one 
deemed  the  better  of  the  two,  judging  by  purity  as 
revealed  by  the  microscope,  might  be  the  less  desir- 
able yeast  for  bread-making  purposes.  It  is  a  well- 
recognised  fact  that  in  some  varieties  of  bakers' 
barms  the  presence  of  other  organisms  than  the  yeast 
plant  is  normal.  In  particular,  this  is  so  with  Scotch 
flour  barms,  which  consist  of  yeast  allowed  to  de 
velop  in  what  is  essentially  a  thin  paste  made  from 
tided  flour.  This  barm  invariably  contains  the 
lactic  ferment  in  large  numbers.  Mr.  Thorns, 
l'.R. M.S.,  a  Scotch  master  baker,  who  has  tor  very 
many  years  investigated  yea-t  most  exhaustively 
from  the  bakers'  standpoint,  i-  my  authority  for  this 
statement.      Mr. Thorns  further  informs  me  that  on 


brewing  flour  barm  at  a  sufficiently  low  temperature 
to  prevent  the  development  of  Bacterium  Lactis,  the 
barm  produced  is  inferior  in  quality,  and  yields  an 
inferior  loaf.    It  should  be  added  that  in  bread  made 

on  the  Scotch  system  there  is  always  a  distinct, 
though  verj  slight,  acid  Savour.  Tins  acidity  is 
altogether  different  in  character  from  whit  i-  known 
OS  SOUrn  !S8  of  bread  in  the  London  district.  The 
flavour  of  Scotch  bread    more    resembles  that  Wetted 

partly  with  butter-milk. 

With  healthy,  active  yeast  cells,  fermentation,  as 
conducted  in  the  Smith,  proceeds  suliicicntly  rapidly 
in  dough  to  allow  the  bnad  to  be  completely  ready 
for  the  oven  before  the  lactic  ferments  have  had  time 
to  develop  any  sensible  acidity.  In  deciding  as  to 
the  quality  of  yeast  for  bread-making  purposes  the 
first  requisite  i-.  that  the  yeast  plant  itself  shall  be  in 
a  vigorous  and  active  condition.  Among  foreign  fer- 
ments, the  presence  of  those   producing  lactic  acid  at 

leasl  is  not  deleterious  in  small  numbers  toanything 

like  the  extent  that  holds  in  the  case  of  yeast  to  be 
used  for  beer  brewing.  Apart  from  their  own  specific 
action,  foreign  ferments  are,  in  brewers'  yeast,  an 
evidence  of  e.ueh  ssm  SS  and  want  of  strict  cleanliness 
in  the  yeast  manufacture,  and  to  this  extent  their 
presence  may  be  interpreted  unfavourably  when 
judging  tlie  value  of  such  a  yeast  for  the  baker.  The 
point  I  hope  [  have  made  clear  is,  that  if  the  yeast 
itself  is  healthy  and  vigorous,  foreign  ferments  are 
not  capable  of  doing  the  same  amount  of  harm 
during  the  fermentation  of  dough,  as  during  that  of 
beer  ;  principally  because  the  act  of  baking  the  bread 
tally  destroys  all  fermentative  action  before 
disease  ferments  have  had  time  to  set  up  any 
injurious  chemical  change. 

In  passing,  the  aim  of  the  baker  in  availing  himself 
of  the  action  of  yeast  during  bread  making  may  be 
explained.  If  the  question  were  asked,  Why  is 
yeast  employed  I  the  answer  in  ninety-nine  cases  out 
of  a  hundred  would  be,  to  aerate  the  dough  and  thus 
make  the  bread  spongy.  Now  yeast  possesses  this 
property  in  common  with  various  other  substances. 
There  are.  in  tact,  several  ways  of  aerating  bread 
more  or  less  satisfactorily,  but  fermentation  seems  to 
be  the  only  method  capable  of  inducing  other  changes 
which  are  essential  to  the  production  of  bread  of  the 
finest  quality.  By  the  action  of  yeast,  the  gluten, 
which  contains  the  principal  nitrogenous  constituents 
of  flour,  is  softened  and  mellowed,  undergoing  a 
species  of  digestive  action,  partly  physical,  inasmuch 
as  it  is  rendered  setter,  and.  probably,  partlychemical, 
as  a  change  analogous  to  peptouisation  apparently 
occurs.  Another  most  interesting  effect  of  fermenta- 
tion is,  that  it  imparts  a  characteristic  and  pleasant 
Savour  to  bread,  absolutely  unattainable  by  other 
means.  In  bread  aerated  by  any  other  method  the 
results  of  these  specific  changes  are  absent;  and 
public  opinion  decides  that,  after  a  time,  such  bread 
raised  otherwise  than  by  the  action  of  yeast  has  a 
raw,  uncooked  taste,  of  which  the  palate  speedily 
tire.-.  Although  the  average  baker  knows  nothing  of 
the  nature  of  the  chemical  changes  induced  by  yeast, 
it  is  of  great  interest  to  note  that  his  methods  take 
of  the  fact  that  such  change-  ale  pro- 
duced.    If  the  production  of  sufficient  gas  to  aerate 

tie-  dOUgh  were  his  only  object,  then  it  might  be 
expected  that  as  s  ion   as   that  object  was  attained  he 

would  proceed  to  get  his  bread  in  the  oven.  Such, 
howevi  r.  i<  imt  the  case  :  after  a  time,  as  much  as 
possible  of  the  gas  gen.  rated  in  the  dough  is  \  iolentiy 
knocked  out  of  it  ;  this  operation  being  sometimes 
ed  two  or  three  times.  The  baker  knows  by 
experience  that  other  changes  which  he  desires  to 
'  have  take  place  will  not  be  completed  until  some 
time  after  sufficient  gas  to  aerate  the  bread  ha-  been 


Mam,  2I..18S-.)  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIET?  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


[65 


ped.    Theory  and  practice  thei  thshow 

that  the  aeration  of  the  dongh  i~  only  one 
several  important  effects  produced  by  fermentation. 
From    time    to    time,    those     interested    in    otl 
methods  of  bread  manufa  :ture  in.-i^t  on  the  great  loss 
caused  by  fermentation  :   thus,   I 
the  opinion  that  this  loss  amounted  to  from  3  I 
pei  cent.,  which  opinion  has  since  been  adopted  by 
Dr.  I  11.  in  bis  work  on  the  "  Healthy  Manu- 

facture of  Bread."  In  order  to  determine  the 
maximum  amount  of  loss  possible,  I  recently  made 
the  experiment  :     100  parts  by  weight  of 

soft  Hoar  from  English  wheats  were  made  in  to  a  Black 
dough  with   distilled   water,   two  parts  oi   pre* 
yeasl  being  added,  and  no  salt  used.    This  dough 
was  allowed  to  stand  for  rrom  eight  to  nine  houi  - 
a  temperature  of  about  F.  ;  fermentation 

proceeded  vio  I  toward  the  end  of  the  time 

had  apparent!]  The  dough  was  next  placed 

in  the  hot  water  own.  and  dried  until  of  constant 
weigh!  thi  same  weight  of  flour  and  yeast,  unmixed, 
and  without  wi  ter,  was  also  placed  in  the  oven.  At 
the  end  of  the  time,  the  fermented  dough  was  found 
to  have  li  t   cent,  compared   with  the  flour. 

In  this  extreme  case,  a  soft  flour  was  Used  with  dis- 
tilled water  and  no  salt,  and  about  six  times  the 
normal  amount  of  yeast  :  the  temperature  was  pur- 
poseiy  maintained  at  a  high  point,  and  the  fermenta- 
tion carried  on  bo  long  as  any  decided  evolution  of 
"ecurred.  Yet,  under  these  conditions,  which  far 
and  away  exceed  in  severity  any  such  as  occur  in  prac- 
-  was  less  than  Danglish's  minimum 
estimate.  The  percentage  of  loss  closely  corresponds 
with  thai  in  flour  as  determined  in  a  series 

of  experiments  to  which  I  wish  to  direct  your  atten- 
tion. Mr.  Williams,  a  practical  baker  of  high 
authority,  estimates,  from  a  series  of  experiments  he 
ducted  on  the  large  scale,  that  the  loss  of  solid 
constituents  of  flour  during  fermentation,  as  practi- 
cally conducted  in  bakeries,  amounts  to  137  per  cent. 
Saving  for  some  time  been  engaged  on  an  investi- 
gation of  certain  problems  connected  with  panary 
fermentation,  I  tike  this  opportunity  of  laying  a 
synopsis  of  my  results  before  \ou.  In  these  experi- 
ments an  apparatus  of  the  following  description  was 
employed  ;  a  l2oz.  bottle  was  connected  with  corks 
ami  tubing  to  a  glass  jar,  graduated  into  cubic  inches, 
arranged  that  any  gas  evolved  in  the  bottle 
entered  the  jar  through  the  top.  When  in  use  the 
bottle  was  placed  in  a  water-bath,  maintained  at  any 
desired  temperature  by  means  of  an  automatic  i  - 
lator.  The  graduated  jar,  which  was  open  at  the 
bottom,  stood  in  a  trough  of  water.  At  the  com- 
mencement of  each  experiment  the  air  was  with- 
drawn from  the  jar  until  the  water  stood  at  zero. 
Carbon  dioxide  gas  was  thus  collected  over  water, 
but  when  ths  gas  does  not  bubble  through  the  liquid 
the  rate  of  absorption  is  comparatively  slow.  In 
some  direct  experiments  I  found  it  to  proceed  at  the 
rate  of  about  a  cubic  inch  per  hear.  Allen  si 
that  saturated  brine  absorbs  <  '<  >s  but  very  slowly  ;  I 
think  only  at  about  15  per  cent,  of  the  Bpeed 
with  which  water  effects  its  absorption  :  brine  might 
thus  be  advantageously  substituted  for  water.  As 
the  experiments  were  made  with  the  object  of  deter- 
mining the  relative  amounts  of  gas  evolved  under 
different  conditions,  rather  than  the  absolute  quan- 
tity, no  corrections  were  made  for  variations  of 
temperature,  pressure,  or  absorption  of  gas  by  the 
water.  Errors  from  these  sources  would  practically 
affect  each  member  ol  a  series  of  experiments  i 
at  tin-  same  time,  to  the  same  extent  ;  and  SO  would 
not  disturb  the  comparisons  between  them.  Further, 
the  total  possible  error  in  most  instances,  would  only 
be  a  small  percentage  on  the  total  quantity  of  gas 


evolved.     As  the  apparatus  employed  was 
■  1   for  the   nse  of  bnk-r-.   a-   a  yi 

the  units  of  quantity  For  the 

penments  wen-  the  ounce  and  cubic  inch  : 
when  smaller  quantities  "ere  added  on  to  thi 
certain  cases,  these  were  weighed  in  grammes  :  hence 
there  is  rather  an  anomaly  in  the  weights  sometimes 
employed.  At  the  Btart,  duplicate  experiments  were 
made,  in  order  to  determine  the  degree  of  accuracy 
of  the  method.  The  following  are  the  results  of  a 
pair  of  such  duplicates  : — 

In  each  case  there  were  takeu  :  I'.r<  •■•  r.ioz. ; 

sugar  mixture,  loz.  :  water.  6oz.:  at  :>,<r  < '.  (The 
sugar  mixture  consisted  of  the  dry  constituent  of 
••  Pasti  ur's  Fluid,  with  Sugar.") 

These  were  mixed,  placed  in   the  bottle  of  the 

api  aratus,  which,  in  its  turn,  was  placed  in  the  bath 

The  quantity  of  gas  evolved  was  collected 

at  the  end  of  each  half-hour  ;  the  following  are  the 

results  of  •  'ings  : — 


Gas  ctoItck!  in  cubic  inched. 


0  

4  hour      0"7 


1!  hours 


3 

3) 
l" 


O'O    . 

00 

0-7     

II-.-. 

6-0 

11.' 

13-8 



30  0 

.   ..    23" 

Ji  ii     . 

irn 

I7U     

n;: 

537 

One  of  the  earliest  comparisons  instituted  was 
between  filtered  flour  infusion,  unboiled  and  boiled 
malt  wort,  and  solution  of  "  sugar  mixture.'' 

No.  1  solution  consisted  of  o'oz.  of  40  per  cent, 
flour  inl'u.-ion  (sp.  gr.  1007-2),  warmed  to  30°  C,  and 
compressed  yeast,  loz. 

No.  i.  o'oz.  unboiled  malt  wort,  same  density. 

No.  •''.,  6oz.  boiled  malt  wort,  same  density. 

No.  4.  6oz.  sugar  mixture  solution,  same  density, 
arted  at  the  same  temperature,  and  with  the 
same  amount  of  yeast  : — 


-  ilve,l  in  cubic  inchei 


N    :. 

0  hours ... 

..  o-o 

1      

. .     2-2 

•? 

. .     5-2 

3       .. 

..    6-5 

1       ..      ... 

.     7  1 

..    83 

00 

li'o 
14-4 
163 
17  0 
171 


N     - 


Xo.  4. 


00     . . . 

...     o-o 

..     12  0 

l.i-9     . . . 

17-8     ... 

...     241 

...     243 

...     24  3 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  filtered  flour  infusion 
evolved  gas  far  more  slowly  than  did  either  the 
boiled  w>rts  or  sugar  mixture  solution  of  the  same 
density. 

The  next  series  of  experiments  was  made  with  the 
object  of  determining  the  relative  powers  of  support- 
in.'  fermentation  possessed  by  different  constituents 

our.     Chicandard  has  affirmed  in   the 
Rendvt,  May,  L883,  that  the  fermentation  of  bread 
doe-  -t  in  the  hydrolysis  of  starch,  followed 

by  alcoholic  fermentation,  and  is  not  determined  by 
taccharomyct*,  but  is  the  result  of  the  solution,  and 
after  peptonisation  of  the  gluten,  this  effect  being 
cans  um,  which  develops  itself  normally 

in  the  dough,  yeast  merely  accelerating  its  develop- 
ment. One  of  the  objects  I  had  in  view  during  the 
making  of  these  particular  experiments  was  the 
examination  of  this  theory.  The  best  plan  will  be 
to  first  state  exactly  the  nature  of  each  experiment, 
and  then  to  refer  to  the  conclusions  to  be  drawn 
therefrom. 

No.  1.   -J0  |n  r  i  en  t.  filtered  infusion  of  Hour,  Goz.  (170grms.), 
at  30'  C;  compressed  yeast,  Joz. 

No.  2.  34grros.  flour;  water,  Ooz.,  at  30"  C.  ;  com; 
yeast,  i"/.. 

No.  3.  Washed  insoluble  residue  from  34grms.  of  Hour; 
water,  6oz.  at  30  C. ;  compressed  yeast,  \-v. 


166 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY.   [Marchss 


No.  I.  20  pel  cent,  filtered  flour  infusion,  6oz.  at  30  ('.  ; 
wheat  starch,  5grro&  taken  and  gelatinised, 
iled,  then  added  to  flour  infusion.  Mix- 
ture placed  in  bottle  and  maintained  at  30  C. 
for  12  hours;  then  ;•>/.  compressed  yeast 
added,  and  fermentation  commenced. 

Nil  .">.  Moist,  thoroughly-washed  gluten,  5grms.,  tritu- 
rated in  mortar  with  sand,  in  order  to  expose 
:.•  surface;  gluten,  with  tioz.  of  water  at 
C.,  placed  in  bottle  and  maintained  at 
SO"  ('.  for  12  hours;  then  Joz,  compressed 
yeasl  added,  and  fermentation  commenced. 

No.  6.  20  per  cent,  filtered  Hour  infusion,  i'miz.  at  30°  C.  : 
wheat  starch,  Sgrms.,  gelatinised;  com- 
pressed j  east,  joz. 

No.  7.  20  per  cent  filtered  Hour  infusion,  6oz.  at  30'  C  ; 
wheat  starch,  6grms.  ungelatinised ;  com- 
pressed yeast,  ]"/. 

No.  S.  Wheat  starch,  5grms.,  gelatinised;  water,  6oz.  at 
.'in   ('.  :  compressed  yeast,  joz. 


..> 

S    BVOLVED    IN    CBBH     tN»  III  >. 

Ti.mk. 

N      1 

oo 

No  ! 
00 

00 

No.  4. 
00 

v 

\. 

0    

o-o 

00 

00 

00 

1  hour  . ... 

0-2 

3-8 

02 

10  t 

03 

185 

2-8 

ii-.; 

2  liours    .. 

00 

8  2 

0-6 

29-5 

0-o 

■20-8 

51 

01 

3      ,. 

12 

11V. 

1-1 

35-0 

0-6 

L'S-1 

G'3 

05 

I      ..         .. 

1-8 

n  0 

l'S 

37  3 

0-9 

31-5 

7  0 

or, 

o      .. 

.,.., 

160 

27 

37 '5 

11 

328 

7'G 

0-7 

U      .. 

2-5 

17-3 

3-0 

37  5 

L-3 

33! 

8-2 

09 

7 

I'll 

18  5 

32 

- 

13 

33  7 

8-5 

1-0 

8      .. 

33 

190 

33 

- 

15 

- 

8-5 

1-2 

9    ..       .. 

- 

— 

— 

— 

l-o 

— 

— 

- 

21       ., 

— 

- 

— 

- 

— 

— 

7-0 

.,.. 

— 

- 

" 

- 

— 

- 

71 

No.  I.  consisting  of  20  per  cent.  Hour  infusion, 
gave  off  very  little  gas,  the  quantity  amounting  to 
only  33  cubic  inches  in  eight  liours.  This  i>  very 
much  less  than  that  obtained  in  the  previous  series 
ol  experiments  in  which  a  -40  per  cent,  infusion  was 
employed:  the  latter  gave  off  83  cubic  inches  in  five 
hours.  No.  2,  containing  the  whole  of  the  Hour,  gave 
off  gas  much  more  copiously;  in  eight  hours  there 
being  19-6  cubic  inches  of  gas  evolved.  After 
the  second  hour  the  evolution  fell  off  slowly,  but 
regularly.  The  washed  residue  gave  off  just  the 
same  amount  of  gas  as  did  the  filtered  infusion  :  in 
it  the  end  of  the  fifth  hour.  No.  3  gave  the 
higher  leading.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  whole  of 
ur  gives  off  three  timesasmuch  gas  as  does  the 
n  and  tie-  washed  residue  together. 
The  reason  is  that,  when  flour  is  shaken  with  water 
and   then    filtered,   the   substances   which,    under  the 

action  of  yeast,  evolve  -■..-.  are  not  all  removed  in  the 
filtrate.  They  consist  in  partol  starch  granules,  in 
which  the  amylo.-e  is  more  or  less  exposed  to  the 
action  of  diastasic  agents.  With  well  wash 
kneaded  gluten  but  very  little  gas  is  evolved,  the 
total  a nut   in   nine  lioin >,  being  only   i".  cubic 

and   this,  although   the  gluten   for   12  hours 
previous  to  fermentation  was  digested  with  water  at 
:!'>  C.     In  Nos.  -i  and  6  the  quantities  used  are  the 
G  ime,  but  tho  former  of  the  two  samples  affords  e\  id 
ence  of    diastasis   having    been    occasioned  during 

hours  for  which  the  gelatinised  starch  was 
subjected  to  the  action  of  the  Hour  infusion.     No.  6 


at  first  proceeded  somewhat  the  more  rapidly,  but 

evolved  very  little  gas  during  the  second  hour. 
During  the  third,  however,  it  recovered  itself  and 
proceeded  regularly,  until,  at  the  expiration  of  six 
liours,  the  evolution  oi  ed,  with  a  total  of 

337  inches.  In  No.  i  the  fermentation  proceeded 
rapidly  and  regularly,  falling  off  towards  the  end, 
and  finishing  at  five  hours  with  37'.")  cubic  inches. 
Asa  result  of  the  previous  diastasis,  a  large  quantity 
of  gas  is  evolved,  but  in  each  instance  the  greater 
part  of  the  starch  remained  behind,  as  if  5grms.  of 
starch  were  completely  changed  into  sugar,  and  then, 
by  fermentation,  into  carbon  dioxide  and  alcohol. 
The  yield  of  gas  would  roughly  he  about  85  cubic 
inches  at  20  C.  The  diastasic  action  of  the  Hour 
infusion  will  have  more  or  less  effected  the  hydrolysis 
of  the  starch  into  dextrin  and  maltose:  the  latter 
will  have  undergone  fermentation,  while  the  former 
is  unfermentable.     Experiment  No.  B  shows  that  the 

diastasis  of  the  starch  is  effected  by  the  flour 
infusion,  and  not  by  the  yeast  :  for  where  pure  gela- 
tinised starch  and  yeast  alone  are  employed,  exceed- 
ingly little  gas  is  evolved;  during  eight  hours  but 
I -2  cubic  inches  only  having  accumulated.  This 
experiment  was  allowed  to  proceed  overnight,  and 
at  the  end  of  gl  hours  7"0  cubic  inches  had  been 
evolved.  Another  reading  was  taken  at  the  end  of 
the  twenty-second  hour,  and  showed  that  us  cubic 
inches  had  been  evolved  during  the  hour.  It  would 
seem  that  the  diastasic  action  oi  yeast  on  pure  starch 
increases  somewhat  after  some  hours,  but  within  a 
limit  of  eight  hours,  which  covers  the  time  that  flour 
is  in  most  instances  subjected  to  fermentation,  little 
or  no  action  has  occurred.  Very  striking  in  connec- 
tion with  this  is  the  result  obtained  in  experiment 
No.  7,  for  when  the  ungelatinised  starch  was  mixed 
with  flour  infusion  and  subjected  to  fermentation, 
8'."i  cubic  inches  of  gas  were  obtained  in  eight  hours. 
The  Hour  infusion  must,  under  these  circumstances, 
have  succeeded  in  hydrolysing  some  of  the  starch  ; 
for  although  starch  is  washed  most  carefully,  there 
will  always  be  a  certain  number  of  cells  whose  walls 
are  sufficiently  thin  to  permit  diastasis  to  occur  ;  and 
some  investigators  are  of  opinion  that  even  unbroken 
wheat  starch  celis  are  comparatively  readily  attacked 
by  hydrolysing  agents.  .Summing  up  the  results 
obtained  in  these  experiments,  it  is  found  that: — 

filtered  Hour  infusion  supports  fermentation  slowly. 

The  frequently  washed  residue  of  Hour  supporte  fer- 
mentation at  about  the  same  rate. 

The  entire  flour,  mixed  with  water,  evolves  about  si\ 
times  as  much  gas  as  either  the  filtered  infusion  or  the 
washed  residue  from  the  same  weight. 

Kneaded  and  washed   gluten  evolves  practically   no 

-■'ls'      ;      . 

Flour  infusion  and  gelatinised  starch  together  evolve 
gas  in  coiisideralile  quantity. 

The  quantity  of  gas  is  increased  when  the  infusion 
and  the  gelatinised  Btarch  remain  together  sometime 
before  fermentation,  which  result 'is  due  to  diastasis  by 
the  albuminoids  of  the  infusion, 

Ungelatinised  starch,  under  the  influence  of  yeast  and 
Sour  infusion,  evolves  ■■>  moderately  large  quantity  of 

eas. 

i  ielatinised  starch  alone  undergoes  little  or  no  fermen- 
tation dining  a  period  of  eight  liours,  l.ut  ferments  slowly 
after  standing  some  twenty  hours. 

In  order  to  further  determine  the  source  of 
gas  during  the  fermentation  of  flour  infusion,  the 
following  experiments  were  made:-  A  40  percent 
filtered  infusion  of  stone  -milled  Hour,  from  English 
wheat,  was  prepared  by  taking  600grms.  of  Hour  and 
1500CC.  of  distilled  water.  These  were  several  times 
shaken  together  during  half-an-hour,  and  then 
allowed  to  subside.     The  upper   layer  of  liquid  was 


March 29, us?.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


!<•.; 


next  poured  off  and  filtered  through  washed  calico. 
This  was  subsequently  again  filtered  in  the  ordinary 
manner  through  paper  until  perfectly  clear.  <  >n 
a  with  iodine  no  colour  was  produced,  thus 
showing  the  absence  of  both  Starch  and  erthyro- 
dextrins.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  infusion  was 
10085,  being  somewhat  higher  than  that  of  the  40 
percent,  infusion  used  in  a  previous  experiment  A 
portion  of  the  infusion  was  tested  for  sugar  before 
and  after  the  inversion,  and  also  for  albuminoids. 
Six  ounces  of  the  infusion  were  then  fermented  with 
25  i  '..  witha  quarter  of  an  ounce  of  encore  yeast.  The 
experiment  was  continued  for  twenty-two  hours,  at 
the  end  of  which  time  fermentation  had  entirely 
ceased.  The  clear  liquid  was  then  decanted  off  from 
the  layer  of  yeast  at  the  bottom,  and  tested  for  sugar 
and  albumin  'ids.  as  was  done  in  the  separate  portion 
of  the  original  infusion.  To  the  yeast  remaining  in 
bottle  there  was  at  once  added  half-an-ounce  of  sugar 
and  six  ounces  of  water  at  25'  G,  and  the  testing 
apparatus  set  np  and  the  quantity  of  gas  evolved 
measured. 

The  sugar  was  estimated  in  the  following  manner  : 
A  weighed  quantity  of  the  flour  infusion  was  raised 
to  the  boiling-point,  and  maintained  at  that  tempera- 
ture for  about  five  minutes,  in  order  to  coagulate 
albuminoids  :  the  loss  by  evaporation  was  then  made 
up  by  the  addition  of  distilled  water,  and  the  solu- 
tion filtered. 

"Quantities  taken  =  2occ.  Feliling's  solution. 
50cc.  water. 
"iOcc.   40  per  cent.  Hour  solutioD. 

Weight  of  cuprous  oxide,  C'u.O. yielded  0'1531grm. 
Assuming  this  precipitate  to  be  due  to  maltose, 
then  0*1531  x  0*7758  0'1187grm.  of  maltose  in  20cc. 
of  the  Hour  infusion  —  1'48  per  cent,  of  maltose  in  the 
flour. 

In  the  next  place,  oOcc.  of  the  flour  infusion  were 
taken,  5cc.  of  fuming  hydrochloric  acid  added,  and 
the  solution  inverted  by  being  raised  to  68c  C.  The 
acid  was  then  neutralised  by  solid  sodium  carbonate, 
and  the  solution  made  up  to  lOOcc.  with  water.  This 
produced  a  20  per  cent,  inverted  solution. 


The  infusion  was  tested  for  albuminoids  by  distil- 
lation with  alkaline  permanganate  solution  with  the 
following  results,  calculated  to  the  percentage  present 
in  the  tlour  : — 

In  the  infusion  before  fermentation  0'76  percent. 

,,  after  „  0"78        ,, 

i.ared  with  analyses  of  other  flours,  the 
quantities  are  low.  This  is  probably  accounted  for 
by  a  40  per  cent,  infusion  being  made,  whereas  a  10 
per  cent,  infusiop  is  used  in  most  analyses,  the  more 
dilute  solution  extracts  the  somewhat  viscous 
albuminoids  with  greater  readiness.  The  only 
deduction  from  these  determinations  is,  that  the 
int  of  albuminoids  in  a  filtered  flour  infusion  is 
practically  unchanged  by  the  act  of  fermentation, 
there  being  no  disappearance  whatever  of  these 
bodies.  The  small  increase  observable  is  probably 
due  to  albuminous  matter  being  yielded  to  the  solu- 
tion by  yeast  itself. 

The  following  are  the  results  of  the  fermentation 
experiments  : — 

No.  1.  Flour  infusion,  6oz.  ;  encore  yeast,  }oz.  ;  tempera- 
ture, 25°  C. 

No,  2.  Yeast  from  previous  experiment  after  cessation 
of  fermentation  :  Sugar,  }oz.  ;  water,  6oz.  ; 
at  25  I '. 


Quantities  taken 


25cc.  Fehling's  solution. 
50cc.  water. 

20cc.  20  per  cent,   inverted   flour 
fusion. 


Weight  of  cuprous  oxide,  Cu.,0,  yielded 
-=01860grm. 

In  20cc,  of  a  40  per  cent,  solution  there  would  be 
double  this  quantity  =  0*1860  x  2=0*3720grm.  From 
this  must  be  deducted  the  amount  of  precipitate  due 
to  the  maltose  present. 

20— 0*1531  =  0  21S9grm.  of  CnsO  due  to  a 
reducing  sugar  produced  by  inversion.  Assuming 
this  sugar  to  be  cane  sugar,  or  at  least  to  have  the 
samereducing  power, then  0*2189  x  0'4791  =  0'1048grm. 
of  cane  sugar  in  20cc.  of  the  40  per  cent,  infusion, 
=1*31  per  cent,  of  cane  sugar  in  the  flour. 

The  total  sugar  in  the  flour  would  thus  be  2*79  per 
cent. 

After  fermentation,  the  upper  liquid  from  the  yeast 
bottle  was  also  tested  for  sugars  after  filtration  and 
coagulation  of  albuminoids  as  before.  The  uninverted 
solution  gave  no  precipitate  whatever  with  Fehling's 
solution.  A  portion  was  next  inverted  with  acid  in 
the  manner  already  described.  20cc.  of  this  solution 
gave  a  slight  trace  of  precipitate  with  Fehling's  solu 
tion,  which  was  too  little  to  weigh.  So  far,  the 
practical  result  may  be  summed  np  in  the  statement 
that  filtered  aqueous  flour  infusion  contains  two  or 
more  varieties  of  sngar  :  these,  during  the  act  of  fer- 
mentation, entirely  disappear. 


TllIE. 


0   

1  hour 

2  hours 

3  „ 

I     .. 

6  „ 

7  .. 

8  .. 

9  „ 


GtB  Evolved  in  Cubic  IxcnES. 

No.  1. 

No.  2. 

o-o 

00 

1-7 

50 

50 

- 

6-7 

- 

82 

- 

90 

9-G 

736 

102 

- 

110 

- 

120 

- 

150 

- 

As  six  ounces  of  the  40  per  cent,  flour  infusion 
would  contain  the  soluble  matter  of  68grnis.  of  flour, 
it  follows  that  there  would  be  present,  "according  to 
the  analysis,  l*89grma  of  sugar.  This  quantity,  if 
entirely  converted  during  fermentation  into  carbon 
dioxide  and  alcohol,  would  yield  about  32  cubic  inches 
of  gas  at  20"  C.  By  the  method  adopted  for  testing, 
15  cubic  inches  were  registered  at  the  end  of  twenty- 
two  hours  ;  to  this  would  have  to  be  added  a  correc- 
tion for  the  amount  lost  by  absorption  by  the  w-ater, 
in  order  to  obtain  a  correct  estimate.  It  is  difficult. 
when  the  total  quantity  of  gas  evolved  is  small,  to 
determine  with  accuracy  the  loss  of  absorption, 
because  the  gas  in  the  apparatus  consists  of  a  mixture 
in  which  air  is  predominant,  consequently  the  rate  of 
absorption  is  less  than  with  pure  carbon  dioxide  gas. 
If  it  were  desired  to  accurately  estimate  the  quantity 
of  gas,  collection  over  mercury  would  have  to  be 
adopted.  This  is  of  little  importance  in  the  present 
experiment,  because  the  total  measured  comes  well 
within  the  amount  of  gas  that  the  sugar  would 
theoretically  yield.  In  other  words,  there  is  no  need 
to  go  outside  the  sugar  to  find  a  source  from  which 
the  carbon  dioxide  is  obtained,  as  the  whole  of  the 
.  sugar  disappears,  and  in  the  act  of  fermentation  is 


168 


THE  JOritXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     M.m-i,29,lW7 


capable  oi  yielding  more  gas  than  that  observed  to  be 
evolved.  That  the  cessation  o(  fermentation  is  not 
due  to  the  exhaustion  of  the  yeas!  is  proved  by 
experim  nl   No.  8,  in  which  th  t  has  more 

sugar  added  to  it.  when  a  vigorous  fermentation  was 
immediately  set  up.    That!  ition  of  ferments 

tion  is  due  to  the  exhaustion  of  the  sugar,  is  proved 
by  that  compound  being  absent  on  analysis  of  the 
infusion  aftei  fei  n.    Summing  up  the  whole 

of  the  results 

Fl.nl    R     I  \  I  I    SION. 


Before  Fermentation, 

Sugar,  L'89grms.  in  the 
six  ounces  of  infusion. 

Albuminoids,  0  ."ilTgnn. 
present. 


Afti  r  Fermentation. 

ir,  absent 

Albuminoids,  0'530grni. 
present. 

When  fermentation  had 
ceased,  15  cubic  inches  of 
gas  bad  been  evolved,  and 

the   yeast   was  still    unex- 
hausted,   and    capable    of  ' 
inducing    fermentation    in 
fresh  sugar  solution. 

Reasoning  on   these   results,  together  with  thi 
obtained  in  the  series  of  experiments  on  Hour  and  its 
various  constituents  taken  separately,  the  only  log 
conclusion   is  that    the    fermentation   of    dough   is 
atially  a  saccharine  fermentation. 
It  may  be  demurred  that  the  circumstances  are 
different  in  an  aqueous  infusion  to  those  which  hold 
in  a  tough  elastic  mass  such   as   dough.      But   it   is 
inconceivable  that  the  fermentation  actually  imme- 
diately depends  on  the  conversion  of  any  but  soluble 
constituents  of  the  flour  into  gas  ;  therefore,  if  those 
albuminoids,  so  soluble  as  to  pass  through  filter  paper, 
are  not  capable  of  yielding  gas  asa  result  of  fermenta- 
tion   by   yeast,    it   follows   that    the  more   insoluble 
albuminous  compounds  likewise  will  not  yield  gas. 
The   fact   that    washed   gluten  yield   no  gas  affords 
corroborative  proof  of  this  point.    (The  small  quantity 
actually  obtained  by  experiment  may  be  accounted 
for  by  the  well-known  difficulty  of  actually  freeing 
gluten  from  all  starchy  and  soluble  matters.)     That 
the   fermentation   of   the   Hour   itself  yields  several 
times  more  gas  than  does  the  filtered  infusion,  lends 
no  support  to  the  theory  that  it  i<  the  albuminous 
matter  that  is  evolving  gas,  because  it  has  been  shown 
that  pure  ungelatinised  starch  causes  a  marked  evolu- 
tion of    gas,    being    doubtless   fiist   converted   into 
dextrin  and  maltose  by  diastasis.    The  fermentability 
of  the  washed  residue  is  also  accounted  for  by  its 
containing  starch.     Supposing  even  that  in  dough, 
after  fermentation  had  ceased,  sugar  as  such  existed, 
and  could   be  removed    and   detected    by   analytic 
methods,  that  of  itself  would    be    no  proof   of   the 
evolution  of  gas  being  at  the  expense  of  the  albumi- 
noids, or  peptones  derived  therefrom  (for  the  argu- 
ment equally  applies  to  these  latter  bodi(  3).  because 
simultaneously  with  the  fermentation  produced  by 
the  yeast  there  is  a  production  of  sugar  by  diastasis 
of  the  starch.     Fermentation  ol  sugar  in  a  stiff  dough 
is  rough  work  for  yeast  cells,  and  it  may  well  be  that 
after  a  few  hours  they  are  thoroughly  exhausted,  ami 
disappear  through  disruption  of  their  cell  walls':  the 
continuance  of  diastasis  would  still   cause  the  slow 
production   of    more   or    less    sugar.      Further,   the 
diastasis  of  tin  starch  must  throughout  fermentation 

it-  subsequent  conversion  mto  carl dio 

and  alcohol ;  and  so,  it  the  reaction  be  stopped  at  any 
point,  more  or  lesS  sugar  would,  as  a  rule,  be  found. 
Again,  drawing  a  conclusion,  the  fermentation  of 
dough  is  in  part  due  to  the  fermentation  of  the  sugar 
present,  in  part  to  the  diastasis  of  a  portion  ol  the 
starch  of  the  Hour  and  its  subsequent  fermentation. 


These  ire  sufficient,  and  more  than  sufficient, 

for  the  production  of  all  the  gas  evolved;  these 
statements  admit  of  ,  \]<eriincutal  proof.  There  is  no 
satisfactory  evidence  in  favour  of  the  gas  evolved 
being  in  any  sensible  degree  derived  from  the 
albuminous  constituents  ol  dough.  It  should  be 
noticed  that  no  assertion  is  made  that  no  gas  what- 
ever is  derived  from  the  albuminous  constituents  of 

Hour  :  it  is  possible  that  in  extreme  eases  gas  is  pro- 
duced from  albuminous  matters  as  a  result  of  butyric 
ami  putrefactive  fermentations  ;  but  in  ordinary 
bread-making, as  it  hold,  in  the  United  Kingdom,  the 
amount  ol  gas  derived  from  thi-  source  is  of  no 
importance  compared  with  that  from  sugar,  and 
indirectly  from  starch.  Whatever  amount  of  gas 
there  is,  that  is  thus  obtained,  is  the  result,  not  of 
the  action  of  yeast,  but  of  bacteria.  Further,  the 
smenl  that  albuminous  bodies  do  nut  themselves 
evolve  gas  during  panary  fermentation  must  not  be 
construed  into  meaning  that  they  do  not  affect  the 
quantity  evolved.  In  their  capacity  as  nitrogenous 
yeast  foods,  they  aid  the  yeast  in  its  development, 
ami  consequently  in  its  production  of  gas,  by  decom- 
position of  saccharine  bodies. 

These  experiments  seem  to  me  to  effectually  dis- 
pose of  Chicandard's  theory  of  the  panary  fermenta- 
tion being  due  to  the  action  of  bacteria  on  the 
albuminoids  of  flour. 

I  feel  that  the  time  already  occupied  over  this 
paper  precludes  my  dealing  any  further  with  the 
problems  involved  in  its  title.  1  only  venture  to  hope 
that  my  work  may  have  proved  of  interest  sufficient 
to  justify  my  having  thus  occupied  so  large  a  portion 
of  the  valuable  time  of  this  Society. 

DISl  DTSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  probably  the  most  ancient  of 
fermentations,  after  the  fermentation  of  the  grape, 
was  that  of  bread.  He  would  like  to  know  whether 
Mr.  .lago  had  made  any  experiments  on  the  fermen- 
tation of  leaven.  It  was  a  matter  of  importance  and 
interest,  especially  in  view  of  the  bold  assertion  of 
the.  French  author  quoted  by  Mr.  -lago. 

Mr.  A.  Win. .ham  wished  to  ask  the  author  how,  if 
the  fermentation  of  bread  were  entirely  saccharine 
in  character,  he  accounted  for  that  peculiar  "mellow- 
ing "  of  the  gluten,  mentioned  in  the  paper,  which 
occurred  during  the  fermentation. 

Mr.  F.  Adaie  Robeets  understood  the  author  to  say 
that  fermentation  by  means  of  yeast  possessed  other 
advantages  beyond  the  mere  aeration  of  the  bread.  .\s 
there  was  a  company  doing  a  large  trade  in  bread  in 
London  who.  he  believed,  claimed  that  they  aerated 
their  bread  by  purely  mechanical  means,  he  would  be 
glad  to  know  what  were  the  additional  advantages  of 
yeast  fermentation  over  such  mere  mechanical  aera- 
tion. 

Mr.  F>.  E.  I!.  Newlauds  remarked  that  the  whole 
of  the  author's  results  seemed  to  depend  on  the  quan- 
tity of  carbonic  acid  measured  under  certain  described 
conditions.  The  gas  was  collected  over  water,  which 
of  course  absorbed  a  quantity  of  it,  varying  according 
to  pressure,  etc.  It  would  be  an  easy  thing  to  put  a 
little  oil  on  the  water,  and  thus  prevent  the  absorp- 
tion of  carbonic  acid  ;  or,  better  still,  to  use  Dr. 
Scheibler's  well  known  apparatus.  This  apparatus 
would  give  results  sufficiently  accurate  if  allowance 
were  made  for  temperature,  etc. 

Dr.  Wright  wished  to  know  whether  the  author 
had  made  any  experiments  with  the  object  of  deter- 
mining the  relative  proportions  of  the  supplementary 
products  ol  bread  fermentation,  more  particularly  of 
the  alcohol  formed.  He  believed  thai  some  years 
ago  a  process  was  brought  out  for  the  condensation 
of    the  alcohol   expelled  during    the    operation   of 


Mareha>,i887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


160 


baking.  He  had  been  given  to  understand,  how<  vi  r, 
that  the  chief  results  produced  were  the  exhilaration 
of  the  workmen  and  the  Bpoiling  of  sundry  batches 
of  bread  in  co  He  wished  to  point  out 

that  the  determination  of  the  ratio  between  these 
supplementary  products  and  the  carbonic  acid  might 
yield  some  evidence  as  to  how  far  the  albuminoids 
underwent  change  and  contributed  to  t lie  final  result. 
|)r.  Sqoibk:  I  am  interested  t>  learn  that  the 
author  considers  the  formation  which  takes  place  in 

bread   is   due   to   the  action    of  .wist    on    saccharine 
matter,  and  not,  as  has  been  pretended,  to  the  action 
of  bacteria.    The  bacteria  theory  is  by  no  mean-  a 
new  one.     Every  three  or  four  months  one  finds  in 
the  Journal  of  t Itt  Chemical  Society  extracts  I 
foreign  journals  describing  some  particular  kind  of 
erium  to  which  bread  fermentation  is  supposed 
to  be  due.     Although   the  genus   ,,f   these  special 
organisms  are  supposed  to  exist  on  the  corn  from  ' 
which  the   flour  is  made,  they,  for  some  reason   or 
another,  do   not   find  their  way  into  brewers'  or  dis- 
tiller.^' worts.     1  entirely  concur  in   the   view  that 
.  1  fermentation  is  due  to  the  alcoholic  fermenta- 
tion  of    saccharine   matter    produced    by    diastatic 
action.     Some   two  years   ago  1  pointed  out,  in  this 
room,  that  an  unmal ted  corn  (especially  rye)  contains 
a  certain  proportion   of  diastase.     In   some  parts  of 
Russia  a  good  deal  of  spirit  is  made  from  raw  rye. 
without   the  admixture  of    any    malted    grain,    the 
unmalted  rye  containing  sufficient  diastase  to  effect 
a  tolerably  good  conversion  of  the  starch  present.     It 
is  true  that  the  produce  of  spirit  is  from  15  to  20  per 
cent,  less  than  when  malt  is  used,  and  that  this  pro- 
out  of  use  :  but  it  is  a  striking  illustra- 
tion of  the  presence  of  diastase  in  raw  grain.     I  do 
not,  however,  agree  with  the  author  in  thinking  that 
the  starch  is  acted  upon  by  the  diastase  "when  the 
granules  are  whole.     Brown  and  Heron  found  that 
whole  granules  of  starch  were  ipiite  untouched  by 
malt  infusion  ;  but  when  the  granules  were  ground 
up  with  sand,  bo  as  to  break  the  granules,  the  starch 
was  rapidly  attacked  by  diastase.     In  the  process  of 
making  Hour,  a   certain    proportion   of    the   starch 
granules  must  get  broken,  and  these  would  no  doubt 
be  sufficient  to  supply  the  saccharine  matter  required 
for  the  fermentation.     I  do  not  gather  that  sufficient 
attention  has  been  paid,  in  the  course  of  the  author's 
experiments,  to  the  influence  of  dilution.  Very  dilute 
saccharine  solutions   ferment    with    difficulty,    and 
when  the  dilution  is  so  great   that  the   saccharine 
matter  does  not  exceed  1  per  cent,  all  fermentation 
ceases.     I  have  never  yet  met  with  a  case  in  which 
the  whole  of  the  maltose  could  be  removed  from  a 
solution  by  means  of  fermentation,  and  I  was  there- 
fore rather  surprised  to  hear  the  author  describe  his 
fermented  preparations  as  being  entirely  free  from 
saccharine  matter.     There  is  very  little  doubt  in  my 
mind  that  the  fermentation  of  bread  is  due  simply  to 
the  action  of  yeast  or  maltose  produced  by  dias 
pre-existing  in  the  grain,  and  not  at  all  to  the  action 
of  bacteria,  except  in   the  case  of  sour  bread,  the 
acidity  being   then   due,  no  doubt,   to  bacteria.     If 
bread  fermentation  were  produced  by  bacteria,  what 
is  the  use  of  adding  yeast  .' 

Mr.  John  Heron  asked  whether  the  author  had 
found  carbonic  acid  to  be  the  only  gas  produced 
during  the  process  of  fermentation.  That  operation 
being  carried  on  under  considerable  pressure,  it  seemed 
to  him  that  having  regard  to  the  presence  of  soluble 
albuminous  matters,  other  gases,  such  as  nitrogen  and 
hydrogen,  would  probahly  also  be  evolved.  There- 
fore, in  estimating  the  strength  of  the  yeast,  one 
ought,  as  far  as  possible,  to  put  it  under  the  same 
conditions  as  would  hold  in  practical  work  in  the 
bakehouse.     It  seemed    that  the  fermentation    of 


dough  was  carried  on  by  certain  species  of  saccharo- 
myces.  He  had  made  Beveral  experiments  on  the 
fermentation   ol    llour  and  other  :es    from 

cereals, tparing  the  ferments  of  flour  with  thi 

of  malt  wort,  and  be  ha  1  fi  and  that  it  was  possible 

to   isolate   from   the   flour  a  ferment   which    was,   80 

far  as   he  could  judge,  saccharomyi  tor.     He 

regarded  that  organism  as  the  most  perfect  form  of 

ferment  tor  Lakers'  use.     But  ordinary  bakers'  yeast 

lined  a  large  variety  of  yeast  cells,  as  well  as 

various  forms  ot  bacteria,  and  he  thought  Mr.  Ji 

would  have  obtained   more  useful  and  interesting 

results  if  he  had    experimented   with    this    ordinary 

taken  from    the   bakehouse,  rather  than   with 

purer   materials   he   bad   really   selected.      One 

probable  result   would  have  been  to  arrive  at  what 

was  the  best  ferment  with    which  to  carry  on  the 

fermentation  of  bread. 

Mr.  Jago,  in  reply,  said  he  thought  the  remarks 
which  had  been  made  bore  out  what  he  had  said  in 
the  introduction  to  his  paper,  that  fermentation  in 
its  relation  to  bread  had  as  yet  received  but  little 
attention.    References  had  been  made  to  points,  of 
which  the  parallel  points  in  beer  brewing  had  been 
satisfactorily  worked    out,   but   which    had    not  yet 
been  touched  in  connection  with  bread.     If  he  might 
alter  the  order  in  which  some  of  these  remarks  had 
been  made,  be  would  like  to  refer  to  some  of  his 
experiments  on  the  possibility  of  diastatic  action  on 
ungelatinised  starch.     The  starch  used  was  prepared 
by  himself  from  a  sample  of  the  finest  Hungarian 
flour — about  the  most  perfect  wheat  starch  obtain- 
able.    It  was  washed  out  by  hand.     The  starch  was 
then  washed  every  day.  until,  at  about  the  end  of  a 
fortnight,   the   washings   gave   no   precipitate    with 
Felling's  solution.    Then  it  was  carefully  air  dried 
at  40   C.     He  thought  that  was  as  representative  a 
sample  as  one  could  get  of  starch,  in  the  condition  of 
consisting  in  the  main  of  whole  cells.    In  his  opinion 
the  process  was  really  one  of  attack  of  the  amylose 
through  the  walls  of  the  cells.     Whatever  stage  one 
commenced  at  there  would  always  be,  in  a  sample  of 
starch,  a  percentage  of  walls  with  cells  sufficiently 
thin  to  permit  of  diastasis  occurring  ;  for  while  cells 
in  their  most  perfect  condition  were  not  susceptible 
to  this  agency,  there  would  always  be  a  number  with 
walls  sufficiently  thin,  by  abrasion  or  "pitting,"  to 
permit  of  diastasis.    With  regard  to  the  fermentation 
of  leaven,  be   would   refer   those   interested    in   the 
subject  to  a  paper  shortly  to  be  read  on  it  by  Mr.  W. 
A.  Thrnis.     A  copy  of  that  paper  should  be  sent  to 
the  secretary,  and  if  it  were  thought  that  an  abstract 
of  it    would"    be   useful  to   the   members   he   would 
undertake  to  supply  one.    As  to  the  mellowness  of 
the  gluten,  and  how  it  was  effected  if  the  fermenta- 
tion was  essentially  saccharine,  it  had  been  seen  that 
one  of  the  objects  of  his  experiments  bad  been  the 
investigation  of  the  evolution  of  gas:  but  some  of 
his  first  statements  had  been  pointed  to  show  that 
fermentation  had  objects  beyond  that.     He  thought 
that    the  yeast  cell,  pure  and  simple,  must   have  a 
diastatic   action   on   the   gluten   and    certain    other 
constituents.     If  bread   were   aerated   by  any  other 
means,   there  was   an    absence  of  that  characteristic 
flavour  which  fermentation  by  yeast  gave  it.     That 
was   not  merely  an  idea  of  his  own,  or  of  the  men 
who  made  bread,  but  its  truth  was  proved  by  the 
fact  that  bread  aerated  by  other  means  never  held 
the  popular  taste  for  long.     It  was  the  experience  of 
practical  men  that  such  breads  would  sell  well  for  a 
short  time,  but  sooner  or  later  the  people  came  back 

to  yeast  made  breads.  In  his  opinio:,  yeast  fer- 
mi  ntation  had  the  advantage,  not  only  of  pn  ducing 
a  flavour  more  pleasing  to  the  general  taste  than  any 
other,  but  its  employment  induced  a  more  or  less 


170 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  T1IK  SOCIF.TY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY.   [March 29. 1887. 


digestive  process  of  the  nitrogenous  constituents  ol 
the  flour,  rendering  the  bread  itself  more  digestible 
as  well  as  more  tasty.  Bethought  that  there  were 
good  grounds  For  the  complaint  made  as  to  the  want 
"t"  tables  and  diagrams  to  illustrate  the  paper,  and, 
speaking  for  himself,  he  could  only  say  peccavi.  it 
would  he  a  great  improvement  if  papers  could  be 
limited  ami  put  in  the  hands  of  members  at  the 
in-  etings.  Ii<  t'l'  ace  :  id  been  made  to  the  tact  that 
his  experiments  had  depended  on  the  evolution  of 
carbonic  acid,  that  carbonic  acid  beine;  collected!  over 
water  ;  and  it  had  been  suggested  that  he  might 
have  used  a  layer  of  oil  over  the  water  to  prevent 
absorption.  Well,  he  had  tried  an  experiment  that 
way  with  petroleum,  and  he  had  found  that  with 
an  inch  layer  of  petroleum  over  the  water  the 
absorption  of  gas  was  two  or  three  times  greater 
than  when  water  only  was  used. 

Mr.  Newlahds  asked  whether  the  petroleum  itself 
had  absorbed  the  gas,  ami,  if  so.  whether  the  author 
hid  tried  vegetable  oils. 

Mr.  Jago  replied  that  the  petroleum  had  absorbed 
the  CO g,  and  at  more  than  twice  the  rate  of  absorp- 
tion by  water.  He  had  not  tried  vegetable  oils.  <  »ne 
of  his  reasons  for  making  his  experiments  in  the 
manner  he  had  described  was,  that  the  apparatus  was 
mil'  which  bakers  could  use  themselves.  A  very 
large  series  of  experiments  were  made,  and  all  those 
of  each  series  simultaneously  and  under  the  same 
conditions,  so  that  whatever  errors  might  occur  would 
affect  all  equally.  He  had  determined  the  relative 
quantity  of  alcohol  in  a  few  instances,  but  not 
systematically.  He  had  not  made  any  estimations 
with  the  direct  object  of  ascertaining  whether  gases 
other  than  carbon  dioxide  were  produced.  That  sub- 
ject had  been  treated  recently  by  M.  Girard  in  the 
Comptet  Rendu*  (101,  (501— G03),  who  found  that  the 
gas  consisted  mainly  of  carbon  dioxide,  mixed  with 
the  air  originally  contained  in  the  flour.  He  had 
employed  the  yeast  which  was  at  present  most 
commonly  used  by  bakers— viz  ,  compressed  distillers' 
yeast.  What  was  known  as  "  patent  yeast "  often 
contained  a  large  variety  of  ferments  ;  brewers'  yeast 
was  much  purer.  But  this  compressed  distillers' 
yeast  was  almost  absolutely  pure,  and  seldom  con- 
tained any  organism  other  than  a  saccharomyces,  to 
which  Pasteur  had  referred  as  "  new  high  yeast,'' 
which,  in  his  opinion,  was  the  best  for  producing 
fermentation  in  dough.  Brewers'  yeast  would  fer- 
ment a  pure  saccharine  liquid  more  rapidly  than 
compressed  distillers'  yeast  ;  but  the  latter  "would 
evolve  gas  at  many  times  the  rate  of  the  former  in  a 
stiff  dough. 

Mr.  Hkk.'N  observed  that  what  he  had  wished  to 
draw  attention  to  by  his  previous  remarks  was  not 
so  much  the  mere  presence  of  foreign  germs,  as  the 
fact  that  various  yeasts  were  known  to  contain 
various  species  of  organisms.  There  were  different 
species  ot  the  tacch  .  each  one  of  which  exer- 

cised a  distinct  specific  function  during  fermentation. 
That  was  known  to  be  the  case  in  the  fermentation 
of  brewers'  worts.  It  was,  probably,  also  the  case  in 
the  fermentation  of  dough,  and,  if  so,  one  might 
expect  that  each  particular  class  of  ferment  would 
produce  its  own  peculiar  eti'ect  on  the  flavour  of  the 
bread  in  which  it  was  employed 

Mr.  Jago  replied  that  he  was  now  engaged  in 
comparing  the  different  kinds  of  ferments,  and  had 
a  considerable  mass  of  work  done,  which  was,  how- 
ever, not  sufficiently  digested  to  be  laid  before  the 
public.  He  was  working  on  the  whole  of  the  varii 
known  commercially,  and  had  already  found  several 
to  produce  distinctive  and  characteristic  effects.  He 
hoped  in  his  present  work  to  go  a  step  further  in 
the  same  direction,  to  isolate  from  each  well-marked 


t   the  organism  which  characterised  its  specific 
action. 

Meeting  held  March  '■■  I 

'I'll  I'.     I'  RES  I  DENT     I  N      I  II  I'     (   II  A  I II. 


M.  HERMITE'S  PROCESS  OF  ELECTROLYTIC 
BLEACHING. 

BY   C.    I'.   I  BOSS    AMi    i:.   .1.    BEVAN. 

THE  conditions  under  which  bleaching  powder  has 
now  for  many  years  been  produced  are  threatened 
with  serious  disturbance  by  the  introduction  of  the 

ammonia  soda  process.  As  a  near  relative  of  the 
now  discredited  Leblanc  process,  it  will  need  to 
establish  itself  upon  a  new  basis,  a  position  inde- 
pendent of  the  particular  complementary  function 
which  it  has  hitherto  fulfilled.  It  it  is  assumed  that 
bleaching  powder,  in  its  present  form,  is  indispensable 
to  chemical  industry,  its  manufacture  from  lime  and 
chlorine  must  be  continued,  and  there  will  be  a 
readjustment  only  in  regard  to  tie  source  of  the 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  cost  of  production.  But 
if,  on  the  other  hand,  it  can  be  shown  that  we  have 
an  altogether  different  source  of  supply  of  bleaching 
compound,  similar,  if  not  identical  in  nature  and 
action,  a  new  attack  is  opened,  necessitating  for  its 
repulse  a  re-vindication,  and  on  the  grouud  of 
intrinsic  superiority  on  whatever  view  we  may 
take  of  the  actual  composition  of  bleaching  powder — 
and  from  the  later  researches  of  O'Shea  (Ckem.  Soc. 
l^1-:!.  lloi,  we  may  regard  the.  formula  proposed  by 

OC1 
Odling— ■  viz.,    Cap,       as     sufficiently    confirmed — 

the  solution  which  it  yields  contains  the  hypo- 
chlorite Ca(OCl):',  as  the  effective  bleaching  agent; 
and  the  reaction  of  tins  with  the  organic  compounds, 
the  consequent  modification  of  which  constitutes  the 
actual  bleaching  operation,  is  one  of  simple  oxidation. 
We  may  perhaps  qualify  this  statement  by  the  admis- 
sion of  certain  cases  in  which  chlorination  or  oxy- 
chlorination  has  been  ascertained  to  take  place,  the 
products  being  chloroform  or  chlorinated  derivatives 
of  even  higher  molecular  weight,  but  the  fact  is 
generally  admitted  that  bleaching  by  means  of  the 
hypochlorites  is,  or  may  be,  controlled,  so  as  to  ue 
one  of  simple  oxidation.  The  chlorine  in  bleaching 
powder  we  may  regard,  therefore,  to  borrow  a  term 
from  electricians,  as  an  accumulator  of  oxygen. 
From  this  point  of  view  it  is  of  interest  to  compare 
it  with  two  other  bleaching  agents,  very  similar  in 
their  action,  this  action  more  obviously  in  either 
case  depending  upon  a  simple  oxidation  of  the 
colouring  matters  which  are  removed  or  dislodged — 
viz.,  potassium  permanganate  and  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, in  the  degree  of  concentration  practically 
available. 

The  percentage  ratio  of   active  oxygen  in  these 
compounds  is  :— 


Bleaching  powder 

•Potassium  permanganate 

33     x    71 
0 

=     7  '5 
=   15-7 

Hydrogen  peroxide  

K,Mn,0, 
do  role.  0) 

-     14 

Taking  these   substances  at   their  selling  prii 
to-day,  the  advantages  of  bleaching  powder  in  point 
.if    economy  are  sufficiently  manifest.     There  are 
other  advantages  in  regard  to  convenience  and  sim- 


The  limit  of  deoxidntion  being  taken  us  the  dioxide. 


March 29. 1887.1   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


171 


plicity  of  application,  but  it  is  unnecessary  to  dwell 
in  detail  upon  this  superiority  over  all  other  generally 
known  oxidising  compounds.  We  have  rather  to 
contrast  it  in  regard  to  results  with  compounds 
which  baveasyet  been  little  studied  ;  these  are  the 
products  of  electrolysis  of  solutions  of  the  chlorides 
of  the  alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals,  more  espe- 
cially the  latter.  Viewing  the  matter  h  priori  and 
generally,  tie  first  contrast  which  strikes  us 
assuming  that  bj  means  of  such  electrolysis  we  can 
prepare  a  solution  of  similar  nature  and  properties, 
containing — i.e.,  a  hypochlorite  as  the  effective 
bleaching  agent— is  in  the  mode  in  which  chemical 
energy  >s  impressed,  in  the  two  cases. 

Elementary  chlorine  and  lime  represent  high 
potentials,  of  which  Bome  considerable  fraction  is 
dissipated  in  arriving  at  a  soluble  bleaching  com- 
pound. The  measure  of  the  loss  is  the  calcium 
chloride  formed  simultaneously  with  the  hypochlorite 
in  the  solution.  In  the  electrolytic  process,  on  the 
Other  hand,  we  commence  at  the  bottom  of  the  scale 
of  energy,  as  regards  the  material  sphere  of  action, 
and,  as  we  have  reason  to  conclude,  the  energy 
practically  of  the  current  between  the  electrodes  is 
impressed  into  the  molecule  rearrangement  which  is 
determined.  The  loss  of  energy  sustained  in  the 
evolution  of  hydrogen  is  not  a  necessary  one.  at 
least  in  principle,  for  the  gas  can  lie  collected  and 
burned.  Allowing  this  loss,  however,  it  is,  even  if 
plete,  considerably  less  than  that  represented  by 
(  a(  !12.  But  we  shall  find,  in  the  results  of  measure- 
ments of  oxidising  efficiency  in  terms  of  the  current, 
evidence  of  a  retention  of  a  portion  of  the  hydrogen, 
and  therefore  of  its  energy,  under  the  condition  Ol 
the  complicated  hydrolysis  which  takes  place.  On 
this  general  forecast,  which  we  now  sum  up,  the 
electrolytic  process  offers  a  more  economic  disposal 
ol  energy  in  the  production  of  effective  combinations. 
It  may  lie  urged  that  our  present  method  of  pre- 
paring bleaching  powder,  and  from  this  a  bleaching 
solution,  here  contrasted  with  the  electrolytic  process, 
is  capable  of  improvement,  or  even  may  come  to  be 
replaced  by  a  process  having  for  its  basis  the  same 
chlorides,  which  shall  be  raised  by  purely  chemical 
means  to  the  necessary  potential.  Such  a  process, 
the  theoretical  complement  of  the  Solvay  alkali 
method,  is  no  doubt  an  object  of  search  to  those 
i  Dgaged  in  its  development,  and  we  will  not  attempt 
to  prejudge  the  probability  of  its  success.  The 
standard  of  to-day  is  bleaching  powder  as  prepared 
by  the  well-known  process,  and  to  this  all  our  com- 
parisons must  be  referred. 

In  our  comparison  of  the  two  systems  on  the 
ground  of  relative  expenditure  of  energy  in  pre- 
paring the  bleaching  compounds,  we  have  assumed 
that  the  products  of  electrolysis  are  likewise  the 
corresponding  hypochlorites.  J'.ut,  as  we  shall  pre- 
sently find,  this  is  not  the  case.  The  electrolysis  is, 
as  already  stated,  of  a  complicated  nature. 

The  heat  of  formation  of  magnesium  chloride, 
which  of  all  the  chlorides  has  been  found  to  give  the 
best  results,  lies  sufficiently  near  to  that  of  water — 


II    0=    08,300 


MgO  '-Mill)  =  :>0,440 
70,440 


The  electrolysis  of  water  is,  in  itself,  a  complicated 

-  pretations 
efficiently 


phenomenon,  as  the  experiments  and  interpretations 

ol    I  i,     La    Rive,   Tratibe,   and    .lame/.ek 


+  44,(!0O 

as  to  bring  both  within  the  range  of  the  primary 
decomposing  action  of  the  current.  The  possible 
complications  thus  introduced,  together  with  those 
of  secondary  decomposition  and  rearrangements, 
undi  r  lie  i  i  edition  of  a  continuous  influx  of  energy, 
it  im]  i  >sihle  to  predict  the  molecular  equi- 
librium tinally  to  be  attained. 

Ni'Klecting  consiiHralions  due  10  changes  of  state. 


show  (J<i/ui.  Elektrolyse,  p.  b~>-">).  There  is  evidence 
of  the  decomposition  of  water  into  H  and  (  >H  rather 
than  into  11... O.  The  presence  of  the  halogens  is 
known   to  alb  it    very  considerably   the   evolution   of 

hydrogen  ;  the  halogen  hydracids  an'  formed  at  the 
cathode,  and  at  once  brought  within  the  sphere  of 
tie  electrolysis.  Further,  we  know  that  the  relations 
of  the  ions  to  the  electrodes  are  in  no  sense  invariable; 
on  the  contrary,  they  arc  entirely  dependent  upon  the 
conditions  of  the  electrolysis.  In  the  special  case  we 
are  considering  it  is  conceivable  that  the  chlorine  at 
the  anode  will  determine  the  translation  of  oxygen 
to  the  cathode.  Again,  the  eudothermc  reactions 
H.,0  O  =  -  23*070,  Cl,.0  =  -  18,040  are  so  similar, 
in  "point  of  consumption  of  energy,  that  their  simul- 
taneous occurrence  is  highly  probable. 

These  are  a  few  of  the  causes  of  the  extensive  com- 
plications with  which  this  electrolysis  is  attended. 

What  we  may  call  the  primary  interpretation  of  an 
electrolysis,  according  to  Faraday  slaw,  presupposes  a 
complete  separation  of  the  ions.  When  this  does  not 
occur,  and  where,  by  electrochemical  substitution, 
the  anode  and  cathode  are  brought  into  relationships 
peculiar  to  a  peculiar  balance  of  the  products  of 
analysis,  the  law  requires  a  modified  interpretation. 
We  shall  revert  subsequently  to  this  point,  as  affecting 
the  particular  case  under  consideration. 

This  decision  is  intended  to  prepare  the  way  for 
two  important  experimental  results,  which  have  been 
so  repeatedly  verified,  that  we  give  them  as  inherently 
associated  with  this  electrolysis.  (</)  The  bleaching 
efficiency  of  the  electrolysed  solution  is  considerably 
in  excess  of  that  of  a  solution  of  calcium  hypochlorite 
of  the  same  oxidising  efficiency,  measured—  i.e.,  in 
terms  of  the  usual  standard— an  alkaline  solution 
of  arsenious  acid.  (6)  The  oxidising  efficiency— i.e., 
free  or  active  oxygen— thus  measured  and  expressed 
in  terms  of  the  current,  is  in  excess  of  that  calculated 
on  the  basis  of  the  electrolytic  law,  as  directly  in- 
terpreted. 

'  It  is  necessary  to  give  a  short  account  of  the 
probable  causes  underlying  such  important  factors 
of  the  economy  of  the  system.  ('()  In  regard  to  the 
first,  it  is  only  necessary  to  state  that  the  investi- 
gation of  the  electrolysed  solution  shows  the  presence 
of  bleaching  compounds  of  very  high  tension.  Thus, 
on  cooling  to  0J,  and  shaking  with  ether  at  this  tem- 
perature, even  when  the  solution  is,  or  is  made, 
strongly  basic,  the  latter  exhausts  a  considerable  pro- 
portion'of  the  bleaching  compounds,  which  evaporate 
for  the  most  part  spontaneously  with  the  ether.  The 
investigation  of  the  composition  of  the  bleaching  solu- 
tion is  a  complicated  matter,  and  the  results  when 
complete  will  be  dealt  with  in  a  future  communication. 
For  the  present  it  is  sufficient  to  state  that,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  hypochlorite,  other  compounds  of  high 
oxidising  activity  are  present— viz.,  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, and  probably  a  higher  oxide  of  chlorine.  The 
necessary  result  of  this  difference  of  composition  is  a 
difference  in  bleaching  action  :  whether  to  the  ad- 
vantage of  the  electrolysed  solution  or  otherwise  we 
now  proceed  to  consider. 

Anticipating  the  statement  of  the  results  of  ex- 
periments as  to  the  comparative  bleaching  efficiency 
of  the  two  solutions— ordinary  bleaching  powder  and 
electrolysed  magnesium  chloride— at  equal  oxidising 
strength,  the  superiority  of  the  latter  has  been  in- 
contestably  proved,  the  relative  bleaching  efficiency 
having  been  found  in  many  cases  1  :  2.  keeping, 
for  the  present,  to  d  priori  view  of  the  matter,  have 
we    any    theoretical   ground    for   regarding   such   a 


lii 


TllK  JOURNAl  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   iMarchs 


result  as  improbable  I  The  bleaching  of  vegetable 
-  is,  or  i>  the  result  of  an  oxidation,  and 
from  the  similarity  of  the  substance  decolourised 
by  the  oxidation  to  t  lie  mass  of  the  fibre 
eubstance,  which  is  to  use  the  ordinary  ex- 
pression, bleached,  it  ma)  be  concluded  that  the 
oxidation  is  not  limited  simply  to  the  decolourising 
of  adventitious  constituents.  but  is  extended  t"  the 
whole  fibre  substance.  Tins  is.  moreover,  abund- 
antly proved  by  experiment.  Such  an  action 
diffi  rential  in  character  implies,  in  itself,  a  variable 
suinpti i  oxygen.  But  the  study  of  the  par- 
ticular characteristics  of  the  fibre  constituents  in- 
ise  -till  further  the  probability  of  such  variation. 
The  oxidation  of  aldehydic  molecules,  already  in  a 
complex  condition  of  condensation,  is  attended  by 
water  exchanges,  which  may  lie,  in  the  one  or  other 
direction — i.e.,  of  hydrolysis  or  condensation.  Tin  e, 
in  this  view,  is  an  important  factor;  rapidity  ol 
attack  will  favour  the  former,  and  via  <  rsd.  Fur 
ther,  it  is  evident  that  the  greater  or  less  activity  or 
tension  of  the  oxygen  in  bleaching  compounds 
would  determine  corresponding  variations  in  the 
le  of  attack,  and  the  bleaching,  with  its 
attendant  changes,  would  be  similarly  influenced, 
both  in  direction,  and.  a-  we  may  reasonably  infer, 
in  consumption,  of  oxygen.  Our  experience  of 
bleaching  in  the  Mather  Thompson  continuous  rai 
has  abundantly  proved  the  importance  of  rapidity  in 
the  first  attack,  and  that  this  rapidity  is  character- 
istic of  compounds  of  high  oxygen  tension.  A  long 
series  of  experiments  with  the  electrolysed  solution, 
also  containing  such  compounds,  have  been  attended 
uniformly  with  the  two  results  (1)  rapidity  of  action, 
and  (_)  small  consumption  of  bleaching  oxygen, 
comparatively  with  bleaching  powder  solution,  and 
we  are  driven  to  conclude  that  these  two  results  are 
essi  ntiall]  correlated. 

The  former  result  we  are  able  to  demonstrate  by 
experiment  here  ;  for  the  latter,  not  conveniently  ad- 
mitting of  demonstration  to  an  audience,  we  have 
the  evidence  of  a  large  number  of  determinations,  in 
which  the  various  vegetable  til  irons  substances  known 
to  commerce  have  been  treated.  Of  these  we  shall 
cite  typical  experiments — we  defer  the  consideration 
of  these  until  we  have  considered  more  closely  the 
quantitative  aspect  of  the  electrolysis,  and  the 
sp.  cial  features  mentioned  under  (B). 

the  measure  of  the  current  the  usual  units 
are,  of  course,  adopted,  and  for  the  chemical  effect 
we  take  the  aggregate  measure  of  oxidising  effect, 
as  determined  by  titration  with  arsenious  acid,  and 
expressed  for  convenience  of  comparison  with 
bleaching  powder  in  terms  of  the  active  or  available 
chlorine.  The  soluti  n,  which  it  has  been  found 
most  advantageous  to  use,  contains  _  ■">  per  cent,  of 
MgClo,  anhydrous.  A  tank, such  as  is  used  in  instal- 
lations of  the  Hermite  system  on  the  large  scale,  was 
filled  with  sl-"i  litres  of  the  above  solution  at.  the 
ordinary  temperature. 

A  mean  current  of  200  amperes  was  p  tssl  d  for  12 
hours  ;  the  titrations  of  the  liquid  and  instrument 
readings  were  performed  every  LS  minutes. 

mean  yield  of  the  available  chlorine  per 
ampere  hour,  and  the  accumulation  or  quantity  per 
litre,  are  given  below, the  experiment  being  considered 
divided  into  lour  successive  periods  of  :!  hours  each  : 

01. 1 1 1  A  nir  r    Hour. 

1  period     1  -fOgrms. 

•  S       1-13    „ 

3       ..  1 

i      ,.  .    rut   ., 


■  Milk  of  lime  added  to  basic  reaction;  yield  consequently 
diminished. 


The  equivalent  calculated  according  to  the  electro- 
lytic law  is  f05    10  ;     60    60x35"5=l-34grms. 
The  explanation  oi  this  apparent  divergence  from 

the   theoretical    number    follows    from    what    he    gave 

before.  The  theoretical  electrochemical  equivalents 
we  take  to  be  the  quantities  separated  at  the  one  or 
other  electrodi  which  are  ascertained 

to  be  simple,  and  which  are  worked  by  a  sharp 
separation  of  the  ions  ;   in    Other   cases,   such   as   the 

I  resent,  where  the  work  of  both  electrodes,  BO  to 
speak,  ap]  ears  in  the  aggregate  result,  which  is 
arbitrarily  measured  as  an  aggregate,  and  in  terms 
of  a  particular  <  Beet,  as  the  measurement  is  not  in 

rdance  with  the  law,  so  the  result  is  in  i 
a  divergence  from  the  law.  Taking  the  mean  num- 
ber I "47  available  chlorine  per  ampere  hour  thus 
'inted  for,  we  will  express  it  in  term-  oi 
mechanical  work  expended  to  produce  it — •">  "Wat 
being  equal  to  I47(_'i  (the  em.f.  being  taken  at 
5  volts);  the  production  of  lOOkilos.  CI  will  consume 
344.000  Watts.  Taking  600  Watts  at  the  dynamo 
pulley  as  representing  h.p.  effective — and  this  equi- 
valent has  been  supplied  to  us  by  our  friend  Prof. 
1'ietet.  as  the  result  of  a  very  large  number  of  catetnl 
determinations— we  sec  that  to  produce  lOOkilos. 
chlorine  per  hour  we  require  the  motive  power 
represented  by  570h.p.  This  we  may  call  the  funda- 
mental industrial  equation — the  expression  of  me- 
chanical work  in  terms  of  the  chemical  effect  which 
it  produces. 

The  equation,  however,  is  not  yet  in  its  final  terms, 
for,  as  already  indicated,  the  term  "  available 
chlorine  "  and  all  that  it  implies,  is  a  purely  arbitrary 
one,  and  we  have  yet  to  examine  into  the  relative 
bleaching  efficiency  of  the  electrolysed  and  bleaching 
powder  solution,  at  equal  oxidising  strengths  on  the 
arsenlte  standard. 

A -sinning  for  the  moment  that  they  are  equal,  the 
le  aching  powder  equivalent  is  SOOkilos.  =  (iewt.  per 
hour,  with  a  plant  representing  570h.p. 

Further,  we  have  taken  the  power  at  the  dynamo 
pulley  :  consequently  we  have  to  take  into  account, 
in  a  complete  statement  of  relative  cost,  the  special 
apparatus  necessary  for  the  electrolysis.  This  we 
shall  defer  until  we  have  dealt  with  the  previous 
question. 

We  may  mention  that  the  above  measurements 
were  made  in  conjunction  with  Professor  1'ietet,  who 
has  recently  devoted  some  days  to  the  minute  study 
cf  the  process  as  applicable  with  his  system  of 
preparing  wood  pulp  by  digestion  with  aqueous 
sulphurous  acid.  He  fully  confirms  the  results 
lined  by  us  in  our  first  investigation,  which  we 
undertook  at  the  request  of  M.  Hermite.  the  inventor, 
and  Messrs  Paterson  and  Cooper,  the  joint  proprie- 
tors of  the  processand  intents  upon  which  it  is  based. 
M.  Hermite,  or  rather  ins  system,  having  been  sub- 
jected to  certain  damaging,  but  ill-founded,  criticisms 
in  an  English  technical  journal,  he  thought  it 
expedient  to  ask  ns  lor  an  independent  judgment 
on  the  necessary  basis  of  actual  measurement.  <  fur 
results  are-  given  in  two  reports  which,  although 
private  communications,  are  printed, and  are  available 
to  any  who  may  wish  to  go  more  into  detail  than  it  is 
possible  or  advisable  to  do  in  this  paper.  Further, 
the  measi  'ere  made  on  the  laboratory  scale-, 

our  model  tank-  containing  only  some  l-  litres  ol 
,-olution,  and.  a.-  we  said,  concluding  our  report 
Speaking  ol  the-  defects  of  the  apparatus  and  their 
influence  on   the   result-,  "these  defects,  which  are 

chiefly  tho f  arrange  men!  of  apparatus, are  already 

obviated  in  the  apparatus  designed  for  working  on  the 
large  scale,  and  we  look  with  confidence  to  an  ample 
verification  of  our  estimate  when  the  apparatus 
comes  to  be  worked  on  the  manufacturing  scale." 


Murch  29,1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


173 


In  other  words,  it   was  obvious  that   the  mean 

number  which  we  then  obtained  for  yield  ol  "avail- 

able  chlorine       viz..  l"25grms.  per  ampere  hour,  was 

a  minimum.    The  superior  conditions  under  which 

ri.  ut   is    disposed,    the  arrangement   of  the 

ides,  the  circulation  of  the  liquid,  and,  what  is 

important,  the  altogether  different  balance  of 

producte'determined  by  the  large  mass  of  solution 

modifications  have  very  considerably   raised 
the  ratio  of  oxidising  efficiency  to  the  current. 

The  results  obtained  with  calcium  chloride,  to 
which  we  will  devote  a  few  words  in  concluding  this 
part  of  our  subject,  are  not  bo  favourable  as  with  the 
magnesium  compound.     It  is  not  surprising  that  a 

plicated    electrolysis,    attended  by  a    sensitive 

balance  of  products,  should  be  affected  bj  a  change 
of  base.  The  thermochemical  constants  for  the 
calcium  salts  are  different,  and  the  atomic  weight  of 
the  metal  is  nearly  double.  The  investigation  of  the 
difference  in  the  electrolysis  is  an  elaborate  problem 


In  both  departments  we  have  made  a  large  numher 
of  comparative  determinations,  ol  which  we  will  cite 
typical  results  :— 

Flax  yarn,     (a)  Three-quarter  bleach  on  boiled 

Two  dipt  with  intermediate  sc  dd  in  soda  ash  : 


Weight  "i  *>  "  ll. 


330grms. 


i        rolytic 

C     I        -unit-4. 

2-3 


Cbtoiine  -'a  Bleaching 
Powder. 


Tolul  110' 

The  electrolytic  chlorine,  therefore,  has  double  the 
efficiency  of  the  chlorine  of  bleaching  powder. 

rhree-quarter    bleach   from   great  yarn,  two 
dip-  with  intermediate  scald  in  soda:— 

Weight*  of  Yam.                Electi  """I- 

3"2grins IXTo^TlJ    -1 - 

This  result  could  not   be  attained  with  bleaching 


at  the  same  time,  the  differentiation  consequent  upon    powder  similarly  employed;   a   further  treatment, 

consisting  of  a  scald  and  dip  being  necessary. 

Multiplying  the  21-2  of  CI  by  ::.  weget  what  we 
may  consider  as  the  equivalent  weight  of  bleaching 
powder-  /.<..  20  per  cent,  on  the  weight  of  the  yarn. 
To  produce  the  ^ame  result  with  actual  bleaching 
powder,  the  consumption  was  :j8  per  cent.  The 
result,  therefore,  is  as  in  the  preceding. 

We  may  sum  up  our  experimental  results  in  this 
pm\  nice  as  follows  :  On  the  electrolytic  system  the 
consumption  of  chlorine  is  one-half  that  on  the 
ordinary  system  :  owing  to  the  greater  efficiency  of  the 
bleaching,"  we  are  able,  in  certain  grades  of  bleach- 
in.',  t"  suppress  one  or  more  of  the  alkaline  treat- 
ments, in  which  case  the  loss  of  weight  sustained  by 
the  yarn  is  less  ;  in  all  other  respects  the  results  on 
tlit  two  systems  are  very  similar. 

Paper  Pulp.—Jhe  various  classes  of  pulps  enume- 
rated above,  requiring  for  a  full  bleach  from  18  —  -J.-> 
per  cent,  of  bleaching  powder,  calculated  in  the 
weight  of  the  product,  have  been  bleached  in  the 
electrolytic  system  under  a  great  variety  of  condi- 
tions, and  in  a  strict  comparison  of  the  two  systems. 
The  consumption  of  electrolytic  chlorine  we  have 
always  found  to  fall  within  the  limits  of  3-  5  percent., 
or  multiplied  by  ■'.  to  obtain  the  assumed  equivalence 
of  bleaching  i  owder,  ;i  to  15  percent. 

We  do  not  propose  to  enter  into  further  details  in 
regnd  to  these  comparisons.  We  approached  the 
matter  ourselves  with  a  reasonable  amount  of 
scepticism  and  sufficient  experience  of  the  ordinary 
systems  of  bleaching  to  prevent  our  falling  into  any 
considerable  error  in  the  investigation.  We  give 
the-e  conclusions  as  our  confirmation  of  Mr. 
Herniite's  figures  :  and,  as  he  is  fully  disposed  to  give 
to  others,  as  he  has  to  us.  the  facilities  for  verifying 
by  experiment  all  the  quantities  upon  which  his 
system,  as  an  industrial  one,  is  based,  we  have  the 
less  need  to  occupy  space  with  details  of  measure- 
ments. 

We  revert  now  to  what  we  called  the  fundamental 
equation  of  economy.  Instead  of  taking  an  equal 
value  for  chlorine  in  the  two  forms,  we  will  take  the 
ratio  :i.: :.  as  the  mean  of  our  various  determinations, 
for  the  efficiency  of  the  chlorine  of  bleaching  powder, 
to  that  of  the  electrolysed  solution.     Therefore,  the 


the  alteration  of  the  basis  is  a  considerable  facilita- 
tion of  the  wort  in  the  scientific  sense,  and  whatever 
the  industrial  outcome,  upon  which  we  reserve  our 
opinion,  the  interest  and  importance  of  the  problems 
ar.   intrinsically  great. 

The  comparison  will  also  be  required  to  be  made  on 
the  large  scale,  for  we  have  seen  how  the  volume  or 
more  of  the  solution  electrolysed  affects  the  final 
equilibrium.  Fully  alive  as  are  the  proprietors, 
and  as  we  need  scarcely  say  the  inventor,  to  the  close 
union  of  science  and  industry,  the  laboratory  which 
they  have  constructs  1  for  the  purposes  of  these 
investigations  promises  to  contribute  in  the  future 
considerably  to  both.  Sufficient  unto  the  day  are 
the  results  thereof— in  fact,  there  is  no  occasion  to 
anticipate,  and  therefore  piss  on  from  this  discussion 
of  the  electrolysis  to  that  of  its  application  to  bleach 

ing  purposes. 

In  all  the  usual  modes  of  employing  bleaching 
powder,  the  basis  is  that  of  exhausting,  as  far  as 
possible,  the  active  constituents  of  the  bleaching 
solution,  the  exhausted  solution  being  then  ejected. 
[t  is  probable,  on  the  grounds  previously  discussed, 
that  if  the  strength  of  the  solution  were  prevented 
from  falling  by  the  addition  of  hypochlorite  part 
passu  with  its  consumption,  the  actual  consump- 
tion would  be  less  as  the  time  required  certainly 
would  be.  The  difficulties  and  waste  attending 
such  a  system,  however,  would  probably 
outweigh  the  advantages,  and  so  we  can 
adopt  the  present  empirical  method  as  representing 

the  economic  mean  attained  by  crude  practice-.  An 
important  feature  of  M.  Herniite's  system  is  that 
the  maintenance  of  a  certain  minimum  of  bleaching 
strength  is  perfectly  under  control. 

The  principle  of  the  method  is  the  circulation  of  the 
bleaching  liquid,  from  the  electrolytic  tank,  of  course 
of  special  construction,  through  the  bleaching  tank, 
which  may  be  any  of  the  forms  ordinarily  used.  By 
means  of  the  current,  therefore,  a  continuous  supply 
of  the  bleaching  compounds  can  be  kept  up,  and  the 
bleaching  rendered  more  economical  in  regard  to 
consumption  of  '■chlorine  as  well  as  much  more 
rapid.  In  our  comparative  estimate  of  bleaching 
efficiency  we  propose  to  leave  the  time  factor  out  of 


consideration,    basing  our  comparison  only  on  the    mechanical  work  represented  by  570h.p.  will  produce 


relative  consumption  of  chlorine. 

<  >l   all  the  numerous  bleaching  operations  in  the 

able  fibres,  the  greatest  consumption 

of   bleaching  powder  i-  found  in  the  treatment  of 

linen  yarns  (20 — 10  per  cent.)  and  paper  pulp  (10 — 

25  per  cent.) ;  of  the  latter  the  maximum  consump 


the  equivalent  of  lOcwt   of  bleaching  powder  per 

hour,  or.  expressed  in  a  more  convenient  form,  a 
50h.p.  engine  will  give  1  ton  per  day  of  24  hours. 
Taking  the  cost  of  lb. p.  (-team)  at  £9  per  annum, 
ami  calculating  the  output  on  the  basis  ol  300  work- 
ing days,  the  cost  for  power  is  i'l   tOs.  per  ton  ot  the 


tion  takes  place  in  the  bleaching  of  straw,  esparto,    hypothetical  product     In  cases  where  water  power 
and  bisulphite  wood  pulp.  is  available,  the  cost-,  of  course,  will  be  considerably 


174 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY'  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  P'«>< i, 29. 1887. 


We  have  taken,  for  convenience,  what  may  be 
considered  a  fair  average  cost  of  mechanical  effect, 
leaving  special  i  specially  dealt  with.  We 
now  have  to  consider  the  cost  of  the  special  appa- 
ratus, dynamo,  tank,  electrodes,  and  leads.  For  a 
current  of  1"  0  ampere  at  5  volts.,  the  unit  installa- 
tion as  we  may  permit  this  amounts  to  £350  :  each 
such  unit  giving  us  the  equivalentof  j  ton  of  bleaching 
powder — 1000  (current) xT40  (yield  per  A.H.)*.j 
(ec|t.  bleachpowder)    24     L68, grms.inthe24houra 

we  should  require  6  such  units  to  use  up  the  work 
of  the  OOb.p.  machine.  Taking  15  per  cent,  on  the 
capital  sum  for  interest  and  depreciation,  it  amounts 
to  £\  per  ton  of  hypothetical  bleaching  powder.* 

The  only  other  important  item  of  cost  is  the  salt, 
magnesium  chloride.  The  waste  of  this  can  l>e 
arrived  at  on  the  basis  that  a  drained  pulp  will  retain 
as  a  maximum  twice  its  weight  of  water,  or  in  this 
case  a  2A  per  cent,  solution  of  MgCl...  The  waste 
will  be,  therefore,  5  per  cent,  on  the  weight  of  the 
pulp  bleached,  which  is  1  per  cent,  on  the  hypothetical 
bleaching  powder— in  any  case  a  very  small  amount 
in  money  value. 

We  are  dealing  with  money  values,  not  from  the 
merely  commercial  point  of  view—  *'....  as  a  question 
of  advantage  to  this  or  that  manufacturer,  but  from 
the  point  of  view  from  which  we  started — viz.,  the 
probable  future  of  bleaching  powder  ;  and  having 
worked  our  way  round  to  this  question,  we  leave  it  as 
it  is  always  most  satisfactory  to  do,  unanswered. 

We  do  not  anticipate  any  panic  amongst  bleaching- 
powder  manufacturers,  nor  do  we  venture  to  propose 
that  anotherof  the  "noxious trades  "should  henceforth 
be  regarded  as  doomed.  We  only  ask  for  the  indul- 
gent consideration  of  results  which  appear  to  us  to 
have  an  important  bearing  on  the  chemical  industry 
of  this  country. 

In  conclusion,  we  should  like  to  express  our  obliga- 
tion to  the  inventor,  M.  Hermite,  and  those  who  are 
ited  with  him,  for  the  opportunity  afforded  to 
us  of  laying  this  matter,  full  as  it  is  of  scientific 
interest,  before  the  Society. 


-«"fr»*»«-fr»«^»- 


Meeting  liehl  March  7,  1887. 


THE      PBESIDKNT      IN     THE      CIAIE. 


"  CASTNER'S  SODIUM  PROCESS. ' 

BY  JAMES  MACTEAU.  K.C.S.,  F.I.C. 

Having  been  for  some  months  professionally  engaged 
in  connection  with  the  development  of  the  Castner 
sodium  process.  I  am  enabled,  through  the  kind  per- 
mission of  Mr.  (  'astner,  to  present  to  this  Society  the 
details  of  his  process  for  producing  the  metals, 
sodium  and  potassium,  together  with  a  few  facts  con- 
cerning their  uses  and  the  cost  of  manufacture. 

The  process,  heretofore  exclusively  used  for  the 
production  of  these  two  metals,  is  so  well  known,  that 
anything  more  than  a  brief  reference  to  it  is  hardly- 
necessary  in  this  paper. 

By  the  older  process,  carbonate  of  soda,  charcoal, 
and  lime,  in  the  proportion  of  30,  13,  and  7,  are  made 
into  the  finest  and  most  intimate  mixture,  and  then 
calcined  at  a  red  heat  to  render  the  mixture  more 
compact,  which  also  expels  a  considerable  amount  of 
carbonic  oxide.  This  calcined  mixture  is  then  intro- 
duced into  wrought  iron  cylinders  of  small  diameter, 

•  Id  those  countries  where  the  position  of  bleaching  powder 
is  different,  the  economic  basisof  comparison  will  beciirfercnt. 
In  the  majority  of  cases  the  result  would  be  found  to  be  even 
more  favourable  to  the  electrolytic  system. 


and  heated  to  a  temperature  of  about  L400  < '.,  where- 
by the  alkaline  metal  is  reduced  and  distilled  from 
the  cylinder,  through  a  small  tube  provided  for  the 
gases  and  vapours,  into  the  receptacle  known  as  the 

condenser.  Through  a  variety  of  causes,  not  more 
than  in  per  cent.  01  the  metal  contained  in  the  charge 
is  obtained,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  potassium 
very  much  le.-s.  The  tear  and  wear  on  the  mi 
cylinders  is  en. unions,  and  forms  a  large  proportion 
of  the  COSt  of  manufacture.      To  carry  out  this  process 

and  arrive  even  at  these  results  require  :  1st, 
the  most  careful  grinding  and  mixing  of  ingredients  ; 
■2nd,  the  addition  of  lime  to  prevent  fusion  :  3rd,  an 
excess  of  carbon  to  ensure  contact  between  the  par- 
ticles of  soda  and  carbon  in  the  refractory  charge; 
4th,  previous  calcination  to  make  the  charge  less 
bulky ;  .">th,  wrought  iron  must  be  used  in  constructing 
the  cylinders,  being  the  only  metal  which  it  is  practi- 
cable to  use  that  will  stand  the  high  temperature  :  6th, 
cylinders  must  be  used  of  small  diameter.so  as  to  allow 
the  heat  to  penetrate  to  the  centre  of  the  refractory 
charge  ;  7th,  the  exit  tubes  from  the  cylinders  to  the 
condensers  require  the  most  careful  attention  to  keep 
them  open,  owing  to  the  formation  of  the  black  com- 
pound, formed  by  the  action  of  carbonic  oxide  upon 
the  vapour  of  the  alkaline  metal,  which  combination 
takes  place  at  about  the  condensing  point  of  the 
metallic  vapour.  This  is  one  of  the  most  serious 
obstacles  to  be  met  with  in  the  course  of  manufac- 
turing sodium  or  potassium,  not  only  causing  a  large- 
loss  of  metal,  but  interfering  generally  with  the  opera- 
tion. In  the  making  of  potassium  the  formation  of 
this  compound,  which  is  exceedingly  explosive,  and 
which  is  produced  even  more  readily  than  when 
making  sodium,  is  the  chief  reason  that  this  metal 
costs  almost  ten  times  as  much  as  the  same  quantity 
of  sodium. 

A>  near  as  I  can  ascertain  at  present,  sodium  costs 
about  4s.  per  pound  to  produce,  the  following  being 
the  chief  items  : — 

Wear  and  tear  to  furnaces,  cylinders,  etc ..  2s. 

Materials  owinK  to  loss  and  waste Is. 

Labour    8d. 

Fuel Id. 

Since  Mr.  Castner's  paper  upon  his  process,  which 
was  read  before  the  Franklin  Institute  of  Phila- 
delphia, October  12,  1886,  several  slight  changes  in 
the  mode  of  carrying  on  the  process  have  been  made. 
These  have  been  brought  about  by  the  experience 
gained  from  the  actual  working  of  the  process  upon  a 
commercially  large  scale. 

The  reactions  by  which  sodium  and  potassium 
are  produced  aresomewhat  difficult  to  describe,  as  they 
vary  somewhat  according  to  the  mixture  of  materials 
and  temperature  employed  in  the  reduction.  The 
mixtures  which  it  is  now  preferred  to  use,  are  repre- 
sented by  the  reactions  : — 

(l.)  6NaHO+FeCs=2Na,COs+6H+Fe+2Na  : 

(2.)  6KHO  +  FeC,=2K,COa    oil     Fe    2K 

In  place  of  using  an  actual  chemical  compound 
of  irou  and  carbon,  as  expressed  by  the  above 
reaction,  a  substitute  or  equivalent  is  prepared 
as  follows:— To  a  given  quantity  of  melted 
pitch  is  added  a  definite  proportion  of  iron  in 
a  tine  state  of  division.  This  mixture  is  cooled, 
broken  up  into  lumps,  and  coked  in  large  crucibles, 
giving  a  metallic  coke  consisting  of  carbon  and  iron, 
the  proportions  of  each  depending  upon  the  relative 
quantities  of  pitch  and  iron  used.  This  metallic  coke, 
after  being  finely  ground,  provides  a  substance  having 
the  iron  and  carbon  in  a  like  proportion  to  an  iron 
carbide,  and  from  which  neither  the  iron  nor  carbon 
can  be  separated  by  mechanical  means.  The  fine  iron 
is  conveniently  prepared  by  passing  carbonic  oxide 
and  hydrogen  in  a  heated  state,  as  obtained  from  an 


March 29. 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  clIK.MK'AI,  [NDUSTRY. 


1' 


ordinary  gas  producer,  ovi  i  a  mass  of  oxide  of  iron, 
commercially  known  as  "purple  ore,"  heated  to  .1 
temperature  of  about  500  C. 

In  producing  sodium,  preferably  "i  the  highest 
obtainable  strength,  caustic  soda  is  mixed  with  a 
weighed  Quantity  oi  the  so-called  "  carbide," sufficient 
to  furnish  the  proper  amount  of  carbon  to  carry  out 
the  reaction  indicate  1  above.  The  crucibles  in  which 
this  mixture  IB  treated  are  made  of  east  steel,  and 
are  capable  of  containing  a  charge  of  I6lb.  of  caustic 
Miila,  together  with  t he  proper  proportion  of  the 
carbide. 

After  charging  a  crucible  with  the  above  mixture, 
it  is  placed  in  a  small  furnace,  where  it  is  kepi  at  a 
low  In  at  lor  about  30  minutes,  during  which  time  1  ln- 
mass  fuses,  boils  violently,  and  a  large  part  of  the 
hydrogen  is  expelled  by  the  combined  action  of  the 
iron  anil  carbon;  the  carbide,  owing  to  its  gravity,  re- 
maining in  suspension  throughout  the  fused  mm  la. 
At  the  end  of  the  time  stated,  the  contents  of  the 
crucible  have  subsided  to  a  quiet  fusion.  The  cru- 
cible is  then  lilted  by  a  pair  of  tongs  on  wheels,  and 
placed  upon  the  platform  of  the  elevating  gear,  as 
shown  in  the  drawing,  and  raised  to  its  position  in 
the  chamber  of  the  main  distilling  furnace.  The 
cover,  which  remains  stationary  in  the  furnace,  has 
convex  edges,  while  the  crucible  has  a  groove  ; 
round  the  edge,  into  winch  the  cover  tits.  A  little 
powdered  lime  is  placed  in  the  crucible  groove 
just  before  it  is  raised,  so  that  when  the  1  dges  of  the 
cover  and  crucible  come  together,  they  form  a  tight 
joint,  and,  at  the  same  time,  allow  the  crucible  to 
lie  lowered  easily  from  the  chamber  when  the  opera- 
tion is  finished,  to  give  place  to  another  containing  a 
fresh  charge,  from  the  cover  projects  a  slanting  tube 
shown)  connected  with  the  condenser.  Tlie  eon 
denser  is  provided  with  a  small  opening  at  the  further 
end,  to  allow  the  escape  of  hydrogen,  and  has  also  a 
rod  fixed  (as  shown),  by  means  of  which  any  obstruc- 
tion which  may  form  in  the  tube,  during  distillation, 
may  be  removed.  After  raising  a  crucible  into  its 
place  in  the  furnace,  the  hydrogen,  escaping  from  the 
condenser,  is  lighted,  and  serves  to  show,  by  the  size 
of  the  flame,  how  the  operation  is  progressing  in  the  j 
crucible,  the  sodium  actually  distilling  soon  after  the 
crucible  is  in  its  place.  The  temperature  of  the  re- 
duction and  distillation  has  been  found  to  be  about 
B23°  ('.  The  gas  coming  off  during  the  first  part  of 
the  distillation  has  been  analysed,  and  found  to  con- 
sist of  pure  hydrogen.  An  analysis  of  a  sample  of  the 
gas,  taken  when  the  operation  was  almost  completed, 
gave,  as  a  result,  hydrogen  !).">  per  cent ,  carbonic 
oxide  f>  percent.  It  has  been  found  advisable  to  use 
a  little  more  carbide  than  the  reaction  absolutely 
requires,  and  this  accounts  for  the  presence  of  the 
small  quantity  of  carbonic  oxide  in  the  escaping  gas, 
the  free  carbon  acting  upon  the  carbonate  formed  by 
the  reaction,  thus  giving  off  carbonic  oxide  and  leav- 
ing a  very  small  percentage  of  the  residue  in  the  form 
of  peroxide  of  sodium.  This  small  amount  of  carbonic 
oxide  rarely  combines  with  any  of  the  sodium  in  the 
tube;  and  so  the  metal  obtained  in  the  condensers  is 
pure,  and  the  tubes  never  become  choked  with  the 
black  compound.  In  the  preparation  of  potassium  a 
little  less  carbide  is  used  than  the  reaction  requires  ; 
thus,  no  carbonic  oxide  is  given  off,  and  all  danger 
attached  to  the  making  of  potassium  is  removed. 
After  the  reduction  and  distillation,  the  crucible  is 
lowered  from  the  furnace,  and  the  contents  poured 
out,  leaving  the  crucible  ready  to  be  re-charged.  The 
je  analysis  of  the  residues  show  their  composi- 
tion to  be  as  follows  : — 

Carbonate  of  soda     77  per  cent. 

l'eroxide  of  sodium •_' 

Carbon •_' 

Iron 19 


The  average  weight  ol  these  residues  from  operating 
upon  charges  of  I  5lb,  can.- tie  Boda,  and  oilb.  of  car- 
bide,   is    Kill'.     These   residues   are    treated    either  to 

I luce  i 'I  no  crystallisi  d  carl ate  of  soda  or  caustic 

soda,  and  the  iron  is  recovered  and  used  again  with 
pitch  in  the  formation  of  carbide,  from  this  residue, 
weighing  iclb.,  is  obtained  I3lb.  of  anhydrous  car- 
bonate of  soda,  equivalent  to  9'4lb.  caustic  soda,  of 
7(i  per  cent. 

i  >] i  rating  upon  charges  above  mentioned,  the  yield 
has  been  — 

Sodium    actual   2Mlb.    Theory..  2s;>lb. 

Bodic  carbonate   ..    .,       13001b I3'251b. 

The  average  time  of  distillation  in  the  large  furnace 
has  been  t  hour  and  30  minutes,  and  as  the  furnace 
is  arranged  for  :s  crucibles,  45lb.  of  caustic  soda  are 
treated  every  'an  minutes,  producing  TAIb.  of  sodium 
and  39lb.  of  carbonate  of  soda.  The  furnace  is 
capable  of  treating  720lb.  of  caustic  soda  daily,  giving 
a  yield,  in  24  hours,  of  120lb.  of  sodium  and  ti24lb. 
of  anhydrous  carbonate  of  soda.  The  furnace  is 
heated  by  gas,  which  is  supplied  by  a  Wilson  gas 
producer,  consuming  lewt.  of  fuel  per  hour.  The 
small  furnace  in  which  the  crucibles  are  first  heated 
requires  about  iewt.  per  hour.  The  following  estimate 
of  cost,  etc.,  is  given  from  the  actual  running  of  the 
furnace  working  with  the  above  charges  for  24  hours. 

£  s.  d. 

7201b.  of  caustic  soda  at  £11  per  ton    3  10  10 

1501b.  carbide  at  !.d.  per  lb 0    6  1 

Labour   1    0  0 

Fuel 0  17  u 

Re-converting    C2tlb.  of    carbonate    into ) 

caustic,  at  a  cost  of  about  £5  per  ton  on  r  1    0  0 

tlie  caustic  produced J 

Total    ill)    •_' 

Deducting  value  of  47  jib.  of  caustic  recovered  2   0    8 

Cost  of  1201b.  of  sodium 4    7    « 

( 'ost  per  pound 0    0    Si 

Regarding  the  item  of  cost  for  damage  to  the 
crucibles  by  the  heat,  this  question  has  been  very 
carefully  gone  into.  Some  of  the  crucibles  have 
been  used  upwards  of  50  times,  and  from  their 
condition  at  the  present  time,  there  is  no  doubt 
that  they  can  continue  to  be  used  at  least  150 
times  more  before  they  become  unfit  for  further 
use.  In  considering  200  operations  to  be  the  life 
of  a  crucible,  the  item  of  damage  or  wear  and 
tear  amounts  to  less  than  Id.  per  pound  on  the 
sodium  produced  ;  and,  if  we  take  the  furnace  wear 
and  tear  at  the  same  rate  of  Id.  per  pound,  we  shall  see 
that  the  wear  and  tear  of  plant  is  only  ,\.th  of  that 
incurred  in  the  ordinary  process.  //  is  upon  the.-e 
f,its  that  Mr.  Castovr  bases  his  claim  to  be  able  to 
product  sodium  by  his  process  upon  the  Targe  scale, 
nt  a  cost  oj  Ass  than  is.  per  pound.  The  advantages 
of  this  process  will  be  apparent  to  any  one  at  all 
familiar  with  the  manufacture  of  these  metals  as 
conducted  heretofore.  The  first  and  most  important 
end  gained  is  their  cheap  production,  and  this  is 
owing  chiefly  to  the  low  heat  at  which  the  metals  are 
produced,  the  quickness  of  the  operation,  non  clogging 
of  the  conveying  tubes,  and  a  very  small  waste  of 
materials.  The  process,  furthermore,  admits  of  being 
carried  on  upon  a  very  large  scale  ;  in  fact,  it  is  in- 
tended ultimately  to  increase  the  size  of  the  crucibles, 
so  as  to  make  the  charges  consist  of  501b.  of  caustic 
soda.  ( 'rucibles  of  cast  iron  have  been  found  quite 
suitable;  and  it  is  intended,  in  future,  to  use  crucibles 
made  of  this  material  in  place  of  the  more  expensive 
steel. 

As  regards  potassium,  it  has  hitherto  been  regarded 
very  much  as  a  chemical  curiosity,  and  sells  for 
about  fiOs.  per  pound.  By  this  method  the  cost 
of  the  manufacturing  operations  is  no  more  than  for 


TI1K  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    IMarch ». isw 


sodium,  the  higher  cost  of  the  caustic  potash  being 
the  chii  i  element  ol  increase  The  uses  ol 

these  alkali  metals  are  at  present  limited,  owing  to 
their  high  cost  alone.  Sodium  is  used  somewhat 
largely  in  manufacturing  aluminium,  magnesium, 
silicon,  etc.,  and  in  the  formation  ol  amalgams,  while 
potassium  is  only  used  in  small  quantities  as  a 
chemical  magnet  It  will  hardly  be  considered  out 
"i  place  in  concluding  this  paper,  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  sodium  and  potassium,  to  mention 

some   fe«    facts   c ected   with  aluminium.    This 

metal  depends  at  present  upon  sodium  for  its  pro 
duction,  and,  consequently,  any  process  successfully 
producing  cheap  sodium,  in  reality  allows  of  the 
manufacture  of  cheap  aluminium.  Notwithstanding 
all  the  efforts  that  have  been  made  by  various 
chemists  and  metallurgists  for  the  past  thirty  yeai 
in  endeavouring  to  invent  some  process  for  produc 
ing  aluminium,  whereby  that  most  interesting  and 
valuable  metal  could  be  cheaply  produced  by  a  better 
process  than  that  of  Deville,  absolutely  nothing  has 
been  accomplished  that  would  even  lead 'one  to  hope 
that  some  time  in  the  future  his  process  would  be 
superseded.  By  employing  Deville's  process,  and 
using  sodium  as  heretofore  manufactured,  the  alumi- 
nium costs  between  30s.  and  10s.  per  pound.  Owing 
to  this  high  price  aloue,  the  consumption  is  limited, 
and  therefore  the  manufacturer  is  obliged  to  ask,  in 
selling  the  metal,  a  relatively  high  price,  in  order  to 
obtain  anything  like  a  fair  profit  upon  the  invested 
capital.  The  present  selling  price  of  aluminium 
varies  between  50s.  and  60s.  per  pound;  although 
every  lew  months  there  appears  in  some  newspaper 
the  information  that  some  parties  [unknown)  have 
contracted  with  other  parties  [unknown)  for  a  large  ; 
quantity  of  aluminium, at  prices  varying  between  10s. 
and  30s.  per  pound.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  upon 
inquiry  the  contracting  parties  cannot  be  found. 
Aluminium,  if  placed  upon  the  market  at  20s.  per 
pound,  could  undoubtedly  be  sold  in  large  quantities, 
the  demand  rapidly  increasing  as  the  metal  gained  in 
favour,  which,  owing  to  its  varied  valuable  properties, 
it  would  do  to  a  certainty.  It  is  allowed  by  all  those 
familiar  with  the  different  items  of  cost  in  carrying 
out  Deville's  process,  that,  could  sodium  be  obtained 
for  Is.  per  pound,  aluminium  could  be  made  below  a 

of  1 5s.  per  pound. 
1  think  it  is  not,  therefore,  too  much  to  claim  for 
tin-  "Castner  process"  of  manufacturing  sodium  and 
potassium  -now  that  it  has  been  demonstrated  com- 
mercially capable  of  producing  sodium  at  Is.  per 
pound—that  it  is  the  greatest  advance  in  the  direc- 
tion oi  producing  aluminium  at  a  cheap  rate  which 
has  been  made  since  Deville  first  demonstrated  the 
possibilitj  of  producing  that  metal  on  a  commercial 
scale. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  the  distillation  of  the 
metal  sodium  is  rendered  more  easy  by  the  use  of  a 
proportion  of  potash  in  the  mixture  It  is  also 
known    that    a    series    of    alloys   of    potassium    and 

mi  can  be  produced,  several  of  which  are  liquid, 
having  much  the  same  aj  pearance  as  mercury  when 
Under  naphtha.  These  alloys  are  veiy  curious,  one 
of  them  remaining  liquid  at  0°  ('.,  while  another  is 
jighter in  its  specific gra^  ity  than  naphtha,  upon  which 

it  floats.     Specimens  of  several  of  these  alloys  are 
upon  the  table,  and  are  opi  n  to  your  inspection. 

AX     IMPROVED    SYSTEM    OF    KLKYATINo, 
SPECIALLY  APPLICABLE  To  ACIDS. 

\:\    JAMES   U  \<  11.  ai:,  P.C.8.,  F.I  C. 

Tin.  problem  of  pumping  or  raising  corrosive  liquids 
i-  one  which  has  given  rise  to  various  ingenious  con- 


trivances: but,  in  practice,  these  have  been  reduced 
to  a  system  of  raising  with   compressed  air,  in  which 

the  liquid  to  be  raised  is  run  into  a  reservoir, and 
then,  by  means  of  air,  compressed  to  a  sufficient 
degree,  forced  through  a  pipe  to  the  height  required, 

where  it  is  delivered  into  a  cistern,  such  an  arrange 
ment  of  deliver}  pipe  being  used  as  will  prevent  the 
splashing  about  of  the  liquid  by  the  escaping  air. 
It  is  unnecessary  to  describe  this  arrangement  more 
in  detail,  it  being  so  well  known  to  all  practical  men. 
This  apparatus  is.  however,  unfortunately,  not  well 
suited  for  the  elevation  of  hydrochloric  acid,  as  the 
vessels  and  pipes  must  be  constructed  of  a  materia] 
to  stand  the  action  of  this  acid,  which  is  by  no  means 
an  eisy  thing  to  do  Pumps,  constructed  of  such 
materials  as  glass,  earthenware,  guttapercha,  ebonite, 
etc.,  and  of  various  systems,  have  been  tried  :  but 
these  have  never  had  much  success,  being  expensive 
to  erect  and  keep  in  order. 

The  apparatus  which  1  purpose  describing  to  you 
is  one  which  is  especially  applicable  to  the  raising  of 
acids,  and  has  been  introduced  by  Messrs.  Kuhl- 
mann  A:  Co.  in  France,  when;  it  has  met  with  a  large 
measure  of  success.  It  is  called  by  them  an  "  Emul- 
seur,"  from  the  fact  that  in  its  action  an  emulsion  of 
air,  with  the  liquid  to  be  raised,  is  formed. 

If,  for  example,  we  take  a  syphon  of  this  form  and 
invert  it.  we  find  that  liquid  placed  in  the  syphon 
will  stand  at  the  level  of  the  shorter  limb,  any  addi- 
tion made  to  the  level  of  Ihe  longer  limb  of  the 
syphon  will  simply  cause  an  overflow  at  the  shorter 
limb  :  but  if  we  lead  a  small  tube  into  the  longer 
limb,  and  allow  a  thin  stream  of  air  to  bubble  into 
the  liquid, we  shall  find  that  the  level  cf  the  liquid  in 
the  longer  limb  will  rise  to  a  very  considerable 
height,  the  air  of  the  liquid  forming  an  emulsion,  or 
intimate  mixture  of  the  liquid  and  bubbles  of  air, 
the  mean  density  of  which  IS  considerably  less  than 
the  liquid. 

If  we  now  allow  a  supply  of  liquid  to  How  continu- 
ally into  the  short  limb  of  the  syphon,  whilst  at  the 
same  time  we  continue  the  injection  of  the  air,  there 
will  be  a  continuous  current  of  the  liquid  emulsion 
ascending  the  long  limb,  which  may  be  drawn  off  at 
the  highest  level  to  which  it  attains  by  a  proper 
arrangement.  The  new  system  of  apparatus  is  based 
upon  this  principle,  and  is  very  simple,  can  be 
easily  erected,  and  works  with  very  little  supervision, 
as  once  the  apparatus  is  started  it  continues  to  work 
continuously  until  the  supply  of  air  and  acid  is  sus- 
pended. 

Let  us  take,  for  instance,  the  case  of  a  Glover 
tower,  which  has  to  be  supplied  from  a  chamber 
erected  in  the  usual  way  upon  columns,  say  20  feet 
from  the  ground.  All  that  is  required  is  that  the 
supply  pipe  from  the  chamber  should  be  brought 
down  to  or  near  the  ground,  then  turned  upwards, 
and  be  continued  to  the  top  of  the  Clover  tower,  SO 
as  to  deliver  into  the  cistern.  A  short  distance  above 
the  bend  at  the  ground  level,  the  air  pipe  is  intro- 
duced, ami  a  small  stream  of  air  allowed  to  rise  in 
the  pipe.  With  the  constant  feed  of  acid  and  of  air, 
the  delivery  at  the  top  of  the  tower  is  constant,  and 
requires  no  supervision  whatever. 

The  drawing  No.  1  shows  this  form  of  arrange- 
ment, and  represents  an  apparatus  capable  of 
raising  snokilos.  of  sulphuric  acid  per  hour  to  a 
height  of  45  to  60  feet,  the  expenditure  of  air 
required  being  about  equal  to  5  litres  of  air  per  kilo. : 
the  amount  of  air  required  is  a  little  more  than 
with  an  ordinary  "  montjus"  or  "acid  egg," 
but  the  cost  of  repairs  to  the  cocks,  etc.,  of  the 
latter  apparatus  far  more  than  counterbalances  the 
extra  cost  of  air,  whilst  there  is  a  very  large  saving 
in  the  cost  of  labour  for  attendance  on  the  apparatus, 


M..rvi.29.i887.]    THE  JOUItX.U.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  I.\l>tSTHY. 


177 


no  cocks  having  to  be  turned  on  and  off,  as  is  the 
with  the  montjus. 

In  -•  >t  1 1  ■  •  •  •  <  —  - .  where  compressed  air  i-  not  available, 
the  apparatus  is  worked  by  means  of  an  exhauster 
smh  as  the  "  Korting  "  steam  jet.  which  i-  bo  well 
known.  This  form  of  apparatus  is  very  easily  and 
cheaply  erected,  and  especially  suitable  where  the 
liquid  to  be  raised  is  t"  I"-  taken  at  the  ground  level. 

This  arrangement  is   applied  to  the  raising   of 
muriatic  acid.       A  vacuum   is  erected  by  a 
jet    in    the  series   of    vessels,  and   the  acid   is    thus 
sucked  up  to  a'  certain   level  ;  a  small  air  tap  at 


v  air 


the  bottom  being  opened  allows  of  the  necessary 
quantity  of  air  entering,  the  effect  being  to  deliver 
a  constant  stream  of  the  acid  into  a  reservoir.  So 
soon  as  this  is  full  enough,  which  is  shown  bv  a  glass 
indicator  let  into thepipea, the  aspiration  isstopped  for 
the  moment,  and  the  liquid  run  out  of  the  reservoir. 
The  run-off  tap  of  this  vessel  is  again  closed,  and 
the  aspiration  again  started,  and  so  on.  The  results 
obtained  with  this  apparatus  are  exceedingly  satis- 
factory. 

With  acid  of  32'  Tw.,  an  ordinary  injector 
creating  a  vacuum,  will  only  be  able  to  "raise  it  to 
the  height  of  18  or  19  feet,  where  it  will  oscillate : 
but,  when  the  air-cock  is  opened  to  the  proper  ex- 
tent, the  emulsion  formed  can  be  raised  to  3.">  to  40 
feet.  If  the  receiver  contains,  say,  about  150  litres, 
it  can  be  filled  in  from  7  to  10  minutes.  The  as- 
pirator is  then  stopped  and  the  receiver  run  off, 
when  the  apparatus  is  again  turned  on  and  the  pro- 
continued.  l!y  a  slightly  more  complicated 
arrangement,  with  two  reservoirs  or  receivers,  the 
process  can  be  made  practically  continuous  :  but, 
with  the  one  in  question,  which  I  have  just  described 
from  600  to  «00  litres  per  hour  can  be  raised  with- 
outdifticulty. 

Aanous  slight  modifications  in  the  construction 
are  made  to  suit  special  circumstances,  but  the 
general  principle  is  the  same  in  all  . 

The  third  form  of  this  apparatus  is  applied  to  the 
ordinary  montjus,  and  is  applicable  to  eases 
where  the  pressure  of  the  air  is  not  sufficiently 
strong  to   elevate  to  the  height  required.      In  this 


case  a   pijie  communicates  between  the  air  supply 

and  the  rising  main  \z  such  a  way  that  in  addition 
to  the  pressure  of  the  air  upon  the  surface  of  the 
liquid  in  the  montjus,  a  small  proportion  of  the 
air  is  allowed  to  escape  into  the  rising  main,  form- 
ing an  emulsion  reducing  the  density  of  the  liquid, 
and  enabling  it  to  be  carried  up  -2  or  3  time-  the 
height  due  to  the  actual  pressure  of  the  air  itself. 


ERRATUM.— Ill  Mr.  Wingham'a  paper  i  this  Journal.  February 
nutnber.  page  76),  as  regards  the  numbering  of  the  woodcuts 
Figs.  1  und  J,  read  that  numbering  in  reverse  order. 


Liverpool  Section. 

Chairman:  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown. 
Vice-Chairman:  Dr.  F.  llurter. 


Committee : 


J.  Affleck. 

K.  li.  Ballard. 
Krnest  Bibby. 
H.  Bninner. 
J.  C.  Gamble. 
1).  Herman. 


.1.  W.  Kynaston. 
K.  EC  Mu-pratt. 
Jas.  .Simpson. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
A.  Watt. 


Local  Sec. and  Ti-casurcr :    W.  P.  Thompson,  6,  Lord  Street 
Liverpool. 


Meetings  will  beheldat  University  College  Laboratory. Brown- 
low  Street,  on  April  6  Annual  M.  etingl  and  Buy  I,  and 
the  following  papers  have  been  promised  :— 

Mr.  C.    Longuet  Higgins.   "On  the  Manufacture  of  Potas- 
sium Chlorate  by  means  of  Magnesia." 

Mr,  .1.  W.  Macdonald.  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Arrowroot 
in  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies  ;  its  Uses  and  Adulterants.' 

May  4.— Discussion   on    Mr.    Westmoreland's    paper   "On 
the  Estimation  of  Sulphur  in  Pyrites." 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


.1    Meeting  was  held  in  the   Chemical  Theatre   of 
the  University  College,  Broumlow  Street,  on  Tl" 
day  evening,  March  -,i 

PR \MFBELL   BROWN-   IN   THE   CHAIR. 


The  Chairman  called  attention  to  some  specimens 
of  quinones.  These  were  formerly  curiosities,  but 
some  of  them  are  now  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
Some  are  still  curiosities  ;  they  are  now.  how  - 
ever,  acquiring  new  applications. 

.Mr.  W.  I'.  Thompson  (secretary),  laid  on  the  table 
a  blasting  plug.  It  consisted  in  a  wedge  or  wedges, 
and  a  wooden  plug  with  planes  complementary  to  the 
wedge.  In  the  wedge-shaped  grooves  thus  formed 
at  one  or  both  ends  the  wedges  were  inserted  and 
the  whole  placed  in  the  blast  hole  ;  a  little  tamping 
was  then  thrown  in  and  lightly  tamped.  The  ex- 
plosion drove  the  wedge  or  wedges  into  the  block, 
splitting  it,  and  wedging  it  tight  in  the  hole.  This 
apparatus  was  vtiy  cheap,  and  was  found  to  give  a 
better  result  than  ordinary  tamping,  was  safer,  and 
saved  time  and  labour.  It  was  the  invention  of  a 
.Mr.  Francis,  mining  engineer,  and  had  been  largely 
used  with  water  cartridges  and  others. 

The  Chairman  then  called  on  Mr.  Driffield  to 
read  his  paper. 


1*8 


THK  JOURNAL  OF  T1IK  SO<  HTY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  lJ»arch:fl.i8S7. 


SUGGESTIONS  ON  BOILER  MANAGEMENT. 

HY   VEEO   C.    DRIFFIELD. 

Stbau  may  be  regarded  as  the  mainspring  of  chemi 

cal  industry,  There  is  hardly  an  operation  con- 
nected with  chemical  manufacture  which  is  not 
dependent  upon  steam.  Anything,  therefore,  which 
relates  to  economy  and  safety  in  the  use  of  steam 
must  have  an  interest  for  the  chemical  manufacturer, 
and,  with  this  in  view,  1  have  been  prevailed  upon  to 
bring  before  you  to-night  a  few  practical  suggestions 
which,  I  think,  tend  in  the  direction  I  have  named. 

I  can  hardly  hope  to  lay  before  you  anything  very 
new  or  very  original,  but  what  I  have  to  say  is  the 
outcome  of  practical  experience  with  boilers  for  some 
years  past  My  remarks  will,  therefore,  be  essen- 
tially practical,  and  1  shall  have  very  little  to  say  of 
t heretical  considerations. 

I  do  not  propose  to  call  your  attention  to  any 
special  design  of  boiler,  nor  am  I  going  to  enter 
into  constructive  details  generally,  but  my  remarks 
will  apply  to  boilers  which  are  already  in  use,  and 
which  I  assume  will,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases, 
be  boilers  of  the  ordinary  Lancashire  or  Cornish 
type.  My  object  is  to  point  out  certain  parts  of 
the  boiler  which  I  have  found  peculiarly  liable  to 
suffer  from  wear  and  tear,  certain  matters  which 
tend  to  the  waste  of  fuel,  and  others  which  render 
the  boiler  liable  to  become  a  source  of  danger.  At 
the  same  time  I  hope  to  point  out  precautions  and 
remedies  which,  in  my  own  practice,  I  have  found 
to  prolong  the  life  of  the  boiler,  to  save  fuel,  and 
to  avert  danger. 

One  of  the  greatest  difficulties  the  steam  user  has 
to  contend  with  is  incrustation,  or  the  deposition 
within  the  boiler  of  solid  matter  which  has  been  dis- 
solved or  suspended  in  the  feed  water.  This  in- 
crustation causes  enormous  loss  of  fuel  by  prevent- 
ing transmission  of  heat  to  the  water,  and  it  is  liable 
to  lead  to  overheating  of  the  boiler  plates. 

This  solid  matter  contained  in  the  feed  water 
generally  consists  mainly  of  the  carbonates  of  lime 
and  magnesia,  and  of  sulphate  of  lime.  These  car- 
bonates of  lime  and  magnesia  are  held  in  solution 
by  an  excess  of  carbonic  acid,  which  is  driven  off 
when  the  water  is  heated,  and  these  salts  are  then 
precipitated.  They  are,  however,  precipitated  not 
as  a  hard  incrustation,  but  in  a  light,  powdery 
form,  and  they  may,  in  themselves,  be  regarded  as 
the  least  objectionable  substances  introduced  into 
the  boiler.  The  carbonates  of  lime  and  magnesia, 
however,  become  objectionable  if  three  conditions 
are  not  fulfilled.  These  conditions  arc,  first,  that 
the  flues  are  allowed  to  cool  well  down  before  the 
boiler  is  blown  off,  otherwise,  when  the  water  is 
removed,  the  heat  from  the  flues  will  bake  these  pre- 
cipitates into  a  hard  scale  which  is  difficult  to  deal 
with,  whereas  in  the  flowery  state  they  admit  of 
easy  removal.  Secondly,  that  tallow  be  not  used  for 
lubricating  engine  cylinders  if  the  exhaust  steam 
from  the  cylinders  be  used  directly  to  heat  the  feed 
water,  as  tallow  combines  with  the  precipitated  lime 
and  magnesia,  and  forms  with  them  a  soapy  mass 
which  is  more  liable  to  lead  to  danger  than  is  a  hard 
but  brittle  scale.  Thirdly,  that  any  sulphate  of  lime 
there  may  be  present  in  the  feed  water  be  decom- 
posed, otherwise  the  hard  incrustation,  formed  by 
the  precipitation  of  this  salt,  will  incorporate  itself 
with  the  lime  and  magnesia,  and  so  prevent  the 
easy  removal  of  the  latter  salts. 

With  respect  to  the  magnesia,  this  salt  is  found  in 
the  scale  and  mud  of  the  boiler,  not  as  carbonate  but 
as  hydrate,  as  is  shown  by  the  analyses  I  have  here 
there  being  no  carbonate  of  magnesia  at  all  in  the 


cale,  and  very  little  indeed  in  the  mud.    The  mag- 
nesia is,  however,  precipitated,  in  the  first  instance, 

as  carbonate,  and  is  only  converted  into  hydrate  after 
prolonged  exposure  to  the  temperature  within  the 
boiler.  This  fact  seems  to  have  i  sea]  ed  the  attention 
of  Mr.  Macadam,  who  read  a  paper  on  "Boiler  In- 
crustations," which  appeared  in  our  Journal,  vol.  ii. 
page  12,  and  who  throughout  puts  down  Ins  magnesia 
as  carbonate.  This  hydrate  of  magnesia  bakes  into 
a  hard  scale  much  more  readily  than  does  the  car- 
bonate of  lime  if  the  flues  are  not  well  cooled  down 
I  efore  the  boiler  is  Mow  n  off. 

The  presence  of  sulphate  of  lime  in  the  feci!  water 
is  a  much  more  serii  us  matter  than  is  that  of  the 
carbonates  1  have  named,  as  sulphate  of  lime 
deposits  itself,  as  is  well  known,  in  the  form  of  a  hard 
scale,  which  tenaciously  adheres  to  the  plates  and  is 
very  difficult  to  remove.  Another  salt,  which  is  also 
very  objectionable  in  the  feed  water,  is  chloride  of 
magnesium.  This  salt  rapidly  decomposes  as  the 
temperature  of  this  water  is  raised,  and  sets  free 
hydrochloric,  acid.  1  need  hardly  say  what  a  source 
of  mischief,  and  indeed  danger  to  a  boiler,  the 
presence  of  free  hydrochloric  arid  must  be. 

Quite  recently  my  attention  was  called  to  serious 
internal  corrosions  which  were  taking  place  in  a 
group  of  our  boilers.  For  some  time  1  attributed 
this  to  having  fed  the  boilers  partly  with  some  hot 
distilled  water  which  1  thought  it  a  pity  to  waste. 
Distilled  water,  we  all  know,  has  a  highly  corrosive 
action  upon  wrought  iron.  I  discontinued  the  use 
of  the  distilled  water,  but  the  corrosive  action  still 
went  on.  1  now  had  an  analysis  made  of  the  water 
used  for  feeding  the  boilers,  and  found  that  it  con- 
tained an  abnormally  large  quantity  of  chlorine. 
Evidently  something  had  gone  wrong  at  the  well, 
and  this  eventually  proved  to  be  the  case  ;  the  well 
bottom  had  broken  in,  and  we  were  pumping  surface 
water  which  was  clearly  in  communication  with  the 
river.  The  well  was  repaired  and  the  trouble  was  at 
an  end.  When  my  attention  was  called  to  the  water 
it  contained  2!)'S  grains  of  chlorine  to  the  gallon  ; 
but  after  the  well  was  repaired  the  quantity  rapidly 
declined  to  2"2  grains,  the  normal  amount.  The 
water  also  contained  considerably  more  magnesia 
than  it  formerly  did,  so  that  we  may  reasonably  infer 
that  the  corrosions  which  were  taking  place  in  the 
boilers  were  due  to  hydrochloric  acid  arising  from 
the  decomposition  of  chloride  of  magnesium. 

Now  there  are  few  things  which  have  received 
more  attention  than  have  means  to  prevent  or  to 
render  innocuous  the  presence  of  these  substances  in 
water  used  for  feeding  steam  boilers.  The  patents 
taken  out,  and  the  nostrums  of  one  sort  or  another 
proposed  for  this  purpose,  are  simply  legion.  The 
great  object  of  an  anti-incrustator  is  to  prevent,  as 
far  as  possible,  the  precipitation,  in  the  form  of  a 
hard  scale,  of  the  solid  impurities  contained  in  the 
feed-water  and  to  neutralise  any  free  acid  which 
may  be  present,  or  which  may  be  formed  by  the 
decomposition  of  the  salts.  Whatever  substance  will 
best  accomplish  this,  without  being  otherwise 
injurious,  is  the  best  anti-incrustator  to  use.  Of 
course,  such  a  process  as  l»r.  Clark's  for  purifying 
the  feed-water  before  it  enters  the  boiler  at  all,  is, 
theoretically,  the  best  to  adopt  :  but  it  necessitates  so 
much  care  and  accuracy  in  carrying  it  out,  and 
requires  so  much  space  for  settlers  and  filters,  that 
it  is  seldom  adopted  at  all.  The  only  plan  open  to 
us,  therefore.  i>  to  deal  with  the  solid  impurities  as 
best  we  may  within  the  boiler  itself.  1  shall  show 
you  presently,  however,  that  the  feed  water  may  be 
purified  to  a  considerable  extent,  before  it  reaches 
the  boiler  at  all,  in  its  passage  through  a  feed-water 
heater. 


Ma.-,  i, 2!U8sr.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  souki'v  Of  CHM1CA1  tNt>1  STRY. 


m 


So  far  as  I  can  ascertain,  nothing  has  ever  been 
proposed  which  is  practically  better  adapted  for  ]>re- 
venting  incrustation  than  the  introduction  into  the 
feed-water  of  carbonate  of  soda.    Carbonate  of  Bode 
lias,  nt'  course,  no  influence  upon  the  carbonates  of 
lime  and  magnesia :  but,  as  1  have  said,  these  salts 
are  comparatively  harmless  in  themselves,  and  easy 
to  deal  with.     It  is  upon  the  sulphate  ot  lime  ami 
the  chloride  of  magnesium  thai  the  action  of  carbon- 
ate  of  Boda  is  so  beneficial.    The  action  of  carbon: 
of  soda  upon  these  salts  is,  of  course,  to  decomp 
them,  preventing,  in  the  rase  of  sulphate  of  lime,  the 
formation  of  hard  scale  ]  and,  in  the  case  of  chloi 
<>f  magnesium,  the  production  of  free  hydrochloric 
acid. 

Now,  as  to  the  introduction  of  carbonate  of  soda  t 
into  the  boiler,  the  practice  of  some  is  to  put  it  in  in 
large  quantities  before  the  boiler  is  set  to  work  again 
after  being  washed  out.  If  this  is  done  the  Boda  is 
probably  entirely  removed  by  the  blow-off  cock  long 
before  the  boiler  conies  to  be  washed  out  again  ;  and, 
from  the  large  quantity  of  soda  put  into  the  boiler 
to  commence  with,  priming  is  very  liable  to  ensue. 
I  much  prefer  to  inject  the  soda  dissolved  in  the 
feed-water  in  regular  daily  amounts.  When  ive  con- 
sider presently  the  question  of  a  feed-water  heater,  I 
will  snow  you  how  I  deal  with  the  soda.  The  best 
salt  of  soda,  I  think,  for  the  purpose  is  the  carbonate  ; 
caustic  soda  is  open  to  the  objection  that  it  has  a 
serious  action  upon  the  brass  fittings  of  the  boiler. 
As  to  the  best  form  of  carbonate  of  soda  to  adopt  as 
an  anti-incrustator,  I  would  recommend,  as  being 
more  convenient  for  use,  that  which  is  most  readily- 
soluble,  and  which  contains  the  greatest  amount  of 
alkali  in  a  given  weight.  Of  course,  the  freer  it  is 
from  impurities  the  better.  As  to  the  quantity,  this 
will,  of  course,  vary  with  the  salts  dissolved  in  the 
water  which  have  to  be  dealt  with:  but  my  own 
practice  is  to  inject  daily  into  the  boiler  an  amount 
of  alkali  sufficient  to  decompose  the  sulphate  of  lime 
whirl  analysis  shows  to  be  presentin  the  feed-water. 
( )f  course  if  chloride  of  magnesium  is  present,  there 
must  be,  in  addition,  sufficient  alkali  to  decompose 
this  salt  also. 


Feert- 
water. 

Orninft 
per  gnl. 


CaSO,  

CaCOa 

MgCO,   

MgH.O, 

rfe,coa 

SiOj(sand)    

A190,  and  Fc,Oa  . 
NaC'l 

Total  Solids 

Total  Solids  direct 
MgOonlOOCaO.. 


2-1 J 

1908 

,23 

none 

none 

1-9-2 

O'Jti 

9-16 


Heater 

Mud. 

Lb.  per 

cub.  (t. 


937 

58 
none 

0-5 


3759 
3710 
168 


1000 


5-3 


Boiler 
Mu.l. 
Lb.  i>er 
cub.  ft. 


62-5 
17 

327 
31 


Boiler 
Scale. 
Per 
cent. 


1000 


70-0 


0-51 
39-35 
none 

uta 

301 
10-70 

1-21 
none 

9970 
1385 


I  must  ask  you  to  refer  for  a  moment  to  the  table 
of  analyses  before  you.  The  feed-water,  of  which 
this  table  gives  the  analysis,  is  yielded  from  a  well  on 
the  works,  and  is  that  with  which  most  of  our  boilers 
are  fed.  It  contains,  as  you  see,  37--10  grains  of  solid 
matter  in  the  gallon.  Of  this,  19'68  grains,  or  the 
bulk,  is  carbonate  of  lime.  Fortunately  there  are 
only  214  grains  of  sulphate  of  lime,  which  is  a  very 


[Uantity,  and  no  chloride  of  magnesium  at 
\\ '-  have,  therefore,  only  to  dial  with  the  sul- 
phate of  lime,  and  it  is  easy  to  calculate  what  quantity 
rbonate  of  .-oda  this  sulphate  of  lime  will  require 
to  decompose  it.    Suppc  ing  a  boiler  i  35 

cubic  feet  of  water  an  hour, this  would  mean  a  del  osil 
in  the  boil.r,  iii  -i  hi  ure,oi  I  '61b.  of  sulphate  of  lime, 
and  this  requires  for  il  decomposition  l"25lb.  of  pure 
carl n  da.    We  have,  therefore,  only  to  inject 

into  the  boiler  an  amount  of  carbonate  of  soda 
sufficient  to  decompose  any  sulphate  of  lime  and 
chloride  of  magnesium  there  may  be  pre  ent  :  and  if, 
on  a  strip  of  neutral  litmus  paper,  the  water  in  the 
boiler  has  a  distinctly  alkaline  reaction,  we  may  be 
sure  that  we  are  doing  all  that  can  be  clone  chemically. 
The  water  for  testing  may  conveniently  be  taken 
from  one  of  the  water  gauges. 

With  respect  to  the  analysis  of  the  hard  scale 
which  was  taken  from  a  boiler  fed  with  this  water, 
the  first  point  which  strikes  one  is  the  satisfactory 
way  in  which  the  addition  of  carbonate  of  soda  to 
the  feed- water  has  done  its  work.  You  see  it  has 
almost  entirely  decomposed  the  sulphate  of  lime, 
there  being  only  (Vol  per  cent,  of  this  substance 
present  in  a  scale  which  has  probably  been  ninny 
months  in  the  course  of  formation.  This  analysis 
shows  that  the  chief  constituent  of  the  scale  is 
hydrate  of  magnesia,  and  the  only  way  to  check  the 
conversion  of  this  substance  into  a  hard  scale  is,  as 
I  pointed  out  before,  to  prevent  its  being  baked 
upon  the  plates  after  the  water  is  blown  out  of  the 
boiler.  The  analysis  of  the  boiler  mud  shows  that  a 
considerable  amount  of  hydrate  of  magnesia  exists  in 
a  powdery  form. 

To  render  the  analysis  of  the  scale  more  complete 
and  valuable  I  append  separately  the  acids  and  the 
basis  comprising  it : — 

CO W* 

SIO 10-70 

SO,    030 

CI     O'U! 

MgO 31-01 

CaO  !»26 

Na.O    IT? 

Fe20,  and  Al.Oa  M£ 

Water ■  »  W 

99-76 

As  to  accessory  measures  for  preventing  incrusta- 
tion, I  would  further  impress  the  importance  of 
allowing  the  boiler  to  stand  for  as  long  as  possible 
after  the  fires  are  drawn  before  it  is  blown  off.  It  is 
perfectly  obvious  that  if  the  boiler  is  blown  empty 
while  the  flues  are  still  hot,  the  plates  will  become 
hotter  than  they  were  before,  and,  ignoring  any  in- 
jurious straining  of  the  boiler  itself,  the  precipitated 
lime  and  magnesia  will  bake  hard.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  flues  are  allowed  to  cool  well  down  before 
the  boiler  is  blown  off,  the  powdery  condition  of 
these  precipitates  will  not  be  interfered  with,  and 
they  can  then  be  easily  removed.  In  the  nest  place 
it  is  a  good  plan  to  blow  about  an  inch  of  water  out 
of  the  boiler  at  least  twice  a  day ;  this  removes  a 
considerable  amount  of  the  precipitated  salts,  and,  at 
the  same  time,  insures  the  blow-off  tap  being  kept  in 
working  order.  If  this  tap  is  never  used,  excepting 
when  the  boiler  is  entirely  blown  empty,  it  will  then 
very  probably  be  found  to  be  blocked  with  scale,  and 
cannot  be  used  at  all.  This  leads  to  prickinu'  the 
tap,  or  loosening  the  plug,  which  are  dangerous 
operations,  and  renders  blowing-off  in  an  emergency 
often  out  of  the  question.  Then,  as  to  washing  out, 
I  think  it  is  a  doubtful  economy  to  allow  a  boiler  to 
work  too  long  before  it  is  thoroughly  cleaned.  My 
own  practice  is  to  wash  a  boiler  out  every  four  weeks, 
which,  for  one  working  day   and    night,   is  seldom 

B2 


180 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March  29, 1887. 


enough.  This,  however,  largely  depends  upon  the 
nature  of  th  iter  used.     It  is  also  desirable 

to  adopt  a  Form  of  feed-water  heater  which  will,  as 
far  as  possible,  collect  within  itself  the  solid  im- 
purities  of  the  water,  so  that  a  great  proportion  of 
them  never  reach  the  boiler  at  all.  Of  this!  shall 
have  more  to  say  when  speaking  presently  of  water 
heaters. 

In  spite  of  these  precautions,  the  formation  of  hard 
incrustation  will  sometimes  gain  ground,  when  it  will 
well  repay  to  resort  to  scaling,  which  should,  oi 
course,  be  carefully  done,  so  as  to  prevent  injury  to 
the  boiler  plates.  I  have  upwards  of  forty  boilers  in 
my  charge,  but  it  is  very  rarely  indeed  that  I  have 
any  occasion  to  resort  to  scaling.  1  hive  seen  it 
stated  that  an  incrustation  ,',.,th  of  an  inch  in  thick- 
ness is  equivalent  to  a  loss  in  fuel  of  20  per  cent.,  and 
that  the  loss  in  fuel  increases  very  much  more  rapidly 
than  does  a  proportionate  increase  in  the  thickness  of 
the  scale.  In  addition  to  those  disadvantages  to 
which  I  have  already  called  your  attention,  I  must 
add  the  fact  that  the  presence  of  incrustation  in  a 
boiler  always  renders  inspection  difficult  and  generally 
unsatisfactory. 


water.  By  allowing  the  steam,  however,  to  mix 
directly  with  the  water,  almost  the  entire  heat  is 
absorbed,  and  the  heater  necessary  for  the  purpose  is 
a  much  simpler  and  less  costly  apparatus  than  when 
the  Steam  is  caused  to  circulate  through  pipes.  The 
only  point  to  be  attended  to  in  using  open  steam  i- 
that  tallow  must  not  1»-  used  for  lubricating  the 
engine  cylinders,  as,  if  tallow  finds  its  way  into  the 
boilers,  ft  becomes,  as  I  said  before,  a  source  of  mis- 
chief and  danger.  This  it  does  by  combining  with 
the  precipitate, 1  carbonates,  and  forming  with  them 
a  soapy  yielding  coating  on  the  flues,  exceedingly 
likely  to  lead  to  overheating  of  the  plates,  and  also  by 
decomposing  and  producing  fatty  acids  which  are 
highly  injurious  to  the  boiler.     Tallow  may,  however, 

I  be  very  advantageously  substituted  by  one  of  the 
many  mineral  lubricants  now  to  be  had,  for  not  only 

j  are  these  lubricants  harmless  in  the  boiler,  hut, 
unlike  tallow,  do  not  injure  the  cylinders.     It  is  only 

|  by  using  these  mineral  lubricants  that  the  insurance 
companies  are  at  all  likely  to  tolerate  the  form  of 
heater  which  I  am  advocating. 

A  represents   a  cylindrical  vessel   which   may   be 

!  conveniently  and  economically  made  of  a  portion  of 


Lu 


^J 


Fig.  i. 


I  will  now  ask  your  attention  to  drawing  No.  1. 
This  drawing  represents  a  form  of  feed-water  heater 
which  1  have  had  in  satisfactory  use  for  many  years 
past. 

From  most  chemical  works  a  large  amount  of  waste 
heat  passes  away  in  the  form  of  exhaust  steam,  and 
this  heater  is  designed  to  utilise  this  exhaust  steam. 
In  a  chemical  works,  unlike  a  cotton  mill,  the  power 
is  generally  supplied  from  a  number  of  -mall  engines 
scattered  over  a  large  area,  and  the  boilers  are, 
instead  of  King  placed  in  one  continuous  range, 
divided  into  a  number  of  groups.  The  plan  I  advocate  I 
i-  to  provide  a  heater  lor  each  group  of  boilers,  and 
then  to  apportion  to  each  heater  a  share  of  the  ex- 
hausts which  lie  nearest  to  it. 

There  are  two  tonus  of  heaters  adapted  to  utilise 
waste  -team  that  in  which  the  steam  is  caused  to 
circulate  through  pipes  placed  in  the  water  to  be 
heated,  and  that  in  which  the  steam  is  allowed  to 
enter  directly  into  contact  with  the'  water  itself.  Now 
the  objection  to  heating  water  with  closed  .-team  is 
that  the  heal  from  the. -team  baa  first  to  pass  through 
the  pipe-  before  it  can  get  to  the  water,  and  the  pipes 
very  soon  become  so  thickly  coated  with  scale  a-  to 
almost  entirely  prevent  transmission  of  heat  to  the 


an  old  boiler  shell.    At  the  top  of  this  vessel  are  two 
circular  shelves  1!  and  B1.    B,  the  upper  shelf,  is  not 
quite  so  large  in  diameter  as  the  vessel  itself,  and  so 
allows  an  annular  space  between  its  edge  and  the 
inside  of  the  vessel.    B1,  the  lower  shelf,  tits  closely 
at  its  edge  to  the  tank,  but  is  provided  with  a  circular 
hole  in  the  centre.      C  represents  the  pipe  through 
which  the  cold  water  is  supplied  to  the  heater.     This 
pipe  is  reduced  in  area  at  the  extremity  which  enters 
the  heater,  so  that  the  water  is  injected  at  a  con- 
siderable pressure.    The  water  impinging  against  the 
upper  plate  1!  is  broken  up  into  a  fine  spray,  more  or 
h  ss  rilling  the  space  above  the  shelf.     The  water  finds 
its  way  through  the  annular  space  down  on  to  the 
under  plate  !'>',  and  from  thence  through  the  circular 
hole  into  the  body  of  the  heater.     The  exhaust  steam 
enters  through  the  pipe  1),  and  is  compelled  to  take 
the  same  course  as  the  water,  though  in  the  contrary 
direction,  before  it  can  find  its  way  out  at  the  chimney 
E.    As  many  exhausts  as  the  capacity  of  the  heater 
will  admit  may,  of  course,  be  placed  round  the  vessel 
on  the  same  horizontal  line  as  the  one  shown.     By 
the  time  the  steam  has  passed  through  this  apparatus 
it   is   almost,    if    not    entirely,    condensed,   and    the 
amount  emitted  by  the  chimney  is  very  small  indeed 


March  SM887J  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


l«l 


The  bot  water  is  drawn  off  at  the  tap  F,  which  may 
with  advantage  be  fixed  higher  up  the  side  ol  the 
Teasel  than  it  is  shown  in  the  drawing,  in  order  to 
allow  more  room  for  the  settlement  of  the  precipitated 
salts,  'i  is  a  manhole,  which  is  used  tor  cleaning  oul 
the  heater,  an  operation  which  it  is  desirable  to  carry 
out  once  a  week,  for  one  great  advantage  of  this 
heater  is  that  a  large  amount  of  the  solid  matter 
conl  lined  in  the  feed-water  is  precipitated  within  it, 
and  so  prevented  from  ever  reaching  the  boiler  at  all. 
(  >m  the  bottom  of  the  heater  1  always  find  a  plentiful 
deposit  in  the  form  of  mud. 

In  order  to  show  yon  what  an  amount  of  service 
these  heaters  render  in  purifying  the  feed-water  before 
it  enters  the  boiler,  I  may  tell  you  that  an  analysis  of 
the  water  on  leaving  the  heater  showed  that  it  con- 
tained only  17*5  grains  of  solid  matter  to  the  gallon, 
while  the  water  supplied  to  the  heater  itself  contained, 
as  we  have  seen,  37"4  grains.  You  see,  therefore,  that 
the  heater  has  deprived  the  water  ol  more  than  halt 
the  solid  matter  which  it  originally  contained.  The 
solid  matter  retained  by  the  heater  is  chiefly  car- 
bonate of  lime,  as  you  will  see  from  the  analysis  of 
the  mud  taken  from  the  heater  that  it  only  contains 
6*3  parts  of  magnesia  for  every  100  parts  of  lime, 


ducted  to  ii„-  \uinity  of  the  firemen, so  as  ti»  call 
ittention  should  anything  go  wrong. 

Apart  altogether  from  the  saving  effected  by  heal 
ing  the  water  with  waste  heat,  whether  derived  from 
tie-   Sues  or    from  exhaust  steam,    it   must    not 
forgotten  that  it  has  an  important  tendency  to  pro! 
the  life  of  the  boiler  itself.      A    boiler   which   is  fed 
with  cold  water   i>  BUDJected   to  irregular  straining, 
which  will  inevitably  render  it  more  liable  to  leakage 
and  ultimately  to  injury. 

In  my  experience,  that  part  of  a  boiler  which  is 
most  liable  to  suffer  from  wear  and  tear  is  tin- bottom 
Ol  tie'  front  end  plate,  and  the  bottom  of  the  first 
plate  of  the  shell,  together  with  the  angle-iron  which 
connects  these  plates.  There  is  so  much  damp  about 
here,  arising  from  the  difficulty  of  keeping  the  con- 
nection between  tiie  boiler  and  the  blow-off  pipes 
perfectly  tight  ;  from  dripping  and  discharge  from 
the  water  gauges  :  and  from  slaking  cinders  upon  the 
foot-plate  :  that,  without  great  attention,  corrosion  is 
sure  to  set  in  sooner  or  later. 

If  you  will  refer  to  drawing  No.  2,  T  will  advise 
the  adoption  of  several  precautions  which,  if  carried 
out,  will  do  a  great  deal  to  preserve  this  part  of  the 
boiler  from  injury.     First  of  all.  have  a  good,  sub- 


file. 2. 


while  the  feed-water  originally  contained   168  parts 
of  magnesia  for  100  of  lime. 

<  in  the  top  of  the  vessel,  where  the  water  pipe 
enters,  is  a  circular  hole  H,  which  is  covered  with  two 
semi-circular  plates,  which  are  easily  removable.  It 
is  through  this  hole  that  the  daily  quantity  of  soda  is 
introduced,  when  it  is,  of  course,  soon  washed  down 
into  the  body  of  the  heater,  and  from  thence  finds  its 
way  into  the  boilers.  The  object  of  the  tank  J  at  the 
side  is  simply  to  maintain  a  constant  water  level  in 
the  heater,  and  to  render  the  whole  apparatus  auto- 
matic. This  is  attained  by  means  of  the  ball  valve 
K,  which  would  not,  of  course,  work  in  the  heater 
itself,  because,  in  the  first  place,  of  the  agitation  of 
the  water,  and  secondly,  because  the  balls  of  these 
valves  working  in  hot  water  soon  become  coated  with 
incrustation,  when  they  lose  their  buoyancy,  and  are 
so  rendered  useless.  The  water  in  the  tank  .1,  which 
communicates  with  the  heater  by  the  branch  L,  is  of 
course,  comparatively  cool  and  quiescent.  The  hole 
M  is  simply  an  overflow,  which  comes  into  piny  if  the 
ball  valve  -houid  stick,  or  fail  from  any  cause.  A 
pipe  from  this  overflow  may  advantageously  be  con-  I 


stantial  cast-iron  foot-plate,  consisting  of  a  frame  with 
a  large  plate  let  into  it,  which  plate  can  be  taken  up 
so  as  to  give  access  to  the  hearth-pit.  In  the  large 
plate  let  there  be  a  hole  just  over  the  blow-off  tap, 
which  hole  is  also  fitted  with  a  plate,  making  the 
entire  surface  of  the  foot-plate  uniform,  and  ba've  it 
chequered.  Let  this  foot-plate  be  fixed  fully  3  inches 
below  the  level  of  the  front  end  angle-iron,  so  that 
any  damp  cinders  which  may  lodge  beneath  the  angle- 
iron  are  easily  removable.  Avoid  wrought-iron  foot- 
plates ;  they  warp,  and  allow  cinders  to  get  down, 
and  injure  the  blow-off  pipes  and  taps,  and  the 
firemen  are  liable  to  slip  upon  them.  Just  behind 
the  angle-iron  have  a  cast-iron  feeder  in  two  pieces, 
put  in  one  from  either  side,  and  resting  upon  the 
foot-plate.  Let  the  brickwork,  too,  at  the  front  end 
of  the  boiler  be  kept  well  behind  the  angle-iron,  so 
that  any  leakage  from  the  front  joint  may  be  easily 
discovered  and  cheeked.  Insist  upon  thehot  cinders 
and  clinkers  being  brought  forward  from  contact  with 
the  boiler  front  before  they  are  slaked,  and  do  not 
allow  the  water  to  be  thrown  upon  the  front  of  the 
boiler.    Better  still,  have  the  hot  cinders  and  clinkers 


1^-2 


THE  .loUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March 89,1887, 


removed  in  iron  barrows  and  Blaked  elsewhere,  btit 

in  either  ca  m  be  removed  as  s las  possible, 

uthern  ise,  apart  from  the  probability  of  their  injuring 
the  boiler,  tiring  will  be  carried  on  over  them,  ana 
fuel  will  fall  among  them  and  be  wasted. 

With  respect  to  leakage  from  the  joint  connecting 
thr  boiler  to  tin-  blow  oil  pipes,  tin'  best  way  of  pre- 
venting tlii>  is  to  take  care  that  there  is  plenty  of 

;u  ami  elasticity  in  tin-  blow-off  pipes  them- 
selves. Do  not  allow  the  pipes  to  be  buried  in  the 
ground,  but  let  them  lie  in  a  channel,  as  shown  on 
the  drawing,  supported  on  bars  of  iron  built  in.  Let 
the  channel  lie  simply  covered  over  with  the  flooring 
Bags,  bo  as  to  lie  easily  accessible.  Where  there  is  a 
range  of  boilers,  put,  at  intervals,  into  the  line  of 
blow-off  pipes  connecting  them  an  expansion  joint. 
These  expansion  joints  may  be  quite  cheaply  con- 
structed, as  shown  on  the  drawing,  and  1  find  they 
are  sufficiently  good  for  this  purpose,  without  going 
to  the  expense  of  boring  and  turning  at  all.  If  these 
pipes  are  treated  as  I  suggest,  ami  are  perfectly  free 
to  move  under  the  influence  of  varying  temperature, 
the  difficulty  of  keeping  the  joint  beneath  the  boiler 
tight  will  disappear.  If  the  pipes  are  fast  in  the 
ground,  on  the  other  hand,  this  joint  will  be  a  con- 
tinual source  of  trouble,  and  the  pipes  themselves 
will  give  way  at  their  joiuts,  if  they  do  not,  at  times, 
actually  break. 

I  consider  the  blow-off  joint  the  most  important 
one  about  a  boiler,  as,  apart  from  the  injury  it  will 
cause  if  it  leaks,  should  the  joint-ring  blow  out  alto 
gt  ther,  it  is  very  probably  almost  impossible  to  get  at 
the  tire  s  to  draw  them  ;  and  so  serious  injury  maybe 
caused  to  the  internal  Hues,  and  the  fireman  will  pos- 
sibly be  scalded. 

Every  six  months,  or  whenever  the  boiler  flues  are 
cleaned,  I  would  advise  that  the  under-side  of  the 
first  shell-plate  of  the  boiler  and  the  front-end  angle- 
iron  be  well  painted  with  red  oxide  paint  the  whole 
width  of  the  bottom  flue,  extending  inwards  up  to 
the  cross  wall.  This  assists  wonderfully  in  preserv- 
ing this  part  of  the  boiler  from  injury  by  damp. 

.\>  to  the  blow-off  tap  itself,  the  first  "desideratum 
is  that  it  should  be  tight.  This  is  best  secured  by 
adopting  a  good  asbestos-packed  tap,  and  then  taking 
care  that  the  plug  is  not  removed  w^hen  the  boiler  is 
washed  out.  If  the  plug  is  removed,  small  particles 
of  scale  are  liable  to  get  between  it  and  the  shell, 
when  the  tap  will  scion  become  leaky.  If  the  tap  is 
opened  twice  a-day,  as  I  suggested,  it  will  not  be  at 
all  liable  to  choke  up  with  deposit,  and  will  therefore 
afford  no  excuse  for  removing  the  plug.  A  blow-off 
tap  should  also  be  one  of  the  straight-way  type  ;  the 
passage  through  it  should  be  in  a  straight  line,'  and 
col  angular. 

With  respect  to  the  water  gauges,  it  is  a  mistake  to 
adopt  cheap  and  lightly  constructed  ones.  They 
should  also  be  tight,  otherwise  they  will  drip  on  the 
foot-plate  and  keep  the  front  end  of  the  boiler  damp. 
The  next  point  is  that  they  should  have  ample  sized 
passages  through  them,  otherwise  they  are  liable  to 
choke  up  and  mislead.  There  should  'never  be  less 
than  two  sets  of  water  gauges  on  one  boiler.  Many 
steam  users  bring  the  waste  pipes  from  these  gauges 
down  on  to  the  foot  plates,  just  where  we  have 
already  seen  dampness  is  particularly  objectionable  ; 
others  discharge  the  water  from  these  gauges  into  the 
internal  flues,  which  is  also  to  be  deprecated  :  others, 
again,  discharge  into  a  drain  for  the  purpose,  hut, 
in  any  case,  these  plans  necessitate  pipes  of  small 
bore  to  carry  away  the  water  from  the  gauge  taps, 
and  these  pipes  are  constantly  stopping  up  with  de- 
posit, and  are  always  a  source  of  trouble.  The  plan 
Lhave  found  best  is  to  attach  to  the  bottom  ga 
taps  a  few  inches  of  small  iron  gas-piping,  bent  so  as 


to  direct  the  water  on  to  the  slack  in  front  of  the 
boilers.  This  prevents  tie-  water  doing  any  mischief 
to  the  boiler  front,  is  cleanly,  and  gives  no  trouble 
from  the  pipes  stopping  up.  If  the  taps  are  tight, 
which  good  asbestos  packed  taps  will  oe,  nothing 
beyond  these  short  bent  pieces  of  piping  are  requi- 
site ;  but  if  the  gauge  taps  leak  at  all,  they  will  pro- 
bably require  supplementing  with  ordinary  gas  taps 
screwed  on  to  the  ends  of  the  bent  pipes. 

If  the  points  to  which  I  have  directed  your  notice 
are  properly  attended  to,  you  ought  to  secure  almost 
entire  immunity  from  the  deleterious  action  of  damp 
and  cinders  upon  this  most  vulnerable  part  of  the 
boiler,  and  upon  the  blow-off  pipes  beneath. 

There  is  one  other  part  of  the  boiler  which  is 
peculiarly  liable  to  sutler  from  wear  and  tear.  I 
refer  to  grooving,  which  is  liable  to  arise  in  the 
two  end  plates  immediately  around  the  angle  irons 
which  connect  them  to  the  internal  flues.  This  mis- 
chief is,  in  the  first  instance,  due  to  mechanical 
forces  produced  by  the  expansion  and  contraction  of 
the  boiler  under  the  influence  of  varying  tempera- 
ture, and  is  induced  by  too  great  rigidity  and  want 
of  elasticity.  If  this  grooving  is  found  to  be  taking 
place,  examine  the  gusset-stays  at  once,  and  if  they 
aie  fastened  to  the  end  plates  nearer  than  nine  inches 
from  the  angle  irons  of  the  Hues,  release  them  by 
removing  the  bottom  rivets  until  this  distance  can  be 
secured.  Look,  also,  to  the  horizontal  stays  ;  t  lux- 
should  not  be  too  taut,  but  should  be  capable  of 
vibrating  three  inches  when  smartly  pulled  in  the 
centre.  Any  stays  there  may  be  in  the  boiler  for 
supporting  these  rods  are  better  removed. 

Before  we  leave  this  drawing,  I  should  like  to  call 
your  attention  to  one  or  two  other  points.  With 
respect  to  the  mud-hole  in  the  boiler  front,  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  make  the  joint  with  an  indiarubber  ring 
twelve  or  thirteen  inches  in  diameter.  These  rings 
are  expensive,  and  if  no  precaution  is  taken  the  ring 
will  be  torn  when  the  joint  is  broken,  and  a  new  one 
will  be  required  every  time  the  boiler  is  washed  out. 
If,  however,  the  side  of  the  ring  which  comes  into 
contact  with  the  mounting  on  the  boiler  be  painted 
with  a  mixture  of  blacklead  and  tallow,  the  ring  will 
adhere  to  the  mud-hole  cover,  but  will  readily  leave 
the  mounting  ;  and  it  may,  by  this  simple  attention, 
be  used  over  and  over  again. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  drawing  you  see  a  bin 
for  the  purpose  of  holding  the  slack.  This  is  an 
arrangement  I  most  strongly  recommend  as  having 
great  advantages  over  the  rough  and  ready  method 
of  discharging  the  fuel  on  to  the  floor  of  the  boiler- 
house.  In  the  first  place,  this  bin  saves  fuel,  as  it 
keeps  it  from  under  foot,  and  prevents  its  admixture 
with  the  cinders  and  clinkers.  The  bin  also  saves 
room,  as  it  is  obvious  that  the  fronts  of  the  boilers 
may  be  placed  nearer  the  outside  of  the  building 
than  if  room  has  to  be  left  on  the  floor  for  the  slack. 
In  the  next  place  the  bin  prevents  slack-dust  from 
entering  the  building,  a  nuisance  which  is  particu- 
larly great  if  the  boilers  are  in  proximity  to  any 
chemical  produce  which  it  is  an  object  to  keep  white. 
Lastly,  this  bin  equalises  the  quality  of  the  fuel.  If 
the  slack  is  discharged  On  to  the  floor  of  the  house, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  line  stuff  will  always  accu- 
mulate at  the  back,  wdlile  the  good  rough  slack  will 
roll  down  to  the  front  and  be  used  up  first  leaving 
the  tine  to  be  dealt  with  alone  afterwards.  With  this 
bin,  however,  a  fair  admixture  ot  the  coarse  and  the 
line  slack  is  secured  throughout. 

There  are  two  directions  in  which  the  hot  gases 
may  be  caused  to  travel  through  the  Hues  of  a  boiler. 
In  both  cases  they,  of  course,  first  of  all  pass  through 
the  internal  flues  ;  but  after  this  the  difference  arises. 
One  plan  is  to  cause  them  to  pass  next  through  the 


March  M.18W.]  TI1K  JOURNAL  Ob'  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


IP3 


side  flues,  and  lastly  under  the  bottom  of  the  boiler. 
The  other  plan  is  the  revi  rse  of  this,  and  after  pass- 
ing througii  the  internal  flues  the  hot  gases  an- 1 
to  pass  under  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  ami  lastly 
The  latter  is,  1  think,  the 
better  plan,  for  the  following  reasons  : — First,  the 
c  lolest  water  is  at  the  bottom  ol  the  boiler,  and  as  it 
is  a  great  object  (in  order  to  prevent  straining  of  the 
.can  equable  temperature  within  it, 
1  prefer  to  apply  the  hottest  gas  3  to  the  coldest  part 
Secondly,  the  value  of  horizontal  heating 
very  much  greater  than  that  of  vertical ;  therefore, 
by  applying  the  hottest  gases  to  the  underside  of  the 
boiler,  the  heat  is  more  thoroughly  absorbed  than  it 
would  be  by  the  vertical  plates  in  the  side  flues. 
Now,  a  main  reason  why  the  course  I  advocate  is 
often  not  adopted,  is  in  consequence  of  the  difficulty 
iking  the  Hue  divisions  at  the  back  end  of  the 
boiler  sufficiently  tight  to  prevent  the  hot  gases  es- 
caping to  the  chimney  without  passing  through  the 
external  flues  at  all.  The  setting  at  the  back  end  is 
decidedly  more  easily  made  tight  if  the  plan  I  depre- 
cate is  adopted. 


Instead  of  buildings  stepped  wall  against  the  end 
of  the  boiler.  I  build  an  arch  into  the  end  and  side 
walls,  and  allow  it  to  enter  ab  tut  two  feet  into  the  side 
flue,  just  clearing  the  boiler.  The  space  between  the 
boiler  and  the  arch  is  tilled  with  dry  sand,  which   is 

(irevented  from  running  out  at  the  sides  by  pieces  of 
jriek  shaped  to  tit.  The  boiler  1-  now  free  to  m 
over  these  arches  without  producingany  crevices  which 
can  lead  to  leakage  and  loss,  and  the  arches  themselves 
are  thoroughly  stable  structures.  I  have  foun  1  this 
plan  a  complete  preventive  of  loss,  as  it  compels  the 
trot  gases  to  traverse  the  entire  length  of  the  flues. 
and  at  the  same  time  to  take  that  course  which  I 
believe  to  be  most  desirable. 

While  speaking  of  flues,  I  should  like  to  impress 
upon  you  the  desirability  of  making  the  side  flues 
more  roomy  than  they  are  frequently  constructed.  If 
every  designer  of  a  boiler  setting  were  made  to  crawd 
up  a  hot  side  flue,  he  would  agree  with  what  I  say. 
Some  people  think  that  six  inches  wide  in  the  narrowest 
place  is  sufficient,  but  in  the  interest  of  efficient  ex- 
amination, and  of  the  inspectors  themselves,  I  would 
s<iy  never  make  this  width  less  than  nine  inches. 


I  think  I  can  show  you.  however,  that  the  plan  I 
advocate  for  the  course  of  the  hot  gases  is  quite  com- 
patible with  tightness,  and  I  shall  ask  you  to  refer  to 
drawing  No.  3.  Please  remember  that,  after  the 
have  left  the  internal  flues,  we  want  them  to 
pass  along  the  bottom  flue  back  to  the  front  end,  then 
through  the  side  flues,  and  out  to  the  chimney.  At 
the  back  end  of  the  boiler  it  is  therefore  necessary  to 
build  partitions  to  prevent  the  gases  passing  to  the 
chimney  before  they  have  traversed  the  bottom  and 
side  flues.  These  partitions  usually  consist  of  stepped 
brick  midfeathers  built  into  the  back  end  wall,  and 
brought  up  against  the  back  end  of  the  boiler,  as  indi- 
cated on  the  drawing.  Now,  these  midfeathers 
are  excessively  unstable  things,  and  time  after  time, 
when  examining  boilers,  I  have  found  them  to 
have  more  or  less  given  way,  and  the  hot  gases  to  be 
escaping  Btraight  to  the  chimney,  without  doing  any 
work  in  the  bottom  and  side  flues  at  all.  Apart  from 
the  instability  of  these  walls,  it  is  difficult  to  keep 
them  so  closely  in  contact  with  the  boiler  end  as  to 
prevent,  in  any  case,  some  leakage,  on  account  of  the 
expansion  and  contraction  of  the  boiler  itself.  Anxious 
to  retain  this  particular  course  for  the  circulation  of 
the  gases,  and  at  the  same  time  anxious  to  avoid  these 
losses,  I  adopted  the  plan  of  making  good  the  flues 
at  the  back  end  of  the  boiler  which  is  shown  on  the 
drawing. 


When  one  boiler  in  a  range  is  laid  off,  it  is  found 
that,  unless  the  gland  of  the  junction  valve  be  well 
and  freshly  packed,  the  water  which  condeuses  in  the 
steam  main  connected  with  the  idle  boiler,  will  be 
forced  out  through  the  gland  of  the  valve,  by  the 
steam  pressure  in  the  other  boilers.  This  water  is  a 
great  nuisanceon  the  topof  the  boiler,  but,  what  is  worse, 
it  finds  its  way  into  the  flues,  and  keeps  the  covering 
tiles  and  the  seating  blocks  damp,  and  very  probably 
gives  rise  to  corrosion.  Now,  of  course,  this  may  be 
met  by  having  a  separate  drainpipe  attached  to  the 
lowest  point  of  each  rising  main,  and  slightly  opening 
a  tap  on  the  outlet  end  every  time  a  boiler  is  laid  off. 
Taps,  however,  are  liable  to  leak  when  they  are  not 
wanted  to,  and  this  arrangement  also  requires  atten- 
tion in  opening  and  closing  the  tap  at  the  right  time. 
I  hawing  No.  4,  however,  shows  youhowthedifficulty 
may  be  overcome  perfectly  automatically.  The  draw- 
ing shows  two  junction  valves  fixed  upon  boilers :  the 
right-hand  boiler  is  supposed  to  be  working,  and  the 
left  hand  idle.  Above  is  the  steam  main  to  which  the 
rising  mains  from  the  junction  valves  are  connected. 
The  right-hand  junction  valve  is  open,  allowing  the 
passage  of  steam  from  the  boiler,  and  the  left-hand 
valve  is  closed  The  rising  main  from  the  closed 
junction  valve  will,  of  course,  gradually  collect  con- 
densed water,  which,  if  nothing  is  done  to  prevent  it, 
1  will  be  forced  through  the  gland  of  the  valve,  but  if 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   iMardi  a,  MB. 


the  rising  main  of  the  idle  boiler  be  connected  with 
the  rising  main  of  one  which  is  working,  bj  means  pi 
an  inch  pipe,  as  sh  iwn,  the  water  «  bich  collects  will 
be  forcea  back  into  the  working  boiler  through  its 
open  junction  valve  This  takes  place  because  the 
pressure  of  the  steam,  and  the  slight  plus  pressure  due 
to  the  head  of  the  water  itself  on  the  one  side,  will 
overcome  the  steam  pressure  alone  on  the  other. 

junction  valves  arc  purposely  not  shown  on 
this  drawing  in  the  positions  they  usually  occupy,  in 
order  to  indicate  the  arrangement  more  clearly.  On 
this  drawing  only  two  boilers  are  shown  connected, 
hut  if  there  aie  :i  number  of  boilers  in  the  range,  the 
drain  pipes  may,  with  advantage,  he  continuous,  and 
connect  them  all.  You  will  observe  that  the  drain- 
pipe is  bent  in  plan  between  every  two  boilers  ;  this 
is  done  to  allow  for  expansion  and  contraction.  The 
pipe  should  be  constructed  of  copper,  because  of  the 
action  of  condensed  water  upon  wrought  iron.  1 
adopted  this  arrangement  with  considerable  mis- 
u.vin.u.  as  1  feared  that  the  pipes  would  be  liable  to 
stop  up  with  deposit  carried  over  by  the  steam,  but 
this  is  not  the  case,  and  the  system  works  admirably. 


promote  circulation,     [f, however,  the  Sues   ;i > 

structed  with  the  "  Adamson "  or  " Bowling 

I    don't    think    anything    further    is    requisite    to 

i  ii  then  them,  and  if  the  boiler  is  fed  with  hot 
water,  and  the  hot  gases  are  caused  to  circulate  as  I 
have  recommended,  I  don't  think  anything  is  needed 
to  improve  the  circulation.  In  the  rare  cas>  oi 
boilers  tired  with  waste  heat,  when  the  heat  passes 
through  the  internal  Hues  only,  these  cross-tubes  do 
certainly  act  beneficially  in  promoting  circulation. 

1  shall  probably  be  expected  to  say  something  re- 
garding safety  valves  and  fusible  plugs.  Tiny  are 
most  important  details  of  the  boiler,  and  I  believe 
that  proper  attention  to  them  will  do  more  to  remove 
anj  liability  to  danger  than  anything  else.  There 
should  always  be  two  safety  valves  on  each  boiler, 
one  of  the  ordinary  deadweight  type,  and  the  other 
constructed  to  blow  off  when  the  steam  pressure  lie- 
comes  excessive,  or  when  the  water  level  falls  too  low. 
To  insure  these  valves  never  sticking,  it  is  a  good 
thing  to  have  them  lifted  or  moved  upon  their  faces 
regularly  once  a  week.  Lever  or  spring  safety  valves, 
or  any  that  admit  of  being  tampered  with,  are  danger- 


TX 


Fig.  4. 


1  have  often  been  asked  whether  I  consider  the  in- 
troduction of  cross-tubes  into  the  main  Hues  of  a 
boiler,  an  advantage.  I  am  myself  opposed  to  their 
adoption  in  all  ordinary  cases.  At  first  sight  it  would 
appear  as  if  cross-tubes  must  increase  the  heating  sur- 
face, and  consequently  be  beneficial ;  but  it  must  not 
le  forgotten  that  while  the  tubes  do  present  more 
surface,  it  is  vertical  surface,  and  it  is  only  obtained 
at  the  sacrifice  of  the  horizontal  surface  which  lies 
immediately  behind  them.  For  the  tubes,  as  it  were, 
cast  a  shadow,  and  deflect  the  hot  gases  from  the 
upper  part  of  the  main  flue,  just  where  they  would 
otherwise  be  most  efficient.  I  have  not  made  any 
actual  experiments  to  support  my  opinion,  but  so  far 
as  I  can  judge,  from  general  observation,  I  feel  no 
doubt  about  the  matter. 

These  cross-tubes  render  inspection  much  more 
painful  and  difficult,  as  anyone  who  has  ever  threaded 
ids  body  through  the  maze  of  cross-tubes  in  a 
"Calloway'  boiler  will  cpiite  understand.  These 
again,  act  as  dust  catchers,  and  a  Hue  containing 
them  will  much  sooner  become  choked  with  tluedust 
than  will  a  Hue  which  has  no  cross-tubes  in  it.  It  is 
obviously  desirable  to  prevent  the  accumulation  of 
soot  and  dust  in  the  flues  as  far  as  possible.  The  only 
advantages  which  1  think  can  be  claimed  for  cross 
tubes  are  that  they  strengthen  the  Rues,  and  tend  to 


ous,  but  it  is  seldom  an  object  to  a  fireman  in  a 
chemical  works  to  maintain  an  excessive  pressure 
the  difficulty  is  generally  to  get  the  desired  pressure 
kept  up.  Regarding  fusible  plugs,  I  would  only  say 
that  to  be  efficient  they  must  be  kept  clean,  aud  they 
should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  on  both  sides  every 
time  a  boiler  is  laid  off.  Every  year  the  plug  should 
be  discarded  and  replaced  with  a  new  one  whether  it 
shows  signs  of  leakage  or  not. 

With  respect  to  the  supervision  of  boilers  in  a 
chemical  works,  I  think  the  best  plan  is  to  appoint 
as  foremen  two  steady  and  tried  men,  one  for  the  day, 
and  the  other  for  the  night  shift.  Of  course  this  im- 
plies that  there  are  sufficient  boilers  to  warrant  such 
an  arrangement.  These  foremen  should  thoroughly 
understand  the  details  of  a  boiler,  and  may  with  ad- 
vantage be  selected  from  among  the  fitters.  It  may 
then  be  part  of  their  duty,  when  at  work  during  the 
night,  to  attend  to  any  minor  fitting  requirements  that 
may  be  needed  in  the  works  generally.  This  will 
often  save  calling  in  the  assistance  of  the  regular 
fitters.  These  foremen  may  also  be  made  the  heads 
of  any  fire  brigade  organisation,  because,  as  a  matter 
of  course,  either  one  or  the  other,  or,  at  any  rate,  a 
competent  substitute,  is  always  on  the  spot,  and  as 
their  work  necessitates  their  constant  patrol,  more 
or  less,  of  the  whole  works,  they  become  in  fact  gen- 


March 29. U87.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  <>F  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


185 


eral  watchmen.  The  regular  duty  of  the  foremen  is 
e  that  strum  is  kept  up,  that  tiring  is  properly 
carried  out.  and  that  the  evolution  of  black  snios 
as  la-  aa  possible,  prevented  ;  to  examine  the  boilers, 
and  t<>  see  that  any  necessary  repairs  are  execul 
They  see  also  that  routine  work,  such  as  putting  the 
soda  into  the  heaters,  is  regularly  attended  to.  Where 
the  number  of  boilers  is  large,  it  is  well  to  employ  a 
titter,  whose  duty  it  is  to  prepare  the  boilers  for  work 
again  after  being  washed  out,  or  before  and  after  flue 
cleaning.  This  duty  may,  however,  devolve  upon  the 
foremen,  if  the  number  of  boilers  does  not  warrant 


tion  to  details  which  are  of  a  routine  character,  and 
anything  which  tends  to  prevent  rules  falling  into 
abeyance  is  an  advantage. 

A  daily  boiler  report  bonk  should  be  kept  by  the 
foremen,  and  it  should  be  their  first  duty  on  coming 
in  to  work  to  inspect  the  boilers  and  take  their 
report.  There  is,  therefore,  a  record  taken  every  ] . 
hours,  showing  which  boilers  are  working  or  idle, 
and  the  height  of  the  water  and  th>-  pressure  of 
steam  in  each  boiler  individually.  Remarks  are  also 
made  in  ease  any  of  the  fittings  are  discovered  to  be 
inefficient,  and   in   the  book  is   entered   when   the 


the  employment  of  a  fitter  in  addition,  but  tiieie  are 
-o  many  little  repairs  needed  in  connection  with  the 
boilers  and  the  pumps,  that  any  spare  time  a  titter 
may  have,  may  be  usefully  filled  up. 

I  find  it  an  excellent  plan  to  pay  the  foremen  a 
■mall  annual  bonus  upon  each  boiler,  the  amount  being 
base  I  upon  the  nature  of  the  report  received  from 
the  insurance  company.  This  is  a  decided  stimulus 
to  their  watchfulness  and  care,  and  goes  a  long  way 
to  prevent  laxity  in  the  execution  of  routine  duties. 
It  is  always  a  diriicult  matter  to  secure  regular  atten- 


boilers  are  washed  out,  the  flues  cleaned,  and  repairs 
executed,  and  by  whom  the  boiler  was  examined. 
Each  report  is  signed  by  the  foreman  making  it ;  and, 
in  case  of  any  subsequent  inquiry,  records  how- 
matters  stood  when  it  was  made.  This  book  should 
be  daily  submitted  to  the  head  of  the  department  to 
whom  the  foremen  are  answerable,  and  in  whose 
hands  the  ultimate  responsibility  rests. 

In  addition  to  this  record  kept  by  the  foremen,  I 
find  it  necessary  to  keep  myself  two  other  books. 
In  one  of  these  I  enter  abstracts  of  the  insurance 


ISO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March ffl, 1887. 


company's  rep  irts,  Bhowing  ;it  a  glance  their  remarks 
respecting  the  condition  of  the  boilers,  and  their 
recommendations,  if  any,  regarding  them.  This 
b  iok  is  always  consulted  when  the  next  opportunity 

arises  for  putting  such  rei lendations  into  prac 

cice.  The  second  book  I  keep  is  merely  a  record 
Bhowing  when  the  boilers  are  washed  out,  when  the 
Sues  are  cleaned,  and  when  the  annual  inspection  takes 
place.  This  ensures  these  operations  being  carried 
>>ut  at  their  proper  time,  and  in  their  proper  order. 
In  order  to  show  you  how  1  record  these  matters  so 
as  most  graphically  to  strike  the  eye,  I  refer  yon  to 
diagram  No.  5.  This  represents  the  corner  oi  a  page 
of  this  hook,  and  gives  you  the  record  of  eight 
boilers  for  a  period  of  thirteen  weeks.  The  blue 
squares  indicate  that  the  boiler  has  simply  been 
washed  out  ;  the  squares  with  the  horizontal  black 
band  that  it  has  been  washed  out,  and  that  the 
internal  (lues  have  been  cleaned  ;  and  the  squares 
divided  diagonally  indicate  that,  in  addition  to 
washing  out,  the  whole  of  the  flues,  both  internal 
and  external,  have  been  thoroughly  cleaned  ;  the  red 
squares  indicate  the  same  as  the  last-named,  except- 
ing that,  in  this  case,  the  boiler  has  been  thoroughly 
examined  by  the  insurance  company's  inspector. 
You  will  observe  from  this  diagram 'that  it  is  my 
practice  to  wash  a  boiler  out  every  four  weeks;  every 
three  months  the  internal  flues  are  cleaned,  and  every 
six  months  the  whole  of  the  flues  are  swept  out. 
The  inspection,  of  course,  takes  place  upon  one  of 
the  latter  occasions.  I  find  this  method  of  recording 
these  operations  very  satisfactory,  as  it  is  so  easy  to 
see  at  a  glance  when  washing  out,  etc.,  becomes  due. 
This  book  is  of  such  a  size  that  one  opening  repre- 
sents a  year's  working.  Every  week  end  this  record 
is  consulted,  and  a  list  is  made  of  those  boilers  which 
require  atten'ion  in  the  ensuing  week. 

I  have  referred  several  times  to  boiler  insurance 
companies,  and  I  think  I  may  say  here  that  I  con- 
sider them  invaluable  and  indispensable  agencies  in 
successful  boiler  management.  This  is  especially  the 
case  in  works  where  there  are  comparatively  few 
boilers,  and  where,  consequently,  the  organisation  is 
perhaps  not  as  perfect  as  it  might  be.  But,  in  any 
case,  if  the  boilers  are  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  com- 
petent insurance  company,  it  secures,  at  any  rate, 
one  thorough  examination  of  each  boiler  in  the  year. 
No  casual  examination  can  ever  be  as  satisfactory  as 
one  undertaken  by  a  thoroughly  trained  inspector, 
who  daily  makes  investigations  of  boilers,  and  who 
will  often  be  led  to  suspect  mischief  from  trifling 
indications,  which  would  altogether  escape  the  notice 
ot  one  less  experienced.  Of  course,  I  assume  that 
the  company  selected  is  one  which  will  do  its  work 
honourably,  and  will  have  the  steam  users'  interests 
at  heart,  fortunately,  the  steam  users'  interests  are 
in  reality  identical  with  those  of  the  shareholder— 
namely,  to  conduce  to  safety  in  the  working  of 
boilers. 

We  have  now  reached  the  end  of  those  suggestions 
on  boiler  management  which  1  intended  to  lay 
before  you  to-night.  My  paper  has  by  no  means 
exhausted  the  subject,  and  it  has  covered  ground 
which  is  no  doubt  familiar  to  most  of  you  ;  but  I 
shall  be  very  glad  if,  out  of  what  I  have  said,  you  ! 
are  able  to  glean  a  suggestion  or  two  which  may 
prove  of  any  practical  value.  If  the  subjects  1  have 
spoken  upon  are  familiar  in  themselves,  their  im- 
portance is,  I  believe,  of  ten  insufficiently  appreciated. 
I  hope,  however,  that  in  matters  of  detail  some 
novelty  of  treatment  may  be  found.  As  far  as  I 
know,  for  example,  the  feed-water  heater  to  which  I 
called  your  attention  is  unlike  anything  of  the  kind 
in  general  use,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  my  remarks  on 
incrustation  certainly  contain  nothing  iiew.    I  have  ' 


only  tried  to  lay  this  subject  before  you  in  as  concise 
a  form  as  possible  ;  and  1  wish  here  to  acknowledge 
my  indebtedness  to  my  friend,  Dr.  Barter,  for  the 
valuable  assistance  he  has,  from  time  to  tine',  ren- 
dered, by  making  for  me  analyses,  some  of  which  I 
have  placed  before  you  to-night.  Any  value  my 
remarks  on  incrustation  may  have  is  largely  due  to 
the  interest  he  has  taken  in  this  subject.  1  also  wish 
to  express  my  thanks  to  Messrs.  Qaskell,  Deacon  <t 
Co.,  for  kindly  permitting  me  to  place  at  the  disposal 
of  this  Society  the  outcome  of  experience  I  have 
gained  in  the  supervision  of  their  boilers.  1  have 
called  your  attention  to  some  points  which  are  of  a 
very  trilling  nature,  but  I  believe  that  the  constant 
exercise  of  watchfulness  and  care  in  matters  of 
detail,  trifling  in  themselves,  will,  after  all,  be  found 
amoug  the  best  suggestions  on  boiler  management. 

1USLTSSI0N. 

Dr.  .T.  Campbell  Beown  (Chairman)  said  that 
the  large  attendance  showed  the  interest  which  had 
been  taken  by  the  members  in  the  subject,  which  was 
more  or  less  important  to  every  manufacturer.  He 
thought  the  way  in  which  it  had  been  treated,  and 
the  valuable  suggestions  which  had  been  made,  ought 
to  call  forth  a  good  discussion.  Besides  the  more 
chemical  points,  he  was  particularly  struck  by  the 
reference  made  to  cross  tubes  in  boiler  flues,  and  he 
hoped  that  some  of  the  members  would  be  able  to 
give  the  results  of  practical  experience  with  cross 
tubes.  As  Mr.  Driffield  said  that  he  had  not  put  his 
theories  into  practical  test,  perhaps  it  would  not  be 
too  much  to  suggest  that  it  would  be  of  great  advan- 
tage, not  only  to  the  members  of  the  Society,  but  to 
the  manufacturing  community,  if  practical  experi- 
ments were  made  to  support  or  contradict  the 
a  priori  theory  which  he  (Mr.  1  hillicld)  had  put  before 
them.  Prima  facie,  there  was  undoubtedly  a  great 
deal  to  be  said  for  it. 

Mr.  (Jiiison  said  he  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Driffield 
two  or  three  questions.  1.  Did  he  get  his  boilers 
absolutely  clean '.'  -2.  Did  he  get  them  absolutely 
without  corrosion  .'  and,  3.  What  was  the  price  of 
carbonate  of  soda  1  He  was  not  in  the  chemical 
trade,  but  was  exceedingly  interested  in  the  subject, 
and  would  like  to  have  Mr.  Driffield's  replies. 

Mr.  Biax-NEJ  aid  he  wished  to  ask  Mr.  Driffield, 
and  perhaps  Dr.  Hurter,  for  some  furthei  explanation 
with  regard  to  the  analysis.  He  noticed,  for  instance, 
in  the  analysis  given  ot  the  boiler  mud  there  was  3*1 
carbonate  of  soda,  and  in  the  boiler  scale  3"01  carbon- 
ate of  soda.  He  would  ask  whether  that  did  not 
point  to  the  probability  of  an  unnecessarily  large 
quantity  of  carbonate  of  soda  being  used  in  the  pre- 
cipitation of  impurities.  He  thought  perhaps  it  was 
due  to  the  formation  of  the  insoluble  compound  of 
carbonate  of  soda  and  carbonate  of  lime,  with  which 
they  were  acquainted.  With  regard  to  the  boiler 
scale  analysis  he  noticed  hydrate  magnesia  44  !)  and 
silica  107.  Were  they  to  understand  that  the 
magnesia  existed  there  as  hydrate,  and  the  silica  as 
free  silica  '\  It  seemed  to  him,  under  the  circum- 
stances in  which  they  existed  in  the  boiler,  very 
probable  that  the  silica  and  magnesia  would  combine, 
and  that  that  possible  combination  may  have  had  a 

g 1  deal  to  do  with  the  formation  of  scale.     It  was 

rather  a  peculiarity  that  the  boiler  mud  contained  no 
silica,  lie  would  also  like  to  ask  Mr.  Driffield  a 
practical  question,  whether,  if  worked  with  as  much 
care  as  Sir.  Driffield  evidently  bestowed  on  the 
boilers  under  his  charge,  he  could  give  any  idea  what 
the  increased  life  of  a  boiler  would  be,  compared  with 
a  boiler  working  under  ordinary,  somewhat  careless, 
conditions  as  to  attention  .'  Also  with  regard  to  the 
amount  of  fuel  consumed,  how  many  pounds  of  water 


March ».i88r.]  TIIK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


187 


di,|  he  evaporate  per  pound  of  fuel  in  his  carefully    Hat,  and  lie  knew  of  lead  joints  of  this  nature  lasting 


managed  boilers,  and  what  woold  be  the  amount  of 
watei  evaporated  in  boilers  which  were  not  bo  well 
attended  to  I  It  seemed  to  him  that  those  •■ 
points  upon  which  every  steam  u-er  would  like  to 
informed,  as  upon  these  points  depended  whether  or 
not  it  was  advisable  and  whether  it  paid  to  spend  a 
siderable  amount  of  money  in  carefully  attending 
to  boiler  management    He  had  no  doubt  himself 

that  it  did  pay. 

Mi.  Wm.  UtOHAM  (Assistant  Engineer.  National 
Boiler  Insurance  Co.)  said  he  would  like  to  make  a 
few  observations  on  the  very  excellent  paper.  Mr. 
Driffield  had  admirably  expressed  the  views  held  by 
most  engineers,  but  there  were  certain  points  upon 
which  they  had  little  or  no  information.  With  regard 
to  cross  tubes,  he  had  known  many  experiments  made 
in  which  the  cross  tubes  provep  of  no  advantage. 
They  advised  cross  tubes  principally  in  cases  where 
the  flues  were  only  strengthened  by  hoops,  and  in 
order  to  promote  circulation.  Many  boilers  were 
only  fed  by  cold  wat(  r,  but  the  products  of  combus- 
tion were  carried  up  the  sides  before  passing  under 
the  bottom,  and  in  such  rases  they  generally  found 
the  ling  seating  of  the  shell  to  leak,  whereas  when 
the  cro.-s  tubes  were  used  they  promoted  tiie  circula- 
tion, and  there  was  not  the  same  difference  in  tern 
perature  between  the  lower  and  the  upper  parts  of 
the  boiler.  That  and  the  additional  strength  given 
to  the  flues  were  the  only  advantages  of  cross  tubes. 
With  regard  to  prevention  of  incrustation,  for  a 
number  of  years  most  of  the  boiler  engineers  had 
i  the  use  of  soda  a-h  :  that  was  perhaps 
the  most  economical  form  of  using  carbonate  ui  • 
lb-  thought  Mr.  Driffield  was  not  ipiite  correct  in  his 
views  about  caustic  soda.  They  had  found  that 
-tic  :-oda  had  caused  leakage  in  the  brass  tit: 

-oda  was  very  efficacious  with  some  kinds  of 
water,  and  had  a  distinct  advantage  over  the  caustic 
lime  used  in  Clark's  pioci  bs.    The  caustic  lime  threw 
down   the   carbonate.      The   caustic   soda,   however, 
absorbed  lhe  carbonic  acid  and  formed  carbonate  of 
a.  which  was  available  for  decomposing  any  sul- 
phate of  lime  present,  converting'it  into  carbonate  of 
lime,  and  afterwards  precipitating  it.     He  thought, 
also,  that  Mr.  Driffield  was  scarcely  right  in  his  view 
about  the  use  of  grease  and  tallow.     It  was  l.ot  these 
that  formed  a  scale,  but  rather  they  so  thickened  the 
water  as  to  make  a  sort  of  accumulation,  and  this 
thickening  of  the  water  prevented  a  sufficient  trails- 
mission  of  heat  from  the  plates  to  the  water.     With 
reference  to  the  waste  of  heating  power  through  scale, 
it  was  a  fact  that  probably  nine-tenths  of  the  evapo- 
ration was  done  in  the  furnace, and  very  little  was  done 
in  the  bottom  parts  of  the  boiler,  where  the  scale 
accumulates.     The  scale    itself    was  not   really  so 
disadvantageous  as  was  generally  supposed.     It  was, 
however,  desirable  that  the  scale  should  be  removed, 
because  many  of  the  disadvantages,  such  as  straining 
the  seams  at  the  bottom  of  the  boiler,  around  the 
furnace  angle  irons,  and  other  parts  where  the  scale 
accumulated,  were  caused  by  it.     The  water  that  Mr. 
liriffield  had  given  them  an  analysis  of   was  what 
they  termed  "land  water."      They  generally  advised, 
before  any  of  the  thousand-and-one  nostrums  bi 
the  public  were  used,  that  an  analysis  of  the  water 
should  be  made.     People  generally  sent  their  scale  to 
be  analysed,  which  was  When  they  had  a 

sample  of  the  water  they  knew  exactly  what  to  do. 
With  regard  to  mud  cocks,  he  understood  that  Mr. 
Driffield  recommended  the  use  of  an  indiarubber 
ring.  This  was  scarcely  desirable,  as  he  had  known 
of  two  or  three  explosions  resulting  from  the  use  of 
an  indiarubber  ring.  He  knew  many  firms  who 
simply  used  a  short  length  of  lead  piping,  pressed  out 


for  many  years.    With   regard  to  lubricants,  they 
thought  that  mineral  oil-  might  with  advantage  be 

it  not  animal  or  vegetable  oils. 
Mr  (  aiikv  said  he  mnsl  Mr.  Driffield 

upon  his  successful  .summary  ot  a  practical  experience 
in  the  management  of  boilers.  He  would  also  like  to 
ask  one  or  two  questions.  He  concluded,  when  Mr. 
Driffield  spoke  about  the  o,uantity  of  carbonate  of 
soda  to  be  put  in  a  boiler,  he  specially  referred  to  a 
boil.-r  .  vaporating  about  35  cubic  feet  per  hour,  and 
working  continuously  through  the  24  hours.  Mr. 
Driffield,  also,  in  referring  to  his  very  useful  method 
of  preventing  the  leakage  of  valves  connecting  the 
steam  main  to  the  boilers,  spoke  of  a  copper  pipe  one 
inch  in  diameter,  and  said  that  he  had  found  that  it 
did  not  fill  up  with  sediment.  He  would  like  to  ask 
what  length  of  time  he  had  had  those  copper  pipes  .' 
With  regard  to  cross  tubes,  he  would  a.-k  Mr. 
Driffield  whether  he  had  found  a  difference  of  tem- 
perature in  chimney  gases,  leaving  a  boiler  with  cross 
tubes  and  without '!  or  could  give  a  rough  estimate  of 
the  comparative  efficiency  of  the  two  boilers  1  He 
thought  Mr.  Driffield  had  been  unnecessarily  modest 
when  he  said  that  he  had  introduced  nothing  new  on 
the  subject  of  incrustation,  as  the  points  that  he  had 
shown  about  magnesia  salts  were  new  and  of  great 
practical  utility. 

Mr.  J.  W.  MacdONALD  asked  how  long  a  boiler 
would   work    without    scaling   in   the   way    recom- 
mended by  Mr.  Driffield,  and  what  thickness  of  scale 
w  ould  be  formed  in  the  time  1     Also,  if  he  could  tell 
them  the  proportion  there  was  between  the  cold  feed 
water  and  that  p reduced  by  the  condensation  of  the 
exhau-t  steam,  so  as  to  find  out  the  reduction  of 
solids  in  the  cold  water  I    He  thought  a  good  deal  of 
the  apiartnt   reduction   (from  37  to  1,    grains  per 
gallon)  was  really  due  to  the  dilution  produced  by 
the  condensed  water  formed  from  the  exhaust  steam. 
Dr.   Hubtkb  wished    to   answer    Mr.   Hi  tinner's 
remarks  as  regards  the  anal>ses.     Mr.  Driffield  had 
chosen  to  give  the  results  of  the  analysis  of  the  boiler 
mud  in  the  diagram  as  percentage*.    The  mud  was 
taken  out  of  the  boiler  as  a  thick  fluid,  and  the  results 
were  returned  as  pounds  per  cubic  foot,  and  would 
be  so  expressed  in  the  journal.     The  analysis  of  the 
mud  was  not  complete,  and  was  undertaken  simply 
to  confirm  the  peculiarity  found  in  the  scale-  viz., 
that  the  magnesia  was  present  as  hydrate,  and  not  in 
combination   with   any   acid.     The    10  per  cent,  of 
silica  present  in   the  scale  was  really  chiefly  sand. 
The  analysis  of  the  scale  puzzled  him  at  first.    He 
had  given  it  to  his  assistant,  who  had  found  it  to  add 
up  to  about  1 10.     He  was,  therefore,  obliged  to  make 
it  himself,  but  as  long  as  he  calculated  the  magnesia 
as   carbonate  the   results   were   unsatisfactory.      In 
Mr.  Macadam's  i  aper  there  were  somewhere  about  50 
different  analyses  of  boiler  incrustations,  all  adding 
up  to  nearly  100,  in  every  one  of  which  the  magnesia 
was  stated  as   carbonate.     His  (Dr.  Hurter's)  own 
investigation  proved  to  him,  beyond  doubt,  that  the 
magnesia  was  to  a   great   extent   in   the  mud,  and 
wholly  in  the  scale  as  magnesia  hydrate.     To  him 
this  was  news,  but,  on  searching,  he  found  that  l'ro- 
Votlcker  had  discovered  this  [act  as  long  ago 
as  1867,  and  that  many  careful  analysts.  Dr.  Fischer 
among  others.  Lad  noticed   the  same   fact.     It  was  a 
very  curious  fact,  because  Le  had  not  succeeded  in 
expelling  C02  from  either  maguesite  or  freshly  pre- 
cipitated magnesia  carbonate,  at  the  temperature  of 
a  boiler  in  a  current  of  steam.     The  carbonate  of  si  da, 
mentioned  in  the  boiler  mud,  was  not  in  the  precipi- 
tate,   but  in  solution,  and    was  the  excess  of  soda 
which  had  accumulated  for  a  long  time  in  the  boiler. 
It  was  necessary  to  ascertain  this  in  order  to  find 


188 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March«>.iffl7. 


what  amount  of  carbonic  acid  corresponded  to  the 
various  base?,  and  whether  the  magnesia  was  Fn 
hydrate,  or  combined  as  cai  b  >i 

.Mr.  A.  Ni  i:ma\  Tate  congratulated  the  Society 
on  having  Mr.  Driffield  there  to  read  his  very 
excellent  paper,  one  which  they  mi^lit  take  as  a 
type  of  the  papers  required  by  the  Society.  He  was 
very  glad  to  hear  Mr.  Driffield  mention  the  difficulties 
that  followed  the  use  of  tallow.  II,  bad  made 
numerous  examinations,  connected  with  boiler-corro- 
sion, of  waters  from  many  parts  ol  the  world, 
especially  in  oases  of  corrosion  of  marine  boilers  ; 
most  of  these  were  traceable  to  the  use  of  tallow 
introduced  into  the  feed  water.  He  fully  agreed 
with  Mr.  Driffield  that  the  tallow  itself  caused 
much  of  the  mischief,  especially  that  which  was 
sold  for  lubricating  purposes"  and  which  was 
the  \ilest  rubbish  ever  sold  under  the  name  of 
"tallow."  There  was  no  doubt  that  tallow  did 
combine  with  magnesia  in  the  boiler,  and  caused 
;t  mating  and  a  considerable  amount  of  corrosion. 
With  regard  to  the  remarks  that  had  been  mad.-  as 
to  the  useof  mineral  lubricants,  it  was  a  curious 
tact  that  if  tallow  were  used  at  the  same  time 
with  a  mineral  lubricating  oil,  the  result  was 
often  detrimental  to  both  boilers  and  fittings. 
although  mineral  lubricants  of  themselves  might  be 
innocuous.  With  reference  to  magnesia,  some 
time  ago  he  had  occasion  to  examine  some  water  in 
connection  with  the  breakdown  of  some  half-dozen 
boilers.  They  had  broken  down  very  rapidly.  A 
change  of  feed  water  had  taken  place.  The  boilers 
had  been  worked  for  from  three  to  four  years  without 
difficulty,  with  the  exception  of  a  large  amount  of 
scale.  That  scale,  of  course,  was  considered  detrimen- 
tal: the  water  was  therefore  changed,  and  then,  after 
some  three  or  four  weeks  only,  the  boilers  gave  way. 
In  that  water  over  13  grains  per  gallon  of  chloride  of 
magnesium  was  found,  and  he  had  not  the  slightest 
doubt  himself  that  it  was  owing  to  the  decompo- 
sition of  the  chloride  of  magnesium  that  corrosion 
took  place.  They  were  greatly  indebted  to  Mr. 
1  Iriffield  for  calling  their  attention  to  the  matter. 
It  was  undoubtedly  very  important  that  there 
should  not  be  any  chloride  of  magnesium  in  feed 
water.  Some  remarks  had  been  made  with  reference 
to  the  use  of  carbonate  of  soda  and  caustic  soda. 
It  occurred  to  him  that  if  caustic  soda  were 
used  after  scale  had  been  formed,  leakage  would 
most  certainly  result,  because  caustic  soda  so  cleared 
off  the  scale  that  faults  were  made  apparent  which 
before  were  not  perceivable.  When  caustic  soda 
had  been  used  at  the  starting  of  a  boiler,  his  experi- 
ence had  been  that  it  had  much  the  same  effect  as 
ordinary  soda  ash. 

Mr.  W.  1'.  Thompson  said  that  Mr.  Driffield  bad 
recommended  that  the  return  flue  should  go  under 
the  boiler  first,  before  going  along  the  sides.  About 
thirteen  years  ago  he  had  been  asked  by  a  millowner 
in  Deibyshire  to  examine  his  boilers.  He  said  that 
every  time  they  were  quiet — say  at  dinner  time-  after 
the  first  few  strokes  of  the  engine  the  pressure  unac- 
countably and  suddenly  rose  20lb.  or  30lb.  He  (Mr. 
Thompson)  had  examined  these  boilers,  and  found 
that  the  reason  of  the  sudden  change  was  Bimply  that 
the  centre  flues  being  rather  short,  and  the  side  fines 
receiving  the  hot  gases  from  them  being  extended 
above  the  water  line,  the  upper  parts  of  the  side  flues 
pit  nearly  red  hot.  and  the  water,  previously  quies-  j 
cent,  being  agitated  by  the  withdrawal  of  steam, 
dashed  against  them  and  burst  into  steam  quicker 
than  the  ergine  could  get  rid  of  it.  By  altering  the 
Hues  this  »;i-  remedied.  Be  thought  it  frequently 
happened  that  fines  were  built  too  hjgh,  in  which  case 
during  stoppages  of  the  use  of  steam  they  were  apt 


to  get  over  heated,  in  which  case  explosions  might 
ensue  through  sudden  rise  of  pressure  and  the  weaken- 
ing ot  the  plates  through  overheating, especial] j  when 
the  water  "as  low.  Bringing  tin-  products  of  com- 
bustion under  the  boiler  before  allowing  them  to 
the  side  flues,  prevented  this  danger  occur- 


traverse 
ring 

M  r.  A 
had  had 


Wati  said,  with  reference  to  tallow,  that  be 
a  deposit  given  to  him  which  consisted  of 
little  balls  which  were  composed  of  tallow  and  mag- 
netic oxide  of  iron,  which  were  quite  attracted  by  the 
magnet 

.Sir.  Mm  donals  hail  once  examined  a  dark  mud 
that  had  been  deposited  on  the  furnace  tubes  of  two 
boilers,  and  which  seemed  to  have  such  great  non- 
conducting properties  that  the  tubes  got  overheated 
and  soft,  so  that  the  internal  pressure  bulged  out  the 
tubes  close  down  to  the  fires.  This  mud  contained  a 
good  deal  of  magnesia  hydrate  and  carbon,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  lime  sulphate,  which  in  this  instance  did 
not  form  a  scale.  On  discontinuing  the  water  whii  h 
contained  the  organic  matter,  the  ordinary  hard  scale 
formed,  and  the  boilers  ^ive  no  more  trouble.  The 
magnesia  was  formed  from  the  decomposition  of 
magnesia  salts  contained  in  the  Thames  water, 
softened  by  the  Puter-Clark  process  before  using  in 
the  boilers.  The  carbon  was  produced  by  the  decom- 
position of  the  organic  matter  after  the  long-continued 
high  temperature. 

Dr.  J.  Campbell  Brown,  before  calling  on 
Mr.  I  iriffield  to  reply  to  the  various  speakers, 
said  he  was  very  pleased  at  the  interesting 
discussion  which  had  ensued,  especially  from  a  prac- 
tical point  of  view,  and  he  hoped  that  Mr.  Driffield 
would  be  induced  to  follow  up  the  matter,  and  read 
another  paper  next  year. 

Mr.  V.  ('.  Dblffield,  in  replying,  said  that  Dr. 
Brown  had  suggested  that  he  should  make  ex] 
ments  as  to  the  value  of  cross  tubes.  He  had  often 
thought  of  doing  this,  and  would  endeavour  to  carry 
it  out,  and  would  alterwards  be  glad  to  place  the 
result  before  the  Society.  He  felt,  however,  so  sure 
that  his  views  on  the  subject  were  correct,  that  if  he 
was  about  to  order  a  new  boiler  he  would  certainly 
order  it  without  cross  tubes.  Replying  to  Mr.  Carey, 
be  said  he  had  not  ascertained  whether  there  was  a 
difference  in  the  temperature  of  the  waste  gases  on 
leaving  boilers  with  and  without  cross  tubes,  but  he 
did  not  anticipate  that  there  would  be  any  material 
difference.  He  had  been  asked  whether  he  succeeded 
in  keeping  his  boilers  clean.  He  flattered  himself 
that  he  did.  Of  course  they  had  not  the  appearance 
of  brand  new  boilers,  but  he  considered  what  deposit 
there  was,  very  trifling.  He  agreed  with  what  the 
engineer  who  spoke  (Mr.  Ingham)  had  said — namely, 
that  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  work  done  in  a 
boler  is  done  in  the  furnaces,  and  upon  the  furnace 
plates  be  practically  never  found  any  scale  at  all. 
Incrustation  takes  place  most  readily  where  the  water 
is  quietest,  and  hence  any  deposit  there  is,  is  found 
upon  the  shell  plates  towards  the  back  end  of  the 
boiler.  Even  here  he  did  not  find  it  of  any  very 
material  thickness.  Mr.  Brunner  had  asked  whether, 
after  all  his  trouble. the  life  of  the  boiler  was  materially 
lengthened.  He  could  not  say,  as  he  had  never  had 
a  boiler  worn  out  jet  All  he  could  say  was  that  he 
believed  a  boiler  was  supposed  to  have  done  its  duty 
if  it  worked  for  -20  years  ;  that  they  had  boilers  which 
had  exceeded  that  age,  and  that  be  hoped  to  get  a 
good  many  more  years  of  work  out  of  them  yet. 
As  to  evaporation,  he  bad  not  come  prepared  to  enter 
into  that  subject,  but  he  might  say  that  it  amounted 
to  from  6  to 71b.  of  water  perlb.  offueL  This  was, 
however,  a  matter  which  depended  npon  so  many 
conditions,  such  as  quality  of  fuel  and  draught     He 


March  2ii,  1887.1  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


180 


thought  that  the  engineer  present  (Mr.  Ingham),  who 
had  found  fault  with  his  indiarubber  ring  for  the 
mud-hole  joint,  must  hive  misunderstood  him.  Be 
knew  perfectly  well  that,  in  the  case  of  a  mud-hole 
mounting  fixed  outside  the  boiler,  where  the  pressure 
within  would  tend  to  break  the  joint  an  india- 
rubber  ring  might  be  objectionable  ;  but  it  they  would 
refer  to  his  drawing,  they  would  find  that  the  mud 
hole  mounting  there  shown  was  inside  the  boiler, 
and,  as  it  was  a  spigot  joint  the  ring  could  not 
possibly  be  blown  out  Indeed,  the  greater  the 
pressure  in  the  boiler  the  tighter  the  joint  became, 
and  no  injury  could  arise  even  if  the  bolts  became  loose. 
Mr.  Carey  asked  if  the  quantity  of  soda  suggested 
applied  to  an  evaporation  of  35  cubic  feet  of  water  per 
hour.  It  did  ;  but,  of  course,  if  the  boilers  did  not 
evaporate  so  much,  the  quantity  would  be  reduced. 
As  to  the  method  of  coupling  the  junction  valves  with 
the  copper  drain  pipes,  he  could  give  it  a  three  years' 
character,  and  he  thought  that  was  long  enough  to 
prove  pretty  positively  that  it  \-as  satisfactory.  A 
remark  had  been  made  about  the  condensation  of 
exhaust  steam  in  the  water  heater  which  was  to  the 
point.  This  he  felt  he  had  overlooked.  He  could 
not  say,  without  inquiry  into  the  matter,  what  pro- 
portion of  the  water  supplied  by  the  heater  was  due 
to  condensation,  but  it  was  part  and  parcel  of  the 
benefit  of  the  heater  that,  whether  by  condensation 
or  otherwise,  it  did  reduce  the  solid  matter  con- 
tained in  the  feed  water. 

The  Chairman  said  probably  the  Society  would 
remember  that  last  month  it  was  arranged  that 
questions  should  be  sent  out  to  Dr.  Archbold  regard- 
ing his  paper  on  "  Starch  Manufactures.'  This  had 
been  done,  and  they  had  his  reply,  which  was  as 
follows  : — 

DK.  ARCHBOLiyS  REPLY  To  THE  DIS- 
CUSSION <>X  HIS  PAPEB  OX  "STARCH" 
(Read  at  the  February  Meeting  of  the  Liver- 
pool Section). 


starch        

Glaten   Cellulose 

Ash 

II  i>    


98  '5 


0-3 
1-2 


1000 


What  is  meant  by  the  three  grades 
obtained  from  the  three  separate  runnings  will  be 
clearly  understood  from  the  above  analyses,  which 
represent  average  analyses  of  these  starches  as  taken 
from  the  kiln.  In  the  first  running  there  is  a  large 
bodj  of  starch  separated  from  the  albnmenoids,  &c., 
and  the  latter  being  heavier  and  denser,  quickly  sub- 
side, leaving  the  upper  stratum  of  nearly  pure  starch, 
which  is  run  till' with  greater  facility,  and  free  from 
the  impurities.  The  second  and  third  grades, 
on  the  same  treatment  as  second  and  third  runnings, 
contain  much  of  the  above  perfectly  separated  starch, 
mixed  with  that  less  perfectly  separated,  the 
globules  of  starch  having  more  or  less  particles  of 
albnmenoids  and  cellulose  adhering  to  them,  the 
resulting  starches  being  more  or  less  coloured,  while 
the  first  is  perfectly  snow  white.  These  grades 
generally  come  under  the  designation  of  "manu- 
facturers' starches,  "and  are  used  principally  by  paper 


makers,  dyers,  Ac,  and  in  commerce  usually  contain 
18  to  20  per  cent,  of  water.  The  ash,  as  will  be  Been, 
i-  high  :  however,  that  is  generally  due  to  tree  alkali. 
Regarding  the  formula  of  starch,  I  should  like  to 
dwell  at  great  length.  However,  in  this  reply,  1  must 
be  brief,  as  time  prevents  me  going  further  into 
detail.  Dr.  V.  Salomon  made  numerous  experiments 
on  potato  starch,  which  have  been  corroborated  by 
myself  on  corn  starch,  which  go  to  prove  that  its 
empirical  formula  U  l',ll|„0.-„  or  s.-ine  multiple, 
of  it  ((',,  II ,,,(»-,),.  Starting  with  the  elementary 
composition  of  starch  and  the  formation  oi  des 
trose  according  to  the  equation  C.dl,,,'*,*  H20 
=  t'„H ,..(),;  ;  that  is,  100  parts  anhydrous  starch 
=  11  I'll  parts  of  anhydrous  dextrose.  Therefore,  in  the 
complete  saccharitication  of  starch  (=  to  lOOgrms. 
anhydrous  starch)  the  yield  was  found  to  be  (from  an 
average  of  over  ion  such  experiments,  and  the  sugar 
estimated  by  Allibon's  method)  equal  to  1111  Ignns. 
dextrose,  by  sp.  gr.  lllllgrms.  dextrose,  and  by 
optical  method  1 11  I  lgrms.  dextrose  ;  thus  confirming 
the  formula  of  C,;H,0O.,. 


Qfjancijcstct  Section. 


Chairman:  Sir  H.  K.  Roscoe.  M.P. 


Vice-Chairman  :  I.  Levinstein. 


Dr.  Bowman. 
K.  K.  Carpenter 
C.  Ksteourt. 
H.  Grimshaw. 
Peter  Hart. 
Dr.  Gerland. 


J.    Carter-Bell, 


Committee: 

C.  Schorlenimer. 
Dr.  Schunck. 
Dr.  Watson. 
YVm.  Thomson. 
L.  Sicbold. 
Dr.  Hewitt. 
Local  Secretary  : 
Baiiklield.    The    Cliff,    Higher    Broughton, 
Manchester. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
bo  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


99  S8 

JO-33 

2-38 

1-23 

0/60* 

J-63 

1-11 

1  77 

100-00 

100CO 

ree   grades 

of    starch 

OX  THE  DIGESTIVE  FERMENTS. 

BY  F.  BADEN  BENGER,  F.C.S. 

At  the  request  of  several  members  of  the  Committee 
of  this  Section  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  I 
have  undertaken  to  read  a  short  paper  on  the  diges- 
tive ferments,  and  to  give  some  illustrations  of  the 
action  of  these  ferments  on  articles  of  food.  I  at 
first  hesitated  very  much  to  pose  before  you  in  the 
position  of  one  who  presumably  has  something  new 
to  say — when  I  have  so  little— but  I  was  reminded 
that  this  particular  branch  of  physiological  chemistry 
is  probably  rather  outside  the  field  of  observation  of 
most  members  of  the  Section,  although  many  of  the 
experiments  I  have  to  show  you  are  in  reality  per- 
formed daily  by  each  one  in  his  most  private  labora- 
tory— his  stomach.  These  are  the  considerations 
which  led  me  to  attempt  the  task  of  interesting  you 
for  a  very  few  minutes  this  evening. 

The  study  of  these  digestive  processes  has  naturally 
attracted  the  attention  of  many  eminent  men.  In 
this  country  one  of  the  most  recent,  and  certainly  the 
most  distinguished  investigator,  has  been  Sir  Wm. 
Roberts,  M.l  •.,  F.R.S.,  of  this  city,  and  to  his  researches 
1  am  indebted  for  much  that  I  have  to  bring  before 
you. 

Digestive  ferments  is  the  name  given  to  certain 
principles  secreted  at  different  points  in  the  alimen- 
tary canal,  thtir  office  being  to  transmute  the  food 
we  eat  into  products  capable  of  being  assimilated,  and 
so  used  in  the  building  up  of  opr  tissues,  or  in  supply- 
ing the  necessary  fuel  required  to  maintain  the 
continuous  working  of  our  several  functions.  Speaking 


[90 


TilF  JOUllNAL  OF  TilK  SOCIETY  OF  CIIKMICAL  INDUSTRY.   lifarch  2*188?. 


generally,  these  ferments  have  the  power  of  increasing 
the  solubility  and  diffusitiility  of  food-  for  instance, 
starch  is  converted  into  sugar  (maltose),  and  albumi  n 
into  peptone.  The  changes  brought  about  are  not, 
■  In  micaljy  speaking,  complicated,  though  the  physi- 
ral  condition  of  the  substance  acted  on  is  often 
entirely  altered.  The  actual  ferments  themselves 
lave  never  been  absolutely  Isolated.  It  is  known, 
however,  that  they  are  albuminoid,  or  are  invariably 
associated  with  albuminoid  matter;  they  are  soluble 
or  unorganised,  as  distinguished  from  the  organised 
and  insoluble  fermi  nts,  such  as  yeast.  Thi  y  are  pre: 
cipitated  from  watery  solution  by  alcohol,  but  even 
prolonged  contact  with  this  fluid  docs  not  injure 
them.  When  the  alcohol  is  removed,  their  solubility 
and  activity  arc  found  to  be  unimpaired.  Tliey  are 
destroyed  by  many  chemical  reagents,  and  when  iii 
solution theyare  coagulated  and  n  ndered  permanently 
ble  and  inactive  by  a  temperature  of  about 
7>  ('.  They  have  no  power  of  self-multiplication  or 
growth  of  any  kind,  as  is  the  case  in  the  class  of 
so  called  organised  ferments,  but  their  action  is  quite 
distinct  from  what  we  understand  by  chemical,  in  the 
ordinary  sense  of  the  word.  I  shall  presently  have 
the  opportunity  of  illustrating  my  meaningly  an 
experiment.  A  special  interest  attaches  to  these 
principles  from  the  fact  that  they  play  so  important 
a  part  in  our  individual  organisms.  Their  origin  is 
shrouded  in  mystery,  they  aie  formed  under  the 
influence  of  vitality,  and  seem  indeed  to  be  a  remnant 
of  unexpended  vital  force. 

The  importance  of  preparations  of  these  ferments 
in  modern  civilised  life  is  considerable;  some  of  them 
are  largely  used  in  medicine,  and  others  are  employed 
in  the  manufacture  of  peptonised  or  partially  digt  sted 
foods. 

The  first  of  the  secretions  with  which  our  food 
is  brought  in  contact  in  the  process  of  digestion 
is  the  saliva.  One  of  the  purposes  served  by  saliva 
is  to  lubricate  the  morsels  of  food,  and  so  facilitate 
their  being  swallowed,  and  thisprobal  ly  is  the  extent 
of  its  service  with  regard  to  meat,  and  many  other 
articles  of  diet  ;  but  saliva  contains  a  very  important 
ferment— ptyalin.  This  body  may  be  precipitated  in 
an  impure  condition  by  adding  filtered  saliva  to 
strong  alcohol.  Its  action  on  cooked  or  gelatinised 
starch  is  similar  to  that  of  malt  diastase,  converting 
it  into  dextrine  and  sugar.  Starchy  f<  ods,  of  course, 
form  a  very  considerable  part  of  the  diet  of  man.  The 
importance  of  ptyalin  can,  therefore,  be  well  under- 
stood, especially  when  it  is  known  that  starch  is  not 
acted  on  by  the  juices  of  the  stomach,  and  that  it  is 
not  until  it  reaches  the  duodenum  that  farinaceous 
food  is  again  brought  under  the  influence  of  a  starch 
digesting  ferment.  It  is  essential  that  the  starch 
should  be  cooked,  as  raw  or  unbroken  starch  granules 
are  scarcely  acted  on  at  all  by  the  saliva  of  man, 
though  the  lower  animals  are  capable  of  digesting  it. 
I  have  here  a  small  quantity  of  ptyalin,  and  if  I  add 
a  little  to  this  test  tube  full  of  warm  starch  mucilage, 
you  wiU  observe  that  a  change  will  shortly  take 
place.  The  change  is  much  more  rapid  if  saliva  is 
used,  as  the  ptyalin  is  then  in  solution,  and  a  few 
-i  cpnds  will  be  required  to  bring  the  ptyalin  to  the 
.sum  condition.  The  first  step  in  the  "digestion  of 
starch  is  the  formation  of  soluble  starch  ;  a  bright 
transparent  solution  is  obtained  which  still  gives  the 
blue  reaction  with  iodine; then dextrines  are  produced, 
yielding   brown  and  yellow  reactions  with  tie 

:  and  finally  sugar,  yielding  no  colouration 
with  iodine.    This  digestion  of  starch  by  ptyalin  can 

take  plan-   only  in   alkaline,  neutral,    or  faintly   acid 

media.    The  juices  oi  the  stomach  during  digestion 

are  acid,  but  it  seems  probable  that   masses  oi 

and  other  farinaceous  fowl,  saturated   with  saliva. 


would  continue  for  a  time  to  be  acted  on  by  the 
ptyalin  after  they  reach  that  organ,  a-  they  could 

hardly  be  immediately  permeated  by  tie-  gastric 
juice. 

AVe  now  come  to  the  digestive  ferments  of  the 
stomach.  These  are  pepsin  8 nd  a  curdling  ferment, 
the  active  principle  ot  the  well-known  rennet  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  cheese.     Pepsin  is  the  agent  ly 

which  albuminous  matter  or  protuds,  such  as  at, 

eggs,  eta,  are  converted  into  soluble  peptones  in  the 
stomach,  and  thus  fitted  for  absorption.  Though  not 
absolutely  inert  in  neutral  media,  it  is  practically  SO. 
The  normal  acidity  of  the  gastric  juice  is  equal  to 
about  0  2  percent,  of  IK'l.,  and  though  it  is  pro- 
bable that  during  the  digestion  of  meat,  eta,  Other 
acids  are  set  free  from  salts  contained  in  the  food, 
hydrochloric  acid  is  found  to  be  the  one  secreted 
with  pepsin  in  the  gastric  juice.  Water  containing  1 
per  cent,  of  stn  ng  hydrochloric  acid  is  a  suitable 
medium  for  experiments  with  pepsin. 

Pepsin,  like  all  the  digestive  ferments,  is  soluble  in 
water  or  glycerin.  From  an  aqueous  extract  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  stomachs  of  animals,  it  may 
be  precipitated  in  various  ways— perhaps  it  would  be 
more  correct  to  say  that  precipitates  may  be  obtained 
in  which  the  presence  of  pepsin  can  be  demonstrated 
by  its  digestive  ]  ower.  But  actual  ;  eg  sin  has  never 
been  isolated,  and  attempts  to  purify  the  precipitate 
are  very  apt  to  lead  to  great  diminution  in  its  activity. 
The  mucous  membrane  does  not  always  yield  an 
active  extract.  Tin-  pepsin  is  sometimes  incompletely 
formed.  It  may  exist  as  what  is  called  pro-pepsin 
or  pepsin-precursor,  arid  time,  aided  by  atmospheric 
influences,  may  be  necessary  in  order  to  develop  the 
perfect  ferment. 

The  Pharmacopoeia  process  for  preparing  pepsin  is 
the  somewhat  rough-and-ready  one  of  scraping  the 
cleansed  mucous  surface  of  the  stomach  of  the  pig 
with  a  blunt  knife;  the  matter  thus  removed  is  dried 
at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  120°  F.,  and 
powdered.  Carefully  prepared,  this  is  a  fairly  active 
product  ;  but  the  best  that  can  be  said  of  it  is  that 
it  contains  the  proteolytic  ferment  of  the  stomach 
mixed  with  much  undesirable  animal  matter. 
extremely  liable  to  decomposition.  I  once  asked  a 
candidate  at  an  examination  of  the  Pharmaceutical 
Society  how  to  make  Pharmacopoeia  pepsin,  and  he 
told  me  it  was  done  by  scraping  the  outside  of  a 
sheep  after  the  removal  of  the  skin.  1  have 
examined  some  specimens  of  pepsin  which  may  have 
been  prepared  by  this  method. 

Some  commercial  pepsins  are  prepared  by  precipi- 
tating aqueous  extracts  of  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  pig  or  sheep,  the  precipitate  is  commonly  mixed 
with  starch  powder  or  sugar  of  milk.  Fluid  prepara- 
tions are,  however,  now  much  used  ;  but  by  whatso- 
ever process  pepsin  is  prepared,  the  enly  test  of  its 
quality  that  can  be  applied  is  the  measure  of  its 
digestive  power.  The  mode  of  applying  this  test, 
adopted  in  the  last  edition  of  the  "  British  Pharma- 
copoeia," is  one  proposed  by  myself  in  a  paper  read 
before  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference,  at  its 
York  meeting  in  1881.  The  official  direction  is  as 
follows  : — "Two grains  of  it  with  an  ounce  of  distilled 
water,  to  which  5  minims  of  hydrochloric  acid  have 
been  added,  form  a  mixture  in  which  at  least  100 
grains  of  hard-boiled  white  of  egg,  pressed  through 
wire  gauze  of  3(i  meshes  to  the  linear  inch,  and  made 
of  No.  32  brass  or  copper  wire,  will  dissolve  on  their 
being  well    mixed,  digested,  and  well  Stirred  together 

for  30  minutes  at  a  temperature  of  130  F. ' 

In  previous  editions  the  white  ot  egg  used  was 
ordered  to  be  in  thin  shapings,  the  temperature  98° 
F.,  and  the  time  "  about  lour  hours.'  The  test  was 
tedious,  the  condition  of  the  egg  not  precisely  indi- 


March  O.UB7.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETV  OF  (ilKMlCAI.  I.\ln  StBt. 


191 


cated,  and  tbe  element  of  time  more  or  less  variable 
according  to  the  meaning  attached  to  tbe  word 
"about.' 

My  original  paper  contains  some  details  of  mani- 
pulation necessarily  omitted  from  the  brief  Pharma- 
co]  >  ia  directiona  In  practice  I  find  that  the  white 
of  egg  having  been  pressed  through  the  wir- 
and  weighed,  is  1"  -t  lightly  nibbed  in  a  glass  mortar 
with  the  acidulated  water ;  this  the  vermi- 

form particles,  which  cannot  be  satisfactorily  accom- 
plished by  mere  stirring;  this  is,  of  course. 
important,  as  the  amount  of  albumen  dissolved,  other 
things  being  equal,  will  depend  on  the  amount  of 
surface  presented  to  the  action  of  the  ferment.  The 
mixture  is  then  poured  into  a  large  test  tube  and 

i  in  a  beaker  of  water.  Half-a-dozen  such 
.  numbered,  and  each  containing  100  grains  of 
hard-boiled  white  of  egg  and  loz.  of  acidulated  water, 
can  thus  I  e  floated  in  the  same  water-bath,  and  the 
same  number  of  examples  of  pepsin  or  preparations 
of  pepsin  can  then  be  tested  under  absolutely  identical 
conditions.  This  latter  point  is  most  important  in 
comparative  experiments,  for  it  must  be  remembered 
that  the  digestive  power  of  pepsin  is  greatly  in- 
fluenced by  many  circumstances,  the  degree  of  sub- 
division of  the  egg,  the  temperature  of  the  mixture, 
the  volume  of  the  solvent,  and  the  frequency  with 
which  the  mixture  is  stirred.  Having  floated  the 
charged  test  tubes  in  the  beaker,  as  shown  on  the 
table,  and  provided  each  tube  with  a  small  glass 
stirrer  so  that  pepsin  may  not  be  transferred  from 
one  tube  to  another,  the  heat  of  the  spirit  lamp  or 
Rumen's  burner  is  applied  until  the  temperature  of 
the  whole  has  reached  130°  F.  There  is  no  practical 
difficulty  whatever  in  this,  and  any  slight  variation  of 

rature  effects  all  the  tubes  alike,  so  that  the 
value  of  the  test  for  comparative  experiments  is  not 
influenced  by  slight  variations. 

The  samples  of  pepsin  or  its  preparations  having 
been  previously  weighed  or  measured,  are  now  added 
to  the  tubes  and  the  temperature  maintained  as 
nearly  constant  as  pr  ssible.care  being  taken  that  it  does 
not  nseal  ove  130°F.  The  contents  of  the  tubes  should 
be  stirred  at  regular  intervals,  say  every  five  minutes, 
and  in  half-an-hour  the  albumen  should  have  dis- 
solved. The  glass  water-bath  is  more  convenient 
than  the  ordinary  water-oven  or  incubator,  as  it 
enables  the  operator  to  see  the  progress  of  the  experi- 
ment, and  in  practice  it  is  often  easy  to  select  the  best 
sample  of  pepsin  in  a  few  minutes. 

It  will,  of  course,  be  noticed  that  tbe  temperature 
employed  in  this  artificial  stomach  is  much  higher 
than  that  of  the  tody.  It  was  adopted  because  it  was 
found  that  about  130°  F.  is  that  of  the  maximum 
activity  of  pepsin,  and  experiments  had  shown  that 
specimens  of  pepsin  which  were  most  active  at  the 
higher  temperature,  were  invariably  the  most  active 
at  the  temperature  of  the  body  (9fl  F.),  whilst  the 
adoption  of  the  higher  temperature  enabled  the 
operation  of  testing  to  be  accomplished  in  half-an- 
hour  instead  of  occupying  four  hours,  as  in  tbe  pre- 
vious edition  of  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

e  may  perhaps  be  asking  themselves  the  ques- 
tion,  Kow  can  a  dose  of  pepsin  which  requires  20  or 
30  minutes  to  digest  100  grains  of  egg  at  130°  F., 
have  any  appreciable  effect  on  a  meal  when  taken  as 
a  dige.-iive  1 

In  answering  this,  we  must  not  forget  the  fact 
that  whilst  in  our  laboratory  experiments  the  pro- 
ducts of  digestion  remain  in  the  digesting  apparatus 

c'ually  retard,  and  finally  stop,  the  action  of  the 

it.  in  tbe  stomach  these  products  are  constantly 
removed  as  digestion  goes  on.  It  must  not  be  sup- 
posed that  100  grains  of  egg  albumen  is  all  that  2 
grains  of  15.  P.  pepsin,  or  the  minimum  dose  of   a 


fluid  preparation,  will  digest  in  half-an-hour  under 
other  conditions  and  with  other  surroundings.  Tbe 
following  experiment  (described  by  me  in  ']'!<■  I 
of  3rd  April,  1886)  will  demonstrate  tbe  contrary. 
I  took  ten  times  the  Pharmacopoeia  quantity  of  egg 
and  acidulated  water  that  is.  1000  grains  of  egf 
10  fluid  ounces  of  water  :  these  were  placed  in  a 
beaker  ;  100  grains  of  egg  and  loz.  (f  acidulated 
water  were  put  in  a  test  tube  and  stood  in  the 
beaker,  and  the  whole-  heated  to  130*  1".  A 
teaspoi  nful,  the  minimum  dose  of  an  active  fluid 
preparation  of  pepsin,  was  then  added  to  both 
beaker  and  test  tube,  the  temperature  maintained 
it,  and  the  contents  i  f  both  stirred  occasion- 
ally. When  the  egg  in  the  test  tube  bad  all  dissolv*  d, 
which  in  this  experiment  occupied  25  minutes,  the 
contents  of  the  beaker  were  thrown  into  a  fine 
muslin  filter  and  drained  ;  the  undissolved  egg 
weighed  220  grains.  Here,  then,  a  small  dose  e>f  pep- 
sin had  dissolved  T'-O  grains  of  egg  in  10  our:' 
fluid,  whilst  a  similar  dose  had  oussi  Ived  100  grains 
in  1  ounce  of  fluid.  Another  attempt  was  made 
to  approach  more  nearly  to  the  corditions  under 
which  pepsin  acts  in  the  stomach.  The  egg,  acidu- 
lated water,  and  pepsin  were  placed  in  a  parchment 
dialyser  and  floated  on  a  bowl  of  acidulated  water. 
In  this  case  it  was  found,  also,  tl  at  enormously 
more  egg  was  dissolved  in  the  dialyser  where  the 
products  of  digestion  could  diffuse  away,  than  in  a 
test  tube  containing  a  similar  mixture. 

Each  of  the  two  beakers  on  the  table  contained, 
this  afternoon,  1000  grains  of  bard-V  oiled  white  of 
egg  and  10  ounces  of  acidulated  water.  To  one  I 
added  a  teaspoonful  of  an  active  solution  of  pepsin, 
and  maintained  it  at  a  tenq  erature  of  130  F.  for 
half-an-hour — you  will  observe  that  the  white  of  egg 
has  disappeared,  and  it  now  exists  as  peptone,  or 
peptones,  for  there  are  several — in  solution,  and  the 
presence  of  this  peptone  can  be  easily  demonstrated 
by  a  colour  test.  Wl  en  a  solution  of  peptone  is 
rendered  strongly  alkaline  with  potash,  and  a  few- 
drops  of  Fehling's  copper  test  are  added,  a  beautiful 
rose  colour  is  produced.  I  will  apply  this  test  to  a 
portion  in  a  test  tube. 

The  second  ferment  contained  in  the  gastric  juice 
is  that  known  as  the  curdling  ferment,  and  is 
familiar  to  all  of  us  as  the  active  agent  in  rennet. 
Its  sole  property,  as  far  as  is  known,  is  to  curdle 
milk,  to  cause  a  separation  of  the  casein,  though  it 
is  probable  that  it  serves  some  other  purpe  se.  If  it 
were  found  only  in  the  stomachs  of  milk-consuming 
animals,  we  might  rest  on  the  suppj  sition  that  it  is 
merely  a  milk  curdler,  but  Sir  Win.  Roberts  has 
obtained  it  from  the  digestive  organs  of  the 
and  I  have  myself  extracted  it  frrm  tbe  sti  mach  of 
the  cod-fish.  Now,  neither  of  these  creatures  can 
possibly  require  the  services  of  a  milk  curdler.  The 
curdling  power  of  gastric  juice  was  lorg  considered 
to  be  due  to  pepsin,  but  it  is  now  known  to  be  caused 
by  the  presence  of  a  distinct  ferment.  If  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  of  the  calf  be 
macerated  in  a  saturated  solution  of  common  salt, 
an  extract  is  obtained  practically  destitute  of  pro- 
teolytic power,  but  extremely  active  as  a  curdler. 
If  I  add  a  few  drops  of  this  solution  to  a  beaker  of 
warm  milk  (about  100'  F.  is  the  best  temperature), 
and  stir  them  together,  we  shall  see  that  in  a  few 
minutes  the  milk  will  solidify  in  a  characteristic 
manner — a  solid  jelly-like  mass  being  produced.  If 
this  be  now  broken  up  with  a  glass  rod,  the  casein,  or 
curd,  will  shortly  contract,  and  form  lumi  s  floating 
in  tbe  whey.  Much  of  the  fat  of  the  milk  is  en- 
tangleel  with  the  casein  in  these  masses,  and  the 
whey  is  chiefly  a  solution  of  the  lactose,  or  sugar  of 
milk,  and  the  salts. 


192 


nil!  JOUliNAL  OF  Till'.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   LMawhS9.18B7. 


The  ferments  of  the  pancreas  or  sweetbread  have 
not,  until  recently,  attracted  much  attention,  and 
tin'  remarkable  digestive  power  oi  the  pancreatic 
juice  was  scarcely  suspected.  Three  of  these  fer- 
ments  are  known  to  exist:  an  amylolytic  or  starch- 
digesting  one.  resembling  ptyalin  in  its  power  of  con- 
verting starch  into  sugar,  a  proteolytic  or  ]iroteid 
digesting  one  called  trypsin,  and  another  curdling 
ferment.  The  ferments  of  the  pancreas,  like  those  of 
the  stomach,  have  not  yet  been  absolutely  isolated  ; 
they  may  be  extracted  f rum  the  minced  pancreas  by 
similar  solvents,  water,  or  glycerin-  and  here,  again, 
the  s;mie  difficulty  is  experienced  as  in  extracting 
the  ferments  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
stomach.  The  gland  may  contain  no  completely 
formed  ferments.  They  may  exist  as  zymogen,  or 
mother  of  ferments,  and  our  solutions  may  prove 
inactive  until  the  perfect  ferment  is  developed. 

1  am  not  aware  of  a  process  by  which  they  can  be 
entirely  separated  from  each  other.  1  have  obtained 
by  fractional  precipitation  from  aqueous  solutions  with 
Strong  alcohol,  precipitates  possessing  respectively 
very  much  more  of  the  diastasic  and  of  the  tryptic 
ferment,  but  have  never  completely  separated  them. 
Like  the  peptic  ferments,  they  are  very  easily  de- 
stroyed, and  the  utmost  care  is  necessary  in  their 
preparation. 

I  have  here  a  solution  of  these  pancreatic  fer- 
ments, and  will  first  give  you  an  illustration  of  its 
starch-digesting  or  diastasic  power.  This  beaker  is 
filled  with  warm  thick  starch  mucilage.  If  I  add  a 
little  of  the  solution  and  mix  it  with  the  starch 
paste  by  stirring,  you  will  notice  a  rapid  change  in 
the  contents  ot  the  beaker— they  quickly  become 
thin  and  transparent.  1  can  now  pour  them  from 
one  beaker  to  another  like  water.  If  we  now  apply 
the  well-known  iodine  test  for  starch  to  a  portion,  we 
shall  still  get  the  blue  colouration — the  starch  has 
for  the  most  part  been  merely  cc  nverted  into  the 
soluble  modification,  but  the  digestive  process  is 
going  on,  and  in  a  short  time  we  should  get  the 
brown,  and  then  the  yellow,  reaction  of  the  elex- 
trines ;  but  to  save  time  I  will  add  a  little  more 
of  the  pancreatic  solution  —  now  icdiue  no  lon- 
ger produces  a  blue  reaction  —  the  starch  no 
longer  exists  as  starch,  but  as  dextrine  A  few  more 
drops  are  added,  and  now  no  colour  is  produced  by  , 
the  addition  of  iodine  ;  the  starch  has  been 
transmuted  into  sugar  (maltose).  The  rapidity  of 
this  transmutation  depends  upon  the  proportion  of 
ferment  to  starch.  It  is  easy  to  produce  the  change  i 
almost  instantaneously.  If  I  half  fill  this  test  tube 
with  the  pancreatic  solution,  warm  it  slightly,  and 
add  a  drop  or  two  of  the  starch  mucilage,  I  cannot 
apply  the  iodine  test  in  time  to  catch  a  molecule  of 
the  starch  unconverted.  This  illustrates  the  peculiar 
action  of  the  ferments,  to  which  I  referred  early  in 
my  paper.  This  change  from  starch  to  sugar  can  be 
produced  almost  a-  rapidly  as  the  neutralisation  of 
an  acid  by  an  alkali  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  the 
proportion  of  ferment  to  starch  be  small,  many  hours 
may  be  required  to  effect  the  transformation;  or,  if 
.—till  smaller,  the  ferment  may  exhaust  its  energy 
before  the  whole  of  its  work  is  accomplished.  Sir 
William  Roberts,  in  his  Luinleian  Lectures,  gave  a 
very  graphic  illustration  of  this  action.  "'There  is," 
>aid  he,  "something  in  this,  strikingly  suggestive  or 
reminiscent  of  the  action  of  living  organisms.  To 
illustrate  my  meaning,  let  as  compare  the  particles  of 
the  ferment  to  a  band  of  living  workmen,  whose 
function  it  is  to  scatter  little  heaps  ot  stones.  If  the 
heaps  an-  few,  and  the  workmen  many,  all  the  heap- 
will  1»'  scattered  at  once,  and  the  energy  of  the 
workmen  will  remain  sensibly  unimpaired  :  but  if 
the  heaps  are  millions,  and  the  workmen  hundreds, 


and  if  the  workmen  are  doomed  to  labour  on  until 
they  fall  exhausted  at  their  task,  the  scattering  of 
the  heaps  will  go  on  for  a  comparatively  long  time, 
and  the  process  of  exhaustion  will  be  a  gradual 

We  will  now  turn  to  the  proteolytic  or  protei  1- 
digesting  ferment  of  the  pancreas,  trypsin.  It  will  bo 
remembered  that  the  proteolytic  ferment  of  the 
stomach,  pepsin,  is  practically  inactive  in  neutral 
solutions,  and  is  destroyed  by  alkalis.  Trypsin,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  active  in  neutral  and  alkaline 
solutions,  and  inactive  in  more  than  feebly  acid 
media.  An  alkalinity  equal  to  about  1  per  cent,  of 
bicarbonate  of  soda,  seems  the  most  favourable, 
however,  to  its  full  action.  Its  digestive  power  is 
exercised  less  rapidly  on  coagulated  white  of  egg  or 
fibrin  than  is  that  of  pepsin.  The  casein  of  milk, 
however,  is  much  more  rapidly  digested  by  the 
pancreatic  than  by  the  peptic  ferment,  and  therefore 
affords  us  a  convenient  means  of  illustrating  its 
action. 

I  have  here  two  beakers  filled  with  slightly-diluted 
milk.  To  one  has  been  added  a  teaspoonful  of  the 
same  solution  of  the  pancreatic  ferments  used  to 
demonstrate  the  action  of  the  amylolytic  or  diastasic 
ferment,  and  the  mixture  has  been  kept  at  a  tem- 
perature of  about  55°  C.  for  half-an-hour.  There  is 
very  little  alteration  in  the  appearance  of  the  milk. 
It  is  a  little  yellower  ;  but  a  few  tests  will  show 
that  the  casein  has  disappeared,  and  peptone  has 
taken  its  place.  I  will  pour  some  of  the  milk  from 
each  beaker  into  these  test  glasses,  and  add  a  little 
dilute  acetic  acid.  In  the  peptonised  or  digested  milk 
no  precipitate  is  proeluced.but  in  the  other  the  casein 
is,  of  course,  precipitated.  If  we  take  two  other  test 
glasses  of  the  peptonised  and  unpeptonised  milk,  and 
apply  the  test  for  peptone  used  just  now,  solution 
ot  caustic  potash  and  a  few  drops  of  Fehling's  copper 
test,  we  get  the  rose-red  ce>louration  instantly  in  the 
peptonised  milk,  but  none  in  the  other. 

During  the  transformation  of  casein  into  peptone, 
an  intermediate  body  called  meta- casein  is  first 
formed.  This  is  distinguished  from  ordinary  casein 
by  its  property  of  coagulating  on  boiling.  Ordinary 
milk  can,  of  course,  be  boiled  without  change,  but  if 
we  boil  milk  which  has  been  submitted— for  a  few- 
minutes  only— to  the  action  of  a  small  proportion  of 
the  pancreatic  ferment,  and  which  is  thereby 
partially  peptonised,  an  abundant  curdy  precipitate 
is  formed.  This,  however,  can  be  entirely  prevented 
by  previously  rendering  the  milk  slightly  alkaline  ; 
about  1  grain  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  to  the  ounce  of 
milk  is  sufficient  to  prevent  the  precipitation  of 
meta- casein  on  boiling.  That  this  does  not  prevent 
its  formation  can  be  shown  by  neutralising  a  portion 
of  alkaline  milk  at  the  proper  period  of  digestion, 
and  immediately  boiling  it,  when  the  nieta-caseiu 
will  be  thrown  clown  as  before. 

We  may  illustrate  the  wonderfully  rapid  action  of 
trypsin  somewhat  in  the  same  way  that  we  did  the 
amylolytic  ferment  of  the  pancreas.  I  mix  in  this 
test  tube  a  little  pancreatic  solution,  water,  and 
milk  ;  it  is  even  unnecessary  to  warm  them.  If, 
now,  I  apply  the  peptone  test,  the  rose-coloured 
reaction  is  produced  :  some  of  the  casein  has  already 
been  converted  into  peptone. 

By  adding  a  solution  of  the  pancreatic  ferments  to 
a  large  excess  of  strong  alcohol,  a  white  precipitate 
is  formed,  possessing  both  the  amylolytic  and 
proteolytic  power  of  the  original  solution.  I  have 
some  of  this  precipitate  in  my  hand.  It  has  been 
dried  at  a  low  temperature,  and  its  activity  is  very 
remarkable.  If  I  take  a  small  fraction  of  a  grain  of 
it  on  the  point  of  my  penknife,  and  stir  it  into  this 
beaker  of  warm  starch  mucilage,  you  will  observe  in 
a  few  seconds   that  a  change    is  going    on  ;    the 


March 29. 1887.]    TIIK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


IDS 


mucilage  baa  become  thin  and  clear,  the  starch  is 

rapidly  undergoing  transformation  int<i  dextrin,  mm! 
sugar.  Its  action  on  milk,  too,  i-  similar  to  that  ol 
the  pancreati  •  solution,  from  which  it  is  precipit  ited. 
The  pancreas  contains  jret  another  ferment,  one 
capable  of  coigulating  milk  in  a  very  similar  manner 
to  the  curdling  ferment  of  the  stomach  or  rennet, but 
differing  from  it  in  this  respect : -^Rennet  will 
coagulate  neutral  or  very  feebly  alkaline  milk,  but 
alkalinity  produce  i  by  a  grain  ol  bicarbonate  of 
soda  to  tin'  ounce  of  milk  is  sufficient  to  prevent  it. 
The  cm. Uiii-  fermenl  ol  the  pancreas,  however,  ie 
unimpaired  by  an  alkalinity  three  or  four  times  as 
great,  so  that  the  two  ferments  cannot  be  identical. 
It  is  singular  tint,  until  comparatively  recent  times, 
the  only  function  attributed  to  the  pancreatic  juice 

was  the  digestion  of  fats,  and  yet  to-day  it  is  tl tie 

that  is  questioned.  It  is  one  I  have  never  obtained 
satisfactory  evidence  of,  and  am.  therefore,  unable  to 
demonstrate  to  you. 

In  testing  preparations  of  the  pancreatic  ferments 
we  have  again  to  rely,  as  in  the  case  of  pepsin,  on 
the  measurement  of  the  work  they  are  capable  of  per- 
forming. In  an  elaborate  paper  read  before  the  lioyal 
Society,  London,  Sir  Win.  Roberts  describes  a  method 
of  accomplishing  this.  In  the  case  of  the  amylolytic 
ferment,  it  is  based  on  "the  quantity  of  starch 
mucilage  of  known  strength,  which  can  he  trans- 
formed by  a  unit  measure  of  solution  of  the  ferment 
to  the  point  at  which  it  ceases  to  give  a  colour  re- 
i  i  i.  .11  with  iodine  in  a  unit  of  time,  and  at  a  fixed 
temperature."  The  proteolytic  ferment  is  estimated 
in  a  similar  manner,  except  that  milk  is  used  instead 
of  Btarch  mucilage,  and  the  indication  or  end-reaction 
of  the  experiment  is  the  precipitation  of  meta-caseio 
tiling  a  portion  of  the  milk. 

A  knowledge  of  the  temperature  at  which  the 
maximum  activity  of  these  ferments  occurs  is  imp  ir- 
tant  in  their  practical  application  to  the  productionof 
peptonised  or  partially  peptonised  or  digested  foods. 
The  activity  of  the  diastasic  or  amylolytic  ferment 
commences  a  little  above  the  freezing  point,  and  rise, 
gradually  with  the  temperature  until  30  ('.  is  attained  ; 
it  then  remains  stationary  until  l.v  (.'.,  and  then 
gradually  falls  with  the  further  rise  of  temperature, 
until  at  G5°  ('.  it  ceases  to  act. 

The  activity  of  the  tryptic  ferment  rises  gradually 
uith  the  temperature  until  60  C.  is  reached,  and  then 
lly  falls  until  at  about  75    ( '.  it  becomes  inert. 

I'eptonised  or  partially  peptonised  milk,  and  other 
articles  of  diet,  are  very  largely  used  at  the  present 
time  in  rearing  infants,  and  by  invalids  unable  to 
digest  ordinary  food. 

Fully  peptonised  milk  has  a  slightly  bitter  taste, 
which  is  unobjectionable  to  many,  and  which  may  be 
covered  by  the  addition  of  a  little  coffee.  It  is,  how- 
ever, seldom  necessary  to  fully  peptonise  articles  of 
food,  and  partially  peptonised  milk  scarcely  differs  in 
appearance  or  taste  from  ordinary  milk  :  nevertheless 
it  has  been  very  considerably  modified.  Its  un- 
digested casein  cannot  be  curdled  by  the  acid  juins 
of  the  stomach  into  tough  compact  indigestible  masses, 
but  forms  on  the  addition  of  acid  light  flakes,  which 
arc  much  more  easy  of  digestion. 

In  preparing  this  partially  digested  milk,  the  fol- 
1  iwing  points  should  be  borne  in  mind  :  1st.  The 
milk  should  be  diluted  with  a  fourth,  or,  better,  with 
a  third  of  its  bulk  of  water.  This  entirely  prevents  the 

ion  of  the  curdling  ferment  of  tin-   pancreatic  solu 
i.  2nd,  The  temperature  of  the  milk  should  be  from 
BO  '  ('.  to  60°  ( '.,  at  which  the  tryptic  ferment  attains 
its  maximum  activity  :  and  3rd,  That  if  the  milk   be 

not isumed  by  the  infant  or  invalid  as  soon  as  it  is 

sufficiently  peptonised,  it  must  be  rendered  slightly 
alkaline  by  the  addition  of  about  one  grain  of  bicar- 


I ate  of  soda  to  the  ounce, and  boiled  up  to  put  an  end 

to  the  action  of  the  ferment,  the  addition  ol  ioda  being 
then  necessary  to  prevent  the  precipitation  of  meta- 

casei'n.  It  is  preferable,  when  convenient,  to  use  the 
partially-peptonised  milk  unboiled  with  the  ferment 
still  active.  Many  other  articles  of  food  are  peptonised 
in  a  similar  manner-  soups,  beef  tea,  farinaceous 
gruel.-. 

We  must  content  ourselves  on  this  occasion  with  the 
mere  mention  of  the  remaining  ferments  concerned  in 
the  digest  ion  of  ourfood.  liile  is  said  to  assist  in  the 
emulsifying  of  fats,  and  the  intestines  secrete  a  fer- 
ment which  changes  cane  sugar  into  invert  sugar. 
Such,  gentlemen,  is  the  very  hurried  sketch  of  the 
principal  digestive  ferment-  which  the,  limited  time 
at  our  disposal  this  evening  permits,  and  1  feel  that 
my  apologies  are  due  to  you  for  having  attempted  to 
traverse  so  wi  le  a  field. 

A  DISCHARGE   FOR  MANGANESE  BRONZE 
IN  CALICO  PRINTING. 

i:Y  JOHN    P.II.KY. 

The  manganese  bronze  of  the  calico  printer  is  an 
oxide  of  manganese.  It  is  obtained  on  cotton  cloth 
by  passing  the  cloth  through  a  moderately  strong 
solution  of  a  salt  of  manganese,  precipitating  the 
monoxide  by  means  of  caustic  soda,  and  converting 
this  monoxide  into  a  higher  oxide  by  means  of  oxidis- 
ing agents,  such  as  bichrome  and  bleaching  liquor. 

The  style  was  first  introduced  by  the  late  Mr.  John 
.Mercer,  in  the  year  1823. 

The  discharging  agent  in  use  at  the  present  time  is 
stannous  chloride.  When  a  solution  of  this  compound 
is  printed  upon  manganese  bronze  and  steamed,  a 
double  decomposition  takes  place  ;  oxide  of  tin  is 
fixed  upon  the  cloth,  and  the  chloride  of  manganese 
which  is  formed  is  washed  away  by  a  passage  through 
water. 

The  number  of  colours  which  can  be  associated 
with  stannous  chloride  is  limited,  aud  some  of  those 
which  are  used  are  not  altogether  satisfactory  as 
regards  fastness  against  light  and  soap. 

In  my  endeavour* to  discover  a  discharging  agent 
which  could  be  used  in  conjunction  with  more  per- 
manent colours,  I  found  that  the  sulphocyanates 
(commonly  called  sulphocyanides)  had  a  considerable 
reducing  action  upon  the  manganese  bronze.  I  first 
observed  this  property  in  December,  1883, 

I  was  rather  surprised  when  reading  quite  recently 
the  "  Life  of  John  Mercer,''  published  a  few  months 
ago,  to  find  that  Mercer  had  observed  and  applied 
this  property  of  the  sulphocyanides.  The  following 
is  an  extract  from  the  biography  referred  to  : — 

"  One  of  his  (Mercer's)  applications  of  the  sulpho- 
cyanide  (mixed  with  a  little  sulphuric  acid)  was  for 
discharging  manganese  bronze  without  injuring  blue, 
or  interfering  with  subsequent  dyeing  witli  madder, 
Logwood,  etc." 

At  the  time  referred  to,  the  pieces,  after  printing, 
were  hung  for  a  day  or  two  to  give  the  reducing  agent 
time  to  act  :  steaming  was  not  applied  in  the  produc- 
tion of  this  -tylc  until  within  a  comparatively  recent 
period. 

I  cannot  say  whether  or  not  this  information  was 
ever  made  public  prior  to  the  publication  of  this 
book  ;  if  it  has  been,  I  have  never  come  across  it. 

1  was  desirous  to  find  out  a  discharge  that  could  be 
used  along  with  pigment  colours,  which  are  fixed  by 
means  of  albumen.  The  mixture  of  sulphocyanide  of 
potassium  and  sulphuric  acid  as  used  by  Mercer  will 
not  do  for  such  colours. 

C 


l!)J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  <>F  CHEMICAL  IXDUSTliY.    IMarchO.1887. 


[discovered  a  mixture  that  can  1"'  employed 
perfectly  well  with  albumen,  and  which  discharges 
the  bronze  completely  when  steamed  for  one  hour  in 
Smith's  continuous  steaming  machine.  I  had  hopes 
that  this  discharge  would  prove  of  considerable 
practical  value,  but  up  to  the  present  time  those 
hopes  have  not  been  fulfilled.  To  obtain  a  good 
discharge  it  is  necessary  to  add  lilb.  ammonium 
sulphocyanide  and  :$lb.  of  ammonium  chloride 
per  gallon  of  colour.  These  salts  are  hygroscopic 
and  under  the  influence  of  the  steam,  the 
discharging  materials  swell  beyond  the  legitimate 
limits  of  the  object  printed,  if  a  pigment  colour, 
such  as  vermilion  or  ultramarine  blue,  is  used  along 
with  the  discharge  mixture,  a  white  bondage  is  visible 
round  the  red  or  blue  object.  In  printworks  phrase- 
ology it  would  be  described  as  "  bleeding."  This  is 
a  very  serious  fault,  and  until  it  is  remedied  the 
discharge  will  be  of  little  practical  use. 

Steaming  in  the  box  at  lib.  pressure  gives  a  neater 
mark,  but  the  discharge  is  not  so  perfect.  Insoluble 
sulphocyanide  of  lead  and  ammonium  chloride  giv<  a 
better  result,  but  the  bleeding  is  not  entirely  done 
away  with. 

Potassium  sulphocyanide  does  not  discharge  quite 
so  well  as  the  ammonium  sulphocyanide. 

Ammonium  sulphate  may  be  substituted  for 
ammonium  chloride  without  any  appreciable  differ- 
ence. There  is  no  weakening  of  the  fibre  by  this 
method  of  discharging  the  bronze. 

I  cannot  give  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the 
chemical  changes  which  occur  in  the  discharge  under 
consideration.  I  presume  that  the  sulphur  of  the 
sulphocyanide  is  converted  by  the  peroxide  of  manga- 
nese  into  sulphate  of  manganese,  but  the  functions  of 
the  ammonium  chloride  I  cannot  explain. 

The  ammonium  sulphocyanide  itself  discharges  to 
some  extent  :  in  fact,  I  believe  that  a  very  strong 
solution  of  this  compound  would  completely  dis- 
charge the  bronze. 

Ammonium  chloride  discharges  only  to  a  slight 
extent,  but  it  assists  the  ammonium  sulphocyanide 
very  materially. 


Toirmincjfjam  anD  a^Dlant)  Section. 

Chairman :  Charles  Hunt. 

f 'ice-Chairman:  Dr.  TUden. 
Committee  : 
G.  S.  Allbright.  J.  L.  Maior. 

T.  Barclay.  l>r.  Morris. 

Horace  T.  Brown.  Dr.  Nicol. 

J.  F.  Chance. 

A .  '  'ulson. 

B.  Diwson. 
K.  \\\  T.  Jones. 

Treasurer:  C.  O'Sullivan. 

Local  Secretary  : 

A.  Bostock  Hill,  14,  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 


E.  P.  Peyton. 
W.  W.  Stavclcy. 
\\  .  A.  Wiggin. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  acnt  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


DISCISSION  ox  DR   (i.   11.  MORRIS'S 
PAPER 

])R.Tn.i.KNs;iid  hehad  great  pleasure  in  expressing  his 
gratification  at  what  they  had  had  an  opportunity  of 
listening  to.  It  might  not.  perhaps,  be  known 
to  the  meeting  that  Dr.  Morris  has  paid  a  visit  to 
Copenhagen,  and  has  there  studied  the  process  in  I  >r. 
Hansen's  laboratory.  Whilst  one  felt  how  exceed- 
ingly wide  the  subject  is,  he  took  it  that  most  chemists 
are  beginning  to  understand  that  they  will  have  to 
make  themselves  acquainted  with  the  conditions  of 

cs 


grow th  and  development  of  mien,  organisms  and  the 
chemical  changes  they  bring  about.  They  had  only 
to  recall  a  number  oi  quite  familiar  transformations, 
such  as  nitrification,  which  at  one  time  were  sup- 
posed to  be  purely  physical  or  chemical,  but  which 
are  now  known  t;.  be  effected  through  the  agency  of 
minute  tonus  of  life.  l'r.  Morris  had  referred 
throughout  solely  to  the  process  by  which  the 
organisms  are  isolated  one  from  another,  and  he  had 
referred  exclusively  to  the  changes  which  the 
organisms  themselves  undergo  :  but,  of  course,  there 
was  another  part  ol  the  question,  which  he  supposed 
would  ii"t  be  neglected.  And  he  would  be  glad  to  learn 
from  Dr.  Morris  whether  any  systematic  work  is 
going  on  as  to  the  action  of  yeast  or  other  organisms 
on  chemically  pure  materials  1  They  were  a  long  way 
off  knowing  exactly  what  are  the  constituents  of  a 
wort,  but  if  they  knew  the  effect  of  yeast  on  solutions 
of  pure  sugars  they  should  have  made  an  important 
step  forward  ;  and  he  would  like  to  know  whether 
systematic  experiments  were  likely  to  be  undertaken 
on  a  large  scale?  as  this  was  surely  a  subject  which 
ought  to  occupy  the  attention  of  all  practical  men. 

Mr.  Collins  said  heunderstood  Dr.  Morris  tosay  that 
several  of  the  yeast  cells  have  different  powers  of 
attenuation.  He  would  be  glad  to  know  if  this  was  the 
same  for  the  yeast  used  in  this  country,  and  whether 
the  different  powers  of  attenuation  were  caused  by  the 
yeast  acting  in  a  different  manner  I 

Dr.  Mounts  :  With  regard  to  the  question  asked 
by  Mr.  Collins,  he  might  say  that  so  far  as  the  experi- 
ments had  been  carried,  the  differences  of  attenua- 
tion given  by  different  cultivated  yeasts  were  as 
marked  as  those  with  the  pure  Carlebery  yeasts. 
With  reference  to  Professor  Tilden's  remarks,  experi- 
ments had  recently  been  made  by  Bourquelot  on  the 
action  of  yeast  upon  certain  carbo-hydrates,  and  with 
what  was  known  as  "  German  yeast. :  Had  the  experi- 
ments been  carried  on  with  pure  yeast  they  would 
have  thrown  considerable  light  upon  the  action  of 
the  yeast  upon  carbo-hydrates.  It  was,  however, 
shown  that  the  rate  of  fermentation  depended  upon 
and  was  proportional  to  the  rate  of  diffusion  of  the 
carbo-hydrates  through  the  cell-wail.  With  regard 
to  the  action  of  yeast  upon  pure  solutions  he  could  only 
say  that  he  had  given  a  brief  summary  of  what  had 
been  done,  and  he  had  no  doubt  that  before  long  they 
should  have  the  whole  of  the  subject  of  the  fermenta- 
tion of  the  vaiious  carbo-hydrates  by  pure  yeast 
thoroughly  examined.  Of  course,  in  a  thing  of  that 
kind  it  was  not  the  work  of  a  clay  ;  it  required  a  very 
lengthened  series  of  experiments,  and  he  was  afraid  it 
would  be  some  considerable  time  before  they  were  able 
to  say  what  the  action  of  pure  yeast  upon  the  various 
constituents  of  malt- wort  was, but  when  they  were  able 
to  do  so  it  would  doubtless  throw  a  very  great  light 
upon  the  question  of  fermentation. 


&la.srjoto  anD  ^cottisrj  Section. 

Chairman:  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson. 

Vice-chairman  :  Prof.  Mills. 

Hon.  Vice-chairman  :  K.   C.   C.  Stanford. 


Committee : 


J.  B.Adam. 
.1.  Ad. lie. 

Prof.  Cnmi-Brown. 
J.  Y.  Buchanan. 
j.  Christie. 
w.  .1.  ChrystaL 
w.  S.  Curphey. 
Prof.  Ferguson. 


J.  Fyfe. 
It.  Irvine. 
T.  I'.  .Miller. 
J.  .M.  .Milne. 
J.  Paltis.ui. 
K.  PnUar. 
K.    It.  Tutlock. 
A.  Whilclaw. 


Hon.  Treasurer: 
J.  J.  Coleman,  Ardarroob,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow. 


March 29, 1887.1   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L9G 


Local  Secret  urn : 

O.  G.  Henderson.  Chemical    laboratory, 
University  of  (llasgow. 

Notices  of  i  in  |  >i  m  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
n  ni  in  Hie  Local  Secretary, 

The  Fifth  Medina  "J  the  Fourth  Session  of  l/tis 
Section  was  held  in  th<  Rooms,  .'".',  Bath  Street, 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  March  l,  1887. 

MB.    i.  m:ii>iiN  C0THBKRT8ON  IN  TIIK  CHAIE. 

INDICATORS   IX  VOLUMETRIC  ANALYSIS. 

BY  It.   T.   THOMSON-. 

About  four  years  ago  I  began  a  comparative  Btudy  of 

tin' characteristics  and  behaviour  of  litmus,  methyl 
orange,  phenacetolin,  and  phenolphthalein  as  indi- 
tors  in  volumetric  analysis,  and  in  four  subsequent 
papers  these  observations  were  extended  to  rosolic 
acid  and  lacmoid.  In  the  following  paper  I  propose 
to  bring  the  same  tests  to  bear  on  turmeric,  cochineal, 
dimethylamidoazobenzene,  and  Congo  red,  and  in  a 
general  way  to  institute  a  comparison  between  these 
indicators  and  those  which  were  formerly  examined. 
Before  proceeding,  it  will  be  well  to  make  a  remark 
regarding  the  end-point  of  the  reaction,  or  shortly 

1  reaction,  which  occurs  in  titration.  I  have  re- 
jected indicators  in  cases  where  the  end-reaction  was 
doubtful  or  obscure,  so  that  the  change  in  colour  was 
nut  reasonably  sharp,  but  was  gradually  developed. 
It  is  right  to  make  this  point  clear,  as  other  observers 

ii  to  be  satisfied  with  end-reactions  which, 
in  my  judgment,  ought  not  to  be  relied  on.  In  cer- 
tain circumstances  we  may  be  compelled  to  content 
ourselves  with  approximate  results,  but  we  must  not 
flatter  ourselves  that  anything  like  desirable  accuracy 
has  ln-eii  attained. 

TriSMKRIC. 

Little  information  can  be  gathered  with  regard  to 
turmeric  paper,  beyond  its  delicacy  as  a  test  for  free 
alkalis  and  alkaline  earths,  especially  hydrate  of 
barium,  and  its  special  application  to  the  detection 
of  boric  acid.  The  yellow  turmeric  paper  employed 
in  the  following  experiments  was  prepared  according 
to  the  directions  in  Sutton's  ''Volumetric  Analysis." 
Li  sides  this,  a  red-brown  paper  was  made  by  adding 
sufficient  dilute  caustic  soda  to  the  alcoholic  turmeric 
solution,  and  passing  slips  of  filtering  paper  through 
it.  This  paper,  when  dried,  is  of  a  light  reddish- 
brown  tint,  but  when  wetted  with  pure  water  this  is 
intensified  to  a  dark  red-brown  colour.  When  partly 
inserted  in  a  very  dilute  solution  of  an  acid,  the  por- 
tion immersed  becomes  bright  yellow,  while  imme- 
diately above  this  a  moistened  daik  red-brown  band 
is  formed,  and  the  upper  dry  portion  retains  its 
original  colour.  This  phenomenon  only  occurs  in  the 
titration  of  a  comparatively  large  proportion  of  an 
acid,  when  the  latter  is  nearly  all  neutralised,  and 
thus  serves  to  indicate  the  near  approach  of  the  end- 
reaction.  When  neutral  or  alkaline,  the  colour  of 
the  immersed  portion  of  the  paper  is  simply  intensi- 
fied in  the  manner  already  described.  This  intensifi- 
cation is  (tuite  as  decided  as  a  transformation  of  tint 
wonld  be. 

I  'assing  over  any  details  with  regard  to  the  hydrates 
of  the  alkali  and  alkaline  earth  metals,  the  first  sub- 
stance to  present  itself  for  consideration  is— 

(1)  Ammonia.— Several  experiments  brought  out 

icl  that  only  about  97  per  cent  of  the  ammonia 

it  could  be  determined  with  turmeric  paper  as 

indicator,  and   further,  that  the  end-reaction  was  an 

extremely  indefinite  one.     In  this   respect   turmeric 

agrees  with  phenolphthalein,  and,  like  it,  is  absolutely 


useless  in  the  determination  of  ammonia,  or  for  any 
estimation  in  which  thai  compound,  or  salt-  d 

from  it,  is  present 

■  (8)  Carbonates  and  Sulphide  of  Alkalis.  —  On 
titrating  carbonate  of  sodium  with  sulphuric  acid, 
taking  care  that  no  loss  of  carbonic  acid  occurred, 
the  change  in  colour  of  the  yellow  turmeric  paper 
became  gradually  less  marked,  until  when  about 
51  per  cent  of  the  soda  had  been  converted  into  sul- 
phate, and  the  other  half  had  formed  bicarbonate  of 
sodium,  the  solution  showed  a  tendency  to  turn  the 
red-brown  paper  yellow.  The  point  at  which  the 
latter  compound  is  produced  cannot,  however,  be 
arrived  at  with  anything  like  precision,  even  when 
small  quantities  of  the  salt  are  operated  upon.  In 
the  latter  circumstances  phenolphthalein  gives  a 
fairly  good  end-reaction  at  the  same  stage  of  the 
titration,  and  in  this  shows  its  superiority  to 
turmeric.  In  normal  sulphides  half  the  base  is  de- 
termined, but  the  same  remarks  apply  to  the 
behaviour  of  turmeric  with  these  compounds  as  with 
the  carbonates. 

(:!)  Thiosulphate,  Sulphite,  and  Phosphates  of  the 
Alkalis.— The  first-named  of  these  compounds  is 
neutral  to  turmeric,  as  it  is  to  all  the  other  indicators 
I  hive  examined.  The  normal  sulphites  of  potassium 
and  sodium  (NaoSO.-j),  and  the  mono-acid  phosphates 
of  these  metals  (Na.^HPOj,  are  nearly  neutral,  or 
more  correctly,  slightly  alkaline.  In  this  respect 
turmeric  resembles  phenolphthalein,  but  the  latter 
gives  a  sharp  end-reaction,  while  with  the  former  the 
neutral  point  is  so  ill-defined  as  to  be  valueless. 

(4)  Silicate  and  Borate  of  the  Alkalis.— bo.  ordinary 
silicateof  sodium ( Xa,.Si40.,)  about  90  percent.,  and  in 
borax  (NaeB407),  about  r>t)  per  cent,  of  the  total  soda 
can  be  determined  with  sulphuric  acid  when  turmeric 
paper  is  employed  as  indicator.  The  end-reactions 
are  eminently  unsatisfactory,  as  is  also  the  case  if 
phenolphthalein  be  substituted  for  turmeric. 

So  far,  turmeric  shows  little  utility  as  an  indicator, 
but  we  have  still  to  glance  at  its  chief  claim  to  favour- 
able consideration,  which  rests  on  its  delicate  indica- 
tion in  the  determination  of  organic  acids  with  caustic 
soda  or  potash. 

(5)  Determination  of  Citric  Acid. — Four  years  ago 
I  showed  that  phenolphthalein  was  the  only  perfect 
indicator  for  this  purpose,  and  that  even  litmus  and 
rosolic  acid,  leaving  aside  their  objectionable  end- 
reactions,  were  rendered  unfit  for  use  owing  to  the 
fact  that  they  show  a  distinct  and  measurable  alkali- 
nity in  normal  citrate  of  sodium.  Since  then 
turmeric  solution  has  been  proposed  by  F.  Watts, 
especially  for  dark  coloured  solutions.  His  method 
is  to  spread  it  in  thin  films  on  a  white  plate,  and  to 
transfer  a  drop  of  the  titrated  liquid  upon  one  of 
these  films,  in  order  to  find  the  point  at  which  the 
end-reaction  is  reached.  I  am  convinced,  however, 
that  the  red-brown  paper  I  have  described  is  both 
more  sensitive  and  serviceable  than  the  solution  used 
in  this  way.  In  several  experiments  made  with 
2occ.  of  1  citric  acid,  exactly  25cc.  of  ?  caustic 
soda  were  consumed  in  each  case,  and  the  red-brown 
paper  ceased  to  acquire  a  yellow  tint  at  exactly  the 
same  point  as  phenolphthalein  showed  a  faint 
alkaline  reaction. 

In  the  determination  of  acetic,  tartaric,  oxalic, 
lactic  and  succinic  acids,  turmeric  paper  is  equal  in 
precision  to  phenolphthalein,  and  can  be  used  in 
very  dark-coloured  solutions,  where  the  latter  could 
only  be  employed  after  large  dilution. 

Owing  to  a  distinct  alkalinity  of  normal  soaps  and 
an  unsatisfactory  end-reaction,  turmeric  paper  cannot 
be  substituted  for  phenolphthalein,  even  in  the  few 
cases  where  it  might  be  useful  in  the  estimation  of 
free  fatty  acids  or  trie  saponification  equivalent  of  oils. 


lf>0 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March  29, 1887. 


An  excellent  feature  in  red-brown  turmeric  paper, 
and  a  quality  which  it  possesses  in  common  with 
phenolphthalein,  is  its  power  of  detecting  small  but 
determinable  proportions  of  acid  in  strong  alcohol. 
Particular  care  must  be  exercised  in  judging  the 
neutral  point,  especially  on  the  near  approach  of  the 
end-reaction,  as  the  colouring  matter  is  partially  dis- 
solved. Even  tin'  most  delicate  litmus  paper  cannot 
accomplish  this  occasionally  useful  result ;  and  fails 
to  detect,  for  example,  003  per  cent,  of  acetic  acid  in 
a  90  per  cent  spirit,  unless  the  alcohol  be  expelled 
from  the  paper  after  immersion.  1  formerly  showed 
that  the  inability  of  lacmoid  paper,  to  indicate  the 
presence  of  comparatively  large  proportions  of  acids, 
was  much  more  striking  than  that  of  litmus. 

On  the  whole,  turmeric,  though  not  so  widely  ap- 
plicable as  phenolphthalein,  is  worthy  of  considera- 
tion as  a  useful  adjunct  to  the  latter  indicator.  It 
provides  us  with  a  paper  which  is  more  reliable  than 
litmus  in  the  titration  of  solutions  containing  citric, 
acetic  and  succinic  acids. 

In  both  phenolphthalein  and  turmeric,  and 
especially  as  regards  the  former,  the  chief  weakness 
lies  in  their  peculiar  susceptibility  to  the  disturbing 
influence  of  the  normal  salts  of  ammonium.  In  con- 
sequence of  this,  the  sphere  of  their  application  is 
considerably  contracted.  An  indicator  possessing  the 
general  properties  of  phenolphthalein.  but  not  ex- 
hibiting this  imperfection,  is  still  a  desideratum. 

Cochineal. 

In  the  determination  of  pure  alkalis  and  alkaline 
carbonates  and  sulphides,  cochineal  solution  gives 
accurate  results  and  a  fairly  good  end-reaction, 
although  affected  somewhat  by  free  carbonic  and 
hydrosulphuric  acids.  In  normal  sulphites  half  of 
the  base  can  be  estimated  with  standard  acid,  as  has 
been  already  shown  by  Giles  and  Shearer.  Of  the 
phosphates,  the  di-acid  one  (XaH2PO()  is  indicated 
as  neutral,  and  in  this  and  the  case  of  the  sulphites 
is  seen  the  dissimilar  characters  of  cochineal  and 
phenolphthalein  or  turmeric.  The  former  agrees 
with  methyl-orange  and  lacmoid  paper,  in  giving  the 
same  results  with  the  substances  mentioned,  but 
yields  in  delicacy  of  end-reaction  to  the  two  latter 
indicators.  In  other  respects,  also,  cochineal  re- 
sembles methyl-orange  and  lacmoid,  inasmuch  a^  it 
is  entirely  useless  in  presence  of  organic  acids. 

The  radical  defect  of  cochineal  when  employed  in 
alkalimetry  is  occasioned  by  the  damaging  influence 
of  the  presence  of  even  small  proportions  of  alumina 
or  iron,  which  cause  the  pink  colour,  though  modified 
to  some  extent,  persistently  to  remain  even  after  the 
addition  of  excess  of  acid. 

In  spite  of  its  fine  colour,  the  application  of 
cochineal  must  necessarily  be  very  limited,  and  when 
methyl-orange  and  lacmoid  can  be  so  easily  obtained 
and  possess  such  conspicuous  advantages  over  it,  this 
indicator  must  be  included  in  the  list  of  those  which 
may  be  fairly  described  as  unnecessary. 

DlMBTHTLAiaSOAZOBBNZENS. 

This  compound  was  proposed  by  Fischer  ami 
Philipp  as  a  substitute  for  methyl-orange,  and  was 
stated  by  them  to  be  superior  to  the  latter  in  delicacy. 
Its  natural  colour  and  that  produced  by  the  addition 
of  an  acid  are  similar  to  methyl-orange,  but  it  requires 
to  be  kept  in  alcoholic  solution.  The  dimethyl 
amidoazobenzene  I  employed  was  prepared  by  Prof. 
Lunge,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  a  specimen  which 
I  received  more  than  a  year  ago,  accompanied  with  a 
request  to  communicate  my  opinion  of  its  merits.  I 
found  that  it  acted  precisely  like  methyl-orange,  in 
being  unaffected  by  free  carbonic,  hydrosulphuric  and 
boric  acids  ;  in  indicating  the  same  neutral  point  in 
the  titration  of  various  salts  with  acid,  such  as  the 


sulphites  and  phosphates  ;  and  in  being  valui  li 

an  indicator  for  organic  acids.     In  common  with 

methyl-orange,  dimethylamidoazobenzene  is  unable 

to  detect  acidity  in  presence  Of  nitrous  acid  or  a 
nitrite,  a  peculiarity  which,  among  all  the  indicators 
I  have  yet  examined,  belongs  only  to  those  two.  It 
must  be  acknowledged,  as  has  already  been  advocated 
by  Lunge,  that  the  end-reaction  obtained  with  methyl- 
orange  is  not  inferior,  but  if  anything  superior,  to 
that  of  Fischer  and  Philipp's  indicator.  In  its  own 
department,  methyl-orange  remains  unrivalled  as  a 
solution  indicator  ;  and  its  best  substitute,  when 
darkness  of  colour  or  other  circumstances  renders 
this  necessary,  is  lacmoid  paper. 
Congo-Red. 
This  compound  is  soluble  in  water  with  production 
of  a  solution  of  blood-red  colour,  which  is  changed  to 
blue  by  the  addition  of  acids,  lied  paper  can  be  pre- 
pared by  passing  slips  of  filtering  paper  through  the 
solution,  and  drying.  Owing  to  the  blue  compound 
being  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  the  blue  paper  cannot 
be  made  by  simply  adding  acid  to  the  red  solution, 
but  must  be  obtained  by  immersing  the  dried  red 
paper  in  dilute  acid.  Congo-red  has  been  of  late 
highly  eulogised  as  a  very  delicati  test  for  free  acids, 
and  since  completing  my  experiments,  I  have  noticed 
that  it  has  been  directly  recommended  as  an  indicator 
in  alkalimetry,  with  special  application  to  the  titra- 
tion of  aniline. 

The  same  ground  was  gone  over  as  with  turmeric 
and  the  other  indicators,  but  I  do  not  propose  to  go 

i  into  great  detail,  as  the  results  were  discouraging.   It 

1  was  found  that  in  titrating  a  cold  solution  of  the  car- 

|  bonate  or  sulphide  of  an  alkali  metal  with  acid,  the 
liberated  carbonic  or  hydrosulphuric  acid  somewhat 
affected  the  colour,  slightly  purpling  the  red.  In  a 
boiling  solution  a  considerable  excess  of  acid  did  not 
effect  any  decided  change  in  colour.  Even  in  a  cold 
solution  containing  2grms.  of  hydrate  of  sodium  in 
lOOcc.  of  water,  where  traces  only  of  carbonate  were 
present,  the  effect  of  a  drop  in  excess  of  normal  sul- 
phuric acid  was  simply  to  render  the  bright  red  of  a 
dirty  brownish-red  colour,  which  is  a  very  undesirable 
end-reaction.  On  further  addition  the  solution 
became  purple,  and  the  full  blue  colour  did  not 
appear  after  the  addition  of  lcc.  of  the  acid  in  excess, 
an  effect  which  was  produced  by  0'2cc.  in  pure 
water  coloured  with  the  same  amount  of  Congo-red. 
This  injurious  effect  was  traced  to  the  normal  sul- 
phate of  sodium  formed,  and  the  same  phenomenon 
was  observed  when  normal  acid  was  dropped  into 
pure  solutions  of  the  sulphates,  chlorides  and  nitrates 
of  sodium,  potassium  and  ammonium. 

The  Congo-red  paper  was  found  to  be  of  little  value, 
as  a  considerable  excess  of  free  acid  was  very  slow  in 
its  action,  and  the  change  to  blue  was  not  at  all  de- 
cisive.   The.  blue  paper  indicates  more  sharply,  but 

;  shows  a  tendency  to  redden  even  when  there  is  a 
trace  of  acid  present  with  the  normal  alkaline  salt, 
and  the  exact  point  at  which  neutrality  was  reached 

I  was  thus  rendered  doubtful.  Congo-red  behaves  like 
methyl-orange  and  lacmoid  paper  in  showing  bisul- 
phites, diacid  phosphates  and  bichromates  to  be 
practically  neutral,  and  being  altogether  useless  for 
organic  acids.  But  at  its  best  it  larks  the  sharpness 
characteristic  of  methyl-orange  and  lacmoid  paper, 
and  the  only  conclusion  which  can  be  arrived  at  is 
that  Congo  red  must  be  excluded  from  the   list  of 

I  generally  useful  indicators. 

1  have  already  noticed  the  fact  that  Congo-red  has 
been  much  recommended  as  a  very  delicate  indicator 

I  for  free  acids.  A  vague  statement  like  this  is  of  little 
use,  as  the  possession  of  the  property  described  is  the 
primary  claim  of  any  substance  to  be  regarded  as  an 

'  indicator.     The  information  really  required  is  a  com- 


March 29. 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


107 


parison  of  its  power  with  that  of  other  indicators.  I 
formerly  gave  results,  showing  the  amount  i 
or  alkali  required  to  completely  transform  the  colour 
of  definite  quantities  of  these  substances.  For  each 
test  1  used  tOOcc  of  pure  water  and  0"5cc.  of  the 
indicator  solution,  the  strength  of  which  was  so 
arranged  that  each  gave,  as  nearly  as  could  be  judged 
by  the  different  tints,  the  same  intensity  of  colour. 
Tin'  quantity  of  pure  dry  ( longo  red  was  0"5grm.  per 

md  0'5cc.  of  this  solution  required  fully  lcc.  of 
decinormal  acid  to  change  the  colour  entirely.  To 
effect  the  same  result  litmus  and  methyl-orange 
required  0*5cc,  and  for  lacmoid,  reddened  phenol- 
phthalein and  cochineal,  only  Oicc.  of  the  acid  wire 
required.  Instead  of  heingoneof  the  most  delicate 
tests  for  acids  these  experiments  exhibit  Congo-red  as 
tin'  lowest  in  the  scale  as  regards  BensitivenesB, 
Carrying  inquiry  further,  it  was  found  that  in  a 
mixture  of  IS  parts  normal  acetate  of  sodium  and 
one  part  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  free  acid  could  not  be 

■  .1  at  all  with  Congo-red.  This  last  fact  reduces 
tn  an  absurdity  the  unqualified  statement  we  have 
been  ci  -'.  and  clearly  proves  that  the  ability 

of  any  indicator  to  detect  free  acid  is  wholly  depend- 
ent on  circumstances. 

igo-red  has  been  recommended  by  Messrs. 
Williams  and  Watson  Smith  {Jour.  Soc.  Cfiem.  Ind. 
v.  72— 76)  as  a  good  indicator  for  the  detection  of 
free  acid  in  alum  ;.  but  I  have  not  been  so  fortunate 
as  to  be  satisfied  with  its  capabilities  in  this  respect. 
For  the  experiments,  1,  2,  and  .3  percent,  solutions  of 
the  finest  Turkey-red  alum,  five  times  recrystallised, 
and  a  Congo-red  solution,  containing  OTigrm.  of  the 
dry  substance  per  litre,  were  prepared.  On  testing 
lOOcc.  of  these  alum  solutions,  it  was  observed  that 
the  first  two  drops  of  the  indicator  solution  added 
did  not  produce  much  colouration,  and  thatO'15cc 
was  the  smallest  practicable  amount  that  could  be 
employed.  The  colour  thus  developed  showed  dis- 
tinctly purple  when  compared  with  the  same  amount 
of  Congo-red  in  pure  water.  Now,  this  result  dis- 
agrees with  the  opinions  expressed  by  Messrs. 
Williams  and  Watson  Smith,  who  agree  in  saying 
that  pure  alum  gives  no  reaction  with  Congo-red,  if 
the  latter  be  dilute  enough.  However,  going  a  step 
further,  it  was  found  that  with  the  1  per  cent,  solution 
of  alum,  an  addition  of  O'^cc.  of  "  sulphuric  acid  pro- 
duced only  an  almost  imperceptible  darkening  of  the 
purple,and  that  a  large  excessof  acid  faded  to  bring  out 
the  expected  full  blue  colour.  The  tints  of  the  2  and 
3  per  cent,  solutions  of  alum  were  even  more  difficult 
to  judge.  In  the  face  of  these  results,  which  are 
quite  in  keeping  with  those  already  described,  I  think 
we  must  accept  the  conclusion  without  the  least 
hesitation,  that  congo  red  is  incapable  of  detecting 
with  anything  approaching  to  a  certainty  0j2  percent., 
or  even  of  giving  a  trustworthy  indication  of  the 
presence  of  0'">  per  cent,  of  free  sulphuric  acid  in  alum. 
1  have  not  yet  had  opportunity  to  examine  this  sub- 
ject further  than  to  observe  that  methyl-orange  is 
superior  to  Congo-red,  and  that  lacmoid  is  useless. 

Classification  of  Indicators. 

The  definite  difference  shown  by  various  indicators, 
and  the  similar  results  afforded  by  others,  point  to 
the  conclusion  that  it  might  be  possible  to  classify 
them  according  to  their  general  characteristics.  In 
the  determination  of  pure  hydrate  of  sodium,  potas- 
sium, calcium,  and  barium,  with  standard  hydro- 
chloric and  other  strong  mineral  acids,  all  indicators 
act  alike  ;  but  it  i>  in  the  titration  of  a  weak  acid 
with  a  strong  base  that  diversity  of  behaviour  makes 
itself  apparent.  Take,  for  example,  the  neutralisation 
of  sulphurous  arid  with  saustic  soda.  Methyl-orange 
-hows  the  acid  sulphite  (XallSO:1)  to  be   neutral, 


while  phenolphthalein  remains  unaffected  until  the 
normal  sulphite  (Na2S03)  is  produced.  Thi 
reaction  with  litmus  paper  lies  between  these 
extremes,  although  nearer  to  the  phenolphthalein 
result,  but  it  is  not  sharply  defined  like  the  other 
two.  These  essential  differences  are  also  observed 
in  the  neutralisation  of  the  normal  carbonates, 
-ill), hides,  phosphates,  arsenates,  and  other  salts,  as 
well  as  the  organic  acids.  Basing  our  classification 
on  these  and  similar  facts,  we  find  that  indicators 
naturally  divide  themselves  into  three  groups,  of 
which  the  typical  and  most  valuable  members  are 
repectively  methyl-orange,  phenolphthalein,  and 
litmus.  The  following  table  includes  the  ten  indi- 
cators 1  have  experimented  upon,  arranged  according 
to  the  plan  just  explained  : — 


SlBTHl  r  .t.as.o: 
lilimp. 

PlIENnM'HTHALEIN 

Gaorr. 

Limns 

Okoi  i'. 

Methyl-orange 

Phenolphthalein 

Litmus 

Lacmoid 

Turmeric 

Hosolic  Acid 

Dimcthrlamidoazo  benzene 

- 

Phcnacetolin 

Coohinea] 

- 

- 

L'onRO  l'cd 

- 

~ 

The  members  of  the  methyl-orange  group  may  bo 
described  as  those  which  are  most  susceptible  to  the 
action  of  alkalis;  phenolphthalein,  and  turmeric,  as 
those  on  which  acids  have  the  predominating  in- 
fluence ;  while  the  litmus  group  may  be  said  to 
oscillate  to  some  extent  between  these  extremes,  but 
more  closely  approximating  to  the  second  than  to  the 
first  series.  These  distinctions  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  the  delicacy  of  end-reaction,  which  is 
a  totally  different  matter.  When  this  arrangement 
of  indicators  is  considered,  it  will  appear  that  a  solu- 
tion might  at  the  same  time  be  alkaline,  acid,  and 
neutral,  according  to  the  indicator  employed.  An 
apt  illustration  of  this  fact  may  be  remarked  in 
saliva,  which  is  on  an  average  neutral  to  litmus  paper, 
although  it  maybe  slightly  acid  or  alkaline  in  certain 
circumstances,  but  is  always  strongly  alkaline  to 
lacmoid  or  Congo-red,  and  acid  to  turmeric  paper. 
Fresh  milk  is  another  apposite  example  of  a  naturally 
occurring  liquid  which  acts  like  saliva  in  the  instances 
referred  to. 

The  rules  of  classification  here  adopted  are,  like  all 
general  rules,  liable  to  exceptions.  Besides  what  may- 
be called  the  anticipated  similarity  of  behaviour  of 
indicators  belonging  to  different  groups,  as  in  those 
cases  already  alluded  to,  certain  circumstances  may 
arise  in  which  this  likeness  unexpectedly  manifests 
itself.  This  is  well  brought  out  by  rosolic  acid  giving 
a  sharp  end-reaction  in  the  titration  of  sulphurous 
acid  with  caustic  alkali,  and  at  the  same  time  indi- 
cating normal  sulphite  as  the  neutral  compound.  In 
this  exceptional  case  rosolic  acid  belongs  strictly  to 
the  phenolphthalein  group,  while  litmus  and  phcna- 
cetolin adhere  to  the  general  rule. 

Plum  or  Indicators. 

Reference  has  been  occasionally  made  in  chemical 
journals  to  the  inefficiency  of  impure  indicators,  and 
methods  suggested  by  which  to  test  the  purity  of 
certain  of  these  substances.  It  may  be  laid  down  as 
a  fixed  rule  that  litmus  and  turmeric  should  never  be 
prepared  by  simply  dissolving  the  commercial  articles 
in  water  or  alcohol,  but  should  be  previously  purified 
according  to  the  directions  in  Sutton's  "Volumetric 
Analysis?  With  regard  to  methyl-orange,  phenol- 
phthalein, lacmoid,  etc.,  it  serves  little   purpose  to 


198 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [Maw* 29. 1887. 


determine  whether  they  are  of  absolute  chemical 
purity.  All  that  is  necessary  is  to  observe 'whether 
ir  behaviour  conforms  to  die  descriptions  given 
in  this  and  former  papers,  and  which  have  been  con- 
tinual by  Lunge,  Sutton,  and  other  observers.  It 
would  thus  appear  that  the  most  rational  method  of 
testing  indicators  is  to  apply  them  in  several  crucial 
tests,  such  as  the  titration  of  carbonate,  sulphide, 
sulphite,  phosphate,  and  borate  of  sodium,  and  acetic 
and  citric  acids.  Not  only  must  the  delicacy  or 
otherwise  of  the  end  reaction  be  attended  to,  but  also 
the  percentage  of  alkali  or  acid  obtained  in  these 
compounds.  In  all  tests  the  temperature  of  the 
titrated  solution  should  be  taken  into  account,  as, 
for  example,  the  sulphite  and  mono-acid  phosphate 
of  sodium  or  potassium  show  more  alkalinity  to 
phenolphthalein  in  hot  than  in  cold  solutions,  and 
in  the  latter  case  only  is  the  end-reaction  definite. 

Select  Indicators. 

Although  it  is  desirable  to  be  acquainted  with  the 
properties  of  many  indicators,  yet  it  is  useful  to 
make  a  judicious  choice  of  those  which  cannot  be 
dispensed  with  in  volumetric  analysis.  Of  the  ten 
indicators  which  we  have  been  considering/the  three 
representative  ones  are  of  primary  importance.  So 
tar  as  the  results  of  my  experiments  show,  all  the 
good  and  serviceable  qualities  required  of  indicators 
are  held  in  comparatively  greater  perfection  by 
methyl-orange,  phenolphthalein,  and  litmus,  than 
by  the  other  seven.  The  only  exception  to  this  is  in 
the  neutralisation  of  sulphurous  acid  to  normal  sul- 
phite of  ammonium  by  the  aid  of  rosolic  acid,  for 
which  purpose  all  the  remaining  indicators  are 
valueless.  Litmus  is  the  only  one  of  those  selected 
from  which  satisfactory  papers  can  be  prepared,  and 
the  advantage  of  having  these  as  well  as  solution 
cannot  be  doubted.  In  nearly  every  particular,  lac- 
moid paper,  blue  and  red,  is  an  excellent  substitute 
for  methyl-orange,  and  may  be  employed  in  coloured 
solutions,  where  the  last-named  indicator  would  be 
useless.  The  solution,  however,  is  not  so  good,  as  it 
is  slightly  affected  by  weak  acids,  such  as  carbonic 
and  boric,  but  the  papers  I  find  to  be  quite  as 
effective  as  methyl-orange  in  these  aud  similar  cases 
Turmeric  papers,  yellow  and  red  brown,  may  be  used 
in  place  of  phenolphthalein,  chiefiy  in  the  titration 
of  weak  organic  acids  ;  but  there  are  many  circum- 
stances, as  alreidy  pointed  out,  in  which  it  is  in- 
admissible. Provided  with  methyl-orange,  phenol- 
phthalein, and  litmus,  and  with  the  addition  of  lac- 
moid and  turmeric  papers  as  valuable  adjuncts,  a 
chemist  is  now  in  a  position,  by  simple  means,  to 
solve  problems  which  were  formerly  incapable  of 
solution. 

This  subject  of  indicators  is  an  entirely  new  one, 
and  although  some  interesting  and  useful  facts  have 
been  discovered,  infinitely  more  remains  to  be  done 
in  the  way  of  developing  the  knowledge  of  those  in- 
dicators already  partially  studied,  and  in  the  exami- 
nation of  others  whose  properties  have  not  yet  been 
investigated,  or  have  only  received  the  most  superficial 
attention. 

In  the  following  table  is  given  an  epitome  of  the 

results  obtained  with  indicators,  and  on  which  several 

ebesn  based.     The  figures  refer  to  the 

number  ot  atoms  of  hydrogen  displaced  by  the  mona- 

tomie  metals— sodium  or  potassium,  when  [.resented 
to  the  acid  in  the  form  of  hydrate.  From  these 
results  the  composition  of  the  salt  produced  will  be 
easily  inferred  When  a  blank  is  left,  it  is  meant 
that  the  end-reaction  is  obscure,  and  not  to  be 
depended  upon. 


TABLE  SHOWING  TI1K  BASICITY  OF  ACIDS  WITH 
DIFFERENT  INDICATORS,  WHEN  TITRATED  ^  'I'll 
CAUSTIC  POTASH  OB  SODA:— 


AOTJDB. 

M  ETH  Vi- 
lli; A  Si.  1 

Phenol- 

1'iithai.kin. 

•l.ITM 

s. 

Cold 

I'nl.l. 

2 

Boil- 
ing. 

Cold, 

Boil 
ing. 

Sulphuric  11. so 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Hydrochloric  HC1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Nitric  UNO, 

1 
o 

1 
2 

1 
2 

1 
2 

I 

Thiosulphuriell.s  i 1 

2 

Carbonic  II. CO. 

0 

[(dilute) 

0 

- 

0 

Sulphurous  II  jSO,    .. 

1 

2 

- 

- 

- 

Hydrosulphuric    II, ~ 

0 

1  (dilute) 

0 

- 

0 

Phosphoric  H3PO,.... 

1 

2 

— 

- 

- 

Arsenic  H,AsO, 

1 

2 

- 

- 

- 

Arscnious  HAsO: 

0 

— 

— 

0 

0 

Nitrous  UNO..              ■' 
Silicic  H.SiO, 

indicator 
destroyed 

0 

1 

— 

1 
0 

0 

Boric  HjBOj 

0 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Chromic  H:CrO,   .... 

1 

2 

2 

- 

- 

Oxalic  H.C.O, 

- 

2 

•J 

2 

2 

Acetic  HC.H,Oa 

- 

1 

- 

1 
(nearly! 

- 

- 

1 

- 

1  'do.) 

- 

Succinic  HjCiH^O,  .. 

- 

2 

- 

2  (do. 

- 

Lactic  HC,HtO, 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

Tartaric  H-C,H,0„  .. 

2 

- 

2 

- 

Citric  11  (.',11.0,    .... 

~ 

3 

- 

~ 

- 

Notes  tn  Table.— (1.)  The  statements  in  the  above 
table  apply  equally  well  to  the  titration  of  the  various 
acids  with  ammonia,  except  in  all  cases  where  phenol- 
phthalein is  concerned,  and  when  boiling  solutions 
are  employed.  (2.)  The  hydrates  of  barium  and 
calcium  also  give  similar  results  with  these  acids, 
except  in  some  cases  where  insoluble  compounds  are 
produced.  Thus,  carbonic  acid  is  dibasic  when 
titrated  with  barium  hydrate  with  phenolphthalein 
as  indicator.  (3.)  Lacmoid  /><(;»«/■  can  be  depended 
upon  to  act  in  every  respect  like  methyl-oiange, 
except  that  it  is  not  affected  by  nitrous  acid.  (4  ) 
Turmeric  paper  behaves  like  phenolphthalein  \iith 
sulphuric,  hydrochloric,  nitric,  thiosulphuric,  nitrous, 
and  the  organic  acids. 

In  the  table  below  are  brought  together  a  few 
compounds  whose  action    towards   indicators  could 


TABLE   OF  COMPOUNDS   NEUTRAL  TO   VARIOUS 
INDICATORS. 

Methyl-orange            Phenolphthalein 

OB                                                     OR 

Lacmoid  Paper.              Tiemkric  Pacer. 

LlTMCS  S los 

OR 

Paper. 

Ferrous  Sulphate                        — 

— 

Ferrous  Chloride                         — 

- 

CopperSu]phate(C'uSO.)                 — 

- 

Copper  Chloride  (CiiCl.i 

- 

- 

Zinc  Sulphate 

- 

- 

Phenol 

- 

Phenol 

Urea 

Urea 

t'rea 

Gelatin 

Gelatin 

Gelatin 

March 29. 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


111!) 


not  be  deduced  from  the  previous  table  Those 
substances  whose  names  are  given  are  neutral  to  the 
indicator  under  which  they  are  arranged,  and 
those  which  are  mentioned  under  methyl-orange 
and  lacmoid,  but  otherwise  unnoticed,  are  more 
or  less  acid  to  phenolphthalein,  turmeric,  and 
litmus. 

his.  I  ssioN. 


Mr.  Ku. is  rose  to  ask  Mr.  Thomson  if  he  had 
found  a  good  indicator  for  boracic  acid,  as  he  had 
worked  with  several  of  the  indicators  mentioned 
without  obtaining  satisfactory  results? 

Dr.  Mills  ventured  to  suggest,  as  regarded  the 

acidity  of  alum,  the  desirability  of  making  an 
experiment  with  the  addition  of  common  salt; 
taking  pure  alum  solution,  and  then  making  up 
similar  solutions  containing  greater  quantities  of 
acid.  He  believed  that  common  salt  would  cause  a 
Bharper  response  to  the  indicator. 

Mr.  Stanford  thought  all  chemists  would  be 
indebted  to  Mr.  Thomson  for  the  remarkable  way 
in  which  he  had  [Hit  the  relative  powers  of  the 
various  indicators.  There  was  one  point,  however, 
upon  which  he  sought  a  little  further  information 
—  namely,  with  regard  to  the  indicator  lacmoid.  He 
gathered  from  Mr.  Thomson's  remarks  that  the 
paper  and  the  solution  differed  considerably  in  their 
action,  and  he  would  like,  therefore,  to  know  more 
about  that  difference,  and  also  how  the  substance 
was  usually  prepared  for  use  in  analysis. 

Mr.  Thomson,  in  reply,  said  that  with  regard  to 
Mr.  Ellis's  Question,  there  was  no  indicator,  so  far  as 
he  knew,  that  could  be  used  in  the  estimation  of 
boric  acid.  To  metbyl-orange  boric  acid  was 
neutral,  but  after  trying  all  the  other  indicators 
he  had  found  none  of  them  gave  a  good  end-reaction 
or  reliable  results.  Poirrkr's  blue  had  been  said  to 
give  good  results  with  that  acid,  but  he  had  seen  its 
value  in  other  respects  contradicted  by  other  chemists, 
and  was  afraid  that  it  would  not  be  up  to  the  mark  ; 
in  the  meantime  there  was  no  indicator  known  for 
that  purpose.  Professor  Mills'  idea  might  be  a  cor- 
rect one,  although  it  would  require  to  be  tested  by 
experiment.  With  regard  to  Mr.  Stanford's  question 
about  lacmoid,  be  was  unable  to  tell  why  there  should 
be  a  difference  between  the  paper  and  the  solution. 
In  the  case  of  the  neutralisation  of  carbonate  of 
sodium,  with  the  solution  present  it  was  found  that 
the  liberated  carbonic  acid  had  a  slight  purpling 
effect  on  the  blue.  If  the  paper  was  inserted  in  such 
a  solution  the  blue  was  sometimes  faintly  reddened, 
but  when  removed  from  the  liquid  was  found  to 
come  back  again.  With  mono-acid  sodium  phos- 
phates, the  purple  came  on  long  before  the  end  of  the 
reaction  was  reached,  but  the  paper  showed  the  exact 
point  at  which  the  diacid  salt  was  formed.  The 
action  of  the  paper  was  slow,  probably  because  the 
blue  being  very  insoluble,  adhered  strongly  to  the 
fibre  of  the  paper,  and  could  not  thus  be  quickly 
changed  in  colour.  It  had  to  be  kept  immersed  for 
a  minute  or  so.  Only  a  small  slip  of  paper  was  used. 
The  method  of  preparing  lacmoid  was  given  by  Traub 
and  Hock  as  follows:  100  parts  of  resorcin,  o  parts 
sodium  nitrite,  and  S  parts  water  are  heated  at  a 
temperature  not  exceeding  120°  C.  until  ammonia 
ceased  to  be  evolved.  This  mass  is  dissolved  in 
water,  and  forms  an  intense  blue  solution.  By  add 
ing  hydrochloric  acid  the  lacmoid  is  precipitated. 
It  is  only  necessary  then  to  collect  it,  wash  with 
water,  and  dissolve  in  alcohol  of  about  fifty  per  cent, 
strength. 


THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  GAS  FROM  PARAF- 
FIN OIL,  WITH  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  A 
SIMPLE  FORM  OF  APPARATUS  SUITABLE 
FOB  THE  DISTILLATION   OF   OILS  INTO 

CAS. 

HY   W.    IVIsoN    MACADAM,    K.I.C.,   P.C.8., 
Professor  of  Chemistry,  Nea  Wterinary  College,  Edinburgh. 

Tiik  subject  that  I  have  the  honour  of  laying 
before  you  this  evening  is  one  to  which,  from 
time  to  time,  we  have  been  called  upon  t<  i  give  profes- 
sional attention.  The  facts  thus  obtained  have  been 
added  to  by  a  series  of  experiments  undertaken 
during  the  present  session,  and  the  results  of  which 
are  now  laid  before  the  Section,  in  the  hope  that  they 
may  aid  the  general  fund  of  information  which  will 
require,  sooner  or  later,  to  be  much  extended. 

Various  grades  of  oil  have  been  destructively  dis- 
tilled, the  temperature  being  carefully  regulated 
according  to  the  class  of  oil  experimented  with. 

The  first  series  of  trials  were  made  with— 

I.  Crude  Paraffin  Oil  as  obtained  from  the  shale 
retort*  ami  without  any  further  treatment.  The  sample 
bad  a  specific  gravity  "of  S.r-0  (water  1000)  :  a  flashing 
point  of  :>-'    !•'. ;  and  a  tiring  point  of  106'  F. 

o  "Green  OH,"  which  is  obtained  from  the  crude 
shale  oil  by  redistilling.  The  sample  had  also  had 
the  lighter  oils  (naphthas)  removed  by  fractional  distil- 
lation': specific  gravity,  884  ;  flashing  point,  165°  I'.  ; 
and  firing  point,  193'  F.  . 

3  "Twice-run  Oil."—  This  oil  is  outained  from 
the  crude  oil  by  distilling  (the  naphthas  not  being 
removed),  treating  with  soda  and  vitriol,  and  redistilling 
without  fractionating.  The  sample  had  a  specific 
gravity  of  802  30  ;  a  flashing  point  of  67'  F.  ;  and  a  firing 
point  of  74°  F.  . 

4.  "  Burning  Oil"  obtained  from  the  previous  sample 
by  re-treating  with  soda  and  vitriol,  and  distilling  in 
fractions.     The  sample  had  a  specific  gravity  of  805. 

5.  "Crystal  Oil"  obtained  from  the  burning  oil  by- 
re-treatment with  strong  oil  of  vitriol:  specific  gravity, 
79S;  flashing  point,  107    F.  ;  firing  point,  123°  F. 

6.  "Petroleum. "  —  This  was  a  sample  of  ordinary 
American  oil  ;  the  specific  gravity,  790  ;  flashing  point, 
84°  F.  ;  firing  point,  99°  F.  , 

7.  Rectified  Coal  Oil.—  Specific  gravity,  S44  :  flashing 
point,  212'  F.  ;  firing  point,  230°  F.  This,  and  the  pre- 
ceding sample,  were  distilled,  so  as  to  compare  the 
result's  with  those  obtained  from  the  ordinary  mineral 
oils. 

8.  "No  2  Burning  Oil"  obtained  by  breaking  or 
"cracking''  heavier  oils:  specific  gravity,  830  ;  flashing 
point,  230'  F.  ;  firing  point,  250'  F. 

9.  "Intermediate"  Oil.—  Specific  gravity,  S46  ;  flash- 
ing point.  2.34    l'\  ;  firing  point,  280'  F. 

10.  "  Intermediate"  Oil.— Specific  gravity.  S68  ;  Hash- 
ing point,  203°  F.  ;  firing  point,  262°  F.  _ 

II.  "  Intermediate  "  Oil.—  Specific  gravity,  Sil  ;  flash- 
ing point,  231°  F.  ;  firing  point,  286*  F.  _ 

(The  above  three  samples  of  oil  were  "  unfinished.   ) 

12.  "Blue"  or  Lubricating  Oil  from  which  the  solid 
scale  had  been  removed,  the  oil  receiving  no  further 
treatment :  specific  gravity,  878  ;  flashing  point,  163 
F.  ;  firing  point,  26S'  F.  . 

13.  "Bine"  Oil.  —  Specific  gravity,  868;  flashing 
point,  270°  F.  ;  tiring  point,  33.V  F.  This  sample  was 
specially  fractionated  from  light  oils. 

14.  Light  Lubricating  Od  freed  from  scale,  treated 
and  redistilled  :  specific  gravity,  873  ;  flashing  point, 
270'  1'.  :  tiring  point  above  300'  F. 

15.  Beam/  Lubricating  Oils  freed  from  scale,  treated 
and  redistilled  i  specific  gravity,  2.30  ;  flashing  and  firing 
points  above  300°  F. 

16.  "  Gas  Oil  "  obtained  from  the  acid  parathn  tar  by- 
distillation  :  specific  gravity,  82S ;  flashing  point,  119°  F. ; 
firing  point,  134°  F. 


200 


Til  14  JOURNAL  OF  Till'.  S( >< '1F.TY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDTJSTRY.   [March 29. 1887. 


The  crude  paraffin  oil  and  "  green  "  oil,  as  well  as 
the  "Hue"  oil.<,  were  run  in  Keith-  or  Pintsch's 
apparatus,  tin-  remaining  testa  being  made  with  the 
Alexander  and  Paterson  apparatus,  which  1  shall 
describe  more  fully  towards  the  close  of  my  commu- 
nication. The  averages  of  all  the  results  obtained 
from  "blue"  oils  in  Keith's  and  Pintsch's  apparatus 
an-  given  in  separate  columns. 

The  results  are  stated  as  follows  : — 

1.  Specific  gravity  of  the  oil  taken  al  60  I'..  or  calcu- 
lated down  to  that  temperature,  compared  with  water 

a-  1000. 

2.  Weight  of  one  gallon  of  the  oil  calculated  from  the 
specific  gravity. 

:!.   The  number  oj 'gallons  of  oil  in  om  '«»  by  weight. 

4.  The  temperature  at  which  the  oil  gave  off  inflam 
mable  vapours      "flashing point." 

">.   The  temperature  at  which  the  oil  became  peril 
in  flu  med       "  tiring  point." 

li.  The  amount  of  gas  in  cnhic  feet  obtained  from  one 
gallon  of  the  oils. 

7.  The  proportion  of  gas  obtained  from  one  ton  of  the 
oil. 

s.  The  candle  power  of  the  gas,  as  determined  by  Bun- 
sen's  photometer.  The  gas  was  burned  during  the  test- 
ings at  the  rate  of  0  7.3  cubic  foot  per  hour,  and  con- 
Mimed  through  a  No.  0000  burner  specially  constructed 
forme  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  George  Bray,  of 
Leeds.  The  results  were  afterwards  calculated  to  the 
value  of  5  cubic  feet  of  gas,  and  are  stated  in  standard 
sperm  candles,  each  consuming  120  grains  of  sperm  per 
hour. 

9.  Illuminating  value  of  one  cubicfooi  of  the  gas  in 
grains  of  sperm. 

10.  Illuminating  valve  of  the  gas  from  one  gallon  of 
oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm. 

11.  Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  obtained  from  one 
ton  of  the  oil,  in  lbs.  of  sperm. 

12.  The  proportion  of  hydrocarbons  absorbed  by 
bromine. 

Summary  of  Results. — The  results  of  the  various 
tests  as  given  in  the  accompanying  tables  show 
that— 

1.  The  Crude  Oil  gave  from  one  gallon  (is.]  cubic  feet  of 
gas,  which  is  equivalent  to  26,020  cubic  feet  per  ton  of 
oil.  The  candle  power  was  equal  to  50$  standard  ran- 
dies, or  to  44941b.  of  sperm  per  ton  of  oil.  (Some 
difficulty  is  experienced  in  working  this  class  of  oil, 
as  it  requires  to  be  liquefied  before  being  passed 
into  the  retort.  The  comparatively  large  proportion  of 
carbon  separated  during  the  distillation  renders  it  im- 
possible to  use  the  Alexander  and  Paterson  apparatus, 
or  any  similar  work  in  which  the  oil  requires  to  flow 
through  tubes.  The  gas  is  much  more  impure  than  is 
the  case  where  the  semi-refined  or  refined  oils  have 
been  distilled,  and  it  is  a  question  whether  these  very 
crude  oils  will  prove  to  be  so  economical  as  the  purer 
\arieties,  and  more  especially  the  "intermediate" 
oils. 

2.  "Green  "  ''<7  gave  from  one  gallon  102i  cubic  feet 
of  a  gas  of  53}  candle  power,  and  a  total  value  in  light- 
ing power  per  ton  equal  to  4741  lb.  of  sperm. 

3.  "  Tunce-run  Oil'  yielded  106  cubic  feet  of  gas  per 
gallon.      The  quality  was  equal  to  70  candles,  and  to 

71051b.   of  .sperm  per   ton.      The   total   a unt  of  gas 

obtained  was  29,605  cubic  feet  per  ton,  ami  is  the  largest 
proportion  of  gas  we  have  yet  obtained  from  any  oil." 

4.  "Burning  Oil"  also  gives  a  high  result,  being 
equal  to  a  total  production  of  27,484  cubic  feet  of  a  gas 
of  63  candle  power,  and  of  a  total  illuminating  value  of 
59501b.  of  sperm  per  ton. 

5.  "  Crystal  03  "  gave  29,928  cubic  feel  of  a  51  candle 
gas,  and  a  total  illuminating  value  equal  to  55381b.  of 
sperm  per  ton  of  oil. 

0.  American  " Petroleum." — This  oil  was  most  care-  I 
fully  tested  time  after  time,  but  the   quantity  of   "as 
obtained  was  always  much  below  that  of  the  ordinary 

"  paraffins."      Whilst  this  was  the  case,  the  illuminating 
value  was  above  that  of  the  home  oils,  being  equal  to  lib 


i  i  adles,  or  a  total  value  per  ton  of  oil  of  55061b.  of  sperm. 
I'll"  average  quantity  of  gas  from  the  ton  of  oil  was 
24,110  cubic  feet,  The  difficulty  of  distillation  may  be 
iluc  to  the  very  different  chemical  composition  of  tin- 
American  oil,  ami  the  lower  temperature  required  to 
break  up  the  paraffins  which  predominate  in  the  American 
material  a-  compared  with  the  honie  oils,  which  contain 
an  excess  of  the  defines. 

7.  Uertijinl  Cniil  (hi.  The  total  amount  of  gas  from 
this  substance  was  25,282  cubic  feet  pel  ton,  ami  the 
illuminating  power  equal  to  42$  candles.  The  total 
illuminating  value  was  equal  to  36891b.  of  sperm  per  ton 
of  oil. 

8.  No.  i  Burning  OU  gave '.'7,171  feet  of  a  49f  candle 
gas,  and  a  total  illuminating  value  equal  to  40351b.  of 
sperm. 

:i.  Intermediate  (Unfinished)  Oil  of  846  gravity  gave 
of  gas  24,922  cubic  feet.  The  illuminating  power  was 
equal  to  60  candles,  and  the  total  value  to  51301b.  of 
sperm. 

10.  IntermediaU    (Unfinished)    OH   of   S6S   gravity 

yielded  24,383  cubic  feet  of  a  gas  of  50  j  candle  power. 
The  illuminating  value  of  the  ton  was  equal  to  47021b. 
of  sperm. 

11.  Intermediate  (Unfinished)  OH  (S71  gravity)  gave 
24,396  cubic  feet  of  gas.  The  caudle  power  was 5/$,  and 
the  total  light  giving  value  equal  to  48221b.  of  sperm. 

1-2.  "Blue"  <m  of  S78  gravity  yielded  32,4'.i2  cubic 
feet  of  gas,  the  power  of  winch  for  illuminating  purposes 
was  equal  to  54'  candles,  and  to  a  total  illuminating 
value  of  60471b.  of  sperm. 

13.  S'iS  l'.l in'  Oil  gave  per  ton  33. 5211  cubic  feet  of  gas, 
the  candle  power  of  which  was  54J,  and  the  total 
illuminating  value  02051b.  of  sperm. 

14.  Light  Lubricating  Oil. — This  oil,  when  distilled, 
yielded  26,273  cubic  feet  of  .a  gas  of  61',  candle  power, 
the  total  value  being  equal  to  55214,1b.  of  sperm  per  ton 
of  the  oil. 

15.  Heavy  Lubricating  oil  yielded  23,653  cubic  feet 
of  a  gas  which  was  of  57j  candle  power,  the  total 
illuminating  value  per  ton  being  equivalent  to  the  con- 
sumption of  46431b.  of  sperm  candles. 

16.  "  Gas  Oil"  from  acid  tai  gave  25,963  cubic  feet  of 
a  gas  of  43',  candle  power,  and  was  equal  in  value  to 
38541b.  of  sperm  candles. 

Whilst  it  is  possible  to  employ  all  of  those  varieties 
of  oil,  yet  it  is  principally  those  qualities  interme- 
diate between  the  burning  and  lubricating  oils  that 
we  consider  especially  interesting.  The  somewhat 
large  proportion  of  those  oils  which  are  obtained  in 
some  works,  and  the  extremely  limited  demand  in  the 
market,  has  caused  much  concern  to  the  paraffin  oil 
companies.  Various  endeavours  have  been  made  to 
limit  or  altogether  do  away  with  the  production  of 
these  oils,  but  with  limited  success.  The  manufac- 
ture of  gas  seems  to  me  to  be  one  solution  of  the 
difficulty,  and  the  large  proportion  of  material 
obtained,  as  well  as  the  high  candle  power,  is  much  in 
favour  of  the  process.  It  is  doubtful  if  the  retorting 
of  shale  for  the  single  purpose  of  manufacturing  an 
oil  for  gas-making  would  prove  commercially  success- 
ful, as  there  is  always  a  heavy  loss  of  total  "illumina- 
ting value  during  the  crude  distillation,  as  well  as  in 
the  purifying  processes.  As  illustrating  this  point,  a 
canned  coal  was  distilled  lor  gas  with  the  result  that 
12,208  cubic  feet  were  obtained  of  35"62  candle 
power.  The  total  light-giving  value  was  equal  to 
I490'911b.  of  sperm.  When  distilled  for  oil  the  same 
coal  gave  63*72  gallons  of  crude  material  per  ton 
distilled,  and  taking  the  gas-making  value  at  100  cubic 
feet  per  gallon,  we  have  6372  cubic  feet  of  gas  per 
ton  of  coal.  Against  this,  however,  the  candle  powi  r 
was  raised  to  50,  but  the  total  illuminating  value  was 
only  equal  to  I092'34lb.  of  sperm  per  ton  of  coal. 
Further,  when  the  I  rude  "il  was  rectified  the  follow 
in-  products  were  obtained  :  Naphtha,  1*44 gallons  ; 
burning  intermediate  nil-.,  22*39  gallons  ;  lubricating 
oil,  14*87  gallons  ;  and  scale,  6*01   gallons  per  ton  of 


March  29, 1887.]  THK  JOURNAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OP  (  II  KMK '.\I.  1MU  SfRY. 


shale;  the  total  of  the  refined  products  being  equal  consequent  heavy  carriage  payable  on  useless  material, 

to    1171   gallons,  with  an  average  specific   gravity  [  do  not  prop                                i  a  calculation,  as  I 

dated  at  836.    Taking  the  possible  gas  produced  do  not  presume  that  it  could  be  seriously  th- 
at 100ft  per  -               oil,  we  nave  a  total  of   iiti  sible  to  transmit  shale  for  gas-making  purposes  to  any 
cubic  feet  of  gas  per  tonol   coal.    The  illuminating  great  distance,  or  that  it  will  be  to               il  extent 
valu                 is  would  be  about  55  candles,  or  a  total  distilled  for  ga                 The  quantity  of  ash  alone 
illuminating  value  per  ton  of  coal  of  --i:Ub.  of  sperm;  would,  in  manj                       it  impossible  for  a 

PARAFFIN    OIL    INTO    GA8. 


A      Specific  gravity  of  oil  (water  1U0O)    

Weigh!  of  1  gallon  of  oil   

Number  of  gallons  of  the  oil  iu  1  ton     

Flashing;  point..  

Firing  point   

II.    I  Ine  gallon  of  oil  gives  off  gns  

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  ton  of  oil 

C— Candle  Power  of  Gas- 
Five  cubic  feet  arc  equal  to 

Illuminating  value  of  1  cubic  foot  in  grains 
of  sperm   

Illuminating  value  of  I  he  gas  from  1  gallon 
of  oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm  

Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  from  1  ton  of 
oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm    

li.  -Heavy  hvdrocarbons  (absorbed  by  bromine\ 


I  trade 
Paraffin  nil. 


850 
Jolb. 
263-53 
9!    V. 
IMS'  l\ 

26.02Gc.ft. 

iU-36cndls. 

12U3-6lgrs. 

K-Ooilb 

11911b. 


Paraffin  i  >il. 


Blue  Paraffin  Oil. 


881 

8-Sllb. 

2o33D 

165  F. 

193-  F. 
102-.Vic.fi. 
25.077c.ft. 

53-21 

127776grs. 

187131b. 


878 

868 

8781b. 

8681b. 

255-12 

258-06 

" 

26S  F. 

335  F. 

12712c,  ft. 

129  93c.ft. 

32.192c.ft. 

33.529c. ft. 

5128 

.-.1-7G 

1302-72grs. 

131l-25grs. 

237111b. 

213911b. 

60171b. 

62951b. 

- 

— 

B     -;n..l 
Oil. 

Twice-iu  i 

Paraffin 

Hi 

-1 ._".", 

8021b. 

265-  Hi 

279  30 

21-   F. 

67  F. 

Zff  F. 

71   F. 

95-26c.ft. 

10Gc.fl. 

-■-■eft. 

29,605c.ff. 

12-56 

7002 

13-901b. 


25- 1  lib. 

71051b. 
155 


PARAFFIN     BURNING     Oil.     INTO     GAS. 
(Apparatus  used,  Alexander  ei  Peiterson.) 


B.- 


C 


Specific  gravity  of  the  oil  

Weight  of  one  gallon  of  the  oil   

Number  of  gallons  of  the  oil  in  one  ton         

Flashing  point  

Firing  point    

( >ne  gallon  of  the  oil  gives  of  gas   

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  ton  of  oil 

Candle  Power  ofGas~ 

Five  cubic  feet  arc  equal  to  

Illuminating  value  of  one  cubic  foot  in  grains  of 

sperm 

Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  from  one  gallon  of 
oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm 

Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  from  one  ton  of  oil 

in  lbs.  of  sperm 

Heavy  hydrocarbons 

Specific  gravity  of  the  gas        


*'  No.  1  Burning." 

-  Crystal  OiL 

815 

-  -   i 

8-151b. 

7 -9Mb. 

271-81 

-      i 

— 

in?   F. 

- 

123  F. 

lOOc.ft. 

106-62c.ft. 

27.181c.it, 

29.928c.ft. 

0311  candle. 

51 

I515'60  grains 

1290  grains 

21-6510. 

19731b. 

59501b. 

55381b. 

36  82 

2S-52 

690 

-- 

American  Petroleum. 

799  27 
7-9910. 
2S0  35 
M  1. 
99  F. 
SGc.ft. 
21,110c  ft 

66-66 

1599  grains 

19-611b. 

5506U'. 
1 


in  opposition  to  14'illb.  when  the  coal  was  distilled 
into  gas,  direct.  The  objection  to  the  above  line  of 
argument  undoubtedly  lies  in  the  fact  that  a  coal  ot 
the  quality  referred  to  would  never  be  retorted  for 
oil,  and  that  the  proper  line  would  be  to  consider  the 
relative  values  of  shale  and  the  products  obtained 
therefrom.  Here  we  have  a  new  factor  to  take  into 
account  in  the  very  large  proportions  of  ash.  and  the 


company  to  use  a  material  which  would  leave  so 
large  an  amount  of  substance— perfectly  useless — to 
be  removed  from  the  works  at  considerable  cost. 
Again.  I  say  that  it  is  in  the  use  of  the  less  valuable 
"  intermediate  "  oils  that  the  true  province  of  gas  oils 
will  be  found. 

i  >ne  other  comparison  may  be  given.     It  has  been 
proved     that     when     paraffin     oil     is     consumed 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    I  March  29.1887. 


LUBRICATING   PARAFFIN  OIL  INTO  GAS. 
{Apparatus  used,  Alexander  <£•  Paterson.) 


Light  Lnhricat-     Heavy  Lubricat- 
ing oil  without    ing  oil  free  from 
Boale. 


A.— Specific    gravity   0f   0;i 
(water  1000)  

Weight  of  one  gallon  of 

l he  oil 

Number  of  gallons  of  oil 
per  ton 


Flashing  point 
Firing  point 


B.— One   gallon    of    the    oil 
gives  of  gas  

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  ton 
of  oil 


872-91 

8731b. 

256-58 

270'  F. 

above  300°  F. 

102-lc.ft. 

26,273c.ft. 


891-30 

8011b. 

230-36 
above  300°  F. 

91-lc.ft. 
23,653c.ft. 


C— Candle  Power  of  Gas— 

Five  cubic  feet  are  equal  to 

Illuminating  value  of  1 
cubic  foot  in  grains  of 
sperm 

Illuminating  value  of  the 
gas  from  1  gallon  of  oil 
in  lbs.  of  sperm 

Illuminating  value  of  the 
gas  from  1  ton  of  oil  in  lbs. 
of  sperm 

D.  —  Heavy     hydrocarbons 
(absorbed  by  bromine)  


Light  Lubricat-     Ht  a\y  Lulu  i  sat- 
ing Oil  with  tut     ing  Oil  free  from 
Scale. 


61*38  candles 
HTlgrs. 
21521b. 

552111b. 

31  per  cent. 


57'26  candles 

1371grs. 

18531b. 

16131b. 
30  percent. 


"  INTERMEDIATE "    PARAFFIN    OIL    INTO    GAS. 

tApparat 

us  used,  Alexander  &  Paterson.) 

No.  2 
Burning  Oil. 

"  Unfinished  840." 

"  Unfinished  870." 

-  Dark  870 - 

A.— Specific  gravity  of  the  oil  (water  10001    .... 

830 

816-21 

S6S-6S 

870-89 

Weight  of  one  gallon  of  the  oil 

8301b. 

270 

81621b. 

26171 

8"686)b. 

257-86 

8-70511.. 
257-21 

Number  of  gallons  of  oil  per  ton 

Flashing  point  

230'  F. 

250'  F. 

lOO&Sc.ft. 

251  F. 

280  F. 

91-15c.ft. 

203'  F. 

202  F. 

91  56c.  ft. 

231  F. 

2S6   F. 

9185c.  ft. 

Firing  point    

B.  -One  gallon  of  the  oil  gives  of  gas 

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  ton  of  oil  

27.171c.ft. 

21.922c.ft. 

21 ,383c.  ft. 

2l.396c.ft. 

C— Candle  Power  of  Gas— 

Five  cubic  feet  are  equal  to 

19  76  candles 
1191grs. 
17171b. 

6015  candles 
11130Ogrs. 
191161b. 

c6'25  candles 
1350grs. 

lS-2371b. 

57  05  candles 

135360grs. 

187181b. 

Illuminating  value  of  one  cubic  foot  in 
grains  of  sperm  

Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  from  one 
gallon  of  oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm 

Illuminating  value  of  the  gas  from  one 
ton  of  oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm  .   .. 

103.ilb. 

51391b. 

17021b. 

18221b. 

D.— Heavy  hvdrocarbona 

- 

37-5  i 

355' 

359 

PARAFFIN    ACID-TAR    OIL    INTO    GAS. 
(Apparatus  used,  Alexander  db  Paterson.) 


A.— Specific  gravity  of  the  oil  (water  1000)    ....  S2S25 

Weight  of  one  gallon  of  the  oil 8"281b. 

Number  of  gallons  of  oil  per  ton  270*119 

Flashing  point Uyc  jr# 

Firing  point 13j*  j\ 

B.— One  gallon  of  oil  yields  of  gas 96c.ft. 

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  ton   25.963c.ft. 


C  — Candle  Power  of  Gas- 
Vive  cubic  feet  are  equal  to 13  32  candles. 

Illuminating  value  of  one  cubic  foot 

in  grains  of  sperm 1039  68  grains. 

Illuminating  value  of  one  gallon  of 

oil  in  lbs.  of  sperm    ll'251b. 

Illuminating  value  of  one  ton  of  oil 

in  lbs.  of  sperm   3S.53*S91b. 

D.— Heavy  hydrocarbons  2.5  26 

Carbonic  Anhydride    OtU 


PARAFFIN    OIL    INTO    GAS. 


At.  i 
of  Trials  with 

Keiths 
Apparatus. 


Specific  gravity  of  the  Oil ..   . 

Weight  of  one  gallon  of  the 
oil 

Number  of  gallons  per  ton  of 
oil  

Flashing  point    

Firing  point 

Gas  from  one  gallon  of  oil    . . 

ton  of  oil   


Average 

of  Trials  uith 

Pintsoh'a 

Apparatus. 


875S9 

8*7581b. 

25578 
289°  F. 
317°  F. 

M*93cft. 

21.720c.ft, 


877-91 

87791b. 

255*15 
295°  F. 
351"  F. 

97  03c.  ft. 

21,757cJt, 


Illuminating  value  of  1  cubic 
foot  in  grains  of  sperm  

Illuminating  value  of  1  gallon 
in  lbs.  of  sperm  

Illuminating  value  of  1  ton 
in  lbs.  of  sperm  


Candle  power  of  gas    6138  candles.     6082  candles, 


Heavy      hydrocarbons 
sorbed  by  bromine    . 

Carbonic  anhydride     . . 

I  lihydric  sulphide     


ab- 


Aver.'ge 

of  Trials  with 

Keith's 

Apparatus. 


1173grs. 
173761b. 

15701b. 

3905 

0-27 

1  'ecided. 


Average 

of  Trials  wich 

Piutseh  s 

Apparatus. 


l!5Bgrs. 

2019Slb. 

51001b. 

38*20 

o-os 

None. 


March  29. 1887.)   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  ENDUSTRY. 


203 


in  lamps  as  o  I,  there  is  no  difficulty  in  obtaining 
from  the  material  a  light  equal  to  27lb.  of  sperm  per 
gdlon  of  oil.  Nosv  the  total  value  of  one  gallon  of 
oil  after  distillation  into  gas  is  only  21  Cub.,  and 
there  is  therefore  a  loss  clival  to  nearly  5'5lb.  of 
sperm  per  gallon  of  oil.  Doubtless,  this  may  be 
improved  on,  but  in  the  meantime  we  are  again  driven 
to  the  use  of  the  cheaper  "intermediate"  oils- 
bodies  too  heavy  for  consumption  in  lamps,  and  too 
thin  in  "  body ''  for  lubricating  purposes. 

In  conclusion,  I  should  desire  to  describe  the  appa- 
ratus employed  to  obtain  the  foregoing  results.  It  is 
the  invention  of  Mr.  Paterson,  of  Messrs.  Alexander 
k  Paterson,  gasfitters,  of  Kirkintilloch.  The  retort  is 
of  cast-iron,  and  has  the  oil  introduced  into  it  by 
means  of  pipes  carried  through  the  retorts  from  the 
front  to  near  the  back.  During  its  passage  through 
these  pipes  the  oil  becomes  vapourised,  and  is  broken 
up  by  its  after-contact  with  the  heated  sides  of  the 
retort  in  its  return  passage  to  the  outlet,  which  is 
placed  in  the  front  part  of  the  apparatus.  The  gas 
is  afterwards  cooled  in  upright  pipes,  and,  if  neces- 
sary, may  be  passed  through  the  ordinary  dry  puri- 
fiers, and  stored  for  use.  The  permanency  of  the 
gas  has  been  frequently  tested  by  myself,  and  proved 
to  be  excellent,  and  quite  equal  to  any  ordinary  coal- 
gas.  One  great  advantage  the  apparatus  possesses  is 
its  extreme  simplicity  and  non-liability  to  get  out  of 
order.  Once  started,  it  works  away,  and  with  an 
occasional  glance  at  the  heating  apparatus,  may  be 
continued  without  trouble  for  any  desired  period. 
My  own  iras-works  will  manufacture  about  SOcubic  feet 
of  gas  per  hour  ;  but,  of  course,  the  retorts  may  be 
greatly  enlarged  or  increased  in  number,  according  to 
the  consumption  and  production  required. 

DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  Wallace  asked  whether  Mr.  Macadam  had 
tried  ordinary  crude  oil  from  blast-furnace  tar,  with- 
out any  kind  of  rectification.  He  had  made  a  trial 
of  this  himself,  but  did  not  get  very  promising 
results.  In  the  first  place,  it  gave  a  pretty  large 
amount  of  tar  in  the  condenser — somewhere  about 
one-third  of  the  oil  itself  :  and  there  was,  moreover, 
a  tendency  to  choke  up  the  pipes,  and  also  to  deposit 
carbon  in  the  retorts.  If  this  oil  could  be  used  for 
the  manufacture  of  gas — being  the  cheapest  oil  in 
the  market — it  would  be  of  great  consequence, 
because  it  might  be  used  in  conjunction  with  splint 
and  common  coals  for  the  manufacture  of  gas  of 
medium  illuminating  posver,  say  22  to  26  candles. 
In  referring  to  rectified  coal  oil,  Mr.  Macadam  had 
not  particularly  mentioned  what  kind  of  coal  oil  this 
was— whether  from  blast  furnace,  or  made  in  coking 
ovens.  The  whole  subject  was  one  of  great  import- 
ance, and  was  daily  becoming  of  greater  consequence, 
because  our  fields  of  cannel  coal,  especially  of  better 
class,  were  being  rapidly  wrought  out ;  and  some 
gas  companies  and  corporations  had  thought  it  neces- 
sary to  look  before  them,  and  even  to  reduce  the 
quality  of  their  gas,  in  anticipation  of  the  difficulty 
they  wou'd  experience  by-and-bye  of  obtaining  sup- 
plies of  first,  or  even  second-class  coal.  It  was, 
therefore,  a  subject  fraught  with  commercial  interest, 
and  the  Section  were  indebted  to  Mr.  Macadam  for 
the  able  manner  in  which  he  had  brought  it  before 
them. 

Mr.  Foulis  was  not  prepared  to  say  much  on  this 
subject,  as  it  was  one  he  was  just  beginning  to  study. 
He  would  like  to  know,  however,  the  advantages 
which  this  new  apparatus  possessed  over  the  other 
forms  of  apparatus,  such  as  Pintsch's.  He  confessed 
that,  at  first  sight,  he  did  not  like  these  small  tubes, 
which,  under  Mr.  Macadam's  care,  might  not  choke 
up ;  although,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  gas  manufac- 


ture, he  was  afraid  this  would  occur.  There  was  no 
doubt  whatever  that  the  interior  of  the  retort  would 
become,  in  a  very  short  time,  coated  with  carbon. 
The  whole  process  was  one  of  decomposition  of  the 
oil ;  the  carbon  resulting  from  this  decomposition 
would  be  deposited  in  the  retort,  and  more  especially 
deposited  on  the  roof  of  the  retort.  It  appeared 
to  him,  therefore,  that  these  tubes,  being  fixtures, 
would  render  it  very  difficult  to  cleanse  the  retort 
out.  These  were,  of  course,  points  on  which  he  might 
be  mistaken.  There  was  a  further  point  to  which 
he  would  refer,  and  perhaps  Mr.  Macadam's  atten- 
tion had  been  directed  to  it — namely,  whether  or  not 
there  was  any  advantage  in  using,  in  conjunction 
with  the  oil,  a  jet  of  steam,  in  order  to  carry  forward 
into  a  more  permanent  form  some  of  the  oils  that 
would  otherwise  be  condensed  from  the  gas.  There 
was  a  very  simple  method  of  gas  making  adopted  in 
America,  which  had  this  advantage,  that  it  could  be 
applied  to  the  ordinary  retort,  and  it  could  be 
removed  at  once,  if  so  desired.  It  consists  of  a  pipe 
closed  in  the  front  end  attached  to  the  door,  and 
carried  back  to  the  near  end  of  the  retort,  into  which 
another  pipe  is  inserted,  closed  at  the  inner  end. 
The  oil  is  blown  by  a  jet  of  steam  into  this  inner 
pipe,  and  is  there  converted  into  vapour,  and,  passing 
from  this,  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  retort,  and 
the  oil  is  decomposed.  The  great  advantage  of  this 
was  that  the  apparatus  might  be  removed  at  once, 
the  retort  cleaned  out  or  charged  with  coal.  With 
regard  to  the  permanency  of  the  gas,  it  was  well 
known  that  gas,  even  when  compressed,  if  allowed  to 
remain  still,  did  not  lose  a  very  great  deal  of  its 
illuminating  power;  but  whether  this  gas  would 
stand  the  test  of  passing  through  pipes  in  cold 
weather  without  losing  illuminating  power,  wasa  point 
on  which  he  would  be  glad  if  Mr.  Macadam  would 
give  some  information. 

Professor  Mills  asked  how  long  a  retort  of  this 
description  could  be  run  without  being  stopped  for 
cleaning  out,  and,  further,  the  cost  of  making  the 
gas  ?  The  temperature  required  for  a  retort  of  this 
kind  was  exceedingly  high,  as  would  be  seen  from 
the  formation  of  naphthalene.  The  amount  of  coal 
used  for  the  destructive  distillation  of  the  oil  was 
certainly  very  high,  and  it  would  be  interesting  to 
know  the  amount  of  coal  used,  for,  say  30,000  feet  of 
this  gas.  As  regarded  the  composition  of  the  gas,  he 
was  glad  to  hear  that  Mr.  Macadam  had  promised  to 
give  some  analyses  of  these  destructive  distillations. 
If  the  gas  could  be  dissected  out,  and  the  non- 
luminous  constituents  set  recorded  on  one  side,  and 
the  luminous  constituents  on  the  other,  they  would 
then  be  in  a  position  to  make  a  better  comparison 
with  coal  gas  than  was  the  case  at  present. 

Mr.  W.R.  W.Smith  said  he  was  greatly  struck  some 
five  or  six  years  ago,  in  passing  through  Germany,  to 
find  that  a  commercial  friend  of  his  had  all  his  mill 
lighted  with  gas  made  from  oil  by  means  of  a  small 
apparatus  about  twenty  feet  in  length.  He  was  so 
much  astonished  some  time  ago  at  the  low  price  of 
oil  from  the  blast  furnace,  that  he  procured  a  sample 
and  sent  it  to  his  friend.  This  led  to  a  demand  for 
one  cask,  then  five  casks,  and  his*  friend  had  now  laid 
in  his  winter  stock  of  this  oil,  with  which  he  lighted 
his  mill,  but  of  which  Mr.  Macadam  could  make  very 
little.  It  was  evident,  therefore,  that  here  in  Glas- 
gow they  were  groping  after  a  thing  which  was  being 
carried  out  elsewhere,  and  he  would  be  glad  to  place 
at  Mr.  Macadam's  disposal  the  drawings  of  this 
apparatus. 

Mr.  Macadam,  replying  to  Dr.  Wallace,  said  he 
had  not  as  yet  got  satisfactory  results  from  crude 
blast-furnace  tar.  He  did  not  think  that  the  "Pater- 
son" apparatus  would  give  good  results  with  such 


204 


THE  .lOl'itXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [March 29, 1887. 


oils.  The  figures  obtained  had  been  as  yet  of  no 
practical  value,  and  had  therefore  not  been  included 
in  the  present  communication.  The  rectified  coal  oil 
was  obtained  from  the  regular  coke  ovens.  Dealing 
with  Mr.  Foulis's  remarks,  there  was  no  doubt  that 
the  tubes  (small  or  big)  would  at  first  sight  appear  to 
a  practical  man  to  be  a  drawback  to  the  apparatus; 
at  the  same  time  he  had  worked  with  it  for  some 
months  without  any  choking  of  the  tubes.  This  was 
probably  the  best  answer  to  the  question.  He 
attempted  some  days  ago  to  retort  colza  oil,  but 
partly  from  the  high  viscosity  and  the  comparatively 
amount  of  carbon  in  the  oil,  he  had  not  obtained 
good  results.  He  pointed  out,  however,  that  this  was 
an  apparatus  for  "intermediate"  and  "  burning"  oils, 
and  not  for  crude  oil  or  oils  of  great  viscosity.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  the  apparatus  had  been  in  the  hands 
of  practical  men  for  months,  and  had  been  found  to 
work  with  perfect  ease.  The  workmen  who  were  in 
charge  were  not  skilled  or  specially-trained  men,  but 
in  all  cases  the  apparatus  had  given  satisfaction. 
The  tubes  were  scarcely  fixtures.  In  the  retort 
which  he  had  used  for  coal-testing  and  oil-testing 
indiscriminately,  the  tubes  were  attached  to  the  door 
of  the  retort,  and  could  be  removed  with  the  door, 
so  that  no  trouble  was  experienced  in  regard  to  that 
point.  The  quantity  of  carbon  deposited  was  not  so 
great  as  might  be  expected,  and  it  was  very  seldom 
that  the  apparatus  required  to  be  cleaned  out,  but 


could  not,  on  the  moment,  give  the  cost  of  3<>,000  feet 
of  gas.  Of  course  much  depended  on  the  quality  of 
oil  to  be  distilled.  From  "  intermediate  "  oils  about 
24,000  cubic  feet  of  gas  could  be  obtained  from  the 
ton  of  oil.  Such  oils  could  be  bought  at  present  at 
about  lid.  per  gallon,  which  was  equal  to  about  30s. 
per  ton."  The  gas  was  of  about  60  candle  power,  so 
that,  roughly  speaking,  the  ton  of  oil  gave  gas  equal 
in  illuminating  value  to  about  72,000  cubic  feet  of 
20  candle  gas.  The  retorting  was  certainly  not  so 
costly  as  with  coal,  for  it  must  be  kept  in  mind  that 
whilst  the  temperature  of  the  retort  was  much  the 
same  as  with  coals,  yet  a  great  saving  must  take  place 
in  the  cost  of  labour  for  charging  and  emptying  of 
retorts,  which  operations  practically  ceased  to  exist 
when  oil  was  used  for  gas  making.  The  actual 
amount  of  coal  should  also  be  less  for  a  given  amount 
of  heat,  as  there  was  no  ash  to  raise  in  temperature, 
as  was  the  case  with  coals.  He  was  at  present 
engaged  in  analysing  the  various  gases,  but  as  these 
results  were  of  little  practical  interest  they  were  not 
included  in  the  present  communication,  excepting 
only  the  amount  of  absorption  due  to  bromine,  which 
was  given  in  the  tables,  and  which  might  be  averaged 
at  from  30  to  35  per  cent,  of  the  gas.  American 
petroleum  had  proved  difficult  to  distil  into  per- 
manent gas.  The  proportion  which  had  been  obtained 
from  it  was  less  than  with  the  home  oils.  No  doubt 
this  was  due  to  the  difference  in  the  chemical  com- 


\   .  ni  Revolutions. 

Time. 

Sperm 

Oil. 

Caspiu 

1  Oils. 

Swindle  Oil  (partly  Sperm 

anil  partly  Mineral 

Lubricating). 

Increase. 

Increase. 

Increase. 

Incrense. 

5,000 

2;  minutes. 

1021 

i2r 

105' 

15 

132j 

72*' 

92J" 

32i* 

in, lien 

5         ,, 

122J 

02{ 

125 

65 

155 

95 

107} 

i7: 

15.000 

n    .. 

135 

75 

135 

75 

165 

105 

117! 

57* 

20,000 

10 

III 

SI 

UO 

SO 

167! 

1071 

121 

61 

25,000 

12i        .. 

ll'i 

S7J 

112J 

« 

160 

109 

125 

65 

when  such  became  necessary  the  door  and  tubes  were 
easily  removed.  In  the  larger  apparatus  of  the  same 
makers  the  door  was  cast  in  two  parts.  To  the  upper 
part  the  tubes  were  attached.  The  lower  portions  of 
the  door  could  be  removed  separately,  and  the  retort 
cleaned  out  without  interfering  with  the  tubes.  If 
heavy  oils  w:ere  worked,  it  might  be  necessary  to 
clean  the  retort  more  frequently  out.  With  the  class 
of  oils  referred  to  (burning  and  intermediate)  very 
little  cleaning  would  be  required.  Touching  on  the 
use  of  a  jet  of  steam,  he  did  not  include  that  method 
of  working  in  this  paper,  although  he  had  made 
experiments  in  that  direction,  and  desired,  if  per- 
mitted, to  lay  the  results  before  the  Section  at  a 
future  meeting.  The  apparatus,  to  yield  good 
results  with  steam,  would  require  to  be  somewhat 
changed,  so  as  to  allow  of  a  longer  period  of  contact 
between  the  oil  and  steam  and  the  sides  of  the  retort. 
In  regard  to  the  question  of  permanency,  the  gas  had 
not  only  been  retained  for  long  periods  over  water, 
but  had  also  been  passed  through  lead  pipes  100  feet 
in  length,  which  was  a  very  severe  test.  The  tem- 
perature was  below  freezing  point,  and  the  gas  was 
found  to  be.  in  proportion  to  its  illuminating  value, 
as  permanent  as  ordinary  Edinburgh  gas.  The  tar 
contained  a  large  proportion  of  naphthalene,  but  the 
proportion  of  tar  was  small  He  could  not  say  that 
there  wasa  large  proportion  of  naphthalene  present  in 
lie  uas.  During  the  distillation  of  the  tar  from  the 
Alexander  and  Paterson  apparatus  he  got  a  con- 
siderable proportion  of  naphthalene.  He  was  sorry  he 


position  of  the  body,  there  being  in  the  petroleum 
more  of  the  true  paraffin  and  less  of  the  olefine 
group,  whilst  in  the  home  oils  the  olerines  pre- 
dominated. American  petroleum  required  a  distinctly 
lower  temperature. 

Mr.  Macadam  then  exhibited  Bailey's  oil  tester, 
and  gave  a  brief  description  of  it.  The  appa- 
ratus, he  said,  was  largely  employed  to  test 
the  relative  lubricating  value  of  oils.  The  apparatus 
was  constructed  in  such  a  way  as  to  place  the  oils 
being  tested  in  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  con- 
dition as  they  would  be  in  actual  work.  The 
machine  was  driven  at  2000  revolutions  per  minute, 
and  the  temperature  of  the  bearing-block  was  noted 
at  so  many  different  revolutions.  The  usual  number 
of  revolutions  stated  in  the  certificate  of  testing 
were  5000,  10,000,  15,000,  and  25,000,  and  the  tem- 
perature was  noted  at  each  of  those  points. 

The  above  table  gives  the  results  of  tests  made  with 
the  apparatus— the  temperature  at  starting  being  in 
all  cases  60"  F. 

All  tests  for  viscosity  and  lubricating  value  were 
comparative,  but  this  apparatus  gave  constant  and 
reliable  relative  results.  After  the  above  tests  were 
made,  if  it  was  desired  to  subject  the  oils  to  a  more 
severe,  and  at  the  same  time  practical,  test,  then  the 
apparatus  was  allowed  to  remain  for  24  hours,  after 
which  it  was  re-started  without  being  further  oiled 
or  cleaned,  when  a  set  of  results  were  obtained  front 
which  the  liability  of  the  oil  to  oxidise  or  "gum'' 
could  be  determined. 


March 29. 18S7.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


- 


ON    LABORATORY    FITTINGS. 

BY  JOHN"    GIBSON,    PH.D. 

About  four  years  ago  Professor  Cram-Brown  asked 
me  to  Jiaw  ap  detailed  plans  of  fittings  for  the  new 
chemical  laboratories  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 

In  accordance  with  this  request,  1  visited  many  of  the 
principal  laboratories  in  this  country  and  on  the 
Continent  I  afterwards  drew  ap  plans  of  fittings 
which  were  approved  of,  in  almost  every  detail,  by 
Professor  Crum-Brown  and  by  the  building 
committee. 

In  the  following  paper  I  have  endeavoured  to 
describe  these  fittings,  which  have  been  in  use  for 
31  ime  time  back,  in  so  far  as  they  are  novel  or  different 
from  those  generally  to  be  found  in  the  principal 
laboratories  of  the  United  Kingdom 

I  wish  to  acknowledge  in  the  fullest  manner  my 
indebtedness  to  others  for  much  invaluable  sugj 
tion.     I  desire  especially  to  thank  Sir  Henry  !!• 
Professor  Thorpe,    Professor    Fittig  and    Professor 
Pebal  for  the  advice  and  help  which  I  have  received 
either  directly  or  indirectly  from  them. 

In  the  work  of  fitting  up  the  new  laboratories,  Mr. 
Allan  Clark,  clerk  of  works  to  the  University,  has 
given  constant  and  most  valuable  assistance. 

There  is  no  more  fundamental  requirement  in  a 
chemical  laboratory,  and,  above  all,  in  a  laboratory 
designed  for  teaching  purposes,  than  an  efficient 
system  of  ventilation. 

The  problem  which  presents  itself  differs  in  one 
important  respect  from  that  presented  by  the  ventila- 
tion of  an  ordinary  hall  or  room,  inasmuch  as  it  is  not 
sufficient  merely  to  secure  the  removal  of  the  impure 
air  and  its  replacement  by  pure  air  of  a  suitable 
temperature.  In  a  chemical  laboratory  it  is  generally 
de-irable,  and  often  absolutely  necessary,  to  prevent 
the  various  fumes,  which  are  evolved  in  the  course  of 
chemical  work,  from  ever  mixing  with  the  bulk  of  the 
air  in  the  laboratory.  Although  enormous  improve- 
ments have  been  made  in  the  construction  and 
equipment  of  chemical  laboratories  in  recent  years, 
this  problem  still  continues  to  offer  special  difficulties 
which  have  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  been  overcome 
in  a  thoroughly  satisfactory  manner. 

In  most  laboratories  the  usual  means  emj  loved 
have  been  the  erection  of  so  -  called  draught 
cupboards  for  general  use.  A  draught  cupboard 
is  most  efficient  as  a  means  of  preventing  the 
admixture  of  the  fumes  evolved  in  it  with  the 
air  in  the  laboratory,  when  (ctetetit  paribus) 
its  dimensions  are  small ;  but  a  small  draught  cup- 
board is  necessarily  inconvenient,  inasmuch  as  it 
cramps  the  operations  of  the  worker,  and  is  t  un- 
available for  small  apparatus,  or  for  a  small  portion 
of  an  extended  arrangement  of  apparatus,  in  any 
case,  a  considerable  number  of  them  are  necessary  to 
meet  even  ordinary  requirements.  Larger  draught 
cupboards,  on  the  other  hand,  while  more  convenient 
in  some  respects,  have  their  own  peculiar  disadvan- 
tages. They  are  always  less  efficient  as  a  means  of 
keeping  the  air  of  the  laboratory  pure,  and  when 
used,  as  they  necessarily  often  are,  by  several 
workers  at  once,  the  greater  freedom  of  operation  is 
t  >  a  great  extent  lost  :  and  further,  when  open  vessels 
are  being  used,  the  fumes  from  one  vessel  are  liable  to 
affect  the  contents  of  the  vessels  near  it. 

A  very  simple  and,  at  the  same  time  efficient,  plan, 
and  one  which  has  been  adopted  in  some  of  the  best 
of  the  Continental  laboratories,  is  to  connect  each 
draught  cupboard  with  a  separate  flue,  in  each  of 
which  a  gas  jet,  or  system  of  jets,  is  kept  burning  : 
the  burners  being  either  of  the  ordinary  rish-tail  kind 
or  Bunscn  burners.  The  jets  should  be  situated  at 
some  distance  above  the  bottom  of  the  flue,  an  open- 


ing with  a  glass  door  opposite  the  jet  or  jets  enabling 
one  to  see  that  the  gas  is  burning  properly,  and  to 
make  any  necessary  repairs.  Where  the  price  of  - 
is  low,  this  system  presents  many  advantages.  In  the 
Owen.-  College  laboratory,  for  so  long  the  best  and 
most  completely  equipped  in  the  United  Kingdom. 
and  in  fact  the  only  one  which  could  be  favourably 
compared  with  the  great  lab  r  it<  iries  i  il  the  Continent, 
there  is  an  excellent  system  of  down  draughts  con- 
nected with  and  produced  in  one  main  central 
chimney.  In  Edinburgh  it  was  originally  intended 
to  adopt  a  similar  system,  and  the  ordinary  ventila- 
tion of  the  whole  of  the  new  University  building-  is 
effected  by  a  series  of  furnaces  venting  into  an  iron 
shaft  which  runs  up  the  centre  of  a  tall  chimney 
stack,  the  draught  flues  leading  into  the  annular  space 
between  the  hot-iron  shaft  and  the  brickwork.  The 
flues  or  down-shafts  intended  to  carry  off  the  fumes 
produced  in  the  chemical  laboratory  lead  into  the 
central  iron  shaft. 

From  whatever  cause,  the  draught  supply,  if  I  may 
use  the  term,  available  for  the  chemical  laboratory 
proved  altogether  insufficient.  It.  therefore,  became 
necessary  to  adopt  a  different  system  of  fume  extrac- 
tion. This  circumstance,  although  very  annoying  at 
the  time,  retarding,  as  it  did,  the  opening  of  the  new- 
laboratories,  is  hardly  to  be  regretted,  for  it  has  led 
to  the  adoption  of  a  system  in  all  probability  far 
superior  to  anything  which  could  have  been  eco- 
nomically attained  on  the  above  plan. 

The  draught  is  now  produced  by  a  Blackman  air 
propeller  four  feet  in  diameter,  and  driven  by  a  gas 
engine.  The  propeller  or  fan  works  at  the  open 
end  of  a  wooden  chamber  (Figs.  1  and  2]  36ft 
long,  .">ft.  across,  and  5ft  high.  This  chamber  is 
situated  immediately  under  the  roof,  and  above  the 
partition  dividing  the  two  main  laboratories. 

To  this  chamber  up-shifts  Eading  from  the  various 
places  where  a  draught  is  required  are  conducted, 
and  enter  through  the  wooden  sides  of  the  chamber 
at  different  points  on  both  sides,  and  also  at  the  end 
opposite  to  the  fan.  The  shafts,  like  the  chamber, 
are  constructed  of  deal  boards,  and  in  every  case 
lead  directly  into  the  chamber,  without  intercom- 
munication. Abrupt  bends  have  been  carefully 
avoided,  and  the  end  of  each  shaft  leading  into  the 
chamber  is  in   every  case  bent  round,  so  that  the 

!  mouth  of  the  shaft  faces  the  fan  (Figs.  1  and  2,  o, 
The  velocity  of  the  air  drawn  up  is  by  these  means 
rendered  practically  uniform  in  each  of  the  shafts, 
and  independent  of  the  length  of  the  shafts,  or  the 
position  of  their  upper  ends  in  the  main  chamber. 
The  velocity  of  the  current  of  air  in  each  of  them, 
depending  as  it  does  upon  the  rate  at  which  the  fan 
is  driven,  is  perfectly  under  control,  and  is  not  ap- 
preciably affected  by  differences  in  the  outside  tem- 
perature, or  by  the  direction  and  force  of  the  wind. 
These  are  very  great  advantages  which  cannot.  I 
believe,  lie  attained  by  any  non  mechanical  method. 
Whenever  necessary,  additional  shafts  can  be  run  up 
in  a  day  or  two,  and  at  small  cost.  The  shafts  aie 
coated  internally  and  externally  with  several  layeis 
of  asbestos  paint,  and,  in  addition  to  this,  are  lined 
from  their  lower  ends  upwards  to  a  height  of  about 
twenty  feet  with  a  coating  of  thin  asbestos  paper. 
which  is  caused  to  adhere  to  the  painted  wood  by 
means  of  a  solution  of  silicate  of  soda  applied  to  both 
surfaces  of  the  paper.  This  paper  was  subsequently 
washed  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  finally, 
when  dry.  covered  with  a  coat  of  asbestos  paint.  A 
piece  of  wood  thus  protected  may  be  placed  for  any 

'  length  of  time  over  a  powerful  Argand  burner,  with- 
out giving  the  slightest  sign  of  catching  fire,  pro- 
vided, of  course,  that  the  flame  does  not  come  in 

'  contact  with  any  unprotected  wood.    After  a  cou- 


20G 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March  29,  iss- 


siderable  time  the  wood  is  slowly  ami  completely 
charred,  the  protectii  -  remaining  intact. 

The  great  power  of  the  draught  thus  produced  has 

rendered  it  possible  to  dispense  with  draught  cnP_ 

boards  almost  entirely.    The  draught  arrangements 

on  the  working  tables  are  extremely  simple,  and  may 

.lily  understood  by  reference  to  Fig.  3.    The 


wlmle  of  the  fumes  are  drawn  up  the  shaft.  It  will 
be  Been  that  the  tables  are  further  provided  with 
glass  hoods,  c,  r,  Fig.  3.  The  object  of  these,  hoods  is 
twofold.  i>n  the  one  hand  they  act  as  screens,  pre- 
venting the  fall  of  dust,  and  more  especially  of 
particles  of  lime  or  plaster  from  the  roof,  on  to  the 
tables  and  into  the  open  vessels  of  the  workers.     On 


draught  shaft*",  a,  lead  down  through  the  ceiling  of 
the  laboratory  and  terminate  at  the  top  of  the  tables, 
at  each  working  place.  In  each  shaft  there  is  an 
opening,  6,6,  Fig.  3,  facing  the  worker,  at  a  convenient 
height,  and  provided  with  a  sliding  shutter.  If  the 
worker  wishes  to  perform  any  operation  in  which 
fumes  are  given  off,  he  simply  opens  the  shutter  and 
his  apparatus  opposite  the  opening,  when  the 


the  other  hand  they  collect  and  localise  any  fumes 
which  are  either  accidentally  or  unavoidably  produced 
at  the  several  working  tables.  At  the  points  (/,  d, 
Fig.  3,  immediately  below  the  top  of  the  hood,  there 
are  two  openings  in  each  shaft,  through  which  any 
fumes  that  may  collect  at  the  top  of  the  hood  are 
drawn  away.  ( >f  course,  if  the  air  were  allowed  full 
and  constant  access  to   these  upper  openings,  the 


March 29, 1887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


207 


lower  draught  tubes  would  be  little  or  no  use,  as  the 
draught  through  them  would  lie  almost  entirely  cut 
off.  The  wooden  shutters,  e,  e,  e,  Fig.  3,  swing  on 
leather  lunges,  and  can  be  opened  at  will  to  any 
desired  extent.  Being  supported  by  cords  in  the 
manner  shown  in  Fig.  3,  they  fall  down  by  their  own 
weight  whenever  the  cords  are  slackened.  In  order 
to  ensure  their  falling,  the  shutters  are  weighted  with 
blocks  of  heavy  hard  wood,  which  have  also  made  it 
possible  to  dispense  with  wheel  pulleys,  the  cord 
being  simply  led  through  holes  in  the  wood,  as  shown 
in  the  figure.  Any  arrangement  of  pulleys  would  be 
much  more  liable  to  get  out  of  order,  especially  if 
made  of  metal,  the  use  of  which  has  been  avoided  in 
all  the  fittings  as  much  as  possible.  In  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances these  shutters  are  left  slightly  open  so  as 
to  permit  of  a  slight  current  of  air  sufficient  to  carry 
off  the  small  quantity  of  fumes,  which  are  unavoid- 
ably produced  during  minor  operations.  Should, 
however,  a  large  volume  of  fumes  be  on  any  occasion 
accidentally  produced,  the  shutters  can  be  instantly 
opened  to  the  full  extent,  and  the  fumes,  which 
collect  under  the  hood  of  the  table  at  which  the 
accident  has  happened,  are  rapidly  carried  up  the 
shaft  without  mixing  with  the  atmosphere  of  the 
room  generally,  and  thus  leaving  the  workers  at  the 
other  tables  quite  unaffected  by  them. 

As  a  further  means  of  keeping  the  air  of  the 
laboratory  pure,  communication  is  established 
between  the  draught  shafts  a,  «,  and  the  open  gutters 
or  waste  pipes  near  the  points  where  the  sinks  drain 
into  them  by  means  of  the  shafts,  one  of  which,  a1  a1, 
is  indicated  in  broken  lines  in  Fig.  3. 

Another  way  of  utilising  the  draught  in  connection 
with  the  steam-baths,  is  shown  in  Fig.  4.  Each 
steam-bath  consists  simply  of  an  iron  box  (a,  a).  The 
steam  passes  first  through  a  long  twisted  coil  of  leaden 
pipe  lying  in  the  bottom  of  the  box.  The  condensed 
water  is  run  off  at  a  point  higher  than  the  coil  of 
pipe,  so  that  the  latter  is  completely  immersed  in  the 
water.  Every  morning,  before  the  laboratories  are 
opened,  steam  is  turned  on  by  means  of  the  tap  b, 
and  passing  through  the  coil  heats  up  the  water,  and 
is  in  part  condensed  in  the  coil,  the  remainder  finally 
bubbling  up  through  the  water.  As  soon  as  the  water 
is  fairly  boiling,  the  tap  is  nearly  closed,  so  that 
while  little  or  no  steam  escapes  through  the  holes  in 
the  top  of  the  bath,  the  whole  arrangement  is  kept 
constantly  at  a  temperature  of  very  little  below  the 
boiling-point.  If  it  is  desired  to  use  the  bath,  the 
tap  is  opened  to  any  desired  extent,  the  water  then 
immediately  begins  to  boil,  and  steam  escapes  from 
the  holes  at  the  top  of  the  bath,  and  plays  on  the 
bottom  of  any  vessel  supported  over  them.  This  ex- 
tremely convenient  form  of  steam-bath  was,  I  believe, 
first  introduced  into  laboratories  in  Germany,  by 
1  lr.  Hirzel,  of  Leipzig.  The  usual  method  of  carry- 
ing off  the  fumes  from  such  a  steam-bath  has  been  to 
build  a  draught  cupboard  over  it,  but,  as  I  have 
before  said,  there  is  constant  danger  of  the  fumes 
from  one  vessel  affecting  the  contents  of  the  vessels 
near  it.  To  obviate  this  and  other  difficulties,  I  have 
devised  the  arrangement  shown  in  Fig.  4.  Some 
four  feet  above  the  steam-bath  is  a  wooden  box  or 
chamber  /,/,  communicating  as  shown  in  the  figure 
with  a  draught  shaft  «,  at  a  point  not  immediately 
above  the  steam-bath,  but  a  little  to  one  side.  In 
the  bottom  of  this  chamber  square  holes  are  cut, 
through  which  the  upper  ends  of  the  wooden  frames 
;/.  g,  ii  pass  freely.  These  frames  swing  on  pins  resting 
on  the  bottom  of  the-  box.  The  wooden  frames  in 
turn  support  the  stoneware  funnels  //,  /(,  It.  The  upper 
ends  of  the  necks  of  these  funnels  have  projecting 
portions  or  ears  which  rest  on  the  movable  pegs  i,  i, 
working  at  different   heights  in  the  sides  of    the 


frames.  The  ears  of  the  funnels  slide  up  and  down 
in  grooves,  so  as  to  keep  the  funnels  in  position  when 
being  raised  or  lowered  from  one  level  to  another. 
By  these  means  the  mouth  of  the  funnel  may  I  e 
placed  over  a  shallow  basin,  or  raised  so  as  to  accom- 
modate a  tall-necked  rlask,  as  occasion  requires.  A 
continual  current  of  air  passes  up  through  the  funnels, 
carrying  off  the  fumes  from  the  vessels  beneath  them, 
so  that  the  fumes  from  one  vessel  are  entirely  cut  off 
from  the  neighbouring  vessels.  The  funnels  and 
frames  can  be  swung  back  to  the  position  shown  at 
tin'  right  hand  of  Fig.  4,  and  may  be  held  there 
by  the  wooden  catch  /■.    This  enables  the  worker  to 


— * 


perform  conveniently  any  operation,  such  as  filling 
up  the  vessel  or  stirring  its  contents  without  taking 
it  away  from  the  bath.  The  door  /,  /,  swinging  on 
leather  hinges,  gives  access  to  the  interior  of  the 
chamber,  and  permits  of  the  frames  and  funnels  being 
removed  bodily  by  simply  withdrawing  the  support- 
ing pins  on  which  they  swing.  No  condensation 
takes  place  either  in  the  funnels,  the  frames  or  the 
draught  box,  unless  the  draught  is  insufficient,  or  the 
steam  is  allowed  to  escape  from  the  steam-bath  much 
more  freely  than  is  necessary.  Even  in  these  cases 
condensation  only  takes  place  in  winter,  if  the  tem- 
perature of  the  laboratory  be  allowed  to  fall  uncom- 
fortably low.  In  any  case  the  condensed  drops  do 
not  fall  into  the  evaporating  vessel. 

Figs,  (i  and  7  give  a  front  and  bird's-eye  view  of  an 
arrangement  for  supplying  the  laboratories  with 
water  at  a  high  and  constant  pressure.  The  pressure 
at  which  the  water  is  supplied  by  the  street  main  is 
liable  to  daily  and  hourly  variation,  and  is  frequently 
cut  off  without  warning,  or  does  not  rise  to  the  level 
of  the  laboratories.  In  order  to  obviate  the  very 
great  inconvenience  and  delay  caused  by  this  state  of 
things,  water  is  pumped  up  lrom  a  large  low  level 
cistern  by  the  force  pump  a,  a,  driven  by  the  same 
gas  engine  which  drives  the  Blackman  air  propeller 
above  mentioned.  The  water  is  pumped  in  at  the 
bottom  of  the  tank  b,  b,  b,  and,  as  it  rises,  compresses 
the  air  in  the  tank,  forming  an  elastic  air  cushion.  As 
soon  as  the  pressure  reaches  a  certain  point,  regulated 
by  the  position  of  the  ball  c,  the  conical  valve  d 
rises  and  shuts  off  the  gridiron  valve  e,  e,  thus 
cutting  off  the  water  supply.  In  practice  it  has  been 
found  that  the  apparatus  works  much  more  smoothly 
if  the  gridiron  valve  be  adjusted  so  as  never  to  close 


■>{  <8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CIIK.M  ICAL  INDUSTRY".   [March 2D,  1887. 


entirely.  There  is  thus  a  slight,  but  constant  circu- 
lation of  water  from  the  cistern  through  the  pump 
and  tank  and  back  to  the  cistern.  The  pipes /,/are 
the  supply  pipes  to  the  laboratories.  If  a  small 
quantity  of  water  be  drawn  oft',  the  elastic  air  cushion 
keeps  the  pressure  practically  constant,  and  gives, 
should  more  water  be  drawn  oft",  the  valves  d  and  c 
time  to  act.  The  pressure  at  which  the  water  leaves 
the  tank  is  kept,  in  the  Edinburgh  University  Labo- 
ratory, at  twenty  five  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  but 
can  easily  be  increased. 

A  hose  is  kept  constantly  attached  to  tank  A,  so 
that  in  case  of  fire  a  powerful  stream  of  water  can  be 
immediately  directed  on  almost  any  part  of  the  new 
buildings.  The  general  arrangements  of  the  working 
tables,  a  front  and  side  view  of  which  are  given  in 
Fig.  3  (o,  /S),  do  not  here  require  explanation,  but 
there  are  some  points  in  connection  with  these  tables 
which  are  novel  and  may  be  briefly  described. 


ing  bench— rest  loosely  in  holes  cut  in  the  table,  and 
are  therefore  easily  removed.  Communication  be- 
tween each  sink  and  the  open  waste  pipe  or  gutter  is 
effected  by  means  of  a  short  piece  of  stiff  rubber 
hose  or  piping  g,  which  passes  at  its  upper  ex- 
tremity over_  the  neck  of  the  sink,  while  its  lower 
extremity  is  inserted  into  the  collar  piece  /<,  resting 
on  the  platform,  and  having  its  lower  end  hanging 
freely  in  the  course  of  the  gutter  below.  These 
collar  pieces,  the  open  gutters  i,  i,  and  the  waste 
pipes  to  which  these  latter  lead,  are  made  of  a  com- 
position of  alternate  layers  of  coarse  brown  paper 
and  asphalte.  Some  of  these  pipes  were  brought 
from  Germany,  but  Messrs.  Barton  k  Sons,  Edin- 
burgh, have  succeeded,  without  much  difficulty,  in 
manufacturing  them.  Pipes  made  of  this  material 
combine  the  advantages  accruing  from  the  use  of 
lead  or  stoneware  pipes,  as  they  may  be  bent  and 
jointed   with   the    greatest  facility,  and    resist  the 


The  tables  do  not  rest  directly  on  the  floor  of  the 
laboratory,  but  on  a  raised  platform,  which  extends 
nearly  the  entire  length  of  the  room.  The  water, 
'earn,  and  waste  pipes  run  along  the  concrete 
floor  beneath  this  platform.  All  these  pipes  can  be 
laid  bare  at  a  moment's  notice.  The  steam  water 
and  waste  pipes  are  led  along  each  end  of  the  tables, 
in, a  the  two  former  pass  up  through  the  platform  into 
the  compartments  /',/,/,  which  are  rather  projections 
from,  than  parts  of,  the  tables  themselves.  These 
pipes  are  thus  entirely  shutoff  from  the  cupboards  and 
drawers,  etc.,  of  the  tables,  and  can  be  removed  bodily 
without  interfering  with  the  tables  in  the  slightest 
degree,  and  without  opening  a  single  drawer  or  cup- 
board.  The  porcelain  sinks,  of  which  there  are  four 
on  each  table— that  is,  one  at  the  end  of  each  work 


action  of  acids,  alkalis,  and  mercury.  Their  one  dis- 
advantage lies  in  their  liability  to  soften  when 
exposed  for  any  length  of  time  to  the  action  of  steam 
or  hot  water.  Hot  water  may  be  ran  down  them  at 
intervals  without  injury,  but  a  constant  flow  of  hot 
water  or  steam,  or  contact  with  a  hot  pipe,  may  lead 
in  time  to  their  collapse.  In  practice,  however,  by 
using  the  most  ordinary  precautions,  such  a  con- 
tingency may  be  easily  avoided,  though,  of  course,  it 
is  certain  to  occur  if  these  pipes  are  laid  alongside  of, 
I  or  across,  a  hot  pipe,  or  are  used  as  a  means  of  cany- 
\  ing  off  an  escape  of  steam.  By  the  arrangements 
described  above,  stoppages  in  the  waste  pipes  are 
made  almost  impossible,  and  in  any  case  repairs  can 
be  effected  with  a  minimum  of  interference  with  the 
work  of  the  laboratory. 


March 29, 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


200 


With  regard  to  the  gas  supply  to  the  tables,  it  will 
be  noticed  by  reference  to  Fig.  3,  a  and  b,  that  while 
the  nozzles  are  at  the  back  of  the  tables  underneath  the 
reagent  shelves,  the  wheel  taps  k  are  all  at  the  front. 
In  order  to  secure  this  very  convenient  arrangement, 
it  was  necessary  that  the  cross  pieces  from  the  taps 
to  the  nozzles  should  pass  through  the  woodwork, 


between  and  behind  the  drawers.  With  this  excep- 
tion the  gas  pipes  are  all  easy  of  access.  Fig.  8  gives 
a  view  of  the  gas,  steam,  and  water  supply  to  a  stone 
table  intended  for  combustions  and  similar  operations. 
These  arrangements  for  gas  supply  are  very  much  the 
same  as  those  adopted  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of 
the  University  of  Strasburg,  from  an  inspection  of 
which  I  have  derived  much  most  valuable  suggestion. 
Fig.  10  shows  a  convenient  arrangement  of  draught, 
gas,  and  steam  supply  to  a  small  draught  cupboard. 
It  will  be  observed  that  there  are  no  projecting 
nozzles  or  taps  on  the  floor  of  the  cupboard,  these 
being  all  outside. 


Fig.  IX. 

The  very  convenient  form  of  small  steam  bath 
shown  in  this  figure  is  made  of  copper,  and  provided 
with  a  set  of  porcelain  rings.  The  steam  flows  in  by 
a.  and  the  condensed  water  running  out  by  b,  b  and 
flowing  through  the  small  indiarubber  tube  is 
finally  led  into  the  small  waste  pipe  c,  c.  This  form 
of  steam  bath  is  described  by  the  late  Professor  Pebal 
in  his  elaborate  account  of  the  Chemical  Laboratories 
of  the  University  at  Gratz.  Fig.  11  gives  a 
view  of  another  piece  of  apparatus  also  described  by 
Professor  Pebal,  which  has  been  found  extremely 
usefuL  It  is  made  of  a  peculiar  light  kind  of  porous 
clay,  glazed  on  the  outside.  When  in  use  it  rests  on 
an  iron  stand.  On  lighting  an  ordinary  Bunsen 
burner  beneath  it  the  flame  impinges  upon  the 
circular  and  unattached  disc  m,  and  not  directly  on 


the  vessel  which  is  to  be  heated.     The  heated  g  . 
are  thus  distributed  v>_-iy  uniformly  over  the  bottom 


Fig.  X. 


Fig.  XI. 
of  the  vessel  or  flask.    This  apparatus  answers  all 
the   purposes  of  a  small  sand  bath,  but   is  much 


210 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March  29, 1887 


cleaner  and  more  easily  regulated     Solutions  may 
porated  to  dryness  on  it,  even  in  glass  vessels, 
without  spirting  and  without  cracking  the  glass. 

[mpkoved  Filtering  Appabatus. 

This  will  l/e  1  est  understood  by  a  reference  to 
2  and  13.  The  bell-jar  A  (Fig.  12)  restsduring 
filtration  on  a  square  Hock  C,  of  hard  wood,  prefer- 
,Mv  Spanish  mahogany,  25cm.  square  and  25mm. 
thick.  The  cross  pieces  c,  c  are  of  the  same  wood 
and  prevent  warping.  Over  C  is  laid  a  sheet  of  soft 
vulcanised  rubber  d  of  good  quality,  and  not  less 
than  3mm.  thick.  In  the  centre  is  a  circular  disc  e, 
also  of  hard  wood,   13cm.  in   diameter  and    about 


//  is  screwed  on.  The  object  of  this  knee-piece  will 
be  explained  later  on.  If  the  mouth  a  be  closed  by 
a  rubber  stopper,  and  the  tap/connected  1>\  a  rubber 
tube  with  a  water-pump  or  other  exhausting  appa- 
ratus, as  the  pressure  inside  diminshes,  the  rubber 
sheet  bulges  up  inside  the  bell-jar.  and  pressing 
against  the  lower  edge,  closes  up  any  interstices  due 
to  irregularity  on  its  own  surface,  or  to  imperfect 
grinding  of  the  glass.  A  well-made  water  pump  will 
give  within  half-an-hour  a  high  degree  of  exhaustion, 
and  this  without  the  use  of  any  lubricant  whatever. 
Where  a  very  high  degree  of  exhaustion  is  required, 
the  application  of  a  little  grease  outside  round  the 
lower  edge  of  the  bell-jar  is  advisable.  The  apparatus 


20mm.  thick,  which  is  held  in  position  by  four  sti 
brass  screws,  which  pass  down  through  the  rubber 
into  the  square  block  below.  In  order  to  prevent  air 
leaking  through  the  holes  thus  made,  they  are 
rendered  quite  air-tight  by  embedding  the  screw- 
heads,  which  are  sunk  slightly  below  the  surface  of  e, 
in  red  lead,  and  by  laying,  previous  to  screwing  down, 

is  of  red  lead  on  both  sides  of  the  rubber  sheet. 
The  red  lead  should  not,  however,  spread  beyond  the 
disc  e  on  either  sick-  oi  the  rul'bci  shi  et,  SO  that  the 
latter  lies  quite  free  except  where  it  is  held  down  by 
the  disc.     In  6  is  fitted  a  single  bore  rubber  cork 

I  ng  the  brass  tap  I.  This  tap  is  simply  an  ordinary 
converti       nto  a  tkri  e-waj  tap  by  b 

oh   S    brougl   c  uter  wi 

ol    ike  plug.    Jt  enables  thi    operator  to  establish 
ci  mmunication  between— (1)  The  bell-jar  and  pump  ; 

The  outer  air  and  I  oth  bell-jar  and  pump  ; 

The  outer  air  and  pump,  the  bell-jar  being  shut  off  : 

1 1  The  outer  air  and  bell-jar,  the  pump  Deing  shut 

off.    After  litting  in  the  cork  and  tap,  the  knee-piece 


in  this  form  can,  therefore,  be  used  for  drying  sub- 
stances in   vacuo,  etc.     For  the  purpose  of  rapid 
filtration  such  complete  exhaustion  is  not,  as  a  rule, 
required.     It  is,  indeed,  often  positively  detrimental, 
and  defeats  the  object  in  view.     In  practice  the  most 
convenient,  though  not  the  simplest  mode  of  using 
the  apparatus  for  filtration,  is  that  shown  by  Fig.  13. 
The  tunnel  is  supported  by  a  small  conical  rubber 
stop]  er  i  in  the  upper  and  enlarged  end  of  the  tube 
k,  which  is  in  turn  supported  at  the  mouth  a  of  the 
bell-jar  by  the  larger  rubber  stopper  /.      The  hole  in 
this  stopper  should  be  sufficiently  wide  to  permit  of 
the  glass  tube  /,■  sliding  easily  up  and  down  in  it.  The 
i    end  ol  tlu    tube  should  be  ground  off  at  an 
and  bent  as  shown  in  the  figure.      It  is  then 
to  bring  the  end  of  the  tube  in  contact  with  the 
of  the  vessel  in  which  it  is  desired  to  collect  the 
filtrate,  and  thereby  to  entirely  obviate  any  clanger  of 
loss  by  spirting. 

All  the  essential  parts  of  the  apparatus  have  been 
now  described,  everything  else  which  is  required  for 


March 29. 1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


211 


filtration  being  either  in  ordinary  laboratory  use,  or 
else  can  be  made  with  but  little  time  and  trouble,  and 
at  almost  no  cost. 

Before  commencing  operations  it  is  well  to  slightly 
moisten  the  rubber  sheet  d  with  water.     This  is  not 
by  any  means   absolutely   necessary,   but   causes    a 
quicker  gripping  of  bell-jar  and  rubber.     The  tap 
being  in  position  No.  2,  and  connected  with  a  water 
pump  in  full  action,  filtering  is  commenced  by  first 
filling  up  the  filter  nearly  full  with  the  liquid  to  be 
filtered, and  then  establishing  communication  between 
the  pump  and  the  bell-jar  by  turning  the   tap   to 
position  No.  1.     During  the  operation  of  transferring 
the  precipitate  on  to  the  filter,  it  is  often  necessary 
to  lessen   the  rate   of   filtration    by  diminishing  or 
destroying  the  difference  of   pressure    outside  and 
inside  of  the  bell-jar.    This  can  be  quickly  and  easily 
done  by  giving  the  tap  a  half  turn  back  to  position 
No.  2,  and  thus  allowing  air  to  rush  in  both  to  the 
pump  and  to  the  bell-jar.    The  use  of  the  knee-piece 
h  "will  be  now  apparent,  for  by  it  the  inrush  of  air  is 
diverted  away  from  the  vessel  inside,  which  might 
otherwise  be  blown  against  the  side  of  the  bell-jar, 
and  upset  or  broken.     As  it  is,  however,  the  vessel 
inside  is  not  at  all  affected  by  the  inrush  of  air. 
however  suddenly  the  tap  be  opened.    In  this  connec- 
tion another  use  of  the  knee-piece  may  be  pointed 
out.     Several  of  the  otherwise  very  convenient  and 
inexpensive  high-pressure  water  pumps  now  so  much 
used  have  a  tendency  to  allow  the  water  to  run  back 
under   certain    conditions,   especially  when  a  high 
degree  of  exhaustion  is  attained.     Filtering  directly 
in  the  usual  way  into  an  exhausted  ri^k,  such  an 
accident  would  cause  .the  loss  of  an  analysis,  and  a 
valve  is  therefore  usually  placed  between  the  pump 
and  the  flask.     Such  a  valve  is  quite  unnecessary 
while  using  the  above  apparatus.     The  running  back 
of  the  water  can  be  at  once  stopped  without  diminish- 
ing the  pressure  inside  the  bell-jar,  by  giving  the  tap 
a  quarter  turn  so  as  to  admit  air  to  the  pump  only. 
Even  if  water  does  run  back  into  the  bell-jar,  no  harm 
is  done,  and  if  the  knee-piece  be  turned  downwards 
as  shown  in  the  figure,  the  pump  will  suck  back  the 
water  again  almost  to  the  last  drop. 

It  is  sometimes  necessary  in  quantitative  analysis 
to  filter  a  small  quantity  of  liquid  directly  into  a 
small  weighed  platinum  basin  or  crucible — for 
instance,  in  filtering  the  alkaline  chlorides  from  the 
last  traces  of  magnesia  in  a  silicate  analysis,  or  to  take 
another  example  in  the  purification  of  minute  quanti- 
ties of  alkaloids. 

This  may  readily  be  done  by  the  arrangement  shown 
in  Fig.  12. 

In  order  to  avoid  loss  by  spirting,  the  tube  does  not 
dip  directly  into  the  crucible,  but  into  the  glass  tube 
n.  This  tube  may  be  made  out  of  a  broken  pipette, 
and  is  supported  by  a  loosely-fitting  cork  in  the  small 
bell-jar  o,  which  may  be  most  conveniently  made  by 
cutting  off  the  lower  half  of  an  ordinary  wide-mouth 
bottle.  When  the  filtration  is  over  the  small  funnel 
and  cork  should  be  removed,  and  the  wide  part  of  the 
tube  k  washed  with  a  very  little  water,  which  serves 
at  the  same  time  to  wash  down  the  inside  of  the  tube  n. 
By  this  means  the  amount  of  wash-water  is  reduced 
to  a  minimum.  In  the  estimation  of  alkaloids  the 
solvent  is  often  chloroform  or  ether,  which  dissolve 
indiarubber,  so  that  in  such  cases  a  small  ordinary 
cork  should  be  substituted  for  the  rubber  stopper. 
It  may  be  further  pointed  out  that  with  this  apparatus 
it  is  an  easy  matter  to  filter  liquids  containing  hydro- 
fluoric acid,  by  using  a  platinum  funnel  and  filtering 
directly  into  a  platinum  basin  or  other  platinum 
vessel. 

The  apparatus  as  above  described  has  been  in 
general  use  in  the  Chemical  Laboratories  of    the 


University  of  Edinburgh  for  the  last  four  or  five  years, 
and  has  been  proved  to  meet  the  simplest  require- 
ments of  qualitative  analysis  equally  with  those  of 
the  most  exact  quantitative  analysis. 

The  following  has  been  found  a  convenient  method 
of  preserving  sulphurettedhydrogen  water.  The  bottle 
A  (Fig.  14)  is  filled  up  to  theneck  with  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  water.  The  double-bored  stopper  bearing 
the  tubes  a,  a,  a  and  b,  b,  b  is  then  loosely  inserted. 
The  tube  a,  a,  a  is  then  connected  with  the  ordinary 
coal-gas  supply,  and  the  air  in  the  neck  of  the  bottle 
displaced  by  gas.  While  this  is  taking  place,  suction 
is  applied  at  the  end  or  ends  of  the  tube  6,  >>,  b,  so 
as  to  convert  it  into  a  syphon,  after  which  it  is  closed 


Fig.  XIV. 

by  an  ordinary  nipper  tap.  The  stopper  is  now  firmly 
pressed  into  the  neck  of  the  bottle.  By  this  arrange- 
ment the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  solution  is  preserved 
from  oxidation,  and  can  always  be  run  off  perfectly 
clear,  even  though  left  standing  for  months.  By  the 
use  of  a  T  tube,  as  shown  in  the  figure,  the  sulphur- 
etted hydrogen  solution  can  be  supplied  from  one 
bottle  to  both  sides  of  a  working  table.  The  gas  tap 
should,  as  a  rule,  be  kept  closed,  and  need  only  be 
opened  for  an  instant  whenever  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  water  ceases  to  flow.  The  tap  should  be 
lubricated  with  vaseline,  and  not  with  grease.  Should 
the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  water  become  turbid,  it 
may  be  safely  concluded  that  air  has  leaked  in  owing 
to  some  imperfection  in  the  rubber  connections. 

journal  ant)  Ipatcnt*  literature. 

L— GEHMAI    PLANT,    APPARATUS,    AND 
MACHINERY. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Purifying  Water.  H. 
J.  Allison,  London.  From  J.  H.  Blessing,  Albauv, 
I'.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  15,215,  Nov.  23,  18S6.     8d. 

Tin:  improved  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylinder  con- 
taining a  porous  body,  such  as  sand,  and  fitted  with  a 
single  reversing  valve  serving  for   both   induction  and 

*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  pius  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  Reader  tack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows : — 


If  the  price  does  not  exceed  Sd 

Above  8d..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  Bd. .. 

„      Is.  6d.,    „  „         2s.  4d... 

„      2s.  id.,    „  „         3s.  Id... 


Jd. 
Id. 

l*d. 
2d. 
P2 


812 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March  29, 1887. 


eduction  purposes  j  the  base  of  the  filtering  cylinder  is 
formed  by  a  grating,  the  holes  of  which  are  lilted  with 
plungera  to  which  a  reciprocating  motion  can  be  im- 
parted in  order  to  keep  the  passages  free.  The  filtering 
medium  is  cleaned  by  a  reversal  of  the  current  of  water 
combined  with  agitation  secured  by  means  of  endless 
chains  passing  through  the  body  of  the  media.  — C.  C.  H. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Improvements  in  llluminant  Appliances  for  Burners. 
0.  Imray,  London.  From  ('.  A.  von  Welsbach, 
Vienna,  Austria.    Eng.  Pat  3592,  March  13, 1886.    6d. 

THIS  specification  contains  the  results  of  the  researches 

of  C.  A.  von  Welsbach  since  tiling  the  Provisional 
Specification  15,286,  1885,  and  has  reference  to  the 
employment  of  hoods  or  caps  made  by  impregnating 
fabric  with  solutions  of  ilie  salts  of  certain  rare  metals. 
A  cap  which  is  flexible  when  incandescent  is  obtained 
by  the  use  of  thorina  and  magnesia,  or  thorina,  zirconia, 
and  lanthana,  or  thorina,  magnesia  and  alumina.  A 
greenish  light  is  given  by  erbia  and  thorina  ;  a  yellow- 
In-  thorina  and  lanthana  ;  an  orange  by  thorina  and 
neodymia.  It  is  not  necessary  to  treat  the  impregnated 
faliric  with  ammonia,  as  described  in  the  specification 
above  referred  to. — A.  K.  1). 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  for  Supplying 
Liquid  or  Gaseous  Fuel  to  Furnaces  err  Fireplaces. 
F.  Mb'rth,  Vienna,  Austria.  Eng.  Fat.  4135,  March 
24,  1S86.     8d. 

UNDERNEATH  the  firegrate  of  the  furnace  is  placed  a 
series  of  horizontal  tubes  perforated  on  the  top. 
Through  these  perforations  a  mixture  of  superheated 
steam  and  hydrocarbon  is  injected,  so  that  it  impinges 
on  the  underside  of  the  fuel  on  the  bars,  and  by  its 
decomposition  greatly  increases  the  intensity  of  the 
combustion.  The  mixture  of  steam  and  hydrocarbon 
may  also  be  introduced  above  the  firegrate,  if  desired, 
through  a  bent  tube  fixed  in  the  fore  part  of  the  furnace, 
and  so  perforated  on  the  side  next  the  fire  that  the  jets 
issue  in  slightly  inclined  rays  along  the  surface  of  the 
grate.  The  improvements  include  a  special  kind  of 
injector,  which  effects  the  mixture  of  the  hydrocarbon 
and  superheated  steam. — A.  It.  I). 


Improvements  in  the  Mode  of  and  Means  or  Appliances 
for  Mailing  Oil  Gas.  J.  B.  Fowler,  Northallerton. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,14-2,  Dec.  9,  18Sti.     8d. 

This  specification  describes  a  process  and  apparatus  for 
mixing  oil  with  steam  and  passing  the  same  into  a 
heated  retort.  Suitable  arrangements  are  made  for 
washing  the  gas  and  recovering  any  undecomposed  oil. 
For  particulars  the  specification  must  be  consulted. 

—A.  15.  D. 

Utilising  Hydrocarbon  Gases  obtained  in  the  Distil- 
lation of  Petroleum,  Rosin,  and  the  like.  G.  T. 
Beilby,  St.  Kitts,  and  J.  B.  McArthur,  Midcalder. 
Eng.  Pat.  373S,  March  17,  1SS7.     4d. 

The  end  of  the  condensing  worm  is  luted,  and  the 
uncondensed  gases  are  drawn  off  by  a  branch  pipe  to  a 
gasholder.  They  may  be  applied  to  any  of  the  purposes 
for  which  ordinary  coal-  or  oil-gas  is  available.— A.  K.  D. 


amine,  might  bo  expected  to  yield  colouring  matters. 
Meanwhile,  Merz  has  prepared  the  homologue,  methyl- 

/N 
pheiiazinc,  CeH4;  \    C6H3.CH3,  the  dihydro  derivative  of 

N/ 

which     he     obtained     by     heating     orthotoluylenedi- 
amine    with    catechol;    C.HiOH),  +  (NH..)..CBHj.CHs 

,NH 
=  C6H/         ,CbH3.CH3  +  2H,0    (Ber.    19,    725).      The 

NH' 
authors  have  obtained  the  same  methylplienazine  from 
a  colouring  matter  belonging  to  the  toluylene  red  group. 
Witt's  toluylene  red,  ClsHi«N4,HCl  [Ber.  12,  931),  con- 
tains an  amido  group,  which  may  be  eliminated  by  the 
action  of  nitrous  acid  ;  the  resulting  compound  very 
closely  resembles  eurhodine  (Ber.  18,  1119),  one  of  the 
quinoxalines  (this  Journal,  1S86,  320 — 321  ;  377 — 378). 
The  same  observation  was  simultaneously  made  by 
Witt,  who  found  that  the  acetyl  compound  of  toluvlene 
red  resembles  eurhodine.  The  compound  obtained  by 
the  authors  from  toluylene  red  has  the  formula 
C,,H,sNa.  It  forms  beautiful  garnet  red  needles  or 
prisms,  which  exhibit  a  green  lustre.  It  possesses  basic 
properties  and  dissolves  in  dilute  acids  forming  a  violet 
liquid  ;  but  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  it  gives  a 
red-brown  solution,  which  when  diluted  becomes  at  lir>t 
green,  then  blue  and  finally  violet.  Alcohol  forms  a 
red,  and  ether  a  yellowish-red  solution  with  a  golden- 
yellow  fluorescence.  Like  eurhodine,  it  sublimes 
without     decomposition.       Its     formula     is     therefore 

/N\ 
X(CH,).,.CCH/  |  )C,H3(CH,).      By   the  oxidation  of 

)W 
paraphenylenediamine,  instead  of  liitroso-(amido)  dime- 
tbylaniline  with  metatoluylenediamine,  a  simpler  toluy- 
lene blue,  and  from  this  a  toluylene  red,  is  obtained,  the 
N(CHJ.,  group  being  replaced  by  NH,.  When  this 
compound  is  treated  with  nitrous  acid,  methylplienazine 
is  obtained  in  the  form  of  yellow  needles,  melting  and 
subliming  at  117  to  117'5\  It  possesses  basic  properties, 
and  forms  a  bluish-red  solution  with  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid.  The  compound  is  obviously  homologous 
with  the  azophenylene  (phenazine)  described  by  Claus, 
which  is  therefore  the  basis  of  the  toluylene  red  colouring 
matters.  The  formation  of  toluylene  red  is  represented 
by  the  following  equations  : — 

(1)  (CH3)„N.CCH4.NH.,  +  NHS.C,H.,(CHS).NH, 

N\ 
=  (CH3).,N.CcH/  I  ,CCH..(CH,)NH.,  +  2H, 
NH 
(Toluylene  blue). 
(2)  Toluylene  blue— 

/N 
(CH,),N.C,H,(  I  )C,Ha(CHs)NHa  +  H„. 

Leucotoluylene  red  has  consequently  the  formula  : 

N(CH3),.CCH  /       }C,H!(CH!,).NHa. 

The  analogy  with  leucomethylene  blue,  leucothionine, 
and  so  on,  is  obvious.  The  part  played  by  sulphur  in 
the  methylene  blue  group  is  taken  by  an  imido  group  in 
the  toluylene  red  compounds.  It  follows  also  that  the 
safraniues  are  derivatives  of  phenazine.  —  S.  Y. 


IY.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 


Constitution  of  the  Safrtuiincs.     A.  Bernthsen. 
2G90— 2693. 


Her.  19, 


Mutters.     A.  Bernthsen  and  H.  Schweitzer.     Ber.  19, 


Phenazine  (Azophcnt/lene)  as  a   Source   of  C'olourinr/ 
Matters.     A.  B 
2604-2607 

BERNTHSEN  has  attempted  for  a  long  time  to  prepare 

the  compound  CCH/  |  ^C6H4|  which,  on  account  of  its 

W 
analogy    with  anthracene,   acridine  and  thiodiphenyl- 


In  a  previous  paper  (Ber.  19,  2607)  the  author  has  shown 
that    very  probably   the   safraniues  are   derived    from 

phenazine — 

N 


C,H, 


>C6H4 


N 


from  which  the  colours  of  the  toluylene-red  class  are  also 
derived.  The  simplest  member  of  this  class  of  colours 
is    Witt's    phenosafranine   CjbH^NjHCI,   which   may 


March  29. 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


213 


be  regarded  as  derived  from  the  simplest  member  of  the 
toluylene-red  class,  diamidopltenazine,  C]2H,;.N  ,.iNH,)„, 
by  the  exchange  of  one  atom  of  hydrogen  with  C,  .11 
This  sulistitittion  may,  according  to  theory,  take  place  in 
very  dill'erent  positions,  but  owing  to  the  discovery  of 
Nietzki,  that  the  indamines  are  intermediate  products  of 
the  safranine  reaction,  it  appears  probable  that  it  takes 
place  with  that  nitrogen  atom  which  unites  the  two  other 
phenyl  groups.  Thus,  leucophenosafranine  wonld  be 
formed  by  the  oxidation  of  equal  molecules  of  p-diamido- 
diphenvlamine  I  leuco-indamine)  and  aniline  :  N  11  ..('  11 ,. 
NH.C.H4.NH.H  r,H  .NHs=NH2.q,H,:(NH)(N.C6HB): 
CrtH».  Nil,  -  4H.  If  this  is  correct,  only  primary  amines 
are  capable  of  forming  safranine  when  oxidised  with  leuco- 
indamine;  and,  according  to  Nietzki,  such  is  really  the  case. 
The  ordinary  formation  of  safranine  by  oxidation  of  one 
molecule  paradiamine  with  two  molecules  monaniine, 
would  be  expressed  in  the  followingmanner  : — NH.C  II  . 
NH,+2C,H6.NHs=NH3.C6H,(NH)(N.C6H5)Cefl  .ML 
+  6H.  This  theory  explains  why,  in  the  safranine  reaction, 
in  one  of  the  monamines,  the  para-position  to  the  nitrogen 
atom  must  be  free,  although  the  monnmine  need  not  be 
a  primary  one.  It  also  accounts  for  the  presence  of  two 
amido  groups.  The  similarity  between  leucopheno- 
safranine, NH  :  !(',.H,;.XH„).,  :  NC.  H„  and  leucotbio- 
nine  (methylene  blue),  NH  :  (C.H  ..NH,).,  :  S,  is  very 
pronounced.  ISoth  can  be  obtained  from  p-diamidodi- 
plienylamine,  the  former  by  oxidation  with  aniline,  anil 
the  latter  by  warming  with  sulphur.  For  the  constitution 
of  the  colours  themselves,  which  contain  two  H  atoms 
less  than  the  leuco-eompounds,  the  two  possible  expres- 
sions may  serve — 

C6H=-NH, 
<\H~NH;  -p„ 

I.    N< >N.C,-H-,        II.  N N<   fi 

C.H,— NH.HC1 


- 
C.H  NH 


<CI 


The  presence  of  two  intact  amido-groups  in  safranine 
points  to  formula  II.,  which  shows  this  substance  to  be  a 
real  phenazine  derivative,  a  diamidophenylphenazonium 
chloride,  which  would  explain  its  non-basification  by 
alkalis.  However,  the  complete  analogy  with  the  methy- 
lene bine  group  speaks  for  formula  I.  Nietzki  at  one 
time  supposed  safranines  to  be  triphenylamine  deriva- 
tives, but  leucosafranine  cannot  be  triamidotriphenyl- 
amine,  N.(C6H,.NH.,)C,  because  it  contains  twoH  atoms 
too  little  ;  but  it  nevertheless  can  be  considered  as  a 
derivative  of  diphenvlamine,  as  the  following  change  in 
the  formula  will  show  :— C,H,.N :(C,H,.«H,)S  :  NH 
=  leucosafranine. — T.  L.  B. 


Constitution  of  Nitranilic  Arid.     11.  Nietzki.     Ber.  19, 

•27-27. 
When  the  dianadotetroxybttizene  hydrochloride,  pro- 
duced by  reducing  nitranilic  acid,  is  distilled  over  zinc 
dust,  a  small  quantity  of  a  crystalline  base  is  obtained. 
This  was  found  to  be  /i-phenylenediamine,  thus  con- 
firming the  results  of  Hantzsch  (Ber.  19,  239S),  who 
has  shown  that  nitranilic  acid  is  p-dinitrodih>/drory- 
quinone,  he  having  obtained  it  by  treating  dihydroxy- 
quinoneterephthalic  acid  with  nitric  acid.  With  such  a 
reaction  as  the  zinc-dust  distillation,  the  possibility  of 
intermolecular  change  is  not  avoided,  but  the  whole 
behaviour  of  the  diamidotetroxylienzene  shows  that  it  is 
noorthodiamine.  Phenanthrenequinone  oxidises  it  simply 
to  di-imidodihydroyij'iuinone,  forming  no  condensation 
products  (Hinsburg's  reaction  for  orthodiamines).  A 
simpler  reaction  for  these  l>odies  is  obtained  with  cro- 
conic  acid.  The  potassium  salt  of  this  acid  on  simply 
mixing  with  a  solution  of  an  orthodiamine  salt  gives  rise 
to  the  formation  of  a  dark  coloured  precipitate  of  the 
corresponding  croconquinoxaline.  With  diamidotetroxy- 
lienzene, however,  a  yellow  crystalline  precipitate,  of  the 
croconate,  only  was  formed.  Ladenburg's  reaction  with 
benzaldehyde  (Iter.  11,  600)  also  gave  no  result.—  T.  L.  B. 

On  the  Eurhodines  and  Laurent's  Naphthasc.     Otto  N. 
Witt.     Ber.  19,  2791—2796. 

The   sulphonic   acid  of  the  ortho-naphthylenedianiine,  | 
obtained  by  reducing  azo-colouring  matters  derived  from  ' 


naphthionic  acid,  is  completely  converted  by  condensation 
with  phenanthrenequinone  into  diphenylenenaphthuzinr 
sulphonic  tied.  When  this  sulphonic  acid  is  fused  with 
caustic  potash,  the  corresponding  eurhodol  is  easily  and 
quantitatively  obtained.  The  melt  is  at  first  yellow,  but 
suddenly  becomes  of  a  cinnabar-red  colour.  The  reaction 
is  then  finished  ;  the  mass  dissolved  in  water  and  acidified 
with  an  excess  of  HC1,  deposits  the  hydrochloride  of  the 
new  eurhodol  as  an  insoluble  cinnabar-red  powder.  This 
eurhodol  is  quite  insoluble  in  all  solvents,  but  may  be 
obtained  in  silky  needles  by  basifying  a  boiling  soluiion 
of  the  hydrochloride  in  phenol,  with  aniline.  It  forms 
fine  pure  yellow  needles,  subliming  in  the  characteristic 
voluminous  form.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves 
it  with  an  intense  pure  blue  colouration,  which  a  very 
slight  amount  of  water  changes  suddenly  into  a  splendid 
(armine  red.  The  sulphonic  acid,  obtained  by  heating 
the  above  blue  solution  until  it  has  become  yellow,  dyes 
wool  a  sulphur-yellow  colour.  Friction  renders  it  so 
electric  that  on  rubbing  in  an  agate  mortar  the  particles 
disperse  themselves  in  all  directions.  Its  constitution  is 
as  follows  : — 

N-C-C.H, 
CIrlH..OH  [OH  =  4]. 

N-C-C6H4 

By  using  /J-naphthoquinone  instead  of  phenanthrene- 
quinone in  the  above  reaction,  the  sulphonic  acid  of  a-/3- 
naphthazine  was  obtained,  which,  on  fusion  with  caustic 
potash,  yielded  a  similar  eurhodol.  The  mother  sub- 
stance of  these  bodies— viz. ,  naphthazine, 

/    N\ 
CiuH6N^  |     yC,„H6 

the  author  has  found  to  be  identical  with  the  compound 
obtained  by  Laurent  from  the  distillation  of  a-nitro- 
naphthalene  with  quicklime,  and  by  him  named  naph- 
thase  [Ann.  Chan,  fharm.  9,  3S4).  It  is  best  obtained 
in  the  following  manner  :  — 4'6grms.  o-naphthylenedi- 
amine-dihydrochloride  are  dissolved  in  the  least  possible 
quantity  of  water.  This  solution  is  then  mixed  with  50cc. 
glacial  acetic  acid,  ogrms.  sodium  acetate  crystals,  and  well 
cooled  in  a  freezing  mixture.  A  likewise  cold  solution 
of  3  2grnis.  ^-naphthoquinone  in  50cc.  of  glacial  acetic 
acid,  is  then  run  into  it,  and  the  whole  allowed  to  stand 
a  few  hours.     The  new  azine  is  obtained  as  a  dark  brown 

Erecipitate,  which,  after  washing  with  alcohol,  is  purified 
y  sublimation,  forming  long  yellow  needles  or  woolly 
Hocks,  which  melt  at  275  .  When  quickly  heated  it  can 
be  distilled.  Sulphuric  acid  dissolves  naphthazine,  form- 
ing a  pure  violet-coloured  solution,  which,  on  dilution, 
becomes  orange-yellow,  the  free  base  being  finally  pre- 
cipitated. Alcohol,  benzene,  and  acetic  acid  dissolve  it 
but  sparingly.  It  is  more  soluble  in  phenol  and  aniline. 
Naphthalene  dissolves  it  readily  at  the  boil,  depositing 
it  in  beautiful  needles  on  cooling,  which  are  then  freed 
from  the  solvent  by  washing  either  with  alcohol  or  ben- 
zene.—T.  L.  B. 

Diphenylmetaxylylmethant     and     JJiphen  ylorthoxylyl- 
metheme.     W.  Hemilian.     Ber.  19,  3061— 307o. 

The  author  has  already  described  the  formation  of 
diphenvlparaxvlvlmethane  from  diphenvlcarbinol  and 
paraxyiene,  [Ber.  16,  2360). 

Diphenylmetaxylylmethane  (CaHs)3.  CH.  C(Hj(CHs}g 
is  obtained  by  heating  together  diphenvlcarbinol,  me- 
taxylene  and  phosphoric  anhydride.  It  crystallises 
from  alcohol  or  ether  in  large  prisms  melting  at  61 '5a. 
On  oxidation  with  chromic  acid  mixture  it  yields  a 
resinous  mass,  which  is  partly  soluble  in  a  concentrated 
soda  solution.  By  extracting  the  insoluble  portion  with 
ether,  diphenidniclhi/lphtha/idc  C21HteOj  is  obtained. 
This  compound  is  isomeric  with  the  product  obtained  by 
the  oxidation  ot  diphenylparaxylylniethane.  It  crys- 
tallises from  alcohol  in  lustrous  prismatic  crystals, 
melting  at  1791,  and  distilling  without  decomposition 
above  360°. 

MethuUriplienuUnethane  carhoxylic  arid  (('.Hun. 
C€Hs.CHj.CO.OH  is  obtained  by  first  beating 
diphenvlinethylphthalide  with  a  concentrated  solution 
of  alcoholic  soda  and  then  reducing  the  resulting  sodium 


21  i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March 29. 1887. 


methyltriphenylcarbinolorthocarbox.vlate  with  zinc  dust. 
The  solution  tons  obtained  is  decomposed  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  the  precipitaterecrystallised  fromalcohol. 
Methyltriphenylmethanecarboxylic  acid  forms  large 
tabular  crystals  melting  at  203  ,  and  distilling  without 
decomposition  at  a  higher  temperature.  It  is  readily 
soluble iu  hot  alcohol,  ethei  and  glacial  acetic  acid.  It 
is  a  monobasic  acid  forming  crystalline  salts,  which  are 
mostly  sparingly  soluble  in  watei.  By  careful  oxida- 
ti. in  it  is  easily  reconverted  into  diphenylmethylphtha- 
lide.  By  the  action  of  dehydrating  agents,  derivatives 
of  methylphenylanthracene  are  obtained.  Concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  converts  it  into  methylphenylanthranol 
CnHM0,  the  yield  of  which  is,  however,  extremely 
small.  By  oxidising  methylphenylanthranol  with 
chromic  acid,  methylphenyloxanthranol — 


I'll  ;.CSH5 


<'ii»H).C0H5 
.CO 


=C0H4 


is  formed.  It  crystallises  from  glacial  acetic  acid  in 
large  colourless  prisms  melting  at  213%  is  insoluble 
in  alkalis,  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
forming  a  purple  solution,  and  is  converted  into  methyl- 
phenylanthranol by  reducing  agents.  The  portion  of 
the  product- of  oxidation  of  diphenylnietaxylcnemethane 
which  is  soluble  in  soda  is  decolourised  with  animal 
charcoal  and  .saturated  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
llocculent  precipitate  is  recrystallised  from  glacial  acetic 
acid  and  alcohol,  crystals  of  diphenylphthalidecar- 
boxy lie  acid  being  formed,  having  the  formula — 


(c0h5)2:c>: 


-c.Hj.cooh 


.0 CO 


and  melting  at  228".  This  acid  is  monobasic,  dissolves 
readily  in  alcohol,  ether,  benzene  and  glacial  acetic 
acid,  and  forms  salts  which  are  mostly  insoluble  in 
water.  When  distilled  with  excess  of  barium  hydroxide, 
it  yields  benzophenone  and  benzene,  whilst  by  careful 
fusion  with  caustic  alkalis  the  salts  of  isophthalic  and 
benzoic  acids  are  formed,  besides  benzophenone. 

Triphenylmethanedicarboxylic  acid  (<  !,H5)jCH.C6H3 
(COOH).j(l:  2:4)  is  obtained  by  treating  an  alkaline 
solution  of  the  preceding  anhydro  acid  with  zinc  dust, 
filtering  the  solution  and  decomposing  the  iiltrate  with 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  white  curdy  precipitate  thus 
obtained  is  crystallised  from  alcohol,  when  it  forms  slen- 
der lustrous  needles  which  melt  at  27S%  and  are  readily 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  glacial  acetic  acid.  Its  salts  are, 
as  a  rule,  easily  soluble  in  water,  but  the  silver  salt  is 
insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  When  distilled  with 
excess  of  barium  hydroxide,  triphenylmethane  is  ob- 
tained. On  oxidation  it  is  converted  into  diphenyl- 
phthalide  carboxylic  acid.  It  dissolves  in  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  forming  a.  greenish-yellow  solution,  which 
on  warming  changes  lirst  to  green,  then  indigo  blue 
and  linalh  assumes  a  purple  colour. 

DipAenylortlwxylylmethane  (C„H5)2Cri.(  aH3(CH3)2  is 
obtained  by  heating  together  diphenyl  carbinol 
orthoxylene  and  phosphoric  anhydride.  It  crystal- 
lises from  alcohol  in  long  lustrous  needles  melting 
at  68*5  ,  and  distilling  above  360',  and  dis- 
solves readily  in  alcohol,  ether  and  glacial  acetic 
acid.  (in  oxidation  with  chromic  acid  mixture 
it  yields  a  solid  mas.--,  which  is  partly  soluble  in  a  con- 
centrated soda  solution.  The  residue  does  not,  how- 
ever, contain  a  phthalide  derivative.  The  soluble  por- 
tion consists  of  a  mixture  of  several  acids.  By  further 
oxidising  t iie  solution  with  potassium  permanganate, 
filtering  and  saturating  the  Iiltrate  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  a  white  crystalline  precipitate  is  obtained,  which  on 
recrystallisation  from  boiling  water  yields  triphenyl- 
carbinoldicarboxylic  acid  (C„Hs)4C(OH  r.<  '„ll:.i(_'(  mil).. 
This  a.id  is  crystalline,  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether 
and  glacial  acetic  acid,  sparingly  soluble  in  benzene, 
and  almost  insoluble  in  petroleum  spirit.  Its  salts  form 
amorphous  precipitates  mostly  insoluble  in  water.  It 
melts  at  ISO',  and  is  at  the  same  time  resolved  into 
water  and  the  anhydride.    It  is  not  changed  by  reducing 


agents.  When  distilled  with  excess  of  barium  hy- 
droxide it  yields  triphenylcarbiuol  melting  at  158  ,  the 
following  reaction  taking  place  : — 

H5)sC(OH).e6H3(COOH)o=-2C02  +  (C(!H5)3C.OH. 

— D.  B. 


(C0 


A  New  Synthesis  of  Thiodiphenylamine.     A.  Bernthsen, 
Ber.  19,  3255—3256. 

RECENT  experiments  have  shown  the  similarity  between 
the  chromogen  anthracene  and  the  acridine  compounds — 
CHN 
t',Hr         I        C„ll4 
>'■' 


phenazine- 


CjHj      I 


C6H.| 


and  thiodiphenylamine — 

NH, 

Anthracene  is  known  to  be  a  diorthodiphenylene  com- 
pound, also  the  .same  constitution  is  held  most  probable 
for  acridine  by  the  formation  of  quinolinediearboxylic 
acid,  and  for  phenazine  on  account  of  its  synthesis. 
By  the  formation  of  thiodiphenylamine  by  the  con- 
densation of  0-amidophenylmercaptan  and  catechol 
(pyrocatechin)  the  author  lias  obtained  strong  proof  of 
a  like  combination  of  the  atoms  in  this  substance.  The 
reaction,  which  may  be   expressed   as  follows  :    NH2. 

C.jHj.SH  +  CcH4(OH)2  =  CCH4<-NSH>C,H4  +  211,0. 

takes  place  on  heating  in  a  sealed  tube  for  thirty  hours 
at  220  —240°.  Hydrogen  sulphide  is  given  oil'  on  opening 
the  tube,  and  the  yield  is  small. — T.  L.  11. 


Quinoline  1!"/.  A.  W.  Hofmann.  Ber.  20,  4—20. 
The  above-named  colouring  matter  was  discovered  by 
E.  Jacobsen,  and  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  benzyl- 
trichloride  upon  quinoline  in  the  presence  of  zinc 
chloride.  lOOgrms.  coal-tar  quinoline,  boiling  at  235 — 
240%  are  mixed  with  25grms.  dry  zinc  chloride,  warmed 
upon  the  water  bath,  and  40grms.  benzyltrichloride, 
added  drop  by  drop,  agitating  the  mixture  well  in  order 
to  keep  the  temperature  below  120—130%  This  takes 
about  three  to  four  hours.  The  tarry  product  is  then 
treated  with  a  thin  milk  of  lime  (lOOCaO  to  lOOOcc. 
water),  and  the  excess  of  quinoline  distilled  oil'  with 
steam.  The  boiling  limed  solution  is  now  filtered  oft', 
and  the  colour  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  iu  excess,  as  a  fine  crystalline  powder.  '  The 
zinc  and  lime  salts  arc  difficult  to  remove  by  mere 
recrystallisation,  so,  for  analytical  purposes,  the  colour 
was  made  without  zinc  chloride;  but  the  temperature 
had  to  be  raised  to  about  150%  and  the  yield  was  very 
poor.  About  50  per  cent,  of  the  quinoline  is  recovered; 
deducting  this,  the  yield  of  colouring  matter  averages 
10  per  cent,  upon  the  base  used.  This  recovered  base 
only  gave  traces  of  colour  on  repeating  the  treatment 
with  benzyltrichloride,  a  fact  which  pointed  either 
to  a  different  base  being  present  in  the  raw  quinoline, 
or  that,  as  in  the  magenta  process,  two  homologous 
bases  were  needed  to  form  the  colour.  E.  .lacobsen  and 
C.  L.  Keiiner  [Ber.  16,  lOSli)  having  discovered  quinal- 
dine  in  crude  quinoline,  considered  that  the  colour  was 
derived  from  this  base  and  quinoline,  as  neither 
base  alone,  when  treated  with  C,HSC1S  gave  any 
colour.  A  repetition  ot  these  experiments  with  pure 
samples  of  these  bases  showed,  however,  that  only  about 
1J  per  cent,  of  colour  was  formed,  while  the  properties 
and  shade  of  the  two  substances  appeared  somewhat 
different.  Later  on  Hoogewerf  and  Van  Dorp,  having 
detected  the  presence  of  isoquinoline  in  the  coal-tar 
quinoline  (i.'<c.  Trav,  Chim.Q,  12."i— 12'.').  experiments  were 
made  with  this  pure  base,  melting  at  20  anil  boiling  at 
235 — 230%  obtained  from  phthalic  acid  by  Gabriel's  pro- 
cess.   Heated  alone  with  C;li6Cl3  and  Z11CL,  isoquinoline 


March  29.  lgST.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


215 


pave  no  colour  reaction,  but  a  mixture  of  lmol.  isoqni- 
noline  ami  lmol.  quinaldine  produced  a  colouration  at 
1201-',  aud  the  yield  averaged  about  twice  as  much  as 
was  obtained  from  raw  quinoline  and  Si  times  as  much 
as  from  a  mixture  of  quinoline  aud  quinaldine.  The  pro- 
perties of  the  colour  thus  obtained  are  similar  to  those  of  | 
that  obtained  iu  the  ordinary  way.  From  very  dilute  hot 
hydrochloric  acid  it  crystallises  in  thin  quadratic  and 
brown  leaflets  or  prisms,  and  by  evaporation  of  the 
alcoholic  solution,  forms  long  pyramidal  prisms.  It  is 
soluble  in  acetic  acid,  phenol  and  alcohol  with  crimson  ; 
colouration  showing  yellow-red  fluorescence,  but  is 
insoluble  in  ether  and  benzene.  It  dyes  wool  and  silk 
a  fugitive  pink  with  indication  of  a  yellow  fluorescence, 
whilst  the  ordinary  quinoline  red  has  a  slight  violet 
tone.  Both  bodies  show-  two  dark  ill-defined  absorption 
bands  between  F  and  D,  maximum  absorption  being  at 
."'40  and  at  500,  those  shown  by  the  iso-colour  being 
clearer  defined  and  more  intense.  Photographically, 
both  colours  act  as  good  sensitizers  for  yellow,  orange 
and  yellow-green  light.  Bromide  of  silver  gelatin  plates 
dipped  in  solntions  of  both  colours  (1  :  12,500),  and  dried 
and  exposed  to  the  solar  spectrum,  were  extremely  sen- 
sitive to  the  region  between  E — DJ  C. 

The  hydrochloride  of  this  colour  is  very  hygroscopic, 
and   only  parts  with  its   moisture   at   120—140".    The 
analysis     gave     figures    pointing    to    the    formula —  i 
i        HjNoCl,     which    agrees    with     the     equation — 

C.HjN  +  C,   B,N+CrH6CI,=Cs,  H,   XX1-2HC1. 

The  analysis  of  the  platinum  double  salt  2(CS  H  ,N,C1) 
PtCl,  entirely  confirmed  this  supposition  ;  this  salt  pre-  i 
cipitates  from  the  alcohol  solution  of  the  colour  as  a  j 
carmine  powder,  entirely  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
and  hydrochloric  acid.  Quinoline  red  is  reduced  to  a 
leuco-compound  by  treatment  with  zinc  and  HC1.  When 
heated  with  an  excess  of  alcoholic  ammonium  sulphide 
in  a  sealed  tube  to  200°  for  eight  or  ten  hours,  it  is  split 
up  into  benzylmercaptan,  and  a  weak  base  C,,H14NS, 
which  forms  gold  yellow  brilliant  leaflets,  melting  at 
231°,  subliming  easily,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in 
ether,  benzene,  CS.,  acids,  and  phenol.  The  reaction  is 
as  follows  : — 

C„HI,NSC1+H8S+2H=C]  Hw>\  +  HC1-C7HSS. 

Hydrochloric  acid  converts  quinoline  red  into  quinolines 
and  benzaldehyde.  Oxidation  produces  benzoic  acid. 
Distillation  over  zinc  dust  gives  a  mixture  of  bases  ;  one 
of  them  melting  at  SfT,  has  the  formula  C,  rH , ,  N. 

This  colour  cannot  be  regarded  as  an  analogue  of 
malachite  green,  in  spite  of  its  method  of  formation, 
owing  to  the  difference  in  the  behaviour  of  the  two  sub- 
stances with  ammonium  sulphide — the  green  simply 
being  reduced  to  its  leuco-componnd,  and  also  on 
account  of  the  stability  of  its  salts  in  the  presence  of 
alkali.  Further,  it  has  been  found  impossible  to  obtain 
the  red  by  the  benzaldehyde  aud  ZnCL  reaction.  Its  for- 
mula mav  therefore  be  expressed  as  C,H,.CC1(C  H  Xi 
(C.H,(CH,)N),  or  C.HS.CC1  C.B  X  [CH  _.<  II.  X: 
accordingly  as  the  condensation  has  taken  place  in  the 
nucleus  or  in  the  methyl  group  of  the  quinaldine. 
Further  investigation  of  the  reduction  bases  may  throw 
more  light  on  the  constitution  of  this  colour,  but  attempts 
to  obtain  the  vellow  base  of  the  probable  formula — 
C,H6N-CH.,-Xt\.Hc,  by  the  action  of  methylene  di- 
iodide  on  quinoline  or  isoquinoline,  have  entirely  failed. 
— T.  L.  B. 

Researches  on  the  Relation  between  the  Molecular  Struc- 
tures of  Carbon  Compounds,  caul  their  Absorption 
Spectra.  Part  VIII. — A  Stud)/ of 'Coloured  Substances 
"nil  Dyes.  W.  X.  Hartley,  ■).  Chem.  Soc.  (Trans.), 
1SS7,   152—200. 

A  coloured  substance  is  one  which  absorbs  rays  at 
either  end  of  the  spectrum  or  selects  rays  of  certain  wave 
length  from  the  middle  of  the  same.  All  fluorescent 
bodies  are  therefore  coloured,  and  benzene  and  other 
compounds  which  exhibit  selective  absorption  of  ultra- 
violet rays  are  coloured,  though  the  eye  cannot  detect  it, 
whilst  coloured  bodies  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  term 


only  absorb  rays  limited  by  the  violet  and  red  ends  of 
the  spectrum  ;  thus  there  arc  visible  and  invisible 
colours.  Selective  absorption  bands  seem  to  be  the 
effect  of  molecular  vibrations,  and  depend  upon  the  rate 
of  the  latter  ;  so  that  if  we  desire  to  convert  benzene  or 
such  a  substance,  into  one  visibly  coloured,  it  is  necessary 
to  alter  its  rate  of  vibration  so  that  its  molecule  will 
absorb  rays  with  oscillation  frequencies  occurring  within 
the  limits  of  visibility.  A  chromogen  is  therefoie  an 
"  invisible  "  coloured  substance,  and  a  chromophor  is  an 
atom,  or  group  of  atoms,  which  reduces  the  rate  of 
molecular  vibrations  to  within  the  visible  limit.  Oxygen 
and  nitrogen,  when  united  in  a  certain  manner  are 
chromophors,  and  when  united  to  carbon  under  certain 
conditions,  as  in  uric  acid,  constitute  a  chromogen  readily 
changed  into  nmrexide.  The  condensation  of  oxygen 
tends  to  form  highly  coloured  substances,  as  shown  in  the 
ferrates,  manganates.  red-lead.  etc.  In  the  benzene 
nucleus,  the  introduction  of  X  and  O  atoms  by  reducing 
the  rate  of  the  molecular  vibration  to  within  the  limit  of 
risibility — i.e.,  to  less  than  the  rate  of  violet  light — pro- 
duces colours  and  dyes,  as  in  quinone,  azobenzene,  etc. 
The  author  has  studied  a  number  of  nearly  related  colour- 
ing matters  of  the  triphenylmethane  and  azobenzene 
series.  The  absorption"  curve  of  triphenylmethane 
resembles  that  of  benzene  in  its  general  character :  but 
the  vibration  rate  is  much  reduced  by  the  Unking  of 
three  benzene  nuclei,  and  this  rate  is  further  reduced  in 
the  following  increasing  order  of  intensity  by  the  intro- 
duction of  imido-,  amido-  and  hydroxyl-groups,  and  the 
combination  of  these  imido-  and  amido-groups  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  as  in  rosaniline  hydrochloride.  In 
azobenzene,  as  compared  w  ith  benzene,  the  rate  is  also 
very  considerably  reduced,  and  in  many  members  of  this 
series  the  amplitude  of  the  vibration  is  virtually  the 
same,  though  of  course  not  entirely  alike,  showing  what 
an  important  influence  the  doubly  united  nitrogen  has  in 
the  production  of  the  colour.  The  curves  of  all  the  dyes 
in  each  series  follow  each  other  closely,  the  modification 
being  such  that  the  molecules  of  the  greatest  mass 
transmit  the  least  light  and  vibrate  less  rapidly. 

Uric  acid  exhibits  an  extraordinary  absorptive  power 
in  layers  15mm.  thick,  in  very  dilute  aqueous  solution 
1  :  15,000).  The  investigations  have  shown  that  when 
(absorption  takes  place  in  the  visible  region,  the  ultra- 
violet rays  of  the  spectrum  are  also  absorbed. — T.  L.  B. 


A  Blue  Colouring  Matter  for  Cotton.  H.  Midler. 
Chem.  Zeit.  10,  1400  (Societe  Industriellede  Mulhouse, 
Oct.  1S86). 

When  a  solution  of  the  diazo  derivative  of  diamidodiphe- 
netol  XH,i.OC.,Hs)CcHs— C6H3(OC,H5)XH,  is  poured 
into  a  solution  of  a-naphtholsnlphonic  acid,  in  the  propor- 
tion of  two  molecules  of  the  sulphonic  acid  to  one  molecule 
of  the  diazo  compound,  a  blue  colouring  matter  is  ob- 
tained, which  in  both  acid  and  alkaline  solution,  dyes 
cotton  directly  without  a  mordant.  The  colour  with- 
stands the  action  of  acids  and  soap. — S.  Y. 


YL— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Improvements  in  Dyei/ig  Textile  Goods  and  Materials. 
Henry  Kershaw,  Salford.  Eng.  Pat.  3732,  March  17, 
1886.     4d. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  dyeing  of  cotton  and 
other  vegetable  fibres  and  of  goods  and  yarns  made 
therefrom.  Chromium  sulphate  and  ferric  sulphate 
or  other  salts  of  chromium  or  iron,  are  dissolved 
in  w  ater,  and  sodium  bicarbonate  or  commercial  soda 
added,  the  quantity  of  alkali  used  being  such  that  pre- 
cipitation of  the  oxides  does  not  take  place.  The  goods 
— say  for  example,  cotton  piece  goods — are  thoroughly 
saturated,  by  passing  the  goods  through  the  solution  or 
by  other  suitable  means,  afterwards  squeezed  and  suit- 
ably dried.  The  goods  are  then  treated  with  a  weak 
boiling  solution  of  silicate  of  soda,  carbonate  of  soda  or 


21  fi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March 29. 1887. 


:i  Bolntion  of  soap.  By  these  means  greenish-grey 
colours  arc  obtained,  the  silicate  of  soda  solution  pro- 
ducing greener  shades  than  the  sodium  carbonate  or  the 
soap  solution.     S.  II. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Concentration  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and 

in  Apparatus  for  that  Purpose.     II.  J.  Leslie,  London. 

From  K,  Pinch,  Miilheini,  Germany.     Eng.  Tat.  2207. 

Feb.  15,  1886.     8d. 

A  is  an  evaporating  furnace,  which  is  in  connection  with 

two  towers  B  and  ('.  loosely  filled  with  any  acid-proof 

refractory  material.     The  first  tower  communicates  with 

the  escape  flue  D,  and  at  the  top  with  the  second  tower 

C,  from  the  bottom  of  which  there  is  a  flue  E  to  the 

chimney.      The  evaporating  furnace  A  is  provided  with 

a  lead  tank  H,  which  is  lined  with   a  layer  of  sheet  I 

Ju9J 


Improvement*  in  the  Preparation  of  Sulphate  of  Alumina, 

J.  J.  Hood  and  A.    (1.   Salatnon,   London.     Eng.  Pat. 
1881,  Feb.  9,  1886.    6d. 

The  object  of  tins  invention  is  the  removal  of  iron  from 
aluminium  sulphate.  This  is  effected  by  the  use  of 
met  i-stannic  acid  or  its  salts.  The  aluminium  solution, 
preferably  concentrated,  is  heated,  and  the  iron  contained 
in  it  oxidised  to  ferric  oxide  by  bleaching  powder.  No 
free  acid  must  be  present ;  and  to  this  end,  asalso  in  order 
to  make  the  aluminium  sulphate  somewhat  basic, 
a  slight  excess  of  calcium  carbonate  is  added.  Meta- 
stannic  acid  in  the  moist  state  is  then  added  in  suitable 
quantities,  and  the  whole  mass  agitated  until  a  sample 
drawn  shows  the  absence  of  iron  in  solution.  The  agita- 
tion is  then  stopped,  the  mass  allowed  to  subside,  and 
the  solution  of  aluminium  run  off  to  be  treated  as  may  be 
desired.  Any  tin  in  solution  may  be  removed  by  the 
addition  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  sediment  of 
meta  stannic   acid    and   iron  may  be  repeatedly   used 


asbestos  I,  upon  which  is  built  a  thick  lining  K  of  silica 
brick.  The  top  of  the  furnace  is  formed  by  a  low  arch  L, 
lined  inside  with  silica  bricks,  and  covered  outside  with 
lead.  At  the  one  end  of  the  chamber  thus  formed  is  the 
escape  Hue  I),  and  at  the  other  end  is  the  deep  fire- 
place N  for  the  combustion  of  smokeless  fuel.  The  weak 
acid  enters  the  apparatus  through  the  syphon  pipes  F  on 
the  top  of  the  towers,  and  gradually  flowing  downwards, 
comes  into  intimate  contact  with  the  hot  gases  from  the 
evaporating  furnace,  and  thus  becomes  concentrated  to  a 
certain  degree  before  entering  the  furnace  proper.  At 
the  same  time,  sulphuric  acid  vapour  that  may  have 
escaped  with  the  furnace  gases  into  the  tower  becomes 
condensed,  and  passes  back  into  the  evaporating  furnace. 
The  acid  proceeding  from  the  bottom  of  the  tower  1!  is 
led  by  a  pipe  l>  to  a  syphon  1'  into  the  chamber,  where 
the  hot  gases  effect  its  concentration  to  any  required 
degree,  even  to  a  specific  gravity  of  1'845.  The  lead 
tank  can  be  extended  round  three  sides  of  the  furnace  so 
as  to  form  an  external  trough  (/  for  cooling  the  con- 
centrated acid,  this  trough  being  also  lined  with  asbestos 
and  brick.  By  the  above-described  construction,  the 
metallic  parts  are  said  to  be  effectually  protected  from 
being  attacked  by  the  acid,  while  a  considerable 
economy    of   fuel   is  brought   about.      The  apparatus  is 

also  comparatively  cheap.    S.  II. 


until  it  has  taken  up  so  much  iron  as  Jo  impair  its 
efficiency.  It  is  then  treated  with  strong  sulphuric  acid, 
and  allowed  to  stand  for  some  hours.  The  iron  sulphate 
is  then  removed  by  washing,  and  the  treatment  with 
sulphuric  acid  repeated  if  necessary.  The  meta  stannic 
acid  is  then  again  suitable  for  use. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Ammonia  and  Hydrochlorie 
Acid  from  Ammonium  Chloride.  L.  Mond,  North- 
wich.     Eng.  Fat.  104S,  Jan.  23,  ISSti.     4d. 

The  inventor  described  in  a  previous  specification  (Eng. 
Fat.  65,  ISSfi)  a  method  for  obtaining  ammonia  and 
hydrochloric  acid  from  ammonium  chloride  by  the  aid  of 
nickel  protoxide  or  other  metallic  oxides.  He  now  finds 
that  these  oxides  can  be  with  advantage  replaced  by 
their  combinations  with  acids,  which  are  not  volatile  at 
the  temperatures  employed  in  this  process,  such  as 
silicic,  phosphoric,  boric,  tungstic,  antimonic  and  other 
acids.  On  employing  these  salts  in  place  oi  tie  oxides, 
the  process  can  be  completed  at  a  lower  temperature. 
In  addition  to  those  salts,  the  salts  of  tiie  acids 
mentioned  with  the  oxides  of  the  alkaline  earths,  can  be 
used  with  the  same  advantage.     S.  11. 


March »,  1887.1  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


2U 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Ammonia  and  Chlorine 
Jrom  Ammonium  Chloride.  L.  Mond,  Northwich. 
!  ng.  1'at.  1040,  Jau.  23,  1SS0.  4.1. 
With  respect  to  a  previous  specification  (Eng.  Pat.  GO, 
Ivmh  in  which  the  action  of  ammonium  chloride  vapour 
on  nickel  protoxide  and  other  oxides  was  described,  it 
ha~  been  found  that  these  metallic  oxides  may  he,  with 
advantage,  replaced  by  their  combinations  with  acids, 
which  are  not  volatile  at  an  elevated  temperature,  such 
as  silicic,  phosphoric,  boric,  tnngstic,  an timonic acids,  and 
Others.  The  salts  of  these  acids  with  the  oxides  of  all 
the  alkaline  earths,  may  be  used  for  the  same  purpose. 

— S.  11. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Compounds  of  Cobalt  from 
Solutions  of  the  same.  G.  Perry,  Harwell  Steventon. 
From  M.  Perry,  Svdnev.  Eng'.  Pat.  P2sS,  Jan.  28, 
1886.  4d. 
Tills  invention  relates  to  precipitating  pure  cobalt  com- 
pounds from  solutions  containing  cobalt  together  with 
nickel,  manganese  and  iron.  The  solution  to  l>e  treated 
is  brought  to  the  boiling-point,  and  while  boiling,  a  boil- 
ing  solution  of  sodium  hydrate  of  S  to  10  per  cent. 
strength  is  added.  The  cobalt  is  precipitated  as  a 
hydrate,  which,  by  continued  boiling,  becomes  a  basic 
sulphate.  If  the  precipitate  contains  nickel,  manganese, 
or  iron,  it  is  treated  with  more  boiling  mother-liquor 
containing  cobalt,  when  the  foreign  metals  will  go  again 
into  solution,  and  will  be  replaced  bycol>alt  precipitated 
from  the  added  liquor. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Compounds  of  Cobalt  from 
Solutions  containing  the  same.  M.  Perrv,  Sydney. 
Eng.  Pat.  1289,  Jan.  28,  1SS0.     4d. 

Tins  invention  refers  to  a  method  of  precipitating  a 
pure  salt  of  cobalt  from  solutions  containing  cobalt, 
together  with  nickel  and  manganese.  The  clear  solu- 
tion of  the  sulphates  is  heated  at  the  boiling  temperature 
with  metallic  iron,  when  pure  cobalt  is  precipitated  as  a 
hydrate,  which  by  continued  heating  can  be  converted 
into  a  basic  sulphate.  As  long  as  there  is  cobalt  in 
solution,  no  nickel  or  manganese  will  precipitate.— S.  H. 

An  Improved  Process  for  Manufacturing  Sulphates  of 
Metals  from  their  Oxides.  A.  M.  Graham,  Lewis- 
ham.     Eng.  Pat.  1831,  Feb.  8,  1SS6.     6d. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  process  by  which  the  oxides 
of  readily  oxidisable  metals,  such  as  manganese  or  iron, 
may  be  converted  into  sulphates.     In  carrying  out  the 


mixture  of  the  different  ingredients  i~  heated  in  an  iron 
pan,  at  tirst  to  about  4003  or  5001  F.,  the  heat  being  then 
gradually  increased  to  incipient  redness,  and  continued 
for  seven  or  eight  hours.  After  this  time,  the  mas*  i- 
j  removed  from  the  pan,  allowed  to  cool,  moistened  with 
water,    and  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  until   the   sul- 

fdiates  are  rendered  soluble,  which  is  usually  the  case  in 
BBS  than  a  fortnight.  The  mixed  sulphates  are  then 
dissolved  out,  and  the  iron  peroxidised  by  the  usual 
methods.  If  the  residue  contains  manganese  it  i*  treated 
over  again  in  the  same  manner.  The  object  of  the  clay 
or  Hint  is  to  keep  the  mass  in  a  sufficiently  tine  state  of 
division  to  allow  the  passage  of  air  through  it. — S.  H. 

An  Improved  Process  for  the  Production  of  Carbonate  *:f 
Sodium  or  of  Potassium,  and  Hydrate  of  Strontium  or 
of  Barium.  E.  F.  Trachsel,  Holloway,  Middlesex. 
Eng.  Pat.  3406,  March  10,  PSS6.     6d. 

Ax  intimate  mixture  of  sulphate  of  soda  and  sulphate  of 
strontia,  or  of  baryta  and  coal,  is  ignited  for  the  reduction 
of  the  sulphates.  *  The  mass  is  then  lixiviated  with  hot 
water  and  allowed  to  cool,  when  crystals  of  strontium  or 
barium  hydrate  are  deposited,  thus  :  Na  S  SrS  Jll  <• 
=2NaSH+Sr(dH)„  and  Na,S+BaS+2H,0=2NaSH 
-lia(OH);.  The  mother-liquor  is  then  further  boiled 
down,  and  on  cooling  deposits  nearly  all  the  strontia  or 
baryta  still  contained  in  it.  The  remaining  mother-liquor 
is  practically  a  solution  of  sodium  snlphydrate,  which  is 
treated  with  carbonic  acid,  the  action  being  as  follows  : — 
•2XaHS-rCO.  +  H.O  =  XaiCO.^-2H1.S.  The  sulphur- 
etted hydrogen  given  off  during  the  carbonating  process 
is  either  converted  into  sulphurous  acid  or  sulphur 
(depending  on  the  amount  of  oxygen  present  i  by  massing 
it  through  a  "  Clans  "  kiln.— S.  H. 


VIII.— GLASS.  POTTERY.  AND  EARTHENWARE. 

ComiJosition  of  Old  Ceramic-ware,     E.  Jensch. 
Ber.  19,  2S50— 2853. 

The  author  has  met  with  so  few  published  analyses  of 
old  ceramic-ware  (which  occurs  in  great  abundance  in 
Brandenburg),  that  he  has  taken  the  opportunity 
lately  afforded  him  of  analysing  pieces  chipped  from 
German  urns  from  some  of  the  ancient  burying-places. 
An  estimation  of  the  water  in  them  gave  the  following 
results  : — 

12  3  4  5  6 

Water,  per  cent 1"21  ..  346  ..  OSS  ..  2'02  ..  529  ..  371 

7  8  9  10  11  Mean. 

Water,  percent 138  ..  062  ..  131  ..  0  79  ..  161  ..  lfo 


1 

2 

3 

4 

• 

6 
58  89 

53-24 

s 

6811 

9 

10 

11 

Mean. 

'  810s.... 

6083 

5971 

6216 

6670 

6132 

64-57 

5918 

6308 

6168 

A\fl3  .. 

3076 

31S4 

27-27 

3110 

3657 

37  61 

3688 

2629 

27-70 

30  32 

29S7 

3150 

BlejO,  . . 

212 

1-09 

317 

•51 

107 

1-10 

211 

•15 

177 

1-70 

112 

1-52 

FcO  .... 

'57 

161 

•H 

- 

•33 

- 

•38 

132 

- 

13 

•50 

•51 

CaO.... 

•19 

1-51 

1-21 

•22 

•18 

113 

151 

123 

2  83 

■>OJ 

1-3-2 

1-20 

MgO 

•66 

1-83 

•89 

•35 

•21 

- 

103 

•76 

•28 

•85 

•49 

■82 

Alkalis . 

2  8o 

207 

2-93 

115 

•13 

•61 

2  36 

1-22 

-69 

2-49 

2-18 

1C6 

l'ji 

09 

- 

01 

— 

01 

•62 

- 

■75 

•07 

02 

•14 

SO,  . . . . 

- 

■11 

- 

— 

02 

•10 

01 

- 

•ot 

•01 

•03 

HnO    . 

Total.. 

,0 
99-77 

•05 

•23 

100-16 

99  84 

9970 

•07 
98  30 

99-39 

•27 
98-66 

■s-J 

•16 

9S7S 

•21 

99  35 

9873 

98  34 

90-25 

process  with  reference  to  manganese,  the  peroxide  of  this  |  Itwas  also  of  interest  to  know  what  amount  of  water  might 
metal  in  a  state  of  line  division  is  mixed  with  finely-  exist  in  chemical  combination,  the  ware  having  now  been 
powdered  iron  pyrites  and  clay  or  flint.     The  intimate  |  exposed  to  the  action  of  moist  earth  for  so  many  cen 


218 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March  29.  isst. 


turies.  The  pieces,  after  being  dried  at  105°,  were  raised 
to  a  blight  red  heat,  when  they  lost  (he  following:— 

Pel  I  12  3  4  6 

1  "  »Of  weight  236  ..  3M7  ..  153  ..  S-.'SO  ..  1-23  ..  5  01 

Collected  H30   2"21  ..    —   ..  II-       - : .-       ii; 

Pro1  7  8  9  10  11      M,.,„ 

Loss  of  weight  910  ..  L88  ..  2'42  ..  330  ..  267       111 

Collected  HaO    —    ..    —    ..    _    ..311..  21S  ..  3-80 

The  analysis  of  these  ignited  pieces  gave  the  results 
as  shown  in  table  on  preceding  page.  On  account 
of  the   remarkably   high   percentage  of   P«05    in   Nos. 

,  and  0,  tins  determination  was  repeated  several 
times  with  the  surprising  result,  that  the  phosphoric 
acid  was  found  to  be  unequally  distributed  through  the 
ware. 

a         b         c         it         c 

JJo.7    -26  ..  -85  ..  '32  ..  -71  ..  -Oft'  Percent. 

No.  9    -II  ..  -12  ..    97  ..  -30  ..  '36)       l'.u. 

An  analysis  of  the  clay  taken  from  the  same  district 
gave  the  following  : — 

SiO,. 62-6! 

Abu 2934 

PesO, )  ,..„ 

FcO    ,'  So6 

CaO     1-17 

JleO  0-53 

Alkalis 2-02 

It  may  therefore  be  supposed  that  the  ware  was  made 
at  the  spot  where  the  clay  was  found.— J.  W.  L. 


A 11  Improved  M,  thodqf  Uniting  Metal  and  Glass.  H.  H. 
Lake,  London.  From  B.  B.  Schneider,  Xew  York, 
l.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  372S,  March  16,  1SS6.  Sd. 
The  union  of  metal  and  glass  is  effected  by  coating  the 
contact  surface  of  the  former  with  a  vitreous  enamel  or 
with  glass  powder  fused  on,  and  pressing  the  two  together 
while  in  a  heated  state.  By  this  method  it  is  claimed 
that  glass  linings  can  be  fastened  in  metal  cups,  metal 
bandies  secured  to  glass  vessels,  and  other  similar  effects 
produced.— E.  T. 


A  New  or  Improved  Pi  wder  for  Hardening  Metals.  L.  .\. 
Groth,  London.  From  C.  Beckstein,  Reutlingen, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  3t>32.  March  1:..  1886.    4d. 

After  extracting  the  colour  from  the  cochineal  insect, 

100  parts  of  the  residue  arc  mixed  with  212i  parts  of 
phosphoric  acid  and  sufficient  nitrogenous  organic  sub- 
stance to  give  32J,  parts  of  nitrogen;  the  mixture  is 
then  evaporated,   dried  ami  50  parts  of   soot   added. 

Shi  et-iron  may  be  hardened  by  heating  in  contact  with 
this  powder  in  hermetically  closed  boxes.  —  \Y.  G.  M. 


An  Improvi  d  Basic  Lining  for  .V-  tallurgical  Apparatus. 
A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  H.  Hairnet,  St.  Eticnne, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  3S67,  March  IS,  1SS0.     6d. 

Blocks  of  pure  lime,  prepared  in  the  usual  manner  by 
the  calcination  of  natural  limestones,  are  maintained  at 
a  sufficient  heat  to  prevent  absorption  of  water  until 
they  can  be  cut,  preferably  by  means  of  a  baud  saw,  into 
bricks  of  the  required  size.  These  bricks  are  either 
maintained  hot  or  are  waterproofed  by  plunging  them 
into  tar  or  pitch.  They  must  be  laid  rapidly  in  position 
and  be  backed  by  a  couple  of  inches  of  coke  and  tar 
mixture,  to  protect  the  metallic  sheathing  from  the 
action  of  any  of  the  fluid  charge  which  may  find  its 
way  through  cracks  in  the  lining.  The  furnaces  must 
then  be  blown  in  immediately.  The  old  linings,  as  well 
as  the  dust  produced  by  the  band  saws,  may  be  used  as 
a  part  of  the  basic  Bessemer  lime  charge. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Fume  in  Lead  Works. 
•  I.  Warwick,  New  castle-on- Tvne.  Erg.  Pat.  12.S61, 
Oct.  <),  1SS0.     Sd. 

The  fume  is  passed  through  a  scries  of  flattened  cor- 
rugated siphon  pipes,  cooled  by  air  or  water,  on  its  way 
to  the  chimney. — \V.  G.  M. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTAES. 
AND  CEMENTS, 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Cements  or  Plasters. 
0.  H.  Alison.  Camberwell.  Eng.  l'at.  1126  .Ian  ">7 
1SS6.     4d. 

The  improved  cement  consists  principally  of  a  non- 
diatomaceous  silicious  earth  in  a  finely  divided  state 
mixed  with  various  salts  of  lime,  magnesium,  sodium 
potassium,  barium,  and  zinc.  The  following  mixture 
give-  good  results  as  a  fire-proof  cement :— Silicious  earth 
83  per  cent.,  silicate  of  soda  15  per  cent.,  ground  evnsuni 
2  per  cent.— C.  C.  H.  - 


X,— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

An  Improved  Method   »/,  ,,„,/  Means  for,  Extracting 

Spelter,   and  in    Apparatus  f,,,-  Treating  the   Waste 

Products.     W.  Tooth,  Newington,  Sussex.  En".  I'at 
1102,  Jan.  I'.'.,  1886.     Sd. 

The  mouth  of  the  fire-clay  retort  is  Hanged,  and  thus 
lifted  air-tight  to  a  front  plate  by  T-headed  bolts  aided 
by  a  lute.  To  this  plate  is  hinged  (horizontally)  a  conical 
nozzle,  having  at  it-  highest  point  a  narrow  tubular  exit 
for  gases,  ami  at  the  bottom,  which  is  made  level,  a 
plugged  tap  hole.  In  the  f  1 .  mt  i-  a  -mill  cap.  removable 
at  will,  to  facilitate  the  inspection  oj  the  retort  daring 
ibe  operation.  When  coal  is  employed  in  the  reduction"! 
the  hydrocarbon  gases  may  be  collected  and  stored. 
Calcium  carbonate  i--  added  to  the  charge,  the  proportion 
depending  upon  the  quantity  of  alumina  and  silica 
present  ;  the  residue  in  the  retort-  may  then  be  used  as 
a  substitute  for  Portland  cement.—  W.  G.  M. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Treating  and  DesUverising 
Copper  Matte  and  Copper  Ores  rinalogous  to  Copper 
Matte.  H.  E.  Newton,  London.  From  J.  J.  and  11. 
Crooke,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  I'at.  Hi,3S6,  Dec. 
14,  1SS6.     Sd. 

Since,  in  the  removal  of  silver  and  gold  from  mattes 
by  fusion  over  a  bath  of  molten  lead,  the  forma- 
tion of  any  lead  sulphide  interferes  with  the  separa- 
tion, the  inventor  proposes  to  place  iron  bars  beneath 
the  lead  but  not  in  contact  with  any  of  the  matte. 
The  lead  is  thus  desulphurised  and  the  iron  sul- 
phide formed  rises  through  the  metal  bath  and  unites 
with  the  regulus  or  slag.  A  reverberatory  furnace 
i-  employed,  having  a  sloping  bottom,  with  a  tap-hole 
at  the  upper  side  for  matte,  and  one  on  the  lower  for 
lead.  In  the  wall  of  the  lower  side,  at  the  level  of  the 
sole,  are  several  arched  recesses  communicating  with 
vertical  channels  in  the  wall,  in  which  rest  the  soft  iron 
rods  intended  for  desulphurising.  In  working  the 
furnace,  the  lead  level  must  always  be  above  the  re- 
cesses. If  preferred,  an  already  hard  lead  may  be  used 
to  extract  the  lirst  portion  of  the  precious  metals  with 
antimony  and  arsenic,  the  final  treatment  being  effected 
with  pure  lead.  The  iron  bar-  must  be  withdrawn  during 
the  time  that  lead  is  absent  from  the  furnace. 

— W.  G.  M. 


XI.— FATS,  OILS.  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Some  Derivatives  of  Erucic  Arid  and  ]:  Arid. 

C.  I.  Reimer  and  W.  Will.  Ber.  19.  3320- 3327. 
IN  order  to  obtain  erucic  acid  from  tape-seed  oil,  the 
authors  adopt  the  following  method  : — After  saponifying 
the  oil  with  alcoholic  potash,  the  bulk  of  the  alcohol  is 
distilled  oil  and  the  residue  treated  with  sulphuric 
acid,  when  the  fatty  acids  separate.  To  obtain  erucic 
acid,  this  mixture  of  fatty  acids  is  treated  with  three 
time-  it-  volume  of  96%  alcohol  and  the  solution  cooled 
to  0°,  when  the  erucic  acid  separates  out  in  a  crystalline 


March 23. 1887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


210 


form.  By  one  repetition  of  this  process  it  is  obtained 
chemically  pure. 

To  prepare  brassidic  acid,  it  i<  recommended  to  heat 
erucic  acid  with  dilute  nitric  aeid  until  the  former  melts 
(instead  of  till  an  evolution  of  gas  commences),  and  then 
add  sodium  nitrite.  The  formation  of  oxidation  pro- 
ducts is  tliereliy  avoided.  It  is  not  necessary  to  start 
from  pure  erucioacid,  for  simply  by  treating  the  mix- 
ture of  fatty  aeids  obtained  from  rape-seed  oil  in  tliis 
manner,  the  brassidic  acid  is  readily  obtained,  and  can  be 
easily  purified  on  account  of  its  slight  solubility  in 
alcohol.  The  derivatives  of  these  two  aeids  described 
are  substitution  products  in  the  carboxyl group.  Although 
tri  eruein  could  not  be  isolated  from  rape-seed  oil,  tri- 
brassidin  can  be  obtained  by  treating  with  nitric  acid 
and  sodium  nitrite.  This  body,  like  the  tri-glyeerides  of 
palmitic,  stearic  and  niyristic  acids,  possesses  a  double 
melting  point.  The  so-called  "stearin  "  of  the  oil  mer- 
chant, a  yellow-white  substance  which  separates  in  the 
bottom  of  rape-seed  oil  barrels  after  long  standing,  is 
di-erucin.  This  is  readily  converted  into  di-brassidin. 
They  are  both  crystalline  bodies.  The  ethyl-ethers 
of  these  acids  closely  resemble  one  another,  as  do  their 
anhydrides  obtained  by  the  action  of  phosphorus  tri- 
chloride. Their  amides  and  auilides  are  crystalline 
bodies;    the    former,   when   treated     with    phosphorus 

{>entoxide,  appear  to  yield  the  corresponding  nitriles, 
nit  these  have  not  been  obtained  pure.  The  ketones  of 
these  aeids,  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  their  respective 
calcium  salt>,  differ  from  one  another  and  are  both 
crystalline  bodies. — G.  A.  K. 


XII— PAINTS,  VARNISHES.  AND  RESINS. 

Improvements  in.  or  relating  to,  Enamelling  or  Coating 
Wood,  Paper,  Cloth,  Papier-mache',  and  other  Fibrous 
or  Porous  Materials,  with  Comparatively  Tmj 
Coating  or  Enamel.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  J.  A.  Pond,  Auckland,  New  Zealand.  Eng. 
Pat.  357-2,  March  13,  1S86.     Sd. 

The  enamel,  which  is  composed  of  shellac,  is  applied, 
either  in  the  liquid  or  solid  state,  to  the  surface  to  be 
coated  under  great  pressure,  and  at  a  temperature  of 
230 — 300s  F.  For  certain  purposes  a  small  percentage  of 
beeswax,  stearic,  oleic,  or  any  other  fatty  acid  is  added. 
The  surface  of  the  material  to  be  enamelled  is  first 
varnished  with  a  solution  of  shellac  in  methylated  spirit. 
— E.  G.  C. 

An    Improved    Composition    or   Paint   for    Preventing 
Attachment  of  Barnacles  to  the  Bottoms  of  Iron  ami 
Steel-plated  Ships.      A.  C,  Ireland  and  J.  K.  Bowbeer, 
Pristol.     Eng.  Pat.  3636,  March  15,  1SS6.     6d. 
The  composition  consists  of  35:;  copper  sulphate,  40 
oxide  of  iron,  15;:  pulverised  black  lead  and  10;    cal- 
cium carbonate,  the  proportions  being  varied  according 
to  requirement. — E.  G.  C. 


differences  between  the  white  and  green  foliage  of  seven 
distinct  plants.  The  conclusions  arrived  at  from  these 
experiments  are  now  corroborated  by  comparative 
analyses  of  the  ordinary  foliage  and  of  an  albino  bough 
of  a  forest  tree     I  •    in  Kew  (.aniens.     The 

albino  leaves  are  on  the  average  smaller  and  thinner 
than  the  corresponding  green  ones;  the  albino  hough, 
its  branches  and  twigs,  are  of  less  d  ameter  and  length 
than  neighbouring  green  bough.s  of  corresponding  age. 
The  leaves  gave  on  analysis — 


Water 

Organic  Matter 

Ash  


White. 
.  T2G9 
.  21-65 
.     2*66 


Green. 
.  58-08 
.  t0-:« 
.      1  .CI 


The  ash  of  the  two  sorts  of  leaf  gave  on  analysis — 


Ash  in  dry  leaves  of  Qnercus  rubra  . 

KjO  

CaO  

MgO 

FeaOa 

100  parts  of  ash 

contained—     •<  Mn^Oj 

PjOs 

S03    

CI  

SiO; 


White. 


8-33 

385 

19-38 

29-10 

- 

2150 

6-52 

9oo 

082 

1-21 

2-08 

2-36 

14-25 

15-80 

7-18 

10  05 

1-25 

1-25 

315 

125 

These  analyses,  like  those  of  1S7T — 79,  show  the  prepon- 
derance of  potash  over  lime  in  the  albino  foliage,  of 
mineral  matter  over  organic,  and  the  remarkable  de- 
ficiency of  lime.  As  regards  the  nitrogen,  the  results 
which  have  been  obtained  with  the  scarlet  oak  are 
placed  side  by  side  with  those  formerly  obtained  with 
Elaarjn  us  pungens — 


EL.tA-.Nls 
l-CNOENS. 

Qcrr 

RCBRA. 

Vfhite. 

Green. 

White. 

Green. 

123 
183 
210 

2-82 

1*81. 

101 

391 

265 
129 

Albuminoid  Xitrogen  

Non-albuminoid  Xitrogen 

211 
0-37 

Manufacture  of  an  Elastic  Compound  in  Imitation  of 
Caoutchouc.     0.  Imray,  London.     From  A.  K.  Kissel, 

Frankfort-on-Maiii,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  491s.  April 
S,  lSSo.     4d. 

Elastic  compounds  have  already  been  made  consisting 
of  oil,  sulphur  and  copal,  but  owing  to  the  expense  of 
copal,  could  not  be  used  as  substitutes  for  caoutchouc. 
In  this  invention  the  expensive  copal  is  replaced  by 
resin  hardened  bv  treatment  with  caustic  lime,  etc.,  as 
described  in  Eng!  Pat.  S036,  1SS4.  The  proportions  of 
the  ingredients  and  temperature  employed  depend  upon 
the  degree  of  hardness  and  elasticity  required. 

-  E.  ( ;.  C. 


There  is  no  doubt  the  excessive  quantity  of  non- 
albuminoid  nitrogen  contained  in  the  albino  foliage  i- 
anothcr  sign  of  imperfect  elaboration. 

Notwithstanding  the  absence  of  chlorophyll,  and  the 
smaller  percentage  of  total  organic  matter,  the  white 
leaves  yield  a  larger  ether  extract  than  the  green  leaves — 
5-35  and  .Vl.V    of  the  dry  leaves  respectively. 

The  authors  previous  conclusion  is  reaffirmed,  that 
"white  leaves  are  related  to  green  pretty  much  &•> 
immature  leaves  are  to  mature,  tubers  to  foliage,  petals 
to  green  bracts,  vegetable  parasites  to  their  hosts. ' 

—J.  M.  H.  M. 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE.  MANURES,  Etc. 

Chemical  Study  of   Vegetable  Albinism:    Part  III.—  \ 
Experiments    with    Quereus  rubra.      A.   H.   Church. 
J.  Cheni.  Soc.  (Trans.)  1SSG,  839—  S43. 

Is  two  former  papers  (J.  Cliem.  Soc.  1S79,  33—41  ;  1880, 
1—6)  the  author  described  some  conspicuous  chemical 


XY.-SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES.  Etc. 

Arabinose.     H.  Kiliani.     Per.  19,  3029-  3030- 

The  author  now  includes  arabinose  in  bis  researches  on 
the  action  of  HCN  and  HI  on  carbohydrates  (Ber.  18, 
3000:  19,  221,  707,  112S,  1914).  He  obtained  the  ara- 
binose from  cherrv-tree  gum,  as  suggested  by  Bauer 
(./.  Prakt.  Chem.'ZQ,  379;  34,  46)-  The  be- 1  results 
were  obtained  as  follows  :— Uue  part  cherry-tree  gum, 
in  S  litres  of  2  per  cent.  H  SO,,  was  heated  on  the 
water-bath  for  IS  hours.      The  solution   was    neutral- 


'220 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [March 29. 1887. 


ised  with  hoi  concentrated  Ba(HO),  solution,  con- 
centrated, without  previous  filtration,  to  a  small  volume, 
ami  then  several  volumes  96  per  eent.  alcohol  added, 
the  whole  being  well  shaken.  The  clear  solution 
was  decanted,  the  greater  part  of  the  alcohol  dis- 
tilled oil'  and  the  residue  evaporated  to  a  thin  syrup. 
After  again  treating  with  alcohol  in  like  manner  the 
residue  crystallised  and  alter  removal  of  the  mother- 
liquor  had  a  pure  white  colour,  and  was  obtained 
quite  pure  by  recrystallisation  from  alcohol.  The 
remainder  of  the  arabinose  left  in  the  mother-liquor 
could  be  obtained  by  further  purification  with  alcohol. 
That  the  substance  thus  obtained  was  really  arabinose 
was  proved  (1)  by  the  rotatory  power  [a]D  =  +  105'1C; 

(2)  because  nitric  acid  produced  no  trace  of  mucic  acid  ; 

(3)  by  oxidation  with  Br  which  gave  Bauer's  arabonic 
acid.  In  consequence  of  several  remarkable  features  of 
the  last  reaction,  the  arabonic  acid  was  studied  somewhat 
more  completely.  Results  generally  confirmatory  of 
Bauer's  were  obtained,  but  the  analytical  numbers  fo'i  the 
calcium  salt  agreed  best  with  the  formula'(C,H„0„)aCa 
+  0H0O.  The  arabonic  acid  would,  therefore,  be  a 
tetrahydroxyvalerianic  acid,  and  although  Bauer's 
analytical  data  of  the  free  acid  do  not  agree  at  all  with 
such  a  compound,  the  author  believes  that  it  was  not  the 
free  acid  but  the  dehydro  acid  which  Bauer  obtained, 
the  analytical  numbers  agreeing  -well  with  such  a 
formula.  If  these  results  are  correct,  arabinose  is  an 
a-ketone,  which  by  the  action  of  Br  is  quantitatively 
split  up  into  arabonic  acid  and  carbonic  or  formic  acid*. 

Action  of  HCN  on  Arabinose. — Une  part  of  arabinose 
was  dissolved  on  the  water-bath  in  one  part  of  water, 
ami  after  cooling,  an  equivalent  quantity  of  tiO  per  cent. 
Ht'X  added,  the  solution  being  kept  in  a  well  closed  flask 
placed  in  a  vessel  of  water  at  the  ordinary  temperature. 
After  standing  S  days,  crystals  of  the  amide  of  arabinose- 
carboxylic  acid  C,HlB0,N  separated.  On  heating 
to  130°  this  amide  turns  yellow,  and  at  160°  it 
decomposes  with  rapid  disengagement  of  gas.  In  order 
to  prepare  the  acid  itself,  the  amide  was  decomposed 
with  baryta  water,  the  Ba  precipitated  with  H.,S04  (one 
or  two  drops  of  HC1  added  keep  the  solution  clear)  and 
the  solution  concentrated,  when,  on  cooling,  colourless 
shiningneedlesseparated.  Theseareeasilysoluble  in  water, 
difficultly  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  have  a  neutral  reac- 
tion. The  substance  appears  to  be  the  dehydro-arabinose- 
carboxylic  acid  CTH,„07,  and  not  the  acid  itself.  It 
melts  at  145 — 150',  and  possesses  a  rotatory  power  of 
[a]„  =  -  54  8\  Although  these  properties  agree  closely 
with  those  of  the  dehydrodextrosecarboxylic  acid,  the 
crystalline  form,  which  is  rhombic,  is  entirely  different, 
and  the  action  of  HI  on  the  arabinosecarboxyfic  acid  pro- 
duces only  a  dehydro  acid,  whereas  the  dextrosecarbox  vlic 
mill  produces  the  normal  heptoic  acid,  thus  provinc'the 
dissimilarity.  The  barium  and  calcium  salts  were'pre-  i 
pared  by  boiling  the  dehydro  acid  with  the  respective 
carbonates.  They  are  amorphous,  and  the  analysis  of  the 
calcium  salt  coincided  with  the  formula  (C7H,a08)sCa 

—J.  "W.  L. 


liquid  being  given  off,  which  reduced  silver  salts.  In  the 
following  tables  the  main  results  of  the  experiments  are 
placed  together,  and  require  no  further  explanation  than 
that  the  humus  substances  were  dried  at  110 — 120°  for 
analysis: — 

A.-DE-COMROSITIOX   OF    THK   SUGARS    WITH 
SULPHURIC    ACID. 


The  Formation  and  Composition  of  the  Humus  Sub- 
stances.  M.  Conrad  and  M.  Guthzeit.  Ber.  19 
2844—2850. 

THE  authors'  experiments  show  that  with  diluted 
H9SO„  cane  sugar  is  split  up,  and  of  the  invert  sugar  as 
first  formed,  the  levulose  is  more  rapidly  decomposed 
than  the  dextrose,  and  that,  from  the  former,  ulmin  is  I 
the  principal  product,  the  dextrose  producing  ulmic  acid, 
which,  however,  changes  to  insoluble  humin  by  con- 
tinued boiling  with  an  acid.  They  further  prove  that 
formic  and  acetopropionic  acids  are  formed  almost 
exactly  in  equal  molecular  proportions.  From  Tollen's 
researches  it  may  be  inferred  that  two  reactions  take 
place  together,  producing,  besides  water,  formic  and 
acetopropionic  acids  on  the  one  hand  and  humus  sub- 
stances on  the  other.  The  authors  have,  however,  as 
yet,  no  experimental  results  to  prove  this.  Another 
of  Sestioi's  experiments  was  again  carried  out— viz., 
that  of  heating  the  humus  substances  :  and  the  results  ; 
coincided   with   his,  vapours  condensing   to  a  colourless  | 


Sugar. 

Dilute 
Acid. 

cc. 

eg 
0 

(inns. 

Amount  of 

Humus 
obtained. 

Composition  of 
the  Humus 
Substance. 

Grins. 

firms. 

'■ 

II 

Cane  Sugar  . . 

200 

50 

3*57 

1 

26          635 

4-2 

Oa'aclosc 

10a 

25 

1-80 

0-17 

- 

- 

Levulose    

lO'o 

25 

1-80 

2-6 

G'i'3 

11 



10'5 

20 

11 

2-!l 

C3'3 

i  0 

Dcxlrosc    

lO'o 

50 

?.o 

013 

- 

- 



105 

25 

115 

0-20 

02  3 

41 



10-5 

25 

86 

095 

_ 

- 



lO'o 

25 

11-8 

2-10 

03  7 

10 



105 

25 

152 

300 

- 

- 

10-5 

25 

23-2 

32 

65  17 

15 

B.-DECOMPOSITION  OF  THE  SUGARS  WITH 
HYDROCHLORIC  ACID. 


Grms. 


Cane  Sugar  . 


Milk  Sugar  . . 


Maltose  . 


Arabinose 


Levulose 


Galactose  .. . 


Dextrose   


20  0 
200 
200 
21-0 
21-0 
10-5 
105 
10-5 
10-5 
10-5 
105 
10-5 
lOo 
10-5 
105 
lO'o 
10-5 
10'5 


Dilute 
HC1. 


eo 

50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
150 
50 
50 
50 


■so 


pa  a 

OS'S 


Grms.      Grms. 


4  19 

5-11 
9!0 
U90 
4  -87 
4  87 
4-87 
4S5 
4-85 
4-87 
431 
4-87 
4  84 
4-78 

15-0 
9'6 

170 

220 


3-65 
380 
540 
370 
394 
1-35 
1-33 
394 
4-30 
205 
200 
1-60 
1-77 
1-00 
093 
170 
115 
1-50 


( Somposition 

of  the  Humus 
Sul  stance. 


C 


C5'5 


652 
65-2 
606 
658 
641 
637 
63-2 
638 
ci  r, 

651 

661 
665 


15 


4  5 
4  2 
41 
4  0 
4  4 
13 
37 
4  2 
12 
4  6 

i  1 
4  0 


The  main  results  of  the  research  are  (1)  the  amount  of 
humus  substances  obtained  stand  in  no  simple  relation 
to  the  formic  acid,  (2)  the  saccharoses  are  first  in- 
verted before  a  further  decomposition  sets  in,  (3)  with 
the  exception   of    levulose,    the   carbohydrates   produce 

inure  In s  substances  with  IR'I   than  with  II   SU4,  (4) 

1  he  production  of  humus  substances  is  increased  with  the 
concentration  of  the  acid,  (5)  levulose  gives  more  humus 


March  29. 1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


substances  than  any  other  carbohydrate,  (6)  the 
liuniiis  substances  contain  62—66  per  cent  < '..  and 
:;  7— 4  I!  per  cent  II.— J.  W.  I.. 


Olycyphyllin,  the  Sweet  Principle  of  Smilax  Glycyphylla. 
E.  II.  Kennie.  J.  Chem.  Soc.  1886  (Trans.),  857—865. 

Fl'KTHEi:  investigation  of  this  substance  shows  that  it 
has  the  formula  CaHjt09+3HiO  when  crystallised  from 
aqueous  ether,  and  CjiHs,Ou-  4AHj"  when  crystallised 
from  water.  When  boiled  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  it 
undergoes  decomposition  in  accordance  with  the  equa- 
tion  C«H„09+2H,0=C1sH1405+C,H1«Oil  forming 
phloretin  and  isodulcite.  Glycyphyllin  is,  therefore, 
closely  allied  to  phlorizin.  The  phloretin  was  identi- 
fied by  analysis  and  l>y  the  production  of  phloroglucol 
and  pliloretic  acid  when  boiled  with  strong  caustic 
potash.  The  isodulcite  was  identified  by  analysis  and 
by  its  crystalline  form  ;  assuming  that  lOcc.  Fehling's 
solution  are  reduced  by  0  0549grm.  isodulcite  (Will), 
almost  the  theoretical  percentage  of  isodulcite  demanded 
by  the  above  equation  was  produced.  The  author 
suggests  the  possibility  that  in  the  decomposition  of 
phlorizin  by  acids  isodulcite  isproduced,  which  may  have 
been  mistaken  by  previous  observers  for  glucose.  In 
that  case  phlorizin  would  be  identical  with  glycyphyllin. 
The  relation  between  these  two  substances  is  being  in- 
vestigated.—J.  M.  H.  M. 


XVI.— BREWING.  WOTS,  SPIRITS.  Etc. 

New  or  Improved  Aerated  Beverages.     11.  R.  Matthews, 

London,  ami  C.  G.  Matthews.  liurton-on-Trent.    Eng. 

Pat  3928,  March  9,  1SSG.  4d. 
ThksE  improved  beverages  are  made  by  mixing  wines, 
spirits  or  liqueur  with  water  or  mineral  water  in  the 
desired  proportions  and  then  bottling  and  aerating  the 
mixture  in  the  usual  way.  The  advantages  gained  are 
constancv  of  quality  and  strength  and  saving  of  time. 

— G.  H.  M. 


Raffinose  or Melitose and  its  Quantitative  Determination. 
R.  Creydt.    Ber.  19,  3115-3119. 

In  consequenceof  apaperbyScheibleroutheabovesubject, 
( !>• ''.  19,  2S6S),  the  author  again  publishes  a  paper  which 
he  has  already  communicated  to  a  sugar  trade  journal. 
iSeo  also  this  journal,  18S6,  386.)  It  is  possible  to  esti- 
mate raftinose  by  two  methods  : — (1)  By  polarisation  and 
inversion,  and  calculation  of  the  results  by  the  formula 
given  below  ;  and  (2)  By  oxidation  with  nitric  acid,  and 
determination  of  the  amount  of  mucic  acid  formed. 

(1.)  Method  of  Inversion. — When  pure  cane-sugar  or 
raffinose  was  inverted  with  5cc.  of  3S  per  cent,  hydrochloric 
acid  in  lOOcc.  of  the  sugar  solution,  the  author  found 
that  for  every  100  scale  divisions  of  Schmidt  and  Hansen's 
half-shade  polariscope  before  inversion,  there  were  ob- 
tained after  inversion,  -32  0  scale-divisions  with  cane- 
sugar,  and  +50-7  with  raffinose,  the  readings  being 
made  at  20°  C.  From  these  numbers  the  author  obtained 
the  following  formula-: — A  =  direct  reading,  B  =  reading 
after  inversion,  C  =  difference  between  the  readings;  then 


Improvements  in    Aerating   Brewers'    Wort   a, id  other 
Liquids,  am'  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  therefor.     ¥. 

Faulkner.  Oldbury,   and  W.   Adlam,   Bristol.      Eng. 

Pat.  4071,  -March  23,  1886.  lid. 
THESE  consist  in  aerating  brewers'  wort  either  in  the 
copper,  hop-back  or  cooler— preferably  the  former— by 
means  of  a  blast  of  hot  air,  in  order  to  render  insoluble 
certain  deleterious  nitrogenous  compounds.  The  process 
may  also  be  applied  to  the  "  mash-wash  "  employed  in 
the  manufacture  of  vinegar.  The  aeration  of  worts 
with  cold  air,  whilst  undergoing  the  process  of  fermenta- 
tion, is  also  included  in  the  patent  :  in  this  case  it  is 
necessary  to  free  the  air  from  germs  by  filtering  it 
through'  cotton-wool  before  blowing  it  through  the 
fermenting  liquid.  Full  descriptions  and  illustrations  of 
the  plant  emploved  are  given  in  the  specification. 
v  '  -G.  H.  M. 

Improvements  in  Maturing  Alcoholic  Liquids.     W.  W. 

Crawford,  Glasgow.     Fng.  Pat.  4311,  March  27,  1S86. 

(id. 
The  maturing  is  effected  by  immersing  pieces  of  wood 
framed  together  in  the  casks  containing  the  alcoholic 
liquid — whisky,  for  instance.  The  wood  is  said  to 
absorb  the  noxious  ethers  or  essences,  and  so  hasten  the 
maturing  of  the  spirit.  This  may  also  be  done  by 
applving  permeable  discs  of  wood  or  other  material  to 
the  cask  in  such  a  way  that  the  ethers,  etc.,  rising  from 
the  alcoholic  liquid,  may  have  access  to  their  under 
surface,  and  be  able  to  escape  from  their  outer  surface. 

-G.  H.  M. 


Cane-sugar  (per  cent.) 
P.aflinose  (per  cent. I  = 


I      .'-J93A 
0-827 
A -Cane  sugar  per  cent. 
lo< 


These  formula'  give  good  results  provided  not  much 
already  inverted  sugars,  invert  sugar,  or  dextran,  for 
instance,  are  present,  which  influence  the  results. 

(2.)  Oxidation  Method. — A  quantity  of  the  substance 
for  analysis,  equal  to  at  least  ogrms.  dry  substance, 
is  mixed  with  60ce.  nitric  acid  of  1*15  sp.  gr.,  and 
evaporated  on  a  water-bath  to  one-third  the  original 
volume.  The  raffinose  is  thus  completely  oxidised  to 
mucic  acid.  The  oxidised  liquid  is  mixed  with  water, 
and  the  precipitated  acid  collected  on  a  tared  filter, 
washed  and  weighed.  Experiments  on  pure  raffinose 
and  mixtures  of  pure  raffinose  and  cane-sugar,  showed 
that  it  is  possible  to  determine  the  sugar  within  03  per 
cent.  This  method  is  not  atieeted  by  the  presence  of  in- 
vert sugar,  etc.,  since  none  of  these  substances  yield 
mucic  acid  on  oxidation.  The  only  known  constituent 
of  molasses  which  gives  mucic  acid,  is  Lippmann"s  levulan, 
which  is  rarely  present,  and  then  only  in  small  quantity. 

Tollens  maintains  the  opinion  that  the  formula  of 
raffinose  is  C  cH,-40,„  +  10H..O  i compare  this  Journal, 
1886,  243),  ami  not  C,.H. ,0,,  ~3fFO.— G.  H.  M. 


XVIL— CHEMISTRY    OF   ECOES.   SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISIYIECTASTS,  Etc. 

(A)   CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

The  Manufacture  of  Dry  Rennet  and  Process  therefor. 

G.   F.   Kedfern,   London.     From  L.  J.  Eriksson  and 

E.    E.    R.    Nordling,    Upaala,   Sweden.     Eng.   Pat. 

11,835,  Sept.  17,  1SS6.     Gd. 

Rennet  bags  are  treated  with  very  dilute  hydrochloric 

acid  below  a  temperature  of  40=  C.  j  the  extract  is  the  n 

filtered,  if  necessary,  and  neutralised  with  soda  lye.      To 

regulate  its  strength  it  is  tested  with  milk  known  to 

contain    both    acid    and    alkali.      Suitable    gelatinous 

matter    is  then   added   and  also  some  glycerin  before 

drying,  to  keep  it  soft  and  prevent  crumbling.— E.  T. 


(B)  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY 

On  the  Changes  that  occur  in  Suint  Waters.    A.  Bnisine. 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  46,  497. 

The  author  finds  that  the  percentage  of  potassium  car- 
bonate in  suint  varies  greatly  according  to  its  age, 
degree  of  concentration,  and  so  on.  Microscopic  organ- 
isms grow  readily  in  suint  waters  when  left  undisturbed, 
and  bring  about  important  chemical  changes.  A  final 
product  of  the  fermentation,  which  passes  through 
several  stages,  is  potassium  carbonate  formed  at  the 
expense  of  the  organic  salts  of  the  suint.  The  first 
change,  which  may  take  place  in  absence  of  air,  is  com- 
,  pleted  in  a  few  da'vs  ;  it  is  characterised  by  the  fornia- 
1  tion  of  potassium"  salts  of  carbon  and   volatile  acids, 


i2- 


TIIE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March  29, 1887. 


and,  simultaneously,  urea  i^  converted  into  ammo- 
nium carbonate,  and  hippuric  acid  into  glycocoll 
and  benzoic  acid.  In  contact  with  air  a  second  change 
rapidly  occurs,  organic  substances  being  completely 
oxidised  to  water  and  carbon  dioxide,  of  which  tlie 
latter  is  partially  retained  b)  the  potash.  After  this  the 
volatile  acids,  together  with  lactic,  oxalic  and  succinic 
acids,  disappear;  and  lastly,  thehigherfatty  acids  and  the 
nitrogenous  compounds  are  decomposed.  The  benzoic 
acid  appears  to  remain  unaltered.  The  only 
eras  evolved  is  carbon  dioxide.-  -S.  Y. 


An  Improved  Processfor  the  Softening  and  Purification 
of  Liquids,  and  the  Construction  of  Apparatus 
therewith.      P.    A.    Maignen,    London.      Eng.    Pat. 
2068,  Feb.  12,  1SSG.     Sd. 

FOR  the  purpose  of  softening  water  the  patentee  uses  i 
the  reagents  in  the  liquid  state,  and  prepares  for  this 
purpose  "a  single  solution  of  the  following  substances  : 
Quicklime,  carbonate  or  silicate  of  soda  (alum  being 
omitted  in  this  last  easel,  and  alum  or  sulphate  of  alu- 
minium to  suit  the  character  of  the  liquid  to  be 
treated."  and  finds  "  when  these  reagents  are  mixed 
together  in  one  solution  they  do  not  interfere  with  one 
another."  After  treatment  with  this  solution  the  turbid 
water  is  passed  through  a  "  separator  ;  "  a  vessel  which 
contains  shelves  packed  with  spiral  wire,  sponge,  char- 
coal, wood  shavings  or  other  absorbent  material. 

-C.  C.  H. 


(C)    DISINFECTANTS. 

An  Improved  Absorbent  and  Antiseptic  Fabric.  T. 
Roberts,  Manchester.  Km;.  Pat.  1200,  dan.  27.  L886. 
4d. 

A  l  wii.leii  cotton  fabric  with  a  raised  or  carded  surface 
is  rendered  antiseptic  by  treatment  with  boric  acid, 
carbolic  acid  and  acetate  of  lead. — C.  C.  11. 


SPENT    tan,    thoroughly    dried    and  ground 
powder,  is  used  for  the  purpose  named.   -C.  C. 


to    a 
H. 


XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Improvements  in  Electric  Batteries.  3.  V.  Johnson, 
London.  From  L.  A.  W.  Desruelles,  Paris.  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  2631,  Feb.  23,  18SG.     4d. 

To  diminish  local  action,  the  soluble  electrodes  are 
coated  with  fat  or  grease  (preferably  mineral)  crushed 
with  mercury,  which  may  contain  as  amalgam  a  metal 
analogous  to  the  soluble  electrode. — E.  T. 


Novel  Applications  of  a  Material  or  Substance  produced 
by  t/tc  Treatment  of  Waste  Leather.  W.  Ross,  Lon- 
don.    Eng.  Pat.  9604,  July  24,  1SS6.     Od. 

THE  material  consists  of  the  product  resulting  from  the 
treatment  of  leather  cuttings  or  waste  leather 
according  to  the  manner  described  by  Newton,  Eng. 
l'at.  1856,  1S7S.  The  material  (called  by  the  patentee 
"  Calcerine")  is  to  be  used  as  a  deodorant  or  disinfect- 
ant. Mixed  with  stable  or  similar  manure,  it  absorbs 
and  retains  the  valuable  and  volatile  emanations.  In 
order  to  form  a  liquid  manure,  calcerine  is  dissolved  in  a 
solution  of  about  one  part  aqueous  ammonia  to  9il  parts 
water.  The  calcerine  powder  can  al>o  be  used  as  an 
anii-incrustator  for  steam  boilers  and  for  case-hardening 
iron  and  steel. — B.  11. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  and  Preparation  of 
Materials  used  in  Electric  Batteries.  J.  V.  Johnson, 
London.  From  L.  A.  \V.  Desruelles,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  2632,  Feb.  23,  1SSG.     Gd. 

The  partially  spent  liquids  from  powerful  primary  bat- 
teries, such  as  bichromate,  according  to  this  invention, 
are  utilised  in  batteries  for  working  telegraphs  and 
similar  purposes,  where'  only  a  small  current  bat  a 
high  E.M.F'.  are  needed.  To  render  these  liquids  port- 
able, they  are  mixed  with  Kieselguhr  or  other  porous  or 
absorbent  or  acid-proof  material,  and  dried  by  vaporising 
the  water.  When  required  for  use,  the  addition  of  water 
is  all  that  is  necessary.  The  negative  electrodes  of  bat- 
teries can  be  efficiently  protected  from  corrosion  by  a 
mixture  of  grease  and  mercury. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.     A.  Schanschieff, 

London.     Eng.  Pat.  2932,  March  1,  1880.     Gd. 

The  improved  battery  has  an  outer  cell  made  preferably 
■  f  water-proofed  paper.  The  positive  element  is  zinc, 
and  the  negative  carbon,  the  latter  being  either  in  the 
form  of  a  porous  vessel  or  of  a  flat  plate  or  rod  in  a 
porous  vessel  of  some  other  material,  such  as  earthen- 
ware or  linen  that  has  been  dipped  in  collodion.  Inside 
the  porous  vessel  is  packed  peroxide  of  lead  or  mangan- 
ese, mixed  with  carbon  granules.  Sometimes  an  agglo- 
merated block  of  carbon  and  peroxide  is  used  as  the 
negative  element.  Mercury  sulphate  piepared  as  in 
Fm.'.  Pat.  12,378,  of  18S5,  is  used  as  electrolyte.  When 
the  peroxide  is  exhausted,  a  strong  solution  of  some 
material,  such  as  chloride  of  lime  (bleaching  powder), 
which  is  able  to  restore  the  peroxide,  is  used  instead  of 
mercury  sulphate.  Other  sulphates  than  that  of  mercury 
may  be  tt?ed  but  to  less  advantage. — E.  T. 


An  Improved  Deodorising  Mat., -in!.      ,1.   Watt,  South 
Melbourne,   Victoria.      Eng.    Pat.    15,201,    Nov.    22, 

l^s'i.     4d. 


fine 


For  Destroying  Bad  Smells  and  Noxious  Gases  in  Sewers, 

and.  Ventilating  them  by  the  Action  of  Fire 

or  by  Beat-producing  Substances.      G.  It. 

Keeting,  Epsom.    Eng.  Pat.  11,255,  Sept.  22,  1SS5  ; 

amended  Nov.  24,  1S86.     6d. 

THE  apparatus  consists  of  a  hollow  cast-iron  column 
placed  over  the  mouth  of  the  sewer  or  drain.  In  the  ba>e 
is  a  chamber,  fitted  with  an  "atmospheric"  gas  burner 
placed  nuder  two  annular  conical  cups,  which  are  sur- 
mounted with  a  cap  packed  with  asbestos.  The  foul  air 
is  thus  consumed  before  its  passage  into  the  external 
attnospheie. — C.  C.  11. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  A.  Schanschieff 
and  G.  R.  Fludder,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  3476,  March 
11,  1S8G.     sd. 

The  elements  of  these  batteries  are  secured  to  covers  of 
insulating  material,  one  cover  serving  for  several  cells. 
The  upper  ends  of  the  zincs  pass  through  slots  in  the 
cover  and  are  held  by  pressure  between  pieces  of  springy 
brass  bent  twice  at  right  angles,  and  the  sides  of  the 
slot.  The  carbons  may  be  secured  in  the  same  way  or 
by  angle-pieces  of  metal  fastened  to  them.  The  cover, 
and  witli  it  the  elements,  are  drawn  up  by  cords  wound 
on  a  drum  fastened  to  the  top  of  the  box,  and  capable 
of  being  turned  by  hand. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Voltaic  Piles  and  Accumulators.  P. 
Haddan,  London.  From  J.  Crosse,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  4057,  March  23,  18S6.     6d. 

A  DIAPHRAGM  of  cocoauut  fibre  or  compressed  powdered 
cork  is  saturated  with  the  required  chemical  fluids  and 
placed  between  the  electrodes  of  an  element  in  a  voltaic 
battery  or  accumulator,  instead  of  the  exciting  liquids  as 
ordinarily  used. — B.  T. 

A  Process  for  Utilising  the  Spe/tt  Liquid  from  certain 
Voltaic  Batteries.  W.  S.  Squire,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
4522,  March  31,  1>S0.     4d. 

The  spent  liquid  of  certain  batteries  in  which  caustic 
potash  or  soda  is  used,  consists  of  potash  or  soda  com- 
bined with  oxide  of  zinc.  By  means  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  sulphide  of  zinc  (impure)  is  precipitated,  the 


March 29. 1887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


223 


caustic  potash  or  soda  left  in  the  solution  being  decanted 
for  use.     Tlie  impure  sulphide  of  zinc,  when  treated  with 


Bulphuric 


hydrochloric    acids,    yields  sulphuretted 


hydrogen,  which  may  In'  used  as  above,  ami  sulphate  or 
chloride  of  zinc.  These  may.  if  desired,  be  converted 
into  valuable  pigments  by  adding  barium  sulphide. 

— E.  T. 


Certain  New  and  Useful  Improvements  in  Secondary 
Batteries  acting  as  Accumulators  of  Electricity.  E. 
Commetin,  ( 1.  Bailhache,  < '.  Desmazures,  A.  de  Virloy, 
and  L.  de  Bousignac,  Paris,  France,  Eng.  Pat.  7966, 
June  15,  1SSG.     Od. 

In  the  improved  secondary  battery,  the  positive  pole  con- 
sists of  spongy  or  porous  copper  plates,  or  of  spongy  or 
porous  plates  of  other  metals  insoluble  in  soda  or  potash. 
The  negative  pole  consists  of  brass  or  other  metallic 
plates  wrapped  in  a  gauze  of  brass  wire.  These  plates 
are  placed  horizontally  in  an  aqueous  solution  of  an 
alkaline  salt  with  a  metallic  acid  or  a  metallic  oxide 
acting  as  an  acid,  such  as  zineate  of  soda  :  some  chlorate 
of  soda  also  is  added.  The  plates  and  solution  are  con- 
tained in  a  sheet  steel  or  iron  vessel  coated  with  a 
solution  of  indiarubber. — B.  T. 


An  Improved  Solution  or  Electrolyte  for  PrimaryEleelric 
Batteries.  11.  Weymersch  and  J.  Whittall,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  9594,  July  24,  1886.     Gd. 

The  inventors  claim  as  an  efficient  solution  for  any 
species  of  primary  battery,  one  containing  permanganate 
of  potash,  sulphate  of  potash,  sulphate  of  magnesia, 
bichromate  of  soda,  sulphuric  acid  and  water  in  suitable 
proportions.  To  obtain  a  solid  compound  for  transport, 
etc,  chromic  acid  is  substituted  for  sulphate  of  magnesia, 
the  proportions  being  varied.  —  E.  T, 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Batteries.  A.  J.  Boult, 
London.  From  H.  15.  Cox,  Cincinnati,  l.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,056,  Oct.  5,  1886.     4d. 

To  obtain  a  primary  battery  capable  of  being  carelessly 
handled  and  even  of  being  inverted  without  damage, 
the  inventor  adds  enough  gelatine,  or  other  thickening 
agent,  to  the  battery  liquid  to  bring  it  to  the  consistency 
of  a  thick  jelly.— B.  T. 


Improvements  relating  to  the   Preparation  of  Metallic 
Magnesium  by  Electrolytes,  and  to  Solutions  therefor. 

11.  11.  Lake,  Loudon.  Prom  Count  R.  de  Mongelas, 
Philadelphia,  l'enn.,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Tat.  14,700,  Nov. 
13,  1SS6.     4d. 

Into  a  bath  made  up  of  concentrated  solutions  of  zinc 
chloride  and  magnesium  chloride  dip  an  anode  of  zinc 
and  a  cathode  of  carbon,  brass  or  copper.  Bypassing 
an  electric  current  through  the  bath,  an  alloy  of  zinc  and 
magnesium  is  deposited;  from  this  alloy  magnesium  may 
be  obtained  in  any  known  way. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Organic  Matter  for 
Metallisation  by  Galvanic  Deposit.  A.  J.  Boult, 
London.  From  "La  Society  anonyme  de  Metallisation 
artistiquedesAnimanx,  Yi'getauxou  autre ( lorps,  Paris, 
France."     Eng.  Pat,  15,403,  Nov.  -25,  1SS0.     4d. 

A  (ilantitv  of  snails  or  slugs  are  washed  and  placed  in 
distilled  water  for  a  sufficient  time  to  allow  them  to 
give  off  their  albumen.  The  albumen  is  then  filtered, 
boiled  for  an  hour,  and  about  3  per  cent,  of  silver 
nitrate  added.  30grms.  of  this  liquid  are  dissolved  in 
lOOgrnw.  of  distilled  water,  and  the  objects  to  be  prepared 
are  submerged  in  the  solution  for  a  few  moments  ;  they 
are  next  placed  in  a  20  per  cent,  solution  of  silver 
nitrate  and  afterwards  submitted  to  the  action  of 
"  bydrosulphuric  gas." — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of ,  and  Apparatus  for, 
Desiccating  the  Insulating  Coverings  of  Electrical 
Apparatus.  N.  J.  Katt'ard,  l'aiis.  Eng.  Pat.  15,462, 
Nov.  26,  1886.     6d. 

In  the  improved  method  of  desiccating  an  electrical  con- 
ductor, the  latter  is  passed  continuously  through  a  vessel 
containing  any  Bubstance  with  which  it  is  to  be  covered, 
and  thence  air-tight  through  the  desiccator  proper,  w  Inch 
consists  of  a  steam-jacketed  vessel,  kept  exhausted  by 
an  air  pump.  It  then  passes  through  a  vessel  containing 
paraffin  or  other  suitable  substance.  Electrical  apparatus 
is  desiccated  in  a  vessel  of  proper  size,  warmed  in  the 
most  suitable  and  convenient  manner,  and  exhausted 
by  an  air-pump.  In  certain  cases  the  conductors 
are  heated  by  passing  a  current  of  electricity  through 
them  while  in  the  vacuum  apparatus.  — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Blocks,  Plates,  or 
Hods  if  Carbonfor  Electrical  or  other  Purposes.  II.  11. 
Lake,  London.  From  E.  Shaw,  Lynn,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,653,  Nov.  30,  1S80.     4d. 

SEAWEED  is  thoroughly  washed  by  hot  water  or  steam, 
dried  and  carbonised  ;  the  resulting  product  is  treated 
with  a  suitable  dilute  acid,  leaving  a  pure  and  very  soft 
carbon,  which  can  lie  made  into  various  articles  by 
proper  machinery.  These  are  claimed  to  be  more  suitable, 
especially  for  electrical  purposes,  than  those  made  from 
any  other  species  of  carbon,  and  to  be  much  less  ex- 
pensive.— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electric  Batteries.  II.  II.  Harris, 
London.  From  Count  It.  de  Montgelas,  Philadelphia, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat,  15,901,  Dec.  G,  1SSG.     Od. 

ACCORDING  to  Ibis  invention,  in  a  galvanic  cell  a 
"positive''  element  of  aluminium  is  used  with  zinc  or 
any  other  suitable  "negative"  element,  or  a  positive 
element  of  some  material  other  than  aluminium  is  used 
with  circuit-connections  of  aluminium. — B.  T. 


XIX.— PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Construction  if  Boilers  for  Treating 
Wood  and  Other  Fibre  in  the  Manufacture  of  Paper 
and  Other  Pulp.  J.  M.  Walton,  Glossop.  Eng  Pat. 
16,113,  Dec.  9,   18S0.     Od. 

This  invention  relates,  in  the  first  place,  to  improvements 

on  an  invention  made  by  C.  C.  Springer,  Boston,  Mass., 
U.S.A.,  Eng.  Pat.  S073,  July  3,  1S85  ;  the  object  of 
the  present  invention  being  to  do  away  with  inside 
"  covering  strips,'' and  in  the  second  place  to  avoid  the 
use  of  lead-covered  bolt  beads  in  the  interior  of  the 
boiler.  The  lead  lining  of  the  boiler  is  made  in  sections 
of  such  size  and  form  as  to  leave  an  open  joint  between 
their  edges,  which  may  lie  packed  or  left  open  according 
to  circumstances.  Strips  of  lead  or  other  compressible 
and  acid-resisting  material  are  laid  over  the  joints, 
these  strips  being  let  into  each  other  where  the  zones 
cross  so  as  to  break  joint.  These  strips  are  held  down 
by  a  series  of  lead-covered  cast-iron  blocks,  which  are 
curved  to  the  form  of  the  inside  of  the  boiler  and  are 
laid  with  their  ends  touching  each  other  so  as  to  form 
circumferential  rings  or  zones  at  right  angles  to  each 
other  or  nearly  so.  These  blocks  are  made  thicker  at 
the  centre  and  gradually  chamfered  oil'.  They  are  per- 
forated with  holes  and  have  a  lead  covering  cast  thereon, 
(he  lead  passing  through  the  perforations  and  uniting  the 
front  and  back  parts  of  the  covering.  Each  block  is 
bored  in  the  centre  on  the  side  next  to  the  lining,  but 
only  extends  about  two  thirds  through  the  cast  iron. 
This  bole  is  tapped,  a  corresponding  hole  heing  made 
through  lead  lining,  shell  and  sheathing  of  the  boiler. 
The  blocks  are  secured  in  their  places  by  screw  bolts 
from  outside  ;  thus  there  are  neither  bolt  beads  nor  nuts 
inside  the  boiler. — H.  A.  R. 


221 


XX, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March 20,  isst. 


FINE  CHEMICALS.  ALKALOIDS.  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

Synthesis  of  Active  Coniines.     A.  Ladenburg.     Ber.  19, 
2578—2583. 

This  work  is  an  extension  of  tliat  already  published 
[Ber.  19.  439),  t he  experiments  being  made  on  a  larger 
scale  ami  with  chemically  pure  materials. 

a  Picoline,  purified  by  Lange's  method  (Ber.  18,  3436), 
and  boiling  at  12S — 129  ,  was  heated  for  10  hours  to 
2.">0—  "2tiOJ  with  paraldehyde  in  sealed  tubes.  The  yield 
ofa-allylpyrfdine  was  small,  but  was  increased  by  recover- 
in;,'  the  a-picoline  and  heating  it  again  with  a  fresh 
quantity  of  paraldehyde.  The  product  was  dissolved  in 
strong  acid  and  distilled  with  water  :  the  residue  was 
treated  with  excess  of  alkali  and  distilled ;  a  clear 
watery  liquid  containing  picoline  came  over  first,  and 
then  an  oil  which  was  collected  separately  ;  the  bases 
were  separated  from  the  distillates  by  means  of  potash, 
and  were  dried  over  potash.  By  repeated  fractionation 
a  quantity  of  allylpyridine,  boiling  between  187 '5  and 
192*5,  was  obtained.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  base  is 
0*9595.  It  is  highly  refractive,  dissolves  with  difficulty 
in  water,  possesses  an  odour  like  conyrine,  and  give-  a 
red  colouration  with  potash.  The  base  and  the  p!atinum 
(double  Bait)  were  analysed,  and  the  gold,  mercury  and 
cadmium  iodide  double  salts  were  prepared.  That  the 
allylpyridine  was  an  a-componnd  was  proved  by  con- 
verting it  into  picolinic  acid,  which  melted  at  133'.  The 
reduction  of  a-allylpyridine  to  a-propylpiperidine  was 
effected  by  treating  the  alcoholic  solution  at  the  boiling- 
point  with  sodium  ;  the  yield  was  almost  quantitative 
and  the  product  pure.  The  hydrochloride  and  the  base 
were  analysed.  The  base  was  found  to  be  chemically 
and  physiologically  identical  with  coniine.  The  odour 
of  both  is  the  same;  the  specific  gravity  of  a-propyl- 
piperidine at  0°  is  0S626,  and  of  coniine  0*86*25  [Ber,  17, 
1679).  The  platinum  and  gold  double  salts,  and  the 
cadmium  iodide  double  salts  of  both  bases  possess 
identical  properties.  As  a  further  confirmation  the 
propylpiperidine  was  converted  into  conyrine.  Crude 
conyrine,  prepared  from  either  coniine  or  a-propylpiperi- 
dine, is  fluorescent,  but  the  purified  products  are  not. 
The  platinum  double  salts  are  identical  in  composition 
and  in  crystalline  form,  and  melt  at  the  same  tempera- 
tare,  159 — 160°.  The  physiological  properties  of  coniine 
and  of  a-propylpiperidine  were  compared  by  Professor 
Falck,  and  were  found  to  be  identical.  Natural  coniine 
is,  however,  dextro-rotatory,  while  propylpiperidine  is 
ina  live.  An  unsuccessful  attempt  was  made  to  split  up 
the  inactive  base  by  the  action  of  penicillium  glaucum. 
It  was  found,  however,  that  when  a  crystal  of  acid 
coniine  dextro-tartrate  was  placed  in  a  supersaturated 
solution  of  acid  a-propylpipeiidine  tartrate,  crystals 
separated  slowly  :  these  were  removed  and  purified,  and 
the  base  was  liberatedby  meansof  potash.  It  wasfoundto  | 
be  optically  identical  with  natural  coniine.  The  mother- 
liquor  was  l.evo-rotatory,  but  contained  the  dextro- 
rotatory modification.  It  was  treated  with  cadmium 
iodide,  and  the  double  salt  crystallised.  The  mother- 
liquor  from  these  crystals  was  treated  with  potash  to 
liberate  the  base,  which  proved  to  be  nearly  pure 
laevo-rotatory  coniine,  for  it  turned  the  plane  of 
polarisation  to  the  left  to  the  same  extent  that  natural 
coniine  turns  it  to  the  right  The  author  states  that  this  is 
the  first  complete  synthesis  of  an  alkaloid. — S,  V. 


Synthesis  of  Pyridine  Derivatives.      H.   N.  Stokes  and 
H.  von  Pechmann.     Ber.  19,  2694—2717. 

By  the  continued  action  of  strong  ammonia  on  ethyl- 
aeetonedicarboxylate  at  the  ordinary  temperature, 
ethyl-fi-hydroxij'iiHiitoi/litttiimitr  NH.COCH,  —  C'(OH) 
(NH,)— CH.CO.OCjUj  is  readily  obtained."  Purified 
by  recrystallisation  from  water,  it  forms  colourless  long 
Hat  needles,  melting  at  S6',  sparingly  soluble  in  cold 
water  and  ether,  readily  soluble  in  hot  water,  alcohol 
and  chloroform.  Nitrite  of  soda  added  to  its  solution  in 
hydrochloric  acid  forms  a  yellow  precipitate  of  the  iso 
nitroso  compound  (?)  melting  with  decomposition  at  17s  . 


When  one  pari   of  ethyl/S-hydroxyaniidoglutamate  is 

boiled  for  about   ten  minutes  with  one  part  of  sodium 

carbonate  crystals  dissolved  in  3—4  parts  of  water,   it  is 

decomposed  according    to  the    equation:    C-H14N  .(>, 

(.11,  NO  r('.llro  11  ,().  On  acidifying  the  cold 
solution  with  acetic  acid,  the  new  compound  glutatine 
precipitates  as  a  white  powder.  It  forms  colourless 
rectangular  tablets,  melting  with  decomposition  at  about 
300".  It  is  tolerably  soluble  in  hot  water,  almost 
insoluble  in  hot  alcohol,  quite  insoluble  in  other 
solvents.  Carbonates  are  decomposed  by  it  at  the  boil, 
forming  salts  which  are,  when  cold,  decomposed  in  their 
turn  by  carbonic  acid  ;  it  dissolves  in  cold  dilute  mineral 
acids  forming  the  corresponding  salts.  Its  neutral 
i  solution  gives  a  deep  red  colouration  with  ferric  chloride, 
which  changes  to  dark  green  on  warming.  Its  sodium, 
ammonium  and  barium  salts  are  very  soluble  in 
w*ater  ;  these  solutions  turn  green  on  exposure  to  the 
air.  By  the  addition  of  a  slight  excess  of  bromine  water 
to  a  solution  of  glutazine  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid, 
the  yellow  precipitate  which  at  first  forms,  is  redissolved, 
and  in  a  short  time  the  liquid  becomes  filjed  with 
colourless  crystals  of  pentabromacetyiacetamide  CBr.,. 
i !( >.Clir.,.C(  >NH ...  This  substance  is  readily  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether,  hot  benzene  and  chloroform.  When 
heated  with  water  it  is  converted  into  dibromacetamide, 
according  to  the  equation:  C15r„.CO.CBr„.CONH, 
+  HsO=CHBrs+COs+CHBr!1CONHs.  With' alcoholic 
ammonia  it  forms dibromomalonamide  NH.,( '( >.CBr.,CO. 
NH„.  Glutazine  reacts  at  100—120'  with  acetyl  chloride 
forming  mono-acetylglutazine  CHj'GjHaOJN^O;;,  which 
crystallises  in  small  brilliant  plates  melting  at  285— 290°. 
\\  ith  cold  ferric  chloride  no  reaction  takes  place,  but  on 
warming  an  intense  violet  colouration  is  produced  ;  it 
also  does  not  react  with  hydroxyiamine.  Its  ammonium 
salt  forms  transparent  hexagonal  plates.  Symmetrical 
trioxypyridine  [O  :0  :  O  :  =  1  :  3  :  5]  is  formed  when 
glutazine  is  boiled  for  3—4  minutes  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  C5H6N;0,  +  HCl  +  H,0  =  C5Hsn::NrNH4Cl.  It 
forms  yellowish  prisms,  is  readily  soluble  iu  hot  water, 
the  solution  forming  a  deep  red  colouration  with  ferric 
chloride,  whilst  the  trioxypyridine  of  Ost  gives  an 
indigo  blue  colour.  Its  ammonium  salt  forms  thick 
prisms;  the  hydrochloride  crystallises  in  needles.  When 
glutazine  or  this  trioxypyridine  is  condensed  with 
hydroxyiamine,  an  oxinre  is  formed,  probably  diketu- 
oximidopyridine  [CO  :  CO  :  NOH  :  1  : 5  :  3],  according 
to  the  equations:  I.  (II  NO»(NH)  +  Nil  (I 
=  C5H,NO,(NOH)  +  NH,.  II.  C5H5NO,  +  Ml  ,0 
=  C5H,Na.(NuH)  +  H..O.  Thisoxime  is  soluble  in  hot 
water,  from  which  it  crystallises  as  a  sandy  powder 
consisting  of  hexagonal  tablets  ;  it  melts  with  evolution 
of  gas  at  194—196°.  On  warming  its  solution  in  dilute 
ammonia,  a  very  characteristic  intense  purple-red  colour 
is  produced,  one  milligramme  distinctly  colouring 
several  litres  of  water.  Boiling  hydrochloric  acid 
regenerates  hydroxyiamine  and  trioxypyridine.  Phenyl- 
hydrazine  combines  with  glutazine,  forming  the  com- 
pound CjHjNO^N.HCsHs).  Trioxypyridine,  heated 
with  a  large  excess  of  ammonium  acetate  at  120 — 140°, 
is  readily  reconverted  into  glutazine.  Boiling  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  acts  upon  glutazine  in  a  different  manner 
to  hydrochloric  acid,  forming  instead  of  trioxypyridine 
the  anhydride  of  this  substance,  C5HjNO..O.NOX5Hj. 
This  is  a  very  stable  body,  slightly  soluble  iu  water, 
insoluble  in  other  solvent,  but  dissolves  in  alkaline 
solutions,  forming  both  acidand  neutral  salts ;  it  combines 
also  with  mineral  acids.  It  reacts  neither  with  hydroxyi- 
amine, phenylhydrazine  nor  with  ammonium  acetate, 
but  on  evaporation  of  its  aqueous  solution  trioxypyri- 
dine is  formed. 

By  the  action  of  phosphorous  pentachloride  on  gluta- 
zine, four  well-characterised  products  are  obtained.  I. 
Dichlorodioxyamidopyridms  [t'l  :  CI  :  O  :  O  :  NH2 
=  2:4:1:5:3]  crystallises  front  water  in  Hat  needles, 
melting  at  241  o"  ;  is  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  water  and 
alcohol,  readily  soluble  in  alkali  and  dilute  HC1.  II. 
Trichloroxyamidopyridine  [t'l  :  CI  :  CI  :  O  :  NH., 
=  1:2:4:5:3]  forms  Hat  needles  from  alcohol, 
which  melt  at  282°.  III.  Trichloramidopyridine 
[CI  :  CI :  CI  :  NIL  =1:2:5:3]  crystallises  from  water  in 


March  29. 1SS7.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


225 


long  delicate  needles.  It  melts  at  157 '6°,  and  sublimes 
without  decomposition.  IV.  Tetrachloroamidopyri- 
dine  [CI  :  CI  :  CI  :C1  :NH,  -  1 :2 :4:5:  3]  forms  colour- 
less thin  leallets  or  almost  cubic  crystals,  melting  at 
212°,  and  subliming  easily.  Hydriodie  acid  reduces  it  to 
pyridine.  If  this  substance  is  boiled  for  about  two 
hours  with  an  excess  of  sodium  ethylate  and  alcohol, 
trichlorethoxyamidopyridine  [CI :  CI  :  CI  :  0CjH5  :  Nil.. 
=  1:2:4:5:3]  is  formed,  crystallising  in  colourless 
needles  melting  at  S33,  and  readily  volatile  with  steam  ; 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  splits  it  up  into  ethyl- 
chloride  and  trichloroxyamidopyndine,  melting  at  282°. 
lint  when  this  substance  is  heated  with  sodium  ethylate 
and  alcohol  to  190°,  for  3—4  hours,  two  new  bodies 
are  produced.  I.  Dichiorodiethoxyamidopyridine 
(\X..H..€l.,(OCgH;).,  forming  long  needles,  melting  at 
9SJ,  and  insoluble  in  water,  acids  and  alkalis.  II. 
LHchlorohydroxi/ethoxyamidopyridine  ('  N._,  11.,  CI,  .011. 
(OC.jH;),  which  forms  brittle  flat  needles,  melting  at 
161  o°,  and  is  soluble  in  alkalis,  forming  stable  salts. 

From  the  above  results  it  appears  that  glutazine  really 
is  a  pyridine  compound,  and  its  formation  from  ethyl- 
.1  hydroxyamidoglutamate  may  be  expressed  thus: 

,mm  x-  r  /CH,COO<  ',H, "_  Hvr     CH,CO      v„ 
(HO)H2N.CVCH ,_caNH.,J  -HNC      CHC0      NH 

+  CL.H60  +  H,0. 
Glutazine  here  appears  as  the  imide  of  /J-imidoglutaric 
acid.  Whether  the  oxygen  atoms  are  existent  in 
ketone  or  in  bydroxyl  form,  and  whether  the  nitrogen 
of  the  side  chain  is  combined  as  amide  or  imide,  is  still 
undecided.  It,  however,  may  be  considered  as  proved 
that  the  nitrogen  of  the  pyridine  ring  is  in  the  para  posi- 
tion to  the  nitrogen  of  the  side  chain  and  ortho  to  the 
two  oxygen  atoms,  ami  that  therefore  the  above  is  the 
symmetrical  trioxypyridine.  The  whole  behaviour  of  this 
substance  has  much  in  common  with  that  of  phloro- 
glucinol  (1:3:5  trioxybenzene),  which,  according  to 
v.  Baeyer,  seems  to  exist  in  two  easily  interchangeable 
modifications,  as  a  triketone  and  as  a  true  phenol.  The 
authors  therefore  consider  that  this  trioxypyridine  does 
likewise  exist  in  two  isomeric  modifications,  correspond- 
ing to  the  two  formula'  : 


CO 

/\ 

H,C       CH2 

OC      CO 


C(OH) 


and 


HC      CH 

II       J. 
(OH)C      C(OH). 


XH 


-T.  L.  B. 


Ecgonine.  C.  E.  Merck.  Ber.  19,  3002—3003. 
Ecgonine,  important  on  account  of  its  relation  to  cocaine, 
has  been  recently  studied  by  Calmeta  mid  tlossin  (this 
Journal,  1SS5,  509),  who  found  that  by  distilling  it 
with  baryta  an  oil  was  first  obtained,  which  latter,  by 
further  distillation  with  baryta,  was  decomposed  into 
an  oil  free  from  nitrogen,  ethylamine,  and  CO,.  The  for- 
mula of  the  platinum  double  salt  of  the  oil  first  obtained 
was  (C„H,5NO.HCl),PtCl4.  Merck,  who  has  also  sub- 
jected ecgonine  to  a  careful  distillation  with  baryta, 
obtained  metbylamine,  besides  some  tar  and  CO,,  the 
formation  of  other  substances  not  having  been  observed. 
Tropine,  subjected  to  the  same  process,  also  gives  metbyl- 
amine. This  shows  a  relation  to  exist  between  tropine 
C8H15— NO  and  ecgonine  C8HMNO.CO„H.  Merck 
further  studied  the  action  of  reducing  agents.  Fuming 
HI,  as  also  methyl  iodide,  heated  with  ecgonine  under 
pressure  and  sodium  in  alcohol,  produced  no  very 
satisfactory  results,  igrm.  ecgonine,  heated  in  a  closed 
tube  with  Igrru.  PC15  in  5grms.  chloroform  for  six 
hours,  produced,  after  removal  of  the  phosphorus  com- 
pounds and  chloroform,  a  crystallisable  base,  whose  gold 
salt  possessed  the  formula  C,H.1,NO,HCI.AnCl,. 

—J.  W.  L. 
The  Alkaloids  of  the  Berberidacece.     O.  Hesse.     Ber.  19, 

3190-3194. 
Bekberine  is  accompanied  by  at  least  four  alkaloids  in 
the  root  of   the  berberis.      If  the  mother-liquor  from 


berberine  hydrochloride  is  treated  with  soda,  a 
dark-coloured  precipitate  of  an  ether  of  oxyacanthine  is 
thrown  down.  This,  purified  by  conversion  into  the 
sulphate,  and  precipitation  with  ammonia,  gives  the 
pure  alkaloid.  The  precipitated  alkaloid  melts  at  138— 
150",  whilst  when  crystallised  from  ether  or  alcohol  it 
has  a  melting-point  of  214°.  The  amorphous  substance 
is  also  more  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol  than  the 
crystalline.  The  author  corrects  the  formula  pre- 
viously given  for  oxyacanthine,  and  now  assigns  to  it 
the  formula  Ci,HiaX03.  Its  solution  in  chloroform 
has  the  rotatory  power  [a]D  =  +1316*  (p  =  4,t  =  15°). 
It  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  alkalis  ;  strong  nitric  acid 
dissolves  it  with  a  brownish-yellow  colouration  ;  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  or  sulphuric  acid  containing 
molybdic  acid,  the  solution  is  colourless  but  becomes 
coloured  on  heating.  Oxyacanthine  gives  good  crystal- 
lisable salts  with  acids,  which  are  anhydrous  at  100"  C. 

Oxyacanthine  Hydrochloride,  CleHl9N  03.  HC1  +  2H20, 
crystallises  in  small  colourless  needles,  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  which  has  the  rotatory  power  [o]D  =  +  1636°. 
Hot  strong  solutions  are  coloured  green  on  addition  of 
ferric  chloride.  It  gives  a  double  salt  with  platinum 
chloride. 

Oxyacanthine  Nitrate,  CIgHi9NOs.NOslI+2HsO  cry- 
stallises in  colourless  needles ;  the  neutral  sulphate 
crystallises  partly  in  small  prisms  containing  6mols. 
water,  and  partly  in  microscopic  plates  with  2  mols. 
water.  Heated  with  potassium  hydrate  and  water, 
oxyacanthine  is  converted  into  the  potassium  compound  of 
/3-oxyacantbine  ;  this  latter  is  easily  reconverted  into 
oxyacanthine,  and  is  probably  formed  by  the  removal 
of  lmol.  water  from  the  latter."  In  this  respect  oxyacan- 
thine behaves  like  narcotine. 

Berbamine,  the  second  alkaloid  from  berberis,  soluble 
in  ether,  is  thrown  down  from  a  solution  of  its  nitrate 
by  ammonia  as  a  crystalline  precipitate.  It  crystallises 
from  alcohol  in  small  plates,  which  have  the  formula 
Ci8H,9N03  +  2H;;0,  and  melt  at  156".  Its  salts  are 
readily  soluble  in  water  and  are  crystallisable.  The 
platinum  double  salt  is  a  yellow  crystalline  precipitate, 
only  slightly  soluble  in  water.  Dried  at  100°,  it  has 
the  composition  (Ci8Hl9NO,)J.PtCl,!H:1.— G.  H.  M. 


XXI.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES    Etc. 

Improvements   in   Gunpowder  for  Ballistic    Purposes. 

W.     Hope,    London.      Eng.    Pat.    14,914,    Nov.    12, 

18S4.  4d. 
The  improvements  consist  in  the  substitution  of  part 
or  the  whole  of  the  charcoal  in  ordinary  gunpowder  by 
starch,  sugar,  flour  or  other  like  organic  material  con- 
sisting of  carbon  combined  with  oxygen  and  hydrogen, 
or  bitumen  or  other  like  solid  hydrocarbon,  in  order  to 
ensure  more  perfect  combustion. — W.  D.  B. 


Manufacture  of  Granular  Nitro-Celhdose.  O.  Iniray, 
London.  From  B.  Bernstein,  Liud,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,778,  Oct.  24.  18S5.  4d. 
This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  nitro- 
cellulose in  the  form  of  tine  loose  and  dense  grains. 
For  this  purpose  the  solid  fruits,  nuts,  or  shells  of  nuts 
produced  by  various  plants  of  the  palm  tribe  are  reduced 
to  powder,  boiled  in  alkaline  ley,  dried,  and  nitrated  in 
the  ordinary  manner.  Fragments  or  waste  cuttings  of 
vegetable  ivory — the  nut  of  Phylclephas  macrocarpa — are 
specially  suitable  for  the  purpose.  The  granular  nitro- 
cellulose is  very  convenient  in  the  celluloid  manufacture, 
may  be  used  in  the  loose  state  without  being  com- 
pressed or  encased  for  explosive  purposes,  and  can  be 
thoroughly  exploded  with  a  comparatively  small  de- 
tonator.—W.  L).  B.        

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gunpowder.  O. 
Bowen,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  14,052,  Nov.  17,  1885.     4d. 

The  improvements  consist  in  the  employment  of  the 
refuse  of  beech  or  birchwood  for  the  preparation  of  char- 
coal, carbonisation  being  allowed  to  proceed  only  so  far 


226 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [March 29. 1887. 


as  «ill  yield  :i  charcoal  of  tight 

cocoa.  —  \V.  I ).  I) 


brown  appearance  like 


An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Explosive  Compound,  and 
the  Preparation  of  Cartridges  therefrom.  Sir  Francis 
Bolton,  Westminster.     Eng.  Pat.  1955,  Feb.  10,  1886. 

lid. 


small  porcelain  dish,  and  an  excess  of  the  substance  to 
be  examined  is  added.  The  colour  produced  i>  sulphur 
yellow.      All   alcohols    and    carbohydrates  which    are 

soluble  in  water  arc  said  to  give  this  reaction.  A  posi- 
tive result  was  obtained  in  the  case  of  ethyl-  and  propyl- 
alcoliol,  glycerol,  grape,  cane  and  milk  sugar,  erythrite  ; 
also  glycollic,  lactic,  tartaric,  citric,  malic,  saccharic  and 
mucic  acids.     But  neither  ether,  "esters,"  nor  formic, 


This  im ention  consists  in  the  combination  of  a  solid    ^-  propionic,   butyric,  oxalic,  fumaric  and  malonic 
constituent  such  as  chlorate  of  potash  or  other  chlorate        (,s  •*/the  ^tioi.— T.  L.  B. 

or  nitrate    having  analogous  properties  with   a  liquid  1  "  

constituent   such  as  nitrobenzene   or  other  solvent,  in 


which  is  dissolved  a  carbonaceous  material  such  as 
resin  or  colophony,  molasses,  etc.  The  method  of  pre- 
paring cartridges  by  filling  the  solid  constituent  into 
bags  or  cartiidge  cases  aud  then  saturating  the  same 
with  the  liquid  constituent,  is  also  claimed. — W.  B.  1). 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gunpowder.   A.  H. 

Durnford,  Dartford.    Eng.  Pat.  3578,  March  13,  1SS6. 

4d. 
A  charcoal  very  easily  inflammable,  of  low  density 
and  only  slightly  hygroscopic,  i-  prepared  by  subject- 
ing cork  to  destructive  distillation  in  suitable  cylinders, 
and  the  improved  gunpowder  is  prepared  by  ^incorpo- 
rating  20  parts  of  the  charcoal  with  SO  parts  of  potassium 
nitrate.  A  second  variety  of  the  improved  gunpowder 
is  prepared  by  the  incorporation  of  saltpetre,  cork  char- 
coal and  sulphur,  the  latter  being  in  the  proportion 
varying  from  1  to  10  per  cent.  The  gunpowder  is  stated 
to  be  comparatively  smokeless  and  non-livgroscopic. 
"  — W.  D.  B. 

An  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gunpowder. 
( >.  Bowen,  London  :  A.  >S .  Tomkins,  and  J.  Cobledick, 
Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  3953,  March  13,  1S86.     4d. 

The  inventors  prepare  a  charcor.l  by  the  carbonisation 
of  grains  of  maize  and  other  cereals,  and  claim  its  use 
in  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder. — W.  D.  B. 


A   Test  for  Stilbene.      <i 


Improvements  in  Detonators  or  Cans  to  be  used  with 
Dynamite  «/'  other  Explosives.  T.  Johnston  and  6. 
Smith,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  8368,  June  25,  1SS6.     Sd. 

This  invention  relates  to  improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  the  tubes  or  shells  forming  the  casing  of  the 
detonators  or  caps  employed  to  start  the  explosion  of 
charges  of  dynamite  or  other  explosives,  and  consists  in 
the  longitudinal  or  transverse  corrugation  of  the  shells 
with  a  view  of  increasing  the  strength  of  the  same,  so 
that  the  explosive  action  of  the  fulminate  is  concentrated 
to  take  effect  principally  from  the  inner  end  and  in  the 
direction  of  the  axis  of  the  tube.  The  detonator  tubes 
may  he  made  of  thin  steel,  and  lacquered  or  otherwise 
coated  to  prevent  them  from  rusting. — W.  D.  B. 


Krrera.     Gazz,    (him.    1886. 

325. 

Bade  states  that  when  an  alcoholic  solution  of  stilbene 
i-  heated  with  ferric  chloride,  a  red  colour  is  produced. 
The  author  shows  that  this  colour  is  due  to  the  water 
contained  in  the  alcohol.  With  anhydrous  alcohol  the 
colour  is  not  produced  at  all,  and  with  aqueous  alcohol 
the  depth  of  colour  increases  with  the  amount  of  water 
present. — S.  Y.  

On  the  Separation  of  Tin  and  Antimony  by  a  Volumetric 

Method.  11.  Giraud.  Bull.  Soc.  Ohim.  46,  504. 
In  presence  of  large  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  antimony 
pentacbloride  is  completely  reduced  to  trichloride  by 
hydriodic  acid,  SbCl6+2HI=  BbCl,+2HCl+I9  ;  but 
under  similar  conditions  stannic  chloride  is  not  reduced. 
Tin  aud  antimony  are  >eparated  from  the  other  metals 
and  converted  into  chlorides,  the  solution  being  made 
acid  enough  to  keep  the  antimony  in  solution  without 
addition  of  tartaric  acid.  The  perchlorides  are  formed 
by  warming  with  potassium  chlorate,  the  excess  of  chlor- 
ine being  removed  by  heating.  A  certain  quantity  of  the 
liquid  is  treated  with  an  equal  volume  of  hydrochloric 
acid  and  excess  of  potassium  iodide:  the  liberated  iodine  is 
extracted  with  carbon  bisulphide,  which  is  then  washed 
with  water  until  no  longer  coloured,  the  iodine  being 
estimated  by  titration  with  sodium  thiosulphate.  Two 
atoms  of  iodine  correspond  to  one  atom  of  antimony.  In 
presence  of  small  quantities  of  copper  the  method  is  not 
accurate.  A  strongly  acid  solution  of  antimony  tri- 
chloride is  not  acted  on  by  iodine,  but  the  iodine  is 
absorbed  by  stannous  chloride.  An  attempt  to  estimate 
tin  m  presence  of  antimony  by  means  of  this  reaction 
was  unsuccessful. — S.  \. 


Manufacture  of  an  Explosive  Compound.  H.  Iniray, 
London.  From  H.  Dulitz,  Duren,  Germany.  Ens. 
Pat.    12,838,  Aug.  17,  1SSG.     4d. 

An  explosive  is  prepared  by  the  admixture  of  20  parts 
of  a  jelly  consisting  of  a  5  per  cent,  solution  of  gun-cotton 
in  nitrobenzene,  and  SO  parts  of  potassium  chlorate. 
Another  oxidising  agent  may  be  substituted  for  the 
chlorate,  but  the  amount  so  substituted  should  not  exceed 
10  per  cent,,  as  a  larger  proportion  renders  the  explosive 
less  sensitive. — W.  D.  B. 


XXII  — GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

IfewBeagenttoshotB  the  Presence  of  a  HydroxyLgroup. 

H.  A.  Landwehr.     Ber.  19,  2720. 

AS  is  well  known,  ferric  chloride  is  a  delicate  reagent 
for  mono-  and  di-hydric  phenols,  and  hydroxy-aeids. 
The  author  has  found  that  bodies  belonging  to  the  fatty 
series,  and  which  contain  a  hydroxyl-group,  also  give  a 
colour  reaction  with  very  dilute  solutions  of  the  reagent. 
The  test  is  made  as  follows  :— 2  drops  of  a  10  per  cent, 
-ohition  of  ferric  chloride  are  diluted  to  about  GOcc.  with 
water  ;  from  10  to  20ce.  of  this  solution  are  placed  in  a 


A  Direct  Separation  of  Manganese  from  Iron.     L.  Blum. 

Zeits.  Anal.  (."hem.  25,  519. 
A  SOLUTION  containing  hydrochloric  acid,  ferric  chloride 
and  nianganous  chloride  is  treated  with  tartaric  acid,  until 
on  addition  of  excess  of  ammonia,  no  precipitate  is 
formed.  The  manganese  is  then  precipitated  with 
potassium  ferroeyanide ;  nickel,  cobalt  and  zinc  are 
also  thrown  down.  When  filtered  cold  the  filtrate  is 
turbid,  but  after  boiling,  a  clear  filtrate  is  obtained  ; 
the  precipitate  cannot  be  washed,  hence  the  reaction  is 
only  suitable  for  qualitative  analysis.  The  author 
detected  the  manganese  in  a  solution  containing 
0'00004griu.  of  manganese  and  0 '01  grin,  of  iron  in  lee. 

— S.  V. 

On    the  Estimation   of  Ash   by  means  of  Icidenfrost's 

Drops.  T.  Salzer.  Pharm.  V.  11 .  X.  F.,  1SSC,  545. 
This  method  was  tirst  suggested  by  E.  Bohlig  {Chtm. 
Zeit.  10,  115)  for  the  determination  of  solid  residue  in 
liquids.  The  author  employs  it  for  solid  organic  sub- 
stances which  melt  without  decomposition  or  volatilisa- 
tion. The  substance — for  example,  oxalic  acid — is  placed 
in  a  platinum  basin  heated  to  dull  redness  ;  the  acid 
forms  a  rolling  drop  which  rapidly  volatilise-  and  leaves 
the  non-volatile  residue  in  the  form  of  a  globule.  The 
drop  preserves  its  shape  and  motion,  even  when  the 
evolved  gases  take  lire. — S.  Y. 


JftCtU    T500&S. 


LaUBEK'8  HaJTDBUCB    iif.s   ZEUODRCCKS.    I.  Band:    Drittc 

Aurlage.    Coimnissionsverlag  von  Gnstav  Weigel.  Leipzig. 

H.  Grevcl  i:  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden.  London. 

8vo    voi.VME.  in  paper  cover;    price  fis.   Contains  122  pages 

of  subject-matter,  Table  of  Contents  and  Alphabetical  Index, 


March 81,1887.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  TI1F.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTEY. 


227 


and  a  tew  illustrations.  The  work  is  divided  into  chapters 
thirteen  in  number— and  treating  of  the  followini 
1  Singeing  the  Goods;  Bleaching  and  Shearing,  n.  Prepara- 
tion of  Printing  Colours.  III.  Making  of  the  Rollers.  IV. 
Fixing  the  Colours  by  Steam,  v.  Turkey-red  Oil.  etc.  VI. 
Continuous  Soap  and  Washing  Machine.  VII.  Soaps  used  in 
the  Printing  Processes,  Sec.  Vlll.  Water  in  Printworks; 
tni  estigation  and  Purification  of  Water.  IX.  Bleaching  with 
Chlorine  of  the  Prepared  Goods  ;  Dry  Chlorinating  and  Steam 
Chlorinating.  X.  Albumen  Colours,  etc.  XI.  Reserves  under 
Albumen  Colours.  XII.  Steam  Printing  by  Decomposition  of 
metallic  Salts.  XIII.  Colours  Developed  by  Decompositions 
Involving  Double  Interchange,  or  the  Volatilisation  of  Acids. 


Gas  Engineers'  Pocket  Almanack  and  Lighting  Taiii.e 
for  Tin:  Year  1SS7.  Issued  by  William  Sugg  &  Co., 
Limited,  102,  Grand  Hotel  Buildings,  Charing  Cross,  London, 
S.W, 
Small  8vo  VOLUME  in  pocket-book  form,  bound  in  morocco 
leather,  gilt,  and  fastened  with  elastic  band  ;  price  2s  (id.  The 
book  commences  with  a  Calendar  for  18S7  :  then  follows  an 
article  on  the  Lighting  and  Extinguishing  of  Street  Lamps, 
etc,  which  contains  a  Table  giving  the  Monthly  Totals  of 
Lamplight  for  the  yearly  totals  of  4300.  3910,  and  3S30  hours. 
Next  appears  a  useful  Diary  for  Gas  Managers,  so  that 
between  the  varieties  of  coals  used  in  the  mixtures  for  the 
retorts  there  can  be  entered  up  the  makes  of  gas  for  each  day 
of  the  week,  the  volumes  in  stock  in  the  holders,  and  the 
amounts  sent  out.  A  Glossary  of  terms  in  frequent  use  in 
Gas  Works,  with  their  French  and  German  equivalents  next 
follows,  and  this  is  followed  by  the  Notification  of  the  Metro- 
politan Gas  Referees  as  to  the  times  and  modes  of  testing  for 
illuminating  power.  Well-illustrated  descriptions  of  all  the 
apparatus  recommended  by  the  Gas  Referees,  with  reference 
tables,  etc..  are  added.  A  Table  is  given  for  correcting  the 
volumes  of  gases  for  temperature  and  pressure,  etc.  Blank 
pages  for  memoranda,  divided  for  the  months  of  the  year,  are 
arranged ;  also  all  the  items  required  to  be  entered  up  and 
summarised  each  month  in  a  Gas  Works  are  printed  and 
ruled  off  on  alternate  double  pages,  blanks  being  left  only  for 
the  figures.  The  little  work  concludes  with  a  few  useful 
tablesof  equivah-nt  weights,  measures,  and  prices.  .Vc,  and 
finally,  with  some  Interpolation  Curve  Tables,  which  have 
been  calculated  and  arranged  by  Mr  James  T.  Brown.  These 
have  the  effect  of  rendering  Sugg's  Lighting  Tables  applicable 
for  all  parts  of  the  world. 


Laws  of  the  United  sinter,  was  given  by  the  United  States 
nment  during  the  month  of  January  last : 

So-called  bronio-fiuorescic  acid,  which  consists  of  an  aniline 
colour  derived  from  coal-tar,  and  principally  used  in  dyeing 
silk,  wool,  and  cotton  fabrics,  is  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  35  per 
cent,  (a!  valorem,  under  Sect  ion  82,  for  "all  coal-tar  colours  or 
dyes,  by  whatever  name  known,"  etc. 

Cafe  ok  Good  HorE. 

Modification  in  Customs'  Regulations. 

With  reference  to  the  statement  that  appeared  on  page  268 
of  Xo.  5  of  the  Journal,  a  notification  has  been  received  from 
the  Agent-General  for  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  to  the  effect 
that  the  following  new  tariff' showing  the  rebate  to  be  granted, 
and  the  Customs'  dues  to  be  levied  in  respect  of  articles  pass- 
ing overland  through  the  Cape  Colony  to  any  of  the  places  or 
territories  which  have  been  proclaimed  "free  ports"  has  been 
substituted  for  t lie  rates  formerly  levied,  but  the  regulations 
under  which  goods  may  be  so  removed  and  the  so-called  "  free 
ports"  remain  unchanged. 


CraDc  Report. 

(From  (he  Board  of  Truth-  Journal.) 


Board  of  Trade  Notice. 

Admission  of  Samples  into  Austria-Hungary. 

A  declaration,  between  the  Governments  of  Great  Britain 
and  Austria-Hungary,  was  signed  in  London,  on  the  loth 
February  last,  for  the  admission  duty  free  into  Great  Britain 
and  Austria-Hungary  of  patterns  and  samples  imported  by 
commercial  travellers. 


TARIFF     CHANGES    AND     CUSTOMS'     REGU- 
LATIONS. 

Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs'  Tariff. 

[Note.— Quintal  =  220'llb.  avoirdupois.    Franc  =  9,^.) 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Swiss  Customs'  Tariff  were  given  by  the 
Swiss  Customs'  authorities  during  the  months  of  December 
and  January  last. 

"Thomasschlaeke,"  "  Thomasphosphate,"  deposits  obtained 
in  the  dephosphorisation  of  iron.    Category  3,  duty  free. 

Sumac  juice  is  no  longer  to  be  included  in  Category  16. 

Extract  of  sumac,  sumac  juice.  Category  17.  duty  1  franc 
per  quintal. 

Grease  for  leather,  in  barrels.  Category  25,  duty  7  francs 
per  quintal. 

Phosphate  of  chalk  (artificial  manure).  Category  1,  duty 
20  centimes  per  quintal. 

Formic  acid.    Category  9a,  duty  7  francs  per  quintal. 

chrome  acetate,  sulphurous  acid,  antiseptic  oil  (carbo- 
lineuml.  hypochlorite  of  potash  (Javelle  water),  and  hypo- 
chloride  of  soda  lLabarraque  water).  Category  lti,  duty  30 
centimes  per  quintal. - 

Amnioniacnl  chloride  of  tin  (pink  salts).  Category  17.  duty 
1  franc  per  quintal. 

Dregs  of  indigo.    Category  31.  duty  4  francs  per  quintal. 

Bronze  green,  cinnabar  green,  Russian  green.  Category  36, 
duty  3  francs  50  centimes  per  quintal. 

United     States. 
Customs'  Decision. 

The  following  decision  affecting  Hie  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Customs'  Tariff,  and  the  application  of  the  Customs' 


Rebate  to 

Duty  less 

be 

Rebate  to  be 

Granted. 

Paid. 

£ 

s.  d. 

£  s.  d. 

Oils    of     all    descriptions. 

including    mineral,     im- 

ported   in    vessels    con- 

taining not  less  than  one 

imperial   pint  (chemical. 

essential,  perfumed,  and 

castor  oils,   and  fish  oils 

in  the  raw  state,  the  pro- 

duce of  Africa  excepted) 

The  gallon 

0 

0    6 

0    0    6 

Soap,  common, brown, blue. 

yellow,  or  mottled    

The  1001b. 

0 

3    0 

0    1     2 

Soda,  caustic  

For  every 

£100  value 

3 

0    0 

7    0    0 

The  lb. 

il 

0    2} 

0    0    OJ 

The  gallon 

0 

0  10 

0    0    2 

Do. 

0 

2    1 

0    0    8 

Do. 

0 

0    5 

0    0    1 

Customs'  Tariff  of  the  United  States  of 
Colombia. 

The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  rates  of  duty  now  levied 
under  the  New  Colombian  Customs'  Tariff,  which  came  into 
operation  on  the  8th  November  last  :— 

[Note. — Kilogramme  =  2'20ilb.  avoirdupois.    Peso  =  Js.  2d.) 


Tariff  Classification. 

Rates  of  Duty. 

Stearine  and  paraffin,  not  manufactured    

Ps.  Cs. 
Kilog.    0'05 
0"'0 

Tallow  or  other  candles,  not  otherwise  men- 

010 

0'20 

Drugs  and  medicines : 

Common,  not  otherwise  mentioned    

0-30 
0"'0 

Sulphuric  acid  and  saltpetre 

Potash  and  caustic  soda,  the  ashes  and 
salts  of  soda,   pine-resin,  and  the  sub- 

005 

0  02$ 

0'20 

0'05 

0  05 

001 

Pitch           

0  05 

005 
001 

0"0 

0'20 

0'20 

Customs'  Tariff  of  Porto  Rico. 

The  following  return  shows  in  a  comparative  form  the  rates 
of  Customs'  Duty  levied  in  Porto  Rico  on  the  principal  articles 
of  the  produce  and  manufactures  of  the  United  Kingdom, 
according  to  the  Convention  with  Spain  which  came  into  force 
on  the  loth  October  last,  and  the  duties  previously  applicable 
to  British  goods. 

(Note.— Kilogramme  =  25011b.  avoirdupois.  Peso  =  4s.  2d. 
Hectogramme  =  3'215oz.  troy.    Hectolitre  =  22  Imp.  gallons.) 

E2 


22S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March a,  1887. 


Tariff  I 


Chemi 
Acids  of  every  kind  

Alum  

Chloride  of  lime  and  pot- 
ash   

Nitrate   of    potash    and 

soda 

Oxide  of  lead 

of  potash  and  soda 

Phosphorus 

Sulphate  of  iron    

of      soda     and 

magnesia 

Chemical    products   not 

enumerated    

Glucose 

Glue    

Gunpowder 

Paraffin     

Starch    

Wax    

Paints  and  Colours  : 

Raw    

In  powder    

In  oil  

Cochineal     and     indigo 

blue 

Varnish    

Candles : 
Paraffin,      sperm,      and 

stearine 

Tallow   

All  other  kinds 

Soaps : 

Common   

Fine 

Oils: 

Animal,  raw  

purified 

Mineral 

Vegetable    


Old  Bates  of 
Duly. 


100  kilo 

l-li 


0S7 

5-22 
3  48 
7  54 
0  35 
174 

0-87 

015 
360 

29  00 
009 
070 
3  60 

1740 

069 
414 

2-03 

35-00 
7  54 


Kilog. 
100  kilos. 


Kilog. 
100  kilos. 

Kilog. 
100  kilos. 


Kilog. 
100  kilos. 


8  70 

S70 

377 
0-58 

5-80 
5-80 
2-88 
675 


New  B 
Duty. 


100  kilos,     li'ii 
090 


059 

3-24 
216 
4  68 
022 
108 

059 

009 
250 
1800 
005 
510 
2-50 

io-so 

048 

J  ^ 
1-26 

25-20 
4-68 


Kilog. 

100  kilos. 


Kilog. 
100  kilos. 

Kilog. 
100  kilos. 


Kilog. 
100  kilos. 


510 
4-00 
540 

2-99 
036 

4  00 
3bu 
2-00 
4-50 


Trade  between  Spain  and  the  United  Kingdom. 
Import*  into  the   United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Articles. 

Jan.  1886. 

Jan.  1887. 

Chemical  Products  unenume- 

Copper  Ore  and  Regulus.  Tons 

Value 
Manganese  Ore    Ton  s 

Value 
Pyrites  of  Iron  or  Copper . .  Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver lb. 

Value 

£2.978 

2.915 

£61,430 

600 

£1,200 

39.460 

£72.437 

300.000 

£24,000 

£4.713 

3.021 

£63,746 

900 

£900 

51.123 

£102.814 

600.000 

£58,500 

Total  Value. 

1886. 

1887. 

February    

£615.256 
£910,906 

£518.935 
£890.692 

Exports  from  the  United  Kingdom  to  Spain. 


Alkali    Cwt. 

_  Value 
Caoutchouc.  Manufactures  of 
_  Value 
Cement Tons 

Value 
Coal   Products,   Naphtha,  etc. 

Value 
Soap  Cwt 

Value 


Total  Value. 


January  . 
February 


J  in  1886. 


13.017 
£5,041 

£762 

245 

£608 

£1,657 

207 
£186 


1886. 


Jan  1887. 


20.501 
£7.627 


293 

£567 

£3,135 

•291 

£251 


1887. 


£210.097 
£211,033 


£233.826 
£297,123 


Summary  Statement  showing  the  Trade  between  Spain 
and  tli'.  United  Kingdom  during  the  period  subsequent 
to  the  Conclusion  of  the  Commercial  Treaty,  compared 
with  the  Corresponding  Period  of  the  previous  Year. 


Months. 

Imports  into  the 

United   Kingdom 

from  Spain, 

Exports  of  Pro-          ..  .      ,       , 
duce    and    Manu-        E*t'°r'»  «' 

nurtures  of         ,,  ^oreiyii    ami 
United  Kingdom  <-"l»"'»l  Produce 

to  SpLun.                   to  Spain. 

1885-86. 

1866-87. 

1885-86. 

1886-87.    1885-86. 

1886-87. 

September  .. 

October     

November  .. 
December    . . 

January    

February  

£ 
aiO.652 
963.845 
793.550 
921.165 
635.256 
910.906 

£ 
719.560 
910,776 

8S4.052 
S67.1S3 
818.935 
890.692 

£ 
234.762 
210.112 
228,01 1 

•_'ii.n;> 

210.097 

241,033 

£             £ 
328,466     42.775 
301,133     62.592 
242.815     92.649 
253.238     69.910 
235,826     60.676 
297.122  1  52,034 

£ 
32.441 
59.358 
54.638 
59.020 
34.821 
37.317 

Extracts   from  Diplomatic   and   Consular 
Reports. 

Effect  of  the   Withdrawal  of  Russian  Sugar  Bounties. 

Sir  R.  B.  D.  Morier.  Her  Majesty's  Ambassador  at  St. 
Petersburg,  in  a  despatch  dated  the  10th  February  last, 
forwards  the  following  translation  of  a  paragraph  which  ap- 
peared in  the  Russian  Exchange  Gazette  for  January  28 
(February  9|  last,  respecting  the  effect  of  the  withdrawal  of 
the  1 1 ussian  Sugar  Bounties  on  the  1st  of  July  last  :— 

■'  Countess  M.  Branitsky  has  given  orders  for  the  closing  of 
two  of  her  enormous  sugar  manufactories,  the  one  at 
Selivonsky,  working  out  annually  250.000  berkovets  (one 
berkovet  equals  about  3601b.  avoirdupois)  of  beetroot ;  the 
other  at  Kojansky,  requiring  about  150.000  berkovets.  The 
planters  who  supplied  these  works  with  beetroot  have  already 
been  informed  of  this  resolution.  At  the  same  time,  news  has 
been  received  in  Kiev  from  Smiela,  that  Count  Bobrinsky 
intends  to  close  two  of  his  sugar  manufactories.  Hence  we 
see  that,  owing  to  the  present  crisis  in  the  sugar  trade,  two  of 
our  most  solid  producers  are  going  to  cease  work.  It  is  evi- 
dent that  they  do  not  wish  to  stake  their  last  penny  on  one 
card,  and  that  those  who  still  mean  to  struggle  on  are  the 
very  ones  that  have  long  been  doomed  to  die,  and  that  conceal 
the  sad  state  of  their  affairs." 


TRADE  NOTICES. 
Consumption  of  Mineral  Oils  in  Russia. 

According  to  the  Journal  de  St.  Petersbourg.  of  the  14th 
February  last,  mineral  oils  are  beginning  to  be  used  as  fuel  on 
Russian  locomotives.  The  experiment  has  been  made  on  the 
Tambow  and  Saratow  Railway,  the  result  being  to  prove  that 
the  inflammable  oil  is  much  cheaper  than  wood.  It  is  now- 
proposed  to  introduce  the  former  on  the  principal  railways  of 
Southern  Russia. 

Chilian  Guano  and  Nitrate  of  Soda  Beds. 

The  following  information  respecting  the  guano  and  nitrate 
of  soda  beds  in  the  Chilian  province  of  Tarapaca  is  extracted 
from  the  Chilian  Times  of  the  27th  November  last :  - 

"  The  total  area  of  the  province  of  Tarapaca  is  16.7S9J  square 
miles,  and  it  is  divided  naturally  into  five  distinct  and  well- 
defined  zones.  The  first  of  these  zones  commences  on  the  shores 
of  the  Pacific,  and  has  an  average  width,  west  to  east,  of  ISmiles. 
It  is  formed,  in  the  first  place,  of  the  beach ;  and,  in  the  second, 
of  the  coast  range,  which  attains  an  altitude  varying  from 
1125  to  5S00  feet  above  the  sea-level.  This  zone  may  be  deno- 
minated the  guano  and  mining  zone.  The  fertiliser  is  found 
all  along  the  coast,  while  the  rich  mineral  fields  of  Huantajaya 
and  Santa  Rosa,  and  the  less  important  ones  of  Carmen, 
llosario.  Huantaca,  Paiquina.  Chanavaya,  and  Loa,  are 
situated  in  the  coast  sierra.  The  highest  peaks  of  the  sierra 
Morro  de  Punta  Gorda,  2520  feet ;  Morro  de  Pisagua,  3220 
feet ;  Huantaca  Hills,  2340  feet  ;  Morro  de  Tarapaca,  5785 
feet ;  Oyarvide,  lat.  20°  31  5  ,  5800  feet ;  and  Carrazco,  5520  feet. 
Punta  de  Lobos  sierra  has  an  altitude  of  3090  feet,  and  the 
banks  of  the  Loa  have  an  elevation  of  from  1500  to  1600  feet. 
This  belt,  as  already  stated,  has  an  average  width  of  18  miles, 
and  as  it  advances  eastward  it  becomes  more  and  more 
depressed,  and  finally  terminates  in  a  series  of  pampas  (open 
plains)  having  an  elevation  of  3500  to  3800  feet  above  the  sea- 
level.  Nearly  all  these  pampas  contain  vast  beds  of  salts, 
sulphate  of  soda,  and  sulphate  of  lime.  They  are  known 
locally  by  the  name  of  salarcs.  In  some  parts  of  the  desert  of 
Atacama  the  beds  of  nitrate  of  soda  are  found  under  these 
salares  deposits,  but  in  Tarapaca  the  caliche  (nitrate  earth)  is 
found  only  under  a  bed  of  conglomerate  known  as  costra.  It 
was  believed,  at  one  period,  that  all  the  pampas  in  this  zone 
contained  caliche,  but  explorations  have  demonstrated  that 
they  only  contain  traces  of  nitrate  of  soda.  The  true  nitrate 
beds  commence  on  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  first  zone.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  hills  in  the  first  zone  contain  copper,  silver, 


March  29, 1887.J  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


22d 


and  gold,  and  nickel  has  been  found  in  the  Hnantaca  Hills. 
The  guano  beds,  as  already  stated,  are  situated  in  this  zone. 
From  Caniarones  bay  to  the  mouth  of  the  Loa  there  is  hardly 
a  prominence  or  a  rock  on  the  sea-shore  that  does  not  contain 
some  guano.  This  valuable  fertiliser  has  been  known  from 
Incarial  times.  The  aborigines  of  the  valleys  and  gullies  of 
Tarapaca.  Mamina.t'hiupa,  Huatacondo,  Camilla,  and  < J uisina 
were  acquainted  with  the  fertilising  qualities  of  guano,  and 
they  conveyed  it  from  the  coast  to  their  farms  on  the  backs  of 
llamas.  The  southern  beds  vary  so  much  in  aspect  and 
colour  that  it  frequently  requires  an  experienced  ej'C  to  make 
them  out. 

"  Many  of  the  deposits  are  covered  with  immense  layers  of 
sand,  whilst  others  are  buried  beneath  a  solid  layer  of  con- 
glomerate or  rostra,  (iuano  is  also  frequently  found  in  the 
fissures  and  gullies  which  descend  to  the  sea-shore.  The 
Me.iillones  beds  are  of  small  extent,  and  the  guano  is  of  poor 
quality.  The  richest  and  largest  beds  are  atPabellon  dePica, 
Punta  de  Lobos.  Huanillos.  and  Chipana.  At  the  latter  place 
the  beds  are  horizontal  and  flat.  From  Chipana  to  Loa  bay 
there  are  deposits  of  guano  which  have  not  yet  been  touched. 
The  second  zone  of  the  province  is  the  nitrate  region.  It  com- 
mences on  the  edge  of  the  Caniarones  gully,  and  extends 
southwards  to  the  desert  of  Atacania.  Up  to  185S  it  was 
believed  that  the  nitrate  beds  did  not  extend  southwards 
beyond  the  Loa  gully,  but  in  that  year  beds  were  discovered 
in  what  was  then  the  Bolivian  littoral.  Explorations  which 
were  eft'eeted  in  1872  proved  that  the  nitrate  beds  extended 
north  wards.beyond  the  Caniarones  gully,  and  that  they  reached 
as  far  as  the  Chaca  gully,  and  even  as  far  as  the  Azapa  valley, 
in  the  province  of  Arica.  The  nitrate  zone  docs  not  run 
geometrically  parallel  to  the  Tumarugal  pampa,  which  is  its 
eastern  limit.  In  some  places  the  grounds  run  out  one  or 
two  miles  farther  to  the  east,  and  in  some  places  they  bend 
in  that  distance  from  the  westward.  The  quantity  and 
uality  of  the  caliche  varies  very  considerably,  but  the 
dimensions  of  the  nitrate  zone  may  be  set  down  at  120 
geographical  miles  in  length,  north  to  south,  and  two  geo- 
graphical miles  in  width,  east  to  west.  It  is  estimated  that 
the  nitrate  beds  contain  the  enormous  quantity  of  1.9S0,630,502 
quintals,  and  it  is  stated  that,  with  the  present  export  duty, 
which  is  equal  to  27iViAi  pence  per  quintal,  the  deposits  will 
yield  a  revenue  of  £230,809,471." 

Kecent  Tisade  Blie  Hooks. 

Second  Report  of  the  Royal  Commissioners  on  Technical 
Instruction,  Vol  V.  Foreign  Reports,  Appendices, 
etc. 

This,  the  fifth  volume  of  the  Second  Report  of  the  Royal 
Commissioners  on  Technical   Instruction,  relates  chiefly  to 


:i 


such  instruction  in  foreign  countries.  Thus,  letters  and  memo- 
randa are  given  relating  to  French  Technical  Art  Schools, 
Technical  Instruction  in  Italy,  Hand-work  Instruction  in 
Sweden,  Technical  Education  in  Wurtemburg.  The  pro- 
gramme and  course  of  instruction  of  many  of  the  principal 
technical  and  art  schools  on  the  Continent  is  given  ;  amongst 
these  the  chief  are  the  Ecole  Polytcchnique.  Paris,  theEcole 
des  Mines.  Paris,  the  Keole  Comnierciale,  Lyons,  the  Ecole 
Nomale  Superieure  de  Travail  Manuel,  Paris;  the  Munich 
Industrial  Art  School;  Technical  High  School,  Munich 
(special  course  for  Industrial  Chemists!.  The  report  contains 
also  many  other  documents  relating  to  Technical  Schools  of 
Instruction  both  in  England,  Canada,  and  foreign  countries, 
the  total  number  which  are  referred  to  in  the  various  Appen- 
dices being  no  less  than  40.  The  report,  which  is  dated  1884, 
was  presented  on  the  22nd  of  February,  ISS7." 

Erratum, 

The  President  of  the  Board  of  Trade  has  received  the  fol- 
lowing letter  from  Mr.  Neville  Lubbock  :— 

"  16,  Leadenhall  Street.  E.C., 
"My  Lord,  "  1th  March,  1887. 

"My  attention  has  been  called  to  the  recent  issue  of 
the  Hoard  of  Trade  Journal,  dated  February,  1887.  In  that 
journal  appears  a  description  of  the  recent  reports  of  the  Royal 
Commission  on  the  Depression  of  Trade.  On  the  last  page  11701 
is  made  the  following  statement :—' A  minority  report  drawn 
up  by  the  fair  trade  members  of  the  Commission— viz.,  Lord 
Uunraven.  Mr.  Ecroyd.  Mr.  Lubbock,  and  Mr.  Muntz.  is  also 
appended.'  I  beg  respectfully  to  point  out  that  it  is,  I  believe, 
unusual  for  Departments  of  State,  when  alluding  to  members 
of  Royal  Commissions,  to  classify  them  by  epithets  descriptive 
of  the  opinions  they  are  supposed  to  hold.  Moreover,  I  hold 
that  the  views  put  forward  in  the  minority  report  are  in  strict 
accordance  with  the  doctrines  of  our  highest  economical 
authorities  on  free  trade.  I  do  not  belong  to.  and  never  have 
been  associated  with,  the  Fair  Trade  League,  and  I  am  not 
even  aware,  except  in  a  very  general  way,  what  principles 
they  advocate.  I  object  therefore  to  a  statement  being  put 
forth  in  the  Hoard  of  Trade  Journal  which  implies  that  I 
served  on  the  Royal  Commission  as  a  recognised  advocate  of 
particular  views,  and  which  is,  therefore,  calculated  to  mis- 
lead its  readers.  I  respectfully  request  that  your  Lordship 
will  be  good  enough  to  cause  this  letter  to  be  published  in  the 
next  number  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal. 
"  I  have,  etc., 

'•  (Signed)    X.  Lubbock." 

[The  words  "  fair  trade,"  of  which  Mr.  Lubbock  complains, 
were  inserted  by  an  oversight.] 


STATISTICAL    TABLES. 
Foreign    Trade    of    India. 

Imports  and  Exports  into  and  from  British  India. 


Imports  from  Foreign                                        Exports  to  Foreign 
Countries.                                                         Countries. 

Nine  Months,                                                   Nine  Months, 
1st  April  to  31st  December.                            1st  April  to  ilst  December. 

1886. 

B85.                           1886. 

1885. 

Chemicals,  drugs,  medicines  and  narcotics,  and 
dyeing  and  tanning  materials 

Oils 

Raw  materials  and  unmanufactured  articles 

R. 

67.26.105 
1,02.81,881 
2,2;.,G7,070 

R.                               R. 

et.8S.SS0                 10,39,10,002 

■■■■                      33,49,023 

23,42,S6,199 

R. 
99,19,615 

3i,sr.j,',.',:: 

The  Trade  of  British  India. 

Among  the  publications  recently  "presented  to  Parliament 
by  command  of  Her  Majesty"  is  a  statement  of  the  trade  of 
British  India,  which  bristles  with  interesting  information. 

Imprjrts. 

The  imports  of  chemicals,  drugs,  medicines,  narcotics, 
dyeing,  and  tanning  materials  amounted  to  S, 610, 001  rupees  in 
1885-6  against  8,739,470  rupees  in  1884-5,  a  decrease  which  appears 
less  pronounced  than  it  would  have  been  but  for  the  inclusion  in 
1X85-6,  for  the  first  time,  of  "dynamite  and  other  explosives" 
under  this  heading.  The  import  of  drugs  proper  shows  a 
very  pronounced  falling-off,  but  that  of  aniline  dyes  is 
growing  fast.  Some  time  ago  we  called  attention  in  these 
columns  to  the  growing  employment  of  these  dyes  in  the 
manufacture    of   Indian    fabrics,   to  the  great   detriment   of 


the  reputation  of  the  latter.  Pressure  has  been  brought  to 
bear  upon  the  Indian  Government  with  a  view  to  obtain  its 
aid  in  discouraging  the  use  of  aniline  dyes  ;  but  so  far  these 
representations  have  been  unavailing.  Five  years  ago  only 
three  million  ounces  aniline  were  brought  into  India,  in 
1S85  6  nearly  11{  million  ounces,  and  during  the  first  quarter 
of  1886  alone  no  less  than  4J  million  ounces.  The  increased 
consumption  of  aniline  dyes  also  furnishes  a  clue  to  the 
diminution  of  the  saffron  exports  from  France  to  India.  The 
imports  of  mineral  oils  amounted  to  9,611,298  rupees  in  lSSo-6, 
mostly  kerosene,  the  use  of  which  is  becoming  quite  general. 
The  attempts  to  find  oil  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Akyab  have 
been  abandoned,  and  it  is  as  yet  doubtful  whether  the  oil- 
bearing  legion  of  Bcluchistan  will  render  commercial 
exploitation  remunerative.  Mineral  oil  has  been  brought  from 
Upper  liurniah.  but  it  is  valuable  as  a  lubricant  only. 

Borax  imports  from  Thibet  into  India  are  diminishing,  as 
the  cheapness  of  the  article  in  Europe  renders  the  carnage  of 


2:;0 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   IMarco  29. 1887 


t  across  the  Himalayas  unprofitable.  Less  camphor  lias  also 
been  received  from  China.  Of  quinine.  India  received  li  S59 
ounces  in"vi|j>6'  a"ainst  12--6'  <>»'»ces  in  1881-5  and  9936 
The  total  value  of  drugs,  medicines,  and  chemicals  imported 
-SH'Sb™*8"  l"'"'"is  was  5.534.070  rupees.  5,481.550  rupees,  and 
■  '.iim.UHI  rupees;  and  of  perfumerv  557,110  rupees,  66-' 7ihi 
rupees,  and  610,120  rupees  respectively.  The  shipments  of 
musk  troni  India  were  as  follows  :--188o-6,  3816  ounces :  1884-5 
o,o9ounces;  18834.  5861  ounces ;  1883, 8152 ounces.  Theaverage 
value  of  the  musk  exported  is  put  at  32s.  per  ounce  a 
convincing  proof,  if  one  were  needed,  that  the  bulk  of  it  is  of 
very    inferior   quality.— Chemist   and    Druggist,    March   12 

188/a 

Exports. 

"  Chemicals,  drugs,  medicines,  narcotics,  dveing  and 
tanning  materials  (Class  IV.)  "  is  already  a  sufficiently 
comprehensive  heading  in  itself,  and  might,  especially  iii 
the  case  of  such  an  important  drug-producing  country  as 
India,  be  subdivided  with  advantage.  But  when  we  find 
dynamite  on  the  one.  and  tobacco  on  the  other  hand,  included 
under  its  hospitable  shelter,  the  surmise  that  the  Indian 
authorities  look  upon  this  heading  as  a  kind  of  convenient 
ash-pit  in  which  to  shoot  articles  unincludablc  in  other 
classes  grows  into  certainty.  This  class  comprises  opium, 
indigo  cutch,  myrobolaiis,  turmeric,  cinchona  bark,  tobacco, 
a  l£- S1'  arllcles.  ot  smaller  importance,  the  aggregate  value 
m  I880-6  amounUng  to  155,155,727  rupees,  a  declin?of  11  '•■ 
cent,  since  lh.y-so.  main  y  accounted  for  by  the  diminution  of 
the  opium  exports.  Although  still  the  most  valuable  item 
among  the  merchandise  sold  to  China  by  India,  the  trade  in 
opium  is  falling  off  seriously  It  is  to  be  feared  that  the  cause 
of  this  decline  must  be  sought  less  in  a  diminished  appetite  for 
the  drug  on  the  part  ol  the  Chinese  than  in  the  extension  of 
opium-growing  in  the  Chinese  Empire,  and  the  consequent 
gradual  emancipation  of  that  valuable  customer.  Consider- 
ing that  the  opium-tax  provides  about  one-fifth  of  the  total 
Indian  revenue,  the  decline  of  the  trade  is  a  serious  matter  to 
the  Government.  It  may  here  be  mentioned  that  the  imports 
?,  if,"  I  mt°  I)nt!'a  are  «™wing  largely.  There  is  a  disgrace- 
nne5e^ha.?of  ,UhyiUS?n  thlS  artic.le  also,  by  which  more  than 
one  eighth  of  the  Indian  revenue  is  procured 

s„'!\h,e,Sh,lp"\rn,S  °J  oils  are  declining,  partly  "because  cheaper 
substitutes  have  been  found  for  cocoanut-oil  as  a  soap  stock 
and  partly.  Perhaps,  because  the  depression  in  trade  in 
Australia  restricted  the  exports  of  castor-oil.  for  which  that 
country  is  a  large  customer.  Gingellv  seed  is  i»n»w 
purchased  by  Marseilles,  where  the  S  e^xpreled  from  ft  is 
used  for  soap-making.  "um 

Trade  Statistics  for  February. 

inTlfie  ures1^  Trad<!  Return3  for  February  show  the  follow- 

E.rports. 

m„f„,  „   ,  ,  February,  1886.  February,  1S57. 

lotal  value £16  334  007  *17  »<§  i« 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce  ""     £1'-2o°-133 

(partly  estimated)    4,916,377    ....         5,565,70S 

Imports. 

T„,„l  ,-„i„„  February,  1886.  February,  1887. 

Totalvalue £26.621,869    ....     £28.513,994 

Below  arc  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :— 


Exports. 


British  and    Irish    pro- 
duce:— 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials       cwt. 
..  ..  value  £ 

Drugs  and  medicinal 

preparations     

Oil  (seed) gals. 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

,  value  £ 

Painters'        colours 
and  materials  (un- 

enumeratedt value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 

Bark.  Cinchona cwt. 

..  ,.  ...  value  £ 

Chemicals     (unenu- 

nieratcd)     

Cochineal  cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
,.         value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,  various  kinds..        cwt 
„         value  £ 


Feb.  1885.    Feb.  1886.    Feb.  1887. 


432.  ISO 
12S.060 
103.921 
34,872 

61,572 

6,305 
116.074 
32.918 
37.193 


86,458 


8,336 

47.211', 

18.978 

965 

6,793 

590* 

14.711 

2.1 30 

8.009 

12,050 

276,668 

5.480 

18.765 


131.683 
136.546 
109.861 
11.336 

59,898 
5,797 

122.910 
35,037 
38,765 


141.411 
125.209 
127.U14 
17,709 

63,321 

5.759 

119.091 

3S.S01 
37,553 


96.277       101,393 


10.030 

46.699 


17.176 
76.560 


12.463 

12,280 

1,031 

653 

4.511 

773 

611 

19.105 

15,481 

2,409 

10,374 

17.496 

10.793 

10.008 

261,930 

229.016 

6.7ns 

1,381 

19.132 

12.181 

Oils,  cocoanut cwt. 

„  „        value  £ 

..    olive   tons 

„       value  £ 

,.    palm  cwt. 

„       , value  € 

.,    petroleum    gals. 

value  £ 

Quicksilver    lb. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ashl    cwt. 

Xitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)     value  £ 


Feb.  1885. 

Feb.  1886. 

Feh.  1837. 

5.551 

6,171 

3.186 

8,843 

8.562 

1.507 

248 

121 

130 

11.251 

G.329 

5.769 

45.466 

36.118 

33.519 

66.262 

42.734 

36.568 

78,429 

44,412 

26.620 

3.S31 

2.125 

1.223 

293.517 

367.964 

212.380 

25.310 

2S332 

22,979 

1,829 

1,155 

818 

1,627 

1,021 

C67 

Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumcrated..  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures- 
Products  unenume- 

.r,a'ed value£ 

Alkali   cwt. 

_  v  value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

„.    ••  value  £ 

Nitre  Initrate  of  sodal        cwt. 
>.  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 
...  „  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

_,     ,  •■  value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

_  ••  value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,   seed,  shell,  stick. 

and  dye   Cwt. 

Lac.  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye    value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials- 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers- use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers' use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Other  coal-tar  dyes value  £ 

Cochineal   cwt. 

,.  value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..  lb. 

_    ,.  .,  value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

„"  ,    value  £ 

.Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

.!«& cwt. 

Aladder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  muu- 

jeet value  £ 

\  alonia   tons 

„.,     value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

„,.    ••  •■ value  £ 

Olive tuns 

_ value  i' 

Palm cwt. 

_ value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuns 

„  ••  value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm   tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm   value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

,,  value  £ 


61.700 


105.123 

-.  •: 

2.385 

90.782 

21.836 

:;ii.s2(> 

151,964 
17.628 
15.561 

345.225 
30.H20 
5.978 
48.225 
11,127 
40,591 

4.562 

14.612 


14,508 

5.141 

20.421 

22.073 

414 

2,044 

12,800 

1.159 

25.909 

24.931 

589,694 


2,019 


Feb.  1886.    Feb.  1887. 


50.742 

113.C06 

5.UI7 

3,;92 

99.053 

23.721 

111.411 
61.112 
28,762 
25.226 

936.600 
75.0UO 
9,082 
61.316 
16.936 
60,817 

11,166 

33.102 


17,361 

5,687 

22.471 

22,149 

18 

1.720 
11.053 

2,805 

61.035 

28,950 

738,150 


2,194 


3.040  2,821 

3.025  1,380 

19.601         61.116 


4.S25 
7,249 

2.936 
118.591 
83.020 

119.125 


5.377 

6,829 

1,396 

55.478 

63:345 

74,319 


1,240.145  3  503.14S 

128,183  'ill,439 

1.011  1.221 

31,235  29.136  I 


1.307 

28,079 

23.1112 
26,145 


355 

9,050 
32.734 
45.033 


15,080 

94,483 

3.149 
2.149 

59.519 
13.825 
30,007 
13,505 
19.322 
16,465 
723,085 
70.121 
11.416 
56.0S1 
2,017 
10,320 

7,122 

2O.02S 


12,811 

4.446 

20.866 

17,925 

5 

9S0 

6.033 

1.563 

31,643 

23,715 

560,172 


1,661 


2,231 

1,489 

68,236 

5.174 

8,777 

2,714 

100,984 

63.419 

136,734 

721, 788 

'230.733 

965 

22.761 

592 

14.570 
25.206 
35,383 


German  Ether  and  Picric  Acid  Exports. 

Last  year.  376  tons  of  ether  and  collodion  were  exported  by 
Germany,  against  704  tons  in  1SS5.  Of  this  total  France  was 
the  recipient  last  year  of  158  tons,  against  only  4  tons  in  1885 
or  an  increase  of  151  tons.  Picric  acid  was  exported  during 
lb»6  to  the  extent  of  53  tons,  against  33  tons  in  the  previous 
year,  an  increase  of  20  tons.  For  January,  1887,  the  export  of 
ether  shows  an  increase  of  18  tons,  and  that  of  picric  acid 
about  ,  j  tons.  This  increase  is  mainly  due  to  the  development 
ot  the  export  trade  with  France  in  these  materials,  as  in 
January.  23  tons  ether  and  10  tons  picric  acid  were  exported  to 
that  country.    In  January.  1SS6,  no  picric  acid  whatever  was 


March 8U887.]   THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


sent  to  France  from  Germans',  and  only  6271b.  ether.-CAo»i 
and  Drug.,  10th  March,  1887. 

New  Openings  fob  Trade. 
Germany— Chemical  and    Pharmageoticai  Commodi- 
ties.—The  British  Consul  at  Dresden,  writing  at  the  close  oi 
last  year  says  that  the  exports  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical 

commodities  look  well  in  the  German  official  returns.  Much 
of  the  foreign  business  like  the  domestic,  he  says,  gives  a  very 
low  'ate  of  profit,  owin?  to  the  enormous  fall  in  the  value  of 
chemical,  pharmaceutical,  and  technical  products.  The  over- 
production is  immense,  but  the  price  of  some  important 
articles  has  been  kept  up  by  trade  coalitions,  and  the  divi- 
dends of  a  certain  fraction  of  the  seventy  or  eighty  German 
companies,  though  not  up  to  the  old  level,  are  fairly  satis- 
factory. As  in  other  branches  of  manufacture,  makers  ot 
specialties  and  holders  of  patents  are  obtaining  very  large 
returns- e.g.,  the  Berlin  Company  "Schering"  has  given  18 per 
cent.,  and  the  shares  have  lately.! limped  from  120  to  515.  As 
of  particjlar  concern  for  ourselves,  he  mentions  that  the 
ammonia-soda  movement  is  in  active  progress,  to  the  detri- 
ment, as  the  German  Custom-House  statistics  show,  of  the 
import  of  British  "  Leblanc  "soda.  According  to  some  news- 
paper figures  (which  he  has  been  unable  to  verify)  the  sales  of 
one  great  German  chemical  staple— the  chloride  of  potassium 
of  the  Stassfurth  Carnallite  Works  — have  been  the  most 
extensive  effected  for  some  years. 

Koumelia— Drcgs  AND  Dyes— Drugs  and  dyes,  we  learn 
from  consular  reports,  are  among  the  articles  of  first  necessity 
imported  into  Roumelia  from  this  country,  'there  appears  to 
be  good  reason  to  believe  that  we  shall  be  able  to  hold  our  own 
with  these  articles. 

Turkey  —  Chemicals,  Drugs,  &c— According  to  the 
British  Consul  at  Salonica  there  is  a  growing  demand  in 
Macedonia  for  chemicals.  There  has  been  a  sustained  demand 
for  drugs,  and  Austrian  imports  have  accordingly  steadily 
increased.  Sulphurous  oils  and  drugs  figure  among  the  chief 
imports  from  Italy.  . 

Bulgaria— Opening  for  Toilet  Soaps.— There  is  said  to 
be  an  opening  for  toilet  soaps  in  Bulgaria.  The  Austrians 
have  hitherto  done  a  very  good  trade  by  offering  cheap  imita- 
tions of  English  articles.  The  bulk  of  the  common  soap  used 
is  the  white  Turkish  or  Cretan,  made  from  olive  oil.— Brit, 
and  Col.  Drug.,  19th  March,  1887. 


231 


Feb- 


egontblp    patent   List. 

I.— GENERl^^LANTr^PAKAlriji,    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 
1886. 

2599  \V.  Fiiger,  Liverpool.  Improvement  in  centrifugal 
machine  filters.    Complete  specification.    February  19 

2622  W.  T.  Hamsden  and  T.  Moy,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of,  and  in  apparatus  for,  cooling  and  freezing. 
February  19 

2651  C.  W.  Crossley,  London.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
struction, arrangement,  and  combination  of  apparatus  for  the 
propulsion,  suction,  and  movement  of  air  for  ventilating, 
blowing,  and  other  purposes ;  applicable  also  for  the  move- 
ment or  fluids  and  gases.    February  21 

2678  T.  Gautreau.  London.  Improvements  in  tubes  for  steam 
generators  or  condensers,  and  other  heating  or  cooling  appa- 
ratus.   February  21  .... 

2710  J.  A.  Crocker,  London.  Improvements  in  filtering 
machines.    Complete  specification.    February  22 

2711  J.  A.  Crocker,  London.  Improvements  in  filtering 
machines.    Complete  specification.    February  22 

2717  J.  Gray,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  centrifugal 
machines  for  separating  fluids  of  different  specific  gravity. 
February  22  _    _  _  T   „ 

2766  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  La  Societe  G.  Boone  and  J.  Nory. 
France.  Improvements  in  decantation  apparatus  for  clarify- 
ing and  purifying  water  and  other  liquids.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   February  22 

2782  H.  H.  Lake— From  W.  W.  Batchelder,  United  States. 
Improvements  relating  to  vapour  burners  or  similar  heating 
apparatus.    Complete  specification.    February  22 

2881  B.J.  B.  Mills— From  J.  Ketif,  France.  A  new  or  im- 
proved filter  for  water  and  other  liquids.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   February  21 

2909  A.  MacLaine.  Belfast.  An  improved  feed-water  heater 
and  air  extractor  in  connection  with  steam  engines. 
February  25 

2910  J.  C.  Thresh,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  filtering  materials.    February  25 

2915  J.  Critchlow,  T.  Forester,  W.  Forester,  H.  Forester,  and 
L.  Forester,  Longport.  Improvements  in  filter  -  presses. 
February  25 

2918.  A.  T.  Winn  and  W.  E.  Hainsworth,  Dewsbury.  Self- 
acting,  self-feeding  carbonising  and  vapour-distributing  kiln. 
February  25 

2920  D.  Hylands  and  R.  Potter,  liarnsley.  Improvements  m 
regenerative  gas  furnaces.    February  25 

3016  R.  K.  Evans,  London.  Improvements  in  the  construc- 
tion of  centrifugal  pumps  and  fans  for  blast  and  exhaust  pur- 
poses.   Complete  specification.     February  26 

3023  W.  A.  Keay,  Westerham  Hill.  Improvements  in  appa- 
tus  for  evaporating  and  condensing  liquids.    February  26 

3024  M.  Schwab,  London.  New  or  improved  apparatus  for 
the  intermittent  supply  of  liquid   to    chemical  plant,  steam 


boilers,  or  other  vessels  under  pressure  or  otherwise. 
ruary  26 

3030  F.  Weldon,  London.  Improvements  in  compressing 
apparatus.     February  26 

3015  G.  F.  Belling.  London.    High-pressure  tap.    Feb.  28 

3052  K.  Hallcwcll,  .Man.  luster.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  water-heating  apparatus.     February  28 

3055  T.  Cook  and  G.  Bryant.  London.  Improved  firebar  for 
furnaces,  etc.    February  28 

::iis  E.  Luck.  London.  Improvements  in  distillatory  appa- 
ratus.    .March  1 

3151  A.  G.  Brookes— From  M.  Greeven  &  Co.,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  steam  vacuum  pumping  apparatus. 
March  I 

3210  R.  Fraser,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  appertaining 
to  feed-heating  and  water-circulating  apparatus  for  steam- 
boiler  furnaces.     March  2 

3221  H.  E.  Newton— From  K.  Theiscn,  Germany.  Improie- 
ments  in  condensing  apparatus.    March  2 

3301  T.  Lockerbie,  London.  Improvements  in  pipes  for  con- 
ducting liquids,  such  as  acids,  alkalis,  beer,  paraffin  oils,  and 
the  like.    March  1 

3361  W.  Williams,  London.  Improvements  in  fusible  plugs 
for  steam  boilers,  feed-water  heaters,  and  other  appliances 
connected  with  steam  boilers.    March  1 

3443  E.  Wilson,  London.     Improved  disintegrator.    Mar.  7 

3199  J.  P.  Jackson,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  filtering  water  and  other  liquids.    March  8 

3571  W.  P.  Thompson— From  J.  D.  Smead.    See  Class  II. 

3647  C.  H.  Itoeckner,  F.  L.  Koeckner,  and  It.  L.  Roeckner. 
Tynemouth.  Separating  solids  from  liquids ;  and  for  filtering 
liquids.    Complete  specification.    March  10 

3701  A.  MacLaine,  Belfast.  Improvements  in  heating  feed- 
water,  and  extracting  oil  and  air  therefrom,  in  connection 
with  steam  engines.    March  11 

3729  A.  Mayhew,  London.  A  new  or  improved  apparatus 
for  supplying  liquid  to  steam  boilers,  and  other  vessels,  as  and 
when  required,  either  automatically  or  otherwise.    March  It 

3749  M.  Kotvra.    See  Class  XVIII. 

3793  J.  Imray— From  La  Compagnie  Generate  pour  la  Pro- 
duction du  Froid  Procedes.  E.  Fixary,  France.  An  improve- 
ment in  refrigerating  apparatus.    March  12 

3804  J.  Howes.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  filtering  appa- 
ratus.   March  14 

3839  W.  S.  Tomkins,  London.  Improvements  in  injectors 
for  feeding  steam  boilers  or  generators,  and  raising  and  forc- 
ing liquids  for  other  purposes.    March  14 

3841  J.  Gumming,  F.  N.  Fennel],  and  G.  F.  Fennell.  London. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  heating  water  or  other  fluids. 
March  11 

3S13  G.  Downing— From  H.  T.  Baeschhn.  France.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  refrigerating  materials.    Mar.  14 

3848  C.  J.  Buhring,  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  filtering  apparatus.    March  11 

3862  W.  A.  G.  Schdnheyder,  London.  An  improved  method 
and  apparatus  for  distilling.    March  14 

3964  H.  J.  West,  London.  Improvements  in  ice-making  and 
refrigerating  machines.    March  16 

3999  E.  Albin,  London.  Improvements  in  heating  and  feed- 
ing air  to  boiler  furnaces  and  the  like.    March  16 

4021  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool— From  D.  D.  Smead,  l  nited 
States.    Improvements  in  apparatus  for  heating  air.    March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.* 

188C. 

16,589  E.  L.  Marsden  and  p-  H.  S.  Nicklin.  Steam  blast 
apparatus.    February  26  ,  .         ,.  „  ,_   „„ 

2S64  F.  Windhausen.    Apparatus  for  refrigerating.    Feb.  2b 

5669  C.  W.  Rabitz,  London.    Filtering  apparatus.    Feb.  26 

6051  J.  R.  Fothergill.  Furnaces  for  effecting  combustion 
of  fuel  with  air  under  pressure.    March  19 

6072  P.  A.  Maignen.    Filtering  apparatus.    March  16 

6282  F.  N.  Mackay.  Apparatus  for  effecting  the  absorption 
of  gases  by  liquids.    March  16 

6502  A.  M.  Clark— From  M.  M.  Bair.  Construction  of  fur- 
naces, muffles,  and  other  heating  apparatus.    March  16 

6510  H.  J.  Worssam  and  H.  Hunt.  Preventing  the  deposit 
of  solid  matter  in  the  tubes  of  apparatus  for  heating  or  cooling 
liquids.    March  16 

662S  H.  E.  Newton— From  A.  L.  G.  Dehne.  Filter  presses 
for  use  under  high  pressures.    March  19 

7202  A.  M.  Clark— From  M.  M.  Bair.  Reverberatory  fur- 
naces.   March  19 

7850  E.  G.  B.  Barlow  and  C.  W.  Poole.  Apparatus  for  regu- 
lating the  supply  of  compressed  gas.    March  5 

1887. 

S32  H.  J.  P.  Jolly— From  G.  Richmond.  Method  and  appa- 
ratus for  artificial  cooling.    F'ebruary  23 

1035  H.H.Lake— From  V.  Colliau.  Steam  generators.  Feb.  23 

1111  H.  J.  Allison-From  the  Do  la  Vergue  Refrigerating 
Machine  Company.  Buffers  for  gas  compressor  valves. 
February  26  „       , 

15S2  A.  J.  Boult— From  S.  W.  Merryman.  Boiler-cleaning 
compounds.    March  2 

2192  H.  D.  Cooper.  Washer  especially  suitable  for  the  joints 
of  "tubes  and  fittings  lined  with  glass.    March  12 

2237  H.  D.  Cooper.  Fittings  for  tubes  lined  with  glass  or 
other  material.    March  16 


*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in  which 
acceptance!  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition  within  two  months  of  the 
said  dates. 


23a 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    0bw&*itt. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2633  T.  Lishman,  London.  Improvements  in  and  in  appara- 
tus for  treating  the  waste  products  from  the  manufacture  of 
gas.cokc.  and  the  like.    February  19 

2t'71  \\\  II.  Luther  and  G.  Rose,  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  and  connected  with  oleaginous  vapour  or  gas  and  air 
lamps  for  lighting  and  heating  purposes.    February  21 

2708  T.  G.  .Marsh,  Lytham.  Improvements  in  ga's  lighting. 
February  22 

2719  A.  J.  Boult-From  II.  W.  Brooks.  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  steam  and  oil  gas  for 
fuel  and  for  illuminating  purposes.  Complete  specification. 
February  22 

2752  H.  J.  Siebel,  jun.,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  enriching  gas.    Complete  specification.    February  22 

2870  J.  A.  Eaton.  London— From  S.  H.  Shaw.  India.  Appa- 
ratus for  heating  air  to  a  high  temperature.    February  21 

2915  G.  E.  Saville,  Manchester.    Improvements  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  hydrocarbon  gas  from  coal.    February  25 
2918  J.  \elland,  London.    A  pot  and  tank  gas  furnace  com- 
bined.   February  25 

3267  C.  W.  Watts,  London.  Improvements  in  the  purifica- 
tion of  coal  gas,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  3 

3271  J.  Gilchrist,  Glasgow.  The  burning  of  solid  hydro- 
carbon (or  paraffin  wax)  in  miners'  lamps  and  for  keeping  the 
same  in  a  liquid  condition,  also  from  being  blown  out  easily 
.March  3 

3291  J.  Howard  and  E  T.  Bousfield,  London.  Improvements 
ln'!!e  manufacture  of  gas  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    March  3  ' 

333o  J.  fcmith  and  A.  Emley,  Newcastle-on-Tvne.  Improve- 
ments in  burners  for  regenerative  gas-lighting  apparatus 
t  omplete  specification.    March  1 

3367  J.  W.  Xewall,  London.  Improved  method  of  heating 
furnaces  with  liquid  fuel.    March  5 

3388  A.  Lentz,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  charging 
March  5  aPParat"3    therefor.      Complete    specification. 

3396  S.  Chandler,  jun.,  and  J.  Chandler,  London.    An  im-  ! 
Sfarl    -       1Ce  for  checkin&  aIld  regulating  the   flow  of  gas. 

.  311S  J.  A.  Marsh,  Cleveland.  Ohio,  U.S.A.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  producing  gas  or  vapour  from  hydrocarbons, 
and  for  utilising  such  gas  or  vapour  for  lighting  or  heating. 
I  omplete  specification.    March  5 

3450  J.  J.  Lundy,  A.  G.  Christiansen,  and  F.  G.  C.  Lundy 
L,°T0D-  -Applications  of  and  improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  the  products  of  combustion.    March  7 

n^i^lV/  ,P'  Thompson,  Liverpool-From  J.  I).  Smead. 
United  Mates  Improvements  in  burning  liquid  fuel,  and  in 
apparatusand  furnaces  therefor.    March  9 

3617  A.  F.  Craig,  A.  Neilson,  and  J.   Snodgrass,  Glasgow. 
Improvements  m  apparatus  for  separating  mineral  or  other 
March  10   °       °'"  substances  of  different  specific  gravities.  ' 
™w-  C". E\ 5arm,an'  Stafford-    Improvements  in  thermopiles 
Uontorfiquids0SMarch?2and  C°0'Cd  *"""»«*»  ci™la" 

3978  G.  Anderson,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  to 
be  used  for  the  purification  of  coal  gas  by  ammonia.  March 
lo 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

,»"■  ,F\y-  ?•  °"0'  CA  0tt°  &  Co-  and  The  Hibernia  and 
Shamrock  Mining  Co.    Coke  ovens.    March  5 

5858  J.  Hepworth  and  E.  Marriott.  Removal  of  ammonia 
from  coal  gas.  and  manufacture  of  ammoniacal  salts  there- 
from; and  appaiatus  therefor.    March  9 

o„°l1nAN'S-.?utlierland;  APParatus  for  producing  heating 
and  illuminating  gas.    March  2  s 

7733  T.  Drake.  Manufacturing  gas  from  benzoline  or  other 
oil,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  2  «««ie  ui  uincr 

8822  M.  H.   Dement— From  G.  W.  Le  Vin      Heatine-  and  ' 
ventilating  apparatus.    March  - 


2985  O.  Imray— From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meistcr, 
Lucius  and  Binning, Germany.  Improved  manufacture  of  a 
methylene-blue  specially  adapted  for  printing  on  textile  fibres. 
I  ebruary  25 

3028  F.  Raschig.  London.  A  process  for  the  production  of 
hydroxylamin.    February  26 

3039  J.  Hickisson  (trading  as  J.  Bond  &  Co.)  and  A.  Layland. 
London.  Improvements  in  ink  for  marking  linen  and  other 
materials.    February  26 

32S0  R.  Chadwick  and  J.  Consterdiue-Chadwick,  London. 
Improved  colouring  matter  for  dyeing,  painting,  staining,  or 
printing.    March  3 

3301  R.  Reid,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  separating  solid 
matter  from  alizarin  or  other  colouring  matters  or  starch. 
March  4 

3859  J.  W.  Lovibond,  London.  Apparatus  for  use  in  esti- 
mating, pleasuring  or  comparing  colour,  texture,  and  appear- 
ance of  liquid  or  solid  bodies,  materials,  or  fabrics  viewed  by 
transmitted  or  by  reflected  light.    March  H 

3991  H.  H.  Lake-  From  A.  Leonard!  &  Co  ,  Germany.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.    March 

4036  C.  C  Horsley,  London.  An  improved  method  of,  and 
apparatus  for,  extracting  tannin  from  bark.    March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

5816  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F. 
Bayer  &  Co.  Producing  a  new  sulpho-acid,  and  obtaining  azo 
dyes  therefrom.    March  2 

6000  II.  Baum.  Production  of  para-rosanilin  and  its  homo- 
logues,  and  niono-di-tri-alkalised,  phenyliscd,  or  naphthylised 
derivatives  thereof.    March  5 

6113  J.  H.  Johnson— From  The  Badische  Aniline  and  Soda 
Fabrik.  The  preparation  from  gallic  acid  of  a  yellow  colour- 
ing matter  suitable  for  dyeing  and  printing.    March  16 

6631  J.  H.  Johnson— From  The  Badische  Aniline  and  Soda 
Fabrik.  Preparing  printing  colours  and  solutions  of  colouring 
matters  suitable  for  printing  and  fixing  aniline  colours  on 
cotton  or  other  similar  fibres.    March  19 

7284  C.  A.  Martius.  Production  of  azo  colours  from  the 
paradiamincs  of  stilbene  and  fluorine.    March  19 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2695  A.  M.  Clark- From  M.  P.  E.  Gerard,  France.  An  im- 
proved process  of  manufacturing  textile  threads  from  viscous 
or  pasty  matters.    February  21 

3662  W.  Baxter,  Bradford.  A  machine  for  finishing  and 
polishing  certain  textile  fabrics.    March  10 

3715  J.  Longmore  and  W.  L.  Watson,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  exogenous  plants,  flax,  jute,  rhea, 
and  the  like.    March  11 

3719  P.  Parsy,  London.  Improvements  in  steeping  flax  and 
similar  matters.    March  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


5790  P.  Parsy.  Steeping  flax  and  other  textile  matters. 
February  23 

7278  F.  Mollet-Fontaine.  Treatment  of  vegetable  textile 
materials,  and  of  threads  and  fabrics  made  therefrom. 
March  9 


VI.- 


SJ95  H.  Williams.    Obtaining  illuminating  and  heating  gas 
and  apparatus  therefor.    March  2  um.aunggas, 

fJ.0^2..."-  H-  Lal>e-From  J.  J.  Johnston.    Manufacture  of  gas 
for  lighting  and  heating.    March  12  8 


DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 


Ill 


-DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,     TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

pRS,VKw,Jf'mLS?'-    Pronj,0ting   and   effecting   combustion, 
especially  of  medicinal  and  chemical  agents.    February  26 


IV. -COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

APPLICATIONS. 

2863  R.  H.  W.  Biggs-From  C.  M.  do  Lahorie,  Paris.    A  now 

tS^'SS! L^  "'a"ufact»rl!'«  to  disinfectants 


2814  J.  A.  Berly— From  G.  Lombard  et  Cie.,  France.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  cleansing,  bleaching,  burling, 
scalding,  and  dyeing  spun  textiles.    February  23 

3389  F.  Towlson  and  E.  Weldon,  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  dyeing  and  printing  aniline  blacks.    March  5 

3541  W.  Walker  and  J.  Drenchfield,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  machinery  or  apparatus  fortreating  fibrous  materials 
and  fabrics  for  bleaching,  dyeing,  and  other  analogous 
purposes.    March  8 

3561  A.  Birch,  Manchester.  Improved  rollers  for  dyeing, 
washing,  soaping,  and  bleaching  fabrics,  etc.    March  9 

3680  H.  E.  Ludbrook,  London.  An  improved  machine  for 
dressing  or  separating  and  cleaning  piassava  and  other  vege- 
table fibres.    March  10 

3753  J.  Burn,  Bradford.  Improvements  in  the  method  of. 
and  apparatus  for,  dyeing  warp  and  other  threads.    March  12 


VII.—  ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 


n«Ti   *      u,u"iu"    "i  jiituiiuaci uriiig  uyes,  ciismtectants 
artificial  stone,  artificial  ivory,  and  other  similar  substances'  '      2561  A.  M.  Clark-From  M.  Honigmann.  Germany..   An  mi- 
re oruary  21  proved  method  for  preventing  vessels  of  copper  and  its  alloys 


March  29,  HS7.I  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


233 


being  attacked  when  used  for  the  evaporation  of  soda  and 
potash  leys,  and  for  working  soda  steam  boilers.    February  IS 

2S97  R.  Fullarton.  London.  Improvements  in  means  and 
apparatus  for  concentration  and  clarification  of  sulphuric 
acid.    February  19 

2680  A.  A.  Croll.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  ammoniacal  liquor  to  obtain  salts  therefrom,  and  means  or 
apparatus  employed  therein.    February  -.'l 

2762  H.  K.  Newton— From  A.  Miller.  United  States.  Im- 
provements relating  to  the  evaporation  of  salt  and  other 
substances  in  closed  vessels.    February  22 

2963  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  chlorine.    February  25 

2966  J.  J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Salamon,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  alumina.    February  2.5 

31U  H.  L.  Pattinson,  jun.,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  hydrates  of  barium  and  strontium.    March  1 

3583  A.  A.  Croll.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sulphate  of  alumina.    March  9 

3701  J.  Hargreaves,  T.  Kobinson,  and  J  Hargreaves.  Liver- 
pool. Improvements  in  the  treatment  of  cupreous  pyrites  to 
separate  gold,  silver,  copper,  and  sulphur,  and  to  obtain  oxide 
of  iron,  and  in  apparatus  employed  therein     March  11 

100-'  C.  Humfrey.    See  Class  X. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS6. 

13SS  T.  Capper— From  S.  Pick.  Apparatus  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  ammonia  soda.    March  2 

5J56  T.  T.  Mathieson  and  J.  Hawlicnek.  Purifying  blaik 
ash.  and  recovering  ammonia  therefrom.    February  23 

5673  J.  Hargreaves.  T.  Kobinson.  and  J.  Hargreaves.  Treat- 
ing hydrochloric  acid  to  obtain  chlorine,  and  using  the  said 
chlorine  in  the  manufacture  of  bleaching  powder,  and  appara- 
tus therefor.    March  2 

5682  J.  Hargreaves.  T.  Robinson,  and  J.  Hargreaves.  Manu- 
facture of  sulphates  of  soda  and  potash,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    March  2 

6J68  W.  Simon.  Manufacture  of  bichromate  of  potash. 
March  2 

5681  J.  Hargreaves,  T.  Robinson,  and  J.  Hargreaves.  Treat- 
ing pyrites,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  9 

7157  A.  M.  Clark— From  31.  Honigmann.  Protecting  copper 
vessels  used  for  soda,  steam  boilers,  and  for  evaporating  potash 
and  soda  leys.    March  16 

16491  J.  M.  Walton.  Manufacture  of  sulphurous  acid,  and 
other  sulphur  compounds,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  16 

1887. 

1998  A.  M.  Clark— From  J.  Brown,  F.  Herreshoff,  W.  H. 
Nichols,  and  G.  H.  Nichols.  Making  pure  sulphuric  acid  and 
strong  sulphuric  acid  in  one  continuous  operation.    March  9 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWAIIE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2821  W.  H.  Turner,  London.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  printing  of  tiles,  and  the  like.    February  23 

3205  W.  A.  O  Sullivan.  Dublin.  Mechanical  glass-bottle 
blowing.    March  2 

3258  R.  E.  Donovan.  F.  Hazlett,  and  J.  Johnston.  Dublin. 
Improved  apparatus  for  blowing  glass  by  mechanical  means. 
March  3 

3131  H.  M.  Ashley.  Ferrybridge.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  bottles  and  other  hollowware  in  glass,  and  in  the 
machinery  for  the  same.    March  7 

3518  A.  D.  Brogan  and  A.  M.  Malloch,  Glasgow.  An  im- 
proved method  of  producing  rippled,  chequered  or  other 
patterns  or  designs  upon  rolled  plate  and  sheet  glass,  and  appa- 
ratus therefor.    March  8 

3519  A.  D.  Brogan  and  A.  M.  Malloch,  Glasgow.  An  im- 
proved method  of  producing  rippled,  chequered  or  other 
patterns  or  designs  upon  rolled  plate  and  sheet  glass,  and  appa- 
ratus therefor.    March  8 

3671  J.  Breeden,  London.  Improvements  in  illuminating 
glass  and  other  transparencies.    March  10 

36S9  W.  H.  Beck— From  La  Societc  F.  Beaoist  et  L.  Berthiot. 
France.  New  or  improved  machine  for  surfacing  cylindrical 
and  other  curved  glasses.    March  11 

3794  T.  Garton,  London.  A  novel  transparent  protective 
enamel.    Complete  specification.    March  12 

3907  T.  E.  Halford  and  R.  Morant.    See  Class  X. 

1005  A.  Fielding.  Longport.  Improvements  in  the  manu 
facture  of  artistic  pottery.    March  17 

1062  C.  D.  Barker  and  F.  C.  Hills,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  shape  and  manufacture  of  porous  pots.   March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

5718  W.  W.  Pilkington.  Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manu- 
facture of  plate  glass.    March  19 

6141  R-  Young  and  R.  Jex-Long.  Manufacture  of  fire-clay 
tuyeres,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  5 

6150  J.  G.  Sowerby.  Improvement  of  apparatus  used  in  the 
fire  polishing  of  glassware.    March  9 

8559  J.  R.  Pratt.    Potters'  lathes,    March  16 

8957  K.  Skeoch  and  W.  G.  YVodson.  Case  kiln  for  burning 
bricks  and  other  clay  goods.    March  2 


US79  W.  H.  Blessley.   Manufacture  of  stoneware.   March  19 
15099  J.  D.  Watson.    Annealing  glass  or  articles  made  there- 
from.   March  5  

15552  H.  W.  Lowdcn.     Tiles  for  roofing  and  other  purposes. 
February  23 

i--:. 

ITS  J.  Van  dc  Loo.     Presses  for  the  embellishment  of  cera- 
mic products,  and  method  of  applying  enamel.    March  2 


IX.- 


-BUILDING     MATERIALS,     CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  and  CEMENTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 


2531  J.  W.  T.  Stephens  and  R.  Ciark.  Cardiff.  The  manu- 
facture of  Portland.  Roman  and  other  cements.    February  18 

■'573  P.  Jochum.  London.  An  improved  manufacture  of 
blocks  or  slabs  formed  of  combined  argillaceous  and  ferru- 
ginous matter  suitable  for  paving  and  other  purposes,  and 
apparatus  therefor,  such  apparatus  being  also  applicable  tor 
mixing  pulverulent  materials  generally.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   February  IS  ,,.«•»«       ti- 

2*63  R.  H.  W.  Biggs— From  C.  M.  de  Lahone.    Sec  Class  IN  . 

"911  C.  S.  Lumley  and  J.  Northrop,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of  paving  by  the  employment  of  concrete  blocks 
or  sets,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    February  25 

316S  S  Trickett  and  J.  Noad.  London.  Improvements  in  tic 
manufacture  of  hydraulic  cements,  limes,  mortars  or  eouei  el  es. 
March  1  , 

3507  J.  Pope.  Folkestone.  Improvements  in  construction  ot 
walls  of  houses,  buildings,  and  the  like.    March  8 

356S  G.G.  Girling.  Lei.ham.  Kent.  Making  artificial  stone, 
to  be  called  "  Petrcan  stone."    March  9 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3832  W.  E.  Constable.  Manufacture  of  artificial  ashpl.alt. 
February  23 

557S  J.  D.  Gibbins.  Method  of  constructing  footways,  etc., 
and  producing  and  laying  composition.    February  23 

5813  C.  J.  Howe.  Manufactureof  cement  orplaster.  March  J 

5975  A.  J.  Bouli— From  A.  Grasset  and  A.  C.  Mallat.  Manu- 
facture of  cement.    March  5 

6221  C.  S.Williams.  Construction  of  fireproof  floors.  March  1 


X.—  METALLURGY,  MIXING,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2530  H.  Hibbert  and  W.  Horsfield.  Nottingham.  Improves 
ments  in  machinery  or  apparatus  used  in  mines,  called  -  Prop- 
for  Mines."    February  18  ,     . 

2541  G.  Thew,  Farnworth.  The  prevention  of  explosions  in 
collieries,  named  "  The  Perfect  Safety  Lamp."    February  IS 

2565  A.  M.  Clark— From  H.  A.  Brustlein,  France.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  cooling  ingots,  and  in  moulds  therefor. 
February  1?  __„, 

"602  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining.    See  Class  XVIII. 

2681  W.F.  Richards  and  J.  Roberts,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  iron.    February  21 

2697  E.  Patterson  and  W.  H.  Strype.  London.  Improvements 
in  miners"  safety  lamps,    February  21 

2720  J.  A.  Maskrey.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  tin  plates.    February  22 

2722  J.  Banham  and  S.  W.  Wilkinson,  Sheffield.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  making  castings.    February  22 

2710  M.  Constable  and  J.  R.  Bingle.  London.  An  improved 
process  for  the  extraction  of  gold,  silver,  and  other  metals 
from  ferriferous  ores  containing  same.  Complete  specification. 
February  22  •»,.»«  .  , 

2771  A.  E.  Outerbridge.  jun..  London.  Moulds  for  metal 
castings.    Complete  specification.    February  £> 

2780  J.  DahL  London.  Improvements  in  annealing  steel. 
February  22  . 

2531  H.  Gardner— From  R.  J.  Henderson.  L  nited  States.  A 
special  treatment  of  iron  ores,  and  apparatus  for  that  purpose. 
February  23  ,      ...  ^  _.  ■ 

2935  J.  Dickson,  Sheffield.  An  improved  method  of  preparing 
steel  for  roller  bars  and  bed-plate  bars  used  in  the  manufactui  e 
of  paper  and  paper  pulp.    February  25 

291)  E.  Robertshaw.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  preventing  accidents  in  mines  or  other  shafts  by  over- 
winding.   February  25 

2999  L.  A.  Brode,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in -preparing 
briquettes  of  ironstone,  waste,  or  dust,  or  other  ferruginous 
materials  for  smelting.    February  26  •   ' 

3259  J.  Ronson,  Walsall.  Regulating  the  expansion  and 
contraction  of  chill  rolls,  which  he  calls  a  "  Chill-roll  Regula- 
tor."   March  3 

3271  J.  Gilchrist.    See  Class  II. 

3291  S.  Alley  and  J.  A.  MacLellan.  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  making  moulds  for  casting.    March  1 

3310  J.  H.  Wicksteed.  London.  Improved  arrangement  of 
shearing  machines  for  cutting  hot  blooms  or  cogged  ingots.. 
March  1  «_-••. 

3356  H.  J.  Kirkman,  London.    Improvements  in  the  manu 
facture  of  tin  and  terne  plates  and  galvanised  iron  sheets,  and 
;  other  galvanised  goods.    March  1 


234 


T1IK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.   [March 29.1887. 


3o6l  J.  W  .  .-wan.  London.  Improved  apparatus  for  the 
detection  of  explosive  gases  in  mines  Brother  places.    March  4 

3409  F.  K.  Schweizer  and  ('.  F.  Muhlmann.  London.  Im- 
provements relating  to  the  easting  of  metals  and  allovs. 
March  '■ 

3145  G.  J.  Goodhue,  London.  Timber  structures  for  mines. 
March  7 

:«i!  T.  Shaw,  London.  Improved  method  of  and  apparatus 
for  testing  gases  drawn  from  mines,  and  signalling  or  indi- 
cating the  result  then  of.    March  S 

3573  J.  L.  Parker.  Longport.  An  improved  shield  for  miners' 
safety  lamp.     March  9 

3669  C.  B.  Schultze,  London.  A  new  or  improved  process 
for  the  extraction  and  recovery  of  metals,  and  especially  for 
the  recovery  of  tin  from  tinned  iron  plate.    March  10 

3670  F.  H.  Lloyd  and  H.  White.  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  east  steel,  and  in  apparatus  used  in  the 
:aid  manufacture.    March  10 

3696  C.  B.  Phillips.  Chester.  The  dephosphorating  and 
refining  iron  steel,  alloys  of  iron  or  steel,  and  other  metals 
and  alloys.    March  11 

3701  J.  Hargreaves,  T.  Robinson,  and  J.  Hargreaves  Liver- 
pool. Treatment  of  cupreous  pyrites  to  separate  gold  silver 
copper  and  sulphur,  and  to  obtain  oxide  of  iron  •  and  in 
apparatus  employed  therein.    March  11 

373S  P.  M.  Justice-From  H.  T.  Rode.  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  steel  and  ingot  iron.  Complete 
specification.    March  11 

3741  O.  Hehner  and  T.  H.  Cobley,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  recovery  or  extraction  of  tin.  or  oxide  or  salts  of  tin 
from  waste  tinned  iron  or  tin  scrap.    March  11 

^i1  ¥)\-  -Martin  and  J.  Turnbull,  London.  An  improved 
miU-0i0^d?,mRln!i  dus,'  !n  co'lie"es  and  mines      March  1 1 

390,  I.  E.  Haltord  and  B.  Morant.  An  improved  method  of 
making  glass-lined  metal  articles.    March  15 

3974  S.  Siemang.  London.  Compound  chilled  casting  for 
armour  plates.    March  16 

3975  S  Siemang.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  cast 
iron.    March  16 

_  1002  C.  Humfrey.  Liverpool.    Improvements  in  or  appertain- 
ing to  the  manufacture  of  sodium.    March  17 

1006  D. McCorkindale.  Mossend.  Improvements  in  prepar- 
ing malleable  iron  for  making  tubes  and  other  article- 
March  li 

1009  BE.  Clarke,  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  miners' safetv 
lamps.     March  17 

4053  E.  Fisher  and  J.  P.  Cramp.  London.  Improved  methods 
of  smelting  in  blast  furnaces.    March  17 

4054  F.  Elmore,  London.  Improvements  in  the  means  of 
and  apparatus  for  the  coating  of  pieces  of  metal.    March  17 

1064  J.  \\  .  Uewhall  and  F.  Clench.  London.  Improvements 
in  crushing  mills  for  ore  and  other  materials.    March  17 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


1886. 

2865  P.  Bosshardt— From  S.  Montague.  Method  and  means 
for  extracting  tin  from  tinned  metal  cuttings  by  means  of 
li\  drochloric  acid  gas.    February  26 

2870  It.  Stone.    Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.    March  2 

3393  J  Lysaght  and  J.  Lysaght,  Limited.  Annealing  appara- 
tus.   March  12 

1177  J.  W.  Wailes.  Furnaces  and  regenerators  for  produc- 
tion of  steel.    March  16 

4536  W.  Penrose  and  W  Hackney.  Manufacture  of  open 
hearth  steel.    February  26 

4812  R.  Thompson,  implements  for  breaking  down  stone  or 
coal.    March  2 

56S1  J.  Hargreaves.  T.  Robinson  and  J.  Hargreaves.  Treat- 
ing pyrites,  and  apparatus  therefor. 

6217  A.Johnson.  Apparatus  for  preventing  blown-out  shots 
in  blasting  and  tunnelling,  and  preventing  ignition  of  explosive 
gas  in  blasting.    March  2 

6300  J.  M.  Bennett.  Smelting  and  refining  gold,  silver,  cop- 
per, zinc.  lead,  and  tin  ores,  and  furnaces  therefor.    March  19. 

6180  \\  .  Paterson.    Miners'  safetv  lamps.     March  2 

6550  7/  s'ater-    Manufacture  of  metallic  allovs.    March  9 

,920  H.  Johnson.  Apparatus  for  breaking  down  minerals. 
(Previously  included  in  No.  6217.)    March  2 

16419  W.  A.  Barlow- From  J.  Bulliat.  Manufacture  of  fine 
steel  from  coarse  grain  steel,  and  regeneration  of  burnt  steel. 
March  9 

16523  J  E.  Bott,  S.  J.  Hackney  and  YV.  Craven.  Production 
of  steel  for  steel  castings,  and  apparatus  therefor;  applicable 
also  for  melting  other  metals. 


1887. 

163  II.  H.  Lake— From  W.  White.  Amalgamating  appara- 
tus for  separating  metals  from  their  ore-.     March  9 

1166  S.  B-  Stine.    Coal-mining  machines.    February  26 

1721  J.  Laidler.     Safely  lamps.     March  "i 

1750  H.  H.  Lake- From  Count  R.  do  Monlgelas.  The  electro- 
deposition  of  aluminium,  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  16 

1918  A.  II.  Reed  Prom  H.  G.  Hicks.  Welding  compounds. 
March  '.1 

2117  CSheibler.  Manufacturing  steel  and  iron,  and  obtain- 
ing byproducts  therefrom.    March  19 


XI. -FATS,   OILS,    and   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2615  W.  Buttner.  J.  G.  Haller  and  J.  G.  Magnus,  London. 
Improved  apparatus  and  means  for  extracting,  washing,  and 
condensing  fat.  grease,  glue,  oil  or  other  substances  from 
bones,  wool,  organic  or  inorganic  substances  ;  for  drying  the 
same,  and  recovering  the  solvent  emploved.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   February  19 

28S7  C.  Wilkins,  London.  Improvements  in  marking  soap. 
i ehruary  24 

2904  D.  G.  Joy.  Kingston-upon-Hull.  Improvements  in  re- 
fining oils,  fats,  and  their  residues.    February  21 

3031  A.  G.  Wass,  London.  An  improved  lubricant.  Febru- 
ary 26 

3110  A.  Smith,  London.  A  process  for  deodorising  cocoa  nut 
oil.     March  5 

3592  H.  X.  Hillman,  and  G.  B.  Kleinpass.  London.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  manufacture  of  margarine,  oleomarga- 
rine.and  similar  substances.    March  9 

3617  A.  F.  Craig.  A.  Xeilson  and  J.  Snodgrass.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  separating  mineral  or  other  oils  from 
oils  or  substances  of  different  specific  gravities.     March  10 

3832  A.  G.  Wass,  London.  An  improved  lubricant.  Com- 
plete specification.    March  14 

3S33  A.  G.  Wass,  London.  An  improved  lubricant.  Com- 
plete specification.     March  14 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1SS6. 

5792  A.  J.  Boult— From  E.  Oppelt.  Apparatus  for  extraction 
of  oils  or  other  vegetable  juices.    Marcli  2 

6210  H.  W.  Langbeck  and  R.  E.  Ritsert.  Separating  cholcs- 
terine  fats  from  commercial  wool  fats,  and  from  lyes  of 
wool-washing  works.    March  9 

1887. 
16  R.  Wright.    Toilet  and  washing  soap.    March  12 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  and  RESINS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

2694  A.  M.  Clark-From  M.  P.  E.  Gerard,  France.  A  new- 
composition  capable  of  being  formed  into  threads,  films, 
sheets,  slabs,  or  moulded  articles,  or  used  as  a  varnish.  Feb- 
ruary 21 

3209  W.  F.  Hurndall,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  paints 
applicable  for  painting  iron  or  steel  work,  the  insides  and 
outsides  of  boilers,  and  other  structures.    March  2 

3869  \V.  R.  Hutton.  E.  Fischer,  W.  Struthers.  and  T.  J. 
Smillie.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  anti-corrosive  or  pre- 
servative coatings  for  metallic  surfaces.    March  15 

39S7  J.  A.  Bigsby,  Deptford.  Improved  method  of  preparing 
a  gummy  varnish,  coloured  or  otherwise,  for  general  use  or 
decorative  purposes.    March  16 

1008  W.  L».  Weissenburg,  London.  A  new  way  of  manufac- 
turing white  lead.    March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 


5820  J.  Warwick. 
6370  R.  Lavender. 
March  12 


Manufacture  of  white  lead.    February  23 
Manufacture  of  oxide  of  iron  pigment. 

1SS7. 


2198  W.  Dick.    Protective  varnish.    March  19 


XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE,  asd  SIZE. 

APPLICATIONS.    ' 

3027  E.  Tuteur  and  W.  J.  Goulborne.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  leather  compositions  applicable  to  various  useful 
purposes.     February  28 

3623  J.  Pickup,  E.  Pickup,  and  J.  Pickup.  Manchester. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  boiling  size  in  size  boxes  of 
suing  machines  ;  applicable  also  to  other  machines  or  appara- 
tus where  an  injection  of  steam  is  used  to  obtain  boiling. 
Complete  specification.    March  10 

3860  H.  Golding,  London.  Improvements  in  treating  leather. 
March  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

13283  A.  M.  Clark— From  J.  B.  West.  Tanning  and  stuffing 
leather.     March  16 

1SS7. 

1163  J.  H.  G.  Langenhagen.    Dressing  for  leather.     Feb.  26 


March  29. 1887.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


233 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

3088  H.  Stevenson  and  J.  T.  Hazeldine,  London.  The  manu- 
facture or  making  Improved  artificial  manures.    February  28 

317a  J.  Hardwiek  and  J.  It.  Shearer,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  hygienic  manure  by  the  treatment  of 
excreta  and  sewage,  and  in  the  methods  of  its  application  to 
land  and  plants  ;  suitable  also  as  a  destroj  er  of  noxious  insects, 
as  a  disinfectant,  and  for  other  purposes.    March  2 

3292  T.  McMurray.  Glasgow.  New  or  improved  compounds 
to  be  used  for  deodorising,  filtering,  and  manuring  purposes. 
March  1 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

G732  T.  H.  Cobley.  Treatment  of  sewage  sludge,  and  pre- 
paration of  a  manure  therefrom.    March  19 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2572  C.  D.  Abel— From  T.  Rousselot,  The  Antilles.  Improve 
ments  in  multiple  three-roll  sugar-caDC  mills.    February  18 

2905  II.  H.  Lake- From  La  Compagnie  de  Fives-Lille, 
France.  Improvements  relating  to  ditl'using  apparatus  for 
use  in  the  treatment  of  beetroot,  sugar-cane,  and  other 
substances.    February  24 

2983  G.  F.  Marshall,  London.  The  manufacture  of  an 
improved  carbon  for  filtering  and  decolourising  purposes. 
February  25 

3526  A.  E.  Major,  Wandsworth.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  sugar.    March  8 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

5562  T.  M.  Aitken  and  J.  McNeil.     Machines  for  cutting 
sugar  canes.    February  23 
5792  A.  J.  Boult— From  E.  Oppelt.    See  Class  XI. 

1887. 

1931  M.  A.  Ferret.  Apparatus  for  extracting  the  saccharine 
or  other  soluble  matter  from  sugar  cane,  etc.    March  19 

2138  H.  L.  Sulman  and  E.  E.  Berry.  Treatment  of  grain  for 
the  manufacture  of  starch  or  glucose.    March  19 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES,  and  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2936  G.  Epstein.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  brewers'  and  distillers'  grain.    February  2.5 

31&7  J.  Klein,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
filtering  beer  and  other  liquids.    March  2 

3240  G.  Epstein,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  coffee,  porter,  and  other  drinks,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
March  3 

4013  C.  Lesne.  London.  The  cure  of  musty  and  otherwise 
stinking  brewers' casks.    March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

4168  W.  Spencer  and  J.Jones.  Treatment  of  brewers'  wort. 
March  10 

5457  W.  S.  Squire.    Manufacture  of  yeast.    February  23 

5772  F.  Faulkner  and  W.  Adlam.  Treating  brewers'  wort. 
March  2 

6112  G.  F.  Redfern— From  P.  Lauth.  Apparatus  for  drying 
and  germinating  barley,  etc.    March  9 

6101  H.  Schaarwaehter.  Apparatus  for  pasteurising  beer, 
wine.  etc.    March  5 

8420  A.  Boake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts.  Application  of  an 
improved  antiseptic  salt  in  brewing.    March  5 

XVII.- CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

17165  C.  A.  Wahlin,  A.  Forssell,  and  F.  L.  Enguist.  London— 
From  A.  T.  Pfeiff,  Sweden.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  milk.  August  19,  1S86.  Received  ISth  February,  1SS7,  and 
ante-dated  under  International  Convention. 


1887. 

2937  G.  Epstein,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  loll'ce.  and  apparatus  therefor.     February  25 

3128  6.  Groat  and  G.  Shcnton.  London.  An  improved  ad- 
dition  to  farinaceous  substances  for  making  bread,  biscuits, 
cakes,  and  other  articles  of  food  usually  made  therefrom. 
March  1 

3284  C.  A.  Sahlstrom,  Aberdeen.  Improvements  in  pre- 
serving, and  apparatus  for  the  same.    March  3 

3161  G.  Bischof,  London.  A  process  of,  and  apparatus  for, 
purifying  water.    March  7 

3171  11.  Koehert,  London.  Improved  preserved  food. 
March  7 

3597  T.  Itickett,  Southampton.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
cess of  bread  raising  and  baking  in  ovens.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.    .March  '.I 

4063  W.  L.  Wise— From  C.  A.  Wahlin.  A.  Forssell.  and  F.  L. 
Enguist,  Sweden.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of  milk. 
March  17 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

2553  A.  Angell,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  precipitants.  and  in  the  treatment  of  sewage.    February  18 

2860  H.  Davey,  Leeds.  A  method  of  automatically  raising 
sewage.    Complete  specification.    February  _' I 

3179  J.  Hardwiek  and  J.  R.  Shearer.    See  Class  XIV. 

3292  T.  McMurray,  Glasgow.  New  or  improved  compounds 
to  be  used  for  deodorising,  filtering,  and  manuring  purposes. 
March  1 

333S  E.  Crutchloe,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
securing  the  complete  reduction  of  any  organic  matter  to 
ashes,  and  rendering  innocuous  and  inoffensive  the  gases 
escaping  therefrom.    March  4 

3352  G.  Gehring.  London.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
separation  and  disinfection  of  fcecal  and  other  matters, 
March  4 

C— Disinfectants. 

2831  J.  H.  Harford  and  W.  \V.  Reeves,  London.  An  im- 
proved disinfecting  and  curative  device,  and  composition  or 
powder  to  be  used  therewith.    February  23 

2863  R.  H.  W.  Biggs— From  C.  M.  de  Lahorie.  See  Class 
IT. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A. —Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

4114  A.  S.  Krueger.  A  preparation  for  a  new  beverage 
similar  to  coffee.    February  23 

9548  C.  Millen.  Preparation  and  preservation  of  cocoanuts 
for  use  as  food.    March  16 

17087  A.  B.  Imrie.  Refrigerating  machinery  applicable  to 
freezing  machines  for  preserving  meat  and  other  perishable 
substances.    March  19 

1887. 

1996  J.  Carnrick.  Process  and  apparatus  for  manufacture  of 
powdered  milk.    March  9 

B.-Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1886. 

3973  J.  W.  Slater,  S.  K.  Pace,  W.  Stevens,  and  the  Native 
Guano  Company.  Limited.  Preparation  of  materials  for  use 
in  the  treatment  of  sewage  and  foul  water.    February  23 

4203  L.  G.  G.  Daudenart.  Purification  and  utilisation  of 
sewage,  and  apparatus.    March  9 

6732  T.  H.  Cobley.    See  Class  XrV. 

13829  F.  Candy.  Manufacture  of  materials  for  use  in  the 
treatment  of  sewage,  to  effect  the  separation  of  matters  in 
suspension  and  solution  in  the  water  thereof,  and  the  clari- 
fication and  purification  of  other  polluted  water,  and  certain 
other  liquids.    March  19 

1887. 

278  J.  Wohanka  and  K.  Kocian.  Purification  of  sewage. 
March  9 

C— Disinfectants. 

1886. 

6191  W.  D.  Borland.  Manufacture  of  bromine  preparations 
for  sanitary  purposes.    March  9 

6966  H.  M.  Caldwell.  Improved  deodorant  and  disinfectant. 
March  16 

11011  J.  W.  Knights  and  W.  D.  Gall.  Disinfecting  powder. 
March  12 

XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

2588  L.  Hanson,  Halifax.  An  improved  construction  of 
armature  for  dynamos  or  electric  motors.    February  19 

2602  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining.  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  the  production  of  aluminium,  and  of  alloys  of 
aluminium  and  copper  by  electro-deposition.    February  19 

2641  G.  W.  Rhodes— From  L.  Lambotte,  Brussels.  A  new 
hydro-electric  battery.    February  21 

2721  C.  G.  Curtis,  F.  B.  Crocker,  and  S.  S.  \\  heeler.  London, 
Electric  batteries.    Complete  specification.    February  22 


230 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Maxch29,iS87. 


An   improvement    in 


2825  J.  G.  Staffer.  London.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
t0  rtynanio-eleetric  machines.    February  23 

-S3.)  G.  V.  Lagarde.  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
electric  batteries,  and  to  means  for  putting  the  same  into  and 
out  of  action.    Complete  specification.    February  23 

30.i<i  II.  Aylesbury  and  J.  Milne.  Bristol.  An  alternating 
current  sparkless  commutator  for  an  electric  dynamo.   Feb.  28 

3057  H.  Aylesbury  and  .1.  Milne.  A  brushless  and  sparkless 
commutator  for  an  electric  dj  natno.    February  28 

3087  E.  Wilson,  Hanover.  The  improvement  of  dvnamo- 
Blectrio  machines.    February  28 

3088  B.  J.  B.  Mills— From  A.  Million.  France.  Improvements 
in  electric  candles.     Fcbrunn  28 

3197  SirD.  L.  Salomons.  Dart..  T.  Parker,  and  P.  B.  El  well, 
\\  olverhampton.  An  improved  means  of  separating  the 
plates  in  secondary  batteries.     March  2 

3323  C.  L.  Tweedale,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  primary 
batteries.    March  4 

1342  W.  E.  Ayrton  and  J.  Perry,  London.  Apparatus  for 
measuring  the  coefficients  of  self-induction  or  of  mutual  in- 
duction.   March  1 

3588  G.  Tangye  and  T.  Jefferies.  London.  Improvements  in 
machinery  or  apparatus  for  driving  dynamo-electric  and 
magneto-electric  machines.    March  9 

300S    J.    D.    F.    Andrews,    London. 
dynamo-electric  machines.    March  9 

3609  1).  Halpin  and  J.  A.  Timmis.  London.  Improvements 
in  dynamo-electric  or  magneto-electric  machines  and  motors. 
March  9 

3719  31.  Kotyra,  London.  Improvements  in  electrical  appa- 
ratus for  the  prevention  of  corrosion  and  formation  of  scale 
in  steam  boilers.    3Iarch  11 

3796  ti.  C.  Flicker,  Putney.  Generating  electricity  by  the 
direct  combustion  of  carbon  fuels.    March  12 

3811  T.  R.  Weston.  London.  A  new  method  for  obtaining 
electricity.    3Iareh  11 

38oli  T.  V.  Hughes.  London.  An  improved  process  for 
making  filaments  of  carbonisable  material  suitable  fur  con- 
version into  conductors  for  use  in  electric  glow  lamps 
3Iarch  11 

4032  31.  Immisch,  London.  Improved  holder  for  brushes  of 
electromotors  and  dynamo-machines.    March  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


4663  F.  F.  Stogerniayr  and  V.  Glassner.  Electric  generators. 
March  9 

4881  J.  Piatt.  J.  Hopkinson,  and  E.  Hopkinson.  Dynamo- 
electric  machines.    3Iareh  2 

5479  S.  C.  C.  Currie.     Gauging  electric  currents,  and  appa- 
ratus therefor.     February  23 
558s  \V.  31.  3Iordcy.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    3Iarch  9 
5971  A.  W.  Armstrong.    Electrical  batteries  and  appliances. 
31  arch  2 
9518  H.  Applegarth.    Carbon  electrodes.    March  2 
9582  J.  P.  Hall.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    3Iarch  2 
10502  E.  Frankland.    Electrical  storage  batteries.    3Iarch  5 
13o92  31.  Bailey  and  J.  Warner.   Primary  batteries.   March 2 
11937    31.  Bailey  and  J.   Warner.      Preventing   escape    of 
noxious  fumes  from  batteries.    3Iarch  2 

1887. 

11 1  W.  C.  Quinby.  Eleetroly  te  and  depolarising  solution  for 
voltaic  batteries.    3Iarch  9 

1656  31.  Bailey  and  J.  Warner.  Preventing  escape  of  noxious 
fumes  from  electric  batteries.    3Iarch  5 

1750  H.  H.  Lake-From  Count  R.  de  3Iontgelas.  The  electro- 
deposition  of  aluminium,  and  apparatus  therefor.    3Iarch  16 

1752  H.  H.  Lake— From  Count  H.  de  3Iontgelas.  Electric 
batteries.    3Iarch  5 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

3029  J.  B.  Spence,  London.  Improved  mode  of  preparing 
fibres  for  use  in  paper  making  and  other  purposes.    Feb  "6 

3100  P.  Cook.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  papier-mache  hollow  vessels,  and  in 
mechanism  therefor.    February  28 

3122  H.  J.  Shawcross  and  B,  H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool  Im- 
provements in  the  method  of  manufacture  and  subsequent 
treatment  of  paper-tissue  fabrics,  wood,  and  like  material  for 
the  production  of  writings,  prints,  designs,  or  other  impressions 
in  ink  black  and  in  colours.    3Iareh  1 

3891  T.  Worth,  Droylsden.  An  improvement  in  the  water- 
proofing of  paper  for  packing  and  other  purposes.    3Iarcb  15 

3927  C.  Russell  and  P.  H.  Craigin,  London.  Improvements 
in  paper-pulp  screens.    Complete  specification.    3Iarch  15 

3937  A.  \\  llkinson,  London.  The  treatment  of  fibres  for 
pulp,  and  the  manufacture  of  paper  therefrom.    March  15 


'  OMPLETB  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS6. 

1076  A.  Schlumberger.  3Ianufacture  of  cheques  and  oilier 
papers  so  as  to  prevent  fraudulent  alterations  therein.    Feb  26 

oot.3  \\  .  E.  Heys-From  E.  G.  H.  Ladewig.  3Ianufacture  of 
lire-  and  waterproof  paper,  millboard,  etc.    31arch  2 

6585  J.  G.  Dunbar  and  A.  3Iackenzie.  Apparatus  for  regu- 
lating the  supply  of  pulp  to  paper-making  machines.    3Iarch  !P 

1887. 

517  H.  H.  Lake-From  E.  R.  Wiggin.  3Ianufacture  of  cor- 
rugated paper  and  similar  fabrics.    March  2 

523  H.  II.  Lake— From  E.  R.  Wiggin.  3Iachinery  for  use  in 
the  manufacture  of  corrugated  paper.    March  2 

1413  U.  Eisentraut.  3Ianiifacturing  composition  from  cellu- 
lose or  ground  wood,  which  can  be  moulded  by  heat  and 
pressure.    31arch  2 

1S08  H.  H.  Lake-F.  J.  3Iarshall. 
act  tire  of  paper  pulp.    3Iarch5. 


3Iachinery  for  the  manu- 


XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES,  and  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATION. 

3678  S.  II.  Levi,  London.  A  process  of  treating  the  seeds  of 
the  fruit  of  a  certain  tree  to  render  the  same  fit  for  industrial 
or  commercial  purposes.    31arch  10. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
18S6. 

5936  E.  Edwards— From  E.  A.  Viteau.  Process  for  complete 
purification  of  perfumes,  in  the  manufacture  of  which  sulphuret 
of  carbon  has  been  used.    31arch  2 

6259  C.  1).  Abel— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Parfums 
.Naturcls  de  Cannes.    Extraction  of  perfume  essences.    31ar.  9 

XXI. -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

262S  H.  S.  Maxim,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
manufacture  and  treatment  of  dynamite,  blasting  gelatine, 
and  similar  explosive  compounds,  and  to  apparatus  therefor 
lebruary  19 

2679  C.  Roth,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
explosives.    Complete  specification.    February  21 

3173  S.  H.  Nealy  and  L.  Hutchins.  London.  Improvements  in 
marine  torpedoes.    Complete  specification.    March  1 

324o  H.  Jephson,  Derby.  Improved  fog-signal  detonator. 
3Iarch  2 

3476  E.  L.  Sheldon,  London.  An  improved  match  or  cigarette 
light.    31arch  7 

3550  J.  P.  Gibbins.  London.  A  land  mine  or  torpedo  for  the 
discharge  of  grenades,  small  shell,  or  other  missiles,  over  a 
large  area.    Complete  specification;    3Iarch  8 

3551  J.  P.  Gibbins,  London.  A  floating  electro  contact  or 
automatic  mine.    Complete  specification.    March  8 

3554  J.  Fraser.  London.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for,  manufacturing  lucifer  matches.    31arch  8 

3675  A.  V.  Newton— From  A.Nobel,  France.  Improvements 
in  explosive  compounds.    31arch  10 

3676  A.  V.  Newton— From  A.  Nobel.  Improvements  in  de- 
tonators.   March  10 

3778  W.  W.  Walker  and  E.  A.  3IcAdam,  Liverpool.  Im- 
provements in  matches,  wax-vestas,  tapers,  and  the  like 
.March  12 

3872  E.  St.  John  Christophers  and  B.  Dunk.  The  improve- 
ment of  explosive  shells.     3tarch  15 

3887  G.  P.  Lempriere.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in 
exploders  or  detonators  for  fog  signals,  torpedoes,  artillery, 
fire-arms,  blasting  cartridges,  and  other  articlea  of  a  like 
nature.    3Iarch  15 

3920  A.  J.  Boult— From  L.  Bagger.  United  States.  Improve- 
ments in,  or  relating  to.  the  igniting  of  explosive  charges. 
Complete  specification.    31arch  15 

COMPLETE  8PECIFICA  TIOKS  ACCEPTED. 


4525  G.  A.  Sweetser,  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
cigar  lights,  fusees,  or  vesuvians,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
.March  2 

6258  C.  I).  Abel— From  F.  Gaens.  Explosive  compound  for 
blasting.    31arcb  5 

5191  11.  von  Schenk.  3Ianufacture  of  substances  for  igniting 
matches.    3Iarch  16 


Printed  and  Published  bj  Bmmott  .v  do..  N.»  Bridge  Street,  Btrangewars,  Manchester,  lot  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
IiOndoh  Offiob,  n.r  the  Bale  of  Copies  and  Receipt  of  BnbBcriptiona ;  6.  York  Street,  Corral  Garden. 


THE    JOURNAL 

OF    THE 

Society  of  Chemical  3ttcustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  4. -Vol.  VI. 


APRIL    29,    1887. 


Non-Members  30  -  per  annum  ;  Members 
21  -  per  Set;  Single  Copies  2,6. 


Cbe  ^ocictp  of  Chemical  Jnoustrp. 


Past  Presidents: 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P..  LL.D..  V.P.R.S.  . .  1881-1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B..  D.C.L.,  F.R-S.   . .  1882-1883. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1881—1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885-1886. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1887. 


President :  David  Howard. 
Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  I.  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.. 

F.R.S. 
Prof.  James  Deu-ar.  F.R.S. 
Dr.'Petvr  Oriess.  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
Dr.  \V.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.     E.    Roscoe. 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


M.P., 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 
John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E.  John  Pattinson 

Eustace  Carey.  S.  A.  Sadler. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 
Henry  Doulton. 
Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 
S.  H.  Johnson. 
Iran  I^evinstein. 


Sir  Bernhard  Samuelson, 

Bart..  M.P. 
Sir  Chan.  Tennant,  Burt. 
Lewis  T.  Wright. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook.  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow.  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary: 

Luduig  Mond,  20.  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 

General  Secretary:  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster.  S.W. 

THE    JOURNAL. 

Publication  Committee : 


The  President. 
Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
George  E.  Davis. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola.  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.  OSullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors : 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
A.  R.  Davis. 
A.  G.  Green. 
S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 
James  Hulme. 
Bertram  Hunt. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 
D.E.  Jones. 


Abstractors : 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 

Chas.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

J.  Walter  Leather.  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

Wm  Macnab,  Jun. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris.  Ph.D. 

J.  If.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 

H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  IS  of  the 
Bye-laws,  notice  is  hereby  given  that  those  members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  placed  in  italics  in  the 
annexed  list,  will  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at 
the  forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting. 

Professor  James  Dewar,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated 
to  the  office  of  President,  and  Mr.  David  Howard  has 
been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

Professor  Clowes,  Mr.  J.  Neilson  Cuthbertson, 
Mr.  Ivan  Levinstein,  and  Professor  W.  A.  Tilden,  F.R.S., 
have  been  nominated  Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8; 
and  Mr.  B.  S.  Proctor  has  been  nominated  Ordinary 
Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17,  in  the  place  of 
Mr.  Levinstein,  nominated  Vice-President. 

The  Treasurer  and  Foreign  Secretary  have  been 
nominated  for  re-election. 

Members  are  hereby  invited  to  nominate  fit  and  proper 
persons  to  fill  four  vacancies  among  the  Ordinary  Members 
of  Council  under  Rule  IS.  Special  nomination  forms 
for  this  purpose  can  be  obtained  from  the  General 
Secretary  upon  application. 

Extract  from  Rule  IS  :— "  No  such  nomination  shall 
be  valid,  unless  it  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  members  of 
the  Society,  who  are  not  in  arrear  with  their  subscrip- 
tions, nor  unless  it  be  received  by  the  General  Secretary, 
at  the  Society's  Office,  at  least  one  month  before  the 
date  of  the  commencement  of  the  Annual  General 
Meeting,  to  the  election  to  take  place  at  which  it  refers. 
Nor  shall  any  such  nomination  be  valid  if  the  person 
nominated  be'  ineligible  for  election  under  Rules  12  or 
15.  No  member  shall  sign  more  than  one  nomination 
form." 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  that  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting  will  be"  held  in  Manchester  on  Wednesday, 
Thursday,  and  Friday,  the  13th,  14th,  and  15th  of  July 
next.  Detailed  arrangements  and  the  programme  of 
proceedings  will  appear  as  soon  as  complete. 

The  supply  of  copies  of  the  Journal  for  January,  1SS2, 
and  January,  1SS3,  being  now  exhausted,  the  Secretary 
would  be  glad  to  receive  communications  from  members 
possessing  extra  copies  of  those  numbers,  in  good  condi- 
tion, with  a  view  to  purchase. 

Should  sufficient  applications  for  complete  sets  be 
received,  the  numbers  will  be  reprinted. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  anv  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  "under  Bye-Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 

A 


238 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April  29. 1887. 


scribed  50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 

\i/.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  Bending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES    OF    ADDRESS. 


\V.  IS.  Allbright.  lo  Dorchester:  e  b  Halstead  &  Co..  196— 
202.  Forsyth  Street,  New  York.  U.S.A. 

J.  Barrow.  1  0  Eccles;  Beeeh  House.  Folly  Lane,  "S  win  ton, 
near  Manchester. 

H.  Brunner.  1  o  Widnes ;  Holly  Mount,  Tarbock  Road.  Huy- 
ton.  near  Liverpool. 

L.  C.  1  lanicll,  I/O  London;  Toohey's  Brewery.  Sydney,  New 
South  Wales. 

J.  F.  Davis,  l/o  New  York ;  551,  Quincev  Street,  Brooklvn. 
New  York.  U.S.A. 

D.  B.  Dott.  1  o  Abbey  Hill;  24.  Castle  Street.  Edinburgh. 

A.  H.  Elliott,  1  o  Columbia  College;  office  of  "Anthony's 
Bulletin." 59.  Broadway.  New  York.  U.S.A. 

G.  E.  R.  Ellis,  l/o  Bayswater :  The  County  College.  Hereford. 

N.  Farrant.  1  o  St.  Paul's  Road  ;  2,  Lawnside,  Bearwood 
Road.  Smethwick,  Birmingham. 

A.  C.  Fryer,  l/o  Richmond  Hill :  Cornwallis  Lodge.  Clifton. 
Bristol. 

G..I.  Hamlen.  l/o  Hull ;  9,  Muir  Street,  Silvertown.  E. 

C.  M.  King,  l/o  5  ;  63,  Ferine  Park  Road.  Hornsev,  X. 

A.  H.  Mason  ;  Journals,  etc.,  to  P.O.,  Box  1979,  Montreal. 
Canada. 

I>.  Melville,  l/o  Boston:  North  Woburn,  Mass..  U.S.A. 

J.  Men-vices.  1  o  Rio  Tinto  :  c  o  Cassel  Gold  Extracting  I  !o., 
Limited,  13,  West  Scotland  Street.  Kinning  Park.  Glasgow. 

J.  A.  Morrice.  1  o  Pollokshields ;  1.  Athole  Gardens  Place, 
Kelvinside,  Glasgow. 

Jas.  Muter.  1  o  Fauldhouse;  c/oFinlay,  Fleming  &  Co.,  Ran- 
goon. Burmah. 

W.  II.  North.  1  o  Manningham  ;  Ingleby  Street  Dveworks, 
Browroyd.  Bradford.  Yorks. 

Jas,  Park;  Journals,  etc..  c  o  Stevenson.  Carlisle  &  Co..  Mil- 
burn  Chemical  Works.  Garngad  Hill.  Glasgow. 

H.  A.  Rademacher.  lo  Charlestown :  Cellulose  Factory. 
Glossop. 

F.  W.  Richardson,  lo  Whetley  Grove:  2,  Farcliffe  Place, 
Bradford.  Yorks. 

W.  Johnston  Saint,  1  o  Munich  ;  11,  Queen's  Road, 
Aberdeen. 

Win.  Scott,  lo  Ardgowan  Street;  2,  Robertson  Street, 
Greenock.  N.B 

C.  A.  Senc.  1  o  Fulton  Street;  S62,  Broadway.  New  York, 
U.S.A. 

Fred.  Smith,  1  b  Suttonon-Hull :  c  o  New  Explosives  Co.. 
Limited.  Stowmarket. 

J.  Johnston  Smith.  1  o  Port  Glasgow  ;  Castle  Brewery, 
Newark-on-Trent. 

Thos.  Steel,  lo  Fiji;  Yarraville  Sugar  Refinery,  Melbourne, 
Yictoria. 

D.  Stewart,  l/o  Kirkintilloch:  152,  Birkbeek  Road,  Totten- 
ham. V 

F.  P.  Stiker.  l/o  EUicott  Street,  206.  High  Street,  Buffalo 
New  \  cik.  I  .S.A. 

E.  Sykes.  1  o  Nursery  Street :  It,  Edmond  Street,  Seedley, 
Pendleton.  Lancashire. 

G.  Crosland  Taylor,  lo  Xeston ;  Riverside,  Boughton, 
Chester. 

G.  G.  Tomlinson,  1  o  Rainham  :  10.  Maude  Grove.  West 
Bronipton,  S.W. 

Jas.  Towns,  lo  Victoria  Docks:  50.  Morgan  Street  Can- 
ning Town,  E. 

A.  W.  Warrington,  1,  o  Gottingen  ;  4,  Grafton  Square  Clap- 
ham,  S.W. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 

W.  F.  Jack,  l/o  Ravensworth.  Xeoth.  Glamorganshire 
J.  Lawrence,  I/O  7,  Bellgrove  Terrace.  Glasgow. 
R.  S\  ightwick  Roberts.  1  o  Yalparaiso.  Chili. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  22nd  APRIL.  1887. 


Jas.  Armour,  c/o  ClippcnsOi!  Co.,  10.  Both  well  Street,  Glas- 
gow, clerk. 

T.  F.  Barbour.  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Edin- 
burgh, assistant. 

Al.x.  Hair.  12,  Hath  Street,  Glasgow,  asphalte  and  water- 
proof cloth  manufacturer. 

R.  Bloomfleld.  Thurma  Factory,  via   Darhhunga,  Tirhoot 
India,  indigo  planter. 

Thos.    Fletcher.   99,    Great  Hampton  Street,  Birmingham 
master  baker. 

Jas.  Hardman.  Whitwood  Chemical  Works,  Normanton 
manager, 

Jno.  Harrison.  35th  and  Gray's  Ferry  Road,  Philadelphia, 
Pa..  1  .s.A..  chemical  manufacturer. 


A.  Frederick  Jones,  15,  Dawson  Place,  Bayswater,  W., 
sodium  nitrate  manufacturer. 

J.  West  Knights,  County  Laboratory,  Cambridge,  public 
analyst. 

Alex.  L.  Lineff,  12,  Buckingham  Street,  Adelphi.  W.C.,  con- 
sulting engineer. 

^Harvey  M.  Mansfield,  Fairfield,  Somerset  Co.,  Maine, 
U.S.A..  chemist  to  Wood  Fibre  Company. 

Frank  Moul.  Aldersgate  Chemical  Works.  Southall.  chemist. 

Thos.  C.  Palmer.  121,  Adelaide  Road,  Haverstock  Hill.  N.W.. 
engineer. 

E.  Cheshire  Patchitt,  12?.  Derby  Road.  Nottingham. 

Iir.  W.  H.  Perkin,  jun..  33,  Central  Road.  Withington.  Man- 
chester, chemist. 

Chas.  E.  Pickard,  Phcenix,  Oswego  Co.,  New  York,  U.S.A., 
student  in  applied  chemistry. 

Herb.  Pilkington,  Tipton  Green  Furnaces,  South  Stafford- 
shire, blast  furnace  manager. 

Edw.  Ramsden,  Holly  Bank,  Great  Horton,  Bradford, 
Yorks.,  spinner. 

Alex.  J.  J.  Ross.  Battlefield  Cottage.  Falkirk,  N.B..  chemist. 

C.  J.  Thompson,  11,  Bentley  Road.  Prince's  Park,  Liverpool, 
pharmacist  and  analyst. 

Jas.  Tutton,  150,  Shaw  Heath,  Stockport,  chemist. 


Dcart). 


E.  Addenbrooke,  18,  Cawley  Road,  South  Hackney,  E. 


ionDon  Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


Chairman:  David  Howard. 

Committee : 
Sir  F.  A.  Abel.  R.  Messel. 

H.  E.  Armstrong.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

W.  Lant  Carpenter.  B.  Redwood. 

W.  Crowder.  T.  Royle. 

C.  Graham.  John  Spiller. 

S.  Hall.  G.  C.  Trewby. 

A.  K.  Huntington.  J.  Williams. 

Hon.   Local  Sec.  and   Treasurer:   Thos.  Tvrer, 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea,  S.W. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  each  month. 

SESSION  1886—8". 

Prospective  Arrangements. 

2.— Dr.    P.    F.  Frankland.    "  Recent    Bacteriological 
Research  in  connection  with  Water  Supply." 
Dr.  C.  R.  A.  Wright,  "  The  Action  of  Zinc  Chloride 
on  Castor  Oil." 
16.— Messrs.  Cross   &    Bevan.    "  Pictet's  Wood   Pulp 
System." 
Mr.  John  Ruffle.  "The  Estimation  of  Moisture  in 
Superphosphates  and  similar  Fertilisers." 
6.— Dr.  H  E.  Armstrong.  "  The  Alkaloids— the  Present 
state  of  Knowledge  concerning  them,  and  the 
Method  employed  in  their  Investigation." 
,,  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood,  "  Notes  of  a  Recent  Visit 

to  some  of  the  Petroleum-producing  Territories 
of  the  L'nitcd  States  and  Canada." 
July.— Annual  Meeting  in  Manchester. 


Mav 


June 


Notices  of  Meetings  and  Papers  will  be  found  in  the 
Scientific  Journals. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  to  be  made  to  the 
Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  April  4, 1SS7 


THE     r  RESIDENT     IN     THE     CHAIR. 


The  Triennial  Election  of  Officers  and  Committee 
of  the  Section  was  made.  Thanks  to  the  Chairman 
and  Committee  were  proposed  and  replied  to  by  the 
Secretary.  The  new  Committee  takes  office  after 
June  next. 


April  29. 188-.1    I  HE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


239 


FURTHER  NOTES  AND  EXPERIMENTS  ON 
THE  COMPOSITION  AND  MANURIAL 
VALUE  OF   SEWAGE   SLUDGE. 

BY  J.  M.  H.  MU.VRO,  D.SC,  F.C.S.,  ETC., 

Profettor  of  Chemistry  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  Downton, 

Salisbury. 

L\  January,  188"),  I  had  the  honour  of  reading  a  paper 

before  this  Society,  giving  the  results  of  field  experi- 
ments with  filter-pressed  sewage  sludge  upon  crops  of 
turnips  ;  I  showed  that,  weight  for  weight,  partially 
air-dried  sludge  exercised    rather  more  immediate 
effect  than  farmyard  manure,  and  good  crops  were 
grown  with  all  three  of  the  sludges  tried,  whereas  on 
the  unmanured  plots   scarcely  any  crop  could  be 
obtained.    Since,  however,  5  tons  of  the  sludges  con- 
tained a  considerably  greater  weight  of  phosphoric 
acid  and   nitrogen    than  5   tons  of    the    farmyard 
manure,  I  considered  that  I  had  by  no  means  obtained 
the  maximum  effect,  which  I  attributed  to  the  fact 
that  the  sludges  were  used  in  tenacious  clods  not 
readily   pulverised   by  the    harrow  so   as    to    mix 
with  the  soil.     I  expressed  my  intention  of  experi- 
menting   with    some    dried    and    ground    sludges, 
anticipating  that  from  them  much  better  duty  per  unit 
of  nitrogen  and  of  phosphoric  acid  would  be  obtained. 
These  trials  were  duly  made,  with  all  the  care  I 
could  bestow  on  them,  but  circumstances  beyond  my 
control  interfered  greatly  with  the  results.     Thirty- 
five  plots  of  rape  were  grown   in   1885,  and  some 
experiments  were  made  on  potatoes  also  ;  nothing 
was  wanting  to  success  but  suitable  weather,  and 
unfortunately  the  summer  of  1885  is  too  well  remem- 
bered as  one  of  exceptional  drought.     Root  crops 
failed  almost  entirely  over  the  whole  of  the  south  of 
England,  winter  keep  was  consequently  exceedingly 
scarce,  and  the  price  of  sheep  fell  alarmingly  at  the 
autumn  fairs.     My  experimental  plots  of  rape  and 
swedes  were  really  the  best  specimens  of  those  crops 
to  be  seen  on  the  farm,  but  that  is  not  saying  much  ; 
the  weather  was  far  too  dry  to  favour  the  action  of 
any  manures,  and  even  Peruvian  guano,  superphos- 
phate, and  nitrate  of  soda,  produced  only  a  fraction 
of  their  usual  effect. 

In  consequence  of  this,  I  postponed  publication  of 
the  results,  and  laid  out  another  series  of  thirty-five 
plots  in  1886,  on  which  a  mixture  of  rape  and  turnips 
was  grown  ;  these  also  were  sacrificed  to  a  misadven 
ture,  for  which  science  provides  no  remedy.     The  farm  ' 
manager,  caring  nothing  for  sewage  sludge,  and  a  | 
good  deal  for  the  exigencies  of  his  daily  work,  cast  a  ' 
greedy    eye    upon    my   crops    as    they  approached  ( 
maturity,  and  finally  folded  a  flock  of  sheep  upon  [ 
them  without  allowing  me  any  opportunity  of  weigh-  I 
ing  up  the  produce.     I  cannot,  therefore,  pretend  to 
offer  in  this  paper  anything  very  new  or  very  con-  I 
elusive ;  as  the  title  indicates,  I  have,  really  in  response  i 
to  the  invitation  of  your  Hon.  Secretary,  put  together 
such  notes  and  observations  as  may  furnish  a  record 
of  the  work  I  have  been  able  to  devote  to  the  subject  j 
during  the  past  two  years.     The  very  full  and  recent  I 
discussion  on  the  disposal  of  sewage  sludge  following 
the  reading  of  Mr.  Dibdin's  and  Mr.  Crimp's  papers  j 
at  the  Institution  of  Civil   Engineers,   proves  the 
interest  and  importance  of  the  subject,  but  at  the  I 
same  time,  perhaps,  rather  discourages  any  individual 
effort  to  add  to  the  existing  information. 

I  will  first  dispose  of  the  field  experiments  with 
ordinary  sewage  sludges,  and  with  a  novel  one,and  then 
consider  the  composition  of  sludge,  andhowsewageean 
best  be  precipitated  and  the  sludge  pressed  with  the 
viea  of  utilisingthe  pressed  cakes  as  manure  ;  and  this, 
I  may  be  allowed  to  point  out,  is  not  quite  the  same 
thing  as  precipitation  and  pressing  with  the  sole 
view  of  clarifying  sewage  and  avoiding  a  nuisance. 


The  ordinary  sludges  tried  as  manures  in  1885  were 
Coventry  sludge  (lime  and  alumina),  Leyton  sludge 
(Hanson'.;  process,  lime  and  alkali  waste),  native 
guano  (A  15  C  process) ;  all  air-dried  and  ground. 
Wimbledon  sludge  (lime)  partially  air-dried  and  in 
lumps.  Besides  these,  I  tried  also  a  sludge  precipitated 
not  from  sewage,  but  from  the  waste  liquor  of  a 
hide-cleansing  factory.  In  its  dry  state  it  contained 
1'20  per  cent,  nitrogen,  and  only  0"80  per  cent,  phos- 
phoric acid. 

The  plots  receiving  these  sludges  were  compared 
with  unmanured  plots,  and  with  plots  receiving 
standard  manures,  such  as  nitrate  of  soda,  mineral 
superphosphate,  Peruvian  guano,  and  fish  guano. 

The  detailed  analyses  of  these  sludges  (together 
with  others)  are  given  in  Table  A,  and  will  be  com- 
mented on  after  the  manorial  results  have  been  given 
From   this  table  we  find  that  eight  samples  of 
sewagesludgetriedasmanures,  prepared  in  six  different 
towns,  by  lime  or    alumina  precipitation,  or  both, 
contained  on  the  average  in  100  parts  of  dry  matter 
2'20  per    cent,    of  phosphoric  acid,   equivalent    to 
4"80  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime,  and  T40  per 
cent,    of    nitrogen    equivalent    to    171    per    cent, 
of    ammonia.      Mr.   Dibdin  gives    as    the   average 
composition     of     the    (dried)    sludge    obtained    at 
Crossness  T57  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid,  =3"42 
per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime,  and  2'0S  per  cent,  of 
nitrogen,    =253  per    cent,   of  ammonia.     In   bone 
[  manures,  some  of  which  contain  about  the  same  per- 
centage of  nitrogen  as  dried  sludge,  13s.  per  unit  of 
nitrogen  reckoned  as  ammonia  is  not  considered  a 
high  valuation  ;  and  as  to  precipitated  phosphate,  it 
may  be  put  at  2s.  per  unit.      I  mean  that  farmers 
should  be  well  content  to  pay  these  prices  at  indus- 
trial centres  for  manure  in  the  condition  of  dried  and 
ground  sludge,  free  on  rail,  but  exclusive  of  carriage  ; 
,'  they  generally  pay  very  considerably  higher  figures, 
because    they    buy    inferior     manures      in      small 
lots      through      local      dealers      on     credit.      For 
example,      many    so  -  called      samples      of      bone 
superphosphate  contain  not  more  than  0'6'  per  cent, 
of  nitrogen  reckoned  as  ammonia,  and  even  this  small 
quantity  is  generally  paid  for  at  more  than  13s.  per 
unit.     Again,    by   getting    close     quotations    from 
London  makers  a  farmer  could  no  doubt  buy  10  or  20 
tons  of  mineral  superphosphate  at  Is.  9d.  per  unit  of 
"  soluble  phosphate,"  exclusive  of  bags,  carriage,  and 
credit  ;  but  farmers  generally  pay  2s.  6d.  to  3s.  per  unit, 
and  an  educated  farmer,  in  talking  to  me,  refused  to 
believe  that  this  manure  could  be  of  good  quality 
under  £i  10s.  per  ton,  that  is  3s.  6d.  per  unit  of 
soluble  phosphate.    On  the  basis  given  above  we  get 
31s.  9d.  on  my  analysis,  and  3t>s.  on  Mr.  Dibdin's,  as 
about  the  value  of  the  manurial  constituents  of  one 
ton  of  dried  and  ground  sewage  sludge.    I  contended 
that  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  this  valuation  being 
justified,  when  the  ground  sludge  is  applied  to  crops 
and  property  mixed  with  the  soil,  side  by  side  with 
well-known  artificials  bought  at  market  rates.     I  am 
aware  that  these  figures  give  nearly  15s.  per  ton  as 
the  value  of  the  wet  pressed  sludge  containing  55 
per  cent,  water  ;   but  I  have  never  contended  that 
sludge  from  the  presses  is  worth  15s.  per  ton.    Its 
unsuitable  physical  condition  was  fully  dwelt  on  in 
my  previous  paper.     At  Salisbury,  during  the  last 
few  months,  1O00  tons  of  this  stuff  have  been  sold 
at  nearly  4s.  per  ton  on  the  spot ;   the  railway  com- 
pany would  deliver  stable  manure  from  London  for 
about  cjs.  Gd.  per  ton  at  this  distance.     Bearing  in 
mind  that  under  favourable  circumstances  these  two 
manures  will  in  the  first  year  produce  nearly  similar 
crops,  weight  for  weight,  a  much  higher  price  than 
4s.  cannot  be  expected  ;  at  the  same  time,  the  farmer 
using  good  sludge  leaves  in  the  soil  a  much  larger 

a2 


240 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April 29. 1887, 


residue  of  phosphoric  acid  and  nitrogen,  to  be  partly 
utilised  in  future  years,  than  is  left  by  an  equal 
weight  of  farmyard  dung. 

So  long  as  Local  Boards  can  get  anything  for  the 
sludge,  or  even  give  it  away,  they  will  probably  not 
trouble  about  any  further  preparation  of  it.  But 
where  other  manures  are  cheap,  and  the  sewage 
works  not  in  the  midst  of  an  agricultural  district, 
4s.  cannot  be  obtained  ;  at  Coventry,  2s.  6d.  is  all 
that  can  be  had ;  at  Wimbledon,  where  stable 
manure  competes  with  it,  Is.  per  ton  is  obtained  ; 
at  Leyton  it  is  given  away  ;  at  Tottenham  it  is  partly 
given  and  partly  delivered  to  the  farmers  ;  and  at 
Crossness,  where  it  would  be  produced  in  very  large 
quantities,  quite  away  from  the  country,  competing 
with  stall  manure,  fish  waste,  and  other  refuse  re- 
quiring to  be  sold,  and  close  to  the  spot  where  arti- 
ficial manures  can  be  bought  cheaper  than  anywhere 
else,  it  would  seem  as  if  no  mode  of  disposal  or  of 
utilisation  can  save  sewage  sludge,  pressed  or  im- 
pressed, from  being  a  burden  to  the  rates.  What 
will  eventually  be  done  with  the  London  sludge  I 
leave  to  others  to  discuss.  My  present  object  is  to 
point  out  that  in  smaller  towns,  where  the  pressed 
sludge  is  not  easily  disposed  of,  but  is  not  produced 
in  too  great  a  quantity,  or  too  far  from  an  agricul- 
tural district,  a  manure  can  be  produced  by  drying 
and  grinding,  which,  at  all  events,  should  more  than 
repay  the  cost  of  these  two  processes. 

Let  us  see  now  how  my  estimate  of  30s.  per  ton 
dry,  is  justified  by  trials  against  other  manures,  first 
remarking  that  in  field  experiments  of  this  kind  nega- 
tive results  are  of  no  value.  A  manure  cannot  under 
the  most  favourable  circumstances  do  more  than 
yield  up  a  certain  fraction  of  its  fertilising  ingre- 
dients to  a  crop,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  many 
circumstances  may  prevent  even  the  best  manure 
from  producing  any  appreciable  benefit  in  particular 
cases.  To  ensure  success,  the  soil  must  be  in  poor 
condition,  otherwise  the  unmanured  plots  will  yield 
too  highly  ,  the  crop  must  be  one  which  will  respond 
to  the  "  dominant  constituent "  of  the  manure — root 
crops  for  phosphates,  gramineous  crops  for  nitrogen, 
potatoes  or  clover  for  potash,  etc.  ;  the  manure  must 
be  in  proper  condition  (i.e.,  generally  in  powder), 
and  properly  applied  at  the  right  time  ;  a  uniform 
plant  must  exist  over  the  plots  ;  the  soil  must  be 
uniform  in  character  ;  and  there  must  be  sufficient 
rainfall  to  render  the  manure  available  to  the  plant. 
Lack  of  the  last  condition  was  fatal  to  many  of  the 
plots  of  rape  in  1885  ;  for  want  of  rain  just  after 
sowing  the  plant  failed  in  patches,  most  over  the 
unmanured  plots,  and  next  over  those  receiving  the 
weakest  and  most  insoluble  manures.  The  six  un- 
manured plots  produced  an  average  of  153lb.  green 
rape ;  the  best  plots,  those  receiving  farmyard- 
manure  and  enriched  sludges  only  produced  about 
450lb. — three  times  this  quantity  would  have  been  a 
fair  crop  had  there  been  sufficient  rainfall.  Owing 
to  the  patchy  nature  of  the  plant,  the  plots  re- 
ceiving— 

4cwt.  per  acre,  herring  and  potash  guano 
H  tons       ,,         hide  cleansing  factory  sludge 
3  tons         ,,         native  guano 
11  tons       ,,        native  guano 
3  tons         ,,         Coventry  sludge 

showed  either  insignificant  increases  over  the  un- 
manured plots  (the  herring  and  potash  guano  showed 
a  decrease),  or  increases  so  irregular  that  no  con- 
clusions can  be  drawn.  Coming  to  the  plots  on 
which  a  more  uniform  plant  was  secured,  the  fol- 
lowing averages  were  obtained  :  — 

Increase, 
lb. 

Unmanured.  1531b 0 

1A  tons  per  acre.  Wimbledon  sludge.  2541b 101 

li  tons         ,,         Coventry  sludge,  2611b 108 

4cwt.  „        superphosphate,  2781b 125 


Increase. 
11). 

8c\vt.  per  acre,  superphosphate,  3281b 175 

4cwt.  ,,         codfish  guano  and  potash.  2951b.  ..  112 

1J  tons         ..         dried  and  ground  Leyton  sludge 
(moisture  27  per  cent.,  nitrogen  1'05  per  cent., 

phosphoric  acid  128  per  cent.).  3451b 192 

10  tons  per  acre,  farmyard  manure,  4491b 296 

Taking  the  four  best  results,  the  8cwt.  superphos- 
phates, costing  us  24s.,  and  the  4cwt.  codfish  guano, 
costing  32s.,  were  both  inferior  to  the  1|  ton  dried 
and  ground  Leyton  sludge,  worth,  according  to  my 
valuation,  28s.  Gd.  ;  the  10  tons  farmyard  manure, 
which  if  bought  would  cost  in  our  district  perhaps 
65s.,  produced  about  as  great  an  increase  over  the 
Leyton  sludge  crop  as  would  be  expected  from  the 
difference  in  the  price  at  which  they  are  valued. 

The  ground  Leyton  sludge  (precipitated  by  Han- 
son's process)  was  of  a  peculiar  light  feathery  texture, 
different  to  what  I  have  seen  in  any  other 
sludges.  I  do  not  know  the  reason  of  this,  but 
perhaps  it  partly  accounts  for  the  good  result  ob- 
tained with  it. 

Experiments  made  in  the  same  year  (1885)  on 
potatoes,  grown  in  a  different  soil,  and  in  a  different 
locality,  show  that  dried  Coventry  sludge  and  Native 
Guano  (the  only  sludges  tried)  justify  the  value  here 
assigned  to  them,  in  comparison  with  fish-potash 
Guano  and  Peruvian  guano.  In  this  case  the  potato 
sets  were  a  yard  apart  each  way,  and  a  carefully- 
weighed  quantity  of  the  manure  was  incorporated 
with  the  soil  above  each  set  at  the  time  of  planting, 
experiments  reported  by  me  elsewhere  (Agricultural 
lja:ette,  September,  1884),  having  shown  that  the 
yield  of  tubers  could  be  more  than  doubled  accord- 
ing to  the  mode  of  applying  the  manures,  and  that 
this  mode  was  the  best  of  those  tried.  In  1885  the 
results  were  : — 

39  sets  of  potatoes  unmanured,  produced  on 

an  average 611b.  tubers. 

39  sets,  each  manured  with  4oz.  dried  and 
ground  Coventry  sludge,  @  13}  „  moisture, 
106  nitrogen,  and  125';  phosphoric  acid, 
produced  on  an  average 761b.       „ 

39  sets,  with  8oz.  each  of  the  same  sludge  —    861b.      „ 

39  sets,  with  8oz.  each  Native  Guano,  at  29': 
moisture.  1'50  „  nitrogen,  and  112%  phos- 
phoric acid 741b.      ,, 

39  sets,  each  with  loz.  fish  guano,  containing 
8  nitrogen,  7J°i  phosphoric  acid,  and 
potash  salts 781b.      „ 

39  sets,  each  with  2oz.  of  the  fish  guano 1021b. 

39  sets,  each  with  3oz.  Peruvian  guano,  con- 
taining SX  nitrogen,  and  11;;  phosphoric 
acid..   llljlb.       „ 

The  Peruvian  guano  cost  £10  per  ton,  the  fish 
guano  £8  ;  the  native  guano  comes,  on  my  valuation, 
to  29s.  6d.  per  ton,  the  Coventry  sludge  to  22s.  6d. 
Applying  these  figures,  we  find  that — 

4oz.  per  set  Coventry  sludge  gave  an  increase  of 

121b.  potatoes,  at  a  cost  of Id. 

8oz.  per  set  Coventry  sludge  gave  an  increase  of 

221b.  potatoes,  at  a  cost  of 2Jd. 

Soz.  per  set  Native  Guano  gave  an  increase  of  101b. 

potatoes,  at  a  cost  of ; 3d. 

loz.  per  set  Fish  potash  guano  gave  an  increase 

of  111b.  potatoes,  at  a  cost  of 2d. 

2oz.  per  set  Fish  potash  guano  gave  an  increase 

of  381b.  potatoes,  at  a  cost  of   4Jd. 

3oz.  per  set  Peruvian  guauo  gave  an  increase  of 

50}lb.  potatoes,  at  a  cost  of 73d. 

Without  analysing  these  numbers  more  minutely,  it 
is  evident  the  comparison  is  by  no  means  unfavourable 
to  Coventry  sludge  at  the  value  affixed  to  it. 

The  only  other  manurial  results  I  have  to  bring  for- 
ward are  those  obtained  with  specially  prepared 
sludges,  enriched  by  the  use  of  phosphatic  material 
in  treating  the  sewage. 

The  idea  of  precipitating  sewage  by  dissolved  phos- 
phates is  very  old,  and  is  associated  with  the  names  of 
Herapath,  Blythe,  the  Phosphate  Sewage  Co.,  Dugald 
Campbell,  and   Whitthread.     The  novelties  in  the 


April  m,  is!?.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


241 


present  experiments  are  two,  and  refer  to  the  phos- 
phatic material  employed,  and  the  time  of  introducing 
it  into  the  sewage.  In  1884  and  1885  I  was  employed 
in  demonstrating  the  manurial  value  of  the  phos- 
phates contained  in  basic  cinder,  or  Thomas  phos- 
phate slag,  and  it  was  while  this  work  was  on  hand 
that  the  idea  occurred  to  Mr.  C.  C.  Hutchinson  and 
myself  of  utilising  this  substance  for  sewage  treat- 
ment. Thomas  slag  was  then  a  waste  product,  and 
consequently  by  far  the  cheapest  phosphatic  material 
to  be  bought;  it  is  still  considerably  cheaper  than  other 

Phosphates,  but  as  the  experiments  made  in  1885  by 
'rof  essor  Wrightson  and  myself,  and  a  number  of  ex- 
periments made  in  Germany  by  Dr.  Paul  Wagner  and 
others,  have  demonstrated  the  high  manurial  value 
of  this  slag,  when  simply  ground  to  a  very  fine  pow- 
der, it  can  no  longer  be  obtained  at  a  waste  product 
price.  . 

Thomas  phosphate  slag  now  contains  on  an  average 
IT  or  18  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid,  equivalent  to 
37  or  38  per  cent,  phosphate  of  lime.  It  is  distinguished 
from  other  phosphatic  materials  by  the  presence  of 
12—18  per  cent,  of  protoxide  of  iron,  together  with 
some  peroxide. 

When  this  slag  is  ground  and  treated  with  sul- 
phuric acid,  there  is  obtained  a  "  superphosphate  "  of 
a  peculiar  character  ;  in  addition  to  the  soluble  phos- 
phate, it  contains  a  considerable  proportion  of  ferrous 
sulphate,  some  ferric  sulphate,  and  a  large  excess  of 
sulphate  of  lime.  The  manurial  efficacy  of  this  "  dis- 
solved slag  "  appears  to  be  to  some  extent  interfered 
with  by  the  sulphate  of  iron,  and  is  at  present  eclipsed 
by  the  superior  results  shown  by  the  undissolved  slag 
when  finely  ground.  As  a  sewage  precipitant,  how- 
ever, the  sulphate  of  iron  is  an  advantage.  The 
soluble  phosphate  has  also  precipitating  power,  and 
the  phosphoric  acid  is  recovered  in  the  sludge.  The 
drawback  to  the  process  is  the  large  percentage  of 
lime  contained  in  the  slag— about  20  per  cent,  in  ex- 
cess of  the  phosphoric  acid,  and  the  consequent  large 
proportion  of  sulphuric  acid  required  to  dissolve  it. 
Could  a  phosphatic  slag  be  produced,  with  this  excess 
of  lime  nearly  replaced  by  protoxide  of  iron  and  phos- 
phoric acid,  it  would  be  very  suitable  for  this  method 
of  sewage  treatment. 

In  June,  1885,  some  experiments  were  made  by 
Messrs.  S.  H.  Johnson,  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  and 
myself,  at  the  West  Ham  Sewage  Works,  with  the 
view  of  obtaininga  highly  phosphatic  sludge  to  be  dried 
and  ground  for  manure  ;  and  the  manure  produced 
was  tried  against  the  other  sludges  in  the  field  trials 
already  cited.  I  will  summarise  very  briefly  these 
experiments,  which  disclose  some  points  of  interest. 
The  West  Ham  sewage  is  notorious  for  being  very 
foul,  very  much  contaminated  by  manufacturing 
refuse,  and  liable  to  vary  in  composition  with  great 
suddenness  ;  hence  it  has  always  been  found  difficult 
to  treat  by  chemical  processes.  A  preliminary  series  of 
precipitation  experiments  in  gallon  jars  was  therefore 
made,  from  which  we  learned — 

I.  That  dissolved  cinder  alone  tried  successively  in 
quantities  of  3,  5,  10,  16,  20,  and  40grs.  per  gallon,  pro- 
duced no  satisfactory  precipitation.  The  dissoh  ed  cinder 
was  of  course  precipitated  by  the  ammonia  of  the  sewage, 
as  is  the  case  with  the  sulphate  of  alumina  in  the  A  B  C 
process,  but  the  precipitate  so  produced  failed  to  clarify 
the  liquid,  and  bring  about  speedy  settlement.  All  the 
mixtures  remained  alkaline  after  standing  for  half-an- 
hour. 

II.  40grs.  dissolved  cinder  per  gallon,  followed  by  the 
successive  addition  of  li,  H,  and  3grs.  of  lime  (as  milk 
of  lime),  produced  a  more  satisfactory  effluent,  but  the 
effect  was  much  better  when  the  6grs.  of  lime  were 
added  in  one  dose,  directly  after  the  dissolved  cinder, 
instead  of  in  instalments. 

HI.  Adding  the  lime    before    the    dissolved    cinder 


produced  a  still  better  precipitation.  This  is  known  to 
be  the  case  also  when  lime  is  used  in  conjunction  with 
sulphate  of  alumina, 

IV.  8,  6,  28,  14,  and  lOgrs.  lime  were  then  tried, 
followed  by  16,  24,  168,  70,  and  30grs.  dissolved  cinder. 
Less  than  lOgrs.  of  lime  gave  an  unsatisfactory  precipi- 
tation with  this  sample  of  sewage,  but  by  using  lOgrs. 
with  30grs.  dissolved  cinder,  as  good  a  clarification  was 
obtained  as  with  larger  quantities.  These  quantities 
gave  a  nearly  neutral  effluent,  in  which  phosphoric  acid 
could  not  be  detected. 

V.  Raw  ground  basic  cinder,  although  containing  free 
lime,  was  found  to  have  little  or  no  precipitating  power. 

VI.  lOgrs.  of  lime  and  lOgrs.  sulphateof  alumina  gave 
a  better  precipitation  than  lOgrs.  lime  alone,  but  lOgrs. 
lime  and  30grs.  dissolved  cinder  gave  the  best  of  all. 
When  the  sulphate  of  alumina  was  increased  to  20grs., 
however,  it  showed  a  superiority  over  the  dissolved 
cinder.  . 

All  the  above  experiments  were  made  with  the 
same  sample  of  sewage.  The  next  morning  a  fresh 
sample  was  taken,  and  the  trials  continued.  Only 
5grs.  of  lime  were  found  necessary  to  produce  a 
satisfactory  clearance,  and  the  best  result  was 
obtained  with  5grs.  lime  and  20grs.  dissolved 
cinder.  Another  sample  of  sewage,  taken  only  half- 
nn-hour  after  the  preceding,  however,  did  not  clear 
well  with  2,  3  or  5grs.  of  lime,  followed  by  dissolved 
cinder  or  sulphate  of  alumina,  and  required  lOgrs. 
lime  and  20grs.  dissolved  cinder  to  produce  a  satis- 
factory clearance.  In  a  manufacturing  district  like 
West  Ham  the  changes  in  the  character  of  the  sewage 
are  sometimes  very  sudden. 

On  the  third  day  also  of  the  precipitation  trials  the 
sewage  required  lOgrs.  lime  and  3(>grs.  dissolved 
cinder,  and  the  effluent  was  not  improved  by  sub- 
stituting lOgrs.  of  sulphate  of  alumina  for  10  of  the 
dissolved  cinder.  .      , 

Our  object  being  to  produce  a  sludge  rich  in 
phosphoric  acid,  we  determined  to  use  lOgrs.  lime 
and  30grs.  dissolved  cinder  on  the  large  scale,  and 
accordingly  we  precipitated  the  contents  of  two  tanks 
(about  525,000gals.)  of  sewage  with  7cwt.  lime  and 
19cwt.  dissolved  cinder.  The  milk  of  lime  was  added 
before  pumping  and  the  dissolved  cinder  after. 

With  the  sludge  produced  in  these  operations  a 
series  of  pressing  experiments  was  conducted  with  a 
hand-power  filter-press,  in  order  to  ascertain  the 
minimum  quantity  of  lime  required  to  render  the 
sludge  pressable.  The  necessity  for  adding  lime  again 
at  this  stage  considerably  increases  the  quantity  of 
lime  consumed,  diminishes  the  nominal  value  of  the 
sludge,  and  gives  rise  to  the  very  alkaline  and  badly- 
smelling  press-liquor  complained  of  by  Dr.  Tidy  and 
others.  (See  Table  B,  analyses  of  the  'W  imbledon, 
Leyton  and  Salisbury  press-liquors.) 

The  untreated  sludge  was,  of  course,  found  to  be 
unpressable,  and  only  when  \\  per  cent,  of  lime  was 
added  could  a  good  pressing  be  obtained,  the  tune 
taken  (in  the  hand-press)  being  half-an-hour,  and  the 
pressure  rising  from  60  to  1001b.  per  square  inch. 

The  first  large  pressing  was,  therefore,  made  with 
this  proportion,  2cwt.  lime  (H  per  cent.)  being  added 
as  milk  of  lime  to  the  14,680lb.  sludge  measured  in 
the  well.  It  will  be  noticed  that  this  is  more  than 
half  the  quantitv  used  (3icwt.)  for  the  actual  precipi- 
tation of  this  first  tank  of  sludge.  Good  cakes  were 
obtained,  which  easily  came  to  pieces  (A). 

It  was  found  by  a  small  trial  pressing  that  the  quan- 
titv of  lime  required  to  make  the  sludge  pressable  could 
be  diminished  by  employing  it  in  conjunction  with 
dissolved  cinder.  With  \  per  cent.,  or  half  the  lime 
formerly  used,  perfect  cakes  were  obtained,  when 
5  per  cent  of  dissolved  cinder  was  added  after  the 
lime  :  this  quantity  of  dissolved  cinder  being  more 
than  sufficient  to  neutralise  the  sludge,  but  not  suffi- 
cient to  neutralise  the  sludge  and  lime.     The  press- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    (April  86,  is??. 


liquor  obtained  in  this  way  differed  much  from  that 
obtained  by  the  use  of  lime  alone:  it  was  much 
lighter  in  colour  and  less  offensive,  formed.no  scum 
of  carbonate  of  lime  on  standing,  and  was  much  more 
free  from  foul  matter,  giving  Blight  light-coloured 
I  recipitates  with  a  little  sulphate  "f  alumina  and 
dissolved  cinder  instead  of  the  dark  green  and  black 
precipitates  given  by  the  limed  press  liquor. 

A  small  pressing  with  4  per  cent,  lime  and  10  per 
cent,  dissolved  cinder  also  gave  good  cakes  (C),  but 
the  press  liquor,  although  good  in  quality,  was  acid. 

Another  small  pressing  was  made  with  i  per  cent. 
lime  and  10  per  cent,  dissolved  cinder,  and  a  further 
quantity  of  lime  to  neutralisation  ;  this  also  yielded 
good  cakes  (D). 

The  large  pressing  of  sludge  from  the  second  tank 
was  made  with  £  per  cent,  lime  (lcwt.)and  5  percent. 
dissolved  cinder  (6'6cwt.)  to  the  233  cubic  feet  of 
sludge  in  the  well  :  in  one  hour  first-rate  cakes  were 
obtained  with  a  good  press  liquor. 

All  the  sludges,  from  both  large  and  small  press- 
ings, were  dried,  ground,  and  analysed.  Field  experi- 
ments were  made  with  the  sludges  A  and  B  from  the 
large  pressings. 

Detailed  analyses  of  these  sludges  are  given  in 
Table  A;  here  it  is  only  necessary  to  give  the  per- 
centages of  nitrogen  and  phosphate  of  lime  in  the 
dried  material  : — 

N  =  NH,       Ca,P.O„. 
Sludge  A,  precipitated  with  lOgrs.  lime 
and    30grs.    dissolved    cinder   per 
gallon,  and  pressed  with  lime  1*  per 
cent,  of  sludge,  contained 223    681 

B,  precipitated  like  A,  and  pressed 
with  lime  i  per  cent,  and  dissolved 
cinder  5  per  cent,  of  sludge,  con- 
tained      1-97     ....10-57 

C,  precipitated  like  A,  and  pressed 
with  1  percent-  and  dissolved  cin- 
der 10  per  cent,  of  sludge,  contained    126     ll'ol 

D,  like  C,    but    more    lime  added  to 

neutralise  the  siudge   r03     13'10 

Iii  addition  to  the  large  percentages  of  phosphates 
these  sludges  differ  from  ordinary  sludges  in  having 
the  carbonate  of  lime  partly  or  wholly  replaced  by 
Mil] 'hate  ;  thus,  A  contained  only  10  per  cent,  carbo- 
nate of  lime,  and  B  none  at  all,  but  2.J-30  per  cent. 
of  sulphate.  There  is  no  doubt  this  is  an  advantage 
from  a  manurial  point  of  view.  Notwithstanding  the 
considerable  proportion  of  precipitating  materials  used 
the  A  and  B  sludges  are  above  the  average  in 
nitrogen  ;  this  partly  arises  from  the  solubility  of  the 
sulphate  of  lime  into  which  the  carbonate  is  con 
verted.  All  these  sludges  of  course  contained  prot- 
oxide of  iron,  and  were  very  dark  in  colour  as  they 
came  from  the  press ;  very  speedily  a  fine  reddish- 
purple  tint  appeared  on  the  surface,  and  the 
("lour  gradually  penetrated  through  the  cakes;  the 
complete  conversion  of  protoxide  of  iron  into  per- 
oxide, however,  was  not  finished  when  the  cakes  were 
dry  and  ground,  but  continued  to  go  on  for  a  week 
or  two  in  the  bags  of  ground  sludge.  In  addition  to 
this  oxidation  the  ground  sludge  in  the  bags  under- 
went a  gradual  oxidation  of  the  organic  matter,  which 
kept  the  sludges  quite  warm  for  two  or  three  weeks 
after  they  were  stored  in  the  manure  shed  at 
Dow  nton. 

Here  I  may  say  that,  admitting  the  utility  of  ferrous 
salts  as  precipitating  agents,  I  can  by  no  means  agree 
with  Mr.  Dibdin's  theory  of  their  action— the  idea 
of  precipitated  ferrous  hydrate  acting  as  a  carrier  of 
oxygen  to  the  organic  matter  of  sewage  appears  to 
me  fanciful  in  the  extreme,  Mr.  Dibdin  says  "it  is 
rapidly  converted  into  ferric  hydrate  by  the  oxygen 
dissolved  in  the  water."  But  sewage,  as  has  been 
shown  in  the  experiments  of  Angus  Smith,  in  my 
own,  and  in  Gayon  and  Dupetit's,  is  the  special 
habitat  of  denitrifying  bacteria — organisms  so  greedy 
of  oxygen  that,  in  presence  of  organic  matter  capable 


of  oxidation,  they  will  take  oxygen  from  nitrates  in 
solution,  when  they  cannot  get  it  from  the  air,  and 
hand  it  over  to  the  organic  matter.  Hence  sewage 
never  contains  nitrates  until  these  bacteria  have  died 
down,  and  hence  it  contains  no  dissolved  oxygen 
either-  what  was  there  has  been  used  up  long  before. 
It  is  these  bacteria  that  are  the  active  agents  in 
burning  up  the  organic  matter  by  transference  of 
atmospheric  oxygen,  and  they  are  followed  by  an 
organism  of  a  totally  different  stamp,  the  nitrifying 
organism,  which  oxidises  the  ammonia  to  nitrate,  and 
so  completes  the  purification.  Ferrous  hydrate  under 
the  surface  of  the  liquid  remains  ferrous  hydrate  (if  it 
does  not  become  ferrous  sulphide);  exposed  to  the  air 
it  quickly  becomes  ferric  hydrate,  as  in  the  sludge 
cake  snow  being  considered,and  then  remains  ferric  hy- 
drate unless  the  cakes  should  be  again  submerged.  At 
any  rate  I  have  seen  no  proof  that  it  acts  otherwise. 

The  sludge  A,  pressed  with  ll  per  cent,  of  lime, 
has  always  given  off  a  strong  odour  of  ammonia  ;  the 
sludge  B,  with  half  this  quantity  of  lime,  aud  this 
neutralised  by  the  dissolved  cinder,  has  never  smelt 
of  ammonia. 

Now,  as  to  the  manurial  results  obtained  with  A 
and  B. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  unmanured  plots  of 
rape  produced  on  an  average  1531b.  rape,  and  that  the 
best  of  the  ordinary  dried  sludges — that  from  Leytou 
— gave  345lb.,  or  an  increase  of  192lb.  when  applied 
at  the  rate  of  lA  tons  per  acre.  As  compared  with 
these  results — 

lj  tons  per  acre  of  A  gave  3501b.  rape,  or  an  increase  of  1971b. 
lj  „  B    „      1501b.      „  „  :971b. 

the  latter  crop  being  identical  with  that  obtained  by 
the  dressing  of  lo  tons  per  acre  farmyard  manure, 
the  best  of  the  series.  If  the  10  tons  farmyard  manure 
cost,  as  I  have  said,  at  least  60s:,  the  B  sludge  must 
be  worth  40s.  per  ton  ;  valued  on  the  scale  I  have 
already  given  (2s.  per  unit  of  phosphate  of  lime,  and 
13<.  per  unit  of  ammonia),  we  get  for  the  B  sludge 
(with  10  per  cent,  moisture,  as  used)  42s.  per  ton,  and 
for  the  A  sludge  (with  15  per  cent,  moisture,  as  used) 
38s.  6d.  With  the  remainder  of  the  A  and  B  sludges, 
mixed  together,  an  entire  acre  of  swedes  was  grown 
in  another  field,  8cwt.  per  acre  of  the  dried  sludge 
being  drilled  in  with  the  seed.  The  remainder  of  the 
field  vas  dressed  with  4cwt.  superphosphate  per  acre. 
The  strip  dressed  with  the  dried  sludge  was  the  best 
in  the  field  ;  on  this  portion  the  crop  was  fairly 
uniform,  and  foots  of  a  fair  size  were  obtained  ;  on 
the  rest  of  the  field  the  crop  was  very  patchy,  as  was 
generally  the  case  in  our  district.  Taking  into  account 
the  very  exceptional  dryness  of  the  season,  I  think  it 
may  be  said  that  the  manurial  results  obtained 
with  these  sludges  were  very  fairly  successful. 

On  the  whole,  although  not  altogether  prepared  to 
recommend  the  dissolved  cinder  as  a  precipitating 
agent,  it  appears  to  be  a  very  good  substance  with 
which  to  press  the  sludge— effecting  an  economy  of 
lime,  greatly  improving  the  press  liquor,  and  conferr- 
ing additional  manurial  value  on  the  sludge.  As 
regards  the  presence  of  sulphate  of  lime  in  the  press 
liquor  and  effluent,  Warington  has  shown  that  this 
substance  greatly  accelerates  the  nitrification  of 
ammoniacal  solutions  ;  hence  it  appears  to  be  desir- 
able rather  than  otherwise,  at  any  rate  when  the 
effluent  is  to  be  used  for  irrigation — the  best  way  of 
disposing  of  it. 

As  the  average  composition  of  the  dry  matter  of 
ordinary  sewage  sludge  we  get  (from  Table  A) : — 
Organic  I 
•  &\°?\e  I-30"5'  containing  nitrogen  112,  equal  to  ammonia  172. 
matter  J 


Ash 69-05 


P«0. 


.  2-20, 


Ca  PzO.   181. 


100  U) 


April  29, 1S87.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


243 


Of  this  ash  21  22  consists  of  clay  and  sand,  and  in 
the  four  samples  analysed  2972  consists  of  carbonate 
of  lime. 

Mr.  Dibdin'a  average  analysis  of  a  numberof  samples 
of  pressed  sludge  obtained  at  Crossness  gives, «  hen  cal- 
culated out  in  the  same  way — 


containing  X.  2 '08    Xli  ..2-53. 

„      P:Oi..lo7  =  Ca,P.O,..3M3. 


Organic  and  volatile 

matter  39S0, 

Ash 60  20 

100  00    " 

The  sludge  analysed  fcyMr.  Dibdin,  was,  it  is  to  be 
supposed,  produced  with  a  minimum  quantity  of  pre- 
cipitating material — the  37  grains  lime,  and  1  grain 
sulphate  of  iron  per  gallon  recommended  for  the 
treatment  of  the  Metropolitan  sewage.  Where  lime 
is  used,  as  it  is  a  cheap  precipitant,  and  when  used 
in  sufficient  quantity  always  produces  a  clear  though 
not  pure  effluent,  there  is  a  tendency  to  use  it  in 
excessive  quantities  :  the  necessity  of  adding  lime  to 
the  sludge  to  make  it  pressable  increases  the  waste. 
The  sample  of  Salisbury  sludge  (Table  A)thus  contains 
as  much  as  65  per  cent,  of  its  dry  weight  of  carbonate  of 
lime,  and  is,  of  course,  correspondingly  poor  in 
nitrogen  and  phosphates.  In  considering  the 
manurial  value  of  sludge,  its  variability  of  composi- 
tion is  an  important  factor.  In  my  own  analyses  the 
nitrogen  per  cent,  of  dry  sludge  varies  from  "88  in 
Salisbury  sludge  and  "90  in  Wimbledon  sludge  with 
the  lime  process,  to  2'1G  in  "Native  Guano"  (ABC 
process),  and  228  in  West  Ham  sludge  (lime  and 
alumina).  The  phosphate  of  lime  is  still  more 
variable  ;  1M4  per  cent,  in  the  Salisbury  sludge,  about 
6  per  cent,  in  several  others,  and  as  much  as  9'75  per 
cent,  in  one  sample  of  Wimbledon  sludge. 

From  Dr.  Wallace's  analyses  of  twelve  different 
makes  of  sludge  (not  pressed  sludge,  and  therefore 
not  calculated  out  in  full  for  comparison  with  the  pre- 
ceding), I  find  an  average  of  27'96  organic  and 
volatile  matter,  containing  0'90  nitrogen,  equal  to 
riO  ammonia. 

The  percentage  of  nitrogen  contained  in  the  organic 
and  volatile  matter  of  sewage  sludge  appears,  from 
Dr.  Wallace's  analyses,  to  be  3'22,  from  Mr.  Dibdin's, 
5'22,  and  from  my  own,  4'5S.  Five  per  cent,  of 
nitrogen,  therefore,  is  the  limit  to  which  dry  sewage 
sludge  would  tend  to  approach,  could  we  obtain  it 
free  from  road  detritus,  and  precipitating  material. 
In  actual  practice,  2  per  cent,  is  a  maximum  which  is 
rarely  obtained. 

It  would  be  a  great  advantage,  if,  as  Major-General 
Scott  proposed,  the  road  detritus  could  be  separated 
from  the  sewage  in  a  separate  tank  before  the  sludge 
proper  is  allowed  to  subside.  When  the  precipitant  is 
added  first  of  all,  it  appears  that  the  precipitate  in  this 
first  tank  is  richest  in  nitrogen  ;  but  if  the  road  detritus 
be  allowed  to  deposit  in  a  first  small  tank,  and  the 
precipitating  agents  added  between  the  first  and 
second  tank,  a  different  result  ought  to  be  obtained. 
Perhaps,  on  an  average,  not  less  than  50  per  cent,  of 
dry  sludge  consists  of  road  detritus,  and  if  this  could 
be  removed  by  a  preliminary  settling,  the  manurial 
value  of  the  second  sludge  would  be  nearly  doubled. 
The  road  detritus  sludge  could  be  burnt  in  destructors, 
and  only  the  second  sludge  sold  as  manure. 

Next  to  the  adoption  of  this  measure,  which  I  should 
like  to  see  tested  practically,  economy  of  precipitat- 
ing materials  is  the  chief  means  by  which  a  rich 
sludge  can  be  produced.  Theoretically,  the  quantity 
of  precipitants  ought  to  be  adapted  to  every  charge 
of  sewage  in  the  tanks  ;  this,  however,  is  impossible, 
and  the  plan  of  automatically  regulating  the  supply 
of  lime  by  the  flow  of  sewage  falls  very  far  short  of 
the  requirements  of  the  case.    The  difficulty  can  best 


be  met  by  habitual  observation  of  the  sewage  on  the 
part  of  the  manager,  and  an  avoidance  of  the  ten- 
dency to  work  up  to  the  maximum  quantity  of  lime  and 
stick  to  it.  When  sulphate  of  alumina  is  used  as  well 
as  lime,  more  economy  is  observed,  and  a  richer 
sludge  produced.  There  is  no  doubt  that,  as  Mr. 
Dibdin  says,  the  lime  ought  to  be  applied  in  solution 
(as  it  is  in  the  press  liquor),  and  this  is  to  be  accom- 
plished by  preliminary  agitation  of  the  milk  of  lime 
with  a  sufficient  volume  of  sewage  to  dissolve  the 
whole  of  it.  When  we  come  to  pressing  the  sludge, 
the  practice  of  shovelling  in  lime  wholesale  is  also  to 
be  discouraged  ;  if  the  preparation  of  sludge  manure 
is  undertaken  seriously,  the  lime  added  at  this  stage 
ought  to  be  neutralised  by  superphosphate  or  dis- 
solved basic  slag,  as  I  show  in  another  part  of  this 
paper.  By  doing  this,  lime  is  economised,  the  manure 
enriched  (of  course  the  soluble  phosphate  is  recovered), 
the  press  cloths  last  longer,  and  the  press  liquor  is 
much  less  offensive.  The  dried  sludge  also  does  not 
part  with  ammonia.  In  the  late  discussion  at  the 
I  Institution  of  Civil  Engineers,  an  agricultural  chemist 
doubted  whether  the  nitrogen  of  sewage  sludge  has 
any  manurial  efficacy.  If  Mr.  Lloyd  had  observed 
the  strong  ammoniacal  odour  continually  given  off 
from  limed  sludge,  he  would  not  be  sceptical  on  this 
point.  Mr.  Sillar,  the  champion  of  a  timeless  process, 
went  to  the  opposite  extreme.  "  By  the  addition  of 
lime  to  manure,''  he  says,  "  the  whole  of  the  ammonia 
is  discharged  into  the  air,  rendering  the  manure  com- 
paratively worthless  for  agricultural  purposes." 
Somewhere  between  these  two  extremes  lies  the 
truth.  Ammonia  is  certainly  given  off  continuously, 
•but  the  process  is  gradual,  and  in  the  mere  drying  of 
a  limed  sludge,  very  little  is  lost.  To  test  this  point, 
I  dried  20grms.  of  limed  (Wimbledon)  sludge,  con- 
taining 56  per  cent,  water,  in  a  Liebig's  tube  plunged 
in  boiling  water  ;  a  current  of  air  was  aspirated 
through  the  tube,  and  the  evolved  ammonia  received 
in  standard  acid  and  determined.  The  original  sludge 
contained  0'419S  per  cent,  of  nitrogen,  and  '0095  or 
,r\  of  the  whole  amount,  was  given  off  as  ammonia 
in  drying.  « 

Amongst  all  the  ordinary  sludges  which  I  have 
tried  as  manures,  Xative  Guano,  on  the  dried  sample, 
contained  most  nitrogen,  =2'62  percent,  of  ammonia  ; 
and  the  phosphate  of  lime  was  also  good — viz.,  4'37 
per  cent.  The  lot  actually  sent  me  for  experiment, 
however,  contained  no  less  than  29i  per  cent,  water — 
quite  15  or  20  per  cent,  more  than  there  ought  to  be 
in  a  sludge  dried  for  transit  to  any  distance.  Per- 
haps the  reasons  why  this  company  produces  a  very 
fairly  rich  sludge,  are  that  at  Aylesbury  they  have  to 
deal  with  sewage  precipitable  with  a  small  proportion 
of  reagents,  and  that  great  attention  is  bestowed  by 
the  management  there  on  proportioning  the  pre- 
cipitants to  the  sewage  to  be  treated.  Much  has 
been  heard  about  the  action  of  the  clay  and  charcoal  in 
carrying  down  ammonia,  and  even  the  alumina  has 
had  this  action  claimed  for  it.  I  do  not  know  of  any 
published  experiments  actually  proving  this,  and  I 
doubt  if  experience  on  the  large  scale  has  confirmed 
it.  At  any  rate,  as  Mr.  Dibdin  has  shown,  the 
"  Xative  Guano  "  produced  at  Crossness  (where,  per- 
haps, they  found  a  much  larger  quantity  of  pre- 
cipitants necessary  than  at  Aylesbury),  was  actually 
poorer  in  ammonia  than  Mr.  Dibdin's  limed  sludge. 
During  the  last  few  days,  I  have  made  a  few- 
experiments  to  test  for  myself  any  precipitating 
action  for  ammonia  possessed  by  the  ABC 
materials. 

A  solution  of  ammonia  containing  llgrs.  NH3  per 
gallon,  was  divided  into  lots  of  500cc.  each,  in  glass 
jars  covered  with  ground  glass  plates.    The  follow- 


244 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April  29. 1887. 


ing  precipitant^  were  then  added  to  the  various 
jars  :— 

I.  Ugrs.  per  gallon  China  clay  made  into  an  emulsion  with 
water. 

II.  llOgrs.  per  gallon  China  clay  made  into  an  emulsion  with 
water. 

Ill  UOgrs.  per  gallon  China  clay  made  into  an  emulsion  with 
water ;  2S0grss.  per  gallon  common  salt  being  previously  added 
to  the  solution  to  promote  coagulation  of  the  clay. 

IV.  28grs.  elav  per  gallon,  followed  by  28grs.  alum  in  solu- 
tion. 

V.  112grs.  clay  per  gallon,  followed  by  112grs.  alum  in  solu- 
tion. 

VI.  2Sgrs.  alum  per  gallon  in  solution. 

VII.  112grs.  alum  pergallon  in  solution. 

VIII.  2Sgrs.  per  gallon  freshly-burnt  animal  charcoal  (bono 
black). 

IX.  112grs.  per  gallon  freshly -burnt  animal  charcoal  (bone 
black). 

X.  Xo  addition. 

After  standing  for  two  days,  250cc.  of  the  clear 
liquid  were  pipetted  off  from  each  jar,  and  the 
ammonia  still  in  solution  distilled  off  into  standard 
acid  and  determined.  The  distillate  of  No.  X. 
(nothing  added),  required  7-8ce.  standard  acid  for 
neutralisation,  agreeing  with  the  calculated  quantity; 
and  the  distillate  from  every  other  jar  came  within 
Olcc,  more  or  less,  of  this  amount.  Caustic  soda 
was,  of  course,  added  to  the  alumed  solutions  before 
distillation,  to  liberate  the  ammonia  fixed  by  the 
sulphuric  acid.  It  appears,  from  these  experiments, 
that  neither  alum,  clay,  nor  charcoal,  nor  the  first  two 
together,  carried  down  any  appreciable  quantity  of 
ammonia,   even   v»hen    used    in  the    proportion    of 


Grain*  per  Gallon. 

Wimbledon 
Press  Liquor. 

Leyton 
Press  Liquor. 

Salisbury 
Press  Liquor. 

Total  solid  matter 

Ash    

237-6 
1746 

1701 
2936 

3516 
2381 

Less  on  ignition 

Ammonia  by  distilla- 

630 

80 

1068 
836 

1765 

22  0 

87-1 
8-07 

5  6 

9-1 

1165 
19'5 

Remaining  alkalinity 
reckoned     as    lime 
CaO   

865 

Sodium  chloride  

Oxygen    taken    from 
KilnO,     iu    fifteen 
minutes  

Oxygen    taken   from 
KMiiO,      in      four 

385 

140grs.  per  gallon.  The  value  of  the  clay  as  a  weigh 
ing  material  was,  however,  very  evident ;  the  pre- 
cipitate of  alumina  and  clay  settled  into  a  much 
smaller  space,  and  in  much  less  time  than  the  pre- 
cipitate of  alumina  alone  ;  and,  conversely,  the 
clay  was  carried  down  by  the  alumina  far  quicker 
than  it  settled  by  itself. 

Incini  ration  ■■/  Sludge. — This  has  been  tried  at 
Leyton  during  the  year,  the  pressed  cake  being  partly 
dried,  and  then  burnt  with  the  aid  of  coal.  Mr. 
Dawson,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  these  particu- 
lar-. >ays  that  although  the  sludge  could  be  burnt 
without  creating  a  nuisance,  the  plan  has  been 
abandoned  on  account  of  expense.  Six  tons  of  pressed 
sludge  furnished  one  ton  of  ash,  and  it  this  could  be 
sold  at  10s.  per  ton  it  would  have  paid  expenses.  A 
sample  of  tnis  ash  was  analysed  by  me,  last  July, 
with  the  following  result :— Calcium  carbonate  (with 
a  little  sulphide),  2023  ;  quicklime,  2(V33  :  oxide  of 
iron,  etc..  13*6:  sand  and  insoluble  matter,  28'8 ; 
phosphoric  acid,  1"60,  equivalents  phosphate  of  lime, 


3-50.  On  account  of  the  considerable  proportion  of 
caustic  lime  the  sludge  ash  was  tried  as  a  precipi- 
tant of  sewage,  and  for  pressing  the  sludge, — it  failed 
in  both  capacities.  As  a  manure  the  phosphate  of 
lime  would  make  it  worth  from  3s.  to  7s.  a  ton, 
according  to  its  observed  efficacy.  Two-thirds  of  the 
calculated  manurial  value  of  dried  sludge  is  due  to 
nitrogen.  If  the  expense  of  drying  sludge  be  under- 
taken at  all,  it  can  hardly  be  worth  while  to  burn  off 
two-thirds  of  its  manurial  value  for  the  sake  of 
reducing  the  weight  of  the  dried  material  by  one- 
third  or  less  (dried  sludge  generally  gives  over  70 
per  cent  ash). 

Prc.<<  Liquor. — I  have  procured  samples  of  press 
liquor  from  Mr.  Crimp,  of  Wimbledon,  Mr.  Dawson, 
of  Leyton,  and  Mr.  Bothams,  of  Salisbury.  They 
yielded,  on  analysis,  the  results  given  in  table  on 
previous  column. 

Of  these  press  liquors,  that  from  Wimbledon  was 
by  far  the  best — light  in  colour,  quite  bright,  and  of 
less  evil  odour  than  the  other  two.  Analysis  showed 
it  to  contain  very  much  less  organic  matter.  These 
liquors  are  saturated  solutions  of  lime  iu  the  organic 
liquid,  and,  as  observed  by  Mr.  Crimp  and  others, 
when  added  to  crude  sewage  they  very  readily 
precipitate  it.  Since  press  liquor  contains  nearly 
100  grains  lime  per  gallon,  1  gallon  added  to 
20  gallons  sewage  supplies  5  grains  per  gallon  of 
lime  in  the  form  recommended  by  Mr.  Dibdin — viz., 
in  solution.  I  agree  with  Mr.  Crimp  that  this  is, 
perhaps,  the  best  way  to  dispose  of  the  press  liquor. 
According  to  Mr.  Crimp  it  only  amounts  to  1  per 
cent,  of  the  sewage  treated  daily,  and  there  is  no 
accumulation.  At  any  rate,  when  the  effluent  is 
used  for  irrigation  this  is  the  proper  way  to  dispose  of 
it.  Probably  the  very  bad  odour  of  press  liquor  is  due 
not  so  much  to  products  of  putrefaction  as  to  products 
of  the  action  of  the  caustic  lime  on  the  nitrogenous 
matter  of  the  sludge.  The  sample  of  Wimbledon 
liquor  shown  has  remained  perfectly  bright  for  some 
weeks  in  the  bottle.  There  seems  to  be  too  much 
lime  present  to  allow  of  bacterial  decompositions. 
That  the  liquor  is  really  saturated  with  lime  I  proved 
by  shaking  it  with  finely  powdered  slaked  lime  for 
some  days.  The  alkalinity  was  increased  by  only  2 
grains  per  gallon.  No  precipitation  of  dissolved 
organic  matter  takes  place  when  the  liquor  is 
neutralised  by  an  acid.  The  quantity  of  perman- 
ganate decolourised  by  it  is  very  large  (the  Leyton 
press  liquor  speedily  decolourises  half  its  volume 
of  the  solution  generally  used  in  water  analysis),  and 
the  odour  only  disappears  in  proportion  to  the  com- 
pletion of  this  oxidation. 

To  sum  up  the  main  conclusions  of  this  paper, 
sewage  sludge  is  certainly  possessed  of  manurial 
value  to  the  extent  indicated  in  the  experiments 
described  in  this  paper  and  my  previous  one. 

By  drying  and  grinding  the  weight  of  the  sludge  is 
halved,  and  its  manurial  richness  doubled ;  on 
account  of  the  improved  texture  the  manurial 
efficacy  is  probably  more  than  quadrupled.  In 
districts  where  the  pressed  sludge  cannot  be  distri- 
buted on  farms  close  at  hand,  drying  and  grinding 
are  necessary  to  the  disposal  of  it  as  manure.  I 
must  leave  estimates  to  others,  but  it  certainly 
appears  that  with  sludge  worth  using  at  all,  the  in- 
creased value  must  repay  the  cost  of  these  two  opera- 
tions. 

When  the  preparation  of  manure  is  undertaken 
seriously,  the  following  circumstances  are  desirable : — 

I.— Preliminary  settlement  of  road  detritus. 
II.— Economy  of  precipitants. 

III.— Neutralisation  of  sludge  by  some  form  of  superphos- 
phate before  pressing. 
IV.— Drying  and  (.'rinding. 
V.— Perhaps  enrichment    with  cheap  nitrogenous   super- 
phusphatic  material. 


April 29, 1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


245 


TABLE  A. 
COMPOSITION  OF  THE  DRY  MATTER  OF  DIFFERENT  SAMPLES  OF  SEWAGE  SLUDGE. 


Organic  matter  

Containing  nitrogen 

Equal  to  ammonia    

Mineral  matter  

Containing  CaCO-,    

Insoluble  in  HC1  (sand)  . . . 

Oxide  of  iron,  etc 

S=0,  

Equal  to  Ca,,P:0 

Sulphate  of  lime  (CaS04)  . 


<! 


26-11 

1-36 

1-65 

73-86 

39-07 

22  81 

8-70 

2-13 

5-30 


►5  J 

a 


26-08 
1-35 
1-61 
73-92 
28-36 
2621 
15-21 
2-04 
4-15 


3  = 


25-90  25-86 

0-96  0-98 

117  1-19 

7410  71-U 


1032 
1-82 
2-21 
5968 
23-72 
18-30  11 
10-02 

4-17      0-88 
975     1-92 


2-57 
5-61 


sgi 


S 


26-07 
126 
1-53 

73-93 

2025 

1-18 
3-23 


29-96 
144 
1-75 

70-04 

1489 

1-75 
3-82 


S 


2?! 


1-1 


45-68 
2-16 
2-62 

54-32 

37-08 

2-00 
4-37 


15-00 
0-88 
1-07 
85-00 
6504 
14-12 

0-66 
1-44 


-  = 


West  Ham,  1885. 
Precipitated  and  pressed 
with     lime    and    dissolved 

phosphatic  slag- 


C 


30-75    42-03 


1-42 

1-72 
6925 

21-22 

2-20 
4-81 


1-84 
2-23 
57-97 
10-68 
1469 
12-96 
312 
6-81 
11-27 


33-32 
1-62 
1-97 


22-81  21-80 

1-01  085 

1-26  1D3 

77-19  78-20 


18-73  1060  10-51 
2300      -        - 

4-84  666     600 

1057  11-54  1310 

30-02  4474  4795 


DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Sillae  said  this  was  a  question  to  which  he 
had  devoted  close  attention  for  many  years.  Dr. 
Munro  deserved  the  gratitude  of  the  public  for  the 
pains  he  had  taken  to  solve  a  problem  which  must  be 
admitted  to  be  of  vast  importance,  especially  at  this 
crisis,  when  everyone  was  complaining  of  the  depres- 
don  of  agriculture.  It  was  a  settled  conviction  in 
his  mind  that,  following  the  course  of  nature,  the 
waste  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  life  of  the  world 
should  go  to  replenish  the  earth,  if  the  earth  was  to  . 
continue  to  afford  nourishment  for  the  animal  and 
vegetable  creation.  He  could  not  conceive  a  more 
wasteful  and  suicidal  course  than  to  take  the  strength 
and  richness  of  the  land,  after  its  use  by  nature,  and 
throw  it  to  pollute  our  rivers  and  destroy  our  sea 
coasts.  Dr.  Munro  had  taken  the  rational  course  of 
testing  the  value  of  these  things  agriculturally,  and  it 
was  to  be  much  regretted  that  his  experiments  with 
the  "  native  guano  "  had  been  so  interfered  with  by 
a  bad  season.  It  was  only  to  be  expected,  however, 
that  a  manure  which  is  prepared  in  a  perfectly  dry 
state  should  suffer  disadvantage  when  put  upon 
barren  land  in  such  a  season  as  last  year.  It  had 
been  said  that  in  order  to  make  sludge  useful  in 
agriculture  it  should  be  fortified  by  the  addition  of 
ammoniacal  manures  or  those  rich  in  phosphates. 
Some  crops,  such  as  turnips,  required  a  larger  amount 
of  phosphates  than  others  ;  but  he  would  himself 
rather  apply  sludge  to  those  crops  which  were  not 
so  dependent  upon  phosphoric  acid.  Some  people 
insisted  that  native  guano  had  its  richness  increased 
by  other  manures  ;  but  that  was  not  the  case. 
Dr.  Tidy,  in  his  exhaustive  report,  had  distinctly 
said  that  native  guano  was  nothing  more  than  the 
produce  of  sewage,  plus,  of  course,  the  materials 
used  for  precipitating  it  ;  but  those  materials  being 
clay,  charcoal,  and  lime,  they  could  have  no  manurial 
effect.  During  his  experience  four  official  trials  had 
been  made  of  this  "  native  guano."  The  first  was  at 
Crossness,  and  was  made  under  the  supervision  of 
the  Metropolitan  Board  of  Works.  The  land  was 
divided  into  three  parts,  upon  one  of  which  no 
manure  was  put,  on  the  second  part  lOcwt.  per  acre, 
and  on  the  third  l.jcwt.  per  acre.  The  result  showed 
that  a  dressing  of  lOcwt.  per  acre  more  than  doubled 


the  crop,   and  15cwt.  did  very  little  more.      This 
satisfied  them  that  lOcwt.  was  a  sufficient  dose.    But, 
strange  to  say,  the  benefit  of  the  manure  was  by  no 
means  exhausted  the  first  year.    And  the  reason  was 
that  the  supply  to  the  earth  of  its  natural  food  would 
not  only  produce  a  good  crop,  but  leave  the  land  stronger 
than  it  found  it  ;  thus  contrasting  strongly  with  the 
action  of  those  ammoniacal  manures  which  stimulate 
theland,  actingnot  as  bread  but  as  brandy.and  scourg- 
ing a  little  more  out  of  an  almost  exhausted  soil. 
The  character  of  the  sludge  naturally  depended  upon 
the  process  by  which  it  was  taken  out  of  the  sewage. 
Precipitation  must  be  the   means   employed  ;   but 
sludge  which  resulted  from  simple  subsidence  was 
almost  worthless.     Our  best  chemists  had  declared 
that  the  manurial  value  of  human  excreta  was  almost 
wholly  contained  in  the  urine.     Liebig  had  estimated 
the  value  at  8s.  7d.  per  ton,  of  which  he  credited 
the  7d.  to  the  dung  and  the  8s.  to  the  urine.     If  one 
took  the  mixed  matter  from  the  sewers  and  allowed 
it  to  settle,  one  'got  the  solid  portion,  but  none  of 
the  matter  in  solution.     It  was,  however,  the  experi- 
ence of  farmers  that  the  solid  deposit  was  almost 
worthless  ;  the  part  which  had   valuable  manurial 
properties— the  urine — having  been  run  off  with  the 
effluent  water.     And  this  dissolved  matter  was  not 
only  that  part  of  the  sewage  which  had  the  highest 
manurial  value,  but  it  was  also  the  principal  cause 
of  the  pollution  of  our  streams.      Therefore,  it  was 
now  recognised  that  in  any  treatment  of  sewage  the 
dissolved  impurities  must  be  taken  out  as  well  as  the 
suspended  impurities,  if  the  manure  was  to  be  worth 
having.      Precipitation  processes  were  divided  into 
those  in  which  lime  was  used  and  those  in  which 
lime    was  not    used.      He    might    be    thought    to 
exaggerate  when  he  said  that  lime  caused  serious 
loss  of  ammonia.    But  it  was  so.     By  adding  suffi- 
cient lime  all  the  ammonia  would  be  got  out.    At 
Aylesbury  the  use  of  lime  had  been  abjured  for  the 
double  reason  that  by  driving  away  the  ammonia  it 
injured  the  manure  and  rendered  the  effluent  water 
alkaline  and  dangerous  to  fish.    Sulphate  of  alumina, 
charcoal,  clay  and  blood  as  used  there,  attached  them- 
selves to  the  dissolved  impurities,  bringing  them  into 
the  condition   of   suspension,   and   then    upon    the 
addition  of  the  sulphate  of  alumina  all  the  inipuri- 


- 


THF.  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [April 29. 1887. 


ties  were  thrown  down  together— at  any  rate  suffi- 
cient of  them  were  precipitated  to  render! In-  effluent 
water  admissible  into  any  running  river.  IK  did 
not  know  whether  he  had  exactly  caught  Dr.  Munro'a 
meaning  when  he  said  that  he  bad  made  the  experi- 
ment of  mixing  ammonia  and  water,  and  trying  the 
mixture  by  the  A  B  C  pn  cess.  But  he  knew  that 
Dr.  Tidy  had  reported  that  he  found  the  percentage 
of  combined  nitrogen  in  the  manure  to  be  remark- 
ably constant,  averaging  3'8  per  cent.,  reckoned  as 
ammonia,  while  the  phosphoric  acid  was  5  per  cent , 
reckoned  as  tricalcium  phosphate.  These  3  per  cent, 
of  ammonia  and  5  per  cent,  of  phosphates  must  have 
been  carried  down  by  the  precipitants,  for  they  were 
not  to  be  found  in  either  the  clay,  the  charcoal,  the 
blocd,  or  the  sulphate  of  alumina.  The  effluent 
water  from  this  process  was  clear  and  inoffensive  ; 
but  if  lime  were  added  to  the  sludge  it  became 
horribly  offensive.  Some  farmers,  however,  hardly 
oared  for  a  manure  that  was  not  offensive.  Stiil 
they  had  to  bear  in  mind  that  they  had  not  only  to 
produce  a  manure  to  please  the  farmers,  but  they 
had  also  to  purify  the  water  and  avoid  distressing 
the  neighbourhood.  With  respect  to  the  agricultural 
value  of  the  manure,  he  (the  speaker)  had  collected 
evidence  which  he  believed  would  satisfy  the  most 
sceptical.  They  had  put  it  to  the  test  of  chemical 
analysis,  and  to  exhaustive  held  tests  at  Crossness. 
It  had  been  tried  against  farmyard  manure  and 
Peruvian  guano,  eta,  and,  value  for  value,  it  was 
better  than  them  ;  for  at  £3  10s.  per  ton  it  beat  them 
all.  Then  at  Berkshire  Colonel  Milne  Holme  and 
Sir  James  Jepsbn  had  put  it  upon  the  fields  and 
published  the  results,  and  in  each  case  the  "  native  i 
guano  "  had  beaten  every  other  manure.  They  had 
sold  thousands  of  tons,  and  never  at  less  than  70s.  I 
per  ton.  He  thought  he  had  shown  that  sewage  ! 
could  be  treated  so  as  to  preserve  the  manure  in  an 
inoffensive  condition,  and  suitable  for  conveyance 
to  any  distance.  Everyone  wished  that  this  question 
should  be  thoroughly  understood,  and  that  the 
country  should  no  longer  be  guilty  of  waste,  and  of 
the  pollution  of  our  rivers  with  the  strength  of  the 
land. 

— <x*>ooee«+e4 — 

DISCUSSION  ON  MESSRS.  CROSS  AND 
BRYAN'S  TAPER  OX  HERMITES  METHOD 
OF  ELECTROLYTIC  BLEACHING. 
The  Chairman  said  he  had  been  much  interested 
by  this  paper.  Success  in  such  fields  depended  on  a 
right  estimation  of  the  value  of  any  given  process, 
and  on  its  proper  application.  Whether  one  used 
chlorine  in  the  ordinary  form  of  bleaching  powder,  or 
the  chlorine  compounds  produced  by  electrolysis,  or 
ozonised  air,  the  real  question  was  how  to  get  the 
largest  amount  of  available  oxygen  with  the  least 
possible  expenditure  of  force. 

Professor  Armstrong  considered  it  would  have 
been  of  much  advantage  to  the  Society  if  the  authors 
of  the  paper  had  given  some  account  of  the  process 
to  which  it  referred.  As  it  was,  he  was  not  quite 
sure  what  was  the  real  claim  of  the  inventor— 
whether  it  was  simply  for  the  production  of  a  solu- 
tion which  would  bleach,  or  for  the  use  of  a  certain 
solution  in  a  particular  way.  The  process  seemed  to 
him  to  be  merely  one  for  the  preparation  of  a  bleach- 
ing solution.  The  authors,  however,  had  expressed 
themselves  in  language  so  difficult  to  follow,  that  he 
had  failed  to  realise  the  meaning  of  some  of  their 
up  nt-.  Their  results  were  put  forward  in  such 
a  form  that  it  was  practically  impossible  to  pass  any 
judgment  on  the  efficiency  of  the  process  from  a 
mere  study  of  the  paper.  The  paper -was  unneces- 
sarily full  of  expressions  altogether  special  to   the 


authors  and  difficult  for  others  to  understand.    For 
instance,   in  the  first  part  of  the  paper  it  was  stated 
that  "the  chlorine  in   bleaching    powder    may    be. 
regarded  as  an  accumulator  of  oxygen."    The  term 
''accumulator,"  as  used  by  electricians,    was    con- 
venient, but  was  often  misleading,  and  such  a  term 
was  not  desirable  in  chemistry.     Later  on,  it   was 
said  that   the  solution  contained  a  large  amount  of 
bleaching  compounds  at  a  very  high  tension  :  and 
when  one  tried  to  find  the  meaning  of  this  statement, 
it  turned  out  that  these  bleaching  compounds  were 
soluble  in  ether,  and  would  evaporate  with  it.    That 
was  not  the  usual  way  of  describing  bodies  of  high 
j  tension.     The  important  part  of  the  paper  was,  he 
supposed,    contained    in    the    passages    beginning, 
''What  we  may  call  the  primary  interpretation  of  an 
electrolysis,  according  to  Faraday's  law,  presupposes 
a  complete  separation  of  the  ions.     When  this  does 
not  occur,  and  where,  by  electrochemical  substitution, 
the  anode  and  cathode  are  brought  into  relationship 
peculiar  to  a  peculiar   balance  of  the  products  of 
analysis,  the  law  requires  a  modified  interpretation. 
We  shall  revert  subsequently  to  this  point,  as  affecting 
the  particular  case  uuder  consideration."    He  did 
not  understand  the  meaning  of  that  passage,  but  it 
appeared  to  be  regarded  as  an  important  one,  as  it 
was  referred  to  by  the  authors  later  on.     He  thought, 
too,   that  the  authors  should  further  explain  their 
statement    that    "the    bleaching    efficiency    of    the 
electrolysed  solution  is  considerably  in  excess  of  that 
of  a  solution  of  calcium  hypochlorite  of  The  same 
oxidising  efficiency,  measured — i.e.,  in  terms  of  the 
usual   standard — an  alkaline  solution  of    arsenious 
acid."    If  this  meant  anything  at  all,  it  meant  that 
the  solution  had  a  higher    oxidising    power  than 
ordinary  bleaching-powder  solution.     But  then  it  was 
said    that   "  the    oxidising    efficiency — <>.,    free   or 
active  oxygen — thus    measured    and    expressed    in 
terms  of  the  current,  is  in  excess  of  that  calculated  on 
the  basis  of  the  electrolytic  law,  as  directly  inter- 
preted."   These  statements  were  more  or  less  contra- 
dictory.    It  was    important    to    observe    that    the 
efficiency  of  this    new    solution  was  measured  by 
means  of  a  solution  of  arsenious  acid— the  authors 
had  not  ascertained  the  real  efficiency  of  the  solution. 
They  had  adopted  a  bad  standard — one  which  gave  a 
measure  of  only  part  of  what  was  present.     Later  on, 
it  was  said  that  a  certain  amount  of  available  chlorine 
was  obtained  per  ampere  hour,  but  it  was  not  stated 
how   that  available    chlorine    was    determined    by 
arsenious    acid.      He    could    not    understand    the 
authors'  statement  that  the  oxidising  efficiency  of  the 
solution  was  in  excess,  not  only  of  that  of  a  bleaching- 
powder   solution,    but  of  the  theoretical  efficiency 
obtainable  according  to  the  electrolytic  law,  except 
upon  the  supposition  that  the  authors  believed  in 
perpetual  motion.     Something  must  be  wrong,  and 
the  only  possible  conclusion  was  that  the  authors' 
interpretation  of  the  electrolytic  law  was  incorrect. 
After  such  a  statement,  it  appeared  to  him  unneces- 
sary to  analyse  the    figures  given   as  proving    the 
efficiency  of  the  process.    No  data  had  been  given 
as  to  the  composition  of  the  solution.     It  was  said  to 
be  altogether  peculiar  and  different  from  a  bleaching 
powder  solution— which  was  very  probable — but  the 
authors  seemed  to  have  made  no  attempt  to  determine 
what  amount  either  of  oxygen,  or  of  chlorine  capable 
of  producing  oxidation  directly,  or  of  oxygen-chlorine 
compounds,    were    present.      They    had    employed 
merely  the  conventional  standard — arsenious    acid. 
Taking  all  the  circumstances  into  account,  the  paper 
did  not  seem  to  advance  our  knowledge  of  the  subject 
under  discussion.     No  data  has   been  given    from 
which    it    was   possible    to    determine    the    actual 
efficiency  of  the  bleaching  solution,  and  to  arrive  at 


April  so.  1887.)     THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


2-J7 


such  a  determination,  numerous  and  definite  data 
were  necessary.  It  was  to  be  regretted  that  the 
paper  had  not  been  drawn  up  as  scientific  papers 

usually  were,  and  that  the  authors  had  not  given  a 
clear  statement  of  the  methods  they  had  employed  to 
arrive  at  their  facts. 

Mr.  M.uTEAi:  was  inclined  to  agree  with  much  that 
Prof.  Armstrong  had  said,  but  would  like  to  start 
from  a  different  basis,  and  say  a  few  words  on  the 
process  as  he  had  seen  it  in  operation  recently  at  the 
Antwerp  Exhibition.  The  process  was  at  work  there 
on  a  considerable  scale,  and  was,  of  course,  one  which 
deeply  interested  himself.  He  had  spent  some  hours 
in  watching  it  at  work,  and  had  been  highly  delighted 
by  the  results  he  had  seen.  The  employment  of  an 
electrolysed  solution  of  this  class  was  not  new  ;  it 
had  been  known  for  many  years,  and  was,  he  believed, 
the  subject  of  many  patents.  But  the  special  appa- 
ratus designed  by  M.  Hennite  for  the  process  was 
extremely  ingenious,  though  he  feared  it  would  also 
prove  to  be  exceedingly  expensive.  There  could  be 
no  doubt,  however,  that  M.  Hennite  had  shown  at 
Antwerp  a  perfectly  practicable  installation  for 
bleaching  flax  yarns.  He  was  under  the  impression 
that  the  figures  given  to  him  showed  that  the  results 
were  hardly  as  yet  satisfactory  from  a  commercial 
point  of  view.  No  doubt  the  authors  would  be  able 
later  on  to  bring  forward  further  results,  which  would 
enable  one  more  fully  to  compare  the  new  process 
with  the  old.  At  present  this  new  process  seemed  to 
him  to  be  very  interesting  and  very  promising,  though 
hardly  yet  in  its  most  practicable  form. 

Mr.  Cross,  in  reply,  said  that  as  Prof.  Armstrong 
had  brought  a  rather  heavy  indictment  against  the 
exposition  of  the  Hennite  process,  he  would  endea- 
vour to  make  a  few  explanations.     He  had  closely 
studied  the  process  for  some  months,  and  in  doing  so 
had  had  the  advantage  of  intercourse  with  a  dis- 
tinguished physicist — Prof.  Pictet.     They  had  jointly 
endeavoured  to  work  out  the  problems  which  the  pro- 
cess presented,  and  any  statements  made  in  the  paper 
represented  Prof.   Pictet's   views   on  the  subject  as 
well  as  his  own.    If  Prof.  Armstrong  told  him  that 
he  could  not  understand  the  language  of  the  paper, 
he  could  only  reply  that  there  was  no  possible  ground 
for  discussion   between  them.    The  subject  was  a 
difficult  one,  and  was  complicated  on  a  variety  of 
issues.    They  had  brought  it  before  this  society  first 
because,  there  being  an  installation  actually  at  work 
on  a  large  scale,  the  matter  might  be  considered,  from 
an  industrial  and  commercial  point  of  view,  as  fairly 
elucidated.    At  any  rate,  it  was  sufficiently  matured 
to  permit  practical  men  to  come  to  the  laboratory  to 
make  their  own  trials  and  calculations,  and  to  order 
apparatus  for  their  own  works  based  on  those  trials 
and  measurements.    To  a  certain  extent  the  scientific 
and  commercial  sides  of  a  question  were  separable,  and 
it  was  a  frequent  experience  for  science  to  come  after 
industry  rather  than  before  it.  They  had  laid  the  indus- 
trial side  of  the  matter  before  this  Society ;  at  the  same 
time  they  wished  to  indicate  the  lines  upon  which  the 
scientific  investigation  would  follow.    That  investi- 
gation would  probably  be  long  and  laborious,  and  the 
results  would  in  due  time  be  laid  before  the  Society 
to  which  it  properly  belonged.    For  the  end  they  had 
in  view  the  arsenious  acid  standard  was  a  good  one  ; 
and  it  had  this  advantage  :  that  the  reaction  involved 
was  so  simple  that  if  the  acid  were  destroyed  it  could 
only  be  in  one  way,  by  oxidation  to  arsenic  acid  ;  it 
might  not  measure  the  whole  of  the  oxygen,  but  it 
could  not  err  the  other  way.     The  point  to  be  deter- 
mined was  the  comparative  bleaching  effects  of  two 
solutions.     One  might  take  the  time  standard,  but 
that  was  not  the  most  important  element.     The  best 
standard  was  the  amount  of  oxygen  consumed  in 


bringing  a  certain  weight  of  pulp  or  yarn  to  a  par- 
ticular condition.  Those  comparisons  were  given  in 
the  paper  in  language  which,  he  thought,  could  not 
be  misunderstood  ;  and  the  numbers  given  had  been 
verified,  in  regard  to  the  solution,  on  every  scale  from 
1  litre  up  to  850  litres.  With  regard  to  the  impor- 
tant question  of  the  electrolytic  law,  and  the  appa- 
rently excessive  yield  of  oxygen,  all  he  could  say  was, 
that  they  had  taken  a  certain  measure  (arser.ious 
acid)  of  the  oxidising  efficiency  of  their  solution,  and 
the  numbers  thus  obtained,  in  terms  of  oxygen  or  its 
equivalent  of  chlorine,  were  in  excess  of  the  so-called 
theoretical  equivalent.  That  was  the  dilemma  they 
were  presented  with,  and  they  saw  no  escape  from  it. 
They  were  bound  to  explain,  and  the  explanation  did 
not  appear  to  be  strained.  The  maximum  error  of 
their  instruments  was  1  per  cent.  Doubtless  there 
were  errors  of  language  in  the  paper.  The  authors 
had,  however,  used  such  terms  as  seemed  to  them  to 
convey  a  lucid  meaning  ;  and  if  they  appeared 
to  others  to  be  nonsense,  they  could  only  express 
regret.  He  would  state,  in  conclusion,  that  the  re- 
sults given  had  been  obtained  in  various  ways,  and 
that  the  experiments  had  been  conducted  with  all 
the  care  that  men  could  use  who  had  an  important 
matter  in  hand.  No  pains  had  been  spared  by  the 
inventor,  who  had,  moreover,  shown  himself  anxious 
to  have  the  results  obtained  fully  and  freely  criticised ; 
and  the  testimony  they  had  obtained  to  the  correct- 
ness of  those  results  had  been  so  unanimous  that 
they  had  felt  justified  in  laying  them  before  the 
Society.  In  reference  to  Mr.  Mactear's  allusion 
to  the  Antwerp  Exhibition,  it  might  be  mentioned 
that  M.  Hennite  had  been  awarded  a  gold  medal  by 
the  Technical  Jury.  Since  then  the  process  and 
apparatus  had  been  considerably  improved. 

DISCUSSION   ON   MR   MACTEAB'S   PAPEE 

ON  CASTNER'S  SODIUM  PEOCESS. 
In  inviting  discussion  on  this  paper,  the  Chairman 
observed  tha^its  main  interest  lay  in  the  fact  that  it 
opened  up  the  possibility  of  obtaining  aluminium  at 
a  much  cheaper  rate  than  at  present.  As  the  late 
Mr.  Weldon  had  shown  in  one  of  the  papers  be  had 
read  before  the  Section,  the  production  of  aluminium 
by  direct  reduction  by  heat  and  carbon  was  utterly 
impossible — the  very  principle  of  thermochemistry 
forbidding  it.  Therefore,  any  process  which  gave 
cheap  sodium,  and  thus  rendered  possible  the 
production  of  cheap  aluminium  by  Deville's  process 
would  prove  of  immense  advantage  to  industry. 

Mr.  Mactear  said  :  At  the  last  meeting,  after  the 
reading  of  the  paper,  a  gentleman  had  asked  him 
;  what  was  the  difference  between  this  process  and  the 
Thompson  process.  He  was  not  acquainted  with  the 
latter  process  at  the  time,  but  he  had  taken  the 
'  trouble  to  ascertain  its  nature  since,  in  case  the 
question  should  be  again  raised.  He  did  not  know 
whether  it  was  proposed  to  use  a  Bessemer  converter 
in  the  Thompson  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
sodium  ;  but  the  idea  was  that  by  having  a  bath  of 
molten  iron  they  would  get  a  decomposition  of  their 
soda  salt  and  so  obtain  their  sodium.  The  difference 
between  these  two  processes  was  therefore  very 
marked.  In  the  one  case  molten  iron  was  used, 
requiring  an  enormously  high  temperature  and  a 
special  lining  for  the  apparatus  ;  whereas  the  Castner 
,  process  required  no  molten  metal,  the  temperature 
was  always  under  1000C,  and  the  apparatus  was 
extremely  simple.  He  had  had  a  long  experience  of 
processes,  chemical  and  physical,  and  he  usually 
found  that  the  best  proof  of  the  difference  between 
two  processes  with  the  same  object  was  that  one  was 
I  successful  and  the  other  was  not. 


248 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  Of  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     lAprii  29. 1887. 


Mr.  Johnson  inquired  whether  there  were  any 
circumstances  limiting  the  quantity  of  materials  to 
be  worked.  The  apparatus  as  described  seemed 
enormous  for  so  small  a  charge. 

Mr.  Mactear  replied  that  it  was  evident  that  this 
was  the  first  furnace,  and  that  it  had  been  built  upon 
calculations  made  entirely  in  the  dark.  On  that 
account  it  was  hardly  fair  to  criticise  either  the 
dimensions  of  the  apparatus  or  the  quantity  of 
material  worked  in  it. 

M  r.  Johnson  said  that  was  a  question  which  would 
affect  its  commercial  use. 

Mr.  Mactear  admitted  that;  but  a  child  must 
creep  before  it  ran  ;  and  this  was  the  creeping.  It 
was  intended  to  largely  increase  the  charges  treated. 
I'p  to  the  present  they  had  been  feeling  their  way  ; 
many  points  had  had  to  be  elucidated,  and  the 
results  liad  surpassed  their  utmost  expectations.  The 
next  furnace  would  be  modified  accordingly  in  con- 
struction and  dimensions.  No  doubt  much  could  be 
done  in  the  way  of  cheapening  the  process  ;  but,  all 
things  considered,  he  thought  the  meeting  would 
agree  with  him  that  Mr.  Castner  deserved  high  praise 
for  the  results  already  obtained. 

The  Chairman  said  it  seemed  to  him  that  if  the 
process  would  work  and  give  promising  results  on 
this  small  scale,  it  was  almost  certain  to  work  well 
and  develop  better  results  on  a  much  larger  scale. 
It  opened  up  a  prospect  of  really  cheap  aluminium, 
and  that  would  revolutionise  engineering. 

Mr.  Mactear  here  exhibited  a  piece  of  bronze 
made  from  aluminium  produced  from  the  sodium 
process.  He  said  it  was  remarkable  as  having  been 
forged  out  cold  from  a  first  casting,  whereas  such 
bronzes  usually  required  repeated  meltings  before 
they  were  clean  enough  to  be  forged. 

Mr.  C  von  Bcch  said  there  was  a  process  called 
the  Cowles'  process  for  producing  aluminium  bronze 
in  an  electric  furnace.  The  bronze  thus  produced 
seemed  to  him  to  vary  much  in  composition.  He 
supp  sed  that  a  bronze  made  like  the  one  they  had 
just  seen  would  be  much  better  than  that  made  by 
the  Cowles'  system. 

Mr.  Lant  Carpenter  had  no  personal  experience 
of  bronze,  but  had  read  accounts  from  America  with 
regard  to  its  production  by  the.  Cowles'  system,  and 
those  accounts  certainly  bore  out  the  criticism  just 
passed  upon  it.  Bronze  thus  made  must  necessarily 
be  very  indefinite  in  composition. 


DISCUSSION  ON  MR,  MACTEAR'S  PAPER 
ON  RAISING  ACIDS. 

The  Chairman  said  this  was  another  instance  of  the 
inversion  of  a  well-known  principle,  the  discovery  of 
which  we  owed  to  Dr.  Sprengel.  That  inventor  had 
revolutionised  our  ideas  of  physics  by  the  discovery 
of  his  vacuum  pump  ;  and  the  reversal  of  its  principle 
enabled  one  to  work  a  siphon  at  a  much  higher  level 
than  was  theoretically  possible.  Most  practical  men 
had  had  experience  of  a  leak  in  a  siphon,  and  of  the 
wonderful  power  of  the  long  leg  for  losing  its  weight. 
In  the  case  of  a  small  siphon,  if  the  long  leg  were 
full  of  air,  one  could  let  a  little  air  into  the  short  leg  ; 
but  to  find  this  principle  carried  out  successfully  on 
so  large  a  scale  was  extremely  interesting.  Of  course 
it  remained  to  be  seen  how  the  method  would  com- 
pare in  point  of  economy  with  the  ordinary  montejua 
which  was  now  generally  used.  For  his  own  part' he 
had  tried  many  pumps,  but  had  not  yet  found  one 
which  would  pomp  acids  satisfactorily. 


Liverpool  Section. 

Chairman  :  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown. 
ViceChairman  :  Dr.  F.  Hurter. 


Committee : 


J.  Affleck. 
K.  G.  Ballard. 
Ernest  Bibby. 
H.  Brunner. 
J.  C.  Gamble. 
D.  Herman. 


J.  W.  Kynaston. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
Jas.  Simpson. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
A.  Watt, 


Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer :   W.  P.  Thompson,  6,  Lord  Street, 
Liverpool. 


A  meeting  will  be  held  at  University  College  Laboratory ,  Brown- 
low  Street,  on  May  4,  and  the  following  paper  has  been 
promised  :— 

Mr.  J.  W.  Macdonald,  "On  the  Manufacture  of  Arrowroot 
in  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies ;  its  Uses  and  Adulterants." 

May  4.— Discussion   on    Mr.    Westmoreland's    paper   "  On 
the  Estimation  of  Sulphur  in  Pyrites." 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


The  Chairman  (Dr.  Brown)  showed  a  novel  ap- 
paratus for  the  production  of  chlorine  in  proportion 
as  it  is  required  for  experimental  purposes,  in  which 
compressed  balls  of  hypochlorite  of  calcium  and 
gypsum  were  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  the 
supply  of  acid  being  regulated  by  the  pressure  of  gas 
in  the  generator. 

Dr.  Hamburger  mentioned  another  apparatus  for 
making  chlorine,  which  he  had  now  used  for  several 
years.  It  consisted  of  a  large  flask  filled  with  hot 
and  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  into  which  a  solution 
of  sodium  chlorate  was  allowed  to  drop  by  means  of 
a  capillary  syphon.  If  chlorine-oxygen  compounds 
were  objectionable,  the  gas  must  be  passed  once  or 
twice  through  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  by  which 
means  pure  chlorine  was  obtained.  The  apparatus 
would  work  for  24  hours  without  any  attention  what- 
ever. The  evolution  of  the  gas  could  be  regulated 
by  the  use  of  a  weak  or  strong  solution  of  sodium 
chlorate. 

Dr.  John  asked  the  last  speaker  whether  from  his 
apparatus  the  current  could  be  shut  off  very  readily. 

Dr.  Hamburger  replied  that  it  could  be  shut  off 
readily  enough  by  simply  breaking  the  capillary  tube, 
when  the  evolution  of  gas  ceased  in  a  short  time. 


Mr.  Longuet  Higgins  then  read  his  paper  on  the 
Manufacture  of  Chlorates. 


-*»*»*»*»*♦»»- 


ON  THE   MANUFACTURE  OF    POTASSIUM 
CHLORATE  BY  MEANS  OF  MAGNESIA. 

C.   LONGUET  HIGGINS,   A.R.S.M. 

The  process  for  the  manufacture  of  chlorate  of  potas- 
sium which  is  now  carried  on  at  James  Muspratt  <fc 
Son's  works  in  Widnes  was  worked  out  in  1883  by 
Dr.  G.  Eschellmann,  who  at  that  time  was  chemist 
there.  It  is  patented  in  the  names  of  E.  K.  Mus- 
pratt and  G.  Eschellmann. 

The  idea  of  substituting  magnesia  in  the  place  of 
lime  for  absorbing  chlorine  was  not  new,  for 
Weldon  had  made  many  experiments  with  it  on  the 
small  scale  with  a  view  to  recover  the  chlorine  and 
magnesia  for  further  use.  Up  to  the  present  time, 
however,  magnesium  chloride  has  resisted  profitable 
decomposition.    Dr.   Eschellmann's  objects  in  using 


April  29. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


249 


magnesia  were  the  production  of  more  chlorate  of 
potassium  from  a  given  quantity  of  muriates  than 
would  be  obtained  when  employing  lime  and  also 
chloride  of  magnesium,  which,  instead  of  being  run  to 
waste,  like  calcium  chloride,  could  be  concentrated  in 
aqueous  solution  till  it  formed  a  hard  mass  on  cooling, 
in  which  condition  it  is  bought  by  cotton  sizers.  The 
magnesia  used  is  obtained  in  the  form  of  the  natural 
carbonate,  magnesite,  which  is  found  in  three  forms 
hard,  soft,  and  earthy,  the  specific  gravity  varying 
from  28— 308.  This,  besides  carbonate  of  magnesia, 
contains  varying  quantities  of  CaC03,  AL2Os> 
Fe2Ob,  silicate  of  magnesia,  sand,  and  traces  of 
copper  and  manganese. 

MAGNESITE. 


MgCO,. 

CaCOs. 

In  sol. 
Fe20„  etc. 

H.O. 

9310 

340 

2-70 

9710 

1-20 

1-50 

9300 

2-25 

4~20 

040 

MAGNESIA. 

MgO. 

CaO. 

CO.. 

SiO:.  etc. 

89-20 

46 

4  5 

1-7 

9199 

4-71 

1-0 

23 

9036 

4  54 

33 

T6 

92764 

4-036 

23 

0-9 

92-70 

4-60 

07 

2-0 

Magnesite  at  a  lower  temperature  than  in  the  case 
of  limestone  gives  off  its  carbonic  acid,  leaving  about 
half  its  weight  of  magnesia. 

When  well  burnt  the  resulting  magnesia  is  very 
light,  quite  soft  like  chalk,  and  often  has  a  beautiful 
radiating  columnar  structure,  not  unlike  starch. 
Magnesia  is  easily  overburnt,  when  it  becomes  very 
hard,  dense,  and  somewhat  crystalline,  the  specific 
gravity  increasing  from  307  to  3'61.  In  this  condi- 
tion it  is  useless  for  chlorine  absorption. 

The  Mn  in  the  magnesite  is  often  present  in  the 
form  of  dendritic  Mn02,  and  is  converted  by  the 
burning  into  Mn.;0+,  which  gives  the  magnesia  a 
cream  or  rose  pink  colour,  according  to  the  quantity 
present. 

Magnesia  is  very  slightly  soluble  in  water,  and  does 
not  slake  ;  it  must,  therefore,  be  very  finely  ground 
and  suspended  in  water  for  treatment  with  chlorine. 
As  may  be  expected,  it  does  not  absorb  chlorine  so 
readily  as  lime,  and  the  temperature  caused  by  the 
reaction  under  the  same  circumstances  does  not  rise 
so  high.  The  temperature  of  a  magnesia  octagon 
when  finishing  is  about  110"  Fahr.,  but  of  course  it 
varies  with  the  bulk  of  the  liquor,  strength  of  the 
chlorine,  and  rate  of  absorption.  With  a  large  quan- 
tity of  liquor  and  strong  chlorine  the  highest  tem- 
perature ever  observed  is  140'  Fahr.  Lime  liquor 
treated  in  a  similar  way  rises  to  a  much  higher  tem- 
perature. 

The  mass  of  the  liquor,  strength  of  the  gas,  and 
temperature  within  certain  limits  do  not  seem  to  vary 
the  finished  product ;  an  octagon  finished  in  one  day 
with  strong  gas  shows  the  same  proportion  of  chlorate 
to  chloride  as  one  which  with  weak  gas  takes  a  much 
longer  time  to  finish,  and  finishes  at  a  lower  tempera- 
ture. 

It  may  be  here  mentioned  that,  as  Dr.  Lunge  has 
pointed  out,  in  his  paper  on  the  conversion  of  calcium 


hypochlorite  into  calcium  chlorate,  calcium  chlorate 
will  form  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  provided  the 
treatment  with  chlorine  is  carried  on  long  enough  ; 
70  per  cent,  are  converted  readily,  the  other  30  per 
cent  slowly.  Magnesium  chlorate  will  also  form 
readily  at  ordinary  temperatures.  At  Widnes  two 
octagons  have  been  used  to  absorb  the  residual  gas 
from  the  other  octagons  of  a  series,  and  never  had 
strong  gas.  If  they  were  allowed  to  finish,  more  than 
a  week  was  required,  and  consequently  their  tem- 
perature was  very  low,  yet  in  the  end  the  reaction 
was  as  complete  in  these  as  in  the  others.  At  one 
time  the  attempt  was  made  to  hasten  the  absorption 
in  a  magnesia  octagon  by  heating  with  steam,  but  in 
this  case  an  undue  amount  of  MgClj  was  formed. 

Damp  CI  has  next  to  no  action  on  dry  magnesia 
or  on  the  precipitated  hydrate  dried  at  212\  On  the 
freshly  precipitated  hydrate  suspended  in  water,  CI 
acts  rapidly. 

H  the  hydrate  is  dried  before  susj)ension  in  water, 
CI  does  not  act  so  rapidly  on  it  as  when  it  is  freshly 
precipitated. 

With  lime,  when  the  liquor  turns  pink,  it  is  a  sure 
sign  that,  at  any  rate,  the  finishing  point  is  nearly 
reached  ;  but  it  is  not  so  when  magnesia  is  used,  for 
pink  liquor  can  be  obtained  wnich  contains  a  very 
large  quantity  of  undissolved  magnesia,  and  which 
will,  therefore,  still  take  up  a  great  deal  of  chlorine. 

It  would  seem  as  if  any  hypochlorite  formed  was 
converted  into  chlorate  before  the  chlorine  attacks 
fresh  magnesia.  With  lime  the  reactions  are  2CaO 
+  4Cl  =  CaCL  +CaCl.,0., ;  then  in  the  presence  of 
more  CL  3CaCLO,  =  Ca"01,0,;  +  2CaCk. 

The  first  reaction  must  be  very  transient  in  the 
case  of  magnesia,  for  a  bleach  liquor  cannot  be  made 
at  ordinary  temperatures  by  treating  magnesia 
suspended  in  water  with  CI.  A  sample  of  octagon 
liquor  taken  during  some  very  cold  weather,  and 
which,  on  account  of  exposure  and  the  dilution  of  the 
gas  passed  over  it,  had  been  always  very  near  the 
freezing-point,  on  filtering  was  found  to  be  very 
strongly  pink-coloured,  and  yielded  only  a  very  slight 
quantity  of  hypochlorite  to  arsenious  acid.  In  this 
case  the  reaction  was  complete  near  the  freezing- 
point. 

The  proportion  of  chlorate  to  chloride  in  well- 
finished  magnesia  octagon  liquor,  usually  approaches 
very  near  to  the  theoretical  1 — 5 — viz.,  1 — o'l  or  less, 
so  that,  as  the  CI  nearly  always  contains  a  small 
amount  of  hydrochloric  acid,  the  loss  of  oxygen  from 
hypochlorite  must  be  very  small.  With  regard  to 
strength,  liquors  of  all  densities  up  to  125  have  been 
produced,  the  proportion  remaining  the  same.  With 
lime  liquors  the  proportion  varies  from  5'3 — 5'6,  and 
the  work  is  not  considered  bad  if  it  averages  1 — 5"4. 
The  smaller  amount  of  chloride  in  magnesia  liquors 
constitutes  an  important  advantage  of  this  process, 
about  7  per  cent,  less  chloride  being  obtained  with 
magnesia  than  with  lime. 

A  very  awkward  phenomenon,  occasionally  mani- 
fested in  treating  magnesia  with  chlorine,  is  that  the 
contents  of  the  octagon  will  assume  a  semi-solid  or 
party  state  at  a  certain  stage  of  the  reaction.  This  is 
probably  due  to  the  magnesium  chloride  formed  com- 
bining with  magnesia  as  an  oxychloride.  These 
octagons  in  the  end  finish  as  well  as  the  others,  but 
require  rather  different  treatment. 

With  regard  to  the  pink  colour  of  the  finished 
liquor,  it  is  caused  by  the  Mn.;04  in  the  magnesia  : 
the  more  pink  the  magnesia  the  higher  the  colour  of 
the  finished  liquor.  With  very  pure  magnesia  the 
liquors  are  nearly  colourless.  The  finished  octagon 
liquor  bleaches  litmus  on  account  of  its  containing  a 
trace  of  free  CI.  When  this  is  boiled  off,  it  has  an 
alkaline  reaction  due  to  a  little  dissolved  magnesia. 


250 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April  29, 1887. 


Magnesium  chlorate  does  not  decompose  on  boiling  any 
more  than  calcium  chlorate,  so  the  octagon  liquor  is 
boiled  down  till  about  50  per  cent,  of  the  chloride 
will  crystallise  out  on  cooling  as  MgCLGH.,0  con- 
taining about  44  per  cent,  MgCL.  It  is  not  safe  to 
concentrate  any  further,  as  the  temperature  rises  too 
high  and  the  liquor,  when  cool,  sets  so  hard  in  the 
vats  that  there  is  great  difficulty  in  emptying  them. 
The  proportion  of  chlorate  to  chloride  in  the  con- 
centrated liquor  will  then  be  about  1 — 2'8.  Any 
calcium  chloride  present  remains  in  the  liquor. 

The  crystals  of  MgCL  can  be  readily  freed  from  the 
MgOLO,;  liquor.  Chloride  of  potassium  is  then 
added  to  the  strong  chlorate  liquor,  and  the  KCJOa 
crystallised  out.  Great  care  has  to  be  exercised  in 
adding  the  chloride  of  potassium  to  such  strong  liquor, 
or  the  greater  part  of  it  will  be  found  undissolved. 
As  nearly  as  possible  the  theoretical  quantity  of 
potassium  chloride  must  be  added,  for  any  MgCLOc 
left  is  lost,  and  any  excess  of  potassium  chloride  com- 
bines with  magnesium  chloride  and  crystallises  as 
the  double  chloride  carnallite  (MgCL.KCkiH.,0) 
along  with  the  KC103,  and  is  afterwards  difficult 
to  wash  out.  This  also  renders  you  unable  to  estimate 
the  excess  added  by  testing  the  mother-liquor. 

On  account  of  having  such  an  enormous  quantity 
of  chloride  in  so  small  a  volume  of  liquid  it  crystallises 
at  first  very  rapidly  indeed  in  the  form  of  very  small 
thin  lamime  ;  afterwards,  as  the  liquor  cools,  the 
crystals  build  themselves  up  into  fragile  needles  com- 
posed of  small  crystals  superimposed  on  one  another, 
something  like  the  carnallite  needles,  and  quite 
different  from  the  long  acicular  crystals  obtained  by 
the  lime  process.  They  are  beautifully  clean,  as  the 
chlorate  boil  is  made  in  a  few  hours,  thus  having  only 
a  short  time  in  which  to  get  contaminated  with  iron 
from  the  pan.  As  KC10:J  is  less  soluble  in  MgCL 
than  in  CaCL,  the  magnesium  mother-liquors  contain 
very  much  less  chlorate  per  litre  than  lime  mother- 
liquor,  besides  being  very  much  less  in  quantity  ; 
consequently,  the  yield  of  chlorate  is  greater,  90  per 
cent,  of  the  total  KCH  >3  being  obtained.  The  lowest 
magnesium  mother-liquor  obtained  contains  lOgrms. 
of  chlorate  per  litre,  the  average  being  about  19, 
whereas  calcium  mother-liquors  will  not  average 
under  30grms.  per  litre.  Operations  in  the  tinishing- 
house  are  carried  on  very  much  as  with  the  lime 
process.  The  liquors  stand  very  well  and  seldom 
require  renewal.  The  mother-liquor  now  contains 
MgCL,CaCL,KC10:i  and  some  gypsum  derived  from 
the  sulphate  in  the  muriates  ;  a  little  MgHo2  is  also 
present,  rendering  the  liquor  alkaline.  It  is  run  into 
a  still,  together  with  a  solution  of  the  MgCL  crystals 
obtained  from  the  concentrated  octagon  liquor,  and 
the  chlorate  is  destroyed  by  HC1,  of  which  an  excess 
is  necessary  or  all  the  chlorate  will  not  be  decomposed. 
The  ( '1  given  off  is  sent  back  to  the  octagons. 

When  the  still  gets  to  a  temperature  of  about 
140°  Fahr.  the  evolution  of  the  gas  is  attended  by 
phosphorescence,  due  to  the  decomposition  of  02C1. 
Unless  due  care  is  exercised  an  explosion  may  occur, 
attended  by  a  Hash  of  light  with  deleterious  effect  on 
the  top  of  the  still. 

Almost  the  last  trace  of  CI  is  steamed  out,  so  that 
the  liquor  running  off  does  not  smell  of  CI,  but 
rather  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

The  still  liquor  is  now  neutralised  with  magnesia, 
when  it  gives  off  a  very  strong,  sweet  smell,  much 
stronger  than  that  given  off  on  neutralising  Weldon 
still  liquor.  Metallic  iron  must  be  kept  out  of  the 
neutralising  well,  as  the  hydrogen  from  it  reduces  the 
ferric  chloride  in  the  liquor  to  ferrous  chloride,  which 
is  very  incompletely  precipitated  by  the  magnesia  as 
green  ferrous  hydrate  leaving  liquors  which  turn 
reddish,  and  go  on  depositing  iron  for  some  time  after. 


A  measured  quantity  of  a  strong  solution  of 
Stassfurt  kieserite  (MgS04H20)  is  then  run  in 
according  to  the  calcium  present,  and  the  contents 
of  the  well  are  pumped  into  a  settler  where  the  iron 
and  a  great  part  of  the  gypsum  settle  out  leaving  the 
liquor  of  a  beautiful  green  colour  and  very  clear. 
Some  of  the  gypsum  is  thrown  down  slowly  in  a 
dense  crystalline  form,  coating  the  settlers  and  giving 
great  inconvenience  if  pipes  are  used  to  convey  the 
liquor  to  its  destination. 

The  chloride  of  magnesium  is  now  concentrated  ; 
formerly  wrought-iron  pans  were  used  for  this 
purpose,  but  were  found  to  be  so  strongly  acted  on 
that  they  had  to  be  abandoned,  and  cast-iron  pots  are 
substituted  in  their  place. 

A  great  deal  of  time  and  trouble  has  been  expended 
in  trying  to  stop  the  action  of  this  liquor  on  iron, 
even  in  the  case  of  cast-iron,  but  without  success,  as 
it  does  not  seem  possible  to  stop  the  evolution  of  a 
small  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  consequent 
action  on  the  iron  at  the  temperature  to  which  the 
liquor  is  raised — viz.,  considerably  over  300°  F. 
Magnesium  chloride  also  acts  on  iron,  especially 
wrought  iron,  according  to  the  equation,  MgC'L  +  Fe 
+  20H,  =  MgHoO,  +FeCL  +  H2. 

This  reaction  "takes  place  even  at  ordinary  tempera- 
tures, and  is  the  one  which  renders  MgCL  so  des- 
tructive to  boiler  plates. 

A  higher  temperature  and  voltaic  action  are 
favourable  to  the  reaction.  If  a  bright  wrought-iron 
vessel  is  filled  with  a  strong  solution  of  MgCL, 
rendered  slightly  alkaline  with  magnesia  and  left  for 
some  time,  a  green  precipitate  of  ferrous  hydrate, 
which  afterwards  oxidises  and  turns  red,  shows  that 
action  has  taken  place.  Zinc  and  lead  are  acted  on 
in  a  similar  manner,  only  more  strongly.  A  zinc  and 
platinum  couple  placed  in  a  solution  of  MgCL  and 
warmed,  gives  off  hydrogen  abundantly. 

The  quantity  of  iron  taken  off  when  cast  pots  are 
used  is  very  slight,  but  is  sufficient  to  give  the 
magnesium  chloride  a  very  high  colour. 

Clear  at  first,  the  liquor  on  boiling  soon  becomes 
muddy  and  wbiteish,  owing  to  precipitated  gypsum, 
which  is  soluble  to  a  considerable  extent  in  a  weak 
solution  of  magnesium  chloride.  Any  iron  dissolved 
is  not  oxidised  during  the  boiling,  or  precipitated  by 
the  magnesia  present  in  the  liquor,  which  retains  its 
alkalinity  throughout,  or  by  excess' of  magnesia 
added  at  the  end  of  the  operation,  but  remains  in 
solution  as  ferrous  chloride  which,  when  the  magne- 
sium chloride  is  cool,  is  converted  into  hydrated 
oxide,  which  oxidises  and  imparts  to  it  a  series  of 
colours  well  known  to  chemical  manufacturers.  A 
violet  or  pink  colour  has  often  been  obtained  which 
is  destroyed  on  the  addition  of  water  ;  what  this  is 
due  to  has  not  been  ascertained,  but  may  be  to  a 
double  chloride  of  ferrous  iron  and  potassium  or 
magnesium. 

To  remove  iron  dissolved  by  the  liquor  the  quantity 
is  kept  as  small  as  possible  by  the  employment  of 
cast  iron  for  the  vessel,  and  it  is  oxidised  to  the 
ferric  state  when  magnesia  will  precipitate  it  com- 
pletely. 

For  this  purpose  the  liquor  is  boiled  up  to  near 
the  finishing  point  and  the  iron  oxidised,  when  the 
colour  of  the  magnesium  chloride  changes  from 
muddy  white  to  bright  yellow  ;  the  steam  at  this 
stage  smells  slightly  acid. 

Magnesia  is  now  added  and  the  fire  dropped.  The 
liquor  settles  rapidly,  is  very  clear,  and  of  a  greenish 
colour.  When  cold  enough  it  is  packed  into  barrels, 
where  it  soon  sets  very  hard. 

The  sediment  at  the  bottom  of  the  pot  consists  of 
oxide  of  iron,  gypsum,  magnesia,  and  about  30  per 
cent,    of     magnesium    chloride.      The    magnesium 


April  29. 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


251 


chloride  is  very  white,  free  from  iron  and  chloride  of 
calcium  and  contains  47  per  cent,  of  MgCL. 

discussion. 

Dr.  Hambi  1BGKB  asked  what  was  the  strength  of 
the  octagon  liquor  that  was  obtained  by  the  magnesia 
process — i.e.,  how  many  grammes  of  magnesium 
chlorate  per  litre  ? 

Mr.  Higgins  said  it  varied  from  120  sp.  gr.,  but 
sometimes  ran  as  high  as  50°  Tw. 

Dr.  Hamburger  said  with  regard  to  magnesium 
hypochlorite,  he  had  found  on  passing  chlorine  into 
milk  of  magnesia  the  same  thing  which  Mr.  Higgins 
had  mentioned — namely,  that  a  pure  magnesium 
hypochlorite  could  not  be  obtained  by  the  action  of 
chlorine  on  magnesia.  A  large  portion  of  the 
magnesium  hypochlorite  was  converted  at  common 
temperatures  into  magnesium  chlorate  and  chloride. 
The  only  way  of  obtaining  a  magnesium  hypochlorite 
solution,  tolerably  free  from  magnesium  chlorate,  was 
by  the  decomposition  of  the  analogous  lime  compound 
He  was  sorry  to  differ  from  Mr.  Higgins  in  another 
case.  The  lecturer  had  mentioned  that  the  propor-  ' 
tion  of  chlorine  as  magnesium  chlorate  to  chlorine  as 
magnesium  chloride  was  nearly  the  theoretical — viz., 
1  to  5.  That  was  not  his  experience.  In  fact,  his 
best  experiments  yielded  liquors  in  which  the  pro-  | 
portion  was  1  to  6,  and  in  many  cases  the  proportion 
was  far  more  unfavourable,  showing  that  the  mag 
nesium  chlorate  had  decomposed  into  chloride  and 
free  oxygen.  He  had  previously  mentioned  that  the 
magnesium  hypochlorite  was  readily  converted  into 
chlorate  and  chloride.  On  the  other  hand,  he  had 
often  experienced  a  difficulty  in  converting  the  last 
traces  of  hypochlorite  in  spite  of  using  a  great  excess 
of  chlorine.  His  experiments  were  made  on  the 
small  scale,  and  he  should  like  to  ask  the  lecturer, 
whether,  in  working  on  the  large  scale,  he  had  noticed 
the  same  difficulty. 

Mr.  Carey  said  he  would  make  no  remark,  except 
that  the  process  was  a  very  interesting  one  to  the 
Society,  and  to  ask  with  regard  to  the  roasted  ', 
magnesite,  that  Mr.  Higgins  would  be  good  enough  to 
forward  some  specimens  to  the  Geological  Society  of 
Liverpool,  as  that  Society,  no  doubt,  would  be  much 
interested  in  them,  seeing  that  these  specimens  form 
anew  example  of  anatural  process,  of  which  they  had 
all  seen  the  results  in  the  columnar  basalt  atFingalfs 
Cave  and  other  similar  places,  whereby  material 
ordinarily  amorphous  had  been  induced  to  assume  a 
columnar  structure.  The  magnesite  before  them 
seemed  to  be  an  example  of  the  same  kind  of  action, 
it  goes  into  the  kiln  entirely  amorphous,  and 
comes  out  with  the  columnar  structure  very  distinctly" 
marked  :  and  as  in  the  case  of  columnar  basalt,  the 
columns  are  in  the  main  at  right  angles  to  the  cooling 
surfaces.  They  were  all  very  much  obliged  to  Mr. 
Higgins  fo&  having  explained  this  new  and  excellent 
chlorate  process  in  so  clear  a  manner. 

Dr.  Hurter  said  there  were  a  great  many  points 
of  interest  which  Mr.  Higgins  had  mentioned.  In 
the  first  place,  he  mentioned  that  hypochlorite  of 
magnesia  very  readily  transformed  itself  into  magne- 
sium chlorate.  That  might  be  of  some  little  interest  to 
bleachers  who  intended  to  use  Hermite's  process  for 
preparing  bleaching  liquor.  This  process  consisted 
in  electrolysing  a  solution  of  magnesium  chloride, 
whereby  magnesium  hypochlorite  was  produced, 
which,  however,  very  readily  turned  into  chlorate, 
even  during  the  electrolysis.  He  did  not  know 
whether  the  bleachers  would  be  desirous  of  having 
the  chlorine  in  the  form  of  chlorate.  Another  point 
was  the  over-burning  of  magnesia.  It  was  very 
peculiar  how  greatly  the  sp.  gr.  of  magnesia  altered 
on  over-burning  ;  and  how  difficult  it  was  to  dissolve. 


At  first  when  Messrs.  Muspratt  began  the  new  pro- 
Messrs,  (iaskell,  Deacon  and  Co.  burnt  the 
magnesia  for  them.  Dr.  Eschellmann  then  com- 
plained about  one  batch  that  it  was  not  burnt  at  all, 
and  was  simply  magnesite.  On  investigation  this 
turned  out  to  be  erroneous,  and  the  magnesia  con- 
tained no  carbonate  at  all.  It  was  intensely  hard 
and  heavy,  and  absolutely  inert  to  chlorine  gas. 
There  was  another  point.  They  were  told  that  the 
advantages  of  the  process  were,  in  the  first  instance, 
that  the  by-product  magnesium  chloride  was  saleable 
in  limited  quantities  ;  and  secondly,  that  potassium 
chlorate  was  much  less  soluble  in  magnesium  chloride 
than  in  calcium  chloride  solutions.  He  should  like 
to  know  to  what  extent  this  solubility  differed.  He 
thought  they  owed  some  thanks  to  Messrs.  Muspratt 
for  permitting  Mr.  Higgins  to  bring  such  an  elaborate 
report  of  the  nesv  process  before  the  section. 

Mr.  \V.  P.  Thompson'  asked  where  the  magnesite 
was  obtained,  and  whether  it  was  a  sedimentary 
deposit,  or  an  igneous  one.  He  had  met  with  it  in 
small  quantity  in  Serpentine,  so  supposed  the  latter. 

Mr.  E.  K.  Muspratt  said  he  had  not  lately  given 
so  much  personal  attention  to  the  process  as  Dr. 
Eschellmann  and  Mr.  Higgins,  although  he  had 
followed  it.  and  in  the  initiative  he  took  some  steps 
with  Dr  Eschellman  to  bring  about  a  perfect  process. 
With  regard  to  what  Dr.  Hamburger  said  as  to  the 
proportion  obtained  when  absorbing  chlorine  by 
magnesia  and  lime,  it  was  certainly  their  experience 
the  proportion  was  very  much  more  favourable  with 
magnesia  than  with  lime.  They  never  got  an  octagon 
liquor  exceeding  the  proportion  of  1  to  5'2.  Now, 
Dr.  Hamburger  acknowledged  that  the  average  of 
their  octagon  liquor  with  lime  was  1  to  5"4  or  515,  and 
he  thought  if  Dr.  Hamburger  had  made  chlorate  of 
potash  some  20  years  ago,  when  the  workmen  were 
not  so  skilled  or  careful  as  at  the  present  day.  he 
would  have  found  sometimes  with  lime  that  the 
proportion  of  these  liquors  ran  up  from  1  to  6  and 
7  and  even  8.  That  was  frequently  caused  owing  to 
the  carelessness  of  the  workmen.  Now.  as  Mr.  Hig- 
gins had  already  told  them,  even  with  the  most  con- 
centrated liquors  they  got  a  proportion  of  1*0  to  51 
and  5'2.  He  did  not  know  why  Dr.  Hamburger's 
experiments  on  the  small  scale  should  have  given  him 
a  different  result.  They  knew  perfectly  well  that  the 
results  were  sometimes  very  different  when  carried 
out  on  a  large  scale.  As  regards  the  measure  of  the 
solubility,  all  he  could  say  was  that  with  the  mother 
liquors  in  the  lime  process  they  very  seldom  (certainly 
in  warm  weather),  had  less  than  about  30  or  35grms. 
of  chlorate  of  potassium  per  litre.  With  the  mag- 
nesia process  they  had  as  low  as  lOgrms.  per  litre, 
and  even  in  warm  weather  it  ran  to  19  or  20grma 
only,  which  showed  that  the  chlorate  of  potassium  is 
very  much  less  soluble  in  the  magnesium  liquor  than 
in  the  calcium  liquor.  As  regards  the  treatment  of 
the  residue  of  the  chloride  of  magnesium  of  course 
that  had  been  one  of  the  difficulties  they  had  to  con- 
tend with  to  get  this  chloride  of  magnesium  in  a 
soluble  form.  It  was  very  curious  that  Dr.  Eschell- 
mann. who  went  to  Strassfurt  to  examine  the  treat- 
ment of  the  MgCl.j  there,  on  his  return  advised  them 
to  put  up  wrought-iron  pans,  and  they  put  up  exactly 
the  same  pans  in  their  works  that  they  found  by  ex- 
perience to  be  useful  and  desirable  in  Strassfurt,  but 
much  to  their  astonishment  there  was  something  in 
the  liquors  that  they  dealt  with  that  acted  upon  the 
iron  to  a  far  greater  extent  than  the  Strassfurt 
liquors,  and  they  were  obliged  to  take  refuge  in  the 
cast-iron  instead  of  wrought-iron  for  the  purpose 
of  concentrating  the  liquor.  He  thought  that  what 
Air.  Higgins  had  read  threw  some  light  upon  an  ob- 
servation that  was  made  on  the  action  of  water  in 


252 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    lAprii  29.  i&st. 


boilers.  It  was  well  known  that  when  water  con- 
tained chloride  of  magnesium  it  acted  very  rapidly  on 
steam  boilers.  Apparently  from  their  experience  it 
had  a  direct  action,  and  they  got  hydrate  of  magnesia 
and  hydrochloric  acid.  When  it  was  proposed  in  the 
year  1871  by  Mr.  Weldon  to  use  magnesia  in  place  of 
lime  for  the  chlorate  of  potash  process,  Mr.  Weldon's 
idea  was  to  recover  the  chlorine  or  the  hydrochloric 
acid  from  the  chloride  of  magnesium,  and  to  use  the 
magnesia  over  and  over  again.  That,  he  very  soon 
found  was  impracticable.  He  thought  Messrs. 
Gamble's  had  also  some  experience,  and  they  knew 
how  very  difficult  it  was  to  obtain  all  the  chlorine 
or  hydrochloric  acid  from  the  chloride  of  magnesium 
calcination.  Therefore,  to  really  carry  out  this  pro- 
cess, and  make  it  a  commercial  one,  it  was  necessary  to 
make  this  chloride  of  magnesium  in  a  saleable  form, 
and  in  that  they  had  succeeded.  They  would  see 
from  the  sample  that  the  chlorate  of  magnesium  that 
was  now  produced  was  quite  white  and  pure,  purer 
than  the  German,  and  gave  satisfaction  in  every 
way  to  consumers  of  it. 

The  Chairman  said  that  the  heat  of  neutralisation 
of  HC103  by  magnesium  was  probably  about  15,000, 
whereas  that  by  calcium  was  about  27,000  or  28,000. 
This  might  partly  account  for  the  increased  yield  of 
potassium  chlorate,  because  magnesium  chlorate 
would  be  more  readily  converted  into  potassium 
chlorate  than  calcium  chlorate  would.  He  also 
suggested  that  the  more  rapid  formation  of  MgC103 
as  compared  with  CaC103  might  be  accounted  for  in 
the  same  way.  It  would  be  Interesting  to  know 
whether  at  a  higher  temperature  theCaClOy  isformed 
as  readily  as  MgC103,  and  whether  calcium  or  mag- 
nesium would  combine  with  the  chlorine  first  if  it 
were  presented  to  both  simultaneously. 

Mr.  Higgins,  in  reply  to  Dr.  Hurter,  said  with 
regard  to  the  difference  of  solubility  of  potassium 
chlorate  in  magnesium  chloride  and  calcium  chloride, 
he  had  made  no  quantitative  experiments.  What  he 
judged  from  were  results  obtained  in  practice,  in 
reply  to  Mr.  Thompson,  the  magnesite  was  found  in 
the  island  of  Eubcea  (Greece),  associated  with  Ser- 
pentine. With  regard  to  Dr.  Hamburger's  propor- 
tion of  TOO  to  56,*  they  had  got  nothing  like  that, 
even  in  the  case  where  an  octagon  was  heated  with 
steam,  when  he  did  not  think  it  was  over  TOO  to  5'5. 
As  to  the  last  traces  of  hypochlorite,  the  hypochlor- 
ite was  converted  into  chlorate  as  fast  as  formed,  and 
there  was  no  difficulty  in  making  the  conversion  into 
chlorate  complete. 


ggancfrcster  Section. 

Chairman:  Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 

Vict-Chairman  :  I.  Levinstein. 

Committee  : 


Dr.  Bowman. 
R .  F.  Carpenter. 
C.  Estcourt. 
H.  Grimehaw. 
Peter  Hart. 
Dr.  Gerland. 


C  Schorlemmer. 
Dr.  Schunck. 
Dr.  Watson. 
Win.  Thomson. 
L.  Siebold. 
Dr.  Hewitt. 


J.    Carter-Bell, 


Local  Secretary  : 
Hankneld.    The    Cliff,    Higher    Broughton, 
Manchester. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


REFRIGERATION  AND  ICE  MAKING. 

BY    GEORGE   E.    DAVIS. 

Our  Journal  already  contains  two  valuable  papers 
upon  this  subject,  one  read  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Coleman, 

*  Dr.  Hamburger  said  1—6. 


before  the  members  of  the  Glasgow  and  West  of 
Scotland  Section,  in  May,  1884,  and  the  other  by 
Mr.  T.  B.  Lightfoot,  before  the  London  Section,  in 
March,  1880.  Both  these  papers  have  largely  ex- 
tended the  knowledge  relating  to  ice  machines,  and 
I  have  carefully  gone  over  the  papers  in  question  to 
avoid  repetition,  and,  if  possible,  to  put  my  remarks 
into  a  different  groove,  and  as  I  have  now  had  two 
years'  experience  of  the  compression  system  for  re- 
frigerating purposes,  and  also  for  the  actual  manu- 
facture of  ice,  my  remarks  may  be  of  use  to  those 
manufacturers  who  contemplate  carrying  on  chemical 
processes  by  means  of  refrigeration,  or  commencing 
the  manufacture  of  ice  for  sale. 

Refrigerating  machines  have,  roughly  speaking, 
been  constructed  on  two  distinct  principles  ;  and 
here  I  deviate  from  the  usual  classification — the  one, 
in  which  the  expanded  and  cold  gas  is  absorbed  in 
water  and  is  re-introduced  in  solution  into  the  system; 
the  other,  in  which  the  expanded  gas,  after  it  has 
done  its  work,  is  re-introduced  into  the  system  by 
means  of  a  compression  pump.  The  former  we  will 
call  the  absorption  system,  while  the  latter  we  will 
style  the  compression  system. 

I  am  not  taking  into  account  any  apparatus  for 
the  production  of  cold  by  means  of  the  melting  of  a 
solid  ;  as,  although  such  a  one  has  been  constructed 
to  work  with  nitrate  of  ammonia  as  the  active  agent, 
yet  such  an  apparatus  could  never  expect  to  compete 
successfully  with  either  the  absorption  or  the  com- 
pression system— at  least  so  far  as  cost  is  concerned. 

Carre's  original  machine,  introduced  in  1860,  may 
be  considered  the  type  of  all  absorbing  machines  ;  it 
may  be  found  described  in  most  treatises  on  ele- 
mentary chemistry  published  since  that  date.  Or- 
dinary liquid  ammonia  was  placed  in  one  vessel, 
which  was  connected  with  another  destined  to  be- 
come the  refrigerator.  In  use,  heat  was  applied  to 
I  the  vessel  containing  liquid  ammonia  (aqua  ammonia) 
while  the  refrigerator  was  immersed  in  cold  water. 
When  sufficient  angioma  had  passed  over,  mixed  of 
course  with  a  certain  quantity  of  the  vapour  of  water, 
the  source  of  heat  was  removed  and  both  vessels 
plunged  simultaneously  into  receptacles  holding  cold 
water.  Re-absorption  of  anhydrous  ammonia  by  the 
contents  of  the  previously  heated  vessel  then  took 
place,  and  the  extremely  rapid  evaporation  of  am- 
monia from  the  second  vessel  lowered  the  temperature 
of  the  surrounding  water  to  such  an  extent  that  it 
was  slowly  converted  into  ice. 

The  original  machine  was  hardly  one  capable  of 
finding  extensive  use,  as  the  operation  was  not  con- 
tinuous ;  but  Carre  himself  improved  upon  it,  and 
various  other  improvements  and  modifications  have 
been  later  introduced  by  other  inventors  and  manu- 
facturers. At  present  there  are  two  forms  of  this 
system  working  in  England—  the  "  Uarre  Reece," 
made  by  Pontifex  and  Wood;  and  the  "Kropff" 
system,  which  is  of  Continental  manufacture.  I  saw 
both  systems  at  work  about  two  years  ago,  and  was 
favourably  impressed  with  the  simplicity  of  their 
combinations,  though  it  seemed  to  me  at  the  time 
that  the  absorption  system  was  not  the  best ;  why, 
I  will  describe  later  on. 

In  order  to  make  the  action  of  this  apparatus  and 
this  system  plain  to  you,  I  have  prepared  the  diagram 
on  opposite  page  (Fig.  1),  which  will  show  the  principal 
parts  of  an  absorption  machine. 

The  generator  A  contains  a  strong  solution  of  am- 
monia, where  it  is  heated  by  means  of  a  steam  coil 
through  which  steam  is  constantly  passed  ;  the  heat 
thus  applied  causes  the  ammonia  to  be  driven  out  of 
its  aqueous  solution  (and  with  the  ammonia  there  is 
simultaneously  a  certain  amount  of  ordinary  steam 
developed);  this  mixture  rises  up  through  the  analyser 


April  29. 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


253 


25 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    (April  29,  iw. 


B.  This  analyser  separates  (more  or  less  perfectly) 
the  aqueous  vapour,  which  condenses  and  falls  back 
into  the  generator  A.  From  the  analyser  the  am- 
monia passes  into  the  rectifier  C,  where  the  vapour 
gives  up  its  property  of  being  superheated,  and 
reaching  the  condenser  D,  if  the  plant  is  properly 
constructed,  it  gives  up  its  latent  heat  of  condensation 
and  becomes  converted  into  liquid  anhydrous  am- 
monia. 

The  two  quantities  of  heat  mentioned  are  taken 
away  by  cooling  water.  The  liquefied  ammonia  flows 
from  the  condenser  through  a  regulating  valve  E  into 
the  refrigerator  F,  which  it  should  fill  to  a  certain 
height,  evaporating  constantly  and  abstracting  the 
necessary  heat  from  the  brine  or  water  passing 
through  a  system  of  coils  placed  within  the  refrige- 
rator. From  the  refrigerator  the  ammonia  vapours 
flow  through  a  throttling  valve  G  into  the  absorber 
H,  where  they  are  absorbed  by  weak  ammoniacal 
liquor,  which  is  forced  by  the  excess  pressure  in  the 
generator  through  the  body  of  the  economiser  I  into 
the  absorber.  When  this  spent  liquor  has  been  con- 
verted into  strong  liquor,  it  is  pumped  by  means  of 
the  liquor  pump  K  back  through  the  economiser  coil 
into  the  analyser  and  generator,  where  the  entire 
process  just  described  is  again  repeated. 

This  short  sketch  shows  clearly  the  action  of 
machines  made  on  the  absorption  system,  and  it 
shows  also  that  there  is  much  room  for  the  introduc- 
tion of  modifications  without  altering  the  principle 
of  the  apparatus.  In  these  machines  ammonia  is 
always  used  on  account  of  its  great  solubility  in 
water,  and  also  because  it  is  easy  to  cause  its  evolution 
by  the  application  of  heat. 

We  may  now  turn  our  attention  to  the  compression 
system,  which  is  at  once  much  more  simple  in  its 
arrangements  than  the  one  we  have  already  described. 
Yet  it  is  one  which  demands  much  more  careful 
workmanship  in  the  construction  of  the  machinery 
than  is  the  case  with  that  working  on  the  absorption 
system.  I  have  prepared  the  diagram  Fig.  2  to  show 
you  the  principal  parts  of  a  refrigerator  working  on 
the  compression  system.  To  start  with,  the  appa- 
ratus is  charged  with  nearly  anhydrous  ammonia. 
The  pump  A  receives  the  expanded  vapour  from  the 
refrigerator  coils  C,  and  compresses  it  into  the  coils 
of  the  condenser  B, in  which  the  vapours  are  liquefied, 
from  whence  it  escapes  into  the  refrigerator  by  means 
of  the  regulating  cock  D,  evaporating  again  in  the 
refrigerator.  This  cycle  of  operations  is  continually 
going  on,  the  vapour  is  being  compressed  and  liquefied 
in  the  condenser,  and  re-evaporated  in  the  refrige- 
rator, where  it  is  cooling  the  liquid  which  surrounds 
the  coils. 

On  the  compression  system  there  are  several  and 
varying  forms  of  machine,  each  one  specially  suited 
to  the  liquid  or  vapour  to  be  employed  therein.  In 
Raoul  Pictet's  machine  the  liquid  employed  is  an- 
hydrous sulphur  dioxide  :  then  we  have  the  various 
ether  machines,  and  lastly  anhydrous  ammonia  ma- 
chines. I  do  not  intend  to  single  out  these  various 
machines,  though  later  on  I  shall  have  to  say  some- 
thing about  the  Linde  ammonia  machine,  with  which 
I  have  gained  most  of  my  experience.  It  stands  to 
reason  that  the  substance  of  the  machine  must  be 
constructed  of  materials  capable  of  resisting  the 
medium  employed.  It  would  not  do  to  use  ammonia 
in  Pictet's  compressor  any  more  than  it  would  to  use 
Pictet's  liquid  in  a  Linde  machine,  though  ether  or 
air  may  be  used  in  either,  if  the  condensing  and  re- 
frigerating space  be  alike  suitable. 

The  action  of  the  compression  machine  is  very 
simple,  yet  it  is  often  misunderstood,  and  much 
irrelevant  matter  has  been  written  respecting  it.  So 
lately  as  in  September  last  an  article  appeared  in 


Industries  on  the  manufacture  of  ice,  in  which  the 
following  words  occur  : — 

"When  a  body  changes  its  condition  from  the 
liquid  to  the  gaseous  form,  heat  is  absorbed  to  increase 
the  energy  of  the  molecules,  although  there  need  not 
necessarily  be  an  increase  in  temperature.    The  heat 


thus  absorbed  without  change  of  sensible  temperature 
is  called  the  latent  heat  of  vaporisation.  The  quantity 
of  this  heat  varies  according  to  the  liquid  employed 
and  the  pressure  at  which  vaporisation  takes  place. 
Economically  the  best  liquid  to  employ  will  be  that 
which  has   the    highest    latent    heat,    because    the 


April  29. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


255 


smallest  bulk  will  suffice  to  absorb  a  given  amount 
of  beat,  and  consequently  the  least  power  will  be 
used."  This  is  wrong,  theoretically;  from  a  physical 
puint  of  view,  it  is  of  no  consequence  whatever  what 
compressible  vapours  are  employed  ;  they  may  be 
water,  sulphurous  acid,  carbonic  acid,  hydrogen, 
oxygen,  or  simply  a  mixture  of  any  of  them,  such  as 
air.  The  effect  of  employing  various  media  is  shown 
however  in  the  size  of  the  machinery,  the  compressor, 
the  condenser  coils,  or  those  of  the  refrigerator.  For 
a  given  weight  of  ice  to  be  produced  a  carbonic  acid 
machine  would  be  a  very  small  affair  compared  with 
an  air  or  ether  machine  :  that  is  to  say,  if  carbonic 
acid  were  a  suitable  medium,  which  I  do  not  think  it 
is,  as  it  assumes  the  critical  condition  more  easily 
under  high  pressures  than  most  other  vapours— pro- 
portionately. No,  the  action  of  the  machines  working 
on  the  compression  system  can  be  explained  very 
easily.  The  expenditure  of  a  certain  amount  of 
mechanical  power  W  results  in  a  certain  quantity 
of  heat  R  being  extracted  from  the  refrigerator, 
and  a  certain  quantity  of  heat  C  is  transferred  to 
the  condenser.  The  relation  between  R  and  C  will 
be  described  later  on. 

A  consideration  of  the  action  of  the  "  C'arnot " 
engine  when  it  is  reversed  will  easily  prove  that  if 
such  an  engine  work  between  the  lower  absolute 
temperature  T/,  and  the  higher  absolute  tempera- 
ture Th,  and  if  it  receives  at  the  lower  tempera- 
ture a  quantity  of  heat  H,  which  it  gives 
away  at  the  higher  temperature,  then  a  certain 
amount  of  mechanical  work  W  is  absorbed.  And 
further,  if  the  compression  and  expansion  of  the 
medium  be  carried  out  adiabatically,  while  the  recep- 
tion of  the  heat  H  at  the  lower  temperature  T/  and  its 
delivery  at  the  higher  temperature  Th  respectively 
take  place  isothennally,  no  other  engine  working 
between  the  same  temperatures  Tl  and  Th,  and  carry- 
ing the  heat  H  from  the  former  to  the  latter  level  of 
temperature,  is  able  to  perform  this  process  with  a 
smaller  expenditure  of  mechanical  work  W.  That  is 
to  say,  in  a  theoretically  perfect  refrigerating  machine 
the  working  substances  must  carry  out  exactly  the 
reversed  process  of  Carnot's  heat  engine,  provided  the 
extraction  of  heat  takes  place  at  the  lower  constant 
temperature  Tl.  It  is  further  evident  that  for  such 
a  machine,  according  to  the  law  of  the  conservation 
of  energy,  the  relation  exists  : — 

C=B+AW, 

A  being  the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat,  AY  the 
mechanical  work  expended,  R  the  number  of 
heat  units  extracted  from  the  refrigerator,  and 
C  the  number  of  heat  units  put  into  the  condenser. 
As,  moreover,  in  consequence  of  the  reversible  cycle 
of  operations  performed  by  the  working  substance, 
this  latter  is  exactly  in  the  same  state  after  having 
completed  the  four  operations  (adiabatic  compression, 
isothermal  compression,  adiabatic  expansion,  isother- 
mal expansion)  as  it  was  at  the  commencement,  the 
second  law  of  thermo-dynamics  must  be  fulfilled,  and 
consequently  the  relation  holds  good  : — 

R      Tl      n    „TA 

Setting  the  two  preceding  values  for  C  equal  to  one 
another  it  follows  : — 

R  +  A\Y:=R.~  or 

. ,.-   'Th — Tl  „ 
AW—  — Yt — R, 

or  the  efficiency  of  the  perfect  refrigerating  machine 


working  between  the  absolute  temperature  T/  and 
TA- 

R  Tl 

A\X~Th—Tl. 

As  the  only  condition  in  the  establishment  of  this 

efficiency   consisted  in  the  operations  taking  place 

according  to  Carnot's  reversed  cycle,  it  follows  that 
P 

the  above  value  for  re*  applies  to  all  machines  so 

working,  irrespective  of  the  nature  of  the  medium 
employed,  whether  that  medium  be  air,  ether,  sul- 
phurous acid,  carbonic  acid,  or  ammonia,  or  any 
mixture  of  these. 

R' 
The  actual  efficiency -Tit-  of  a  refrigerating  machine, 

which  is  always  less  than  the  theoretical  efficiency 

T, rp.   will  approach    the    maximum    value   -r-rr= 

the  more  the  smaller  the  difference  between  the 
higher  and  lower  temperatures  can  be  kept,  and  the 
importance  of  this  rule  should  be  well  observed  in 
the  design  of  such  machines.  In  practice  it  means 
that  the  surfaces  of  condensers  and  refrigerators  must 
be  as  extended  as  possible,  that  the  liquid  in  contact 
with  these  surfaces  must  be  kept  in  rapid  circulation 
to  promote  the  transmission  of  heat,  and  that  all 
refrigerating  work  should  be  performed  without  the 
production  of  ice  or  any  other  refrigerating  medium. 
Further,  the  heat  of  compression  must  not  be  allowed 
to  raise  the  temperature  of  the  medium  appreciably 
above  the  condensing  temperature  (or  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  water  in  cold  air  machines),  and  the  size 
of  the  compression  pump  must  be  kept  as  small  as 
possible  to  reduce  friction  of  piston  and  piston  rod — 
that  is  to  say,  that  liquids  of  great  latent  heat  are 
preferable  to  those  of  lower  degree  on  this  account 
only. 

This  is  clearly  set  forth  in  our  Journal  for  1885,  p. 
736,  where  in  describing  his  patent,  AYilliam  Raydt,  of 
Hanover,  advocates  the  use  of  carbonic  acid  as  the 
refrigerating  medium,  and  states  that  a  much  smaller 
compression  pump  can  be  used  than  with  other  media, 
it  being  less  than  one-sixth  the  size  of  that  necessary 
for  ammonia  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  machine 
must  be  worked  under  a  pressure  of  from  30  to  75 
atmospheres,  and  therefore  a  very  differently  con- 
structed pump  must  be  employed  than  for  ammonia, 
where  the  pressures  are  2  to  10  atmospheres.  As  I 
have  already  stated,  the  selection  of  an  ice  machine 
for  refrigeration  purposes  forced  itself  upon  me  some 
three  years  ago,  and  as  I  finally  selected  one  made  on 
the  compression  system,  in  fact  the  Linde  ammonia 
machine,  I  cannot  do  better  than  give  you  my 
reasons  for  this  selection. 

It  has  been  mentioned  that  all  practical  refrigera- 
ting machines  may  be  conveniently  divided  into  two 
classes,  and  having  been  favourable  to  compression  I 
must  perforce  justify  my  rejection  of  the  absorption 
system. 

The  absorption  system  has  its  advantages  as  well 
as  its  disadvantages.  Amongst  the  former  the  fact 
that  there  is  no  large  engine  to  run  might  weigh 
with  some  ;  the  direct  heat  of  the  steam  is  sent  into 
the  generator  coils,  so  that  there  is  but  little  loss  in 
previously  converting  the  heat  into  mechanical  work. 
Of  course  the  liquor  pump  still  remains  to  be  driven, 
but  the  energy  absorbed  by  this  operation  is  very 
small  indeed.  This  seeming  advantage  at  first 
appeared  to  be  a  notable  one,  as  each  unit  of  steam, 
if  used  direct,  would  be  as  efficient  as  5  units  working 
a  compressor,  but  on  more  closely  going  into  the 
matter  this  turned  out  a  clear  disadvantage.  I 
managed  to  discover  that  a  ton  of  coal  produced 

B2 


256 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April  29. 1887 


about  ten  tons  ot  ice  in  each  of  the  machines  I  saw, 
the  Kropff  and  the  Carre-Reece,  and  the  argument 
was,  that  so  much  of  the  heat  of  the  steam  was 
available  over  and  above  that  used  in  the  compression 
system. 

Now,  if  12  tons  of  ice  could  be  produced  by  this 
latter  system,  which  I  knew  to  be  the  case,  then  the 
quantity  of  cooling  water  used  in  the  absorption 
system  must  be  very  great.  In  fact,  in  refrigerating 
by  this  system  the  cooling  water  has  to  absorb  heat 
from  two  liquefactions  of  the  ammonia,  the  first  in 
the  condenser,  and  the  second  in  the  absorber,  where 
the  return  expanded  gas  is  collected  in  the  cooled 
weak  liquor. 

You  will  observe  in  Fig.  1  that  the  cooling 
water  enters  the  lower  end  of  the  condensing  tank, 
and  flowing  out  above  the  rectifier  coils  enters  the 
absorber  and  does  some  useful  work  there. 

Attached  to  the  rectifier  is  a  special  pipe  not  shown 
in  the  diagram  to  conduct  any  condensed  liquor  back 
to  the  analyser. 

In  the  economiser  some  heat  is  lost  by  radiation. 
In  an  absorption  machine  working  to  its  utmost 
efficiency  the  strong  liquor  will  probably  be  heated 
from  40*°  C.  to  90°  C,  an  increment  of  50°  O,  while 
the  spent  liquor  will  be  cooled  from  130°  C.  to  about 
60°  C.  I  must  say  the  existence  of  such  a  high 
temperature  with  an  article  like  liquid  ammonia  in 


others,  the  makers  of  which  each  and  all  asserting 
in  the  boldest  manner  possible  that  their  special 
machine  would  make  ice  better  and  quicker  than  any 
other  machine  extant,  and  with  less  fuel  and  less 
cooling  water  than  any  other  competing  apparatus. 

I  have  often  had  it  in  mind  that  a  large  and  im- 
portant Society,  like  our  own,  might  well  consider 
the  advisability  of  appointing  commissions  to  examine 
subjects  of  this  kind.  It  is  done  on  the  Continent  and 
in  America,  and  upon  my  bookshelves  I  have  several 
examples  of  the  usefulness  of  this  kind  of  work.  As 
an  instance,  the  examination  into  the  efficiency  of  ice 
machiues  was  conducted  by  a  committee  of  eight 
engineers,  selected  by  the  Society  of  Bavarian  Engi- 
neers, and  a  trial  of  the  ammonia  compression  system 
(Linde's)  was  made  at  the  ice  factory  at  Munich. 
The  details  of  this  trial  may  be  found  in  a  paper 
read  by  Mr.  T.  B.  Lightfoot  before  the  Institution  of 
Mechanical  Engineers. 

I  have  already  stated  that,  physically,  it  matters 
not  much  what  compressible  vapours  are  employed, 
and  have  shown  also,  by  formula',  how  this  is  so  ; 
but  in  practice  there  are  various  media  employed  in 
the  different  machines,  and  we  ought  to  have  some 
idea  whether  one  is  any  better  than  another.  In  my 
selection,  however,  I  was  limited  to  a  special  object 
—namely,  that  of  cooling  25,000  cubic  feet  of  gas  per 
hour  from  20'  C.  to  0°  O,  and  about  200  gallons  per 


SUBSTANCE. 

Latent 
Heat. 

Vafoub  Tensions. 

]}i  tiling 
Point. 

Specific  Heats. 

Solu- 
bility in 
Water. 

Vols.  Gas 
in  1  vol. 
Water. 

Heat 
evolved 
during 
solution 
in  Water 
Weight ' 
of  Gas.  j 

Vapour 
Density. 

Weight 
in  grins, 
of  1  litre. 

At 

-20°C. 

At 
CO. 

At 
+20°  C. 

Equal 

Weights 

Water 

=  1. 

At 
con- 
stant 
Pressure. 

At 
con- 
stant 
Volume. 

Ether  

SO. 

Air  

Water    

2-556 
2247 
1-000 
0621 

05S9 

3-314 
2-860 
1-293 
0-806 
0-769 

91-1 

537  0 

320-0 

67-5 
479-5 

0927 
1397-7 

183-3 
1165-1 

4-6 
3162-9 

4333 
2462  0 

17-391 

6167-0 

34  -2-  C. 
-10-5T. 

100' C. 
-33TC. 

■4810 
•1514 
•2374 

10000 
•50S3 

5-18 
1-44 
1-00 
1-26 
1-26 

6-91 
1-62 

100 

1-36 
1-37 

400 
700-0 

120-4 
514-3 

boiler-shaped  vessels  did  not  increase  my  love  for  the 
system,  and  again  radiation  takes  place  from  generator 
and  analyser  which  cannot  be  put  down  at  less  than 
b  per  cent,  on  account  of  their  extensive  surfaces. 

In  the  question  of  cost,  absorption  machines  cannot 
compare  favourably  with  compression  machines,  on 
account  of  the  complication  of  the  apparatus  and  the 
extra  strength  which  has  to  be  put  into  tubes  of 
large  diameter  to  resist  these  extremely  high  pressures 
satisfactorily.  Again,  the  cost  of  filling  one  of  these 
machines  with  ammonia  is  no  small  item  ;  and  last, 
though  certainly  not  least,  is  the  wear  and  tear  of 
hot  ammoniacal  gases  upon  wrought  iron.  I  have 
had  considerable  experience  in  the  manufacture  of 
liquid  ammonia,  and  I  am  quite  certain  that  this  is 
an  item  which  must  be  considered.  I  therefore  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  the  coal  used  per  ton  of  ice 
produced  was  quite  as  great  as  that  needed  by  the 
compression  system  ;  that  owing  to  the  large  diameter 
of  the  vessels  the  apparatus  could  not  be  considered 
so  safe ;  that  the  first  cost  would  be  greater  ;  that 
more  cooling  water  would  be  used,  and  that  although 
no  expensive  engine  tenter  was  required,  yet  a  well- 
paid  and  careful  superintendent  was  just  as  necessary 
as  with  a  machine  working  on  the  compression 
system. 

I  thus  became  wedded  to  the  compression  system  ; 
and  here  another  difficulty  arose.  There  were  cold- 
air  machines,  dry -air  machines,  ether  machines,  sul- 
phurous-acid   machines,    ammonia     machines,    and 


hour  of  a  heavy  oil  from  30°  C.  to  4'  C.  The  idea 
was  not  to  make  solid  ice,  though  I  believe  the 
problem  would  remain  the  same  if  it  had  been  so 
intended. 

The  formula  already  given  shows  C  =  R  +  AW 
that  the  heat  units  C  put  into  the  condenser  equal  that 
number  extracted  from  the  refrigerator  +  the  heat 
produced  by  the  mechanical  work  of  the  compressor. 
This  heat  has  to  be  absorbed  and  carried  away  by  the 
cooling  water  ;  therefore  it  is  necessary  to  have  Was 
small  as  possible.  It  is  here  where  the  properties  of 
vapour  density,  vapour  tension,  and  latent  heat  come 
in,  and  these  properties  decide  the  size  and  capacity 
of  compressor  and  engine  in  order  to  do  a  certain 
amount  of  work. 

The  above  table  will  show  the  principal  proper- 
ties of  the  substances  generally  used  in  refrigerating 
machines. 

A  careful  consideration  of  the  foregoing  table 
shows  very  clearly  that  physically  ammonia  is  the 
best  agent  to  use  in  any  compression  system,  and, 
next  to  that,  sulphurous  anhydride,  but  it  often  hap- 
pens in  these  questions  that  the  commercial  and 
mechanical  side  overbalances  the  physical  side. 
With  me,  it  was  a  question  of  refrigerating  with 
chemicals  or  without  them  ;  the  cost  of  chemicals  was 
an  unknown  factor,  and  upon  which  I  could  get  no 
decided  information.  Air  was  cheap  enough,  so  I 
determined  to  investigate  more  closely  the  cold-air 
machines.     It  seemed  that  it  would  be  very  easy  in 


April  29, 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


257 


my  case  to  cool  the  gas,  or  a  portion  of  it,  to  a  very 
low  temperature,  and  to  mix  this  cooled  gas  with  that 
at  the  normal  temperature,  to  the  temperature 
desired.  The  gas  would  thus  be  used  in  the  machine 
in  the  place  of  air.  Mature  consideration,  however, 
showed  that  the  gas  would  enter  the  compressor  at 
about  16°  0.  and  often  supersaturated  with  moisture, 
and  in  my  case  the  apparatus  to  prevent  this  would 
have  been  complicated  and  costly.  In  one  cold-air 
machine  working  (drawing  in  ordinary  non-saturated 
air)  the  man  in  charge  tuld  me  he  had  to  open  the 
snow  chamber  every  twelve  hours  and  take  out 
several  barrow-loads  of  "frost,"  so  that  this  point  of 
itself  would  have  decided  me  had  I  not  remembered 
also  that  the  gas  with  which  I  had  to  deal  with  was 
mainly  hydrogen,  the  lightest  substance  known. 

Cold  -  air  machines  require  large  compressing 
cylinders,  and  as  the  pistons  have  to  be  perfectly  air- 
tight, the  power  W  in  our  formula  must  certainly  be 
greater  than  when  a  vapour  of  high  latent  is  used, 
especially  as  they  have  to  work  with  a  very  low  TV 
and  high  T/<  ;  usually  there  is  17  =— 30°  C.  and  T/;  = 
+  70'  C.  The  cylinders  would  have  had  to  be  much 
larger  if  coal  gas  had  been  employed  instead,  to  say 
nothing  of  certain  complications  which  might  have 
taken  place  by  the  introduction  of  tarry  matters,  and 
by  the  condensation  of  liquid  matters  from  the  gas. 
From  all  that  I  gathered  it  seemed  to  me  absolutely 
certain  that  cold-air  machines  would  require  nearly 
four  times  the  fuel  that  the  best  compression  system 
would  work  with,  and  that  air  cooliDg  would  take 
more  cooling  water  also. 

After  this  I  had  the  advantage  of  seeing  the  ether 
and  Pictet's  sulphurous  anhydride  machines  almost 
simultaneously,  and  I  noticed  that  the  capacity  of 
the  ether  compression-pump  was  about  four  times 
that  of  Pictet's ;  this,  of  course,  meant  more  power 
to  drive  it,  increasing  the  coal  consumption  again. 

Ether  is  a  liquid  of  low  volatility  as  compared  with 
the  other  media  used  in  refrigerating  machines,  and 
of  low  vapour  tension,  so  that  an  air-pump  of  large 
dimensions  is  necessary  and  a  high  degree  of  vacuum 
must  be  maintained  in  the  refrigerator.  This  favours 
the  entrance  of  air  through  the  joints  and  stuffing- 
box,  and  the  efficiency  of  the  machine  is  proportion- 
ately reduced.  Again,  under  the  action  of  repeated 
vapourisations  and  compressions  commercial  ether 
becomes  acidified  and  converted  into  less  volatile 
bodies,  so  that  the  charge  has  occasionally  to  be 
withdrawn  and  replaced  by  fresh  ether,  the  old 
charge  being  rectified  from  these  substances  and  from 
the  lubricating  materials  employed  in  the  air-pump. 
Taking  all  these  things  into  consideration,  I  do  not 
see  how  the  fuel  consumption  can  be  less  than  double 
that  employed  in  the  best  system,  and  the  cooling 
water  must  be  excessive,  though  probably  not  so 
much  as  with  cold-air  machines. 

The  Pictet  machine  which  I  saw  was  certainly 
doing  good  work  ;  for  a  large  ice  production  its  size 
was  moderate,  and,  as  I  have  already  mentioned,  the 
compressor  pumps  were  about  one-fourth  of  the 
capacity  of  the  ether  machine.  It  had,  however,  in 
my  opinion,  two  faults  : — The  nature  of  the  medium 
used  compelled  the  employment  of  copper  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  compressor,  condenser,  refrigerator, 
and  all  parts  in  contact  with  the  medium,  which  is 
sulphurous  anhydride.  This  makes  the  first  cost 
greater  than  it  need  be  if  iron  could  be  used  instead. 
Then,  again,  the  vacuum  side  of  the  system  was 
below  the  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure,  so  that  the 
tendency  of  air  and  moisture  to  leak  in  and  so  form 
sulphuric  acid,  was  a  point  to  be  considered,  seeing 
that  sulphuric  acid  attacks  all  metals.  Another 
point,  and  one  which  certainly  weighed  with  me,  was 
that  the  heat  of  the  compression-cylinder  was  very 


great,  and  this  was  kept  cool  by  a  constant  stream  of 
water  running  through  a  surrounding  jacket,  the 
piston-rod  being  also  kept  cool  by  means  of  a  stream 
of  water.  Perhaps  this  matter  may  be  a  small  one, 
but  I  was  anxious  to  strip  any  machine  or  system 
selected  of  all  its  complications. 

Having  now  found  faults  with  all  existing  systems 
and  with  all  media  save  ammonia,  I  next  came  to 
consider  refrigerating  by  means  of  the  compression  of 
ammonia.  Several  different  machines  were  in  the 
market  working  on  this  plan,  but  I  had  only  the 
opportunity  of  seeing  one  at  work.  An  inspection  of 
the  table  will  show  that  ammonia  vapour  has  a  very 
high  latent  heat,  and  on  this  account,  as  well  as  its 
low  boiling  point,  a  small  compressor  only  is  neces- 
sary ;  this,  of  course,  enables  a  smaller  piston-rod  to 
be  used,  and  there  is  consequently  less  friction  to  be 
overcome  by  mechanical  work.  On  the  other  hand, 
high  vapour  tension  means  high  pressures  on  the 
compression  side  of  the  machine,  and  a  consequent 
escape  of  ammonia  if  all  joints  are  not  perfectly 
made.  The  physical  side  of  the  question  being 
satisfactorily  settled,  it  seemed  to  me  the  only  point 
to  inquire  deeply  into  was  the  actual  mechanical  con- 
struction of  the  machine. 

On  account  of  the  corrosive  action  of  ammonia 
upon  copper,  gun-metal,  brass,  etc.,  none  of  these 
metals  or  alloys  can  be  used  in  the  construction  of  an 
ammonia  machine,  and  consequently  they  are  made 
in  every  part  of  cast  and  wrought  iron.  On  the  con- 
denser side  of  the  system  which  I  inspected  the  pres- 
sure was  ten  atmospheres,  and  about  two  atmospheres 
on  the  refrigerator  side,  which  showed  at  once  the 
necessity  of  good  sound  castings,  of  perfect  joints, 
good  flat  flanches,  and  lastly,  of  a  good  stuffing-box 
and  gland  for  the  compressor  piston-rod.  I  did  not 
despair  that  those  conditions  could  be  realised  in 
practice.  I  fully  saw  that  if  the  compression  system 
was  adopted,  then  ammonia  was  the  best  medium  to 
be  used,  and  that  if  ammonia  was  employed  then 
only  the  very  best  workmanship  was  allowable. 

When  I  saw  the  Linde  machine  at  work  at  the 
Wrexham  Lager  Beer  Brewery,  the  faultless  character 
of  the  workmanship  was  easily  discernible,  and  I  had 
no  hesitation  in  finally  selecting  the  Linde  machine. 
Then  came  the  question  of  the  size  required.  I  had 
calculated  that  when  fully  at  work  we  should  require 
cold,  equal  to  a  flow  of  brine,  of  1000  gallons  per 
hour,  to  be  cooled  from  19°  C.  to  8°  C,  and  this 
means  a  size  of  machine  capable  of  producing  six 
tons  of  ice  every  24  hours,  or  a  cooling  power  (not 
making  ice)  equal  to  ten  tons.  In  this  machine,  the 
joints  between  the  ends  of  the  wrought-iron  piping 
and  the  flanges  were  all  carefully  tinned  and  soldered 
with  pure  tin,  the  joints  between  two  flanges  being 
made  with  the  thinnest  sheet  indiarubber  obtainable. 
The  gland  and  stuffing-box  to  the  compressor-piston 
is  very  long  and  of  peculiar  construction,  and  it  acts 
so  perfectly  that  even  in  the  hot  weather,  when  the 
pressure  has  risen  to  12  atmospheres  owing  to  the 
warmth  of  the  cooling  water  in  the  condenser,  there 
is  only  the  faintest  smell  of  ammonia  in  the  room. 
In  fact,  during  the  whole  time  it  has  been  working 
the  loss  of  ammonia  for  making  1800  tons  of  ice  has 
only  been  i,'3  10s.  The  compression  cylinder  works 
perfectly  cold  without  possessing  any  water-jacket  or 
similar  contrivance,  and  is  even  partially  covered 
with  frost  when  working  at  low  brine  temperatures. 
The  fuel  account  also  shows  that  the  available  coal 
heat  passed  into  the  steam  engine  has  produced  9 
tons  of  ice  per  ton  of  coal  actually  used.  This  is 
much  lower  than  the  etticiency  reached  at  the  Munich 
trial ;  but  our  steam  boilers  are  not  of  the  best  con- 
struction, and  as  the  result  of  several  years'  work  with 
German    machines,  with    coal   evaporating  6lb.   of 


258 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (April  29,  i887. 


water  per  lb.  of  fuel,  it  has  been  found  that  in  a  24- 
ton  machine  1  ton  of  coal  will  make  14  tons  of  ice, 
and  in  a  larger  machine — viz.,  a  48-ton  capacity — 1 
ton  of  coal  will  produce  nearly  16  tons  of  ice,  includ- 
ing the  pumping  of  water  and  driving  all  shafting. 

The  report  on  one  of  these  machines,  published  by 
the  Polytechnic  Institution  of  Civil  Engineers  in 
Munich,  stated  20lb.  of  ice  produced  per  lb.  of  fuel, 
but  this  is  a  result  which  could  not  be  sustained  in 
practice  without  the  condenser  and  refrigerator  sur- 
faces were  considerably  extended,  and  then  that 
again  would  add  to  the  cost  of  the  plant. 

After  the  working  of  this  plant  as  a  refrigerator 
for  the  cooling  of  oils  and  gas  in  my  patented  process, 
by  the  circulation  of  cold  brine  for  many  months,  the 
low  price  of  benzol  compelled  me  to  close  the  carbon- 
ising process  in  May  last,  and  during  last  summer 
and  autumn  I  manufactured  ice  and  supplied 
Sheffield  and  the  surrounding  towns  with  it.  Water 
identical  with  the  Sheffield  water  supply  was  placed 
in  moulds  tUin.  square  and  about  3ft.  long  or  deep, 
these  blocks  when  frozen  weighing  about  half-a- 
hundredweight.  Keeping  the  brine  at  —8°  C.  and 
in  good  circulation  these  moulds  would  freeze  solid 
in  8  hours,  but  with  deficient  circulation  and  the 
brine  entering  at  —16°  C.  and  leaving  at  —2'  C.  they 
would  take  24  hours,  thus  in  ice  making  it  is  clearly 
shown  that  T/t  and  17  must  approach  each  other 
very  closely  and  a  large  volume  circulated. 

The  ice  produced  by  the  process  of  freezing  still 
water  is  opaque  owing  to  the  air  enclosed  in  it ;  a 
bubble  of  air  (or  thousands  of  bubbles)  is  mechani- 
cally squeezed  out  near  the  side  of  the  mould,  and  it 
attaches  itself  to  the  advancing  ice  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  leave  a  capillary  tube  running  from  the  outside 
to  the  very  core  of  the  mould. 

When  selling  the  half  cwt.  blocks  we  had  many 
complaints  of  their  melting  too  rapidly,  and  as  this  was 
I  thought  due  to  the  smallness  of  their  size,  I 
arranged  moulds  to  hold  one  cwt.  13in.  by  6iin.  by 
about  3ft.  deep.  1  expected  these  to  freeze  In  the 
same  time  as  the  6i  square  blocks,  but  in  this  I  was 
wonderfully  deceived.  My  notion  was  that  the  heat 
(or  cold)  would  only  have  to  strike  across  3jin.  in 
each  case,  the  line  of  least  resistance  so  to  speak,  but 
in  actual  practice  these  moulds  took  half  as  long 
again  to  freeze.  Hotels  and  fishmongers  still  com- 
plained of  this  opaque  ice,  though  we  were  enterpris- 
ing enough  to  secure  their  custom  by  freezing 
lobsters,  salmon,  etc.,  etc.,  in  the  centre  of  blocks  for 
them  The  elimination  of  the  air  is  not  an  easy 
problem  in  an  improvised  plant  like  ours  ;  it  is  easily 
done  by  agitation  during  freezing,  but  with  us  that 
was  hardly  possible.  Eventually  I  made  the  two 
kinds,  clear  and  opaque,  the  former  by  inserting  a 
small  tube  down  the  centre  of  each  mould  and  by 
connecting  it  with  an  air  compressor,  which  kept  a 
small  stream  of  air  bubbling  through. 

The  question  of  the  rapidity  of  melting  was  an  im- 
portant one,  and  after  much  investigation  I  have 
come  to  the  conclusion  that  in  air  melting,  the  opacity 
has  very  little  to  do  with  it.  I  have  on  several 
occasions  exposed  one  cwt.  blocks  of  clear  ice  (made 
by  blowing  air  through  it  while  freezing),  opaque  ice 
(made  by  freezing  still  water)  and  Wenham  Lake 
ice,  both  out  of  doors  and  under  cover,  and  in  all 
cases  the  last  few  ounces  were  all  on  the  plank 
together,  but  two  half  cwt.  blocks  will  disappear  long 
before  a  single  cwt.  In  fact  the  single  cwts.  disap- 
peared in  42  hours,  the  half  cwts.  in  22  hours. 

When  immersed  in  water,  opaque  ice  will  melt 
much  sooner  than  clear  ice,  but  of  course  it  does 
more  cooling  work,  and  if  water  is  to  be  cooled  by 
running  it  through  blocks  of  ice  in  a  tank,  as  is  done 
in  some  breweries,  it  should  be  run  much  quicker 


through  opaque  ice  than  through  clear.  But  re- 
frigeration by  means  of  solid  ice  is  much  more  costly 
than  by  means  of  a  refrigerating  machine,  as  a 
machine,  when  taxed  to  its  utmost  to  produce  six 
tons  of  ice  daily,  will  do  cooling  equal  to  10  tons  of 
ice. 

Another  interesting  fact  forced  itself  upon  my 
attention  during  the  manufacture  of  ice,  and  that 
was  that  in  freezing,  the  soluble  constituents  of  the 
water  were  gradually  forced  into  the  centre  of  the 
mould,  so  that  when  the  last  quart  of  water  remaining 
unfrozen  was  poured  out,  this  would  contain  the 
whole,  or  nearly  so,  of  the  soluble  impurities. 

The  water  used  for  ice-making  contained  8"2  grains 
of  total  solid  matter  per  gallon,  a  piece  of  the  clear 
ice  melted  contained  12  grains  per  gallon  of  total 
solids,  while  the  residual  unfrozen  water  in  the  centre 
of  the  moulds  contained  2(54  grains  per  gallon. 

As  to  the  cost  of  making  ice  and  delivering  it  to 
customers  much  may  be  said.  One  reads  in  print 
very  often  that  by  such  and  such  a  machine  ice  can 
be  made  at  5s.  or  even  3s.  9d.  per  ton.  I  will  not  ask 
you  to  doubt  such  statements,  but  I  will  say,  do  not 
build  up  too  many  hopes  upon  them.  Ice  is  not  like 
cast  if  on,  and  if  you  wish  to  store  it  you  must  have 
some  very  expensive  buildings.  About  seven  per  cent, 
of  the  make  will  be  lost  in  storing  ;  if  you 
deliver  it  to  customers  in  two  ton  lots  and  are  at  a 
distance  from  them,  the  loss  will  be  10  per  cent.  ; 
while  if  a  retail  trade  is  done,  the  loss  will  be  3.3  per 
cent,  at  least.  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that 
without  the  machine  is  a  very  large  one,  and  worked 
to  its  full  capacity,  ice  cannot  be  sold  wholesale 
under  £1  per  ton  to  leave  a  profit,  if  it  has  to  be 
delivered  to  customers. 

With  refrigeration  merely  it  is  different,  and  I  have 
little  doubt  but  that  cooling  could  be  done  for  5s. 
per  ton  of  ice  equivalent,  on  a  six  ton  machine,  and 
therefore  I  am  surprised  this  system  has  not  found  its 
way  much  more  into  chemical  manufacturing  than 
it  has  at  present  in  England. 

On  the  Continent  the  aniline-colour  works  use  very 
large  machines,some  of  whichl  saw  when  amongst  them 
in  March  last.  They  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
sulphuric  acid,  carbolic  acid,  chlorate  of  soda,  in  the 
manufacture  of  best  sugar  by  the  strontium  process, 
in  distilleries,  in  stearine  works,  chocolate  manufac- 
ture, dairies  and  in  candle  works.  It  is  a  matter  of 
very  simple  calculation  whether  water  cooling  or 
refrigeration  is  most  effective,  and  it  very  often 
happens  that  a  sufficiently  low  temperature  cannot 
be  reached  by  simple  water  cooling,  especially  in 
summer. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman,  after  thanking  Mr.  Davis  for  his 
interesting  paper,  regretted  that  he  had  entirely 
omitted  to  refer  to  Pictet's  latest  machine,  and 
"Pictet's  Fluid,"  when  comparing  critically  the  various 
systems  applied  to  the  manufacture  of  artificial 
cold.  Mr.  Levinstein's  experience  with  a  Linde  ice 
machine,  which  extended  over  five  years,  led  him  to 
substantially  confirm  Mr.  Davis's  statements  with 
regard  to  its  general  efficiency.  The  fact,  however, 
must  not  be  overlooked  that  such  a  machine  was 
very  costly,  and  it  therefore  became  a  very  serious 
matter  to  those  who  wished  to  put  an  ice  machine 
down  what  system  ought  to  be  adopted,  and  he  was 
not  at  all  prepared  to  say  that  Linde's  machine  was 
still  the  best,  or  superior  to  all  other  machines.  One 
ought  not  rashly  to  jump  to  conclusions  without 
accurate  knowledge,  of  all  the  other  systems,  and  if 
he  had  to  put  another  ice  machine  down  he  would 
certainly  very  carefully  examine  Pictet's  latest 
machine,  which  appeared  to  him  to  possess  in  some 


April  29, 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


25!) 


respects  advantages  over  Linde's  machine.  As  far  as 
he  was  informed,  the  Pure  Ice  Company,  in  Liver- 
pool, and  also  the  Glaciamm,  in  Southport,  had 
recently  altered  their  machines  according  to  Pictet's 
latest  improvements,  and  these  were  also  working 
satisfactorily  with  Pictet's  Fluid.  He  only  men- 
tioned these  facts  in  order  to  show  that  Pictet's 
Fluid  was  already  successfully  used  in  their  neigh- 
bourhood by  artificial  ice  manufacturers,  and  he 
thought  that  it  would  have  been  very  interesting  to 
have  heard  Mr.  Davis's  opinion  about  Pictet's  latest 
machine,  and  also  about  Pictet's  Fluid.  This 
"fluid"  possessed  very  singular  properties.  Its 
vapour  tension  considerably  deviated  from  what 
might  have  been  theoretically  expected.  It  was 
produced  by  compressing  a  mixture  of  carbon 
dioxide  and  sulphur  dioxide.  As  promised,  he  now 
appended  a  table  showing  the  comparative  vapour 
tension  at  various  temperatures  of  sulphur  dioxide, 
of  the  vapour  tension,  both  actual  and  calculated,  of 
Pictet's  Fluid,  and  also  of  that  of  ammonia  : — 


I'ltKSSI   KK    IN    ATMuSI'HERES. 

Centigrade. 

-     - 

Ammonia. 

S  ilphuroos 

Acul. 

Pictet's  Fluid 
calculated. 

Pictet's  Fluid 
actual. 

-30 

OfG 

0-77 

077 

Ill 

-25 

0'55 

0'Jl 

0  811 

TI5 

-:o 

U01 

128 

0  9S 

183 

—  15 

0  76 

l'5'.l 

IIS 

2-28 

-10 

1  00 

1-07 

131 

2  82 

-  5 

1-25 

211 

1  U0 

315 

+  0 

1-51 

2  93 

l'S3 

119 

+  5 

1-90 

3'50 

2'20 

500 

+  10 

235 

121 

2  "55 

6  02 

+  15 

2-78 

4  -9S 

2^8 

7  12 

+20 

3-30 

5-88 

310 

810 

+25 

3-80 

6-86 

392 

9 -SO 

+30 

4  GO 

800 

115 

11-11 

+35 

5  30 

915 

5'U5 

1308 

+  10 

0'20 

:o-io 

5-7-' 

15  29 

+  J5 

7  20 

12  16 

6'30 

1738 

+50 

8-30 

1398 

6'86 

1993 

The  vapour  tension,  therefore,  of  Pictet's  Fluid 
was  comparatively  high  at  low  temperatures  and 
comparatively  low  at  high  temperatures,  which  pro- 
perty was  a  desideratum  in  cold-producing  agents. 
Pictet's  Fluid  was  stated  to  possess  fifty  per  cent, 
more  effective  power  than  pure  sulphur  dioxide.* 

Mr.  Thomson  thought  that  Mr.  Davis  had  not 
given  sufficient  prominence  to  the  conditions  under 
which  different  ice-making  machines  were  tested. 
Much  would  depend  upon  the  temperature  of  the  air 
and  water  at  the  time  the  experiment  was  made  as  to 
what  quantity  any  ice  machine  would  produce  per 
ton  of  coal  consumed.  Some  ten  years  ago  he  sug- 
gested to  Mr.  Gamgee  the  use  of  anhydrous  ammonia 
instead  of  sulphur  dioxide  for  use  in  the  Pictet 
machine,  and  he  aided  him  in  making  an  experi- 
ment with  it,  which  had  proved  very  successful ;  he 
understood,  moreover,  that  Mr.  Pictet  afterwards 
patented  the  use  of  anhydrous  ammonia  to  be  used 

*  See  Compt.  Rend.  100,  329. 


instead  of  sulphur  dioxide.  What  he  (Mr.  Thomson) 
feared  most,  then,  was  that  any  escape  of  ammonia 
might  prove  serious  to  workmen  from  its  powerful 
pungency,  but  to  his  surprise  he  found  that  having 
robbed  ordinary  aqueous  ammonia  of  its  water,  the 
anhydrous  substance  no  longer  possessed  very  pun- 
gent qualities,  and  he  found  under  such  conditions  it 
could  be  inspired  in  considerable  quantity  with  com- 
parative comfort.  He  did  not  remember  to  have 
seen  any  record  of  this  property  of  anhydrous 
ammonia.  The  exceedingly  pungent  properties  were 
again  produced  by  passing  the  anhydrous  gas  into  a 
little  water,  and  thus  thoroughly  saturating  it. 
Perhaps  Mr.  Davis  had  observed  this,  or  could  throw 
some  light  upon  it)  This  might  explain  to  some 
extent  why  very  little  smell  of  ammonia  is  detected 
from  leakages  in  working  the  Linde  machine. 
Another  point  raised  in  the  paper  was  the  action  of 
ammonia  on  iron.  Could  Mr.  Davis  give  any  explana- 
tion of  the  way  in  which  ammonia  acted  on  iron  1 
One  could  understand  that  ammonia  in  gas  works, 
which  contained  ammonium  sulphide,  might  corrode 
iron,  from  the  action  of  the  sulphur,  but  it  was  more 
difficult  to  comprehend  what  could  be  the  action  of 
aqueous  ammonia  on  it.  Again,  Mr.  Davis  men- 
tioned that  sulphur  dioxide  acted  on  iron,  whilst 
copper  was  not  acted  on  by  it.  He  remembered 
about  ten  years  ago  speaking  to  Mr.  Pictet  on  this 
matter,  and  he  was  informed  by  him  that  the  sul- 
phur dioxide  had  no  action  whatever  on  iron,  and 
the  pumping  cylinders  and  pistons  of  his  machine 
were  then  made  of  iron  or  steel ;  perhaps  Mr.  Pictet 
had  changed  his  mind  on  this  point  since  then,  and 
probably  Mr.  Davis  could  give  some  explanation  as 
to  this  point,  and  why  sulphur  dioxide  should  acton  iron 
and  not  on  copper  1  because  it  was  evident  that  if 
the  action  were  due  to  the  dioxide  becoming  con- 
verted into  sulphuric  acid,  that  acid  one  would 
assume  would  attack  copper  as  well  as  iron. 

Mr.  Irwin  inquired  if  Mr.  Davis  had  calculated 
the  amount  of  coal  required  to  refrigerate  a  ton  of 
water  at  0°  C. ;  also  what  would  be  the  cost  of  the 
plant  required  to  produce  ten  tons  of  ice  weekly  1 

Mr.  Davis,  in  reply,  said  that  in  his  paper  he  had 
dealt  with  his  experiences  and  convictions  only,  and 
had  personally  no  experience  with  the  new  "Pictet 
liquid."  In  fact,  he  had  purposely  refrained  from 
mentioning  this  liquid,  as  he  was  aware  that  a  warm 
controversy  was  proceeding  abroad  between  the  Linde 
and  the  Pictet  companies.  In  reply  to  Mr.  Thomson, 
the  formula  given  in  the  early  part  of  the  paper  would 
fully  explain  the  amounts  of  ice  produced  under 
varying  temperatures,  the  temperature  of  the  ambient 
air  having  but  little  to  do  with  it.  The  temperature 
of  the  cooling  water  determined  the  working  pressure 
and  the  pressure  the  steam  engine  had  to  overcome. 
He  could  not  say  theoretically  what  the  reaction  was 
between  ammonia  and  wrought  iron,  but  it  only 
occurred  at  high  temperatures  in  presence  of  steam. 
With  regard  to  the  action  of  sulphurous  acid  on  iron, 
he  had  not  studied  that  either,  as  all  the  sulphurous 
acid  machines  that  he  had  seen  were  constructed  of 
copper.  The  loss  of  seven  per  cent,  of  ice  in  storage 
was  in  storing  and  selling  nearly  as  made  ;  the  sale 
of  ice  was  not  a  regular  trade,  some  days  more  could 
be  sold  than  made,  and  on  others  more  was  made  than 
could  be  sold,  and  the  loss  of  seven  per  cent,  occurred 
in  restoring  an  equilibrium.  In  reply  to  Mr.  Irwin, 
he  had  not  calculated  the  coal  required  for 
a  ton  of  ice,  for  the  simple  reason  that  it  varied  so 
much  under  different  conditions,  but  in  reply  to  his 
other  question,  he  might  say  that  the  plant  required 
for  refrigerating  ten  tons  of  water  to  0°  C.  daily 
would  cost  about  £1000. 


260 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    (April  29,  iai7. 


jRctocastlc  Section. 


Chairman :   P.  P.  Bedson. 
Vice-Chairman :   J.  C.  SteTenson,  M.P. 


Alfred  Allhusen. 
G.  T.  France. 
John  Morrison. 
F.  S.  Newall. 
John  Pattinson. 
J.  B.  Payne. 


Committee: 

H.  R.  Procter. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  W.  Proctor. 
\V.  L.  Rennoldson. 

C.  T.  Richardson. 
T.  \V.  Stuart. 


Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer  :  J.  T.  Dunn,  115,  Scotswood 
Road,  Newcastle. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held   Wednesday,  March   9,  in    the  College 
of  Science. 


PROFESSOR   BEDSON   IN   THE   CHAIR. 

OX  NEW  OR  PERFECTED  METHODS  FOR 
THE  DETECTION  AND  ESTIMATION  OF 
ORGANIC  BODIES,  BASED  UPON  THEIR 
OXIDATION  BY  POTASSIUM  PERMANGA- 
NATE. 

BY  JOHN  HENRY   SMITH,   PH.D.   (ZURICH), 
Associate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Science,  Dublin. 

PART    II. 

Oxidation  by  Mn02  in  Acid  Solution. 

In  the  first  part  of  this  paper,  it  has  been  shown  (Exp. 
67)  that  no  loss  of  oxygen  occurs  from  theaction  of  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  upon  manganese  dioxide,  so  long  as  no 
free  permanganate  is  present.  This  observation,  in 
conjunction  with  the  fact  to  which  we  have  called 
attention,  that  KMn04  can  be  reduced  completely 
to  MnOo  by  means  of  a  manganous  salt,  renders  the 
establishment  of  a  method  of  oxidation  by  means  of 
the  dioxide  a  matter  of  comparative  ease.  We  have 
seen  (Exp.  2)  that  it  is  possible  to  reduce  KMn04  to 
MnO.j  in  a  neutral  solution,  by  using  only  the  theo- 
retical quantity  of  MnS04  to  satisfy  the  equation— 
KjMn.Og  +  3MnS04  +  2H20  =  5MnO,  +  K.,S04 
+  2H:S04.  As  the  solution  requires  to"  be  heated 
a  considerable  time  before  complete  reduction  is 
effected,  and  as  the  presence  of  a  small  excess  of 
MnSOi  is  no  detriment,  it  is  preferable  to  effect  the 
reduction  at  once  with  excess  of  MnS04.  I  find 
that  an  excess  of  lOcc.  nMnS04  solution  (i.e., 
the  theoretical  amount  required  to  precipitate 
lOcc.  ?iKMn04)  is  ample  to  reduce  the  last  trace  of 
permanganate,  with  a  couple  of  minutes'  heating  on 
the  water-bath.  A  larger  excess  should  be  avoided, 
if  a  subsequent  oxidation  of  the  filtrate  by  KMnO4 
be  contemplated,  because  whatever  excess  is  left 
will  appropriate  its  own  equivalent  of  permanga- 
nate, which  latter  would  consequently  be  unavailable 
for  the  further  oxidation  of  the  organic  body.* 

I  find  a  solution  of  manganous  sulphate,  twice  the 
normal  strength,  as  defined  above,  to  be  most 
generally  useful.  It  is  made  by  dissolving  16'2grms. 
of  the  anhydrous  salt  in  distilled  water,  and  making 
up  to  1  litre.  The  composition  of  the  MuS04  em- 
ployed must  be  carefully  determined,  as  the  salt 
crystallises  with  different  amounts  of  water.     That 

•  On  the  whole,  it  is  preferable  to  get  rid  of  the  excess 
of  MnSO,  and  free  acid  by  filtration. 


which  I  used  was  in  the  state  of  powder,  and  corres- 
ponded to  the  formula,  MnS04.H20.  To  50cc. 
2  ?(KMn04,  contained  in  a  500cc.  flask,  55cc.  of 
the  above  solution  are  added.  After  heating 
for  a  minute  or  two  on  the  water-bath,  aided 
by  gentle  agitation,  the  solution  will  be  found 
to  be  colourless.  lOcc.  5  «H2S04  are  then  added, 
together  with  50cc.  ?t-organic  solution,  and  the  bulk 
made  up  to  250cc.  The  flask  is  then  placed  over  a 
Bunsen  burner,  and  the  contents  boiled  gently  for 
half-an-hour,  the  flame  being  increased  towards  the 
end  of  that  time.  The  finely-divided  MnO..  becomes 
thus  perfectly  disseminated  throughout  the  liquid, 
leaving  nothing  more  to  be  desired  in  the  matter  of 
circulation.  Although  I  have  been  able  to  oxidise 
oxalic  acid  completely  on  the  water-bath,  without 
any  endeavour  to  promote  circulation  of  the  MnO.,  ; 
in  the  case  of  bodies  more  difficultly  oxidisable,  the 
full  action  of  the  dioxide  is  not  experienced,  unless 
means  to  promote  the  circulation  of  the  precipitate 
be  employed.  I  have  ascertained  that  there  is  no 
loss  of  oxygen  from  the  action  of  acid  of  this  con- 
centration upon  the  Mn02,  when  the  solution  is 
maintained  at  actual  ebullition.  In  a  direct  experi- 
ment (199),  in  which  the  solution  was  boiled  briskly 
for  half-an-hour,  a  loss  of  only  O'lcc.  nKMn04  was 
observed,  a  quantity  which  comes  within  the  ordi- 
nary errors  of  experiment. 

After  boiling,  the  solution  is  diluted  considerably 
and  filtered,  and  the  precipitate  washed  with  warm 
distilled  water.  It  is  advisable  to  wash  the  filter 
before  use  with  a  small  quantity  of  hot  dilute 
sulphuric  acid.  It  is  not  necessary  to  wash  the 
precipitate  more  than  twice.  If  the  washing  be  con- 
tinued longer,  or  the  wash  water  be  too  hot,  a  portion 
of  the  MnOo  will  be  dissolved,  rendering  the 
experiment  useless.  Should  a  protracted  washing  be 
essential,  then  the  wash  water  employed  must  be 
acidified. 

After  washing,  the  precipitate  is  washed  down 
into  the  flask  which  it  originally  occupied,  and  dis- 
solved, together  with  any  MnO.j  adhering  to  the 
filter,  in  standard  FeS04  solution,  the  excess  of  the 
latter  being  determined  by  titrating  back  with 
KMn04.  A  normal  solution  of  FeS04,  containing 
the  equivalent  of  twice  normal  free  H..S04,  I  find 
very  convenient  for  dissolving  this  precipitate,  as  well 
as  for  general  purposes.  The  value  of  the  precipitate, 
obtained  in  teims  of  KMn04,  deducted  from  the 
original  KMnO,  added,  gives  the  equivalent  of 
MnOo  reduced  by  the  organic  body  under  investi- 
gation. 

In  experiments  with  oxalic  acid,  both  heated  on 
the  water-ba.th  and  boiled  over  a  Bunsen  burner,  the 
filtrates  failed  to  produce  a  further  reduction  of 
KMn04,  and  in  the  case  of  the  latter  (200)  the 
MnO...  reduced  corresponded  exactly  to  the  complete 
oxidation  of  the  acid. 

After  I  have  subjected  a  sufficient  number  of 
exemplary  bodies  to  a  thorough  investigation,  by 
means  of  this  and  the  other  processes  which  I  have 
devised,  I  intend  to  tabulate  the  whole  of  the 
results  and  bring  them  before  the  notice  of  this 
Society  ;  and  I  anticipate  we  will  be  able  to  recognise 
certain  relationships  existing  between  the  constitu- 
tion of  those  bodies  and  their  susceptibility  to 
oxidation  by  KMn04  and  Mn02  under  vaiying 
standard  conditions. 

With  regard  to  the  filtrate,  it  may  be  further 
subjected  to  oxidation  by  KMn04.  It  is  advisable 
to  employ  75cc.  2«KMn04  for  this  purpose,  making 
up  to  750cc,  and  giving  one  hour's  heating.  Before 
adding  the  FeP04  solution,  the  filtrate  should 
be  neutralised  with  lOcc.  5«NaHO.  In  all 
probability,  the    KMn04    reduced    by    the    filtrate 


April  29. 1H57.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


261 


would  correspond  to  the  difference  between  the  total 
amount  reduced  by  the  body,  and  the  amount  equiva- 
lent to  the  MnOo  reduced.  It  is  of  course  possible 
that  a  very  volatile  body  might  be  formed  by  the 
oxidation  with  Mn02,  or  a  body  incapable  of  oxida- 
tion by  KMnOj,  but  not  itself  produced  by  direct 
oxidation  with  permanganate.  I  should  consider 
that  these  cases,  and  more  especially  the  latter, 
would  very  rarely  occur.  In  any  case  such  an 
irregularity  could  be  easily  detected  by  the  oxidation 
of  the  filtrate. 

OxiDATIOX  BY   KMx04   IX  AxKALIXE  SOLUTIONS. 

Great  difficulty  was  experienced  in  working  out  a 
method  adapted  to  the  estimation  of  the  amount  of 
permanganate  reduced  by  organic  bodies  in  alkaline 
solution.  The  method  which  most  naturally 
suggested  itself — i.e.,  of  adding  excess  of  acidified 
FeS04  after  the  oxidation  is  complete,  and  titrating 
back  with  KMn04 — is  altogether  unreliable.  Even 
could  further  oxidation  during  the  mixing  of  the 
liquids  be  prevented  by  adding  the  alkaline  solution 
very  slowly  into  a  large  excess  of  strongly  acidified 
FeS04,  there  is  still  the  probability  of  too  great  a 
quantity  of  KMn04  being  absorbed  in  titrating  back 
(even  should  the  solution  be  quite  cold  during  titra- 
tion) on  account  of  the  large  quantity  of  MnS04 
present  in  the  solution,  which  we  found  to  be  a 
great  accelerator  of  the  speed  of  oxidation  in  direct 
titrations.  This  source  of  error  becomes  all  the 
more  serious  when  we  consider  that  oxalic  acid, 
which  we  know  to  be  a  very  frequent  product  of 
oxidation  in  alkaline  solutions,  is  one  of  the  organic 
bodies  most  easy  of  oxidation  by  KMn04  in  acid 
solution.  I  considered,  therefore,  that  the  most 
certain  test  of  the  accuracy  of  such  a  method  as  I 
was  hoping  to  establish,  would  be  that  it  should 
indicate  no  reduction  of  permanganate  with  pure 
oxalic  acid.  Bertholet*  states  that  oxalic  acid  is 
oxidised  slowly  to  CO;  and  H20  in  alkaline  solu- 
tions ;  but,  as  we  shall  see  later  on,  this  is  not  the 
case,  at  least  not  to  any  appreciable  extent. 

In  order  to  determine  whether  any  loss  of  oxygen 
occurs  when  KMn04  is  heated  in  alkaline  solution, 
as  maintained  by  Jones,t  the  following  experiments 
were  made  : — To  50cc.  «KMn04,  50cc.  re-alkali 
were  added,  the  bulk  made  up  to  250  with  distilled 
water,  and  heated  on  the  water-bath.  After 
heating,  excess  of  standard  FeS04  was  added,  and  the 
excess  titrated  back  with  KMn04.  The  results  are 
given  below  : — 


2-JOec,  heated  for  three  hours  on  the  water-bath.    The 
following  results  were  obtained  : — 


Zfo.  of  Experiment — 

201 

202 

205 

204 

205 

Alkali  added    

KHO 

K.CO, 

KHO 

K.CO., 

KHCO3 

Length  of  heating 

jhr. 

Jhr. 

3hrs. 

31irs. 

31irs. 

Loss  =  cc.  nKMnO,    .. 

0'3 

0-9 

01 

0  9 

0-2 

No.  of  Exi»eriment — 

206 

207 

208 

209 

210 

Alkali  added    

KHO 

KHO 

K.CO, 

K:CO, 

KHCO3 

cc.  nH:SO,  added 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost 


100 

0 


100 
025 


100 
0-i 


100 
0-25 


100 

0 


cold     boiling     cold     boiling  boiling 


Direct  titrations. 


Xo.  of  Experiment — 


211 


Alkali  added    none 

cc.nH.SO,  added  ....  50 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost 07 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost,  after 

deducting  result  of  211  — 


212 


KHO 

100 
1-25 

055 


215 

214 

K=CO,  KHCO, 

100 

]  ii,i 

165 

08 

0-95 

01 

Here  it  is  seen  we  have  sufficient  impurity  in  the 
alkalis  to  account  for  the  loss  we  had  observed. 
As  the  impurity  is  only  partially  and  difficultly 
oxidised  in  direct  titration,  it  is  probably  of  organic 
nature,  and  oxidised  to  oxalic  acid  by  permanganate 
in  alkaline  solutions,  since  the  numbers  obtained  in 
these  solutions  (Experiments  203  and  204)  agree  very 
closely  with  the  above.  It  is  evident,  therefore, 
that  unless  the  impurity  in  the  alkalis  be  estimated 
and  allowed  for,  serious  errors  might  be  introduced  ; 
but  none  need  he  feared  from  actual  evolution  of 
oxygen  in  alkaline  solutions  under  the  conditions 
existing.  Other  samples  of  alkalis  gave  the  follow- 
ing results  : — 


No.  of  Experiment — 

215 

216 

217            218            219 

Alkali  used   . .  

XaHO 

K3CO- 

KHC03  XaHO 

XaHO 

cc.  nH:SO,  added  .... 

125 

125 

125     '  none 

MnSO, 
added 

cc.  nKMnO,  lost  after 
deducting  error 

01 

02 

05          01 

01 

These  experiments  show  that  the  alkalis  con- 
tained impurity  oxidisable  by  KMu04  ;  but  no  loss 
of  oxygen  occurs,  since  after  three  hours'  heating 
practically  no  greater  loss  is  experienced  than  after 
only  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour's  heating.  To 
confirm  the  presence  of  these  impurities,  oOcc.  of  the 
normal  alkalis  were  acidified  and  titratsd  directly 
with  KMn04  at  a  temperature  approaching  ebullition; 
while  to  other  equal  quantities  excess  of  11  S( .'4 
(free  from  oxidisable  impurity)  was  added,  together 
with  oOcc.  «KMn04,  and  the  solution,  made  up  to 

•  Jahresb.  1867.  p.  331. 
t  J.  Cheui.  Soc„  1878.  p.  95. 


Considerable  difference  exists,  therefore,  in  the 
oxidisable  impurity  of  different  samples  of  alkali. 
It  is  probable  that  the  sodium  alkalis  will  be  more 
generally  pure  in  this  respect  than  those  of  potassium. 
In  Experiment  218  the  solution  was  boiled  briskly 
for  half-an-hour  with  50cc.  nKMn04,  but  still  no 
greater  loss  was  experienced  than  that  due  to  the 
impurity  in  the  NaHO.  The  same  result  was  yielded 
in  Experiment  219,  in  which  one-half  of  the  KMn04 
had  been  precipitated  as  MnO;  by  MnS04  before 
heating.  There  is  no  loss,  therefore,  from  the  mutual 
action  of  MnO.,  and  KMnO,  in  alkaline  solutions, 
as  there  is  in  acid  ones. 

The  next  method  which  suggested  itself  for  the 
estimation  of  the  oxidation  occurring  in  alkaline 
solutions,  was  to  filter  the  solution  through  asbestos 
or  glass-wool  after  the  oxidation  was  complete,  and 
determine  the  amount  of  MnO._.  remaining  on  the 
filter  after  washing  the  same  The  following  experi- 
ments were,  therefore,  instituted  with  the  double 
object  of  testing  this  method  and  of  ascertaining  the 
possibility  of  utilising  the  same  for  the  estimation  of 
manganous  salts.  A  solution  of  manganous  sulphate, 
whose  strength  had  been  accurately  determined,  or 
one  formed  by  the  exact  titration  of  acidified  oxalic 
acid,  was  added  to  a  warm  solution   of  KMn04, 


262 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [April  29. 1887. 


previously  made  sufficiently  alkaline  with  NaHO 
that  after  mixing  20cc.  n-alkali  would  remain  free. 
After  heating  on  the  water-bath  the  Imlk  was  made 
up  to  SOOcc.,  and  the  remaining  KMnO,  determined 
in  an  aliquot  part  of  the  filtrate.  The  MnO.j  on  the 
filter  after  washing  was  also  estimated  as  a  check. 
The  solution  was  filtered  through  glass-wool  free  from 
ozidiaable  impurity.    The  following  are  the  results  :— 


No.  of  Experiment— 


220 


221 


222 


cc.  nKMnO,  employed   100 

Addition Titrated 

Oxalic  Aeid 

Time  of  heating Jlir. 

cc      nKMnO,      theoretically 

reduced  16'55 

cc.  hKMiiO,  actually  reduced  18't 

UnSO,  indicated  1093 


200  100 

MnSO,      MnSO, 


Jlir. 


22  25 


jlir. 

2225 
2575 
1157 


We  learn  from  these  experiments  that  the  amount  of 
K.MnOj  retained  by  the  precipitate  after  washing  is 
so  large  as  to  render  such  a  method  quite  impossible. 
As  no  loss  of  oxygen  occurs,  it  is  difficult  to  account 
for  the  precipitate  containing  so  much  more  available 
oxygen  than  the  calculated  quantity.  It  may  be  that 
the  KMn04  is  mechanically  held  by  the  precipitate, 
or,  I  think  it  is  more  likely,  that  in  an  alkaline  solution 
in  presence  of  pre-existing  MnO^,  KMn04  is  further 
reduced  to  the  same  form,  as  it  is  in  acid  solution,  but 
that  the  liberated  oxygen,  instead  of  being  lost,  forms 
some  peroxide,  which  remains  in  solution.  The  fol- 
lowing facts  may  be  taken  in  support  of  this  view  : — 
An  acid  solution  of  KMnO.  may  be  boiled  over  a 
naked  flame  without  the  slightest  inconvenience.  An 
acid  solution  containing  precipitated  MnO..,  but  no 
free  KMn04,  may  likewise  be  boiled  with  impunity  ; 
but  an  acid  solution  containing  both  KMn04  and 
Mn02  cannot  be  so  boiled,  or  even  on  the  sand-bath, 
without  causing  severe  concussions  of  the  liquid.  In 
a  similar  manner  KMn04  and  MnO..  may  be  boiled 
separately  in  an  alkaline  solution  with  perfect  safety  ; 
but  if  both  be  present  the  same  concussions  are  pro- 
duced. Now,  I  have  referred  in  the  first  part  of  this 
paper  to  the  chemical  action  which  takes  place  in 
acid  solution,  in  virtue  of  which  oxygen  is  liberated 
and  KMn04  reduced  to  MnO._..  Is  it  not  exceedingly 
probable  that  this  action  is  the  cause  of  the  incon- 
trollable  behaviour  of  the  solution  in  both  acid  and 
alkaline  solutions,  but  that  in  the  latter  oxygen,  in 
place  of  being  evolved,  remains  in  solution  as  a 
peroxide  1 

This  filtration  method  having  failed,  it  occurred  tome 
to  precipitate  the  whole  of  the  free  KMnO,  remaining 
after  the  oxidation  was  complete  by  MnS04,  to  filter 
the  alkaline  solution,  and,  after  washing  the  precipi- 
tate, to  dissolve  it  in  FeS04  and  titrate  back  with 
K.\ln<)4.  The  difference  between  the  amount  of 
KMn<>4  equivalent  to  the  precipitate  and  that 
originally  added  would,  of  course,  be  a  measure  of  the 
oxygen  obsorbed  by  the  body  under  investigation. 

With  regard  to  the  filtering  medium,  I  was  very 
anxious  to  dispense  with  the  use  of  asbestos  and 
glass-wool,  chiefly  on  account  of  the  long  time  taken 
up  by  the  process  when  these  bodies  are  used.  The 
filtration  through  paper  is,  on  the  other  hand,  very 
rapid  and  very  suitable  for  the  purpose,  more 
especially  as  the  precipitate  always  contains  a  certain 
amount  of  MnO,  which  is  liable  to  oxidation.  The 
following  experiments  with  various  filters  are  inter- 
esting, as  showing  the  effect  of  KMn04  and  of  the 


alkalis  upon  filtering  paper  and  the  conditions  under 
which  it  may  be  used  for  filtration.  In  the  first 
six  experiments  the  solution  employed  contained 
50cc.  «KMnO.,  either  neutral  or  with  50cc.  nH.JS04 
or  K1K)  added.  The  total  bulk  was  2o0cc.  in  each 
case,  and  the  solution  was  either  filtered  through  cold, 
or  heated  for  half-an-hour  on  the  water-bath  with  a 
7 J-in.  English  filter.  The  results,  which  are  only 
roughly  comparative  (as  no  Fe23S04  or  phosphate 
was  present  in  the  acid  solution  ;  and  the  other 
solutions  were  treated  with  excess  FeS04  immedi- 
ately after  oxidation),  are  here  given  : — 


No.  of  Experiment- 
State  of  solution  . . . 
How  applied 


c.      nKMnO,      ab- 
sorbed    


223 
Acid 


224 
Alk. 


Neut. 


Passed  through  cold 
155  |    5-25         0  5 


226 


227 


Acid  I  Alk.    Neut. 


Treated  on  water- 
bath 


32  75  |  4375  I  1775 


In  Experiments  22b' and  227  we  see  that  the  reduction 
to  MnO,,  has  been  complete.  The  largely-increased 
oxidation  in  alkaline  solution  should  be  noted,  it 
being  due,  of  course,  to  the  solvent  action  of  the  alkali 
upon  the  material  of  the  filter. 

To  determine  the  action  of  the  alkalis  alone  upon 
the  filters,  the  following  series  of  experiments  was 
undertaken.  In  each  case  the  solution,  madeuptoabout 
300cc,  was  filtered  four  or  five  times  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  80°  to  90'  C.  through  a  7i-in.  English  filter. 
The  solutions  were  then  acidified,  and  the  organic 
matter  dissolved,  either  wholly  oxidised  by  excess  of 
KMn04  in  the  usual  manner,  or  merely  titrated 
directly  at  boiling  temperature  : — 


No.  of  Experiment— 

cc.  n-Alkali  employed 
How  estimated    ... 


cc.  itKMnO,  absorbed, 
after  deducting  im- 
purity     


229 


100KHO     I    100K.CO,       100KHCO, 
With  excess  KMnO, 


31 


2  0 


1-1 


No.  of  Experiment- 


cc.  n- Alkali  employed 


How  estimated    

cc.  ii KMnO,  absorbed, 
after  deducting  im 
purity    


232 


50KHO 


233 
50K-CO, 


50KHCO, 


o-i 


By  direct  titration 


015 


01 


The  above  experiments  show  that  the  filtrates  might 
be  utilised,  in  the  method  contemplated,  for  direct 
titration  without  any  serious  error  arising,  but  the 
error  is  too  great  to  allow  of  their  being  subjected  to 
complete  oxidation  with  excess  of  KMn04.  As 
might  be  expected,  the  solvent  action  is  greatest  in 
the  case  of  KHO,  and  least  in  the  case  of  KHCO  . 

The  next  series  shows  the  influence  of  various 
qualities  of  filters.  lOOcc.  «NaHO  were  employed, 
and  passed  two  or  three  times  through  the  filter  at  a 
temperature  near  boiling  point.  After  the  treatment 
the  solution  was  rendered  acid,  and  the  FePO, 
solution  added  with  the  KMnO,  as  usual.  The 
bulk  was  made  up  to  250cc,  and  heated  half  an-hour. 
The  filters  were  all  o^in.  in  diameter.  The  last  three 
experiments  show  the  effect  of  a  second,  but  exactly 
similar,  treatment  of  the  same  filters. 


April  20. 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


263 


No.  of  Experiment- 

255 

236 

257 

Quality  of  Filter 

cc.  nKMnO)  absorbed  by  or- 
ganic matter  dissolved 

English 
20 

Swedish 
1-2 

Schleicher's 
Washed 

25 

No.  of  Experiment- 


Quality  of  Filter 


cc.  nKMnd  absorbed  by  or- 
ganic matter  dissolved 


English 


01 


Swedish 


240 


Schleicher's 
Washed 


05 


These  experiments  show  us  that  the  filtrates  in  the 
method  under  consideration  might  be  made  available 
for  subsequent  oxidation  in  acid  solution  with  excess, 
of  KMnO,,  when  paper  filters  are  employed 
which  have  received  a  preliminary  washing  with  boil- 
ing normal  alkali.  The  second  treatment  with  boiling 
normal  alkali,  which  was  given  in  the  above  experi- 
ments, is  really  a  much  more  severe  test  than  they 
would  be  required  to  stand  in  practice,  as  the  solution 
would  be  much  more  dilute  and  not  quite  so  hot.  At 
the  same  time,  it  is  much  preferable  to  employ  the 
cheaper  filters,  more  especially  as  they  are  really 
superior  for  this  purpose. 

Of  course,  it  will  be  understood  that  the  action  of 
the  alkali  u]K>n  the  filter  does  not  absolutely  stop 
after  this  preliminary  treatment,  but  that  the  super- 
ficial or  more  easily  oxidisable  portions  of  the  filter 
are  withdrawn  by  the  process.  The  following  experi- 
ment (241)  will  show  that  the  solution  of  the  filter  by 
the  alkali  is  a  continual  process.  Six  of  Schleicher's 
washed  filters,  5^in.  diameter,  were  boiled  with 
lOOcc.  «NaHO  for  half-an-hour.  The  solution  was 
then  neutralised  and  filtered,  and  excess  of  KMn04, 
together  with  20cc.  of  the  acidified  FePO,  solution 
added.  The  solution  was  then  heated  for  one  hour. 
128'8cc.  n KMnO ,  had  been  absorbed  by  the  solution. 
After  treating  the  same  filters,  previously  well 
washed,  a  second  time  in  exactly  the  same  manner, 
129'4cc.  KMnO«  were  required  by  the  solution.  After 
a  third  treatment  72cc.  HKMnO,  were  absorbed.  It 
is  instructive  to  note  that  oxalic  acid  could  only  have 
formed  a  small  portion  of  the  dissolved  organic 
matter,  because  the  last  solution  obtained  only 
absorbed  12cc.  ?tKMn04  by  direct  titration  in  a  hot 
acid  solution — i.e.,  only  one-sixth  of  the  total  KMn04 
required. 

From  Experiments  12  to  16  we  learned  that  MnO 
ia  continually  oxidised  to  MnOj  by  atmospheric 
oxygen.  The  oxidation  naturally  diminishes  in 
intensity  as  the  amount  of  the  lower  oxide  decreases 
and  that  of  the  higher  oxide  increases.  The  error 
introduced  by  this  oxidation  is  very  small,  if  only  the 
least  possible  excess  of  MnS04  to  precipitate  the 
whole  of  the  free  KMn04  be  added,  and  the  filtration 
be  executed  as  rapidly  as  practicable  ;  but  I  was 
anxious  to  check  this  oxidation  altogether  if  possible. 
Although  I  was  not  successful  in  achieving  this 
object,  a  short  account  of  my  experiments  in  this 
direction  may  save  others  the  trouble  of  going  over 
the  same  ground  again. 

The  general  conditions  of  working  were  as 
follows  : — To  50ce.  «KMn04  50cc.  «-alkali  were 
added.  The  total  bulk  was  made  up  to  2.">0cc,  and 
the  solution  heated  for  half-an-hour  on  the  water- 
bath.  In  order  to  magnify  the  error  arising  from  the 
oxidation  of  the  atmosphere,  the  MnS04  solution  was 
added  in  much  larger  quantity  (50,  excess)  than  that 
actually  required  for  precipitation  of  the  KMn04. 
The  solution,  after  being  well  shaken,  became  colour- 


less almost  immediately.  It  was  then  filtered,  and 
the  precipitate  washed  as  rapidly  as  possible.  The 
funnel  was  then  transferred  to  the  flask  in  which  the 
precipitate  had  been  foimed,  and  the  latter  washed 
down  into  the  flask  with  hot  water.  The  precipitate, 
and  any  MnO;  adhering  to  the  filter,  were  then  dis- 
solved in  excess  of  strongly  acidified  normal  FeS04 
solution,  and  the  excess  titrated  back  with  KMn04  in 
the  usual  manner.  When  oxalic  acid  was  added  in 
the  experiment,  the  filtrate  was  also  estimated  by- 
direct  titration,  after  acidifying  with  H^S04.  As  a 
rule,  parallel  experiments  were  made  with  all  three 
forms  of  alkali — viz.,  caustic,  carbonate,  and  acid 
carbonate,  in  order  to  find  which  was  the  most  pre- 
ferable to  employ.  The  filtration  proceeded  very 
rapidly  through  English  filtering  paper,  and  one's 
whole  time  was  employed  in  attending  to  the  filtering 
entailed  by  three  parallel  experiments.  In  the  follow- 
ing tables  some  average  results  of  these  experiments 
are  given  : — 


^  z 

5 
< 

--- 

S|| 

li  ■'  -J. 

Remarks. 

212 

KHO 

165 

213 

Do. '10cc.nl 

1-85 

Xodecreased  oxidation 
with  less  alkali. 

211 

KHO 

10 

Added  dilute  HqSO,  to 
the  precipitaleon  fil- 
ter as  soon  as  solution 
had  passed  through. 

215 

K^COa 

08 

Less  oxidation  than 
with  KHO. 

216 

" 

07 

Washed  precipitate 
with  dilute  H  -SOj  on 
filter. 

217 

KHCOj 

01 

Less  oxidation  than 
with  K;C03. 

218 

" 

0 

Washed  precipitate 
with  dilute  H-SO, 

219 

" 

0 

50cc.  n  -  oxalic  acid 
added:  washed  with 
acid  ;  filtrate  had  lost 
3'3cc.  n-oxalic  acid. 

250 

NallCOa 

01 

Similar  to  218;  washed 
with  acid. 

:51 

0 

Oxalic  acid  added:  3  3 
cc.  deficient  in  fil- 
trate ;  washed  pre- 
cipitate with  acid. 

As  might  have  been  expected,  the  addition  of  acid 
to  the  precipitate  checks  the  atmospheric  oxidation 
to  some  extent.  It  is  very  doubtful,  however,  if  such 
a  course  could  be  adopted  in  practice.  The  only 
advantage  which  could  be  gained  by  its  employment 
would  be  in  the  case  of  the  addition  of  the  acid  before 
the  precipitate  had  been  thoroughly  washed,  and 
under  such  conditions  the  probability  is  that  even 
with  cold  acid  the  organic  body  under  investigation 
would  be  oxidised  by  the  MnOj  in  contact  with  it. 
Experiments  240  and  251  confirm  this  view  in  the 
case  of  oxalic  acid. 

The  very  slight  atmospheric  oxidation  with  the 
acid  carbonate  should  be  noted.  The  difference  in 
the  behaviour  of  the  three  alkalis  was  rendered 
visible  by  precipitating  simultaneously  equal  volumes 
of  manganous  sulphate  solution  with  equivalent 
quantities  of  KHO,  KrC03,  and  N&HCOi  respectively. 
The  first  two  precipitates  turned  brown  almost 
immediately,  while  the  last  (doubtless  a  bicarbonate 
of  manganese)  remained  perfectly  white  after  being 


2(14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (April  29, 1887. 


exposed  to  the  atmosphere  a  whole  day.  That  the 
oxidation  is  much  more  active  in  the  case  of  the 
caustic  alkali  than  with  the  carbonate,  was  shown 
by  the  precipitate  with  the  former  finally  turning 
black,  while  that  with  the  latter  remained  brown  in 
colour. 

In  experiments  with  caustic  alkali,  in  which  varia- 
tions were  made  in  the  order  in  which  the  solutions 
were  mixed,  it  was  found  that  the  gain  from 
atmospheric  oxidation  was  much  less  when  the  alkali 
was  added  after  mixing  the  KMnOj  and  MnSOt. 
This  was  no  doubt  due  to  the  formation  of  a  large 
bulk  of  MnO..  in  the  first  instance,  while  in  the 
presence  of  alkali  a  large  ciuantity  of  MnO  would  be 
naturally  formed  initially,  which  would  be  subjected 
to  partial  oxidation  by  the  atmosphere  before  being 
completely  oxidised  by  the  KMnOi  present.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  hardly  any  less  gain  was  experienced 
when  the  MnSOi  was  precipitated  with  KHO,  and 
i/i'ii  KMnOi  added,  than  when  sulphate  was  added 
to  the  alkaline  permanganate.  Although  MnSO,  must 
be  the  final  addition  in  practice,  we  may  infer  that 
an  advantage  would  be  experienced  by  adding  it 
slowly,  and  I  find  in  practice  that  less  of  the  solution 
is  required  when  this  precaution  is  attended  to. 

In  the  next  series  of  experiments  50cc.  M-oxalic 
acid  were  employed.  The  first  four  were  precipitated 
with  50  per  cent,  excess  MnSOj.  after  heating  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  only,  while  the  last  four  were 
heated  for  four  and  a-half  hours,  and  precipitated 
with  the  least  possible  amount  of  MnS04  solution. 


cc. 

tKMnO,= 

X 

<  F 

o 

d  Q4 

?£& 

-r 

Oo 

11 
<5 

Remarks. 

252 

KHO 

01 

2'1  gain 

Oxalate  nearly  completely 
washed  out. 

253 

K5CO, 

01 

10    ,, 

Oxalate  not  so  completely 
washed  out. 

254 

KHCO, 

34 

01     .. 

Largedeficiency  of  oxalate 
in  filtrate. 

[253 

I    Ditto  "1 
I  33cc.  n  J 

51 

0'2  loss 

Still  larger  ditto. 

•256 

KHO 

01 

03  gain 

Much  less  atmospheric 
oxidation  than  252  with 
more  MnSO,  added. 

K.CO, 

11 

01  loss 

Greater  deficiency  of  oxa- 
late than  253. 

258 
239 

KHCO, 

1    Ditto   ) 
'(  33oc.  n  f 

365 
525 

0-35  „     ) 
03    „     J 

No  more  oxalate  deficient 
than  with  only  quarter 
of  an  hour's  beating. 

These  experiments  are  a  further  confirmation  of 
the  less  liability  of  the  precipitate  in  acid  carbonate 
solution  to  oxidation.  The  beneficial  influence  of 
adding  only  sufficient  MnSO,  to  effect  the  precipita- 
tion is  very  marked  in  Experiments  256  and  257.  In 
the  case  of  the  carbonates,  we  find  there  is  a  great 
tendency  to  the  precipitation  of  the  oxalate.  That 
this  is  a  »"/■•  precipitation,  and  not  an  actual  oxida- 
tion of  the  oxalate,  may  be  inferred  from  the  experi- 
ments with  bicarbonate  :  after  four  and  a  half  hours' 
beating  we  find  there  is  no  greater  deficiency  in  the 
filtrate  than  after  only  a  quarter  of  an  hour's  heating. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  the  precipitation  seems 
to  occur  during  heating,  and  is  apparently  accom- 
panied by  MnO.,,  without  any  loss  of  oxygen,  how- 
ever. Additional  evidence  is  here  presented  by  the 
experiment*  with  the  long  heating,  that  no  absolute 


evolution  of  oxygen  takes  place— at  least,  not  with 
KHO  or  K,CO». 

As  the  bicarbonate  precipitate  is  practically  not 
oxidised  by  the  atmospnere,  it  seemed  advisable  to 
endeavour  to  render  this  alkali  available  by  adopting 
means  to  remove  the  oxalate  adhering  to  the  precipi- 
tate. The  next  experiments  were  made  in  this 
direction  ;  50  per  cent,  excess  MnS04  solution  being 
added  as  before.  The  following  table  exhibits  the 
average  results  obtained  : — 


:  = 

K 


cc.  nKMnO,= 

,e  c       Oxalate  deficient 
"u'z      in  Filtrate  after— 

2nd 


-s- 

lit 
Washing. 

}hr. 

16 

.. 

4-3 

•• 

11 

,, 

11 

Jhr. 

31 

•• 

20 

»l 

21 

Jhr. 

15 

II 

1-75 

,, 

1-95 

» 

115 

■' 

23 

it 

21 

,, 

0 

ii 

21 

0 

1-9 

Rkmarkx 


-r  t,  -  Second  Washing  of  Precij'i- 

H  z~  tattfi  with— 


34 

35 

2-8 

36 
21 
20 


0'2  gain    Strongly       ammoniacal 
solution  of  (XH.i.m »,. 


03  loss 
01  gain 


Strong  solution  of  XH, CI. 

Strong   solution  of  am- 
monium carbonate. 

Hot  normal  acetic  acid. 


05  gain  I  Ammonia  water. 


11 


0  5 
07 


ii-.. 


005  loss 
Oo  gain 

02  loss 


_        02 


-        03 


-       01 


n-l 


Added  25cc.  strong  Nil, 
HO  before  filtering, 
and  washed  with  am- 
monia water. 

Added  50cc.  nXH.HO 
after  precipitation,  but 
before  filtering. 

Gave  ihr.  extra  heating 
with  200cc.  nXH.Cl. 

After  precipitation  added 
—  lOOcc.  hXH.HO-t 
lOOcc.  n(XH,)-SO, 


lOOcc.  nXH.HO  +  lOOcc. 
«XH,Cl. 

Washed  with  hot  nil. 
SO,  on  filter. 

Added  100  nXH,HO+ 
lOgrms.  XH.C1,  before 
the  MnSO,. 

Immediately  after  heat- 
ing, added  more  than 
sufficient  Xa..HPO,  to 
precipitate  excess  Mn 
SO,. 

Like  272.  but  no  oxalate 
present. 

Like  272.  but  phosphate 
added  before  heating. 

Like  271.  but  no  oxalate 
present. 

Added  more  than  suffi- 
cient Xa:HI'0,  to  pre- 
cipitate all  the  MnSO, 
subsequently  added. 


As  a  general  result,  we  learn  from  these  experi- 
ments that  a  certain  portion  (about  i)  of  the  precipi- 
tated oxalic  acid  may  lie  washed  out  by  solutions 
containing  free  ammonia.  The  advantage  gained  in 
this  respect  is,  however,  more  than  counterbalanced 
by  the  fact  of  a  considerable  amount  of  atmospheric- 
oxygen  being  absorbed  by  the  precipitate,  after  treat- 
ment with  the  ammoniacal  solution.  This  oxidation 
may  be  readily  observed  by  treating  the  white  pre- 
cipitate formed  by  the  addition  of  excess  of  KHl'(J;l 
to  .MnSO,  with  ammonia,  when  it  will  turn  of  a 
brown  colour  at  once,  owing  to  the  decomposition  of 
the  acid  carbonate  of  manganese  with  formation  of 


April  _>y.  1SS7-]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


265 


Mull .,().,,  which  is  further  oxidised  without  delay. 
When  accompanied  by  NILC1,  the  oxidation  of  the 
precipitate    is  considerably  checked    (269),   but    the 

same  result  may  be  more  easily  obtained  by  the 
simple  addition  of  sodium  phosphate  to  the  solution, 
preferably  before  the  addition  of  MnS04  (-'.6).  In 
that  case  only  about  half  of  the  oxalate  which  would 
otherwise  be  held  by  the  precipitate  remains  fixed. 
The  phosphate  was"  added  in  the  hope  that  the  for- 
mation of  the  oxalate  precipitate,  if  it  consisted  of 
MnC.O.,  might  be  altogether  prevented,  in  favour  of 
the  production  of  the  more  stable  manganese  phos- 
phate. 

The  reason  why  the  addition  of  ammonium  chloride 
prevents  the  oxidation  of  the  precipitate  to  a  great 
extent  is  due,  I  think,  to  the  formation  of  an  oxy- 
chloride  of  manganese.  In  all  cases  in  which  the 
chloride  was  employed,  I  observed,  on  dissolving  the 
precipitate  in  FeS04,  a  finely  divided  white  precipi- 
tate suspended  in  the  solution,  which  was  quite 
insoluble  in  acid  solution  even  on  heating.  No 
similar  precipitate  was  obtained  with  (NH4)^S04,  or 
any  other  salts  made  use  of. 

The  bicarbonate  having  thus  failed  to  yield  satisfac- 
tory results,  I  was  led  to  return  to  the  other  alkalis. 
The  following  table  shows  the  results  of  my  en- 
deavours to  reduce  the  atmospheric  oxidation,  which 
had  been  experienced  with  KHO  and  K..OO;..  The 
heating  lasted  half-an-hour,  other  conditions  being 
also  normal  : — 


In  point  of  fact,  the  KHO  has  the  same  effect  of 
preventing  the  precipitation  of  the  oxalic  acid  which 
we  found  ammonia  to  possess.  In  the  next  experi- 
ments, therefore,  additional  alkali  was  added,  just 
before  jrecipitation  by  MnS04.  Only  twenty-fivi 
per  ant.  excess  MnS()4  was  added,  but  in  other 
respects  the  normal  conditions  obtained.  The 
results  are  here  tabulated — 


cc.  nKMnO,  = 

e 
«  * 

it 

H 

■ 

a 
£  r  1 

•z 

36 

15 

Remarks. 

277 

KHO 

06 

1-75 

No  addition. 

278 

•> 

03 

2-1 

Added  sufficient  Xa.HPO,  to 
precipitate  all  MnSO,  subse- 
quently added. 

279 

" 

05 

1-8 

Added  40cc.  nH:SO,  and  large 
excess  of  Na^HPO,. 

280 

" 

0-5 

0-25 

Added  20grms.  N'H.Cl  after  the 
addition  of  MnSO,. 

281 

K:CO, 

0-8 

0-85 

No  addition. 

282 

., 

06 

0  4 

XajHPO,  added  before  MnSO,. 

283 

M 

11 

05 

lOgrnis.  NH.C1  added  imme- 
diately after  the  MnSO,. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  ammonium  chloride  is  very 
effective  in  checking  the  atmospheric  oxidation,  both 
in  the  caustic  solution  and  that  made  alkaline  with 
KjC03.  It  seems,  however,  to  prevent  the  solution 
of  theoxalate  precipitated  w  ith  the  Mn02  in  the  case  of 
the  carbonate  (283).  The  addition  of  phosphate 
seems  also  to  have  a  slight  advantage,  in  reducing 
the  atmospheric  oxidation  when  the  carbonate  is 
employed. 

I  next  tried  the  effect  of  rendering  the  solution 
nearly  neutral,  just  before  precipitating  with  MnS04  ; 
but  the  results  were' again  unsatisfactory.  In  an 
experiment  (284)  in  which  acid  was  added  to  the 
solution  after  heating,  sufficient  to  leave  only 
3cc.  H-free  alkali  after  the  addition  of  MnS04,  1  Occ. 
of  the  oxalic  acid  was  retained  by  the  precipitate, 
and  a  gain  of  oxygen  equivalent  to  O'Scc.  nKMn04 
was  affected  by  the  latter.  The  gain  of  oxygen  was 
therefore  not  much  diminished  by  this  means,  while 
the  amount  of  oxalic  acid  retained  by  the  precipitate 
was  materially  increased. 


a 
c  = 

7.1 
H 

It 

<  = 

285 

KHO 

•-'*; 

» 

287 

>. 

288 

•• 

289 

K~ro. 

290 

•• 

291 

.. 

292 

KHCOj 

293 

•• 

291 

•■ 

cc-  nKMnO,  = 


015 


11 


0-25 


09  gain     One  hour's  heating. 

,.         ,.  ,,  Sufficient 

KHC'O,  added  to  form  com- 
pletely K-COj. 

Added   lOgrms.  NH.C1  after 
the  MnSO,. 

Added  3dc?.'%KHO  juBt  before 
MnSO,. 

No  addition. 

055  gain  Added  Na.HPO,  sufficient  to 
precipitate  all  the  MnEO, 
subsequently  added. 

Added    50cc.     nK.CO,    just 
before  MnSO,. 

No  addition. 

0'3o  gain  Added  just  sufficient  KHO 
to  form  K.COi. 


Added     double    the 
quantity. 


above 


The  addition  of  extra  alkali  has  a  marked  effect  in 
dissolving  out,  or  preventing  the  precipitation  of  the 
oxalic  acid  along  with  MnO.>.  Even  in  the  case  of 
the  bicarbonate  (294)  we  find  the  solution  is  nearly 
complete.  Experiment  286  with  KHO  yields  the 
best  result,  since  the  oxidation  is  diminished,  as  well 
;  as  the  oxalate  being  perfectly  dissolved.  The  addi- 
'  tion  of  NH4C1  obviates  the  former  error  very  satis- 
factorily, but  increases  the  latter.  The  Na.,HP04 
seems  to  have  the  reverse  action  on  the  carbonate  ; 
in  fact,  it  appears  to  produce  the  same  effect  as  free 
caustic  alkali. 

A  few  experiments  were  made  with  borax 
and  potassium  silicate  solutions,  in  order  to  find 
if  they  would  be  likely  to  give  more  encouraging 
results  than  the  sodium  phosphate.  The  reverse  was 
the  case.  The  precipitates  formed  by  these  solutions 
with  MnS04  are  decomposed  by  free  alkali  even 
quicker  than  the  precipitated  phosphate,  and  turn 
brown  or  flesh-coloured  almost  immediately,  owing 
to  the  oxidation  of  the  MnOsHa  formed. 

The  only  remaining  resource  seemed  to  be  to  employ 
as  small  an  excess  of  MnS04  as  possible,  and  to  have 
plenty  of  MnO.,  present  after  precipitation,  in  order 
that  the  mangaiious  hydrate  might  be  protected  from 
the  atmosphere  as  far  as  practicable.  Of  course  the 
difficulty  might  have  been  overcome  by  the  use  of 
elaborate  and  expensive  apparatus,  for  filtering  in  an 
atmosphere  free  from  oxygen,  but  I  was  anxious  to 
avoid  such  complications  as  much  as  possible. 

With  regard  to  the  amount  of  excess  of  MnSO* 
required  to  be  added  to  obtain  perfect  discolouration 
of  the  solution,  the  following  numbers  give  fair 
average  results,  obtained  by  the  careful  addition  of 


266 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [April  20. 1887. 


the  manganous  salt  to  a  boiling  permanganate  solu- 
tion.   The  total  bulk  in  each  case  was  :;50cc.  :— 


N".  nf  Experiment— 

295 

296 

297 

298 

State  of  solution  . . 

Ventral. 

c41nll.sO4.T0»N"aHO 

11  nN'aHO 

cc.   nKMnOj    em- 
ployed   

50 

50 

50 

100 

'  excess  MnSfti re- 
quired   

1 

8-10 

8-10 

7-8 

'  Bxperiment- 


State  of  solution  .. 

cc.    nKMnOj   cm- 
plo)  ed  

excess  MnSO.i  re- 
quired    


300 


301 


302 


50  nXaHO  50  nXaHO  50  nK,CO,  50  >iKHCO . 

-z»so4 


100  100 

8-10  85 


100 


100 
7-8 


We  learn  from  these  experiments  that  the  amount 
of  excess  of  MnS04  bears  a  general  ratio  to  the 
quantity  of  KMn04  precipitated.  In  neutral  solu- 
tions, as  we  had  already  found  (Experiment  2),  a 
smaller  excess  is  required  than  in  either  acid  or  alka- 
line ones  ;  but  if  sufficient  alkali  be  added  to  a  neutral 
solution  to  neutralise  the  free  H..S04  liberated  in 
the  precipitation,  as  was  done  in  Experiment  298, 
then  the  excess  demanded  is  not  much  less  than  in 
the  strongly  alkaline  solutions.  With  the  carbonates, 
the  amount  of  excess  required  is  also  somewhat 
diminished.  There  is  no  advantage  in  the  addition 
ol  Z11SO4  to  the  alkaline  solutions,  because,  in  Experi- 
ment 300,  in  which  ZnS04  was  added  equivalent  to 
the  whole  of  the  manganese  precipitated,  but  before 
the  addition  of  M11SO4,  exactly  the  same  excess  was 
required  as  in  a  parallel  experiment  without  the 
addition  of  the  zinc  salt. 

In  the  next  experiments,  the  MnS04  was  added 
very  gradually,  and  the  solution  was  well  shaken 
after  each  addition,  so  that  the  least  possible  quantity 
should  be  used.  The  amount  of  KMn04  was  also 
increased  from  50ec.  to  lOOcc.  normal. 


a 

M 

ts 

...  * 

—  >> 

a 

cc.  nK 

OxulaU 
deticieut 

in 
nitrate 

Mn04  = 

T.itul 

Gain  ur 

Loss. 

Reukk^. 

303 

Ihr. 

XaHO 

0-05 

O'l  loss. 

Only  50  KM04  and  50 
oxalic  acid  added. 
KHCOjaddedtoform 
K.COj  completely. 

304 

Jhr. 

•• 

03 

0 

K I  ICO  j  added  as  above 

305 

Ihr. 

100 
•NaHO 

005 

0 

Xo  subsequent  alkuli 
added. 

306 

Ihr. 

•• 

0 

0'15gain 

Washed  the  precipitate 
longer.  No  subse- 
quent alkali  added. 

307 

Jhr. 

KiCO, 

22 

0 

Xo  further  alkali 
added. 

308 

jhr. 

- 

06 

0-1  loss. 

50  nK;C03  added  after 
precipitation. 

309 

Ihr. 

100 

»KaCOj 

06 

02  loss. 

Xo  subsequent  alkali. 

310 

»hr. 

■• 

07 

01  loss. 

Xo  subsequent  alkaii. 

311 

Ihr. 

Knco, 

17 

0-1  gain. 

100  nXaHO  added  after 
precipitation. 

We    note  that    the    larger    amount    of    KMn04 
employed,  causes  a  larger  proportion  of  the  oxalate 


to  be  held  by  the  precipitate,  which  is,  of  course, 
most  conspicuous  in  the  case  of  the  carbonates.  This 
may  be  obviated,  however,  to  some  extent,  by  increas- 
ing the  quantity  of  free  alkali,  resulting,  of  course, 
in  a  greater  tendency  to  oxidation  of  the  precipitate. 
In  summing  up  the  results  of  these  experiments 
in  alkaline  solutions,  it  is  very  evident  that  the 
caustic  alkali  is  the  best  to  employ  for  the  oxidation 
in  question.  Any  advantage  which  the  acid  car- 
bonate possesses,  owing  to  the  immunity  of  the 
precipitate  formed  in  such  solutions  from  atmospheric 
oxidation  during  filtration,  is  quite  counterbalanced 
by  the  fact  that  such  precipitate  retains  a  consider- 
able quantity  of  oxalic  acid  ;  and  although  oxalic 
acid  might  neither  be  present  in  the  original  solution 
or  formed  as  a  product  of  oxidation,  still  it  is  mostly 
probable  that  other  organic  salts  would  be  held  by 
the  precipitate  in  the  same  manner.  That  the  oxalic 
acid  may  be  entirely  dissolved  out  of  the  precipitate 
is  no  consolation  whatever,  because  to  do  this  would 
be  to  destroy  altogether  the  only  advantage  which 
the  use  of  this  form  of  alkali  presents.  I  am  inclined 
to  think  that  the  full  products  of  oxidation  in  alka- 
line solution  would  not  always  be  obtained  in  the 
presence  of  acid  carbonate,  as  this  would  probably 
form  practically  a  neutral  solution.  Any  additional 
source  of  information  which  this  might  otherwise 
have  opened  up  to  us,  is,  however,  sealed  on  account 
of  the  liberation  of  C02  in  the  hot  solution  with 
formation  of  the  normal  carbonate.  Even  with  the 
normal  carbonate  we  would  anticipate  that  a  different 
stage  of  oxidation  would  sometimes  be  reached  from 
that  in  a  caustic  solution.  For  experimental  purposes 
its  use  might  therefore  be  of  considerable  value.  Such 
a  large  quantity  of  oxalic  acid  as  we  have  employed 
i  would  never  actually  be  present  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  working  ;  and  even  the  error  due  to  this 
source  may  be  removed  by  the  addition  of  extra 
carbonate. 

For  practical  purposes,  however,  the  caustic  alkali 
possesses  the  chief  advantages.  Before  we  can 
decide  upon  the  best  method  for  its  application,  and 
the  best  proportions  to  use,  it  will  be  well  to  consider 
the  general  conditions  obtaining  in  actual  working. 
When  lOOcc.  »KMn04  are  employed,  if  no  oxidation 
of  the  organic  body  takes  place,  it  is  evident  that 
the  best  mode  of  procedure  would  be  similar  to  that 
adopted  in  Experiment  305  or  306  ;  at  least  if  any 
precipitation  of  the  organic  body  with  the  MnO;>  was 
feared.  We  find  that  sufficient  MnOa  is  present  to 
protect  the  accompanying  MnO  from  atmospheric 
oxidation.  If  an  oxidation  of  the  organic  body 
occurred,  however,  the  total  quantity  of  MnOo  after 
precipitation  would,  of  course,  be  less  than  in  the 
former  case.  At  the  same  time  there  would  be  less 
of  the  organic  body,  or  its  product  of  oxidation,  to 
precipitate.  If  the  caustic  alkali  were  left  free  in 
this  case,  as  in  Experiments  285  and  287,  a  consider- 
able gain  of  oxygen  would  be  the  result ;  but  if 
acid  carbonate  be  added  sufficient  to  form  the  normal 
carbonate,  as  in  Experiments  286  and  303,  then  the 
error  resulting  is  inconsiderable.  The  error  arising 
from  employing  this  method  in  the  presence  of  a 
larger  amount  of  both  MnO.j  and  of  oxalate,  as  in 
304,  is  still  less  than  that  resulting  from  the  employ- 
ment of  free  alkali  only,  with  the  smaller  quantity 
of  dioxide,  as  a  comparison  with  Experiment  285  wiil 
show.  The  method,  therefore,  which  seems  to 
recommend  itself  for  all  general  purposes,  is  to 
increase  the  amount  of  caustic  alkali  from  50  to  "5cc. 
normal,  and  convert  it  into  the  normal  carbonate 
after  the  completion  of  the  oxidation.  By  this  means 
the  error  in  304  would  be  reduced.  Indeed,  this 
increase  in  the  amount  of  alkali  has  a  beneficial 
influence  in  another  direction,  as  some  bodies,  such 


April  29, 1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


■sr, 


as  glycerol,  are  only  difficultly  oxidised  to  their 
full  extent,  unless  a  large  excess  of  alkali  be  present 
I  have  now  satisfied  myself  that  many  bodies  are 
capable  of  reducing  KMnO,  to  the  form  of  Mn..< ),; 
only  in  alkaline  solution,  and  that  the  oxidation  of 
the  body  may  be  completed  in  the  add,  provided 
sufficient  KMn04  be  present.  To  employ  such  a 
large  proportion  (i.e.,  three  times  as  much  as  is 
required  with  reduction  to  MnO.)  would  be  very 
inconvenient  ;  but  it  is  not  necessary,  since,  in  a 
boiling  solution,  the  Mn.,0,;  is  again  split  up  into 
Mn.07  and  MnO..  As  this  recuperation  of  the 
KMnOj  is  only  partial,  a  certain  excess  of  the  latter 
is  still  necessary.  The  method  which  I  have  found 
most  efficacious  and  economical  is  to  add  extra  ziocc. 
■In  KMnO  j  after  a  quarter  of  an  hour's  heating,  should 
a  considerable  reduction  appear  to  have  been  effected. 
This  allows  time  for  a  substantial  recovery  of  the 
first  portion  of  KMnO.,  added,  and  provides  fresh 
KMn04  for  the  oxidation  of  the  last  traces  of  the 
organic  body. 

The  addition  of  the  MnSO,  solution  is  a  matter  of 
considerable  importance.  It  should  be  added  slowly, 
and  the  solution  well  shaken  after  each  addition. 
With  practice  it  will  be  seen,  by  the  transparency  of 
the  solution  after  the  precipitate  has  subsided,  when 
the  precipitation  is  nearly  completed,  and  when  so, 
only  $  or  }cc.  of  the  double  normal  solution  of 
MnSO,  should  be  added  at  a  time,  until  the  solution 
is  perfectly  colourless.  The  contents  of  the  flask 
should  then  be  diluted  considerably,  and  the  precipi- 
tate allowed  to  settle  before  filtration.  Very  little 
washing  of  the  precipitate  will  thus  be  required. 

It  is  well  to  subject  the  filtrate  to  direct  titration, 
after  acidifying  with  HL.S04,  and  raising  nearly  to 
boiling  temperature.  If  the  original  body  operated 
upon  be  not  capable  of  direct  titration,  while  the 
filtrate  is,  the  formation  of  oxalic  acid  will  be  ren- 
dered probable.  If,  however,  the  filtrate  be  not 
capable  of  direct  titration,  then  oxalic  acid  cannot 
be  a  product  of  oxidation.  If  both  the  original 
body  and  the  filtrate  be  capable  of  direct  titration, 
then  the  difference  between  the  amounts  of  KMn04, 
reduced  in  the  two  cases,  may  prove  a  factor  of 
importance. 

Should  the  amount  of  KMnO,  absorbed  by  the 
filtrate,  and  that  reduced  by  the  body  in  alkaline 
solution,  not  be  equivalent  to  the  whole  of  the  oxygen 
demanded  by  the  body  for  complete  oxidation,  then 
an  oxidation  in  acid  solution  should  follow  the 
alkaline  one.  This  is  easily  accomplished  by  adding 
the  requisite  amount  of  H2S04  to  neutralise  the 
solution  after  oxidation  in  alkaline  solution  is  com- 
plete. Then  20cc.  5«FeP04  are  added,  and  the  solu- 
tion is  heated  for  half-an-hour  longer  on  the  water- 
bath,  and  treated  as  described  in  Part  I. 

Oxidation  by  MnO.  in  Alkaline  SoLrTmx. 

The  Mn02  is  formed  as  already  described 
in  treating  of  oxidation  by  MnO.,  in  acid 
solutions.  It  is  necessary  to  filter"  the  solu- 
tion after  it  has  become  colourless,  to  get  rid 
of  the  excess  of  MnS04.  After  washing  the 
precipitate  once,  it  is  washed  down  into  the  flask  in 
which  it  was  formed,  the  filter,  which  will  retain  a 
small  portion  of  the  MnO.,  being  carefully  reserved 
until  the  end  of  the  operation.  I5cc.  TmNaHO  are 
then  added  to  the  precipitate,  together  with  50cc  of 
the  normal  organic  solution.  The  bulk  is  made  up  to 
2S0cc,  in  a  500cc.  flask,  and  the  contents  heated  on 
the  water-bath  for  half-an-hour,  with  agitation  at 
intervals.  The  boiling  is  very  irregular  if  placed 
directly  over  a  Bunsen  burner.  I  have  ascertained 
that  no  loss  of  oxygen  occurs  here  from  the  mere 
heating  of  the  MnO.  in  the  alkaline  solution.    After 


heating,  the  solution  is  considerably  diluted  and 
filtered,  and  the  remaining  MnOs  determined  in  the 

j  manner  already  prescribed.  It  is  evident  that  if  con- 
siderable reduction  take  place  an  error  would  creep 
in,  owing  to  the  gain  of  oxygen  by  the  manganous 
hydrate  on  the  filter.  Owing  to  this  fact,  and  to  the 
impracticability  of  obtaining  a  better  circulation  of 
the  manganese  dioxide  in  the  solution,  it  is  doubtful 
if  more  than  approximate  results  will  be  obtained 
from  this  method.  The  filtrate  could  be  directly 
titrated  as  in  the  method  previously  considered.     If 

!  no  oxidation  occurred  with  KMn04  in  alkaline  solu- 
tion, it  would  be  quite  unnecessary  to  subject  the 
body  to  this  treatment  with  MnO.,. 

Oxidation  by  MnO.,  in  Neutral  Solutions. 

If  MnO.  be  formed  in  the  manner  already  described, 
and  washed  until  no  free  acid  is  present  ;  and  oxalic 
acid,  previously  exactly  neutralised,  be  heated  with  the 
precipitate  on  the  water-bath,  it  will  be  found  on  fil- 
tration of  the  solution  that  the  oxalic  acid  has  been 
oxidised  to  some  extent.  That  this  is  not  due  to  a 
mere  retention  of  the  oxalate  by  the  precipitate  is 
proved  by  washing  the  latter  with  dilute  alkali,  which 
we  have  found  to  dissolve  out  the  precipitated 
oxalate.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  on  the  addition 
of  alkali  to  the  precipitated  MnO..  a  point  would  be 
reached  at  which  no  oxidation  of  the  oxalic  acid 
would  occur.  Now.  this  point  I  have  found  to  corres- 
pond to  the  formation  of  the  compound  K.,Mn5014, 
according  to  the  equation— 2K„C.,04  +  ilMnO.,= 
2K2Mns011+  MnC,04  +  2CO.,.  From  this  equation 
\ve  see  that,  if  MnO.,  and  K.C.Oj  be  added  in  the 
theoretical  proportions  for  complete  oxidation  (in 
acid  solution),  ^th  of  the  oxalate  would  be  oxidised 
before  the  complete  formation  of  this  compound.  In 
experiments  in  which  50ec.  n-oxalic  acid  exactly 
neutralised  were  added  to  the  MnO.,  obtained  from 
50cc.  ?jKMn04,  only  447cc.  of  the  oxalate  were  found 
in  the  filtrate,  after  thoroughly  washing  the  pre- 
cipitate with  alkali,  corresponding  very  nearly  to  the 
oxidation  of  Jj-th  of  the  total  as  shown  above.  We 
further  learn  from  the  above  equation,  that  the 
quantity  of  alkali  necessary  to  be  added  to  the  solu- 
tion to  render  it  neutral  to  oxalic  acid,  is  exactly  1th  of 
that  required  to  neutralise  the  whole  of  the  oxalic 
acid  which  the  amount  of  MnO*  present  is  capable  of 
exactly  oxidising  in  its  reduction  to  MnO.  Now,  as 
lcc.  n-oxalic  acid  (in  reference  to  KMn04)  requires 
018cc.  M-alkali  to  neutralise  it,  it  is  evident  that  the 
MnOj  obtained  from  lcc.  ?iKMn04  requires  one-fifth 
of  this  amount  of  alkali  to  render  it  neutral  to  the 
oxidation  of  the  oxalate.  It  is  advisable,  however,  to 
add  a  little  more  than  is  represented  above,  as  less 
danger  is  likely  to  ensue  by  the  solution  being  slightly 
alkaline  than  if  it  were  slightly  acid.  The  following 
experiments  show  that  005cc.  nNaHO  added  for  every 
cc.  nKMnOj  precipitated  is  quite  enough— i.e.,  50  per 
cent,  in  excess  of  the  theoretical  quantity  required  :— 


No.  of  Experiment— 


cc.  nNaHO  added  ..     .. 



cc.  n-oxalic  acid  deficient  in  filtrate 

cc.  KMnO,  lost  by  precipitation  ... 


312 

313 

0 

5-1 
55 

9 
00 

o-i 

314 

25 
00 

01 


It  will  be  unnecessary  to  describe  this  method  further, 
as  the  other  particulars  with  reference  to  it  are 
common  to  the  oxidation  by  Mn02  in  acid  and  alka- 
line solutions.  It  is  preferable  to  obtain  complete 
circulation  of  the  MnO,  by  boiling  the  solution  in  a 
500cc.  flask,  as  was  recommended  in  oxidising  in  acid 
solutions. 


TDK  .loVKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    l--\,mi2!i,i887. 


Oxidation  by  KMn(>4  in  Neutbax  Solutions. 

The  modv*  operandi  is  exactly  similar  tothatinalka- 
linesolution,  with,  of  course,  the  omission  of  tbealkali 

In  i  rdci  to  pn  serve  the  solution  neutral  it  is  neces- 
sary to  add  alkali  during  precipitation  by  the  MnSO, 
to  neutralise  the  11.  So,  liberated.  From  the  above 
remarks  on  oxidation  by  MnO.,,  it  will  be  evident 
that  alkali  should  be  added  to  satisfy  the  following 
equation  :— K  Mi.  08  +  3MnSO«  +  6NaHO  = 
K  Mn50,,+3N"a..SO,  .  all.^O.  It  is  easy  to  calcu- 
late that  Ice.  uk.MnO,  would  require  0'212cc. 
;iNaHO  to  render  it  neutral  after  precipitation.  It 
is  here  also  advisable  to  add  rather  more  than  the 
theoretical  quantity.  I  find  a  solution  of  NaHO 
J-normal  is  very  convenient.  Each  cc.  contains 
sufficient  alkali  (with  80  per  cent,  excess)  to  neutralise 
lcc.  of  the  double  normal_MnS04  solution,  which  I 
employ  for  precipitation.  These  solutions,  being 
added  in  small  and  equal  quantities  at  a  time,  the 
solution  remains  nearly  neutral  during  the  whole  of 
the  precipitation.  The  following  experiments  show 
the  results  obtained  by  this  method,  with  50cc. 
n-oxalic  acid  exactly  neutralised  : — 


■ 

■ 

a 

-z 

ri? 

<.= 

■ 

M 

a 

a 

•x  z  z. 

Remarks. 

o 

.C^ 

fc 

a 

o 

E- 

iX 

a 
a 

315 

50 

lhr. 

50KHO 

17 

Total  gain  of  oxy- 
gen, 21cc. 

316 

50 

1   .. 

100KHO 

01 

Total  gain  of  oxy- 
gen, l'2cc. 

317 

100 

i   .. 

12KHCO, 

22-4 

- 

318 

100 

J  .. 

12K,C03 

103 

- 

319 

100 

4  .. 

12NaIIO 

01 

Total  gain  of  oxy- 
gen =  01cc. :  0"9cc. 
deficient     in    the 

first   (neutral)   fil- 

trate. 

We  learn  from316thatthedeficiencyofoxalatein  the 
filtrate  in  315  is  due,nottooxidation,  but  tomere preci- 
pitation, since  it  can  be  dissolved  out  by  increasing  the 
amount  of  alkali.  A  considerable  gain  of  oxygen  was 
recorded  in  these  two  experiments,  owing  to  the 
MnS04  having  been  added  in  large  (25  per  cent.) 
excess.  In  the  last  three  experiments,  little  more 
than  the  theoretical  amount  of  alkali  necessary  to 
preserve  the  solution  neutral  was  added.  It  is 
worthy  of  remark  that  the  acid  carbonate  seems  to 
be  incapable  of  neutralising  the  fcLSO.,  liberated, 
while  the  normal  carbonate  is  only  capable  of  doing 
so  partially.  The  caustic  alkali,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  perfectly  efficacious.  In  Experiment  319  the 
actual  conditions  of  working  were  fulfilled.  After 
heating,  the  solution  was  precipitated  with  MnS04, 
with  which  the  alkali  was  simultaneously  added.  The 
solution  was  then  diluted,  and  after  the  precipitate 
had  settled  it  was  filtered.  After  washing  slightly 
with  distilled  water,  the  precipitate  wis  washed  down 
into  itsown  flask  again  :  ISOcc  hK.CO,  were  added, 
and  tbe  solution  heated  on  the  water-bath,  and  again 
filtered.  In  the  first  filtrate  there  was  a  deficiency 
of  0  9cc.  n-oxilic  acid,  but  this  was  nearly  completely 
restored  after  the  treatment  of  the  precipitate  with 
the  alkali. 

In  the  table  on  following  page,  the  various  methods 
which  I  have  discussed  are  conveniently  arranged, 
and  briefly  described  for  reference.  The  composition 
of  the  different  solutions  employed  is  also  given. 


It  is  very  probable  that  this  table  will  require  to 
be  modified  in  some  of  its  details  :  but  the  general 
principles  underlying  these  methods  have  been  so 
repeatedly  confirmed,  and  the  standard  tests  to  which 
they  have  been  submitted  bo  satisfactorily  complied 
with,  that  the  general  outline  of  the  system  will 
remain  unaffected  thereby. 

Addenda  to  Oxidations  by  KMn04  in  Acid 

s<  'lutions* 

Modification  in  the  case  of  Bodies  not  completely 

Oxidised.  —  I  have  found  that  some  bodies  are 
so  difficult  of  oxidation  when  only  the  last  traces 
remain,  that  a  modification  of  this  method  is 
required.  The  simplest  general  method  for  determin- 
ing whether  the  oxidation  is  complete  will  be  to 
employ  only  one-half  the  prescribed  quantity  of  the 
organic  solution,  and  give  the  same  length  of  heating. 
This  will  prove  more  expeditious  than  increasing  the 
latter.  In  acid  solutions,  if  a  considerable  reduction 
of  the  organic  body  takes  place  with  the  prescribed 
quantities  (say  more  than  60  per  cent,  of  the  total 
possible),  I  prefer  to  perform  another  experiment, 
using  Voce,  instead  of  50cc.  2/iKMn04,  preserving 
the  other  proportions.  There  is  necessarily  a  slight 
increase  in  the  error.  This  error  amounts  to  not 
more  than  018cc.  nKMn04  per  half-hour,  or  0"35  per 
cent,  of  the  body  operated  upon.  This  result  was 
obtained  from  an  experiment  (No.  320)  with  75cc. 
2/iKMn04  and  50cc.  re-oxalic  acid.  After  heating 
for  two  and  a-half  hours  on  the  water-bath,  a  loss  of 
oxygen  =  0"9cc.  ?iKMn04  was  recorded. 

On  the  Influence  of  Chlorides. — A  condition  which 
has  long  been  insisted  upon,  in  titrations  with 
potassium  permanganate,  is  that  chlorides,  and 
especially  free  HC1,  should  be  absent.  Now  Lunget 
and  others  have  shown  that  titrations  with  KMn04 
may  frequently  be  effected  in  the  presence  of  large 
quantities  of  chlorides,  without  any  error  arising.  Of 
course  any  error  which  would  arise  in  direct  titrations 
would  be  considerably  increased  by  the  high  tempera- 
ture and  the  large  excess  of  KMn04  which  I  employ. 
The  experiments  in  the  first  table  on  page  270,  however, 
show  that  the  errors  introduced  by  the  presence  of 
small  quantities  of  chlorides  is  very  small  indeed  with 
the  conditions  of  working  which  I  have  described. 
In  each  case  the  error  due  to  the  loss  of  oxygen 
in  absence  of  the  chloride  has  been  deducted,  and 
the  normal  conditions  obtained,  unless  where  other- 
wise stated. 

We  see  that  with  such  quantities  of  chlorides  as 
are  equivalent  to  0'3  or  0-5  NaCl  the  loss  with 
half-an-hour's  heating  is  very  slight  indeed,  more 
especially  if  an  organic  body  is  present.  From 
Experiment  323  it  will  be  seen  that  the  error 
with  the  usual  length  of  heating  would  be  only  O'l 
per  cent,  in  the  case  of  an  organic  body  capable  of 
complete  oxidation.  Although  the  evolution  of 
chlorine  is  somewhat  less  when  the  FeP04  is  present 
than  when  it  is  replaced  by  even  a  smaller  amount  of 
H;S04  than  it  contains  (325),  it  has  not  the  same  in- 
fluence here  as  it  has  in  preventing  the  loss  of  oxygen 
from  the  mutual  action  of  MnOo  and  KMn04.  In 
the  alkaline  solution  (327),  as  we  "had  expected,  there 
is  no  liberation  of  chlorine  or  loss  of  oxygen.  It 
should  be  particularly  noted,  in  Experiment  328,  that 
although  NaCl  was  added  equivalent  to  more  than 
the  whole  of  the  free  acid  in  the  FeP04  solution,  a 

•  As  several  experiments  with  cane  sugar  are  quoted  in  the 
first  part  of  this  paper.  1  should  state  that  I  have  since  found 
the  sample  employed  lo  be  very  imp«re.  Willi  pure  crystal- 
lised cane  sugar.  1  obtain  complete  oxidation  to  CO:  and  H.O. 
Glycerin  and  tannin  may  also  be  completely  oxidised  "by 
adopting  the  modification  here  recommended, 
I      t  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  236,  300. 


STANDARD     SOLUTIONS     KEyl'IKKD. 


Abbreviated  Designation. 


3nKMnOi  

nPeSOj    

onFePOr     

gjiMnSOj    

.mll.SOj 

SnNaHO 

i-iKiiHO 

2iiNh..I'0,    

nNaHCOa  

n-Or^anic  solution. 


Equivalent. 


lcc.  =  0n2grm.  pure  Fe~  0  0285 

gnn.  oxygen. 
2cc.     loo.  -/iKMnOj 

20cc.  prevents  loss  of  oxygen 
occurring  from  the  reduction 
of  50cc  2  ii  K  M nOj  by  organic 
body. 

loo.  precipitates  lcc.  SnKJlnii, 

Ordinary 

do 

do 

do 

do 

2cc.  requires  lcc.  2«KMn<>,  for 
perfect  oxidation 


Composition  per  Litre. 


ISgrms.  recrystallised  KllnOi  diluted 

to  2-normal 
SOgrms.  crystallised  Fi_shj.tii.ii    ...,.-. 

H. so,  (sp.  gr.  =  l-81) 
aOOgrms.  crystallised   Na_dTPO_,.12H;0 
lagrms.   Kc'iSOt  (calculated  anhv- 

drODSI+lOOoc.  HoS04  (sp.gr.  =  1-81) 

16'17grnis.  MnS04  (calculated  anhy- 
drolls! 

137-5cc.  II..S04(sp.  gr.  =  181) 

20Ogrms.  NallO  (calculated  anliy- 
drousl 

lOgrms.  N'uIlO  (calculated  anhydrous) 

lotigrms.  NujCOj  (ignited) 

si  grammes  NaHCOj  (calculated  anhy- 
drous) 

Vi'i  j   variable 


Standardised  by- 


Iron  wire  (occasionall)  i 
2nKMnOi  (daily) 
Analysis 

Analysis 

SnNaaCOa 

do. 

do. 

(Own  Standard) 

L'liNa.l'O:, 

Ordinary  Analysis 


.SCHEME     OF     ORGANIC     ANALYSIS. 

OXIDATION    IN    ACID    SOLUTION    BY:- 


EMnO*    (I.) 


50cc.  2nKMnO4+20cc  j/tFcPOj  j-aOcc.  11-organic  solution, 
made  up  to  neck  of  a  L'oOcc.  flask,  with  distilled  water. 
Heat  35  minutes  on  water-bath.  Pour  contents  gently 
intoan  SOOce.  beaker,  containing  sufficient  I  say  25cc. (excess 
nFeSOj.  Rinse  Mask  with  solution,  if  necessary.  Make 
up  bulk  to  7O0  or  750cc,  with  cold  distilled  water,  and 
titrate  back  at  once  with  2?iKMn0.i.  Let  a  =  number  of 
cc.  2»KMnO,  equivalent  to  FeSOj  added,  and  b  =  num- 
ber of  OC.  .'/iKMnOj  absorbed  in  titration.  Then  for  a 
body  considerably  oxidised  : — 
".  total  oxidation  =  l(50-t-6  —  o  —  0"05). 

For  a  check  experiment,  employing  75cc.  S/tKMnO,:— 
total  oxidation  =  1(754- b  — a  —  01). 


MnO,.  (II.) 


InnSOOcc.  boiling  flask mix-50ec. 2HKMnO-  +  5.icc.  2nMnS0j. 
Heat  on  water-bath  two  minutes.  When  colourless,  Alter. 
Discard  filtrate.  Wash  precipitate  down  into  its  original 
flask.  Preserve  filter.  Add  lOcc.  5nHsSO4+50cc.  n- 
organic  solution,  and  make  up  bulk  to  about  250cc.  Uoil 
half-an-hour,  first  gently,  finally  briskly.  Dilute  con- 
siderably, and  filter. 


Precipitate. 


Filtrate  and  Washings. 


Wash  twice  with  warm 
water.  Wash  down  into 
original  flask.  Dissolve, 
together  with  any  Mn<)L, 
adhering  to  this  or  to  the 
reserved  filter,  in  excess 
nFeSOj,  and  titrate  back 
with  2  nKMnOj. 

For  a  check  experiment,  employ  only  25cc.  ?t-organic  solution 


Add  lOcc.  5nNaHO+20cc. 
5nFeP04+75ec.  2/iKMnOj, 
and  make  up  to  neck  of  a 
750cc.  fiask.  Heat  one  hour, 
and  proceed  as  directed  in 
(I.I. 

',  total    oxidation 

=  1(75+6— a  —  0-1). 


OXIDATION    IN'    ALKALINE    SOLUTION'    BY :- 


KMdO,.    (III.) 


In  a  750ce.  flask  mix  50ec.  2nKMnOj+15cc.  5nNaHO  +  50cc.  n- 
organic  solution  (neutralised),  and  make  up  bulk  to  250cc. 
Heat  35  minutes  on  water-bath.  Should  considerable  re- 
duction occur,  after  a  quarter  of  an  hour's  heating,  add 
extra  25cc.  2/iKMnO,.  Add  75cc.  aNaHCOj,  and  subse- 
quently 2nJInSOj  {slowly,  with  constant  agitation), 
until  solution  is  fust  rendered  colourless.  Dilute  con- 
siderably with  hot  distilled  water,  allow  precipitate  to 
settle,  and  filter  through  paper  previously  washed  with 
boiling  dilute  NaUO. 


Precipitate. 


Filtrate  and  Washings, 


Wash  twice  with  hot  water 
as  rapidly  as  possible. 
Wash  down  into  original 
flask.  Dissolve  in  excess 
nFeSOj.  and  titrate  back 
with  2nKMnOj. 


Heat  to  boiling  temperature. 
Add  lOcc.  5/1H-SO4,  and 
titrate  directly  with 
SSnKMnO*. 


For  a  check  experiment  employ  only  25cc.  n-organic  solution. 


MnO.,.    (IV.) 


The  MnO.  is  obtained  as  directed  in  (II.).  After  washing 
the  precipitate  once  on  the  filter  with  warm  water,  it  is 
washed  down  into  its  original  flask,  and  15cc.  5/iNaIIO 
-foOcc.  ?j-organic  solution  added,  the  bulk  being  made  up 
to  250cc.  Heat  35  minutes  on  water-bath,  with  frequent 
agitation,  dilute  considerably,  and  filter  through  paper 
previously  washed  with  boiling  dilute  NaHO. 


Precipitate. 


Filtrate  and  Washings. 


Heat  to  boiling  temperature. 
Add  25cc.  5«HoS04,  and 
titrate  directly  with 
2iiK.Mn04. 


Wash  twice  with  hot  water 
as  quickly  as  possible. 
Wash  down  into  original 
flask.  Dissolve,  together 
with  any  MnO.  adhering 
to'  this  or  to  the  reserved 
filter,  in  excess  nFeSOj, 
and  titrate  back  with 
2nKMnO«. 

For  a  check  experiment  employ  only  25cc.  n-organic  solution. 


OXIDATION    IN  NEUTRAL   SOLUTION  BY:- 


KHnOi.    (V.) 


In  a  750cc.  flask  mix  50cc.  2nKMnO<+50cc.  n-organic  solu- 
tion (exactly  neutralised )  +  15Ucc.  distilled  water.  Heat 
35  minutes  on  water-bath.  Add  2nMnSO<  gioit'i.'/.  and 
with  constant  agitation,  until  the  solution  isjutt  rendered 
colourless,  each  addition  being  preceded  with  aaegucd 
volume  of  JnNaHO.  Dilute  considerably  with  warm 
water;  allow  the  precipitate  to  settle,  and  decant  the 
solution  through  a  paper  filter  previously  washed  with 
boiling  dilute  N'allO.  To  the  precipitate  add  lOcc. 
2aNa.COj  and  dilute  considerably  with  boiling  water. 
Heat  on  water-bath  for  a  few  minutes  with  agitation. 
Filter,  and  proceed  as  directed  in  (III.). 


MnO...    (VI.) 


The  MnO:  is  obtained  as  directed  in  (II.).  After  washing  the 
precipitate  twice  on  the  Alter  with  warm  water,  it  is 
washed  down  into  its  original  flask,  and  20ccDiNaHO  + 
50cc.  n-organic  solution  added  ;  the  bulk  being  made  up  to 
250cc.  Boil  for  half  an-hour,  at  first  gently,  and  Anally 
briskly.    Proceed  further  as  directed  in  (IV.). 

For  check  experiments  in  this  and  (V.)  employ  only  25cc. 
n-organic  solution. 


■::o 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    i-\,.rii29.  isot. 


much  less  loss  of  chlorine  is  the  result  than  when  the 
[uivalent  of  free  III 'I  is  added  instead  of  the 
1'rl'i  i,  solution  (329]).  Tii is  pointed  to  the  possibility 
ol  checking  the  action  ol  even  a  large  quantity  of 
free  IK 'I  by  fixing  it  with  the  addition  ol  a  neutral 
salt.  In  Experiment  330  this  has  been  successfully 
accomplished  by  means  of  Xa.su,,  the  loss  being 
very  slight  indeed,  considering  the  large  amount  ol 
free  IK'l  added  Experiments  331  and  332  yield 
further  confirmation  that  the  amount  of  chlorine 
evolved  depends  upon  the  amount  of  free  HCI,  not 
added,  but  present  after  the  solution  has  assumed 
stability,  as  well  as  up  m  the  total  free  acid  present. 


d 

3 

■-  IS 
=  - 

Sta 

oO 

S 

- 

Remarks. 

321 

0325 

|hr. 

0-2 

322 

" 

lOmins. 

07 

FeP04  solution  re- 
placed by  oOcc.  n 
H2SO* 

323 

" 

21ns. 

02 

50ce.  n  -  oxalic  acid 
added. 

324 

1-0 

.. 

1-5 

325 

0'5 

2'hrs. 

1-8 

FePO,  solution  re- 
placed    by    50ce.     ;i 

326 

0-5 

,. 

12 

327 

0-5 

Ihr. 

0 

Experiment  in  alka- 
line solution. 

323 

.V0 

,. 

GO 

329 

75cc.  nHCl 

'• 

531 

The  HCI  replaced 
the  FePOj  solution. 

3;o 

iucc.   nHCl 

•• 

O'G 

HCI  replaced  FcP04 
solution.  lOOcc.  n 
Na2SOj  added. 

330,1 

75cc.  nHCl 

«» 

00 

As  aluivc,  but  200 
Na.s(i4  added. 

331 

:":•.'.  nHCl 

.» 

77 

IIC1  replaced  the 
FePOj  solution. 

332 

•• 

" 

119 

37J.CO.  /.Il.-ii.  added 
in  addition,  but  no 
Fcl'Oj  solution. 

Now,  it  seems  to  me  that  we  must  look  for  the 
explanation  of  these  results  in  the  thermo-chemical 
investigations  of  Thomsen.  The  following  experi- 
ments were  instituted  to  decide  this  point.  In  the 
first  tabic  no  base,  except  that  of  the  KMid  >.,  added, 
was  present,  and  11(1  and  1 1. .SO,  wire  employed  in 
varying  prop  irtiois  t  i  produ  se  a  total  of  Ticc.  «-aciX 
(»f  course  no  I'el'i  >4  solution  was  introduced  :  — 


Rxpt.- 


333 


CC.  "HCI  add- 
ed . 


Length     Of 
Ileal; 

Loss   =  c  c. 
nK.MiiO, 


15 

ihr. 
18 


334 


.Mir. 
1.(1 


355 


40 

jlir. 


336 

45 
Ihr. 


337 

338 

3:9 

50 

55 

60 

Ihr. 

Ihr. 

ihr. 

US 

HO 

IV! 

jlir. 
10S 


As  an  avi  bove  experiments,  we 

may  state  that  lee.  »HCJ  in  the   free  slate  is  equiva- 
lent to  a    loss  of  ii:iee.   „K.\InO,   pe|  hour.      In  the 
periments,  75cc.  uti  ..so,  were  added 
instead  of  the  I  ,1 '( ) ,  solution,  and  varying  amounts 


of  X:iCi.    The  time  of  heating  was  half-an-hour  in 

each  e 


,        ! 

341 

342 

343 

34-1 

cc.  nNul'1  added 

15 

35 

55 

75 

Loss  -  cc.  nKMnO<  .. 

2  1 

.,2 

1J-1 

216 

Equivalent   to  a  loss 
arising   from-cc.    n 
free  HCI  

1 

20 

27 

17 

It  would  seem  from  the  above  that  the  amount  of 
IK'l  which  the  H_Si)4  is  capable  of  liberating  in- 
creases in  a  greater  ratio  than  the  amount  of  Nat  '1 
present.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that 
the  evolution  of  oxygen  would  have  increased  faster, 
also,  if  no  chloride  had  been  present,  owing  to  the 
absence  ol   I'el'i >,. 

I  was  anxious  to  find  if  the  amount  of  free  HCI 
present  (with  a  constant  amount  of  total  free  acid 
and  a  known  amount  of  base),  as  indicated  by  the 
quantity  of  CI  evolved,  would  correspond  to  the 
avidity  of  IK'l  as  given  in  Thomsen's  table.  The 
following  experiments  were  therefore  instituted  :  — 
lOOcc.  hIK'1  were  added  in  each  case  (except  No. 
346),  and  lOOcc.  of  the  given  neutral  and  normal  salts 
employed.  In  order  to  render  the  error  due  to  the 
small  amount  of  KL,0  in  the  permanganate  smaller, 
only  50cc  «KMnO,  were  employed.  The  heating 
lasted  in  each  case  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 


-  ? 

Ball  added. 

z 

A 
a 

Rem.vrks. 

315 

none 

9S 

31G 

none 

.VI 

50cc.  HCI  replaced  by  50cc. 
»H2SOj 

317 

N;i.jSOj 

6-1 

=  about  70  tree  HCI. 

34S 

NaNOj 

•:o-8 

Another  gave  =  208. 

319 

CHsCOONa 

3-8 

Another  gave  31  =  about  40cc. 
n  free  HCI, 

350 

Xa  lll'O, 
33'3cc.nNaHO. 

0 

The  relative  "avidities'' of  the  different  acids  for 
sodium,  calculated  from  the  above  results,  are, 
roughly  :-H('l-  100,  H2SOi  =  175,  CH3COOH  =  f)0, 
and  ll:1l>O4=0.  These  numbers  do  not  agree  with 
those  given  by  Thomsen,  and  this  may  bs  owing 
to  the  high  temperature  at  which  the  experiments 
were  made.*  It  is  a  very  general  result,  however,  of 
all  these  experiments  that  in  boiling  dilute  solutions 
EgSOj  has  a  much  greater  avidity  for  NasO  than 
HCI.  The  influence  of  HCI  and  HNOg  united  is 
very  marked  (348).  The  loss  is  much  greater  than 
with  IK'l  alone,  although  HN03  itself  causes  no  loss, 
as  we  shall  presently  see.  The  cause  is  no  doubt  due 
to  the  formation  of  aqua  regia,  which  assists  the 
oxidation  of  the  HCI 

The  practical  outcome  of  these  experiments  is 
that  the  loss  of  oxygen  due  to  the  presence  of  even 

•  In  the  March  nmntier  of  the  Berichte  ix v.  p.  5561 1  note  that 
G.  A.  Hagemann  criticises  very  severely  the  groundwork  of 
1 1  e ,  ins  "avidity"  calculations.  If  Hagemann's  position 
tited,  then  the  influence  of  the  NatSO<  must  beasoi  ibed 
to  the  alkaline  nature  of  the  residual  energy  ("Kestenergie"! 
of  the  snlpbate  in  solution.  I  find  that  the  addition  of  Na  SOi 
in  very  large  quantity  diminishes  the  loss  of  oxygen  which 
occurs  u  acid  solution  when  noFcPO,  is  present. 


April  29, 1337.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


271 


large  quantities  of  free  HC1  may  lie  avoided  by  the  I 
addition  of  sufficient  Na..SO.,  to  fix  practically  the 
whole  of  the  BC1-* 

On  the  Influenct  of  Nitric  Acid  and  Ammonium 
Salts.  — That  these  are  without  inlluence  is  shown  by 
the  following  experiments,  in  which  the  usual  con- 
ditions prevailed  : — 


Committee : 


0 

H 

Addition. 

.5- 

P 

0 

Remarks. 

351 

0'5grm.  KNOa 

2Jhrs. 

0 

352 

» 

•• 

0 

FcI'Oj  replaced  by  50CO. 
nHgSl  i, 

353 
351 

(  O'Sgrm.  1CN0:, 
'(  +  '5grm.  XaCl 

O'Sgrm.  XaCl 

" 

0-6  | 

00  ) 

Xo  greater  loss  by 
addition  of  KNOa 

355 
356 

8grms.  KXO3 

(hr. 
•2jhrs. 

0-2  } 
02/ 

Loss  due  to  impurity. 

357 

75cc.  nllN'Oj 

Ihr. 

0  9 

1INO;i  replaced   the 
FeP04 

358 

.. 

2Slirs. 

1-0 

Loss  due  to  impurity. 

359 

lOOcc.  n(NHJ2SOj 

Ihr. 

0 

360 

- 

Ahr. 

0-15 

FePO.i replaced  by  75cc. 

^Ye  learn  from  these  experiments  that  IIN"(>, 
might  even  be  employed  as  a  substitute  for  H._.S04, 
if  the  impurity  which  it  contained  were  allowed  for. 
There  is  practically  no  greater  loss  in  Experiment  358, 
after  2i  hours'  heating,  than  in  the  previous  experi- 
ment, with  only  half-an-hour's  heating. 

It  is  very  evident  that  in  the  analysis  of  potable 
waters,  no  error  would  be  introduced  by  adopting 
this  method,  owing  to  the  presence  of  chlorides, 
nitrates,  and  ammonium  salt-.  Nitrous  acid  would, 
of  course,  be  oxidised  to  nitric  acid. 

Ultimatt  Analysis  by  means  of  KMnO±. — I  have 
obtained  further  encouraging  results,  which  lead 
me  to  expect  that  my  method  will  prove  well 
adapted  to  the  above  purpose.  I  am  designing  a 
modification  of  Lunge's  nitrometer  for  the  purpose  of 
collecting  and  measuring  the  gases  evolved,  and  I 
hope  soon  to  communicate  the  results  I  obtain  there- 
with to  the  Society. 

I  might  state  here  also  that  I  find  that  some  bodies 
which  are  not  at  all  attacked  by  K.M11O4,  even  >n  acid 
solutions,  may  be  completely  oxidised  by  the  intro- 
duction of  a  carrier  of  oxygen  in  very  small  quantity. 
By  this  means  the  number  of  organic  bodies  with- 
standing the  action  of  KMnOj  will  be  considerably 
diminished,  if  not  even  reduced  to  nil. 


©iasgoto  anD  ^cottisf)  Section. 

Chairman:  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson. 

Vice-chairman :  Prof.  Mills. 

Hon.  Vice-chairman  :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 

Since  writing  the  above.  I  have  found  that  the  presence  of 
chlorides,  even  in  very  small  quantities,  produces  marked 
irregularities  in  the  oxidation  of  nitrogenous  bodies  (including 
ammonium  Baits)  by  KMnOj.  To  obviate  these  irregularities 
the  addition  of  the  sodium  salt  is  absolutely  necessary  and  I 
would  recommend  50  parts  of  crystallised  sodium  sulphate  to 
be  added  for  every  part  by  weight  of  chlorine  which  the 
amount  of  solution  employed  containa  I  have  also  a  modifi- 
cation of  this  method  in  view,  for  the  determination  of  the 
nitrouenoiix  organic  matter  in  waters,  in  addition  to  the  other 
organic  constituents  which  will  be  estimated  by  the  process  as 
already  described. 


J.  H.  Adam. 
.1.  Addie. 

Prof.  (rum-Brown. 
.1.  Y.  Hnchanan. 
J.  Christie. 

\v.  .1.  CbrystoJ. 
W.  S,  Curphey. 

Prof,  rcrguson. 


J.  Fyfe. 
It.  Irvine. 
T.  P.  Miller. 

.1.  M.  Milne. 
.1.  1'attison. 
It.  Pullar. 
R.   K.  Tatlock. 
A.  Whin-law. 


Hon.  Treasurer: 
J.  J.  Coleman,  Ardarroch,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow. 

Local  Secretary : 

G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical    Laboratory, 
University  of  Glasgow. 


Xotices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


The  Sixth  Meeting  of  the  Fourth  Session  of  this 
Section  was  held  in  the  Rooms,  207,  Bath  Street, 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  April  5,  1SS7. 


MB.  J.  XEILSON  CTTHBERTSoX   IX  THE  CHAIR. 

DISCUSSION      ON      MR.      SUTHERLAND'S 
TAPER       ON       SCALE       TESTING       (this 

Ji'CRXAL,    VI.    123). 

The    Secretary   read    the   following    letter    from 
Mr.  Bovbetos  Redwood  : — 

85,  Gracechurcii  Street.  London, 

March  30,  18S7. 
D.  A.  Sutherland.  Esq.. 

Burntisland  Oil  Works. 

Burntisland. 

Dear  Sir, — I  regret  that  I  shall  he  unable  to  be 
present  when  your  interesting  ami  valuable  paper  on 
paraffin  scale  testing  is  discussed. 

With  reference  to  the  differences  between  t lie  method 
of  determining  oil  pro]  osed  by  the  Scottish  Mineral 
Oil  Association,  and  that  which  I  adopt,  I  should  like  to 
make  the  following  remarks. 

1.  The  press,  of  which  Mr.  MeCutehon  was  good 
enough  to  send  me  drawings,  appears  well  designed,  and 
would,  I  have  no  doubt,  furnish  results  quite  as  satis- 
factory as  those  which  I  obtain  with  my  press,  provided 
that  the  spiral  springs  remain  of  unimpaired  elasticity. 

•2.  My  experiments  indicate  that  the  application  of  a 
higher  pressure  than  that  which  I  employ  is  not  necessary 
to  the  attainment  of  strictly  comparative  results,  and 
may  in  some  cases  cause  loss  of  the  solid  material. 

3.  The  principal  objection  to  a  lengthened  duration  of 
pressure  is  that  the  difficulty  of  maintaining  the  standard 

j  temperature  throughout  the  test  is  increased. 

4.  I  prefer  to  work  with  500grs.  rather  than  with 
250grs.,  because  the  loss  of  solid  material,  by  adherence 
to  the  press  cloths,  etc.,  bears  a  smaller  ratio  to  the  total 
in  the  former  case  than  in  the  latter. 

Against  the  objections  specified,  I  am  not  aware  that 
there  are  any  marked  advantages  to  be  set,  having 
regard  to  the  fact  that  the  test  must  always  remain  a 
purely  arbitrary  one. — Yours  truly, 

Boverton  Redwood. 

Mr.  Ivisox  Mai  ADAM,  in  a  communication  made 
]  to  the  Secretary,  desired  to  bear  testimony  to  the 
great  advisability  of  securing  some  definite  and  fixed 
process  for  the  testing  of  scales.  About  two  years  ago 
he  had  occasion  to  show  that  the  usual  volumetric 
process  was  inaccurate,  and  gave  results  decidedly 
too  high,  being  thus  unfair  to  the  manufacturer.  For 
some  years  he  had  adopted  the  process  described  by 
Mr.  Sutherland  as  in  use  in  Dr.  Wallace's  laboratory, 
ami  found  it  to  give  constant  and  fair  results. 

Mr.  R.  Tf.uyet  -aid  that  he  was  sure  the  Section  was 
very  much  indebted  to  Mr.  Sutherland  for  bringing 
before  the  Society  such  a  complete  synopsis  of  the 

i  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     tApril».iw. 


various  methods  in  use  for  the  analysis  of  crude 
paraffin  scale,  as  pursued  in  our  works  laboratories, 
and  also  in  those  outside  where  such  testii 
done.  From  a  practical  point  of  view,  however,  he 
did  not  think  any  of  the  processes  mentioned  are 
likely  to  get  us  out  of  the  difficulties  which  beset  the 
question.  It  is  well  known  that  when  we  have  to 
valuate  a  crude  mineral  oil,  we  submit  it  to  a  course 
of  purification  and  analysis  identical  with  that  pur- 
sued on  the  practical  scale  in  our  works.  The  results 
are  expressed  in  terms  of  per  cent,  of  burning  oil, 
intermediate  oil.  Lubricating  oil,  naming  the  specific 
gravity  ol  each,  and  per  cent,  of  scale,  with  its 
melting  point.  From  these  figures  the  value  of  the 
crude  i'il  is  determined.  With  regard  to  scale,  the 
matter  is  quite  different  It  is  manufactured  and 
delivered  in  a  state  of  purity — that  is,  the  substances 
associated  with  it  are  not  chemically  combined  with 
the  scale.  The  analysis  ought,  therefore,  to  be  very 
simple,  but  we  find  both  in  theory  and  practice  the 
contrary  to  be  the  case.    Mr  Boverton  Redwood  on 


Reference 

Number. 

Mirk  of 

Sample. 

Quantity 
in  Grains, 

Pressure  Tempt,  in 
iu  Toiia.   degrees  F. 

Time  in 

Minutes. 

Percent- 
age of  oil. 

1 

A 

£00 

9 

60 

5 

530 

2 

,. 

.. 

.. 

ii 

15 

7-52 

3 

., 

■i 

„ 

30 

7-32 

13 

.. 

250 

„ 

., 

5 

6-10 

11 

,. 

ii 

,, 

.. 

15 

SM6 

15 

,. 

„ 

., 

ii 

30 

seo 

25 

11 

500 

,. 

ii 

5 

1101 

26 

.i 

.. 

,. 

ii 

15 

12-22 

27 

.. 

.. 

" 

.. 

30 

13-OS 

37 

>. 

250 

>. 

0 

11-68 

38 

,. 

.. 

., 

i» 

15 

1288 

39 

.. 

,. 

.. 

»• 

30 

13  21 

19 

C 

500 

.. 

ii 

5 

612 

50 

,. 

„ 

ii 

ii 

15 

7-81 

51 

.. 

.. 

.. 

ii 

30 

851 

CO 

,, 

250 

.. 

ii 

5 

6  81 

61 

„ 

,, 

„ 

.. 

15 

814 

62 

•• 

•• 

•• 

ii 

30 

8-80 

1 

A 

500 

ii 

ii 

60 

862 

5 

,, 

,. 

.. 

ii 

120 

8-58 

16 

„ 

250 

., 

.. 

60 

908 

17 

•• 

•• 

•• 

ii 

120 

901 

28 

13 

500 

.i 

,, 

60 

12-98 

29 

., 

.. 

.. 

ii 

120 

13-22 

10 

,. 

250 

.. 

.. 

60 

1320 

11 

•• 

•• 

" 

•• 

120 

13-60 

this  subject  touches  the  keynote  when  he  says  (this 
Journal,  iii.  432) :  "  To  the  fact  that  the  test  must 
under  any  circumstances  be  only  an  arbitrary  one, 
the  value  to  the  buyer  lies  in  its  association  by  expe- 
rience with  results  obtained  in  practical  working 
the  material.''  This  is  exactly  tin-  base  upon  which 
many  of  our  commercial  analyses  stand— viz. :  An 
arbitrary  test  which  cannot  be  dissociated  from 
results  obtained  in  practical  working.  The  mineral 
oil  refiner  buys  his  crude  oil  by  an  arbitrary  test,  the 


results  of  which  tell  him  what  he  may  expect  from 
th'-  practical  working.  It  seems  curious  indeed,  then, 
that  the  practical!}  exact  method  of  valuating  nearly 
every  substance  thai  is  bought  and  sold  by  analysis 
should  not  be  extended  to  paraffin  scale.  It  would 
appear  from  what  has  been  said  and  written  on  the 
subject,  and  also  from  the  minute-  of  the  Scottish 
Mineral  Oil  Association,  that  the  difficulty  is  in  the 
estimation  of  the  oil.  Now,  if  it  is  an  arbitrary  test, 
independent  of  what  results  may  be  obtained  in 
practical  working,  that  is  wanted,  or  in  other  words,  if 
the  test  is  simply  to  ascertain  what  proportion  can  be 
expressed  from  a  sample  of  scale  under  given  conditions, 
then  the  method  employed  by  Mr.  Boverton 
Redwood  furnishes  all  that  is  required.  But  it  must 
be  urged  that  it  is  a  mistake  to  adopt  a  method  of 
analysis  for  a  substance  which  is  to  undergo  manu- 
facture, which  has  no  bearing  for,  and  gives  no  indi- 
cation of,  what  result  may  be  expected  in  practice. 
As  an  example;  if  the  time— viz.  :  15 minutes,  pre- 
scribed by  tlie  Scottish  Mineral  Oil  Association  had 
been  adopted  to  press  the  samples  A,  1!  and  C,  as 
shown  in  Mr.  Boverton  Redwoods  paper,  they  would 
have  contained  after  Dressing  respectively.  l"84  :  '85  : 
'70  per  cent,  of  oil  which  their  test  took  no  cognisance 
of.  This  is  clearly  shown  by  the  fact  that  when  the 
times  of  experiment  were  extended  to  sixty  minutes 
the  results  obtained  were  practically  constant,  and  no 
further  absorption  took  place  by  extending  the  time 
to  120  minutes.  To  make  this  ciear  he  took  the 
liberty  of  quoting  a  few  of  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood's 
numbers.    (See  table  on  preceding  column.) 

From  these  figures  we  see  that  at  a  temperature  of 
60°,  and  at  a  pressure  of  !i  tons,  which  may  vary  from 
5  to  GO  minutes  in  duration,  the  results  obtained  differ : 

For  A  5?,0  to    9-0S  =  3 

„    B  U-01  to  1320  =  2-16 

,,    C  6-12  to    SSI  =    272 

It  may  be  said  that  the  comparison  is  not  fairly 
made,  as  the  times  and  quantities  vary,  and  that  the 
two  extremes  in  time  are  taken— viz.,  5  to  <;o  minutes, 
but  an  inspection  of  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood's  figures, 
as  tabulated  above,  will  show  that  his  results  are 
remarkably  concordant  throughout  the  whole  series 
for  any  particular  time.  Therefore,  if  this  was  the 
only  difficulty  all  that  need  be  decided  is  what 
quantity  should  be  taken  for  the  test,  and  what  time 
should  be  employed  in  testing. 

From  what  has  been  said,  one  need  feel  no  surprise 
that  Mr.  Sutherland  should  meet  with  differences  of 
2  per  cent,  in  the  results  obtained  by  two  different 
analysts.  Such  differences  are  almost  certain  to  con- 
tinue, unti]  't  forms  part  of  the  analytical  process, 
that  the  pressing  of  the  sample  shall  be  continued 
until  its  weight  remains  constant. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  and  valuable  results 
obtained  by  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood  are  those  done 
at  a  temperature  of  TO  F.  It  is  to  be  regretted,  how- 
ever, that  particulars  are  wanting  with  regard  to 
melting  points,  before  and  after  pressing  ;  also  the 
"setting''  point  of  that  portion  which  is  expressed. 

In  tabulating  the  experiments  made  at  70Q  F.,  no 
notice  was  taken  of  results  obtained  by  pressing  for 
5  minutes,  for  reasons  already  stated.    (See  table  on 

Winn  we  compare  the  figures  thus  obtained  be- 
tween L5  and  30  minute-  pressure,  the  results  are 
remarkably  constant,  the  greatest  variation  being  in 
sample  A.  Again,  when  those  tests  done  at  30 
minutes  for  both  quantities,  and  of  the  three  samples, 
we  have  a  Bel  ol  results  which  leave  little  to  be 
desired,  the  greatest  difference  being  0'3,  and  the 
0*1.  As  hot-pressing  is  an  approach  to  the 
practical  method  ol  n  fining  paraffin  scale,  he  was  of 


April  at.  1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


273 


opinion  that  one  hour  should  be  given,  even  at  a 
temperature  of  70°  F. 

Mr.  Sutherland  says,  page  124,  vol.  vi.,  "  Scale  is  of 
value  to  the  candlemaker  and  refiner,  only  fur  the 
wax  it  contains,  of  a  melting  point  higher  than  that 
of  the  ordinary  temperature,  consequently  he  makes 
a  claim  upon  each  delivery  .  .  .  for  what  he  terms 
oil.  which,  however,  consists  mostly  of  soft  paraffin 
held  in  solution."  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood  says: 
"From  an  examination  of  the  foregoing  figures,  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  results  are  most  influenced  by 
variations  of  temperature.  .  ."  Moreovei,  I  am  of 
opinion  that  in  some  cases,  at  any  rate,  a  portion  of 
the  semi-solid  hydrocarbons  contained  in  the  scale, 
which  certainly  cannot  fairly  be  called  oil,  is  gradu- 
ally squeezed  out  during  a  prolonged  pressure  of  so 
thin  a  cake. 


Itefer 
■DM   NO. 

Mark  ol 
Sample. 

guantity 
taken 

ingrains. 

500 

Temper- 
Pressure    ature  in 
in  tons,     degrees 

Time  in 

minutes. 

Percent- 
age of 

nil. 

10 

A 

9              70 

15 

1162 

11 

.. 

,. 

.. 

.. 

30 

1226 

22 

,. 

250 

■  i 

.. 

15 

1200 

23 

,. 

., 

.. 

.. 

30 

12-56 

31 

B 

500 

,. 

.. 

15 

lr:.' 

35 

,. 

„ 

.. 

.. 

30 

15-20 

16 

.. 

250 

». 

.. 

15 

1508 

a 

.. 

.. 

.. 

». 

30 

15-32 

56 

C 

500 

.. 

15 

10  22 

57 

c 

., 

.. 

,. 

30 

1066 

67 

.. 

250 

.. 

.. 

15 

10'61 

68 

» 

•• 

•  » 

•• 

30 

1076 

He  thought  these  statements  brought  the  matter 
to  an  issue,  and  indicated  exactly  upon  what  line  the 
examination  of  a  paraffin  scale  should  be  conducted. 
Now,  as  scale  is  of  value  to  the  candlemaker  only  for 
the  wax  it  contains,  which  is  capable  of  being  made 
into  candles  ;  and  as  it  is  not  the  business  of  the  wax 
refiner  or  candlemaker  to  extract  soft  paraffin  held  in 
solution,  it  is  only  reasonable  that  he  must,  and 
should,  reject  that  portion  he  cannot  use.  This  finds 
ample  confirmation  from  the  case  cited  by  Mr. 
Sutherland,  when  he  says,  page  123:  "Somewhat 
recently  I  have  had  occasion  to  test  a  large  number 
of  samples.  .  .  .  That  my  results  were  accurate 
according  to  the  method  I  used,  was  proved,  ere 
repeated  arbitration,  by  the  public  analyst  whose 
method  it  was.  Bui  the  buyers  were  still  unsalis/ii  d, 
and  adhered  to  their  men  results."  Now,  if  it  is  safe 
for  us  to  assume  that  the  scale  referred  to  was  made 
in  cold  weather,  then  we  may  possibly  find  the  reason 
why  the  buyers  adhered  to  their  own  results,  from 
Mr.  Sutherland's  own  explanations.  As  hi 
further  on,  "The  claim  is  generally  allowed  up  to 
G  per  cent.,  being  less  in  summer,  or  when  the  weather 
is  warm,  and  greater  in  winter  time  and  cold  weatkt  r, 
when  tki  cooling  power  is  greati  r,  and  a  corresponding 
inereast  of  soft  paraffin  extracted." 

Further,  those  paraffins  whose  melting  point  is 
tiately  above  the  ordinary  temperature,  and 
the  semi-solid  hydrocarbons  contained  in  the  scale 
which  cannot  be  called  oil,  are  of  little  or  no  use  to 
the  candlemaker,  and  are  an  unfailing  nuisance  to  the 
wax  refiner,  entailing  much  loss  and  endless  labour. 

In  order  to  see  what  relation  the  low  melting  points 
of  paraffin  scale  and  wax  have  to  ordinary  tempera- 


tures, he  would  refer  to  his  "  Note  on  an  Improved 
Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Refined  Paraffin 
Wax  "  (to  follow  next  month). 

Be  did  not  mean  to  say  that  the  melting  points 
there  shown  are  the  lowest  obtainable,  because  they 
are  derived  from  a  fractional  distillation,  and  are 
therefore  controlled  by  Kopp's  law  for  mixed  boiling 
points,  and  it  is  certain  that  lower  fractions  and  a 
different  curve  would  be  obtained  by  fractional 
fusion. 

It  is  quite  obvious,  then,  that  the  only  way  of  pro- 
perly testing  paraffin  scale  is  to  convert  it  into  a  sub- 
of  a  composition  similar  to  that  from  which 
candles  are  made,  or  for  whatever  purpose  the  wax 
is  to  be  used;  perhaps  the  most  simple  and  direct 
method  is  exactly  that  adopted  by  Mr.  Boverton 
Redwood— viz.,  hot  pressing  at  a  temperature  suit- 
able for  each  grade  of  scale.  Mr.  Boverton  Red- 
wood's figures  are  important  in  another  direction, 
inasmuch  as  they  show  how  the  results  may  be 
interpreted,  aud  what  influence  they  have  on  buyer 
and  seller.    Suppose  we  allow  — 

deduction  for  oil  in  sample  A 
12 '  ,.  „  B 

8  ..  C 

and  alter  deduction  the  value  of   the  scale  is  2d. 

per  unit — 

A  100  —  S  =  92  x  2d.  =  ISld. 
B  100  — 12  =  88  x  2d.  =  176d. 
C  100  —  8  =  92  X  2d.  =  lSld. 

But  to  the  candle-maker,  after  the  soft  and  worth- 
less paraffin  had  been  removed,  at  a  temperature  even 
as  low  as  703  F.,  they  would  stand  relatively  thus  : — 

A  —  12  =  88  x  2d.  =  17Gd. 
B  —15  =  85  x  2d.  ==  170(1. 
C  —  10  =  90  x  2d.  -=  180d. 

which  gives  a  difference  per  100  units  for  — 

A  -  7-36d. 
B  -  5"28d. 
C  —  3-68d. 

Another  very  important  point  for  the  scale  manu- 
facturer is,  that  he  is  really  selling  to  the  wax  refiner 
a  product  for  which  he  is  not  receiving  the  full  value. 
In  the  absence  of  exact  figures  in  Mr.  Boverton  Red- 
wood's tests  I  am  only  able  to  assume  values  which 
would  be  only  approximately  correct  if  we  allow  that 
the  original  scale  had  a  melting  point  of  120°  F„  and 
the  portion  expressed  a  setting  point  of  B5*  F.    Then  : 


Hot  pressed  scale . 
Oil  and  soft     „    . 


A.  B.  C. 

.125',  88     ..  126\  85";  ..  121,90, 
.  S5    12    _    85    15     ..    85    10 


To  summarise  these  remarks,  he  had  only  to  repeat, 
first,  that  the  only  method  for  the  analysis  of 
paraffin  scale  which  appeared  to  him  likely  to  give 
satisfactory  results  must  be  constructed  on  the  prin- 
ciple of  that  pursued  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
refined  substance,  so  that  the  results  obtained  maybe 
a  guide  in  the  practical  working  of  the  material.  This 
may  be  easily  effected  either  by  hot  pressing  or  by 
'sweating."  In  the  latter  case  it  would  only  be 
iry  to  submit  a  cake  of  the  melted  scale  of  a 
given  thickness  to  a  given  temperature  until  it 
ceased  to  lose  weight,  orfor  a  given  time.  An  examina- 
tion can  then  be  made  of  the  resulting  wax,  and  also 
of  the  liquid  portion  which  has  been  fused  out  of  it. 

In  dealing  with  this  latter  portion  a  diagram  is 
appended  which  may  be  found  useful  in  ascertaining 
what  percentage  of  solid  paraffin  these  oily  residues 
contain.  It  is  not  as  perfect  as  could  be  wished,  and, 
he  might  mention,  it  was  constructed  aud  drawn  for 
this  purpose  by  two  workmen  who  attended  his 
works'  chemistry-class.     Secondly,  those  very  soft 


27! 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     IAiu!:9.i887. 


fractions  of  paraffin  are  almost  valueless  for  candle 
making,  and  are  in  large  part  almost  liauid  at  ordi- 
nary temperatures  when  isolated  from  the  members 
of  higher  melting  point.  Bence  the  wax  refiner 
designates  them  as  oil  Besides,  their  presence 
ides  the  melting  point  to  an  enormous  degree  of 
what  would  others  ise  be  a  first-rate  scale.  This  occa- 
sions serious  less  to  the  scale  manufacturer,  and  a 
corresponding  gain  to  the  refiner.  Thirdly,  those 
scales  of  irregular  make,  and  which  are  described  by 
Mr.  Boverton  Redwood  as  being  "  doughy" — that  is, 


scale  by  an]  method  which  the  manufacturer, on  one 
hand,  and  the  ne  reliant  "ii  the  other,  had  agreed 
upon;  but.  as  was  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Tervet,  Mr. 

Sutherl 1  and  Mr.  Redwood,  this  was  not  a  strictly 

chemical  test,  or  in  any  way  like  an  analysis  of  potash 
salt  or  an  iron  ore,  when-  the  ingredients  could  be 
tested  with  perfect  accuracy.  It  rather  resolved 
itself  into  a  question  of  the  process  adopted.  The 
water  and  what  was  called  the  "dirt,"  or  insoluble 
matter,  could  be  determined  quite  accurately  :  but 
the   estimation   of  the  oil    was  a  different    matter, 


Diagram  showing  I'ek  Cent,  of  Scale  in  Blub  Oil  and  Corresponding  Freezing  Points. 


when  the  crystals  are  imperfectly  formed  by  their 
interlocking  a  large  proportion  of  oil  which  cannot 
be  removed  by  cold  pressing— would,  by  the  test 
indicated,  yield  a  result  equal  to,  and  parallel  with, 
those  obtained  from  scales  of  normal  condition. 

Dr.  Wallace  said  the  previous  speaker  (Mr. 
Tervet)had  given  a  very  valuable  contribution  t"  the 
chemistry  of  scale  testing.  It  was  scarcely,  however, 
a  criticism  on  Mr.  Sutherland's  paper,  but  an  entirely 
new  idea— viz.,  that  everything  should  be  removed 
from  the  paraffin  scale  that  was  not  required  in  the 
manufacture  of  c indies.  As  far  as  he  ithe  speaker) 
was  concerned,  he  should  be  cjuite  willing  to  test 


depending,  as  it  did,  on  the  process  adopted  and  how 
much  could  be  got  out  For  his  own  part,  he  had 
pursued  for  a  number  of  years  a  course  to  which  he 
had  adhered  and  which  he  would  have  some  dilfi- 
culty  in  altering  on  account  of  the  contracts  running 
on  between  buyer  and  seller,  and  that  was  one  reason 
why  it  was  rather  difficult  to  ch  mge  processes.  The 
press  which  he  used  was  .Vin.  in  diameter,  with  a 
screw  of  -in.  in  diameter  and  six  threads  to  the  inch. 
The   crOSS-hSad,    Or   lever,    was    4ft     long,     ami   was 

worked  by  an  able-bodied  man  on  each  side.  It 
might  I"-  pertinently  asked.  "How  are  you  able  to 

get  men  of  equal  Strength  every  time  you  want  them, 


April 29. 1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


275 


and  if  you  cannot  get  able-bodied  men,  how  many 
others  do  you  employ  i"  He  had  fixed  upon  a  certain 
point  with  two  strong  men  by  having  the  screw  of  the 

press  marked,  and  by  this  means  the  same  amount  of 
pressure  was  always  approximately  obtained.  Taking 
250  grains  of  the  scale  with  the  usual  linen  cloths, 
this  was  pressed  for  two  minutes  with  live  pip  rs  i>n 
each  side,  and  afterwards  for  two  minutes  with  two 
papers  on  each  side,  and  an  estimate  was  afterwards 
made  of  the  water  in  the  cake  which  was  left  This 
was  foun  1  to  be  quite  sufficient,  and  the  results  wen: 
very  consistent.  He  was  quite  aware,  however,  that 
when  the  temperature  was  advanced  two  or  three 
degrees  higher,  or  even  one  degree  above  60  ,  results 
were  obtained  considerably  different.  There  seemed 
to  be  a  general  understanding  between  merchants  ami 
manufacturers  of  scale  that  a  method  such  as  this 
would  be  adopted  when  they  sent  samples  of  scale  for 
analysis,  and  until  these  gentlemen  could  agree 
amongst  themselves  he  feared  that  he  would  require 
to  pursue  the  course  he  was  doing,  notwithstanding 
the  improvements  suggested  by  Mr.  Sutherland  and 
others. 

Mr.  Hamilton  was  afraid  that  Mr.  Sutherland's 
ideas  came  rather  late  in  the  day.  Six  or  eight 
months  ago  they  might  have  been  useful,  but  as 
affecting  the  analysis  of  Scotch  oil  companies  there 
was,  so  far  as  he  knew,  only  one  small  company  pro- 
ducing scale  for  marketable  purposes,  and  while  the 
analysis  of  scale  might  be  useful  in  the  works  as 
guiding  the  manufacturer  of  wax,  still  he  did  not 
believe  that,  as  a  commercial  analysis,  it  was  of  any 
value  now. 

Mr.  A  J.  LlVEESEDGE  brought  before  the  Section 
several  small  tubes  which  he  had  used  in  connection 
with  a  small  centrifugal  testing  machine  in  the  test- 
ing of  milk  and  other  substances.  This  apparatus, 
which  simply  increased  the  action  of  gravity  many 
times,  had  been  found  to  answer  the  purpose  for 
which  it  was  originally  introduced  extremely  well, 
and  had  given  results  sufficiently  accurate  for  com- 
mercial purposes.  It  was  suggested  to  him  at  the 
time  Mr.  Sutherland's  paper  appeared  in  the  public 
press  that  this  apparatus  might  be  used  for  the  pur- 
pose of  facilitating  the  testing  of  paraffin  scale,  and 
with  this  object  in  view  he  procured  some  scale  and 
made  a  series  of  experiments  which  seemed  to  be  very  j 
successful  so  far  as  the  test  for  water  was  concerned. 
The  centrifugal  action  to  which  the  melted  scale  was 
subjected  iu  the  machine  did,  as  far  as  he  could  judge, 
render  the  separation  of  the  water,  dirt,  and  tarry 
matters  both  much  more  rapid  and  complete  than  i 
separation  by  gravity  unaided  could  accomplish  in  a 
reasonable  time.  One  of  the  tubes  submitted  con- 
tained a  crude  scale  showing  the  separation  of  water, 
etc.,  effected.  He  subsequently  went  further,  to 
ascertain  whether  the  apparatus  could  not  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  separating  the  soft  paraffin  or  oil. 
His  idea  was  that  it  might'  be  separated  whilst  in 
solution  at  a  certain  temperature  and  with  a  certain 
number  of  revolutions  of  the  machine.  He  could  not 
say  that  his  success  in  that  direction  was  very  great  — 
the  separation  of  the  so-called  oil  was  obviously 
the  most,  difficult  part  of  the  whole  business. 
It  appeared  to  him,  however,  that  instead  of 
endeavouring  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  water  and 
dirt,and  the  amount  of  soft  paraffin  in  a  given  sample 
of  scale,  the  manufacturing  process  suggested  by  Mr. 
Tervet  should  be  pursued— that  is,  find  in  any  sample 
of  scale  the  quantity  of  wax  of  the  condition  required 
by  candle  manufacturers.  He  had  tried  to  see  if  the 
crude  paraffin  in  a  small  quantity  could  not  be  rapidly 
refined,  using  the  centrifugal  machine  to  aid  the 
operation,  and  the  results  thus  ascertained  in  the 
course  of  a  short  time,  instead  of  by  the  tedious  pro- 


cess now  adopted.  He  saw  that  a  method  of  refining 
sc  lie  by  macerating  it  with  soapy  water  had  been  pro- 
posed, and  as  a  matter  of  curiosity  had  made  some 
experiments  in  this  direction,  anil  found  that  the 
scale  was  very  much  improved  by  the  maceration  in 
the  water  ;  but  to  what  extent  the  soft  paraffins  were 
separated  he  had  not  been  able  to  ascertain.  He 
merely  brought  this  centrifugal  idea  before  the 
Section  in  a  general  way.  It  might  suggest  a  new  line 
of  experiment,  and  if  any  members  are  disposed  to 
pursue  the  question  further  in  this  direction  he  should 
be  glad  tn  lend  him  his  assistance. 

Mr.  Kim;,  as  a  buyer  of  paraffin  scale,  considered 
that  the  main  question  was  to  arrive  at  a  method  "I 
testing  paraffin  scale  for  oil,  dirt,  and  water,  which 
would  please  both  buyer  and  seller.  He  was  very 
dissatisfied,  ever  since  scale  was  made,  at  the  manner 
in  which  it  was  tested.  He  had  to  acknowledge  that 
to  Mr.  Sutherland  he  was  indebted  for" being  amongst 
the  earliest  to  adopt  what  might  be  called  a  sensible 
commercial  test  for  paraffin  scale.  It  had  been  said 
that  the  greatest  difficulty  was  with  the  oil—  /.<•..  find- 
ing how  much  oil  was  in  the  scale.  In  his  opinion 
the  greatest  difficulty  lay  in  the  discovery  of  the 
proper  amount  of  water  and  dirt  in  the  paraffin  scale. 
The  lever  press  employed  by  him  was  the  same  as 
used  by  Dr.  Wallace,  and  if  the  screw  was  kept  clean 
and  well  oiled  the  results  would  be,  as  in  his  case, 
invariably  uniform.  The  modus  operandi  which  he 
proposed  should  be  as  follows  : — 

For  Oil. 

1.  Take  .300  grains  paraffin  scale,  fres  from  dirt  and 
water,  crystallised  by  slow  cooling,  starting  at  '-'IS0 
F.,  and  coming  down  to  GO"  F.  ;  the  time  occupied  iu  the 
cooling  process  not  to  be  less  than  6  hours. 

2.  See  that  press  is  in  good  working  order,  screw 
clean,  and  well  lubricated  with  good  oil. 

3.  Temperature  of  press  asd  atmosphere  to  be  60°  F. 

4.  Place  paraffin  in  press  between  single  ply  of  finest 
linen,  and  5  ply  each  side  of  white  blotting  paper  (SSlb. 
to  the  ream). 

5.  Screw  up  the  press  as  fast  as  paraffin  will  allow 
without  squeezing  it  out  from  between  the  discs. 

6.  Six  minutes  to  be  allowed  from  beginning  to  end  of 
pressure,  including  the  screwing  down. 

For  Dirt  and  Water. 

1.  Weigh  1000  grains  of  paraffin  scale  and  place  it  in 
a  graduated  glass  tube,  each  division  of  same  to  indicate 
10  per  cent,  of  the  whole. 

•2.  Place  tube  containing  parattin  in  water,  raised  to 
and  maintained  at  100°  F.  until  the  dirt  and  water 
is  perfectly  settled  to  the  bottom. 

.'{.  Pour  off  paraffin  to  within  ^in.  to  lin.  of  the  sedi- 
ment at  bottom  of  tube,  refill  with  shale  spirit,  pre- 
viously well  washed  in  water,  and  let  settle  uutil  dirt  and 
water  is  again  at  bottom. 

4.  Pour  off  a  second  time,  and  refill  again  with  shale 
spii  it,  mixing  well  and  settlingas  before— read  at  bottom 
percentage  of  dirt  and  water. 

5.  The  temperature  of  water  in  which  the  tube  is 
immersed  may  be  lowered  when  the  shale  spirit  is  intro- 
duced, and  the  reading  taken  at  60°  F. 

Mr.  Sutherland,  in  replying,  considered  that  it 
would  be  admitted  that  a  subject  which  had  eluci- 
dated perhaps,  he  might  say,  the  longest  discussion 
before  this  Section,  could  hardly  yet  have  lost  its 
importance  to  the  chemical  world,  as  Mr.  Hunter  and 
Mr.  Hamilton  would  lead  them  to  believe.  Till 
candlemakers  ceased  using  scale,  and  while  scale, 
American  or  otherwise,  was  in  the  market,  so  long 
would  it  be  necessary  to  test  scale.  He  had  to 
express  his  thanks  to  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood,  Dr. 
Wallace,  and  Mr.  Macadam,  and  to  others  who  had 
written   him   of    their  willingness    to    adopt    some 


876 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [ABrJi».ifflT. 


standard  method.    Referring  to  Mr.  Tervefs  remarks, 

this  gentleman  had,  he  said,  struck  out  on  an  original 
line  of  work.  Having  been  associated  with  him  for 
some  years,  he  was  aware  that  a  practical  test  on 
working  principles  was  his  (Mr.  Tervet's)  i 
Regarding  pressure  of  scale  till  weight  constant,  he 
held  t<>  Mr.  Red*  od's opinion,  as.  of  conrse.it  was 
ly  unfair  to  pr«  might  be 

preased  into  the  cloths.  Referring  to  the  suggested 
temperature  of  70  F.,he  thought  it  would  be  more 
difficult  to  maintain  it  than  that  of  GO  F.  but  apart 
from  tins,  the  latter  was  the  temperature  in  general 
Additionally  at  a  high  temperature,  if  there 
was  a  large  percentage  of  oil,  a  very  great  deal  of 
hard  paraffin  might  be  carried  out  in  solution.  As  to 
Mr.  rervet's  practical  test,  the  limited  time  at  dis- 
i  m  a  works,  or  more  especially  a  public  analvsfs 
laboratory,  would  obviate  any  sweating  test  or  other 
approach  to  the  working  process.  With  reference  to 
another  member  who  had  suggested  a  mechanical 
means  of  separation  of  water  and  dirt,  such  was  quite 
unnecessary,  as  in  melting  in  his  tube  the  entire 
amount  settled  out  in  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes, 
the  remarks  of  Mr.  King,  manager  of  Messrs. 
Robin  &  Houston,  candlemakers,  were  satisfactory 
•lowing,  from  even  the  buyer's  point  of  view,  the 
snort  test  was  acceptable.  In  conclusion,  he  trusted 
that  the  ventilation  of  the  subject  woidd  do  good. 

ADDENDUM  TO  MR  IK  VINE'S  PAPER  ON 
EGYPTIAN  PETROLEUM  (this  Jot  -kxal. 
vi.  130). 

Mb.  Irvine  communicated  to  the  Section  that  since 
reading  the  above  piper  he  had  received  another 
letter  from  Captain  Roberts,  from  whom  he  gathered 
that  the  quality  of  the  oil  varies,  some  samples  being 
thick  and  viscid,  others  comparatively  fluid.  This 
pointed  to  evaporation  or  oxidation.  So  far,  results 
did  not  point  to  Egypt  becoming  a  rival  of  either 
America  or  Russia  as  a  producer  of  petroleum. 

Ext  'ated  9th  March,  1287,  at  Suez : 

"  I  regret  that  we  are  not  able  to  report  any  impor- 
tant progress  in  the  boring  efforts  at  El  I  femsah  and 
Gebbel  Teite.  They  have  been  working  during  some 
weeks  ;  the  bores  are  now  in  four  different  places, 
only  a  few  yards  from  each  other,  and  near  the  sea  at 
El  (Jemsah ;  and  I  understand  that  the  boring  at 
Qebbel  Teite  is  temporarily  suspended.  A  fifth  hole 
has  been  commenced  about  one-third  of  a  mile  in 
land  of  the  four  at  El  Gemsah,  without  result-  as 
yet.  The  workmen  still  believe  that  petroleum  exists 
somewhere  in  the  locality.  It  depends,  however,  on 
the  decision  of  (iovernment  as  to  the  duration  of  the 
work;  they  find  the  expenditure  is  becoming  serious." 


OX  THE  DETERMINATION  OF  MINUTE 
PROPORTIONS  OP  IRON,  WITH  SPECIAL 
REFERENCE  TO  ALUM  AND  SULPHATE 
OF  ALUMINA. 

BY   R,    K.    TATLm  K,    F.K.S.K.,    F.I.i  .,    r.GS. 

The  demand,  on  the  pirt  of  Turkey-red  dyers  and 
calico  printers,  for  alum  and  sulphate  of  alumina,  as 
nearly  as  possible  iron-free,  has  stimulated  the  manu- 
facturer a  verypurecondition.asregards  that  metal,of 
these  articles  ;  the  result  of  which  is  that  both  ai 
to  be  had  of  so  high  a  degreeof  purity  that  the  methods 

hitherto  employed  for  estimating  iron  in  these  g Is 

are  no  longer  available,  and,  in  many  cases,  do  not 
give  even  approximately  correct  results.  Some  notion 


of  the  quality  required  and  attainable  maybe  formed 
from  the  fact  that  goods  stated  to  contain  only  0  001 
per  cent.  (10  parts  per  million)  of  metallic  iron  may 
ted  if  the  selling  sample  contained  half  that 
proportion.  None  of  the  methods  hitherto  published 
or  in  use,  so  Far  as  I  can  ascertain,  are  capable  of 
ining  such  small   quantities  with   exai 

I  ly  theyare  totally  inapplicable  on  account 
of  mechanical  impurities,  which  render  the  solutions 
opalescent,  thereby  masking  the  colour  struck  by 
the  reagent,  all  of  these  processes  being  based  upon 
colorimetric  observations.  Nothing  seems  easier  than 
to  apply  one  of  the  delicate  reagents  commonly  em- 
ployed for  the  detection  of  iron  in  the  ferric  state, 
such  as  potassium  thiocyanate  (commonly  called 
"  sulphocyanide  of  potassium  ")  or  the  corresponding 
ammonium  compound,  and  from  the  depth  of  tint 
produced  deduce  the  amount  of  iron  present  by  com- 
parison with  standard  ferric  solutions.  The  disturb- 
ing influences,  however,  are  numerous  and  great,  and, 
to  say  the  least,  the  sample  and  the  standard  would 
require  to  be  treated  under  rigorously  identical  con- 
ditions, and,  even  then,  results  of  the  necessary 
degree  of  exactness  are  fai  from  attainable. 

There  are  two  methods  commonly  in  use  for  the 
detection  and  estimation  of  very  small  proportions  of 
iron.  One  of  these  is  based  upon  the  depth  of  blue 
or  green  colour  produced  by  addition  of  potassium 
ferrocyanide,  and  the  other  upon  the  intensity  of  the 
red  colour  obtained  by  addition  of  solution  of  an 
alkaline  thiocyanate  to  acidified  solution  of  the  sub- 
stance under  examination. 

In  applying  these  reagents  to  the  detection  of  iron 
in  alum  or  sulphate  of  alumina,  I  find  it  is  not  un- 
common to  add  them  to  the  finely-powdered  sample. 
This  may  be  very  useful  as  an  empirical  test  to  a 
manufacturer  or  consumer,  will  give  a  fair  indication 
of  purity  as  regards  iron,  and  will  even  enable  him  to 
ascertain  whether  the  article  is  equal  to  his  accus- 
tomed standards  :  but  as  the  depth  of  colour  depends 
to  a  considerable  extent  upon  the  degree  of  fineness 
it  is  only  an  approximative  test,  even  for  the  com- 
parison of  two  samples.  It  is  quite  valueless  for 
determining  the  absolute  proportion  of  iron  in  any 
sample,  as  the  addition  of  standard  solution  of  iron 
to  the  pure  iron-free  alum  used  for  comparison  would 
coat  the  outside  of  the  small  crystals  superficially, 
and  would  thus  be  all  available  for  the  reagent, 
whereas  the  iron  in  the  sample  being  tested  would  be 
for  the  most  part  locked  up  in  the  crystals,  and  to 
that  extent,  would  not  be  amenable  to  the  reagent 

The  application  of  ferrocyanide  for  the  deter- 
mination of  iron  is  not  at  all  desirable,  for  various 
reasons.  The  tint  is  very  variable — between  a 
bright  green  and  a  full  blue,  even  for  the  same  pro- 
portion of  iron,  even  when  the  other  conditions  are  as 
nearly  as  possible  equal,  and  comparison  of  intensity 
is  thereby  rendered  unreliable  :  there  is  often  a 
difficulty  in  keeping  the  prussian  blue  formed  in  per- 
fect solution,  even  when  oxalic  acid  is  added  ;  the 
composition  of  the  blue  produced  cannot  always  be 
relied  upon  as  uniform  ;  and,  lastly,  it  is  not  desirable 
to  employ  a  reagent  of  which  iron  forms  an  essential 
constituent.  On  these  grounds  the  use  of  this 
reagent  for  quantitative  purposes  is  not  to  be  recom- 
mended. 

The  employment  of  thiocyanate  of  potassium 
K  SI  N  ),  or  of  ammonium  (NBUSCN),  for  the  deter- 
>n  of  small  quantities  of  iron,  particularly  in 
commercial  aluminium  salts,  is,  of  course,  common  to 
.ill  laboratories.  It  has  been  practised  for  many 
years,  both  for  scientific  and  technical  purposes,  and 
as  ifl  well  known,  depends  on  the  formation  of  the 
red  ferric  thiocyan  it''  ilVr.Sf'Ni,  soluble  in  water, 
alcohol  and  ether       It  is  often  recklessly  referred  to 


April  29. 1887.J    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


277 


as  "  the  sulphocyanide  process,"  without  reference  to 
the  marked  effect  upon  the  results  of  alterations  in 
the  working  conditions,  such  as  amount  of  reagi  m 
used,  proportion  of  free  acid  present,  presence  of 
oxidisers  employed  to  convert  ferrous  into  ferric 
iron,  etc.  ;  all  of  which  must  have  been  noticed  by 
Bach  as  have  had  to  use  this  method  largely,  and 
without  attention  to  which  one  observer  might  easily 
report  five,  or  even  ten  times  as  much  iron  as  another. 
1  have,  been  unable  to  find  any  account  of  experi- 
ments systematically  made  with  the  object  of  fixing 
the  limits  of  interference  from  these  and  other  ordi- 
nary causes,  and  have,  in  consequence,  undertaken  a 
series,  of  which  the  following  is  a  statement  : — In  the 
course  of  the  work  it  was  observed  that  the  well- 
known  solubility  of  the  red  colour  in  ether  was 
accompanied  not  only  by  a  brightening  of  the  tint 
from  red  to  crimson,  but  by  an  increase  in  its  depth, 
the  same  volume  of  the  ether  solution  showing  at 
least  three  times  the  intensity  of  colour,  for  the  same 
amount  of  iron,  that  the  water  solution  did.  It 
occurred  to  me  that  this  tact  might  be  taken  advan- 
tage of  to  increase  the  delicacy  of  the  reaction  in 
determining  iron  in  commercial  products,  such  as 
alum  :  while  at  the  same  time  the  uncertainty  due  to 
opalescence  from  mechanical  impurities  and  from 
slightly  coloured  solutions  would  be  obviated.  It 
seemed  requisite,  therefore,  to  carry  out  four  series  of 
experiments,  namely  : — 

1st  Series— Iron  in  water  solution,  without  ether  extraction. 
2nd     ,,  „  ,,  ,,         with  ,,  „ 

3rd      „  ,,  alum         .,         without     ,,  ,, 

1th      „  ,,  .,  ,,         with 

The  purity  of  the  reagents,  as  regards  iron,  had  to 
be  ensured,  and  an  examination  soon  showed  that 
these,  sold  as  pure,  for  analytical  purposes,  were  quite 
unreliable,  as  they  all  contained  a  sufficient  propor- 
tion of  iron  to  vitiate  the  results. 

Thiocyanate  of  ammonium,  which  was  found  to  be 
more  free  from  iron  than  the  corresponding  potassium 
compound,  was  obtained  practically  iron-free  by 
acidifying  very  slightly  with  hydrochloric  acid,  crys- 
tallising twice,  and  washing  several  times  with  ether. 

Sulphuric  acid  (for  acidification)  was  obtained  pure 
by  dissolving  the  anhydride  in  the  purest  oil  of 
vitriol  obtainable,  and  distilling  at  a  gentle  heat  into 
water. 

Iron-free  alum  was  obtained  by  five  successive  re- 
crystal  lisationsof  the  best  Turkey-red  alum  procurable. 

The  purified  reagents  tested  under  all  working  con- 
ditions gave  no  indication  of  the  presence  of  iron. 

In  the  following  trials  the  iron  is  the  only  quantity 
which  remains  constant  throughout.  The  amount 
fixed  upon  was  O'OOOOlgrm.  of  Fe,  as  being  approxi- 
mate to  that  likely  to  be  found  in  1  grm.  of  good 
alum,  or  O'OOl  per  cent.  The  iron  employed  was  in 
the  form  of  iron-alum. 

1st  SEMES:  Iron  in  Aqueous  Solution,  without 
F.tln  r  Extraction — 

TABLE  I.-IROX  AND  WATER  ALONE. 


NlI.Sl'N  Employed. 

Vol.  ot  Solution. 

Result. 

l  equiv 

=  O'OOOOllKnn. 

20cc. 

No  colour. 

2 

=  00C0082    „ 

„ 

,, 

10      ,. 

=  0000110    ,, 

,. 

,, 

100      „ 

=  O'OOUOO    „ 

.. 

„ 

1000      „ 

=  0011000    ,. 

,, 

,, 

10,000      „ 

-  0110000    ., 

,. 

,, 

20.000      „ 

-  08200O0    „ 

>■ 

•• 

lVoin  these  results  it  will  be  seen  that  neutral 
thiocyanate  in  any  practicable  proportion,  gives  no 
colouration  with  ferric  salt,  at  least  when  only  a  small 
amount  of  iron  is  present.  The  following  table  shows 
the  effect  of  free  acid,  that  employed  being  sulphuric, 
as  it  is  the  onlyone  likely  to  be  met  with  in  aluminium 
salts  :  — 

TABLE  IL-IRON,  WATER  AND  FREE  ACID. 


NHjSCN  employed. 


1  equiv. 

=  0  00001  lKrm. 

2 

-0-000032  „ 

10      „ 

=  0-000110  ,. 

100      „ 

=  O'OOUOO   .. 

1000      ,, 

=  0-011000  ,, 

10,000      „ 

=  0-110000  „ 

20,000      ,. 

=  0-820000  ,. 

Free 
!,H-..S01 


Olcc. 


Vol.  of 
Solution. 


20.-C 


Result. 


No  colour. 


Faint    rose. 
Decided  ,, 
Strong     ., 
Stionger., 


These  results  show  that  it  is  only  when  100  times 
the  theoretical  amount  of  thiocyanate  is  used  that  any 
colour  at  all  is  developed,  even  when  the  fluid  is  very 
decidedly  acid,  the  tint  increasing  with  the  proportion 
of  that  reagent,  up  to  20,000  equivs.,  the  free  acid 
being  a  fixed  quantity.  The  following  table  shows 
the  results  with  10  times  the  amount  of  free 
acid,  all  other  conditions  being  equal  : — 


TABLE  III.-IRON,  A 

VATER . 

\ND  FR1 

:e  ACID. 

NHjSCX  Employed. 

Free 

£h2so4 

Vol.  of 
Solution. 

Result. 

1  equiv.  =  O'OOOOllgrm. 

Ice. 

20cc. 

Xo  colour. 

2      „        =0-003082  „ 

•• 

.. 

„ 

10      .,        =0000111   ,. 

.. 

•• 

•• 

100      „        =0001100  „ 

.. 

.. 

Distinct  rose. 

1000      „        =0-011000  „ 

„ 

.. 

Strong        ,, 

10,000      ,,        =0-110000  ,, 

.. 

.. 

Stronger     ,. 

20,000      „        =0-820000  „ 

•• 

■• 

Strongest   ,, 

It  is  thus  clear  that  with  5  per  cent,  of  the  entire 
volume  of  normal  sulphuric  acid  in  excess,  no  colour 
is  obtained  until  100  times  the  amount  of  thiocyanate 
is  used,  which  is  theoretically  sufficient  to  convert  all 
the  iron  present  into  ferric  thiocyanate,  and  that  the 
effect  increases  up  to  20,000  equivalents,  and  probably 
beyond  it.  As  no  very  great  intensity  was  apparent 
beyond  the  10,iio0  equivalents,  a  series  of  trials  was 
made  with  this  amount  as  a  fixed,  and  the  acid  as  a 
varying  quantity,  the  results  of  which  appear  in 
Table  IV.  given  on  following  page. 

It  is  apparent  from  these  results  that  the  maximum 
effect  is  obtained  by  employing  the  normal  acid  in 
the  proportion  of  one-tenth  of  the  entire  fluid  bulk, 
and  that  no  advantage  is  gained  by  adding  more. 

These  results  clearly  demonstrate  (1)  that  water 
solution  of  ferric  salt,  containing  a  small  proportion 
of  iron,  such  as  is  likely  to  be  met  with  in  saturated 
cold  solution  of  commercial  alum,  does  not  give  any 
colouration  with  neutral  thiocyanate,  even  when  the 
latter  is  used  in  enormous  excess.  (2)  That  the  same 
negative  result  is  obtained  when  free  sulphuric  is 
present  up  to  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  volume  ot  fluid 
of  normal  acid,  even  although  ten  times  the  tneo- 


278 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    IAPrii».ig87. 


retical  amount  of  the  thiocyanate  be  used.  (3 
That  tlic  intensity  of  colour  increases  «  ith  the  amount 
cil  thiocyanate  employed  for  the  same  quantity  of  free 
acid.  (4)  That  the  proportions  of  the  reagents  which 
give  the  best  results  are  10  per  cent,  of  the  total 
volume  of  fluid  of  normal  sulphuric  acid,  and  10,000 
times  the  proportion  of  thiocyanate  required  theo- 
retical!) to  produce  ferric  thiocyanate. 

TABLE  IV.— IRON,  WATER  AND  FREE  ACID. 


•Freo 


NH4SCN  Employed.        N|ISUj  Sovj"uSn. 


10.000  ciiuiv.  =  01I0000grm. 


01 
0  5 

ro 
20 

30 

f0 
5-0 
lO'O 


Vol.  of 


Result. 


Strong  rose. 

Stronger  ., 

i  Still  stronger 
1         rose. 

Full  rose. 

I     Same  as 
1    preceding. 


2nd  Series:  Ikm  in  Water  Solution,  with  Ether 
Extraction. — Three  series  of  trials  were  made,  identi- 
cal in  every  particular  with  those  under  Tables  L,  II., 
and  HI  ,  and  the  water  solution  in  each  case  shaken 
up  with  an  equal  volume  of  ether.  The  results  were 
precisely  the  same  as  in  these  cases,  excepting,  of 
course,  that  the  colour  of  the  ether  solution  was 
altered  from  pale  red  to  crimson,  and  intensified 
three-fold. 

Another  series  was  carried  out  on  the  basis  of 
Table  IV.,  which  showed  that  the  rose  was  developed 
in  the  third  experiment  instead  of  in  the  fourth  as  in 
the  case  of  the  water  solution. 

3rd  Series:  Iran  in  Alum  Solution,  without 
Ether  Extraction. — In  order  to  determine  whether 
the  same  intensity  of  tint  was  produced  in  alum 
solution  as  in  water  solution,  two  trials  were  made 
with  the  most  favourable  proportions  in  each  ease,  of 
thiocyanate  (10,000  equivalents),  and  of  normal  acid 
(.'1  per  cent,  of  total  volume),  all  the  conditions  being 
equal  except  that  one  of  the  portions  contained  ! 
2grms.  of  iron-free  alum.  It  was  at  once  seen  that 
only  half  the  intensity  was  produced  in  the  latter 
case. 

A  series  of  trials  was  then  made  in  the  same 
manner  to  test  the  effect  of  variable  proportions  of  I 
free  acid  with  constant  quantities  of  all  the  other  | 
ingredients,  the  2grms.  of  iron-free  alum  giving  as 
nearly  as  possible  a  saturated  solution.  This  led  to 
the  conclusion  that  no  proportion  of  the  normal  acid, 
at  least  up  to  50  per  cent,  of  the  total  volume,  had 
any  appreciable  effect  in  intensifying  the  colour.  It 
follows,  therefore,  that  while  alum  prevents  the 
developmi  nt  of  half  the  colour,  it  acts  as  an  acid, 
but  the  effect  is  not  appreciably  intensified  by  any 
proportion,  within  the  limits  stated,  of  free  arid,  as  is 
the  case  in  water  solutions  of  iron.  Tin  se  trials  were 
made  precisely  on  the  basis  of  those  in  Table  IV. 

4th  Series:  Iron  in  Alum  Solution,  with  Ether 
Ei  traction. — Aaeriesof  trials  was  now  made  in  order  to 
determine  the  effect  of  free  acid,  if  any,  on  alum  solu- 
tions, when  the  red  colour  was  extracted  with  ether, 
all  other  conditions  being  the  same  as  in  Table  IV 
The  results  showed,  contraryto  what  I  expected, 
judging  from  those  obtained  without  ether,  that  free 
acid   materially  increased   the  colour  in   the  ether 


solution,  an  effect  which  is  no  doubt  due  to  the  fact 
that  free  sulphocyanic  acid  must  be  foimed  before 
the  colour  is  produced  at  all,  and  that  the  ether 
removes  it  and  the  iron  from  the  bleaching  influence 
of  the  aluminium  compound.  It  was  further  ob- 
served that  no  intensification  could  be  produced  by 
free  acid  beyond  one-twentieth  of  the  total  linal 
volume  of  fluid  employed 

Ether  extraction  of  the  red  ferric  thiocyanate, 
therefore,  has  the  following  advantages,  under  all 
working  conditions  :  It  develops  the  red  tint  to  triple 
intensity,  besides  increasing  its  brilliancy.  It  ob- 
viates the  difficulty  too  commonly  met  with,  of  com- 
paring colours  in  solutions  which  are  opalescent 
from  mechanical  imparities,  and  in  solutions  which 
have  naturally  a  brown  or  yellow  tinge.  It  admits 
of  the  concentration  of  the  iron,  by  the  extraction  of 
a  large  volume  of  ferric  solution  with  a  small 
volume  of  ether,  and  in  this  respect  it  is  to  micro- 
iron-determination  what  distillation  is  to  Nessleris- 
ing.  Finally,  it  docs  away  with  the  injurious  effect 
which  aluminium  salts  have  of  preventing  the  de- 
velopment of  the  red  colour,  and  thus  admits  of  iron 
being  estimated  in  alum  with  precision,  by  comparison 
with  standard  ferric  solution  in  water,  without  the 
necessity  of  employing  an  absolutely  iron-free  alum 
for  comparison. 

In  the  working  out  of  these  experiments,  I  found 
that  the  scale  upon  which  they  were  made  was  rather 
large  for  convenience  and  rapidity  of  execution,  and 
have  consequently  been  led  to  adopt  only  half  the 
quantities  all  round,  and  I  have  now  no  hesitation  in 
recommending  the  following  process,  which  for 
simplicity,  certainty,  and  rapidity  is  unsurpassed,  if 
equalled,  by  anything  in  quantitative  analysis  ;  while 
for  accuracy  it  is  enough  to  say  that  it  is  capable  of 
estimating  iron  in  alum  with  the  greatest  ease  to  a 
unit  of  the  fourth  place  of  decimals  (  =  '0001)  per 
cent.,  or  one  part  per  million,  and,  with  a  little  more 
trouble,  to  a  tenth  or  even  a  hundredth  of  that 
amount. 

Process. 

1.  Make  a  standard  solution  of  iron-alum  (Fe..3S04, 
K2SOi  +  24H.O)  by  dissolving  8'606grms,  and 
making  up  with  distilled  water  to  one  litre.  As  the 
alum  contained  H'<i2  per  cent  of  Fe,  this  will  give  a 
solution  containing  exactly  lgrni.  of  metal  per 
lOOOcc.  This  solution  should  contain  no  free  acid, 
and  it  will  keep  clear  for  weeks.  Weaker  standards 
become  turbid,  hence  they  must  be  made  from  this 
when  required. 

■2.  Place  lgrm.  of  the  finely-powdered  sample  in 
an  ordinary,  stoppered  sample-tube  of  about  30cc. 
capacity,  and  having  three  file  marks — at  7.]:,  10,  and 
20cc.  respectively.  Add  lee.  of  normal  iron-free 
sulphuric  acid,  and  make  up  to  the  lowest  mark  with 
pure  water.  Dissolve  the  alum  by  shaking  the  tube 
for  a  few  seconds  in  a  b<  aker  of  hot  water,  and  when 
dissolved  cool  the  solution  again  by  holding  the  tube 
in  cold  water  for  a  few  seconds  more.  Add  now 
02grm.  of  iron-free  ammonium  thiocyanate,  and 
up  to  lOce.  with  pure  water. 

:i.  Place  lcc.  of  the  standard  iron-solution  of  1  in 
1  in  ice.  lla.-k.  and  make  up  to  the  latter  volume  with 
distilled  water.  Now  place  lcc.  of  this  reduced  iron 
standard  in  a  similar  stoppered  sample-tube  to  that 
of  -J,  add  lcc.  of  the  normal  acid,  make  up  to  the 
lowest  mark  with  water,  add  0"2grm.  of  the 
thiocyanate,  and  make  up  to  the  lOcc.  with  water. 

-1.  'finally,  till  up  both  tubes  to  the  20cc.  mark 
with  ether  and  agitate  them  thoroughly.  Assoonas 
the  Ci  ntents  settle  compare  the  tints,  and,  if  unequal, 
of  course  one  or  more  further  trials  are  made  with 
greater  or  less  quantities  of  standard  iron-solutions 


April  29, 18S7.I    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


;is  may  be  necessary.  Water  takes  up  about  ,* ,th  of 
its  volume  of  ether,  and  it  to  happens  that  this 
retained  ether  holds  its  proportion  of  the  ferric 
thiocyanate  ;  bat  as  this  is  equally  the  case  with'the 
sample  and  with  the  standard,  it  is  of  lit' 
quence  :  but  in  all  delicate  experiments  the  ether 
solution  should  be  drawn  off  into  graduated  cylinders 
after  adding  a  washing  with  an  equal  volume  of  ether, 
and  compared  there  in  anyway  most  convenient. 

Precautions.— The  necessity  for  iron-free  reagents 
has  already  been  referred  to.  The  thiocyanate  may 
be  prepared  pure  enough  for  all  ordinary  purposes  by 
twice  reerystallising  the  best  obtainable  in  a  very 
feebly  acid  solution,  and  washing  with  ether  till  the 
washings  are  colourless.  Although  the  product  is 
not  absolutely  iron-free,  it  appears  so  under  working 
conditions.  The  acid  may  be  obtained  pure  enough 
by  distilling  into  water  at  a  temperature  much 
below  its  boiling  point,  of  the  purest  obtainable 
oil  of  vitriol.  Of  course  in  all  cases  the  reagents  will 
be- tested  collectively  by  a  blank  experiment.  The 
same  precautions  must  be  observed  with  regard  to 
the  vessels  employed ;  all  must  be  thoroughly  digested 
with  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  and  thoroughly  washed 
before  use  :  they  should  be  ktpt  under  a  glass  shade, 
and  employed  for  nothing  else. 

The  operations  should  be  conducted  with  as  little 
light  as  possible,  and  certainly  never  in  direct  sun- 
light, or  even  in  strong  diffuse  daylight.  Berzelius 
in  his  "Traite  de  Chimie,'  vol.  iv.  p.  212,  says  that, 
according  to  Grotthus,  a  solution  of  ferric  thio- 
cyanate becomes  as  colourless  as  water  by  being 
exposed  to  the  sun's  rays  for  a  few  hours.  I  have 
found  much  more  striking  results,  however,  as  a  water 
solution  of  a  medium  port-wine  colour  was  entirely 
bleached  in  one  hour  bya  March  sun  at  mid-day.  I  may 
add  that  the  ether  solution  is  also  rapidly  bleached  by 
the  sun's  rays,  but  unlike  the  water  solution  it  returns 
spontaneously  within  an  hour  if  kept  in  a  moderate 
light,  and  this  is  another  advantage  in  the  use  of 
ether. 

Oxidisers  should  be  avoided,  particularly  perox- 
ide of  hydrogen,  which,  even  in  small  quantity, 
destroys  the  red  colour.  Of  course  they  would  be 
required  for  ferrous  iron,  even  small  amounts, 
if  the  ether-extraction  were  not  adopted,  but 
not  otherwise,  as  when  the  ether  is  employed  the  iron 
is  completely  oxidised  to  the  ferric  state,  probably  by 
the  ozonisation  of  the  air  with  which  the  fluid  is 
agitated.  So  completely  is  this  the  case  that  it  is  of 
no  moment  whether  the  standard  iron  solution  be 
made  from  a  ferrous  or  a  ferric  salt,  provided  it  con- 
tains the  same  proportion  of  metal. 

The  results  of  the  following  experiments  demon- 
strate the  last  observation  : — 

Two  trials  were  made  with  O'OOOOl  and  O'OOlgrm. 
of  iron  respectively,  in  the  ferrous  state,  both  without 
and  with  ether-extraction,  with  the  following  re- 
sults :  — 


Sulphate  of  Alumii.ii 

Persulphate  of  iron 

Protosulpha'e  of  iron  — 

Protochloride  of  iron  

Chloride  of  manganese  . . 

.Sulphate  of  lime  

Sulphate  of  potash    

Chloride  of  sodium 

Chloride  of  magnesium  . 
Hydrochloric  acid  (HCI) 

Arsenious  acid    

Phosphoric  acid 

Water 


Specific  gravity 

Ammonia  and  titanic  acid 


Fe  employed. 

Without  Ether, 
Fe  found. 

With  Ether. 

Fe    found. 

OOOOOlgrm. 
0001 

0-000005grni. 
000003     ., 

O'OOOOlgrm. 
0001 

The  composition  of  the  mother-liquor  from  green 
alum  shows  that  the  greater  part  of  the  ir<  in  is  already 
in  the  ferric  state.  A  sample  gave  the  results  which 
appear  in  table  on  the  next  column. 

It  is  not  necessary  in  carrying  out  the  process  to 
take  into  account  any  free  acid  that  may  be  present 
in  alum  or  sulphate  of  alumina,  as  any  proportion  ever 
met  with  cannot  interfere.    Duriugthe  agitation  with 


Ter  cent. 

1039 
7G7 
218 
129 
018 
Trace. 
038 
209 
290 
733 
0-67 
019 
6173 


100H0 


1-3126 
Absent. 


ether  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  alum  or  sul- 
phate ef  alumina  is  precipitated,  but  this  is  of  no  con- 
sequence, as  all  the  iron  remains  in  the  solution. 

A  sample  of  Turkey  red  alum  gave  00005  per  cent. 
of  Fe  by  the  above  method,  while  a  sample  of  high- 
class  sulphate  of  alumina  gave  00010 per  cent. 

In  conclusion,  it  should  be  notpd  that  it  is  desirable 
to  keep  as  nearly  as  possible  to  0"00004grm.  of  iron 
in  lOcc.  of  fluid,  as  that  is  a  good  proportion  for  ac- 
curate colour-reading. 


Journal  ant)  l?atcnf  Literature. 

I.- GENERAL  PLAKT,  APPARATUS,  ASD 
MACHINERY. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Fitters  applicable 
Jor  the  Filtration  of  Water  and  other  Liquids.    J.  R. 

Shearer,   Stoke  Newington.     Eng.  l'at.  734,  Jan.  18, 

18S6.  8d. 
The  improved  filter  consists  of  a  hollow  sphere  or 
cylinder  of  nnglazed  porcelain  contained  in  a  case  of 
tiie  same  form.  The  unliltered  water  is  admitted  into 
the  annular  space  between  the  septum  and  the  case,  and 
tilters  through  into  the  interior  ot  the  septum.  The  sur- 
face of  the  septum  is  cleansed  by  means  of  a  current  of  un- 
liltered water  allowed  to  pasv  through  the  casing,  a  gyra- 
tory motion  being  imparted  by  suitably-shaped  partitions. 

— C  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Cooling  find  Condensing 
Purposes.  H.  E.  Newton,  London.  From  E.  Theisen, 
I.eipsic,  Germany.     Eng.   l'at.  inJT,   March  1,   1SS6. 

- 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  continuous  use  of  a 
lixed  quantity  of  cooling  or  condensing  water  for  the 
purpose  of  reirigerating  a  liquid  or  condensing  a  vapoui. 
This  is  effected  by  a  modified  form  of  "surface  con- 
denser,'' constructed  of  corrugated  or  convoluted  tubes. 


•  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  i  oetage,  to  Mr.  II.  Header  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancer;  Lane,  London.  \Y.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  docs  not  exceed sd 

Above  Sd..  and  not  exceeding  1-.  Ed. . 
„      Is.  txl..    .,  ,.         2s.  !■'.- 

,.      2s.  4d.,    ..  „         3s.  id. . 


a. 

Id. 

lid. 

2d. 


280 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OF  C1IFMICAL  INDUSTRY,    [.\prii29. 1887. 


The  heal  absorbed  by  the  cooling  liquid  is  got  i-i«l  oi  by 
exposing  a  thin  lilin  of  the  liquid  to  the  air,  i>y  means  of 
continuous  rotating  discs,  by  a  series  of  plates  alternately 
immersed  in  the  liquid  and  exposed  to  the  air,  and  by 
various  other  similar  devices  described  at  length,  the 
essence  of  nil  of  which  is  the  continuous  exposure  of 
films  <>r  thin  surfaces  of  the  cooling  liquid  to  the 
atmosphere,     C.  C.  II. 


Improvements  in  and  in  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Water. 
.\.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  P.  Oriolle,  Nantes, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  3326,  March  9,  1886.    lid. 

The  improvements  consist  in  arranging  a  group  of 
heating  and  condensing  apparatus  so  that  steam 
generated  in  the  first  of  the  series  serves  for  the  evapora- 
tion of  a  further  quantity  oi  water  in  the  second  of  the 
series,  and  so  on  in  a  similar  manner  to  the  well-known 
method  employed  in  triple  tffet  vacuum  pans.  Five  of 
such  units  are  usually  employed,  the  original  source  of 
heat  being  a  steam  boiler.  The  construction  of  the 
different  parts  of  the  apparatus  exactly  resembles  that  of 
some  forms  of  feed-water  heaters,  in  which  the  circnla-  J 
tion  of  steam  is  insured  by  means  of  a  small  annular 
pipe  placed  in  a  larger  heating  pipe,  the  latter  having 
one  free  closed  end-  The  different  elements  or  units  are 
connected  with  pipes  and  cocks  for  the  collection  of 
condensed  water  and  the  circulation  of  steam  and  sea 
water  undergoing  distillation.—  C.  C.  II. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Water  and 
to  Apparatus  therefor.  C.  \V.  Burton,  Nugent,  and  F. 
T.  Moison,  Mouv,  France.  Eng.  Pat  3731,  .March 
16,  1SS6.     lid. 

This  specification  describes  at  length  various  mechanical 
contrivances  for  the  addition  of  purifying  or  precipitating 
reagents  to  a  water,  and  the  separation  of  the  pre" 
cipitate  resulting.  This  is  primarily  effected  by  means  of  an 


from  which  the  incoming  water  can  take  up  a  pre- 
cipitating material,  such  being  regulated  bj  holes  in  the 
outer  periphery  arranged  in  a  "  gridiron  "  fashion.  The 
patentee  makes  fifteen  claims. — C.  C.  H. 


II.- FUEL,   GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Improvements  in  Coke  Ovens.       Dingl.   Polyt.    J.    262. 
520—523. 

To  facilitate  the  removal  of  the  charge  from  horizontal 
coke  ovens,  Roechliog  Bros,  have  devised  an  arrangen*  nl 

(Ger.  Pat  oi,407,  Sept.  2,  1885)  which  admits  of  the 
simultaneous  opening  °f  both  working  doors  of  each 
chamber  from  one  side  of  the  oven.  The  contrivance 
illustrated  in  Fig.  1,  is  attached  to  the  locomotive 
apparatus  used  for  removing  the  coke  from  the  oven. 
The  drawing  shows  also  that  the  ovens  are  charged  by 
bringing  the  trucks,  loaded  with  the  material  to  be  coked 
over  the  charging  holes,  and  dropping  the  contents  into 
the  respective  chambers  b\  withdrawing  the  bottom  of 
the  truck.  Qoaglio  (Ger.  Pat  36,097,  August  '.".I,  1S85) 
has  devised  an  arrangement  consisting  in  loading  each 
chamber  from  its  side,  a  truck  being  used  which  is  of  the 
same  length  as  the  coking  chamber,  and  travels  on  a 
railway  facing  the  coke  oven.  The  truck  has  two  side 
(laps  .'/  (Figs.  2  and  3),  a  movable  bed-plate  //,  and 
two  movable  ends  c  and  cu  forming  a  square  box, 
the  dimensions  of  which  arc  somewhat  less  than 
those  of  the  chambers.  This  box  rests  on  a  trolley 
(/,  worked  by  a  winch  It.  The  charge  is  compressed 
in  the  truck  by  a  specially-constructed  stamping 
arrangement,  and  is  then  loaded  into  the  oven 
by  bringing  the  truck  in  front  of  the  chamber  A,  turning 
the  Maps  of  the  box  aside,  and  drawing  the  box  with  its 
bed  and  contents  into  the  chamber.  The  ends  c  and  c, 
are  then  removed,  and  the  furnace  doors  B  lowered, 
sufficient  space  being,  however,  left  for  withdrawing  the 
bed  plate.     In  Fig.  2,  C  represents  a  coke  ramp.     To 


~~ ■■■■:'— — — 


hydraulic  balance,  which  measures  the  water  undergoing 
purification,  and  by  its  oscillation  tips  a  measured  quan- 
tity of  the  reagent  into  the  water  thus  measured.  The 
precipitate  is  separated  in  a  decanting  apparatus, 
ral  forms  of  which  are  described  at  length. 

'  -C.  "'.   II. 

Improvements  in  Filtering  Apparatus.  II.  E.  Newton, 
London.  From  W.  M.  Deutech,  New  Jersey,  I  S  \ 
Eng.  Pat.  16,994,  Dec.  '-'\  Iss'i.     nd. 

The  improvements  refer  to  that  description  of  filter  which 
consists  of  a  filtering  bed  oi  finelj  divided  material  placed 
in  a  cylinder,  through  which  the  water  is  forced,  the 
impurities  being  removed  from  time  to  time  by  reversing 

the  Bow  of  water  through  the  apparatus.    They  consist 
(1)  In  dividing  the  lower  part  or  the  bed  into  four  sections 

by  vertical   axial    partitions,    in    order  to  concentrate  the 

force _ of  How  of  the  cleansing  water,  (2]  Providing 
washing-out  pipes  for  a  reversal  of  Bow  at  two  or  more 
different  depths  in  the  bed.    (3)  Providing  a  receptacle 


economise  space  the  removal  of  the  coke  may  be  effected 
by  the  machine  need  for  loading  the  charge,  as  illustrated 
in  Fig.  4.  Collin,  of  Dortmund,  has  patented  a  vertical 
coke  oven  (tier.  l'at.  36,518,  Aug.  18,  1885),  the  essential 
feature  being  the  production  of  firm  coke  in  an  apparatus 
which  occupies  but  little  space  compared  with  its  working 
power.  In  Figs.  5  to  7  the  charge  is  introduced  into  the 
chambers  0.  through  the  openings  !•'.  The  coke  is 
removed  by  withdrawing  the  horizontal  bed  plates  T. 
The  gases  from  1 1 'proceed  through  the  apertures  a  into 
the  Hue  C  :  they  then  pass  through  the  openings  V, 
into  the  lateral  Hue-,  ascend  in  Win  a  spiral  direction 
(see   Fig.  7),   and    proceed    through   v  into  the  upright 

Sassa_re  II  and  the  Hues  H,  11,,  and  thence  into  the  main 
UB  <'.  The  air  supply  proceeds  from  the  Hue  I,,  which 
is  parallel  to  G,  through  the  channels  /  into  V,  where  it 
mixes  with  the  gases  from  C.  By  this  construction  of 
the  Hues  the  heat,  which  is  radiated  by  the  outer  walls 

of  the  oven,  assists   tin king  process  to  a  considerable 

extent.  To  recover  the  bye  products  from  the  distillation 
gases  a  condensing  apparatus  may  be  interposed  between 


Apmo.1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


281 


p^TT^fX^r  -7r-™-—  ■  -  -yv^&l 


%  3.  |  I 


Fig.  9 


-(©) 

1  1 

rf 

fig    8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Ap.iico.  issr. 


C  and  the  subsequent  system  of  Hups.  Quaglio  has 
patented  a  water  seal  (Ger.  Pat  36,357,  Nov.  7.  1885), 
fur  coke  ovens  with  recovery  of  by-products,  which 
i>  illustrated  in  I'm-.  8  to  10."  A  pipe  C  i- 
placed  over  the  gas  exit  pipe  B,  the  npper  end 
of  which  i-  sealed  by  the  water  tank  K,  ami  the 
lower  pari  by  A.  The  top  of  C  i-  closed  by  the 
cover  I).  When  < '  is  raised  the  exit  pipe  B  is  open,  whilst 
on  lowering  it  all  communication  with  the  coking  space 
is  stopped.  To  prevent  the  possibility  of  leakage  through 
tar.  carbonaceous  matter,  or  pitch,  adhering  to  the  plugs 
orseatingsof  gas  stop-cocks,  Schmalz  (Ger.  Pat  87,182, 

April  14,'  1886]  has  devised  an  arrange nt  represented 

in    Figs,    li    and    12.     A  is   the  gas    inlet,   B    leads 


the  process,  Kleist  and  Zeller  recommend  the  use  of 
an  instrument  illustrated  in  Fig.  13.  It  consists  of  a 
cylinder  a,  with  mouthpiece  6,  the  piston  e,  piston  rodd, 
shaft  /.  ami  bush  g.  Tin-  cylinder  is  charged  with 
mortar  madi  lay,  ami  placed  with  its  mouth- 

piece  h  in  or  near  the  wall  nr  joinl  to  be  filled  up.  The 
moitar  is  then  pressed  into  the  joinl  with  the  piston  c. 

-I>   B. 

U'ulfs  Safety   Lamp.      Oesterr.    Ztschr.    f.    15er^.    u. 
Hitttenw.  1886,  47J     178. 

Tins  i-  a  benzene  lamp  so  contrived  that  it  can  lie 
lighted  whilst  closed.     The  benzene  used  gives  a  bright 


Fiq  5 


to  the  condenser  ;  the  part  ab  is  made  round,  so 
that  tht  tar  or  pitch  from  A  may  he  deposited 
in  ah,  aud  pushed  forward  to  il,  by  introducing  a  long 
chisel  through  a  plug  screwed  into   the    cover  ('  ;  the 


XlXIXIXk, 


/  •—>.!    \  tZ 


'■> 


seal  effected  by  the  partition  e,  and  the  water  front  A 
prevents  the  e»  -    -  at  d,  the  excess  of  water  being 

run  oil"  through  /'.     When  /is  closed,  the  water  from  A 

-  lo  (/,   ami   thereby  seals  the  pipe  li.     To  repair  the 

brickwork  of  tie-  chambers  of  coke  ovens  without  stopping 


light  compared  with  nil,  and  just  enough  is  added  to 
saturate  the  porous  material  in  the  lamp.  The  flame 
can  be  regulate,!  by  a  screw  at  the  bottom  of  the 
apparatus,  and  extinguished  at  will.     The  great  a.lvan- 

lhe  lam],  is  that  it  can  be  lighted  without  opening 
it  :  this  is  done  by  a  little  friction  machine  in  the  lamp 
for  Bring  caps,  which  are  attache  I  to  a  Btripof  paper  and 
inserted  in  a  coil.     By  touching  a  button  under  the  lamp 

the  caps  is  fired  and  bo  lights  the  vapours  of 
benzene  coming  oil' from  the  wick  of  the  lamp.  The  coil 
contains  75  caps,  only  costs  a  few  pence,  and  the 
apparatus  is  practically  pen  iras  safety.     The 

lamps  have   been  largely  used  with  cess  in 

several  mines  near  Dortmund.  —  E.  E.  B. 


IIL-DESTRtfCTIYE  DISTILLATION.  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

f  Light  Hydrocarbons  from  Heavy  Paraffin 
Crudi    Petrol  urn,  !■                Residues,  and  the 
Tar  obtained  in  tlu   Manufacture  of  OU  Gas.    Client. 
Z.it.  10,  1622. 
Tins  process,  which  is  patented  by  Biebeck,  consists  in 
subjecting  the  above  oils  to  distillation   in  cast-steel 
nnder  a  pressure  of  several  atmospheres,  whereby 
the   high    boiling   hydrocarbons    are    decomposed    with 
formation  of  a  large  proportion  of  valuable  light  oils,  tlu; 
residue  being  used  for  the  manufacture  of  lubricating  oils 
or  asphalt  making.     The  pressure  to  be  applied  depends 
upon  the  character  of  the  oil  to  be  treated — e.g.,  the  tar 
ii  brown  coal  give  the  best  results  when  subjected 
to  a  pressure  of  from  :i  to  ti  atmospheres,  whilst  petro- 
leum and  it-  residues  requires  a  pressure  of  -J  to  4  at • 

spheres,  and  the  tar  from  oil  gas  4  toil  atmospheres.  The 
following  are  the  results  of  some  experiments  made  on  a 


April  29. 18S-.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


283 


large  scale  to  illustrate  the  advantages  of  tliis  process. 
A  dark-coloured  heavy  paraffin  oil  was  used,  having  a 
sp.  or.  of  0'912  at  I7"5°,  a  viscosity  of  2"5,  and  yielding 
only  15  percent  of  distillate  below  300°.  The  oil  was 
distilled  at  .i  pressors  of  :t  atmospheres.  The  distillate 
formed  a  brow  n  mobile  liquid  having  a  sp.  gr.  of  0*800 
0-820  at  17"5°,  ami  yielding  on  rectification  a  colourless 
burning  oil  of  high  illuminating  power,  the  sp.  •jr.  of 
which  was  0"81S  ami  the  Bashing  point  :)0'.  The  const i 
union  of  the  distillate  was  the  same  whether  30  or  80 
per  cent,  of  the  original  oil  was  distilled  oil  ;  the  residue, 
however,  varied  with  the  percentage  of  distillate 
obtained.  By  taking  oil'  from  25—30  per  cent,  the 
residue  formed  a  good  lubricating  oil  of  0'930-  0  950 
sp.  gr.  and  a  viscosity  of  7 — 10.  When  oO  per  cent,  of 
the  oil  was  distilled  oil',  the  residue  formed  a  black  pitchy 
mass  of  1  OOj  Bp.  gr.,  whilst  in  the  ease  of  SO  percent,  of 
distillate,  a  coky  asphalt  remained  in  the  retort. 

^i).  B. 

The  Pine  Colouration  of  Ammonium  Sulphate.      Frfere. 
Les  Corps  (lias  Industr.   13,  101. 

A  BLUE  colouration  of  ammonium  sulphate  is  due  to 
cyanides  in  the  ammoniacal  gas-liquor,  and  if  a  white- 
linished  product  is  required  the  ammonia  still  must  he 
connected  with  the  acid  tank  by  a  leaden  pipe.  An  iron 
pipe  invariably  gives  a  blue-coloured  product.  Tlie  acid 
itself  rarely  contains  so  much  iron  as  to  colour  the 
finished  product.— S.  II. 


Improvement  in  Petroleum  Oils.     E.   Phillips,  Loudon. 
Eng.  Pat.  5S01,  April  28,  1SSG.     4d. 

Tills  invention  consists  in  tinting  petroleum  with  a  dis- 
tinguishing colour  by  adding  a  small  quantity  of  a 
dyeing  material,  preferably  aniline  scarlets  and  violets. 
Consumers  are  thereby  enabled  to  ascertain  at  a  glance 
the  quality  of  the  petroleum  supplied  to  them,  however 
small  the  quantity  may  he.  —  D.  1). 


H.— COLOURIXG  MATTERS  MB  DYES. 

Researches  on  the  Constitution  of  Azo  and  Diazo 
Derivatives.  I.  Diazo-amido  Compounds.  R.  Meldola 
and  F.  W.  Streatfeild.  J.  Chem.Soc.  1887,  102—118. 

In  a  former  communication  the  authors  have  shown  that 
the  hydrogen  atom  in  the  group  — X.,.XH —  in  diazo- 
amido  compounds  can  he  readily  replaced  by  an  alkyl 
radicle  :  they  described  the  ethyl  derivative  of  paradini- 
trodiazoamidobenzene  as  a  type  of  these  compounds.  In 
the  present  paper  the  authors  continue  their  investi- 
gations on  other  diazo-amido  compounds,  with  special 
reference  to  the  decomposition  of  these  bodies  by  means 
of  acids. 

By  the  action  of  diazotised  metanitraniline  upon 
paranitraniline  a  substance  was  obtained  crystallising 
from  alcohol  in  yellow  needles,  melting  with  decomposi- 
tion at  211°.  The  analyses  gave  results  which  agreed  with 
thefornrnIaNO,C,H4.N,.NH.C,H4NO,.  Initsgei  eral 
properties  it  agrees  with  the  isomeric  paradinitro 
compound,  although  not  of  such  an  acid  character.  On 
complete  reduction  it  gives  a  mixture  of  meta-  and 
pamphenylenediamine.  Decomposed  with  hydrochloric 
acid  at  100'',  a  mixture  of  para-  and  m'etanitrochloro- 
benzenes,  in  addition  to  a  mixture  of  para-  and  ineta- 
nitraniliues,  was  obtained.  The  ethyl  derivative  was 
prepared  in  a  similar  manner  to  the  corresponding  para 
compound,  and  was  obtained  in  small  yellow  needles 
melting  at  US''.  On  analysis  it  gave  numbers  agreeing 
with  the  formula  NO,.i'.TI4.N,.\i( .' ,B  .  :i '. .11 ,  Nl  >.. 
Heated  with  hydrochloric  acid  to  100°  it  gave  a  mixture 
of  meta- and  paranitrochlorobenzene,  also etbylmeta-  and 
ethyl  paranitraniline. 

By  the  action  of  one  molecule  of  sodium  nitrite  upon 
two  molecules  of  metanitraniline  metadinitrodiazo- 
anudobenzene  was  prepared  (first  obtained  by  Griess, 
Ann.  Chem.  Pliiirm.  121,  .'.'.'i.  It  crystallises  from  alcohol 
in   straw-coloured    needles    melting  at     194"    (l'JV.V, 


Griess).  Analyses  agreed  with  the  formula  No  I'.H,. 
\  \  II  < '  I! ,.  NO,.  It  differs  from  the  para  and  the 
uiisvmmelrical  derivative   in    being    very  much  less  acid 

in  character.  On  decomposition  with  hydrochloric  acid 
it  gives  metanitrocblorooenzene  and  metanitraniline. 
Nothing  of  a  phenolic  nature  was  obtained.    The  ethyl 

derivative  was  prepared  and  obtained  in  pale  yellow 
needles  melting  at  1 19  .  When  decomposed  with  hydro- 
chloric acid,  etbylmetanitraniline  and  metanitrochloro- 
benzene  were  obtained.  The  authors  find  that  the 
Compound  obtained  by  the  action  of  diazotised  para- 
nitraniline upon  metanitraniline  is  identical  with  that 
obtained  by  the  action  of  diazotised  metanitraniline 
upon  paranitraniline,  thus  confirming  the  observations 
of  Griess,  Sarauw,  and  Noltiug  and  Hinder  upon  other 
diazo-amido  compounds.  From  theoretical  considerations 
the  authors  come  to  the  conclusion  that  isomeric  trans- 
formation may  take  place.  In  order  to  throw  light 
upon  this  question,  the  authors  have  studied  the 
action  of  diazotised  nitranilines  upon  ethylnitranilines. 
Diazotised  metanitraniline  gives  with  ethylparanitrani- 
line  a  yellow  crystalline  body,  melting  at  174 — 17o  ; 
isomeric  with  that  obtained  in  an  earlier  part  of  the  work, 
melting  at  148'.  Treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  it  gives 
etbylparanitraniline  and  metanitrochlorobenzene.  When 
diazoparanitrobenzene  chloride  acts  upon  etbylparanitr- 
aniline a  compound  is  obtained  which  was  recognised 
as  paradinitrodiazo-etliylamidohenzene  [J.  Chem.  Sue. 
Trans,  xlix.  (J30).  By  the  action  of  paranitraniline 
upon  etbylmetanitraniline  a  body  was  obtained,  crystal- 
lising from  alcohol  in  orange-red  needles  melting  at  187°. 
This  body  appears  to  be  an  amido  azo  compound,  but  is 
undergoing  further  investigation.  Diazotised  metanitr- 
aniline gives  with  etbylmetanitraniline  a  compound 
identical  with  that  obtained  by  the  direct  etbylation  of 
nietadinitrodiazo-amidobenzene.  By  the  action  of  benzyl 
cbloiide  upon  the  potassium  salt  of  paradinitrodiazo- 
amidobenzene,  paradiu  it  rod  iazobenzylamido  benzene  is 
iditained,  crystallising  from  benzene  in  yellow  needles 
melting  at  190°.  Heated  with  hydiochloric  acid,  para- 
nitroehlorobenzene  and  benzylparanitraniline  are  ob- 
tained. Benzylparanitraniline  crystallises  from  alcohol 
—  in  which  it  is  very  soluble — in  golden-yellow  leaves 
melting  at  142—143°.  It  is  a  weak  base.  Treated 
with  nitrous  acid  it  gives  a  nitrosamine,  crystallising 
from  acetic  acid  in  lustrous  straw-coloured  needles 
melting  at  107  o:.  The  corresponding  metadinitro- 
diazobenzylamidobenzene  was  obtained,  after  crystal- 
lising from  alcohol,  in  pale  yellow  needles  melting 
at  142°.  Decomposed  with  hydrochloiic  acid  it  gives 
metanitrochlorobenzene  and  henzylnietanitraniline  ;  this 
last  substance  treated  with  nitrous  acid  gives  a  nitro- 
samine, which  was  obtained  as  an  oil.  The  benzyl- 
derivative  of  the  nnsymmetrical  dinitrodiazo-amido- 
i nil i pound  was  also  prepared.  It  was  obtained  in 
microscopic  yellow  needles  insoluble  in  alcohol,  very 
soluble  in  benzene,  and  melted  .-it  1803.  Decomposed 
with  hydrochloric  acid  it  gives  a  mixture  of  benzylpara- 
and  benzylmetanitraniline,  with  the  c  ^responding 
nitrochlorobenzenes.  In  conclusion,  the  authors  discuss 
briefly  the  bearing  of  the  experimental  evidence  upon 
the  constitution  of  the  foregoing  diazo  compounds,  and 
propose  to  continue  their  investigations. — it.  M. 

Manufacture   of   the    Eosin    Colouring   Matters.      O. 
MulhSuser.    Ding.  Polyt.  J.  263,  49— 5S  and  99-107. 
The  author  gives  a  long  and  detailed  description  of  the 
pre|  aration  of  these  dyestnffs,  of  which  the  following  is 
a  summary  :  — 

Fluorescein.— This  body,  which  itself  has  little  tinc- 
torial value,  is  the  starting-point  of  all  the  eosin  colouring 
matters,  which  are  derived  from  it  by  replacement  of 
hydrogen  by  Br,  I,  .Ml,,  etc  It  is  prepared  by  heating 
together  resorcinol  and  phthalic  anhydride  with  or  with- 
out addition  of  zinc  chloride. 

(a J  17ikilos.  of  phthalic  anhydride  are  added  with 
stirring  to  25kilos.  of  melted  resorcinol  contained  in  an 
enamelled  i  ot  set  in  an  oil  bath,  which  is  heated  to  about 
100°.  After  heating  for  about  I)  hours  at  1S0°,  the 
reaction  commences,  and  lasts  for  about  40  minutes,  the 


284 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     LMnij.uw 


melt  boiling  vigorously.  The  heating  is  continued  for 
23  30  hours  at  200  205°,  with  occasional  stirring.  The 
crude  fluorescein  thus  obtained  is  boiled  in  a  tub  with 
500  litres  of  water  and  50kilos.  of  aqueous  Naiill  of 
36"  I!.  The  volume  of  (lie  solution  is  made  up  to  1000 
Inns  ami  filtered.  The  fluorescein  i-  precipitated  from 
the  filtrate  by  addition  of  SOkilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
washed  by  decantation,  and  dried.  The  yield  is  about 
:;r.kilos. 

(h)  8kilos.  of  powdered  zinc  chloride  are  quickly  added 
to  a  fused  mixture  of  25kilos.  of  resorcinol  and  lTkilos. 
of  phthalic  anhydride  heated  to  ISO".  The  pot  is  covered 
ii I >  and  stirred  with  an  iron  rod  for  about  5  minutes. 
The  reaction  then  sets  in,  and  the  mixture  becomes 
nearly  solid.  The  heating  is  continued  for  about  10 
1h.ui  -  at   190-    -till  ,  and  the  product  is  purified  as  in  (a). 

Tetrabromojhiorescein .     The  Bodinm  and  ammonium 

salt-  oi  tetrabromofluon  -rein  come  into  commerce  under 
the  names  of  Eosin  .1,  Eosin  Ji,  Soluble  eosin,  etc. 

( H )  32kilos.  ut  bromine  are  dissolved  in  (iOkilos.  of 
aqueous  NaOH  (36°  B.)  diluted  with  150  litres  of  water, 
and  the  solution  boiled  to  decompose  hypobromite. 
IOkilos.  of  fluorescein  are  dissolved  in25kilos.  of  aqueous 
Nat  HI  (36"  1!.)  diluted  with  150  litres  of  water.  The 
two  solutions  are  mixed  in  the  cold,  treated  with 
140kilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  heated  to  boiling.  The 
precipitate  of  tetrabromotiuorescein  is  washed  by  decanta- 
tion and  dried.  The  yield  is  about  30kilos.  It  is  con- 
verted into  the  ammonium  salt  by  spreading  it  out  on 
trays  and  exposing  it  to  the  action  of  dry  ammonia  gas 
until  a  test  dissolves  in  water  to  a  clear  solution  (yield  : 
31'8kilos.  from  SOkilos.  of  the  acid).  The  sodium  salt  is 
prepared  by  adding  exactly  the  right  quantity  of  NaOH 
solution  (determined  by  experiment)  to  (iOkilos.  of 
tetrabromotiuorescein,  suspended  in  2]0kilos.  of  boiling 
alcohol.  On  cooling,  the  pure  sodium  salt  crystallises 
out  (yield  =  about .  JTkilos. ). 

( bj  24kilos.  of  bromine  are  slowly  run  into  IOkilos.  of 
fluorescein,  suspended  in  SOkilos.  of  cold  alcohol.  The 
bromination  is  complete  in  15  minutes;  the  pans  are 
then  covered  up  and  allowed  to  stand  for  three  or  four 
days.  The  precipitate  is  washed  with  alcohol  and  dried. 
The  yield  of  tetrabroniotluorescein  by  this  method  is 
about  lTkilos.  It  is  converted  into  the  sodium  or 
ammonium  salt  in  the  manner  described  above. 

Dibromojluorescein  (eosin-orange). — IOkilos.  of  fluor- 
escein are  suspended  in  SOkilos.  of  cold  alcohol  and 
treated  with  12kilos.  of  bromine.  The  dibromofluorescein 
remains  dissolved  in  the  alcohol,  and  is  precipitated  by 
addition  of  about  100  litres  of  water.  The  precipitate, 
after  lieing  washed,  is  dissolved  in  200  litres  of  water 
and  20kilos.  of  aqueous  NaOH  (.')(i  lit,  and  when  cold 
re-precipitated  by  40kilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
yield  of  washed  and  dried  dibromofluorescein  amounts  to 
l.V.kilos.  It  is  converted  into  the  sodium  salt  by  exact 
neutralisation  with  NaOH,  and  evaporated  to  dryness 
(yield      lTkilos.). 

Et/tj/ltrlrttbi-uiiio/fitiirisiriii.  — The  potassium  salt  of 
this  acid  is  used  for  silk-dyeing  under  the  names  of  Spirit- 
eosin,  Primrose  d  Valeool,  Eosin  >*  Valcool,  Rosi  ././•'. 
a  Valeool,  etc  Ii  is  prepared  by  brominating  fluorescein 
in  boiling  alcohol,  by  which  means  it  is  simultaneously 
ethylated.     .".-.'kilos,  of  bromine   are  allowed  to   run, 

tin.. ugh   a   glass  tube    dipping    below   the    surface,    into 

•JOkilos.  of  fluorescein  sus| led  in  BOkilos.  of  boiling 

alcohol  (96percent  |  contained  in  a  steam  jacketed  enamel 
led  pressure  vessel  provided  with  a  leaden  cohobator  and 
mechanical  Stirrer.     As  -'".n  as  all  the  bromine  has  been 
added,  which  takes  about  .".II  minutes,  the  two  cocks  are 
closed,  and   the   mixture  healed  under  a  pressure  of  \\ 

atmospheres  tor  three  hours.     When  cold  the  precipitate 

is  separated,  washed  with  alcohol,  then  with  water,  and 
finally  exactly  neutralised  with  KOH  in  hot  :{li  percent, 
alcohol  (IOkilos.  of  alcohol  liskilos.  of  water..  I  In 
cooling,  the  pure  potassium  salt  crystallises  out,  whilst  a 

certain   amount   of   accompanying  tctrahn fluorescein 

remains  in  solution.      The  yield  of  pure  Bpirit-eosin  is 
about  •Jokilos. 
Dibromodinitrojluoretcein.     The   alkaline  salts  come 

into  cm rce  as  Eosin  scarlet,  /.'.«  desAlpes,  Safrosin, 

LvUcienne,  Daphnin,  etc  It  is  prepared  by  simultaneous 


nitration    and   bromination   of   fluorescein   in   alcoholic 
solution,  or  by  nitration  of  dibromofluorescein  in  acetic 
aci.i  or  aqueous  solution. 
/  a  /  To  /kilos,  oi  il u Bcein  finely  suspended  in  60kilos. 

of  alcohol  Tkilos.  of  nitric  at  id  (III'  II.  i  are  slowly  added, 
and  directly  afterwards  7 i kilos,  of  bromine.  After 
standing  lid  next  day  the  precipitate  is  washed  with 
.SOkilos.  of  alcohol,  boiled  with  water  two  or  three  times 
and  dried.      Yield  -  l'Jjkilos. 

( Ii)  4kilos.  of  finely-ground  sodium  nitrate  is  stirred 
into  a  paste  composed  of  .'iOkilos.  of  tetrabromotiuorescein 
and  'Jokilos.  of  glacial  acetic  acid.  The  mixture  is 
heated  on  a  watei  bath.     At70 —  80  the  reaction  sets  in, 

and  is  completed  by  six  or  eight  hours'  heating.  The 
product  is  boiled  for  Id  minntes  with  5(30  litres  of  water, 
and  the  precipitate  washed  hv  decantation.  Yield  = 
29kilos. 

(e)  A  cold,  previously  boiled,  solution  of  l'Jkilos,  of 
bromine  in  20kilos.  of  aqueous  NaOH  and  50  litre-  of 
water  is  mixed  with  a  cold  solution  of  IOkilos.  of 
fluorescein  in  13kilos.  of  aqueous  NaOH  (36°  li.)  and  200 
litres  of  water.  The  mixture  is  acidified  with  -IOkilos.  of 
sulphuric  acid  (40  1!. )  and  ."iOkilos.  of  nitric  acid  (40°  li.) 
slowly  run  in.  finally,  the  mixture  is  heated  to  lioiling 
on  a  water-bath  tor  live  or  six  hours.  The  yield  of 
washed  and  dried  precipitate  is  19'kilos.  The  product 
obtained  by  either  of  these  processes  is  converted  into 
the  ammonium  salt  by  means  of  gaseous  ammonia,  or 
into  the  potassium  or  sodium  salt  by  neutralisation  with 
a  rather  insufficient  quantity  of  Kull  or  NaOH,  by 
which  means  the  impurities  remain  undissolved. 

Tetra-iodofluoreicein. — The  sodium  and  ammonium 
salts  are  used  for  silk,  cotton,  and  paper  dyeing  under 
the  names  of  Erythrosin  B,  Pyrosin  B,  Ioweosin  B, 
Dianthin,  Rose  li  d  Veau,  Primrose  soluble,  Blue  shade 
eosin,  etc.  tikilos.  of  fluorescein  are  dissolved  in  a  hot 
mixture  of  skilos.  of  aqueous  XaOH  (30°  1J. )  and  GO  litres 
of  water.  24kilos,  of  iodine  are  dissolved  in  27  to  28 
kilos,  of  NaOH  (36°  U.),  diluted  with  00  litres  of  water, 
and  the  solution  boiled.  The  two  solutions  are  mixed 
and  acidified  with  25kHo8.  of  acetic  aeid.  The  mixture 
is  boiled,  neutralised  with  lTkilos.  of  aqueous  NaOH 
(36°  B.),  and  re-precipitated  by  adding  25kilos.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  diluted  with  25  litres  of  water.  The  pre- 
cipitate is  boiled,  separated,  boiled  several  times  with 
dilute  HC1,  lastly  with  water  alone,  and  dried.  The 
yield  is  about  loklioa.  It  is  converted  into  the  ammonium 
salt  by  dry  ammonia  gas. 

Di-iodoflvorescein. — Erythrosin  G  or  Dianthin  G,  which 
consist  chiefly  of  the  di-iododerivative,  is  prepared  in  the 
same  way  as  the  preceding,  except  that  only  liikilos.  of 
iodine  are  used  for  tikilos.  of  tluoresceiu.  The  yield  is 
about  13kilos.— A.  CO. 


On  the  Industrial  Production  of  Resorcinol.    Dr.  Otto 
Muhlhauser.    Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  164. 

THE  author  gives  a  detailed  account  both  of  the  method 

and  plant  employed ior  the  production  on  a  large  scale 
of  resorcinol.  Benzene  monosulphonio  acid  is  first  pre- 
pared by  treating  fJOkiloS.  of  pure  benzene  (free  from 
tbiophen)  with  SOOkilos.  of  sulphuric  acid  of  67"  li.  in  a 
cast-iron  pan,  provided  with  an  agitator  and  a  leaden 
rellux  condenser.  To  bring  about  the  reaction,  the  mix- 
ture is  continuously  stirred  and  a  very  gentle  heat 
a]. plied.  Aftei  ten  hours  the  reaction  ceases.  Por  the 
purpose   of   preparing    the   disulphonic   acid,    the    mono 

sulphonic  acid  is  treated  with  an  execs-  of  sulphuric 

acid,  and  run  into  another  cast-iron  pan,  similarly  fur- 
nished with  agitator  and  condenser,  which,  however,  is 
turned  downwards  The  mass  is  mixed  with  85kilos.  of 
powdered  and  perfectly  dry  sodium  sulphate,  and  heated 
in  an  oil-bath,  so  that  the  temperature  of  the  mixture 
remains  for  eight  hours  at  225'.  At  first,  benzene  distils 
over  and  i-  collected,  while  sulphurous  acid  is  evolved. 
The  -o.linm  -alt  of  the  sulphonic  acid  is  then  prepared 
in  the  usual  manner  and  thoroughly  dried.  The  yield 
isabout 'JOOkilos.  •.'.Mlkilo-.  of  caustic  soda  and  IOkilos.  of 
water  arc  now  melted  over  the  direct  flame  in  a  cast-iron 

pot,  until  the  molten  mass  is  bo  hot  as  not  lo  solidify  on 

the  addition  of  the  sodium  salt.     When  a  little  common 


April  29. 1887.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


salt  thrown  in,  dissolves  rapidly  with  n  lii^-in _r  sound, 
the  needed  temperature  has  been  readied,  and  after  set- 
ting tlie  agitator  in  motion,   l25ki)os.  of  the  < I r >•  sul- 
are  quickly  introduced.     When  the  ra  ■ 

Dei e  brown  and  almost  ceased  to  work,  it  is  cooled, 

broken  op  and  acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
resulting  liquor  is  now  extracted  four  times  with 
lOOkilos.  (it  purified  amy]  alcohol.  After  distilling  oil 
the  latter  with  steam,  the  residue  is  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness in  enamelled  pans.  To  purify  the  resorcinol  thus 
obtained,  it  is  distilled  in  vacuo  ;  water  ami  phenol  going 
over  first.  At  about  190"  the  pressure  should  be 
decreased  to  630mm.  <  In  heating  further,  the  resor- 
cinol begins  to  boil  and  distils  over.  The  yield  is 
20— -J.Skilos.  of  the  pure  product,  or,  from  the  numbers 
the  author  (rives,  about  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical 
yield  on  the  benzene  employed. — A.  R. 


This  gives  tor  phenosaf  ranine  an  unsymmetrical  formula: 

A-.n.-Ami 


>     N 


which  admits  of   isomeric  alkyl- 


Manufaeture  of  it  Yellow  Dyeetuff  from  Gallic  Acid. 

Dingl.  Polyt  J.  263,  205. 
Tin:  dye.  which  can  lie  fixed  on  tbe  mordanted  fibre  like 
alizarin,  and  which  has  been  termed  "Gallofiavin,"  is 
obtained  by  the  action  of  air — i.e.,  oxygen — nn  alkaline 
solutions  of  gallic  acid.  The  process  of  oxidation 
depends  on  the  amount  of  alkali  present,  for  whereas  it 
proceeds  too  quickly  if  the  alkali  I  e  used  in  excess,  the 
oxidation  can  be  moderated  by  diminishing  the  quantity 
of  alkali.  In  practice,  5  parts  ot  gallic  acid  are  dis- 
solved in  80  parts  of  alcohol  of  96'  Tr.  and  100  parts  of 
water.  The  cooled  solution  is  gradually  mixed  with 
17  pari-  of  a  potassium  hydrate  solution  of  30s  1!..  stir- 
ring all  the  while,  and  never  allowing  the  temperature 
to  rise  above  10  c.  It  i-  then  exposed  to  the  action  of 
oxygen,  either  by  blowing  air  through  it  or  agitating  it 
briskly.  The  progress  of  the  oxidation  shows  itself  by 
the  liquor  assuming  at  first  an  olive  green  or  greenish- 
brown  colour,  until  finally  a  crystalline  precipitate 
separates  out.  When  the  amount  of  this  precipitate  no 
longer  increases,  the  operation  is  finished.  The  uia.-s 
of  crystals  is  quickly  filtered,  dissolved  in  warm  water. 
decomposed  with  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  and 
boiled,  when  the  dye  is  precipitated  in  the  state  of  glit- 
tering greenish-yellow  platea  These  are  washed,  and 
can  then  lie  applied  for  dyeing  or  printing.  Gallotlavin 
dyes  cotton  mordanted  with  alumina  greenish  yellow, 
which  tutus  into  a  very  brilliant  yellow  by  the  treat- 
ment with  tin  crystals.  The  chromium-lake  of  gallo- 
fiavin is  distinguished  by  being  especially  proof  against 
soap,  air  or  light. — S.  H. 


Constitution    of   Safranine.     0.    N. 
3121—3124 


Witt.     Ber.    19, 


The   two   formula;    lately  proposed   for  this  colouring 
C,H3     N1M1 


matter,     C,:H,.X 


' 


by      Amlresen,      and 


-MI, 


i    II 


<■„"..- 
-NHS 
X         by     Bcrnthseu,    are     both    open 
JCI    <  ,H,_N1I., 

to  the  objection  that  bring  symmetrical  they  do  not 
explain  the  unquestionable  existence  of  pairs  of  isomeric 

mono  and  i  tertiary;  di-alkylised  derivatives.  They  are 
also  botli  based  upon  the  assumption  that  the  third 
amine  group  becomes  attached  to  the  first-formed  <li-/>- 
ainiilodiphenyl.imine  by  removal  of  both  hydrogen  atoms 
from  its  Nil,,  group.  This  tbe  author  considers  to  be 
contrary  to  analogy  with  what  generally  takes  place  in 
such  reactions,  the  hydrogen  usually  being  removed  half 
from  the  nitrogen  and  hail  from  the  carbon  of  the  enter- 
ing amine.  Applying  this  view,  lenco  safranine  would 
be  formed  thus : 


H.N.C.H,   H     H  XH 


H.X.C.II.X    II 


H   C,  II, 

II  X.r  H 

I 
II  XC  II     N 


-XII 
I  +  H,. 

c  II. 


i   W 
i     H,.XH,(1:4), 

ised   derivatives.      Like  the  formula-  of  Bernthsen  and 

Andresen,  it  represents  safranine  as  an  azine,  and  only 

differs  from  these  formula;  with  respect  to  the  position 

of  one  Ml,  group .  —  A.  <;.  G. 


titution  of  Safranine.  It.  Xietzki.  Her.  19, 
3163— 31(iii. 
THE  author  supports  Witt's  formula  for  this  body.  The 
non  identity  ot  the  two  dimeth]  lsafranines,  («)  from 
//i-dimethyl-//  phcnvlencdianiine  and  -imols.  of  aniline. 
(//)  from  //  phenylenediamine,  ditnetitylaniline,  and 
aniline,  is,  shown  by  a  microscopic  examination  of  their 
crystalline  nitrates.  If,  as  is  assumed  in  the  formula: 
of  Andresen  and  Bernthsen,  in  the  third  amine  the  XII., 
only  takes  part  in  the  reaction,  all  the  homologues  of 
aniline  should  give  safranines  with  equal  case  ;  this, 
however,  is  not  the  case.  By  oxidation,  in  con- 
junction with  />  di  amidodiphenylamine,  safranines 
were  obtained  from  the  two  xylidines  (.11  NII.i 
(II  (1:2:4)  and  (1:3:  4),  and  from  solid  aunt 
dine  I'll.  Ml  CE  I  (1:2:4:5);  whilst  xyli- 
dine  (1  :  2.  3]  gave  onlv  a  trace  and  the  other  three 
xylidines  (1:2:6),  (1:2:5),  and  (1:3:5),  together 
with  isocumidine  (1  :  .'I  :  4  :  .">)  and  me-idine  (1  :  2  :  4  :  6) 
gavenone.  Thus  the  position  of  the  methyl  groups  in 
the  nucleus  greatly  inlluences  the  reaction.  —  A.  U.  G. 

Pyrogenetic  Formation   of  Phenazine.     A.    Bernthsen. 

Ber.  19,  3256—3258. 
In  a  previous  communication  (this  Journal,   1886,  317) 
reference  was  made  to  the  formation  of  a  basic  oil  when 
the  vapour  of  aniline  is  pasted  through  a  tube  heated  to 
redness.     Attempts  to  convert  this  base  into  phenazine, 

X 
a  compound  of  the  constitution  <  '„HX  I  >C0H4,   were, 

however,  unsuccessful,  probably  owing  to  the  want  of 
information  concerning  the  distinctive  properties  of  this 
-lance.  l-'urtber  researches  having  shown  that 
phenazine  is  possessed  of  characteristic  properties  (this 
Journal,  1886,661),  the  author  thought  it  expedient  to 
reinvestigate  tbe  product  formed  by  passing  aniline 
vapour  through  a  red-hot  tube.  The  basic  mixture  thus 
obtained  was  heated  with  successive  portions  of  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  the  solution  precipitated  with  am- 
monia, the  precipitate  extracted  with  ether,  and  the 
extract  digested  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
ethereal  solution  was  evaporated,  the  residue  dissolved 
in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  solution  precipitated  with 
ammonia.  On  subliming  the  precipitate,  light  yellow 
lustrous  needles  were  obtained,  possessing  all  the  pro- 
perties which  characterise  phenazine.  This  result,  there- 
fore, proves  the  possibility  of  obtaining  phenazine  from 
aniline  by  a  reaction  analogous  to  the  pyrogenetic  for- 
mation of  anthracene  from  toluene. — D.  B. 


vementsin  the  Manufacture  of  Azo-dyes  and  Benzi- 
dine   ami    Tolidine    ilonotulphonic   Acids.      3.    Y. 

Johnson,  London.  From  the  Actiengesellsehaft  Far- 
benfabriken  vorni.  F.  Bayer  and  Co  ,  Elberfeld,  Ger- 
many. Eng.  Pat.  3198,  March  6, 1886.  fid. 
Is  order  to  prepare  the  new  monosulphonic  acid  described 
in  this  specification,  benzidine  or  henzidine-sulphate  is 
heated  with  two  parts  of  monohydiated  sulphuric  acid 
to  170  for  about  1$  hours.  The  product  is  diluted  with 
water  ami  tbe  sulphonic  acid  thus  precipitated  collected 
by  filtration  and  purified  by  solution  in  alkali,  filtration, 
and  reprecipitation  by  acid.  The  acid  is  nearly  in- 
soluble in  water,  and  differs  from  the  other  sulphonic 

V 


286 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     lAr.iiiP.ifS7. 


acids  of  benzidine  in  that  its  salt.-  arc  decomposed 
bj    acetic    acid.     Thi  compound   of   the  new 

acid  is  Bald  to  differ  from  that  of  tne  benzidine-disul- 
phonic  adds  in  being  Bolnble  in  water  and  giving 
azo-dyea  of  a  bluer  shade  than  tetrazodiphenyl.  The 
preparation  of  the  azo-dyes  is  conducted  in  the  usual 
way,  yellow  colouring  matters  being  produced  bv  the 
action  "t'  the  tetrazomonoeulphonic  acid  upon  aniline, 
toluidine,  xylidine,  mesidine  or  their  sulphonic  acids  ■ 
phenol,  resorcinol,  the  naphtbola  and  their  sulphonic  and 
carboxylic  acids  give  colours  varying  from  red  to  violet. 
As  examples  oi  the  method  of  manufacture,  the  inven- 
tors describe  (1)  the  preparation  of  an  alizarin-like  red, 
suitable  for  cotton,  formed  by  the  action  of  one  moleeule 
of  the  tetrazosulphonic  acid  upon  two  molecules  of 
A  naphthylamine  i  -monosulphonic  aeid,  and  (2)  a  bluer 
-hade  of  red  formed  by  the  action  of  one  molecule  of  the 
tetrazosulphonic  acid  upon  one  molecule  of  .-f-naphthyl- 
amine,  and  then  upon  a  second  molecule  of  .i-naphthyl- 
amine-j3-roonosulphonic  acid. — R.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matter. 
I.  Maxwell, Govan,  and. I.  Young,  Milton-of-Campsie. 

Eng.  l'at.  1^7,  April  3,  1886.     4d. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  colouring  matters  adapted  for  dyeing  fibrous  sub- 
stances by  the  dry  process.  The  dyes  used  are  coloured 
native  earths,  such  as  raw  sienna  or  native  earths,  which 
assume  a  coloured  state  by  calcining,  or  mechanical 
or  chemical  treatment,  as  burnt  sienna.  Inorganic 
coloured  precipitates  or  lamp  black  may  also  be  used. 
These  colouring  matters  are,  when  necessary,  reduced  to 
a  line  powder,  and  mixed  with  a  non-saponifiable  or  other 
nil  by  stirring  until  the  whole  mass  is  as  homogeneous 
as  possible.  The  mixture  is  then  sifted  to  free  it  from 
grit,  the  action  at  the  same  time  furthering  the  more 
equal  diffusion  of  the  oil  amongst  the  coloured  particles. 

— D.  B. 


V.— TEXTILES  :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  Treating  end  Preparing  Tussitr  and 
other  Wild  Silk  Cocoons,  and  inthi  Application  of  the 
Silk  obtained  therefrom  to  the  Manufacture  if  Luce, 
Knitted  Warp,  and  other  Fabrics.  H.  Birkbeck, 
London.  From  T.  F,  1'eppe,  Shahabad,  Bengal, 
India.     Eng.  Bat.  3937,  March  20,  1SSG.     (id. 

Tin:  improved  treatment  consists  in  heating  the 
cocoons  under  pressure  in  a  solution  containing  glycerin 
and  carbonate  of  soda,  whereby  they  aie  rendered  soft, 
liming  this  operation  they  are  kept  separate  by 
wrapping  them  in  cloth-paper  or  wire  gauze.  The 
threads  are  then  conducted  to  the  pliers  of  a  spinning 
frame,  on  which  they  are  wound.  The  inventor  claims 
that  by  his  process,  Tussurand  similar  silks  can  he  made 
so  line  a-  to  render  them  suitable  for  making  lace  of  the 
finest  description.  —E.  .1.  1'.. 


The  Mechanical  and  Chi  mical  Treatment  and  Preparation 
if  tin  riant  botanically  termed  Banhinia  Vahlii.  .1. 
II.  Wilson,  CamberwelL     Eng.   l'at.   12,532,  Oct.  2, 

1886.        1,1. 

Tiik  inventor  separates  the  fibres  by  passing  the  dried 

-tern- through  roller- of  peculiar  construction.    They  are 
then  treated  with  chlorine  gas  or  alkaline  hypochlorites. 

— E.  J.  B 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Improvements  in  Dyeing  Fabrics  and  m  Apparatus  used 
/or  tl.nl  PurpOi  \\.  (..  White,  London.  Eng.  l'at. 
1750,  Feb.  5,  1SSC.     Bd. 

Tiik  inventor  refers  to  Eng.  l'at.  :1047,  1879,  and 
14,020,  18S4,  where  he  describes  a  system  of  colour  print 
ing,  in  which  the  printing  Mock  employed  is  bail!  up  of 


suitably  prepared  materials,  containing  the  various 
colours  required  by  the  design,  and  impart-  a  portion  of 
its  own  -uhstance  to  the  fabric  to  which  it  is  applied. 
Tin-  present  invention  applies  this  system  of  printing  to 
i  he  dj  eino  of  fabrics  in  plain  colours.  For  this  purpose 
the  colouring  material  is  cast   on  to  a  number  of  rollers, 

-o  a-  to  fc a  cylindrical  coating  round  each  of   them. 

The  rollers  are  then  mounted  in  bearings  and  driven  at 
one  Bpeed.  The  fabric  to  he  dyed,  after  heing  mordanted 
and  moistened  with  a  suitable  damping  liquid,  is  laid 
round  one  of  the  colour  rollers  so  as  to  bring  one  surface 
of  the  fabric  in  contact  with  that  roller,  then  round 
the  next  roller  so  as  to  bring  the  other  surface  of  the 
fabric  in  contact  with  that  roller,  and  so  on  for  as  many 
colour  rollers  as  are  employed.  To  ensure  that  the 
\\  hole  surface  of  the  fabric  he  brought  into  contact  with 
each  roller,  a  scraper  or  bar  is  caused  to  bear  against  the 
fabric  where  it  passes  around  the  roller,  thus  giving  a 
slight  friction  to  the  cloth,  and  rubbing  into  it  the  colour 
which  has  been  imparted  to  its  surface.  To  apply  damp- 
ing liquid  to  the  cloth  before  it  passes  on  to  the  colour 
rollers,  the  inventor  employs  a  iinely  perforated  metal 
drum,  mounted  horizontally  and  with  the  lower  par!  of  its 
circumference  dipping  into  a  trough  containing  theliquid, 
whilst  the  cloth  is  led  over  the  upper  portion  of  its  cir- 
cumference. The  cloth  after  being  mordanted  is  made 
up  into  a  roll  and  passed  over  the  damping  drum,  which 
is  ,-ituated  between  the  roll  and  the  standard  carrying  the 
colour  Killers.  From  this  it  passes  under  and  around 
the  various  colour  rollers,  after  which  it  is  led  through 
nipping  rollers,  and  is  rolled  off  or  batched  at  the  back 
of  the  machines.  The  roll  of  cloth  when  taken  from  the 
machine  may  afterwards  be  steamed  and  heated  in  any 
way  which  may  he  requisite,  accordiug  to  the  nature  of 
the  colouring  material  which  has  been  applied. — J.  H. 


Improved  Mums  for  Producing  Ozone  and  Hydrogen 
suitable  for  Bleaching  Purposes.  J.  H.  Johnson, 
London.  From  E.  Hermite,  l'aris,  France.  Eng. 
Fat.  3956,  March  20,  1SS6.     8d. 

Improved  Means  fm-  Producing  Chlorine  Compounds 
suitable  for  Bleaching   Purposes.      .1.    H.   Johnson, 

London.      From  E.  Hermite,  Baris.      Eng.  Bat.  3907, 
March  20,  1SS6.     8d. 
See  XVIII.,  "  Electrochemistry,"  p.  299. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Cotton,  Sill:,  Wool,  and  other 

Textile   Materials,    either   in   tin   linn-  Slate   or   in   the 
Form    if    Yarn,     or    as  Cloth    in     the    Manufactured 

State,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor,  J.  Smith,  Hey- 
wood.  Eng.  Bat.  6988,  May  25,  lJ-80.  Is.  Id. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  overcome  the  disad- 
vantage of  having  any  slack  or  folds  in  the  materials 
or  fabrics,  when  in  the  tank  or  cistern  containing  the 
dye  liquor.  The  material  to  be  operated  upon  is  first 
soaked  in  the  dye  liquor,  and  then  passed  by  a  wince 
on  to  a  system  of  travelling  lattices  or  rollers,  in  such  a 
manner  that  it  will  accumulate  and  lie  thereon  in  even 
continuous  rows  or  piles.  By  this  means  a  large  quantity 
of  material  may  he  treated  at  once,  and  may  also  be 
delivered  from  the  first  set  to  a  second,  third 
or  fourth  set  of  travelling  lattices.  After  being  thus 
treated,  the  material  is  repassed  over  suitable  rollers 
through  the  dye  lienor,  and  again  treated  as  above 
described,  repeating  the  process  as  many  times  as  may- 
be desirable.  The  dyeing  goes  on  as  well  during  the 
travelling  of  the  material  as  when  being  passed  through 
the  dye  liquor.— J.  H.  

Improvements  in  Dyeing  Apparatus.  L.  Weldon, 
Amsterdam,  New  York,  ISA.  Eng.  Bat.  10,412, 
Dec.  14,  1886.     8d. 

The  inventor  places  the  fabrics  in  a  cylinder  which 
revolves  in  a  trough  containing  the  dye  liquor.  This 
cylinder  is  divided  into  compartments  with  perforated 
sides  so  as  to  allow  the  passage  of  the  dye  liquor  through 
the  fabrics.  The  compartments  are  Y-shaped,  one  side 
being  solid  and  forming  part  of  the  outer  edge  of  the 
cylinder.-  -R.  L.  W. 


April  2ti.  1887.J     THE-  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


287 


VIL— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Pyrites.      HerbertJ.  Davis.    Abstracted fr ['Mineral 

Resources  of  the   United  States,   1885."      Division  of 

Mining  Statistics  and  Technology. 
New  Hampshire.  The  ore  comes  from  tlie  Milan  Mines, 
Coos  County,  and  is  of  excellent  quality.  It  is  now 
sorted  into  two  grades.  No.  1  grade  contains  about 
4G0  per  cent,  sulphur  ;  copper,  37  per  cent  ; 
400  per  cent  ;  silica,  62  per  cent.:  zinc,  4  00  per 
cent.  The  other  grade  gives  about  35-0  per  cent,  sul- 
phur ;  copper,  50  per  cent  ;  iron,  305  per  cent.  :  silica, 
•J.v.~>  percent  ;  zinc,  SO  per  cent.  Smelting  works  for 
the  extraction  ol  copper  and  silver  have  also  been 
erected,  owing  to  the  increased  amounts  of  these  metals 
fou  ml  in  some  parts  of  the  ore.  The  low  grade  sulphur  ores 
burn  very  readily,  ami  no  difficulty  lias  been  experienced 
in  finding  buyers  for  them  :  the  No.  1  grade,  however, 
being  in  special  favour. 

ont.  No  mines  are  at  present  being  worked, 
both  because  the  price  of  cupper  is  very  low,  and  also 
because  the  sulphur  in  the  ores  is  valueless  for  burning 
purposes,  the  ores  being,  in  the  main,  magnetic  pyrites. 

Massachusetts.— The  only  mines  in  this  State  are  the 
Davis  Mines  in  Franklin  County.  The  deposit  is  of 
urcat  extent  and  purity,  and  is  of  uniform  quality 
throughout.  A  large  reserve  stock  of  lump,  broken, 
and  smalls  is  always  kept  on  hand,  usually  averaging 
10,000  tons.  About  30,000  tons  of  ore  were  mined  in 
1885,  its  composition  being— Sulphur,  493  per  cent.  ; 
copper,  15  per  cent.  ;  iron,  45  3  per  cent.  ;  silica  and 
insoluble  matter,  3  8  per  cent.  It  is  intended  to  connect 
the  mines  to  the  nearest  railway. 

New  York. — About  2,000  tons  of  ore  were  raised  from 
the  mines  at  Hermon,  County  St.  Lawrence.  The  ore  is 
very  hard,  and  makes  few  smalls.  Its  analysis  shows — 
Sulphur,  3S0  per  cent.  :  copper,  30  per  cent.  :  iron, 
340  per  cent.  ;  silica  and  insoluble  matter,  250  per 
cent.  Another  mine  in  lister  County  was  worked  for 
some  time,  until  stopped  by  an  inrush  of  water.  The 
ores  from  this  mine  gave— Sulphur,  39'1  per  cent.  ; 
copper,  a  trace. 

Virginia.— In  this  State,  the  only  mines  are  in  Louisa 
County,  and  are  the  Arminius  Copper  Mines  Co.  and 
tin-  Sulphur  Mines  Co.  The  Lennig  Mines  have  not 
tieen  worked  during  the  year.  Analysis  shows  the  ores 
to  contain— Sulphur,  49"5  per  cent.;  copper,  05  per 
cent.  ;  iron,  435  per  cent.  ;  silica  and  insoluble  matter, 
0'4  per  cent.  New  machinery  for  the  extraction  of 
copper,  and  for  underground  pumping,  has  been  added. 
The  united  output  of  the  two  companies  was  13,000 
tons. 

North  Carolina.— A  mine  in  Mecklenburgh  County  is 
being  successfully  worked  for  the  extraction  of  gold 
from  the  pyrites,  the  value  of  the  gold  obtained  being 
about  7  dollars  per  ton  of  ore.  The  sulphur  is  not 
utilised,  the  pyrites  being  too  much  mixed  with  rock. 

Georgia.— The  mines  near  Dallas,  in  Paulding  County, 
are  supplying  the  vitriol  works  at  Atlanta,  Georgia,  and 
also  at  Nashville,  Tennessee. 

Tennessee. — Enormous  deposits  of  pyrites  occur,  but 
since  they  are  the  magnetic  pyrites,  are  of  no  use  for 
acid  manufacture.  They  have,  however,  been  worked 
for  copper  during  the  last  35  years.  The  ores  contain— 
Sulphur,  ."5  0  per  cent.  :  copper,  5  0  per  cent.  ;  iron,  400 
per  cent.  ;  silica,  lime,  alumina,  200  per  cent. 

Alabama.  —  The  deposits  have  not  been  worked  from 
lack  of  railway  and  other  means  of  transportation. 

FOBEIQN   DKPOS]  1^. 

Canada. — The  output  from  the  Albeit  Mine  and  tl  e 
Oxford  ('upper  and  Sulphur  Company's  mines  was  about 
35,000  tons.  The  mines  belonging  to  the  Canadian 
Sulphur  anil  Copper  Co.  were  idle  throughout  the  year. 
The  ores  burn  readily,  and  contain  a  workable  amount 
of  copper,  and  about  an  ounce  of  silver  for  each  per 
cent,  of  copper  extracted  from  the  matte.  Their  average 
composition  runs— Sulphur,  402  per  cent.  ;  copper  (wet 
assay),  51  per  cent.  ;  dry  assay,  38  per  cent.  :  iron, 
."..V2  per  cent.  :  silica,  19"4  per  cent. 

•  See  this  Journal,  1886,  97—98. 


A,  u  '  The  main  deposits  are  on  the  North- 

eastern shores,  and  are  hence  inaccessible  during  tin' 
create!  part  ol  the  year.     About  2,500  tons  were 
hut  did  not  give  satisfaction. 

The  author  then  give,  several  tables,  from  which  the 
various  results  fur  the  year  ]ss5  are  extracted  and 
subjoined  : — 

WORKS    BURNING    PYRITES.    AM)   QUANTITY 

BCKXED  IN  THK  UNITED  ST  VI  I  -. 


Districts. 

Number  of 

Works. 

Consumption. 
(Long  Tons.) 

Boston  and  Eastern  District  

New  York  District   

G 

7 
•t 

3 

1 

25.800 
11.600 
11,500 

Baltimore  and  Southern  States 

Western  District  

7,300 
2,000 

Total    

19 

91,100 

PYRITES    MINED.    IMPOItTKD.    AND    CONSUMED    IN 
THK  UNITED  STATES. 


Year. 

Mined. 

Imported 

Total. 

Consumed. 

Stock  on 
Han.l 
D^c.  31. 

1885  .... 

Long  Tons. 
49.000 

Long  Tons. 
17,500 

Long  Tons. 
96,500 

Long  Tons. 
91,100 

Long  Tons. 
19,500 

<  if  the  stock  iu  hand  on  December  31,  there  were 
28,500  tons  at  the  works,  and  21,000  tons  at  the  mines. 

(a)  Copper  contents  (see  table  at  top  of  following 
page) — these  are  "dry  assays'' — 130  per  cent,  less 
than  actual  (wet)  assays.  The  Spanish  ore  imported 
has  contained  an  average  of  only  125  per  cent,  copper 
!  (wet  assay).  Newfoundland  ore  contained  about  30 
per  cent,  (wet  assay). 

[c]  All  the  figures  for  1885  are  estimated.     This  has 

1  been  rendered  necessary  by  the  practice  of  some  of  the 

custom-houses.not  keeping  pyrites  separate  from  iron  ores. 

The  Spanish  and  Portugese  ores  were  mainly  shipped 

as   ballast  in  vessels   carrying  fruit,  the  rate  of  freight 

'  per  ton  to  United  States  ports  being  from  2  to  3  dollars. 

,  Of  these  ores,  about  10,000  tons  contained  over  35  per 

'  cent,    copper  :    the    remainder    containing    about    that 

amount  or  less. 

The  total  amount  of  pyrites  consumed  throughout  the 
world  was  about  1,200,000  long  tons,  of  which  Great 
Britain  absorbed  rather  more  than  one-half,  the  United 
States  taking  91,000  tons,  and  France  and  Germany 
350,000  tons. 

The  use  of  sulphuric  acid  is  steadily  on  the  in- 
crease in  the  States,  a  large  proportion  of  the  make, 
about  45  per  cent.,  being  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  fertilisers,  of  which  about  1,000,000  tons  were 
prepared  in  this  year ;  and  there  is  every  reason  to 
believe  that  this  amount  will  be  exceeded  in  the  future. 
Large  quantities  of  the  acid  are  also  being  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  explosives. 

The  imports  of  brimstone  during  the  past  five  years 
■  about  100,000  tons  tier  annum,  and  if  this 
amount  be  taken  as  representing  the  consumption  in 
lss.i,  and  to  this  be  added  the  91,400  tons  of  pyrites 
consumed,  their  sulphur  contents  being  expressed  as 
brimstone,  the  returns  show  an  increase  of  300  per  cent. 
over  those  of  1S78. 

A  considerable  increase  in  the  number  of  pyrites 
burners  is  also  to  be  noted,  especially  amongst  those 
already  using  these  furnaces,  the  forms  most  in  favour 
being  the  Spence  mechanical  furnace  and  the  ordinary 
shelf  burners,  for  burning  smalls.  These  new  furnaces 
are  mainly  congregated  around  New  York  and  in  New- 
England, 'though  several  are  now  being  built  by  works 
in  the  West. 

Preparation  of  Ore— The  ore  is  now  broken  by  the 
American  producer,  and  sorted  into  the  most  suitable 

D2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     fAprna.1887 


IMPORTS   OF   PYRITES    INTO   THE    UNITED  STATES. 


Fiscal  Y.  :«r 
Ending  June  30. 

1    \\  U>1  vs. 

Newfouud* 
land. 

Spaniah 

and 

Portuguese. 

Quantity. 

I  'OlitftltS  («l). 

Value. 

Duty. 

Pounds. 

1885  (0  

31,123 

385 

2,919.363 

280,189 

73.734 

2.500 

10,000 

-- 

sizes  Cot  the  burners  of  the  consumers— viz  ,  into  pieces 
"  not  larger  than  three  inches  or  smaller  than  one  inch  in 
diameter."  The  smalls  are  screened  through  a  quarter- 
inch  mesh  screen.  Amongst  the  deposits  in  the  states, 
it  seems  more  than  probable  that  the  auriferous  pyrites 
of  the  Rock\  Mountains  will  be  largelv  employed  al  a 
future  date,  both  as  a  source  of  gold  and  for  the  supply 
of  sulphur,  inasmuch  us  it  contains  gold  in  quantities 
which,  together  with  the  burning  of  the  sulphur,  would 
leave  a  profit  alter  paying  all  expenses.—  S.  G.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manvfacture  of  Sodium  CarbonaU 
by  the  Ammonia  11.  Schreib.     Chem.   Zeit. 

10,  1585. 
NEARLY  all  the  patents  taken  out  for  the  production  of 
hydrochloric  arid  in  connection  with  the  ammonia  soda 
process  require  the  ammonium  or  calcium  chloride  in  a 
solid  state.  To  attain  this  end  by  evaporating  the 
liquors  is  out  of  the  question,  owing  to  its  preat  expense. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  production  of  solid 
ammonium  chloride  in  a  cheap  manner.  The  process 
depends  on  the  difficult  solubility  of  ammonium  chloride 
in  brine.  If  a  saturated  solution  of  ammonium  chloride 
of  1  "0765  sp.  gr.,  which  contains  288grms.  NH,C1  per 
litre  l>e  shaken  with  solid  sodium  chloride,  the  latter 
is  dissolved  and  ammonium  chloride  is  precipitated. 
The  liqnor  then  shows  a  sp.  pr.  of  1*1790  and  contains 
per  litre  I86grms.  XaCl  and  177grme.  NH4CL  It 
ammonia  or  ammonium   carbonate   be  passed  into  the 


the  admission  of  carbonic  acid  gas  and  ammonia,  during 

which  treatment  the  temperature  in  A  must  la-  kept  as 
low  as  possible.  The  following  figures  show  the  pro- 
gress of  the  decomposition  : — 


solution  a  further  deposition  of  ammonium  chloride  takes 
place,  while  still  more  sodium  chloride  is  taken  up. 
This  peculiarity  of  tbe  ammonium  chloride  is  made  use 
of  in  the  following  manner.     The  liqnor  resulting  from 

the  carhoniser  of  tbe  ammonia  soda  1 sees,  and  chief!] 

containing  ammonium  chloride  i^  treated  with  solid 
.sodium  chloride  and  ammonium  carbonate 
ammonia  and  carbonic  acid  in  tin-  apparatus  shown  in 
the  diagram.  Tim  cylindei  A  contains  the  liquor,  and 
i-  in  connection  with  a  aroallei  vessel  I!,  which  holds  on 
a  perforated  bottom  a  supply  of  ttodium  chloride.  If  the 
valves  <■  and  /■;  an-  open,  the  liquor  in  A  comes  in 
contact  with  the  salt.    The  large  pipe  in  A  serves  for 


Vol  *wr  cent.— i.e., 
grms.  pr r  lOOcc. 

NaCl 

XJI.rl. 

No.  1. 
Xo.  2. 

No.  3. 

The  liquor  from  the  carboniser  cou- 

The  Bame  liquor  after  the  treatment 
with   ammonium    carbonate   and 
sodium  chloride  cooled  to  12  C.    . 

Tbe  Bame  liquor  as  Xo.  2  .  cooled  to 
10     C.    and    treated  longer    with 

D'4 

193 

231 
25-fi 

91 

19  8 
90 
59 

Xo.  4. 

The  same  liquor  as  Xo.  3.,  cooled  to 
5"  C 

11 

Xo.  5. 

The  liquor  was  then  separated  f  om 
the  solid  salt  and  the  carbonisation 
finished  in  the  usual  manner  when 

20'7 

The  liquor  at  the  end  of  the  operation  bad,  therefore, 
practically  tbe  same  composition  as  that  used  to  begin 
with,  the  application  of  tbe  new  process  not  bavin;,' 
interfered  in  any  way  with  tbe  main  reaction.  The 
ammonium  chloride  precipitate  is  washed,  pressed, 
mixed  with  crushed  limestone  and  heated  for  tbe  produc- 
tion of  ammonium  carbonate,  which  is  again  passed  into 
the  cylinder  A.      It  is  claimed  for  this  invention  : 

I,  The  ammonium  or  calcium  chloride  is  obtained  in  a 
solid  form. 

•2.  The  loss  of  sodium  chloride  is  very  small  ;  a  preat 
deal  smaller  than  in  tbe  usual  mode  of  working,  where 
the  excess  of  salt  runs  away  with  the  waste  liquors. 

3.  The  ammonia  being  passed  into  the  liquor  as 
ammonium  carbonate,  only  one  molecule  of  carbonic 
acid  neetl  be  introduced  into  the  apparatus,  conse- 
quently less  pumping  is  required.  The  dry  distillation 
of  ammonium  chloride  also  requires  less  fuel. 

4.  No  waste  liquors,     S.  II. 

An  Improved  Bit  thod  of  Producing  J. mil  Suits  'inn  rally, 
and  espi  or    Oxuearbonate  of  Lead 

(White  Lead).     A.    M.   Clark,  London,     From  0. 
Eyckens,  Pans.     Eng,  Pat  1832,  Feb.  8,  1SSG.     Sd. 

Tins  invention  is  based  on  tbe  following  reactions  :  A 
solution  of  lead  nitrate  converts  metallic  lead  into 
hydrate,  the  oxygen  required  being  taken  from  the 
nitrate  which  is  thereby  reduced  to  nitrite.     The  nitrite, 

uti  a  prolonged  action  of  lead,  parts  With  another  equi- 
valent of  oxygen,  forming  another  molecule  of  lead 
hydrate  and  nitrogen  dioxide,  which  latter  is  re-oxidised 
by  the  oxygen  of  the  air  to  a  mixture  of  nitrous  and 
nitric  acid.  These  two  acids  form  lead  nitrite  and 
nitrate  with  the  bad  hydrate,  and  the  solution  of  these 
compounds  is  again  in  a  state  to  oxidise  and  dissolve 
metallic  bad.  But,  apart  from  these  neutr.il  lead  salts, 
polybasic  lead  salts  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
fead  hydrate  with  lead  nitrite,  and  the  patentee  found 
that  carbonic  acid  has  the  power  of  returning  polybasic 
solutions  of  lead  nitrite  to  a  neutral  condition  by  preci- 


April  ■::>,  issr.l    THE  JOtT.NAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L'MI 


pitating  the  excess  of  base  in  the  form  of  lead  carbonate 
mixed  with  lead  hydrate,  thus  :— 1(\<  I  )  ,Pb.3Pb<  »|  r 
2HS0  I  2CO»=  I'M  No,.).,  i  Il.o  i  2PbCOa  i  Pb(OH)..  It 
will,  therefore,  he  seen  that  a  relatively  small  quantity 
of  lead  nitrite,  which  is  constantly  regenerated,  converts 
an  indefinite  quantity  of  lead  into  white  lead.  The 
accompanying  drawing  represents  an  arrangement  for 
carrying  out  the  process  in  practice.  The  lead,  after 
being  reduced  to  shavings,  is  placed  in  a  chamber,  A,  at 
(he  bottom  of  which  is  a  j  -i  |  e  a  fur  the  BUpply  of  the 
^■asi  s  required;  6  is  a  gas-distributor,  <■  a  grating  for 
the  support  oE  the  lead,  <•  the  inlet  pipe  for  the  liquids, 

and  /'an  nutlet  pipe  for  the  gases.      As  soon  as  A  is  two- 
thirds  filled  with   lead   and   a  solution  of  lead  nitrite,  a 


mixture  of  air  and  carbonic  acid,  heated  to  a  suitable 
temperature  is  injected  into  the  converter  A,  whence  the 
gases  are  conducted  to  a  series  of  towers,  I!,  filled  with 
solutions  of  poly  basic  lead  nitrite,  which  retains  all  the 
nitrous  acid  which  they  may  carry  with  them.  The 
nolybasic  nitrite  has  a  great  affinity  for  nitrous  acid, 
being  thereby  converted  into  lead  nitrite.  By  means  of 
a  pump  the  liquids  are  frequently  transferred  between 
1  lie  converter  and  the  towers.  The  white  lead  collects  at 
the  bottom  of  the  converter  A,  where  it  is  drawn  oil 
through  g  as  last  as  it  is  produced,  in  order  to  he  filter- 
pressed  and  washed. — S.  H. 


Improvement  in  Obtaining  Ammonia,  Chlorine  mid 
Hydrochloric  Acid  from  Ammonium  Chloride.  I.. 
Mond,  Northwich.  Kng.  Pat.  323S,  March  8,  1886.  6d. 

In  previous  specifications  (Eng.  Pat.  1886,  Nos.  65,  66, 
104.S  and  1040  ;  this  Journal,  1887,  HO.  216  and  217),  the 
patentee  described  a  process  for  obtaining  ammonia, 
chlorine  and  hydrochloric  acid  by  passing  over  certain 
oxides  at  an  elevated  temperature  the  vapour  of  ammo 
nitim  chloride,  and,  subsequently,  a  current  of  air  or 
steam.  After  the  first  of  these  two  operations,  son  e 
ammonia  remains  in  t lie  apparatus  which  would  be 
destroyed  by  the  action  of  air  or  chlorine  at  an  elevated 
temperature,  and  it  is  now  proposed  to  recover  the 
ammonia  left  in  the  apparatus  by  the  aid  of  a  vacuum, 
or  to  till  up  the  apparatus  several  times  with  an  inert 
gas,  and  exhaust  it  repeatedly  by  means  of  a  vacuum. 
Instead  of  iron  retorts  which  were  previously  recom- 
mended, the  use  of  iron,  enamelled,  or  lined  inside  with 
fireclay,  graphite,  carbon,  etc.,  is  now  proposed,  it 
having  been  found  that  the  vapour  of  ammonium  chloride 


gradually  destroys  the  iron  retorts.  The  latter  may  also 
be  made  of  nickel  or  cobalt,  or,  better  still,  of  cast  or 
wrought  iron,  lined  with  nickel  or  cobalt,  or  an  alloy  of 
these  metals.— S.  II. 

Nordhavsen   oil  of    Vitriol  Mixtures.       M.   Gerstner. 
Chem.  Zeit.  H,  'A. 

I  i  frequently  happens  that  an  oleum  of  a  certain 
percentage  of    sulphur    timxiile    is   to   be  mixed   with 

concentrated   sulphuric  acid    i der    to  produce  an 

acid  with  a  smaller  percentage  of  sulphur  trioxide. 
This    can    he    readily   accomplished    by    the    following 

formula: — x  -  100  '  ,  wheie  .<■  represents  the  quan- 
tity of  sulphuric  acid,  which  must  be  added  to  100  parts 
of  l lie  Strong  acid  ;  n  is  the  total  sulphur  tiioxide  in 
100  parts  of  the  acid  desired  ;  />  is  the  total  sulphur 
trioxide  in  100  parts  of  the  acid,  which  is  to  be  diluted, 
and  c  is  the  total  sulphur  trioxide  in  100  parts  of  the 
sulphuric  acid  to  he  used  for  diluting.  The  following 
table  shows  the  values  of  «  and  //  respectively  : — 


tCO  parts  contain 
per  cent.  So.!. 

100  parts  contain 
per  cent.  S03. 

1       in  te  contain 
per  cent.  S.03. 

100  J  ;irts  contain 
per  cent.  Si  13, 

Uncom- 
bineil. 

Total. 

UiiCNin- 
bineil. 

Total. 

Uncom- 

bined. 

Total. 

t'ncoln- 
bineiL 

Total. 

0 

816 

15 

84-4 

30 

874 

45 

89-9 

1 

818 

16 

St -5 

31 

S7'3 

16 

to-i 

2 

82-0 

17 

847 

32 

&7'5 

47 

ro-3 

3 

82-2 

18 

84  9 

33 

87-7 

48 

904 

t 

82  M 

1(1 

fo'l 

34 

87-9 

49 

EO'G 

5 

82-6 

20 

85  3 

25 

88-0 

50 

908 

G 

827 

21 

85-5 

36 

88-2 

51 

910 

7 

82-9 

22 

co-7 

37 

88-4 

52 

91'2 

8 

83-1 

23 

85-8 

38 

886 

53 

91-1 

9 

833 

2i 

EGO 

"9 

cS-8 

54 

91-6 

10 

834 

25 

86-2 

40 

890 

55 

017 

11 

83 -G 

2G 

8G-4 

11 

89-1 

56 

91'9 

12 

838 

27 

SG'G 

12 

59  3 

57 

92-1 

13 

810 

28 

86-8 

13 

89-5 

58 

923 

11 

8-12 

29 

86-9 

41 

897 

59 

CO 

92-5 
926 

Supposing  there  is  an  acid  of  25*5  per  cent.  SO,  and 
a  sulphuric  acid  of  98-2  percent.   SI  >4H,,  and  au  acid 
of  19  0  per  cent.  SOj  is  required  :— 
Acid  of  WO'.' SO.    Acid  of  25  5    SOj.    Sulphuric  acid  of 
98-2%  SO4H!. 

a  =  85-l  b  =  S6-3 

.b-a    ,„„863-S.VI     120 


.-■*■:..:<>  *,i 


J- =  100 


80  1— cO  1       o 


By  mixing  100  parts  of  acid  of  25'5  per  cent.  S03  with 
•24  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  of  98"2  percent.  S04H,,  an 
oleum  is  obtained  eontainirfg  10  per  cent.  SOs.  A  direct 
titration  showed  1S'3  per  cent,  and  IS'9  per  cent  SO,. 

— o.  xl. 

Treatwg  Tersulphidcs  or  Polysulphides  of  Barium  and 

Strontium,  so  as  to  recover  the  Barium  and  Strontium, 

am/  obta in  other  Products.     II.  L.  Patting  on,  Felling- 

on-Tyne.     Eng.  Pat.  4742,  April  5,  1886.    6d. 

In  a  previous  specification  (Eng.  Pat.  16,989,  1884 j  this 

Journal,  1885,  745),  the  patentee  described  a  process  in 

which   a   residual   liquor   was  obtained  consisting  of  a 

solution    of   poly  sulphide   of    barium,    or   of  strontium 

together  with  a  little  barium  or  strontium  hydrate.    It 


■290 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Apma.lW 


is  now  proposed  to  work  ii]>  this  liquor  a-  follows  :— The 
barium  or  strontium  present  is  precipitated  with  sodium 
Bulphate.  The  precipitate  is  filtered  and  (lie  nitrate 
ted  N\itli  sulphur  dioxide,  whereby  free  sulphur  and 
a  solution  of  sodium  thiosulphate  is  obtained,  which  is 
evaporated  and  allowed  to  crystallise.— S.  H. 


A  Method  for  Purifying  Crude  ( in  bonate  ofSoda,termcd 

Marl;  As/i,  ,otii  the  R  '  Ammonia  tket 

T.  Mathieson  and  J.  Hawliezck,  Liverpool.    Eng.  Pat 

5456,  April  20,  1886.     lid. 

The  black   ash,    manufactured    by  the    Leblanc    pro- 

cess,   contains  certain  impurities,  notably  cyanogen  and 

sulphur   compounds,  which  cause  much   inconvenience 


0 

k 


(f 


\ 


ni 


JTW 


%  rr 


m 


to  !HX>  P.,  whereby  the  cyanide  is  decomposed,  and 
ammonia  formed  therefrom,  which  is  condensed  in  the 

usual  manner.  After  this  decomposition  has  taken  place, 
the  mass  is  treated  with  superheated  steam  of  a  higher 
temperature,  when  the  sulphide  is  destroyed,  giving  off 
sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  formation  of  cyanide  in 
the  black  ash  is  due  to  the  presence  of  nitrogen  in  the 
mixing  slack,  and  this  fac(  is  utilised  in  connection  with 
the  recovery  of  ammonia,  by  employing  a  mixing  slack, 
containing  a  high  percentage  of  nitrogen.  In  Dairying 
out  this  invention,  the  black  ash  is  broken  into  lumps  of 
abont  three  inches  diameter,  by  the  travelling  crusher 
U  (Figs.  1,  2,  3),  which  stands  on  the  top  of  the  "  decom- 
poser "  A,  just  above  the  charging  hole  ».  The  draw  ings 
show  three  cylindrical  decomposers  A,  which  arc  provided 


s 


4  k 


;L_r 


zr 


u 


i  doors 


and  expense  in  the  further  treatment  for  the  manufacture  j  with  close-litting  charging  dOOM  O,  ami  discharging 

of  sodium  carbonate  or  hydrate.    This  invention  consists    6.    They  also  contain  abed  c(Fig.  3)  for  supporting  the 

in  treating  the  black  ash  with  superheated  steam  at  600°  |  material,  the  bed  being  formed  by  interspaced  bar.-,  d  are 


aphi 29. 1887.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


291 


steam  pipes,  through  which  the  steam  enters  the  decom- 
posera,  i'i|"-  i  being  the  escape  pipes  for  the  gases  given 
oil,  which  are  conveyed  to  the  condenser  D.  The 
travelling  crusher  nils  the  decomposers  seriatim.     'When 


with  the  ammonia  formed  through  the  pipes  e.  ^  After 
decomposing  the  cyanides,  steam  of  1000  to  1200"  E,  is 
allowed  to  pass  through  the  mass,  when  the  sulphides 
are  destroyed.     The  residue  in   the  decomposers,   now 


r/C   2 


r/C3. 


■■_—■:■■■;.■: ■.-■■■".r  ,i,i.i,.rr: 


r 


I_i 


one  decomposer  is  charged,  the  door  a  is  closed,  and 
steam  of  bW  to  [100°  l'\,  passed  into  it.  It  rises  through 
the  mass,  decomposing  the  cyanides,  and  escapes  together 


completely  free  from  impurities,   is  worked  up  in  the 
usual  manner. — S.  H.  

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead.     J. 

Warwick,  Xeweastleon-Tyne.     Eng.  Tat.  0»:0,  April 

29,  1886.  Sd. 
The  process  of  manufacture,  as  patented,  consists  : — 1. 
In  a  method  of  bringing  the  lead  to  be  carbonated  into  a 
state  of  fine  division.  2.  In  exposing  the  finely-divided 
lead  to  the  action  of  acetic  acid,  carbonic  acid,  air  and 
moisture.  3.  In  an  arrangement  for  separating  the  finer 
particles  of  dry  white  lead,  in  a  state  of  very  tine  powder. 
4.  In  a  method  whereby  the  separation  of  the  remain- 
der of  the  white  lead  is  effected  from  any  particles 
of  lead  which  may  have  remained  unconverted.  In  the 
first  stage  of  the  process,  melted  lead  is  dropped  upon  a 
rapidlv-revolving  disc,  fixed  on  a  vertical  shaft,  so  that 
the  disc  revolves  in  a  horizontal  plane.  The  centre  of 
the  disc  is  slightly  raised,  so  as  to  make  its  upper  surface 
a  very  obtuse  cone.  The  lead,  thus  reduced  to  very  line 
particles,  is  rapidly  cooled.  A  circular  chamber,  fitted 
with  a  central  vertical  shaft,  carrying  upon  it  a  series  of 
circular  horizontal  shelves,  serves  for  the  conversion  of 
blue  lead  into  white  lead.  Fixed  shelves  are  attached 
to  the  walls  of  the  chamber,  and  placed  between  each  of 
the  revolving  shelves,  by  which  arrangement  the  passage 
of  anv  solid  material  of  gas  through  the  chamber  must 
!  be  by  a  very  circuitous  route.  On  the  under  surface  of 
the  shelves,"  a  series  of  scrapers  is  fixed,  which  cause  the 
material  on  the  shelves  to  slowly  move  towards  the  centre 
or  circumference,  in  such  a  manner  as  is  required  to  pass 
gradually  through  the  chamber,  from  top  to  bottom,  and 
over  every  shelf.  On  its  way  downwards,  the  mass  meets 
with  a  current  of  carbonic  and  acetic  acid,  air  and 
moisture  moving  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  material 
from  the  carbonating  chamber  is  emptied  into  a  revolving 
drum,  placed  horizontally,  where  it  is  broken  up  by 
granite  balls.  The  shaft  'on  which  the  drum  ls  hung.  i- 
hollow  and  perforated  within  the  drum,  so  that  air  ni.n 
be  blown  into  the  drum,  whence  it  escapes  into  a  la 
dust  chamber.  The  air  carries  with  it  the  finest  par- 
ticles of  white  lead,  which  collect  in  this  chamber,  as  a 
very  tine  and  pure  preparation.  With  a  view  to  prevent- 
ing the  loss  of  this  light  powder,  the  same  air  is  made  to 
circulate  over  and  over  again.  After  all  this  light  white 
lead  is  removed,  the  remainder  is  thrown  into  water  and 
ground  under  edge  runners,  to  completely  separate  the 
white  from  the  blue  lead. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bleaching  Powder 
and  in  Apparatus  for  Effecting  the  Same.  J.  lirock 
and  T.  Minton,  Widnes.  Eng.  Pat.  7199,  May  28, 
1886.  Sd. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  absorption  and  con- 
version into  bleaching  powder  of  the  residual  chlorine 


292 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [aprfl».U8T. 


gas.  w  liicli  remains  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  bleaching 
powder  chamber,  and  is  not  absorbed  by  the  almost 
saturated  line     The  inventors  propose  the  treatment  of 

the  chlorine  with  lime  in  the  form  of  a  line  powder 
suspended  in  the  atmosphere  of  tin-  chamber,  or  in  other 
words,  the  atmosphere  of  the  clumber  is  to  be  charged 
with  dust  of  lime,  which  readily  absorl*  the  chlorine.  If 
the  amount  of  lime  is  in  proportion  with  the  chlorine  in 
the  atmosphere  of  the  chamber,  the  resulting  product  is 
of  the  same  strength  as  the  bleaching  powder  made  by 

the  ordinary  pi '88.      The   apparatus   for  carrying  out 

this  process  consists  of  a  box  or  casing  1'.  (Figs.  1  and  2) 
which  is  inserted  into  an  aperture  of  the  chamber  roof 
A.  C  is  a  hopper  at  t lie  top  of  the  casing,  which  is 
charged  with  quicklime  in  line  powder.     1>  is  a  valve  at 


An  Improved  Process  for  Obtaining  (  haU 

of  Calcium.     1     A.  and  K.  M.  Arthur.  Tiverton-on- 
Avon.     Eng.  I'at.  4070,  March  23,  1886.     4d. 

A  SOLUTION  of  calcium  chloride,   "resulting  from  any 

process  of   manufacture  of  soda  involving   the    n f 

ammonia,"  is  converted  into  calcium  sulphate,  which  is 
known  commercially  as  pearl-hardening.—  S.  li. 


^    / 


IX.— BUILDING  MATEEIALS.  CLAYS.  MORTARS 

AND  CEMENTS. 
Delune's  Drain   Pipes,  made  of  Cement  Concrete.     Rev. 

Indust.    lNSf>,   7t). 

The  pipes  consist  of  tw  o  parts,  each  part  being  composed 


fl 


y.2 


the  bottom  of  the  hopper,  and  is  worked  by  a  lever 
arrangement  in  order  to  regulate  the  rate  of  How.  The 
tooth  gearing  E,  F,  (J  gives  motion  to  the  shaft  H,  which 
is  armed  with  blades  I,  forming  a  fan,  or  distiibutor. 
Bearings  for  the  shaft  are  provided  upon  the  casing.  The 
lower  hearing  is  supported  by  the  tubes  K,  which  are 
ranged  around  the  fan.  The  tubes  are  open  at  the 
bottom,  and  there  are  apertures  in  them  at  K  ',  directed 
inwards,  so  that  an  upward  current  is  maintained 
through  the  fuhes  and  out  through  the  apertures  K 
whenever  the  fan  i-  in  motion.  This  current  meets  the 
lime  descending  from  the  hopper,  passes  with  it  to  the 
fan,  and  then  issues  all  around  between  the  tubes  K,  thus 
causing  the  finely  divided  lime  to  pervade  every  part  of 
the  chamber.  Three  of  these  machines  will  be  found 
sufficient  for  a  chamber  of  100ft.  length.  — S.  H. 


of  different  materials.  The  low  ei  i~  made  of  hard  water- 
tight concrete,  with  a  perfectly  smooth  inner  surface. 
It  serves  as  the  gutter.  The  upper  port  inn  consists  of 
very  permeable  concrete,  consisting  of  S— 10  parts 
broken  stones  and  1  part  cement,  which  latter  must 
be  ol  a  very  perfect  description.  — A.  R. 


Improved  Process,  or  Meant  for  Expelling  Sulphuric 
Acid  in  Excess  from  Sulphates  and  Bisulphites.  J. 
II  Johnson,  London.  From  J.  L.  Kfessler,  Clermont, 
France.    Eng    I'at.  6016,  April  10,  1886.     (id. 

It  is  proposed   to  roast    the    bisulpbate  with   certain 

reducing  agents  at  a  low  red  heat,  only  t lie  "  free 
tulphunc  acid"  being  thus  decomposed.  A  neutral 
sulphate  remains.— S.  II. 


Improvements  in  t/"  Manufacture  if  Fire  Bricks,  }■'<  tortsi 
Crucibles,  and  other  Fire-Ware  (-'owls.     S.  J.  Payne, 

West  Thurrock.    Eng.  I'at.  3301,  March  10,  1886.    sd. 

The  goods  are  manufactured  from  a  mixture  of  either 
clay,  ganister,  graphite,  millstone  grit,  flint,  sandstone. 
sand,  loam,  spent  lime  from  gasworks,  etc.  (burnt  or'un- 
burnt),  or  of  several  of  these  materials  with  Portland 
cement  and  "slurry."  The  mixture,  brought  to  a  proper 
consistency,  is  moulded  by  hand  or  machinery,  and 
kilned.  -E.  G.C. 

Improvements  in  Compov  '  oating  and  Finishing 

Walls  and  the  like.   E.A.  Bronson,  Nebraska,  1  ,S  A. 

Eng.   Pat.    Ui.'.l-'li,   I  he.  'J I.  lSMi.      4d. 

Tiik  object  of  this  invention  is  to  provide  a  c position 

for  coating  and  finishing  walls,  which  shall  be  entirely 
free  from  lime,  and  will  not  .brink,  crack  DOT  expand. 
The  constituents  of  the  compound  aie  plaster-of-Paris, 
sand,  Keene  S  cement,  glue  and  marble  dust  :  a  suitable 


April».i887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


293 


colouring  matter  being  added  it  desired.  In  applying 
the  compound  to  the  wall  or  ceiling,  a  groundwork  or 
base  of  plaster-of-Paris,  sand,  whiting  ami  '.'Imp  is  first 
applied  and  allowed  t  i  set.  By  the  use  of  this  composi- 
tion, it  is  stated  that  a  wall  or  ceiling  is  rendered  rat  and 
vermin  pro  if,  a^  well  as  impervious  to  moisture  and  frost 

— E.  G.  C. 

Improvement*  in  the  hfanufaclun  of  London  Art. 

Asphalt.     W.  E.    Constable,     EDg.  Pat  3832,  March 

18,  1886.  4d. 
HARD  limestone,  preferably  Derbyshire  limestone,  is 
crashed  by  edge  runners  or  other  suitable  machinery,  and 
heated  to  120 — 130'  F.  in  order  to  remove  moisture.  It  i- 
then  mixed  with  refined  distilled  tar  (freed  from  oil, 
creosote  and  water),  and  the  material  thus  prepared 
Bhould  be  Btoredfoc about  three  months.  The  approxi- 
mate proportions  are — 1  ton  crushed  limestone  and  12 
gallons  distilled  tar.  For  the  preparation  of  artificial 
asphalt  the  base  material  so  prepared  is  mixed  with 
bitumen,  lime  and  sulphuric  acid. — E.  «•.  C. 


An  Improved  Mode  of ',  and  Apparatus  fur,  Contin 
Manufacturing    Portland      Cement.        W.     Sonnet, 
Boeckuni,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat  17,098,  Dec  30,  1886. 
8d. 

THE  raw  materials,  properly  mixed  anil  finely  ground, 
ted  upon  a  sieve  of  900  meshes  to  the  square 
centimetre,  and  carried  at  once,  by  means  of  a  com  eying 
worm,  into  a  serpentine  channel-shaped  furnace  ol 
peculiar  construction,  and  there  burnt.  The  "  burning 
furnace  is  heated  to  from  -2500°  to  3000°  C,  and  the  raw 
material,  during  its  passage  through  the  conveying  worm, 
is  heated  to  from  100  to  150°.  By  the  use  of  this  inven- 
tion the  horning  of  the  cement  proceeds  continu- 
ously, moistening,  forming  into  slabs,  drying  the  slabs, 
the  setting-in  of  the  same,  and  the  drawing  out  of  the 
cement-mass  while  hot  from  the  furnace  (as  in  the  old 
process),  are  all  dispensed  with.  The  entire  mas-  t..  !"■ 
burnt  is  conveyed  automatically  to  the  furnace,  ami  7i 
per  cent,  of  the  burnt  mass  is  carried  out  automatically, 
leaving  only  25  per  cent,  to  be  removed  from  the  furnace, 
"and  that  easily  by  hand  labour  from  outside."  The 
cement  produced,  will  be  free  from  remaining  portions  of 
fuel  and  raw  cement  material.  Also,  the  i 
manufacture  is  considerably  diminished,  while  the  work- 
men are  much  less  exposed  to  dust  and  heat  than  in  the 
-es  heretofore  employed.  The  construction  of  the 
serpentine  "channel-furnace"  is  detailed  in  the  specifi- 
cation.—1'..  i ;.  c. 


X.— METALLURGY.  Etc. 

Tic   Influence  of  Silicon  on  tin  Properties  of  I 

Site/,     l'art  I.     Thomas  Turner.      Jonr.  Chem.  s.  c. 

1887,  129. 
Till-  paper  is  really  a  continuation  of  the  author's 
previous  work  on  cast-iron  (Jour.  Chem.  Soc  1884,  p. 
260;  lss.-,,  pp.  474,577,  902;  1886,  pp.  130,215,  493; 
.  /,-„„  ,,i.il  Steel  Inst  1886,  l'art  I.:  this  Journal, 
1S86,  p.  289),  though  the  present  contribution  marks  a 
new  departure,  and  has  to  do  with  wrought-iron  and 
stenl  a-  distinct  from  cast-iron.  A  brief  outline  of  the 
work  of  other  observers  is  given,  and  it  is  concluded  that 
the  present  state  of  our  Knowledge  on  this  subject  is 
probably  a-  follows  : — 

1.    ///  Ingot  //■■■». — silicon  promotes  soundness  i    i' 
iiibles  carbon  in  increasing   the  tenacity  and   hard- 
ness ;  it  should  not  exited  O'lo  per  cent,  in  metal  which 
has  to  be  rolled;   in  some  cases  it  produces  brittleness 
when  cold. 

■_'.  1  —Silicon  promotes  soundness;  it 

is,   however,    regarded   as  a   necessary  evil,  and   ox 

Bhould  be   avoided,    as   tending  to   brittleness  and   low- 
extension  ;  about  0*3 per  cent,  is  generally  recommended. 

3.  7/i  CVi  — A  few  hundredths  percent  is 
necessary  to  produce  soundness  ;  it  is  generally  agreed 
that  considerable  quantities  of  silicon  may  be  prest  nl 
without  injury. 

4.  Manganese  appear-  to  be  capable  of  neutralising 
the  ill  effects  due  to  silicon.     The  effect  of  carbon  in 


presence  of  silicon  is  doubtful,  but  is  probably  detri- 
mental. 

The  author  has  examined  tin-  effect  of  silicon  on  the 
purest  iron  obtainable  in  commerce.  For  this  purpose 
metal  was  taken  from  the  Bessemer  vessel,  at  the  end  of 
the  blow,  just  before  any  addition  of  ferromanganese  was 
made.  This  contained  0  0098  per  cent  of  silicon,  and 
was  mixed  with  different  proportions  of  silicon  pi -iron, 
containing  10*3  per  cent.  Si.  The  mixture  remained 
quiet  in  t lie  mould  when  only  a  few  hundredths  per  cent. 
of  silicon  were  aid.-.].  The  metal  was  originally  red 
short,  especially  at  a  dull  red  heat,  though  it  worked 
well  at  a  welding  temperature  :  the  red  shortness  was 
increased  by  silicon.  The  metal  was  tough  cold,  and 
welded  well,  silicon  baving  little  or  no  influence,  silicon 
in. leased  the  elastic  limit  and  tensile  strength,  but 
diminished  the  elongation  and  contractu  n  of  area,  a  few 
hundredths  per  cent,  having  a  remarkable  influence  in 
this  respect.  The  appearance  on  fracture  changed  from 
finely  silky  to  crystalline,  while  the  hardness  increased 
with  the  increase  of  silicon,  but  appeared  to  be  closely 
connected  with  the  tenacity.  With  04  per  cent,  of 
silicon  a  steel  was  obtained,  difficult  to  work  when  hot, 
hut  tough  when  cold,  capable  of  being  hardened  in  water, 
and  giving  a  cutting  edge  which  resisted  hard  usage. 

The  author  is  indebted  for  assistance  in  his  work  to 
Professor  Kennedy,  Mr.  Harhord,  and  Mr.  Walton. 

On  the  Manufacture  of  Crucible  Steel.     Y.  < '.  (',.  Miiller. 
Stahl  it.  Eisen,  1886,  704. 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  best  steel  for  making 
tools  should  not  contain  any  impurities  besides  carbon  ; 
mere  traces  id  phosphorus,  sulphur  and  copper  being  especi- 
ally objectionable.  These  are  not  especially  affected 
by  the  crucible  process  ;  but.  on  the  other  hand,  silicon 
is  here  of  fundamental  importance,  as  it  is  alwajs  taken 
up  by  the  steel,  except  when  basic  crucibles  are  used. 
The  fear  with  which  some  metallurgists  regard  this 
element  is  excessive,  considering  that  the  best  English 
cast-iron  may  contain  as  much  as  0*5  per  cent,  of  it.  It 
has  been  proved,  in  the  Bessemer  and  Martin  process-. 
that  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  silicon  prevents 
the  liberation  of  the  hydrogen,  which  is  always  present 
in  iron.  The  reduction  of  the  silica  may  be  effected  by 
carbon  or  by  manganese,  according  to  local  circumstances. 
Manganese  should  not  be  used  w  hen  raw  steel  contain- 
ing very  little  of  it  has  to  be  fused  in  crucibles  rich  in 
carbon.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  advantageous  to  use 
manganese,  w  hen  steel  for  tools  has  to  be  made  from  raw 
Swedish  iron,  since  it  refines  the  iron  without  loss  of 
carbon  or  of  gas,  and  eliminates  an  excess  of  manganese 
from  the  steel.  The  part  played  by  the  manganese  is 
all  the  more  important  when  there  is  but  little  carbon  in 
the  clay  used  in  making  the  crucibles,  for  this  often  does 
not  contain  sufficient  to  reduce  enough  silica  :  hence  the 
necessity  of  adding  some  manganese.  The  steel  for  tool- 
making  manufactured  in  some  of  the  most  renowned 
l  :-h  works  contains  a-  much  as  0-25  to  0'35  percent. 
manganese,  and  this  can  only  have  been  added  in  the 
form  of  alloys  or  readily  reducible  compounds  of  man- 
ganese, when  working  with  rich  Swedish  pig-iron. 

— E.  E.  D. 

improvements  in  '«•  Manufacture  of  Castings  from 
wrought-iron  and  Steel.  T.  Nordenfelt,  London.  In 
part  from  <'.  <1.  WittenstrCm,  Stockholm.  Sweden. 
Eng.  Pat  8269*,  Jolj  -.lss.".  id.  Amended  Specifi- 
cation. 

The  emendation  consists  in  the  deletion  of  the  clause 
stating  that  the  aluminium  may  be  added  at  a  period 
earlier  than  "when  molten  and  shortly  before  it  is  to  be 
poured." — W.  G.  M.      

fin j..  ling  tn  the   Uniting  of  Platinum  or 

thest  Mi  tnls.  11.  II. 
Lake,  London.  From  La  Societd  de  I.aminage  dn 
Nickel,  l'aris,  France.      Eng.  Fat.  1473,  Feb.  1,1886. 

To  produce  compound  plates  or  w  ires  of  platinum  or 
silver,  or  their  alloys,   with  nickel  or  its  alloys,  the  two 


Till:  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CIIKMK'AL  INDUSTRY.     lApriira,  us?. 


BQrfacee  to  l>e  united  are  exactly  fitted  to  ensure  perfect 
contact  throughout  :  they  arc  then  sprinkled  with  a 
Bui  ..iic  surface  may  !«■  electro-plated  with  a  metal 
which  will  act  subsequently  as  a  Bolder),  heated  to  a 
sufficient  temperature,  an. I  welded  by  hammering  or 
rolling.    To  prevent   oxidation  of  the  nickel  during  the 

heating  pr as,  the  plates  arc  wrapped  air-tight  in  thin 

sheet  iron  envelopes  lined  with  an  earthy  substance  to 

prevent   adhesi if  tic  contained  metals,  these  cases 

being  re ved  finalh  by  scaling  or  scouring. — W.  G.M. 


Improvements  in  (he  Method  of  and  Means  for  Ex- 
tracting (In-  Tin  from   Tinned  Sheet  Metal   Cuttings 

in/  Mr, ins  of  Hydrochloric  Arid  (Jus.  F.  Bosshardt, 
Manchester.  From  S.  Montague,  Nantes,  France. 
Km.',  l'at.  2S(>5,  Feh.  27,  1SM5.  Sd. 
THE  cuttings  are  heated  to  130  —  1(50J  C.  by  steam  in  a 
closed  vessel,  into  which  hydrochloric  acid  gas  is  led 
from  an  adjacent  generator.;  by  this  means  the  tin 
i>  completely  converted  into  stannous  chloride,  the  latter 
being  washed  away  by  water  pumped  into  the  vessel  from 
above,  ami  distributed  through  a  rose  jet.  Thesolution 
of  chloride  is  treated  with  zinc,  or  in  any  convenient 
manner  for  separating  the  tin.  The  scrap  iron,  denuded 
completely  of  tin,  may  be  worked  up  into  bars. 

— W.  G.  M. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Open  Hearth  Steel. 
W.  1'enrose  and  W.  Hackney,  Swansea.  Fng.  Pat. 
4.530,  April  1,  1SS6.     Sd. 

The  object  of  this  patent  is  to  lessen  the  time  required 
to  work  an  open-hearth  charge,  by  facilitating  the 
oxidation  of  the  metalloids.  This  is  effected  by  granu- 
lating the  pig-iron,  mixing  with  it  a  suitable  propor- 
tion of  an  oxide  ore,  and  introducing  the  charge,  with  or 
without  admixture  of  lime,  through  apertures  in  the 
furnace  roof.  The  quantity  of  oxide  must  he  so  calcu- 
lated that  the  decarbonisation  shall  be  complete  at  the 
moment  when  the  metal  is  melted  and  at  the  requisite 
temperature  for  tapping. — W.  G.  M. 

A  New  Manufacture  of  Fibrous  Iron.  A.  de  Laude 
Long,  Stockton-on-Tees,  and  R.  Howson,  Middles- 
brough.    Eng.  Pat.  5527,  April  21,  1S86.     (id. 

MILD  steel  with  any  suitable  percentage  of  carbon  is 
granulated,  then  balled  np  in  a  furnace  with  a  cinder 
Bottom,  squeezed  and  subsequently  treated  as  puddled 
iron.  During  the  working  of  the  slag  hearth,  a  portion 
of  the  slag  becomes  worked  into  the  metal,  and  thus  a 
fibrous  iron  or  steel  may  be  prepared  from  a  mild  steel. 

— AY.  G.  M. 


reduced  to  a  thin  wash,  the  patentees  mix  a  large 
quantity  of  decaying  vegetable  matter,  such  as  cabbage 
or  potatoes,  with  the  ordinary  lubricants  employed  for 
suchpurpoi.es,  such  as  animal  fat,  pitch,  etc.,  with OI 
without  plumbago  and  whitening. — W.  L.  C. 

Improved  Means  Applicable  fox  Vsi  in  Extracting  Oils 
by  Volatile  Solvents.  A.  W.  Macllwaine.  Fng.  l'at. 
3644,  March  15,  1S86.  4d. 
To  avoid  the  deterioration  in  colour  produced  in  some 
oils,  especially  rape-seed,  by  the  use  of  iron  vessels  and 
pipes  for  this  operation,  the  patentee  claims  the  use  of 
vessels  made  of  or  lined  with  lead  or  other  suitable  metal 
or  alloy. — \V.  L.  C.  

Improve  in  ruts  in  Ajiparatus  for  Sijm  ruling  Mineral  or 

oilier    Uih  from     Oils   or    Substances   of    different 

Specific  Gravities.     A.  F.  Craig,  Paisley,  A.  Nelson, 

and  J.  Snodgrass,  Inkermann,  N.B.     Fng.  Pat.  3740, 

March  17,  18S6.     8d. 

Tins  apparatus  is  of  the  centrifugal  class,  and  comprises 

a  rotating  vessel  having  impermeable  sides,  which  may 

be  placed   with  its  axis  in  any    position,  though    the 

vertical  is   preferable.     The  oleaginous  mixture  to  be 

operated  upon,  may  he  supplied  so  as,  when  thrown  by 

the  centrifugal  action  against  the  sides  of  the  vessel,  to 

proceed  either  upwards  or  downwards.       An  annular 

channel  is  arranged  by  the   flaring  of  the  sides  of  the 

rotating  vessel  at  the  larger  end  with  one  or  more  outlet 

passages.     Further  description  would  be  unintelligible 


An    Improved   Lubricating  Compound.      T.   L.    Wade, 
Glasgow.     Fng.  Pat.  4404,  March  29,  1SS6.     4d. 

C.\s i in;  on,,  sperm  oil  and  mineral  oil,  are  mixed  in 
varying  proportions,  and  heated  by  steam  in  an  air-tight 
tank  provided  with  a  low  level  air  inlet  and  an  air  out- 
let. Air  is  exhausted  from  the  surface  of  the  oil,  and 
this  causes  a  violent  current  of  air  to  pass  through  the 
hot  oil,  thus  removing  all  traces  of  moisture. — W.  I..  C. 


XI.— FATS,  OILS.  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Emulsions  of 
Vegetable,  Animal,  and  Mineral  Oils,  of  Solid 
Paraffins,  Waxes,  and  Fatty  Substances,  and  of 
Liquids  which  are  insoluble  or  but  partially  ot 
slightly  soluble  in  Water.  A.  Blackie,  Wadhurst. 
Eng.  Pat.  3266,  .March  11,  lSSti.     (3d. 

I'm:  vegetable  or  animal  oils,  and  for  chloroform  and 
similar  liquids  slightly  soluble  in  water,  the  patentee 
prepare-  a  solution  of  gelatin  or  size,  containing  4oz. 
drv  material  to  the  gallon,  and  in  12  parts  by  weight  of 
this,  l  part  of  an  alkaline  carbonate  or  phosphate  is 
dissolved.  With  this,  when  cool  enough,  from  24  to  36 
parts  of  the  oil  or  other  liquid  are  incorporated.  For 
mineral  oil-  benzoline,  naphtha,  etc.,  ]|l>  of  soft  soap 
i>  dissolved  in  a  gallon  of  water,  and  lie/,  of  size  are 
added.  The  use  of  alkaline  sulphides,  or  of  arsenic 
dissolved  in  glycerin,  in  connection  with  these  emulsions 
when  used  for  destroying  parasites,  is  also  claimed. 

— W.  L.  C. 

An   Improved   Lubricating  Composition.     15.  J.  Hicks 

ami  .1.    Kirkwood,    Middlesbrough.     Fng.    Put.   3518, 
March  12,  1888      »;,!. 

In  order  to  absorb  the  heat  of  friction  in  the  bearings  of 
heavy    machinery,     whereby    the    lubricant    is    often 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  AND  RESINS. 

New  Caustic  Powders  for  the  Ecmoral  of  Paint  and 
other  Deposits,  applicable  also  for  Cleansing  and 
Disinfecting  Purposes.  Baron  de  Liebhaber,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  4737,  April  5,  INSO.  (id. 
These  powders,  designated  under  the  generic  name  of 
"Tologen"  consist  essentially  of  lime  and  alkaline 
compounds.  ( 1 )  Caustic  Tologen  :  Ground  quicklime  in 
sufficient  quantity  is  evenly  distributed  in  a  strong 
Bodium  hydrate  solution,  and  the  mass  heated.  On 
cooling  it  becomes  solid  and  pulverulent.  (2)  Sodic 
Tologen  :  It  consists  of  a  mixture  of  sodium  carbonate 
and  quicklime  iu  suitable  proportions.  (3)  Oxalic 
Tologen:  It  is  prepared  by  mixing  potassium  bioxalate 
with  quicklime,  to  which  some  sodium  carbonate  may 
be  added,  if  its  action  is  desired  to  be  less  energetic. 
(4)  Chlorinated  Tologen  :  It  is  obtained  by  mixing 
quicklime  with  a  solution  of  sodium  or  potassium  hypo- 
chlorite. (5)  Prussic  Tologen  :  It  is  a  mixture  of  quick- 
lime with   potassium  cyanide  solution. — S.  11. 


XIII.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND  SIZE. 

Iinpron  no  tils     in    the     Manufacture    of     Tannin    and 
Similar     Vegetable    Extracts,    ami     in     Apparatus 

Employed  therein.     A.  Moraml,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A. 
Fng.  l'at.  1392,  March 29,  1886.    8d. 

The  patentee  cuts  the  wood  at  an  angle  across  the  grain 
into  slices  3mm.  thick,  which  arc  removed  from  the 
cutting  machine  by  a  Mower  which  granulates  the  wood 
and  drives  it  through  a  tube  to  a  scries  of  bins,  from 
which  it  can  be  dropped  into  tanks.  These,  which  may  be 
from  ten  to  twenty  in  number,  are  made  with  false  bottoms 
and  provided  overhead  with  sprinklers.  In  these  the 
wood  is  placed  and  extracted  by  percolation,  the  liquor 
from  the  first   tank  being  pumped  over  the  next,  and  so 


April».l887.]     TIIK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CIIKMrCAL  INDUSTRY. 


295 


on,  till  in  the  lust  it  percolates  through  fresh  wood  ami 
passes  away,  of  maximum  Btrength.  The  water  used  is 
at  a  temperature  of  90°,  and  a  small  percentage  of 
sulphuric  of  hydrochloric  acid  i-  added,  either  to  the 
fresh  water  or  by  sprinkling  in  one  of  the  tanks.  One 
tank  is  continuously  out  of  use  whilst  being  emptied  oi 
refuse  and  refilled,  and  when  the  lir-t  tank  is  exhausted 

comes  into  use  as  the  strongest  of  the  series.  The  liquor 
i>  next  neutralised  by  an  alkaline  solution  of  casein 
(one  part  carbonate  of  soda  to  fifty  parts  casein),  which 
i>  thus  precipitated  as  a  hue  Qocculent  precipitate  carry- 
ing down  with  it  the  impurities.  It  is  next  forced 
through  a  filter  press  and  evaporated  in  vacuo  to  25  or 
30*.  Any  similar  clarifying  agent  may  replace  the 
casein — e.g.,  albumen. — It.  L.  W. 


An  Improved  Leather  Polish.  J.  H.  G.  Langenhagen, 
Lcipsic,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  17,020,  Dec  29,  1886. 
4d. 

MINERAL  fats  or  mixtures  of  mineral  fats  and  wax, 
being  little  absorbed  by  leather,   whilst  vegetable  and 

animal  fats  turn  rancid,  the  patentee  proposes  the  follow- 
ing mixture,  the  speciality  of  which  is  the  use  of  oil  of 
turpentine  to  secure  absorption  and  preserve  gloss  : — 
40  per  cent.  Carnauba  wax,  1  per  cent,  steatite,  30  per 
cent,  oil  of  turpentine,  •">  per  cent,  aniline  (nigrosine),  2 
per  cent.  Congo-black,  S  per  cent,  almond  oil,  4  per  cent. 
beeswax  and  10  per  cent,  ozokerit.— K.  L.  W. 

XIV.— AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

Treating  Barley  with  Sulphurous  Acid.     H.  Eckenroth. 

Chem.  Zeit.  H,  110. 
When  old  barley  is  treated  with  sulphurous  acid  it 
assumes  a  fine  yellow  colour,  and  can  be  mistaken  for 
new  barley.  Such  treatment  is  injurious  to  the  germi- 
nating power,  but  has  recently  been  practised  to  a  con- 
siderable extent  in  Germany,  inasmuch  as  60  per  cent,  of 
the  samples  examined  contained  sulphur.  They  were 
tested  by  steeping  the  barley  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  in 
hot  water,  and  adding  zinc  and  hydrochloric  acid  to  the 
aqueous  extract,  the  presence  of  sulphur  being  soon 
indicated  by  the  evolution  of  hydrogen  sulphide. 

— D.  A.  L. 

Value  nf  Superphosphate  for  Sugar-Beet.    A.  Nautier, 

Bied.  Centr.  15,  742—744. 

THESE  experiments  were  instituted  to  investigate  the 
value  of  manuring  with  superphosphate  on  certain  soils, 
i  in  a  soil  containing  per  cent.  : — P,06,  034  ;  N,  0'17  : 
K.i  l,  0*53,  and  which  had  received  a  dressing  of  35,000 
kilos,  of  farmyard  manure  per  hectare  in  the  autumn,  eleven 
plots  were  arranged  ;  one  remained  unmanured,  three 
received  75kiloa.  of  nitrogen  per  hectare,  in  the  form  of 
l  'hili  saltpetre,  ammonium  sulphate,  and  oil-cake  respec- 
tively. On  six  other  plots  the  same  series  of  nitrogenous 
manures  was  twice  repeated  ;  once  with  addition  of 
7SkiloB.,  and  once  with  loOkilos.  of  soluble  phosphoric  acid 
per  hectare.  The  eleventh  plot  received  phospho-gu'ano 
equivalent  to  75kilos.  of  soluble  organic  nitrogen  and 
75kilos.  soluble  phosphoric  acid  per  hectare.  An  increase 
in  the  weight  of  crop  was  obtained  with  the  phospho- 
guano  on  all  the  nitrate  of  soda  plots  ami  also  on  the 
ammonium  sulphate  pint-,  except  where  the  loOkilos.  of 
phosphoric  acid  was  used  in  addition.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  quality  of  the  roots  as  regards  sugar  was  so 

Eoor  that  only  in  one  case  (where  nitrate  of  soda  had 
cen  used  alone)  did  the  increase  in  value  even  cover  the 
cost  of  the  manure.  The  superphosphate,  in  fact,  proved 
valueless  in  these  experiments.  Experiments  on  a 
poorer  soil  containing  percent: — P=0.-„  0  08:  N,  0  17: 
K..O,  042,  gave  different  results,  for  in  all  cases  phos- 
phoric acid,  either  as  soluble,  citrate  soluble,  or 
insoluble,  although  it  did  not  give  such  heavy  crops  as  in 
the  above  experiments,  improved  the  quality  to  such  an 
extent  as  to  more  than  cover  the  cost  of  manure.  For 
example — with  75kilos.  of  phosphoric  acid  per  hectare  as 
superphosphate  the  gain  was  64*2  francs,  with  76kiloe, 
as    natural  insoluble   phosphate  SCO  francs,  and  with 


225kilos.    as  natural  insoluble  phosphate,  the   quantity 
equivalent  in  money  value  to  the  7.">kilos.  of  phosphoric 

acid  as  superphosphate,  the  gain  was  4!  10  francs. 

—I).  A.  L. 

Manurial  Experiments  with  Basic  Slag  and  other 
Phosphates  ">i  ./.'</>  Crops.  M.  Sievert.  Hied.  Centr. 
15,  744—74-.. 

Foi  B   plots  of    equal  extent    were  manured   with    30 

pounds  pet  morgen  (0'255  hectare)  of  phosphoric  acid 
in  four  different  forms  and  10$  pounds  per  morgen  of 
nitrogen  as  ammonium  sulphate,  or  in  the  case  of  bone- 
meal  the  nitrogen  already  present  was  made  op  to  |o 
pounds  with  ammonium  sulphate.  Comparing  the 
harvest  results,  and  taking  the  yield  from  basic  Blag  at 
100,  bone-meal  yielded  11C06,  superphosphate  120*09, 
curacao-phosphate  11304.  The  prolit  per  mark  outlay 
for  this  increase  in  crop  was  in  the  case  of  bone-meal 
j  36  marks,  of  superphosphate  32  marks,  of  curacao- 
phosphate  0#2  marks. — D.  A.  L. 

in  Wheat  Cultivation  by  the  injudicious  use  of 
Cupper  Sulphate  n.s  a  Preventative  against  Mildew.  P. 
Grassman.  Bied.  Centr.  15,  766 — 774. 
To  prevent  mildew  in  wheat,  it  is  customary  to  treat  the 
seed  with  copper  sulphate.  Kiihn  has  given  directions 
for  the  application  of  this  salt,  hut  in  practice,  in  spite 
of  these  directions,  the  quantities  of  sulphate  employed 
and  the  mode  of  treatment,  vary  considerably  :  conse- 
quently the  success  of  the  treatment,  in  many  cases, 
becomes  very  questionable.  The  author  has  taken  the 
matter  in  hand,  and  from  the  standpoint  that  the  object 
in  view  is  the  destruction  of  the  mildew  fungus  without 
injury  to  the  vitality  of  the  wheat,  has  investigated  the 
effect  of  thestrength  of  copper  sulphate  solution  employed 
and  the  result  of  delay  in  sowing  after  the  seed  has 
been  treated  : — 1.  On  the  germinating  energy  or  rate 
of  germination.  2.  On  the  germinating  power  or  total 
proportion  of  germinating  seeds.  3.  On  the  proportion 
of  sickly  seedlings.  And  it  is  seen  that  any  increase 
in  strength  of  the  solution,  or  any  delay  in  time  of 
sowing  the  treated  seed,  weakens  the  germinating 
energy,  decreases  the  number  of  germinating  seeds 
and  increases  the  proportion  of  sickly  seedlings  (root- 
less or  with  diseased  roots).  Even  with  one  pound  of 
copper  sulphate  to  30  centners  of  seed  wheat  (one  cent- 
ner =  100  pounds),  the  germinating  energy  is  reduced  225 
per  cent.,  and  the  sickly  seedlings  increase  0'25  per  cent.  ; 
with  20  pounds  to  20  centners,  the  germinating  energy 
is  nil,  whilst  all  seedlings  are  sickly.  It  is,  therefore, 
recommended  not  to  use  more  than  three  pounds  of  copper 
sulphate  per  20  centneis  of  seed  grain,  and  to  allow  the 
grain  to  soak  from  12  to  16  hours,  removing  any  floating 
grai«s,  as  diseased  grains  are  always  light  :  finally,  to 
sow  the  macerated  seed  without  much  delay  ;  if  possible, 
within  24  hours. — D.  A.  L. 


Development  of  the  Sugar-beet.     A.    Girard.     Count. 
Rend.  102,  1324—1327,  1489—1402,  1565— 1S67;  103. 

72—74,  150—162. 

NUMEROUS  observations  have  been  made  on  the  develop- 
ment of  the  different  parts  of  the  sugar-beet  plant,  and  of 
the  composition  of  the  plants  at  various  stages  of  growth 
during  the  period  of  moist  active  vegetation.  A  table  is 
given,  showing  the  relation  the  weights  of  the  leaves, 
stem,  root  and  rootlet,  to  the  weight  of  the  whole 
plant  at  the  various  stages  of  growth.  On  June  S  the 
proportion  per  cent,  was: — Leaves,  S31 ;  stem,  6'8  ;  root-, 
101;  then  follows  a  period  when  the  proportion  of  the 
roots  decreases,  whilst  the  leaves  increase  considerably, 
and  the  stem  steadily,  so  that  on  July  15,  the  leaves  form 
68  5,  the  stem  29*5,  and  the  roots  and  rootlets,  20  per 
cent.  During  the  last  two  months,  the  weight  of  roots 
and  rootlets,  and  of  the  leaves,  increases  only  very 
slightly,  especially  the  latter,  whilst  the  stem  increases 
considerably,  hence  on  October  1,  the  proportion  stands  i 
leaves,  352  :  stem,  633  ;  roots  and  rootlets,  1  .">.  Under 
normal  meteorological  conditions,  however,  the  increase 
of    these  various  parts  and  also  of  their  various  con- 


THE  JOURNAL  or  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [April  29.KST. 


':'""  "<\  (woody    fibre,   Bolnble    organic  and    mineral 
matters)  is  generally  regular.    But  under  certain  climatic 

conditions,  the  ts  become  quickf]  w ly,  and  then 

tin.-  i-  accompanied  by  a  rapid  increase  in  the  weight  of 
the  stem  and  considerable  fluctuation  in  the  quantity  of 
Bugarin  the  leaves,  although  the  sugar  already  stored 
"■  decrease.  From  the  earliest  stages,  the  sugar 
beet  plant  contains  sugar ;  even  when  it  weighs  scarcely 
Igrm.  it  contains  l-5  per  cent.,  and  during  active  growth, 
under  the  influence  ol  sunlight, sugar  forme  in  the  leaves, 
passing  through  tbe  stem  to   the  root,  while    mineral 

matters  and  water  taken  fr the  soil  by  the  rootlets, 

travel  up  the  Btem  to  the  leaves.— D.  A.  L. 


Process  of  Treating    Phosphatic   Earths 
and  Mocks  for  tin  Manufacture  of  tcrtilisers  there- 
's.    B.     Powton,    Kingston,   Jamaica.      En". 
Pat.  5034,  April  lo,  1886.     6d. 

PHOSPHATIC  MINERALS,  which  are  mainly  composed  of 
phosphates  of  iron  and  alumina,  have  thus  far  not  hern 
successfully  worked  \i i ►  as  superphosphates,  owing  to  ihe 
fact  that  the  product   of  the  treatment  with  sulphuric 

aeid  remained  in  a  sticky,  gummy  state,  which  would  not 
dry,  and  could  not  lie  -round.  This  process  converts  the 
alumina  into  alum, and  combines  the  phosphoric  acid  with 
June,  whereby  the  mass  is  rendered  dry  and  granular. 
The  mode  of  proceeding  is  as  follows  :— The  ground 
mineral  is  mixed  with  water,  and  an  alkaline  base,  such 
as  eoda,  potash  or  lime.      Sulphuric  acid  is  then  added, 

and  the  mass  stirred  for  s e  time.     After  thoroughly 

mixing,  the  mass  is  poured  out,  when  it  will  dry  naturally, 
and  granulate  in  a  line  powder,  owing  to  the  formation 
of  an  alum  and  calcium  sulphate,  both  of  which  combine 
chemically  with  the  water  present  in  the  fertiliser. 

-S.  H. 


XV.-SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

Extraction    of    Sugar    Cane    by    means   of    Diffusion. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  ,1.  262.  47S-479. 

Tins  paper  is  an  extract  from  a  report  on  methods  and 
machinery  for  the  application  of  diffusion  to  the  extrac- 
tion of  sugar  cane,  by  II.  W.  Wiley,  who  has  recently 
inspected  several  sugar  works  in  France  and  Spain  for 
the  United  States  Government.  The  beet  diffusion 
works  at  Abbeville  in  France,  being  regarded  as  one  of 
the  best  of  the  kind,  are  described  in  detail  in  the  report, 
which  is  illustrated  by  a  number  of  useful  diagrams  of 
the  plant  and  machinery  employed.  With  regard  to 
cutting-machines,  it  is  shown  that  the  best   results  are 

obtained  with  cane  chips,  which  are  fr 2  to  3mm.  in 

thickness,  being  at  the  same  time  nicely  grooved.  This 
i-  -Inn,,  bj  adjusting  lite  edges  of  the  knives  in  a  certain 
manner.  At  the  works  at  Almeria,  the  diffusion  battery 
consists  of  14  vessels,  each  vessel  holding  25  .hectolitres 
and  containing  a  charge  of  li'lokilos.  of  cane  chips.  From 
these  13'5  hectolitres  of  juice  are  obtained,  or  ill  litres 

from  100  kilos,  of  canes.     Ilnring  the  diffusion  process,  a 

temperature  of  80—90  is  maintained' in  all  the  vessels, 
which  is  said  to  facilitate  the  extraction,  without  injur- 
ing the  colour  of  the  juice.  The  exhausted  chips  are 
exposed  to  the  atmosphere  until  putrefaction  sets  in. 
They  are  then  used  for  manuring  purpi  see.  To  use  them 
a-  fuel  would  necessitate  partial  drying.     Experiments 

boVi  n  that  almost  all  the  sugar  present  in  the  sugar 
cane  Can  be  r<  adily  extracted  by  diffusion.  With  a  pro- 
perlj  constructed  cutting  machine  and  a  sufficient  number 
of  ■,  easels,  the  treated  chips  should  not  contain  more  than 
nl  to  0'2  per  cent,  of  BUgar,  whilst  the  crushed  cane, 
from  which  the  juice  has  been  extracted  by  pressure, 
contains  about  3"63  per  o  nt.  of  sugar,  At  Tore  del  Mar 
the  juice  is  expressed  from  the  canes,  and  tbe  bagasse 
subjected  to  diffusion.     The  exhausted  bagasse  i-  placed 

inure  pits  one  metre  in  depth  and  then  madi  dp 
in  heaps  two  metres  above  the  mm  face  of  the  ground,  and 
covered  with  earth  and  the  refuse  from  a  distillery  in 


connection  with  these  works.      After  a  year  a  valuable 
manure  is  obtained,  which  is  sold  to  farmers.— 1).  B. 


The  . [pplicability  of  t  ;,„,/,  nst 'I  Steam  frt  >n  Sugar  Works 
for  Steam-boiler  Purposes.  C.  stammer.  Dingl.  Polyt. 
J.  263.  189  -193. 

Db.  CLAASSEN  [Deutsche  Zuckerindvsirie,  1886,  No.  10) 
expressed  bis  opinion  that  the  prest  me  of  sugar  in  water 
used  for  feeding  steamhoili  i -  caused  col rosions  of  the 
boiler  plates,  owing  to  the  formation  of  fatty  acids  as 
products  of  the  decomposition  of  the  sugar.  He  col- 
lected a  brown  powder  from  a  boiler  of  a  sugar  works, 
that  was  led  with  condensed  steam,  and  found  it  to  con- 
tain 11  per  cent,  organic  matter,  0  per  cent,  of  which 
were  of  an  aeid  nature.  The  acid  hail  entered  intocum 
lunation  with  iron.  Without  examining  these  organic 
acids  any  further,  Claassen  concluded  that  they  were 
products  of  decomposition  derived  from  the  sugar, 
although  a  direct  test  of  the  feed  water  villi  Fehling's 
si  liition  showed  the  absence  of  sugar.  Stammer  cannot 
but  condemn  results  which  were  obtain*  d  in  this  nnscien- 
tilic  manner.  He  dors  not  deny  the  corrosion,  but 
thinks  that  the  acids  were  more  likely  fatty  acids  which 
found  their  way  into  the  boiler  from  the  lubricators usi  d 
for  the  steam  cylinder,  packing,  and  so  forth.  If  con- 
densed steam  could  be  kept  free  from  fatty  matter,  it  is 
certainly  the  best  kind  of  water  for  steam  boiler  pur- 
poses, but  as  fatty  matter  is  only  too  likely  to  be  carried 
into  the  boiler,  a .counteracting  agent  must  be  introduced 
along  with  it,  in  order  to  avoid  injury  to  I  he  plates.  The 
addition  of  sodium  carbonate,  lime  or  lime  water  can 
he  highly  recommended  as  cheap  and  effective.  1  he 
author  does  not  contend  the  possibility  that  sugar  or  its 
products  of  decomposition  may  be  injurious  to  boiler 
plates,  but  he  thinks  it  rash  to  blame  sugar  for  corrosions 
if  it  cannot  even  be  detected  in  the  feed-water. — 8.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Caramel.  (.'.  W. 
N.  Wallace,  Sonthwark,  and  ('.  J.  H.  Barry,  Camber- 
well.  Eng.  Pat.  4670,  April  3,  1  SS<>.  4d. 
Tiiesk  consist  in  heating  a  mixture  of  sugar  and 
dilute  acid  at  about  200°  F.  for  some  hours,  adding  a 
slight  excess  of  sodium  carbonate,  and  evaporating  to  the 
required  consistency. — G.  11.  M. 


XVI.-BEEWING,  WINES,   SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Studies  on  Diastase.      C.  H.  Lintner.     J.  l'rakt.  Chun. 
34,  ISSO",  :S78— 394. 

Thk  author  lias  endeavoured  to  isolate  pure  diastase. 
The  various  methods  used  for  preparing  it  were  accom- 
panied by  a  quantitative  determination  of  the  efficiency 
of  the  diastase  obtained,  as  the  degree  of  sachaiilication 
must  be  looked  upon  as  an  important  criterion,  both  of 
the  value  of  the  method  and  of  the  purity  of  the  sub- 
stance. To  determine  the  efficiency  of  the  diastase, 
Kjedahl  uses  starch  made  soluble  by  extract  of  malt  at 
50  .  Tbe  author,  however,  linds  that  this  solution  gives 
no  reliable  results,  and  replaces  the  malt  by  hydrochloric 
acid.  In  order  to  obtain  lOOcc.  of  the  test  solution, 
•Jgims.  air-dried  potato  starch  are  weighed  into  a  bottle, 
mixed  with  lOcc.  of  a  /..th  p.c.  hydrochloric  acid  solution, 
and  about  60CC.  water,  and  the  corked  bottle  heated  ;ii 
100'  in  the  watt  r-bath.  After  the  lapse  of  half-an-hour 
the  starch  dissolves,  and  though  the  solution  is  opales- 
cent, it  is  perfectly  mobile  and  hardly  reduces   Fehling's 

solution,     thus     i p.uing    fauiuiaUy    with   Kjoiiahl's 

Starch  solution.  The  acid  is  exactly  neutralised  with 
lOce.  of  a  ,',,th  per  cent,  caustic  soda  solution,  and  the  solu- 
tion made  up  to  lOOcc  If  a  large  number  of  determina- 
tions is  to  be  made,  it  is  advisable  to  prepare  large 
quantities  of  soluble  starch,  and  weigh  oil'  the  amount 
required  in  i  acta  case.    To  this  end,  a  certain  quantity  of 

best  potato  starch  is  mixed  with  hydrochloric  acid  of  7  •"> 

pei  cent  Btrength,  so  thai  the  acid  layer  covers  the  starch. 
After  standing  seven  days  at  the  ordinary  temperature 
of   the  air,   or  three   days  at  40  ,  the  starch  loses   its 


April  so.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


297 


power  of  forming  a  paste.     Itia  washed  by  decantation 

with  ('"hi  water  until  absolutely  freed  from  acid,  the 
water  drawn  off  completely,  and  i  lie  residue  dried.  This 
starch  is  easily  soluble  to  a  clear  fluid  in  hot  water.  Two 
percent,  solutions  remain  clear  or  slightly  opalescent  for 
several  days.  Concentrated  (10  per  cent.)  .solutions 
gelatioiaeon  cooling.  Fehling'ssolutionishardly  reduced. 
Todeterminethediostatic  action  of  maltI25grms.  of  finely- 
powdered  cured  mall  or  well-macerated  green  malt  are 
brought  on  a  filter  and  extracted  with  SOOcc.  water,  and  the 
filtrate  cleared  by  pouring  hack  three  or  tour  times  on  to 
the  filter.  Into  each  one  of  10  tsst  tubes  lOcc.  of  the  teal 
solution— viz.,  2grms.  starch  in  lOOcc.  water — are  intro- 
duced, and  into  each  consecutive  test  tube  01,  0  2,  0'3, 
etc.,  to  LOcc.  extract  of  malt  solution  arc  respectively 
added  :  the  diastase  is  allowed  to  act  for  one  hour.  See. 
Fehling'a  solution  are  now  brought  into  each  test  tube, 
all  of  which  are  then  placed  in  boiling  water  for  10 
minutes.  The  tube  in  which  all  cupric  oxide  has  just 
been  reduced  is  then  selected,  and  the  diastatic  value  of 
the  above  extract  determined;  the  fermentative  power  of 
a  malt  extract  may  he  taken  at  100,  when,  under  the 
above  circumstances,  0  lcc.  of  an  extract  of  25grms.  malt 
with  SOOcc.  water  reduces  5cc.  Fehling's  solution. 

Preparation  of  Diastase. — Green  malt  from  barley  is 
most  suitable  for  obtaining  diastase.  Air-dried  mall 
may  also  be  used.  Cured  malt  is  not  practicable.  The 
author  recommends  the  following  as  the  best  method  of 
preparing  diastase  : — 1  part  green  malt  from  barley  or 
sifted  air-dried  malt  is  treated  with  2 — 4  parts  of  20  per 
cent,  alcohol  for  at  least  24  hours;  the  extract  in  the 
filtrate  is  precipitated  by  adding  2— 2j  times  the  volume 
of  absolute  alcohol  ;  the  diastase  is  quickly  filtered, 
macerated  with  absolute  alcohol,  again  filtered  and 
washed  with  the  latter,  then  macerated  with  absolute 
ether,  and  after  filtering  dried  in  vacuo  over  sulphuric 
acid.  After  thoroughly  drying  the  diastase  in  this 
manner,  it  is  obtained  as  a  loose  yellowish- white 
powder  of  great  efficiency.  Before  using,  it  must 
be  well  macerated  with  a  little  water.  To  prepare  pure 
diastase  the  latter  raw  product  is  dissolved  in  water, 
precipitated  and  allowed  to  stand  some  time  with 
alcohol,  when  it  is  washed  with  ether  and  dried, 
this  process  being  repeated  several  times,  in  order  to 
render  the  albuminous  substance  insoluble.  Inorganic 
substances  adhere  most  persistently  to  diastase;  even 
after  six  precipitations,  there  were  still  10  per  cent,  of  the 
former,  consisting  chiefly  of  neutral  calcium  phosphate. 
Five  per  cent,  were  removed  by  dialysis  ;  the  remaining 
five  consisted  of  pure  calcium  phosphate.  Certain  in- 
teresting relatious  existing  between  the  quantity  of 
nitrogen  and  the  diastasis  action  of  various  substances 
are  given. 

The  author,  contrary  to  Payen  and  Persoz,  shows 
diastase  to  be  a  nitrogenous  body.  No  higher  percentage 
than  104  (calculated  on  substance  free  of  ash)  is  it  pos- 
sible  to  reach  by  purifying  the  ordinary  diastase.  An 
analysis  gave  numbers  which  show  that  the  composition 
of  diastase  differs  considerably  from  that  of  the  albu- 
minous substances  (C  =  40"(iG.  H=7'35,  X  =  1041,  and 
.S=1'12  per  cent,  respectively)  (calculated  on  the 
substance  free  from  ash).  Bat  the  composition  is  similar 
to  that  of  other  ferments,  such  as  pancreatic  ferments, 
invertin,  and  emulsiu.  From  this  it  may  he  concluded 
that  chemical  ferments  belong  to  a  special  class  of  protein 
Bubstances. 

Diastase  gives  almost  all  the  reactions  of  albuminoids 
but  the  one  so  characteristic  of  peptones — viz.,  the  biuret 
reaction.  One  reaction,  which  no  other  protein  body 
shows,  diastase  gives  most  distinctly — viz.,  the  reaction 
with  alcoholic  guaiacum  tincture.  One  drop  of  a  solu- 
tion of  diastase  causes  an  intense  blue  colouration, 
which  appears  within  a  few  minutes,  even  if  traces  are 
present.  In  conclusion,  the  author  thinks  that  though 
differing  in  composition,  diastase  shows  considerable 
similarity  to  the  albuminous  bodies.  Since  the  largest 
amount  of  diastase  is  produced  during  germination,  and 
the  latter  process  must,  to  a  certain  extent,  be  looked 
upon  as  one  of  oxidation,  it  does  not  seem  improbable 
that  diastase  is  an  oxidation  product  of  certain  protein 
substances. — A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  and  Modi  of  Holding  or 
Containing  Bicarbonate  of  Soda  for  Generating  Car- 
c  Acid  Gas,  to  be  used  in  Aerating  and  Causing  to 
Flow  from  the  Barrel  Draught  Ale  or  otha  B 
W.  A.    How,    New  Maiden,  Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  4194, 
March  25,  1886.  Sd. 
A  CYLnTBBIi   \i    Btoneware  jar  contains  an  inverted  hell 
jar,  to  the  top  of  which  a  tap  is  fixed  for  the  admission 
of  air  and  the  escape  of  any  pas  generated.     The  hell-jar 
contains  an  arrangement  for  holding  in  its  place  sodium 
bicarbonate   in  a  bag  of  textile  material,  or  a  separate 
holder  with  perforated  sides. — S.  II. 


Improvements  in    the  "Manufacture  of   Yeast.      \V.    S. 

Squire,  London.      Eng.  Pat.  .">4.'i7,  April  20,  1SS0.     4d. 

The  yeast  is  grown  in  a  mixture  of  a  solution  of  "  pep. 
Ionised  maltose  (Eng.  Pat  11,935,  1885;  this  Journal, 
1SS6,  r>42)  ami  spent  wash  and  wort,  prepared  by  boiling 
maize,  buckwheat  or  rice  with  water  containing  a 
little  acid.  The  acid  is  neutralised  with  an  alkali,  the 
grain,  together  with  the  water  in  which  it  has  been 
boiled,  added,  to  either  ground  malt  alone  or  ground 
malt  mixed  with  ground  raw  grain,  and  mashed 
at  140°  F.  for  an  hour  and  a  half.  The  clear  spent  wash 
from  a  previous  distillation  is  added  to  this  in  such  a 
proportion  that  the  mixture  shall  have  a  sp.  gr.  of  1040. 

— G.  H.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Aerated  or  Gaseous 
Waters  or  Beverages.  J.  C.  Mewburh,  London.  From 
E.  Bourcond,  Madrid,  Spain.  Eng.  Pat.  5634,  April 
29,  1886.     4d. 

Tins  invention  consists  in  the  employment  of  nitrogen 
gas  in  the  manufacture  of  aerated  beverages.  The 
nitrogen  is  obtained  from  the  air  by  the  withdrawal 
of  oxygen  therefrom  by  means  of  phosphorus.  The  gas 
is  first  purified  by  passing  through  a  weak  solution  of 
sodium  hydrate,  and  then  injected  at  a  suitable  pressure 
into  the  water  or  liquid  to  be  aerated  or  rendered 
gaseous, — S.  H. 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,    SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY.  DISIXfECTAXTS,  Etc. 

(A)   CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Rennet.  C.  Hansen, 
Copenhagen,  Denmark.  Eng.  Pat.  2909,  March  1, 
1SS6.     6d. 

The  rennet  ferment  is  precipitated  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  contain  substances,  such  as  pepsin  or  peptonised 
matters,  which  are  themselves  inert  and  protect  the 
rennet  subsequently  from  the  effects  of  the  atmosphere. 
After  admixture  with  salt,  sugar  or  other  substance 
which  is  both  inert  and  soluble  in  water,  the  precipitated 
material  is  pressed  into  a  solid  mass  of  such  a  size  that 
each  piece  shall  contain  a  fixed  quantity  of  rennet, 
the  necessity  of  weighing  being  thus  dispensed  with. 
The  requisite  number  of  pieces  are  dissolved  in  water 
prior  to  being  added  to  the  milk. — C.  C.  11. 


Poisoning  Sheep  by  Sorrel.     Biermann.     Bicd.  Centr.  15, 

85S. 

Out  of   twenty   sheep  put  to  graze  on  an   oat-stubble 

field,   where   there   was  a  considerable  growth  of  sorrel 
seven  were  taken  ill,  and  of  these  two 
died.—  D.  A.  L.  

Sinijile  Method  of  Preserving  Hay  or  After-Math.     \Y. 
Wagner.     Bied.  Centr.  15.  860. 

Tiik  author  recommends  ensiling  under  pressure.  He 
ad. Is  that  the  sweet  silage  is  eaten  readily  by  cattle, 
whereas  sour  silage  increases  the  yield  of  milk. 

— D.  A.  L. 


290 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (April  a,  1887. 


itiotu  Value  of  somt  Edible  Fungi.  C.  T.  Moerner. 
Zeits.  t'iir  Physiol.  Cheni.  10-  503  516. 
In  these  investigations  onl)  those  parts  of  the  fungus 
nsuall]  eaten  were  experimented  upon.  The  fungi 
employed  and  the  Bcope  of  the  experiments  will  he  Been 
from  the  following  table  of  results  : 


A  Nil'-  or  Improved  System  of  Treatment  of  Sewage. 
I'.  II.  Danchell,  Maidstone.     Eng.  Pat  2439,  Feb.  19, 

1SS<>.    fid. 

'I'm  sewage  is  defecated,  the  resulting  sludge  filter- 
pressed,  and,  lastly,  carboni.-c. I  in  retorts.  It  not  suffi- 
ciently rich  in  carbonaceous  matter,  Bnbstances  such  as 


1.1!  IS    Xami  . 


OS  procerus  Scop.   ... 
campestris  (Hut.) 
campostris  (Fuss) 

l,ucturius  delieiosus 

torminosus  Fr. 
CantharelluB  cibarius  Fr — 
Boletus  edulis  Bull 

(Fuss)    

„       scuber  Fr  (Hut.i 


luteus  . 


Polyporus  ovinus  Fr.  . 
Hyilmim  imbricatum 
,,         repandum .... 

Sparossis  crispa 

Morchella  esculcnta  — 
Lycoperdon  Bovista  Fr. 


Common  n  imi: 


Mushrooms 


Cantharellus. 


Boletus  (various) 


Polyporus 

'„   h  f 

■  Ilydnum - 

Sparassis    

Edible  Moril 

Common  Lycoperdon 


Xm is   pan  i  knt.  Dry  Mittbu. 


Soluble  in 


.in-' 
Juice. 


0-28 

n  :r. 
Oil) 

Oil 

11-17 

oos 

ii  -id 
on 
o-is 

0-12 
0-22 
008 
008 
Ol.i 
009 
0-22 


Juice. 


-71 
329 
2  7S 
1-20 
0-79 
0  71 
101 
1-63 
1-1S 
0-87 
018 
012 
077 
108 
037 
1-97 
313 


Album 


i' 
.i.i. 


■J'.i'.i 
3  61 
2-S8 
1-11 
0-96 
079 
210 
170 
1-liij 
099 
070 
0-50 
0S5 
1-23 
0-1G 
219 
313 


v  • 
Di 


1-27 
117 
1-09 
105 

roo 
no 
ii-i;.-, 
0-67 
0'So 
0G2 
1-06 
084 

0  76 

1  .v. 
010 
1-90 
270 


J  -21 
1-89 
101 
251 
I'M 
2-29 
2-73 
2-35 
251 
1-71 
1-77 
l-3o 
1-59 
2-78 
0-97 
118 
579 


ttire  .  r 

Non- 

Albumi 

DOid. 


202 
219 

1-98 
060 

O-.iS 
010 

111 

0-9o 

0-58 

018 
0  71 
0-1.5 
0-9C 
0-71 
021 
081 
2-10 


fi-23 
7-38 
602 
311 
2*S2 
9-69 
3*87 
3-30 
312 
2-19 
2-51 
ISO 
3-55 
3-;.2 
1-18 
1-99 
8-19 


In  the  digestive  experiment9,  the  substance  was  first 
treated  with  gastric  juice,  then  the  insoluble  residue 
was  treated  with  pancreatic  juice,  the  finally  insoluble 
portion  being  the  indigestible  matter,  The  average  per- 
centage nf  aftuminoids  present  in  the  dry  matter  is  1 57, 
of  which  over  half  ($■"  per  cent.)  is  digestible,  and  there- 
fore on  this  basis,  the  nutritious  value  of  these  fungi  is 
very  mar  that  of  cabbage  -with  1  :{•.">  per  cent,  of  albu- 
minoids in  the  dry  matter,  anil  much  below  that  of  most 
other  fresh  articles  of  food,  whether  animal  or  vegetable. 
— D.A.  L. 

IB)  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Microscopic   Flora    in   Sulphur  Springs.      L.    Olivier. 
Compt.  Rend.  103.  556—559. 

ORGANISMS  have  been  observed  in  all  cold  or  warm 
Bulphnrous  spring  waters  examined  by  the  author,  even 
iii  those  "I  a  temperature  of  55  ;  in  fact,  the  organisms 
can  withstand  a  temperature  of  nearly  70.  In  cold 
water-,  the  onanisms  are  Leptothrix,  in  filaments  of 
colourless  cellsj  whilst  in  warm  water,  they  consist  of 
uni-,  hi-  or,  at  the  most,  quadri-cellular  bacilli.  Some 
are  elongated,  Bome  resemble  bacteria  ;  their  mem- 
brane- contain  an  iron  salt.  They  form  in  a  somewhat 
slimv.  fiocky,  grey  or  colourless  mass,  which  adheres  to 
the  Btones,  and  contains  microscopic  crystals  of  sulphur 
and  other  inorganic  matter.  Both  the  warm  and  cold- 
water  organisms  contain  granule-  of  sulphur  in  their 
cells,    and    exert   a   reducing   action    on    the   sulphates 

present  in  the  waters.  The  form  of  the  warm-water 
organisms  varies  with  the  physical  conditions,  hence 
the)  api  tar  longer  at  lower  temperatures.  In  an  experi- 
ment with  the  slimy  matter  from  Mann  sulphur  springs, 
long  filaments  were  developed  in  20 days  at  the  ordinary 

temperature,  consequently  the  elements  of   Leptothrix 

cells  are  present  in  the  slimy  matter. —I).  A.  L. 


sawdust,  peat,  blood  or  offal,  etc.,  are  previously  mixed 
therewith.  The  carbon,  after  carbonisation,  the  patentee 
terms  "  eharcoaline,  '  and  proposes  to  use  it  either  for 
the  purification  of  sewage  or  the  decolouration  and 
purification  of  water,  sugar,  vinegar,  etc.— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Treating  Sewage  and  Making  Cement. 

.1.    B.    Ilannav,  Glasgow.     Eng.   Pat.  3'.'17,  March  8, 

1886.     4d. 
Lime   or   carbonate  of  lime  is  added  to  the  sewage  in 
conjunction  with  clay;  the  resulting  sludge  is  dried  by 
evaporation,  heated  to  redness,  cooled,  and  ground. 

— C.  C,  H. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Water, 
('.  NY.  Burton,  Nogent;  F.  T.  Moison,  Moiiy,  France 
Eng.  Pat.  :i7:w,  .March  16,  1886.  (id. 
Calcined  dolomite  is  employed,  cither  in  conjunction 
with  or  without  carbonate  or  oxalate  of  baryta,  for  the 
removal  of  carbonate  or  sulphates  held  in  solution  in  a 
water.-  -C.  C.  II. 


XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Depolarising  1 
Batteries.  A.  C.  Benderson,  London.  From  E  Bazin, 
Paris,  France.  Fug.  Pat.  3577, March  IS,  lsso\  lid. 
In  order  to  prevent  polarisation,  the  inventor  makes  use 
of  carbon  discs  mounted  upon  a  rod,  suspended  in  bear- 
ings over  the  cells  at  BUCh  a  height,  that  part  only  of  the 
discs  dips  into  the  batten  solution.  The  rod  is  made  to 
rotate  l.v  means  of  an  electro-motor,  driven  by  the 
current  from  two  or  three  of  the  elements,  and  try  its 
rotation    il    brings  fresh  surface--  of  carbon  into  contact 

with  the  liquid.— B.  T. 


April 29, 1887]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


299 


Improvements    in    Electro-plating    Appdratus.     A.    ['. 

Harris,  Walsall.     Eng.  Pat.  :t074,  March  1C,  1880.     4.1. 

To  prevent  the  suspending  wires  or  hooks  of  electro- 
plating baths  becoming  coated  with  a  metallic  deposit, 
the  inventor  covers  these  wires  with  an  insulating  varnish 
of  enamel,  imliarnhher  or  other  suitable  insulator. 

— B.  T. 

Improved  Means  for  Producing  Ozone  and  Hydrogen 
suitable  for  Bleaching  Purposes.  J.  H.  Johnson, 
London.  From  K.  Hermite,  Paris,  France.  Eng. 
Pat. 3956,  .March  20,  1886.    Sd. 

TrtK  patentee  has  found  that  when  sulphate  of  soila, 
sulphate  of  potash,  caustic  soda,  potash  or  baryta, 
either  pure  or  in  a  state  of  mixture,  are  subjected  to 
electrolysis,  using  an  unattackable  or  in-corrodible 
positive  electrode  such  as  platinum  or  carbon  with  a 
negative  electrode  of  mercury  or  an  amalgamated  metal 
such  as  copper,  tin,  zinc  or  iron,  an  amalgam  of  the 
metal  set  tree  is  obtained  at  the  negative  pole,  while 
ozone  or  ozonised  oxygen  is  obtained  at  the  positive 
pole.  If  the  passage  of  the  current  be  interrupted, 
or  the  apparatus  short-circuited,  the  water  is  decomposed 
by  the  amalgam  with  abundant  evolution  of  nascent 
hydrogen.  The  inventor  applies  these  reactions  to 
bleaching  purposes  by  utilising  this  ozone  and  nascent 
hydrogen,  and  makes  use  of  an  apparatus  constructed 
and  arranged  as  follows  : — A  layer  of  mercury  at  the 
bottom  of  a  tank  or  cistern  is  connected  with  the 
negative  pole  of  an  electric  generator;  at  a  short  distance 
from  the  layer  of  mercury  is  situated  the  positive 
electrode,  constituted  by  one  or  more  plates  of  platinum 
or  carbon  perforated  with  holes  to  facilitate  the  escape 
of  gases.  The  trough  is  afterwards  filled  up  with  a 
solution  of  any  of  the  substances  before  referred  to.  The 
materials  to  be  bleached  are  immersed  in  this  solution, 
where  they  are  acted  on  by  the  ozone,  the  ozonised 
oxygen  or  the  nascent  hydrogen  produced,  the  alkaline 
or  earthy  alkaline  metals  produced  being  absorbed  by 
the  mercury  in  the  process  of  electrolysis.  Other  modifi- 
cations are  described. — J.  H. 


Improvemi  tits  in  Electric  Set xmdai  t/  or  Sioragi  Batterii  . 

YY.    Taylor,   London.      Eng.  Pat.  62S7,  May  10,  InnO. 

8d. 
To  produce  a  very  light  electrode,  a  leaden  frame  is 
used  with  several  vertical  partitions  ;  the  spaces  between 
these  are  bridged  across  bv  numerous  horizontal  leaden 
bands,  corrugated  so  as  to  hold  firmly  the  active  material, 
which  is  placed  between  them.  A  small  space  is  left 
near  the  top  of  the  frame  to  allow  expansion  by  buI- 
phating  to  go  on  without  injury.  The  active  material 
may,  when  formed,  be  perforated,  to  allow  of  free  cir- 
culation of  the  liquid,  and  reduce  the  weight  of  the 
electrode.  A  short  piece  of  copper  is  soldered  to  the 
electrode  for  a  terminal  ;  suitable  copper  bars  are  let 
into  opposite  sides  of  the  top  of  the  box,  and  to  these 
the  terminals  of  the  electrode  -  are  si  Idered.  —  E.  T. 


Improved  Means  for  Producing  Chlorine  Compounds 
suitable  for  Bleaching  Purposes.  J.  H.  Johnson, 
London.  From  E.  Hermite,  1'aris.  Eng.  Pat.  :W57, 
March  20,  1SS0.     Sd. 

The  inventor  employs  an  apparatus  similar  to  the  one 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  3956  (preceding  abstract)  for  the 
electrolysis  of  chlorides  of  the  alkali  or  alkaline  earth 
metals.  An  amalgam  of  the  alkali  with  the  mercury  i> 
formed  at  the  negative  pole,  while  chlorine  compounds 
are  obtained  at  the  opposite  pole.  The  goods  are 
immersed  as  in  the  previous  patent,  and  are  bleached 
by  the  oxygen  compounds  of  chlorine  evolved. — J.  H. 

Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  A.  Dun  and  F. 
Hasslacher,  l-'rankfort-on-the  Main,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  5731,  April  27,  1886.     fid. 

In  this  improved  two-cell  battery,  a  carbon  negative 
element  is  immersed  in  aqua-regia  contained  in  one  cell, 
and  a  positive  elemeut  of  zinc,  or  other  soluble  metal, 
is  used  in  the  other  cell,  which  contains  soda-lye.  The 
hydrochloric  acid  of  the  aqua  legia  may  he  replaced  by 
chromic  acid  or  a  eliminate,  and  ferric  chloride  maj  be 
used  in  addition. — B.  T. 


A n  Improved  Form  of  Galvan ic  ( i ttfor  lull  Ringing  and 
other  Purposes.  (1.  II.  Bays,  jun.,  Wakefield,  Yorks. 
Eng.  Pat.  0004,  May  17,  1880.     4d. 

This  element  consists  of  a  porous  cell  contained  in  a 
non-porous  earthenware  jar,  the  space  between  the  two 
ve^-cls  being  packed  with  line  gas-retort  carbon,  with  or 
without  the  addition  of  manganese  dioxide.  A  rod  of 
carbon  is  packed  in  with  the  broken  carbon  to  serve  as 
the  negative  electrode.  The  porous  cell  contains  a  rod 
of  zinc  immersed  in  a  solution  of  a  suitable  salt,  such 
as  chloride  of  sodium  ;  dilute  sulphuric  or  hydro- 
chloric acid,  etc.,  may  be  employed.— B.  T. 


An    Improved   Regulator    combined   with   a     Portable 
Battery  for  Controlling  the  Light   of  Incandescent 
Electric  Lamps  used  fur  Surgical  and  other  Purposi  v. 
J.   B.   Medland,  London.     Eng.   Pat.   12,779,  Oct.  7, 
18S6.     8d. 
ROUND    a    piece    of   insulating    material  is    wound  a 
spiral  wire  of  high  resistance.      Surrounding,  but  insu- 
lated from  it,  is  a  metal  cylinder,  having  a  slot  along  its 
under  side.     A  ring,  sliding  on  this,  has  a  projection, 
which,  passing  through  the  slot,  makes  contact  with  the 
wire  inside.     The  current,  entering  at  one  end  of  the 
wire,  reaches  the  ring  and  passes  thence  to  the  outside 
cylinder,  which  is  joined  to  the  rest  of  the  circuit. 

-E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps.  B.  J.  B. 
Mills,  London.  F'roui  W.  Holzer,  Harrison,  New 
Jersey,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  5979,  May  3,  1886.     Sd. 

To  overcome  the  difficulty  caused  by  the  breakage  of  a 
filament  when  incandescent  lamps  are  placed  in  series, 
the  leading-in  wires  pass  in  close  proximity  through  a 
double-barrelled  glass  tube,  or  through  two  glass  tubes 
bound  together.  If  the  filament  breaks,  an  arc  forms 
which  burns  down  the  leading-in  wires  until  a  point  is 
reached  at  which  they  are  close  enough  for  the  melted 
ends  to  coalesce,  thus  metallically  completing  the  circuit. 

—  E.  T. 


XIX.— PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc 

On  the  Strength  of  Paper  as  influenced  by  Sizing,  Satining 
and  the  Amount  of  Wood-Fibre  contained  in  it.  A. 
Martens.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  120—124. 
ACCORDING  to  the  author,  paper  which  has  been  sized 
with  animal  gluten  (gelatin)  is  very  considerably  im- 
proved in  every  respect  as  compared  with  paper  only 
treated  with  vegetable  glutin.  The  strength,  however, 
does  not  increase  with  the  number  of  times  the  paper  is 
sized,  not  more  than  two  treatments  being,  in  fact, 
advantageous.  With  an  increase  of  the  amount  of  woody 
fibre  contained  in  paper,  the  strength  is  notably 
diminished.  Paper  sized  with  resin  shows  lower  values 
in  the  "tearing  length,"  tension  and  modulus  of  work, 
than  paper  sized  with  animal  gluten  or  unsized  paper. 

Soil,  which  is  frequently  added  to  weight  the  paper, 
has  a  most  injurious  effect  on  the  strength.  Even  such 
papers,  however,  are  considerably  improved  by  tyvice 
sizing  with  animal  gluten.  It  is  furthermore  stated  that 
satining  increases  the  "tearing  length,"  no  matter  in 
which  direction  the  strip  experimented  upon  is  cut  from 
the  sheet  of  paper,  or  in  which  direction  it  is  satined. 
This  increase,  however,  varies  according  to  whether  the 
strip  of  paper  has  been  cut  parallel  or  at  right  angles  to 
the  course  of  the  machine.  In  the  latter  case  it  is  about 
13  per  cent.,  in  the  former  only  5  per  cent.  The 
medium  tension  is  hardly  altered.  The  thickness  of  the 
paper  decrease-  by  satining,  the  weight  does  not  change 
appreciably.  It  is  important  to  notice  that  the  paper 
experimented  upon  was  made  of  linen  and  cotton  fibre, 
and  the  results  cannot,  therefore,  apply  equally  to  paper 
of  a  different  manufacture. 


300 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      I  April  29.  issr. 


For  all  practical  purposes  tbe  author  thinks  that 
different  hinds  of  paper,  whose  strength  ["tearing 
length  "and  tension  does  not  differ  by  more  than  b5p.c, 
may  be  regarded  asol  equal  quality,  other  properties  and 
peculiarities  of  the  papers  being  equal. — A.  K. 


Improvement*  in  Manufacturing  or  Preparing  Asbestos 
for  use  as  a  Non  Conductor  oj   Heat  and  othtrv 
W.  Finlayson,  Glasgow.     From  It.   II.  Martin,  New 
York,  I  .S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  10,891,  Aug.  26,  1886. 

The  sheets  or  coverings  may  be  of  various  forms,  and 
are  composed  of  superimposed  "slivers,"  or  Heeces  of 
asbestos  fibre.  The  asbestos  is  not  pulped,  as  in  the 
manufacture  of  paper  or  millboard,  but  is  cast  through 
a  carding  machine— the  fleece  so  form. ,1,  1,1  ins  dej  osited 
in  even  layers  upon  an  apron  or  table,  or  coiled  upon  a 
rotating  cylinder  until  a  sufficient  thickness  i-  obtained. 
Water,  or  a  sizing  substance  (preferably  a  solution  of 
silicate  of  sodium),  is  uniformly  applied  to  the  asbestos,  at 
some  convenient  stage  between  its  raw  condition  and  its 
deposition  in  layers.  No  felting  operation  is  em- 
ployed,  but  pressure,  regulated  according  to  the 
required  density,  is  applied  by  means  of  a  roller  or  other- 
wise. For  some  purposes  hair,  wool,  mineral  wool, 
finely-divided  clay,  infusorial  earth,  etc.,  may  be  mixed 
with  the  asbestos  fibre.  The  -he,  t  or  covering,  when 
dried,  forms  a  flexible  elastic  material  resembling  felt,  is 
non-conducting,  and  may  easily  lie  made  waterproof.  It 
may  be  bent  and  adapted  to  slightly  curved  or  irregular 
surfaces.      E.  G.  C. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

The  Pepsins  of  Commerce.     C.  Schlickum,  Brit,  and  Col 
Druggist,  .March  12,  1887  (Zeit  I  lestr.  Ap.  and  Ver  ). 

NUMEROUS  varieties  of  both  "concentrated"  pepsins, 
prepared  by  precipitation  according  to  Softener's  proci  ss' 
for  '-scale"  pepsins  arc  manufactured,  the  digestive 
strengths  of  which  are  much  higher  than  that  of  the 
officinal  Baccharated  pepsin.  The  author  has  examined 
the  strength-  of  several  of  these  pepsins  of  higher 
digestive  power,  by  digesting  them  for  six  hours  ata 
constant  temperature  with  a  known  weight  of  albumen, 
and  then  determining  the  amount  of  undissolved  nihil  men. 
The  results  show  that  the  "concentrated"  pepsins  have 
on  the  whole  a  greater  digestive  power  than  the  "  scale  " 

pepsins,  while  the  claims  made  by  the  manufacturers 

of  both  varieties  are  greatly  at  variance  with  their  true 
digestive  powers. — C.  A.  K. 


On   Magnolia-Bark.     .1.    U.  and  C.  G.  Lloyd,     l'harm. 
Rundsch.  4,  266. 

Commercial  cortex  magnoliae  comes  from  the  mountains 

of  North  Carolina,  and  is  collected  from  magnolia  jlauca, 
ii,,il, nil, 1  and  maerophylla.  The  hark  was  extra 
with  alcohol,  the  latter  evaporated,  resinous  matters 
hung  left  behind,  which  apparently  were  a  mixture  of 
three  different  re-ins.  The  residue  was  taken  up  with 
water,  which,  altera  few  .lays,  gave  colourless  Crystals, 

which  were  recrystallised  from  alcohol.  They  were  then 
dissolved  and   boiled   with   dilute    sulphuric    acid,  the 

solution  neutralised  with  barium  carbonate,  and  Site 

The  nitrate  reduced  Fehling's  solution,  and  it  i-.  there- 
very     likely     that     the     crystals    represented     the 

magnolia  glucoside.  Experiments  for  obtaining  an  alka- 
loid from  the  resinous  residue  were  unsuccessful,  although 
the  usual  reagent-  for  alkaloids  pointed  to  the  presence 

of  an  alkaloid.— S.  II. 

.mill,   'i  New  Alkaloid.    .1.  r.  ami  c.  G.  Lloyd. 
Pharm.  Rundsch,  4.  268. 

The  alkaloid  was  obtained  from  the  seeds  of  the  fruit  of 
Atimina  triloba.  The  powdered  seeds  were  extracted 
with  alcohol,  the  lane,   mostly  driven  oil,  the  residue 


mixed  with  water  to  separate  tbe  essential  oil,  ami  after 
ifyine  with  acetic  acid,  put  aside  for  twenty-four 
hours.  The  mass  was  filtered,  rendered  slightly  alka- 
line with  ammonia,  and  the  precipitate  repeatedly  shaken 
with  ether.  On  evaporating  the  latter,  tin-  alkaloid 
remaining  behind  was  dissolved  in  alcohol,  and  con- 
verted into  the  hydrochloride,  which  was  recrystallised 
several  time-.  The  tree  base  wai  then  precipitated  with 
ammonia.  It  is  amorphous,  colourless,  tasteless  and 
without  smell,  insoluble  in  water,  and  easily  soluble  in 
alcohol  and  ether.  Nitric  acid  colours  asiminin  and  its 
salts  at  first  carmine-red,  then  deep  violet,  Chlorine 
w  ater  dor-  not  act  upon  the  free  alkaloid,  hut  the  hydro- 
chloride is  precipitated.    The  hydrochloride  crystallises 

in  colourless  plates  and  cubes.     The p  sition  of  the 

alkaloid  has  not  vit  Veen  definitely  ascertained. 

-S.  II. 

Improved  Procet     for  Manufacturing  Tannic  Acid  in 
Crystals  or  Grains.     Dr.   II.   Byk,  Berlin,   Germany. 

Eng.  1'at.   15,436,  Nov.  26,   Ism;.      -Id. 

The  patentee  prepares  a  granulated  tannic  acid  by  dis- 
solving it  in  a  suitable  solvent,  and  adding  5 per  cent, 
alcohol  containing  0  05  per  cent,  glycerin.  This  solu- 
tion is  evaporated  down  and  spread  out  to  dry  on  sheets 
of  zinc  or  other  metal  from  which  it  can  then  be  de- 
tached in  semi-transparent  grains.  The  glycerin  may 
he  replaced  by  gum  or  carbohydrates       R.  I..  W. 


Choi  ,.     A.  Arnaud.     1  ompt,  Rend.  102, 

1319—1322. 

In  investigations  with  carrots,  the  author  obtained  an 
impure  cholestrin.  w  hieh    he  found    to   he  identical  with 

Huseinann's  hydrocarrotin.  The  impure  substance  was 
purified  by  repeated  treatment  with  alcohol,  until  the 
melting  point  was  constant.  The  cholestrin  obtained  in 
this  manner  lias  the  composition  ' '  ,;ll  ,t  1.  i|  is  insoluble 
in  water,  slightly  soluble  in  cold  hut  readily  in  boiling 
alcohol,  from  which  solution  it  crystallises  on  cooling  in 
leaflets  with  lmol.  Hi  1.  It  is  alto  very  soluble  in  ether, 
carbon  bisulphide,  chloroform,  light  petroleum  and  oils, 
from  which  solutions  it  is  deposited  in  anhy  droits  needles. 
It  i-  not  attacked  by  alkalis  nor  by  acids.  It  is 
hovo-rotatory,  the  rotatory  power  of  (he  chloroform  solu- 
tion being  [a]o  =  —35°.  It  melts  at  136  5,  losing  the 
lmol.  II. it.  It  will  he  observed  that  the  cholestrin  from 
carrots  i-  identical  witii  that  obtained  by  Resse  from 
Calabar  beans  ami  from  ]  eas,  and  differs  only  very  slightly 
from  animal  cholestrin.  — D.  A.  L. 


rrence  of  Cholestrin  in  Vegetablt  Fats.  K.  ETeckel 
and  F.  Schlagdenhanffen.  Compt.  Rend.  102,  317— 
319. 

THE  authors  have  isolated  cholestrin  from  the  seed  oils 
from  Gynocardia  odorata,  Giulandina,  Bonductlla 
(chick  ston        I  a,  Abrus  precatoriue 

[wild  I  nil and  from  the  fat  and  wax  extracted  from 

the  leaves  of  Jirythoxylnvi  hypericifolium  (Hypericum- 
leaved  red-wood).  Two  modes  of  investigation  were 
followed.      In  one  the    oil  or  fat  was  boiled  with  alcohol 

and    the    alcoholic   extracts    allowed    to    crystallise ; 

When,    after    about    a    month,    they    deposited     leaf  like 

crystals  melting  at  134-  138°.     In  the  other  a  portion  of 

oil  or  fat  was  Saponified,  and  the  soap  extracted  with 
ether;   on   evaporating   the  ether  extract,  i  homhohedral 

tables  or  line  needles  melting  at  135— 138  were  deposited. 

In  both  cases  the  crystals  had  the  physical  and  chemical 
properties  of  cholestrin,  giving  the  colouration  with 
sulphuric  acid,  chloroform  and  ferrous  chloride,  etc. 

I'.  A    I.. 


XXIL- GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Mercury  Air-Pump.     Greiner  and    Friedricha.     Cbem. 

Zeit.   10,  277. 
The  apparatus  is  a  modification  of  Geissler's  pump.  The 
principal  novelty  is  a  new  form  of  three-way  tape,  con- 
sisting of  two  pa-sage-,  which  are  bored  obliquely  to  the 


April 29. 18S7.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


301 


axkof  the  ping.      All  the  taps  are  also  fitted  with  a  author  found  il  to  keep  temperatures  constant  to  01   I  , 

mercury  late.    The  working  of  the  pump  iavwy  simple.  The  graduation  of  the  tuhe  C  D  enables  the  operator  to 
The  tap  c  i-  connected  with  ",  and  the  reeervoii  •   is 
raised  until  mercury  enters  the  tube  a.     The  connection  C*C 


A 


of  c  and  n  is  then  interrupted,  e  is  lowered  and  </ eon- 
n  (Cted  with  b.  Air  thus  outers  d,  which  i-  then  driven 
out  through  a  ;  a  vacuum  is  again  formed  by  lowering  e, 
and  so  forth. — S.  H. 


Thermo  Regulator. 


(;.  W.  A.  Kahlhaum. 
2860—2862. 


Her.  19, 


\i  *B 


lix  the  tube  exactly  in  the  same  position  again  after  being 
put  away,  thus  being  sure  of  starting  again  with  the 
same  temperature.— J.  W.  L. 


A  Simple  Apparatus  for  Washing  Precipitates  Automati- 
cally.    A.  Wahl.     Chem.  Zeit.  H,  4. 
The    apparatus  consists  of  a  Mask  A,  an  indiambber 
stopper  1!  with  3  holes,  a  feed-pipe  C  with   the  screw- 


TlIE  author  lias  constructed  a  thermo  regulator  similar  to 
Andreae's  The  U  tube  A  I!,  open  at  both  ends,  has  a 
short  side  tube  E,  the  gas  exit  tube,  blown  on  the  longer 
limb.  The  mouth  of  this  limb  is  closed  with  a  brass 
cap  M,  through  which  passes  a  narrow  graduated  tube 
bent  at  right  angles  and  carrying  a  toothed  rod.  This 
tube  can  be  raised  or  lowered  by  means  of  the  wheel  K. 
It  also  carries  a  small  piston,  with  which  the  large  tube 
i-  made  air-tight.  On  the  under  side  of  this  the  tube 
C  D  has  a  small  hole  X,  and  the  lower  end  is  cut  off 
obliquely.  The  large  C  tube  A  1!  i~  tilled  with  mercury 
to  within  4cm.  of  the  end  B,  and  '2cm.  of  a  liquid. 
This  end  is  closed  by  means  of  a  cork,  which 
is  kept  in  its  place  by  a  brass  screw  cap.  If,  before 
putting  in  the  cork,  the  tube  A  I!  be  sloped  until  the  liquid 
rises  to  the  edge,  the  cork  may  be  put  in  without  any 
air  being  between  it  and  the  liquid.  When  now  the 
lower  part  of  the  regulator  is  heated  above  the  boilinu'- 
point  of  the  liquid,  the  mercury  niveau  is  regulated  by 
the  elastic  force  of  the  vapour  of  the  liquid,  and  not  by 
the  mere  expansion  of  the  liquid  it-elr.  The  mercury 
rises  and  partly  or  wholly  covers  the  mouth  of  the  narrow 
tube  C  D.  Should  the  mouth  become  entirely  closed,  a 
small  jet  of  gas  still  remains,  the  small  hole  X  supplying 
this.  It  is,  therefore,  only  necessary  to  put  suitable 
liquids  in  the  end  B,  and  the  regulator  may  be  used  for 
all   temperatures  between  —  40J    and    +360'  C.      The 


slip  E  on  the   indiambber  tube  D,  an  air-tube  F  and  a 
siphon  G.     The  long  leg  of  the  siphon  is  placed  above 


30? 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [AprflM.lW. 


the  Biter  to  be  washed.  The  washing  liquor  runs  into 
the  flask  from  above  through  the  pipe  U,  the  Bow  being 
regulated    by   the    clip     B     in   such   a  manner    that 

the  f    level    from   a    to  o  takes   a    little    more 

tune  than  is  required  for  the  washing  on  the  Biter 
to  run  through  it     As  soon  as  the  li  reached,  the 

air  can  no  longer  escape  through  F;  the  siphon  is  thus 
made  to  run  until  the  lev<  1  has  sunk  to  b,  when  it  stops 
of  itself.  The  liquor  in  A  then  rises  again,  and  the  play 
of  the  siphon  is  repeated.  If  it  be  desired  to  wash  the 
lilter  with  hot  liquor,  the  flask  A  may  be  heated  in  any 
convenient  manner.— S.  11. 


Apparatus  for  C/ietMcal  Laboratories.     Dr.  T.  Walter. 

J.  Prakt  (hem.  34,  Ism;.  427     432. 
THE    condenser    recommended    by    the  author  is  con- 
structed on  a  principle  thereverscof  Liebig's— t.e.,  while 
in  the  latter  the  vapour  is  condensed  from  the  outside, 
the   author  passes   the  condensing   water    through  the 


a  gla>*  tube  5mm.  wide,  on  which  the  small  bulbs, 
16mm.  in  diameter,  are  blown  :  to  the  tube  at  c  a  some 
what  wider  tube  i>  attached,  and  to  this  the  side  piece  d 
is  fused.  To  construct  the  thin  tube  (T5— 2mm.  wide), 
which  reaches  to  the  inside  of  the  lowest  bulb,  apiece  of 
tubing  is  chosen  which  fits  easily  in  ihe  upper  tube 
<'.  This  is  then  drawu  out  and  the  wider  part/,  which 
has  not  been  drawn  out,  is  passed  down  through 
as  far  as  possible,  and  the  two  tubes  joined 
by  caoutchouc  tubing  or  fused  together.  To  one 
of  the  upper  and  lower  bulbs  three  small  glass 
buttons  are  fused  at  .•.  to  prevent  the  cold  condensing 
surface  from  touching  the  hot  neck  of  the  llask.  The 
water  enters  either  at  d  or /.  In  the  apparatus  ether 
may  be  boiled  vigorously  (the  temperature  of  the  water 
used  for  condensing  being  13°)  without  the  slightest  loss. 
The  small  bulb  condenser  iseithersuspcnded.hy  the  side 
piece  d,  or  slung,  1  >y  means  of  a  wire  round  e,  to  the  neck 
of  the  llask.  Should  noxious  gases  be  evolved  during 
the  reaction,  these  may  be  drawn  off  by  putting  a  tube 


inner  tube,  the  cooling  from  outside  being  effected  merely 
by  the  air.  \\  ith  the  intention  of  nuking  the  condenser 
as  short  as  poasi'fle  without  influencing  its  efliciency 
the condensmgsurface  is  increased  by  blowing  ii\.-  eieht 
or  more  bulbs  on  he  outside  tub,-.'  Pig.  I  represents 
such  a  condenser  suspended  in  a  llask;  when  experi- 
menting on  a  small  scale  the  dimensions  are  i  diameter 
ot  round-bottomed  flank  90mm.,  diameter  of  neck 
20mm.,  and  length   180mm.    The  condenser  consists  of 


bent  at  right  angles  in  the  open  neck  of  the  flask  and 
attaching  the  other  end  of  the  tube  to  an  ordinary  air- 
pump.  The  author  also  describes  some  improved 
apparatus  for  distilling  rabstances  that  attack  caout- 
chouc or  cork  Figs.  2  and  3).  The  latter  arrange- 
ment i-  used  when  the  vapours  are  not  readily  condensed. 
The  condensers  lore  Bhown  are  straight,  but  it  is  better 
to  employ  bulb-condensers.  The  retorl  neck  is  ground 
and  luted  into  the  receiver  at  c.       With  the  apparatus 


April 29. 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


303 


Pig.  :i,  the  distillate  can  also  be  drawn  off  fractionally,  if 
to  tlie  receiver  a  tube  m  be  jointed,  famished  with  a  glass 
stop-cock.  If  the  condensing  water  is  to  lie  very  cold, 
the  vessel  I)  is  tilled  with  ice  ami  water  ;  the  condensing 
tube,  as  will  be  -ecu  in  the  figure,  forms  one  limit  of  a 
siphon,  and  is  previously  tilled  with  water.  The  Bow 
of  the  water  is  regulated  by  the  screw  1!.  A  method  is 
also  given  for  working  with  condensing  water  of  —15°.  \ 
In  Fig.  '-',  i  is  a  glass  tube  closed  below  and  ground  into 
the  tubulus  of  the  retort  ;  it  serves  fur  holding  the 
thermometer  and  a  little  mercury.  To  combine  the 
operations  of  heating  with  reflux  condenser  and  then  did 


filiation,  Masks  of  the  shape  shown  in  Figs.  4  and  ."Tare 
recommended.  Bulb  condensers  (omitted  in  the  Bketcb) 
are  suspended  in  the  upper  part  of  the  tube,  or  Liebig 
condensers  are  attached.  For  heating  with  reflux  action 
the  side  tubeis  turned  upwards  and  closed  with  a  stopper, 
or  merely  by  a  small  glass  rod,  fitting  tolerably  well  into 
the  tube.  For  distilling,  the  tlask  is  turned  180' on  its 
axis  ;  the  side  tube  now  has  the  position  shown  by  the 
dotted  lines  in  Fig.  4,  the  fluid  which  previously  returned 
over  the  brim  of  the  inner  tube  into  the  tlask,  now  flows 
out.     If  a  narrowing  of  the  tube  is  objectionable,  the 


construction  of  a  flask  (Fig.  5)  is  useful,  particularly  when 
solid  bodies,  Buch  as  1't'l.,  are  to  be  brought  into  the 
flask.  This  is  effected  by  means  of  a  funnel  having  a  long 
and  wide  tube  reaching  into  the  flask.  The  last- 
named  arrangements  are  impracticable  for  substances 
with  low  boiling  points.  They  are  peculiarly  adapted  in 
cases  where  the  distillate  solidifies  readily — e.g.,  acet- 
anilide.  In  many  cases  air  is  amply  sufficient  for  con- 
densing purposes  when  the  bulb-condenser  is  employed  : 
when  fractionating,  air  is  even  preferable,  the  current  of 
air  being  drawn  through  the  apparatus  by  an  ordinary 
air-pump. — A.  K. 

Apparatus  for  Extracting  Aqueous  Solutions.  E.  Grauer. 
Dingl.  l'olyt.  J.  262,  475—477. 

This  apparatus  is  intended  for  the  extraction  of  sub- 
stances contained  in  a  solution,  in  a  finely-divided  or 
soluble  condition,  by  means  of  a  solvent  of  higher  or  lower 


specific  gravity.  Fig.  1  represents  the  apparatus  used 
for  extracting  aqueous  solutions  with  a  solvent  of  higher 
sp.  gr.,  bucIi  as,  for  instance,  carbon  bisulphide.    The 

tank  A  i tains  the  solvent,  and  B  the  aqueous  solution. 

The  solvent  is  run  into  the  apparatus  C  at  </,  to  the  level 
of  a  ;  the  valve  /-  is  then  opened,  and  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion  allowed    to  proceed   through    the   apparatus. 


The 


Fig.  1. 

solvent  being  heavier  than  the  aqueous  solution,  remains 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  spiral  pipe  of  (',  so  that  the  solu- 
tion in  ascending  the  apparatus  IS  brought  into  intimate 
contact  with  the  solvent,  resulting  in  a  complete  extrac- 
tion of  the  substance  to  be  separated.  The  saturated 
solvent  is  then  removed  to  I»,  through  the  pipe  a,  and 


Fig.  2. 

may  be  recovered  by  distillation,  whilst  the  extracted 
solution  passes  through  e,  and  is  collected  in  E.  The 
apparatus  illustrated  in  Fig.  2  is  used  for  the  extraction 
of  aqueous  solutions,  with  a  solvent  lighter  than  water. 
In  this  case,  the  solution  in  A  is  introduced  into  C,  at  (/, 
whilst  the  solvent  enters  the  apparatus  at  b.  The 
saturated  solvent  is  run  oil' at  c,  and  the  treated  solution 

at  U.—D.  B. 

E2 


a  i-i 


NIK  .lot  1IXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEM  CAL  INDUSTRY.     (Arm 29, isw. 


E  lo-enfj  for  Detecting  Minuti  Quani 
Active  Oxygen,  C.  Wurster.  Ber.  19.  3195-  3205.  ' 
In  the  course  of  some  researches  on  the  influence  of  the 
natural  and  artificial  climate  of  habitation  and  clothing 
•  m  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  it  was  found  needful  to 
stud;  the  condition  of  the  blood  in  proximity  to  the  skin 
of  the  body,  various  observations  made  by  the  author 
having  shown  that  oxidation  takes  place  in  the  skin, 
and  that  certain  secretions  of  the  body  and  skin  possess 
powerful  oxidising  properties.  Attempts  to  detect  ozone 
<>r  hydrogen  peroxide  in  animal  tissues  by  the  ordinary 
tests  having  been  unsuccessful,  the  author  instituted  a 

aeri (  experiments,   the  object    being  to  discover  if 

possible  some 'reagents  which  would  admit  of  the  ready 
detection  of  active  oxygen.  It  was  found  that  the 
methyl  derivatives  of  phenylenediamine  produced  deli- 
cate colour  reactions  with  active  oxygen,  tetramethyl- 
paraphenylenediaiuine  boiny  the  most  sensitive  reagent, 
producing  an  intense  blue  colouration  with  oxidising 
agents.  This  base  does  not  undergo  any  change  on  ex- 
posure  to  the  atmosphere,  and  resists  energetically  the 
action  of  acids,  alkalis,  and  reducing  agents.  The 
author  lias  experienced  no  difficulty  in  detecting  minute 
of  active  oxygen  both  in  a  free  and  combined  form 
by  employing  this  reagent.  With  paper  rendered  sen- 
sitive by  impregnation  with  a  solution  of  tetramethyl- 
paraphenylenedhunine  he  has  succeeded  in  proving  the 
presence  of  ozone  in  air,  in  the  proximity  of  a  tlanie  and 
in  the  sap  of  plants.  He  ha^  also  detected  active  oxygen 
on  the  surface  of  the  skin  of  the  human  body. — D.  B. 


It  will  he  noticed  that  the  factor  varies  nearly  in  pro- 
portion  with  different  Hashing  points,  and  although 
this  method  does  no(  claim  absolute  accuracy,  the  result 
does  not  differ  from  that  obtained  with  the  Abel  apparatus 
by  more  than  ±  1  .  In  order  to  avoid  mistakes  due  to 
the  variation  of  barometric  pressure,  it  is  important  to 
distil  some  normal  standard  petroleum  at  the  same  time, 
under  the  same  conditions,  and  to  make  the  necessary 
corrections  accordingly.-  S.  11. 


A  Ncic  Method  mining  the  Flashing  Point  of 

Petroleum.     Th.  Rosenbladt.     (hem.  Zeit.  10,  1587. 

The  Abel-Pensky  apparatus,  which  is  the  only  con- 
trivance universally  adopted  for  the  determination  of  the 
flashing  point,  requires  at  least  from  To  to  lOOec.  of  petro- 
leum for  a  test.  If  only  a  smaller  quantity  is  at  dis- 
posal.the  test  cannot  be  performed, and  in  those  cases  the 
antliorreconimendsthefollowingmethod:— Allaskislilled 
with  water  to  two-thirds  of  its  capacity,  and  closed  with 
an  indiarubber  stopper,  fitted  with  two  holes,  through 
one  of  which  goes  a  Welter's  safety  tube,  luted  with  a  little 
mercury,  ami  through  the  other  a  bent  glass  tube.  A 
Woulf  s  bottle  of  100  to  150cc.  capacity  contains  l-J.'cc. 
(lOgrms. )  of  the  petroleum  to  be  tested,  and  the  same 
amount  of  distilled  water.  One  opening  of  this  bottle  i- 
closed  with  a  stopper,  into  which  is  inserted  a  tube, 
which  reaches  nearly  to  the  bottom,  where  it  is  drawn 
out  to  a  line  point  (14mm.).  This  tube  is  connected  with 
the  llask.  The  Woulf's  bottle  is  covered  with  cloth,  to 
protect  it  from  cooling.  The  second  opening  is  connected 
with  the  condensing  tnbe  of  a  Liebig's  condenser,  the  other 
end  of  which  dips  in  a  dry  measuring  tube  of  5  to  6cc. 
capacity,  divided  into  -20ths  of  a  ee.  The  contents  of  the 
tlask  are  then  boiled,  until  5  too'lec.  have  collected  in  the 
measuring  t  uhe.  when  the  latter  is  exchanged  for  another, 
and  the  distillation  continued  until  a  further  distillate 
of  .Vc.  has  condensed.  The  liquid  in  the  tubes  i-  allowed 
to  cool  to  1.")-  ('.  ;  both  the  total  volume  and  the  oily 
layer  on  the  top  are  read  oil',  and  their  proportion  noted 
down.  The  following  table  shows  some  of  the  results 
obtained  in  this  manner  : — 


Petroleum  having  the  Flashing 
1'  mt  at 


20'  C. 

-'1  .. 

23"  .. . 

L'l  .. 

25-  „ 

26"  .. 

-■ 

30-  ,. 

Iff  ,, 


-   From  the  works 
Of  Messrs.  TaKieff. 


From 
Messrs.  Mirsoeff. 


From 
Messrs.  KokorclT. 


From  Messrs. 
Nobel  Bros. 


American 
l'ctroleum. 


Proportion  of  Aqueous  to  Oily 
Liquid  (Factor). 


I1 

0-697 

1 

0673 

l' 

0  650 

0626 

f1 

.  0-598 

(l 

0*678 

f1 

0549 

(l 

0526 

}• 

046i 

rl 

0-328 

Detection    oj    Lead    in     Zinc    Preparations.      C'hcni. 

Zeit.  11,  18. 
The  testing  of  zine  oxide  for  lead,  according  to  the 
direction  of  the  German  Pharmacopoeia — viz.,  adding 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  to  the  solution  of  the  zinc  com- 
pound in  acetic  acid — is  not  sufficiently  delicate  for  the 
detection  of  minute  quantities  of  lead.  Myliusnow  pub- 
lishes a  method  by  «  Inch  the  smallest  traces  of  lead  can  be 
detected.  The  zinc  oxide  is  dissolved  in  warm  dilute 
sulphuric  acid.  An  absolutely  clear  solution  shows 
d  priori  the  absence  of  lead,  but  in  most  cases  the  solu- 
tion will  be  turbid.  It  is  filtered,  and  the  precipitate 
well  washed.  The  filter  is  then  digested  in  a  warm 
20  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonium  acetate  for  several 
hours,  whereby  any  lead  sulphate  present  is  converted 
into  lead  acetate  and  dissolved.  The  solution  is  then 
filtered,  and  traces  of  lead  can  be  detected  in  the  filtrate 
by  sulphuretted  hydrogen  or  potassium  bichromate. 
This  method  is  far  more  sensitive  than  that  of  the 
Pharmacopoeia. — S.  H. 

Estimation   of  Phosphoric  Acid  in   Thomas  Slay.     C. 
Brunnemaun.     Cheni.  Zeit.  H,  19. 

Ten  grammes  of  slag  are  digested  in  a  beaker  with  about 
40cc.  of  water,  90cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid,  50cc.  of  nitric 
acid  anil  lOec.  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  beaker  is  then 
covered  and  heated  over  a  tlamc  for  about  three  quarters 
of  an  hour.  The  hot  solution  is  then  poured  into  a  litre 
tlask,  which  contains  about  -fOOoc.  of  hot  water,  and  the 
beaker  rinsed  with  hot  water.  The  tlask  is  then  shaken, 
in  order  to  dissolve  all  the  calcium  sulphate,  filled  up  to 
the  mark,  and  allowed  to  cool.  The  insoluble  matter 
consists  of  silica  and  carbon.  50cc.  of  the  clear  solution 
are  then  evaporated  on  the  water-bath,  the  hydrochloric 
and  nitric  acid  is  driven  oft",  and  the  free  sulphuric 
acid  neutralised  with  dilute  ammonia  (1  :  5>.  The 
mass  is  then  evaporated  to  dryness  and  heated  to  110"C. 
for  ten  minutes,  to  render  the  silicic  acid  insoluble. 
The  residue  is  stirred  with  lOcc.  of  strong  nitric  acid,  and 
oOcc.  of  hot  water  then  added  to  dissolve  the  calcium 
sulphate.  The  solution  is  filtered  from  the  silica  and 
the  filter  washed  with  hot  water.  The  phosphoric  acid 
in  the  filtrate  is  then  precipitated  by  ammonium 
molybdate.  This  method  also  converts  the  iron  phosphide 
into  phosphoric  acid,  but  this  is  fair  to  the  consumer,  as 
Jensch  has  shown  that  the  phosphide  soon  changes  in 
the  soil  to  phosphoric  acid. — S,  H. 


Treatment  of  Tin  Ore.     \V.  Hampe.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  19. 

Tin  OBB  is  usually  rendered  soluble  for  analytical 
purposes  by  fusion  with  alkali-hydrates  or  sodium 
carbonate  and  sulphur.  The  following  method  gives 
excellent  results  and  is  more  convenient :— The  finely- 
powdered  mineral  is  placed  in  a  porcelain  boat  and 
strongly  heated  from  one  to  two  hours  in  a  combustion 
tube,  dry  hydrogen  being  passed  over  it  all  the  while. 
The  water  given  oil  during  reduction  is  absorbed  and 
weighed  in  the  usual  manner.  After  cooling,  the  contents 
of  the  tray  are  dissolved  in  warm  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  the  solution  tillered  from  the  lesidue.  The  tin 
is  precipitated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  both 
precipitate  and  filtrate  are  treated  in  the  usual  manner. 
If  the  mineral  is  finely  powdered,  all  the  tin  is  rendered 
soluble.  The  process  has  the  further  advantage  of 
removing  the  insoluble  silicates  and  aluminates  at  once, 
which  may  then  be  examined  separately. — S.  H. 

Wiborgh'sNetoColorimetric  Tat  for  Sulphur.    Jiiptner. 

tie-teir.  Zeits.  f.  Berg.  U.  liiittenw.  34,  S05. 

The  anther  examined  'Wiborghs  method  {Chem.  Zeit. 
Bepert.  10,  92)  as  regards  accuracy,  and  highly  recom- 


April  29. 1887.]      THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


31 15 


mends  it  for  practical  work.  He  adds  that  it  can  lie 
applied  in  all  those  eases  where  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
is  expelled  by  boiling  or  the  addition  of  an  acid  <  .</..  in 
the  determination  of  sulphur  in  mineral  waters,  blade 
ash,  slag,  etc.  By  converting  combined  sulphur  into  an 
alkaline  sulphide,  the  method  can  lie  made  stid  inore 
generally  applicable.  It  may  also  lie  mentioned  thai 
Wiboreh'a  colour-scale  mi 


:iust  he  kept  in  the  dark 


S.    II. 


Analysis  of  a  Copper  Slag  of  a  Bright  II nl  ('"loin- 
's. A.  Berry.  Amer.  Chem,  Journ.  8, 429— 430. 
NO  doubt  this  slag  is  familiar  to  all  copper  smelters 
engaged  in  the  process  of  refining  copper,  in  which  pro- 
cess it  is  occasionally  produced.  It  is  very  tenacious 
and  hard,  has  a  conchoidal  fracture  with  splintery  edges, 
and  has,  scattered  throughout  its  mass,  small  spherical 
cavities  and  very  minute  metallic  beads  ;  it  is  opaque, 
and  its  colour  varies  from  bright  to  darker  scarlet. 
Sp.  gr.  =  2987;  hardness  =  nearly  6.  The  portion 
insoluble  in  acids,  consisting  of  silica  and  a  pale  yellow 
powder,  was  fused  with  soda  and  examined  separately. 
Soluble  in  acids  : 

Mok-c.  ratio. 

Copper 2'50  ,  — 

Cuprous  oxide 27'0o  ..        18'95 

Ferrousoxide    0'25  ..         0'34 

Alumina 043  ..         0-42 

Insoluble  in  acids : 

Cuprous  oxide 8'6t  ..         6"05 

Ferrousoxide    1T69  ..'       1621 

Silica 1921  ..        82-07 

99-80 

From  the  oxygen  ratio  for  bases  and  silica  1  :  4,  it 
appears  that  cuprous  oxide  can  combine  with  a  surplus 
of  silica,  as  do  the  alkalis  in  petalite  or  orthoclase.  It 
is  also  of  interest  to  note  the  pale  yellow  colour  of  the 
insoluble  silicate,  which  contains  so  large  a  percentage 
of  iron  and  copper,  probably  presenting  the  effect  of 
mixture  of  the  complementary  colours,  green  and  red, 
which  would  belong  respectively  to  the  simple  ferrous 
and  cuprous  silicates. — J.  T. 


Vanadium  and  Chromium  Extraction  from  Iron  Ores. 
E.  Claassen.     Amer.  Chem.  Journ.  8,  437 — 443. 

Soft  ores,  such  as  limonite,  may  perhaps  be  sufficiently 
finely  powdered  by  crushing  ;  but  ores  of  considerable 
hardness,  like  magnetite,  are  treated  with  water  and 
sulphuric  acid  to  obtain  an  impalpable  powder  for  fusion. 
A  magnetite  so  prepared  was  treated  by  two  methods. 

(1.)  Treatment  with  Soda  and  Sulphur. — The  powder, 
mixed  with  six  times  its  weight  of  equal  parts  of  soda 
and  sulphur,  was  exposed  to  a  gradually  increasing  tem- 
perature in  a  well-covered  porcelain  crucible  until  most 
of  the  free  sulphur  was  volatilised.  The  fused  mass  was 
lixiviated  with  hot  water,  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  acidu- 
lated with  nitric  acid.  After  standing  some  time  the 
precipitate  was  filtered  off,  Mashed,  dried  and  treated 
with  carbon  bisulphide  to  remove  the  free  sulphur,  leav- 
ing the  vanadium  sulphide  as  a  chocolate-brown  powder. 
This  was  incinerated  with  the  filter,  and  the  residue  from 
the  evaporated  filtrates  obtained  above,  in  which  there  is 
always  a  small  amount  of  vanadium  present,  added  to 
it,  with  a  small  quantity  of  soda,  and  the  whole 
ignited.  The  fused  mass,  green  from  the  presence  of 
manganate,  was  extracted  with  hot  water,  the  filtered 
solution  mixed  with  much  ammonium  nitrate  and  boiled. 
This  addition  of  nitrate  and  boiling  should  be  repeated 
until  no  further  smell  of  ammonia  is  perceived.  Not  a 
trace  of  vanadic  acid  is  reduced  in  this  way.  If  nitric 
acid  be  used  for  neutralising  instead  of  the  nitrate,  the 
liquid  should  never  become  acid  for  an  instant,  and 
should  still  be  slightly  alkaline  at  the  end.  The  solu- 
tion thus  treated  with  ammonium  nitrate,  was  filtered, 
precipitated  with  neutral  lead  acetate  (or  nitrate)  the 
precipitate  washed,  digested  for  some  time  on  the  filter 
in  a  ilask  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid 
and  alcohol.  The  precipitate  thus  formed  was  filtered 
off  and    washed    with    alcohol,    the    alcoholic    liquids 


evaporated,  the  remnant  mixed  with  water,  treated  with 
hydrogen  sulphide,  filtered,  evaporated  and  ignited.  The 
impure  pentoxide  thus  obtained  gave,  after  moistening 
repeatedly  with  ammonium  nitrate  solution,  ignition 
and  then  extraction  with  ammonia  or  ammonium  car- 
bonate, a  liquid  which,  when  filtered,  evaporated  and 
ignited,  left  the  exact  amount  of  the  vanadium  pent- 
oxide  present  excepting  tin-  merest  trace:-,  the  vanadium 
being  practical!)  completely  extracted  by  butone  pro- 
cess. -Vll  the  chromium  in  the  me  remains  undissolved 
in  the  residue  after  fusion  with  soda  and  sulphur.  This 
residue  was  fused  with  six  times  its  weight  of  equal 
pails  of  soda  and  nitre,  and  lixiviated  and  treated 
a-  below.  This  method  is  very  good,  particularly  if  the 
estimation  of  vanadium  only  is  the  object  aimed  at ;  if, 
however,  the  estimation  of  chromium  be  also  required,  it 
may  be  better  to  use  the  following  mode  of  extraction, 
which  gives  nearly  as  good  results,  as  regards  the  sepa- 
ration of  vanadium. 

(•2.)  Treatment  with  Soda  and  Nitre.—  The  ore,  finely 
powdered  by  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid,  as  described, 
was  ignited  with  six  times  it*  weight  of  equal  part-  of 
soda  and  nitre,  and  extracted  with  hot  water  and 
filtered.  Scarcely  a  trace  of  chromium,  and  but 
little  more  than  a  trace  of  vanadium,  remain  in  the 
residue  with  care,  and  this  trace  may  be  recovered 
by  an  application  of  the  process  given  under  1.  The 
filtrate  is  evaporated  to  dryness  and  the  residue 
fused,  dissolved  in  hot  water,  filtered,  boiled  for 
some  time,  after  addition  of  ammonium  chloride, 
filtered  again  and  evaporated  so  far  as  to  avoid  the 
separation  of  crystals  after  cooling  and  stirring  fur 
a  while.  Into  this  solution  a  lump  of  ammonium 
chloride  was  placed,  large  enough  not  to  be  dissolved 
completely  ;  the  separated  ammonium  metavanadate 
washed  with  saturated  ammonium  chloride  solution  and 
ignited.  To  purify  the  vanadium  pentoxide,  it  was 
moistened  with  ammonium  nitrate,  ignited,  dissolved  in 
ammonia,  evaporated  until  ammonia  could  scarcely  be 
detected  by  the  odour,  then  filtered,  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness and  ignited.  Very  exact  analyses  demand  the 
collection  of  the  small  amount  of  metavanadate  always 
remaining  in  the  filtrate,  and  this  is  evaporated  to  dry- 
ness and  ignited.  The  residue  is  digested  with  con- 
centrated ammonia,  filtered,  and  precipitated  with 
alcohol.  The  precipitate,  dissolved  in  a  little  water  and 
precipitated  with  ammonium  chloride,  gives  the  residual 
ammonium  metavanadate.  From  experiments  made  it. 
appears  necessary  to  employ  a  sufficient  amount  of  soda 
and  nitre  in  the  fusion,  at  least  three  times  the  amount 
of  ore  of  each,  in  order  to  obtain  a  good  result.  In  course 
of  this  investigation  a  precipitate  of  lead  chromate  and 
lead  vanadate  was  suspended  in  water,  acidulated  with 
nitric  acid  and  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphide,  which 
decomposed  it  perfectly.  A  precipitate  of  the  above  lead 
compounds  and  of  lead  sulphate — the  latter  in  consider- 
able excess — did  not  give  satisfactory  results.  In  such 
a  case,  treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  alcohol  will 
answer  the  purpose  quickly  and  satisfactorily. — J.  T. 

Solubility  of  Manganese  Sulphide  in  Melting  Potassium 
Sulphide.  E.  Claassen.  Amer.  Chem.  Jour.  8, 
436-437. 
WHEN  experimenting  with  vanadiferous  magnetite,  the 
crushed  ore  was  treated  with  an  equal  weight  of  water 
and  double  the  amount  of  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1S40. 
The  nearly  dry  mixture  was  subjected  to  a  slowly- 
increasing  temperature  until  the  water,  sulphuric 
anhydride  and  sulphur  dioxide  formed  were  driven  off. 
A  tine  impalpable  red  powder  remained,  which  was  mixed 
with  six  times  its  weight  of  equal  parts  of  sulphur  and 
potassium  carbonate  and  melted  in  a  well-covered 
porcelain  crucible  until  almost  all  free  sulphur  had  gone. 
The  fused  mass  was  lixiviated  with  hot  water,  the 
filtrate,  acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  mixed,  after  having 
been  heated  for  some  time,  with  an  excess  of  potassium 
carbonate,  heated  again,  evaporated  to  dryness  and 
fused,  gave  a  dark  bluish  green  mass,  due  to  the  presence 
of  potassium  manganate.  The  intensity  of  the  colour 
showed  that  the  amount  of  manganese  present  was  not 
inconsiderable. — J.  T. 


30G 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [AprilJftMW. 


The  Escape  ef  Dissolved  Bodies  on  the  Evaporation  of\ 
their  Solvent.  P.  Marguerite-Delacharlonny.  C'ompt.  i 
Kend.  10.  1128. 

I'iik  author  proved  by  means  of  direct  experiments  that 
on  evaporating  solutions,  even  al  common  temperatures, 
traces  of  the  dissolved  matter  are  carried  away  with  the 
vapours  nf  the  solvent.  Aqueous  solutions  of  sulphuric 
acid,  sodium  hydrate,  si  dium  carbonate  and  ferrous  sul- 
phate were  placed  in  shallow  dishes  and  covered  with 
inverted  funnels,  in  the  stems  of  which  strips  of  litmus 
and  potassium  sulphocyanide  paper  respectively  were 
fastened.  At  60'  to  70*  C.  the  test  papers  showed  the 
action  of  the  dissolved  matter  after  two  or  three  hours, 
whereas  ,n  common  temperatures  the  papers  were  not 

visibly   affected    until    after    two  or   three   days.      Strips 

moistened  with  potassium  ferrocyanide  ami  suspended 
over  an  acid  ferrous  sulphate  solution  were  blued  after  a 
few  days.— S.  H. 

y,  w  Method/or  Detecting  Cinchona  Alkaloids  in  Quinine 
Sulphate.  E.  tioebel.  Brit,  and  CoL  Druggist,  March 
12,  1887. 
0'5GKM.  quinine  sulphate  is  boiled  with  lOgrms.  water, 
O-l.igrm.  potassium  eliminate  added,  the  mixture 
thoroughly  stirred  and  then  allowed  to  stand  for  four 
hours.  The  quinine  separates  completely  as  chromate  ; 
this  is  then  tillered  oil'  and  one  drop  of  caustic  potash 
solution  added  to  the  filtrate.  The  presence  of  0 -.">  per 
cent,  cinchonine,  or  of  1  per  cent,  quinidine  or  cinchoni- 
dine,  produces  a  flocculent  precipitate  after  standing 
half-an-honr  ;  with  larger  quantities  a  turbidity 
ensues  at  once.  The  degree  of  turbidity  serves  as  a 
guide  to  the  quantity  of  foreign  alkaloids  present.  The 
test  may  be  applied  to  all  quinine  salts,  the  acid  salts 
being  Krst  evaporated  down  with  ammonia.—  C.  A.  K. 


New  Colour  Reactions    of  Starch    am!  Cum.     A.    Ihl. 

Chem.  Zeit.  H,  I!). 
PHENOLS  and  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid  give  with 
carbohydrates  brilliant  colour  reactions.  If  starch  be 
moistened  on  a  watch-glass  with  an  alcoholic  a-naphthol 
solution  and  a  few  drops  of  warm  sulphuric  acid  added, 
the  starch  is  coloured  red-violet.  Thymol,  eresol, 
guaiacol  and  catechol  produce  a  splendid  vermilion-red  ; 
resorcinol  and  orcinol  yellow-red,  whereas  phloroglucinol 
gives  a  yellow-brown  colouration.  The  different  kinds 
of  gum  behave  on  the  whole  liUe  starch.  The  action 
of  phloroglucinol  on  arabin  is  very  characteristic.  If 
arabin  be  boiled  witli  an  alcoholic  solution  of  phloroglucinol 
and  hydrochloric  acid,  a  tine  cherry-red  dvestuff  is 
obtained.  — S.  H. 

Analysis  of  Fats       B.    Rose.       Rep.    Anal.    ("hem.   6, 
683—695. 

AFTER  pointing  out  the  inaccuracies  in  some  of  the  pro- 
cesses iu  common  use,  the  author  criticises  at  some  length 
the  gravimetric  processes  of  Oudemans  and  Kremcl,  both 
of  whom  separate  the  solid  from  the  liquid  portions  of  a 
fat  by  treatment  with  ether,  alter  saponification  with 
lead,  the  lead  soaps  made  from  the  liquid  fats  being 
soluble  in  ether,  whereas  those  made  from  solid  fats  are 
insoluble.  The  results  obtained  by  both  processes  are 
very  liable  to  error,  firstly,  owing  to  oxidation,  especially 
of  the  fatty  acids  of  the  linoleic  series,  during  the  opera- 
tions. The  products  "i  oxidation  being  partly  insoluble 
in  ether,  the  undissolved  matter  would  not  merely  consist 

of  the  lead  soaps  of  the  solid  tats,  but  also  of  'the  lead 
componnds  of  the  oxidised  liquid  tats.  Dining  the 
evaporation  and  drying  of  the  filtrate,  after  extraction 
with  ether,  further  oxidation  takes  place,  thus  increasing 
at  this   stage   the    apparent    amount   of    the    liquid  fai. 

Secondly,  during  the  digestion  of  the  had  soaps  with 
boiling  ether,  the  excess  of  lead  oxide  tends  to  form  basic 
compounds  with  the  liquid  fate,  and  these  being  insoluble 
in  ether,   the  result   is  a  -till  further  increase  in  the 

apparent  amount  of  solid  fat,  found  by  calculation  from 
the  weight  of  insoluble  lead  soaps.  Further,  on  decom- 
posing this  lead  soap  with  acid,  the  melting  point  of  the 
resulting  fatty  acids  will  be  too  low,  owing  to  the  presence 


of  the  small  quantity  of  liquid  fatty  acids  introduced  by 
the  above  defects  in  the  i ess.    The  author  overcomes 

these  defects  in  the  following  manner  :-  In  preparing  the 
fatty  acids  from  the  fat,  great  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid 
oxidation.  The  fat  is  saponified  with  an  alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  potash,  di oposed  with  sulphuric  acid,  cooled, 

and  the  liquid  with  the  solid  fatty  acids  transferred  to  a 
graduated  tube,  in  which  it  is  shaken  up  with  an  equal 
volume  of  ether.  When  char,  the  amount  of  tally  acid 
is  determined  in  a  portion  of  the  ethereal  solution  on 
evaporation,  the  residue  being  dried  in  a  current  of  dry 
carbonic  acid,  before  weighing.  A  definite  volume  of  the 
ethereal  solution,  corresponding  to  about  lgrm.  of  fatty 
acid,  is  then  transferred  to  a  lOOcc  Mask,  with  an  excess 
of  lead  oxide,  diluted  to  about  SOcc.  with  ether,  and 
then  allowed  to  stand  in  a  cool  place  until  the  solution 
becomes  strongly  alkaline,  which  will  require  2  to 4 days, 
with  occasional  shaking.  The  liquid  is  made  up  With 
ether  to  exactly  lOOcc.  ;  .">0cc.  are  passed  through  a  small 
filter,  into  a  tared  flask,  the  filter  being  kept  full  us  long 
as  possible,  and  then  evaporated  to  dryness,  out  of  con- 
tort with  nir.  After  weighing,  the  lead  is  determined  in 
the  residue  as  lead  sulphate.  The  trial  experiments 
given  in  detail  by  the  author,  are  exceedingly  accurate. 
Working  with  lgrm.  of  pure  oleic  acid,  he  obtained  as 
the  mean  of  live  closely-agreeing  results,  l'3613grms. 
lead  oleate,  and  0'5358grm.  ui  lead  sulphate,  instead  of 
the  theoretical  amounts,  1  '3617  and  0'53d8grma  respec- 
tively. The  figures  obtained  with  stearic  acid  and  mix- 
tures of  known  composition  were  equally  satisfactory  ; 
hut  it  is  recommended  to  cheek  the  results  with  the 
iodine  process,  using  in  the  latter,  fatty  acids  instead  of 
the  original  glycerides. — E.  E.  B. 


Crane  Ecport. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.) 

TARIFF  CHANGES  AND    CUSTOMS   REGU- 
LATIONS. 
Belgium, 
Modif  cations  in  Duties  on  Vinegar  and  Acetic  Acid. 

The  following  is  a  translation  of  a  decree,  dated  the  24th 
March  last,  which  appeared  in  the  Moniteur  Beige  of  the  day 

following,  provisionally  modifying  t lie  import  duties  on 
vinegar  anil  acetic  acid  :  — 

"Article  1.— Vinegar  and  acetic  acid  will  pay  import  duties 
as  follows  :— Vinegars,  acetic  acids,  and  liquids  containing 
pure  acetic  acid  to  the  extent  of  s  per  cent,  or  less,  lofrs.  per 
hectolitre;  more  than  8  per  cent,  and  less  than  oO  per  cent.. 
75frs.  per  hectolitre:  5(1  per  cent.,  or  more.  120frs.  par  hecto- 
litre.   Acetic  acid,  on  stallised,  of  loOfrs.  per  100  kilos. 

"  Article  2.— The  present  tariff  of  import  duties  on  articles 
mentioned  in  Article  1  will  be  substituted  for  the  above  by  t lie 
1st  July.  1887,  at  the  latest,  if,  before  that  date,  the  existing 
duties  on  the  said  goods  have  not  been  definitely  modified  by- 
law. 

"Article  3.— The  difference  between  the  duties  collected  by 
the  application  of  this  decree  and  the  duties  which  would  be 
leviable  under  the  existing  tariff,  until  the  1st  July,  1887.  will 
be  refunded  if  the  duties  as  stated  in  Article  2  be  not  modified 
by  law. 

"Article  i.— The  present  decree  wilt  come  into  force  on  tho 
day  following  its  publication." 

Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

(.Vote— Quintal  -  J.'U  lib.  avoirdupois.    Franc  =  9,ld-) 

The  following  decisions  effecting  tin- classification  of  articles 
in  the  ^wiss  Customs  Turin  have  been  Riven  by  the  Swiss 
Customs  authorities  during  the  month  of  February  last  :— 

Bi-phosphate  of  lime,  in  bottlea  without  lu  be  is  claiming  for 
the  article  any  curative  properties,  is  included  in  Categoiy  9, 
and  pays  a  duly  nf  m  francs  per  quintal. 

Bi-phosphate  of  lime,  with  labels  attributing  to  it  curative 
properties.  Categories  n  and  12,  duties  as  follows:— In  whole- 
sale packages,  10  francs  per  quintal,  in  retail  packages,  100 
francs  per  quintal. 

Nitro  naphthaline     Category  18,  duly  2  francs  per  quintal. 

Dextrine  will  in  future  pay  a  duly  of  1  franc  per  quintal 
under  Category  17. 


April  29. 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


307 


United  States. 
Customs  Decisions. 

"  Tungsten- metal,"  which  is  a  substance  in  the  nature  of  an 
alloy  obtained  from  wolframite  ore.  which  contains  principally 
the  metal,  tungsten,  and  several  other  metalsin  various  small 
proportions,  and  which  is  imported  and  used  for  the  purpose 
of  being  added  in  small  quantities  to  steel  or  iron  in  order  to 
render  the  latter  metals  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  tools. 
is  not  one  of  the  substitutes  for  steel  contemplated  by  the  pro- 
vision in  section  177,  but  is  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  20  per 
ad  valorem  as  an  unwrought  metal  not  otherwise  provided 
for  under  the  provisions  in  the  same  section  for  "  metals 
unwrought.'' 

Deductions  for  non-dutiable  charges  cannot  be  allowed  in 
cases  where  they  are  included  in  the  invoice  or  entry  in  the 
same  item  with  dutiable  charges. 

"Doctor  Liebreieh's  Lanoline,"  which,  upon  investigation, 
is  found  to  be  a  rendered  oil.  and  not  an  ointment  or  medicinal 
preparation,  is  held  to  be  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  25  percent,  ad 
valorem.  a3  a  rendered  oil.  under  section  92. 

Certain  "chlor-magncsium."  or  chloride  of  magnesium, 
which,  upon  analysis,  was  found  to  contain  chlorine  and  mag- 
nesium in  combination,  is  held  to  be  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  25 
per  corit.  ad  valorem,  under  the  provision  in  section  92  for 
"all  chemical  compounds  and  salts,  by  whatever  name  known, 
and  not  specially  enumerated  or  provided  for  in  this  Act. " 

Mexico. 
Modifications  in  Customs  Tariff. 

According  to  the  Moniteur  Beige  tor  the  23th  March  last, 
the  following  articles  have  been  exempted  from  payment  of 
import  duties,  by  a  decree  of  the  President  of  the  Republic, 
dated  the  25th  February  last  :— 

I'henic  acid,  sulphuric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  chloride  of 
lime,  permanganate  of  potassium,  sulphate  of  copper,  and 
sulphate  of  iron. 

GREECE. 

Modifications  in   Customs  Tariff. 

A  despatch,  dated  the  12th  March  last,  has  been  received 
from  Sir  H.  RumboU.  Her  Majesty's  Minister  at  Athens, 
enclosing  a  table  showing  certain  modifications  in  the  Greek 
Customs  Tariff,  which  were  to  come  into  operation  on  the  13th 
March  last,  subject  to  subsequent  ratification  by  the  Chamber. 
The  following  is  the  statement  of  the  modifications  in  ques- 
tion :  — 

I.Vofc— Drachme  =  9,'„d.      Oke  =  2  81b   avoirdupois.     Drachme 
Iweightt-O'llloz.  avoirdupois.) 


No. 

in 

Tariff. 


Old  Rates 
of  Duty. 


Proposed 

New  Rites 

of  Duty. 


71 

To  read  as  follows  :— 
"  Roots,  leaves,  cam- 

Dr.  Lep. 

Dr.  Lep. 

Oke        0    50 

83 

To  read  as  follows  :— 

(a.)  Quinine  in  gene- 

Drach.   0    10 

Drach.   0    10 

0    10 

0    10 

81 

To  read  as  follows  :— 
"  All  other  medicines 
not  specially  deno- 
minated,   with    re- 
duction of  tare  for 

receptacles"   

— 

Oke        0    20 

103 

To  read  as  follows:— 
fa.)  Potash.       soda, 
nitre  in  gene- 
ral, as  well  as 

sulphuric  coal 



Free. 

(0.)  Chloride  of  lime. 

vitriol,      blue- 

stone  (sulphate 

of  copper)                        — 

Oke        0   05 

(c.)  Acids  in  general. 

such     as     sul- 

phuric, hydro- 

chloric,   nitric 

{aqua   fartis). 

formic,  etc..  as 

well     as     any 

otherchemical 

products      not 

speciallv  deno- 

minated                 — 

0    20 

101 

To  read  as  follows  :— 
"'  Em  py  reu  matic 
oils,  including  oils 
for  machines  ' ,,        0    50 

0    50 

Tbadb  between  Spain  and  the  United  Kr 

Imports  into  the   Unite!  Kingdom  from   Spain. 


Principal  Articles. 


Pub.  1886. 


Chemical  Products  unenume- 

rated    Value  £1,577 

Copper  Ore  and  Regulus.  Tons  1.211 

Value 
Pyrites  of  Iron  or  Copper.  .Tons  '■>.'<'' 

Value         £1 
(juicksilver lb.  ,        906.600 

Value  £72.500 

■ 

' 

Total  Value £910,906 


Feb.  1887. 


£7.032 
3.106 

. 
£101.212 
600.000 


£890.692 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from  the  United 
Kingdom  into  Spain. 


PRINCIPAL   AKTICLF5. 


Alkali    Cwt. 

Value 

Caoutchouc Value 

Chemical  Products  &  Prepara- 
tions,   including     Dye-stuffs 

Value 
Coal   Products,   Xaphtha.  etc. 

Value 
Soap  Cwt. 

Value 


Kb  :;;•;. 


31.421 
£11.621 
£1.178 


£2,918 

£1.419 

550 

£520 


Total  Value 


£214,033 


Pel    1887 


18.647 
£6.559 
£1,363 


£4,609 

£1.800 
286 

i.2-7 


£297,122 


Summary  Statement  showing  the  Trade  between  Spam 
and  th-.  United  Kingdom  during  the  period  subsequent 
to  the  Conclusion  of' the  Commercial  Treaty,  compared 
with  the  Corresponding  Period  of  the  previous  Year. 


M   •  -    = 


Eiport»  of  Pro-  FTnrrtsof 

Imports  into  the  duce    aul    Manu-       J-  *JJ" "  "'. 
United    Kingdom  facture  of  cN.l.nial  Produce 

from  Spain.       r»itedKmt-d,m   L  "S^™ 


1685-86. 

1886-87. 

1885-86. 

1886-87.     1885-86. 

I88E  -. 

f 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

September  .. 

636.652 

719  360 

234,762 

325.466 

12.775 

32.441 

October    

M3.M5    940.77S 

210.112 

301.133 

62,692      59.358 

November  .. 

793.550  1  881,052 

228,011 

.   - 

92.649      54.63S 

921.165    <67.ls.-i 

i 

253.238 

69.940      59.020 

January    

635.256  ]  818.935 

210.097 

235.826 

60.676      34.s21 

February  

910,906    590.692    244,033 

297.122 

52,034      37,317 

MISCELLASF.OUS  TRADE  XOTICES. 

International    Competition     of     Science     and 

Industry  at  Dnis-tis  in  1SSS. 

The  Moniteur  Beige  for  the  16th  March  last  says  :  — 

"  The  organisers  of  the  International  Competition  of  Science 
and  Industry  which  will 'be  opened  in  Brussels  in  15S8,  have 
applied  to  the  Government  for  assistance.  Already  a  numer- 
ous commission,  consisting  of  all  the  S'-ienlirie.  art.  and 
industrial  authorities,  have  been  appointed  to  conduct  the 
exhibition,  and  to  induce  Belgian  producers  to  participate  in 
this  international  work.  The  international  import  and  export 
exhibition  attached  to  the  great  exhibition  will  include  a 
section  devoted  specially  to  eolOLial  countries,  but  principally 
to  the  Congo." 

A  royal  decree,  appointing  the  jurors  to  the  several  sections 
of  the  exhibition,  was  published  in  the  Moniteur  Beige  for  the 
same  date. 

Pbtboleuu  Resebvoib  at  Rotterdam. 

The  Bullttin  du  Muste  Commercial  of  the  Sth  January  last 
says,  that  an  immense  iron  reservoir  is  now  being  constructed 
at  Rotterdam,  which  is  to  be  used  for  storage  of  petroleum. 


308 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [April  29. 1887. 


Trade  Statistics  for  March. 

The  Hoard  of  Trade  Returns  for  March  show  the  following 
figures  :— 

Imports. 

-  .  1636. 
Total  valuo £31,490,937 


March,  1887. 
£32,791,930 


Exports. 

H     oh,  1886. 
British  and  Irish  Produce  ....  £18,510,072 
Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 
(partly  estimated)    1.631,796     ....        5,070,379 

Opposite  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :— 


March,  1887. 
£19,002.083 


It   will  be  sufficiently  large   to  hold  7,900,000  litres  of   petro-  ' 
leum.     Mineral   oil  will,   on  arrival,    be   transferred  to  the  I 
reservoir  by  means  of  pumps,  thus  obviating  the  necessity 
for  the  employment  of  casks  and  barrels,  and  considerably 
diminishing  the  expenses,  and  lessening  the  risk  of  accidents. 

Commercial  Museum  u  Bucharest. 

The  Curicrul  Financiar  of  the  13th  Febrnarj  last  informs 
its  readers  that  M.  Jean  Bratiano  has  laid  before  the 
Roumanian  Chambers  a  proposal  to  erect  at  Bucharest  a 
permanent  exhibition  of  the  agricultural  and  industrial 
products  of  the  country.  The  capital  required  for  the  con- 
struction and  furnishing  of  this  museum  is  about  1.200,000 
francs.  The  object  of  this  institution  is  to  afford  Roumanian 
merchants  and  manufacturers  a  knowledge  of  the  resources 
and  requirements  Of  foreign  markets,  and  to  show  the  foreign 
purchaser  the  resources  of  Roumanian  industrv.  by  exhibit- 
ing samples  of  the  principal  industrial  products  of  the  country, 
so  that  he  may  be  enabled  to  place  his  orders  without  visiting 
the  various  manufactories  scattered  throughout  the  kingdom. 
All  information  is  to  be  given  gratis,  and  a  commission  will 
be  paid  by  agriculturists  and  manufacturers  who  obtain 
orders  through  the  intermediary  of  this  institution. 

Commercial  Museum  at  Buenos  Aykes. 

According  to  the  Journal  Officiel  of  the  14th  March  last,  a 
Commercial  Museum  of  articles  of  foreign  produce  has  been 
opened  by  the  Italian  Chamber  of  Commerce  at  Buenos 
Ay  res. 

New  Paper-making  Invention  in  .Japan. 

According  to  the  Bulletin  rlu  Music  Commercial  of  the 
22ncl  January  last,  a  native  of  Japan  has  recently  invented  a 
new  process  by  which  paper  may  be  manufactured  with  sea- 
w-eed.  Paper  made  in  this  way  is  very  strong,  almost  untear- 
able.  and  is  sufficiently  transparent  to  admit  of  its  being  used 
as  window  glass;  it  takes  all  colours  well,. and  in  many 
respects  resembles  old  window  glass. 

Registration  of  Trade  Marks  in  Germany. 

The  German  Imperial  Supreme  Court,  sitting  at  Leipzic. 
has  just  pronounced  judgment  on  a  point  of  considerable 
importance  to  English  and  other  foreign  manufacturers  and 
merchants  who  have  no  branch  in  Germany.  It  is  decided 
that  such  houses  can  have  their  trade  marks  registered  by 
the  competent  authority  at  Leipzic,  even  although  they 
consist  exclusively  of  numbers,  letters,  or  words,  which  are 
not  recognised  as  trade  marks  for  purely  German  houses  — 
Brit.  and.  Col.  Drug. 

The  German  Glass  Industry. 

Despite  Belgian  competition,  the  German  glass  industry  is 
making  steady  progress.  There  is  increasing  activity  in 
some  branches,  and  a  fair  prospect  of  a  good  year's  trade. 
Larger  orders  are  being  received  from  the  United  States 
and  from  England.  The  demand  is  chiefly  for  the  cheaper 
sorts,  the  foreign  trade  in  bottle  glass  being  especially  brisk. 
ihe  total  exports  of  glass  from  Germany  last  vear  amounted 
to  l,59G.3SOcwt..  against  1.547,360cwt.  in  1885."  The  British 
export  trade  in  glass,  other  than  plate  and  mirrors,  amounted 
in  1886  to  l,101,396cwt,— Brit,  and  Col.  Drug. 

American  Sodium  Bicarbonate. 

The  N'ew  York  Pharm.  Rundschau  says  that  Dr.  F.  B. 
Power  has  recently  examined  five  American  and  one  German 
brand  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  more  especially  to  note  whether 
they  contained  any  sodium  thiosulphate  (hyposulphitel  and 
arsenic.     Both  these   impurities  have   been    asserted  to  be 

E resent  in  English  and  some  of  the  German  brands,  but  in  the 
rands  examined  they  were  absent.  A  trace  of  sulphite  was 
found  in  two  samples;  three  of  the  brands  contained  but 
traces  of  normal  carbonate;  the  other  three  samples  contained 
less  than  3  per  cent,  of  normal  carbonate.  Of  the  American 
brands  the  Natrona  and  Dwight's  ranked  above  the  others. 


Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumerated. .  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures- 
Products  uncnume- 

ratcd value  £ 

Alkali   cwl. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  i. 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)       cwt. 

,,  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 

value  £ 

Quicksilver    lb. 

value  t 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac.   seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick. 

and  dye    value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials- 
Bark  (for  tanners-  or 

dyers'  use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Other  coal-tar  dyes value  £ 

Cochineal    cwt. 

rains  £ 

Cutch  and  gambler..        tons 
value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet value  £ 

Yalonia   tons 

value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuns 

value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm   tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

value  £ 

Rosin    cwt. 

value  £ 

Tallow  and  Stearine cwt. 

value  £ 


Mar.  1885.    Mar.  1886.   Mar.  1887. 


71,846         69,328 


123,299 

3.651 

3,113 

15,223 

1,054 

188.188 

sx.ws 
18,355 
15.125 
332,550 
55.610 

8.004 
54.843 

7,113 
28,111 

13,724 


119.877 
1.517 

3,096 
14,943 

10.566 
131.017 

73,884 

26.510 

23.676 
538,425 

12,724 
8.500 

50.924 
8.385 

27,554 


58,858 


117,152 

4,571 

3,424 

38.521 

8.6*6 

226,220 

115.597 
39.839 
34,937 

313.500 
30.575 
16.670 
80,885 
2.791 

1 1  m 


11,101  '      10,913 


44.471        32,520        28,475 


28,1199 

12830 

25,290 

23,788 

189 

1,464 

S.7  16 

3.281 

70.430 

22,355 

512,909 


19,585 


23,501 

7.926 

19.121 

21.119 

143 

1.095 
0.299 
3.218 
74,900 

424.904 


1.977 


12,937  3.525 

3.105  3.204 

19.372  15,101 


18.391 

25.717 

3.596 

142.652 

61.117 

88,383 

5.150.127 

163.096 

1,065 

29,034 

593 

9,371 
13.219 

149.1.58 
31,988 
72,986 

118,027 


8.467 

10,838 

3,473 

134.413 

97.326 

99.914 

6,294,481 

215,023 

970 

21.072 

766 


23,459 

11.153 

16,620 

113  05' 

19.624 

113.817 

145,112 


. 


21,805 

10.335 

27,960 

20,706 

214 

695 

3.878 

3.924 

93.712 

17.642 

371,841 


l.|  I  Ml 


1.678 
3.913 

56,627 

19.6SS 
27.521 

2.707 

99.087 

80.131 

81,331 

1,768,355 

150.873 

1.494 
34.117 


2.5.111 
8.711 
11.359 
102,455 
25.084 
72,199 
90.91S 


Exports. 


British  and   Irish    pro- 
duce:— 

Alkali  ewt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials        cwt. 
„                ,,          value  t. 
Chemical  manure  ..  value  £ 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations  (line- 
numerated)    

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations     value  £ 

Oil  (seed) tons 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Painters'  colours 
ami  materials  (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 

Bark.  Cinchona cwt. 

„  ,,  value  £ 

Chemicals     (unenu- 
mcrated)      


675.2S0 
190.982 
163,858 
55,430 

150.654 


71,600 


171.271 
7.111 

161,208 
35.181 
41,917 


113,823 


7,521 
34,935 


537,761 
156.680 
137,583 

11.071 
1S6,061 


71,108 


162.831 
7.116 

157.418 
40.716 
41,415 


118,226 


9.928 

66.727 


35.806         12,404 


.531.101 
151.709 
164,480 
62.512 

192.311 


81,750 


8.601 
171.379 
33.157 
38,117 


119.707 


17.416 
71,673 

22,022 


April  29. 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


300 


Mar.  1885. 

Mar.  18S6. 
851 

Mar.  1887. 

Cochineal  cwt. 

553 

701 

value  £ 

3,969 

5,497 

4,521 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 

592 

1,151 

,.         value  £ 

13.273 

26.719 

12.171 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

3.601 

1,401 

value  £ 

11,746 

17,091 

12,826 

12,621 

9.865 

- 
5.089 

j-i  :■■■■ 

5.979 

25 

Lie.  various  kinds..        cwt. 

6.641 

....  value  £ 

16.638 

19.132 

18.131 

Lard  cwt. 

1.313 

3,875 

■ 

7.23.', 

1,517 

Oils,  cocoanut cwt 

6.841 

5.135 

6.250 

,,            ,,        value  £ 

10.015 

7.558 

8.914 

151 
19,942 
36.369 

317 
15.0S3 
28.231 

166 

8.020 

,,    palm   cwt. 

39.437 

54,035 
55,729 

30.101 
56.156 

39.756 

..    petroleum    gals. 

31.291 

value  £ 

- 

2.628 

1,242 

Quicksilver    lb. 

293,715 

768.496 

361.113 

value  £ 

21,560 

59,139 

33.730 

Nitre  initrate  of  pot- 

961 

2,212 

2.160 

Nitre  mitrate  of  pot- 

813 

152.968 

1.912 
160.S39 

- 

Spices,  cinnamon  ..          lb. 

160,900 

„           ..  value  £ 

1,713 

4.100 

'..-71 

,.          pepper  lb. 

1.316.230 

1,251,178 

2,594.900 

.    value  £ 

13.652 

11,553 

81,259 

Tallow  and  stearine       cwt. 

7.236 

21.160 

....  value  £ 

10.616 

25,518 

10.186 

Messrs.  Gehe  ft  Co.,  of  Dresden,  in  the  preface  to  their  half 
yearly  review  of  the  drug  and  chemical  markets,  briefly  refer 
to  the  proposals  which  have  been  made  in  several  continental 
countries  for  the  creation  of  a  state  monopoly  in  alcohol,  a 
scheme  which  would,  of  course,  greatly  attect  the  pharma- 
ceutical and  chemreal  industries.  The  firsP  country  which 
will  now  be  called  upon  to  give  a  decision  regarding  the 
alcohol  monopoly  proposal  is  Switzerland,  which  produces  a 
moderate  amount  of  spirits  only,  and  in  which  the  scheme 
would  therefore  principally  attect  the  importation  of  spirits 
from  abroad.  In  France  a  strong  agitation  is  also  carried  on 
in  favour  of  a  monopoly  scheme,  while  in  Germany  it  is  certain 
that  the  Government  intend  to  again  bring  forward  a  bill  on 
the  subject,  as  a  means  of  increasing  the  revenue,  though  tin- 
details  of  the  proposed  measure  have  not  as  yet  taken  any 
practical  form.  Alcohol  being  an  important  article  of  export 
from  Germany,  although  one  which  at  present  leaves  no  profit 
to  the  exporters,  it  is  probable  that  a  large  part  of  the  revenue 
derived  from  a  monopoly  would  be  absorbed  by  the  export 
trade  in  the  shape  of  bounties.  In  the  interests  of  the  pharma- 
ceutical and  chemical  industries  it  is  hoped  that,  under  a 
state  monopoly,  the  increase  in  duty  on  alcohol  required  in 
these  branches  of  industry  will  he  ronfined  to  the  narrowest 
limits,  and  that  no  vexatious  regulations  for  the  control  of  | 
manufacturers  will  be  laid  down,  as  otherwise  it  is  t« 
that  German  firms  will  not  be  abh-  to  continue  to  < 
compete  with  foreign  rivals.  —  Chemist  and  Druggist. 


THE  Report  of  the  Belgian  Commission  to  inquire  into  the 

condition  of  the  industrial  classes  in  that  country,  has  beun 
issued,  and  an  abslract  thereof  will  be  found  in  the  Board  oj 
Trade  Journal— April,  1887— p.  316. 


Thk  text  of  the  new  French  Butter  and  Oleomargine  Law 
appears  on  page  360  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  April, 


1887 


April, 


Recent  Trade  Bi.t/k  Books, 

,C-JU68)  Price  Sid.    See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for 
p.  358. 

Patent  (Jffux  Inquiry.  Report  of  the  Committee  appointed 
by  the  Board  of  Trade  to  inquire  into  the  duties,  organisa- 
tion, and  arrangements  of  tht  Patent  Office  under  th> 
Patents,  Designs  and  Trade  Marks  Act  M8  .  hariitg  special 
regard  to  the  system  of  examination  of  the  specifications 
which  accompany  amplications  for  jjatcnts  now  in  force 
under  that  Act,  together  with  minutes  of  evidence,  ap- 
pendices, etc. 


Foreign  Trade  of  India. 

During  the  teu  months  (April  1  to  January  3D  just 
British  India  imported  chemicals  (including  drugs,  medicines, 
narcotics,  and  dyeing  and  tanning  materials)  to  the  value  of 
76,92,315  rupees  as  against  72.18.UH  rupees  for  the  correspond- 
ing period  of  1S85— 1886.  The  exports  under  the  same  heading 
and  for  the  same  period  amounted  to  12.72,69,188  rupees  as 
against  12,82.22,112  rupees  during  1885—1886. 


Ogonthlp    Ipatcnt    List. 

I.— GBNERAL    PLANT,   APPARATUS,    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

U6S  .1.  II.  '  I  rom  1'.   Romain,  France.    Apparatus 

for  raising  and  forcing  liquids  and  obtaining   motive    power. 
Compl<  ition.   March  19 

R,  Thompson,  London.    Improvements  relating  to  stoj.- 
and  stop-valves.    March  19 
1190  II.  Gonne,  London.    Krce/ing  and  refrigerating  appara- 
tus.   March  19  .  „      .  „. 
129!  . I.  Hall.  Manchester,    Steam  .let  condensers.    March  21 
1215  E.  Bennis,   E.  Bennis,  and  A.  \V.   Bennis,   Liverpool. 
Improvements    in    boiler    furnaces    and    in    apparatus    for 
conveying  or  feeding  fuel  thereto.    Marcl 

4218 'H.  Holden  and  It.  G.  Brooke,  Salford.  Back-pressure 
valves.    March  22 

1386  W.    A.    Ross.    Belfast.     Apparatus    for  automatically 
obtaining  and  employing  artificial  currcnls  of  air.    March  23 
133S  J.  B.  Hannay  and  A.  Murray.    Air  or  gas  compressors 
or  pumps.    March  23 

I3G2  W.  Gaskell.  London.  Apparatus  for  preventing  smoke 
and  economising  fuel  in  steam  boiler  furnaces.    March  23 

1125  H.  E.  Newton— From  \V.  Baur,  United  Stales.  Improve- 
ments in  filter-presses.    Complete  specification.    March  21 

1139  G.  Wilton,  Silvertown.  Improvements  in  the  arrange 
ments  of  furnaces  and  appliances  where  hydrocarbon  oils 
together  with  water  or  steam,  coal,  or  breeze,  are  used  as  fuel, 
March  25 

4155  D.  M.  Salniond,  Bradford.  An  improved  composition 
for  preventing  and  removing  incrustation  in  steam  boilers. 
March  25 

1513  H.  Moon,  London.  Improvements  in  amalgamating 
apparatus.     March  26 

I  71  F.  Friedenthal.  Preston.  Furnaces  of  steam-generators 
with  forced  draught  for  burning  small  fuel  or  fuel  dust. 
March  2^ 

4600  C.  F.  Dahl,  London.  An  improved  furnace  for  recover- 
ing in  an  inodorous  manner  the  salts  contained  in  the  lyes  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  wood  fibre.  Complete  specification. 
March  2S  ,    ., 

1601  It.  Marshall.  London.    Improvements  in  steam-boiler 
and  other  furnaces.    March  28 
1626  C.  A.  Koellner.  London.    Improvements  in  filter  pumps. 

lete  specification.    March  28 
1653  J.  J.  Butcher.   Newcastle-on-Tyne.    Apparatus  for  in- 
creasing and  controlling  the  pressure  of  coal  or  other  gas. 
March  29 

1651  G.  S.  Hendry  and  A.  Faulds.  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  or  hydraulic  air-compressing  engines  for  raising 
liquids.    March  29 

1685  E.  W.  Van  Duzen.  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces 
and  grate  bars  therefor.    Complete  specification.    March  29 

1C99  W.Ton  Oechelhaeuser,  London.  Apparatus  for  regulat- 
ing the  flow  of  gas  and  other  fluids.    March  29 

1719  A.  M.  Clark— From  P.  Orielle.  jun  .  France.  Means  for 
preventing  the  emission  of  flame  and  smoke  from  the  chimneys 
of  furnaces  working  with  a  forced  draught.    March  30 

1780  It.  Matthews.  London.  Apparatus  for  refrigerating,  or 
producing  and  utilising  cold.    March  30 

l'J76  J.  V.  Wilson.  .Manchester.  Improvements  in  or  appli- 
cable to  pans  for  heating  oil  or  other  liquids,  and  in  apparatus 
for  passing  air  or  gases  through  liquids,  and  agitating  liquids 
in  pans  and  similar  vessels.  Complete  specification.  April  1 
11^9  D.  Simpson.  Edinburgh.  See  Class  VII. 
5161  J.  W.Hartley.  Stoke-on-Trent.  Improvements  in  smoke 
consuming  apparatus.    April  7 

5165  J.  IJavies.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  kiln  and  other 
furnaces.    April  7 

5235  F.  W.  Beck.  East  Grinstead.  A  damp  detector  and 
hvgrometer.    April  9 

'5255  W.  11  Pncstnian  and  S.  Priestman,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  vapour  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
April  9  .      t 

5379  J.  K.  Alsing,  London.  Improvements  in  thcconstruction 
of  triturating  cylinders.    April  13 

5111  W.  D.  Player  and  T.  Dustman.  London.  New  or  im- 
proved apparatus  for  facilitating  the  removal  of  scale  or 
incrustation  from  steam-boilers  and  other  steam  generators. 
April  11 

5109  A.  Dickinson.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  con- 
densers.   April  15 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIOXS  ACCEPTED.* 
1886. 
5618  It.  Matthews.      Apparatus  for  refrigerating,   and 


for 


utilising  cold.    April  2 
6792  F.  Hilton.    Open  hearth  furnaces.    March  23 
E80I  K.  W.  Hitchins.  Compound  for  preventing  the  radiation 

and  transmission  of  heat.    March  23 
704a  .1.  B.  Alliott  and  J.  M.  C.  PatOD.    Filter  presses  and 

apparatus  connected  therewith.     March  30 

•  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in  which 
acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition  within  two  months  of  the 
said  dates. 


:U0 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     FAprilO,M8». 


70-w  G.  F.  Marshall.    Improvements  in  filters.     March  30 
71U    W.    T     Sugg.      Apparatus    for    heating    water,    etc. 
March  30 
:\~\  8.  Falda.    An  improved  valve-cock.     March  26 
7781  J.  Allison  and  A.  Thomson.     Furnace  fittings  for  use 
with  forced  draught.     April  2 

\.  Paget.    Taps  for  gas  and  other  fluids.     April  IB 
C   Langer     Apparatus  for  mixing,  stirring,  and  convey- 
ing ^  annus  substances,  and  for  drying  and  exposing  the  same 
to  the  chemioal  action  of  gases,  vapours,  etc.     April  20 

1887. 

761  B.  D.  Hughes  and  D.  Hughes.  A  furnace  bar  and  smoke- 
consuming  furnace.    April  it; 

2710  J.  A.  Crocker.    Filtering  maohineB.    March  23 

2711  J.A.Crocker.    Filtering  machines.    March  23 

2SM  II.  .1.  H.  .Mills— Krom  J.  Kctif.  Filter  for  water  and 
other  liquids.    March  26 

301ii  R.  It.  Brans,  Centrifugal  pumps  and  fans  for  blast  and 
exliius!   purposes.     March  30 

3388  A.  Lents.  Charging  retorts,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
April  16 

3999  E.  Albin.  Heating  air  and  feeding  the  same  to  boiler 
furnaces,  etc.    April  20 


II. -FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1345  E,  Entwistle,  Blackburn.  Apparatus  to  economise  and 
improve  the  consumption  of  fuel  and  smoke  in  open  or  closed 
grates  or  furnaces,  also  regulating  the  draught  or  air  current. 
M  in  h  2;i 

1381  R.  Auton.  London.  Improvements  in  manufacturing 
briquettes  or  blocks  of  artificial  fuel  or  bricks  or  blocks  of 
other  material,  and  in  machinery  therefor.    March  23 

111'  <;.  Wilton.    See  Class  I. 

11S7  W.  H.  Lindsay,  London.  Improvements  in  the  utilisa- 
tion of  breeze  dust  and  cinder  waste,  more  especially  the  dust 
or  waste  collected  from  dwelling  houses.    March  25 

4653  J.  J.  liutcher.    See  Class  1. 

16-7  A.  A.  Harwood  and  M.  D.  Van  Tassel.  London.  An 
improved  apparatus  for  generating  gas.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   March  211 

1722  \Y.  Wright  and  F.  \V.  Wright,  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  lighting.     March  30 

17.1  E.  Daviee,  London.  Improvement  in  lighting.  March 
30 

4S10  B.  H.  Elphick,  London.  A  new  or  improved  appliance 
for  preventing  the  guttering  or  wasting  of  candles.    March  31 

1859  A.  Fehlen,  London.  Improvements  in  the  methods  of 
turning  to  account  combustibilitv  for  heating  purposes. 
April  1 

4881  W.  Majert  and  G.  Richter,  London.  A  process  and 
apparatus  for  the  production  of  hydrogen  gas  by  a  dry  method, 
for  military  purposes.    April  1 

1881  B.  W.  Redfcrn— From  A.  Goutierre,  Belgium.  Improve- 
ments in  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  gas  for  lighting, 
heating,  or  other  purposes.    April  1 

1886  J.  Wybauw,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
lighting  nnd  heating  by  means  of  gas.    April  1 

-  F.  Friedlander  and  J.  (Juaglis.  London.  Improvements 
in  obtaining  hvdrocarbons  from  gases.  Complete  specification. 
April  1 

1918  R.  Haddon— From  J.  J.  Imbs.  France.  A  process  for 
utilising  the  heat  of  the  exhaust  steam  or  gases  of  steam  or 
other  engines.     April  2 

5012  G.  F.  Redfern— From  A.  Robert,  Belgium.  Improve- 
ments in  machinery  or  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
attificial  fuel.    April  1 

5020  W.  6.   Kussey,  London.     Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  vaporising  and  burning  liquid  hydrocarbons.    Complete 
.ration.     Aprils 

503.1  11.  Ji  Series,  Stourport.  An  improved  apparatus  or 
valve  used  in  the  manufacture  of  coal  and  other  gases  or  for 
other  similar  purposes.    April  5 

5016  J.  M.  A.  Fournier.  London.  An  improved  appliance 
for  purifying  heating  and  illuminating  gas.    April  5 

}|    11.    J.    Newcome.    Shenley.      Rapidly    obtaining    the 
utmost  degree of  warmth  from  petroleum  burnt  in  an  open 
1  in  a  close  stove.    April  12 
:  II.  Cockey  and  F.  C.  Cockey,  Westminster.    Improve- 
ments in  gas  washers.    Complete  specification.     April  12 

.".173  J.  Laidler.  Sunderland.  Improvements  for  the  manu- 
facturing of  every  description  of  compressed  fuel  whatsoever. 
April  15 

.". 1 7 1  J.  Laidler.  A  machine  lur  the  manufacturing  of  every 
description  "f  compressed  fuel  whatsoever.    April  15 

5181   B>  Scott,  on-Tyne.     improvements  in  the 

construction  of  globes  for  increasing  the  luminosity 
of  1  i  k'  1 1 1 .     April  15 

i  A.  Harris,  London.  Improvements  in  gas  producers. 
April  15 

-i  W.  \V.  Horn.  London— From  A.  L.  Allen.  Cnited 
States.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
gas.    April  18 

563s  8.  I  Dorman,  Stafford.  Improved  construction  of 
thermopiles  heated  directly  by  the  combustion  of  fuel,  or  by 
heated  gases,     April  18 

jiill  J.  Broad,  J.  W.  llroad.  G.  I',  Broad.  11.  J.  Broad,  and 
'..  i  .  Fowler.  London.  Improvements  in  night-lights. 
April  18 


■!!■/./  1 1:  8P1  CIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

5727  T.  Nicholson,  Methods  and  appliances  for  oblaining, 
and  cleansing,  gas  from  coal.     March  26 

6858  A.  .1.  Boult-From  A.  Montenegro.  Method  of  heating 
apartments.    March  23 

7112  W.  s.  Sutherland.      Improvements  in  gas  producers. 

Mai  eh  30 

7228  K.  J,  Barnfleld.    Gas- retort  furnaces.    March  30 
725S  K.  Good.     Hj  draulic  mains  for  gas  woi  ks.    March  30 
7365   A.   Paget.     Manufacture  of  matters  for  incandescent 
gas-lighting.    March  30 

7705  J.  Bartle.  Adjusting  and  locking  the  handles  of  gas- 
retort  covers  or  lids.    April  9 

7706  II.  Cockey  and  F.  C.  Cockey.  Gas  purifier  centre- 
valves.    April  9 

8157  O.  Imray— From  F.  Siemens.  Regenerative  gas-retort 
furnaces.    April  20 

9047  J.  Blum.  The  instantaneous  generation  of  steam. 
April  2 

10969  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brinn.  Means  for  healing  steam 
boilers,  etc..  and  for  decomposing  steam  and  burning  its  con- 
stituent cases  for  the  production  of  light  and  heat.    March  26 

13211  P.  Innes  Hydraulic  mains  apparatus  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.    March  26 

1887. 

2719  A.  J.  Boult— From  W.  H.  Brooks.  Manufacture  of 
steam  and  oil  gas  for  fuel  and  for  illuminating  purposes. 
March  23 

2752  H.  J.  Seibel,  jun.  Apparatus  for  enriching  gas. 
March  23 

3999  E.  Albin- See  Class  I. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,     TAB 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATION. 

5519  J.  Elliott.  Westminster.  Improvements  in  gas  appa- 
ratus for  effecting  the  conlinuous  carbonisation  of  coal. 
April  15 

IV.— COLOURING    MATTERS    AND    DYES. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1213  \V.  Majert,  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.    March  21 

1181  C.  1).  Abel— From  O.  Korschelt.  Germany.  An  im- 
proved manufacture  of  logwood  extract.    March  25 

1192  H.  H.  Lake— From  K.  Oehler,  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.    March  25 

16S3  R.  11  W.  Biggs.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  dyes,  disinfectants,  artificial  stone,  artificial  ivory, 
artificial  manure,  sodium,  and  other  substances.    March  2t- 

5019  S.  J.  Sinipkin,  London.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  manufacture  of  pure  or  refined  indigo.    April  5 

5109  J.  Haurt.  Manchester.  Producing  basic  sulpbo- 
cyanides  of  aluminium,  iron,  and  chromium  for  dyeing  and 
printing  purposes.    April  6 

5257  C.  D.  Abel— From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Mtister, 
Lucius,  and  Bruning.  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  dialkylised  amidobenzophenones.    April  9 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

1387  H.  II.  Lake— From  A.  Lecnardt  and  Co.  The  manu- 
facture of  colouring  matters.    March  26 

7137  C.  D.  Abel— From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meistcr, 
Lucius,  and  Bruning.  Production  of  indoderivatives  from 
the  compounds  of  the  aromatic  hydrazines  with  the  ketones 
and  the  aldehydes.     March  30 

12022  A.  Kern.  Improvements  relating  to  substances  chiefly 
designed  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  colouring  matters,  and 
to  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters  therefrom.    April  20 

1887. 

2123  H.  II.  lake— From  L.  Whitefleld.  Compound  for  pro- 
ducing designs  upon  textile  fabrics.    March  23 

V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1981  1).  Smith  nnd  II.  Smith,  Bradford.  Improvements  in 
the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  washing  wool  and  other 
fibres.     April  I 

.nil  W.  1!.  Nation  and  J.  .1.  Worswick,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  vegetable  fibres  suitable  for  spin- 
ning, weaving,  and  other  analogous  purposes.    Aprils 

6097  K.  II.  Collyer,  London.  Improved  machinery  and 
apparatus  for  the  preparation  of  vegetable  fibres  for  textile 
purposes.     April  6 

5206  II.  H.  Lake— Prom  La  Societe  flillel  it  tils.  France. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  treatment  "f  fabrics  composed 
of  or  containing  silk  for  improving  the  appearance  of  the  same. 
April  7 


a prii  29. 1887.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


311 


531.i  X.  Dubois-Mauduit.  London.  An  improved  process  for 
rendering  woven  fabrics  waterproof.    April  12 

6577  11.  II.  Lake  -From  K.  Brown,  United  States.  The 
manufacture  of  an  improved  textile  fabric  and  apparatus 
therefor.    April  Hi 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

7530  E.  dc  Pass— From  LaSociete  dc  La  targe,  Lebre  et  Cie. 
See  Class  XIX. 

7927  A.  M.  Clark— From  L.  P.  Audouard.  Treating  woven 
and  other  fabrics,  yarns,  ropes,  etc  .  to  render  same  non- 
putrefactii  l!  and  antiseptic.    April  20 

l(j7tx">  J.  11.  Lorimer.  Drying;,  bleaching:,  and  disinfe<  ittng 
wool,  cotton,  paper  polp.  or  other  textile  or  fibrous  material-. 
and  apparatus  therefor.    Man 

VL— DYfeING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  AMD  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

12sfi  \V.  G.  Young,  London.  An  improved  mordant  for 
dvcing  cotton  and  other  fibrous  substances  a  fast  black. 
March  22  ,    ,  . 

1365  E.  Booth,  London— From  W.  A.  Fourness,  Belgium. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  tor  dyeing  loose  or  spun  cotton  or 
other  fibres.    Complete  specification.    March  23 

1509  E.  Sutcliffe,  U.  K.  Sutcliffe,  and  the  Patent  Process 
Dyeing  Co..  Limited.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of.  and  in  apparatus  for,  washing,  bleaching,  dyeing, 
and  treating  textile  materials.     March  26 

1517  R.  Chadwick  and  J.  W.  C.  Chadwiek.  London.  Im- 
provements in  dyeing  yarns  and  fabrics  black,  blue,  and  other 
colours.     March  28  ! 

4704  G.  Jugenburg,  London.  An  improved  mode  of  and 
apparatus  for  mordanting,  dyeing,  and  bleaching  raw  cotton. 
Complete  specification.    March  30 

4'.»e>  A.  Feme,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  dyeing  and 
printing  blacks,  blues,  browns,  and  other  dark  colours  upon 
animal  and  vegetable  matters.    April  2 

(853  A  Hrin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  Westminster.  Improvements 
in  bleaching  fibrous  substances  used  for  making  paper. 
April  2 

5113  D.  Stewart  and  R.  Walker,  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  stretching  and  airing,  liquoring,  soaping,  or 
washing  woven  fabrics.    April  6 

5150  J.  McXaught  and  W.  McXaught,  .iun..  London.  Im- 
provements in  or  applicable  to  machinery  for  scouring  and 
washing  wool  and  other  fibrous  materials.    April  6 

5166  J.  Davies,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  aniline  dye- 
ing.    April  7 

5175  K.  Gledhill,  Bradford.  Improvements  in  dyeing  appara- 
tus connected  with  machines  for  sizing  worsted  or  other  warps 
April  7 

5212  A.  Goldthorp,  Wakefield.  An  improved  form  of  rod  or 
stick,  and  apparatus  connected  therewith,  for  more  evenly 
dyeing  fibrous  substances  in  hanks.     April  9 

5359  J.  Gibson  and  F.  M.  Gibson.  Edinburgh.  Improvements 
in  bleaching  fibrous  materials.    April  13 

5596  J.  Bromley  and  T.  Harrison,  Leeds.  Improvements  in 
machinery  for  bronzing,  colouring,  or  otherwise  ornamenting 
paper  and  other  material  in  sheets  or  continuous  rolls.  Com- 
plete specification.    April  18 

COMPLETE  SPEC  'IFICA  TION  -1  C<  'EPTED. 

18S6. 
8065  C.  Lohmann.    Improvements  in  dyeing  blue,  especially 
adapted  for  wool.    April  9 

VII. -ACIDS.  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1088  G.  Milligan.  Oxford.  Obtaining  aluminate  of  soda  by 
a  new  process,  from  clay  and  soda  salts.    March  18 

4133  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  C.  Dubois,  France.  Improve- 
ments in  condensing  chambers  for  sublimed  sulphur.  Com- 
plete specification.    Manh  18 

4199  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  London.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  chlorine  and  hydrogen.    March  21 

4201  J.  Taylor.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  nitric  acid.    March  21 

1241  H.Baum.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  pyro-sulphates.    March  21 

1363  A.  Shelmerdine.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  and  utilisation  of  alkali  waste,  known  as  "lime 
mud."  for  obtaining  a  useful  product  therefrom.    March  23 

1371  A.  Delbaye,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  caustic  or  carbonated  soda  and  caustic  potash. 
March  23 

1430  J.  Brock.  Widnes— Partly  communicated  by  G.  Lunge. 
Switzerland  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  monohydrated  sulphuric  add.    March  21 

4686  H.  Gall  and  V.  A.  de  Montlaur,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  chlorates  of  the  alkalies  or  alkaline 
earths.    March  29 

49S9  D.  Simpson.  Edinburgh.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  concentrating  liquids,  and  for  separating  salts  from  their 
solutions  by  evaporation.    April  1 


5121  G.  I.  J.  Wells— F'rotn  .S.  PieK,  Galicia.  Improvements 
in  the  evaporating  of  liquors  containing  salts,  and  in  the 
separation  of  those --alts.     April  6. 

5250  A.  Shelmerdine,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  and  utilisation  of  alkali  residue,  known  as  "  lime 
mud,"  for  obtaining  a  useful  product  therefrom.    April  9 

5393  E.  Uermite,  London.  Manufacture  of  bleaching  and 
i  ting  liquor.    April  13 

5419  T.  Thompson,  Edinburgh.  An  improved  anil  entirely 
new  method  for  the  admixture  of  ferrous  sulphate  or  sulphate 
of  iron  and  potassium  carbonate,  so  that  chemical  action 
between  them  is  prevented  until  exposed  to  each  other  in  the 
presence  of  moisture.    April  l; 

i  OMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

1922  C.  F.  Claus.     Manufacture  of  carbonate  of  soda  and 

carbonate  of   potash,  and    treatment   of    residues   obtained 

March  26 

I j  |i.(,.  Fitz  Gerald.     The  regeneration  or  production  of 

chromic  acid  from  exhausted  battery  and   other    solutions. 

April  111 

7137  J.  \".  Johnson— From  C.  Dubois.  Apparatus  for  ex- 
tracting and  subliming  sulphur.     March  30 

7192  A.  Fritschi.  Manufacture  of  carbonic  oxide  gas. 
April  2 

■  B.  Dawson.    Apparatus  for  evaporating  waste  lyes  and 
recovering  soda  from  black  liquor.    April  16 

S602  J  Park.  Manufacture  of  bichromate  of  ammonia. 
April  16 

1887. 
4133  J.  G.  Johnson— From  C.  Dubois.    Condensing  chamber 
for  sublimed  sulphur.    April  .0 

VIII. -GLASS,   POTTERY,  axd  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1212  M.  Hoffmann.  London.  An  improved  process  for  manu- 
facturing artificial  majolica,  delft,  porcelain,  and  enamel. 
March  21  .    _ 

44S5  A.  M.  Clark— From  C.  J.  Brunetti.  1  ranee.  An  im- 
proved process  of  ornamenting  articles  of  glass,  porcelain,  and 
other  ceramic  or  vitrifiable  materials.    March  25 

4689  L.  Preussner,  London.  A  process  for  the  production  of 
marble-like  or  enamel-like  objects.    March  29 

4821  E.  Moore,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  opaque  glass  of  a  certain  new  colour.  Complete  specifia- 
tion.    March  31 

1822  E.  -Moore.  The  manufacture  of  opaque  glass  of  a  new 
colour.    Complete  specification.    March  31 

4975  D.  Hylands.  Barnslev.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
casting  and  cooling  of  glass  sleepers  or  other  glass  castings. 
April  4  __  . 

5120  T.  W.  Hogg  and  P.  J.  Jackson,  Xewcastle-on-Tyne.  An 
improved  method  for  printing  upon  glass,  porcelain,  or  earth- 
enware, and  apparatus  therefor.    April  14 

5429  F.  Wallbrecht.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  bricks,  tiles,  and  all  kinds  of  earthenware.  Com- 
plete specification.    April  14 

5560  A.  D.  Brogan  ami  A.  M.  Malloch,  Glasgow.  An  im- 
proved method  of  producing  rippled,  chequered,  or  other 
patterns  or  designs  upon  rolled  plate  and  sheet  glass,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    April  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

5291  D.  Rylands  and  H.  Lindsay -Bucknall.  Glass-melting 
furnaces.    April  20 

7211  F.  Gibbons.  Manufacture  of  ceramic  tesserte.  mosaic, 
tiles,  seggars.  etc..  and  apparatus  therefor.    March  30 

8061  A.  Feldmann.  Production  of  fireproof  articles  of 
enamel.    March  26  .       .       - 

8526  J.  K.  Windmill.  Making  glass  bottles,  jars,  etc.,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    April  16 

9015  W.  H.  Jones.  B.  Jones.  W.  H.  Jones,  and  B.  H.  Jones. 
Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  enamel  ware.   Apl.  16 

15579  H.  J.  Allison— From  C.  C.  Oilman.  Manufacture  of 
porous  earthenware.     April  16 


LX.— BUILDING    MATERIALS,     CLAYS, 

MORTARS,  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

4151  J.  M.  Robertson,  Glasgow".  Fireproof  floors  and  ceilings. 
March  19 

127-  W.  torbould.     See  Class  XII. 

1370  C  Brann  and  E.  W.  Jones.  London.  An  improved  mode 
of  treating  the  slag  or  scoria  from  blast  furnaces  for  making 
blocks  orslabs  for  paving  or  other  purposes.    March  23 

4:.91  J.  W.  Stansfleld,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  water- 
asphalting.     March  21  

4606  A.  J.  Boult,  London— From  J.  X.  Jorda,  Spain.  Im- 
provements in  paving.    March  28  . 

4615  R.  Haddan-From  E.  Clenci,  Italy.  An  improved  brick 
or  block  to  be  used  as  building  material.     March  28 

4631  T  C  Fawcett.  Halifax.  Improvements  in  machinery 
for  working  and  pressing  bricks,  tiles,  and  other  articles. 
March  29 


312 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (April 29. 1887 


5152  (J.  F.  11.  Clark  and  R.  .1.  Clark.  London.  The  manufac- 
ture of  ii  cement  or  composition  for  fastening  wood,  linoleum, 
or  other  covering  to  iron  or  stool  decks,  wood  flooring,  etc. ; 
applicable  also  for  other  purposes.    April  6 

615."*  J.  \v.  Ilooton.  London.  Lmproi  omenta  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  Portland  cement,  and  apparatus  therefor;  applicable 
also  for  other  purposes.     April  6 

5476  1 '.  Burns,  Carlisle,  improvements  in  the  utilisation  of 
waste  produots  and  manufacture  of  bricks,  tiles,  and  other 
articles  therefi om.    April  IS 

5515  .1.  sticie.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  celluloid  attach- 
ment for  glasses.    Complete  specification.    April  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  A<  CEPTED. 

1886- 

8120  S.  Lowdon.    Manufacture  of  Portland  cement.    April20 
15905  C.  .1.  J'oilds.     Construction  of  paving  with  moulded 
slag  blocks.    .March  30 


979  W. 
Bonnet. 


E.  Gedge — From  .1.  Thorraud.  V.   Nicolct,  and  A. 
A  novel  artitlcial  cement.    March  30 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

40S6  1(.  Murray,  Glasgow.  A  method  of  producing  sound 
copper  castings  in  sand  or  loam  moulds.    March  18 

4170  F.  Berry,  Sheffield.  Apparatus  and  appliances  for  auto- 
matically re\olving  heavy  masses  of  material  during  the 
process  of  manufacture,  as  in  the  manipulation  of  forgings 
under  steam  hammers,  forging  presses,  and  the  like.    Mar.  19 

4191  J.  Lysaght,  Limited,  W.  II.  Lysaght,  and  J.  Lakin, 
London.  Improvements  in  rolling  very  thin  gauges  of  iron 
and  steel  sheets.    March  21 

4218  \V.  Hope.  Improvements  in  treating  hollow  cylinders 
or  shafts  of  steel  or  other  metal.    March  21 

4228  C.  Netto.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
extraction  of  aluminium  front  substances  containing  the  same. 
March  21 

4233  J.  W.  Chenhall  and  J.  Richardson,  London.  An  im- 
proved method  of  constructing  machines  for  breaking  and 
crushing  quartz  or  other  hard  materials.    March  21 

4234  J.  \V.  Chenhall  and  J.  Richardson.  Improvements  in 
machinery  for  concentrating  ores.    March  21 

4247  T.  i'aberner  and  J.  Hart,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in 
safety  lamps  for  mining  and  other  purposes.    March  22 

4260  W.S.Sutherland,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  heating, 
mainly  for  welding,  and  in  furnaces  therefor.    March  22 

4297  G.  B.  Nicoll,  London.  A  new  or  improved  method  of 
heating  metal  forgings  or  castings  for  the  purpose  of  expand- 
ing them,  with  a  view  to  their  subsequent  contraction  upon 
their  scuts.     .March  22 

4348  P.  J.  Dowling  and  J.  Y.  Dowling,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  weaving  tinned  steel  or  other  wire  for 
various  uses.    March  23 

43S9  G.  J.  Snelus,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
treatment  of  furnace  slag,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.    Mar.  23 

4434  J.  E.  T.  Wood,  London.  Treating  and  separating  refuse 
metals.    March  24 

4472  S.  P.  Thompson.    See  Class  XVIII. 

4512  T.  Marshall,  London.  Improvements  in  miners'  safety 
lamps.     March  26 

1528  11.  F.  Taylor  and  W.  P  strove.  London.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of  finishing  metal  plates  coated  with  tin  or  other 
metal  or  alloy,  and  in  apparatus  connected  therewith.    Mar.  26 

4531  C.  Tod,  London.  Improvements  in  pulverising  gold 
qiuutz.     March  211 

45711  I).  G.  Hi  ihon,  S.T.  Montague,  and  O.  L.  B.  L.  Bourgerol, 
Paris.  Process  for  extracting  aluminium  from  alumina. 
Complete  specification,    March  28 

4584  11.  11.  W.  Biggs,  London.  Extracting  tin  from  iron  or 
tin  scraps.     Murch  28 

4609  J.  C.  Newbery  and  C.  T.  J.  Vautin,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  wet  or  hydro-metallurgical  method  of  extracting 
gold  from  crushed  or  other  finely  divided  auriferous  material. 
Complete  specification.    March  28 

46G1  W.P.Thompson.    See  Class  XVIII. 

1846  A.  Gutcnsohn  and  K.  Cox,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  process  of  coating  iron  or  other  metals  with  tin  or  other 
metal  by  the  use  of  grease.    March  31 

48s7  1.  Bower,  R.  W.  Bower,  and  J.  Blackburn,  London.  An 
improM'd  mciins  lor  detaching  or  forcing  down  coal  or  other 
minerals.    April  1 

4993  W.  II.  Rickard  and  T.  J.  Rickard,  Newport.  Mon. 
Improvements  in  the  method  of,  and  apparatus  or  machinery 
for,  coating  plates  with  tin,  lead,  or  other  metal  or  alloys  of 
the  same.    April  4 

5002  K.  Morris,  London.  Improvements  in  the  method  of. 
and  apparatus  to  be  employed  in  connection  with,  lime  blasting 
operations  In  mines.    April  1 

5029  It.  Hannan  and  M.  .Milburn,  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  obtaining  zinc  from  iis  blende  or  sulphide.    April  5 

5399  G.  W.  Elliott,  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  wedges  for 
winning  coal,  rock,  and  other  minerals.    April  11 

om  F.  Herbert  and  C.  G  Gordon,  Newport,  Mon.  Improve- 
ments in  " Bessemer  "  and  other  ingot  moulds.    April  14 

5470  P.  F.  Kendall,  Manchester.  The  determination  of  the 
direction  of  the  dip  of  rocks  in  deep  bore  holes,  and  of  the 
direction  of  deviation  of  boring  from  the  perpendicular.   April 


5504  A.  L.  Kccport,  London.  Improvements  in  the  process 
of  obtaining  the  oxides,  etc.,  of  metals  from  their  ores  or  from 
crude  minerals.    Complete  specification.    April  15 

5622  w.  h.  Rickard  and  T.  .1.  liickard.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of,  and  apparatus  or  machinery  for. coat- 
ing plates  with  tin.  lead  and  other  metal,  or  alloys  of  The 
same.     Api  il  18 

5627  A.  Woodbouse,  London.  Improvement  in  apparatus 
for  the  amalgamation  of  gold.    April  Is 

Complete  specifications  accepted. 

1886. 

5832  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  I.a  Societe  Anonyme  l.e  Fcrro- 
Nickel.  Manufacture  of  alloysof  nickel,  copperand  aluminium. 
April  2 

i>747  A.  M.Clark— From  1. 11  Societe  Anonyme  dc  Prniluiis 
Cnimiquesde  St.  Denis.  Process  and  apparatus  for  treatment 
of  iron  ores  for  the  manufacture  of  steel.    March  23 

67^6  J.  Thomas,  H.  Lewis.  E.  W.  Lewis,  and  T.  L.  Thomas. 
Method  and  apparatus  for  galvanising  sheet  metal.     Murch  23 

6803  E.  Edwards— From  M.  Kamos-Garcia.  Separation  of 
metallic  tin  from  tinned  plates,  or  from  alloys  or  salts  of  tin. 
April  9 

6810  J.  Noad.  Extraction  of  gold,  silver,  and  platinum  from 
ores  and  other  substances.    March  23 

6974  E.  Hunt— From  G.  Thomson.  Obtaining  copper  from 
solutions  of  its  salts.    March  23 

6977  C.  J.  Sandahl.  G.  Bargate.  and  C.  B.  Phillips.  Manu- 
facture of  ferro-manganese,  silico-spiegcl,  spiegelisen,  and 
chrome  iron.    March  26 

7008  W.Evans.  Heating  furnace  for  steel  sleepers,  etc.,  and 
apparatus  connected  therewith.    March  26 

7081  C.  T.  Cayley.  Dies  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  rolled 
metal  articles.    March  30 

70S9  G.  F.  liedfern— From  J.  M.  N.  Millot.  Com  pressing  sand 
cores  and  moulds  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cast-metal  pipes, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    March  30 

7191  A.Fritschi.  Smelting  iron  and  other  metallic  ores,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    March  30 

7777  W.  BriggB,  Preserving  iron  and  steel  structures  from 
oxidation.    April  9 

8130  J.  Noad.  Extraction  of  gold,  silver,  and  copper  from 
ores,  etc.    March  23 

8324  A.  Gutensohn  and  J.  M.  James.  Pickling  or  cleaning 
the  surface  of  iron  or  other  metal  previous  to  coating  it  with 
tin  or  other  metal.    April  16 

8359  T.  Twynam.  Refractory  linings  specially  adapted  for 
metallurgical  furnaces,  but  applicable  also  for  other  purposes. 
April  20 

8424  A.  R.  Ormiston  and  J.  Ormiston.  Processes  and  appa- 
ratus for  testing  miners'  safety  lamps.    April  16 

8881  P.  M.  Justice— F'rom  H.  T.  Rode.  Manufacture  of  steel 
and  ingot  iron.    April  16 

9008  A.  E.  Stayner.  Drilling  machines  for  rock  and  coal. 
April  16 

'.015  W.  II.  Jones.  B.  Jones.  W.  H.  Jones,  and  B.  II.  Jones. 
Apparatus  for  use  in  manufacture  of  enamel  w  are.    April  16 

10753  R.  Schneider.  Separating  funnels  or  gits  used  for 
making  perfectly  solid  and  pure  castings  of  iron,  steel,  etc. 
April  16 

12053  D.  McKcchnie.  Method  and  apparatus  for  smelting 
or  refining  copper.    March  23 

14982  C.  W.  Thompson.     Iiock  drills.    April  20 

169%  E.  de  Pass— From  La  Societe  Industrielle  et  Coin- 
merciale  des  Metaux.  Preserving  the  surface  of  copper  or  its 
alloys.    April  16 

1887. 

2710  M.  Constable  and  J.  R.  Binglc.  Extraction  of  gold, 
silver,  and  other  metals  from  ferriferous  ores.    March  23 

2771  A.  E.  Outerbridge,  jun.  Moulds  for  metal  castings. 
March  23 

3738  P.  M.  Justice— From  H.  T.  Rode.  Manufacture  of  steel 
and  ingot  iron.    April  16 

XL— FATS,    OILS,   and   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5132  W.  P.  Thompson— From  La  Soci'  te  Industrielle  de 
Glycerine  et  Acides  Gras.  Paris.  Improved  process  for  the 
continuous  distillation  of  fatty  bodies.    April  14 

5133  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool,  improvements  in  the 
manufacture  or  treating  of  cotton-seed  oil  and  other  products 
from  cottonseed,  cotton-seed  oil,  or  its  residues.    April  II 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

5277  H.  Lambert  and  G.  Greenwood.  Apparatus  for  express- 
ing oil  from  oil-yielding  vegetable  substances,  and  converting 
the  residue  into  oil  cake.    April  16 

6981  R.  Jaques.  Improvements  in  toilet  soap  tablets. 
March  26 

1090S  A.  Brin  and  L.  l).  Brin.  Means  for  bleaching  and 
disinfecting  animal,  vegetable,  or  mineral  oils  and  fatty 
matters.    March  26 

12652  A.  Brin  and  L.  I).  Brin.  Oxidation  of  oils  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  of  paints  or  varuishes,  and  for  other  purposes. 
.March  26 


April 29. 1887.      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY'  OP  CHEMiCAL  INDUSTRY. 


.313 


1887. 

J615  W.  Buttner.  J.  O.  Holier,  ami  J.Magnus.  Apparatus 
and  means  for  extracting,  washing  and  condensing  fat,  grease. 
glue,  oil.  or  Other  substances  from  bones,  wool,  organic  or  in- 
organic substances ;  for  drying  the  same,  and  recovering  the 
solvent  employed.    March  30 

3832  A.  G.  Wan    An  improved  lubricant.    April  16 

3833  A.  G.  Wass.    An  improved  lubricant.    April  16 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

4267  A.  Fromentin,  London.  Manufacturing  a  white  colour 
culled  double  carbonate,  to  be  used  as  a  painting  colour.  March. 
22 

I27S  \\\  Corbould,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  whiting.    March  22 

1334  T.  Krnyon.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  pigments,  and  in  the  manufacture  and  treatment  ol  bye- 
products  therefrom.    Complete  specification.    March  23 

4(107  It.  M.  lollingham,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  appa- 
ratus or  presses  used  in  the  manufacture  of  black  lead  or  other 
material  for  forming  it  into  blocks.    March  28 

5515  S.  Snell  and  A.  W.  Sanderson,  Birmingham.  A  new  or 
improved  apparatus  for  the  heating,  melting,  softening  and 
burning  of  cements,  paints,  and  the  like  for  various  purposes. 
April  16 

6586  F.  Crane— From  J.  Hale.  United  States.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  preparation  of  lacquers  and  varnishes,  and  to 
the  method  of  applying  the  same  for  coating  metallic  or  other 
articles.    April  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 


23 


7197  J.  Cameron.   Antifouling  composition  for  ships.   March 

1887. 

3794  T.Garton.  Transparent  protective  enamel  or  varnish. 
April  16 

XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

4381  H.  Jamelle,  London.     An  improved  process  for  tanning 
hides  and  skins.    March  23 
5524  G.  Delfos,  London.    See  Class  XX. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

6138  It.  Baker  and  W.  Baker.      Manufacturing  leather  from 
seal  splits.    April  16 
7717  E.  P.  Xesbit.    An  improvement  in  tanning.    April  9 

XIV.— AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 
APPLICATION*. 

4854  X.  Proctor.  Alfreton.  An  apparatus  for  creating 
vapours  from  a  chemical  compound  for  the  destruction  of 
insects.    April  1 

5532  E.  Edwards— From  J.  Jeger.    See  Class  XVII— C. 


XV.—  SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

4397  H.  W.  Walker  and  T.  L.  Patterson,  Glasgow.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  moulding  and  refining  sugar. 
Slarch24 

H07  A.  Trebitsch,  London.  Apparatus  and  process  for  ren- 
dering amber  waste  available  for  manufacture.    March  21 

5066  A.  Seyberlich  and  A.  Trampedach,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  and  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  grape  sugar. 
April  5 

5159  A.  Schuhmann.  London.  An  improved  manufacture  of 
a  non-fermentable  cementitious  body  soluble  in  water,  from 
starch.    April  14 

5460  A.  Schuhmann.  An  improved  manufacture  of  dextrine 
or  soluble  starch  free  from  smell  and  taste.    April  11 

5579  W,  H.  Hope,  London.  Increasing  the  durability  and 
hardness  of  gutta-percha.    April  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

7970  M.  Blake  and  J.  Barclay.  Improvements  in  and  con- 
nected with  sugar  mills.    April  16 


XVI.-BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1332  J.  France,  Halifax.      A  new  treatment  of  excisable 
liquors.    March  23 


1138  O.  Imray,  London— From  F.  W.  Wieeabrock,  Tinted 
States.  A  process  and  apparatus  for  dryingand  cooling  malt, 
grain,  and  other  substances.    Complete  specification.    Mar.  _'l 

4530  J.  W.  Bailey  and  J.  A.  K.  Greaves.  London.  The 
Manufacture  of  a  new  or  improved  saccharum  for  the  use  of 
brewers, distillers  and  vinegar  makers.    March  26 

K.  Faulkner  and  W.  Adlam.  London.  Improvements 
in  and  apparatus  for  etlecting  the  process  of  sterilising 
"yeast-press  drawings."  "returns."  and  other  waste  liquids 
in  brewing,  vinegar-making,  and  other  like  processes.  April  1 

5337  I.  A.  F.  Bang  and  M.  C.  A.  Iiuflln,  London.  A  process 
and  apparatus  for  purifying  crude  spirit  and  regenerating  the 
purifying  agent.    April  12 

.i373  F.  J.  von  der  Ropp,  London.  Improvements  in  or  re- 
ating  to  the  treutment  of  yeast.    April  13 

COUPLETS  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 
8082  W.  S.  Squire.    Manufacture  of  yeast.    April  20 

XVII.- CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

A.— CHEMI6TRY  OF  FOODB. 

17016  A.  J.  P.  Larieur  and  H.  Gregoire,  London.  An  im- 
proved food  for  horses  and  other  animals.  December  29, 
1886.    Previously  included  in  No.  17016  of  1SE6. 

4203  T.  Kerfoot,  Manchester.  Preparing  a  dry  saccharated 
extract  of  tea  from  which  a  cup  of  tea  tan  be  quickly  made 
by  the  addition  of  boiling  water.    March  21 

1271  A.  Walker.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  yeast.    March  22 

4836  P.  E.  Establic.  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
barrels  or  receptacles  for  the  preservation  and  transport  of 
meat,  fish,  and  other  substances.    March  31 

5267  W.  H.  Gilruth,  London.  Improved  means  and  ap- 
paratus for  treating  tea  leaves  and  other  vegetable  matter  to 
evaporate  moisture  therefrom.    April  9 

5302  J.  B.  Fabre  and  L.  Bergel.  London.  An  improved  dry 
colouring  powder  for  cheese,  butter,  and  other  products. 
April  12 

5535  A.  P.  Wire.  London.  A  new  compound  applicable 
especially  for  the  preservation  of  animal  and  vegetable  sub 
stances.    April  15 

C— Disinfect  ax  ts. 

4283  A.  Dupre  and  C.  X.  Hake,  Westminster.  Improvements 
in  the  preparation  of  disinfectants,  deodorants,  and  anti- 
septics.   March  22 

1355  E.  R.  Blumstone,  London.  Improvements  in  disinfec- 
tants.   March  23 

5393  H.  Hermite.    See  Class  VII 

5532  E.  Edwards,  I-onuou— From  J.  Jeger.  Poland.  A  new 
or  improved  material  to  be  used  as  a  disinfectant,  manure, 
preservative  against  decay,  and  for  other  purposes.    April  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

7644  H.  H.  Lake— From  X.  Sluller.  The  preservation  of 
alimentary  substances.    April  9 

7862  G.  Grout.  An  improved  preparation  of  cocoa  and 
chocolate.    April  10 

17U17  M.  Samelson.  Manufacture  of  liquid  extract  of  coffee. 
March  30 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1886. 

1544  T.  Reid.  Apparatus  and  method  for  clarifying  sewage, 
and  filtering  large  volumes  of  water.    March  26 

1572  F.  Petrie.  Disinfection  of  sewage,  waste  liquors,  and 
the  like.    March  30 

1609  T.  G.  Hardie.  Furnace  for  the  combustion  of  town 
refuse,  etc.,  and  utilisation  of  the  resultant  products.  March  30 

6306  J.  S.  Edwards  and  J.  Edwards.  Apparatus  for  drying 
waste  animal  matter,  etc.    March  23 

6813  J.  G.  Lorrain.    Improvements  in  filtration.    March  23 

7333  J.  Fenton.  Purifying,  precipitating,  and  filtering 
sewage,  drainage,  etc.    March  30 

1887. 

2766  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  La  SociMe  G.  Boone  et  J.  Xory 
Decantation  apparatus  for  clarifying  and  purifying  water 
and  other  liquids.    April  16 

2860  H.  Davey.  Method  and  means  for  automatically 
raising  sewage.    April  20 

C— Disinfect  ants. 

1S86. 

6819  W.  Thompson.  The  employment  of  certain  substances 
for  antiseptic  purposes.    March  23 

8509  A.  Boake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts.  Improvements  in 
disinfectants.    April  9 


3H 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    (April  29,  ttw. 


.Will.-  ELEI  TRO-I  BEMISTRY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

4111  L.  11.  Davies  i  ad   M.  Shearer,  London.     Improvement 
for  protection  m  elements  (while  In  solutioni  of  batter] 
Cells.     .March  Is 

1126  M.  Bernard  and   K.  Bernard,  London.     An   improved 

process  for  the  electrolysisol  certain  double  chlorides.  March  18 

1219  C.    Desmazures,    London.     Certain   improvements   in 

accumulatora  ol    electricity   or  other    primarj   or  secondary 

galvanic  batteries.    Complete  specification.    March  21 

1225  6.  Hookham,  London.  Improvements  in  electricity 
meters,  partly  applicable  to  dynamo-electric  generators  and 
motors.    March  '.'1 

4303  W.  Main.  Brooklyn,  U.S.A.  Improvements  in  and 
relating  to  secondary  batteries.  Complete  specification. 
March  22 

1311  II.  11.  Lake  From  A.  Vanwyck  Meserole,  U.S  a. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  secondary  batteries.  Com- 
plete specification.    March  22 

4322  J.  Hopkinson  and  K.  Hopkinson,  London.  Dvnamo- 
electric  machines,     March  22 

1160  T,  Parker.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  electro- 
dynamic  and  dj  namo-electric  machines.    March  25 

117.'  S.  P  Thompson.  London.  Improvements  in  electro- 
deposition  of  cobalt.    March  25 

iill  L.  Epstein,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  electrodes 
applicable  for  use  in  primary  or  secondary  batteries.  Complete 
specification.    March  16 

4571  W.  E.  Heys— From  J.  Beattie,  jun..  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  construction  and  manufacture  of  zincs 
for  galvanic  batteries.    March  28 

4577  11.  C.  Beland,  London.  Improvements  in  electric 
secondary  or  storage  batteries.    March  28 

461S  c.  L.  Tweedale,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  primarv 
batteries.    March  29 

4604  W.  P.  Thompson— From  E.  H.  Cowles  and  A.  II. 
Cowles,  United  States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
electric  furnaces  applicable  fur  making  aluminium,  and  for 
other  purposes.    Complete  Specification      Man  li  iS 

4667  W.  I*.  Kookogey.  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
battery  solutions.     Complete  specification.     March  2!l 

4744  ri.  J.  Harris.  London.  Means  for  supporting  or  sus- 
pending  elements  in  electric  batteries.    March  30 

47sl  The  Electrical  Power  Storage  Co.  Limited  and  H.  \V. 
Butler.  London.  Improvements  in  electric  batteries.    March  30 

4S23  C.  H.  Cathcart.  London.  An  improved  galvanic 
battery.    March  31 

4S.I  O.C.  1).  Boss,  London.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  and  in  apparatus  for  generating  electro-magnetic  currents. 
March  31 

4332  H.  Leipman,  London.  Manufacture  and  construction 
of  carbon  '"  plates  "  or  electrodes  for  use  in  primary  batteries 
and  for  electro-metallurgical,  electrolytical,  and  other 
electrical  purposes.    March  31 

41131  M.  Bailey  and  J.  Warner,  London.  An  improved 
construction  of  battery  and  method  of  regulating  the  same. 
Complete  specification.    April  2 

50O*J  J.  T.  Armstrong.  London.  A  new  and  improved  method 
of  charging,  cleansing,  changing,  and  varying  the  chemicals 
and  liquids  used  in  secondary  batteries.     April  4 

5096  J.  Kapp.  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric 
Machinery.    Aprils 

5125  G.  E.  Itorman.  Stafford,  Improvements  in  thermo- 
electric elemeuls.     April  II 

5110  \V.  H.  Quarterman,  London.  Improvements  in 
galvanic  battel ies.    AptilO 

5193  Q*.  A.  tirindle,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  a 
system  of  generation  and  distribution  of  electricity.    April  7 

5S03  H.  \V.  Kavenshaw.  W.  T.  Coolden,  and  A".  P.  Trotter, 
Loudon.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines.  April  12 

516.'  W.  11.  Scott  and  E.  A.  Paris.  London.  Improvements 
in  dynamo-electric  machines.    April  14 

5605  II.  W.  ltavenshaw,  \V.  T.  Cooldcn,  and  A.  P.  Trotter, 
London.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines.  April  15 

5662  \\".  Maxwell.  London.  A  system  of  generating,  repro- 
ducing, and  distributing  electricity.    April  16 

5583  H.  Liepmann,  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.     April  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICA  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

2880  H.  11.  Lakc-From  U.  E.  Cabanellas.  Apparatus  for  the 
generation  and  utilisation  of  electrical  energy.     .March  30 

1662  F.King.  Automatic  electrical  distribution  and  charge 
of  secondary  batteries.    March  30 

4751  11.  S.  Maxim.  Application  of  magnetism  or  electro- 
magnetism  for  the  separation  of  metals,  and  for  other 
purposes;  and  apparatus  therefor.    April  2 

5092  A.  Bust.    Thermo-electric  generators.    April  9 

6122  .I.e.  Statter  am!  .-.  1..  Brunton.  Armatures  for  magnets 
or  dynamo-electric  generators.    Mar.  h  j:; 

7001  K.  E.  li.  Cioinpion.    Apparatus  fur  generating  electri- 

City.    April  1 

7i-9  .i.  E.  Pearce.    Primary  voltaic  batteries.    Mai 

Faucheux  d'flumy.  Qalvanio  batteries.   April  2 
7598  J.  piikin.    Elements  for  secondary  batteries.    April  9 
77ol  E.  J.  Houghton,    Fuse  for  dynamo-electric  machines. 

April  9 
10186  C.  W.  Hill.    Electric  generators  and  motors.    March  26 


1387  N.  W.  Perry.    Qalvanio  cells.    April  9 
2721  c.  i ;.  cm  i is,  K.  B. Crocker,  and  s.  S.  Wheeler.  Electric 
batteries.    Aprils 
2835  G.  V.  Lagarde.  Improi  emente  In  el.  i  trie  batteries,  and 

means  Cor  putting  same  into  and  out  of  action.    March  26 

XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1649  T.  M'Dougall  and.F  Lindley,  Glasgow.    Improvements 

in  the  manufacture  ol  paper,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
March  29 

S269  Q.  Pilt  — From  R.  P.  Pictct  and  Gr.  L.  llr.laz.  Switzer- 
land. Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  paper  from  wood, 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.    Complete  specification.    Aprils 

5296  L.  Bastet,  London.  The  manufacture  of  waterproof 
and  combined  water-  and  fireproof  paper.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.    April9 

5406  W,  Bertram,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  drying  paper. 
April  11 

5125  W. Bertram,  Glasgow.  Improved  mechanism  for  dry- 
ing pat  er.    April  li 

5526  T.  Goodall  and  T.  Webster,  London.  Improved  means 
fur -training  pulp.     April  15 

5649  C.  Barataud,  London.  An  improved  machine  or  appa- 
ratus for  reducing  material  for  the  manufacture  of  paper. 
Complete  specification.    April  18 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

7530  E.  de  Pass— From  La  Societe  de  Lafarge,  Lebrc  et  I  [i 
A  process  and  apparatus  for  rendering  all  kinds  of  paper  Im- 
permeable and  transparent;  the  said  apparatus  being  applic- 
able for  rendering  cotton    and    other   fabrics   impermeable, 
March  26. 

17159  N.  Browne— From  J.  Schcrbel  and  T.  Remus.  Appa- 
ratus for  drying  strawboard,  cardboard,  and  the  like.  April  16 

1S87. 

3927   C.  Russell  and  P.  II.    Craigin. 
April  16 


Paper-pulp  screens. 


XX. -FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES,  AMD  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

5524  G.  Delfos,  London.  An  oily  chemical  preparation  for 
tnufacture Of  Kussian  leather.    April  15 

5590  E.  Merck.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture of  naphthalol,  and  to  the  utilisation  of  the  same  for 
medicinal  purposes.    April  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

7903  W.  L.  Wise— From  E.  Mourlot,  tils.    Obtaining  certain 

products  or  substances  from  essence  of  birch  bark,  and  utilis- 
ing the  same  in  the  manufacture  or  production  of  certain 
compounds  or  substances.    April  16 


XXI.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1440  K.  W.  Punshon  and  H.  J.  Maclure,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  maim  far  i  me  of  explosive  compounds.    March  25 

till  II.  J.  Marline,  London.  Smokeless  gunpowder. 
.March   25 

1636  E.  Hollanders,  Portsea,  An  improved  electric  safcty- 
nistol  for  tiring  canons  and  explosives.    March  29 

1713  C.  D.  Abel— From  II.  Sob iwegt  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  explosive  compounds  and  safety  cartridgesfor  blast- 
ing purposes.     March  l".t 

66  G.  A.   Farini,  London.    Improvements  in  ammunition 
for  ritles,  sporting  and  other  guns,  pistols  or  revolvers  ;  also 
able    to     heavy     ordnance.       Complete    specification. 
April  13 

5161  W.  J.  Brewer,  London.  An  improved  land  torpedo. 
April  II 

5538  W.  J. Brewer.    Improvements  in  torpedoes.    April  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  A'  lEPTEJ). 
1886. 

7911  J.  liigbv.    Improvements  in  ammunition.    April  16 
9166  C.  Roth.    Manufacture  of  explosives.    April  9 

1887. 

2879  C.  Roth.    Manufacture  of  explosives.    April  2 
8173   S.    11.    Mealy    and    L.    llutclnns.      Matiue    torpedoes. 
April  9 


rrintcdand  Published  by  Kmmott  Jt  Co.,  New  Bridge  Street,  struntewnss.  Msnohetter,  t  i  of  Chemical  Industry, 

I.um...\  ni  1 1,  k.  lot  (he  Bale  di  CopiM  to    I  6,  Sort  strut,  Cerent  Garden 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THK 


Society  of  Chemical  3nbustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  o.-Vol.  VI. 


MAY    31,    1887. 


Non-Members  50/-  per  annum  ;  Members 
21/- per  Set;  Single  Copies  2,6. 


€f)c  ^ocictp  of  Cfjcmical  3lnDustrg. 


Past  Presidents : 
Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P..  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S. 
Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 

E.  K.  Muspratt 


1SS1— 1882. 

l-si-  iss:(. 
1883- 1881. 
1881—1885. 

INS.'i      lSSli. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1887 


President :  David  Howard. 
Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  I.  Lowthian  Bell.  Bart., 

F.R.S. 
Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.S.S. 
Dr. Peter Oriess.  F.R.S. 
l)r.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 
K.  K.  Muspratt. 
Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
E.  C.  V.  Stanford. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 


John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

K.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Henry  Doulton. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 


John  Pattinson. 

6'.  A.  Sadler. 

Sir  Bernhard  Samuclson, 

Bart..  M.P. 
Sir  Chas.  Tinnant.  Bart. 
Lewis  T.  Wright. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook.  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary : 

Ludwiti  Mond,  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 

General  Secretai-y :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee: 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 


Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  .Muspratt. 

C.  OSullivan.  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir H. E.  Roscoe, M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor:  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors  : 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Bnggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B,  Cohen,  Ph.D. 


C.  F.  Cross. 

A.  R.  Davis. 

A.  G.  Green. 

s.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulmc. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D,  E.  Jones.  D.Sc. 


Abstractors : 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.J.  King.  B.So. 

ilia-'.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

J.  Walter  Leather.  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

Wm   Macnab.  Jun. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

Q.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 

J.  M.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 

II.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree,  Ph.D. 

F.  \V.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor,  B.Sc. 

Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Veley.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  18  of  the 
Bye-laws,  notice  is  hereby  given  that  those  members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  placed  in  italics  in  the 
annexed  list,  will  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at 
the  forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting. 

Professor  James  Dewar,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated 
to  the  office  of  President,  and  Mr.  David  Howard  has 
been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

Professor  Clowes,  Mr.  J.  Neilson  Cuthbertson, 
Mr.  Ivan  Levinstein,  and  Professor  \V.  A.  Tilden,  F.R.S., 
have  been  nominated  Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8 ; 
and  Mr.  B.  S.  Proctor  has  been  nominated  Ordinary 
Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17,  in  the  place  of 
Mr.  Levinstein,  nominated  Vice-President. 

The  Treasurer  and  Foreign  Secretary  have  been 
nominated  for  re-election.  _ 

Members  are  hereby  invited  to  nominate  fit  and  proper 
persons  to  fill  four  vacancies  among  the  ( irdinary  Members 
of  Council  under  Rule  IS.  Special  nomination  forms 
for  this  purpose  can  be  obtained  from  the  General 
Secretary  upon  application. 

Extract  from  Mule  18 : — "  No  such  nomination  shall 
be  valid,  unless  it  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  members  of 
the  Society,  who  are  not  in  arrear  with  their  subscrip- 
tions, nor  unless  it  be  received  by  the  General  Secretary, 
at  the  Society's  Office,  at  least  one  month  before  the 
date  of  the  commencement  of  the  Annual  General 
Meeting,  to  the  election  to  take  place  at  which  it  refers. 
Nor  shall  any  such  nomination  be  valid  if  the  person 
nominated  be"  ineligible  for  election  under  Rules  12  or 
15.  No  member  shall  sign  more  than  one  nomination 
form." 

Notice  is  hereby  given,  that  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting  will  be  held  in  Manchester  on  Wednesday, 
Thursday,  and  Friday,  the  13th,  14th,  and  loth  of  July 
next.  Detailed  arrangements  and  the  programme  of 
proceedings  will  appear  as  soon  as  complete. 

Comment  having  been  made  on  the  delay  in  reprinting 
the  numbers  for  January,  1882  and  1883,  the  Secretary 
begs  to  inform  those  whom  it  may  concern,  that  the 
delay  is  due  to  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present  not  more 
than  twenty  orders  for  those  numbers  have  been  received. 
It  is  hoped"  that  this  notification  may  stimulate  those 
who  desire  to  complete  their  sets,  to  make  early  applica- 
tion with  a  view  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  the 
question  of  reprinting  by  the  Council.  Notice  is  also 
herebv  given  that  the  numbers  for  January  and  Febru- 


.in; 


TIIK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUS,  i:V.      lMny.11,1  87. 


ary,  1SS6,  being  exhausted,  ao  orders  for  those  copies, 
nor  fur  complete  sets  of  Vol.  V.,  can  be  executed. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye  Law  13,  they  cannol  receive  the  pre- 
scribed ">o  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  live  Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES    OF   ADDRESS. 


Herbert   W.    Bainbridge;  Journals,  etc,  to   Malvern  Hall, 

Solihull,  near  llirmim;ham. 

(i.  11.  Beckett,  1  o  Forest  cue:  21,  Howard  Street.  Horton 
Bradford,  Yorks. 

J.  C.  Belcher,  1  a  Brighton;  c  o  Sanitas  Co.. Limited, Letch- 
lord's  Buildings,  Three  Colts  Lane,  Bethnal  Green,  K. 

Jas  lieveridge,  1  o  Cardiff;  Main  .Street,  Frodsham. 
Cheshire. 

C.  W.  Bickerton,  lo  Bosden;  Torkingtou  Fold.  Norbury, 
Stockport. 

Dr.  L.  Claisen,  1  o  Coin ;  Marsstrasse  1  a  2,  Munchen, 
Bavaria. 

W.  P.  Cochrane.  1  o  Redcar;  llohnhnrst.  The  Park, 
Middlesbro'-on-Tees. 

Win.  Donald,  1  o  Pembrey  ;  29,  Eglinton  street,  Saltcoats. 
N.B. 

11.  Fcrgusson,  1  o  .Manchester;  Prince  Regent's  Wharf, 
Victoria  1  locks.  K. 

And.  Ferric,  1  o  Corporation  Street ;  Harpurhey  Chemical 
Works.  Manchester. 

H.  Forth  1  o  New  Basford  ;  Beech  Avenue,  Sherwood  Rise, 
Nottingham. 

C.  J.  Fox.  1  o  Aldersgate  Street  :  17.  Charterhouse  Buildings, 
London.  E.C 

Win.  Glover.  1  o  Silvertown  ;  180,  Hulme  Hall  Lane,  Miles 
Platting.  Manchester. 

K.  Brim  wood,  1  o  Upper  Holloway ;  11.  Lady  Margaret 
Road.  London.  N.W. 

J.  Hammond,  1  o  Lewes  ;  Resident  Engineer.  Gas  Works, 
irne. 

W.  Hogben.  1  o  Edinburgh  :  c/oMonvillePhibrolithoidCo., 
Limited.  Monville,  Seine  Inferieure,  France. 

lir.  H.  Kupferberg,  1  o  Blacklev;  19.  Cleveland  Road, 
Higher  Crumpsall.  Manchester. 

F.  II.  Leeds,  lo  Forest  Hate;  29.  Bouverie  Road,  Stoke 
N  ewington,  N. 

Otto  Luthy,  1  o  Church  Street;  2336,  Fail-mount  Avenue 
Philadelphia.  Pa..  U.S  A. 

I.  R.  Marshall.  1  o  Edinburgh;  bei  HerrnKolle,9/3Dachaner 
Strassc.  Munchen.  Bavaria. 

.Ino.  Murphy.  Lo  Prince's  Park;  Kingston  House,  Aigburth 
Road.  Liverpool. 
F.  Nettle-fold.  1  o  .-.2;  21.  Sterndall  Road,  West  Kensington. 

('has.  Renard,  I/O  L'Estaque  ;  25.  Alices  de  Meilhan,  Mar- 
seilles. France. 

T.  Rowley,  l,o  Manchester;  Croston  Cottage,  Alderley 
K'Il-c.  Cheshire. 

Wallace  Tborneycroft.  lo  Glasgow;  Tettenhall  Towers 
Wol  verhain  pton. 

II.  Wager,  l/o  Lymington  ;  Larich  Bhan.  Loch  Awe  Side 
Ralmally.  Argyllshire,  N'.B. 

A.  J.  Watts,  l/o  Pemambuco;  10.  Goldhurst  Terrace,  South 
Hampstead.  N.W. 
G.S.  V.  Wills.  1  oSouthwark;  Arundel  Lodge,  Tulse  Hill, 

L.  Wykes,  1  o  Oldbury  ;  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Huelva,  Spain. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


c.  8.  Doggett  1  0  53,  K  iri  Stress  -.  Munchen. 
Jai.  Towns,  1  o  Morgan  Street.  Canning  Town.  E. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  MAY  23.  1887. 

F.  W.  Babington  8chool  of  Practical  Science,  Toronto 
Canada,  demonstrator  of  applied  chemistry. 

F.  J.  Beaumont.  12,  Trinity  .-■  [gh    g  ]g     lecturer 

on  sci.  i 

J.  Edwin  Bonn.  High  street.  Bra, ling,  Isle  of  Whrht 
chemist.  B    ' 

J.  II  Collett,  7,  Brunswick  Square,  Gloucester,  chemical 
manufacturer. 

J  no.  Craig.  Clippens  Villa,  by  Johnstone,  N.B..  manager  of 
oilwoiks.  b 

II,.-   <;oodall,  Hendon  Grange,  Sunderland,  paper  manu- 


Hugh  Hastings.  13,  Neal  Street,  Bradford,  Vorks.,  student  of 
chemistry. 

Ali.  II.  Knight.  18,  Chapel  Street,  Liverpool,  metallurgical 
chemist  and  assayBr. 

O.  A.  Eoenig,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia, 
U.S. A.,  professor  of  mineralogy  and  metallurgy. 

Eardley  It.  Manby,  Lightbounds,  Halliwell,  Boltou-le-Moors, 
manager  of  bleach  andaye works. 

Edmund  Milnes,  Seedfield,  Bury,  Lancashire,  manufacturer 
of  extra,  is  lor  dyeing  and  printing. 

Philip  H.  Kathbone,  The  Cottage,  Green  Bank,  Liverpool. 
Chairman  of  Weldon's  Chlorine  I  0. 

Thos.  B.  Saunders,  s.  Melbourne  Place,  llorton  Lane,  Brad- 
fur,  1.  Vorks..  manufacturing  chemist. 

Willis  Scrutton,  Universitj  College,  Gower  Street,  W.C., 
demonstrator. 

II.  Thornton,  ',,  George  Street,  Euston  Road,  London,  N.W., 
chemist. 

Jno.  Tumcy,  Trent  Bridge  Leather  Works.  Nottingham, 
tanner. 

Jos.  T.  Wood.  Trent  Bridge  Leather  Works.  Nottingham, 
tanner. 


lLonOon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Llklington  IIoise. 


Chairman:  David  Howard. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 

H.  K.  Armstrong. 

w.  I. ant  i  larpi  ater. 

W.  Crowder. 

C.  Graham. 

S.  Hall. 

A.  K.  Huntington. 


Committee  : 

];.  Messel. 

I!.  K.  R.  Ncwlands. 

It.  Redwood. 

T.  Royle. 

John  Spiller. 

I..  C.  Trewby. 

J.  Williams. 


Hon.   Local   Sec.  and   Treasurer:   Thos.  Tj  rer. 
Garden  Wharf.  Church  Road.  Battersca,  S.W. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  each  month. 

SESSION   1S86-S7. 
Prospective  Arrangements. 
June   6.— Dr.  H.  K.  Armstrong,  "  The  Alkaloids— the  Present 
State  of  Knowledge  concerning  them,  and  the 
Method  employed  in  their  Investigation." 
,,  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood.  "  Notes  of  a  Recent  Visit 

to  some  of  the  Petroleum-producing  Territories 
of  the  United  States  and  Canada." 
Mr.  J.  Ruffle,  F.I.C..  F.C.S..  -Further  Notes  on  the  Analysis 

of  Certain  Fertil: 
July  13.  II  and  15.— Annual  Meeting  in  Manchester. 


Notices  of  Meetings  and  Papers  will  be  found  in  the 
Scientific  Journals. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  to  be  made  to  the 
Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  May  2,  1SS7. 

RE(  'KXT    1!A<  jterii  >l<  m  hcai    reseaim  !H 

IX  CONNECTION  WITH  WATER  SUPPLY. 

BY  PERCY  I'.  1-T.ANKI.AX1>,  PH.D.,  B.SC.  (LOND.),  K.I  C. 

Eighteen  months  ago  I  had  the  honour  of  intro- 
ducing to  the  notice  of  this  Society  some  of  those 
level  methods  of  bacteriological  research  which  have 
given  such  an  impetus  to  this  study  during  the  past 
lew  years,  and  by  means  of  which  such  important 
results  have  been  obtained. 

The  functions  of  micro-organisms  are  so  closely 
connected  with  such  numerous  industrial  pro, 
and  are  of  such  wide  practical  significance,  that  I 
cannot  but  think  that  the  Journal  of  this  Society  is  a 
medium  pre-eminentjy  fitted  for  bringing  to  the 
knowledge  of  practical  men  the  progress  which  is 
being  made  iu  a  subject  with  which  so  many  are  con- 
sciously, or  uncousciously,  directly  or  indirectly 
concerned. 

In  my  previous  communication  I  endeavoured  to 
l„,int  out  how  these  new  methods  of  investigation 
could  be  rendered   available  for  the  solution  of  a 


May  si.  1887.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


3i ; 


Dumber  of  problems  which  have  long  presented  them- 
selves to  those  interested  in  the  subject  of  water- 
supply,  but  which  had  previously  been  unapproach- 
able owing  to  the  technical  difficulties  with  which 
they  were  surrounded.  I  pointed  out  more  especially 
how  the  efficiency  of  filtration  and  other  methods  of 
water-purification  could  now  be  determined  from  an 
entirely  new  point  of  view,  and  one  which  for  many 
purposes  was  of  much  greater  importance  than  the 
chemical  standard  which  had  hitherto  been  alone 
available.  At  the  present  time  I  think  no  one  will 
dispute  that  the  biological  standard  of  purity,  as 
regards  drinking-water,  is  of  more  importance  than  the 
chemical  standard,  for  it  has  long  been  admitted  that 
the  greater  dangers  of  contaminated  drinking-water 
reside  in  the  presence  of  living  organisms  and  not 
of  unorganised  organic  matter.  I  say  the  "greater " 
dangers  of  contaminated  water,  for  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  minor  disturbances  may  be  caused  by  the 
presence  of  excessive  quantities  of  organic  matter  in 
water,  irrespectively  of  the  presence  of  pathogenic 
organisms  ;  but  cases  of  such  gross  pollution  in  which 


the  Local  Government  Board  of  the  London  Water 
Supply,  by  the  methods  in  question. 

These  results  are  of  interest,  not  only  as  illustrating 
tli'-  variations  in  the  amount  of  organic  life  pi 

in  the  different  waters  throughout  the  year,  but  also 
in  showing  the  effect  of  the  processes  practised  in 
the  purification  of  water  on  the  large  scale ;  for 
besides  determining  the  number  of  developable 
microbes  in  each  of  the  various  waters,  the  number 
is  likewise  determined  in  the  untiltered  river-waters 
at  the  points  where  the  latter  are  abstracted  for 
supply. 

In  Table  I.  I  have  recorded  the  total  number  of 
micro-organisms  found  in  one  cubic  centimetre  of 
each  of  the  waters. 

In  connection  with  this  table  there  is  one  point  to 
which  I  particulrly  desire  to  draw  attention,  and  that 
is,  that  in  the  case  of  the  river-waters  the  samples 
richest  in  microorganisms  are  those  collected  in  the 
winter  months,  anil  not  in  the  summer.  It  might 
have  been  anticipated  that  the  reverse  of  this  would 
be  the  case,  and  that  the  higher  temperature  being 


TABLE      I. 

TOTAL  NUMBER  OF  COLONIES  OBTAINED  BY  CULTIVATION  OF  ONE  CUBIC  CENTIMETRE 

OF  WATER. 


Description  op  Watkk. 


Thames  — 
Thames  unfiltered . . 

Chelsea   

West  Middlesex 

Southwark 

C;  rand  J  unction 

Lambeth 

Lea— 

Lea  unfiltered 

New  River 

East  London 

Deep  Wells— 
Kent  (well  direct)  . . 
Kent  (district) 


■Tan. 

Feb. 

March. 

April. 

15,100 

15,800 

11,415 

12.250 

159 

305 

299 

91 

180 

80 

175 

47 

2.270 

284 

1.562 

77 

4.S91 

203 

379 

115 

2,587 

265 

287 

209 

39,300 

20.GU0 

9,025 

7,300 

363 

n 

95 

60 

224 

252 

533 

269 

5 

44 

7 

13 

119 

3S 

17 

May. 


4.S09 
59 
19 
29 
51 
136 

2,950 
22 
143 

8 
101 


June. 

July. 

August. 

Sept. 

October. 
1 

8,300 

3,000 

6.100 

8.100 

8.600 

CO 

59 

303 

87 

31 

115 

•45 

25 

27 

22 

91 

380 

CO 

49 

61 

17 

» 

12 

17 

77 

129 

155 

1,415 

59 

15 

1,700 

5,400 

1,300 

3.70O 

6,400 

53 

16 

55 

17 

Hi 

445 

134 

213 

165 

97 

1 

12 

9 

5 

82 

39 

48 

13 

25 

311 

Dec.     Arerase 


56.00)  63.000 

65  222 

47  2,000 

321  1.100 

80  1,700 

103  305 


20,255 
146 
231 
524 
630 
475 


12,700  121,000  19,781 
102 
253 


32 

100 

248 

280 

12 

11 

196 

66 

toxic  effects  result  from  the  presence  of  large 
quantities  of  organic  matter  are  comparatively  rare, 
are  almost  exclusively  confined  to  private  supplies 
from  wells,  tanks  and  cisterns,  and  possess  but  little 
interest  in  connection  with  the  supply  of  water  on 
the  large  scale. 

The  new  bacteriological  methods,  as  I  have  already 
pointed  out,  admit  of  being  applied  to  the  examina- 
tion of  water  supplies  in  such  a  manner  as  to  ascer- 
tain what  is  the  efficiency  of  the  purifying  processes — 
natural  or  artificial — upon  which  the  safety  of  the 
supply  is  supposed  to  depend.  In  my  previous  com- 
munication I  dwelt  at  some  length  on  the  results 
which  are  obtained  when  water  is  submitted  to 
filtration  on  the  small  scale  in  the  laboratory,  and  I 
pointed  out  how  substances  which  had  hitherto  been 
regarded  as  of  practically  no  value  for  filtration, 
could,  when  employed  in  a  sufficiently  fine  state  of 
division,  be  made  to  act  as  highly  efficient  filters,  at 
any  rate  for  a  short  period  of  time. 

I  propose,  in  the  first  instance,  this  evening  to 
bring  before  you  the  results  which  I  have  obtained 
during  the  past  year  in  my  monthly  examinations  for 


favourable  to  the  growth  and  multiplication  of  the 
organisms,  the  latter  should  be  more  prevalent  in  the 
summer  than  in  winter.  It  must,  however,  be  remem- 
bered that  in  summer  the  rivers  arc  principally  fed 
by  spring-water,  and  receive  comparatively  little 
surface-drainage,  whilst  in  winter  the  rivers  are 
generally  more  or  less  in  Hood,  and  are  swollen  by 
large  volumes  of  surface-water,  which  is  naturally 
rich  in  micro-organisms.  The  fact  that  the  filtered 
waters  also  contain,  as  a  general  rule,  the  smallest 
number  of  organisms  in  the  summer  and  not  in  the 
winter,  clearly  shows  that  the  figures  obtained  do 
really  give  a  picture  of  the  work  done  in  the  purifica- 
tion of  the  water,  and  are  nut  materially  affected  by 
any  process  of  multiplication  which  may  be  favoured 
by  a  high  temperature. 

It  will,  moreover,  be  seen  that  in  every  case  a  very 
much  smaller  number  of  micro-organisms  was  found 
in  the  filtered  than  in  the  unfiltered  waters,  and  in 
most  cases  this  difference  is  exceedingly  striking 
indeed. 

In  Table  II.  this  difference  between  the  filtered 
and  unfiltered  waters  is  expressed  as  a  percentage 


318 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      iMay 31. wn. 


number,  exhibiting  in  each  case  how  many  out  of 
every  100  microbes  present  in  the  original  watei  have 
been  removed  in  the  processes  of  treatment  adopted 
by  the  compai 

It  is  particularly  interesting  to  find  from  this 
table  that  the  results  obtained  by  the  various  com- 
panies are  by  no  means  identical,  but  that  .some 
companies  are  almost  uniformly  more  success- 
ful than  others.  In  another  place  (the  Institution 
of  Civil  Engineers)  I  have  pointed  out  that 
these  differences  correspond  in  a  remarkable 
manner  with  certain  differences  in  the  mode  of  treat- 
ment, such  as  the  time  of  storage,  rate  of  filtration, 
thickness  of  filtering  materials,  etc..  adopted  by  the 
various  companies.  This  is  a  point  deserving  the 
special  attention  of  water  engineers,  and  it  is 
especially  desirable  that  the  connection  between  the 
mode  of  treatment  and  the  results  obtained  should 
be  elaborated  by  a  systematic  series  of  experiments 
made  on  the  individual  filter-beds,  instead  of  upon 
the  whole  supply. 

Quite  recently  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  ap- 
plying these  tests  to  the  water  supply  of  a  large  town 
in  the  North  of  England,  and  the  results'" are  of 
interest,  by  way  of  comparison  with  those  obtained 
in  the  case  of  the  Metropolitan  supply,  as  the  circum 
stances  are  in  many  respects  similar. 
_  The  water  supply  in  question  is  derived  from  a 
river  which  receives  the  drainage  of  several  towns  of 
considerable  size  above  the  point  where  the  water  is 
abstracted. 

The  following  four  samples  of  water  were  collected 
as  representative  of  the  conditions  of  supply,  and 
these  four  samples  were  respectively  submitted  to 
chemical  and  bacteriological  examination. 


The  results  obtained  In  the  chemical  and  bacterio- 
logical examination  ol  these  waters  are  recorded  in 
'  he  following  table  : — 


SlMII    1   - 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

s 

Total  Solid  R  aidue   .. 

24-08 

3120 

28-10 

2620 

5 

Organic  Carbon 

0108 

0118 

0  1.-.: 

0119 

•5 

Organic  Nitrogen     

0  020 

OILS 

0025 

0-022 

3) 

0 

0  075 

0095 
11 

0 

0  123 

0-151 
16 

0 

0-077 

0-102 

lli 

0 

xc:1 

*  7" 

Nitrogen    as     Nitrates 
and  Nitrites  

Total  Combined  Nitro- 

0-089 
0111 

q 
< 

Clilorine  

16 

0 
33 

Temporary  Hardness. . 

13  4 

129 

115 

109 

9 

Permanent          „ 

1-9 

7-1 

71 

7-1 

£  \ 

Total 

18-3 

20-0 

186 

180 

>, 

S   ■ 
a— 

3-8 

o 

> 

1 

B2 

■j.~ 

•S3 

bit. 
~  - 
■j.- 

33 

.if - 

55 -= 

Number   of   colonies] 
obtained  on  culti- 1 
vation   of   lcc.  off 

1,800 

33,100 

31.200 

122 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that,  whilst  the 
river  at  the  points  1,  2,  and  3  is  of  much  the  same 


TABLE    II. 

PERCENTAGE   REDUCTION   IN    THE  NUMBER   OF  DEVELOPABLE   MICRO-ORGANISMS   PRESENT  IN 
THE   RIVER   WATERS  BEFORE  DELIVERY  BY   THE  COMPANIES. 


Description  ui  Water. 


Thames— 

Chelsea   

West  Middlesex. 

Southwark     

Grand  Junction  . 
Lambeth 

Lka- 
East  London 


Jan. 

Feb. 

Murch. 

April. 

May, 

Juno. 

July. 

August. 

Sept. 

Octobnr. 

Xov. 

Dec. 

avenge. 

986 

9-.I-7 

98-1 

97-4 

99-2 

98-8 

993 

980 

95  0 

99  0 

99-6 

99-9 

997 

99-6 

995 

98-5 

99  G 

99'6 

98-3 

985 

996 

997 

997 

99  9 

96-8 

991 

95  0 

982 

86-3 

994 

99-4 

989 

87-3 

990 

99'4 

993 

994 

983 

967 

89-2 

9S-7 

907 

99-1 

989 

998 

995 

99-8 

99-8 

991 

999 

97-3 

98-2 

913 

983 

97-5 

983 

97  2 

9S-5 

948 

76-8 

99-3 

995 

998 

99-5 

962 

991 

98-8 

941 

963 

95-2 

905 

97  5 

913 

95-5 

98-5 

980 

99-8 

96-5 

SampU  l.  —Collected  from  the  river  about  27  miles 
above  the  intake,  and  down  to  this  point  the  river 
has  received  no  drainage  from  any  place  of  con- 
siderable size. 

Sampli  .'.—Taken  about  16  miles  above  the  intake 
in  question,  and  10  miles  below  a  town  of  7000  in- 
habitants, from  which,  and  from  a  smaller  town, it 

receives  sewage. 

Sample  S.— Taken  from  the  river  at  the  intake, 
between  which,  and  the  point  at  which  Sample  2  was 
taken,  there  is  no  noticeable  source  of  pollution. 

Samplt  i— The  water  as  supplied  to  the  town  in 
question,  and  after  undergoing  the  processes  of 
storage  and  filtration. 


chemical  composition  in  each  ca.se,  the  condition  as 
regards  the  amount  of  microbial  life  present  in  the 
water  at  the  point  No.  1  is  very  different  from  that 
at  the  points  Nba  -  and  :'..  Now  it  must  be  observed 
that  the  increase  in  the  number  of  micro-organisms 
which  No.  -2  exhibits,  as  compared  with  No.  1,  is 
coincident  with  the  admission  into  the  river  between 
these  two  points  of  the  sewage  of  the  two  towns 
referred  to  above,  whilst  the  practical  equality  in  the 
numbers  found  at  points  -1  and   'A  corresponds  with 

The  samples  in  question  were  collected  tn  the  forenoon. 

with  all  due  precautions,  and  wore  received  at  my  bouse  and 

bmitti   I  to  iilatc-ciilti  vation  on  t  lie  evening  of  the  same 

day.  sotluit  there  was  no  time  for  any  disturbance  of  the  results 

i  multiplication  in  the  interval  between  the  times  of 

collection  and  cultivation. 


May  3i.  1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


319 


the  16  miles'  length  of  river  in  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  there  is  no  noticeable  source  of  pollution. 

Most  striking  of  all,  however,  is  the  enormous 
reduction  in  the  number  of  microbes  found  in  the 
case  ol  the  Sample  No.  4,  which  is  the  water  actually 
supplied,  and  which,  as  regards  chemical  composition, 
is  almost  an  exact  duplicate  of  No.  3,  the  differences 
exhibited  by  the  two  samples  being  almost  within 
the  limits  of  experimental  error. 

The  reduction  in  the  number  of  microbes  before 
distribution  to  the  town  in  question  thus  amounts  to 
no  less  than  ii'.rij  percent.,  which  compares  favourably 
with  the  results  similarly  obtained  in  London,  for 
the  average  reduction  in  the  case  of  the  Thames  water 
during  the  whole  year  1886  amounted  to  98'0  per  rent. 

In  connection  with  the  results  to  which  I  have  just 
referred,  I  wish  it  to  be  most  clearly  understood  that 
no  conclusions  whatever,  as  to  the  relative  excellence 
of  the  various  waters,  are  to  be  drawn  from  their 
greater  or  less  freedom  from  micro-organisms,  any 
more  than  it  is  possible,  on  the  strength  of  chemical 
composition,  to  say  that  one  water  is  more  whole- 
some than  another.  On  the  other  hand,  these  determi- 
nations undoubtedly  do  indicate  what  would  be  the 
probable  fate  of  any  harmful  organisms  gaining 
access  to  the  sources  of  supply,  and  what  is  the  rela- 
tive chance  of  their  reaching  the  consumers  :  for  that 
method  of  treatmtnt  which  nhnli-hrs  t/i?  I,ir<.~t 
proportion  of  organisms  of  all  kinds  is  also  tht  most 
likely  to  abolish  any  p  Uhogenic  forms  should  they  be 
present. 

Experiments  on  the  Filtration  of  Water  ox 
the  Small  Scale. 

Since  the  communication  of  my  previous  pa]  er, 
fuither  experiments  have  been  made  on  the  subject 
of  domestic  filtration,  but  whilst  my  experiments 
were  made  with  a  view  of  testing  the  efficiency  of 
various  materials  when  employed  in  the  most  advan- 
tageous manner,  these  later  experiments,  on  the 
other  hand,  have  been  made  with  filters  which  are 
actually  in  the  market  at  the  present  time. 

Were  I  to  follow  my  own  inclinations  in  the 
matter,  I  should  pass  over  these  experiments  without 
any  comment,  as  it  is  certainly  my  experience  that 
any  public  reference,  whether  favourable  or  unfavour- 
able, to  proprietary  articles  of  any  kind  is  invariably 
followed  by  annoyance  and  unpleasantness.  I  feel, 
however,  that  I  should  be  but  imperfectly  executing 
the  task  which  I  have  undertaken  of  bringing  before 
you  the  recent  progress  in  this  subject,  without 
briefly  recapitulating  the  results  which  have  been 
obtained  in  these  investigations. 

The  experiments  in  question  have  been  obtained  by 
Dr.  Plagge,  of  the  Hygienic  Institute  of  I'.erlin,  who 
published  his  results  last  autumn  before  the  Public 
Health  Section  of  the  German  Association'  of 
Naturalists  and  Physicians. 

_  Dr.  Plagge  has  examined  a  great  variety  of  filters 
viz.  :  (1.)  Varbon  filters.  (-2.)  Stone  and  sand  filters. 
(.3.)  'J'he  spongy  iron  filter.  (4.)  l'apt  r  filters  of 
several  kinds.  (5.)  The  porous  earlhemeart  filters  ot 
Chamberland  (Paris),  Olschewsky  (P.erlin).  and  Hesse 
(Schwartzenburg).  (6.)  77"  Asbestos  filters  oi  Breyer 
(Vienna),  Hesse,  Arnold  ifc  Schirmer  (Berlin). 

In  experimenting  with  these  various  forms  of  filter, 
Dr.  Plagge  found  — 

(1.)  That  the  carbon  filters  not  only  admitted  of 
the  free  transmission  of  micro-organisms,  but  that  in 
some  cases  the  number  of  microbes  in  the  filtrate 
greatly  exceeded  that  in  ihe  unfiltered  water;  thus  in 

< 'ii<-  rase  the 
I  niiinn  .1  water  j  [elded  68  i  olonies  per  cubic  centimetre. 

whilst — 
The  filtered    „  „  12.0(0 


It  may  be  remembered  that  a  similar  case  was  cited 
by  me  in  my  previous  communication,  in  which  an 
experimental  filter  of  animal  charcoal,  which  I  had 
had  in  operation  for  one  month,  gave  the  following 
results  : 

I'nfiltered  water  yielded    2800  colonies  per  cc. 

Filtered  7000 

III  these  cases  the  filtering  medium  obviously  acts 
as  a  hotbed  for  the  development  of  micro  organisms. 

(2.)  The  stom  and  sand  filters  were  all  found  to  be 
worthless. 

(3.)  The  spongy  iron  filter  yielded  the  following 
results : — 

I'nfiltered  water  yielded  . . .  .38.000  colonics  per  cc. 
Filtered  ..  .,        18,000-21,000    ,, 

(4.)  The  paper  fillers  yielded  very  unsatisfactory 
results;  thus  in  one  case  in  which  filtration  was  car- 
ried under  a  pressure  of  \\  atmosphere — 


Unfiltered  water  yielded 
Filtered  .,  ,, 


.10.000  colonies  pcrcc. 
.  8,000 


And  in  another  case  at  a  low  pressure  (A  atmosphere), 
the  40,000  colonies  in  the  unfiltered  were  reduced  to 
4000  in  the  filtered  water. 

(.").)  The  earthenwan  filU  rs,  on  Pasteur's  principle, 
gave  in  nearly  every  instance  a  filtrate  practically 
free  from  micro-organisms.  Thus  in  one  case  the 
unfiltered  water  yielded  284,  and  the  filtered  only  4 
colonies  per  cubic  centimetre. 

This  result  is  similar  to  that  previously  obtained 
by  me  in  the  filtration  of  London  water  through  a 
( 'hamberland  filter.* 

(6.)  The  asbestos  filU  rs  gave  results  essentially 
similar  to  those  obtained  with  the  earthenware  filters. 

These  results  of  Dr.  Plagge's  speak  for  themselves, 
and  require  no  further  comment ;  they  obviously 
enable  us  to  classify  these  domestic  filters  in  three 
definite  groups  : — 

(1.)  Filters  which  are  highly  efficient. 
(2. )  Filters  which  are  inefficient. 

(3.  i  Filters  which  are  nut  only  inefficient,  but  absolutely 
injurious  to  the  purity  of  the  water. 

Experiments  with  Specific  Organisms. 

In  all  experiments  with  natural  waters  we  have,  as 
I  have  already  pointed  out,  to  deal  principally  with 
organisms  which  in  themselves  are  not  known  to  be 
endowed  with  dangerous  properties,  and  consequently 
as  the  results  possess  only  an  indirect  significance, 
it  has  been  thought  desirable  to  conduct  experiments 
in  which  definite  organisms,  some  of  which  are  known 
to  possess  pathogenic  properties,  are  employed. 

The  object  of  these  experiments  has  been  to  ascer- 
tain what  is  the  fate  of  these  various  pathogenic 
organisms  when  they  are  artificially  introduced  into 
different  kinds  of  natural  water,  and  in  order  to 
simplify  the  investigation — I  might  almost  say, 
in  order  to  bring  the  investigation  within  the 
limits  of  experimental  possibility — the  natural 
waters  into  which  the  pathogenic  forms  are  introduced 
are  previously  freed  from  all  other  microbes  by  steri- 
lisation. The  method  of  investigation,  which  has 
been  followed  in  the  more  systematic  of  these  experi- 
ments, has  been  to  introduce  a  very  minute  quantity 
of  a  pure  cultivation  of  the  particular  organism  in 
question  into  a  large  quantity  of  water  previously 
sterilised,  and  contained  in  a  sterile  vessel  protected 
from  aerial  contamination.  The  inoculated  water  is 
then  rendered  homogeneous  by  agitation,  and  a 
measured  portion  removed  with  a  sterilised  pipette, 
and  submitted  to  plate  cultivation  in  the  ordinary 
way.  Thus  the  initial  number  ol  organisms  of  the 
particular  kind   in  a  given  volume  ol  water  is  ascex- 

*  "The  Removal  of  Micro  organisms  from  Water."  Proceed- 
ings Royal  Society,  1885. 


320 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTPvY.      IM»y:«.i887. 


tained.  The  infected  water  is  tlien  allowed  to  stand 
for  a  definite  length  of  time— so  many  hours,  days, 
weeks,  months,  etc    and   tl  .   submitted  to 

plate  cultivation  at  suitable  intervals,  the  sample 
being  oi  thoroughly  agitated    immediately 

portion  with  the  sterilised  pipette 
fur  cultivation. 

1  have  myself  carried  out  a  large  number  of  experi- 
ments in  this  manner  on  soi f  the  best  characterised 

organisms — viz.  :  — 

1.— Koch's  "  c>mni.i  "  spirillum  of  Asiatic  cholera. 
Finkler-Prior's  "comma"  spirillum,  which  is  an 
organism  very  closely  resembling   Koch's  comma,  and 
formerly  erroneously  supposed  to  l>o  identical  with  it. 
It  was  orginally  found  in  a  case  of  European  cholera. 

Z. — The  bacillus  pyocyaneus,  an  organism  which  gives 
rise  to  the  greenish-blue  colouring  matter  frequently 
present  in  abscesses. 

4.— The  micrococcus  of  erysipelas,  the  undoubted  cause 
of  this  well-known  disease." 

5. — The  bacillus  anthracis,  the  unquestionable  cause 
of  splenic  fever  in  cattle  and  of  woolsorters'  disease  or 
malignant  pustule  in  man. 

The  behaviour  of  these  several  organisms  was 
studied  when  they  were  introduced  respectively  into 
distilled  water,  deep-well  water,  filtered  Thames 
water,  and  sewage. 


destruction  of  the  organism  was  observed,  the  latter 
being  no  longer  demonstrable  after  the  first  day. 

The  results  obtained  with  Finkler's  spirillum  dif- 
fered very  strikingly  from  those  observed  in  the  case 
of  Koch's  comma.  This  is  particularly  interesting,  in 
consequence  of  the  many  points  of  similarity,  both  in 
microscopical  appearance  and  in  their  behaviour,  in 
cultivations  which  these  organisms  present.  The 
invariable  result  obtained  with  Finkler's  spirillum 
was  that  the  organism  could  no  longer  be  demon- 
strated in  any  of  the  waters,  not  even  in  London 
sewage,  after  the  first  day.  The  vitality  of  Finkler's 
spirillum  in  water  is,  therefore,  very  much  less 
than  that  of  Koch's  comma. 

The  bacillus  pyocyaneus,  on  the  other  hand,  exhi- 
bits a  vitality  in  water  which  far  exceeds  that  of  the 
comma  spirillum  :  for  this  organism,  when  similarly 
introduced,  was  found  to  multiply,  not  only  in 
sewage,  in  filtered  Thames,  in  deep-well,  but  even  in 
distilled  water,  and  only  in  very  exceptional  cases 
was  any  destruction  of  the  bacillus  observed.  As 
already  pointed  out,  however,  there  were  several 
instances  in  which  a  rapid  diminution  in  the  number 
of  introduced  organisms  was  subsequently  followed 
by  an  even  still  more  marked  multiplication  than  in 
the  case  of  the  comma  spirillum. 

NoU.—l.\  should  be  observed  that  when  it  is  stati  d 


Vitality  of  Koi  n's  Comma  Spirillum  in  Sewagb,  and  in  Filtered  Thames  Water. 

NUMBER  OF  COLONIES  OBTAINED  FROM  lcc. 


Day  of 
Preparation 

:nl 
Day 

5ih 
Day. 

till 
Daj. 

9th 
Diy. 

11  th 
Day. 

17th 
Day. 

29th 
Day. 

11  Months. 
1.130 

(20"  C.) 

t    1,750 

60,000 

Innum. 

Innum. 

— 

Innum. 

_ 

— 

London  Sewage 

1     1,750 

(Incubator  at  :<7   t'.l 

Inniim. 

Innum. 

Innum. 

- 

96.000 

— 

— 

- 

(20  CI 

|      300 

19000 

Innum. 

- 

Innum. 

- 

Innum. 

Innum. 

572* 

Ditto     Ditto 

ilncub.i 

1.     300 

Inmini. 

Innum. 

- 

Innum. 

- 

128,000 

56.000 

- 

-      1 

f      - 

63 

313 

180 

173 

- 

- 

0 

Filtered  Thames 

(Incub.) 

1 

t      - 

I8S 

0 

0 

0 

- 

- 

- 

- 

"  These  figures  indicate  the  number  of  undoubted  comma  colonies;  there  was  in  each  of  these  two  cases  also  an 
Immense  number  of  other  colonics  due  to  a  micrococcus. 


Thus  the  "comma"  spirilla  were  found  in  every  case 

to  flourish  and  multiply  abundantly  in  sewage,  whilst 
in  deep-well  and  in  filtered  Thames  water,  although 
they  were  still  demonstrable  on  the  ninth  day,  they 
were  present  only  in  small  number.  It  is  moreover 
worthy  of  notice  that  both  in  the  case  of  the  deep- 
well  and  filtered  Thames  waters  the  numbers  were 
greatly  reduced  immediately  after  inoculation,  whilst 
subsequently  they  distinctly  increased,  only  again  to 
diminish  after  the  fifth  or  sixth  day.  This  process  of 
acclimatisation,  which  I  have  also  observed  in  the 
case  of  the  bacillus  pyocyaneus,  has  been  likewise 
noticed  by  Wolfhiigel. 
Indeed,  in  sewage,  the  comma  spirilla  are  so  per 

mam nt  that, after  I  1  months.  1  have  still  found  them 

abundantly  present  in  the  case  of  two  experiments 

which    1   have  carried  on  up  to  the  present  time.     As 
only  the  earlier  observations   made   in    these   experi- 
iits  have  been  previously  recorded,*  I  havecollccted 
the  results  in  the  al" 

In  other  cases  in  which  a  weak  cultivation  of  the 
comma  spirillum  was  employed,  a  much  more  rapid 

•  "On the  Multiplication  of  Micro-organisms."  Proceedings 

Itoyal  Society.  1886. 


that  an  organism  has  multiplied  in  distilled  water,  it 
must  be  understood  that  this  multiplication  has 
doubtless  taken  place  at  the  expense  of  those  traces 
of  organic  matter  which  must  of  necessity  be  present 
in  experiments  of  this  kind. 

More  recently  I  have  made  somewhat  similar 
experiments  with  the  bacillus  anthracis  and  with  the 
micrococcus  of  erysipelas;  two  organisms  which  are 
most  indisputably  the  causes  of  the  two  well  charac- 
terised diseases  with  which  they  are  associated. 

An  introductory  word  or  two  is  necessary  in  con- 
nection with  the  experiments  made  with  the  bacillus 
anthracis.  The  bacillus  anthracis  is  the  micro- 
organism of  al!  others  of  which  perhaps  the  life- 
history  has  been  most  completely  ami  satisfactorily 
worked  out.  Now  the  life-history  of  this  organism 
is  divisible  into  two  parts — (1)  the  bacillar  stage,  and 
(■2)  the  ■</"'",  or  oviform  stage.  It  has  long  been 
known  that  the  vitality  of  micro-organisms  is  very 
different  as  they  exist  in  one  of  these  stages 

or  the  other  ;  in  point  of  fact,  that  the  spore  is  enor- 
mously more  refractory  than  the  bacillus.  Thus  the 
spores  of  anthrax  can  be  exposed  without  injury  to 
all  manner  of  conditions  of  temperature,  of  aesicca- 


May  31.1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


321 


tion,  of  antia  ptic action  and  Ihe  like  which  would  be 
rapidly  fatal  to  the  bacilli  of  anthrax.  fJnderordi- 
nary  circumstances,  when  anthrax  grows  in  any  cul- 
tivating medium,  it  is  present  in  both  the  bacillar 
and  in  the  spore  Form,  and  it  is  only  when  the 
organism  is  taken  immediately  from  the  Mood  or 
tissues  "I  an  animal  dead  of  anthrax  that  the  bacillus 
is  with  certainty  obtained  free  from  spores.  It  is, 
therefore,  the  practice,  in  making  experiments  in 
which  it  i~  desired  to  employ  an  absolutely  sporeless 
growth  of  anthrax,  to  take  portions  of  the  blood  or 
tissues  of  an  animal  fresblj  dead,  of  this  disease. 

Bearing  these  facts  in  mind,  therefore,  it  is  obvious 
that  in  conducting  any  experiments  on  the  vitality  of 
this  microbe  in  water  it  is  altogether  essential  that 
we  should  employ  the  organism  iu  its  spore-form  if 
any  conclusions  are  to  be  drawn  as  to  the  power  of 
water  to  act  as  a  carrier  of  this  disease. 

The  experiments  which  I  have  made  in  this  direc- 
tion have,  therefore,  been  conducted  with  cultivations 
of  anthrax  in  which  spores  were  abundantly  present. 
From  such  a  cultivation  (agar-agar)  a  small  quantity, 
about  the  size  of  a  drop,  was  taken  on  a 
sterilised  platinum  needle  and  introduced  into  50cc. 
of  sterilised  distilled  water  contained  in  a  small  steri- 
lised stoppered  bottle.  The  bottle  and  its  contents 
were  then  thoroughly  agitated,  and  from  it  two  cubic 
centimetres  were  taken  out  in  a  sterilised  pipette  and 
introduced  into  loOOcc.  of  sterilised  London  sewage, 
Grand  Junction  water,  and  distilled  water  respec- 
tively. The  inoculated  waters  were  thoroughly 
agitated  and  then  three  small  sterilised  flasks  were 
partially  filled  with  each,  so  that  there  were  nine 
smaller  samples,  three  of  which  contained  infected 
sewage,  three  infected  Grand  Junction  water,  and 
three  infected  distilled  water.  Each  of  these  flasks 
was  of  course  immediately  plugged  with  sterile 
cotton  wool. 

Now  assuming  that  lcc.  =20  dn  ips,  it  will  be  seen 
that  in  preparing  the  first  attenuation  in  the  stop- 
pered bottle  the  original  cultivation  was  dilated 
50  x  20  =  10i  10  times,  and  in  inoculating  this  attenua- 
tion into  the  waters  themselves  a  further  dilution  of 
loOO  _  _-0  t00j.  p]ace    so  (-hat  the  t0tai  dilution 

2 
effected  amounted  to  no  less  than  1000  x  750  =  750,000. 
In  other  words,  the  infected  waters  contained  only 
one  part  of  the  original  cultivation  in  750,000  parts  of 
water.  From  these  smaller  flasks,  at  the  intervals  of 
time  given  below,  gelatine  plates  were  then  prepared 
in  the  ordinary  way,  with  all  the  customary 
precautions. 

The  results  of  these  experiments  are  recorded  in 
the  table  on  next  column. 

Thus  in  the  distilled  water,  in  all  three  experi- 
ments, the  number  of  developable  anthrax  organisms 
remained  practically  the  same  during  the  period  of 
61  days  over  which  the  observations  were  extended. 
There  can  be  no  doubt,  therefore,  that  the  spores  of 
anthrax  are  wholly  unaffected  by  this  long  residence 
even  in  distilled  water.  They  obviously  undergo  no 
development — no  numerical  multiplication  in  this 
medium  ;  but  their  vitality  is  unchanged,  and  they 
haveonly  tobe  introduced  into  the  ordinary  cultivating 
media  in  order  to  display  their  usual  activity  and 
exhibit  their  characteristic  appearances  of  growth. 

In  the  Grand  Junction  water,  of  which  the  chemical 
composition  is  given  below,*  the  phenomena  were 
somewhat  different,  as  in  the  course  of  the  first  five 
days  after  inoculation  a  perceptible  diminution  in  the 

Graxo  Junction  Water.— Results  of  Analysis  expressed 

in  Parts  per  100  TOO  :— Total  solid  residue.  2600:  organic  car- 
bon. 0*299;  organic  nitrogen,  ooi'J;  ammonia, 0 ;  nitrogen  as 

nitrates  and  nitrites.  0  250 :  total  combined  nitrogen,  O'iilj  : 
chlorine,  1*6;  hardness,  18'0. 


number  of  developable  anthrax  organisms  took  place, 
alter  which  the  number  remained  practically  station  - 


NUMBER    OK   COLONIES    OBTAINED    FROM    lie. 
INFECTED   WATER. 


UK 


First  Hour 
infection. 

2nd 
Day. 

Day. 

i:th 

Day. 

21>t 

«lh 

61ft 
Diy. 

• 

ANTHRAX. 

DlSTl  I,  I.  K  I) 

Water. 

No.     1. 

ca 

72 

5.? 

70         _ 

67 

110 

'  O    11 

ta  uii- 

a   e  i 

•  ill 

n  111) 

Xo.   2. 

Go 

65 

53 

1 

89 

3G 

No.    :<. 

106 

67 

-7 

63 

-- 

100 

Grand     Junc- 
tion Water. 

Xo.     1. 

310 

230 

67 

81 

-         75 

100 

No.    2. 

530 

,75 

11 

95        -        67        83 
I  sigelyconta- 

i!i  1  ;: 

a ith    .>  in  a  1 1 
sumo  t  h  r  i  m- 
uie'l  c 

Xo.    3. 

:  92 

1ST 

51 

68        -        80 

121 

London 
Sewage. 

Xo.    1. 

733 

::> 

- 

Mn  cli  2011 

multi 

plied 

- 

5513 

Xo.    2. 

108 

210 

111 

-IT 

Tr  .i 

bablj 

Mere 

— 

2:0 

Xo.    3. 

289 

115 

120 

C  o  ii 
tami- 

- 

- 

ERYSIPELAS 
MICRO- 
CO  C  C  L'  S . 

Distilled 
Water. 

Xo.    1. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

- 

No.    2. 

0 

0 

0 

0 

-    |    - 

Xo.    3. 

0 

0 

0 

0          - 

- 

Grand    Junc- 
tion Water. 

Xo.    1. 

13 

34 

0 

0 

- 

- 

— 

No.    2. 

37 

DO 

1 

0 

— 

— 

— 

No.    3. 

fo 

1 

2 

0 

- 

- 

- 

1,  o   X   11  o  X 

Sewage. 

No.    1. 

103 

1 

0 

0 

- 

- 

- 

Xo.    2. 

179 

5 

0 

0 

- 

- 

Xo.    3. 

(58 

12 

0 

0 

— 

- 

ary  as  in  the  case  of  the  distilled   water.     The  ex- 
planation of  .this  is  not  d  Hi  cult  to  find.     In  the  case 

1  On  this  day  plates  wen  prepared  from  ihefirst  attenuation 
of  the  erysi-ielas  micrococcus,  but  were  found  quite  sterile. 


322 


UK  ,TOri;\.\L  Of'  Till'  SOCIETY  OF  CTIKAIICAL  INDUSTRY.      [MaySl.1887 


this  organism  was  no  longer  demonstrable  in  distilled 
and  in  ordinary  drinking  water  after  the  L'Oth  to  30th 
day,  whilst  the  micrococcus  tetragenus  when  placed 
in  similar  water  could  not  be  detected  on  the  -2nd  to 
4th  day. 

[have  lastly  to  refer  briefly  to  those  experiments 
which  have  been  made  with  the  organism  which  is 
with  very  considerable  probability  regarded  as  the 
cause  nf  typhoid  fever.  This  organism,  like  anthrax, 
is  known  in  two  distinct  forms,  the  bacillus  and  the 
spore.  Owing  to  the  different  powers  of  resistance 
possessed  by  these  forms,  we  find  the  typhoid 
organism  exhibiting  a  very  similar  behaviour  in 
water  to  that  which  we  have  already  noticed  in  the 


of  the  distilled  water,  doubtless  all  the  organisms 

which  cultivation,  within  even  the  first  hntir,  revealed 

were  spores,    the  anthrax  bacilli  perishing,  as  we 

know,  go  rapidly  in  this  medium  ;  whilst  in  the  case 

oi   the  Grand  Junction   water  the  anthrax   bacilli 

required  several  days  before  their  vitalitv  was  whollv 

extinguished,   and    it    is   net   until  the  tilth  day  that 

the  numbers  recorded  are  due  wholly  to  the  residual 

spues   which,  as  in   the  case  of  the  distilled  water, 

remain  practically  unaffected  for  the  remainder  of  the 

time  over  which  tie  observations  were  continued. 
The  experiments  with   the  sewage  again  present 

further  differences;  the  diminution  in  the  course  nf 

the  firsl  lew  days  is  less  marked  than  in  the  Grand 

.1  unction   water,   hut   subsequently  a   very  decided  I  case  of  anthrax.    Thus  we  find   the  typhoid  bacilli 

multiplication  takes  place,  clearly  showing  that  in     are     less    persistent    in    water    than     the     spores, 

this  medium  the  anthrax  organism  is  not  only  able  although  even  the  bacilli  were  not  destroyed  by 
to  preserve  its  vitality  in  the  spore  form,  but  that  it  remaining  10  to  14  days  in  distilled  water,  and  the 
is  also  capable  ot  finding  in  it  the  means  whereby  to  spores,  of  course,  are  quite  unaffected  by  an  im- 
exeivise  the  functions  of  nutrition  and  reproduction,    j  mersion  of  even  much  longer  duration. 

It  is  thus  obvious  that  ordinary  drinking  water,  j  There  is  yet  another  point  upon  which  a  few  words 
even  should  it  be  practically  as  pure  as  distilled  water,  must  be  said,  and  that  is  as  regards  the  influence 
is  capable  ot  acting  as  the  carrier  of  the  virus  of  which  is  exerted  upon  these  pathogenic  organisms  by 
anthrax,  and  that  sewage  may  not  only  act  as  the  '  the  non-pathogenic  forms  commonly  present  in 
carrier,  but  torms  a  suitable  medium  for  the  growth  water.  \  ery  little  has  yet  been  done  in  this  direc- 
and  multiplication  of  this  pathogenic  microbe.  tion,  and  in  point  of  fact  the  enquiry  is  attended 

I  should  remark  that  these  results  are  in  precise  with  considerable  technical  difficulties.  There  is, 
accord  with  those  obtained  by  Meade  Bolton  in  the  '  however,  a  very  prevalent  impression  that  the  per- 
Hygienic  Institute  of  Gottingen,  who,  in  similarly  manence  of  these  pathogenic  forms  is  much  reduced 
conducted  experiments,  found  that  whilst  the  bacilli'  by  the  simultaneous  presence  of  non-pathogenic  or 
ot    anthrax   became   extinct  between  the  third  and    saprophytic   forms,   which    flourish    in    water.     The 


sixth  days,  their  spores  remained  unaffected  for 
practically  an  indefinite  time  (many  weeks)  even  in 
distilled  water. 

I  will  now  turn  to  the  last  pathogenic  organism 
with  which  T  have  experimented— viz.,  the  micro- 
coccus uj  erysipelas.  The  distilled  water,  Grand 
Junction  water,  and  sewage  employed  in  these  ex- 
periments were  the  same  as  those  used  in  the  anthrax 
experiments,  and  the  method  of  inoculation  was 
essentially  the  same  as  that  already  described,  ex- 
cepting that  the  degree  of  dilution  was  not  quite  as 
great.  The  erysipelas  organism  was  taken  from  a 
broth  cultivation,  the  final  dilution  amounting  to 
75,000  times.  As  in  the  case  of  the  anthrax  experi- 
ments, the  waters  were  preserved  at  about  20  G,  or 
rather  under.    The  results  obtained  are  recorded  above. 

1  he  results  of  these  experiments,  which  were  car- 
ried on  simultaneously  with  those  with  anthrax, 
present  a  very  striking  contrast  to  the  latter.  Thus, 
even  within  one  hour  of  infection,  the  micrococci  of 
erysipelas  could  not  be  demonstrated  in  the  distilled 
water,  whilst  in  the  sewage  they  were  still  demon- 
strable on  the  second  day,  and  in  the  Grand  Junction 
water,  m  two  out  of  the  three  flasks  on  the  fifth 
day,  but  not  afterwards.  In  fact,  so  slight  is  the 
vitality  of  this  organism  in  these  dilute  media  that 
on  the  21st  day  it  was  no  longer  demonstrable  even 
m  the  first  attenuation,   in    which  the  original   broth 


evidence  of  this  crowding  out  by  the  saprophytic 
forms  is,  however,  far  from  convincing,  and  there  are 
many  facts  which  can  be  adduced  and  which  tend  to 
show  that  this  destruction  of  pathogenic  forms  by 
saprophytic  ones  has  been  much  exaggerated.  Thus, 
in  several  of  my  experiments,  the  pathogenic 
organisms  have  been  persistent  in  the  presence  of 
saprophytic  forms  which  have  accidentally  gained 
access  during  the  numerous  exposures  of  the  flasks 
in  taking  out  portions  for  cultivation.  Thus,  the 
comma  spirilla,  which  had  retained  their  vitality  for 
1 1  months,  were  present,  in  company  with  countless 
numbers  of  a  micrococcus  which  had  accidentally 
gained  access.  Similarly  in  the  anthrax  experiments 
in  two  or  three  cases  saprophytic  forms  were  present 
at  the  same  time. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  in  many  cases  it  has 
been  erroneously  supposed  that  the  pathogenic  forms 
have  been  suppressed  by  the  saprophytic,  in  conse 
quence  of  the  great  difficulty  attending  the  recogni- 
tion of  comparatively  few  of  the  former  in  the 
presence  of  large  numbers  of  the  non-pathogenic. 
Again,  in  many  cases,  no  doubt,  the  experiments  have 
been  interrupted  too  soon,  and  an  erroneous  conclu- 
sion has  been  arrived  at  in  consequence,  which  would 
have  been  avoided  if  the  competition  between  the 
various  forms  had  been  permitted  to  continue  longer. 
Thus   it  was    formerly  supposed  that    the    comma 


culturewasdllutedabout  LOOtimeswith  distilled  water,  spirilla  possessed  but  little  power  of  competing  with 

It  is  ot  interest  to  compare  with  this  behaviour  of  the  ordinary  putrefaction    bacteria,  and  that    if   a 

the  erysipelas  micrococcus  the  behaviour  under  similar  cultivation  of  comma  spirilla  became  contaminated 

circumstances  oi  the   other    pathogenic  micrococci  with  putrefaction  bacteria  the  latter  soon  altogether 

which  have  been  submitted  to  investigation  in  this  suppressed  the  comma  spirilla.    Quite  recently,  how- 

resp  'ct.  Meade  Bolton  has  made  similar  experiments  ever,  it  has  been  shown  by  timber*  that,  although 

with  the  staphylococcus  pwofft  nesaun  us.  ana  with  the  the  putrefaction  bacteria  gain  an  enormous  numerical 

micrococcus  tetragenus.     The   former  of  these  is  the  ascendancy  over  the  comma  spirilla  for  some    time, 

■imqnest  generator  of  suppuration,   having  been  yet    the    vitalitv    of   the    latter    is    by   no    means 

found  in  about  71  per  cent  of  all  the  abscesses  which  extinguished,  and  that  if  the  struggle  between  the 

been    submitted    to    careful     bacteriological  two  is  sufficiently  protracted,   until  the  process  of 


filiation.  The  M.  tetragenus,  on  the  other  hand, 
i-  an  organism  found  in  the  caverns  of  phti  ical 
patient    :  it  is  not  known  to  be  pathogenic  toman, 

butis  highly  pathogenic  1 ice.     Now  experiments    - 

with  the  staphylococcus  pyogenes  have  shown  that      <,v„ 


putrefaction  is  less  active,  the  presence  of  the  comma 
spirilla  can  be  again  readily  demonstrated  by 
cultivation. 


ber,  Wiener medicinlsche  Woohenachiitt,  1887,  N0.7&S. 


Ma,- 3i,  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDtSTRY. 


W 


It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to  exercise  considerable  ' 
caution  in  judging  upon  this  ]>oint  in  the  present 
state  of  our  knowledge,  and  it  would  be  highly 
l>remature  to  place  too  much  reliance  upon  this 
alleged  destruction  of  pathogenic  forms  by  non- 
pathogenic ones. 

The  various  investigations   which  we   have   con- 
sidered this  evening  have  many  very  obvious  bear- 
ings  on  the  practical  aspects  of  water  supply  and  J 
general  sanitation. 

In  the  first  place  we  learn,  as  I  have  before  pointed 
out,  that  the  ordinary  process  of  treatment  by 
storage,  sand  filtration,  etc.,  produces  a  far  more 
marked  effect  on  the  biological  than  on  the  chemical 
properties  of  the  water.  Moreover,  that  the  differ- 
ences in  the  mode  of  treatment  as  practised  for  the 
various  branches  of  the  Metropolitan  river  supply 
result  in  the  attainment  of  different  degrees  of 
efficiency  in  the  removal  of  micro-organisms,  which 
render  it  highly  desirable  that  the  individual  details 
of  these  processes  should  be  systematically  investi- 
gated, with  a  view  to  bringing  the  several  factors  of 
treatment  to  the  highest  state  of  practical  perfection. 

As  regards  filtration  on  the  small  scale,  we  learn 
that  most  of  the  filters  at  present  in  use  are,  from  a 
biological  point  of  view,  highly  inefficient,  or  even 
worse  than  inefficient,  and  that  it  is  extremely  impor- 
tant that  the  private  householder  should  be  made 
fully  aware  of  what  is  the  real  value  of  these  pro- 
fessed guardians  of  our  domestic  health. 

Again,  the  experiments  made  on  the  vitality  of 
pathogenic  micro-organisms  in  water,  show  that 
whilst  ordinary  drinking-water  does  not  form  a  suit- 
able medium  for  their  extensive  growth  and  multi- 
plication, and  that  in  some  cases  these  forms  may 
undergo  more  rapid  destruction  than  was  formerly 
supposed,  yet,  that  in  the  condition  of  spores,  they 
are  extremely  permanent  in  any  kind  of  water,  how- 
ever pure,  and  that  even  those  of  which  no  spores  are 
known  may  often  be  preserved  for  days  or  even  weeks. 
We  have  thus  no  difficulty  in  now  understanding 
both  how  zymotic  poisons  can  be  carried  by  water, 
as  well  as  how  in  some  cases  water  known  to  have 
been  infected  has  failed  to  communicate  disease. 

We  have  seen  that  the  behaviour  of  the  various 
pathogenic  microbes  already  experimented  with  is  by 
no  means  uniform,  and  the  fallacy  of  generalising  from 
the  results  obtained  in  the  case  of  a  single  form  must 
be  sufficiently  apparent.  It  is  essential  that  the 
results  obtained  with  any  particular  organisms  should 
only  be  made  use  of  in  drawing  conclusions  concern- 
ing the  particular  disease  with  which  it  is  associated. 
It  is,  moreover,  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the 
great  difference  in  vitality  exhibited  by  bacilli  and 
spores  respectively  should  be  most  clearly  kept  in 
mind,  and  that  in  the  case  of  those  organisms  which 
are  known  to  exist  in  both  forms,  no  legitimate  con- 
clusions of  any  practical  value  can  possibly  be  drawn 
from  the  behaviour  of  the  baccilli  alone. 

Finally  we  learn  that  ordinary  sewage  forms  a 
suitable  medium  not  only  for  the  indefinite  preserva- 
tion of  some  pathogenic  micro-organisms,  but  also,  in 
some  cases,  for  their  rapid  growth  and  multiplication. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  CHAIRMAN  said  the  members  present  must  all 
feel  the  great  importance  of  the  researches  which  bad 
been  so  lucidly  laid  before  them.  In  this,  as  in  every 
new  branch  of  science,  it  was  of  course  possible  to 
make  a  wrong  use  of  the  knowledge  acquired  :  to  be 
over  frightened  on  the  one  hand,  or  over  confident  on 
the  other  ;  but  no  one  who  had  followed  these 
researches  carefully  could  fail  to  be  impressed  by  the 
immense  strides  which  knowledge  had  made  in  this 
direction.     It  might  be  said  that  a  vast  number  of 


organisms  might  be  present  in  water,  and  yet  do  no 
more  harm  to  man  than  did  the  small  organisms  to 
the  whale  that  lived  on  them.  But  though  certain 
microbes  might  be  harmless,  the  study  of  them  was 
part  of  the  great  question  of  sanitation.  An  offensive 
smell  might  not  d<>  any  serious  immediate  harm — 
indeed,  if  offensive  smells  were  fatal,  a  good  many 
villages  in  England  and  towns  in  Italy  would  soon 
be  devoid  of  inhabitants  :  but  ordinary  experience 
showed  that  a  bad  smell  was  generally  a  warning  of 
some  more  serious  danger  which  required  to  be 
grappled  with.  If  we  could  remove  09  per  cent,  of  the 
organismspresent  in  water,  it  was  clear  that  the  chance 
of  the  pathogenic  one  surviving  was  muchdiminished. 
No  doubt  in  the  near  future  we  should  learn  more  of 
the  real  dangers  and  safeguards ;  at  present  we 
could  but  recognise  the  great  value  of  the  results 
obtained,  and  the  immense  importance  of  continuing 
•  hose  researches. 

Mr.  Gustav  Bischof  said  it  was  of  course  under- 
stood that  Dr.  P.  Frankland's  paper  was  based  on 
the  assumed  efficiency  of  Dr.  Koch's  gelatine  test. 
He  fully  admitted  that  the  rapidity  and  ease  with 
which  results  were  obtained  by  the  test,  the  uni- 
formity of  those  results  in  parallel  experiments,  and 
the  nicety  of  the  whole  apparatus,  formed  a  great 
fascination  to  the  experimentalist.  All  the  same,  he 
was  expressing  not  only  his  own  opinion,  but  that  of 
very  weighty  bacteriologists,  when  he  entirely  dis- 
puted that,  so  far,  the  efficiency  of  the  test  had  been 
proved.  In  the  first  place,  it  was  obvious  that  only 
those  microphytes  were  cultivated  by  Dr.  Koch's  test 
which  could  be  cultivated  under  any  conditions 
whatever  in  gelatine-peptone  ;  Dr.  Klein  had  told 
them  a  number  of  pathogenic  and  other  microphytes 
absolutely  refused  to  be  cultivated  in  that  medium. 
Xext,  a  great  many  pathogenic  microphytes  required 
for  culture  a  temperature  much  higher  than  was 
possible  in  following  the  ordinary  test  :  some  requiring 
as  much  as  38°C.  Time  would  not  permit  him  to  go 
further  into  details  on  that  point.  Xext,  Dr.  Klein 
and  others  had  told  them  that  a  great  many  micro- 
phvtes  required  weeks — some  even  months— for  their 
full  development.  Nevertheless,  with  the  gelatine 
test  observation  ceased  as  a  rule  about  the  third  day, 
when  the  liquifying  colonies  had  developed  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  render  thereafter  distinction  of 
colonies  impossible.  Therefore,  we  were  left  in 
ignorance  of  what  might  have  taken  place  in  a 
sample  after  that  period.  He  thought  he  had  said 
sufficient  to  show  that  there  was  great  doubt  as  to 
the  reliability  of  Dr.  Koch's  test.  Then  as  to  the 
number  of  colonies,  Dr.  Klein  had  referred  to  a  case 
in  which  another  method  indicated  as  many  as 
l.r)0,000  colonies,  while  Dr.  Koch's  test  indicated  only 
5000.  And  this  was  what  Dr.  Percy  Frankland 
called  "determination  with  very  considerable  quan- 
titative accuracy" — indicating  3  per  cent.  He  could 
not  agree  with  Dr.  Frankland  that  the  teaching  of 
the  test  rested  on  a  satisfactory  basis,  if.  as  admitted 
by  him,  no  inference  could  be  drawn  from  the  number 
of  colonies  as  to  the  wholesomeness  of  water.  Whole- 
someness was  the  object  of  testing  potable  water,  but 
under  the  circumstances,  of  two  samples  of  water,  the 
one  which  contained  the  greater  number  might  even 
be  the  more  wholesome.  Dr.  Frankland  had  repeated 
on  this  occasion  an  assertion  which  he  had  made 
before— viz.,  that  although  he  did  not  draw  any 
inference  as  to  the  greater  or  lesser  wholesomeness  of 
water  before  and  after  a  treatment  from  the  difference 
in  the  number  of  colonies,  yet  that  the  fact  of  the 
reduction  of  microphytes  by  a  certain  percentage 
admitted  of  the  conclusion  that  any  path 
microphytes  present  would  be  similarly  reduced  : 
and  that  therefore  the  danger  of  infection  from  them, 


■■■■■:  i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |M».v  ni.  1887. 


should  they  accidentally  have  gained  access  to  the 
water,  would  be  correspondingly  lessened,    He  had 

argued,  moreover,  some  time  ago,  that  neither  in 
respect  of  size,  nor  form,  nor  habits,  could  pathogenic 
organisms  be  sharply  distinguished  from  non-patho-  ] 
■  organisms.  Dr.  Koch  had.  however,  dis- 
tinguished between  different  organisms,  for  he  had 
written:  "  These  bacteria,  which  I  have  called  Comma 

Bacilli  on  account  of  their  peculiar  shape,  are  smaller 
than  the  tubercle  bacilli."  Was  there  no  difference  of 
size  or  form  there  I  For  ail  we  knew,  pathogenic 
microphytes  might  exist  infinitely  more  minute  than 
any  micro-organisms  as  yet  isolated.  Then  as  to 
habits.  If  pathogenic  microphytes  differed  essentially 
in  the  temperature,  the  medium,  and  the  length  of 
time  they  required  for  development,  surely  it  could 
not  he  said  that  there  was  no  difference  in  their 
habits.  Dr.  Frankland  had  himself  said  in  another 
place  that  it  was  highly  misleading  to  apply  the 
results  obtained  with  one  set  of  organisms  to  the 
case  of  another  set.  Passing  now  to  the  pathogenic 
experiments,  he  doubted  whether  any  inference  could 
be  drawn  from  the  result  of  infecting  a  sterilised 
water  with  one  particular  pathogenic  microphyte  as 
to  what  would  have  taken  place  if  an  ordinary 
natural  water  were  infected  with  the  same  micro- 
phytes. He  could  not  share  Dr.  Frankland's  doubts 
as  to  the  effect  of  crowding  out.  He  would  again 
quote  Dr.  Klein,  who  had  said  he  would  prepare  a  i 
sample  of  water,  infected  by  a  dozen  pathogenic  j 
microphytes,  state  the  names  of  those  microphytes,  so 
that  it  might  be  known  what  to  look  for,  and  in  nine 
cases  out  of  ten  no  one  would  be  able  to  recogoise 
any  given  form.  With  regard  to  the  results  of 
filtration  experiments  shown  on  the  large  diagram 
before  them,  he  would  like  to  know  how  it  was  sup-  ; 
posed  that  the  sand  acted  in  retaining  microbes — was 
it  a  purely  mechanical  action  I  If  so,  then  these  I 
tabulated  results  contradicted  well-established  bio- 
logical  facts,  or,  if  one  preferred  to  put  it  that  way, 
were  contradicted  by  well-established  biological  facts. 
These  sand  filters  were  permeated  month  after  month 
and  year  after  year  by  water  containing  a  greater  or  j 
lesser  number  of  colonies.  Now,  what  happened  if 
one  took  a  sample  of  water  containing  even  only  a  | 
few  microphytes,  and  stored  that  water  in  a  sterilised 
flask  protected  against  any  possibility  of  contamina- 
tion 1  Dr.  Frankland  and  himself  were  agreed  that 
the  result  was  an  enormous  multiplication  of  the 
microphytes.  If  the  microphytes  were  simply  re- 
tained in  the  sand,  how  was  it  that  no  multiplication 
took  place  there.'  He  had  no  hesitation,  therefore, 
in  saying  that  there  must  be  an  error  somewhere. 
Again,  the  percentage  reduction  tables  were  entirely 
misleading.  Supposing  he  had  a  sample  of  filtered 
water  containing  LOO  microphytes,  a  90  per  cent. 
reduction  would  be  shown  if  the  untiltered  water 
contained  1,000  colonies,  and  99  per  cent,  if  it  con- 
tained 10,000.  The  worse  the  untiltered  water,  the 
better  the  showing  of  the  percentage  reduction  ;  but 
after  all,  one  sample  of  water  containing  100  colonies, 
a<  far  as  the  numbers  of  colonies  go,  was  no  worse 
than  another  containing  the  same  number.  He 
would  like  to  call  attention  to  certain  experiments, 
made,  he  admitted,  before  Dr.  Koch's  method  was 
known,  and  before  many  considerable  improvements 
.  ken  place  in  the  construction  of  sand  filters. 
Dr.  Burdon-Sanderson  had  experimented  on  the 
Metropolitan  water  supply,  with  the  result  that  he 
found  that  the  average  "zymotic  property  oC  water 
was  nut  iii  any  appreciable  degree  affected  In  sand 
filtration.  Perhaps  something  had  happened  since  to 
alter  the  conditions  :  but  it  was  remarkable  that  a  man 
like  Dr.  Burdon-Sanderson  should  have  publishedsuch 

statement  in  an  official  report  in  1870,  and  that  now 


everything  should  be  unite  the  reverse.  There  was 
a  question  he  would  like  Dr.  Frankland  to  answer. 
lie  had  .spoken  of  the  large  number  of  microphytes  in 

certain  months  as  the  result  of  the  filters  being  over- 
taxed. He  hoped  that  this  would  bring  out  Dr. 
Frankland's  opinion  as  to  whether  the  sand  exercised 
a  purely  mechanical  action  or  not ;  because  if  the 
action  were  purely  mechanical,  then  the  overtaxing 
would  be  in  direct  contradiction  to  all  experience. 
Every  chemist  knew  that  the  longer  filtration  was 
continued  through  a  filter  the  more  complete  was  the 
separation  of  suspended  matter,  though  of  course  the 
yield  was  reduced  ;  and  it  was  equally  well  known 
that  with  certain  precipitates  the  filtrate  had  to  be 
returned  again  and  again  on  to  the  filter  before  all 
suspended  matter  was  retained.  With  respect  to  the 
domestic  filter  experiments  he  would  say  very  little. 
It  was  remarkable  that  the  results  given  that  evening 
by  Dr.  Frankland  did  not  at  all  agree  with  those 
which  the  same  author  communicated  to  the  Society 
last  year,  when,  for  instance,  in  the  case  of  spongy 
iron,  he  (Dr.  Frankland)  had  found  that  after  one 
month's  action  a  water  containing  1280  organisms  per 
cc.  gave  a  filtrate  containing  only  -2  organisms  per  cc, 
or.  as  this  was  within  the  limit  of  error  of  the  test, 
Dr.  Frankland  found  last  year  that  filtration  by 
spongy  iron  after  one  month's  action  gave  a  sterile 
water.  Nothing  had  been  said  as  to  the  conditions 
under  which  the  experiments  were  made  by  Dr. 
Plagge,  and  everything  depended  on  that.  It  was 
easy  to  obtain  in  any  such  experiment  a  large  number 
of  microphytes  ;  for  instance,  if  one  took  an  ordinary 
filter  with  a  big  reservoir  at  the  bottom,  of  course 
multiplication  would  take  place  in  the  water  standing 
in  the  reservoir.  He  would  say  only  a  few  words 
about  the  only  filters  which  Dr.  Frankland  represented 
as  efficient,  viz  :  Pasteur's  filter  tubes,  and  the 
asbestos  filters.  It  was  not  possible  to  manufacture 
these  filters  absolutely  uniformly  ;  hence  some 
would  transmit  microphytes  freely,  others  be  so  close 
in  grain  as  even  not  to  let  water  pass  through.  It 
was,  however,  quite  true  that  these  filters  frequently 
yielded  sterile  water,  but  again  it  was  equally  true— 
and  he  had  this  from  Dr.  Koch's  ow  n  lips — that 
microphytes  very  soon  grew  through  the  filter  tubes, 
and  he  might  add  also  through  the  asbestos  filters, 
when  a  larger  number  of  colonies  might  be  indicated 
in  the  filtered  than  in  the  untiltered  sample.  One 
was  thus  placed  in  the  awkward  position  of  not 
having  a  single  really  trustworthy  filter  left,  if  Dr. 
Frankland's  latest  conclusions  were  accepted. 

Mr.  ( 1.  T.  KlNOZETT  said  this  was  a  most  interest- 
ing and  instructive  paper ;  at  the  same  time,  he 
thought  that  some  of  Dr.  Frankland's  assumptions 
were  not  free  from  danger.  In  the  first  place  he  had 
drawn  too  hard  and  fast  a  line  between  pathogenic 
and  non-pathogenic  organisms.  Many  years  ago 
Panum  had  found  (aiul  his  results  were  afterwards 
continued  by  Burdon-Sanderson)  that  micro-organ- 
isms which  were  not  ordinarily  considered  pathogenic 
would,  under  favourable  conditions,  produce  sub- 
stances which  were  poisonous  to  animals.  For 
instance,  sepsin  had  been  thus  formed,  and  sepsin  was 
a  body  which  had  considerable  toxic  effect  upon 
animals.  Therefore  it  was  not  fair  to  say  that  such 
organisms  were  not  pathogenic  to  a  certain  extent. 
It  was  too  often  assumed  that  microbes  had  but  one 
mode  of  life,  for  instance  that  the  cells  of  yeast  could 
only  live  in  solutions  of  sugar,  and  produce  alcohol — 
in  brief,  that  they  could  only  perform  one  particular 
fermentation.  But  that  idea  was  quite  erroneous. 
The  action  of  the  microbes  depended  upon  the 
mediums  into  which  they  were  introduced;  and  if 
the  mediums  were  changed,  the  products  would 
necessarily  change  also.     This  was  not  a  matter  of 


May  3i.  i8sr.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


325 


mere  speculation, but  hadbeenexperimentally  demon- 
strated by  him  (Mr.  Kingzett).  It  was  even  conceiv- 
able that  the  bacillus  subtilis  should  produce  effi 
corresponding  to  the  hurt/his  anthracu  (from  which 
it  could  hardly  be  distinguished  under  the  miscros 
cope)  if  acting  under  the  same  conditions.  He  did 
not  like  to  hear  any  investigator  assuming  that  which 

?assed  beyond  the  limit  of  ascertained  fact.  Dr. 
'rankland  had  averred,  that  the  organism  associated 
with  erysipelas  had  been  proved  to  be  the  cause  of 
that  disease,  and  that  Koch's  comma  bacillus  was  the 
real  cause  of  cholera.  He  was  tolerably  well 
acquainted  with  the  literature  of  this  subject,  and  he 
disputed  that  statement  ;  the  assumed  connection 
was  in  each  case  a  pure  matter  of  influence  upon 
grounds  that  were  open  to  much  criticism.  It  was 
true  that  these  micro-organisms  had  been  found 
associated  with  the  particular  disease  ;  there  was  no 
absolute  proof  that  they  constituted  the  real  causes 
of  the  diseases,  and  as  to  Koch's  comma  bacillus,  it 
was  to  be  found  under  many  circumstances  where 
there  was  no  question  of  disease  existent.  With 
respect  to  the  inoculation  of  different  waters  with  the 
Anthrax  spores,  Dr.  F rankland  had  admitted  that 
in  the  case  No.  3,  the  experiment  had  failed  through 
the  accidental  introduction  of  other  spores  on  the 
removal  of  the  stopper.  If  that  was  so,  how  could 
he  be  sure,  in  those  other  cases  where  the  number 
had  multiplied  to  a  great  extent  after  the  first  few 
days,  that  at  some  intermediate  stage  other  organisms 
had  not  been  admitted — especially  as  dilute  sewage 
was  one  of  the  best  mediums,  not  alone  for  anthrax 
spores,  but  also  for  many  of  the  germs  which  were 
generally  found  floating  in  the  atmosphere,  and  all 
of  which  had  the  power,  in  common  with  the  bacillus 
anthracis,  of  liquefying  this  particular  gelatine  test. 
And  this  led  him  to  a  fourth  point,  which  was — had 
Dr.  Frankland  proved  that  the  forms  which  had 
liquified  the  test  were  the  spores  of  the  bacillus 
anthracis  or  not  1  Apparently  he  had  been  satisfied 
with  a  microscopical  examination,  but  even  if  that 
could  be  relied  upon,  it  would  leave  unsettled  the 
doubt  that  they  had  been  introduced  from  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  laboratory  in  the  way  that  he  had 
suggested. 

Mr.  Johnson  suggested  that  the  table  representing 
the  effect  of  filtration  upon  the  water  of  the  different 
companies  would  have  been  improved  by  the  addition 
of  figures  representing  the  rainfall  during  each  month. 
It  had  recently  come  to  his  knowledge  that  the  month 
of  April,  which  was  proverbially  the  rainiest  month, 
had  for  ten  years  past  been  one  of  the  driest,  and 
that  July  had  been  one  of  the  wettest.  Therefore  the 
theory  that  surface  water  contamination  was  the 
source  of  impurities  seemed  to  be  contradicted.  It 
was  more  likely  that  the  organic  impurities  naturally 
formed  by  the  decay  of  vegetation  would  account  for 
the  results  found  by  Dr.  Frankland.  With  regard  to 
the  experiments  on  the  cultivation  of  pathogenic 
germs  in  drinking  water,  he  questioned  whether  the 
quality  of  the  water  was  not  materially  altered  by 
the  means  employed  to  render  it  sterile.  He  did  not 
know  what  those  means  were,  but  if  they  consisted 
in  raising  the  temperature,  it  suggested  the  possibility 
that  the  albumenoid  matters  which  formed  the 
pabulum  in  which  those  bodies  grew  might  be  readily 
coagulated  by  the  heat.  He  thought  that  the  manner 
in  which  Dr.  Frankland's  statements  had  been  received 
bythemembers,andthe  striking  concordances  eli' 
dispelled  altogether  the  idea  that  his  results  were  not 
reliable. 

In  reply,  Dr.  Percy  Fkaxklaxd  said  he  regretted 
that  Mr.  Bischof  had  spoken  in  the  names  of  others 
rather  than  of  himself.  He  regretted,  too,  that  Dr. 
Klein  was  not  present,  because  the  greater  part  uf 


Mr.  Bischofs  remarks  professed  to  have  his  authority; 
and  thus  in  disputing  Mr.   Bischofs  statements  he 

would  be  brought  indirectly  into  antagonism  with  Dr. 
Klein.     With  regard  to  the  idea  that  these  tests  were 
of  no  value  for  forming  an  opinion  as  to  the  number 
of  organisms  in  water,  it  occurred  to  him  that  their 
value  could  be  best  illustrated  by  a  comparison.     Let 
it  be  supposed  that  one  had  a  test  for  white-faced 
people,  and  suppose  that  this  test  was  applied  to  the 
inhabitants   of  London,  and  it   indicated   only   the 
white  population;  now, although  one  would  undoubt- 
edly miss  in  such  a  census  of  the  Metro]  olis  all  the 
coloured  inhabitants,  yet  the  absolute  result  would 
not  materially  differ  from  the  correct  census  taken  by 
the   Registrar-General      Similarly,   in  the  case    of 
these  waters,  what  was  the  probability  of  any  large 
proportion  of  those  particular  and  comparatively  rare 
organisms  being  present  which  could  not  be  revealed 
by  gelatine  culture'?     Was  it   likely,  for  instance, 
that  a  sensible  percentage  of  the  microbes  in  Thame.- 
water  should  be  tubercle  bacilli,  which  it  was  quite 
true  could  not  be  cultivated  on  gelatine  ?    He  had  no 
hesitation  in  saying  that  the  number  of  organisms  of 
this  kind  in  water  must  be  quite  insignificant  com- 
pared with  those  which  were  revealed  by  gelatine 
cultivation.     It  was  most  necessary  to  bear  in  mind 
that  practically  all  the  greater  discoveries  which  had 
been  made  in  bacteriology  during  the  past  few  years 
had  been  achieved  by  means  of  these  methods  of  Dr. 
Koch's,  and  that  it  was  almost  impossible  to  over- 
estimate their  value.     He  did  not  say  that  the  test 
was  perfect,  but  it  was  undoubtedly  by  far  the  best 
at  present  known.     With  regard  to  the  particular 
example  which  Mr.  Bischof  had  brought  forward,  the 
case  of  150,000  colonies  shown  by  one  method  against 
5000  colonies  revealed  by  the  gelatine  test,  he  had 
often  heard  that  statement  before,  but  always  from 
Mr.  Bischof  only,  and  never  from  Dr.  Klein.     Dr. 
Klein  had  never  published  that  statement  in  any 
paper  of  his  own,  and  had  he  been  present  he  would 
like  to  have  asked  him  by  what  method  that  result 
had  been  arrived  at.     There  were  only  two  methods 
in  use  for  arriving  at  the  number  of  organisms  present 
in  any  sample  of  water  or  other  liquid — viz.,   the 
method  by  plate  cultivation  and  the  method  of  Fol 
and  Dunant.    By  the  latter  method  a  certain  quantity 
of  water  was  divided  into,  say.  50  equal  parts,  and 
each  part  was  then  put  into  a  tube  of  sterile  broth. 
The  number  of  organisms  present  was  then  deduced 
from  the  number  of  these  broth-tubes,  which,  on  in- 
cubation, developed  organisms,  and  it  was  necessary, 
therefore,  to  so  arrange  the  experiment  that  only  a 
portion  of  the  whole  number  of  tubes  became  infected. 
Thus  if  lcc.  of  the  water  in  question  was  distributed 
through  50  broth-tubes,  and  of  these  10  subsequently 
developed  organisms,  it  would  be  assumed  that  the 
water  contained  10  organisms  in  lcc.     He  (Dr.  Frank- 
land)  had  fully  discussed  this  method  in  another  place 
mal  of  the  Society  of  Arts),  and  he  had  shown  that 
it  was  not  only  intolerably  cumbrous  and  inconvenient, 
but  was  liable  to  lead  to  hopelessly  erroneous  result-. 
With  each  of  these  fifty  tubes  one  ran  the  risk  of 
aerial  contamination  through  fifty  exposures  to  the 
air.    The  chances  of  error  were  therelore  very  con- 
siderable.   In  Dr.  Klein's  laboratory  the  chances  of 
contamination  were  found  to  be  so  great  that  he  (Dr. 
Klein)  could  not  perform  the  operation  in  the  ordinary 
way  by  opening  the  tubes  at  all.  bat  had  to  introduce 
a  sterilised  pipette  down  the  side  of  the  wool.     A 
series  of  experiments  had  recently  been  made  in  the 
Hygienic  Instituteof  Gbttingen  on  the  results  obtained 
by  this  method  and  by  the  gelatine  method,  and  in 
those  cases  where  the  Fol  and  Dunant  method  yielded 
trustworthy  results  they  agreed  fairly  well  with  the 
gelatine  method.     Referring  again  to  thia  particular 


326 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Mn.v3i.i887. 


experiment   mentioned  by  Mr.   Bischof.  he  would 
observe  that  it  was  only  quite  recently  that  one  bad 
become  aware  of  the  fact  that  the  microphytes  in 
ordinary  water  often  underwent  enormous  multipli- 
cation in  a  comparatively  short  time.     It  was  quite 
unknown  at  the  time  that   Dr.  Burdon-Sanderson's 
experiments  were  rnadej  and  he  had  little  doubt  that 
it  was  unknown  when  this  experiment  with  the  l">n,000 
colonies  was  made     Numerical  experiments  of  that 
period  must  be  regarded  with  great  suspicion  :  and 
he  felt  certain  that  the  authors  of  these  experiments 
would  not   wish  them  to  be  now  utilised  as  they  had 
been  by  Mr.  Bischof.     However,  even  assuming  that 
the  gelatine  test  did  not  reveal  more  than  a  compara- 
tively small  fraction  of  the  total  number  of  organisms, 
its  value  in  estimating  the  efficiency  of  filtration  was 
by  no  means  impaired,  because  the  same  test  being 
applied  to  the  water  before  and  after  filtration,  the 
differential  result  obtained  clearly  indicated  what  was 
the  effect  of  the  filtering  process  on  those  organisms 
which   gelatine    cultivation    reveals.       There  could, 
moreover,  be  no  doubt  that  the  process  of  filtration 
would  deal  in  just  the  same  manner  with  any  micro- 
organisms, whether  the  latter  were  developable  in 
tine  or   not.     Thus  the  suggestion  made  by  Mr. 
Bischof  that  there  was  some  intrinsic  difference  in 
size  between  pathogenic  and  non-pathogenic  organ- 
isms was  wholly  contrary  to  fact,  and  the  ([notation 
from  the  writings  of  Dr.  Koch   was  quite  irrelevant 
and  misapplied.     Thus   Dr.    Koch,  in  describing  his 
comma  bacillus,  wished  to  give  some  general  idea  of  ! 
its  size,  and  so,  instead  of  saying  that  it  was  so  many  \ 
micromillimetreslong.etc,  he  said  "it  is  rather  smaller 
than  the  tuberculosis  bacillus;"  and  from  this  Mr. 
Bischof  wished  it  to  be  understood  that  Dr.  Koch  had 
said  that  there  was  a  great  difference  in  the  size  of 
pathogenic  and  non-pathogenic  organisms  !     In  reply 
to  what  Mr.  Kingzett  had  said  about  the  micrococcus 
of  erysipelas,  he  could  only  say  that  Mr.  Kingzett! 
was  in  error  in  supposing  that  the  evidence  as  to  this 
micrococcus  being  the  real  cause  of  erysipelas  was 
incomplete.     The  action  of  this  organism  bad  been 
perhaps  more  fully  established  than  that  of  any  other. 
it  had  been  the  practice  of  some  surgeons  to  artificially 
proi luce   erysipelas   in  patients  who   were   suffering 
from  certain  forms  of  cancer,  and  instead  of  using  ' 
virus  directly  from  another   patient    suffering  from 
erysipelas  the  disease  had  by  Fehleisen  been  produced 
by  inoculating  carefully  prepared  pure  cultivation  of 
the  micrococcus  in  question.     With   regard  to  Mr. 
Kingzett's  criticism  of  the  anthrax  experiments, and 
his  doubt  whether  the  multiplication  indicated  in  the 
table  was  due  to  the  anthrax  organisms  or  to  some 
other  organisms  accidentally  introduced,  he  could  say 
that  all  the  numbers  put  down  in  the  table  were  the 
numbers  of   undoubted   anthrax  colonies.      It   was 
exceedingly  easy  to  distinguish   them.      The   other 
organisms  which  had  gained  access  were  in  the  one 
ease  a  mould,  and   in   the  other  case  a  micrococcus, 
winch  also  formed  a  totally  different  colony.     With 

d  to  Mr.  John80n's  suggestion  as  to  the   rainfall 
introduced    into   tin-   tables,    that    would   be   a 

great  advantage  if  these  samples  were  really  represen- 
tative samples  of  the  month,  but  that  unfortunately 
was  not  the  case,  lie  had  only  taken  one  sample  per 
month,  and  in  a  month  which  on  the  whole  might  be 
a  dry  one  the  particular  sample  might  have  been 
collected  at  a  rainy  time,  and  vice  versa.  One  would 
have  to  multiply  the  number  of  experiments  enor- 
mously to  give  a  really  average  result  For  each  month. 
As  a  general  rule,  however,  the  river  was  in  flood  in 
Januarj  and  in  the  winter  months,  and  comparatn  ely 

free  from  ii |  in  July  and  throughout  the  greater 

part  of  the  a mer.  He  must  admit  that  the  experi- 
ments on  the  vitality  of  organisms  would  be  more 


satisfactory  if  they  could  be  conducted  in  unsterilised 
water;  Imt  that  would  enormously  increase  the  diffi- 
culty of  the  experiments,  if  indeed  it  did  not  render 
them  impossible.  Such  experiments  had  been  tried 
by  some  people,  but  the  results  obtained  were  highly 
misleading.  For  the  present  he  thought  they  could 
only  make  use  of  the  results  with  the  sterilised  water, 
and  these  already  established  some  very  important 
points  connected  with  the  vitality  of  pathogenic 
micro-organisms  in  water. 

NOTE  ON  THE  ACTK  >\  I  >F  ZINC  CHLORIDE 
ON  CASTOR  OIL. 

BY   C.    U.   ALDEB    WEIGHT,   D.sc,   F.B.  S. 

Castob  oil  has,  as  is  well  known,  a  somewhat  pecu- 
liar constitution  as  compared  with  other  oils  and 
fats.  Whilst,  like  these,  it  is  a  threefold  ether  of 
ordinary  glycerol,  the  acid  radical  present  is  of  a 
character  different  from  that  of  palmitic,  stearic, 
oleic,  linoleic  acids,  etc.,  in  that  it  contains  more 
oxygen  ;  so  that  the  various  acids  of  oils  and  fats 
may  be  distinguished  as  belonging  to  the  several 
families — 

Stearic   acid    C„Ei,0,   :  Palmitic     acid 

C,,H,.0... 
Oleic  and  C,M  .,<>... 
Linoleic    acid     L'^H.isO.     (according   to 

earlier  experiments,  l'|jl,,tri. 
Ilicinoleic  aeid  C,.,H-,03. 


CnH«m03      -e.g., 

CHa-jOa      „ 
CHm-403       .. 

CnHsn-sOa 

Accordingly, 


the  glyceride  of  ricinoleic  acid 
(the  main  constituent  of  castor  oil)  differs  in 
numerous  physical  and  chemical  characters  from  the 
glycerides  of  the  other  commonly-occurring  fatty  oils 
and  acids,  more  particularly  in  its  specific  gravity 
and  solubility  in  alcohol  and  other  menstrua.  Inas- 
much, however,  as  ricinoleic  acid  belongs  (like  oleic 
and  linoleic  acids)  to  the  series  of  non-saturated  sub- 
stances, therein  differing  from  stearic  acid  and  its 
homologues,  it  possesses, in  common  with  the  former, 
the  property  of  becoming  polymerised  by  contact 
with  certain  agents— of  which  nitrous  acid  or  mate- 
rials generating  it  is  one  of  the  best  known— and 
thereby  altered  in  physical  condition  to  an  extent 
depending  somewhat  on  the  nature  of  the  polymeris- 
ing agent,  and  the  extent  and  duration  of  its 
action,  etc. 

Whilst  experimenting  in  conjunction  with  Dr. 
Alexander  Muirbead  upon  actions  of  this  class,  it  was 
observed  that  zinc  chloride  in  concentrated  solution, 
or  as  fused  hydrated  crystallised  salt,  possesses  a  most 
marked  thickening  and  solidifying  action  upon  cer- 
tain oils,  and  more  especially  upon  castor  oil,  so  that 
under  suitable  conditions  this  latter  is  converted  into 
a  horny  or  gristly  indurated  mass,  which,  when  fieed 
from  zinc  chloride  by  thorough  washing  with  water, 
is  capable  of  various  useful  applications,  more  espe- 
cially as  an  ingredient  in  mixtures  intended  as 
covering  and  insulating  materials  for  electric  leads, 
etc.  According  to  the  proportion  of  zinc  chloride 
us,  il  and  its  concentration  and  the  temperature  em- 
ployed, the  degree  of  solidification  and  induration 
effected  can  be  controlled  at  will,  the  consistency  of 
the  product  varying  from  a  somewhat  thicker  and 
more  \iseid  or  semi-solid  oil  up  to  a  tough,  leathery, 
cartilaginous  mass,  resembling  rasped  horn.  The 
most  effective  treatment  consists  in  evaporating 
down  zinc  chloride  solution  until  the  boiling-point 
rises  to  near  l  76°  < '.,  at  which  temperature  the  degree 

of   hydration  is  not  far  from  that  corresponding   with 

the  loruiiila  y.n(  i  ,1 1  <  >.  This  concentrated  fluid  is 
then  eooh  il  to  about  125°,  and  well  intermixed  by 
agitation  with  one  third  its  weight  of  castor  oil  at 
about  the  same  temperature.   The  oil  rapidly  becomes 


May .11. 183;.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


327 


converted  into  a  thick  clot,  which  separates  from  the 
fluid  zinc  chloride  in  lamps  resembling  bollocks' liver 

in  appearance,  but  becoming  a  mass  of  nearly  white 
cartilaginous  shreds  when  digested  with  water  and 
vigorously  agitated  therewith.  The  zinc  chloride 
used  is  practically  all  recovered,  the  majority  in  the 
form  of  hot  fluid"  separating  spontaneously  from  the 
clot  and  ready  for  immediate  use  over  again,  and  the 
remainder  in  the  form  of  aqueous  solution  washed 
out  from  the  clot  and  simply  requiring  evaporation 
down  to  the  proper  strength. 

The  cartilaginous  shreds  thus  obtained  differ  much 
in  their  general  physical  character  from  the  original 
unconverted  castor  oil,  being  practically  insoluble  in 
the  various  menstrua  in  which  the  latter  dissolves. 
The  glyceridic  character,  however,  is  not  wholly 
destroyed;  thus  notable  quantities  of  impure  glycerol 
BUI  be  obtained  by  long-continued  boiling  with 
alcoholic  potash  of  the  shreds,  previously  completely 
freed  from  all  traces  of  unconverted  oil  by  repeated 
digestion  with  carbon  disulphide. 


IMPROVED  FILTERING  FUNNELS. 

BY  B.   NICKELS,  P.C.8. 

The  usual  devices  for  accelerating  filtration  are  well 
known  to  chemists,  but  they  all  have  the  dis- 
advantage of  leaving  certain  parts  of  the  filter  paper 
without  any  support  at  the  back,  causing  thereby  a 
grave  risk  of  breakage  of  the  paper.  Fig.  1  repre- 
sents a  double  funnel,  the  inner  attached  to  the  outer 
by  means  of  suitable  "  ribs"  or  "projections  "  placed 
at  intervals.    The  inner  funnel  is  perforated   with 


liquor,  which  immediately  makes  its  way,  through 
the  holes,  to  the  back  of  the  filter  paper,  quickly  and 
thoroughly  washing  the  same.    Fig.  ■'$  is  for  use  in 

connection  with  aspirator  water  or  other  pump  :  the 
usual  hollow  platinum  cone  is  unnecessary  ;  the  per- 
forations in  the  inner  funnel,  being  very  small  but 
numerous,  admit  of  a  high  vacuum  being  employed 
without  risk  of  breaking  the  paper,and  filtration  is  con- 
ducted with  very  great  rapidity.  I  lialysing,  as  usually 
conducted,  is  troublesome,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of 
making  a  tight  joint  with  the  parchment  paper  to  the 
proof  containing  the  liquid  to  be  dialysed.  All  that 
is  necessary  with  this  funnel  is  to  attach  a  tube  and 
sb  p-cock  to  the  end,  and  place  a  piece  of  parchment 


holes  in  a  downward  direction.  Fig.  3  is  similar 
to  Fig.  1,  with  the  exception  that  the  space  between 
the  two  funnels  at  the  top  is  closed,  with  a  stop-cock 
for  admission  of  air,  and  for  cleaning  purposes. 
Ordinary  filtration  with  these  funnels  is  greatly 
quickened,  as  the  filtrate  has  a  free  exit  through  all 
the  perforations.  It  is  frequently  desirable  to  wash 
the  back  of  a  filter  paper  :  but  this  is  risky,  and 
always  unsatisfactory.  With  the  improved  filter, 
however,  it  is  only  necessary  to  attach  a  piece  of  tube, 
with  a  stop-cock,  to  the  bottom  of  the  funnel,  and 
when  the  filtrate  has  drained  away,  to  close  the  cock 
and  fill  the  jacket  with  the  water  or  other  wash 


paper  folded  as  a  filter  paper  in  the  inner  funnel,  but 
projecting  about  one  inch  above  the  top.  The  liquid 
to  be  dialysed  is  placed  therein,  and  the  jacket  filled 
with  distilled  tvater,  which  may  be  drawn  oft"  as  it 
becomes  charged  with  the  products  of  diffusion,  and 
replaced  by  a  fresh  supply.  The  quantity  of  water  is 
minimised,  which  is  an  important  feature  in 
this  operation.  The  funnel  is  well  adapted  for  filtra- 
tion of  volatile  liquids,  and  may  supersede  the  some- 
what complicated  apparatus  usually  employed.  The 
funnel  is  placed  through  a  cork,  and  tightly  inserted 
into  a  vessel  to  receive  the  filtrate.  The  filter  paper 
having  been  inserted  in  the  usual  inauner,  the  liquid 
to  be  filtered  is  poured  therein  in  the  ordinary 
way,  and  the  wholt  top  of  the  funnel  covered  with  a 
disc  of  ground  glass,  underneath  which  may  be  placed 
a  disc  of  indiarubber,  if  the  joint  is  not  tight  enough. 
As  the  filtrate  enters  the  vessel,  the  displaced  air 
finds  its  way  to  the  top  of  the  funnel  jacket,  and 
entering  the  inner  funnel  through  the  holes,  causes 
filtration  to  proceed  without  cessation  or  loss  of 
volatile  liquid  filtrate. 


ON  MOISTURE  AND  FREE  ACID  IN  SI  PER- 
PHOSPHATES  AND  SIMILAR  FERTILISERS. 

BY  JoHX   RTTFFLB,    M.R.A.r.,   F.LC.,    BTG 

Moisture  in  superphosphates  is  usually  determined 
by  exposing  a  weighed  portion  to  212°  F.,  cooling, 


388 


THE  JOUTIXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      LMey  31.1887, 


reweighing,  and  the  loss  found  considered  as  moisture, 

and  so  stated  in  all  analysis.    A  suspicion,  however, 
exists  in  the  minds  of  some  chemists  that  it'  left  too 

long  at  212  F.,  some  of  the  water  of  combination 
may  be  driven  off,  and  so  the  result  be  stated  too 
high  .  and  commonly  a  limit  of  about  one  and  a  half 
hours  is  accepted  as  the  time  to  leave  the  por- 
tion at  212-  F.  Some  operators  put  the  portion  into 
the  water-oven  and  leave  it  overnight  ;  this  has 
apparently  one  merit — i.e.,  that  the  total  loss  of 
212  1".  is  then  constant,  and  any  error  be  a  constant 
one,  but  whether  such  be  an  error  or  no,  no  one 
knows. 

In  preparing  a  sample  for  analysis  it  is  most  usual 
to  rub  it  into  a  paste  with  a  pestle  and  mortar.  .Some 
chemists  take  a  part  of  this  paste  and  expose  it  to 
i'Il"  F,  whilst  some  take  the  manure  in  the  natural 
state,  but  in  neither  case  with  any  definite  knowledge 
as  to  whether  the  pasting  does  or  does  not  affect  the 
result,  and,  if  affecting  it,  then  the  degree  is  unknown. 
This  article  is  therefore  put  forward  as  a  contribution 
on  the  subject,  and  as  an  assistance  towards  a  satis- 
factory method  of  dealing  with  a  vexatious  (;iiestion 
as  yet  unattackeJ. 

Some  samples  of  ordinary  superphosphates  were 
selected  from  large  heaps  and  maintained  at  various 
temperatures  until  practically  constant,  the  loss 
noted,  and  the  soluble  and  total  P203  estimated 
before  and  after  drying. 

CAROLINA  SUPERPHOSPHATE. 


100-120"  F. 

160-180°  F. 

212°  F. 

300- F. 

Loss 

12-92 

1512 

16-10  ', 

1793  . 

Soluble  PvO- 

theory 

1.V71 

1620 

16-31 

16-70 

.. 

found 

loss 

15-02 

1511 

1145 

10-20 

,. 

072 

109 

1S9 

OH 

Total 

1 heory 

1(1-25 

16-72 

16-86 

17  24 

.. 

found 
loss 

1619 

16-52 

16-63 

17-10 

.. 

006 

020 

0-23 

014 

SOMBRERO  sfPERPHOSPHATE. 


00— 120°  F. 

160-180°  F. 

212  F. 

300'  F. 

11-90 
2017 
19-90 

14-20  . 
2069 
20  07 

15-502 

21H1 
1950 

17-62 

2155 
14-20 

Soluble   P.H 

, theory, 
found 

loss 

t  heory 
found 

loss 

Total 

027 

2043 
2043 

062 

20  96 
20-S5 

1-51 

ITS 

20-69 

735 

2180 
20-92- 

.. 

011 

0-60 

0S3 

The  above  results  .-how  that  the  soluble  Po05  is 
affected  as  the  temperature  rises,  and  that  even  the 
total  P»05   is  affected  in  a  minor  degree.    Some 

•  r018grois.  of  this  was  fused  with  "  fusion  mixture."  and 
the  total  4'. u  determined,  obtaining 21 -68  per  oent  instead  of 
20-92  percent.,  showing, therefore,  that  the  total  P  0  had 
been  aflboted,  but  was  recoverable  as  ortho-phosphoric  acid. 


superphosphate  was  therefore  dried  without  rise  of 
temperature  over  oil  of  vitriol  under  a  bell  glass  till 
constant. 


Carolina  Super. 
over  11. SO,. 

Sombrero  Super, 
over  H-SO,. 

11  si 

13-56 

Soluble  l'() 

. theory 

16-09 

20-54 

.. 

found 

1604 

20-47 

Total 

theory 

16-61 

20  SI 

found 

1664 

20  90 

These  results  show  that  drying  a  superphosphate 
without  rise  of  temperature  does  not  affect  the  soluble 
nor  total  Pj05.  Such  drying  over  ILS04  was,  how- 
ever, too  tedious,  occupying  about  fifteen  to  eighteen 
days. 

The  operation  at  212  F.  was  again  tried  to  see  if 
some  stated  period  could  not  be  found  at  which  the 
result  could  be  accepted.  (See  tables  on  top  of  next 
page.) 

In  their  natural  state  these  superphosphates  con- 
tained— 

( 'arolina.  Sombrero. 

Soluble  P.O, 13-71    1776 

Insoluble 0-41    023 

14-15  1799 

The  figures  show  that  a  drying  of  from  five  to 
seven  hours  was  necessary  to  arrive  at  anything  like 
constant  results,  and  that  from  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
upwards  the  soluble  P.,0;  was  affected,  and  no  period 
was  discernible  at  which  the  re.sult  could  be  finally 
accepted. 

Some  portions  of  superphosphate  from  large  stocks 
in  heap  were  then  dried  at  212"  F.  in  the  natural 
state,  and  also  after  beating  up  in  pestle  and  mortar, 
giving  results  as  below  : — 


Natural  State.     Beati-n  up. 


J  hour 

1    ,. 


1    .. 


Cabolixa  Superphosphate, 


Sombrero  Superphosphate 


Natural  state.     Beaten  up. 


18  51 
18-68 
18-73 


I     -I 

8-24 
10-17 
1111 
13-33 


17-44 
1715 
17-68 
17-89 
1787 


7  76 
110 
13-63 

11-73 
15'88 

16  57 


It  is  evident  here  that  the  "natural  state"  or 
"  beaten  up "  vitally  affects  the  loss  at  212   F. 

The  loss  at  212'  F.  being  so  unsatisfactory,  it  was 
desirable  to  show  if  it  were  all  moisture  or  if  includ- 
ing water  of  combination,  and  if  so  how  much. 

To  help  to  clear  this  up  some  superphosphates  were 
prepared  of  known  composition,  the  raw  materials 
analysed  beforehand,  the  losses  in  mixing  noted,  and 
the  products  carefully  weighed  and  preserved.  These 
superphosphates  were  made  from  ordinary  raw 
materials,  and,  from  long  experience  with  this  class 
upounds,   and   the  t    of  the   results 

obtained  with  these  preparations  in  comparison  with 
those  obtained  from  superphosphates  made  on  the 
usual  wholesale  scale,  the  writer  has  confidence  in 
putting  forward  the  results  as  reliable,  and  in 
accordance  with  the  properties  and  behaviour  of 
ordinary  superphosphate-. 


Ma,  31.18S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIKTV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


320 


CAROLINA   SI  PERPHOSPHATE,  exposed  ro  212    F.  for  various  periods. 


i  bour. 

1  hour.            2  hours. 

5  hours. 

4  hours.           5  hours.           7  hours. 
1 

9'97 

15  22 
15  06 

016 

121  i 
15-73 

1552 

0-21 

1389 
15*92 
15-72 

15'52 
16-22 

15-62 

16-03 

1632 

iji;ii 

170S                1715 

Soluble  P.^j.  theory    

1U-51 
15-31 

- 

0-20 

0'60 

0  66 

- 

1-23 

SOMBRERO  SUPERPHOSPHATE,  EXPOSED  to  212   F.  kok  various  periods. 


1  hour. 

1  In. in. 

1  hour. 

2  hours. 

3  hours. 

4  hours. 
1525 

5  h'Hirs. 

7  hours. 

a  --7 

14  80 

n  IP.-. 

1512 

1509 

— 

15-96 

Soluble  P.O 

.theory    

2017 

20-81 

20-88 

20 '.12 

20-91 

20-95 

- 

21-13 

" 

fuund 

2012 

Ill-ill 

0  90 

19-97 

091 

1997 
0-95 

19-80 

19  91 

- 

1955 

111 

101 

- 

1-58 

The  loss  in  mixing  was  in  each  case  accepted  as 
due  to  carbonic  acid  and  water.  Of  course,  in  some 
cases  a  little  hydrorluosilicic  acid  was  driven  oft',  but 
any  loss  on  this  head  was  not  enough  to  disturb  the 
result,  and  any  attempt  to  ascertain  the  loss  due  to 
this  would  have  been  unreliable. 

Four  superphosphates  were  prepared  with  Carolina, 
Sombrero,  Spanish,  and  Curacao  phosphates  respec- 
tively, and  gave  superphosphates  in  good,  fair  con- 
dition :— • 


too  high  ;  whilst  if  exposed  in  the  beaten-up  state,  the 
results  drag  a  long  way  behind,  need  twenty  four 
hours  to  overtake  the  natural  state,  and  are  not  cer- 
tain to  do  this  even  then,  as  is  instanced  in  the  "Caro- 
lina," which  is  only  18'b'O  agaiust20-22  after  24  hours. 
The  soluble  P203  is  in  note-books  and  in  practice 
held  to  exist,  combined  with  two  molecules  of  water 
and  one  molecule  of  lime,  but  is  this  really  so  'I  If  such 
lie  the  fact,  then  on  dissolving  out  the  soluble  P..<  >. 
with  water,   there  woul.l   be   found  as   much   CaO 


COMPOSITION"  OF  THK  PHF-PARED  SUPERPHOSPHATES. 


Water  

SolubleP..O- 

Insoluble  P-O; 

Lime 

Sulphuric  acid  (SO  I 

(')  Soluble  oxide  of  iron  . . . 

(=)       ,.       alumina    

i')       „       soda    

(')       ,,       magnesia     

Organic  matter   

Undetermined  matters    . . . 
Insoluble  silicious  matters 


21-20 
1368 
015 
2101 
26-1(1 
0-25 
0  13 
0-26 
0  05 
010 
7-61 
5 'S3 


Sombrero. 


Needing. 

SO,  11  .it 

0  12 

0-25 

069 

010 

033 

0-75 

o-io 

0-15 

1-51 

1-55 

100  00 


21-23 
10-68 
0-73 
2361 
27-59 

o-io 

010 
0-22 
030 
O'Gl 
1 78 
1-01 


Needini 

S03  H;0 

Oil  010 

0-23  031 

0-28  0-63 

000  091 

135  1-98 


Spanish. 


Curavao. 


1IITINI 


2165 
15-22 
0-73 
2118 
26-61 
015 
0-06 

o-io 

0  30 

o-oi 

2-96 
803 


Xeet 

ing. 

SO, 

"" 

022 

0-15 

oil 

0-18 

0-16 

0-29 

0-69 

0-91 

121 

1-56 

100-00 


0 
100 


Needing. 
B.O 


SO., 
1-02 


1-C0 


PI  Assumed  to  be  Fell  3SO  9H..O 
{')         „  „      Ai:0-3SO;,18lCO 

With  the  above  superphosphates  experiments  were 
carried  out  as  to  effects  of  exposure  to  212°  F. — 
What  is  soluble  in  water  1  etc. 

The  above  superphosphates  of  known  composition 
were  exposed  to  212'  F.  for  various  periods  in  natural 
state  and  beaten  up  (November,  1886).  (See  table  on 
to]>  of  next  page.) 

These  results,  after  exposure  to  212'"-  F.,  show  that  if 
exposed  in  natural  state  a  loss  is  suffered  well  within 
the  usual  time  of  exposure,  which  must  include  some 
of  the  water  of  combination,  and  give  results  much 


I  I  Assumed  to  be  XaOSOilOHO 
1*1         „  „      Mg"OSO,7H:(5 

present  as  would  combine  with  the  soluble  P^O^,  and 
a  little  more  from  the  calcium  sulphate  dissolved. 
The  superphosphates  were  mixed  with  their  own 
weight  of  water,  and  allowed  to  filter,  and  the  filtrate 
examined,  with  the  results  tabulated  in  second  table 
on  next  page. 

From  these  results  it  is  manifest  that,  whilst  some 
of  the  soluble  Pa05  may  be  present  as  monocalcium, 
the  larger  portion  must  be  present  as  free  acid— i.e., 
P.^Os3H.jO,  especially  when  we  bear  in  mind  that 
some  of  the  lime  present  is  doubtless  combined  with 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IMaj-M.isw. 


1 
op. 

>  BO. 

Srisisu. 

Lr212°K. 

Natural 
State. 

Natural 

Stilt.-. 

up. 

Natural 
State. 

15-07 
1649 

up. 

!     

15-89 
1929 

G-00 
B24 

1G65 
1-  03 

7-59 
1334 

7-57 

1     

0-97 

o 

19T3 

10-91 

1843 

15*55 

16*82 

1268 

3    

11-27 

1871 

15-92 

1718 

1105 

4    

1941 

11-57 

18'76 

1601 

- 

1514 

5   

19-53 

11-93 

18-89 

1683 

17-20 

1552 

6    

19-67 

12-98 

18-96 

1781 

1700 

1594 

. 

19-91 
2016 

13-48 
16  29 

1884 
1896 

1816 

18-17 

17-40 
1743 

16-22 

3    

17-46 

12    

20-32 

18-22 

18  96 

18-19 

17-4S 

17  64 

20  22 

18*60 

1895 

18-89 

17  71 

17  80 

the  SO.;  found.  Also  tbc  SO,-,  found  is  in  smaller 
proportion  to  the  PoO{  than  would  be  if  the  soluble 
iron,  soda,  alumina  and  magnesia  were  sulphates;  so 
that  the  S03,  not  being  present  in  enough  quantity 
to  combine  with  all  these,  cannot  be  considered 
present  as  free  SO:;,  and  in  particular  in  presence  of 
so  much  more  lime  than  it  needs,  and  the  known 
solubility  of  calcium  sulphate.  This  is  additional 
ground  for  accepting  that  the  free  acid  is  phosphoric. 
Having  shown  that  the  existing  soluble  P..O.-,  is 
not  entirely  present  as  monocalcium  phosphate,  and 
that  exposure  to  212  F.  drives  off  too  much,  it  re 
mained  to  arrive  at  some  convenient  results  which 
should  agree  with  an  apportionment  of  the  existent 
water  amongst  the  constituents  present.  To  this  end 
drying  was  tried  over  H..S04  under  a  bell  jar,  and  the 
same  in  vacuum  of  an  air-pump ;  over  sodium  hydrate, 
sodium  chloride,  sodium  carbonate,  potassium  car- 
bonate, magnesium  chloride,  etc.,  etc.,  in  the  vacuum 


Carolina. 

Sombrero. 

Spanish. 

Curacao. 

Soluble  P^Oi  found  . . 

1096 

13*12 

11-15 

16-91 

CaO*    ,. 

1-58 

318 

067 

300 

so3      „      .. 

0*17 

0-38 

056 

0-44 

•  Amount  t  h  o  r  e  t  i- 
cally  needed  to  form 
monocalcium  phos- 
phate with  the 
soluble  P^O;  found 

4  3-2 

5-17 

5-53 

6*78 

■  From  the  soluble  I'  Os  and  soluble  CaO  found 
in  the  filtrate,  calculate  how  much  soluble  <'ai>  is 
proportional  to  the  total  percent,  of  soluble  P.O«  in 
the  manure,  and  this  calculate  into  monocalcium 
phosphate. 

(6.)  The  soluble  P.O.,  not  so  combined,  calculate 
into  free  phosphoric  acid. 

(c)  From  the  insoluble  P..O.,  calculate  the  in- 
soluble tricalcium  phosphate. 

(d.)  The  whole  of  the  S<  >..  calculate  into  calcium 
sulphate,  combined  with  one  molecule  of  water. 

The  results  obtained  by  the  exposure  to  dry 
calcium  chloride  in  vacuum  of  an  air-pump  were  : — 


Carolina  Super- 
phosphate 

Sombrero  Sup'r- 
phosphate  . 

Spanish  Super- 
phosphate   

Curacao  Supcr- 
phospate    


F.-li    1. 


March  T. 


11-38-1112  13-57-13-55 

15*65-15*81  15-28-15-31 

11-50  -11-18  13S0— 13-91 

12-37-12-21 


March 

23. 


1317 
11*7*1 
13*46 
11*89 


April  25. 


12*86-12-90 
11*45-11-30 
12*96-12-85 
11*38-1 1*22 


of  an  air-pump  :  also  with  dry  calcium  chloride  ditto. 
All  these  various  experiments  gave  results  too  irregular 
for  acceptance,  save  those  with  calcium  chloride, 
which,  approaching  to  a  definite  formulae,  with  varia- 
tions as  may  be  expected  in  a  body  of  such  variable 
composition  as  a  superphosphate,  and  yet  following 
in  figures  some  of  the  known  properties  of  these 
bodies,  offers  a  plan  for  estimating  the  true  moisture 
—that  is,  the  adhering,  uncomhined  water. 

To  make  a  rigidly  accurate  assignment  of  the  water, 
combined  with  each  constituent  present,  is  practically 
impossible,  but  the  main  components  being  water. 
soluble  P2Oe,  lime  and  sulphuric  acid,  we  may  deal 
with  these,  and  disregard  the  smaller  matters,  and  if 
the  final  results  approximate  to  the  results  found, 
consider  the  method  put  forward  a>  sustained,  par- 
ticularly as  these   important  constituents,  with  the 

insoluble     BilicioUS   matters,   make    up    91*12,    93*15, 

95*69,  and  '.iTTU  per  cent,  of  the  totals  respectively. 


It  is  known  practically  that  superphosphates,  if 
kept  in  a  heap,  bag  or  jar,  gradually  improve  in  con- 
dition— that  is.  become  drier  to  handle  ;  and  it  is  in- 
ter.-ting  to  notice  in  the  above  figures  that  as  every 
few  weeks  go  on  the  amount  of  uneombined  water 
slightly  decreases,  thus  becoming  a  measure  of  the 
drying  which  is  proceeding  by  the  calcium  sulphate 
gradually  absorbing  more  water  than  it  had  at  first. 

The  amounts  of  "moisture  by  calcium  chloride" 
put  down  above  are  the  amounts  obtained  up  to  the 
date  when  the  filtrates  were  examined  ;  they  will, 
therefore,  refer  to  the  conditions  the  superphosphates 
were  under  at  such  time.  Owing  to  the  acid  pro- 
ducts present  it  may  be  that  the  calcium  sulphate 
does  not  at  once  absorb  the  w  hole  of  its  water,  but 
does  so  gradually  ;  if  so,  some  of  its  water,  as  cal- 
culated, would  come  out  on  drying,  and  so  be  reckoned 
twice.  To  such  may  be  due  the  high  result  obtained 
in  some  cases. 

However,  from  the  close  approximation  of  the  re- 
sults obtained  to  those  calculated,  and  bearing  in 
mind  the  complex  composition  of  superphosphate 
with  its  known  variation  in  condition,  the  method 
proposed  maybe  accepted. 

A  convenient  way  is  to  weigh  out  2  to  Sgrms.  in 
its  natural  state  on  a  double  watch-glass,  place  under 
air-pump,  exhaust,  and  leave  for  18  to  24  hours, 
then  weigh.  This  period  is  sufficient  for  practical 
purposes,  and  is  the  one  here  adopted.  A  shorter 
period  suitable  for  any  one  day's  work  is  not  always 
enough  ;  the  portion  can  therefore  be  left  overnight. 

To  show  the  effect  of  time  the  results  below  are 
given  as  obtained  : — 

LOSS  BY  THE  VARIOUS  SUPERPHOSPHATES  IN 
VACUUM  OF  AN  AIR-PUMP  OVEB  DRT*  CALCIUM 
CHLORIDE. 


Carolina. 

Sombrero. 

Spanish. 

Curasao. 

2  hours 

X 
12  79 

X 

11  711 

- 
12*.-.:! 

11-84 

5       ,,      

12-81 

11*7". 

12*85 

11-88 

21       

1317 

14*79 

1346 

11-89 

48       .. 

13*36 

11-87 

1381 

1201 

The  gradual  drying  of  the  manure,  as  shown  by  the 
results  by    dry  calcium  chloride  and  in  agreement 


Ma,  :m,  1887.)   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


331 


I'AKuu.NA  Botirphosph  at*  :  - 

SoHSRKRO  Si  FIRPIIOSPUATl 

H20. 

HaO. 

2-59 

2-43 

620 

11-22 
24  23 

Monocalcium  phosphate  from  the  soluble 
CaO— 

CaO 1-97 

p.,o,                                      i-oo 

8-22 
11-99 

1-20 
3-30 

Monocalcium  phosphate  from  the  soluble 
CaO— 

CaO  101 

P.O. 10-28 

16-91 
883 
1-59 

53-10 
476 

2l"M'>    1-26 

8-22 
Free  PjO.SHjO- 

3IJ..0                     330 

2fi..O     2-59 

1691 

Free  P;0;3H..O- 

p.,Oi 6-10 

311  (i     2-13 

1199 
Insoluble  phosphate— 

8-83 

Insoluble  phosphate— 

1'  (), 0-73 

5-94 

0-98 
Calcium  sulphate— 

098 

50-82 
7-61 

1-59 

Calcium  sulphate— 

SO-,    27-59 

CaO  19-31 

HO                                                    5"91 

50-82 

53-10 

10-50 
24-20 

'•  Moisture  "  by  calcium  chloride 

Silicious  matters    

Iron,  alumina,  soda  and  magnesia  

1317 
583 
079 

99-41 

"  Moisture"  by  calcium  chloride    

1479 

1-01 
072 

13  70 

13-01 

Oxideof  iron,  alumina,  soda  and  magnesia 

101-71 

.     21-32 

11-22 

.     13-10 

Spanish  Superphosphate  :— 


Monocalcium  phosphate 
CaO- 

from  the  soluble 
0-72 

P.O. 

1-82 

fad :::::::::..::.:: 

0-43 

Free  P.Oj3H:0- 
p..O,        

?97 
13-40 

3fl  6 

5-09 

Insolublo  phosphate— 
p.O 

1819 

0-73 

3  'Ca'O  

0-86 

Calcium  sulphate— 
SO,      

1-59 
26-61 

CaO 

1862 

H.O 

5-98 

5121 


Undetermined  matters 

'*  Moisture"  by  calcium  chloride 

Silicious  matters  

Oxide  iron,  soda,  alumina,  magnesia 


2-97 


18-19 


1-59 


51-21 

2-96 
1346 

803 
061 


99-32 


H.O 


0-43 


5-09 


i-98 


11-50 
241)5 


1315 


Ci-racao  Superphosphate:— 


Monocalcium  phosphate  from  the  soluble 
CaO- 
CaO 3-25 

2Ha6  

2-U8 

FreeP.Oj3H.0- 

p.o,  : 

SH.0  

*57 
3-82 

13-87 

Insoluble  phosphate— 

P.O.    

3C"aO  

0-13 

019 

Calcium  sulphate— 

CaO 

21-18 

H.O 

6-78 

Undetermined  matters — 

'•  Moisture"  by  calcium  chloride  . 
Silicious  matters   


58-12 


13-57 


1387 


0-19 


58-12 

2-61 
11-81 
053 


100-73 


H.O 


3-82 


6-78 


1268 
23  68 


11-00 


Total  H.O    

H.O  combined  in  above 
,,    uncombined 


21-65 
11-50 
1315 


23  68 
12-68 
1100 


.-532 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [May 31.1887. 


with  practical  observation,  is  not  at  all  indicated  by 
exposure  to  212°  F.    Thus :  — 


Carolina, 

Bombrero. 

Spaniab 

Lose  by  exposure  to  212°  F 

Ditto  two  months  afterwards  . . 

19-11 
1979 

1-  76 
1869 

17-18 

17-10 

One  precaution  is  advis     '  ,  to  have  an  air- 

pump  which  will  keep  its  vacuum  for  24  hours.  This 

can  be  readily  obtained,  but  many  pumps  sold  will 
not  du  it. 

Ammoniated  Si  pkbphosphates. 

The  treatment  oi  Peruvian  and  other  guanos  w  ith 
sulphuric  acid,  and  the  treatment  ol  phosphates  inter- 
mixed with  sulphate  of  ammonia  or  other  more  or  less 
ammoniacal  matter,  is  in  each  case  essentially  only  a 
superphosphate  ammoniated  by  the  ammonia  added, 
and  these  form  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  chemi- 
cal manures  pri  duced  Having  proposed  a  method 
for  the  estimation  oi  the  moisture  in  superphosphates, 
it  is  desirable  to  see  how  far  such  method  could  be 
used  in  the  ammoniated  superphosphates.  If  in  both 
of  these  classes,  then  the  method  could  l>e  generally 
adopted  for  artificial,  or  rather  for  chemical  manures 
produced  by  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid  in  the 

diuiry  way. 

Three  mixtures  were  prepared  by  using  curacao 
phosphate,  sulphate  of  ammonia,  lLSt  >.,.  and  water, 
all  of  which  were  carefully  examined  beforehand, 
weighed  off,  losses  in  mixings  duly  noted,  and  the 
final  product  kept  for  trial  and  experiment.  The 
mixtures  were  intended  to  represent  ammoniated 
superphosphate,  containing  respectively  3%,  6%,  and 
!i     of  ammonia  (Nll.A 

The  analyses  of  these  were  as  follows,  all  the  H..0 
of  all  the  constituents  being  classed  as  water,  and  the 
Si  '_:  from  all  sources  put  together  : — 

COMPOSITION     OF    THE    AMMONIATED 
SUPERPHOSPHATES. 


KlLTBATES  OF  THE 

3  pel  Cent. 

9  pel  1  tent. 

Soluble  1'  O          

1312 
0-31 
1-18 

2"_"J 

517 

1308 
010 

714 
110 

5'15 

1210 

CuO 

„        SO-, 

MI,    

OH 
1070 
5-10 

The   above    P,Oj    to  form ) 
monocalclum  phosphate  1 
would  need  of  CaO   ) 

1-77 

with  S03.  so  that  whatever  changes  occurred  in  the 
manure  the  S( )..  would,  at  anyrate,  be  present  in 
sufficient  amount  to  combine  with  NHa  ;  but  BUch 

is  not  the  case,  as  is  seen  by  a  comparison  of  theS03 
and  Nib;  found  : — 


3.XH    6.X1I    9;  NH 


Water    

Soluble  P;0; 

Insoluble  P.O, 

Lime  (CaO) 

Sulphuric  acid  ISO,) 

AmmoniatNHl  

Magnesia,  alkalis,  etc  

Insoluble  silicious  matters 


21-63 

1502 
2-40 
2113 
31-40 
2-98 
4  60 
0-51 


20-71 

1305 

1-77 

1S-41 
35-62 
6'15 
3  82 
044 


20-33 

11-66 

101 

1G  72 

38  45 

8-87 

263 

033 


100D6      100-00      100-00 


These  were  each  mixed  so  as  to  make  good,  fair- 
conditioned  manures. 

Bach  was  then,  as  in  the  case  of  the  plain  super- 
phosphates, mixed  with  its  own  weight  of  water, 
filtered,  and  the  filtrate  examined.  The  first  table 
on  next  column  gives  the  results. 

It  is  at  nnee  evident,  from  the  very  wide  divergence 
between  the  CaO  Found  and  the  ( \i<  1  of  theory,  that 
substantially  monocalcium  phosphate  is  nut,  and  can 
B  |>i  esent  in  tin-  manure. 

Al-i.  it  is  highly  interesting  to  notice  the  relative 
amounts  of  s0:;  and  NIL.  found.  The  NJL  was  put 
in  wh  illy  in  combination  with  S(  ) ...  and  one  would 
at  first  sight  naturally  expect  to  find  it  still  combined 


SO=  found 

Would  need  of  NHS— theory 
Nil    found    


3  pel  tent.    6  per  Cent. 


118 

0  50 
2-2!) 




711  1070 

316  4-fiO 

1-19  510 


Here  the  NIL  was  more  than  the  SO:;  could  com- 
bine with,  anil  the  only  other  acid  present  was  the 
1'.  <  >.,  therefore  the  P203  must  have  been  liberated 
so"  as  to  act  as  a  free  acid,  and  have  attacked  the 
ammonium  sulphate  so  as  to  drive  out  some  of  the 
sulphuric  acid  and  take  its  place. 

Also  the  PoOs  is  much  more  than  is  needed  to 
combine  with  the  small  amount  of  CaO  present  and 
tin-  remaining  or  even  all  the  NH.  ;  and  there  are  no 
other  constituents  to  combine  with  the  P2Oa,  there- 
fore .here  also  the  free  arid  is  phosphoric. 

To  arrive  at  the  proportionate  amounts  of  the 
various  bodies  present  we  can  proceed  thus  : — 

(<(.)  From  the  CaO  found  in  the  filtrate  calculate 
the  amount  of  CaO  combined  with  the  percentage 
P,  1  >.  so  as  to  form  monocalcium,  in  proportion  between 
the  1'.  O-  in  the  filtrate  and  the  percentage  lv<  >-.. 

(6.) "Calculate  the  insoluble  P2Os  into  insoluble 
tricalciuin  phosphate. 

'  i  Tlie  Cat  I  of  the  monocalcium  and  of  the  insol- 
uble phosphate  add  together,  the  sum  subtract  from 
the  total  CaO,  combine  the  remaining  CaO  to  calcium 
sulphate  plus  one  molecule  of  water. 

((/.)  The  SO-,  of  the  calcium  sulphate  dedn  t  from 
the  total  .S03,  and  the  remaining  calculate  into 
ammonium  sulphate. 

(e.)  The  ammonia  of  the  ammonium  sulphate 
deduct  from  the  total  ammonia,  the  balance  calculate 
into  ammonium  phosphate. 

(f.)  Add  together  the  P«05  of  the  ammonium 
phosphate  and  of  the  monocalcium,  the  rest  calculate 
into  free  phosphoric  acid. 

Tabulate  these  (see  table  on  top  of  next  page)  and 
set  out  the  11.  ( I  combined. 

These  manures  were  also  dried  over  dry  calcium 
chloride  in  tie-  vacuum  of  an  air-pump,  and  the  result 
obtained  at  about  the  same  date  as  the  making  of  the 
filtrate  is  put  down  above  as  "  moisture  by  calcium 
chloride." 

The  water  combined  off,  deducted  from  the  total 
water,  leaves  amount  of  899,  7'39,  7:i:i  per  cent., 
which,  reduced  by  the  "moisture"  found,  leaves 
respeetively  CO!),  281,  3-0-2  per  cent,  of  water  un- 
accountable for.  Now  it  is  seen  that  such  figures 
approximate  to  the  amounts  cf  water  in  the 
ammonium  sulphate  of  3,  G,  and 9  per  cent,  respectively. 


May  si.  is?-.)       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


:::: 


3  per  Oent. 


Monocalcium  Phosphate— 

I'M, 096) 

CaO  0-38    .... 

■-MI.H I'LM  ' 

Insoluble  Phosphate— 

I'm    2  40.. 

SGaO 2-83i  •••• 


1-58 


523 


Calcium  Sulphatc- 
CaO  ..   -   .18-221 

SO,    26-02    50-09 

BjO  5-83  I 

Ammonium  Sulphate- 
si  I,    5-38) 

NH,  2-2S1   8-87 

11,1)    1-21  I 

Ammonium  Phosphate— 

P  ii  0-97) 

3XHf,    ..   ..0'70f 2-01 

311, O    ..   ..037) 


Free  Phosphoric  Acid— 

IMi     1309' 

311:0     ....    197'   


--=. 


6  per  ("cut. 


18  06 


Insoluble  silicious  matters  0  51 
Water  as  "moisture"" ..  7'90 
Water  unaccounted  for  1'09 
Magnesia,  alkalis,  etc.      ISO 


llHIIH 


0-24 


.vs.-, 


1-21 


0-37 


1-97 


1-261 

21-63 
8^9 

7'90 


11 


Monocalcium  Phosphate— 

P..Os 021  ) 

CaO  009  - 0-35 

2HoO ODo) 

Insoluble  Phosphate— 

P  "    P77I  T8fi 

3CaO 209) •,S,> 

Calcium  Sulphate— 
i    .ii         .  1626  , 

-ii  23-22     11-71 

HM 5-23) 

Ammonium  Sulphate — 

SOa   12  Hi  | 

NH,    527  [ 20-16 

H20 2-79) 

Ammonium  Phosphate— 

P,0, 1-22) 

3NH, 0-88    1-76 

3H.0 0-16) 

Free  Phosphoric  Acid — 

''-"               '-''''-I  17-10 

:;1I,(>  1-79J 

Insoluble  silicious  matters  0'li 

Water  as  "  moisture"'  ..    4*58 

Water  unaccounted  for..    2S1 

Magnesia,  alkalis,  etc.  ..    363 

10000 


0-05 


9  per  Cent. 


5-23 


279 


0-1G 


Monoca'cium  Phosphate— 

P.O. 0-32) 

CaO   0-13  -.. 

211.1) 008) 

Insoluble  Phosphate- 
1'  ii  Mil  - 

3CaO 118  t    - 

Calcium  Sulphate- 
Can  l.vin 

SO 2201,-.. 


H.0  .. 


VJ3' 


053 


219 


!35 


=  1 


008 


4  93 


27-11 


Ammonium  Sulphate 

SO-,    16-14 1 

NH:, 6-98  [ 

I1..0  3-G9) 

Ammonium  Phosphate- 

P.O    2  631 

3NHa 1-89  r 

311  O 100) 


I'ree  Phosphoric  Acid— 

P  0    8-70)  ,.,(,(> 

3H2O 3-301 1"uu 

Insoluble  silicious  matters  OXi 

Water  as  "moisture""   ..    4 "31 

Water  u  naccou  11  ted  for . .    302 

Magnesia,  alkalis,  etc.  .     261 

100-00 


1-00 

3-30 

13  00 

20  33 

T33 

4  31 


3-02 


On  adding  a  strong  solution  of  ammonium  sulphate 
to  gypsum  it  sets  to  a  bard  crisp  mass,  different  in 
texture  to  gypsum  hydrated  with  plain  water,  and 
tin-  hard  crisp  condition  is  also  a  characteristic  con- 
ditionof  ammonia  ted  superphosphates.  From  factsand 
the  approximation  of  the.  foregoing  figures,  it  is  pro- 
bable that  a  double  sulphate  is  formed  appropriating  to 
itself  one  molecule  of  water  for  combination,  in  which 
case  the  whole  of  the  water  present  is  satisfactorily 
accounted  for. 

The  gradual  dryings  of  the  samples  noticed  in  the 
plain  superphosphates  is  also  observed  in  these 
fertilisers  : — 


3  per  Cent. 


6  l>erCent. 


9  per  Cent. 


By  calcium  chloride. 

as  given,  the  loss  by  exposure  was  as  shown  beneath  : 

3  per  Cent.      6  per  Cent.     9  per  Cent 
Loss  after  212F.,  3  hours....  14-6.5    ....     12'15     ....    918 

It  is  instructive  and  novel  to  compare  the  loss  at 
212"  F.  with  the  known  water  in  the  samples,  and  to 
see  where  the  loss  has  arisen,  and  to  notice  how  in 
this,  the  usual  way  of  proceeding,  the  water  of  com- 
bination is  attacked. 

The  results  over  dry  calcium  chloride  in  air-pump 
vacuumare  confirmed  by  thoseoverdry  calcium  chloride 
under  a  simple  belljar,but  the  latteraremuch  longer  in 
becomingconstant,  needing  in  fact  from  300— 100 hours. 

Bearing  in  mind  that  the  alkalis  and  the  magnesia 
are  not  determined,  and  that  these  throughout  the 
whole  series  of  these  experiments  will  have  an 
influence  upon  the  moisture,  though  of  too  irregular 
a  nature  for  their  extent  to  be  accurately 
measured,  whilst  the  important  and  extensive  con- 
stituents are  the  water,  soluble  VJ)-,  the  SO:;,  and 
the  CaO,  which  have  been  dealt  with  and  assigned  to 
their  places  with  as  fair  an  approximation  as  can  be 
expected  in  a  compound  which  is  continually  and 
progressively  altering  in  some  small  degree,  the 
method  proposed  for  estimating  the  "moisture" — 
(>.,  the  'uncombined  adhering  water  by  exposure 
to  dry  calcium  chloridein  the  vacuum  of  an  air  pump- 
is  one  to  be  accepted. 

Only  one  molecule  of  water  has  been  assigned  to 
the  calcium  sulphate  in  the  above  calculations,  because 
of  all  the  various  experiments  tried  by  drying  in 
presence  of  calcium  chloride,  sodium  hydrate, 
etc.,  none  left  sufficient  water  in  the  manure  to 
supply  the  calcium  sulphate  with  more  than  one 
molecule:  the  inference,  therefore. is  that  one  molecule 
is  all  that  is  combined  with  the  calcium  sulphate. 

The  writer  desires  to  express  his  indebtedness  to 
Mr.  Thomas  W.  B.  Mumford  for  the  kindly  practical 
Whilst  the  "  moisture  "  by  the  method  proposed  was    assistance  with  which  he  has  helped  on  this  research. 


March  9,  after  24  hours  . 
March  21,  after  24  hours 
April  25,  after  24  hours   . 


S-Sl  -v93 

8-51 
7-90-7-91 


4-98-1-95 

4  58 
1-11-1-01 


5-45-5-41 

5-03 
4  37— 1-31 


The  effect  which  the  length  of  the  exposure  to  the 
chloride  has  upon  the  result  is  shown  in  the  following 
table  :— 


After  2  hours 
After  6  hours 
After  24  hours 
After  48  hours 
After  72  hours 


3  per  Cent. 


8-20 
830 
8-51 
8-56 
806 


6  per  Cent. 


4  3S 
451 
4  58 
463 
1-65 


9  per  Cent. 


4  94 
503 
503 
503 
511 


331 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       IMaj  S1.18B. 


Liverpool  Section. 

Chairman  :  1'rof.  J.  Campbell  Drown. 
J'ice-Chairman:  Dr.  K.  llurtcr. 


Committee: 


J.  Affleck. 
K.  G.  Ballard. 
Ernest  Bibby. 
11.  Brunner. 
J.  C.  Gamble. 
1>.  Herman. 


J.  W.  Kvnaston. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
Jas.  Simpson. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
A.  Watt. 


Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer :   W.  P.  Thompson,  6,  Lord  Street. 
Liverpool. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

Meeting  held    Wednesday   Evening,  May  ■$.  at  tht 
University  College. 


PR.   .T.   CAMPBELL  BF.0WX   IN'   THE   CHAIE. 

Mb.  J.  W.  Macdonald  exhibited  a  few  samples  of 
scale  and  powder  taken  from  the  external  shells  of 
boilers,  which  he  thought  would  be  of  interest  to 
members.  He  said  that  the  boilers  he  had  had  to  do 
with  had  no  external  scale  until  recently,  but  during 
the  last  five  weeks  they  had  noticed  the  grey  scale, 
which  was  about  ,ltlin.  thick,  and  on  the  scale  a  grey 
powder,  Jin.  thick.  On  analysis,  the  scale  was  found 
to  consist  chiefly  of  ferric  sulphate.  It  was  very 
difficult  to  remove,  and  required  a  great  deal  of  ham- 
mering. Under  the  scale  the  boiler  plate  was  as 
bright  as  new  silver.  He  could  not  be  certain  that 
the  scale  had  been  formed  at  the  expense  of  the 
boiler  plates  ;  probably  the  first  of  it  was  from  the 
metal,  but  the  rest  of  it  had  the  appearance  of  being 
deposited  in  layers  from  the  outside.  No  doubt  they 
had  been  getting  some  bad  slack,  containing  an  undue 
amount  of  sulphur  and  pyrites.  His  theory  of  it  was 
that  the  sulphuric  acid,  having  been  oxidised  by  the 
presence  of  nitrates  in  the  coal,  condensed  on  the 
boiler-plates,  which  would  not  be  much  hotter  than 
the  water  on  the  other  side  of  them.  The  fine  Hue 
dust,  which  contains  a  considerable  quantity  of  oxide 
of  iron,  would  then  stick  to  the  condensed  vitriol, 
and  thus  layer  by  layer  of  the  sulphate  might  be 
formed.  The  powder,  strange  to  say,  had  not  the 
smie  composition.  Its  chief  ingredient  certainly  was 
sulphate  of  iron,  but  this  was  mixed  up  with  the 
other  constituents  of  coal  ash.  Notwithstanding  the 
brightness  of  the  metal  below  the  scale,  it  could  not 
be  said  that  there  was  any  apparent  wasting  of  the 
plates.  He  would  be  glad  if  any  of  the  members 
could  throw  any  light  on  this  matter,  and  send  their 
experience  to  the  Journal.  He  himself  thought  it 
showed  the  objection  to  using  coal  with  much  sulphur. 
Apart  from  the  injury  of  the  plates  by  the  sul- 
phuric acid,  the  loss  of  heat,  owing  to  the 
presence  of  ,'v.in.  of  a  non  conducting  substance, 
must  have  been  considerable.  Their  boilers  were 
fed  by  mechanical  stokers,  but  he  could  not  say 
whether  the  better  combustion  thus  obtained  helped 
the  formation  of  sulphuric  acid  more  readily  than 
hand  firing.  He  had  made  many  inquiries,  both  from 
sellers  and  consumers  of  large  quantities  of  coal,  but 
could  not  hear  of  any  similar  experience,  exo  ptingin 
their  works  in  London,  where  stokers,  but  different 
slack,  were  used.    In  this  case,  however,  there  was 


no  scale,  only  a  dark  powder,  resembling  in  composi- 
tion the  grey  powder,  but  containing  more  i 
(only  -2\  per  cent.,  however).  This  powder  wae  easily 
removed  by  a  hard  wire  brush.  All  boilers  were  more 
or  less  covered  with  a  dark  powder,  and  which  was 
generally  assumed  to  be  soot.  He  thought  it  was 
more  likely  to  be  chiefly  sulphate  of  iron,  and  that 
consumers  should  pay  more  attention  to  the  quantity 
of  sulphur  in  the  coals  they  used.  The  following 
were  the  analyses  of  the  three  samples  referred  to  ;  the 
grey  powder  contained  copper,  but  it  was  not  esti 
mated  : — 


Liverpool       Liverpool 
s.al,-:           Deposit: 
Grey.              Grey. 

London 

Deposit : 

Dark. 

li  IT                  057 
062                950 
8-53                1478 
3105'             1975 
57-97*             11 36 
0  63*             11 -05 

2-18 

Silica 

9'25 

365 

L'li'TJ 

Sulphuric  Anhydride  . . 

12-11 
712 

Trace. 
Trace. 
None. 

073 

2-11 

0-72 

Not  de- 
termined. 

9'86 

120 

011 

None. 
7-00 

10000             100  00 

10000 

•Equal  to: 
Fe-330,  

7763 

K,SO, 

1-17 
10-85 

Free  SO- 

MANUFACTURE  OF  ARROWROOT  STARCH 
IN  ST.  VINCENT. 

B  Y      J.      W.      MAC  I>  0  N  A  L  D. 

As  we  have  lately  been  treated  to  a  very  interesting 
paper  on  starch  manufacture  from  Indian  corn,  it 
was  suggested  to  me  that  we  might  with  advantage 
continue  our,  discussions  on  this  subject  by  learning 
something  of  its  manufacture  from  another  raw 
material,  arrowroot,  or,  as  it  is  known  in  botany, 
Maranta  Arundinacea.  This  plant  is  essentially  a 
starch-producing  plant,  the  starch  existing  in  it  in 
almost  absolute  purity,  ami  no  other  use  having  been 
found  for  it,  as  far  as  lam  aware,excepting  for  feeding 
cattle.  1  have  long  felt,  and  this  was  also  dwelt 
upon  by  our  Chairman  in  his  discussion  on  Dr.  Arch- 
hold's  paper,  that  it  was  a  great  waste  of  valuable 
nitrogenous  matter  to  manufacture  starch  from  such 
materials  as  maize,  wheat,  rice  and  potatoes,  which 
in  themselves  form  a  large  proportion  of  the  food 
of  man.  We  have  around  us  large  masses  of  half 
fed  human  beings,  nevertheless  we  daily  destroy  hun- 
dreds of  tons  of  valuable  food  in  the  manufacture  of 
starch,  etc.  1  feel  sure  that  OS  the  world  advances  and 
becomes  more  populated,  a  more  conserving  spirit 
must  picvadu  our  manufactories,  and  only  such  raw 
materials  be  used  as  will  cause  the  least  waste  of 
matter  ;  countries,  too,  that  are  best  suited  by 
natural    forces  for  the  production  of  certain  com- 


Stay 31, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


33;> 


modities,  will  have  to  carry  out  the  intentions  of 
nature.  We  will  not  then  have  such  anomalies  as 
Europe  trying,  by  the  aid  of  Governments,  to  supply 
the  world  with  sugar;  for  nature's  sugar  plant  is 
the  sugar  cane,  and  its  home,  the  tropics. 

Arrowroot  is  also  a  native  of  the  tropica  The 
island  of  St.  Vincent  in  the  West  Indies  has  taken 
the  foremost  ]  art  in  its  growth  and  production;  a 
fair  quantity  is  also  made  in  Natal,  and  smaller 
quantities  in  India,  Fiji,  Queensland  and  other 
countries.  Formerly,  the  Bermuda  Islands  produced 
a  good  deal,  but,  as  there  is  very  little  arable  land 
and  a  scarcity  of  water,  and  the  inhabitants  haying 
turned  their  attention  to  growing  early  vegetables  for 
the  New  York  markets,  arrowroot  is  gradually  being 
given  up. 

In  St.  Vincent  the  plant  grows  two  to  three  feet 
high.  It  is  a  weak  fibrous  stalk  with  six  to  eight 
arrow-shaped  leaves  resembling  the  leaves  of  the 
lily.  When  the  root  is  ripe,  these  leaves  fall  and 
wither.  The  plant  flowers  but  does  not  bear  seed, 
and  is  therefore  propagated  by  the  root.  This  can  be 
done  in  tsvo  ways,  either  by  pulling  the  green  stalks, 
trimming  off  the  long  hairy  roots,  and  setting  them 
six  inches  apart  in  fields  previously  prepared  for  their 
reception,  or,  as  is  most  generally  done,  by  returning 
to  the  soil  the  upper  end  of  the  root,  which  is  hard 
and  fibrous  and  contains  very  little  starch.  As  the 
fields  are  dug  up,  the  labourers  pick  out  the  roots  and 
break  off  these  top  pieces  four  to  six  inches  long,  and 
bury  them  in  holes  six  inches  apart  and  a  few  inches 
deep.  In  this  way  reaping  and  planting  go  on  simul- 
taneously. Care  must  be  taken,  however,  to  avoid 
returning  to  the  soil  small  thin  weak  roots.  The 
roots  commence  to  grow  in  about  a  fortnight,  but,  to 
avoid  choking,  the  fields  have  to  be  weeded  two  or 
three  times.  In  about  ten  to  twelve  months  the 
roots  are  ripe,  and  are  then  twelve  to  eighteen  inches 
below  the  surface.  If  they  are  reaped  before  being 
properly  ripe,  the  next  crop  suffers  and  frequently 
takes  fifteen  months  to  mature,  and  the  fields  require 
to  be  frequently  weeded.  With  careful  attention 
and  manuring  fields  will  produce  crops  for  over  20 
years.  The  arrowroot  is  a  very  hardy  plant,  and  will 
continue  to  grow  up  and  die  down  for  years  after  its 
cultivation  has  ceased  in  a  field.  The  roots  are  long 
and  tap  shaped,  and  are  jointed  at  intervals  of  three 
quarters  to  one  inch.  In  the  soil  they  are  protected 
by  a  fibrous  covering  which  grows  from  each  joint, 
the  folds  overlapping  each  other  to  the  end  of  the 
root.  Full-grown  roots  are  from  ten  to  eighteen 
inches  long,  the  most  starch  being  found  in  the  lower 
or  youngest  end. 

The  first  part  of  the  manufacturing  process  is  to 
soak  the  roots  in  water  to  soften  the  covering  and 
the  adhering  earth.  They  are  then  stripped  of  the 
covering  and  washed,  and  thrown  into  a  second  or 
rinsing  tank.  When  thoroughly  clean  they  are  taken 
to  the  pulping  machine.  The  skin  is  said  to  contain 
a  resinous  matter  which  gives  a  yellow  tinge  and  un- 
pleasant flavour  to  the  starch,  if  the  latter  is  not 
well  washed.  In  former  times  the  roots  were  very 
carefully  skinned  with  German  silver  knives,  before 
being  pulped.  This  is  said  to  have  produced  whiter 
starch,  but  as  it  was  so  laborious  and  expensive,  it 
was  discontinued.  The  skinned  roots  were  pulped  by 
subjecting  them  to  great  pressure  by  passing  them 
through  an  upper,  and  then  a  lower  and  much  closer, 
pair  of  polished  brass  rollers,  to  break  the  starch 
cells.  The  method  of  pulping  now  generally  adopted 
is  to  feed  the  clean  unskinned  roots  against  a  tine  saw 
grater  very  similar  to  a  potato  grater.  It  is  a  solid 
cylinder  of  hard  wood  about  23  inches  diameter  and 
seven  inches  wide.  Slits  are  made  by  a  saw  from 
end  to  end  of  the  wood  at  half-inch  intervals.       Saw- 


blades  having  six  to  ten  teeth  to  the  inch  are  then 
fitted  into  the  slits,  and  the  whole  immersed  in  water 
to  swell  the  wood  and  fix  the  saws.  The  grater  is 
now  fitted  into  its  place  very  close  to  a  wooden  feed- 
ing bed.  As  it  revolves  several  hundred  times  per 
minute  it  tears  the  roots  into  shreds.  A  great  deal, 
however,  depends  on  the  fineness  of  the  teeth  and 
the  velocity  of  the  drum. 

On  account  of  the  very  fibrous  nature  of  the  pulp 
<  there   is    considerable   difficulty   in    the   sieving  or 
separating     of     the     starch    from   it.       The   fibres 
readily  gather  into  lumps  and    enclose   the  starch, 
so  that  hand  sieving,  although  very  tedious,  has  to 
',  be  resorted  to.    The  pulp  is  first   run    into   a   box 
!  or  sieve,  the  bottom  of  which  is  a  sheet  of   copper 
I  or  tin  punched  with  holes  about  one- fifth  inch  dia- 
meter.    While  water  flows  on,  the  contents  are  kept 
thoroughly  agitated  by  hand,  until  all  the  starch  has 
been  washed  out.    While  one  strainer  full  is  being 
washed,  another  is  being  filled  so  that  there  should 
be  no  delay.     However  careful  one  is,  there  is  a  loss 
of  starch  in  the    fibre   owing   to   the    presence   of 
small  bits  of  the  roots  which  have  escaped  pulping. 

In  one  factory,  instead  of  the  above  strainer  a  tin- 
lined  copper  cylinder  has  been  tried.  The  cylinder 
was  stationary,  its  under  side  being  pierced  with 
holes,  and,  inside,  paddles  or  beaters  revolved  at 
great  speed  amongst  the  pulp  and  water,  until  the 
latter  flowed  away  free  from  starch.  The  washed 
fibre  was  then  removed  and  a  fresh  charge  of  pulp  put 
i  in.  This,  however,  has  been  discontinued.  In  another 
factory,  a  half  cylinder,  also  stationary,  is  in  course 
!  of  erection.  Its  under  side  is  also  pierced  with  small 
holes,  but  there  is  a  slide  under  this  to  open  or  close 
at  will.  Inside,  there  are  rakes  attached  to  two 
shafts,  which  move  in  opposite  directions  and  cause 
the  rakes  to  oscillate  very  rapidly  between  each  other, 
thereby  keeping  the  fibre  always  open.  The  starch 
water  is  let  out,  more  water  uin  in,  and  the  opera- 
tion repeated  until  the  starch  has  ceased  ;  then  the 
fibre  is  taken  out.  The  great  objection  to  any 
mechanical  washer  is  the  tendency  of  the  fibre  to 
accumulate  on  the  agitators  and  break  them.  I  do 
not  know  at  present  of  a  single  mechanical  washer 
being  in  use.  To  get  over  this  difficulty  it  has  been 
proposed  to  chop  up  or  slice  the  roots  into  small 
short  pieces,  and  either  rasp  them  or  pass  them 
through  metal  rollers  or  mill-stones,  so  that  the 
thin  disintegrated  pulp  may  flow  over  mechanical 
sieves.  I  do  not  know  if  this  plan  has  yet  been  tried. 
Although  causing  a  loss  of  starch,  the  present 
method  of  rasping  avoids  an  undue  pulverising  of 
the  soft  yellow  fibre,  and  so  gives  a  very  white 
starch  without  much  further  trouble. 

From  the  fibre  strainers  the  starch  water  flows  con- 
secutively through  a  series  of  brass  wire  sieves  of  40, 
80,  and  100  meshes  ;  each  of  these  retain  small  fleshy 
bits  of  unpulped  root.  From  the  last  sieve  the 
water  runs  into  the  settling  cisterns,  which  are 
preferably  lined  with  white  glazed  tiles  to  avoid 
accumulation  of  slime. 

A  portion  of  the  fibre  collected  on  the  finer  sieves 
is  used  for  feeding  the  animals  on  the  estate,  the 
remainder  and  all  the  coarse  fibre  are  used  as  manure. 
For  this  purpose  it  is  left  in  heaps  until  it  decom- 
poses, after  which  it  is  distributed  on  the  fields  along 
with  pen  manure.  Sometimes  also  ashes  and  guano 
are  used.  The  waste  water  from  washing  the  starch 
contains  a  considerable  amount  of  vegetable  matter, 
and  gives  good  results  where  it  is  run  on  the  fields, 
but  the  extensive  application  of  this  is  not  practic- 
able. Alter  the  starch  has  settled  in  the  cisterns 
the  water  is  run  off  and  more  added,  the  whole  is 
stirred  up  and  again  allowed  to  settle.  This  gener- 
ally suffices  to  dissolve  out  soluble  matters.    At  night 


336 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (May  31.  it>87. 


all  the  cisterns  are  drained,  and  the  starch  is  dug  out 
and  taken  to  a  mixing  box,  where  it  is  mixed  With  B 
small  amount  of  water,  then  run  through  another 
\  e  into  the  se]  arating  pans.  These  arc  small 
round  galvanised  cisterns  with  smooth  per]  endicular 
sidea  When  filled,  the  starch  milk  is  stirred 
round  with  a  small  oar  until  it  is  in  violent  circulation. 
The  oar  is  withdrawn  and  the  cisterns  left  until 
morning.  The  stirring  has  the  effect  of  separating 
the  starch  from  any  remaining  impurities.  These, 
cific  gravity,  settle  last  and  therefore 
on  top  of  the  starch.  Next  morning  the  water  is 
drained  oil',  and  the  light  impure  starch  scraped  off 
the  surface.  If  the  earlier  parts  of  the  process  are 
carelessly  dune,  this  separation  may  have  to  be  re- 

i  before  the  starch  is  quite  pure.  The  im- 
pure surface  starch  contains  a  large  proportion  of 
starch  entangled  in  very  fine  particles  of  fibre  and 
broken  cell  walls.  Although  this  can  be  dried  and 
exported  as  an  inferior  starch,  it  is  generally  given  to 
the  labourers  as  a  perquisite.  It  is  used  in  various 
forms  as  (lour.  Poultry  and  pigs  are  also  fed  with 
it.  Weak  caustic  soda  extracts  a  colouring  matter 
from  it.  but  also  precipitates  a  yellow  substance, 
making  it  very  difficult  to  separate  the  starch  from 
it  in  a  pure  state. 

The  pure  starch  in  the  separators  is  now  taken  out 
in  blocks,  and  placed  on  trays  for  about  twelve  hours 
to  drain  and  harden.  It  is  then  broken  into  smaller 
pieces,  and  taken  to  the  drying  house,  where  it  is  air 
dried.  This  building  is  open  on  all  sides  for  free 
circulation  of  air.  It  is  surrounded,  however,  with 
galvanised  wire  to  keep  out  the  small  birds  which 
hover  about.  Inside,  there  are  a  series  of  wire 
shelves  over  large  shallow  wooden  trays.  The  top 
shelf  is  made  of  very  open  wire,  the  next  is  closer, 
and  so  on,  the  lowest  being  the  closest.  The  wet 
lumps  of  starch  are  placed  side  by  side  on  the  top 
shelf,  where  they  remain  until  by  the  action  of  the  air 
they  crack  up  and  fall  through  on  to  the  nest  shelf. 
In  time,  the  whole  falls  thiough  the  lowest  shelf, 
and  is  in  a  tine  granular  state,  ready  for  packing.  It 
contains  from  14  to  17  per  cent,  of  water.  In  cold 
wet  weather  the  starch  dries  very  slowly,  taking  some- 
times as  long  as  two  we.  ks.      During  this  time,  if 

irch  has  been  imperfectly  purified,  the  lumps 
get  sour,  and  become  yellowish.  Indeed,  the 
whole  process  must  be  as  rapid  as  possible.  In  the 
settling  cisterns  especially,  if  the  starch  i>  left  in 
contact  with  the  impure  water  too  long,  its  whiteness 
is  affected.  The  crop  lasts  from  October  to  May. 
The  name  "arrowroot"  is,  1  think,  derived  from  the 
Indian  word,  Ara-ruta,  or  "  mealy  root ;"  but  some 
say  that  this  root  has  been  confounded  with  the 
maranta  galanga,  which  was  called  the  arrowroot  on 
account  of  its  bruised  roots  being  used  as  an  antidote 
to  the  poison  of  the  Jatropha  Manihot,  which  was 
used  for  poisoning  their  arrows.  I  may  say  that 
tapioca  starch  is  obtained  from  this  poisonous  root. 
The  poison,  however,  is  contained  in  the  juice  only, 
and  i-  destroy  ed  by  heat. 

.iding  the  yield  of  arrowroot,  an  acre  will 
produce  1:J,Ihki  to  15,0001b.  of  roots,  according  to 
the  season  :    in   wet  seasons  the  roots  are  heavy  and 

.  and  give  less  starch.      A    fair  average 
_    wt  air-dried  starch, with   ii  percent  water, 
per  acre,  or  about  piper  cent,  on  good  roots.     I  have 
no  doubt  that  this   will    be  considerably   increased 
by  the  use  of  much-needed   improved  pulpit 
sieving  machinery.     The  roots  that   I    have  analysed 

ightly  dried  in  transit,  so  that  they  Bhow  a 
rather  high  amount  of  starch  The  analysis,  how- 
ever, will  give  an  idea  of    the  constituents  of  the 

from  an  analysis 
bj  I',  nzon,  stated  in  Lie's  Dictionary,  and  which  1 
append  ; — 


Starch   

Kibre  

Fat  

Albumin  

Sugar,  Gum,  Ac. 

Ash 

Water    


J.  w.  If. 

Bskzon. 

2707 

26  00 

282 

000 

026 

007 

1-56 

vat 

1-10 

0-60  (Gum) 

1-28 

0-25  (CaCU 

C2'96 

65-50 

100-00 


100-00 


The  ash  consisted  of  phosphate  of  lime  and  alkaline 
sulphates,  and  chlorides. 

1  have  made  an  attempt  to  introduce  the  residual 
coarse  fibre  as  a  raw  material  for  paper  manufacture, 
but  consumers  say  that  it  is  too  weak  and  lacking  in 
tenacity.  For  paper  making  the  starch  still  remain- 
ing could  be  recovered  by  steeping  in  boiling  water, 
and  used  for  sizing  the  finished  paper. 

Owing  to  the  iall  in  the  value  of  sugar,  the  pro- 
duction of  arrowroot  in  the  West  Indies  has  been 
extended  rather  beyond  the  demand.  The  wholesale 
price  has  consequently  fallen  to  an  almost  unrenm- 
nerative  point.  This  low  price,  however,  will  permit 
it  to  be  used  for  whatever  purposes  the  commoner 
kinds  of  starch  are  now  employed.  In  some  respects 
it  is  superior  to  common  starch,  and  one  of  my  chief 
objects  in  writing  this  paper  is  to  draw  the  attention 
of  large  users  of  starch  to  this  comparatively  new- 
source  of  very  fine  starch.  Arrowroot  swells  much 
more  readily  and  with  less  heat  than  maize,  rice,  or 
wheat  starch,  and  forms  a  stiffer  jelly.  It  is,  there- 
fore, highly  adaptable  for  sizing  and  laundry  pur- 
poses. I  think  this  property  is  attributable  to  the 
larger  size  of  the  granules  of  arrowroot  starch  which 
are  among  the  largest  of  the  starch  granules,  whereas 
the  granules  of  wheat,  maize,  and  rice  starch  are 
very  small  and  will  contain  a  greater  proportion  of 
starch  cellulose  and  less  granulose,-  the  latter  being 
the  substance  which  swells  when  dissolved  in  hot 
water.  Another  use  for  which  arrowroot  starch  is 
very  suitable  on  account  of  its  great  purity  and  free- 
dom from  chemicals,  is  fi  r  the  preparation  of  powder 
for  the  skin.  Many  of  the  powders  sold  are  com- 
posed of  very  questionable  ingredients  :  arrowroot 
well  crushed  and  dried  on  a  plate  before  the  fire  is 
both  simple  and  safe. 

It  is  as  an  article  of  food,  however,  that  it  has 
hitherto  been  mostly  used,  but  the  exorbitant  retail 
price  put  on  it  (from  8d.  to  2s.  per  lb.)  has  kept  it 
out  of  general  use.  Of  course  being  starch  it  cannot 
have  the  flesh-forming  power  of  flour  and  other 
nitrogenous  meals,  but  it  is  the  purest,  most  digest- 
ible and  palatable  of  the  starches,  and  is  devoid  of 
the  unpleasant  taste  or  flavour  observed  in  potato 
starch  and  in  the  so-called  cornflour,  and  other 
starches  extracted  from  the  cereals  by  the  caustic 
soda  and  fermentation  processes. 

Regarding  adulteration,  this  is  only  done  when  the 
arrowroot  is  for  sale  at  a  high  retail  price  for  food. 
This  i-  chiefly  effected  by  such  cheap  starches  as 
rom  potato  sago  and  tapioca.  1  have  also 
found  chalk  and  plaster  of  I'aris  in  arrowroot,  but 
this  is  very  rare.  The  microscope  affords  the  only 
reliable  means  of  detecting  admixtures  of  starch, 
and  as  this  is  only  within  the  reach  of  very  few, 
admixture.- often  go  on  with  impunity.  I  need  not 
here  enter  into  a  description  of  the  characteristics  of 
various  >tarch  granules,  for  they  are  described  in 
many  well  ki  own  books.  I  find,  however,  that  many 
of  the  prints  given  and  the  descriptions  are  very 


Hty SUNT.]      THE  JOHBNAL  OF  THE  FOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBY. 


337 


erroneous,  so  that  one  should  resort  more  to  personal 
observations,  using  samples  of  the  various  starches 
for  comparisons,  the  origins  of  which  have  Ik  en  care- 
fully ascertained  and  rioted.  When  examining  a 
Bample  of  unknown  starch,  a  small  portion  from  the 
standards  should  be  mount f  d  and  compared  m  order 
bo  make  sure  of  the  origin  of  the  unknown  sample. 
1 1  a  thin  well  washed  section  of  the  root  be  examined 
by  the  microscope,  the  arrangement  of  the  cells  is 
seen  to  be  very  perfect  and  beautiful,  resembling 
somewhat  a  section  of  the  honeycomb.  The  cells 
are  hexagonal  and  very  transparent,  and  are  611ed 
with  very  uniform  starch  granules.  The  pith  of  the 
root  contains  very  small  and  somewhat  irregular 
cells,  which  are  rilled  with  exceedingly  small  Starch 
granules  ;  this  is  probably  the  souice  of  the  smaller 
granules  sten  in  a  sample  of  arrowroot  starch.  The 
fibres  are  arranged  in  concentric  rings  round  the 
pith.  They  are  somewhat  str<  ng  in  the  fleshy  part 
of  the  root,  but  weak  at  the  joints,  which  break  very 
easily. 

Regarding  the  annual  production  of  arrowroot,  I 
have  not  been  able  to  obtain  many  statistii  s. 
Bermuda  raises  only  500  to  700  kegs,  so  that  very 
little  of  what  is  sold  as  Bermuda  really  comes  from 
there.  Natal  produces  200(>  to  3000  eases,  and  St. 
Vincent  about  22,000  brls.,  20,000  of  which  come  to 
England,  and  most  of  the  remainder  is  sent  to 
America.  The  production  of  other  countries  is,  I 
believe,  very  small. 

ANALYSIS  OF  ARROWROOT  STARCH. 


Per  cent. 

Fer  cent. 

83-70 

99'5  when  dry 

Fibre  

001 

0-05 

Fat 

0-07 
0-18 

0'0S         » 

Sugar,  Gum,  etc.  .. 

0-21 

Ash  and  Sand    

o-ii 

016 

Water    

15-87 

100-00 

10000 

DISCUSSION. 


J)r.  J.  Campbell  Brown  (Chairman)  said  that  the 
Society  was  indebted  to  Mr.  Macdonald  for  his  able 
and  interesting  paper.  He  thought  it  formed  a  very- 
good  appendix  to  Dr.  Archbold's  paper.  No  doubt 
it  was  new  to  most  of  them  that  the  name  arrowroot 
was  derived  from  the  Indian  name  signifying  "mealy- 
root,"  and  lie  thought  this  a  much  better  derivation 
than  "arrow''  root,  the  root  that  yields  arrow  poison. 


ON  BERMITE'S  ELECTROLYTIC  PROCESS 
FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  BLEAt  B3NG 
LIQUOR 

UY  FERDINAND  ill  I.TH:,  PH.D. 

SoiCB  years  ago,  when  an  electrolytic  process  for  the 
manufacture  of  soda  and  chlorine  from  common  alt 
was  advertised  as  the"Tyne  alkali  process,'  I  made 
a  series  of  experiments  on  the  elfetrolysis  of  common 
salt,  which  led  me  to  the  genual  c<  nclusion  that  for 
the  production  of  articles  of  low  price  electrolysis  as 
a  manufacturing  operation  was  impracticable.  Even 
for  such  an  article  as  chlorate  of  soi  a,  the  electrolytic 
preparation  of  which  presents  do  difficulty,  I  found  the 
process  too  expensive,  the  efficiency  oi  the  current 
being  extremely  low.  1  was,  therefore,  greatly  sur- 
prised to  find,  on  reading  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan's 
paper  on  the  Hermite  process,  that  their  results 
differed  so  far  from  mine  as  to  lead  them  to  entirely 
opposite  conclusions,  and  to  calculate  a  handsome 
profit  on  the  electrolytic  preparation  of  a  substitute 
for  fo  cheap  an  article  as  bleaching  powder.  I  must, 
therefore,  have  been  wrong  in  my  conclusions,  and  I 
determined  to  make  a  few  experiments  mysel', 
particularly  as  Messrs.  Cioss  and  Bevan  obtained 
much  more  chlorine  from  a  given  current  than  could 
be  calculated  by  Faraday's  law,  a  result  which  was 
diametrically  opposed  to  all  my  experience,  for  I  had 
never  been  able  to  obtain  as  much  as  the  theoietical 
quantity. 

The  Hermite  process,  as  described  in  the  English 
specification  of  patent  No.  3957,  1886,  consists  in 
electrolysing  solutions  of  the  chlorides  of  the  alkalis 
and  alkaline  earths  between  electrodes  of  platinum 
or  carbon,  as  anodes  ancl  mercury,  or  amalgamated 
zinc  plates  as  cathodes.  The  apparatus  described 
consists  of  a  tank,  the  bottom  of  which  is  covered  by 
a  layer  of  mercury  at  a  distance  above  which  the 
anode  of  platinum  is  placed  horizontally.  The  anode 
is  perforated  to  permit  the  free  escape  of  gases.  It  is 
asserted  that  during  the  electrolysis  of  the  chlorides 
the  metal  of  the  chloride  amalgamates  with  the 
mercury,  and  that  this  is  an  essential  feature  of  the 
process. 

From  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan's  paper  we  learn 
that  the  best  results  are  obtained  by  the  use  of 
magnesium  chloride  of  such  concentration  that 
one  litre  contains  25grms.  of  the  anhydrous  chloride. 
With  such  a  solution  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan 
obtained  in  four  successive  periods  the  following 
amounts  of  chlorine  : — 


Before  calling  on  Dr.  Hurter  to  read  his  paper,  the 
Chairman  read  a  letter  received  by  the  Local 
Secretary  from  Messrs.  t'toss  and  Bevan,  stating  their 
inability  to  attend,  and  intimating  that  if  Dr. 
Hurters  experiments  did  not,  as  they  understood, 
agree  in  results  with  theirs,  it  was  probably  because 
the  conditions  of  electrolysis  were  different  in  the 
two  cases. 

Dr.  Hurter  said  that  in  justice  to  himself  he 
must  say  that  he  himself  invited  Mr.  Cross  to  be 
present  at  that  meeting.  He  then  read  his  paper  on 
Hermite's  Process. 


Per  Ampere  Hour. 
1-S0grms. 

112      ,. 

r56    „ 

CIO     „ 

Or  fur  100  CI  theoretically 
pos&ible. 

1. 

2. 
3. 

1. 

m-r, 

>:;  S 
110-3 
1011 

.Mean. 

l-17grms. 

1091 

The  low  result  in  the  second  period  is  said,  to  be 
explained  by  the  addition  of  lime,  which  in  some 
way  diminishes  the  yield. 

Upon  these  marvellous  results,  Messrs.  Cress  and 
Bevan  quite  seriously  base  a  calculation  of  costs  to 
which  I  shall  refer  later  on. 

The  first  point  which  I  had  to  investigate  was, 
whether  this  high  yield  was  a  reality  or  an  illusion 

Clearly,  if  one  ampere  gives  more  chlorine  than  the 
electro-chemical  equivalent,  it  must  also  yield  more 


338 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Maya.uw. 


magnesium,  or  since  that  metal  is  not  deposited  in 
the  metallic  state,  we  must  obtain  more  hydrogen 
gas.  I,  therefore,  bo  arranged  my  experiments  that 
I  could  measure  and  analyse  the  gas  obtained  during 
the  electrolysis  as  well  as  the  electrolysed  liquid.  The 
apparatus  was  very  Bimple,  the  electrolytic  cell  A 
consisted  of  a  glass  cylinder  in  which  were  fused  in 
at  the  bottom  a  platinum  spiral,  afterwards  covered 
with  mercury,  and  higher  up  a  piece  of  platinum  foil 
serving  as  anode.  The  cylinder  was  closed  by  a  gas 
delivery  tube  ground  into  the  neck.  This  delivery 
tube  was  connected  to  a  Bunte's  burette  B.  in  which 
the  gas  could  be  measured  and  analysed.  The  current 
of  a  Bunsen  battery,  afterpassingtheeell, was  conducted 
through  a  copper  voltameter,  consisting  of  a  copper 
plate  ('  as  anode,  and  a  platinum  dish  D  as  cathode, 


The  copper  deposited  during  this  period  amounted 
to  01035grm.,  which,  taking  00003307  as  the  electro- 
chemical equivalent  of  copper,  corresponds  to  313 
coulombs  (ampere-seconds)  of  electricity. 

The  amount  of  hydrogen  in  the  gas  corresponds  to 
37'3x0,8903cc.  =  3320cc,  and  as  each  cc.  corresponds 
to  87>33  coulombs,  the  hydrogen  only  accounts  for 
283  coulombs.  Similarly  calculated,  the  oxygen  is 
equivalent  to  60'2  coulombs,  and  the  chlorine  evolved 
to  4'7  coulombs. 

Consequently,  for  every  100  coulombs  which  were 
measured  in  the  copper  voltameter,  only  90'4 
[313  :283  ::  100  :90'4]  evolved  their  equivalent  of 
hydrogen,  or  100— 90"4=9-6  coulombs  passed  through 
the  electrolytic  cell  without  evolving  hydrogen,  and 
since  when  no  hydrogen  is  evolved  at  the  cathode,  no 


containing  pure  copper  sulphate  solution  three-fifths 
saturated  as  electrolyte ;  the  current  afterwards  passed 
jta  a  galvanometer.  I  will  only  trouble  you 
with  the  details  of  one  single  experiment,  as  most 
of  them  were  carried  out  in  a  similar  manner. 

Experiment  A«.i.--Asolution  of  magnesium  chloride 
containing  8'70grms.  of  MgClj  per  litre  was  electro- 
lysed in  two  successive  stages,  for  both  of  which  the 
amount  of  copper  deposited  and  the  gases  evolved 
were  determined  separately  ;  but  owing  to  the  small 
amount  of  solution  in  the  cell,  this  was  only  analysed 
after  the  second  stage. 

The  gas  obtained  during  the  lirst  stage  amounted 
to  37'3cc,  corrected  for  temperature  and  pressure, 
and  consisted  of — 

CM 1'50  per  cent. 

ii  HIT 

II      KI-U3 


chlorine  or  oxygen  can  be  evolved  at  the  anode  with 
magnesium  chloride  solution  as  electrolyte,  9"6  per 
cent,  of  the  current  were  ineffective  for  the  produc- 
tion of  chlorine.  Another  portion  of  the  current — 
viz.,  1 9"25  per  cent.  [313  :  t>0'2 : :  100]—  produced  oxygen 
at  the  anode  instead  of  chlorine  ;  this  portion  also 
was  ineffective  as  regards  production  of  chlorine,  so 
that  we  baveonly  100— (9()  +  l!)2.r))  =  711."i  per  cent. 
of  the  current  which  really  did  produce  chlorine. 

1  shall  term  the  percentage  of  current  which  resilly 
yields  chlorine,  or  oxygen  compounds  of  chlorine,  the 
efficiency  of  the  current. 

During  the  second  stage  of  the  electrolysis  of  this 
solution  a  gas  was  obtained  consisting  of  10'7">  per 
cent,  of  oxygen  and  89*25  per  cent,  hydrogen  gas,  and 
measuring  3^'Occ.  (reduced  volume).  The  copper 
collected  in  the  voltameter  amounted  to  0  1126grm., 
corresponding  to  340  coulombs.     A  similar  calcula- 


May  3i,  1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LVbUSTRY.  SSfi 


tion  to  the  previous  one  shows  that  in  the  second 
period,  for  every  100  coulombs  of  electricity, 

13'5  per  cent,  did  not  evolve  hydrogen : 
20'8       ,.  evolved  oxygen  instead  of  (1. 

31  '3  per  cent,  were  ineffective  for  the  production  of  chlorine, 
and  only  65  6  per  cent,  produced  chlorine. 

The  mean  of  both  periods  is — 

ll'o  per  cent,  produced  no  hydrogen. 
20  02       .,  „         oxygen. 

(8  is       ,.  „  chlorine. 

The  solution  was  now  analysed. 

The  total  chlorine  was  determined  in  the  solution 
before  electrolysing  by  means  of  silver  nitrate. 

The  available  chlorine,  meaning  thereby  free 
chlorine  and  hypochlorites,  all  calculated  to  their 
equivalent  of  free  chlorine,  was  determined  by  means 
of  an  acidulated  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium,  the 
iodine  set  free  being  titrated  with  sodium  thiosul- 
phate. 

The  total  oxidising  chlorine  of  the  solution  (in- 
cluding in  this  term  free  chlorine,  hypochlorites,  and 
chlorates,  all  calculated  to  their  equivalent  of  free 
chlorine)  was  determined  by  boiling  a  portion  of  the 
solution  with  a  standard  solution  of  ferrous  chloride 
and  titrating  with  potassium  bichromate,  as  the 
solutions  must  be  made  strongly  acid  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  if  the  chlorates  are  to  be  thoroughly 
decomposed. 

These  methods  of  analyses  were  followed  in  all 
experiments,  except  where  special  points  had  to  be 
settled. 

The  solution  was  thus  found  to  contain — 

Total  chlorine 0-357Sgrm. 

Available  chlorine 00619    „ 

Total  oxidising  chlorine  016M8    ,,  - 

The  electro-chemical  equivalent  of  chlorine  being 
00003727,  the  available  chlorine  corresponds  to  166 
coulombs,  and  the  total  chlorine  to  456  coulombs. 

As  duringthe  two  periods  313  +  340=653  coulombs 
had  passed  through  the  voltameter,  the  efficiency  of 
the  current  as  calculated  from  the  analysis  of  the 
solution  is — 

For  available  chlorine 2o"l  per  cent. 

„    total  oxidising  chlorine  69'7       ., 

whilst  the  efficiency  from  gas  analysis  is  for  total 
oxidising  chlorine  68"48  per  cent. 

This  approximation  shows  that  gas  analysis  alone 
if  sufficient  to  settle  the  efficiency  of  the  current. 

Before  giving  you  the  results  of  further  experi- 
ments, it  will  be  convenient  to  explain  shortly  the 
reactions  which  go  on  in  the  cell.  I  am  afraid  1  shall 
trouble  you  with  rather  too  elementary  an  explana- 
tion, but  as  the  subject  has  been  unnecessarily 
mystified  in  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevans  paper,  I  wish 
to  be  exceedingly  careful  to  clear  the  mysteries 
away. 

The  primary  result  of  the  electrolysis  of  most 
chlorides  is  the  separation  of  the  atoms,  the  metal 
appearing  at  the  cathode,  the  chlorine  at  the  anode. 
M  hen  the  metal  is  capable  of  decomposing  water, 
the  metal  is  separated  as  hydrate,  ami  its  equivalent 
of  hydrogen  is  evolved  at  the  cathode.  Magnesium 
chloride  forms  no  exception  to  this  rule. 

The  first  products  of  the  electrolysis  of  magnesium 
chloride  are  chlorine  gas  at  the  anode,  hydrogen  and 
magnesia  hydrate  at  the  cathode.  When  the  solution 
of  magnesium  chloride  is  alkaline  the  chlorine  does 
not  escape,  when  the  solution  is  neutral  some 
chlorine  does  escape,  as  the  first  gas  analysis  shows  ; 
but  when  chlorine  and  magnesia  have  been  produced 
insufficient  quantity  and  diffused  through  the  solution, 
they  react  upon  each  other  in  the  well-known  manner 


according     to     the     equation:     2Mgfl.Oe    -    Cl4 

MgCl.Os+MgCl.+StHiO,  producing  magnesium 
hypochlorite  and  chloride. 

The  solution  then  contains  two  salts,  magr 
chloride     and    hyi>ochlorite.     both    of     which    are 
electrolytes. 

The  current  of  electricity  has  now  the  choice  of 
travelling  by  two  conductors  instead  of  only  one, 
and  according  to  the  quantity  of  each  salt  present 
divides  itself  in  a  certain  ratio,  one  portion  continu- 
ing to  decompose  magnesium  chloride,  another 
portion  decomposing  the  Hypochlorite. 

When  oxygen  salts  are  electrolysed,  the  usual 
result  is  the  appearance  of  the  metal  at  the  cathode  ; 
or  when  the  metal  decomposes  water,  hydrogen  is 
evolved  and  the  hydrate  of  the  metal  formed  at  the 
cathode,  while  the  acid  separates  at  the  anode 
together  with  the  oxygen  belonging  to  the  base. 
Thus  the  electrolysis  of  magnesium  hypochlorite 
produces  hydrogen  and  magnesia  at  the  cathode, 
while  oxygen  and  hypochlorous  acid  should  be  found 
at  the  anode. 

These  are  the  primary  reactions  which  account 
for  the  hydrogen  and  oxygen  found  in  the  gases,  but 
which  do  not  account  for  that  part  of  the  current 
which  did  not  evolve  hydrogen,  nor  explain  why  the 
whole  of  the  chlorine  produced  is  not  available 
chlorine. 

It  is  well  known,  when  the  solution  of  an 
oxidising  agent  is  electrolysed,  that  as  a  secondary 
reaction  the  nascent  hydrogen  at  the  cathode  reduces 
partially  the  oxidising  agent.  This  is  exactly  what 
happens  in  this  case  ;  part  of  the  hypochlorite  is 
reduced  again  to  chloride.  The  hydrogen  being  oxidise  d 
to  water  does  not  appear  in  the  gaseous  products. 
This  is  the  explanation  of  the  hydrogen  which  is 
missing. 

While  this  secondary  reaction  is  proceeding  at  the 
cathode,  there  is  another  secondary  j  rocess  going 
on  at  the  anode.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  hypo- 
chlorous  acid  very  readily  changes  into  chloric  acid, 
and  it  is  a  peculiarity  of  the  electrolysis  of  the  hypo- 
chlorites that,  instead  of  hypochlorous  acid,  chloric  acid 
is  formed  at  the  anode.  By  what  steps  this  happens 
is  of  little  consequence  :  I  will  represent  the  results 
of  the  electrolysis  of  the  hypochlorite  by  equations  as 
follows  : — 

3MgCl.,0,  +  9H.O  =  3MgH3  O,  +  H6  +  6HC10  +  03 
Cathode.  Anode. 

6HC10=2HC10,+4HCL 
Of  course  all  these  acids  do  not  remain  free,  but 
soon  combine  again  with  magnesia.  What  I  wish  to 
point  out  by  these  equations  is  this  :  For  every  two 
moleculesof  chloricacidso  formed  therearethreeatoms 
of  oxygen  evolved.  But  whereas  the  six  molecules 
of  hypochlorous  acid  would  count  as  available 
chlorine,  and  would  be  equivalent  to  12  atoms  of  free 
chlorine,  the  two  molecules  of  chloric  acid  into  which 
they  are  transformed  do  not  count  as  available 
chlorine,  and  consequently  for  every  three  atoms  of 
oxygen  evolved  the  available  chlorine  in  the  solution 
is  reduced  by  an  amount  equivalent  to  12  atoms  of 
free  CI.  If  we  translate  this  result  into  current 
efficiency,  we  have  to  remember  that  each  atom  of 
_  n  corresponds  to  two  coulombs,  and  each  atom 
of  chlorine  to  one  coulomb. 

•quently,  we  may  say  that  for  every  six 
coulombs  of  the  current  which  produce  oxygen,  the 
available  chlorine  which  requires  12  coulombs  for  its 
production  vanishes,  or  for  every  coulomb  which 
lii' "lues  oxygen  the  available  chlorine  corresponding 
to  two  coulombs  vanishes. 

If  we  review  the  results  of  the  experiment  in  the 
light  of  this  explanation,  we  can  say   that  as  the 


:S40 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  lM..y3i.i887. 


1st  Stllge. 

Total  volume 37"2,icc. 

Hydrogen H.V57 

Oxygen      4j;j 

Cu  collected    0*1189grm. 


amount  ol  oxygen  evolved  corresponds, on  the  average, 

'2  pei  cent  of  the  current,  that  20*02  per  cent, 
oi    the  current    electrolysed    MgCloO,,  producing 

'i  and  chlorate  at  the  anode,  and  hydri 
'I"'  cathodi .  In  consequence  oi  the  reduction  of  hypo- 
chlorite at  the  cathode,  1 1*5 per  cent,  of  tin-  hydrogen 
due  to  the  current  was  nol  evolved;  and  in  conse 

■  ol  the  conversion  of  hypochlorite  into  chlorate 
at  tli«'  anode,  2x20*02  per  cent,  of  the  available 
chlorine  were  rendered  unavailable,  so  that  of  the 
chlorine  which  7998  per  cent. of  current  yielded,  LIU 
were  reduced  again  at  the  cathode,  and  40-04  cl 
into  chlorate,  leaving  only  2834  per  cent,  of  the 
current     useful     for    available     chlorine.        From 

raalysis  of  the  solution,  the  efficiency  for 
available  chlorine  was  found  to  be  254  per  cent. 
When  we  remember  that  magnesium  hypochlorite 
readily  changes  into  chlorate  under  ordinary 
conditions,  the  difference  between  the  results  is  not 
important,  and  the  experiment  is  a  proof  of  the  expla- 
nation given. 

Experiment  No.  i.— Magnesium  chloride  solution, 
containing  24"15grms.  MgCls  per  litre.  Gas  collected 
in  two  portions,  and  copper  in  voltameter  weighed 
for  each. 

2nd  Stage. 
.    4570CC. 

..   95*0 

..      50 

..     0*U39grm. 

From  these  resultsv/e  calculate  that  91*16  per  cent, 
of  the  current  electrolysed  magnesium  chloride,  yield- 
ing chlorine  at  anode,  and  hydrogen  at  cathode,  and 
that  8"84  per  cent,  of  the  current  electrolysed  mag- 
nesium hypochlorite,  yielding  chlorate  and  oxygen  at 
anode;  16"10of  the  hydrogen  reduced  hypochlorite  at 
cathode,  and  17'68  of  available  chlorine  became  un- 
available, owing  to  transformation  into  chlorate. 
Hence,  from  gas  analysis,  the  current  efficiency  was  : 
T.VOfj  per  cent,  for  total  oxidising  chlorine,  and  57-38 
per  cent,  for  available  chlorine.  The  analysis  of  the 
solution  gave — 

Available  chlorine O'llTlgrm. 

Total  oxidised  chlorine  O'lBlG    ,, 

From  which  the  efficiencies  are  calculated  to  be  77*66 
per  cent,  for  total  oxidising  chlorine,  and  49*3  per 
cent,  for  available  chlorine,  much  less  than  from  the 
gas  analysis,  owing  to  spontaneous  conversion  of 
hypochlorite  into  chlorate. 

Experiment  No.  3. — Magnesium  chloride  solution, 
containing  68'6grms.  MgCTj  per  litre. 

Total  volume  of  gas 84*1  lee. 

( Containing  97  S    hydrogen. 

!  colli  eti  cl  0'2728erm 

Cl  as  available  in  solution 0-21 11; 

Cl  as  total  oxidising  chlorine  0*2397    „ 

From  these  data  the  current  efficiency  is  from  gas 
analyst..:  B012  and  711:!;  hem  the  solution,  77*94 
and<38*8 1  respectively, for  total  and  available  chlorine. 
Expt  rinu  ni  No.  .;.— Solution  containing 33'39grms. 
MgCls  per  litre. 

I  las  obtained 158*lcc. 

(  ontaining  ci  i-q-, 

Oxygen '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.     3-95  ' 

"Jdrogen    9500 

topper  collected  amounts  to   0'5275grm 

Available  chlorine  found  11  :f.v>ii 

Total  oxidising  chlorine u  it;i.*>    .', 

From  which  data  the  efficiency  is  calculated  to  be, 
from  gas  analysis,  7363  and  6026  per  cent.  ;  from  the 
analysis  ot  the  solution  69*58  and  59*7  respectively, 
for  total  and  available  chlorine. 

I  have  tabulated  these  results  so  that  the  resem- 
blance in  the  results  from  the  analysis  of  gas  and 
liquid  may  be  perceived.  I  have  al  oadded  the  per- 
centage ol  chlorine  in  'he  solution,  which  was  con- 
verted by  the  current. 


KKS1   I.TS  OF    KXl'KKIMKNTS  I. -IV. 


Experiment  No- 


Kllieiency  of  Current.  Total  Ox  id.  Cl  .... 
per  Gas  Analysis     I  Avail.  Chlorine 

Efficiency  of  Current     L  Total  Oxid.  CI  .. 
perAnalysisofSolution  I  Avail.  Chlorine 

Magnesium  Chloride  in  grnis.  per  litre  . . 


of  i  ihlorine  I  into  total  t  Ixid.  Cl  . . 
converted     I     ,,    avail.  Chlorine 


1 

2 

3 

68-1 
28-3 

75-0 
571 

80-1 

71-1 

69  7 

*-'.V| 

77'.*) 
111".' 

77!l 
BS*7 

s: 

ai 

G8G 

47-5 
17* 

21  ci 
13  3 

7-9 
7-0 

73-6 

60-2 

69  I 

.v.i'S 

331 

8-7 
7'j 


It  will  be  seen  that  in  this  series  of  experiments  the 
results  of  the  gas  analyses  tolerably  well  agree  with 
the  results  of  the  analysis  of  the  solution.  But  this 
is  only  mi  when  the  electrolysis  has  not  advanced  very 
far,  as  it  has  not  done  in  any  one  of  the  above  experi- 
ments. The  method  of  stating  the  total  oxidising 
chlorine  is  apt  to  give  a  very  wrong  impression  of  the 
composition  of  the  solution.  Thus,  in  Experiment 
No.  1  it  is  stated  that  the  oxidising  power  of  the 
solution  was  equivalent  to  47*5  per  cent,  of  the  total 
chlorine  in  the  solution,  giving  one  at  first  sight  the 
very  erroneous  impression  that  nearly  the  half  of  the 
magnesium  chloride  had  been  decomposed.  In  reality 
that  very  solution  consisted  still  chiefly  of  magnesium 
chloride,  for  it  contained,  for  100  molecules  of  mag- 
nesium chloride,  in  round  .numbers — 

MgCl 100  molecules. 

MgClgOs 10 

MgCI«0„ 6 

MgCljsO. ffl 

When  the  electrolysis  is  pushed  still  further,  the 
analysts  of  the  gas  no  longer  permits  to  form  so 
approximate  an  idea  of  what  is  proceeding  in  the 
electrolytic  cell  ;  the  analysis  of  the  solution  only  can 
be  relied  upon,  as  is  shown  by  the  following  experi- 
ment carried  out  in  a  different  apparatus  : — 

/'.'./..  riment  No.  5. — Solution  containing  25"9grms. 
MgCL  per  litre. 

Gas  obtained 1380ec.  corrected  vol. 

Containing  H,  87"! 

O,  l  2*8 

Copper  collected  in  voltameter 4*liiS7grms. 

The  solution  was  found  to  contain  : — 

Chlorine  equivalent  to  total  oxidising  power 2*30Sgrms. 

Available  chlorine 0*630    ,. 

From  these  results  the  following  efficiency  for  the 
current,  calculated  in  the  same  way  as  explained,  are 
obtained  : — From  gas  analysis  :  for  total  oxidising 
chlorine,  58'0  per  cent.  ;  tor  available  chlorine,  11  "4 
per  cent.  'From  the  analysis  of  the  solution,  491 
per  cent,  for  total  oxidising  chlorine,  and  13*2  pi  c 
cent,  for  available  chlorine. 

In  this  experiment,  for  every  100  coulombs  passed 
through  the  voltameter,  1S*7">  had  passed  without 
producing  H  in  the  electrolytic  cell,  and  S.i'.i  had 
produced  oxygen  at  the  anode  instead  of  chlorine. 
The  total  oxidising  chlorine  amounted  to  78*2  per 
cent,  on  the  total  chlorine  contained  in  solution. 

From  this  experiment,  and  various  differences  in 
the  others,  it  is  evident  that  another  reaction  was 
going  on  in  the  cell,  which  had  not  been  taken  into 
account.  In  order  to  discover  whether  it  was  a  re- 
action due  to  hypochlorites,  or  whether  it  was 
due  to  the  chlorate  formed,  I  electrolysed  a 
solution  of  bleaching  powder,  neatly  free  from 
chlorate,  which  the  hypochlorite  solution  obtained  by 
electrolysis  never  is:  ami  1  also  electrolysed  a  solution 
of  potassium  chlorate.  The  following  are  the  results:— 

Experiment  No.  '''.—Solution  of  bleaching  powder, 
containing  18'193grms.  available  chlorine  and  19*965 
grms.  total  oxidisingchlorine  per  litre,  was  electrolysed. 


May  3i.  isst.j      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


341 


The    gas  obtained    amounted    to    36'5cc.  corrected 

volume,  and  contained — 

Hydrogen. .  41  "32  ,,  corresponding  to  129 coulombs. 
Oxygen  ....  5S68  „  366 

The  copper  deposited  in  voltameter  amounted  to 
0'3350grm.  =  1013  coulombs. 

After  electrolysis,  it  -was  found  that  the  solution 
had  lost  available  chlorine,  corresponding  to  0'390 
grms.  =  1046  coulombs, or  electro-cheniicalequivalents.  i 

These  results  must  be  interpreted  as  follows  :  Of  j 
the  1013  coulombs  measured  in  the  voltameter — 

366  electrolysed  calcium  hypochlorite. 
617  electrolysed  calcium  chloride. 

Since  only  129  coulombs  of  the  electricity  produced 
hydrogen,  884  coulombs  have  reduced  hypochlorite 
to  chloride.     We  have  therefore — 

Gain  of  available  chlorine 
by  electrolysis  of  calcium 
chloride 647  electro-cheni.  equivalent. 

Loss  of  available  chlorine 
due  to  reduction  at  cath- 
ode       S84 

Due  to  conversion  to  chlo- 

rate.  2  ■  366  732 

1616 
647 

Balance  of  loss   969  „  „ 

According  to  analysis  of  solution,  the  reduction  in 
available  chlorine  was  1046  electrochemical  equiva- 
lents. 

Expt  i  iment  No.  7. — Bleaching  powder  solution  con- 
taining 19'30grms.  available  CI  per  litre  was  electro- 
lysed. 

Gas  obtained = 36' occ.  corrected  vol. 
Hydrogen, 36'3 percent ,  corresp.  toll35  coulombs. 
Oxygen       637       ,.  „  ,.  397-0 

Copper  deposited  in  voltameter,  O'3170grm.  =  959  coulombs. 

Analysis  of  solution  showed  a  decrease  in  available 
chlorine  of  0-3S2grm.,  corresponding  to  1024  coulombs 
(electro-chemical  equivalents).  We  have,  therefore, 
959 — 113=846  coulombs  passing  through  the  cell, 
which  reduce  hypochlorite  at  cathode,  and  397  cou- 
lombscon  verting  hypochlorite  intochlorate,equivalent 
to  a  loss  of  2  x  397  =  794  equivalents  available  chlorine. 
The  total  loss  of  available  CI  is  therefore  846  +  794  = 
164' i  equivalents.  Butby  electrolysis  of  959— 397  =  562 
equivalents  of  calcium  chloride  we  gained  available 
chlorine,  so  that  the  real  loss  amounted  to  1640— 
562  =  1078  equivalents,  whereas  the  analysis  of  the 
solution  shows  the  loss  to  be  1024  equivalents. 

These  two  experiments  show  very  clearly  that  as 
far  as  the  electrolysis  of  chlorides  and  hypochlorites 
are  concerned,  the  explanation  given  is  absolutely 
correct,  that  the  formation  of  chlorate  exactly  cor- 
responds to  the  oxygen  found  in  the  gas,  and  as  cal- 
cium hypochlorite  does  not  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances change  into  chlorate,  the  change  must  be  due 
to  the  current  :  and  that  as  the  solution  becomes  richer 
in  hypochlorite.-,  the  hydrogen  evolved  decreases  more 
and  more.  Whereas  in  the  experiments  in  which 
there  is  no  available  chlorine  in  the  solution  at  the 
beginning,  the  current  evolves  about  90  per  cent,  of 
the  theoretical  quantity  of  hydrogen,  in  these  latter 
experiments,  where  the  solution  contained  19grms.  of 
available  chlorine  per  litre,  the  hydrogen  evolved  by 
the  current  is  only  13  to  15  per  cent,  of  the  theo- 
retical quantity,  and  consequently  electrolysis  can  by 
no  possibility  yield  a  solution  in  which  the  propor- 
tion of  chloride  to  hypochlorite  equals  that  of  a  solu- 
tion of  bleaching  powder,  since  under  these  circum- 
stances the  current  destroys  more  hypochlorite  than 
it  produces.  ■ 

In  both  these  experiments  with  bleaching  powder 
solution  there  was,  in  addition  to  the  loss  of  available 


chlorine,  a  small  loss  of  total  oxidising  chlorine.  I 
have  taken  no  notice  of  it,  in  order  not  to  complicate 
matters,  as  the  following  experiments  will  clearly 
show  from  what  cause  the  discrepancies  between  gas 
analysis  and  analysis  of  solutions  arise  : — 

E  vpt  rimeiti  No. 8. — A solutionof  potassium  chlorate 
was  electrolysed.  The  solution  contained  46'0grms. 
of  potassium  chlorate  per  litre.  During  a  first  trial 
I6'4c&  of  gas  were  collected,  consisting  of — 

36'6  per  cent,  oxygen  corresp.  to  290  coulombs. 
63-36       .,        hydrogen         „       251 

During  the  same  time  0'1170grm.  copper  were 
deposited  in  the  voltameter.  Neither  of  the  gases 
corresponded  to  the  theoretical  quantity  which  ought 
to  be  obtained  if  the  electrolysis  proceeds  according 
to  the  equation — 

2KC10.-  +  3H20  ---2KHO  +H3+  2HC10.,  +  O 

Cathode.  Anode. 

On  interrupting  the  current  it  was  found  that  the 
mercury  cathode  still  continued  to  evolve  gas,  a 
phenomenon  which  had  not  in  any  previous  experi- 
ments manifested  itself.  It  was  evident  that  a 
potassium  amalgam  had  formed  to  some  extent,  which 
required  time  for  its  decomposition. 

Accordingly  a  new  experiment  was  made. 

Experiment  No.  9. — The  electrolysis  of  a  similar 
solution  was  conducted  in  two  stages. 

Owing  to  too  small  a  gas  burette,  a  small  quantity 
of  the  hydrogen  evolved  after  opening  the  circuit  was 
again  lost  in  the  first  period. 

1st  Period  :  Gas  obtained  with  closed  circuit, 
38'8cc,  increasing  after  opening  the  circuit  to  50'6cc. ; 
corrected  volume  =  47'5cc.     Gas  consisted  of — 

Oxygen       3617  per  cent.,  corresp.  to  294  coulombs. 
Hydrogen.  6383       ,,  „  „  259 

Copper  deposited  in  voltameter,  0'1335grm.=403  coulombs. 

2nd  Period  :  Gas  obtained,  27'5cc,  increasing  after 
opening  the  circuit  to  46'lec,  or  44'lcc.  corrected 
volume.     Gas  contained — 

Oxvgen       26  3  per  cent.,  corresp.  to  198  coulombs. 

Hydrogen.  737        ,.  „  „   278 

In  this  case  the  evolution  of  gas  had  entirely  ceased. 

The  copper  deposited  during  this  period  was 
00920grm.  =  278  coulombs. 

The  first  point  I  wish  to  draw  jour  attention  to  is 
that  in  this  latter  period,  where  there  was  no  failure, 
the  hydrogen  evolved  corresponded  exactly  to  the 
copper  deposited,  so  that  no  reduction  of  chlorate 
takes  place  at  the  cathode.  But  the  oxygen  evolved 
at  the  anode  is  for  both  periods  together  492  electro- 
chemical equivalents,  whilst  6*1  ought  to  have  been 
obtained  according  to  the  amount  of  copper  de- 
posited ;  the  difference,  189,  was  absorbed  in  the 
solution. 

Analysis  of  the  solution  showed  that  the  total 
oxidising  chlorine  had  decreased  by  an  amount  cur- 
responding  to  0'1037grm.  of  potassium  chlorate. 
That  this  decrease  was  not  due  to  any  reduction  of 
chlorate  to  lower  oxides  of  chlorine  or  to  chloride 
was  proved  by  testing  the  solution  for  available 
chlorine  with  iodide  of  potassium  which  was  not  dis- 
coloured, and  for  chloride  by  nitrate  of  silver  which 
gave  no  precipitate. 

The  chlorate  was  simply  oxidised  to  perchlorate, 
which,  as  is  well  known,  will  not  yield  its  oxygen  to 
an  acid  boiling  solution  of  ferrous  chloride. 

According  to  the  equation  KCIO, -0  =  KC104, 
we  see  that  for  every  atom  of  oxygen  used  for  oxida- 
tion one  molecule  of  potassium  chlorate  vanishes. 
Consequently,  if  the  0'1037grm.  of  potassium  chlorate 
were  oxidised  to  perchlorate,  they  required  0013d 


:u-2 


THI-:  JOTJBNAl  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INPCSTKY.      [MayM.Het 


grin,  of  oxygen,  which  correspond  to  161  electro- 
chemical  equivalents.  By  the  gas  analysis  189 
electro-chemical  equivalents  of  oxygenhad  been  used 
for  oxidation.  The  slight  difference  is  due  partly  to 
errors  in  analysis,  j  artly  to  the  fact  that  a  portion  of 
the  oxygen  in  the  gas  was  in  the  allotropic  form  ozone, 
and  was  not.  therefore, correctly  measured,  a  difficulty 
frequently  experienced  in  electrolytic  work. 

Hxpi  rimtntNo.  10 .—  Exactly  similar  to  the  previous 
one  ;  carried  out  on  a  much  larger  scale.  Owing  to 
collecting  the  gases  by  displacing  water  in  an 
aspirator,  a  correction  must  be  allowed  in  the 
measurement  of  the  gases.  The  electrolysis  was 
divided  into  three  stages,  and  the  liquid  analysed 
after  the  third  stage  only. 

I. 

Totnl  ens  collected 20I6cc. 

Hydrogen 69'33; 

Oxygen 3067 

C  opper  collected 3*9976 

Total  copper  corresponds  to  36360 
,,        hvarogen       ,.  ,,    35857  „ 

oxygen  „  „    29380 

This  latter  figure  needs  increasing  by  three  per  cent, 
owing  to  absorption  in  water  of  aspirator,  which 
brings  it  to  30,271. 

The  solution  was  found  to  have  lost  3"672grm.  of 
chlorate,  requiring  0'4780grm.  of  oxygen  for  oxida- 
tion to  perchlorate.  This  amount  of  oxygen  cor- 
responds to  0G91  electro-chemical  equivalents,  whereas 


II. 

III. 

1972cc.  .. 

..  1937cc. 

::: ! i 

..  70-26 

26  75 

..  21I-71 

1-2(05 

. .     3-8262 

360    coulombs. 

2.  Owing  to  the  presence,  after  some  little  time,  of 
two  or  three  other  salts  besides  the  original  chloride, 
part  of  the  current  electrolyses  them,  and  thus  is 
wasted,  and  not  only  wasted,  but  actually  undoes 
continuously  a  portion  of  the  work  which  another 
portion  of  the  current  is  doing. 

If  you  bear  in  mind  that  in  the  experiments  with 
the  bleaching  powder  solution  the  result  was  a  loss 
of  available  chlorine  of  nearly  35  per  cent.,  you  will 
the  more  readily  see  that  there  is  a  limit  to  the  rela- 
tive amount  of  chloride  and  hypochlorite  in  solution 
beyond  which  electrolysis  cannot  go,  and  beyond 
which  the  current  is  absolutely  wasted,  if  it  is  in- 
tended to  prepare  bleaching  solutions. 

The  following  experiment  was  made  in  a  tank 
holding  two  litres,  between  anodes  of  platinum  and 
cathodes  of  amalgamated  zinc,  the  current  being 
measured  as  hitherto  by  a  copper  voltameter. 

The  results  are  tabulated,  and  will  be  readily 
understood.  The  amount  of  solution  in  the  tank 
was  approximately  2  litres.  The  electrolysis  was 
carried  out  in  five  periods.     (See  table  below.) 

It  will  be  evident  from  this  table  that  the  limit  of 
the  available  chlorine  worth  having  had  been  reached 
with  a  current  efficiency  of  22  per  cent,  only,  afttr 
the  2nd  or  3rd  period  ;  from  that  period  the  current 
produced  an  increase  in  the  hypochlorites  or  available 
chlorine  at  very  great  cost.  In  order  to  show  the 
intimate  connection   between  the  current  efficiency 


EXPERIMENT  No.  11. 
(Solution'  contained  26-6grms.  JIgCl;  r-Eii  Litke.) 


Period. 

Total  Chlorine 
Produced. 

Copper 
Collected. 

CI. 

equivalent 

Current 
Efficiency. 

On  Total  Chlorine  in 
Solution. 

Avail. 

Total. 

Each 
Period. 

Total. 

to 

Cu. 

Avail. 

Total. 

Available. 

TotalOiide. 

Grin. 

(Inn. 

Grm. 

Giro. 

Grm. 

% 

1 

372 

112 

5*75 

5'75 

6-11 

577 

68-6 

935 

1110 

2 

638 

1391 

20-38 

26-13 

29-26 

21*8 

47'5 

15-4 

34-2 

3 

7-84 

1711 

6-85 

3298 

3693 

21-2 

463 

19-36 

428 

4  

8-25 

21-66 

1713 

5011 

5641 

146 

43'6 

2051 

64  6 

8-35 

27-16 

5-68 

56-09 

62-82 

13  3 

137 

20-8 

734 

in  the  gas  are  missing  6089.  The  discrepancy  is  due 
to  the  same  cause,  the  formation  of  ozone.  The  per- 
chlorate formed  crystallised  out,  and  was  examined. 

The  important  point  in  these  experiments  on  the 
electrolysis  of  chlorates  is,  that  the  current  very 
easily  electrolyses  them,  producing  its  exact  equiva- 
lent of  hydrogen  at  the  cathode  (except  at  first),  and 
nearly  five  sixths  of  an  equivalent  of  oxygen  at 
the  anode,  the  rest  of  the  oxygen  being  taken  up  by 
the  chlorate  to  form  perchlorate. 

It  is  for  this  reason  that  calculations  from  gas 
analyses,  and  from  the  analyses  of  the  solutions,  do 
not  agree  perfectly,  particularly  when  the  solution 
contains  any  appreciable  amount  of  chlorate,  because 
the  total  oxidising  chlorine  is  reduced  by  6  equiva- 
lents for  every  equivalent  of  chlorate  changed  into 
Eerchlorate  by  the  current,  and  the  gases  are  enriched 
y  a  certain  amount  of  oxygen,  to  which  there  is  no 
corresponding  transformation  of  hypochlorite  into 
chlorate. 

What  we  have  learnt,  so  far,  may  be  summed  up  in 

i.  u  words,     l.  There  is  no  failure  of  Faraday's 

law    in   the   electrolysis   of    magnesium    chloride. 


and  the  limit  to  which  electrolysis  of  the  solution  is 
pushed,  I  append  the  subjoined  tables,  which  ine 
elude  all  the  experiments  with  magnesium  chlorid- 
detailed  in  this  paper,  or  all  the  experiments  I  have 
made  in  which  the  current  was  measured  by  means 
of  the  copper  voltameter.  I  also  append  diagram  to 
show  the  difference  of  the  results  obtained  by  Messrs. 
Cross  and  Bevan  and  myself,  and  their  relation  to 
the  theoretical  amount  : — 

A.-SMALL  SCALE   EXPERIMENTS. 

(Amount  ok   Solution   ism,  CO— 150cc.      Mfrciky    ab 
Cathode,    Platinum  as  Anode.) 


x.i.  nf  Experiment- 

3 

4 

2 

1 

5 

Available  Chlorine 
Totnl  Oxidising  Chlo- 

70 
79 
68-7 

7'5 
8-7 
59-8 

13  3 

210 
19-2 

17-4 

17-5 

2..I 

201 
78-2 

Currcnt  EfHciencj  for 
available  Chlorine  . 

13-2 

May  si.  188:.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


n-13 


B.-LARGEH  SCALE  EXPERIMENTS. 

(Amount  of  Solution  used.  2  Litres.     Amalgamated 

7.ini    as  Cathode.     Platinum  as  Anode.) 


Period  of 
Experiment  No.  11. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Available  Chlorine    , 
Total  Oxidising  Chlo- 

93 
111 
577 

151 
31-2 
218 

193 

128 
212 

205 
61  G 

20-8 
731 

Current  Ktllciency  for 
available  Chlorine  , 

133 

I  will  not  give  the  details  of  the  following  few 
experiments,  made  with  a  view  to  ascertain  the  in- 
fluence of  carbon  anodes.  The  current  was  measured 
by  the  copper  voltameter  :  — 

C.-EXPE1UMEXTS  WITH  CARBON  ANODE?. 
(Amount  of  Solution,  150— 250cc.) 


Cathode, 

Amalgamated 

Zinc 


160 
131 


Cathode, 
Mercury. 

.     lSW. 
.     12-7 


\  Total  Oxidising  CI 17  2' 

Current  Efficiency    P07 

D.— EXPERIMENTS  WITH   SMALL  DYNAMO 

MACHINE. 

(Current  Measured  by  Galvanometer. I 

Carbon  Anodes,  Amalgam.  Zinc  Cathodes. 


Current  Efficiency  for  available  CI 39'7'; 

Total  Oxidising  CI 107 


11-3. 

378 


I  have  not  had  time  to  find  experimentally  a  satis- 
factory explanation  why  the  results  with  carbon 
anodes  were  so  much  worse  than  those  with  platinum 
anodes.     The  carbon  anode  is  rapidly  acted  upon, 


1  have  made  a  great  many  experiments  with 
current  densities,  varying  from  \  to  40  amperes  per 
square  foot,  with  vertical  and  horizontal  electrodes, 
with  various  distances  between  them.  There  is  only 
one  result  to  be  got,  and  that  is  a  miserable  current 
efficiency  whenever  you  wish  to  reach  a  solution 
which  shall  equal  a  solution  of  about  l°Tw.  of  bleach- 
ing powder — i.e.,  contain  jgrms.  available  chlorine 
per  litre. 

This  is  as  much  of  experimental  evidence  as  I 
think  is  necessary  to  give  a  pretty  correct  idea  of  the 
commercial  value  of  this  process. 

.Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  have  presented  us  with  a 
calculation  of  the  cost  of  producing  bleaching  solution 
by  the  Hermite  process  equivalent  to  one  ton  of 
bleaching  powder. 

They  take  as  basis  for  their  calculations — 

(1.)  One  ampere-hour  yields  r47grms.  of  available 
chlorine,  which,  in  my  way  of  expressing  results,  is  a 
current  efficiency  of  1097  per  cent. 

(2.)  They  assume  that  i^ie  available  chlorine  pro- 
duced has  greater  bleaching  efficiency  than  the  same 
amount  of  available  chlorine  in  bleaching  powder  in 
the  proportion  3  :  5.* 

(3.)  They  assume  that  the  waste  of  magnesium 
chloride  is  inappreciable. 

(4.)  That  an  installation  including  dynamo  for  a 
current  of  1000  amperes  and  5  volts,  steam  engine, 
leads,  and  tanks,  comprising  platinum  anodes,  will 
cost  i'350  ;  every  such  unit  giving  the  equivalent  of 
J  ton  of  bleaching  powder  in  24  hours,  or  1  ton  per 
week. 

They  thus  arrive  at  the  result  that  the  equivalent 
of  one  ton  ot  bleaching  powder  costs  £2  10s. 

I  will  discuss  these  points  one  by  one. 


To  20  zo  4CT 

<  @OM,LtfrrvK>  at  Svltxl/viciXy  ^umi 


and  disintegrated;  the  gases evolvedjcontain carbonic- 
acid  to  the  amount  of  3  per  cent.  But  what  are  the 
chief  products  of  the  oxidation  of  the  carbon,  I  have 
not  ascertained.  The  solutions  are  coloured  yellow 
when  electrolysed  by  carbon  anodes. 


(I.)  ^Ye  will  accept,  for  the  moment,  the  basis,  but 

•  These  two  statements  together  mean  that  1000  amperes 
decomposing  MgCl-  will  give  chlorine  compounds  of  such 
efficiency  as  would  equal  free  chlorine  gas  produced  by  1800 
amperes. 


311 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |MaySl.iM7. 


examine  to  what  extent  we  should  have  to  push  the 
electrolysis  in  order  to  produce  a  bleaching  solution 
containing,  say,  ogrms.  of  available  chlorine,  which  is 
as  much  as  a  solution  of  bleaching  powder  of  about 
L°  Tw.  would  contain.  SinceaSj  percent,  solution  of 
chloride  of  magnesium  contains,  in  round  numbers, 
20grms.  of  chlorine  per  litre,  we  should  have  to  carry 
on  the  electrolysis  until  25  per  cent,  of  the  chlorine 
had  become  available  chlorine.  In  none  of  my 
experiments  with  a  2.1  per  cent,  solution  of  magnesium 
chloride  was  this  result  obtained,  the  highest  being 
21*8  with  a  current  efficiency  of  13*3  per  cent.  :  and 
if  we  are  satisfied  with  a  bleach  solution  equivalent 
to  a  solution  of  bleaching  powder  of  about  3r°  Tw.,  we 
may  obtain  it  with  a  current  efficiency  of  20  percent. 

The  explanation  which  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan 
give  for  their  current  efficiency  of  110  per  cent,  is 
that,  owing  to  the  incomplete  separation  of  the  ions, 
Faraday's  law  requires  a  different  interpretation,  and 
is  inapplicable  to  the  electrolysis  of  magnesium 
chloride.  Professor  Armstrong,  in  the  discussion  on 
their  paper,  said  something  must  be  wrong.  I  have 
clearly  shown  what  is  wrong.  1  have  not  only  shown 
that  this  high  efficiency  is  an  illusion,  but  I  have 
clearly  shown  what  every  single  ampere  has  done  in 
passing  through  the  cell.  I  must,  therefore,  accept  my 
own  current  efficiency  as  the  only  reliable  one,  though 
Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  assert  that  their  measure- 
ments were  accurate  within  1  per  cent.  My  experi- 
ments show  that  the  reactions  in  the  cell  are  totally 
incompatible  with  their  results  ;  that  the  reasons  for 
the  low  current  efficiencies  are  not  to  be  found  in 
mere  physical  or  mechanical  conditions,  but  are  due 
to  the  fact  which  they  themselves  admit  — the  exten- 
sive complications  with  which  this  electrolysis  is 
attended.  There  are  certainly  no  indications  in  the 
inventor's  specification  of  means  to  prevent  the 
current  electrolysing  the  very  products  of  the  electro- 
lysis which  he  wishes  to  produce. 

Thus,  leaving  as  they  stand  the  marvellously  cheap 
plant,  the  cheap  horse-power,  and  the  extraordinary 
bleaching  properties  of  the  electrolysed  solution,  the 
cost  of  one  ton  of  the  hypothetical  bleach  rises  in 
the  proportion  of  20  :  109,  from  £2  10s.  to  some- 
thing between  £13  15s.  and  £25,  according  as  we 
are  satisfied  with  a  solution  corresponding  to  a 
bleach  solution  of  about   .1    Tw.   or  1    Tw. 

(2.)  The  assumption  of  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan 
that  the  electrolytic  bleach  liquor  has  greater  bleach- 
ing power  than  a  solution  of  ordinary  bleaching 
powder  rests  probably  on  as  insecure  a  basis  as  their 
statement  and  explanation  of  the  high  yield  of 
chlorine.  They  explain  that  the  bleaching  compounds 
are  of  high  tension.  They  assert  that  the  solution 
contains  hydrogen  peroxide  and  higher  oxides  of 
chlorine.  Some  of  the  bleaching  compounds  were 
soluble  in  ether,  and  evaporated  with  the  ether  into 
thin  air. 

It  is  surprising  to  hear  that  the  solution  contains 
peroxide  of  hydrogen.  Hydrogen  peroxide  is  as 
deadly  an  enemy  to  hypochlorites  as  the  Herruite 
process  is.  in  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan's  opinion,  to 
tlir  present  chlorine  industry.  The  very  fact  that 
these  two  compounds  do  not  exist  in  one  solution 
has  been  made  use  of  by  Professor  Lunge  for  a  new 
method  of  estimating  the  chlorine  in  bleaching 
powder.*  There  is  no  chance  whatever  for  peroxide 
of  hydrogen  to  exist  beside  the  hypochlorites.  As  to 
the  higher  oxides  of  chlorine.  I  have  mentioned  those 
1  found.  I  searched  for  the  missing  one — the 
chlorite— but  failed  to  prove  it-  presence.  Chlorates 
and  perchlorates  are  o  the  bleacher.      I  am 

driven  to  the  conclusion  that  the  whole  difference,  if 

•  This  Journal,  1886.  391, 


there  really  is  one,  is  due  to  the  difference  in  speed 
with  which  magnesium  hypochlorite  and  calcium 
hypochlorite  do  their  work,  a  difference  which  has 
already  been  noticed  by  other  authors.  Perhaps  the 
solution  contains  a  little  free  hypochlorous  acid. 

If  bleaching  is  oxidation,  tin-  assumption  that  the 
magnesium  hypochlorite  will  do  166  per  cent,  of  the 
work  which  the  equivalent  amount  of  calcium  hypo- 
chlorite would  do,  is  as  devoid  of  foundation  as  the 
assertion  that  Faraday's  law  did  not  directly  apply 
to  the  electrolysis  of  magnesium  chloride. 

1  for  one  must  dismiss  this  higher  efficiency  as  a 
basis  of  calculation,  and  I  must  consequently  raise 
the  price  of  the  " hypothetical  bleach"  once  more  in 
the  proportion  of  3  :  f>,  which  brings  the  price  up  to 
i'22  Ms.  or  £42,  according  to  the  strength  of  the 
solution  required. 

(3.)  In  estimating  the  horse-power  necessary  to  do 
the  work,  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  speak  in  the  same 
sentence  of  using  5  volts,  and  of  obtaining  (500  Watts 
from  1  horse-power.  If  they  really  mean  to  employ  a 
machine  giving  only  5  volts,  they  will  find  themselves 
greatly  disappointed  ;  the  horse-power  will  yield 
more,  nearly  400  Watts  instead  of  600,  which  will 
make  another  considerable  difference  in  the  prices 
calculated.  And  they  take  no  notice  of  the  resistance 
of  the  circuit,  which  might  make  very  serious  differ- 
ences also. 

Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  wind  up  by  saying  that 
the  chloride  of  magnesium  is  not  wasted.  It  is  pro- 
posed to  circulate  the  liquid  between  the  electrolytic 
tank  and  the  bleaching  tank.  That  is  very  beautiful 
in  theory,  but  my  experiments  show  that  it  cannot 
work  for  any  length  of  time.  There  would  gradually 
accumulate  chlorate  and  perchlorate  in  the  solution, 
and  the  efficiency  of  the  current  would  so  deteriorate 
that  I  believe  it  will  pay  better  to  throw  the  solution 
away  after  using  it  once  or  twice. 

That  the  current  will  electrolyse  chlorates  and 
hypochlorites  as  easily  as  the  chlorides  may  appear 
strange.since  it  is  known  from  Professor  Kohlrausch's 
researches  that  chlorates  do  not  conduct  quite  as  well 
as  chlorides,  the  specific  conductivity  of  magnesium 
chloride  being  71,  that  of  chlorate  57.  But  it  must 
not  be  forgotten  that  the  final  result  of  the  electro- 
lysis of  an  oxygen  salt  is  hydrogen  and  oxygen 
evolved  from  liquid  water,  the  corresponding  electro- 
motive force  being  145  volts,  while  the  result  of  the 
electrolysis  of  a  chloride  yields  chlorine  and  hydrogen, 
the  electromotive  force  being  1*66  volts. 

Thus,  the  one  salt,  the  chloride,  would  require  a 
little  greater  difference  of  potential  between  the 
electrodes  than  the  oxygen  salts. 

Be  that  'as  it  may,  the  fact  is  the  current  divides 
itself  among  the  various  salts,  as  is  well  known  in 
other  cases,  and  any  accumulation  of  chlorates  and 
perchlorates  would  mean  a  serious  loss  of  efficiency. 
But  if  }■  of  the  solution  has  to  be  thrown  away  when 
only  i  is  made  useful,  this  means  an  expense  for 
chloride  of  magnesium,  at  present  prices,  of  £2  10s. 
per  ton  of  bleach  produced. 

We  are  told  that  the  proprietors  of  the  patent-right 
are  fitting  up  a  research  laboratory.  Let  us  hope 
they  will  have  no  cause  to  regret  having  acquired  trie 
patent-right  first  and  fitted  the  laboratory  last. 

DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  Campbell  Beowm  said  he  must  congratulate 
the  meeting  on  having  the  privilege  of  hearing  a 
most  admirable  paper,  which  was  characterised,  as 
Dr.  Hurtrrs  papers  usually  were,  by  profound 
knowledge  and  skill,  and  by  a  most  elaborate  and 
persevering  pursuit  of  truth  through  a  long  series  of 
experimental  observations  recorded  in  a  most  precise 


May3i,i8s;.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


34  r> 


manner.  lie  supposed  that  every  one  who  had 
in  leavoured  to  decompose  the  chlorides  of  alkalis  or 
alkaline  eirths  had  been  puzzled  by  the  apparently 
unaccountable  proportions  of  hydrogen,  oxygen  and 
chlorine  which  were  obtained.  Some  of  them  mi 
d-mbt  ha  1  come  fcj  the  conclusion,  without  making 
■  ii  i  ititative  determinations,  that  electrolysis  was 
ii  it  satisfactory  either  for  the  production  of  chlorine 
oi  hypochlorite,  but  no  one,  he  thought,  had  hitherto 
made  quantitative  experiments.  Dr.  Hurter  had 
shown  what  really  took  place  when  the  current 
passed  through  magnesium  chloride,  and  the  conclu- 
sions which  he  had  made  out  were  perfectly  clear,  and 
in  accordance  not  only  with  Faraday's  law,  but  with 
the  fact,  previously  known,  that  the  higher  oxygen 
compounds  of  chlorine  are  produced  by  the  electrolysis 
of  chloride.  1  >r.  Hurter  certainly  had  advanced 
their  knowledge  of  the  subject  very  materially,  and 
the  manner  in  which  he  had  done  his  work  and 
placed  it  before  them  was  beyond  all  praise.  One 
could  not  avoid  contrasting  the  clearness  and  pre- 
cision of  Dr.  Hur.er's  paper  with  the  absence  of 
those  qualities  in  the  paper  printed  in  the  .March 
number  of  the  Journal. 

Dr.  Kohx  remarked  that  the  deficiency  of  hydrogen 
certainly  showed  that  a  secondary  reaction  had  taken 
place  with  the  formation  of  hypochlorite  as  shown, 
and  asked  if  it  might  not  be  possible  that  the  hypo- 
chlorous  anhydride  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  the 
hypochlorite  would  combine  with  the  hydrochloric 
acid,  forming  water  and  free  chlorine.  The  chlorine 
would  then  act  on  the  magnesium  liberated  and 
afterwards  converted  into  magnesium  hydrate,  to 
form  magnesium  chloride,  and  thus  account  for  the 
large  percentage  of  this  substance  found  at  the  end 
of  the  process.  The  cause  of  the  deficiency  of 
hydrogen  would  also  be  to  some  extent  explained. 
As  to  the  electrolysis  ol  potassium  chlorate,  whereby 
oxidation  to  perchlorate  took  place,  it  appealed  that 
if  magnesium  chlorate  were  formed  to  any  extent, 
the  deficiency  of  hydrogen  would  be  to  some  extent 
made  good. 

Dr.  Sorter,  replying  to  the  last  speaker,  said  he 
presumed  what  was  meant  was  that  the  deficiency  of 
hydrogen  could  be  accounted  for  by  some  hydrogen 
disappearing  at  the  anode,  owing  to  the  oxidation  of 
chlorate  to  perchlorate,  and  that  there  would  be  a 
deficiency  of  hydrogen  at  the  cathode  1  That  was  not 
possible.  The  oxidation  took  place  always  at  the 
anode,  and  when  the  electrolysis  of  chlorate  pro- 
led  they  found  the  exact  equivalent  to  the  current 
of  hydrogen  in  the  gas.  There  wasnohydrogenmissing 
whatever.  The  gas  which  was  missing  in  that  case  was 
the  oxygen,  and  when  they  analysed  the  solution  they 
found  that  the  oxygen  missing  in  the  gas  was  retained 
in  the  form  of  pen  morale.  That  was  the  whole  of  the 
reaction  that  went  on  in  the  case  of  chlorate.  In  the 
case  of  hypochlorite,  he  understood  Dr.  Kohn  to  say 
that  the  missing  hydrogen  might  be  accounted  for  by 
the  decomposition  of  the  hypochlorite  1  He  found  that 
he  had  on  the  one  side  oxygen  and  chloric  acid,  and 
on  the  other  side  he  ought  to  have  its  equivalent  of 
hydrogen.  With  nascent  hydrogen  gas  at  the  cathode, 
they  might  consider  the  cathode  a  sphere  of  reducing 
action,  and  a  part  of  the  work  of  the  current  con- 
sisted in  reducing  hypochlorite  back  into  chloride, 
and  he  thought  that  the  tolerably  close  correspon- 
dence between  the  results  calculated  from  the  gas 
analysis  and  on  the  strength  of  that  explanation 
which  forms  the  basis  of  the  calculation,  and  those 
results  calculated  from  the  solution,  showed  that  the 
explanation  could  not  be  very  far  wrong  ;  and  when 
they  came  to  compare  this  statement  with  any 
number  of  reactions  which  are  known  to  happen  inthe 
electrolytic  cells—such,  for  instance,  as  the  reduction  of 


ferric  chloride  to  ferrous  chloride,  the  reduction  of 
nitric  acid,  the  reduction  of  chromic  acid  -they  would 
find  nothing  strange  in  the  fact  that  this  very  power- 
ful oxidising  agent,  hypochlorite,  should    be    reduced 

a  No.  There  was  absolutely  nothing  aew  in  hi-  paper, 
as  there  was  not  much  in  I  lei  -mite's  process.  Two 
Russian  chemists  had  published  a  book  on  electric 
bli  aching  (T.e  Blanchiment  Electrique,"  A  Lidoff  and 
\V.  Tichomiroff;  Moscow,  1883), in  which  they  showed 
that  the  result  of  the  electrolysis  was  free  chlorine, 
hypochlorites  and  chlorates.  The  circulating  prin- 
ciple adopted  by  Hermite  was  described  in  Q&nie 
('in/,  1883,  vol.  iii.  p.  367.  There  is  very  little  new  in 
Hermite 's  patent,  except  perhaps  the  fact  that  Her- 
mite uses  mercury  as  a  cathode,  and  he  did  not  think 
that  was  worth  very  much.  The  mercury  very  soon 
wore  off  the  zinc  plates,  and  there  were  other  things 
just  as  good  as  pure  mercury.  The  reactions  he  had 
explained  weie  certainly  true,  and  noneof  them  new; 
and  the  only  new  thing,  perhaps,  was  that  he  had 
shown  the  quantitative  relation  of  the  various  pro- 
ducts. It  was  very  easy  for  any  chemist  to  see  that 
the  more  concentrated  the  solution  becomes  with 
hypochlorous  acid,  the  more  chlorate  will  be  produced 
at  the  anode,  and  the  more  hydrogen  will  be  oxidised 
at  the  cathode.  Where  the  solution  contains  to  begin 
with  only  pure  magnesium  chloride,  there  would  be 
fully  100  hydrogen,  and  there  would  be  fully 
100  chlorine  for  every  100  coulombs,  but  as  soon 
as  the  molecules  of  hypochlorites  and  chlorates 
increase  in  number,  part  of  the  current  electrolyses 
them,  and  they  could  no  longer  expect  to  get  100  per 
cent,  of  chlorine  from  the  current.  Of  Faraday's 
law  there  was  not  failure,  but  it  is  impossible  to  get 
chlorine  from  that  part  of  the  current  which  does  other 
work  than  that  of  electrolysing  magnesium  chloride. 

Mr.  A.  Watt  asked,  if  the  solution  got  warmed  in 
ing  a  current  through  it,  would  it  facilitate  the 
formation  of  chlorates? 

Dr.  Hurter,  inreply,  saiditwould  very  materially. 
The  chlorates  were  formed  from  the  very  beginning, 
and  they  were  formed  in  tanks  of  30  litres  just  as 
much  as  they  were  in  a  small  cell  holding  50cc. 

$««♦*$ 

DISCUSSION  ON  Mil.  WESTMORELAND'S 
PAPEli,  "DETERMINATION  OF  SULPHUR 
IX  PYRITES''  (February  Journal). 

Mr.  E.  K.  Muspratt  said  that  in  their  experi- 
ence as  buyers  they  had  hardly  any  difficulty, 
as  their  tests  for  the  sulphur  in  pj  rites  agreed 
generally  with  that  of  the  seller's  chemist.  He  was 
quite  certain  whether  Mr.  Claudet  used  exactly 
the  same  method  which  they  did.  which,  he  believed, 
was  the  one  advocated  in  Dr.  Lunge's  Pocket-book, 
butthe  methods  adopted  must  be  sufficientlyaccurate, 
since  the  results  really  did  not  differ  to  any  consider- 
able extent.  Mr.  Westmoreland  said  that  it  might 
be  supposed  that  these  differences  would  operate 
in  favour  of  uniform  methods  of  analysis,  but 
apparently  Mr.  Westmoreland  objected  to  that 
inference,  because  forsooth  the  introduction  of 
standard  methods  would  result  in  work  being 
done  by  rule -of- thumb.  He  did  not  know 
whether  the  Society  would  appreciate  that  reason- 
ing, but  he  certainly  could  not.  It  was  desirable 
that  they  should  decide  upon  and  adopt  where 
possible  uniform  methods  of  analysis.  That 
they  should  use  the  best  method  in  preference 
to  others  seemed  to  him  perfectly  reasonable,  and 
the  only  question  was  whether  the  Lunge  method 
was  better  than  others.  If  so,  he  thought  that  all 
chemists  should  adopt  that  method,  and  in  that  way 


34fi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [MaySi,i88T. 


they  would  arrive  at  a  uniform  method     The  dif- 

ifivm'i's  m  results  were  now  very  small;  probably 
because     more    or     less    uniform     methods    were 
uow  adopted.    There  was  another  suggestion  which 
Mr.  Westmoreland  made,  which  he  certainly  thought 
would  be  rather  impracticable  ;   it  was  that  as  the 
consumer  of  pyrites  did  not  make   use  of  all  the 
sulphur   for   which    he   paid,   the  burnt  ore  should 
be  analysed  as  well  as  the  raw  ore, and  that  then 
there  should  be  a  deduction   made  so  that  the  con- 
sumer of    the   sulphur  should  practically  pay  upon 
the  difference  between   the  sulphur  in  the  raw  ore 
and  the  sulphur  in  the  burnt  ore.     As  a  consumer  of 
sulphur,  he  (Mr.  Muspratt)  should  be  very  glad   if 
such  a  system  could  be  adopted,  but  he  did  not  see 
how  it  could  be  done,  and  he  was  afraid  that  there 
would  be  greater  differences  than  there  are  now,  in 
the  settlement  of  the  sulphur  tests.     They  frequently 
forgot,  when  discussing  questions  of  commercial  tests, 
that  the  great  point  was    to  have    some    uniform 
system  and  practically  uniform  results.     ]f  that  uni- 
formsystem  gave  too  higha  result,  the  consumers  would 
very  soon  find  it  out  and  settle  it  in  the  price.  This  was 
commonly  done  by  all  who  had  a  commercial  know- 
ledge.    If  any  method  of  analysis  gave  too  high  a 
result,  or  if  they  found  any  analytical  chemist  gave  a 
higher  result  than  another,  they  would  take  very  good 
care  to  discount  that  when  making  their  bargain.    It 
was  very  well  known  in  the  potassium  tests,  in  settling 
the  price  of  muriates, that  Dr.  LTex's  tests  differed  from 
the  Glasgow  tests  by  1|  to  2  per  cent.  Sometimes  they 
bought  their  muriates  by  the  German  test,  and  they  took 
good  care  not  to  pay  the  same  price  as  if  they  bought  by 
Mr.  Tatlock's  test.     All  they  required  as  commercial 
men  was  that  some  method  should  be  adopted  which 
gave   uniform  results.      Another  suggestion   which 
Mr.   Westmoreland  made  was  that    an    allowance 
should  be  made  for  the  lead,  lime,  and  zinc  in  the 
ore.     This  would  entail  considerable  difficulty,  since 
they  would  have  to  estimate  the  lead  and  zinc  before 
they  could  decide  upon  the  amount  of  sulphur  to  be 
paid  for.    For  these  reasons  he  did  not  think  that  the 
practical  suggestions  which  Mr.  Westmoreland  made 
were  of  very  much  value.    It  was  very  interesting  to 
have  tabulated  the  practical  experience  of  differences 
of  tests  which  he  pointed  out.     He  hoped  that  the 
discussion   would   lead  to  a  more  uniform  method 
being  adopted. 

Dr.  Hurter  said  that  Mr.  Westmoreland  bad  ex- 
pressed an  opinion  that  the  introduction  of  standard 
methods  would  lead  to  the  employment  of  chemists 
who  would  not  have  the  ability  nor  the  time  to 
investigate  methods  for  themselves.  Now  he  (Dr. 
Hurter)  must  say  that  in  works  they  had  plenty  of 
other  matters  to  investigate  beside  methods  of 
analysis,  and  he  for  one  was  always  thankful  when 
scientific  men  supplied  them  with  methods,  ami 
saved  them  the  trouble  to  investigate  for  themselves. 
As  regards  Dr.  Lunge's  second  modification  of  pyrites 
assay,  he  had  no  doubt  that  Dr.  Lunge  would  not 
have  introduced  it  if  he  had  not  found  that  the  other 
method  now  and  then  gave  wrong  results.  Dr. 
Lunge,  however,  was  able  to  defend  himself,  and 
would,  no  doubt,  do  so  if  he  thought  it  worth  while. 
Altogether  it  appeared  to  him  that  there  was  much 
ado  about  nothing.  At  present  prices,  1  per  cent,  of 
sulphur  was  3d.  per  ton,  consequently  \  per  cent, 
was  three  farthings,  and  he  really  did'  not  think  it 
was  worth  while  to  quarrel  so  much  about  so  little. 

Mr.  Westmoreland,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Muspratt's 
observation  that  if  results  higher  than  the  truth 
were  returned,  the  buyers  would  very  soon  find  it 
out,  said  that  the  variable  results  he  had  recorded  had 
not  been  detected  either  by  the  buvers'  or  vendors' 
analysts,  although  the  thing  bad  been  going  on  for 


yeai  ,  and  that  if  it  were  necessary  he  would  give 
tonnages  of  parcels  with  vendors  and  purchasers' 
names  in  support  of  his  statement,  and  he  believed 
that  the  errors  were  not  detected  simply  because 
there  was  no  personal  incentive  for  anyone  to  trouble 
about  the  matter.  His  suggestion  was  not  that  each 
parcel  of  ore  should  be  tested  separately  for  zinc, 
lime  and  lead,  but  that  a  deduction  based  on  an 
average  analysis  should  be  made  ;  but  if  buyers  pre- 
ferred the  present  system,  let  it  remain.  Regarding 
"rule-of-thuinb"  methods,  his  experience  differed 
from  Mr.  Muspratt's, for  manyseriousdiscrepancieshad 
arisen  from  the  fact  that  tests  were  made  by  young 
and  inexperienced  chemists  by  what  may  be  termed 
"standard  methods."  Published  instances  of  this  might 
be  found  in  his  (Mr.  Westmoreland's)  paper  on  copper 
tests  (this  Journal,  February,  1886),  where  they  could 
see  the  discordant  results  of  works  tests  of  copper 
samples  (nearly  all  the  results  being  obtained  by  the 
same  well-known  process).  In  reply  to  Dr.  Hurter, 
he  might  say  that  until  recently  sulphur  was  6d. 
per  unit,  and  when  errors  of  1  per  cent,  and  upwards 
were  made,  for  years  the  matter  was  much  more 
serious  than  Dr.  Hurter  seemed  disposed  to  admit. 
Of  course,  now  that  sulphur  was  less  valuable,  the 
subject  was  not  of  such  importance. 


a9anc|)cstcr  Section. 


Chairman:  Sir  II.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 
Vice-Chairaum :  I.  Levinstein. 
Committee: 
Dr.  Bowman.  C.  Schorlemnier. 

R.  F.  Carpenter.  Dr.  Schunck. 

C.  Estcourt.  Dr.  Watson. 

H.  Grimshaw.  Win.  Thomson. 

Peter  Hart.  L.  Biebold. 

Dr.  Gerland.  Dr.  Hewitt. 


Local  Secretary  : 

J.    Carter-Bell,   Bankfleld,    The    Cliff, 
Manchester. 


Higher    Broughton, 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Jleetiny  held  March  1,  1887. 


MB.    IVAN   LEVINSTEIN    IN    THE   CHAIR. 

OX  THE   ESTIMATION    OF  CAUSTIC  SODA 
IN  SODA  ASH. 

BY   ROWLAND    WILLIAMS,    F.C.S. 

The  author  stated  that  the  methods  usually  em- 
ployed for  estimating  caustic  soda  in  soda  ash— viz.,  by 
precipitating  with  barium  chloride,  and  either  allow- 
ing the  precipitate  to  subside  and  titrating  a  portion 
of  the  clear  fluid  with  normal  hydrochloric  acid  ;  or 
boiling,  filtering,  and  washing  the  precipitate,  and 
titrating  the  filtrate  and  washings  with  normal  acids- 
gave  too  low  a  percentage  of  caustic  alkali,  due  to  the 
fact  that  some  of  it  is  carried  down  and  tenaciously 
retained  by  the  barium  carbonate.  The  following 
method  is  found  to  give  absolutely  accurate  results  : — 
A  weighed  quantity  of  ash  is  treated  with  strong 
alcohol  in  a  stoppered  flask,  frequently  shaken  and 
allowed  to  stand  overnight  ;  the  undissolved  carbonate 
is  filtered  off  and  washed  with  strong  alcohol  until 
a  drop  gives  no  alkaline  reaction  ;  the  filtrate  and 
washings  are  then  titrated  with  normal  acid. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Carter  Bell  said  that  Mr.  Peter  Hart  had 
given  him  the  process  to  lie   found  in  the  following 


■brSLUBTl       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


paper,  which  was  considi  r<  d  tol  e  both  i  irate 

and  simple  than  th  I  by  Mr.  Williams.     Mr. 

Watson  Smith  had  also  drawn  his  atl  i  his 

paper  published  in  this  Journal,  1882, 
in  which  the  subject  of  theretention  of  alkali  and  the 
ditions  of  such  retention  are  fully  dealt  with,  as 
well  as  to  the  accurate  and  very  expeditious  pro 
dt  Winkler,  described  in  Lunge  and  Hurl     -  Pocket- 
book,  p.  115. 

— **»-;-o-M-e-K-w 

ON  THE  ESTIMATION  OF  THE  RELATIVE 
ACCOUNTS  OF  CAUSTIC  AND  CARBON- 
ATE OF  SODA  IN  COMMERCIAL  SODA 
ASH 

BY   PETER    HART. 

As  a  rule,  the  method  of  analysis  which  is  quick  and 
terately  exact   is  the  one  preferred   in  a   works 
laboratory.       With  this  view  we  have  adopted  the 
following  method   ol  estimating  the  relative  propor- 
tions of  caustic  and  ca  in  a  sampl 
soda  ash  :  —50  grains  of  the  sample  is  dissolved  and 
made  up  to  about  half  or  three-fourths  pint  of  « 
a   little  phenolthalein  addeJ,  and  the 
acid  (1  desem=0"5  Na*0)  slowly  run  in  until  the 
colour  disappears.    At  this  point  all  the  caustic  so  la 
and  one                   la  exisiting  as  carbonat  •  has  been 
neutralised,   the   number    of    measures— say    3 
noted.    To  the  same  solution  (the  soda  in  which  now 

bicarbonate),  a  little  methylorange 
and  the  addition  of  acid  from  same  burette  continue  I, 
until  the  usual  colour  reaction  indicating  neutrality 
occurs— say  the  burette  now  reads  ">0.    Then  50 
=  20  as  bicarbonate  which  originally  es  ono- 

carbonate  in  the  sample.    This,  therefore,  must 
doubled=-10.     This,  deducted  from  the  total  number 
50,  leaves  10  existing  in  original  sample  as  caustic 
soda.     The  first  stage  of  this  method  is  identical  with 
Mr.  R  T.  Thompsorism  n.  Aews,  I  = 

but  instead  of  using  methylorange,  which  we  prefer 
as  being  more  expeditious  and  equally  exact,  he 
and  adds  the  st  ind  ird  acid  until  the  phenolphthalein 
is  finally  discolouri 

.1/.  i  ii,i  i  held  . 

ME    IVAN  LEVINSTEIN  IS  THE  CHAIE. 

ON  A  RAPID  METHOD  OF  DETERMINING 
THE  ToTAL  ACIDITY  IN  FLUE  GASES 
FROM  VITRIOL  CHAMBERS,  ADAPTED 
FOR  THE  USE  OF  WORKMEN. 

BY  W.    YOUKGKR. 

In"  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid  a  -ually 

made  of  the  gases  escaping  at  the  chamber  vent 

This  test  is  neci  ssary,  both  i;  upon  the 

working  of  the  chambers,  and  also  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  the  escape  within  thw  requirements  of  the 
Alkali  Act.  One  arrangement  frequently  employed 
for  this  purpose  i.>  what  is  called  the  constant 
aspirator,  or  self-registering  apparatus  fortesting  line 
[I  sts  of   an  ordinary  Bunsen's  water 

pump  an  la  wet  meter. 

The  gases  are  absorbed  by  drawing  them  tl 
a  measured  quantity  of  a  standard  solution  of  caustic 
soda,  which  must  be  always  in  excess. 

c  taking  the  aspiration  the  solution  is  made 
up  to  a  given  .volume,  and  a  measured  portion  uf  it 
titrated  with  standard  acid  in  order  t  Q  the 


i  soda  left  in  the  solution.     In  this  way  the 
amounl  »l'  ''>'  t: 

which  after  calculation  is  expressed  in  . 

'■  ,ot-  ,  ,         i 

This  arrai  -  kept  constantly  at  work,  and 

may  ■,  .  in   twelve  or    twenty-four 

tain  what  the    escape  has 

been.  .         ...  .     .,. 

\  test  maybe  mad-  in  a  similar  manner  to  tin-. 

oniy  m  bic-foot  box  in  place  of  a  Bunsen 

pump,  but,  as  this  will  only  give  you  a  test  i 

comparatively  short  time,  say  for  half-an-hour  or  so, 

ry  as  the  method  1  have  just 

descrli  . 

method  I  am  about  to  describe  is  one  which 
was  adopted  for  the  use  of  the  works  foreman  only, 

-,,  thai  -u  a'''1," 

orderl  cape  might 


0..1CQ 


1-23* 


0GI7 


L^ 


=h 


The  api  aratus   consists   of  a    rectangular-shaped 

iron  box  as  shown  in  the  figure.    A  is  a  water 

lor  tilling  the  box  with  water :  I!,  an  a:r  pipe  for 

allow  .  the  tube  connected  to 

the  bottle  in  which  the  n  is  taken  :    D,  a 

r  the  purpose  of  reading  off;  E.  the 

for  running  orl'  the  nater  in  takii  g  the  aspira- 

.,ne  bottle  is  employed  for  absorbing.     The 
.bent  in  tl    -  also  a  measured  quantity  of 

a  standard  solution  of  caustic  soda,   coloured  with 
litmus  as  an  indicator. 

In  order  to  ascertain  if  the  absorption  of  the  gases 

be  sufficiently  complete  for  the  tes-t  I  had  in  view,  a 

ittle  was  attached  containing  distilled  water 

iwine    through  the  gases   it    was 

id  that  the  soda  in  the  fiist  bottle  was  taken  up, 

ing  a  red  colour,  while  no  a< -i 

was  shown  in  the  second    bottle  containing  water 

only. 


3  IS 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDTJSTHY.      IMayM.MW. 


In  making  a  test  j  ou  pi  Follows  :     Into  a 

bottle  are  put  lOOcc.  ol  a  centinormal  solution  of 
caustic  Boda  coloured  witb  litmus.  This  quantity 
will  equal  0'617  of  a  grain  S03.    The  bottle  is  then 

coupled  up  to  the  aspirator  and  the  gases  fr the 

chamber  vent  drawn  through.  Prom  the  top  of  the 
bos  down  to  the  line  marked  I',  represents  one  cubic 
foot;  and  if  the  solution  in  the  bottle  changed 
colour  when  the  level  of  the  water  in  the  gauge 
glass  stood  at  this  line,  then  the  total  acidity  in  one 
cubic  Foot  of  the  gases  would  be  equal  toOr.i:  of  a 
grain  SO..  ;  or  again,  from  the  top  of  the  box  down 
to  the  line  marked  (J  represents  half  a  cubic  foot, 
and  if  the  solution  in  the  bottle  changed  colour  when 
the  level  of  the  water  in  the  gauge-glass  stood  at 
this  line,  then  the  total  acidity  in  one  cubic  foot 
would  be  equal  to  twice  0(517  or  l-234  .mains  S(  ) ., 
and  so  on,  so  that  a  table  can  be  constructed  the 
length  of  the  box. 

It  was  thought  desirable  that  lower  readings  than 
0*617  of  a  gram  should  be  obtained,  so  a  table  was 
constructed  down  the  other  side  of  the  gauge-glass, 
so  that  if  a  reading  be  not  obtained  when  it  has 
reached  O'o'lV,  the  aspiration  is  stopped,  the  box 
filled  up,  restarted,  and  a  reading  taken  down  the 
other  side.  In  this  way  readings  as  low  as  0'308  of  a 
grain  per  cubic  foot  can  be  obtained. 

This  is  a  method  which  makes  no  pretensions  to 
any  great  degree  of  accuracy,  as  it  was  intended  only 
for  the  use  of  the  foreman  to  serve  as  a  guide  to  him 
in  the  working  of  his  chambers. 

DISCISSION. 

Mr.  R.  F.  Cam-enter  said  that  lie  had  found  Mr. 
Younger's  apparatus  to  be  very  useful  where  foremen 
of  works  required  to  take  rapid  readings.  It  might 
be  of  interest  to  members  to  know  that  there  was 
also  another  form  of  apparatus  which  seemed  to  him 
equally  useful,  and  which  had  an  additional 
advantage  from  the  fact  that  the  test  solution 
used  was  not  caustic  soda,  but  iodine  and 
some  solvent  potassium  iodide.  A  '\YoulrFs 
bottle  was  used,  and  the  connection  made  with  the 
exhaust  by  means  of  a  thin  indiarubber  ball,  so 
many  squeezes  of  which  represented  a  cubic  foot. 
If  one  squeeze  represented  only  four  grains,  the 
foreman  then  saw  how  many  pounds  of  nitrate  of 
soda  were  to  be  put  into  the  pot,  and  this  seemed  to 
him  quite  as  quick  a  way  as  that  described  by  Mr. 
Younger,  and  it  also  carried  the  operation  a  little 
further.  A  knowledge  of  these  things  was  a  great 
aid  in  the  performance  of  their  duties. 

Dr.  GsossMAN  said  they  were  all  very  much 
obliged  to  Mr.  Younger  for  bringing  this  apparatus 
before  their  notice,  and  thought  it  a  great  pity  that 
it  was  not  better  known.  It  was  nine  or  ten  years 
since  its  first  introduction  by  his  (Dr.  Grossman's) 
friend,  Dr.  Hurter,  and  the  best  description  of  it  is 
in  Wanklyn's  book  on  "Gas  Analysis."  The  most 
useful  property  of  the  apparatus  was  that  you  could 
easily  tell  how  far  the  combustion  was  carried  on  — 
what  fuel  was  used,  and  how  much  was  wasted. 
This  was  a  very  important  matter,  and  one  which 
of  general  use  in  nearly  every  chemical  manu- 
factory. He  had  been  able  in  this  way  to  test  new 
furnaces  in  which  they  were  blowing  air  through  the 

lire  instead  of  burning  it  in  the  usual  way.  and  they 
had  been  able  to  get  almost  perfect  combustion. 

Mr.  W i i.i.i am  Thomson  thought  Mr.  Younger  had 
not  brought  this  apparatus  Forward  as  his  own.  He 
believed  lie  had  brought  it  forward  to  show  how  ser- 
viceable it  was  for  work, and  he  thought  simple  sugges- 
tions of  that  sort  brought  beforegentlemen  coi  i 
with  the  various  branches  of  industry  were  very  useful 
He  took  it  to  be  oneof  the  objects  of  the  Society  to  bring 


forward  any  apparatus  which  might  !■>  ovei  looked  by 
ithei  ,  and  which  need  not  necessarily  be  something 

new.       The  arrangement  of  the  bottle  ami  the  fai  '  "I 

being  able  to  measure  the  heights  oi  the  liquids  as 
they  passed  through  the  tubes,  had  their  advantagi  3. 
Mr.  Younger  that  night  had  only  got  1 9  per  cent,  from 
his  air,  whereas  a  Fortnight  since  he  obtained  22 i. 
With  regard  to  the  other  box,  in  which  he  measured 
the  total  acid  passing  up  the  chironej  s,  that  was  another 
useful  apparatus,  the  application  of  which  was  most 
interesting  to  those  engaged  in  that  particular 
industry,  where  a  man  could  stand  with  his  neatly- 
appointed  tap  and  at  once  weigh  off  the  number  of 
grains  of  S03  per  cubic  foot. 

OX  A  CONVENIENT  MODIFICATION  OF 
ORSAT'S  METHOD  FOB  THE  ESTIMATION 
oh  OXYGEN. 

I'.V    W.    YOUNGER. 

The  apparatus  I  am  about  to  describe  to  you  is  in- 
tended for  the  estimation  of  oxygen. 

It  ison  the  same  principle  as  Orsat's,  but  of  some- 
what different  construction. 

It  was  first  employed  at  the  works  of  Messrs. 
Charles  Tennant  &  Co.,  St.  Rollox,  Glasgow,  but 
to  which  I  have  added  a  Blight  modification. 

At  the  top  of  the  annexed  figure  we  havi  a  set  of 
tubes,  one  end  of  which,  A,  projects  through  the  top 


Ji: 


of  the  box  for  the  purpose  of  colliding  it  up  to  the 
source  from  whence  the  gases  are  to  be  drawn  ;  1!  is 
another  open  end  pointing  downward.-,  while  the 
Other  two  ends,  C  and  D,  are  coupled  up.  one  to  the 
absorbing  tube,  and  the  other  to  the  graduated  tube. 
E  is  a  tWO-way  tap,  F  a  one  way  tap.  C  is  the 
absorbing  tube'  containing  the  eoil  of  copper-wire 
gauze;  II  a  small  Woulll's  bottle  containing  the 
absorbing  solution  of  ammonia  chloride  of  copper ;  I 
an  indiarubber  ball  for  the  purpose  ol  forcing  the 
absorbing  solution  up  into  the  absorbing  tube.    .1  is 


May  31. 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


349 


the  graduated  tube,  and  from  n  ro  at  the  bottom  is 
graduated  up  to  25cc,  divided  into  tenths,  while 
toa  mark  immediately  above  the  bulb  is  equal  to 
lOOcc — the  measured  quantity  of  the  gases  to  be 
operated  upon.  K  is  a  scale  tor  the  purpose  of  read- 
i in,' oil',  which  is  the  modification]  have  introduced. 
The  lower  end  of  the  graduated  tube  is  coupled  up 
toabottle  L,  which  is  inverted,  through  a  hole  in 
the  bottom  of  which  passes  a  piece  of  catgut  knotted 
at  the  end.     The  catgut  passes  over  two  small  pulleys, 

one  at  each  corner,  and  to  the  other  end  ol  which  is 
attached  a  balance-weight  M,  consisting  of  a  piece  of 
wood  which  slides  up  and  down  in  a  box.  The 
inverted  bottle  L  is  tilled,  or  nearly  filled,  with  water, 
by  lowering  and  raising  which  the  gases  are  drawn  in 
or  expelled  in  making  a  test. 

The  method  of  using  this  apparatus  will   be  ap- 
parent. 


jRctocastlc  Section. 

Chairman:    P.  P.  Bedson. 
rice-Chairman:    J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 


Committee : 


Alfred  Allhusen. 
G.  'I'.  France. 
John  Morrison. 
K.  S.  N  8  wall. 
John  Pattinson. 
J.  B.  Payne. 

Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer  :  J.  T.  Dunn,  115,  Scotswood 
Road,  Newcastle. 


H.  R.  Procter. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  W.  Proctor. 
W.  L.  Rennoldson. 

C.  T.  Richardson. 
T.  W.  Stuart. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  in  the  Chemical  Lecture  Theatre  of  the 
College  of  Science,  Wednesday,  April  .'",  1SS7. 


MR.   B.    S.    PROCTOR   IN   THE   CHAIR, 


THE  RECOVERY  OF  FERROCYANIDES 
FROM  LEBLANC  SODA  LI^l/ORS. 

BY   F.    S.    NEWALL  AND   GEORGE   SIssoX. 

So  long  as  the  Leblanc  soda  process  continues  to 
exist,  the  occurrence  of  ferrocyanide  in  the  crude 
liquors  produced  in  that  manufacture  must  continue 
to  have  a  very  vital  practical  interest,  inasmuch  as 
such  ferrocyanides  are,  when  decomposed,  the  chief 
cause  of  the  discolouration  of  the  products.  In  fact,- 
but  for  such  ferrocyanides,  the  ordinary  Leblanc 
ash  could  be  made  practically  as  white  as  ammonia 
ash. 

Hence  it  is  not  surprising  that  many  efforts  have 
been  made  from  time  to  time  to  remove  or  to  prevent 
the  formation  of  such  cyanides,  but  all  such  attempts 
were  processes  of  destruction,  not  recovery. 

It  might  be  well  to  state  here,  before  going  into 
a  historical  review  of  the  subject,  what  the  accepted 
theory  of  the  formation  of  ferrocyanide  in  the  Leblanc 
soda  process  is.  The  source  is  generally  admitted  to 
be  tha  nitrogen  of  the  mixing  coal  used  in  the  balling 
furnace.  This  has  been  proved  by  using  pitch  or 
some  such  carbonaceous  matter  free  from  nitrogen  as 
a  substitute  for  mixing  coal,  when  it  was  found  that 
the  balls  contained  little  or  no  cyanide.  The  nitrogen 
of  the  air  is  no  doubt  capable  of  forming  cyanides  in 
preseoce  of  an  alkali  in  a  reducing  atmosphere  of 
carbonic  oxide — for  example  in  blast  furnaces— but  it 


has  been  shown  that  this  i<  small  in  comparison  with 
that  formed  from  the  nitrogen  ••!  the  mixing  coal, 
which  contains  generally  from  i  to  li  per  cent,  pi  N. 
Thestagesof  formation  of  ferrocyanides  can  be  shown 
bj  extracting  ball  soda  with  alcohol,  the  solutions 
showing  cyanide  of  soda,  and  the  extracted  mass 
when  lixiviated  with  water  slew-  no  ferrocyanide. 

In   L863  Gossage  took  out  a  patent  for  separatin. 
ferrocyanide  of  sodium  from  other  compound 
sodium  in  black  ash  Liquors  by  means  of  repeated 

crystallisation,  and  if  one  may  judge  from  the  patent 
list,  the  subject  appears  to  have  been  almost  dropped 
till  it  was  revived  by  tic  introduction  of  ammonia 
soda,  making  it  necessary  that  Leblanc  soda  makers 
should  improve  the  colour  of  their  ash. 

In  1866  Williamson  proposed  to  remove  the  ferro- 
cyanides by  heating  the  liquors  to  155c  C.  under 
pressure  in  an  iron  boiler,  but  this  was  given  up  on 
account  of  the  hard  crusts  which  formed  in  the 
boiler,  rendering  the  process  both  difficult  and 
dangerous  to  work. 

The  next  process  of  interest  was  Pecluney  s,  which 
was  introduced  into  England  in  1877  by  the  late 
Mr.  Walter  Weldon,  and  consisted  in  adding,  just 
before  drawing  the  batch,  sodium  sulphate,  which 
oxidised  the  cyanide  into  cyanate,  and  thus  prevented 
the  after-formation  of  ferrocyanide.  Even  this  pro- 
cess leaves  some  ferrocyanides  in  the  resulting 
liquors  stated  to  be  at  least  0'03  per  cent.,  and  often 
o -;!.-i  per  cent,  of  the  total  alkali. 

Several  patents  were  taken  out  in  1878  and  1879, 
bearing  more  or  less  on  Pechiney's,  which  were  never 
worked  commercially,  and  need  not  be  more  than 
mentioned  here. 

Gaskell  in  1878  took  out  a  patent  for  blowing  a 
current  of  air  and  steam  into  the  revolver  during  the 
working  of  the  batch,  for  the  purpose  of  oxidising  the 
cyanide  into  cyanate,  but  the  main  reaction  of  the 
revolver  being  a  reducing  one,  it  is  very  difficult  to 
make  it  slightly  oxidising  also. 

In  1879  a  patent  was  taken  out  by  Messrs.  Carey, 
Gaskell  and  Hunter  for  oxidising  the  liquors  by 
injection  of  flue  gases,  and  then  pumping  the  liquors 
through  coils  of  pipes  at  a  temperature  of  150°  C, 
thus  converting  the  ferrocyanide  into  sulphocyanate. 
This  was  a  practical  success  so  far  as  the  destruction 
of  the  ferrocyanides  went. 

Mention  should  be  made  of  the  Thelen  pan  for 
evaporating  the  tank  liquors,  fishing  and  drying  the 
salt  at  a  temperature  below  150°  C,  thus  preventing 
the  decomposition  of  the  ferrocyanide,  and  so  the 
discolouration  of  the  ash. 

Also  of  apparatus  devised  and  patented  by 
MacTear,  for  breaking  into  small  pieces  the  batch  as 
it  was  emptied  from  the  revolver,  thus  exposing  a 
large  surface  to  the  air.  We  tried  this  before 
MacTear,  and  found  that  the  proportion  of  cyanide 
was  much  reduced. 

Most  of  these  processes  seem  to  have  expired,  and 
the  plan  now  is  to  allow  the  ferrocyanides  to  be 
destroyed  in  the  calcining  furnace,  when  a  more  or 
less  red  ash  results  ;  if  white  alkali  is  required,  to 
redissolve  this  and  separate  the  oxide  of  iron  and 
other  impurities  by  filtration  or  settling. 

We  will  now  describe  a  process  which  we  have 
worked  satisfactorily  at  Washington,  and  which  we 
believe  to  be  quite  new,  and  as  it  has  not  been 
patented,  we  give  it  now  without  reservation,  and  for 
what  others  may  consider  it  worth. 

In  making  soda  crystals  direct  from  tank  liquors, 
that  is  without  previous  calcination,  it  was  found, 
naturally  enough,  that  the  whole  of  the  ferrocyanide 
was  concentrated  in  the  mother  liquors,  which,  on 
being  evaporated  and  dried  in  the  usual  way,  gave  a 
weak  alkali— not  as  is  usually  the  case  white,  but  a 

C2 


350 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTET.     [MaySi.um 


dark  red  or  brown,  which  necessitated  redissolving  it 
to  produce  white  alk;ili. 

The  amount  i  fanide  was  sometimes 

ns  much  as  5  per  cent  on  (he  total  alkali  1  n 
that  it  seemed  worth  while  to  separate  and  use  it  in 
Borne  way,  and  after  very  many  trials  the  following 
ss  was  adopted  : — 

The  mother  liquor  from  the  crystals  was  run  into  a 
cast-inm  cylinder,  fitted  with  an  agitator,  and  treated 
with  a  zinc  salt  in  excess  of  the  f<  rrocyanide  present, 
and  any  caustic  soda  present  in  the  liquor  rei 

bj  COj gas  Mown  in  till  some  bicarl ate  of  soda 

was  formed.  As  a  matter  of  fact  the  caustic  rarely 
reached  l  per  cent  on  account  vt  the  thorough 
previous  carbonation  of  the  tank    liquors  by  Que 

The  zinc  salt  thus  ad. led  completely  removed  the 
ferrocyanide  from  solution  as  zinc  ferrocyanide,  the 
latter  being  filtered  off  by  means  of  a  filter-press,  and 
washed  free  from  soda.  The  filtrate  on  teing  boiled 
down  and  calcined  gave  white  alkali  direct.  The 
cakes  in  the  press,  consisting  of  zinc  ferrocyanide, 
were  treated  with  a  boiling  solution  of  caust 
so  as  to  obtain  the  ferrocyanide  in  a  soluble  form,  and 
filter  pressed,  giving  cakes  of  zinc  oxide.  Lastly,  the 
solution  of  sodium  ferrocyanide  was  added  to  a  ferric 
salt  —  made  from  copperas,  nitrate  of  soda,  and 
H«S<  >4 — giving  a  pure  Prussian  blue  which  was  filter 
pressed  into  paste  for  the  use  of  panel-linkers,  etc. 

The  recovered  ZnO  in  cakes  from  the  press  was 
m. ilc  into  a  cream  with  water  or  tin  crude  mother 
alkali  liquors,  and  used  for  tieatiuga  fresh  portion  of 
liquors.  Thus  the  zinc  can  be  used  over  and  over 
again,  the  mechanical  loss  having  to  be  made  good 
with  fresh  zinc  salt. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  above  process  an 
equivalent  of  caustic  soda  is  used  in  the  treatment 
of  the  zinc  ferrocyanide  cakes,  and  as  caustic  soda  is 
rather  an  expensive  base,  it  was  thought  desirable  to 
find  a  cheaper  one,  this  being  found  in  a  soluble 
sulphide  of  calcium,  large  quantities  of  which  we  were 
then  and  are  still  making. 

The  calcium  sulphide  acts  quite  easily  and  com- 
pletely on  the  zinc  ferrocyanide, producing  zinc  sulph- 
ide and  calcium  ferrocyanide,  which  is  quite  soluble, 
and  can  be  easily  separated  by  a  filter-press,  and 
u.-ed  equally  well  for  making  paste  blue. 

There  is  another  form  of  cyanide  occurring  in  such 
liquors— viz,  sulphocyanate.      After  the  removal  of 

the  ferrocyanide,  the  sulphocyanate  still  remains,  and 

on  acidifying  an  1  adding  ferric  chlorid  s,  a  bl  lod-red 
p  ecipitate  is  produced,  without  any  blue  precipitate  ; 

but  a-  this  salt  remains  perfectly  white  on  calcining, 
or  rather  is  probably  converted  into  sodium  carl  onate, 

no  efforts  were  made  to  remove  it. 

(if  course  it  will  easily  be  seen  that  prussiate  of 
potash  could  be  made  instead  of  Prussian  blue,  by 
treating  the  calcium  ferrocyanide  solution  with  sulph- 
ate of  potash,  filtering  off  the  calcium  sulphate 
and  separating  the  prussiate  of  potash  by  crystallisa- 
tion in  the  usual  way. 

The  sample  of  blue  on  the  table  is  from  many  ton- 
made  by  the  calcium  ferrocyani  le  method. 

The  process  depi  nds  on — 

1.  The  stability  of  zinc  ferrocyanide  in  a  cold 
s  ilutionof  soda,  tree  from  caustic. 

■i.  The  readiness  with  which  zinc  ferrocyanide  is 
decomposed  by  caustic  alkali  or  sulphides, 

or  calcium  sulphid 

The  tests  we  used  were — 

■--.a  solution  of  barium  chloride,  about 
twice  normal,  added  in  excess  t  >  a  portion  of  liquor, 
and    well    shaken.     A    few    drops  of  an   alcoholic 
solution  of  phenol-phthalein  gives  a  pink 
long  as  any  caustic  is  present 


/'.r  a    portion  of    liquor   filtered, 

acidified  by  llt'l,  a  drop  or  two  of  ferric  chloride 
added  will  give  a  line  precipitate  bo  Ion-  as  any 
ferrocyanide  exists  in  the  liquor.  When  all  is  removed, 
a  clear  red  colour  of  ferric  sulphocyanate  is  produced. 

In  treating  zinc  Eerrocyanide  with  calcium  sulphide, 
the  reaction  is  complete  when  a  well-boiled  portion 
filtered,  shows  slightly  black  with  lead  acetate. 

The    ferrocyanide  in    the   liquors    was    generally 
estimated  by  acidifying,  and  precipitating  with  ferric 
chloride,  and  washing  the  Prussian  blue  precipitate, 
decomposing  with  a  little  caustic  soda,  and  titrat 
ing  with    standard    permanganate  of"   potash,  stan 
dardised  bj  pure  crystallised  potassium  ferrocyanide. 


No.  1 


S  Wll'l.KS. 

-Liquor   showing    ferrocyanide,  and   sulphocya- 
nate. 

I.i  pi  .r  showing  sulphocyanate  only. 

No   1.  dried  below  150°  C.,  as  in  Thelenpan. 
-No.  3  calcined,  showing  red  oxide  of  iron  from 

decomposition  of  ferrocyanide. 
-No.  -j  calcined,  showing  no  red  oxide. 
-Zinc  ferrocyanide. 
-Prussiate  of  so  hi  crystallised, 

Prussian  blue  p  iste. 


-  <n:-S~»<-W-fr*«^»  - 


DISCUSSION  ON  Ml.  SMITHS  TAPER  (Read 
at  February  and  March  Meetings). 

Mu.  John  Pattinson  asked  if  Dr.  Smith's 
method  was  applicable  to  the  analysis  of  organic 
mixtures:  it  seemed  to  him  that   it   would  only   be 

able  by  it  to  determine  the  amount  of  a  single 
known  substance  where  nothing  else  oxidisable  by 
permanganate  was  present.  He  referred  to  Dr. 
Smith's  strictures  on  the  use  of  permanganate  in 
water  analysis,  and  pointed  out  that  though  the  re- 
sults  were  empirical,  yet  it  afforded  good  comparative 
estimates,  especially  in  successive  examinations  of 
the  water  from  a  single  source.  He  had  formerly 
employed  it  for  estimating  organic  matter  in  the 
effluent  water  from  paper  works,  and  other  sources, 
and  had  found  it  give  very  satisfactory  results. 
He  notice  1  that  Dr.  Smith  spoke  of  the  precipitated 
oxide  as  having  a  composition  corresponding  to  the 
formula  MnO«.  He  had  formerly  experimented  on 
the  precipitation  of  manganese  in  this  form  with  a 
view  to  its  determination,  and  had  found  great  diffi- 
culty in  obtaining  ii  as  MnO._.  On  reducing  perman- 
ganate with  alcohol,  (he  precipitate  contained  only 
about  84  per  cent,  of  the  available  oxygen  correspond- 
ing to  MdO  :  and  on  precipitating  manganese  salts 
in  presence  of  bleaching  powder  or  bromine,  the  pre- 
cipitates always  exhibited  a  deficiency  oi  oxygen 
until  the  idea  of  adding  ferric  chloride  or  zinc  chloride 
-    _  _   -led  itself. 

Dr.  Smith  said  the  method  was  as  yet  in  an 
experimental  state  ;  ultimately,  he  hoped  to  be  able 
to  determine  the  carbon  dioxide  produced  in  the 
oxidation,  in  which  case  there  would  be  two  data, 

the    means   of  determining   each   substance 

in  a  mixture  of  two   known  bodies.     Of  course  the 

nature  of  the  substances  present  would  have  to  be 

known  before  the  method  could  be  applied.    Former 

ds  making  use  of  permanganate  had  been  in 

wing  to  the  loss  of  oxygen,  which  he  had  been 
able  to  overcome.  He  could  confirm  Mr.  Pattinson's 
statement  that  gnat  difficulty  is  experienced  in 
oxidising  a  manganous salt  completely  to  the  form  of 
MnOs  by  means  oi  permanganate,  without  employ- 
ing   i  certain  excess  of  the  reagent 

Mr.  I M  ns  had  formerly  had  <  cession  to  maki 
experiments,  which  bear  somewhat  upon  the  question 


Hay 31. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  1NDCSTRY. 


35 1 


of  the  composition  of  the  precipitate.  He  had  boiled 
together  solutions  of  permanganate, and  of  manganese 
sulphate.  He  found  that  when  the  respective  mole- 
cular proportions  of  the  two  were  as  2  to  I,  the  re- 
action was  represented  by  the  equation — 

2KMn<>,  |  Mi.S()1=3MnO,+  K,S(),4  0,. 
and  that  as  the  proportion  of  the  permanganate  was 
lessened,  so  also  was  the  amount  of  oxygen  evolved, 
till  when  the  proportions  were  two  molecules  to  three, 
there  was  no  oxygen  given  oft",  and  the  reaction  was 
as  follows:— 2KMnO,  +  .'?MnS04  +  2H,0  =  5MnO, 
+  K»S04  +  2H  S04.  Analysis  inall  these  cases  showed 
the  precipitate  to  consist  of  MnO*  When  the  pro- 
portion of  permanganate  was  lessened  (or  that  of  the 
sulphate  increased)  beyond  this,  still  no  oxygen  was 
evolved,  the  whole  of  the  available  oxygen  of  the 
permanganate  going  to  form  an  oxide,  but  this  oxide 
invariably  now  contained  less  oxygen  (or  rather,  per- 
haps, more  manganese)  than  corresponded  with  MnOa. 
Possibly  this  arises  from  the  feebly-acid  nature  of 
MnO.,,  which  enables  it  to  decompose  some  of  the  sul- 
phate, taking  its  MnO  as  base  ;  and  probably  the 
effect  of  Mr.  Pattinson's  addition  of  ferric  or  zinc 
chloride,  is  due  to  his  substitution  of  another  base, 
enabling  the  whole  of  the  manganese  to  play  the  acid 
part  as  dioxide.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know 
whether  Mr.  Pattinson's  precipitates  contain  any  iron 
or  zinc.  When  the  permanganate,  in  the  above- 
quoted  experiments,  was  in  the  proportion  of  four 
molecules  to  one  of  sulphate,  the  first  of  the  above  re- 
actions still  took  place,  the  whole  of  the  excess  of 
permanganate  remaining  unacted  on.  From  this  he 
was  inclined  to  suppose  Dr.  Smith  in  error  in 
attributing  the  loss  of  oxygen  in  his  earlier  experi- 
ments to  action  of  dioxide  on  permanganate,  con- 
sidering it  rather  due  to  the  action  between  permanga- 
nate and  manganese  sulphate,  when  the  former  was 
present  in  greater  proportion  than  that  represented 
by  the  second  of  the  above  equations.  He  desired 
lastly  to  enter  a  mild  protest  against  Dr.  Smith's  use 
of  the  word  "  normal.''  That  word  having  been 
appropriated  to  signify  a  solution  containing  the 
equivalent  in  grms.of  some  substance  per  litre  (though 
he  admitted  there  was  occasionally  a  little  looseness 
exhibited  in  determining  on  what  basis  the  solution 
should  be  made,  whether,  for  example,  grins,  of  per- 
manganate, or  grms.  of  available  oxygen  per  litre),  it 
seemed  a  pity  to  use  it  for  solutions  of  arbitrary 
strength. where  the  word  "  standard  "  would  be  equally 
applicable. 
.  Dr.  Smith  thought  that  Mr.  Dunn's  results  were 
explicable,  if  the  acidity  or  alkalinity  of  the  solutions 
was  taken  into  account.  He  had  shown  that  there 
was  no  less  of  oxygen  in  neutral  or  alkaline  solutions, 
and  it  would  be  noticed  that  as  the  proportion  of 
permanganate  increased,  the  acidity  of  the  solution. 
after  reaction,  diminished,  till  at  the  proportion  of 
2KMn04  to  one  of  MnS04,  the  free  acid  was 
neutralised,  and  no  addition  of  permanganate  beyond 
the  actual  point  of  neutrality  would  cause  any 
additional  loss  of  oxygen.  He  agreed,  however,  with 
Mr.  Dunn  that  the  acid  character  of  MriOe  had  much 
to  do  with  the  reaction,  and  was  rather  inclined  to 
think  that  the  formation  of  a  compound  such  as 
K.,Mn.-,On,  would  mark  the  final  stage  in  the  decom- 
position (although,  not  having  tried  Mr.  Dunn's 
experiment,  he  could  not  speak  definitely),  and  that 
doubtless  the  formation  of  corresponding  compounds 
with  zinc  and  iron,  explained  Mr.  Pattinson's  results ; 
but  that  couldnot  be  the  explanation  of  the  action  of 
the  ferric  salt  in  stopping  the  evolution  of  oxygen  in 
his  (Dr.  Smith's)  method,  for  in  that  case  sine,  like 
iron,  should  have  been  efficient,  which  was  not  at  all 
the  case.     In  regard  to  the  use  of  the  word  "normal,' 


it  was  usual  on  the  Continent  to  apply  the  term  to 
such  permanganate  Eolutionsas  those  mentionedin 
the  paper.  '1  hey  were  of  convenient  strength  ;  and  if 
you  adopted  the  other  plan  you  must  often,  for  con- 
venience, make  use  of  half,  quarter  or  deci- normal 
solutions. 


Errata.  In  lh-.. I.  II.  Smith's  paper  (Feb.  Number!,  p.  101. 
1st  column.  23rd  lino,  for  " oxcesa'  rmi(  "access."  P.  105. 1st 
column,  the  equation  should  read  K-Mn.o.  -  nMm  >      II   -" 

(n+2)MnO.,  etc.  lJ.  107.  2nd  column.  13th  line,  for  "Ice.' 
read  "l'lcc.  P.109  1st  column,  10th  line  from  bottom,  for 
"  lOfcc. "  real  "5  Ice." 


(fclaspto  ano  ^cottisfj  Section. 

Ch  lirman:  J.  Ncilson  Cuthbertson. 

Vice-chairman:  Prof.  Mills. 

Hon.  Vice-chairman  :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 


Committee : 


.1.  IS.  Adam. 
J.  Addic. 

l'rof.  ('rum-Brown. 
J.  Y.  Buchanan. 
J.  Christie. 
W.  J .  Chrystal. 
W.  S.  Curphey. 
l'rof.  t ergusou. 


J.  Fyfe. 
K.  Irvine. 
T.  P.  .Miller. 
J.  M.  .Milne. 
J.  I'attison. 
K.  l'ullar. 
K.  R.  Tatlock. 
A.  Whitelaw. 


I/on.  Treasurer : 

J.  J.   Coleman,  Aidarroch,  Bcarsdcn,  near  Glasgow. 

Local  Secretary: 

G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical   Laboratory, 
University  of  Glasgow. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  le 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


The  Seventh  Meeting  of  the  Fourth  Session  of  this 
Section  was  held  in  the  Societies'  Rooms,  S07,  Bath 
Street,  Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  May  3,  1887. 

MB   J.  NEILSON  CUTHBERTSON  IN  THE  CHAIR. 

ADDENDUM  TO  DISCUSSION  ON  MB. 
SUTHERLAND'S  PAPER  ON  "SCALE TEST- 
ING*' (this  Journal,  vi.  271) 

Mb.  Hunter  agreed  with  Mr.  Hamilton  as  to 
the  changes  which  had  come  over  the  paraffin  in- 
dustry. There  was  no  doubt  that  only  one  or  two 
unimportant  works  were  now  producing  scale  likely 
to  go  into  the  market  as  "scale."  All  the  larger- 
works  were  now  making  preparation  for  making 
candles,  and  in  that  way  were  using  up  their  own 
scale.  It  was,  therefore,  not  such  an  imj  ortant 
question  as  it  was  a  few  months  ago.  Referring  to 
the  presses  adopted,  the  Dumber  or  size  of  men  had 
always,  he  said,  been  an  unknown  quantity  in  testing 
scale.  Definite  results  could  never  be  got  even  by 
screwing  the  press  up  to  a  certain  point,  as  it  was  well 
known  how  results  obtained  by  screw-)  resses  varied. 
A  year  or  two  ago  his  colleagues  Mr.  -i.  Falconer  King 
and  Mr.  Wm.  ¥.  King  had  worked  out  a  press  which 
fulfilled  all  the  purposes  required,  ft  was  exceedingly 
simple,  but  very  efficient,  and  the  pressure  exercised 
upon  a  given  surface  could  always  begot  to  an  ounce. 
It  consisted  simply  of  a  bent  railway  iron  bar  with  a 
steel  face  let  in.  There  was  also  a  long  beam  with  a 
knife  edge  working  on  the  steel  face,  and  on  the  end 
of  the  beam  weights  were  hung.  The  screw,  which 
was  used  only  for  keeping  the  beam  in  a  horizontal 
position,  rested  on  the  top  of  the  disc,  and  the  con- 
ditions were  the  same  in  every  respect  as  in  the 
present  press,  except  that  there  was  no  friction  what- 


352 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [&a3  M,  1887. 


ever.  The  direct  pressure  exerted  i>n  the  square  inch 
eon  Id  be  weighed  to  an  ounce,  and  in  that  way  it  was 
a  distinct  advance  on  any  other  method  adopted  in 
scale  testing.  All  the  necessary  precautions  alluded 
to  by  I  lr.  Wallace  were  adopted,  and  the  press  could 
be  arranged  to  any  required  temperature  bj  means  of 
a  trough  of  brine,  or  glycerine,  surrounded  by  a 
freezing  mixture,  circulating  through  the  plates.  Be 
was  in  the  habit  of  i  ressing  scale  at  a  temperature 
of  t;ii',  and  no  difficulty  was  experienced  in 
keeping  the  temperature  constant.  The  press  was.  in 
his  opinion,  a  great  advance  upon  any  other  method  ; 
that  at  present  adopted  by  the  oil  trade  was  very 
absurd. 

DISCUSSION  ON  MR  STEUART'S  TAPER 
ON  "BROXBURN  PETROLEUM"  (this 
•  Ioi  i:\  vi.   vi.    L28). 

Mn.  Hamilton  assumed  that  it  would  be  well 
known  that  Broxburn  had  been  surrounded  by  live  or 
six  different  shale  mines  all  on  fire,  and  that  conse- 
quently there  was  a  certain  amount  of  that  shale  oil 
in  the  strata  which  was  constantly  percolating 
through  it.  He  regretted  Mr.  Steuart's  absence,  as 
he  should  like  to  have  known  whether  or  not  this 
1  Tine  and  petroleum  occurred  in  the  same  place,  or 
whether  the  petroleum  did  not  occur  near  some  place 
where  a  shale  fire  had  been  racing,  and  was  it  not 
simply  the  result  of  distillation  of  the  shale  by  means 
of  the  destruction  of  another  part  ?  The  oil  more 
resembled  an  artificially-distilled  oil  than  any  natural 
oils  he  ever  saw. 

Mr.  HiNTEi:  concurred  in  the  remarks  of  the 
previous  speaker.  He  bad  seen  and  examined  this  so- 
called  petroleum.  There  was  not  the  slightest  doubt 
about  it  being  paraffin  oil  that  was  discovered,  and  it 
was  also  perfectly  well-known  that  in  different 
directions  where  fires  had  occurred  it  was  semi-solid 
paraffin.  Mr.  Steuart  mentioned  in  his  paper  that  it 
was  of  high  viscosity  to  pump.  It  was  certainly  of 
high  viscosity,  as  it  was  not  petroleum,  but  partially 
filtered  oil.  The  brine  to  which  reference  had  been 
made  was  similar  to  that  found  in  pits  in  many  other 
places,  and  was  in  no  way  proof  of  petroleum. 

Dr.  Wallace  said  that  when  Boghead  coal  was 
first  discovered,  there  was  also  a  discovery  at  Binnie 
Quarry,  near  Bathgate,  of  a  kind  of  bitumen  which, 
on  distillation,  gave  a  large  quantity  of  oil,  and  that 
bitumen  was  certainly  an  indication  that  petroleum 
might  exist  in  some  ol  the  strata.  The  occurrence  of 
that  bitumen  was,  of  course,  before  the  paraffin  in- 
dustry commenced,  or  at  the  very  commencement  of 
it.  He  thought,  therefore,  that  while  it  might  be 
correct  that  this  particular  sample  of  petroleum  was 
the  result  of  fire  in  the  mines,  it  was  not  at  all  im- 
possible that  petroleum  might  be  found  in  Scotland. 
The  occurrence  of  bitumen  in  Binnie  Quarry  was  a 
certain  indication  that  there  was  something  of  the 
kind  in  the  strata. 

Mr.  Steuart.  in  reply,  said  that  Mr.  Hamilton 
suggested  that  the  oil  was  distilled  from  shale  by  the 
burning  mines  of  the  neighbourhood.  From  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case  this  seemed  unite  impossible. 
If  there  had  been  workings  in  the  lower  seams  into 
which  the  oil  could  have  percolated,  then  something 
might  have  been  said  in  favour  of  this  view  ;  but 
there  were  no  such  w  i  irkings.  When  a  bore  was  sunk 
through  the  strata  in  question,  water  and  gas  rose  to 
tin- surface,  showing  tin-  high  pressure  under  which 
fluids  in  them  existed.  To  saturate  such  a  stratum 
with  (rude  oil  the  oil  vapour  must  have  been  produced 
under  tremendous  pressure.  No  burning  workings 
•  ould  produce  a  pressure  worth  mentioning,  as  there 


would  always  be  easy  outlet  into  the  workings  them- 
selves. In  1883  there  was  a  tire  in  old  workings  within 
half  a  mile  of  where  we  found  the  petroleum,  but  it 
was  put  out  in  a  fortnight.  It  was  quite  inadequate 
to  produce  either  the  crude  oil  or  the  pressure 
required.  In  the  two  places,  about  950  yards  apart, 
where  the  petroleum  was  found,  it  was  the  same 
stratum  that  yielded  the  petroleum.  There  was  no 
crude  oil  seen  in  the  old  workings  in  which  the  fire 
was,  and  that  the  crude  oil  should  have  appeared  at 
a  considerable  distance  away,  in  a  stratum  that  lies 
85  fathoms  lower,  seemed  quite  absurd  to  anyone  that 
knew  anything  about  this  mineral  field.  That  the 
oil  should  have  been  produced  by  more  distant  fires, 
such  as  North  Greendykes  open  east,  or  Meldrie, 
seemed  even  more  absurd.  It  was  possible,  perhaps, 
that  this  petroleum  was  produced  by  distillation  of 
shale,  but  not  from  the  puny  fires  connected  with 
human  operations,  or  in  recent  times  ;  but  in  the  by- 
gone ages  when  the  coal  and  shale  of  some  localities 
here  were  coked  by  the  subterranean  heat.  The 
smell,  bromine-absorption,  and  other  properties, 
indicated  a  natural  petroleum,  and  not  a  crude  shale 
oil.  The  amount  of  solid  paraffin  in  it  was  no  argu- 
ment against  it  being  a  natural  petroleum,  for  in 
nature  we  have  all  grades  represented  between  the 
solid  ozokerite  of  Binny  Sandstone  Quarry,  mentioned 
by  Dr.  Wallace,  with  melting  point  200°  F.,  and  the 
Russian  petroleum,  which  has  no  solid  paraffin. 
There  is  only  one  shale  worked  in  this  mineral  field 
— namely,  the  Broxburn  seam. 

— o«««^»«^» — 

DISCUSSION  ON  MR.  TATLOCK'S  PAPER  ON 
"  THE  ESTIMATION  OF  SMALL  PROPOR- 
TIONS OF  IRON''  (this  Journal,  7X^276). 

Me.  E.  C.  C.  Stanford  pointed  out  particularly  the 
great  value  in  any  colour  reaction  of  being  able  to 
dissolve  it  and  bring  it  right  out  of  the  solution,  be- 
cause the  trouble  with  many  colouring  matters  was 
the  difficulty  of  seeing  them,  especially  where  the 
solutions  were — as  they  often  are— rather  turbid;  and 
where  the  colour  was  taken  out  in  another  liquid,  it 
afforded  an  opportunity  of  comparison  which  could 
not  be  shown  in  any  other  way. 

Mr.  J.  Christie  had  pleasure  in  bearing  testimony 
to  the  accuracy  and  beauty  of  this  test,  as  applied  in 
public  works.  For  a  great  many  years  he  had 
adopted  this  method  for  testing  crystal  alums  and 
sulphate  of  aluminium,  and  he  had  found  the  great 
advantage  of  this  test  over  the  Prussian  blue  iron 
test,  that  was  formerly  used.  One  great  novelty  to 
him  in  this  paper  was  the  application  of  ether,  which 
seemed  to  concentrate  the  colouring  matter  and 
increase  the  delicacy  of  the  test.  He  had  not  tried 
this,  but  would  do  so  in  order  to  see  what  improve- 
ment it  was  over  the  old  method  of  oxidising  the 
iron,  which  existed,  as  a  rule,  in  crystal  alum  in  the 
ferrous  condition. 


^W**««-M-c-»  - 


NEW 


METHODS  OF  ESTIMATING  ARSENIC 
IN  PYRITES,  Etc. 

r.Y  JOHH  i  I. AUK,  PH.D.,  l.i    -  ,  I    [.I  . 

0?  the  various  processes  for  the  estimation  of  arsenic 
in  pyrites,  the  one  which  is  based  on  the  conversion 
of  the  arsenic  into  an  alkaline  arseniate  by  fusion 
with  nitrate  of  potash  and  carbonate  of  soda,  seems 
to  have  found  most  favour,  especially  thai  modifica- 
tion which  consists  in  precipitating  the  arsenic  as 
arseniate  of  silver  and  titrating  the  silver  by  Volhard's 


H.M87.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


method.  In  most  cases  this  is  an  excellent  and 
reliable  process,  especially  where  the  c|uantity  of 
arsenic  is  considerable,  as  has  been  clearly  demon- 
strated by  Leroy  McCay's  experiments  {Chem.  News, 
:  i.  but  it  is  open  to  two  objections.  1st,  The 
liability  to  estimate  phosphoric  acid  as  arsenic  :  and 
2nd,  The  difficulty  of  determining  very  small  quanti- 
ties of  arsenic  in  pyrites,  owing  to  the  large  propor- 
tion of  alkaline  salts,  and  the  solubility  of  the 
araeniate  of  silver  in  nitrate  of  ammonium,  which  is 
greater  than  Mr.  McCay's  remarks  (Chem.  News, 
7 1  would  lead  one  to  suspect. 
These  objections  may  to  a  large  extent  be  avoided 
by  the  following  precipitation  process,  which  is 
specially  applicable  to  pyrites  rich  in  sulphur,  such 
as  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid,  and 
well  adapted  for  the  estimation  of  small  quantities 
of  arsenic. 

Precipitation  Pboi  ess. 

A  weighed  quantity  of  the  pyrites  (about  50  grains, 
or  3grms.)  in  a  fine  state  of  division  is  mixed  in  a 
platinum  crucible  with  four  times  its  weight  of  cal- 
cined magnesia  and  sodium  hydrate  free  from  arsenic 
(prepared  by  grinding  together  in  a  porcelain  mortar 
equal  parts  of  freshly-calcined  magnesia  and  puie 
sodium  hydrate),  and  the  open  crucible  is  placed  for 
about  10  minutes  over  a  moderately  low  Bunsen's 
flame.  The  mixture  in  the  crucible  shrinks  some 
what,  but  no  liquefaction  takes  place,  and  the  con- 
tents of  the  crucible  are  easily  extracted  with  boiling 
water.  Alter  the  removal  of  the  insoluble,  the  fil- 
trate, which  should  be  green  in  colour,  owin»  to 
the  presence  of  a  little  iron,  is  acidified  with  H  CI,  which 
causes  an  abundant  disengagement  of  H..S,  and  the 
-"lution,  which  is  now  nearly  colourless,  is  boiled  for 
a  few  minutes,  when  the  sulphide  of  arsenic  will 
separate  along  with  a  little  sulphur.  In  most  casts 
the  whole  of  the  arsenic  is  thrown  down  in  this  way, 
but  to  ensure  complete  precipitation  it  is  always 
advisable  to  saturate  the  solution  with  HoS  gas. 
The  precipitate  is  then  thrown  upon  a  filter,  washed, 
the  sulphide  of  arsenic  dissolved  out  with  ammonia, 
and  the  ammoniacal  solution  evaporated  to  dryness 
on  a  water  bath.  The  residue  is  treated  w  ith  a  little 
strong  nitric  acid,  in  which  everything  dissolves, 
and  the  arsenic  either  estimated  as  ammonio- 
arseniate  of  magnesia  or  precipitated  as  arseniate  of 
silver,  and  the  arsenic  calculated  from  the  silver  as 
determined  volumetrieally  by  Yolhard's  pr< 
or  gravimetric/ally  by  cupellation  as  recommended  by 
Kichter. 

This  process,  which  has  been  in  use  in  my  labora- 
tory for  some  time,  gives  very  accurate  results,  as  I 
have  proved  by  experiments  made  on  pyrites  mixed 
with  pure  sulphide  of  arsenic.  On  account  of  the 
large  quantity  of  pyrites  which  can  be  manipulated 
without  inconvenience,  and  the  concentrated  form  in 
which  the  arsenic  is  obtained,  very  minute  quantities 
can  be  determined  in  this  way. 

By  fusion  with  nitrate  of  potash  and  carbonate  of 
soda,  with  subsequent  precipitation  as  arseniate  of 
silver,  I  have  found  it  impossible  to  estimate  the 
arsenic  in  pyrites  containing  only  about  o'l  per  cent  . 
whereas  by  the  process  which  I  have  just  described 
3  per  cent,  can  be  determined  without  difficulty. 

Of  the  other  methods  of  estimating  small 
quantities  of  arsenic  in  pyrites,  those  involving  dis- 
tillation are  the  most  important.  These  proi  - 
are  all  based  on  the  conversion  of  the  arsenic  into 
arsenic  acid,  it-  subsequent  reduction  to  arsenious 
acid,  and  its  volatilisation  as  chloride.  Emil  Fischer 
(Ber.  d.  Devt.  Chem.  Ges.  1880, 1778)  was  the  first 
to  show  that  the  arsenic  acid  could  be  reduced  and 
converted    into    chloride    by   fetrous    chloride    and 


hydrochloric  acid,  and  afterwards  either  precipitated 

ilphide  or  titrated  with  iodine.    The  results  so 

obtained     are     described     a-     accurate,     but     r. 

chmidt    (Ber.  d.  Deut.  Chen-  Ges.  xvn.  2245) 

found  it  necessary  to  nse  HC1  gas,  or  strong  solution 

ol  HC1  instead  of  the  20  per  cut.  IK 'I  employed  by 

Fischer,  as  otherwise  the  whole  of  the  arsenic  is  not 

volatilised,   even    after    ten    distillations.      Messrs. 

Classen  and  Ludwig  (Ber.  d.  Dad.  Chem.  'lex.  1885, 

also  insist  on  the  necessity  of  using  HC1  gas  or 

strong  HC1,  and  they  recoir.end  sulphate  of  iron  or 

the    double   sulphate  of    iron  and  ammonia  as  the 

reducing  agent. 

In  carrying  out  the  process  the  pyrites  is  either 
dissolved  in  nitric  acid  and  the  excess  of  nitric 
acid  removed  by  repeated  evaporation  with 
sulphuric  acid,  or  the  arsenic  is  converted  into 
arsenic  acid  by  the  action  of  caustic  potash  and 
chlorine,  and  the  chlorate  decomposed  by  HC1. 
After  the  removal  of  nitric  acid  or  decomposition  of 
the  chlorate,  the  arsenic  is  converted  into  chloride 
by  means  of  HC1  and  the  ferrous  salt.  In  either 
ra-e  the  removal  of  the  last  traces  of  the  oxidising 
agent  occupies  a  good  deal  of  time,  and  the  presence 
of  free  sulphuric  acid  is  objectionable,  if  the  arsenic  is 
to  be  titrated  with  iodine,  as  sulphurous  acid  is  apt 
to  be  evolved  when  the  distillation  is  carried  too 
fsr. 

In  the  new  process,  which  I  am  about  to  descrile, 
the  oxidation  of  the  arsenic  is  effected  without  the 
use  of  nitric  acid  or  chlorine,  and  there  is  a  consider- 
able saviDg  of  time.  On  a  ioimer  occasion  I  pointed 
out  that  when  pyrites  is  heated  with  an  intimate 
mixture  of  sodium  hydrate  and  calcined  magnesia, 
the  sulphur  is  oxidised  to  sulphuric  acid.  Under 
the  same  conditions  the  arsenic  is  completely  con- 
verted into  arsenic  acid,  and  can  be  afterwards 
reduced  and  distilled  over  as  chloride.  In  the  deter- 
mination of  sulphur,  I  recommended  the  use  of  the 
muffle  to  avoid  the  sulphur  from  the  gas,  but  in 
i  stimating  arsenic  I  prefer  the  Bunsen  flame,  as  it  is 
more  generally  available. 

New  Distillation  Process. 

The  finely-pulverised  pyrites  (geneially  about  25 
grains  or  about  17  gramme)  is  introduced  into  a 
platinum  crucible  with  six  times  its  weight  of  a  mix- 
tuie  of  pure  sodium  hydrate  and  calcined  magnesia 
(prepared  as  above  described)  and  well  stirred  with  a 
B  rod.  The  open  crucible  is  then  placed  over  a 
moderately  low  Bunsen  flame  for  a  hour,  at  the  end 
of  which  time  oxidation  is  complete.  The  contents 
of  the  crucible,  which  have  not  fused,  but  simply 
-lnunk  in  bulk,  are  easily  broken  up  with  a  spatula, 
and  transferred  to  an  ordinary  wash  bottle  Mask, 
moistened  slightly  with  water  to  prevent  the  evolu- 
tion of  too  much  heat,  and  then  dissolved  in  strong 
IK 'I.  For  this  purpose  I  usually  employ  10CO 
mi  asured  trains,  or  about  70cc.  The  crucible  is  also 
washed  out  with  strong  HC'l,  and  the  contents  of  the 
Bask  are  heated  gently  till  there  is  no  further  action. 
i  The  flask,  which  is  fitted  with  a  funnel  tube,  having 
the  end  drawn  to  a  point  ar.d  dipping  under 
the  liquid,  is  then  connected  with  a  small 
-lass  worm  condenser,  to  the  end  of  which 
a  straight  chloride  of  calcium  tube  is  attached, 
and  by  means  of  the  funnel  tube  a  con- 
rable  excess  of  the  reducing  agent,  dissolved 
in  BtrongHCl,  is  introduced.  The  reducing  salt  * 
which  I  prefer  for  this  purpose,  is  .  iq  rous  chloride, 

»  8 >S  'his  POPC  I   ''ave  received  a  letter  from 

Professor  Dittmar,  Btating  tbal   be  lias  been  in  the  habit  of 
oTfogcupious  chloride  forthe  reduclioi  dic acid. and 

iflhongh  he  has  not  published  this  in  any  journal,  it  wiU  b« 

found  in  his  Exercises  en  Quantitative  Anal:  sis.  1  age  :<1. 


33  I 


THE  J01  RNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  [NDTJSTftY.      [S»ay3i 


i;  forms  a  very  soluble  double  salt  with 
chloride  of  sodium,  and  its  reducing  action  is  at 
least  equal  to  that  of  the  fen  A  mixture  ol 

cuprous  and  ferrous  chloride  obtained  by  dissolving 
copper    in    ferric    chloride    is    also    an    excellent 
and    suitable    reducing    material.      The     coir 
of  the  Mask  are   then  slowly  distilled  into  water  for 
an  hour,  when  a  fresh  quantity  of  strong  11' 
an  ounce)  is  introduced,  and  the  distillation  continued 
lor  another  half-hour.     The  whole  of  the  arsenic  will 
now   be   found   in   the  receiver,   but    it    is   alv 
advisable   to  add  a  little   more    Hl'l,  change   the 
iver,  and  test  the  distillate.    The  arsenic  is  then 
precipitated  as  sulphide,  and  collected  on  a  weighed 
filter,  or  it  is  titrated  with  iodine  in  the  usual  way. 
When  the  quantity  of  arsenic  is  large,  I  prefer  the 
iodine  pr  ipi 

tate  minute  quantities  of  arsenic  as  sulphide. 

1'  ir  thi    i  .  ying  the  accuracy  of  this 

process,  and  testing  its  suitability  for  the  determina- 
tion of  arsenic  in  various  su  -.  the  folio"  ;i  _ 
experiments  were  made  : — 

I.  Two  quant;;  nious  acid,  each  weighing 
3"96  grains,  were  fused  with  magnesia  mixture, 
tilled  with  cuprous  chloride,  and  titrated  with  iodine, 
with  the  following  result  : — 

Per  cent. 

\  rsenious  acid  31H 

lb)         ..  3-90 

II.  Aii    arseniate   of    soda   which   contained    no 
arsenions acid,  and  gave  1  y  the  ordinary  precipitation 

lt)3  per  cent,  ol  arsenic  acid,  yielded  when 
distilled  with  cuprous  chloride  and  titrated  with 
iodine  : — 

Per  cent. 

arsenic  acid.  5015 

|6|         50-33 

(c)         ..  ..  5000 

III.  A  sample  of  Kupper-nickel  fused  with  mag- 
ia    mixture,    and    distilled    with    a    mixture   of 

cuprous  and  ferrous  chloride,  gave  : — 

r-er  ■ 

in)  Arsenic  weighed  as  sulphide  10-08 

(61         „  ..  10-06 

(c)         .,        titrated  with  iodine    103; 

The  same  sample  fused  with  nitrate  of  potash  and 
carbonate  of  soda,  precipitat  niate  of  silver, 

and  titrated  with  sulpho-cyanide,  gave  : — 

Arsenic   10'13 

IV.  A  sample  of  Spanish  pyrites  gave  the  following 
results  with  different  processes  : — 

Av- 
ion   prooes9   weighing   as  i    «... 

ammonia  arseniate  of  magnesia i 

I  lark's  pre  imitation  process,  combined  with] 
preci  i  t   silver  and 

ration  with  sulpho-cyanide    I 

i  ;.irk's    distillation    process,    weighing    the  1    n.~. 

tenic  as  sulphide j   vo° 

id)  Clark's    distillation    pro  ghing    thel    «.-,. 

arsenic  as  sulphide  J 

V.  In  another  pyrites  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
ihuric  acid,  and  certified  by  a  well-known  French 

chemist  as  free  from  arsenic,  1  found  the  following 
Its  by  different  processes  : — 

s  tic.  1  er  cviit. 

Clark's  precipitation  process  0H9 

.. 

Clark's  distillation  process  o  117 

..  ol:  2 

Fusing   wiili    KNOj  and   precipitation  as]  nnnc 

J-  v  w» 

Fusing  wnii    KNii.  and   precipitation   as  »    -. 
arseniate  of  silver  j    svonc. 

The    imp  correctly   small 

quantities  lie  will  be  best  appreciated  byt 

who  know  the  different  ;ommercial  value  of 

a  pyrites  which  is;.  fr<  im  arsenic,  and  one 

which  contains  even  a  minute  quantity. 

Tne  distillation  process  can  also  be  applied  con- 
veniently  for  the  estimation  oi  arsenic  in  metallic 


I        .  No. 

189,  p.  27)  pointed  out  that  metallic  copper  dissi 

in   ferric   chloride,  and  that    when   the   solution    is 

heated  the  chloric!  nic  distils  over,  and  can 

ted  in  the  distillate.    In  discussing  I'attin- 

vol.  xlv.  p.  218)  ( ribb 

refers  of  this  method  for  the  quantitat 

estimation  of  the  arsenic,  but   1  am  not  aware  that 

the .;  the  proci  -      n,  or   the 

results  obtained   published.      The    following   is    an 

out;-  which  1  adopt.       loogr.s.  of 

the    copper    in    the    form  oi    shot    or    turnings   are 

d    jciitly  with  a  strong   IK'l   solution  ol   ferric 

or  cupric  chloi  i         -.  of  iron 

in    the   same 
that    I  i  11. ploy  for  pyrites,  and  tl 
which    comes  off,   alter    passing   through   I 
denser,  is  a  elected  in  water.     After  all  the  copper 
ved,  which  usually  i.  t  an  hour,  an 

HCI   is  added   by  the  funnel  tube, 
and  the  distillation  continued  for  1  alt  an-hour.     The 
ver  is  then  cl  sh  quantity  of  HC'l 

istillation  continued,  and  the  distillate 
d.     The  arsenic  is  then  precipitated  as  sulphide 
and  collected  on  a  small  v     -         filter. 

To  test  the  accuracy  of  this  process,  Mr.  Inglis,  the 
chief  of  the  Tharsis  Company's  Laboratory,  very 
kindly  furnished  me  with  various  qualities  of  copper, 
which  had  been  analysed  in  the  Tharsis  Company  - 
Laboratory  in  another  way. 
The  following  are  the  results  :  — 


SCO.  1.  Tough  ingot  copper  . 

No.  -.  B.S.  copper  

Tough  cake 

No.  l.  Tough  cake 


Arsenic  | 

Tharsis  Compy. 
Arsenic  per  cenl 

on 

0-12 

Oil 

013 

002 

004 

003 

068 

071 

065 

-       071 

0  27 

0  33 

0-29 

0  32 

.    which    a-  sely    with    those 

inedby  the  chemists  of  the  Tharsis  Company, 
who  ded  as  specialists,  speak  for  tnem- 

-.  and    indicate  the  accuracy  with  which    the 
arsenic  in  cop]  -     estimated  by  the  distillation 

process,  and  perhaps  it  is  onlyproperto  mention  that 
1  was  not  aware  of  the  Tharsis  Company's  results 
till  my  analyses  were  completed. 

In  conclusion,  I  would  only  add  that  in  my 
opinion  these  distillation  processes  occupy  less  time 
ih  in  any  other  known  method  for  the  estimation  of 
arsenic  in  pyrites  or  copper,  and  they  are  inferior  to 
none  in  point  of  accuracy. 

!.    SSION. 

Mr.  R.  II.  Tai  i  -1  that  any  method— 

if  it  was  at  all  accurate      for  the  estimation  of  small 

]  roportions  of  arsenic  in  pyrites,  would  be  hailed,  at 

the  present  time,  with  satisfactioi  illy  when 

pyrites,    which    was  alleged  to  he  arsenic  tree,  was 

inning  to  make  its  appearance  a-  against  Ores,  in 

they  had  I  great  quan- 

\    doubt  could  exist  regarding  Dr. 

•  on  the  older  method.-,  particularly 

those  which  ware   based   upon   fusion  with    nitrates, 

which,  if  applied  to  such  ores  as  tin    Spanish  ores 

j  such  a  large  extent  iu  this  country),  would 


Mas  Si,  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTK  V. 


give  excellent  results,  but  when  applied  to  ores  con- 
taining only  minute  quantitii  -.  seemed  utterly  to  fail, 
mid  to  this  fact  he  could  testify  from  recenl  experience 
of  them.  Dr.  Clark  bad,  in  hisopinion,  put  together 
a  seriesof  operations  which  justified  him  in  reci  i  i 
mending  his  process,  as  the  combined  process  was 
one  certain  to  give  -from  what  be  had  seen  of  it- 
very  accurate  results.  There  was  all  the  difference 
possible  between  pyrites  containing  wry  small  quan- 
tities of  arsenic,  and  one  which  was  entirely  arsenic 
free,  so  much  so  that  a  wry  minute  proportion,  even 
001  per  cent.,  would  be  sufficient  to  disqualify  it  for 
sale  as  arsenic  free  pyrites.  There  seemed  little  doubt 
that  this  combined  proceaswould  give  accurate  results 
when  applied  to  pyrites  containing  such  very  minute 
proportions  :  ancfthe  substitution  of  cuprous  chloride 
For  ferrous  sulphate  was,  in  his  opinion,  a  very 
important  one,  as  there  were  great  objections  to 
ferrous  sulphate  which  had  not  been  enumerated. 

Dr.  (  l\kk  pointed  out  that  by  this  process  it  was 
quite  easy  to  detect  arsenic  iu  commercial  caustic 
soda.  It  was  well  known  that  a  great  deal  of  caustic 
soda  was  made  with  pyrites  vitriol,  and  lately  he  had 
been  enabled  to  prove,  in  caustic  soda,  as  much  as 
0'02  per  cent.,  which  seemed  to  escape  the  various 
processes  through  which  the  soda  was  passed.  It  was 
absolutely  necessary,  therefore,  in  working  this  pro- 
cess, that  the  various  materials  employee!  should  be 
tested  for  their  absolute  purity  from  arsenic. 

NOTE  ON  AN  IMPROVED  APPARATUS  FOP 
THE  -MAX DFACTURE  OF  REFINED  PARAF- 
FIN WAX. 

BY   E.    TEKYET,    F.C.S. 

So  far  as  I  am  aware,  there  has  been  nothing  of  a 
practical  nature  brought  before  the  Society,  dealing 
with  the  manufacture  of  refined  paraffin  wax.  In 
asking  you  to  consider  the  merits  of  the  apparatus 
devised  by  myself  for  that  purpose,  it  will  perhaps  be 
necessary  to  britfiydescribe  some  of  the  more  common 
methods  and  arrangements  in  use.  Before  doing  so, 
however,  I  will  ask  your  attention  to  the  nature  and 
composition  of  the  substance  aswe  find  it  in  commerce. 

It  is  well  known  that  crude  paraffin  oil,  as  distilled 
from  shale,  is  a  series  of  oils  differing  from  each  other 
chiefly  by  gradual  increments  of  increase  in  boiling 
point  and  specific  gravity,  and  a  parallel  decrease  in 
vapour  tension,  etc. 

The  various  refined  oils,  which  we  find  in  commerce, 
are  fractions  of  the  crude  oil,  and  take  the  form  of 
burning  oil,  lubricating  oil,  etc.  They  have,  there- 
fore, corresponding  compositions,  only  limited  by 
their  mean  density.  The  solid  portion  of  the  oil — that 
is,  the  paraffin  scale — is  also  a  fraction  of  the  crude 
oil,  and  is  separated  at  one  or  other  of  the  several 
stages,  in  the  process  of  refining,  by  cooling  ami 
crystallising.  If  we  fractionate  this  solid  paraffin  by 
distillation  or  fusion,  we  find  it  also  to  be  a  mixture 
of  bodies  having  a  gradual  increasing  melting  point 
and  specific  gravity. 

When  these  fractionations  are  conducted  so  as  to 
give  an  equal  quantity  in  a  given  time,  for  each  liar 
ti  -II,  it  will  be  found  that  the  several  fractions  differ, 
and  increase,  by  equal  increments,  whether  it  be  for 
the  specific  gravity  of  an  oil  or  the  melting  point  of 
a  paraffin.  The  several  fractions  do  not,  however, by 
any  means  represent  an  oil  or  a  paraffin  having  con- 
stant conditions,  but  rather  systems,  having  all  the 
characteristics  of  the  original  body,  only  limited  by 
being  isolated  from  the  extremes. 

The  ranges  of  temperature  through  which  the  melt- 
ing points  of  a  paraffin  scale  run,  differ  with  different 


crude  oils.  The  following  numbers  maj  be  taken  as 
representing  the  composition  of  a  paraffin  scale 
derived  from  a  well-known  shale : — 


Ami  i'Bia  ••!     3l   via:  X".  1. 

Analysis  oi  S<  all  No.  1. 

-;•;;•■         m.„„„  ,-..„„. 

5  i»ei  c  nt. 
Fractions. 

Melting  Point 

No.  1 1 

2 

93  0 

No.  11 
12 
13 
11 
15 

16    

17    

IS 

19       .... 
20 

111-5 
1160 

3 

1  

97  0 
193 -0 
1C0  0 
103D 
1055 
lOS'O 
110-5 
112-5 

1180 
120-5 
123  0 

11 

- 

1235 
125-0 

8    

1265 

9     

127-0 

10 

128  0 

These  figures  show  all  the  paraffin  scale  contained 
in  the  crude  oil  available  for  the  manufacture  of 
refined  wax  suitable  for  candle  making.  The  oil 
refiner  separates  the  scale  from  two  or  more  fractions 
of  the  oil,  which  yield  scales  of  different  melting 
points.  The  following  figures  may  be  taken  as  repre- 
senting the  composition  of  the  above  when  separated 
from  two  fractions  of  the  oil : — 


Analyses 
of  Scale. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

Analyses 

of  Scale. 

No.  2. 

No.  5. 

5  per  Cent, 
Fractions. 

Hard 

Scale. 

Soft 

Scale. 

Melting 
To.nt. 

5  per  cent. 
Fractions. 

Hard 
Scale 

Scale. 

Melting 
Point 

Melting 

-  Toiii*. 

Meltii  - 
Point 

No.  1 
2 

3 
1 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 

101-0 
1060 
108-0 
11C  0 
112-0 
1125 

iu-0 

116-5 

117-5 
1190 

800 
83  0 
860 
88  0 
S9'0 
910 
93  0 
95-0 
960 
97  5 

No.  11 
12 
13 
11 

15 

16 

.7      . 

18 

19 

20 

120-0 
120-5 
1210 
122-0 
1225 
123-5 
125-0 
127-0 
129-0 
1300 

99-0 
101-5 
1030 
1050 
107  0 
109-5 
112-0 
111-0 
1160 
1180 

The  manufacture  of  wax  is  simply  a  process  of 
fractionating,  having  for  its  end  the  separating  of  the 
oil  and  the  softer  or  more  readily-fusible  portions  ot 
the  scale.  To  see  this  fully,  we  have  only  to  compare 
the  composition  of  the  refined  substance  with  the 
crude  material.  And  for  this  purpose  I  have  tabu- 
lated three  analyses  of  refined  wax  ot  different  melt- 
ing points.     (See  table  top  of  following  page.) 

These  analyses  show  that  the  melting  points  oJ  tlie 
more  fusible  constituents  are  more  akin  to  the  mean 
melting  points  of  the  wax  than  the  corresponding 
fractions  in  the  crude  scale.  . 

There  area  great  number  of  methods  muse  for  the 
refining  i  f  paraffin  scale,  which  differ  considerably  m 
detail. '  But  they  may  be  divided  into  two  processes, 
which  are  distinctly  different  in  their  mode  of  treat- 


THE  JOrn.VAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     fMnySJ.iss?. 


ANA]  -  REFINED  Vi  \\. 


Melting 


No.  1 

3 

1 

5 

G 

7 

S 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

11 

15 

16 

17 

IS 

19 

20 


N 


!>•. 


Point. 


1190 
K'UO 

121D 

1210 
121  0 
121-5 
122-0 
1225 
12  '  > 
1210 
125-0 
1260 
1270 
128-0 
129D 
1300 
1320 
131-0 
13S-0 


Melting 
Point. 


1030 
1010 
101-.-, 
105-0 
106-0 
1H7  0 
1075 
10S-0 
1085 
1090 
110-5 
112-0 
1130 
1135 
lll'j 
116  0 
1170 
119-0 
1230 
125-0 


No.  6. 


Melting 


910 

910 

950 

96-0 

96-0 

97-5 

980 

9S5 

990 

99-0 

100  0 

102-0 

103-5 

105-0 

1065 

10S-0 

109-0 

1100 

112-5 

113-8 


ment.  We  have  first  the  naphtha  process,  which 
depends  upon  the  solvent  power  of  the  naphtha  for 
dissolving  out  the  oil  and  that  portion  of  the  scale 


The  mixture  is  either  allowed  to  cool  in  suitable 
vessels,  or  it  may  be  cooled  by  artificial  means.    The 

cooled  mixture  is  subjected  to  hydraulic  pressure, 
when  the  objectionable  portion  is  carried  away  by  the 
naphtha.  This  operation  is  twice  or  three  times 
repeated,  or  until  the  desired  degree  of  purity  is 
obtained.  The  explanatory  diagram  below  will 
make  the  process  clear. 

As  it  is  necessary  to  use  a  considerable  proportion  of 
naphtha  in  the  abo\  e  process,  and  as  naphtha  is  a  very 
powerful  solvent  for  paraffin,  a  modification  of  the 
above  is  to  use  less  naphtha,  and  hot  hydraulic  press 
the  mixture;  in  other  respects  the  process  is  much  the 
same. 

The  other  method  of  refining  is  what  is  called  the 
"sweating  process,"  in  which  no  naphtha  is  used. 
The  purification  of  the  paraffin  scale  is  effected  by 
exposing  the  recrystalUsed  paraffin  scale  to  a  tempera- 
ture which  must  depend  upon  the  fusing  point  of  the 
first  10  — 1.1  per  cent,  of  its  bulk.  The  heat  liquefies  this 
portion,  and  it  acts  as  a  vehicle  in  carrying  away  that 
portion  which  requires  to  be  separated. 

As  it  is  in  relation  to  this  latter  process  that  my 
improvements  have  been  suggested,  1  shall  deal  witii 
the  working  details  and  the  arrangement  of  plant  as 
it  is  in  some  of  the  principle  refineries,  a  rough  out- 
line of  which  is  shown  on  sketch. 

The  crude  paraffin  scale  is  melted  and  heated  to  a 
temperature  of  170 — 180°  F.,  after  which  it  is  allowed 
to  repose  until  every  trace  of  water  and  separable 
impurity  has  settled  out,  the  presence  of  which 
would  hinder  crystallisation.  It  is  run  into  cooling 
pans  which  hold  from  one  to  two  gallons  ;  these 
pans  are  generally  furnished  with  overflows,  and  are 
arranged  as  shown  at  A  in  Fig.  1.  A  stream  of  the 
melted  paraffin  is  directed  into  the  top  pans  by  the 
taps  b,  and  continued  until  the  whole  vertical  series 
is  full.  They  are  then  left  to  cool  very  slowly  in 
order  to  promote  crystallisation.  When  cold,  the  solid 
cakes  of  paraffin  are  taken  out  of  the  pans  and  placed 
in  the  ovens,  which  are  fitted  with  (helves,  the 
latter  having  a  slight  inclination  to  the  one  corner, 


DIAGRAM   A. 

Scale  (1) 

->    Scale  and  Naphtha  (2) 
Cooled  and  pressed  (3) 


Once  washed  Scale  (It 

Naphtha  added  (6) 

I 
Cooled  and  pressed  (8) 


Drippings  (5) 


— Drippings  (21) 


->  Dripping  and  soft  Scale  added  |7I  <- 
'Cooled  and  pressed  ifll 


Once  washed  soft  Scale  (10) 

Naphtha  added  (12) 

Cooled  and  pressed  (14) 


Drippings  (II) 

Naphtha  distilled  off  (131 

Hesidue  cooled  and  pressed  (15) 


— Drippings  (17) 


Soft  Scale  (16)— > 


Twice  washed  Scale, 
M.1-.  120—1 

which  requires  to  be  removed  in  order  to  attain  that 
melting  point  which  maybe  required  for  any  given 
quantity  "i  wax 

In  carrying  out  this  process  In  practice,  tic  scale  i 


Twice  washed  Scale,    Oil  (20) 
M.P.  ll"-ll.">  (19) 

and  on  which   is  laid  a  coarse  mat  of  cocoa  fibre  to 
prevent  the  paraffin    from  being    in  direct   contact 
with  the  metal  Burface,    The  cakes  an-  expose* 
eiv<  n  tempi  rature  until  the  desired  di  gree  of  purity 


melted  and  a  given   proportion  of   naphtha   added,    and  melting  point  is  attained,  the  source  <«l  heat  being 


May iii.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  ESDUSTB  V. 


367 


a  course  of  steam  pipes  laid  on  the  floor  of  the  ovens. 
The  portion  that  has  been  fused  out  of  the  paraffin  in 
the  course  of  sweating  is  again  treated  in  the  same 
manner,  only  at  a  lower  temperature  suited  to  its 

mean  melting  point.  The  (trainings  from  this  latter 
cannot  Bgain  be  very  profitably  sweated,  as  it  contains 
the  whole  of  the  oil  originally  present  in  the  scale, 
and  also  the  greater  proportion  of  the  paraffin  of  low 
melting  points.  It  is,  therefore,  cooled  in  a  separate 
series  of  pans,  and  then  hydraulic  pressed  to  get  rid 
of  the  oil.  The  solid  pressed  paraffin  obtained  is 
either  returned  to  the  next  make  of  crude  scale,  or  it 
may  be  finished  off  separately  as  a  low  melting  point 
wax,  the  proximate  composition  of  which  is  shown 
in  analysis  No.  6.  It  is  usual  to  allow  a  certain 
proportion  of  the  paraffin  of  intermediate  melting 
points  to  pass  to  this  stage,  in  order  to  give  solidity 
and  maintain  a  suitable  melting  point  for  the  finished 
product. 

The  following  diagram  gives  a  rough  outline  of  the 
several  stages  of  wax  refining  by  the  sweating 
process : — 


wood,  are  placed,  and  which  extend  right  across  the 
lower  openings.  It  is  evident  that  when  pressure  is 
applied  Dy  screwsor  otherwise  to  the  side  A  which 

Imiiis    the  end    of    the  system,    the    strips    of  Boft 

v, 1  which  go  to  cover  the  openings  of  the  cells  will 

rise  slightly,  while  the  iron  strips  which  cover  the 
blank  --paces  between  will  correspondingly  tall. 

This  arrangement  I  find  is  more  than  sufficient  to 
seal  the  openings  of  the  coolers.  The  wood  after 
being  sometime  in  use  becomes  very  pliable,  and 
easily  adapts  itself  to  form  a  perfect  covering  tor  the 
openings. 

To  empty  the  coolers  it  is  only  necessary  to  relax 
the  screws  l>,  and  draw  forward  the  strips  of  wood, 
when  the  cooled  paraffin  cakes  are  free  to  descend 
into  the  sweating  cells,  after  which  the  strips  are 
pushed  into  their  place  and  the  screws  tightened, 
when  the  cells  are  again  ready  to  be  filled.  Another 
method  of  sealing  the  openings  is  shown  at  1  >, 
but  this  latter  would  require  to  be  made  very  uniform 
throughout,  as  any  irregularity  between  the  two 
surfaces  would  cause  leakage. 


D  I  A  G  K  A  M     B. 

Scale  <^   ID 

Sweated   )    (2) 


Once  sweated  Scale  (3)  <- 

Sweated  (5) 

I        


Drippings  (1) 

I 
Sweated  (6) 

I 


Drippings  (10) 
Sweated  (11) 


Sweated  Drippings 
returned  to  once 
sweated  Scale  or 
finished  as  (7) 


Oil  Drippings  (S) 

I 

Pressed  (9) 


Drippings  (12) 


Wax,  120-12.i  M.P. 
(13) 


115-120' 
(11) 


110-115' 
(15) 


1011 

(16) 


Oil 

(17) 


It  is  obvious  that  when  any  considerable  quantity 
of  material  has  to  be  dealt  with,  the  amount  of 
individual  handling  in  the  way  of  filling  and  empty- 
ing the  pans,  transferring  the  cakes  to  the  ovens,  and 
taking  them  out  again,  must  be  enormous. 

The  apparatus  which  I  have  ventured  to  bring 
before  the  Section  is  designed  to  diminish  the  amount 
of  labour  inseparably  connected  with  the  present 
mode  of  working. 

It  is  also  constructed'  so  that  the  sweating  may  be 
obtained  simultaneously  from  both  sides  of  the 
paraffin,  and  which  permits  of  it  being  done  at  a 
much  lower  temperature  and  with  greater  rapidity. 
Besides,  the  cakes  can  be  made  of  much  greater 
thickness  than  at  present,  the  comparative  power 
being  thereby  increased.  Further,  the  process  can 
bemade  continuous  by  duplicating  the  cells,  vertically, 
in  which  the  sweating  is  conducted.  This  is  obtained 
by  taking  advantage  of  the  gradual  diminution  in 
bulk  which  the  paraffin  undergoes  in  the  course  ot 
sweating.  Although  this  latter  advantage  effects  no 
great  economy,  Vet  it  makes  the  production  of  the 
full  proportion  of  first-class  wax  obtainable  from 
crude  scale  by  one  operation  a  possibility. 

By  reference  to  the  rough  sketch  Fig.  1,  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  coolers  A  are  set  directly  above  the  cells  in 
which  the  sweating  is  conducted.  The  cooling  and 
sweating  cells  may  be  made  of  any  convenient  size. 
The  size  proposed  for  any  single  operation  might 
advantageously  be  I'.f't.  broad  by  Cft.  high.  The  way 
in  which  the  coolers  are  sealed  at  the  bottom  is  made 
to  depend  upon  the  shape  in  which  the  alternate 
strips  of  soft   wood  andiron,  or  softwood  and  haul 


In  order  to  facilitate  the  dropping  of  the  cakes  from 
the  coolers,  a  very  slight  taper  is  put  upon  them, 
which  need  not  be  more  than  .'.-in.  per  \im.  in  height. 
The  distance  between  the  coolers  and  the  sweating 
cells  is  less  than  the  height  of  the  cell.  In  arranging 
it  thus  it  gives  direction  to  the  cakes  of  paraffin,  as 
in  passing  from  the  coolers  to  the  sweating  cell  it  has 
entered  the  latter  before  leaving  the  former. 

The  sweating  cell  B  is  constructed  of  wire  netting 
or  perforated  sheet  metal  ;  inside  of  which  is  hung 
a  coarse  woven  cloth  of  any  description,  but  prefer- 
ably of  woollen  plaiding.  On  the  top  of  the  cell 
there  is  set  alight  iron  casting  which  goes  to  form 
the  entrance,  and  assists  in  keeping  it  in  position. 
At  the  bottom  there  is  another  casting  c  with  an 
opening  the  same  size  as  the  cell,  the  edges  of  which 
are  turned  up  all  round,  both  in  and  outside,  forming 
a  channel  gutter  which  is  provided  with  an  outlet 
hailing  to  the  rhone  </.  The  cell  is  set  within  this 
channel,  and  as  the  cloth  extends  to  the  bottom,  the 
liquid  portion  which  is  fused  out  of  the  paraffin  is 
conducted  to  the  channel  by  the  capillarity  of  the 
cloth.  In  order  to  prevent  the  solid  cake  from  falling 
through  the  lower  opening,  there  is  provided,  a 
sliding  door  e  of  thin  sheet  iron,  the  sides  of  which 
are  turned  down  and  over-lap  the  inner  sides,  covering 
it  like  a  lid.  The  passage  for  the  edges  of  the  door 
is  therefore  between  the  inner  sides  of  the  gutter 
and  tlie  cloth.  This  uives  direction  to  the  liquid 
portion,  and  effectually  hinders  any  part  of  it  from 
rinding  an  outlet  other  than  to  the  gutter. 

In  adapting  this  apparatus  lor  a  continuous  i  i 
fractionating  process,  it  is  necessary  to  have  two  or 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY"  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [ttaysXial 


more  sweating  cells  in  height,  and  a  proper  means  of 
regulating  thetemp<  rature.  All  the  parts  and  arrange- 
merts  remain  the  same  as  described,  orly  the  doors 
in  the  upper  cells  may.  if  tin  ught  propi  r,  i  e  dispensed 
with,  as  the  paraffin  in  its  plastic  condition  moulds 
;■' the  megularities  of  the  ell.  and  effectually 
stops  any  passage  to  the  one  beneath. 


econd  or  middle  cell,  where  the  soft 
and  intermediate  soft  paraffin  would  lie  sweated  out 
Again,  on  passing  to  the  third  cell,  the  cake  of 
paraffin  will  not  ba  more  than  65  per  cent  of  its 
original  bulk,  but  containing  all  those  hard  interme- 
diate fractions  which  correspond  with  No.  3  (shown 
on  Diagram  B),  and  which  after  further  sweating  and 


Fig.  l. 


Suppose  such  an  arrangement  be  constructed  of 
three  cells  as  shown  (Fig.  2),  and  that  the  temperature 
is  under  pro]  er  control     It  is  evident  that  the  most 


n  .. 


and  gri  it  of.  the  impurities  will  be  drained 

away  in  the  tii>t  or  uppermost  cell,  and  that  the  cake 
will  have  correspondingly  diminished  in  bulk  before 


the  propi  r  melting  point  attained  may  be  discharged 
by  withdrawing  the  bottom  door.  There  is  not  the 
slightest  danger  ol  the  partially-sweated  paraffin  fall- 
ing out,  as  the  descent  of  it  is  only  gradual  ;  indeed, 
one  important  feature  in  this  arrangement — either  as 
a  simple  or  complex  structure — is  that  the  cake  will 
not  come  out  until  it  is  perfectly  sweated,  which  is 
only  attained  at  a  temperature  which  if  prolonged 
would  result  in  the  complete  fusion  of  the  paraffin. 

In  winking  with  an  apparatus  constructed  of  three 
cells.  I  find  it  can  be  charged  and  discharged  every 
four  hours,  beginning  with  a  scale  of  melting  point 
1 12—  1 1  r  F.,  and  finishing  with  a  wax  of  melting  point 
126°  I'.  As  the  drippings  are  separately  fractionated 
out  in  three  grades  of  purity,  it  facilitates  their  sub- 
sequent treatment  to  have  them  always  of  a  uniform 
composition  and  melting  point. 

DISi  t  3SION. 

In  the  absence  of  Mr.  Tenet,  it  was  agreed  to  post- 
pone the  discussion   till  the  next  meeting  of  the 

Section. 

— »»$♦♦*»*»♦» — 

RIVEB    POLLUTION    I'-Y   TRADE   LIQUIDS. 

i:V    w.    II.    IIAKI  LAND,   C.E. 

Sib  IIi;nk\  Roscoe,  M.P.,  moving  the  rejection  of  Sir 
Edward  Birkbeck's  River    Purification  Bill,  in  the 

House  of  Commons  last  year,  fuid  he  desired  to  point 


May 31. 18RT.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


359 


out  that  whilst  the  Act  of  1876  discriminated  between 
the  pollution  caused  by  sewage  and  that  produced  by 
manufactures  and  minus,  no  such  distinction  was 
drawn  by  the  Bill  proposed.  Such  a  distinction  was, 
however,  absolutely  necessary,  for  whilst  sewage  had 

everywhere  an  approximate  c position,  and  was, 

therefore,  capable  of  treatmi  nt  by  similar  methods  of 
purification,  m  mufacturing  pollution  was  of  the  most 
varied  description,  as  was  seen  in  the  case  of 
breweries,  alkali  works,  dye  works,  etc.  ;  so  that  not 
only  were  the  methods  which  should  be  employed 
different,  but  the  standards  of  purity  must  also  be 
different  Further  on  he  remarked  that  science  was 
in  a  position  to  deal  satisfactorily  with  sewage  at  a 
certain  cost,  but  as  regarded  manufacturing  pollution 
the  same  could  not  be  said.  The  first  conclusion  of 
Sir  Henry  is  somewhat  open  to  doubt,  but  the  latter 
will  be  generally  accepted  as  correct  In  concluding 
his  speech  against  the  Bill,  be  said,  speaking  on 
behalf  of  manufacturers  interested  in  the  question. 


assume  that  the  more  pernicious  the  liquid  the  greater 
the  probability  it  contains  an  element  ol  value  which, 
if  recovered,  might  be  sufficient  to  repay  the  cost  of 
purification.  It  was  Bolely  on  the  grounds  that  no 
means  were  known— except,  perhaps,  evaporation — 
whereby  this  class  of  liquid  could  be  purified,  that  led 
to  the  rejection  of  the  liivers  Pollution  Bills  of  Mr. 
Hastings  and  Sir  E.  I'.iikbcck  in  the  last  sessions  of 
Parliament 

The  process  of  purification  and  results  of  experi- 
ments I  have  to  lay  before  you  appear  to  go  a  con- 
siderable way  in  the  direction  required,  inasmuch  as 
they  seem  to  meet  the  case  of  both  classes  of  liquid,  but 
espi  cially  so  in  the  case  of  all  those  where  the  pollut- 
ing matter  is  in  suspension,  whilst  in  the  case  of 
solutions  any  matter  recoverable  by  the  process  is 
recovered  in  the  form  in  which  it  exists  in  the  liquid, 
which  admits  of  its  use  if  possessing  a  value — or  if 
not,  its  bulk  is  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  so  is  the 
cost  of  disposal,  and  as  the  treatment  is  purely 
natural  and  ac  :ords  with  the  public  necessity  of  re- 

I  shall  hope 


he  desired  to  say  they  were  in   no  sense  hostile  to 

measures  of  river  purification,provided  these  measures    storing  fish  life  to  our  rivers  and  stream 

were  framed   with  a  due  regard  to  the 

necessities  of  industry. 

The  necessities  of  industry  appear  to 
me  to  consist  solely  in  purifying  trade 
liquids  at  a  minimum  cost,  coupled  with 
the  recovery  of  any  waste  product  the 
liquid  contains.  "Whilst  the  public  neces- 
sity demands  that  the  purification  method 
employed  should  result  in  an  effluent 
water  the  least  possible  degree  inimical 
to  lish  life,  this  condition  incidentally 
covers  that  of  amenity  to  locality,  etc. 


,         


mfm^4 


I  admit  that  fish  life  may  be  possible  even  in  pre- 
sence of  a  chemical  effluent  when  diluted  by  the 
natural  water  of  the  stream  into  which  it  discharges  ; 
but  something  more  than  this  is  required.  You  must 
take  into  account  the  "  cumulative  effect  "  of  sewage 
or  a  chemical  discharge  for  long  periods.  Then,  again, 
other  trades  on  the  same  stream  should  be  con- 
sidered, especially  those  requirii  gcom|  aratively  pure 
water.  A  chemical  discharge  on  the  upper  reai  bi  ol 
a  stream  is  often  as  unjust  to  other  trades  lower 
down  as  it  is  to  the  public  in  destroying  fish  life, 
etc. 

Pollution  by  trade  liquids  takes  two  forms,  or  that 
in  suspension  and  solution.  We  may  also  divide  trade 
liquids  another  way,  or  those  which  are  worthless 
from  those  which  contain  a  waste  product  of  more  or 
less  value,  if  we  could  but  succeed  in  recoveiing  it. 
For  the  former  class  the  purification  method  should 
be  of  a  simple  automatic  nature,  rs  the  cost  of  work- 
ing, however  slight  it  may  be.  means  so  much  extra 


cost  on  the  manufacture  :  but  for  the  more  pernicious 

class  of  refuse  the  case  is  different,  and  each  one  must  I  opposite  end  being  (lushed 


it  will  be  considered  as  meeting  to  some  extent  the 
necessities  of  the  case,  both  public  and  private,  with 
a  greater  prospect  of  success  than  what  is  possible  to 
mere  filtration  or  to  precipitation  methods,  which, 
apart  from  evaporation  and  subsidence,  represent  the 
practice  in  use  for  purifying  trade  refuse. 

This  process  consists  mainly  of  settlement,  but 
under  somewhat  peculiar  conditions,  or  what  I  will 
term  eqiiilibric  subsidence,  under  which  the  full  effect 
of  the  laws  of  gravity  may  be  obtained  in  freeing  a 
liquid  from  suspended  impurity.  The  apparatus 
employed  is  simply  a  true  gravitation  siphon,  con- 
sisting of  two  parts— the  first  a  catchpit  or  settling 
tank,  whilst  the  second  part  serves  the  purpose  of  a 
"  wash-out "  or  flushing  tank  for  the  catchpit  when 
the  sediment  is  removed :  and  by  means  of  two  vertical 
lines  of  filtering  obstruction,  which  serve  to  convert 
the  tank  into  a  siphon  as  well,  it  throws  back  on  the 
catchpit  an  equal  pressure,  which  prevents  channel- 
ling, and  produces  an  "  equilibrie  line"  level  with 
the  lower  end  of  the  siphon  necks  or  the  inlet  and 
outlet.  Below  this  line  the  water  is  still,  and  allows 
of  the  collection  of  matter  to  take  place  continuously 
until  it  reaches  the  practically  "  inert  water"  passing 
above. 

Whenever  the  sediment  is  removed  from  the  catch- 
pit, the  effluent  water  standing  in  the  "high-level 
tank"  may  be  precipitated  into  the  catchpit,  the 
'  y  admitting  a  sufficient 


be  judged  on  its  merits.    But  it  is  almost   safe  to    quantity  of  liquid  by  the  inlet.     Both  these  opera- 


SCO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |May3i.i«87 


tams  are  performed  by  simply  moving  . 

valves.    Tli  ■  catchpit  siphon  is  in  duplicate,  bo  that 

when  one  becomes  full  of  sludge  thestreamof  si 

is  diverted  through  the  ether  ;  that  full,  being  cut  off 

from  the  wash-out  tank,  which  serves  the  same 
purpose  for  both. 

The  degree  of  subsidence  necessary  to  suit  the 
different  circumstances  ol  the  various  liquids  is  quite 
under  control,  being  regulated  by  the  velocity  of  the 
liquid  passing  through,  and  by  the  counteracting 
»n8  the  filters  on  the  hydrostatic  head  or 

pressure  ol  inflowing  water:  but  in  any  case  this 
l'r'  ttling  succeeds  in  the  automatic  division 

and  collection  of  two  separate  sediments  of  different 
degrees  of  sp.  gr.  from  any  liquid  exposed  to  its 
influence.  This  feature  of  separating  the  matters 
contained  in  a  liquid  is  important,  and  within  it, 
perhaps,  we  may  find  the  solution  of  the  problem  of 
utilising  the  products  of  either  sewage  or  trade 
liquids,  as  it  enables  us  to  use  that  which  is  useful 
and  reject  that  which  is  not. 

The  filters  of  the  wash  out  tank,  of  course,  may  be 
either  neutral  or  neutralising  as  required.  Thevalso 
serve  to  arrest  all  floating  matter,  and  admit  of  the 
I'unfied  effluent  being  discharged  at  about  the  same 
level  at  which  the  raw  sewage  enters  the  catchpit 
part  of  the  siphon.  This  is  also  a  feature  of  import 
ance  in  preventing  impoundage  where  this  occurs, 
and  also  by  reducing  to  a  minimum  the  cost  of 
pumping  to  avoid  its  influence.  These  features  will, 
I  hope,  be  considered  as  steps  in  the  right  direction. 

In  support  of  this  view,  I  may  just  draw  your 
attention  to  the  local  case  at  Crossbill,  where  a 
similar  contrivance  was  constructed  to  carry  the 
sewage  across  the  railway  cutting.  The  contrivance, 
although  an  unequal-sided  siphon,  I  believe,  quite 
refuses  to  pass  matter  heavier  than  the  water  in 
which  it  is  carried.  The  first  siphon,  or  the  catchpit 
and  wash-out  combined,  is  simply  the  Crossbill  siphon 
earned  out  to  its  logical  conclusion,  and  would 
possibly  prove  sufficient  for  the  recovery  of  all 
descriptions  of  suspended  matter  from  trade"  liquid. 

For  dealing  with  the  more  serious  class  of  liquids 
or  matter  in  solution,  I  propose  a  double  siphon, 
coupled  with  the  process  of  aeration  between  the  two. 
Experiments  on  various  liquids  tend  to  show  that, 
after  the  heavy  suspended  matter  has  been  removed, 
the  fine  organic  matter,  which  is  not  amenable  to 
either  subsidence  or  filtration,  or  the  process  of  the 
first  siphon,  is  usually  developed  by  aeration  suffi- 
cient to  cause  it  to  subside  in  the  second  catchpit  or 
wash-out  I  am  aware  that  this  effect  is  somewhat 
opposed  to  the  generally  accepted  idea  of  the  "  effect 
of  the  process."  I  may  also  point  to  the  general  idea 
regarding  subsidence.  Most  persons,  if  asked  to 
define  perfect  subsidence,  wculd  at  once  say  perfect 
rest  in  a  subsidence  tank.  The  law  also  accepts  this 
idea  as  to  perfect  settling.  Still,  I  beg  to  take  excep- 
tion _to  the  view,  and  you  will  be  able  to  form  an 
opinion  from  the  results  of  experiments. 

Rut  on   the  question  of  Aeration  v.  Oxidation,  I 

may  say  a  few  words.     You  are  aware,  no  doubt,  that 

the  Metropolitan  Hoard  of  Works  contemplate  a  very 

utlay  and  annual  cost  to  chemically  treat  the 

The   treatment    proposed    is    in 

general  opposition   to  precipitation   methods,  being 

mainly  devised  ),,r  oxidation. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Dibdin,  F.C.S., etc.,  the jprincipal chemist 

Board,  and  author  of  the  treatment  proposed 

read   a    paper    recently  to  the    Institute   of  Civil 

Engineers.     In  explaining  bis  reasons  for  using  so 

small  a  quantity  of  chemical  as  l  grain  sulphate  of 

iron  and  4  or  !>  grains  of  lime  per  gallon  of  - 

ue  said  the  matters  in  an  actual  "  putrescent  state" 

were  the  only  ones  which  required  immediate  destruc- 


tion, ami  these  were  insignificant  compared  with  the 
"total  organic  'matter  present.  Consequently,  the 
quantity  of  chemical  required  was  but  a  fraction  ol 
what  would  be  necessary  for  its  complete  destruction. 
He  then  went  on  to  say  that  aeration  had  recently 
been  put  forward  under  the  title  of  oxidation.  This 
was  " a  misnomer."  True,  the  ultimate  object  was 
oxidation,  but  if  the  idea  was  to  be  retained  that  a 
very  partial  aeration  of  a  strongly  alkaline  effluent 
was  equivalent  'to  complete  aeration  of  a  neutral 
effluent  free  from  actual  putrescent  matter,  a  powerful 
blow  would  be  struck  at  the  system,  which,  when 
properly  carried  out,  was  incontestably  one  of  the 
utmost  importance. 

These  remarks,  by  so  distinguished  an  expert,  tend 
to  >how,  in  my  humble  opinion,  that  a  real  inquiry 
into  the  true  function  of  the  natural  process  would 
prove  of  great  advantage.  So  far  as  my  experiments 
go,  the  effect  of  aeration  is  dependent  on  the  process 
adopted  before  and  after  its  application.  I  confess  I 
do  not  understand  Mr.  Dibdin's  remarks,  as,  in  the 
first  place,  there  is  no  *'  strongly  alkaline  "  effluent  to 
aerate  outside  trade  liquids,  except  from  a  chemically 
treated  sewage,  and  if  this  can  be  sufficiently  oxidised 
within  financial  limits,  why  should  it  be  aerated? 
whilst,  if  the  ultimate  object  of  aeration  is  oxidation, 
why  chemically  treat  the  sewage  at  all  ?  Recause  it 
lequires  no  technical  skill  to  understand  that  a 
"naturally "  oxidised  effluent  is,  at  the  worst,  perhaps  a 
dirty  but  practically  harmless  water,  and,  therefore, 
not  inimical  to  fish  life,  whilst  the  same  cannot  be 
said  of  any  description  of  artificially  produced  effluent. 

The  experiments  carried  out  prove  that  under  cer- 
tain conditions  the  effect  of  aeration  is  entirely 
opposite  to  the  destroying  effect  attributed  to  arti- 
ficial oxidation,  it  being,  in  fact,  an  almost  purely 
developing  effect,  both  as  regards  sewage  and  the 
various  descriptions  of  trade  liquids  on  which  experi- 
ments have  been  made. 

In  giving  the  results  of  these,  I  have  selected  a 
few  as  being  representative  of  the  worst  class  of 
pollution  from  trade  refuse.  The  results  are  from 
practical  experiments  on  quantities  of  either  3  or  5 
gallons,  the  apparatus  employed  being  about  double 
the  size  of  drawing.  The  weights  per  gallon  are  for 
dry  matter,  except  in  two  cases  to  be  mentioned,  and 
are  exclusive  of  matter  lost  in  the  filtrates  ;  whilst 
those  for  soluble  matter  represent  about  70  per  cent, 
only  of  the  quantity  actually  recoverable,  as  nearly 
one-third  of  sample  is  left  in  the  first  siphon.  The 
weights  are  the  result  of  evaporating  the  sediment 
collected  in  the  catchpits  only. 

Experiments. 

First  is  an  acid  solution,  containing  salts  of  iron. 
The  filter  media  in  this  case  was  simply  lumps  of 
natural  chalk.  The  recovery  of  matter  reckoned  as 
a  thick  paste  was — 

Before  oxidation  120  grains 

After  160 


Or  u  total  of  2S0 


per  gallon. 


The  next  is  a  solution  containing  soluble  salts  of 
potassa.  The  matter  recoverable  by  perfect  rest  for 
24  hours  was  144  grains,  reckoned  as  a  paste  about 
the  consistency  of  tar,  whilst  the  recovery  under 
equilibria  subsidence  was  292  grains;  whilst  after 
oxidation  it  gave  up  a  further  Quantity  of  i'l!J  grains  ; 
and  on  repeating  the  process  of  oxidation  and  settling, 
it  gave  a  further  quantity  of  2:?:'.  grains,  or  a  total  of 
744  grains  per  gallon. 

The  next  experiment  is  on  the  putrescent  liquid 
from  a  tannery  and  skin  works.  One  sample  gave 
up  o47  grains  before  and  14li  grains  after  oxidation. 
Anothei  33  grains  per  gallon  by  equiiibric 


m,.,  :u,  is*:.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


361 


settlement  alone.  These  liquids  combined  are  settled 
in  the  ordinary  way.  the  effluent  being  afterwards 
treated  with  alumina.  The  sludge  from  both  pro- 
cesses is  filter-pressed,  resulting  in  about  47o  grains 
of  sludge  cake.  Even  if  this  is  reckoned  as  dry  matter, 
the  loss  in  the  effluent  is  probably  two-thirds  of  the 
whole  matter  actually  present  in  the  liquid,  though 
it  is  doubtless  bleached  by  the  chemical  treatment, 
and  not  apparent  to  the  eye. 

The  next  are  dyes.  The  chemical  Turkey-red  gave 
39  grains  before  and  21  grains  after  aeration,  or  a 
total  of  00  grains  per  gallon.  The  yellow  dye  give 
by  equilibric  settlement  alone,  65  grains  per  gallon  ; 
whilst  the  original  Turkey-red  dyes  gave  47  grain- 
before  and  20  grains  after  aeration,  or  a  total  of  07 
grains  per  gallon.  This  matter,  1  understand,  is 
principally  boiled  blood. 

The  last  is  the  dreg  or  pot  ale  from  distilling. 
This  gives  55  grains  per  gallon  after  having  settled 
in  the  ordinary  way  for  several  days.  Oxidation  in 
this  case  does  not  develop  much  matter  (10  grains  per 
gallon),  but  what  little  is  recovered  is  peculiarly  nasty  : 
the  same  may  be  said  of  the  gas.  I  should  just  remark 
that  when  the  whole  process  is  employed,  in  addition  to 
recovery  of  four  different  solid  products,  we  may  also 
obtain  the  gas  which  is  ejected  in  the  process  of 
aeration.  Aeration  also  recovers  oil  in  solution  in  the 
last  siphon.  I  think  I  may  say  all  the  products  men- 
tioned are  practically  new,  and  samples  are  here  for 
inspection.  I  may  also  suggest  that  the  four  pro- 
ducts which  may  be  recovered  from  sewage  seem  to 
offer  grounds  for  believing  that  a  financially  valuable 
product  may  possibly  be  recovered  from  this  source 
at  last,  in  place  of  the  ordinary  sludge  as  at  present. 
discussion. 

Mr.  Christie  considered  that  the  nation  would 
be  indebted  to  Mr.  Harthnd  if  his  process  could 
accomplish  all  that  had  been  said  of  it.  The  diffi- 
culties he  had  to  speak  of  were  in  reference  to  dye 
works  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Leven,  where  a 
great  deal  had  been  done  to  grapple  with  the  waste 
discharge  from  dye  works.  The  chief  difficulty  was  in 
the  soapy  solutions  holding  a  small  quantity  of  free 
oil  in  suspension.  Mr.  Hartland  had  spoken  of  400 
grains  down  to  60  grains  per  gallon,  if  he  had  fol- 
lowed him  properly  ;  hut  in  the  Leven  the  waste  pro- 
.  ducts  leaving  the  works  were  much  more  dilute,  and 
only  cirried  from  5  to  15  grains  per  gallon.  The 
works  for  the  purpose  of  dealing  with  the  discharged 
liquids  were  unfortunately  situated  on  a  very  low- 
level,  so  that  any  m?thod  for  treatment  must  follow 
the  pumping  to  a  height  of  from  10  to  20  feet  of  the 
liquids  discharged  from  the  dye-houses,  and  when  it 
was  considered  that  in  his  own  works  four  million 
gallons  of  these  refuse  liquors  were  discharged  per 
day,  it  was  evident  the  treatment  with  either  acid  or 
salts  of  lime  or  magnesia  must  necessarily  involve 
great  outlay  by  reason  of  the  dilution  of  the  material 
discharged.  A  great  deal  had  been  done  at  his 
works  in  the  way  of  chemical  treatment,  but  so  far  it 
had  failed  to  deal  successfully  with  the  enormous 
quantity  of  liquid  discharged  into  the  river.  Within 
the  past  year  his  attention  had  been  turned  to  sub 
sidence,  and  he  agreed  with  Mr.  Hartland  that  the 
subsiding  system  seemed  to  indicate  that  more  suc- 
cessful results  might  follow  fiom  that  method  of 
treatment,  if  a  chemical  could  be  found  suitable  for 
the  precipitation  of  the  soapy  liquors  and  fats  in  a 
fine  state  of  division— that  should  as  far  as  possible 
increase  the  specific  gravity  of  the  resulting  com- 
pound in  order  to  facilitate  the  subsidence,  as  the  dif- 
ficulties are  accentuated  from  the  fact  that  the  fats 
have  a  specific  gravity  less  than  water  ;  and  as  the 
refuse  liquids  contain  say,  on  an  average,  10  grains 


per  gallon,  the  precipitant  put  into  this  enormous 
volume  ot  liquor  effected  precipitation  rather  slowly, 

and  in  such  a  fine  state  of  division,  that  great  dif- 
ficulty is  experienced  in  getting  it  to  subside,  and  the 
success  of  the  process  must  naturally  depend  on  the 
effectual  subsidence  of  this  compound,  with  a  specific 
gravity  as  far  as  possible  above  that  of  water.  The 
method  of  aeration  would  have,  he  was  afraid,  no 
effect  upon  the  soapy  liquors.  The  colour  discharged 
with  the  soap  was  not  capable  of  being  acted  upon  by 
aeration  so  far  as  his  ex]  erience  went. 

Mr.  Tatlock  asked  how  long  it  would  take  to  treat 
a  large  quantity  of  liquid  in  the  manner  described  1 

Mr.  Hartland  replied  that  for  a  large  body  of 
liquid  a  number  of  apparatus  would  be  required,  but 
with  the  apparatus  described  10,000  gallons  per  day 
could  ba  dealt  with  automatically.  The  apparatus 
was  only  21  feet  long  by  64  feet  broad  in  its  broadest 
part  :  in  practice  each  apparatus  would  extract  from 
the  main  body  of  liquid  a  certain  quota,  according  to 
its  capacity,  so  that  quantity  of  liquid  was  im- 
material. For  instance,  a  stream  of  sewage  of 
100,000  gallons  per  day  could  either  be  treated  by  one 
apparatus  of  100,000  gallons  capacity,  or  by  two  of 
50,000  gallons,  or  by  10  of  10,000  gallons  per  day 
capacity. 

Mr.  LrVEKSEDGE  asked  what  kind  of  filtering 
medium  was  employed  ] 

Mr.  Hartland  replied  thit  broken  bricks  or  raw- 
chalk  might  be  employed,  but  in  the  case  in  question 
common  ashes  were  used,  which  were  very  rough  in 
the  first  two  filters,  and  finer  in  the  last  two. 

Mr.  Cuthbertson  inquired  if  the  process  was 
applicable  on  a  much  larger  scale '? 

Mr.  Hartland  replied  that  on  a  larger  scale  it 
would  necessarily  be  much  better,  because  the  deeper 
one  went  the  better  the  law  which  governed  the 
system  was  brought  into  operation. 

Mr.  Tatlock  believed  that  experiments  on  a  some- 
what extensive  scale  had  been  made  by  the  Corpora- 
tion of  Glasgow  with  regard  to  the  effect  of  aeration 
on  the  town  sewage.  The  apparatus  employed  was 
one  of  the  most  perfect  forms  of  oxidisers  known,  and 
consisted  of  a  screw  revolving  vertically  at  a  high  rate 
of  speed  in  the  cylinder  containing  the  sewage  matter, 
by  which  the  air  was  beaten  down  into  the  liquid 
and,  so  to  speak,  "atomised."  The  appearance  of 
the  liquid  under  aeration  was  that  of  milk,  arising 
from  the  air  being  churned  up  with  it,  and  the  effect 
in  that  case  was  not  very  encouraging,  so  much  so 
that  the  process  was  not  adopted.  It  was  found 
that  after  settling  the  solid  matter  from  sewage  and 
treating  it  in  as  clear  a  state  as  it  could  be  got,  it 
began,  after  some  time,  to  smell  again,  and  hence  if 
it  were  applied  to  sewage  matter  before  being  dis- 
charged into  the  river  Clyde,  by  the  time  the  purified 
or  aerated  sewage  had  been  carried  up  and  down 
several  times  by  the  flow  of  the  river  and  backwash 
of  the  tide,  the  smell  would  begin  again.  Oxidation 
by  that  means  was  also  found  to  be  rather  expensive, 
and  from  some  experience  he  had  had  he  believed  he 
was  justified  in  saying  so.  He  was  quite  pleased  with 
the  description  given  of  the  apparatus,  but  he  thought 
that  as  far  as  aeration  was  concerned  it  had  hitherto 
not  been  found  successful  for  treating  sewage, 
although  further  experiments  in  that  direction  were 
very  desirable. 

Mr.  A.  .T.  LrVEKSEDGE  believed  that  no  question 
could  exist  as  to  the  extreme  importance  of  the 
subject.  As  far  as  he  could  understand  the  process, 
from  the  description  given,  it  was  simply  a  precipita- 
tion process  combined  with  filtration  and  aeration. 
The  sewage  was  in  the  first  place  allowed  to  settle  in 
a  large  tank,  but  Mr.  Hartland  would  not  claim  any 
originality  as  to  that,  as  it  was  the  first  step  taken  by 


362 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  '1I1E  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IJi.ySi.  IE87. 


anyone  who  attempt e  1  to  deal  with  si  wage  i  r  similar 
substam  es.    Afterwards,  the  partially  clean  d  si  i 
i which  was  qoI  '  '   a. f ree  from  the  w bole  matter  in 
suspension)  was  to  be  passed  through  a  filter,  and 
that  also  had  been  tried  on  a   lai  in  several 

places,  though,  as  far  as  be  knew,  the  only  filtering 
process  which  had  been  found  valuable  was  simply 
to  allow  the  sewage  to  be  passed  through  land.  All 
other  filtering  processes,  whether  tried  on  crude 
Bewage  or  partial)}  cleared  sewage,  appeared  to  bave 
faiV  i.  owing  to  the  filtering  mediums  having  become 
rapidly  choked  up  and  usi  Less,  and  to  the  trouble  and 
cost  ol  cleansing  and  renewing  them.  Experiments 
on  a  large  scale  had  been  tried  at  I  Irossness  to  filter 
sewage  sludge  through  filter-presses,  but  it  was 
found  in  that  case  absolutely  impossible  to  filter  the 
si  wage  without  first  tre  iting  it  chemically,  as  other- 
wise the  cloth  used  her. ma'  quite  slimy  and  useless 
in  the  course  of  a  yerjj  short  time.  Referring  to  Mr. 
Hartland's  precipitation  tank,  the  settled  matter  in 
thai  tank  would  contain  at  least  7.".  percent,  of  water. 
Mr.  Hartland  dissented  from  that,  but  in  that  tank  he 
had  simply  the  action  of  gravity,  and  even  when  you 
employed  great  pressure  in  order  to  separate  the 
liquids  from  the  solids  of  sewage,  the  substance  ob- 
tained contained  from  50  to  60  percent,  of  liquid  ;  and 
he  would  like  to  ask  what  would  be  done  with  this 
sludge  from  the  tank  1  Mr.  Hartland  had  not  ex- 
plained in  detail  the  apparatus  he  proposed  for  forcing 
air  amongst  the  sewage  for  his  final  process,  nor 
given  the  quantity  of  air  required  to  effect  the 
necessary  aeration  or  the  cost  of  the  apparatus  for 
that  purpose.  He  was  convinced  that  il  Mr.  Hart- 
land would  work  out  the  cost  of  treating  sewage  in 
any  district  by  his  apparatus,  he  would  be  greatly 
surprised  at  the  amount  of  money  it  would  come  to. 
He  would  instance  the  experiments  made  by  the 
Metropolitan  Board  of  Works,  who  had  tiied  pro- 
bably every  method  that  had  been  suggested  that 
contained  any  promise  of  success,  and  whilst  many 
methods  had  been  proposi  d  and  had  given  fair  result's 
on  a  small  scale,  it  was  found  that  when  the}'  came 
to  be  multiplied,  and  to  deal  with  mi  or  100  million 
gallons  per  day,  the  cost  became  so  enormous  as  to 
put  them  out  of  the  question.  It  was  not  merely  a 
question  in  the  case  of  sewage  <>f  separating  the  solid 
matters  from  the  sewage,  hut  what  was  Mr.  Hartland 
going  to  do  with  the  recovi  red  sludge  obtained  in  his 
precipitation  tank— which  must  contain  a  large 
amount  of  water,  especially  seeing  that  he  did  not 
advocate  chemical  treatment?  That  was  a  most 
important  question  ;  but  there  were  many  other 
points  in  connection  with  the  process  Mr.  Hartland 
had  sketched-  lor  example,  the  nature  of  the  filtering 
medium,  the  method  of  cleansing,  the  cost  of  renewing, 
the  details  of  the  final  aeration,  the   length  of  time 

Keces-ary  to  obtain  a    ]  art  icu'ar   result,    the  cost    for 

:  ing  any  givi  n  quantity  of  average  sewage,  and  so 
on — upnn  which  further  information  was  desirable. 

Mr  II  ibti  \m>  pointi  d  out  that  bis  ]  aper  di  til 
with  trade  liquids,  whereas  the  discussion  had  vei  red 
question  of  sewage,  which  was  a  total  1}  different 
thing  loan  trade  liquids.  In  the  first  tank  pn 
there  could  be  got  what  was  dredged  up  from  the 
bed  ol  the  Clyde,  and  it  could  be  deal!  with  in  ex- 
actly the  same  wai  :  but  supposing  this  system  was 
in  operation  in  Glasgow,  the  sludge  might  just  as 
easily  lie  sent  down   by   t  hut    instead   of 

dredging  it  out  of  the  bed  ol  the  river  it  could  he 
dredged  out  oi  the  tank  in  question.  The 
applied  to  sewage  aimed  a:  recovering  a  product  id' 
some  value,  the  tanks  being  designed  bo  as  to 
separate  by  gravity  the  constituents  ol  sewage  into 
three  different  forms  of  deposit,  so  that  theymighl  use 
what  WBSg I  and  reject  that  which  was  not  nr  ailing 


b  ordinary  sludge,  lie  placed  no  value  on  this 
matei  ial ;  indeed  il  il  entered  1  he  manure  at  all,  it 
would  first  be  burnt  to  an  a  b  He  might,  however, 
remark,  that  if  thej  burned  the  small  quantity  oi 
coarse  sludge  then  i  bj  this  system  compared  with 
others,  tbi  n  tic-  two  important  sanitary  features  of 
pumping  (water  in  this  case)  to  obviate  impoundage 

by  tidal  nr  other  in  Hue  nee,  a-  well  as  the  lore,  d  ven- 
tilation of  sewers,  become  feasible  and  easy  operations, 
whilst  he  submitted  the  destruction  of  sludge  was  the 

only  pi  rmanent  modeol  d  sposal,  and  which  s ter  or 

later  must  he  adopti  d. 

Erratum.—  Mr.  Tal  lock's  paper,  '1111  the  Determination  of 

Mac  '•  I 'rep,  hi  ions  .if  1 11 111.  with  Special  Reference  tn  Alum 
and  Sulphate  of  Alumina,''  April  Dumber,  p.  279,  Hiiro"  linefrom 
conclusion  of  article,  for  "0  unuOlgrin."  read  •■(ruooulunii." 


JSottingbam  Section. 

Chairman  :  Prof.  Clowe?. 
Vice-Chairman  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 
Treasurer:  J.  li.  Coleman. 
Committee  : 
L.  Archbutt  T.  W.  Lovibond. 

W.  A.  Curry.  II.  .1.  staples. 

II.  Doidge.  E.  H.  Truman. 

K.  Fitzhugh.  R.  I..  Whiteley. 

E.  Francis. 

J  fan.  Local  Secretary  : 
J.  It.  Asliwi.ll.  Midanbury  Lodge.  Bentinck  Koad, 
Nottingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


A    LECTURE    ON    FLAME* 

BY    LEWIS   T.    W  LIGHT. 

I  want  to  call  your  attention  particularly  to  the  fact 
that  sometimes  flame  travels  rapidly  and  sometimes 
slowly.  This  subject  is  one  of  some  importance,  and 
is  what  we  call  the  velocity  of  propagation  of  flame. 
We  can  prepare,  with  coal-gas,  mixtures  having 
flames  that  travel  at  from  6ft  to  iff.  per  second 
And  I  want  you  to  distinguish  between  the  quiet, 
uniform,  and  slow  propagation  of  flame  that  takes 
place  in  the  first  half  of  this  [3ft.  glass  tube,  which  is 
measurable  to  the  eye.  and  the  extremely  rapid  ami 
detonating  explosion  sometimes  taking  place  in  the 
second  half  ot  the  tube.  The  first  I  will  call  an 
explosion  of  the  first  order,  the  second,  infinitely 
more  rapid,  I  will  call  an  explosion  of  the  second 
order.  Let  lis  stipp  se  1  have  an  explosion  of  the 
first  order  taking  place  in  this  tube  that  does  not 
exceed  the  velocity  of  i[ft.  per  second.  I  can  arrest 
it— put  it  out  by  inserting  a  small  piece  of  metal 
gauze  in  the  tube.  We  learn  then  that  when  the 
flame  is  travelling  at  a  speed  of  less  than  i|ft.  per 

second  thi  ol  ai  ii  -!  it-  passage.       1   wall  now 

endeavour  to  prepare  a  more  explosive  mixture, 
having  a  velocity  of  propagation  of  flame  of  mine 
than  1 1  It.  p't  second,  and  you  will,  p  chaps,  find  the 
flame  penetrating  the  uau/e  as  though  il  were  not 
there.  We  have  learnt  a  very  important  fact.  I 
want  to  show  you,  il  1  can,  in  a  more  marked  manner 
lew  an  explosion  of  the  first  order  becomes  connected 
with  one  of  tin-  second  and  more  terrible  kind.  Here 
we  have  a  mixture,  the  flame  of  which  lodges  in  the 

tuh.  and    is    not,  as   at    first,  a    very    thin   surface   of 

flame  bul  occupn   .  perhaps,  J  an  inch  of  the  [engl  h 

*  Thi-  lecture,  of  asomi  popular  character,  was  delivered  on 
thclsih  March,  by  invl  the  Nottingham  Scctionot 

ti,e  Society.      'I  he  extract  given   contains   an    account  of 

■    eribed  by  the  Lecturer, 


Mar  31. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


sn.T 


of  the  tube.  This  flame  is  in  a  \  iolent  state  of  oscil- 
u.  When  its  tremor  is  sufficiently  violent, 
ofthesi  ond  order  will  be  initiated.  There 
are  two  points  here  to  observe  :  that  a  definite  explo 
rive  mixture  may  have  a  velocity  of  propagation  of 
name  when  it  is  undergoing  explosion  of  the  first 
order,  that  is,  »s  low  as  lift,  per  second,  but  when  it 
becomes  sufficiently  agitated  to  give  an  explosion  of 
the  second  order  the  rate  of  propagation  of  flam 
Several  thousand  feet  per  second. 

Tia-  following  table  sets  forth  the  particulars  of  the 
experiments  made  in  a  glass  tube  13ft  long  and 
0'75  inch  in  diameter  ■ — 


"»0<*7j  topl^rf    Total  rUoci.y 
■"    of        first  or.. 

trawls  in  lube.      oIM»me. 


12*2 

150 

i;-7 

196 

■21- 2 
22"  1 
230 


Air. 
■     ■ 

87-8  . 
850  . 
823 
SOI  . 
78-8 
77-9  . 
77  0     . 


second. 
121 
121 
1-28 
132 
135 
133 
139 
1  11 


Feet    per 
second. 

11 

20 

30 

IH 

30 
21 
1-3 

Stationary. 


Feet     iter 

231 
3-21 
1-28 
CI  2 
4  35 


In  thinking  ^i  explosive  mixture  you  must  bear  in 
mind  the  difference  due  to  the  mixture  and  the 
difference  due  to  the  class  of  explosion.  Some  years 
ago  I  was  connected  with  a  large  gasworks,  and  there 
we  had  a  great  number  of  safety  lamps,  as  there  were 
innumerable  places  where  it  would  have  been  fatal 
to  enter  with  a  naked  light.  The  lamps  were  in 
the  charge  of  a  most  competent  man.  and  were  care- 
fully examined  and  tested  before  being  sent  out  for 
use  on  the  works.  Well,  one  morning 
daybreak  a  larger  purifier  exploded  ju<t  a<  the 
men  were  going  to  work  on  it.  One  man,  who 
was  carrying  a  safety-lamp,  was  knocked  down, 
and  others  were  burned.  The  lamp  in  its  fall 
had  its  gauze  injured.  The  explosion  was  looked 
upon  as  most  mysterious,  and  some  thought  that  the 
hole  in  the  gauze  had  not  been  caused  by  the  fall  of 
the  lamp  on  a  sharp  piece  of  iron,  but  had  been  there 
when  it  left  the  lamp-room.  It  was  an  unpl 
occurrence,  that  never  became  satisfactorily  cleared 
up.  Amongst  experienced  men  there  had  always 
been  a  feeling  of  distrust  regarding  these  lamps  in 
circumstances  where  there  was  known  to  be  much 
■nt.  and  an  old  hand  might  be  known  by  his 
habit  of  leaving  his  lamp  outside  if  called  upon  to 
enter  any  building  in  the  dark  where  gas  was 
escaping.  Some  time  after  a  similar  explosion 
occurred  by  a  young  man  placing  a  safety-lamp  near 
a  current  of  gas  which  ignited,  burning  him  severely. 
The  lamp  was  rigorously  examined,  but  no  defect 
could  be  found  in  it,  and  it  stood  the  test  well.  I 
may  say  that  the  test  was  really  inefficient.  I  de- 
termined to  thrash  the  matter  out,  and  trying  the 
lamps  by  various  methods  at  last  found  out  a  means 
of  blowing  them  all  up.  Not  one  could  re- 
new test,  which  was  simply  this  :  By  creating  an 
explosion  inside  the  lamp,  by  a  sudden  application  of 
the  explosive  mixture  to  it,  the  flame  was 
through  the  gauze,  igniting  the  mixture  outside. 
Thi>  was  a  serious  revelation,  .and  exposed  the 
deficiencies  of  the  old  test  for  soundness,  which  was, 
that  the  lamp  should  be  put  out  by  being  smothered 


with  gas.     I  am  \  I  i  show  th's  experiment  in  an 

ited   manner.     Here   we  have   a   hollow  tin 

i  with  gauze.     I  am  going  to 

ilosion  inside  it,  and  1  hope  you  will  be 

e  the  Same  as  it  passes  through  the  gauze. 

That  the  flame  is  projected  some  distance,    I   will 

prove  by  causing  it  to  light  an  unignited  stream  of 

nice  of  4  feet.  I  found  out  that  the 
Davy  lamp  gauze  would  not  always  resist  the  passage 
of  the  flame  r  ill  explosion  in  the 

lamp.     Of  course  n  -  we  know  much  more  of 

the  Davy  lamp  than  we  did,  and  the  ordinary  forms 
are  not  considered  safe  in  what  we  might  call 
moderate  currents.  In  a  current  of  gas  about  4  or  5 
feet  per  second  the  flame  is  blown  through  the  gauze. 
This  is  well  known  I  believe  now,  but  I  do  not  think 
the  circumstances  of  an  explosion  inside  the  lamp 
blowing  the  flame  through  is  so  well  known.  It  is 
evident,  then,  that  when  the  rapidity  with  which  the 
flame  is  moving  exceeds  a  certain  rate  it  is  blown 
through  the  gauze.  When  I  discovered  that  an 
explosion  inside  the  safety-lamp  was  sufficient,  with 
coal  gas  at  least,  to  pass  through  the  gauze,  I  felt  I 
had  made  an  unpleasant  discovery,  and  thought  that 
perhaps  there  was  someth  _  with  the  material. 

I  tried  all  sorts  of  makes  of  various  meshes.  There 
was  nothing  to  choose  between  them.  It  was  no  use 
having  finer  mesh,  for  thii  as  you  reduced  the 

size  of  the  apertures  you  reduced  the  thickness  of  the 
wire  and  its  weight,  so  it  was  as  broad  as  it  was  long. 
Still  flame  will  not  touch  a  cold  metal  surface.  ]f  I 
hold  this  rlame  against  this  metal  plate,  there  is  a 

that  is  not  flame.  You  will  see  that,  as 
rlame  to  be  flame  must  be  hot,  it  cannot  touch  this 
cold  metal,  because  the  metal  will  cool  it  below  the 
temperature  at  which  this  gas  can  give  the  phenomena 
of  flame.  Often,  in  these  tubes,  I  find  if  I  let  the 
flame  go  do  wly  up  to  the  gauze  that  it  is  extinguished 
before  it  quite  touches  it.  When  the  flame  is  travelling 
in  the  direction  of  the  gauze,  the  question  whether  it 
will  pass  or  be  extinguished  is  simply  a  question  of 
the  rate  at  which  the  flame  is  travelling,  and  the  rate 
at  which  the  gauze  is  cooling— a  battle  between  the 
velocity  of  propagation  of  flame  and  the  rate  of 
cooling  that  the  gauze  can  exert,  which  will  be 
decided  in  favour  of  the  most  powerful.  Davy  lamp 
gauze  is  made  by  interlacing  about  twenty-eight 
wires  of  j ijfoths  of  an  inch  diameter,  forming  the 
warp  over  and  under  twenty-eight  wires  of  woof  of 
same  diameter,  and  the  result  is  a  number  of  square 
apertures  slightly  larger  than  the  thickness  of  the 
wire.  ths  of  an  inch  across.     Two 

adjacent  wires  of  warp  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  a  little  more  than  the  thickness  of  the  wire  form- 
ing the  woof,  and  i  ecause  the  wires  of  the 
woof  bend  under  and  over  the  wires  of  the  warp,  just 
a-  the  wires  forming  the  warp  bend  under  and  over 
the  wires  of  the  woof — so  you  see  if.  with  this  system 
of  weaving,  we  wish  to  obtain  smaller  apertures,  we 
must  employ  thinner  and  lighter  wires,  ha'. 
cooling  power.  However,  let  OS  suppose  that  the 
wires  of  the  woof  are  very  strong,  and  will  not  bend 
at  all  :  the  wires  of  the  warp  only  bend  under  and 

-lit  woof  w-ires.  Then  you  see  that  the 
warp  wires  can  touch  each  other,  and  ;  1  of 

the  square  apertures.  We  can  also  .-•  t,  by  empl  >ying 
very  stiff  wires  one  way.  and  very  thick,  soft  wires 
the  other,  a  heavy  gauze,  with  no  direct  openings, 
but  small,  tortuous  ones.  We  can  do  what  we  could 
not  do  with  the  cither  mode  of  weaving — viz.,  pro- 
cure extra  weight  of  metal,  at  the  same  time  reducing 
the  apertures.  This  method  of  weaving  is  called 
basket-work,  because  baskets  are  made  like  that. 

By  taking  off  the  old  Davy  lamp  gauze  from  our 
lamps,  and  replacing  it  with  the  heavier  basket-work, 

D 


3f>4 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  ('II KM  K  Al.  INDUSTRY.     [M»y si,  1887. 


I  secured  lamps  that  would  stand  any  test  I  could 
apply,  and  1  had  gas  ir.nn  a  c  impressing  engine,  at  a 
pressure  of  20lb.  and  more  on  the  square  inch,  blown 
on  them,  and  they  did  not  fire     My  object  of  pro- 

curing  a  safe  lamp  w  I  1.  and  1  m  iy  say  that 

attempts  1 1  make  the  lamp  safe  byusingtwo  or  three 

idol  one  1  lyer  of  the  ordinary  Davy  lamp  gauze 
were  not  successful. 


\  in  Boiler-clem  ng  Compounds.  A.  J. 
Boult,  London,  Prom  S.  W.  Merryman,  Baltimore, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  1582,  Feb.  1,  1887.     Id. 

The  new  composition  consists  of  tannin,  Jib.  :  terra 
japonica,  lib.  ;  West  Virginia  oil,  1  gallon  ;  and  Boda 
ash,  901b.  The  terra  japonica  i-  dissolved  in  water, 
the  oil  added,  and  the  mixture  passed  over  the  soda  ash  ; 
the  tannin  i-  finally  added. — C.  C.  11. 


Journal  ant)  Patent*  Literature. 

I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

An  Improved  Filter  for  the  Purification  of  Water  and 
Liquids.  I'.'llikelv  and  J.  Uadeliffe,  Kochdale. 
Eng.  Pat  4623,  April  2,  1SSG.  6d. 
Tun  improved  filter  consists  of  a  cylindrical  or  other 
Bhaped  vessel  provided  with  an  upper  part  for  the 
admission  of  water  and  a  lower  put  for  the  outlet. 
Between  the  two  is  the  filtering  body  secured  in  a  slide 
fitting  into  two  grooves  in  the  body  of  the  lilter;  the 
cover  of  the  slide  is  held  in  position  by  a  cross  bar  and 
centre  screw. — ('.  C.  11. 

Improvements  in  Filters.     C.  E.  Gittins,  London.    Eng. 

Pat.  5343,  April  Hi,  1SSG.     Sd. 
Two  bowls  or  dish  like  cylindrical  bodies  are  screwed 
ther  with  the  filtering  media  between  them  ;    this 
consists  of  charcoal,  porous  earthenware,  or  sandstone. 

-C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Filter,,./     \pparotus.     C.  W.  Labitz, 
Hamburg.     Eng.  Pat.  5669,  April  24,  1886.     (id. 

A  NUMBER  of  perforated  hollow  drams  covered  with 
felt  axe  Strang  upon  a  hollow  shaft  capable  of  rotation .; 
the  shaft  carries  a  number  of  brushes  the  ends  of  which 
rest  on  the  filtering  drums.  The  whole  is  enclosed  in  a 
tight  vessel  into  which  the  unlilteied  material  is  forced. 
The  liltrate  escapes  from  the  apparatus  by  the  holiow 
shaft.  The  residue  is  removed  from  the  surfaces  of  the 
filtering  drums  by  the  rotation  of  the  brushes.— C.  C.  11. 


ments  in  Funnels.     A.  Gersdorf,  Washington, 
I  .s.A.     Eng.  Pat.  1970,  Feb.  S,  1887.    6d. 

THE  shank  of  the  funnel  is  made  triangular  in  section, 
to  permit  the  escape  of  air  from  the  bottle  in  which  the 
filtrate  is  received.  The  upper  edge  of  the  body  is 
turne  1  inwards  to  prevent  splashing  when  the  liquid  to 
be  filtered  is  poured  hastily  into  the  interior  of  the 
funnel. -(.'.  C.  II. 


Improvements  in    Filtet  or    use   under   High 

Pressures.     11.  E.  Newton,   London.     From   A.  L.  G. 

Dehne,  Halle-on-the-Saal,  Prussia.     Eng.   Tat.  G62S, 

May  17,  1836.     Sd. 

THE  improvements  specified    consist    in  the  use    of   a 

|J-shaped  packing  ring  of  leather  or  rubber  placed  in  a 

groove  between  the  joints  of    tin'  plates  or  chambers. 

The  patentee   also  claims   as  novel   the  use  of  a  linely- 

grooved  filter-plate  covered    with   gauze   or   sheets   of 

perforated  metal  for  the  support  of  t he  cloths.— C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Filter-presses  ennl  the  Mode  of  Charg- 
ing the  Siime.      E.   .lours  and  A.  Beech,  Tunstail. 

Eng   I'at.  9759,  duly  29,  Ism'..     8d. 

In  the  old  form  of  wooden  filter-press  the  chambers  are 
much  weakened  by  the  passage  of  the  inlet  nozzle 
through  the  strengthening  strip  on  the  edges  of  the 
chambers.     The    pro-cut    invention    obviates    this    by 

using  a  cranked  instead  of  a  straight  nozzle,  which 
avoids  the  cutting  away  of  the  strengthening  strip. 

— C.  C.  H. 

■  Any  of  these  specifications  maj  lie  obtained  by  post,  by 

remitting  the  cost  pi tage,  to  Mr.  H.  Header  Lack, 

Comptroller  of  tin-  Patent  Office.  s>uiliunipton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London,  \\  ,C.  't  he  amount  of  postal  ma] 
be  calculated  us  follows: — 

]f  the  pit  I  ;  Bd jd. 

Above  Bd..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  (id...      Id. 
.,      Is.  Cd.,    „  ..         -'-.  Id...      lid. 

„      2s.  Id.,    .,  „         2s.  id...      id. 


II.— FUEL,   GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Improvements  in  Coh  Ovens.  T.  F.  V.  C.  Otto  and 
]>r.  C.  Otto  .v  Co.,  Dalbausen,  Germany.  Eng,  Pat. 
5522,  April  21,  1886.  lid. 
According  to  this  invention  the  gases  evolved  from 
the  ordinary  Beehive  oven,  after  being  scrubbed  for  the 
recovery  of  the  by-products,  are  brought  back  and 
burned  underneath  tin' oven.  The  air  required  for  the 
combustion  is  heated  by  a  regenerator  arrangement, 
the  wa-te  heat  from  the  burning  oases  being  utilised  for 
this  purpose.    Drawings  are  given  with  the  specification. 

-A.  R.  D. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Manufacturing  Gas  from 
Benzo  int  or  other  similar  suitable  <>il,  and  in  Appar- 
atus employed  therein.  T.  Drake,  Huddersheld. 
Eng.  Pat.  77.13,  June  9,  1SS6.     Sd. 

ATMOSPHERIC  A.IR,  dried  and  heated,  is  driven  by  a 
Loot's  blower  through  benzoline  contained  in  a  tank. 
The  air  current  is  distributed  by  being  made  to  pass 
through  a  number  of  canvas  diaphragms  placed  horizon- 
tally in  the  liquid.  As  the  resulting  gas  is  very  explo- 
sive, the  gas  pipes  must  be  provided  with  wire-gauze 
checks  on  the  same  principle  as  the  Davy  lamp. 

-A.  L.  D. 

I mji,  I  Apparatus  for  obtaining  Gas  for 

Illuminating,    Heating,    and    other    Purposes.      H. 

Williams,  Stockport.  '  Eng.  I'at.    sv>...  duly  7,  1SS6. 

lid. 
The  inventor  generates  hydrogen  gas  from  fragments  of 
zinc  or  iron  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid  in  an  apparatus  simi- 
lar in  principle  to  that  commonly  emploj  ed  in  the  labora- 
tory for  the  same  purpose.  It  consists  of  a  tank  to  con- 
tain the  dilute  acidf,  and  an  inverted  vessel  standing 
gasometer-wise  within  this.  The  inverted  vessel 
carries  within  it  a  tray  on  which  i-  placed  the  zinc  or 
iron,  and  is  provided  in  LtE  upper  portion  with  an  outlet 
for  the  gas.  It  is  supported  by  a  cord  or  chain 
passing  over  pulleys  and  carrying  equivalent  weights  at 
the  other  end.  This  arrangement  is  to  secure  a  uniform 
pressure  of  gas.  The  gas  may  be  carburetted  by  passing 
through  a  chamber  wherein  strip-  of  absorbent  material 
are  hung  in  stub  a  manner  that  the  course  is  rendered 
ortuons  as  possible  The  lower  edges  of  the  strips 
dip  into  the  carbnretting  liqnid,  which  is  maintained  at 
a  constant  level  by  means  of  a  ball  tap.  — .V.  L.  D. 


Improvements  in  the  Removal  of  Ammonia  from  Coal 

and  in  the  Manufacture  of  Ammoniacal  Salts 

therefrom,    and    in    Apparatus    employed    in    sue/i 

Proa  J.    Bepworth  and    E.    Marriott,   Carlisle. 

Eng.  I'at.  5858,  April  30,  L886.     lid. 

Till)  object  Of  this  invention  is  the  recovery  of  ammonia 
from  coal  gas,  without  the  use  of  lime,  stills  and  satuia- 
tors.  Instead  of  water  for  washing  the  gas,  a  neutral 
solution  of  any  suitable  salt  of  ammonia  is  introduced 


Mr  31.1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


! 


into  the  scrubber,   whereby  the  am nia  i>  absorbed.  I  the  liquor  from  the  scrubber  meets  a  regulated  supply 

I  in     ni  11  tii  hi,  thus  charged  with  an  excess  of  ammonia,    of  acid  ft the  tuiky,  the  evolved  passing  through 

is  neutralised  and  then  again  used  as  absorbing  agentin    the  pipe  i  into  t  lie  purifier  k.     The  neutralised  liquor 


the  Bcrubber, 


.„j  pipe  . 
until  its  density  rises  to  about  40°  T\v.,  |  can  be  pumped  up  through  the  pipe  e,  and  sprinkled  in 


when  it  is  evaporated  in  the  usual  manner.  The  gases 
liberated  during  the  neutralising  process  are  carried  for- 
ward  into  a  purifier  of    usual  construction.      In  the 


the  tops  of  the  scrubbers  a  to  absorb  more  ammonia  and 
be  neutralised  as  before.  If  more  ammoniacal  liquor  is 
produced  than  can  be  treated  in  this  apparatus,  an 
additional  closed  vessel  m  is  used,  fitted  with  a  perforated 
bottom,  below  which  leads  a  pipe  n  from  the  scrubber 
outlet.  The  vessel  is  filled  with  ammoniacal  liquor, 
and  heated  by  a  steam  coil  o,  and  the  gas  bubbling 
through  it,  extracts  the  ammonia  absorbed  in  the  liquor 
and  acts  likewise  as  a  carrier  to  convey  the  gas  to  the 
scrubber  inlet  through  the  pipey. — S.  H. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Gas  Carbon, 
and  to  the  Manufacture  of  Articles  therefrom  F.  H. 
Snyder,  Jersey,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  Feb.  1,  18S7.     Sd. 

Gas  CARBON  is  finely  pulverised  and  washed,  to  remove 
soluble  salts.  It  is  then  separated  into  the  qualities 
represented  by  the  densities  of  the  different  particles, 
i  either  by  elutriation,  or,  in  the  dry  state,  by  an  air 
•  blast.  The  product  is  available  for  most  purposes 
where  heat-resisting  qualities  are  advantageous — such 
as  safe  linings,  crucible  linings,  paint,  etc.,  etc.  The 
dry  material  is  mixed  with  coal  tar  or  other  suitable 
cementing  liquid,  to  facilitate  the  moulding.  The  tar  is 
afterwards  removed  bv  baking. — A.  K.  D. 


annexed   drawings   (Figs.   1   and  2),   a   represents  the 
scrubber,  and  h  the  pipe  leading  to  the  purifier  c     The 

latter  contains  separate  boxes  or  nentralisers  d,  where 


III— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Li'tidines  of  Coal  Tar.     G.   Lunge  and  J;  Rosenberg. 
- -  Eer.  20,  1^7— 137. 

The  sulphuric  acid,  after  being  used  for  purifying  tar  oils, 
contains  a  considerable  amount  of  bases  and  sul- 
phonic  acids  of  hydrocarbons.  It  was  diluted 
with  three  or  four  times  the  volume  of  water, 
left  for  several  days  and  filtered.  The  filtrate 
was  evaporated,  saturated  with  sodium  hydrate, 
and  the  resultant  dark  oil  separated,  and  distilled  with 
steam.  The  oilv  distillate  was  then  dried  over  caustic 
potash.     Twenty  litres  of  sulphuric  acid  gave  SOOgrms. 

D2 


36G 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Mny si.  1887. 


of  purified  bases.     The   latter  were  then  Bubje. 
fractional  distillation.      Tie  fraction  boiling   between 
111  —  144     yielded     by    precipitation    with    mercuric 
chloride  (Ladenburg  and  Roth's  method,  this  Journal, 

I        ■    lutidine rcurio-chloride,  from  which  the  pure 

base  was  separated  by  treatment  with  potassium 
hydroxide  and  distillation  with  steam.  The  fraction 
-  at  153—156  gave  by  precipitation  with  mercuric 
chloride  and  isolation  of  the  base  a  colourless  liquid 
boilingatl56  -157°,  which  was  found  to  be  a  y-lutidine. 
1  hi-  was  oxidised  with  potassium  permanganate,  a-luti- 
dinic  acid  being  obtained.  This  acid,  although  identical 
with  Ladenburg's  and  Roth's  lutidinic  acid,  differs  in 
physical  properties.  It  forms  colourless  microscopic 
crystals  melting  at  223°,  and  gives  a  1.1 l-red  coloura- 
tion with  ferrous  sulphate,  whilst  the  acid  isolated 
from  animal  oil  crystallised  in  lustrons  scales  melting  at 
235,  and  yielding  a  reddish-yellow  colour  with  ferrous 
salts.  \\  li<-!i  the  fraction  boiling  at  156—170  was 
oxidised  with  potassium  permanganate,  a-Iutidinic  and 
isocinchomeronic  acids  were  obtained.  The  formation 
nt  the  latter  acid  points  to  the  presence  of  a-.i  lutidine 
in  the  mixed  bases. — D.  B. 


Ortho-  and  Parathlorodimethylaniline.    T.  Heidlberg. 
Ber.  20,  149—151. 

OrthochlorodimetAylanilme—C6BtCl.¥l(CB  |  .isobtained 
by  heating  the  hydrobromide  of  orthochloraniline  with 
rather  more  than  two  molecules  of  methyl  alcohol  in 
sealed  tubes  at  14."..  It  forms  a  colourless  liquid  base 
boiling  at  206°— 207  .  The  hydrochloride  crystallises 
in  white  hygroscopic  needles.  The  platino  chloride 
forms  lustrous  yellow  prisms.  The  nitroso-compound 
crystallises  from  alcohol  in  yellow  needles  which  are 
readily  decomposed.     It  is  a  very  feeble  base. 

-'';'  ■•   was  prepared  according  to 

Sandmeyer's  method  by  sustituting  chlorine  for  the  | 
amnio  group  in  paramidodimethylanilina  It  crystal- 
lises in  large,  lustrous,  flat  needles  soluble  in  alcohol, 
benzene  and  ether,  and  insoluble  in  water.  It  melts  at 
and  boils  at  230  -231°.  The  hydrochloride  forms 
a  difficultly  crystallisahle  syrupy  mass;  the  platino 
chloride  [<ML<'1.N,(  •ll:1jH'l'ti-ii;  crystallises  in  gold 
coloured  prisms  and  the  nitroso compound  forms  splendid 
orange  yellow  needles  melting  at  56°.  It  is  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether,  benzene  and  petroleum  spirit.— D.  B. 


Constitution  oj  Pyrene.     E.   Bamberger  and  M.  Philip. 
Ber.  20,  3(15-371. 

Tiik  formation  of  naphthaleneletracarboxylic  acid  by 
the  oxidation  of  pyrenic  acid  Bhows  that   the  latter  has 

the  constitution  (II      I     II    I >  1 1 . ..     The  fact 

thai  the  two  pairs  of  carboxyl  groups  in  naphthalenetetra- 
carboxylic  a.i.l  have  the  ortho  position  points  to  pyrenic 
acid  having  the  constitutional  formula — 

(II 
CO<      >(':   II.  COOB 

(II 

[CtH,:CO  1:1'  and  COOH:COOH=4:4'].  The 
constitution  of  pyrene  is  represented  by  a  combination  of  a 

naphthalene  nucleus  with  two  benzene  nuclei  thu-  : 
CO  CO 

CII-£\  CB  CH/\CH 


CO  Pyrencketone. 

Pyrenequinone. 
The  constitutional    formulae    of   pyreneqninone    and 
pyrencketone  are  respectively  as  above  given. — D.  B. 


195- 


C. 
198. 


Action  of  Sulphurous  Anhvdridt    on   Bt 
Colby  and  C  s.  Ml.oughlin.     Ber.  20,  19£ 

<>Nheatin_ramixtureof  benzeneflOOgrms.  (and  aluminium 
chloride  (35grms.)  on  a  water  bath,  and  introducing 
sulphurous  anhydride  until  absorption  of  the  latter  is 
eomplel  IsulphoxideC  H.SO.C  H,  is  obtained, 

which  crystallise-  Iron,  xylene  in  small  trans 
yellow  crystals  melting  at  70—71°,  belonging  to  the 
triclmic  system.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
glacial  a.vti.-  acid  and  benzene,  sparingly  soluble  in  cold 
petroleum  spirit.  When  oxidised  with'  potassium  per- 
nate  diphenylsulphone  is  obtained.  It  forms 
crystalline  lamina-,  melting  at  128".  When  reduced 
with  sodium,  diphenvlsulphide  melting  at  272  is  ob- 
tained. Diphenylsulphoxide  may  also  be  prepared  by  the 
action  of  thionylchlonde  on  benzene  in  the  presence  of 
aluminium  chloride.  When  equivalent  quant; 
diphenylsulphoxide  and  sodium  nitrate  are  dissolved  in 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  two  solutions  mixed 
and  heated  at  100  for  two  hours,  a  product  is  obtained 
which  can  be  fractionated  by  crystallisation  into  the 
following  nitro  compounds :—(l]  Yellow  crystals  spar- 
ingly soluble  in  alcohol,  readily  soluble  in  glacial  acetic 
acid,  melting  at  163"  apparently  identical  with  (bricke's 
dinitro-ulphobenzi.le  [Annalen,  100,  211  .  (2)  Yellow, 
indistinct  microscopic  crystals  melting  at  1 10  ,  soluble  in 
cold  alcohol,  readily  soluble  in  ether,  benzene,  glacial 
acetic  acid,  and  carbon  bisulphide.  This  was  found 
t..  be  the  dinitro  compound  of  diphenylsulphoxide 
i     II .  N'  > ,),SO.     (3)  An  oil  not  vet  further  investigated. 

— D.   II. 


N  '        .  '■'     Cltemistry  of  Coal-tar  Constituents.      K.  K. 
Schulze,     Ber.  20.  409—414. 

Neutral  Oils  boiling  at  170— '210  .—This fraction  consists 

of  about  50  per  cent,  of  resinitiable  oils,  15  per  cent,  of 
trimethyl-benzenes,  15 — 20  per  cent,  of  tetrametln  I- 
benzenes,  and  15 — 20  percent,  of  naphthalene. 

Phenols. — The  three  cresols  in  coal-tar  are  present  in 
the  following  proportions  ;  Metacresol  about  40  per 
cent.,  ortliocresol  about  35  ].er  cent.,  and  paracresol 
about  25  per  cent.  The  author  finds  that  amongst  the 
hydrocarbons  and  phenols  in  coal-tar  meta-compounds 
predominate,  thus  of  the  xylenes  the  quantity  of  meta- 
xylene  i-  much  greater  than  that  of  otho- or  para- xylene; 
of  the  trimethyl-benzenes  the  1  :.'! :  5  compound  (contain- 
ing ■'•  meta -positions)  is  largely  in  excess  of  the  1:3:4  and 
1:2:3  compounds  [containing  each  1  ineta-po-ition). 
The  same  applies  to  the  cresols  and  xyleools,  tbe 
quantities  of  meta -cresol  and  1:3:5  xylenol  being  much 
larger  (ban  those  of  ortho-  or  paracresol  and  1:2:4 
xylenol. 

Pvridint  Bases.— The  author  ha-  isolated  from  coal  t  ir 
pyridine  Ladenburg's  a-dMutidine  (this  Journal,  1885, 
394),  o-y-lutidine  and  Y-picoline. —  D.  B. 


V.- TEXTILES  :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

ilisation   of  Woods.      J.    Blousek,  Klein- 
Cerma,  Bohemia.     Eng.  Pat  (3421,  May  12,  1886.     4.1. 

WOOD-WOOL  is  spun  into  yarns  either  by  hand  or 
machine,  after  having  been  previously  "moistened''  or 
oiled. 

Twined  yarn  is  then  prepared,  and  from  the  same 
carpet-like  fabrics,  figured  fabrics,  laces,  cords  and  ropes 
are  made.  —  II.  -V.  B. 

.    in   the   Treatment  of  Vegetable  Textile 
Materials  and  of Threads  and  Fabrics  made  the) 
V.    Mollett- Fontaine,    Madeleine -les- Lille,    France. 
Eng.  Pat  7278,  May  31,  1^0.     8d. 

The  object  oi  this  invention  is  to  effect,  in  one  single 
operation,  the  complete  bucking  (debouillissagej  of 
vegetable  materials,  such  as  threads,  etc.,  and  so  to 
obtain  superior  white  goods  in  one  bleaching  either  by 
means  of  the  chlorine  or  by  the  electric  process  without 
affecting  the  libre. — II.  A.  II. 


tajsi.iteir.]    the  jotJBKAt  of  the  pccietv  of  cBeIiical  iNbrsi I.V 


VIL— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AKD  SALTS. 

ations  on  a  Scries  of  Bleaching  Powder  Chambi  rs. 
L.  Jahne,  Petrowitz.  DingL  Poiyt.  J,  263,  -'^7. 
Thb  scries  of  bleaching  powder  chambers  which  served 
for  tlic  purpose  of  the  experiments  consisted  of  four 
chambers  connected  with  each  other  by  pipes.  The 
chambers  worked  in  such  a  manner  that,  while  the  first 
or  Btrong  chamber  received  an  excess  of  chlorine,  the 
unused  portion  of  the  gas  passed  into  a  second,  third,  or 
even  fourth  chamber,  meeting  there  fresh  lime  by  which 
to  be  finally  absorbed.  If  a  sample  of  the  first  chamber 
showed  that  the  powder  bad  attained  the  strength 
required,  the  gas  from  the  stills  was  passed  into  the 
second  chamber,  which  thus  became  the  lirst  or  strong 
chamber.  The  gas  in  the  chamber,  now  disconnected 
from  the  series,  was  allowed  to  act  for  some  hours  longer 
on  the  lime,  and  then  drawn  by  means  of  the  chimney 
draught  over  the  fresh  lime  in  the  last  chamber.  Hereby 
the  atmosphere  of  the  chamber  was  freed  from  chlorine  ; 
no  nuisance  was  created  on  opening  the  chamber  for  the 
purpose  of  packing  ;  and,  lastly,  the  residual  chlorine 
was  made  available  in  the  most  rational  form.  A  cham- 
ber was  finished  every  12  or  14  hours  according  to  the 
quantity  of  lime,  being  a  single  or  double  charge. 

1.  Observations  on  a  series  of  chambers,  ont  of  which 
was  finished  every  12  hours.  (Single  charge  of  lime. 
Designation  oi  the  chambers  :  A,  B,  C,  D) : — 

Monday,  0  a.m.  —  A  was  emptied,  tilled,  closed  at  noon, 
and  remained  the  fourth  ol  the  series  until  4  p.m. 
Direction  of  gas  current  :  1!,  C,  1»,  A.  The  gas  was  then 
aspirated  Ironi  1!  to  A. 

b  p.m. — Sample  from  A  =  7  per  cent.  CI;  it  now  be- 
came tbinl  chamber,  (las  current  :  C,  D,  A.  i!  was 
opened  and  freshly  charged. 

12 midnight. — Sample  from  A  =  115  per  cent.  CI.  At 
4  a. m.  A  became  second  chamber.  The  gas  was  then 
aspirated  from  C  to  IS.      Gas  current  :  D,  A. 

Tuesday,  0  a.m. — Sample  from  A=12  per  cent.  CI. 
Gas  curreut  :  D,  A,  i!.  C  was  opened  and  freshly 
charged. 

12  noon. — Sample  from  A  =  13 '7  per  cent  CI.  D  was 
disconnected  at  4  p.m.,  and  A  became  first  chamber. 
Gas  current  :  A,  B,  C 

6p.m. — Sample  from  A  =  14o  per  cent.  CI.  D  was 
opened  and  freshly  charged  anil  connected  as  fourth 
chamber  at  'J  p.m.     Gas  current  -.  A,  B,  C,  D. 

12  midnight.  — Sample  from  A  =  35  per  cent.  CI.  A 
remained  hist  chamber  until  4  a.m.,  when  it  was  dis- 
connected and  freed  from  gas. 

Wednesday,  b  a.m. — A  was  opened  and  packed.  A 
careful  average  sample  showed  the  bleaching  powder  to 
contain  355  per  cent.  CI. 

These  experiments  show  that  the  residual  chlorine  in 
a  finished  chamber  may  cause  the  formation  of  bleaching 
powder,  containing  7  per  cent,  available  chlorine  in  'he 
last  chamber.  Uhe  powder  in  the  second  and  third 
chambers  increases  in  strength  only  to  a  moderate 
degree,  until  it  receives  the  gas  directly  from  the  still, 
'  when  it  comes  up  to  strength  rather  quickly. 

•-'.  Observations  on  a  series  of  chambers,  one  of  which 
was  finished  every  24  hours.  (Double  charge  of  lime. 
The  gas  from  the  stills  acted  on  each  first  chamber  from 
midnight  until  the  following  midnight) : — 

Monday,  s  a.m.— Gas  current :  C,  D,  A.  B  finished. 
Sample  from  surface  of  C  =  30'S  per  cent.  CI;  from 
bottom  of  D=S  per  cent.  CI ;  from  surface  of  A -=11  per 
cent.  CI.  Average  sample  of  B  =  37'5  per  cent.  CI.  At 
8  a.m.  C  had  been  lirst  chamber  for  8  hours.  The  gas 
from  B  was  aspirated  to  A  from  4  to  7  a.m.,  whereby  the 
lime  in  A  rose  to  11  per  cent,  available  CI. 

Tuesday,  S  a.m.— Gas  current  :  D,  A,  B  ;  C  finished. 
Sample  from  bottom  of  D=22~2  per  cent.  CI  ;  from  sur- 
face of  A  =  15  per  cent.  CI;  from  surface  of  B— ">  per 
cent.  CI.     Average  sample  of  C=38'45  per  cent.  CI. 

Wednesday,  8  a.m.— Gas  current :  A,  B,  C  ;  D  finished. 
Sample  from  surface  of  A  =343  per  cent.  CI;  from 
surface  of  B  =  07  per  cent.  CI  ;  from  surfaced  C  =  ll  per 
cent.  CI.     Average  sample  of  D=39'4  per  cent.  Cl. 

Thursday,  s  a.m.  — Gas  current ;  B,  C,  D  ;  A  finished. 
Sample  from  surface  of  B=32-4  per  cent.  Cl ;  from  sur- 


face  of  C=16  per  cent.  Cl  ;    from  surface  of  D  =  4  per 
cent.  Cl-     Average  sample  from  A  =  3G  9  per  cent.  Cl. 

A  rose  in  I  aays  thus  ....  11.  ....  15     ....  31-3     ...  & 

B  ,  :,         ..  6-7     ....  :.-"t      ...   131 

<:  ,,  , 11     ....  1U     ....  1381  (Cl 

A  statement  is  sometimes  found   in  text-books  that 
bleaching  powder  loses  bleaching  i  hlorine  if  the  powder 

be   Heated  with  a  very  large  excess  of  chlorine.     This 
could  not  he  couhrmed'on  the  laige  scale.— S.  H. 


On  llo  Action  of  Sulphur  on  Ammonia  and  on  Certain 
Metallic  l:,,  ,  s  ,i,  ll,,  presenn  of  Water.  J.  B. 
S(  nderens.  Compt  lien. I.  114,  oS. 
BrUNMER's  statement  that  sulphur  is  unacted  on  by 
aqueous  ammonia  below  7~>  C.  is  erroneous.  Such  a 
mixture,  allowed  to  stand  at  the  normal  temperature, 
became  yellow  in  colour  in  the  course  of  three  weeks, 
and  red  in  a  year,  and  was  then  found  to  contain  am- 
monium polysulphides  and  hyposulphite  (thiosulphate), 
which  are,  according  to  Fluckiger,  the  usual  products 
of  the  reaction,  when  effected  in  a  sealed  tube  at 
100°  C.  Sulphur  is  deposited  from  the  solution  on 
exposure  to  air.  Precisely  similar  reactions,  whether 
boiling  or  in  the  cold,  result  from  the  addition  of 
sulphur  to  aqueous  solutions  of  the  alkali-earth  ba-es. 
It  is  usually  accepted  that  in  the  presence  of  water, 
sulphur  is"  also  without  action  on  other  metallic 
oxidis,  unless  the  oxide  thus  becomes  reduced  and 
sulphuric  acid  is  formed.  The  author  finds,  however, 
that  lead,  silver,  mercuric  and  cupric  oxides,  and 
red-lead  under  these  conditions,  in  a  sealed  tube  at 
100°  C,  give  sulphides  and  sulphates  thus— 4PbO  +  4S 
=  3PbST  PbS04.  Ferric  oxide  is  but  slightly,  and  zinc 
oxide  not  at  all,  decomposed.  Frem  thernio-chtniical  ob- 
sen  ations,  it  would  seem  that  an  insoluble  base  is  thus 
decomposed  by  sulphur  in  presence  of  water  at  ICO  if 
its  heat  of  formation  be  relatively  low  ;  the  decomposi- 
tion requires  a  long  contact,  especially  in  the  case  of 
absolutely  insoluble  oxides,  when  it  is  important  to  lirst 
triturate  the  sulphur  well  with  the  oxide  and  a  little 
water.— W.  G.  M.        

On  the  Decomposition  of  Sotliinn  Chloride  by  Phosphoric 
Acid.  L.  Blum.  Publ.  de  l'lnst.  B.  G.  D.  de  Luxem- 
bourg, 1886,  177. 
FnoM  the  author's  experiments  it  is  sctn  that  scdium 
chloride  may  be  decomposed  by  phosphoric  acid  in  time 
ways.  With  the  right  proportions  of  the  substances, 
the' following  reactiens  are  possible  :— 

4NaCl+2HaP04=N84Pa07+4HCl+HsO. 
2NaCl+2H,POi=2NaPO,+2HCl+2H20. 

(in  evaporating  a  solution  of  sodium  chloride  with  an 
excess  of  tribasic  phosphoric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid 
vapour  escapes,  increasing  in  quantity  as  the  solution 
becomes  concentrated.  From  this  it  would  appear  that 
sodium  orthophosphate  is  formed  at  the  outset,  since 
orthophosphonc  acid  onlv  passes  into  pyrophosphonc 
acid  between  200°  and  300'  C— W.  G.  M. 


menU  in  Treating  Hydrochloric  Acid  fc   obtain 

.„..  using th,  saidChlorim  in  the  Manufacture  of 

Bleaching  Powder,  and  in  J/,/„te„ti>s  employed.    J. 

Hargreaves,  T.  Bobinson,  and,).  Hargreaves,  \\  idnes. 

Eng.  Pat  5b73,  April '27,  issti.    6d. 

Hydrochloric  acid  gas,  whilst  hut,  is  mixed  with  a 

small  quantity  of   copper  chloride  vapour,  and  passed 

through  the  decomposer  of  the  Deacon  apparatus,  by 

which  means  the  rate  of  decomposition  is  ii 
The  chlorine  formed  is  passed  into  a  bleaching  powder 
chamber  of  special  construction,  ><>  a-  to  pi.  dui  e  bleach- 
ing powder.  Owing  to  a  large  amount  of  inert  gases 
accompanying  the  chloiine,  the  chamber  employed  for 
the  absorption  of  the  gas  by  the  lime  contains  a  number 
of  ^behes.  The  weak  chlorine  enters  at  a  distance  of 
several  shelves  from  the  bottom,  whereas  strong  chlorine, 
to  le  obtained  as  dtsuiUd  fuither  od,  is  introduced 


3CB 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Maj  :u.  I68T. 


over  tho  bottom  shelf,  and  the  weak  bleaching  powder 
formed  on  the  top  shelve-  i-  constantly  stirred  and  ex- 
posed to  Btrong  chlorine  gas  until  bleaching  powder  of 
high  strength  is  obtained.  The  Btrong  bleaching  powder 
is  t hen  made  to  fall,  bj  means  of  Bcrapers,  into  an  air- 
tight box,  from  which  it  is  conveyed  direct!)  by  mechani- 
cal means  into  casks,  where  it  is  automatically  pressed. 
Strong  chlorine,  to  be  used  as  previously  described,  i- 
obtained  by  absorbing  a  separate  portion  of  the  dilute 
chlorine  in  milk  of  lime,  and  decomposing  the  solution 
of  calcium  hypochlorite  thns  obtained  with  hydrochloric 
acid  in  Btoneware  Btills.  Any  copper  chloride  \  olatilised 
from  the  Deacon  decomposer  is  condensed  along  with  the 
hydrochloric  acid  in  tho  we(  purifier,  and  will  therefore 
be  found  dissolved  in  tbe  liquor  of  the  stills,  from  which 
it  may  be  precipitated  and  recovered. — S.  II. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Pyrites  and  in  Apparatus 
employed  therein.  Jas.  Hargreaves  and  T.  liobinson, 
Famwortb  •.  and  Jno.  Hargreaves,  Widnes.  Eng. 
Pat.  56S1,  April  27,  1886.     6d. 

This  specification  describes  in  full  detail  the  arrange 
nient  of  pyrites  burners,  regenerators  and  condensers, 
and  the  modifications  of  them  recommended  to  suit 
various  practical  requirements,  which  constitute  the 
twenty-two  claims  of  the  patentees. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphates  of  Sodet 
and  Potassa,and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  Hargreaves, 
T.  Kobinson,  and  J.  Hargreaves,  Widnes.  Eng.  Pat 
5682,  April  27,  1SSG.     Sd. 

The  invention  relates  to  improvements  iu  apparatus 
used  in  the  Hargreaves'  process.  As  a  means  of  econo- 
mising fuel,  and  to  avoid  leakage  of  air  and  products  of 
combustion  into  the  cylinders,  and  for  increasing  the 
rate  of  decomposition  of  sodium  or  potassium  chloride 
by  Bulphurous  acid,  the  latter  is  maintained  in  the 
cylinders  under  pressure.  If  there  be  no  objection  to 
tlie  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  iron  in  the  resulting 
sulphate,  as  is  the  case  when  the  sulphate  is  to  be  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  sodium  hydrate  or  carbonate, 
the  salt  before  entering  the  drying  oven  is  moistened 
with  the  waste  liquor  running  away  from  copper  ex- 
tracting works.  1  lie  rapidity  of  the  decomposition  is 
augmented  by  the  small  quantity  of  iron  present.  To 
avoid  the  escape  of  noxious  gases  into  the  atmosphere 
when  a  cylinder  recently  finished  is  to  be  opened,  such 
a  cylinder  is  connected  with  another  one  tilled  with 
fresh  salt,  and  after  the  doors  at  the  bottom  of  the  ' 
newly  charged  cylinders  are  closed,  the  lid  from  the 
bottom  discharging  door  of  the  finished  cylinder  is 
withdrawn,  whereby  the  m  .\ious  gases  from  the  finished 
cylinder  pass  to  the  bottom  of  that  newly  charged, 
where  they  are  absorbed,  at  the  same  time  heating  the  ' 
salt.  As  a  means  for  internally  heating  the  cylinders 
by  means  of  tire,  an  arrangement  of  Hues  and  heating 
chambers  with  an  iron  pipe  or  brick  Hue  in  front  of  two 
rows  of  cylinders  is  used.  Every  succeeding  erection  of 
cylinder  apparatus  demonstrates  tin-  economy  in  still 
further  increasing  the  diameter  of  the  cylinder.-.  This, 
however,  increases  the  difficulty  of  adequately  suppos- 
ing the  cover  of  tlic  cylinder,  which  i-  very  heavy.  It 
is  now  recommended  to  Bupport  the-  cover  from  the 
interior,  by  at  least  four  columns,  l  laced  in  such  a  pi  -i- 
tion  that  the  pillars  stand  beneath  the  joints,  ami  the 
pillar.-  themselves  rest  upon  a  part  of'  the  cylinder 
bottom,  which  rests  immediately  upon  solid  masonry. 
The  pillar-  are  made  hollow  and  long  enough  to  pass 
through  the  cover  to  the  working  floor  on  the  top  of  the 
cylinder,  so  as  to  render  visible  tie-  temperature  of  each 
pait  id  the  cylinder.  The  increased  height  and  diameter 
ot  the  cylinders  also  necessitate  an  arrangement  to  avoid 
an  excessive  pressure  on  the-  lower  portion  of  the  -alt  in 
the  cylinders.  They  are  therefore  divided  in  several 
compartments  bj  two  or  more  grids,  a  working  door 
being  fitted  opposite  to  each  grid.— S.  II. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  effecting  tin  Absorption 
,,t  Gases  by  Liquids.  F.  X.  Mackay,  London.  Eng. 
l'at.  6282,  May  10.  1886.     8d. 

In  refrigerating  machines  made  upon  the  ammonia 
absorption  plan,  weak  ammoniacal  liquor  is  produced. 

The  patentee  deals  with  this  by  distillation  in  a  still 
heated  by  an  internal  -tram  roil.  An  improved  form  of 
absorber  is  described  consisting  of  a  series  of  pipes 
cooleel  on  the  exterior  by  water:  the  ends  arc  connected 
by  bend  pipe-  so  that  several  are  joined  in  series.  The 
Weak    liquor    fills    the    interior    of     the    pipe,     and     the 

ammonia    vapour  i-  passed    in    through  a  perforated 

annular  pipe  ;  the  excess  gas  in  the  first  absorption  tube 
i-  passed  into  the  next  by  a  bend  communicating  with 
another    annular   perforated    pipe    and    so  on;  strong 
ammonia  liquor  Hows  off  from  the  last  of  the  series. 
— C.  C.  H. 

Impri  in   the    Manufacture  of  Bichromate  of 

Potash.      W.    Simon,    Baltimore.      Eng.   Tat.    G4i;:s, 
May   13,   1SSG.      4,1. 

SODIUM  eliminate  is  converted  into  bichromate  by  the 
addition  of  a  mineral  acid,  and  to  the  solution  of 
bichromate  thus  obtained,  potassium  chloride  is  added, 
when  the  decomposition  takes  place  according  to  the 
following  equation  : — NaX'r,0:  and  2KC1  =K,Cr,0, 
and  2NaCL  Potassium  bichromate  crystallises  out  on 
cooling,  and  whilst  sodium  chloride  is  removed  by  salt- 
ing out,  the  mother  liquor  yields  another  crop  of 
potassium  bichromate  crystals.— S.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphurous  Acid 
and  other  Sulphur  Compounds,  and  in  Apparatus 
employed  in  such  Manufacture.  J.  M.  Walton, 
Glossop.     Eng.  Pat  16,491,  Dec.  16,  1886.     Sd. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  manufacture  of  sul- 
phites, etc.,  by  a  continuous  process.  The  apparatus 
employed  consists  of  a  series  of  closed  vats  arranged  in 
gradations,  so  that  the  water  or  alkaline  solution  to  be 
impregnated  with  sulphurous  acid  descends  continuously 
from  one  vat  to  the  other,  whilst  the  gas  being  admitted 
to  the  bottom  of  the  lowest  vat  ascends  continuously  in 
the  opposite  direction.  For  this  purpose  the  vats  are 
connected  by  pipes  for  the  How  of  the  liquor,  and  by 
another  set  of  pipes  for  the  passage  of  the  gas.  Each  vat 
is  also  litted  with  a  mechanical  agitator. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  used  in  the  Manufacture  of 
tonia  Soda.     T.  Capper,  Northwich.      From  Dr. 
S.  Pick.  Szczakowa,  Gaficia,      Eng.  Pat.  438S,  March 
29,  1SSG.     Sd. 

The  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  the  continuous 
saturation  of  ammoniacal  brine  with  carbonic  acid 
(Figs.  1  and  2),  and  to  a  column  for  distilling  ammoniacal 
liquor,  having  a  mechanical  agitator,  and  divided  into 
two  parts,  in  one  of  which  ammonium  carbonate  is 
driven  oil,  and  in  tbe  other  fixed  ammonium  salts  are 
decomposed  by  milk  of  lime  (Fig.  3).  The  vessels  of 
the  saturation  apparatus  (Figs.  1  and  2)  are  filled  with 
ammoniacal  brine,  and  the  carbonic  acid  is  forced  in 
through  the  pipe  1',.  The  vessels  arc  SO  arranged  that 
the  gas  passes  fn  in  one  to  another  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  fresh  carbonic  acid  comes  in  contact  with  the 
mo-t  saturated  liquor,  and  the  mest  exhausted  gas 
passes  into  the  fresh  ammoniacal  brine.  Three-, 
are  always  working  in  one  series,  the  fourth  is  filling 
with  brine,  and  the  huh  is  emptied.  For  a  better  distri- 
bution of  the  grs,  several  perforated  shelves  D  (Fip.  2) 
are  lixed  in  the  saturators.  the  hobs  being  of  a  conical 
shape,  in  order  to  allow  the  bicarbonate  to  fall.  .After 
the  saturation,  the  liquor  is  introduced  into  the  pipe  C 

of  the  distilling  column  A  (Fig.  :i>  for  the  recovery  of  tl  e 
ammonia.  it  drops  from  on,-  section  t,,  th,.  other, 
falling  upon  rounded  plates  II.  ami,  being  dispersed  by 
them,  comes  in  intimate  contact  with  ammonia  ami 
-Irani,  proceeding  upwards  from  P.  In  this  manner  the 
volatile  ammonia  compounds  are  driven  ell.     The  liquor 


May 31,1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


369 


V 


^ 


Ft  G.J. 


=Hf 


^ 


*fc 


THE  .idi  1..VW.  OF  Tin:  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     ItoysusW. 


thru  descends  into  the  top  section  of  I!,  where  it  is 
I  with  tin!  which  i-  forced  in  tit  D  and 
mixed  with  the  liquor  by  the  agitator  K.  fasteni  d  on  the 
vertical  shaft  I..  On  this  shaft  there  i-,  in  each  section, 
a  fixed  cap  M,  whi.h  covers  the  pipe  N  carrying  the 
steam  from  tin-  lower  seel The  steam  i>  tint-  com- 
pelled to  pass  through  the  liquor.  Overflow  ].  I 
convey  the  liquor  to  the  lower  sections.  The  steam 
enters  through  K.  whereas  the  waste  liquor  runs  away 
through  the  pipe  '  ■.     S.  H. 

Pure   Sulphuric   Acid  and  Strong 
Sulph  ous  Operation.     A.M. 

Hark,  |. ],,„.     From  .1.  Herreshoff,   II.  Xichol-  and 

G. ttichols, Brooklyn.    Eng.  Pat  1998,]  eb.8,  1887.  6d. 

SULPHURIC  acid  is  first  concentrated  up  to  86  per  cent. 
S04Hj  in  a  suitable  concentrator.  The  acid  is  then 
conveyed  into  another  vessel,  win  re  it  is  compelled  to 
flow  in  a  zig-zag  course,  being  meanwhile  exposed  to 
heat  to  such  an  extent  as  to  be  further  concentrated  to 
about  95  pci  .-.■iit.  to  96  per  cent,  mi,  II,.  Thence  it 
flows  into  a  third  vessel  of  similar  construction,  which 
is  heated  hi-h  enough  to  drive  oil'  one  half  to  two-thirds 
of  the  acid  as  a  vapour,  which  is  collected  in  a  condenser, 
wlere  it  will  he  found  to  he  sulphuric  acid  of  93*5 
per  cent.  SOtHa  (66  B.)  and  of  -rent  purity.  The 
remaining  portion  contains  about  US  per  cent.  S(>,H,. 

-S.  li. 


Erratom.— April  number,  p.  292. 10th  and  11th  lines  from  bot 
tomof  lstcolumn./cW'Threeof  these  machines  .  .  .  length," 
read  "One  of  these  machines  is  sufficient  for  a  chamber  of 
100ft.  in  length  provided  with  three  lute  holes,  as  shown  in 


Till.— GLASS.  POTTERY,  ASD  EARTHENWARE. 

Annealing   Glass  or   Arti  les 
from.      ,1.    li.    Watson,   Glasgow 
Eng.  Pat.  15,099,  Nov.  20,  1886.     4d. 

Tin.  glass  while  in  its  plastic  state  is  placed  in  moulds 
and  deposited  in  a  tank  of  boiling  talhnv,  which  is  kept 
in  it-  boiling  state  for  a  length  ot  time  depending  upon 
the  thickness  ot  the  glass  t,.  be  annealed.  Afterwards, 
before  removing  the  glass,  the  tallow  is  allowed  to  cool 

slowly.  — 11.     I. 


IX.- 


-BULLLD'G  MATERIALS,  CLAYS.  MORTARS. 
AND  CEMENTS. 

Sui  A  Zuckerind.  12  IS. 

Hi  t;/i  i  :  i'  ha-  experimented  with  this  mixture,  recently 
reported  to  !„■  so  successful  in  India,  on  the  new-  build- 
ings of  the  Berlin  Natural  History  Museum.  Toevery 
100  parts  of  a  thick  paste  consisting  of  l  of  lime  to  3  of 
sand,  he  added  2  parts  of  solid  sugar  (free  from  invert 
sugar)  and,  without  further  addition  of  water,  used  tin' 
mixture  to  plaster  a  wall.    On  the  following  day  the 

plaster  had   bardem  d  npletely,  a-  also  ■. irtarmade 

in  a  similar  manner,  and  used  in  the  building  of  a  brick 
pillar.  This  mortar,  which  musl  be  freshly  made  and 
withoul  too  iter,  is  very  binding 

and,   as  far  as  may  be  judged  altera  two  months'  trial 

1 nises  to  be  very  durable.     Good  molasses  gave  a 

result  apparently  equal  to  the  solid  BUgar. W.  G.  M. 

]„>)■  n  the  Manufacl  ,■  Plaster 
C.  J.  II. .we,  London.  Eng.  Pat  5843,  April  29,  18 
Gypsum  or  anhydrite,  suitably  broken,  is  boiled  under 
pressure  with  an  alkaline  silicate,  aluminate  or  borate 
or  of  borax,  or  of  borax  and  cream  of  tartar,  or  of  sul- 
phate of  zinc  ..r  iron,  or  of  barium  hydrate  or  lime- 
water,  or  a  combination  of  th ingredients.    The  fluid 

is  fben  withdrawn,  and  ii  i  B  current  of  carbonic 

acid  gas  is  first  blown  through  the  ma-  ,,f  gypsum  and 
next  a  blast  of  heated  air  or  jet  of  superheated  Bt'eam 

The   material    i-   now    calcined   and    reduce, 1  to   powder' 

The  method  of  manufacture  may  be  modified  in  various 

ways.-  ■  K.  (..  C. 


Impn  ■  il,.    Sfanvfacturt   i  (      A.   .1. 

lJoult,  London,     From  A.  Grassel  and  A.  C.  Mallat, 
Paris.     I  i.e.  Pat   5975,  Maj  3,  1886.    4,1. 

A  powder,  consisting  of  8  per  cent,  of  zinc  oxide,  10 
percent,  of  minium.  ,"i  per  cent,  of  yellow  ochre,  and 
5  per  cent,  of  plumbago,  is  mixed  with  a  liquid  consist- 
ing of  f'.i  percent  of  chloride  of  zinc,  and  I  per  cent. 
of  percbloride  of  iron  solution.  The  result  is  a  cement 
which  sets  in  about  30  seconds,   adheres  Btrongly  to 

w I,  glass,  or  metal,  and  is  impermeable  to  water. 

— E.  G.  C. 

X.— METALLURGY,  Etc, 

On    the    I'  d    Electrol  attnent   of 

Zinc-scum.     II.    Rosing.     Zeits  fur  Berg.   Iliitten.   u. 
Salinenwi  sen,  Ism;,  and  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  s7— 94. 

In  the  desilvering  of  lead  by  means  of  zinc,  a  zinc- 
scum  is  obtained,  from  which  part  id'  the  lead  is  first 
removed  by  cupellation.  The  concentrated  scum,  which 
varies  in  different  works  from  \h  to  10  per  cent,  of  the 
lead  worked,  generally  contains  from  s  to  25  percent, 
of  zinc,  45  to  00  percent,  of  lead,  and  7>  to  2'5  percent,  of 
silver.  The  oldest  method  of  treatment,  and  that  gener- 
ally employed,  consists  in  distilling  oil  the  zinc  at  a  high 
temperature.  This  operation  is  performed  in  tilt  or  fixed 
furnaces,  the  latter  being  in  the  form  of  muffle,  crucible, 
or  tube  furnaces,  heated  by  coke  or  gas.  The  tube  fur- 
naces are  nearly  always  heated  by  gas  The  zinc  is  con- 
densed in  suitable  receivers,  and  either  used  again  for 
desilvering  fre>li  quantities  of  lead,  or  converted  into 
oxide  by  allowing  it  to  burn  in  the  air  as  it  issues  from 
the  furnace.  The  lead  containing  1  to  4  per  cent,  of 
silver  is  then  run  out.  The  fuel  employed  varies  from 
40  to  170  per  cent,  of  the  charge,  according  to  the  form  of 
furnace  used.  The  cost  of  working  (wages,  fuel,  etc) 
with  a  gas  furnace  amounts  to  about  £1300  per  1000  tons 
of  material.  The  distillation  method  is  preferable  to 
Flach'sproi  .  I'ulyt.  J.  225.07),  and  to  Schnabel's 

steam  and  ammonia  method  [Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  240.  140). 
The  electrolytic  piocess  appears  to  be  the  most 
suitable  of  all  the  methods  at  present  known.  In  this 
process  the  zinc-scum  is  spread  out  in  powder  upon  a 
lead  plate  lying  at  the  bottom  of  a  wooden  vat  contain- 
ing a  solution  of  zinc  sulphate.  On  passing  an  electric 
current  through  the  fluid,  the  lead  plate  forming  the 
anode,  zinc  is  deposited  from  the.  solution  upon  the 
cathode,  whilstacorrespondingquantityof  zincis  dissolved 
up  from  the  zinc-scum.  The  action  -tops  when  the  sur- 
face of  the  particles  has  become  free  from  zinc.  The 
mass  is  tin  n  heated  in  a  cupellation  furnace,  and  again 
electrolysed,  the  operations  being  repeated  alternately 
until  the  zinc  and  lead  have  both  been  removed. 

— A.  G.  G. 

i  in   the   Behaviour  of  Pig-iron    when  heated  in    H  ■  ■ 
Charcoal.  ,  A.  Ledebur.     Stahl  u.  Eisen,  1SS0,  777. 

In  earlier  experi nts  conducted  by  the  author  on  this 

subject  (this  Journal,  Ism:,  493),  the  samples  of  pig-iron 

employed  contained  but  little  manganese  and  pho-phorus, 
and  w  ere  comparatively  rich  in  silicon  ;  he  has,  therefore, 
made  experiment-  with  low  silicon  metals,  with  varying 
amounts  of  the  other  elements.  Nine  test  pieces  of 
various  kinds  were  packed  separately,  amidst  small 
fragment- of  charcoal,  in  a  pot  -neb  as  is  used  for  making 
malleable  castings;  tiny  were  then  heated  to  about 
1000  ('.  for  lcs  hour.-.  On  examining  the  samples,  it  was 
found  that  in  all  malleable  irons  the  percentage  of  carbon 
had  increased  :  thus  in — 

Fibrous  wrought-iron  from  010to0?8pcr  c< 

..      0*11  to  "  -!'■ 

steel  ,.    oiotoO'65 

Similarly  in  a  manganiferous  (2-75  per  cent .  Mn]  cast  iron 
for  the  Thomas  process  the  carbon  had  increased  from 
2  63  to  3'27  per  cent.,  whilst  in  a  refined  Lowmoor  iron, 

with  but  a  trace  of  manganese,  it  was  constant  at  3  .1  pel 
cent.  :  in  all  the  other  specimens  there  WS8  actually  a 
diminution  in  the  amount  of  carbon.  Thus,  although 
confirmatory  of  previous  experiments,  no  further  light  i- 


Moy  3i.  lfs-.l      THE  JOUPNAL  OF  THE  FCCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


::i 


thrown  on  the  cause  of  the  decrease  noted  with  so  many    varying  from  yellowish  to  brownish  red   by   diffused 


samples  of  cast-iron.  The  silicon  and  phosphorus  per 
cenlages  alike  remain  unchanged.  With  the  alteration 
in  composition  was  a  corresponding  change  in  the 
appearance  and  in  the  physical  properties  ;  all  specimens 

with  less  than  1  per  cent,  of  manganese  having  b me 

granular,  soft  and  comparatively  tough,  whilst  tlie  man- 
ganese Thomas  cast-iron,  above  alluded  to,  remained 
unaltered  in  fracture  and  in  brittleness. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Smelting  and  Refining  of  Gold, 
Silver,  Copper,  Zinc,  Lead  and  Tin  Ores,  and  in 
Furnaces  therefor.  .1.  M.  Bennett,  Buchill,  Lanark, 
N.B.     Eng.  Pat.  C300,  May  10,  18S6.     8d. 

A  ri  iiii.A,  with  closed  bell  and  hopper  top,  has  tin  eres 
for  tbe  admission  of  air  and  steam  throughout  its  height; 
in  front  at  tbe  bottom  is  a  closed  receiving  chamber, 
provided  with  Blag  and  tap-boles,  and  communicating 
with  the  cupola  ;  and  on  either  side  of  tbe  base  is  an  open 
hearth  furnace  of  suitable  size  and  shape,  bo  arranged 
that  the  gases,  which  pass  downwards  from  tbe  cupola, 
are  utilised  as  a  source  of  heat,  tbe  whole  products  being 
finally  passed  from  the  tines  through  some  form  of  con- 
denser or  dnst  collecting  apparatus.  The  metal  which 
has  accnmulatid  in  the  receiver  may,  if  desirable,  be 
there  subjected  to  the  action  of  an  oxidising  blast  ;  it  is 
then  tapped,  and  ladled  into  one  of  the  reverberating 
furnaces,  which*,  in  dealing  with  gold  and  silver  ores, 
wonld  be  constructed  as  a  bone-ash  refining  furnace, 
with  copper  ore  as  a  copper  refinery,  or  with  other  metals 
according  to  their  requirements. — \Y.  G.  M. 


Improvements    in    the   Manufacture   or  Production   of 

Metallic  Alloys.    T.  Slater,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  6550, 
.May  15,  1886.     Cd. 

A  MIXTURE  of  55  per  cent,  of  chromium  oxide,  33  of  ferric 
oxide,  IS  of  alumina,  and  smaller  proportions  of  borax, 
calcined  aluminium  sulphate,  silica,  manganic  oxide,  and 
magnesium  carbonate,  are  to  be  added  in  the  form  of 
powder  to  metals  or  alloys.  The  powder  is  to  be  added 
very  gradually,  and  with  constant  stirring,  with  tbe 
object  of  hardening  and  increasing  the  tensile  strength  of 
the  metal.— W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  relating  to  Amalgamating  Apparatus  for 
Separating  Metals  from  their  ores.  II.  Jl.  Lake,  Lon- 
don. From  Yv".  White,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Bug.  Pat. 
463,  Jan.  11,  1S87.     6d. 

A  sii  v. LLOW  circular  pan,  with  inwardly  re-curved  edge,  is 
rotated  by  suitable  mechanism  from  beneath.  Within 
the  pan,  and  shaped  conformably,  is  a  stationary  disc, 
having  concentric  but  broken  ridges  on  its  lower  side, 
which  at  all  points  are  nearly  in  contact  with  the  bottom 
of  the  pan,  the  alternate  rings  being  broken  in  different 
positions.  Mercury  is  poured  between  the  pan  and  the 
di  u,  ore  is  fed  in  through  a  central  hopper  in  tbe  latter, 
when,  by  the  centrifugal  action  of  the  former,  it  is  forced 
towards  the  circumference,  and,  by  the  aid  of  tbe  broken 
ridges,  takes  a  zig-zag  course,  always  in  contact  with 
the  mercury,  and  finally  overflows  from  the  curved  edge. 
The  amalgam  may  be  drawn  off  through  a  cock  beneath. 

— W.  G.  M. 


XL- FATS,  OILS,  AKL  SOAP  MMUJACTUEE. 

Vaselin.    C.  Engler  and  M.  Boehm.     Dingl.  Polyt  J. 

262,  4GS-475  and  524—530. 

VASELIN  is  the  substance  extracted  from  petroleum 
residues,  whilst  the  mixture  of  heavy  mineral  oil 
(paraffinium  Uguidum)  with  ceresio  (paraffinium  soli- 

diimj  is  called  "artificial  vaselin"  by  the  authors. 
For  the  preparation  of  vaselin  two  kinds  of  Galiciarj 
petroleum  oil  were  employed.  Both  oils  were  highly 
dichroic,  bad  a  green  colour  by  reflected  light,  a  colour 


light,  and  yielded  the  following,  when  subjected  to  frac- 
tional  distillation  : — 


Fraction  below  150°. 

1SO-Z90*. 

Gravity 

at  15°.        Per  cent, 
by  vol. 

Per  cent. 
by  weight. 

!"•  r  i  .  lit.     Per  cent. 
by  vol.    ,  *')  weight 

Oil  I. 
Oil  II. 

0'S12           302 

0  820     1      21-8 

267 
200 

35'9            35'  o 

517            5P2 

290-340* 

Above      ■ 

Ter  cent.         Per  cent, 
by  vol.          by  weight. 

Per  cent, 
by  vol. 

Per  cent. 
lt>  weight. 

Oil  I 

53                 Go 

277 

311 

Oil  II 

8-8                 9-4 

17-0 

189 

For  the  manufacture  of  vaselin  from  these  oils,  two 
processes  were  employed.  (1)  The  oils  were  distilled 
until  the  residue  assumed  a  butter  like  consistence.  The 
residue  was  then  dissolved  in  petroleum  spirit,  bleached 
by  passage  through  animal  charcoal  filters,  and  the  sol- 
vent expelled  by  distillation  with  steam.  The  vaselin 
thus  obtained  is  a  colourless,  translucent  ointment  melt- 
ing at  32°  and  exhibiting  no  crystalline  structure. 
(2)  The  oils  were  bleached  and  subjected  to  distillation 
in  a  vacuum  (column  of  mercury  10 — 15mm.)  to  250°. 
The  product  is  colourless,  translucent,  free  from  odour 
and  exhibits  the  following  properties  : — 


Oil  I. 
Oil  II. 


Yield. 


138 
13-2 


Specific 

Gravity. 


0-S8U9 
0-8785 


Melting 
point. 


30-31" 
30—31* 


The  composition  of  these  vaseline  is  illustrated  in  tie 
subjoined  table  : — 


From  Residues. 


86-99 
13-H 


II. 


86-67 
1315 


From  Oil  I. 


86-30 
13-99 


IV. 


86-51 
13-73 


86-55 
13-71 


From  Oil  II. 


VI 


VII. 


80-11      86-17 
13-50       13-72 


It  will  be  seen  from  these  results  that  vaselin  is  composed 
entirely  of  hydrocarbons  ;  moreover,  the  oils  obtained  by 
subjecting  the  bleached  petroleum  to  fractional  distilla- 
tion, were  found  to  contain  carbon  and  hydrogen  exclu- 
sively, both  oxygen  and  sulphur  being  absent.  The 
bleaching  process  appears  to  remove  all  oxygenated  con- 
stituents, and  increases  tbe  amount  of  saturated  hydro 
carbons,  by  retaining  the  less  highly  hydrogenated 
hydrocarbons.  Attempts  were  made  to  increase  the 
inciting  point  of  vaselin  by  distilling  part  of  it  over  in  a 
vacuum.  It  was  not,  however,  possible  to  raise  the 
melting  point  more  than  2  or  3  degrees,  whilst  on  con- 
tinuing the  distillation,  the  melting  point  was  actually 
reduced,  probably  owing  to  the  decomposition  of  the 
product.  By  dissolving  vaselin  in  ether  ami  subjecting 
tbe  ethereafsolution  to  fractional  precipitation  by  means 
of  alcohol,  the  authors  succeeded  in  separating  vaselin 
into  a  solid  and  a  liquid  portion.  lOOgrms.  of  vaselin  from 
oil  II.  gave  40'Sgrnis.  of  solid  vaselin  having  a  sp.  gr.  of 
0-S836'  and  melting  at  40°,  and  59-2grms.  of  liquid  vaselin 
having  a  sp.  gr.  of  0-8809  and  solidifying  at  —10°.  Both 
vaselins  were  similarly  constituted  and  had  approxi- 
mately the  same  boiling  points.  American  vaselin, 
melting  at  32—33°,  gave  14  per  cent,  of  solid  vaselin 


372 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      iMnysi.im. 


melting  at  49  50  ,  and  86  per  cent,  of  liquid  vaselin. 
Although  artificial  vaselin  could  be  separated  into  solid 
and  liquid  products,  a  will''  difference  was  observed 
between  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  "I  the  com- 
ponent parte.  On  subjecting  the  Bolid  and  liquid  por- 
tions  of  natural  vaselin'  in  distillation,  both  began  to  boil 
at  lMii  245  ,  the  Bolid  yielded  66  pei  cent,  of  distillate 
at  340°,  and  tin-  liquid  75  percent.  The  residue  from  the 
solid  portion  was  amorphous  and  had  a  melting  point  of 
40—41  .  whilst  the  distillate  was  crystalline  and  melted 
at  36—37°.  Both  tie'  residue  and  distillate  of  the  liquid 
vaselin  were  Quid.  From  the  fact  that  tbo  solid  hydro- 
carbons present  in  vaselin  are  amorphous  and  only 
assume  a  crystalline  structure  when  subjected  to  distilla- 
tion, the  authors  conclude  tbat  paraffin  does  not,  as  a  I 


aeid  than  natural  or  artificial  vaselin,  whilst  of  tlic  latter, 
t be  aitilicia I  product  absorbs  the  least  amount  of  oxygen. 

-i).  0. 

Separation  of  Stearic  and  Oleic  Acids.     Dingl.  Poljt.  J. 
263,  48  and  49. 

In  the  ordinary  method  of  separation  from  the  mixture 
of  fatty  acid-,  which  is  obtained  bv  saponification  of 
tallow  or  palm-oil  by  means  of  lime,  tne  solid  stearic  acid 
(so-called  "stearin")  is  removed  by  passing  through  a 
filter-press  a1  the  ordinary  temperature.  Under  these 
conditions  a  considerable  quantity  of  stearic  acid  remains 
dissolved  in  the  liquid  oleic  acid.  By  moderate  cooling, 
a  further  quantity  of  this  stearic  acid  can  be  obtained 


rule,  exist  in  crude,  petroleum  in  a  crystalline  form  ; 
moreover,  they  cons'dcr  the  solid  hydrocarbons  found  in 
the  crude  oil  to  be  chemically  identical  with  ozokerite, 
which  is  frequently  regarded  as  petroleum  in  a  dried-up 
condition.     It  is,  of  course,  possible  that  in  isolated  cases 


uuiuuii!      ii  i>.  >>i  e'tuise,  puaoiuie  inai  in  isoiaun  cases 

ratlin   may  exist   in   petroleum,   in  a   fully   developed 

ite.      The    authors    are,    however,    of  opinion,    that 

a     rule     it     occurs     in    a    transition     form.       The 


par 
state 

a  rule  it  occurs  in  a  transition 
difference  between  natural  ami  artificial  vaselin  is  con- 
siderable. Artificial  vaselin  is  resolved  into  oil  and 
ceresin  when  subjected  to  distillation,  and  differs 
sensibly  in  viscosity,  as  shown  bj  the  following  figures 
obtained  with  Engler's  apparatus  and  compared  with 
water  as  the  standard  : — 

15'  50' 

Natural  American  Vaselin  ..       1*8    ....    :t'7    ... 

Artificial  Vaselin   ('eases      i: 

lo  runout,  to  runout. 

Prom  a  series  of  experiments  made  n  ith  a  view  tu  ascer- 
tain whether  vaselin  acquires  an  acid  reaction  by  keeping, 
it  is  inferred  that  laid  lias  a  greater  tendency  to  become 


without  solidification  of  the  oleic  acid.  For  this  purpose 
a  revolving  drum  A  is  employed  (Fig.  1),  containing  cold 
water  supplied  from  a  cooling  machine  through  the  tube 
c,  and  carried  Ojffbv  another  tube.  The  drum  dips  into 
the  trough/,  containing  the  liquid  fatty  acids,  which  are 
carried  round  in  a  thin  layer  upon  the  surface.  During 
the  revolution  the  oil  .solidifies,  and  is  scraped  oil'  by  the 
scraper  I*  into  the  reservoir  F,  from  which  it  is  pumped 
through  a  l'aiinaux  filter-press  (Figs.  -  and  3).  An 
increased  yield  of  4  per  cent,  on  the  raw  material  is 
obtained,  and  the  oleic  acid  has  a  higher  value  on  account 
of  its  greater  clearness. — A.  G.  (!. 


80* 
•-"1 
1-5 


100 

it; 

11 


On  the  (hi  i, fil,,  Japanese  Sardijie  Villon.     Corps.  (Jras. 

I  ml.  1887,  178. 
Tins  oil,  which  was  introduced  into  Europe  two  years 

ago,  but  which  found  little  a qitance  mi  account  of  its 

most  unpleasant  smell,  due  tu  tne  crude  manner  of  its 

extraction,  is  considered  by  the  author  to  be  capable  of 
profitable  application  in  dyeing,  and  in  the  stearine  and 


May  at.  las:.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


373 


soap  manufactures.  The  oil  is  chiefly  ohtained  from  the 
island  of  Yesso,  and  from  the  peninsula  of  Ava,  near 
Yokohama, and  i-  extracted  from  the  fish,  either  by  boil 

in;:  wiili  water  or  by  allowing  them  to  rot  in  net 
when  the  greater  part  of  the  oil  Hows  out,  the  residue 
being  obtained  by  pressure.  This  oil  contains  about  30 
per  cent  of  solid  fat,  and  begins  to  run  at  20—22"  C.  It 
is  refined  in  Yokohama  by  being  heated  for  an  hour  at 
50— 60  C.  in  iron  boilers  of  100  litres  capacity,  and  then 

run  oil  into  w leu  vessels,  where  it  soon  separates  into 

three  layers.  The  upper  layer  is  liquid  and  clear  oil, 
the  middle  layer  *_•■  ii~i-l ~  of  solid  fat,  and  the  lower  is 
water,  with  albuminous  substances  and  portions  of  the  i 
fish.  The  liquid  oil,  when  light,  costs  in  Hamburg  40 
marks  per  lOOkiloS.,  and  about  37  o  marks  when  brown. 
The  solid  fat  is  re-melted,  filtered  and  run  into  boxes,  in 
which  it  solidifies.  This  fat  is  yellow,  and  is  sold  in 
Rotterdam  as  fish-stearin  or  fish-wax,  at  43  marks  per 
lOOkilos.  In  the  Indo-Chinese  colonies,  and  especially 
in  Cambodia,  the  production  of  this  fish  fat  might  be 
very  considerable,  about  400,0C0kilos.  a  month  could 
readily  be  exported.  Experiments  as  to  the  application 
of  this  new  product  would  be  of  great  value.— W.  D.  B. 


lead  and  four  pounds  of  litharge  are  added  during  the 
first  two  hours.  Three  gallons  ot  boiled  oil,  three  pounds 
of  very-linely  ground  plumbago,  and  six  pounds  of  finely 
pulverised  Italian  are  next  introduced  into  the 

mixture.  Finally,  a  solution  of  indiarnbher  (one  pound 
of  finely-cut  virgin  indiarubberin  two  pounds  of  benzene) 
is  ponied  in,  and  the  solution  i-  now  kept  boiling,  with 
constant  stirring,  for  one  hour,  at  the  expiration  of  which 
it  is  allowed  to  cool.  It  necessary,  the  varnish  may  be 
thinned  with  turpentine. — E.  c..  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Extractii  n  of  Oils  or 

other  Yerjetoble  Juices.    A.  J.  Boult.    From  E.  O]  pelt, 
of  Alois,  Spain.     Eng.  Pat  5792,  April  28,  1886.     8d. 

The  apparatus,  of  which  a  drawing  is  given,  consists 
essentially  of  a  hollow  cylinder,  the  sides  of  which  are 
formed  of  rings  in  parts,  placed  one  above  the  other,  and 
joined  by  bolts,  and  also  fixed  by  bolts  to  a  bedplate. 
The  first'set  of  bolts  serves  also  to  regulate  the  space 
between  the  rings  for  the  escape  of  the  extracted  liquid, 
while  the  second  .-et  serves  as  hinges  for  opening  or 
closing  the  segments  of  the  lings.  Pressure  is  applied 
by  hand,  steam,  hydraulic  or  other  convenient  power, 
the  material  to  be  'pressed  being  divided  into  layers  by 
metal  discs. — W.  L.  C. 


Toilet  and  Washing  Soap.     K.  Wright.     Eng.  Pat.  16, 
Jan.  1,  1SS7.     4d. 

For.  mixing  borax  with  soap. — W.  L.  C. 


Method  for  the  Separation  of Cholesterin  Fats  from  Cow- 
mercial  Wool  lots,  ",,d  from  the  Lyesof  Wool-washing 
Works.  H.  G.  Langbeck  and  K.  E.  Ritsert.  Eng. 
Pat.  6210,  May  7,  1887.     4d. 

The  raw  wool  fats  are  treated  with  boiling  alcohol,  con- 
taining 10  per  cent,  of  ether.  Free  fatty  acids,  free 
cholesterin,  isocholesterin,  and  volatile  fatty  ethers,  are 
dissolved,  the  residue  being  mainly  true  cholesterin  fats. 
Or,  the  whole  raw  fat  may  1  e  dissolved  in  ether,  and 
the  cholesterin  fats  precipitated  therefrom  bv  the  addition 
of  alcohol— W.  L.  C. 


XIL— PAI5TS,  TARNISHES.  AND  BESOTS.  ■ 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  if  Oxide  of  Iron  Pig' 
nuni  Colour.  It.  Lavender,  Talvwain,  Monmouth' 
shire.  Eng.  Pat.  6370,  May  11,  1SS6. 
COPPERAS  is  spread  on  heated  iron  plates,  and  the  water 
of  crystallisation  thus  driven  off.  Cast-iron  trays,  con- 
taining the  crushed  material  in  layers  of  less  than  an  inch 
thick,  are  then  introduced  into  retorts  set  in  a  furnace, 
like  gas  retorts,  and  heated  to  a  full  rcil  heat,  but  not 
beyond.  The  retorts  arc  connected  with  a  sulphuric  acid 
chamber,  air  ha\ing  free  passage  through  the  retorts 
during  the  operation.  This  is  essential  for  the  complete 
removal  of  the  sulphur,  The  pigment  is  produced  in  a 
condition  ready  for  use  and  requires  no  lixiviation  or 
other  preparation. — E.  G.  C. 

a  Protective  Varnish.      W.   Dick,   Leytonstone. 
Eng.  Pat  2498,  Feb.  17,  1887.     4d. 
T\vel\  E  ri'i  NDS  of  Egyptian  aspbaltnm  are  kept  at  the 
boiling  point  for  four  hours  ;  to  this,  three  pounds  of  red 


XILL— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND  SIZE. 

Improvements  in  Tat  Stuffing  Leather.    A.  M. 

Clark,  London.     From  J.    B.  West,  Durant,  Missis- 
sippi, U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat  13,2S3,  Oct.  18,  1SM5.    6d. 

This  is  an  improvement  on  Peter's  process  for  tanning 
and  staffing  leather.  'Xhe  principal  differences  are : — 
(1)  The  hide  is  soaked  in  clear  water,  the  hard  flesh  re- 
moved by  alight  currying  knife,  and  the  hide  againsoaked 
inclear  water  before  liming.  (2)  Aiterlimingand  removing 
the  hair  it  is  bated  in  water  only  instead  of  with  the 
addition  of  sulphuric  acid,  bran,  and  buttermilk.  (3) 
The  hides  are  tanned  in  the  following  mixture,  which  is 
strengthened  as  required  during  the  process  :  S  gallons 
water,  31b  salt,  *Jb.  saltpetre,  101b.  gambia,  and  lib. 
sulphuric  acid.  AV hen  half-tanned  the  hides  are  taken 
out-,  beamed,  and  again  immersed  in  the  tan  liqnor. 
(4)  They  are  soaked  for  30  to  60  minutes  in  lye  (lib. 
caustic  to  20  gallons  water),  and  next  in  clean  water  for 
one  or  two  days  ;  after  which  they  are  sleeked  and 
brushed  and  hu'ng  up  to  drain.  (5)  Boiling  hot  tanners' 
oil  (fish  oil  and  bees  wax)  is  poured  on  to  the  grain  side 
and  well  brushed  in.  Twelve  hours  aiterwards  a  boiling 
hot  mixture  of  1  part  tar,  1  part  tallow  and  2  parts 
tanners'  oil  is  brushed  into  the  flesh  side.  By  using  these 
mixtures  hot  the  hide  is  much  more  thoroughly  per- 
meated, and  rendered  waterproof. — B.  L.  "N  . 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

Composition  and  Formation  of  "Acid  Soil''  in  Dutch 
Alluvial  Districts.  J.  M.  van  Benmelen.  Bied. 
Centr.  15,  795—806. 

Tins  communication  contains  the  results  of  extensive  in- 
vestigations on  "  acid  soils"  in  various  alluvial  districts 
in  Holland.  The  changes  occurring  in  clay  soil  under 
the  influence  of  blackish  or  sea-water  and  decaying 
vegetable  matter  ;  the  migration  and  transformation  of 
the  substances  produced;  the  microscopic  character  of 
the  "acid  soils;''  their  chemical  composition  at  dif- 
ferent depths,  and  the  origin  of  the  most  characteristic 

I  constituents  ;  and  the  effect  of  aeration  and[drainage  are 
ribed  more  or  less  in  detail  and  explained.  The  for- 
mation of  "acid  soils"  is  observed  to  take  place  in  four 
stages.  During  the  first  stage  the  ground  is  covered 
with  reeds  and  saturated  with  water  containing  gypsum. 
In  the  second  stage  the  air  is  excluded  from  the  soil, 
gypsum  disappears  ;  iron  sulphide,  free  sulphur  with 
little  or  no  iron  sulphate  replace  it,  and  the  soil  is  either 
not  acid  at  all  or  only  slightly  so  :  such  soils,  for  in- 
stance, are  soils  in  a  state  of  transition  between  clay  and 
moorland,  or  the  soil  from  the  lower  lasers  of  "acid 
soils.''  In  the  third  stage  the  air  has  limited  access  to 
the  soil,  and  the  quantity  of  iron  sulphate  has  increased, 
whilst  pyrites  and  sulphur  have  diminished.  In  the 
fourth  stage  in  the  aeration  and  drainage  pyrites  and 
sulphur  have  entirely  disappeared,  and  the  soil  contains 
large  quantities  of  basic  iron  sulphate  :  if,  how  ever,  sul- 
phates anu  sulphuric  acid  gain  access, even  in  this  stage, 
iron  sulphide  is  formed  from  part  of  the  sulphuric  acid. 
I  I  e  layers  of  soil  arc  add  when  they  do  not  contain  a 

.sufficient  quantity  of  bases  in  combination  with  rar- 
bonic,  humie,  or  silicic  acids  ;  but  when  they  contain 
these  substances  in  sufficient  quantity  they  are  not  acid, 
but  are  rich  in  gypsum.—  L>.  A.  L. 


374 


Till'  .lolliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY.      Itaiy  sj,  Hrt. 


Experiments  with  ('',//'•  /<  nt  Phot)  hiliSaltpt  Ire 

on   Moorland.      V.     Photz-Dollingen.      Bied,    Centr. 
15.  826    828. 

The  experiments  were  conducted  on  recently  reclaimed 

and  pret  iously  unmanared  m lai  d.     Eight  plots  were 

arranged  ;  all  received  three  centners  of  kainite  per 
morgen,  one  without  oiher  manure,  three  with  the  addi- 
tion ol  40  pounds  (German)  phosphoric  acid  as  1  asic  slag, 
two  with  iliis  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  as  precipitated 
calcium  phosphate;  of  the  other  two  one  received  in 
addition  A  centner  Chili  saltpetre,  and  one  a  double 
dressing  of  phosphate.  As  a  matter  of  profit  the  slat; 
was  the  most  remunerative;  from  a  manorial  point  of. 
view  the  two  forms  of  phosphates  were  of  equal  value, 
whilst  both  the  double  dressing  and  the  nitrate  proved 
superfluous  Cultivated  moorland  which  had  already 
yielded  some  crops  produced  last  year,  when  manured 
with  four  centners  kainite  and  two  centners  basic  slag 
per  morgen,  1360  pounds  of  wheat,  800  pounds  rye,  98 
centners  (magnum  bonntn)  potatoes,  80  centners  BUgar- 
beet.    (See  also  this  Journal,  1886,541.)     D.  A.  L. 


aleivm    Phosphate   and  Basic  Slag.    E.  Jen.-cb. 
Ber.  19,  3093—3097. 

It  is  now  well  known  that  the  phosphoric  acid  of  basic 
slag  is  present  in  a  state  differing  both  in  appearance 
and  chemical  behaviour  from  tiicalcium  phosphate,  and 
it  has  been  suggested  it  is  present  in  the  slag  inthefonn 
of  tetracalcium  phosphate.  The  author  of  tbe  present 
noic  has  attempted  to  synthesise  this  compound  by 
strongly  igniting  tricalcium  phosphate  with  lime  pre- 
pared from  marble,  and  although  be  has  not  succeeded 
in  reproducing  a  phosphate  in  the  crystalline  form 
observed  in  basic  slag,  he  has  nevertheless  effected  a 
chemical  change.  Theunignited  mixture  contained  0"26 
per  cent,  of  citrate  soluble  phosphoric  acid  ;  after  expo- 
sure to  the  air  for  a  quarter  of  a  year  it  had  absorbed 
1 '20  per  cent,  of  water  of  hydration,  '219  per  cent,  of 
carbonic  anhydride,  and  the  citrate  soluble  phosphoric 
acid  had  increased  to  0'3S.  Portions  of  the  same  mix- 
ture after  ignition  yielded  3S4  per  cent,  citrate  soluble 
phosphoric  acid,  and  after  tbe  quarter  year  exposure  to 
air  bad  absorbed  0 '92  per  cent,  water  of  hydration,  204 
per  cent,  carbonic  anhydride,  whilst  the  percentage  of 
citrate  soluble  phosphoric  acid  bad  increased  to  5  02  per 
cent.  From  evidence  afforded  by  numerous  analyses  of 
basic  slag  tbe  author  is  of  opinion  that  after  the  forma- 
tion of  the  tetracalcium  phosphate  there  is  little  or  no 
uncotnbined  lime  present  in  the  slag,  it  being  in  fact  in 
combination  as  silicate,  ferrate,  manganate,  etc.  A  care- 
ful inquiry  into  the  question  as  to  the  presence  of  iron 
phosphide  in  the  slag  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
quantity  is  at  any  rate  but  small,  and  may  possibly 
amount  to  1'5  per  cent,  of  the  phosphoric  acid  found. 
It  is,  moreover, shown  by  experimental  plot  cultivations 
of  oais  in  garden  soil  and  in  loamy  sand  soil,  that  under 
the  influence  of  tbe  chemical  agencies  of  the  soil  plant- 
roots  and  Chili  saltpetre  iron  phosphate  is  decomposed 
and  rendered  soluble  within  three  months. — 1>.   A.   L. 


Expi  >n Iron Sulphati  asa  Mamm  during  ! 

A.  B.  Griffiths.    Jour.  Chem.  Soc.  iss;,  215—224. 

TllK  experimental  plots  were  in  all  cases  an  acre  each 
in  ana.  The  plot  of  grass  grown  with  farmyard  manure 
only  yielded  34961b.  baj  :  a  similar  plot  wiih  Scwt 
tenons  sulphate  in  addition  yielded  69621b.  The  latter 
bay  (dried)  contained  mil  percent,  albuminoids,  and 
48*29  per  cent  soluble  carbohydrates;  the  former  9*68 

}>er     cent,    albuminoids,    and    46  24    per   cent,    carbo- 
lydrates ;  the  ash  of  tbe  untreated  bay  contained  i  22 
per  cent   Fe,03  and  .".  :;i;  pel  nut.   r  ii  .  of  the  hay 
eiving  iron  sulphate  4  40  per  cent.   I'e  u    and  7'67 
ent  P) Og. 

Two  plots  ,,t  mangel  wur/el   were   grown  with  10  tins 
farmyard  manure,  and  top  dressed  with  a  mixture  of 

kainite,  nitrate  of  soda,  BU|  erphos]  bale,  and  salt  tine 
ot  them  received  in  addition  }cwt.  ferrous  sulphate. 
The    latter    yielded    97,6821b,     roots,    and   the    termer 


lb.,  a  difference  in  favour  of  the  iron  sulphate  of 

six  tins  per  acre.  The  roots  grown  with  this  salt  con- 
tained 2 '89  per   cent,    albuminoids,   and    11-21    percent 

soluble  carbohyrates ;  the  ash  of  the ts  I  25  per  cent 

Irii  (  and  12-24  percent  I'.n.  ;  and  the  ash  of  the 
leaves  5*42  pei  cent.  !■■  ii  .  The  roots  grown  without 
tenons  sulphate  contained  1  Wiper  cent  albuminoids, 
and  9  32  i"  r  cent,  soluble  carbohj  drati  a ;  the  n  ol  ashes 
2*42  per  cent.  IV  u,  and  9'96  per  cent.  I'.n,  :  and  tbe 
leal  ashes  :>  "29  per  c<  nt.  Fe»( '  .. 

The  jib  it  of  be. in-  grown  with  farmyard  manure  only, 
yielded 47261b.  dry  rrop  ;  that  with  Vut.  ferrous  sul- 
phate in  addition,  59291b.  dry— 50  bushels  of  beans 
against  30  bushels.  The  beans  and  straw  grown  with 
iron  sulphate  showed  also  a  slight  superiority  in  albu- 
menoids  and  soluble  carbohydrates.  The  ash  of  the 
beans  from  iron  sulphate  contained  4'824  per  cent. 
1  e  0  .  and  tOlio  per  cent.  Pa05  ;  the  ash  of  those  grow  n 
without  iron  sulphate  contained  1099  per  cent,  iv  0  , 
and  37424  percent.  I'. _.<  >  -..  These  results  obtained  \\  itb 
beans  in  1886  are  exactly  similar  to  those  obtained  in 
1883  and  1884. 

Tried  on  palms  and  indiarubber  trees  In  the  house, 
ferrous  sulphate  also  showed  good  results  ;  the  ashes  of 
the  leaves  of  these  plants  also  contained  more  l'e .  < I  than 
those  untreated  with  FeS04. 

Half  a  cwt.  of  ferrous  sulphate  tried  against  2cwt. 
kainite  on  potatoes  which  wen-  grown  with  farmyard 
manure  gave  nine  tons  tubers  against  six  tons  with  the 
kainite;  the  same,  excess  in  albuminoids,  Boluble 
carbohydrates,  ferric  oxide,  and  phosphoric  acid  wcie 
noticed  in  this  case  as  in  the  eitheis. 

All  the  experiments  which  have  been  made  with  iron 
sulphate  appear  to  show  that  it  increases  the  quantity  of 
chlorophyl  formed  in  the  leaves,  and  in  this  way  aug- 
ments the  assimilating  power  of  the  plant.  It  lias  also 
antiseptic  and  antifungoid  properties,  and  the  potatoes 
grown  with  it  were  quite  free  from  disease,  whereas 
those  grown  with  the  kaiuite  showed  signs  of  disease. 

—J.  M.  H.  M. 


XY.-SUGAR,  GUMS,  STAECHES,  Etc. 

littffi nose.     Haedicke  and  Tollens.     Ztschr.  f.  Zukerind. 

37,  17. 
The  authors  have  investigated  the  products  formed  by 
tbe  inversion  of  rallinose.  On  treating  40grms  of 
ratiinose  with  400cc.  of  water  and  25cC.  of  sulphuric 
acid  of  1*156  sp.  gr.,  and  heating  on  a  water  hath  for  '■'•'_ 
hours,  the  rotatorypower  was  reduced  from  [a]I>-       I04'5C 

to  [o]D-=+21'460.  The  solution  was  then  neutralised 
and  evaporated  to  a  syrupy  consistency.  On  cooling 
galactose  crystallised  out.  Its  rotatory  power  was  found 
to  be  [o.TD=+80'33°  to  +S0-71U.  It  is  bi  rotatory,  re- 
duces Hiding's  solution,  and  on  oxidation  with  con- 
centrated nitric  acid  yields  74—78  per  cent  of  mucic 
acid,  tin  treating  60grms  of  rafnnose  with  540cc. 
water  aid  36CC.  of  sulphuric  acid,  i.e.,  inverting  the 
rallinose  more  slightly,  the  mixture  yields  levulose  when 
heated  for  one  hour  at  SO'-  On  reducing  the  inverted 
syrups  with  sodium  amalgam,  a  mixture  of  equal  parts 
of  mannite  and  dnlcite  i-  obtained  melting  at  100°. 

-D.    1!. 

Levulinic  Acid.     Block  and  Tollens.    Ztschr.  f. 
Zuckerind.  37.  '27. 

WHEN  this  acid  is  saturated  with  baryta,  and  the  mix- 
ture kept  at  n  si  for  a  few  months,  the  barium  salt  cry- 
stallises out  in  the  form  of  line  needles  having  the 
composition  if  11  't  ,Ba  -'II  ii.  It  is  a  cob 
salt  readily  soluble  in  water.  The  sit . 
compound  may  be  obtained  in  a  similar  manner.  It 
forms  brilliant  prismatic   crystals,    which    arc  readily 

soluble  in  water.  Attempts  to  obtain  a  erystallisable 
magnesium  salt  have  hitherto  been  unsuccessful.      I '.  B. 

LrythroL    A.  Colson.    Compt  land.  104,  113. 

If  eiythrol  has  the  constitution  CB, (OH).  CH(OH). 
CH(OH).<  II.  i 'II)  it  should  yield erythric  and  tartaiic 


May 81, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


37S 


acid.-  by  oxidation.  Hitherto  it  has  not  been  possible  to 
obtain  satisfactory  result-  in  this  direction  :— When 
erythrol  i-  treated  with  phosphorus  bromide,  a  bromide 
('J  II,  lir;  is  obtained  which  melts  at  1 12°  and  is  identical 
with  llie  crntonylene  tetrabromide  prepared  by  Hen- 
Dinger.  If  heated  with  bromine  in  sealed  tubes  at  175* 
a  mixture  of  a  solid  and  a  liquid  product  is  obtained. 
Both  are  isomeric,  and  have  the  composition  ( ' ,  II  ,Br, . 
The  solid  crystallises  in  needles,  which  melt  at  167 
11)9°  and  dissolve  readily  in  chloroform,  but  are  only 
sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  The  liquid  forms 
an  oil,  which  dissolves  readily  in  ether  and  chloroform,  , 
but  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  alcohol.  On  heating  the 
liquid  product  with  dilute  potash  in  sealed  tubes  it 
yields  a  potassium  .-alt,  which  is  free  from  bromine,  only 
slightly  soluble  in  water  and  in  some  respects  resembles 
potassium  hydrogen  tartrate.  It  doe-  not,  however,  give 
precipitates  with  salts  of  silver  or  calcium,  has  no  action 
on  polarised  light,  but  yields  an  insoluble  lead  salt. 
This  compound  is  in  all  probability  the  potassium  salt 
of  crvthiic  arid.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  the 
liquid  is  the  liii-yinmetrical  CBr  .<  !HBr.CHBr.CH9Br., 
whilst  the  -olid  bromide  has  the  constitution  represented 
by  the  formula  CHBr,.CHBr.CHBr.CHBr,.  The  in- 
vestigation is  -till  being  pursued.  —  1).  B. 


A  Process  for  Revivifying  Spent  Charcoal,  M.  P.  W. 
Boulton,  B.  E.  R.  New-lands  and  Edward  Perrett, 
London.     Eng.  Pat  15,897,  Dec.  24,  18S5.     3d. 

Fob  the  purpose  of  revivifying  spent  charcoal  which  has 

been  used  for  the  purification  of  sugar  or  other  liquors, 
the  inventors  use  two  vessels,  the  one  containing  refractory 
materials  previously  heated  by  tire,  the  other  the  char- 
coal which  is  to  lie  operated  upon.  (Jas,  steam  or  some 
other  elastic  fluid  is  caused  to  pass  first  through  the  hot 
vessel  and  then  through  the  charcoal,  which  is  made  to 
descend  gradually  through  the  second  vessel  in  a  direc- 
tion opposite  to  that  taken  by  the  steam.  The  apparatus 
is  fully  described  and  illustiated  in  the  specification, 
and  details  of  the  method  of  working  are  also  given. 

-A.  J.  K. 

A  -V    "  <•/•  Improved  Diattasic  Saccharine  Substam 
Method  oj  Manufacturing  the  Same.      L.   Cuisinier, 

Brussels.'  Tug.  Pat  1820,  Feb.  S,  1SS6.  6d. 
Till:  author  claims  the  discovery  of  a  new  diastasic  sub- 
stance, which  lie  calls  "Cerealose."  It  has  a  more 
sugary  flavour  than  the  solid  maltose  of  Dubrunfaut.  and 
is  more  easily  manufactured.  If  maize  he  simply  steeped 
in  cold  water  for  two  or  three  days  a  special  kind  of 
diastase  is  developed,  which  the  author  calls  "Glucase." 
By  the  action  of  this  substance  upon  starch  "  Cerealose  " 
is  obtained.  Cerealose  is  a  mixture  of  varying 
and  uncertain  composition  containing  from  4S  to  72 
cent  dextrose,  from  S  to  24  per  cent  maltose,  and  from 
1  to  12  per  cent,  of  dextrin. — A.  J.  K. 


Improvements    in   Filtering   and  Decolourising Svgar, 
Syrups,and  Other  Liquids  and  in  Preparing  a  Mi 
therefor.     M.  F.   Heddle,  I).    C.   Glen,   and  Duncan 
Stewart,   Glasgow.      Eng.    Pat   3116,    March  5,1886. 
6d. 

Tin:  material  used  is  an  earthy  compound  of  a  class 
known  by  various  names — diatomite,  de.-mid  earth, 
white  peat,  kieselguhr  or  bergmehl.  A  special  quality 
found  at  Black  Moss  and  Kinmordie  in  the  county  of 
Aberdeen,  is  said  to  be  most  suitable  for  the  purpose. 
After  being  heated  in  a  kiln,  to  remove  volatile  consti- 
tuents and  to  carbonise  it,  the  prepared  material  is 
known  a-  hedylglin,  and  may  he  used  instead  of 
animal  charcoal  for  purifying  sugar  syrup-  and  other 
liquors.  It  can  be  revivified  by  the  usual  method  of 
washing,  exposure  to  air  or  ignition.— A.  J.  K. 


as  usual  with  lime  and  carbonic  acid,  and  then 
further  purified  by  the  use  of  sulphite  of  alumina  i  r  iron, 
bydrosulpburons  acid  or  of  a  Bulpbite  of  some  other 
base  than  alumina  or  iron.  Bj  a  judii  ioi  -  i ;-•  of  one  or 
otl  ■  i.  "r  of  several  of  these  substances  in  ■<  mbinatii  n 
with  the  lime  and  carbonic  acid  treatment,  it  is  claimed 
that  the  juices  are  so  thoroughly  i  eft  cat  ed  as  to  render 
unnecessary  the  use  of  animal  charcoal. — A.  J.  K. 

J,,,/, i,  tied  P ss  for  the  Desaccharifcation  of  Molasses 

„„,;  Syrups,  and  the  Simultaneous  Production 

■  I  alates  from  the  Salts  contaii  '  .  1>. 

Abel,  London.  From  Messrs  P.  Schwengers  SiShne, 
I  erdingen,  Germany,  Eng.  Pat.  #801,  April  6,  lSbti. 
fid. 
MOLASSES  and  sugar-syrups  ate  perfectly  soluble  in  con- 
centrated methyl  alcohol,  and  on  treating  this  solutu  n 
with  alcohol  and  oxalic  acid  the  salts  contained  in  the 
molasses  are  separated  theiefrom,  together  with  the 
sugar,  in  the  form  of  oxalate-  leaving  the  organic  ae;<!- 
and  nitrogenous  constituents  in  solution.  On  these  two 
facts  the  following  process  depends.  The  molasses  or 
sugar  .-vrup-  are  dissolved  in  methyl  alcohol  or  a  mix- 
ture of  methyl  and  ethyl  alcohols  ;  1101b.  molasses 
polarising  50  per  cent,  -would  require  7  pints  of  methyl 
alcohol.  °  The  dissolved  molasses  is  now  further  mixed 
with  oxalic  acid  and  excess  of  ethyl  alcohol,  in  which 
latter  the  oxalic  acid  is  previously  dissolved.  The  sugar 
and  oxalates  separate  out  as  a  precipitate.  This  is 
separated  by  pressure  from  the  liquid  and  dissolved  in 
water.  By  further  addition  of  alcohol  the  oxalates 
separate  o'ut  from  the  sugar  solution.  Any  trace  of 
oxalic  acid  remaining  in  the  sugar  solution  is  removable 
by  lime,  and  the  solution  has  then  a  purity  co-etlicieut 
of  99  percent.  About  SO  per  ci  nt.  of  the  sugar  origi- 
nally in  the  molasses  is  recoverable  by  this  process. 

•       -A.  J.  K. 

Compound  for  nse  in  Preparing  Starch  or  Flour  Size  for 
Yarn,    Textile  or  other  Fabrics.      C.  N.  Waite,  Med- 

ford,    Middlesex.   Mass.,    U.S.A.     Eng.   Fat.    14,117, 

Nov.  2,  18S6.  4d. 
FOB  the  purpose  of  neutralising,  dissolving  and  soften- 
ingstarehor  Hour  size  to  be  used  on  yarn  or  textile  or  other 
fabiics,  the  author  uses  the  following  mixture  : — lib.  of 
crystallised  sodium  sulphate,  Jib.  of  zinc  oxide,  5oz.  to 
6e>z.  of  zinc  chloride  and  1001b.  of  starch  are  boiled 
together  with  loOgals.  to  300gals.  of  water,  according  to 
the  thickness  of  the  starch  required.  These  portions  may 
be  varied  to  suit  different  circumstances.  Zinc  oxide 
neutralises  any  free  acids  which  may  be  pre.-ent,  :.nd 
prevents  the  conversion  of  starch  into  dextrin,  which  is 
an  economy,  since  starch  has  a  greater  thickening  power 
than  dextrin.  Sodium  sulphate  is  used  partially  to  dis- 
solve the  zinc  oxide,  and  may  be  replaced  by  equivalent 
quantities  of  sodium  chloride,  ammonium  chloride  or 
ammonium  sulphate.  The  zinc  chloride  renders  the 
size  soft  and  pliable  when  dry,  and  instead  of  it  may  be 
vcerin,  sulphate  of  soda,  or  any  other  softener. 
I  he  chief  novelty  which  is  claimed  is  the  perfect  neutra- 
li-ation  and  solution  of  starch  or  Hour  with  zinc  oxide, 
which  at  the  same  time  has  no  alkaline  reaction. 

—A.  J.  K. 

Improvements  in    Apparatus  for  Extracting   ti 
chorine  or  other  Soluble  Matters  from   Sugar-Cane 

and  other  ■     M.   A.   Ferret,    Paris.     Eng. 

Fat.  1931,  Feb.  7,  1SS7.     Is.  3d. 
THIS  patent  is   not  capable  of  abstraction  without  re- 
ference   to    the  diagrams  in  the  specification,  which  are 
numerous  and  detailed.— A.  J.  K. 


Improvements    in  the  Process  or'  Purifying  Saccharine 

Juices.    F.  Englert  and  Dr.  r .  Becker  (Prague).    Eng. 

Pat  3190,  March  G,  1SS6.     6d. 

Tin:  saccharine  juices  obtaineet  either  from  beetroots  or 

sugar  canes  by  the  diffusion  process  are  first  defecated 


Improvements  in   the  Treatment  of  Grain  for  the  Manu- 
Starch  or  Glucose.       II.    L.    Sulman  and 

E.    E.  Berry,   London.       Eng.    Fat.   2138,    Feb.    11, 

1SS7.     4d. 
The  usual  method  of  macerating  rice,  wheat  or  ..flier 
cereal  preparatory  to  its  conversion  into  starch  or  glucose 


370 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IMay  31.  ia>7. 


i„  by  means  of  caustic  soda  at  the  ordinary  atmospheric 
temperature.  ("he  use  ol  lime  water  has  also  been 
patented.  The  authors  use  lime  water  and  an  excess  of 
slaked  lime,  and  «ork  .-it  temperatures  a>  high  as  i-  pos- 
sible without  causing  the  starch  granules  to  burst,  fhe 
advantages  claimed  are  (1)  Bhorter  time  taken  in  the 
macerating  process  ;  1-1  no  danger  of  the  lime  being  com- 
pletely  neutralised,  as  is  tin-  case  when  lime  water  only 
jg  nseJ.  (8]  larger  amount  of  albuminoid  man.'! 
extracted.  It  is  preferred  to  use  a  tank  with  a  fake 
bottom,  the  lime  being  placed  below  and  the  grain 
above  the  false  bottom,  so  that  they  do  not  actually 
come  into  contact.—  A.  J    K. 


XVI.— BREWING,  VISES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

V,       /  .  ■  -;    paralusfor  Beer,   Wine,  etc.     Dingl. 

1'iilvt.  J.  263,34—35. 

Figs.  1  and  2  illustrate  a  form  of  apparatus  used  for 
tin-  purpose  by  Fr.  Vanicek.  It  consists  of  a  number 
of  frames  of  wire  gauze  (Fig.  1)  placed  one  above  the 
other  with  -beets  of  filter-paper  between  each.     Each 


niece  of  wire  'gauze'Vontain-i  two  boles,  each  bordered 
l.y  a  rim,  our  rim  being  perforated  and  the  other  not. 
The  J  filter-papers  contain  corresponding  holes.  The 
frames  are  placed  one  above  the  other  in  such  a  way 
thai  the  perforated  and  imperforated   rims   occur  alter- 


nately, thus  forming  channels  for  the  inflowing  and 
exit  liquor  O,  O'  I  Fig.  2).  A  fall  of  five  metres  of  half  an 
atmosphere  pressure  is  required.  By  means  of  such  an 
apparatus  containing  40  frames,  each  .".•JO.-q.dm.  area. 
1750  litres  of  wort  can  be  liltered  in  an  hour,  instead 
of  filter  paper,  chemically  pure  woody  libre  may  be 
employed,  which  can  be  washed  after  use.  The  form  of 
filter-press  used  is  shown  in  Fig.  .".—A.  (;.  (;. 


Thi  Limit  of  Fusel  Oil  in  Spirits,     (i.  Bodlauder  and  J. 

Traube.    Rep.  Anal.  Chem.7,  167—169. 
A  POINT  of  considerable  importance  is  the  limit  of  fusel 
oil  which  should  occur  in  brandies  and  liqueurs,     lieer 
has  proposed  a  standard   of  OS  per    cent.,    but    from 
experiments  already  published  by  one  of  the  authors 
with  Traube's  capillarimetor  (this  Journal.    1886,   393, 
VJ~ ,  and  547), the authots  consider  this  number  too  high. 
From  a  series  of  determinations  which  they  have 
with  the  cheapest  and  most  inferior  brandies  (costi' 
:;0-  40pf.  per  litre),  they  now  lix  the  maximum  limit  of 
fusel  oil  in  spirits  at  01-  0  1. ">  percent.     Only  one  of  the 
Bamples  examined  exceeded  Beer's  limit,  and  this  was 
the  dearest  of  all  those  examined.      The  determinations 
were  made  with  the  above-named  apparatus. 

-G.  II.  M. 

Improve im  ids    in    the    Treatment    of  Brewers'      Worts. 

W.  Spencer  and  J.  Jones,  West  Derby,  Lancashire. 

Eng.  Pat  4168,  March  25,  lsS6.  6d. 
Tiik  object  of  this  patent  is  the  aeration  of  worts  after 
they  leave  the  copper.  For  this  purpose  the  worts  are 
passed  through  a  cage  having  fine  slits  over  its  entire 
surface,  and,  at  intervals,  rims  with  serrated  edges  in 
order  to  spread  the  worts  over  as  large  a  surface  as  pos- 
sible. When  the  worts  have  drained  away  the  hops 
remaining  in  the  cage  are  sparged  with  boiling  water  by 
means  of  a  revolving  sparger. — G.   II.  M. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Brewers'  Worts.  F.Faulkner, 
Oldbnry,  and  W.  Ad  lam,  Bristol.  Eng.  Pat.  5772, 
April  28,  1886  8d. 
Tin-  patent  covers  the  use  of  a  blast  of  heated  air  to  the 
brewer-'  mash  tun  (compare  Eng.  Pat.  4071,  1886  ;  this 
Journal,  lss7,  221 1  in  order  to  effect  the  oxidation  of  the 
more  deleterious  nitrogenous  substances  in  the  wort. 
The  temperature  of  the  blast  of  air  must  not  be  sulli- 
eiently  high  to  injuriously  affect  the  active  diastatic 
substances  of  the  malt  extract.  The  plant  required  is 
fully  described  and  illustrated.— G.   H.   M 


An  Apparatus  for  Pasteurising  Beer,  Wine,  and  other 
Suitable  Fluids.  11.  SchaarwSchter,  Barmen,  Ger- 
many. Eng.  Pat.  6401,  May  12,  ISSti.  Sd. 
THE  inventor  claim-  the  u-e  of  an  apparatus  for  pas- 
teurising lipoids,  a  description  of  which  would  be  unin- 
telligible without  tli"  details  and  drawings  given  in  the 
specification. — <■.  H.  M. 

■  linn    of  an    Improved  Antiseptic  Salt   in 
tng.     A.  Boake  and  F.  (!.  A.  Roberts,  Stratford. 
Essex.     Eng.  Pat.  8420,  June  26,  1886.    4d. 
Tins    consists    of   the   use    of    sodium    metasulpbite, 

Na,SO,.SO  ,  as  an  antiseptic  in  brewing.  The  salt  i- 
tised  in  the  proportion  of  three  to  -i\  ounce-  per  quarter 
of  malt,  or  its  equivalent. — G.  H.  M. 


XVII—  CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,   SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY.  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(.1)  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

Barley.    C.   Richardson.    Ainer.    Chem.  J. 
9,  10    22. 
The  author  has  examined  a  large  number  of   Canadian 
and  American  barleys  and  compared  the  results  with 


Ma-  a.U87.j     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


377 


those  given  by  Maercker,  who  considers  that  the 
characteristics  of  a  good  barley  are  Gne  ...lour,  mealy 
consistency,  and  small  amount  of  albuminoids.  The 
best  Canadian  barley  is  grown  in  the  counties  north  of 
the  north-western  part  of  Luke  Ontario,  and,  as  this 
forms  the  greater  part  of  the  Amercian  supply,  the 
United  States  samples  are  compared  with  it.  Maercker 
found  that  the  finest  grain  contained  not  more  than  8  per 
cent,  of  albuminoids,  and  consisted  of  at  least  80  per 
cent,  of  mealy  corns.  Of  the  twelve  typical  specimens 
of  the  Canadian  crop,  none  were  below  9  per  cent,  of 
albuminoids,  the  average  being  9S3,  and  only  six  con- 
tained 60  per  cent,  of  corns  which  were  mealy  or  half- 
mealy  in  structure.  They  cannot  be  said,  therefore,  to 
be  equal  to  what  is  considered  extremely  line  barley  in 
Germany.  They  are,  however,  better  than  the  average 
production  of  European  countries.  In  weight  per  bushel 
they  are  about  the  same  or  slightly  heavier  than  the 
average  round  by  Maenker— 52pounds— and  in  moisture, 
much  dryer  than  the  product  of  damper  climates.  I  if 
the  different  districts,  that  north  of  Lake  Erie  produces 
the  specimens  richest  in  nitrogen,  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  percentage  of  mealy  corns  is  much  higher. 

The  average  of  the  United  States  barley  is  about  as 
mealy  as  the  Canadian  average,  but  out  of  14  samples 
only  2  contained  SO  per  cent,  or  over  of  mealy  or  halt 
mealy  corns.  In  weight  per  bushel  there  is  no  variation 
from  Canadian  and  foreign  grain,  but  in  size  the  barleys 
of  the  United  States,  as  a  whole,  are  larger  thau  those 
of  Canada.  The  average  percentage  of  albuminoid-  is 
greater  in  the  United  State-  barley  than  in  Canadian, 
and  much  above  Maereker's  number  :  the  Californian  is 
1  per  cent,  lower  than  the  average  for  the  rest  of  the 
country,  which  is  11 -5  per  cent.  In  brightness,  the 
samples  from  those  portions  of  the  country  having  a  dry 
climate  at  harvest  time,  especially  the  Pacific  slope  and 
the  North-west,  w  ere  far  superior. 

It  was  noticed  that  winter  sown  barley  contained  less 
albuminoids  than  the  spring-sown  grain  :  the  formergave 
10"5  pear  cent.,  the  latter  11*42.  In  a  few  samples  the 
outer  covering  of  the  grain  was  detached  and  weighed. 
The  extreme  amounts  were  1694  and  12  55  per  cent  , 
much  less  than  in  oats.— G.  H.  M. 


malted  barley,  is  added,  and  the  whole  dried  at  a  tem- 
perature from  160'  F.  t"  175'  1  .  Care  must  be  taken  to 
avoid  the  formation  of  grape  sugar.— C.  C.  II. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufactv  Extract  of  Coffee, 

II.  1".  Von  Konitz,  Berlin;  and  J.  Tuntz,  Bonn.     Lug. 

Pat  122,  Jan.  4,  1»>7.  4.1. 
An  infusion  of  coffee  berries  is  evaporated  to  a  syrupy 
consistency  ;  the  vapour  passing  "II  is  condensed  anil 
subsequently  distilled  in  vacuo  after  the  addition  of 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  a  non-volatile  acid  to  render  it 
slightly  acid.  The  lirst  part  of  the  distillate,  amount- 
ing to  about  one-fourth  of  the  whole,  contains  the 
aromatic  flavouring  of  the  coffee  berries  ;  whin  this  is 
added  to  the  syrup  lirst  prepared  a  substance  is  obtained 
which  on  mixture  with  water  gives  an  admirable  imi- 
tation of  freshly  prepared  coffee. — C.  C.  II. 


An  Improved  Baking  Powder.     H.  AVatkins,   Hereford. 
Eng.  Pat.  '5162,  April  14,  1SS6.     4d. 

Tin:  special  feature  of  this  invention  is  the  substitution 
of  malt  flour  for  the  starch  or  farina  ordinarily  employed 
in  admixture  with  other  substances  for  use  as  a  baking 
powder.— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements    in    Preserving  Mill;,  eu<d  in    U 

Containers  therefor.  P.  Jensen,  London.  From  K. 
G.  l»ahlz,  Drammen,  Norway.  Eng.  Pat.  10,903, 
August  26,  1SS6.     Sd. 

Thb  milk  is  first  strained  and  cooled  down  to  IOC  or 

16*  I  '.  It  is  then  put  into  cubical  vessels  having  two  sides 
Hat  and  the  other  two  dished  :  the  vessels  arc  previously 
sterilised  by  being  heated  to  150°  <'.,  and  after  beirig 
tilled  with  milk  are  hermetically  sealed.  The  tempera- 
ture i-  then  raised  and  kept  to  70  C.  for  If  hours.cooled 
down  to  40=  C.  for  1  {  hours,  and  again  raised  to  Tic  C. 
this  i-  repeated  two  or  three  times.  Finally  the  tempera- 
ture is  raised  to  and  kept  at  100°  C.  for  half-an-hour,  after 
which  it  is  cooled  down  to  15°  C.  By  this  mean-  it  is 
believed  all  the  organism-,  as  well  as  the  germs,  are 
quite  destroyed  :  hencewhilst  not  destroying  or  impairing 
the  fresh  taste,  the  milk  so  treated  will  keep  fresh  for 
an  indefinite  period. — C.  C.  H. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Preparation  of  Food  Products. 
C.  8.  Boynton  and  W.   J.  Van   Patten,  Burlington, 

Vermont,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  17,075,  Dec.  30,  I  886.  II. 
Anv  of  the  cereal  grains — e.g.,  wheat,  oats,  barley, 
maize,  rice,  etc.,  are  decorticated,  crushed,  and  dried  at 
180°  F.  To  the  granulated  meal  so  obtained  a  solution 
containing  diastase,   prepared  in  the  usual   way    from 


Improvements  in  ti<c  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Manufacturing  Pondered  if  ilk.  John  Caruick,  New 
Vork,' U.S.A."  Eng.  Pat  1996,  Feb. 8, 1887.    sd. 

The  author  has  succeeded  in  preparing  on  a  commercial 
scale  a  cream-white,  dry,  powdered  or  granulated  milk, 
free  from  stickiness  or  lumps,  of  a  pleasant  sweet  milky 
flavour,  and  of  good  keeping  qualities.  Fresh  cows'  milk, 
from  which  about  I  to  J  of  the  cream  has  been  previously 
removed,  is  evapoiated  in  a  vacuum  pan  at  a  temperature 
of  140-"  F.  to  160°  F.  to  the  consistency  of  a  thick  syrup. 
At  this  stage  granulated  cane  sugar  is  added  in  a  con- 
tinuous stream,  the  whole  being  kept  constantly  agitated 
and  the  temperature  reduced  to  from  120 — 130  F.  At 
this  temperature  no  caramel  is  formed,  nor  discoloura- 
tion takes  place,  and  the  produce  of  the  sugar 
caii-es  the  whole  mass  to  remain  granular  and  finally 
to  dry  up  to  a  friable  white  mass,  which  is 
easily  removed  and  ground  to  a  fine  powder,  in  which 
form  it  is  usually  sold  and  will  keep  for  a 
long  time.  The  evaporation  is  conducted  in  a  horizontal 
cylindrical  copper  vacuum  pan  provided  with  pumps  and 
condenser,  and  suitable  agitating  apparatus,  and  covered 
with  a  jacket  into  which  can  be  turned  hot  or  cold  water 
or  steam,  so  that  any  desired  temperature  may  be 
regularly  maintained.  The  finished  product  may  be  sold 
in  various  forms.either  pureorin  combination  with  coffee, 
chocolate,  cocoa,  etc.  The  sugar  used  is  in  the  propor- 
tion of  from  30  to  50  per  cent,  of  the  batch  of  milk 
treated.  — A.  J.  K.         

(B)  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Subterranean  Motion  of  Coal-Gas  in  the  Direction  of 
Heated  Dwellings.  A.  Wagner.  Pep.  Anal.  Cheni. 
7,  131— 13S. 
In  1SS4  the  author  published  an  investigation  into  the 
question  of  poisoning  by  coal-gas,  in  which  it  was 
a-serted  that  with  gas  escaping  from  broken  pipes  the 
aspiratory  action  of  heated  dwellings  is  only  brought  to 
bear  for  a  comparatively  short  distance,  and  that  in  the 
case  of  heriuetical  coverings — as,  for  instance,  asphalt 
paving — the  gas  takes  the  course  which  offers  the  least 
resistance  to  its  passage.  This  assertion  has  been  sub- 
jected to  a  severe  criticism  by  Pettenkofcr  and  Suda- 
koff  in  the  Archie  fin-  Hygiene,  1>S0.  166.  Against 
the  strictures  of  the  latter  the  author  enters  a  strong 
protest— D.  B.  

Improvements  in  the  For/nation  of  Organic  Oxides,  and 
in  the  Oxidation  of  Matter  Suspended  a  ml  Dissolved 
in  Liquids.     3.  G.  Lorraiu,  Loudon.   Eng.  Pat.  3S26, 
March  IS,  1SS6.     6d. 
Tiik  patentee  proceeds  by  one  of  two  methods:  (1) by- 
placing  "  a  quantity  of  catalytic  material  "  in  the  liquid", 
and     forcing    air    through    so    as    to    effect    chemical 
combination  between  the  oxygen   of    the   air   and    the 
oxidisable  matter  of  the  liquid  :     (2)  by  similarly  sus- 
pending   or     immersing      "  a    quantity    of     catalytic 
material  "  in  the  liquid,  and  then  decomposing  the  water 
of    the    liquid    electrically,    either    by     a    dynamo     0r 
other  moans.— C.  C.  H. 


3T8 


IDE  JGVliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IMaySi.ttCT. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Material*  for  list 
in  the  Treatmet  ■•  and  Foul  Water.    J.  W. 

Slater,  London,  S.  K .  Page,  Aylesbury,  W.  Stevens 
and  The  Native  Gnano  Company,  Ltd.,  London. 
Eng.  Pat  3973,  March  :20,  L886.    6d. 

This  specification  relates  to  the  preparation  of  sulphate 
or  chloride  of  manganese,  alone  or  mixed  with  the  sul- 
phate or  chloride  of  alumina  foi  t lie  purpose  described. 
In  the  preparation  of  the  sulphate  the  patentees  take 
36  parts  of  sulphur,  100  parts  of  manganese  dioxide,  and 
place  them  in  a  covered  crucible,  the  sulphur  at  the 
bottom;  the  whole  is  then  maintained  at  a  dull  red  heat 
for  three  to  four  hours ;  a  crude  sulphate  of  manganese 
suitable  for  the  purpose  specified  is  the  result.  The 
chloride  is  similarly  prepared  by  heating  together  in  a 
crucible  .'>ii  parts  sulphur,  :>oo  parts  common  salt,  100 
parts  dioxide  of  manganese.  When  it  is  desired  to 
prepare  the  mixed  sulphates  and  chlorides  of  manganese 
and  alumina,  bauxite,  ground  blast  -furnace  slag  or  alum 
clay,  40  parts  of  either  to  10  of  the  dioxide  of 
manganese  is  introduced  into  the  mixture  prior  to  the 
application  of  heat. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Purification  and  Utilisation  of 
Sewage,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  L.  G.  G.  Daudenart, 
Brussels.    Eng.  Pat.  4203,  March  25, 1886.     lid. 

The  patentee  describes  a  system  of  sewage  treatment 
by  means  of  defecation  by  lime,  succeeded  by  the 
addition  of  salts  of  alumina  and  chloride  of"  zinc. 
Settlement  is  effected  in  tanks  shaped  in  section  like 
those  usual  in  this  country  j  the  sludge  is  continuously 
withdrawn  by  an  endless  screw  and  run  on  to  land. 
The  effluent  is  conducted  away  in  large  carriers  to  land, 
upon  which  it  is  pumped  for  purposes  of  irrigation. 

— C.  C.  H. 


nts  in  or  connected  with  Filter-presses,  and  in 
the  Drying  of  Sewage  Sludge  and  other  M<>i.-,t  Mat- 
tux.  W.  F.  B.  MaBSey -Main waring,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  4S7S,  April  7,  1886.     lid. 

The  filtering  faces  of  the  chambers  of  the  filter-press 
are  made  Hat,  and  covered  villi  a  perforated  cast-iron 
plate  resting  thereon  and  hearing  upon  the  chamber 
by  bosses  or  projections  so  as  to  afford  a  good  drainage. 
The  bosses  or  projections  are  sometimes  replaced  by 
grooves  or  furrows.  The  outlets  from  the  chambers  are 
fitted  with  a  three- way  cock,  sothat  when  the  chambeis  are 
full  a  current  of  air,  sometimes  heated,  may  be  drawn 
or  forced  through  to  facilitate  the  removal  "of  moisture 
from  the  pressed  cake. — C.  C.  11. 


I  d  with  the  Deposition  of  Finely- 
•  ii   Solid  Matter  floating  or  suspended  in  Air 
or  Gases.     J.   G.  Lorrain,  London.     Eng.   Pat.  6495, 
.May  14,  1886.     (id. 

I  lUITARD  and  Lodge  have  both  shown  that  fine  particles 
matter  suspended  in  the  atmosphere  can  he  pre- 
cipitated by  the  passage  there  through  of  an  electric 
discharge  from  an  electrostatic  machine.  In  the  present 
instance,  the  patentee  makes  use  of  a  dynamo-electric 
discharge,  generated  as  a  secondary  current  in  an 
induction  coil  by  means  of  a  current  from  a  dynamo  or 
a  primary  or  secondary  battery.  The  airor  gas  is  passed 
through    a   closed    receptacle    containing   discharging 

surfaces  of  netting  gauz ■  plates  placed  close  together, 

and  in  connection  with  the  secondary  coil  of  the  induc- 
tion arrangement — C.  C.  II. 


Us  in  the  Trent, unit  of  Sewage  Sludge  and 
tparation  of  a  Manure  therefrom.    T.  II.  Cobley, 

Dunstable.     Eng.  l'at.  i;::;-_'.  May  lit,  Insg.    od. 

The  pressed  cake  resulting  from  the  treatment  of  sewage 

sludge  in  filter  presses  is  incinerated  :   native  salts  of 

lum,  potasHitun,  and  sodium  are  added  during  the 


process  of  incineration  to  "retain"  the  ammoniacal  fumes 
given  off.  The  ash  resulting  from  such  incineration  is 
used  instead  of  caustic  lime  foi  the  i  nrpose  of  n  adoring 
s  fresh  quantity  of  sludge  prci-sable.     The  result)! 

is  richer  as  a  manure  than  an  ash  resulting  from  the 
addition  of  canstic  lime  to  Ihe  sludge.  Peat,  shoddy,  or 
wool  dust  are  also  sometimes  used  to  retain  the  ammo- 
niacal fumes  during  the  process  of  incineration. 

_C.  C.  II. 


.-In  Improved  Deodorant  and  Disinfectant.  II.  M. 
Caldwell,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales.  Eng.  Pat. 
6966,  Nlaj  24,  1886.    4d. 

Tin:  improved  compound  is  prepared  by  first  mixing 
7c\\t.  of  ferrous  sulphate  villi  401b.  peroxide  of  man- 
ganese :  400  gallons  of  water  are  added,  and  Ihe  whole 
boiled   for  three   hours,    adding   whilst     hot  tillis.    oil    of 

eucalyptus;  this  preparation  acts  as  a  deodorant.  Four 
tons  of  caustic  soda  are  heated  to  a  dull  red  with  one 
ton  peroxide  of  manganese  for  a  period  of  4S  hours; 
water  is  subsequently  added  and  re-evaporated.  This 
second  preparation  is  added  to  one  halt  that  first  des- 
cribed, the  mixture  forming  a  powerful  deodorant  and 
disinfectant. — C.  C.  II. 


Improved  Manufacture  <>/  Disinfecting  Powder,    J.  AY. 

Knights  and    AY.    1>.    Gall,   Cambridge.      Eng.    I'at. 
11,011,  .August  28,  1886.     4d. 

GROUND  and  dried   peat    is  mixed  with  an  nnlbqlic 
such  as  sanitas,  creosote,  or  carbolic  arid. —  C.  C.  H. 


ements  in  the  Man  •     Materials  for  Usi 

in  the  Treatment  of  &  etc.,   etc       F.    Candy, 

Bexley.     Eng.  l'at.  13,829,  Oct.  28,  1886.     6d. 

Any  iron  ore  containing  alumina,  lime,  and  mi  gneeiti  i> 
mixed  with   carbonaceous   material    and  carbonised  in 

closed  retorts  in  the  usual  manner.  The  resulting  pro- 
duct is  treated  with  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
quantity  of  acid  used  is  such  that  the  mixture  when 
cool  becomes  a  cake  or  semi  dry  mass.  The  patentee 
terms  the  product  "magnetic  precipitant,"  and  uses  it 
for  the  purification  of  sewage  or  other  polluted  waters. 

-C.  C.  11. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Sewage. 
.1.  Wohankaand  K.  Kocian,  Prague.  Eng.  Pat.  -J7S, 
Jan.  s,  lss7.     4d. 

Tin:  sewage  is  first  treated  with  ferrous  sulphate  pre- 
pared by  treating  rich  ochre-brown  iron  ore  with 
sulphuric  in  id  :  fresh  milk  of  lime  is  then  added,  and 
finally,  an  aqueous  solution  of  water-glass.  The  sludge 
from  such  a  process  of  treatment  is  separated  by  sub- 
sidence in  the  usual  manner.  The  effluent  is  run  into  a 
separate  set -of  tanks,  and  further  purified  by  the  injec- 
tion of  smoke  or  gases  from  chimney  shafts  or  Hues. 
The  patentees  state  this  destroys  the  organism  causing 
putrefactive  fermentation.  The  effluent  from  this  treat- 
ment is  finally  tillered  through  a  bed  of  giavel,  coke, 
ashes,  etc.,  or  other  porous  material. — ('.  C.  H. 


(C.)    DISINFECTANT& 

The  Manufacture  of  Br<  mine  Prep  trai  Janitary 

ami  other  Purposes.  AY.  D.  Borland,  Loudon.  Eng. 
l'at.  6191,  May  7,  1886.  lid. 
A  MIXTURE  is  made  of  a  soluble  bromide  with  a 
soluble  bromate,  preferably  of  sodium  or  potassium, 
and  this  is  mixed  intimately  with  an  alkaline 
bisulphate,  such  as  sodium  hydrogen  sulphate.  Foi 
a  less  concentrated  form,  nitre  cake  is  used  instead 
of  pure  bisulphate.  For  sanitary  purposes  it  is  some- 
time convenient  to  add  other  substances,  such  as  cupric 
sulphate,  alum.  etc.  The  addition  of  a  small  amount  of 
a  terpene,  essential  oil.  camphor  or  hydrocarbon,  increases 
the  keeping  powei  of  the  preparations. — B.  T. 


M.,y  si.  iss-.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


379 


XYIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

On  the  Distillation  and  Electrolytic  Treatment  of  Zinc 
Scum.  11.  Rosing.  Zeits  fur  Berg.  Htitten.  u.  Salin- 
enwesen.     Dingl.  Polyt  J.  263.  *7— 94. 

See  page  370.  

tvements  in,  or  connected  with,  Electrical  Batteries 
and  Appliances  there/or.  A.  W.  Armstrong,  Lewis- 
bam.     Eng.  Pat  5971,  May  3,  1886.     Bd. 

The  porous  cells  of  this  battery  are  made  cither  of  clay 
or  carbon,  or  a  mixture  of  both,  and  are  packed  with 
granulated  carbon.  Three  tabes  pass  into  each  cell, 
which  is  then  covered  with  an  air-tight  seal.  By  a 
special  arrangement,  a  measured  quantity  of  the  excitant 
from  a  tank  into  the  porous  cells  by  one  of  the 
tubes  before  mentioned.  A  supply  of  water,  the  amount 
of  winch  can  he  regulated  according  to  the  work  the 
battery  has  to  do,  passes  from  an  ordinary  water  cistern 
into  an  outer  vessel  containing  the  soluble  electrode  ; 
this  water  can  be  made  to  pass  through  a  vessel  contain- 
ing any  suitable  soluble  substance  for  promoting  greater 
activity  in  the  battery.  When  the  battery  i-  working, 
gas  is  generated  in  the  porous  cell  and  forces  some  of 
the  partially  spent  liquid  iuto  a  reviving  tank,  from 
which  tank  fresh  liquid  passes  back  b}'  the  third  tube. 
The  zinc  plate  in  the  outer  cell  dips  into  mercury,  which 
serves  as  au  electrical  connection,  and  also  to  keep  the 
plate  amalgamated.  A  brush  is  fitted,  and  can  be  raised 
Dr  lowered  in  order  to  remove  any  insoluble  salts  from 
the  surface  of  the  zinc. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbon  Electrodes, 
B.  Applegarth,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  9.31S,  July  22, 
1SS6.     Sd. 

THESE  electrodes  are  moulded  from  suitable  carbon  paste, 
which  may  contain  a  proportionate  amount  of  manganese 
rich  in  oxygen,  into  the  form  of  vessels  with  the  inner 
surface  corrugated,  so  as  to  present  a  large  extent  of 
surface  to  the  exciting  medium.  The  upper  part  of  the 
cell  has  a  metal  band  secured  to  it.  — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Carbon  Filaments 
for  Electric  Lighting.  H.  J.  Haddan,  London.  From 
C.  Seel.  Chariottenburg,  (Jermanv.  Eng.  Pat.  6203, 
May  7,  1886.    8  1. 

Vegetable  fibbe  is  steeped  in  a  solution  of  mineral 
salts  and  a  gum  consisting  of  a  silicate,  gum  - 
and  caustic  soda  :  it  is  then  rolled  into  the  shape  of  angle 
iron  and  carbonised  in  any  well-known  way.  The  char- 
coal thread  is  placed  in  a  box,  and  melted  paraffin  wax 
poured  round  it,  the  two  ends  of  the  thread  projecting 
through  the  cover.  When  the  wax  is  solid,  a  current  of 
electricity  is  sent  through  the  carbon  until  it  attains  the 
required  resistance.  It  is  then  cleaned  from  paraffin  and 
is  ready  for  use  in  the  lamp. — B.  T. 


Improvements   in  the  Process  of,  and  Apparatus    for. 
Manufacturing  Carbons   for   Electric  Lamps.     3.    T. 

Lister,   Cleveland,  Ohio,  U.S. A.      Eng.   Pat.  10,SOO, 
Aug.  24,   1886.     Is.  Id. 

Tills  patent  has  for  its  object  the  substitution  of  special 
machinery  forthemanual  processes  now  generally  adopted 
in  the  makingof  carbons.  The  mould  is  made  in  two  parts, 
the  lower  of  which  is  placed  horizontally  on  a  car  which  is 
run  on  rails  underneath  the  filler.  This  consists  of  a 
vessel  in  which  a  cylindrical  screen  is  kept  revolving. 
The  mixed  dust  of  which  the  carbons  are  to  be  made  is 
thrown  into  the  middle  of  this,  and  eventually  all  passes 
through  it  on  to  a  worm,  also  kept  revolving,  which  con- 
vey- it  to  the  delivery  spout.  This  is  provided  with  as 
many  partitions  as  there  are  grooves  for  carbons  in  the 
mould.  The  dust,  now  thoroughly  mixed  by  the  proc 
has  lately  gone  through,  passes  from  the  delivery  spout 
into  the  mould  as  soon  as  the  latter  is  placed  in  position  ; 
this  delivery  is  automatically  performed  by  the  upward 


movement  of  a  ram   to  be  described    hereafter.     The 

mould  is  now  rolled  from  the  filler,  ami  the  top  having 
been  put  on,  i-  passed  into  a  furnace.  Having  been 
baked  sufficiently,  it  passes  on  to  a  turntable,  and  is 
brought  in  its  turn  under  the  action  of  a  hydraulic  press. 

n,  iii  rising,  compri  sea  strongly  the  carbons,  and 
at  the  same  time  operates  the  filler.  In  falling,  the 
turntable  is  revolved,  and  the  same  scries  of  operations 

d  automatically  on  another  mould.  The  carbons 
are  now  removed  in  such  a  way  that  they  cannot  possibly 
be  bent,  and  the  webs  joining  them  separated  by  revolv- 
ing cutters,  leaving  the  carbons  quite  round  and  smooth. 
The  car  is  wheeled  on  till  the  ends,  which  have  been 
made  to  project,  come  in  contact  with  revolving  knives, 
and  are  thus  pointed.  These  carbons  can  be  made 
cheaper,  straighter,  and  of  more  uniform  density  than 
those  produced  by  manual  processes. — E.  T. 


Primary    Batteries.     M.   Bailey  and 

.1.    Warner,    London.      Eng.     l'at.     13,592,    Oct  23, 
18S6.     Sd. 

FINELY-GROUND  plumbago  is  incorporated  with  nitric  or 
■  oxacid,"  and  packed  with  a  suitable  carbon  electrode 
in  either  the  outer  or  porous  cell  of  a  battery.  Zinc  is 
used  for  the  other  electrode.  The  carbon  is  sometimes  of  a 
tubular  form,  and  when  embedded  in  the  paste,  has  its 
interior  filled  with  the  .acid.  To  re-charge,  fresh  acid  is 
poured  into  the  tube,  or  the  spent  paste  replaced  by  new. 

-E.  T. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Preventing  the  Eseapc  of 
Noxious  Fumes  from  Batteries  used  for  Electrical 
Purposes.  M.  Bailey  and  J,  Warner,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,937,  Nov.  17,  1SS6.     Sd. 

The  internal  pot  of  the  battery,  containing  the  fuming 
acid,  is  closed  by  a  suitable  stopper,  through  which 
passes  vertically  a  thin  glass  tube.  The  part  of  this  out- 
side the  cell  is  sealed  into  the  bottom  of  a  much  wider 
glass  tube,  in  such  a  way  that,  passing  up  the  inside  of 
the  latter,  it  ends  a  little  below  the  top  of  the  wider  tube. 
A  third  tube,  with  sealed  top,  fits  loosely  inside  the  large 
one.  Water  or  other  suitable  liquid  being  poured  in, 
the  whole  forms  a  small  gasometer.  In  some  eases  the 
upper  part  of  the  porous  pot  is  narrowed  as  in  an  ordinary 
bottle,  and  this  upper  portion  glazed.— E.  T. 


its    in     an     Electrolyte,    and  Depolarising 

Solution  for   Voltaic  Batteries.     \\.  C.  Quinby,  San 

Francisco,     CaL,   U.S.A.       Eng.    Pat.  Ill,   Jan.   4, 
1887.     6d. 

The  electrolyte  which  the  inventor  employs  consists  o 
the  anhydrous  sulphate  of  the  sesquioxide  of  iron,  dis- 
solved in  water  or  other  equivalent  liquid.  This  sulphate 
is  found  as  a  natural  formation  known  as  "  coquimbite." 
This  natural  salt  is  used  as  the  new  electrolyte  in  either 
a  one-fluid  or  a  two-fluid  cell,  in  the  latter  case  the 
insoluble  electrode  being  in  contact  with  coquimbite. 
During  the  working  of  the  cell,  sesquioxide  of  iron  is 
formed  and  precipitated,  and  if  this  precipitate  be  treated 
with  sulphuric  acid,  it  can  again  be  used  as  an  electrolyte. 

— B.  f . 


Improved  Apparatus  for    Preventing    the    Escape   of 

Noxious     Funies     nr    other    Gases    from     Primary, 

other  Batteries  used  for  Electrical 

Purposes.     M.  Bailev  and  J.  Warner,  London.     Eng. 

Pat.  Ki.->6,  Feb.  2,  1887.     Sd. 

In  this  method  the  fumes  from  the  cells  are  collected  in 
a  glass  bell- jar  completely  covering  the  cell,  and  with  its 
lower  edge  dipping  into  some  liquid,  so  as  to  form  a 
secure  -eal,  or  a  lip  is  fitted  to  the  top  of  existing  cells, 
and  the  bell  jar  dips  into  this  lip.  There  is  an  opening 
titled  with  a  stop-cock  in  the  top  of  the  glass,  by  which 
the  contained  gases  may  be  liberated. — B.  T. 

E 


sso 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     tMay8i.H87 


Improvements    relating    to    the    Electro    Deposition  of 

Aluminium,  ami  to  Apparatus  therefor.  II.  II.  Lnke, 
London.  From  Count  K.  de  Montgelas,  Philadelphia, 
I  .s..\.  Eng.  Pat.  1750,  Feb.  3,  1887.  6d. 
Alumina  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the 
solution  evaporated  to  obtain  the  dry  salt,  which  ia  then 
dissolved  in  liut  water.  A  vessel  is  made  with  two  com- 
partmente,  separated  by  a  porous  partition.  The  above 
solution  is  poured  into  one,  ami  common  salt  into  the 
other.  A  current  is  passed  from  one  into  the  other, 
entering  at  the  common  salt,  by  suitable  electrode?, 
until  the  solution  of  the  aluminium  salt  becomes  colour- 
less. The  double  chloride  of  aluminium  and  .-odium 
thus  formed  is  evaporated  to  dryness  and  redissolved,  to 
get  rid  of  excess  of  acetous  matter.  This  solution,  kept 
neutral,  is  used  a- the  plating  liquid  with  an  aluminium 
anode.  — E.  T. 

Improvements  relating  to  Electric  Batteries.  IT.  II. 
Lake,  London.  From  Count  H.  de  Montgelas,  Phila- 
delphia, U.S.A.    Eng.Pat  1752,  Feb.  3,  1887.    6d. 

A  GROOVE  is  formed  along  the  lower  side  of  a  small 
square  bar  of  wood.  In  this  is  placed  (he  upper  edge  of 
a  perforated  plate  of  aluminium,  which  forms  the  nega- 
tive electrode.  A  screwed  boll  attached  to  the  latter 
passes  through  the  bar  ami  is  held  by  a  binding  screw  at 
the  top.  On  each  side  of  the  wooden  supporting  bar 
are  clamped  zinc  plates  by  aluminium  bolts,  connection 
being  made  by  aluminium  terminals.  The  battery 
resembles  in  nppearance  that  nf  Since.  Any  suitable 
exciting  liquid  may  be  usee'.-    E.  T. 


XIX.-PAPER,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Water  and  Fire- 
proof Papers,  Millboard,  and  similar  Materials.  W.  E. 
Hey  s,  Manchester.  From  E.  (i.  II.  Ladewig, 
Kathenon,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat  jjo'S,  April  22, 
lSSb\     Od. 

The  paper,  millbcard  or  similar  substance  used  in  carry- 
ing out  ibis  invention  may  be  used  alone  or  in  combina- 
tion with  layers  of  coik,  straw,  wire-gauze  or  any  such 
substances.  The  pulp  is  chiefly  composed  of  asbestos, 
treated  with  chloride  of  Bodium  or  glycerine  to  [.reserve 
the  flexibility  and  other  peculiar  propertiesof  the  asbestos. 
100  parts  of  asbestos  require  about  4  to  U  parts  of  gly- 
cerine diluted  wijh  5  to  10  parts  of  water.  From  4  to  6 
parts  of  isinglass  may  with  advantage  be  mixed  with 
the  water  used  for  diluting  the  glycerine. 

The  impregnated  asbestos  i>  then  pulped  in  a  suitable 
rag-engine  and  reduced  with  water  as  required.  The 
addition  i~  now  made  of  2  to  3  parts  of  dry  resin  soap 
dissolved  in  water,  (i  parts  of  zinc  chloride  in  15  to  25 
parts  of  water,  and  10  parts  of  graphite  with  about  £0 
parts  of  water.  Tlie  latter  addition  increases  the  resis- 
tance of  the  finished  product  to  the  action  of  lire.  If 
required  for  pipe  joints,  it  may  be  provided  with  wire- 
gauze  on  one  or  both  sides.  When  rolled  or  formed  into 
sheets,  the  material  is  air-dried,  immersed  in  a  1  per 
cent,  solution  of  zinc  chloride,  and  dried.  Finally  the 
sheets  are  passed  through  a  solution  of  resin  soap  and 
water  to  which  has  been  added  -\  to  1  per  cent,  of  soap, 
the  resin  soap  having  been  dissolved  in  spirit  and 
added  to  the  water.  It  is  claimed  that  material  pie- 
pared  as  described  is  capable  of  resisting  any  ordinary 
degree  of  beat,  and  also  that  it  is  suited,  owing  to  its 
elasticity,  etc.,  for  packing  steam-joints  and  for  other 

Imposes  where  the  combined  action  of  beat  and  water 
lave  to  be  resisted.  — II.  A.  ft. 


tion  which  can  be  given  any  desired  form  by  saturating 
cellulose  or  ground  wood  wilh   a   solution   of  emu    in 

hot  water  ami  ammonia,  drying  the  same  more  Or  less, 
and  subjecting  the  said  composition  to  the  iniluence  of 
a  mixture  of  ammonia  gas  and  Bteam  under  pressure. 

The  product   so  obtained   may    be   shaped   as    desired 
by  hot  [dates,  dies,  or  other  suitable  means.  If  required, 

the  composition  may  be  tinted  by  the  addition  of 
colours  in  the  state  of  dry  powder,  or  else,  before  or 
during  the  manufacture,   with  organic  colours. 

ii.  A.  u. 

//.  provemt  nts  in  Minium  , y  for  tin  Manufdctun  of  Papt r 
J'idp.  II.  II.  Lake,  London.  From  F.  J.  Marshall, 
Mass.,  I  .S.A.     Lug.  Pat.  1808,  Feb.  t,  1887.    8d. 

The  main  features  of  tin's  invention  are  08  follow: 
(1.)  The  combination  of  fixed  and  revolving  discs  in 
combination  with  the  conical  engine  commonly  in  nse. 
(2.)  A  worm  and  -ear  in  combination  with  screw 
threaded  collars  for  moving  the  bed-plate  to  ami  fro. 

—II.  A.  11. 


XX.— HUE  CHEMICALS.  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

Extraction  ofaNcu-  Acid  from  the  Leaves  of  Gymncma 
Syln  sli  e.     Nature,  1887,  565—567. 

This  is  an  abstract  of  a  paper  read  before  the  Nilgiri 
Natural  History  Society.  Uotacainmid,  India,  by    David 

Hooper,  F.C.S.,  'March  7, 1887.  It  was  found  thai  on 
chewing  the  leaves  of  this  asclepiadaceous  plant,  which 
grows  in  the  Deccan  Peninsula,  Assam,  and  Africa, 
immediately  afterwards  all  appreciation  of  the 
sweet  taste  of  sugar  is  lost.  If  ginger-bread  were  eaten, 
only  the  taste  of  the  ginger  was  perceived  ;  if  a  BWeel 
orange,  only  the  acid  flavour  of  the  citric  acid,  and 
the  orange  seemed  ae  sour  as  a  lime.  Bitterness  is  also 
destroyed,  and  sulphate  of  quinine  tastes  merely 
like  chalk.  The  effect  lasts  one  to  two  hours.  'I  he 
principle  appears  to  be  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  ether 
and  benzene.  The  ethereal  extract  consisted  of  chloro- 
phyll and  two  resins,  separable  by  their  different  solu- 
bilities in  alcohol.  Both  resins  are  of  an  acrid  nature, 
and  left  a  tingling  sensation  in  the  throat.  Theequeous 
solution  of  the  substances  soluble  in  alcohol  had  a 
decided  acid  n  action.  This  solution  was  precipitated 
by  sulphuric  acid,  was  collected  on  a  filter,  and  washed 
free  from  sulphuric  acid,  when  a  greenish  powder  was 
obtainedinsoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
benzene,  and  chloroform.  With  potash,  soda,  and 
ammonia,  it  afforded  a  line  red  solution  with  orange 
coloured  froth,  precipitated  in  the  case  of  either  of  the 
resins  by  mineral  acids.  The  substance  has  the 
characteristics  of  an  organic  acid  somewhat  similar  to 
cbrysophanic  acid,  but  possessed  of  some  very  peculiar 
reactions,  and  possessing  also  the  anti-saccharine  pro- 
perty ascribed  to  the  leaves.  It  is  termed  by  Hooper 
Gymnemic  acid,  and  this  acid  constitutes  more  than  ti 
per  cent,  of  the  constituents  of  ( iymnema  leaves  in  com- 
bination with  a  base  not  yet  isolated.  The  following 
analysis  was  given  of  the  powdered  and  sun-dried 
leaves : —  Ether  extract  (chlorophyll  and  resins)  5-51, 
alcoholic  extract  ig.wiincmic  acid,  tartaric  acid,  glucose, 
neutral  bitter  principle,  resin,  >xe.)  19-50,  aqueous  ex- 
tinct (gum  1 '45  per  cent,  glucose,  carbohydrate  and  ex- 
tractive) 16'87,  alkaline  extract,  by  difference 
(albuminous and  colouring  matters)  8  15,  acid  solution 
(calcium  oxalate.  7'64,  pararabin2'74),  ash  (balance  of) 
.Vti'.i,  cellulose  27'86,  and  moisture  ti'O-t  per  cent.; 
total,   lOO'OO.  — \V.  S. 


An   Improved  Process  for  Manufacturing  Composition 

from  Cellulose  or  Ground  Wood,  uhich  can  bt  given  any 

red  form  by  employing  /«"/  and  pressure.      II. 

Eisenhant,  Pyritz,  Germany,      Eng.  Pat.  1443,  Jan 

29,  1887.    4d. 

TllK  following  is  the  substance  of  the  claim  made  by 

this  inventor:  a  process  for  manufacturing  a  composi- 


Arginine.    E.  Schulze  and  E.  Steiger.    Zeit.  f.  1  bys. 

them.  11,  1. 

On  treating  the  aqueous  extract  of  the-  germinate  d  sec  ds 

of  Lvpinus  /"tins  with  phosphor-tnngstic  acid,  having 
pre*  lously  removed  all  albuminou-  substances,  a  copious 
white  precipitate   is   obtained,   from  which   the  authors 


May31,lS87J      THE  .lOUIiXAL  OF  THE  FOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


381 


isolated  a  nitrogenous  base  called  arginine,  C«H  iN40 
It  forms  crystalline  salts,  and  la  somen  hat  similar  in  iis 
properties  to  creatinine.  —  1'.  B. 


Crystallim    -  i    from  "Kamala."     L.   Jawein. 

Ber.  20-  182-  -183. 

K  \m  m.a  is  o  colouring  matter  used  in  the  East  Indies, 
ami  prepared  from  tin-  seed  capsules  of  Ilottleratinctoria 
Boxo.      Anderson    [Jahresb  -         G69)   obtained   a 

crystalline  substance  from  kamala  which  be  named 
Rottlerin.  The  author  has  also  prepared  a  substance  by 
extracting  the  crude  kamala  powder  with  carbon 
bisulphide,  which  agrees  in  its  reactions  with  that  of 
Anders but  does  not  give  analytical  numbers  corres- 
ponding with  the  formula  assigned  to  it  by  the  latter. 
(Compare  A.  G.  Perkin  and  W.  11.  Perkin,  Jan., 
Ber.  19,  3109).— G.  11.  M. 


Action  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide  on  Albumen.    C.  Wurster. 
Ber.  20.  263    267. 

Whbn  unfiltered  white  of  egg  is  mixed  with  an  equal 
volume  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  the  mixture  well  shaken. 
and,  for  every  lOOcc.  of  the  former,  1 — 2ec.  commercial 
lactic  acid  and  l—2grms.  sodium  chloride  or  20cc.  of  a 
5  per  cent,  solution  of  this  salt  added,  the  mixture 
becomes  turbid,  and  after  a  longer  or  shorter  time, 
depending  upon  the  temperature,  sets  to  a  solid,  coagu- 
lated, cheeselike  mass.  Water  is  added,  and  the  sub- 
stance quickly  filtered  oil  :  it  always  retains,  even  after 
prolonged  washing,  hydrogen  peroxide  and  lactii 
The  filtrate  from  the  precipitated  albuminoid  evaporated 
to  a  syrup  gives  the  reactions  for  peptone,  which  how- 
ever is  only  present  in  small  quantity.  The  precipitated 
albuminoid  is  quickly  peptonised  by  pepsin  and  hydro- 
chloric acid.  The  above  results  do  not  agree  with  those 
of  Chandelon  on  the  action  of  hydrogen  peroxide  on 
albumen  (this  Journal,  1885,  748).  The  author  ascribes 
this  to  the  different  methods  in  which  the  hydrogen 
peroxide  was  employed. — G.  II.  M. 


Hydrastine.     3.  F.  Eijkman.     Chem,  Zeit.  Rep.  11,  22. 

Is'  a  previous  communication  (this  Journal,  1SSG,  677) 
Freund  and  Will  gave  analyses  ,,f  hydrastine  confirming 
the  formula  t  __H  ,,Ni  >,  ,  ascribed  to  this  compound  by 
Mania.  Ths  author's  analysis,  howevor,  gave  numbers 
ig  with  the  formula  i  '_:H_;N< ».  .'  The  statement 
that  hydrastine  yields  opianic  acid  and  a  base  on  treat- 
ment with  dilute  nitric  acid  is  confirmed  by  the  authi  r, 
the  reaction  being  represented  by  the  equation  : — 

Cj,HnNO0  +  H20    0=CuHbNOj-I  Cj  lb,",. 

— D.  B. 

The   Alkaloid    Tulipin.      M.   A.    Nicot.     Lcs.    Nbuv. 
itemed,  1886,  519. 

The  alkaloid  obtained  by  Gerrard  from  Titlipfl 
i,  and  which  occurs  in  considerable  quantities 
in  all  parts  of  the  plant,  appears  from  the  author's 
researches  to  exert  tic  act  bin  of  colchicine,  of  scillitine, 
of  veratrine  and  even  of  strychnine.  Its  formula  is  not 
yet  determined.  A  dose  of  002grm.  is  sufficient  to  kill 
a  frog  :  O'lgrm.  suffices  to  kill  a  cat,  death  ensuing  frpm 
paralysis  of  the  heart.  The  alkaloid  appears  to  act  very 
energetically  upon  the  nervous  system.  Applied 
medicinally  in  quantity  of  '005 — OOGgrtii.,  in  24  hours  it 
increases  the  salivary  flow,  and  acts  as  a  diuretic  and 
aperient. — W.  D.  B. 


On  Strophanthus.    H.  Helbing.    Pharni.  Ztg.  1887,  37. 
The  seeds,  which  amount  to  37'4  per  cent,  of  the  weight 
of  the  drug,  contain  '24  per  cent,  of  fatty  oil,  26  52  pi  i 
cent,  of  extract  (by  the  dilute  spirit  of  the  Pharmacol  oeia), 

and  49  38  per  cent,  of  residue.     The  oil  has  a  dark  green 

•  In  a  recent  napcr  (Tier.  20.  B0)  Freund  and  Will  substituted 
the  formula  C  ,H  ,NO,  for  that  previously  ascribed  to 
hydrastine.— D.  a. 


colour  with   slight  red   fluorescence,    and    imparts    an 

emerald  green  tint  to  its  ethereal  solution;  it  is  so - 

what  thick  at  the  normal  temperature,  and  basa  specific 
gravity  of  0*925  at  15  C.  Strophan thin  may  be  extracted 
from  the  seed-  by  digestion  with  alcohol.  This  extract 
after  dilution  with  water  is  freed  from  fatty  matter  by 
agitation  with  ether,  the  latter  being  then  removed  by  a 
separating  funnel.  The  aqueous  solution  is  treated  first 
with  basic  lend  acetate,  then  with  hydrogen  sulphide  and 
filtered,  purified  by  animal  charcoal,  and  carefully 
evaporated.  The  residue,  which  amounts  toS'57 percent. 
of  the  weight  of  the  original  seeds,  is  nearly  colourless, 
but  dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid  (concentrated  or  dilute)  to 
a  daik  green  solution,  afterwards  changing  to  dark  red. 
Alkaloid  reagents  give  no  reaction.  It  is  readily  soluble 
in  water  and  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  ether,  petroleum 
ether,  and  chloroform.— W.  G.  of. 


On  Strophanthvs.     Wm.  El  borne,     l'harin.  J. 
.March    12,   L887. 

The  author,  after  referring  to  the  pharmacy  of  the  various 
parts  of  the  fruit  or  pod,  showed  that  the  weight  of  the 
seed  was  42  per  cent.  :  hairs,  2.3  per  cent.  ;  endocarp,  25 
per  cent.  The  seeds  on  analysis  were  found  to  consist  of — 

(1  )  20*8  per  cent,  of  petroleum  ether  extract,  a  yel- 
lowish-green fixed  oil,  not  bitter,  giving  a  brown  colour 
when  warmed  with  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium 
bichromate  On  standing,  crystals  separated,  which 
burned  like  sulphur  and  left  no  residue. 

2.  0'9  per  cent,  of  absolute  ether  extract,  a  fatty 
substance  of  a  green  colour. 

(3.)  1 '5  per  cent,  of  absolute  alcohol  extract,  a  hitler 
residue,  resembling  the  glucosides  and  giving  no  alkaloid 
reai  tions. 

(4.)  2  il  per  cent,  of  aqueous  extract  containing  the 
same  bitter  principle  found  in  3. 

(.3.)  19'G  per  cent,  of  albuminoid  matter;  this  large 
pioportion  rendered  the  separation  of  the  bitter  principle 
more  difficult 

(6  )  54  3  per  cent,  of  insoluble  matter.  See  also  pre- 
ceding abstract. — 0.  II. 


On  Vegetable    Organisms  in  Solutions  of  Alkaloids.     L. 
-    nbriran.     Journ.  l'harin.  Chiiu.  18S7,  69. 

FOB  preventing  the  formation  of  the  organisms,  which 
render  alkaloid  solutions  turbid,  an  addition  of  boric  or 
salicylic  acid  has  been  recommended  ;  but  Professor  E. 
B.Stuart  prefers  to  use  for  this  purpose  camphorated 
spirit  diluted  with  an  equal  weight  of  water,  by  which 
equally  good  effects  are  produced  unattended  by  any 
disadvantages.  « bie  two-thousandth  part  of  camphor 
should  be  used  for  all  alkaloids  excepting  atropine 
sulphate,  for  which  saturated  camphorated  spirit  should 
be  employed.  The  growth  of  organisms  in  solutions  of 
neutral  citrates,  malates,  and  tartrates  may  be  similarly 
hindered,  but  not  entirely  prevented.— \V.  (i.  M, 


y  r,f  Oxalic 
Acid  from  its  Distillation  Residue.     II.  Frickhinger 

Arch,  l'harin.  1SS6,  10G5. 

For;  the  preparation  of  this  body  thePharmacopceial  .cue. 
recommends  the  distillation  of  4  parts  of  alcohol  (0*832 
sp.  gr.)  with  1  part  of  nitric  acid  (P185  sp.  gr.);  the  dis- 
tillate to  be  then  neutralised  with  calcined  magnesia, 
and  rectified  on  the  water-bath.  The  author  recommends 
the  use  of  alcohol  of  0*12  sp.  gr.,  since  nearly  the  whole 
mixture  may  then  be  distil  ed  over,  and  the  distillate  will 
contain  less  free  acid.  The  preparation  is  best  conducted 
on  a  sand  bath,  in  a  retort  accurately  jointed  to  a  well 
cooled  receiver,  having  at  its  extremity  a  glass  tube  bent 
twice  at  right  angles,  leading  into  a  narrow  mouthed 
bottle,  also  thoroughly  cooled.  To  test  the  <li-tillate  in 
the  receiver,  the  cooling  is  discontinued  until,  by  the 
ng  pressure  in  the  apparatus,  it  is  driven  forward 
into  the  test  vess<  1.  The  liquid  will  then  require  res ti fi- 
liation. From  the  residue  of  the  first  distillation,  oxalic 
acid  can  be  obtained  by  pouring  it  into  nitric  acid  of  135 

1-2 


382 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [MaySi.MB 


sp.  gr.  (contained  in  a  large  vessel  on  account  of  the 
violent  anion  which  ma\  Bet  in),  and  allowing  it  to  stand 
for  a  fortnight  ;  the  crystals  bj  thai  time  deposited  ma] 
be  purified  by  re-crystallisation.-  W.  <;.  M. 

On  the  Pecsai  kin  Chloroform.    L.  Scholvien. 

Apoth.  Ztg.  1887, 14. 
TlIE  author  has  recently  found  that  with  many  samples 
of  chloroform,  silver  nitrate  produced,  after  a  short  tune, 
a  dark-brown  turbidity,  which  could  he  removed  by 
nitric  acid,  ami  which  did  not  form  at  all  it"  the  solution 
contained  a  little  nitric  acid  from  the  first  :  this  has  been 
traced  to  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  the  chloroform.  As 
a  test  for  this  impurity,  the  chloroform  is  to  be  stirred 
with  dilute  potash,  evaporated,  and  the  residue  tested 
by  Marsh's  or  Bettendorf's  methods.  When  distilled, 
the  arsenic  remains  in  the  residue,  none  passing  into  the 
distillate.  The  presence  of  the  arsenic  may  originate 
from  the  use  of  an  arsenical  chloride  of  lime,  which,  with 
the  alcohol,  might  form  arsenical  organic  compounds 
that  would  first  distil  over  with  the  chloroform,  yet  not 
he  capable  of  distillation  from  the  chloroform  itself.  Or 
it  mav  he  due  to  the  use  of  impure  sulphuric  acid.  It 
would  be  interesting  to  ascertain  whether  any  of  the 
disagreeable  effects  experienced  after  inhalation  of  some 
samples  of  the  anaesthetic  could  be  traced  to  the  presence 
of  this  objectionable  impurity. — W.  G.  M. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Complete  Purification  of 
Perfumes,  i/t  the  Manufacture  of  which  Sulphuret  of 
Carbon  has  been  used.  E.  Edwards,  London.  Erom 
E.  A.  Vitcau,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat,  5936,  Mav  1, 
1886.     6d. 

Perfime,  obtained  in  the  usual  way  by  carbon  bisnl- 

phide,  is  evaporated  to  dryness,  ami  the  carbon  bisulphide 
removed  by  a  current  of  pure  hydrogen  gas.  The  pro- 
duct is  put  into  a  sealed  vessel,  and  enough  pure  alcohol 
added  to  keep  the  product  in  a  semi-fluid  state.  The 
vessel  is  then  heated  sufficiently  to  make  its  contents 

Serfectly  fluid,  and  it  is  agitated  until  the  perfumed  pro- 
uct  and  alcohol  are  thoroughly  mixed.  The  remaining 
carbon  bisulphide  passes  off  as  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
when  the  vessel  is  opened,  and  in  order  to  get  rid  of  all 
traces  of  this  gas,  pure  warm  hydrogen  is  passed  through 
the  liquid,  and  very  finely-divided  silver  introduced.  The 
perfume  is  then  separated  out  by -washing  with  alcohol 
and  submitting  to  refrigeration  at  a  low  temperature 
— B.  T. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Mixing  Chloroform  with  Water. 
C.  E.  Landon,  Aston  ;  and  J.  Wilsou,  Birmingham 

Eng.  l'at.  li.VSS,  May  17,  1SS6.     4d. 
To  make  chloroform  mix  with  water,  it  is  shaken  up  with 
suitable  proportions  of  saponine  and  water,  an  emulsion 
being  at  once  formed,  which  settles  to  the  bottom.     This 
will  mix  with  water  in  any  proportions. — E.  T. 

Improvements    in   the  Extraction  of  Perfume  Essences. 

('.  li.  Abel,  London.     From  La  Smart,   Anonyme  des 

Parfums   Naturels   de  Cannes,   Paris,  France.     En" 

Pat.  o-JoO.  May  S,  1SS7.     8d. 

The  vegetable  matter  to  lie  treated  is  heated  with  water 

in  an  arembic,  and  the   resulting  vapour  passed    into  a 

condenser  of  such  a  sort  that  any  liquid  condensed  in  it 

will  How  hack  into  the  alembic      By  this  means  a  great 

deal  of  the  superfluous  water  is  got  rid  off      In  a  second 

condenser  the  remaining  water  and  essence  are  all  i 

densed,  and  flow  into  a  vessel,  in  which  hv  their  different 
densities  they  separate.  By  a  pipe  attached  near  the 
bottom,  and  bent  upwards,  the  water  flows  away  after  a 
certain  level  has  been  reached. — E.  T. 


XXIL— GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Apparatus  far  the  Estimation  of  the  Sprcifir  Gravity qf 

Solids.     L.   Brasse  and  K.  Vlasto.      Genie  civil    ls.se 

—1887,  16. 

The  funnel  A  with  capillary  stopper  is  connected  by  an 

indiaruhber  tube  C,  with  the  small   burette  B,  of  about 


lOcc.  capacity.      Water  01  other  suitable  liquid  is  poured 
into  the  apparatus,  so   that    the  surface  stands  at   a   low 

'li\  i-i f    the  settle  in  I;  and  at  a  mark  in  the  capillary 

pari   of   A.       The   funnel    is    now    raised  and   a   known 
weight  of  the  solid  is  pul  into  it,  after  which  it  is  lowered 


until  the  surface  of  the  liquid  again  reaches  the  mark  in 
the  stopper.  The  increase  of  volume  in  the  burette  gives 
the  volume  of  the  substance  added,  which  divided  into 
the  weight  gives  the  specific  gravity.  The  method  is 
very  expeditious,  but  greater  accuracy  than  \  percent, 
is  not  claimed  for  it. — A.  G.  G. 


A  Delivi  iii  Tube  for  Burettes.  AY.  Levbold.    Zeits.  Anal. 
I  hem.  26,  230. 

Many  chemists  prefer  to  use  a  glass  rod  or  glass  bead 
tor  closing  burettes,  instead  of  a  clip.  The  glass  rod  can 
easily  he  combined  with  the  delivery  tube,  as  shown  in 
sketch.  One  end  of  the  glass  tube  is  closed  by  the  blow- 
pipe, and  over  the  other  end  a  piece  of  indiaruhber  tubing 
is  slipped.  A  small  flame  is  directed  against  the  tube  at 
about  1cm.  from  the  closed  end  ;  and  by  blowing  through 


o, 


the  rubber  tubing,  a  hole  is  produced  at  this  point  :  the 
gl.'1-s  :,t  the  edge  of  the  hole  is  carefully  tiled  off,  and 
the  delivery  tube  is  now  drawn  out  to  a  point.  The  tube 
should  always  be  kept  in  the  same  position,  so  as  to  know- 
on  which  side  the  hole  is.     The  author  has  used  such 


U»)  31, 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


383 


delivery  tubes  for  some  time,  and  linds  that  they  close 

tiirhtlv,  are  ea*V  to  work  with,  and  retain  no  air  bubbles. 

h  -D.E.J. 


Apparatus  for  the  Preparation  of  Gases  for  Gasometric 
Analyses.  Alex.  Ehrenberg.  Zeits.  Anal.  (.'hem.  26, 
226—230. 

THERE  are  several  objections  to  Bunsen's  well-known 
apparatus  for  preparing  hydrogen  electrolytically  j  the 
liquid  has  to  be  frequently  renewed,  on  account  of  the  for- 
mation of  a  concentrated  solution  of  zinc  sulphate  :  and 
zinc  is  deposited  at  the  negative  electrode  so  rapidly  that 
it  sometimes  forms  a  connection  between  the  two  elec- 
trodes. The  apparatus  described  in  this  paper,  and  shown 
in  Fiji's.  1,  2,  and  3,  can  lie  used  for  preparing  elec- 
trolytic gas,   or  oxygen  or  hydrogen  separately.     It  is 

Fig  J. 


HJ 


5 


meted  with  the  positive  pole  of  a  battery,  and  /.■  with 
the  negative  pole,  oxygen  j,ras  will  collect  in  b,  and  hydro- 
gen in  61  ;  and  these  teases  can  be  collected  over  mercury 
contained  in  a  trough,  into  which  the  tubes  c  and  c1 
respectively  dip  If  now,  while  k  still  remains  connected 
with  the  negative  pole  of  the  battery,  the  positive  pole  is 
connected  with  the  binding  screw  »',  6'  will  become  Idled 
with  electrolytic  gases  (Ha_ +0),  which  can  be  led  off  by 
the  tube  c1  ;  when  this  is  done  othcther  tube  (c)  must  be 
closed  by  means  of  a  glass  rod,  and  a  piece  of  indiai  ul.l.cr 
tubing  /.  In  order  to  clear  or  refill  the  vessel  a,  b  audi1 
must  he  removed,  and  the  stop-cock  d  opened  ;  the  acid 
can  then  be  run  off  into  a  beaker  placed  beneath.  If  b1 
is  graduated  into  cubic  centimetres,  the  apparatus  can  be 
used  as  a  voltameter.  The  upper  part  of  0l  is  then  closed 
by  a  glass  stopper,  and  after  the  evolution  of  the  mixed 
gases,  the  liouid  is  allowed  to  run  out  through  d,  until 
i  it  stands  at  the  same  level  in  b  and  bl.  —  D.  E.  J. 


Fig.  2 


supported  by  a  heavy  foot,  and  can  be  raised  or  lowered 
as  required  to  Buit  the  level  of  the  mercury  in  the  mer- 
cury trough .     The  vessel  a  is  made  by  cutting  off  the 
bottom  and  part  of  the  neck  of  a  flask,  and  is  tightly 
closed  above  and  below  by  ebonite  plates.     The  conduct-  | 
ing  wires,  and  also  the  tube  d,  furnished  with  a  stop- 
cock, pass  through  the  lower  plate,  the  wires  being  con- 
nected with  three  platinum  plates,  which  serve  as  elec-  , 
trodes.     The  wires  are  covered  with  guttapercha  up  to 
the  point  where  they  meet  the  electrodes,  and  below  the 
plate  they  are  connected  with  three  spiraLs  of  covered 
copper  wire,  which  lead  either  to  these  binding  screws  or  j 
to  a  commutator.     Dilute  sulphuric  acid   (1  :  10)  is  the  j 
lluid  used,  and  in  order  to  till  the  vessel,  the  two  tubes,  j 
c  and  cl  are  removed,  and  the  stopper  is  taken  out  of  the  , 
tube  g,  so  as  to  allow  the  air  to  escape  ;  the  tubes  6  and  | 
bl  are  then  filled  to  the  required  height.     The  leading 
tubes,  c  and  cl  have  the  same  shape  as  in  Bunsen's  appa- 
ratus, and  the  bulbs  blown  on  them  are  filled  with  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid.     If  the  binding  screw  h  is  con-  ' 


Hi 


Certain  Improvement*  in  Hydrometers  and  Saccharo- 
meters.  T.  Dei-ham,  Bolton.  Eng.  Pat.  1938,  Feb. 
10,  1886.     6d. 

The  improved  hydrometers  are  so  constructed  that  each 
poise  possesses  a  specific  gravity  bearing  a  definite 
relation  to  the  initial  specific  gravity  of  the  series  of 
specific  gravities  to  be  indicated  by  the  instrument. 

— 0.  (-'•  11. 


Manganese  in  Steel  and  Iron.     H.  C.   Babbitt. 
Amer.  Chem.  J.  9,  58-60. 

It  has  been  objected  to  the  author's  method  of  determin- 
ing manganese  in  steel  and  iron  by  means  of  the  oxida- 
tion of  the  manganese  to  permanganic  acid  by  the  action 
of  lead  peroxide  in  a  nitric  acid  solution,  that  the  pres- 
ence of  lead  nitrate  and  the  time  of  boiling  have  a  great 
influence  upon  the  accuracy  of  the  results.  The  author 
now  employs  red  lead  in  place  of  the  peroxide,  and  he 


::s| 


THE  JOTJBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDtJSTKY.      |tt»y  a.  us*. 


quotes  the  follow  ing  expi  rimenta  to  prove  Ibal  the  ah 
mentioned  objections  are  groundless: — 

A  sample  "i  steel  containing  0  5  per  «  in.  i  arbon,  0*04 
silicon,  and  0'0'J  phosphorus,  "as  selected,  and  the  man- 
ganese carefully  estimated  by  the  sodium  acetate  and 
bromine  method,  which  gave 0*515  percent,  mangam 
Estimations  by  the  author's  method  were  made  as 
fdl  low.-:  in  each  case  0*5gTm,  of  steel  was  dissolved  in  about 
15cc  nitric  arid  (l'15tol*20ap  gi  |,in  a  50cc.  beaker.  The 
solutions  were  boiled  till  nitrous  fumes  ceased  and  redlead 
added— in  A,  Igrm.;  in  B,  2grms.  The  solutions  were 
thru  diluted  to  about  30cc.  w  ith  hot  water.  ]n  No.  1,  the 
solution  was  simply  stirred  after  the  addition  of  water  ;  in 
No.  2,  heated  to  boiling ;  No.  3,  boiled  for  one  minute; 
No.  i,  for  two  and  a  half  minutes;  No.  5,  five  minutes; 
.No,  6,  fifteen  minutes.  The  solutions  were  then  set 
aside  to  allow  the  residual  lead  peroxide  to  settle,  the 
Bupernatant  liquid  decanted,  and  the  residue  boiled  with 
more  hot  water  containing  20  to  25  percent,  of  nitric 
aeid.  These  decantations  are  continued  as  long  as  they 
show  a  decided  colour  of  permanganic  acid.  When  the 
manganese  is  below  Olio  per  cent,,  one  decantation  and 
subsequent  boiling  i-  generally  sufficient.  The  combined 
decantations  are  then  filtered  through  asbestos  and 
titrated  with  a  standard  reducing  agent.  The  results 
obtained  were  : — 


would  appear  to  take  place  in  accordance  with  the  equa- 
tion Ms  (i  2NaOB  2H=  M.m>  No  6  -II  0, 
the  by  drogeu  lesulting  from  the  action  of  the  aluminium 
upon  the  sodium  hydrate.  'I  he  author  intends  to  extend 
his  observations  upon  the  bebavioui  of  aluminium  with 
the  salts  of  the  (bio-acids. — W.  D.  B. 


Xo. 


B 


1  O'olfi  n")i2  percent,  manganese. 


2  

3 

o-.iii;     .. . 

o-si.'i  .  . 

.....  0-513 
..  0.518 

i   

0-518 

U  

0513   

0  513  

0518 
0513 

These  show  that  the  presence  of  lead  nitrate,  formed  by 
the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  the  red  lead,  does  not 
influence  the  accuracy  of  the  results,  neither  docs  the 
difference  in  the  time  of  boiling  appear  to  exert  any 
influence.  The  only  difference  1  etween  filtering  hot  and 
cold  is  that  occasionally  lead  peroxide  will  run  through 
the  filter  and  cause  too  high  results.  The  author  has 
been  unable  to  obtain  uniformly  accurate  results  with 
steel  above  0 .30  per  cent,  manganese  by  taking  an 
aliquot  portion  of  the  lirst  decantation  "for  titration, 
wliile  companion  analyses  treated  in  the  usual  manner 
have  yielded  results  which  compared  favourably  with 
gravimetric  methods. — 6.  11.  M. 

Application    of     Nitroso-p-naphthol    in     Quantitative 
Analyst      G.  v.  Knorre       Ber.  20,  283— 290. 

In  furtherance  of  the  methods  of  separating  cobalt  and 
nickel,  and  iron  and  aluminium,  bj  mi  mis  of  nitrosi 
napbthol  [compare  llinski  and  v.  knorre,  this  Journal, 
1885,  370,  and  1886,  41),  the  author  has  investigated  the 
action  of  this  compound  on  other  metals.  Copper  can 
be  separated  from  lead, cadmium,  magnesium,  manganese, 
mercury,  zinc,  &c,  by  precipitation  as  copper  nitroso-jS- 
naphihol  (C,,HcO.NO)s.Cu.  The  separation  is  effected 
by  neutralising  the  solution  with  ammonia,  which  must 
contain  lhe  metals  as  sulphates  or  chlorides,  acidifying 
with  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid,  beating  almost 
to  boiling,  and  adding  excess  of  nitroso  3-naphtuol,  dis- 
solved iu  hot  50  per  cent,  acetic  arid.  After  remaining 
for  some  hours  in  the  cold  the  mixture  is  filtered,  the 
precipitate  washed,  dried,  ignited  in  a  porcelain  crucible, 
and  weighed  as  cupric  oxide.  The  separation  of  iron 
from  chromium,  manganese,  nickel,  zinc  and  other 
metals  can  be  effected  bj  the  method  previously  described 
for  its  separation  from  aluminium.  The  methods  are 
given  in  detail  in  the  original,  together  with  the  results 
of  check  anal\ses.  The  author  is  continuing  his 
investigations,  and  intends  to  study  the  behaviour  of 
other  nitroso  compounds  with  metals. — Li.  B. 


New  Reaction  of    Thiosulphates, 

Zeits.  Anal.  ( In  m 


L.  L.  de  Koninck. 
26,  26. 
<>n  treating  the  alkaline  thiosulphates,  in  presenci    ol 

limn   hydrate,  with  aluminium,  alkaline 

sulphides  are  produced  which  are  easily  recognised  by 

their     characteristic     reactions.        This'    decomposition 


tin  tin-  Detection  of  Ammonia,  Nitric  or  Nitrous  Acid, 
and  3 Mosulphuric  Acid  tn  a  Mixture  ol  th  ir  Alkaline 

."•"Its.    L.  L.  de  Koninck.   Zeits.  Anal,  i  hem.  £6,  26. 

lii  substance  in  aqueous  solution  is  distilled  with 
lye  in  a  small  fractionation  flask,  the  side  tube  of  which 
dips  into  a  [J-tubc  containing  Nessler's  test  solution. 
Any  ammonia  piesent  is  at  once  apparent,  and  is  care- 
fully removed  by  proloi  ed  distillation.  A  little 
aluminium  added  to  the  contents  of  the  flask  and  fresh 
Nessler  solution  placed  in  the  (J-mhe.  Nitric  and  nitrous 
acids  if  present  are  reduced,  Mid  the  ammonia  passes 
over  into  the  Nessh  i  solution.  The  contents  of  the  llask 
are  tested  for  sulphides,  the  presence  ol  which  indicate 
the  occurrence  ol  a  thiosulphate  in  the  original  sample. 
(See  preceding  abstract ) — W.  D.  B. 

Titration  of  Zh     and  '  'I'  Iodine. 

P.  v.  Berg.  Zeits.. Anal.  Chun.  £6,  23-  - 
The  washed  sulphide  of  zinc  or  cadmium  is  allowed  to 
drain  upon  the  filter,  and  then  transfem  d  together  with 
the  filter  to  a  stop]  cud  llask  containing  800cc.  of  water 
deprived  of  air  by  boiling  and  the  passage  of  carbonic 
acid  gas.  The  whole  is  well  shaken  to  break  up  the 
precipitate  and  bring  it  into  the  most  finely  divided 
condition  possible,  so  that  the  sulphide  may  not  be  pro- 
tected from  the  action  of  the  iodine  bj  separated  sul- 
phur. A  moderate  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid  is 
added,  there  being  no  necessity  to  entirely  dissolve  the 
sulpiride,  and  tin  u  an  excels  of  iodine  solution  of  know  n 
strength.      The  residual  free  iodine  is  then  titrated  with 

thiosulphate  without  loss  of  time.  The  whole  oi  e/ation, 
from  the  transference  of  the  sulphide  to  the  llask  to  the 
final  titration,  occupies  about  live  minutes,  ami  gius 
results  varying  between  98 '8  and  100-2  per  cent.  'I  I  e 
reaction  pruceeds  according  to  the  equation,  Zns  2H(  1 
-  21  /.id  !ls  -HI  S.  <  iwing  to  the  ready  oxidation  of 
sulphide  ol  manganese,  this  method  is  not  applicable  to 
the  titration  of  that  body,  neither  can  it  be  employed 
for  the  titration  i  f  cobalt  ami  nickel  sulphides,  as  these 
are  not  attacked  by  the  solution  of  iodine  in  h\  drochloric 
acid.— \V.  D.  B.    '       

Process  for  th  Rapid  Separation  of  Gold,  i 
Antimony,  Arsenic,  mitt  'Jin.  1'.  ,1.  Dirvell.  Dull 
Soc  Chein  46,  806. 
Tuts  is  a  combination  of  Silva's  method  for  the  separa- 
tion of  gold  and  platinum  from  antimony,  arsenic  and 
tin  by  reducing  the  two  first  by  means  of  chloral  hydrate, 
ami  I  etbod.      The  sulphides  of  the  live  metals 

precipitated  by  Ht'l  from  their  solution  are  dissolved  in 
aqua  regia.  A  small  quantity  of  a  saturated  solution  of 
neutral  sodium  oxalate  is  added,  together  with  a  solution 
of  oxalie  acid  (in  quantity  according  to  the  amount  of 
antimonj  present  .  and  1  istly,  a  marked  excess  of  alco- 
holic soda.  No  account  is  taken  oi  any  sodium  oxalate 
which  may  separate,  The  solution  is  heated  to  nearly 
100°C.,  and  an  excess  of  chloral  hydrate  solution  added 
drop  by  drop;  heating  is  continued  for  a  few  mom 
more,  and  lie  hot  solution  filti  red  i  ff  from  the  precipi- 
d  gold  and  platinum.  The  filtrate  is  dilated,  freed 
from  chloral  bj  boiling,  acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid, 

treated    with    an    excess    of    sulphurous    acid,    and    the 

metals  se]  cording  to  -Carnot's  mi  \tm. 

'/.•it.  Rep.  10,  198.)  The  whole  process  is  rapid,  and 
yields  very  accurate  results. — YV.  1>.  11. 


Quantitative  Estimate  Boric  Acid.     T.  Rosenbladt, 

Zeits.  Anal.  Clicin.  26.  18     23. 

Advantage  is  taken  of  the  ready  formation  of  methyl 
borate  by  distilling  methyl  alcohol  with  sulphuric  acid 


Mayai,  issr.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


385 


and  a  borate,  and  of  the  volatility  of  the  methyl  borate, 
in  the  author's  method  for  the  separation  of  boric  acid 
from  bases  and  silicic  acid,  and  estimation  the  same. 
Tiie  following  arc  [lie  details  of  the  process:— A  quite  dry 
Erlenmeyer  lla-k,  with  wide  month  and  of  about  lOOcc. 
capacity,  is  provided  with  a  doubly  perforate 
through  which  passes  a  funnel  with  stop-cock  and  the 
end  ot  a  condenser  tube.  The  other  end  of  the  condenser 
tube  is  carried  into  a  similar  Erlenmeyer  tlask  through 
a  doubly  perforated  cork,  and  a  tube  Lent  in  two  right 
leads  from  this  second  Erlenmeyer  tlask  to  the 
bottom  of  a  little  Bask  containing  a  solution  of  ammo- 
nium carbonate.  The  upper  part  of  that  limb  of  the 
tube  which  dips  into  the  carbonate  of  ammonia  is 
expanded  into  a  bulb.  The  whole  apparatus  mnst  be 
air-tight  The  substance  under  examination  in  a  fine 
i  is  weighed  oil'  into  the  first  Bask, 
moistened  with  methyl  alcohol,  the  cork  inserted,  and 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  added  from  the  funnel. 
The  contents  of  the  tlask  are  carefully  cooled  during  the 
addition  of  the  acid,  and  then  lOce.  of  methyl  alcohol 
are  added  gradually  by  the  same  funnel.  The  methyl 
alcohol  and  methyl  borate  are  distilled  off  on  a  water 
bath,  methyl  alcohol  being  added  from  time  to  time  in 
quantities  of  about  occ.  until  40— oOcc.  have  passi  d 
through  the  apparatus  for  each  0'3grin.  of  boric  acid. 
Distillation  being  ended,  the  contents  of  the  small  tlask 
are  added  to  the  distillate,  the  bulb  rinsed  out,  and  lOce. 
of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonium  carbonate  added 
to  the  united  distillate  and  washings.  During  the  dis- 
tillation sufficient  magnesia  to  absorb  three  times  as 
much  boric  acid  as  is  present  is  brought  into  a  plati- 
num basin  of  40 — GOce.  capacity,  strongly  ignited,  and 
the  whole  weighed  as  rapidly  as  possible.  The  magnesia 
is  then  moistened  with  solution  of  carbonate  of  ammonia, 
the  distillate  transferred  to  the  magnesia,  evaporated 
carefully,  and  the  re>idue  ignited  and  weighed.  The 
increase  represents  the  boric  acid.  Compounds  insolu- 
ble in  acids— such  as  silicates— 'are  fused  with  sodium 
and  potassium  carbonate  previous  to  distillation,  care 
being  taken  in  every  instance  that  the  substance  is  in  a 
very  tine  state  of  subdivision.  Results  of  test  analyses 
with  boric  acid  and  several  of  its  salts  are  given,  and 
the  amounts  of  boric  acid  found  vary  from  9977  to 
9999  of  the  quantity  taken  or  calculated.  The  author 
upon  the  importance  of  employing  methyl 
alcohol  which  neither  turns  black  nor  evolves  sulphurous 
acid  when  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  and  warmed  on 
the  water  bath.— W.  1).  B. 


A  Method  for  th  n  and  Estimation  of  Boric 

Acid.     P.  A,  Gooch.     Amer.  Chem.  J.  9,  23—33; 
also  Chem.  News,  1SS7,  7—10. 

In  this  method  the  author  takes  advantage  of  the  vola- 
tility of  free  boric  acid  with  alcohol  iu  order  to  secure  its 
removal  from  lixed  substances,  and  estimates  it  in  the 
distillate.  Methyl  alcohol  answered  best  for  this  pur- 
poee,  The  presence  of  water  retards  the  action  of  methyl 
alcohol  very  considerably.  The  author  made  a  series  of 
experiments,  using  calcium  oxide  in  place  of  magnesium 
oxide,  and  found  that  when  the  solution  of  boric  acid  in 
methyl  alcohol  is  allowed  to  stand  with  calcium  oxide 
for  about  fifteen  minutes  before  distilling,  there  is  ii" 
volatilisation  of  boric  acid.  It  appears,  therefore,  that 
free  boric  acid  being  easily  volatilised  by  means  "t 
methyl  alcohol,  and  lixed  completely  by  calcium  hydrate. 
the  separation  of  the  acid  from  almost  anything  with 
which  it  ordinarily  occurs,  and  its  subsequent  esti- 
mation depend  only  upon  the  practicability  of  distilling 
it  from  it<  compounds  in  such  company  that  it  may  be 
retained  by  lime,  and  its  amount  determined  by  the 
increase  in  the  weight  of  the  latfer.  Nitric  and  acetic 
acids  are  suitable  agents,  therefore,  for  the  liberation  of 
boric  acid  previous  to  distillation. 

The  author  employs,  for  the  distillation,  the  apparatus 
which  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  figure.  It  consists 
of  a  retort,  condenser,  and  bath  for  beating.  The  latter 
i*  a  paraffin  b.ith,  which  has  been  found  most  convenient. 
The  condenser  is  preferably  set  \  ei  tically.  The  retort  is 
made  of  a  pipette  by  bending  the  tube  at  one  end  to  a 


right  angle,  and  at  the  other  to  a  gooseneck,  as  shown.  To 
the  former  end  is  fitted,  by  a  rubber  stopper  or  piece  of 
tubing,  a  ^!a<->  funnel  tube  provided  with  a  stop-cock  ; 
of  the  goose-neck  passes  tightly  through  a  rubber 
Stopper  in  the  upper  end  ot  the  condensing  tube.  The 
distillate  is  received  in  a  small  Erlenmeyer  Bask,  which 
i-  attached  to  the  condenser  by  means  of  a  thistle-tube 


and  a  rubber  stopper  grooved  to  permit  the  free  pa;  sige 
of  air.  A  -JOOec.  pipette  makes  the  most  convenient  sized 
retort.  In  the  experiments  given  below,  1  to  4  were 
performed  with  nitric  acid,  and  3  to  S  with  acetic  acid 
to  liberate  the  boric  acid.      The  results  obtained  were  : — 


B,0 

taken. 
Grm. 

CaO 

taken. 
Grni. 

B,0  - 

CaO  found 

Grm. 

B;0, 
found. 
Grm. 

Krror. 
Grm. 

•; 

01738 

09617 

1-1392 

01715 

00007- 

0  1SOG 

09639 

11156 

04S17 

0-ODU- 

I: 

0  177G 

0D665 

1  1150 

01785 

00006+ 

01824 

09739 

115S7 

0-1818 

00021 

: 

01S03 

IT".' 

1-6371 

01812 

0  0006- 

01813 

0  97i0 

11513 

0-1823 

00011^- 

I: 

01788 

0-9986 

117S1 

01795 

0  0007  + 

01813 

0^5-*7 

11358 

01831 

0t»l  8 

In  the  presence  of  chlorides,  nitric  acid  cannot  be 
employed  to  liberate  the  boric  acid,  and  the  author 
recommends  the  removal  of  the  chlorine  by  means  of 
silver  nitrate,  care  being  taken  to  add  slight  excess  of 
nitric  acid  after  the  separation  of  the  silver  salt.  Chlorides 
do  not  appear  to  interfere  with  the  liberation  with  acetic 
arid  ;  but  it  was  found  that  the  presence  of  any  consider- 
able amount  of  potassium  acetate  i-  disadvantageous. 

This  method  can  be  applied  to  almost  any  class  of 
substances  containing  I  oric  acid. 

The  distillation  apparatus  is  also  capable  of  extensive 
application,  and  may  be  advantageously  used  for  the 
determination  uf  free  and  albuminoid  ammonia  in  water. 

-G.  H.  II 


386 


THE  JODENAI  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IMH  STRY.      IMaj  31.isbt. 


°",,'/'e  '    Bromine"  for   Decomposing    added  in  small  portions  UDtil  the  precipitation  of  cupric 

A.    l.raiul.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chen..  26,    snlphide  is  complete,  and  the  supernatant  liquid  remains 


aipnide 

nlkv  I'n 


nun  presence  of  free  sulphur.  The  precipitate  is 
ignited  with  Bnlphur  in  a  current  "t  hydrogen,  and 
weighed  as  i  !u.S.  The  cadmium  is  precipitated  from  the 
solution  by  II. s  or  ammonium  sulphide. 

Zinc. — The  solution  should  contain  no 
other  free  acid  than  oxalic.     By  boiling  with  thiosul- 


222- 

This ''solid  bromine"  consists  of  thin  rods  of  ki. 

mixed  with  somewhat  less  than   1   per  cent  of  lime  or 

alkali,  which  are  soaked  in  liquid  bromine  :   the  thin 

rmm.  in  dial  i  tain  ahout  Igim.  of  I 

per  cm.   length,  and  the  thick  rods  [15mm.  diamel 

about  3grms.  per  cm.  length.  On  heating  they  give  nil  phate.anorange-yellowcadmiumsulphideisprecipitated, 
bromine,  and  they  can  also  be  used  for  introducing  any  and  is  easily  washed,  but  no  zinc.  Care  must  be  taken 
required  quantity  of  bromine  into  a  solution,  since  the  that  no  zinc  oxalate  he  thrown  down.  The  sulphuric  or 
kieselguhr  is  not  acted  upon.  hydrochloric  acid  present  is  neutralised  with  ammonia, 

I  he  author  has  analysed  fahl-ore,  as  well  as  ores  :IM  excess  of  ammonium  chloride  added,  then  about 
"I  had  and  nickel  (containing  IV.  Ag,  Cu,  Pb,  Ni,  Co,  2grms.  of  oxalic  arid  in  solution,  and  the  whole  heated 
»,  Sb,  and  As),  by  heating  in  a  current  of  bromine,  and  to  boiling.  If  much  zinc  be  present,  or  the  solution  not 
uehnds  that  the  volatile  bromides  contain  all  the  sulphur,  sufficiently  diluted,  a  separation  of  crystalline  zinc 
antimony,  and  arsenic  (as  well  as  mercury  in  the  case  oxalate  takes  place,  and  by  filtering  this  off,  and  wash- 
off  ahl-ore)  :  while  the  silver,  copper,  had,  nickel,  and  ing  with  warm  ammonium  chloride  solution,  a  portion  of 
cobalt  remain  as  non-volatile  bromides.  Iron  was  found 
n  both,  but  mainly  in  the  residue.     This  d mposition, 


by    means   of  bromine,   into   volatile  and   non-volatile 
bromides  is  carried  out  in  much  the  same  way  as  the 


the  zinc  is  separated,  which  can  be  weighed  as  oxide  or 
sulphide.  But  this  precipitation  of  zinc  oxalate  may  be 
entirely  avoided  by  the  use  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
potassium  oxalate,  which  forms  with  the  zine  oxalate 
an  easily-soluble  double  salt.     The  solution  of  zinc  and 


analysis  of  fahl-ores  in  a  current  of  chlorine  ;  the  separa 

Hon  proceeds  quite  smoothly,  and  the  method  i- cheaper  cadmium,  prepared  as  above,  to  avoid  premature  pre 
and  more  convenient  than  tlie  chlorine  process.  The  ,  cipitation  of  zinc,  is  diluted  to  200— 'JoOcc,  heated  to 
decomposition  is  carried  on  in  a  tube,  the  front  part  100  C,  treated  in  separate  portions  with  sufficient  thio- 
being  bent  downwards  and  connected  with  two  U -tubes  sulphate,  and  the  boiling  continued.  The  further 
«i "    i  ?5'   ,S  riece'\ers-  ,1',le.  finely-divided  mineral  is  'addition  of  thiosnlphate,  or  of  oxalic  acid,  will   cause 

no  orange  precipitate,   when   the  reaction   is  complete 


placed  in  a  boat  and  pushed  into  the  front  part  of  the 
tube.  A  number  of  bromine  sticks  are  introduced  behind 
the  boat,  and  then  the  tube  is  dosed  air-tight  :  this  is 
best  done  by  poshing  in  a  stiff  paste  of  plaster-of-Paris, 
so  as  to  form  a  plug  -Jem.  long,  and  closing  the  tube 
with  a  well-fitting  cork.  The  two  receivers  are  filled 
with  HOI  containing  a  little  chlorine  or  bromine-water  j 
it  all  the  bromine-vapours  are  not  absorbed,  the  operation 
must  be  carried  out  under  a  hood,  or  else  the  vapours 
may  be  led  into  a  vessel  containing  shavings  soaked  in 
alcohol  The  tube  i-  now  gradually  heated  from  the 
plug  end  forwards  towards  the  boat,  so  that  the  bromine- 
vapours  ex  pel  theair  before  the  decomposition  commences. 
i  lie  reaction  proceeds  vigorously  as  soon  as  the  boat  i- 
heated  ;  the  volatile  bromides  are  then  driven  forward 
into  the  receiver,  and  the  tube  is  cut  off  between  the 
"■at  and  the  bromine-sticks.  The  decomposition  of 
Igrm.  of  substance  takes  about  half-an-honr,  and  before 
proceeding  with  the  analysis  the  solution  containing  the 
volatile  bromides  should  be  poured  into  a  porcelain  dish 
and  heated  on  a  water-bath  in  a  fume-closet,  so  as  to 
drive  oil' the  bromine.— D.  E.  J. 


Analyses  of  Chrome    Iron   Ore.     W.  Venator  and  E 
Etienne.    Chem.  Zeit.  H,  53. 

Till,  authors  give  the  following  complete  analyses  of  two 
samples  of  chrome  iron  ore  from  the  Urals  :— 


Chromium  oxide. 
Ferrous  oxide   . . . 

Alumina 

Magnesia    

Lime 

Silicic  acid 


II 


5162 

17-01 

1315 
073 
1  71 


51-39 
18-13 
1IG3 
13-29 

0-75 
1-71 


21-58 
3-37 

1385 
0'60 
537 


2112 
315 

13G7 
0-6.5 
5-37 


— W.  i>.  j;. 


ft*  Separation  of  Copper,    Cadmium,   Zinc  and 
A  ickel  or  Cobalt  (Iron  or  Manganese).     Carnot      Bull 
'him.  46,  812. 


and  Cadmium,— The  solution  containing  these 
metals  is  acidified  with  10-15cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid 
diluted  to  200-300CC.,  heated  to  boiling,  and  a  solution 
of  sodium    or   ammonium  hyposulphite   (thiosqjphate)  I  rapid^ and  give accurate^tdtsT—W.  D?  B 


The  precipitated  cadmium  sulphide  is  washed,  dissolved 
in  nitric  acid,  converted  into  sulphate  by  the  addition  of 
a  few  drops  of  HaSO<:  and  weighed  as  sulphate  after 
ignition  at  a  dull-red  heat.  T  he  zinc  is  precipitated  as 
sulphide  by  H2S,  and  may  be  weighed  either  as  oxide  or 
sulphide. 

Zin  kel  [or  Cobalt). — Nickel  and  cobalt  are 

not  precipitated  in  the  foregoing  processes,  and  are 
present  in  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  solution.  Sodium 
or  ammonium  acetate  is  added,  and  the  solution  again 
saturated  with  ITS.  The  precipitate  is  converted  into 
protosulphide  by  ignition  in  a  current  of  hydrogen.  In 
absence  of  cadmium,  the  copper  is  precipitated  by  hypo- 
sulphite (thiosnlphate)  from  the  solution  containing  tree 
sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid,  ammonia  added  to 
approximate  neutrality,  and  the  majority  of  the  zinc 
precipitated  by  U.S.  Ammonium  oxalate  is  next  added, 
and  the  zinc  completely  precipitated  with  a  large  excess 
of  IKS.  In  the  filtrate,  the  nickel  or  cobalt  is  preci- 
pitated by  H«S  alter  the  addition  of  sufficient  am- 
monium acetate. 

In  tltc!',  I        and  Manganese. — The  employ- 

ment of  potassium  oxalate  in  place  of  ammonium  oxalate 
i-  essential  to  prevent  their  precipitation  by  ll.S  or 
thiosnlphate  in  the  acid  solution.  This  i>  due  to  the 
formation  of  easily-soluble  double  oxalates  of  potassium 
with  iron  and  manganese. 

Zinc  and  Iron. — The  hydrochloric  acid  solution  is 
nearly  neutralised  with  ammonia  and  saturated  with 
a  rapid  current  of  II2S,  whereby  the  zinc  is  partially 
precipitated  and  the  fenie  salt  reduced.  1'otassium 
oxalate  is  then  added,  and  the  precipitation  of  the  zinc 
completed  by  means  of  II. s.  'lhe  iron  is  subsequently 
thrown  down  by  ammonium  sulphide.  This  new 
method  for  the  separation  of  zinc  and  iron  is  in  many 
to  be  preferred  before  all  others. 
Zinc  and  Manganese, — The  process  is  the  same  as  in 
the  case  of  zinc  and  iron. 

Zinc,  Nickel  [or  Cobalt),  Ma  The  three  sul- 

phides are  precipitated  successively  and  respectively  in 
the  oxalic  acid,  acetic  acid,  and  neutral  or  ammoniacal 
solution. 

Nickel,  Iron,  and  Manganese.— the  solution  in  which 
the  iron  must  exist  as  a  ferric  Bait,  is  saturated  with 
amniouia  and  ammonium  carbonate  until  it  ha- assumed 
a  brown  colour,  a  neutral  acetate  added,  and  an  excess 
of  lUS  passed  in.  Iron,  nickel,  and  cobalt  are  com- 
pletely precipitated,  and  the  manganese  which  remains 
in  solution  is  thrown  down  by  means  of  ammonium 
sulphide. 
The  above-described  new  methods  of  separation  are 


11,1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


381 


Colour  Reactions  for  Arsenic,   Vanadic,  Molybdic,  and 

.!,     ,.,.,,.-,  Adas,  also  for  the   Oxides   of    Antimony 

and  An  it.   Levy.     Compt.   Rend.   1SS6°,   11, 

L195. 

In  continuation  of  his  researches  as  to  the  behaviour  oi 

titanic,  aiobic,  tantalic  and  stannic  acids,  the  author  lias 

investigated  the  colour  reactions  yielded  by  the  ahove- 

n. id  acids  and  oxides  with  the  following  bodies: 

Morphine,  codeine,  phenol,  thymol,  a-naphthol,  9-naph- 
thol,  quinol,  pyrogallol,  salicylic  acid,  ra-oxy  benzoic 
acid  and  gallic  acid.  These  reactions  in  many  cases 
suffice  to  indicate  the  presence  of  one  of  the  above  acids  or 
oxides  in  admixture  with  the  others. — "\Y.  1*.  1!. 


A  Basic  Aluminium  Sulphate.    K.  J.  Bayer.    Chem. 
Zeit.  11,  38. 

Ik  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  alumina,  the  author 
has  observed  the  formation  of  a  basic  sulphate  poss 
ing   characteristic   properties,  in  which  it   differs  from 
similar  compounds  hitherto   prepared.      By  dissolving 

aluminium  hydrate,  prepared  by  precipitation  with 
carbonic  acid,  in  Bulphuric  acid,  and  boiling  the  solution 
obtained  with  an  excess  of  hydrate,  it  is  found  impos- 
sible to  bring  this  excess  into  solution  by  a  further 
addition  of  sulphuric  acid,  even  though  the  latter  be 
concentrated.  The  solution  also  remains  acid  in  spite  of 
the  aluminium  hydrate  apparently  present.  The  hydrate 
has  taken  up  sulphuric  acid  without,  however,  being 
converted  into  a  soluble  compound.  On  isolating  this 
insoluble  residue,  it  is  found  to  be  insoluble  in  acid,  and 
only  a  portion  is  dissolved  out  by  prolonged  boiling  with 
sulphuric  acid  of  1  3 — 1'4  sp.gr.  Hydrochloric  acid 
appears  to  have  no  action.  Two  residues  obtained  at 
different  times  were  washed  and  subjected  to  analysis, 
solution  for  this  purpose  being  effected  by  means  of 
digestion  in  caustic  soda.  The  results  of  analysis,  making 
allowance  for  the  small  percentage  of  SiCC  present, 
lead  tn  the  formula  3ALO;,.2S0;,  +  9H,,0,  as  appears 
from  the  following  figures  : — 

By  Analysis. 


AliO,. 

so*... 


Theoretical. 
..  1874  .. 
..  2533  .. 
..    2573    .. 


1.  II. 

-17-7*3  18-72 

21-11  25-80 

27-7S  2547 


In  (1.)  the  percentage  of  water  is  too  high,  having  been 
estimated  by  difference  ;  moreover,  the  sample  contained 
some  soda,  which  was  not  estimated.  The  direct  esti- 
mation of  water  by  heating  the  sample  at  200 — 250'-'  C. 
gave  16S3  per  cent.,  corresponding  to  Oniols.  On  further 
heating  the  sample  to  faint  redness,  further  9 '20 per  cent. 
of  water  were  given  off,  and  it  was  only  when  the  sample 
was  heated  to  bright  redness  that  any  sulphurous  acid 
could  be  observed.  This  basic  sulphate  does  not  lose 
water  at  100°  C,  nor  over  sulphuric  acid.  On  heating 
the  sulphate  which  has  been  ignited  at  a  faint  red  heat, 
with  water,  a  basic  aluminium  sulphate  passes  into  solu- 
tion, from  which,  on  heating,  a  voluminous  precipitate 
separates.  This  would  appear  to  correspond  to  alumi 
nite,  which  contains  equal  molecules  of  alumina  ami 
sulphuric  acid.  Attempts  were  made  to  prepare  the  basic 
sulphate  by  boiling  an  excess  of  aluminium  hydrate 
soluble  in  acetic  acid,  with  a  concentrated  solution  of 
aluminium  sulphate, — but  without  success. — W.  D.  B. 


Testing  AluminiumSulphatt  for  1 .  1 1  .Sulphuric  Acid  a  mi 
Aluminium  Hydrate.  K.  J.  Bayer.  Chem.  Zeit. 
11,  53. 

The  presence  of  free  acid  is  most  certainly  and  con- 
veniently detected  by  the  use  of  Tropieoliu  OO,  and  its 
amount  estimated  by  titration  with  normal  soda,  using 
the tropseolin  as  indicator.  The  solution  for  this  pur- 
pose should  not  contain  more  than  10  per  cent,  of 
aluminium  sulphate.  If  the  sample  contains  aluminium 
hydrate  in  solution  as  basic  salt,  this  may  be  estimated 
by  titration  with  normal  sulphuric  acid,  tropseolin  being 
the  indicator.  The  insoluble  portion  left  on  dissolving 
aluminium  sulphate  in  twice  its  weight  of  water,  which 
appears  as  a  white  turbidity,  ami  may  be  present  even 


when  tin1  solution  is  distinctly  acid,  may   consist   either 
of  hydiat.d  silicic  acid  or  of  the  insoluble  basic  sulphate 

3AI,0,.2SOa+9H,Oaln  cribedby  theauth 

preceding  abstract).—  \V.  D.  B. 


On  the  Estimation  of  Phosphorite  <n  Steel  and  Iron.    1'. 

Vorwerk.     Chem.  Zeit.   11,  US— 99. 

Tin:  Author,  having  tested  for  time  months  MeinekeV 
and  Wood's  modifications  of  the  Molybdenum  method 
tor  the  determination  of  phosphorus,  finds  that  for 
accuracj  and  rapidity  they  are  alike  suitable  for  iron- 
works lain. ratlines.      The  combined  method  In-  specially 

recommends    is    as    follows : — Enough    of    the  sample 

ii-;;  to  Nmins.)     to    give     about     lgrm.     of   the    ignited 

phospho  molvlidic  precipitate,  should  be  dissolved  in 
nitric  acid  n't  12  sp.  gr.,  (iOcc.  of  1'4 sp.  gr.  nitric  acid, 
and  5cc.  of  chromic  acid  solution  (2grmsJ  r( '    are  added, 

and  the  mixture  boiled  for  15  to  20  minutes.  The 
organic  hodies  having  thus  been  oxidised,  the  solution 

is  cooled  to  50— 55°  C.  by  the  addition  of  50— OOcc.  of 
water.  The  addition  now  of  lOOce.  of  096  sp.  gr. 
ammonia  will  raise  the  temperature  to  75° — 80°,  bo  that 
the  precipitation  of  the  phosphorus  with  75cc.  of  the 
usual  molybdate  solution  may  at  once  be  proceeded 
with,  the  liquid  meanwhile  being  well  stirred.  After 
two  hours,  the  clear  liquor  may  be  siphoned  off,  and 
the  precipitate  filtered,  washed  as  usual  with  acid 
ammonium  nitrate,  introduced  moist  into  a  weighed  por- 
celain crucible,  dried  carefully,  the  filter  paper  inciner- 
ated, and  the  yellow  precipitate  heated  to  400  < '. 
preferably  over  a'Berzelius  lamp  for  10  to  15  minutes. 
The  blue-grey  residue  consists  of  (empirically)  PsOj. 
4(Mob017),  and  contains  C754  percent,  of  phosphorus.  If 
more  than  3  per  cent,  of  combined  carbon  be  present,  as 
in  some  spiegels,  the  chromic  acid  treatment  will  not 
suffice  for  the  removal  of  organic  impurities ;  but  the 
solution  is  evaporated,  and  the  residue,  after  careful 
iguition,  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  filtered  from 
silica.  The  filtrate  is  freed  from  excess  of  hydrochloric 
acid  by  evaporation,  rendered  slightly  alkaline  by 
ammonia,  the  precipitate  redissolved  in  nitric  acid,  and 
the  whole  heated  to  75— S0C  C.  with  30cc.  of  concen- 
trated ammonium  nitrate  solution  (750grms.  per  litre) 
and  precipitated  as  usual.  Silica  dissolved  in  the  nitric- 
acid  may  generally  be  neglected  with  safety.  Should, 
however,  this  body"  or  graphite  separate  from  the  solu- 
tion, the  latter  after  oxidation  of  the  organic  substances 
should  be  made  up  to  a  given  volume  and  filtered 
through  a  dry  filter  into  a  dry  beaker,  from  which  any 
convenient  fraction  of  the  solution  may  be  taken.  By 
keeping  the  weight  of  the  ignited  precipitate  lower  than 
lgrm.,  the  ignition  may  be  conducted  in  a  pence- 
lain  crucible  instead  of  in  a  platinum  dish.  A  skilled 
analyst  may  thus  conveniently  make  20  determinations 
in  a  "day  of  eight  hours.  Finally,  the  author  criticises 
Iluss's  modification  of  Sonneuscheiu's  method  ;  Huss, 
under  the  impression  that  phosphorus  is  not  completely 
precipitated  from  a  nitric  acid  solution  of  steel,  converts 
the  ferric  nitrate  into  chloride  by  an  exact  adilition  of 
ammonium  chloride.  This  incomplete  precipitation  is 
due  to  organic  matter  and  not  to  ferric  nitrate,  and  is 
therefore  equally  incomplete  after  the  addition  of  the 
chloride.— W.  G.  M.     

Detection  of  Albumen    in    Urine.      L.    Blum.      Chem. 

Zeit.  Bep.  11,  24. 
Tiik  reaction  with  metaphosphoric  acid  is  made  use  of. 
Owing  to  the  fact  that  this  acid  does  not  keep  when  in  solu- 
tion, the  following  reagent  is  employed  as  a  substitute  :— 
0'03  to  0  05grm.  manganic  chloride  is  dissolved  in  a  small 
amount  of  water,  acidified  with  a  few  cc.  of  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid  and  treated  with  lOOcc.  of  a  10  per 
cent,  solution  of  sodium  metaphosphate.  Lead  dioxide 
l-  then  added  in  small  quantities  at  a  time  withconstant 
agitation,  after  which  the  mixture  is  allowed  to  settle 
and  filtered.  The  resulting  pink  solution  of  manganic 
metaphosphate  is  then  used  as  indicator  fur  the  presence 

•  'this  Journal,  1SS6,  50t>. 


388' 


THE  Joi/KNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [fcay3l,l8». 


of  metaphosphoric  acid.    This  solution  I pa  well,  and 

is  nut  acted  on  by  other  iogredients  of  urine.— D.  B. 


■  '  nine  Sulphate.     0.   Schlicknm.     Pharm. 

Zeit  32,  23. 

To  determine    the    presence  of  alkaloids   other  than 

quinine    in   < imercial  quinine  sulphate,    the  author 

makes  nse  of  an  observation  by  De  Vrij,  who  found  that 
quinine  chromate  is  almost  insoluble  in  water.  It  is 
shown  thai  both  quinine  and  cinchonine  form  cbromates 
requiring  2000  parts  of  water  for  complete  solution.  The 
chromates  of  quinidine  and  cinchomdine  are,  however, 
more  readily  Boluble.  It  was  also  found  that  a  cold 
saturated  solution  of  quinine  chromate  is  not  precipitated 
by  caustic  alkali-,  owing  to  the  fact  that  quinine  hydrate 
is  no  more  insoluble  in  water  than  the  chromate.  If, 
therefore,  a  solution  of  quinine  is  precipitated  with 
potassium  chromate,  altered  after  four  hours'  rest,  and 
sodium  hydroxide  is  added  to  the  filtrate,  no  ci 
should  take  place  with  pure  quinine,  the  appearance  of  a 
flocculenl  or  opaque  turbidity  being  indicative  of  the 
presence  of  cinclionine,  cinchonidme,  or  quinidine. 
( iinchonine  dissolves  in  about  4000  parts  of  water,  so  that 
sodium  In  droxide  precipitates  a  cold  saturated  solution  of 
its  chromate  I  :2000).  The  chromates  of  quinidine  and 
cinchonidine  dissolve  in  about  400  pai  Is  of  "water.  The 
author  ha-  based  on  these  ratios  of  solubility  a  method 
suitable  for  the  detection  of  0'5  per  cent,  of*  cinchonine 
sulphate  or  1  per  cent,  of  quinidine  or  cinchonidine 
sulphate  in  quinine  sulphate. — D.  1). 


Estimation  of  Colchicine.     A.  Kremel.    Pharm.  Post. 

20,  38. 
-  01  is.  of  colchicine  seeds  are  exhausted  in  anextrac" 
pparatus  with  alcohol  of  U0  percent.  The  liquid 
is  diluted  with  25cc.  of  water,  and  the  alcohol  removed 
by  evaporation.  The  residue  is  filtered  and  washed,  and 
the  filtrate  agitated  three  or  four  times  with  10  or  loce. 
of  chloroform.  The  mixed  extracts  are  then  evaporated, 
the  residue  is  dissolved  in  water,  again  agitated  with 
chloroform,  and  treated  as  before.  The  final  residue  1s 
dissolved  in  a  few'  cc.  of  water,  evaporated,  dried  over 
sulphuric  acid,  and  weighed. — D.  B. 


Reaction,  for  Levulose.  Ber.  20,  181—182. 
When  a  cold  aqueous  solution  of  two  parts  of  cane  sugar 
and  one  pari  of  resorcinol  is  mixed  with  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid  and  quickly  warmed,  a  red  colouration 
takes  place,  and  on  cooling  a  considerable  dark  pre- 
cipitate is  deposited,  which  is  soluble  in  alcohol  with  a 
beautiful  red  colour.  Levulose  and  ratiinose  also  give 
this  reaction  with  resorcinol,  but  dextrose,  galactose, 
maltose,  milk  sugar,  and  inosite  do  not  give  any  coloura- 
tion. It  appears  that  this  reaction  is  only  given  by 
carbohydrates  which  contain  or  which  yield  levulose  on 
inversion.  The  precipitate  is  analogous  to  those  ob- 
tained by  Michael  (this  Journal,  1884,253),  by  the  con- 
densation  of  aldehydes  with  resorcinol.  The  author 
found  that  levulose  acid  gives  Baeyer's aldehyde  reaction 
with  phenol.  When  dissolved  in  alcohol  the  condensa- 
tion product  gives  a  fine  red  colour,  which  on  addition  of 
alkali  i>  first  tuned  blue,  then  green,  and  finally  dirty 
yellowish-grey.  When  water  is  added  to  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  one  part  levuliuic  acid  and  one  part  resorcinol, 
to  which  fuming  hydrochloric  acid  has  been  added,  a 
white  resinous  precipitate  i-  thrown  down  analogous  to 
that  described  by  .Michael  [IOC  at.).  This  turns  real  in 
the  air.  Qninones  and  pyToracemic  arid  give  the  same 
reaction. — ('•.  II.  M. 


tained  which  is  sufficiently  sensitive  to  admit  of  the 

detection  of  one  of  aldehyde  in  2.00,000  parts  of  the 
solution.— I  >.  B. 

A  .  /!,.  Determination  of  Tannin. 

M.  Villon.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  47,  07. 

Tut:  determination  ol  tannin  is  a  matter  of  difficulty. 
( In  the  one  hand,  the  same  process  gives  different  results 
with  extracts  of  different  origin  containing  the  same 
amount  of  tannin,  and  on  the  other,  different  processes 
applied  to  the  same  extract  also  give  different  results. 
Substances,  also  allied  to  tannin,  but  which  do  not  form 
leather,  such  as  gallic,  cllagic,  glauco-melonic  and 
gallamic  acids,  occur  in  extracts  along  with  tannin,  and 
are  estimated  with  it  by  certain  methods.  The  author 
states  that  of  the  :>2  methods  for  determining  tannin, 
that  of  Hammer,  that  of  Muntz,  which  is  a  modifica- 
tion of  Hammer's,  and  that  of  Lbwenthal  are  the  only 
ones  which  give  satisfactory  results.  The  author  pre- 
cipitates the  tannin  with  a  solution  of  lead  acetate,  ami 
states  that  gallic  acid  is  not  precipitated.  Liebig  and 
Strecker  lirst  remarked  that  tannin  gave  a  yellow  pre- 
cipitate with  lead  acetate.  Stein,  in  1857,  determined 
tannin  by  precipitating  with  a  boiling  solution  of  lead 
acetate  in  excess,  filtering,  drying,  and  igniting  the  pre- 
cipitate, and  from  the  weight  of  the  lead  oxide  obtained, 
calculating  the  tannin.  The  precipitate  of  lead  tanuate 
varies  in  composition  according  to  the  temperature  and 
concentration  of  the  solution,  but  the  author  finds  that 
in  a  liquid  containing  a  weight  of  lead  acetate  equal  to 
three  to  live  times  that  ot  the  tannin,  the  precipitate 
formed  has  a  constant  composition  and  is  not  dissociated 
by  water.  The  addition  of  sodium  acetate  promotes  the 
precipitation.  Upon  these  facts  he  founds  the  following 
process: — The  tannin  solution  is  made  of  a  strength  ol 
about  -grins,  of  tannin  per  lOOcc.  The  lead  solution  con- 
tain- 1 00"  i  ii  is.  of  neutral  lead  acetate  and  20g  rm  -.of  sodium 
acetate  per  litre.  lOOcc.  of  the  tannin  solution  are  mixed 
with  ll'Oee.  of  the  lead  solution  left  for  live  minutes, 
and  then  tiltered.  The  sp.  gr.  D  of  the  lead  solution, 
the  sp,  gr.  1>  of  the  tannin  solution  and  the  sp.  gr.  d  of 
the  filtered  mixture  are  taken,  all  at  the  same  tempera- 
ture. The  calculation  of  the  amount  of  tanniu  is  as  fol- 
lows :— If  the  two  liquids  mixed  without  precipitation  or 
alteration  in  volume,   the  sp.  gr.  of  the  mixture  would 

be  — - — ;  but  as  the  lead  tannatc  disappears  from  the 

liquid  the  sp.  gr.  is  diminished  thus: —    l_   —  </. 

Let  E  be  the  difference  of  sp.  gr.  produced  in  lOOcc. 
of  an  aqueous  solution  by  the  disappearance  of  the 
same  weight  of  tannin  as  that  precipitated  as  lead  tannatc ; 

probably         """   "    —  d  will  be  proportional  to  E,  whence 


CV-')-^ 


on  of  Minute  Quantity  i  of  Aldehyde  in  Alcohol 

W.  Windisoh.    Ztschr.  f.  Spirit-Ind.  9,510. 

on  treating  aldehyde  in  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution 

with  a  fiesbly  prepared  aqueous  Bolution  of  metapheny- 

lenediaminc  hydrochloride,  a  yellow  colouration  is  oo- 

•  Sec  this  Journal,  1S57,  n.  306. 


This  equation  permits  us  to  calculate  E,  if  A  is  deti  r- 
mined  once  for  all,  and  from  K  to  deduce//,  the  weight  in 
grammes  contained  in  lOOcc.  of  the  solution  in  question, 
by    means   of    Hammer's   table.     This    table    may   be 

summed  np  in  the  following  formula:—/*^        '•     The 

constant  A  is  not  the  same  for  all  the  tannins  ;  &  r  gal- 

lotannic  acid  it  i-  50  per  cent.  ;  for  qucicitannic  acid, 
45 '3  ;  castaneotannie,  44  N;  a-pidospei tannic,  42"5j 
abietannic,  40  ;  and  catcchutannic  acid,  52  per  cent. 

-13.  11. 

Butter  Analysis.    V.  W.  A.  Wolt.    Zeits.  Anal.  Chem. 
26,  28^33. 

The  author  has  made  a  series  ot  test  analyses  of  mix- 

J  ,ui  inline  butter  and  "oh il     containing  20,  40, 

.".ii,  60,  and  30  per  cent,  of  the  former,  by  Kbttetorfer's 

and  Reichert's  methods  respectively,  with  a    view   of 

determining  the  degree  oi  accuracy  of  which  the  two 

Bj  Kottstorfer'a  method  the  mean 

ciior  was  6"5  per  (int.,  the  maximum  error  101  per 
cent.,  the  percentage  of  genuine  butter  indicated  being 


II.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIKTY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


38fl 


too 


too  low  on  account  of   tlie    low  percentage  of   alkali 
(222*2  to  223'2mgrm8.  per  grain)  actually  required  bj  the 

genuine  butter  ;  whilst  in  calculating  the  results  Kotta 
torfer'8  mean  value,  227,  was  employed.  By  Kei 
method  closer  results  were  obtained,  the  maximum  error 
t  5,  the  mean  error  only  +2*3  per  cent.  The 
results  of  examination  of  thirty-seven  samples  of  butter, 
butterine,  and  butterine  materials  are  given,  and  these 
confirm  the  value  of  the  indication  which  specific  gra".  in 
affords  as  to  the  genuineness  of  a  sample.  With  the 
exception  of  sesame  and  cocoa-nut  oils  the  specific 
gravity  of  all  the  coinmonly-used butterine  materials  falls 
below  0 '90536,  whilst  that  of  genuine  butter  falls 
between  (Kill  and  0  HI  4.  The  minimum  specific  gra>  ity 
of  genuine  batter  is  usually  placed  at  0*912,  but  in  seven 
samples  examined  the  figures  were  below  this,  the  lowest 
specific  gravity  obtained  being  0*91107. — W.   1>.   B. 


occurrence,  and  that  the  alloys  are  easily  brought  into 
solution  by  acids.  Experiments  weir  mad.'  with 
various  metals,  but  it  was  found  that  /in'-'  was  in  every 
reaped   the  most  convenient.     The  weighed  eampleof 

platinum  is  mixed  in  a  well  glazed  porcelain  crucible 
with  pure  metallic  zinc  and  the  mixture  exposed  to  the 
heat  of  a  muttle  furnace.  When  cold,  the  content-  of 
the  crucible  are  treated  with  cold  hydrochloric  acid  of 
1-124  -p.  gr.,  which  dissolves  the  zinc,  leaving  untouched 
a  residue  of  grey  metallic  needles.  These  latter  are 
washed,  and  dissolved  in  aqua  regia.  Solution  now 
takes  place  rapidly,  and  the  analysis  i-  proceeded  with 
in  the  usual  manner. — W.    1'.    B. 


Modification  of  Otto's  Acetometer.  W.  Fresenius.   Zeits. 

"  Anal,  Chem.  26,  5'J-GO. 

Tins  modification  consists  of  a  glass  cylinder  12mm.  in 
diameter,  17 — IScm.  high,  closed  at  the  lower  end  and 
graduated  into  fifths  or  tenthsof  a  cc.  The  first  gradua 
tion  mark  is  at  5cc.  from  the  bottom,  and  tin'  divisions 
into  fifths  or  tenths  proceed  from  this  to  the  12cc.  mark. 
In  the  performance  of  the  test  the  apparatus  is  filled  to 
the  5cc,  mark  by  means  of  a  pipette  to  avoid  soiling  the 
upper  part  with  the  vinegar  under  examination,  a  few 
drops  of  phenolphthalein  solution  added,  and  the  standard 
soda  run  in  and  carefully  mixed  until  a  red  tint  is 
acquired.  The  volume  in  cc.  of  the  soda  solution  i-  then 
read  off,  and  this  gives  without  calculations  the  number 
of  grins,  of  anhydrous  acetic  acid  in  lOOcc.  of  vinegar, 
if  the  soda  solution  is  of  the  strength  recommended  by 
Fresenius  for  vinegar  testing — namely,  the  litre  corre- 
sponding to  oOgrms.  of  anhydrous  acetic  acid. 

— W.  D.  B. 


Reactions  of  Duboisine,   Hyoscyamine,    and   Atropine. 
Chem.  Zei't.  II,  52. 

ALTHOUGH  the  researches  of  Ladenburg  would  indicate 
the  identity  of  duboisine  with  hyoscyamine,  these  two 
alkaloids  exert  very  different  physiological  actions. 
According  to  Harnack,  duboisine  acts  with  about  five 
times  the  power  of  purest  recrystallised  hyoscyamine, 
and  two  or  three  times  more  powerfully  than  atropine. 
The  physiological  differences  between  the  alkaloids  in 
question  being  so  marked,  it  is  very  desirable  to  have  a 
means  for  their  chemical  discrimination,  and  for  this 
advantage  is  taken  of  their  behaviour  with  alcoholic 
solutions  of  mercuric  chloride.  The  action  of  this 
reagent  with  atropine  was  first  pointed  out  by  Gerrard, 
and  Schweissinger  has  extended  observations  with  the 
following  results  : — By  dissolving  about  ling,  of  atropine 
in  1 — 2  drops  of  water  in  a  test  glass — which  to  hasten 
solution  may  be  immersed  in  hot  water — and  adding  2i  c. 
of  a  5  per  cent,  mercuric  chloride  solution  in  alcohol  of 
50  per  cent.,  a  reddish-brown  precipitate  is  obtained'. 
Pure  crystallised  hyoscyamine  tested  in  the  same  way 
clear  solution,  which  after  continued  warming  on 
the  water  bath  shows  a  faint  opalescence.  Pure  crystal- 
lised duboisine  under  the  same  conditions  gives  a  white 
surbidity  immediately,  and  on  warming  a  white  precipi- 
tate. The  amorphous  base  hyoscine,  isomeric  with 
atropine  and  hyoscyamine  gives  a  clear  solution  when 
toted  as  above,  and  no  change  takes  place  on  prolonged 
warming. — W.   D.  B. 


Analysis  of  Platinum.      <'.   Bernhardt.      Chem.  Zcit. 

11,  52. 
In  THE  examination  of  metallic  platinum  to  be  used  for 
making  crucibles  it  is  frequently  found  a  matter  o 
difficulty  tn  cllect  solution  in  aqua  regia  or  hydrochloric 
add  and  potassium  chlorate.  To  obviate  this  difficulty 
the  author  takes  advantage  of  tlie  fact  that  platinum 
may  be  readily  alloyed  with  several  metals  of  common 


[,,,,.  Food.      II.  Tall'e.     Bull. 

Sue.  C'hiin.  46,  808. 

In  avoid  the  extraction  of  tannin  substances  when  the 
drink  under  examination  i-  shaken  up  with  ether,  the 
author  advises  the  employment  of  a  mixture  of  ether  and 
petroleum  ether  in  equal  volnmes,  as  this  neither  con- 
tains water  nor  take-  up  water  when  shaken  therewith. 
By  using  tins  mixture,  foreign  substances  are  not  ex- 
tracted, and  it  is  possible  to  obtain  the  colour  reaction 
with  ferric  chloride  with  great  certainty,  and  without  it 
being  necessary  to  purify  the  ether  and  petroleum  ether 
extract,  even  when  the  quantity  of  salicylic  acid  is  very 
minute.  According  to  the  author,  this  plan  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred before  all  others  for  the  rapid  and  certain  detec- 
tions of  salicylic  acid.  Since  beer  gives  with  the  mixed 
ethers  an  emulsion  which  separates  very  slowly,  the 
author  advises  that  after  the  mixing,  agitation,  and 
standing,  a  second  quantity  of  the  ether  mixture  be 
added  and  carefully  stirred  with  the  upper  layer  or  the 
emulsion,  from  which  it  abstracts  a  portion  of  the 
salicylic  acid. — W.  D.  B. 


Estimation  of  Fall;/    Acids    in    Soap.      B.    Schnlze. 
Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  26,  2,. 

THE  weighed  sample  is  brought  into  solution  in  an 
Erlenmeyer  llask,  decomposed  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  and  the  separated  fatty  acids  dissolved  out  in  ether. 
The  aqueous  solution  is 'removed  as  completely  as 
possible  by  means  of  a  pipette,  and  the  ether  washed 
three  or  four  times  with  fresh  water,  care  being  taken  to 
remove  the  aqueous  layer  as  completely  a-  possibly. 
Alter  the  last  washing  and  drawing  oil' of  the  water,  a 
few  drops  of  barium  chloride  solution  are  added,  and 
any  free  sulphuric  acid  thus  piecipitated.  The  amount 
of  water  being  so  .-mall,  the  ethereal  solution  may  be  at 
once  passed  through  a  filter,  and  thereafter  treated  in 
the  usual  manner.  The  fatty  acids  obtained  in  this 
way  arc  completely  free  from  sulphuric  and  hydrochloric 
acids,  and  do  not  darken  at  100'  C— VV.  L>.  B. 


jRcto    15ooks. 


LAOBKB'S  Handbuch  des,  ZBUGDRUCK8.  Herausgcgebcn 
von  Dr.  Ed.  Laubbr,  untcr  mitwirkung  von  ALBERT  Stkin- 
liEii.,  l»r.  W.  H.vi ssmixn,  and  HOR1TZ  Kemx.  I.  Band, 
liritte  Auflftge.  Leipzig,  1886.  Cumniissionsvcrlag  von 
Uustav  Weigel. 

8vo  VOLUME  in  paper  cover.    Price  6s.    Contains  12*2  pages  of 

subject   matter,  Table  of  Contents  and  Alphabetical   Index. 

work  is  illustrated  by  three-  woodcuts,  and  the  mituects  ot 

winch  it  treats  more  particularly    in  this    first   volume,    are: 

Chapter  I.    singeing   the   (ioods.  Bleaching  and  Shearing. 

aration  of  the  Printing-colours.    Chap.  111. 

i  of  the  B         -■    Chap.  IV.    Fixing  the  colours 

Steam   etc.     Chap.  V.  Turkej  red  Oil;  Blocking  the 

i  live.  VI   continuous  Soap  and  Washing  Machine. 

r  vil   Soap  in  Dyeing ;  In i  estimation  and  Preparation  of 

theSoap.    Chap.  VIIX   Water  in  Dyeing;  Investigation  and 

Purification  of  Water.    CHAP.  IX.  C'hlonnatiou  of  the  Per- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  801  LET!   OF  CHEMICAL  l\Di  STBY.      [May3i,i887. 


i  Goods;  Dry  and  Damp  Chlorine.  Chap.  X.  Albumen 
iure;  Testing  the  Bame  on  the  Fibre;  Testing  Albumen ; 
Ultramarine,  Chrome  Green,  etc.  Chap.  XI.  Reservewith 
Albumen  Colours.  Chap.  XII.  Steam  Colours  by  decomposi- 
tion of  Metallic  Salts,  etc.  Chap.  XIII.  Colours  Developed 
cither  by  Muluul  Decomposition  or  by  Volatilisation  of  Acids, 
etc. 


The  Printing  01  Cotton  t  mprising  Calico  Print- 

ing,  Printing  and   Dyeing.    By  Antonio  Sansone.    Man 
.luster:   Abel  Heywood  &8on  -,  Oldham  Street, 

tiipkui,  Marshall  &  Co.,  Stationers'  Hall  Court. 
Hamilton,  Adams  -^  Co.,  32,  Paternoster  Row.    1887. 

This  important  work  consists  of  an  870  volume  bound  in  cloth  : 
dns  Preface  >f  subject  matter,  illustrated  bj  32 

pi  mi  and   apparatus  used  by 
i  Printers,  of  K  printed  and  dyed  Patterns,  a 

Table  mts  and  Alphabetical   Index,  followed  by.  one 

;  1  Practical  Recipes.     'I'll..  Table  of  Con- 

tents contains  the  key  to  the  plan  of  the  work  as  a  whole  :- 
History  of  Calico  Printing;  Bleaching.  1!a\v  Materials, 
including  Mineral  1  lolours,  natural  I  Irganic  Colouring  Matters. 
Coal-tar  Colours.  Monlanis,  etc. :  Thickening  or  Sizing  M 
rials.  Water.  Printing  Processes  :  Preparing  Thickenings 
and  Mordants.  Printed  Colours  (dii  im.  Oxidation  and 

Reduction  ours  or  Processes  of  recent 

introduction).  Dyed  COLOURS,  including  Alizarin  Colours 
(Madder  styles),  Resists,  Discharges,  Turkey  Reds.  Alizarin 
Reds,  in,i.  Manganese  Bronze  colours.  Benzopur- 

purin  and  allied  Dyestuffs.  Tin  Pbini  ipai  Styles  in 
Calico  Printing.  Machinery  and  Apparatus,  Finishing 
Printed  Goods.  Electricity  in  Printing,  Printing  Wool- 
len Fabrics,  Comparative  Table  up  Baumk  and  Twad- 
utu  Degrees. 


Chemistry  for  Beginners.    Adapted  for  the  Elementarj 

-c  of  the  Science  and  Art  Department's  Examination  in 
Inorganic  Chemistry.  By  R.  L.  Taylor,  F.I.c.  F.C.S., 
Teacher  in  Chemistry  and  Physics  in  the  Central  Higher 
Grade  Board  School,  Manchester.  London:  Sampson  Low. 
Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  Crown  Buildings,  188, 
Fleet  Street. 

Small  Svo  volume  bound  in  cloth.  Price  Is.  tid.  Containing 
Preface.  Table  of  Contents,  HI  pages  of  subject  matter.  Appen- 
dix giving  an  account  of  the  Metric  System  of  Weights  and 
Measures,  nine  select  Groups  of  Questions  on  each  Chapter  of 
the  work,  and  an  Alphabetical  Index.  With  the  text  are 
interspersed  21  wood  engravings.  As  regards  the  extent  of 
the  subjects  treated  of,  this  is  confined  to  the  non-metallic 
elements. 


ArsKCttKi.ii  HKS  LEHRBUCH  DEB  ChemIE.  Von  H.  E. 
ROSCOE  nnd  C.  Si  BORLEMMBR.  VierterBand:  Die  Kohlen- 
wasserstoffe  und  Hire  Derivate,  Oder  lirganisehe  Cbemie. 
Zweiter  Theil,  Zweita  Abtheilung.  Braunschweig:  Druck 
and Verlae von Friedrich Vieweg &  Sohn.  1887.  London: 
11.  Greve]  St  Cu.,  33,  Ring  Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Bvo  VOLUME  in  paper  cover,  forming  the  second  part  of  the 
fourth  volume  of  the  German  version  of  this  well-known  work. 
It  contains  matti  331  to  672,  with  which  are  inter- 

spersed one  or  two  wood  engrat  ings.    Essentially,  it  com 
the  description  of  the  aromatic  compounds  with  seven  atoms 
of  carbon,  and  coi  srs  consequently,  like  the  preceding  part,  a 
complete  field.    The  tir>t  Bection  concerns  Toluene  and  the 
deriva  ding  to  those  treated  of  under  Benzene. 

Then  follows  the  Benzyl  group,  which  joins  itself  to  the  Benzoyl 
group,  and  the  volume  is  concluded  with  the  treatment  of  the 
llydroxj  -benzyl-  and  Hydroxy-benzoyl-compounds. 


Crane  Report. 

1  From  the  Board  uf  Trade  Journal.) 


TARIFF   CHANGES   AND    CUSTOMS   REGU- 
LATIONS. 

Russia. 

Classification  oj  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

Poud    361b,    avoirdupois.      Gold   rouble-lls.  id.) 

Carbonic  strontium.— Section  137,  part  2,  duty  1  rouble,  HI) 
copecks  per  poud. 

Sw  ETZBELAND. 

ition  oj  Articles  in   Customs'  Tariff. 

[Note.    Quintal  =  220'ilb.  avoirdupois.) 

Soda,  unprepared,  crystallised,  and  calcined.  Category  16, 
duty  30  ceni  imes  per  quintal. 

Sulphate  of  barytas,  purified,  in  paste.  Category  30,  duty 
60  cent  noes  per  quintal. 

Plates  of  glass  for  photography,  ready  for  use,  dried. 
Category  17,  duty  30  francs  per  quintal. 

I  1A1.Y. 

Alterations  in  Customs'  Tariff. 

Mr.  J.  G.  Kennedy.  Her  Majesty's  Charge  d'Affaircs  at 
Rome,  writing  under  date  of  the  23rd  April  last,  says  that  a 
law  approving  the  temporary  application  for  a  period  of  three 
months  of  certain  intended  customs  duties  which  passed 
the  Chamber  on  the  20th  April  came  into  force  on  the  22nd 
of  that  month.  The  following  is  a  statement  of  some  of 
the  amended  Customs  duties  in  question:— 


Tariff 

Xo. 


Tariff  Classilication. 


OMMERCIAL    PLANTS    AND 'DRUGS.      Xo.    10.      By    T. 

CHRISTY.   F.L.s..   M.s.c.i.,  etc.       London:  Christy  &  Co., 
25,  Lime  Street,  K.C.    18S7. 

i\  0  VOLUME  bound  in  paper.  Price  3s.  Gd.  Contains  a  Preface. 
Table  ot  Contents,  i-'o  pages  of  subject  matter,  with  which  are 
interspersed  numerous  excellent  wood  engravings,  and  an 
Alphabetical  Index.  The  following  subjects  are  treated  of : — 
ahanthus,  its  Botany.  Chemistry,  Pharmacy.  Physiology, 
and  Therapeutics  ;  the  Colonial  and  Indian  Exhibition  :  Hints 
on  the  Cultivation  of  Dry-yielding  Plants  in  Great  Britain: 
Notes  from  actual  Practice  in  tie  Treatment  of  Disease  with 
Janibul.  Salix  Nigra.  Ka\a-Ka\a.  Siegesbeckia,  l'apa.v, 
llydrocot)  go  Plant  Chlorocodon  Whitei :  lluatn- 

awripa;  Kola  chocolate:  Ditana  Digit  if  olia.  and  particulars  of 
man]  n    and    rare    drugs;    Reports    and    Produce 

received  and  examined. 


Mineral  and  resinous  oils  :— 

i.  i  Kaw  -  -  Per  quintal. 

(o)  Refined  -  -  -    „ 

Mineral  oils,  whether  raw  or 
refined,  unpolled  in  demi- 
johns, or  other  similar 
\  essels,  shall  pay  11  lire  per 
■-.  if  raw.  and  51  lire. 
if  retined.  with  a  deduction 
from  each  quintal,  gross 
weight,  of  the  general  tare 
of  15  per  cent. 

.Mineral  oils,  whether  raw  or 
retined,  imported  in  casks, 
eases,  or  tins,  shall  pay  duty 
according  to  their  net  legal 
weight,  t'.c,  with  deduction 
from  the  gross  weight  of  the 
following  special  tares  for 
eacb  quintal  of  gross 
weight  :  — 
Barrels  and  kegs  with  iron 

hoops,  lokitos. 
Wooden   i  ;is,s  containing 
two  canisters  of  tin  apiece 
llkili 
Tin  canisters.  Skilos. 
If,   however,    they    are     im- 
ported in  vessels  other  than 
those  referred  to  above,  they 
shall  pay  according  to  gross 

weight. 

Mineral  oils,  whether  raw,  or 

refined,      if     imported      in 

cistern-trucks   or    reservoir 

ships,    shall  be  charged    by 

nil  net  weight. 

(i     Heavy  :- 

1.  It  containing  20  per  edit- 
or less,  of  light  oil  at  the 
temperature  of  310  degrees  -      ,, 

2.  If  containing  more  than  20 
per  cent,,  and  not  more  than 

ler  cent.,  of  light  dis- 
tilled oil  at  the  temperature 
of  310  degrees  ,. 

Heavy  oils,  imported  in  their 
original     receptacles,     pay 

a       elding  to  gross  weight. 

If  imp  item-trucks 

they    pay    upon 

the  net  actual     weight,    With 

an  increase  of  20  per  cent. 


Amended 

Rale,   of 

Duty. 


Lire    e. 

1700 


600 


1200 


m„, m.  iss:.!      THE  JOURNAL  OF  Till:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


391 


Classification  of  Articles  in  Ottstoms'  Tariff. 

Mixture  ui  Ash-oil  and  tatty  substances.  Category  I,  No, 
7/»,  dul  v  o  lire  perquintal. 

Unseed  oil  containing  essence  o{  turpentine,  and  not  used 
»rniah.    Category  l.  No.  7f<.  duty  6  lire  par  quintal. 

Fish  oil  mixed  with  lubricating  mineral  substances.  Catc- 
cor\   1.  No.  V>.  duty  6  lire  per  quintal. 

Acetic  acid,  concentrated  and  artificially  coloured.  Category 
3,  No.  29A.  duty  10  lire  per  quintal. 

Dissolved  iron  and  iron  held  in  solution  by  glucose  or 
molasses.    Category  3.  Xo.  56.  duty  ISO  lire  per  quintal. 

Iron,  pulverised,  (or  medical  use.  Category  3,  No.  56,  duty 
120  lire  per  quintal. 

"Terpina."    Category  3.  No.  55.  duty  10  lire  per  quintal. 

Artificial  black  containing  aluminium,  flint,  chalk,  eb  .,  but 
without  phosphoric  aeid.  Category  I.  No.  70c.  duty  5  lire  per 
quintal. 

Varnish  for  shoes,  composed  of  anilin  colour  dissolved  in 
spirits  of  wine.    Category  f.  No.  67a,  duty  30  lire  per  quintal. 

Kid  colouring  mutter,  containing  a  very  large  proportion 
of  aluminium.    Category  13,  No.  217,  duty  i  lire  per  quintal. 

Mixture  of  clay,  hair,  and  other  organic  substances  and 
water.  Forming  a'  mortar  intended  as  a  covering  for  tubes  in 
order  to  prevent  condensation  of  steam.  Category  13,  No. 
218a,  duty  free. 

Tannic  aeid  mixed  with  dextrin.  Category  11,  No.  216, 
duty  3  lire  per  quintal. 

derating  apparatus.    Category  16.   No.   297«.   duty  BO 
lire  per  quintal. 

Austria-Hungary. 

Customs  Decision. 

Camphor  oil,  made  from  raw  camphor,  is  in  future  to  be 
included  in  Category  107a  of  the  tariff.  Duty,  6  florins  per 
luukilos. 

United    States. 

Customs  Derision. 

An  importation  found  upon  chemical  analysis  to  consist  of 
magnesium-chloride,  a  chemical  salt,  is  dutiable  under  the 
provision  for  "all  chemical  compounds  and  salts,-'  under  sec- 
tion 92,  and  is  not  entitled  to  free  entry  as  a  substance 
"  expressly  used  for  manure,"  under  paragraph  505  of  the  tree 
list. 


MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  NOTICES. 
Beer  Adulteration  in  the  Argentine  Republic. 

Mr.  R.  Bridgett.  Her  Majesty's  Consul-General  at  Buenos 
Ayres.  in  a  report  dated  March  4  last,  states  that,  by  a  recent 
ordnance  of  the  Municipality  of  Buenos  Ayres.  the  sale  of  beer 
containing  salicylic  aeid  is  forbidden  after  March  31.  1888, 
under  a  penalty  of  twenty  dollars  for  each  case  or  cask,  and 
forfeiture  of  the  same.  Until  then  the  seller  must  show  on  the 
tieket  or  wrapper,  or  must  otherwise  certify  the  amount  of 
salicylic  acid  contained  in  the  liquid  up  to  a  maximum  of  fifty 
centigrammes  per  litre,  or  if  it  does  not  contain  any  acid  it 
must  be  similarly  made  known. 

Trade  of  Japan  during  1SSG. 

A  despatch,  dated  March  16  last,  has  been  received  from  Sir 
F.  It.  Plunkett,  Her  Majesty's  .Minister  at  Tokio.  enclosing 
copies  of  the  annual  report  of  the  Yokohama  Chamber  of 
Commerce  for  the  year  1SS6.  From  this  report  it  appears  that 
the  import  and  export  trade  of  the  whole  ot  Japan  for  tin'  year 
1886  show  an  increase  of  £594.000  and  £2.123.000  respectively 
over  the  preceding  year.  The  total  combined  value  of  imports 
and  exports  for  1SS6  is  given  at  £16.221.585.  as  compared  with 
£13,204,083  in  18.55.  the  total  increase,  therefore,  amounting  to 
above  three  millions  sterling. 

Russian  Trade  in  1S86. 

The  Journal  dc  St.  Petersbourg  for  April  2  last,  contains  an 
article  on  the  foreign  trade  of  Russia  tor  1886.  founded  upon 
the  report  of  the  Russian  Administration  des  Douanes.    The 

receipts,  it  is  stated,  show  an  increase  of  about  10  per  Cent. 
upon  those  for  1885.  but  this  is  exclusively  the  result  of  the 
increased  duties  charged  upon  foreign  goods  imported  into 
Russia.  The  revenue  from  exports  has  diminished,  and  the 
commercial  crisis  appears  to  be  as  severe  as  ever.  The  bad 
harvest  of  1S8.5  exercised  an  unfavourable  result  on  the  export 
of  cereals  in  1SS6.  and  the  general  diminution  of  exports  in  tin- 
Class  is  no  less  than  21  percent.,  the  total  amount  exported 
being  less  than  in  any  year  since  18SI.  The  general  stagnation 
of  trade  is,  according  to  the  Journal,  as  marked  in  the  ports  of 
the  Black  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Azov  as  in  the  Baltic. 

Commercial  Museums  at  Frankfort  and 
Amsterd  Utt. 
The  Belgian  Bulletin  dn  Mu.irr  Commercial  for  April  9  last 
states  that  the  Commercial  Museum  established  by  the  Cham- 
her  of  Commerce  at  Frankfort-on-thc-Main  is  now  opened  '" 
the  public.  It  also  announces  that  the  Association  for  Expor 
tation  from  the  Kingdom  of  Saxony  is  about  to  open  a  Com- 
mercial Museum  in  Amsterdam. 


Camphor  Monopoly  in  Formosa. 

The  following  information,  respecting  the  camphor  mono- 
poly in   Formosa,  is  extracted  from  a  recent  report  by  the 

i  States  Consul  at   Alnoy  : 

"The  reports  of  the  customs  authorities  in  Formosa  indieate 
i  constant  diminution  in   the  production   of  crude  camphor 
during  the  past  two  years,  and  the   early  extinction 
industry  from  among  the  industrial  pursuits  of  that  island. 

"Since the  termination  of  the  Franco-Chinese  war.  Formosa 
has  been  made  a  separate  province  and  placed  under  the  juris- 
diction of  a  Governor-General,  who  has  instituted  many  new 
ormerly  quite  unknown  in  Formosa  ;  ami  among  these, 
on  the  lingering  remains  of  the  camphor  industry,  ne  has 
erected  a  Government  monopoly  of  that  business,  which,  from 
nil  the  information  I  cau  gather,  seems  likely  to  hasten  its 

.1     extinction.     This  camphor  monopoly,  so  created,  is 
comparatively  of  little  moment,  excep!  as  it  seems  to  be  a  re- 
vival of  the   old  co-hong  system,  and  a  restriction  upon  the 
foreign  trade  of  Formosa,  so  far  as  the  article  of  camphor  is 
oncerned. 
'  Some  very  intelligent  foreigners  regard  I  bis  us  but  the  first 
step,  a  feeling  of  the  way.  by  the  native  authorities  of  Formosa, 
to  similar  Government  monopolies  in  other  and  more  important 
of  industry  and  trade  that  might  cause  irreparable 
injury  to  foreign   commercial   interests  connected   with  the 
nub 'of  Formosa,  such,  for  instance,  as  the  tea  and  sugar  trade. ' 

Trade  Statistics   for  April. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  April  show  the  followin  g 
figures  :— 

Exports. 

April,  1886.  April,  1887. 

British  and  Irish  Produce  ....  £10,117.  bOI  ....     £16,411,662 
Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 

(partly  estimated)    5.168.697  ....        5,716,339 


Imports. 

April,  1886. 
Total  value £26,066,754 

Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :  — 
Exports. 


April,  1887. 
£31,149,923 


British  and    Irish    pro- 
duce : — 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials        cwt 
value  £ 
Chemical  manure  ..  value  £ 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations  tune- 
numerated)    

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations    value  £ 

Oil  (seed) tons 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Painters'  colours 
and  materials  (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 

Bark,  Cinchona cwt. 

,,  ....  value  £ 

Chemicals     (unenu- 

merated)     

Cochineal  cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
,,         value  £ 

Cum  Arabic cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

value  £ 

Lie.  various  kinds..        cwt. 
....  value  £ 

Lard  cwt. 

, value  £ 

Oils,  cocoanut cwt. 

,,  ,,         value  £ 

,,    olive   tuns 

value  £ 

,,    palm  cwt. 

value  £ 

,,    petroleum   ....       gals. 

„  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

,,  value  £ 

Xitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)            cwt. 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)      value  £ 

Tallow  and  etearine        cwt. 
,,  „  ,,     ..  value  £ 


Apr.  1885.    Apr.  188a    Apr.  1887. 


011,179 
170.021 
127,002 

12,150 

131,591 


03.9S1 


153.211 

4.471 

105,063 

39.921 


102,738 


3.635 
18,982 

20.023 

769 

5,159 

676 

11.7.-0 

5.777 

22,061 

13,012 

304,656 

7,293 

24,525 

2,280 

5.153 

6.42:; 

9,632 

385 

13.751 

20, 195 

2S.661 

190,676 

11,049 

223.738 

17,580 

1,723 

1.132 
21.911 

.'I...:!.' 


.-.Kin* 

112.260 
1311.105 
37.616 
132. 156 


59,780 


154.366 

7,225 

150.907 

38,695 

1(1.162 


526,983 

150.316 
1.2.125 
46,231 
100,459 


62.7SI 


162.-26 
6.799 

111.477 
35,502 
35,314 


101.07S       106,534 


9,929 

16,611 

7.513 
1.06!) 
6.972 

21.296 

2,852 

10,690 

5,199 

101.906 

7.006 

21.110 

3.156 

6,528 

10,670 

15.007 

232 

10.018 

50,598 

51.033 

45,806 

2,150 

662  -.•! 

50,513 

2,158 

2,202 

20.614 

22  llll 


14.950 

58, 0M 

24.391 

714 

4.627 

851 

22.076 

2. snl 

9.918 

7,137 

161.511 

5.021 

13,657 

507 

92o 

10,060 

14.570 

312 

pi  aop 

391871 

38.350 
29.201 

1.197 
176.7-3 
43,590 

6,228 

5.101 

i  r  .--7ti 

211.-11- 


398 


THF.  ,T01"i;XAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [MayM.MCT. 


.' 


unenumerated  .  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures— 
Prodnots  nnenume- 

rated value  £ 

Alkali    cwt. 

value  £ 

Hrimstonc  cwt 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  sodal       cwt. 

,,  ..  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt 

value  a 

Quicksilver  lb. 

value  •- 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic . •«  i. 

value  £ 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stiek, 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell.   - 

ye   value  £ 

and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Park  (for  tanners'  or 

dj  era1  use) cwt. 

Hark  dor  tanners'  or 

livers  use)  value  £ 

Amlin  dyes    value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Othercoal-tardyes....  value  •: 

Cochineal  cwt 

value  £ 

Catch  and  gambier..        tons 
..  value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

■•        value  £ 

-Madder,  madder  root, 
garaneine.  and  niun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garaneine.  and  mun- 

jeel value  £ 

\  aloma   tons 

_„     value  £ 

Oils  — 

la-nut  cwt. 

_      ••  value  £ 

Olive tuns 

_ value  £ 

Palm nu. 

,   value  e 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds  tuns 

__  .  ■•  ...  value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

rm   tuns 

Train,     blubber,    and 

„  sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

_     .    ••  value  £ 

Rosin    ,ni 

_  V value  6 

fallow  and  Stearine cwt 

....  value  £ 


68,:06         60,595        52,629 


126.317 
3.501 

5  ,  [I  0 
15,686 

118,419 
29.069 
25.048 
24,675 
1.850 
11.013 
70.33! 
8,212 
26,899 

13,548 

15,742 


20,489 

9  278 
20.100 
16  759 
961 
919 
5,766 
3,552 
75.510 
10,869 


1.493 


121. in: 

5  B78 

1,082 

58,899 

14.755 

202.613 

110,815 

22.301 
152,700 
36,224 

lii.7|s 

3,871 
11,242 

11,396 

34,394 


107.614 

5,680 

8.5  I  '.I 

69.220 

15.967 

142  -in 

i 

30,945 
27,1  B0 

SSI,  111(1 

13.375 
69,213 
2.39J 
11,837 

11.192 

28.570 


31,319        3S.6I5 


2.430 
2.734 
13,314 

16.412 

II  9S 
2,629 

109.009 

70.112 
1.519,891 

111.293 

935 

27,319 

009 

19.610 

-'.'.'77 
131.660 
28.313 
105.437 

170. 5  JO 


15.149 

22.127 

24.935 

360 

1.031 

6,745 

1,486 

37  367 
1,831 

55,026 


1.417 


1  SIS 

I  624 

G  ,802 

16.822 

23.1127 

1.487 

60.234 

69,716 

69.G13 

3.178,015 

215.023 

970 

24,672 

706 

13.038 
5. 097 
7.195 

62  325 

10.118 

41,319 


17.191 

18,269 

20,188 

585 

701 

4.253 

1,661 

11,160 

5.101 

97,192 


553 


727 

3.882 

51  133 


13 

20 
1 
67. 
62 
t;u 
1.695 
190, 

09 


19 
11 
12 

117 
25, 
R8 

103 


,745 

855 
184 
816 
916 

III! 
777 
977 
013 

797 

Ms 
135 
210 
021 
237 
211 
770 


TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE  UNITED 
KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  the  United  Kingdom  from  Spain, 


PB»<  ii-ai   Ami. 

h  1886.           March  1887. 

Chemical  Products  unentime- 

Coppcr  Ore  and  Hcgulus.  Tons 

Value 

Value 

Pyrites  of  Iron  or  Copper 

.  ,      .                                  Value 

Quicksilver lb 

Value 

£0,590 

2.302                      3.615 

£00.921                £70,628 

| 

£2,400 

51.567 

C103                          8,545 

149,925                30O.KK) 

£35,494                £29,500 

Total  Value  for  March  

..         April 

6845.407 
2781  17 

£906,072 
£799,058 

of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from  the  United 
King  Spain. 


1'KIN.   II    VI      AKI  1<    IIS 

M  uchl886. 

Hand]  1887 

Alkali    Cwt            33,182 

Value          £12.25! 
CaoutchoucMan'fctures. Value          £1,951 
Cement    Tons              245 

Value                 £505 

Chemical  Products,  including 

Dye  stuffs             Value            £2.931 

Products   of    t'oal.    Including 

Naphtha,  etc.           ...  Value          61,979 

.Manure Value           £5,913 

.■Soap  Cwt.                 661 

Value              £555 

30.865 

£10.192 

£1.250 

158 

£351 

£3.000 

£1.623 

£i0.n;i 

281 

£252 

Tol  il  Value  lor  March 

,,           .,         April 

£286,698 

£273.11.'. 

£327.115 
£246,897 

CONSULAR  REPORTS. 
{From  tin-  Chemist  and  Druggist.) 

Argentine  Republu 

Pharmaceutical  rmports. — The  imports  of  articles  of  phar- 
maceutical interest  into  the  Argentine  Republic  duringthe 
year  iss.1  are  officially  stated  to  have  amounted  to 2,497.349  lots., 
which  is  probably  rather  below  the  real  value,  considering  the 

heavy  import  duties  prevailing.  This  total  is  made  up  ol  the 
following  items:— 

Alcohol  [duty  50  per  eent.)  215,3!KI  litres,  value  162,081dols., 
principally  from  Germany  ;  prepared  colours. value  195,579dols., 
principally  from  England  ;  sheep  medicines  (duty  free).  \  alue 
231,73odols.,  from  England.  Germany,  and  Italy;  prepared 
medicines  (duty  25  per  cent.),  value  570.H3dol.-..  from  France 
and  England  :  "perfumery  I  Iuty50  percent.),  value 202.353dols., 
from  France:  pharmaceutical  substances  and  products  (duly 
25  per  cent),  value  9S.U7Udols.,  from  Germany  and  England; 
chemical  substances  and  products  (doty  25  per  cent.),  value 
180,55idols.,  from  Germany  and  England  :  soda  ash  (duty  25 
per  eent. I,  Is"  ;  tons.  \  alue  KH.lOldols.,  nearly  all  from  England. 

The  United  Kingdom  furnished  about  one-third  of  the  total 
value  of  these  imports,  the  precise  figures  being— 

Doll    ■- 

Unseed  oil  I 

I  're pared  colours   163,557 

Sheep  medicines 112.240 

Prepared  medicines  127,651 

Sodaash  91.231 

Other  chemical  products 110.571 

Total  of  chemical  and  pharmaceutical 
imports SI'.', 110 

Chile, 

Foreign  Trade.  The  foreign  Trade  of  Chile  is  not,  ap- 
parentlv.  in  a  nourishing  condition.  The  customs  duties  in 
is>7,  j  ieided  about  HI  per  Cent  less  than  in  1S84.  while  both  im- 
ports and  export-  have  been  falling  steadily  Bince  1883. 

Iodine.— There  is  a  heavy  export  duly  on  this  article,  from 
v  hicii.  iii  1881,  a  revenue  of  £54,755  was  derived,  and  of  £24,436 
in  1885. 

Japan. 

Export  Statistics.— Among  the  articles  exported  from  Hiogo 
and  Osaka  the  following  are  named  :— 


Antimony    

Aniseed 

Camphor 

oil  

Cuttlefish,  dried 

I  lab  oil 

Gallnuts   

Ginseng     

Isinglass   

Medicine 

Rapeseed 

Seaweed  

Soap     

Sulphuric  add  .. 

Tallow     

Wax.  bees'    

.,        Ilsh 

vegetable 


1886, 


1885. 


Piculs 

31.009 

30.130 

983 

1 ,360 

36,632 

21.199 

5.J08 

::  386 

12.271 

702 

1.317 

1,847 

2,064 

266 

545 

7.23! 

7,595 

Dollars 

90,300 

£0.000 

Piculs 

1.000 

2.549 

26.952 

Cases 

142  153 

6.193 

Piculs 

838 

2,821 

35 

51 

120 

141 

,, 

12.S99 

13.707 

May  Si,  1887.]      THE  JOTJBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  (  HEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


393 


Costa  Ric  \. 

In  San  Jo.-,  the  capital  ol  this  Republic  a  city  of  30.COO 
inhabitants,  there  is  not,  our  consul  states,  a  Bingle  British 
house  of  business,  although  all  other  principal  ci\ 

arc  represented.    The    resour I    the   countrj   an 

Bteadilj   developed,  and  the  imports  for  i>-il.  although  ').. 

custom's  ii  in  ios  at    t lie  beginning  of  lliat  ycarweie   ii 

by  about  4U  per  cent.,  show  no  decline  upon  preci  ding  years. 

Exhibition  of  Product.-  A  very  successful  exhibition  of 
Costa  Kuan  produi  i-  was  held  at  tan  Joee  last  year,  as  a  pre- 
liminary  to  the  Paris  International  Exhibition  of  IS89,where 
tii,-  Republic  will,  it  is  thought,  make  a  considerable 
Among;  the  articles  exhibited  were  a  large  selection  of  i 
cinal  plants  and  dyeing  materials,  natural  mineral  waters, 
irsapanlla,  vanilla,  quince  seed,  castor  oil, 
essential  oils,  etc. 

ECTJADOB. 

Business  prospering.— In    reviewing  the  trade  and    com- 
merceof  the  Republic  tor  18(6,  our  consul  observi 
country  has  been  in  a  more  Bcttled  state  thi 
during  the  preceding  years.    In  1SS6  there  have  only,  our  re- 
presentative dryly  remarks,  been  "several  alarms  of  political 
disturbances,  and  continuous  u n  pits  ot-an  insignificant  nature, 
on  the  rait  of  some  disaffected  citizens  known  as  the 
toneros."    This,  for  Ecuador,  is  no  doubt  the  very  acme  of 
tranquillity, and  under  these  propitious  conditionsthe  develop- 
ment  ol  the  country's  resources   is  progressing  with  gi 
rapidity.  The  staple  products  of  the  Republic  are  cocoa,  ii 
rubber,"  coffee,  and  hides,  show  a  large  increase  in  produi 
and  the  purchasing  powerof  the  countty  has  correspondingly 
increased.    Public  works  are  being  extended  in  all  direct 

Cinchona,  (if  Peruvian  bark.  29S7  quintals  (value 
were  exported  in  1885,  and  only  (jl3  quintals  (value  £2152)  in 
1886.  This  is  the  only  article  showing  a  decrease  during  the 
past  year,  and  it  may  be  noted  that  the  collection  of  cinchona 
has  now  been  almost  abandoned,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  its 
transport  through  the  forests  of  the  interior,  and  the  fact  that 
its  value  has  sodeclii  ed  as  to  render  the  product  insufficient 
I o  cover  expenses  and  freight.  The  abolition  of  export  dues 
and  reduction  in  freight,  have  not  been  found  sufficient  to 
overcome  this  drawback. 

Russia. 

Russian  Pttrolfiim.-OurOdessa correspondent  writ* 
the  demand  for  Itussian  petroleum,  both  in  Russia  and  foreign 
countries,  is  so  rapidly  increasing  that  the  Transcaucasian 
Railway  will  Shortly  1"-  unable  to  maintain  the  necessary 
tratlie  for  its  transport.  It  is.  therefore,  essential  that  pipes 
be  put  down  fiom  Baku  to  1'oti  and  Batoum.  Negotiations 
in  this  direction  are  now  being  carried  on  at  the  capital,  and 
it  is  said  that  the  laying  clown  of  the  pipes  will  shortly  he 
commenced,  and  that  the  railway  company  is  to  obtain  the 
,  nceesion.  During  the  past  year  large  reservoirs  were  con- 
structed in  London,  Antwerp.  Trieste,  and  Tunis  for  the  re- 
ception  of  Russian  petroleum  direct  from  tank  steamers,  and 
these  are  already  in  use.  It  is  rumoured  that  an  exe-isc-  duty 
on  petroleum  in  its  present  state  is  to  be  imposed,  but  the 
general  opinion  is  that  this  step  would  be  detrimental  to  all. 
excepting  the  large  exporters,  and  that  until  the  pipe  referred 
to  above  is  laid  down  and  the  trade  properly  developed  and 
extended,  the  imposition  of  the  excise  should  be  deferred,  for 
then  the  tax  would  influence  the  price  of  petroleum  only  to  a 
small  degree,  and  the  fear  of  seeing  the  industry  monopolised 
by  a  few  of  the  larger  and  more  powerful  exporters  would  not 
be  realised. 


sgontblp    Patent   list 

L— GENERAL    PLANT,   APPARATUS,    am> 

MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

5665  A.  Thomson.  Sheffield.  An  improved  s'.eam,  water,  or 
gas  cock  or  tap.    April  19 

5676  J.  Piatt.  Sheffield.  Apparatus  for  obtaining  more 
perfect  combustion  of  fuel  in  the  furnaces  of  steam  generators. 
April  19 

5705  E.  Edwards — From  E.  C.  Sonnett  and  A.  A.  Leredde, 
France.  Apparatus  for  generation  of  steam  and  formation  of 
a  vacuum,  to  be  used  for  preserving  food,  forcing  water,  and 
other  purposes.    April  19 

5730  J.  Metcalfe  and  E.  Davies,  London.  Injectors  or  appa- 
ratus for  feeding  steam  boilers  or  generators,  and  for  other 
pur]  oses.    April  20 

5731  E.  Davies  and  J.  Metcalfe,  London.  Apparatus  for  feed- 
ing steam  boilers  or  generators,  and  for  raising  and  forcing 
lieiuids.    April  I'd 

5793  J.  King.  Liverpool.  Apparatus  for  use  in  the  roasting, 
drying,  carbonisin,-.  or  torrefying  of  farina,  dextrin,  manures. 
feeding  stud's  and  other  materials:  for  the  beating,  concen- 
trating, evaporating  and  distilling  of  liquid  and  other  bodies  ; 
for  heating  disinfectors  for  hospitals,  and  water  for  baths  and 
other  purposes.    Complete  specification.    April  21 

5890  T.  Firth,  London.  An  improved  high  pressure  tap. 
April  22 


'.I.   K.   Broadbenl    and    A.    Budenberg,   Manchester. 
and  relating  to  apparatus  ing 

i  23 
Improvements  in  niter  presses. 

11   Cotton  and  R.  Moon.  Liverpool.     Improvements  in 
and  applicable  to  fnrns  mbuslion. 

1  J,  Ruscoe.  Hyde,     Sell    ealing  retort  lids,  crossbar, 
_-.    April  25  , 

8007  J     Weir  and  (1.   Weil  Apparatus  for  con- 

densing steam,  or  for  beating  or  evaporating  by  means  of 
steam.    Apt  il  25  ,  ,  .       , 

COM  K.  Schorah,  Halifax.  An  improved  machine  for  car- 
bonising fabrics  and  fibres.     April  26 

6061  J.  Ualbirnie.  Sheffl  Id.  Apparatus  for  burning  sub- 
stitutes for  coal,  coke-,  or  other  combustibles:  the  result,  a 
cheaps'  Sreor furnace.    April 26 

n.  London.  Improvements  in  forced  draught 
and  smoke-consuming  apparatus  for  steam  boiler  and  other 
-.    April  28 
G261  J.  Buchanan,  jun.    See  Class  XV. 
6372  W.  J.  Cooke-.  Manchester.    Improvements  in  injectors 
for  raising  and  forcing  water  or  other  liquids.    May  2 

1    C.  Altken,  Glasgow.    .Steam  condensers.    May  3 
cllll  J.  D.  Noble,  London.    Means  for  opening  and  closing 
valves,  cocks,  tai  utrolling  the  flow  of 

earn,  water,  aud  the  like.    .May  3  _  _ 

C.  Burnett.  London.     Improved  arparatus  for  raising 
water  and  other  liquids.    Maya  . 

11086  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  p.  Guiilaunun.  trance.  Improve- 
ments in  weigh  bridges,  weighing  machines,  dynamometers. 
and  similar  instrumentsor  apparatus  for  measuring  weight  or 
force.     May  6  .     ,  .     „  . 

R.  Fergusson,  Liverpcol.     Economical  production  of 
steam.    May  7  . 

6727  A.  Beldam.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  non-return 
valves"  employed  in  apparatus  for  raising  and  forcing  fluids 
in  water  service  svstc-ins.  and  for  analogous  purposes.  Ma 

l",77«  E.  Korting,  London.  Improvements  in  injectors. 
May  9 

*  C781  H.  Appleby  and  J.  G.  Robinson.  London.     Blast  pipes. 

and  means  for  regulating  the  draught  created  thereby.   May  9 

;  J.  \V.  Hyatt.  London.      Water  purifier  and  filter  for 

steam  boilers.    Complete  Specification.    May  10 

i.-:  s  R.  chambers,  Handsworth.  A  steam  boiler  composition 

r.    May  10  . 

6S60  P.  Sedlak.  London.  Apparatus  for  filtering  water  and 
other  liquids.    May  10 

C907  W.  P.  Thompson- From  A.  E.  Lebret,  I-  ranee.  Improve- 
ments in  baron. etc  is.  1  ygrometers,  and  the  like.    May  11 

-  A.  Home.  Liverpool.  Automatic  apparatus  for  stopping 
injecting  or  pumping  apparatus,  when  the  level  of  the  liquid 
pumped  in  the  hot  well  or  reservoir  falls  to  a  given  point,  and 
starting  the  apparatus  when  the  liquid  rises  to  a  given  height. 
May  11  . 

6985  A.  Pettier.  London.  Apparatus  for  separating  solid  im- 
purities from  the  water  of  sti  am  bcilc-is.     May  12 

7031  O.  W.  Bennett  and  S.  O.  Hen. c-n way.  London.  Carbu- 
retting  apparatus.    Complete  specification.    May  13 

7078  P.  Williams  and  W.  Powles,  London.  Electrical  water 
level  apparatus  for  indicating  by  direct  reading  the  capacities 
and  rise  and  fall  of  gasholders,  water  in  reservoirs,  etc..  aud 
for  other  purposes.    Mayll  . 

7111  H.  H.  Lake— From  Zonca  and  Bella,  Italy.  Grinding 
mills.    Complete  specification.    May  Jti  ^ 

<  nUPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  A(  <  EPTED.' 
lSi6. 

7755  J.  Holden.  Injector  for  feeding  furnaces  with  liquid 
fuel.    May  11  ._,.-, 

M«l  H   H.  Salomons.    Retort  (overs,  lids  or  doors.    April  M 

8523  A.  Myall— From  J.  Mclntyre.  Surface  condensers. 
April  30 

.'-..  J.  Boult— From  S.  Bond.    Apparatus  for  consuming 
smoke  and  saving  fuel.    May  4 

S787  6.  Yellott.    Centrifugal  pumps.    May  1     , 

-  -.      Apparatus  .ing  impurities  or 

objectionable  matter  from  solids.    Maj  14 

9038  A.  Myall— From  J.  Mclntyre.  Surface  condensers. 
Mayll  ,     . 

9181  J.  G.  Galley.  Apparatus  for  preventing  the  formation 
of  incrustation  on  the  surface  of  boiler  flues,  and  for  removing 
-in-!-,  incrustation  if  formed.    May  18 

9198  A.  Harrison.  Apparatus  for  charging  and  drawing 
heating,  smelting  and  other  furnaces.    Mavis 

10370  S.  Vickess.    Apparatus  for  filtering  liquids.    Mayll 
12867  J.  W.  Lovibond.  Apparatus  for  standardising  intensity 
of  colour  in  transparent  bodies.    April  27 

J.  Henderson.  Improved  furnace  or  grate  bars.    May] 


1---. 

3118  E.  Luck.    Distilling  apparatus.    April  27 
3617  C.  H.  Roeckner.  F.  L.   Roeckner.  and  R    L.  Roeckner. 
Apparatus  for  separating  solids  from  liquids,  and  tor  filtering 

liquids.    May  i  

-  The  dates  giren  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  J,  unata  in  which 
acceptances  of  the  Complete  Bpedl  ' ^n>J,l"e 

M«uications  thus  adTertUeel  as  accepted  are  .pen  to  inspection  at  he 
i'a"»t  Office  bwaedUtety,  and  to  opposition  within  two  Breaths  of  the 
said  dates. 


THE  JOFBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [MaySi 


i:  Newton— From  W.  Bauer.    Kilter  presses.    May 
Steam  generators  and  furnaces  therefor. 


18 

1587  J.  » 
Apri 

i  iS8  .1.  Waters. 
OC.  P.  Dahl 


April  30 
.    Furnace  for  recovering;,  in  an  inodorous 
manner,  the  salts  contained  in  i  manufacture 

I  fibre.    April  30 
1628  C.  A.  Koellner.    Filter  pumps.    May  18 
1976  J.  V.  \\  llson.    Pans  for  heating  oil  orother  liquids.ana: 
apparatus  for  passing  aii  rough  liquids,  and  agitat- 

ing liquids  in  pane  Is.    .May? 

II.— Fl  II..  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

SOW  (";.  Beal,  Liverpool.  Lime  coal  fuel.  Converting  coal 
,l,ls,  iuto  producing  great  heat,  and 

almost  smoki  ii  25 

BoiS  A.  J.  Boult— From  D.  Macdougald  Kennedy,  Canada. 
Improvements  in  the  purifying  of  h>  drocarbon  oils,  complete 
specification-    April  25 

I  ELHaddan  l'rninM.Yaillant-I)ubus.France.  Improve- 
ments  in  or  relating  to  the  heating  of  air  by  boiler  furnaces; 
and  other  means  of  heating.    Complete  specification.   April  m 

6061  J.  Balbiraie.    See  Class  I.  .        , 

\Y.    Sanson,   Middlesbrough.     Improvements  in  coke 

From  C.  A.  von  Welsbach,  Austria.  Treat- 
ment of  incandescence  bodies  formed  of  metallic  oxides  for 
increasing  the  luminosity  and  resisting  properties  thereof,  and 
apparatus  for  that  purpose.    April2S 

0    Wakefield.  London.    An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  ngvapouror  gas  from  oil.  together  with 

burners  for  burning  the  same  in  lighthouse  and  other  lamps. 
Complete  specification.    April  29 

6342  G.  Downing— From  T.  Baur.  Germany.  Improvements 
in  coke  ovens.    April  30  ....  ,    ,     .. 

634<  H.  Pitl'ard.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  appliances  to  be  rendered  incandescent  by  heat.    April  30 

6421  H.  Hall.  London.  Improvements  in  machinery  for 
the  manufacture  of  artificial  or  patent  fuel     May  2 

6175  S.   Willoughby,    London.      Improvements  in  candles. 

"  6520  J.  Hargreaves.  Liverpool.     Improvements  in  and  appa- 
or  promoting  the  combustion  of  liquid  fuel.    May  4 
6596  G.  Johnstone.  Glasgow.     Improvements  in  apparatus 
forlighting  railway  trains  with  gas.    May  5  _ 

6598  .'  C. Bent, Birmingham.  Improvementsin incandescent 
is    heating  apparatus  for  domestic  pun 

-.  N.  Clifford.  Birmingham.    A  new  perforated  block 
fire-lighter.     May  6  __     . 

6650  J.  Pointon,  Liverpool.  The  better  securing  the  perfect 
c0„,'  vapour of  petroleum,  and  the  utilisation 

,11  0f  I  heat  in  the  generation  of  steam  :  (2)  of  the 

tsof  combustion.    May  6  .... 

6652  B    H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool.     Improvementsin  methods 
abnstion  of  oil  Bprayor  cas  from  liquid  hydrocarbons 
for  illuminating  purposes,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    May  6 

6701  E  Zohrab,  London.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  the  treatment  of  peat    May  7 

6771  .1     Lvle.  Glasgow.     Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  ttie  burning  of  oils  or  other  hydrocarbon  fluids  as  fuel  in 
furnaces      May  9  ....  ..    j 

.port.    Improvements  in  the  method 
of    generating    iiotl  iinmahle  gaseous  vapour  applicable 
heating,  lighting,  and  actuating  power,  and  apparatus  there- 
for.   May  10  ...  ,        . 

6915  G  K.  Cooke.  London.  A  method  of  superheating  and 
burning  illuminating  gas.  and  apparatus  in  connection  there- 
with.   Mav  11 

.  ■ .  W.  Sugg.  London.    Improvementsin  apparatus  for 
lighting  by  gas.    May  12 

70j7  \v.  H.  Beck— From  A  Kreiger,  France.  New  or  im- 
proved automatic  apparatus  for  the  production  of  carburetted 
air  gas.     May  II 

7071  J.  Hir.  hall.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  steam  generators  heated  by  gas.  partly  applicable  to 
other  heating  purposes.    May  il 

C0MPL1  TV  8Pi  CIFICATIONS  D. 

1886. 

"17  T.Christy.  Regulating  the  heal  of  hot  air  chambers. 
May  is  .  .     . 

8312  P.  Farinaux.  Apparatus  for  manufacture  of  carbonic 
add  and  other  gases.    May  il 

A.  M.  Clark  -From   G.    E.   Wery.    Consuming  smoke 
imising  fuel  in  furnaces  and  fireplaces.    April  27 

-i-i  G.  -in.-.  Purification  of  gas,  and  impregnation  of 
same  with  hydrocarbon  or  other  vapour,  and  apparatus  there- 
tor.    April  30 

8709  A.  Paget,  Manufacture  and  application  of  mantles 
in    incandescent    gas    lighting,    and    packing    such    mantles. 

1  .  c.  Haigh  and  A.  A.  Iliigh.    Artificial  fuel.   April  27 


Levj     From  G.  H.  Kohn.     Manufacture  of  water  gas 

and  other  gasi  -  lor  lighting  and  heating,  and  apparatus  there 

for.    Ma  ■  i 

A.  Barwood  and  M.  I).  Van  Tassol.     Apparatus  for 
general  May  7 

1784  II.  II.  Sheridan  and   K.  Rawllngs.      Apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  gas.     May  I  .... 

IS88  I  U.Quagho.  obtaining  hydrocarbons 

from  gases.    Maj  n 

p..  Cocke]  and  K.  C.  Cockey.    Gas  washers.    May  il 


281  J.    Parkcs   and 
April  H 


1887. 


C'arburetting   apparatus. 


IH.—  DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,    TAB 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATION 

:-'i  a.  A.  Vale— From  The  Chemische  Fabriks  Action 
Gesellschaft,  Hamburg.  Process  for  the  purification  of  crude 
anthracene.    Complete  specification.    April  20 

24  .1.  \v.  Knights  and  \v.  D.  Gall,  London,  improvemi 
in   the  manufacture  of  carbolic  acid   and   other   tar  acids. 
April  21 

IV.— COLOURING    MATTERS   AND    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5729  W  R.  Hodgkinson— From  M.  Conrad  and  L.  Limpach 
Bavaria  \n  improved  process  for  the  preparation  of  y-oxy- 
chineldine  and  its  derivatives  for  use  in  the  preparation  of 
dvest uft's  and  for  other  uses.    April  20 

5896  \  Kern.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  sulpho-nitrosulpho.  nitrosulpho,  and  amido- 
sulpho  acids,  and  to  their  application  for  the  production  ot 
new  colouring  matters.    April  22 

5953  \  Kern  Improvements  relating  to  the  preparation  01 
the  methylic  ether  of  gallicacid,  and  to  the  manufacture  ol 
purple  colouring  matters  therefrom.    April  23 

li  vbel— From  The  Actiengesellschaft  fur  Anilm- 
Fabrikation,  Germany.  Processes  for  the  production  of  azo- 
colours  that  dve  cotton  direct  from  a  soap  bath     May  t> 

I  D.  Abel— From  The  Actiengesellschaft  fur  Anilin- 
Fabrikation.  Processes  for  the  production  of  yellow,  orange, 
and  red  colours  by  the  action  of  phenanthrene-ehinonc. 
isatine.  or  methyle-isatine  upon  the  sulpho-acids  of  aromatic 

7116  A*  Ewer  and  P.  Pick.  London.  Process  of  obtaining 
products  of  condensation  from  aldehydes  and  the  sulphuric 
acids  of  the  aromatic  amines,  and  also  compounds  of  the  same 
With  tetrazo-componnds.    May  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1SSG. 

bow  c  n  Abel— From  The  Farbwerkc  Vormals  Meister 
Lucius  and  Bruning.    Production  of  green  colouring  matters. 

May  7 


V.— TEXTILES.  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

5685  A.  J.  Bonlt-From  E.  II.   M.  Caston.  Canada.    Manu- 
facture of  merchantable  material  from  thistledown.     April  in 
; l'l  F   M  SerreU.  jun..  Paris.    Process  and  machinery  for 
the  mechanical   ••debavage"  or  cleansing  of  cocoons  after 
brushing.    Complete  specification.   April 27 

Mil)  Satellite  and  B.  T.  O'Brien,  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  applicable  for  drying  cotton  and 
,  other  fibrous  or  granular  material.  April  X 
I  i;n:  1  lie  Manchester.  Improvements  in  machines  fot 
oneningand  cleaning  cotton  and  other  fibre,  parts  of  said  im- 
nrovements  l»n«  applicable  forother  purposes.  MayS 
1  ,  ,1  c  C.  Kanil'man.  London.  Improvement- ..,  Reprocess 
„,  .,,„,  apparatus  for  treating  ramie,  jute,  and  other  fibres. 

NIi;'|Ii'i'  W  11.  Stead,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment oi  cotton  ...  ed  tor  the  removal  of  fibrous  matter  there- 
from and  in  apparatus  therefor.    May  3 

6726  P  BairstOT  and  J.  Hairstow.  London..  Improvements 
In  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  distributing  oil  or  other 
",  ids  upon  wool  and  other  til...  s  w  bilst  being  fed  to  drawing- 
frames,  combing  and  other  machines.    May  , 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 
w    R     lake -From  C.  Orlav.      Kendcring  textile  fabrics. 
eto^tap^elblV£dWeo*il5t»eB  trom  tojurj  by  mois- 

.1  iy  18 


May  31, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXIHSTi;  Y. 


393 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 

STAINING,  ami  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

6131  A.  U.  Lewis,  Bradford.  A  new  method  of  dyeing 
warps.    April  27 

6563  0.  Delhaye,  London.  A  new  or  improved  process  of 
dyeing  vegetable  or  animal  fibres.    May  I 

i;T-'I  T.  A.  Crook,  London,  improvements  in  machines  em- 
ployed in  bleaching,  dyeing,  printing,  and  finishing  woven 
fabrics,  or  analogous  operations.     Ma>  7 

8737  C.  Collin  and  L.  Benoist,  London  A  new  process  for 
fixation  of  colouring  matter  by  oxidation  at  high  temperature 
Of  t  lie  t  (Mile  fibres.    Complete  specification.    .May  7 

70^1  ('.  II.  lielnii-.ii.  Luckenwalde,  Germany.  Improve 
ments  in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  producing  patterns 
or  designs  on  cloth  and  oilier  fabrics.  Complete  specitication. 
May  13 

COMPLETE  SPEl  <IFI(  'A  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

9286  P.  A.  Catty.  Dyeing  wool  or  other  animal  fibres  in  the 
raw  or  manufactured  stale.    May  18 

[6780  J.  II.  Lorimer.  Treatment  of  wool,  cotton,  paper,  etc., 
for  bleaching,  colouring,  disinfecting  and  drying  the  same, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    May  1 

1887. 

113  C.Jagenburg.  l'rocess  and  apparatus  for  dyeing  unspun 
textile  fibres.    May  II 

1365  K.  Booth- -From  W.  A.  Poorness.  Apparatus  for  dye- 
ing loose  or  spun  fibres.    April  -7 

4761  G.  Jagenburg.  Method  and  apparatus  for  mordanting, 
dyeing,  and  bleaching  raw  cotton.    May  i 


VII.—  ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5711  W.  S.  Squire,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sulphuric  anhydride.    April  19 

5753  T.  T.  Mathieson  and  J.  llawliczek,  Liverpool.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  carbonate  of  soda  or  soda 
ash,  and  in  apparatus  therefor  ;  partly  applicable  for  other 
purposes.    April  20 

5757  T.  T.  Mathieson  and  J.  llawliczek.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  caustic  ash.    April  20 

5853  E.  W.  Parnell  and  .1.  .Simpson,  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  the  utilisation  of  sulphate  of  lime  and  sulphate  of 
baryta  in  the  manufacture  of  alkalis  and  sulphuretted 
hydrogen.    April  22 

5851  E.  W.  1'arnell  and  J.  Simpson.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  sulphide  of  ammonium,  and  in  apparatus  there- 
for.   April  22 

6029  W.  N.  Hartley  and  W.  K.  B.  Blenkinsop.  London.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  metallic  sulphates.  April2."> 

0107  II.  Gardner— Prom  R.  J.  Henderson.  L'nited  Status. 
Separation  of  carbonic  oxide  from  nitrogen,  carbonic  acid, 
hydrogen,  and  other  gases  contained  in  the  gaseous  mixture 
resulting  from  the  incomplete  combustion  of  coal  and  of  coke 
by  the  use  of  the  chlorides  of  copper  and  of  iron.    April  26 

620U  H,  L.  Hickes.  London.  Combining  disinfectants  with 
soda  crystals.    April  28 

6117  J.  Marx.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  alkalies.    May  2 

6718  II.  Grimshaw  and  H.  Kenyon,  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  or  production  of  zinc  and  other 
sulphides;  in  the  utilisation  of  residual  or  waste  products 
therein,  and  in  apparatus  therefor,    ofay  7 

6909  C.  F.  Clans.  Wimbledon.  Improvements  in  processes 
for  obtaining  sulphur  from  iron  pyrites,  copper  pyrites,  zirtc 
blende,  and  other  metallic  sulphides.     May  11 

7011  J.  Fleischer  and  C.  Muhlich,  Paris,  Improved  valve 
for  liquid  carbonic  acid.    Complete  specification.    May  13 

COMPLETE  SPEt  'IFU  '.1 TIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

872  P.  Thomas.  Apparatus  for  producing  sulphurous  acid 
in  solution.    April  23 

6573  It.  Weiss.  Production  of  alumina  com  pounds  applicable 
for  bleaching.    May  18 

8018  M.  von  Neucki  and  C.  IColbe.  Manufacture  of  salicylic 
acid  "  esters."    April  23 

8217  J.  H.  Dennis  and  X.  Glendinning.  Obtaining  sulphide  of 
zinc  from  solutions.    April  23 

8308  L.  Mond.    Obtaining  chlorine.    May  7 

8312  P.  Farinaux.    Bee  I  lass  II. 

8723  E.  Solvay.  Process  for  the  simultaneous  manufacture 
of  assimilable  phosphates  and  of  sulphate  of  ammonia.  Ma]  1 1 

9366  O.  Iniray— Fioni  La  Socielc  Anonynie  pour  l'Ktude  dc 
la  Creation  de  Soudieres.  Apparatus  employed  in  the 
ammonia  soda  process.    May  7 

1887. 

329  O.  yon  Gruber.    A  process  for  manufacturing  the  double 

sulphate  and  phosphate  of  ammonium  or  potassium.    April  30 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

5688  8.  II.  Rowley,  London.  An  improved  mode  of  prepar- 
ing articles  uf  (lottery  or  glass  to  receive  metal  pipes  or  other 
metal  connections.    Complete  specification.    April  19 

5701  .1.  Armstrong,  London.  Manufacturing  rolled  glass, 
and  machinery  therefor.    April  19 

5723  S.  Pitt— From  G.  Falconnier,  Switzerland.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  building  materials  from  glass,  and 
in  the  application  of  the  same.  Complete  specification. 
April  19 

5769  II.  I  lartland,  London.  Firebricks  madcof  an  improved 
combination  or  mixture  of  earthy  materials.    April  20 

■866  J.  Blair,  London.  Improvements  in  china  and 
crockery  ware.    Complete  specification.    April  22 

5901  ,1.  1).  Doulton.  London.  Improvements  in  earthenware 
blocks  and  tiles,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  the  same.  April  22 

6283  A.  Murray,  London.  An  improvement  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  bricks,  mouldings,  ridge*,  and  other  articles  of  clay 
used  in  building.    Complete  specification.    April  29 

6398  H.  J.  Burton,  London.  A  machine  for  coating  surfaces 
of  glass,  paper,  metal,  or  other  suitable  materials,  with  solu- 
tions of  gelatine  or  emulsions  of  chemical  salts  or  finely- 
divided  pigments.    May  2 

6112  J.  B.  Germeual-Bonnaud,  London.  Improvements  in 
decorating  glass,  porcelain,  or  other  ceramic  ware  with 
impressed  designs.    May  2 

6177  W.  P.  Thompson— From  M.  C.  Stone,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  ornamentation  of  glazed  earthenware 
articles.    Complete  specification.    May  3 

6502  It.  N.  Langton,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  cups,  saucers,  and  other  articles  for  domestic  and 
other  purposes.    Complete  specification.    May  3 

6513  A.  W.  Itter,  London.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
facing  bricks,  tiles,  and  other  analogous  articles.    May  3 

6616  L.  C.  A.  Marguerie,  London.  A  novel  vitro-mctallic 
material  suitable  for  glazing,  and  for  other  purposes  in  place 
of  glass.    May  5 

6631  F.  Mitchell  and  C.  Mitchell,  Guildford.  Improvements 
in  cutting-off  table  whereby  the  punching  ofholes  and  cutting- 
ott  in  the  making  of  tiles,  and  other  clay  goods,  is  effected  in 
one  operation.    May  6 

6691  T.  Sutclitfe,  London.  Improvements  in  tools  for 
shaping  the  mouths  of  earthenware  or  stoneware  bottles,  jars, 
and  the  like.    May  7 

6758  W.  It.  Renshaw,  Kidsgrove,  Improvements  in  print- 
ing as  applied  to  earthenware,  china,  and  glass.    May  9 

6769  T.  Stanway.  Hanley.  A  new  or  improved  means  of 
decorating  or  ornamenting  china,  earthenware,  glass  or  other 
suitable  surfaces.    May  9 

6779  \V.  Lutwyche— From  J.  Valere,  Paris.  Ornamenting 
glass  and  other  verifiable  substances  by  means  of  translucid 
and  opaque  enamels  in  relief— Valere's  translucid  enamel  in 
relief  on  glass,  etc.    May  9 

7038  L.  Boissonnet,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
burning  pottery.    May  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

3803  F.  J.  Frenzel,  jun.    Encaustic  tiles.    May  11 

4S21  E.  Moore.  Manufacture  of  opaque  glass  of  a  certain 
uew  colour.    May  18 

1822  E.  Moore.  Manufacture  of  opaque  glues  of  a  new 
colour.    May  1 

5129  F.  Wallbrecht.  Manufacture  of  bricks,  tiles,  and  all 
kinds  of  earthenware.    May  IS 

7338  E.  Picard.    Manufacture  of  glass.    May  1 

7438  E.  Kerry  and  E.  C.  Kerry.  Improvements  in  bricks. 
-May  4 

S067  P.  J.  Milligan.    Manufacture  of  bricks.    May  7 

8339  lt.Steinau.  Improvements  in  facing  bricks  and  manner 
of  setting  same.    May  1 

8177  W.  Kent  and  C  Cope.  Apparatus  for  working  or 
mixing  plastic  materials,  such  as  potters'  clay.    May  1 

9226  11.  H.  Lake— From  M.  P.  H.  Becoulet  and  L.  J.  O.  Bellet. 
Manufacture  of  sheets  or  plates  of  glass,  and  other  articles. 
May  4 

10574  A.  Urummond.  Manufacture  of  glass,  and  applica- 
tion of  same  to  roof  lights,  etc.    May  11 


IX.— BUILDIXti  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  and  CEMENT^ 

APPLICATION  J 

5814  T.  H.  Lodge,  London,  improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  means  or  apparatus  employed  for  drying  "slip"  or 
"  slurry,"  from  which  Portland  cement  is  produced.    April  21 

5815  T.  H.  Lodge.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manufac- 
ture of  Portland  cement,  and  in  apparatus  employed  in  con- 
nection therewith.    April  21 

5816  T.  II.  Lodge.  Improved  method  of  and  means  or 
appliances  connected  with  the  utilisation  of  the  hot  waste 
gases  from  cement  and  other  kilns  for  the  production  of  steam 
power.    April  21 

6038  G.  H.  Sharpe.  F.  W.  Turner,  and  E.  Mesnard,  London. 
Improved  manufacture  of  cement  suitable  as  plaster,  and  for 
moulding  purposes.    April  25 


396 


I'm:  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  l\hi  STRY.      [Maya,  w. 


6110  G.  |.\    Etedfera— From  F.  Martin,   France,     [m 

meats  in  limekilns,     Haj  2 

6701  li.  H.  Thwaite,  D.L.  Collins,  and  D.  Wilson,  Livi  rpool. 
Improved  method  oj  manufacturing  Portland  cement,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    Ma]  7 

BeOS  J,  Hoyle,  London.  Iinprovomcnls  in  burning  foment 
And  lime,  and  in  kilns  for  the  same,     May  9 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

2.">73  P.  Jochum,  Apparatus  for  mixing  and  preparing 
pulverulent  argillaceous  and. other  materials.    May  14 

6212  K.  Kd  wards  From  I'.  Hubert  and  11.  ticnnari.  Appa- 
ratus for  forming oompressed  blocks  lor  building  and  other 

purposes.    May  7 

7511  M.  M.  Hrophy  mid  J.  A.  Archer.  Manufacture  of 
transparent  material  for  roofing,  etc.,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
Maj  n 

78SS  F.  W.  s.  siokes.  Mamifacture  of  cement  in  a  powdered 
state,  and  apparatus  therefor.    May  11 

SI77  \V.  Kent  and  ('.  Cope.    See  Class  VIII. 

10167  P.  Feserioh.  A  new  or  improved  artificial  asphalt  and 
process  tor  manufacturing  the  same.    May  1 

13205  J.  D.  Denny.  Terra  cotta  building  blocks,  and  appli- 
ances for  making  same.    May  IS 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5697  J.  Abbott,  London.  Improvements  in  "  pots  "  for 
tinning  plates,  and  in  apparatus  connected  therewith.  April  19 

5727  A.  Wilson,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
manufacturing  compound  plates  of  iron  and  steel.     April  19 

5781  Viscount  d'Hauterive.  London.  A  process  for  producing 
an  unoxidisable  coating  on  iron  and  steel.    April  20 

5811  G.  Elias.  London.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  torne  and  tin  plates,  and  in  machinery  or  apparatus  therefor, 

595J  "it.  Low.  London.  An  improved  process  or  method  of 
hardening  or  tempering  steel  projectiles.    April  23 

602S  A.  Schanschieff,  Norwood.  Improvements  in  miners' 
safety  lamps,  to  enable  them  to  indicate  the  presence  of  fire- 
damp.   April  25 

6635  C.  Morris  and  G.  Birkbeck,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  terne  plates.    April  25 

6055  B.  H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool.  Improved  methods  of  cast- 
ing steel  and  other  metals,  especially  applicable  to  the  casting 
of  projectiles,  heavy  ordnance,  and  like  material.    April  21 

6056  S.  P.  Thompson.  London.  Improved  processes  in 
electro-deposition.    April  26 

6037  E.  D.  Wassell.  London.  Method  and  means  for  reducing 
the  point  in  carbon  in  steel,  and  forming  a  homogeneous 
weld.    Complete  specification.    April  26 

6109  A.  J.  Maslirey  and  P.  S.  Phillips,  London.  Apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  tin  and  terne  plates.    April  26 

6117  Q.  B,  Williamson— From  H.  t .  Logan,  New  Zealand. 
Improvements  in  smelting  crude  antimony.    April  27 

6120  W.  Patterson.  Durham.  Improvements  in  miners' 
safety  lamps.    April  27  ...  , 

6157  T.  Hussey,  Northwold.  Armour-plating  for  vessels  of 
war  and  other  purposes.    April  27 

6165  It.  S.  Casson,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  steel  or  ingot  iron  and  phosphate  of  lime.    April  27 

6173  It.  A.  Hadfield,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  steel.    April  27 

6286  J.Colley.  London.  Improvements  in  moulds  adapted 
for  use  in  the  casting  of  metals.    April  28 

6287  W.  litvitt,  Romford.  Radiating  gold  amalgamator. 
\pril  °9 

'  6367  O.  Burnett.  Hartlepool.  An  improved  system  of  boring 
long  holes  in  coal  mini's.    May  2 

6368  \  Reancv,  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture or  projectiles  for  piercing  armour-plates,  etc.    May  2 

6370  S  Toussaint,  Paris.  Process  and  apparatus  for  extract- 
ing the  tin  from  tinned  iron  cuttings  or  scrap,  and  trom  metal 
covered  with  tin.    Complete  specification.     May  2 

648!  It  L.  Short,  J.  Short,  and  J.  K.  Short,  London.  A  safety 
lamp  for  use  of  miners  and  others.     Complete  specification. 

i:  Chapman, sen,, and  R. Chapman, jun., London.  Im- 
provements in  glasses  lor  miners'  safely  lumps.     .May  4. 

656B  J.  K.  Fast.  London.  Improved  means  or  appliances  for 
employment-  -\  close  annealing  iron  and  steel  sheets,  and  other 
parts  or  artlcHc  of  metal.    May  4. 

MSB  W  II.  Osborn.  Birmingham.  Producing  by  electro- 
deposition  ornamental  designs  and  lettering  on  plates  of  metal. 

May  6 

670:i  K.  Zohrab,  London.  An  improwd  nu-ihnd  of  case 
hardening,  or  converting  Into  steel  the  surfaces  of  iron  plates 
and  other  objects  made  of  iron.    .May  7 

6719  K.  Morewood,  Ixmdon.  Improvements  In  coaangplatea 
or  pieces  of  iron,  steel,  or  other  metal  with  tin,  terne,  ziie,  or 
other  metals.    Maj  7 

6757  O.  Kaberrj  and  L.  Hope.  Liverpool,  Improvements  In 
Bafety  lamps.    Bias  B  , 

6768  <  Bramall,  OugbUbrldge.  An  improved  portable  com- 
bined smelting  and  converting  furnace,  and  apparatus  em- 
ployed therein.    May  9 

6000  J.  Willis.  Sheffield.  Improvements  In  the  manufacture 
of  ai  moor  plates,  shot,  and  shell.    May  11 


6916  W.  Baker  and  .1.  Barton,  London,  improvements  In 
miners'  lafetj  lamps.    Maj  li 

6913  M.  Settle,  Manchester,  Improvements  in  majgneto- 
electric  machines  employed  tor  firing  explosive  charges  for 
mining  and  other  purposes.     .May  12 

6991  11.  Truniinnnn,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
plating  or  coating  of  wood,  leather,  and  other  articles  or 
materials  with  metal  by  electro-deposition.    May  12 

1013  D,  Appleton  and  F.  A.  Rinney,  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  electro  plating  rollers  and  other  articles.     May  13 

7UI7  A.  P.  Vivian,  London.  Improved  manufacture  of 
metallic  alloys.    May  13 

7068  .1.  Marsh,  ll.'l'.  Marsh,  and  .1.  P.  Marsh,  sheflleld. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  self-hardening  steel,  and 
in  making  tools  of  same.     May  1 1 

7139  D.  Edwards,  It.  Lewis,  and  P.  Jones.  London.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  coaling  metal  plates  with  tin  or 
other  metal.    .May  Hi 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED, 

1886. 

6790  C.  Burnett.    Machines  for  drilling,  boring,  etc.    May  18 

8367  T.  Nicholson.   Machinery  for  crushing  minerals.    May  18 

8387  G.  Francis.  Tamping  blast  holes  in  mines  and  other 
places.    April  27 

8390  R.  Ileathlield.  Apparatus  for  coating  sheet-iron  with 
zinc,  or  alloys  of  zinc,  or  other  coating  metal  or  alloy.    April  27 

8531  F.  J.  R.  Seaver—  From  E,  C.  Klciner-Fiertz.  Manufac- 
ture of  aluminium  and  other  light  metals.    May  4 

8885  H.  Boyns.  Improvements  in,  and  apparatus  for,  dress- 
ing minerals.    May  11 

9113  C.  R.  WMttaker.    Safety  lamp  for  use  in  mines.    May  11 

9382  B.  C.  Tilgliman.  Straightening,  still'cning,  drawing, 
and  rolling  metal  bars.    May  IN 

10127  E.  Schroder  and  11.  Perner.  Preparing  a  metallic 
covering  for  giving  a  non-oxidising  or  only  slightly  oxidising 
covering  to  wood,  etc.    May  11 

10477  W.  A.  Thorns.    See  Class  XVIII. 

10823  J.  V.  Johnson— From  La  Compagnie  Anonyme  des 
Forges  de  Chatillon  et  Commentry.  Tempering  or  hardening 
metal.    May  14 

14265  R.  Stewart  and  J.  F.  Waldie.  Washing  coal,  etc..  and 
apparatus  therefor.    May  7 

15322  E.  C.  Kleiner-Fiertz.  Manufacture  of  aluminium  and 
other  light  metals.    April  27 

16286  J.  Craven  and  \V.  Chapman.  Foundry  ladles  for  pour- 
ing molten  metal.    May  4 


921  C.  D.  Abel— From  E.  Fischer  and  M.  W.  Weber.  In- 
fracting gold  and  other  precious  metals  from  their  ores,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    April  23 

4576  1).  G.  Reillon,  S.  T.  Montagne.andO.  L.  B.  L.  Bourgerel. 
Extracting  aluminium  from  alumina.    April  30 

4609  J.  C.  Newbery  and  C.  T.  J.  Vautin.  Wet  or  hydro- 
metallurgical  method  of  extracting  gold  from  crashed  or  other 
finely-divided  ore.    Maj  4 

4664  W.  P.  Thompson— From  E.  H  Cowlesand  A.  II.  Cowles. 
See  Class  XVIII. 

1562  E.  Dunkley  and  A.  Diinkley.  Method  of  making 
leather  waterproof  or  flexible.    May  18 


XL— FATS,   OILS,    and    SOAP   MANUFACTURE 
APPLICATIONS. 

5960  S.  Schoficld,  Bradford.  A  process  for  extracting  oil  or 
other  lubricants  from  greasy  waste  or  cleaning  cloths,  and  for 
making  the  extracted  grease  into  soap.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   April  23 

6756  T.  Tinner,  Preston.  An  improved  method  for  filtering 
spent  or  other  oils.    May  9 

oust!  W.  Sanzenbacher  and  s.  Tanatar.  London.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  distilling  fatty  acids  by  means  of  super- 
healed  steam.    Complete  specification.    May  12. 

7117  J.  Thomson,  London.  Improvements  in  the  composition 
of  mercurial  soaps.     May  Hi 

i  ■<  I  ui'LETE  SPEt  7  FICATIONS  A  t  ■<  'EPTED. 
188G. 

6736  J.  S.  Edwards.  Treatment  of  fish,  etc.,  to  extract  oil  or 
fat  therefrom,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Maj  II 

8758  R.  Tervel  and  !•'.  Alison.  Treating  and  purifying 
paraffin  wax,  and  apparatus  therefor,    May  7 

XII.  — PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5791  F.  Crane  — From  .1.  Hale.  United  States,  An  improved 
compound  Or  varnish  for  coaling  nieial,  wood,  and  other 
material-.     April  20 

02'.!1  .1.  11  Jackson,  London.  The  universal  liquid  and 
metallic  enamel  bronzes.    April  29 

6323  W.  L.  Wise— From  R.  Lehmann,  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  oil-lac  Complete 
specification.    A.prl]   n 


Maysi.uw.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


6582  P.  Molvneux.  London.     An  improved  paint  or 
Mm  i 

fiiilO  J.  C.  Martin.  London.  Improvements  in  treating  or 
imparting  body  or  opacity  to  sulphate  of  baryta  and  other 
Bulphates  and  substances,  and  the  manufacture  from 
materials  so  treated  of  white  and  tinted  or  coloured  pigments. 
Slay  5. 

ti;:i  S.  Banner.  Liverpool.    Improvements  in  treating  resins. 
-ins,  gums,  pitches,  varnishes,  bitumens,  tars,  oils.  fa's. 
and   other   hydro  -  carbonaceous  matters,   and   in   products 
obtained  therefrom  (in  combination  with  other  substances!,  i 
Mav  6 

6697  J.  Wilson.  Leitb.  Making  sulphide  of  zinc  paint.   May  7 

6753  H.  A.  Harvey,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  composi- 
tions for  coating  the  bottoms  of  navigable  vessels,  and  the 
submerged  portions  of  floating  and  bthcr  structures.    May '.I 

6870  II.  H.  Lake— From  E.  N.  Todd.  United  States.  Improve- 
ments in  compositions  for  the  manufacture  of  articles  by 
moulding,  carving,  or  turning,  or  of  varnish  and  lacquer,  and 
for  similar  purposes,    Complete  specification.    May  10 

6937  R.  Ripley,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  paint  or 
colouring  for  metal  work,  stonework,  stucco,  and  other 
surfaces.    May  12 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS6. 

9531  J.  B.  Hannay  and  E.  J.  Pape.  Making  white  paint 
May  IS 

1887. 

4334  T.  Kenyon.  Preparation  of  pigments,  and  treatment  of 
bye-products  therefrom.    April  27 


XIII.—  TANNING,   LEATHER,   GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

SMI  H.  House,  Leeds.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  artificial  leather  from  leather  waste  and  scraps,  and  in  the 
utilisation  of  the  same,  and  in  machinery  employed  therefor. 
April  20 

6116  J.  Palmer,  London.  A  new  and  improved  process 
for  softening  and  unhairing,  or  unwooling  hides  or  skins. 
April  27 

iUI2  G.  Delfos,  London.  A  method  of  treating  goat  skins. 
May  3 

69H  J.  S.  Hooper,  London— From  J.  W.  Darrow.  United 
States.  An  improved  method  for  treating  hides  and  skins  for 
leather  and  other  purposes.    May  11 

6958  J.  Campbell,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  making  glue. 
May  12 

COUPLE TE  SPE CIFICA  TIONS  A'i  <EP TED. 
1SS6. 

5619  J.  Hall  and  A.  Hall.  Machinery  employed  in  the  manu- 
facture of  leather  for  setting,  scouring,  striking,  printing  , 
rolling,  slicking,  fleshing,  unhairing.  whiting,  shaving,  and 
brushing.    May  H 

8582  A.  J.  Boult— From  Count  V.  de  Xydpriick.  Improve- 
ments in  tanning.    April  30 

11683  J.  W.  Abom  and  J.  Landin.  Tanning  hides  and  skins. 
May  H 

XIV. -AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

6632  W.  L.  Wise— From  E.  Solvay,  Belgium.  New  or  im- 
proved processes  for  converting  natural  and  other  phosphates 
into  products  assimilable  by  vegetables,  and  into  valuable 
sub-products.    May  5 

6813  F.  Knauer,  London.  Improved  method  for  enriching 
seed  plants  with  alimentary  substances.    May  10 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

J723  E.  Solvay.    See  Class  VII. 

9636  L.  A.  Chevalet.  Process  for  manufacturing  neutral 
phospho-guano.    April  23 

XV.—  SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5660  J.  Thomson  and  J.  Black,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
or  connected  with  sugar  cane  mills.    April  19 

6100  G.  Epstein,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
diastase  and  other  material  or  products.    April  26 

6261  J.  Buchanan,  jun.,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  drying  and  granulating  sugar,  salt,  and  like 
substances.    April  29 

6131  S.  Vickess.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
cutting  or  dividing  sugar  or  like  friable  substances  into  blocks 
or  cubes.    May  3 


6875  A.  M.  Wood.  London.  Improvements  in  tbe  treatment 
of  indiarubber,  caoutchouc,  gutta-percha,  and  analogous 
gums.     May  10 

6936  P.  J.  E.  Heffter.  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  clarifying  and  saturating  sugar  solutions,  especially 
beet-root  rob.  bv  means  of  tannic  acid  or  tannin.    May  12 

7087  W.  It.  Watson— From  A.  Young,  Hawaiian  Islands. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  sugar,  and  in  the  appara- 
tus used  in  connection  therewith.  May  It 
-  7119  C.  Steffen.  London.  An  improved  process  for  syste- 
matically lixivating  raw  sugar  by  means  of  aqueous  alco- 
holic or  other  saccharine  solutions.  Complete  specification. 
May  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

9246  C.  Lyle  and  J.  Lylc.  Manufacture  of  lump  sugar. 
Mav  7  .  . 

10911  P.  Liberie.  Apparatus  for  evaporating  the  juice  of 
beet-root,  sugar  cane,  etc.    May  14 

1887. 
602  R.  A.  Robertson  and  J.  G.  Hudson.     Sugar  cane  mills. 
May  1  

XVI.-BREWING,  WINES  and  sl'IIUTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

5759  C.  Last,  London.    Improvements  in  malting  houses  and 

VoOS  WPSm"ith  and  W.  Bagshaw,  Dudley.  Apparatus  for 
skimming  or  removing  barm  or  yeast  from  ale.  beer,  or  other 
fermented  or  fermentable  liquors.    May  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 
9090  A.  W.  Gillman  and  S.  Spencer.    Apparatus  for  the  pre- 
paration of  finings  for  the  use  of  brewers.    May  . 

XVII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 
A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

5708  J.  F.  O.  Qvistgaard,  London.  Apparatus  for  heating 
milk  prior  to  separating  the  cream  therefrom,  also  applicable 
for  destroying  germs  therein,  and  for  heating  other  liquids. 
April  19 

6003  R.  Jones.  London.  An  improved  method  of  preserving 
animal   and    vegetable    substances    for   the   good   of   man. 

"  60-'5  W  H.  Gilruth.  London.  An  improvement  in,  or  con- 
neefed  with,  the  process  of  withering,  firing,  or  curing  tea. 

A6073  R  E.  Phillips,  London-From  C.  P.  X.  Martin.  Ceylon. 
Improvements  in  drying  ovens  for  drying  tea,  and  for  analo- 
gous uses.    April  26  -,*:,,., 
6096  A.  G.  Wass.  London.    An  improved  food  for  animals. 

"  6->S5  A.  Leerbeck  and  J.  Holm,  London.  An  improved  pro- 
cess fur  producing  albumen-maltose  dietary  malt  powder  tor 
food.    Complete  specification.    April  29  

6401  H  B.  Thornton.  London.  An  improved  method  of  pre- 
paring and  preserving  a  mixture  of  tea,  coffee,  or  other  sub- 
stance used  for  the  making  of  beverages  m  combination  with 
milk  and  sugar.    May  2  .  .     .     . 

7112  D  Ker  London.    Improvement  in  manufacturing  cocoa 
in  any  form,  from  the  nib  cocoa  to  the  prepared  cocoa,  a  paste, 
a  powder,  and  the  flaked  cocoa ;   all  soluble  in  warm  water. 
Mav  16 
"     '  ^.-Sanitary  Chemistry. 

5655  G  E  Davis.  Manchester.  Softening  and  purifying 
water  for  domestic  and  trade  purposes.    April  19 

5661  G.  E.  Davis  and  J.  B.  Aitken,  Manchester  Treating  or 
purifying  sewage,  waste  liquors  from  manufactories  and 
other  foul  liquids,  and  producing  valuable  substances  there- 

r606S  R.'xicholls,  London.  Improved  means  applicable  for 
the  purification  of  sink  water  and  for  like  purposes.  April  2b 
6665  B.  C.  Badham.  London.  Certain  improvements  in,  and 
apparatus  for,  purifying  gases  arising  from  sewers,  surface 
water  drains,  closets,  and  other  places.    May  6  ,M„,;„,, 

1072  \V  J.  Lomax  and  M.  Guthrie.  London.  Extracting 
gas  oil,  fattv  and  other  matters  from  sewage  sludge  and 
similar  depos'its,  and  apparatus  therefor.    May  11 

C'.— Disixfectam  3. 

6037  A.  Dickson  Hunter.  London.  Improvements  in  compo- 
sitions for  treating  matters  having  an  offensive  smell.      Loni- 

,  P'^rHaUs^rth^ndR.  Bailes.  London.    Improvements 
I  in  or  relating  to  disinfecting  powders  or  compounds.    April  * 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INM'sTKY.      |Ma>  u, 


6209  K.  I..  Hicks,  London.  Combining  disinfectants  with  soda 
crystals.    April  28 

6571  .1.  W.  Hamilton.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  rclat- 
iiiK  to  disinfectants.     Mai   I 

I  OMPLl  //    SPE(  II  H  Aims  ACCEPTED. 

A.— CUBMISTRV  OF   FOODS. 
1886. 

9712  E.  R.  Allen  and  W.  ('.  Allen.  Manufacture  of  articles 
o|  food  from  the  kernels  of  almonds  and  other  fruits. 
April  30 

XVIII. -  ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

•i ■-'/  \\  .  P.  Thompson    From  II.  W.  Spang,  United  States. 
Improvements     in    fusible    connections    for    armatures    for 
generators.    Complete  specification.    April  19 
\.  .1.  Cravicr,    London.     Improvements  in   dynamo- 
electric  machines.    April  19 
5720  <  '■  Coerper.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines. 

April  I!' 

8867  \V.  Kingsland,  London.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries.     April  22 

5955  G.  K.  Dorman,  Stafford.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  thermo-electric  elements  or  chains.    April  23 

5958  A.  M.  dark— From  L.  Maiche,  France.  Improvements 
in  dynamo-electric  and  magneto-electric  machines.    April  2:i 

6273  J.  T.  Armstrong,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  porous  plates  and  cells  for  electrical  batteries. 
April  29 

§291  A  Watt.  London.  Improvements  in  the  electrolytic 
treatment  of  zinc  and  its  ores.    April  29 

6109  R.  E.  Hell  and  \V.  A.  Kyle.  Improvements  in  dynamo- 
electric  machines  and  motors.     May  2 

6623  W.  II.  Tasker,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  plates  or  elements  for  voltaic  batteries.    May  5 

6681  It.  E.  B.  Crompton.  Chelmsford,  and  J.  C.  Howell. 
Llanelly.  Improvements  in  secondary  batteries  or  electrical 
accumulators.    May  6 

G711  F.  von  Haratmuth,  London.  Method  and  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  carbon  rods  for  electric  arc  lights. 
May  7 

6751  It.  E.  li.  Crompton  and  J.  .Swinburne,  Chelmsford. 
Improvements  in  and  connected  with  dynamo-electric 
machines.    May  9 

6S05  G.  I'hilpott  and  M.  C.  Stapylton,  Brighton.  An  improve- 
ment on  the  electrical  secondary  generator.    May  10 

6828  K.T.  Higliam  and  It.  Ilighani,  London.  Improvements 
In  the  regulation  of  dynamo-electric  machines.  Complete 
specification.    May  10 

6829  P.  Jensen— From  O.  Lugo,  United  States.  Improve- 
ments in  electric  batteries.    Complete  specification.    May  10 

6869  H.  H.  Lake— From  W.  J.  Ludlow,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  and  relating  to  primary  and  secondary 
batteries.    Complete  specification.    May  10 

7021  G.  Scarlett,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  electro- 
dynamic  and  dynamo-electric  machines.    May  13 

7030  C.  Maltby-Xewton,  High  Wycombe.  An  improved  con- 
struction or  formation  of  plates  with  composition  for  electric 
batteries.    May  13 

7059  R.  W.  Paul,  London.  Improvements  in  electrical 
accumulators  and  primary  batteries,  and  means  for  effecting 
the  same.    May  li 

7093  W.  G.  Spurgcon,  London.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
taining jars  or  cells  of  primary  or  secondary  batteries.    May  16 

(  OMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

5817  s.  F.  Walker.    Galvanic  batteries.    May  l 

I  .  W.  Benson.     Improved  galvanic  battery.    Hay  4 

7561  J.  Gibson  and  F.  M.  Gibson.  An  improved  electrode. 
May  7 

7818  C.  Smith.    Secondary  batteries.    April  23 

7953  W.  Geipel.  Method  of  regulating  currents  generated 
by  dynamo-electric  generators.    April  27 

8003  L.  li.  Atkinson.  T.  Gooldcn.  and  A.  P.  Trotter.  Dynamo- 
electric  generators.    May  I 

\.    M.   Clark  -From    A.    K.    l'eyrusson.      Secondary 
batteries.    April  23 

9197  A.  i.  St.  George.  Apparatus  for  generating  electricity. 
April  30 

3820  B.  K.  Dorman.    Thermo-electric  batteries.    May  1 

B832  A.  Schanschieff.  Saline  preparation  applicable  for  use 
In  galvanic  batteries,  and  process  for  manufacturing  same 
May  11 

9056  W.  Maxwell.  Construction  of  dynamo-electric 
machines.     May  II 

10177  W.  A.  Thorns.  Deposition  of  platinum  bv  electricity 
April  30 


1887. 

1219  C.  Dcsmnziircs.  Improvements  in  accumulators  of 
electricity     April  23 

1527  L.  Epstein.  Electrodes  for  primary  or  secondary 
batteries,    May  11 

1571  w.  E.  Heys  From  J,  Beattie,  juu.  Construction  of 
zincs  for  galvanic  batteries.     April  30 

itii;i  WVP. Thompson  From  E.H.  CowleeandA.  ll.Cowlos. 
Electric  furnaces  applicable  for  making  aluminium,  and  for 
other  purposes.    April  30 

1667  W.  P.  Kookogey.    Galvanic  battery  solutions.    April  30 

1711  II. . I.  Harris.    Supporting  elements  in  butteries.    .May  I 

1831  M.  Bailey  and  .1.  Warner.  Improved  battery  and 
method  of  regulating  same.    May  l 

XIX.     PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5805  P.  M.  Crane  and  F.  Wilkinson,  Manchester,  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  corrugated  paper  and  analogous 
materials  or  fabrics.     April  21 

6171  F.  Voith,  London.  Improvement  in  engines  or 
machines  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp.    April  27 

6S97  G.  Ilibbert.  Gateshead.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
straining  pulp  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paper.    May  11 

7052  W.  0.  A.  Lowe.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  I  lie  manu- 
facture of  paper,  cardboard,  or  flexible  sheets.    May  14 

7090  T.  Phoenix,  Newcastle,  and  G.  Kirk,  Uttox'etcr.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  pottery  tissue  paper  for 
transfer  printing.    May  14 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

5269  G.  Pitt  -From  R.  P.  Pictct  and  G.  L.  Brelaz.  Manufac- 
ture of  paper  from  wood,  and  apparatus  therefor.    May  1 1 

5296  L.  Bastet.  Manufacture  of  waterproof  and  combined 
water  and  tire-proof  paper.    May  II 

7633  L.  A.  Groth— From  H.  Schnurmann  and  G.  Gloss. 
Manufacturing  sulphite  cellulose  in  beton  boilers.    May  7 

7691  \V.  Hull  and  W.  B.  Walker.  Beating  or  pulping 
machines  applicable  for  paper  making.    May  11 

8593  J.  Luke.  Treating  or  preparing  paper  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  lloor  and  wall  coverings,  etc.    April  30 

8936  E.  Davies  and  H.  F.  Harris.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
treating  spent  hops  for  use  in  the  production  of  pulp  for  paper 
and  millboard.    May  14 

9178  A.  J.  Uoult— Fiom  A.  Ubbelohde.  Manufacture  of 
paper  pulp  from  moss  peat.    May  18 

XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES,  and  EXTRACTS. 
(  OMPLETE  SPEt  'IFICA  TION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

8I6S  W.  Merck.  Production  of  peptone  from  nueleo-pro- 
teines.    April  23 

XXL— EXPLOSIVES,  .MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

5803  F.  P.  Warren.  London.  An  improved  mode  of  attaching 
explosives  to  the  Bides  or  bottoms  of  ships.    April  21 

587J  A.  Minter,"  London.  An  improved  paint  or  coating  for 
the  formation  of  frictior.al  surfaces  for  lighting  safety  and 
other  matches.     April  22 

5883  F.  W.  Smith -From  Messrs.  Klee  and  Koccher,  Ger- 
many. Improvements  in  Hie  construction  of  exploding 
charges  or  cartridges.    Complete  specification.    April  22 

5899  P.  M.  E.  Audouin,  London.  Improvements  in  explo- 
sives, and  in  the  manufacture  of  the  same.  Complete  specifi- 
eation.     April  22 

5987  M.  A.  Whitley.  Bradford.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  matches.    April  25 

6022  J.  II.  Johnson— From  F.  Engel,  Germany.  Manufac- 
ture of  explosives.    April  25 

6550  D.  Campbell,  London.  Improvements  in  match  and 
fusee  lights,  and  in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  thereof. 
May  1 

6817  J.  II.  Burke.  Southsca.  A  centrifugal  percussion  fuse 
for  igniting  the  bursting  charges  of  shells.    May  1U 

7085  T.  K.  Baylies,  London.  New  or  improved  movable 
primers  for  cartridges  or  ammunition,  and  other  explosive 
charges.    May  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 
6222  J.  Macnab.    Explosive  cartridges  for  blasting  purposes. 

May  11  ,    .  .__,,-. 

8127  T.  Nordcnfclt.    Improvements  in  fuses.    April 21 
11219  G.  Smith.    Electrical  fuses.    May  11 


Printed  and  Publiihod  by  Emron  a  Do.,  Mi  «  Bridge  Street  Btmnoswus,  Manchester,  tor  the  Social]  of  Chemical  Industry, 
LOHDOS  Dimes,  t(,r  the  Side  el  Copies  and  Receipt  of  Subscriptions :  6,  York  Street,  Coveot  Garden 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3nfcustry: 

A    MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED   IN  CHEMICAL   MANUFACTURES. 


No.  fi.-VoL.  VI. 


JUNE    30,    1887. 


Non-Members  30  -  per  annum ;  Members 
21  -  per  Set ;  Single  Copies  2  6. 


Cbe  ^ocictp  of  Cbcmical  3*nmistm 


Past  Presidents: 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoc.  M.]\.  I.L.D.,  V.P.R.R.  ..  1881— 1S82. 

sir  Frederick  Abel.  r.H..  n.c.L..  F.R.S.    ..  1882-18S3. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1SS3-18S1. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S ISSI-InSo. 

K.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1887. 


President:  David  Howard. 

Vice-Presidents  : 

Sir  I.  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart..  Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S.  F.R.S. 

Prof.  James  Dewar.  F.R.S.  John  Spiller. 

Dr.  Peter  Gricss.  F.R.S.  E.  I ',  C.  Stanford. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter.  J.  C.  Steven/ion,  M.P. 

E.  K.  Muspratt.  John  Williams. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S.  Philip  J.  Worsley. 

Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 


John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

lb  n  ry  Doulton. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 

Ivati  Levinstein. 


John  Pattinson. 

8.  A.  Sadler. 

Sir  Bernhard  Samuelson, 

Bart..  M.P. 
Sir  Chas.  Tennant,  Bart. 
Lewis  T.  Wright. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary: 

Ludwia  Mond,  20.  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park.  X.W. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee: 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel.  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Bernays.  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brnnner. 
W   Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes.  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt.  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 
Editor:  Watson  Smith.  The  Owens  College,  Manchester, 

ASSISTED  BY  TJIF.  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors  : 


Iran  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola.  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.  O'Sullivan.  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

SirH.  E.  Roscoe. M.P..  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 


C.  F.  Cross. 

A.  R.  Davis. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D,  E.  Jones,  B.Sc. 


Abstractors  : 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 

Chas.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

1).  A.  Louis. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris.  Ph.D. 

J.  M.  H.  Munro,  D.Sc. 

H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Veley.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 


In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  IS  of  the 
Bye-laws,  notice  is  hereby  given  that  those  members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  placed  in  italics  in  the 
annexed  list.  will,  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at 
the  forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting. 

Professor  James  Dewar,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated 
to  the  office  of  President,  and  Mr.  David  Howard  has 
been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

Professor  Clowes,  Mr.  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson, 
Mr.  Ivan  Levinstein,  and  Professor  W.  A.  Tilden,  F.R.S., 
have  been  nominated  Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8 ; 
and  Mr.  B.  S.  Proctor  has  been  nominated  Ordinary- 
Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17,  in  the  place  of 
Mr.  Levinstein,  nominated  Vice-President. 

Mr.  James  Duncan,  Mr.  F.  J.  Rowan,  Dr.  Edward 
Schunck,  F.R.S.,  Mr.  T.  W.  Stuart  and  Mr.  Frank 
Wilson  have  been  nominated,  under  Rule  IS,  to  fill  four 
vacancies  among  the  Ordinary  Members  of  Council. 

The  Treasurer  and  Foreign  Secretary  have  been 
nominated  for  re-election. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Society  will  be 
held  at  11  a.m.  on  Wednesday,  13th  July  next,  in  the 
Lecture  Theatre  of  the  Owens  College,  Manchester. 
Particulars  as  to  visits  to  works  and  excursions  ate 
issued,  together  with  the  Ballot  List  and  Member's 
Ticket  in  a  separate  cover.  Members  are  particularly 
requested  not  to  place  any  other  communication  what- 
ever in  the  envelope  provided  for  the  return  of  the  Ballot 
List,  but  to  send  word  of  the  places  they  wish  to  visit 
to  Mr.  Carter  Bell. 


Comment  having  been  made  on  the  delay  in  reprinting 
the  numbers  for  January,  1SS2  and  1SS3,  the  Secretary 
begs  to  inform  those  whom  it  may  concern,  that  the 
delay  is  due  to  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present  not  more 
than  twenty  orders  for  those  numbers  have  been  received. 
It  is  hoped  that  this  notification  may  stimulate  those 
who  desire  to  complete  their  sets,  to  make  early  applica- 
tion with  a  view  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  the 
question  of  reprinting  by  the  Council.  Notice  is  also 
hereby  j;iven  that  the  numbers  for  January  and  Febru- 
ary, IsSO,  being  exhausted,  no  orders  for  those  copies, 
nor  for  complete  sets  of  Vol.  V.,  can  be  executed. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye-Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  tliey 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     nunc  do.  nsr. 


copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

Cornelius  Beringer;  Journals,  etc..  to  203,  Vauxhall  Bridge- 

H.'Buolteridge,  i  o  Crouch  End  ;  Lcighton  Villa,  Cheverton 

G.  (  haloner!  l/o  Green  Lanes;   30,  Weston  Park,  Crouch 

'p.'deO.  Coghill,  1  0  Kensington;  47,  Derby  Lane,  Old  Swan, 

J.  H.  Collins.   1  0  Highgate  New  Town;  i.  Clark  Terrace. 

imiw  ich  Rise,  S.E.         

c  s   Dogged   l/o  Munich;  Walpole.  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Coster,  1"  Cape  Town;  Caledon  Dispensary.   I  uen- 
roth  Africa.  _     .  ...        ... 

Dr.   II.    H.   Fries,  l/o  Berlin:  92,  Reade-street.  New   \ork. 

Edgar  Hall,]  oOuceiisborough  :  Alexandria  Cottage,  Merlin 

reet,  St.  Leonard's,  New  South  Wales 

\\     r  jack  1  oNeath:  45,  Ludgate  Hill.  London.  K.C. 

E.  .loynson.  I/O Connah's Quay;  Witton  House, Northwich, 
Cheshire 

.1  1  awrenoe,  1  0  Glasgow;  Standard  Explosives  Co..  Toms 
River.  New  Jersey,  U.S. A.  . 

Ii   McCalman   '  0  Glasgow;  oO,  London  Street,  Irvine.  N.B. 

\'  W  Mcllwaine,  1  o  Oil  Extracting  Co. :  Stone  Ferry.  Hull. 
Dr.  G.  Harris  Morris :  Journals,  etc.,  to  Avondale,  Alexandra- 
road.  Burton-on-Trcnt. 

.1.  S.  North,  1/0  Cape  Town  ;  Caledon  Dispensary,  I  itenhage. 
South  Africa. 

I.  I.  Kedwood,  1  0  Addiewell;  Thorn  House,  \\  althamstow. 


st 


Rowan.  1 0  St.   Vincent    Street:    121.    West    Regent 


Essex. 

F.  J. 
Street,  Glasgow. 
M.  Shimose,  1  o  Insatsukyoku  ;  Heiki-Seizo-Sho,  Akabane, 

Hugh  T.  Spencer.  1  o  St.  Helens;  101.  Thomas  Lane,  Broad 
Green,  near  Liverpool. 

Jas.  Towns.  1  o  Canning  Town  ;  71.  YS  lute  Horse  Street, 
Stepney,  E.  ,  .  '     .         .      , 

G*  M.  P.  Vary.  I/o  Edinburgh;  communications  to  be 
retained  until  further  notice.       

II.  G.  Warner,  1  o  Ash;  c  0  \\  alhs  and  Milestone,  Garratt 
Lane.  Wandsworth,  S.W.  »».,«,.»      w     i 

A.  W.  Warrington,  lo  I  lapham ;  Dmglefield.  Dingle 
Lane,  Liverpool. 


SESSION   1886-87. 

Prospect  ire  Arrangements. 

July  13.  II  and  lj.— Annual  Meeting  in  Manchi  Bter. 

The  mcotings  of  the  Session  1887-88  will  be  resumed  on  the 
7th  November  next,  and  will  be  continued  on  the  first  Monday 
in  each  month. 

FURTHER  COMMUNICATION  ON  ENGLISH- 
GROWN  TOBACCO. 

BY  ABTHUK   W1NGHAM,   F.I.C.,  F.C.S. 

[n  a  previeus  communication  the  results  of  a  few 
analyses  and  experiments  in  connection  with  some 
English  tobacco,  grown  by  Lord  Harris,  were  laid 
before  this  Society.  The  present  paper  is  a  continua- 
tion of  that  communication,  and  contains  the  results 
of  analyses  of  tobaccos  grown  elsewhere  and  under 
different  conditions.  The  samples  are  four  in  number, 
and  are  numbered  8,  9,  10,  11.  Nob.  8,  9,  and  10 
were  grown  by  Mr.  C.  De  L.  Faunce  de  Laune,  near 
Sittingbourue,  and  No.  11  by  Mr.  W.  L.  Wigan,  near 
Maidstone.  The  following  table  shows  the  average 
measurements  and  weights  of  the  leaves  :— 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  JUNE  23,  1887. 

\tkinson  Crossley.  Cambrian  Chemical  Co.,  Limited, 
Taly  wain,  Monmouthshire,  analyst. 

Allan  T.  Hall.  1.  Grosvenor  Terrace.  Beverley  Road.  Hull, 
oil  and  varnish  manufacturer.  . 

T.  G.  Hart,  Royal  School  of  Mines,  South  Kensington,  S.W  .. 
rch  assistant.  . 

A.  Hoegger,  Windsor  Villa,  \  letona  Crescent,  Lccles,  Man- 
el  tester 

.1  II  James.  131.  nopton  Road,  Coventry  Park,  Streatham, 
S.W..  mining  engineer. 

W  ('.Matthews.  Kerfeid  Place.  Albert  Park,  Melbourne, 
Australia,  manufacturing xhemtet.  ¥TO» 

George  Men-ell.  Lock  Box  786,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  U.S.A., 
manufacturing  chemist. 

I,,  t  >  Mi.-.  School  of  Mines,  Ballaarat,  Australia. 

David  Perry.  Forth  and  Clyde  Chemical  Works.  Kirkintil- 
loch. N.B. .  manufacturing  chemist. 

Dr.  Otto  Pring,  Schwarzeuberg,  Saxony,  editor  of  the 
Chaniach#techni3che  Zettung. 

Ii   Russell,  Silverbum,  Lcvcn.  life,  N.B..  paper  maker. 

Herbert  B.  Stocks.  13,  Peet  Street,  Gladstone  Road,  Liver- 
pool, chemical  assistant. 

Archibald  Walker.  8,  Crown  Terrace,  Glasgow,  distiller. 

Herbert  W.  Weld.  41.  Albion-place.  Mount  Auburn,  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio,  C.S.A.,  pharmaceutical  chemist. 

LonDon  Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 

Chairman :  David  Howard. 
Committee : 

Sir  V.  A.  Abel.  I         R-  Messcl. 

II    E. Armstrong.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

\V.  1                    :,ter.  B.  Kedwood. 

\V.  (rowdcr. 

C.  Graham.  John  Spiller. 

S.  Hall.  u.r.Trewby. 

A.  K.  Huntington.  J.  W  illiams. 

Bon,  Local  -Sec.  and  Treasurer:  Thos.  Tyrer, 

Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea,  S.W. 

The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on  the  first 
Monday  in  each  month. 


Length. 

24  inches 

31 

24 

21 

IS       „ 


Breadth 
at  broadest  part. 

10) inches 
..11 
..    12|      .. 

..      9 


Weight. 

70  grammes 
251 
18-0 
16-0 

61 


No.    8.  .. 

..      9.  . 
..  10a. 

..  10b.  . 

„    11.  . 

No.  8.  Pale  yellow  leaves,  very  similar  to  Chinese 
tobacco.     Uniform  in  colour,  but  lacked  body. 

No.  9.  Large  leaves  of  brown  colour,  varying  in 
shade.  Considerable  body  and  very  large  mid-ribs 
and  veins. 

No.  10.  Dull-brown  leaves,  varying  in  shade, 
shape,  and  size.  Considerable  body.  This  was  a 
mixed  sample  of  leaves  that  had  been  bulked  for 
some  considerable  time.  It  contained  two  leaves 
(10b)  which  were  of  very  good  quality,  good  body, 
and  uniform  dull-brown  colour  ;  and  seven  leaves 
(10a)  which  were  of  a  mixed  character. 

No.  11.  Mixed  sample— some  leaves  green,  and 
others  partly  fermented.  The  fermented  leaves  were 
of  a  dull-brown  uniform  colour,  with  plenty  of  body. 
Very  thick  leaves. 

The  samples  were  dried  at  100°  C,  and  the  mois- 
ture determined  with  the  following  results  :— 

No.     8  contained  207  per  cent,  water. 
9         ,.  -11 

.,    10a         ..  208 

..   JOb         „  18-8 


11 


110 


Unfortunately  there  was  not  sufficient  of  10b  to 
examine  separately,  consequently  it  was  mixed  with 
the  other  portion  of  sample  10.  The  weight  per 
square  foot  of  these  samples  could  not  be  ascer- 
tained with  any  possibility  of  certainty,  on  account 
of  variation  in  shape  in  the  same  sample,  and  also  d 
excessive  corrugation  in  some  cases. 

The  dried  leaves  were  broken  down,  and  the  mid- 
ribs and  thick  veins  removed.  The  remainder  of  the 
leaf  consisting  of  the  fleBhy  part  and  the  thin  veins, 
was'  taken  for  analysis.  The  ash  was  first  deter- 
mined with  the  following  results  :— 


No.  8 
..    9 


PERCENTAGE  OF  ASH, 

2436      ;    No.  10    


17*98 


17  US 


The  samples  burnt  much  more  tea. lily  than  the 
samples  of  English  growth  described  in  myprevious 
paper,  although  there  was  st.  I  a  slight  dilhculty  in 
oxidising  the  last  traces  of  carbon  in  No.  8.     On  hrst 


June  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


401 


heating,  an  oil  distilled  oft'  and  burnt  with  a  very 
luminous  name,  especially  in  No.  9.  which  gave  off  a 
very  large  quantity.  No.  11  evolved  an  oil  which 
burnt  with  a  less  luminous  flame,  and  also  emitted 
objectionable  odours,  which  were  no  doubt  due  to  the 
presence  of  green  unfermented  leaves  in  the  sample. 
Little  or  no  self-supporting  combustion  was  noticed, 
except  in  No.  10,  which  did  continue  to  bum  slightly 
when  once  ignited.  The  quantities  of  ash  in  Nos.  8 
and  10  are  high  ;  Xos.  9  and  11  being  fairly  normal. 

A  complete  analysis  of  the  ash  was  then  made  in 
each  case,  with  the  following  results  :— 

PERCENTAGE  COMPOSITION  OF  ASH. 


No.  8.       Xo.  9. 


Potash  (K.O) 9-32 

Soda(Xa.O)    3  98 

Lime  (CaO) 37-59 


-Magnesia  (MgO)  

Iron  Oxide  and  Alumina 

Chlorine  

Carbonic  Acid  (by  diff.)    . . . 

Sulphuric  Acid  (S03) 

Phosphoric  Acid  (P.05)  . . . 
Silica 


Deduct  ox.  eq.  for  CI 


348 

0-68 
9-15 
2-2-68 
5-61 
3-24 
613 


102-06 
2-06 


930 
2-86 

1111 
632 
058 
8-70 

18-11 
5-61 
4-U 
4-87 


101*96 
1-96 


10000      100-00     100  00     100  00 


Xo.  10.     Xo.  11. 


1011 
210 

39  22 
385 
0-56 
8-42 

18-18 
8-58 
2-11 
8-11 


101-90 
1-90 


11-32 

0-91 

35-83 

3-19 
070 
968 
22  67 
5-82 
5-25 
6-51 


10218 
2-18 


It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  figures  that  these 
ashes  have  the  great  fault  which  was  also  so  marked 
in  the  samples  of  Lord  Harris— viz.,  a  high  percentage 
of  lime  and  a  low  percentage  of  potash,  and  the  con- 
sequent high  ratio  of  the  former  to  the  latter.  One 
great  advantage,  however,  that  these  ashes  have  over 
the  Faversham  samples,  is  the  comparatively  low 
percentage  of  chlorine.  This  lower  quantity  of 
chlorine  would  act  favourably  in  rendering  the  burn- 
ing of  the  leaf  more  easy.  The  higher  percentage  of 
silica  is  also  favourable,  although,  at  the  same  time, 
there  is  an  undesirable  increase  in  the  sulphuric  acid. 
Iron  is  also  present  in  these  ashes  in  small  quantity. 

Lithium  was  found  spectroscopically  in  all  four 
samples. 

Compared  amongst  themselves,  No.  11  may  be 
taken  as  the  best  ash  ;  although  even  this  is  not  by 
any  means  of  the  composition  most  desired  for 
tobacco.  The  lower  percentage  of  lime,  the  higher 
potash  and  the  higher  phosphoric  acid  are  all  favour- 
able items  in  No.  11  sample.  No.  9,  which  was 
supposed  to  have  be*n  heavily  manured  with  a 
certain  guano,  does  not  appear  to  differ  materially, 
except  in  the  phoshoric  acid  and  magnesia,  from  the 
other  samples,  8  and  10,  grown  in  the  same  neigh- 
bourhood. 

The  total  nitrogen  in  the  leaves  was  determined  as 
described  in  my  previous  paper,  care  being  taken  to 
h  ive  a  large  excess  of  copper  oxide  present.  The 
following  are  the  results  : — 


PERCENTAGE  OF  NITROGEN. 
No.  8                    9                     in 
3-23 571  529 


11 
6  54 


There  is  a  very  decided  difference  between  the 
samplts  in  these  figures. 


The  fleshy  part  of  the  leaf  in  each  case  was  tested 
for  nitrates.  No.  8  contained  none,  while  Xos.  9  and 
10  contained  considerable  quantities.  No.  11  con- 
tained none  in  the  green  leaves,  but  a  considerable 
quantity  in  the  brown  leaves.  This  supports  what 
was  previously  supposed  to  be  tin-  casi  viz.,  that 
the  nitrates  present  in  tobacco  are  produced  during 
the  process  of  drying  and  fermenting. 

The  nitrate  nitrogen  was  estimated  in  Xos.  !)  and 
10  by  Schloesing's  method  of  distillation  with 
ferrous  chloride  and  hydrochloric  acid  afterwards 
absorbing  the  nitric  oxide  by  adding  pure  oxygen 
potash  and  pyrogallic  acid.  The  following  are  the 
results  : — 

PERCENTAGE  OF  NITROGEN   AS  NITRATES. 
No.  9  0-12-,      |     No.  10  0-31% 

These  figures  correspond  to  the  following  percent- 
ages of 

POTASSIUM  NITRATE   IN  THE  LEAVES. 
No.  9  0-S6,    |    No.  10  2-24 

The  presence  of  nitrates,  I  have  found,  however, 
is  no  indication  of  a  good  tobacco.  It  is  true  that 
saltpetre  will  convert  a  bad  tobacco  into  a  material 
that  will  smoulder,  but  in  a  good  and  well-fermented 
leaf  the  burning  quality  does  not  depend  on  the 
presence  of  nitrates.  I  have  examined  some  of  the 
best  samples  of  foreign  leaves,  and  have  found  only 
minute  traces  of  nitrates  present.  The  remaining 
nitrogen  will  be  referred  to  hereafter. 

The  amount  of  soluble  extract  was  then  ascertained 
by  heating  weighed  quantities  with  water  at  801  C. 
for  one  hour,  and  weighing  the  dried  residue.  The 
following  figures  were  obtained : 

No.  8 

Soluble  extract  (by  diff.)    ..  55'95  . 
Residue 44  '05  . 

The  soluble  matter  is  high  in  each  case,  especially 
so  in  No.  9,  and  slightly  so  in  No.  11. 

The  ash  in  the  residue  was  then  determined  and 
calculated  into  percentage  on  original  leaf.  In 
this  _  way  the  following  figures  were  obtained, 
showing  : — 

THE  MINERAL  CONSTITUENTS  IN  THE  LEAF  EX- 
TRACTED BY,  AND  INSOLUBLE  IN,  WATER. 


9 

10 

11 

5S-70  .. 

..  5215  .. 

..  4984 

4130  .. 

..  1785  .. 

..  5016 

Ash  extracted  (by  diff.). 
Ash  remaining  in  residue. 


No.  8 
1726 
7  09 

2135 


1429 
369 


10  11 

13  04^  ..  IP42% 
10-19      ..    5  61 


2323 


1703 


These  figures  speak  very  favourably  for  samples 
10  and  11,  and  fairly  well  for  No.  8,  but  they  condemn 
No.  9  as  being  very  immature.  The  superficial 
nature  of  the  mineral  constituents  in  this  sample  is 
very  clearly  shown,  and  the  leaves,  which  are  very 
large,  are  undoubtedly  very  artificial. 

The  nitrogen  in  the  residue  was  also  estimated, 
and  the  following  results  obtained  : — 

PERCENTAGE  OF   NITROGEN    IN    THE   LEAF  EX- 
TRACTED BY,  AND  INSOLUBLE  IN.  WATER. 

No.  8            9              10  11 

Nitrogen  extracted  (by  diff.)  ..  2  08    ...3-57    . ...4-22:  ....SDKt! 
Nitrogen  remaining  in  residue  115    2  11    107    202 

3  23    . .  ..5-71    ..   .5-29    ....B"5I 


The  nitrogen  remaining  in  the  residue  roughly 
represents  that  which  exists  as  albuminoids,  as  the 
following  determinations  of  albuminoid  nitrogen 
prove,  except  in  the  case  of  No.  10  : 

PERCENTAGE  OF  ALBUMINOID  NITROGEN. 


No.  s 

i-.'s 


10 
lo3 


(OS 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     |. mm- 30.1887. 


The  figures  in  connection  with  No.  LO  seem  to  point 
out  the  existence  of  albuminoids,  not  entirely  pre 
cipitated  by  water  at  B0°C.  Further  experiments 
are  being  carried  on  to  ascertain,  Li  possible,  the  tonus 
of  combination  in  which  the  remaining  organic 
nitrogen  exists. 

I  intend  also  pursuing  the  subject  of  the  organic 
constituents  of  tobacco,  with  a  view  to  ascertaining 
the  changes  which  take  place  during  the  process  of 
fermentation,  about  which  very  little  of  a  scientific 
nature  seems  to  be  known.  I  regret  that  in  the  report 
of  the  discussion  of  my  previous  paper,  I  am  reported 
a^  having  said  that  nicotine  and  nicotian ine  were  not 
present  in  the  unfermented  leaves,  and  that  they 
were  produced  during  fermentation.  I  am  sorry  that 
I  produced  that  impression.  What  I  intended  to 
convey  was — that  nicotine  was  probably  not  present 
in  the  green  leaves  as  nicotine,  but  was  probably 
there  combined  with  other  organic  radicals  in  the 
form  of  a  glucoside,  or  something  of  that  nature,  ami 
that  it  was  "  released,"  and  not  "produced,"  during 
fermentation.  But  even  this  was  only  a  surmise  on 
my  part,  consequent  upon  a  few  peculiar  results 
which  I  obtained  in  the  earlier  period  of  my  investi- 
gation. 

I  think  the  above  results,  combined  with  those  pre- 
viously recorded,  will  now  justify  an  expression  of 
opinion  as  to  the  possibility  of  growing  the  tobacco 
plant  in  this  country.  There  is  not  the  slightest 
doubt  about  the  mere  growing;  the  only  questions 
arising  are  the  commercial  ones,  of  its  preparation  for, 
and  its  value  in  the  market.  With  the  last  question 
I  will  not  trouble  this  Society,  and  as  regards  the 
preparation,  or  in  other  words  the  fermentation,  I 
believe  there  is  very  little  to  fear.  The  natural  diffi- 
culties  are  not  so  great  as  not  to  be  within  reasonable 
scientific  reach.  At  present,  one  season's  crop  only 
has  been  experimented  upon,  but  very  important  and 
promising  results  have  been  obtained.  With  the 
advanced  knowledge  and  experience,  I  think  another 
series  of  experiments  will  very  nearly  overcome  the 
difficulty  of  fermentation.  The  analytical  results 
obtained  have  pointed  out  one  or  two  very  great  errors 
in  the  direction  of  the  mineral  constituents,  and  these 
certainly  should  be  guarded  against  in  the  future.  I 
do  not  desire  to  say  that  the  quality  of  a  tobacco  can 
be  ascertained  from  the  analysis  of  its  mineral  con- 
stituents, any  more  than  from  the  quantity  of  nicotine 
present,  bat  I  do  maintain  that  the  finality  of  its 
mineral  constituents  has  a  decided  influence  on  the 
burning,  and  that  a  better  attention  to  the  supply  of 
the  natural  requirements  of  the  plant  in  this  respect 
will  most  likely  aid  materially  the  development  of 
the  other  good  qualities.  For  that  reason  I  have 
placed  the  mineral  constituents  first  as  regards  im- 
portance, and  in  these  samples  have  neglected  to  a 
certain  extent  the  organic.  The  quantities  of  the 
mineral  constituents  present  are  on  the  average  high, 
and  with  their  present  composition  would  tell  very 
much  against  the  tobacco,  even  if  the  fermentation 
were  complete.  It  must  be  confessed  that  a  calcareous 
soil  is  not  the  best  on  which  to  cultivate  tobacco,  but 
then,  on  the  other  hand,  it  can  be  argued  thut  if, 
under  existing  circumstances,  such  good  results  have 
been  obtained,  then,  under  more  favourable  conditions, 
and  with  further  experience,  one  can  certainly  expect 
very  much  more  favourable  results  in  the  future. 

The  leaves  which  I  have  brought  to  your  notice, 
both  now  and  previously,  are  all  somewhat  imma- 
ture, especially  those  in  connection  with  my  last 
paper.  The  large  leaves  grown  at  Sittingbourne  are 
also  of  a  very  forced  character,  although  they  are  very 
fine  specimens,  while  the  smaller:  and  more  compact 
leaves  obtained  near  Maidstone  seem  to  be  of  a  much 
iih ire  natural  growth.    Whether  the  artificial  nature 


of  a  leaf,  as  regards  its  organic  constituents,  is  a  dis 
advantage  or  not  is  an  open  question.  The  result  of 
future  fermentation  experiments  will,  no  doubt, 
decide  this  point,  as  also  the  probability  of  English 
tobacco  cultivation  being  a  commercial  success.  But 
it  is,  in  the  meantime,  necessary  to  grow  the  plant 
under  circumstances  as  closely  allied  as  possible  to 
those  of  its  natural  requisements,  and  to  obtain  a 
home  grown  leaf  having,  in  the  first  place,  an  ash  of 
a  quality  more  nearly  resembling  the  known  compo- 
sition of  the  ash  from  more  naturally  grown  tobacco, 
than  has  been  the  case  with  the  home-grown  leaves 
examined  up  to  the  present  time. 

I  have  again  to  record  my  best  thanks  to  Dr. 
Hodgkinson  for  enabling  me  to  carry  out  the  experi- 
ments. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Ruffle  was  glad  that  this  subject  had  been 
brought  forward  again,  because,  owing  to  the  altera- 
tions in  the  Budget  arrangements,  the  question  of 
moisture  in  tobacco  would  have  to  be  specially  deter- 
mined. While  at  work  upon  moisture  in  another 
subject,  he  had  made  a  few  experiments  on  tobacco 
also,  in  expectation  of  the  question  cropping  up.  He 
had  not  had  an  opportunity  of  dealing  with,  pure 
leaves,  but  only  with  such  as  could  be  obtained  from 
the  shipptrs.  He  had  found  that  by  drying  over  dry 
calcium  chloride  the  loss  was  not  so  great  as  in  drying 
at  212°  F.  While  fully  admitting  the  importance  of 
the  results  obtained  as  to  the  ash,  it  seemed  to  him 
that  the  character  of  the  organic  constituents  must 
influence  the  character  of  the  tobacco.  That  was  a 
point  which  should  be  further  investigated.  He  had 
found  the  results  of  drying  at  212°  F.  to  be  some- 
times 5  per  cent,  higher  than  in  drying  over  calcium 
chloride.  Might  it  not  be  that  the  cellulose,  or  what- 
ever was  the  chief  organic  constituent,  of  leaves 
grown  under  certain  conditions  was  more  readily 
hydrated  than  when  grown  under  other  conditions  1  If 
so,  such  leaves  would  burn  with  more  difficulty  than 
those  not  so  highly  hydrated.  The  solution  of  this 
question  might  assist  in  determining  the  quality  of 
tobacco  leaves. 

Mr.  Rideal  would  like  to  know  more  of  the  early 
history  of  these  tobaccos  ;  whether  they  were  of  the 
same  species,  and  also  what  was  the  nature  of  the 
manure  used.  Judging  from  the  great  variation  of 
the  author's  results,  the  question  of  manure  was 
important,  and  some  further  information  upon  that 
point  would  greatly  help  in  forming  a  judgment 
upon  the  figures  given.  He  would  be  glad  to  know, 
too,  what  Mr.  Wingham  considered  to  be  a  normal, 
or  the  best,  ash.  He  had  always  understood  that  the 
presence  of  nitrates  had  an  important  influence  on  the 
burning  of  tobacco,  but,  judging  from  Mr.  Wingham's 
remarks,  it  appeared  to  be  otherwise.  Chlorides  also 
should  affect  the  ash  ;  and  he  would  like  to  hear 
more  on  that  point. 

Mr.  1'.  Carmody  inquired  whether  the  author 
could  state  what  were  the  percentages  of  soda  in  the 
various  samples,  and  whether  they  agreed  with  those 
of  the  samples  previously  treated. 

Mr.  Wingham  replied  that  the  percentages  were 
slightly  less,  but  very  variable,  being,  in  the  samples 
before  the  meeting,  39,  28,  2'4,  and  0*91  per  cent. 

Mr.  Cabmody  explained  that  he  had  put  the 
question,  because  it  was  well  known  that  in  ordin- 
ary ash  the  percentage  of  soda  was  always  low — less 
than  1'2  per  cent.  It  had  been  stated  that  these 
leaves  were  unfermented  ;  and  yet  they  were  brown 
in  colour.  He  hafl  never  yet  known  a  brown  leaf 
unfermented.  He  thought  that  the  change  of  colour 
indicated  that  a  change  similar  to  fermentation  had 
taken   place.      The  sample  No.  2   appeared  to   be 


June  30, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1"3 


different  in  character  from  the  others.  It  was  soft 
and  flabby,  and  probably  contained  a  good  deal  of 
water,  and  would  yield  a  small  amount  of  ash.  As 
had  been  already  suggested,  much  would  depend  on 
the  character  of  the  manure  used.  If  the  same 
manure  had  not  been  used  on  all  the  samples  it  would 
be  difficult  to  compare  them. 

Mr.  J.  \Y.  Leather  pointed  out  that  as  yet  there 
had  been  no  opportunity  of  proving  what  English- 
grown  tobacco  would  be  like  if  fermented,  the  time 
not  having  yet  arrived  for  last  year's  crop  to  undergo 
that  process.  In  America,  the  crops  harvested  last 
summer  would  have  been  dried  during  the  autumn, 
and  would  be  fermented  this  spriog.  He  had  himself 
tried  some  English  tobacco  after  drying,  and  had  found 
it  anything  but  nice:  but  he  had  no  doubt  that  later  on 
some  smokeable  English  tobacco  would  be  produced^ 

Mr.  \\  in«.ham,  in  it-ply.  said  the  point  raised  by  Mr. 
Ruffle  was  of  considerable  importance  at  the  present 
moment.  It  might  interest  chemists  to  know  that  by 
the  new  duty  regulations  35  per  cent,  was  the  maxi- 
mum moisture  allowed  in  manufactured  tobacco,  and 
the  authorised  process  for  determination  was  drying 
at  213^  F.  What  the  difference  might  be  if  the 
determination  was  made  in  a  vacuum  over  calcium 
chloride,  he  was  not  prepared  to  say.  If  the  Dicotine 
were  present  as  a  free  base,  it  would  probably  be 
volatilised  in  the  vapour  of  water  by  drying,  and  that 
might  account  for  a  slight  increase  in  the  moisture  as 
determined  at  212°  F.  It  was  possible,  too,  that  the 
results  shown  by  drying  over  calcium  chloride  were 
not  correct  :  for  instance,  there  might  be  a  certain 
point  at  which  the  tobacco  itself  rather  than 
the  calcium  chloride  would  absorb  moisture.  He 
did  not  think  the  higher  percentage  was  due  to 
hydrated  cellulose.  Referring  to  Dr.  Rideal's  questions, 
sample  No.  8  was  described  as  Kentucky  tobacco, 
not  heavily  manured.  The  next  sample  was  described 
as  Kentucky  tobacco  also,  but  heavily  manured  with 
bat's  guano.  Little  was  known  of  the  next  sample, 
except  that  it  was  much  mixed  and  had  been  stored 
in  bulk  for  a  considerable  time.  This  storage  would 
no  doubt  explain  the  percentage  of  nitrates.  He  did 
not  think  a  "  normal  ash  "  could  be  defined,  there 
being  considerable  variation  in  all  kinds.  No  doubt 
the  presence  of  nitrates  had  a  decided  influence  on 
the  combustibility  of  tobacco.  Still  their  presence  in 
quantity  was  not  essential  to  a  good  tobacco;  and  if 
one  took  a  good  foreign  leaf  and  examined  it  for 
nitrates,  the  chances  were  that  one  would  find  very 
small  traces  present.  It  might  be  expedient  for 
manufacturers  to  introduce  nitrates,  but  the  effect 
was  to  render  the  tobacco  quick-burning  and  hot. 
Chlorides  also  had  a  great  influence  on  the  burning 
qualities  of  the  tobaccco.  In  the  leaves  grown  by 
Lord  Harris,  chlorine  was  found  far  in  excess  of  the 
amount  required  by  the  potash  and  soda.  Conse- 
quently a  considerable  quantity  combined  with  lime, 
producing  calcium  chloride.  This  fused  in  the 
burning  of  the  leaf,  clogging  the  carbonaceous  matter, 
and  preventing  the  oxidation  of  the  last  traces.  If 
the  chlorine  was  not  in  excess  of  the  amount  required 
by  the  soda  and  potash,  probably  little  harm  would 
be  done.  In  burning  the  samples  under  consideration, 
the  clogging  effect  had  not  been  noticed,  although 
!•  per  cent,  of  chlorine  was  present.  He  had  been  much 
struck  by  the  amount  of  soda  found  in  Lord  Harris's 
samples,  but  the  ground  on  which  they  were  grown 
had  been  manured  with  common  salt.  This  would 
doubtless  account  for  both  the  soda  and  the  chlorine. 
The  samples  under  notice  were  not  manured  with  salt, 
and  were  grown  on  a  chalky  soil.  It  was  erroneous 
to  suppose  that  the  brown  colour  of  tobacco  was  an 
indication  that  fermentation  had  taken  place.  On 
the  other  hand,  he  had  seen  it  stated  that  tobacco 


leaves  could  not  be  dried  at  all  without  becoming 
brown.  That  also  was  a  mistake,  since  one  of  the 
dried  samples  under  notice  was  green.  The  flabbiness 
of  sample  No.  9  was  due  to  wear  and  tear.  It  had 
moreover  been  heavily  moistened  that  day.  If  it 
were  dry,  it  would  be  very  crisp.  He  quite  agTeed 
with  ]>r.  Leather's  remarks  about  fermentation.  It 
would  be  most  unfair  to  compare  these  leaves  with 
foreign  tobaccos  kept  perhaps  for  two  or  three  years. 
These  leaves  did  not  pretend  to  be  thoroughly  fer- 
mented. The  process  of  fermentation  involved  many 
operations  and  much  time.  No  doubt  if  these  leaves 
were  packed  away  under  considerable  pressure  for  a 
summer,  as  foreign  leaves  were,  they  would  be  much 
improved.  He  had  tried  some  of  this  tobacco, 
especially  No.  10  sample,  which  had  been  stored  for 
some  time,  and  whether  in  a  pipe  or  as  cigarettes,  it 
was  by  no  means  the  worst  he  had  smoked.  He 
thought,  therefore,  there  was  good  hope  for  the  future 
of  English  tobacco. 


Meeting  held  May  16, 1887. 


MR.    B.    E.    R.    NEWLAXDS   IK   THE  C'HAIE. 


DISCUSSION  ON  MR.  JOHN  RUFFLES  PAFER 
ON  "A  NEW  METHOD  OF  ESTIMATING 
MOISTURE  IN  SUPERPHOSPHATES  AND 
SIMILAR   FERTILISERS." 

The  Chairman-  considered  the  paper  a  most  im- 
portant contribution  to  the  proceedings  of  the  Society, 
and  that  the  author's  wide  experience  of  the  subject 
would  ensure  it  respectful  attention.  The  fact  that 
the  water  in  superphosphate  was  driven  off  under 
certain  circumstances  and  not  under  others,  was 
undoubtedly  of  importance  in  considering  its  mode  of 
estimation.  In  making  superphosphate,  the  mixture 
gave  rise  to  a  high  temperature — considerably  above 
that  at  which  sulphate  of  lime  would  hydrate. 
Therefore,  the  water  could  not  combine  in  the  mixer 
or  "  den  ;"  and  before  the  temperature  was  sufficiently 
reduced  for  combination  to  occur,  the  whole  mass 
became  solid,  and  the  water  was  thus  locked  up.  If 
the  superphosphate  were  pasted,  the  particles  were 
brought  closer  together,  and  the  sulphate  of  lime  thus 
became  hydrated,  and  the  mass  would  set  as  plaster 
of  Paris.  In  drying  at  212°  F.,  the  water  was  given 
off  at  such  a  temperature  that  the  sulphate  could 
not  catch  it  in  its  progress.  But  by  Mr.  Ruffle's 
process  the  water  was  taken  out  at  a  low  temperature, 
and  in  its  struggle  to  get  out  it  saturated  the  sul- 
phate to  its  full  extent.  Thus  the  result  obtained  in 
the  latter  case  was  less  than  that  obtained  by  drying 
at  212°  F.  One  of  the  tables  in  Mr.  Ruffle's  paper 
showed  the  composition  of  prepared  superphosphates. 
In  this  table,  "soluble  oxide  of  iron,"  "soluble 
alumina,"  and  soda  were  mentioned  as  existing  as 
sulphates,  and  the  amount  of  water  of  crystallisation 
med  to  exist  in  each  salt  was  stated.  If  this  were 
the  case,  it  was  obvious  that  at  a  comparatively  low. 
temperature  efflorescence  would  occur,  and  the  water 
of  crystallisation  would  be  given  off,  especially  in 
vacuo.  Therefore,  the  process  would  of  necessity 
estimate  the  quantity  of  water  existing  in  the  form 
of  these  sulphates,  and  thus  a  slight  error  would 
arise. 

Mr.  F.  Nettlefold  said  that  in  analysing  a  certain 
boiler  residue  he  had  found  CaSO(.H;0  to  be 
present,  and  he  further  found  that  this  body  split  up 
on  heating  it  to  212"  F.  He  would  be  glad  to  have 
Mr.  Ruffle's  opinion  as  to  whether  the  presence  of 


404 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    I  June  30. 1887. 


this  hydrate  would  affect  the  estimation  of  water  in 
superphosphate. 

.Mr.  Crch  m  k  said  the  paper  was  well  worthy  the 
serious  attention  of  the  members,  as  coming  from  one 
whose  work  had  given  him  an  European  tame.  He 
had  studied  the  figures  given  as  far  as  time  had  per- 
mitted, and  he  could  certainly  say  of  sonic  of  the 
experiments  that  they  continued  results  which  had 
been  obtained  in  his  own  laboratory.  For  instance, 
Mr.  Ruffle  had  found  that  the  soluble  P«05,  and  even 
the  total  PjOg,  was  affected  by  raising  the  tempera- 
ture, and  that  "drying  without  iise  of  temperature 
did  not  affect  the  soluble  nor  the  total  P«Ot  ;  and 
these  results  were  quite  in  accordance  with  his  own 
experience.  Mr.  Ruffle  had  said  that  a  drying  of 
from  G  to  7  hours  was  necessary  in  order  to  arrive  at 
constant  results.  The  decision  of  the  percentage  of 
moisture  in  superphosphates  was  a  matter  which  had 
bothered  him  considerably.  He  had  sometimes  had 
to  send  out  superphosphate,  and  questions  had  arisen 
as  to  its  dampness.  He  usually  reckoned  about  15  to 
I •"■;  per  cent,  was  the  normal  quantity  in  super- 
phosphate, such  as  was  made  from  Carolina  phosphate. 
Of  course  the  results  obtained  by  drying  in  vacuo 
would  be  much  more  accurate  ;  still,  as  the  process 
took  24  hours,  he  was  not  certain  that  it  would  be 
much  more  advantageous  than  the  rough-and-ready 
determination  by  means  of  the  water  bath,  which 
could  be  done  in  two  hours.  With  reference  to 
Mr.  Ruffle's  difficulty  in  finding  a  good  air  pump,  he 
might  mention  that  he  had  found  the  Korting  pump 
thoroughly  satisfactory.  He  quite  concurred  with 
Mr.  Ruffle's  view  that  the  phosphoric  acid  in  these 
superphosphates  was  principally  in  the  state  of  free 
phosphoric  acid  and  not  monocalcic  phosphate.  That 
question  had  in  fact  been  settled  some  ten  or  twelve 
years  ago  by  Professor  Way.  He  did  not  think  the 
lime  was  ever  present  in  any  quantity  as  acid-phos- 
phate ;  it  was  always  in  the  form  of  sulphate.  He 
could  not  understand  Mr.  Ruffle's  difficulty  in  deter- 
mining the  free  sulphuric  acid.  If  superphosphate 
were  treated  by  absolute  alcohol,  any  free  sulphuric 
acid  present  would  be  detected.  In  conclusion,  he 
would  mention  a  curious  and  awkward  experience 
which  occurred  to  him  some  years  ago  in  the  manu- 
facture of  high-class  superphosphates.  On  one 
occasion,  in  boiling  the  superphosphate  down  in  an 
overshot  pan,  he  suddenly  found  that  the  whole  mass 
had  solidified.  The  fires  were  immediately  drawn 
and  the  pan  cooled  down,  when  it  was  found  that 
the  whole  had  solidified  into  a  substance  resembling 
green  glass,  which  was  insoluble  in  water,  in  acids 
and  in  alkalis.  It  was  recovered  by  fusion  into 
phosphoric  acid.  It  was  nearly  free  from  lime,  just 
as  Mr.  Ruffle  had  found  the  filtrate  from  the  washing 
of  the  superphosphate.  (Mr.  Crowder  exhibited  a 
piece  of  this  solid  material,  which  resembled  Hint  in 
appearance.) 

Mr.  Muhpokd  desired  to  make  a  few  remarks  of  a 
practical  rather  than  a  chemical  character.  Every- 
body who  was  concerned  in  the  subject  under  discus- 
sion, would  recognise  the  importance  of  having.in 
these  days  of  keen  competition,  some  universally- 
adopted  method  for  the  determination  of  moisture. 
lie  was  not  vain  enough  to  suppose  that  people 
engaged  in  industrial  chemistry  would  ever  be  able 
to  dictate  to  scientific  men  with  respect  to  fcheil 
methods  of  determining  the  constituents  ot  the  articles 
they  turned  out ;  but  he  did  think  that  in  the  case  of 
BUcn  a  constituent  as  moisture,  some  universal  mode 
might  be  arrivedat  and  adopted  In  speaking  of  the 
advantages  of  testing  for  moisture  by  the  rough-and- 
ready  method  of  the  water  bath,  Mr.  Crowder  had 
lost  sight  of  the  fact  that,  to  save  postage,  very  small 
samples  were  sometimes  sent  to  the  analyst,  who  was 


frequently  required  to  make  a  complete  analysis 
therefrom.  The  chemist  might,  therefore,  be  tempted 
to  determine  the  moisture  and  the  soluble  phosphoric 
acid  from  the  same  identical  portion  of  the  sample. 
If  he  determined  the  moisture  in  the  water  bath  at 
212°  F.,  he  would  eause  a  precipitation  of  the  soluble 
Po05,  and  the  manufacturer  would  thus  be  mulcted 
not  only  in  the  excess  of  moisture  shown  by  the  one 
test  as  compared  with  the  other,  but  also  in  the 
deficiency  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  reverted  by 
the  method  of  determination.  Mr.  Ruffle's  method, 
however,  appeared  to  leave  the  soluble  phosphoric 
acid  as  it  was  before  the  determination.  He  had 
himself  some  years  ago  endeavoured  to  dry  on  a  prac- 
tical scale  a  quantity  of  carefully  prepared  super- 
phosphate, His  first  difficulty  was  to  find  a  place 
having  a  constant  temperature,  and  also  large  enough 
to  permit  of  a  test  on  a  practical  scale.  At  last  he 
found  a  chamber  over  a  boiler,  where  there  was  a 
constant  temperature  of  160"  F.  After  carefully 
weighing,  drying  and  sampling  the  superphosphate, 
the  loss  was  determined.  He  then  calculated  the  cost  of 
producing  such  a  superphosphate,  taking  into  account 
the  extra  labour  for  manipulating  it.  On  a  sample 
being  tested,  however,  he  was  astonished  to  find  that 
even  at  the  low  temperature  employed,  a  considerable 
loss  of  soluble  phosphoric  acid  had  occurred.  He 
hadof  course  not  calculated  on  this,  and  had  his 
estimate  been  acted  on,  a  contract  would  have  been 
made  at  great  loss.  This  experience  showed  the 
necessity  for  great  caution  in  such  matters.  He  had 
thought  that  as  moisture  could  be  determined  at 
212°  F,  he  was  quite  safe  with  a  constant  temperature 
of  160°  F.  ;  but  the  reverse  was  the  case.  He  hoped 
that  the  outcome  of  this  paper  and  discussion  would 
be  the  adoption  of  some  universally  -  recognised 
method  of  estimating  moisture,  and  that  manufac- 
turers would  thus  be  rid  of  the  great  difficulty  which 
existed  at  present. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Leather  said  the  last  speaker  had . 
anticipated  much  of  what  he  had  intended  to  say, 
but  from  a  different  point  of  view.  Was  it  really  so 
important  whether  one  determined  the  water  at  100°  C. 
or  at  no  degrees.  Of  course  the  consequence  of 
determining  the  water  at  100°  C.  and  at  the  atmo- 
spheric temperature  would  be  to  obtain  different 
results  ;  because,  in  the  first  case,  one  would  drive  off 
a  proportion  of  the  water  of  crystallisation  of  certain 
salts,  and  in  the  second  case  one  would  not.  He  had, 
however,  never  heard  of  an  analyst  determining  the 
soluble  phosphoric  acid  and  the  water  of  a  super- 
phosphate from  the  same  portion.  He  would  be 
glad  to  know  what  Mr.  Ruffle  meant  by  a  vacuum. 
The  term  was  of  itself  vague,  and  might  mean  any 
number  of  millimetres  pressure.  Would  Mr.  Ruffle 
say,  too,  whether  he  used  a  water  or  a  mercury  pump  ; 
and  if  the  latter,  how  many  millimetres  of  mercury 
the  pressure  in  his  receiver  registered. 

Mr.  Bernard  Dyer  could  corroborate  what  Mr. 
Ruffle  and  Mr.  Crowder  had  said  respecting  free  acid 
in  superphosphate.  He  had  ofttn  been  asked  to  say 
how  much  free  sulphuric  acid  was  present,  and  had 
sometimes  irritated  manufacturers  by  saying  there 
was  none  or  only  a  trace.  He  had  devised  the  alcohol 
method  mentioned  by  Mr.  Crowder  for  his  own  use, 
and  thought  he  had  hit  upon  something  new  ;  but 
found  it  had  been  in  use  previously.  For  ordinary 
purposes,  however,  good  methylated  spirit  was  as 
suitable  as  absolute  alcohol.  It  had  been  known  for 
some  time  that  the  text-book  statements  as  to  mono- 
calcium  phosphate  were  to  some  extent  chimerical ; 
and  that  the  conventional  methods  of  expressing 
their  analyses  were  not  scientifically  accurate.  Except 
as  a  point  of  scientific  interest,  however,  that  did  not 
much  matter,  seeing  that  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid 


June  30. 1887.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


405 


w  as  really  the  basis  of  the  analyses.  Referring  to  the 
table  showing  the  moisture  determinations  of 
Sombrero  and  Carolina  superphosphates  by  drying  for 
five  hours  in  the  natural  and  beaten-up  states,  he 
would  like  to  ask  whether  it  was  to  be  understood  that 
the  weights  became  constant  at  four  or  five  hours,  or 
whether  Mr.RufHesimply  stopped  theexperiments  then. 
In  the  case  of  the  Sombrero  sample,  there  was  not  a 
vast  difference  between  the  moisture  in  the  natural 
state  and  the  beaten-up  moisture  at  the  end  of  five 
hours.  Possibly  the  mechanical  difficulty  had  come  in 
in  these  tests.  When  manure  was  beaten  up  to  a  paste, 
a  dry  pellicle  formed  upon  it,  in  the  same  way  as  in 
the  analogous  case  of  drying  a  sample  of  sugar,  so 
that  the  water  might  be  mechanically  kept  from 
escaping.  However,  this  question  was  quite  apart 
from  the  main  purpose  of  the  paper.  Mr.  Raffle  - 
method  and  results  were  most  interesting,  and  it 
would  certainly  seem  that  there  might  be  an 
advantage  in  adopting  his  process  ;  but  a  general 
agreement  to  do  so  would  be  necessary  among 
chemists,  or  theconflicting  figures  of  different  analyses 
would  be  very  annoying  to  the  trade.  It  was  un- 
doubtedly, however,  always  more  satisfactory  when 
chemical  analyses  could  be  stated  on  an  exact  scientific 
basis.  What  was  at  present  meant  by  "  moisture  " 
in  most  analyses  was  clearly  not  actual  free  water,  but 
water  which  was  driven  off  at  212  F.  He  would  like 
to  see  further  experiments,  with  the  purpose  of 
showing  how  far,  for  any  one  class  of  superphosphate, 
the  difference  between  the  absolute  moisture  and  the 
conventional  loss  at  2123  might  be  constant  Probably 
some  analysts  would  adopt  this  new  method  at  once, 
and  others  only  by  degrees  ;  and  in  face  of  this  pos- 
sibility, misunderstanding  might  perhaps  be  avoided 
by  stating  on  the  analyses  :  "Moisture  (loss  at  212  )," 
or  "Moisture  (loss  in  va 

In  reply,  Mr.  Ruffle  said  with  respect  to  the 
question  as  to  the  soluble  alkalis  shown  in  Table  ."> 
being  sulphates,  he  thought  he  had  succeeded  in 
showing  them  to  be  not  sulphates  but  phosphates. 
As  there  was  not  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  found  in 
the  filtrate  to  combine  with  the  iron,  magnesia,  etc, 
as  sulphates,  they  must  have  been  phosphates.  He 
could  quite  understand  Mr.  Crowder  s  and  Mr.  Dyer's 
remarks  about  the  constancy  at  212°.  It  was  always 
difficult  to  get  out  of  an  old  groove  ;  but  he  would 
ask  makers  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  question  "  What 
amount  of  moisture  will  you  guarantee?''  had 
already  come  across  the  water.  Competition  was 
DOW  very  keen  ;  and  if  one  man  would  not  guarantee 
the  correct  moisture,  another  would.  From  the  chemi- 
cal point  of  view  the  old  method  would  be  beaten, 
and  the  water  bath  would  have  to  be  abandoned  for 
something  else.  If  chemists  were  asked  to  determine 
moisture  they  should  do  so  to  the  full  extent  of  their 
ability.  So  long  as  they  knew  nothing  better  than 
the  determination  at  2123,  they  were  right  in  using 
it.  But  if  they  had  now  another  method,  and  found 
that  the  result  obtained  at  212  1'.  was  not  absolute 
moisture,  they  should  cease  to  call  it  so.  The.  ques- 
tion of  what  was  true  moisture  in  superphosphate 
still  remained.  Buyers  sometimes  would  refuse  to 
accept  a  parcel  on  account  of  its  being  "too  wet." 
The  seller  would  then  send  a  sample  to  a  chemist  : 
but  how  was  he  to  determine  whether  it  was  too  wet 
by  reason  of  an  excess  of  water  having  been  put  in, 
or  whether  the  manure  was  merely  out  of  condition 
from  other  causes.  The  manufacturer  had  no  doubt 
intended  to  be  correct,  and  the  right  proportion  of 
O.  V.  had  been  used  ;  but  the  men  had  perhaps  run 
in  too  much  water  with  the  O.V.  If  the  analyst 
wanted  to  find  out  whether  the  manure  had  been 
correctly  mixed,  how  could  he  do  so  by  testing  at 
212   !     If,  however,  he  carefully  calculated  it  out  by 


the  calcium  method,  he  probably  would  be  able  to 
tell.  With  all  respect  to  Mr.  Crowder,  he  could  not 
admit  the  correctness  of  the  method  employed  by  him 
for  estimating  the  amount  of  free  sulphuric  acid. 
One  had  in  these  manures  a  more  or  less  concentrated 
solution  of  phosphoric  acid,  lime  and  sulphuric  acid. 
Some  of  that  lime  might  be  combined  with  the  phos- 
phoric acid-  at  any  rate,  one  could  not  prove  that  it 
was  not.  To  that  solution  of  water,  phosphoric  acid, 
lime  and  sulphuric  acid,  alcohol  was  added.  A  pre- 
cipitate of  sulphate  of  lime  was  thus  got  But  how 
could  one  prove  that  that  sulphate  existed  before  the 
alcohol  was  put  in  ?  Might  it  not  have  been  formed 
by  the  sulphuric  acid  combining  with  the  lime  after 
the  addition  of  the  alcohol,  and  thus  producing  an 
insoluble  sulphate  of  lime  t  If  so,  the  really  free  sul- 
phuricacid  would  beput  too  low.  He  was  glad  to  learn 
that  the  residts  worked  out  by  him  as  to  the  effect  of 
temperature  had  been  confirmed  practically.  As  to 
whether  a  correct  determination  of  water  was  neces- 
sary or  not,  he  thought  it  was.  Such  determinations 
were  more  and  more  appreciated  technically,  and 
would,  he  thought,  be  in  time  generally  required.  In 
reply  to  the  question  as  to  the  vacuum  employed, 
he  had  taken  an  ordinary  Tate's  air  pump,  and  had 
worked  it  until  he  could  produce  no  further  vacuum. 
He  had  attached  a  mercury  gauge,  but  had  not 
measured  off  the  exact  number  of  millimetres  regis- 
tered. The  difference  between  the  two  limbs  of  the 
gauge  was  about  half-an-inch,  and  on  leaving  the 
pump  for  24  hours  he  found  that  the  mercury  in  the 
higher  limb  had  not  gone  up  ^in.  That  was  prac- 
tically the  utmost  limit  that  could  be  obtained,  and 
that  was  what  he  had  adopted.  The  figures  in  Table 
4.  queried  by  Mr.  Dyer,  were  not  constant.  They 
simply  showed  the  loss  obtained  in  so  many  hours. 
As  stated  in  the  paper,  these  samples  were  taken 
from  large  heaps,  and  were  dried  at  212°  F.,  both  in 
the  natural  and  in  the  beaten-up  state  ;  and  these 
figures  had  been  given  in  order  to  show  that  the 
results  obtained  from  actual  samples  of  ordinary 
superphosphates  made  on  a  large  scale  agreed  with 
those  which  he  had  got  from  samples  of  known  com- 
position, and  that  they  might  therefore  be  accepted 
lor  guidance  practically.  It  had  been  suggested  that 
there  might  be  a  constant  margin  between  the  abso- 
lute moistureof  a  superphosphate  and  that  determined 
at  212c  F.  He  did  not  think  so.  If  the  phosphate 
employed  was  always  of  the  same  quality,  and  if  the 
same  quantity  and  strength  of  acid  was  always  used, 
the  margin  might  be  constant.  But  inasmuch  as 
phosphates  varied  in  quality,  they  would  carry  dif- 
ferent quantities  of  acid.  And,  again,  whereas  one 
maker  would  mix  with  105  acid,  because  he  could  not 
get  a  stronger,  another  would  use  120  acid,  because 
he  had  it,  and  it  was  convenient.  But  the  analyst 
would  know  nothing  of  these  differences  of  prepara- 
tion. Sooner  or  later  one  method  or  the  other  must 
be  adopted,  and  he  did  not  doubt  that  it  would  be 
that  one  which  was  most  correct. 

$$♦**»*»*»*♦ 

NOTES  OF  A  RECENT  VISIT  TO  SOME  OF 
THE  PETROLEUM  PRODUCING  TERRI- 
TORIES OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND 
CANADA. 

BY  BOVERTOX  REDWOOD,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  crude  petroleum  produced 
in  the  United  States  is  still  obtained  in  what  is 
known  as  the  Bradford  district.  This  ml  territory, 
lying  partly  in  central  and  northern  McKean  County, 


400 


T1IF.  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (June  30, 18*7. 


Pennsylvania,  and  partly  in  southern  Cattaraugus 
County,  Now  York,  has  an  area  of  133  square  miles. 
121  square  miles  of  which  are  included  in  the  Bradford 
field  proper.  The  development  of  this  territory  dates 
from  the  year  l > 7 1 .  when  the  first  successful  well  was 
drilled, and  four  years  later— viz.,  in  December,  1878— 
the  average  daily  production  of  the  Bradford  district 
was  no  less  than  23,700  barrels  (of  42  American 
gallons)  or  about  four  sevenths  of  the  total  daily  pro- 
duction of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania.  Two  years 
later  -till  tie  Bradford  district  supplied  03,000 barrels 
per  day,  out  of  a  total  production  of  72,215  barrels 
per  day.  I  luring  recent  years  there  has  been  a  steady 
decline  in  the  production  of  this  prolific  territory, 
notwithstanding  the  efforts  made  to  maintain  the  out- 
put. Up  to  January,  1885,  the  Bradford  district  was 
estimated  to  have  yielded  109,000,000  barrels,  an 
average  of  about  820,000  barrels  per  square  mile.  The 
total  productions  of  the  oil  regions  of  Pennsylvania 
and  southern  New  York  up  to  the  same  date  has  been 
given  on  the  authority  of  Stowell's  statistics  as 
260,990,435  barrels.  In  December  last  there  were  in 
the  Bradford  district,  according  to  Stowell,  1 3,505  old 
wells  with  an  aggregate  daily  production  of  17,887 
barrels  (lj  barrel  per  well),  and  16  new  wells  with  an 
aggregate  daily  production  of  100  barrels  (6  barrels 
per  well). 

During  the  past  year  the  attention  of  petroleum 
producers  has  been  chiefly  centred  on  the  Washington 
held  in  Washington  County,  Pa.  In  December,  1884, 
a  well  was  drilled  on  the  Gantz  farm,  in  this  field, 
by  the  Citizens'  Fuel  Company,  with  the  object  of 
obtaining  natural  gas  for  use  as  fuel.  At  a  depth  of 
2200  feet,  oil,  and  not  gas,  wa&  obtained,  and  this  dis- 
covery at  once  led  to  the  drilling  of  other  w7ells.  In 
August,  1885,  a  flowing  well  known  as  the  Gordon 
well  was  completed,  and  in  the  following  year  several 
other  exceedingly  productive  flowing  wells  were 
drilled,  one  of  the  number,  the  Thayer  well,  yielding 
2000  barrels  per  day.  The  production  of  the  Wash- 
ington field  reached  its  maximum  of  16,000  barrels  per 
day  in  August  last,  and  had  declined  to  8000  barrels 
per  day  at  the  end  of  the  year.  Stowell  gives  the 
aggregate  daily  production  of  the  Washington  field 
in  December  last  as  7720  barrels  from  180  old  wells 
(43  barrels  per  well),  and  2560  barrels  from  33  new 
wells  (71  barrels  per  well). 

The  daily  production  of  the  various  oil-fields  of 
Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  Ohio  (expressed  in 
barrels  of  42  American  gallons)  on  the  1st  January, 
1886,  and  1st  January,  1887,  was  as  follows  : — 


Allegheny  

Bradford     

Kane 

Cherry  Grove  

Cooper   

Balltown 

Grand  Valley   

C'ogley 

Tarkill 

Baldridgc  and  Thorn  Creek. . 

Bed  Valley 

I'ontins  

Oil  Creek.  Tidioutc.  Clarion, 
Armstrong.  Warren,  etc  . 

Washington 

Shoustoun  

Mucksburg    


1887.  1886. 

Jan.  1.  Jan.  1. 

.    5,800  6,400 

24,600  29.000 


4,500  80 

210  400 

450  750 

650  1,200 

2,100  

1,600  5,200 

1.750  

2.000  1,400 

800  

2,800  • 

11.500  14.500 

8,500  L'.iil 

3.300  60 

1.300  1,900 


Totals    71.:>90 


63.140 


1859  5.000 

1860  500,000 

1861   2.113.000 

1862  3.056,000 

1863  2,811,000 

1861   2.116.000 

1ST,  L'.I'.IT.UKI 

1866  

1867  3.317.000 

1868  3.583.000 

1869  l.'Jin.T'Ji 

1870  5.673,195 

1871  ;,  715.900 

1872  6,531  65  i 


During  the  past  year  the  consumption  of  United 

States  erne le   petroleum,   produced  in  the  districts  re- 
ferred to,  has  been  as  follows  : — 

Barrels,        BatralB. 

Total  deliveries  from  the  oil  regions 26.803,400 

Deduct  total  exports    10.431,300 


The  yearly  production  of  crude  petroleum  in  Penn- 
sylvania and  the  contiguous  States  from  the  beginning 
of  the  year  In.jii  to  the  end  of  last  year  is  given  in  the 
following  table  in  barrels  of  42  American  gallons  : — 


Not  specified  January  1,  1886. 


1S73  

7.878.629 

1-71    

10,950.730 

1875  

8,787,506 

1876 

n  175  :«»; 

1-77 

13,480,171 

1878  

15,165,463 

1880 

2ii.562.0OO 

1881  

28  II7.I1/, 

1882  

31,051,166 

1883  

21.090.000 

1884 

23,520,817 

1885  

21.600.651 

1886  

....  25,81R,000 

Total  home  consumption  10.372.100 

Total  exports  from  the  United  States    ....  16.431.300 
Add  decrease  in  European  Stocks  t   150,000 


Total  foreign  consumption   16,581,300 

Average  daily  home  consumption     28.400 

Average  dailv  foreign  consumption 45,400 

73.800 

The  consumption  of  crude  petroleum  for  the  year 
1886  thus  exceeded  the  production  by  more  than 
2000  barrels  per  day,  the  deficiency  being  supplied 
from  the  stocks.  These  stocks,  held  by  the  storage 
companies,  at  the  end  of  the  year  1886  amounted  to 
34,156,605  barrels.  The  average  price  of  crude 
petroleum  in  the  United  States  during  1886  was  70g 
cents,  per  barrel. 

The  wells  in  the  Washington  field  being  several 
hundred  feet  deeper  than  those  in  the  older  fields, 
and  being  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  most 
modern  principles  of  drilling,  may  be  taken  as  illus- 
trating to  the  fullest  extent  the  development  which 
has  taken  place  in  this  important  branch  of  mechanics, 
and  it  will  therefore  be  interesting  to  consider  the 
details  of  construction  of  these  wells. 

The  derrick  employed  does  not  differ  materially 
from  those  erected  in  the  older  fields,  but  is  of  some- 
what greater  height  and  strength,  the  greater  depth 
of  the  wells  necessitating  the  use  of  longer  and 
heavier  drilling  tools.  The  structure  is  usually  about 
80ft.  in  height  by  about  20ft.  square  at  the  ba.se,  and 
is  strongly  braced  by  diagonal  stays.  The  steins  of 
the  drilling  tools  are  4in.  in  diameter,  and  the  "  string 
of  tools,"  as  it  is  called,  consisting  as  usual  of  "bit," 
"auger  stem,'  "jars,"  "sinker-bar,"  and  "rope- 
socket,"  is  frequently  from  65ft.  to  70ft.  in  length, 
and  weighs  from  30001b.  to  35001b.  The  well  is  com- 
menced by  inserting  a  wooden  "  conductor,"  or  iron 
"  drive  pipe,"  which  extends  from  the  surface,  through 
the  soft  ground,  to  the  top  (f  the  first  stratum  of 
rock.  The  drilling  is  then  commenced,  and  it  is 
usual  in  the  Washington  field  to  use  for  the  upper 
part  of  the  well  a  drill  13in.  in  diameter.  As  the 
drilling  proceeds  the  well  is  "cased"  to  support  the 
walls,  and  to  exclude  water.  The  casing  employed 
for  the  upper  part  of  a  well  drilled  with  a  13m.  bit 
consists  of  strong  iron  tubing,  lOin.  in  internal 
diameter,  carefully  screwed  together  in  lengths  of 
l7Aft.  to  20ft.  When  this  loin,  casing  cannot  he 
lowered  any  further  the  drilling  is  continued  with  a 
smaller  bit,  and  casing  of  a  corresponding  diameter  i- 
inserted.  A  further  reduction  of  size  is  usually  made 
before  the  well  is  completed.  Thus  a  well  which  1 
visited  was  commenced  with  from  16ft.  to  18ft.  of 
wooden  conductor,  and  contained,  on  being  finished, 
682ft.  of  loin,  casing,  1060ft  of  7iiti.  casing,  and 
1750ft.  of  5jin.  casing.  Each  "string"  of  easing 
extends  downwards  from  the  mouth  of  the  well,  and 


t  The  statements  of  stocks  at  foreign  ports  other  than  Euro- 
pean had  not  been  received  when  this  table  was  compiled. 


June  30, 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


407 


the  upper  part  of  the  well  is  therefore  lined  with 
three  thicknesses  of  iron,  the  casing  of  such  a  well 
thus  requiring  nearly  three-quarters  of  a  mile  of  iron 

tubing. 

The  average  depth  of  the  wells  in  the  Washington 
field  is  2400ft,  but  at  the  time  of  my  visit  there  was 
one  well  producing  which  was  of  the  depth  of  2595ft. 

Only  the  most  experienced  drillers  are  able  suc- 
cessfully to  cope  with  the  difficulties  attendant  upon 
drilling  to  such  a  depth  as  2400ft.,  and  even  workmen 
of  the  highest  skill  occasionally  fail,  for  there  are 
wells  in  this  field  which  have  been  abandoned  with 
three  sets  of  tools  in  the  bore,  after  fruitless  exertions 
in  "fishing,"  as  the  operation  of  raising  or  attempting 
to  raise  the  lost  tools  is  termed.  The  chief  difficulty 
arises  from  the  caving  of  the  rock  as  the  drilling  pro- 
ceeds and  before  the  casing  is  inserted.  The  average 
time  occupied  in  the  drilling  of  a  well  in  the 
Washington  field  is  about  four  months,  and  the  cost 
of  each  well  is  as  much  as  £1600.  In  the  Bradford 
field  the  cost  of  a  well  was  usually  estimated  at 
from  £500  to  £600.  Drilling  is  paid  for  in  the 
Washington  field  at  the  rate  of  7s.  to  8s.  per  foot,  as 
compared  with  Is.  lOd.  to  2s.  5d.  in  the  Bradford 
field.  At  this  rate  of  payment,  the  well-owner 
furnishes  the  derrick  (which  costs  about  £100), 
the  boiler,  of  25  h.p.  (costing  about  £100),  the 
engine,  of  20  h.p.  (costing  about  £40),  and  the  con- 
nections (costing  about  £20),  while  the  drilling  con- 
tractor uses  his  own  cable  and  tools,  and  finds  coal 
and  labour.  Occasionally  the  contractor  provides  the 
engine,  boiler,  and  connections,  and  then  is  paid  at  a 
higher  rate  for  each  foot  drilled.  The  gang  consists 
of  two  drillers  (who  receive  from  the  contractor  16s. 
each  per  day)  and  two  tool  dressers  (who  are  paid  14s. 
each  per  day).  The  drillers  and  tool  dressers  work 
in  pairs  as  a  day  and  a  night  shift,  so  that  theworkpro- 
ceeds  continuously.  The  well  owner  is  usually  tie 
lessee,  for  oil-producing  purposes  only,  of  theland.  Oil 
leases  in  the  Washington  field  are  as  a  rule  for  five 
years,  or  as  much  longer  as  oil  or  gas  is  produced  in 
paying  quantities,  and  almost  invariably  it  is  pro- 
vided by  covenant  that  the  lessee  is  to  commence 
development  within  a  year,  or  in  some  cases  two  years, 
or  in  lieu  thereof  is  to  pay  a  stipulated  rent  per  acre. 
The  landowner,  or  farmer,  retains  the  right  to  use  the 
land  for  agricultural  purposes,  the  oil-lessee  being  en- 
titled only  to  so  much  of  the  surface  as  he  may  require 
for  the  purpose  of  petroleum  production,  and  for 
ingress  and  egress.  The  terms  of  such  a  lease  fre- 
quently  are  that  the  lessor  receives  a  cash  payment 
of  £20  per  acre  (if  the  district  has  already  produced 
oil)  and  one-eighth  of  the  oil  produced  (in  kind). 

The  wells  are  invariably  torpedoed  on  the  com- 
pletion of  the  drilling,  with  the  object  of  shattering 
tile  oil-bearing  rock,  and  increasing  the  flow  of  oil. 
The  torpedo  employed  consists  of  a  shell  of  tin-plate 
filled  with  nitroglycerine.  In  the  Washington  field  it 
is  a  common  practice  to  torpedo  a  well  several  times, 
with  increasing  quantities  of  the  explosive,  the  final 
charge  amounting  to  80  quarts,  or  in  some  cases  as 
much  as  100  quarts.  The  nitroglycerine  is  manu- 
factured in  the  neighbourhood  in  a  manner  which,  it 
may  be  confidently  asserted,  would  not  receive  the 
approval  of  Her  Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Explosives, 
and  is  conveyed  to  the  well  in  tin  cans,  holding  from 
six  to  eight  quarts,  placed  in  padded  compartments  in 
a  spring  waggon.  The  torpedo  cases  or  .-hells  are 
usually  about  10ft.  in  length  by  3iiu.  in  diameter. 
Such  a  case  holds  20  quarts,  and  accordingly  as  many 
as  four  are  employed  when  a  charge  of  80  quarts  is  to 
be  exploded,  the  cases  being  successively  lowered  into 
the  well  as  they  are  filled  with  nitroglycerine.  The 
torpedowas  formerly  provided  with  a  percussion  firing 
head,  and  was  exploded  by  dropping  a  "go-devil  ' 


or  cast-iron  weight  into  the  well,  but  owing  to 
the  increased  size  of  the  bore  of  the  wells 
this  method  of  causing  the  explosion  has  been 
superseded  by  the  use  of  a  "go-devil  squib," 
which  is  practically  a  miniature  of  the  torpedo, 
provided  with  a  percussion  firing  head,  and  suspended 
in  the  well  in  proximity  to  the  torpedo  proper  by 
means  of  a  cord  on  which  a  perforated  leaden  weight 
runs.  The  weight  being  dropped  is  guided  by  the 
cord  to  the  head  of  the  squib,  and  the  explosion  of 
the  small  torpedo  being  thus  effected,  that  of  the 
large  torpedo  immediately  follows.  The  torpedo  is 
generally  fired  under  about  50ft.  or  more  of  water. 
The  distance  from  the  surface  of  the  ground  being  so 
great,  little  or  no  sound  is  heard  when  the  explosion 
occurs,  but  a  slight  tremor  of  the  ground  is  usually 
felt,  and  the  water  and  oil  in  the  well  are  projected 
upwards  to  a  great  height. 

Nearly  all  the  wells  in  the  Washington  field  are 
flowing  wells,  the  flow  usually  being  continuous.  The 
maximum  regular  yield  per  well  is  probably  from 
600  barrel-  to  700  barrels  (20,160  to  23,520  imperial 
gallons)  per  diem,  but  one  well  in  this  field  is  esti- 
mated to  have  given  3600  barrels  (121,000  imperial 
gallons)  per  24  hours  for  about  a  week  after  it  was 
completed.  In  consequence  of  the  great  expense  of 
drilling  in  the  Washington  field,  no  well  which  yields 
less  than  100  barrels  (3360  imperial  gallons)  per  day 
is  considered  to  pay,  at  the  present  price  of  crude  oil. 

Most  of  the  crude  petroleum  produced  in  the 
Washington  field  is  what  is  known  as  amber  oil.  Prior 
to  the  development  of  this  field,  such  oil  had  never 
been  found  in  large  quantity,  and  petroleum  experts 
accordingly  predicted  that  the  Washington  field 
would  not  be  found  to  be  very  productive,  but  sub- 
sequent experience  demonstrated  the  small  value 
which  such  predictions  in  matters  relating  to 
petroleum  production  possess.  I  have  on  the  table 
an  interesting  representative  series  of  samples  of 
crude  petroleum  from  the  Washington  field.  The 
character  of  these  samples  is  indicated  in  the  follow- 
ing table : — 

No.  Name  of  Well.  Sp-  Gr.         Colour. 

1  Mulholland,   McKeevor   &    Co.'s  Lead 

Works  Lot 0-790 .  \  ellow 

2  Cameron,  1   9,'UI''  .  -v 

3  The  CaldweU and  Marsh  0'7S8.. Amber 

1  Union  Oil  Co.,  McGovern 0798.  .\ellow 

5  The  Weaver,  No.  1   0800. .Amber 

6  The  Munhall  &  Smithman,  It.  1).  Wylie  0801..      „ 

7  The  Shirls,  No.  1  Shirls  Company    0792. .  \ellow 

8  The    People's    Light     and    Heat    Co., 

Gordon,  No.  1 0  819.. Amber 

9  Gordon,  No.  2   0'77a..lellow 

10  Gordon.  No.  1  0  820.. Amber 

11  The  People's  Light  and  Heat  Co..  Hess,2  0'801 .       .. 

12  Vandergrift.  Weirieh,  No.  1    0S16. Brown 

13  Cradle  Factory,  Miller  and  Guffey 0'8U..      „ 

11  The  Hallam  and  Co..  on  the  Clark  0'828 

15  Coast  and  Sons,  on  the  Weirieh 0/92 

16  Vandergrift,  No.  1  Barre    0  788 

17  Vandergrift,  No.  2  Barre  0'771 

18  Hall  and  Co 0801. 

18  The  Gabby,  Pew  and  Emerson 0799. .     .. 

;  20  The  Manifold,  Pew  and  Emerson  0'780.  .Dark  brown 

1  21  Willets,  No.  1  0'777. .Yellow 

(22       „         No.3  0'771..      „ 

23       ,.         No.  5  0'786..      „ 

21  Union  Oil  Co.'s  No.  1  Taylor    0772..     „ 

2.5  Coast  and  Sons.  Hayes  0i72..      .. 

26  McKiuney  Brothers'  Montgomery,  No.  1  0797  ..Amber 

27  Thuyer.  So.  1  Clark     0'792..      „ 

28  ..         No.  2  Clark     0'811..      „ 

29  Belmont  Oil  Co.'s  Smith,  No.  1    0808..      „ 

3D  Citieens'  OU  and  Gas  Co.,  TheGantz....  0820.  Dark  brown 

The  odour  of  all  the  samples  is  moderately  strong, 
but  not  disagreeable. 

The  specific  gravity  and  colour  of  a  representative 
series  of  samples  from  the  older  fields  placed  on  the 
table  for  comparison  are  as  under  : — 

Name  of  Field.  Sp.  or.  Colour. 

Bradford  0810 Keddish  brown 

0819 


Dark  brown 
Yellow 


.Amber 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [June  30. 1887. 


Nam.  ..i  Field.  Sp.  '.r  Colour. 

Parker  (Clarion) 0"97 Reddish  brown 

..      iKarnsCity) 0789 

Thorn  Creek 0  802 

Stoneham    0802 Dark  amber 

Ifackabnrg 0'829 Reddish  brown 

I'Im-  crude  petroleum  found  in  the  Washington 
field  contains  a  considerable  quantity  of  solid  hydro- 
carbons, which  to  some  extent  crystallise  out  in  cold 
weather.  A  sample  of  the  paraffin  which  thus 
iratea  is  exhibited. 

I  have  also  on  the  tabic  a  number  of  specimens  of 
the  oil  sands  from  the  same  field,  of  which  the  fol- 
lowing is  a  description  : — 

1.  "  Manifold  "  snnd.  Small  red  and  grey  particles 
in  equal  proportions. 

2.  "Gantz  "sand.  Black,  grey,  and  white  particles 
in  equal  proportions. 

."i.   "  Fifty  foot  "  Band,     (if  a  pale  brown  colour. 

4.  "Stray  sand.  For  the  most  part  of  a  greyish 
colour,  bnl  with  a  few  reddish-coloured  particles  inter- 
mixed. 

5.  "  Gordon  "  sand.  Similar  to  the  "  Gantz  "  sand, 
but  of  liner  grain. 

The  following  is  the  record  of  a  well  on  the  Israel 
Weirich  farm  in  the  Washington  field,  showing  the 
depths  from  the  surface  and  the  thicknesses  of  the 
oil  sands  met  with  : — 

Depth.        Thickness. 

Top  of  "Big"  or  "  Mountain  "  sand  ..     1,133ft 210ft. 

„      "Gantz"  sand  2,080     .....30 

.,     "Fifty-foot"  sand    2.187     50 

„     "  Stray  "  sand  2.370     ....  24 

„     "  Gordon "  sand  2.101     35 

The  decline  in  the  production  of  the  Bradford  field 
has  given  rise  to  some  apprehensions  of  an  approach- 
ing scarcity  in  the  supply  of  crude  petroleum  in  the 
United  States,  but  although  there  are  no  indications 
which  warrant  the  belief  that  another  equally  prolific 
territory  will  be  discovered,  it  is  certain  that  petro- 
leum exists  in  very  considerable  quantities  in  many 
States  of  the  Union,  besides  Pennsylvania  and  New 
\  ork.  The  petroleum  of  Ohio  has  already  been 
referred  to.  The  oil  found  in  the  Lima  field  in  this 
State  is  described  by  Professor  I  Irton,  State  Geologist 
of  Ohio,  as  a  "black,  sulphuretted  and  rather 
heavy  "  oil.  The  specific  gravity  appears  to  range 
from  CT818  to  CT843.  Considerable  difficulty  has  been 
i  \perienced  in  producing  from  this  petroleum  an 
illuminating  oil  of  good  quality.  Petroleum  is  also 
obtainable  in  large  quantities  in  West  Virginia, 
Kentucky,  and  Tennessee.  It  is  also  found  in 
Alabama,  Florida,  Michigan,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Mis- 
souri, Kansas,  Louisiana,  Nebraska,  Montana, 
Wyoming,  Dakota,  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  and 
California. 

The  Governor  of  Wyoming,  in  a  report  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  dated  1886,  states  that  the 
must  extensive  oil  basins  of  the  territory  lie  east  of 
the  Wind  River,  and  north  of  the  Rattlesnake  range 
"t  mountains,  the  principal  deposits  being  apparently 
ited  in  the  Fort  Washakie,  Lander,  Shoshone, 
Beaver  Creek,  Big  Horn,  Rattlesnake,  Seminole  and 
Laramie  ranges.  A  trial  well  drilled  in  the  Shoshone 
basin  to  a  depth  of  72ft.,  is  stated  to  have  yielded  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year  1885,  40  barrels  (of  42 
American  gallons)  of  oil  per  24  hours. 

I  had  occasion  some  time  ago  to  examine  a  number 
of  samples  of  crude  petroleum  from  the  Shoshone 
basin  in  Wyoming,  and  found  them  to  possess  the 
following  characters  : — 

sfSpto  *  ,;r  ''"luur-  odour- 

1  ..  0'912  ..  Very  dark  brown  ..  Strong  and  disagreeable 

2  ..  0912  .. 

3  ..  0.919  .. 

I  ..  0910  .. 

5  ..  0911   ..  Brownish  black      ..  Slight  and  disagreeable 

II  .  0911  ..  Very  dark  brown  ..  Strong  and  disagreeable 
7  ..  OiWo  ..  Brownish  black     ..  Slight  and  disagreeable 


The  yield  of  commercial  products  from  Samples 
Nos.  6  and  7,  portions  of  which  are  on  the  table,  I 
found  to  be  as  follows  : — 


No.  Naphtha 

6    25       . 

7    none     . 


Kerosene 

.    27o    . 

.     10  0     . 


Intermediate  and  Lubri- 
cating Oils. 

58'fi    per  cent. 

72-5 


Considerable  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
development  of  the  petroleum  resources  of  California, 
the  local  demand  being,  to  some  extent,  supplied  with 
refined  oil,  manufactured  in  the  State  from  native 
crude  petroleum,  and  I  was  glad  to  have  an  oppor- 
tunity last  autumn  of  visiting  the  principal  producing 
territory,  situated  in  Pico  Canon,  near  the  city  of 
Newhall,  in  Los  Angeles  County.  The  existence  of 
oil  in  this  locality  was  discovered  by  Andreas  Pico 
prior  to  1S57,  but  the  development  may  be  said  to 
date  from  18ti9,  when  the  Pico  well  was  drilled.  It 
was  not,  however,  till  1875  that  drilling  was  actively 
commenced.  Petroleum  is  also  obtained  in  Ventura 
County,  California,  near  Santa  Paula,  where  drilling 
was  commenced  in  1874  ;  from  a  small  group  of  wells 
in  the  Santa  Cruz  mountains  ;  from  Puente,  east  of 
Los  Angeles,  where  drilling  first  took  place  about 
18  months  ago  ;  and  in  still  smaller  quantities  from 
several  other  localities  in  the  State  of  California.  I 
was  informed  that  the  oil  produced  in  the  Ventura 
territory,  which  is  from  35  to  40  miles  west  of  New- 
hall,  is  conveyed  by  pipe  to  the  seaboard,  and  thence 
in  tanks  by  steamship  to  San  Francisco,  where  it  is 
refined.  I  was  not  able  to  ascertain  the  production 
of  this  territory,  but  I  presume  that  it  is  very  small, 
and  I  was  told  in  San  Francisco  that  the  oil 
being  refined  there  at  the  time  of  my  visit  all  came 
from  Pico  Canon.  The  quantity  of  crude  oil  found 
in  the  Santa  Cruz  mountains  is  as  yet  very  limited, 
the  production  not  exceeding  from  10  to  15  barrels 
per  day.  The  oil  is  stated  to  have  a  specific  gravity 
of  40°  B.  (0'83O),  and  to  contain  a  good  deal  of 
paraffin. 

In  the  ravine  at  Newhall  we  found  a  little 
colony,  where  Mr.  Mentry,  the  manager  at  the 
wells,  and  the  workmen  reside.  The  wells  number 
Hi  in  all,  and  are  from  700  to  2000ft.  in  depth. 
The  petroleum  is  found  in  the  tertiary  forma- 
tion in  sandstone,  but  there  do  not  appear  to 
be  any  well-defined  oil-bearing  strata,  the  oil  being 
found  in  greater  or  less  quantity  at  almost  all  depths. 
The  oil-belt  at  present  defined  has  a  length  of  about 
two  miles,  and  is  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width. 
The  individual  yield  of  the  wells  ranges  from  five  to 
seven  barrels  up  to  40  barrels  per  day,  and  the  aggre- 
gate production  is  stated  to  be  500  barrels  per  day. 
The  oldest  of  the  wells  was  drilled  about  10  years 
ago,  but  has  been  deepened  since,  and  all  the  wells  are 
still  yielding.  Only  one  of  the  wells  is  classed  as  a 
flowing  well,  but  we  were  informed  that  all  would 
flow  if  the  gas  pressure  were  allowed  to  accumulate. 
The  (lowing  well  was  drilled  about  four  or  five  years 
ago,  and  was  at  first  pumped  for  about  five  months, 
but  it  has  since  flowed  at  intervals  of  about  20 
minutes,  and  now  yields  40  barrels  per  day.  We  saw 
this  well  flowing,  and  observed  that  the  discharge 
took  place  with  considerable  force  for  the  space  of 
nearly  five  minutes.  Each  well  is  connected  with  a 
cylindrical  iron  vessel,  through  which  the  oil  passes, 
and  where  the  gas  which  escapes  with  the  oil  is  col- 
lected and  used  as  fuel,  the  steam  boilers  being 
heated  exclusively  with  this  natural  gas.  All  the 
wells,  with  the  exception  referred  to,  are  pumped 
once  a-day,  a  1  lin.  pump  with  24in.  stroke,  worked 
in  the  usual  manner  through  the  medium  of  the 
rocking  beam,  being  employed.  Mr.  Mentry  stated 
that  the  oil  did  not,  as  a  rule,  vary  greatly  in  quality, 
but  one  well  (No.  13)  yielded  an  oil  containing  so 


June  30. 1867.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


109 


large  a  proportion  of  solid  hydrocarbons,  that  diffi- 
culty  was  sometimes  experienced  from  the  clogging 
of  the  pump  tubing  with  paraffin.  I  obtained  an 
average  sample  of  the  crude  petroleum,  to  which  1 
shall  have  occasion  to  refer  later.  The  oil  passes 
from  the  wells  to  a  receiving  tank  holding  25,000 
barrels,  and  is  thence  conveyed,  partly  by  gravitation 
and  partly  by  pumping,  through  a  2in.  pipe  to  New- 
hall,  where  it  is  run  into  tank  waggons  on  the  railway 
for  conveyance  to  San  Francisco.  The  whole  of  the 
Pico  Canon  oil-field  is  now  under  the  control  of  the 
Pacific  Coast  Oil  Company,  though  there  are  still 
some  separate  subsidiary  interests.  The  Company 
have  not  drilled  any  wells  recently,  but  they  contem- 
plate making  further  developments  at  an  early  date. 
The  derricks  used  are  72ft.  in  height,  and  the  wells 
are  usually  commenced  with  a  bore  of  10  to  I2in  ,  but 
this  is  necessarily  reduced,  on  account  of  "  caving, " 
as  the  drilling  proceeds,  and  although  efforts  are  made 
to  complete  the  well  with  a  diameter  of  not  less  than 
5$  in.,  some  of  the  wells  are  at  the  bottom  only  Sjin. 
in  diameter.  What  is  known  as  a  "stove-pipe"  casing 
of  sheet  iron  is  generally  used  instead  of  a  wooden 
conductor  in  starting  the  well,  and  this  casing  is  com- 
monly from  10  to  20ft.  in  length.  The  wells  are  cased 
throughout,  but  are  frequently  not  provided  with 
any  arrangement  for  shutting  off  the  water,  which  is 
met  with  at  a  depth  ranging  from  100  to  300ft.  The 
drilling  is  exclusively  conducted  with  cable  tools,  and 
the  wells  are  never  torpedoed.  It  takes  from  four  to 
five  months  to  drill  to  a  depth  of  1500ft.  under 
favourable  circumstances  in  the  Pico  Canon.  Before 
drilling  was  commenced  in  this  locality  attempts 
were  made  to  obtain  petroleum  by  driving  tunnels  of 
20  or  30ft.  in  length  into  the  hill  side,  and  our  atten- 
tion was  called  to  one  of  these  tunnels,  from  which, 
at  one  time,  about  half  a  barrel  of  oil  per  day  was 
obtained,  and  from  which  we  saw  a  small  quantity  of 
petroleum  still  flowing. 

While  at  San  Francisco  we  visited  the  refinery 
of  the  Pacific  Coast  Oil  Company,  situated  at 
Alameda  Point,  11  miles  from  San  Francisco. 
There  is  a  small  refinery  at  Newhall  where  a 
portion  of  the  crude  petroleum  from  Pico  Canon  is 
distilled,  but  the  refinery  at  Alameda  is  the  only  one 
in  California  where  finished  kerosene  is  made.  The 
present  capacity  of  this  refinery  is  about  500  barrels 
of  crude  oil  per  day,  but  the  works  are  situated  in  an 
enclosure  of  considerable  size,  and  it  would  be  easy 
to  irttrease  the  plant.  At  the  present  time,  however, 
only  the  oil  produced  in  the  Pico  Canon  is  being 
refined,  much  of  the  oil  found  in  California  being  a 
black  heavy  oil,  not  available  as  a  source  of  kerosene. 
and  the  existing  arrangements  are  amply  sufficient 
for  dealing  with  this.  The  crude  oil,  which  has  a 
specific  gravity  of  39=  to  40°  B.,  is  stated  to  yield 
'  about  44  per  cent,  of  kerosene  of  good  burning 
quality,  having  a  specific  gravity  of  44°  B.,  and  a  fire- 
test  of  110°  F.,  but  as  much  as  65  per  cent,  of  110° 
test  oil  can,  it  is  said,  be  obtained.  Of  what  is  known 
as  water  white  oil,  of  a  nominal  fire-test  of  150°,  the 
crude  petroleum  is  stated  to  yield  about  20  per  cent. 
The  yield  of  naphtha  is  given  as  about  15  per  cent. 

I  have  examined  and  subjected  to  fractional  dis- 
tillation the  sample  of  crude  petroleum  which  I 
brought  from  Pico  Canon.  The  petroleum  has  a 
specific  gravity  of  0'844.  It  is  dark  brown  in  colour, 
and  has  a  rather  pleasant  odour.  It  yields,  by  the 
method  of  distillation  I  am  accustomed  to  adopt— 

Naphtha 15  per  cent. 

Kerosene    45 

Intermediate  and  lubricating  oils   ....  32 

Before  leaving  San  Francisco  I  had  a  lengthened 
conversation  on  the  subject  of  Californian  petroleum 


with  Mr.  Henry  G.  Hanks,  formerly  State  Mineralo- 
gist. Mr.  Hanks,  whose  fourth  annual  report  to  the 
Californian  State  Mining  Bureau  contains  a  good 
deal  of  valuable  information  concerning  the  petroleum 
industry  of  the  State,  has  been  good  enough  to  furnish 
me  with  the  following  interesting  specimens— 

1.  Asphaltum  in  sand,  Santa  Cruz. 

2.  Crude  hrca-asphaltum,  Los  Angeles. 

3.  Crude  maltha  or  tar,  Sargent's  Ranch,  Santa  Clara 

County. 

4.  Crudcbrca-asphaltum,Sargent'sRanch,SantaClara 

County. 

5.  Refined    asphaltum — artificial,    Sargent's  Kaneh, 

Santa  Clara  Comity. 

6.  Asphaltum  refined  by  natural  process,   Sargent's 

Ranch,  Santa  Clara  County. 

7.  Crude     brea  asphaltum,    Coral    dc     l'iedra,    San 

Louis  Obispo  County. 
S.  Maltha,    so-called     "  tar,"     San     Louis     Obispo 

County. 
9.  Asphaltum,  San  Louis  Obispo  County. 

10.  Asphaltum,         ,,  ,, 

11.  Asphaltum,         ,,  ,, 

12.  Bituminous  sandstone,  San  Louis  Obispo  County. 

13.  Crude    petroleum,     Pico     Canon,     Los    Angeles 

County. 

14.  Maltha,    first  yield    of    wells    at    Petrolia,    Los 

Angeles  County. 

15.  Crude  petroleum,    Tunitas    Creek,    San    Mateo 

County. 

Sample  Xo.  1  consists  of  19'8  per  cent,  of  asphalt 
and  8()'2  per  cent,  of  sand.  Sample  No.  2  is  from  La 
Brea  Rancho,  so  named  from  the  Spanish  word 
"  brea,"  signifying  pitch,  which  lies  about  six  miles 
west  from  the  city  of  Los  Angeles.  Mr.  Hanks  states 
that  the  deposits  here,  which  cover  a  large  area,  con- 
sist mainly  of  bitumen  and  maltha,  the  latter  occuring 
in  the  form  of  pools  or  wells.  As  at  Carpentaria,  in 
Santa  Barbara  County,  the  tar-like  substance  flowing 
from  the  numerous  apertures  becomes  mixed  with 
such  quantities  of  mineral  and  vegetable  matter,  that 
the  whole  mass  has  to  be  melted,  and  the  impurities 
separated  from  the  asphalt  to  fit  the  latter  for  market. 
To  effect  this  the  material  is  melted  in  iron  kettles, 
and  the  impurities  floating  on  the  surface  being 
skimmed  off,  additional  material  is  thrown  in  until 
the  kettle  is  nearly  filled  with  comparatively  pure 
asphaltum,  when  the  charge  is  poured  out  into 
trenches  dug  in  the  earth.  The  pigs  on  being  broken 
up  after  pooling  constitute  commercial  asphaltum. 
From  this  locality  the  Catholic  fathers  obtained 
asphaltum  for  roofing  the  missions  and  other  build- 
ings put  up  at  Los  Angeles,  San  Gabriel,  and  else- 
where in  the  vicinity.  Samples  Nos.  3,  4,  5,  and  6 
are  from  Sargent's  Ranch,  a  few  miles  south  of  the 
town  of  Gilroy,  in  Santa  Clara  County.  Petroleum 
is  here  found  exuding  from  the  sandstone  at 
several  points  along  Tar  Creek.  Upon  exposure 
the  liquid  becomes  converted  into  maltha  and 
asphaltum,  considerable  quantities  of  which 
have  accumulated.  The  petroleum,  according 
to  Mr.  Hanks,  exudes  from  the  hill -side 
in  a  thin  tarry  stream,  with  a  motion  that  is  almost 
imperceptible  when  the  weather  is  cool,  but  which 
increases  with  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere. 
Much  of  the  asphalt  presents  a  vitreous  appearance, 
resembling  that  of  the  best  quality  from  Trinidad. 
Some  of  the  pools  formed  are  as  much  as  loft,  in 
diameter,  and  of  unknown  depth.  In  cool  weather 
the  surface  is  sufficiently  firm  to  admit  of  walking 
over  it,  but  on  warm  days  the  surface  is  too  yielding 
to  bear  the  weight  of  a  man.  When  dug  up  and 
thrown  into  heaps  the  hard  asphaltum  at  common 
temperatures  gradually  softens  and  spreads  out  into 
a  thin  sheet.    At  the  point  where  the  first  deposits 


110 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uunc30.i887. 


are  met  with  going  op  the  creek,  works  have  been 
erected  forpunfying  the  brea  by  fusion  and  straining. 
Some  20  or  30  tons  of  Bsphaltum  have  been  obtained 
here,    Half-a-mile  op  the  creek  other  large  beds  of 
asphaltom  exist,  which  are  fed  from   springs  on  the 
bank  of  the  stream,  and  about  3( 'ft.  above  its  bed. 
From  these  deposits  seventy  five  car  loads  of  asphal- 
tum  have  been  sent  to  San  Francisco.    -\  mile  and  a 
half  further  up  the  creek  a  third,  and  by  far  the 
largest,  bed  of  asphaltom  in  this  series  is  met  with, 
the  deposits  here  covering  several  acres.     The  land 
at  this  place  spreads  out  into  a  plateau,  and  the  sup- 
plying springs,  many  in  number,  are  located  on  the 
Dt  ighbouring  hillside.     From  the  surface  of  the  tarry 
pools  bubbles  of  gas  escape,  similar  to  those  observed 
at  the  Mud  Lakes  on  the  Colorado  desert,  and  remains 
of  birds  and  small  animals  which  have  become  en- 
snared in  the  tar  are  to  be  seen.     From  this  locality 
200  car  loads  of  asphaltom  have  been  sent  to  market. 
According  to  Mr.  Hanks,  the  following  comprise 
the  more  notable  localities  of  asphaltum  and  maltha 
in  the  State  :— Santa  Ynez  and  Kayamos  Valleys  ; 
mar    Mission,    San    Buenaventura  ;    at    the    (!oleta 
Landing,  seven  miles   west  of  the  town   of  Santa 
Barbara  :    on   the   Laguna  Todos   Santos  and   Los 
Alamos  Ranches;  in  the  vicinity  of  Dos  Pueblos,  and 
near  Carpenteria,  in  Santa  Barbara  County  :   at  the 
oil  wells  near  Sulphur  Mountain,  Ventura  County  : 
Rancho  La  Brea,  Los  Angeles  County ;  on  the  Corral 
de  Piedra,  San  Louis  Obispo  County  ;   about  Buena 
Vista  Lake,  Kern  County  ;  and  on  Sargent's  Ranch, 
Santa  Clara  County. 

The  quantity  of  asphaltum  consumed  in  the  State 
in  1884  was  about  3500  tons  per  annum,  the  annual 
receipts  at  San  Francisco  reaching  2500  tons.  The 
principal  supplies  come  from  Santa  Barbara  County, 
and  the  product  from  this  locality  being  preferred, 
commands  a  price  from  20  to  30  per  cent,  higher  than 
that  obtained  for  asphaltum  from  other  deposits  in 
the  State.  The  wholesale  price  of  asphaltum  in  1884 
was  13dols.  per  ton  for  the  best,  and  from  9dols.  to 
1  Idols,  per  ton  for  poorer  qualities.  The  cost  of  ex- 
traction ranges  from  2dols.  to  3dols.  per  ton,  according 
to  the  hardness  of  the  material,  it  being  necessary 
occasionally  to  resort  to  blasting. 

The  material  is  largely  used  in  California,  as  else- 
where, for  street  pavements,  cellar  floors,  and  roofing. 
It  has  also  been  used  in  the  construction  of  water 
1'ipes.  the  process  consisting  in  coiling  on  a  mandril 
the  cloth  known  as  burlap,  previously  soaked  in 
melted  asphaltum,  glazing  the  interior  of  the  pipe 
thus  formed  by  pouring  in  melted  asphaltum,  and 
finally  rolling  the  pipes  on  a  table  covered  with  coke 
dust,  whereby  they  acquire  a  smooth,  dry,  and  hard 
surface.  The  pipe  thus  manufactured  is  light,  dur- 
able, and  cheap,  the  price,  inclusive  of  couplings, 
being  a  sum  per  foot  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  pipe 
in  inches,  multiplied  by  10  cents.  Thus,  2in.  pipe 
costs  20  cents  per  foot,  4in.  pipe  40  cents,  etc.  Such 
pipe  is  said  to  have  been  made  to  stand  an  internal 
pressure  of  500lb.  per  square  inch. 

Mr.  Hanks  states  that  the  Californian  petroleum- 
bearing  rocks  belong  to  the  tertiary  age,  as  shown  by 
the  fossils.  At  Pico  Canon  the  sand  rocks  are  strati- 
fied  with  much  regularity,  and  are  iuterstratified  with 
plates  or  seams  of  gypsum.  There  also  occur  here  a 
black  shale  and  a  coarse  conglomerate. 

According  to  Professor  S.  F.  Peckham,  who  has 
devoted  much  attention  to  the  subject,  the  maltha  of 
Southern  California  passes  by  insensible  gradations 
from  a  material  scarcely  to  be  distinguished  from 
heavy  petroleum  to  solid  asphalt,  and  varies  in 
Bpecific  gravity  from  0'ftUOfi  to  1'10;  the  heavier 
description  still  remaining  plastic,  like  mortar. 
When  I  visited  Canada  in  1877—78,  the  refining  of 


petroleum  was  principally  conducted  in  the  city  of 
London,  Ontario.  At  the  present  time  Petrolia, 
Ontario,  is  the  chief  seat  of  the  industry,  and  it  was 
accordingly  to  this  city  that  we  made  our  way.  Here 
we  were  treated  with  the  greatest  kindness  and  hos- 
pitality by  Mr.  John  D.  Noble,  vice-president  of  the 
Petrolia  Crude  Oil  and  Tanking  Co.,  and  his  brother, 
Mr.  1!.  D'Oyley  Noble,  and  were  enabled  in  the  short 
time  at  our  disposal  to  visit  typical  portions  of  the 
producing  territory,  and  some  of  the  principal  refi- 
neries. 

The  development  of  the  Canadian  petroleum  indus- 
try may  be  said  to  date  from  1857,  when  a  well  dug 
for  water  was  found  to  yield  a  considerable  quantity 
of  petroleum,  but  long  previously,  indeed  from  the 
time  of  the  earliest  settlements  in  the  county  of 
Lamberton,  in  the  western  part  of  the  province  of 
Ontario,  petroleum  was  known  to  exist  in  Canada. 
In  18C2  productive  Mowing  wells  were  drilled  at  Oil 
Springs,  but  these  wells,  which  were  comparatively 
shallow,  quickly  became  exhausted,  and  the  territory 
was  deserted  on  the  discovery  in  1865  of  oil  at  Petro- 
lia, seven  miles  to  the  northward,  and  about  16  miles 
south-west  of  the  outlet  of  Lake  Huron.  Recently 
the  Oil  Springs  wells  have  been  drilled  deeper,  and  are 
now  producing  10,000  to  1 2,000  barrels(of  42  American 
gallons)  per  month.  Petroleum  has  also  been  found 
at  Bothwell,  35  miles  from  Oil  Springs,  but  this  dis- 
trict has  ceased  to  yield.  Quite  recently  a  new 
territory  has  been  discovered  at  Euphemia,  17  miles 
from  Bothwell,  where,  at  the  time  of  our  visit,  there 
were  four  wells  producing  collectively  70  barrels  per 
dav.  This  territory  is  by  some  regarded  as  part  of 
the  Bothwell  field. 

The  present  producing  oil-belt  extends  from  Petro- 
lia in  a  north-westerly  direction,  to  the  township  of 
Sarnia,  and  in  a  south-easterly  direction  to  Oil 
Springs,  but  in  the  latter  direction  there  is  a  break  of 
about  lour  and  a  quarter  miles,  commencing  at  a 
point  about  two  miles  from  Petrolia.  At  Oil  Springs 
there  appears  to  be  a  pool  about  two  miles  square. 
The  extension  of  the  belt  then  continues  in  the  same 
direction,  with  another  break  of  about  nine  miles,  to 
the  new  oil  field  of  Euphemia,  the  average  width  of 
the  oil-belt  being  about  two  miles.  In  all,  about 
15,000  wells  are  believed  to  have  been  drilled  in  the 
Canadian  oil-fields,  and  of  these  about  2500  are  now 
producing,  the  average  yield  being  about  three- 
quarters  of  a  barrel  per  well  per  day.  The  aggregate 
production  is  probably  about  700,000  barrels  per 
annum,  the  greater  part  of  which  is  obtained  in  the 
Petrolia  district,  and  the  stocks  were  at  the  time  of 
our  visit  stated  to  amount  to  from  400,000  to  450,000 
barrels. 

In  the  Canadian  oil-fields  the  drilling  contractor 
usually  employs  his  own  derrick,  engine,  boiler,  and 
tools,  furnishes  wood  and  water,  cases  the  well,  and 
fixes  the  pomp  ;  the  well  owner  providing  the  casing 
and  pomp,  and  subsequently  erecting  the  permanent 
derrick.  The  wells  in  the  Oil  Springs  field  were  for- 
merly from  200ft.  to  3O0ft.  in  depth,  but  the  oil  stratum 
then  worked  became  waterlogged,  and  the  wells  are 
now  sunk  to  a  depth  of  about  375ft.,  and  are  cased  to 
a  depth  of  about  275ft.  to  shut  off  the  water.  The 
contract  price  for  drilling  a  4jin.  hole  to  a  depth  of 
about  375ft,  under  the  conditions  mentioned  is  150dols. 
(.£30),  and  the  time  occupied  in  drilling  is  usually 
about  a  week  when  the  work  is  continued  night  and 
day.  The  wells  in  the  Petrolia  field  have  a  depth  of 
480ft,  the  contract  price,  including  the  cost  of  100ft. 
of  wooden  conductor,  being  1 75dols.  (£35),  and  the 
time  occupied  in  drilling  being  from  six  to  twelve 
days.  Pole  tools  are  used  in  drilling,  the  poles  being 
of  white  ash,  37ft.  in  length.  The  derrick  is  about 
48ft.  in  height.     An  auger  some  4ft.  in  length,  and 


June 30, 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


411 


about  a  foot  in  diameter,  is  used  to  bore  through  the 
earth  to  the  bed  rock,  the  auger  being  rotated  by- 
horse  power.  The  drilling  tools  commonly  consist  of 
a  bit,. Sift. in  length  by  Kin.  in  diameter, weighing 
about  60lb.;  a  Binker  bar,  into  which  the  bit  is 
screwed,  30ft.  in  length  by  San.  in  diameter,  weighing 
about  10401b.;  and  the  jars,  inserted  between  the 
sinker  bar  and  the  poles,  about  6ft.  in  length,  and 
weighing  1501b.  The  tools  are  suspended  by  a  chain, 
which  passes  three  times  round  the  end  of  the  walk- 
ing beam  and  thence  to  the  windlass,  with  ratchet 
wheel,  fixed  on  the  walking  beam,  by  means  of  which 
the  tools  are  gradually  lowered  as  the  drilling  pro- 
ceeds. The  cable  is  thus  only  employed  in  raising 
the  tools  from  the  well,  and  lowering  them  into  it. 
The  sand  pump  or  bailer  is  frequently  as  much  as 
37ft.  in  length,  and  is  about  4in.  in  diameter.  The 
casing  (4$in.  diameter)  costs  about  45  cents  (Is.  10id.) 
per  foot,  and  the  l|in.  pump,  with  piping,  costs  from 
65doIs.  (£13)  to  8Sdols.  (£17),  according  to  the  length 
of  pipe  required.  An  ordinary  square-frame  derrick 
costs,  with  mud-sill,  from  22dols.  (£4  8s.)  to  27dols. 
(£5  8s.),  and  the  walking  beam  about  8dois.  (£1  12s.). 
In  many  cases,  however,  a  three-pole  derrick,  which 
can  be  erected  at  an  expense  of  about  lOdols. 
(£2),  is  employed.  A  100-barrel  wooden  tank  costs, 
erected,  50dols.  (£10.)  The  wells  are  torpedoed  on 
completion  with  from  8  to  10  quarts  of  nitroglycerine, 
at  a  cost  of  4dols.  (16s.)  per  quart.  The  torpedoes 
employed  in  the  Canadian  oil-field  are  much  smaller 
than  those  used  for  a  similar  purpose  in  the  United 
States,  the  tin  shell  being  only  6ft.  in  leDgth  by  3in. 
in  diameter.  We  were  enabled  to  witness  the  opera- 
tion of  torpedoing  a  well,  and  the  following  particu- 
lars, based  on  notes  taken  at  the  time,  may  be  of 
interest : — The  torpedo  case,  which  was  furnished 
with  a  tube  or  "  anchor  "  at  the  lower  end,  Sft.  in 
length,  was  placed  in  the  mouth  of  the  well  and  sus- 
pended so  that  its  upper  end  was  level  with  the 
surface  of  the  ground.  Eight  quarts  of  nitroglycerine, 
which  was  in  a  tin  can,  was  then  poured  into  the 
torpedo  case,  and  the  torpedo  was  carefully  lowered 
into  the  well,  which  contained  at  the  time  about 
250ft.  of  water,  until  the  end  of  the  anchor  rested  on 
the  bottom  of  the  well.  A  travelling  primer  or  "go- 
devil  squib "  was  then  prepared  as  follows:— A  tin 
cone,  14in.  in  length  by  2in.  in  diameter  at  the  open 
end,  was  partially  filled  with  sand  to  give  it  the 
necessary  weight.  A  piece  of  double  tape  fuse,  2ft. 
long,  was  inserted  into  a  Nobel's  treble  detonator, 
and  over  the  detonator  and  a  portion  of  the  fuse  a 
perforated  tin  tube  or  sheath  was  passed.  This  tube 
was  then  inserted  through  a  hole  in  a  strip  of  tin  fixed 
across  the  mouth  of  the  conical  cup  into  the  sand,  so 
that  the  detonator  was  embedded.  The  sand  was 
then  saturated  with  nitroglycerine,  the  fuse  lighted, 
and  the  primer  dropped  into  the  well.  In  about  45 
seconds  there  was  a  perceptible  tremor  of  the  ground, 
immediately  followed  by  a  slight  sound  of  the  explo- 
sion. After  an  interval  of  a  second  or  two  there  was 
a  gurgling  noise,  and  a  magnificent  black  fountain 
shot  up  twice  as  high  as  the  derrick,  upon  which  all 
the  spectators  ran  for  shelter  from  the  impending 
shower  of  oil  and  water.  The  well  not  being  a  Mow- 
ing one,  the  outrush  was  only  of  momentary  duration, 
and  within  a  few  minutes  the  drillers  were  at  work 
removing  from  the  well,  by  means  of  the  sand  pump, 
the  fragments  of  rock  which  had  been  detached  by 
the  explosion.  On  the  table  are  specimens  of  this 
rock,  which  I  obtained  at  the  time. 

The  maximum  yield  per  well  is  ten  barrels  per  day, 
and  the  minimum  yield  for  which  it  is  considered 
profitable  to  pump  is  a  quarter  of  a  barrel  per  day. 
The  yield  being  in  some  cases  so  small,  it  is  usual  to 
pump  a  number  of  wells  through  the  agency  of  one 


engine,  the  various  pumps  being  connected  with  the 
motor  by  moans  of  wooden  rods.  In  one  instance  I 
saw  as  many  as  eighty  wulls  being  thus  pumped  from 
one  centre.  The  motive  power  was  a  70h.p.  engine, 
which  communicated  motion,  similar  to  that  of  the 
balance-wheel  of  a  watch,  to  a  large  horizontal  wheel. 
From  this  wheel  six  main  rod  lines  radiated,  the 
length  of  stroke  of  the  main  lines  being  loin.,  and  the 
rate  of  movement  32  strokes  per  minute.  Some  of 
the  wells  being  pumped  from  this  centre  were  from 
one-half  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  distant,  and  alto- 
gether about  eight  miles  of  rods  were  employed  in  the 
pumping  of  the  eighty  wells. 

The  pipe  line  system  in  Canada  has  not  been  fully 
developed,  and  accordingly  the  well  owner  has  to 
convey  his  oil  by  road  to  the  nearest  receiving  station. 
Thus  from  the  Euphemia  oil  field  the  oil  has  to  be 
"teamed"  17  miles,  to  Bothwell.  For  the  convey- 
ance of  the  oil  by  road  a  long  and  slightly  conical 
wooden  tank  or  barrel,  resting  horizontally  on  a 
waggon,  is  employed.  These  vessels  hold  from  eight 
to  ten  barrels  of  oil.  The  Petrolia  Crude  Oil  and 
Tanking  Company  is  the  principal  transporting  and 
storing  company.  The  storage  charge  is  one  cent 
(id.)  per  barrel  per  month,  and  the  delivery  charge 
two  cents  per  barrel.  The  petroleum  produced  in 
the  Oil  Springs  field  is  stored  separately  from  that 
obtained  in  the  Petrolia  field. 

The  storage  takes  place  for  the  most  part  in  large 
underground  tanks  excavated  in  the  retentive  clay. 
These  remarkable  tanks  are  often  as  much  as  30ft.  in 
diameter  by  60ft.  in  depth,  and  hold  from  5000  to 
8000  barrels.  In  the  construction  of  the  tanks  the 
alluvial  soil,  of  which  there  is  about  18ft.  or  20ft. 
above  the  clay,  is  kerbed  with  wood  and  thoroughly 
puddled  with  clay.  On  the  completion  of  the  exca- 
vation, the  entire  vertical  surface  is  then  lined  with 
rings  of  pine  wood,  so  that  the  upper  part  down  to 
the  solid  clay  is  doubly  lined.  The  bottom  is  not 
lined.  The  roof  of  the  tank  is  of  wood,  covered  with 
clay.  The  cost  of  such  a  tank  is  about  22  cents  (lid.) 
per  barrel,  or  1760  dols.  (£363)  for  an  8000-barrel 
tank,  and  the  time  occupied  in  making  such  a  tank  is 
about  six  weeks. 

The  crude  petroleum  from  the  Petrolia  field  usually 
has  a  specific  gravity  ranging  from  0'859  toO'877,while 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  petroleum  from  the  Oil 
Springs  field  ranges  from  0'844  to  0'854. 

The  oil  occurs  in  the  corniferous  limestone,  and 
buildings  constructed  of  this  stone  frequently  exude 
petroleum  in  hot  weather. 

Canadian  crude  petroleum  is  of  a  black  colour,  and 
possesses  a  very  disagreeable  odour,  due  to  the  pre- 
j  sence  of  sulphur  compounds.     These  characteristics 
are  shown  by  the  samples  on  the  table,  for  some  of 
which  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  James  Kerr,  secretary  of 
the  Petrolia  Oil  Exchange. 
The  stills  used  in  the  process  of  refining  the  crude 
I  oil  are  horizontal  two-fiued  cylinders,  30ft.  in  length 
I  by  10ft.  in  diameter,  provided  with  six  2in.  vapour 
pipes.      The  charge  is  260  barrels,  and  the  following 
is  an  outline  of  the  method  of  working.     Assuming 
the  still  to  be  charged  on  Monday  morning,  heating 
is  commenced  about  7  a.m.,  and  the  naphtha  begins  to 
come  over  about  8  a.m.     Of  this  product  about  six 
barrels  is  obtained  in  the  case  of  Petrolia  crude,  or 
7A  barrels  in  the  case  of  Oil  Springs  crude.     The  dis- 
tillation of  the  naphtha  takes  from  2  to  3  hours,  say 
till  10.30  a.m.      The  heat  is  then  increased,  and  the 
distillation  of  the  kerosene  commences  about  noon, 
and  continues  till  about  10  p.m.      Of  the  kerosene 
distillate  about  80  barrels  are  obtained.    The  first 
portion  of  the  kerosene  distillate  is  usually  collected 
1  separately,  is  steamed  to  drive  off  the  more  volatile 
!  hydrocarbons,  and  is  then  mixed  with  the  remainder 


112 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uune so.  1887. 


of  the  kerosene  distillate.  The  product  which  then 
commences  to  distil  is  known  as  tailings.  This  is 
collected  separately  and  is  re-distilled  The  distilla- 
tion of  the  tailings  continues  till  about  •">  a.m.  on 
Wednesday,  by  which  time  about  80  barrels  has  been 
obtained.  Steam  is  then  passed  into  the  still  through 
a  perforated  pipe  extending  to  the  bottom,  and  about 
81  barrels  of  ••  g.is-oil  "  is  distilled  over.  Tin 
tional  quantity  of  kerosene  obtained  on  re-distilling 
the  tailings  brings  up  the  total  yield  of  this  product 
to  about  42  per  cent,  of  the  crude  oil.  The  gas-oil 
is  sold  for  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas. 
I'll,  residue  is  distilled  for  lubricating  oils  and 
paraffin. 
The  agitator  in  which  the  kerosene  distillate^  is 
1  commonly  takes  a  charge  of  4(i">  barrels.  To 
this  quantity  of  distillate  two  carboys  of  oil  of  vitriol 
is  added,  and  the  oil  and  acid  are  agitated  together 
for  20  minutes.  The  tarry  acid  having  been  allowed 
to  settle  is  drawn  off,  and  seven  carboys  more  of  acid 
is  added.  Agitation  having  been  effected  for  30  or 
40  minutes,  the  tarry  acid  is  removed  as  before. 
Another  similar  treatment  with  seven  carboys  of  acid 
follows,  and  occasionally  a  fourth  addition  of  acid  is 
made.  The  oil  is  next  allowed  to  remain  at  rest  for 
an  hour,  any  acid  which  settles  out  being  drawn  off, 
and  cold  (or,  in  winter,  slightly  warmed)  water  is 
allowed  to  pass  down  through  the  oil  in  fine  streams, 
this  treatment  being  continued,  without  agitation  of 
the  oil,  for  half-an-hour,  or  until  the  dark  colour 
which  the  oil  assumed  on  treatment  with  acid  is  re- 
moved. The  water  is  then  drawn  off,  10  barrels  of 
solution  of  caustic  soda  (sp.  gr.  15"  B.)  is  added  and 
agitation  conducted  for  1">  minutes.  The  caustic 
soda  solution  having  been  drawn  off,  30  barrels  of  a 
solution  of  litharge  in  caustic  soda  is  added.  This 
solution  is  made  by  dissolving  caustic  soda  in  water 
to  a  density  of  18R.  and  then  adding  the  litharge, 
rioii  with  this  solution  is  continued  for  about 
six  hours,  or  until  the  oil  is  thoroughly  deodorised. 
About  1001b.  of  sublimed  sulphur  is  then  added,  and 
the  agitation  is  continued  for  another  two  hours. 
The  oil  having  been  allowed  to  settle  all  night,  the 
litharge  solution  i<  drawn  off,  and  the  oil  run  into  a 
shallow  tank  or  "  bleacher,"  where  it  is  exposed  to 
the  light  to  improve  its  colour,  and  is,  if  necessary, 
-teamed  to  drive  off  the  lighter  hydrocarbons  and 
raise  the  flashing  point  to  the  legal  minimum  of 
95°  F.  To  raise  the  Hashing  point  from  73°  F.  to 
:i.v  F.  (Abel  test)  is  stated  to  involve  in  practice  a 
loss  of  10  per  cent.,  the  burning  quality  of  the  oil 
being  at  the  same  time  seriously  impaired,  and  upon 
this  ground  the  Ontario  refiners  in  1886  petitioned 
for  a  reduction  of  the  test  standard. 

The  average  percentage  yield  of  the  various  pro- 
ducts is  given  in  the  following  table  : — 


Naphtha  . 
Kerosene. 
Gas-Oil  . . 

Tar 

Coke 


Loss  (including  water) 


12 
.    8 

25 
.  10 
.  10 

1C0 


There  are  a  dozen  petroleum  refineries  in  Canada, 
and  the  annual  out-turn  of  kerosene  is  about  200,000 
barrels  ,,t  4",  imperial  gallons  per  annum.  The  total 
consumption  of  kerosene  in  Canada  is  about  300,000 
barrels,  one-third  of  which  is  manufactured  in  the 
United  States.  The  United  States  oil  is  subject  to  a 
duty  of  40  cents  on  the  package  and  71  cents  per 
imperial  gallon  on  the  contents,  besides  which  there 
is  an  in*pcction  fee  of  30  cents  per  package.    Of  lubri- 


cating oils  the  out-turn  is  from   ,.",,000  to  H O,000 
ban,]-  per  annum. 

The  quality  of  <  lanadian  kerosene  has  been  greatly 
improved  of  late  years,  but  notwithstanding  the 
elaborate  process  of  re  lining,  the  oil,  though  thoroughly 
deodorised  and  of  g,,o,|  colour,  contains  sulphur,  and 
of  course  evolves  sulphur  compounds  in  its  combus- 
tion. 

The  rules  of  the  Petrolia  Oil  Exchange  provide 
that  refined  kerosene  shall  be  of  the  odour  "  locally 
known  as  inoffensive,"  and  shall  "absolutely  stand 
the  test  of  oxide  of  1,-ad  in  a  strong  solution  of  caustic 
soda  without  change  of  colour." 

The  "burning  percentage"  in  the  case  of  "Extra 
Refined  Oil,"  "Water  White"  in  colour,  and  of 
specific  gravity  not  exceeding  o-800,  is  required  to  be 
not  less  than  70  :  in  the  case  of  "No.  1  Refined  Oil," 
"Prime  White'  in  colour,  not  less  than  00  ;  and  in 
the  case  of  "  No.  2  Refined  Oil,"  "Standard  White" 
in  colour,  to  be  not  less  than  55. 

The  "burning  percentage"  is  determined  by  the 
use  of  a  lamp  thus  described  : — "The  bowl  of  the 
lamp  is  cylindrical,  4in.  in  diameter  and  2^in.  deep, 
with  a  neck  placed  thereon  of  such  a  height  that  the 
top  of  the  wick  tube  is  3in.  above  the  bowl.  A  sun- 
hinge  burner  is  used,  taking  a  wick  I'm.  wide  and  Jin. 
thick,  and  a  chimney  about  8in.  long."  The  test  is 
conducted  as  follows  :— "  The  lamp  bowl  is  filled  with 
the  oil  and  weighed,  then  lighted  and  turned  up  full 
flame  just  below  the  smoking  point,  and  burned  with- 
out interference  till  12oz.  of  the  oil  is  consumed.. 
The  quantity  consumed  during  the  first  hour  and  the 
last  hour  is  noted.''  The  ratio  of  the  two  quantities 
is  the  measure  of  the  burning  quality,  and  the  per- 
centage that  the  latter  quantity  is  of  the  former  is 
the  "  burning  percentage"  referred  to. 


C~M*»*»«*»«-M  - 


NOTE    ON    YISCOSIMETRY. 

BY     BOVERTON     REDWOOD,     F.I.C.,     F.C.S. 

The  following  correction  relates  to  the  paper  on 
Yiscosimetry,  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry  for  March,  1886. 

In  my  reference  to  the  viscometer  described  in  the 
Chemical  Newt  for  October  31,  1884,  by  Dr.  William 
P.  Mason,  who  is  now  Professor  of  Analytical 
Chemistry  at  the  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute, 
Troy,  N.Y.,"  I  stated  that  the  arrangement  adopted 
for  eliminating  differences  due  to  specific  gravity  had, 
I  understood,  been  suggested  by  Professor  H.  B. 
Nason,  of  the  same  institute. 

From  a  correspondence  I  have  had  with  the  pro- 
fessors named  I  find  that  Professor  Nason  proposed 
to  Professor  Mason,  who  was  then  his  assistant,  to 
look  up  the  subject  of  the  determination  of  viscosity, 
with  a  view  of  improving  the  methods  of  testing  in 
use,  and  naturally  talked  the  matter  over  very  freely 
with  him  ;  but  Professor  Nason  never  desired  or 
intended  to  take  credit  for  anything  new  in  principle 
or  application  that  was  the  outcome  of  the  investiga- 
tion. 

Professor  Mason  is  anxious  that  it  should  not  be 
thought  that  he  was  sailing  under  false  colouis  when 
he  published  his  article  in  the  ''/(anient  Xeics, and  I 
gladly  take  this  opportunity  of  removing  any  mis- 
apprehensions that  may  have  arisen  from  my  state- 
ment, and  of  expressing  myregret  that  I  should  have 
mistaken  the  purport  m  Professor  Nason's  remarks. 


junc3o.iss7.i     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OK  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


413 


s^ancfjcstcr  Section. 

Chairman :  Sir  II.  K.  Koacoe,  M.I'. 
I'iccCliainnan  :  I.  Levinstein. 
Committtt' : 
Dr.  Bowman.  C.  Schorlemmer. 

it.  F.  Carpenter.  Dr.  schunck. 

C.  Ksicourt.  Dr.  Watson. 

H.  Qrimshaw.  Wm.  Thomson. 

Peter  Hurt.  L.  Siebold. 

Dr.  Gcrlaud.  Dr.  Hewitt. 

Local  Secretary  : 

J.   Carter-Bell,   Baskfleld,    The    cliff,    Higher   Broughton, 

Manchester. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

M. ,  ting  held  Friday,  Man  (;,  ]ss:- 

T.    WAKPLE,  ESQ.,   IX   THE  l/HAIU. 

REMARKS    ON     DYEING    WITH    CHLORO- 
PHYLL. 

BY   DE.    E.   SCHUNCK,   F.E.S.,   ETC 

The  author,  after  referring  to  a  paper  on  the  same 
subject  by  M.  J.  Hartmann  and  the  report  thereon 
by  M.  Cordillos  dit  Luzy  (Bulletin  de  la  Societe 
InJustriellede  Al  ulhouse,XXvL  pp.  283— 296),  mentioned 
the  difficulties  to  be  encountered  in  endeavouring  to 
fix  the  colouring  matter  chlorophyll  on  ordinary 
tissues,  in  consequence  of  its  extremely  fugitive 
character,  and  the  slight  affinity  which  it  manifests 
for  ordinary  mordants.  He  then  described  a  method 
by  which  these  difficulties  can  to  a  great  extent  be 
overcome,  so  as  to  impart  great  relative  stability  to 
the  substance  without  impairing  its  iiue  green  colour. 
Having  obtained  solutions  of  compounds  which  con- 
tain, along  with  colouring  matter,  various  metallic 
oxides,  such  as  cupric  and  zinc  oxides,  he  showed 
that  these  solutions  impart  very  little  colour  to  cotton, 
silk,  or  wool,  but  that  coagulated  albumen,  gelatin, 
and  more  especially  the  animal  products  yielding 
gelatin,  such  as  skin,  the  ossein  of  bones,  etc.,  readily 
attract  the  colour,  and  are  really  dyed  when  immersed 
in  the  solutions.  Specimens  of  leather  dyed  in  this 
manner  were  exhibited  to  the  meeting,  showing 
various  shades  of  green,  which,  in  daylight  at  least, 
are  very  pleasing,  though  by  gaslight  they  share  the 
fate  of  ordinary  greens,  and  appear  dull  and  dingy. 
These  colours  stand  the  action  of  soap  and  dilute 
acids  in  the  cold,  but  are  not  materially  improved  by 
the  treatment.  In  the  opinion  of  the  author, 
the  tannin  of  the  leather  does  not  assist 
in  fixing  the  colour.  The  peculiar  compounds 
of  colouring  matter  with  acids  and  metallic 
bases,  which  the  author  employed  in  his  experiments-, 
do  not  yield  lakes  by  treatment  with  ammonia,  being 
in  themselves  lakes,  which  dissolve  in  alkaline  lyea 
without  undergoing  any  change.  It  would  be  possible 
to  modify  the  method  so  as  to  make  it  practicable  on 
a  large  scale,  but  the  cost  would  probaoly  prevent  it 
being  successfully  applied  even  if  the  colours  obtained 
were  sufficiently  bright  and  intense  to  make  success 
desirable. 

DISCUSSION, 

Mr.  Gr.msn.vw  asked  whether  the  greater  tinctorial 
power  of  the  copper  compound  of  chlorophyll,  com- 
pared with  the  zinc  compound,  resulted  in  any  way 
from  the  green  or  blue  colour  of  copper  salts,  or 
whether  the  proportion  of  metal  present  was,  as  in 
the  case  of  ordinary  mordants  and  dyes,  so  small  that 
the  metal  /»r  se  was  not  an  element  in  the  tinctorial 
effect.  He  presumed  the  latter  was  the  case,  from 
Dr.  Schunck's  remarks. 


Dr.  Bailey  remarked  that  in  considering  the  sub- 
ject of  chlorophyll,  as  brought  forward  by  Dr. 
Schunck  in  his  interesting  paper,  one  was  led  to  com- 
pare with  "Lokao,"  or  ( Ihinese  green, used  as  pigment 
for  wall  papers,  and  as  this  is  acted  on  readily  by 
oxidising  and  reducing  agents,  he  was  curious  to 
know  whether  the  copper  compound  described  by 
Dr.  Schunck  had  been  examined  in  their  relation  to 
such  agents.  With  regard  to  the  greater  stability  of 
the  copper  compounds  as  compared  with  zinc,  it  was 
a  remarkable  coincidence  that  in  feathers  of  a  bright 
red  colour  there  is  sometimes  as  much  as  six  per  cent. 
,  if  copper. 

Mr.  Riley  asked  if  Dr.  Schunck  could  say  what 
would  happen  if  the  acid  solution  of  the  copper  com- 
pound were  neutralised  with  ammonia.  Would  a 
pigment  green  be  thrown  clown,  or  would  the  green 
compound  be  decomposed?  He  further  inquired 
whether  or  not  the  cost  of  the  extraction  and  pre- 
paration of  the  colouring  matter  would  prevent  its 
application  for  tinctorial  purposes  if  a  satisfactory 
method  of  fixing  it  were  discovered.  Referring  to 
the  difference  exhibited  by  the  copper  compound  and 
the  zinc  compound  when  exposed  to  the  action  of 
light,  he  remarked  that  chlorophyll  was  not  singular 
in  this  respect.  He  mentioned  an  instance  of  an 
aniline  blue  which,  when  dyed  by  means  of  a  mor- 
dant of  alumina  and  alizarin  oil  (same  as  is  used  in 
Turkey-red  dyeing),  was  very  fugitive,  but  when 
fixed  with  a  tin  mordant  was  comparatively  perma- 
nent. He  also  referred  to  the  remarkable  action  of 
tartar  emetic  in  the  fixation  of  certain  aniline  colours. 
Many  of  these  colours  which  are  fixed  by  tannic  acid 
will  not  stand  the  action  of  light,  or  of  soaping, 
unless  they  are  passed  through  a  hot  solution  of 
tartar  emetic,  or  some  other  antimony  compound. 

Mr.  Wm.  Thomson  said  it  was  an  interesting  fact 
that  a  fugitive  colour  like  chlorophyll  should  be  made 
more  permanent  by  its  combination  with  copper, 
whereas  with  the  more  stable  colouring  matter  of 
logwood  the  action  is  the  reverse— the  copper  tending 
to  make  the  colour  "logwood  black"  more  fugitive. 

The  Chairman  said  he  had  been  struck  with  the 
similarity  of  some  of  the  experiments  referred  to  by 
Dr.  Schunck  with  experiments  earned  out  by  himself 
in  connection  with  silk  dyeing.  He  would  like  to 
ask  1  >r.  Schunck  if  he  had  tried  other  mordants,  such 
as  tannin,  alum  and  chromium.  With  regard  to  the 
difference  between  copper  and  zinc  oxides,  he  (the 
Chairman)  had  found  generally  in  his  experience  in 
the  dyeing  of  silk  that  zinc  oxide  was  practically  of  no 
value  either  in  fixing  or  developing  colours  ;  on  the 
contrary,  copper  was  without  doubt  of  value.  One  of 
the  old  fashioned  methods  of  dyeing  black  was  with 
fustic  and  logwood,  using  copper  acetate  and  ferrous 
sulphate  or  tannin  and  logwood.  Possibly  presence 
of  tannin  might  have  something  to  do  with  the  greater 
development  of  the  green  colour  obtained  with  the 
addition  of  gelatin  on  leather. 

Dr.  Schunck,  in  reply,  said:  Mr.  Gnmsbaw  asks 
whether  the  green  colour  of  the  solution  might  be  in 
any  degree  due  to  the  copper  salts  }  Of  course,  the 
colour  is  to  some  extent  due  to  the  copper  contained 
in  it;  but  the  amount,  for  instance,  in  this  solution  of 
the  cupric  compound,  if  it  were  dissolved  in  acetic  or 
any  other  acid,  would  be  so  trifling  that  it  would  be 
hardly  perceived.  Dr.  Bailey  referred  to  Lokao  or 
Chinese  green,  and  wanted  to  know  whether  there 
was  any  connection  with  this  and  chlorophyll. 
L"kao  has  been  tolerably  well  examined,  and  it 
[  appears  that  it  has  no  connection  with,  or  relation  to, 
chlorophyll.  Mr.  Riley  asks  whether  the  cost  of  pre- 
paration would  be  any  obstacle  to  the  use  of  these 
colours  1  With  regard  to  chlorophyll,  there  are  diffi- 
'  culties  which  would  prevent  its  use  in  practice  as  a 


Ill 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  ao.  ww. 


dyeing  material,  and  these  difficulties  have  no  doubt 
often  presented  themselves  to  those  making  experi- 
ments with  it  with  a  view  to  its  utilisation. 

Mr.    Itn.KV  asked   it"  the   action  of  ammonia   bad 

Dr.  Si  m  Nik  said  he  did  not  know  with  what 
object  he  would  suggest  this. 

Mr.  Riley  :  As  a  pigment  colour  to  be  fixed  with 
albumen  by  the  steaming  process,  in  the  same  way  as 
chrome  green. 

Dr.  Si  mi  X.  k:  No,  pigment  colours  would  be  pro- 
duced in  the  way  suggested  by  Mr.  Riley.  With 
to  tannin,  Dr.  Schunck  said  he  did  not  think 
innin  in  leather  had  anything  to  do  with  the 
fixing  of  these  coloured  compounds.  He  thought  it 
was  the  animal  tissue  which  really  fixes  the  colour. 
The  experiments  which  he  made  with  a  view  of  fixing 
the  green  colour  on  fabrics  by  means  of  alumina  and 
metallic  oxides  led  to  no  result. 

— oooo$o$$o$o$ — 

Meeting  litlJ  Tuesday,  June  ?,  1887. 


IVAN    LEVINSTEIN"   IN   THE   CHAIR. 


DETERMINATION  OF  VISCOSITY  OF  LUBRI- 
CATING OILS. 

BY   DB.    T.    TRAL'BE. 

The  determination  of  the  viscosity  of  oils  has  given 
rise  to  several  discussions  (see  this  Journal,  vol.  v. 
121—133, 148— 14!),  and  359),  in  view  of  which  I  think 
it  desirable  to  give  a  preliminary  description  of  the 
essential  features  of  my  own  method  of  determining 
the  viscosity,  a  full  and  exhaustive  account  of  which 
will  appear  shortly  in  the  Zeiischrift  des  Vereins 
Z).  uttcJu  r  Ingeni 

I  will  state  at  once,  that  I  fully  agree  with  the 
views  of  Professor  E.  J.  Mills,  that  we  can  only 
achieve  satisfactory  results  in  the  determination  of 
viscosities  by  closely  approximating  to  Poiseuille's 
method. 

There  is  one  point,  however,  not  sufficiently 
noticed  by  Professor  Mills,  which  has  given  rise  to 
more  errors  and  consequent  disagreements  in  the 
results  obtained  by  the  instrument  at  present  in  use 
than  the  non-compliance  with  many  other  conditions 
demanded  by  theory. 

The  point  is  this  :  According  to  theory,  it  is  not 

Eermissible  to  compare  directly  the  times  of  efflux  of 
eavy  and  light  oils,  and  still  less  the  times  of  efflux 
of  oils  and  water  observed  in  one  and  the  same 
apparatus.  Though  the  results  of  observations  made 
with  different  apparatus  may  yield  apparently  con- 
cordant results,  the  direct  comparison  of  times  of 
efflux  thus  obtained  will  be  liable  to  lead  to  serious 
errors. 

This  remark  will  Vie  better  understood,  if  we  com- 
pare the  formula  given  by  Poiseuille  for  the  co- 
efficient of  friction  in  narrow  lubes  : 

S.V.I 

with  the  enlarged  formula  of  Hagenbach  : 

,=££T'<    -    *•'    .    L 
s.v.l.  2VW      t 

in  both  of  which  formulas,  v  is  the  co-efficient  of  fric- 
tion, t  the  time  of  efflux,  v  the  volume  of  the  fluid 
discharged,  /■  the  hydraulic  pressure,  I  the  length, 
ami  /the  radius  of  the  capillary  tale,  and  s  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  liquid. 
Tie  comparison  of  these  two  formulas  will  show  at 


a  glance,  that  the  simple  one  of  Poiseuille  cannot  be 
considered  applicable  to  the  viscosimeters  at  pi 
in  use  ;  at  any  rate,  that   tie-  time  of  efflux  is  not 
directly  a  correct  measure  of  tie-  coefficient  of  friction, 
since  even  when  tin-  pressure  is  presumed  to  be  equal, 

1 1  eel  ion  i ..'  .  tin-   b id    term   in 

Hagenbach's  formula)  assumes  very  different  values 
fur  liquids  for  which  the  time  of  efflux  differs  con- 
siderably; or.  what  is  the  same  thing,  fur  liquids  of 
different  viscosity.*  Consequently,  in  apparatus  with 
tubes  of  such  diameter  that  the  time  of  efflux  is  still 
approximately  proportional  to  the  viscosity  when 
thick  heavy  nils  are  used,  that  will  be  so  no  longer 
for  thin  oils,  and  still  less  for  water. 

It  has  been  proposed  by  others,  and  at  first  sight 
the  suggestion  appears  a  practical  one,  to  refer  the 
viscosity  of  oils  to  a  pure  oil  or  to  glycerol,  or  to  a 
certain  solution  of  sugar,  instead  of  referring  it  to 
pure  water  ;  but  all  experiments  which  I  have  made 
in  that  direction  have  shown  that  it  is  very  difficult 
to  obtain  fluids  of  sufficiently  constant  qualities  ;  that 
small  differences  in  specific  gravity  are  productive  of 
very  considerable  differences  in  the  viscosity.  For 
this  reason.  I  think  it  is  impossible  to  choose  abetter 
standard  fluid  than  pure  water. 

I  shall  presently  show  how  the  errors  I  have  men- 
tioned are  avoided  in  my  method,  of  which  the  fol- 
lowing is  a  short  description  : — 

The  annexed  sketch  represents  the  apparatus  :  A 
is  a  Mariotte  bottle  filled  with  water,  which  serves 
to  compress  air  in  the  reservoir  P>  and  to  keep  the 
pressure  constant.  B  is  connected  by  means  of  pipe 
and  cock  to  the  efflux  apparatus  H,  consisting  of 


the  bulb  G,  provided  with  two  marks,  to  permit  the 
measurement  of  volume  of  liquid  to  be  discharged, 
and  of  the  capillary  tube  E.  The  reservoir  B  is  filled 
by  means  of  a  pump  attached  to  branch  and  stop- 
cock. 

If  the  tube  E  is  so  narrow  that  the  correction  of 

Hagenbach  bi mes  very  small,  almost  equal  to  zero, 

the  time  of  efflux  may  be  considered  to  be  propor- 
tional to  tin-  vi>cosity. 

If  that  result  is  to  be  obtained,  we  must  select  a 
wider  tube  for  heavy  oils  than  for  lighter  ones  or  for 
water. 

If  with  a  very  narrow  tube  we  determine  the  times 
of  efflux  of  water,  and  of  another  fluid  the  viscosity 

*  In  very  many,  perhaps  in  most  of  the  visciisimeter*  in  use. 
HaKcnbiu'h's  correction  amounts  to  inoretlian  the  value  of  the 
first  part  of  the  formula  itself. 


June  30. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


415 


of  which  lies  between  that  of  water  and  of  a  light  oil,  j 
say  glycerol  of  80  per  cent.,  and  then  in  a  wider 
tube"  we  compare  glycerol  of  80  per  cent,  with 
glycerol  of  lOOper  cent.,  and  in  a  third  still  wider 
tube  compare  the  glycerol  of  LOO- per  cent,  with  a 
viscous  oil,  it  is  easy  to  tix  a  corrected  time  ot  efflux 
for  water  for  every  tube,  without  knowing  the  dimen- 
sions of  the  tubes. 

As  these  adjustments  are  difficult  and  troublesome, 
I  have  made  arrangements  with  the  firm,  ('.  Ger 
hardt,  in  lionn,  to  keep  a  stock  of  properly  adjusted 
apparatus. 

With  two  or  three  different  discharge  tubes 
attached  to  the  same  pressure  apparatus  it  is  thus 
possible  to  determine  by  one  single  and  easy  experi- 
ment the  specific  viscosity  of  any  oil.  The  apparatus 
is  easily  cleaned  by  means  of  ether. 

The  "following  table  shows  for  three  different 
apparatus.  A,  B,  C,  the  times  of  efflux  t  in  seconds, 
the  viscosity  v,  the  most  viscous  oil  being  assumed  lot  I. 


A. 

B.                   C. 

r       v 

t" 

472 
242 
222 

1 

D           t" 

1000    2960 
51-3  |  1503 
470    1361 

V 

Cylinder  lubricating  oil . . 

lod'5    1000 
790     50-8 
717     161 

1000 

.W8 

4G-1 

The  diameter  of  the  tubes  were  A=l'5mm., 
B  =  0'8mm.,  C  =  0  5mm,  ;  the  length  of  the  tubes  and 
the  volumes  of  oil  discharged  were  nearly  alike. 

The  figures  in  this  table  prove  that  for  oils  of  such 
viscosity  tubes  of  a  diameter  of  l'5mm.  may  be  used, 
but  when  light  oils  or  water  were  used  considerable 
differences  were  manifest. 

The  figures  show  plainly  that  by  means  of  suitable 
tubes  the  viscosity  of  any  oil  may  be  determined  ex- 
actly in  from  two  to  three  minutes. 

For  the  determination  of  viscosities  at  higher 
temperatures  suitable  air  bath  is  provided,  which  is 
also  supplied  by  the  firm  Gerhardt,  of  Bonn,  con- 
structed in  either  copper  or  iron. 

With  regard  to  the  dimensions  of  the  tubes  and  the 
correctness  of  the  values  obtained,  the  Zeittchrift  de& 
Vereins  Dexitscliet  Ingenieure  must  be  consulted, 
where  another  method  is  also  detailed  which  offers 
advantages  in  many  cases. 

DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  Bailey  said  that  it  seemed  to  him  the  paper 
referred  viscosity  to  specific  gravity,  whilst  it  had 
been  shown  by  Graham  long  ago  and  by  others  that 
the  rate  of  flow  in  narrow  tubes  was  not  entirely  de- 
pendent on  the  specific  gravity,  but  that  it  was  de: 
pendent  on  the  chemical  character  of  the  substance. 
He  thought,  therefore,  in  comparing  the  viscosity  of 
oils  it  seemed  likely  that  the  chemical  character  of 
the  oil  had  an  influence  on  the  rate  of  How,  and  it 
would  be  interesting  to  know  whether  this  was  the 
case  or  not.  Should  it  be  so,  the  use  of  tubes  of 
different  diameters  as  suggested  by  the  author  would 
not  be  received  with  confidence. 


A  DOUBLE  SULPHATE  OF  LEAD  AND 
ALUMINA 

BY   G.    H.   BAILEY,   D.St'.,    PH.D., 
The  Owens  College. 

Some  weeks  ago  my  friend,  Mr.  Cecil  Watson,  of 
Foxhill  Bank  Print  Works,  was  good  enough  to  for- 
ward to  me  some  crystals  which  he  had  noticed  in  a 


mordanting  liquor.  The  mordanting  liquor  in  qui 
tion  (nitroacetate  of  alumina)  is  made  by  dissolving 
up  alum,  lead  acetate  and  lead  nitrate  in  water  and 
allowing  to  settle.  The  clear  liquor  is  of  the  strength 
20'  Twaddell,  and  is  used  as  a  mordant  for  alizarin, 
which  is  especially  valuable  from  its  slow  dissocia- 
tion on  steaming. 

Lead  sulphate  separates  out  of  the  mordanting 
liquor,  and  in  winter  there  appear  also  beautiful 
crystals  of  the  regular  system,  crystallising  in  fact  in 
octahedra  in  cruciform  aggregates  like  alum.  They 
are,  however,  not  transparent,  and  are  quite  unaltered 
by  exposure  to  air.  The  lead  was  determined  as  sul- 
phate by  digesting  the  finely  powdered  crystals  with 
excess  of  sulphuric  acid,  the  alumina  appearing  in 
the  filtrate  ;  the  sulphuric  acid  l>y  treating  with 
excess  of  lead  nitrate  and  nitric  acid  and  weighing  as 
lead  sulphate.  The  water  of  crystallisation  is  almost 
entirely  driven  off  at  150",  but  the  last  traces  only 
at  250°.  The  crystals  contain  the  merest  trace  of 
nitric  acid. 

Analysis  determines  these  crystals  to  have  the 
composition  PbAl(S04)2loH.,(>.  We  have  here  a 
most  interesting  addition  to  the  analogies  already 
noticed  in  the  chemical  relations  of  lead,  thallium 
and  the  alkalis. 

The  alkalis  form  alums,  whilst  thallium,  resembling 
on  the  one  hand  the  alkalis  and  on  the  other  hand  lead, 
forms  a  well  defined  alum  ;  and  in  this  salt  we  have 
what  is  essentially  a  lead  alum  formed  under  special 
conditions  of  concentration  and  temperature. 

Note  to  the  above  Paper.—  The  sulphuric  acid 
determination  referred  to  above  has  been  carefully 
repeated,    and    the    result    of    the  full  analysis  is 

appended  : — 

Found. 


Pb    . 

Al  . 
SO,  . 
HO. 


31-50 

4  31 

3641 

2734 


Calculated  for 
Pb.Al.(SO,);2UH-0 

."  3165 

4-13 

3670 

27-52 


The  body,  therefore,  resembles  the  alums  in  com- 
position asin  crystalline  form,  and  lead  is  as  might 
have  been  expected  divalent. 

For  the  analysis  of  the  salt,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr. 
Read,  a  student  of  Owens  College. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  George  E.  Davis  asked  if  Dr.  Bailey  had 
established  the  formula  PbAl(S04)2  by  analysis  of 
the  crystals,  as  the  formula  given  was  not  consistent 
with  that  of  the  alums.  Lead  was  a  dyad,  while 
aluminuim  was  triadic,  so  that  there  was  an  uneven 
number  of  atomicities  to  be  satisfied  on  the  side  of 
the  bases,  and  an  even  number  on  the  acid  side. 

Dr.  G.  H.  Bailey,  in  reply,  said  it  was  well  known 
that  crystals  of  a  mixed  character  did  form,  and  it 
was  impossible  to  say  whether  they  were  simple  in 
character  or  not  unless  sections  were  made  and 
examined  optically,  and  in  this  case  it  was  impossible 
to  do  so  inasmuch  as  they  were  not  transparent.  The 
only  check  at  disposal  was  the  fact  that  several  analyses 
made  on  different  portions  gave  results  agreeing 
amongst  themselves.  With  regard  to  Mr.  Davis's 
remarks  he  was  yet  in  some  slight  doubt  as  to  the 
sulphuric  acid  since  the  two  determinations  already 
made  did  not  agree  well  enough.  The  result,  how- 
ever, was  in  accordance  with  the  formula  given,  and 
should  lead  be  divalent  (and  it  would  be  certainly 
strange,  as  Mr.  Davis  remarked,  were  it  otherwise) 
they  would  require  half  a  molecule  more  of  sulphuric 
acid,  and  double  the  formula.  He  apologised  for 
bringing,  under  pressure  of  work,  a  somewhat  incom- 
plete analysis  before  the  Society,  but  would  repeat 
the  sulphuric  acid  determination.  (See  above).  In 
reply  to  Dr.  Dreyfus,  the  crystals  were  not  soluble  in 
water. 

B 


•lit; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30. 1887. 


A  DELICATE  TEST  FOB  BISMUTH. 

HV    f,    is.    STONE. 

Thk  delicacy  of  the  following  test  for  traces  of 
bismuth  has  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  been  noticed. 
It  depends  on  the  fact  that  a  strong  solution  of 
potassium  iodide  produces  a  bright  yellow  colour 
when  added  to  a  very  dilute  solution  of  bismuth 
sulphate,  containing  only  a  Bmall  quantity  of  free 
sulphuric  acid.  So  delicate  is  this  test  that  nwiin] 
grin,  of  bismuth  oxide  in  10cc.  (--1  part  in  1,000,<>'»0 
will  show  a  distinct  colouration  on  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  strong  solution  of  potassium  iodide.  Very 
small  quantities  of  bismuth  can  also  be  estimated 
colorimetrically  by  means  of  this  test,  as  the  follow- 
ing results  will  show  : 

A  standard  solution  of  bismuth  sulphate,  contain- 
ing O'OOOlgrm.  of  bismuth  oxide  in  each  cc.,  was 
prepared,  and  six  unknown  quantities  of  this  solu- 
tion were  measured  off  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the 
assays. 


Number  t.f  cc.  of  Standard 

Bulution  "i  liisinutli  Buluhate 

raqnirad.      PBaohoc.    DtOJlgrm. 

Bl  o,  | 

Test  Quantities  taken.     IE  »ch  cc. 

=00001tnn.  l;i,0,.l 

CC 

Grmi  b  ..li,  Pound. 

cc. 

Grin;.  Bi..Oa  T.iken. 

11  = 

1-3  = 
2*1  = 
35  = 
73  = 
1)2  = 

0-0001 1 
000013 
000021 
0-00035 
0  00073 
000092 

10  = 
1-5= 

20  = 
40  = 
70  = 
100  = 

0  0001 

000015 

0-0002 

0-0004 

00007 

o-oo  I 

The  above  results  are  quite  as  accurate  as  a  colori- 
metric  process  can  be  expected  to  give. 

As  little  sulphuric  acid  as  possible  was  used  for 
making  up  the  standard  bismuth  sulphate  solution, 
and  the  assays  were  in  every  case  made  up  to  lOcc  , 
to  which  was  previously  added  lcc.  of  a  2p.c.  solution 
of  sulphuric  acid. 

This  te3t  is  also  very  convenient  for  detecting 
traces  of  bismuth  in  copper,  for  although  a  small 
quantity  of  bismuth  is  dissolved,  when  ammonia  and 
carbonate  of  ammonia  are  added  to  a  bismuth  solu- 
tion, this  is  not  the  case  when  a  large  amount  of 
copper  and  also  a  small  quantity  of  iron  are  present. 
Quantities  as  small  as  O'OOOlgrm.  of  bismuth  in 
lOgrms.  of|  copper  (=  0  00001  per  cent.)  showing 
quite  distinctly.  The  precipitated  carbonate  of  bis- 
muth is  washed  with  a  little  dilute  ammonia  and 
carbonate  of  ammonia,  till  the  filter  is  quite  free  from 
blue  colour,  dissolved  in  a  very  small  quantity  of 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  a  tew  drops  of  potassium  iodide 
added,  and  afterwards  a  few  drops  of  sulphurous 
acid  till  the  solution  smells  distinctly,  to  remove  the 
yellow  produced  by  the  liberation  of  iodine  due  to 
the  ferric  sulphate  present. 

DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  G.  H.  Bailey  could  not  see  any  dependence  on 
a  colorimetric  determination.  If  a  sample  of  pure 
sulphate  of  bismuth  was  obtained,  then  he  thought 
the  best  method  of  determination  would  be  evapo- 
rating to  dryness  and  weighing,  but  to  use  potassium 
iodide  as  a  colorimetric  test  under  any  other  condi- 
tions would  surely  be  a  most  dangerous  proceeding, 
because  such  a  number  of  circumstances  of  which 
there  could  be  no  previous  knowledge  might  bring 


about  the  .separation  of  iodine,  and  the  author  gives 
no  sufficient  precautions  for  avoiding  al  substances 
which  might  act  as  oxidising  agents.  I!  he  did  so  he 
would  find  he  had  as  much  trouble,  because  it  would 

be  very  dillieiilt  to  make  sure  that  one  had  a  solution 

in  which  no  action  is  taking  place.  Onaddragsul- 
phurous  acid  in  the  presence  oi  copper  one  woud 

certainly  get  cuprous   iodide  separating  which  would 

probably  interfere  with  the  sharpness  of  the  reaction. 

Dr    Watsom  said  :  The  test  here  brought  under 

their  notice  might  be  useful  as  a  eontinnaton   test  tor 

bismuth,  but  seemed  to  be  capableol  a  very  hunted 
application.  The  proposal  as  a  test  for  bismuth 
appeared  to  him  to  be  a  new  suggestion.  He  was 
accustomed  to  use  for  the  purposes  tor  which  the  new 
test  was  available  an  exceedingly  delicate  and  more 
characteristic  test,  which  he  thought  would  be  found 
preferable  to  the  one  under  discussion.  It  was  per- 
formed as  follows:— To  a  small  quantity  of  the 
solution  containing  bismuth,  which  maybe  neutral  or 
slightly  acid,  is  added  a  small  quantity  of  lead 
nitrate,  and  then  a  solution  of  potassium  iodide 
causing  a  precipitation.  The  presence  or  absence  ot 
bismuth  is  judged  from  the  colour  ol  the  precipitate. 
It  bismuth  is  absent  the  colour  is,  of  course,  a  lemon 
yellow.  If  bismuth  be  present  the  colour  varies  with 
the  relation  between  the  amounts  ot  bismuth  and 
lead  present  from  a  light  orange  to  a  deep  Indian  red. 
With  careful  manipulation  very  distinct  indications 
could  lie  obtained  with  a  few  drops  of  a  solution  con- 
taining less  than  one  millionth  of  bismuth.  He  was 
unable  to  say  to  whom  credit  was  due  for  the  intro- 
duction of  the  method,  but  he  had  made  use  ot  it 
himself  for  many  years  past. 

Mr  WATSOM  Smith,  who  read  Mr.  Stones  paper, 
remarked,  in  reply  to  Dr.  Bailey,  that  Mr.  Stone  only 
claimed  usefulness  for  it  as  a  test  for  traces  ot  bis- 
muth, which  practically  defied  further  gravimetric 
manipulation,  owing  to  their  smallness.  He  had  un- 
derstood the  author  that  these  traces  were  hrst  to  be 
separated  from  other  constituents  likely  to  eltect 
results  before  titration,  and  as  the  author  gave  tabu- 
lated results  indicating  a  considerable  accuracy,  they 
must  accept  his  method,  at  least  for  what  it  demon, 
strated  itself  to  be  worth.  The  test,  id  presence  of 
copper,  was  only  intended  by  the  author  to  be  a  quali- 
tative one. 

A  NFW  MONSTER  REVOLVING  BLACK  ASH 
'   FURNACE  AND  THE  WORK  DONE  WITH 
IT. 

i;Y    WATSON    SMITH, 

Lecture*  in  Chemleal  Technology  in  tlu  Victoria 
University,  etc. 

The  Widnes  Alkali  Company,  Limited,  to  which  I  am 
indebted  forpermission  to  describe  this  latest  addition 
to  a  family  of  revolving  black  ash  furnaces,  of  late  not 
only  increasing  in  number,  but  also  individual 
ska  has  kindly  allowed  my  friend,  Mr.  H.  Baker 
to  photograph  the  great  revolver  in  question,  and  1 
have  pleasure  now  in  throwing  on  the  screen  a  picture 
of  it  and  also  one  of  a  revolver  of  ordinary  size,  so 
as  to  render  a  comparison  possible.  The  revolver  ol 
ordinary  size  measures  at  most  18ift.  long,  with  a 
diameter  of  1 2jft  The  boiling  down  pans  connected 
with  such  a  furnace  measure  80ft  in  length.  Kacn 
charge  contains  four  tons  of  salt  cake  and  some  of 
these  revolvers  get  through  18  tons  of  salt  cake  per 
day  and  consume  13cwt.  of  coal  per  ton  of  cake 
decomposed.  ,         .  .     .     . 

With  re"  ml  to  the  larger  revolver,  it  may  be  just 
said  that  Hie  Widnes  Alkali  Company  has  not  at 


June30,i887.j     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


117 


418 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [j„ne 80. van. 


once  sprung  to  the  adoption  of  a  furnace  of  the 
immense  sue  to  be  presently  given,  Imt  in  1884  it 

erect i'il  a  revolver  only  about  3ft  to  n't.  short  of  the 
length  of  that  one,  and  having  two  discharging  holes. 
The  giant  revolving  furnace  to  be  described  measures 
in  length  30ft  and  has  a  diameter  of  13ft.  6in.  Inside 
length  is  28ft  Bin.,  with  a  Liameterof  lift  4in.  It 
is  lined  with  16.000  fire-bricks  and  120  tire-clay  blocks 
or  breakers,  weighing  each  1  jewt.  The  bricks  weigh 
per  1000  about  four  tons.      The  weight  of  saltcake 

f>er  charge  (i.e.,  contained  in  each  charge  of  saltcake, 
imestone.  mud,  and  slack)  is  8  tons  l-2cwt.  For  100 
tons  of  saltcake  charged,  there  are  also  charged  about 
110  tons  of  lime-mud  and  limestone,  and  55  tans  of 
mixing  slack.  In  a  week  of  seven  days  about  48 
charges  are  worked  through,  weighing  of  raw  materials 
about  :'■  tone  per  charge.  The  total  amount  of  salt- 
cake  decomposed  weekly  is  about  400  tons,  and  may 
be  reckoned  as  yielding  240  tons  of  60  per  cent. 
caustic  soda.  As  regards  fuel  used  for  tiring,  this 
may  be  put  down  as  200  tons  per  week,  or  about 
lOcwt  per  ton  of  saltcake  decomposed.  Also  with 
regard  to  the  concentration  of  liquor  from  20  T\v.  to 
50°  Tw.,  there  is  sufficient  of  such  concentrated  liquor 
evaporated  down  to  keep  three  self-tired  caustic  pots 
working,  which  are  boiled  at  a  strength  of  80"  Tw. 


the  black  ash  process  ;  but  with  the  giant  revolver  we 
have  been  describing,  that  consumption  is  reduced  to 
lOcwt.  per  ton  of  cake  decomposed. 

The  question  will  be  probably  asked,  how  is  it  pos- 
sible to  get  a  tlame  from  one  furnace  to  carry  through 
such  a  long  revolver  and  do  its  work  in  fusing  the 
black  asli  mixture  effectively  from  one  end  to  the 
other  ?  The  furnace  employed  viewed  in  front  looks 
very  likean  ordinary  revolver  fireplace,  but  at  the  side, 
thereof  in  line  with  the  front  of  the  revolver,  at  which 
the  discharge  of  the  "  crude  soda  "  takes  place,  there 
are  observed  to  be  three  "  charging  holes,"  rather  than 
tloors,  through  which  fuel  is  charged  from  a  platform 
directly  into  the  furnace  through  those  holes. 

The  furnace  is  of  course  a  larger  one  than  furnaces 
adjusted  to  revolvers  of  the  usual  size  :  but  the  effect 
of  one  charging  door  in  front  and  three  at  the  side, 
which  after  charging  are  "  banked  "  up  with  coal, 
with  the  exception  of  a  small  aperture  above  for 
admission  of  air,  is  very  similar  to  that  sometimes 
adopted  in  the  laboratory  for  increasing  heating  effect 
by  joining  several  Bunsen  lamps  together  to  produce 
one  large  powerful  tlame.  In  this  case,  the  four 
charging  holes  represent,  as  it  were,  the  air  apertures  of 
the  several  Bunsen  lamps.  Of  course  the  one  firing- 
door  at  front  would  be  totally  inadequate  to  supply 


Were  it  not  for  this  liquor,  no  less  than  seven  self- 
fired  pots  would  be  required  to  do  this  work,  showing 
a  difference  of  80  tons  of  fuel. 

The  question  may  be  asked,  "  Why  increase  the 
size  of  these  huge  pieces  of  apparatus  1 "  The  answer, 
I  apprehend,  is  that  owing  to  competition  and  re- 
duction of  prices,  greater  efforts  are  necessary  to 
reduce  costs.  With  automatic  apparatus  like  the 
black  ash  revolver,  we  may  consider  no  very  sensible 
addition  of  manpower  would  be  needed,  in  passing 
from  the  smallest-sized  to  the  largest-sized  revolver. 
Then,  again,  we  may,  reckoning  a  certain  constant 
amount  of  heat  lost  per  each  revolver  furnace  of  the 
small  size,  consider  that  if  we  doubled  the  size  of 
such  revolver,  we  should  lose  by  no  means  double  the 
amount  of  heat  lost  with  the  small  apparatus  ;  but 
only  the  same  as  that  Inst  in  the  small  furnace  plits 
a  certain  fraction  of  that  quantity,  which  will  be 
smaller  the  better  and  more  efficient  tin  arrangements 
are.  Then,  again,  there  is  an  economy  in  iron-plate 
for  such  a  large  revolver  ;  there  is-economy  in  expense 
on  the  engine-power  and  on  fuel  consumed,  as  well 
as  in  wear  and  tear. 

•lust  to  mention  fuel  alone,  we  saw  that  with  an 
ordinary  large-sized  revolver,  the  coal  consumption 
was    13cwt.   per    ton    of  salt-cake    decomposed    in 


and  feed  a  fire  capable  of  yielding  a  flame  that  would 
be  adequate  for  the  working  of  so  huge  a  revolver. 
As  an  effort  of  chemical  engineering,  it  is  a  very 
interesting  example  of  what  skill  and  enterprise  in 
that  direction  alone  will  do  in  reducing  costs,  without 
in  the  least  modifying  the  chemical  reactions  taking 
place. 

THE  FRACTIONAL  REDUCTION  OF  ORTHO- 
\\1>  PARANITROTOLUENE,  AND  NOTES 
ON  THE  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS  OF 
ORTHO-  AND  PARATOLUIDINR 

BY  T.    MISIATI,    II.   BOOTH  AND  J.  B.  COHEN. 

It  is  well  known  that  aromatic  nitro-compounds  on 
reduction  yield  amido-compounds.  When  toluene 
is  nitrated,  two  isomeric  nitrotoluenea,  ortho-and 
paranitrotoluene,  are  the  principal  products  formed, 
and  always  occur  in  varying  proportions  in  commer- 
cial nitrotoluene.  On  reduction  they  are  transformed 
into  the  isomeric  ortho-  and paratoluidines.  It  was 
thought  interesting  to  determine  which  of  these 
isomeric  nitrotoluenes  is  the  more  readily  reduced, 


June  30. 1887.1    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


419 


or  whether  reduction  goes  on  pari  pcutu  in  both 
cases.  The  principle  of  the  method  employed  for 
determining  this  is  as  follows  :— Supposing  equal 
quantities,  say  lOgrs.,  of  pure  ortho-  and  paranitrn- 
toluene  are  taken,  and  tin  and  H('l  sufficient  to 
reduce  half  the  total  quantity  (lOgrs.)  added,  then 
it  is  evident  that  the  product  will  consist  of  one  of 
three  things.  It  will  contain  only  orthotoluidine  and 
only  paranitrotoluene—  i.e.,  if  the  orthonitrotoluene 
is  reduced  first,  or  if  the  inverse  reaction  occur,  only 
paratoluidine  and  orthonitrotoluene ;  if  both  are 
reduced,  the  toluidine  and  nitrotoluene,  obtained 
after  reduction,  will  consist  of  mixtures  of  the  two 
isomers.  An  analysis  of  the  unattacked  nitro  com- 
pounds, or  the  toluidine  formed,  will  then  show  with 
which  isomer  and  to  what  extent  reduction  has 
occurred.  From  a  series  of  experiments,  which  are 
not  yet  completed,  it  appears  that  para-  and  ortho- 
nitrotoluene are  acted  on  concurrently  and  not 
separately.  The  results  have,  however,  not  been  of  a 
nature  to  be  able  at  present  to  state  definitely  the 
rate  at  which  reduction  has  occurred,  nor  has  the 
action  been  extended  to  various  reducing  agents, 
which  may  possibly  give  different  results.  Before 
beginning  the  analytical  work  it  was  necessary  to 
determine  whether  the  reduction  could  be  so  regulated 
that  approximately  the  same  quantities  of  nitro 
toluene  could  be  reduced  with  a  given  quantity  of 
the  reducing  agent.  With  care  this  may  be  readily 
accomplished.  The  separation  and  isolation  of  the 
nitrotoluene  and  toluidine  is  a  simple  though  tedious 
operation.  Among  the  various  methods  tried,  the 
following  is  satisfactory : — After  reduction,  the  result- 
ing acid  solution  is  distilled  in  steam,  and  the  un- 
attacked nitrotoluene  driven  over,  the  toluidine  remain- 
ing behind.  The  toluidine  solution  is  freed  from  Sn 
by  H3S  and  filtered.  If  the  precipitation  is  done  hot, 
the  sulphide  settles  down  in  a  dense  form,  and  is  less 
difficult  to  filter.  The  filtrate  is  then  made  alkaline  and 
distilled  in  steam,  and  the  toluidine  distils.  Both  dis- 
tillates are  extracted  with  ether,  the  ether  distilled  off, 
the  residue  dried  and  weighed.  The  first  gives  the 
weightof  nitrotoluene, the  second  that  of  the  toluidine. 
All  that  is  necessary  for  the  analytical  part  is  (1)  to 
be  assured  of  the  purity  of  the  original  materials,  and 
(2)  of  the  reliability  of  the  method  of  analysis.  The 
para-and  orthonitrotoluenes  were  obtained  from  C.  A. 
F.  Kahlbaum.  The  para  was  in  tine  crystals,  melting 
at  54°,  the  ortho,  as  might  be  expected,  contained 
about  15  per  cent,  of  para-compound,  estimated  by 
reduction  and  analysis  by  Rosenstiehl's  method.  To 
arrive  at  a  result  it  is  not  necessary  that  both  pro- 
ducts after  reduction  should  be  analysed.  Having 
the  weight  of  the  nitrotoluene  and  the  toluidine,  an 
analysis  of  the  one  or  the  other,  and  the  determina- 
tion of  the  quantity  of  ortho  and  para  present  in  it, 
will  suffice  to  find  exactly  how  the  reduction  has  gone. 
The  simplest  method  which  naturally  suggests  itself 
is  the  analysis  of  the  resulting  nitro-compound,  which 
does  away  with  the  tedious  extraction  of  the  toluidine. 
A  few  experiments  were  made  to  determine  how  far 
the  method  of  freezing  might  answer.  The  para- 
nitro-compound  is  solid  at  ordinary  temperatures, 
the  ortho-nitro  liquid.  Various  mixtures  of  the  two 
were  made,  and  it  was  found  that  when  not  more  than 
50  per  cent,  of  paranitrotoluene  was  present,  the 
mass  at  the  ordinary  temperature  was  semi-solid.  In 
the  proportion  of  four  parts  para  to  one  part  ortho, 
the  mass  is  quite  hard.  In  a  mixture  of  salt  and  snow 
(about-  15sto-  20),  when  only.30  per  cent,  of  the  para- 
compound  is  present,  the  mixture  becomes  nearly 
solid.  But  on  draining  the  frozen  cake,  on  a  porous 
tile,  placed  in  a  metal  vessel,  surrounded  by  a  freezing 
mixture,  only  about  two-thirds  of  the  total  amount 
of  the  para-compound  could  be  regained. 


Some  little  time  ago  a  method  described  by  Mr.  P. 
Sclioop  appeared  in  the  Chemiker  Zeitunq  (No.  9, 
p.  IT1-",),  for  the  quantitative  analysis  of  ortho- and 
paratoluidine,  based  on  the  different  solubilities  of 
the  acetyl  derivatives  in  water,  first  pointed  out  by 
Weith  and  Merz  in  1869  (Ber.  2,  433).*  Our  results 
by  this  method  were  by  no  means  satisfactory,  pos- 
sibly because  the  proportion  of  para  compound  taken 
was  considerably  smaller  than  usually  occurs  in  the 
commercial  product.  But  this  can  scarcely  be  cited 
as  an  apology  for  the  method.  Two  determinations 
gave  the  following  results- 


Found. 


Melting  Point. 


23950  acetoluide  107"  =  l'71grms.  toluidine. 


Taken. 

1.  97ogrras.    \ 
orthotoluidine  I 

0'2ogrm. 
paratoluidine  I 

2.  9'75grms.    \ 

Ort0!25^m         (   3'13'5  acetoluide  110--2-2ognns.  toluidine. 
paratoluidine  1 

Now,  as  the  melting  point  of  the  para  compound 
is  147"',  and  the  ortho  107°,  it  is  very  evident  that  in 
the  first  instance  the  acettoluide  consists  of  nearly 
pure  ortho  compound.  In  fact,  it  is  not  readily  seen 
how,  if  10O0  parts  of  water  dissolve  only  8"6  parts 
orthoacettoluide  at  19"  (which  corresponds  to  5'8  parts 
orthotoluidine)  as  stated,  it  is  possible  that  in  a  mix- 
ture containing  9'75grros.  orthotoluidine,  all  the  orthc- 
toluidine  can  be  dissolved  in  800cc.  of  water.  And 
yet  the  author  of  the  method  says  that  he  obtains 
results  to  0'5  per  cent,  for  all  proportions  of  mixed 
toluidines.  On  the  other  hand,  in  reducing  mixtures 
of  ortho-  and  parnitrotoluene,  and  analysing  the  pro- 
duct by  the  above  method,  we  have  often  found  that 
little  or  no  para  compound  was  precipitated  on  addi- 
tion of  water,  although  a  considerable  quantity  was 
certainly  present,  as  we  subsequently  proved  by 
employing  Rosenstiehl's  method.  It  is  difficult  at 
present  to  say  to  what  this  is  due. 

The  other  method  which  we  tried  and  found  to 
give  reliable  results  when  employed  with  certain 
precautions,  is  the  well-known  one  of  Rosenstiehl 
(Ann.  Chan.  Ph;/*.  26,  249).  It  is  based  on  the 
different  solubilities  of  the  bioxalates  of  ortho-  and 
paratoluidine  in  ether.  The  para-compound  requires 
6660  parts  ether  for  complete  solution  ;  the  ortho 
compound  is  very  much  more  soluble,  requiring  only 
20<i  parts  of  ether.  Rosenstiehl  makes  up  a  standard 
solution  of  oxalic  acid  in  anhydrous  ether,  free  from 
alcohol,  so  that  each  cc.  =  0'005grm.  toluidine.  The 
number  he  gives  is  slightly  wrong.  Instead  of 
1  062grms.  it  should  be  1  '059grms .  of  anhydrous  oxalic 
acid,  or  l'lTTgrms.  of  the  hydrated  acid  per  250cc. 
Rosenstiehl  determines  the  end  of  the  reaction  by 
running  the  ethereal  solution  of  oxalic  acid  into 
0'2grm.  of  toluidine,  dissolved  in  80grms.  ether  until 
no  further  precipitate  is  observed.  We  found  this  to 
be  almost  impossible  to  carry  out  practically,  as  the 
precipitate  being  light,  does  not  readily  settle  or 
attaches  itself  to  the  sides  of  the  vessel  and  masks 
the  effect.  It  is  equally  impossible  to  determine  the 
end  of  the  reaction  by  means  of  litmus  paper  or 
litmus  solution,  as  recommended  by  Lorenz  I  Ann. 
172,  1190).  The  change  of  colour  is  only  very 
gradual. 

The  only  method  we  found  practicable  was  to  add 
excess  of  oxalic  acidsolution,  bring  the  precipitate  on 
to  the  filter  paper,  wash  three  or  four  times  with 
ether,  and  weigh  on  a   watch  glass.     Any  residue 

*  lOcc.  toluidine  and  lOcc.  acetic  anhydride  are  heated  to- 
gether in  the  oil-bath  for  two  hours  to  HO'  C.  30cc.  glacial 
acetic  acid  are  then  added,  and  the  mixture  poured  into  lOOcc. 
water,  and  washed  out  with  lOOcc.  more  water.  The  mixture 
is  allowed  to  stand  18  hours,  filtered,  washed  with  dilute  acetic 
acid,  dried  at  90'  and  weighed. 


420 


Tin:  .101  i;n.\i.  of  the  society  of  chemical  industry.   i.W3o,i8s7. 


remaining  in  the  Bask  (and  very  often  the  precipitate 
stuck  to  the  .-ides),  and  any  residue  in  tbe  filter 
paper  were  dissolved  together  in  water  and  titrated 
with  deeinonnal  potash  solution. 

By  proceeding  m  this  way  reliable  results  may  be 
obtained.  With  paratoluidine,  m.p.  46°,  we  found 
that  precipitation  was  not  complete  unless  the  mix- 
ture was  allowed  to  stand  IS  hours.  At  the  end  of 
this  time  the  whole  of  the  para  compound  is  thrown 
down  as  oxalate. 

With  pure  orthotoluidine  (samples  weir  made  by 
ourselves  and  also  obtained  from  Kahlbanm  and 
Schuchardt)  there  is  no  immediate  precipitation, 
but  on  standing  1-2  hours  from  4—5  per  cent,  of  the 
ortho  compound  crystallises  out. 

It  therefore  follows  that  in  performing  the  analysis 
the  error  due  to  precipitation  of  the  ortho  compound 
must  be  allowed  for  if  the  solution  stands  12  hours, 
or  the  error  due  to  incomplete  precipitation  of  the 
para  compound  must  be  allowed  for  if  the  precipitate 
is  filtered  immediately.  The  better  method,  there- 
fore, would  be  to  obtain  an  approximation  of  the 
amount  of  para  compound  present  in  one  determina- 
tion, and  then  run  in  just  sufficient  oxalic  solution  to 
precipitate  this  quantity,  and  let  stand  1 2  hours.  The 
error  due  to  the  precipitation  of  the  orthotoluidine 
will  then  be  reduced  to  a  minimum.  Most  of  the 
practical  part  of  the  work  was  carried  out  by  Mr. 
Miniati,  and  Mr.  Booth  has  made  a  series  of  experi- 
ments on  Rosenstiehl's  method. 

DISCI  SSION. 

Dr.  Dreyfus  said  if  the  method  of  partial  reduc- 
tion referred  to  by  Dr.  Cohen  could  be  carried  out  it 
would  be  a  very  great  benefit  to  the  manufacturers  of 
toluidines,  but  he  hardly  thought  that  the  method  as  it 
stood  at  present  would  give  practical  results.  A  better 
method  of  preparing  toluidines  would  be  to  effect  the 
separation  of  the  ortho-  and  paratoluidines  from  com- 
mercial toluidine,  which  contained  a  mixture  of  the 
two.  Various  methods  were  employed  for  effecting 
that  separation,  which  varied  at  the  different  works 
where  the  methods  were  carried  out,  and  such  methods 
were  kept  secret  by  the  works  employing  them.  As 
far  as  he  knew,  the  principle  of  the  separation  methods 
rested  in  the  fractional  saturation  with  acids.  There 
had  been  a  method  patented  by  Dr.  Loewy  for  the 
separation  of  the  toluidines  by  means  of  phosphates, 
but  from  his  experience  he  considered  that  method 
long  and  tedious,  and  he  did  not  think  that  it  had 
been  found  useful  in  practice.  The  methods  which 
he  knew  had  been  successful  in  the  production  of  a 
fairly  pure  article  rested,  as  he  had  before  stated,  on 
the  fractional  saturation  with  acid. 

Dr.  Cohen,  in  reply,  said  that  unless  it  was  known 
beforehand  it  was  quite  impossible  to  carry  out  the 
distillation,  which  certainly  gave  very  fair  results  in 
the  laboratory. 

NOTES  ON  some  PLANTS  POSSESSING 
PROPERTIES  USEFUL  IN  MEDICINE  AND 
INDUSTRY,  FROM  THE  CONGO. 

HY   R.   C.    PHILLIPS. 

The  following  vegetable  products  of  Africa,  not 
articles  of  commerce,  have  attracted  my  attention 
during  a  long  residence  on  the  West  Coast  :  - 
The  Pawpaw,  Cassia  Occidental^.  Euphorbias, 
Vernonia  Febrtfuga—a  plant  named  by  the  natives 
Saa&a — and  some  others,  on  which  I  propose  to  make 
a  few  notes. 

Pawpaws.—  These  trees  are  known  as  yielding  a 
.puce  with  properties  similar  to  pepsin.      The  effect 


of  making  tough  meat  tender  is  very  remarkable  : 
half  a  spoonful  i.l  the  juice  mixed  with  a  tureenful 
of  water  will,  in  the  course  of  four  or  five  minutes, 
completely  soften  a  tough  joint  of  old  goat,  an  old 
duck,  or  other  meat.  If  the  action  be  unduly 
prolonged  for,  say,  twenty  minutes,  the  meat  will 
have  the  appearance  of  being  boiled  to  rags.  Meat 
thus  treated  is  said  to  putrefy  rapidly  if  not  cooked 
at  once.  Wrapping  meat  in  the  leaves  of  the  tree  is 
said  to  produce  the  same  effect  in  the  course  of  a 
night.  In  his  "Histoire  Naturelle,"  Dr.  Chenu 
states  that  the  juice  is  reputed  to  remove  freckles. 
I  have  never  had  the  opportunity  to  verify  this,  but 
from  its  energetic  action  on  Mesh,  it  is  not  improbable. 
The  seeds  have  the  taste  of  cress.  I  have  tried  to 
dry  the  juice  by  wounding  the  fruit  and  catching  the 
milk  on  plates,  and  drying  in  the  sun,  but  the  trouble 
was  that  the  dried  product  refused  to  redissolve  in 
water  or  alcohol.  The  taste  of  the  water  showed 
that  some  portion  of  the  dried  fruit  had  undergone 
solution,  but  only  to  a  small  extent.  1  then  caught 
a  number  of  drops  of  the  milk  in  a  glass  of  water, 
and  observed  that  the  solution  was  only  partial  ;  a 
precipitate  of  albuminous  appearance  was  formed, 
which  would  not  disappear  on  the  addition  of  a 
considerable  quantity  of  alkali  or  acid.  I  used 
spirit — brandy — in  a  similar  manner,  but  with  the 
same  result.  Obviously  the  active  principle  is  not 
the  insoluble  portion  of  the  milky  juice  ;  but,  when 
all  is  dried  together,  the  soluble  portion  may  be 
prevented  from  dissolving  by  its  association  with 
the  insoluble  portion,  or  may  itself  become 
changed  and  insoluble.  I  never  had  the  opportunity 
of  ascertaining  if  this  be  the  case.  The  pawpaw 
grows  freely  on  most  parts  of  the  coast  near  the 
Congo  ;  the  best  place  is  the  newly  -  acquired 
Portuguese  territory  of  Cabinda.  The  vexatious 
conditions  imposed  by  the  Independent  Congo  State, 
and  the  inferiority  of  the  territory,  negative  success 
in  those  parts. 

Further  Note  on  the  Pawpaw. — I  once  knew  of  a 
number  of  pawpaw  seeds  being  thrown  away  ;  a  large 
number  took  root  —  perhaps  100 — but  all  were 
males.  This  would  be  an  inconvenient  experience 
in  planting. 

Cassia  occidentalis. — This  plant  grows  freely  on 
most  parts  of  the  coast,  the  seeds  ground  after 
roasting  being  a  fair  substitute  for  coffee.  They  are 
reputed  to  possess  pectoral  qualities  when  thus  used, 
and  do  not  cause  sleeplessness,  as  is  so  much  the  case 
with  coffee.  I  have  often  used  these  seeds  when 
short  of  coffee,  and  have  offered  this  "  coffee "  to 
others  without  having  the  substitution  discovered. 
The  roots  are  bitter  and  reputed  febrifugal. 

Euphorbias. — These  grow  in  great  abundance  on 
many  p&tts  of  the  coast,  and  their  milky  juice  is  well 
known  as  a  drastic  purgative.  It  is  not  now  made 
use  of  in  medicine,  through,  I  am  informed,  its 
variability  of  effects.  One  species,  the  Cassoneira,  is 
used  by  the  natives  of  Kinsembo  to  stupefy  fish  in 
their  river  ;  the  fish  are  then  taken  at  palisades  which 
are  formed  across  the  river.  This  drug  might 
probably  be  of  high  service  in  hoimeopathic  thera- 
peutics if  properly  proved.  The  Cassoneira  is  used  by 
the  Misorongo  tribes  to  form  hedges  round  their 
towns,  its  immense  bushes  forming  a  perfect 
barricade  against  native  tribes,  who  greatly  fear 
getting  the  juiee  in  their  eyes,  the  result  of  which 
would  be  temporary,  if  not  permanent,  blindness. 
The  branches  are  very  brittle,  and  bleed  copiously 
when  broken.  The  columnar  Euphorbias  yield  a 
similar  juice  in  great  abundance  and  with  probably 
■  in.-  properties. 

Vernonia  febrifuga  (Soyaux), — This  tree  possesses 
an  intensely  bitter  bark  ;  but  1  am  unaware  by  what 


June  so,  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


421 


means  Soyaux  made  out  its  febrifugal  properties  ; 

Erobably  from  some  of  the  native  herbalists.  It  might 
e  worth  investigation. 

Saaka.— This  is  a  native  bush  which  would 
probably  repay  cultivation  and  improvement.  The 
fruit  is  spindle-shaped,  some  Jin.  in  length,  red 
skinned,  and  has  an  agreeable  pulp  enclosing  the 
seed.  At  first  sight,  there  is  nothing  special  to 
recommend  it  to  notice,  but  it  will  be  found  that, 
although  not  particularly  sweet,  it  has  the  remark- 
able [lower  of  making  any  fruit  eaten  afterwards 
taste  very  sweet.  It  is  usually  eaten  with  lime-,  but 
oranges,  pine-apples,  and  mangoes  are  sweetened  by 
Saaka  even  an  hour  after  eating  it,  and  when  all 
taste  of  the  fruit  has  left  the  mouth.  Vinegar  and 
dilute  mineral  acids  show  the  same  phenomenon. 

Rubbn-  Plants.— Tina  rubber-bearing  plants  are  not 
cultivated;  the  natives  simply  select  such  as  they 
please  for  tapping  for  the  milky  juice.  It  has  been 
suggested  to  me  that  the  trees  might  be  profitably 
cultivated  and  methodically  tapped,  avoiding  waste 
and  the  intermixture  of  bark  and  other  impuri- 
ties. There  are  several  species  of  rubber-bearing 
trees,  the  best  of  which,  I  am  told,  is  a  straight- 
trunked  tree  of  compact  habit,  which  I  well  know  by 
sight,  and,  if  it  be  true  that  this  is  the  best  rubber- 
yielder,  I  should  think  that  it  would  be  very  suitable 
for  plantation.  Some  other  species  of  rubber-bear- 
ing plants  are  thin-stalked  bushes,  running  about 
among  the  other  bush,  and  unsuited  for  orderly  cul- 
ture; Among  the  promises  of  extended  trade  when 
the  upper  Congo  is  exploited,  we  are  regaled  with 
accounts  of  vast  forests  of  rubber  trees  that  will 
yield  fabulous  amounts  of  rubber.  I,  in  turn,  can  point 
to  immense  woods  of  these  trees  not  five  miles  from 
the  coast,  but  hardly  touched  by  the  natives.  Unless 
plantations  are  made  by  Europeans,  the  yield  of 
rubberon  the  coast  can  increase  but  slowly — nay,  it  may 
easily  diminish  instead  of  increasing.  What  is  of  the 
first  importance  is  a  population,  large,  friendly  and 
intelligent,  to  permit  of  increasing  commerce ;  a 
little  thought  in  this  direction  would  be  of  far  more 
value  than  all  the  egregious  announcements  of 
unlimited  trade  for  those  with  enterprise  enough  to 
open  up  the  upper  river,  with  which  the  world  has 
been  lately  entertained. 

Castor-oil  Plants  grow  in  abundance,  but  are  not 
used  commercially  ;  perhaps  they  are  more  easily 
obtained  from  America.  It  has  been  said  that  the 
oil  flavours  the  other  cargo  of  the  ship  in  which  it 
may  be  exported  ;  this  is,  however,  only  hearsay  ; 
certainly  nobody  has  attempted  the  experiment 
during  the  last  fifteen  years,  and  probably  for  many 
years  previously. 

Indigo. — There  are  many  plants  of  the  Indigofera 
family,  and  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Watson 
Smith,  who  sent  me  seeds,  I  know  that  indigo  may 
be  cultivated  ;  the  irregularity  of  the  rains,  and 
absence  of  convenient  supplies  of  water,  militate 
against  the  growth  of  small  plants  whose  roots 
penetrate  only  a  small  distance  below  the  surface  of 
the  ground. 

Nhasa, — This  tree  is  described  by  botanists  under 
the  name  of  "  Sassy  "  tree,  its  powdered  bark  being 
used  by  the  natives  for  their  ordeals  by  poison. 
The  effect  of  the  bark  is  sometimes  of  the  nature 
of  an  emetic,  sometimes  it  produces  purging,  and  I 
have  seen  one  instance  of  comatose  state  produced. 
It  is  so  seldom  that  a  white  man  is  present  at 
these  ordeals,  that  we  know  little  with  certainty 
about  the  action  of  this  drug  ;  but  it  certainly  has 
very  active  properties  which  the  homoeopath  would 
soon  turn  to  account.  Compare  the  cardinal  im- 
portance of  rhus,  which  is  of  analogous  use  in 
Madagascar. 


1  ides  the  foregoing,  there  are  various  other 
products  obtainable,  the  chief  difficulty  of  develop- 
ing which  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  workers  are 
employed  in  other  pursuits,  which  they  will  not  be 
induced  to  leave,  except  with  the  plainest  demon- 
stration that  the  new  occupation  will  be  more 
profitable.  This  is  not  easy  to  give  to  the  native, 
who  is  conservative  of  old  customs,  and  sceptical 
concerning  anything  new. 


£>lasrjoto  anD  ^cottisfj  Section. 

Chairman:  J.  Neilson  Cuthbertson. 

Vice-chairman:  Prof.  Mills. 

Hon.  Vice-chairman  :  K.  C.  C.  Stanford. 


Committee : 


J.  I!.  Adam. 
.1.  Ail.uc. 

Prof.  I'rum-Brown. 
J,  Y.  Buchanan. 
J.  Christie. 
W.  J.  Chiystal. 
W  .  s.  Curuhey. 
Prof.  1  ergusou. 


J.  Fyfe. 
K.  Irvine. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  M.  .Millie. 
J.  Paltison. 
1!.  Pullar. 
K.    It.  Tmlock. 
A.  Wliitelaw. 


Hon.  Ireasurer: 
J.  J.   Coleman,  Aidarrocb,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow. 

Local  Secretary: 

G.  G.  Henderson.  Chemical    Laboratory, 

University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


The  Eighth  and  last  Meeting  of  this  Section  for  the 
ion  was  held  in  the  Societies'  Booms.  807,  Bath 
Street,  Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  June  7, 18S7. 

MR.  J.  NEILSON  CUTHBERTSON  IN  THE  CHAIR. 

THE  ESTIMATION  OF  IRON  IN  CHARS. 

BY   ROBERT   DAVIDSON. 

The  estimation  of  iron  by  means  of  stannous  chloride 
has  been  fully  investigated  by  Fresenius  and  others, 
but  only  where  it  exists  in  large  quantities.  So  far 
as  I  am  aware,  no  one  has  yet  tested  the  accuracy  of 
this  process  in  the  case  of  substances,  such  as  animal 
charcoal,  containing  only  fromO'l  to  1  percent,  ferric 
oxide.  Some  experiments  which  I  have  made  in  this 
direction  I  now  take  the  opportunity  of  bringing 
before  you. 

A  standard  solution  of  ferric  chloride  was  prepared 
containing  OOlgrm.  Fe203  per  cc. 

The  stannous  chloride  was  made  up  of  such  a 
strength  that  about  25cc.  equalled  lcc.  of  the 
standard  Fe  solution,  and  was  always  prepared  im- 
mediately before  use. 

The  iron  solution  was  delivered  into  a  lOOcc.  flask 
with  5cc.  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1185)  and  luce, 
water.  The  solution  was  maintained  just  at  the  boil- 
ing point  during  the  titration.  The  end  reaction  is 
very  delicate,  one  drop  of  the  SnCl3  being  sufficient 
to  discharge  the  colour. 

The  following  are  the  results  :— 

Fe.CL.  Solution.                         SnCI-  Consumed 
rOcc 2'S°C 

10  2» 

05  J* 

1-6  »1S 

0-J  *& 

"I       rjo 

■>  ■•'  o80 

11  2-J0 

The  mean  experimental  error  ±  00092cc. 


122 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Juneso.  1887. 


[now  Bought  to  compare  our  tin  process  with  the 
"bichrome"  and  "permanganate." 

Perm  vug  lk  \  n    Proi  ess. 

For  the  standard  permanganate  solution  lgrm.  was 
dissolved  in  LOOOcc.  water,  and  the  ferric  chloride  was 
reduced  by  0'8grm.  zinc  dust  in  a  flask  provided  with 

a  narrow  exit  tube,  and  containing  5cc.  11  CI  and  lOec. 

water.      After  l plete  solution,    50cc.    boiled   and 

cooled  distilled  water  were  added. 
HI, ml-  Test:— 

O-Sgrm.  zinc  consumed  OtftoCJjj^  q.^ 

Fe,Cl,  Solution.  KMnO,  Consumed. 

I  Occ 4-85cc.^ 

10  4'8o       I      Mean. 

1-0  C82       f    4S35cc. 

10  482      J 

1-9  8-45 

06  330 

1-2  5-80 

03  170 

on  4i.. 

05  270 

16  7-20 

20  9  00 

Mean  experimental  error  ±  00294ec. 

Bichrome  Process. 
Half  decinormal  solution  of  bichromate  of  potash 
was  used,  and  zinc  to  reduce  the  iron.     Acid,  etc., 
same  as  with  the  permanganate  process. 

I'.lank  experiment  showed  mere  trace  of  iron. 
Fe:Cl«  Solution.                       K,Cr.O,  Consumed. 
O'Gcc r20cc. 

II  3  30 

17             470 

04             1-10 

0-8             2-30 

1-9             5-40 

2-4              G'50 

1'5             4-10 

1-3             350 

Mean  experimental  error  ±  0054Sec. 

Another  series  was  made  with  "  bichrome,"  but 
SnClo  was  the  reducing  agent. 

Mean  of  4  experiments  with  lcc.  Fe2Cln,  gave 
2'55cc. 

IV  CI,:  Solution.  K;Cr20T  Consumed. 

2'lcc 5'Oocc. 

(V9        2-30 

».-,        1-35 

07        175 

14         350 

0  3         0-95 

1-1        2-80 

1-8        1-55 

Mean  experimental  error  ±  00oo4ce. 

I  next  tried  those  three  methods  with  the  actual 
char,  but  before  describing  them,  allow  me  to  say  a 
word  about  the  state  of  oxidation  of  iron  in  chars. 
It  exists,  probably,  in  both  the  ferrous  and  ferric 
conditions;  even  metallic  iron  is  met  with  in  new- 
char.  But  it  appears  impossible  to  determine  their 
respective  amounts,  owing  to  the  reducing  action  of 
the  carbon  present.  When  a  char  is  boiled  in  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  all  the  iron  is  found  as  FeO,  but 
Fe203  can  be  detected,  if  it  is  dissolved  in  the  cold  ; 
even  under  these  conditions  the  carbon  still  exerts  its 
action.  For  example  :  The  carbon  was  separated  by 
means  of  acid,  from  both  a  new  and  a  stock  char,  care- 
fully washed,  and  then  simply  mixed  with  lcc.  of 
stun lard  solution  of  iron.  Bcc,  ||('l  and  lOcc.  H20, 
allowed  to  digest  for  an  hour  in  the  cold,  when  over 
80  per  cent,  of  iron  with  the  former,  and  about  60  per 
cent,  with  the  latter,  were  found  to  be  reduced.  How- 
i  \vr.  we  generally  report  it  in  the  trade  as  Fe3Os. 

We  now  proceed  to  detail  the  char  experiments. 
I'll,  samples  were  passed  through  a  "TO"  mesh  sieve, 
and  2grma.  weighed  off  in  a  platinum  capsule,  and 
thoroughly  ignited,  then  dissolved  in  .~>cc.  HC'l  and 


lOcc.  HoO.  Two  chars  were  used  throughout,  one 
being  a  new,  the  other  a  stock  char,  except  in  the  case 
of  the  bichrome  "  new  char "  tests,  wnen  another 
sample  had  to  be  used,  owing  to  my  supply  having 
faded.  In  the  case  of  the  bichrome  process,  I  had  to 
abandon  the  use  of  zinc  as  a  reducing  agent,  as  the 
results  came  out  too  low — e.g.,  the  new  char,  contain- 
ing about  0'2  per  cent.  Fe203,  scarcely  gave  a  reaction 
with  potassium  ferricyanide.  When,  however,  Sn(  '1.. 
was  substituted,  better  results  were  obtained,  though 
still  on  the  low  side. 

Bichrome  Process. 

New  Char. 

Consumed 0 70cc. 

O'.'.O 

■>■«! 

070 

Moan    0'575oC. 

=  0-113  %  Fe;03.   (Tin  process,  0TCT%.) 

Mean  experimental  error   ±   0-125cc,  eipial  to  0024\ 

Fe2G, 

Stock  Char. 

Consumed    4  2oc. 

40 

3  11 

395 

Mean    4  013cc. 

=0-787  .  F.M  h- 

Mean  experimental  error  ±  0074cc,  equal  to  0'013.V{ 

Fe2U3 

Permanganate  Process, 
Blank   Test. — Mean   of  2  experiments,  consumed 
0'5<i5cc. 

iVcio  Char. 

Consumed    2'lcc. 

2-3 

2-0 

2-0 

Mean     2'lcc. 

=  0-180'.  FeaOj. 

Mean  experimental  error   ±  O'lcc.  —  0'0117/o  FeL.U3 

.SYocA-  Char. 

Consumed    7-Scc. 

77 

7-5 

7-8 

Mean     77ec. 

=  0  835',  Fe2Oi). 
Mean  experimental  error  ±  O'lcc. = 0 '0 1 1 7 %  Fe-03 

I  may  here  parenthetically  remark  that  Tucker,  in 
his  "  Manual  of  Sugar  Analysis,''  recommends  the 
filtrate  from  the  carbon  to  be  titrated,  but  the  organic 
matters  in  solution  cause  too  high  results.  The  above 
new  char,  for,  example,  instead  of  yielding  0*18  per 
cent.,  gave  033  per  cent,  and  the  " stock  "  char  gave 
0'89  per  cent,  instead  of  0835  per  cent. 

Tin  Process. 

The  iron  should  be  fully  oxidised,  with  ">  drops  of 
peroxide  of  hydrogen  (20  vol.)  and  boiled  gently  for 
three  minutes,  to  expel  the  excess.  This  causes  no 
loss  through  volatilisation.  I  prefer  hydroxy]  to 
potassium  chlorate,  because  one  can  add  a  definite 
quantity  without  weighing,  and  an  excess  appears  to 
be  more  readily  expelled. 

Standard  'I'm  Solution, — Mean  of  5  experiments, 
2'89cc.  =  lcc.  standard  Fe. 

New  Char. 

Consumed r35cc. 

1-35 

1'28 

1-30 

Mean   T32ce. 

0-228     I'Vii, 
Mean  experimental  error  ±  OWcc.-^O'OOSO;,,  J'e..U3 


June 30. 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


423 


Stock  Char. 

Consumed 4'7cc. 

4-8 

1-8 

48 

Mean 4-775cc. 

=  0826,  fc-O-j. 

Mean  experimental  error  ±  0037cc.     0-0005     1 

The  end  reaction  is  not  quite  so  distinct  as  with 
the  pure  Fe=Cl,;  solution,  owing  to  the  presence  of  a 
little  insoluble  matter  which  floats  in  the  liquid. 
This  may  be  obviated  by  filtration,  but  at  the  same 
time  avoiding  any  unnecessary  excess  of  wash  water, 
which  would  of  course  interfere  with  the  reaction. 

In  conclusion,  I  confidently  recommend  the  tin 
process  in  preference  to  either  the  permanganate  or 
bichrome.  For  both,  with  the  pure  Fe*Cl6  solution 
and  the  chars,  we  find  the  experimental  errors  to  be 
less.  Resides  being  the  most  accurate,  it  is  also  the 
mo^t  speedy — five  minutes  sufficing  for  a  single 
estimation. 

Allow  me  to  take  the  opportunity  of  acknowledging 
my  best  thanksfor  the  time  afforded  by  my  employers, 
John  Walker  ifc  Co.,  for  carrying  out  the  above 
experiments. 

««w»m« 

NOTE      ON     THE     DETERMINATION      OF 
AMMONIA  IN  COMMERCIAL  PRODUCTS. 

BY  J.  M.  MILXE,  I'H.D  ,  F.I.C. 

Two  methods  are  in  general  use  for  the  determination 
of  ammonia — viz.,  by  conversion  into  the  double 
chloride  of  ammonium  and  platinum— a  process  too 
well  known  to  require  description,  or  by  previous 
liberation  of  the  ammonia,  either  by  combustion  with 
soda-lime  or  distillation  with  strong  solution  of 
caustic  soda,  and  absorption  in  an  excess  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  with  subsequent  conversion  into  the 
platinum  salt  on  the  one  hand,  or  absorption  in  a 
measured  excess  of  standard  sulphuric  acid  and 
reverse  titration  with  standard  alkali. 

The  platinum  method,  although  an  elegant  and 
accurate  one  where  nearly  pure  salts  have  to  be  dealt 
with,  has  one  or  two  drawbacks  for  commercial  work. 
It  is  expensive,  and  occupies  a  good  deal  of  time.  As 
regards  the  other  method,  anyone  who  has  tried 
the  soda  lime  process  in  the  case  of  ammonia  salts. 
even  with  previous  addition  of  starch  or  sugar,  will 
have  realised  the  annoyances  incidental  to  it.  Dis- 
tillation with  caustic  soda  is  also  troublesome,  from 
the  tendency  of  a  strong  alkaline  solution  to  froth  up 
and  bump  when  boiled,  with  possible  projection  of  a 
little  of  it  into  the  condensing  arrangement,  to  the 
detriment  of  the  determination.  Some  time  ago  a 
German  committee  was  appointed  to  report  on  the 
methods  in  use  for  the  analysis  of  phosphates, 
manures,  etc.,  and  to  make  suggestions  as  to  the 
adoption  of  uniform  methods.  With  regard  to  the 
determination  of  ready-formed  ammonia  in  manures 
and  salts,  this  committee  recommended  the  liberation 
of  the  ammonia  by  boiling  with  magnesia  instead  of 
caustic  soda,  and  absorption  in  a  measured  excess  of 
standard  sulphuric  acid.  One  great  advantage  of 
this  modification  is  that  the  contents  of  the  distilling 
flask  boil  quite  quietly,  and  can  be  brought  nearly  to 
dryness  without  spirting,  if  the  gas  flame  is  properly 
regulated.  As  I  have  used  the  magnesia  method  for 
some  time  with  very  satisfactory  results,  and  the 
apparatus  is  very  simple,  I  thought  it  might  be  of 
interest  to  some  of  you  to  see  it  in  actual  operation. 
An  8  or  lOoz.  wide-mouth  flask  is  fitted  with  an 
indiarubber  cork,  pierced  with  two  holes,  through  one 
of  which  passes  a  small  funnel  with  a   tap,   and 


through  the  other  a  somewhat  wide  exit  tube.  The 
latter  is  connected  with  a  short  inverted  condenser, 
the  lower  end  of  which  is  tightly  fitted  to  the  neck 
of  a  nitrogen  bulb  of  the  new  form,  in  which  _ 
of  normal  sulphuric  acid  have  been  previously  placed. 
A  weighed  quantity  of  the  sample  is  placed  in  the 
flask,  together  with  2gnus.  of  magnesia,  and  about 
fiOcc.  of  water,  and  the  mixture  kept  gently  boiling 
by  means  of  a  rose-burner.  When  the  contents  of 
the  flask  are  nearly  dry,  the  flame  is  removed,  about 
lOcc.  of  water  run  in  from  the  funnel,  and  the  boiling 
continued.  This  operation  is  repeated  two  or  three 
times.  Finally  the  nitrogen  bulb  is  connected  with 
a  .■.mall  aspirator,  and  a  gentle  current  of  air  draw;n 
through  the  whole  apparatus  for  a  few  minutes,  in 
order  to  ensure  complete  absorption  of  all  the 
ammonia.  The  exit  tube  is  then  disconnected  from 
the  condenser,  and  the  latter  rinsed,  into  the  bulb,  with 
a  little  water,  a  few  drops  of  cochineal  added,  and 
the  excess  of  normal  acid  determined  with  fifth- 
normal  soda. 

In  using  the  apparatus,  the  committee  recommend 
the  following  precautions  to  be  observed  : — (1) 
that  the  steam  containing  the  ammonia  be  thoroughly 
condensed  as  it  passes  over  ;  (2)  that  the  end  of 
the  condenser  tube  does  not  dip  beneath  the  surface 
of  the  sulphuric  acid  in  the  bulb  flask  ;  and  (3)  that 
complete  absorption  of  the  ammonia  is  ensured  by 
attaching  a  small  U-tube  containing  a  little  of  the 
standard  acid  to  the  exit  tube  of  the  flask. 


jRottinrjrjam  Section. 

Chairman  :  Prof.  Clowes. 
rice-Chairtnan  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 
Treasurer  :  J.  B.  Coleman. 
Committee  : 
L.  Archbutt.  I        T.  W.  Lovibond. 

W.  A.  Curry.  H.  J.  Staples. 

H.  Doidge.  E.  B.  Truman. 

R.  Fitzhugh.  R.  L.  YVhiteley. 

E.  Francis. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  R.  Ashwell,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Bentinck  Road, 
Nottingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


ORTHO-CHROMATIC  PHOTOGRAPHY. 

BY  C.  H.  BOTHAMLEY,  F.I.C.,  F.C.-.. 

Assistant  Lecturer  on  Chemistry,  and    Lecturer  on  Photo- 
graphy in  the  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  ordinary  photographic  pro- 
cesses fail  to  give  pictures  with  true  values,  or,  in 
other  words,  they  fail  to  render  coloured  objects  with 
their  proper  degrees  of  relative  brightness.  Yellow, 
orange,  and  green  objects,  which  are  bright  to  the 
eye,  are  dark  in  a  photograph,  whilst  blue,  purple, 
and  violet,  which  are  comparatively  dark  to  the  eye, 
are  bright  in  a  photograph.  Photographic  effect  is 
not  coincident  with  optical  effect. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  these  differences 
it  is  necessary  to  separate  ordinary  white  light  into 
its  component  rays,  and  to  measure  the  optical 
and  photographic  effects  of  the  separated  rays.  This 
is  done  most  conveniently  by  means  of  the  spectrum, 
and  the  effects  produced  by  different  parts  of  the 
spectrum  are  best  expressed  in  the  form  of  a  curve, 
the  base  line  of  which  represents  the  spectrum,  whilst 
the  ordinates  or  heights  of  the  curve  above  the  base 
line  at  any  given  points  represent  the  intensity  of  the 
action  at  those  points.  The  abscissa',  or  points  marked 


ISM 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (June so,  1887. 


off  along  the  base  line,  represent  the  principal  Fraun- 
hofer  lines. 

The  optical  effect  or  relative  luminosity  of  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  .spectrum  lias  been  estimated 
by  several  observers,  notably  by  Vierordt,  and  more 
recently  by  an  improved  method  by  Abney  and  Fest- 
ing.*  The  relative  luminosity  of  the  different  parts 
varies  with  the  nature  of  the  source  of  light,  with  the 
absolute  brightness  of  the  light,  and  with  different 
observers  ;  but  the  general  result  is  that  the  maximum 
luminosity  is  in  the  yellow,  not  very  far  from  the  line 
D.  The  brightness  diminishes  somewhat  rapidly  in 
the  green  and  then  very  gradually  in  the  blue  and 
violet,  the  more  refrangible  part  of  the  visible  spec- 
trum terminating  close  to  the  line  H.  On  the  less  re- 
frangible side  of  1)  the  luminosity  falls  off  gradually 
but  rapidly  through  the  orange  and  orange  red  to  the 
line  A  at  the  termination  of  the -red.    (Fig.  1,  No.  3.) 


Fir..   1. 

When  the  spectrum  falls  upon  an  ordinary  gelatino 
bromide  plate— that  is,  a  glass  plate  coated  with  a  thin 
dry  film  of  an  emulsion  of  silver  bromide  in  gelatin- 
it  is  found  that  the  maximum  photographic  effect  is 
produced  by  the  blue  about  midway  between  F  and 
11.  A  considerable  amount  of  action  is  exerted  by 
the  violet,  and  the  invisible  rays  beyond  the  violet, 
and  on  the  less  refrangible  side  of  the  maximum  the 
action  falls  off  rapidly,  becoming  very  small  in  the 
green  and  ceasing  altogether  before  it  reaches  the  line 
I).  By  suitable  treatment,  however,  the  sensitiveness 
of  the  gelatino-bromide  can  be  increased  so  that  if 
the  exposure  is  sufficiently  long  a  sensible  though 
slight  amount  of  action  is  exerted  by  the  yellow, 
oraDge,  and  even  by  the  orange  red.  (Fig.  1,  No.  1.) 
When  silver  gelatino-chloride  is  examined  in  the  same 
way  the  maximum  effect  is  produced  close  to  the  line 
H,  and  the  action  diminishes  gradually  but  rapidly 
on  either  side,  ceasing  altogether  in  the  green.  (Fig. 
1,  No.  2.) 

From  these  results  it  is  evident  that  the  rays  which 
produce  the  greatest  effect  on  the  eye,  the  yellow, 
green,  and  orange,  have  little  or  no  action  on  an 
ordinary  photographic  plate,  whilst  blue  and  violet 
rays,  which  have  comparatively  little  action  on  the 
eye,  produce  the  greatest  effect  on  the  plate.  It  fol- 
lows that  in  order  to  photograph  coloured  objects  in 
correct  gradations  the  character  of  the  photographic 
plate  must  be  so  altered  that  the  sensitiveness  to 
yellow,  orange,  and  green  is  very  considerably  in- 
creased, whilst  the  sensitiveness  to  blue  and  violet  is 
much  diminished.  According  to  I)r.  Eder.t  the 
orange  near  C  and  the  full  blue  near  F  should  exert 
about  the  same  amount  of  action,  whilst  the  effect  of 
the  yellow  near  1)  should  be  eight  times,  that  of  the 
yellowish  green  near  I)  ten  times,  and  that  of  the 
green  near  E  three  times,  the  effect  of  the  blue. 
Violet,  on  the  other  hand,  should  exert  only  about 
one-tenth  as  much  action  as  the  blue.  The  term 
"Ortho-chromatic  Photography"  is  used  to  denote  the 
photographic  representation  of  all  classes  of  coloured 
objects  with  their  proper  degrees  of  relative  bright- 
ness, or,  to  use  the  artistic  term,  with   tli<-ir  proper 

•  Rakorian  lecture.  Royal  Society.  188C. 
t  Sit-'HiiKsln-richU:  d.  kais.  Akad.  der  Wisaensch.  Wien,  1881. 
Abth  II.  p.  1117 


"values."    The  power  of  photographing  rays  of  low 

refrangibility  is  not  only  valuable  from  a  pictorial 
point  of  view,  but  is  of  the  greatest  importance  in 
spectrum  photography. 

In  is::;  |)r.  Hermann  W.  Yogel J  discovered  that  if 
certain  dyes,  such  as  corallin  or  aniline  greens, 
are  added  to  a  sensitive  dry  collodion  film, 
the  film  becomes  sensitive  to  yellow  or  greenish 
yellow,  and  the  rays  to  which  the  plates  become 
sensitive  correspond  closely,  but  do  not  coin- 
cide, with  the  rays  which  are  absorbed  by 
the  dye.  Substances  which  produce  this  result 
were  classified  by  Yogel  as  "optical  sensitisers," 
on  the  ground  that  their  action  depends  upon  their 
power  of  absorbing  light  rays.  These  observations 
were  confirmed  by  Carey  Lea,  Waterhouse,  Becquerel, 
Abney  and  others,  and  on  the  Continent  the  prin- 
ciple was  applied  with  considerable  success  to  the 
reproduction  of  paintings.  Cros  and  Ducos  du 
Hauron§  also  made  it  the  basis  of  an  indirect  process 
of  photography  in  colour  through  the  medium  of 
chromo-lithography. 

Shortly  afterwards,  however,  the  modern  dry  plate 
or  gelatino-bromide  process  was  introduced,  and 
gradually  displaced  the  older  collodion  processes.  The 
first  attempts  to  employ  dyes  with  gelatino-bromide 
plates  gave  unsatisfactory  results,  but  in  1882 — 83 
Attout  and  Clayton,  commonly  known  as  Tailfer 
and  Clayton,  took  out  a  patent||  in  France  and  Eng- 
land for  the  application  of  eosin  in  conjunction  with 
an  alkali  to  gelatino-bromide  plates,  the  term  eosin 
being  understood  to  include  all  the  dyes  belonging  to 
the  eosin  group.  By  this  treatment  the  plates,  which 
are  sold  under  the  name  of  "  Isochromatic"  plates, 
are  made  very  sensitive  to  the  greenish  yellow  rays. 
Schumann  confirmed  the  advantages  resulting  from 
the  use  of  eosin,  and  Yogel  introduced  plates  stained 
with  a  dye  to  which  he  gave  the  name  "Azalin," 
but  which  is  understood  to  be  a  mixture  of  cyanin,  or 
quinoline  blue,  with  quinoline  red. 

The  question  has  been  made  the  subject  of  a  long 
and  careful  series  of  experiments  by  Dr.  Josef  Maria 
Eder,  of  Vienna,  who  has  investigated  the  effect  pro- 
duced by  more  than  100  different  dyes  under  a  variety 
of  conditions. 

Two  methods  are  employed  for  impregnating  the 
silver  gelatino-bromide  with  the  dye.  In  the  first  the 
dye  is  added  to  the  melted  emulsion  before  coating  the 
plates  ;  in  the  second  the  coated  and  dried  plates  are 
steeped  for  a  few  minutes  in  a  neutral  or  ammoniacal 
solution  of  the  dye  in  water  or  alcohol.  The  proper 
regulation  of  the  proportion  of  dye  is  found  to  be  a 
point  of  the  greatest  importance.  If  too  little  dye  is 
used  the  maximum  effect  is  not  obtained,  whilst  if 
the  quantity  of  dye  exceeds  the  proper  amount  its 
effect  is  likewise  diminished.  When  thedyeis  added 
to  the  emulsion,  2—4  milligrams  per  lOOcc.  of  melted 
emulsion  is  found  to  be  sufficient,  whilst  for  bathing 
the  dry  plates  a  solution  of  the  dye  in  20,000  or  30,000 
parts  of  water  may  be  used.  The  higher  the 
tinctorial  power  of  the  dye,  the  smaller  the  amount 
that  is  required. 

EderU  found  that  comparatively  very  few  dyes  have 
any  effect  in  increasing  the  sensitiveness  of  gelatino- 
bromide  plates  to  the  less  refrangible  rays,  and 
in  the  majority  of  cases  in  which  an  effect  is 
observed  it  is  but  small,  and  can  only  be  recognised 
when  the  exposure  is  prolonged  and  the  dye  is  present 
in   the  proper  proportion.     It  is   necessary  to  dis- 


1  Ucber  die  Lichtcnipflndlichkeit  des  Hromsilbcrs  fur  die 
sogeoannten  chemiscb  onwirkBamen  Farben.  Birichtc,  6, 
p.  1302, 

5  Traitc  prntiipucdc  photographic  des  coulciirs.     Paris.  1878- 

1  Brevet,  162,645,  December  18, 1882  ;   Kng.  Pat  101,  1883. 

*i  Sii/unKFib.  d.  kais.  Akad.  der  Wisscnsch.  Wien.  II.  Abth, 
1881;  11.  Abth,  1885  ;  and  II.  Abth,  1880. 


Jui.e30.i887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


425 


tinguish  between  the  effect  of  a  dye  on  the  general 
sensitiveness  of  a  plate  to  light  as  a  whole,  and  on  its 
relative  sensitiveness  to  particular  rays.  The  majority 
of  dyes  render  the  plates  less  sensitive  to  ultra-violet, 
violet,  and,  in  several  cases,  blue  rays,  and  thus 
diminish  their  general  sensitiveness  to  one-fifth,  or 
even  one-tenth,  of  its  original  value,  whilst  at  the 
same  time  the  relative  sensitiveness  to  particular 
says,  such  a  yellow,  orange,  or  green,  may  be 
increased  many  times.*  The  results  are  represented 
in  the  form  of  curves. 

Violet  dyes,  such  as  Hofmann's  violet,  gentian 
violet,  methyl  violet,  acid  violet,  diminish  the  general 
sensitiveness,  mainly  by  making  the  plate  much  less 
sensitive  to  ultra  violet  rays.    At  the  same  time  the 


Fig.  2. 

(II  Violets.  (2l  Greens.  (3)  Iodine  Green.  (1)  Cyanin,  (51  Eosin. 
(61  Rose  Bengal  -  Ammonia.  171  Ccerulein.  (8>  Chrysaniline. 
(9i  Eosin  and  Silver  Chloride,  (10)  Eosin  +  Cyanin. 

sensitiveness  to  green,  yellow,  and  orange  is  consider- 
ably increased,  the  maximum  effect  being  observed 
between  D  and  C.    (Fig.  2,  No.  1.) 

Green  dyes,  such  as  acid  green,  benzaldebyde 
green,  ethyl  green,  methyl  green,  and  their  varieties, 
have  very  little  sensitising  action,  and  their  effect  can 
only  be  observed  with  prolonged  exposure  and  bril- 
liant illumination,  great  attention  being  paid  to  the 
proper  regulation  of  the  proportion  of  dye.  Under 
favourable  conditions  the  plate  is  made  slightly  sen 
sitive  to  yellow,  orange  and  red,  the  point  of  maximum 
effect  being  situated  close  to  the  line  C.  (Fig.  2,  No.  2.) 
Iodine  green  is  worthy  of  notice,  since  its  sensitising 
action,  although  feeble,  extends  to  the  extreme  red. 
(Fig.  2,  No.  3.)  In  this  respect,  however,  it  is  far 
inferior  to  certain  dyes  which  were  investigated 
subsequently. 

Cyanin,  or  quinoline  blue,  confers  on  silver  gela- 
tino-bromide a  high  degree  of  sensitiveness  to  orange 
and  red,  a  fact  which  was  discovered  simultaneously 
by  Eder  and  Schumann.  Ordinary  or  iodo-cyanin 
gives  the  best  results,  but  all  the  commercial  varieties 
behave  similarly.  The  general  sensitiveness  of  the 
plate  is  considerably  diminished,  but  the  sensitiveness 
to  yellow,  orange,  and  orange-red  becomes  compara- 
tively great,  the  maximum  effect  being  observed 
between  D  and  C.  The  sensitiveness  to  orange  is 
more  than  a  hundred  times  as  great  as  that  of  an 

•  hoc.  cit.  1st  paper,  p.  1117. 


undyed  plate.  If  ammonia  is  added  together  with 
the  cyanin.  the  effect  of  the  latter  is  still  more 
marked.     (Fig.  2,  No.  4.) 

Eosin,  and  the  dyes  belonging  to  the  same  group, 
exert  a  considerable  sensitising  action  for  yellowish 
green  and  yellow,  the  maximum  action  being  nearer 
1 )  the  bluer  the  shade  of  the  dye.  In  the  case  of 
eosin  (tetrabromfluorescein)  itself  the  maximum  is 
between  E  and  D  ;  in  the  case  of  rose  Bengal,  the 
sodium  salt  of  tetra-iodo-dichlorofluorescein,  the 
maximum  is  a  little  to  the  more  refrangible  side  of 
1».  Simultaneous  addition  of  ammonia  increases  the 
effect  of  these  dyes. 

Naphthol  blue+  (which  is  not  the  same  as  indo- 
phenol  blue),  and  the  seemingly  identical  neutral 
blue  of  the  Frankfort  Anilin  Farbenfabrik,  have  the 
remarkable  property  of  rendering  a  plate  sensitive 
without  interruption  to  the  whole  length  of  the 
spectrum,  from  wave-length  3600  to  wave-length 
7600.  The  first  maximum  is  at  the  usual  place  in 
the  blue,  about  midway  between  G  and  F,  and  there 
is  a  second  smaller  maximum  close  to  C.  In  order 
to  appljr  these  dyes  to  the  plates,  the  latter  are 
steeped  in  a  solution  of  1  part  of  the  dye  in  3000  to 
10,000  parts  of  water,  to  which  has  been  added  1—2 
pet  cent,  of  ammonia.  Notwithstanding  the  beha- 
viour of  such  plates  to  the  spectrum,  no  satisfactory 
results  were  obtained  when  these  dyes  were  applied 
to  the  photographing  of  paintings. 

Carulein.X  used  in  the  form  of  ccerulein  S.  which 
is  a  compound  of  cn-rulein  with  sodium  hydrogen 
sulphite,  excels  even  naphthol  blue  in  its  power  of 
sensitising  for  the  less  refrangible  rays.  It  has  the 
additional  advantage  that  it  does  not  make  the  plates 
so  liable  to  fog  under  the  action  of  the  developer,  and 
thus  gives  clearer  and  better  negatives. 

Gelatino-bromide  plates  stained  with  any  of  the 
last  three  dyes  excel  all  known  photographic  prepara- 
tions in  their  qualitative  sensitiveness  to  rays  of 
different  wave-lengths,  the  sensitiveness  extending 
from  the  ultra-violet  to  at  least  a  short  distance  into 
the  infra-red. 

Chlorophyll,  which  was  found  by  Ives§  to  give  ex- 
cellent results  with  collodio-bromide  plates,  gives  very 
uncertain  results  with  gelatin  plates,  but  some  recent 
experiments  by  Dr.  Maddox  indicate  that  this  point 
is  worthy  of  further  investigation. 

Rosamline,  Magdala  red,  Coupiers  blue,  many 
indulin  dyes  and  others,  sensitise  for  the  less  refran- 
gible rays,  but  their  action  is  comparatively  feeble. 
Chrysaniline  is  a  good  sensitiser  for  green.  (Fig.  2, 
No.  8.)  Other  dyes,  such  as  corallin,  acid  magenta 
and  resorcinol  blue,  do  not  increase  the  sensitiveness 
to  yellow,  etc.,  but  render  the  plates  much  less  sensi- 
tive to  the  ultra-violet  and  violet  rays,  and  thus  in- 
crease the  relative  sensitiveness  to  blue,  whilst  they 
greatly  reduce  the  general  sensitiveness  of  the  plates. 
Chrysaniline  likewise  shows  this  action  in  a  very 
marked  degTee. 

When  the  silver  gelatino-bromide  is  not  pure,  but, 
as  frequently  happens,  contains  a  certain  proportion 
of  silver  iodide,  the  phenomena  are  of  the  same  order, 
though  not  always  of  the  same  magnitude.  The 
presence  of  silver  iodide  does  not  appreciably  affect 
the  sensitising  action  of  the  dyes,  provided  that  the 
proportion  of  iodide  does  not  exceed  about  3  per 
cent.,  but  if  the  amount  exceeds  10  per  cent,  the  sensi- 
tising action  is  diminished. 

The  effect  of  dyes  on  silver  gelatino-chloride  is  of 
the  same  general  character  as  their  effect  on  the 
bromide.     In  the  case  of  a  gelatino-chloride  plate 

*  hoc.  cit.  2nd  paper,  p.  1357. 

;  hoc.  cit.  3rd  paper,  p.  76. 

§  Photographic  News.  1888.  pp.  359  and  139. 

.  British  Journal  Photographic  Almanac.  1887,  p.  77 


426 


THK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     | June 30. isst. 


stained  with  eosin,  the  sensitiveness  to  yellowish 
green  is  so  much  increased,  whilst  that  to  ultra-violet 
and  violet  i-  bo  much  reduced  that  the  former  becomes 
equal  to  the  latter.     (Fig.  l'.  No.  '■'. ) 

In  almost  all  cases,  the  curve  representing  th 
of  tlie  spectrum  shows  two  maxima  separated  by  a 
minimum  which  is  usually  in  the  green  or  yellowish 
green.  The  first  maximum  is  in  the  blue,  and  this 
part  of  the  curve  corresponds  with  the  ordinary 
action  of  the  blue,  violet,  and  ultra-violet  rays  on  an 
undyed  plate.  The  second  ami  smaller  maximum  is 
in  the  less  refrangible  half  of  the  spectrum,  and 
varies  in  position  ami  magnitude  according  to  the 
nature  ot  the  dye.  When  the  exposure  is  very  brief, 
the  minimum  portion  of  the  curve  disappears,  and 
the  action  is  represented  by  two  detached  curves,  one 
in  the  more  refrangible  and  the  other  in  the  less 
refrangible  half  of  the  spectrum,  separated  by  a 
region  in  which  there  is  no  perceptible  action. 

When  ammonia  is  added  simultaneously  with  the 
dye.  the  sensitising  action  is  greater,  and  extends 
further  on  each  side  of  the  maximum.  In  none  of 
Eder's  experiments,  however,  was  the  plate  as  sensi- 
tive to  the  less  refrangible  rays  of  the  solar  spectrum 
as  to  the  blue  and  violet. 

With  a  large  number  of  dyes,  the  negatives  are 
much  more  intense  with  the  dyed  plates  than  with 
the  undyed  plates.  The  dyesj  in  fact,  behave  in 
much  the  same  way  as  an  excess  of  alkaline  bromide 
in  the  emulsion,  and  give  stronger  and  denser  nega- 
tives at  the  cost  of  reduced  sensitiveness. 

The  fact  that  with  different  dyes  the  second 
maximum  is  situated  at  different  points  in  the  less 
refrangible  region,  at  once  leads  to  the  supposition 
that  by  mixing  the  dyes  it  might  be  possible  to  make 
the  plates  uniformly  sensitive  to  this  region  of  the 
spectrum.  This  conclusion,  however,  is  not  com- 
pletely supported  by  experiment.  It  is  found  that 
one  dye  interferes  with  the  action  of  another.  With 
a  mixture  of  eosin  and  cyauin,  for  example,  if  the 
former  is  in  excess,  the  sensitiveness  to  orange  is  less 
than  with  the  same  proportion  of  cyanin  alone  ;  and 
if  the  latter  is  in  excess,  the  sensitiveness  to  yellowish 
green  is  less  than  with  the  same  proportion'  of  eosin 
alone.  The  action  of  the  spectrum  on  plates  dyed 
with  such  mixtures  is  shown  by  curve  10.  Fig.  2,  in 
which  the  dotted  curve  represents  the  result  with  eosin 
in  the  greater  proportion,  and  the  unbroken  curve 
the  result  when  cyanin  is  in  the  greater  proportion. 

The  results  of  Yogel's  and  of  Eder's  investigations 
have  been  extensively  applied  on  the  Continent  to 
the  preparation  of  gelatino-bromide  plates  sensitive 
to  yellow,  green,  and  orange,  for  the  purpose  of 
photographing  paintings  and  coloured  objects  gene- 
rally. The  spectrum  experiments  show  that  although 
by  treating  the  plates  with  various  dyes  their  sensi- 
tiveness to  the  less  refrangible  rays  is  very  greatly 
increased,  the  sensitiveness  to  blue  and  violet  still 
remains  much  greater,  and  therefore,  in  order  to 
obtain  correct  gradations  in  the  photograph,  it  is 
necessary  to  diminish  the  intensity  of  the  blue  and 
violet  rays  liefore  they  reach  the  plate.  This  is  done 
by  interposing  a  transparent  yellow  screen  between 
the  object  and  the  lens.  Although  many  successful 
results  have  been  obtained,  the  reports  of  different 
experimenters  as  to  the  value  of  the  processes  are 
conflicting.  An  additional  difficulty  is  introduced  by 
the  fact  that  the  same  dye  is  met  with  under  a  large 
number  of  different  trade  names,  and  in  some  cases 
different  dyes  have  the  same  or  very  similar  names. 

Mi ror,  commercial    dyes    vary    considerably    in 

purity,  and  therefore  in  the  effects  which  they  pro- 
duce.     Vogel  states*  lor  example,  that  eosins  from 


•Photographic  News.  1886,  803. 


different  sources  give  very  different  results ;  rose 
Bengal  of  French  manufacture  is  a  very  good 
sensitiser,  whilst  that  from  a  Belgian  source  is  very 
much  inferior  in  its  action. 

Tin-  scientific  interest  of  this  question,  and  its  great 
importance  from  a  photographic  point  of  view,  led  me 
to  undertake  a  series  of  experiments,  the  results  of 
which  I  have  the  honour  of  bringing  before  the 
Society  in  this  paper.  Eder's  researches  show  that 
the  fluorp.scein  dyes  and  cyanin  exert  the  greatest 
sensitising  action,  and  this  has  been  confirmed  by 
Mailman  and  Scolik  and  others,  who  have  actually 
applied  these  dyes  to  ordinary  photographic  purposes. 
I  therefore  confined  my  attention  almost  exclusively 
to  these  dyes,  and  my  experiments  may  be  classified 
under  three  heads---(l)  a  comparative  examination  of 
commercial  samples  of  the  fluorescein  dyes  ;  (2)  the 
action  of  the  prismatic  spectrum  on  plates  stained 
with  these  dyes  ;  (3)  the  application  of  such  plates  to 
the  photography  of  flowers,  paintings,  and  other 
coloured  objects. 

Comparative  Examination  of  Dues. — The  principal 
dyes  derived  from  fluorescein  are  eosin,  which  istetra- 
bromofluorescein  ;  phlozin,  which  is  dichloro-tetra- 
bromofluorescein  ;  erythrosin,  or  tetra-iodofluorescein  ; 
and  rose  Bengal,  or  dichloro-tetra-iodofluorescein. 
All  these  compounds  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  they 
are  usually  met  with  in  the  form  of  sodium  or 
potassium  salts,  which  are  readily  soluble  in  water. 
Very  many  different  samples  of  these  dyes  are  put 
into  the  market  by  different  manufacturers,  and  are 
distinguished  by  letters,  such  as  eosin  A,  eosin  .T.I, 
erythrosin  B,  erythrosin  RE.  When  used  for  dyeing 
they  produce  somewhat  different  shades  of  colour. 
They  differ  considerably  in  the  proportion  of  water 
which  they  contain.  One  sample  of  erythrosin,  for 
example,  lost  8'8  per  cent,  when  dried  at  115 — 120°, 
whilst  another  sample  lost  12'5  per  cent.  ;  one  sample 
of  rose  Bengal,  under  similar  conditions,  lost  17'4per 
cent.,  whilst  another  lost  180  per  cent.  The  eosins 
show  a  strong  yellowish  green  fluorescence ;  the 
fluorescence  of  phloxin  is  less  marked,  and  is  of  a 
deeper  tint ;  erythrosin  and  rose  Bengal  are  not 
fluorescent  at  all.  The  various  samples  were  com- 
pared by  examining  the  absorption  spectra  of  their 
aqueous  solutions.  This  method  of  examination  gives 
no  exact  information  as  to  the  magnitude  and  position 
of  the  sensitising  effect  of  the  dyes  when  they  are 
applied  to  a  gelatino-bromide  plate,  where  they  are  in 
the  dry  condition  and  are  intimately  associated  with 
gelatin  and  silver  bromide  ;  but  it  serves,  in  a  great 
measure,  to  determine  the  identity  of  different 
samples,  and  affords  information  as  to  whether  a  given 
sample  is  a.mixture  or  consists  of  a  single  compound 
only. 

The  spectra  were  examined  by  means  of  a  Steinheil 
spectroscope  with  two  large  flint  glass  prisms,  the 
measurements  being  made  by  means  of  a  reflected 
photographic  scale,  which  was  sc  adjusted  that  the 
sodium  line  coincided  with  division  100.  The  dyes, 
for  which  I  am  indebted  to  Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel,  were 
dissolved  in  10,000  parts  of  water,  and  the  layer  of 
liquid  examined  was  18'3min.  in  thickness.  The 
source  of  light  was  a  Peebles  governor  burner  No.  .">, 
at  a  distance  of  about  4  inches  from  the  tube  con- 
taining the  liquid.  Fifteen  samples  of  dyes  were 
examined,  and  the  position  of  the  absorption  band  is 
given  in  the  following  table  :— 

T*      n    mnw  Absorption  Band 

Die  (1 :  10,000).  D=  100 

1.  Eo«in  A  (Badischc-Anilin  und  Soda  Fabriki   ..  110—285 

2.  Eosin  J  J  I.Socicty  of  Chemical  Industry!  141—285 

3.  Kosin  SGF  (L.  Casella  andCo.l   110-290 

4.  Eosin  VE  (Poirrier  and  Co.) 110-275 

5.  Phloxin  (P.  Monnet) 122-235 


June  30. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


427 


a. 


„        ,,    ./>nv>i  AlSJIl'H'.n  Band 

Dyed:  10.0J0).  rj     Ilju 

l'hloxin  (Meister  Lucius  and  Bruning)  !r?_'r!^ 


8. 
B. 

lu. 

ii 

18 
IS. 


119- 
60- 


!15 

UK) 


minutes  in  a  bath  prcjuivil  by  mixing  dye  solution 
(1  :  lOOn)  one  part,  water  nine  parts.  They  were  then 
allowed  to  drain  with  their  edges  on  blotting  paper, 
and  were  dried  in  complete  darkness. 

When  ammonia  and  a  dye  were  employed  simul- 
taneously the  plates  wen-  soaked  for  two  or  three 
minutes  in  dilute  ammonia,  prepared  by  mixing  one 
part  of  strong  ammonia  with  99  parts  ol  water,  and 
were  then  immersed  for  two  minutes  in 


Krythrosin  li  iCasclla  and  Co.) 130    26o 

Erythrosin  1  i  li.  A.  S.  K.I   JS3    2o0 

Erythrosin  (Polrrler  and  Co.)  13o— '.do 

Krythrosin  HK  iPolrrlerand  Co.i   J21 — 210 

ErychrosinR  K  (Puirricr  and  Co.)  131— 2.>0 

Erythrosin  extra  (Meister  Lucius  and  Bruning)  133-2oC 
Hose  Bengal  H  (Meister  Lucius  and  Bruning). . 

11.  Rose  Bengal  (I'.  Monnetl  

15.  Cyanin  

Since  the  examination  was  purely  comparative,  it 
was  not  necessary  to  calculate  the  wave-lengths  of 
the  bands,  but  the  following  reference  lines  will 
enable  this  to  be  done  : — 

Li  a  =  47  :  Sr  a  =  85-89  ;  D  =  100  ;  Ba  ■>  =  132  ;  Tl  a 
152-5  ;  13a  a  =  165  ;  Ua  p*  =  179  ;  Mg*  =  167— 169  ;    191 
—193  ;  265  ;  Sr  5  '268. 

The  absorption  Bpectra  of  the  four  eosins  are 
evidently  identical,  and  they  were,  in  fact,  found  to 
exert  equal  effects  when  applied  to  the  plates.  The 
divergences  in  the  extension  of  the  band  into  the 
violet  may  be  ascribed  to  differences  in 'the  pro- 
portion of  water  in  the  different  samples,  and  partly 
to  the  difficulty  of  determining  the  exact  point  at 
which  the  band  ceases,  a  difficulty  which  is  increased 
by  the  very  nebulous  character  of  this  end  of  the 
band.  The  differences  may  also  be  partly  due  to  the 
fact  that  some  are  sodium  salts,  whilst  others  con- 
tain potassium.  The  two  samples  of  phloxin  are  not 
identical,  and  it  is  not  at  all  improbable  that  both 
are  mixtures.  Erythrosin  B  is  not  identical  with 
the  other  erythrosins.  It  shows  a  decided  fluores- 
cence, and  its  absorption  spectrum  and  behaviour 
with  silver  nitrate  indicate  that  it  is  a  mixture  of 
eosin  with  erythrosin  or  rose  Bengal,  the  former  being 
probably  present  in   the  greater  proportion.     The 

spectrum  of  erythrosin  BE  shows  that  it  is  really  a  !  observ       the  prismatic  spectr 
rose  Bengal,  and  this  conclusion  is  confirmed  by  the  '  - 
character  of     its    sensitising   action    on    gelatino- 
bromide  plates.      The  remaining  four  samples  of 
erythrosin,  Xos.  8,  9,  11,  12,  are  identical  so  far  as  | 
their  absorption  spectra  are  concerned,  and  Nos.  8,  9,  \ 
and  12  exert  a  practically  identical  sensitising  effect. 
The    two    samples    of     rose   Bengal    are    likewise 
identical.     It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  addition  of 
ammonia  has  no  effect  on  any  of  these  absorption 
spectra. 

The  relation  between  the  optical  properties  of  the 
eosin  dyes  and  their  molecular  weights  is  of  con- 
siderable interest.  The  intensity  of  the  fluorescence 
rapidly  diminishes,  and  the  tint  of  the  dye  becomes 
bluer  as  the  molecular  weight  increases.  Fluorescein 
itself  gives  a  greenish-yellow  solution,  and  its  fluores- 
cence is  extremely  brilliant.  Eosin  shows  a  strong 
fluorescence,  whilst  erythrosin  and  rose  Bengal  are 
not  fluorescent,  and  the  colour  of  the  latter  has  a 
decidedly  blue  shade.  Further,  the  absorption  band 
becomes  narrower,  more  intense,  and  less  refrangible 
as  the  molecular  weight  increases.  This  is  clearly 
shown  by  the  measurements  given  in  the  table. 

Effect  of  the  Prismatic  Spectrum  on  Dyed  Plates. — 
The  dyes  were  applied  by  the  bath  process  ex- 
clusively, the  plates  used  being  those  known  as  the 
Paget  Prize  Plates  XXX.  They  are  very  sensitive, 
although  not  ranking  with  the  most  sensitive  plates 
that  are  made. 

In  preparing  the  plates  stock  solutions  were  made 
(l)by  dissolving  one  part  of  dye  in  1000  parts  of 
water,  and  (2)  by  diluting  strong  ammonia  to  ten 
times  its  volume. 

When  the  dyes  were  applied  without  ammonia  the 
plates  were  soaked  in  water  for  two  or  three  minutes, 
and  then,  after  slight  draining,  immersed  for  two 


Dye  solution  (1  :  1000) 1  part, 

Ammonia  II :  lOi  1     ,, 

Water  Spans. 

drained  and  dried  in  the  dark.  Whilst  the  platesare 
soaking  the  dishes  containing  them  should  be  rocked 
gently  in  order  to  promote  regular  action  and  uniform 
staining.  It  will  be  observed  that  in  both  cases  the 
sensitising  bath  contains  1  part  of  dye  in  10,000. 

In  the  case  of  cyanin  the  solution  was  prepared 
according  to  Schumann's  formula.!  One  part  of 
iodocyanin  is  dissolved  in  500  parts  of  absolute 
alcohol,  and  the  bath  is  made  up  as  follows  : — 

Cyanin  solution  (1 :  J00I 10  parts. 

Strong  ammonia    2—1      ,, 

Absolute  alcohol    10 

Water    200      „ 

The  plates  are  soaked  in  dilute  ammonia  as  above, 
immersed  in  the  cyanin  bath  for  two  minutes,  and 
dried  in  the  dark.  Plates  thus  treated  must  be  used 
immediately  after  preparation,  since  they  will  not 
keep  in  good  order  for  more  than  five  or  six  days. 

After  exposure,  the  plates  were  developed  with  a 
solution  which  contained  in  each  fluid  ounce  1  grain 
of  pyrogallol,  3  grains  of  ammonium  bromide,  and  6 
minims  of  ammonia  0'880,  and  were  fixed  and  washed 
in  the  usual  manner. 

In  these  experiments  I  employed,  like  previous 

Such  a  spectrum 

,  however,  as  is  well  known,  of  an  abnormal 
character,  since  the  lays  are  not  separated  in  pro- 
portion to  their  wave-lengths,  but  the  less  refrangible 
rays  are  crowded  together,  whilst  the  more  refrangible 
are  more  widely  separated  than  they  ought  to  be.  In 
a  diffraction  spectrum,  on  the  contrary,  the  distances 
between  the  rays  are  proportion il  to  their  wave- 
lengths. If  the  length  of  the  visible  spectrum  is 
divided  into  1000  equal  parts,  the  distance  from  A  to 
D  in  the  prismatic  spectrum  is  220  divisions,  and 
from  D  to  H.  780  divisions,  whilst  in  the  normal  or 
diffraction  spectrum  the  distance  between  A  and  1) 
is  468  divisions,  and  from  D  to  H  532  divisions.  It 
is  obvious,  therefore,  that  when  a  prismatic  spectrum 
is  employed,  the  relative  effect  of  the  less  refrangible 
rays  will  be  magnified,  whilst  that  of  the  more  re- 
frangible rays  will  be  diminished,;  and  consequently 
it  is  much  to  be  desired  that  in  experiments  of  this 
kind  a  diffraction  spectium  should  be  used  when 
possible.  In  these  experiments  I  have  endeavoured 
to  select  a  source  of  light  of  such  a  character  as  to 
compensate,  as  far  as  possible,  for  the  defects  of  the 
spectrum. 

The  spectroscope  employed  was  kindly  placed  at 
my  disposal  by  Professor  Birch,  by  whom  it  had  been 
arranged  for  photographic  work.  It  is  one  of  Hilger's 
construction,  with  an  adjustable  slit  and  one  carbon 
bisulphide  prism.  The  ordinary  objective  of  the  observ- 
ing telescopewas  replaced  bya  lens  with  afocaldistance 
of  21  inches.  The  eye  piece  was  removed  and  the 
end  of  the  telescope  fitted  into  an  ordinary  camera, 
the  back  of  which  was  provided  with  a  horizontal 
swing,  so  that  the  whole  length  of  the  spectrum 
could  be  obtained  in  focus  at  once.  The  slit  was 
used  with  an  aperture  of  ,,]„  of  an  inch,  and  care  was 


*  Bands  in  the  spectrum  of  burning  magnesium. 


)  Year-book  of  Photography.  1887,  p.  191. 
I  See  Draper,  Philosophical  Magazine,  1872. 


428 


THE  .11  NJKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  30. 1887. 


taken  to  protect  the  carbon  bisulphide  from  changes 
of  temperature  during  the  exposures.  It  is  scarcely 
necessary  to  point  out  tbat  the  carbon  bisulphide 
used  in  experiments  of  this  kiod  must  be  perfectly 

colourless. 

Previous  investigators  have  employed  the  solar 
spectrum,  but  the  intensity  of  sunlight  is  so 
variable,  especially  in  this  climate,  that  it  is 
practically  impossible  to  obtain  comparable  ex- 
posures throughout  a  long  series  of  observations. 
Moreover,  Bunlight  not  only  varies  in  intensity,  but 
also  in  character  — that  is,  in  the  relative  proportions 
of  rays  of  high  refrangibility  and  low  refrangibility 
which  it  contains.*  In  order  to  obtain  comparable 
results,  I  employed  as  a  source  of  light  burning 
magnesium  ribbon,  which  was  paid  out  at  the  rate 
of  2  feet  4  inches  per  minute,  by  means  of  an 
arrangement  of  clock-work.  By  burning  a  sufficient 
length  of  ribbon  at  a  uniform  rate  the  effects  of 
inequalities  are  eliminated,  and  a  unit  of  exposure 
sufficiently  constant  for  all  practical  purposes  is 
readily  obtained.  Moreover,  as  Bunsen  and  Roscoe 
pointed  out  several  years  ago,  the  light  from  burning 
magnesium  is  far  superior  to  sunlight  in  its  propor- 
tion »f  rays  of  high  refrangibility,  which  are  the 
chemically  active  rays  so  far  as  concerns  the  ordinary 
silver  salts.  The  luminosity  or  optical  activity  of 
the  sun's  light  at  a  certain  zenith  distance  is  5247 
times  as  great  as  that  of  burning  magnesium  ribbon, 
whilst  its  chemical  activity,  which  in  this  case 
depends  on  the  proportion  of  rays  of  high  refrangi- 
bility, is  only  36  6  times  as  great.t  By  using  a 
source  of  light  containing  such  a  very  large  propor- 
tion of  rays  of  high  refrangibility,  the  defects  of  the 
prismatic  spectrum  are  to  a  certain  extent  neutralised, 
and  the  effects  observed  with  a  prismatic  spectrum 
of  the  light  from  burning  magnesium  will  approxi- 
mate more  or  less  closely  to  the  effects  produced  by 
a  diffraction  spectrum  of  sunlight.  The  visible 
spectrum  obtained  was  about  75mm.  in  length,  the 
blue  and  violet  regions  being  very  bright.  The 
exposure  for  each  plate  with  the  aperture  of  slit 
given  above,  was  one  minute,  which  corresponds  with 
a  length  of  ribbon  of  2  feet  4  inches,  or  about  70 
centimetres. 

The  dyes  actually  used  as  sensitisers  were : — Eosin 
A;  eosin  SGF;  eosin  YE;  erythroain  1;  erythrosio 
extra;  erythrosin  (Porrier);  erythrosin  BE;  phloxin 
(P.  Monnet);  phloxin  (M,  L  and  B);  rose  Bengal 
(P.  Monnet);  rose  Bengal  B;  cyanin  ;  crystal  violet; 
ethyl  purple;  night  blue  (B.A.S.F.);  violet  5BO. 
Unstained  plates  were  exposed  under  similar 
conditions. 

Crystal  violet,  night  blue,  ethyl  purple  and  violet 
5BO,  although  they  completely  absorb  the  orange, 
yellow  and  green,  exert  very  little  sensitising  action 
on  the  plates,  a  result  which  confirms  Eder's  experi- 
ments with  these  dyes. 

The  results  obtained  with  eosin  and  its  allies  and 
cyanin  are  represented  by  the  curves  in  Fig.  3.  The 
reference  lines  are  1),  B,J  and  two  other  bands  which 
are  observed  in  the  spectrum  of  burning  magnesium. 
That  next  to  B  is  a  broad  band  composed  of  5  or  6 
lines, §  and  is  situated  very  near  F  ;  the  other  is  a 
much  narrower  band,  close  to  the  blue  strontium 
line.  The  curves  are  not  strictly  comparable 
one  with  another.  Each  curve  must  be  regarded 
separately  and  represents  the  relative  actions 
of  different  parts  of  the  spectrum.  They 
are  constructed  from  observations  during  the 
development  of  the  plates  and  from  comparisons  of 

•  Uebcr  die  Schwanltungen  in  der  C'heinisohenYVirkung  des 
Sonnens  specktniin.    H.W.  Vogel.    Bericbte,  1871,  p.  88. 

'  Bunsen  and  Koscoe.     Phil.  Trans.,  18.VJ.  p.  Will. 
1  \  il8».  >  \  JOOJ— I9i8. 


the  densitn  -  of  different  parts  of  each  negative.  Each 
curve  is.  the  mean  of  several  experiments.  No  in- 
crease in  accuracy  i3  gained  by  making  elaborate 
measurements  of  the  densities  of  the  negatives,  since 
the  relative  densities  of  different  parts  of  the  same 
negative  vary  with  the  time  of  exposure,  and  also 
with  the  time  during  which  the  developer  has  been 
allowed  to  act  ;  moreover,  the  results  will  vary 
slightly  with  silver  gelatino-bromide  prepared  in 
different  ways. 

In  their  general  character  my  results  agree  with 
those  of  Eder,  but  there  are  some  important  differ- 
ences of  degree.  The  sensitiveness  to  ultra-violet  and 
violet  is  somewhat  diminished,  but  the  sensitiveness 
to  the  less  refrangible  rays  is  very  largely  increased. 
Each  curve  has  two  maxima,  separated  by  a  region  of 
minimum  action.     Eosin,  in  aqueous  solution,  exerts 


FlO.  3. 

(1)  Ordinary  plate,  (31  Aqueous  Eosin.  (3)  Amnioniacal  Eosin, 
ill  Aqueous  Phloxin,  lol  Aqueous  Erythrosin.  (til  Ammoniacal 
Erythrosin,  (7i  Aqueous  Rose  Bengal,  iSl  Ammoniacal  Hose 
Bengal,  lit)  Ammoniacal  Cyanin. 

a  comparatively  slight,  although  distinct,  sensitising 
action  ;  with  phloxin  the  effect  is  somewhat  more 
strongly  marked,  but  the  results  with  this  dye  are  not 
very  definite  owing  to  the  uncertainty  which  exists 
as  to  the  real  nature  of  the  substances  sold  com- 
mercially as  phloxin.  Eder  found  phloxin  to  be 
inferior  to  eosin  as  a  sensitising  agent.  Erythrosin 
produces  by  far  the  greatest  sensitising  effect  of  the 
dyes  of  this  group,  whilst  rose  Bengal  is  inferior  to 
erythrosin,  but  is  far  superior  to  eosin. 

Cyanin  differs  from  eosin,  etc.,  in  that  it  sensitises 
for  yellow  and  orange  and  orange-red  instead  of  for 
greenish  yellow  and  yellow.  It  will  be  observed  that 
with  cyanin  the  second  part  of  the  curve  shows  two 
maxima,  as  Eder  and  Schumann  have  previously 
observed. 

The  simultaneous  presence  of  ammonia  increases 
the  magnitude  of  the  sensitising  action,  and  by  caus- 
ing this  action  to  extend  to  a  greater  distance  on 
either  side  of  the  maximum  tends  to  obliterate  the 
region  of  minimum  action.  In  the  case  of  some  of 
the  plates  treated  with  ammoniacal  erythroain  it  is 
even  somewhat  difficult  to  recognise  the  existence  of 
the  minimum  at  all.  The  difference  between  the 
action  of  aqueous  and  ammoniacal  solutions  is 
greatest  in  the  case  of  eosin,  but  even  in  presence  of 
ammonia  this  dye  remains  inferior  as  a  sensitiser  to 
aqueous  erythrosin.  Erythrosin  in  presence  of 
ammonia  exerts  the  greatest  sensitising  action  of  any 
dye  with  which  I  am  acquainted. 

The  most  remarkable  result  of  these  experiments, 
however,  is  that  plates  dyed  with  aqueous  or  ammo- 
niacal erythrosin,  ammoniacal  rose  Bengal,  or  ammo- 


Juneso.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


429 


niacal  cyanin,  are  more  sensitive  in  the  lest  refrangiblt 
flits  of  the  spectrum  (yellow,  greenish  yellow,  or 
orange)  than  to  the  blvt  "»</  violet,  and  this  even  with 
a  source  of  light  which  is  extremely  rich  in  chemi- 
cally active  rays  of  high  refrangibility.  Eder*  found 
that  silver  gelatino  chloride  stained  witheosin  was  as 
sensitive  to  yellowish  green  as  to  violet,  and  Vbgelt 
states  that  the  commercial  Clayton  and  Attout  plates 
are  twice  as  sensitive  to  spectrum  yellow  as  to  the 
blue,  but  with  tlu-se  exceptions  I  am  not  acquainted 
with  any  published  record  of  gelatin  plates  which  are 
more  sensitive  to  rays  of  low  refrangibility  than  to 
those  of  high  refrangibility.  When  burning  magne- 
sium is  the  source  of  light,  plates  dyed  with  aqueous 
erythrosin  are  about  half  as  sensitive  again  to  the 
yellow  of  the  spectrum  as  to  any  part  of  the  blue  or 
violet  ;  plates  dyed  with  ainmoniacal  rose  Bengal  sin  iw 
a  similar  relative  sensitiveness  ;  plates  dyed  with 
ainmoniacal  erythrosin  are  somewhat  more  than 
twice  as  sensitive  to  the  yellow  as  to  any  part  of  the 
blue  or  violet.  Plates  dyed  with  cyanin  according  to 
Schumann's  formula  are  about  half  as  sensitive  again 
to  orange  as  to  blue  or  violet.  With  sunlight,  which 
is  relatively  poorer  in  blue  and  violet,  the  relative 
sensitiveness  to  yellow  would  be  still  greater.  Doubt- 
less, too,  the  results  will  vary  to  a  certain  extent  with 
different  batches  of  plates. 

The  differences  between  my  results  and  those 
obtained  by  Eder  are  probably  due  (1)  to  the  use  of 
plates  which  were  not  prepared  in  the  same  manner  ; 
(2)  to  the  fact  that  in  many  of  Eder's  experiments  the 
dyes  were  added  to  the  emulsion,  whilst  in  mine  they 
were  applied  exclusively  in  the  form  of  a  bath  ;  (3) 
to  the  fact  that  E  ler's  bath  solutions  were  not  so  con- 
centrated as  those  which  I  have  employed.  Com- 
parative experiments  showed  that  Eder's  formula  for 
the  preparation  of  the  dyed  plates  for  general  photo- 
graphic purposes  contained  too  small  a  proportion  of 
the  dye  to  give  the  maximum  attainable  result. 

Why  do  these  dyes  produce  such  a  remarkable 
effect  when  mixed  with  the  silver  bromide  I 

Eder  found  that  all  dyes  which  act  as  good  sen- 
sitisers  are  substantive  colours,  and  have  the  power 
of  staining  the  granules  of  silver  bromide.  They 
also  show  a  strong  and  well-defined  absorption  band 
in  the  solid  condition  (i.e.,  in  a  dry  gelatin  film). 
When  the  dye  is  once  associated  with  the  silver 
bromide  it  cannot  be  entirely  removed  even  by  pro- 
longed washing,  just  as  the  gelatin  in  the  gelatino- 
bromide  cannot  be  completely  washed  out.  At  the 
same  time  many  dyes  which  fulfil  these  conditions 
exert  very  little  sensitising  action. 

No  definite  connection  has  yet  been  traced  between 
the  sensitising  action  of  the  dyes  and  their  general 
physical  and  chemical  properties.  J  Eosin  is  strongly 
fluorescent,  erythrosin  and  rose  Bengal  are  not. 
Aniline  redand  many  othersshowanomalousdispersion, 
but  some  of  the  best  sensitisers  do  not.  Compounds 
of  similar  constitution  as  a  rule  behave  similary,  but 
to  this  there  are  many  exceptions.  Fluorescein  and 
benzyl-fluorescein  both  sensitise  for  green,  and  the 
haloid  derivatives  of  fluorescein  sensitise  for  greenish- 
yellow  or  yellow,  but  the  nitro-derivatives  exert  very 
little  sensitising  action.  Phenol  phthalein,  orcein 
phthalein  and  their  derivatives  have  very  little  sen- 
sitising effect.  Benzaldehyde  green  and  its  sulphonic 
acid  are  both  sensitisers,  whilst  rosaniline  is  a  sen- 
sitiser,  but  its  sulphonic  acid  is  not.  Further, 
isomerides  such  as  orange  R  and  acid  orange,  do  not 
behave  in  a  similar  manner. 

In  order  to  determine  the  relation  between  the 

"  Loc.  cit.  1st  paper,  page  1129. 

t  Die  Photographic  farbiger  Gegenstande  in  Jen  richtigen  , 
Tonverhaltnissen.    Berlin.  1885.  page  87. 
j  See  Edei's  three  papers. 


action  of  the  dyes  alone  upon  light,  and  their  action 
as  sensitisers,  it  is  essential  to  examine  the  absorp- 
tion spectra  of  the  dyes  in  the  solid  condition,  and 
associated  with  gelatin,  since  the  absorption  spectrum 
of  one  and  the  same  substance  varies  greatly  accord- 
ing to  the  conditions  under  which  it  is  examined,  and 
the  substances  with  which  it  is  associated.  §  The 
proper  method  of  examination  for  this  purpose  is  to 
dissolve  the  dye  in  a  solution  of  gelatin,  spread 
the  liquid  on  a  glass  plate,  and  examine  the  film  alter 
drying. 

When  the  absorption  spectra  thus  observed  are 
compared  with  the  sensitising  action  of  the  particular 
dyes,  it  is  found  that  in  every  case  the  absorption 
band  and  the  band  of  sensitising  effect  correspond 
but  do  not  coincide  ;  the  point  of  maximum  sensitis- 
ing effect  is  nearer  to  the  red  end  of  the  spectrum 
than  the  point  of  maximum  absorption.  This  is  due 
to  the  association  of  the  dye  with  the  dense 
particles  of  silver  bromide,  the  band  being  displaced 
towards  the  less  refrangible  end  in  accordance  with 
Kundt's  law., |  According  to  Eder's  measurements  the 
displacement  of  the  band  is  equivalent  to  about  300 
tenth-metres.  When,  however,  the  absorption  spect- 
rum of  the  dyed  gel  itino-bromide  itself  is  examined, 
it  is  found  that  the  absorption  band  and  the  sensitis- 
ing etfect  are  absolutely  coincident,  a  result  which 
affords  further  confimation  of  the  fact  first  proved 
by  Draper,"'  and  firmly  established  by  the  researches 
of  Yogel**  and  others,  that  in  order  that  light  rays 
may  produce  any  effect  on  a  substance  they  must  be 
absorbed  by  that  substance. 

How  does  the  energy  of  the  rays  thus  absorbed 
bring  about  the  decomposition  of  the  silver  salt  1 
Abney  found  that  when  cyanin  alone  is  exposed  to 
light  it  is  decomposed,  and  the  pioducts  of  decom- 
position have  the  property  of  reducing  silver  bromide 
if  the  two  are  treated  with  a  developer.  It  would 
seem,  therefore,  that  the  reduction  of  the  silver 
bromide  is  a  secondary  phenomenon,  conditioned  by 
the  preliminary  decomposition  of  the  dye.  Yogel  and 
Eder  consider  that  this  is  only  a  special  case,  and 
that  the  explanation  will  not  hold  good  generally, 
since  many  sensitisers  are  comparatively  stable,  and 
cannot  undergo  appreciable  decomposition  in  the 
short  time  during  which  the  plates  are  exposed  to 
light.  Many  of  the  best  sensitisers  belong,  however, 
to  the  class  of  fugitive  dyes,  and  Abney  has  pointed 
out  that  in  a  dyed  gelatino-bromide  plate  the  dye  is 
mixed  with  a  large  quantity  of  silver  bromide,  so  that 
a  very  small  quantity  of  dye  is  distributed  over  a 
very  large  surface,  and  the  decomposition  of  only  a 
very  minute  quantity  would  furnish  sufficient  nucleus 
for  the  commencement  of  development 

It  has  already  been  stated  that  the  dye  cannot  be 
removed  from  the  silver  bromide  by  washing,  and 
Eder  considers  that  the  dye  unites  with  the  silver 
bromide  to  form  a  molecular  compound  of  the  nature 
of  a  lake.  The  action  of  light  on  the  dye  and  the 
silver  bromide  is  simultaneous  ;  the  compound  of  the 
bromide  and  the  dye  absorbs  the  light  rays,  and  the 
energy  which  existed  as  wave-motion  is  com- 
municated to  the  molecules  of  the  compound.  The 
molecules  are  thereby  thrown  into  such  energetic 
vibration  that  their  equilibrium  is  disturbed,  and  the 
silver  bromide  is  either  decomposed  into  bromine  and 
silver  sub-bromide,  or  is  brought  into  that  state  of 
unstable  equilibrium  in  which  it  is  readily  acted  upon 
by  a  reducing  agent  such  as  constitutes  an  ordinary 

5  Vogel ;  Ueber  die  VVandlung  der  Spektren  verschiedener 
Karbstoffe  :  Bcrichte.  1878,  p.  622.  Ueber  die  Verschiedenheit 
der  Absorptions  spektra  eines  und  desselben  Stoffs;  Btrichte. 
1878,  p.  913.  1363. 

Poggendorffs  Annalen.    Jubelband,  p.  615. 

1  Philosophical  Magazine,  vol.  19.  1811.  p.  195. 

•"  Berichte,  and  Pogg.  Annalen,  1»73,  1871,  1875. 


-130 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (June so.  1887. 


developer.  When  the  light  ray-  are  absorbed  by  the 
dye  alone  the  waves  for  the  most  part  undergo  photo- 
thermal  extinction,  and  their  energy  is  transformed 
into  heat,  a  small  proportion  undergoing  photo 
chemical  rxlinvtimi,  and  being  used  up  in  producing 
chemical  decomposition,  Bince  the  majority  of  dyea 
are  slightly  altered  by  light  When,  however,  the 
rays  are  absorbed  by  the  dyed  silver  bromide  the 
greater  part  of  the  waves  undergoes  photo-chemical 
extinction,  and  their  energy  is  used  up  in  decom- 
posing the  silver  bromide,  whilst  only  a  small  pro- 
portion undergoes  photo  thermal  extinction. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  understand  why  some  dyes 
should  exert  such  a  great  sensitising  action,  whilst 
others  which  are  apparently  very  similar  in  constitu- 
tion and  properties  have  little  or  no  effect.  At  present 
no  explanation  of  the  phenomenon  can  be  given.  I 
would  point  out,  however,  that  the  best  sensitisers, 
erythrosin,  rose  Bengal,  and  eyanin,  etc.,  have  a  very 
complex  molecular  constitution,  a  very  high  mole- 
cular weight,  and  contain  a  number  of  atoms  of 
iodine  or  bromine,  and  it  is  very  probable  that  the 
complex  structure  of  the  molecules,  and  their  great 
weight,  may  confer  upon  them  the  power  of  entangling 
and  arresting  the  ether  waves  to  a  greater  extent 
than  lighter  and  simpler  molecules. 

Dye.  Formula.  M.i.  wt. 

Eosin <COO>C<cjHBr;.ONa>0         G92 

ll,loxm   <COO       '      C„CIBr..ONa> °  'G1 

Erythrosin  <g&>  C     S^OnS3*0  m 

Rose  Bengal.  <<$[,     ,.      C.CII.ON^  Q  m 

Cyanin C:,1I,N'.1  526 

Practical  Applications.— -The  results  obtained  with 
the  spectrum  afford  valuable  information,  but  they 
must  not  be  interpreted  literally  for  practical  purposes. 
The  colour  sensations  produced  by  pigments,  etc.,  are 
not  always  identical  in  origin  with  the  similar  colour 
sensations  produced  by  the  spectrum.  Sometimes 
they  are  very  different.  It  is  well  known,  for  instance, 
that  the  sensation  of  white  may  result  from  the 
simultaneous  excitation  of  the  sensations  of  red  and 
greenish  blue,  purple  and  green,  bright  blue  and 
yellow.  The  sensation  of  yellow  may  result  from  the 
simultaneous  excitation  of  the  sensations  red  and 
green,  that  is  to  say,  may  be  produced  by  rays  quite 
different  from  the  yellow  rays  of  the  spectrum".  More- 
over, all  coloured  objects  reflect  a  certain  quantity  of 
unaltered  white  light,  which  tends  to  reduce  the 
contrasts  resulting  from  differences  in  colour,  and 
thus  to  produce  truer  gradations.  The  effect  of  this 
unaltered  reflected  light  is  greater  the  longer  the 
time  of  exposure.  The  amount  of  light  reflected  with- 
out alteration,  depends  upon  the  brilliancy  of  the 
illumination,  and  the  character  of  the  surface  of  the 
objeet.  If  the  surface  is  smooth  and  bright,  the  pro- 
portion of  reflected  white  light  will  be  comparatively 
large,  and  vice  vend.  In  ordinary  landscapes  the  pro- 
portion of  unaltered  reflected  light  is  very  consider- 
able, and  hence  the  effect  of  making  the  plates  sen- 
sitive to  the  less  refrangible  rays  is  not  quite  so 
strongly  marked  as  in  other  cases. 

Since  the  maximum  sensitising  action  of  different 
dyes  is  exerted  for  different  rays,  it  is  evident  that 
the  dye  may  be  selected  according  to  the  colour  which 
it  is  desired  to  bring  into  prominence  ;  eosin  for 
yellowish  green,  erythrosin  for  yellow,  cyanin  for 
orange.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  curve  forammonia- 
cal  erythrosin  (Fig.  3,  No.  6)  approximates  somewhat 
closely  to  the  curve  of  the  optical  effect  of  the  spec- 
trum (Fig.  1),  and  it  follows  that  for  general  work 


erythrosin  and  ammonia  will  give  the  best  results, 
whilst  a  little  cyanin  maybe  added  to  increase  the 
sensitiveness  to  orange,  but  this  is  not  usually 
necessary.  No  yellow  pigment  has  the  same  relative 
luminosity  as  the  yellow  of  the  spectrum,  and  the 
difference  between  the  relative  brightness  of  blue  and 
yellow  pigments  is  much  less  than  between  the  rela- 
tive brightness  of  the  blue  and  yellowof  the  spectrum. 
Moreover,  as  already  explained,  the  crowding  up  of 
the  less  refrangible  rays  in  the  prismatic  spectrum, 
magnifies  the  apparent  effect  of  those  rays.  Hence, 
although  a  plate  may  be  more  sensitive  to  spectrum 
yellow  than  to  spectrum  blue,  it  does  not  follow  that 
it  is  more  sensitive  to  the  light  from  a  yellow  pig- 
ment than  to  the  light  from  a  blue  pigment.  The 
curves  show  that  the  sensitiveness  to  blue  and  violet  is 
still  very  great,  and  it  is  found  that  when  photograph- 
ing by  daylight  a  yellow  screen  must  be  interposed 
between  the  object  and  the  lens,  in  order  to  diminish 
the  intensity  of  the  blue  and  violet  rays  by  absorbing 
the  greater  part  of  them.  With  gas  or  lamp  light,  a 
yellow  screen  is  not  necessary,  since  such  light  is 
comparatively  poor  in  blue  and  violet  rays,  and 
relatively  very  rich  in  yellow  rays.  This 
applies  equally  to  the  light  from  ordinary  incandes- 
cent electric  lamps,  provided  that  the  current  is  not 
forced. 

The  yellow  screen  may  consist  of  a  piece  of 
yellow  glass,  free  from  bubbles,  etc.,  or  of 
ordinary  glass  coated  with  collodion  or  gelatin 
stained  with  some  yellow  dye,  such  as  auraniia.  In 
any  case  the  faces  of  the  glass  plate  should  be  as 
perfectly  parallel  as  possible,  and  the  glass  may  be 
cut  in  the  form  of  a  circle,  which  fits  inside  the  hood 
of  the  lens,  and  thus  does  not  interfere  with  the  use  of 
the  ordinary  lens  cap  or  shutter.  A  better  method  is 
to  gum  a  film  of  dyed  collodion  or  gelatin  to  the 
diaphragms  of  the  lens.  It  is  obvious  that  the  deeper 
the  tint  of  the  yellow  screen  the  greater  will  be  the 
proportion  of  blue  and  violet  rays  absorbed,  and  con- 
sequently the  greater  the  relative  prominence  of  the 
yellow  and  orange,  and  vice  versa.  The  proper  selec- 
tion of  the  yellow  screen  enables  the  photographer  to 
control  the  character  of  the  result  to  a  very  great 
extent.  It  is  important  not  to  cut  off  too  much  of 
the  blue,  since  if  this  is  done  blue  and  violet  will  be 
relatively  too  dark,  and  the  gradations  will  be 
incorrect.  Yogel  has  pointed  out*  that  not  infre- 
quently the  shadows  of  a  painting  owe  whatever 
luminosity  they  possess  to  the  presence  of  blue  pig- 
ments, and  hence  if  a  yellow  screen  is  used,  and  all  the 
blue  is  cut  ofl',  the  shadows  are  not  rendered  so  well 
as  on  an  ordinary  plate.  Again  (lac.  cit.),  in  the 
evening  the  shadows  of  landscapes,  especially  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain,  are  illuminated  almost  exclusively 
by  blue  rays  reflected  from  the  sky,  and  hence  when 
a  yellow  screen  is  used  so  much  of  the  blue  is  cut  off 
that  the  shadows  appear  far  too  dark.  For  certain 
subjects  late  in  the  evening,  that  is,  with  the  yellow 
light  of  the  setting  sun,  no  yellow  screen  is  required, 
and  indeed  is  actually  injurious.  The  use  of  a  yellow 
screen  increases  the  exposure  from  about  i  to  10 
times  the  ordinary  exposure,  according  to  the  tint 
and  intensity  of  the  screen 

The  plates  used  for  photographing  various  coloured 
objects  were  treated  with  ammoniacal  erythrosin. 
In  the  cases  described  Paget  Prize  Plate  XXX.  were 
employed,  but  equally  good  results  have  been  obtained 
with  Wratten  &  Wainwnght's  London  plates  of 
ordinary  rapidity.  The  plates  used  in  series  A,  B 
ami  ('  were  immersed  in  a  dye  solution  prepared 
according  to  Mailman  and  Scolik's  formula/!  which 


•  Kder's  Juhrbuch  Her  Photograph!?.  1887,  p.  272. 
t  Photographic  Journal,  1881. 


June30. 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


4.31 


is  as  follows  :— Soak  the  plate  for  2  minutes  in  a  1 
per  cent,  solution  of  ammonia,  and  then  for  100 
seconds  in — 

Aqueous  orythrosin  (1  :  1000)    25  parts. 

Water    175      ,. 

Strong  ammonia 1 

The  plates  used  in  the  other  series  were  prepared  in 
in  the  same  way  as  the  plates  used  in  the  spectrum 
experiments. 

After  exposure,  the  dyed  plates  maybe  developed 
either  with  alkaline  pyrogallol  or  with  ferrous  oxalate, 
but  iu  either  case  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  the 
developer  well  restrained,  since  the  dyed  pla; 
much  more  liable  to  fog  than  ordinary  plates.  Since 
the  plates  are  highly  sensitive  to  yellow  and  orange, 
all  the  operations  must  be  conducted  in  weak  ruby 
light,  and  the  plate  must  be  protected  as  far  as 
ttdle  protected  by  the  ordinary  ruby 
or  by  Edwards's  ruby  paper,  answers  very  well. 
When,  however,  the  plates  are  sensitive  to  red,  it  is 
best  to  use  candle  or  lamp  light  filtered  through 
several  thicknesses  of  brown  tissue  paper  (Seide- 

fmpier),  since  in  this  way  the  maximum  amount  of 
uminosity  combined  with  the  least  chemical  activity 
is  obtained.  At  all  times  the  intensity  of  the  light 
must  be  kept  as  low  as  is  compatible  with  visibility, 
and  the  plate  must  be  carefully  protected.  After 
development  has  proceeded  for  some  time  the  plate  is 
much  less  sensitive  to  rays  of  low  refrangibility. 
When  the  plate  has  been  fixed  and  washed  the  dye 
can  be  more  or  less  completely  removed  from  the 
gelatin  by  soaking  it  in  alcohol.  It  does  not  appreci- 
ably affect  the  printing  qualities  of  the  negatives. 

In  my  own  experiments  the  plates  were  developed 
with  pyrogallol  made  alkaline  with  ammonia  and 
restrained  with  ammonium  bromide.  The  screen 
used  was  glass  coated  with  collodion  dyed  with 
aurantia.  In  each  series,  except  B  and  C,  three- 
exposures  were  made  under  the  same  conditions  of 
lighting— namely,  (1)  a  dyed  plate,  with  a  yellow 
screen  fitted  into  the  hood  of  the  lens  ;  (2)  a  dyed 
plate,  without  any  screen  ;  (3)  an  undyed  plate,  with- 
out any  screen.  In  each  case  the  exposure  was  the 
same,  and  hence  it  is  evident  that  the  differences  in 
the  resul is  are  not  due  to  differences  in  the  time  of 
exposure.  Undyed  plates  exposed  behind  the  yellow 
screen  for  the  same  length  of  time  gave  no  trace 
whatever  of  a  developable  image.  Care  was  taken  to 
give  a  full  exposure  even  with  the  dyed  plate  and  the 
yellow  screen  ;  and  it  follows  that  the  plates  exposed 
without  the  screen  were  very  much  overexposed.  It 
is  obvious  that  every  chance  was  thus  given  for 
yellow,  orange,  etc,,  to  register  themselves  on  the 
plate,  and  development  was  conducted  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  obtain  the  best  possible  result  in  each 
case,  all  the  usual  means  being  adopted  to  secure  a 
good  rendering  of  yellow  and  similar  colours  on  the 
undyed  plate. 

A.  Subject. — A  series  of  seven  bands  of  coloured 
paper  with  a  matt  surface  ;  red,  orange,  yellow,  green, 
blue,  purple  and  violet. 

1.  Undyed  Plate,  no  screen. — Violet,  purple,  and 
Wue  were  practically  identical,  and  almost  equal  to 
white  :  green  darker  ;  yellow  darker  still  ;  orange 
darkest  oi  all ;  red  comparatively  light,  a  result  due  to 
the  fact  that  the  red  was  not  a  pure  red,  but  contained 
a  certain  proportion  of  admixed  blue  pigment. 

2.  Dyed  Plate,  no  screen. — Violet,  purple,  blue,  green, 
and  yellow  practically  identical  and  almost  equal  to 
white :  orange  somewhat  lighter  than  in  1 ;  red  some- 
what darker  than  in  1. 

3.  Dyed  Plate,  yellow  screen. — Yellow  the  brightest, 
green  and  orange  darker  and  about  equal  ;  red,  blue, 
purple,   and   violet  coruparately  dark,    the    gradations 


approximating  somewhat  closely  to  the  gradations  of  the 
colours. 

B.  Subject. — Bright  yellow  and  brown  plate  with 
figures  ;  dark  blue  and  white  vase,  sage  green  back- 
ground. 

1.  Undyed  Plate,  no  screen.— Yellow  plate  almost 
black,  the  most  prominent  details  only  l>eing  obtained 
with  great  difficulty  ;  vase  almost  white,  the  distinction 
between  the  white  figures  and  the  dark-blue  ground  being 
almost  completely  lost  ;  background  too  light. 

J.  Dyed  Plate,  yellow  screen. — Plate  almost  white, 
with  all  the  details  well  rendered  ;  grouud  of  the  vase 
dark,  and  the  figures  white  :  background  darker  than 
in  1. 

C.  Subject. — Various  species  of  Narcissi  in  blue 
and  white  vases — viz.,  white  narcissi,  daffodils  and 
jonquils. 

1.  Undyed  Plate,  no  screen. — Jonquils  very  dark; 
daffodils  "almost  as  dark,  though  with  a  considerable 
amount  of  detail  :  white  narcissi  white  ;  blue  of  the 
vases  almost  indistinguishable  from  the  white. 

(2)  Dyed  plate,  yellow  screen.— Daffodils  full  of  detail 
and  gradation,  and  almost  as  bright  as  the  white 
narcissi;  jonquils  slightly  darker  than  the  narcissi  ithey 
are  of  a  deeper  yellow),  and  their  orange  centres  some- 
what darker  still  ;  blue  of  the  vases  very  dark. 

These  results  were  exhibited  when  the  paper  was 
read  ;  the  following  experiments  have  been  made  since. 

D.  Subject. — Dark  blue  and  purple  pansies  with 
yellow  centres,  and  bright  yellow  pansies  with  blue 
centres. 

(1)  Undyed  plate,  no  screen.— The  relative  jrradations 
are  completely  reversed,  the  blue  being  almost  white, 
whilst  the  yellow  is  nearly  black. 

(2)  Dyed  plate,  no  screen. — Yellow  and  blue  practic- 
ally equal  in  brightness,  and  indistinguishable,  the 
details  and  variations  in  shade  being  fairly  well  rendered. 

(3)  Dyed  plate,  yellow  screen.  —Blue  dark,  yellow 
almost  white,  the  gradations  beiug  fairly  correct,  and 
the  details  and  the  variations  in  the  shades  of  colour 
very  well  rendered. 

E.  Subject. — Primroses  and  violets  in  dark  blue 
and  white  vase. 

(1)  Undyed  plate,  no  screen. — Primroses  well  rendered 
in  consequence  of  the  long  exposure,  but  the  orange 
centres  of  the  Bowers  very  dark :  violets  much  too 
light ;  vase  white,  and  details  almost  completely  lost. 

(2)  Dyed  plate,  no  screen.— As  No.  1,  but  centres  of 
the  primroses  much  lighter. 

(3)  Dyed  plate,  yellow  screen.— Various  colours  in 
correct  gradations,  "the  violets  and  the  dark  blue  of  the 
vase  being  dark,  the  primroses  white,  but  full  of  detail, 
with  the  orange  centres  somewhat  darker. 

/'.  Subject.— Single  daffodils  (orange)  and  hyacinths 
(white  with  a  slight  pink  tinge);  blue  vase,  not  very 
dark. 

(1)  Undved  plate,  no  screen. — Hyacinths  white; 
daffodils  black,  though  full  of  detail  :  vase  white. 

(2)  Dyed  plate,  no  screen.— Hyacinths  white  ;  daffodils 
nearly  "white,  and  full  of  gradation  and  detail ;  vase 
still  too  light. 

(3)  Dyed  plate,  yellow  screen.— As  No.  2,  but  blue 
vase  much  darker ;  all  the  colours  rendered  in  a  very 
satisfactory  manner. 

G.  Subject.— Painting :  sun  setting  (white  and 
orange)  behind  a  church  (dark  olive  grey).  Sunset 
reflected  in  water,  shadow  parts  of  which  are  blue, 
like  the  outer  parts  of  the  sky. 

(1)  Undyed  plate,  no  screen.— Orange  much  too  dark; 
church  and  shadows  of  water  too  light 

(2)  Dyed  plate,  no  screen.— Orange  of  sunset  much 
brighter,  but  church  and  the  blue  sky  and  water  still  too 
light. 

(3)  Dyed  plate,  yellow  screen.— The  sunset  and  its 
reflection  bright,  the  oranjre  beina  somewhat  darker  than 

C 


139 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     I  June  30. 1887. 


the  white  ;  the  church  dark ;  Hue  of  water  and  sky 
darker  than  in  1  and  2  ;  all  gradations  very  good. 

These  results  show  that  with  dyed  plates,  even 
without  a  yellow  screen,  there  is  a  very  great 
improvement  in  the  rendering  of  the  yellow,  orange, 
ana  green,  but  blue  and  similar  colours  are  much  too 
light  When  the  intensity  of  the  blue,  etc.,  is 
diminished  by  means  of  a  suitable  yellow  screen,  the 
gradations  oi  the  resulting  photograph  on  a  plate 
dyed  with  ammonical  erythrosin  are  a  very  close 
approximation  to  the  correct  gradations.  The  chief 
defect  is  the  very  slight  sensitiveness  to  reds,  and 
this  can.  to  some  extent,  be  removed  by  adding  a 
certain  proportion  of  cyanin.  An  undyed  plate 
exposed  behind  the  yellow  screen  for  the  same  length 
of  time  gave  no  trace  of  a  developable  image.  The 
sensitiveness  of  ordinary  plates  to  yellow,  etc.,  is  so 
small  that  it  the  blue  and  violet  rays  are  cut  off, 
an  exposure  of  several  hundred  times  the  usual 
exposure  would  be  required,  and  even  then  the 
gradations  would  not  be  correct,  for  the  sensitiveness 
to  green  would  be  greater  than  to  yellow,  and  still 
greater  than  to  orange,  whereas  the  sensitiveness  to 
green  and  orange  should  be  nearly  equal,  and  the 
sensitiveness  to  yellow  should  be  very  much  greater. 

Note. — In  landscape  work  Obernetter  obtained  very 
good  results  with  plates  dyed  with  azalin,and  since  this 
paper  was  read  the  author  has  been  able  to  photo- 
graph landscapes  under  exactly  the  same  conditions 
of  lighting  on  both  ordinary  plates  and  plates  dyed 
with  annnoniacal  erythrosin.*  The  difference  is  much 
greater  than  w'as  anticipated,  and  is  especially  well 
marked  in  the  case  of  yellowish  green  foliage,  or 
indeed  foliage  of  all  kinds,  and  the  distance.  The 
first  result  is  due  to  the  sensitiveness  of  the  plates  to 
yellow  and  green  ;  the  second  to  the  use  of  a  yellow 
screen  which  cuts  off  the  blue  haze  that  usually  inter- 
feres with  the  rendering  of  the  distance.  The 
"  values"  of  photographic  pictures  obtained  with  the 
dyed  plates  and  a  yellow  screen  are  very  fairly 
correct,  and  are  a  very  great  improvement  on  the 
values  obtained  in  the  ordinary  way. 

Spt  ctrvm  Photography. — Considerable  use  of  dyed 
plates  has  been  made  by  Dr.  Hasselberg,  of  the 
Pulkowa  Observatory,  for  photographing  the  less 
refrangible  region  of  the  spectrum,  and  he  gives  the 
following  formula?. t 

From  Cto  wave-length  5600. 

Cyanin  alcoholic  solution  (1 :  100)   2  parts. 

Ammonia    1      , 

Distilled  water 100     „ 

From  ico  re-length  5600  to  F. 

Chrysaniline  solution  (1:1000) 3  „ 

Eosin  solution  (1 :  1000) 5  „ 

Ammonia    1  M 

Distilled  water 100  „ 

The  plates  are  steeped  for  about  a  minute  in  a  weak 
solution  of  ammonia,  and  are  then  immersed  in  one 
of  the  above  solutions  for  two  or  three  minutes.  The 
plates  thus  ]  ire  pared  are  very  sensitive,  and  the 
negatives  obtained  are  highly  satisfactory,  the  lines 
being  .sharp,  dense,  and  well  defined. 

The  effect  of  the  dyes  on  the  general  sensitiveness 
of  the  plates  Lb  a  point  of  considerable  importance, 
but  at  present  there  is  no  very  definite  evidence! 
Some  experiments  by  EderJ  indicate  that  the  applica- 
tion of  dilute  aqueous  solutions  of  the  dyes  to  gelatin 
slightly  diminishes  the  general  sensitiveness 
to  daylight,  but  increases  the  sensitiveness  to  gas- 
light to  about  twice  its  ordinary  value.  According 
to    Mailman  and  Scolik  (Joe.  ci't.)  the  sensitiveness 

•  The  results  of  these  experiments  were  exhibited  at  the 
Royal  Society's  soiree  on  8th  June. 
t  J&hrbuch.  f.  I'hotOBraphie.  1887,  p.  116. 
;  Munatscli.  f.  I'hcin,  7,  p.  1—8. 


of  plates  treated  with  ammoniacal  erythrosin  is  much 
greater  than  that  of  the  same  plates  before  treatment. 
The  sensitiveness  to  daylight  is  about  three  times  as 
great,  and  to  gaslight  about  twenty  times  as  great, 
this  result  being  due  partly  to  the  action  of  the 
ammonia  and  partly  to  the  sensitiveness  for  yellow 
rays  which  results  from  the  presence  of  the  dye.  The 
effect  of  the  sensitiveness  for  yellow  is  very  marked 
in  the  case  of  gaslight,  and  it  is  found  that  with  lamp 
or  gaslight  equal  to  250—300  candles  portraits  can 
readily  be  taken  with  an  exposure  of  3—5  seconds; 
that  is,  more  rapidly  than  with  the  wet  collodion 
process  in  daylight. 

Experiments  made  by  the  author  show  that  plates 
dyed  with  aqueous  erythrosin  (1  :  10,000)  are  dis- 
tinctly more  sensitive  to  both  gaslight  and  daylight 
than  undyed  plates,  whilst  with  ammoniacal 
erythrosin  the  increase  of  sensitiveness  is  much  more 
marked  in  both  cases.  Plates  prepared  as  described 
above  require  only  about  one-third  of  the  exposure 
of  the  undyed  plates  if  used  without  any  screen. 
These  results  are  not  in  accordance  with  those  of 
Eder,  but  the  experiments  just  quoted  must  only  be 
regarded  as  preliminary. 

Reproduction  of  Pictures. — Ortho-chromatic  plates 
have  been  and  are  being  very  largely  used  for  the 
reproduction  of  paintings,  and  the  numerous  fine 
examples  of  this  kind  of  work  which  have  recently 
been  produced  by  the  l'erlin  Photographic  Company, 
Braun  &  Co.,  Dixon  &  Co.,  and  others,  are  evi- 
dence of  the  very  great  advance  that  has  been  made. 
In  fact  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  ortho-chromatic 
plates,  together  with  the  various  methods  of  photo- 
gravure and  collotype  are  the  methods  of  the  "future 
for  the  accurate  reproduction  of  paintings. 

Vogel  §  has  devised  a  process  of  photo-chromo- 
lithography,  which  is  really  an  indirect  process  of 
photography  in  colour.  It  is  a  modified  and  im- 
proved form  of  the  older  process  of  Ducos  du  Hauron, 
who  photographed  the  object  through  various  coloured 
screens,  and  thus  obtained  negatives  containing  only 
those  parts  of  the  object  which  had  certain  colours. 
These  fragmentary  images  were  then  transferred  to 
stones,  which  were  used  as  in  ordinary  chromo- 
lithography,  each  part  of  the  image  being  printed  in 
a  pigment  corresponding  with  the  screen  which  had 
been  used  in  taking  that  particular  negative.  Ducos 
du  Hauron  used  only  three  screens  and  three  pig- 
ments, and  employed  eosin  only  as  a  sensitiser. 
Yogel  proposes  to  use  at  least  six  pigments, 
and  to  sensitise  the  plates  for  red  with 
uaphthol  blue,  for  orange  with  cyanin,  for  yellow 
with  eosin,  for  green  with  safranin,  for  green-blue 
with  fluorescein,  whilst  for  blue  and  violet  the 
ordinary  sensitiveness  of  the  gelatinobromide  plate  is 
sufficient.  In  taking  the  various  negatives  the 
intensity  of  the  blue  and  violet  is  diminished  by 
using  a  yellow  screen.  It  is  evident  that  the  greater 
the  number  of  spectrum  regions  treated  in  this  way, 
the  nearer  will  the  resulting  chromo-lithograph 
approach  the  natural  colours.  The  image  on  each 
negative  is  transferred  to  a  separate  stone,  and  the 
pigment  used  with  each  stone  must  be  complementary 
to  that  part  of  the  spectrum  for  which  the  plate  was 
made  sensitive.  These  complementary  colours  are,  of 
course,  furnished  by  the  sensitising  dyes  themselves, 
and  therefore  each  stone  is  printed  with  the  dye 
which  was  used  to  produce  the  negative  from  which 
the  stone  was  prepared.  Most  of  the  sensitising 
dyes  are,  however,  of  a  fugitive  character,  and  hence 
it  is  desirable  to  replace  them  in  printing  with 
permanent  pigments  which  are  of  the  same  colour 
spectroscopically— e. g., aniline  blue  in  place  of  cyanin. 

§  Annalen  dcr  Physik,  1885  IN.S.],  27,  p.  130. 


June  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


433 


There  are  many  points  'which  have  still  to  be 
settled  by  further  researches,  but  the  results 
obtained  by  the  various  investigators  who  have 
directed  their  attention  to  this  question,  together 
with  the  successes  already  achieved  in  the  practical 
application  of  these  processes,  are  sufficient  to  show 
that  orthochromatic  methods  constitute  an  advance 
little,  if  at  all,  inferior  in  importance  to  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  gelatinobromide  process  itself.  There  can 
be  no  doubt  that  these  methods  will  considerably 
modify  the  ordinary  practice  of  photographers,  and 
will  increase  the  value  of  photography,  not  only  as  a 
method  of  reproduction,  but  also  as  a  pictorial  art.* 

.My  best  thanks  are  due  to  my  friend,  Prof,  de 
Burgh   Birch',  not    only  for  placing  his  spectrum- 

Ehotographic  apparatus  at  my  disposal,  but  also  for 
is  kind  assistance  in  the  somewhat  tedious  work  of 
making  the  exposures. 


journal  anD  lpatent+  Literature. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AKD  DYES. 

Formation  of  Barium  Manganale  (Manganese  Green). 
Ed.  Donath.     DingL  Polyt.  J.  263,  246—248. 

THIS  green  pigment  is  one  of  the  few  harmless  ones, 
and  has  the  advantage  of  being  unaltered  by  any  basic 
colour  ground,  such  as  lime :  it  should  therefore  be  useful 
for  fresco  painting.  By  igniting  one  part  of  pyrolusite 
containing  91  per  cent.  MnO>,  with  three  parts  of  com- 
mercial barium  dioxide  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  a  very 
good  product  was  obtained  of  a  deep  emerald  colour  with 
a  slight  bluish  tone.  At  a  higher  temperature  the 
colour  was  destroyed,  and  only  a  dark  olive-green  or 
grey-brown  product  resulted.  Sulphuric  acid  or  hot 
potash  solution  at  once  decomposed  the  colour  obtained 
in  the  above  wav.— T.  L.  B. 


Benzaldehyde     Green     Industry.        Otto    Muhlhauser. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  249—254  and  295-303. 

I.  The  Manufacture,  of  Acid  Green. — The  leuco-base 
of  acid  green  is  formed  when  Imol.  of  benzaldehyde 
is  condensed  bv  anhvdrous  oxalic  acid,  with  2mols.  of 
ethylbenzylaniline,  ~O0Hs.COH  +  2CeH5N.C,H  .CH„. 
C0HS  =  H,0  +  CgH5.CH...C.,H5  :  N.CeH4.C,H,  :C": 
BLC,HVN  :  C,Ht.CHs.C,H,.  This  base  on  sulphona- 
tion  with  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  yields  a  mixture  of  di- 
and  tri-sulphonic  acids  of  diethyldibenzyltriphenyl- 
methane,  which  on  oxidation  with  lead  dioxide  are  con- 
verted into  the  corresponding  acid  greens. 

For  the  daily  production  of  loOkilos.  of  acid  green  are 
needed  four  cast-iron  jacketed  enamel  pans,  the  stirring 
gear  to  make  about  20  revolutions  per  minute  ;  the  covers 
to  be  provided  with  manhole,  pressure-gauge,  connections 
for  air-pressure  and  with  the  blowing-olf  still ;  the 
jackets  provided  with  both  steam  and  cold  water ;  one 
blowing-off  still  with  steam  coil  and  free  steam  pipe 
inside  and  a  large  tap  at  bottom  to  empty  into  a  copper 
steam  jacket ;  one  cast-iron  jacketed  pan  for  the  sulpho- 
nation  ;  one  liming-out  cistern  of  about  3000  litres  capa- 
city ;  two  "  montejus,"  capacity  2000  litres  each;  one 
eighteen  and  one  twelve-chambered  filter-press  ;  one  iron 
cistern  with    copper  steam   coil,    holding  6000    litres ; 

•  For  a  full  treatment  of  the  subject  from  a  photographic 
point  of  view,  with  the  various  formulfe.  etc.,  which  have  been 
recommended,  the  author  would  refer  to  his  articles  on 
"  Orthochromatic  Photography."  in  the  Photographic  News, 
1887.  pp.  65,  115, 116,  193,  211,  et  seq. 

t  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  Reader  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  8d J&, 

Above  8d.,  and  not  exceeding  Is.  6d. . .      Id. 
„      Is.  6<L,    „  „         2s.  Id...      ljd. 

„      2s.  Id.,    „  „         3s.  Jd. . .      2<t 


one  oxidising  vat  with  stirring  gear  and  a  capacity  of 
3000  litres;  a.  smaller  reservoir  with  copper  steam  coil, 
holding  1S00  litres;  three  copper  evaporating  pans  pro- 
vided with  stirring  scrapers  ;  and  lastly,  one  grinding 
null. 

The  charge  for  each  of  the  four  enamel  pans  is  21kilos. 
of  benzaldehyde  and  SOkilos.  of  benzylcthylaniline. 
The  stirrers  being  set  in  motion,  34kilos.  of  finely-sieved 
anhydrous  oxalic  acid  are  slowly  added  ;  this  takes  about 
one  hour.  The  lid  is  then  closed  and  the  water  in  the 
jacket  warmed  during  the  first  day  to  00  ,  during  the  next 
two  days  to  SO"  and  on  the  fourth  day  to  the  boil.  The  con- 
tente  are  then  neutralised  with  about  lOOkilos.  of  caustic 
soda  solution  of  36"  B.  and,  whilst  still  at  80°  or  there- 
abouts, blown  over  into  the  blowing-off  still.  By  means 
of  the  steam  coil  the  mass  is  raised  to  the  boil  and  the 
excess  of  benzaldehyde  blown  oil  with  free  steam.  The 
contents  are  then  emptied  into  the  copper  jacket  and 
cooled.  The  lye  is  removed  from  the  solidified  leuco- 
base  and  the  base  washed  with  water,  the  oxalic  acid 
being  recovered  from  the  washings  and  lye.  By  fusing  the 
base  in  the  copper  jacket  and  stirring  all  day,  all  the 
moisture  is  removed,  and  when  cold  the  solid  leuco- 
compound  is  chipped  out  and  finely  powdered.  The 
yield  averages  93kilos.  The  sulphonation  is  carried  out  in 
an  apparatus  similar  to  the  melt  pans,  into  which  200 kilos, 
of  20  per  cent,  fuming  sulphuric  acid  are  placed  and 
oOkilos.  of  the  powdered  base  stirred  in,  care  being  taken 
to  keep  the  temperature  below  45°.  When  entirely 
dissolved,  the  mixture  is  heated  to  from  SO  to  S5',  avoid- 
ing a  higher  or  lower  temperature.  When  the  product 
is  quite  soluble  in  ammonia  the  mass  is  allowed  to  cool 
down,  and  next  day  it  is  blown  over  into  the  liming-out 
vat  into  1000  litres  of  water,  where  the  acid  is  neutral- 
ised with  about  ISOkilos.  of  quicklime,  boiled  up  with 
free  steam  and  then  cooled  to  about  60—65"  by  the  addi- 
tion of  cold  water.  The  batch  is  introduced  into  the 
montejus  and  forced  by  air  pressure  into  the  filter-press, 
the  cakes  from  the  latter  after  boiling  up  with  some 
1000  litres  water  are  again  filtered  and  the  united  filtrates 
evaporated  in  the  iron  cistern  down  to  1200  litres.  This 
solution  is  run  through  an  open  filter  into  the  oxidation 
vat  and  cooled  to  below  20°.  Whilst  rapidly  stirring, 
lOkilos.  of  66°  B.  sulphuric  acid  are  added  and  then  as 
quickly  as  possible  56kilos.  of  lead  dioxide  paste  ladled 
in.  After  ten  minutes'  stirring,  about  25kilos.  of  sodium 
carbonate  are  thrown  in,  the  temperature  raised  to  70",  and 
the  solution  passed,  by  air  pressure,  through  the  twelve- 
chambered  filter-press  which  is  provided  with  double 
filter-cloths.  The  filtrates  are  evaporated  down  to  about 
600  litres  and  then  to  dryness  in  the  copper  pans  with 
the  stirring  scrapers,  the'  drying  being  finished  in  the 
drving-room  on  zinc  trays.  The  dried  green  is  ground 
in"the  mill,  forming  a  dark  green  powder,  the  average 
vield  being  S5-5kilos.  • 

The  above  56kilos.  of  lead  dioxide  are  obtained  by 
dissolving  22kilos.  litharge  in  40kilos.  of  40  per  cent, 
acetic  acid  and  100  litres  of  water,  and  oxidising  with 
•JTkilos.  of  bleaching  powder  made  into  a  crerm  with  54 
litres  of  water,  which  cream  is  added  until  a  drop  of  the 
lead  solution  on  filter  paper  no  longer  becomes  yellow  at 
the  edge  when  brought  in  contact  with  a  drop  of  the 
filtered  bleach  solution.  The  product  is  filtered  oft',  well 
washed  and  made  up  with  water  to  56kilos. 

II.  Manufacture  of  Malachite  Green.— The  necessary 
apparatus  for  a  daily  production  of  TOkilos.  green  crystals 
are  as  follows  :— Set  of  apparatus  for  production  of  the 
leuco-base,  consisting  of  three  cast-iron  jacketed  pans, 
blowing-off  still  and  copper-drying  jacket,  as  described  for 
acid  green.  A  system  of  vats  for  oxidation  and  precipi- 
tation of  the  colour,  being  a  raised  vat  for  solution  of  the 
leuco-base,  three  vats  provided  with  stirring  gear  for  the 
oxidation,  a  set  of  filters  to  filter  into  the  three  corre- 
sponding precipitating  vats,  and  a  further  set  of  box 
filters  to  collect  the  colour  when  thrown  down.  The 
apparatus  for  purification  consists  of  a  horizontal  boiler 
to  hold  3500  litres  provided  with  stirring  gear,  a  tall 
dome  with  manhole,  and  a  second  manhole  close  to  the 
bottom.  The  boiler  is  connected  with  the  steam  and 
water  supply  and  also  wlUi  a  pressure  filter.  This  is 
formed  of  an  iron  box  divided  by  a  diaphragm  of  strong 

C2 


434 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     Uunc  30, 1887. 


calico,  through  the  lower  half  of  which  the  liquoris  forced 
and  after  passing  through  the  calico  run  into  three 
precipitating  vats,  each  of  which  has  a  l»>x  lilter  for  the 
colour  underneath  it.  For  the  crystallisation,  a  rat  of 
2000  litres  capacity  is  requred  for  the  solution  and  six 
other  vats  of  the  same  size  provided  with  Boating  covers 
for  the  actual  crystallisation. 

K.ieh  charge  consists  of  lOOkilos.  dimethylaniline  and 
40kilos.  benzaldehyde,  to  which  are  slowly  (in  two  hours) 
added  40kilos.  dry  powdered  zinc  chloride.    The  tem- 
perature is  maintained  the  first  day  at  60°,  the  second 
at  SO   and  the  third  day  raised  to'lOO'-".      The  melt  is 
blown  into  the  still,  freed  from  excess  of  dimethylaniline 
with  tree  steam  and  the   base  separated  from   the  zinc 
solution,  washed  and  dried  in  the  manner  described  for 
the  acid  green.     The  fluid  base  is  poured  into  zinc  trays, 
each    holding    33kilos.    net.      Average  yield   of  base=  ' 
123kilos.     The  base  on  wie  such  tray  is  removed  from  it 
by  steaming  in  a  vat   to  hold  400  litres,  and  then  dis- 
solved in  about  200  litres  of  boiling  water  and  25kilo8. 
of  21    1!.  hydrochloric  acid.     The  clear  solutionis  next 
run  into  one  of  the  oxidation  vats  containing  1000  litres 
of  water  soured  with  3 1  kilos,  of  40  per  cent,  acetic  acid 
and  there  oxidised  with  S6kil08.  of  the  above  described  i 
lead  dioxide  paste.      After   the  reaction  is  complete  (in  I 
5 — 10  minutes)  the  lead  is  thrown  down  by  the  addition  of 
•24kilos.  of  sodiuuisulphatedissolved  in  100  litres  of  water 
and  the  liquor  allowed   to  settle   during  twelve  hours, 
when  it  can  be  easily  filtered   through  felt  into  the  pre- 
cipitating vat  ;  there  the  colour  is  to  be  precipitated  by  : 
the  addition  of  20kilos.  of  zinc  chloride  and  about  ISOkilos. 
of  common  salt.      The  colour  is  collected  in  filter-boxes 
and  the  mother-liquor  run  to  waste.     This  product  from 
three  vats  is  stirred  up  in  the  horizontal  boiler  with  2400 
litres  of  hot  water  and  boiled  for  about  ten  minutes,  then 
some  500  litres  of  cold  water  are  added,  which  causes  the 
tar  to  settle  out  quickly,  and   after  sfanding  about  ten 
minutes  the  solution  is  pressed  through  a  lilter  into  a 
large  vat,    where  when  cooled    to  40'  C.    lOOkilos.    of 
ammonia  are  stirred  in  to  precipitate  the  base.      The 
tiltrates  from  this   precipitate  are    worked    up  for   the 
ammonia,  while  the  base  is  whizzed  in  a  hydro-extractor, 
the  yield  of  moist  base   being  S5°5kilos.      For  the  crys- 
tallisation, 120kilos.  of  oxalic  acid  are  dissolved  in  1200 
litres    water,    raised  to  the    boil    and   lOOkilos.  of   the 
above  base  stirred  in.     This  solution  is  diluted  to  1S00 
litres  and  filtered  into  a  slightly  conical  vat  of  2000  litres 
capacity  and  when  cooled  to  "about  80",  30kilos.  of  20 
per  cent,  ammonia  is  stirred  in  as  a  tine  stream.     This 
solution  is  almost  entirely  covered  by  a  disc  of  boards 
and  left  to  crystallise  until  the  temperature  of  the  vat 
has  fallen  to  not  lower  than   18°  C.     The  mother-liquor 
is  tiltered  from  the  crystals,  which  are  whizzed  in  wool 
bags  ami  finally  dried  on  frames  covered  with  canvas  at 
about  50  — BO'  C.     The  yield  ot  crystals  is  about  TOkilos. 
The  residual  green  is  obtained  as  a  tarry  mass  by  basify- 
ing  the   filtrate  from  the  crystals  at  80    (_'.  with   caustic 
soda,  and  is  worked  up  for  green  powder  or  mixed  with 
violet,  etc.      The  mother-liquors  are  worked  up  for  the 
recovery  of  the  oxalic  acid.     The  lead  residues  from  ten 
batches  are  boiled  up  with  2000  litres  water,  the  sulphate 
of  lead  allowed  to  settle  and  from  the  clear  liquor  the 
green  can  be  recovered  as  zinc  double  salt  by  adding 
salt  and  zinc  chloride.      After  a  second    boil  the  lead 
sulphate  is    dried,  ground  and  used  as  pigment.      By 
boiling  up  200kilo8.  at   a  time  of  the  zinc  double  salt 
residues  with  2000  litres  of  water  and  20kilos.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  liltering  and  precipitating  with  caustic  soda, 
a  further  quantity  Of  green  is  obtained,  which  is  used  for 
making  into  "green  solution,"  consisting  of  SOkilos.  of 
green  base,  40kilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  about  200 
litres  of  water. 

III.  Manufacturi  of  Brilliant  Green — This  is  in  almost 
all  stages  carried  out  exactly  as  described  above  under 

the  head  of  malachite  green,  the  proportions  being: 
eokilos.  of  diethylaniline,  22kilos.  of  benzaldehyde  and 
SStdlos.  of  dry  oxalic  acid  ;  the  yield  of  leuco-base  is 
about  TTkilos.  The  crystallisation  however  is  different, 
as  the  sulphate  of  this  green  is  more  insoluble  in  hot 
than  in  cold  water.  280  litres  of  water  are  placed  into  an 
enamelled  iron  pan  holding  GOOIitres,  1 20kilos.  of  sulphuric 


acid  are  added  and  lOOkilos.  of  the  base  stirred  into  the 
warm  mixture.  When  all  is  dissolved  the  pan  is  cooled 
to  about  20°,  UOkilos.  of  1G  per  cent,  ammonia  care- 
fully stirred  in  and  the  temperature  raised  to  55—60° 
until  a  slight  precipitate  is  formed.  The  solution  is  then 
filtered  into  11  similar  enamelled  pan  and  the  temperature 

auickly  raised  to  B5—  !H)',  when  the  colour  is  thrown 
own  in  the  form  of  brilliant  metallic  crystals.  These 
are  then  filtered  off,  whizzed  and  dried,  the  yield  from 
114kilos.  of  green  base  being  94kilos.  brilliant  green. 

-T.  L.  B. 

The  Manufacture   of  Methyh-iolct.      Otto  Miihlhauser. 

Dingl.  Poly*.  J.  264,  37-45. 
For  the  daily  production  of  Sokilos.  Jhe  following 
apparatus  are  necessary  : — Five  cast-iron  cylinders,  pro- 
vided with  strong  stirrers  and  surrounded  half  their 
height  by  external  jackets  for  steam  or  cold  water.  They 
rest  horizontally  on  bearings  and  can  be  inverted  for 
emptying;  two  large  round  iron  boilers,  2  met  res  broad  and 
2  metre-  deep,  provided  with  stirring  "ear  :  two  large 
manholes,  one  at  the  top  and  one  at  the  bottom  :  two  tap-, 
one  of  which  is  tixed  in  the  lower  manhole:  three  box 
lilters  to  hold  S00  litres  :  a  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
apparatus  ;  two  large  boiling  vats,  with  stirring  gear 
and  a  capacity  of  3000  litres;  six  iron  pans,  with 
trough  -  shaped'  bottom  and  countersunk  rivets,  the 
capacity  of  each  being  about  5000  litres  :  a  copper  drying 
pan  120cm.  wide  and  40cm.  deep;  a  grinding  mill  and 
a  drying-room. 

1st  Day.— The  Oxidation.— In  each  of  the  five  iron 
cylinders  lTokilos.  of  dry  and  well-ground  common  salt 
are  placed,  the  stirrers  set  in  motion  and  the  water  in 
the  jackets  raised  to  the  boil.  To  the  salt  in  each  vessel 
lOkilos.  of  very  finely  ground  sulphate  of  copper  are 
added  and  well  mixed  ;  then  Skilos.  of  phenol  and 
2kilos.  of  water  are  poured  in  and,  after  about  ten 
minutes  mixing,20kilos.  of  methylaniline  are  added.  The 
contents  of  the  drums  are  now  heated  up  to  55°,  the 
manhole  closed  and  the  oxidation  allowed  to  go  ou  for 
about  2J  hours,  the  stirrers  being  kept  in  motion  all  the 
time  and  the  temperature  at  about  55 — f>0 °.  The  cover 
is  next  raised  from  the  manhole  and  the  heating  and 
stirring  continued  for  5J  hours  longer.  The  at  first  sticky 
mass  will  now  have  become  bronzed  and  tough  and  will 
no  longer  adhere  to  the  lingers,  a  sign  that  the  reaction  is 
complete.  After  a  slight  cooling  the  cylinders  are 
inverted  and  the  mass  allowed  to  fall  out  into  a  truck, 
which  is  then  emptied  on  to  a  stone  floor,  where  the 
plastic  mass  is  pressed  out  into  a  cake  some  3  or  4  inches 
thick  and  left  all  night  to  cool.  Jml  Day. — This  cake  is 
broken  up  by  blows  of  a  wooden  mallet  into  pieces  about 
the  size  of  a  man's  hand  ;  at  the  same  time  40kilos.  of 
quicklime  are  slaked  with  200  litres  of  water  and  the 
cream  strained  through  a  sieve.  SrdDay. —  In  one  of  the 
large  iron  boilers  3000  litres  of  water  are  placed  and  the 
milk  of  lime  added.  This  mixture  is  kept  stirring 
by  strong  iron  agitators,  the  crushed  violet  cake 
gradually  added,  until  all  the  salt  and  phenol  have 
become  dissolved  and  the  violet,  hydrated  oxide  of 
copper  and  gypsum  are  precipitated.  The  whole  is  then 
left  at  rest  over  night.  4th  Day. — The  clear  super- 
natant liquor  is  drawn  off  through  a  tap  near  the  bottom 
of  the  boiler  and  the  precipitate  finally  washed  out  on 
to  a  woollen  lilter.  This,  when  well  drained,  is  stirred 
up  with  3000  litres  of  water,  allowed  to  settle,  etc.,  when, 
after  a  repetition  of  this  washing,  the  precipitate  is  left 
over  night  to  drain  on  the  woollen  filter.  5tA  Day. — The 
black  precipitate  is  placed  in  a  similar  iron  boiler, 
agitated  with  3000  litres  of  water  and  saturated  with 
hydrogen  sulphide,  obtained  from  "soda  waste"  and 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  well  washed.  All  the  copper  is 
thereby  converted  into  CuS  and  the  separation  of  the 
violet  from  it  by  means  of  Ilt.'l  rendered  possible.  The 
bronze  precipitate  is  allowed  to  settle,  brought  on  to 
a  «  ooUen  filter  and  allowed  to  drain  over  night.  6th  Day. 
— One  of  the  large  wooden  vats  is  filled  up  with  1500 
litres  of  water  and  the  above  precipitate  stirred  in, 
together  with  40kilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid  of  21"  B.  The 
whole  is  then  boiled  up  for  ten  minutes,  allowed  to 
settle  and  the  violet  solution  siphoned  off  through  a 


Juno 30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INI)l"STl;V. 


43.r> 


wool  filter  into  one  of  the  iron  pans.  A  second  boil  is 
made  with  800  litres  of  water  and  lOkilos.  of  Hl.'l,  the 
third  and  fourth  lioil  (if  necessary)  with  only  500  litres 
of  water  and  okilos.  of  HCl.  The  residue  is  thrown 
away  ;  the  violet  solution  is  thrown  down  by  the 
addition  of  a  filtered  salt  solution  ;  and  the  colour  forms 
a  tarry  green  mass  at  the  bottom  of  the  pan.  7th  Day. 
— The  salt  mother  liquor  is  drawn  off  from  the  precipi- 
tated colour,  which  is  then  boiled  op  in  the  purification 
vat  with  2000  litres  of  water  and  the  solution  liltered. 
A  second  and  third  extraction  is  made,  the  violet  pre- 
cipitated with  salt  solution  and  separated  {Sth  Day) 
from  the  mother-liquor.  The  violet  is  then  Btirred  well 
whilst  being  heated  in  the  copper  steam  jacket  for  about 
six  hours,  when  it  is  sufficiently  dry  to  be  poured  uponzinc 
trays  and  allowed  to  cool.  The  steam  pressure  on  the 
jacket  must  not  exceed  201bs.  on  the  square  inch,  in 
order  to  avoid  too  high  a  temperature.  nth  to  11th  Day. 
— The  trays  are  freed  from  the  cooled  violet,  which  is 
then  ground  up  in  a  mill  and  the  powder  spread  on  about 
40  trays -that  is,  over  a  surface  of  some  1.5  square 
metres.  This  is  then  dried  at  about  60?  for  two  days  in 
the  drying-room,  l.'th  Dai/.  —The  violet  is  allowed  to 
cool  and  then  again  ground  and  made  up  into  the  various 
brands  by  the  addition  of  the  required  amounts  of 
benzylviolet.  The  yield  of  ground  violet  averages 
Stikilos.  and  it  consists  of  a  mixture  of  tetra-  and  penta- 
mcthylpararosaniline. 

The  raw  materials  used  must  fulfil  the  following 
requirements  : — The  niethvlaniline  is  dimethylaniline, 
containing  monomethvlaniline,  as  obtained  by  acting 
upon  aniline  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  wood  spirit, 
without  any  fractional  distillation.  The  common  salt 
most  be  well  dried  and  ground  ;  the  crystals  of  sulphate 
of  copper  must  be  well  ground.  The  phenol  need  not  be 
pure,  a  carbolic  acid  with  10  per  cent,  distilling  below 
180°  and  97  per  cent,  below  '200'  being  sufficiently  good. 

— T.  L.  B. 


The  Constitution  of  Safranines,    A.  Bernthsen. 
179— ISO. 


C6H3-NH 


C0Ht.NH, 

CI 


Ber.  20, 


In  a  previous  paper  (compare  this  Journal,  1SS7,  '212)  the 
author  endeavoured  to  show  that  the  safranines  are 
derived  from  the  hypothetical  body  phenyl-hydrophena- 
zinc  CCH,  :  (NH)(NC8H,)  :  C«H4.  This  view  had 
received  much  support  from  the  light  thrown  later  on 
the  constitution  of  toluylene  red.  He  considered  that 
each  amido-group  of  the  safranines  was  combined  with 
each  of  the  benzene  nuclei  of  the  phenazine,  the  correct- 
ness of  which  idea  was  dependent  upon  the  identity  or 
otherwise  of  the  two  dimethylsafranincs.  Now,  accord- 
ing to  Nietzki  and  O.  Lehmann  {Ber.  19,  31(53),  these 
two  bodies  are  not  identical ;  therefore,  his  theory 
requires  modification  and  probably  in  the  direction  pro- 
posed by  O.  N.  Witt  and  Nietzki  [Bar.  19,  3121  and  3163). 
Therefore,  he  considers  phenosafranine  to  have  the  con- 
stitution expressed  by  the  unsymmetrical  formula : 


with  water  and  nitric  acid  added  until  reaction 
commences,  it  is  converted  into  a  substance  crystallis- 
ing in  yellow  needles,  nearly  insoluble  in  cold  water, 
ether,  and  alcohol  ;  soluble  in  hot  acetic  acid. 
This   is  a   derivative    of    triquinoyl    of    the    formula 

CjOj/1  \c,H0+2H.,O.  This diquinoyltolazine,  when 

\n/ 

warmed  with  an  excess  of  an  aqueous  solution  of 
a  sail  of  o-tolylenedianiine,  forms  btnzotritolazine 
C((N,C7Hj)3,  which  is  very  soluble  in  alcohol  and  chloro- 
form,'and  from  the  latter  crystallises  in  long  yellow 
crystalscontaining  lmol.  of  CHC1-,  which  is  onlj  entirely 
given  off  at  160.  It  is  a  weak  base,  soluble  in  strong  acids 
with  yellow  colouration  and  insoluble  in  water  and  ether. 
When  warmed  with  stannous  chloride  it  takes  up  four 
atoms  of  hydrogen  but  re-oxidises  very  readily  when 
exposed  to  the  air. 

When  sodium  rbodizonate  is  condensed  with  o-tolyl- 
enediamine  in  neutral  solution  (or  made  acid  with  a  little 
acetic  acid),  it  combines  with  three  tolylenediamine 
groups,  forming  a  greenish-grey  substance,  which 
oxidises  to  the  above  triazine  C27HiaN8.  From  these 
experiments  it  is  shown  that  triquinoyl  contains  six 
quinone  oxygen-atoms,  but  they  do  not  prove  that 
the  quinone  and  hydroxyl-groups  in  rhodizonic  acid  are 
in  para  position.  But,  taking  this  for  granted,  the  fact 
that  adjacent  oxygen-atoms  react  like  an  orthoquinone 
group,  and  are  independent  of  the  para-oxygen,  gives 
important  support  to  the  ketonic  foi inula-  of  quinones. 

— T.  L.  B. 


which  only  differs  in  the  position  of  the  one  amido-group 
from  the  one  already  proposed  by  him  (this  Journal, 
1SS7,  213).— T.  L.  B.        

Secondarii   and   Tertiary    Quinones.       B.  Nietzki    and 
F.  Kehrmann.     Ber.  20,  322-328. 

When  a  salt  of  o-tolylenediamine  is  added  to  a 
solution  of  sodium  rbodizonate  (dihydroxydiquinoyl : 
this  Journal,  18S5,  671)  iu  dilute  hydrochloric   acid,  a 


gel 


N 


atinous  compound  (OH2)C0O2-(     ^>C7H0  is  formed 


NT/ 


which  is  soluble  in  alcohol,  acetic  acid,  and  slightly 
in  water.  It  dissolves  in  alkaline  solutions  with  a 
beautiful  violet  colouration.     When  made  into  a  paste 


Substitution   Produr-ts  of  Azobenzene.     J.  V.  Janovsky 
and  L.  Erb.     Ber.  20,  3.37—362. 

Pnra-6ro»io-o6c»rfHC,CfiHvN.,.C,.,H4Br[l  :  4],isthechief 
product  of  the  bromination  of  azobenzene  in  acetic  acid 
solution.  It  crystallises  in  orange-yellow  plates,  which 
melt  at  S2\  It  can  be  sublimed,  and  is  readily  soluble 
in  alcohol,  ether,  and  acetone.  On  nitration,  it  gives 
/enitro-y/bromazobenzene,  [1  :4]  06H.,(NO2).N3.(,',:;H.1Br 
[1  :  4].  Fuming  sulphuric  acid  conveits  it  into  /j-brom- 
azobenzene-/)-sulphonie  acid,  which  is  also  obtained 
by  bromination  of  azobenzene-p-sulphonic  acid.  This 
acid  crystallises  in  Hat  needles  and  its  sodium  salt 
forms  very  sparingly-soluble  silky  needles  ;  on  reduction 
it  gives  p-sulphanilic  acid  and  ji-bromaniline. 

Mcta-bromazobcnzcnc,  CeHs.N.,.CBH,15r  [1  :  3],  forms 
yellowish-green  pearly  plates  melting  at  53  —  56°, 
readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  acetone,  and  more 
sparingly  in  petroleum  ether.  Fuming  sulphuric  acid 
converts  it  into  »H-bromazobenzene-/>-sulphonic  acid.  It 
forms  crystalline  compounds  with  potassium  and  sodium 
salts,  which  are  so  insoluble  that  even  1  per  cent,  solu- 
tions of  other  potassium  and  sodium  salts  are  precipi- 
tated by  the  free  acid. 

Ortho-nitroazobenzcnc,  C,H6.N,.C,HifNO,)  [1  :  2], 
appears  to  be  the  chief  product  of  the  nitration  of  azoben- 
zenein  acetic  acid  solution  at  100'.  It  crystallises  in  orange- 
yellow  microscopic  needles,  readily  soluble  in  akohol, 
ether,  acetone  and  petroleum  ether,  and  melts  at 
122 — 123'.  By  boiling  its  alcoholic  solution  with  alkali, 
an  olive-green  colouration  is  produced.  By  bromination 
in  acetic  acid  solution,  it  gives  a  nitrobromazobenzene, 
melting  at  122—123°.  Fuming  sulphuric  acid  converts 
it  into  o-nitroazobenzene-sulphonic  acid,  which  crystal- 
lises in  hygroscopic  needles  and  forms  very  characteristic 
salts. 

Ortho-nitroazoxybcnzcnc,  CoII5.N?O.C0H4(NOj),  is 
formed  by  the  action  of  fuming  nitric  acid  upon  azobenzene 
in  acetic  acid  when  the  temperature  is  kept  at  about  75°. 
It  crystallises  in  red  plates,  which  melt  at  127  .  Both 
this  compound  and  the  o-nitro-azobenzene  are  converted, 
by  reduction  with  sodium  amalgam  or  by  long  boiling 
with  alcoholic  KOH,  into  a  complicated  condensation 
product  (hexazoxy-benzene),  C„4H,  SN,.<  >,  which  is  very 
sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  acetone,  and 
crystallises  from  toluene  in  orange-yellow  plates. 

—A.  G.  G 


136 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [June3u,i8S7. 


ttitution  Product*  of  /■  Azotoluene  and  of  Sydrazo- 
J.    V.   Janovskj    and  L.    Erb.     Ber.   20, 
362—364. 

THE  bromination  of  /,  azotoluene  in  acetic  acid  solution 
gives  rise  to  two  bromo-azo-toluenes,  which  melt  at 
138'5  and  115°,  The  bromo-azo-tolueue,  melting  at 
138  5  ,  gives  on  reduction  a  bromobydrazotoluene, 
which  melts  at  119°.  By  nidation  of //azotoluene  in 
acetic  acid  solution  two  nitro-decivatives  are  obtained. 
The  on,'  Forms  orange-yellow  monoclinic  crystals,  which 
melt  at  114°,  the  other  small  red  tables.  If  ^-azotoluene 
is  treated  with  famine  BN03  in  the  cold,  a  dinitroazo- 
toluene  is  formed,  which  crystallises  from  acetic  acid  in 
light  yellow  lustrous  crystals,  melting  at  185—187°.  By 
action  of  p-bromazobenzene  with  alcoholic  am- 
alum  Bulpbide,  p-brom-hydrazobenzeneCcH6.N  11 ... 
i  tJ4Br[l:4]  is  obtained,  which  crystallises  in  pearly 
scales  or  colourless  tables  and  melts  at  11">  .  By  treat- 
ing the  alcoholic  solution  with  H,S04,  it  is  converted 
into  a  bromodiamidodiphenyl  (monobromobenzidine), 
crystallising  in  silvery  plates.— A-  G.  G. 


Action  of  Phenol  upon  Diazoamidobemene.      K.   Heu- 

mann  and  L.  Oeconomides.  Ber.  20,  372—373, 
Ii  diazoamidobenzene  is  gently  warmed  with  phenol 
(rather  more  than  1  molecule),  p-oxy-azo  benzene  is  formed, 
whilst  aniline  is  liberated.  The'  reaction  is  a  general 
one  ;  other  phenols  and  other  diazo-amides  react  in  a 
similar  manner. — A.  (J.  (J. 


Manufacture  of  Dimethylaniline.      P.  Schoop.     Chem. 

Zeit.  1887,  253-254. 
DIMETHYLANILINE  is  now  no  longer  prepared  bv  means 
of  methyl  chloride,  but  always,  according  to'Bardy's 
method,  from  aniline, methyl  alcohol  and  H(J1  or  H.,S04. 
It  is  essential  for  this  purpose  that  the  materials  should 
be  as  pure  as  possible.  The  aniline  must  be  free  from 
its  homologue9,  which  would  give  rise  to  dimethylated 
bases  unsuitable  to  the  preparation  of  malachite  green. 
The  methyl  alcohol  must  be  free  from  ethyl  alcohol  and 
acetone.  The  presence  of  the  latter  gives  rise  amongst 
other  products  to  a  base,  CH.(C6H4.N[CH,].).,  and  the 
dimethylaniline  _thus  contaminated  is  unsuitable  for  the 
preparation  of  either  methyl  violet  or  malachite  green. 
The  operation  is  performed  in  a  thick-walled  cast-iron 
autoclave,  set  in  an'oil-bath  (see  figures).  A  lining  to 
the  autoclave^is  not  required  when  dry  aniline.salt  is 


employed.  The  vessel  is  charged  with  75kilos.  of  aniline, 
75kilos.  of  wood- spirit  and  25kilos.  of  aniline  hydrochloride. 
Although  the  reaction  does  not  require  so  high  a  tempera- 
ture when  more  aniline  hydrochloride  is  employed,  yet 
the  product  is  not  so  pure,  since  there  is  a  greater  ten- 
dency to  form  toluidine.  The  temperature  of  the  oil-bath 
is  regulated  according  to  the  pressure  shown  by  the 
gauge,  and  varies  between  270—230°  C,  being  highest 
at  the  commencement.     The  maximum  pressure  is  about 

27  atmospheres.     '11 Deration,  which  requires  about 

1",  hours,  is  completed  when  the  pressure  begins  to  decrease 
without  the  temperature  having  been  lowered;  the  fire 
:-  then  withdrawn,  On  the  following  morning,  the 
remaining  pressure  is  let  off  through  the  safety  valve, 
the  pressure-gauge  unscrewed,  a  pump  inserted  and  the 
contents  pumped  out  into  a  separating  funnel.      The  oil 


(A)  is  separated  from  the  aqueous  portion  and  the  latter 
treated  with  NaOH  ;  this  gives  a  Second  quantity  of 
oil  (B).  The  alkaline  liquors,  mi  distillation,  furnish  a 
third  portion  (C).  These  portions  are  separately  refined 
and  form  three  qualities  of  dimethylaniline,  of  which  A 
is  the  best  and  C  the  worst.  The  above  proportions  give 
on  an  average  DOkilos,  A.  l9kilos.  11,  and  IHkilo*.  <'; 
thus  lL'tUkilns.  in  all  from  93kilos.  of  aniline.  For 
ascertaining  the  quality  of  the  product,  the  following 
tests  are  employed  : — 

1.  A  few  drops  of  the  oil  are  mixed  in  a  watch-glass 
with  a  few  drops  of  ether  and  one  drop  of  concentrated 
HjS04  ;  if  aniline  is  present  aniline  sulphate  will 
separate  as  a  white  precipitate. 

2.  The  boiling-point  gives  an  indication  of  the  propor- 
tion of  homologues  present  ;  the  range  should  be  as 
small  as  possible. 


4V  Nat.  Size 

3.  5cc.  of  the  dry  oil,  and  5cc.  of  acetic  anhydride, 
both  at  the  same  temperature,  are  mixed  together  with 
a  thermometer ;  a  rise  of  temperature  indicates  the 
presence  of  monomethylaniline. 

4.  For  the  quantitative  determination  of  mono-methyl- 
aniline,  lOOgrms.  of  the  oil  are  treated  with  sufficient 
acetic  anhydride  (usually  ogrms.)  and  the  mixture  frac- 
tionated ;  after  distilling  off  the  dimethylaniline  and 
excess  of  acetic  anhydride,  the  acetyl-mono-mcthyl- 
aniline  remains. 

The  presence  of  mono-methylaniline  is  more  objec- 
tionable in  the,  preparation  of  green  than  of  violet.  Its 
quantity  seldom  exceeds  2%  and  the  best  qualities  in 
trie  market  are  nearly  or  quite  free  from  it.  When 
present  it  can  lie  removed  by  shaking  the  oil  with  a 
small  quantity  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  or  by  boiling  with 
acetic  acid  for  two  hours. — A.  G.  G. 


A  Process  for  Producing  a  nrirSulpho-Acid  and  obtaining 
Azo-Dyes  therefrom,  J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From 
the  "  I-'ailienfabriken  vormnls  Bayer  and  Co.,"  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat  5S46,  April  29,  1886.     6d. 

The  new  acid  is  described  as  /3-naphthylamine-j-mono- 
sulphonic  acid,  and  it  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  an 
excess  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  yS-naphthylaminc  at  100— 
2001  C.  The  acid  does  not  dissolve  readily  in  cold 
water  but  is  freely  soluble  in  hot  water,  crystallising 
out  in  needles  on  cooling.  The  colour  obtained  by  the 
action  of  diazotised  toluidine  upon  this  acid  is  bluer  in 
shade  than  that  produced  by  the  same  tetrazo-salt  with 
the  /S-monosulpbonic  acid.  In  order  to  prepare  the 
5-acid  50  parts  of  0-naphthy  lainine  sulphate  are  mixed 
with  300  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  (66°  B.)  and 
maintained  at  100—170°  C.  till  a  specimen   withdrawn 


June  30. 1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


437 


gives  a  bluish  red  product  with  tetrazoditolylehloride. 
The  melt  is  poured  on  to  ice  and  the  separated  acids 
collected  on  a  filter.  The  residue  is  theu  boiled  with 
water  and  filtered,  in  order  to  remove  the  insoluble 
/i-acid  which  is  produced  with  the  o-aiid,  the  latter 
remaining  in  the  solution  and  being  purified  by  con- 
version into  the  barium  or  sodium  salt  and  crystalli- 
sation. Instead  of  ^-naphthylamine  the  a-  or  >-mono- 
sulphonic  acid  may  he  employed,  both  these  acids 
becoming  converted  into  the  o-nionosulphonic  acid  on 
heating  with  sulphuric  acid  above  100  <-'.  The  new- 
acid  forms  a  series  of  azo-dyes  when  diazotised  and 
combined  with  phenols,  amines,  etc.,  in  the  usual  way 
or  when  diazo-  or  tetrazo-salts  act  upon  it.  The 
patentees  give  as  examples  the  preparation  of  the  bluish- 
red  colouring  matter  produced  (1)  by  the  action  of  the 
diazo-5-acid  upon  o-naphthol-a-monoaulphonic  acid, 
and  (2)  by  the  action  of  tetrazoditolyl  upon  the  o-acid. 

— K.  M. 


complete,  and  the  crystalline  pulp  is  collected,  pn  seed, 
>hed  in  water  at  i>W  C,  the  solution  acidulated 
witli  hydrochloric  acid  ami  boiled  till  the  tlocculent 
precipitate  becomes  crystalline.  The  colouring  matter, 
when  collected  and  washed  with  tepid  water,  ma]  be 
dried  or  sent  into  the  market  in  the  form  of  a  paste. 
Gallorlavine  forms  lakes  with  metallic  oxides  varying  in 
shade  from  greenish-yellow  to  orange-yellow,  and  the 
colouring  matter  can  accordingly  be  used  in  a  similar 
manner  to  alizarin.  The  chrome  lake  is  said  to  be  par- 
ticularly fast  on  cotton.— R.  M. 


A  Process  for  the  Production  of  Parorosaniline  and  its 
Homologues,  as  well  as  mono-,  tU-,tri-alkyUted  phenyl- 
ised  or  naphthylised  Derivatives  thereof.  H.  Baum, 
.Mannheim,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  b'000,  May  3,  1SS6. 
6d. 
As  an  illustration  of  this  process  the  inventor  gives  the 
following  : — A  mixture  is  made  of  129  parts  aniline 
hydrochloride,  183  parts  of  paranitrobenzylaniline  and 
25  parts  solid  ferric  chloride  or  the  same  quantity  in 
concentrated  aqueous  solution.  The  mixture  is  heated 
to  135 — 140'  C.  for  six  hours  and  then  for  a  short  time 
to  140°  C.  The  reaction  is  complete  in  from  10  to  12 
hours  and  the  melt  is  preferably  dissolved  in  ten  times 
the  amount  of  hot  water,  mixed  with  100  parts  of 
hydrochloric  acid  and  100  parts  common  salt  added. 
The  solution  is  filtered  when  cold  in  order  to  remove  a 
slight  residual  impurity.  The  homologues  of  pararos- 
aniliae  are  produced  by  substituting  toluidine,  xylidine, 
etc.,  for  aniline,  and  naphthyl-rosaniline  is  obtained  by 
the  use  of  naphthylamine.  By  substituting  secondary 
monamines  such  as  methylaniline,  diphenylamine, 
naphthylphenylamine,  etc.,  for  the  aniline,  mono-substi- 
tuted rosanilines  are  obtained.  By  using  paranitro- 
benzylmethylaniline  and  the  salts  of  secondary  mona- 
mines, di-substituted  rosanilines  can  be  prepared. — R.  M. 


The  Preparation  from  Gallic  Acid  of  a  Yellow  Colouring 
Matter  suitable  for  Dyeing  and  Printing.  J.  H. 
Johnson,  London.  From  the  ' '  Badische  Anilin  and 
Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen  a  Rhine,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  6413,  May  12,  1SS6.     6d. 

The  manufacture  of  this  dyestuff,  termed  ' '  galloflavine,'' 
is  based  upon  the  fact  that  whereas  a  solution  of  gallic 
acid  containing  an  excess  of  alkali  rapidly  oxidises  on 
exposure  to  the  air  with  the  formation  of  a  brown  colour 
which  is  of  no  use  in  the  tinctorial  industry,  a  useful 
yellow  colouring  matter  is  formed  if  the  oxidation  takes 
place  in  the  presence  of  an  amount  of  alkali  insufficient 
to  saturate  all  three  hydroxyl  groups  of  the  gallic  acid. 
The  alkali  used  is  preferably  potash  in  the  proportion 
of  two  or  three  molecules  of  the  alkali  to  one  of  the 
acid.  The  oxidation  is  effected  at  a  low  temperature 
in  dilute  alcoholic  solution  by  means  of  atmospheric  air, 
and  is  stopped  when  the  maximum  of  galloflavine  is 
produced.  The  potassium  salt  of  the  colouring  matter 
is  insoluble  in  alcohol,  and  separates  out  as  a  crystalline 
deposit  as  fast  as  formed.  As  an  example  the  following 
proportions  are  given  : — 5  parts  by  weight  of  gallic  acid 
are  dissolved  in  SO  parts  of  strong  spirit  and  100  parts  of 
water,  and  the  solution,  after  being  cooled  down  to 
5 — 10'  C,  is  mixed  with  constant  agitation  with  17  parts 
of  caustic  potash  lye  of  126  sp.  gr.  The  solution  is 
then  oxidised  at  0 — 5=  C.  by  means  of  a  current  of  air. 
In  order  to  ascertain  the  correct  point  at  which  to  stop 
the  oxidation,  a  specimen  of  the  solution  is  filtered, 
shaken  up  with  air  and  examined,  to  see  if  it  contains 
a  precipitate  which  is  insoluble  in  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid.     If  no  such  precipitate  is  formed  the  operation  is 


Improvements  in  Preparing  Printing  Colours  and  Solu- 
tions of  Colouring  Matters  suitable  for  Printing  ami 
Fixing  An  Hint •Colours  upon  Cotton  or  similar  I  i 
Fibre.  J.  H.  Johnson,  London.  From  the  "Badische 
Aniliu  and  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen  a  Rhine, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  6631,  May  17,  1SS6.    6d. 

The  patentees  commence  this  specification  by  [jointing 
out  the  disadvantages  attending  the  use  of  the  ordinary 
solvents  such  as  alcohol,  wood  spirit,  methylated  spirit, 
acetic,  oxalic  and  tartaric  acids,  these  disadvantages 
being  volatility  or  corrosive  acti  in  upon  the  fibre  during 
the  processes  of  printing  and  steaming.  The  solvent 
now  claimed  is  a  mixture  of  the  acetins  of  glycerol  pre- 
pared by  cohobating  1  part  of  glycerol  with  U — 2  parts 
of  glacial  acetic  acid  for  4S  hours  and  then  distilling 
otf  the  excess  of  acid.  The  residue  consists  cliieHy  of 
a  mixture  of  mono-  and  diacetin  with  a  small  quantity 
of  triacetin.  The  mode  of  application  is  exemplified  by 
the  two  following  typical  cases  : — ( 1 )  For  preparing  a 
printing  solution  of  induline,  10  parts  by  weight  of  the 
finely -ground  colour  (soluble  in  alcohol)  are  digested 
with  40  parts  of  the  acetins  at  SO — 90'  C.  for  one  hour. 
12  parts  of  the  foregoing  solution  are  then  mixed  with  S5 
parts  of  starch  thickening  and  3  parts  of  tannin.  The 
colour  is  printed  and  steamed  at  a  low  temperatnrc.  2 
10  parts  by  weight  of  induline  paste,  containing  25  per 
cent,  of  dry  colour  (soluble  in  alcohol),  are  mixed  with 
77  parts  of  starch  thickening  and  3  parts  of  tannin,  and 
then  10  parts  of  the  acetin  added.  The  colour  is 
printed  and  steamed  as  before. — R.  M. 


A  Process  for  the  Production  of  Azo-Colours  from  the 
Paraduimines  of  Stilbene  and  Fluorcne.  C.  A. 
Martius,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  72S4,  May  31, 
1SS7.     6d. 

The.se  colouring  matters  are  analogous  to  and  are  pie- 
pared  in  the  same  manner  as  the  azo-colours  derived 
from  benzidine  and  its  homologues.  It  is  observed  in 
this  case,  as  in  that  of  benzidine,  etc.,  that  the  tetrazo- 
salt  combines  with  the  phenol,  amine,  etc.,  in  two 
steps,  so  that  mixed  azo-compounds  may  be  obtained. 
Seven  examples  are  given  : — (1)  Diamidostilbene  diazo- 
tised and  the  sodium  salt  of  a-naphtholmonosulphenic 
acid.  Dyes  cotton  bluish-violet.  (2)  The  same  tetrazo- 
salt  and  ,3-naphtlioldisulphonate  of  sodium  ill  salt). 
Dyes  cotton  greenish-blue.  (3)  The  same  tetrazo-salt 
with  one  molecule  of  j-naphtholdisulphonate  and  then 
with  one  molecule  of  a-naphtholmonosalphonate  of 
sodium.  The  intermediate  compound  is  red  ;  the  final 
product  dyes  cotton  bluish-violet.  (4)  Same  as  pre- 
ceding, the  a-naphtholmonosulphonate  being  replaced  fiy' 
a  or  ji-naphthol,  or  by  j  naphtholmonosulphonate  of 
sodium  (Scbaeffer's  acid).  Dyes  cotton  blue  or  bluish 
violet.  (5)  The  same  tetrazo-salt  and  salicylic  acid 
(two  molecules  dissolved  in  soda)  gives  a  yellow  colour- 
ing matter.  (6)  Diamidotluorene  (diazotised)  and 
a-naphthylaminemoncisulphonic  acid  (sodium  salt  i. 
Dyes  cotton  a  red  shade.  (7)  Same  tetrazo-salt  and 
ri  naphtholdisulphonate  of  sodium  R.  (Shade  of  colour 
not  stated).  All  these  colours  dye  cotton  directly  from 
a  hot  alkaline  (soap)  bath.  Diamidostilliene  is  pre- 
pared by  the  methods  of  Strakosch  [Ber.  16.  328] 
and  Klinger  [Ber.  16,  945).  Diamidofluorene  is  pre- 
pared by  the  method  described  by  Schultz  [Attn.  203i 
100).— R.  M. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June 30, 1887. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

'    '■'  Ed.    Donath, 

Dingl.   Polyt  .1.  263,  248    249. 

As  is  well  known,  manganese  dioxide  decomposes 
potassium  iodide  solution,  liberating  iodine;  tbis 
reaction  ia  not   due   lo  any  o/onisation  of  tin-  nx;^  n  nl 

the  air,  as  Borne  suppose,  for  the  author  found  no  trace  of 
>ne  in  ;i  current  uf  air  passed  for  hours  over  manganese 
dioxide.  The  formation  of  aldehyde,  by  passing  alcohol 
vapour  through  tubes  containing  manganese  dioxide  (at 
100  '      is  applicable  for  lecture  demonstration  ;  the  pre- 

i i  the  aldehyde  being  shown  by  the  reduction  of 

an  ammoniacal  silver  solution.  If  thedioxide  be  heated 
in  the  usual  copper  retort  for  the  preparation  of  oxygen, 
an'l  alcohol  vapour  be  passed  over  it,  a  distillate  is 
obtained,  containing  acetic  acid,  ethyl  acetate,  etc. 
Il\  Irogen  sulphide  is  rapidly  decomposed  when  passed 
over  heated  dioxide,  all  the  oxygen  of  which  is  eventu- 
ally replaced  by  sulphur,  flesh-coloured  manganese 
sulphide  being  formed.  The  author,  therefore,  again 
recommends  its  use  for  gas  purification,  and  its  addition 
to  peat  waste  used  for  deodorising  purposes.  The 
tide  is  a  powerful  oxidiser  in  alkaline  solutions, 
chromic  oxide  dissolved  in  potash  being  rapidly  con- 
verted into  chromate.  The  author  proposes  to  recover 
in  this  way,  instead  of  in  the  usual  dry  way,  the  waste 
chromium  compounds  from  various  technical'  processes 

-T.  L.  B. 

Manufacture  of  Acetic  Acid  from  Wood.     W.  Ruclnew 

Ding).  Folyt.  J.  264,  "sS— 92  and  128-132. 
Tin:  first  part  of  the  paper  gives  an  account  of  a  series 
of  experiments  made  by  Jakowlew  at  the  author's 
instigation,  the  object  being  to  determine  the  yield  of 
acetic  acid  obtainable  from  different  woods  when  sub- 
jected to  dry  distillation.  Although  similar  experiments 
were  conducted  by  Sentf  in  1885,  the  conditions  of  the 
working  on  a  large  scale  being  carefully  observed,  the 
results  obtained  were  merely  useful  a's  a  guide  for 
practical  work.  Jakowlew  has,  however,  determined 
the  yield  of  acid  from  perfectly  dry  woods  distilled  at 
uniform  temperatures.  The  experiments  were  performed 
in  the  following  manner:— 20  to  47gnns.  of  wood  in  the 
form  ot  sawdust  was  dried  at  120J  and  distilled  in  a 
ss  retort  titled  with  condenser,  the  heating  bein" 
conducted  in  a  hath  of  Wood's  fusible  metal.  Afte'r 
n  aching  150  in  the  hath,  the  temperature  was  raised  1' 
per  minute  to  300°.  The  distillation  was  now  continued 
without  a  thermometer  until  liquid  products  ceased  to 
come  over.  Steam  was  then  passed  through  the 
apparatus  to  expel  any  acid  which  might  have  been 
retained  by  the  residual  charcoal  The  distillate  was 
filtered  and  the  acid  determined  in  the  iiltrate  bv  titra- 
tion with  caustic  baryta,  plienolphthalem  being  used  as 
indicator.     The  following  numbers  were  obtained  :— 


Linden  

Bitch  

Aspen 

Oak 

J'inc    

Kir   

Birch  bark  

Cellulose  from  birch 
f  'ellulo8C  from  pine 


Acetic  Acid 

Per  cent. 

I. 

II. 

1021 

1017 

952 

9-29 

806 

837 

7-92 

s.'l 

5-65 

(i'12 

5-21 

509 

2-20 

238 

621 

— 

507 

'- 

Ihe  object  of  determining  the  yield  of  acid  from  the 
ceUnlose  was  to  study  the  influence  of  the- composition 

of  dillcrent  woods  on  the  yield  of  acid.      The  cellulose 


was  prepared  by  macerating  the  sawdust  with  a  mixture 
of  nitric  and  hydrochloric  acids,  boiling  the  residue  with 
weak  ammonia,  washing  with  water  and  drying  at  120  . 
Tie'  above  results  agree  with  tie-  geneially  accepted 
fact  that  trees  bearing  foliage  yield  more  acid  than 
pines.  In  other  respects,  however,  the  numbers  are 
essentially  dillcrent  from  those  obtained  by  other  investi- 
gators, owing  to  the  variation  of  the  conditions  under 
which  these  trials  were  made.     The  fact  that  the  amount 

of  acetic  acid  yielded  by  the  cellulose  is  less  than  that 
obtainable  from  most  w Is  would  appear  to  indicate 

that  by  the  dry  distillation  of  wood  the  acetic  acid  is 
mostly  formed  from  the  lignin,  so  that  hard  woods 
should  yield  the  largest  proportion  of  acid.  This 
supposition  is  not,  however,  substantiated  by  the  above 
numbers,  the  linden  tree,  which  is  a  very  soft  wood, 
yielding  the  largest  percentage  of  acetic  acid 

In  the  second  part  of  the  paper,  the  preparation  of 
pare  calcium  acetate  and  pure  acetic  acid  from  wood 
vinegar  is  considered.  The  necessary  experiments  were 
made  by  Wienzkowsky  in  the  author's  laboratory  and 
the  practical  conclusions  arrived  at  furnished  the 
foundation  of  a  new  process  which  is  said  to  have  the 
following  advantages  over  the  methods  at  present  in 
use: — (1)  An  increase  in  the  yield  of  acid;  (2) 
the  production  of  pure  acid ;  (3)  the  more  rapid 
treatment  of  wood  vinegar.  The  process  consists  in 
distilling  the  wood  vinegar  in  copper  vessels  and  con- 
ducting the  vapours  through  a  cooler  until  methyl 
alcohol  ceases  to  come  over.  The  vapours  are  then 
passed  without  previous  cooling  into  milk  of  lime  which 
is  kept  at  a  boiling  beat  and  agitated  during  the  whole 
operation.  After  finishing  the  distillation,  the  mixture 
is  allowed  to  settle.  The  supernatant  fluid  is  then 
drawn  off  and  evaporated  to  a  crystalline  consistency, 
from  which  the  mother-liquor  is  separated  by  hydro- 
extractors,  the  residual  salt  being  washed  with  a  solution 
of  pure  calcium  acetate  or  a  small  quantity  of  water. 
The  salt  is  then  decomposed  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
and  the  liquid,  after  removing  the  calcium  sulphate, 
distilled,  'ihe  acid  thus  obtained  may  be  concentrated 
by  re-distillation  with  a  corresponding  quantity  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  The  residual  sulphuric 
acid  is  employed  for  decomposing  a  further  quantity 
of  calcium  acetate. — D.  B. 


Manufacture  of  Caustic  Alkalis.     W.  L.  Wise,  London. 
From  ('.  Ldwig,  Breslau,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  4364, 

Sept.  14,  1882.     fid.     Amended  Specification. 

If  a  perfect  mixture  of  sodium  carbonate  with  ferric 
oxide  he  exposed  to  a  bright  red  heat,  ferrate  of  soda  is 
formed,  which,  if  treated  with  hot  water,  is  rapidly 
decomposed  into  sodium  hydrate  and  ferric  oxide.  On 
this  reaction  a  process  for  the  manufacture  of  caustic 
alkalis  is  based.  For  the  success  of  the  process  it  is 
necessary  to  have  a  pure  oxide  of  iron,  particularly  free 
from  alumina  and  silica.  Roasted  iron  pyrites  may  be 
used  with  advantage,  although  a  loss  of  soda  is  hereby 
incurred  in  the  first  instance.  But  since  the  iron  oxide 
is  used  over  and  over  again,  this  loss  will  not  recur. 
The  iron  oxide  must  not  be  in  too  fine  a  state  but 
rather  as  a  granulated  powder,  so  as  to  allow  of  easy 
and  perfect  lixiviation.  Owing  to  this  circumstance  the 
mixture  to  be  causticised  must  contain  an  excess  of  iron 
oxide.  In  practice  it  lias  been  found  that  the  best 
results  are  obtained  by  dividing  the  beating  process  into 
two  operations— viz.,  the  fritting  process,  and  the  finish- 
ing process.  The  object  of  the  first  is  to  obtain  a  mass 
fused  together  by  sodium  carbonate,  and  which  after 
cooling  may  be  easily  powdered,  whereby  the  perfect 
mixture  of  the  oxide  ami  the  soda  is  secured.  The 
temperature  in  the  first  process  must  be  raised  up  to 
cherry  heat,  and  must  be  maintained  for  about  three- 
quarters  of  an  hour.  In  the  second  or  finishing  stage, 
the  powdered  fritted  mass  is  uniformly  filled  into  a 
muffle  and  there  heated,  without  stirring,  to  the  neces- 
sary temperature,  until  a  sample  drawn  proves  to  be 
free  from  carbonic  acid,  which  will  require  nearly  the 
same  time  as  the  fritting  process.  Instead  of  a  inutile, 
a  reverbcratory  furnace  may  be  employed,   which  for 


June 30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


439 


this  purpose  is  preferably  divided  by  a  low  bridf 
that  the  one  part  may  be"  used  tor  fritting,  whereas  the 
hotter  part  is  used  tor  finishing.  When  the  finished 
mass  is  withdrawn,  the  mixture  in  the  adjacent  com- 
partment in  its  first  stage  is  removed  to  the  finishing 
compartment,  and  the  tir>t  compartment  immediately 
re-charged  with  a  fresh  mixture.  The  finished  melt  has 
a  dark  greenish  colour,  and  is  heavy,  hard  and  of  sandy 
granulation.  For  the  purpose  of  lixiviating,  a  large 
iron  cylinder  is  used  into  which  a  second  cylinder  of 
smaller  diameter  is  inserted,  the  latter  being  provided 
with  a  funnel-shaped  exit  pipe.  The  space  between  the 
two  cylinders  is  Idled  with  water  which  may  be  heated 
by  steam.  The  bottom  of  the  inner  cylinder  is  covered 
with  an  iron  sieve  upon  which  a  layer  of  coarsely- 
powdered  iron  oxide  is  spread,  and  upon  this  a  second 
layer  of  oxide  of  iron  finely  powdered  to  cover  the 
bottom  uniformly  like  a  tilter-bed.  The  "ferrid"  to  be 
lixiviated  is  sifted  through  a  coarse  sieve,  and  the  inner 
cylinder  filled  with  it  up  to  three-fourths  of  its  bulk. 
Cold  water  is  added  simultaneously,  so  as  to  moisten 
the  mass,  which  contains,  besides  some  undecomposed 
sodium  carbonate,  all  the  impurities  of  the  original  soda 
ash,  such  as  sodium  sulphate,  chloride,  etc.  These 
impurities  are  washed  out  by  the  coid  water,  which,  i 
however,  does  not  act  upon  the  "ferrid."  The  water  in 
the  outer  cylinder  is  then  raised  70  to  S0°  C,  and  after 
half  an  hour's  time  the  "ferrid''  is  decomposed,  and 
the  lixiviation  performed  with  hot  water.  The  concen-  I 
trated  lye  when  tirsi  drawn  off"  is  perfectly  clear,  but  on  | 
cooling  it  deposits  a  few  Hakes  of  iron.  If  it  is  required  [ 
to  produce  solid  sodium  hydrate,  the  solution  may  be 
immediately  evaporated.  The  iron  oxide  remaining 
after  the  lixiviation  has  a  red  colour  and  contains  mure 
or  less  sodium  hydrate,  according  as  the  lixiviation  has 
been  more  or  less  perfect.  It  is,  of  course,  used 
over  and  over  again.  If  potassium  carbonate  be  treated 
in  a  like  manner,  potassium  hydrate  is  produced. 

The    amendment    consists    in    the    deletion    of    the 
words   Caustic  Baryta   and   Caustic  Strontia   from  the  ! 
title   of  the    original  specification     and    the    variation 
of  the  proportions  of  the  iron  oxide  and  sodium  carbonate 
employed. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of  Soda 
and  of  Carbonate  of  Potash,  and  in  the  Trent 
Residual  Products  obtained  in  such  Manufacture. 
C.  F.  Clans,  Loudon.  Eng.  Pat.  49-J-2,  April  8,  1S8G. 
6d. 
Alkali  waste  is  decomposed  by  carbonic  acid  and  the 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  evolved,  mixed  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  air,  is  passed  through  masses  of  heated 
brickwork,  where  it  is  burned  to  sulphurous  acid  and 
steam.  This  gas,  after  travelling  through  a  heating 
apparatus,  is  then  passed  into  a  Hargreaves  cylinder 
filled  with  sodium  chloride,  on  which  it  acts  in  the  well- 
known  manner,  forming  sodium  sulphate  and  hydro- 
chloric acid.  The  latter  is  condensed,  while  the  former 
is  converted  into  sodium  carbonate  or  hydrate  by  the 
Leblanc  process,  thus  yielding  again  alkali  waste.  The 
Hargreaves  process  may  be  also  modified  in  so  far  that 
instead  of  charging  the  decomposer  with  sodium  chloride 
alone,  it  is  filled  with  a  mixture  of  small  coke  and 
sodium  chloride.  By  the  action  of  sulphurous  acid  the 
contents  of  the  decomposer  are  converted  into  a  mixture 
of  coke  and  sodinm  sulphate.  This  mixture  is  then 
heated  to  a  temperature  at  which  the  sodium  sulphate  is 
capable  of  being  reduced  to  sodium  sulphide.  When 
this  heat  has  been  reached,  water-gas — i.e. ,  a  mixture  of 
carbonic  oxide  and  hydrogen,  previously  heated,  is 
passed  through  the  mass  until  the  sodium  sulphate 
is  reduced  to  sulphide.  The  latter  is  then  sub- 
jected to  the  combined  action  of  carbonic  acid  and 
steam,  whereby  it  is  converted  into  sodium  carbonate, 
whilst  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  liberated.  The  former 
is  lixiviated  and  the  residual  coke  mixed  again  with 
fresh  sodium  chloride.  The  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
burned  to  sulphurous  acid,  which  is  made  to  act  on 
further  quantities  of  sodium  chloride.  When  heated 
water-gas  is  passed  through  the  mass  of  heated  sodium 
ulphate  and  coke,  the  carbonic  oxide  in  it  becomes 


oxidised  to  carbonic  acid,  which  latter  is  used  for  the 
decomposition  of   sodium  sulphide. — b.   H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Extracting  and  Sublim- 
ing Sulphur.  .1.  V.  Johnson,  London.  From  C. 
Dubois,  Marseilles.     Eng.  Pat 7129,  May  27,  1SS6.    8d. 

Tiik  apparatus  relates  to  the  extraction  of  sulphur  from 
(.res,  and  is  also  applicable  for  the  sublimation  of  crude 
sulphur.  It  consists  of  a  retort  or  chamber  in  which 
the  materials  are  subjected  to  the  action  of  superheat,  d 
steam.  The  retort  is  mounted  on  hollow  trunnions,  one 
of  which  is  used  for  the  admission  of  steam,  whilst  the 
other  serves  for  the  escape  of  the  sulphurous  vapour. 
The  retort  has  a  rotary  motion  imparted  to  it  by  means 
mi  a  worm  and  worm  wheel,  and  is  enclosed  in  a 
chamber  of  brickwork  in  which  the  products  of  com- 
bustion from  a  furnace  are  caused  to  circulate.  Steam 
is  supplied  to  the  apparatus  by  a  pipe  which,  after  pass- 
ing through  the  heating  chamber  surrounding  the  retort, 
enters  the  latter  through  one  of  the  trunnions,  and  dis- 
tributes the  steam  throughout  the  materials  by  means  of 
perforated  branch  pipes  with  contracted  orifices.  The 
other  trunnion  communicates  with  a  box  in  which  the 
vapourous  products  can  be  examined,  and  whence  they 
can  be  directed  into  different  receptacles  according  to 
their  quality. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonic  Oxide 
Gas.  A.  Fritschi,  Paris.  Eng.  Tat.  719-2,  May  28, 
1SS6.  Sd. 
Till--  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  pure  car- 
bonic oxide,  and  is  based  upon  the  property  cuprous 
chloride  posses^-,  of  dissolving  at  a  temperature  varying 
between  0°  C.  and  50"  C,  twenty  times  its  own  volume  of 
carbonic  oxide,  and  of  allowing  the  gas  to  be  disengaged 
it  a  partial  vacuum  is  formed  above  the  solution.  The 
apparatus  used  consists  of  one  or  more  gas  producers 
worked  at  a  high  pressure  for  the  purpose  of  producing 
carbonic  oxide  with  a  small  quantity  of  carbonic  acid, 
nitrogen  and  hydrogen.  The  gases  are  cooled  in  a 
column,  into  which  cold  water  is  injected.  Thence  they 
proceed  to  a  leaden  casing,  forming  a  barometric  tube 
and  reservoir  for  the  solution  of  cuprous  chloride.  This 
casing  is  traversed  by  two  series  of  pipes,  perforated 
with  a  number  of  small  holes.  One  set  of  pipes  com- 
municates with  the  gas  conduit  leading  from  the  cooling 
column,  whilst  the  other  forms  the  connection  with  the 
force  pipe  of  a  pump.  The  object  of  this  pump  is  to 
constantly  renew  the  surface  by  drawing  the  liquid 
deprived  of  carbonic  oxide  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
barometric  tube  and  forcing  it  through  the  other  set 
of  pipes.  An  exhauster  continuously  aspirates  the  car- 
tonic  oxide  from  the  upper  part  of  the  barometric  tube, 
and  forces  it  into  a  pipe  communicating  with  a  gasometer. 
The  operation  of  the  apparatus  is  as  follows : — The  ex- 
hauster is  started  until  the  required  vacuum  is  obtained, 
the  pump  is  then  worked,  and  the  gas  from  the  cooling 
column  admitted  to  the  reservoir  holding  the  cuprous 
chloride  solution.  The  carbonic  oxide  is  quickly  dis- 
solved, and  removed  by  the  exhauster  as  fast  as  it  is 
absorbed.  Once  started,  the  apparatus  will  continue  to 
work  for  any  length  of  time,  as  the  cuprous  solution  is 
not  altered  in  its  chemical  composition. — S.  H. 


Improved  ilea, is  or  Apparatus  for  Evaporating 

Waste  Lijes  and  Recovering  Soda  from  Mack-Liquor. 

B.  Dawson,  Malvern  Link.      Eng.  Pat.  7859,  June  11, 

1886.     Sd. 

FOB  the  recovery   of  soda   in  waste  lyes,  such  as  are 

obtained  in  the  manufacture  of   paper,   incinerators    of 

various  types  have  been  used,  with  none  of  which  it  has 

l>een  found  practicable  to  effect  evaporation  by  surface 

beating.     In  order  to  attain  this  end   the  inventor  has 

devised  an  apparatus  for  the  use  of  gaseous  fuej,  which 

is   introduced  with  a   due   proportion   of    air   into   the 

furnace  in  such  a  manner   that    the   flame  may   extend 

over  practically  the  entire  surface  to  be  evaporated. 

— S.  H. 


440 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Jur.cso.ias7. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Chlorine.    I*.  Mom),  London. 
Eng.  Pat  8808,  June  23,  1886.    6d. 

THE  invention  has  for  its  object  the  production  of 
chlorine  from  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid.  The  latter  is 
brought  into  contact  at  an  elevated  temperature  with 
nickel  protoxide,  when  the  chlorine  combines  with  the 
base.  l!\  exposing  this  salt  subsequently  at  a  suitable 
temperature  to  dried  and  heated  air,  the  original  oxide 
is  re-formed,  whilst  chlorine  is  given  off.  The  two 
operations  are  carried  out  in  one  single  apparatus,  so 
that  no  expense  is  incurred  in  moving  the  solid  substances 
used.  Instead  of  nickel,  the  oxides  and  salts  of  those 
metals  can  be  used  which  only  form  one  oxide,  such  as 
magnesium,  zinc,  aluminium,  and  so  forth.  The  com- 
pounds  of  these  metals  with  silicic,  phosphoric  and 
boraeic  acids  may  also  be  employed.  In  order  to  increase 
the  active  surface  for  the  action  of  the  gaseous  hydro- 
chloric acid,  pumice  stone  or  any  porous  material  is 
impregnated  with  the  molten  chloride  or  with  a  solution 
of  the  chloride,  and  after  drying  the  mass  is  exposed  to 
a  current  of  heated  air.  The  process  is  best  carried  out 
in  retorts  or  cylinders  made  of  earthenware  or  cast-iron, 
which  latter  is  preferably  enamelled.  The  gaseous  acid 
and  air  before  entering  the  cylinders  or  retorts,  are 
heated  so  as  to  reduce  the  amouut  of  heat  which  has  to 


P       ' 


than  10  or  11  ounces  of  zinc  per  cubic  foot,  and  after- 
wards subjected  to  the  action  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
until  all  the  zinc  is  precipitated,  when  it  is  separated  in 
any  convenient  manner.  Instead  of  diluting  with  water, 
the  action  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  may  be  continued 
until  as  much  zinc  as  can  be  is  precipitated  ;  the  pre- 
cipitate is  then  separated,  the  liltrate  neutralised,  and 
again  subjected  to  the  action  of  the  gas,  this  process  being 
repeated  until  all  the  zinc  obtainable  is  precipitated. 
The  zinc  sulphide  is  washed  with  a  little  acid  until  all 
the  foreign  salts  are  removed,  when  the  washing  is  com- 
pleted with  water. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  employed  in  the  Ammonia 

Soda  Process.  0.  Iniray.  From  La  Socicte  Anonyme 
pour  l'Etude  et  la  Creation  de  Soudieres,  Paris, 
France.     Fug.   Pat.  93G6,  July  19,  1886.     8d. 

THE  first  operation  in  the  ammonia-soda  process  is  the 
treatment  of  ammoniacal  brine  with  carbonic  acid.  The 
carbonatiug  apparatus  according  to  this  invention  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1.  It  consists  of  an  annular  cylinder, 
having  within  the  annulus  numerous  shelves  p  serrated 
at  their  edges,  which  project  from  the  sides  and   nearly 


be  passed  through  their  walls,  and  by  this  means  the 
cylinders  can  be  made  of  a  large  diameter.  A  special 
feature  of  the  process  is  the  complete  conversion  of  the 
hydrochloric  acid  into  chlorine.  Impure  hydrochloric 
acid,  which  is  unlit  to  be  employed  directly  in  the  Deacon 
process,  is  quite  suitable  for  this  process. —S.  H. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Sulphide  of  Zinc  from  Solu- 
tions. .1.  II.  Dennis,  Liverpool;  and N.  Glendinning, 
St.  Helens.    Eng.  Pat  8217,  June  22,  1886.    fid. 

IT  is  intended  to  obtain  pure  zinc  sulphide  from  the  solu- 
tions which  arc  produced  iii  the  manufacture  of  copper 
i,\  thewel  process,  and  other  metallurgical  operations. 
if  the  solution  contains  any  metal  which  in  the  presence 
of  free  acid  is  precipitated  b\  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
the  solution  is  treated  with  this  gas  until  these  metals 
are  precipitated,  and  the  said  gas  is  slightly  in  excess. 
The  free  acid  is  then  nearly  neutralised  by  passing  the 
sol  ui  ion  through  a  filter-bed  of  limestone.  The  neutralised 
solution  is  diluted  with  water,  so  that  it  contains  no  more 


meet  in  the  middle,  and  above  each  pair  is  a  curved 
deflector  j>',  supported  on  cross  bars  T.  The  vessel  being 
filled  up  to  A  with  the  solution,  carbonic  acid,  admitted 
at  C,  is  first  distributed  by  the  deflector  1>,  and  further 
sub  divided  as  it  ascends  through  the  liquid  by  the 
serrations  of  the  shelves  ji  and  plates  »'.  Fortions  of 
the  liquid  and  its  precipitate  of  sodium  bicarbonate  arc 
from  tune  to  time  withdrawn  at  K.  For  the  recovery  of 
the  ammonia,  two  vessels  are  employed,  an  upper  aud  a 
lower  one,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  The  upper  vessel  A  is 
divided  into  compartments  by  horizontal  partitions  F, 
having  through  them  mouthpieces  E  covered  by  bells 
with  serrated  edges.  Each  compartment  is  charged  with 
the  liquid  to  a  level  determined  by  overflow  pipes  I  from 

each  compartment  to  the  next  below,  a  deflecting  plate 
causing  the  liquid  that  enters  to  flow  quite  round  before 
it  reaches  the  overflow.  The  liquid  to  be  distilled 
enters  at  11  and  proceeds  downwards  through  the  suc- 
cessive compartments.  The  gas  and  steam  pass  upwards 
through  the  mouthpieces  E,  and  past  the  serrated  edges 
of  the  bells  by  which  their    streams  are  sub-dividud, 


June  30 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


441 


causing  agitation.  The  disengaged  gases  pass  away  by 
the  pipe  11  to  be  condensed.  The  liquid  Hows  by  the 
)ipe  N  at  the  bottom  of  A  to  the  lower  vessel  13,  where  the 
ime  treatment  is  applied.  This  vessel  is  also  divided 
into  compartments  by  partitions,  each  having  two  mouth- 
pieces with  serrated   bells   K   and  an  overflow  pipe  T. 


I 


run  off  at  I".  The  calcination  of  the  sodium  bicarbonate 
is  effected  by  the  apparatus  shown  iu  Fig.  3.  C  ie  a 
rotating  cylinder,  mounted  on  rollers  G  on  shafts  A, 
within  a  furnace  chamber  heated  by  a  fire  on  one  side. 
Along  the  axis  of  the  cylinder  extends  a  shaft  B  which 
is  driven  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  of  the  cylinder. 


The  latter  being  alternately  at  opposite  sides,  the  liquid 
has  in  each  compartment  to  pass  across  from  the  one 
bell  K  to  the  other.  Milk  of  lime  is  continuously 
supplied  bv  the  pipe  M  to  meet  the  liquor  from  A  enter- 
ing by  the  "pipe  «•  Thu3  in  the  nignest  compartment  the 
lime  acts  on  the  fixed  ammonia  salts.  At  the  bottom 
are  tubes  S  heated  by  steam  around  them,  the  steam 
being  thus  kept  separate  from  the  liquor  so  as  not  to 
dilufe  it.     From  time  to  time  a  portion  of  the  liquor  is 


One  end  of  the  shaft  B  works  on  a  bearing  formed  by  a 
pipe  T,  from  which  a  branch  M  is  directed  upwards  to 
serve  as  an  outlet  for  the  gases  and  vapours  liberated 
during  the  calcination.  To  the  shaft  B  are  hinged  arms 
earning  two  scraper  blades  L  which  have  indented  cL 
the  projecting  teet  It  of  the  one  blade  corresponding  in 
position  with  the  intervals  between  the  teeth  of  the  other 
blade.     P  is  a  manhole  for  charging  and  discharging. 

— S.  H. 


442 


TI1K  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June 30. 1887. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bichromati  of 
Ammonia.  3.  Park,  Glasgow.  Kng.  l'at.  8iilt2, 
July  1,  Ism;.     6d. 

('  \i  i  ir.M  chromate  is  converted  into  calcium  bichromate 
by  tho  addition  of  llie  requisite  quantity  of  sulphuric 
acid.  Ammonium  Bulphate  either  in  solid  form  or  in 
solutionis  then  added,  when  calcium  sulphate  is  pre- 
cipitated, from  which  the  solution  of  ammonium 
bichromate  is  separated  by  filtration.  The  latter  is  then 
boiled  down  to  the  pomt  of  crystallisation.— S.  H. 

.1   Process  for  Manufacturing  the  Double  Sulphate  and 

\ati  of  Ammonium  or  Potassium.    0.  v.  Gruber, 

Viennenburg,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat  329,  Jan.  8,  1887. 

4d. 

The  compound  is  obtained  by  heating  phosphoric  acid, 
containing  from  50  to  54  per  cent,  phosphoric  acid  anhy- 
dride, to  it-  boiling  point  (about  150°  <'.)  ami  adding  to 
it,  powdered  neutral  ammonium  or  potassium  sul- 
phate in  molecular  proportion.  The  heating  is  kept  tip 
until  the  fluid  shows  an  inclination  to  solidify.  It  is  then 
poured  upon  plates,  and  forms  dry  cakes,  which  are 
readily  pulverised. — S.  11. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Producing  Sulphurous 
Add  in  Solution.  V.  Thomas,  Manchester;  Kng. 
Pat,  S72,  Jan.  20,  1887.     8d. 

Tut:  apparatus  is  particularly  designed  for  the  manu- 
facture ot  sulphurous  acid  in  solution,  applicable  to  the 
same  inventor's  bleaching  process  (Eng.  l'at.  549,  1S82  ; 
tlii-  Journal,  1SS2,  40G).  Sulphurous  acid  gas  from  a 
sulphur  burner  or  a  pyrites  kiln  is  passed  into  a  box, 
which  acts  as  a  dust  catcher,  and  has  a  series  of  leaden 
sheets  suspended  from  hooks  in  an  inclined  position,  so 
that  the  gas  travelling  in  a  downward  direction  may  leave 
tin'  solid  matter  behind.  The  gas  then  enters  a  series  of 
coke  scrubbers,  in  which  it  meets  with  a  descending 
current  of  the  sulphurous  acid  solution,  partially 
exhausted  and  weakened  by  use  in  connection  with  the 
bleaching  process.  Behind  the  coke  scrubbers  a  steam 
jet  exhauster  is  arranged,  so  that  the  gas  in  its  further  i 
progress  is  forced.  At  the  same  time  the  gas  is  ! 
thoroughly  mixed  up  with  the  steam,  which  being  imme- 
diately condensed  by  passing  through  an  externally 
cooled  coil  pipe,  absorbs  the  greater  part  of  the  remain- 
ing sulphurous  acid.  The  gas  is  lastly  conducted  to  a 
washer,  which  is  continuously  replenished  with  pure 
water,  and  extracts  the  last  traces  of  the  sulphurous  acid. 
This  washer  consists  of  two  boxes  bolted  together  by 
vertical  flanges,  one  box  being  destined  for  the  inlet  of 
the  gas,  the  other  for  the  outlet  of  the  liquor  on  the  one  I 
band,  and  of  the  pure  air  on  the  other  hand.  The  inlet 
box  has  a  number  of  perforated  tubes  fixed  to  one  ot  its 
faces.  The  gas  has  free  access  to  the  inside  of  these 
tubes,  and  on  depressing  the  liquid  in  the  inlet  box,  is 
caused  to  bubble  up  through  the  perforations  and  the 
liquor  in  the  outlet  box. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Condensing  Chambers  for  Sublimed 
Sulphur.  J.  y.  Johnson,  London.  From  C.  Dubois, 
Marseilles,  France.     Eng.  Pat  4133,  March  18,  1S87. 

4d. 

In  a  previous  specification  (Eng.  Pat  7129,  1886 ;  Bee 

nbstract,  p.  43!)),  an  apparatus  was  described  for  the 
sublimation  of  sulphur.  The  sublimed  article,  however, 
is  obtained  in  a  very  moist  condition,  and  requires  to  be 
dried  before  it  can  be  placed  in  the  market.     In  order  to 

dispense  with  this  necessity,  the  r iving  chamber  in 

which  the  sulphur  is  collected  is  provided  with  a  cloth 
stretched  at  a  suitable  height  above  the  Boor.  The  sul- 
phur is  deposited  on  this  cloth,  but  the  water  of  conden- 
sation filters  through  it,  and  is  drained  off  along  suitable 

inclines.  The  whole  or  part  of  the  side-  and  roof  may  be 
made  of  cloth,  thus  providing  for  the  escape  of  uneon- 
denscd  steam,  which  causes  back  pressure,  and  i-  liable 
to  retard  the  sublimation  of  the  sulphur  in  the  retoi  t. 

— S.  H. 


An  Improved  Furnace  for  Recovering  in  an  inodorous 
manner  the  Salts  contained  in  the  Lyes  used  in  the 
Manufacture  ■■/'  Wood  Fibre.  C.  F.  Dahl,  Danzig, 
Germany.     Eng.  l'at.  1600,  March  28,  1887.     lid. 

The  alkaline  lyes,  resulting  from  the  manufacture  of 
wood  fibre, contain  the  inerusting  substances  of  the  wood, 
straw,  etc.,  which  are  destroyed  by  a  fusion  process,  in 
order  to  recover  the  alkali.  In  this  fusion  process,  as 
well  as  during  the  concentration  of  the  liquors,  very 
offensive  gases  are  given  off,  which  cannot  be  led  away 
through  chimneys  into  the  open  air  on  account  of  their 
penetrating  smell.  The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  pre. 
vent  a  nuisance  being  created  by  these  gases,  and  this 
end  is  attained  by  a  particular  process  of  evaporation, 
and  by  the  complete  combustion  of  the  smouldering  gases. 
The  recovery  of  the  alkali  takes  place  in  three  stages. 
1.  The  liquors  are  evaporated  to  a  strength  of  40c  I!.,  by 
surfaceheating  :  the  vapours  given  oil  not  beingoffensire, 
are  led  away  through  the  chimney.  2.  The  concentrated 
lyes  are  boiled  down  to  the  consistency  of  mud,  in  a  fire- 
proof vat,  by  an  open  fire.  The  smouldering  gases 
which  are  liberated  How  into  an  auxiliary  lire  arranged 
beside  the  vat,  and  are  thus  intimately  mixed  with 
heated  air  and  completely  burnt,  w  hereupon  they  are  led 
underneath  the  pans  for  the  concentration  of  the  dilute 
liquors.  3.  The  mud  is  fused  in  a  retort-shaped  furnace, 
where  the  inerusting  matter  is  converted  into  gas.  This 
gas,  mixed  with  hot  air,  enters  the  main  fire  of  the 
inspissatioa  vat,  where  it  is  burnt,  thus  aiding  the 
evaporation.  The  specification  contains  a  large  number 
of  drawings  of  furnaces,  in  which  these  principles  are 
applied. — S.  H. 

VIIL— GLASS  POTTERY  AND  EARTHENWARE. 

Notes  on  the  Analysis  of  Clay.     Meineke.     Rep.  Anal. 

Chem.  7,  214—217. 
The  proportion  between  silica  and  alumina  in  clay  is  of 
the  greatest  importance  for  ceramic  purposes.  Never- 
theless, the  usual  process  of  analysing  clay  contains  two 
sources  of  error  which  are  mostly  lost  sight  of. 
The  silica  separated  in  the  usual  manner,  not 
only  always  contains  alumina,  but  is  also  soluble  after 
drying  at  110"  C.  to  an  appreciable  extent.  It  is  true 
these  two  errors  sometimes  equalise  each  other,  but  it  is 
shown  by  a  series  of  analyses  that  this  is  often  not  the 
case.  It  may  be  especially  pointed  out  that  in  well- 
burnt  samples  of  clay  the  silica  may  contain  as  much  as 
2j  per  cent,  of  alumina. — S.  H. 

IX—  BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS 
AND  CEMENTS. 

On  the  Behaviour  of  Sand  containing  Peat  and  Humus  in 
the  Preparation  of  Mortar.  O.  Lieven.  Dingl.  1'olyt. 
J.  263,  342—343. 
The  author  shows  that  sand  containing  peat  or  humus 
cannot  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  cement,  as  the 
cement  does  not  set.  Experiments  are  described  in  sup- 
port of  this  statement. — S.  G.  R. 


XI.— FATS,  OILS  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Improvements  i»  Treating  and  Purifying  Paraffin  Wax, 
ami  in  Apparatus  therefor.  K.  Tervet  and  P.  Alison. 
Renfrew.  Kng.  l'at.  875ti,  duly  5,  1886.  Is.  Id. 
Complete  Specification  accepted,  May  (i,  1887. 
The  apparatus  described  here,  with  the  aid  of  several 
sheets  of  drawings,  is  intended  to  lessen  the  manual 
bxbour  and  the  cost  of  the  apparatus  employed  in  purify- 
ing paraffin  wax  by  the  process  technically  known  as 
"sweating."  Blocks  of  paraffin,  moulded  in  external 
Stationary  vessels,  are  slowly  drawn  through  the  sweat- 
ing stove'  while  supported  on  canvas  bands;  or  the  vessels 
themselves,  containing  blocks  of  paraffin,  are  arranged  on 
carriages  and  run  through  the  stove.  In  both  cases, 
gutters,  pipes,  etc.,  are  provided  to  carry  off  the  liquid 
drainings.— \V.  L.  C. 


June  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


443 


Means  for  Bleaching  and  Disinfecting  Animal,  Vege- 
table,  or  Mineral  Oils  and  Fatty  Matters.  A.  Brin, 
London  :  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  Paris,  Fiance.  Km:.  Pat 
10,968,  Aognst  27,  1886.     8d. 

Thk  material  to  be  operated  upon  is  Subjected  to  the 
action  of  oxygen  exactly  as  described  in  the  following 
abstract  When  bleaching  is  desired,  the  oxygen  may 
beelectrically  converted  into  ozone,  according  to  Eng.  Fat. 
11,846  of  September  17.  1886.  Chlorine  gas  may  be 
similarly  used  in  the  same  apparatus. —  W.  L.  C. 


Improvements  in    the  Oxidation  of  Oils  for    Use  in   the 
Manufacture  of  Paint*  or  Varnishes,  or  for  oth 
poses  to  ichich  Oxidised  Oils  are  applicable.    A.  Brin, 
London;  and  L.  (}.  Brin,   l'aris,  France.     En;:.   Pat. 
12,652,  Oct.  5,  ISStj.     Sd. 

GASEOUS  oxygen  is  made  to  pass  in  a  finely-divided 
stream  through  the  oil  to  be  oxidised,  which  is  placed  in 
a  close  vessel  provided  with  a  steam  jacket  and  a 
mechanical  agitator,  a  drawing  of  which  vessel  is  given. 

— \V.  L.  C. 


Improved  Apparatus  and  Means  for  Extracting,  Wash- 

imj,  and  Condensing  Fat,  Grease,  Glue,  Oil.  or  other 
Substances  from  Hones,  etc.  W.  Buttner,  Gummere- 
bach,  Germany  :  and  J.  G.  Haller  and  J.  Magnus, 
London.     Eng^  Pat.  2615,  Feb.  19,  18S7.     Sd. 

Three  separate  modifications  of  very  complete  apparatus 
for  extraction  by  volatile  solvents  are  described  and 
figured  in  detail,  viz:— (1)  For  use  when  the  solvent  is 
lighter  than  the  extract  :  (2)  when  it  is  heavier  ;  (3) 
specially  for  "de-greasing"  woollen  and  other  fabrics.  In 
this  last,  a  revolving  cage  is  used  to  contain  the  fabrics. 
Special  precautions  are  taken  to  ensure  the  complete 
recovery  of  the  solvent. — W.  L.  C. 


An  Improved  Lubricant.      A.   G.   Wass,    Bermondsey. 
Eng.  Pat.  3S32,  March  14,  1^87.     4d. 

Asphalti'M  is  dissolved  in  shale  oil,  tar  oil  or  other 
medium  ;  to  the  solution  may  be  added  glycerin  ami 
litharge  or  ashes  of  zinc,  lead,  or  tin. — W.  L.  C. 


An  Improved  Lubricant.      A.    G.   "Wass,   Bermondsev. 
Eng.  Pat.  3S33,  March  14,  1887. 


XH.— PAINTS,  TARNISHES  AND  RESINS. 

On  the  Varieties  of  Caoutchouc  and  Estimation  of  their 
Value,     Franz   v.     Holmel.     DingL     Polyt.    J.    263, 
•240. 
The  various  sorts  of  rubber,  of  which  there  are  some 
hundreds  in  the  market,    may   be  divided    into    eight 
classes,  according  to  their  mode  of  preparation.    I.  In  the 
first  method  the  milk  is  poured  in  thin  layers  in  a  mould 
and  dried  slowly   in  hot    smoke.      The    best   "  Para " 
rubber  belongs  to  this  class.     F'or  the  finest  quality  the 
layers,   often  over   100  in  number,    should  not  exceed 
0 ■km.  in  thickness,  and  they  appear  white  or  greyish, 
being  divided  by  black  smoke  lines  :  the  presence  of  air 
bubbles  or  thick  layers  are  signs  of  poor  quality.   II.  The 
milk  is  allowed  to  flow  from  the  plant  into  little  hollows 
dug  in  the  soil  and  is  allowed  to  dry  there.    This  is  a  very 
rough  method  and  can  only  be  nsed  in  dry  seasons.    The 
product  is  very  impure  and  contains  much  water.     III. 
■  water  is  added  to  the  fresh  milk  and  the  mixture 
allowed  to  stand  a  few   days,    when    the    precipitated 
rubber   is  kneaded,    pressed    tree    from    the    excess    of 
moisture  and  dried  in  the  sun  or  smoked.     IV.  The  milk 
is  caused  to  coagulate  quickly  by  the  addition  of  alum, 
brine  or  an  acid,  etc.,  and  the  coagulum  pressed   and 
diied.      The  rubber  obtained  by  either  of  these  two  pro- 
-  -  is  of  poor  quality,  and  contains  much  water.     The 
drying  is  often  effected  at  too  high  a  temperature,  the 
product  being  rendered    'tarry.''     Such  sorts  are  of  the 
least  value.    These  processes  are  much  used  in  the  north 
of    South    America,    also    in    parts    of  India,    Central 
America,     West     Africa     and     the     Sunda     Islands. 
Sections  of  fresh  samples  of  these  sorts  show  a  dry  rind 
and    a  large  soft  opaque    spongy  kernel  of  a  whitish- 
violet,  yellow-red  or  flesh  colour  :  they  are  generally  free 
from  bark  or  wood  chips.     V.  To   the  milk   is   added 
from    four     to     eight     times    its     volume    of    water, 
which    causes   the   rubber   to   rise  as  a  cream  to    the 
surface.     This  cream  is   repeatedly  washed    and    then 
dried.     The  product  is  good ;  certain  Central  American 
sorts  come    in   this     class.       VI.  The  milk    is    simply 
allowed  to  evapoiate  in  shallow  vessels.      The  quality  is 
good.     VII.    The   milk,    being   very    concentrated,    is 
allowed  to  flow  out  on  the  arm  of  the  collector,  where  it 
quickly  dries  and  is  rolled  off  in  the  form  of  a  ring  or — 
VIII.    It  runs  over  the  bark  of  the  tree  or  falls  on  the 
ground,  being  afterwards  made  up  into  balls  or  spindles. 
Rubber  thus  obtained  is  usually  very  dry  and  hard,  but 
often  contains  as  much  as  30  per  cent.  of. wood  chips  and 
bark  ;  the  colour  varies  from  yellowish-red  to   brown. 
To    this    class    belong     the     "  Thimbles,"      "  Rings," 


"Spindles,"  "Niggers,"  "Scraps,"  etc.     Of  course  the 

amount  of  water  a  sample  contains  is  an  important  point 

Resin  is  dissolved  in  any  convenient  oil,  and  litharge  or    to  be  conswere4  jD  ;ts  valuation,  as  some  varieties  con- 


ashes  of  lead,  zinc  or  tin  is  incorporated  with  the  solu- 
tion, and  sometimes  any  suitable  animal,  vegetable  or 
mineral  greases. — W.  L.  C. 


An  Improved  Arrangement  of  Apparatus  for  Expressing 
Oil  Jrom  Oil-yielding  Vegetable  Substances,  and  Con- 
verting the  Residue  into  Oil-ca/;e.  H.  Lambert  and 
G.  Greenwood,  Leeds.  Eng.  Pat.  5277,  April  15, 
1SS6.  lid.  Complete  Specification  accepted  April 
15,  1887. 

This  patent,  illustrated  by  twelve  figures  on  four  sheets 
of  drawings,  describes  a  complete  and  compact  arrange- 
ment of  portable  mechanism  specially  suited  for  the 
requirements  of  landowners,  manufacturers  and  others 
using  or  dealing  iu  oil  or  oil-cake  in  the  colonies  and 
India.  It  is  designed  to  enable  one  attendant  to  crush 
all  the  seed  of  a  moderate-sized  holding,  and  to  produce 
at  once  a  marketable  commodity.  The  engine  and 
boiler,  the  crushing  rolls  and  kettle,  the  consolidating  or 
moulding  press  and  the  force-pumps  for  the  oil- 
extracting  press,  are  all  mounted  on  oue  and  the  same 
cast-iron  bed ;  the  oil-extracting  press  and  the  cake- 
parer  each  have  their  own  separate  cast-iron  beds,  but 
all  the  machinery  is  worked  from  the  same  source  of 
power. — W.  L.  C. 


tain  over  50  per  cent. — T.  L.  B. 


XIT.-AGRICULTURE.  MANURES,  Etc. 

On  the  Slow  Enrichment  of  the  Ground  in  Iron  bg  the 
Employment  of  Artificial  Manures.  E.  Jensen. 
Chem.Zeit.  U,  136—137. 
Many  farmers  have  feared  that  the  use  of  Thomas 
phosphates  and  other  fertilisers  containing  much  iron, 
might  in  time  cause  such  an  accumulation  of  iron  in  the 
soil  as  to  prove  injurious  to  the  crops.  The  author  shows 
that  this  fear  is  groundless.  If  the  depth  ploughed  is 
taken  at  25cm.,  the  volume  of  earth  employed  for  culti- 
vation will  be  2500cm.  per  hect.,  equal  (sp.  gr.  =  2 — 3) 
to  a  weight  of  5750  tons.  If  400kilos.  of  phosphate 
is  used  annually  per  hect.  and  its  average  value  of  iron 
is  taken  at  9  per  cent.,  the  weight  of  iron  annually 
added  will  be  36kiIos.  Hence,  even  if  no  allowance  is 
made  for  the  removal  of  iron  by  crops,  597  years  will  be 
required  to  raise  the  iron-value  of  the  soil  1  per  cent. 
—A.  G.  G. 

Ammonium  Phosjdiate  as  a  Manure.     K.   H.   Neuffer. 

Chem.  Zeit.  11,  137. 
Tub  author  claims  to  have  been  the  first  to  introduce 
this  substance  into  commerce.     It  is  now  manufactured 


4-14 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  30, 1887. 


cheaply  by  three  German  firms.      The  commercial  pro-  I      Calculation  of  the  mnnurial  value  of  the  foregoing. 
duct  consults  chiefly  of  the  mono-ammonium  phosphate     (The  per  cent.  Hn  is  taken  as  175.)  : — 
(NH,)H,P04.— A.  G.  G. 


Injurious  Action  of  Sodium  Nitrate.     K.   11.    Noull'er. 
Chem.  Zeit.  H,  399. 

BARLEY  grown  on  a  soil  that  has  been  manured  with 
sodium  nitrate  is  unlit  for  brewing  purposes  in  con- 
sequence of  the  barley  being  too  rich  in  proteids 
(albuminoids).— S.  H. 

Analysis  of  Freshly-fallen  Leaves.     Loges  and  Emeis. 
Bied.  Centr.  16,  135. 

The  percentages  of  the  ash  are  calculated  on  the  dry 
substance  : — 


Ash  

Containing:— 

Potash 

Soda 

Lime 

Magnesia 

Ferric  oxide 

Manganese  oxide  . 
Phosphoric  acid 
Sulphuric  Acid  . . . 

Silica   

Chlorine    


Willow. 

(Salix 
caprea.) 


716 

27-66 
110 

3300 
9-06 
2'27 
090 
5'57 
b'io 
627 
759 


10217 
Oxygen  equivalent  for 
the  chlorine 1'71 


10016 


Aspen. 
I  Populua 

tremula  t. 


5-17 
4-91 

4769 
976 
2  OS 
164 
368 
2-88 

20-07 


100-69 
062 


100-07 


Pine. 

(Pinus 
silvestria. ) 


2*12 

1801 

5  95 
26-66 

6-73 
10-08 

3-60 
10-24 

4  93 
11-88 

2-34 


10012 
0-52 


99-90 


Fir. 
[Abeifl 
excelsa.) 


4-91 

1-33 

110 
20-01 
4-37 
3-19 
1003 
2-70 
2-65 
54-46 
0-23 


10010 
005 


10005 


The  dry  substance  of  the  leaves  contained  :— 


Willow.    |    Aspen. 
iSaux     i  (Populus 
caprea.)  1  tremula.) 

Pine. 

'Pinus 

sUvestris.) 

0-95 
5-95 
8-72 
41-36 
39  16 
184 
0-33 
011 
018 
012 
018 
007 
010 
0-09 
021 
004 

Fir. 

(Abeis 
excelsa.) 

Carbohydrates  

Woody  fibre    

Mineral  matter 

Potash    

Soda 

Ferric  oxide 

Manganese  oxide 

Phosphoric  acid 

Sulphuric  Acid 

Silica   

1-46 

913 
4-08 
57-92 
22-97 
5-90 
160 
0-25 
1-91 
052 
013 
095 
032 
032 
0  36 
Oil 

097 
6-07 
919 
4514 
3319 
611 
0-31 
0-30 
2-89 
059 
013 
010 
0-22 
0-18 
1-23 
0-17 

0'81 

5-07 
1201 
4623 
32-30 
4  39 
0-06 
0-05 
0-88 
0-19 
011 

on 

012 
0-12 
239 

o-oi 

Willow. 

iSalix 
1    caprea.) 

\  i    n.           Pine. 
(Popalns        (Pinus 
tremula.)  silrestris.) 

1 

Kir. 
(AlK-is 
excelsa. ) 

X  of  Nitrogen 1*81 

,.     Phosphoric  acid          0-27 
,.     Potash 1-35 

080 
019 

026 

079 
015 

0-27 

0-67 
010 
0-05 

7-92 
Mamirial     value     in 
marks  per  centner           079 

465 

0-17 

4-50 
0'45 

366 
0-37 

-J.  W.  L. 


Influence  of  the  Sp.  Gr.  of  the  Seed  on  the  Production  of 
Cultivated  Plants.  E.  Wollnv.  Forsch.  auf  d.  Gebiet 
d.  Agrikultur  l'hysik,  9,  '207--216. 

In  investigating  this  subject  the  author  took  into 
account,  not  merely  the  sp.  gr.  of  the  seed,  but  also 
their  absolute  weight.  He  set  potatoes  of  different  sp.  gr., 
but  of  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  size,  in  distances 
of  60cm.  from  each  other,  and  from  the  results  obtained 
at  the  time  of  ripeness  of  the  crop  the  author  concludes 
that  the  difference  in  sp.  gr.  of  the  seeds  has  no  percep- 
tible influence  on  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  crop. 

-J.  W.  L. 


The  Russian  Black  Earth.     E.  Bruckner.     Der  Xatur- 
forscher  19,  313—315. 

This  earth,  which  is  found  in  South  and  West  Russia, 
contains  from  2 — 19  per  cent,  of  humus  substance.  It 
appears  to  be  in  two  layers  of  about  05  metre  each,  the 
upper  one  of  which  consists  of  a  homogenous  light  loam, 
containing  a  close  network  of  fine  grass  roots,  while  the 
lower  one  is  completely  undermined  with  mole  holes. 
According  to  Dokutschajef,  this  black  earth  is  formed 
from  the  remains  of  charred  roots.  The  author  suggests 
that  the  accumulation  of  dust  has  also  taken  part  in  the 
formation.  The  subsoil  is  in  general  loess,  besides  slate, 
limestone,  sand,  etc.  The  influence  of  the  climate  on  the 
formation  of  this  earth  appears  to  he  considerable;  great 
heat  and  drought  hindering  the  growth  of  the  steppe 
grasses,  followed  by  cold  and  lasting  snow,  which  limit 
the  period  of  vegetation  to  several  months  only,  must  be 
unfavourable  to  it. — J.  W.  L. 


Analysis  of  a    Description    of  Maize  from   Cameroon. 
B.  Schulze.     Der  Landwirt.  22,  543. 


Water 

Protein  

Fat    

Starch,  mucilage,  etc. 

Woody  fibre 

Mineral  matter  


Psr  Cent. 


900 
813 
5-16 
7515 
104 
1-20 


Per  Cent, 


8-94 
6-00 
82-60 
111 
1-32 


This  corn  is  long,  of  a  very  light  yellow  colour,  somewhat 
larire  and  has  an  average  weight  of  0"209gnn. 

—J.  W.  L. 


Deut. 


Methods   of  Storing   Potatoes.     G.     Xeuhaus. 
Landwirtsch.  Presse,  1SS6,  Xo.  SO. 

As  it  is  difficult  to  control  the  temperature,  moisture, 
etc.,  of  a  large  quantity  of  potatoes  when  put  together  in 
one  heap,  the  author  suggests  keeping  them  in  pits 
1— lift,  deep  and  5— Oft.  wide.    They  shuuld  be  at  urst 


June  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


■445 


covered  with  only  a  few  inches  of  loose  earth,  with  pood 
ventilating  shafts,  and  the  temperature  regularly  noted. 
If  it  risi->  to  l;i  C,  they  should  l>e  uncovered  on  the  first 
dry  day,  taken  out,  riddled  from  sand  and  again  replaced. 
When  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  has  sunk  to  7 
or  8"  C.  on  the  approach  of  winter,  they  should  for  the 
first  time  receive  the  winter  covering. — J.  W,  L. 


He  has  compared  the  percentage  figures  ohtained  by 
using  these  corrections  in  a  large  number  of  analyses 
with  those  obtained  by  the  alcohol  method,  and  linds 
them  to  agree.  The  same  author  believes,  however, 
that  the  alcohol  method  is  the  only  reliable  one. 


On    the    Examination    of   Barley.       W.    Hoft'meister. 
Landw.  Jahrbiicher.  15,  865— S71. 

The  author  having  now  examined  a  large  quantity  of 
barley  as  he  examined  the  oats  (this  Journal,  18S7,  45), 
especially  with  regard  to  the  proportions  of  nitrogen  and 
PjOg,  lie  arrives  at  the  following  with  regard  to  the 
development  of  barley  on  well-manured  ground  :  — 

1.  The  average  weight  of  the  seed  varies  in  inverse 
proportion  to  the  protein. 

2.  The  size  of  the  seed  varies  indirectly  with  the  per 
cent,  of  protein. 

3.  Seeds  of  the  same  size  do  not  necessarily  contain 
the  same  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  ;  this  depends  rather  on  the 
manure. 

Proportion  of  P.O.,  to  Xitrogen . — The  figures  in  the  table 
refer  to  the  dry  substance.  In  comparing  the  small  seeds 
with  the  largest  ones,  the  latter  are  represented  by  100  : — 


Hon  ami  Estimation  of  Melitriose  (  Enffinose  ).     C. 
Scheihler.     15er.  19,  2S0S-2S74. 
THE  author  was  the  first  who  detected  ratlinose  in  the 
beetroot  molasses  (this  Journal,  1SS5,  007). 

In  1876  Loiseau  detected  Kattinose  in  beetroot 
molasses  and  wrote  its  formula  CgH»Ou.5H,0  (Ber.  9. 
732).  In  1883  Bcihm  detected  gossypo-e  in  cotton-seed 
(./.  Prakt.  Chan.  30,  37),  and  soon  after  Ritthausen 
proved  that  it  was  identical  with  the  melitose  obtained 
by  Johnson  and  Berthelot  from  the  Eucalyptus  mannia, 
the  formula  being  Ci.H..()„.3H.,0.  (./.  I'rakt.  Chem.  29, 
351  ;  also  this  Journ.  188G,  380). 

In  1SS5  Tollens  showed  that  Loiseau's  ratlinose,  and 
Kitthausen's  melitose  were  identical,  and  the  results  of 
his  analysis  of  the  sugar  itself,  and  of  a  sodium  salt, 
agreed  with  the  formula  C^H^O,  ,.3H,0  (this  Journ. 
1885,  607,  and  1S86,  243). 

About  the  same  time  the  author,  in  conjunction  with 


Description  of  Seed. 

lis 

Asfc,  per  Cent. 

P»Oi,  per  Cent 

X,  per  Cent. 

P20s :  -V. 

8 

i 

a 

3 

s 

"3 

a 

5 

m 

3 
- 

S 
3 

B 

s 

e 

X 

■3 

a 

5 

B 

s 

"3 
= 

X 

B 
M 

B 
Hi 

Medium, 

■3 
3 

X 

Chevalier  Barley  — 

Scotch  Barley  

Sheep  Barley   

Imperial  Barley 

623 
53-2 
51-2 

148 

2-650 
2-635 
1-588 
3D60 
2-T18 

2-605 
1-585 

2-656 

2-720 
2-683 
1-639 
3-210 
3082 

1-192 
1-033 
0-969 
1-252 
1-561 

1-024 
0-953 

1-278 

1-200 
1001 
0-976 
1-304 
1-483 

1-597 
1-544 
1-590 
2324 
2-920 

1-577 
1-5S2 

3121 

1-571 
1-626 
1-610 
2369 
3-233 

1 : 1-424        -       1 :  1310 
1:1195  1:1-577    1:1-626 
1 :  1640  1 :  T660  1 :  1680 
1:1-856       -       1:1817 
1:1870  1:2442  1:2-180 

According  to  these  results  the  P.Os  is  just  as  high  in 
the  least,  as  in  the  most  nitrogenous. — J.  \Y.  L. 


XV.— SIJGAK,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

The  Amount  of  Sugar  in  Certain.  Descriptions  of  Oil 
Cake*,  ti.  Burkhard.  Neue  Zeits.  fur  d.  Kubenzucker 
Ind.  17,  206. 

THE  author  finds  that  most  oil  cakes  contain  but  a  very 
small  quantity  of  sugar,  but  earth-nut  cake  contains  4 
per  cent,  of  cane  sugar. — J.  W.  L. 


On  the  Quantity  nf  Juice  in  the  Sugar  Beet.  Bied.  Centr. 
16,  197. 

In  a  series  of  papers  on  this  subject,  Petermann,  Pellett, 
Scheibler  and  Sidersky  have  given  the  results  of 
experiments,  and  have  discussed  the  conclusions  which 
may  be  drawn  therefrom.  Petermann's  results  give  95 
as  the  percentage  of  juice.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
results  obtained  by  Scheibler  by  extracting  with  alcohol 
for  the  sugar  determination,  led  Petermann  to  deduct 
0'5  per  cent,  from  the  per  cent,  of  sugar  obtained  by 
multiplying  the  per  cent,  found  in  the  juice  by  0'95. 
Sidcrsky  has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  in  pressing 
the  juice  from  the  sugar  beet  for  analysis,  it  becomes 
more  concentrated  by  diffusion. 

Pagnoul  deducts  not  only  the  0  5  per  cent,  as 
suggested  by  Petermann,  but  also  017  per  cent,  as  a 
correction  for  the  volume  occupied  in  the  flask  by  the  pre- 
cipitate formed   when  clarifying  with  acetate  of  lead. 


Tollens,  discovered  a  method  by  which  this  sugar  could 
be  obtained  from  beetroot  molasses  and  other  beetroot 
sugar  products,  and  von  Lippmann  showed  that  it 
existed  ready  formed  in  the  beet  itself  (this  Journ.  1SS6, 
104).  The  author's  own  experiments,  especially  the 
estimation  of  the  water  of  crystallisation,  seemed  to 
leave  no  doubt  that  the  right  formula  was  that  assigned 
to  it  by  Loiseau,  C1SH3.,0I6.5H,,0. 

Having  regard  to  his  nomenclature  for  the  sugars 
(this  Journ.  1S85,  541),  the  author  suggests  that  the 
various  names  under  which  this  sugar  has  been 
known,  up  to  the  present,  should  be  substituted  by 
that  of  melitose. 

Melitriose  thus  freed  from  water  melts  at  IIS 
— 119°  and  is  very  hygroscopic.  On  account  of  its 
great  solubility  in  water  it  is  found  in  the  beetroot 
molasses,  and  also  in  the  sugars  recovered  from  these. 
1 1  seems  to  form  a  compound  with  cane-sugar,  possessing 
a  peculiar  crystalline  form,  and  cannot  command  the 
highest  prices.  This  is,  indeed,  but  right,  for  if  the 
sugar  be  estimated  with  the  polariscope  it  will  rotate 
the  ray  to  a  greater  extent  than  pure  cane-sugar,  and  in 
the  refinery  give  a  larger  amount  of  molasses.  Of  the 
various  processes  used  to  recover  cane-sugar  from 
molasses,  the  strontium  one  alone  separates  it  from  the 
melitriose,  this  sugar  forming  no  insoluble  compound  with 
strontium.  The  other  sugars  recovered  from  molaflBflfl 
containing,  therefore,  melitriose,  the  want  of  a  simple 
method  for  the  estimation  of  the  melitriose  has  been  much 
felt,  and  for  some  months  experiments  to  this  end  have 
been  in  process  in  the  author's  laboratory.  It  was  found 
that  lOOcc.  absolute  methyl  alcohol  dissolves  9jgrms. 
melitriose,    whereas    it    only    dissolves    0'4grm    cane 


446 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  30. 1887. 


sugar.  From  three  different  commercial  sugars 
obtained  from  molasses  the  author  separated  very  con- 
siderable quantities  of  melitriose  by  means  of  wood 
soirit,  ami  purification  l>y  crystallisation  out  of  ethyl 
alcohol.  But  the  difference  in  the  Bolnbilityof  melitriose 
and  the  saccharose  in  absolute  methyl  alcohol  may 
enable  the  amount  of  the  former  to  be  determined 
quantitatively.  The  author  desires  to  reserve  the  sub- 
ject for  further  investigation. — J.  W.  L. 


Formose.     0.  Loew.     Ber.  20,  141—144. 

Thk  author  criticises  Tollens'  statement*  that  formose 
(i'.lli_ti  .  the  product  of  the  action  of  an  excess  of  milk 
of  lime  on  a  3"S — 1  per  cent,  solution  of  formaldehyde. + 
does  do!  belong  to  the  glucoses,  because  it  do,--  not  yield 
levulinic  acid  on  treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid.  For- 
mose possesses  the  sweet  taste  and  reducing  properties 
of  the  glucoses  :  it  also  forms  a  compound  with  phenyl- 
hydrazine.  With  yeast,  however,  it  does  not  ferment, 
nor  is  it  optically  active  ;  but  the  author  does  not  consider 
the  possession  of  these  properties  as  essential  to  its  being 
classed  among  the  glucoses.  As  is  the  case  with  levnlose, 
hut!,  dilute  nitric  acid  and  bromine  cause  the  chain  of 
carbon  atoms  to  break  up.  With  both  these  reagents, 
trihydroxybutyrie  acid  is  anions  the  products  of  the 
reactions.  With  hydrochloric  acid  a  large  quantity  of 
humus  substances  result  and  as  a  by-product,  probably 
a  ketonie  acid,  which  docs  not  yield  the  characteristic 
silver  salt  of  levulinic  acid.  — C.  A.  K. 


The  A  ction  of  A  romatic  Diamines  on  Carbohydrates.     Y. 
Griess  and  6.  Barrow.     Ber.  20,  281— 2S2. 

The  authors  have  found  that  certain  diamidobenzenes 
and  their  carboxylic  acids  combine  with  carbohydrates. 
If  a  cone,  aqueous  solution  of  one  part  by  weight  of 
diamidobenzene  [1  :2]  be  mixed  with  two  parts  of  grape 
sugar,  a  few  drops  of  HO  added,  and  the  mixture  kept 
in  a  warm  place  for  about  eight  days,  a  weak  base  is 
formed,  which  is  somewhat  soluble  in  hot  water  and 
alcohol,  from  which  it  crystallises  almost  completely  on 
cooling,  in  beautiful  white  shining  needles.  It  is  readily 
soluble  in  dilute  BC1,  from  which  it  may  be  again  pre- 
cipitated, unchanged,  by  addition  of  ammonia.  It  has  a 
bitter  taste,  and  reduces  Fehling's  solution.  If  instead 
of  the  diamidobenzene,  the  diamidobenzoic  acid 
[COjB  :M1.  :  NH,=  1  ■.  2  :  3]  be  used,  a  compound, 
having  the  character  of  an  amido-acid,  is  formed.  It  is 
but  slightly  soluble  in  boiling  water  or  alcohol,  and 
crystallises  out  of  the  former  in  white  shining  leaves, 
which  do  not  reduce  Fehling's  solution  but  behave 
similarly  to  the  sugars  on  heating  in  a  test  tube.  The 
authors  have  obtained  a  similar  acid  to  the  last  by  sub- 
stituting maltose  for  grape  sugar.  (See  this  Journal, 
18S5,  331.J-J.  W.  I.. 

Preliminary  Communication.  H.  Kiliani.  Ber.  20,  -$-■ 
The  action  of  HI  on  arabinosc  carboxylic  acid  produced 
a  dehydro-acid,  and  a  small  quantity  of  caproic  acid 
(this  Journal,  1SS7,  219).  Accordingly,  this  deny dro acid 
has  the  formula  C(HuOa.  Since  further  the  analyses  of 
the  phenylhydrazine  compound  of  arabinose  agreed  with 
the  formula  <  .',-IF„<  i„N4,  it  is  very  probable  that  the 
arabinose  molecule  contains  only  five  carbon  atoms 

—J.  W.  L. 


Paragalactin.     E. 


Schulze  and 
2'.>o_294. 


E.  Steiger.     Ber.    20, 


The  authors  have  recently  noticed  that  lupin  seeds 
contain  a  substance  which  is  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol 
and  ether,  and  from  which  galactose  may  be  obtained  in 
large  quantities  by  boiling  with  dilute  acids.  In  order 
to  investigate  the  character  of  the  sugar  obtained  when 
this  substance  is  heated  with  dilute  II  ,S<  ',.  they  prepared 
a  quantity  as  follows  :— lkilo.  of  finely-ground  lupin 
seeds  were  extracted  first  with  ether,  then  several  times 
with   cold,    very   dilute   iabout    1    per  cent)   Kill)    and 

•  Ber.  19,  J134.    t  J.  Prakt.  Chen.  1886,  321-351. 


finally  with  water  until  free  from  alkali.  This  residue, 
which  possesses  a  gelatinous  appearance,  was  next  heated 
half  an-hour  with  10  per  cent.  II  S(  >,.  the  solution  filtered 
from  the  undissolved  woody  fibre,  dilated  with  an 
equal  volume  of  water  and  finally  boiled  for  another  two 
hours  in  order  to  complete  the  reaction.  After  cooling, 
tin-  11  Si  i,was  precipitated  with  I!a<_'<  >.,  and  the  solution 
then  concentrated  to  a  syrup  on  the  water  bath  at  a  low 
temperature.  This  syrup  was  boiled  with  absolute 
alcohol,  and  the  extract,  after  concentration  on  the  water 
bath,  was  again  boiled  with  absolute  alcohol.  The 
alcohol  dissolved  only  a  part  of  the  residue,  and  after 
allowing  the  solution  to  stand  for  some  time,  a  sugar 
crystallised  out,  which  was  purified  by  recrystallisation 
from  dilute  alcohol.  The  residue,  insoluble  in  absolute 
alcohol,  was  dissolved  in  !I0  per  cent,  alcohol,  the  solu- 
tion concentrated,  the  residue  taken  up  with  water,  and 
the  solution,  after  decolourisation  with  animal  charcoal 
and  subsequent  concentration,  crystallised  completely  on 
standing.  The  crystalline  mass  was  purified  by  recrys- 
tallisation from  alcohol.  Both  the  crystalline  products, 
although  prepared  from  ditl'erent  parts  of  the  principal 
residue,  proved  to  be  one  and  the  same  substance — viz., 
galactose.  The  specific  rotatory  power,  the  melting 
points,  both  of  the  pure  substances,  and  also  those  of 
their  phenylhydrazine  derivatives,  the  product  of  oxida- 
tion with  HXOi.  which  was  principally  mucic  acid,  and 
lastly,  an  examination  of  the  product  of  the  oxidation 
with  Br.,  proved  their  identity.  There  was  no  other  sugar 
found  with  the  galactose.  The  constituent  of  the  lupins 
producing  galactose  in  the  manner  just  described,  the 
authors  have  named  paragalactin.  They  calculate  that 
the  seeds  contain  about  20  per  cent,  of  this  substance. 
Paragalactin  is  insoluble  in  water,  even  at  the  boiling 
point;  it  is  slightly  soluble  in  tartaric  acid,  which  solution 
reduces  Fehling's  solution.  It  produces  no  sugar  when 
treated  with  diastase  solution.  The  gelatinous  extract 
obtained  by  treating  the  lupins  with  very  dilute  ECHO, 
was  heated  for  two  hours  on  the  water  bath  with  10  per 
cent.  K1H  l.  A  yellow  coloured  solution  was  formed, 
from  which  alcohol  produced  a  gelatinous  precipitate, 
soluble  in  water  and  again  reprecipitated  by  alcohol. 
The  precipitate  was  filtered  off,  freed  from  water  by 
means  of  absolute  alcohol,  and  standing  over  II. mi.. 
Ignition  showed  it  to  contain  a  considerable  quantity  of 
KX).  Bytreating  it  with  anhydrous  acetic  acid,  an  acetic 
ether  was  formed,  the  analysis  of  which  agreed  with  the 
formula  C,HrOs(CiH,0)».  This  ether  is  insoluble  in 
water,  alcohol,  ether  and  in  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and 
acetic  acid.  On  heating,  it  commences  to  decompose  at 
about  22.3  without  previous  fusion  ;  it  is,  therefore, 
quite  distinct  from  the  acetic  ether  of  0-galactan. 
Although  the  authors  have  not  been  able  to  prepare  the 
paragalactin  in  the  pure  state,  they  conclude  from  the 
above  reactions  that  it  may  be  represented  by  the  formula 
C.HuO.^J.  W.  L.      

Composition  of  the  Seeds  of  Panicum Miliaceum.     A. 
Beutell  and  F.  W.  Dafert.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  136. 

The  long  known  varieties  of  this  plant,  "  klebreis  "  and 
"  klebhirse,"  are  much  used  in  Japan  and  China  as  a 
gum  and  as  a  cheap  article  of  food.  The  seeds  owe  their 
glutinous  character  to  a  new  form  of  starch — viz., 
erythroamyluni.  The  latter  is  starch  in  which  the  granu- 
lose  is  replaced  by  erythrogranulose  (probably  identical 
with  erythrodextrin).  The  authors  give  the  following 
analysis  of  a  specimen  of  "klebreis "  : — 


[■ic:it  'I  Cir.un. 

Protein    12D9  

Fat 4-28  

Hexirin    0-26  

Glucose    5-13  

Starch  7618  

Fibre 015  

Ash    101  


Cort«. 

litis 

...  685 
. ..  0-96 
...  t'68 
. . .  60  31 
...  '-98 
. ..  1021 

-A.  G.  G. 


The   Jie<d    Nature  of  Starch    Cellulose.      Griessmayer. 
Allgem.  Bauer-  und  Hopfenzeit.  26,  147. 

In  order  to  prove  by  macro-chemical  means  that  the 
skeleton-like  substance,  obtained  from  starch  by  treat- 


June30. 1887.)       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


-147 


ment  with  dilate  acid,  consists  of  amylodextrose,  Nagelli 
treated  lOOOgrma  of  potato-starch  with  (i  litres  of  12  per 
cent  11(1  for  100  days  in  the  cold.  A  large  quantity  of  the 
skeleton-like  Bubstance  was  thus  formed.  It  was  washed 
free  from  acid,  sugar,  dextrose  etc  In  the  dry  state  it 
weighed  300grms.  On  boiling  with  water  it  almost  com. 
pletely  dissolved,  the  small  undissolved  residue  consist- 
ing of  impurities,  fat  etc.  On  freezing  tlie  solution,  the 
amylodextrose  crystallised  out  in  spheroid  crystals. 

—J.  W.  L. 

Imitation  Gum  Arabic.      Brit,  and  Col.  Drug.  1887. 

Tins  is  a  substance  said  to  lie  offered  in  the  market  in 
three  classes,  designated  as  white,  light  yellow,  and 
yellow.  The  first  two  are,  it  is  stated,  in  appearance  a 
close  imitation  of  the  genuine  article,  the  white 
being  in  fragments  about  the  size  of  those  in  gum  mastic, 
but  as  light  in  colour  as  good  picked  gum  arabic,  angular, 
with  conchoidal  faces  but  without  the  fissures  of  gum 
arabic.  The  light  yellow  variety  is  like  the  above  as  to 
size  and  general  appearance,  excepting  in  colour;  the 
masses  in  this  look  like  "  sorts  "  gum  arabic.  The  yellow 
appears  in  masses  somewhat  larger,  cubical,  and  in  colour 
resemble  translucent  pix  burgundica.  They  all  an- -aid 
to  behave  nearly  alike,  and  the  described  reactions  with 
water  (in  which  no  solution,  but  only  intumescence  takes 
place,  becoming  clear  when  boiled),  iodine  (giving  no 
starch  reaction),  alcohol  (with  which  the  solution 
remains  clear,  showing  absence  of  arabin)  and  lead 
acetate  (by  which  it  is  not  precipitated),  should  readily 
establish  their  fictitious  nature.  The  substance  is  said 
to  be  carrageein  obtained  from  Irish  moss,  but  this  muci- 
lage is  precipitated  by  lead  acetate  solution,  so  that 
there  must  be  some  error. 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Composition  of  By-products  from  n  Porter  Braoery.    By 

Sir  Charles  A.  Cameron.     Brit,  and  Col.  Drug.  1SS7, 

348. 
Tin:  following  analyses  relate  to  some  of  the  by-pro- 
ducts  from  the  largest  brewery  in  the  world,  namely, 
Me--rs.  Arthur  Guinness  &  Sons,  Dublin.  They  are, 
no  doubt,  similar  to  by-products  obtained  in  other 
breweries,  and  which  might  be  converted  into  artificial 
manures,  or  constituents  of  manures,  especially  where 
waste  beat  for  evaporating  purposes  were  required. 

Residue  from  vats  to  which  gelatine  had  been  added  ; 
100  parts  contain — 

Water 87-800 

Dry  matter   12-200 

lOO'OOO 
The  dry  matter  yields — 

Ammonia 1-241 

Ash  1-150 

Including — 

Phosphoric  anhydride  0'381 

(Equal  to  calcium  phosphate  0838) 

Potash nolo 

Soda 0-050 

chlorine 0-100 

Calcium  sulphate 0036 

The   residue,  if   nearly  dried,  would  therefore  yield 
about  of — 

Ammonia -j-ooo 

Calcium  phosphate 6*000 

Potash 0600 

Kesidue  from  vats  containing  no  gelatine;  100  parts 
contain — 

Water 77-500 

Dry  matter  22-500 

100-000 
The  dry  matter  yields — 

Ammonia V$S& 

-^h  2055 


Including — 

Phosphoric  anhydride    0'320 

iKimal  to  calcium  phosphate  0700) 

Potash     0100 

Soda Him 

Calcium  sulphate 0*080 

This  residue  nearly  dried  would  contain  about  2*8  per 
cent,  of  calcium  phosphate  and  0*4  per  cent  of  potash, 

and  yield  7  per  cent,  of  ammonia.     C pressed  yeast, 

100  parts,  contain — 

Water     62-30 

Dry  matter    37-70 

limiHi 

The  dry  matter  yield-  by  combustion  with  soda-lime — 

Ammonia  3201 

And  leaves  on  combustion — 

Ash  2S00 

Including — 

Phosphoric  anhydride    1*690 

(Equal  tocalcium  phosphate  3'3iOI 

Potash  ichiefly  in  union  with  phosphoric  acid)  0-500 

Soda 0230 

If  converted  into  a  moderately  dry  substance  the  com- 
pressed yeast  would  yield  fully  — 

Ammonia 8000 

And  of  calcium  phosphate  4-000 

And  potash  ...   1*500 

Exhausted  Hops. 

100  parts  contain — 

Water : 93810 

•Dry  matter 6'160 

100000 
"Yielding — 

Ammonia 0'3H 

Ash  0'30S 

Including — 

Calcium  phosphate O'llO 

Potash 0-035 

The  amount  of  water  is  very  large,  and  the  drying  of 
this  waste  product  would  be  rather  costly.  This  by- 
product largely  exceeds  in  quantity  all  the  others  above 
described. 

Diastase.     O.  Loew.     Ber.  20,  5S. 

The  method  of  obtaining  pure  diastase  by  treating  the 
crude  substance  with  lead  acetate,  was  first  proposed  by 
Wurtz  and  not  by  the  author,  as  stated  by  Lintner 
(this  Journal,  1887,  296—297).  The  method  works  well, 
provided  due  precautions  are  observed.  To  show  the 
relation  of  diastase  in  its  chemical  composition  to  other 
ferments,  Lintner  compares  it  with  invertin  which 
Kiliani  has  proved  to  contain  a  considerable  amount  of 
hop  resin.  The  author  stands  by  his  statement  (Ber.  15, 
15S3),  that  the  pancreatic  ferments  are  albuminous  bodies 
closely  related,  both  as  regards  composition  and  properties, 
to  the  peptones. — C,  A.  K. 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,   SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(A)    CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS. 

Sp.  Gr.  of  Butter,  Artificial  Butter  and  other  Fats.     Sell. 
Milchzeit.  15,  460—461. 

Tin:  author  gives  the  following  densities,  determined  by 
Kdnig's  method  at  100"  C. 

Pure  hutter never  less  than  0866 

Other  fats  and  oleomargarine    0859 

:>     butter.    25    artificial  butter 0'865 

50,  butter.    50.  ditto  0-863—864 

and  he  suggests  that  0'S66  should  be  the   limit   for  the 
sp.  gr.  of  pure  butter. — J.  W.  L. 

D 


448 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     IJaneSMW 


(in  the  Formation  of  tht  Skin   on    Heating  Milk. 
P  Sembriteky.    Milchzeit  15,  ii.-_r. 

The  author  r< ved  the  skin,  which  forms  on  the  sm 

face  of  milk  w  hen  heated,  until  it  no  longer  formed,  and 
found  it  to  be  about  I  per  cent,  of  the  milk.  It  was,  there 
fore,  nut  merely  albumen,  of  «  bich  there  ia  only  about  04 
per  cent.,  but  he  found  it  tocontain casein.  This  skin  forms 
at  temperatures  above  50'  and  maj  be  removed  50  or  more 
times;  when  it  ceases  to  form  any  longer,  tlie  milk 
contains  no  albumen  and  but  lift ! » -  casein. — 1.  \Y.  L. 

Tk>-  Action  on  the  Milk  of  Cows  fed  on  thi   Residuary 
rsofSug  Kirchner.    Centr.  Blatt. 

fiir  (1.  med.  WiRsensch.  Ins.'.,  No.  2. 

After  closely  examining  the  results  of  an  extensive 
experiment,  the  author  concludes  that,  provided  the  cow 
does  not  lose  her  appetite  for  ordinary  foods,  the  addition 
of  the  maize  residuary  liquors  has  a  decidedly  beneficial 
effect  on  the  milk,  both  with  regard  to  quantity  and 
quality  ;  whereas  the  addition  of  vinasse  has,  on  account 
of  its  purgative  properties,  a  prejudicial  effect.  The 
author  finds,  further,  that  the  very  greatest  cleanliness 
should  be  observed  in  connection  with  all  the  various 
utensils  used  in  the  dairy,  when  using  these  foods. 
These  liquors,  vinasse,  etc,  especially  in  a  partially 
fermented  condition,  contain  not  only  considerable 
quantities  of  yeast  hut  are  also  a  very  suitable  bed  for 
supporting  the  development  of  all  the  lower  germs  and 
bacteria,  which  exert  a  very  detrimental  influence  on 
the  health  of  the  cow  and  on  the  rate  at  which  tlie 
milk  becomes  sour.  These  germs,  which  do  not  pass 
through  the  cow  into  the  milk  but  become  transmitted 
through  carelessness  into  it,  have  also  a  serious 
influence  on  the  keeping  qualities  of  the  butter  and 
cheese.— J.  W.  L. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

The  Perennial  Scented  Grass  Anthroxanthum  Odoratum. 

Nobbe.     Der  Landwirt,  22,  523. 
The  seeds  of  this  grass  are  being  replaced  by  the  small 
annual  grass,  Anthrtxanthum  1'uclii,  lee.  and  lam.,  which 

also  contains  enmarin,  the  valuable  essence  of  the 
Been  ted  grass.  This  annual  grass,  A.  Puelii,  mows  as  a 
weed  and  has  latterly  spread  very  rapidly  in  Hanover. 
It  has  a  less  value  than  the  A.  odoratum,  is  an  annual 
plant,  forms  no  turf  and  produces  much  less  hay.  The 
seed  ripens  tlie  summer  after  being  sown  and  produces 
uo  more  than  a  quarter  to  one-third  the  quantity  that  the 
A.  odoratum  ih.es,  besides  possessing  a  much  weaker 
odour. — J.  W.  L, 

The  Polaris,-,, /„■  as  a  Revealer  of  Adulterations  in 
Essential  Oils.  A.  M.  Todd.  Amer.  Journ.  Pharrn 
April,  M!87. 

Iv  examining  some  spurious  oils  of  peppermint  in  behalf 
of  the  State,  observations  were  made  with  a  Mitscherlich 
polariscope  upon  their  polarisation.  In  authentic  samples 
of  several  peppermint  oils  prepared  by  the  author,  it  was 
found  that,  though  these  different  pure  samples  varied 
slightly  in  the  angle  of  polarisation,  there  were  found  to 
be  limits  beyond  which  pure  samples  did  not  go.  It 
was  found  that  if  a  certain  essential  oil  polarising  within 
a  eertain  limit  was  mixed  with  another  polarising  within 
entirely  different  limits,  the  difference  in  the  polarising 
angle  would  enable  the  amount  of  adulteration  to  he 
readily  determined.  The  angles  exhibited  by  five 
samples  of  pure  oil  of  peppermint  when  polarised  were  : 
-■"••",,  -in,  -Hi,  -  .v_!  ,  52",  averaging  -50-2°,  Five 
samples  „f  natural  oil  of  camphor  were  also  examined, 
exhibiting  an  average  angle  of  +65°.  Five  samples  of 
adulterated  peppermint  oil  averaged  -  9J,  showing  a 
deficit  of  -40  v.  The  variation  of  the  last  five  samples 
was  at  tirst  thought  to  he  due  to  the  dementholisation  of 

the  respective  oils  ;  hut  from  the  fact  that  oil  of  camphor 
(which   is   dextro-rotatory)    is    known   to  be  a  common 

adulterant  of  essential  oils,  and  from  his  polariscopic  obser- 


vations the  author  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  the  impure 
samples  contained  an  admixture  of  oil  of  camphor,  the 
exact  proportions  in  which  the  polariscope,  in  skilled 
hands,  was  capable  of  accurately  determining.  A 
description  of  the  polariscope  recommended  bj  the  author 
for  the  examination  of  essentia]  oils  may  be  found  in 

Tucker's  work  on    "  Sugar  Analysis." 

No  great  progress  can  be  made  in  this  mode  of 
examining  essential  oils  until  tin-  indices  of  refraction 
of_  the  numerous  pure  oils  have  been  accuratelj  deter- 
mined :  the  majority  of  essential  oils  in  commerce  cannot 
for  this  purpose  he  depended  upon.  The  author  is  now 
engaged  upon  special  investigations  with  the  oils  C(  lire- 
weed  and  crigeron.  —  \V.  K. 


:  Gravity  of  some  Essential  Oils  of  Commera  "■ 
taken  from  I'm;  an,l  Normal  Samples.  From  the 
Report  of  Mes.^rs.  Scliimmel  o»  Co.,  Leipzig. 


Temperature  >-f  the 
Oil 

Name  "f  t  be  *  til 

Remarks. 

10'  C. 
150"  I-'.) 

15r  C. 

159-K.) 

20"  C. 

168°  F) 

Oleum  Anisi 

0985 

0-980 

(In  an  fcl 

Valerianae 

0  917 

0  915 

0910 

Hergainotiv  La 
Reggio . . 

0-887 

0-883 

0880 

,,       Amygdalessent. 

1063 

1-060 

1055 

1-060 

Cajupnta  (green) 

0'927 

0-925 

0-922 

1-05-106 

Cassia-  rcct. 

1058 

1055 

1-052 

Ccdri  ligni 

0'9tS 

0915 

0  910 

Citronclhe 

0  900 

US90 

0  893 

.,       lymini 

0925 

0-922 

0  918 

Cuhebffi  .. 

01118 

0-915 

0912 

Coriandri 

0-872 

0-807 

0S01 

0860-0-870 

,,       Eucalypti  globul 

0  925 

0-922 

0  918 

Anethi 

OD05 

0900 

0-896 

Fceniculi  dulcis 
I.  rectif 

nil?.'. 

0970 

u  965 

0-985-0-975 

„       Zingiberis 

0  B85 

0-882 

0-878 

C'arui    (from 
Dutch  fruits). 

0911 

0-908 

0905 

„       Macis 

0  858 

0-S.55 

0-852 

,,       Caryophylli 

1065 

1-062 

1059 

1-060-1-065 

,,       Men  t  b  .    pip 
(Mitcham) 

0  905 

0-900 

0898 

0  900-0  905 

„       Auranty  dulee 

0-851 

0850 

- 

,,       Sassafras 

IOCS 

1065 

1060 

1-05-1  07 

Siaapie  essent. 

(from  seeds)  . . 

ln::n 

1025 

1020 

„      Sinapis(artificial) 

1023 

1-O20 

1016 

S.'antali  (East 
Iml.i 

0-978 

0975 

0-973 

,.      Jnniperl    dupl. 
recti!,  e  baccia 

0  863 

0858 

0855 

,.        WinterL.-ri.il 
(natural) 

1-189 

T185 

1182 

„      Wintergreen 
(artificial) 

l  Hi.1 

1-187 

1183 

Cinnamoni,  Cey- 
lon 

1035 

1-090 

l-(  127 

103     i 

A  variation  in  the  above  numbers,  not  exceeding  the 
third  decimal  figure,  would  not  necessarily  imply  adul- 
teration, but  more  considerable  discrepancies  are  not 
permissible. 


June  so.  1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


449 


Saocharine.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  195. 
Matmenk  criticises  the  properties  of  Fahlhcrg's 
Baccbarine,  which  lie  pronounces  to  be  a  mixture,  since 
crystals  can  be  obtained  from  the  solution  in  weak 
alcohol  which  contain  13  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  whereas 
the  substance  remaining  in  the  mother-liquor  contains 
15  per  cent,  of  sulphur.-- S.  II. 


Hydrazine.    VL  Freund and  W.  Will.    Ber.20.89    95 

IlvuKAMiNK  is  decomposed  by  dilute  nitric  acid 
similarly  to  narcotine,  opianic  acid  and  a  base  resemb- 
ling cotamine  being  formed  (this  .Journal,  lssij,  077). 
This  base,  to  which  the  name  " hydraatinine "  is 
given,  has  the  formula  C,  ,H, ,  X<  >,.-  HjO,  whence  the 
formula  for  hvdrastine  would  be  t'.,H.  NO.,  and  not 
i  '..II.  NO,,  as  given  by  Mahla  {Sill  Amer.  Jour,,.  (2), 


36,  57)  and  Power  \  Archie,  d.  Pharm.  1884,  910),  unless 

carbon  dioxide  is  evolved  on  treating  it  with  dilute  nitric     obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  naringin  agreed  to i  all 


dried  Cit,  >  ""  blossoms  be  obtained  OOOgrms.  or 

2  per  cent,  of  naringin.  To  this  glucoaide  the  lormula 
f  . ,  II ,,  t ), ,  is  assigned.  It  is  a  white  substance,  which 
dissolves  in  alcohol  and  in  warm  water,  crystallising 
Hum  the  latter  with  4  molecules  of  H  .<>.  The  specific 
rotatory  power  in  II  0  was  found  to  be  [o]»=84-5°  ;  in 
alcohol  solution  [a]„  =  87 -6P.  It  decomposes  readily  when 
heated  with  dilute  acids.  Heated  on  the  water-bath  for 
6— S  hours  with  a  2  per  cent,  solution  of  H,S04,  it  is 
split  up  into  iso-dulcite  and  naringenin,  the  latter  being 
precipitated  from  the  solution  as  a  white  crystalline 
mass.  Purified  by  reerystallisation  out  of  alcohol, 
naringenin  melts  at  248°,  when  decomposition  sets  in. 
It  possesses  the  weak  acid  properties  of  a  phenol,  dis- 
solves readily  in  solutions  of  the  alkalis  but  forms  no 
salts  with  alkaline  carbonates.  With  ferric  chloride  it 
forms  a  deep  red-brown  coloured  solution  and  it  dissolves 
readily  in  alcohol,  ether  and  benzene.  The  analyses 
agree  with    the   formula   C„HltO„     The   iso-dulcite 


acid,  which  is  not  the  case. 

C„H„NO   +O=C1.Ht0p»  +  C1  HltNOs 

Hvdrastine.     Opianic  Acid.     Hydraatinine. 

This  formula  for  hvdrastine  agrees  with  analyses  both  of 
the  free  base  and  of  its  platinum  double  salt,  and  has 
been  confirmed  by  Eykman  (this  Journal,  18S7,  380). 

Hydrastinine  is  a  white  crystalline  body  melting  at 
116—117',  and  dissolving  inpetroieum  etherand  hot  ether. 
It  is  precipitated  from  an  acid  solution  by  caustic  potash 
or  soda,  but  not  by  ammonia  or  sodium  carbonate.  Like 
cotarnine,  it  contains  a  molecule  of  water  of  crystallisa- 
tion, which  is  not  present,  however,  in  its  salts.  Of 
these  the  hydrochloride  and  acid  sulphate  are  readily 
soluble  in  water.  The  former  is  optically  inactive  and 
shows  a  slight  fluorescence  in  solution,  while  the  crystals 
of  the  latter  show  a  green  fluorescence.  The  bichromate 
and  ferricyanide  are  very  characteristic,  as  well  as  the  gold 
and  platinum  double  salts.  The  methiodide  is  a  yellow 
crystalline  body.  On  reduction  with  zinc  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  hydrohydrastinine  is  formed,  CH^Nn,, 
a  base  readily  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  etc.,  and  melting 
at  06°.  Its  hydrochloride  is  a  crystalline  powder,  while 
its  hydrobromide  forms  white  needles.  When  oxidised 
with  dilute  nitric  acid  until  caustic  potash  ceases  to  pro- 
duce a  precipitate  in  the  solution,  hvdrastine  forms  an 
acid  having  the  formula  C,H-N04,  isomeric  if  not 
identical  with  apophyllenic  acid.  Its  melting  point  is 
232°.  10"  above  that  of  apophvllenic  acid. 

-C.  A.  K. 


its  properties  with  the  published  descriptions  of  it.  The 
specilic  rotatory  power  was  found  to  be  [a]u-S  '2°. 
'  Naringenin  is  readily  decomposed  when  boiled  with 
concentrated  KHO,  the  products  being  phloroglucinol 
and  naringeninic  acid.  The  phloroglucinol  agreed  in 
properties  with  descriptions  already  published.  It 
melted  at  209"  and  crystallised  in  the  prismatic  Bystem. 
The  naringeninic  acid"  was  separated  from  the  phloro- 
glucinol bv  precipitation  with  dilute  H,SO,,  filtered, 
dissolved  in  NaHCO,  solution,  again  filtered  and  pre- 
cipitated with  H  S04.  Thus  obtained  it  is  crystalline 
and  may  be  purified  by  reerystallisation  from  hot  water. 
The  analytical  data  agree  with  the  formula  C,H„0  . 
From  hot  water  it  crystallises  anhydrous,  while  from 
cold  water  it  crystallises  in  long  shining  needles  contain- 
ing 1  molecule'of  H,0.  It  melts  at  207°  and  gives  a 
red  brown  coloured  solution  with  fenic  chloride.  If  the 
aqueous  solution  be  treated  with  sodium  amalgam, 
hydronaringeninic  acid  (C,H10O,)  is  formed,  melting  at 
126°.  To  naringin  mav  be  assigned  the  formula 
HO.C.Ht.CH:CH.CO.O.C.H,(OH),[HO:CH=l:4 
and  U:OH:OH=l  :3:5].  Naringin  must  be  considered 
to  be  a  glucoside  composed  of  naringenin  in  combination 
with  iso-dulcite. — J.   W.  L. 


Ber.  20, 

to    the    corresponding   alcohol — 
just   as 


Carveol,  Borneo!,  and  Menthol     R.  Leuckart. 
114—116. 

CABVOL    is    reduced 

"carveol" — by   means   of  sodium  and  alcohol 

ordinary  camphor  is  converted  into  borneol 

Carveol  boils  without  decomposition  at  218 — 220  and 
is  characterised  by  a  smell  quite  distinct  from  that  of 
carvol.  The  presence  of  the  nydroxyl-group  is  shown  by 
the  action  of  acid  chlorides  and  by  the  formation  of  acetic  . 
and  benzoyl  ethers,  both  of  which  are  liquids.  Further, 
when  treated  with  phenylcyanate,  phenylcarvylurethane 
is  formed,  a  crystalline  body  soluble  in  hot  alcohol  and 
melting  at  S4\" 

C^H.j.OH-rCO.N.CoH^CUC;^1.1.-1  „H 

yj.y.  t  ,j  n  j  j 

Borneol  and  menthol  form  analogous  crystalline  com- 
pounds, melting  at  133J  and  111°  respectively.  The 
formation  of  these  compounds  appears  characteristic 
of  the  presence  of  an  hydroxyl-group  (Leuckart  and 
Bach  ;  Ber.  20,  104)  and  the  author  finds  that  phenyl- 
cyanate gives  no  urethane  with  either  carvol,  camphor 
or  nionobromocamphor,  the  sole  product  of  the  reaction 
being  diphenylcarbamide,  formed  from  the  phenylcyanate 
by  assimilation  of  a  molecule  of  water  and  loss  of  carbon 
dioxide. — C.  A.  K.         

Naringin,     W.  Will.     Ber.  20,  294-304. 

The  author  now  gives  fuller  details  of  the  research 
partially  published  in  Her.  18,  1311.      From  30kilos.  of 


Optical  Behaviour  of  Coca,,,,  and  a  .1/.  thodfor  Proving 

its  Purity.  O.  Antrick.  Ber.  20,  310-322. 
In  order  to  place  in  the  hands  of  chemists  a  method  for 
the  accurate  estimation  of  cocaine  hydrochloride,  the 
author  has  determined  the  specific  rotation  of  solutions 
of  this  salt  obtained  from  different  sources  in  as  pure  a 
state  as  possible.  All  the  specimens  which  the  author 
examined  dissolved  in  water  with  a  slight  turbidity,  and 


he  therefore  used  diluted  alcohol  as  the  solvent.  The 
instrument  he  used  for  the  determination  of  the  power  ot 
rotation  was  a  Landolt's  polaristrobometer  ( Zats.  J. 
Inrtntmentenkunde,  1883,  121).  For  the  determination 
of  the  sp.  gr.,  as  well  as  the  strength  of  the  solution,  the 
author  used  a  flask  of  the  form  in  the  accompanying 
wood-cut.  The  bulb  A  has  a  capacity  of  about  2occ,  and 

D2 


UJO 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCTF.TY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      I.iunenn.  isw. 


in  preparing  a  solution  it  is  Blled  ap  to  the  mark  '-,  the 
diameter  of  the  neck  here  being  5mm.  The  sp.  gr.  was 
taken  ;it  'Jo',  water  at  1-  being  the  nnil  of  comparison. 
I''i.r  the  calculation  of  the  constants  A  ami  li  in  the 

formula  [o]0        A         Bo.  ami  [a]„  =  A  —  I!  '■.  a  >| i 1 1 it-ii 

oi  cocaYne  hydrochloride  obtained  from  Messrs.  dalle 
ami   Darmstaedtet  was  taken  as  the  standard,      This 

specimen  not  only  answered  all  the  require nts  of  the 

Pharmaceutical  Commission  of  the  Society  of  Apothe- 
caries, 1  nit  the  analytical  data  also  agreed  with  those 
obtained  by  other  authors.  It  melted  at  181  "5°.  Tables 
are  given  with  details  of  results  obtained, 

In   nsing  this   method  for   the    examination   of    any 
specimen  of  cocaine  hydrochloride,  the  author  suggests 

thai  the  llask  he  used  will  lie  found  very  useful,  ami 
advises  that  lOOcc.  of  the  solution  shall  contain  10  or 
•JOgrnis.  of  the  salt,  ami  further  that  more  than  one  de 
termination  shall  he  made,  ami  a  mean  of  the  results 
taken.—.).  W.  L. 


XXIL- GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

DreehseFs  Absorption  Bottle  with   Valve.      Chem.  Zeit. 
11,  224. 

The  bottle  has  inside  the  gas-inlet  tube  A  a  small  valve 
light  enough  to  Boat  upon  liquors.     If  gas  be  passed  into 


A,  the  valve  will  allow  it  to  enter,  but  as  soon  as  the 
pressure  diminishes  the  valve  will  rise,  close  tube  A 
at  B  and  thus  prevent  the  flowing  back  of  the  liquor. 

— S.  H. 


A  New  Siphon.     A.  Jolles.     Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,  151. 

By  sucking  slightly  at  «,  and  then  closing  the  pinch- 
cock,  a  partial  vacuum  is  created  in  the  body  of  the 
apparatus,  which  is  at  once  tilled  with  the  Liquid  rising 


through  the  tube  c. 
apparatus   acts   like 
tremelv  easy 


the 
ex- 


On  opening  the  pinch-cock  6, 
any   ordinary    siphon,        It   is 
i  i  jet  the  siphon  in  action  and  none  of 

the  Liquid  can  be  drawn  into  the  mouth  of  the  Operator, 

so  the  apparatus  is  specially  recommended  for  siphoning 
poisonous  liquids. — E.  E,  B. 


.1  Method  of  Maintaining    Water-baths,  Spirit  lamps, 
etc.,  at  a  Constant  Level.    K,  Bensemann.    Kep.  Anal. 

('hem.  7.  3  and   I. 

Fig.  1  shows  the  arrangement  rec tended.     I    is  the 

bottle  from  which  t lie  liquid  is  supplied.      The    level    of 

the  liquid  in  the  spirit  lamp  or  water- bath  B  is  determined 
by  the  regulator  A,  which  is  a  cylindrical  vessel,  pro 
vided  with  a  doubly-bored  cork  and  two  tubes,     A  is 


Fig.  1. 


partly  tilled  with  mercury,  into  which  the  longer  of  the 
two  tubes  dips  :  and  the  level  of  the  liquid  in  I!  can  be 
altered  by  changing  the  depth  to  which  the  tube  dips 
into  the  mercury.  In  order  to  start  the  apparatus,  the 
tube  is  raised  out  of  the  mercury  until  the  liquid  begins 
to  flow  out  of  F,  and  when  it  has  reached  the  desired 
level,  the  tube  is  again  pushed  down  into  the  mercury 
until  the  flow  is  checked.  The  level  in  B  then  remains 
constant,  the  condition  for  equilibrium  being  h—q±s, 
where  h,  '/,  and  s  denote  the  respective  pressures  due  to 


FlO.  -2. 

the  columns  of  liquid  so  marked  in  the  figure.  A 
still  simpler  arrangement  is  to  omit  A  altogether,  and 
connect  J!  directly  with  F,  as  in  Fig.  2.  The  level  of 
the  liquid  in  I!  is  then  regulated  by  varying  the  depth 
to  which  the  vertical  tube  dips  into  the  liquid  in  F. 
The  apparatus  is  put  into  working  order  by  blowing  air 
in  through  this  tube  until  the  liquid  has  reached  the 
proper  level  in  1!.  The  cork  shown  in  the  neck  of  15 
need  not  be  airtight,  as  it  only  serves  to  support  the 
tube  which  conveys  the  liquid.     1).  E.  J. 


A  New  Gas  Burette.      I'..    Frank.-.     J.    Prakt.  ('hem. 
35,  1887,  259—262. 

The   burette  consists  of  a  measuring  tube  A  and  the 
bulb    1J    for    holding    the   reagents,    connected    by    a 


June 30, 1887.]     THE  JOU11XAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


i.M 


t ;«. i >  b.  The  niher  end  of  I!  can  be  closed  by  a 
>t<i]p|>er  with  a  tap  r.  Tlie  measuring  tube  A  holds 
exactly  lOOcc,  tlie  zero  of  the  scale  lying  in  the  bore  of 
the  tap  6.  Tlie  burette  is  tilled  with  the  u'as  to  be 
examined  either  by  passing  ii  through  the  apparatus  for 
some  time  '>r  by  filling  the  burette  with  water  and 
aspirating  the  gas  through  d  until  the  level  of  the  water 
has  sunk  t<.  hi.  The  tap  a  is  then  closed,  and  the  burette 
placed  vertically  in  water,  so  that  the  water  inside  and 
outside  i-  mi  the  same  level.  On  closing  A,  the  gas  in 
the  burette  is  under  the  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure. 


The  vessel  15  is  filled  with  any  absorbing  agent  for  treat- 
ing the  gas,  and  the  stopper  inserted  afterwards.  The 
tap  c  is  closed  and  b  opened,  so  that  the  liquid  may 
enter  the  measuring  tube  to  be  thoroughly  mixed  with 
the  gas  by  shaking.  After  the  absorption  has  taken 
place,  the  liquid  is  again  collected  in  B,  b  is  closed,  and 
after  ringing  and  rilling  B  with  water,  the  burette  is 
(placed  in  water.  The  tap  b  is  then  opened  in  order  to 
measure  the  gas  nnder  the  same  conditions  as  before.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  burette  is  of  general  application,  like 
Bunte's,  and  can  also  replace  the  more  expensive  Orsat's 
apparatus. — S.  H. 

Pipettes  without  Graduations.      A.  Beutel  and  F.  W*. 
Dafert.     Hep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,  ISO— 190. 

Tmk  advantages  claimed  for  this  form  of  pipette,  which 
consists  of  a  siphon  arrangement  by  means  of  which  a 
•taut  volume  of  liquid  is  allowed  to  pass  from  one 
part  of  the  apparatus  to  another,  are,  that  it  requires  no 
manipulative  skill,  while  it  is,  at  the  same  time,  quite  as 
accurate  as  any  of  the  ordinary  measuring  instruments 
employed  in  volumetric  work.  Indeed,  a  comparison 
made  with  both  pipettes  and  burettes,  by  weighing  the 
amounts  of  water  delivered,  seems  to  show  that  this  new 
form  is  more  accurate  than  burettes  and  quite  as 
accurate  as  any  form  of  pipette. 

The  liquid  to  be  measured  enters  the  apparatus  by  the 
tube  d  (Fig.  '2i  which  is  connected  with  the  supply  vessel 
(not  shown  in  the  figure).  The  pipette  is  tilled  by  open- 
ing the  stopcocks  A  and  I!.  and  allowing  the  liquid  to 
Bow  in  until  the  siphon  K  is  full.  15  is  now  closed,  and 
then  A.  Any  liquid  rising  in  the  tube/ K' above  the 
level  of  ((  is  carried  away  by  the  overllow  pipe  (see  Fig.  j 

The  tube  'H'  is  5— Omni,  wide,  and  by  making  it  of 
considerable  length  and  having  the  bulb  K'  at  the  top, 
the  liquid  in  K  is  under  sufficient  pressure  to  enable  it  to 
How  out  rapidly.  The  portion  of  the  tube  fa  is  narrowed 
(internal  diameter  2 — 2$mm.)   in    order  to  reduce   the 


fluctuations  of  the  meniscus  of  the  fluid  to  a  minimum. 

There  i-  a  mark  at  m,  and  the  pipette  is  in  the  correct 
position,  when  on  emptying  the  siphon  the  meniscus  of 
the  fluid  rests  at  this  point.  The  pipette  i-  fixed  on  a 
wooden  lioard,  and  all  correction-  tor  position  are  made 
by  the  screw  M.  By  means  of  this  screw  any  difference 
in  the  capillarity  of  the  liquid-  used,  is  readily  allowed 
for  :  the  meniscus  must  be  at  in,  when  the  siphon  i- 
empty. 

The  pipette  having  been  filled  as  described,  the  mode 
of  operations  is  as  follows  : — The  stopcock  Ji  is  opened 
and  the  liquid  in  /  K'  sinks  to  m.  Io  avoid  any 
inaccuracy  in  the  manner  in  which  the  contents  of  the 
siphon  are  delivered,  a  glass  tongue  c  is  lixed  on  to  t 

I  ig    1  |,  and  as  soon  as  more  liquid  drops  from  /.,  B  is 


Fig.  i. 


- 


closed,  and  the  vessel  receiving  the  liquid  moved  along 
the  tongue  Z  in  the  direction  indicated  by  the  arrow 
(Fig.  1).  The  pipette  is  refilled  on  opening  A,  and 
is  again  ready  for  use.  It  is  necessary  to  pay  par- 
ticular attention  to  closing  B  at  the  right  moment,  and 
also  to  the  manner  in  which  the  last  drops  of  liquid  are 
removed  from  :.  With  these  points  duly  observed,  and 
provided  there  is  no  change  in  temperature,  the  volume 
of  liquid  flowing  from  e  is  constant. 

The  glass  stopcocks  A  and  B  may  be  replaced  by 
indiarubber  tubing  connections  and  pinchcocks.  The 
tubing  used  must  be  as  near  as  possible  of  the  same 
bore  as  the  tubes,  and  some  arrangement  must  be  intro- 
duced for  fixing  the  siphon  K  securely. — C.  A.  K. 


Pesier's  Natromctcr.  E.  Pfeiffer.  Chem.  Zeit.  H,  443. 
Pesiei;'s  natrometer  was  first  introduced  in  1S4H  for 
the  valuation  of  potash  in  the  residues  obtained  from  the 
calcination  of  beetroot  molasses,  and  it  was  soon 
abandoned  for  the  better  method  of  determining  potash 
by  platinum  chloride.  The  author  states  that  in  the 
hands  of  a  careful  analyst,  the  natrometer  gives  with 
little  trouble  results  well  agreeing  with  those  obtained 
by  the  platinum  method.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a 
hydrometer,  the  scale  of  which  is  based  on  the  fact  that 
the  density  of  a  potassium  sulphate  solution  increases 
proportionately  with  the  amount  of  solid  matter  in  solu- 
tion. If  the  solution  contains  sodium  sulphate,  the 
density  rises  considerably,  potassium  sulphate  being 
more  soluble  in  the  presence  of  sodium  sulphate  for 
further  detail-  as  to  the  precautions  to  be  observed,  the 
original  paper  should  be  consulted. — S.  H. 


Scheme  for  the  Detection  of  Artificial  Colouring  Matters. 
K.  Weingartner.  Chem.  Zeit.  1SS7,  135 — 137  and 
165—169. 

It  is  of  considerable  importance  to  the  dyer  or  printer  to 
be  able  to  identify  by  readily  performed  tests,  the  dye- 
stuffs  he  is  using,  as  colouring  matters  that  have  been 


153 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     Uunc  30.  iwt. 


long  known,  and  mixtures  of  these,  are  of  ten  sold  under  substance  is  a  simple  compound  or  a  mixture  of  dye- 

ti.«  names.     L'pon  the  scheme  proposed  byWitl  (this  stuffs,  since  the  presence  of  more  than  a  small  quantity 

Journal,    issii,  249)  the  author  1ms  lmse.l  ;i  complete  ofa  second  colouring  matter  would  obscure  the  reactions 

system  "f  qualitative  analysis  lor  all  the  dyestuffs  at  and  lead  to  erroneous  conclusions       In  t lie  case  of 

Dyestuffs  Soluble  in  Water. 
A.    Precipitated    by    Tannin   -Basic    Colours. — The  aqueous    solution   is   reduced   with   zinc-dust    and    IK  1, 
neutralised  and  a  drop  put  on  filter-paper  : — 


THB  Ohi'.iNAi    COLOUR  Iii:uTiM:> 

TheOriois  u.Coloi  it 

DOB  M'T  Al-I-KAK. 

lied. 

fellow  and  <  Taupe.                  Green. 

Bine.                            Violet 

Yellow,  Browo.  and 
Blue. 

Magenta 

Toluylene  red 
Bafranine 

Phoephlne 

Flavoanilinc 

Malachite  green 
Brilliant  green 
Methyl  green 

Methylene  blue          Methyl  violet 
New  blue               Hoftnann  violet 
Muscarine                 Mauveine 
Amethyst 
Crystal  violet. 

Chrysoidinc 

Bismarck  brown 

Auraminc 

Victoria  blue 

B.  Hot  Precipitated  by  Tannin—Arid  Colours.— Reduced  with  zinc  dust  and  H('l  (or  zinc-dust  and  ammonia). 


<»n  Taper  the  original  Colour  reappears. 
The  Aqueous  Solution  is  actiified  with  HCl 
ami  extracted  with  Ether. 


The  Ether  dissolres 
the  Djestuff  and  tht 
Aqueous  Bolution  is 
left  nearly  oolo 


The  Ether  remains 
unco  loured. 


Phthaleins 


Snlpfa onated 

rosaniline  deriva- 
tives 

Su  Iph  onated 
indulines 


The  original  Colour  does  not  reappear.    The  Dye-stuff  >s  heated 
ou    Platinum    Foil. 


Deflagrates  without 
productionof  Coloured 
Vapours, 


Burns  with  production  "f  Coloured  Vapours 
A  piece  of  onmordantedC  itton  is  heated  in 
the  Aqueous  Solution. 


Xitro-  colouring 
matters 


The  Colour  on  the 
CoW  m  resists  a  warm 
Soap-bath. 


Benzidine  colours 
Erythrosine 


The    Colour     is 
stripped    by    a    warm 

Soap-bath. 


Azn-colouring 

matters 


The  Colour  is  cl 
to  a  Browniah-recL   <  in 

.'  ;i  p  e  r       the 

Colour  of   the    Amino 

Diacal    Solution  is  re- 
stored. 


Alizarin  S 

Alizarin  blue  S 

Ccerulein  S 


Dyestuffs  Insoluble  in  Water. 
The  colouring  matter  is  treated  with  water  and  a  few  drops  of   5%   caustic   soda. 


[I   diuolTeB.     The  Alkaline  8  .lution  is 
heitte  i  with  zinc  ilnst    end  .1  drop  I -11 T  nn 
filter-paper. 

It   remains   undissolved.        The   PyesturT    i<  heated   with  70  \  Alcohol. 

Til.  i !  iloui  d 

Soluble. 

Not  rotable. 

Solution  not  Fluorescent.                              -   lation   I  Uorescent. 

Indigo. 

The  Colour 
reappean. 

reappear  of  the  Bame 
>h  Me,  .T  the  original 
remains  anal- 
Ian  1 

Caustic  Soda   (33  _  i  is  added. 

ur  becomes 
reddish  brown. 

No  alteration        Tlie  Fluorescence 
in  Colour.                     troyed. 

The  Fluorescence 
remains. 

( 'n-rulctn 

Canarine 

Induline 

Itulophenol           Magdala  rod 

l'rimrosc 

r.alleln 

Alizarin 

Xigrosine 

lyanosine 

Gallocyaninc 
Galloflavinc 

Anthrnpurpurinc 

Nitro-alirjirin 

Alizarin  brown 

Alizarin  blue 

Clirysamine 

Kosanilinc 

blue  (opal) 

Dipheoylaxnine 

blue  (opal) 

-— "  .1  i •!  Krccn 

present  occurring  in  the  market.    This  has  been  success 
fully  used  for  si\  months  in  t lit-  laboratory  of  the  Ecole 
de   Chcmic,    at   Mulhanseii.       Before   proceeding  to  the 
analysis  it  is  necessary  to  lirst  determine  whether  the 


mechanical  mixtures  this    can    usually  he    ascertained 

by  sprinkling  a  little  of  the  powder  nj filter-paper 

and  moistening  with  water  or  alcohol,  when  streaks  of 

the  constituent  colours  will  be  seen.     Mixtures  of  azo- 


June 30. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


453 


colours  which  do  not  differ  widely  in  shade  and  hence 
are  not  readily  Been  by  the  above  test,  are  rendered 
apparent  by  scattering  a  few  particles  of  the  colour 
upon  the  surface  of  concentrated  ll.so4  contained  in  a 
white  porcelain  dish. 

When  the  constituents  of  the  mixture  have  been 
precipitated  together,  fractional  dyeing  must  he  resorted 
to;  a  bath  of  the  colour  is  prepared  and  a  number  of 
pieces  of  wool  or  silk  are  dyed  from  it  in  succession 
until  exhausted  ;  if  a  great  difference  in  shade  is  apparent 
between  the  first  and  last  dyeings  the  substance  is  not 
a  single  compound. 

The  commonest  impurities  are  salt,  sodium  sulphate, 
sodium  carbonate,  and  dextrin.  Salt  is  detected  by 
'  igniting  ami  testing  the  residue  for  chlorine.  Sudiiim 
sulphate  remains  in  the  filtrate  after  precipitating  the 
colour  with  pure  sodium  chloride,  ami  is  indicated  by 
barium  chloride.  Dextrin  is  readily  recognised  by  its 
smell  and  by  its  remaining  undissolved  when  the  colour- 
ing matter  is  extracted  with  alcohol. 

The  author  employs  a  solution  of  tannin  to  distinguish  [ 
acid  from  basic  colours,  the  two  groups  being  further 
subdivided  by  their  behaviour  on  reduction  with  zinc 
dust  and  BCL  The  tannin  reagent  is  made  by  dis- 
solving 25grms.  of  tannin  and  25grms.  of  sodium  acetate 
in  'J.'iOcc.  of  water.  If  a  few  drops  of  this  reagent  (an 
excess  must  he  avoided)  is  added  to  the  solution  of  the 
dvestuff  and  the  solution  heated,  all  basic  colours  are 
precipitated  ;  acid  colours  are  not  precipitated  (if  the 
solution  is  hot). 

Basic  Colours. 

Red. 

(a)  Bluish  red  in  aqueous  solution  turned  yellowish 
brown  by  HC1  or  HjS04. — Magenta  (roseine,  fuchsine, 

(A)  Bluish  red  in  aqueous  solution:  ammonia  pre- 
cipitated brown  Hocks  soluble  in  ether  with  a  greenish 
yellow  fluorescence.  Dissolves  in  HC1  with  a  blue  colour, 
in  concentrated  HjS04  with  a  green  ;  on  dilution  the 
colour  changes  through  blue  and  violet  to  red.  —  Neutral 
red. 

(c)  Addition  of  alcohol  to  the  aqueous  solution  causes 
an  orange  fluorescence.  Dissolves  in  concentrated  H.SO^ 
with  a  green  colour,  which  on  dilution  changes  through 
blue  and  violet  into  red. — Safranine. 

Yellow. 

(a)  Alkalis  give  a  tlocculent  yellow  precipitate,  which 
is  soluble  in  ether  with  a  yellow  colour  and  strong  green 
fluorescence. — Phosphine. 

(b)  Alkalis  give  a  yellowish  white  precipitate,  soluble 
in  ether,  without  colouration,  with  a  splendid  blue 
fluorescence. — Flavainlinc. 


Green. 

(a)  Turned  yellow  b.y  acid.  Alkalis  throw  down  a 
pink  or  grey  precipitate. — Malachite  ;irccn. 

{/>)  Ammonia  gives  no  precipitate.  Dissolves  in 
Il.St  )4  with  a  yellow  colour,  becoming  green  on  dilution. 
—  Brilliant  green. 

(c)  The  aqueous  solution  has  a  blue  or  greenish  blue 
colour  ;  turned  yellow  by  acids  :  discolonrised  by  alkalis 
without  forming  a  precipitate. — Methyl  green. 

Violet 

(<t)  Yery  soluble  in  water  ;  alkalis  produce  a  violet 
brown  precipitate.  The  solution  is  turned  yellow  by 
II  S(  i,  and  on  dilution  the  colour  changes  through  green 
into  bluish  violet. — Methyl  violet  and  Hofmann  violi '.. 

(6)  Highly  soluble  in  cold  water  ;  HC1  changes  the 
colour  to  blue  ;  alkalis  give  a  brown  precipitate.  ]  I . S <  >, 
gives  a  dirty  violet  colour,  which  becomes  blue  and 
finally  violet  on  dilution. — Neutral  violet. 

(c)  Moderately  soluble  in  water  ;  alkalis  give  a  violet 
precipitate;  H-SU4  changes  the  colour  to  grey,  on  dilu- 
tion the  colour  passes  through  sky  blue  into  reddish 
violet. — Ma  u  rein. 

_  (d)  Soluble  in  water  with  a  reddish  violet  colour  ;  addi- 
tion  of    alcohol  produces  a    red   fluorescence,     II  So, 


produces   a    green    colour,    which  on  dilution    changes 
through  blue  into  violet. — Amethyst. 

(. )  Caustic  soda  gives  a  yellow  precipitate;  addition 
of  HC1  or  ELSO,  changes  the  colour  to  orange.  Long 
six-sided  crystals. — Crystal  violt  i. 

Blue. 

(a)  The  concentrated  solution  gives  a  violet  Hack 
precipitate  with  NaOH.  Coloured  grass-green  by 
II  ,Si ),.     Contains  zinc. — .1/.  thyh  ne  blue. 

\b)  The  aqueous  solution  is  bluish  violet:  NaOH 
gives  a  brownish  black  precipitate.  Concentrated  HaSO, 
gives  a  green  colour,  on  dilution  passing  through  blue 
into  violet. — Neublau  (Casella). 

(c)  Sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  easily  in  hot,  with 
a  violet  colour  ;  Nat  III  gives  a  reddish  blown  precipitate. 
Tannin  gives  an  indigo  blue  precipitate.  Dissolves  in 
concentrated  H^S04  with  a  bluish  green  colour,  011 
dilution  becoming  blue  and  then  violet. — Muscarine. 

Brown,  Yellow  and  Blue. 

(a)  Soluble  with  a  yellow  colour  ;  alkalis  give  a  white 
precipitate,  which  is  soluble  in  ether  without  fluores- 
cence ;  boiling  with  dilute  H  .SO,  slowly  decolourises 
the  solution.  Reduction  with  zinc-dust  and  acetic  acid 
gives  an  evanescent  green  colouration. — A  urcunine. 

(6)  Dyes  wool  orange  yellow.  Dissolves  in  concen- 
trated H...SO,  with  a  yellowish  brown "  colour.— 
Chrysoidine. 

(e)  Dyes  wool  orange  brown.  Dissolves  in  concen- 
trated HoS04  with  a  brown  colour. — Bismarck  brown. 

(</)  Acids  turn  the  solution  yellowish  brown;  alkalis 
give  a  brownish  red  precipitate.  Dissolves  in  H3S04 
with  a  reddish  brown  colour,  which  becomes  greenish 
blue  on  dilution.  —  Victoria  blue. 

Acid  Colours. 

Phthalevns. 

(a)  The  aqueous  solution  is  red  with  a  greenish 
lluorescence  ;  acids  produce  an  orange  precipitate  which 
is  soluble  in  ether  with  a  yellow  colour.  Dissohes  in 
concentrated  H.^SO,  yellow;  on  heating,  fumes  of  HBr 
are  evolved ;  if  manganese  dioxide  is  added  bromine  is 
liberated. — Eosin. 

(b)  The  aqueous  solution  is  more  bluish-red  than  eosin  ; 
acids  produce  a  yellowish  brown  precipitate,  which  is 
soluble  in  ether  with  a  yellow  colour.  Reacts  with 
H„S04  same  as  eosin.  Heated  on  platinum  foil  it 
burns  with  production  of  "Pharaoh's  serpents." — 
Safrosin  (Eosin  scarlet). 

(r)  Bluish  red  solution  with  slight  greenish  fluorescence  ; 
acids  produce  a  flesh-coloured  precipitate  soluble  in 
ether  with  a  brownish  yellow  colour.  Reactions  with 
H.,SU4  same  as  eosin. — Phloxin. 

\d)  The  aqueous  solution  is  dark  bluish  red  without 
lluorescence  ;  acids  give  a  red  precipitate  soluble  in 
ether  with  an  orange  colour.  The  alcoholic  solution  has 
a  golden-yellow  fluorescence.  Dissolves  in  concentrated 
UuS04  with  an  orange  colour;  on  heating,  iodine  is 
liberated. — Rose  Bengal. 

(e)  Brownish  yellow  solution  with  strong  green 
fluorescence;  acids  give  a  yellow  precipitate.  —  I'ranin 
and  Chrysolin. 

(f)  Red  solution  smelling  of  phenol  ;  acids  give  a 
yellow  precipitate. — Corallin  and  A  urin. 

Sulphonated  RosanUine  Derivatives  and  Indulines. 

(a)  The  aqueous  solution  is  bluish-red  ;  on  heating 
with  NaOH  the  colour  vanishes  but  is  restored  by  acetic 
acid.  Dissolves  in  H..SO,  with  a  yellow  colour, 
becoming  red  on  dilution. — Acid  magenta. 

[h)  Easily  soluble  in  water  with  a  slight  greenish 
colouration  ;  addition  of  a  little  acid  intensities  the 
colour  but  an  excess  turns  it  yellow.  Alkalis  de- 
colourise it. — Helvetia  green  (acid  green). 

(c)  Alkalis  decolourise  it.  Wool  extracts  the  colour 
from  the  ammoniacal  solution,  and  after  washing  and 
developing  in  dilute  acid,  becomes  deep  blue.— All.ali 
blue. 


(54 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      U»«<-30.  iw. 


i  Easily  soluble  and  crystallises  in  metallic  glisten- 
in,'  flakes.  \\  OOl  i-  only  dye<l  from  an  acid  bath. — 
iina  blue), 
rhe  violet  aqueous  solution  is  decolourised  by 
ammonia  without  precipitation.  Coloured  orange  by 
II  S04,  on  dilution  changing  through  green  ami  blue  to 
violet      A 

1  /  1  The  colour  of  the  aqueous  solution  varies  between 
bluish  grey  and  reddish  grey  ;  alkali*  redden  it  ;  acids 
give  a  bluish  or  violet  precipitate.  Not  decolourised  by 
heating  with   dilute   nitric   acid.  —Indulines  and   nigra- 

Nitro  Colouring  Matters. 

Greenish-yellow  solution.  Hitter  taste.  The 
alkaline  solution  is  not  precipitated  by  HC1.  The 
alkaline  salts  deflagrate.  —  Picric  acid. 

(b)  Golden-yellow  solution;  H  CI  gives  a  light  yellow 
precipitate,  soluble  in  elher. —XajJit/iu/  ije/li,ir(\n\mrose). 

(c)  Golden-yellow  solution  ;  HCI  gives  no  precipitate.— 
Naphthol  yellow  S. 

tit)  The  concentrated  aqueous  solution  is  red,  the 
dilute  solution  is  yellow  ;  excess  of  alkalis  gives  a  dark- 
red  precipitate  ;  acids  give  a  milky  precipitate  — 
A  urnntia. 

Benzidine  Colours. 

(a)  The  red  aqueous  solution  is  coloured  blue  by  a 
trace  ofHCl.  Dissolves  in  concentrated  H3S04  with  a 
slate-.blu'e  colour  not  changed  by  dilution.  —  Congo  red. 

(b)  The  aqueous  solution  is  orange-red  ;  when  concen- 
trated, a  brown  precipitate  is  produced  by  concentrated 
II  ,s<.)4  or  HCI,  which,  on  dilution,  dissolves  to  a  brown 
solution. — Benzopurpui  in. 

(c)  The  bluish-violet  solution  is  turned  red  by  alkalis; 
when  concentrated,  HC1  gives  a  violet  precipitate.  Dis- 
solves in  concentrated  H^SO,  with  a  violet  colour. — 
Azo  til iic. 

Bluish-red  solution  ;  HC1  and  H,S04  produce  an 
orange  precipitate.  On  heating,  the  solid  iodine  sub- 
limes. — Eryth  rosin . 

Azo  Colouring  Mutters. 

(a)  The  yellow  aqueous  solution  gives  a  precipitate 
with  BaCl,  but  not  with  CaCl,.  Dissolves  in  H2SO. 
with  a  yellow  colour,  which,  on  dilution,  becomes 
brownish-red  and  finally  orange.     Fast  yellow. 

[In  The  yellow  aqueous  solution  deposits  the  dyestuff, 
on  cooling,  in  crystals;  with  BaCL  and  CaCl,  it  "ives 
crystalline  precipitates.  Dissolves"  in  H3SO,"  with  a 
violet  colour,  reddish-violet  on  dilution.— Diphenylamine 
yellow  (Tropceoline  o  O). 

(c)  Deflagrates  on  heating  with  formation  of 
"Pharaoh's  serpent "  and  evolution  of  yellow  vapours. 
Dissolves  in  H  ,.S(i(  with  a  carmine-red  colour,  becoming 
yellow  on  dilution.  The  reduced  dyestuff  put  on  filter- 
paper  forms  brown  spots.-    Indian  yellow  (citronine). 

(fl)  The  orange  aqueous  solution  is  coloured  violet  by 
HC1  ;  BaCl,  gives  a  precipitate  but  not  CaCl,.  Dis- 
solves in  H..SH,  with  a  violet-red  colour,  which  becomes 
red  on  aUntioTi.—Azoflavine. 

(e)  The  yellow  aqueous  solution,  on  cooling,  deposits 
the  dyestult  111  yellow  plates ;  dilute  acids  precipitate 
reddish-violet  plates.     Dissolves  in  concentrated  H2S04 

with  a  yellow  colour,  becoming  red  on  dilution. Methyl 

or  Ethyl  orange. 

(ft  The  aqueous  solution  is  yellow  ;  on  cooling,  the 
dyestuff  crystallises  out.  Sulphuric  acid  changes  the 
colour  to  bluish-green,  on  dilution  becoming  violet  and 
forming  a  slate  blue  precipitate.  Barium  chloride  gives 
a  yellow  precipitate.      Yellow  \  (1'oirrier). 

(g)  The  aqueous  solution  is  yellow  ;  on  cooling,  the 
dyestuff  crystallises  out  Dissolves  in  II. su,  with  a 
yellowish. green  colour,  on  dilution  becoming  violet  with 
a  grey  precipitate.      Calcium  chloride  gives  an  orange 

precipitate,  which,  on    heating,  becomes  red  and  crystal- 
line.    Luteoline. 

Forme  a  well  crystallised  calcium  salt.  Dissolves 
in  ll,.SO,  with  a  dark  orange  colour,  not  changed  on 
dilution,  —llrmii/i   (,'. 

(t)  The  addition  of  a  trace  of  IK'l  to  the  yellow  solu- 
tion  produces  a  crystallisation  of  yellow  plates;  a  larger 


quantity  precipitated  grey  needles.  The  solution  in 
1LSO,  is  brownish-orange,  not  changed  by  dilution. — 
Tropa  " line  u  (chrysoine). 

(j)  The  reddish-orange  solution  gives  precipitates  with 
Bat  I.  and  CaCU;  the  calcium  salt  crystallises  from  a 
large  quantity  of  water  iu  red  needles.  Dissolves  in 
ILSO4  with  a  carmine-red  colour,  giving  an  orange  pre- 
cipitate on  dilution.  —Orange  II.  (Mandarine). 

(/.')   The   aqueous    solution    is   reddish  -orange,     turned 

carmine-red  by  NaOH.   Dissolves  in  ll.su,  with  a  violet 

colour,  giving,  on  dilution,  a  brown  precipitate  and  then 
an  orange  solution.-  Orange  I.  (tropceoline  000). 

(/)  The  orange  aqueous  solution  deposits  on  cooling  a 
yellow  precipitate  ;  Badi  gives  a  precipitate,  but  not 
CaCl].     The  1 1-.S(  l4  solution  is  yellow.  —  Tartra.im  . 

(m)  The  orange  aqueous  solution  gives  a  precipitate 
with  BaCl,.  The  H,S(l4  solution  is  dull  violet,  be- 
coming red  on  dilution.      Metaiiil  yellow. 

(n)  The  concentrated  aqueous  solution  gelatinises  on 
cooling.     Dissolves  in  concentrated  H..S<  >4  with  a  green 
colour,    which    becomes     bluish-violet    011     dilution. 
Biebrich  scarlet. 

(a)  Calcium  chloride  gives  a  red  precipitate.  Solution 
in  B9SO<  blue,  on  dilution  passing  through  violet  into 
red. — Croccitir  scarlet. 

ip)  The  aqueous  solution  deposits  bronzy  crystals  on 
cooling.  Solution  in  H.,S04  violet,  on  dilution  a  brown 
precipitate. — Ponceau  from  xylidinc  and  a-naphthol- 
sul  phonic  acid. 

(</)  The  red  aqueous  solution  is  turned  reddish-brown 
by  NHj  ;  BaCl...  gives  a  brown  precipitate.  Solution  in 
H2S04  magenta-red,  red  on  dilution. — Coccine  and 
Coccin  ine. 

(r)  The  aqueous  solution  is  brownish-red  ;  when  con- 
centrated, the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  Na,C03  causes 
the  separation  of  brown  glistening  plates.  The  solution 
in  H,S04  is  violet,  becoming  red  on  dilution. — Bocceline. 

(s)  The  red  aqueous  solution  gives  a  precipitate  with 
BaClj.  Solution  in  II2S04  indigo-blue,  red  on  dilution. 
— Bordeaux  G  and  B. 

(r)  The  aqueous  solution  is  turned  dark  violet-red  by 
NH3.  Solution  in  H,S04  blue,  on  dilution  passing 
through  violet  to  red. — Ponceau  S. 

Anthracene  Colours. 

(«)  The  aqueous  solution  is  brownish-yellow ;  with 
HCI,  pure  yellow  ;  strong  solutions  give  a  violet  precipi- 
tate with  NaOH,  a  red  precipitate  with  CaCl3.  Solution 
in  concentrated  R„S(>4,  yellow. — Alizarin  8. 

(b)  The  olive-brown  aqueous  solution  is  turned  green 
by  NH,.  The  solution,  obtained  by  reduction  with  zinc 
dust  and  NH3,  quickly  oxidises  in  the  air  with  produc- 
tion of  a  green  precipitate. — Cosrulein  S. 

(c)  The  brownish-red  aqueoussolution  is  turned  greenish- 
blue  by  Ml,,  green  by  NaOH.  The  HCI  solution  is 
yellowish-orange.  The  reduced  solution  quickly  oxidises 
with  production  of  a  blue  precipitate. — Alizarin  blucS. 

Colouring  Matters  Insoluble  in  Water. 

(a)  The  NaOH  solution  is  violet.  Solution  in  H„S04 
is  blue. — Gallocyanine. 

(b)  The  solution  in  strong  aqueous  NaOH  is  indigo- 
blue,  on  dilution  violet-red.  The  H3SO,  solution  is 
orange. — Gallein. 

(c)  The  NaOB  and  concentrated  H.SO,  solutions  are 
green. — Catruli  in. 

(</)  The  NaOB  solution  is  dull  yellow.  Dissolves  in 
concentrated  H5SO,  with  a  yellow  colour.—  Gallo- 
flu  rin. 

(e)  The  NaOB  solution  is  yellow.  I'nmordanted  cot- 
ton is  dyed  a  fast  yellow  From  an  alkaline  bath.  In- 
soluble in  concentrated  ll.su,.     Canarine. 

(/)  The  NaOB  solution  is  bluish-violet;  addition  of 
zinc  dust  to  the  cold  bath  changes  the  colour  to  red. — 
Alizarin. 

(g)  The  NaOH  solution  is  magenta  red.  Beactions 
like  alizarin.  —  A nthrapurpurin  majlavopurpurin, 

[h)  The  NaOB  solution  is  orange.  Dissolves  in  II, SO, 
with  a  magenta-red  colour,  brown  precipitate  on  dilution. 
lives  uninordanted  ooUon.—Cfirysamine. 


JnneJMBW.l      THK  .JOll.XAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  Of  CHEMICAL  LNDl'STKV. 


4.-.:. 


(i)  The  N.imii  solution  is  red  ;  on  redaction  with  zinc- 
dust  it  Rives,  mi  filter-paper,  indigo  blue  Bpots.  Nitro- 
alizarin, 

[j]  Tlie  NaOH  soliitii>n  is  dive:  after  redaction  it 
forms  dull  violet  spots  on  filter-paper.  Solution  in 
B,SO,  brownish-red.     Alizarin  maroon. 

[k]  Sparingly  soluble  in  NaOH  with  a  green  colour ; 
the  reduced  solution  forme  dark  blue  spots  on  filter- 
paper.     Alizarin  blue. 

rhe  alcoholic  solution  is  bluish-grey  to   reddish- 
grey.     Indulint  5  and  ■ 

[m\  The  alcoholic  solution  is  deep  blue;  addition  of 
NaOH  turns  it  brown,  HC1  turns  it  greener,  The 
II  SO,  solution  is  reddish-brown.— .RoMini/tne  or  di- 
phenylamim  bhu . 

i// 1  The  hlue  alcoholic  solution  is  turned  brownish-red 
by  Hi  1.  —Indoph  nol. 

(o)  The  alcoholic  solution  is  hluish-red  with  reil  fluoi 
escence.     Magda  an 

(/>)  The  alcoholic  solution  is  bluish-red  with  greenish- 
yellow  lluorescence  ;  addition  of  HC1  turns  it  yellow  and 
the  fluorescence  vanishes.     Methyleosin. 

(q)  The  alcoholic  solution  is  bluish-red  with  a  red 
fluorescence :  addition  of  HC1  turns  it  orange  and  the 
fluorescence  vanishes,     Cyanoein. 

(r)  The  powder,  reduced  with  zinc-dust  and  Ml  gives 
a  yellow  solution,  which  forms  blue  spots  on  filter- 
paper. — Indigo.— A.  G.  O. 


Colour   Reactions  of  Beetroot  Sugar.     A.   Ihl.     Chem. 
Zeit.  11,  2. 

SUUAB  treated  with  dilute  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid 
yields  ulmons  substances,  which  give  very  characteristic 
reactions  with  phenols.  If  a  rather  concentrated  solntion  \ 
of  beetroot  sugar  lis  boiled  with  a  small  quantity  of 
hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  a  solution  of  resorcinol 
added  to  the  cooled  liquid  and  afterwards  gradually  > 
plenty  of  hydrochloric  acid,  an  eosin-red  colouration 
is  produced,  which  soon  increases,  until  at  last  a 
precipitate  of  red  flakes  is  obtained.  Concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  has  a  similar  effect  if  the  temperature 
does  not  rise  too  high.  Caramel  solutions  give  the  same 
reactions  with  resorcinol  and  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric 
acid,  and  it  may  lie  concluded  that  caramel  splits  up  into 
the  same  compounds  as  beetroot  sugar.  The  ulmons 
substances  also  react  with  all  the  other  phenols.  1'yro- 
gallic  acid  acts  similarly  to  resorcinol,  but  the  precipitate 
is  brown-red.  Orcinol  requires  the  presence  of  alcohol 
for  a  characteristic  reaction.  If  a  sugar  solution  he 
boiled  with  an  alcoholic  orcinol  solution  and  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid,  a  dark-yellow  liquid  is  obtained, 
which,  poured  into  water,  yields  a  brilliant  green  precipi-  ! 
tate.  a-Xaphthol  in  alcoholic  solution  gives,  witli  sugar 
and  acid,  a  violet-red  colouration,  which,  according  to 
Molisch,  allows  of  the  detection  of  0  00001  percent,  of 
sugar.  If  a  piece  of  sugar  be  moistened  with  an  aqueous 
solution  of  resorcinol.  and  then  with  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid,  the  sugar  is  coloured  dark-red  ;  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  a -naphthol  colours  the  sugar,  in  a  similar 
manner,  blue-violet.  White  thymol,  cresol  and  guaiacol 
producea  red  colouration.  If  sugar  be  treated  with  alcohol, 
diphenylamine  and  sulphuric  acid,  a  blue  dyestuff  is 
obtained.-  .S.  II. 

Estimation  of  Organic  Matter  in   Spring    Water.      A. 
Kobrich.     Chem.  Zeit.  H,  4. 

The  detailed  statement  of  every  analysis  of  water  con- 
tains an  item  for  organic  matter,  to  which  little  practical 
value  can  he  given,  so  long  as  no  uniform  method  of 
testing  is  adopted.  The  author  recommends  the  follow- 
ing process,  which  gives  very  concordant  results.  It  is 
based  upon  the  decomposition  of  organic  matter  by 
potassium  permanganate  and  sulphuric  acid  at  an 
elevated  temperature.  Oogrm.  of  the  permanganate  is 
dissolved  in  1  litre  of  water,  to  which  150grms.  of  pure 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  are  added.  This  mixture  is 
heated  at  90'  C.  tor  three  hours  in  a  flask  with  a  long 
neck,  without  replacing  i he  water  which  evaporate-, 
and  then  titrated   with  a  standard  oxalic  acid  solution 


containing  0'Sgrm.  of  oxalic  acid  per  litre.  lOOcc.  of 
the  water  to  be  tested  arc  then  mixed  with  50cc.  of  the 
permanganate  solution  and  I5cc.  sulphuric  acid,  and  the 
mixture  is  heated  at  !'n  C  for  three  hours  in  a  covered 
tla-k,  which  allows  of  the  escape  of  steam.  The 
unreduced  permanganate  is  titrated  hack  with  the 
standard  oxalic  acid.  The  author  suggests,  fci 
analytical  purposes,  that  the  amount  of  organic  matter 
thus  found  should  be  cal  ulated  in  equivalents  of  oxalic 
acid.  If  chlorine  be  present  in  the  water,  it  must  he 
removed  with  silver  lief,  ire  treating  with  permanganate.  If 
nitrons  acid  is  also  present,  the  filtrate  from  the  silver 
chloride  precipitate  is  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid,  and 
permanganate  added  drop  by  elrop  until  the  pink 
colour  remains  permanent  for  at  least  five  minutes. 
More  sulphuric  acid  is  then  added,  and  the  organic 
matter  determined  as  previously  mentioned.  Nitrous 
acid  i educes  a  permanganate  solution  at  once  and  in  the 
cold,  whereas  organic  matter  requires  both  time  and  heat 
for  the  reduction. — S.  H. 


Estimation  of  the  Amount  of  Cinchonidine  in  Officinal 
Quinim  Sulphate.  F.  Jobst.  (.'hem.  Zeit.  10,  1617  — 
1618. 
The  author  contends  that  De  Yrij's  "  bisulphate  test" 
is  not  suited  a-  a  means  of  testing  the  proportion  of 
cinchonidine  in  quinine  Bnlphate,  the  results  being  about 
61  per  cent,  above  the  truth.  This  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  in  this  test  ether  fails  to  separate  cinchonidine  as 
such,  a  compound  of  cinchonidine  and  quinine  of  the 
constitution  C:„H,,N;(  i, ,2C, ,  ,II..N.<  >  being  obtained. 
The  author  is  e>f  opinion  that  the  existing  apprehensions 
concerning  the  high  amount  of  cinchonidine  in  officinal 
quinine  sulphate  are  largely  exaggerated,  as  they  are 
based  on  imperfect  tests. — D.  B. 


Valuation  of  Commercial  Indigo.  T.  Mannlev.    Romen's 
Journal,  1887,  16. 

The  author  employs  the  method  of  Fritzsche  in  the 
frjllowing  way  : — About  lgrm.  of  the  finely-powdered 
indigo  is  moistened  with  a  little  strong  alcohol  in  a  half- 
litre  cylinder.  2 — 3grms.  of  clear  glucose  syrup  eliluted 
with  a  little  water  is  poured  into  lOOce.  of  strong 
alcohol  and  treated  with  a  few  centimetres  of  NaOH, 
The  line  emulsion  thus  obtained  is  added  to  the  indigo, 
the  cylinder  filled  up  with  boiling  strong  alcohol  and 
closed  with  a  stopper  provided  with  two  tubes  like  a  wash- 
bottle.  After  standing  for  24  hours  with  repeated  shak- 
ing,  the  flu iel  is  blown  into  dilute  H»SO,,  left  standing 
for  two  days,  filtered  through  a  weighed  filter,  dried  and 
weighed.  The  employment  of  hydrogen  peroxide  as  an 
oxidising  agent  is  recommended,  as  the  tendency  of  the 
precipitate  to  stick  to  the  walls  of  the  vessel  is  thereby 
avoided  (this  Journal,  1S84,  319  and  516;  Dinql.  Polyt.  j. 
256,  175:  258,364).— A.  G.  G. 

Estimation  of  Indigo  on  the  Fabric.    A.  Renard.  Bull. 
Soc.  China. ,  1SS7,  [47],  41. 

The  material  is  warmed  in  a  flask  at  60"— 70°  C.  with  a 
solution  containing  sodium  hydrosulphite  and  lime. 
This  is  prepared  by  adding  lOOcc.  of  milk  of  lime 
to  lOOcc.  of  a  solution  of  sodium  hydrosulphite, 
obtained  by  reducing  sodium  bisulphite  solution 
of  :;u  B.,  the  mixture  being  diluted  to  two  litres. 
A  stream  of  coal-gas  is  led  through  the  liquid  in  the 
Mask  and  when  the  reduction  of  the  indigo  is  complete, 
the  solution  is  decanted  into  a  graduated  cylinder  also 
tilled  with  coal-gas  ;  the  volume  should  amount  to  about 
lOOcc.  The  solution  is  precipitated  with  HC1  and 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  air  for  12  hours.  The  filtered, 
washed  and  dried  precipitate  is  then  dissolved  in  lOOcc. 
of  fuming  B, SO, and  the  indigo  titrated  according  to  the 
method  of  A.  Mtiller  (Jahresbcrichtf.  Chem.  1S74,  1019). 
—A.  G.  G. 

Catalytic  Actions.     O.  Loew.     Ber.  20,  144—145. 
A  15  per  cent,  solution  of  formaldehyde  treated  with  a 
concentrated  solution  of  caustic  soda  yields  formic  acid 
(sodium  formate)  and  methyl  alcohol,  there  being  only  a 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INlTsTKY. 


[.l.mi-30.  188". 


van  slight  evolution  of  gas  on  wanning  the  mixture  and 
none  al  all  in  the  cold.  But  if  cuprous  oxide  be  added  a 
violent  evolution  of  hydrogen  ensues  after  I-  -  minutes, 
the  solution  becomes  slightly  warn,  and  sodium  formate 
is  formed, 

lit  OH  NaOB  B.CO.ONa  H,. 
This  result  is  not  obtained  with  any  other  metallic 
oxides  In  this  reaction,  according  to  the  author, 
metallic  copper  In  an  extremely  finely  divided  state  is 
lirst  formed,  which  owing  to  a  "specific  vibratory  con- 
dition," modifies  the  reaction  between  caustic  soda 
and  formaldehyde.  Copper  .lust  and  platinum  black  have 
a  similar  though  far  weaker  action.  A  further  catalytic 
action  is  that  of  platinum  black  on  a  caustic-soda  solution 
of  bydroxylamine,  when  the  decomposition  into  nitrogen, 
ammonia  and  water  takes  place  very  readily.  In  absence 
of  platinum  black  it  is  only  slowly  etiected.— L.  A.  K.. 

The  Action  of  Hydrogen   Peroxide  on    Bismuth  Oxy- 
hydrate  and  Bismuthic  Acid— A  new  Colour  Reaction 
for  Bismuth,     K.  Hasehroek.    Ber.  20, -13. 
BY  the  addition  of  a  weak  alkaline  solution  of  hydrogen 
peroxide  to  bismuth  subnitrate  the  white  nitrate  is  con- 
verted, on  wanning,  into  a  yellow-brown  body;  a  rapid 
evolution    of  oxygen  from   the    decomposed    hydrogen 
peroxide  taking  place.     The  product  is  prepared  on  the 
huge  scale  by  adding  commercial  hydrogen  peroxide  to  a 
dilute  nitric  acid  solution  of  "magistenum  bismuthii, 
and  filtering  into  concentrated  solution  of  ammonia,  when 
the  orange-yellow  precipitate  forms  at  once.     The  pre- 
cipitate is  then  washed  first  with  ammonia  and  then 
water,  and  dried  in  vacuo  over  sulphuric  acid.     It   is 
light  orange-yellow  in  colour,  amorphous,  and  melts  on 
heating  to  form  crystalline   bismuth   oxide.     It   is   in- 
soluble in  water,  becomes  brown  on  boiling  with  alkalis, 
and  is  soluble  in  dilute  mineral  acids.     The  body  seems 
to  be  a  higher  oxide  of  bismuth,  as  it  evolves  oxygen  on 
treatment  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  chlorine  when  acted 
upon  bv  hvdrochloric  acid.     The  analyses  ditter  among  i 
themselves,  but  from  these  and  the  fact  that  hydrogen  | 
determinations  show  presence  of  hydroxy]  groups,  it  is  I 
probable   that  the  product  is  in  reality   a   mixture   of  | 
bismuth  pentoxide  and  the  carbonate  :  this  latter  being 
derived  from  the  carbon  dioxide'of  the  air.     By  excluding 
the  air  during  the  preparation  almost  pure  bismuth  pent- 
oxide,  containing  only  trace-  of  cat  -boil  dioxide,  is  obtained. 
As  prepared  by  the  Arppe-Hoffmann  process—  i.c,  oxida- 
tion by  chlorine  of  an  alkaline  solutionof  bismuth  tnoxide 
—  the  pentoxide  always  contains  potassium  hydrate.  The 
reaction  also  serves  as  a  very  delicate  test  for  bismuth, 
and  conversely  for  hydrogen  peroxide  ;  1  part  in  100,000 
may  be  thus  detected. — S.  G.  R. 

Simph    Method  for    the   Generation  of  Chlorine  from] 

/,.'  C.  Winkler.  Ber.  20.  184. 
Pry  blbach  is  intimately  mixed  with  one-fourth  its 
weigh'-  of  burnt  gypsum,  moistened  with  cold  water  and 
ground  in  a  mortar.  The  mixture  is  then  placed  in  a 
shallow  iron  Teasel  and  pressed  to  form  a  cake  about 
half  an  inch  in  thickness.  This  is  then  cut  up  into  cubes 
and  dried  at  20'  C.  It  is  used  in  an  ordinary  Kipp's 
apparatus.  H.C1  of  sp.  gr.  1  124  mixed  with  an  equal 
volume  of  water  is  employed  to  liberate  the  gas.— S.  G.  K. 

On  Weits  Method  for  the  Volumetric  Determination  of 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  in  Sulphides  decomposable  by 
Hydrochloric  and  Sulphuric  Acids.  C.  Friedheim. 
Bar.  20-  69. 

In  Weil's  method  the  II.  Sis  passed  into  an  excess  of  a 
standard  ainmoniacal  copper  solution  and  the  excess  of 
copper  estimated  by  titration  with  stannous  chloride. 
Pelouze  and  Rascbig  have,  however,  shown  that,  short  of 
complete  saturation,  the  copper  sulphide  always  retains 
varying  amounts  of  copper  oxide,  and  their  results  are  now 
confirmed  by  the  author.  By  digesting  the  solution  for 
a  quarter  of  an  hour  at  B0  C,  both  cuprous  chloride  and 
sulphuric  acid  were  detected,  formed  probably  according 
to  the  equation  CnS  ■•■  7  CuCI,  +  4  H,0  =4Cn,  01, 


II  go  6HC1.  Another  source  of  error  lies  in  the  fact 
thai  strong  ammoniacal  solutions  dissolve  varying  quan- 
tities of  copper  sulphide.     The  method,   therefore,   is 

altogether  unreliable      S    G.  R. 

Decomposition    of   Stan ts    Chloride    Solution*.       B. 

Donath.  Rep.  Anal.  them.  7,  "• 
1 1  is  well  known  that  standard  stannous  chloride  solu- 
tions will  not  keep,  oxygen  being  absorbed  With  separa- 
tion of  a  precipitate  even  m  sin, ugly  acid  solutions. 
The  author  recently  analysed  the  precipitate,  winch  in 
this  particular  case  was  transparent  and  gelatinous.  He 
found  it  to  cntam  265  per  cent,  of  chlorine,  and  he 
believes  it  to  consist  of  a  mixture  of  stannic  hydrate  with 
the  chloro-stannic  compound  SnO. CI. OH,  described  by 
Mallet  [Chem.  Sews.  26,  262).— E.  B.  B. 

Gravimetric  Determination  of  Manganese.     C.  Meincke. 

Chem.  Zeit.  1887,  137. 
In  the  estimation  of  manganese  by  chlorate  precipitation 
as  Mm  i  ,  it  is  essential  in  order  to  obtain  accurate  results 
that  cold  water  should  be  used  for  dilution.  It  warm 
water  is  employed  a  certain  amount  of  the  manganese 
remains  in  solution  at  MnO,  and  the  results  obtained  are 
too  low. — A.  G.  ti. 

Determination  of  Manganese  by  Precipitation  with 
Mercuric  Oxide  and  Bromine.  C.  Meineke.  Kep. 
Anal.  Chem.  7,  64—58  and  ti,  — 7t>. 
VOLHAKD  has  described  a  process  for  estimating  man- 
ganese by  adding  nitric  acid  and  mercuric  oxide,  boiiiug 
and  then'  adding  chlorine  or  bromine  water.  Manganese 
peroxide  is  thrown  down  and  the  manganese,  after 
purification  and  ignition,  is  weighed  as  Mn.O*.  1  e 
results  are  very  accurate,  but  the  author  finds  that  the 
process  is  not  available  for  the  very  dilute  solutions 
obtained  by  him  in  the  separation  of  iron  and  manganese. 
The  addition  of  zinc  nitrate  to  the  solution,  however, 
rendered  the  precipitation  by  the  above  treatment  com- 
plete, but  the  resulting  Mn.O,  was  found  to 
contain  a  small  quantity  of  iron  oxide  and  a  trace 
'of  zinc  oxide,  even  after  boiling  the  precipitate 
with  dilute  nitric  acid.  The  manganese  can  be  deter- 
mined volumetrically  in  the  precipitated  oxide,  after 
boilin<*  it  with  nitric  acid  and  washing,  by  titration  with 
a  standard  oxalic  acid  solution  containing  a  certain  pro- 
portion  of  hvdrochloric  acid.  An  excess  of  the  oxalate 
Should  be  added  and  the  solution  titrated  back  Witt 
standard  permanganate  after  the  a.  di  ion  0  sul  h nne 
acid  and  of  some  manganous  sulphate,  lhe  hydro- 
chloric acid  is  necessary  to  avoid  precipitation  of  oxa  ate 
of     mercury.  Details     are    given    of    the     method 

;  adopted  for  ascertaining  the  amount  of  manganese 
in  iron,  and  it  is  pointed  out  however  little  nickel 
the  iron  may  contain,  it  will  be  precipitated  with 
the  manganese  peroxide,  together  With  some  ™COXld£ 
Hence,  after  weighing  the  ....pure  Mn  O.,  it  Mtk 
re-dissolved  in  hvdrochloric  acid,  and  the  amount  of 
nickel  and  zinc  determined  by  precipitation  with  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  in  an  acetic  acid  solution  in  the 
usual  way.  The  weight  of  the  oxides  of  these  two 
met!  together  with  any  iron  oxide  must  be  deducted 
from  the  total  weight,  the  difference  being  pure  Mn 
To  avoid  this  tedious  separation  of  nickel  and  zinc  he 
author  prefers  to  multiply  by  O'Oo  the  weight  of  the 
impure  Mn  <  >.  after  deduction  of  the  iron  oxide,  as  the 
proportion  of  impurity  is  practically  constant. -fc.  t.  B. 

Est Mon    of  Chromium  in   Chroms  **»*««««■    EJ- 

Donath.    DingL  Polyt  J.  263,  ^•>    -*>■ 
Chrome    ntOKSTOire  mixed  with   5  parte  of  barinm 

dioxide  and  most  finely  ground,  is  ignited  tor  hall-.m- 
hour  in  a  porcelain  crucible  over  a  Ibinsen  burner.       lhe 

yellowish-green  semi-fnsed  mass  thus  obtained  dissolves 

in  dilute  IK  1  and  contains  all  the  chromium,  as  chromic 
acid  ■  if  the  fusion  is  made  m  a  platinum  crncib  e 
at  a  higher  temperature,  the  product  although  still  quite 
soluble"  contains  some  chromic  oxide.       I  he  barium  is 


June 30. 1887.)      THE  JOUKN'AL  OF  Till'.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  l.XIM  STIIV. 


457 


thrown  <ln\vn  with  a  very  slight  excess  ol  sulphuric  acid, 
the  filtrate  neutralised  with  sodium  carbonate,  and  then 
run  into  a  boiling  solution  of  potassium  permanganate 
and  sodium  earhomite.  The  excess  of  permanganate  is 
next  carefully  removed  by  a  little  ferrous  or  manganous 
sulphate,  the  alkaline  chromate  solution  filtered  off  and 
the  chromic  acid  determined  with  iron  in  the  usual  way. 

— T.  L.  B. 

A     Volumetric     Determination    of    Phosphoric   Acid, 
especially  suitable   for   the  Analysis  of  Thome 
Cnem.  Zcit.  H,  193— 193  and  223-224. 

Tin-:  molybdic  precipitate  being  soluble  in  ammonia,  E. 
Thilo  has  based  upon  this  fact  a  method  from  which  the 
weight  of  the  phosphoric  acid  can  be  calculated.  The 
precipitate  h  dissolved  in  a  known  quantity  of  standard 
ammonia  and  the  excess  of  the  latter  is  titrated  back 
with  standard  sulphuric  acid  until  the  blue  colour  of 
litmus  is  suddenly  turned  violet.  Although  the  contrast 
between  blue  and  violet  is  not  very  great,  the  change  is 
said  to  be  very  distinct.  The  ammonia  is  empirically 
Standardised  upon  a  weighed  quantity  of  pure  and  dry 
molybdic  precipitate.  In  this  method,  silicic  acid  need 
not  be  removed  before  the  precipitation  of  the  phosphoric 
acid,  as  it  does  not  inlluenee  the  result.  A.  Isbert 
rejects  Thilo's  process,  as  he  could  not  obtain  results 
agreeing  with  each  other.  The  "neutral"  point 
is  very  indistinct  both  with  litmus  and  other  indicators, 
and  the  composition  of  the  molybdic  precipitate  is 
variable,  since  it  nearly  always  contains  more  or  less 
uncombined  molybdic  acid  which  acts  on  ammonia. 
He  therefore  devised  another  process — viz.,  the  deter- 
mination of  the  ammonia  in  the  molybdic  precipitate  by 
distillation  with  sodium  hydrate  and  the  calculation  of 
the  phosphoric  acid  therefrom.  This  process  is  said  to 
give  very  satisfactory  results. — S.  H. 


Presence  of  t/e  Calcium  Salt  of  Tetrobasic  Phosphoric 
Acid  in  Thomas-slag.  H.  Otto.  Chein.  Zeit.  H. 
255. 

The  ready  extraction  of  the  phosphoric  acid  from 
Thomas-slag  by  dilute  acid,  whilst  the  ordinary  pirns 
phates  of  calcium,  aluminium  and  iron  after  ignition 
are  nearly  insoluble  in  dilute  acids,  would  seem  to 
indicate  that  the  phosphoric  acid  is  present  in  some  new 
form.  Hilgenstock  was  the  first  to  suggest  that  it 
occurs  as  a  tetrabasic  calcium  phosphate,  Ca4l';J0,,.  The 
author  has  confirmed  this  supposition  by  the  analysis 
of  crystals  of  this  compound  which  can  be  isolated  from 
the  slag.  These  were  nearly  colourless  thin  tubes  which 
did  not  absorb  COj.  The  numbers  obtained  on  analysis 
closely  correspond  to  the  above  formula.  The  compound 
is  easily  soluble  in  dilute  sulphuric,  hydrochloric,  nitric, 
citric  and  acetic  acids.  Although  the  pure  compound  is 
readily  soluble  in  alkaline  and  neutral  ammonium  citrate 
solution,  it  cannot  lie  completely  extracted  from  the  slag 
by  these  solvents,  since  the  presence  of  the  other  constitu- 
ents prevents  complete  solution.  The  extraction, however, 
can  be  effected  by  the  employment  of  lOOOcc.  of  the 
Blightly  acid  dilute  ammonium  citrate  solution  of  P. 
Wagner  to  2$ — 3  grains  of  finely-ground  slag.  The 
following  is  an  analysis  of  a  sample  of  Thomas-slag  :  — 


Ca.P.O,  19-02  p. 

CaSiO, 15-85 

CaO  ifree)    irOO    . 

CaS 1*33    , 

MnO  5-2.5    , 


c.     KeO  8-01",  p.  c. 


F,0 
MgO 

Al   O 


5-14 

3-4 

1-1 


—A.  G.  G. 


Determination  of  the  Phosphoric  Ariil  in  Basic  Slags. 

G.  Loges.     Kep.  Anal.  ('hem.  7,  85— 88. 

Tin-:  solution  of  the  phosphates  in  basic  slags  is 
usually  effected  by  treating  the  slags  with  oxidising 
agents — e.ff.,  nitric  acid,  etc. — or  with  hydrochloric  acid. 
Neither  process  is  satisfactory,  as  in  the  former  the 
whole  of  the  phosphorus  as  iron  phosphide  is  oxidised  to 
phosphoric  acid  and  afterwards  estimated  as  such  ; 
and  in  the  latter  all  the  hydrochloric  acid 
must    be    subsequently   removed    by    evaporation    with 


nitric  acid  before  the  phosphoric  acid  can  be  precipitated 
by  the  nitro-molybdate  solution.  Both  the  objections 
are  overcome  by  the  use  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
as  the  solvent.  The  powdered  sample  is  first  mixed  with 
enough  dilute  Bulphuric  acid  (1  :  1 1  to  combine  with  the 
calcium  oxide  and  decompose  the  sulphides  and  carbon- 
ates, and  then  a  large  excess  of  concentrated  Bulphuric 
acid  (."iOcc.  to  lOgrms.  of  the  slag)  i-  slowly  stirred  in. 
The  mixture  is  subsequently  heated  on  a  sand-bath  until 
it  lias  the  consistency  of  a  thin  paste,  the  phosphoric 
acid  being  finally  determined  by  the  nioiybilate  method. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  oxidise  the  ferrous  compounds 
before  addition  of  the  inolybdate  solution.  The  results 
obtained  by  the  author  with  this  process  are  slightly 
higher  (about  O'U.-i  per  cent.)  than  those  obtained  by 
digestion  with  hydrochloric  acid,  thus  proving  that  more 
complete  solution  of  the  phosphates  is  effected  by  the 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid. — E.  E.  IS. 

The  Estimation    of  Ammonia    in    Soils.      W,     Knop. 
Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  26,  I. 

The   method   proposed   by   the   author  in   conjunction 
with  Wolf,  in  1859,  for  the  estimation  of  ammonia  in 
sods,  by  the  decomposition  of  the  ammonia  by  a  strongly 
alkaline  J  a  velle  solution  (sodium  hypochlorite  solution) 
and    sodium    hypobromite,    and    measurement    of   the 
nitrogen   liberated,    was   liable    to  yield   fallacious  re- 
sults on  account  of  the  contraction  which  many  soils 
sutler  when  shaken  up  with  strongly  alkaline  liquids. 
This  contraction  appears  to  be  due  to  a  reaction  between 
the    water,  some    of  the    mineral  constituents    of    the 
soil    (especially    ferruginous    clays),     and    the     alkali, 
new  compounds  being  formed,  and  this  formation  being 
attended  by  condensation.     Of  course,  it  is  well  known 
that  when  peaty  soils  and  soils  rich  in  humus  are  shaken 
up  in  a  closed  llask  with  an  alkaline  solution,  a  contrac- 
tion in  bulk  of  the  air  above  the  liquid  takes  place,  but 
this  is  due  to  the  absorption  of  oxygen,  and  the  reaction 
is  similar  to  the  absorption  of  oxygen  by  an  alkaline 
solution  of  pyrogallic  acid.     The  contraction  of  the  soil 
which  has  hitherto  led  to  the  vitiation  of  the  ammonia 
estimations  must  therefore  not  be  confounded  with  the 
absorption  of  oxygen,  and  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  con- 
traction also  takes  place  when  the  tlask   is  filled  with 
hydrogen   in  place   of  air.       The   author  now  finds   it 
possible  to  avoid  this  contraction  by  employing  a  solu- 
tion of  sodium   hypobromite  saturated  with  borax,  care 
being  taken  that  the  amount  of  free  sodium  hydrate  is 
not  more   than   O-.jgnn  per  200ec.   borax  solution  ;    but 
although  with    this   proportion  of  free  alkali,   few   soils 
will     show     any     contraction,      it    is     advisable    to 
determine  with  every   sample  of  soil  the  proportion  of 
alkali  with  which  contraction  begins  to  occur  and  also 
the  amount  of  such  contraction,  if  any.     As  it  is  not  easv 
to  prepare  a  solution  of  hypobromite  with  the  desired 
proportion  of  caustic  soda,  a  solution  prepared  according 
to   the    following    plan    is   employed   and    this  whilst 
sufficiently  alkaline  to  decompose  ammonia  is  not  liable 
to  cause  any   contraction.      To    an   excess  of  calcium 
hydrate  are  added  '200ec.  of  water  and    ir.ee.  of  bromine, 
the  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  several  days  to  become 
saturated   with  lime,   then  filtered     and   mixed    with  a 
saturated  solution  of  borax  before  use.     In  the  actual 
performance  of  the  test  it  is  not  advisable  to  eniploy 
more  than  lOOgrms.  of  the  sample  of  soil,  and  the  tlask 
should  be  provided  with  a  thermometer  inserted  through 
a   tubulus,  so  that  precautions  may  be    taken  against 
changes   of    temperature.      Prolonged    shaking    is   not 
necessary,  as  the  decomposition  of  the  ammonia  appears 
to  proceed  readily  and  easily. — W,  I).  B. 

On  tin-  Determination  of  Nitrogen  in  Manures  contain- 
.in, i  Saltpetre.      A.  Stutzer  and   0.    Reitmer.      Rep 
Anal  Chem.  7,4-ti. 

The  well-known  method  of  estimating  nitrogen  in 
manures  by  ignition  with  soda-lime,  has  been  to  a 
large  extent  abandoned  in  favour  of  the  process  pro- 
posed by  Kjeldahl.  This  method,  which  may  be 
named  the   "sulphate  method"  has   been  considerably 


158 


THE  JOCIiNAL  OF  TllK  SOCIETY  OF  CHK.MICAL  iMHSTIiV.      [.!..■„■  :m,  1887. 


modified  since  its  introduction  ;  concentrated  Bulphuric 
acid  and  metallic  mercury  alone  being  now  em- 
ployed, instead  of  the  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  phos- 
phoric acid  and  permanganate  originally  used.  The 
sulphate  method,  like  the  soda  lime  process,  is  not 
applicable  i<>  nitro  compounds,  Rnd  in  order  to  remedy 
this  defect,  Jodlbanr  has  suggested  the  employment  of 
phenolsulphonic  acid,  instead  of  sulphuric  acid.  The 
nitro  phenol  can  he  ('(inverted  by  means  of  zinc  dust 
into  amido-phenol,  the  nitrogen  in  which  can  be 
estimated  by  the  sulphate  method.  The  authors  find 
that  the  method  (this  Journal,  1886,  510)  does  not  give 
good  results  when  the  manure  contains  much  saltpetre, 
or  when  the  substance  examined  is  sodium  or  potassium 
nitrate:  lmt,  by  a  Blight  modification,  satisfactory 
results  can  lie  obtained  even  with  the  nitrates  themselves. 

It  is  ut  great  importance  that  the  phenolsulphonic  acid 
should  not  he  allowed  to  act  upon  compact  masses  of  the 
substance;  for  when  this  occurs,  the  nitration  does  not 
proceed  quantitatively,  lgrm.  of  the  manure  should  he 
taken,  25cc,  of  water  added  and  the  whole  evaporated 
down  to  dryness.  If  the  solution  to  he  analysed  is  a 
nitrate,  it  is  best  to  take  lOgrms.  and  dissolve  in  oOOce. 
of  water;  2~>ee.  of  the  solution  are  evaporated  down  in 
a  dish  of  ahout  350cc.  capacity,  the  evaporation  being 
hest  conducted  in  an  air  hath  at  100—110.  The 
substance  is  now  in  a  finely-divided  state,  and,  after 
cooling,  oOcc.  of  sulphuric  acid  containing  20grms.  of 
phenol  per  litre,  are  poured  in.  After  standing  for  a 
few  minutes.  'J  lignns.  of  dry  pure  zinc-dust  and  one  or 
two  drops  of  mercury  are  added  and  the  mixture 
boiled.  The  conversion  into  ammonium  sulphate  is 
complete  in  1}  hours  when  the  ammonia  is  distilled 
off.— D.  E.  J. 


Detection  and  Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of 
Chromium.  E.  Donath  and  R.  Jeller.  Rep.  Anal. 
Chem.  7,  33—34. 

IN  order  to  separate  traces  of  chromium  from  large 
quantities  of  iron,  alumina  and  manganese,  the  solution 
containing  these  substances  together  with  the  hases  of 
the  alkaline  earths,  is  poured  into  a  hot  solution  of 
sodium  carbonate,  to  which  some  permanganate  has 
been  added.  The  liquid  is  boiled  for  a  few  minutes,  a 
few  drops  of  alcohol  are  added,  to  reduce  the  excess  of 
permanganate  to  manganese  peroxide  and  the  whole  is 
filtered  :  the  metals  and  alkaline  earths  are  thus  precipi- 
tated, while  the  chromium  oxide  is  converted  by  the 
lmt  alkaline  permanganate  into  chromate  and  thus 
passes  into  the  filtrate.  When  a  considerahle  quantity 
is  present,  it  can  he  recognised  by  the  yellow  colour  of 
the  filtrate;  otherwise  it  shonlu  be  evaporated  down, 
acidified,  and  tested  with  a  small  piece  of  starch 
moistened  with  a  freshly-prepared  solution  of  KI,  the 
chromic  acid,  even  in  very  dilute  solutions,  decomposing 
the  hydrindic  acid.  For  quantitative  work,  the  filtrate 
containing  the  chromate  is  acidified  with  lit 'I  and  a  little 
alcohol  added  ;  the  chromium  oxide  is  precipitated  in 
the  usual  way  by  ammonium  sulphide.  — L).   E.  J, 


R. 


Valuation  if  Rich   Copper  Ores.      E.   Donath  am: 

Jeller.       Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,  34— 35. 
In    estimating    copper    volnmetrically    by    potassium 

cyanide,  a  previous  precipitation  of  the  copper  by  zinc 
is  necessary  in  order  to  separate  it  from  iron  contained 
in  the  ore  (Steinbeck's  process).     The  solution  of   the 

cupper  ore  and  the  separation  of  the  cupper  from  iron, 
etc.,  ''.in  lie  expedited  as  follows  :  -The  linel  v  powdered 
ore   IS   mixed   with    twice   its  volume  of   rinc-dnst    and 

heated    in    a    porcelain    crucible    for    ten    minutes;      the 

sulphur  of  the  metallic  sulphides  combines  with  the 
zinc,  forming  zinc  sulphide.    On  treatment  with  dilute 

acid  M  of  1LSI  )j  to  3     4  of  Water),  t  In-  inn,,  zinc  sulphide 

and  excess  ot   zinc  are  dissolved  Out, leaving    tli prn.r 

and  insoluble  matter  behind.  Alter  washing  li\-  decan- 
tation  with  hot  water,  the  copper  can  be  dissolved  by 
dilute  nitric  acid  and  the  titration  carried  out  in  the 
usual  manner.—  D.  E.  .1. 


Separation  if  Alumina  from  Iran  by  Chancers  Method. 
E.  Donath  and  R  Jeller.  Rep.  Anal.  (hem.  7, 
35  —  36. 

Tills  method  consists  in  boiling  the  neutral  solution 
with  sodinm  thiosnlphate,  the  alumina  being  thus 
precipitated  together  with  sulphur.  The  writers  have 
tested    the    method,    using    solutions   of  alum    of   known 

strength,  ami  they  find  that    the  precipitation  of   the 

alumina   is   not    complete    (in    live    examples    given,    the 

mean  deficiency  was  4  t.  Bui  on  boiling  down  the 
filtrate  and  wash-waters,  a  further  precipitate  is  obtained, 

and  the  sum  of  the  two  is  found   to   he  in  excess  of  the 

quantity  of  alumina  contained  in  the  original  solution; 
the  explanation    being    that    the   alumina   obstinately 

retain-  a  portion  of  the  co-precipitated  sulphur.  In  this 
state  it  takes  a  yellow  colour  on  heating  (just  like  Zn(>), 
becoming  white  again  when  cold  ;  it  can  he  freed  from 
sulphur  by  strong  ignition  and  does  not  then  become 
yellow   when  hot. 

The  method  gives  satisfactory  results  under  the 
following  conditions: — The  solution  containing  the 
oxides  should  he  very  dilute  and  must  he  boiled  down 
to  half  its  volume. ;  the  filtrate  and  wash-waters  being 
again  boiled  down  and  the  second  precipitate  collected. 
The  alumina  must  be  ignited  over  a  blow-pipe  until  it 
no  longer  shows  a  yellow  colour  when  hot. — D.  E.  J. 


ABSTRACT  FROM  A  LECTURE  AT  THERoYAL 
INSTITUTION  "ON  THE  WORK  OF  THE 
IMPERIAL  INSTITUTE,"  ON  22nd  APRIL,  1887. 

BY   SIR    F.    A.    ABEL,    C.B.,  D.C.L.,  P.H.S. 

After  generally  indicating  the  scope  and  design  of  the 
Imperial  Institute,  Sir  Frederick  proceeded  :  — 

"  In  1852  Sir  Lyon  Playfair,  in  one  of  a  course  of  most 
interesting  lectures  on  some  of  the  results  of  the  preced- 
ing year's  great  Exhibition,  was  impelled  by  the  teaching 
of  that  great  world's  display  to  point  out  that  '  the  raw 
material,  formerly  our  capital  advantage,  was  gradually 
being  equalised  in  price  and  made  available  to  all  by  the 
improvements  in  locomotion,'  and  '  that  industry  must  in 
future  be  supported  not  by  a  competition  of  local 
advantages,  but  by  a  competition  of  intellect.'  If  this 
was  already  felt  to  he  the  state  of  the  case  six-and-thirty 
years  ago,  how  much  more  must  we  be  convinced  of  the 
full  truth  of  this  at  the  present  day  by  the  conditions 
under  which  the  British  merchant  and  manufacturer 
have  to  compete  with  their  rivals  on  the  Continent  and 
in  the  United  States. 

"  It  is  still  within  the  recollection  of  many  that  almost 
the  whole  world  was  in  very  great  measure  dependent 
upon  Great  Britain  for  its  supplies  of  ordinary  cast-iron. 
Even  as  lately  as  1S71  the  I'nited  States  of  America 
received  from  Great  Britain  nearly  one-fifth  of  its  total 
produce  of  pig-iron;  but  from  1  s7. ">  all  importation  of 
liritish  iron" ceased  for  over  three  years,  and  it  was  only 
in  consequence  of  requirements  in  the  States  exceeding 
the  capabilities  of  production  that  some  small  demands 
arose  in  1879,  which  were  for  some  time  maintained. 

"  But  while,  in  1879,  the  pig-iron  produced  in  the 
I'nited  States  amounted  to  little  over  3,(100,000  tons,  to 
isyj  the  make  had  increased  by  70  per  cent.— viz.,  in 
over  5,100,000  tons.  Since  that  time  the  actual  make 
has  not  increased  {in  1885  it  amounted  to  4,529,869  tons 
of  20001b.),  but  the  capacity  of  production,  which  vitally 
interests  the  iron  trade  of  this  country,  has  risen 
enormously,  the  present  capacity  of  all  the  American 
pig  iron  works  being  estimated  at  over  8,000,000  tons,  or 
Dearly  300  per  cent,  greater  than  it  was  in  1879.  So 
much  regarding  the  United  Slates.  Looking  nearer 
home,  we  find  that  the  iron  of  Fiance,  Belgium,  and 
Germany  not  only  competes  with  ours  in  the  open 
market,  but  that  Belgian  and  German  iron  is  actually 

imported  into  this  country  to  a  moderate  extent. 

"  As  an  instructive  illustration  of  the  advance  and 
influence  of  the  improvements  which  have  been  made  in 
intercommunication  upon  the  value  of  our  natural  pro- 
ducts and  their  importance  even  in  our  own  industries,  I 


junosuss;.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY.  159 


M 

On 
-   I 


.-  —     — 


x  M  K  M 


E  -^ 


:--.—  -  r.  r.  x  -. 

•^  i  -  =  I-  TIM  — 


-i x    -  Ti 

-  -  —  ■■: 


•  -      _.  3  —  r~  —      i  -  ci      c  re  i  -  —  r.  col 

1  -      :•:  ■-  ~.  -  re  3      .-_-  —  _  -j  r. 

.  -        '.£  X  (,—  CI        —        — Tl  — 


Si.     , . 
r.      r. 

S 
1  Q* 


W       -.2  ■  e  —  —  re  1  -  1  -  - 

:     =  '£  =  ~  =:-  ■ " « - 


—  x      ■©     -m  r-oc  c 

—  —      ©      eo  «o « 3 
1  -      r.      —     ci  1 —  : 


«C    -!■    £ 
'-.!-    = 

i  ■  -"  -. «' 


sa      ei  -  - 1 

■-  —  ©  3    ■  *«  00  ci 
-me    ■  c: 


2  3  r  g  2 ; 
.  - 1  -  v.  —  — 


i-r.-i- 


^-: 


X  ©  CG  «» 


•3  I S 


XI 

71 
•  e 

3&f*S32SS 

■3 

C.  C".  ^  C  CICI  — 

C  1  —  X  -_i  r '  —  re 

—  r.  ci  ci         —■ 

- 

~  — 

s 

r- 

•  -.  © 

-  r 

© ©  re 

- 

•^ 

C 

X 

—  © 

2  S3 

©1-1- 

1  -  —  W 

re 

M  © 

ci     ■ 

— 

—  - 1 

— 

— 

cc 

— 

■  • "  I  -  ~        ©  c  I 
"  :c  ci       —  © 


w  r-  eg  bo 

cm  x  eS  2 


.?:     8 


8 

t— 
*- 

IS 


nt 


- 


.8 


■  .  do  w  •-=  r~acao?i         r-     o     o     -:i33     £»g> 
x  m .- 1--^:  —  x  m  r-     •  -      x      -i  •'.  ■—  =      x  ■_ 

r;  ~z~.~ . x>-  ".=      K      1-      —  —  i-c      -' x 


=9 — »  —     n  £r 


—  ?i  —  — 

^t  Tl  ?t  ?1 

•  ;" -it^x" 

—  tt  «5  iq 


r.  -.      x 

S6    x 

33   £ 


u  - 

—    ;. 

•<  _ 


I! 


v: 
So 


-   -  -  —  ^  =  Tt  C  =  X  — 

-i'r,5.:-:§  =  5-.fi-- 

— '  >  -'      ~  1  -  ^  — "  t  i  3  —  -r 


•  Xi  CI 

-  —  ■- 
c  00  «^- 


-^  —  ci  y.  —  ?c 
moooor-G  «o 
—  cc  >- —  =  .-^ 

^t  —  —  x, 
—  — 


-x   -  —  r:  — = 

S  r-  ao  —  c;  —  =  —  = 
-j  ?i  1-  93 1-  -  r^  -j;  — 

K 

£ 

—  —  ?l  —  —  =  —  -A  .- 

— .  r;  r-.  c^      —  c:  —  — 

c> 

ci 

.-  r:  —  r-.  DO 

ao*c ■ 

>-  —  -~--  — 


;  "^  —  = 

!  —  o  c^ 


S 


—  x  r.  r.  c  —  •-.  —  —  =3  •- 
—.-'-—.""  = -1"*.'-"  i-  =  i- 

—  1  -"  re  x  ='  — '  — *  1  -  — "  r;   c  /' 

—  X  =  "-3  *-CM  C5        X  —  X  — 


-^  i'  x  ® 

—      1-0 


7 


"      M6"  M  ""  •-  —  — 

&       '  n  —  ri  /!^r.:i"i';-i.-/. 

r;.    1  -      xi  co  0  cb  ■       t  -  00  x  x  v.  w  x  x  /: 

l~  Tl  t^-c 

fH         CO  —  ■- 


i-fOO 

>--  ■-.  cc  re  ■-  — 
•—00—  (~  —  © 
X  x  x       ■-=  X  X  © 


—  1,1,  I      Ifi 
—  -J-  I  -  —   I       « 

X  X  XX" 


Si  00    -33 


X       1  -  X  X  X  1 


5o     P   :  ~ 


."  .-  ." .-  r- .- 


-^  &-0^mU 


S  S  £  §  2  S  §  e  d 


dc  oa  /.  oa  a  /.  —  u  < 


-  «~   3:  —  : 


=  r-r=:-      j:  =  z      z  =  5     13 

■>c*oSS     s-o     coo     © 

)&-£-     t)  c*  C     CJOC3     DC 


is  I 

g    ±1    I 


en 


*n 

3 
■_ 

a) 

- 
- 

:-^ 

| 

-. 

r: 

= 

- 

s 

a 

- 

B 

■_ 

-  s 

M 

- 

— 

b 

O1 

c^ 

— 

-  5 


lflllPfi!fiii  l!g|!!llffllll||  il!llll  |jsU 


:gl    •  Ci  ■      ;l..l  :^ 
s     --    9 ^  :   V. M       s i2 01  °  : « 


^rt — 


460 


THE  JOUKNAI.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Juno  30. 1E87. 


may,  on  the  authority  of  Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Btate  Ihe 
astounding  fact  that,  in  the  opinion  of  competent 
authorities,  tin*  ore  (hmmati  tally  suitable  for 

steel    manufacture    by   the    Bessemer    process  can   Vic 
■  over  sea  a  distance  of  1000  miles,  landed  close 
to  mines  furnishing  the  cheapest  made  pig-iron  of  Great 

Britain, and  conve 1  into  th  I  rails  at  a  lower  cost  than 

the  native  ironstone  of  Cleveland  can  furnish  similar 
rails  in  iron, 

"From  time  to  time  the  ground  which  we  have  lost 
through   the   development    01    the    resources    of    other 

countries  has  I a  more  than  retrieved  temporarily  by 

improvements  effected  through  the  more  thorough  com- 
prehension  and  consequent  better  application  of  the 
scientific  principles  underlying  processes  of  manufacture. 
Tbns  the  quantity  of  fuel  consumed  in  producing 
wrought-iron  rails  has  been  gradually  reduced  by  im- 
provements in  the  construction  ami  working  of  furnaces, 
until  less  than   one-half  the  amount  is  now  required  per 

t tf  such  rails  than  was  employ  ed  liny  years  ago  ;  hut, 

remarkable  as  it  may  seem,  tin-  ultimate  effect  of  an 
advance   of   this  importance   is   actually  to  improve  the 

fiosition,  in  relation  to  this  manufacture,  of  other  nations 
,-^  favourably  circumstanced  than  Great  Britain  in  the 
matter  of  coal,  for,  instead  of  having  to  multiply  any 
difference  in  our  favour  in  the  cost  of  fuel  required  to 
produce  a  ton  of  rails  by  twelve,  that  difference  has  now 
only  to  be  multiplied  by  three  in  order  to  arrive  at  the 
extent  of  our  advantage. 

"The  history  of  the  development1  of  steel  manufacture 
during  the  last  twenty  -live  years  affords  a  most  instruc- 
tive illustration  of  the  fluctuations  which  may  ensue  in 
the  value  of  our  natural  resources,  and  the  consequent 
condition  of  one  or  other  of  our  important  industries, 
arising  out  of  continued  advances  made  in  the  application 
of  science  to  the  perfection  or  transformation  of  manu- 
facturing processes,  and  of  the  stimulating  effects  of  such 
fluctuations  upon  the  exertions  of  those  who  are  able  to 
bring  scientific  knowledge  to  bear  upon  the  solution  of 
problems  in  industrial  operations  which  entirely  balHe 
the  ordinary  manufacturer.  Within  that  period  the 
inventions  of  Bessemer  and  of  Siemens  have  led  to  the 
replacement  of  iron  by  steel  in  some  of  its  most  exten- 
sive applications.  The  Bessemer  converter,  by  which 
pig-iron  is  rapidly  transformed  into  steel  by  the  injection 
of  air  into  the  molten  metal,  has,  so  far  as  this  country  is 
concerned,  to  a  very  great  extent,  superseded  the 
puddling  furnace,  in  which  pig-iron  is  transformed  by 
long-continued  laborious  treatment  into  steel  or  malleable 
iron.  This  important  change  in  our  national  industry 
was,  ere  long,  productive  of  a  serious  crisis  therein,  and 
for  the  reason  that  the  pig-iron  produced  from  a  large 
proportion  of  those  ores  which,  from  their  abundance 
and  the  cheapness  of  their  treatment,  have  been  largely 
instrumental  in  placing  Great  Britain  in  her  high 
position  as  an  iron-producing  nation, could  not  be  applied 
to  the  production  of  marketable  steel  by  means  of  the 
Bessemer  converter.  In  the  purification  of  this  pig-iron 
during  its  conversion  in  the  puddling  furnace  into  a  suit 
able  material  for  the  production  of  rails,  the  elementary 
constituent  phosphorus,  which  it  had  carried  with  it  from 
the  ore  BE  a  contaminating  ingredient  very  detrimental 
to  its  strength,  was  eliminated,  and  by  sufficient  treat- 
ment a  malleable  iron  of  good  quality  was  obtained  ;  but 
in  the  production  of  steel  from  the  same  material  in  the 
Bessemer  converter,  the  phosphorus  is  almost  entirely 
retained  in  the  metal,  rendering  it  unsuitable  for  manu- 
facture into  rails  or  plates.  Hence  the  application  of 
this  rapid  steel-making  process  had  to  be  chieily  re- 
stricted to  particular  kinds  of  ores,  the  supplies  of  which 
are  limited  to  a  few  districts  in  this  country.     These  bad 

to  be  largely  supplemented  by  importation-  from  other 

countries;   nevertheless  the  cheapness  of  production   and 

superiority  in  point  of  strength,  durability  and  lightness 

of  the  steel    rails   thus   sent    into    the    market    from  the 

Bessemer  converter  combined  to  maintain  a  supremacy 

of  them  over  iron  rails,  etc.,  manufactured  by  the  old 
puddling  processes  from  the  staple  ores  of  the 
country. 

"  The  advantages  presented  by  steel  over  the  wrought- 
iron  of  the  puddling  furnace  for  constructive  purposes 


i ame  evident ;  combining  as  it  does  nearly 

double  the  strength  with  a  more  than  proportionate 
superiority  in  elasticity  and  ductility,  it-  value  for  ship- 
building purposes  did  not  long  fail  to  lie  realised.  It 
vva^  soon  found  more  profitable  to  build  a  steel  steamer, 

paying  a  price  of  nearly  £9  per  ton  foi  the  material,  than 

to  construct  one  of  iron  w  hub  cost  only  I'd  5s.  per  ton. 
The  effect  of  the  rapid  displacement  of  malleable 
iron  by  steel  produced  from  ores  of  a  particu- 
lar   ciass    lias    been,     that    at    least     .s."i   to  '.10  per  cent. 

of  the  iron  ores  of  Great  Britain  could  no  longer  be 
applied  to  the  product i if  material  for  r.iils  and  tor  con- 
structive purposes,  being  unavailable  for  steel-making  by 
any  method  which  could  compete  with  the  Bessemer  and 
Siemens  processes.  Great  has  been  the  apprehension 
among  the  owners  of  those  ores,  that  the  demand  foriron 
which  they  can  furnish  could  not  revive,  but  the  scientific 
metallurgist  has  successfully  grappled,  from  more  than 
one  direction,  with   the  great   problem  of  restoring  their 

eon ircial  importance. 

"  Modifications  of  the  mode  of  working  the  rival  of  the 
Bessemer     process     viz.,      the     open  hearth     (Siemens- 
Martin)  process— have  given  successful  results  in  the  pro- 
duction of    serviceable    rails  containing  higher  propor- 
tions   of  phosphorus  than  bail  before    been  admissible, 
and  a  simple  alteration  of  the  method  of  carrying  out 
the   Bessemer    process    has,   within    the  last    few   years, 
led   to  really  triumphant  results,  with  the  employment 
of  those  ..res  which  before  could  only   be  dealt  with  by 
the  Searching   operation   of  the  old  puddling  furnace. 
By  utilising  the    basic  character    of    lime    during    the 
treatment    of     the    melted    pig-iron,    yielded    by  phos- 
phoric   ores,  with    ores  in  the  Bessemer  convener,  the 
phosphorus  is   fixed    at    the  moment  of  its  elimination 
by    oxidation  from    the   metal,    and   the  objectionable 
impurity    is    held    bound    in    the  slag,  while  a  steel  is 
obtained    rivalling     in    freedom    from     phosphorus    the 
product  furnished  by  the  pure  varieties  of  English  and 
foreign  ore  which  alone  could  previously  be  successfully 
dealt    with    by  the    Bessemer    process.     This    modified 
treatment  of  iron  for  the  production  of  steel,  called  the 
basic    treatment,    was   soon   applied   also  to  the  open- 
hearth   (the  Siemens  and  Siemens-Martin)   processes  of 
steel-making  :  thus  a  new  era  was  established  in  steel 
manufacture  by  the  quick  processes,   there  being   now 
but  very   few   restrictions    to    their  application  to  iron 
produced   from   all  varieties  of  ores.      Indeed  the  treat- 
ment is  actually  being  applied  profitably  to  the  recovery 
of  iron  from  the  rich  slag  forming  the  refuse-product  of 
the  puddling   furnace  in    the   production    of    malleable 
iron,     which,     containing     as    it    did    the    phosphorus 
eliminated   from   the  pig-iron  by  the  laborious  purifying 
treatment,  had  been  condemned  to  limited  usefulness  as 
a   material    for   road-making,    while    now    it    ranks    in 
market    value   with    some    ores  of  iron.     Yet   another 
most  interesting  and  valuable  result  has  been  achieved 
by  this  simple  application  of  scientific  knowledge.     The 
slag  or  refuse-product  of  the  basic  treatment  of  iron  con- 
tains, in  the  form  of  phosphates  of   lime  and   magnesia, 
tie'  whole  of  the  phosphorus  which  it  is  the  main  function 
of  that    treatment    to   separate  from   the  metal  ;  it   was 
soon  found  that  the  phosphoric  acid  which  had  been  pro- 
duced by  the  elimination  of  the  pernicious  element  in 
the  conversion  of  bad  iron  into  good  steel,  existed  in  this 
refuse-slag    in    a    condition    as    readily    BUSCeptible   of 
assimilation   by   plants  as  it  is  in  the  valuable  artificial 
manure   known    as    superphosphate  :     this   refuse-slag, 
simply  ground  up,  constitutes  therefore  a  manure  which 
is  ahead>    oi   recognised   value   and  commands  a  ready 
sah-  at  very  profitable  prices, 

"The  organisation  of  this  latest  advance  in  the 
development  of  steel  manufacture  dates  back  only  nine 
years,  and  already  the  year's  product  of  the  basic  process 
'amounts  to  over'  1,,'tOO* 000  tons  of  steel  But  although 
it  is  to  Englishmen  that  the  owner  of  iron  property  and 
the  steel-maker  are  again  indebted  for  these  important 
results,  and  to  English  manufacturers  that  the  first 
practical  demonstration  of  the  success  of  this  process  is 
.hie,  iti  application  has  been  far  more  rapidly  elaborated 
upon  the  Continent  than  here;  in  Germany  the  import- 
ance of  the  subject  was  at   once   realised,  and  it  is  there 


Jnne30.iS8T.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


161 


that  considerably  the  largest  proportion  of  Bteel  is  pro' 
duced  by  the  basic  treatment;  it  is  in  Germany  also 
thai  the  value  of  slag  for  agricultural  purposes  hoe  been 
developed;  the  Erst  steps  in  it<  utilisation  here  being 

but  just  now  taken,  in  Staffordshire. 

"  I  have  already  referred  to  the  remarkable  Btrides 
which  have  been  made  in  the  extension  of  iron  manufac- 
ture in  the  United  States:  the  development   there  of 

steel  production  lias  been  no  less  marvellous.  In  IsT'.i, 
928,000 tons  of  Bessemer  steel  were  produced;  in  1885 

the  make  amounted  to  1,701,000  ton's,  while  the  pro- 
ductive  capacity  in  that  year  was  estimated  at  4,102,000 
tons.  With  other  extensive  steel-producing  works  in 
course  of  completion,  provision  is  being  made  for  increas- 
ing the  power  of  production  by  another  million  tons. 
Looking  to  the  t'aet  that  at  the  present  time  the  railway 
mileage  in  the  United  States  exceeds  that  of  the  whole  ol 
Knrope.  there  being  1.M0IIJI00  mile-  of  railway  in  opera- 
tion, while  at  the  beginning  of  ls6.">  there  were  only 
34,000  miles,  the  causes  of  this  enormous  development  of 
the  iron  and  Bteel  manufacture  are  evident  :  the  resources 
of  the  country  in  ore  and  fuel  are  gigantic,  and  the 
systematic  technical  training  of  the  people  has  made  its 
influence  felt  upon  the  development  of  this  as  of  every 
other  branch  of  industry  which  our  friendly  rivals 
pursue.  But  it  is  not  only  in  the  United  States  that  the 
development  in  the  production  of  iron  ami  steel  has 
greatly  increased  of  late  years;  'bus,  in  Germany  the  I 
increase  in  the  production  of  pig  iron  alone,  during  the 
last  twenty-one  years,  has  been  237  per  cent,  in  Austro- 
Hungary  152  per  cent.,  while  the  increase  in  France 
and  Belgium  is  64  per  cent.,  and  therefore  not  greatly 
inferior  to  our  own  i  7">  per  cent.). 

"  Although,  however,  the  increase  in  actual  produc- 
tion of  iron  and  *teel  in  this  country  has  not  kept  pace 
with  that  of  some  other  countries,  it  is  satisfactory  to 
know  that  our  productive  power  has  very  greatly  increased 
in  late  years,  and  there  is  probably  no  one  branch  of  our 
industries  in  which  we  have  maintained  our  position  so 
satisfactorily  in  regard  to  quality  of  product  as  that  of 
iron  ami  steel  manufacture,  even  although,  every  now 
and  then,  we  have  indications  that  in  the  struggle  with 
other  nations  for  superiority  of  product  and  for  pre 
eminence  in  continuity  of  progress,  we  have  to  look  to 
our  laurels.  While  the  country  owes  a  deep  debt  of 
gratitude  to  such  men  as  Xeilson,  Mushet,  Bessemer, 
Siemens,  Thomas  and  Gilchrist,  who  by  their  brilliant 
discoveries  ami  inventions  have  maintained  Great 
Britain's  position  as  leader  in  the  origination  of  succes- 
sive eras  of  advance  in  iron  and  steel  manufacture,  there 
is  no  question  that  the  trade  generally  has  in  recent 
years  derived  the  greatest  assistance  and  benefit  from 
the  organisation  of  the  Society  which,  under  the  name  of 
the  Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  has  brought  the  members  of 
the  trade  to  recognise  that  they  themselves,  and  the 
country,  reap  incalculable  benefit  from  their  free  inter- 
change of  knowledge  and  the  results  of  experience,  their 
candid  discussion  of  successes,  failures,  and  diversities  of 
views  anil  practice — the  combination  of  friendly  rivalry 
with  hearty  co-operation  in  the  advancement  of  science 
and  practfee  of  their  important  calling. 

"  While  we  have  succeeded  in  maintaining  a  foremost 
position  in  the  iron  and  steel  manufacture,  there  are 
some  other  important  branches  of  industry,  for  a  time 
essentially  our  own,  the  present  condition  of  which,  in 
this  country,  we  cannot  contemplate  with  equal  satisfac- 
tion. Several  instructive  illustrations  might  be  quoted, 
but  I  will  content  myself  with  a  brief  examination  of  one 
of  the  most  interesting. 

"A  glance  at  the  history  of  the  utilisation  of  some 
products  of  the  distillation  of  coal  will  present  to  u>  an 
industry  created  and  lirst  elaborated  in  England,  which 
has,  on  the  one  hand,  by  its  development  effected 
momentous  changes  in  other  industries  and  in  impor- 
tant branches  of  commerce,  while  on  the  other  hand  it 
has  been  in  great  measure  wrested  from  us  in  conse- 
quence of  the  systematic  collaboration  of  scientific  and 
practical  workers  on  the  Continent." 

Referring  to  the  tecent  advances  in  chemical  manu- 
factures,  and   tracing  step   by  step   the   discoveries  in 


chemical  Bcie which  led  upl -greatly  influenced  these 

advances,  sir  Frederick  Abel  emphasised  as  a  specially 
interesting  example  the  replacement  of  madder  by  coal 
tar  alizarin.  Be  then  showed  how  that  the  .manufacture 
of  neu  colours  and  other  coal-tar  products  led  to  the 
demand  for  new  reagents  and  materials  to  serve  as 
ingredients,  and  thus,  substances  formerly  only  laboratory 
curiosities,  like  phosgene,  had  come  to  he  commercial 
products.  The  present  magnitude  of  the  coal  tar  coloui 
industry  was  then  referred  to,  both  as  regards  quantity 
and  value. 

"These  figure- show  that  t  he  v.  line  of  the  mrike  of  colours 

in  England  was  less  thau  one-fourth  that  of  Germany,  and 
that   even  Switzerland,  which,  in  competing  with  other 

countries  industrially,  is  at  great  natural  disadvantage?, 
was  not  far  behind  us,"  ranking  equal  to  !•'  ranee  as  producers. 
The  superior  position  of  Germany  in  reference  to  this 
industry  may  be  in  a  measure  asi  ribable  to  Borne  defects 
in  the  operation  of  our  Patent  Laws  and  to  questions  of 
«  ages  and  conditions  of  labour  ;  but  the  chief  cause  is  to 
be  found  in  the  thorough  realisation  by  the  German 
manufacturer  of  his  dependence  for  BUCCess  and  con- 
tinual progress  upon  the  active  prosecution  of  scientitic 
research,  in  the  high  training  received  by  the  chemists 
attached  to  the  manufactories,  and  in  the  intimate 
iation,  in  every  direction,  of  systematic  scientitic 
investigation  with  technical  work. 

"  The  young  chemists  which  the  German  manufacture8 
attracts  to  his  works  rank  much  higher  thau  ours  in  the 
general  scientific  training  which  is  essential  to  the  suc- 
cessful cultivation  of  the  habit  of  theoretical  and  experi- 
mental research,  and  in  the  consequent  appreciation  of, 
and  power  of  pursuing,  original  investigations  of  a  high 
order.  Moreover,  the  research  laboratory  constitutes  an 
integral  part  of  the  German  factory,  and  the  results  of 
the  work  carried  on  by  and  under  the  eminent  professors 
and  teachers  at  the  universities  and  technical  colleges 
are  closely  followed  and  studied  in  their  possible  bear- 
ings upon  the  further  development  of  the  industry. 

"The  importance  attached  to  high  and  well-organised 
technical  education  in  Germany  is  demonstrated  not  only 
by  the  munificent  way  in  which  the  scientific  branches 
of  the  universities  and  the  technical  colleges  are  estab- 
lished and  maintained,  but  also  by  the  continuity  which 
exists  between  the  different  grades  of  education  ;  a  con- 
tinuity, the  lack  of  which  in  England  was  recently 
indicated  by  Professor  Huxley  with  great  force.  Nearly 
every  large  town  in  Germany  has  its  *  Real  Schulc,' 
where  the  children  of  the  public  elementary  schools  have 
the  opportunity,  either  by  means  of  exhibitions  or  by 
payment  of  small  fees,  of  receiving  a  higher  education, 
qualifying  them  in  due  course  to  enter  commercial  or 
industrial  life,  or  to  pass  to  the  universities  or  to  the 
polytechnic  or  technical  high  schools,  which,  at  great 
cost  to  the  nation,  have  been  developed  to  a  remarkable 
extent  in  recent  years,  and  have  unquestionably  exercised 
a  most  beneficial  influence  upon  the  trade  and  commerce 
of  the  country.  A  most  important  feature  in  the 
development  of  these  schools  is  the  subdivision  of  the 
work  of  instruction  among  a  large  number  of  professors, 
each  one  an  acknowledged  authority  in  the  particular 
branch  of  science  with  which  he  deals.  Thus,  at  the 
Carlsruhe  Polytechnic  School — one  of  the  very  earliest  of 
its  kind,  which  was  greatly  enlarged  in  1863— the  num- 
ber of  professors  is  41  ;  and  at  Stuttgart  the  teaching 
stall  pi  the  polytechnic  school  amounts  to  65  persons,  of 
whom  21  are  professors 

"  The  important  part  taken  by  the  German  universities 
in  the  training  of  young  men  for  technical  pursuits  has 
often  been  dwelt  upon  as  constituting  a  striking 
feature  of  contrast  to  our  university  Bystems.  The 
twenty-four  universities  in  the  German  Empire,  each 
with  its  extensive  and  well-equipped  science  departments 
and  ample  professional  stall',  contribute  most  importantly 
to  the  industrial  training  of  the  nation  in  co-operating 
with  the  purely  technical  schools.  The  facts  specified  in 
the  Report  of  the  Technical  Education  Commission 
that,  in  the  session  188:1—4,  there  were  400  students 
working  in  the  chemical  laboratories  at  Berlin,  and  that, 
during  the  same  session,    ">0  students  were  engaged  in 


46S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CIIKMK'Al.  INDUSTRY.      U 


original  research  ;it  Munich  (where  the  traditions  of  the 
great  school  of  Liebig are worthilj  maintained),  illustrate 
the  national  appreciation  of  the  opportunities  presented 

for  scientific'training  ;   and   the  expenditure  of  £30,1 

upon  the  physical  laboratory,  and  £35,000  upon  the 
chemical  department,  of  the  New  University  of  Stras 
bourg,  serves  to  illustrah  the  unsparing  hand  w ith  which 
the  resources  of  the  countrj  are  devoted  to  the  provision 
nf  those  educational  facilities  which  are  the  very  life- 
Bpring  of  the  industrial  (impress  w  hence  those  resources 
are  derived." 

THE  BRITISH  COLONIES. 

(Illustrations  of  their  Devrlopmbnt  during  the 
Qurbn's   1:1  IQNJ 


Imports  ami    Exports. 


i  mimi;  ra 


EXPORTS. 

£ 


American  Dependencies  {i8S5 


5,£00.000         5,000.000 
23,700,000        21,300.000 


Australasia 


Africa  . 


i  1837 

.  1883 

11837 
11885 


1,300,000 
63  .  00,000 


■j  mi. i  mi 
10.000,000 


1  3 

52.lluU.UU0 


1..  -111,1111 
•2,000,000 


All  the  Imports  and  Exports  taken  together  were  ELEVEN 
TIMES  larger  in  1885  than  they  were  in  ls:(7. 


British  Shipping  Trade  with  Colonies. 


"(1885 


British  Export  to  Colonies  ■'  }|gi 


3.700.000  tons. 
56,600,000    „ 

£11.300.000 
,£51,500,000 


Popii/aiion. 
Of  all  the  Colonies  existing  in  1837 ■[  }^[  ■■  ^'fa"™. 

Of  all  the  Colonies  in  18S1 15,763,072* 

Rate  of  Increase  from  18S7  to  1881. 

In  European  Colonies SLIGHT. 

In  Ceylon T  VVICE  as  large  as  it  was. 

In  the  Great  Asiatic  Colonies    About  the  SAME. 

In  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope    ..     EIGHT  TIMES  as  large  as  it 

was. 

In  Canada THREE  TIMES  as  large  as  it 

was. 

In  the  West  Indies   NOT  quite  TWICE  as  large  as 

it  was. 

In  Australia Nearly    TWELVE    times   as 

large  as  it  was. 


CcaDe  Report. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.  J 

TARIFF   CHANGES   AND    CUSTOMS   REGU- 
LATIONS. 

Ill    ~SI.\. 

Recent  Customs  Decisions. 

{Note.— Poud  =  361b.  avoirdupois.      Gold  roublc-3s.  2d.) 

White  Vaseline.  Section  110,  duty  2  roubles  tier  poud,  with 
an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  eat  b  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

Aniline  Dyes  in  small  paper  parcels,  Section  120,  duty 
(including  dye  and  wrapper)  15  roubles  per  poud. 

France. 
Increase  in  Sugar  Duties. 

With  reference  to  the  notification  that  appeared  respecting 
a  proposed  increase  in  the  French  sugar  duties,  a  report,  dated 
tin-  27th  May  last,  has  been  received  from  Mr.  J.  A.  Crowe, 

*  These  numbers  must  have  considerably  increased  Bince 
1881, 


Her  majesty's  Commercial  Attache  for  Europe,  stating  that 
the  Chamber  of  Depu  ie   and  the  Senate  have  passed  the  Bill 

establishing  prui  i  sum  all)  and  uniil  theSlsl  I  '<■  letnber  next,  a 
suri.i\  i m  sugar  mi  every  origin  to  the  extent  of  2ii  per  cent 

it  the  rate  of  10  francs  per  lOOktlos.  Molasses,  other  than 
Cor  di  sin  lain  in.  h  iving  a  a  icoharine  richness  of  50  per  cent,  or 
less,  are  to  pa"  a  duty  ol  18  francs  per  lOOkilos. ;  but  it  moro 
tnandOper  cent,  the*  are  to  paj  adutj  of  .'is  francs  lucents 
per  uiukiiii.s.    Chocolate  is  to  pay  a  duty  ol  98  francs  10  cents 

per  lOOkilOS. 

SW  ITZEELAND, 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Custom*  Tariff. 

(.Yore— Quintal  =  22011b.  avoirdupois.) 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  tin-  Swiss  *  ustoms  Tariff  have  been  given  by  the  Swiss 
Customs  Authorities  during  the  month  of  March  fa 

The  word  "purified"  lu  be  added  to  Category  9a,  after 
"  lanoline." 

Chlorate  of  baryta.    C&tegor'  17.  duly  l  franc  per  quintal. 

Amber,  raw,  liquid.  Category  ISit,  duty  1  franc  50  centimes 
per  quintal. 

Plates  of  glass,  prepare  1  for  use  in  photography.  Negative 
photographs  on  glass  are  no  Longer  inclu  le  l  In  <  'ategorj  9  i, 

Lanoline,  raw,  not  purified.  Category  260,  duty  50  centimes 
per  quintal. 

1  r.U.Y. 

•    issification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

(N  it  >  — Q  lint  il     220'llb.  avoirdupois.      Kilogramme  -2  2011b. 
avoirdupois.    Hectolitre    22  imperial  gallons.    Lira    '.i,,  d  I 

Tne  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  at  tides 
in  the  Italian  Customs  Tariff  have  recently  been  given  by  the 
Italian  Customs  authorities  ;— 

Pure  spirit,  of  95  degrees,  to  which  has  been  added  a  small 
quantity  of  essence  of  aniseed.  Category  1,  No.  5n,  duty  12  lire 
per  hectolitre. 

Extract  of  sumach,  for  dyeing.  Category  3,  No.  29c.  duly 
free. 

Chloride  of  cinconina  lalkaloid  combined  with  chloric  acid). 
Category  3,  No.  326.  duty  5  lire  per  kilo. 

Oxideof  iron  hydrate,  with  an  admixture  of  carbonate  of 
soda,  intended  for  purifying  illuminating  gases.  Category  3, 
No.  33,  duty  2  lire  per  quintal. 

"  Acetanilid"  (product  derived  from  aniline  and  acetic  acid, 
used  for  medicinal  purposes).  Category  3.  No.  55,  duty  10  lire 
per  quintal. 

"  Resorcina  "  (a  medicine).  Category  3,  No.  55,  duty  10  lire 
per  quintal. 

Malt  extract  (medicinal).  Category  3,  No.  56,  duty  120  lire 
per  quintal. 

Wine,  containing  quinine  mixed  with  sugar.  Category  3, 
No.  56.  duty  120  lire  per  quintal. 

Waggon  grease.    Category  3  No.  58a,  duty  6  lire  per  quintal. 

Hod  arsenic,  pulverised.  Category  1,  No.  66,  duty  12  lire 
per  quintal. 

Varnish,  composed  of  resin  dissolved  in  alcohol,  and  coloured 
with  oxide  of  iron.  Category  1,  No.  67a,  duty  30  lire  per 
quintal. 

Artificial  black,  in  very  tine  powder,  used  instead  of  lamp- 
black.   Category  1.  No.  70c.  duty  5  lire  per  quintal. 

Foundi  y  slag  and  iron  scorite,  used  as  manure.  Category  15, 
No.  296,  duty  free. 

Spain. 
Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

[Xote.— Kilogramme  =  22011b.  avoirdupois.    Peseta  =  9Ad.) 

The  followingdecisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Spanish  Customs  Tariff  have  recently  been  given  by 
the  Spanish  Customs  authorities: 

Carbon  filters,  with  receiver  of  fine  varnished  earthenware. 
Category  16,  duly  26ps.  58cs.  per  KlOkilos. 

Oxide  of  cobalt,  pulverised,  mixed  with  Hint,  to  give  a  blue 
colour  to  majolica  and  porcelain.  Category  70,  duty  Ips.  SOjs. 
per  lOOkilos. 

Calcotite,  a  product  used  for  making  walls  waterproof. 
Category  92,  duty  10 cents,  per  kilog. 

I'  N  I  TED     ST  \T  Ks  . 

Customs  Decisions. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
ill  the  Customs  Tariff,  and  the  application  of  the  Customs 
l.awsof  the  United  States  were  given  by  the  I'nited  States 
Government  during  the  month  of  April  last: 

Paper  filters  which  are  in  the  form  of  discs  arc  dutiable  at  tin- 
rate  ni  13  per  cent  ad  valorem,  as  manufacturee  of  paper,  but 
filtering-paper  in  Bheets,  which  has  not  hern  manufactured 
into  Hit  rs,  and  which  issimply  paperadapted  by  its  character 
for  filtering  purposes,  is  dutiable  at  the  rale  of  23  per  cent,  ad 
valorem,  under  the  provision  in  Section  392,  for  "all  other 
paper  not  Bpei  iallj  enumerated  or  provided  for.*" 

I  Mat  in  ii  in  sheets  and  wire  which  have  undergone  a  further 
i  manufacture  than  that  which  brought  the  crude 
material  into  commercial  platinum  are  dutiable  at  the  rate  of 
IS  pel  cent  ad  valorem,  under  the  prot  laion  in  Section  216.  for 
" manufactures,  articles,  or  wares,  not  specially  enumerated 
or  provided  fur  in  this  Act,  composed  wholly  or  in  purt  of 
.    .    .    platinum." 


Junc30.is.s7.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Photographic  paper  which  has  been  subjected  to  the  process 
of  sensitising  or  albumenising,  is  held,  undei  the  recent  deci- 
sion ol   the  court,  and  bj  the  advice  of   the  United   - 
Attorney-General,  to  be  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  15  per  cent 

rem,  under  the  provisions  of  Section  388,  for  "manufac- 
tures of  paper  .  .  .  not  specially  enumerated  or  provided 
for." 

Mauritius. 

Neie  Customs  Tariff. 
With  reference  to  the  notification  respecting  the  alteration 
in  the  rates  of  Customs  duties  now  ievied  in  Mauritius,  the 
following  detailed  statement  has  been  prepared,  showing  the 
Customs  duties  now  levied  on  imports  into  that  colony  com- 
pared with  the  rates  previously  in  force. 


Exports  of  British  uml  Irish  Product  from  t 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


New  ft  ' 

Duty. 


Rupees  (_'s. 

Manure  of  all  sorts;  and  the 
following  substances  when 
imported  for  the  purpose 
of  being  used  in  the  pre- 
paration of  manures  or 
other  colonial  produce,  or 
as  disinfectants,  viz.  :— 
Ammoniacal  liquor,  bones, 
bone  dust,  bone  oil.  and 
dissolved  bones,  carbolic 
acid,  chloride  of  lime, 
chloride  of  manganese, 
chloride  of  soda,  solution 
of  soda,  chloride  of  zinc, 
coal  and  wood  soot,  dried 
muscular  tiesh  and  dried 
blood,  ether,  fish  and  other 
substances  damaged  and 
condemned  by  the  Cus- 
toms sanitary  officers  as 
tit  for  manure  only.  lime, 
carbonate  of  lime,  sulphate 
of  lime  or  gypsum,  phos- 
phate and  superphosphate 
of  lime,  nitrates,  silicil- 
ates.  and  carbonates  of 
potash  and  soda,  per- 
chloride  of  iron,  perman- 
ganate of  potash,  phos- 
phate of  soda,  sulphate  of 
iron,  sulphate  and  muriate 
of  ammonia  and  other 
ammoniacal  salts,  sulphate 
of  potash,  sulphate  of  zinc. 
sulphuric  acid,  urate  and 
sulphurated  urine  lOOOkilos.  025 


Old  R 
Duty. 


Rupees  Cs. 


Free. 


Customs  Tariff  of  Chili. 
(Peso  =  Is.  2d.) 
Note.— The  surcharge  of  40  per  cent,  levied  on  all  the  duties 
payable  in  Chili  was  raised  on  the  1st  April  last  to  45  per 
cent.,  and  will  remain  at  that  rate  until  the  31st  December 
next.  During  the  year  1888  it  will  be  at  the  rate  of  47  per 
cent.,  and  at  50  per  cent,  commencing  from  the  1st  January, 

issa. 


Aktklls.  Etc. 


Drugs.  Patent  Medicines,  and 
Chemical  Products- 
Sulphate  of  Copper  

Of  every  other  kind 


Valuation. 


Duty. 


Kilog.  015 


15,  ad  val. 
25  ,  ad  val. 


TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE  UNITED 

KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  the   United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Principal  Articles. 


Chemical  Products  unenume- 

rated   Value 

Copper  Ore  and  Regulus.  .Tons 

Value 
Manganese  Ore    Tons 

Value 
Pyrites  of  Iron  and  Copp'r.Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver   lbs. 

Value 


April,  1SB6. 


April,  1887. 


£7.7|-,.i 

£0.131 

3,763 

1.865 

£74. 161 

£36.392 

105 

1.550 

£408 

£1.937 

40.744 

!'.'.»:■; 

£80,349 

£102.306 

452.400 

843.900 

£36.190 

£85,100 

Total  Value  . 


PKIXellXL   AKTIell-                          Afnl.  1SS6. 

April,  1887. 

Alkali    .Cwt. 

33.325 

Value            t7.ui'J 
Manufactures    of  Caoutchouc 

Value           £1.011 

Cement    Tons                875 

Value            £1,609 
Chemical    Products    and    Pre- 
parations,    including     1 1>  6- 

Btnffl           Value            £2,112 

Coal,    Products    of,    including 

Naphtha,  etc Value           £2.iK3 

Glass  Manufactures         Value              £195 
,   Tallow,    and    Animal 

Fat Cwt.              1.191 

Value            £1.439 

Manure Value         £23.099 

Soap  Cwt.                 940 

Value              £768 

£11.679 

£1,010 

430 

£798 

£30 
£313 

1.233 

£1.219 

£11.269 

132 

£392 

Total  Value £273.145 

£246.897 

EXTRACTS    FROM    DIPLOMATIC    AND 

CONSULAR    REPORTS. 

Tin:  Depression  in  the  Belgian  Coal  Trade. 

Lord  Vivian,  Her  Majesty's  Minister  at  Brussels,  in  a 
dispatch  dated  the  11th  April  last,  on  the  subject  of  the  steps 
taken  by  the  Belgian  Government  respecting  the  depression 
in  the  Belgian  coal  trade,  says  : — 

"  In  view  of  the  depressed  condition  of  the  coal  trade  in 
Belgium,  the  Government  are  instituting  an  inquiry  into  the 
question,  and  have  appointed  two  committees  to  examine  it 
both  from  a  commercial  and  industrial  point  of  view,  with  the 
object  of  developing  the  trade. 

"  The  commercial  committee  has  nearly  concluded  its 
labours,  but  the  inquiry  into  the  industrial  side  of  the  question 
will  not  be  completed  for  some  time.  I  am  promised  a  copy  of 
the  report  when  it  is  ready. 

"  Meanwhile,  I  am  informed  that  it  has  been  exclusively 
shown  that  the  present  railway  rates  for  the  transport  of 
Belgian  coal  for  foreigu  markets  are  already  so  low  as  to  leave 
no  margin  of  profit  which  would  admit  of  their  further  reduc- 
tion, and  that  it  is  therefore  doubtful  whether  it  would  be 
possible  to  export  the  Charleroi  smokeless  coal  to  England  at 
a  profit  by  railway  ;  the  question  of  the  cost  of  transporting  it 
by  canal  is  now  under  consideration. 

"  The  industrial  committee  is  charged  to  ascertain  and 
report  what  improvements  and  economies  can  be  made  IK  in 
the  plant  and  machinery  used  in  the  n.ines  for  the  extraction 
of  the  coal,  and  (21  in  the  machinery  for  loading  and  unloading 
it  at  the  stations  and  ports." 

Dep6t  of  Russian  Petroleum  at  Gothenburg. 

Mr.  John  Duff.  Her  Majesty's  Consul  at  Gothenburg,  in  a 
report  dated  11th  of  May  last,  states  that  Messrs.  Nobel,  of 
Baku,  on  the  Caspian  Sea,  petroleum  manufacturers,  have 
made  arrangements  for  a  depot  of  their  oil  at  Karingberget. 
on  the  south  shore  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  Gota.  about  six 
miles  from  Gothenburg,  where  a  reservoir,  to  hold  two 
thousand  tons  of  petroleum,  will  be  built. 


MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  NOTICES. 
Cheese  Adulteration  in  the  I'nited  States. 

See  Board  o/  Trade  Journal  for  June. 

Trade  of  Bolivia. 

In  an  article  contributed  to  L  Economist e  Franrais  of  30th 
April  last,  on  the  economic  resources  of  Bolivia.  M.  A.  F.  de 
Fontpertuis  draws  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  trade  of  that 
country  is  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  foreign  houses, 
niainlv  belonging  to  Germany.  France  and  Spain.  There  are 
no  English  or  American  merchants  in  Bolivia  ;  but  the  Ger- 
mans, he  says,  arrive  in  great  numbers.  Speaking  English 
and  Spanish  with  fluencv,  they  soon  find  themselves  at  the  head 
of  a  Ihrivingtrade.  They  undertake  to  buy  their  goods  entirely 
in  Eurooe.  and  mainly  in  Get  many,  and  theyrecoup  them- 
selves bv  purchasing  the  products  of  the  country  and  sending 
them  to  "Europe.  The  main  elements  of  the  commercial  wealth 
of  Bolivia  are  saltpetre  and  guano,  and  the  natural  stores  of 
these  articles  were,  so  M.  de  Fontpertuis  declares,  the  real 
cause  of  the  late  fratricidal  war  with  Chili. 

E 


164 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     I  June  30. 1887. 


in  ssi  \n  si  qab  Production. 

The  Journal  ale  St.  Petersburg  for  the  6th  May  last  collects 
the  opinions  of  the  leading  provincial  Russian  newspapers  on 
the  question  of  regulating  the  production  ol  sugar  bj  Umiung 
its  quantity,  and  Insisting  on  the  exportation  of  a  considerable 
percentage.  This  question  ha^  been  raised  bj  the  meeting  ol 
the  principal  sngu  refiners  ol  Russia,  to  the  number  ol  ill.  at 
Kiev  In  the  first  week  of  the  month  of  May.  1  lie  general 
opinion  of  these  newspapers,  according  to  the  Journal,  is 
that  it  will  be  advisable  for  the  refiners  to  carry  out  their  pro- 
position of  pledging  themselves  to  export,  at  any  price, 
twenty  five  percent,  oi  their  actual  production,  and  that  for 
three  'full  years  from  the  closi ■  m  1887.  This,  it  is  believed,  is 
the  only  course  by  which  the  markets  ol  Russia  can  be  relieved, 
although  it  is  not  to  be  concealed  that  the  dearer  rate  at  which 
the  remaining  three-quarters  of  the  sugar  will  have  to  be  sold 
in  the  markets  of  the  Empire  will  lead  to  many  complaints. 

Commercial  Institute  ok  Paris. 

The  Moniteur  Officiel  tin  Commerce  for  the  28th  April  last, 
states  that  on  the  10th  of  March  last,  at  an  extraordinary 
meeting  of  the  shareholders,  it  was  unanimously  determined 
to  greatly  increase  the  importance  of  the  Commercial  Institute 
of  Paris;  to  remove  it  to  a  more  important  building;  and  to 
expend  upon  it  enough  money  to  give  it  a  far  greater  place 
than  it  has  ever  before  held  in  the  development  of  technical 
training  and  the  general  commercial  prosperity  of  France. 

Extract    from    Report   ox    the    new    Customs 
Law  and  Tariff  of  Mexico. 

"A  largo  reduction  has  been  made  in  the  duties  on  drugs 
and  medicines,  but  the  duties  in  many  cases  are  still  ex- 
travagantly high— (.</.,  alkaloids  and  their  salts  not  specified 
(131)  15  dollars  per  kilo.  Tho  effect  ol  these  high  duties  on 
medicines  is  two-fold. 

(1)  The  poor  are  often  unable  to  obtain  proper  medicines, 
and  have  to  content  themselves  with  cheaper  sub- 
stitutes; 


(2)  Drugs  and  medicines  are  often  smuggled,  especially 
those  that  are  taxed  the  most  heavily,  and  the  ex- 
chequer obtains  less  ret  BDUe  from  the  high  duties  than 
it  would  from  moderate  duties. 

"On  the  whole,  the  new  tariff  is  a  considerable  improve- 
ment on  the  old  one;  hut  it  remains  highly  protective.'1 


Aniline  Dyes. 

A  noticeable  feature,  says  the  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Aria, 
in  the  Indian  trade  returns  is  the  large  increase  in  the  employ- 
ment of  aniline  dyes  in  India,  in  the  place  of  the  indigenous 
colours  formerly  employed  for  their  woollen  yarns,  silk,  and 
cotton.  The  value  of  the  imports  now  averages  £100.000  a 
vear.  The  imports  of  aniline  dyes  were  of  the  value  of 
£77.159  in  1883,  £110.321  in  188).  £101,395  in  1885,  and  £C1,G19  in 
tho  first  eight  months  of  188G. 

Drugs  and  Chemicals  in  Damascus. 

According  to  the  PeKl  Moniti  ur,  French  pharmaceutic  and 
photographic  chemicals  have  taken  the  first  rank  in  the 
Damascus  trade,  the  Paris  houses  exporting  goods  against 
which  nothing  can  be  said  as  regards  quality;  but  their  high 
prices  cheek  trade,  and  consequently  leave  an  opening  lor 
German  competition,  which  the  Teutons  avail  themselves  ol, 
especially  in  the  colour  trade  and  heavy  products.  The  supply 
of  sulphate  of  quinine  found  in  the  market  is  almost  entirely 
of  Italian  origin.  I  he  correspondent  does  not  mention  English 
goods,  which  have  probably  escaped  his  notice;  he  estimates 
the  value  of  imports  thus— Chemicals  employed  in  the  city. 
50.000f. ;  drugs.  30.00t)f. ;  colouring  matters,  lO.OOOf.  ;  hospital 
supplies,  19.000f. 

General  View  of  the  World's  Trade. 


Sec  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  June. 


STATISTICAL   TABLES. 

Periodical  Returns  of  Imports  and  Exports. 

Imports  and  Exports  into  and  from  the  under-mentioned  Countries  in  the  latest  Month  fur 
which  Returns  have  been  received,  with  Aggregates  for  the  Period  of  the  Year,  including 
such  latest  Month. 

{Note.— Rouble  =  2s.  Od. ;  Franc  =9f85d. ;  Milreis  =  4s.  Gd.  ;  Lire  =  9ftd.  ;  Dollar  =  4s.  2d.  ; 

Piastre  =  2£d.) 

I. — Imports. 


Name  ol  Country. 

Latest 
Months. 

Value  for  the  M 

L'Uth. 

Aggregate  for  Period  of  the  Year, 
including  latest  Month. 

1887. 

1886. 

1887. 

1886. 

Russia  in  Euroi'i 

Italy 

United  States  

Egypt  J 

British  India'  

January 

February 
March  . . 
April 
February 
April 
April 
February 
March    . 
March  . . 

Roubles   21,415.000 

16,539,000 

I9.5S2.OO0 

Francs    351,861.000 

Milreis       2.705.000 

Lire  ..     111.511,000 

Dollars     63,537.000 

Piastres  55,774,000 

81,776.000 

Rupees    5.53.03.116 

2I.OS6.000 
18,532,000 

23,513.000 

369.329,000 

2.156.000 

131,222,000 

57.3C0.IKI0 
59,829,000 

67. 192.000 

l.7l,.'!'."il 

10,951,000 

60.546,000 

1.132.120,000 

5.30S.OOO 

508.768,000 

237.586.000 

120,559.000 

202.X15.000 

58.69.00.717 

12,618.000 

66.131,000 

1.132.513,000 

4,791,000 

156,675,000 

221.506.000 

128.511.000 

196.033.000 

51.81.15.365 

The  abort  figures  are  subject  to  revision  in  the  Annual  Returns. 
The  aggregate  figures  are  for  the  financial  year  commencing  1st  April, 


June 80.1887. 1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDl'STKY. 


465 


II.— Exports. 

Roubles   LI, 00:1.000 

27,181,000 

— 

- 

35,307,000 

20,501,000 

C9.31G.000 

17,682,000 

32.813,000 

25,801.000 

102.129.000 

73.186.000 

Pram  s    2i    "J  17.000 

299.470,000 

1.019.511,030 

1,036.997,000 

Milreis      1,789,000 

2,281,000 

3,527,000 

1,225,000 

Lire  ..      96,776,000 

3 1,730,000 

300.955,000 

315,029,000 

Dollars     17,563,000 

54.017.000 

239.193,000 

217,603.000 

Piastres  101.868,000 

77.825,000 

219,830,1 

211,911,000 

7(5.910,000 

86,153.000 

320.710,000 

301.093.000 

Rupees   9,31,55,85-' 

9,19,56,030 

88,13,95.786 

83.82.78,101 

I   January 
Russia  in  Europe  ..      February 

I    March 

France \pril 

Portugal February 

Italy April 

United  States  April    .. 

{February 
March  .. 
British  India'  March.. 

The  above  figures  are  subject  to  revision  in  the  Annual  Returns. 

Xote.— The  figures  arc  those  of  the  "  special "  imports  and  exports,  except  in  the  case  of  the 
United  States  and  British  India,  where  the  figures  are  "general."  "Special"  means,  in  the  case  of 
imports,  imports  for  home  consumption,  in  the  case  of  exports,  exports  of  domestic  produce  and 
manufacture  only. 

•  The  aggregate  figures  are  for  the  financial  year  commencing  1st  April. 


Trade  Statistics  for  May. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  May  show  the  following 
figures  :— 

Exports. 

May,  1886. 
British  and  Irish  Produce  ....  £16,301.022 
Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 
(partly  estimated)    1,592,112 

Imports. 

Hay,  1886. 
Total  value £29,023,303 

Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  : 
Exports. 


May,  1887. 
£16,197,836 

1,700,128 


Slav.  1887. 
£27,921,321 


British  and 
duce  :— 
Alkali  .. 


Irish    pro- 


Mr>y,1885.   May,  1886.    May,  1887. 


cwt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials        cwt. 
,,  „  value  £ 

Chemical  manure  . .  value  £  I 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations    (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations   value  £ 

Oil  (seed) tons 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Painters'  colours 
and  materials  (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 
Bark,  Cinchona 


Chemicals 
merated) 
Cochineal  . 


(unenu- 


cwt. 
value  £ 


Cutch  and  gambier 

Gum  Arabic 

Indigo 

Lac,  various  kinds . . 
Lard  


Oils,  cocoa-nut. 
„    olive  


,,    palm  

.,    petroleum 
Quicksilver   


cwt. 
value  £ 

tons 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  t: 

cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt- 
value  £ 

tuns 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

gals. 

value  £ 

lb. 

value  £ 


Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)            cwt. 

Nitro  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)     value  £ 

Tallow  and  stearine       cwt. 
„  „  „     . .  value  £ 


C2',1.771 
186,382 
149.089 
18,216 
90,789 


61,126 


161,266 
5,393 

126,175 
31,992 
37.238 


105,900 


10.178 
19,566 

21,955 
801 

5.2S0 

7.12 

17.721 

4.1.i7 
15,072 

3,982 
82,050 

7,617 
21.131 

3.013 

5,606 
12.412 
18,631 
254 
11.925 
26,087 
37.278 
35.566 

1,867 

240.396 

17,792 

1,377 

1.380 
17,583 
20.691 


644.144 
182, 120 
112.218 
43,116 
94,286 


65,121 


171.817 
7,228 

148.955 
27,738 
30,513 


560.834 
157.981 
125,187 

17.117 
90,579 


177,352 

6,613 
131.922 
36,768 

30,707 


109,025       119,391 


10.917 
18,837 

16.010 
619 

1,525 

530 

13.029 

3.613 
12.574 

1,722 
34,857 

6,045 
16,078 
13,957 
28,319 

6,593 

8,822 
307 
13.185 
32,708 
32,380 
35,714 

1,550 
416.734 
:;:,.■  l 

739 

591 
15,113 
17,761 


11.080 
17,749 

25,288 
353 

2,118 

835 

21,378 

2.963 
10.506 

3,488 
73,043 

4.595 
13,111 

1,583 

2.S50 

10.013 

13,906 

383 

16.979 

32,518 

31.719 

70.026 

2.552 

301.062 

27,196 

5,721 

5,397 
56,479 
69.795 


Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumerated..  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures- 
Products  unenume- 
rated   value  £ 

Alkali cwt. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)       cwt. 
,,  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 
„  ,,  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

„  value  £ 

G  am  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,   seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye  value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  ttse) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Anilin  dyes    value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Other  coal-tar  dyes value  £ 

Cochineal   cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..         tons 
,,  value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun-   . 

jeet value  £ 

Valonia   tons 

„  value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuna 

value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm  tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Rosin    cwi. 

,,  value  £ 

Tallow  and  Stearine. . . .        cwt. 
....  value  £ 


May,  1885.  May,  1886.  May,  1887 


53,592 

119.552 

5.715 

4,178 

93.177 

23,897 

143.606 

70,914 

31,066 

27,877 

715.875 

52,498 

9,406 

63,602 

9.205 

26,270 

10,175 

51,923 


26,090 

11.342 

15,741 

12,602 

313 

847 

5,307 

1.522 

33.422 

2,580 

45,014 


1.120 


50.7SO 


96,020 
11.726 
6,983 
52.158 
12,473 

185,396 
93,762 
22,854 
20,342 

782,700 
65,165 
13,158 
66.719 
3,243 
13,587 

12.16S 

34,493 


37.S13 

15,895 

11,027 
21,811 

544 
3,193 
2,047 
46,697 
855 
19,023 


59,653 

111.277 

3,737 

2,809 

59,842 

13,229 

396,684 

209,466 
30,938 
26.951 

315,000 
27.875 
13,803 
62,938 
2,753 
11,700 

19,739 

51.179 


48,066 

24,398 

24.S33 

19,586 

75 

350 

2,185 

1,513 

35.126 

3,200 

62,263 


1.650 

1.768  ! 

3.771 

3.945 

58,150 

54,105 

1.941 

21.161 

7,726 

28,203 

2,721 

2,708 

1119,10:! 

102,995 

011,297 

87.2S9 

93.191 

84,207 

4.307.005 

7  011.247 

142,008 

174.510 

878 

1.949 

26.219 

41.730 

SSI 

680 

25.151 

18,437 

2,751 

1.309 

3.112 

1,190 

108,741 

S9.620 

21,330 

23.658 

99,215 

SI, 020 

168,203 

99.111 

1,451     2,179 


2,353 

1,657 

24.S00 

9.01S 
11,915 

1,921 
70,422 
71,138 
67,173 
44.682 
62.531 

1.127 
26,897 


1.7 


E2 


1,399 

29,737 
3.715 
5.049 
12,692 
26.421 
61.029 
72.299 


166 


Till'.  JOURNAL  of  THE  sociF.TY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  so.  law 


Im»hn  Trade  and  Navigatiok  Reports. 

The  Indian  trade  and  navigation  reports  for  April,  com- 
pared  with  those  for  A  pril  ol  laal  j  ear,  show  a  net  increase  in 
the  value  of  Imports  of  19,12,778  rupees,  and  an  iuereaso  in 
item  of  import  except  under  two  heads.  The  net 
Id  exports  was  32,70,619  rupees,  and  every  item 
showed  an  increase  except  chemicals,  drugs,  medicines, 
narcotics,  and  dj  sing  and  tanning  materials,  which  decreased 
by  upwards  Of  17  lakhs. 


A  Prize  foe  Chemists. 

Tin'  Amsterdam  Association  opposed  to  the  adulteration  of 
butter  h  i-  offered  a  prize  of  1000  tlorins  to  the  discoverer  of 
the  i, est  method  for  immediate!;  detecting  foreign  matters 
added  to  butter.  The  process  most  trace  out  any  sort  of  fat 
that  ma]  have  been  introduced,  whether  it  is  harmful  or  not. 
ess  is  to  be  simple  and  practical  enough  to  be  worked 
without  a  chemical  laboratory.  Memoirs  should  be  sent 
before  January  1,  lss.s.  to  Mr,  J.  Hinkcs-Borgcrs,  at  Lcyden. 
The  prizetaker  will  he  allowed  to  keep  his  copyright,  anil  may 
takeout  patents  in  foreign  countries.— Chemist  and  Druggist, 
June  18. 


The  Iodine  Convention. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  present  year  the  price  of  iodine, 
which  had  for  some  time  been  very  low.  and  was  expected  to 
experience  a  further  decline  in  consequence  of  the  anticipated 
collapse  of  the  combination  of  producers,  suddenly,  and  to  the 
astonishment  of  many  dealers  in  the  article,  rose  to  9d.  per  oz. 
The  convention  of  the  producers  of  iodine  had  been  renewed, 
but  the  parties  interested  in  it  wisely  kept  their  own  counsel, 
and  were  enabled  to  reap  a  substantial  benefit  as  the  reward 
of  their  discretion.  The  new  convention,  to  which  most,  if 
not  all.  of  the  manufacturers  and  the  principal  holders  of 
stock  in  Europe,  the  United  states,  and  the  west  coast  of 
South  America  have  acceded,  was  registered  on  February  18 
at  Iquique— the  principal  port  of  shipment  in  the  iodine  dis- 
trict—now  held  by  the  Chilians.  The  agreement,  we  under- 
stand, has  been  concluded  for  a  term  of  three  years, 
commencing  on  January  1,  1887.  and  it  has  been  resolved  that 
during  this  period  the  sale  of  the  entire  product  will  be 
vested  in  one  house  exclusively.  The  European  manufac- 
turers are  to  have  for  their  share  10J  per  cent,  of  the  total 
sales  effected,  so  long  as  the  latter  do  not  exceed 
33ti, 0001b.  If  the  sales  of  iodine  exceed  that  quantity— which 
means  about  ten  months'  consumption,  and  is.  therefore, 
probably  to  be  taken  as  an  annual  limit— ninety  per  cent,  of 
the  excess  will  fall  to  the  share  of  the  Chilian  producers. 

The  parties  interested  in  the  convention,  in  addition  to  the 
English  and  French  producers,  are  divided  into  three 
categories,    viz.:— 

Firms  possessing  iodine  manufactories  in  working  order 
and  holding  stock  in   Europe. 

New  manufacturers,  carrying  no  stock  in  Europe. 

owners  of  iodine  holding  stock  in  Europe,  who  are  not  at 
the  same  time  manufacturers  of  the  article  in  South  America 

The  parties  falling  under  the  first  category  will  be  com- 
pelled, under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  to  suspend  the 
manufacturer  of  iodine  until  their  surplus  stocks  have  been 
cleared  off  by  their  share  of  monthly  allotments  of  sales 
effected.  It  is  said  that  some  firms  hold  enough  stock  in 
Europe  to  require  two  and  a  half  or  three  years  before  under 
this  system,  they  will  he  allowed  to  resume  working!  and  if 
the  estimate  of  the  Kuropean  stock  owned  by  Chilian  holders 
is  correct,  this  clause  will  apparently  he  tantamount  to  a 
virtual  cessation  of  iodine  production  in  the  old  Chilian 
works  during  the  terms  of   the  convention. 

The  new  producers  of  iodine,  forming  the  second  class  of 
contra,  ting  parties,  have  their  output  strictly  limited  to  the 
quantity  assigned  to  them  as  their  monthly  share  of  the 
orders.  Firms  who  hold  stock  in  Europe,  but  who  do  not 
possess  works  in  South  America,  have  to  submit  to  a  fixed 
reduction  on  the  amount  of  their  monthly  share  of  the  sales 
in  order  to  recoup  the  producers  for  the  compulsory  limitation 
or  temporary  cessation  of  their  output.  The'  producing 
rapacity  of  all  works  included  in  the  convention  will  be 
estimated,  and  the  shore  of  each  contracting  party  in  the 
orders  is  to  be  fixed  according  to  the  relation  between  the 
producing  capacity  ol   his  works  and  the  estimated  annual 

ption.       lu  e iienee  on  January   I.   ls.s?.  the  price 

for  iodine  for  metallurgical  and  dyeing  purposes  is  tixed  nt 
!',.!.  per  oz..  and  for  all  other,  including  pharmaceutical  uses 
at  9a.  per  oz. 

The  aggregate  capacity  of  production  of  Bublimed  iodine  of 
-  than  98  per  cent,  standard   in  the  South  American 
works  at  the  end  of  last  year  waa  estimated  tit  25.560  quintals 
or  .'..",91.3101b. ;  the  European  stock  of  Chilian  iodine  at  111177 
quintals,  or  1,032,9651b.;  the  export  of  iodine  from  the  South 
in  west  coast  in  1886  at  3,825'88  quintals,  or  388  3"71b  ■ 
1    world's  consumption    at  1000    quintals,  or  luti  0001b' 
would  prove  thai  Chili  is  at  present  capable  of 
and  a  hall  times  as  much  iodine  as  is  required 
■  ■•  1 1 i .  1 1  the  article  la  applied.andit  must  not 
he  forgotten  that  then'  is  at  present  no  prospect  of  any  con- 
siderable extension   in  the  use  of  the  article,  even  though  the 
price  should  fall  to  a  third  or  a  fourthof  that  prevailing.    The 
slock  of  Chilian  iodine  now  held  in  Europe  would  nlono  BtifBce 


lor  two  and  a  half  years'  consumption,  and  the  convention 
must  therefore  necessarily  restrict  the  output  of  iodine  in 
South  America  to  a  very  small  fraction  indeed  of  the  present 
producing  capacity.  The  directors  of  the  iodine  association 
purpose,  it  is  said,  to  gradually  raise  the  price  considerably 
beyond  their  present  ,  1  in, tat  ion.  and  as  they  control  the  market 
at  tins  moment  they  will  probably  succeed.  Hut  the  combina- 
tion is  likely  sooner  or  later  to  come  to  grief  through  tho 
impatience  of  its  own  members  to  submit  to  an  artificial  stunt- 
ing of  their  producing  powers,  nor  could  the  collapse  of  an 
association  based  upon  principles  so  essentially  vicious  from 
an  economical  point  of  view  he  regretted,  however  disadvan- 
tageous it  might  be  to  its  own  component  parts.— (hem.  and 
Druggist,  June  18,  1887. 


Foreign  Competition  in  Brazil. 

Consul  Cooper  remarks  on  foreign  competition  in  Santos,  in 
the  province  of  Sao  I'aulo.  In  this  province  foreign  competi- 
tion has  mode  but  slight  impression  on  the  general  course  of 
British  trade,  but  the  Germans,  who  are  the  only  serious 
rivals  in  the  Held,  have  possessed  themselves  of  one  or  two 
branches,  and  are  making  great  efforts  to  establish  the 
supremacy  of  their  woollen  and  cotton  industries.  In  face  of 
this  opposition  the  Consul  urges  concerted  action  of  all  the 
industrial  and  commercial  classes  on  well-organised  principles 
of  trade.  "Apart  from  the  low  price  at  which  the  Hermans 
produce  and  transport  their  production,  a  great  serret  of 
German  success  is  their  thorough  training  as  mercantile  men. 
German  merchants  abroad  are  shrewd,  hard-working  men, 
generally  of  ample  education  and  agreeable  social  qualities, 
with  broad  unprejudiced  views,  and  possessing  the  inestim- 
able gift  of  being  able  to  ingratiate  themselves  with  the 
people  with  whom  they  reside  and  hove  to  deol.  In  such  men 
the  Gentian  manufacturer  finds  solid  support,  and  the  most 
potent  means  for  the  extension  of  trade."  Consul  Cooper  does 
not  think  much  good  will  come  from  relying  on  the  consular 
service,  and  suggests,  as  one  among  other  plans  of  extending 
trade,  the  estaolishment  of  commercial  and  industrial 
museums  or  agencies  at  certain  advantageous  localities 
abroad,  primarily  in  new  countries. 


8@ont&lg    Patent   list. 

I.— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS,    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7261  R.  A.  Gibbons.  London.  Smoke  consuming  apparatus 
for  boiler  furnaces.    May  18 

7286  R.  W.  Anderson.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  means 
and  apparatus  for  supplying  air  or  draught  to  the  furnaces  of 
steam  generators.    May  19 

7363  C.  Tellier.  London.  An  improved  apparatus  for  utilising 
atmospheric  or  solar  heat,  for  raising  water  or  other  purposes. 
Complete  specification.     May  20 

7370  YV.  P.  Thompson— From  J.  A.  Sperry,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  amalgamators.    May  20 

7102  J.  Smith  and  I").  Cowan,  London.  Improvements  in 
steam  generators.    May  21 

7109  A.  de  Landc  Long  and  C.  Watson,  Stockton-on-Tees. 
A  new  arrangement  of  regenerative  furnace.    May  21 

7166  T.  Kelson,  Accrington.  Improvements  in  filters. 
May  23 

7515  C.  A.  Koellner,  London.  An  improved  filtering  and 
lixiviating  press.    Complete  specification.    May  25 

7525  H.  II.  Lake— From  U.  Cummings,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  air  compressing  apparatus.  Complete 
specification.    May  25 

7628  H.  Walker.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  and  con- 
nected with  steam  boiler  and  other  heating,  melting,  and 
smelting  furnaces,  mutlles.  and  the  like,  for  various  purposes. 
.May  26 

7610  It.  Robson,  Leeds.  Grate  bar  for  boilers  and  all  purposes 
in  raising  steam  and  heating  furnaces  and  such-like.    May  26 

7716  l\  K\ans.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and  applicable 
to  steam  generators.    May  27 

7717  J.  C.  stitt,  Liverpool.  Improvements  connected  with 
steam  generators  in  which  artificial  or  forced  draught  is  em- 
ployed.   May  27 

7723  ().  Kruschki,  Liverpool.  New  anil  improved  heating 
apparatus  with  air  supply  from  above.  Complete  specification. 
May  27 

7725  C.  W.  Guy,  London.  Improvements  in  crushing  mills. 
May  27 

7726  R.  W.  Deocon-From  W.  Maxwell.  Java.  Improve- 
ments in  centrifugal  drying  machines.     May  27 

7756  H.  II.  Lake,  London— From  B.  Roberts.  United  States. 
Improvements  relating  to  smoke-condensing  apparatus  for 
ase   in   connection   with   Bteam  boiler  and   other  furnaces. 

I  on iiilele  specification.     May  27 

7772  t;.  \v .  Alien,  Manchester;  and  EL  J.  A.  Bowers,  London. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  purifying  water  for  steam 
boilers.    May  28 


.!..,„■  :i».  i«:.i     TIIK  .foUUNAL  ()F  TIIH  soeiETC  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


4G7 


7815  T.  Taylor,  London.  Improvements  in  or  applicable  to 
steam  boilers  for  consuming  smoke.    M.i\  -'- 

781"  J.  Kroog.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
automatically  discharging  water  of  condensation  from  strain 
pipes,  and  for  similar  purposes.  Complete  specification. 
JIiij  28 

7908  A.  K.  Hartbel,  London,    Gasometer.    June  1 

7910  J.  K.  Robson,  Leeds.  Improvements  for  increasing  nnd 
making  more  effective  the  healing  surface  of  boiler  llurs. 
June  1 

79:11  W.  P.  Thompson— From  It.  A.  Marshall.  See  Class 
VII. 

8050  A.  J.  Marquand,  London.  Improved  means  for  pre- 
venting corrosion  and  incrustation  in  steam  boilers  and  other 
similar  vessels.    June  3 

8051  G.  Little,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  pul- 
verisers, and  to  means  for  separating  or  sorting  pulverised  or 
disintegrated  materials.    June  3 

8179  J.  Thiry  and  G.  Chantrennc-Soiron,  London.  Steam 
and  other  injectors.    June  7 

8180  \V.  11.  Karris,  London.  Steam  generators,  circulators, 
and  pulsators.    Complete  specification.    June  7 

8285  VV*.  Neilson,  11.  Neilson,  and  T.  Williamson,  Glasgow. 
Reversing  valves  for  regenerative  and  other  furnaces. 
June  !l 

8339  J.  T.  Collinge,  Manchester.  Rotary  pumps,  blowers  and 
exhausters.    June  10 

8396  A.  J.  Marquand,  London.  Electrical  apparatus  for  pre- 
venting corrosion  of  steam  boilers  and  similar  vessels,  and 
for  removing  the  incrustation  when  once  formed.    June  10 

8413  G.  H.  Stechmann,  Manchester.  Combined  automatic 
steam-boiler  feeding  apparatus  and  feed  water  heater. 
June  11 

8111  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  K.  Middleton.  Leeds.  Machinery  for 
drying  small  coal  or  coke,  or  for  desiccating  substances  of  a 
like  granular  character.    June  11 

8192  F.  Quenehen  and  A.  Vansteenkiste,  London.  Appara- 
tus for  grinding  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  substances. 
June  13 

8658  W.  H.  Mirfin,  Manchester.  Construction  of  internal 
furnaces  and  flues  for  steam  boilers.    June  16 

8670  W.  J.  Kllis,  Manchester.  Centrifugal  pumps.  Com- 
plete specification.    June  16 

8698  E.  A.  Cowper,  London.     Hot  blast  valves.    June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


1886- 

8105  E.  Robin3on.  Apparatus  for  drying  glutinous  fibres, 
granular  and  other  materials.    May  25 

8107  A.  Tolhurst,  C.  A.  Glazbrook  and  A.  Philbey.  Fire 
grates  and  smoke  consuming  apparatus  for  furnaces.    May  21 

9733  A.  G.  Meeze.  Apparatusfor  cooling  and  heating  fluids. 
May  28 

10061  H.  S.  Stewart.  Apparatus  for  exhausting,  lifting, 
forcing,  or  measuring  fluids.    June  11 

10098  J.  Atkinson.  Machines  for  cooling  air  or  other  gases. 
June  11 

10378  C.  J.  Croft  and  F.  Dowling.  Apparatus  for  forcing 
draught  in  boiler  furnaces.    June  15 

10595  A.  Flamache  and  E.  Picard.      Method  and  apparatus 
for  desiccating  wood  and  other  porous  substances.    June  1 
10663  J.  Rankin.    Furnace  grates.    May  28 

1070*  S.  S.  Bromhead— FromL.  Stautfert.  .Mixing  apparatus 
for  liquids.    June  18 

11241  A.  W.Anderson.    Filter  presses.    May  21 

1887. 

5793  J.King.  Apparatus  for  use  in  roasting,  drying,  carbonis" 
ing,  or  torrefying  farnia,  dextrine,  manures,  feeding  stuffs, 
etc.;  for  heating,  evaporating,  or  distilling  liquids,  and  for 
heating disinfectors  and  water  apparatus.    June  18 

7203  C.  T.  Schoen.  Apparatus  for  burning  liquid  fuel. 
June  18 

7363  C.  Tellier.  Apparatus  for  utilising  atmospheric  or  solar 
heat  for  raising  water,  etc.    June  22 

II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7156  J.  Keith,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
manufacturing  oil-gas.    May  17 

7177  J.  W.  Corbett  and  R.  D.  Hardy,  London.  Improvements 
in  and  in  means  for  the  manufacture  of  gas.    May  17 

7230  J.  E.  Barwick,  St.  Petersburg.  A  system  of  neating 
boilers  or  generating  steam.     May  IS 

7268  A.  Hommel,  London.  Process  for  obtaining  oxygen. 
May  18 

7274  F.  V.  Hadlow,  Lluxted.  An  improvement  in  the  arti- 
ficial manufacture  of  coal,  so  as  to  render  it  comparatively 
smokeless.    May  19 

7isj  K.  de  Soldenhoff,  London.  Improvements  in  or  addition 
to  means  or  apparatus  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  coke 
for  the  desiccation  and  incineration  of  precipiiants  ur  solids 
resulting  from  sludge  or  other  substances  liable  to  putrify. 
Complete  specification.    May  23 

1  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in  which 
acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Omce  iuirneiUately,  and  to  opposition  withm  two  months  of  the 
said  dates. 


7199  C.  Hirley  and  J.  Sturgeon.  London.  Xew  or  improved 
apparatus  for  automatically  regulating  the  supply  of  air  to  the 
combustion  chambers  of  gas-producers  according  to  the  pi 

sure  of  steam  in  boilers  area  with  the  gas  from  such  gas> 
producers.    Complete  specification.    May  23 

7518  J.  Belou,  London.  A  new  or  improved  process  for 
manufacturing  pure  hydrogen.  Complete  specification. 
May  25 

7613  L.  Sepulchre.  London.  Improvements  in  lighting  and 
heating  by  mineral  oils.    May  25 

7713  J.  H.  It.  Dinsmore.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and 
apparatus  for  washing  and  purifying  coal-gas.    May  27 

7711  J.  11.  K.  Dinsmore.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas  from  coal.    May  27 

7751  E.  Fleischer,  London.  Iiiipriiveineiits  in  separating 
solid  mailer  from  smoke  or  gases  resulting  from  combustion, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    May  27 

7782  W.  Defriesand  V.  J.  Feeny,  London.  Improvements  in 
feeding  oil  for  lighting  and  heating.    May  28 

7811  W.  Backer,  London.  An  improved  process  of  treating 
tar  for  the  purpose  of  producing  illuminating  and  heating  gas 
and  coke.    May  28 

8005  H.  Keevil,  Bath.  The  more  effectual  combustion  of  the 
oil,  and  increasing  the  brilliancy  of  the  flame  and  light  of 
paraffin,  petroleum,  and  benzoline  lamps.    June3 

8191  C.  L.  Baillard.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
or  preparation  of  mineral  or  other  like  oils.    June  7 

8218  E.  W.  Harding,  Greenwich.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  gas  from  coals,  with  other  advantages  in  con- 
nection therewith.    June  8 

8392  J.  A.  C.  Mackenzie,  London.  An  apparatus  to  be  em- 
ployed for  beating  by  means  of  ordinary  gas-burners.    June  10 

8679  A.  G.  Meeze,  Redhill.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  gas.  and  apparatus  therefor.    June  16 

8697  H.  H.  Doty,  London.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  generating  light  and  heat  from  mineral  or  other 
oil.    June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

7289  M.  Immisch.     Apparatus  for  measuring  heat.     May  25 

7580  C.  F.  Claus.  Purification  of  coal-gas.    May  25 
7582  C.  F.  Claus.  See  Class  VII. 

7581  C.  F.  Claus.  Purification  of  coal-gas.    May  25 
7585  C.  F.  Clans.  Purification  of  coal-gas.    May  21 

9173  J.  Li vesey  and  W.  Whitehouse.  Apparatus  for  enrich- 
ing gas  by  admixture  of  hydrocarbon  vapour.    May  21 

9598  J.  H.  Johnson— From  E.  Delamare-Debouttevilleand  L. 
P.  C.  Malandin.    Apparatus  for  carburetting  air.    May  28 

9658  W.  Welch.  Means  for  utilising  oils  or  gases  as  fuel,  and 
for  lighting  fires.    June  15 

10698  T.  Thorp.     Xon-regenerative  gas-lighting.    June  22 

1887. 

3267  C.  W.  Watts.  Purification  of  coal-gas  and  apparatus 
therefor.    May  28 

5571  W.  W.  Horn— From  A.  L.  Allen.  Apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  gas.    June  8 

5863  R.  Harrison  and  W.  Oliver.  Applying  the  vapour  of 
volatile  liquids  as  a  source  of  motive  power.    May  25 

6018  A.  J.  Boult— From  D.  M.  Kennedy.  Purifying  hydro- 
carbon oils.    May  28 

7031  O.  W.  Bennett  and  S.  O.  Hemenway.  Carburetting 
apparatus.    June  15  . 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,     TAR 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7867  W.  M.  Fraser  and  J.  Snodgrass.  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  primary  distilling  apparatus  for  shale  or  other  oil- 
vielding  mineral.    May  31 

8090  F.  Lennard.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  used 
in  the  distillation  of  tar  or  oil.    June  1 

8623  W.  P.  Thompson— From  If.  A.  C.  von  Schlieben,  Berlin. 
Improved  method  of  separating  the  chief  component  parts  of 
coal  shale.    June  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFUATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

9550  O.  Rose.  Apparatus  for  the  distillation  of  coal  shale 
and  other  materials.    May  25 

11131  J.  Jones.  Retorts  for  the  destructive  distillation  of 
shale,  coal,  and  other  bituminous  substances.    J  uhe  8 

1887. 

5785  A.  L.  Vale— From  the  Cbemische  Fabrik  Aciien 
Gesellschafl.  Process  for  the  purification  of  crude  anthracene. 
May  21 


[68 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June30.i887. 


IV.-   COLOl  RING    MAI  tERS     \M'    DYES. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7338  F.  E.  SchmUokert  London.  An  improved  process  of 
preparing   indigo   solution,   for  dyeing  purposes.    Complete 

^f'l^vinS/Mancheeter.    Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  aso  colouring  matters.    May  26  ,.„„„,,  F 
r733  J.  Y.  Johnson    Prom   rhe  Farbeufabriken  vormals it . 
Ha>  er  *  '  to..  Germanj .    Impro.  ements  mthe  manufacture  of 

'l>7sr  "Kebmann  and  A.  Studer,  London.  A  processfpr  pro- 
dncing  a  new  mono-sulpho  acta  from  alpha-naphtol.  Maj  as 
7833  I  v  Johnson  From  the  Badische  Anahn  and  feoda 
Fabrlk  Germany,  [mprovements  In  treatment  and  prepara- 
«onofnaphthazarine(moxynaphthaqmnone),andtheproduo- 
|!„;!  ,,,  a  soluble  derivative  thereof,  and  the  application  of  the 
s'ltiir  in  dveine  and  printing.    May  28  . 

d'ui  s    Pitt     Fro,,,  A.  Weinberg.  Germany.    The  manufac- 
ture Of  a  new  naphtol-disulphonic  acid  and  of  dyestutfs  there- 

rg"w  L  "Paul,  London.  A  process  or  processes  for  the  pro- 
duction of  colours  from  tetrazodiphenyldicarbon  acid,  and 
from  its  methyl  and  asthyl  ethers.    June  9 

8381  I"  McAra,  J.  Walker.  J.  A.  Birrell,  ^  .  Brock,  junr.. 
and  J  Adam,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  preparing  or  maturing  and  treating  of  cut  or  reduced 
logwood  and  other  dye-woods  for  dyeing  and  other  purposes. 

M31  I-  Imray-From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colarantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis  A.  F.  Pomer, 
andD  A.  Rosenstiehl,  France.  A  process  for  the  manufacture 
of  anthraqumone.    Complete  specification.    June  11 

SI37  L  Paul.  London.  Process  or  processes  for  producing 
mono  and  diamidoazobenzidines,  transformation  of  them  into 
tetrazo  compounds,  and  their  combination  with  amines  and 
phenols   (naphtoles),   or   the   sulpho-acids   of    these   bodies. 

8504  C.  A.  Bennert,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  colouring  matters.    June  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

7333  F.  E.  Scliniuckert.  Preparing  indigo  solutions  for 
dyeing  purposes-    June  22 


VI.  -DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 

STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7550  E.  B.  Petrie  and  K.  Wild.  Rochdale.  Improvements  In 
the  means  and  method  of  and  for  the  washing,  scouring,  boil- 
ing and    bleaching  of    fibres,    fibrous   materials  and  textile 

fabrics;  and  tin ■  stripping  of  fibres  from  bides  and  skins. 
May  25 

7556  It.  Lockwood  and  E.  L. Adamson,  Halifax.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  and  means  for  dyeing  yarns.    May  25 

7710  E.  Boursler,  London.  Improvements  in  dyeing  fabrics, 
and  in  materials  and  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   May  27 

7till  W.  Brierley— From  R.  Pcrzina.  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  ant atic  coppers  or  vats  employed  in  the  dyeing 

of  fibres,  and  fabrics  or  pieces.    June  1 

8333  J.  Takmine.    See  (kiss  XVIII. 

8361  J.  A.  Schofield,  London,  improvements  in  appliances 
for  attaching  to  lines,  cords  and  rods,  textile  fabrics  for  the 
purpose  of  drying  and  bleaching  the  same,  and  for  other 
purposes.    June  10 

8525  J.  11.  Smith.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
drying  woven  fabrics,  yarns,  or  fibrous  materials.    June  14 

8068  C.  T.  ( llegg,  Manchester.  H.  A.  Clegg,  Heaton  Norris,  and 
F.  Lee,  Didsbury.  Improved  machine  for  new  process  of  dye- 
ing wool  or  other  material.    Complete  specification.    June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


10053  W.  Mather.  Apparatus  for  treating  textile  materials 
with  liquids,  gases  or  vapours.    June  4 

10542  T.  llolliday.    Dyeing  textile  fibres.    June  18 

10718  L.  llartnell,  J.  Harmell,  and  A.  Harmell.  Rotary 
apparatus  for  preparing  for  dyeing  combed  wool  in  bobbins. 
June  22 

132GI  J.  II.  Storey,  J.  Wilkinson,  and  H.  Bateson.  Machinery 
for  printing  in  several  colours  on  paper,  oil  cloth,  and  other 
fabrics.    J  unc  22 

1887. 

5596  J.  Bromley  and  T.  Harrison.  Machinery  for  bronzing, 
colouring,  or  otherwise  ornamenting  paper  and  other  material 
in  sheets  or  rolls.    Juno  8 


V. -TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  ETC. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7476  G  V  Hartington,  Rochdale.  A  method  of  and  apparatus 
for  cleaning  or  separating  seed  or  other  extraneous  matter 
from  cotton,  wool,  silk,  or  other  fibrous  materials.    Maj  23 

7513  T  Tschieret,  London.  Improvement  in  proceedings  and 
apparatus  for  felting  woollen  thread.    May  2o  ,„_,_. 

793"  G  I.  J.  Wells  and  S.  L.Howard,  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  rhea  or  other  like  fibre  from  the 
rhea  bark  or  china  grass  or  like  products  of  other  plants 
of  the  Urtiea  family.    June  1  ,  ,      „      ™        v,v 

8041  V7.  B.  Nation  and  J.  J.  \\  orswick.    See  Class  XIX. 

8045  K  Jaegcrmayer.  London.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  determining  the  percentage  of  clean  wool  con- 
tained in  a  given  quantity  of  raw  wool.    June  3 

8167  G  F.  Wilson,  Westminster.  Improvements  in  the 
method    of    and    composition    for   treating    textile    fabrics. 

8?78'e  Tremsal  and  A.  Dicktus,  London.  Improvements  in 
the    process  of    scouring  wool,    and    in  apparatus    therefor. 

8575  H     II     Lake  —  From    ('.    Schrebler,     United     States., 
Improvements  relating  to  the  drying  and  carbonising  of  wool, 
and  to  apparatus  therefor.    Complete  specification.    June  lo 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

10053  W.  Mather.  Apparatus  for  treating  textile  materials 
with  liquids,  gases  or  vapours.    June* 

10176  11.  K.  Randall.  Treatment  of  silk  cocoons,  raw  silk, 
etc..  and  apparatus  therefor.    June  11 

10250  J.  s.  Farmer.  Apparatus  for  testing  the  purity  of  raw 
c  itton.    June  18  .  ., 

10515  A.  Mitscherlich.  Preparing  fibres  capable  of  being 
spun  from  wood.    June  15  .  . 

13197  G.  Tolson  and  J.  tiling  worth.  Carbonising  wool,  rags, 
ill'       I  lino  1 

13198  G.  Tolaon  and  J.  Illingworth.  Carbonising  wool,  rags, 
etc.    June  8 

1--7. 

6686  A  J  Boult  From  E.  H.  M.  Caston.  .Manufacturing  a 
merchantable  material  from  thistledown.    June  8 

6121  K  W  Serrell,  lunr.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
mechanical  "  debavage"  of  cocoons  after  brushing.    May  28 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7270  E.  W.  Parnell  and  J.  Simpson.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  obtaining  pure  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    May  19 

7661  W.  G.  Maclvv,  London.  A  new  way  of  making  soda. 
Mav  26 

7701  0.  F.  Claus,  H.  L.  Sulman,  and  E.  E.  Berry,  London. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  soda  by  the  ammonia 
process.    May  27 

7859  L.  A.  Staub,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  carbonate  of  soda  and  carbonic  acid  from  the  bicarbon- 
ate, and  in  apparatus  therefor.    May  31 

7906  R.  Schneider.  London.  Producing  hydrate  of  baryta 
from  sulphate  of  barium.    May  31 

7931  \V.  P.  Thompson— From  R.  A.  Marshall,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  demijohn  and  carboy  cases  for  acids  and 
other  liquids.    June  1 

8129  L.  A.  Staub.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  carbonates  of  soda.    June  6 

8213  S.  llallsworth  and  R.  Bailes,  London.  A  new  or  im- 
proved method  or  process  of  manufacturing  ferric  sulphate  or 
sesquipersulphate  of  iron,  commonly  called  nitrate  of  iron. 

S217  G.  H.  Bolton,  J.  R.  Wylde,  and  H.  Auer,  Liverpool. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  perman- 
ganate of  soda,  or  of  a  mixture  of  the  same  with  other  disin- 
fecting or  oxidising  matter.    June  8 

8289  W.  Bramlcy,  Middlesbro'-on-T'ees.  Improvements  in 
obtaining  chlorine  or  hydrochloric  acid  from  chloride  of 
calcium.     June  9 

8622  L.  Mond.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  obtaining 
ammonia,  chlorine,  and  hydrochloric  acid  from  ammonium 
chloride.    June  15 

8666  A. M.  Chance  and  J.  F.  Chance.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  treating  alkali  waste  to  obtain  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen, and  in  apparatus  employed  therein.    June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
188G. 

7582  C.  F.  Claus.  Preparation  of  ammonia  compounds  from 
coal  gas.    June  I  . 

8819  L.  A.  Chevalct.  Apparatus  for  distilling  and  purifying 
ammoniac  al  liquids.    June  11  ... 

0808  II.  W.  Deacon  and  F.  Hotter.  Apparatus  for  producing 
ammonia  from  sulphate  of  ammonia.    May  28 

10000  A.  W.  Cillman  and  S.  Spencer.  Apparatus  employed 
in  the  manufacture  of  sulphites.    June  11 


june so.  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OK  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


10119  G.  J.irmav.  Separating  the  ammonium  chloride  from 
liquors  obtained  in  the  manufacture  of  soda  by  the  ammonia 
soda  process.    June  22 

l.VtS7  W.  F.  Xast.  Treatment  of  manure  and  other  organic 
matters,  and  production  therefrom  of  ammonia  and  residual 
products  free  from  ammonia.    June  11 

VIII. -GLASS,  POTTERY,  AHD  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7151  S.  Bunting.  Dublin.  Improved  moulds  with  apparatus 
attached  for  blowing  glass  by  means  of  compressed  air,  and 
completing  the  manufacture  in  the  mould.    May  17 

7X9  S.  Bunting.  Improved  compressed  air  apparatus  suit- 
able for  glass  blowing.    May  18 

7279  J.  1).  Watson,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  enamel- 
ling of  metallic  and  other  surfaces,  and  in  the  materials 
employed  therefor.    May  19 

7516  H.  Godwin  and  W.  Hewitt.  Hereford.  Making  and  con- 
necting tile  or  ceramic  fenders  and  ceramic  mouldings  gene- 
rally on  new  and  improved  principles.    May  25 

7560  H.  M.  Ashley,  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  internally  stoppered  bottles  and  other  like  vessels  of 
glass.    May  25 

7609  F.  Siemens,  London.  Improvements  in  ceramic  kilns. 
May  25 

8003  L.  A.  Holmes.  Blackpool.  A  novel  adaptation  in  the 
manufacture  of  plauues  for  teapot  stands.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   June  3 

8016  A.  H.  Hull,  London.  An  imperishable  opal  letter  for 
buildings.    June  3 

8170  J.  H.  Hughes  and  J.  Holdsworth.  London.  A  new  or 
improved  compound  or  material  capable  of  being  moulded 
ana  used  as  a  substitute  for  natural  stone  or  marble,  for 
pottery,  metallic,  wooden,  and  other  articles.    June  7 

8235  R.  Stuart.  London.  An  improvement  in  the  production 
of  glassware.    June  8 

8372  G.  F.  Chance,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  rolled  glass,  and  in  appliances  used  in  the  said  manu- 
facture.   June  10 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

8677  J.  C.  Arnall  and  H.  M.  Ashley.     Manufacture  of  bottles 
and  other  articles  in  blown  glass.    May  28 
9798  H.  Defries.    Manufacture  of  lenses.    June  11 

1-7. 

1911  J.  Critchlow.  T.  Forester.  W.  Forester.  H.  Forester,  and 
L.  Forester.    Improved  potters'  filter-press.    May  21 

2618  F.  Bennett.  Earthenware  and  china  plates  and  dishes. 
Junel 

5698  S.  H.  Rowley.  Preparing  articles  of  glass  or  pottery  to 
receive  metal  pipes  or  other  metal  connections.    May  28 

5723  S.  Pitt— From  G.  Falconnier.  Manufacture  of  building 
materials  from  glass,  and  application  of  the  same.    May  28 

5866  J.  Blair.  Improvements  in  china  and  crockeryware. 
May  25 


8189  W.  C.  Milton,  London.  Fireproof  metallic  plastering. 
June  13  .    _  , 

86IS  \  W.  Rummage,  London.  An  improved  fireproof 
column  and  staimchion  combined,  for  building  construction. 
Complete  specification.    June  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTEU. 


9551  \V.  F.  Reid.    Hydraulic  cement.    May  21 

1887. 

5723  S.  Pitt— From  G.  Falconnier.    See  Class  VIII. 

6283  A.Murray.    Manufacture  of  bricks,  mouldings,  ridges, 

etc.    June  S  ..._.■»• 

61%  C.  Chambers,  jun.    Brick-making  machines.    Junes 


IX.— BUILDING    MATERIALS,     CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7178  J.  W.  Corbett  and  R.  D.  Hardy.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  and  means  for  the  manufacture  of  cement.    May  17 

7213  L.  G.  Knemeyer.  London.  Cement  adapted  for  artificial 
stone  work,  and  for  coating  walls,  etc.,  with  a  suitable  surface 
for  the  reception  of  waterproof  painting.    May  18 

7252  J.  Gollings  and  H.  Hicks.  London.  Improvements  in  the 
construction  of  "  formers "  for  plastic  brick  manufacture. 
May  18 

7381  J.  Dudley  and  J.  Hamilton,  Derby.  Improvements  in 
concrete  and  artificial  stone  mantelpieces.    May  20 

7111  A.  Busch.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  cement  for  building  and  general  constructive  purposes. 
May  21 

7539  S.  Smith.  J.  Roberton,  and  J.  R.  Andrew.  Glasgow. 
Improvements  in  making  Portland  cement.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   May  25 

7708  N.  R.  Foster,  L'xbridge.  A  new  or  improved  method 
of  constructing  kilns  and  drying  floors  for  the  manufacture  of 
cements  and  limes.    May  27 

7757  C.  Rabitz,  London.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  walls,  ceilings,  roofs,  and  the  like.    May  27 

8021  J.  Stevenson — From  J.  Salvat,  France.  A  new  process 
for  the  preservation  of  woods.    June  3 

8206  W.  D.  Cliff  and  B.  E.  Peto,  London.  A  new  or  improved 
brick  or  building  block.    June  8 

8316  C.  F.  Laspe.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  firebricks-    June  9 

8318  A.  Scrutton— From  D.  B.  McLaren.  Xew  Zealand.  A 
new  or  improved  manufacture  of  material  or  compound  suit- 
able for  paving.    June  9 

8139  C.  P.  W.  Doehring.  London.  Improvements  in  street 
and  other  paving.    Complete  specification.    June  11 


X. -METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7186  G.  Downing-From  C.  Baily.  France.  Improvements 
in  means  and  appliances  for  supporting  the  roofs  of  cuttings 
in  coal  mining  and  analogous  operations.    May  17 

7198  W.  A.  Baldwin.  London.  A  process  of  obtaining 
aluminium  from  its  ores  or  from  aluminiferous  earths,  or 
earths  containing  alumina  ;  and  of  combining  aluminium  with 
other  metals.    Complete  specification.    May  17 

7.7-  .1.  B.  MacArthur,  R.  W.  Forrest,  and  W.  Forrest.  Glas- 
gow. Improvements  in  treating  ores  to  obtain  gold,  silver, 
lead,  zinc,  copper  and  other  metals  or  useful  compounds 
thereof.    May  19  . 

7282  G.  Hatton,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  malleable  iron  and  steel,  and  in  apparatus  employed  therein. 
May  19 

7283  J.  Houlston  and  M.  Croft,  London.  Improvements  in 
puddling  and  mill  furnaces.    May  19 

7328  X.  S.  Burnell,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  galvanising 
sheet  iron  or  steel,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    May  19 

736S  It.  Chambers,  London.  Improvements  in  mill  puddling 
and  other  furnaces  used  in  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel, 
and  other  metals,  and  for  other  manufacturing  purposes. 
May  20 

7126  A.  C.  Henderson— From  P.  L.  T.  Heroult.  France.  An 
improved  process  for  the  preparation  of  aluminium,  aluminium 
bronze,  and  alloys  of  aluminium,  by  electrolysis.    May  21 

7191  P.  C.  Gilchrist.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  steel  or  ingot  iron  by  the  basic  process.    May  23 

7195  P.  C.  Gilchrist.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
iron  and  steel.    May  23  • 

7506  The  Xew  Portable  Electric  Lamp  and  Power  Syndicate 
Co..  Limited.    See  Class  XVIII. 

7511  C.  Akrill.  London.  An  improvement  or  improvements 
in  chilled  grain  and  steel  rolls  used  in  the  rolling  of  iron  and 
steel,  and  other  metallic  alloys,  which  improvement  or  improve- 
ments is  or  are  also  applicable  to  rolls  generally.    May  2o 

7519  J.  Belou,  London.  Improvements  in  treatment  of  ores. 
Complete  specification.    May  25 

7533  F.  J.  Clamer  and  J.  G.  Hendrickson.  London.  A  pro- 
cess of  cleaning,  preparing,  and  coating  metal  plates  and  other 
metal  surfaces.    Complete  specification.    May  25 

7563  F.  W  Seaman.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  ingots,  bars,  and  tools  of  self-hardening  steel  com- 
bined with  other  steel.    May  25 

7567  D.  Owen,  LoDdon.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  tin  and  such  like  metal-coated  plates,  and  in  the  apparatus 
employed  therein.    May  25 

7657  J.  Weirich,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  auriferous  minerals.    May  26 

7730  H.  Johnson.    See  Class  XXI. 

7761  E.  A.  Jones  and  F.  F.  Jones.  London.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  preparation  of  oxides  of  iron,  and  to  apparatus 
therefor.    May  27  .    . 

7785  G.  A.  Jarvis.  Wellington.  Improved  converter  bottoms, 
plugs  or  blocks.    May  28  ,     ..... 

7921  W.  G.  Jackson,  London.  An  improved  shield  for 
miners'  safety  lamps.    June  1 

7977  R.  Martin.  London.  Improvements  in  "pots  employed 
in  coating  tin  and  terne  plates,  and  in  apparatus  connected 
therewith.    June  2 

7998  M.  Kennedy  and  G.  Green.  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  washing  ores.    June  3 

8001  J.  Williams,  Swansea.  Improvements  in  apparatus  or 
machinery  for  cleansing  terne.  tin.  or  other  plates.    June  3 

8026  E.  Dutton.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  hauling  gear  for  iron  and  steel  works.    June  3 

8101  J  Garvie,  jun.,  London.  Improvements  in  steel  .fur- 
naces.   June  6 

8207  H  Burrows.  London."  Improvements  in  open  hearth 
steel  furnaces.    June  7 

8276  A.  L.  Dowie.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  treating  iron 
and  castings  thereof.    June  9 

-.77  W  Jukes,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  steel  and  in  apparatus  connected  therewith.    June  9 

8281  8.  P.  Thompson.  London.  Improvements  in  the  electro- 
deposition  of  the  heavy  metals.    June  9  . 

8313  W.  Pegge.  Stoke-on-Trent.  Breaking  off  coals  without 
blasting  or  wedging.    June  10 

8317  A.  C.  Patrick  and  W.  Hunter,  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  machinery  for  bending  and  for  straightening  or  flattening 
iron  or  steel  plates  or  bars.  June  10 


470 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INMVIKV.     [.Mine 20. aw. 


BI26  J.  it.  Thompson  and  W.  White,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  sodium  and  paratus 

for  the  purpose.   June  11 

8127  J.  B.  Thompson  and  W.  White,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  mas  inium  and  its  alloys,  and  apparatus 

for  '  I  June   11 

8J98  I.  W  \  lamson  and  W,  F.  Hull.  Newcaatle-on-Tyne. 
Improvements  in  mi  iy  lamps.  June  13 

'     Walsh,  jun.,  Loudon.    An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  reauciDg  sine  ores  and  collecting  the  metallic 
herefrom.    I  pei  ideation.    June  IS 

8630  W.  Muirhead,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  con- 
neeted  with  furnaces  for  the  production  of  steel.   June  15 

I.  Lawrence.  London  [mprovements  in  machinery  or 
apparatus  for  screening  coal,  mineral  ores,  and  other  sub- 
Btances.  t  lomplete  specification,    June  hi 

t-712  J.  V.  Johnson— From  A.  de  Men-tens.  France.  A  new 
or  improved  process  for  browning  or  colouring  iron  or  steel 
surfaces  and  protecting  them  from  rust.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.  June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

S966  D.  Owen.  Manufacture  of  tin  and  other  metal-coated 
plates,  and  apparatus  therefor.    June  8 

9211  F.  F.  K.  Elmore.  Means  ami  apparatus  for  coating 
various  metal  wares  by  combined  electro-chemical  and 
mechanical  process.    June  1 

9315  J.  Swift.  Sheffield.  Apparatus  for  boring  coal,  rock,  or 
other  mineral  substance.    May  21 

9:i90  W.  B.  Ash.  Casing  for  iron  an  1  other  metals,  specially 
applicable  for  the  metal  work  of  bedsteads  and  chandeliers. 
May  21 

9132  H.Leipmann.    See  Class  XV11I. 

9186  L.  Grabau.  Production  of  aluminium  and  alloys 
thereof.     May  25 

9515  D.  Davy.  Apparatus  for  moving  ingots  or  blooms  into 
position  for  passing  through  the  rolls  of  rolling  mills.     May  25 

9815  J  Pinder  and  B.  Woodcock.  Hardening  and  temper- 
ing steel  wire.   June  1 

9919  E.  W.  Parnell  and  J.  Simpson.  Treatment  of  ores  con- 
taining sulphide  of  antimony  for  obtaining  the  sulphide  in  a 
concentrated  form,  with  any  gold  or  silver  present.    May  25 

9999  T.  Archer,  jun..  and  J.  Fairley.  Means  for  storing  and 
supplying  compressed  air  for  use  in  mines  for  ventilating  or 
other  purposes.    June£ 

10IS5  O.  P.  H.  A.  Straube.  Method  of  igniting  mining  cart- 
ridges and  discharging  firearms.    June  11 

10591  J.  Clark.  Obtaining  alloys  of  aluminium  with  copper 
or  other  metals.    June  II 

11600  A.  E.  Tucker.  Linings  of  copper,  lead,  and  similar 
furnaces,  and  of  steel  or  Siemen's  furnaces  and  steel  con- 
verters.   May  21 

1887. 

6087  E.  I).  Wassell.  Reducing  the  point  in  carbon  in  stoel, 
and  forming  a  homogeneous  weld.    June  8 

6187  It.  L.  Short.  J.  Short,  and  J.  B.  Short.  A  safety  lamp 
for  miners.    June  1 


XI. 


-FATS,   OILS,   and   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7213  F.  Vogel.  Manchester.  A  process  for  dissolving  tallow 
or  other  fatty  matter  in  water.    May  18 

7681  H.  J.  Haddan— From  P.  Schroder.  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  purifying  oil.    May  26 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

5960  S.  Schofleld.  Extracting  oil  from  greasy  waste,  and 
making  same  into  soap.    May  25 

6986  \S\  Sanzenbacher  and  S.  Tanatar.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  distilling  fatty  acids  by  means  of  superheated 
steam.    June  15 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES,  and  RESINS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7159  H.  Dell.  Brighton.  A  polish  for  leather,  linoleum, 
stained  floors,  furniture,  etc.    May  17 

737ii  F.Crane  From  J,  Hale  and  V7.  I).  Field.  Improve- 
ment, in  lacquers  and  varnishes.    May  20 

7377  F.  Crane  — From  J.  Hale,  I'nitcd  States.  Improve- 
in  varnishes.    May  20 

7.").'i  H.  ll.  Lake  From  J.  P.  Perkins.  United  States,  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  pigment  or  paint.  Com- 
plete speefheut  i.m.     M:: 

7809  Q.  Harrison  and  (i.  Trimming.  London.  Improvements 
in  the  preparation  of  fireprooflng  fluids  or  paints  to  be  applied 
to  textile  and  other  inflammable  materials.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   May  H 

8031  R.  Gould.  London.  A  new  or  improved  composition  for 
distempering.    June  3 


82S3  I.  Crane    From  W.p.  Field,  United  States.    Improve- 
in   pyroxyline  compounds  and  varnishes,   and  in  the 

treal I  ..i  certain  alcohols  for  obtaining  acetates,  chiefly 

applicableas  solvents  for  pyroxyline.    Jul 

COMPLETE  SPEGIEICA  TIONS   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

10960  M.  Hcncdietus.      Materia]   for  removal  of  old  paint. 
Ha]  28 

1887. 

6323  W.  I..  Wise— From  1!.  Lchmann. 
manufacture  of  varnish.    June  U 


Apparatus  for  the 


XIII.— TANNING,    LEATHER,   GLUE,  and   SIZE. 
COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS6. 
109S7  J.  Townsend.    Treating  hides  or  skins.    June  22 
hilll  J.  II.  Lorimer.    Apparatus  for  drying  hides,  skins, etc. 
June  8 


XIV.  -AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7716  T.  Darling  and  J.  Ford,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  machinery  or  mechanism  for  breaking,  crush- 
ing, and  grinding  phosphate  stones  and  similar  hard  materials 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  manure.    May  27 

8115  J.  L.  Wood,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
distributing  "Thanatos"  or  any  other  insecticide,  moist  or 
dry.  on  plants,  shrubs,  etc.    June  11 

S52S  ll.  McGregor  and  J.  McArthur,  jun.,  Glasgow. 
Improvements  in  absorbing  moisture  from  and  deodorising 
foecal  and  other  refuse  matter,  and  utilising  the  whole  as  a 
manure.    June  11 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7259  F.  Harm,  London.  Improved  process  for  converting 
the  syrups  from  sugar  manufacture  into  mono-saccharates. 
Complete  specification.    May  IS 

7813  F.  Bosshardt— From  G.  Bocquet.  France.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  filtering  and  refining  sugar.    May  28 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

10161  H.  J.  Haddan- From  A.  Z.  Champy,  A.  X.  Champy. 
and  L.  P.  Champy.    See  Class  XVI. 
10181  M.  Stressor.    Manufacture  of  artificial  gum.    June  15 
10873  A.  Rossi  and   C.  Hellfrisch.     Manufacture    of  gum. 

June  22 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7190  J.  Wallace,  London.  An  improved  modcof  andapparatus 
for  distilling,  and  maturing  alcohols.  Complete  specification. 
May  17 

7277  J.  Takamine,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  maufac- 
ture  of  alcoholic  liquids.    May  19 

7s25  W.  T.  Kamsden  and  L.  Briant,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of,  and  in  means  and  apparatus  for,  sterilising 
Deer  and  other  fermented  liquids.     May  28 

78S3  A.  W.  Gillman  and  S.  Spencer,  Improvements  in  the 
preparation  of  rice  to  be  used  in  biewiug,  distilling,  and 
vinegar-making.    May  31 

7896  A.  M.  Coyle,  K.  F.  Andrews,  and  E.  C.  Davidson, 
London.  Improvements  in  distillation.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   May  31 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

l-i;. 

10161  H.J.  Haddan- From  A.  Z.  Champy,  A.  N".  Champy, 
and  L.  P.  Chaniy.  Treating  the  Jerusalem  artichoke  to  pre- 
pare it  for  use  in  distilling,  in  the  manufacture  of  glucose,  and 
similar  industries.     .1  one  B 

1(1722  F.  Foster.  Machinery  for  charging  liquids  with  car- 
bonic acid  gas.    June  23 

1887. 

7190  J.  Wallace.  Method  and  apparatus  for  distilling  and 
maturing  alcohols.    June  18 


June 30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


471 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 
A.— Chdhbtry  ok  Foods. 

8008  T.  A.  Marshall.  Glasgow.  An  improved  preparation  of 
farinaceous  substances  for  use  as  food.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   June  3 

8298  J.  II.  Lock.  London.    Improvements  in  the  treatment, 

5 reparation,  and  preserving  of  certain  alimentary  substances, 
une  9  . 

S6til  H.  II.  Doty.  London.  A  process  for  preserving  eggs  in 
the  shell.    June  16 

B—  Sanitary  Chemistry. 

7392  H.  H.  Lake— From  C.  Lortzing.  United  States.  Im- 
proved methods  or  processes  and  apparatus  for  the  purification 
of  sewage  and  for  similar  purposes.    May  20 

7182  It.  de  SoldenhorT.    Sue  Class  II. 

7619  C.  J.  Buliring,  London.  Improved  means  to  be  em- 
ployed in  the  purification  of  water  and  other  liquids,  and  the 
preparation  and  treatment  of  materials  therefor.    May  25 

7830  W.  Macnab.  sen.,  W.  Macnab,  jun..  and  I).  Donald. 
London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  separating  by  sub- 
sidence solid  matters  from  the  liquids  in  which  they  are 
suspended.    Complete  specification.    May  28 

8357  II.  Rimmer,  London.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  material  for  purifying  and  Altering 
water,  saccharine,  alcoholic  and  other  fluids.    June  10 

8111  J.  Hanson.  London.  Apparatus  to  be  used  in  the  dis- 
infection, deodorisation.  and  purification  of  foul  matter.  June  II 

8528  1).  McGregor  and  J.  Mc Arthur,  jun.    See  Class  XIV. 

C Disinfectants. 

8063  J.  C.  Mewburn— From  J.  J.  Bate,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  processes  for  preserving  Crustacea  and  certain 
new  and  useful  chemical  solutions  of  special  utility  in  such 
connection.    Complete  specification.    June  1 

8217  G.  H.  Kolton,  J.  K.  Wylde,  and  II.  Auer.    See  Class  VII. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 


9733  A.  Brin.    Treating  milk  for  preserving  it. 
1SS7. 


May  25 


3091  E.  Wvlam.  Preparation  of  food  for  animals,  game,  or 
poultry.    May  28 

6285  A.  It.  Leerbeck  and  J.  F.  Holm.  Producing  albumen- 
maltose  dietary  malt  powder  for  food.    June  11 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1886. 

8144  H.  It.  Newton.  Drainage  and  drainage  works  applic- 
able to  towns  or  country  districts;  and  dealing  with  sewage 
and  waste  waters.    June  22 

9227  J.  S.  Lawrey.  Means  for  softening  and  purifying  water. 
May  25 

9569  \V.  Burns.  Manufacture  of  depurating  and  decolouris- 
ing charcoal  for  purifying  sewage  and  other  foul  liquids,  and 
for  decolourising  syrups.    May  21 

10047  W.  Astrop.  Apparatus  and  process  for  solidifying  and 
drying  sewage  sludge,  etc.    June  15 

10703  E.  Sergeant.  Furnaces  for  treating  refuse  and  materials 
infected  with  disease.    June  22 

13313  It.  H.  Iteevcs.  Construction  and  arrangement  of 
apparatus  for  the  ventilation  of  drains,  the  deodorising  of 
sewage,  and  disinfecting  gases.    June  8 

C— Disinfectants. 

1887. 

6037  R.D.  Hunter.  Compositions  for  treating  matters  having 
an  offensive  smell.    May  28 


XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATIONS. 


7506  Tho  New  Portable  Electric  Lamp  and  Power  Syndicate 
Company.  Limited.  D.  Urqubart  and  B.  Nicholson.  London. 
Improvements  in  ami  ooonected  with  electric  batteries  and 
lamps  suitable  for  miners'  use  or  for  analogous  purposes. 
May  23 

7527  It.  M.  Hunter.  London.  Improvements  in  electric 
motors  or  dynani  >-clectric  machines.  Complete  specification. 
.May  25 

7553  F.  George,  Durslcy.  Itcgulating  the  electro-motive 
force  of  dynamo-electric  machines.    May  25 

7061  L.  N".  Loeb,  London.  Improvements  in  primary  bat- 
teries.   May  20 

7715  It.  M.  liaily.jun.,and  A. Grundy,  London.  An  improved 
construction  of  dynamo-electric  machines.    May  27 

7865  F.  George.  Dursley.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric 
and  electro-dynamic  machines.    May  31 

7975  L.  C.  E.  Lebiez.  London.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries  or  accumulators.    June  2 

8128  P.  A.  Fichet  and  A.  Nodon.  London.  Improvements 
in  chlorine  batteries.    Complete  specification.    June  6 

8145  D.  Skrivanow.  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    June  6 

8262  W.  M.  Mordey,  London.  Improvements  in  electric 
generators.    June  8 

8267  J.  A.  Tiinmis  and  I).  Halpin.  Westminster.  Improve, 
ments  in  the  working  and  controlling  of  electric  currents 
JuneS 

8333  J.  Takmine.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  and  apparatus  for  bleaching  paper  pulp  and  analogous 
substances  by  electrolysis.    June  10 

8443  It.  McKenzie— From  H.U'eymersch.  France.  Improved 
electrolytes  for  electric  batteries.    June  11 

8641  II.  Edmunds,  London.  Improved  system  and  means 
to  be  used  in  the  supply  or  distribution  and  control  of 
electricity  for  lighting  or  other  purposes.    June  la 

8701  J.  itoss.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
production  and  application  of  electric  energy  for  lighting  or 
other  purposes.    June  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

9082  A.  R.  Upward  and  C.  W.  Pridham.  Improvements  in 
galvanic  batteries  and  in  their  application  to  electric  lighting. 
etc.     -May    21 

'.H.12  H.  Leipmann.  Process  for  treating  auriferous  sub- 
stances by  electrolysis.    May  21 

7636  D.  J.  Fitzgerald.  Manufacture  of  negative  elements 
for  voltaic  batteries.    June  8 

8379  A.  lteckenzaun.    Secondary  batteries  or  accumulators. 

May  25  ..»■_• 

8842  E.  Andreoli.    Plates  without  support,  entirely  made  Oi 
active  material,  for  voltaic  batteries.    June  8 
9478  J.  A.  Fleming.     Dynamo-electric  machines.    June  22 
9514  E.  H.  Desolu.    Galvanic  batteries.    May  25 
9708  A.    B.    Holmes  and  J.    C.  Vaudrey.      Apparatus    for 
automatically  making  and  breaking  circuit   for    a    dynamo 
charging  accumulators;  and  for  use  in  running  several  com- 
pound-wound dynamos  in  parallel  circuit.    June  22 
9991  H.  Aron.    Electric  batteries.    June  4 
10600  J.  E.  Itogerson,   J.  G.  Statter.  and    J.  S.  Stevenson. 
Electric  furnaces  or  heating  apparatus.    June  22 

1887. 

5687  W.  P.  Thompson-From  H.  W.  Spang.  Fusible  con- 
nections for  armatures  for  electric  generators.    May  21 

6828  E.  T.  Higham  and  D.  Higham.  Regulation  of  dynamo- 
electric  machines.    June  22 

6829  P.  Jensen— From  O.  Lugo.    Electric  batteries.     June  11 
6869  H.    H.    Lake-From    W.    J.    Ludlow.       Primary    and 

secondary  batteries.    June  11 


Improvements  in  secondary 
Improvements 
in    dynamo- 


7189  W.  H.  Akester,  I^ndon. 
batteries.    May  17 

7317  J.  Kynoch  and  W.  Habgood.  London, 
in  reversible  electric  batteries.    May  19 

7360  G.    C.   Flicker,   Putney.      Improvements 
electric  machines.    May  20 

7394  J.  A.  Kingdon.   London.     Improvements  in  primary 
electric  batteries.    May  20 

7396  C.  H.  Pielsticker-From  F.  C.  G.  Muller,  Prussia.    Im- 
provements in  galvanic  elements.    May  21 

71.6  A.  C.  Henderson— From  P.  L.  T.  Heroult.    See  Class  X. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7226  R.  C.  Menzies  and  C.  M.  King.  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  preparing  safety  paper  for  cheques  or  other  docu- 
ments.   May  18  ,         ,  T    ~  ,, 

7738  The  British  Xylonite  Co..  Limited,  and  L.  P.  Merrian. 
London.  A  novel  xylonite  celluloid  or  pyroxylin  fabric  suit- 
able for  making  shirt  fronts,  collars,  cuffs,  hats,  and  bonnets: 
I  and  for  other  purposes.    Complete  specification.    May  27 

7980  K.  Klic.  London.  Improvements  in  the  preparation  or 
treatment  of  paper  for  drawing  purposes.    June  2 

SOU  W.  B.  Nation  and  J.  J.  Worswick.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  vegetable  fibres  suitable  for  paper- 
making,  spinning,  weaving,  and  other  analogous  purposes. 
June  3  .  . 

8391  J.  Craig-From  C.  J.  Stanbold.  Saxony.  An  improved 
manufacture  of  bowl-paper.    June  10  _ 

S591  R.  Wood,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  apparatus  lor 
straining  paper  pulp  and  the  like.    June  15 

(  OMPLETE  sf  Ei  IFK  'A  TIONS  -I  I '(  iJ'TED. 

Ism; 
7901  C.  Weygang.   Waterproofing  and  sizing  paper  and  such- 
like material.    June  8  .  -,      .,, 
8118  C   Moi  tit.    Manufacture  or  treatmont  of  paper.  -May  21 

F 


472 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [June  so.  uw. 


8493  A.  Wilkinson.  Manufacture  of  paper  i>ulp  und  papier 
maohe.    June  i  .,„      .       , 

93ig  K.  MusU.  Preparation  of  paper  for  bills  of  exchange, 
cheques, etc.    June'.";  _  ,. 

9874  A.  M  Clark— From  La  Compagnie  Franfaise  du  <  euu- 
loid.  Colouring,  or  producing  coloured  designs  on,  celluloid 
and  analogous  products.    May  21 

9885  K.  Kn.ii.  Machinery  for  grinding,  mixing.  sizing. 
dyeing,  and  otherwise  preparing  materials  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  paper.    June  1 

XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES,  AMD  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

7501  P.  O.  W.  Tvpke,  London.  The  utilisation  of  by- 
products  resulting  from  the  manufacture  or  production  of 
certain  phosphorus  compounds.    Hay  23 

8387  J  Trim  be  and  6.  Uolnndcr.  London.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  separation  of  fusel  or  ethereal  oil  from  sub- 
stances containing  the  same.    June  10 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

102S1  A.  Knoll.  Process  for  the  production  of  the  ethers  of 
morphincarbonicacid.    May  25 

10387  A.  Knoll.  Process  for  producing  methyl-morphin 
(codeinl,  ethyl-morphia,  and  the  higher  homologues  of 
morphin.     May  28 


XXI. -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

7t53  T.  A.  Vclst  how.  London.    Improvements  in  submerged 

mines  and  in  apparatus  for  operating  or  controlling  the  same. 

Mas  21 

7603  <;.  S.  Spencer.  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  detonating  Btgnal  apparatus  for  railways.    Complete  speci- 

lieatiun.      MavL'5 

"BOX  U.  11.  Lake-  Prom  Wohnnka  &  Co.,  Austria.  Im- 
pi'ovcincnts  in  the  manufacture  of  explosives.    May  25 

7730  II.  Johnson.  London.  Improvements  in  cartridges  for 
Masting  coal  and  other  minerals,  and  for  other  like  purposes. 
.May  27 

771'-'  E.  P.  Leresche,  London.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
to  the  exploding  arrangements  of  automatically  ignited- 
submarine  mines  or  torpedoes.    May  27 

8067  T.G.  Hart,  Haili.  Improvements  in  explosives  for  use 
in  firearms.  June! 

8109  C.  V. Boys,  London.  Anewluminoussignal  or  firework. 
June  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 
8736  C.  J.  I).  Oppermann.    Detonating  fire  alarms.    June  15 
1887. 

3920  A.  J.  Boult— From  L.  Bagger.  Igniting  explosive  chargCB 
and  combustibles.    May  25 

5883  F.  W.  Smith— From  Messrs.  Klee  and  Koecher.  Con- 
struction ofexplodingcharges  or  cartridges.    June  1 

5899  P.  M  E.  Audouin.  Improved  explosives,  and  manu- 
facture of  same.     May  :25 


Printed  and  Ful                 BMKi       t  Co.,  New  Biide      rest.  8tnnnwais,Maach»ter,  for  the  Society  ef  Chemical  Industry. 
OS  I E,  for  the  Bale  of  Copii      ■  ■    Receipt  of  Subscriptions :  6,  York  Street,  Cored  OaNen. 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3nbustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  7.— Vol.  VI. 


JULY    30,    1887. 


Non-Members  30  •  per  annum ;  Members 
21  -  per  3et;  Single  Copies  2  6. 


€\)C  ^ocictp  of  Cbcmical  JnDustm 


Past  Presidents  : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoc.  M.P..  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S.  . .  1881— 1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S.   ..  1882-1883. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883— 1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1884-1885. 

E.  K.  Mu3pratt 1885—1886. 

David  Howard 1886—1857. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1888. 


Abstractors  : 


President : 


M.P., 


Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
fice-Presidents  : 

Sir   H.    E.    Roscoe, 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 

Prof.  \\*.  A.  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Prof.  F.  Clowes.  D.Sc. 

.Sir  J.  Neilson  Cuthbertson. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Iv.in  Levinstein. 

K.  IC.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  \V.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 

Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 
John  Calderwood.  F.R.S.E.  John  Pattinson. 


Eustace  Carey. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 


B.  S.  Proctor. 

F.  J.  Rowan. 

Dr.  Edwd.  Schunck,  F.R.S. 

T.  W.  Stuart. 

Lewis  T.  Wright. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 


Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary: 

Ludwig  Mond,  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W, 

General  Secretary  :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 
Palace  Chambers.  9.  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

THE    JOURNAL. 

Publication  Committee: 

The  President. 
Sir  F.  A  Abel.  F.R.S.  |    Ivan  Levinstein. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Peter  Griess,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 

F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester, 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors : 

G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 
W.  Dalrvmple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
C.  F.  Cross. 


Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

K.  K.  Musprai  i". 

C.  O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


A.  R.  Davis. 

Wm.  Elborne. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc. 


W.  E.  Kay. 

A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 

(ha?.  A   Kohn.  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

W.  &  McMillan. 

&  Harris  Morris.  Ph.D. 

J.  M.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 

H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Uee.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Yeley.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

Comment  having  been  maJe  on  the  delay  in  reprinting 
the  numbers  for  January,  1SS2  and  lSS3,*the  Secretary 
begs  to  inform  those  whom  it  may  concern,  that  the 
delay  is  due  to  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present  not  more 
than  twenty  orders  for  those  numbers  have  been  received. 
It  is  hoped"  that  this  notification  may  stimulate  those 
who  desire  to  complete  their  sets,  to  make  early  applica- 
tion with  a  view  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  the 
question  of  reprinting  by  the  Council.  Notice  is  also 
hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  January  and  Febru- 
ary, IbsO,  being  exhausted,  no  orders  for  those  copies, 
nor  for  complete  sets  of  Vol.  V.,  can  be  executed. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye-Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  he  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  he  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS,  ETC. 


Sir  Wm.  G.  Armstrong :  address  letters,  etc.,  in  future  to 
Right  Hon.  Lord  Armstrong. 

J.  H.  Beckiagham.  1  o  Royal  Insurance  Buildings;  Messrs. 
Scott  Bros..  Dean  Street.  Newcastle  on-Tyne. 

IS.  Cameron.  1  o  Blantyre ;  31,  Westbourne  Gardens,  Kel- 
vinside.  Glasgow. 

A.  Campbell,  1  o  Harold  Road;  42.  Whittaker  Road,  Upton 
Park.  Essex. 

J.  N.  Cuthbertson ;  address  letters,  etc.,  in  future  to  Sir 
John  Neilson  Cuthbertson. 

H.  Doulton;  address  letters,  etc.,  in  future,  to  Sir  Henry 
Doulton. 

Wm.  Galbraith,  1  o  Glasgow:  c'o  Shelton  Iron  and  Steel 
Company.  Limited.  Stoke-on-Trent. 

F.  Goddard.  1  o  Clipstone  Avenue;  Pelham  Crescent.  The 
Park,  Nottingham. 

Agnew  Griffith.  1  o  Blundell  Sands ;  186,  High  Park  Street, 
Liverpool. 

T.  G.  Hart.  1  o  Royal  School  of  Mines ;  103,  Walton  Street, 
Chelsea.  S.  W. 

Sir  James  McGarel-Hogg ;  address  letters,  etc.,  in  future  to 
Right  Hon.  Lord  Magheramorne. 

T.  \V.  Lovibond.  1  o  Newark-on-Trent ;  Tyne  Brewery, 
Newcastle  on-Tyne. 

E.  G.  Marks,  1  o  Bristol ;  c  d  Rev.  R.  Marks,  Norton 
Vicarage,  near  Gloucester. 

J.  McKinlay,  late  of  Charing  Cross ;  2,  Woodside  Crescent, 
Glasgow. 

Jno.  Moss,  1 'o  Lawrence  Pountney  Lane;  Wilson  Street, 
New  Cross  Road,  S.E. ;  and  Hirdir  Lodge,  New  Thornton 
Heath.  Surrey. 


•IT  1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      I  July  muss:. 


T.  EL  Ogilvie,  1  o  Snaresbrook  :  Mill  I.ane  House.  Plj  mouth, 
Devon. 

1..1  o  West  Ham  Park ;  Dalton  House.  I  ptoii  Lane, 

F.  B.  Stone.  I/O  Plnmstead ;  I.Norfolk  Villa,  PlcardyHill, 

i  ro.  Cent  ,,  ,,      , 

Dr.  L.  T.   Thome,   co    Aborystwith;    58,  Fortess Road, 

London.  N  W.  ,     ,     j,      j 

11   11.  Townscnd,  1/oCotham  Park  ;  11.  Elgin  Park,  Redland, 

Jno.  'Warwick.  1  o  Rye  Hill  ;    U,  Ashfield  Terrace  West, 
Newcastle  -on  -Tyne. 
A.  J.  Watts,  1  o  South  Hampstead;  Caixa  130.  Pernambuco, 

I*  J.  Whalley,  1  0  Fairlop  Road  ;   Ash   Villa,  Fillebrook 
Ftoad,  Leytonstone,  K. 

A.  \\  'iiih.l  o  Ramsbottoin:  retain  all  communications  until 
further  notice. 


Dcattj. 


Jno.  Williamson,  of  Jarrow  Chemical  Works.  South  Shields 
-at  Lake  Conio,  July  9. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF   THE   SIXTH 
MEETING. 


ANNUAL 


The  Annual  Meeting  was  held  on  Wednesday 
morning,  July  13th,  at  Eleven  o'clock,  in  the  Chemical 
Theatre  of  the  Owens  College,  Manchester.  The 
chair  was  taken  by  the  President,  Mr.  David  Howard, 
who  called  upon  the  General  Secretary  to  nail  the 
minutes  of  the  last  meeting.  After  these  had  been 
duly  continued  the  President  read  letters  of  apology 
for  non-attendance  from  Sir  II.  E.  Roecoe,  Ml'.: 
Mr.  J.  .1.  Coleman,  chairman-elect  of  the  Glasgow 
Section;  Mr.  J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. ;  and  Sir  Isaac 
Lowthian  Bell,  F.K.s. 

The  General  Secretary  then  read  the  Report  of  the 
Council. 

REPORT  Of   T11K  COUNCIL. 

The  Council  has  the  satisfaction  of  reporting  that 
the  number  of  members  on  the  register  is  2302,  as 


SOCIETY  ni    CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.— TREASURER'S  STATEMENT  FOl!  THE  VKAK  Ism;. 


Dr.  £   s.  d. 

To  Cash  on  Deposit  (31st  December,  1SS5)  £600    0  0 

Balance  at  Bank.            ditto  HI  13  4 
Balance  in  Secretary's 

hands ditto  11     0  10 

— 752  14    2 

Annual  Subscriptions  :— 

3  for  the  year  1SS4    £3    3  0 

22  for  the  year  1SS5   23    2  0 

2112  for  the  year  ISfO   2250    3  0 

1  for  the  year  ItSO   0  10  6 

(Only  one-half  paid  on  a/c(. 

Excess  payments 0   4  2 

Amount  paid  on  a.  c  of  1887— 

in  error 0    4  0 

19  for  the  year  1SS7  (at  £1  Is.)  ..  19  19  0 

57  for  the  year  18S7  (at  £1  5s.)  . .  71    5  0 

2245  23SS  10    8 

Life  Composition  Fees  195    J    0 

Interest  on  Deposit  Account  IS  U    7 

Interest  on  Metropolitan  Stock 8  12    6 

Journal  :— 

Advertisements £231  IS  10 

Sales    215  10    8 

417    9    G 


£3791    1    5 


-   Cr.  £     s.  d. 

By  Journal  Expenses:— 

Publishing    £1154  10    0 

Editorial    594  1110 

1749    1  10 

Printing  Sundries,  etc 10111    0 

Sectional  Expenses:— 

Birmingham  Section  £7    5    1 

Glasgow  Section    17  1.1    1 

Liverpool  Section 26    7    4 

London  Section 57  15    0 

Manchester  Section 46  IS    3 

Newcastle  Section   21    4    0 

Nottingham  Section 16    1    5 

. 223    1    2 

Secretary's  Salary 200    0    0 

Honorarium  voted  to  Edward  Hughes  for  assis- 
tance rendered  to  Hon.  Treasurer  in  1S85    ..       21    0    0 
Office  Expenses  :— 

Rent £60    0    0 

Fires,  Cleaning,  Attendance,  etc.       12    2  10 

Gas    0    6  10 

72    9    8 

Stationery 28    6    8 

Amount  paid  on  account  of  Expenses  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Inventions  Exhibition 14  15    9 

Reporting  Annual  Meeting    2    2    0 

Auditors' Fee 5    5    0 

Purchase  of  £390  9s.  9d.  Metropolitan  3  .  Con- 
solidated Stock 395    0    0 

Solicitors' Charges  7  17    t; 

Bank  Charges  on  Scotch  and  Irish  Cheques,  etc.  I  16  10 

Secretary's  Petty  Cash:— 

Postage,  Telegrams,  etc £20  19  10 

Sundries 0  16    6 

Law  Charges   0  12    0 

Gratuities 1  11    0 

Expenses  of  Meeting 2    3    6 

Expenses      attending      Annual 

General  Meeting  7    2    9 

Stationery.  Books,  etc 1  13  10 

Clerical  Assistance  (issuing  Cir- 
culars, etc.)  4    4    6 

Carriage  of  Parcels 0    5  11 

Sundry  Travelling  Expenses....         0  It    8 

46    4    6 

Treasurer's  Petty  Cash:— 

Postage,  P.  O.  Orders,  etc £13  17    7 

Stationery.OfficeRequisites.ctc.         0  11  10 
Carriage  on  Parcels.  Fares,  etc.         0    5    3 

Fire  Insurance  Premium 0    2    6 

15    0    2 

Cash  on  Deposit  (31st  December,  1SS6)   £750    0    0 
Balance  at  Bank.  ditto  134  1111 

Balance  in  Treasurer's  hands    ditto       2111    0 

906    2  11 
Less  Amount    owing    to    Secretary 

(31st  December.  1SS0)   1  19    7" 

901    3    4 


£3791    1    5 


•  In  addition  to  this  there  is  an  amount  of  £396  9s.  9d.  Metropolitan  3    Stock,  invested  in  the  names  of  Mr.  David  Howard  and 

Mr.  K.  K.Cook. 

We  have  compared  the  above  Statement  with  the  Receipts,  Counterfoils,  Vouchers  and  Books  of  the  Society, 

and  certify  it  as  corn  ct 


23,  St.  Swithin's  Lane,  London,  E.C., 
18th  February,  1SS7. 


T1ILOBALP  BROS.  &  MIAI.L, 

Fellows  of  the  Chartered  Accountants. 


July 30, 1887.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


475 


STATEMENT  OF  REVENUE  AND  EXPENDriTHE  FOR  THE  YEAR   1886. 


REVEXl  K.  £    8.    d. 

Annual  Subscription  a  :— 

1  for  1886  m  1881  £1     1  (I 

M  for  ISm;  in  1885  37  10  0 

2143  for  1886  in  1886  2230  3  0 

1  for  1SS6  in  1886 0  10  0 

U  for  1886 in  1887  II  II  0 


•2195 


Excess  payments  . 


13  Life  Composition  Fees 

Interest  on  Deposit  Account 

Interest  on  Metropolitan  Stock  

Journal  :— 

Sales- Received    £203    111 

.,     -Owing S  11    8 

Advertisements— Received  £168  19  10 
-Owing  ..        61    9    3 


0    2    2 
195    0    0 


roi   6  8 


£211  13    7 


230    9    1 


18  11 
8  I! 


112 


e2773  16 


EXPENDITURE. 
Journal  Expenses:— 

Publishing- Paid £1037    7    2 

-Owing    101    l    l 


Editorial- 
Editor's  Salary  

,,       Expenses     Paid.. 
—(•wing 

Sub- Editor's  Salary 

Abstractors'— Paid  

-owing 

Indexing  Journal..   

Foreign  Journals,  etc    . . 

Loan  of  Blocks,  etc 

Patenl  Lists 

Secretary's         Expenses 
attending    Publication 

Committees     

Sundries    


d.      £    8,    d. 


ni.i    -    :: 


■IHI      0 

0 

38    9 

7 

18    i 

10 

60    0 

0 

79  12 

1 

88    6 

6 

25    0 

0 

11  16 

6 

2    3 

9 

29  18 

1 

Sundries  Printing,  etc- 


-Paid 
-Owing 


1733  12    0 


Secretary's  Salary    

Sectional  Expenses 

otiiee  Expenses— Rent  

,,        —Fuel.  Cleaning,  etc. 
-Gas    


102 
200 
223 


6    1 

0  0 

1  2 


Stationery— Paid  .. 
—Owing 


9    8 


Reporting  Annual  Meeting  

Auditors'  Fee 

Rank  Charges    

Secretary's  Petty  Cash 

Treasurer's  Petty  Cash 

Balance  of  Revenue  over  Exi  enditure 


35 

8 

9 

o 

2 

ii 

D 

0 

0 

1 

10  10 

12  13  10 

15 

0 

2 

339  17  11 

£2773  16    5 


Memorandum.    30  Subscriptions  for  1880  owing  not  included  in  above. 
Journals  in  Stock  :— 10,800  Xos.  value  £ "  First  Proceedings,"  value  £- 


SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 

CASH  STATEMENT. 

e    -. 

(ash  on  Deposit    1000    0 

lialance  at  Bank  115  IS 


Cash  in  Hand. 


d. 

0 

9 

55    0    0 

£1500  18    9 


35  Life  Composition  Fees   and  £500  from  Deposit 

Account  invested  in  3  :  Metropolitan  Stock     ..  £1039  10    I 
2031  Members  have  paid  Subscription  for  year  1887. 
171  Members  owe  Subscription  for  year  1887. 
25  Members  owe  Subscription  for  year  1886  (not  included 

in.  abore). 
38  Members  have  now-  paid  a  Life  Composition   Fee,  9 

having  paid  since  the  last  Annual  Meeting. 
213  Members  have  been  elected  during  the  past  12  months, 
15  of  whom  have  not  yet  raid  Subscriptions. 

Bow.  E.  EDWD.  RIDER  COOK. 

30th  June,  1887. 


compared  with  8271  at  the  last  Annual  Meeting. 
During  the  year  213  new  members  have  been  elected, 
and  182  members  have  been  removed  by  death, 
resignation  and  other  causes,  showing  a  net  gain  of 
31.  Having  regard  to  the  continued  depression  in 
the  Chemical  Industries,  and  the  raising  of  the 
Society's  subscription  to  25s.,  this  progress,  though 
small,  is  a  matter  for  congratulation. 

Among  those  whose  death  we  have  to  record  are 
Professor  Ripley  Nicholls,of  the  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  ;  Colonel  Sir  Francis  Bolton  ;  M. 
Emile  Leroy,  Director  of  the  Alkali  Department  of 
the  famous  Class  ^Yorks  of  St.  Gobain  :  Mr.  Q.  T. 
Chinnery,  killed  by  a  disastrous  explosion  at  the 
Redheugh  Tar  Products  Works  in  December  last;  and 
Mr.  J.  M.  Roberts,  of  the  well-known  firm  of  Roberts, 
Dale  Jc  Co.,  of  this  city. 

The  papers  read  before  the  various  Sections  show  a 
further  increase  this  year.  Manchester  heads  the 
list  with  29,  London  21,  Glasgow  19,  Liverpool  13, 
Newcastle  s    Nottingham  4,  and  Birmingham    4  ; 


making,  together  with  three  communications,  a  total 
of  101,  as  against  S2  last  year. 

On  the  30th  of  October  last  the  Council  affirmed 
the  desirability  of  giving  information  in  the  columns 
of  the  Journal  on  foreign  statistics,  alterations  in 
tariffs,  customs  regulations,  patent  laws,  and  new 
openings  for  trade.  Accordingly  the  first  Trade 
Report  appeared  in  November,  and  has  been  con- 
tinued from  month  to  month  ever  since.  The  Council 
would  welcome  any  suggestions  tending  to  increase 
the  value  of  these  reports. 

In  consequence  of  joint  representations  from  the 
Committees  of  the  Glasgow  and  Manchester  Sections, 
it  was  resolved  in  January  last  to  meet  in  Manches- 
ter this  year  in  order  that  members  might  have  an 
opportunity  of  visiting  the  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition, 
and  to  defer  the  meeting  in  Glasgow  until  next  year, 
when  there  will  also  be  an  exhibition  in  that  city. 

In  February,  at  the  request  of  Sir  Frederick  Abel, 
the  Council  empowered  the  President,  in  concert  with 
the  Presidents  of  the  Chemical  Society  and  Institute 
of  Chemistry,  to  take  action  in  furtherance  of  the 
scheme  to  found  the  Imperial  Institute,  and  an 
appeal  was  made  to  the  members  at  large  for  sub- 
scriptions in  aid  of  the  project.  The  Council  trusts 
that  the  Imperial  Institute  will  be  successful  in  pro- 
moting the  happiness  and  prosperity  of  the  people 
of  the  British  Empire. 

In  the  same  month  it  was  determined  to  refer  the 
question  of  the  spirit  duties  and  their  effect  upon  the 
Chemical  Industries  to  the  General  Purposes  Com- 
mittee. The  Council  invites  members  to  render  such 
assistance  and  information  on  this  most  important 
subject  as  will  enable  the  Committee  to  effectively 
deal  with  the  question. 

The  Council  is  happy  to  be  able  to  report  that 
owing  to  the  increase  in  the  subscription  sanctioned 
last  year,  together  with  economy  in  the  publication 
of  the  Journal,  without  in  any  way  detracting  from 


476 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July  so,  1887. 


its  efficiency,  the  finances  of  the  Society  are  in  a 
satisfactory  state,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  Treasurer's 
Report  This  condition  of  prosperity,  nevertheless, 
must  not  induce  members  to  spare  a  single  effort  to 
increase  our  number-  1m. th  for  the  sake  of  the  Society 
and  for  the  good  of  the  Chemical  Industries. 

Mr.  .1.  CARTES  I'.ki.l  moved  that  the  Report  be 
adopted 

This  motion,  seconded  by  Professor  J.  C'amit.i  u. 
Brown,  was  carried  unanimously. 

The  Report  of  the  Treasurer  was  then  read. 

The  Secretary  also  read  a  letter  from  the  Honorary 
Treasurer,  regretting  his  inability  to  attend,  and 
statirg  that  financially  the  Society  was  in  a  strong)  r 
position  ;  but  that,  in  regard  to  new  members,  only 
213  had  been  elected  since  the  last  meeting,  as  against 
266  in  the  corresponding  period  of  1885  and  1886. 
He  also  urged  numbers  to  endeavour  to  induce  their 
friends  to  join  the  Society,  so  as  to  maintain  the  rate 
of  increase. 

ELECTION   OF   OFFICERS   AND   COUNCIL  FOE  THE 
ENSUING   YEAR. 

The  scrutineers  appointed  to  examine  the  Ballot 
Lists  were  :— Dr.  Bailey,  Mr.  Win.  Thomson,  Mr.  F. 
Baden  Benger,  and  Mr.  Batty.  Whilst  the  votes 
were  being  counted  the  President  delivered  his 
Address. 

THE   PRESIDENT'S  ADDBESS. 

In  past  years  the  Presidential  Addresses  have  been, 
in  most  part,  devoted  to  the  study  of  someone  branch 
of  chemical  industry,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to 
find  monographs,  more  fully  and  clearly  setting  forth 
the  progress  which  lias  been  made  in  recent  times  in 
the  various  branches  of  industry  with  which  they 
have  dealt.  If  we  wish  for  information  on  the  sudden 
development  which  has  taken  place  in  the  science  of 
explosives,  after  remaining  almost  stationary  since 
the  time  of  Fiiar  Bacon  ;  or  on  the  varied  interests  of 
the  great  soda  industry,  the  earliest  and  most  im- 
portant of  the  great  chemical  industries  ;  or  on  the 
magic  art  which  has  transformed  what  was  but  the 
waste  of  the  gas-works  a  short  thirty  years  ago,  the 
despair  of  the  utilitarian  chemist,  the  very  type  of 
hopeless  waste,  into  a  marvellous  chromotr'ope  of 
colours  of  ceaseless  variety,  giving  a  practical  meaning 
to  the  labours  of  Hofmann  on  the  ammonias,of  Kekule 
and  others  on  the  benzol  hexagon,  that  in  their  un- 
tiring efforts  for  pure  knowledge  they  never  dreamt  i  if, 
— we  cannot  do  better  than  turn  to  the  pages  of  our 
Journal,  and  in  those  addresses  trace  the  progress  of 
these  great  industries. 

I  do  not  propose  to  adopt  the  same  course,  or  to 
attempt  to  deal  exhaustively  with  one  subject,  but 
rather  to  consider  less  profoundly,  but  more  widely, 
the  scope  of  our  Society  and  its  operations,  not  indeed 
attempting  to  exhaust  the  subject,  for  I  am  proud  to 
feel  that  it  is  far  too  wide  to  be  included  in  one  short 
address. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  avoid  a  certain  discursive- 
ness, with  the  admirable  illustrations  of  the  varied 
progress  of  chemical  industry  that  are  afforded  us 
by  the  Exhibition  we  see  here.  It  is  true  that  the 
last  fifty  years  have  not  seen  the  first  beginnings  of 
by  any  means  all  the  branches  of  these  industries, 
but  there  are  few  in  which  that  period  has  not 
witnessed  new  departures  of  progress,  which  in  very 
many  instances  have  created  new  industries  rather 
than  merely  improved  the  old.  Yet,  when  we  study 
these  varied  illustrations  of  the  progress  of  applied 
chemistry,  we  must  at  once  be  struck  by  the  different 
stages  which  have  been  attained.  There  is  first  the 
purely  empiric  stage,  where  science  has  no  part,  but 
where  ruled  supreme    the  art  and  mystery  of  the 


trade,  to  use  the  term  so  familiar  in  old  time,  and  so 
expressive  of  the  stage  arrived  at. 

Do  not  let  us  undervalue  this  Mage,  it  is  marked 
throughout  by  perfection  of  individual  skill,  the 
ses  were  indeed  often  imperfect  and  wasteful, 
banded  down  from  one  to  another  by  laborious 
apprenticeship,  the  teacher  not  knowing  himself  the 
secret  of  his  own  skill ;  and  yet  for  all  that,  the  result 
was  often  all  that  we  can  hope  to  attain  with  fuller 
knowledge  and  accumulated  experience.  It  is  a  true 
sense  of  the  real  meaning  of  this  word  art  that  has 
led  those  whom  we  now  call  artists  to  steal  the  word 
for  themselves  alone,  leaving  us,  who  have  as  much 
need  as  they  of  true  art  in  our  work,  with  no  word 
to  express  it ;  and  this  is  all  the  more  to  be  regretted, 
as  the  alternative  word  craft  has  fallen  as  much  in 
society  as  the  other  has  risen.  The  mischief  is  done, 
and  it  is  in  vain  for  a  Carlyle  to  tell  us,  however 
vigorously,  that  every  maker  is  indeed  a  poet,  or  to 
bring  back  any  other  lost  meaning  to  a  word  ;  yet  it 
is  a  great  evil  that  we  should  in  great  measure,  while 
losing  the  word,  have  lost  sight  of  the  importance  and 
dignity  of  the  art  of  manufacture,  for  indeed  in  the 
linking  of  that  art  to  science,  instead  of  to  mystery, 
lies  the  true  hope  of  advancement  in  our  work. 

It  is  well,  therefore,  to  bear  in  mind  how  these 
excellent  results  were  attained,  that  we  may  not  lose 
what  is  well  worth  preserving  in  the  industry  of  the 
past,  while  making  the  fullest  use  of  the  opportunities 
of  the  present.  It  is  indeed  difficult  for  us  fully  to 
realise  what  it  mu.-t  have  been  to  carry  on  an 
investigation  with  no  science  to  direct  its  course,  or 
to  give  any  certainty  to  anticipations  as  to  what  lines  of 
research  were  worthy  to  be  followed  out,  and  when' 
we  might  hope  for  successful  results,  and  without 
even  in  the  simplest  matters  any  certainty  d, priori 
that  a  result  must  of  necessity  be  impossible. 

There  is  indeed  much  of  guess  work  in  the 
earlier  stages  of  an  investigation  now,  but  then  there 
was  nothing  else,  nothing  but  patiently  feeling  the 
way  by  the  simple  process  of  trial  and  error,  till  the 
instinctive  judgment  born  of  experience  alone,  by  a 
process  of  unconscious  cerebration  that  it  is  impossible 
to  trace,  has  laboriously  felt  its  way  to  its  goal. 

There  are  few  more  curious  mental  problems  than 
this  unconscious  reasoning  upon  Ions  expe  rience.  It  is 
often  unerringly  true  as  long  as  it  remains  unconscious, 
yet  if  the  possessor  of  it  tries  to  explain  his  skill,  his 
attempt  will  in  most  cases  be  so  wide  of  the  mark  as 
to  throw  doubt  upon  his  possession  of  any  skill  at  all. 
A  shepherd  can  often  guess  with  surpassing  accuracy 
what  the  weather  will  be,  yet  ask  him  why  he  sajs  it 
will  rain,  and  he  will,  if  wise,  give  no  answer  ;  if  he 
does  it  will  probably  be  misleading.  AYe  hear  much 
of  poisoned  wells  in  the  histories  of  the  epidemics  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  or  indeed  in  those  of  the  late  out- 
break of  cholera  in  Italy.  The  instinct  was  right,  the 
wells  were  poisoned,  but  by  dirt,  not  by  malice. 

It  is  easy  to  multiply  examples  of  results  of  mar- 
vellous excellence,  attained  by  this  laborious  process 
of  unaided  experience,  in  the  most  varied  branches  of 
human  workmanship — results  so  excellent  that 
applied  science  cannot  hope  to  do  more  than  imitate 
the  materials  and  workmanship  Damascus  bladi  - 
or  early  Nankin  china  are  still  the  standards  beyond 
which  we  have  not  progressed  :  and  artistic  skill 
cannot  emulate  the  perfection  of  Greek  statuary,  nor 
can  all  our  anatomj  teach  a  truer  knowledge  of  the 
possibilities  of  the  human  form,  than  had  the  un- 
scientific Greek  :  and  great  as  is  our  progress  in 
knowledge  of  applied  mechanics,  and  of  the  strength 
of  materials,  our  architects  cannot  try  bolder  tlights 
than  those  of  mediaeval  architects  with  experience 
alone  to  guide  them. 

Perhaps  some  of  you  may  think  that  wc  have  so 


July  so.  1SS7.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


477 


far  outgrown  this  elementary  stage  of  progress  upon 
which  I  have  dwelt,  that  it  is  but  a  waste  of  time  to 
study  it,  but  1  am  sure  that  just  in  proportion  as  we 
study  the  later  developments  of  progress  we  shall 
see  that  through  them  all  there  has  been  need  for 
the  same  patient  care  that  inspired  the  workers  of 
the  past  Doubtless  just  in  proportion  as  our  science 
is  complete  and  perfect,  we  can  dispense  with  the 
laborious  processes  that  led  to  progress  in  the  pre- 
scientific  stage,  but  we  never  shall  reach  a  point 
where  we  can  dispense  with  careful  and  accurate 
application  of  science. 

The  next  stage  of  development  in  which  the 
general  outlines  of  science  having  been  grasped, 
and  what  we  now  consider  the  merely  elementary 
laws  of  combination  and  substitution,  of  simple 
and  double  electric  affinity  as  they  were  then 
called,  were  placed  at  the  service  of  the  practical 
man,  and  when  analysis  had  become  a  science 
and  not  mere  guess  work,  was  naturally  a  most  rapid 
one.  From  this  stage,  manufacturing  chemistry,  as 
we  now  understand  it,  may  be  said  to  begin.  It  is 
well  worth  studying  the  chemical  literature  of  that 
period,  to  appreciate  what  a  flood  of  light  science 
poured  upon  those  who  had  been  groping  in  the  dim 
twilight.  We  assume  the  law  of  atomic  proportion 
as  the  simplest  matter  of  course,  yet  a  life-time  lias 
hardly  passed  since  J  'alton's  enunciation  of  his  law. 

All  seemed  plain,  then,  in  practice  as  in  theory,  yet 
in  spite  of  the  great  advance  there  was  a  need  almost 
as  great  as  ever  of  the  patient  observation  and  ex- 
perimental verification  of  even  the  simplest  matters. 
The  practical  man  had  then,  for  example,  as  the 
student  has  now,  to  find  out  that  soluble  and  insoluble 
are  at  best  relative  terms  (if,  in  fact,  there  be  such  a 
thing  as  insolubility),  and  to  work  out  with  infinite 
patience  all  that  mass  of  practical  knowledge  which 
we  daily  take  advantage  of. 

Perhaps  no  branch  of  industry  suffered  a  greater 
check  in  its  scientific  development  than  agriculture. 
Here,  at  any  rate,  all  seemed  clear — burn  the  plant, 
analyse  the  ashes,  add  the  right  constituents  to  the 
soil ;  nothing  could  be  simpler — yet  the  life  labours 
of  Gilbert  and  Lewis  have  not  yet  fully  solved  the 
problems  that  seemed  to  less  thoughtful  minds  so 
simple.  But  the  failure  in  practice  of  much  that 
claimed  to  be  the  teaching  of  science  has  added  to 
the  prejudices  apparently  inherent  in  the  agricultural 
mind,  and  undoubtedly  retarded  the  adoption  of  real 
improvements. 

Very  many  of  the  chemical  industries  have  not 
advanced  beyond  the  stage  in  which  elemertary 
rather  than  advanced  science  is  taken  advantage  of, 
and  in  all  these  there  is  evidently  great  scope  for 
progress  ;  in  some,  on  the  other  hand,  all  the  resources 
of  science  have  been  brought  to  bear,  and  progress 
must  be  looked  for  in  science  itself  before  we  can 
expect  it  in  practice.  Perhaps  the  most  brilliant 
example  of  such  full  application  of  scientific  research 
s  to  be  found  in  the  great  colour  industry.  If  we 
study  the  pages  of  abstracts  in  our  Journal  under  the 
head  "Colouring  Matters,  Dyes,''  we  may  be  inclined 
to  ask  if  all  this  is  really  industrial  chemistry,  or  if 
much  of  it  is  not  pure  science  of  no  practical  interest, 
yet  great  pains  are  always  taken  to  include  nothing 
that  is  not  either  actually  of  practical  value  or  pro- 
mising to  be  so. 

As  a  study  of  industrial  progress  we  must  remem- 
ber that  here,  too,  most  admirable  results  had  been 
attained  before  the  aid  of  science  was  called  in. 
The  old  craftsmen  who  practised  the  art  and  myst(  i  y 
of  dyeing,  with  madder-red  or  lac,  achieved  results 
as  brilliant  and  even  more  permanent  than  their 
scientific  successors,  and  we  can  make  n6  greater 
mistake  than  to  suppose  that  even  in  this  art  nothing  , 


is  now  needed  but  the  mere  appropriation  of  scientific 
research.  If  anyone  were  to  imagine  that  nothing 
was  needed  but  abstract  science  to  prepare  the  varied 
colours  that  meet  the  ever  varying  demands  of  fashion, 
he  would  need  but  little  experience  to  find  that,  on 
thi  other  Land,  the  scientific  craftsman  succeeds  just 
as  much  as  he  preserves  all  that  was  valuable  in  the 
older  system,  accurate  knowledge  of  manipulation, 
patient  study  of  the  effect  of  small  and  apparently 
trivial  variations  of  a  process,  and,  above  all,  that 
chief  characteristic  of  genius,  an  infinite  capacity 
of  taking  pains.  The  seeming  facility  of  the  adept 
is  the  fruit  of  the  profoundest  study  of  applied  as 
well  as  of  pure  science. 

In  urging  forward,  therefore,  in  the  path  of 
scientific  industrial  progress,  which  we  are  bound  to 
do  till  in  all  branches  of  industry  all  scientific  pro- 
gress is  fully  appreciated  ;  while  valuing  most  fully 
the  advantages  afforded  us  by  science,  we  shall  ever 
do  well  to  avoid  what  is  perhaps  a  natural 
inclination  to  regard  with  a  feeling  akin  to 
contempt  the  long  experience  treasured  up  in 
traditional  rules.  Exactly  the  same  process  of 
'  careful  induction  and  verification  is  needed  in  the 
application  of  science  to  practice,  as  in  the  develope- 
ment  of  science  itself  :  we  must  never  regard  the 
work  of  the  scientific  chemist  as  the  terminus  ad 
quern.,  but  as  the  terminus  a  gvo,  and  starting  there- 
trom  we  must  work  out  for  ourselves  the  application, 
all  the  more  carefully  if  the  way  seems  perfectly 
plain. 

Let  no  student  suppose  that  the  knowledge,  how- 
ever perfect,  of  theoretic  results,  or  practical 
results  either,  will  ever  make  him  a  practical  chemist, 
unless  he  has  learned  the  method  of  research  as  well 
as  the  results  of  research. 

The  experience  of  practical  life  is  but  too  full  of 
instances  where,  even  though  the  scientific  aspect  of 
a  problem  seems  quite  plain,  some  unnoticed,  or,  it 
may  be,  undiscovered  factor,  upsets  all  our  calcula- 
tions, and  we  have  need  of  all  our  patience  to  work 
out  our  seemingly  simple  problem.  And  instances 
numberless  abound  also  where  scientific  knowledge  is 
yet  imperfect,  and  where  we  need  all  the  teachings  of 
long  practical  experience  to  enable  us  to  make  pro- 
gress. Yet  it  is  on  this  borderland  between  the 
known  and  the  unknown  that  applied  science  can  in 
the  future  hope  to  gain  the  greatest  triumphs,  and  it 
is  just  here  that  scientific  training  and  research,  at 
once  scientific  and  practical,  can  most  avail.  But  the 
first  requisite  of  progress  here,  also,  is  the  fullest  and 
most  careful  study  of  what  is  found  by  experience  to 
give  practical  results  ;  devoting  our  science  to  under- 
stand practice  rather  than  attempting  too  soon  to 
make  practice  fit  with  science. 

The  great  danger  to  the  modern  student  lies  in  the 
very  fulness  of  knowledge  ready  to  his  hand.  There 
is  no  small  risk  that  some  may  devote  all  their 
energies  to  merely  acquiring  knowledge,  and  falling 
into  the  snare  of  imagining  that  a  living  dictionary 
of  science,  pure  or  applied,  is  a  practical  chemist. 
The  knowledge  of  the  work  of  others  is  often  suffi- 
cient to  enable  a  student  to  pass  examinations 
brilliantly,  but  will  not  in  itself  enable  him  to  under- 
take practical  work;  it  may  even  be  an  evil  to  him  by 
producing  an  arrogant  habit  of  mind,  leading  him  to 
think,  if  I  may  quote  the  words  of  a  well-known 
epigram,  that  "  what  I  know  not  is  not  knowledge," 
and  that  if  facts  do  not  fit  with  his  theory  they  must 
lie  made  to  do  so.  It  were  better  far  for  him  to  have 
learned  how  to  work  for  himself,  even  if  he  had 
learned  less  of  the  work  of  others. 

We  must  bear  in  mind,  moreover,  that  applied 
chemistry  is  never  pure  chemistry  ;  the  application 
of  theoretic  knowledge  involves  invariably  questions 


47-- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     Uuly  30. 1887. 


T 


of  physics  anil  mechanics,  and  the  study  of  these  is 
almost  as  much  a  part  of  chemical  industry  as  i>  that 
of  chemical  science  itself.  In  fact,  very  often  the 
successful  development  of  chemical  theory  in  practice 
is  entirely  a  question  of  these  allied  branches  of 
knowledge. 

The  production  of  pure  iron  might  seem  a  purely 
chemical  problem,  yet  in  the  great  strides  that  have 
been  made  in  that  direction,  chemistry  seems  to  fall 
into  the  background.  The  successful  working  of  the 
met  process  involves  not  merely  most  interesting 
and  obscure  problems  of  chemistry,  but  even  more  of 
physics  and  thermochemistry,  and  is  itself  a  triumph 
of  engineering  skill ;  while  in  the  Gilchrist-Thomas 

Sroeess,  winch  has  given  the  full  development  to 
essemer's  discovery,  the  apparently  easy,  yet  most 
difficult,  problem  of  burning  off  phosphorus  is  solved 
by  an  application  of  chemical  engineering  in  the 
basic  lining  of  the  converter,  the  simplicity  of  which 
is  the  highest  proof  of  genius. 

It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  examples.  I  will  only 
add  one  that  has  recently  come  under  my  observation 
in  the  Brin  process  for  prodncing  pure  oxygen  by 
the  use  of  baryta  as  a  carrier,  where  the  whole  ques- 
tion of  success  turns  upon  the  engineering  rather 
than  upon  the  merely  chemical  side  of  the  question. 
It  is  hardly  necessary  to  point  out  how  great  an 
advantage  to  chemistry  a  supply  of  pure  oxygen  at  a 
reasonable  price  must  prove,  if  the  process,  as  appears 
to  be  demonstrated  already,  is  capable  ot  ready  and 
economical  application. 

A  glance  at  the  variety  of  the  products  in  the 
Chemical  Section  of  the  Exhibition  shows  how  wide 
a  field  is  now  claimed  for  chemistry,  and  yet  even 
the  most  careful  classification  cannot  include  all  the 
directions  in  which  chemistry  has  found  or  should 
find  an  application. 

Even  the  twenty- f  our  headsunder  which  the  abstracts 
in  our  Journal  are  divided,  do  not  always  include 
readily  all  the  subjects  that  belong  to  us,  yet  even  in 
those  industries  which  are  undoubtedly  within  our 
field,  we  find  not  a  few  branches  where  as  yet 
chemistry  is  but  imperfectly  applied,  where  still  the 
empiric  stage  has  hardly  yielded  to  strict  science, 
and  others  where  processes  really  chemical  are 
carried  on  without  even  the  attempt  to  bring  science 
to  bear  upon  them.  We  ought  not  to  rest  content 
till  scientific  study  and  scientific  practice  has  per- 
vaded every  industry  where  chemical  action  is 
involved,  and  though  this  may  seem  to  open  up  an 
over-wide  field,  where  can  we  stop  short  of  such  a 
claim  I 

It  is  true  that  the  statute  law  gives  us  a  simpler,  if 
narrower  definition  of  a  chemist,  and  visits  with 
pains  and  penalties  every  one  who  so  calls  himself 
who  has  not  passed  the  due  examinations  prescribed 
by  law  for  those  who  practise  pharmacy.  The  very 
fact  that  the  name  of  chemist  has  been  monopolised 
by  the  wisdom  of  our  Legislature  for  those  practising 
one  branch — the  most  ancient  indeed,  but  certainly 
not  the  only  branch  of  the  science — is  a  curious  proof 
how  little  this  all-embracing  character  of  chemistry 
was  recognised,  even  as  late  as  the  date  of  the 
Pharmacy  Aits.  Such  a  claim  is  not  even  historically 
accurate,  though  it  has  its  origin  in  the  history  of 
our  science.  The  older  chemists  had  a  wider  field, 
and  they  aimed  at  gaining  wealth  as  well  as  health 
for  the  adept,  and  for  generations,  countless  lives 
pent  in  the  twofold  searches  for  the  elixir  of 
life  and  the  philosopher's  stone,  and  though  often  we 
seem  to  find  but  one  object  of  search,  it  is  only  when 
imbued  with  quaint  mysticism,  they  held  that  one 
supreme  medicine  must  suffice  to  heal  the  diseases, 
and  refine  the  constitution  of  the  macrocosm  and  of 
the  microcosm  alike  ;  turning  imperfect  copper  into 


royal  gold  and  sick  lead  into  healthy  silver,  by  the 
same  power  that  could  give  back  health  and  strength 
to  Buffering  man. 

W.  as  the  inheiitors  of  their  accidental  sum  --.  s, 
though  we  have  outgrown  their  system,  and  have  a 
truer  knowledge  of  the  workings  of  nature,  can  yet 
ask  no  wider  field  of  aspiration  than  the  health  and 
wealth  of  mankind,  and  thus  we  find  their  objects 
most  comprehensively  embrace  all  of  OUTt  at  any 
rate,  if  we  take  them  in  a  Benthamite  sense,  as 
the  wealth  and  health  to  the  greatest  possible  num- 
ber ; — the  practical  applications  of  the  science  of 
explosives,  for  instance,  from  the  time  of  Roger  Bacon 
to  our  own.  has  not  always  tended  to  the  health  of 
the  individual. 

As.  however,  our  alchemical  predecessors  found  the 
human  constitution  less  refractory  than  that  of  the 
metals,  the  art  of  the  chemist  came  to  be  regarded 
almost  exclusively  as  applicable  to  the  productions  of 
powerful  medicinal  agents,  and  the  value  of  his 
labours  in  dealing  with  inanimate  nature  was  for  a 
time  almost  forgotten.  In  spite,  however,  of  parlia- 
mentary draughtsmen,  our  science  has  made  good  her 
claim  to  provide  for  the  wealth  as  well  as  for  the 
health  of  mankind,  and  it  is  most  encouraging  to  see 
in  how  many  directions  the  energy  of  the  local 
sections  of  our  Society  reflect  the  many-sidedness  of 
science.  Of  the  importance  of  the  papers  that  we  owe 
to  that  energy  there  can  be  but  one  opinion,  and 
time  would  fail  me  to  review,  even  hastily,  all  the 
subjects  dealt  with.  I  can  but  touch  upon  a  few  as 
illustrating  the  wide  scope  of  applied  chemistry,  and 
the  methods  by  which  progress  lias  been  secured. 

Though  we  may  not  acknowledge  the  claim  of 
pharmacy  to  monopolise  chemistry,  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  pharmaceutical  progress  is  chiefly  to  be 
won  by  the  assistance  of  chemistry.  The  work  in 
this  direction  is  no  doubt  chiefly  done  by  those  who 
devote  themselves  to  pharmacy,  and  it  is  in  the  pages 
of  the  journals  specially  devoted  to  that  subject  that 
we  must  seek  for  the  record  of  it.  But  though  it 
would  be  an  unnecessary  repetition  to  reprint  in  our 
Journal  what  is  already  accessible  to  those  interested, 
we  have  a  right  to  regard  that  work  as  part  of  the 
subject  that  we  are  dealing  with.  There  are  few- 
subjects  more  interesting  either  to  the  scientific  or  to 
the  practical  chemist  than  the  active  principles  of 
plants.  It  is  true  that  their  investigation  is  beset 
with  difficulties,  the  delicate  structure  of  their  com- 
plex molecules  calls  for  the  most  careful  manipu- 
lation in  dealing  with  them,  while  the  properties  of 
many  of  them  render  their  isolation  and  study  a 
matter  of  the  greatest  difficulty,  yet  their  study  is  of 
the  highest  theoretical  interest  and  practical  use. 
There  are  few1  more  important  needs  of  the  pharmacist 
than  accurate  methods  of  analysis  to  enable  him  to 
standardise  the  drugs  he  employs,  accurate  obser- 
vation and  botanical  knowledge  may  determine  with 
certainty  the  authenticity  of  the  drug  and  its 
condition  and  probable  value;  but  such  knowledge  is 
rather  qualitative  than  quantitative,  and  in  many,  or 
indeed  most,  instances  the  most  accurate  observer 
can  but  guess  at  the  relative  strength  of  a  drug 
without  analysis.  Where  accurate  methods  of 
analysis  have  been  brought  to  bear,  it  is  most 
surprising  how  very  greatly  the  active  principle  of  a 
pant  varies.  It  is  hardly  necessary  also  to  point  out 
the  great  importance  of  this  analytical  study  of  all 
cultivated  medicinal  plants,  to  guide  the  grower  in 
the  choi  e  of  plants  and  methods  of  cultivation 
much  has  been  done  in  this  direction,  but  much 
more  remains  to  be  done,  as  also  in  the  separation  of 
active  principles  that  they  may  be  administered 
without  the  needless,  or  even  harmful,  accompani- 
ments that  must  be  found  in  the  simpler  galenical 


July  30.1887.]       THE  JOl'liNAL  OF  THE  S<  CIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


479 


preparations.  The  study  of  the  natural  alkaloids  in 
particular,  lias  not  only  enriched  science  with  a  class 
of  bodies  of  endless  interest  and  opened  out  fields  of 
research  of  the  higli^t  promise,  but  has  been  of  the 
greatest  practical  benefit  to  the  human  race.  I 
would  specially  recommend  to  the  notice  of  those 
interested  in  these  questions  the  very  valuable  paper 
on  the  alkaloids,  communicated  to  the  London  Section 
by  Professor  Armstrong,  which  gives  in  a  concise 
form  much  of  the  latest  developments  of  knowledge 
of  these  bodies,  and  of  the  light  thrown  by  recent 
researches  upon  their  constitution.  Owing  to 
the  great  complexity  and  ready  destructibility  of  these 
molecules,  their  synthesis  appears  so  far  to  have 
eluded  research  except  in  the  case  of  coneine,  though 
there  has  been  a  partial  success  in  other  cases,  as  in  the 
mctliy  lisatn  in  of  morphiaand  benzoyl  ecgonine  form  iii- 
codeine  and  cocaine  respectively.  Researches  in  this 
direction  are  of  the  highest  theoretic  interest,  but 
whether  they  will  ever  bear  fruit  industrially  in  the 
production  of  the  natural  alkaloids  is  another 
question.  When  we  see  what  can  be  done  by  skilful 
cultivation,  guided  by  analysis,  in  increasing  the 
alkaloidal  contents  of  certain  plants— in  the  case  of 
the  cinchonas,  for  instance,  some  of  the  Java  barks 
yield  10  percent,  and  upwards  of  quinine — it  must  be 
doubtful  if  the  synthesis  in  the  laboratory  of  nature 
may  not  prove  more  economical  than  that  which  can  be 
effected  in  the  laboratory  of  the  chemist.  Indirectly, 
indeed,  such  researches  have  already  borne  fruit  in 
the  discovery  of  a  class  of  alkaloids  not  found  in  j 
nature,  but  possessing  therapeutic  properties  peculiar 
to  themselves  and  of  high  value. 

Another  branch  of  this  subject  treated  of  in  the 
same  paper  is  of  the  highest  interest.     No  branch  of 
modern  science  has  proved  at  once  more  fascinating 
and  more    fertile  in    results    than    that    of  micro-  | 
organisms.     Our    conceptions    of  decay  and  putre- 
faction have  undergone  a  fundamental  change,  and 
what  wise  men  guessed  as  to  the  nature  of  disease 
have  proved    to  be   certain   truth.      The  result  of 
these  researches,  moreover,  has  brought  the  question 
within   the  scope  of  both  theoretical    and  applied 
chemistry.    Not  only  does  this  consideration  of  these 
organisms  indirectly  govern    all   considerations    of 
sanitary  chemistry  and  of  the  preservation  of  food, 
but  we  find  that  among  them  are  potent  chemists 
transforming  harmless  bodies  into  terribly  poisonous 
alkaloids,  and  in  the  case  of  pathogenic  organisms  of 
disease,  acting  on  the  human  frame  not  merely  by 
their  presence,  but  by  the  chemical  changes  that  they 
bring  about.     Closely  allied  to  the  medicinal  appli- 
cations of  chemistry  is  that  of  the  water  supply,  not 
all    great  towns  and  still  less    all  villages    are    as 
fortunate  as  Manchester  in  natural  sources  of  supply, 
or  as  much  in   earnest  to  obtain   the  best.      The 
question  is  not  merely  one  of  engineering,  as  would 
seem  to  be  the  official  idea,  if  we  may  judge  from 
the    qualifications     of    those    appointed     as    water 
examiners,  nor  even  of  chemical  analysis,  great  as  is 
the  progress  made  in    that  branch  of  science,  but 
also    of     the    chemico-biological    problem    of     the 
organisms     present     and     their     results.       In    our 
Journals    we    have    most    interesting    accounts    of 
work  done   in  this  direction    in   the  papers  of  Dr. 
P.  Erankland  and  of  Professor  Bishoff,  and  in  the 
discussions  thereon.    The  subject  is  yet  in  its  infancy  : 
those  who  have  worked  most  in  the  field  know  best 
how  much  remains  to  be  done,  but  we  can  already 
recognise  the  value  of  the  results  obtained,  and  the 
promise  of  a  biilliant  future  for  these  investigations. 
The  other  end  of  the  question  of  water  supply,  the 
disposal    of  sewage,  has  occupied  the   attention  of 
chemists  numberless  both  within  our  Society  and 
without.     So  far  the  practical  aim  of  the  engineers 


and  the  chemist  is  to  get  sewage  safe  into  the  sea, 
or  into  a  river  large  enough  to  take  it  without  notice, 
with  as  little  chemical  treatment  as  will  prevent 
micro-organisms  making  their  presence  too  offen- 
sively felt.  If  this  is  the  best  we  can  do  it  is 
certainly  a  reproach  to  science,  but  at  present  the 
engineers  seem  unable  except  in  a  few  cases  to  cope 
with  the  question  of  irrigation,  while  the  successful 
precipitation  of  the  most  valuable  constituents  of  the 
sewage  seems  a  enemies]  problem,  almost  as  hope- 
less as  the  philosopher's  stone. 

.Micro-organisms  have  other  claims  on  the  atten- 
tion of  the  industrial  chemist.  The  study  of 
fermentation  in  all  its  branches,  resolves  itself  more 
and  more  into  the  study  of  micro-organisms  and 
their  life  products.  Here  again  we  may  find  in  our 
Journal  evidence  of  what  has  been  done,  and  may  yet 
be  done.  It  is  most  interesting  here  also  to 
observe  what  accurate  results  have  been  obtained  by 
accumulated  experience,  with  no  knowledge  of  the 
causes  at  work,  though  it  is  needless  to  point  out  how 
impossible  improvement  must  be  to  those  who  are 
bound  by  mere,  empiricism,  unless  they  are  prepared 
to  face  endless  failure. 

In  agriculture,  again,  we  find  that  the  same  un- 
noticed, yet  most  powerful  agents,  are  at  work,  and 
must  explain  problems  hitherto  obscure.  The  papers 
of  AVarington,  read  before  the  Chemical  Society,  on 
nitrifying  organisms  of  soils,  gave  the  history  of  a 
research  not  only  valuable  in  its  results,  but  as  a 
pattern  of  method,  in  them  we  may  trace  the  accurate 
induction  that  demonstrated  the  presence  and  history 
of  the  nitrifying  organism  with  perfect  certainty, 
before  ever  it  had  been  actually  identified,  affording 
an  example  of  indirect  evidence  of  great  interest. 

Perhaps  it  is  premature  to  decide  whether  it  is 
sufficiently  proved  that  to  another  branch  of  the 
same  family  is  due  the  slow  fixation  of  nitrogen 
in  soil.  The  question  is  of  the  greatest  interest ;  it 
is  difficult  to  believe  that  no  such  process  is  going  on, 
and  that  there  is  no  repair  of  the  incessant  waste  of 
the  nitrogen  in  the  soil,  yet  the  researches  of  Dr. 
Gilbert,  carried  on  with  the  greatest  accuracy,  have 
failed  to  trace  any  such  in  the  growth  of  crops. 

The  great  progress  which  electro-chemistry  has 
made,  and  is  making,  affords  another  instance  of 
most  valuable  aid  already  given,  and  far  more 
promised  to  chemistry  by  a  kindred  science.  Electro- 
type processes  of  all  descriptions  have  long  been 
worked  out,  and  it  is  needless  to  speak  of  them  unless 
it  be  to  call  attention  to  the  interesting  development 
of  photogravure.  A  very  interesting  paper,  read  at 
Nottingham,  by  Professor  Bothamley,  giving  the 
results  of  recent  experiments  in  the  use  of  dyes  in 
correcting  the  fundamental  defect  of  all  ordinary 
processes  of  photography,  the  inaccurate  tendency 
of  colours,  gives  a  brief  description  of  the  new  process 
of  combined  photogravure  and  chromo-lithography, 
by  which  it  is  hoped  to  solve  the  problem  of  photo- 
graphing in  colours,  at  any  rate  in  part. 

The  metallurgical  applications  of  the  electric 
current  are,  however,  far  wider  than  the  electro- 
type process.  In  many  cases  inventors  are  working 
processes  not  vet  divulged,  trusting  to  the  protection 
of  secrecy  rather  than  that  of  the  patent  law,  but 
there  is  no  doubt  that  its  use  in  the  separation  and 
recovery  of  metals  is  capable  of  most  extended  appli- 
cation. Great  results  have  also  been  claimed  for  the 
electric  lurnace,  amongst  others  the  cheap  production 
of  aluminium.  Our  past  president.  Mr.  Weldon, 
whose  loss  wecannot  sufficiently  regret,  clearly  showed 
that  in  no  other  direction  can  v  e  hope  for  the  direct 
reduction  of  that  metal;  but  it  remains  to  be  seen  if 
the  reduction  of  the  price  of  sodium  by  such  processes 
1  as  that  of  Kestner  described  by  Mr.  Mactear,  will 


180 


THE  JOtJJRNAl  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July austf. 


not  lie  even  more  effectual  in  BUpplj  ing  aluminium  at 
a  cheap  rate.  And  not  only  in  metallurgy,  but  in 
other  branches  of  technical  work,  the  cheapened  pro- 
duction of  the  electric  current,  which  we  owe  to  the 
attempts  to  provide  economically  the  electric  light, 
have  led  to  applications  in  other  directions.  _  Much 
of  the  work  done  has  no  doubt  been  tentative,  but 
there  is  no  doubt  that  we  have  here  one  of  the  most 
promising  fields  for  research. 

It  has  sometimes  been  remarked  that  analysis 
occupies  too  prominent  a  position  in  the  Journal.  In 
this  view  1  for  one  cannot  agree;  anyone  who  has  had 
much  experience  of  practical  work,  knows  the  value 
of  any  method  or  apparatus  that  can  facilitate  the 
multifarious  analyses  that  scientific  processes  of 
in  mufacture  involve,  and  many  of  the  processes  and 
apparatus  described  are  not  merely  valuable  in 
themselves,  but  suggestive  of  application  in  other 
directions.  It  is  no  doubt  true  that  too  great  a 
multiplication  of  appliances  is  undesirable  for  a 
student;  it  is  a  real  misfortune  for  him  to  become 
dependent  upon  elaborate  apparatus,  if,  as  often 
happens,  he  finds  himself  called  upon  to  work  with 
imperfect  tools,  and  when  he  is  called  upon,  as  every 
practical  man  must  be,  to  adapt  and  improve  appara- 
tus and  processes.  To  those,  however,  in  charge  of  tech- 
nical laboratories,  all  the  information  that  can  be 
given  them  in  that  direction  is  certain  to  be  welcome. 

To  turn  from  the  past  to  the  future,  amid  much 
that  is  discouraging  in  the  commercial  aspect  of 
chemistry,  as  in  the  commercial  aspect  of  most  else, 
there  is  no  small  reason  for  a  hopeful  view  of  the 
future  in  the  evidences  of  vigorous  life  in  our  in- 
dustries, and  of  sound  method  and  good  work  on  the 
part  of  those  who  conduct  them  ;  that  our  papers  show 
and  we  may  well  hope  that  the  officers  and  members 
of  the  various  sections  of  our  Society  will  show  in  the 
future  the  same  zeal  as  in  the  past. 

Yet  there  is  no  easy  task  before  us.  The  progress  of 
science  in  one  sense  makes  our  work  easier  no  doubt, 
but  on  the  other  hand  it  demands  of  us  continually 
increasing  efforts  to  keep  up  to  a  standard  constantly 
being  raised  to  a  higher  level,  and  it  is  for  us  to  show 
that  England  is  not  behind  other  countries  in  in- 
telligence and  aptitude  for  work.  There  is  need  for 
all  our  energies  to  do  so.  We  need,  no  doubt,  the 
technical  education  of  which  so  much  is  talked  now- 
a-days,  but  it  must  be  real  and  thorough  to  an  extent 
that  many  who  theorise  about  it  seem  to  have  no 
idea  of ;  and,  above  all,  we  must  know  what  we  do 
want.  I  fear  in  many  minds  there  lurks  the  idea 
that  the  technical  education  of  workmen  will  release 
their  employers  from  the  necessity  of  thinking  for 
themselves.  The  technical  education  of  the  fingers 
alone  will  never  make  a  musician,  and  unless  the 
heads  of  industrial  concerns  are  willing  to  be  so  in 
deed  as  well  as  in  name,  that  harmonious  action  on 
which  success  depends,  is  certainly  impossible. 
Without  a  real  scientific  appreciation  on  the  part  of 
the  head,  it  is  impossible  that  the  scientific  training  of 
subordinates  can  be  of  much  avail. 

Of  novel  ideas  there  seems  no  lack;  it  is  rather 
sound  application  that  we  need.  The  patent  law  is 
supposed  to  give  some  guarantee  of  the  novelty  and 
practicability  of  the  subjects  of  the  patents  granted, 
and  the  publications  of  the  office  show  a  ceaseless 
flow  of  invention,  much  of  it  really  novel  (though  it 
does  include  preserving  eggs  with  lime  water,  or 
lubricating  the  bearings  of  machinery  with  decern- 
ed cabbages),  yet  ot  all  this  novelty,  such  as  it  is, 
no  small  portion  is,  as  far  as  1  can  judge,  never  heard 
of  again,  beyond  the  stage  of  the  blue  pamphlet  or 
the  notices  in  our  own  or  similar  journals. 

It  is  surely  rather  to  that  practical  working  out  of 
ideas,  whether  new  or  old,  of  which  we  have  been 


speaking,  that  we  must  look  for  progress,  than  to 
mere  fertility  of  invention.  Of  that  there  may  be 
the  same  abundance  that  there  is  of  seeds  in  nature, 
which  yet  never  can  come  to  maturity  without  the 
needed  seed  bed  and  the  farmer's  fostering  care. 

VOTES  OF  THANKS. 

Prof.  DeWAB  moved  that  the  hearty  thanks  of 
the  Society  be  accorded  to  the  President,  Mr.  David 
Bov/ard,  for  his  address.  He  added,  with  reference 
to  the  President's  remarks  upon  the  synthesis  of 
conia,  that  during  the  last  few  weeks  two  French 
chemists  had  succeeded  in  synthesising  the  complex 
alkaloid  of  Jtthnnindi — viz.,  pilocarpine. 

Colonel  Gamble  seconded  the  motion,  which 
was  carried  unanimously. 

The  President  replied,  and  then  read  the 

REPORT   OF   THE  SCRUTINEERS, 

showing  that  the  following  had  been  duly  elected 
Ordinary  .Members  of  the  Council  for  the  ensuing 
year  : — ■ 


John  Calderwood.  F.R.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

K.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 


John  Pattinson. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 

F.  J.  Kowan. 

Dr.  Edw.  Schunck,  F.R.S. 

T.  W.  Stuart. 

Lewis  T.  Wright. 


And  that  the  nominations  of  Council  for  President, 
Treasurer,  Foreign  Secretary,  and  Yice-Presidents 
had  been  duly  confirmed. 

The  following  is  therefore  the  composition  of  the 
Council  for  1887—1888 : 

President. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 

Ticc-Prcsidents. 


Prof.  F.  Clowes,  D.Sc. 

Sir  .1.  Neilson  I'uthbertson. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurler. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

E.  K.  Jluspratt. 


Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P., F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

Prof.  \V.  A.Tildcn,  F.R.S. 

John  Williams. 

Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Members  of  Council. 


John  Calderwood,  F.P.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans.  F. U.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 

Treasurer. 
E.  Rider  Cook. 


John  Pattinson. 

H.  S.  Proctor. 

F.  J.  Rowan. 

Dr.  Edw.  Shunek,  F.R.S. 

T.  W.  Stuart. 

Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Foreign  Secretary. 
LudwigMond. 


The  President  then  proposed  the  re-appointment 
of  Messrs.  Theobald  Bros,  and  Miall  as  Auditors  for 
the  ensuing  year.  The  proposal  was  seconded  by 
Mr.  S.  H.  Johnson,  and  carried  unanimously. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  Alexander  M.  Ciiw  r, 
seconded  by  Dr.  I).  P.  Hewitt,  a  vote  of  thanks 
was  accorded  to  the  Treasurer  and  Officers  of  the 
Society,  and  the  Chairman  and  Secretaries  of 
Sections. 

Mr.  LxJDWia  MoND  and  Mr.  Oias.  Hunt  replied. 

On  the  motion  of  Mr.  E.  K  MrjBPBATT,  seconded 
by  Mr.  Ivan  Levinstein,  a  hearty  vote  of  thanks 
was  given  to  the  Council  of  Owens  College  for 
granting  the  use  of  the  Chemical  Lecture  Theatre 
for  the  purposes  of  the  meeting. 

the  next  annual  MEETING. 

Mr.  (!.(!.  Henderson,  as  Secretary  of  the  Glasgow 
and  Scottish  Section,  then  formally  invited  the 
Society  to  hold  its  Annual  Meeting  for  1888  in 
Glasgow. 

On  the  motion  ,,f  Prof.  J.  Camp-bell  Brown, 
seconded  by  Prof!  I\  Clowes,  it  was  resolved  to 
accept  with  hearty  thanks  the  invitation  from  the 
Glasgow  Section. 


Jul,  M.18S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIK  SOC1KTV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


481 


1  [SIT  TO  THE  ROYAL  JUBILEE   EXHIBITION. 

En  the  afternoon,  and  indeed  immediately  after  the 
conclusion  of  the  proceedings  in  the  morning,  most 
of  the  memhera  visited  tke  Exhibition,  in  the  I 
cal  Section  of  which  they  found  one  of   the  finest 

collections  of  the  kind  ever  brought  together.  Nor 
was  it  to  be  wondered  at  that  a  high  degree  of 
interest  should  be  felt  by  members  of  the  S 
Chemical  Industry  in  the  Chemical  Section  of  the 
Exhibition,  for  the  arrangement  ami  classification  of 
the  exhibits  is  such  as  to  appeal  at  once  both  to  their 
understanding  and  sympathy.  The  reason  of  this  is 
not  far  to  seek,  for  does  not  tin1  committee  of  the 
Chemical  Section  of  the  Exhibition  contain  two  "I 
the  Vice-Presidents  (Mr.  Levinstein  the  cha 
and  |)r.  Schunck),  the  Editor  of  the  Journal,  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Manchester  Section  of  the 
Society,  and  are  not  all  its  members  me 
of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry  |  It  may  be 
fairly  claimed  then  that  what  success  the  Oh 
Section  of  the  Exhibition  has  achieved,  is  a  triumph 
not  only  for  the  Committee  of  that  section,  but  for 
tin-  Society  of  Chemical  Industry.  The  collection  of 
the  relics  of  great  discoverers,  and  of  their  dis- 
coveries in  the  fields  of  chemical  and  physical  science, 
made  for  the  Exhibition  Section  by  Mr.  Watson 
Smith,  created  much  interest.  There  were  to  be  seen 
the  battery,  at  least  a  part  of  it,  with  which  Davy 
decomposed  the  alkalis,  and  his  note-book,  in  which 
the  record  of  the  isolation  of  the  alkaline  metals  could 
be  read ;  the  gases  liquefied  for  the  first  time  by 
Faraday,  enclosed  in  sealed  tubes,  and  his  note-book 
opened  at  the  place  where  the  record  of  this  remark- 
able discovery  occurs ;  and,  exceedingly  interesting  for 
Manchester  and  its  neighbourhood,  the  specimen  of 
the  very  first  benzene  isolated  by  Faraday,  and  the 
apparatus  with  which  Joule  determined  the 
mechanical  equivalent  of  heat.  When  it  is  added 
that  there  also  was  to  be  seen  the  manuscript  of  that 
page  of  Dalton's  "  Principles  of  Chemistry  "  which 
contains  the  table  of  his  original  atomic  weights ;  the 
penny  earthern  inkpots  and  soda-water  bottle  lie  has 
converted  into  classic  relics,  and  the  original  lamps 
which  Davy  constructed  when  feeling  his  way,  with 
high-minded  benevolence  and  scientific  skill,  towards 
a  solution  of  the  terrible  problem  which  in  those 
days  forced  itself  to  the  front  in  men's  minds— how  to 
save  from  wholesale  destruction  those  who  laboured 
in  the  bowels  of  the  earth  to  provide  means  of  warmth, 
comfort,  and  light  for  their  fellows — the  question 
may  be  fairly  asked— ''Was  not  a  sight  of  these  things 
well  worthy  of  a  pilgrimage  to  Manchester?"  Then, 
turning  to  more  modern  times,  we  have  exemplified 
by  specimens,  dyed  and  printed  fabrics,  and  picture 
representations,  the  researches  which  in  their  sevi  ral 
directions  have  done  much  to  keep  the  name  of  Eng- 
land in  the  front,  as  that  of  the  land  in  which  the 
first  springs  of  chemical  science,  as  applied  to  the 
chemical  industries  more  especially,  have  arisen, 
whatever  may  be  said  of  after  developments  and 
advances.  It  is  only  necessary  to  mention  the  names 
of  Perkin,  Griess,  Schunck,  Roscoe,  Schorlemmer 
and  Dale,  to  indicate  sufficiently  to  chemists  what 
mainly  was  to  be  seen  in  this  interesting  collection. 
It  is  a  fact,  and  one  worthy  of  some  thought  and 
consideration  for  the  country,  when  the  urgency  of 
the  special  study  of  technical  chemistry  is  in  many 
cases  so  prematurely  pushed,  that  the  teaching  of 
the  applications  of  chemical  science  to  the  industries 
is  demanded  before  the  knowledge  of  the 
itself  is  acquired,  or  anything  approaching  it,— that 
neither  Perkin  nor  Griess  were  searching  tor  colours 
or  dyes  when  they  obtained  those  results,  which 
make  them  respectively  the  originators  of  the  aniline- 
and  the  azo-colour  industries.     These  chemists  were 


both  investigating  the  constitution  of  certain  organic 
.  and  were  so  far  exploring  the  realms  of 
t  scientific  truth,  when  with  one  and  the 
stroke  there  came  with  tie-  practical  refutation  of 
their  theories  as  first  entertained,  new  revelations 
with  a  more  tangible  reward. 

THE   AX.Nl'AI,   DINNER. 

The  annual  dinner  of  the  members  of  the  Society  of 
Chemical  Industry  was  held  in  the  Palm  House  of 
tin-  Exhibition,  and  a  little  after  six  o'clock  about 
150  gentlemen  sat  down,  Mr.  David  Howard,  the 
retiring  president,  taking  the  chair.  He  was  sup- 
in  ii  ted  by  the  President-elect,  Professor  James  I  lewar, 
I'.U.S.  ;  Messrs.  E.  K.  Muspratt,  Ivan  Levinstein, 
Dr.  Hewitt,  Ludwig  Mond,  Dr.  Hurter,  J.  T. 
Brunner,"  Hy.  Brunner,  Prof.  J.  Campbell  Brown,  Mr. 
Alex.  M.  Chance,  Mr.  E.  Carew,  Mr.  J.  Brock,  and 
Prof.  F.  Clowes. 

The  usual  loyal  toast,  "  The  Queen,''  was  given  by 
the  Chairman,  in  a  speech  in  which  he  mentioned 
that  those  who  had  studied  at  the  College  of 
Chemistry  in  London  in  earlier  days  could  appre- 
ciate how  much  the  Queen,  in  conjunction  with  the 
late  Prince  Consort,  had  fostered  chemical  science, 
and  that  he  was  glad  to  think  that  the  Prince  of 
Wales  also  took  a  deep  and  practical  interest  in  all 
scientific  matters.  The  toast  having  been  duly 
honoured,  the  next,  "  Prosperity  to  the  Society  of 
Chemical  Industry,"  was  then  proposed  by  Mr.  J.  T. 
BRUNNER,  who  said  he  knew  that  the  Society  had 
done  and  was  doing  an  immense  amount  of  good.  He 
was  much  pleased  to  know  that  his  old  friend,  Prof. 
Dewar,  was  to  be  their  president  during  the  next 
year,  and  he  was  sure  they  could  not  have  made  a 
better  choice. 

Professor  Dewar  replied,  and  referring  to  his  elec- 
tion, thanked  the  members  for  their  recognition  of 
the  recondite  side  of  chemical  science.  That  Society 
had  been  founded,  said  he,  not  for  the  benefit  of  a 
class,  but  rather  for  the  purpose  of  blending  the 
classes  of  chemistry  together  ;  the  manufacturing 
branch,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  abstract  on  the 
other.  From  the  past  history  of  the  Society,  its 
recognition  of  all  classes  in  the  disposal  of  its 
honours,  and  more  on  account  of  the  unity  which  the 
members  showed  and  the  quality  of  the  work  pro- 
duced, he  was  sure  that  its  future  was  safe.  He 
referred  especially  to  the  paper  recently  contributed 
to  the  Liverpool  Section,  by  Dr.  Hurter,  which  he 
considered  to  be  a  most  admirable  example  of  research 
and  reasoning.  He  was  not  disposed  to  consider 
ominous  the  shifting— the  apparent  instability  of 
science.  They  were  merely  moving  on  to  higher 
things,  getting  nearer  to  the  truth. 

Dr.  Hewitt  then  proposed  the  health  of  the  Pre- 
sident, whose  name  had  been  familiar  to  him  since  he 
was  a  boy.  And  now  amidst  advancing  years,  he 
knew  that  Mr.  David  Howard  had  a  lineage  and  was 
connected  with  a  firm  foremost  in  making  this  country 
famous  for  the  manufacture  of  fine  chemicals. 

Mr.  Howard,  replying,  said  that  the  Society  was 
doing  an  amount  of  work  which  could  only  be  appre- 
ciated by  those  who  knen-  the  difficulties  which  past 
generations  of  chemists  had  to  contend  with. 

Mr.  Tyrek  next  proposed  "The  Local  Sections." 
He  said  that  if  that  Society  was  anything  it  was 
democratic  ;  but  the  elements  of  a  thorough,  sound 
and  healthy  Republicanism  were  there.  He  always 
had  faith  iii  its  policy,  and  now,  when,  greatly  through 
the  concerted  efforts  of  its  sections,  the  Society  and 
its  Journal— with  the  life  and  prosperity  of  the  latter 
of  which  that  of  the  former  was  indissolubly  con- 
nected and  bound  up— had  undoubtedly  become  a 
powerful  factor  in  the  industry  of  the  country,  all 


THE  Journal  of  the  society  of  chemical  iniustky.    u»'>  =».  i8$:,n 


should  put  their  shoulders  to  the  wheel  and  assist  in 
the  onward  movement. 

Mr.  .1.  (  'mm  ri:  I'.ri.i.  responded. 

The  health  of  tin'  "Secretary  and  Editor"  were 
final]]  proposed  by  the  President. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Cresswell,  replying,  referred  to  the 
necessity  for  permanent  quarters  for  the  Society  ;  and 
later  on,  Mr.  Bri  nm  r  expressed  the  hope  that  some- 
thing definite  would  come  out  of  it,  if  for  no  other 
reason  than  that  they  should  have  a  room  in  which 
the  Library  of  the  late  Mr.  Wehlon  could  he  placed. 

Mr.  Watson  Smith  joined  Mr.  Cresswell  in 
ict imiiiig  thanks  for  the  good  wishes  conveyed  in  the 
toast  :  and  as  he  had  assumed  the  direction  of  the 
musical  arrangements  and  programme  on  that  occa- 
sion, he  would  take  that  opportunity  of  expressing 
himself  musically  by  playing  Schubert's  Impromptu 
in  ( i. 

I  luring  the  evening  a  selection  principally  of  part 
songs,  by  Mendelssohn  and  Schubert,  from  the  well- 
known  t  irpheus  series,  was  most  effectively  given  by 
a  choir  of  twelve  men's  voices. 

THE   EXCURSIONS,  ETC. 

On  Thursday  Morning  a  considerable  number  of 
members  assembled  at  the  Exchange  Station  for  a 
trip  to  Wrexham,  to  visit  the  Wrexham  Lager  Beer 
Brewery.  After  an  inspection  of  the  brewery  the 
party  was  entertained  at  an  excellent  lunch  by  the 
manager.  After  the  repast  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the 
company  was  proposed  by  Mr.  Howard,  and  carried 
unanimously.  The  party  then  returned  to  Chester, 
where  conveyances  were  waiting  to  take  them  to 
Baton  Hall,  the  palace  of  the  Duke  ot  Westminster. 
After  partaking  of  tea  at  Eccleston  Ferry,  the  mem- 
bers returned  in  barges  by  the  river  Dee  to  Chester, 
and  from  thence  they  journeyed  by  rail  to  Manchester. 
Meanwhile  smaller  parties  visited  the  works  of 
Messrs.  Crossley  Bros.  ("Otto"  (ias  Engine  Factory) : 
of  Messrs.  Beyer  &  Peacock,  Engineers  ;  Messrs.  Kerr 
and  Hoegger,  Dyers;  Messrs.  Ermen  and  lioby, 
Bleachers  ;  Messrs.  Knowles  &  Co.,  Print  Works  ; 
the  Buxton  Lime  Works  ;  Mr.  J.  Hollingvvorth  ; 
Messrs.  I.  Frankenburg,  India  -  rubber  Works  ; 
Messrs.  Ilaworth  iVr  Co.,  Cotton  Spinning;  Messrs 
Chadwick  A:  Taylor,  Paper  Works;  Salford 
Sewage  and  ( las  Works  ;  and  the  Guardian  news- 
paper office. 

Un  Friday  Morning  another  party  was  formed  for 
visiting  Chapel-en-le-Frith  and  Castleton,  in  Derby- 
shire The  members  joining  this  excursion  will  not 
soon  forget  the  satisfaction  and  pleasure  it  gave 
them,  and  the  complete  success  of  this,  as  well  as  the 
( Iheater  excursion,  were  certainly  in  a  large  measure 
due  to  the  indefatigable  exertions  of  Mr.  J.  Carter 
Bell,  the  local  secretary  of  the  Manchester  Section, 
as  well  as  to  the  all-important  circumstance  of  most 
propitious  weather. 

Another  excursion  was  also  organised,  under  the 
guidance  of  Mr.  Wm.  Thomson,  to  visit  the  exten- 
sive Printing,  Bleaching,  and  Dye  Works  of  Messrs. 
F.d.  Potter  &  Co.,  at  Dinting  Vale,  and  thereafter 
the  Paper  Works  of  Messrs.  Olive  and  Partington, 
at  Glossop.  Some  twenty-five  to  thirty  members 
availed  themselves  of  these  opportunities, and  greatly 
enjoyed  the  combined  excursion  and  visits. 

In  each  and  every  case  the  members  were  received 
and  treated  with  unvarying  kindness  by  the  pro- 
prietors of  the  works  thrown  (■pen  to  them,  and 
probably  never  before  in  the  history  of  the  Society 
lias  such  a  large  variety  of  manufactures  connected 
with  the  chemical  industries  been  available  for 
inspection  at  an  annual  meeting  as  on  this  occasion 
at  Manchester. 


iLonDon  Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  BuiiLisaTOM  House. 


Chairman:  David  Howard. 


Sir  K.  A.  Abel. 
II.  E  Armstrong1. 
\Y.  l.ant  Carpenter. 
W,  i  Irowder. 
W.  J.  Dibdln. 
i '.  <  rraham. 
8.  Hall. 
C.  C  Hutchinson. 


Committee : 

R_  Mesael. 

B.  E.  R,  Newlands. 
it.  Redwood. 

T.  Royle. 
John  SplUer. 
Win.  Thorp. 
.1.  Williams. 

C.  It.  Alder  Wright. 


lion.   Local  Sec.  and   Treasurer :   Thos.  Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Komi,  Battersea,  S.W. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  resumed,  on 
Monday.  7th  November  next. 

The  last  meetingoftJu  Session  was  held  on  Monday, 

6th     June,    at     the    Chemical    Society's    Rooms, 
Burlington  House,  Piccadilly. 

THE   PRESIDENT   IN    Till'.   CHAIR, 

THE  ALKALOIDS— THE  PBESENT  STATE 
OF  KNOWLEDGE  CONCERNING  THEM, 
AND  THE  METHODS  EMPLOYED  IN  THEIR 
INVESTIGATION. 

BY   HENRY    E.    ARMSTRONG, 

Professorof  Chemistry  in  the  City  and  Guilds  of  London 
Institute.  Central  Institution. 

Within  recent  years  our  knowledge  of  the  alkaloids 
has  increased  to  an  extent  and  with  a  rapidity  which 
is  perfectly  astonishing  :  a  study  of  the  circumstances 
to  which  this  progress  is  due,  and  of  the  manner  in 
which  it  has  taken  place,  is  in  the  highest  degree 
instructive  to  the  technologist. 

The  term  "alkaloid,"  like  so  many  of  the  generic 
terms  in  use  in  chemistry,  is  indefinable  :  literally  it 
means  alkali-like,  but  practically  it  is  restricted  to 
certain   nitrogen   compounds   more   or   less   directly 
derived  from  ammonia.     It  is  hardly  worth  while, 
however,  to  discuss  where  the  line  shall  be  drawn  ;  or 
to  which  among  the  almost  innumerable  alkali-like 
derivatives  of  ammonia  the  privilege  shall  be  granted, 
or  from  which  it  shall  be  withheld,  of  appearing  in 
the  class  of  alkaloids  :  such  a  question  is  of  import- 
ance only  to  those  who  may  desire  to  put  forward  a 
claim  to  be  the  first  to  synthesise  a  natural  alkaloid. 
The  vegeto-alkaloids  have  long  been  of  importance 
on  account  of  their  medicinal  and  toxic  properties. 
The   amines— that    group   of   alkaloids  immediately 
derived  from  ammonia,  with  the  discovery  and  inves- 
tigation of  which  the  names  of  Wnftz  and  Hofmann 
are  so  inseparably  linked — have  acquired  the  highest 
industrial  importance  as  being  the  progenitors  of  a 
large  proportion  of  modern  dye-stuffs.      And  quite 
recently  we  have  begun  to  recognise  alkaloids  among 
the   products   of    putrefactive   changes    induced   by 
micro-organisms,  and  to  regard  it  as  probable  that 
the  Bufferings  provoked  in  zymotic  diseases  may,  at 
least  to  a  large  extent,  be  due  to  the  toxic  properties 
of  alkaloids  tints  produced.    From  this  last  point  of 
view  alone  the   study  of   alkaloids  is  of   enormous 
importance  to  the  human  race,  our  chance  of  com- 
bating the  effects  of  zymotic  disease  being  necessarily 
dependent   on   the   recognition    not    merely   of    the 
immediate  causes  of  such  effects,  but  especially  of  the 
chemical  attributes  of  the  alkaloids  concerned   as 
well  as  of  their  physiological  action.     It  is  now  many 
years  since  the  chemist  Louis  Pasteur     to  the  eternal 
glory  of  our  science  be  it  said     made   clear   to  all 
seeing   eyes   the   important    functions   exercised    by 
micro-organisms  throughout  the  organic  world  ;  the 


July  so.  1887.]     THE  JOI'kXAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IN  in  sTltY. 


study  of  these  organisms  necessarily  passed  into  the 
fa  mas  of  the  morphologist,  but  the  wheel  of  time  is 
fast  going  round,  and  it  is  daily  becoming  more  and 
more  evident  that  the  next  great  advance  must  be 
the  outcome  mainly  of  the  chemist's  labours.  I 
recommend  those  who  doubt  this  to  study  Brieger. 
Sooner  or  liter  also  it  will  be  for  the  chemist  to 
suggest  and  prepare  antidotes  to  the  toxic  alkaloids. 
and  in  concert  with  the  physiologist  to  devise  means 
of  diverting  the  activity  ol  disease-producing  bacteria 
into  harmless  channels  ;  it  may  even  be  suggested 
that  the  protection  afforded  by  vaccination  and  by 
attenuated  virus  is  perhaps  in  a  measure  due  to 
alkaloids.*  Indeed,  it  is  obvious  that  there  is  an 
almost  unbounded  tield  awaiting  exploitation  by 
chemists,  and  that  abundant  opportunity  is  here 
afforded  them  of  still  further  ministering  to  the  public 
wants. 

Having  said  so  much  by  way  of  preface,  let  me  also 
at  the  outset  try  to  make  clear  the  point  of  view  from 
which  I  propose  to  consider  the  alkaloids.  The 
various  non  -metallic  elements  in  the  states  in  which  we 
know  them  are  without  exception  compound  in  their 


justified  in  assuming  that  such  is  not  the  case,  and 
that  in  every  molecule  there  are  one  or  more  "points 
from  which  the  influence  is  exerted. 

In  formulating  the  nitrogen  compounds,  a  difficulty 
arises  owing  to  the  fact  that  chemists  still  agree  to 
differ  regarding  the  valency  of  the  element.  The 
popular  view  at  the  present  day  is  that  nitrogen  i-  a 
triad  in  ammonia  and  the  amines,  and  a  pentad  in 
ammonium  salts  ;  some  few  among  us  and  I  am  one 
of  these— regard  the  ammonium  salts  as  "molecular 
compounds.'  This  is  not  the  occasion  to  discuss 
such  a  question  ;  I  refer  to  it  to  prevent  misunder- 
standing. 

The  great  majority  of  vegeto-alkaloids  are  deriva- 
'  pyridine;  before  attempting  to  consider  these 
I  desire  to  direct  attention  to  a  group  of  alkaloids  of 
natural  origin,  and  to  the  ptomaines  or  alkaloids 
resulting  from  the  putrefactive  change  of  animal 
matter. 

/'.  irtu  thylamint  alkaloids.—  Under  this  name  may 
conveniently  be  included  four  closely  related  com- 
pounds, the  names,  formulae  and  proximate  con- 
stituents of  which  are  as  follow  : — 


X  *  M  >:. 

Form i  la.                                   Proximate  Constituihtb, 

NMe  [HO.CH.CHj] Triniclhylaminc  +  vinyl  alcohol 

N"SIe-[HO.CH..  CH..OH].                    .,               -  glycol 
NMelHO.CHj.CHlOHlJ                  ..              -  hydroxyacetaldeliydrol 
NMe  [HO.CH-.COOH]..                   ..              -  hydroxyacetic  acid 





nature— i.e.,  their  molecules  consist  of  two  or  more 
atoms  of  the  constituent  stuffs  :  and  we  are  as  little 
able  to  infer  the  properties  of  these  stuffs  from  obser- 
vation of  the  properties  of  the  elements  as  they 
present  themselves  to  us  as  we  are,  for  example,  those 
of  chlorine  and  sodium  from  those  of  common  salt. 
In  consequence  of  our  disregard  of  molecular  compo- 
sition in  the  case  of  the  elements,  we  are  entirely 
misled  by  having  become  accustomed  to  speak  of  the 
elementary  stuff  symbolised  by  X  and  of  its  com- 
pound No  by  the  same  name  :  hence  it  is  that  nitro- 
gen is  popularly  regarded  as  the  most  inert  among 
elements.  Probably  it  is  one  of  the  most  active  :  but 
so  great  is  the  stultifying  effect  exercised  upon  us  in 
early  youth  by  text-book  statements  that  many  will 
hesitate  to  accept  this  proposition.  Nevertheless  I 
advance  it,  and  venture  to  maintain  that  we  gain  no 
idea  whatsoever  of  the  properties  of  nitrogen-stuff 
from  a  consideration  of  those  of  nitrogen  gas  or  azote 
—to  give  it  the  older  and  more  suggestive  name— and 
that  if  we  desire  to  determine  its  properties  we  must 
devote  ourselves  to  the  comparative  study  of  the 
alkaloids.  If  the  effects  produced  by  alkaloids  were 
effects  produced  by  the  molecules  as  wholes,  we  could 
not  expect  to  deduce  the  properties  of  nitrogen-stuff 
from  those  of  its  compounds  :  but  I  believe  we  are 

,,  "  S,in|e  writing  this  1  have  received  the  Proceedings  of  the 
ltoyal  boclety.  No.  254,  which  contains  a  most  suggestive 
•Note  on  Protection  of  Anthrax,"  by  Dr.  L.  C.  Wooldridge. 
Dr .  Wooldridge  has  grown  the  anthrax  bacillus  in  a  culture 
fluid  consisting  of  a  solution  of  a  proteid  bod v  discovered  by 
himself,  obtained  from  the  testis  and  from  the  thvmus 
gland;  and  he  finds  that  if  a  small  quantity  of  the  Altered 
culture  fluid  be  injected  into  the  circulation  of  a  rabbit,  the 
animal  will  not  take  anthrax.  The  injection  of  the  fluid  in 
which  no  anthrax  bacillus  has  grown  is  without  effect,  and  if 
mciIIus  grown  in  the  fluid  be  inoculated  it  either  kills  or 
it  has  no  effect.  If  other  albuminous  fluids— e.g.,  blood  serum 
be  used  as  a  culture  medium,  and  the  filtered  culture  fluid  be 


i.  it  exerts  no  protection.  Hence,  as  Dr.  Wooldridge 
says  it  may  fairly  be  concluded  that  the  growth  of  the  anthrax 
bacillus  in  the  special  culture  fluid  used  gives  rise  to  a  sub- 
stance which,  when  injected  into  the  organism,  protects 
against  an  immediate  and  subsequent  attacks  of  anthrax.  In 
this  note  apparently  we  have  the  germ  of  a  discovery  the 
practical  importance  of  which  it  is  impossible  to  exaggerate. 


Choline  is  a  constituent  of  brain  matter,  but  has 
also  been  obtained  from  a  variety  of  other  sources. 
It  may  be  prepared  synthetically  by  digesting  an 
aqueous  solution  of  trimethylamine  with  ethylene 
oxide.  Neurine  has  also  been  separated  from  brain 
matter,  but  it  may  be  prepared  from  choline,  and  it 
is  a  question  whether  it  is  a  proximate  product  of 
hydrolysis  or  whether  it  is  not  formed  from  choline 
during  the  process  of  separation.  Muscarine  occurs, 
together  with  choline,  in  the  fly  agaric  (Agaricus 
muscarius),  and  may  be  produced  by  oxidising  choline 
by  means  of  nitric  acid.  Betaine  was  originally  sepa- 
rated from  the  juice  of  the  beet  (Bdo  vulgaris)^  but 
has  since  been  found  in  other  plants  :  it  may  be  pre- 
pared synthetically  from  trimethylamine  and  chlor- 
acetic  acid,  also  from  glyciae,  and  it  is  obtained  on 
oxidising  choline — with  which  it  is  associated  in 
cotton  seed,  for  example — with  chromic  mixture.  It 
will  be  obvious,  therefore,  that  a  close  genetic  con- 
nexion exists  between  the  four  compounds,  and  this 
being  the  case,  the  differences  in  their  toxic  qualities 
are  especially  noteworthy.  Muscarine,  neurine  and 
choline  all  have  a  similar  physiological  action  :  mus- 
carine, however,  is  a  virulent  poison,  and  so  also  is 
neurine,  but  I  believe  to  a  less  extent,  and  choline  is 
a  much  less  active  substance  than  even  neurine  ;  I 
am  not  aware  that  betaine  is  credited  with  any 
poisonous  qualities.  Now,  if  physiological  activity 
be  in  any  way  proportional  to  alterability  in  a 
chemical  sense — to  the  tendency  to  be  acted  upon  by, 
or  to  enter  into  combination  with,  or  to  interact  with, 
other  substances,  then  muscarine  should  certainly  be 
the  most  active  of  the  four  compounds  in  question, 
as  it  is  an  aldehydrol  (aldehyde  hydrate),  the  re- 
activity of  aldehydes  exceeding  that  of  all  known 
compounds.  For  similar  reasons  it  is  to  be  expected 
that  neurine  would  take  the  second  place,  and  choline 
the  third,  glycol,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  proxi- 
mate constituent  of  choline,  being  undoubtedly  less 
prone  to  undergo  change  than  would  be  (the  hypo- 
thetical) vinylic  alcohol,  which  it  may  be  assumed  is 


isi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (July  30. 1887. 


contained  in  neurine.  The  very  slight  difference  in 
composition  between  choline  ami  either  neurine  or 
inns,. .(in,'  is  also  to  be  remarked,  the  withdrawal  of 
the  elements  of  a  molecule  of  water  sufficing  to 
convert  choline  into  neurine,  while  its  conversion  into 
muscarine  involves  but  the  displacement  of  a  single 
hydrogen  atom  by  the  hydroxy!  group.  Seeing  that 
many  micro-organisms  act  most  powerfully  in 
inducing  oxidation,  it  is  obvious  that  no  great  margin 
of  safety  can  be  counted  on,  as  choline— or  its  poten- 
tial elements  exists  widely  distributed  throughout 
the  animal  organism. 

Ptomaines.  Within  recent  years  the  attention  of 
toxicologists  has  been  directed — especially  by  the 
Italian  chemists— to  the  presence  in  putrid  animal 
matter  of  poisonous  basic  substances,  more  or  less 
resembling  certain  natural  alkaloids,  and  which 
become  separated  in  the  course  of  the  treatment 
usually  adopted  in  the  toxicologies!  examination  of 
human  remains.  The  discovery  is  obviously  one  of 
the  first  importance  to  the  medical  jurist,  and 
naturally  attracted  much  attention.  Selmi,  whose 
systematic  study  of  the  subject  entitles  him  to  be 
regarded  as  the  pioneer  in  this  field  of  investigation, 
although  he  was  by  no  means  the  first  to  recognise 
their  existence,  has  designated  alkaloids  which  result 
from  the  putrefaction  of  albuminous  matters  as 
Ptomaines  (irru/ia — a  corpse).  The  recognition  of 
the  production  of  ptomaines  during  putrefaction  was 
based,  in  the  first  instance,  on  qualitative  chemical 
and  physiological  tests,  and  not  on  their  separation  in 
the  pure  state.  Nencki  appears  to  have  been  the 
first  to  isolate  a  ptomaine,  but  did  himself  the 
injustice  of  publishing  his  experiments  in  a  semi- 
private  pamphlet.  It  is  to  Brieger,  however,  that  we 
are  indebted  for  the  exact  knowledge  which  we  now 
possess  on  the  subject.  His  labours,  carried  on 
uninterruptedly  since  1882-83,  have  resulted  in  the 
discovery  of  numerous  non-poisonous,  as  well  as 
poisonous,  alkaloids,  and  are  of  the  highest  import- 
ance, not  only  to  the  physiologist  and  medical  jurist, 
but  also  to  the  chemist,  on  account  of  the  light  which 
they  throw  on  the  composition  of  animal  albuminous 
matters,  and  on  the  course  of  putrefactive  changes. 

Crieger|s  researches  not  only  prove  that  a  variety 
of  alkaloids  result  from  the  poisonous  decay  of 
animal  matters,  but  they  establish  the  fact  that 
ptomaines  are  formed  during  the  earlier  stages  of 
decay,  and  that  they  are  of  a  non-benzenoid  character  ; 
as  putrefaction  continues,  they  gradually  disappear, 
and  give  place  to  well-known  benzenoid  compounds 
—phenol,  cresol,  hydroxy-acids,  indole,  etc.  In  the 
first  part  of  his  colle  ted  researches,*  Brieger  de- 
scribes the  ptomaines  produced — (a)  from  putrid 
horseflesh,  beef  and  human  muscular  tissue  ;  (!>) 
from  putrid  fish  ;  (c)  from  putrid  cheese  ;  (</)  from 
putrid  glue  ;  and  (e)  from  putrid  yeast.  In  every 
case  large  quantities  of  material  were  taken,  and  the 
methods  employed  in  separating  the  ptomaines  were 
such  that,  as  far  aa  possible,  their  decomposition  was 
prevented.  The  same  substances  were  separated 
from  putrid  horseflesh,  beef  and  human  flesh,  but 
horseflesh  gave  the  largest  amounts,  and  therefore 
was  chiefly  used.  The  products  from  animal  flesh 
were  neurine— the  intensely  poisonous  nature  of 
which  has  already  been  mentioned,  and  a  non- 
nous  diamine  ((.'-11,  ,N._.).  the  hydrochloride  of 
which  crystallises  in  well  -  defined  long  needles 
resembling  area  crystals.  This  was  named  m  uridin* . 
as  it  appears  to  bear  some  relation  to  neurine,  being 
resolved  into  a  mixture  of  dimethylamine  and 
trimethylamine     when    boiled     with    caustic    soda 


•  '  Teller  Ptomaine,' 
Hirscliwald. 


von   Prof.  Dr.   L.  Brieger.    llerliu : 


solution.  Putrid  fish  gave  a  toxic  base  of  the  com- 
position of  ethylene  diamine  (C2HpN2)  but  isomeric 
t  herewith  ;imisca)i  ne  ;a  second  novel  baseof  the  formula 
C7H17NO«,  which  Brieger  names  gadinine  from 
Gadus  callarias,  the  fish  used  :  it  appears  to  be  non- 
poisonous  ;  and,  lastly,  triethylamine,  which  had  not 
previously  been  known  to  be  derivable  from  any 
such  source.  From  soft  cheese  allowed  to  putrefy 
for  six  weeks,  he  obtained  neuridine  and  trimethyl- 
amine. Glue,  from  which  Nencki  obtained  a  COlli- 
dine  by  allowing  it  to  putrefy  in  contact  with  ox 
pancreas,  gave  neuridine  in  larger  quantities  than  any 
other  material  examined,  together  with  dimethyl- 
amine and  traces  of  a  substance  resembling 
muscarine  in  physiological  properties.  Putrid  yeast 
gave  only  dimethylamine. 

In  the  second  part  of  his  collected  researches, 
Brieger  describes  the  results  of  his  examination  of 
the  basic  products  of  the  gradual  putrefaction  of 
human  remains,  especially  the  internal  organs — viz., 
the  lungs,  heart,  liver,  spleen,  stomach  and 
intestines  ;  and  he  particularly  directs  attention  to 
the  progressive  character  of  the  changes.  Material 
taken  from  corpses  which  had  lain  24 — 48  hours  in  a 
cool  cellar  gave  choline  in  small  cjuantity,  but  no 
other  ptomaine.  After  a  slightly  longer  interval, 
neuridine  was  the  chief  product,  only  traces  of 
choline  being  found,  and,  in  some  instances,  tri- 
methylamine. Putrefaction  being  allowed  to  continue 
for  a  considerably  longer  period,  the  choline  was 
found  to  have  entirely  disappeared,  three  new 
physiologically  indifferent  bases  being  now  separable 
— viz.  : 

Caclaverine    C,H„N, 

l'utrescine C,H,VN; 

Saprine    C5H,,X, 

At  least  two  toxic  alkaloids  are  also  formed  in  the 
later  stages  of  putrefaction,  but  in  such  small 
quantity  that  Brieger  did  not  succeed  in  isolating 
sufficient  for  analysis.  It  is  remarkable,  as  Brieger 
points  out,  that  the  bases  which  he  was  successful  in 
isolating  are  all  diamines  ;t  no  previous  investigation 
of  albuminous  substances  entitles  us  to  anticipate  the 
formation  of  such  compounds,  or  affords  any  clue  to 
their  origin.  In  the  experiments  under  discussion, 
the  air  had  free  access  ;  in  the  third  monograph, 
Brieger  briefly  describes  experiments  made  on  a  very 
large  scale  in  which  human  remains,  horseflesh  and 
fish  of  different  kinds  were  allowed  to  putrefy  during 
the  months  of  October  to  January  in  a  stable  loft  at 
a  temperature  ranging  from  5°  to  9'  C.  in  such  a  way 
that  the  access  of  air  was  almost  prevented  :  it  is  a 
matter  of  interest  that  although  under  these  condi- 
tions  cadaverine  and  putresciue  were  formed  in  con- 
siderable quantity,  no  highly-poisonous  ptomaines 
could  be  discovered.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that 
their  formation  takes  place  only  when  a  certain 
amount  of  atmospheric  oxygen  has  access. 

The  most  important  results  obtained  by  Brieger, 
however,  are  undoubtedly  those  relating  to  the 
putrefactive  action  of  pure  cultivations  of  certain 
pathogenic  bacteria.  The  staphylococcus  pyogenes 
,iiii-i  us  and  streptococcus  pyogenes,  described  by 
Rosenbach,  gave  only  negative  results,  no  toxic 
alkaloid  bring  formed  by  them  :  but  by  means 
of  the  typhus  bacillus  of  Koch  and  Eberth,  a  toxic 
alkaloid  was  obtained  of  the  formula  CTHJ7NO.. 
but  unfortunately  in  very  small  quantity,  its 
formation  being  apparently  dependent  on  certain  very 


t  Briefer's  cadaverine  has  been  shown  by  Ladenburg  to  bo 
identical  with  the  pentamethylene  diamine 

(KH,.CH,.CH,.CH,.CH1.CH,.NH,) 
obtained  on  reduction  of  trimcthylenc  cyanide 
(NC.CH,.CH,.CHS.CN). 


July  30. 188-.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


485 


special  conditions  being  fulfilled.  Employing  a 
microbe  which  has  been  recogni>cd  as  the  primary 
cause  of  traumatic  tetanus  in  man  to  cause  the 
putrefaction  of  beef,  Brieger,  however,  has  suco 
in  isolating  an  alkaloid,  which  be  has  named  tetanine, 
of  the  formula  (',  II  ,N  04;  this  produces  in 
animals  all  the  symptoms  characteristic  of  human 
tetanus.  Bocklisch,  at  Brieger's  suggestion,  has 
recently  studied  the  products  of  putrefaction  obtained 
by  means  of  Finkler  and  Priors'a  comma  bacillus,  but 
without  discovering  any  specific  toxic  alkaloid. 
Enough  has  now  been  said  to  make  clear  the 
enormous  importance  of  Brieger's  researches  ;  they 
certainly  may  be  described  as  "  epoch-making." 

Pyridine  Alkaloids. 

Pyridine  was  discovered  by  Anderson  in  1857,  in 
the  course  of  his  classical  researches  on  bone-oil  : 
Quinoline  was  discovered  by  Gerhardt  in  1842. 
The  nature  of  these  compounds  long  remained 
undetermined,  comparatively  little  attention  being 
paid  to  them,  probably  in  consequence  of  the  diffi- 
culty of  obtaining  the  pure  substances  in  quantity. 
Gradually,  however,  their  importance  as  progenitors 
of  the  vegeto-alkaloids  became  recognised.  The  dis- 
covery by  Skraup  of  a  most  elegant  synthetic  method 
of  preparing  quinoline,  available  also  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  variety  of  quinoline  derivatives,  followed 
as  it  was  very  rapidly  by  the  discovery  of  other 
simple  methods  of  preparing  both  pyridine  and 
quinoline  derivatives,  not  only  rendered  their 
systematic  study  possible,  but  highly  fashionable 
among  chemists,  many  of  whom  doubtless  were  not 
uninfluenced  by  the  hope  that  their  researches  might 
furnish  results  of  immediate  pecuniary  value  :  the 
result  is  that  the  special  literature  of  the  subject  is 
already  almost  overpowering,  the  rate  of  progress 
having  been  simply  marvellous. 

The  suggestion  that  pyridine  closely  resembles  ben- 
zene— that  in  fact  it  is  benzene  in  which  N  takes  the 
place  of  CH,  and  that  quinoline  is  related  to  naph- 
thalene in  the  same  way  that  pyridine  is  to  benzene, 
is  more  often  than  not  attributed  to  Kiirner,  but  is 
sometimes  ascribed  to  Dewar,  to  whom  I  believe  it 
to  be  due  :  the  now  conventional  formula  of  pyridine 
having  been  first  published  by  him  in  a  paper  read  at 
the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh  on  the  6th  of  June, 
1870  (R.  H.  Ed.  Trans.  26, 189).  The  method  of  oxi- 
dation by  permanganate,  which  has  been  of  such 
signal  service  in  the  investigation  of  pyridine  deriva- 
tives, was  also  first  described  in  this  paper.  The 
truth  of  Dewar's  surmise  was  experimentally  verified 
in  1879,  when  Koenigs  showed  that  allylaniline  is 
converted  into  quinoline  by  passing  itoverred-hot  lead 
oxide,  and  Baeyer  succeeded  in  converting  hydro- 
carbostyril  (orthamidophenylpropionic  anhydride) 
into  quinoline  ;  the  nature  of  the  proof  of  the  con- 
stitution of  what  is  conventionally  termed  the 
"  pyridine  ring,"  which  these  syntheses  afford  will  be 
obvious  on  reference  to  the  following  formula?  : — 


connection  of  theory  with  practice,  and  should 
for  ever  silence  the  so-called  practical  man  who  knows 
nothing  of,  and  cares  less  for,  theory.  Prudhomme, 
in  1877,  stated  that  if  0-nitroalizarin  (alizarin  orange) 
Lted  with  glycerol  and  sulphuric  acid,  a  mixture 
of  two  colouring  matters  is  produced,  the  one  giving 
a  violet  with  alumina  mordants  and  a  blue  with 
iron  mordants,  the  other  giving  browns.  Most 
people  would  characterise  such  a  mixture  as  a  l'  dirty 
mess,"  and  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how  the  experi- 
ment came  to  be  made,  but  made  it  was,  very 
fortunately.  II.  Branch,  a  member  of  the  Badische 
Anilin-  and  Soda-fabrik,  took  up  the  study  of  the 
subject,  and  succeeded  not  only  in  determining  the 
conditions  under  which  the  blue  dye  was  formed, 
but  in  producing  it  on  a  manufacturing  scale  ;  and  it 
I  is  now  well  known  as  a  very  valuable  dyestuff 
under  the  name  alizarin  blue.  The  scientific  in- 
vestigation of  alizarin  blue  was  undertaken  by 
Professor  Graebe  with  material  furnished  to  him  by 
Brunck,  and  ultmately  he  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  it  has  the  composition  indicated  by  the  formula — 


N 

AA 
•iNH.CIICII.CH.   I     Y     1CH 


CH 


NH 


CH  CH- 

Allylaniline.  Quinoline,  Hydrocarbostyril. 

Skraup's  invaluable  synthetic  method  of  preparing 
quinoline— the  discovery  of  which  may  be  said  to 
be  the  critical  feature  in  the  history  of  our  know- 
ledge of  the  vegeto-alkaloids— affords  one  of  the 
most  instructive  instances  on  record  of  the  fact  that 
every  experiment,  however  unpractical  it  may  seem  at 
the  time,  has  its  value  ;  it  also  illustrates  the  intimate 


CH-CH-CH 


■CO 


.  CI  >  - 


being  in  fact  a  derivative  of  anthraquinoline — i.e.,  a 
compound  bearing  the  same  relation  to  anthracene 
that  quinoline  bears  to  benzene.  Now  it  is  remarkable 
that  Graebe's  paper  immediately  follows  in  Liebig's 
en  a  paper  by  Skraup  on  the  "Constitution 
of  Cinchonine  ; :'  whether  Skraup  was  thus  led  to  take 
particular  note  of  Graebe's  work  I  do  not  know,  but 
at  all  events  it  suggested  to  him  that  nitrobenzene 
might  be  converted  in  the  same  way — Le.,  by  heating 
it  with  glycerol  and  sulphuric  acid,  into  quinoline, 
and  he  was  thereby  led  to  discover  his  method  of 
preparing  quinoline. 

Among  the  very  numerous  syntheses  of  pyridine 
derivatives,  there  is  one  to  which  attention  should  be 
specially  directed,  on  account  of  the  conditions 
under  which  it  takes  place.  I  refer  to  the  action  of 
aqueous  ammonia  on  the  acetyl  derivative  of  ethyl 
citrate,  which  interact  at  ordinary  temperatures  to 
produce  citrazinamide  (Ruhemann,  Chun.  Soc. 
Trans.j  1887,  403),  a  compound  represented  by  the 
following  formula  *  : — 

CO(KH) 

A 

HC         CH 
HO.C         C.OH 


\»/ 


•  Just  as  in  the  case  of  benzene,  much  discussion  has  taken 
place  regarding  the  possible  alternative  formula  of  pyridine— 
viz:— 

N 


CH 


CH 


— Ruhemanncontending  that  the  formationof  a  pyridine  deriva- 
tive in  the  manner  above  described  affords  conclusive  evidence 
in  favour  of  the  second  formula.  Like  all  such  questions,  this 
is  one  of  considerable  importance,  but  it  would  be  out  of  place 
to  discuss  it  here ;  I  refer  to  it  merely  in  order  to  point  out 
that,  in  my  opinion,  neither  can  be  accepted.  I  would,  in 
fact,  employ  a  formula  corresponding  to  that  which  I  have 
elsewhere  contended  should  be  assigned  to  benzene  {C/iem. 
Soc.  Trans.  1887,  'J61).  For  all  practical  purposes  it  is  sufficient, 


186 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETl   OF  CHEMICAL  IXMsTIIY.      |.iui>:«u887. 


It  is  pyridine  in  which   two  hydrogen   atoms  are    the  relation  between  the  two  is  satisfactorily  denoted 

displaced  by  OH.  and  one  by  CO(NB  ,).     It-  Forma-    by  the  formulae  : 

tion  may  be  symbolically  represented,  thus  : —  H  wn 


CO.OEl 

H.C  OAi  i  li 


::\ll 


EtO.OC 


CO  OEl 


in. Ml 

c 

I 

II, <■  nil  l  II 
I 


Ml. or        CO.OEl 
2ElOB    ill    iu.\ll; 


CO.NH, 


n 

A 

II  i   OH  ill. 

+  (EtOH)    =    OH.+ 

OC         rn 

\M 

N 

11 

CO.NHj                    CO.NH. 

/                            /°\ 

IIC         CH       =       lie         I'H 

1            1                        1 
OC         CO           Ho.i           c.OH 

N                                N 

It  remains  now  to  consider  the  chief  evidence 
which  recent  investigations  afford  of  the  nature  of 
the  vegeto-alkaloids. 

Piperidint  (C5H11N).— This  alkaloid  was  shown 
by  Anderson  in  1850  to  be  produced  together  with 
piperic  acid,  CjoHiuOj,  on  hydrolysing  piperine— a 
constituent  of  pepper.  The  nature  of  piperidine  was 
not  finally  determined  until  18ti9,  when  Koenigs 
succeeded  in  converting  it  into  pyridine  by  heating 
it  with  sulphuric  acid  at  300°.  The  change  involves 
the  mere  withdrawal  of  six  atoms  of  hydrogen. 
Taking  into  account  the  fact  that  piperidine  is  a 
secondary  amine,  pyridine  being  a  tertiary  amine, 


as  in  the  case  of  benzene,  to  use  a  simple  hexagon  to  represent 
pyridine  ;  and  I  here  venture  to  suggest  that  in  order  to 
simplify  printing,  instead  of  writing  N  at  one  of  the  angles  a 
line  should  be  drawn  across,  thus  • 


1 


V 


III' 


IK  I 


1C1I 


I'll 


It  is  desirable  to  number  the  positions  exactly  as  in  the  ease 
of  benzene,  the  nitrogen  position  being  marked  1  ;  the  usual 
continental [custom  of  disregarding  the  nitrogen  in  numbering 
and  of  marking  the  remaining  positions  1. 2,  3, 1.  5,  is  urn 
sanly  misleading.  The  positions  of  the  radicles  are  best 
indicated  relatively  to  the  nitrogen,  assuming  this  to  be  in 
powtion  1.  11, ns  the  pyridincearboxylic  acid  in  which  the 
li  ii  ill  is  contiguous  to  the  S  atom  may  be  represented  as  the 
N  :  J  acid.  Applying  this  same  principle  to  i|uinoline  deriva- 
tives, the  positions  may  be  numbered  alike  in  the  two 
hexagons,  thus:— 


<    II 


Pyridine. 


Piperidine, 


1  he  position  of  radicles  in  the  N  ringare  reprea  i, ted  precisely 
toe  case  of  pyridine  derivatives:  clnchonii    acid    for 
example.  ,.  n  :  i  gulnoUnecarboxylic  acid.    Positions  in  the 
N-free  ring  are  Indicated  by  writing  the  figures  in  front  of  the 
I  mbol    thus   quroanisol,  the    methi  et  n„i 

from  quinine,  is  3 :  N  methoxyquinoline.     Quininicacid    the 
oxidation   product  of  quinine,  Is  3 ;  N :  2  methoxyquinollne- 


Complete  confirmation  of  the  formulae  here  given  is 
afforded  by  the  synthesis  of  piperidine  from  penta- 
methylenediamine  effected  by  Ladenburg  in  Ism;. 
This  diamine  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  sodium  on 
a  boiling  alcoholic  solution  of  trim  ethylene  cyanide  : — 

NC.CH..CH2.CH„.CN+8H- 

H,X.CH,.CH,.CH,.C1L.CH..XH,. 

A  certain  quantity  undergoes  conversion  into  piperi- 
dine even  during  this  process,  and  complete  conver- 
sion is  effected  by  submitting  the  hydrochloride  of 
the  diamine  to  dry  distillation. 

Piperic  acid  has  been  shown  by  the  researches  of 
Fittig  and  his  pupils  to  be  a  derivative  of  proto- 
catechuic  or  1:2:4  dihydroxybenzoic  acid  of  the 
formula  : — 

CH.  I  g  {  C4H».CH.CELCH.CH.C00H. 

Piperine  is  a  .stimulant  stomachic  (Lauder  Brunton's 
"  Pharmacology  ").  Pyridine  is  said  to  diminish  the 
reflex  activity  of  the  spiral  cord  and  respiratory 
centre  ;  from  Dewar  and  McKendrick's  experiments 
it  would  appear  to  have  a  slight  exciting  action  on  the 
nerve  centres,  and  those  of  Lee  show  that  this  is  usually 
followed  by  paralysis.  Piperidine  appears  to  act 
chiefly  as  a  local  anaesthetic,  paralysing  the  peripheral 
terminations  of  sensory  nerves.  It  depresses  the 
action  of  the  heart  and  respiration. 

Ooniine. — Coniine  is  the  poisonous  principle  of 
hemlock  (conium  maculaturn),  from  which  it  was 
separated  by  Giesecke  in  1827.  It  was  supposed  to 
have  the  composition  CgHlsN  until  1881,  when 
Hofmann  showed  that  its  formula  is  CSH17X  ;  later 
on,  in  1884,  he  brought  forward  a  number  of 
observations  which  practically  all  but  solved  the 
problem  of  its  constitution.  Desiring  to  convert 
coniine  into  octylamine,  Hofmann  distilled  the 
hydrochloride  over  heated  zinc  dust,  but  obtained 
instead  a  baseof  theformulaCsH, ,  X  =  ( '  Jl ,  7N  -  <jH, 
which  he  named  conyrine.  and  bearing  therefore 
the  same  relation  to  coniine  that  pyridine  bears 
to  piperidine.  Conyrine  was  reconverted  into 
coniim-  l>y  heating  it  with  hydriodic  acid.  On 
oxidising  cOuyrine  Hofmann  obtained  the  pyridine- 
carboxylic  acid  known  as  picolinic  acid,  which 
Skraup  and  ( .'oblenzl  had  a  short  time  befoie  proved 
to  contain  the  carboxyl  group  in  the  ortho-position 
relatively  to  the  nitrogen.  Conyrine  therefore  is 
N :  2  propyl-  or  isopropyl-pyridine,  and  coniine 
is  the  hexhydrn  derivative  ol  this  compound.  The 
next  chapter  in  the  history  of  coniine  relates  to  its 
synthesis.  It  is  well  known  from  Hofmann's 
researches  that  methylaniline  is  converted  into  the 
isomeric  toluidine  at  a  high  temperature  :  Laden- 
burg therefore  endeavoured  to  prepare  propyl  and 
isopropyl-pyridine  by  heating  pyridine  with  propyl-and 
isopropyl-iodidea,  but  succeeded  in  obtaining  only  the 
isopropyl  compound:  the  hydro-derivative  prepared 
from  this  very  closely  resembled  coniine  in  physio- 
logical action,  but  was  slightly  different  in  other 
respects  :  it  there  lore  appeared  probable  that  coniine 
was  the  propyl  compound,  To  prepare  orthopropyl- 
pyridine,  pure  X  :  -1  methyl-pyridine  (o-picoune) 
was  prepared  from  bone  oil ;  this  was  converted  into 


Jub -30. 18S7.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


487 


allylpyridine  by  heating  it  with  paraldehyde  :  and 
tinally,  N  :  2  propyl-piperidine  was  obtained  by 
hydrogenising  the  allylpyridine  so  prepared.  The 
product  differed  from  natural  comine  in  optical 
behaviour,  being  without  action  on  polarised  tight  ; 
and  its  hydrochloride  fused  at  804°,  that  prepared 
from  natural  coniine  fusing  at  218°  :  in  all  other 
respects  the  two  substances  were  indistinguishable. 
Attempts  were  therefore  made  to  obtain  from  the 
synthetic  product  an  optically  active  modification 
by  the  method  successfully  adopted  with  a  similar 
object  by  previous  workers — viz,  that  of  selective 
destruction  by  means  of  a  mould  allowed  to  grow  in 
a  solution  of  the  alkaloid  ;  but  the  attempt  was 
unsuccessful.  The  alkaloid  was  therefore  converted 
into  the  acid  dextro-tartrate  :  on  adding  to  the  very 
concentrated  solution  a  few  fragments  of  the  acid  ' 
dextro-tartrate  from  natural  coniine,  crystallisation  ! 
took  place,  and  from  the  crystals  so  prepared,  after  due 
purification,  an  optically  active  product  was  jepai 
ated  having  the  rotatory  power  a„  =  13'87,  that 
of  natural  coniine  being  o„  =  13'79  ;  the  hydro- 
chloride from  this  synthetic  alkaloid  had  the  same 
fusing  point  as  that  from  natural  coniine.  Inasmuch  I 
as  a-picoline  may  be  prepared  without  resorting  to 
any  natural  source,  Ladenburg  therefore  has  per- 
formed the  feat  of  preparing  coniine  by  purely 
artificial  processes :  there  is  no  more  brilliant 
achievement  recorded  in  the  annals  of  chemical 
science,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  select  a  research 
which  more  clearly  illustrates  the  perfection  of  our 
modern  chemical  methods  ;  the  inter-dependence  of 
researches  undertaken  at  various  times  and  with 
the  most  diverse  objects :  the  necessity  for  the 
continued  exercise  of  the  severest  logic ;  the 
multiplicity  of  processes  with  which  the  chemist 
must  be  intimately  acquainted  ;  and  the  demands 
made  not  only  on  bis  manipulative  skill,  but  also  | 
on  his  patience  and  persevering  fortitude  under  the  I 
trial  of  repeated  failure  and  rebuff. 

The  physiological  action  of  piperidine  has  already 
been  mentioned.  Dr.  Lauder  Brunton  tells  me  that 
an  interesting  relation  appears  to  exist  between 
that  of  piperidine  and  coniine,  inasmuch  as  the 
former  acts  chiefly  by  paralysing  the  peripheral 
terminations  of  sensory  nerves,  while  coniine 
paralyses  the  corresponding  parts  of  motor  nerves. 

Atropine. — This  alkaloid,  which  is  a  powerful 
poison,  is  extracted  from  the  leaves  of  the  deadly 
nightshade,  Atropa  Belladonna  :  its  most  noteworthy 
physiological  action  is  that  which  it  exercises  on  the 
eye,  causing  dilation  of  the  pupil.  Atropine  is 
easily  hydrolysed,  thus — 

Cl7H2,NOs+OH2=C0HX0O?+C8H16NO 

Atropine.  Tropic  acid.       Tropinc. 

Tropic  acid  is  the  phenylhydroxypropionic  acid  of  the 
formula 

CH,(OH).CH(C,;H,).COOH. 

The  precise  relation  of  atropine  to  its  products  of 
•  hydrolysis  is  not  known  :  it  is  probably  an  ethereal 
salt.  .Ladenburg  has  shown,  however,  that  atropine 
may  easily  be  reproduced  by  merely  digesting  the 
tropic  salt  of  tropine  with  dilute  muriatic  acid  on  the 
water  bath  ;  and  by  substituting  other  acids—  such  as 
benzoic,  the  hydroxy-benzoic,  niandelic  (phenylhy- 
droxyacetic)  and  cinammic — for  tropic  acid  he  has 
prepared  a  number  of  compounds  allied  to  atropine, 
which  he  proposes  to  term  tropt  int  s.  It  is  especially 
noteworthy  that  komati  opine,  C,  «H21NOs,  the  lower 
homologue  of  atropine  prepared  from  niandelic  acid, 
acts  almost  as  powerfully  as  atropine  as  a  mydriatic, 
but  the  effect  which  it  produces  is  less  persistent, 
lasting  from  12  to  54  hours  instead  of  eight  days  ;  it 
is  also  a  far  less  powerful  poison  than  atropine  : 


hence  in  placing  homatropine  at  the  disposal  of  the 
urgeon,    synthetic    chemistry    has    provided  a 
material  which  in  mai  be  preferred  to  the 

natural  alkaloid.  This  example  is  a  good  illustration 
of  the  important  nature  of  the  service  which 
chemistry  will  undoubtedly  afford  to  medicine,  and 
therefore  to  mankind  at  large,  as  our  inquiries  are 
pushed  forward  in  the  particular  field  considered  in 
this  paper.  Cinnamyl-tropeine,  Ci7HslNO..,  has  a 
very  slight,  if  any,  mydriatic  action,  but  is  a  power- 
ful poison:  this  is  an  interesting  fact  on  account  of 
the  slight  difference  in  composition  which  obtains 
between  cinnamyl-tropeine  and  atropine. 

The  constitution  of  tropine  cannot  be  regarded  as 
tinally  determined  :  Ladenburg,  however,  is  of 
opinion  that  his  experiments,  to  which  reference  will 
now  be  made,  prove  it  to  be  a  tetrahydropyridine 
derivative  of  the  formula — 

C,HT(C2H4.OH)X.CH:i. 

By  the  action  of  acids,  and  especially  of  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  tropine  is  readily  deprived  of  the  ele- 
ments of  a  molecule  of  water  and  converted  into 
tropidine,  C8H1?N  :  the  connection  of  tropine  with 
pyridine  is  established  by  the  observation  that  on 
heating  tropidine  bromhydride  with  live  molecular 
proportions  of  bromine  at  165°,  dibromopyridine  and 
ethylene  bromide  are  obtained. 

Tropine  has  the  properties  of  a  tertiary  base  ;  that 
the  nitrogen  atom  carries  a  methyl  group  is  proved 
by  the  observation  that  tropidine  methyl-iodide— 
prepared  from  tropidine  and  methyl  iodide — yields 
dimetkylamim  when  decomposed  by  alkali,  thus  : 

C8H,sN.CHsI+KOH    NH(('H,),    C7H10O+KI. 

If  tropine  be  heated  with  hydriodic  acid  and  phos- 
phorus, it  is  converted  into  tropine  iodide, 
(.'.11, -XI..  :  this  compound  exchanges  only  one  of 
its  iodine  atoms  for  chlorine  when  it  is  digested  with 
silver  chloride,  although  both  are  displaced  when  it 
is  boiled  with  silver  nitrate  solution,  in  this  respect 
resembling  the  iodide  C.,H1:.NL  obtained  from 
choline,  and  the  bromide  formed  by  combination  of 
trimethylamine  and  ethylene  bromide.  _ 

By  digesting  tropine-iodide  with  zinc  dust  and 
dilute  muriatic  acid,  bydrotropidine,  C8H15N,  is 
produced,  and  by  distilling  bydrotropidine  hydro- 
chloride in  a  current  of  hydrogen  chloride  norhydrotro- 
pidine,  CTH13N,  is  obtained;  norhydrotropidine 
is  a  secondary  base,  and  its  production  in  this 
manner  affords  further  evidence  that  the 
nitrogeu  atom  in  tropine  is  associated  with  a 
methyl  group.  On  distilling  norhydrotropidine 
hydrochloride  with  zinc  dust,  a  decomposition  is 
effected  similar  to  that  which  takes  place  in  the  case 
of  coniine,  a  pyridine  base  of  the  formula  C7H.,N= 
C7H1:1N-4H  being  produced.  This  base  is  a  or 
N:  i  etbvlpyridine,  and  hence  it  may  be  inferred 
that  the  'side  chain  (C.:H4.OH),  which  probably  is 
present  in  tropine,  is  In  the  ortho-position  rela- 
tively to  the  N-atom. 

Hyoscyamine  and  Hyoscine.— These  alkaloids  are 
isomeric  with  atropine,  and  like  it  in  physiological 
action.  Hyoscyamine,  which  was  originally  obtained 
from  Hyoscyamus  niger,  occurs  together  with  atropine 
in  Atropa 'Belladonna  ;  Datum  Stramonium  also 
contains  the  same  two  alkaloids,  hyoscyamine,  how- 
ever, being  the  chief  constituent,  whereas  Atropa 
Belladonna  yields  a  larger  proportion  of  atropine 
(Ladenburg,  Jierichle,  1880,  380,  909).  Hyoscme 
occurs  together  with  hyoscyamine  in  Hyoscyamus 
(Ibid.  1880,  1549  :  1881,  1870  ;  1884,  151).  Duboisine 
from  the  Australian  p\antDuboisia  Myoporotdesma 
found  by  Ladenburg  to  be  impure  hyoscyamine  (Ibid. 
1880,  257) ;  recently  he  has  examined  another  sample 


483 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (July  30. 1887. 


and  has  found  this  to  consist  of  hyoscine  (Ibid  L887, 
1661> 

Hyoscyamine  gives  the  same  products  of  hydrolysis 
as  atropine  and  Ladenburg  has  prepared  atropine 
from  tlu-  products  of  the  hydrolysis  ol  hyoscyamine, 
thus  converting  the  one  alkaloid  into  the  other  :  the 
relation  between  the  two  alkaloids  must  therefore  he 
of  an  intimate  character.  Hyoscine  on  hydrolysis 
gives  tropic  acid,  together  with  an  isomer  of  tropine 
— pseudotropine. 

Cocaine,  which  lias  recently  acquired  such  notoriety 
in  surgical  practice,  also  belongs  to  the  class  of 
mydriatic  alkaloids  :  on  hydrolysis  it  yields  benzoic 
acid,  methyl  alcohol  and  ecgonine  (Lossen) : 

C,:H,,NO,  ,  2H,0=  C,H,Oa +CH40+C,H„ NO 

Cocaine  has  been  prepared  by  methylating  I  ■ 

-.which  accompanies  cocaine  in  coca  leaves. 
Ecgonine  exhibits  phenolic  properties  :  its  consti- 
tution, however,  remains  to  be  determined. 

Nicotine:  I  ,  ,,N  H14.— It  is  desirable  to  briefly 
to  this  alkaloid,  as  it  appears  to  belong  to  a 
distinct  and  unusual  type.  Mild  oxidising  agents 
deprive  nicotine  of  four  atoms  of  hydrogen,  but  more 
powerful  agents  convert  it  into  nicotinic  acid— the 
pyridinecarboxylic  acid  in  which  the  COOH  group 
and  the  N  atom  are  relatively  in  the  meta-position. 
It  would  therefore  appear  probable  that  nicotine  is 
the  hexhydro-derivative  of  a  dipyridyl  of  which  there 
are  but  three  modifications  capable  of  yielding 
nicotinic  acid  on  oxidation — viz.  : 

/\ 


v 


That  represented  by  the  first  formula,  would  yield 
only  nicotinic  acid  on  oxidation  ;  that  represented  by 
the  second  might  also  furnish  picolinic  acid,  which, 
however,  on  account  of  its  instability,  might  well 
escape  detection  ;.  and  that  represented  by  the  third 
formula  may  be  expected  to  yield  the  N  :  4  carboxy- 
acid,  which  i>  very  stable  and  not  likely  to  be  over- 
looked* The  probability  that  the  first  or  second 
represents  the  dipyridyl  from  which  nicotine  is 
derived  is  therefore  considerable.  By  reducing_  by 
means  of  tin  and  muriatic  acid  the  dipyridyl 
obtained  by  the  action  of  sodium  on  pyridine,  Weidel 
and  Russo  have  prepared  an  isonicotine,  the  poisonous 
properties  of  which  are  much  less  marked  than  those 
of  nicotine;  this  is  probably  a  derivative  of  para- 
dipyridyl,as  the  dipyridyl  is  converted  into  the  N  :  4 
carboxy-acid  on  oxidation.  In  a  similar  manner, 
Skraup  and  Yortmann  have  prepared  a  second  isomer 
of  nicotine — nicotidine— from  the  dipyridyl  repre- 
sented by  the  first  of  the  above  formulae  ;this  appears 
to  be  a  powerful  poison.  We  have  therefore  a  certain 
amount  of  negative  evidence  in  favour  of  the  second 
of  the  above  tormuhf,  provided  it  be  assumed  that 
the  dipyridyl  from  which  nicotine  is  probably 
derived  would  be  directly  converted  into  nicotine  by 
the  treatment  ad  ipted  ;  "but  this  does  not  follow  as  a 
matter  of  course. 

r/o/./s.— Of  the  numerous  alkaloids 
derived  from  the  cinchonas,  cinchonine  and  quinine 
have    hitherto    chiefly    engaged    the    attention    of 

■  Weidel  baa  Obtained  iliis  acid  in  very  small  quantity,  and 
thinks  that  nicotine  may  perhaps  be  a  mixture  of  isomeric 
substances. 


ih. mists,  and  notwithstanding  the  persistent  attack 
to  which  these  two  have  been  subjected,  our  know- 
ledge of  their  constitution  is  still  far  from  complete. 
Both  are  quinoline  derivatives.  In  the  case  of 
cinchonine,  01(pH2oN»0,  this  is  proved  by  its 
behaviour  on  oxidation  with  chromic  liquor,  whereby 
it  is  converted  into  cinchonic  add,  the  quinoline  car- 
boxylic  acid  of  the  formula 


=  C'..N1I  .<  mm 


Quinine,  C..„H.M\..0..,  in  like  manner,  yields 
guininic  acid,  < ', ,  ll.,NO.;.  when  similarly  treated. 
Both  acids  give  the  same  tricarbopyridinic  acid  on 
oxidation  bj  permanganate,  viz. : — 

]COOH 

JCOOH 
COOH 

and  it  is  therefore  evident  that  the  difference  in  com- 
position of  cinchonic  and  quininic  acids  is  due  to  the 
presence  of  a  radicle  in  the  "benzene  ring"  of 
quinoline  :  this  radicle  is  proved  to  be  methoxyl, 
CHsO,  by  the  formation  from  quininic  acid  by  the 
action  of  muriatic  acid  of  methyl  chloride  and 
xanthoquininic  a:id,  C10H;XO...„  and  by  the 
resolution  of  this  latter  acid  into  carbon  dioxide 
and  hydroxy-quinoline.  Quininic  acid  is  split  up  in 
like  manner  on  heating  into  carbon  dioxide  and 
methoxy-quinoline  or  quinanisoil.  The  bydroxy- 
and  methoxy-quinoline  obtained  in  this  way  are 
respectively  identical  with  the  compounds  syn- 
thetically prepared  by  Skraup's  method  from  para- 
mid. .phenol,  C«H  ,(XH.).OH,  and  paramidanisoil, 
C8H4(NH,)OCHs.  and  hence  the  constitution  of 
quininic  acid  is  fully  determined. 


M 


\A/ 


OCH, 


/ 


=  C.,N((>CH:;)1IJ.C00II 


•    \/\  / 
COOH 


'OCH, 


Quininic  Acid. 


Quinanisoil. 

Deducting  C8NH„  from  the  formula  of  cinchonine, 
and  C10NH80  from  the  formula  of  quinine,  the 
difference,  CxoNH,eO,  represents  the. composition  of 
the  group  which  is  associated  with  quinoline  in 
cinchonine,  and  with  3  :  X-methoxyqiiinoline  or 
quinanisoil  in  quinine:  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  this  group  is  associated  with  the  quinoline  by 
means  of  one  of  its  carbon  atoms,  and  occupies  the 
para-position  relatively  to  the  nitrogen  atom.  \\e 
have  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  group  Cl0^'HleO 
3  in  structure  in  the  two  alkaloids. 

Besides  cinchonic  or  quininic  acid,  a  complex  mix- 
ture of  products  is  obtained  when  either  cinchonine 
or  quinine  is  oxidised.  Skraup,  to  whom  especially 
we  are  indebted  for  our  knowledge  of  the  facts  on 
which  the  determination  of  the  constitution  of  the 
cinchonine  alkaloids  is  based,  has  stated  that  he  has 
succeeded  in  unravelling  these,  and  in  his  preliminary 
notice  (Monatshefte,  1886,  517)  he  mentions  1 
isolated  anion- other  compounds,  abaseoi  the  compo- 

jiti ■  ||,..\<>.„  which,  on  distillation  with  zinc 

dust.yieldsethylpy  i  idine  identical  with  that  previoi  sly 
obtained  by  various  observers  from  emehomne,  and 
there  can  be  little  doubt  therefore  that  the  group 


July  30, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


489 


Ci0NHlsO  in  cinconchonine  and  quinine  is  derived 
from  ethylpyridihe,  and  that  both  alkaloids  contain 
a  pyridine  besides  the  qainoline  ring. 

It  has  been  assumed  above  that  the  quinoline  ring 
is  present  in  the  unreduced  form  :  but  from  the 
amount  of  hydrogen  contained  in  cinchonine  and 
quinine  there  can  be  no  doubf,  when  all  the  facts  are 
taken  into  account,  that  either  the  quinoline  or  the 
pyridine  ring  must  be  reduced  to  the  tetrahydride. 
Skraup,  by  a  most  ingenious  train  of  reasoning,  has 
shown  that  it  is  more  probable  that  the  pyridine  ring 
is  reduced.  The  argument  may  be  briefly  stated  as 
follows  :— Quinanisoil  is  easily  converted  by  digestion 
with  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid  into  a  tetrahydride, 
which  has  been  named  thalline  on  account  ot  the  green 
colour  which  is  produced  in  its  solutions  by  oxidising 
agents  but  not  by  chlorine  and  ammonia  ;  thalline 
is  a  strong  antipyretic  ;  it  does  not  fluoresce.  Quin- 
anisoil itself  is  a  weak  antipyretic  ;  it  fluoresces, 
and  moreover  it  resembles  quinine  in  its  behaviour 
with  chlorine  water  and  ammonia.  The  resemblance 
which  quinanisoil  bears  to  quinine,  therefore,  is 
destroyed  when,  by  reduction,  it  is  converted  into 
the  tetrahydride.  On  the  other  hand,  quinine  itself 
may  be  reduced,  and  furnishes  a  product  which 
behaves  exactly  like  thalline  with  oxidising  agents  ; 
this  behaviour  affords  a  further  indication  of  the 
presence  in  quinine  of  an  unreduced  quinoline  ring. 

Quinine  Substitutes. — The  discovery  of  synthetic 
methods  of  preparing  quinoline  and  its  derivatives 
soon  gave  an  impulse  to  the  investigation  of  the 
physiological  action  of  various  quinoline  derivatives, 
and  attention  appears  to  have  been  specially  di- 
rected to  the  tetrahydro-derivatives  by  Dewar  and 
M'Kendrick's  investigation  (R.  Soc.  Proceedings, 
1874,  290),  in  which  it  was  determind  that  the 
physiological  activity  was  greater  in  those  bases 
which  contained  the  larger  proportion  of  hydrogen. 
In  1881,  Otto  Fischer  prepared  from  1  :  N-hydroxy- 
quinoline  the  tetrahydro-derivatire,  and  displaced 
the  H  of  the  NH  group  by  CH3.  The  compound 
thus  produced  was  found  to  be  a  powerful  antipy- 
retic, and  under  the  name  of  kairine  has  acquired 
some  popularity  in  medicinal  practice.  Subsequently 
methylated  tetrahydroquinoline  was  prepared  by  L. 
Hofman  and  Koenigs,  and  was  also  proposed  as  an 
antipyretic,  being  known  as  Kairoline.  Thalline, 
the  isomer  of  kairine,  prepared  by  Skraup  from 
quinanisoil,  to  which  reference  has  been  made  above, 
was  brought  forward  at  a  later  period  as  an  anti- 
pyretic. The  formulae  of  the  three  compounds  are 
as  follows  : — ■ 

CH,  HO    CH3  H 


CH30 


II 


H 


H  H  H 

Kairoline.  Kairine.  Thalline. 

Many  noteworthy  observations  indicating  the 
connection  between  constitution  and  physiological 
activity  have  been  made  in  the  course  of  the  inquiries 
which  culminated  in  the  introduction  of  these  various 
substances  as  medicinal  agents.  Thus  Filehne,  who 
studied  thephysiological  action  of  1:  N-hydroxyquino- 
line  and  its  derivatives  at  Otto  Fischer's  instiga- 
tion, found  that  this  base  and  the  methoxyquinoline 
formed  from  it  possessed  poisonous  properties  ;  their 
tetrahydrides  manifested  a  certain  resemblance  to 
quinine, but  produced  objectionable  subsidiary  effects; 
on  displacing  in  these  latter  the  H  of  the  NH  group 
— to  which,  on  chemical  grounds,  there  was  reason  to 
attribute  their  activity — by  methyl  or  ethyl,  powerful 
antipyretics  were  obtained  which  were  not  subject  to 
the  objections  which  could   be   made  against  the 


parent  hydro-base.  Tetrahydroquinoline  hydro- 
chloride was  found  to  act  more  powerfully  than  the 
quinoline  salt,  but  could  not  be  used  on  account  of 
the  marked  local  effects  to  which  it  gave  rise,  the 
quaternary  ammonium  salt  C0NH10(CH3)j>CI  pre- 
pared from  it,  which  has  a  strong  bitter  taste  like 
that  of  quinine,  like  most  compounds  of  this  class,  had 
an  action  resembling  that  of  curare.  The  methyl  and 
ethyl  derivatives  of  tetrahydroquinoline,  however, 
were  found  to  act  as  antipyretics,  without  producing 
the  unpleasant  subsidiary  effects  which  characterised 
the  parent  base  in  which  the  H  of  the  N  H  group  was 
undisplaced.  Kairoline  is  unfavourably  distinguished 
from  kairine  by  its  sharp  bitter  taste.  Kairoline 
1  :  N-ethoxymethyltetrahydroquinoline  and  2  :  N- 
hydroxyethyltetrahydroquinoline,  which  all  exhibit  a 
resemblance  to  quinine,  differ  with  respect  to  the 
length  of  time  during  which  their  physiological  action 
persists, the  effect  being  most  persistent  in  the  case  of 
the  1 :  N-ethoxy  compound.  Skraup's  quinanisoil  is 
physiologically  much  less  active  than  its  tetrahydride 
thalline  ;  the  hydroxy-compound  from  which  thalline 
is  prepared  is  poisonous,  but  loses  its  poisonous  pro- 
perties and  is  converted  into  an  antipyretic  when  the 
H  of  the  OH  group— not  that  of  the  NH  group— is 
displaced  by  CH3. 

Within  recent  years,  under  the  name  antipyrine, 
a  further  important  addition  to  the  stock  of  antipy- 
retics has  been  made  by  Knorr.  Antipyrine  is  pre- 
pared by  methylating  the  compound  which  is  formed 
by  condensation  of  ethylic  acetoacetate  and  phenyl- 
hydrazine  according  to  the  equation--CuH5.N2H3 
+  C,.,H1003  =C10H10NaO  +  C.HBO  +  HaO. 
Its  formula  may  be  written  as  follows  : — 
N.CaH5 

00    N.CH3 
HC=C.CH3 

Accoiding  to  Lauder  Brunton  ("Pharmacology," 
3rd  ed.,  p.  825)  its  "  uses"  are  :  —"In  febrile  diseases 
generally.  It  seems  specially  useful  in  typhoid  fever 
and  phthisis,  but  is  also  useful  in  erysipelas,  surgical 
fever,  pleurisy  and  pneumonia." 

The  ardour  of  searchers  after  new  valuable  anti- 
pyretics among  the  quinoline  and  other  more  complex 
nitrogenous  compounds,  however,  has  not  long  since 
received  a  check  in  the  discovery  that  so  common- 
place a  substance  as  ordinary  acetanilide,  prepared  by 
merely  digesting  aniline  with  acetic  acid,  is  even 
preferable  to  all  the  artificial  antipyretics  hitherto 
discovered  ;  a  quarter  of  a  grain  is  said  to  have  the 
same  effect  as  one  grain  of  antipyrine.  This  substance 
has  become  enshrouded  in  an  unnecessary  halo  of 
mystery  by  the  adoption  of  the  reprehensible  practice 
of  re-baptising  it  antifebrine. 

Opium  Alkaloids. — The  poppy,  as  is  well  known, 
affords  a  number  of  alkaloids— narcotine,  papaverine, 
codeine,  morphine,  thebaine  and  others  of  less 
importance,  which  are  remarkable  on  account  of  the 
variety  of  types  represented  by  them. 

Narcotine,  C.,2Ho3NO;. — On  hydrolysis  this  alka- 
loid is  resolved 'into  meconine  and  hydrocotarnine,  or 
by  the  combined  action  of  hydrolytic  and  oxidis- 
ing agents  into  opianic  acid  and  cotarnine.  Opianic 
acid  is  now  known  to  be  the  derivative  of  1:2:4 
dihydroxybenzoic  (protocatechuic)  acid  of  the 
formula 

OCH, 

OOCH, 
COOH 

COH 

Cotarnine,  Ci:;Hl3NOa,  is  a  very  remarkable  com« 


490 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [July 30. uw 


pound  (v.  Gerichten,  Liebig's  Annalen,  210,  79 
L65)  :  its  relation  to  pyridine  is  established  by  its 

conversion  into  cinehomeronie  acid,  one  of  the 
pyridinedicaiDoxylic  acids,  and  also  by  its  conversion 
into  dibromopyridine.  A  number  of  most  interesting 
intermediate  derivatives  have  been  prepared  from  it, 
Inn  the  data  are  not  yet  sufficient  to  finally  establish 
its  constitution. 

Papaverine,  <.'..„ II  ^N'O,.- Goldschmidt  (Monats- 
kefte,  1S^5,  37:2.  (in:,  9.">4  :  lss<;,  4n".),  chiefly  from 
the  study  of  the  oxidation  products  of  this  alkaloid, 
concludes  that  it  is  a  derivative  of  phmylquxnoime  of 
the  formula 


0OCH3 
OCH, 


(OCH3)a 


the  position  of  the  two  OCH3  groups  in  the  quinolme 
ring  being  as  yet  undetermined. 

Co<leine,  Ci8HsvrJ03 ;  Morphine,  C17H19N03. 
—Morphine,  according  to  Beckett  and  Wright,  is  a 
dihydroxy-  and  codeine  a  monhydroxy-derivative. 
(irimaux  has  succeeded  in  converting  morphine 
into  codeine  by  acting  on  it  with  sodium  hydroxide 
and  methyl  iodide  ;  homocodeinet,  which,  as  compared 
with  codeine,  present  interesting  differences  in 
physiological  behaviour,  may  be  prepared  by  means 
of  other  iodides.  The  most  remarkable  results 
hitherto  obtained  are  those  of  v.  Gerichten  and 
Schrotter,  which  appear  to  show  that  morphine  and 
codeine  are  derivatives  of  phenanthrene,  the  isomer 
of  anthracene  (Beric/tte,  1882,  1484,  2179). 

Thebaine,  C18HS1N03,  according  to  A\.  C. 
Howard's  experiments,  is  a  tertiary  base  of  the 
formula  Ci-H^NOfOCHA,  ;  it  is  converted  into 
rnorphothebaine.'CjTH^NOfOH);,  by  the  action  of 
concentrated  muriatic  acid.  From  recent  experi- 
ments by  Howard  and  Roser  (Bet  ichte,  1886,  1596), 
it  appears  probable  that  thebaine  may  also  be  related 
to  phenanthrene  ;  from  the  ease  with  which  the 
hydroxide  prapared  from  thebaine  methiodide  under- 
goes decomposition,  these  chemists  have  concluded 
that  the  N  in  thebaine  is  not  present  in  the  form  of 
the  pyridine  ring,  it  being  apparently  essential  in  the 
case  of  ring  compounds  to  add  on  a  paraffin  iodide 
twice  in  order  to  obtain  the  hydroxide  which  will 
decompose  on  heating  in  the  manner  which  Hofmann 
has  shown  to  be  characteristic  of  the  hydroxides  of 
quaternary  ammonium  derivatives. 


The  foregoing  account  is  but  the  faintest  sketch  of 
our  knowledge  of  the  alkaloids,  but  I  trust  that  it 
will  be  sufficient  to  make  clear  the  importance  of  the 
issues  involved  in  the  inquiry  into  their  nature,  for- 
mation and  uses,  as  well  as  to  give  some  idea  of  the 
difficulties  to  be  encountered  and  overcome ;  and 
also  that  it  may  aid  in  showing  that  the  chemist  at 
the  present  day  requires  to  have  been  as  carefully- 
trained,  and  to  be  as  fully  equipped  intellectually,  as 
a  member  of  any  other  learned  profession  :  in  plain 
terms,  that  a  couple  of  years  spent  in  acquiring 
practice  as  an  analyst  does  not  suffice  to  make  a 
youth  a  chemist. 

I  know  of  no  other  branch  of  chemical  inquiry 
which  presents  problems  of  the  same  magnitude  or 
BO  fraught  with  interest,  for  it  cannot  be  doubted 
that  when  we  shall  have  succeeded  in  determining 
tlie  structure  of  typical  alkaloids  and  shall  have 
gained  an  insight    into    the    true  nature  of    their 


Ehysiological    functions,  our    power    of    alleviating 
uinan  Buffering  will  be  increased  to  an  enormous 
extent. 

Tt  may  be  asked  in  conclusion  :  What  part  are  we 
taking  in  this  inquiry  ;  are  we  doing  our  duty  ;  are 
we  even  aware  what  is  our  duty  ?  The  present 
generation  are  working  mainly  on  foundations  laid 
down  by  Anderson  and  also  by  Greville  Williams. 
Matthiessen,  in  conjunction  with  Foster  and  subse- 
quently with  Alder  Wright,  made  the  first  systematic 
attempt  to  determine  the  constitution  of  an  alkaloid, 
and  had  he  lived  English  chemists  would  undoubtedly 
have  undertaken  a  far  larger  share  of  the  work; 
Wright  and  his  fellow-workers  have  since  rendered 
most  important  service  in  the  investigation  of  certain 
of  the  opium  alkaloids,  and  of  those  separated  from 
the  aconites  and  veratrums  ;  the  intimate  connection 
between  chemical  constitution  and  physiological 
action  was  first  established  by  the  classical 
research  of  Crum-Brown  and  Fraser  :  but  of  late 
years  English  workers  have  been  all  but  silent  in 
these  matters,  and  what  is  most  remarkable,  we  have 
always  devoted  ourselves  solely  to  the  analytic  exam- 
ination of  alkaloids.  Synthetic  chemistry,  which 
during  recent  years  has  developed  in  so  marvellous 
a  maimer  in  the  German  schools,  has  been  all  but 
neglected  by  us. 

DISCI  BBION. 

The  Chaibmah  said  the  meeting  had  to  thank  Dr 
Armstrong  for  a  paper  of  most  unusual  interest— a 
paper  so  pregnant  with  both  information  and  sug- 
gestion that  it  was  difficult  to  deal  with  it  briefly.  A 
clear  summing  up  of  some  of  the  most  valuable 
researches  of  modern  chemistry  had  been  given.  Dr. 
Armstrong  had  said  truly  that  England  had  dropped 
behind  in  these  researches.  He  would  suggest  that 
restrictive  legislation  had  prevented  the  possibility  of 
experiment  on  living  creatures,  and,  therefore,  the 
only  really  useful  method  of  investigating  the 
physiological  action  of  these  bodies.  That  had,  in 
Lis  opinion,  much  to  do  with  England  s  present 
position  on  this  question.  I  nless  English  investiga- 
tors were  prepared  to  face  the  ordeal  of  the  ticket 
of  leave  "  the  proper  investigation  of  the  effects  of 
these  bodies  must  be  left  to  other  countries  whose 
legislatures  were  less  swayed  by  their  feelings  :  and 
all  that  was  left  to  English  chemists  was  to  study  the 
researches  of  others.  He  had  been  appealed  to 
recently  by  a  gentleman  who  believed  that  he  had  dis- 
covered quinine  :  but  when  he  found  that  gentleman 
entirely  ignorant  of  so  well-known  a  body  as  comine, 
and  of  the  work  of  Caro  and  Graebe,  he  decided  that 
that  was  not  the  quarter  in  which  such  work  could 
have  been  done.  When  one  considered  these  bodies, 
which  were  so  easy  to  analyse  and  so  difficult  to 
reconstruct,  one  appreciated  the  value  of  the  work 
for  which  we  had  to  thank  German  chemistry. 

Dr  C  R  \H'H'-  WEIGHT  could  not  let  the  oppor- 
tumtv  pass  without  thanking  the  author  for  the 
enormous  amount  of  valuable  information  conveyed 
bv  his  paper.  He  could  not  but  cordially  endorse 
the  remarks  of  Dr.  Armstrong  and  the  Chairman  as 
to  the  deleterious  effect  winch  'grandmotherly 
legislation  had  had  on  work  of  this  sort  It  was 
nearly  twenty  years  since,  while  under  Dr.  Mathieson, 
hU  attention  had  been  drawn  to  the  very  peculiar 
effects  resulting  from  slight  changes  of  composition 
in  alkaloids,  but  the  matter  was  deeply  impressed  on 

s a  „emory  by  the  fact  that  he  was  the  unfortunate 
individual  who  first  suffered  from  the  curious  change 
produced  in  morphia  by  the  mere  removal  of  a  mole- 
cule of  water.  The  result  was  the  production 
of  apomorphine,  the  action  of  even  a  fraction  of  a  milli- 
gramme of  which  body  on  the  human  system  was 


July  so.  1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


■491 


moat  remarkable.  He  could  recall  now  with  amuse 
merit  how  everybody,  from  the  principal  down  to  the 
laboratory  man,  Buffered  in  a  very  distressing  manner 
from  what  is  best  described  as  a  sea-sickness.  No 
one  could  make  out  what  was  the  cause  of  this, 
until  it  was  discovered  that  a  tube  in  which  morphine 
had  been  sealed  up  with  hydrochloric  acid  had  Burst 
The  contents  had  dried  up  and  blown  about  the  place, 
and  it  was  this  dust,  breathed  in  with  the  air 
probably,which  had  caused  their  discomfort.  That  was 
a  case  in  which  a  very  limited  amount  of  change  in 
the  construction  of  the  molecule  produced  a  great 
difference  in  its  action  when  taken  internally.  In 
this  instance  the  nitrogenous  part  of  the  molecule  ! 
was  not  affected,  the  change  consisting  only  in  the 
removal  of  the  elements  of  water.  Dr.  Armstrong 
had  remarked  that  the  addition  of  four  atoms  of 
hydrogen  to  a  trebly-linked  base  containing  a 
nitrogen  atom  in  a  pyridine  derivative  produced  a 
material  change  in  the  physiological  properties  of  the 
substance ;  and  he  (Dr.  Wright)  had  observed 
analogous  changes  in  other  alkaloids.  For  example, 
the  addition  of  two  atoms  of  hydrogen  to  the  base 
cotarnine  (derived  from  narcotine  by  splitting  up) 
converted  it  into  the  far  more  active  body  hydro- 
cotarnine. 

Dr.  Stevenson  desired  to  express  the  deep  gratifi- 
cation with  which  he  had  listened  to  the  author's 
very  lucid  summary  of  the  vast  amount  of  important 
matter  relating  to  the  subject  with  which  he  had 
dealt,  the  mere  reading  of  which  must  have  been  a  work 
of  great  labour  and  time.  He  had  carefully  studied 
Brieger's  monographs,  and  considered  his  work  to  be 
far  in  advance  of  anything  previously  done  in  the 
same  direction.  His  careful  analysis  of  products 
obtained  by  the  putrefaction  of  animal  bodies  had 
placed  on  a  satisfactory  basis  matter  which  had  before 
been  highly  problematical.  Previous  observers  in  the 
same  direction  had  obtained  products  from  the  putre- 
faction of  various  bodies  by  very  rough  processes, 
which  must  of  necessity  have  led  to  the  hydrolisa- 
tion  of  the  putrefactive  products  ;  but  the  great 
amount  of  care  which  characterised  Brieger's  work  on 
the  alkaloids  warranted  chemists  in  accepting  his 
results  with  confidence.  What  had  struck  him  with 
regard  to  Brieger's  products  had  been  their  great 


subject  dealt  with  by  Dr.  Armstrong— since  his  study 
of  organic  chemistry  had  been  limited  —yet  felt  bound 
to  point  out  to  those  gentlemen  who  had  complained 
of  the  hindrance  to  their  work  resulting  from  the 
operation  of  the  Anti-Vivisection  Act,  that  there  was 
another  side  to  the  question.  He  for  one  could  not 
admit  that  they  had  any  moral  right  to  interfere  with 
the  lives  and  the  happiness  of  the  lower  animals. 

The  Chairman  said:  There  being  no  hostile 
criticism  of  the  paper,  he  need  not  call  on  Dr.  Arm- 
strong to  reply.  He  was  himself  responsible  for  the 
remarks  about  the  Anti-Vivisection  Act.  He  did  not 
desire  to  enter  on  so  perilous  a  field  of  discussion, 
but  he  was  decidedly  of  opinion  that  researches 
having  the  benefit  of  mankind  as  their  object  were 
justifiable  ;  and,  when  he  found  a  relative  materially 
the  better  for  the  administration  of  certain  bodies, 
previously  tried  on  the  lower  animals,  he  felt  thankful 
to  those  gentlemen  who  had  first  made  dogs  uncomfort- 
able. 


ON    THE  CORRECT  ANALYSIS    OF   PLAIN 
AND  AMMONIATED  SUPERPHOSPHATES. 

BY  JOHN   RUFFLE,   F.I.C.,   F.C.S. 

In  my  paper  read  before  the  London  Section  of  the 
Society,  icth  May,  and  appearing  on  page  327  of  this 
Journal,  current  volume,  it  was  shown  : — 

l.-t.  The  acidity  of  ordinary  superphosphates  and 
of  ammoniated  superphosphates  is  due  to  phosphoric 
acid  (as  free  acid  or  as  monocalcium  phosphate),  and 
not  to  sulphuric  acid  ;  there  is,  therefore,  no  free 
sulphuric  acid  in  such  manures. 

2nd.  The  soluble  P^O^  exists  as  monocalcium  phos- 
phate but  to  a  minor  degree  ;  the  remainder  is  free 
phosphoric  acid. 

3rd.  In  ammoniated  superphosphates  monocalcium 
phosphate  exists  in  such  small  amounts  that  prac- 
tically it  may  be  ignored. 

On  page  331  the  table  shows  the  soluble  P«05  as  the 
monocalcium  salt  and  as  free  acid,  which  in  their 
amounts  and  relative  percentages  are  exhibited  here 
on  Table  I. 


TABLE    I. 


Carolina. 

Sombrero. 

Spanish. 

Curacao. 

Soluble  PjOi  as  monocalcium  salt 

4-99  —    36  62 
8-69  -    6338 
13-68        lOO-i"' 

1028  —    61-63 
610  -    33  37 

1-82  —    11-95 
1340  —    8805 

8-24  —    45-05 
1005  —    54-95 

1668       100-00 

15-22       lOO'OO 

18-29       10000 

simplicity,  judging  from  the  number  of  chemical 
atoms  implicated  in  the  molecule.  Tetanine  differed 
from  the  others  in  that  it  appeared  to  be  a  much 
more  complex  body  and  to  produce  effects  much 
more  sharply  marked.  Probably  Brieger  himself, 
however,  would  be  inclined  to  attach  some  doubt  to 
the  formula*  of  his  earlier  described  products,  and 
would  wish  to  have  their  optical  properties  investi- 
gated. He  looked  for  great  advances  in  the  direction 
indicated  by  Dr.  Armstrong.  Where  one  met  with  an 
optically  inactive  body,  productive  of  very  little 
physiological  effect,  it  might  be  split  up  into  other 
and  physiologically  active  bodies.  He  could  speak 
personally  of  the  immense  difficulties  thrown  in  the 
way  of  chemico-physiological  work  by  the  legislation 
alluded  to  by  the  President. 
Mr.  Croyvdkr,  while  feeling  unable  to  discuss  the 


Thus  of  the  soluble  P203  only  from  11  95  per  cent. 
to  01'63  per  cent,  can  at  the  outside  be  present  as  the 
monocalcium  salt,  and  this  only  by  giving  it  the  full 
benefit  of  all  the  soluble  CaO  found  in  the  solutions  re- 
ferred to  in  second  table,p.  330.  Along  with  the  soluble 
P;05  were  found  SO:1  and  CaO  in  solution  ;  if  there 
be  no  free  S03,  this  soluble  SO:!  should  have  its  due 
amount  of  CaO  allotted  to  it,  in  which  case  we  find 
there  is  only  enough  CaO  left  to  give  the  following 
proportions  of  the  monocalcium  salt  and  free  acid,  the 
latter  naturally  rising  as  the  former  is  lowered. 
By  calculation  from  the  second  table,  page  330, 
we  find  there  was  of  soluble  S03  in  propor- 
tion to  the  soluble  P»0;,  as  in  Table  II.  So 
that  if,  as  was  assumed  in  my  first  paper  (for  pur- 
I  poses  of  arriving  at  the  combined  water  and 
,  "  moisture"),  all  the  soluble  CaO  were  combined  off 

B2 


492 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uuiy  30. 1887. 


as  mono-salt,  or  if  as  now  the  SO.,  in  solution  were 
assumed  present  as  dissolved  calcium  sulphate,  the 

TABLK    II. 


Soluble  P205. 

Soluble 
SO,. 

Needing  of 

CaOtoform 
CaSO,. 

Carolina— 

13CS 

U'21 

0-H 

Deduct  this  011 
from  1-97  CaO  of 
the     mono-salt, 

Sombrero— 

page  331,  leaves 
183  CaOtoform 
mono-salt  with 
464  of  P.O,  in- 
stead of  199. 

1G-6S 
Spanish— 

0-18 

0-33 

Ditto  from  4-04 
leaves  CaO  371 
with  9*10,  against 

10-28. 

15-22 
CCRACAO— 

0-G0 

0-12 

Ditto  from  072 
leaves  0'30  CaO 
with  0-76  instead 
of  1-82. 

1829 

0-47 

0'32 

Ditto  from  325 
leaves  2'93,  with 
7'42  instead  of 
8-24. 

soluble  conditions  of  the  soluble  Pa05  would  respec- 
tively be  as  in  Table  III. 

It  is  in  every  degree  probable  that  the  soluble 
SO:)  is  present  as  calcium  sulphate. 

The  whole  object  of  the  manufacturer  in  intro- 
ducing the  S03  to  the  calcium  phosphate  is  that 


Such  being  the  condition  of  affairs  regarding  the 
SO;,  in  the  manure,  it  is  evident  that  the  whole  01  the 
SO:,  in  a  plain  superphosphate  should  be  combined 
oil' and  state, I  as  calcium  sulphate. 

Now  it  is  usual  in  writing  out  an  analysis  of  a 
manure  to  combine  off  as  much  CaO  as  will  form  a 
mono-salt  with  the  whole  of  the  soluble  PsOE  ;  add 
this  to  the  CaO  of  the  insoluble  phosphate,  and  the 
sum  deduct  from  the  total  CaO,  calculating  Un- 
balance as  calcium  sulphate,  and  stating  this  in  the 
report  (no  mention  being  made  of  any  further  SO;;). 
Such  amount  is  much  too  low. 

Any  manufacturer  can  at  once  see  practically  that 
such  a  way  of  accounting  for  the  SO-  put  in  the 
manure  is  far  too  insufficient.  On  reference  to  Table 
XL  we  see  that  the  calcium  sulphate,  as  ordinarily  put 
down,  would  be  respectively — 

TABLE  IV. 


Calcium  sulphate  ac- 
cording to  usual 
method  of  stating 
analysis  


Carolina.  Sombrero.,  Spanish, 


36-64 


39-36 


3477 


43-01 


To  make  a  ton  of  superphosphate  in  each  of  these 
cases  would,  according  to  the  SOa  of  this  calcium 
sulphate,  require— 


Carolina. 

Sombrero. 

Spanish. 

Curasao. 

OfO.V 

olewt. 

5jCWt. 

5cwt. 

6!cwl. 

TABLE  III. 


All  soluble  CaO  as  monocalcium  phos- 
phate   

And  free  acid 

Whilst  the 

Soluble  SO,  combined  off  as  calcium 
sulphate  leaves  monocalcium  phos- 
phate   

And  free  acid  P:05 


Carolina. 


4-99  -  3662 

8-69  —  63-38 

13-68  10000 

4-64  —  33-91 


Sombrero. 


10-28  -  61-63 
6-40  —  33-37 
16-68        100-00 


9-04   ■ 
1368 


6609 
100  00 


9  40 
7-2S 
1668 


56-35 
43-65 
100-00 


Spanish. 


1-82  —  11-95 
13-10  —  88-05 
15-22         100-00 

0-76  —  4-99 
1416  —    95*01 


15-22 


100  00 


Curasao. 


742  -  40-56 
10-87  —  59-44 
18-29        100O0 


The  soluble  P-O,  varying  from  499  per  cent,  to  5635  per  cent.,  against  119  per  cent,  to  61  63  per  cent,  in  Table  I, 


the  S03  shall  attack  and  combine  with  the  CaO, 
and  free  the  P-03.  The  SO..,  is  present  in  less 
quantity  than  is  necessary  to  combine  with  all  the 
CaO,  and  there  is  no  reasonable  ground  why  the 
SO...  shuuld  of  the  three  molecules  of  CaO  belonging 
to  the  calcium  phosphate  attack  and  combine  with 
two  only  (as  is  very  commonly  presumed),  and  not 
proceed  to  also  attack  the  third  On  the  contrary,  the 
fact  that  there  is  not  sufficient  soluble  CaO  to  form  a 
mono-salt  with  the  soluble  P..Os  is  proof  that  the 
SO..,  has  attacked  the  third  molecule  of  CaO  of  the 
calcium  phosphate  and  more  or  less  combined  with 
it ;  doubtless  it  would  proceed  to  do  so  completely,  and 
if  present  in  sufficient  quantity  would  succeed  so 
that  the  manure  would  contain  all  its  soluble  P.,03 
as  free  phosphoric  acid.  But  the  manufacturer  stops 
before  reaching  this  point,  so  as  to  retain  a  good  dry 
condition  for  his  produce  ;  and  indeed  the  whole  art 
of  the  manure  manufacturer  hinges  on  his  ability  to 
introduce  the  maximum  quantity  of  O.V.  and  water, 
whilst  keeping  to  a  good  marketable  condition. 


amounts  which  the  practical  man  will  at  once  recog- 
nise as  hopelessly  insufficient. 

For  the  "combined  water  and  organic  matters"  of 
an  analysis  it  is  usual  to  burn  a  portion  in  a  platinum 
dish  ;  from  this  deduct  the  loss  found  at  212°  F.,  and 
the  remainder,  minus  one  half  of  the  "Diphosphate," 
is  the  amount  put  down.  But  as  the  monocalcium  salt 
is  not  present  as  assumed,  the  "half  of  the  Diphos- 
phate" is  quite  unwarrantable.  Further,  the  heating 
drives  off  the  soluble  1'...0-,  so  that  this  method  is 
without  any  good  basis  and  totally  unfit  to  be  put 
forward  as  a  chemical  determination  of  these  consti- 
tuents. 

To  show  the  results  obtained  by  this  method  the 
figures  in  Table  Y.  (p.  493)  are  quoted,  being  those  ob- 
tained by  this  method  on  the  prepared  superphosphates. 

Superphosphates  as  a  manure  are  valuable  on 
account  of  the  calcium  sulphate  and  the  soluble 
P2Or,  they  contain,  but  owing  to  the  low  money 
value  of  calcium  sulphate  and  high  money  value  of 
the  soluble  P..O.  they  are  sold  wholly  on  the  per- 


July 30, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


493 


centage  of  soluble  P205  present,  without  any  regard  to 
it.^  existence  as  monocalcium  phosphate  or  any  other 
form.  There  is  therefore  no  necessity  to  attempt  to  state 


TABLE  V. 


Carolina. 

Sombrero. 

Spanish. 

Curasao. 

Total   water  and  or- 
ganic  mutter  (page 
329) 

Loss  at  212'  F 

21-30 
20-16 

21-87 
18-95 

21-6G 
17-71 

2399 
1301 

Combined  water  and 
organic  matter  left 
In  alter  212  P. 

Combined  water  and 
organic      matter 
found      by      above 
method    

1-20 
1-51 

5-92 
3-92 

6-92 
311 

1098 
1-62 

the  monocalcium  salt ;  let  this  then  be  abandoned,  and 
only  the  amount  of  soluble  Po05  be  specially  stated, 
as  this  important  item  can  be  arrived  at  accurately. 

A  simple  plan  will  then  be  to  conduct  the  analysis 
thus  : — 

(" )  Moisture. — Estimate  by  calcium  chloride  method  in 

vacuum  of  an  air-pump. 
(h)  Soluble  P-jOj. — By  direct  determination. 

(e)  Insoluble    Phosphate. —  By  direct  calculation  from 

the  amount  of  insoluble  phosphoric  acid,  after 
evaporation  to  drvness  with  HC1  and  re-solution 
with  Hi  1. 

(ilj  Calcium  Sulphate. — Determine  the  whole  SO,  pre- 
sent, and  calculate  this  into  calcium  sulphate 
(anhydrous). 

(c  )  Sand. — Matters  insoluble  after  above  evaporation  to 
dryness  with  HO  and  re-solution  in  HC1. 

(f)  Combined     water    and     organic    matters,    etc.* — 

Difference  undetermined. 

(g)  Alkalis,  Magnesia. — Amounts  as  determined. 

By  this  plan  no  more  work  will  be  introduced  than 
is  done  at  present,  whilst  the  statements  a,  b,  c,  d,  e, 
and  g  will  be  true  from  direct  determination,  and  the 
commercially  unimportant  "combined  water  and 
organic  matter"  will  not  be  attempted,  so  false 
statements  be  avoided. 

To  show  comparison  between  the  old  and  new 
methods,  the  superphosphates,  as  tabulated  on  page 
329,  are  put  down  in  Tables  YI,  and  YIL,  first  the  old, 
then  the  new. 

Under  the  old  method  the  amounts  put  down 
under  the  four  heads  of  moisture,  combined  water 
and  organic  matter,  Diphosphate,  and  calcium 
sulphate  are  untrue.  During  the  last  year  or  two 
chemists  have  endeavoured  to  shelter  themselves 
from  the  charge  of  inaccuracy  on  the  heading  of 
"  Moisture,"  by  writing  it  "  Moisture  (loss  at  212'  F.)," 
and  if  questioned,  replying  that  it  was  "loss  at 
812*  1'.,"  which,  as  it  was  to  them  an  unknown 
quantity,  was  simply  a  way  of  owning  their  incom- 
petence to  determine  the  moisture  correctly  ;  whilst 
they  yet  had  not  the  consistency  to  abandon  the 
term  "Moisture."  With  the  other  three  headings 
chemists  have  simply  followed  each  other,  without 
any  attempt  to  check  their  inaccuracy. 

Under  lable  IV.  reference  is  made  to  the  amount  of 
O.Y.  presumably  used.  Now  the  sulphate  of  lime  in 
Table  YIL  shows  that  to  make  a  ton  of  these 
superphosphates  there  were  used  respectively  of  :— 

Carolina 
O.V Ujcwt. 


Sombrero.       Spanish.    Curacae. 
GScwt.     ..    GJcwt.     7Jcwt. 

amounts  which  a  manufacturer  will  see  is  practically 


correct,  producing  exactly  one  ton,  and,  making 
allowance  for  the  small  mixings  made  for  this 
research  and  the  small  quantities  of  acid  such  will 

Usual  Way  of  Showing  the  Composition  of 
superphosphates. 

TABLE  VI. 


Carolina    f,"™'u    Spanish. 'Curacao. 


Moisture  (loss at  212'-  F.)   20-22 

'  Combined  Water  and  Organic 

-Mutter 1-51 

Biphosphate 19-07 

Equal   to    Bone    Earth   made 

Soluble    (29-86) 

Insoluble  Phosphate  '  0-98 

Calcium  Sulphate  (anhydrous!  3661 

Alkalis,  etc  '  12-85 


18-95 

3-92 
23-25 

(3611) 
159 


17-71 

311 
21-22 

(33-22) 
1-59 


Insoluble  Silicious  Matters. 


583 


3936       31-77 

11-92       13  21 

101         803 


100-00 


•On  page  331  it  is  shown  that 
the  Combined  Water  alone 
was  respectively    I    10*50 


100DO     100-00 


11-22 


11-50 


1361 

162 
2550 

(39-92) 

019 

13-01 

551 

053 


100-00 


12-68 


New  Way  of  Showing  Composition  of  Super- 
phosphates. 

table    vii. 


Moisture  (by  Calcium  Chloride- 
method)  


Combined  Water  and  Organic 
Matters,  etc 


•Soluble  P-Oj 

Insoluble  Phosphate 


Calcium       Sulphate       (anhy 
drous)  


13-17 

21-16 
13-68 
0-98 

11-88 


Som- 
brero. 


11-79 

19-03 

16-68 

159 

16-90 


SpaniBh.  Curacao 


1316       11-84 


1617 

1522 

1-59 


17-81 
18-2S 
0-19 


15-23       51-31 


Alkalis  and  Magnesia  can  be  stated  as  determined,  but 
were  not  specially  estimated  tor  this  paper. 


Insoluble  Silicious  Matters  — 

5-83 

101 

8-03 

053 

10000 

100-00 

100  00 

100  00 

•Equal    to   Tricalcium    Phos- 

29-86 

3611 

3322 

39-92 

'  This  will  also  include  the  uncombined  CaO,  etc. 


carry  as  compared  with  the  usual  wholesale  mixings, 
and  very  different  to  the  quantities  (cwts.)  of 
Table  IV. 

Ammoniated  Superphosphate. 

A  striking  difference  exists  between  plain  and 
ammoniated  superphosphates,  in  that  the  latter  con- 
tain in  proportion  to  the  soluble  P-O,;  much  less 
soluble  CaO  than  the  plain. 

Thus  the  plain  contain  of  soluble  P205  and  soluble 
CaO,  calculated  from  second  table,  page  330  :— 


494 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  tNDUSTRY.       Uuij- so.  1887. 


TABLE  VIII. 

Carolina. 
per oent 

Sombrero. 

per  cent. 

Sl'.inisti. 
l»er  cent. 

Curacao. 

per  cent. 

Soluble  P,0,   . . 

1368 
1-97 

16-68 
101 

15-22 

0-72 

18-29 

CaO 

325 

Whilst  the  ammoniated  superphosphates,  calculated 
in  the  same  way  from  second  table,  page  332,  have: — 

TAHLK  IX. 


3  per  cent. 

6  per  cent. 

9  per  cent. 

SolubloPO,    

CaO    

1502 

0-38 

13  05 
009 

11-66 
0-13 

Owing  to  the  sulphuric  acid  combined  with  the 
ammonia,  it  is  impossible  to  calculate  the  calcium 
sulphate  from  the  total  SO.,,  as  this  would  give  re- 
sults in  excess  of  the  truth. 

This  objection  would  hold  good  not  only  in  the 
special  instances  here  quoted,  but  be  equally  valid  in 
all  cases  where  a  nitrogenous  material  is  put  through 
the  mixer  with  O.V.  and  a  phosphate,  because  more 
O.V.  is  used  than  is  needed  for  the  phosphate  alone, 
whilst  if  ammonium  sulphate  be  added,  such  calcula- 
tion would  of  course  become  inadmissible,  and  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  addition  of  ammonium 
sulphate  is  a  very  usual  and  valuable  procedure. 

The  soluble  CaO,  even  if  all  combined  off  as  mono- 
salt,  is  so  small  that  it  could  be  ignored,  as  shown 
by  table  on  page  333.  Small  as  it  is,  some  of  it  is 
without  doubt  due  to  dissolved  calcium  sul- 
phate, so  that  from  this  double  consideration  the 
existence  of  CaO  as  monocalcium  phosphate  can  in 
these  manures  be  wholly  passed  over,  and  the  total 
CaO,  less  the  CaO  of  the  insoluble  phosphate,  be  cal- 
culated out  to  calcium  sulphate. 
table  x. 


Calcium  sulphate  as 
usually  arrived atas 
in  Table  XI 


3  per  ceut. 


3766 


Calcium  sulphate  by 
total  CaO.  less  CaO 
of  insoluble  phos 
phate    15'17 


6  per  cent. 


32-30 


39-70 


9  per  cent. 


29-27 


36-31 


Usual    Wat, 

TABLE  XL 


Moisture  (lossat2l2K) 

Biphosphate 

Equal  to  Bone  Earth 
made  soluble    

Insoluble  Phosphate.. 

Sulphate  of  Lime,  an- 
hydrous   

•Alkalis.  Combined 
Water,  Organic 
Matter,  etc 

(tAlkalis  were  not 
specially  determined 
for  this  paper.) 

Insoluble  Si  li clous 
Matters  


Lor  the  other  items  proceed  as  with  plain  superphos- 
phates. 

Ammoniated  superphosphates  are  valuable  on 
account  of  the  soluble  PsOe,  the  nitrogen  and  the 
calcium  sulphate  they  contain.  The  high  value  of 
the  first  two  regulates  the  selling  price.  All  chemical 
manures  being  for  analytical  purposes  usually  treated 
and  stated  the  same  way  as  a  plain  superphosphate, 
the  results  in  those  ammoniated  as  obtained  in  the 
usual  way,  and  by  methods  as  now  proposed,  are  put 
in  next  column  in  Tables  XL  and  XII.,  for  com- 
parison. 

Chemical  analysis,  whilst  stating  the  accurate 
amount  of  the  important  items  which  regulate  the 
price,  should  also  state  the  other  constituents  as  near 
as  can  be  done,  and  if  there  be  any  glaring  discrepan- 
ies  between  the  amounts  stated  and  the  true  per- 
centage, any  method  enabling  this  to  be  overcome 
should  be  accepted  and  acted  upon.  Table  XII. 
illustrates  a  plan  superior  to  that  of  Table  XL,  by 
showing  clearly,  readily  and  accurately  those  com- 
ponents for  which  the  manure  is  valued,  and  being 
much  nearer  the  very  rigid  truth. 


•Containing  Nitrogen 
Equal  to  Ammonia 


3  per  ceut. 


1166 
20-91 

(3279) 
5-23 

37-66 
20-97 


0-51 


ioooo 


2-15 
298 


I    |  :  |]  .  |  Bt 


1215 
18-19 

(28-18) 
3-86 

32  30 
3306 


0-11 


100-00 


506 
6-15 


9  per  cent. 


918 
1611 

CJVI.M 
2-19 

29  79 

12-10 


033 


10000 


730 
8-87 


Newt  Way  of  Showing  the  Composition  <>r 

Ammoniated  Superphosphate. 

table  xii. 


3  per  cent. 

6  per  cent. 

9  per  cent. 

Moisture    by  calcium 
chloride  method.   ,.           7'90 

Insoluble  Phosphate..          5'23 

Calcium  Sulphate,  an- 
hydrous            15'17 

•(Combined  Water  & 
Organic  Matter,  Al- 
kalis, etc 26-11 

Insoluble     Silicious 

138 
13-05 
3-86 

39  70 
3837 

o-ii 

1-31 
11-66 
219 

WW 

15-20 
033 

100  00 

10000 

100-00 

'Containing  Nitrogen 

Equal  to  Ammonia   . . 

Equal    to    Tricaleium 
Phosphate  rendered 
soluble     

2-15 
2-98 

32-79 

5-06 
6-15 

28-18 

730 
8-87 

25-15 

t  Note. —  The  alkalis,  magnesia,  and  any  other  item  can 
be  put  down  as  determined,  and  leave  all  the  "etc."  to  be 
included  with  the  commercially  unimportant  "combined 
water  and  organic  matters." 


15irmtntjfmm  ano  a^ltilanD  Section. 

Chairman:  Charles  Hunt. 
Vicc-Chnirman:  Dr.  Tilden. 
Committee : 
G.  S.  Albright.  F.  E.  Lott. 

T.  Barclay.  l>r.  Morris. 

T.  Bayley.  Dr.NiooL 

Horace  T.  Brown.  E.  P.  Peyton. 

J.  F.  Chance.  Howard  Ryland. 

B.  Dawson.  T.  Turner. 

E.  \V.  T.  Jones.  W.  A.  Wiggin. 

Mir.1- :  c.  O'SnlUran. 

local  Sccretnru : 
A.  Bostock  Hill,  II,  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


July 30, 1887.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


4<>t, 


EXPERIMENTS  ON  ECEISCEFB  METHOD  FOR 

DETECTING   SEWAGE    CONTAMINATION 
IN  WATER 

BY   FRANK   E.   LOTT,   K.I.c  ., 

Associate  of  the  Royal  School  of  Mines. 

Having  in  1877  commenced  a  series  of  experiments 
for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  value  of  the  so-called 
"sugar  test "  for  sewage  contamination,  introduced 
by  Mr.  Heisch  in  1870,  and  having  followed  out  one 
or  two  special  experiments  which  I  have  not  seen 
before  mentioned,  I  have  taken  advantage  of  our 
Association  to  make  them  public,  hoping  that  my 
imperfect  work  may  induce  others  with  more  time 
at  their  command  to  further  investigate  this  interest- 
ing subject. 

1  will  first  explain  the  test  as  originally  introduced 
by  Mr.  Heisch  :— He  says:  "A  mixture  of  6oz.  of 
sewage-contaminated  water  with  lOgr.  of  crystalline 
cane  sugar  kept  in  a  warm  place  developed  a  turbidity 
containing  small  spherical  cells  with,  in  most  cases, 
a  very  bright  nucleus.  After  the  lapse  of  some  days 
these  cells  gradually  grouped  themselves  together  in 
bunches,  something  like  grapes  ;  they  next  spread 
out  into  strings  with  a  surrounding  wall  connecting 
the  cells  together  ;  the  original  cell  walls  then  seemed 
to  break  and  leave  apparently  tubular  sort  of  threads 
branched  together."  He  also  says  :  "  The  cells  of 
these  germs  when  thus  developed  are  distinct 
evidence  of  sewage  contamination,  and  the  germs 
producing  these  cells  are  not  removed  by  filtration 
through  the  finest  Swedish  filter-paper,  neither  are 
they  destroyed  by  boiling  for  half-an  hour. ' 

Shortly  after  this  paper  appeared  Professor 
Frankland  replied  at  some  length  in  a  paper  on 
"  The  Development  of  Fungi  in  Potable  Water," 
proving  the  fallacy  of  the  above  conclusion.  He 
says,  according  to  a  paper  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Chemical  Society  on  "  Fungi  and  Fermentation,"  by 
Mr.  Bell  :  "  My  own  experiments  completely  confirm 
Mr.  Heisch's  observations,  with  two  important 
exceptions — viz.,  that  the  fungoid  growths  were  not 
peculiar  to  water  contaminated  with  sewage,  and 
secondly,  the  germs  from  which  they  originate  are 
present  in  all  waters  which  have  been  even  moment- 
arily in  contact  with  the  air." 

He  then  explained  a  series  of  very  interesting 
experiments  from  which  he  concludes  as  follows:— 
'•  It  is  thus  evident  that  the  addition  of  minute 
traces  of  a  phosphate,  either  as  sodic  phosphate, 
white  of  egg,  or  animal  charcoal,  at  once  determines 
these  fungoid  growths  in  saccharine  water,  which 
before  exhibited  no  tendency  to  develop  them."  It 
was  the  consideration  of  Dr.  Frankland's  experiments, 
together  with  the  knowledge  that  this  method  of 
examining  waters  was  considerably  practised,  that  led 
me  to  undertake  the  following  experiments  :  — 

My  first  experiments  consisted  in  simply  following 
out  this  test  with  waters  from  shallow  and  deep  wills 
and  I  had  the  good,  or  perhaps  I  ought  to  say  the  bad, 
fortune  to  have  the  water  from  several  sewage- 
contaminated  wells  to  experiment  upon,  and  several 
samples  of  waters  from  wells  which  there  was  good 
reason  to  believe  were  directly  connected  with  cases 
of  fever — asan  example, oneshallow  well-water  (marked 
18)  yielded  in  two  days  a  vigorous  fermentation  and 
stmng  odour  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  which  on  the 
third  day  was  hidden  by  the  disgusting  odour  usually 
accompanying  butyric  acid  ;  a  considerable  accumu- 
lation of  fiocculent  masses  of  zoogkeated  bacilli 
proved  to  be  almost  entirely  Clostridium  butyricum, 
or,  according  to  Van  Tieghem,  bacillus  amylobacter. 


As  this  organism  is  of  considerable  interest  in  con- 
nection with  these  experiments,  the  following  will 
not  be  out  of  place  : — In  a  paper  on  "  Glycerin 
Ferment,"  in  the  Ber.  Dent.  Chem.  Get.,  Fitz  thus 
describes  what  he  names  "butyl  bacillus":  "They 
are  cylindrical  cells  which  increase  by  elongation 
and  fission ;  at  one  end  of  the  cell  a  bright 
spot  is  formed,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  mem- 
brane constantly  becoming  more  indistinct ;  the 
rest  of  the  mother  cell  grows  paler  and  paler,  and 
finally  disappears  entirely,  only  the  short  cylindrical 
resting  spores  with  broad  dim  outlines  and  shining 
contents  remain.  It  is  two  micro-millimeters  in 
diameter  and  five  or  six  long,  and  forms  almost  pure 
butyric  alcohol  when  grown  in  glycerine.  The 
contents  of  the  cells  are  partly  coloured  by  iodine  of 
a  violet  approaching  black,  either  the  whole  contents 
or  single  isolated  patches  of  it  (two  or  three),  or 
sometimes  only  one  small  spot."  1  might  add  that 
this  reaction  with  iodine  does  not  take  place  at  all 
stages  of  the  growth  of  this  organism.  It  depends 
also,  to  a  great  extent,  upon  the  nourishing  medium. 

The  results  of  these  experiments  will  be  seen  on 
reference  to  Table  I.  on  next  page,  in  which  I  have 
given  a  few  estimations  of  some  waters  experimented 
upon  and  the  reactions  of  these  waters  when  submitted 
to  this  test.  It  will  be  at  once  seen  that  the  majority  of 
these  waters  are  very  seriously  contaminated.  I  would 
more  especially  ask  you  to  follow  the  lines  marked 
P^05,  and  butyric  fermentation,  and  see  how  far  I 
am  justified  in  saying  the  results  corroborate  Dr. 
Frankland's. 

In  the  first  place,  I  have  a  very  hard  Burton  water 
taken  from  a  tube  150ft.  deep  in  the  marl  marked 
D.B.,  side  by  side  with  a  fairly  soft  one,  S.W,  which 
is  the  South  Staffordshire  Water  Works  Company's 
supply  to  Burton,  and  in  each  case  the  P205  occurs 
only  in  traces  and  the  butyric  fermentation  is  absent. 
Under  the  head  shallow  wells  are  a  number  of  samples 
mostly  of  Burton  waters.  The  water  marked  X;  is 
from  a  Burton  shallow  well  carefully  made,  drawing 
water  only  from  the  surface  of  the  impervious  strata. 
The  two  columns  A  and  B  are  analyses  at  different 
dates  showing  a  very  considerable  variation  and 
increased  contamination  in  the  latter  sample  marked 
A  :  here  we  find  the  butyric  fermentation  and  amount 
of  phosphoric  acid  agreeing.  L  is  a  somewhat  similar 
sample,  though  in  this  case  as  in  the  next  two  samples 
N,  A  and  B,  the  wells  were  not  carefully  constructed, 
as  they  collected  water  at  various  points  throughout 
their  depth,  and  the  well  from  which  these  two  latter 
samples  were  taken  was  known  to  be  contaminated 
by  sewage. 

The  next  two  columns,  18,  are  samples  of  the 
contaminated  shallow-well  water  before  referred  to, 
and  it  will  be  noted  that  there  is  a  considerable 
variation  in  the  analyses  at  different  dates  as  regards 
the  contamination.  No.  274  is  a  deep  well  at  an  old 
country  house,  and  the  quantity  of  chlorine  indicates 
a  very  extraordinary  amount  of  contamination  ;  here, 
as  in  the  other  cases,  the  phosphoric  acid  and  butyric 
fermentation  agree  together.  The  next  three  samples 
are  from  Burton  shallow  wells  all  seriously  contami- 
nated, but  containing  only  traces  of  phosphoric  acid. 
They  exhibit  no  butyric  fermentation. 

In  connection  with  the  analysis  280,  I  would  draw 
attention  to  a  note  on  the  free  ammonia. 

Four  weeks  after  taking  this  sample,  which  was 
quite  bright  and  clear,  the  free  ammonia  was  reduced 
to  less  than  01,  and  nitrites  before  absent  were 
present  in  considerable  quantity.  Two  months  later 
the  free  ammonia  was  005,  nitric  acid  23'5,  and 
nitrites  entirely  absent,  proving  the  presence  of  the 
nitrifying  organism  or  organisms  in  full  activity  in  a 
sample  which  remained  quite  bright. 


4% 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July  30. 1887. 


J       c 
<      S 


2 

< 


- 
a 

:_    -* 

H 

s 

0025 
0-015 

24-5 

Traces. 
None. 

1 

H 

a 

s 

=> 

S  S           it  i     ? 

0  °  s  °  |Sn     3 

1 

SHALLOW      WEL  L  B. 
25.                           10.                                 25.                                               5.                                        I.                    1.                 1.                 1.                 1. 

g 

U  CD        _J 
O      >ft                           c  P      -C 

7-     0     -m     «a     *—  ^     ta 
0     o    «b    0      «  £     ;c 

1 

i 

5 

g  s  «  «»    I    g       a 

~      51        Erl        «               Z 

1 

3" 

0 

c=      2                        £        2 

<_.     0      1.-5      10        «        5           1 

b    b    ;-    «      g     5        ' 
-      H      <« 

1 

*•> 

0 

CM 

S   1   £   £     §     §       1 
0    °    *    £?      *-     x 

1 

s 

0  • 

p      0      co      10       cd  fl       > 

©       b      ei      00       CO" 

Is   s 

1 

a" 

CO 

< 

«5 

0  . 

©      ©      ©      »n       pP     £ 

b     ©     b     ©     .£  2     *£ 

1 

1ft 
0 

00 

CD     . 
^*       iC                             -O  C        4) 

P     ?     F     P      g§     3          1 

0       0       CO       tC       .£  ^        0               ' 

— >  c    jz 

1 

< 

0 

0 

0     —                    .a  c      0 

0     p     p     p      cj  5      > 

O      O      0      »f       go      !3 

is  < 

O         O         ^H         OO         O 

g      j,      Cr,      f.      g 

p 
(M 

J2  ' 

00                         ri  b       > 

O        O        ©        iC         2  3       .~                 .    q) 

©     b     cc     b     .£  2      o              0 

>fl       M       N       U5       p 

b     b      b     b     t- 

?>                                -H        CM 

J 

0 

s 

S    S                 go? 

P     9     P     «       g       §        B 

«       GO         £         *i            ^ 

p     p     p     cm     *n 
jj     b     60     b     b 

'A 

< 

0 

i 

CM       US                              oo  O        cJ             p"* 

p     0                      oj  0      e          >  ca 
OoiflO       -  -       g          --S 
O       O       CI       b        VJ-'Kr              O  ° 

p     p     »p     00     0 

,M      b       1%.      b      i- 

0 
0 

00 

•?     •?     9     P     --^     -gj        ■- 
0    0    c-i    1-     « S    ■-        0 

O       *."5       W5       O       »0 

N        Tl        »        «        W 

g 

m 

■J. 

© 

S    g                  §'      2"        S 

S     p     V3     »        g       g         ■- 

=>  0  ~  s    a    s     5 

i 

p4      US       .0       O 
CN      cn      c:      CO 

J5, 

ri 

0 

3 

S    S                 S«>     «'"     S" 

0     8     ci      .r>      go      c  2     .to 

bbcooo      «2.cot-o 

^.-      Kj?      ^^ 

P        00        C5        O        >C 

-      i      r      — 

1 
■ 

i- 

0 

s: 
H 
= 

1 

15 

1 

- 

< 

1 

•x. 

a 

M 

0 
0 

«a 

a 

00 

s 

0 
r. 

■3 
0 

E- 

V 
t 
3 

— 

3 

5 

c 

ill  II 

u    1-—  ■ 

:  s  :    •.-  - 

;  h    .      -  -  v 
~~  0 

:  0  •    OSS! 

:  ||  p 

C 
3 

1 

c 

• 

c 

0 

c 
■J 

•a 

?! 

B 

.s 

0 

Fi 

^ 

E 

c 

U. 

s 

0 

a 

B 

0 

i 

s 

s 

6C 

l=q 

0 

C 

i 

S5 

O 

n 

H 

0 

0 

a 

a 

as 

11 

f 

O 

u 

2 

d 

-    r 

cT 

i  S 

•A 

.-  (i. 

+  c« 


-a  S 


O    Si 

It 

e  .2 
c    d 

£  » 

is 

« i 

i » 

.  11  ,s 


■  I 


SSs 

x  +  <i 

™    ffl    M 


July 30. 1887.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LttDtJSTRY. 


407 


Ox   the   Growth   op   thk   Butyric   Ferment. 

EXPERIMENT    VI. 

(Three  Quarter-Litre  Bottles  of  Deep  Bore  Water,  D.B.) 


Date. 

it;    2    1 


Hi— 2 

19-2 

20-2 

21—2 
2G-2 

1-3 
7-3 


+  l'3griiis.  cane  sugar. 
+  0-2grni.  POHONaO, 


olved,  acid   smell  ac- 
tive M.  Aceti. 


Butyric  fermentation  chains 
of  oval  cells. 


Chains    of     nucleated     cells 
Cloe.  Butyrieum. 

I. nve     number     of      nuclei 
alone. 


+  l*3grms.  cane  sugar. 

+  0-2grm.  POHONaO, 

m.  NO.KO 

Acid   -in. 11.      Short   rod  bac- 
teria. 


Jointed  bacteria. 


+  l'3grms.  eanc  sugar. 

+  Olgrm.  P.O. XH4Os 

+  0-5grm.  NOjKO 

Acid  smell,  very  active  B. 
Subtllia.  Long  wavy  lepto- 
thryx  forms. 

M.  Aceti  in  single  cells.  Irre- 
gular large  Sacc.  Pastori- 
anus. 

Xo  B.  Subtilis  forms,  but  a 
few  Clos.  Butyrieum. 

Large  amount  of  nucleated 
s.  Minor.  A  few  cells  of 
Clos.  Butyrieum. 


-   and   rows  of    bright 
nuclei. 


Thick  granular  bacteria. 


Granular  Sace.  Minor.  A  few 
bacilli  forms. 

Chains  of  nuclei.    Groups  of        A  few  bright   nuclei.  Lcpto-        Healthy  Sacc  Minor. 

empty     sac*,    very     trans-  thrvx  forms  of  bacilli.  [Grew     well    as    a     bottom 

parent  ferment  in  beer  wort.  Exp. 

XII.] 


EXPERIMENT  VH. 
(Tiro  lOOcc.  Pasteur  fleisksuitk  distilled  water,     "-'grm.  Cane  Sugar  and  0 1  POIWXaO-  sterilised.) 


21-2-78 


21-2 
2G-2 


1. 


+  2  drops  of  solution,  A,  Exp.  VI. 


+  2  drops  of  a  putrid  beer  containing  thick 
deposit  of  "chain  vibrios." 


An  ive  bub  ric  fermentation,  healthy  growth        Xo  sign  of  Clos.  Butyrieum. 
of  Clos.  Butyrieum. 

Note  6. 


22-2-78  EXPERIMENT  VIII. 

-ii  from  A.Exp.  VI.,  placed  in  two  small  Pasteur  flasks  containing  1  beer.  2  wort,  examined  at  intervals  during 
the  following  month.    Xo  butyric  fermentation,  all  cells  of  Clos.  Butyrieum  dead. 


EXPERIMENT    IX. 


23-2-'78. 

I. 

L„ 

23-2 

250cc.  bottle  +  water  No.  18  -  l'3grms.  cane 
sugar  +  0'2grm.  salicylic  acid. 

lOOcc.    bottle    -f    water     Xo.   18    +  0'ogrm. 
sugar. 

25-2 

— 

Slight  deposit. 

1-3 

— 

Henlthv  growth  ;  Clos.  Butyrieum  10     nuc- 
bated ;     free     nuclei     SH»    and    butyric 
fermentation. 

8-3 

- 

Fermentation   very   active :    70      cells   nuc- 
leated. 

11    3 

Slight  dimness. 

No  further  activity;   cells  less  regular,  all 
nucleated,  lengthy  and  bent. 

18-3 

Milky  ;  no  smell. 

— 

30-3 

Poured  off  liquid  and  added  I"   solution  of 
glycerin. 

- 

10-1 

No  growth  of  Clos.  Butyrieum. 

- 

6-3—; 


EXPERIMENT  X. 


(A  Quarter  Litre  Bottle  of  Water,  D.B.  +  VZarm.  Cane  Sugar  +  2cc.  liquid. and  deposit  from  A.  VI.) 

8—3     Gas  evolved.    Growth  of  Cloa.  Butyrieum.  .  _  ,  ..  ._ 

11-::      Butyric    fermentation    over.    SH,  in    bottle.     Pull  of  shrunken  zooglaiated  Clos.  Butyrieum.     Added  0'agrm. 
POHONaO;.    Little  further  activity. 

Note  6. 


198 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Ji.iy30.HS7. 


EXPERIMENT  XT.  Note  G. 

C    :f       A   100CC.    Pasteur   flask,    with  50CC.  distilled   water,  Oogrm.  of    cane  sugar  and  See.  of  solution  and  deposit 
[.<i.  Exp,  IV 
Colls  of  Cloe.  Butyricum  spores,  etc.;  large  number  of  irregular-sized  circular  nucleated  colls. 
II    :(       ZooglaM  Of  Bhorl  thick  bacteria ;  spores  of  Clos.  Butyricum.     Added  O'jgrm.  POHONao,  +  lgrm.  sugar. 
11    3      Farther  growth  chiefly  nucleated  circular  ceDa  =  Baoeharomyces. 

EXPERIMENT  XV. 
(Three  Quarter-Litre  Bottles.) 


3  -78 

3. 

2. 

1. 

26-3 

27-3 
28-3 

30-3 

1-  1 

3-1 
5-1 

Water  No.  18  h  l'-'grms.  cane 
sugar.       Kept    neutralised 
with  lime  water. 

Dim. 

Cloudy,  film  on    surface  and 
at  bottom  consisting  of  zoo- 
glteaii'il    masses     of   short 
bacteria,  bright  spores  and 
minute  transparent  sacs. 

Active  butyric  fermentation. 
Thick     deposit     of     short, 
straight  bacilli.  70  per  ceni. 
nucleated    indistinct    cells, 
turned    blue     with    iodine 
not  the  nuclei.  Neutralised. 

Active  butyric  fermentation, 
worn   crystals,  long  nucle- 
ated cells  coloured  by  iodine. 
Neutralised. 

Nuclei  more  distinct. 

Cell    walls     fading:     nuclei 
very    bright.      Faded  cells 
not  acted  on  by  iodine. 

Distilled      water    +  0'2grm. 
fused      P.CX.AmO;,     boiled 
and  added  lgrm.  sugar. 

slight  dimness  and  deposit  of 
small  circular  (Saee.  minor) 
and  oval  cells. 

Zoogltea  of  Clos.  Butyricum 
non-nucleated,     and     not 
coloured  by  iodine,  granular 
saccharomyces ;  acid. 

s.  minor  in  quantity. budding. 
Zoogltea  of  bacilli ;   no  re- 
action with  iodine. 

Distilled  water  +  02  -POHO 
NaOj,     fused,    boiled    and 
added  lgrm.  sugar. 

Clear. 

Clear. 

Clear. 

Note  G. 

TABLE    III. 
Of  1"  samples  of  water  taken  by  the  Rural  Sanitiry  Inspector  (Burton-on-Trentl  from  wells  used  at  houses  in  which 
fever  or  some  other  zymotic  disease  had  been  prevalent,  when  submitted  to  the  sugar  test  :— 

G  Remained  unchanged. 

S  Became  dim  within  six  days,  but  underwent  no  further  change. 

5         „  .,      with  some  peculiar  woody,  sweet  or  sour  smell. 

5  Became  dim  on  the  second  day,  and  turbid  or  milky,  with  a  sour  smell  on  the  fourth  or  fifth  day. 

3  Became  dim  on  the  second  day,  with  butyric  smell. 

7  Dim  within  21  hours,  and  butyric  smell  and  gas  on  fourth  or  fifth  day. 

G  Dim  within  2i  hours,  and  butyric  smell  and  gas  on  second  day. 


I  much  regret  having  been  unable  at  the  time  to 
isolate  the  organism  and  submit  it  to  further  investi- 
gation. 

I  failed  to  detect  any  organism  with  a  microscope 
magnifying  400  diameters. 

1  might  observe  that  these  three  wells  are,  in  all 
probability,  contaminated  l>y  garden  drainage,  and 
draw  a  large  amount  of  their  supply  from  an  old 
river  course,  largely  filled  by  peaty  matter  and  partly 
built  over. 

.".:!  is  a  somewhat  similar  sample,  but  from  a  locality 
nearer  the  old  river  course  above  referred  to,  and 
contaminated  by  surface  drainage.  The  amounts  of 
chlorine  and  nitric  acid  in  this  sample  are  both 
excessive. 

60  is  n  mixed  sample  of  deep  and  shallow  well 
waters  ;  the  amount  of  chlorine  is  considerable. 

1U2  is  a  tube  drawing  water  only  from  the  surface 
of  the  impervious  marly  strata,  and,  therefore,  not 
likely  to  be  contaminated  by  frith  surface  drainage, 
though  evidently  seriously  contaminated. 

My  second  series  of  experiments  was  on  the  action 
nt  various  mineral  salts  on  the  growth  of  different 
bacteria,  and  more  especially  on  Clostridium  butyri- 
cum. The  results  will  be  found  in  Table  I.  on  the 
line  below  the  one  marked  butyric  fermentation, — 
from  which  it  will  be  seen  that  the  simple  addition 
of  phosphate  of  soda  to  almost  any  quality  of  well 
water  set  up  active  butyric  fermentation,— in  Notes  2,4 


and  5  on  the  same  table,  and  in  the  tables  of  experiments. 

Note  6. — The  difference  of  the  reaction  in  the  cases 
(Experiments  7,  10  and  11)  from  that  quoted  in  Note  5 
and  Experiment  l.">,  I  attribute  to  the  fact  that  in 
these  cases  the  colls  of  the  butyric  ferment  were 
added  in  a  state  of  full  activity,  whereas  in  the  latter 
cases  only  the  dry  spores  would  probably  gain  access ; 
though  possibly  the  amount  of  the  liquid  added 
(2  drops,  2c'c.  and  3cc  )  may  have  been  sufficient  to 
alter  the  composition  of  the  whole  and  enable  the 
organism  to  grow. 

A  third  series  of  experiments  on  waters  thought  to 
be  impure  by  the  Rural  Sanitary  Inspector  of  Burton, 
is  also  added  as  throwing  some  light  on  this  subject. 
(See  Table  III.) 

I  have  do  doubt  that  the  last  four  classes,  including 
21  out  of  the  40  samples,  were  very  bad  ;  and  in  some 
cases,  in  the  two  last  classes,  subsequent  investigation 
proved  the  direct  contamination  of  the  wells  by  closet 
drainage. 

All  these  experiments  are  entirely  in  accord  with 
Dr.  Erankland's,  and  my  only  reason  fur  bringing 
them  forward  is,  that  being  applied  to  potable  waters, 
they  are  of  some  interest  as  indicating  how  far  this 
test  may  be  looked  upon  for  information  as  regards 
the  purity  of  such  waters  ;  on  this  head  my  experi- 
ments would  lead  me  to  conclude  that — 

(1.)  Any  water  undergoing  butyric  fermentation 
when  simply  treated  with  cane  sugar  and  kept  at  a 


July 30, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


temperature  of  about  80°  F.,  may  be  at  once  con- 
demned as  unlit  for  domestic  use. 

(2.)  The  single  fact  of  a  water  not  undergoing 
butyric  fermentation  is  no  proof  of  its  purity. 

(3.)  A  water  which  remains  clear  under  this  treat- 
ment wonld  be  certainly  less  likely  to  be  contaminated 
by  sewage  than  one  which  became  milky,  and  I  doubt 
the  possibility  of  unoxidised  sewage  matter  being  in 
B  water  which  remained  quite  clear. 

(4.)  The  butyric  ferment  is  not  perceptibly  in- 
fluenced by  the  presence  of  abnormal  amounts  of 
chlorine,  free  ammonia,  albuminoid  ammonia,  sul- 
phates and  nitrates  in  a  water,  but  is  a  very  accurate 
indicator  of  the  presence  of  phosphoric  acid. 

— oo^o<^o^^oo$ — 

ON*  THE  SEPARATION  OF  ZINC  FKOM 
NICKEL  AND  MANGANESE,  AND  THE 
ESTIMATION  OF  NICKEL. 

BY   THOMAS   BAYLEY. 

A  GOOD  separation  of  zinc  from  nickel  and  from 
manganese  may  be  made  in  a  hot  solution  containing 
free  phosphoric  acid.  The  liquid  is  mixed  with 
ammonia  till  a  precipitate  forms,  and  a  fairly  large 
excess  of  di-sodium  hydrogen  phosphate  is  then  added. 
The  solution  is  next  cleared  with  hydrochloric  acid 
added  in  drops,  saturated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
and  allowed  to  stand  a  considerable  time,  the  gas 
still  passing  through  it.  Zinc  sulphide  falls  as  a 
heavy  granular  powder  and  the  mixture  filters  very 
rapidly.  Manganese  and  nickel  appear  to  be  perfectly 
separated,  and  no  trace  of  the  former  can  be  detected 
by  fusion  with  oxidising  flux.  Cobalt  has  a  tendency 
to  go  down  in  small  quantity,  and  if  zinc  sulphide  so 
contaminated  be  burnt  directly  to  oxide,  the  cobalt 
imparts  a  green  tint  to  the  roasted  product.  In  this 
way  cobalt  betrays  its  presence  in  many  samples  of 
German  silver,  not  only  in  the  phosphate  separation, 
but  in  cases  where  the  zinc  is  separated  from  nickel 
by  precipitation  in  presence  of  a  large  excess  of 
acetic  acid.  The  co-precipitated  sulphide  of  cobalt 
imparts  a  pale  yellow  tint  to  the  sulphide  of  zinc  in 
the  method  by  phosphoric  acid,  a  dark  tint  in  the 
other  case.     Iron  is  partially  precipitated  by  sul- 

fhuretted  hydrogen  in  presence  of  phosphoric  acid. 
n  order  to  precipitate  nickel  from  solutions  (con-, 
taining  phosphoric  acid  or  otherwise),  I  have  found 
it  advantageous  to  add  ammonium  sulphide  till  the 
last  drop  renders  the  liquid  alkaline  ;  this  is  followed 
by  ammonium  benzoate  and  afterwards  by  a  few 
drops  of  hydrochloric  acid.  In  this  solution  (acid- 
ulated with  a  feeble  acid)  the  nickel  is  completely 
precipitated.  A  constant  current  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  should  be  passed  through  the  boiling  liquid, 
and  filtration  should  take  place  at  the  same  tempera- 
ture as  nearly  as  possible.  In  one  experiment  where 
boracic  acid  replaced  the  benzoic  acid  a  good  result 
was  obtained.  The  precipitated  sulphide  of  nickel 
may  be  brought  down  to  Ni.S  by  prolonged  ignition 
for  an  hour  with  sulphur  in  a  closed  crucible,  the 
sulphur  being  replenished  from  time  to  time.  But  a 
better  plan  is  to  roast  the  precipitate  in  a  porcelain 
dish,  dissolve  it  in  nitric  acid,  evaporate,  ignite,  and 
weigh  as  sulphate.  The  ignition  should  be  effected 
at  very  low  redness  and  the  dish  allowed  to  cool. 
The  sulphate  is  then  remoisted  with  sulphuric  acid 
and  submitted  to  a  further  short  ignition.  Success 
would  appear  to  depend  upon  the  shortness  of  the 
second  ignition.  Heating  to  a  lower  temperature  for  a 
longer  time,  and  in  the  absence  of  free  sulphuric 
acid  has  been  said  to  yield  a  basic  sulphate  of  nickel. 
This  method  of  weighing  nickel  has  been  successfully 
employed  by  other  chemists. 


ON  A  REACTION  OF  IRON  WITH  NITRIC 
OXIDE. 

BY   THOMAS    B  W  I.F.Y. 

Whkn  an  assay  of  "nitre"  in  vitriol  is  made  in  the 
nitrometer,  an  error  is  caused  by  absorption  of  nitric 
oxide  when  the  vitriol  contains  iron.  The  absorption 
is  due  to  the  well-known  reaction  of  ferrous  salts  with 
nitric  oxide,  but  the  result  is  the  same  whether  the 
iron  be  originally  present  in  the  ferrous,  or,  as  is 
more  usual,  in  the  ferric  condition.  Nitric  oxide 
shaken  with  mercury  and  pure  sulphuric  acid,  suffers 
no  absorption,  nor  does  mercury  pass  into  solution  in 
the  acid.  If,  however,  a  little  ferric  sulphate  be  con- 
tained in  the  vitriol,  mercury  becomes  dissolved  and 
the  iron  is  reduced  to  the  form  of  a  proto-salt.  Upon 
copiously  diluting  the  vitriol  by  admission  of  air-free 
water,  and  subsequently  adding  a  solution  of  a  ferri- 
cyanide  to  the  cooled  acid  liquid,  the  blue  reaction 
can  easily  be  obtained.  That  the  colouration  is  not 
caused  by  any  action  of  nitric  oxide  upon  the  ferri- 
cyanide  may  be  demonstrated  by  boiling  off  the  gas 
(with  suitable  precautions)  before  applying  the  test. 
The  mercury  appears  to  take  no  part  in  the  re- 
duction of  ferric  salt,  since  the  results  can  be  equally 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  -2. 


well  obtained  if  pure  nitric  oxide  (prepared  from 
FeS04  and  HNO.,)  be  passed  through  a  set  of 
I  (eissler  bulbs,  charged  with  sulphuric  acid  containing 
ferric  sulphate.  The  sulphuric  acid  in  this  case,  as 
in  the  nitrometer  experiment,  assumes  a  purple  or 
"  raspberry  "  tint,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  re- 
action when  it  takes  place  in  the  acid,  but  not  in  the 
aqueous  solution.  Care  must  of  course  be  taken  to 
remove  air  from  the  apparatus  by  a  current  of  carbon 
dioxide.  The  experiment  may  also  be  made  in  the 
absence  of  mercury  by  means  of  a  nitrometer  slightly 
modified  as  in  Fig.  1. 

The  instrument  is  filled  with  mercury,  and 
sufficient  sulphuric  acid  admitted  to  depress  the  mer- 
cury below  the  lower  tap.  A  little  acid  containing 
iron  is  next  passed  in,  and  this  is  followed  by  nitric 
oxide.  The  lower  tap  is  turned  off,  and  the  nitro- 
meter shaken,  when  the  purple  tint  immediately 
appears.  Even  for  ordinary  experiments  the  second 
tap  is  useful,  but  it  must  then  be  placed  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  measuring  tube,  Fig.  2.  By  turning  it, 
the  pressure  of  the  mercury  in  the  ungraduated  limb 
is  cut  off,  and  the  three-way  tap  can  be  manipulated 
without  any  danger  of  drawing  in  air  through  the 


500 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHF.MICAE  INDUSTRY.      (July 30, 1887. 


axial  channel.  The  formation  of  the  purple  solution 
referred  to  above  was  demonstrated  at  the  meeting 
bypassing  \o  through  bulbs  containing  sulphuric 
acid  in  which  a  little  pure  ferric  hydrate  had  recently 
been  dissolved. 


&iasrjoto  anD  ^cottislj  Section. 


Chairman:  Sir  J.  Niilson  Cuthbertson. 
Vice-chairman:  Prof.  Mills. 
lion.  Vice-chairman :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 


J.  H.  Adam. 
J.  Addie. 

Prof.  Crum-Brown. 
J.  Y.  Buchanan. 
J.  Christie. 
W.  .1 .  (  hrystal. 
w  .  S,  Curphey. 
Prof.  Ferguson. 


Committee: 

I         J.  Fyfc. 
K.  Irvine. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  M.  .Milne. 
J.  Pattison. 
R.  Pullar. 
K.  It.  Tatlock. 
A.  Whitelaw. 


Hon.  Treasurer: 

J.  J.  Coleman,  Ardarroch,  Bearsden,  near  Glasgow. 

Local  Secretary: 

G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical   Laboratory, 

University  of  Glasgow. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


DISCUSSION  ON  MR.  TERVETS  PAPER  ON 
"AN  IMPROVED  APPARATUS  FOR  THE 
MANUFACTURE  OF  REFINED  PARAFFIN 
WAX"  (this  Journal,  vi.  355). 

Me.  Gray  asked  if  Mr.  Tervet  considered  it  an 
advantage  to  use  the  apparatus  two  or  three  storeys 
high,  as  in  the  ordinary  method  of  refining  paraffin 
scale  it  was  considered  advisable  to  re-melt  and  cool 
the  scale  between  each  operation,  thereby  ensuring 
better  crystallisation  of  the  scale  or  semi-refined  wax. 
By  this  means  also  better  sweating  was  obtained, 
and  the  impurities  bled  out  more  freely  ;  whereas  by 
Mr.  Tenet's  apparatus  it  was  simply  dropped  from 
one  chamber  to  the  other  without  re-crystallising. 

Mr.  Tervet,  replying,  said  from  the  construction 
of  his  apparatus  it  was  intended  to  complete  the 
operation  of  refining  with  one  crystallisation.  As 
had  been  explained,  the  present  method  was  divided 
into  two  or  three  stages.  The  several  cells  in  this 
apparatus  represented  those  stages,  and  it  only 
required  that  the  heat  should  be  properly  regulated 
to  obtain  a  result  in  all  respects  equal  in  quality,  and 
with  greatly  increased  quantity,  at  a  single  crystal- 
lising. So  far  as  he  had  been  able  to  find,  there  was 
no  advantage  of  re-crystallising  at  two  or  three  suc- 
cessive stages,  as  paraffin,  long  before  it  reached  the 
''  sweating  "  temperature,  lost  its  crystalline  structure, 
and  assumed  a  fibrous  nature  which  greatly  favoured 
the  process  of  sweating.  From  the  diagrams  in  the 
Journal  it  would  be  seen  that  in  making  refined  wax 
a  certain  quantity  of  intermediate  paraffin  had  to  be 
added  before  the  last  crystallising.  With  this 
apparatus  those  fractions  originally  present  in  the 
parallin  scale  were  retained  until  the  material  reached 
the  lowest  cell  of  the  apparatus,  or  the  point  at 
which  the  refined  article  is  produced. 

DISCUSSION  ON  MR.  DAVIDSON'S  PAPER 
ON  "THE  ESTIMATION  OF  IRON  IX 
CHARS"  (this  Joi  ],.\\i,,  vi.  421). 

Da  Milne  said  he  was  glad  to  find  that  Mr.  David- 
son had  gone  into  this  matter,  as,  to  the  sugar 


refiner,  the  exact  amount  of  char  was  a  matter  of 
the  first  importance,  and  of  course  a  correct  method 
was  &  desideratum.  Twenty  years  ago  he  had  large 
practice  in  the  analysis  of  animal  charcoals,  pan 
even  then  the  permanganate  and  bi-chromate  pro- 
cesses were  rather  discarded  as  being  unfitted  for  the 
determination  of  minute  quantities  of  iron.  At  that 
time  the  stannous  chloride  process  was  also  used,  and 
his  own  impression  was  that  for  the  determination  of 
small  quantities  of  iron  it  was  everything  that  could 
be  desired.  He  was  also  glad  to  find  that  Mr.  David- 
son had  adopted  an  extremely  classical  method  of 
oxidising  by  means  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  as  this 
was,  in  his  opinion,  one  of  the  most  elegant 
oxidising  agents  that  could  be  wished  for,  and 
perhaps  the  oxidising  agent  of  the  future. 

Mr.  Ti:i:ylt  asked  in  what  condition  did  the  iron 
exist  in  chars  1  He  had  understood,  from  a  corre- 
spondence which  appeared  in  the  Ch<  mical  Jfews 
some  years  ago,  that  a  certain  proportion  of  the  iron 
was  supposed  to  exist  in  the  form  of  sulphide,  FeS. 
But  the  proportions  found  were  so  small,  and  the 
interest  in  the  question  so  great,  he  should  be  pleased 
to  know  what  action  the  sulphides  had  upon  the 
sugar  or  upon  the  operations  of  the  refinery. 

Mr.  Davidson,  in  reply,  said  that  so  far  as  his 
knowledge  went  the  "  tin  "process  was  discredited  by 
some,  and  he  knew  of  several  in  the  trade  who  pre- 
ferred either  the  "permanganate"  or  "bichrome" 
processes  to  the  above-mentioned.  Tucker  also 
spoke  only  of  the  permanganate  process  in  his  book, 
which  was  almost  the  only  one  in  English  on  sugar 
analysis.  With  reference  to  Mr.  Tervet's  remarks  as 
to  the  existence  of  iron  sulphide  in  chars,  he  believed 
it  would  be  difficult  to  demonstrate  its  presence. 
The  sulphur  was  assumed  to  be  in  combination  with 
calcium,  which  was  a  more  likely  thing.  The  objection 
to  the  presence  of  iron  in  chars  was  that  it  passed 
into  the  sugars,  thus  deteriorating  infusions  of  tea 
with  which  they  would  be  used. 


jftottinrajam  Section. 


L.  Archbutt. 
W.  A.  Curry., 

H.  Doidgc. 
K.  Fitzhugh. 
E.  Francis. 


Chairman  :  Prof.  Clowes. 

Vice-Chairman  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Treasurer:  J.  B.  Coleman, 


Committee  : 

T.  W.  Lovibond. 
II.  J.  Staples. 
E.  B.  Truman. 
R.  L.  Whitaley. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  R.  Ashwell,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Bentinck  Road, 

Nottingham. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


ERRATA.— In  Mr.  Bothamley's  paper,  in  the  June  issue, 
p.  428.1st  column.  9th  and  11th  lines  from  bottom,  for  "H" 
read  "  b."  P.  428,  2nd  column,  in  the  wood-cut.  for  "B"  read 
"  o."    P.  130, 1st  column,  the  formula  for  phloxin  should  be— 

*~    COO    •>o^C\,HBr:.0NV>u 


The  formula  for  rose  Bengal  should  be— 


-(.'  II  (  1. 
-    COO  ' 


>C< 


C.HT,.ONa 


C  Hl\ONa 


">0 


July  30, 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


501 


Journal  ant)  Ipatcnr  Literature. 

L— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Hon  /i>  I'm  if  ii  Water  for  Steam  Both  rt  by  Filtering 

the  same  under  pressure  of  Steam  through  Mm*  ml, 
Vegetable,  or  Animal  Charcoal.  W,  Cotton,  London. 
Eng.  Pat  5863,  May  3,  1886.     Sd. 

The  water  is  forced  by  a  steam  injector  into  the  lower 
part  of  a  vertical  cylindrical  vessel,  where  it  depoMi-  the 
carbonates  precipitated  by  the  heat.  A  diaphragm  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  cylinder  carries  a  filtering  material 
— e.g.,  coke — through  which  it  passes  on  its  way  to  the 
boiler.  An  escape  for  steam  is  provided  at  the  highest 
part  of  the  vessel. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvement*  in  Filtration.     3.    G.   Lorrain,   London. 
Eng.  Pat.  6S13,  May  20,  1S86.     8d. 

The  improved  filter  consists  of  a  number  of 
spherical  balls  of  an  elastic  substance,  such  as  rubber,  and 
preferably  hollow,  placed  in  a  vessel  of  suitable  shape 
between  two  plates.  When  the  plates  are  pressed 
together  the  spaces  between  the  balls  are  diminished, 
and  thus  the  degree  of  fineness  of  filtration  can  be 
adjusted  between  that  attainable  when  the  balls  rest  on 
each  other  without  pressure  and  the  complete  cessation 
of  the  operation  when  the  interstices  between  the  balls 
completely  disappear.  .Such  a  litter  admits  of  being 
cleansed  rapidly  and  completely.— C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Filter  Presses.  H.  E.  Newton, 
London,  From  W.  Baur,  Brooklyn,  I'.S.  A.  Eng. 
Pat.  4425,  March  24,  1887.     8d. 

The  improvements  make  provision  for  the  use  in  a  filter- 
press  of  such  materials  a*  sawdust,  animal  charcoal  or 
other  granular  material,  as  a  filtering  medium.  The 
chambers  arc  constructed,  in  the  well-known  manner, 
by  means  of  ribbed  plates  and  distance  frames.  Hoppers 
are  formed  on  the  upper  part  of  the  distance  frame,  for 
the  introduction  of  (he  filtering  material,  and  similar 
provision  is  made  tor  its  removal  from  the  lower  part 
of  the  frame, —C.  C.  11. 


II.- FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 

The  Influence  of  the  Length  qf  the  Photometer  on  the 
Resulting  Measurements.  D.  Coglievina.  Journ.  f. 
Gasbel.  n.  Wasservers,  30.  88. 

The  anthor  agrees  with  Kriiss   [Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  10, 

2G5)  that  the  length  of  the  photometer  influences  the 
results,  but  points  out  the  necessity  of  taking  into  con- 
sideration the  varying  quality  of  the  gas  in  different 
parts  of  the  same  circuit,  due  to  minute  and  unavoidable 
leakages.  He  recommends  a  round  burner  in  place  of  a 
fish-tail  Same  and  the  use  of  a  long  photometer. 

-C.  A.  K. 


-•mints  in  Filters,      t;.   F.    Marshall,   Iiattersea. 
Eng.  Pat.  TOSS,  May  26,  1SS6.     Sd. 

The  filters  to  which  the  improvements  are  applicable  are 
the  domestic  water  filters  of  the  carbon  block  type,  and 
the  novelty  consists  in  enclosing  the  carbon  filtering 
block  in  a  case  or  cover  so  as  to  contain  air.  Each  time 
the  water  is  renewed  in  the  filter,  this  space  is  refilled 
with  air,  and  it  is  forced  through  the  block  along  with 
the  filtered  water,  which  is  thus  thoroughly  aerated. 

*  -C.  C.  H. 


!■  meats  iii  Means  for  Softening  and  Purifying 
Water.  J,  S.  Sawrev,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  9227, 
July  15,  1SSG.     8d. 

The  mixture  of  the  hard  or  impure  water  with  the 
reagents,  used  either  in  a  sclid  or  liquid  form,  is 
thoroughly  agitated  by  means  of  a  mechanical  agitator, 
steam  or  compressed  air;  in  some  eases  it  may  be 
found  convenient  to  combine  certain  or  all  of  these 
methods  of  agitating. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements    in     Filter-presses.       A.     W.    Anderson, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  11, 244,  Sept.  4,  18S6.    Sd. 

The  improvements  specified  relate  to  the  older  form  of 
wooden  filter-presses.  They  consist  of  (1)  forming  the 
cloth  like  a  sack  or  bag,  which  covers  entirely  the  filter 
plate  ;  (2)  the  combination  of  this  form  of  cloth  with  a 
ribbed  filter  plate  ;  (3)  the  use  of  a  screw  clip  nut  of  the 
ordinary  form  securing  the  cloth  round  the  central  orifice 
which  serves  as  a  passage  between  the  chambers. 

— C.  C.  II. 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  3Ir.  H.  Reader  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  1'atent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London.  \\  .C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  8d jd. 

Above  8d..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  6d. . .  Id. 

„      la.  6d..    „  „         2s.  Id...  ljd. 

,.      2s.  Id.,    „  „         3s.  4d...  2d. 


Improvements  in  the  Methods  and  Appliances  for 
obtaining  and  < "learning  Gas  from  Coal.  T. 
Nicholson,  Abergele.  Eng.  Pat.  5727,  April  27,  18SG. 
Sd. 

The  retorts  are  made  airtight,  and  dried  steam  is  passed 
through  the  charge.  This  is  to  hasten  the  process  of 
gasification  and  increase  the  yield  of  gas.  A  scrubber 
is  dispensed  with  by  passing  the  gas  through  a  series  of 
small  chambers  divided  by  horizontal  partitions  into 
three  compartments.  The  topmost  of  these  compart- 
ments has  a  perforated  floor,  through  which  water  trickles 
on  to  the  gas  passing  below.  The  lowest  chamber  is  for 
the  tar,  etc.,  deposited  with  the  water.  The  flow  of  gas 
is  aided  by  a  steam  jet. — A.  K.  D. 


Improvements  in  and  applicable  to  Gas  Producers. 
W.  S.  Sutherland,  Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat.  7112. 
May  27,  18S6.     Sd. 

These  improvements  relate  to  producers  of  the  tvpe 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  17S4  of  1S74,  Eng.  Pat.  8053  of 
1SS4,  and  Eng.  Pat.  5915  of  18SG.  The  producer  is  to  be 
provided  with  a  grate  which  can  be  moved  both 
circularly  and  to  and  fro  by  means  of  a  lever.  Below 
the  grate  is  placed  a  wind  chest  for  the  introduction  of 
an  air  blast,  and  arrangements  are  also  made  for  a  steam 
supply  if  desired.  A  check-valve  prevents  the  gas  from 
being  drawn  back  into  the  air  mains  and  passages,  while 
a  safety  valve,  consisting  of  a  canvas-rubber  disc  secured 
over  the  open  end  of  a  straight  lead  in  the  air  supply 
pipe,  relieves  the  pressure  by  being  easily  ruptured  in 
case  of  an  explosion. — A.  R.  D. 


Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Coal  Gas.  C.  F. 
Clans,  South  Wimbledon.  Eng.  Pat.  7580,  June  5, 
18SG.     lid. 

Tiie^e  improvements  refer  to  a  process  for  purifying  coal 
gas  in  close  vessels  with  ammonia  only.  The 
gas,  previously  freed  from  tar,  is  passed  through  a 
series  of  scrubbers,  consisting  of  towers  packed  with 
porous  material,  down  which  trickles  the  spent  liquor  to 
be  mentioned  hereafter.  When  the  gas  has  passed 
through  two  of  the  series  of  Bay  five  scrubbers,  a  quantity 
of  ammonia  eas  is  introduced  into  the  current  sufficient 
to  combine  with  the  impurities  that  the  gas  is  estimated 
to  contain.  As  the  washing  liquor  is  pumped  from 
scrubber  to  scrubber  in  a  direction  contrary  to  the  flow 
of  the  gas,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  whole  of  the 
ammonia  (both  introduced  and  originally  present  in  the 


.102 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  (MIMICAL  INDUSTRY.       Uui>-3u.  is87. 


gas)   is    contained    into   die   liquor   flowing    from    the 
bottom  of  llie  last   lower.     This    liquor  is  carried  aw ay 
to    another    series    of     towers     forming    an   aiuinonia 
aerating    plant.     Here  the  liquor  is  fiist  heated  to 
about  200   I'.,  whereby  t he  carbonic  acid  and  sulphur- 
etted   hydrogen    are   driven  off,  as  is  also  a  little  free 
ammonia.     This   last  is  absorbed  in  a  tower  fed  with 
spent  liquor  or  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  two  first- 
named    gas  -    go   forward    to  sulphur   recovery    plant. 
After  the  removal  of  the  carbonic  acid  ami  sulphuretted 
hydrogen    the    liquor   is   treated    with    naked    steam, 
which  drives  off  all  free  ammonia  and  that  existing  as 
carbonate  ami  sulphide.     This   ammonia   is   recovered  j 
in   a  condensing    or  catch-tower,    and   is  available   for  I 
re-introduction    into   the    scrubbing    system   as    above  j 
described.      The  residual  liquor,   charged    with    fixed 
salts  of  ammonia,  is  partly  used  for  feeding  the  scrub-  ! 
bers,  and    is  partly   removed  to  be  dealt   with   as  am- 
moniacal  liijuor  in  any  ordinary  way.— A.  It.  D. 


veyed  from  its  store  receptacle  by  a  wick  to  a  gasifying 
chamber,  where  it  is  heated  by  the  combustion  01  a  small 
quantity  Of  the  gas  made  in  the  apparatus,  and  from  which 

it  passes  in  the  gaseous  form  to  the  burner.  Air  is  allowed 
to  mix  with  the  gas  before  it  reaches  the  burner,     lor 

details  the  specification  must  he  consulted.— A.  B.  D. 


In, j..  ,   in    the  Preparation    of  Ammonia  Com- 

pounds from  Coal  Gas.     ('.  K.  Clans,  South  Wimble- 
don.   Eng.  Pat  7582,  June  5, 1886.    8<L 

In  purifying  coal  gas  by  ammonia  as  described  by  the 
inventor  in  patents  7'isO  and  7">S4  (see  abstracts)  the 
ammonia  contained  in  the  ciude  gas  is  constantly  with- 
drawn for  sale,  whilst  a  quantity  or  stock  of  ammonia 
is  kept  in  circulation  for  the  purpose  of  purification. 
The  present  invention  has  for  its  object  the  convenient 
and  economical  removal  of  this  surplus  ammonia. 
This  is  effected  by  converting  the  same,  without  dis- 
tillation either  into  ammonium  carbonate  or  ammonium 
sulphate.  The  requisite  surplus  ammonia  equal  to 
that  contained  in  the  crude  gas  may  be  withdrawn 
either  from  one  of  the  heating  towers  or  from  the 
tower  next  it  in  the  form  of  nearly  pure  carbonate, 
whilst  for  the  purpose  of  recovering  the  ammonia  as  | 
sulphate,  the  first  wash-tower  or  the  equivalent  sulphuric 
acid  catch-tower  may  be  replaced  by  one  or  more  lead- 
lined  towers  tilled  with  pebbles  or  the  like,  down 
which  a  regulated  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  trickles, 
or  an  acid  saturator  may  be  interposed  between  the 
second  wash-tower  and  the  first  acid  catch-tower. 

—  D.  B. 

Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Coal  Gas.    C.  F. 

Claus,  South  Wimbledon.     Eng.  Pat.   75S4,  June  5, 

1S86.  lid. 
Tins  system  of  purification  resembles,  in  its  main 
features,  that  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  75S0  (see  abstract 
above).  The  ammonia  vapours  produced  in  the  dis- 
tailing  apparatus  by  the  action  of  naked  steam  upon  the 
scrubber  liquors  (from  which  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
and  carbonic  acid  have  been  eliminated  by  a  previous 
heating)  are  condensed  and  used  for  washing  the  gas  in 
the  scrubbers.  The  two  scrubbers  last  traversed  by  the 
gas  are  served  solely  by  the  spent  liquor  resulting  from 
the  distilling  plant.  Their  special  function  is  to  recover 
the  ammonia  contained  in  the  gas  after  it  leaves  the  other 
three  scrubbers.  In  these  latter  are  used  the  condensed 
ammonia  liquors  above  mentioned,  together  with  the 
liquor  coming  from  the  two  first-named  scrubbers. 

—A.  K.  D. 

Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Coal  das.  C.  F. 
Clans,  South  Wimbledon.  Eng.  Pat.  75S5,  June  5, 
1S86.     Sd. 

A  i  the  top  of  one  of  the  scrubbers  described  in  Patents 
7580  and  7584  (see  preceding  abstracts),  a  quantity  of 
finely-ground  sulphur  is  introduced,  more  than  can  be 
dissolved  by  the  ammonium  sulphide  present  in  the 
scrubber.  The  advantage  claimed  is  t he  elimination  of 
carbon  bisulphide  from  the  gas. — A.  R.  D. 

An  Imprt  ir  Lamp  for  use  with  Incandescent 

Manila.    S.   Siemang,  Vienna,  Austria.    Eng    Pat 

t097,  June  IS,  188G.     8d. 

This  is  a  lamp  for  converting  liquid  hydrocarbon  into 
gas  and  burning  it  as  such     The  hydrocarbon  is  con- 


Improvements  relating  to  t/,,  Purification  of  Can  and 
the  Impregnation  of  the  samt  with  Hydrocarbon  or 
other  I  apour,  and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  (;.  Symes, 
Limehouse      Eng.  Pat.  8484,  June  28,  1886.    8d. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  casing  divided  into  two 
chambers  by  a  vertical  partition.  In  the  one  is  placed  a 
series  of  oxidised  iron  plates,  supported  by  pivots  or 
trunnions  resting  in  bearings  formed  in  the  casing.  In 
the  other  chamber,  perforated  iron  plates  are  arranged 
one  above  the  other,  and  the  spaces  between  filied 
with  cotton  waste  or  other  absorbent  material.  Upon 
the  topmost  plate  is  situated  a  perforated  receptacle  for 
camphor  or  other  suitable  volatile  disinfectant.  At  the 
top  of  the  casing  is  a  dome  with  a  self-acting  valve  for 
regulating  the  passage  of  the  gas  through  the  apparatus. 
The  gas  passes  downwards  through  the  first-named 
chamber,  and  is  freed  from  sulphur  compounds  by  contact 
with  the  oxidised  iron  surfaces.  It  is  then  purified  from 
ammonia,  etc.,  bypassing  upwards  througli  the  cotton 
waste  in  the  second  chamber,  at  the  top  of  which  it 
mingles  with  the  vapours  given  off  by  the  camphor  in  the 
perforated  receptacle.—  A.  K.  D. 


An  Improvement  in  Apparatus  for  Enriching  Gas  by 
Admixture  of  Hydrocarbon  Vapour.  J.  Livesey, 
London;  and  W.  Whitehouse,  Birmingham.  Eng. 
Pat.  9473,  July  '21,  18S6.     8d. 

The  carburetter  is  a  vessel  partly  filled  with  naphthalene 
and  heated  by  radiation  from  the  burner  in  the  usual 
way.  The  aperture  by  which  the  naphthalene  is  charged 
is  closed  by  a  seating  carrying  a  plug.  The  gas  passage 
from  the  service  pipe  lies  through  this  seating,  and  the 
plug  is  so  perforated  that  when  in  one  position  the  gas 
passes  directly  to  the  burner  without  entering  the  car- 
buretter, while,  when  the  plug  is  in  another  position, 
the  gas  passes  through  the  carburetter.  Intermediate 
positions  allow  the  gas  to  go  both  ways  in  such  propor- 
tions as  may  be  desired.— A.  R.  D. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Carburetting  Air.  J.  H. 
Johnson,  London.  From  E.  D.  Debouteville  and 
L.  P.  t'.  Malandin,  Fontaine-leBourg,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  959S,  July  -24,  1S86.     8d. 

The  leading  feature  here  is  the  simultaneous  introduction 
of  a  jet  of  hydrocarbon  and  a  thin  stream  of  hot  water. 
The  two  play  upon  a  dividing  surface  which  distributes 
the  liquid  in  a  thin  film  over  a  helical  brush,  which  com- 
pletes the  mixing  ami  nssists  the  evaporation.  This 
introduction  of  hot  water  prevents  the  excessive  cooling 
otherwise  produced  by  the  evaporation  of  thehydrocarbon, 
and  causes  the  retention  of  much  solid  matter,  which  would 
otherwise  go  forward  with  the  gas  and  limit  its  field  of 
application.— A.  B.  I  >. 


An    Atmospheric    Gas    Burner.      0.    Imray,    London. 

From  C.   A.  von  Welsbach,  Vienna,  Austria.     Eng. 

Pat.  97">.">,  July  28,  1880.  8d. 
This  burner  consists  of  a  tube  having  its  lower  portion 
constructed  like  that  of  a  I'.unsen  burner,  whilst  its  upper 
end  spreads  out  into  a  chamber  of  hemispherical  form. 
This  chamber  is  provided  with  a  cover  that  docs  not 
quite  extend  to  the  periphery,  so  that  an  annular  slit  is 
left  for  the  passage  of  the  mixture  of  air  and  gas,  which 
forms,  when  burning,  an  annular  flame.  The  hemis- 
pherical shell  is  connected  with  the  cover  by  a  number 
of  tuoes.  These  are  open  at  both  ends  and  admit  a 
further  supply  of  air  to  the  interior  of  the  annular  flame. 
As  this  burner  affords  very  little  luminosity  but  an 
interi-e  heat,  the  flame  is  particularly  suitable  for  an 
incandescence  system  of  lighting.— A.  B.  lb 


July  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


503 


tins  mid  other  uatetjor  lAgnttng,  aeanng  una  manu- 
facturing Purpose*,  Km/  in  Apparatus  thereftn  >- 
Levy,  London.  From  <;.  11.  Kolm,  Denver,  U.S. A 
Eng".  Pat.  927,  Jan.  20,  1SS7.     Sd. 


Improvement*  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of  II  «/'<• 
Gas  and  other  Gate*  /•"■  Lighting,  Heating  and  Manu- 
fad 
Levy 

Eng. 
Tmk  apparatus  consists  mainly  of  three  cylinders.     An 

air  blast  is  forced  through  fuel  contained  in  the  middle 
one  of  these,  the  generator  ;  and  the  products  of  com- 
bustion are  used  to  heat  the  other  two,  which  are  packed 
with  brickwork.  When  these  are  sufficiently  heated, 
steam  is  forced  into  one  of  them,  and  passes  superheated 
through  the  still  incandescent  fuel  in  the  generator. 
The  gas  on  leaving  here  may  be  mixed  with  a  spray  of 
oil,  the  whole  being  fixed  and  rendered  homogeneous  in 
the  third  cylinder. — A.  B.  D. 


means.  The  vapours  evolved  burn  at  the  tops  of  the 
mixing  tubes  and,  besides  heating  the  vaporising 
chamber,  give  off  heat  available  for  other  purposes.  The 
high  tension  of  the  gases  in  the  vaporising  chambers 
makes  it  essential  that  the  bydrocaibon  be  admitted 
under  pressure. — A.  B.  L>. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Steam  and 
fur  Fuel  urn/  fur  Illuminating  Purposes.     A.  J.  Boult, 
"London.     From  H.   \Y.  Brooks,  Philadelphia,  1  .6  A 
Eng.  Pat.  2749,  Feb.  22,  18S7.     8d. 
A  mixture  of  steam  and  oil  is  injected  into  a  series  of 
retorts  built  in  sections  of  such  shape  as  to  form  a  ser- 
pentine passage.    These  retorts  are  provided  at  intervals 
with  disintegrators  consisting  of  cylinders  with  perforated 
sides,  having  the  end  opposite  to  the  steam  and  oil  inlet 
closed.     By  this  means  the  stream  of  gas  or  mixture  of  oil 
and  steam,  passing  along  the  retort  is  constantly  broken 
up  and  made  to  impinge  upon  the  sides  of  the  retort,  the 
result  being  a  fixed  gas  of  great  purity  and  uniform 
quality.— A.  B.  D. 


Improvements  m  tin  Purifying  of  Hydrocarbon  Oils. 
A.  .1.  Boult,  London.  From  1>.  ft.  Kennedy,  Petroha, 
Canada.  Fug.  Pat.  C01S,  April  25.  ls^7.  4.1. 
i  ink  POUHD  uf  sulphate  of  copper,  one  pound  of  caustic 
soda  and  one  pound  of  common  salt  are  dissolved  in  two 
gallons  of  water  and  added  to  forty  gallons  of  the  oil  to 
be  treated.  The  mixture  is  then  kept  at  the  boiling 
temperature  in  a  still  for  about  an  hour.  By  thi-  treat- 
ment the  oil  is  rendered  pure  and  free  from  sulphur,  so 
that  it  neither  encrusts  a  wick  nor  gives  an  offensive 
smell  when  burning. — A.  R.  D. 


ILL- DESTRUCTIVE   DISTILLATION.  TAB. 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Decolorisation    of  Carbolic    Acid      S.  Demant.     Zeits. 

bsterr.  Apoth.  Yer.  25,  150. 
CARBOLIC  acid  which  has  turned  red  may  be  decolorised 
by  mixing  it,  after  melting,  with  alcohol  in  the  propor- 
tion of  89  parts  to  11  of  alcohol.  The  mixture  is  then 
crystallised  and  the  red  liquid  drained  from  the  colour- 
less crystals. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvement*  in  Apparatus  for  Enriching  Gas.     H.   J. 

Siebel,  jun.,  Beading,  Penn.,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  2752, 
Feb.  22,  1SS7.     6d. 

The  gassupply-pipe passes  upwards  through  aboxofsheet 
metal  which  is  partly  filled  with  sticks  of  naphthalene. 
The  upper  portion  of  this  pipe  is  euclosed  within  another 
pipe  with  an  enlarged  head,  and  the  burners  are  placed 
so  near  that  this  is  heated  by  the  tlames.  The  gas  passes 
upwards  through  the  supply  pipe  into  the  enlarged  head  of 
the  outer  pipe,  where  it  is  heated  to  such  a  degree  that, 
passing  down  through  the  annular  space  between  the 
two  pipes  into  the  carburetting  chamber,  it  causes  the 
disengagement  of  naphthalene  vapours  and  passes  away, 
mingled  with  these,  by  any  suitable  outlet  to  the 
burners. — A.  B.  D. 


Influence  of  Mineral  Substances,  especially  of  Lime,  on 
the  Dry  'Distillation  of  Coal.  Knublauch.  Journ.  fiir 
Gas.  u.  Wasservers,  30,  55  and  96. 
G.\s  COAL  was  mixed  with  2|  percent.,  5  per  cent,  and 
10  per  cent,  of  ordinary  powdered  and  burnt  lime,  and 
in  one  case  with  5  per  cent,  of  silica.  The  table  below 
shows  the  difference  in  yield  of  the  various  products  per 
lOOOkilos.  of  coal  burnt  :-- 


lOOOkilos.  Coal  yielded: 


Coal    Gas 

London. 


ami 
Eng. 


Improvement*  in   the    Purification    of 

Apparatus  therefor,     C.   W.    Watts, 
Pat.  3267,  March  3,  1887     8d. 

IN  Eng.  Pat.  75S5of  1886  (seeabstract,p.502),C.  F.  Glaus 
proposes  to  eliminate  carbon  bisulphide  from  coal  gas  by 
scrubbing  with  ammoniacal  liquor  that  has  been  in  con- 
tact with  solid  sulphur.  The  present  invention  provides 
for  such  sulphurisationof  ammoniacal  liquor  by  allowing 
it  to  percolate  through  a  mass  of  sulphur  on  its  way  to 
the  scrubber.  The  sulphur  is  contained  in  a  tank,  and 
the  liquor  may  be  drawn  off  at  various  depths,  the  height 
at  which  it  stands  in  the  tank  determining  the  sulphur 
surface  exposed  and  hence,  the  degree  of  sulphurisation. 

—A.  B.  D. 


Gas cc.  more... 

Coke  kilos,  more     16*8 

Tar   less 

Ammonia „     more 

Sulphate more 

Sulphuretted  hydrogen,    .,    less.. 


Lime  added. 

Silica 
added. 

2  5  p.c. 

5  p.c 

10  p.c. 

5  p.c. 

117 

201 

353 

215 

16-8 

1S-2 

17-5 

27-1 

52 

79 

9D 

11-8 

0-483     0  608 

0-929     0-15 

2  02      2-53 

3-88 

0-67 

MS 

1-58 

1-81 

0-21 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Vaporising  ami  Burning 
Liquid  Hydrocarbon*.  W.  G.  Bussev,  New  York, 
U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  5026,  April  5,  1SS7'  Sd. 
The  vaporising  chamber,  preferably  of  not  less  than  26 
cubic  inches  capacity,  is  made  of  any  suitable  metal  and 
is  provided  with  an  inlet  pipe  fur  the  admission  of  liquid 
hydrocarbon.  Pipes  from  the  upper  part  of  this  chamber 
conduct  the  vapours  to  mixing  tubes  so  disposed  that  the 
flames  proceeding  from  the  tube  tops  impinge  upon  the 
chamber  walls.  These  mixing  tubes  are  simply  pipes  in 
which  the  hydrocarbon  vapours  mix  with  air  admitted  by 
an  aperture  in  the  side  or  bottom.  They  may  be  pro- 
vided with  gauze  caps  to  prevent  the  return  of  the  buna. 
When  starting  the  apparatus,  oil  is  admitted  to  the 
vaporising  chamber,  which  is  then  heated  by  any  suitable 


The  yields  of  the  various  products  do  not  appear  to  bear 
any  proportion  to  the  amount  of  admixed  substance.  The 
increase  in  the  yield  of  coke  being  greater  than  the 
decrease  in  that  of  tar,  it  is  clear  that  the  gas  will  con- 
tain less  carbon,  and  therefore  possess  less  illuminating 
power,  than  when  the  coal  is  distilled  alone.  With  2$ 
per  cent,  of  lime  added,  the  yield  of  gas  is  increased  5 
percent.,  but  its  illuminating  power  diminished  5  per 
cent.  Further,  although  the  yield  of  coke  is  increased, 
it  still  contains  the  lime  or  silica  mixed  with  it,  which 
considerably  lessens  its  value.  An  increase  in  the 
amount  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  crude  gas  and  a  slight 
decrease  in  the  quantity  of  cyanogen  compounds 
was  observed.  The  advisability  of  the  addition  of  lime 
or  silica  in  the  distillation  of  coal  can  only  be  deter- 
mined bv  the  relative  values  of  the  products  obtained. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Preparation  of  Light  Hydrocarbons  from  Hiavy.  Dark 

Residual  Oils.     F.  Bedl.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  347. 
RlEBECK's  method  (this  Journal,  1SS7.  282  for  preparing 
light  hydrocarbons  from  heavy  oils  consists  in  the  dia- 
tillatioh  of  the  latter  under  pressure.     The  same  result 


504 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETr  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (July  30,  wsr. 


is  obtained,  without  employing  pressure,  by  using  a 
dephlegmator.  Tliis  is  connected  with  the  exit  tube  of 
the  still  ami  is  provided  with  a  tube  at  it-  lowest  point 
which  leads  back  to  the  bottom  of  the  Mill.  By  re- 
peated rectification  mixtures  of  liquid  hj  drocarbons  can 
be  separated  bj  this  means  into  light  and  heavy  oils. 
The  draught  in  the  dephlegmator  must  be  adjusted  to 
the  surface  of  evaporation  of  the  still.  The  yield  of 
light  oils  is  good  ;  the  medium  oils,  for  instance,  which 
are  too  heavj  for  lighting  purposes,  being  thus  com- 
pletely decomposed  into  light  oils.  Paraffin  free  from 
oil  is  not  decomposed.  The  results  are  greatly  in- 
fluenced by  the  temperatures  and  the  duration  of  the 
distillation.— C.  A.  K. 


VetK  "I  far    Refining    Mineral    Oils,     Paraffin, 
and    allied    Hydrocarbons.       F.      Red! 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  41.5—416. 


Tiik  oils  obtained  by  the  fractionation  of  crude  Rnsaian 
petroleum  are  brought  into  an  agitator,  where  they  are 
well  mixed  by  mechanical  means  (an  air  blast  cannot 
be  employed)  and  treated  with  20 — 40  per  cent. 
of  petroleum  naphtha,  of  sp.  gr.  0670 — 0690.  The 
whole  is  agitated  until  thoroughly  mixed,  when  sul- 
phuric acid  is  added  and  the  agitation  continued.  The 
acid  separates  completely  and  quickly,  and  the  impurities 
are  readily  removed,  while  no  emulsion  is  formed  with 
the  oil,  whereby  the  loss  is  considerably  less  than  when 
the  old  method  of  purifying  by  means  of  acid  is  used. 
The  oil,  after  twenty  minutes'  standing,  is  then 
neutralised,  in  a  second  mixing  apparatus  connected 
with  a  cooling  worm,  with  caustic  soda  at  25=,  whence 
it  is  pumped  into  a  still  and  the  petroleum  naphtha 
distilled  off  by  direct  and  indirect  steam.  The  last  por-  j 
tionsof  light  oil  are  got  rid  of  by  distillim:  with  super- 
heated steam  at  1S0=  in  a  shallow  still.  The  petroleum  j 
naphtha  used  must  not  consist  of  a  mixture  of  oils  of  low  ! 
and  high  boilingpoints,  butmust  be  taken  from  a  constant 
fraction,  while  the  quantity  employed  depends  upon  the 
degree  of  the  purity  of  the  oils  treated.  The  gTeater  the 
proportion  of  the  naphtha  added  the  less  acid  is  required. 
Fuming  sulphuric  acid  gives  the  best  results,  of  which 
4  to  7  per  cent,  is  added,  at  a  temperature  of  IS — \H'  C. 
The  loss  of  naphtha  is  3i  per  cent.,  but  is  greater  when 
it  consists  of  several  fractions.  Oils  thus  purified  can 
be  further  decolourised  far  more  readily  than  when  the 
old  method  is  used,  lubricating  oils  and  vaseline  being 
bleached  with  less  loss  and  by  only  a  fraction  of  the 
quantity  of  the  deeolouriser  generally  necessary.  The 
products  obtained  by  this  process,  which  has  been  tried 
with  crude  oils  of  various  kinds,  as  well  as  with  resins, 
are  purer  and  lighter  coloured  than  can  be  obtained  by 
the  old  method.  The  purification  of  ozokerite  is  effected 
similarly.  It  is  previously  heated,  however,  to  120°,  to 
remove  water  and  light  oils,  an  1  after  cooling  to  75' 
is  treated  with  50  per  cent,  naphtha  of  sp.  gr.  0700— 
0720.  The  mixture  is  gently  agitated  and  then  the 
sulphuric  acid  added.  With  10  per  cent,  of  fuming  acid 
an  almost  white  product  results,  which  can  be  com- 
pletely decolourised  by  charcoal.  The  apparatus 
employed  is  similar  to  that  already  described.  The 
neutralisation  with  alkali  is  effected  at  70°.  The 
resulting  paraffin  forms  a  shining  white  mass  :  the  yield 
of  pure  substance  is  83  per  cent.,  against  60  per  cent  by 
the  old  process.— »'.  A.  K. 


The  Relation  of  Petreleum  (<,  the  Ili/i/iocarbons  from 
Lignii  '.       (Jr.   Kraemcr  and   YV.    Bottcher. 

Ber.  20,  595—609. 

The  German  petroleum,  like  the  petroleum  from  Penn- 
sylvania, Russia  and  Galicia,  consists  of  two  classes  of 
bodies,  one  < d  which  is  not  acted  upon  by  concents 
B,80<  or  HNOj  in  the  cold,  whereas  the  other,  with 
the  exception  of  a  small  quantity  which  is  polymerised 
or  completely  destroyed,  dissolves  with  the  formation  of 
sulphonie  acids  and  nitro-products.  Besides  the  hydro- 
carbons, small  quantities  of  organic  acid-  and  sulphur 


compounds  are  found,  but  no  bodies  containing  nitrogen. 
The  hy drocarbons  unacted  on  by  acids  have  a  compara- 
tively low  specific  gravity,  not  exceeding  0  S50  for 
fractions  boiling  up  to  300".'  These  form  the  chief  portion 
of  the  petroleum  and  until  recently  were  considered  to 
be  paraffins.  Later  experimenter-  have  shown  that,  in 
addition  to  these,  bexahydrides  of  benzene  hydrocarbons 
occur.  To  these  Markownikow  has  given  the  name 
naphthenes.  The  authors  have  found  that  German 
petroleum  alsocontainsnaphthenes.  Several  ofthese  have 
been  analysed,  but  with  some  difficulty,  as  the  bodies 
readily  split  off  acetylene,  which  is  not  oxidised  with 
red-hot  copper  oxide.  The  naphthenes,  unlike  the 
olefines,  do  not  absorb  bromine  nor  dissolve  in  concen- 
trated H  S(>4.  Of  the  existence  of  these  naphthenes 
the  authors  cite  several  proofs.  The  occurrence  of 
petrolic  acid,  which  is  isomeric  with  the  oleic  acids,  must 
he  regarded  as  the  carboxylic  acid  of  napbthene.  This 
body  lias  the  formula  CI(H9S0,.  A  whole  series  of 
homologies  of  these  acids  containing  smaller  or  larger 
quantities  of  hydrogen  o.cur.  On  heating  the  lime  salt 
with  soda  lime,  and  distilling  under  diminished  pressure, 
a  hydrocarbon  is  obtained,  boiling  at  1S0=  to  230J.  It  has 
the  formula  CltH„„,  and  absorbs  bromine  readily  ;  it  is, 
therefore,  no  napbthene,  but  an  define.  From  the  fact 
that  Perkin's  tetramethylenecarbozylic  acid  yields,  under 
similar  conditions,  ethylene,  it  appears  to  indicate  that 
the  latter  acid  is  a  lower  homologue  of  petrolic  acid. 

With  regard  to  the  second  class  of  hydrocarbons,  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  them  gives  a  means  of 
separating  them  quantitatively  from  the  other  hydro- 
carbons. In  the  oils  from  Tegern  See,  87  percent.  ; 
from  Pechelbronn,  7'64  per  cent.  ;  from  Oelheim,  937 
per  cent,  of  these  hydrocarbons  were  found.  The 
presence  of  naphthalene  was  also  identified.  In  the 
higher  boiling  fractions,  in  addition  to  naphthalene, 
hydrocarbons  with  the  formula  C,  0H1C,,  C,,H,2  and 
C,,H14  were  isolated  by  Markownikow.  Although 
apparently  related  to  naphthalene,  they  cannot  be 
oxidised  without  undergoing  complete  decomposition. 
On  reviewing  the  series  of  hydrocarbons  which  occur  in 
petroleum,  it  is  a  curious  fact  that  exactly  the  same  are 
constituents  of  coal  tar,  although  in  different  proportions  ; 
whereas,  in  the  fraction  of  petroleum  boiling  up  to  150° 
only  S  per  cent,  are  dissolved  by  concentrated  BsSO,, 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  same  fraction  dissolves  in  the 
case  of  coal  tar.  Although  the  indifferent  hydrocarbons 
found  in  coal-tar  curnene  are  stated  by  Jaeobsen  to  be 
paraffins,  this  class  of  compounds  in  coal  tar  requires 
further  investigation.  There  is  little  doubt  however, 
that  they  are  similar  to  those  occurring  in  certain 
petroleums.  Of  the  higher  boiling  hydrocarbons  occur- 
ring in  coal  tar— viz.,  naphthalene,  acenaphthene, 
rluorene.  anthracene,  phenanthrene,  etc.,  only  naphtha- 
lene has  been  found  in  petroleum.  A  hydrocarbon,  with 
the  formula  (',,11,,,  supposed  to  be  dihydronaphthalene 
and  its  homologues,  have  been  found  by  Berthelot  in 
coal  tar.  In  the  oil  obtained  by  the  distillation  of 
lignite,  the  same  series  of  bodies  has  been  found, 
although  in  different  proportions  to  those  occurring  in 
petroleum  and  coal  tar,  the  proportion  of  the  different 
constituents  standing  about  midway  between  the  two. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  tar  from  lignite  is  obtained 
at  a  much  lower  temperature  than  that  from  coal,  the 
high  percentage  of  naphthene  in  certain  petroleums  might 
probably  be  due  to  tlie  high  temperature  at  which  they 
are  formed.  Experiment  has  not  confirmed  this.  In  the 
first  place,  hydrocarbons  soluble  in  acids  can  be  obtained 
by  heating  the  insoluble  hydrocarbons  in  closed  tubes 
under  pressure,  so  that  the  presence  of  the  former  may 
be  ascribed  to  subsequent  rise  in  temperature.  But  it  is 
otherwise  with  naphthene.  By  passing  petroleum  from 
Tegern  See  through  a  red-hot  tube  a  distillate  is  obtained 
which,  after  absorbing  the  soluble  hydrocarbons  by  acids, 
possesses  the  same  composition  as  previously  to  heating, 
so  that  naphthene  was  not  formed  from  the  paraffin.  The 
authors  regard  the  Irydrooarbons  absorbed  by  acids  as 
derived  from  naphthalene,  much  in  the  same  way 
as  naphthalene,  anthracene,  etc.,  are  built  up  from  the 
benzene  nucleus,  the  latter  being  obtained  by  heat- 
ing the  paraffin  under  pressure. — J.  15.  C 


July  30, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


005 


Kose,  London.      Eng. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  f>r  tin  Dix/illtiiimi  nf  f'nul 
Shale  'tin!  other  Materials.    0.  F 
Pat.  9550,  July  23,  1S86.     Sd. 

In  this  apparatus  the  description,  which  does  not  admit 
of  useful  abridgment  without  the  drawings  which  accom- 
pany the  specification,  (1)  the  volatile  products  are 
removed  in  accordance  with  the  varying  temperatures 
that  the  substances  to  be  treated  are  subjected  to; 
(-2)  the  material  is  first  broken  up  into  convenient 
and  somewhat  uniform  sizes  before  it  passes  into  the 
retort,  and  that  during  the  time  it  is  being  propelled 
through  the  retort  it  is  continuously  broken  up  so  as  to 
prevent  as  much  as  possible  its  being  carried  forward 
in  a  caked  mass  ;  and  (3)  the  objection  found,  that 
the  receptacle  and  the  gaslight  door  as  generally  used 
are  inconvenient,  and,  where  the  machine  is  automatic 
in  its  action,  difficult  to  keep  gas  and  air  tight,  is 
removed. — I),  li. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Hydrocarbons  from  (ins''!. 
I'.  Friedliinder,  Gleivitz ;  and  G.  Quaglio,  Berlin, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  4888,  April  1,  18S7.     4d. 

These  consist  in  an  improved  mode  of  recovering  the 
benzene,  toluene  and  naphthalene  contained  in  the 
gases  from  the  destructive  distillation  of  fossil-coal, 
shale,  petroleum  and  tar  oils  and  residues.  The  gases 
are  conducted  through  thin  or  very  liquid  tar  in  a  scrub- 
ber, the  tar  being  used  for  washing  until  it  is  completely 
saturated  with  hydrocarbons.  The  absorbed  oils  are 
then  distilled  off,  the  residual  tar  being  used  for  painting 
or  roofing  purposes,  whilst  fresh  tar  is  used  for  washing 
the  gas. — D.  B. 


Purification  of  Crude  Anthracene.  A.  A.  Vale,  London. 
From  the  Chemische  Fabriks  Action  Gesellschaft, 
Hamburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  5785,  April  20,  1887. 
4d. 

This  invention  is  based  upon  the  fact,  hitherto  unknown, 
that  the  impurities  of  crude  anthracene,  including  car- 
bazol,  are  much  more  readily  soluble  in  pyridine,  quino- 
line  and  aniline  bases  than  anthracene.  The  power  of 
these  bases  to  "  enrich  "  anthracene  is  so  great  that  they 
may  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  solvents  ordinarily 
employed  for  the  purification  of  crude  anthracene.  Thus, 
in  using  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  naphtha  and  tar  bases 
in  the  proportion  of  1  part  of  anthracene  to  2  parts  of 
this  solvent,  anthracene  of  about  80  per  cent,  purity  is 
said  to  be  obtained.— D.  B. 


IY.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Thiophen  Green.     L.  E.  Levi.     Ber.  20,  513—517. 

Tetrameth  uldiamiilodiphenylthienylmethane  C4SH3.  CH : 
[C6H4N(CHay;. — This  body  is  obtained  in  a  similar 
manner  to  leucomalachite  green  by  heating  1  part 
thiophenaldehyde,  2  parts  dimethylaniline  with  a  little 
alcohol,  and  3—4  parts  ZnCb,  for  six  hours.  The  ZnC'l. 
is  added  gradually,  and  if  the  mass  becomes  thick,  water 
is  added.  When  the  smell  of  the  aldehyde  has  dis- 
appeared, the  mass  is  made  alkaline  with  caustic  soda. 
The  product  is  treated  with  steam,  extracted  with 
ether,  and  the  ethereal  solution  evaporated.  The  crys- 
talline residue  is  recrystallised  from  alcohol.  It  comhines 
with  HC1,  and  forms  a  double  salt  with  PtCl4.  The 
leuco-base  combines  with  picric  acid.  On  oxidation 
with  MnO.j  and  dilute  H2SOj,  the  leuco-base  changes  to 
green.  The  colouring  matter  is  extracted  with  hot 
water,  filtered  from  >In02,  precipitated  with  >.'H4C1 
and  NHa,  and  the  precipitate  extracted  with  ether.  This 
compound  is  the  basis  of  the  colouring  matter  thiophen 
green  and  is  a  "  carbinol  "  compound  of  the  formula 
C4SH3COH[Cf,H4N(CHs)4,. 

Like  malachite  green,  it  forms  a  double  salt  with 
ZnCl2.  The  author  has  also  prepared  and  analysed  the 
picrate,  sulphate  and  oxalate  — J.  B,  C, 


Mono-  and   Ditolylamine.      V.  Merz  and   P.    Muller. 
Ber.  20,  544—550. 

By  the  action  of  zinc  bromide,  ammonia  and  ammonium 
bromide  upon  /<-cresol,  the  authors  obtain  mono-  and 
di/j-tolylamine.  Ammoniacal  zinc  chloride  and  NHjCl 
serve  equally  well.  Paraeresol  was  heated  with  three 
times  the  weight  of  ammoniacal  zinc  bromide,  and  an 
equal  weight  of  ammonium  bromide,  for  three  hours  to 
300—310°.  The  product  was  repeatedly  extracted  with 
dilute  HC1,  the  residue  with  ether,  and  finally  with 
water  acidified  with  HC1.  The  ethereal  extract  con- 
sisted of /(-toluidine  and  di-p-tolylamine. 

The  following  determinations  were  made  with  20grms. 
of  /j-cresol,  in  I.  and  II.  \vith60grms.  of  ammoniacal  zinc 
bromide  and  20grms.  of  XH.Hr,  and  in  the  IV.  and  V. 
with  SOgrms.  of  ammoniacal  zinc  chloride,  and20grms.  ot 
NH,C1.  The  temperature  in  the  case  of  I.  and  II.  was 
300—310°,  and  in  other  cases  330-340°  ;  duration  of 
experiment  40  hours. 


jj-Toluidine   

Di-p-tolylaniine 

Carbonaceous  matter 
Unchanged  p-cresol. . 


I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

25 

25 

215 

45 

40 

37a 

41 

315 

2-5 

3 

55 

6 

27-5 

30 

22 

11 

415   percent. 
30 
8 
10-5 


By  similar  treatment  of  o-cresol,  the  following  results 
were  obtained.  ( Temperature  of  I.  300 — 3l0°  ;  II. 
315—320°  ;  III.  and  IV.  330—340°)  :— 


o-Toluidine   

Di-o-tolylamine  

Carbonaceous  matter 
Unchanged  o-cresol.. 


I. 

II. 

III. 

28 

50-3 

48 

25 

10 

7 

2-5 

3 

G'j 

61 

27 

32 

IV. 


55   per  cent. 

75 

5 
30 


With  »t-eresol  the  following  table  i> 
ture  of  I.  and  II.  300-320° ;  III.  330 


given.  (Tempera- 
-340°)  ;— 


I. 

II. 

III. 

m-Toluidine 

29 

27 

25 

per  cent. 

53 

51 

47-5 

» 

Carbonaceous  matter 

2-5 

4 

s; 

n 

Unchanged  m-cresol   

10'5 

10 

16 

•- 

A  quicker  method  for  extracting  the  bases  from  the 
sealed  tubes  is  to  bring  the  product  directly  into  a 
distilling  flask  and  heat  to  180—200°  in  ammoniacal 
steam.  Primary  and  secondary  bases,  as  well  as  the  un- 
changed cresol,  distil  over. — J.  B.  C. 


A    New   Method  for   the    Preparation    of  the   Azines. 

O.  N.  Witt.  Ber.  20,  571—577. 
The  author  finds  that  certain  azo  derivatives  of  naph- 
thylamine,  obtained  by  the  action  of  diazobenzene  and 
diazotoluene-sulphonic  acids  on  phenyl-,  tolyl-  and 
xylyl -d-naphthylamine,  when  heated  with  mineral  acids, 
split  up  into  the  phenazine  derivatives  of  naphthalene  and 
the  amidosulphonic  acid,  phenyl-/3-naphthylamineazo- 
henzene  sulphonic  acid  yields  sulphauilic  acid  and 
naphthophenazine  — S03H;C0H4.N:N.C10H0.NII.CcH5 
(S02H:N  and  N:NH  =  1:4  and  1:2) 

N 

=  C0H4.NH2.SOaH  +  C10H0<"[>C0H1. 

The  reaction  is    a  quantitative  one.      50grms.  of  the 
azo-colour  are   dissolved    in  500cc.    of    boiling  water, 

C 


500 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  ROOTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INM'STUY.      [July so. UW. 


■•>-ii"  1  125cc  of  concentrated  1 1. .so,  arc  added  drop 
by  drop  and  well  shaken.  The  free  acid  al  first 
rates  aa  a  tarn  mass,  but  re  dissolves  gradually, 
and  the  sulphate  ol  the  azo  base  crystallises  from  the 
orange  coloured  liquid  in  cinnabar-red  needles.  On  boil 
in;:  the  product  with  water,  the  free  azine  is  obtained  in 
the  form  of  white  crystals  (m.p.  142'5°).  Naphthophen- 
a/inc  forms  well  crystallised  salts  with  mineral  acids, 
which  are  dimoi  phous. 

The  author  thinks  that  the  dimorphism  is  due  to  the 
existence  of  two  different  salts,  and  that  both  nitrogen 
ims  arc  pentavalent,  and  combine  with  acids.  Concen- 
trated UN  (  i,  terms  a  nit  ro  derivative.  In  order  to  determine 
the  constitution  of  naphthophenazine,  the  same  com- 
pound was  prepared  from0-naphthoquinoneand  o  phenyl- 
enediamine,  and  by  the  oxidation  of  a  mixture  of 
o  phenylenediamine  and  S-naphthoL  Tliis  new  method 
in!  preparing  azine  compounds  indicates  in  the  first  place 
that  with  suitable  re-agents  there  is  a  Btrong  tendency 
to  form  tiie  azine  group,  so  that  it  is  produced  even  when 
the  para  position  i-  free.— J.  1!.  C. 


On  the  Isomeric  Tolunaphthazines  and  the  Black  l)>jc 
far  Wool.    O.  N,  Witt.     Ber.  20,  577-5S1. 

According    to  theory,  two  a-/?-tolunaphthazines  are 
possible  with  the  formula-  I.  and  II.: — 


I.-C1()H6<|  >CGH  it'll  ),[NsK3Ha 
^Ns 


=  1:2:4]; 


:2:5], 


P.  Quincke.     Ber.  20,609—611. 


II.-C,,lHc<">CoH3(CHr.)[X2:CH3  =  l 
N 

The  nitrogen  atoms  are  situated  in  the  3  :  4  position  as 
regards  the  naphthalene  nucleus. 

In  order  to  determine  the  constitution  of  Hinsberg's 
tolunaphthazine  obtained  from  toluylenediamine  and 
^-naphthoquinone,  the  author  prepared  ?n  azine  com- 
pound froni  paratolyl-^-naphtliylamine  according  to  the 
method  given  in  the  previous  abstract,  and  obtained  a 
naphthazine  differing  in  its  properties  from  that  of 
Hinsberg.  By  the  action  of  mineral  acids  upon  the  black 
dye  for  wool,  which  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  diazo- 
azobenzenedisulphonic  acid  on  paratolyl-/3-naphthyl- 
amine,  a  tolunaphthazine  is  obtained,  which  is  distinct 
from  the  other  two.  The  author  shows  further  that 
Hinsberg's  compound  is  a  molecular  mixture  of  the  two 
other  isomeric  tolunaphthazines.  According  to  this,  the 
compound  prepared  from  paratoly  1-fi-naphthylamine  has 
formula  I.  that  from  the  black  dye  formula  II.— J.  B.  I 


Aetnaphthene. 

The  author,  by  nitrating  aeenaphthene  with  con- 
centrated HN03  in  glacial  acetic  acid.obtained  a  mono- 
nitro  derivative,  which  on  reduction  yields  an  aniido- 
compound.—  J.  B.  C. 

p-a-Azonaphthalcne.    R  Nietzki  and  J.  Gottig.    Ber  20 

612—613. 
/9-o-AMIDOAZOXAPHTUALENK  is  first  obtained  as  follows: 
A  solution  of  j9-diazonaphthalene  is  prepared  from  lmol. 
/3-naphthylamine,  ."mols.  HCL  and  lmol.  NaNOs.  As 
soon  as  thenaphthylamine  is  dissolved,  lmol.a-naphthvl- 
amine  hydrochloride  dissolved  in  water  is  added.  After 
12  hours,  p-a-amidoazonaphthalene  separates  out  as  tin- 
violet -brown  hydrochloride.  The  corresponding  azo- 
naphthalene  is  obtained  by  dissolving  1  part  of  the 
amidoazo-componnd  in  50  parts  of  alcohol,  to  which  3 
parts  of  concentrated  H.so,  are  added.  Then  asullicient 
quantity  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  NaNO,  is  added, 
until  the  violet  colour  of  the  liquid  changes  to  a  yellow- 
brown.  The  mas-  i- boiled  for  a  time,  and  in  case  the 
violet  colour  reappears,  more  nitrite  is  added.  The  crude 
azonaphthalene  is  precipitated  with  water,  and  crystal- 
lised from  glacial  aoetfe  acid.  It  is  a  dark-brown  erys 
talline  bo.lv,  with  a  steel  blue  lustre.  It  melts  at  136  . 
much  lower  than  the  a-compounds   (190").      It   has  the' 


Derivatives    of    Diphenylethane.       K.    Heumann    and 

.1.  Wiernik.      Ber.  20-  909—915. 

The  authors  point  out  that  ii ler  to  produces  colour- 
ing matter,  it  is  necessary  .  in  the  ens,,  of  methane,  that 
at  least  two  amido-phenyl  groups  Bhonld  be  attached  to 

the thane  carbon  atom.      1  liamidodibenz]  1,  prepared 

according  to  Fittig  and  Stelling's  method,  gives  no 
colouring  matter  on  ovulation,  and  i>  therefore  not  a 
leoco-base.  Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylethane,  con- 
trary to  Schoop's  statement,  gives  no  pure  colouring 
matter  on  oxidation.  It  follows  then  that  the  introduc- 
tion of  two  symmetrical  methylamidophenyl  groups  into 
the  ethane  molecule  gives,  on  oxidation,  no  colouring 
matter;  whereas,  in  the  case  of  methane,  with  two 
groups  attached  to  the  Bame  carbon  atom,  colouring 
matters  arc  produced.  The  same  result  is  obtained  if 
the  ainido  group  is  replaced  by  hydroxy] — i.e.,  if  two 
phenol  groups  an-  introduced  symmetrically  into  the 
ethane  molecule.  Wialicenus  has  shown  that  ethane 
containing  three  phenol  groups,  or  triphenolethane 
<\  II.  "lji.cn  ..CH  MC.H.OH).,,  on  oxidation  give- a 
colour  which  dves  wool. -J.  B.  C. 


formula :— CwHTN:N.Ci0lI7 


—J.  B.  C. 


Monomethylorange  and  Monoethylorange —  their  Con- 
version into  Dimethyl-  and  Dieihylthtonin.  A.  Bern- 
tlisen  and  A.  Goske.    Ben  20,  924—934. 

Monomethylorange  is  prepared  a~  follows  :— 22Qgrms.  of 
sodium  Bulphanilate,  74grms.  of  NaNO,,  and  lOOgrnis. 
of  concentrated  H^SO^,  in  about  1J  litres  of  water, 
are  mixed  together.  The  resulting  diazobenzene 
sulphonic  acid  is  filtered  and  added  to  SOgnns.  of  pure 
monometbylaniline,  SOgrms.  of  concentrated  HC1  and 
300cc.  of  water,  and  "heated  to  30°.  The  mass  be- 
comes thick  horn  separation  of  needles  of  the 
azo-acid.  It  is  filtered  and  converted,  by  the 
addition  of  caustic  soda,  into  the  sodium  salt,  "which 
crystallises  in  orange-red  tablets.  It  may  be  dis- 
tinguished from  helianthin  by  its  somewhat  redder 
shade,  The  free  azo-compound  has  the  formula 
C0H4(SO,H).X.,.C,H4XH(CH  i.  and  consists  of  violet, 
needle-shaped  crystals.  The  isomeric  diazo-compound, 
i  ll.(SO.H)X  :  N.N(CH,)C,H5.  is  often  formed  at  the 
same  time.  It  may  be  separated  by  treating  the  pro- 
duct with  (XH4)„S,  which  decomposes  the  azo  com- 
pound, but  leaves  the  diazo-compound  unaltered.  With 
dilute  acids  it  is  converted  into  monomethylorange, 
while  with  strong  Hl'l  it  is  split  up  into  metbylaniline 
and  p-phenolsulphonic  acid. 

Monoethylorange  is  obtained,  though  less  rapidly, 
under  the  same  conditions  as  described  for  methyl- 
orange.  It  is  better  to  Use  the  diazobenzene  sulphonic 
acid  in  solution,  and  to  neutralise  the  free  acid  formed 
by  gradually  adding  NaOH  so  that  the  sodium  salt 
separates  out.  This  compound  has  the  formula  CCH. 
(SO-Xa).N  :  N.C,H4NH(G,H,); 

Monomethyl-f-phenylenediamine.  —  Methvlorange  is 
split  up  with  warm  (XH4)„S  into  sulphanilic  acid  and 
methylphenylenediamiiie.  The  latter  is  extracted  with 
ether,  the  base  dissolved  out  with  the  calculated  quan- 
tity of  H,SO|  (1  :  4),  which  separates  out,  on  digesting 
with  alcohol,  as  a  voluminous  crystalline  mass.  Solu- 
tions of  its  salts  are  coloured  deep  red  with  Fe.,Cle  or  Br. 
Acidified  with  HC1  the  solution  is  decolourised,  but 
changes  to  blue  on  the  addition  of  II aS. 

Monoethyl-p-vhenylejiediamme. — Ethylorange  is  de- 
composed with  (NHj.S  similarly  to  the  metbylcompound, 
ethylplienylenedianiine  being  formed. 

MICH, 

Dimethylthionin  N  <!v  tj  3>S 

I ^NCH, 

—The  production  of  this  compound  corresponds  exactly 

to  the   formation   of   thvlene   blue  by    acting  on  the 

diamine  with  US  and  l-',-..('l, ,  and  precipitating  tin- 
colouring  matter  with  common  salt  ami  ZnCl,.  The 
hydrochloride  dissolves  readily  in  water  with  a  blue 
colour  and  reddish-brown  fluorescence.  The  neutral 
solution  is  precipitated  by  mineral  acids.     Like  thionin, 


July  30,  i8b7.l     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


507 


it  exchanges  one  imido  group  for  oxygen,  ami  forms 
methyltbionoline,  and  by  farther  replacing  the  amido 
group  by  hydroxy]  gives  thionol. 

MICH., 
Diethylthionin  N  <q*j|*>S 

'    M- .11 


—This  body  is  formed  in  the  same  manner  as  t lie 
methyl  compound,  which  it  closely  resembles  in  appear- 
ance and  properties. — J.  B.  C. 

Action  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  Ultramarine  Blue.     Dr.  I.. 

Bin-liner.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  314. 
If  carbonic  acid  is  allowed  io  act  on  ultramarine  blue 
suspended  in  water,  a  liberation  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
takes  place.  If  the  reaction  continue  till  the  evolu- 
tion of  H2S  ceases,  the  water,  frequently  changed 
and  decanted,  is  found  to  contain  an  appreciable  amount 
of  sodium  carbonate.  The  explanation  of  this  reaction 
is  that  the  carbonic  acid  decomposes  the  Na.S  of  the 
ultramarine  blue.  The  presence  of  Na.S,  however, 
cannot  be  shown  by  the  nitto-pruseide  test.  If  veil- 
washed  ultramarine  be  used,  the  same  reaction  takes 
place.  The  disengagement  of  HaS  also  takes  place  if 
carbonic  acid  be  led  over  dry  lump  ultramarine,  and  in 
larger  quantity  if  the  pieces  are  somewhat  moistened. 
If  ultramarine]  treated  as  above,  be  dried  and  compared 
with  the  normal  ultramarine,  it  is  found  that  the  blue 
has  become  quite  dull  and  reddish,  owing  to  the  loss 
of  Na2S. 

Prepared  ultramarine  blue  shows  similar  reactions,  but 
these  are  not  so  strongly  marked. — J.  F.  C.  S. 


Nero  Great  Colouring  Matter.    W.    Krause.    Internat. 
Monatsschr.  f.  Anat.  u.  Physiol,  4,  2. 

TllK  zinc  double  >alt  of  thiophen  green  (see  page  505), 
tetramethyldiamidodiphenyltnienylcarbinol,  is  well 
adapted  for  staining  sections,  etc.,  especially  as  a 
complementary  colour  to  carmine.  It  dissolves  readily 
in  water,  alcohol  and  chloroform,  but  is  insoluble  in 
benzene. — C.  A.  K.     

Indian   Yellow  and  Glycuronic  Acid.     E.  Kiilz.     Zeit. 
fur  Biol.  33,  475— 4S5. 

Euxanthic  acid  is,  according  to  Spiegel,  decomposed 
by  hydrochloric  acid  into  glycuronic  acid  andeuxautnone. 
The  author,  in  order  to  prove  the  animal  origin  of 
euxanthic  acid,  gave  euxanthone  to  rabbits  and  dogs, 
and  was  able  to  detect  euxanthic  acid  in  the  urine.  Like 
that  obtained  from  purree  (a  combination  of  euxanthic 
iicid  and  magnesia),  it  rotated  polarised  light  to  the  left. 
While  the  experiments  show  that  Indian  yellow  may  be 
of  animal  origin,  they  in  no  way  disprove  that  it  may 
also  be  produced  by  the  action  of  plants.  The  author  s 
experiments  did  not  corroborate  Schmid's  statement  that 
mangostin  (obtained  from  Gardnia  mangostana)  is 
similarly  converted  into  euxanthic  acid  by  animals. 
— C.  A.  K. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Colouring  Matters.  H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From 
Wirth  &  Co.,  for  A.  Leonhardt  &  Co.,  Miihlheim, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  43S7,  March  29,  1886.     6d. 

Paranitrotoluese  is  sulphonated  by  being  heated 
with  one  part  of  sulphuric  acid  (66'  B.)  and  two  parts  of 
fuming  acid  containing  35  per  cent,  of  anhydride.  The 
heating  is  continued  for  12 — 24  hours  at  120'  C. ,  and  the 
nitro-sulphonic  acid  treated  with  caustic  soda  and  zinc 
dust,  or,  preferably,  first  with  soda  and  then  afterwards 
reduced  in  alkaline  solution  with  zinc  dust.  The  result- 
ing compound  is  said  not  to  be  tolidinedisulphonic  acid, 
but  a  "new  umidosulpho-acid,"  which  yields  tetrazo- 
salts,  from  which  secondary  azo-colours  can  be  prepared. 
A  list  of  the  amines,  phenols,  sulphonic  and  carboxylic 
acids  is  given  in  the  specification,  the  three  following 
examples  being  illustrative  of  the  manufacture  of  the 
azo-colours  :—(!.)  The  sodium  salt  of  the  new  aniido- 


suluhonic  acid  is  dia/otised  by  sodinm  nitrite  and 
hydrochloric  acid  in  the  nana!  way,  ami  then  combined 
with  two  molecules  of  /9-naphthylaminemonosulphonJc 
acid  ( Iiri'wiier's).  The  colour  thus  produced  is  a  red  d\  e- 
stutr.  (2. I  A  yellow  colour  is  formed  by  the  action  of  the 
tetrazo-salt  upon  salicylic  acid  in  alkaline  solution. 
(3.)  A  violet  colour  is 'produced  by  the  action  of  the 
tetrazo-salt  upon  o  naphthol  in  alkaline  solution.— K.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  IndoU  Derivatioet 

from  the  Compounds  of  the  Aromatic  Hydrazines  with 

the  Ketones  and   Aldehydes.      C.   I).    Abel,    London. 

From    the     "  Farbwerke    vorm.     Meister    Latins    & 

Briining,"  Hoechst  a  Main,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat.  7137, 

May  27,  1S86.     6d. 

The  process  described  in  the  present  specification  depends 

upon  the  formation  of  condensation  products   between 

primary  or  secondary  hydra  tin  esand  ketones  or  aldehydes, 

and  the  treatment  o'f  these  products  with  anhydrous  acids 

or  with  metallic  chlorides,  by  which  means  ammonia  is 

withdrawn  and  the  indole  derivative  synthetised.     The 

following  typical  equations  illustrate  the  method  :— 

C,H6.N,H,+CH»CO:CH,=C,H,.N,H:C(CH,),+H,0. 

C.H..N(CH,).NH,  +  CH,.C0A^H3=C.H,.N(CH,).N: 

C(CH:,),  +  H..O. 
C.Hs.N$H,+OCH.C,H,=C.H,.NilH:CH.CsH,+H,0. 

Ammonia  can  be  withdrawn  from  the  condensation 
products  by  heating  with  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acids, 
but  the  best  results  are  obtained  by  the  use  of  solid  zinc 
chloride — 

C.H..N,H:C(CH  ):r,NH3  +  CeH,<^>  C.CHS 

(Methylketole.) 

In  the  preceding  case  the  condensation  product  is 
heated  to  170— 1S0°  C.  with  4—5  times  its  weight  of 
solid  zinc  chloride,  the  reaction  being  complete  in  a  few 
minutes  and  the  yield  of  methylketole  over  60  per  cent. 
of  the  theoretical  quantity.  By  a  similar  process 
acetonemethylphenylhydrazine  yields  dimethylindole— 

C,H4<N(C^p   C.CH, 

With  propylidenephenylhydrazine  the  reaction  some- 
times sets  in  spontaneously  with  an  equal  weight  of  zinc 
chloride,  the  product  being  skatole.  Aromatic  deriva- 
tives are  similarly  obtained  from  the  condensation  pro- 
ducts of  hydrazines  with  aromatic  ketones  and  aldehydes. 
Thus  the  following  compounds  are  given  as  examples  :— 


(1.)  C 


H<NH>aC«H* 


(Phenylindole  from  acetophenonephenylhydraziue.) 

(2.)  C,H4<^c^C.CiH, 

(Methylphenylindoie   from   acetophenonemethylphenyl- 
hydratine.) 

(Diphenylindole  from  "de-oxybenzoinphenylhydrazine.") 
(4.)  C10H,<™i>C.CH3 

(Methyl/3  naphthyiindole  from  acetone^-naphthylhy- 
drazine. ) 
Examples  are  also  given  in  which  the  carboxylic  acids 
of  aldehydes  and  ketones  are  first  employed  |p  form  con- 
densation products  with  the  hydrazines.  The  indole 
derivatives,  obtained  according  to  the  processes  described 
in  the  specification,  are  intended  to  be  employed  for  the 
preparation  of  colouring  matters  and  as  antiseptics. 

— R.  M. 
C2 


sos 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     Uuiy  so.  issr. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Green  Colouring 
Matters  or  Dycstuffs.  C.  I  >.  Abel,  London.  From  the 
"  Farhwerke  vonn.  Meister  Lucius  &  Briining," 
Hoechst  a/Main,  Germany.  Eng.  Fat.  S992,  July  9, 
1SS6.     4.1. 

These  colouring  matters  are  prepared  by  the  action  of 
nitrous  aeiil  upon  an  acid  solution  of  methylene  or 
ethylene  bine  or  other  alkyl-thionines.    The  solution  of 

the  colouring  matter  in  water  is  acidified  by  sulphuric 
acid  and  sodium  nitrite  (eight  parts  to  ten  of  methylene 
blue)  added  by  degrees.  The  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand 
for  several  days  and  the  green  colouring  matter  salted 
out.  The  mother-liijimr  contains  a  compound  which  is 
precipitated  by  zinc  chloride  and  reduced  again  to 
methylene  hlue. — B.  M. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Tissue  and  other  ropers,  and  in 

Apparatus  there/i  J.  Fletcher,  Stonecloogh.  Eng. 
Pat  13,598,  Oct  25,  1886.  Cd.  (Amended  Specifica- 
tion.) 

The  amendment  consists  in  the  deletion  of  the  third 
claim — viz.,  "  the  endless  felt  or  cloth  for  supporting  the 
dyed  paper  in  it.-  wet  slate  and  carrying  it  through  the 
machine."    (See  this  Journal,  1S87, 139.)— II.  A.  B. 


Improvements  relating  to  Substances  chiefly  designed  for 
use  in  the  Preparation  of  Colouring  Matters,  and  to 
the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  therefrom.  A. 
Kern,  Basle,  Switzerland.  Eng.  Fat.  12,022.  Bent  21. 
18S6.     6d. 

The  reagent  employed  by  the  author  is  carhon  sulph  >- 
dichloride  CSt'l,.  The  compounds  obtained  are  deriva- 
tives of  thiobenzoic  acid  and  thiobenzophenone,  and  are 
classified  as  follows  :— (1.)  Alkylised  amido  derivatives  of 
the  chloride  of  thiobenzoic  acid  and  derivatives  of  this 
acid  by  the  action  of  the  reagent  upon  tertiary  aromatic 
amines.  (2.)  Alkylised  amido  derivatives  of  thiobenzo- 
phenone by  the  action  of  alkylised  amido  derivatives  of 
the  chloride  of  thiobenzoic  acid  or  by  the  direct  action  of 
the  reagent  upon  tertiary  aromatic  amines.  (3.)  The 
formation  of  colouring  matters  by  the  condensation  of 
the  new  compounds  produced  in  the  two  preceding  groups 
with  amido-componndfl  or  phenols.  (4.)  The  formation  of 
colouring  matters  by  the  action  of  the  reagent  upon 
tertiary  aromatic  amines.  Seven  examples  illustrative 
of  the  manufacturing  processes  are  given: — (1.)  Dimethyl- 
aniline  diluted  with  CS-  and  cooled  to  0°  (.'.  is  gradu- 
ally mixed  with  the  necessary  quantity  of  the  reagent, 
also  diluted  with  CS..  The  product  is  dimethvlamido- 
thiobenzoic  acid,  C(,H,.CS(  ill. Xl'Il  ),,  (2.)  By  using 
the  above  materials  in  the  correct  proportions,  and 
finishing  the  reaction  at  35°  C,  tetramethyldiamido- 
thiobenzophenone  is  produced.  (3.)  A  yellow  colouring 
matter  is  prepared  by  passing  ammonia  gas  into  a  solu- 
tion of  tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone  in  naphtha- 
lene at  150°  C.  (4.)  An  orange  colouring  matter  is 
formed  by  heating  the  thiophenone  with  aniline  as  long 
as  SFF  is  evolved.  (5.)  To  prepare  a  blue  colouring 
matter  the  thiophenone  is  heated  with  phenyl- 
a-naphthylamine,  toluene  and  carbon  sulphodichloride. 
(6.)  A  violet  colouring  matter  is  obtained  by  mixing  the 
thiophenone  with  dimetbylaniline and  the  reagent.  ""  The 
reaction  is  completed  at  100°  C.  (7.)  The  violet  dye  can 
be  prepared  directly  by  the  action  of  carbon  sulphodi- 
chloride upon  dimetbylaniline  in  the  presence  of  dry- 
zinc  chloride  at  25—30°  C,  and  finishing  at  100"  C.  as  in 
the  last  example.— It.  ML 


YI.— DYEING.  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPEIL 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 

A  Process  of  Treating  Woven  and  other  Fabrics,  Yarns, 

Popes  and  Cordage  for  the  Purpose  of  rendering  the 

Non-Putrefactwe  and  Antiseptic.     A.  ML  Clark, 

London.     From   L.     P.    Andouard,      France.      Eng. 

Fat.  7927,  June  12,  18S6.     6d. 

The  method  consists  in  exposing  the  materials  to  wood 

sin.  ike. — E.  J.  B.  

Improvements  in  Dyeing  Blue,  'Specially  adapted  for 
Wool.  *C\  Lohmann,  Cologne,  Prussia.  Eng.  Pat. 
8065,  June  17,  1880.  4.1. 
Tm>  invention  consists  in  dyeing  wool  or  other  animal 
fibrous  materials  in  a  bath  containing  azo-diphenyl  blue, 
extract  of  logwood,  sulphate  of  copper,  sulphate  of 
iron,  an  alkaline  bisnlphate  and  oxalic  acid. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  relating  to   the  Drying,  Bleaching   and 

Disinfecting  of  Wool,   Cotton,  Paper  Pulp  or  other 

Textile    or    Fibrous    Mat,  rials    and    to    Apparatus 

for.      .'    II.  Lorimer,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng. 

Pat  16,765,  Dec.  21,  1SS6.     8d. 

The  operation  is  conducted  in  a  chamber  of  special  con- 
struction, and  the  bleaching  or  disinfecting  compound 
(bleaching  liquor,  sulphurous  acid,  etc.)  is  applied  in  the 
form  of  a  line  spray.  The  drying  is  effected  in  the  same 
chamber.  —  B.  J.  B. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Wool,  t 
Paper  Pulp  or  other  Textili   or  Fibrous  Mat,  rials  for 
effecting  the  Bleachin  ing,    Disinfecting  and 

\g  or  ot 'her  Operations,  and  to  Apparatus  thi 
J.     H.    Lorimer,    Philadelphia,    l.S.A.     Kng.     Pat 
16,780,  Dec.  21,  1S86.     Sd. 
This  patent  relates  to  certain  slight  improvements  in  the 
apparatus  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  16,765.  — E.  J.  B. 

An  Improved  Compound  for    producing  Designs  upon 
Textile   Fairies  a  oil  for    similar   Purposes.     11.  II. 
Lake,  London.     From  L.  Whitetield,  Beading.  Mass  . 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Fat.  2123,  Feb.  10,  lStS7.     4d. 
The  improved  compound  consists  of  a  mixture  of  ben- 
zene, naphtha  or  turpentine  and  a  suitable  pigment  of 
any    desired    colour,    such,    for   example,    as     chrome 
yellow  or  Chinese  blue,  with  a  little  bronze  powder  and 
kerosene  oil.     It    is  used  for  transferring  patterns  to 
fabrics,  the  former  being  perforated   and  acting    as  a 
stencil. — £.  J.  B. 


ments  in  Apparatus  for  Dyeing  Loose  or  Spun 
Cotton  and  other  Fibres.  E.  Booth.  Manchester. 
From  W.  A.  Poorness,  Brussels.  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat 
4365,  March  23,  1SS7.     6d. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  strong  copper  or  iron  vessel, 
which  can  be  hermetically  sealed.  It  is  in  connection 
with  an  arrangement  tor  producing  a  vacuum.  The  in- 
ventor claims  the  use  of  the  vessel  for  the  purpose  of 
dyeing  materials  with  any  other  colour  but  black,  a 
similar  apparatus  having  been  previously  patented  for 
dyeing  that  colour.--E.  J.  B. 


An  Improved  Mode  of  and  Apparatus  for  Mordanting, 

Dyeing  and  Bleaching  Pan-  Cotton.  G.  Jagenbnrg, 
Rydbonolm,  Sweden.  Eng.  Pat  4764,  March  30,  1887. 
Sd. 

The  inventor  conducts  the  operations,  usually  bleaching, 
dyeing  and  mordanting  operation-,  either  in  the  cold  or 
at  low  temperatures  in  vacuo.  Drawings  of  the  neces- 
sary apparatus  are  given  in  the  specification. — E.  J.  B. 


TIL— ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

On   the   Tat,  emulation    of    some  High-melting   and  De- 
composition  Temperatures.     II.   Le  Chatelier.     Bull, 
t  •him.  47,  300. 

In  his  investigations  the  author  made  use  of  the  electric 
pyrometer  described   by  him,  which  permits  of  the  quick 
and  exact  determination  of  high  temperatures.     The  fol- 
lowing melting  p"hus    wen-  ascertained : — KC1    74o 
Nad  776°,  CaCl    755°,  BaCl    847°,  SnCl    840°.  Na  CO 
810°,  Bat  o    795°,  K  CO    885°,  Na  S04  B67°,  Ba(N0 
592°,     K,SO,    1015°,    K.Cid,    975;,    Xa.I'o.    >xr,  \ 
K(  H  i    37  0,  i  n  S  1 100°,  very  pure  white  pig-iron  1135*, 


July  so,  is?:.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


509 


grey  cast-iron  1240°,  nickel  1420'.  The  temperatures  of 
decomposition  of  the  following  >alts  wen-  ascertained  :  — 
MgCOj  680  ,  CaCO  890°,  FeSO,  too  .  Mnsu,  990°, 
MgS<  i,  lliiu".  The  oxides  of  Al,  •  r,  and  Fe,  as  is  com- 
monly known,  by  gradual  heating  are  subjected  to  a 
change  which  is  accompanied  by  a  considerable  produc- 
tion of  heat,  and  in  consequence  of  whieli  tliey  become 
insoluble  in  acids.  These  precise  temperatures  are  : 
Al  0  850°,  Cr,0„  900",  Fe  0  950°.  The  method  of 
observation  followed  consisted  in  placing  the  salt  to  be 
gtndied  in  a  little  platinum  cone  5mm.  in  diameter, and 
covering  it  with  an  envelope  of  magnesia  and  refractory 
earth.  The  whole  was  heated  in  aForquignon'sfurnai  e, 
which  was  fed  by  a  blast  pipe.  This  arrangement  was 
for  the  purpose  of  assuring  as  complete  a  uniformity  of 
temperature  as  possible  throughout  the  mass  of  the  salt 
experimented  on.  The  progress  of  heating  of  the  thermo- 
couple place. I  in  the  middle  of  the  salt  was  registered  by 
the  photographic  method  by  means  of  induction  sparks, 
which  passed  from  second  to  second.  At  the  moment  of 
fusion  there  was  a  momentary  arrest  in  the  heating, 
which  manifested  itself  in  the  approach  and  super- 
position of  the  images  of  the  slit  in  front  of  which  the 
spark  played. — W.  It. 


An  Improved  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  or  Produc 
liun  of  Carbonic  Acid  and  other  Gases.  P.  Farinaux 
Lille,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  8312,  June  23,  1SS0.  sd. 
Tins  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  regularly  pro- 
ducing, in  proportion  a>  they  are  consumed,  carbonic 
acid  or  other  gases  resulting  from  chemical  decompo>i- 
tion.  The  apparatus  also  discharges  the  gases  at  a  con- 
stant pressure.  The  gas  liberated  by  the  action  of  an 
acid  on  the  solid  material  passes  through  a  purifier  and 
subsequently  leaves  the  apparatus  through  a  loaded 
valve.— S.  H. 

Improvements  in   Apparatus  for  Producing  Ammonia 
from  Sulphate  of  J.  II.    W.    Deacon  and 

F.  llurtcr,  Widnes.    Eng  Pat  920S,  July  15,  18s6.    8d. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  carrying  out  th,' 
process  described  in  Eng.  Pat  2118,  1SS4  (this  Journa 
1885, 281),  which  consists  in  heatingtoahigh  temperature 
in  an  atmosphere  of  steam,  a  mixture  of  ammonium  and 
-odium  sulphates.  A  cylindrical  cast-iron  pot  A 
(Figs.  1  and  2)  is  provided  with  a  closely-fitting  lid  B, 

r,0 1 


A  Xcw  Hydrate  of  Caustic  Soda.     C.  Gottig. 
543—544. 


Bcr.  20, 


On  carefully  heating  a  concentrated  solution  of  caustic 
soda  in  strong  alcohol  a  slow  separation  of  fine  crystals 
occurs,  the  amount  of  which,  on  continued  heating,  in- 
creases. These  crystals,  which  disappear  on  cooling  the 
alcoholic  solution,  are  very  unstable  and  difficult  to 
isolate.  If  the  alcoholic  solution  is  further  heated  the 
Drystals  iedissolve,  but  after  a  time,  as  the  alcohol 
evaporates,  aggregated  masses  of  crystals  appear,  which 
have  the  formula  NaOH  +  211,0.  This  compound  is 
not  very  hygroscopic,  but  readily  absorbs  CO,  from  the 
air.  Part  of  the  water  of  crystallisation  evaporates  over 
CaCL  in  a  desiccator.— J.  B.  C. 


General  Method  for  the  Preparation  of  Manganites 
from  Permanganates.  G.  Rousseau.  Compt.  Kend. 
104,  785. 

POTASSIUM  PERMANGANATE  heated  to  240°  yields  potas- 
sium manganate,  manganesedioxide  and  oxygen,  but  if  the 
beating  be  continued  the  dioxide  disappears  and  man- 
ganites are  formed,  and  these  the  more  readily  the 
Higher  the  temperature.  A  pentamanganite  KaMn50, ,, 
and  a  heptamanganite  K.;MnT015  are  obtained.  The 
latter  is  also  formed  when  potassium  permanganate  is 
heated  to  S00'  in  a  bath  of  potassium  chloride.  The 
author  suggests  that  the  formation  of  manganites  is  due 
to  the  action  of  the  manganese  dioxide  on  the  manganate 
formed,  whereby  a  further  liberation  of  manganese 
dioxide  takes  place,  and  this  combines  with  free  alkali 
present,  forming  a  manganite  :  —  MnO.,  +  3KMn04  = 
2KMnU4  -  2MnOi  +  2KsO.  This  action  accounts  for  the 
loss  experienced  in  preparing  potassium  manganate  from 
the  permanganate  when  too  high  a  temperature  is 
employed.  The  permanganates  of  barium  and  strontium 
also  yield  polymanganites  on  heatin»  to  350',  while 
calcium  permanganate  behaves  similarly  at  200*. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Antimony  Tar/rate.      Guutz.     Compt.  Kend.  104,  850. 

1'elii.ot's  method  for  obtaining  acid  antimony  tartrate 
by  precipitating  a  solution  of  antimony  oxide  in  tartaric 
acid  with  alcohol,  yields  an  amorphous  product  which 
contains  varying  amounts  of  antimony,  according  to  the 
method  of  precipitation.  The  acid  antimony  tartrate 
(C4H60,.SbO)  may  he  obtained  in  a  pure  state  by  boiling 
a  solution  of  tartaric  acid  with  an  excess  of  antimony 
oxide  for  several  hours  and  concentrating  the  solution 
obtained  on  the  water-bath,  when  a  crystalline  precipi- 
tate is  obtained,  which  is  purified  by  washing  with  abso- 
lute alcohol.—  C.  A.  K. 


having  a  charging  bole  C  and  an  outlet  pipe  D  for  the 
escape  of  gaseous  ammonia  and  steam.  An  aperture  E, 
closed  by  a  plug  F  near  the  bottom,  allows  of  the  with- 
drawal of  the  contents  when  the  operation  is  completed. 
Close  to  the  bottom  there  is  a  small  central  chamber  G 
provided  with  a  number  of  radiating  pipes  ;/  which  serve 
for  the  distribution  of  superheated  steam  supplied  there- 
to by  the  pipe  H.    Immediately  over  the  pipes  g  a  false 


510 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [July  so.  iss". 


bottom  J  is  placed,  the  perforations  of  which  distribute 
the  steam  equally  throughout  the  charge.  The  false 
bottom  .1,  which  i>  of  less  diameter  than  the  pot  A,  is 
also  fitted  with  a  downward  flange  K  having  several 
projections  L  by  which  it  rests  on  the  bottom  of  the  pot, 
The  false  bottom  tlm^  forms  a  Bhallow  vessel  surround- 
ing the  steam  chamber.  When  the  charge  is  first  intro- 
duced it  blocks  up  the  perforations  of  the  false  bottom, 
and  the  steam  is  therefore  compelled  to  pass  through  the 
annular  space  between  the  Mange  and  the  interior  of  the 
pot,  at  which  part  it  is  first  required,  as  the  charge  first 
rosea  at  these  places.  Gradually  the  fusion  proceeds 
through  the  whole  mass,  freeing  the  perforations  and 
allowing  the  steam  to  issue  through  the  false  bottom,  as 
the  liquid,  formed  lutes  the  space  at  the  circumference 
near  the  Mange.  The  pot  is  set  in  brickwork  and  pro- 
vided with  a  fireplace  and  Hues,  so  that  it  may  be  heated 
from  the  outside. — S.  H. 


insulator.  If  dried  "  ardoisite "  be  gradually  heated 
up  to  a  white  heat,  it  is  brought  into  the  condition  of  a 
refractory  stone  of  great  durability,  particularly  applic- 
able for  furnaces  or  furnace  vessels.  — K.  (i.  «  . 


.V  •./■  ImprotH  d  Process  for the  Si  unfit:  mi  mix  Manufac- 
ture of  Assimilable  Phosphates  and  of  Sulphate  oj 
Ammonia.  E.  Solvav,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Kng.  l'at. 
8723,  July  3,  18S6.     6d. 

If  phosphate  of  lime  be  treated  with  sulphuric  acid, 
almost  insoluble  calcium  sulphate  and  soluble  monobasic 
calcium  phosphate  are  produced.     The  object  of  this  in- 
vention  is  to  economise  a  portion  of  the  acid  employed 
by  combining  the  manufacture  of  superphosphates  with 
that  of  ammoniacal  salts.  Ammonia  is  allowed  to  act  on 
monobasic  calcium  phosphate,  thereby  forming  dibasic 
calcium  phosphate  and  ammonium  phosphate,  both  of  J 
which  have  a  high  agricultural  value.     If  it  be  preferred 
to  obtain  all  the  phosphoric  acid  as  ammonium  phos- 
phate, the  dibasic  calcium  phosphate   is  treated   over 
again  with  sulphuric  acid.     Even  more  ammonia  may  be  : 
fixed  in  the  finished  article,  as  calcium  sulphate  ettects  j 
double  decomposition  with  ammonium  carbonate,  yield- 
ing ammonium  sulphate  and  calcium  carbonate. 

-S.  H. 


YIIL— GLASS.  POTTERY  AND   EARTHENWARE. 

An  Improved   Potter's   Utter-press.    J.   Critchlow,  T. 

Forrester,  W,  Forrester,   H.   Forrester  and  L.  Forres- 
ter, Hanton.     Fmg.  Pat.  1941,  Feb.  8,  1887.     Sd. 

The  filtering  cloths  usually  employed  are  replaced  by 
porous  drainage  tiles  fixed  on  the  surfaces  of  the  ribbed 
or  corrugated  plates. — C.  C.  H. 


IX—  BLILDB'G  MATEBIALS.  CLAYS,  MORTARS 
AND  CEMENTS. 

An  Improved  Compound  for  Plastering  and  for    Pre- 
venting the  Radiation  and  Transmission  of  Heat.     K. 


W.    Hitchins,    Stoke   Newington.     Eng. "  Pat    6S04, 

May  20,  1886.  6d. 
ABOUT  equal  proportions  of  slag-wool  an 
Pari>  or  cement  in  a  dry  state  are  mixe< 
together.  The  product  obtained  is  lighter 
ary  plaster,  more  porous  and  capable  of 
greater  amount  of  heat. — E.  6.  C. 


1   plaster  of 

intimately 
than  ordin- 
resisting  a 


Treatment  of  Slate,    Schist  and   Watte  thereof  for  the 
Production    of  Matt  rial   applicable  Jor    Structures, 

Vessels  and  other   Uses.     J.   15.   F.    Frcdureau,    Paris. 
Eng.  Pat.  7285,  May  31,  1880.     Gd. 

PowpSBBT)  SCHIST  or  slate  is  made  up  intoa  paste  with  a 
solution  of  silicate  of  potash  or  of  soda,  the  paste  is 
moulded  into  the  desired  forms,  and  the  moulded  pieces 
are  dried,  preferably  with  the  aid  of  a  little  heat.  The 
material  so  made  ("Ardoisite")  is  at  once  applicable 
for  structural  purposes,  or  for  making  tanks, 
vessels,  pijies,  etc.:  it  is  readily  worked  by  saws, 
planes  or  other  tools,  and  is  especially  nseful  in 
lal>oratories  and  chemical  works,  as  it  is  not  subject 
to  corrosion  by  acids.  If  impregnated  with  paraffin,  tar, 
petroleum,  etc.,  the  material  can  be  used  as  an  electrical 


Improvements  in  t/ie  Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement. 

S.  Lowden,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  8120,  June  18,    1886. 

Cm  I. 

The  inventor  manufactures  what  may  be  termed  the 
"nucleus"  of  the  cement,  by  thoroughly  mixing,  drying 
and  kilning  one  part  by  weight  of  Medway  blue  clay,  in 
its  natural  >tat>\  and  live  parts  of  chalk  or  limestone. 
The  material  so  prepared  is  fit  for  transport  to  any  part 
where  chalk  or  limestone  abounds  and  where  the  finished 
product  is  intended  to  be  employed.  To  complete  the 
manufacture,  chalk  or  limestone  is  pulverised,  dried  at 
about  210°  F.  and  mixed  with  the  prepared 
"nucleus"  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  by  weight  of 
the  chalk  or  limestone  to  three  parts  of  the  "nucleus" — 
an  excellent  Portland  cement  being  thus  obtained. 

-E.  G.  C. 

Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Desiccating  Wood  and 
other  Porous  Substances.  A.  Flamache  and  E.  Picard, 
Brussels,  Belgium.     Eng.  Pat.  10,595,  Aug.  1886.  Sd. 

The  object  of  the  patentees  is  to  effect  the  desiccation 
of  wood  simultaneously  throughout  the  whole  mass, 
instead  of  its  commencement  at  the  exterior  and  its 
gradual  progress  inwards.  They  effect  this  by  placing 
the  material  in  an  air-tight  vessel,  in  which  a  partial 
vacuum  is  formed,  the  air  thus  expelled  from  the  pores  of 
the  wood  carrying  with  it  moisture  :  this  is  followed  by 
the  admission  of  dry  atmospheric  air  either  heated  or 
cooled,  which  takes  up  a  further  quantity  of  moisture  and 
is  again  expelled  as  before.  In  some  cases,  instead  of  a 
reduction  of  pressure  below  that  of  the  atmosphere,  air  at 
atmospheric  pressure  and  compressed  air  alternately 
operate  ;  the  efl'ect  is  practically  the  same.  Hot  air  may 
be  employed  and  the  interior  of  the  vessel  heated, 
dependent  upon  the  nature  of  the  material  operated  on. 
— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Building  Materials 
from  Glass  and  in  the  Application  of  the  same.  S. 
Pitt,  Sutton,  Surrey.  F'rom  G.  F'aiconnier,  Nyon, 
Switzerland.     Eng.'  Pat,  5723,  April  19,  1S87.     6d. 

The  patentee  claims  the  employment  of  bricks  formed 
from  blown  glass  of  various  shapes  and  secured  in  the 
manner  shown  in  the  drawing  attached  to  the  specifica- 
tion, for  use  in  building.  Such  hollow-  bricks  may  be 
employed  in  almost  every  instance  in  which  ordinary 
bricks  or  tiles  are  used.  The  interior  of  the  glass  brick 
mav  be  decorated  or  painted  with  anv  devices. 

-C.  C.  H. 


A  Novel  Artificial  Cement.  W.  E.  Gedge,  London. 
From  J.  Thorrand,  V.  Nicolet  and  A.  Bonnet,  Gren- 
oble, France.  Eng.  Pat.  979,  Jan.  21,  18S7.  4d. 
This  cement  consists  of  "an  intimate  mixture,  in  con- 
tact with  water,  of  dried  and  pulverised  chloride  of 
magnesium,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  inert  matters 
or  calcareous  powder,  with  magnesia  also  pulverised  and 
mixed  with  calcareous  powder  or  inert  matters."  This 
product  is  white  like  plaster  and  is  capable  of  receiving 
various  tints  bv  the  addition  of  coloured  earths. 

— E.  (..  U. 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

On  Certain  Metals.     X.  Meyer.     Ber.  20,  197-500. 

The  Melting  Point  of  Magnesium   is  usually  given    in 
the  text-books  as  about  500"  ('.  Experiments  bave  shown 

that  the  melting  point  lies  above  that  of  sodium  bromide 
(70CI,  and  just  below  that  of  sodium  carbonate  (SOC). 

The  Purification  of  Mercury  may  be  very  readily  per- 
formed by  repeated  distillation.  All  impurities  are  left 
behind  in  the  retort.    After  twelve  successive  distillations 


juiyso.  1SS7.]      THE  JOUliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


511 


the  author  found  that  no  residue  remained  on  heating, 
and  that  the  metal  was  chemically  pure.  A  quicker 
method  is  that  usually  adopted — viz.,  recrystallisation  of 
mercurous  nitrite. 

Volatility  of  Germanium. — The  author  finda  that 
germanium  does  not  volatilise  sensibly  when  heated  to 
1350°  C.  in  an  atmosphere  of  hydrogen  or  nitrogen.  This 
agrees  with  Nilson  and  Pettorson's  observations,  who 
heated  germanium  to  1500°  with  a  similar  result.  The 
author  attempted,  without  success,  to  determine  the 
vapour  density  of  magnesium.  He  intends  shortly  to 
determine  that  of  antimony. — J.  1>.  C. 


An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Alloy  or  Alloys  of  Nickel, 
Copper    and   Aluminium.       .1.   V.   Johnson,   Loudon. 
From  La  Socicte  Anonyme   Le   Ferro- Nickel,    Paris, 
France.     Eng.   Pat.   ".832,  April  29,  18S6.     6d. 
To  the  melted  nickel  the  charge  of  copper  is  stirred   in, 
and  subsequently,  at  a  somewhat  higher  temperature,  a 
proportion  of  aluminium  varying,  according  to  the  per- 
centage of  nickel,  from  175 of  aluminium  per  1000  of  the 
mixture  in  the  case   of  an  alloy   with   10  per  cent,   of 
nickel,  down  to  O'S  of  aluminium  per  1000  for  one  with  40 
per  cent,  of  that  metal.     The  fused  mass  is   then  raised 
almost   to  its  hoiling   point,   ami   poured   rapidly    and 
regularly.     Malleable  nickel  may  in  part  be  substituted 
for  aluminium  but  with  less  satisfactory  result. 

—AY.  G.  M. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Extraction  or  Separation 
of  Hold,  Silver  and  Platinum  from  Ores  and  other 
Substances  or  Products  containing  such  Metals,  J. 
Xoad,  East  Ham.     Eng.  Pat.  6810,  May  10, 1886.     0.1. 

SEE  page  516. 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Treatment  of  Iron  Ores 
for  tin  Manufacture  of  Steel.  A.  M.  Clark,  London. 
From  La  Socicte  Anonyme  des  Produits  Chimiijues 
de  St.  Denis,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  6747,  May  19,  1886. 
8d. 

This  is  a  process  for  treating  iron  oxides  in  pulverulent 
condition,  and  is  especially  applicable  to  the  spent  pyrites 
of  the  vitriol  maker.  The  reduction  is  effected  in  an 
upright  furnace  with  nine  or  more  superposed  hearths. 
Running  axially  through  the  furnace  is  a  vertical  water- 
cooled  rotating  shaft,  carrying  rakes  for  stirring  the  ore 
on  each  hearth.  The  ore  is  fed  on  to  the  uppermost 
hearth  and  is  gradually  discharged  (by  the  action  of  the 
rake)  through  channels  in  the  bed,  sloping  inwards  so 
as  to  deliver  the  ore  into  the  centre  of  the  next  ;  thence 
it  passes  to  the  next  hearth,  in  a  like  manner,  and  is  then 
conducted  to  the  next  and  so  on,  until  it  is  finally  dis- 
charged directly  on  to  the  bed  of  a  regenerative  melting 
furnace.  Since  the  complete  removal  of  sulphur  previous 
to  reduction  is  essential  to  success,  the  charcoal  is  not 
added  to  the  charge  at  first,  but  is  introduced  at  about  the 
sixth  stage.  Moreover  the  atmosphere,  which  is  of  a 
reducing  character  on  the  lower  hearths,  is  rendered 
oxidising  in  the  upper  portion  in  order  to  roast  the  ore 
more  fully  :  this  is  accomplished  by  passing  into  the 
lowest  hearth,  producer  gas  which  is  thence  led  upwards 
by  channels  in  the  walls  in  a  zig-zag  direction  over  the 
higher  stages  until,  nearer  to  the  top,  an  excess  of  air 
from  the  regenerator  of  the  moiling  furnace  is  mixed 
with  it,  the  gases  ultimately  passing  into  adust  chamber. 
The  pyrophoric  iron  dust  falls  into  a  space  on  the  hearth 
of  the  melting  furnace,  where  it  isprotected  from  oxida- 
tion by  an  inner  perforated  wall  of  refractory  material. 
The  furnace  is  heated  by  gas,  which  passes  direct  from  a 
producer  and  mingles  in  a  combustion  chamber  with  the 
air  from  the  regenerator  and  thence,  before  entering  the 
furnace,  passes  over  a  screen  of  charcoal  lumps  to  guard 
effectually  against  the  presence  of  free  oxygen  or  carbonic 
acid.  'When  copper  is  present,  the  removal  of  the  sulphur 
must  be  effected  in  a  separate  chamber  ;  the  residue  being 
then  freed  from  copper  by  extraction  with  acid  and  by 
subsequent  washing,  is  reduced  and  melted  as  described. 

-W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  etnplo; 
in  Galvanising  (Coating  with  Spelter)  Sheet  Metal. 
J.Thomas,  Bradleyj  11.  Lewis,  uandsworth;  and  E. 
W.  Lewis,  Compton.    Eng.  Pat  6786,  .May  20,1886. 
Bd. 

To  obviate  the  necessity  of  straightening  the  galvanised 
plates,  which  are  usually  delivered  from  the  lollersmore 
or  less  curved,  and  to  ensure  uniformity  of  coating  on 
both  sides  of  the  sheet,  they  are  brought  out  from  the 
zinc  bath  in  a  vertical  position.  The  trough  is  rectan- 
gular in  shape  and  has,  working  within  it,  two  pairs  of 
horizontal  rollers  geared  outside  the  trough,  one 
pair  being  placed  immediately  above  the  other  with  the 
upper  pair  at  a  slight  distance  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
molten  metal.  In  the  same  horizontal  plane  with  the 
lower  pair  is  a  third  roller  taking  its  motion  only  by 
contact  with  that  which  is  next  to  it.  Through  a  nux- 
box  the  plate  to  be  coated  is  pressed  between  the  loose 
roller  and  the  adjacent  roller  of  the  lower  pair,  and  by 
the  motion  of  the  latter  is  drawn  down  to  a  cradle 
beneath  where,  kept  in  position  by  a  series  of  lingers,  it  is 
brought  by  means  of  a  lever  beneath  the  two  geared 
rollers,  and  through  them  is  carried  upwards  and  finally 
delivered  above. — \Y.  <;.  M. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Separation  of  Metallic  Tin 
from  Tinned  Plates  or  from  Alloys  or  Suits  of  Tin. 
E.  Edwards,  London.  From  M.  liamos  (iarcia,  Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  6803,  May  20,  1SS6.     6d. 

If  tinned  iron  be  the  substance  treated,  it  must  be 
stripped  by  agitation  in  a  bath  of  hydrochloric  acid 
with  a  small  proportion  of  nitric  acid  or  of  ferric  chloride 
and  heated  by  steam.  From  the  solution  of  the  tin  salt 
obtained  the  metal  is  precipitated  on  tin  cathodes  by 
galvanic  batteries. — W,  G.  M. 


Manufacture  of  Faro-manganese,  Silico-spiegcl,  Spiegel- 
eiscn  and  Chrome  Iron.  C.  J.  Sandahl,  Trimsaran, 
South  Wales;  G.  Bargate,  Barrow-in-Furness;  and 
C.  B.  Phillips,  Chester.  Eng.  Fat.  6977,  May  25, 
18S6.     6d. 

Ix  order  to  avoid  the  great  loss  of  manganese  or  chromium 
owing  to  the  large  amount  of  slag  formed  in  the 
manufacture  of  the  above  alloys,  pig  or  scrap  iron  is 
substituted  for  iron  ore  in  the  furnace  charge,  so  that 
the  quantity  of  slag  is  much  reduced.  The  charge, 
therefore,  consists  of  broken  pig  or  scrap-iron,  fuel, 
manganese  (or  chrome)  ores  and  the  flux  necessary  for 
them.—  W.  G.  M.         

Improvements  relating  to  the  Extraction  oj  Gold,  Silver 
ami  Copper  from  Ores  and  other  Substances  or  Pro- 
ducts containing  such  Metals.  J.  Noad,  East  Ham. 
Eng.  Pat.  8130,  June  18,  1886.    6d. 

The  ore  in  a  finely  divided  condition  is  allowed  to 
remain  in  contact  for  24  hours  and  afterwards  roasted 
at  a  blood-red  heat  with  a  mixture  of  sodium  chloride 
and  sulphuric  acid.  The  product  is  then  ground  and  washed. 
The  insoluble  lead  and  silver  chlorides  are  placed 
in  a  depositing  tank  with  a  suitable  solution  and  elec- 
trolysed. The  solution  in  the  ease  of  silver  would  be 
saturated  with  potassium  cyanide  containing  ammonium 
carbonate  and  boric  acid  ;  for  gold  it  would  be  ferrous 
sulphate  ;  and  for  copper,  cupric  sulphate.  The  bath, 
after  precipitation,  is  again  available  for  the  same  pur- 
pose.— W.  G.  M. 

Improvi  m<  nts  in  and  connected  with  Refractory  Linings 
particularly   adapted   for  Metallurgical    furnaces, 

but  applicable  also  for  other  Purposes.     T.  Twvnam, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  8359,  June  24,  [886.     6d. 

To  render  chrome-lining  less  susceptible  of  mechanical 
abrasion  the  chrome-iron  ore,  which  must  not  be  too 
silicious,  is  mixed  with  from  1  to  5  per  cent,  of  an 
alkaline  salt  according  as  it  will  be  required  to  with- 
stand an  intense  or  only  a  moderately  high  temperature. 
The  salt  should  be  dissolved  in  just  sufficient  water  to 


512 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July  30,  is?7. 


thoroughly  moisten  the  ore,  and  the  mixture  may  then  he 
used  directly  as  a  lining,  or  it  may  he  moulded  into  hricks, 
tuyeres  or  the  like,  and  he  well  burnt  hefore  use. 

— W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  used/")-  Coating  Sheet  Iron 
with  Zinc  or  Alloys  of  Zinc  or  other  Coating  Metal  or 
Alloy.      IS.    Heathheld,    Birmingham.      Eng.    Pat. 

8390,  June  -■">,  l.vMi.     sd. 

FBOM  the  horizontal  rolls  of  the  galvaniser's  hath,  or  by 
preference  from  the  additional  half-immersed  rolls  des- 
cribed in  Eng.  Pat.  2243,  of  1877,  the  coated  plate  is 
passed  between  a  pair  of  revolving  brushes  and  finally 
through  a  pair  of  finishing  rolls  placed  above  the  bath. 
The  brushes  are  slightly  longer  than  the  length  or 
breadth  of  the  plate  under  treatment  and  may  have  a 
slight  reciprocating  motion  in  addition  to  rotation  ;  the 
distance  between  them  may  also  be  regulated  by 
suitable  mechanism. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements    in  Linings  of  Copper,  Lead  and  other 

Similar  Furnaces,  as  well  as  Steel  Or  So  mens  Furnaces 

and  Steel    Converters.      A.   E.   Tucker,   Smethwick. 

Eng.  Pat.  11,600,  Sept.  13,  1880.     Id. 

In  carrying  out  Eng.  Pats.  7571  and  14,507  of  18S5  (this 

Journal,   1886,  329),  the  inventor  finds  that  basic  slag, 

I  whether  from  the  converter  (by  preference)  or  from   the 

open  hearth  furnace,  may  be  advantageously  used  either 

in  the  form  of  bricks  for  the  sides  and  bottom,  or  by 

ramming  for  the  latter.     Cast  slag  bricks  arc  made  by 

melting  the  slag  in  a  cupola  or  furnace  with  basic  or 

!  neutral  lining.  —  \Y.  G,  M. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of 
Aluminium,  and  other  Light  Metals.  F.  J.  Leaver, 
London.  From  Dr.  E.  C.  Kleiner-Fiertz,  Zurich, 
Switzerland.     Eng.  Pat.  S531,  June  29,  1SSG.     Sd. 

See  page  517. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Aluminium 
and  Alloys  thereof .  L.  Graham,  Hanover,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  9480,  July  22,  1S86.     6d. 

Is  order  to  economise  the  sodium  or  potassium,  which  is 
to  a  large  extent  volatilised  when  used  for  the  reduction 
of  aluminium  chloride,  and  to  prevent  contamination  of 
the  reduced  metal  by  contact  with  the  walls  of  the 
heating  vessel,  the  reduction  is  effected  in  a  carbon 
crucible  contained  within  a  hermetically  closed  chamber. 
The  crucible,  if  small,  is  fashioned  in  one  piece,  or  if 
large  may  he  built  up  of  carbon  blocks  cemented  by  tar; 
the  cover  is  also  lined  with  carbon  and  is  joined  by  a 
magnesia  lute,  which  is  not  attacked,  at  the  tem- 
perature employed,  by  the  alkali  metal.  The  whole 
arrangement  is  heated  to  dull  redness;  when 
partial  volatilisation  of  the  sodium  occurs,  a  most 
intimate  mixture  is  produced,  reduction  commences 
attended  by  a  copious  evolution  of  heat  and  the  reaction 
is  finally  completed  with  practically  the  theoretical 
quantity  of  sodium.  The  finely-divided  aluminium  is 
rosed  together  with  suitable  flux  in  carbon  crucibles. 
If  alloys  are  required  they  may  be  made  by  mixing  the 
alloying  metal  with  the  original  charge  or  by  introducing 
it  during  the  subsequent  fusion  ;  or  they  may  be  made 
by  forming  the  reducing  crucible  of  the  alloy  metal,  and 
melting  together  IkjUi  crucible  and  contents  with  the 
requisite  fluxes. — W.  (;.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Ores  containing 
Sulphide  of  Antimony  for  tin  Purpose  of  obtaining 
the  said  Sulphide  in  a  Concentrated  Form  with  any 
Void  or  Silver  that  may  be  present.  E.  W.  Parnell, 
Chester  ;  and  J.  .Simpson,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  9919, 
August  3,  1»S6.     Od. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  concentration  of 
sulphide  of  antimony  in  poor  sulphide  ores.  It  is 
effected  by  treating  the  finely  divided  ore  with  a  solution 
of  sodium  monosulphide,  by  which  means  the  antimony 
becomes  converted  into  a  light  red  sulphide  which 
remains  for  the  most  pan  in  suspension  in  the  .-odium 
sulphide  solution,  the  latter  being  practically  unaltered. 
This  solution  is  drawn  oft  from  the  heavier  gangue  and 
the  suspended  sulphide  allowed  to  settle,  the  solution 
being  then  available  for  treating  a  further  quantity  of 
raw  ore.  The  gangue,  from  which  the  liquid  baa  been 
drawn  off,  is  washed  free  from  any  red  sulphide  inter 
mixed  with  it  and  is  available  for  the  extraction  of 
any  gold  and  silver  it  may  contain.  ur  it  may  be 
treated  according  to  Eng.  Pats.  11,828  and  13,074 
of  1884  (this  Journal,  1885,  352).— W.  G.  M. 


|  Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  the 
Smelting  or  Refining  of  Copper.    D.  McKechnie,  {St. 

Helens.  Eng.  Pat.  12,053,  Sept.  22,  1886.  Sd. 
Throvuh  the  sides  of  a  reverberatoiy  (copper)  furnace, 
a  series  of  steam  injector-  cause  a  current  of  air  and 
steam— if  necessary  mixed  with  powdered  nitre — to  be 
blown  into  or  over  the  molten  matter  on  the  hearth, 
thereby  greatly  facilitating  the  removal  of  foreign  sub- 
stances from  the  metal. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  Extracting   Gold  and  other  Precious 

Metals  from  their  Ores,  and  Apparatus  therefor.    C. 

I).  Abel,   London.       Erom    E.    Fischer  and  M.    W. 

Weber,  Berlin,  Germany.      Eng.  Pat.   921,  Jan.  20, 

1SS7.  Sd. 
The  finely-crushed  ore  is  charged  together  with  six  or 
eight  times  its  volume  of  water  and  if  necessary, 
sodium  chloride  or  other  chlorine  or  bromine  compound 
and  potassium  permanganate,  into  a  vat,  the  sides  of 
which  are  partially  lined  with  an  amalgamated  metal, 
and  the  bottom  covered  with  mercury,  both  being  con- 
nected with  the  negative  pole  of  an  electric  generator. 
Here  it  is  agitated  for  2 — 2£  hours  by  a  stirring  appa- 
ratus, with  shovels  of  amalgamated  metal  connected 
with  the  positive  pole  of  the  generator,  which  is 
maintained  in  operation  for  the  whole  period.  When, 
by  the  action  of  the  chlorides,  the  precious  metals  have 
been  rendered  soluble  and  have  been  deposited  by  the 
curreut,  and  taken  up  by  the  mercury,  the  whole  charge 
is  drawn  off  by  a  cock  and  run  into  an  iron  trough,  in 
which  a  series  of  grooved  wooden  rollers,  carrying  car- 
bons in  the  grooves  as  anodes,  rotate  at  different  speeds 
above  the  mercury,  which  is  made  the  cathode,  and 
retains  any  amalgam  particles  remaining  in  the  water 
and  sand.  The  tailings  are  discharged  by  means  of 
india-rubber  plates  attached  radially  to  the  last  roller. 

-\V.  G.  M. 

An  Improved  Process  for  the  Extraction  of  Gold,  Silver, 
and  other  Metals  from  Ferriferous  Ores  containing 
the  same.  M.  Constable  and  J.  IS.  Hingle,  Sydney, 
N.S.W.     Eng.  Pat.  2740,  Feb.  22,  1S87.     4d. 

The  ore  is  wet  crushed,  if  necessary  first  roasted,  the 
mud  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  and  boiled;  metallic  iron 
or  zinc  is  added  to  commence  the  reaction  and  the  heat- 
ing prolonged  until  solution  of  iron  compounds  is 
complete.  The  residue  contains  the  precious  metals, 
which  may  be  extracted  by  any  known  method.  The 
solution  is  evaporated  and  roasted,  the  acid  vapours 
evolved  being  used  to  treat  a  fresh  portion  of  raw 
material  ;  the  residue  from  this  calcination  consists  of 
valuable  oxides. — W.  G.  M. 

Improvements  in  the  Construction  and  Manufacture  of 
Zincs  for  Galvanic  Latteries.  \V.  E.  Heys,  Manches- 
ter. From  J.  Beattie,  Jan.,  Westport,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat,  1571,  March  28,  1SS7.     4d. 

Si.i.  page  519.  

Process  for  Extracting  Aluminium  from  Alumina.  D. 
<;.  Reillon  and  5.  C.  Montague,  Nantes;  and  G.  L.  15. 
L.  Bourgerel,  Paris,  Prance.  Eng.  Pat.  1676,  March 
28,  1SS7.     4d. 

ALUMINIUM  sulphide  is  obtained  by  mixing  alumina 
into  a  paste  with  tar  or  with  charcoal  (40  per  cent.) and 


July  30, 188-.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


513 


oil,  heating  the  mixture  to  a  red  heat  in  a  closed  vessel 
and  treating  with  carbon  bisulphide  vapour  thus  :- 

2Al,.03  +  3C  +  3CS2=2ALS3  +  6CO. 

The  sulphide  is  then  heated  in  a  current  of  a  gaseous 
hydrocarbon,  whereby  the  sulphur  is  removed  and  pure 
aluminium  is  left. — \V.  G.  M. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Galvanising  or  Tinning  of 

Hue  Cloth,  Wire  .Xrtt  in;/,  or  other  Art  ieles  or  Muter ids, 

and  to  Apparatus  therefor.     II.   II.   Lake,   London. 

From  C.  Swinscoe,  Clinton,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  6042, 

April  25,  1SS7.     8d. 

Instead  of  using  sand  or  asbestos  as  a  scrubber,  after 

the  metal  to  be  tinned  has  passed  through  the  bath  of 

molten  metal,  the  inventor  uses  a  layer  of  coke  placed 

upon  the  surface  of  the  bath. — B.  T. 


XII.-PAINTS,  TARNISHES  AND  RESINS. 

Improvements  in  Anti-fouling  Compositions  for  Shipsi 
J.  Cameron,  Renfrew,  ling.  Pat.  7497,  June  4, 
1S86.  4d. 
CAEBOLATE6  of  mercury,  copper,  iron  or  zinc,  alone  or 
mixed  with  one  another  or  with  the  carbolate  of  an  alka- 
line earth,  such  as  carbolate  of  barium,  are  combined 
with  the  ordinary  dry  pigment  or  material  used  in  form- 
ing the  paint  or  composition  for  coating  ships'  bottoms. 

— E.  G.  C. 

Improvements  in  Gvtta-percha  Compounds  ami  in  the 
Manufacture  thereof.  K.Dick,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat. 
7524,  June  4,  1SS6.     8d. 

The  principal  constituents  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
these  compounds  are  the  several  kinds  of  gutta-percha, 
or  "  crumb  " — ground  good  old  vulcanised  indiarubber — 
ground  veneer  dust,  sulphur,  zinc  oxide,  French  chalk, 
flocking,  or  the  cut  fibre  of  cotton  textile  fabrics,  and 
ground  alum. — E.  G.  C. 

Improvements  in  the  Process  for  preserving  Iron  and 
Steel  Strveturesfrom  Oxidation.  W.  Briggs,  Arbroath. 
Eng.  Pat.  7777,  June  10,  1886.     4d. 

The  surface  to  be  preserveiFis  first  cleansed  and  then 
coated  with  a  varnish  composed  of  about  11  lb.  of  coal- 
tar  pitch,  41b.  of  tar  oil  and  8|lb.  of  coal-tar  naphtha. 
Before  the  varnish  is  quite  dry,  a  coating  of  coal-tar 
pitch  is  applied  with  a  brush. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Pigments.    J.  M. 

Bennett,  Kuchill,  KB.     Eng.  Pat.  8725,  July  3,  1SS6. 
8d. 

In  place  of  crushing  or  grinding  the  pigments  in  pan 
mills,  burr  mills,  edge  runners,  or  the  like,  the  inventor 
adopts  a  process  which  consists  in  breaking,  disintegra- 
ting or  compacting;  the  particles  of  the  substances  being 
treated  in  the  dry  state  by  a  series  of  sudden  impacts  or 
shocks,  in  one  or  a  series  of  breakers,  disintegrators  or 
compactors,  enclosed  within  a  chamber  or  chambers 
through  which  currents  of  dried  or  heated  air  may  be 
passed. — E.  G.  C. 

Anlmproved  Process  for  Preparing  a  Metallic  Cor,  ringfot 

giving  a  Non-oxidising  or  only  slightly  oxidising  '  oat- 

a  Wood  andothi  r  Materials  or  Objects.  E.  Schroder 

and  H.  Perner,  Berlin,  Germany.      Eng.  Pat.  10,127. 

August  7,  1886.     6d. 

Foils  of  any  required  shape  and  of  extreme  tenuity  are 
made  by  depositing  electrolytically  a  thin  metallic  coat 
upon  a  slightly  varnished  metal  or  other  electrode  of 
suitable  form,  from  which  they  may  be  withdrawn, 
alone  or  strengthened  by  a  backing  material,  and  may 
then  be  glued  upon  the  wood  or  object  to  be  decorated." 

— \V.  G.  M. 


A  Process  for  Preserving  the  Surface  of  Copper  or  its 

Alloys.      E.    do   Pass,    London.       From   La  Socicte 

Industiielle  et  Conimerciale  des  Metaux,  Paris.     Eng. 

l'at.  1G,'.I35,  Hue.  24,  1SS6.     6d. 

The    copper  or  brass  to  be  protected    is  coated    with 

cuprous  sulpho-cyanate  or  cyanate,  or  rhodanide,  either 

by  dipping  it  into  an  ammoniacal  solution  of  the  salt,  by 

electrolytic  means,   by  incorporating  the  dried  salt  with 

lacquer  or  varnish,  or  by  any  other  suitable  method. 

— W.  G.  M. 

A    Hovel  Transparent   Protective  Enamel  or   Varnish. 

V.  Gorton,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  37'J4,  March  12,  1887. 

4d. 
This  enamel  is  produced  by  the  incorporation  of  the 
ful  lowing  ingredients  : — 10  parts  of  transparent  "  grains" 
mastic  [Pistacia  Lentiscus),  seven  parts  camphor,  16 
parts  sandarach,  5  parts  genuine  elemi,  together  with 
Canada  balsam  and  spirits  of  turpentine  in  equal  parts. 
The  whole  is  dissolved  in  alcohol,  filtered  and  kept  in  a 
closed  vessel  until  required  for  use.  — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Pigments,  and  in 
the  Manufacture  and  Treatment  of  By-Products  there- 
from.  T.  Kenyon,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  4334, 
March  23,  1887.  4d. 
The  inventor  claims  "(1. )  The  oxidation  of  iron  and  other 
impurities  in  zinc  solutions  (either  containing  ammonia 
salts  or  not)  by  means  of  air  blown  through  the  said 
solutions,  either  with  or  without  steam  at  the  ordinary 
pressure,  or  in  closed  boilers,  which  can  be  submitted  to 
greater  pressure.  (2.)  The  precipitation  of  sulphate  of 
barium  by  means  of  sulphate  of  ammonia,  either  from 
the  liquors  left  after  precipitation  of  the  sulphide  of  zinc 
by  means  of  sulphide  of  barium,  or  at  the  same  time  as 
the  sulphide  of  zinc  is  precipitated,  and  together  with  it  ; 
in  either  ease  producing  a  solution  of  chloride  of 
ammonium  of  greater  relative  value  than  the  sulphate 
of  ammonia  used.  (3.)  Thecombinationof  theammonium 
sulphide  produced  by  the  distillation  of  the  recovered 
ammonium  chloride  with  vat  waste  from  alkali  works, 
for  the  preparation  of  sulphide  of  zinc  from  zinc  solu- 
tions as  described.  (4.)  The  combination  with  the 
furnace  in  which  the  sulphide  of  zinc  pigment  is  roasted, 
of  an  iron,  brick  or  other  condenser,  for  the  purpose  of 
recovering  any  chloride  of  ammonium  which  may  be  left 
adhering  to  it  and  which  would  otherwise  be  lost." 

-E.  G.  C. 


XIIL— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE  AND  SIZE. 

Improvements  in    Manufacturing    Leather  from    Seal 

Splits.     K.   and  W.  Baker,  Bermondsey.      Eng.  Pat. 

6438,  May  13,  1S86.     4d. 

The  invention  consists  in  the  joint  combination  of  the 

following  processes  : — The  shaved  and  scoured  skin  is 

( 1 )  "'  set  "  on  a  table  and  a  composition  made  up  of  one- 
third  French  chalk  and  two-thirds  Irish  moss,  starch  or 
i.tbursimilar  body  is  worked  on  the  skin  to  produce  a  face: 

(2)  -'strained  nailed"  on  boards  :  (3)  dyed  ;  (4)  softened 
by  stoning;  (5)  grained;  (6)  a  solution  of  moss  or  size, 
etc,  applied  to  the  surface  :  and  (7)  polished  by  friction 
with  suitable  pads. — K.  L.  W. 


An  Improvement  in  Tanning.    E.  P.  Nesbit,  London. 

Eng.  Pat.  7744,  June  9,  1886.  4.1. 
The  patentee  proposes  to  remove  lime  from  unbaired 
hides  or  skins  by  placing  them  in  a  closed  vessel  with 
water  and  forcing  carbonic  acid  gas  into  the  water 
whilst  keeping  the  hides  agitated.  The  excess  of  the 
gas  dissolves  out  the  lime. — R.  L.  W. 

Improvements  in  Tanning.  A.  J,  Limit,  London.  From 
Count  Vitold  de  Nydpriick,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Eng. 
Pat.  8582,  June  30,  1886.     4d. 

The  hides  are  tanned  in  a  liquor  made  by  boiling  lkilo. 

of  catechu  and  25grms.  of  tallow  or  other  grease  in  a 


5]  I 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     lJui.v30.i887 


small  i|iianiity  of  water  and  diluting  to  100  litres.  The 
strength  of  this  liquor  i>  gradually  increased  during  the 
tannine  process  till  the  tannine  is  complete.  The  colour 
of  the  hides  is  improved  by  finishing  them  in  a  hath 
made  I'v  boiling  together  25grms.  of  divi-divi  and  lOgrms. 
id  greaae  and  diluting  to  100  litres,  other  tanning 
matters  may  replace  the  catechu  or  divi-divi. — K.  L.  ^  . 


Improvements  in   thi    Manufacture  of  feast.      W.  S. 

Squire,  London.     Bog.  Pat,  B082,  June  17,  1SS6.    4d. 

Tins  is   a   modification   of   former  patents  hy  the  same 

inventor.     (Compare  this  Journal,   1886,  542,  and  1887, 

297.)  It  consists  in  sparging  the  solid  substance  from 
a  malt  mash  with  the  spent  wash  from  a  previous 
operation,  instead  of  adding  the  wash  direct  to  the  strong 
worts.-  G.  II.  M. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Tanning  Hides  and  Skins.    J. 

W.  Abom  and  J.    l.andin,  Stockholm,  Sweden.     Eng. 
Pat.  14, (is:),  Nov.  12,  1886.     4d. 

Tin  patentees  claim  to  hasten  the  tannins  process  by 
placing  the  hides  or  skins  in  tanning  solutions  through 
which  an  electric  current  is  passed  alternately  in  oppo- 
site directions. — K.  L.  \V. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Making  Leather  Waterproof  or 
!'/■  nble.  E.  and  A.  Dunkley,  Northampton.  Eng. 
Pat  1562,  Feb.  1,  1887.     6d. 

THE  fat  from  twelve  parts  of  mutton  suet  is  heated  to 
100  C.  with  eight  parts  of  wax,  four  parts  of  vinegar 
and  one  part  of  turpentine,  and  the  leather  is  caused  by 
suitable  machinery  to  revolve  slowly  in  the  mixture. 
After  this  it  is  thoroughly  kneaded  till  it  is  flexible  and 
waterproof. — R.  L.  W. 

XIV.— AGRICULTUBE,  MANURE,  Etc. 

Crude  Phosphates  of  North  Carolina.     W.  B.   Phillips. 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  417. 

The  form  in  which  the  phosphoric  acid,  amounting  on 
the  average  to  20  per  cent.,  is  combined  does  not  pre- 
vent their  use  in  the  manufacture  of  superphosphate,  as 
the  material  is  readily  decomposed.  The  cost  of  extrac- 
tion anl  transport  is,  however,  so  great  that  these 
deposits  will  only  very  slowly  be  brought  into  use. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Manufacture  of  Phospho  Guano.  L.  A.  Chevalet, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  9636,  .Inly  26,  1886.     Cd. 

INSTEAD  of  mixing  sulphate  of  ammonia  with  super- 
phosphate, as  hitherto  practised,  the  inventor  uses  car- 
bonate of  ammonia,  either  in  the  solid  form  or  in  the 
form  of  strong  solutions,  containing  24  or  25  per  cent,  of 
Nil-,  and  prepared  according  to  his  previous  patent 
(Eng.  Pat.  SS19,  1886).  The  mixing  is  performed  in  any 
suitable  manner,  and  the  resulting  manure,  even  when 
prepared  from  very  acid  and  moist  superphosphates,  is 
neutral,  dry  and  easily  pulverised. — J.  M.  H.  M. 

Erratum.— In  the  June  issue,  p.  113,  line  12  from  foot  of 
second  column,  for  "2—3,"  read  "  2'3." 


XV.- SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sugar  by  Electro- 
lysis.    E.  Fahrig,  Pedes'.     Eng.  Pat.  3556,  March  13, 

1SS6.  sd. 
By  means  of  a  high-tension  dynamo,  electric  sparks  are 
missed  through  the  raw  sugar,  the  ozone  thus  formed 
bleaching  the  sugar  and  also  loosening  all  base  and 
mineral  matters  contained  in  it.  Low-tension  currents 
are  then  sent  through  the  bleached  mass  and  these  pro- 
duce a  deposition  of  the  impurities,  which  may  be 
washed  away  by  a  stream  of  water*— 15.  T. 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Removal  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Crude  Spin'.     E.   Pfeill'er. 
'hem  Zeit.  H,  .'147. 

POl  ISSITJM  PEEMAHOA2JATE  was  tried  in  18611  for  the  pur- 
pose of  removing  fusel  oil  from  crude  spirit.  As  the 
result  of  one  experiment  only,  the  yield  of  pure  spirit 
seemed  to  be  greater  than  With  charcoal  filters,  but  the 
use  of  the  latter  was  considered  more  practical. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  Employed  in  thi 
Preparation  of  Finings  for  ih<  Usi  of  Brewers  and 
Others.  A.  W.  (iillman  and  S.  Spencer,  Soutbwark. 
Eng.  Pat.  9090,  July  12,  L886.     sd. 

Tins  consists  of  an  apparatus  by  means  of  which  the 
operation  of  passing  finings  through  a  sieve  is  greatly 
facilitated.  The  most  important  part  of  the  apparatus 
is  a  brush  which  has  both  a  rotary,  as  well  as  a  rising 
and  falling,  motion. — (I.  H.  M. 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS,    SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(A)  CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS. 

Improvements  in  thi  Manufacture  of  Articles  of  Food 
made  from  the  Kernels  of  Almonds  and  other  Fruits. 
E.  R  Allen  and  W.  C.  Allen,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
9712,  July  27,  1886.     4d. 

The  kernels  are  decorticated,  crushed  and  the  oil 
expressed,  the  last  traces  of  the  essential  oil  being 
removed  by  prolonged  boiling  or  distillation.  The  dried 
meal  so  obtained  is  made  into  biscuits  in  the  usual 
way. — C.  C.  H.  

Improvements  in  Treating  Milk  for  Preserving  it.  A. 
Brin,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat'.  9738,  July  is,  1886. 
6d. 

The  milk  is  saturated  with  pure  oxygen  under  pressure, 
and  bottled  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  preparation  of 
ordinary  aerated  waters. — ('.  C.  H. 

(B)  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

The  Physiological  Action  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  and 

tlie  Alkaline  Sulphides.      J.    Pohl.     Arch.  f.   Exper. 
Pathol,  u.  Pharm.  22.  L. 

The  author  considers  that  the  poisonous  effects  produced 
by  sulphuretted  hydrogen  are  not  due  toils  reducing  the 
oxybsemoglotJin  of  the  blond,  for,  according  to  his  ex- 
periments, death  can  ensue  before  any  reduction  has 
taken  place,  but  to  the  formation  of  alkaline  sulphides 
with  the  alkaline  salts  of  the  blood.  The  alkaline  sul- 
phides possess  specific  poisonous  properties. — C  A.  K. 


The  Purification   "f   Waste    Water  by  Means  of  Iron 
Salts.     Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  484—485. 

In  November,  1886,  •'.  AVolfl  made  a  communication 
to  the  Verein  Deutscher  Ingenieure  regarding  the 
special  advantages  of  employing  iron  salts  in  the  purifi- 
cation of  waste  water  ;  a  method  which  until  now  has 
been  impracticable  on  account  of  the  expense.  Puddle 
sing,  with  as  much  as  .">4  per  cent,  of  iron,  and 
mill  furnace  slag,  containing  48  per  cent,  of  iron,  when 
ground  with  acids  yield  bodies  which  contain 
about  30  per  cent,  of  iron,  a  small  amount  of 
silicic  acid,  a  variable  quantity  of  phosphoric  acid  and 
a  deposit  of  mud,  which,  in  combination  with  chalk, 
serve  as  a  substitute  for  expensive  purifying  agents. 
Waste  water  when  mixed  with  this  prepared  slag  gives 
a  dense  precipitate,  which  quickly  settles  and  leaves  a 
perfectly  clear  water,  which  does  not  putrefy  even  after 
several  months  storage  in  open  or  closed  vessels. 
If  the  water  is  alkaline  or  contains  earthy  alka- 
line carbonates,  an  addition  of  lime  is  often  necessary, 
and  even  in  drainage  water  which  is  slightly  acid 
(through  presence  of  organic  acids),  when  phosphoric 
acid  is  present  it  is  unnecessary  to  add  lime  on  account 


July 30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


515 


of  the  insolubility  of  phosphate  of  iron  solutions  of 
Organic  acids.  To  make  the  precipitate  more  useful  for 
agricultural  purposes,  prepared  Thomas  ~lag  i-  used 
along  with  either  of  the  above-mentioned  slags.  It  it  is 
necessary  to  reduce  the  amount  of  lime,  the  Thomas  slag 
is  treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  when  the  lime  separates 
out  as  gypsum.  The  gypsum  mud.  which  still  contains 
some  phosphoric  acid,  can,  after  the  purification  of  the 
«.iter.  be  added  to  the  deposited  mud,  and  bo  made  use 
fill.  The  presence  of  the  iron  does  not,  of  course,  detract 
from  its  employment  as  manure.  Wolff  states  that  for 
one  cubic  metre  of  waste  water  [e.g.,  from  paper  works) 
B  few  grins,  of  iron  in  the  form  of  prepared  slag  is  Buffi 
cient. — W.  M.  ».. 


decolourising  as  well  as  depurating  effect  The  specifi- 
cation gives  drawings  of  the  apparatus  in  which  the 
calcination  is  effected.     C.  C.  H. 


men 
Lie 


the    Disinfection   <;/'   Sewage,    Wasti 
quors,  and  the  like.     F.   Petre,   Berlin,   Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  4512,  March  31,  1886.     fid. 

This  process  for  the  purification  of  sewage  and  other 
such  liquids  consists  in  treating  the  liquid  with  caustic 
lime  and  subsequently  with  magnesium  or  barium  salts. 
or  both.  The  effluent  from  this  defecation  is  further 
purified  by  filtration  through  gravel,  charcoal,  sawdust 
and  tan  or  any  material  containing  tannic  acid.  The 
process  may  be  made  more  effective  by  treating  the 
effluent  with  an  alkaline  phosphate  and  chloride  of 
magnesium  prior  to  the  filtration. — C.  C.  H. 

An  Improved  Meant  of  Purifying,  Precipitating,  and 
Filtering  Sewage,  Drainage,  and  the  Wee  matters.  J. 
Kenton,  Bailey.     Eng.  Pat.  7333,  June  1,  1886.     6d. 

The  sewage  is  passed  through  a  box  or  tank  containing 
alum  and  admitted  into  settling  tanks,  the  effluent 
passing  therefrom  being  filtered  through  a  series  of 
strainers  composed  of  straw  or  reeds.  — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Compositions  for  Treating  Matters 
having  an  Offensivt  bmell.  A.  I>.  Hunter,  .Slcllxiurne. 
Eng.  Pat.  6037,  April  25,  1887.    4d. 

The  object  of  the  patentee  i~  the  production  of  a  deodo- 
rant which  .-hall  not  impair  the  valuable  fertilising 
properties  of  any  offensive  matter  to  which  it  i~  added. 
The  mixture  described  consists  of  1  ton  of  dry  lignite 
dust,  6  bushels  of  dried  powdered  leaves  of  the  gum  tree, 
lewt.  of  sulphate  of  iron,  }cwt.  of  salt  and  2  gallons  of 
kerosene. — C.  C.  11. 


Th>   Employment    of  Certain  Substances  for  Antiseptic 

Purposes.       W.   Thomson,    Manchester.      Eng.    Pat. 
6S19,  May  21,  1886.    4d. 

The  patentee  claims  the  employment  of  the  neutral  and 
acid  fluorides  and  silico-fluorides  of  the  alkalis,  cither  ' 
alone  or  mixed  with  the  free  acids  as  general  antiseptic. 
In  some  cases  the  proportion  used  may  be  as  low  as  one  I 
part  of  the  salt  or  salts  to  KKM)  of  the  substance  to  be 
preserved  and  in  others  as  high  as  two  parts  to  100. 

— C.  C.  H. 

Improvement   in   Disinfectants.     A.   Boake  and   F.  G> 
Roberta,  Stratford.  'Eng.  Pat.   S509,  June  29,  1SS6- 

4.1. 

The  patentees  claim  the  employment  of  acid  sulphite  of 
zine  as  a  disinfectant  ;  also  a  mixture  of  any  of  the  fol- 
lowing dry  salts  : — Calcium,  magnesium,  sodium,  pot- 
assium and  zinc  sulphites  or  sodium  and  potassium 
bisulphites,  with  dry  anhydrous  sodium  bisulp'hate  suffi- 
cient  in  quantity  that  when  wetted  its  free  arid  will 
decompo-e  the  sulphite  with  which  it  is  mixed. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Depurating  and 
]>■  eolourising  Charcoal  for  Pm-ifi/itifj  Sewage  and  other 
Foul  Liquids,  and  for  Decolourising  Syrups.  W. 
Burns,  Lcith.     Eng.  Pat,  9569,  July  21,  1886.     8d. 

Sixteen  parts  of  dried  chalk  and  6  parts  of  clay  are 
ground  to  a  fine  powder  with  12  pails  of  coal;  20  parts  of 
wood  sawdust  are  also  added.  The  finely  powdered 
mixture  is  then  well  incorporated  with  40  parts  of  animal 
dung,  4  parts  of  blood  and  2  parts  of  iron  boring-  :  the 
whole  is  moulded  into  bricks  and  these  are  calcined  in 
a  closed  retort  at  a  low  temperature  and  at  about  21b. 
per  square  inch  air  pressure  ;  a  second  stage  of  calcining 
at  a  high  temperature  and  a  lower  pressure  follows. 
Hydrochloric  acid  gas  is  then  injected  into  the  retort, 
afterwards  superheated  steam  to  absorb  the  acid,  and 
finally  after  cooling,  the  charred  mass  is  ground  fine. 
The  substitution  of  blood  for  the  iron  borings,  and  one 
half  of  the  chalk  and  clav  by  ground  bones,  and  pro- 
ceeding   as    before,    yields   a    carbon    having    a    high 


XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Pocket  Form  ofDanielVsDryCeU.  Edelmann.  Centralbl. 
f.  Electrotech,  9,  145. 

Two  plates  of  copper  and  two  of  zinc  are  separated  from 
one  another  by  sheets  of  filter  paper.  The  paper  is 
soaked  in  a  hot  mixture  of  gelatine  and  powdered  copper 
sulphate  on  one  side,  and  gelatine  and  powdered  zinc 
sulphate  on  the  other.  Before  fitting  up  the  battery  the 
sheets  thus  prepared  are  soaked  in  water  and  the  plates 
are  held  together  by  indiarubbar  bands.  With  a  re- 
sistance of  1  ohm.  the  battery  has  an  electro-motive  force 
of  204  volts,  anil  the  strength  of  the  current,  which  is 
sufficiently  constant,  is  0-5  ampere.— C.  A.  K. 

Crystals  from  LcclandU  Cells.     H.  Thorns,  Phami.  Zeit. 

32,  171. 
KhuMBIC  crystals  of  the  formula  ZnCl_,.2XH,  were 
found  in  a  Leclanche  battery.  They  are  insoluble  in 
water  but  on  boiling,  ammonia  is  evolved.  They  can  be 
obtained  by  dissolving  freshly  precipitated  zinc  hydr- 
oxide in  a  solution  of  ammonium  chloride  and  evapora- 
ting till  the  solution  commence*  to  crystallise. 

-C.  A.  K. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Application  mirl  Utilisation 
of  Magnetism  or  Electro-Magnetism  for  the  Separation 
of  Metals  and  for  other  purposes,  and  to  Apparatus 
therefor.  H.  S.  Maxim,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  4751, 
April  5,  1SS6.     Is.  Id. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  separation  of  non-magnetic 
metals  from  non-metallic  substances,  the  separation  being 
effected  by  allowing  the  mixture  to  fall  between  the 
poles  of  rapidly  revolving  magnets,  the  polarity  of  which 
is  subject  to  continual  reversals.  The  metals  move  in 
the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  magnets,  and  can  be  col- 
lected in  a  suitable  chute,  while  the  non-metallic  sub- 
stances fall  straight  down  between  the  poles.  This  appa- 
ratus can  also  be  used  for  assaying,  by  weighing  ores  in  an 
ordinary  balance  and  also  when  suspended  between  the 
magnet  poles.  The  quantity  of  salts,  saccharine  matter, 
or  acids  in  a  solution  can  be  ascertained  by  the  same 
method.  The  larger  the  quantity  of  salts  the  greater 
the  deflection. — B.  T. 

The  Regeneration  or  Production  of  Chromic  Acid  from 
Exhausted  Battery  end  other  Solutions.  D.  G.  Fitz- 
gerald, London.     Eng.  Pat.  5542,  April  21,  1SS6.     6d. 

In  batteries  in  which  chromic  acid  or  an  acid  solution 
of  a  eliminate  or  bichromate  is  used,  there  is  generally  left 
a  chromic  salt  and  some  sulphate  of  zinc.  For  conve- 
nience, this  solution  is  poured  into  a  tank,  and  the  oxides 
of  zinc  and  chromium  are  precipitated  by  lime  or  other 
base.  The  precipitate  can  then  be  easily  transported  to 
the  regenerating  works.  Here  it  is  redissolved  by  a 
dilute  mineral  acid  or  other  suitable  solvent  and  placed 
in  a  vessel,  in  which  it  is  separated  by  a  porous  partition 
from  a  solution  of  zinc  sulphate  or  of  oxide  of  zinc  in 
ammonia-alum.  Into  these  two  compartments  dip  elec- 
trodes that  are  not  acted  on  by  the  solution.  A  current 
is  then  passed  through,  which  liberates  the  acid  of  the 


516 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [JuiyMkUtt. 


chromium  salt  ami  oxidises  its  oxide  of  chromium  into 
chromic  acid.  Zinc  is  deposited  in  the  cathode  compart- 
ments and  may  be  Beparated  by  fusion  from  the  oxide 
of  chromium  deposited  with  it. — E.  T. 

Improvements  in    Galvanic  Batteries.      S.  F.  Walker, 
Cardiff.    Eng.  Pat  5817,  A].ril  iO,  1SS6.    id. 

The  inventor  proposes  to  use  sulphur  instead  of  man- 
ganese dioxide  in  a  l.eelanchc  cell.  In  the  action  which 
lie  believes  takes  place,  the  exciting  liquid  used  at  one 
if  the  action  is  renewed  at  another.  The  battery 
gives  notice  when  nearly  worked  out  by  the  liberation  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  into  the  air. — E.  T. 

Improved  Galvanic   Battery.       F.  W.  Ilranson,  Leeds. 
Eng.  I'at.  5N55,  April  HO,  18S6.     6d. 

PLATES  of  carbon,  which  are  placed  generally  in  the 
outer  vessel  of  the  battery  and  surround  the  porous  cell, 
are  immersed  in  a  solution,  of  which  the  essential  com- 
ponents are  chromic  acid,  sulphuric  or  nitric  acid,  and 
water.  The  zinc  electrode  is  immersed  in  a  solution  of 
dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  any  soluble  mercury  salt,  but 
preferably  sulphate  of  mercury. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  tltc  Mode  of  Vulcanising  the  Insulating 
Covering  of  Electrical  Conductors.  B.  J.  B.  Mills, 
London.  From  J.  J.  C.  Smith,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  5S2S,  May  12,  1S85.  6d.  (Amended 
Specification.) 
In  the  process  of  vulcanisation  it  is  found  of  great 
importance  to  protect  the  wires  from  moisture  and  at 
the  same  time  to  subject  them  to  pressure.  This  is  at 
present  done  by  packing  in  soapstone,  or  covering  them 
with  a  tape  impervious  to  moisture,  and  then  subjecting 
them  to  the  heat  and  pressure  of  steam.  By  this  vul- 
canising process,  however,  the  insulation  resistance  is 
found  to  be  lowered  and  to  fall  farther  when  immersed 
in  water.  The  inventor,  therefore,  covers  the  insulating 
material  with  tinfoil,  thus  completely  protecting  from 
moisture,  and  then  subjects  t lie  .cable  to  the  direct  action 
of  high-pressure  steam.  Experiments  show  that  by  this 
process  of  vulcanisation  the  resistance  is  very  much 
increased  and  is  not  afiected  by  a  long  immersion  in 
water.— E.  T. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Extraction  or  Separation 
of  Gold,  Silver,  and  Platinum  from  Ores  and  other 
Substances  or  Products  containing  such  Metals.  J. 
Noad,  East  Ham.     Eng.  Pat.  6S10',  May  20,  18S6.     6d. 

The  linely  pulverised  material  is  allowed  to  subside  in  a 
bath  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  a  saturated  solution  of 
any  Buitable  iron  salt  with  one  of  tungstate  of  iron.  Into 
the  deposit  a  cathode  is  introduced,  the  iron  anode  being 
in  the  solution  and  out  of  contact  with  the  precipitate, 
and  an  electric  current  is  passed,  with  the  object  of 
coating  the  particles  of  noble  metals  with  iron,  when 
they  may  be  extracted  from  the  residual  matter  by  a 
magnetic  separator.  The  iron  may  be  subsequently 
removed  by  acid  or  by  roasting. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  tin   Transformation  of  Heat  into  Elec- 
tricity,   aial    iii    Apparatus  for  thai    Purpose.      C. 
Clamond,   Paris,  France.     Eng.  I'at.  tisrj'i,  May  21, 
1SS6.     lid. 
The  inventor  connects  an  alloy  of  antimony  and  zinc 
with  a  substance  such  as  galena  or  sulphide  of  lead  by 
" intercontacts "  of  copper  or  other  suitable  metal.    If 
one  of  these  intercontacts  connects  the  substances  at  one 
patt  and  another  at  another  part,  then,  when  one  inter- 
contact  is  heated  and  the  other  cooled,  a  current  of  elec- 
trieity  is  produced  in  the  circuit.     This  principle  is  made 
use  of  in  the  improved  apparatus. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Copper  from  Solutioi 

Halts.      I!.   Hunt,   Glasgow.      I  mm   « J.  Thomson,  New 
Jersey,  U.S.A.     Eng.  I'at.  6974,  May  25,  lbSO.     Id. 

COPPKB  PLATES,  to  serve  as  the  positive  electrode,  and 
carbon  contained  in  a  iwous  vessel,  to  serve  as  the  nega- 


tive electrode,  are  immersed  in  the  copper  solutions.  A 
current  of  electricity  is  passed  through  the  cell  until  90 
per  cent,  of  the  copper  has  been  deposited  on  the  copper 
plates.  The  solution  is  then  agitated  with  sulphide  of 
iron,  and  afterwards  allowed  to  settle  j  the  clear  liquor 
remaining  is  strongly  acid,  and  may  be  used  to  dissolve 
fresh  copper  from  oxides,  etc. — 11.  T. 


Improve  Primary    Voltaic    Batteries,     J.    E. 

1'earce,   Maidenhead.     Eng.  I'at.  7189,  Ma\   28,  1886. 
8d. 

This  improvement  relates  to  a  battery  similar  to  thai 
described  in  Eng.  I'at.  7401  of  1SS5,  in  which  a  current  of 
chlorine  gas  is  used  as  the  excitant.  A  slab  of  I 
corrugated,  or  otherwise,  and  placed  horizontally,  serves  as  a 
porous  partition  and  also  as  one  of  the  electrodes  ;  below 
and  parallel  with  it  is  a  slabof  zinc  immersed  in  zinc 
chloride.  The  whole  is  covered  in  by  an  earthenware 
cover  or  by  the  carbon  element  used  as  a  cover,  Buitable 
passages,  being  provided  for  the  entrance  and  exit  of  the 
chlorine. — B.  T. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbon  Filaments 
or  other  Conductors  for  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps. 

\V.  Maxwell,  London.     Eng.  Pat,  7251,  May  31,  ISSb. 
6d. 

In  the  usual  methods  of  Hashing,  the  hydrocarbon  begins 
to  decompose  before  the  filament  has  become  very  hot 
and  before  the  occluded  gases  have  been  expelled  ;  the 
rate  of  deposit  is  also  rapid  and  not  easily  controlled. 
The  deposits  are,  on  this  account,  only  slightly  adherent 
and  not  homogeneous.  The  inventor  therefore  encloses  the 
filaments  in  a  vessel  through  which  a  stream  of  neutral 
gas,  such  as  nitrogen  or  hydrogen,  is  passing  and  heats 
them  electrically  as  a  preliminary  purifying  process.  A 
continual  stream  of  hydrocarbon  gas  or  vapour,  diluted 
with  nitrogen  or  hydrogen  in  such  proportions  as  will 
give  the  required  rate  of  deposit,  is  then  passed  through 
and  the  Hashing  operation  carried  on  at  a  much  higher 
temperature  than  is  usual.  The  gas  is  preferred  at  a  low 
temperature  and  pressure.  As  the  condition  of  the 
atmosphere  round  the  filament  remains  practically  con- 
stant, a  very  homogeneous  deposit  is  obtained. — E.  T. 


Improvements    in    Galvanic    Batteries.     P.   R.  de   F. 

d  Plumy,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  7353,  June  1,  1SS6.    lid. 

By  means  of  a  lever  the  electrodes  can  be  raised  com- 
pletely or  only  partially  out  of  the  liquid,  according  to 
the  current  required.  The  vessels  containing  the  exerting 
fluid  are  arranged  in  trays,  so  as  to  be  easily  removed 
for  renewing  the  liquid  ;  each  cell  contains  a  porous 
vessel  filled  with  the  electrolyte,  which  gradually  passes 
through  the  pores  to  renovate  the  liquid  in  the  outer 
vessel. — B.  T. 


A  Nt  w  or  Improved  Electro-chemical  Etching  1 

H.  E.  P.  Lorn,  Leipzig,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat.  7*63, 

June  3,  1SS6.  4d. 
The  parts  of  the  metal  plate  which  are  to  remain  elevated 
arc  coated  with  a  thin  layer  ef  some  insulating  sub- 
stance ;  the  plate  is  then  connected  by  a  wire  to  the 
positive  pole  of  a  battery  and  immersed  in  a  bath  of 
dilute  acid  sufficiently  strong  to  chemically  attack  the 
metal  of  the  plate  ;  opposite  to  it  is  placed  a  plate  of  car- 
bon or  sonic  negative  metal  connected  to  the  negative  pole 
of  the  battery.— B.  T. 

An  Improvement  in  thi    Construction  of  Elements  for 
dary    Batteries    or    Accumulators.      J.    Pitkin, 
London.     Eng.  I'at.  75DG,  June  5,  1SSC.     Sd. 

The  frame  of  lead  is  east  with  a  flange  along  all  four 
sides,  and  with  studs  at  suitable  intervals  over  both  faces 
of  the  plate  ;  these  studs  are  east  taper,  but  are  after- 
ward- l.uiied  over  by  hammering  so  as  to  hold  the  active 
material  of  the  plate  ;  for  the  same  purpose  the  flanges 
are  cither  bent  inwards  or  arc  undercut, — B.  T. 


July  sol  U8TJ      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


517 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.  C  Smith,  London. 

Edr.  Pat  7848,  '.June  11,  1886.  lid. 
The  electrodes  are  made  of  shallow  leaden  trays, 
divided  by  partitions  into  numerous  compartments,  into 
these  are  packed  strips  of  thin  lead,  alternated  with 
either  strips  of  asbestos  paper  or  of  some  such  substance 
as  peroxide  of  lead.  These  plates  are  packed  in  a  anil 
able  containing  vessel,  with  a  thin  plate  of  perforated 
vulcanite  or  such  material  between  each  pair  and  sup- 
ported  in  such  a  way  as  not  to  touch  either  of  the  plates 
when  the  cell  is  in  good  order :  this  prevents  any  chance 
of  a  short  circuit  by  buckling.— E.  T. 


fore  pours  melted  lead  into  a  heated  shallow  tray,  and 
distributes  equally,  by  a  continuous  vibration  or  other 
suitable  means,  small*  pieces  of  active  material  of  any 
chosen  shape,  placing  a  cover  over  to  prevent 
them  floating.  By  its  contraction  the  lead  binds  them 
closely,  decreases  the  above-mentioned  defects  and 
moreover  gives  great  mechanical  strength.  —  E.  T. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Producing  Metallic  J 
or  Designs,  and  Ornaments  of  all  kinds  on  Metallic 
Surfaces.     H.  J.  Haddan,  London.     From  Johann  von 
Chelmicki,  Warsaw.  Russia.      Eng.   Eat.   SOTS,  June 
17,  1SS6.     (id. 
On  the  metallic  surface  to  be  treated,  the  parts  to  be 
left  unaffected  are  painted  over  with  an  insulating  ink 
or  mass  ami   then  whatever  metal  is  desired  is  electro- 
deposited  on  tile  exposed  part  of  the  metal  surface.  To  pro- 
duce a  design  in  three  metals — e.g.,  gold,  silver  and  nickel 
— the  surface  is  first  gilded,  then  nickeled,  painted  to  the 
required  design  and  silvered  on  the  parts  left  exposed. 
The   paint   is   removed    from    those    parts    that  are  to 
appear   in  gold  and  the  nickel  dissolved  by  a  suitable 
acid. — E.  T.  

Improvements  relating  I"  the  Extraction  of  Gold,  Silver 
ami  Copper  from  Ores  and  other  Substances  or  Pro- 
ducts containing  such  Metals.  J.  Noad,  East  Ham. 
Eng.  Pat  S130,"  June  IS,  1SS0.     od. 

page  511,  

Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries  or  Accumulators. 

A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  A.  E.  Pevrusson,  Paris, 
France.  Eng.  Eat.  8226,  June  22,  1886.  8d. 
An  electrode  is  employed,  consisting  of  a  block  of  per- 
oxide of  lead  with  vanes  or  wires  of  lead  distributed 
through  it  ami  all  connected  to  a  central  vertical  lead  rod. 
This  electrode  is  placed  in  a  porous  vessel,  the  opposite 
electrodeof  lead  or  other  suit  able  metal  being  placed  round 
it,  containing  a  solution  made  up  of  water,  sulphuric  acid 
andsulphateoftinorcadmium.  When  charging,  either  tin 
or  cadmium  is  deposited  on  the  lead  plate;  when  dis- 
charging, this  deposit  is  recissolved.  For  this  electrode 
are  claimed,  great  storage  capacity,  freedom  from  local 
action  and  the  preliminary  operation  of  "  forming,"  and 
the  possibility  of  seeing  by  the  deposit  of  metal  whether 
the  accumulator  is  charged  or  run  down.  For  the  whole 
battery  are  claimed,  freedom  from  short-circuiting. 
greater  durability  and  an  unusually  high  electromotive 
force  and  discharge  current. — E.  T. 


'  in  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps.  3.  G. 
Lorrain,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  S413,  June  25,  1SS6.  6d. 
To  overcome  the  well-known  objectit  ns  to  thick  leading- 
in  wires  in  low-resistance  lamps,  the  inventor  substitutes 
several  smaller  wires,  each  wire  being  fused  separately 
in  the  glass  and  joined  together  inside  and  outside 
for  each  of  the  larger  ones.— E.  T. 


I,  a/,  run  iii  ■  i, is  iii  the  Manufacturi  of  Carbon  Filaments 
or  other  Conductors  for  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps. 

W.  Maxwell,  London.    Eng.  Pat.  S513,  June  29,  1886. 

6d. 
The  inventor  "flashes"  his  filaments  in  the  manner 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  725],  of  1SS6  (see  abstract). 
The  extent  of  the  deposit  is  determined  by  the  strength 
of  current  required  to  produce  standard  incandescence, 
and  for  the  purpose  of  easily  comparing  the  light  with  a 
standard,  it  is  obscured  by  suitable  means.  The  point 
at  which  the  desired  strength  of  current  has  been 
reached,  may  be  indicated  by  a  glow  lamp  placed  in 
series,  which  then  assumes  a  certain  state  of  incan- 
descence oi  just  begins  to  glow  ;  at  this  point,  if  desired, 
the  current  may  be  broken  automatically  by  a  "  cut- 
out." To  make  lamps  that  will  glow  equally,  whether 
in  series  or  in  parallel,  filaments  are  chosen  of  exactly 
similar  quality  and  size  and,  after  flashing  as  above,  are 
cut  to  the  same  length  and  mounted. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Pickling  or  Cleaning  the 
Surfaci  of  Iron  or  other  Metal  previous  1"  Coating 
such  Surface  with  Tin  or  other  Metal.  A.  Gutensohn 
and  J .  M.  James,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  S324,  July  23, 
1886.     6d. 

A  WOODEN"  BATH  is  made  of  suitable  form  and  size  and 
lined  with  sheet  iron:  it  is  filled  with  an  acid  or  alkaline 
solution,  according  to  convenience.  In  it  the  metal 
sheets  to  be  cleaned  are  suspended,  and  a  cnrrent  is 
passed  from  them  through  the  liquid  to  the  iron  lining. 
The  sheets  become  beautifully  clean,  while  the  iron 
which  is  removed,  is  deposited  on  the  metal  lining  or,  if 
the  current  be  very  strong,  is  deposited  as  oxide  and 
may  in  either  case  be  made  use  of.  The  "  pickling  " 
solution  may  be  used  for  a  long  time  and,  being  cold, 
gives  off  no  noxious  fumes.  The  inventor  claims  greater 
economy  by  this  process. — E.  T. 


Improvements    in 
Accumulators. 


8379,  June  25,  18S6.     6d. 


dory    Batteries    or    Electrical 

A.  Keckenzaun,  London.     Eng.  Pat. 


r„,j  . ,  .  and  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of 

Aluminium,  and  othi  r  Light  Mt  tals.  F.  J.  K.  Seaver, 
London.  From  Dr.  E."  C.  Kleiner-Fiertz,  Zurich, 
Switzerland.  Eng.  Eat.  8531,  June  29,  1SS6.  Sd. 
Dry  powdered  cryolite  is  packed  around  and  between 
carbon  electrodes  in  a  bauxite-lined  furnace  ;  on  passing 
the  current  from  a  dynamo-electric  machine,  the  heat  of 
the  arc  formed  between  the  carbons  causes  the  fusion 
and  simultaneously,  the  decomposition  of  the  cryolite. 
The  evolved  fluorine,  by  attacking  the  bauxite,  main- 
tains the  aluminium  percentage  in  the  electrolyte  con- 
stant. When  sufficient  metal  has  collected,  in  the  form 
of  fused  balls,  around  the  lower  or  negative  carbons,  the 
circuit  is  broken  and,  after  cooling,  the  aluminium  is 
collected.  Other  light  metals,  such  as  magnesium  or 
sodium,  may  be  similarly  reduced,  but  since  they  float 
upon  the  bath,  the  furnace  must  be  closed  by  a  tight- 
fitting  bell  cover  to  exclude  oxygen.  The  form  of 
furnace  recommended  is  rectangular  with  symmetrically 
arranged  cavities,  the  bottoms  of  which  are  pierced  by 
the  "negative  carbon  ;  the  positive  electrodes  are 
formed  by  groups  of  carbons  in  order  to  expose  larger 
surfaces  for  contact.  The  various  systems  in  each 
furnace  are  arranged  in  multiple  arc  and  the  positions 
of  cither  sets  of  carbons  may  be  regulated  at  will. 

-W.  G.  M. 

A[X"nl  Saline  Preparation  applicabU  for  use  in  Galvanic 
Batteries,  ami  tin-  Process  for  tin  Manufacture  of  the 

same.    A.  Schanschieff,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  SS32,  July 

6,  1SS6.  6d. 
Tins  preparation  is  composed  of  mercury  and  sulphuric 
acid,  forming  "a  salt  so  freely  soluble  in  water  that 
2lb.  of  metallic  mercury  may  be  held  in  solution  in  a 
gallon  of  water."  Two  methods  of  preparation  are  de- 
scribed.— B.  T.  

Improvement*  in  Galvanic  Batteries,  and  in  tin  Applira 
>;„„    ,,f  tin-   .-"in.    tn    Electric    Lighting    and    other 
uses.     A.   R.    Upward  and  C.  W.  Pridham,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  90S2,  July  12,  1886.     Is.  Id. 


In  the  usual    forms  of   accumulator  plates  the  active     THESE  are  improvements  on  the  gas  batteries  described 
mater'al  is  liable  to  be  detached.     The  inventor  there-     in  Eng.   Pat.   15,567,   of  1884,   and  Eng.    Pats.    7101 


518 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Juij-ao.iss;. 


and  9302,  of  1885  (this  Journal,  1886,  247  and  331). 
The  inventors  now  employ  extremely  large  circular 
cells,  containing  five  cylindrical   porous  pots  and  two 

carbon  plates  between  each  pair  of  pots,  all  the  remain- 
ing space  being  filled  w  itli  broken  car  lion.  The  w  bole  is 
scaled  with  marine  glue.  The  porous  cells  contain  t he 
zincs  ami  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc.  The  gas  genu 
ator  lias  three  openings — one  connected  to  an  acid  vessel, 
provided  with  a  gauge  glass  to  allow  measured  quantities 
of  acid  to  be  run  into  the  generator;  one  to  deliver  the  gas; 
and  the  third  for  emptying.  The  second  tube  has  alto  a 
pipe  with  a  tap  jointed  on,  leading  to  a  water  reservoir, 
for  cleaning  out  the  generator.  The  gas  when  being 
made,  passes  first  through  the  cells  and  then  into  the 
gas  reservoir,  consisting  of  four  or  more  uptight  columns 
of  drain  pipes,  the  superior  density  of  chlorine  being 
taken  advantage  of.  When  the  generator  is  not  work- 
ing, gas  is  sucked  into  the  battery  from  these  columns. 
The  gas  pipes  that  enter  at  the  bottom  of  the  cells  may 
be  connected  with  a  trap  to  the  drain,  so  as  to  get 
rid  of  any  accumulation  of  liquid.  For  electric  lighting 
two  or  more  cells  are  employed,  according  to  the  size 
of  the  installation.  A  battery  of  accumulators  is  con- 
nected in  series  to  the  external  circuit,  and  by  means 
of  a  clock  and  a  mercury  switch-board,  one,  two  or 
more  cells,  according  to  the  size  of  the  gas  battery,  can 
be  connected  to  the  latter  in  turn  for  regular  inteivals  of 
time.— E.  T.  

Improvements  in  the  Process  for  Treating  Auriferous 
Substances  by  Electrolysis.  H.  Liepmann,  London. 
Eng.  Tat.  9432,  July  20,  1SS6.    Sd. 

These  improvements  have  reference  to  the  apparatus 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  3S73,  1SS3  (this  Journal,  1S84, 
322)  and  consist  in  the  addition  of  a  dense  porous 
diaphragm,  which  can  be  placed  over  the  more  porous 
partition,  so  as  to  prevent  the  diffusion  of  the  cathode 
liquors  into  the  anode  compartment.  Means  are  pro- 
vided for  putting  this  diaphragm  either  into  or  out  of 
action.— B.  T. 

Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  E.  H.  Desolu, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  9514,  July  22,  1SS6.     Sd. 

To  obtain  great  constancy,  two  porous  pots  are  em- 
ployed, an  inner  one  containing  the  zinc,  and  an  outer 
one  ;  the  space  between  the  two  is  tilled  with  a 
store  of  acid  to  replenish  the  weakened  liquids  of 
the  active  cells.  Each  vessel  is  provided  with  a 
special  tap  to  enable  liquid  to  be  run  in  or  with- 
drawn. Sometimes  a  third  porous  cell  is  employed, 
outside  the  above-mentioned  two,  containing  a 
second  zinc  cylinder.  This  is  then  joined  to  the  car- 
bon of  the  next  battery,  as  in  the  ordinary  series 
arrangement.  All  the  inner  zincs  are,  however,  joined 
together  to  the  negative  pole  of  the  battery.  It  is  stated 
that  by  this  means  a  double  electromotive  force  may  be 
obtained. — E.  T.  

Improvements  in  tlu  Deposition  of  Platinum  by  Elec- 
tricity. W.  A.  Thorns,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  10,477, 
Aug.' 16,  1SS6.     lid. 

To  a  solution  of  platinum  chloride  is  added  a  weak 
solution  of  sodium  phosphate  and  then  one  of 
ammonium  phosphate.  The  mixture  is  boiled  for 
several  hours,  some  sodium  chloride  solution  being 
added.  Through  the  bath  thus  prepared  a  strong  cur- 
rent of  electricity  is  passed,  and  the  bath  is  better  if  used 
warm.  It  must  be  kept  up  to  strength  by  the  addition 
of  fresh  platinum  and  sodium  solutions.— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electrical  Fuses.    0.  Smith,  Polmont, 
N.B.    Eng.  Pat  14,249,  Nov.  5,  1886.    -id. 

The  inventor  makes  the  fuse  composition  for  blasting 
purposes  into  a  paste  by  combining  it  with  collodion,  or 
a  solution  of  rubber  or  shellac  ;  the  ends  of  the  conduct- 
ing wires  are  then  coated  with  this  material,  which  may 
be  covered  with  sheet)  gut  and  afterwards  treated  with 
shellac  varnish.  —  1!.  T, 


Improvements  .«  andtonnected  with  the  Manufacture  of 

Ah  limn i.i n     and     other     Light      Metals.        E.     C. 

Kleiner-Fit  rtz,  Zurich,  Switzerland.    Eng.  Pat.  15,322, 

Nov.  24,  1886.  8d. 
The  object  of  these  improvements  is  to  prevent  the 
rapid  destructii  n  of  the  earton  anode  immediately 
above  the  bath  of  melted  cryolite,  which  occurs 
in  the  use  (f  the  arrangement  described  in  Fng. 
Pat.  8531,  of  1886  (see  abstract,  p.  517).  To  effect 
this,  the  anodes  are  moulded  into  segments,  which  are 
so  placid  as  to  forma  carbon  ling,  and  above  this  is 
placed  a  layer  of  oxide  of  aluminium  to  prevent  access 
of  air  to  the  carbon.  The  bottom  of  the  vessel  is  made 
concave,  so  that  the  metallic  aluminium  which  is 
deposited  may  collect  theie  and  not  foim  a  short  circuit 
between  the  carbons.  The  carbon  lings  have  wings 
or  connections,  which  extend  beyond  the  furnace, 
to  lead  the  current  from  the  main  circuit.  The  arc 
niav  be  started  initially  by  means  of  a  carbon  rod. 

— W.  (i.  M. 

Improvements  <«  Extracting  Hold  and  other  Precious 
Metals  from  their  Ores,  and  Apparatus  therefor,     <'. 

D.   Abel,  London.      From  E.  Fischer    and     M.     W. 
Weber,    Berlin,    Ciennany.     Eng.   Pat.   921,  Jan.  20, 
1887.     Sd. 
See  page  512.  


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Crlts.      N.  W.   Perrv,  Nor- 
wood, Ohio,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  1337,  Jan.  27,  18S7.  Sd. 

The  conducting  electrode  consists  of  a  plate  of 
carlion  perforated  with  small  holes  and  floated  hori- 
zontally with  its  upper  surface  above  the  level  of  the 
battery  fluid,  and  also  coated  with  paraffin  or  some 
similar  substance.  The  occluded  oxygen  of  the  carbon 
acts  as  the  depolariser.  The  zinc  electrode  passes  through 
a  hole  in  the  centre  of  the  carbon  and  dips  in  the 
battery  liquid,  which  may  consist  of  a  solution  of 
ammonium  chloride. — B.  T. 


Curtis, 
U.S.A. 


Improvi  ments  in  Electric  Batteries.  C.  G. 
F.  B.  Crocker  and  S.  S.  Wheeler,  New  York, 
Eng.  Pat.  2721,  Feb.  22,  1SS7.     Sd. 

With  this  battery  a  mechanical  device  is  provided, 
whereby  the  electrodes  may  be  immersed  to  any 
required  depth  or  be  raised  completely  out  of  the  battery 
solution. — B.  T.  

Improvements  relating  to  Electric  Batteries  a><</  to  means 
for  putting  the  samt  into  and  ovt  of  Action.     G.  V 

Lagardc,  Paris,   France.      Eng.   Pat.  2835,  Feb.    23, 

1887.     lid. 
By   means  of  mechanism   actuated  by  clockwork,  the 
exciting  fluid  is  constantly  circulated,   and  the  carbon 
electrodes  rotated.      The  current  also  may  be  controlled 
at  a  distance  from  the  battery. — B.  T. 


Certain  JVi  w  and  Useful  Improvements  in  Accumulators 
hi  Electricity  or  other  Primary  or  Secondary  Galvanic 
Batteries.  C.  Desmazures,  Palis,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
4219,  March  21,  18S7.  Sd. 
When  a  metallic  precipitate  or  powder  is  subjected  to 
very  great  pressure,  it  becomes  agglomerated  and  lias 
then  the  power  of  absorbing  oxygeu  and  hydrogen  to  a 
very  large  extent.  The  inventor  employs  a  plate  of 
metal,  such  as  copper  or  iron  prepared  in  the  above 
way,  as  one  electrode,  enclosing  it  in  a  parchment 
envelope.  The  other  electrode  is  of  tinned  iron,  with 
tinned  iron  w  ire  or  gauze  wrapped  round  it  to  give  large 
surface.  The  electrolyte  is  a  solution  of  chlorate  of  soda 
and  zincate  of  soela  or  potash.  In  charging,  water  is 
decomposed  and  the  oxygen  absorbed  by  the  porous 
plate  ;  the  hydrogen  decomposes  the  zincate  and  zinc  is 
deposited  ontbc  iron.  On  discharging,  the  zinc  returns 
to  solution  by  the  help  of  the  oxygen  of  the  other  elec- 
trode. It  is"  claimed  that  the  electromotive  force  and 
resistance  are  very  constant,  the  efficiency  is  high  and 
that  no  buckling  takes  place.—  E.  T. 


July  30. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


519 


Improvement*  in  Electrodes  opplicabh  for  Usi  in  Primary 
or  Secondary  Batteries.  L.  Epstein,  Martinikenfelde, 
Prussia.     Eng.  Pat.  *827,  March  26,  1887.    8d. 

The  inventor's  object  is  to  avoid  short  circuiting  by  disin- 
tegration or  buckling  of  the  electrodes.  He  therefore 
employs  strips  of  lead  with  the  active  material  attached 
thereto  in  any  of  the  well-known  ways.  These  are 
fixed  by  one  or  both  ends  to  a  stiff  lead  frame,  so  that 
the  whole  electrode  looks  like  a  grid  or  railing. 
The  distance  between  each  strip  is  small,  so  as  to 
prevent  the  active  material  if  dislodged  from  falling 
between  two  opposite  electrodes.  In  another  method 
the  inventor  covers  a  cake  of  finely  divided  "  lead  com- 
pound "  with  lead,  and  after  varnishing  the  plate  thus 
formed  with  some  such  material  as  Chatterton's 
compound,  cuts  slits  or  holes  to  expose  the  active 
material.  Great  capacity,  mechanical  strength  and 
rate  of  charge  and  discharge  are  claimed  for  these 
electrodes,  which  may  be  constructed  of  other  metals 
than  lead.— E.  T. 

Improvements  in  the  Const  nut  inn  and  Manufacture  of 
Zincs  for  Galvanic  Batteries.  W.  E.  Heys,  Manches- 
ter. From  J.  Beattie,  jun.,  ^'estport,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  4.171,  March  -28,  1887.  4d. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  cause  mercury  to 
amalgamate  with  zinc  throughout  its  mass.  For  this 
purpose  a  metal,  such  as  lead,  containing  a  little  arsenic, 
is  placed  in  mercury  just  hot  enough  to  dissolve  it,  a 
little  carbonate  of  soda  added  and  the  amalgam  poured 
into  moulds  and  allowed  to  cool.  This  lead  amalgam  is 
then  placed  in  a  pair  of  perforated  tongs,  which  com- 
pletely encloses  it,  and  moved  vigorously  about  in 
molten  zinc,  or  in  zinc  sufficiently  hot  to  take  the  form 
of  powder.  By  this  means  a  thorough  amalgamation  is 
obtained,  the  arsenic  helping  the  union  of  lead  and  zinc, 
and  the  sodium  that  of  zinc  and  mercury.  —  E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Means  for  Supporting  or  Suspending 
Elements  in  Electric  Batteries.  H.  I.  Harris,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  4744,  March  30,  1S87.  6d. 
The  zinc  or  other  elements  are  suspended  by  hooks 
passing  through  holes  in  their  centres,  the  hooks  consist- 
ing of  either  amalgamated  copper  or  some  metal  similar 
to  that  of  which  the  element  is  composed. — B.  T. 


in  beton  boilers  by  the  indirect  application  of  steam  for 
heating  in  a  specially  arrangeel  heater.  The  beton 
boiler  is  a  fixed  vertical  cylinder  composed  of  acid-proof 
masonry  and  cement  enclosed  in  a  leaden  mantle  and  a 
thick  coating  of  beton,  tin- whole  being  bound  together 
by  iron  banels  and  Bcrews,  connecting  a  crown  and  base- 
plate of  sheet  iron,  each  being  provided  with  a  cast  iron 
manhole. 

The  heater  consists  of  thiee  double  copper  cylinders 
with  cast-iron  lead-lined  covers,  placed  horizontally  one 
al>ove  the  other.  Connecting  pipes  peimit  the  circula- 
tion of  the  boiling  liqnid  upwards  into  the  boilers  con- 
taining the  material  to  be  acted  upon.  Steam  from  a 
separate  boiler  circulates  round  these  cylinders  by  means 
of  outer  jackets,  which  communicate  by  short  tubes,  or 
instead  of  double  cylinders  the  steam  may  pass  by  a 
series  of  copper  tubes  through  the  heater. 

In  this  way  the  wood  will  be  entirely  disintegrated, 
and  becomes  soft  and  tender,  ottering  greater  facility  to 
felt.  This  kind  of  boiler  has  the  advantage  that  loss  of 
heat  is  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and  the  sulphurous  acid 
cannot  act  on  the  iron  parts  in  any  way. 

By  means  of  the  special  heater  rapid  circulation  of  the 
boiling  liquid  will  be  effected,  by  which  alone  it  is 
possible  to  produce  throughout  the  whole  of  the  boiler 
a  homogeneous  product.  The  heater  can  also  be  applied 
to  horizontal  boilers,  and  figures  are  given  showing  the 
same  applied  to  a  "  Mitscherlich  "  boiler  in  which  the 
direction  of  circulation  can  he  reversed.  —  H.  A.  R. 


XIX.— PAPER.  rASTEEOARD,  Etc. 

A  Process  and  Apparatus  for  rendering  all  kinds  of  Pap  r 
Impermeable  uml  Transparent,  said  Apparatus  being 
likewise  applicable  for  rendering  Cotton  or  other 
Fabrics  Impermeable.  E.  de  Pass,  London.  From  La 
Smietc  de  Lafarge  Lcbre  et  Compagnie,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  7.330,  June  4,  1886.    8d. 

In  Eng.  Pat.  5242  of  1883  and  Eng.  Pat  15,075  of  1884 
(this  Journal,  1S84,  443),  certain  processes  are  described 
for  rendering  fabrics,  leather,  skins,  cork  and  other  sub- 
stances in  general,  impermeable.  The  substance  used 
for  this  purpose  is  composed  as  follows  : — 

Turpentine  paste Ilk i li is. 

Tallow    l'S  „ 

Wax 0-5  ,. 

Styrax  (necessary  and  not  optional)  ..  0*2  ., 
The  inventor  has  since  found  that  a  homogeneous  sub- 
stance is  obtained.  He  now  proposes  to  apply  this 
mixture  to  all  kinds  of  paper  in  order  to  make  them 
transparent  ami  impermeable  to  air  or  moisture.  This 
transparent  material  is  called  styroleum  and  hydrofage 
cotton.  The  apparatus  consists  of  two  parts — viz.,  a 
sheet  iron  cistern  for  containing  the  above-named  sub- 
stance and  a  calendering  apparatus. — H.  A.  R. 


A  New  "/■  Improved  Botating  Vat,  principally  for  the 

Boiling  of  Cellulose.  H.  J.  Haddan,  London.  F'rom 
W.  Woem,  Gothenburg,  Sweden.  Eng.  Pat.  84S6, 
June  28,  18S6.  6d. 
This  invention  relates  to  rotating  "vats,"  and  is  princi- 
pally intended  to  be  applied  to  those  used  for  the  boiling 
of  cellulose.  It  consists  in  making  the  "vat"  an 
elongated  oval  shape,  "  by  which  it  is  rendered  much 
stronger  and  adapted  to  be  more  completely  emptied 
than  a  cylindrical  vat." — H.  A.  R. 


Improved  Method  of  Treating  or  Preparing  Paper  for 
mi  Manufacture  of  Floor  and  Walt  Coverings ;  appli- 
cable al.su  fur  Wrapping,  Packing,  and  other  l<l.<  uses. 
John  Luke,   Denny.     Eng.  Pat.  8593,  June  30,  18Sfi. 
4d. 
The  inventor  prepares  a  duplex  paper  by  the  process 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  2409  of  1S77,  with  the  addition 
that  before  being  finished  it  is  passed  through  a  sizing 
machine  in  order  to  give  it  a  coat  of  size,   after  which 
the  paper  is  made  waterproof  by  means  of  oil,  paint,  etc., 
put  on  by  machinery  or  by  hand.     The  paper  may  be 
printed   if    required    and   then   either  air  or  machine 
dried.— H.  A.  K. 


XX —FINE  CHEMICALS.  ALKALOIDS.  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

The  Fat  of  tht  So/a  Bean.     T.  Morawski  and  J.  Stingl. 

(hem.  Zeit.  11,  82. 
The  Soja  bean  contains  18  per  cent,  of  fat.  The  oil 
extracted  by  ether  has  a  sp.  gr.  of  09270  022  per 
cent,  of  the  oil  does  not  saponify  ;  when  mixed  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  a  rise  in  temperature  of  01^ 
is  noted.  It  belongs  to  the  semi-dry  oils,  and  resembles 
the  oil  of  the  pumpkin-kernel  in  its  properties. 

The  fat  of  the  soja  bean  contains  95$  per  cent,  of 
fatty  acids,  which  in  the  free  state  melt  at  2S"  and 
solidify  at  25°. — C.  A.  K. 


A  New  and  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Manu- 
facturing Sulphite  Cellulose  in  Beton  Boilers.     L.  A. 

Groth,  London.  From  H.  Schnurmann  and  Gr.  this?, 
N\  lirtemburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  7633,  June  7, 
1S86.     8d. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  manufacture  sulphite 
cellulose  in  a  quicker,  cheaper  and  more  effectual  manner 


The    Sugar    of   the  Soja   Bean.        T.    Morawski    and 

J.  Stingl.  Cheni  Zeit.  H,  f& 
The  Soja  bean  contains  12'  of  sugar,  partly  saccharose 
and  partlj  a  non-crystallisable  sugar.  The  latter  gives 
mucic  acid  on  oxidation,  its  specific  rotatory  power  is 
greater  than  that  of  cane  sugar  and  it  is  more  difficult 
to  invert.— C.  A.  K. 


.120 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |Jnir  so.  uw. 


B       1'ij.i,  a  New  Drug.    Cliem.  Zeit.  11,  348. 

Buz  riri  is  the  seed  of  Petweria  hexaglochin,  a 
i>lant  belonging  to  the  order  Phytolacca,  and  found 
in  Brazil.  The  Petiveria'  occur  in  the  south  of  North 
America,  South  America  and  the  West  Indies  in  bare 
places,  meadows,  etc,  as  small  bushy  plants  with 
clusters  of  white  blossoms  and  pale  green  oval  leaves. 
The  fruit  is  of  an  oval  shape  and  broader  at  the  top 
than  at  the  bottom.  The  whole  plant,  and  especially 
the  roots,  have  a  strong  garlic-like  smell.  This  is  not 
noticeable  in  the  dried  roots  but  appears  again  when 
they  are  moistened.  Little  is  known  either  of  the  chemi- 
cal or  medicinal  properties  of  these  roots.  They  are  used 
to  a  considerable  extent,  however,  by  the  natives  in  the 
districts  where  they  are  found  as  a  febrifuge,  as  a  sudori- 
fic and  as  a  remedy  for  gonorrhoea  and  toothache;  also 
for  washing  wounds.  One  variety.  P.  alliacea,  is  em- 
ployed by  the  Indians  of  Calderiio  (Brazil)  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  curare.     It  is  not  poisonous. — C.  A.  K. 


of  iodine,  bromine  and  iodoform.  According  to  Boc- 
quillon,  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  more  soluble  in  liquid 
vaselin  than  in  water  ;  vaselin  dissolving  four  times  its 
own  volume  of  the  gas. — C.  A.  K. 


C/u'ti  Seeds.      L.   Soubeiran.     J.  de  Pharm.  et  de  Cliitn. 

15.  260. 
Cm  A  SEEDS  are  obtained  from  a  species  of  Salvia. 
In  taste  and  smell  they  resemble  linseed.  Chia  oil, 
which  is  of  a  clear  yellow  colour,  is  similar  to  linseed  oil, 
and  like  the  latter  possesses  drying  properties.  The 
Mexicans  consider  the  oil  to  be  of  gTeat  therapeutic 
value,  while  the  seeds  are  used  in  the  preparation  of 
a  refreshing  beverage. — C.  A.  K. 


tion  of  Croton  Oil.  Robert.   Chem.  Zeit.  11,  41G- 

Thk  author  considers,  in  opposition  to  Senier's  views 
[Pharm.  J.  and  Trans.,  1SS3,  440),  that  there  are  two 
active  principles  in  croton  oil,  one  of  which  attacks  the 
skin,  while  the  other  acts  as  an  aperient ;  that  both  these 
effects  are  due  to  crotonolic  acid  (not  to  be  confounded 
with  crotonic  acid),  which  was  discovered  by  Buchheini 
in  croton  oil  in  1S73.  It  exists  in  the  oil  partly  in  the 
free  state  and  partly  as  a  glyeeride.  Senier  also  states 
that  croton  oil  can  be  separated  by  means  of  alcohol 
into  two  fractions.  This  the  author  also  denies,  his 
experiments  showing  that  the  solubility  of  the  oil  in 
alcohol  depends  mainly  upon  its  age.  Some  varieties  are 
soluble  in  all  proportions ;  while  crotonolic  acid  itself 
is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  the  solubility  of  the  oil 
bears  no  relation  to  the  quantity  of  free  crotonolic  acid 
present.  To  separate  this  acid  the  oil  is  treated  with  an 
excess  of  a  hot  saturated  solution  of  baryta  water,  and 
the  precipitated  barium  salts  washed  with  cold  water 
and  extracted  with  ether,  whereby  those  of  oleic  and 
crotonolic  acid  are  obtained  in  solution.  The  residue, 
after  distilling  off  the  ether,  is  exhausted  with  alcohol, 
in  which  the  barium  crotonolate  dissolves,  and  from 
this  solution  the  free  acid  is  liberated  by  sulphuric  acid. 
Crotonolic  acid  is  liable  to  decomposition  by  hot  baryta 
water,  and  this  is  the  chief  ditlicultv  in  its  preparation. 
-C.  A.  K. 

Lobelia  Liflata.       Prof.  Llovd  and  G.  Llovd.        Pharm. 
Rundschau,  5,  32. 

Lobelin,  the  essential  principle  of  Lobelia  inf/nta, 
forms  a  colourless,  amorphous,  brittle  mass,  having  a 
strong  smell.  The  smell  is  due  to  a  mixture  of  ethereal 
oils  ami  inllatin.  both  of  which  are  removed  by  washing 
with  carbon  bisulphide,  when  the  lobelin  is  both  colour- 
less and  odourless.  Its  salts,  which  could  not  be 
obtained  in  a  crystalline  form,  are  all  powerful  emetics. 
It  is  only  sparingly  soluble  in  water.  Inflatin,  which 
can  also  be  extracted  from  the  seeds  of  /..  inflata,  is  a 
colourless  body,  without  smell,  insoluble  in  water,  but 
soluble  in  carbon  bisulphide,  benzene  and  chloroform  ; 
it  melts  at  107-'  and  does  not  combine  with  either  acids 
or  alkalis. — C.  A.  R.      

Liquid  Vattlin  at  a  Solvent  for  Hypodermic  Injections. 

Meunier-Lyon.     Arehiv.  de  Pharm.  3,  '-■"• 

IODOFORM,  carbon  bisulphide,  eucalyptol  and  other 
substances  which  act  as  irritants  when  injected  sub- 
cutaneously,  lose  this  objectionable  property  when  dis- 
solved in  liquid  vaselin.  The  vaselin  used  for  this  purpose 
must  have  a  perfectly  neutral  reaction,  and  a  sp.  gr. 
of  0870 — 0"895  at  15°.  It  should  not  evolve  any  vapours 
when  heated  to  180°  and  should  possess  neither  taste 
nor  smell.  The  fluorescence  of  liquid  vaselin  is  no 
objection  to  its  use.  It  acts  as  a  ready  solvent  for 
hydrocarbons,  but  dissolves  few  oxygenated  compounds. 
Ether,  chloroform,  fats,  volatile  oils,  menthol,  thymol, 
etc.,  are  soluble  in  all  proportions,  as  are  large  quantities 


Active  Principles  of  the  Alant  Ilot.t  (Inula  Helenivm). 
Marpmann.     Phar.  Centr.  II.  N.  F.  8,  18* 

The  author  confirms  Korab's  results  as  to  the  antiseptic 
properties  of  the  constituents  of  the  alant  root  against 
tuberculosis  bacilli.  By  distilling  the  root  with  water 
helenin,  alantic  acid  and  alantol  (alant  camphor)  are 
obtained.  Alantic  acid  C»HiaOj  crystallises  from 
alcohol  in  white  crystals  which  melt  at  91%  and  sub- 
lime forming  an  anhydride  C]0Hl0O,.  Both  the  acid 
and  anhydride  are  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  the  fatty  oils,  and  form  easily  soluble  salts  with  the 
alkalis.  Alantol  is  an  aromatic  liquid  boiling  at  200^. 
The  author  concludes  from  numerous  experiments  made 
on  both  man  and  animals  that  neither  alantic  acid  nor 
alantol  have  anv  injuiious  action  on  the  system. 

-C.  A.  K. 


Berberine.  E.  Schmidt.  Arch.  Pharm.  25,  141. 
The  author  ascribes  the  formula  C.0Hi;M),  to  ber- 
berine. It  is  obtained  from  the  Quid  extract  of  both 
Hydrastis  canadensis  and  of  Berberis  aguifolivm  by 
j  treating  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  the  berberine 
sulphate  obtained  being  washed  with  alcohol,  then 
dissolved  in  hot  water,  and  repreeipitated  by  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid. 

Berberine  forms  a  crystalline  compound  with  chloro- 
form, C:oH1TN04CHCls>  which  is  almost  insoluble  in 
alcohol  and  water.  it  also  combines  with  yellow 
ammonium  sulphide  similarly  to  strychnine,  forming  a 
polysulphide  of  the  formula  (C2t,B  ■  -NOjTI.S,.,  which 
crystallises  in  brown  needles. — C.  A.  R. 


Eegoniuc. 


\V.   Gintl  and  L.   Storch. 
8,  78. 


Monatsh.  (hem. 


ECOONINB  heated  with  methyl-iodide  yields  a  meth- 
iodide  addition  product  and  not  a  hydriodic  acid  salt,  as 
stated  by  Lospen.  According  to  Merck,  neither  methyl- 
iodide  nor  hydriodic  acid  have  any  action  on  ecgoniue. 

-C.  A.  K. 


Process  for  the  Production  of  the  Ethers  of  Morphine- 
carbonic  Arid.  A.  Rnoll,  Ludwigshafen,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,281,  Aug.  11,  1886.     4d. 

The  process  is  based  on  the  reaction  of  the  ethers  of 
chlorocarhonic  acid  on  morphine,  on  morphine-alkalis  or 
on  the  morphine-compounds  of  the  alkaline  earths.     To 

1  produce,  for  instance,  the  methyl-ether  of  morphine- 
carbonic  acid,  morphine  is  dissolved  in  alcohol. 
Alcoholic  potash  or  soda  is  then  added  and  afterwards  a 
slight  excess  of  methylchlorocarbonate.  The  reaction 
takes  place  at  once  and  is  attended  with  considerable 
development  of  heat.  Subsequently,  the  mixture  is 
neutralised  with  sulphuric  acid,  the  alcohol  distilled  off 
and  the  residue  dissolved  in  water.  An  excess  of  alkali 
is  added  and  the  methyl-ether  of  morphinecarbonic  acid 
thus   formed  is    taken    up    by   benzene.     The  latter  is 

i  evaporated,  when  the  mctliybther  remains  behind  as  a 
crystalline  mass.  Other  ethers  are  obtained  in  an 
analogous  manner.— &  II. 


July  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


681 


Process  far  Producing  Mi  thy  I  Morphim  j  ( 'odt  m,  ),  Ethyl- 
Morphine  and  Higher  Bomologues  oj  Morphine.  A. 
Knoll,  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  I'm.  10,387, 
Aug.  13,  1886.  4d. 
If  morphine  or  a  compound  of  morphine  and  an  alkali  or 
earthy  alkali  be  heated  with  methyl  orethj  1- sulphate  of 
potash  or  soda,  the  alky]  radicle  of  the  latter  enters  the 
morphine-molecule  in  place  of  an  atom  of  hydrogen  or  of 
metal.  To  produce,  for  instance,  methyl-morphine 
(codeine),  morphine  is  dissolved  in  90  alcohol,  to 
which  potash  or  soda  lye  has  been  previously  added.  An 
excess  of  methyl  sulphate  of  potash  is  then  introduced 
and  the  whole  heated  for  two  hours  with  the  use  of  a 
back  Mow  condenser,  whereby  codeine  is  formed,  the 
liquid  becoming  brown  and  turbid  The  separation  of 
the  latter  and  the  recovery  of  the  undecom  posed  morphine 
are  effected  in  the  usual  manner,  other  homologues  of 
morphine  arc  obtained  in  a  similar  manner. — S.  H. 


The  Physiological  Action  of  Acetphenetidine.  O.  Hinds- 
berg  and  A.  Cast.  Centr.  Sled.  Wissensch,  1887, 
145. 

ETHYLATED  and  acetylated p-amido-phenols  and  p-acet- 
phenetidine  in  quantities  of  3grms.  acted  like  strong 
poisons.  Experiments  made  on  feverish  persons  show- 
that  the  acetphenetidine  is  an  effective  antipyretic  in 
doses  of  0-— Uogrm. — W.  R. 


XXI.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  and  connected  with  Explosive  Car- 
tridgi  s  for  Blasting  Purposes.  T.  Macnab,  London. 
Eng.  Pat  G222,  May  7,  1886.     lid. 

This  invention  consists  in  part  in  the  combination  of 
and  improvements  upon  certain  features  of  the  inventions 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  3150  of  1876,  and  Eng.  Pat. 
2143  of  1884,  and  may  be  briefly  described  as  a  com- 
bination of  the  "  water  cartridge  with  the  "  ammonia 
cartridge." 

"  One  form  of  combination  cartridge  comprises  an 
outer  case,  which  may  be  formed  of  cloth  or  of  the 
material  known  as  '  Willesden  paper'  or  other  suitable 
flexible  material.  At  the  far  end  of  the  case — that  is 
to  sav,  the  extremity  which  is  to  occupy  the  bottom  of 
the  bore-hole — is  placed  a  charge  of  tonite  or  other 
suitable  explosive  agent.  Embedded  herein  may  be  a 
closed  vessel  or  vessels  containing  liquid  ammonia, 
liquelied  carbonic  acid  gas  or  other  similar  acting  thud, 
the  tonite  being  also  furnished  with  an  ellicient  primer 
or  detonator  cap,  as  hereinafter  described,  or  otherwise, 
and  with  appliances  for  firing  same.  The  remainder  of 
the  case  is  filled  with  water  or  is  occupied  by  a  tube  of 
flexible  material  charged  with  water  or  other  liquid 
adapted  for  extinguishing  the  flame  resulting  from  ex- 
plosion. The  two  ends  of  the  cartridge  case  are  closed 
and  rendered  water-tight  ;  the  extremity  of  the  wire  or 
other  means  for  firing  the  charge  being  left  projecting 
from  the  near  end  of  the  cartridge  case."  Arrangements 
to  facilitate  the  insertion  of  the  cartridge  in  the  bore- 
hole, also  for  firing  the  charge  by  a  mechanical  exploder, 
are  described.  The  use  of  an  obturator,  consisting  of  a 
cupped  disc  of  compressed  paper  adapted  to  expand  with 
the  internal  pressure  generated  by  the  explosion,  and  to 
fit  the  bore-hole  tightly  in  combination  with  the  car- 
tridge described  above,  forms  the  subject  of  one  of  the 
claims.     Drawings  are  given. — W.  D.  B. 


Improvements  in  Electrical  Fuses.     G.  Smith,  Polinout, 
N.B.     Eng.  Tat.  14,249,  Nov.  5,  1886.     4d. 

SEE  page  518.  

Improrements  in  or  relating  to  the  Igniting  of  Explosive 
Charges  and  Combustibles.  A.  J.  Boult,  Loudon. 
From  L.  Bagger,  Washington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
3920,  March  15,  1887.     Bd. 

In  order  to  obtain  certain  and  ready  ignition  of  the  ex- 
plosive charge  in  shells  or  torpedoes  by  the  direct  action 


of  water,  a  primer  containing  metallic  potassium  is 
made  use  of.  Details  are  given  of  the  plans  adopted  for 
the  protection  of  the  potassium  from  premature  oxidation, 
and  for  ensuring  it-  contact  with  water  when  required. 
The  potassium  or  "water  primer"  may  be  combined 
with  a  peicussiou  primer  of  any  desired  construction  or 
with  a  time  fuse.  Drawings  are  given  of  such  com- 
binations.    \V.  D.  B.      

Improvements  in  Explosives  and  in  thi  Manufacture  of 
the  same.  I'.  M.  E.  Audouin,  Paris,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  5899,  April  22,  1887.     4.1. 

Ix  the  preparation  of  this  explosive,  designated  by  tho 
inventor  "  Emilite,"  the  portion  of  coal-tar  oil  boiling 
between    lS.">a  and  250°    C.   and  soluble   in  alkalis,   is 

subjected  to  the  action  of  nitric  acid  and  then  con- 
verted into  an  explosive  nitro-compound.  It  is  preferred 
to  extract  the  suitable  portion  of  the  coal-tar  oils  after 
removal  of  phenol,  by  treatment  with  alkaline  solutions 
and  subsequent  decomposition  of  the  alkaline  compounds 
by  means  of  any  acid.  The  mixture  thus  obtained  is 
subjected  to  rectification,  in  order  to  separate  resinous 
matters,  and  then  nitrated.—  W.  D.  11. 


XXII—  GENEEAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

On   a   New  Pyrometer.    J.  Mensching  and  V.    Mever. 

Ber.  20,  582-583. 
A  COMPLETE  ACCOUNT  of  this  apparatus  has  appeared  in 
the  March  number  of  Osticald  and  rant  Hoff's  Zelts.  f. 
Phys.  Clam.  It  allows  of  the  concurrent  determination 
of  temperature  and  vapour  density,  and  has  a  special 
piece  of  apparatus  for  keeping  the  pyrometer  filled  with 
nitrogen,  and  excluding  all  possible  traces  of  air.  It  is 
made  of  platinum.  The  vapour  density  of  potassium 
iodide  at  1320"  was  found  to  be  5  So  instead  of  the 
theoretical  number  575. — J.  B.  C. 

Siphon     with   a   Cock.      P.  Kaikow  and  N.  Prodanow. 
Chem.Zeit.  11,  348. 

The  long  leg  of  an  ordinary  siphon  a  is  connected  with 
the  three-way  cock  /.,  which  has  a  horizontal  aperture  o 
and  a  vertical  one//.  To  the  other  side  of  the  cock  the 
cylinder  m  with  the  piston  n  is  fixed.  By  turning  the 
cock  through  90°  from  the  position  in  the  figure,  m  and 
a  are  connected,  and  by  raising  n  the  liquid  is  drawn 
through    the  siphon  into  the  cylinder  m.     If  now   the 


cock  be  turned  to  its  original  position  m  is  shut  off,  and 
the  liquid  runs  out  through  ;/.  To  stop  the  How  the  cock 
is  turned  through  45°,  and  thus  the  liquid  can  be  run  off 
as  required.  If  the  cylinder///  be  graduated  the  volume 
of  liquid  run  off  can  be  readily  measured  by  first  drawing 
the  liquid  into  »/<  by  raising  the  piston  and  then  con- 
necting// and  m,  thereby  closing  the  connection  with  ". 

—  C.  A.  K. 

D 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July a>.  18S7. 


Improvements   in   Apparatus    far  Standardising    and 
Measurin  i  f  C  n  Transparent  I 

J.  \V.  Lovibond,  Salisbury.     Kng.  Pat.  12,867,  Oct.  9, 

lSSo\      s,l. 

The  principle  of  this  instrument  is  based  on  the  optical 
comparison  of  any  liquid  with  a  unit  or  combination  of 
any  Dumber  of  units  of  colours  of  known  or  established 
valne  l>otli  viewed  under  the  same  conditions  by  trans- 
mitted light  0  and  c  are  two  slightly  divergent  tubes, 
botli  viewed  through  a  common  eyepiece  d  by  means  of 


light  transmitted  through  the  ground,  opal  or  darkened 
glass  screen  bl.  The  liquid  under  examination  is  put 
into  the  rectangular  clear  glass  vessel  g  of  known 
thickness  in  direction  glg*.  One  or  more  colour  units 
of  tinted  glass  k  of  known  depths  of  shade  are  put  into 
grooves  in  the  other  tube,  until  the  transmitted  light  on 
both  sides  of  the  field  are  perfectly  even.  An  exact 
measure  of  depth  of  colour  in  terms  of  the  colour  units 
can  thus  be  obtained.— C.  C.  II. 


■  In  Imp  im  Tester.     P.  V.  P,  Berg,  Askor,  and 

O.  Sorensen,  Kolding,  Denmark.  Kng.  l'at.  4480, 
March  26,  1887.  6d. 
Tim  0]  ISSBS,  containing  the  milk  under  examination, 
are  placed  in  holders,  so  suspended  from  the  circum- 
ference of  a  rotating  disc  that  a.s  soon  as  a  high  speed  of 
rotation  has  been  attained,  the  holders  with  the  tubes 
become  horizontal  ;  and  thus,  by  centrifugal  action,  the 
cream  is  rapidly  separated  from  the  milk,  and  their 
respective  volumes  are  measurable.  In  the  apparatus 
described,  as  many  as  162  samples  may  be  tested  at  once. 

— W.  G.  M. 


Arsenic  in  Matches. 


E.    Pfeiffer. 
416—417. 


Chem.    Zeit.     H, 


Arsenic  was  detected  in  matches  obtained  in  Jena  by 
the  characteristic  smell  of  arsenic  trioxide,  which  was 
evident  immediately  after  striking,  and  before  the  sul- 
phur began  to  burn.  The  match  heads  had  a  black 
covering  with  a  metallic  lustre,  and  contained  much 
lead,  partly  present  as  red  lead.  The  quantity  of  arsenic 
was,  however,  so  small,  that  it  could  not  be  detected  as 
sulphide,  even  by  treating  50  match  heads  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  distilling,  or  by  fusion  with  nitre  and 
sodium  carbonate.  On  the  other  hand,  its  presence  was 
confirmed  by  Gutzeit's  reaction.  Ten  matches  were 
burnt  at  once  under  a  porcelain  dish,  and  the  film  treated 
with  bromine  water  (to  remove  sulphur  dioxide),  washed 
into  a  flask,  and  reduced  with  zinc  and  hydrochloric 
acid,  when  the  yellow  colouration  on  a  piece  of  filter- 
paper,  moistened  with  a  drop  of  nitrate  of  silver,  was 
obtained. — C.  A.  K. 

Arsenic  in  Ferric  Chloride  Solution  [Liquor  Jerri  per- 
chloridifortior,  B.P.)    G.  Buchner.    Chem.   Zeit.  H, 

417. 

The  author  was  able  to  detect  arsenic  both  by  Marsh's 
test  and  by  the  silver  nitrate  test  in  lOcc.  of  a  supposed 
pure  sample  of  ferric  chloride  solution. — C.  A.  K. 


Notes  on  the  Alkaloids.     O.  de  Coninck.    Conipt.  Rend. 

104,  233. 
The  alkyl-iodides  of  sparteine  and  nicotine  give  delicate 
colour  reactions  when  treated  with  caustic  potash,  in  a 
similar  manner  to  the  corresponding  compounds  of  the 
quinoline  and  pyridine  bases.  (This  Journal,  1887,  59.) 
— C.  A.  K. 

The  Oxalate  Test/or  Quinine  Stdts.     L.  Scbafer.  Pharm. 
Zeit.  32,  170. 

The  oxalate  test  can  be  used  for  those  neutral  quinine 
salts  which  are  not  less  soluble  in  boiling  water  than 
quinine  sulphate,  lgrni.  of  the  quinine  hydrochloride 
(2grms.  of  the  sulphate  or  In  drobromide)  are  dissolved  in 
60grms.  of  boiling  water,  a  solution  containing  0-5grm. 
of  neutral  potassium  oxalate  in  5grms.  of  water  added, 
and  the  whole  made  up  to  67'ogrnis.  The  solution  is 
allowed  to  cool  at  20"  for  half^an  hour,  and  lOcc.  of  the 
filtered  solution  tested  with  caustic  soda.  A  turbidity 
or  precipitate  shows  the  presence  of  admixed  alkaloids. 

-C.  A.  K. 

Detection    of    Aniline    Colours.       Curtman.       Pharm. 
Kuadsch,  1887,  61. 

Further  trials  have  established  the  utility  of  Hof- 
man's  carbamine  reaction  for  the  detection  of  aniline 
colours.  In  a  test  tube,  4cc.  of  the  red  wine  or  rasp- 
berry syrup  to  be  tested,  two  drops  of  chloroform  and 
4cc.  of  "a  10%  alcoholic  potash  solution  are  mixed 
together,  and  the  mixture  warmed  slightly  for  two 
minutes.  The  temperature  is  rapidly  raised  to  the  boil. 
If  aniline  colours  are  present  the  penetrating  smell  of 
carbamine  is  developed,  and  is  evident  even  in  the 
presence  of  the  various  ethereal  odours  of  the  wine.  If 
no  result  is  given,  as  with  acid  magenta,  then  add  about 
4cc.  concentrated  II. SO,,  and  the  smell  of  carbamine 
will  be  at  once  formed.  The  presence  of  sugar  retards 
the  reaction.  In  this  case  some  of  the  colour  is  extracted 


July  30.  I8S-.I        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHKMIC'AL  INDUSTRY. 


523 


by  means  of  alcohol,  ether,  or  chloroform,  ami  this 
solution  employed  for  examination.  This  reaction  can 
be  employed  without  difficulty  for  testing  small  pieces 
of  coloured  materials.  It  is  simply  necessary  to  treat 
the  pieces  with  alcohol  or  other  solvent  and  examine 
the  solution  as  before. — W.  K. 


New  Method  Jor  Determining  the    Strength  of   Iodine 
Solutions.     W.  Kalmann.    Bar.  20.  868—671. 

The  method  is  based  upon  the  following  reaction : 
Na,SO,+2I  +  H90=Na?S01H  2HL  A  -iven  volume  of 
the  iodine  solutionis  mixed  with  so  much  sodium  sul- 
phite that  the  liquid  is  just  decolourised.  Methyl 
orange  is  used  as  indicator,  and  the  amount  of 
HI  determined  with  decinormal  caustic  soda.  It  is 
essential  that  the  sulphite  should  be  free  from  bisulphite. 
The  presence  of  sulphate  is  not  objectionable.  The  same 
method  may  be  used  for  titrating  sulphites  in  presence 
of  thiosulphates.  The  reactions  are  expressed  as  follows  : 
Na.S03  +  I,  +  ELO=Na,S04  +  2HI  ;  2Na,S,Oa  + 
I,  — NajS«O0  +  2NaI.  The  application  of  the  method  is  as 
follows  : — Into  a  measured  volume  of  standard  iodine 
solution  the  mixed  sulphite  and  thiosulphate  is  added 
until  the  liquid  is  decolourised.  A  few  drops  of  methyl 
orange  are  added,  and  the  HI  titrated  with  decinormal 
caustic  solution  until  the  colour  changes  from  reddish 
yellow  to  pure  yellow. — J.  B.  C. 

Determination  of  Zinc  as  Pyrophosphate.     L,  Jawein. 

Chem.  Zeit.  11,  347. 

This  method,  as  described  by  G.  Stone  (Amer.  Chem. 
Soc.  4,  26),  was  tried  with  two  samples  of  brass,  the 
results  agreeing  well  with  those  obtained  by  weighing 
the  zinc  as  oxide.  The  solution  is  treated  with  ammonia 
and  sodium  phosphate,  and  the  precipitate  thus  obtained, 
which  is  very  difficult  to  filter,  dissolved  in  an  excess  of 
ammonia,  and  this  excess  then  removed  by  boiling.  The 
precipitate  then  separates  in  a  finely  granular  form, 
and  can  be  readily  filtered  and  washed.  The  zinc  am- 
monium phosphate  is  ignited  and  weighed  as  zinc 
pyrophosphate  (Zn.,PoOr).  The  method  carried  out  in 
this  way  works  smoothly,  but  boiling  oft'  the  excess  of 
ammonia  takes  a  long  time,  and  the  precipitate  sticks  so 
fast  to  the  sides  of  the  vessel  that  it  must  be  dissolved 
in  acid,  and  reprecipitated  by  cautious  neutralisation 
with  ammonia. — C.  A.  K. 


jftcto  T500&S. 


The  Determination  of  Phosphoric  Arid.    C.  Mohr.  Chem. 
Zeit.   11,  417—418. 

THE  author  recommends  the  method  suggested  by 
Albert  for  dissolving  phosphates  and  phospnatic  slags, 
in  which  2grms.  of  the  substance  are  triturated  in  the  cold 
with  lOOcc.  of  2  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid.  lOcc.  of  the 
solution  thus  obtained  are  then  treated  after  filtration 
with  a  1  percent,  solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide,  to 
precipitate  the  iron,  and  titrated  with  uranium  acetite, 
after  the  addition  of  sodium  acetate.  The  blue  colour 
of  the  solution  does  not  mask  the  end  reaction. — C.  A.  K. 


Determination    of   Potassium   in  Ash,    Minerals,    etc. 
M.  Kretzschmar.     Chem.  Zeit.    11,  418. 

This  method  is  a  shortened  form  of  that  proposed  by 
Stohmann.  A  hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  the  sub- 
stance is  made  if  possible,  the  iron  oxidised  with  nitric 
acid  and  the  sulphuric  acid  precipitated  by  barium 
chloride.  The  solution  is  then  treated  with  ammonia 
and  ammonium  carbonate  in  excess,  and  the  whole 
(solution  and  precipitate)  evaporated  to  dryness  in  a 
porcelain  dish,  dried  at  110°,  and  extracted  with  water 
after  addition  of  a  few  drops  of  ammonia.  The  solution 
is  made  up  to  SOOcc,  and  oO — lOOcc.  taken  for  the  alkali 
determination.  If  much  magnesium  is  present  the  solu- 
tion must  be  again  evaporated  with  oxalic  acid,  the 
residue  gently  ignited,  and  again  extracted  as  before. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Errata.— In  June  issue,  p.  457,  line  3G  from  top  of  first 
column,  for  "  Tetrobasic,"  read  "  Tetrabasic."  Same  column, 
line  48,  for  "  tubes,"  read  "  tables ;"  and  in  line  59,  for 
"  grains,"  read  "  grammes." 


The  Owens  College  Course  ok  Practical  Organic 
Chemistry.  By  Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D.,  F.c.s..  Assistant 
Lecturer  on  Chemistry.  Owens  College.  Manchester,  etc. 
London  and  New  York  :  Macmillan  &  Co.    1887. 

Small  8vo  VOLUME  bound  In  <  loth,  with  Preface  by  Sir  Henry 
K.  Rosooe  and  Prof.  C.  Schorlemmer,  and  the  Author's  Pre- 
face. In  the  latter  it  is  clearly  stated  that  "  the  book  is  only 
intended  for  the  use  of  student*  who  are  undergoing  or  have 
undergone  a  substantial  course  of  instruction  in  the  principles 
of  organic  chemistry.  Its  primary  purpose  is  that  of  a 
laboratory  guide,  and  its  use  should  be  supplemented  by 
reference  to  some  of  the  large  text-books  as  well  as  to  the 
original  sources  of  chemical  literature  mentioned  at  the  head 
of  each  preparation.  The  little  work  is  essentially  a  select 
collection  of  organic  preparations,  in  which  principal  stress  is 
laid  on  those  details  attention  to  which  is  likely  to  lead  to  the 
obtaining  of  a  successful  result  in  the  shape  of  as  good  a  yield 
of  the  product  sought  for  as  possible,  in  accordance  with  the 
method  adopted.  In  each  case,  besides  that  purely  chemical 
name  of  the  preparation  in  question  which  expresses  the 
composition  and  to  some  extent  constuition,  is  given  the 
special  name  and  also  the  technological  name,  then  the  full  for- 
mula, and  following  this  the  "  Literature,"  where  the  accounts 
of  the  scientific  work  done  on  the  subject  can  be  read  and 
studied.  Dr.  Cohen  has  also  given  special  attention  to  the 
standard  reactions  in  organic  chemistry,  and  gives  details 
for  the  correct  methods  of  applying  them ;  the  refer- 
ences, too.  with  additional  notes  on  these  reactions,  will 
be  found  in  the  Appendix,  which  consists  principally  of 
"  Notes  on  the  Preparations,"  followed  by  some  useful  tables. 
This  portion  of  the  little  book  is  certain  to  be  of  great  value  and 
assistance  to  the  student  of  organic  chemistry.  Exclusive  of 
the  Appendix,  the  subject  matter  occupies  165  pages,  in  which 
eighty-two  preparations  are  described,  and  the  text  is  embel- 
lished with  thirty  wood  engravings.  After  descriptions  of 
the  purification  of  alcohol,  ether  and  benzene,  the  study  of 
the  preparation  and  properties  of  a  series  of  aromatic  sub- 
stances is  commenced,  and  this  occupies  Part  I.  of  the  book. 
Part  II.  is  devoted  to  a  series  of  preparations  taken  from  the 
paraffin  or  "fatty"  series  of  organic  substances.  Of  this 
arrangement  the  author  says  in  his  Preface:  "The  usual 
arrangement  of  fatty,  before  aromatic  compounds,  has  been 
reversed  for  the  reason  that  those  of  the  latter  which  have 
been  selected  otter  fewer  difficulties  to  the  beginner."  A  use- 
ful and  wise  direction  to  the  student  is  ottered  by  Dr.  Cohen 
before  beginning  a  preparation  :  "  Read  first  the  recent 
literature  on  the  subject,  reference  to  which  will  be  found  at 
the  head  of  the  preparation,  and  refer  to  it  in  your  text-book." 
The  work  closes  with  a  useful  Alphabetical  Index. 


DieKunstlichenOrgaxischenFarbstokfe.  UnterZugrun- 
delegung  von  sechs  Vorlesungen  von  Prof.  Dr.  E.  Noeltixg  : 
Bearbeitet  von  Dr.  Paul  Julius.  Berlin :  K.  Gaertner's 
Verlagsbuchandlung.  Hermann  Heyfelder,  Schoneberger- 
strasse  26,  S.YV.  London  :  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street, 
Covent  Garden,  London.  18S7. 

8vo  volume  bound  in  cloth.  Contains  Preface.  Table  of  Con- 
tents, 221  pages  of  subject-matter,  and  an  Alphabetical  Index. 
The  subject-matter  contains  UBeful  tables  or  tabulated  lists  of 
the  Coal-tar  Colours,  and  is  generally  sub-divided  into  fifteen 
chapters.  These  chapters  may  be  briefly  headed  as  follows, 
thus  giving  a  clear  notion  of  the  compass  of  the  work:— 
Chapter  1\  Coal-tar;  Constitution  of  Benzene  and  its  Deri- 
vatives ;  of  Naphthalene  and  its  Derivatives,  etc.  Chap  II. 
Intermediate  Products  of  the  Colour  and  Dye-manufacturer. 
Chap.  III.  Coloured  and  un-coloured  Carbon  Compounds; 
Dyestuffs;  Witt's  Chromophoric  Groups;  Chromogens,  etc. 
DyestufFs,  themselves  mordants.  Chap.  IV.  Nitro-bodies, 
etc.  Chap.  V.  Azo-colours.  Diazo-compounds.  etc.  Chap.  VI, 
Derivatives  of  Triphenylniethane  ;  History  of  the  Rosaniline 
Derivatives,  Synthesis  and  Constitution  of  Rosaniline,  etc. 
Chap.  VII.  Phthaleins,  their  Synthesis,  Constitution  and 
Derivatives,  etc.  Chap.  VIII.  Artificial  Indigo;  Synthesis 
of  Cinnamic  Acid.  etc.  Chap.  IX.  Anthracene  Colours. 
(hap.  X.  Pyridine  and  Quinoline  Derivatives,  etc.  Chap.  XI. 
Indamine  and  Indophenols,  Bindschedlcr's  Green,  Toluylene 
Blue  and  the  simplest  Toluylene  Blue.  Chap.  XII.  Azines ; 
Azonium  Bases,  etc.  Chap.  XIII.  Indulins  and  Nigrosins ; 
Azodiphenyl  Blue,  etc.  Chap.  XIV.  Aniline  Black.  Chap.  XV. 
Appendix  :  Galloflavine  ;  Cachou  de  Lavelle  ;  Kanarin  ; 
Murexide,  etc. 

Modern  High  Farming.  A  Treatise  on  Soils,  Plants,  and 
Manures.  By  Francis  Wyatt,  Professor  of  Agricultural 
Chemistry,  Chemical  Analyst,  etc.  New  York :  0,  E. 
Bartholomew,  22,  College  Place.  1886. 
8vo  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  containing  Index,  or  rather  a 
Table  of  Contents,  and  94  pages  of  subject-matter.  This 
matter  is  sub-divided  into  fifteen  chapters,  which  may  be 
briefly  summed  up  as  follows  : — Chapter  I.  General  Intro- 
ductory Remarks  j  Influence  of  Climate  ;  Origin  of  Scientific 
Agriculture,  etc.  Chap.  II.  Theory  of  Scientific  Agriculture, 
etc.  Chap.  III.  Minerals  necessary  and  injurious  to  Plant 
Life.  Chap.  IV.  Phosphates.  Chap.  V.  Potash;  its  Action 
on  the  Soil.  etc.  Chap.  VI.  How  Soils  lose  their  Nitrogen, 
etc.  Chap.  VII.  Physically  Perfect  Soils.  Chap.  VIII.  Pro- 
gress of  the  Manure  Trade  in  the  United  States,  etc. 
Chap.  IX.    The  different  kinds  of  Manure,  etc.    Chap.  X. 

D2 


THE  JOUBJfAI  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  QHEMIQAL  INDUSTRY. 


Uulj  30.  1887. 


Chelate' f^caMcV     h°w    '°    ™<>    -'     understand 


Kilogramme  =  2-20llb.  avoirdupois 
Square  Metre  =  l-19Gsq.  yards.    Dollar = to.  2d. 
Tariff  Proper. 


-  m~.  M.  plain,  or  mounted  12s.  6d.  The  statisUcs'nf  rvSFSS 
bonteed in  the  United  Kingdom  Gas  \„, ,'  ,;'.', '  ,' •  ,  , ''" 
produced  are  also  given     A  vh ',n  „>  1 i    T  .    "i!l",i"' 


CraDc  Report. 

f.F/-0//i  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.) 

TARIFF   CHANGES  AND    CUSTOMS   REGU- 
LATIONS. 
Russia. 
Recent  Customs  Decisions. 
<.Vofe.-Poud  =  301b.  avoirdupois.    Gold  ronble=3s.  2d.) 

Belgium. 

Modification   of  Customs  Duties  on  Vinegar  and  Acetic 
Acid. 

Mr-  MTMHarn«l,,1,,5£  J,l"e,ast'  has  been  ^eeived  from 

o n  vinegar  and  wBdBtW,n,e,?(c,«^ 
articles  are  as  follow  •-  6  dutlcsnow  charged  on  these 

8  ^cenY  orle^5^H^^^n^inin8  of  pure  acetic  acid. 
and  less  than  40  per  ce^t  /^A  nir  l^.'Tf0  ,n,an  8  Der  "»«■ 
more.  lS7-50frs.  per •  hectolitre P  er''erc1,.ohtre.:  *"  Per  cent,  or 
l?7-50to.perl00kFloKranfmes  ACe"°    ac,d-    crystallised. 

New  Customs  Tariff  of  Mexico. 

See  also  pp.  m  to  OS  of  the  December  Number  oft/le  Jom.na! 

statement  has  been  prepared  fL, f0".r"«l.  the  following 
by  Mr.  Lionel  ^aF^itb^^^JS0*,  s,HpPlie« 
Bhow  ng  the  articles  in  S«  «SJ?'m3  Cons"l  at  Mexico, 
which  came  into  force  on  ?hSu.  Meft,c?n  Customs  Tariff 
duties  have  been  ahered  "oLeUier  wi  h5'.^'-  ,°n  wh,ich  *S 
duties  hitherto  lertedwthose.  article  '  """  °f  Cus,on>s 

***to£3fc^^^^O*r4to  s.«*>  «,.«.  l» 
perhaps,  really  impVincreased  d,K  ",'  rcd,l=t'ons.  which. 
great  attention  to  he  °| "n  lions  h, t'h  18>  nece3.sftrJ'  '«  W 
which  the  duty  is  leviable  KnrilJ,  'he  class  of  weight  on 
thread.  v^&So^^Sfi^**?™* of  cotton 
duty  has  been  altered  to  l->n  rtnii„rJ  ™ ,-,  Pcr,kilog.  net.  the 
of  which. is  to  coSiderabfy ^"crease  the0fn 7""'  thf  Cffec,t 

w^h^f^J'mcr,imnd'''c''bvS*,,J''  !""U''*'°°<1  the  actual 
jnclndes.  BffiKWlrW&l  "tG  of  Mr'"';'  '!»",  "  Uch 
boxes,  winders,   wrappers "  etc     in    whfel  'r'V-r  '°,tll'-s' 

imported;  and  by  gYoss wdrti  il!  ,,  ile  articles  are 
packages.  When  merchandise whlc  n»v.  e"?  "  of  the 
"  lcgarwcight."  has  no  other  cm  "r  J  l,^iHf  a  H°rdlnK  to  P16 
forms  the  outside  package  the  ac^ua  w.2iV'e,0!\c  whicn 
chandise  will  be  coSsidered'to  be  its  legal  wctht  '""' 


No. 


Corre 

81  ond 

Old 

Tariff's    -N   ■ 
11   Tariff. 


265        209 

117        362 


509  121 

510  120 

511  127 

512  128 


517 


553 


105 


506        173 


Gypsum, 

weight 

Powder  other  than 
that  for  mining 
purposes,     gross 

weight 

Drugsand  chemical 

products  :— 
Fixed  oils,  not  else- 
where specified, 
legal  weight.... 
tfal  oils  of 
orange,  gcra- 
nium,  nutmeg, 
mustard,  patch- 
ouli,   and    rose, 

legal  weight 

Volatile  or  essen- 
tial oils.  not 
otherwise  distin- 
guished,      legal 

weight 

Soecotrine     aloes, 

legal  weight 

Acids  of  all  sub- 
stances, gaseous 
orliquid.notelse- 
where  specified, 
legal  weight  .... 
Acids  in  crystals 
or  powder,  not 
elsewhere  speci- 
fi  ed,        legal 

weight 

Waters,  aromatic, 
man  uf  actured. 
distilled,  or 
spirituous,  for 
m  edicinal  or 
toilet    purposes, 

legal  weight 

Mineral  waters, 
natural  or  artifi- 
cial, legal  weight 
Alkaloids  and 
their  salts,  not 
otherwise  distin- 
guished,   legal 

weight 

Camphor,    legal 

"eight 

JIusk. legal  weight 

Ambergris,  legal 
weight  

Metallic  antimony, 
net  weight 

Saffron,  dry  r,r  j„ 
oil.  net  weight  .. 

(antharides.  net 
weight 

-Medicinal  cap- 
sules, of  all  sub- 
stances, legal 
weight 

Castoreum,    legal 

weight  

Hydrochloral. legal 

weight 

Chloroform,    legal 

"eight 

Chloride    of   gold, 

legal   "right    .... 

Collodion  and  its 
applicat  ions, 
legal  weight  ...     I 

I'aints  in  the 
rough,  or  pre- 
pared  

osote,     legal 

Weight 

Medicinal  elixirs 
of  all  kinds,  legal 

„  weight 

Essence  or  extract 
of  sarsaparilla. 
prepared  in  anv 
form,      legal 

Weight 

ts  o  f  ail 
kinds  for  medi- 
purposes. 
n  o  t  otherwise 
mentioned,  legal 
weight 


Dollars. 
Kilog.   020 


'•00        „         M0 


050 


5  00 


250 
030 


0'20 


1-00 


050 
010 

15- CO  , 


055 


410 
0-35 
025 
110 

055 
0-20 

1350 


0-50 
10C0 

0-55 
1100 

1600 

1650 

030 

035 

4-00 

420 

2-00 

300 

125 

1-65 

1-00 

4-70 

150 

290 

ISO 

1-65 

25(H) 

2750 

TOO 


010 

Igrossl 

1-00 


100 


0-30 


3-00 


1-10 


015 
(legal) 

125 


110 


035 


3-30 


July  30. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


:,■:; 


No. 

in 

Old 

Tariff 

Corre- 

spond- 
inc  No. 
in    New 
Tariff. 

Ankles,  etc. 

Rates  of  Duty 
cvied. 

Rates  of  Duly 
hitherto 

Lev  c  1. 

560 

176 

Phosphorus,  dear 

or     red,    legal 

Dollars. 

Dollars. 

weight 

Kilog.  0  75 

Kilog.   1'50 

576 

ISO 

Medicinal    ayraps 

050 

0'55 

581 

181 

Metals  ami  metal- 
loids for  medio!- 

nal  purposes,  not 
otherwise/     men- 
t  i  o  n  c  d,     net 

(gross! 

(legal) 

weight 

150 

3'i») 

581 

186 

Nitrate    of   silver. 

legal  weight 

Pepsine,     legal 

8D0 

11'"' 

589 

191 

weight 

300 

550 

505 

JOG 

Saltsand  sulphates 
of  all  substances, 

not     otherwise 
mentioned,  legal 

weight  

015 

016 

603 

500 

Valerianates  of  all 
substances,  legal 

6*00 

UDO 

COS 

502 

Iodoform 

BTOO 

(gross) 

1290 

llcgall 

609 

503 

Pure  Iodine   

1  50 

2  20 

610 

505 

Iodides  of  all  sub- 

2-00 

330 

Free  List. 


No.  in 

Old 
Tariff. 

Articles,  etc. 

B           f  Duty 
hitherto  Levied. 

Dollars. 

510'. 

Sulphuric,     phenie.    and 

Kilog.  (legal) 

025 

511 

hydrochloric  acid 

'      .» 

rio* 

527 

White  arsenic 

„       (net) 

0  30 

t 

537 

Spanish  white 

(jjross) 

0-02 

252 

Common limeand  Koraan 

o-oi 

111 

Machinery  and  apparatus 
of  all  kinds,  not  other- 
wise distinguished,  for 
industrial,  agricultural, 
mining,     artistic     ami 
scientific  purposes,  and 
detached  parts    of  the 
same,  if  not  liable  to  be 
used  otherwise  than  as 

.. 

0-005 

t 

111 

Powder  fuses  of  any  kind. 

416, 

and  explosive  composi- 

635 1 

tions  for  mining 

it          •• 

001 

550 

Chloride,  sulphide,  bisul- 

phide, and    trisulphide 

0*02 

361 

Cork,  in  the  rough  or  in 

•I          i« 

0  (M 

253 

Crucibles  of  all  materials 

,, 

001 

367 

Emery,  in   powder  or  in 

,. 

008 

570 

Glycerine  not  perfumed.. 

010 

573 

Hyposulphate  of  soda.... 

,,     •> 

001 

597 

Saltpetre,    or    nitrate    of 

potash  or  of  soda 

•  <                   M 

001 

599 
600 

COS 

Sulphate  of  copper 

., 

0'01 
0  16 

595 

Sulphate  of  ammonia 

..      (legal) 

691 

Rag,    paper  scraps,    and 
pastes  of  all  kinds,  for 
the     manufacture      of 

Orross) 

o-oi 

615 

Poison,   for  the  prepara- 

015 

nt.  and  as  such,  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  20  per  cent,  ad 
ralorcm.  under  the  special  provision  in  Section  it.  for  "cement 
Roman,  Portland,  and  all  others." 

Certain at  water  of  Cedar/*  a  medicinal  preparation,  which 
upon  investigation  is  found  to  be  composed  in  part  of  alcohol, 
is  held  to  be  dutiable  at  the  rate  of  50  cents  per  ib..  under  the 
provision  in  section  118.  for  "all  medicinal  preparations  •  '  ■ 
and  medicated  wines,  of  which  alcohol  is  a  component  part." 

After  a  thorough  investigation,  it  is  held  that  platinum  wire. 
which  has  assumed  that  form  merely  for  convenience  in 
transportation,  and  which  is  not  adapted  for  any  known  use 
as  w  ire.  does  not  come  within  the  scope  of  the  provision  in 
Section  216.  for  "manufactures,  articles,  or  wares  •  •  *  com- 
posed wholly  or  in  part  of  '  '  platinum,"  but  is  exempt  from 
duty  under  the  provision  in  the  free  list  for  "platinum, 
unmanufactured." 

The  Treasury  Department's  decision  of  October  31.  1883, 
under  which  unground  talc  was  held  to  be  free  of  duty  as  a 
non  metallic  mineral  substance,  under  paragraph  638,  and 
ground  talc  as  a  manufactured  mineral  substance,  under 
paragraph  95,  is  affirmed. 

Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

[Xotc— Quintal  =  220llb.  avoirdupois.    Franc=9,'.-d.) 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Swiss  Customs  Tariff  have  been  given  by  the  Swiss 
Customs  authorities  during  the  month  of  May  last  :— 

Funyivore  (mixture  of  vitriol  and  flourof  sulphur  for  arrest- 
ing vine  diseases).    Category  16.  duty  30  centimes  per  quintal. 

Sulphate  of  nickel.    Category  IS.  duty  2  francs  per  quintal. 

Celluloid  and  articles  of  celluloid,  except  collars,  cuffs,  etc. 
I«ec  above).  Categories  348—352,  duties  from  4  to  30  francs  per 
quintal. 

Asbestos,  in  sheets  or  frames,  not  interwoven  with  other 
materials.    Category  272.  duty  3  francs  per  quintal. 

Asbestos  felt  for  roofing  with  tissues  loosely  interwoven. 
Category  299.  duty  1  franc  50  centimes  per  quintal. 

Cords  of  asbestos  are  expunged  from  category  306a. 
Twine  and  plaits  of  asbestos,  not   interwoven  with  other 
materials.    Category  307.  duty  16  francs  per  quintal. 

Asbestos  cloth  is  included  in  category  311,  to  replace  asbestos 
mixed  yvith  cloth.    Duty  4  francs  per  quintal. 

Proposed  Modifications  in  Customs  Tmifi. 

A  Bill  has  lately  been  presented  to  the  Federal  Assembly  for 
the  purpose  of  revising  the  present    Swiss  Customs    Tariff. 
The  following  is  a  list  of  the  alterations  in  the  proposed  tariff 
revision. 

(.Yofc. — Quintal  =  220'41b.  avoirdupois.    Franc=9t'«d.) 


United  States. 

Customs  Decisions. 

Certain  so-called  partially  manufactured  Portland  cement, 
which  upon  investigation  was  found  to  consist  of  partially- 
manufactured  Portland  cement,  and  which  upon  being  ground 
may  be  employed  as  such  without  any  further  admixture  of 
chalk  or  lime. 'and  which  in  its  condition  as  imported,  readily 
sets  upon  being  mixed  with  water,  is  held  to  be  a  si 

•  If  imported  in  the  form  of  crystals, 
t  Not  specially  classed  in  old  Tariff. 


Vo    in 
Cus- 
•    nu 

Tariff. 


Classification  uf  Articles. 


I.— Waste  Material 
and  Manures. 

Stable  manure ;  com- 
post; chalk -lime  ; 
residue  of  animal 
black;  ashes  (of 
bone,  coal.  peat. 
wood);loam;sweep- 
ings;  rags  and  other 
waste  materials  in- 
tended for  the 
manufacture  of 

manure 

iThis  category  in 
the  existing  tariff 
includes  sulphuric 
acid  once  used.) 

li  uano;  phosphorites; 
phosphates ;  bone 
poyvder.  etc. : 

Not  chemically  pre- 
pared, such  as  am- 
m  o  n  ia  c  a  1  salts 
(crude),  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  chloride 
of  potassium,  pot- 
ash manure ;  sul- 
phuric acid  once 
used 

Chemically  pre)  at.  .: 
such  as  artificial 
manures    

(The  grouping  of 
Categories  3  and  l 
has  been  amended.] 


rr"iK>sed 
New-  Duties. 


Per  Quintal. 


Fr.  Ct. 


Free. 


Conventional 

Kates  of 

Duty. 

Per  Quintal. 


Fr.  Ct. 


Free. 


Free. 
0  20 


Free. 


:  No  conventional  rates. 
General  Tariff. 


These  articles   pay  duty  under 


THE  JOrKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [J«iy  30.  i8S7. 


No.  in 

Customs 

Euifl 


33 
39a 


Classification  of  Ai ' 


IVr 
Quintal. 


~ ,.,VConven- 

lrN.>'5'1    tional 
,-\>"      Ratesof 
Duties.     1)llt 


Per 
Quintal 


II.— Chemicals. 

a.  Apothecaries'  and  Druggists' 

Articte.i. 

Pharmaceutical  preparations,  such 
as  powder,  pastilles,  salves,  oint- 
ments, tinctures,  essential  oils  and 
essences  in  wholesale  packages, 
that  is  to  say,  susceptible  of  divi- 
sion for  retail  sale ;  surgeons'  ban- 
dages     

(Wording  more  explicit) 

b.  Chemicals  for  Industrial  Use. 

Alum;  white  arsenic;  sulphate  of 
barytes  ;  animal  black  ;  chloride  of 
barium  :  chlorideof  calcium,  crude; 
chloride  of  lime  ;  chloride  of  mag- 
nesium; chloride  of  manganese; 
chrome  -  alum  ;  iron  -  mordant  ; 
litharge  ;  pyrolignite  of  lime  ; 
phenate  of  lime,  crude;  chlorby- 
drate  of  lime ;  extract  of  chestnut, 
liquid  ;  sulphate  of  magnesia 
(Epsom  salts) ;  liquid  arseniate  of 
soda;  bicarbonate  of  soda;  sulphate 
of  soda  (Glauber's  salts) ;  hyposul- 
phite, sulphite,  and  bisulphito  of 
soda ;  muriatic  soda ;  flour  of 
sulphur;  sulphuret  of  iron;  sul- 
phuret of  sodium ;  sulphuric  acid  ; 
soda ;  acetate  and  sulphate  of 
alumina  ;  sulphate  (vitriol)  of  iron, 
copper,   and    zinc :    soluble   glass 

(Pyroligneousacid,  crude,  acetic  acid 
of  wood  vinegar  is  expunged  from 
this  Category.    See  No.  17.) 

Caustic  potash,  caustic  soda;  aniline; 
aniline  compositions  for  manufac- 
ture of  paints ;  anthracine  ;  arsen- 
ious  acid  ;  benzoic  acid  ;  benzine ; 
oil  of  bitter  almonds,  artificial ; 
sugar  of  lead  ;  nitrate  of  lead ; 
bioxide  of  lead ;  borax ;  phenic 
acid,  crude ;  cachou  chloride  of 
aluminium  and  of  zinc  ;  gallic  and 
tannic  acid  ;  glycerine  :  verdigris; 
pyroligneous  acid,  crude :  wood  ; 
spirit,  raw;  yellow  prussiate  of 
potash ;  chlorate  of  potash ;  red 
chromate  of  potash ;  hyperman- 
ganate  of  potash  ;  bisulphate  of 
lime  ;  chestnut  extract,  solid  ; 
oxalic  acid :  naphthaline  ;  salts  of 
soda,  not  otherwise  mentioned  ; 
oleic  acid  ;  paraffin  ;  potash  ;  Bali- 
cylic  acid,  crude  ;  chloride  of  , 
ammonia ;  spirits  of  ammonia  ; 
saltpetre,  refined  ;  nitric  acid  ; 
oxalate  of  potassium  ;  sulphuric 
ether;  sulphideof  arsenic;  stearine; 
aluminous  cake  ;  illuminate  of  j 
soda  ;  oil  of  Turkey  red ;  zinc  pow- 
der ;  salts  of  tin 

(Pyroligneous  acid,  crude,  is  inser- 
ted, and  the  word  "raw"  is  added 
after  "  wood  spirit.") 

r.  Colours. 

Chrome  yellow  and  green  ;  moun- 
tain blue;  Prussian  blue;  smalt; 
ultramarine 

Varnish  and  lac  of  all  kinds,  with 
the  exception  of  oil  varnishes 

Oil  varnish    


Fr.  Ct. 


•fO'OO 


0'30 


Fr.  Ct. 


1-00 


7'00 


2500 
1000 


7'OOt 


7-00 
7'00 


the  sale  of  poisons,  and  the  Decree  of  the  2Cth  January.  1SS3, 
arc  still  in  force  ;  bnt  the  Decree  of  14th  November,  IST'J.  has 
been  replaced  by  a  Decree,  dated  l"th  April,  1885,  of  which  the 
following  is  a  translation. 

Section  20  of  the  Ordinance  dated  the  7th  January, 1870,  shall 
be  altered  to  the  following  effect  :— 

1.  Paper-hangings,  roller-blinds,  Venetian  blinds,  artificial 
flowers,  anil  other  articles  In  water-colours  (with  glue,  gum, 
starch,  dextrine,  glair,  and  the  like),  printed  or  painted  with 
arsenical  colours,  shall  not  be  kept  or  offered  for  sale  if,  at  a 
chemical  analysis,  out  of  200  square  centimetres  I  =  -'2  7  square 
Inches)  of  the  article,  or  less,  metallic  arsenic,  precipitated  as 
a  black  or  blackish  brown,  at  least  partly  opaque  mirror 
(arsenic  mirror)  in  a  glass  tube  of  1}  to  2  millimetres  (=  i  to  } 
Swedish  line)  inner  diameter,  can  be  educed,  by  reduction 
with  cyanide  of  potash  and  carbonate  of  soda,  from  the  sul- 
phuret of  arsenic  then  obtained. 

2.  The  same  prohibition  shall  also  be  observed  with  respect 
to  stuffs,  woven  fabrics,  yarn,  lamp  shades,  sealing-wax, 
wafers,  composite  candles  and  other  candles  containing 
arsenical  colours  or  other  arsenical  substances.  If  metallic 
arsenic,  in  the  manner  and  quantity  above  stated,  can  be 
educed  from  100  square  centimetres  (  =  113  Swedish  square 
inches*,  or  less,  of  stuffs,  woven  fabrics,  and  lamp-shades,  or 
from  21grms.  (=  5  Swedish  orts),  or  less,  of  any  of  the  other 
articles  above  enumerated. 

3.  A  certificate  as  to  the  quality  of  I  he  article  in  this  respect, 
and  indicating  the  weight  and  surface  measure  of  the  sample 
of  the  article  used,  containing  samples  of  all  the  colours  of  the 
article,  shall  be  issued  by  a  chemist  conversant  with  the  sub- 
ject. This  certificate  shall  also  be  accompanied  not  only  by 
the  metallic  arsenic  educed  by  the  test,  enclosed  in  a  glass 
tube  closed  up  at  both  ends,  but  also  by  as  large  a  sample  of 
the  article  examined  as  may  be  required  for  its  identification 
or  for  a  new  analysis,  if  needed,  but  the  sample  shall  not 
measure  less  than  .'>00  square  centimetres  (=  56'7  Swedish 
square  inches) ;  and  the  glass  tube,  as  well  as  the  sample  of 
the  article,  shall  be  securely  fastened  by  a  seal  either  to  the 
certificate  or  to  a  paper  containing  the  signature  of  the 
analyst,  together  with  thenumberreferredtoin  the  certificate, 
which,  moreover,  shall  be  drawn  up  in  accordance  with  the 
form  annexed. 

Form  of  Certificate  as  to  the  arsenical  contents  of  goods. 

At  the  chemical  analysis  of  square  centimetres  (square 
inches,  grams,  ortsl  of  the  wall-paper  (cloth,  carpet,  yarn,  etc.) 
annexed  marked  number  ,  containing  samples  of  all  its 
colours,  made  by  me  at  the  request  of  X,  I  have  educed,  by 
reduction  with  cyanide  of  potash  and  carbonate  of  soda,  from 
the  sulphuret  of  arsenic  then  obtained,  the  metallic  arsenic 
which  is  enclosed  in  the  glass  tube  attached  (1  have  not  found 
any  arsenic  present),  and  I  therefore  (owing  to  the  nature  of 
this  arsenic  mirror)  declare  the  said  wall-paper  (cloth,  etc.) 
prohibited  (permitted)  for  tale  or  barter,  in  pursuance  of  the 
Royal  Decree  of  the  10th  April,  1SS5.  The  re-agents  employed 
by  me  at  the  analysis  have  been  examined  by  me  and  been 
found  free  from  arsenic,  which  I  hereby  certify. 

(Place  and  time.) 

(Name.) 
(Qualification.) 


EXTRACTS   FROM    DIPLOMATIC   AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 
S.u.i:  u.    POISONS  in  Sweden. 
A  despatch,  dated  (he  22nd  June  lasl.  has  been  received  from 
Mr.  E.  Corbett.  Her  Majesty's  Minister  at  Stockholm,  on  the 
subject  of  the  regulations  relative  to  the  sale  of  arsenic  and 
poisonous  substances  now  in  force  in  Sweden.    Mr.  Corbett 
Bays:— 
"The  Royal  Decree  of  the  7th  of  January,  1K76,  relative  to 

•  Duty  payable  under  General  Tariff,  conventional  rates 
being  higher,  except  in  the  case  of  nitric  acid,  which  will  still 
pay  CO  cents,  per  quintal. 


MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  NOTICES. 

Deposits  of  Manganese  Oke  in  the  United 
States. 

According  to  Bradstreet's  for  May  28th  last,  (he  following 
facts  are  given  in  Mr.  Joseph  D.  Week's  report  on  manganese 
to  the  United  States  Geological  Survey: 

"Ores  containing  manganese,  described  in  this  report,  are 
divided  into  two  classes— viz.,  manganese  ores  and  mangani- 
ferous  iron  ores.  Difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  fixing 
the  dividing  line  between  these  two  ores.  The  standard  of 
shipments  in  English  chemical  works,  however,  has  been 
adopted— that  is.  70  per  cent,  of  bioxide.  equalling  44-253 
parts  of  the  metal  per  100.  Ores  containing  less  than  this  per- 
centage of  manganese  can.  however,  be  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  high  manganese  Bpiegel  and  ferro-mangancse,  while 
some  ores  with  an  excess  of  manganese  may  be  used  for  low 
spiegels.  Manganese  is  found  widely  distributed  in  this 
country.  It  is  almost  as  plentiful  as  tho  deposits  of  brown 
hematite  ore.  Manganese  occurs  as  a  constituent  of  most  of 
the  latter  kind  of  ores.  Sometimes  so  much  manganese  is 
found  in  the  ore  as  to  make  it  a  mangaBiferous  iron  ore.  At 
other  times  veins  or  pockets  of  manganese  are  found  along- 
side of  iron  ore.  This  is  especially  true  in  the  case  of  the  ores 
in  the  Appalachian  ranges,  and  is  particularlarly  so  in 
Virginia.  Notwithstanding  its  wide  distribution,  only  four 
localities  yielded  any  considerable  amount  of  ore  in  1885.  The 
places  mentioned  were  the  Crimora  and  Leete's  mines  in 
Virginia;  at  Cartcrsville.  Georgia,  and  Batesvillc.  Arkansas. 
The  Crimora  mine  contributed  two-thirds  of  all  the  man- 
ganese produced  in  the  United  Stales.  Two  other  mines  in 
Virginia  produced  s  small  amount  of  ore  in  ism  viz..  tho 
Houston  mines  and  (hose  of  the  Shenandoah  Iron  Company. 
The  production  in  1889  was  26,495  tons,  of  which  23.258  tons 
were  manganese  ores,  and  3237  tons  were  manganiferous  ores. 
The  origin  of  manganese  has  never  yet  been  authoritatively 
settled.  It  is  thought  to  be  similar  lo  hematite  ore  in  origin, 
nnd  to  have  been  deposited  from  solution.  So  far  as  known 
the  most  valuable  deposits  of  manganese  have  been  found  in 
pockets,  usually  imbedded  in  ji  tenacious  clay  requiring 
washing  to  remove." 


July  30, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


527 


German  Sugar  Bounties. 

Id  the  Hoard  of  Trade  Journal  for  July  will  be  found  (in 
analysis  of  the  German  Bill  for  reforming  the  sugar  tax  and 
bounties. 


TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE  UNITED 
KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  the   United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Principal  Articles. 


May,  1886. 


May,  1887. 


Chemical  Products  unenume- 

rated   Value 

Copper  Ore  and  Regulus.  .Tons 

Value 
Manganese  Ore    ..Tons 

Value 
Pyrites  of  Iron  and  Copp'r.Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver   lbs. 

Value 
Rags,  Esparto  Tons 

Value 

Total  Value 

1886 

1887 


£1.340 

£3,211 

2,208 

4,519 

£52,505 

£68,534 

375 

27S 

£1,313 

£963 

18,215 

57.997 

£94,110 

£103.025 

601,800 

miii.iiini 

£51.140 

£26,500 

3.564 

5,250 

£21,132 

£30,564 

May. 


£759,616 
£780,764 


June. 


£699,338 

£718,561 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from  the   United 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


Principal  Articles. 

May,  1886. 

May,  1887. 

Alkali   Cwt. 

Value 

Manufactures    of  Caoutchouc 

Value 

Value 
Chemical  Products   and  Pre- 
parations,    Including     Dye- 
stuffs  Value 

Coal,    Products   of,    including 

Naphtha,  etc Value 

Glass  Manufactures Value 

Grease,  Tallow,    and   Animal 

Fat Cwt. 

Value 

Manure Value 

Painters'     Colours    and    Ma- 
Paper  of  all  sorts   Cwt. 

Value 

Value 

16,005 
£5,813 

£1,253 

570 

£1,061 

£5,981 

£1.907 
£131 

594 

£601 
£2,517 

£1.136 
165 

£429 

470 

£395 

22.157 
£7,436 

£1,207 

710 

£1,378 

£5,094 

£2,068 
£792 

1,865 

£1.S93 
£23.964 

£2,936 
388 

£1,075 

353 

£321 

Total  Value 

May. 

1886 

£222,129 

£P§n  576 

1887 

£265,780 

£302.019 

defined  by  the  Act,  and  792  were  other  works  which  come 
within  the  scope  of  the  Act.  In  the  year  1885  the  numbers 
were  132  and  762  respectively,  showing  a  diminution  of  11  in 
the  number  of  alkali  works,  and  an  increase  of  30  in  that  of 
the  other  works. 

In  some  of  the  works  several  distinct  processes  arc  earned 
on,  each  of  which  requires  a  separate  examination  on  t  he  part 
of  the  inspector;  these  are  set  forth  below  as  distributed 
among  the  districts  :— 

List  of  Separate  Processes  under  Inspection. 


RECENT  TRADE  BLUE  BOOKS. 

The  following  memorandum  has  been  prepared  in  the 
Department  with  reference  to  Parliamentary  papers  bearing 
upon  trade  matters  which  have  recently  been  circulated:  — 

1.  Alkali,  etc..  Works  Regulation  Act.  18S1.  Tu-entythird 
Annual  Report  on  Alkali,  etc..  ll'orks  by  the  Chief  Inspector.— 
(O.  5057).    Price,  2s. 

This  is  the  annual  report  of  Mr.  Fletcher,  the  Chief 
Inspector  under  the  Alkali,  etc..  Works  Act  for  the  year  1886. 
It  contains  his  reports  to  the  Local  Government  Board  and  to 
the  Secretary  for  Scotland,  and  is  presented  to  Parliament 
pursuant  to  Act  44  &  45  Vict.  cap.  37. 

The  report  states  that  the  number  of  works  under  inspection 
during  the  year  was  910.  or  if  Scotland  be  included.  1.048.  This 
shows  an  increase  of  13  English  and  3  Irish  works  during  the 
year.    Of  the  above  total  of  910,  118  were  alkali  works  as 


I 

a 

A 

o 

3 

-i 

5 

-3 

.,3 

1 

^  a 

ci 

3  . 

5 

— 

a 
£ 

I 

a  tc 

& 

o 

a 
I. 

11 

5  a 

Is 

3£ 

B    M 

!  -1 

5 
o 

o 

>1 

a 

o 
72 
1 

-  - 

•- 

DO 

■c 

o 
'E 

H 

5   gf 

£0 
-  = 

-- 

_■  - 

"3 

p 

- 

a 

s.     - 

5 

0 

- 

tx 

Alkali  

9! 

12 

17 

16 

11 

3 

4 

2 

67 

Hvdrochloric  acid   (cy- 

linder)   

— 

— 

— 

17 

3 

— 

8 

28 

Copper  (wet  process)   . . 

— 

0 

2      5 

3 

2 

3 

— 

20 

Cotton      carbonising 

(alkali) 

— 

— 

—     — 

9 

— 

— 

— 

9 

15 

24 

21     18 

43 

28 

16 

32 

■ill 

20 

31 

15 

1 

2* 

l.i 

12 

60 

24  a 

— 

0 

3 

■■ — 

14 

1 

— 

1 

■21 

— 

2 

3 

1 

40 

19 

2 

15 

W 

Sulphate   and   muriate 

of  ammonia  

11 

27 

22 

1 

48 

o3 

H 

bto 

291 

Chlorine  and  bleaching 

2 
10 
2 

8 
7 
14 

9 

55 
2 

17 
1 

7 
6 

2 
4 
7 

4 
1 

2 
58 

48 

Salt   

!     77 

93 

Total 

65 

135 

149 

63 

226 

167 

159 

244 

1,208 

During  the  year  1S86  the  number  of  separate  operations 
under  inspection  was  1208,  while  in  Scotland  there  was  a 
further  number  of  187  :  giving  a  total  for  the  United  Kingdom 
of  1395.    During  1885  the  total  number  was  1368. 

Table  of  Average  Amount  of  Acid  Gases  Escaping 
for  each  District. 

The  following  tables  have  been  compiled  by  the  General 
Inspector  from  the  reports  of  all  the  examinations  sent  in  by 
the  inspectors  on  their  visits  to  the  works.  The  total  number 
of  visits  made  in  the  year  was  4090,  and  the  number  of  sepa- 
rate tests  or  analyses  of  gas  was  4786:— 


*i 

3 

o 

•d 

„T* 

5 

aa 

•c 

•g 

3 

2  ~ 

[S 

0  = 

s  = 

P 

J= 

•3 

a 

-G* 

Ut-J 

tj 

St 

J3 

3 
O 

J3 

O 

1. 

■q 

5 

O  9 

3 

2 

T 

> 

50 

1  . 

Pi 

"5 

B 

< 

O 
•9 

> 

< 

^ 

ale 

A 

^•s 

e 

ig 

— 



P 

a 

H 

to 

p 

P 

« 

1886 

18Bo 

Hydrochloric    acid    in 

chimney  gases.     Grs. 

012 

O'll 

0-07 

o-ii 

0*08 

0'09 

010 

010 

010 

Hydrochloric   acid. 

Amount     escaping 

compared   with    that 
produced,  per  cent.  .. 

_ 

210 

it;' 

200 

2*18 

2-10 

234 

213 

2'39 

Acid     gases     escaping 
from    sulphuric    acid 

chambers    given     as 
SO,.  Grs.  per  cubic  ft.  1'30 

160 

IIS 

1-28 

1-Oi  1*60 

1-82 

1-40 

1*52 

Acidity     of     chimneys 

given  as  SO,.  Grs.  per 

0-71 

0-76 

(V.ir 

0  66  0'72 

104 

077 

0  67 

Acidity  of  gases    from 

manure  works  given 
as  SO,.    Grs.  per  c.  ft.  0-51 

016 

011  118 

0*28  0-35 

065 

0-50 

067 

528 


THE  JOfcBNAl  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAl  INDUSTRY.      frdyHMrt) 


STATISTH  M.    TABLES. 

PERIODICAL    RETURNS    OF     IMPORTS      \M>    EXPORTS. 

Imports  and  Exports  into  and  from  the  under-mentioned  Countries  in  the  laUst  Month  for 
which  Returns  have  been  received,  with  Aggregates  for  the  period  of  the  Year,  including 
such  latest  Month. 

Note.— Roublo=2e.  Od. ;  Franc-  !>,'.,<!.;  Milreis    l>.od.:  lire    '.',  d. ;  Dollar    Is.  2d. 


/. — Imports. 


Name  of  Country. 


Russia  in  Kuropc  . . 

France  

Portugal 

Italy 

United  States  

Egypt   

British  India*    ... 


I  ktest 
Month. 


Value  for  the  Month. 


Aggri .  i        dol  the  year, 

inclucung  latest  Month. 


May 
May 

April 
May      .. 
May 

February 
March  . . 
April    . . 


1887. 


Roubles  20.riS.000 
Francs  352,727,000 
Milreis  — 

Lire  ..  115,853,000 
Dollars  58.062,000 
Piastres  55.77J.000 
81,776,000 
Rupees   5,16,27.701 


1886. 


1887. 


29.892,000 
301,007,000 

111,953,0C0 

- 
59,829.000 
67,192.000 
(.97,14.923 


90,201,000 
1,785,1 53, 000 
12.326,000 
021,621,000 
296.290.000 
120,559,000 
2112, 335,000 


1886. 

90,023.000 
1,737,150,000 
11,508,000 
571,629,000 
271.378,000 
12S.511.000 
196.033.000 


//. — Exports. 


Russia  in  Europe 

France 

Portugal 

Italy  

United  States  .... 


May 
Maj 

April 

May 

May 


Egypt   

British  India     April 


(    February 
(    March 


Roubles  ■>S,979.000 
Francs  285,850,000 
Milreis  — 

Lire  ..  84,772,000 
Dollars  13,629,000 
Piastres  101,S68,000 
76.910,000 
Rupees   8,71,03,997 


25,078.000 
258,955,000 

87.5 19,000 
51.101,000 
77,825,000 
86,153.000 
S.1L33,31S 


111,108,000 

1,335,361,000 

7.517.0C0 

115,727,000 

■9,000 

2I9.S30.000 

326,710.000 


98,561.  000 
1,295,952,000 
9,122,000 
132,578,000 
271.701,000 
211,911,000 
301.093,000     i 


. 


The  above  figures  arc  subject  to  revision  in  the  Annual  Returns. 

Note  —The  figures  arc  those  of  the  "special"  imports  and  exports,  except  in  the  case  of  the  United 

-  and  British  India,  where  the  figures  are  "general."    "Spc<  ial     means,  in  the  case  of  imports, 

imports  for  home  consumption,  in  the  ease  of  exports,  exports  ol  domestic  produce  and  manufacture 

•'Tin-  aggregate  figures  are  for  the  financial  year  comment  ing  1st  April 


Chemical  Imports  and  Exports  fob  Past 
Half- Year, 

During  the  past  half-year  we  imported  under  the  head  of 
chemicals,  dycstult's  and  tanning  substances,  goods  to  the 
value  of  £1,579.25"  as  against  64,895,061  during  the  correspond- 
ing period  of  lS.su.  a  decrease  of  £315314.  Our  imports  o[ 
Peruvian  hark  amounted  to  £416,188  as  against  £441,056  in  the 
tirst  six  months  of  last  year,  a  diminution  of  £24,868.  I'nder 
the  head  of  drugs  unenuinerated  a  diminution  is  also  notice- 
able in  comparison  with  tin- tirst  half-year  of  1886.  The  figures 
were  £305493  in  IK*-7  and  £357,182  in  1886,  thus  showing  a 
decrease  of  £51,989.  On  the  export  side  the  figures  came  oul 
rattier  better,  although  a  slight  diminution  is  still  shown. 
The  total  value  of  chemicals  and  chemical  and  medicinal  pre- 
parat  ted  during  the    half-year  was    £3,300,124   as 

airaii  io  in  the  six  months  ending  June  30th,   1886, 

This  is  Only  a  diminution  of  £8141.— B.  and  C.  D.,  16th  July, 
1887. 

Tin:   Kali   INDUSTRY. 

According  to  the  report  of  the  sale  convention  of  Btrassfurf 
chloride  of  potash  manufacturers,  the  despatching;  for  the 
second  half  of  las)   year  amounted  to   i  |879,032ctr. 

flr-t  halft.  giving  an  average  price,  after  deduction  of  all  petty 
charges,  of  6504mks.  (6552mlC8.  tirst  half i  for  SO  per  cent. 
chloride  of  potash,  'lie-  tuUil  despatching^  for  18S6  amounted 
to  lJS4,060ctr.,  distributed  as  follows:  tlcrmaiiv  886,960c tr., 
England  161, 500c tr.,  Scotland  73.700ctr.,  France  136,70 
Belgium  and  llnllaml  ISTJOOCtr.,  Italy  77. iHKl.tr..  North 
America     373.500ctr.,    Austria.     Kussia.     Switzerland. 

Octr.   The  report  regret-  that  the  German  agriculturaliste 
are  yol  very  poor  consumers. 


The  Oil  Trade  in  Germany. 

The  oil  trade  in  Germany  seems  to  be  in  quite  as  bad  a  way 
as  is  the  Scotch  trade,  to  judge  by  the  following  paragraph. 
which  we  take  from  Kutuours  Review :— The  report  of  the 
united  Saxon  and  Thuringian  paraffin  and  solar  oil  manufac- 
turers for  the  business  year  1886 — 87  shows  that  the  fall  in  the 
prices  of  products  is  gradually  increasing.  The  prices  of 
paraffins  are  dependen  I  upon  those  of  fat  goods,  among  which 
palm  oil  is  the  principal  price  regulator.  Notwithstanding 
the  increasing  commerce  with  tropical  countries  front  which 
palm  oil  is  obtained,  it  is  improbable  that  any  lasting  increase 
in  the  price  of  this  oil  will  take  place,  and  consequently  the 
prospeel  of  an)  definite  improvement  in  paraffin,  the  "most 
valuable  product  of  the  above  company, cannot,  at  present,  be 
entertained.  The  state  of  the  market  for  paraffin  oils  i 
favourable  in  consequence  of  the  syndicate  established  la-t 
year,  by  which  a  decline  in  prices  tor  the  greater  portion  of 
the  inland  business  is  rendered  impossible.  Though  a  consi- 
derable percentage  of  last  year's  production  of  these  oils 
remains  unsold,  and  a  small  percentage  at  minimum  prices  has 
been  exported,  these  facts  need  not  occasion  any  anxiety,  for 
while  on  the  one  hand  the  home  consumption  shows  indica- 
tions of  increasing,  on  the  other  hand,  the  production  was 
exceptionally  high.  Solar  oil  is  being  hard  pressed  by 
American  and  Russian  petroleums.  A  portion  of  the  years 
production  remains  unsold  The  following  figures  show  the 
average  prices  per  lOOkiloa.  for  the  more  important  produc- 
tion- in  the  last  two  years:— 

1885-86.  1886-87. 
inks.         mks. 

SolarOil    14*73       ma 

I'arafrln  nil 10-91       10-J4 

Hard  Paraffin  Oil 107-21       71-10 

Paraffin  nil    52-33       13-17 

Paraffin  Scales I2'77      2953 


July  30.  law.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


529 


The  profits  did  not  admit  of  any  dividend  being  divided 
among  the  shareholders.  A  report  which  is  identical  with 
the  above  in  all  important  detailshas  been  published  by  the 
Zeits  paraffin  and  solar  oil  manufacturers.  In  this  Instance, 
also,  no  dividend  could  be  declared.  An  extraordinary 
general  meeting  of  the  united  Saxon  and  Thuringian  paraffin 
olai  oil  manufacturers  has  decided  on  an  amalgamation 
With  the  Zcitz  parullin  and  solar  oil  manufactory. 

Trade  Statistics  fob  June. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  June  show  tlic  following 
figures  :— 

Imports, 

Jane,  1886.  •tunc,  1887. 

Total  value £29.101,911    ....    £27,555,217 

Exports. 

June,  1886.  June,  1887. 

Hritish  and  Irish  Produce ....  £18.536.076    ....    £17,320,411 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 
(partly  estimated) 4.216,690    . 


Exports. 


I.WS..-U,-, 

Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :— 
Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumcratcd..  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 
and    Products,    un- 
enumeratcd— 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)       cwt. 

value  £ 

,,    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt 

m  value  £ 

yuicksilver   lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye  cwt, 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials- 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Othercoat-tardyes value  £ 

Cochineal   cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..        tons 
„  value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancinc,  and  mun- 

Jfrl CWt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancinc,  and  mun- 

jeet value  £ 

Valonia   tons 

,,         value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuns 

value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm  tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm   value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Rosin    cwt. 

value  £ 

Tallow  and  Stcarinc. . . .       cwt. 
....  value  £ 


.Tune  1885.  Junel8S6.  June  1887. 


8.116 
6.570 
78,275 

20,519 

181.965 

90.C07 

21.69.-, 

18,071 

1,599.600 

117.569 

8.181 

52,967 

6.058 

19,795 

7.101 

23,778 


30,387 

12.989 

18,310 

15,692 

366 

762 

4,488 

1.161 

30.065 

1,352 

23,276 


2.021 


3.012 
2.109 
31,295 

21.7S5 

33,548 

1,788 

09.GSS 

:■.::;■• 

100.861 

5,637,387 

193,287 

602 
17,861 

1,202 

34.009 
11.911 
18,498 

182,805 
40.363 
90,526 

113.907 


8.211 

6,342 

I  8.292 

16,231 

115,891 

07.287 

24,742 

21.671 

684,741 

62,160 

16.281 

91.590 

2.743 

9,796 

8,153 

22,871 


72,037 
44.130 

1.V93 
19,557 


6,395 

1,273 

28,151 

2,270 
37,025 


1.898 
3,878 
52.110 

4.042 

5,736 

1,867 

70.211 

70,018 

70,078 

5,388.918 

118.717 

919 

21,120 

1,506 

40,152 
866 
1,055 
141.276 
33.456 
101,771 
133.017 


6,953 
6,581 
10,900 

10.182 
172,21 S 
80,391 
17,879 
16.005 
877,600 
76.828 
12,836 
60,983 
2,983 
12.199 

10,873 

27.732 


65,118 

28,017 

21.299 

14.195 

464 

585 

3,542 

1.931 

12.212 

3.357 

57,662 


1,327 


1,695 
3,155 
11,721 

17,878 

26,058 

1,644 

62,897 

07,336 

61.443 

I.S23.942 

139,499 

1.0.2 

21.991 

1,674 

32,456 
5.659 
7.495 
65,520 
17.13! 
82,851 
95.189 


British  and   Irish   pro- 
duce :— 

Alkali  cwt. 

raluc  £ 

Bleaching  materials       cwt. 
value  £ 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations   (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations   value  £ 

Chemical  manure  . .  value  £ 

Oil  (seed) tons 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Painters'  colours 
and  materials  (un- 
enumcratcd)   value  £ 

Foreign    nnd    Colonial 
merchandise: — 

Bark,  Cinchona cwt. 

„  value  £ 

Chemicals     (unenu- 

merated)     

Cochineal  cwt. 

value  £ 

Cuteh  and  gambler        tons 
,,        value  £ 

Cium  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,  various  kinds . .        cwt. 
.,  ..  „     ..  value  £ 

Oils,  cocoa-nut cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

,,    olive  tuns 

,,       .,      value  £ 

,,    palm  cwt. 

value  £ 

,,    petroleum    gals. 

„  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

,,  value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)           cwt. 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)     value  £ 

Tallow  and  stearine       cwt. 
,.  „  „        value  £ 


tunc,  1885.  .lunr.lSSS.    June,  1887. 


511.377 
1  GO.  18.5 

125, 1*12 
43,171 


(5.726 


155  10(1 
126,262 
5,763 
132.U84 
10.426 
46,769 


121,988 


9.397 
50,191 

22,637 
1,314 

9,248 
557 

12,697 

2.796 

9,216 

3,310 

62,157 

9,539 

32,251 

11,225 

17.110 

230 

11.273 

38.317 

52,860 

40.922 

1.767 

368.590 

27.848 

191 

423 

15,988 
23,740 


491.355 
112,607 
130,113 

H),273 


75,571 


170.711 

112,596 

6.494 

138,931 

31.238 
32,030 


117,891 


42.123 

13.763 
991 

6,627 

767 

19,714 

3,578  i 
15,172 

1,962 
44,518 

6.213 
18,205 
14.182 
19.096 
147 

7,064 
11,548 
10,809 
73,938 

3.591 

499.250 

42,474 

7,671 

6,287 
14,642 
16,417 


I 


4.58.181 
130,517 
101,111 
39,171 


73,350 


180,216 
103.826 
6.302 
113.956 
13.788 
42.631 


112,895 


9.921 
37,342 

35,100 
730 

4.779 

1,042 
26.108 

2.906 
10.393 

2.323 
52,361 

4,713 

11,776 

11.928 

15,890 

336 

13.624 

46,758 

14.355 

18.639 

964 

560.289 

49.199 

2,254 

2.107 
20,338 
22,416 


Drug  Imports  into  Bombay. 

The  import  of  drugs  into  Bombay  during  1886  were  largely 
in  excess  of  those  of  the  preceding  year,  ns  the  following 
figures  show  :— 


Imports. 


Chemicals 

Drugs  and  medicines 

Dye  si  ult's  

Gums  and  resins    . . . 

Quicksih  cr    .   

Oils    

Colours    

Perfumery 

Total 


1886. 

1886. 

Rs. 

Rs. 

943.709 

1.134.965 

1,534,778 

1,576.550 

1,490.974 

1.585,172 

555,667 

565,247 

66.058 

11S.S66 

2,391.196 

2,969.288 

608,112 

815.274 

389.066 

331,744 

7,979,560 

9,097,106 

-C.  and  D,  25th  June,  1S87. 


MISCELLA  NEC)  US. 
The  Aniline  Trade  of  Germany. 

Kv  Mow's  Review  pars  that,  the  prospect  of  a  slow  improve- 
ment in  the  aniline  industry  has  been  fulfilled ,  and.  but  for  thr 
uncertain  political  situation  of  Kuropc  which  has  lately  had 
so  damaging  effect  on  all  trades  and  industries,  the  improve- 
ment in  question  would  doubtless  have  increased.  The  prices 
for  the  most  important  raw  materials  which  are  employed  in 
the  above  industry  reached  in  1886  a  normally  low  point. 
Certain' reductions  in  the  price  of  some  of  the  products  are 
also  to  be  recorded.  These,  however,  were  on  the  whole 
moderate.  The  manufacture  of  fuchsin  has  just  Undergone 
a  complete  revolution  in  consequence  of  the  employment  of 
nitro-benzolin  and  the  abandonment  of  the  arsenic  acid 
process.  The  manufacturers  arc  now  prepared  lo  deliver  a 
fuchsin  and  a  blue  absolutely  free  of  arsenic  compounds. 
Several  modifications  have  bad  to  be  introduced  into  the 
machinery. 


530 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July  30.  isst. 


PBorosED   New   Duties  on  Drugs  Imported  into 
Italy. 

The  duties  are  to  bo  Incroasod  thus:-  Acetic  acid  to  pay 
50  lire  the  lOOkiloe.  instead  ol  l"  lire;  impure  caustic  soda 

raised  from  50  centimes  to  3*50 ;  salts  of  quinine  from  i  lire  to 
in  lire  per  kilo.;  oxide  Of  /.me  from  2  lire  to  5  lire;  carbonates 
of  soda  and  potash  from  0*50  to  3*50;  calcined  magnesia  from 
•J"  lire  to  50 lire;  ordinary  soap  9  lire  instead  of  6  lire  ;  glycerin 
augmented  From 30 to  00  lire;  perfumery,  alcoholic  or  other- 
wise. fn»m  6*60  to  100  lire.  On  the  other  hand,  mineral  oil 
duties  to  be  reduced  from  27  lire  to  10  lire;  chicory  from  20  to 
IS  lire  ;  common  sponges,  now  paying  80  lire,  to  enter  free,  but 
the  duty  on  trimmed  and  prepared  goods  to  increase  from  20 
to  25  lire,    CL  and  2>„  9th  July,  1887. 

Antimony  in  Portugal, 

It  Lsnol  generally  known,  says  the  Financial  Xncs,  that 
i  of  the  richest  antimony  mines  in  the  world  exist  within 
a  few  miles  of  OportO,  in  Portugal.  For  many  years  these 
■  -  have  been  worked  bj  the  natives,  and  traces  of  the  old 
hi  workings  have  been  found  in  nearly  all  of  them. 
Lately  a  Portuguese  company  was  formed,  with  a  capital  of 
£100,000,  to  work  one  of  the  Dunes,  and  under  such  manage- 
ment a  dividend  of  1"  per  cent  was  declared  last  year,  ana  a 
very  substantial  sum  added  to  the  reserve  fund.  Immediately 
adjoining  this  mine  there  is  a  property  which  has.  for  some 
years,  been  worked  by  some  of  the  English  residents  in  Oporto, 
who  have  succeeded  in  opening  up  the  mines  to  a  point  where 
the  introduction  of  further  capital  becomes  necessary.  They 
therefore  brought  th«  Corgo  Mines  to  the  notice  of  English 
capitalists,  with  the  result  that  they  have  since  been  pur- 
chased, and  will  shortly  be  offered  to  the  public.  .Several 
hundred  tons  of  the  ores  have  been  shipped,  and  sold  to 
smelters  here,  the  account  sales  showing  an  average  of  60  per 
cent,  of  antimony  to  the  ton.  During  the  process  of  develop- 
ment a  lode  has  been  struck  varying  from  "in.  to  3ft.  3in,  in 
thickness,  with  a  metallisation  of  pure  antimonial  lead. 
Visible  gold  appears  in  the  quartz  and  antimonial  lead,  and 
assays  have  been  made  by  several  well-known  experts,  from 
samples  as  well  as  from  bulk,  and  the  average  shows  a  mean 
return  of  over '.^oz.  to  the  ton.  There  are  six  distinct  lodes  in  the 
Corgo  Mine,  and  they  have  been  opened  up  to  a  considerable 
extent.  Two  shafts  have  been  sunk,  one  to  a  depth  of  450ft.. 
at  which  distance  they  have  stopped  for  the  present,  and  are 
now  running  new  levels  both  east  and  west,  where  the  lode 
shows  itself  from  3  yards  to  5  yards  thick,  with  abundant 
metallisation,  having  veins  and  pockets  of  pure  antimonial 
lead  from  2in.  to  3ft.  wide,  besides  auriferous  quartz. 


gaonftlg    Ipatcnt   list. 

I.— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS    akd 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

8768  W.  Oliphant.  London.  Apparatus  for  promoting  com- 
bustion.   Complete  specification.    June  17 

8796  N.  C.  Cookson.  Ncwcastleon-Tyne.  Construction  of 
pipes  for  the  conveyance  of  fluids,  fumes,  and  gases.    June  IS 

8801  It.  G.  Brooke  and  T.  White.  London.  Improvements 
in  and  pertaining  to  condensers.    Juno  18 

8870  Mill.  Comtc,  and  Mabut,  London.  Freezing  machines. 
June  20 

S938  G.  D-onkin,  B.  G.  Nichol.  and  H.  Maearthy,  Newcastle- 
on-Tync.  Apparatus  for  the  effective  circulation  of  water  in 
-i.  aiii  boilers,  and  heath  g  of  feed  water.    June  23 

8945  S.  Smillie,  Glasgow.  Instilling  apparatus  for  pro- 
ducing fresh  water  from  salt  water.  Complete  specification. 
June  23 

901;  H.  H.  Lake,  London-From  A.  P.  Lighthill.  United 
States.  Improvements  in  atomisers.  Complete  specification. 
June  24 

9047  O.  Briiner  and  ('.  G.  Iiommcnhollcr,  London.  Pressors 
reducing  valves  for  highly  compressed  gases,  especially  for 
carbonic  acid.    Complete  specification.    June  25. 

9064  J.  Orchard,  London.  Construction  of  valves  for  gases 
under  high  pressure.    June  25 

9102  F.  W.  Dick  and  J.  M.  McMurtrie,  Glasgow.  Apparatus 
for  pumping  and  compressing  fluids  and  for  regulating  fluid 
pressures.    June  27 

9148  J.  H.  Cormack, Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  doors  for  fines,  soot  boxes,  and  the  like.    June  28 

9199  A.  J.  Boult— From  J.  Fischer,  Austria.  Apparatus  for 
cooling  or  heating  liquids,  gases,  vapours,  and  the  like. 
June  28 

9206  J.  Howes,  Liverpool.  Rotary  filtering  apparatus. 
June  28 

9250  A.  M.  Clark-From  T,  D.  Williams.  South  Africa. 
Amalgamating  apparatus.    June  29 

9110  P.  A.  Newton— From  K.  A.  Chcschrough,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  hot-air  furnaces.  Complete  specification. 
July! 

'.'1.2  P.  Kvrritt.  London.    Filters.    July  2 

9421  A.  Tolhurst,  Gravcscnd.  Hollow  fire-bars  for  furnaces 
of  boilers,  kilns,  retort  benches,  stills,  etc. ;  and  smoke  con- 
suming apparatus  for  the  same.    July  2 


9111  L  Mclnt]  re.  London. 


Heating  feed-water  by  steam  for 
strain  boilers,  and  extracting  impurities  from  same.    July  1 

9156  J.  Willoiighby  and  A.  Gledhill,  London.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  consuming  smoke  in  the  furnaces  of  steam  and 
other  boilers.    Julyl 

946"i  C.  E.  Hudson,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  ami 
in  the  method  of  supplying  fuel  thereto.    July  4 

916.S  H.  Schellhaas,  Liverpool.  Revolving  furnaces  for 
drying,  heating,  combining,  or  decomposing  substances. 
July  1 

9501  W.  1'.  Thompson— From  the  Aerated  Fuel  Company; 
United  Stales.  F'urnaccs  for  burning  hydrocarbon  fin  Is.  and 
steam  generators  therefor.    July  5 

9521  S.  H.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  London.  Con- 
struction of  filter  presses.    July  .'> 

9537  R.  Hamilton  and  T.  McKillop.  Glasgow.  Apparatus 
for  promoting  combustion,  and  other  furnaces.    July  6 

9539  W.  Uavidson,  Glasgow.  Apparatus  for  feeding  fuel 
into  furnaces.    July  6 

9606   P.  FIveritt,  London.    Filters.    July  7 

9691  J.  Batson.  H.  Sedgley  Batson,  and  W.  G.  Causer.  Bir- 
mingham. Apparatus  for  charging  steam  boilers  with  anti- 
corrosive  liquids,  semi-liquid,  or  other  substances.    July  11 

9746  M.  Vinning.  London.  Apparatus  for  regulating  or  con- 
trolling the  flow  of  fluids  from  reservoirs  in  which  such  fluids 
are  contained  under  pressure.    July  12 

9797  T.  Kirkwood,  London.  Grates  for  furnaces.  Complete 
specification.    July  12 

9820  T.  T.  Edwards,  Birmingham.  Filtering  apparatus  for 
drawing  off  liquids.    July  13 

9870  H.  Wilson,  Stockton-on-Tees.  Apparatus  for  heating, 
cooling,  and  condensing  fluids,  gases,  and  like  elements. 
July  14 

9952  F.  Weldon,  London.    Compressing  apparatus.    July  15 

10023  W.  Tapp.  Bristol.  A  water  softening  apparatus. 
July  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.' 
1886. 

909S  E.  Fischer  and  M.  W.  Weber.  Improvements  in  amal- 
gamators.   July  16 

9785  S.  Smithson.  Method  and  apparatus  for  heating 
furnaces  by  means  of  ground  coal  or  coal  dust,  and  for  con- 
suming smoke.    June  29 

10641  D.  Rylands,  B.  Stoner,  and  R.  Potter.  Arrangements 
for  feeding  melting  furnaces.    June  29 

111978  J.  J.  Royle  and  J.  Brown.  Apparatus  for  rapidly- 
heating  or  cooling  liquids.    July  13 

109S3  H.  Montgomerie.  Collecting  and  using  the  waste 
heat  from  steam  boilers.    July  13 

11169  J.  Williamson.    Filter-presses.    July  2 

11178  J.  R.  Fothergill.  Furnaces  or  apparatus  for  effecting 
combustion  of  fuel  with  air  under  pressure.    June  29 

11304  C.  Hird.  Filters  for  filtering  water  for  manufacturing 
purposes.    July  6 

11477  W.  P.  singleton.  Improvements  in  valves  or  cocks. 
July  6 

11589  D.  K.  Clarke.     Filter-presses.    July  16 

12198  J.  Brookbanks.  Composition  for  removing  scale  or 
other  incrustations  from  steam  boilers.    July  13 

1887. 

2915  J.  Critchlow.  T.  F'orester,  W.  Forester,  H.  Forester,  and 
L.  Forester.    Filter-presses.    July  9 

8807  J.  W.  Hyatt.  Water  purifier  and  filter  for  steam 
boilers.    July  6 

7011  J.  Fleischer  and  C.  Muhlich.  Valve  for  liquid  carbonic 
acid.    July  6 

7515  C.  A.  Koellver.    Filtering  and  lixiviating  press.  July  16 

7525  11.  H.  Lake— From  U.  Cummings.  Air  compressing 
apparatus.    June  29 

7817  J.  Kroog.  Apparatus  for  automatically  discharging 
water  of  condensation  from  steam  pipes,  etc.    July  9 

7830  W.  Macnab.  sen.,  W.  Macnab,  jun.,  and  J.  Donald. 
Apparatus  for  separating,  by  subsidence,  solid  matters  from 
the  liquids  in  which  they  are  suspended.    June  29 

T'.«>1  J.M.Chase.    Steam  boilers  or  generators.    July  13 

8044  H.  H.  Lake— F"rom  H.  Ogden.    Cocks  or  faucets.    July  6 

SlbO  W.  H.  F'arris.    Steam  generators.    July  9 

II.— FUEL,  GAS  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8890  E.  Renshaw.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  moistening  and  cooling  or  heating  air  in  rooms  or  buildings. 
June  22 

8903  W.  1'.  Thompson— F'rom  C.Drevs.  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  machines  for  crushing  colza.    Jure  22 

8919  E.  J.  Palmer.  London.  A  regenerated  lamp  for  illumina- 
tion and  heating.    June  -X 

8953  R.  B.  Avery,  New  York.  New  and  useful  improvements 
in  method  and  apparatus  for  generating  gas  or  gases  for  illu- 
mination, heating,  and  metallurgical  purposes  from  liquid 
hydrocarbons  and  steam,  and  liquid  hydrocarbons  and  air. 
Complete  specification.    June  23 

The  date*  (riven  ore  the  date*  of  the  official  Journal!  in  which 
acceptances  of  toe  Complete  Si-ecibcatui-  an  H.vertised.  Oonptota 
specincntioDS  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  imn.L'diatcly,  and  to  opposition  within  two  months  of  the 
said  dates. 


July  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


531 


907"  S.  Pitt— From  J.  K.  Knapp.  United  States.  Improved 
apparatus  for  producing  intense  heat  and  artificial  light. 
i  'omplcto  specification.    June  25 

916-J  E.  O.  Baton  Partly  communicated  by  J.  Lancaster, 
I'nited  States.    Improvements  in  fuel  cartridges.    June  28 

9332  F.  R.  Baker,  Birmingham.  A  new  or  improved  lamp. 
or  system  of  Illumination.    J  uly  1 

9391  (.'.  S.  Ellcry  and  J.  Chailin.  London.  Improved  means 
for  preventing  the  choking  of  pipes  between  the  retort  and 
hydraulic  main  in  gasworks.    Complete  specification.    July  2 

9103  c.  Rave,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  relating  tu  the 
treatment  ol  the  acid  reelduums  resulting  from  the  refiningot 
mineral  oils  by  concentrated  acids.    July  i 

9I2S  W.Patterson.    See  Class  X. 

9936  C.  H.  lli'Kwcn  From  J.  C.  Alexander  and  W.  F. 
Maddox,  New  South  Wales.  Improved  apparatus  for  regulat- 
ing the  pressure  tlow  of  gas.    July  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPT  EH. 
1886. 

11287  A.  Paget.  Manufacture  of  "mantles"  for  use  in 
incandescent  gas  lighting.    July  6  . 

m00  A.  C.  Thomson.  Apparatus  for  treating  mineral  oils 
with  acids  or  alkalis.    July  0 

1887. 

1072  A.J.  Boult— From  E.  Humelius.  Gas  generators.  July  13 

3118  J.  A.  Marsh.  Apparatus  for  producing  gas  or  vapour 
from  hydrocarbons,  and  for  utilising  gas  or  vapour  for  lighting 
or  heating,  and  for  igniting  gas.    July  6 

7482  R.  de  Soidenhoif.  Means  or  apparatus  employed  in  the 
manufacture  of  coke  for  the  desiccation  and  incineration  of 
precipitants  or  solids,  resulting  from  sludge  or  other  sub- 
stances liable  to  putrify.    June  25 

m.— DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,    TAR 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

10957  T.  Nikiforoff.  Production  of  benzol,  anthracene, 
napththaline,  and  other  products  from  naphtha  and  naphtha 
residues.    June  29 

11581  T.  Rouet.  Construction  and  arrangement  of  mechani- 
cal retorts  for  the  destructive  distillation  or  revivification  of 
animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  matters.    July  13 

IV.— COLOURING    MATTERS    and    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8731  and  8735  R.  Hunt.    See  Class  XI. 

S932  A.  Ewer.  P.  Pick,  and  M.  Lange,  London.  Process  for 
the  preparation  of  sulphuretted  derivatives  from  the  aromatic 
oxy  compounds.    June  22 

9191  J.  Imray— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis,  A.  F.  Poirrier, 
'/..  Roussin,  and  D.  A.  Rosenstiehl.  France.  Manufacture  of 
azoic  colouring  matters,  shading  from  yellow  to  orange,  and 
from  red  to  violet.    June  28 

9257  J.  Imray— From  the  same.  Manufacture  of  new  azoic 
colouring  matters.    June  29 

9299  G.  Tall  and  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in.  or  relating  to,  the  separation  or  the  manufacture  of 
colouring  matter  or  mordant  for  dyeing  purposes  from  cotton 
seed  or  cotton-seed  oil.    June  30 

9315  J.  Imray— From  La  Societe"  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis.  A.  F.  Poirrier. 
and  D.  A.  Rosenstiehl,  France.  Manufacture  of  yellow,  orange 
and  red  azoic  colouring  matters.    June  30 

9381  J.  Imray— From  the  same.  Manufacture  of  azoic  colour- 
ing matters.    July  1 

9414  J.  Imrav— From  the  same.  Manufacture  of  yellow, 
orange,  red  and  violet  azo  colouring  matters.    July  2  - 

9158  T.  D.  Lichtenstcin,  London.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction or  application  of  matters  or  media  suitable  for  use  for 
writing,  printing,  dyeing  and  colouring,  and  analogous  pur- 
poses.   Julv  4 

9468  T.  R.  Shillito— From  J.  R.  Geigy,  Switzerland.  Pro- 
duction of  a  new  red  azo  colour.    July  4 

9624  R.  J.  Waters,  Manchester.  Powdered  aniline  writing 
inks.    JulyS 

1001G  C.  A.  Bennert,  London.  The  manufacture  or  produc- 
tion of  colouring  matters.    Complete  specification.    July  18 

COMPLETE    SPECIFIC  A  TIOX   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

8431  J.  Imray— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis.  A.  F.  Poirrier 
and  D.  A.  Rosenstiehl.  A  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
anthraquinone.    July  13 

V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

8721  W.  Ambler  and  W.  O.  Blackburn.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  machinery  for  washing  wool  or  other  fibres.    June  17 


S.S15  11.  .1.  Simpson.  G.  de  M.  MaeKir.ly.  and  A.  Taylor, 
Liverpool.  An  article  of  manufacture  from  the  hark  of  a 
Cl  n  'in  tree,  being  a  textile  material  applicable  for  U86  in  tex- 
tile manufactures,  including  lint  and  wood-wool;  and  process 
employed  in  obtaining  suoh  article.    June  18 

8865  "K  Kd  wards— From  F  J.  .Maizier  and  F.  J.  YY.Keitz, 
Belgium.  Improvements  in  machinery  or  apparatus  for 
separating  textile  fibres  from  the  stalks  or  stems  of  plants. 

9270  H  M.  Girilwoo.i,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  retting, 
nngnmming,  washing,  etc,  rhea,  ramie,  or  China  grs  . 
heme  flax,  jute  and  certain  other  fibres.    June  30 

927J  K.  W.  Serrell,  inn..  Paris.  Process  and  machinery for 
reelingsilk  from  the  cocoon.  Complete  specification.  June  30 

9692  J.  Hcbblewaite,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  textile  fabrics.    Jul)  11 

VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  AMD  1JLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

S803  C.  L.  Klauder,  London.  Improvements  in  dyeing  and 
scouring  varns.    Complete  specification.    June  18 

90>7  W.  Crowther  and  J.  Crowthcr,  Dewsbury.  Mordanting 
or  fixing  mordants  upon  worsted  or  woollen  fibres,  and  upon 
mixed  fibres  of  wool,  cotton,  silk,  jute.  etc.     June  25 

9181  E  D.  J.  Neupert,  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  production  of  coloured  designs  upon  plates,  sheets,  or 
other  articles  of  celluloid.    June  28 

'I'll  R  Crompton,  London.  Improvements  in  colouring 
and  drying  tissue  and  other  paper,  and  apparatus  therefor. 

June  2*  ,    j      c         -,     , 

9361  T.  M.  Denne.  London.  A  novel  method  of  producing 
defined  patterns  in  celluloid.    July  1 

9720  C.  Meadowcroft  and  P.  Denanhouer,  London.  Improved 
apparatus  for  dyeing  skeins.    Complete  specification.    July  11 

9722  W.  P.  Thompson— From  J.  Meikle,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  cleaning  and  bleaching  cotton 
and  other  fibrous  and  textile  fabrics.  Complete  specification. 
Julv  12 

9710  B.  J.  B.  Mills— From  E.  Smith.    See  Class  XVIII. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

1H933  E.  Sideline  and  G.  E.  Sutcliffe.  Method  and  appara- 
tus for  bleaching,  damping  and  dyeing  loose  fibre,  yarns, 
threads,  etc.    June  29  ,  •  ,_ 

10998  B.  J.  B.  Mills— From  F.  Vladimirovitch  Senkoff  and 
W.  E.  Smith.  Process  and  apparatus  for  bleaching  cotton, 
linen  and  other  textureB  and  materials.    June  29 

11161  W  E.  Hevs— From  II.  Danzcr,  A.  Simian,  and  D. 
Marcien.  Method  of  dyeing  and  finishing  textile  fabrics 
simultaneously  without  immersioD.    September  29 

11730  H.  J.  Haddan— From  A.  Henry.  Improvements  in 
dyeing.    June  29 

18S7. 

6737  C.  Collin  and  L.  Benoist.  Process  for  fixation  of  the 
colouring  matter,  by  oxidation  at  high  temperature  of  the 
textile  fibres.    July  13 

VII.—  ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

88°0  C.  T.  G.  Vautin,  London.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  liquid  or  compressed  chlorine.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   June  18 

8922  W.  N.  Hartley  and  W.  E.  B.  Blenklnsop,  London.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  or  preparation  of  cobalt  sul- 
phate, and  its  separation  from  other  sulphates.    June  22 

9188  E.  Hanisch  and  M.  Schroder.  London.  An  improved 
process  and  apparatus  for  the  production  of  sulphuric  anhy- 
dride.   Complete  specification.    June  28 

9227  C.  Wigg.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
ofbicarbonate  of  soda,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    June  29 

9543  H  C.  Bull  and  Co.,  Limited,  and  W.  E.  Sendey,  London. 
\n  improved  process  for  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  am- 
monia, the  recovery  and  purification  of  the  by-products 
arising  therefrom,  and  apparatus  therefor.    July  6 

9790  \  Walker.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  sulphates  of  soda  and  potash,  and  in  the  apparatus 
emploved  therefor.    July  12 

fis73'K  W.  Parnell  and  J.  Simpson.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  the  production  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  in  combi- 
nation with  the  manufacture,  of  alkali  by  the  ammonia  pro- 
cess.   July  14 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

7011  J.  Fleischer  and  C.  Muhlich.  Valve  for  liquid  carbonic 
acid.    July  6  .        ....  ,. 

9158  P.  Higgs.  Process  and  apparatus  for  obtaining  spelter 
and  caustic  soda,  chloride  of  lime,  chloride  of  calcium,  etc. 
Julv  13  .      ..  ,     .  , 

10191  J.  Barrow.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
alkali.    June  25  „.  _      ±  ,_        ,     , 

1095.5  J.  I.  Watts  and  W.  A.  Richards.  Manufacture, 
purification,  and  separation  of  sodium  bicarbonate.  June  29 


r>7j2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [July  30. 1887. 


11518  J.  51.  Collctt.  Manufacture  of  sodium  sulphates. 
July  0 

11314  J.  \V.  Kynnston.  Ini|iroremcnta  in  the  manufacture 
of  chloride  of  potash.    Jul}  20 

1887. 

Combining    disinfectants  with   soda 

Production  of  liquid  or  compressed 


6200  R.  L.  Hickcs. 
crystals.    July  J 

88211  C.  T.  J."  Vautin. 
chlorine.    July  ill 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY  and  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

B752  E.  Edwards.  Brierley  Hill.  Improving  and  simplifying 
the  tinting,  staining  and  colouring  of  manufactured  glass. 
June  17 

■  L.  A.  Kry.  London.  Improvements  in  the  art  of  decorat- 
ing clay  ware.    June  20 

8886  J.  Bentley  and  \V.  s.  Simpson,  Hanley.  Improvements 
in  producing  on  porcelain  or  other  ceramic  products,  etc., 
designs  in  colours,  gold,  silver  and  other  metals.    June  22 

ssv  J.  I',  (iuy,  Longport,  Improvements  in  potters'  sag- 
gars,   .lone  22 

9074  W.  H.  L.  Cooper.  London.  Making,  finishing  and  dry- 
ing plain  or  socketed  stoneware,  sanitary    pipes    or    tubes. 

UOS0  S.  Hunting,  Dublin.  Improved  moulds,  with  apparatus 
attached  for  blowing  glass.    June  27 

9193  M.  U.  von  Spaun,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  coloured  glassware     June  28 

9291  51.  K.  L.  Khrlieh  and  C.  T.  Storck,  Berlin.  Improve- 
ments in  a  method  of  producing  a  bright  printing  gold,  silver 
or  platina     Complete  specification.    June  30.     (See  9292) 

9292  M.  K.  L.  Ehrlich.  Berlin.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  producing  dead  gold  (silver  or  platine)  decorations  on 
china,  crockery-ware,  glass,  enamelled  metals,  etc.  Complete 
sjiecification.    June  30 

9529  C.  G.  lacking  and  E.  Bussy,  London.  Producing  art 
and  other  ornamentations  on  and  in  glass,  or  on  enamel  or 
ceramic-ware  in  relief.    July  5 

9711  W.  Starley,  London,  Improvements  in  toilet  ewers  or 
jugs,  chamber  utensils  and  other  vessels  made  of  china, 
earthenware  or  glass.    July  II 

9957  J.  Trassl  and  II.  Lindner,  London.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  thin  plates  and  other 
articles  of  glass.    July  15 

10004  E.  Smith  and  F.  Smith,  London.  Improved  method  or 
means  of  producing  sparkling,  brilliant  effect  in  or  from  glass 
alone,  or  from  a  combination  of  glass  and  metal  or  metallised 
material.    July  16 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1S86. 

11233  H.  Doulton.  Improvements  in  making  Bristol  stone- 
ware.   July  9 

12118  E.  H.  Pearce  and  H.  Besson.  5Iachinery  for  working 
glass.    Julv  13 

1887. 

797  M.  Hussy  and  W.Clark.  5lanufacture  of  roofing  and 
other  tiles  and  slates.    July  5 

1195  E.  H.  Pearce  and  J.  Hills.  Apparatus  for  bevelling 
small  pieces  of  glass.    July  9 

3258  It.  E.  Donovan,  F.  Hazlctt.and.I.  Johnston.  Apparatus 
for  blowing  glass  by  mechanical  means.    Julv  13 

3907  T.  E.  Halford  and  R.  5Iorant.   5Iethod'of  n 
lined  metal  articles.    July  2 

6177  W.  P.  Thonipson-From  51.  C.  Stone.  Ornamentation 
of  glazed  earthenware  articles.    July  6 

DC— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  (LAYS, 
MORTARS  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

8939  J.  Crombic  and  J.  Crombic.  5Iiddlesbrough  on-Tccs. 
Improvements  in  laying  down  or  constructing  concrete  pave- 
ment.-, floors,  or  the  like.    June  si 

9039  F.  Naumann.  Ixuidon.  1'roecss  and  apparatus  for  pro- 
ducing improved  faced  bricks.    June  29 

9l0u  J.  Ashworth,  London.  An  improved  refractory  material, 
and  appliances  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 'the  same. 
June  28 

1805  Q  II.  lnnes.  London.  Improvements  in  manufacturing 
Portland  and  other  cement,  and  apparatus  therefor.    July  7 

%27  F.    Pilkington,     London.      A    method   of    fireproofing 


!  making  glass- 


columns,  stanchions,  girders  (iron  and  steel),  ceilings,  walls, 
flooring  or  building-  in  any  position.    July  8 

:»;;i|  y.  w.  s.  stokes,  London.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
tinuous manufacture  and  burning  of  cement.    July  11 

•  '  WPLETE  SPEi  111  i  M  TlOm   A<  CEI'TED. 
1886. 

7192  W,  Brierley— From  F.  Wullbrecht  and  H.  Kusse. 
5Ianufacture  of  artificial  elateritc  or  elastic  bitumen  to  be 
employed  in  road-making,  roof-surfacing,  etc    July  6 

14312    T.   Arnold.      Process   and    apparatus    for    moulding 

briquettes  of  cement  or  the  like  material  to  be  cmplovcd  for 
testing  its  quality.    June  29 


1887. 

7539  A.  Smith,  J.  Loberton,  and  J.  R.  Andrew.  Improve- 
ments in  making  Portland  cement.    June  29 

7M1  F.  Wicks.  Paving  for  flooring  and  building  purposes. 
July  9 

X.— METALLURGY,  MINIM;,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8717  O.  Schulz,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
elimination  or  removal  fiom  metal  of  ac  id  or  other  liquids 
with  which  the  same  has  been  treated.    June  17 

8810  J.  J.  Arnold,  Southampton.  Improvements  in  armour 
plaimg.    June  20 

8868  W.  Cross.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  aluminium  alloys.    June  20 

8830  F. C. Bellinger, London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
joining  or  uniting  of  metal  plates.    June  22 

8957  H.  Hefty.  London.  An  improved  process  of  extracting 
and  refining  metals  from  ores.    June  23 

8968  J.  Toussaint.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  iron  and  steel.    June 23 

9001  H.  Johnson.  London,  improvements  in  rammers  used 
in  tamping  l.last  holes  in  the  blasting  or  getting  of  coal  and 
other  minerals,  and  for  other  like  purposes.    June  24 

8017  W.  Cross.   -■  b  c  lass  will. 

9026  J.  A.  B.  Bennett  and  W.  Sunderland.  Birmingham,  hit- 

Srovements  in  the  mode  of  manufacturing  aluminium  chloride, 
line  25 

9093  J.  A.  B.  Bennett  and  W.  Sunderland,  Birmingham.  Im- 
provements in  the  methods  of  mixing  metals  of  lower  boiling 
points  with  other  metals  oi  alloys  or  compounds  boiling  or 
volatilising  at  higher  temperatures.    June  27 

9lo3  J.  \.  Johnson— From  A.  de  Meritens,  France.     An  im- 

J roved  process  for  electro-plating  with    tin,    zinc  and  lead, 
one  27 

9169  E.  Patterson, London.  Improvements  in  miners'  safety 
lamps.    June  28 

9171  G.  H.  Jones.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  mining  implements.    June  2S 

9200  A.  G.  Grcenway,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  iron  or  steel.    June  28 

9231  J.  Toussaint,  Birmingham.  Improvement  of  converter, 
which  has  the  advantage  of  operating  without  employing  any 
machinery  or  blower.    June  29 

9235  J.  Trehi  inc.  Llanclly.  Improvements  in  miners'  safety 
lamps.    June29 

9286  A.  Crighton  and  R.  Crighton.  Handsworth.  An  im- 
proved segmental  metallic  core  bar  for  the  casting  of  different 
kinds  of  metal  thereon.     June  30 

9313  A.  Mann,  London.  Improvements  in  alloys  of  alu- 
minium with  other  metals.    June  3u 

9310  It.  A.  Hadficld.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  steel.    June  30 

9322  J.  J.  C.  Smith.  London.  Improvements  in  mean-  or 
apparatus  employed  in  casting  metals  under  pressure.  June  30 

9331  J.  J.  Hardy,  Stockton-on-Tees.  Improvements  in 
miners1  safety  lamps.    July  l 

9363  C.  K.  Miles,  London.     Improvements  in  blast   turns 
for  -inching  ores.     Julv  1 

9388  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining,  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  the  production  of  aluminium.    July  2 

9428  W.  Patterson,  Low  Fell.  Improvements  in  electric 
safely  lamps  for  use  in  coal  mines  and  all  other  places  where 
explosive  gases  arc  present.    Julv  1 

9171  J.  B.  d'Arey  Boulton.  London.  Process  and  apparatus 
for  casting  metallic  ingots  in  a  sectional  mould.    July  5 

9174  J.  Parkinson.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  ores.    Julv  5 

9199  A.  J.  Boult-From  W.  11.  Larimer,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  drills  for  mining  purposes.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.   Julv  5 

9533  R.  Thompson.  Wigan.  An  expander  for  breaking  down 
coal  and  other  minerals.    July  6 

9568  X.  C.  F.  Jochumsen.  Barrow-in-Furness— From  J.  II 
sen.  Denmark.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of  furn 
for  melting  iron,  steel  and  other  metal.    July  7 

9572  A.  K.  Tucker.  Smetliwick.  Improvements  in  the 
utilisation  of  flux  skimmings  or  galvanisers'  waste.    July  7 

9586  A.  5Iann,  London.  Obtaining  aluminium  and  alloys  of 
aluminium  with  other  metals.    July  7 

9681  A.  X.  Contarini.  D.  Forbes  and  R.  Matthews.  London. 
A  novel  means  and  apparatus  for  the  extraction  of  platinum 
from  any  ore  containing  same,  and  also  gold  from  auriferous 
ferruginous  sand.   Julv  9 

97iiti  J.  B.  Clark  and  The  Panther  Lead  Co..  Limited.  London. 
Improvements  in  condensing  and  separating  lead  fume,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    Julv  11. 

9782  It.  K.  Boyle,  London.  Improvements  in  treating 
metals  for  modifying,  hardening  or  alloying  the  same,  applic- 
able more  especially  to  the  case-hardening  of  iron  or  steel. 
July  12 

9795  II.  J.  Smith,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  making  of  moulds  for  casting  metal  articles.    July  12 

9867  L.  A.  Brode,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  treating  pul- 
verulent iron  or  iron  compounds  for  smelting  furnaces. 
July  14. 

8888  A.  (S.    Grcenway,    Liveri I.     Improvements  In  the 

method  of  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  galvanised 
and  tinned  iron.    July  11 

10UI3  W.  P.  Thompson  From  5Ions.  Faurie.  France.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  aluminium,  magnesium, 
calcium,  and  similar  metals  and  their  alloys.   July  18. 


July  no.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


533 


10057  K.  dc  Pass- From  M,  Bernard  and  E.  Bernard,  France. 

A  process  for  the  extraction  cf  aluminium  from  its  fluorides 
by  electrolysis.    July  18 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

8989  E.  Cottam.    Manufacture  of  German  silver.    July  6 

10002  \V.  1>.  Thompson- From  W.  II.  Wright  Manufacture 
or  working  ot  metals  in  a  cold  state  into  certain  forms,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    July  6 

ln'.-'.i  It.  Heatlilield.  Apparatus  for  coating  iron  and  steel 
with  zinc  or  with  alloys  of  zinc  or  other  coating  metal  or  alloy. 
JulyO 

10151  R.Evans.  Apparatus  for  compressing  scraps  of  metal 
into  forms  for  re-melting  or  other  use.    July  9 

11776  J.  E.  Baugh  urn!  C.  Hiuksman.  Furnaces  for  chlori- 
nating ores,  and  process  in  connection  therewith.    July  16 

11816  A-  Brin  and  L.  y.  Hrin.  Manufacture  of  metallic 
oxides.    July  20 

11-17   J.  S.  McArthur.  R.  W.  Forrest.  W.  Horresl  and  B. 
Morton.    Obtaining  gold,  silver,  etc.,  from  orcsorotl 
pounds     July  16 

12237  \V.  Fairclough  and  W.  Warburton.  Reflecting  ap- 
pliances for  use  in  miners'  safety  lamps.    July  13 

12356  A.  Brin  and  L.  y.  Brin.  Manufacture  of  iron  nnd  steel. 
July  20 

1*720  C.  lleusler.  Producing  silicious  copper  and  utilising 
the  same  for  metallurgical  purposes.    July  _u 

15097  U.  P.  G.  Matthews.      Manufacture  in  sections  of  ingot 
moulds,  and  method  of  using  and  treating  such  moulds.  J  uly  9 
1887. 

127'J  \V.  Patterson.    Miners' safety  lamps.    July  9 

5029  1!.  Hannan  and  M.  Milburn.  Obtaining  zinc  from  its 
blende  or  sulphide.    July  20 

5501  A.  L.  Keeport.  Separating  metals  from  their  ores  or 
from  crude  minerals.    July  20 

7198  W.  A.  Baldwin.  Obtaining  aluminium  from  its  ores  or 
from  aluminous  earths,  or  earths  containing  alumina,  and 
combining  aluminium  "with  other  metals.    July  2u 


XL— FATS,   OILS  and    SOAP    MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8734  R.  Hunt.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  cotton-seed  oil  to  refine  and  clarify  the  ea.ne,  and  to 
obtain  colouring  matter.    June  17 

-','.', 5  It.  Hunt,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
cotton  seed  to  obtain  oil  feeding  cake  and  colouring  matter. 
June  17 

R.  Oxland,  Plymouth.    Improvements  in  the  refining 
of  oils  and  fats.    June  18 

M't7  Q.  Tall,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
or  purification  of  col  ton-seed  oil.    June  23. 

9376  J.  Harris.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  soap,  specially  applicable  to  scouring  and  other  cleansing 
compounds.    July  1 

9913  \V.  A.  Mitchell— From  M.  von  .Schmidt,  Austria.  Im- 
provements in  the  purification  of  vegetable  oils  and  fats,  and 
the  obtainment  of  useful  products  therefrom.    July  15 

9941  W.  M.  Riddell,  Forest  Hill.  Improvements  in  the 
purification  and  oxidation  of  oils.    July  15. 

9953  T.  H.  Gray,  London.  Improvements  in  the  mode  of 
refining  vegetable  oils  for  illuminating  or  alimentary  pur- 
poses.   July  15. 

complete  specifications  accepted. 

1S86. 

10S33  H.  H.  Lake  — From  La  Societe  Anonyme  du  Com- 
r  Jourdan.  Apparatus  for  expressing  oil  from 
-:  i nous  substances.    June  25 

11192  II.  W.  Langbeck.  Treatment  of  wool  fat  to  produce 
unguent  material  therefrom.    June  2o 

11560  J.  E.  tjuayle.    An  improved  washing  powder.    July  2 

11711  W.  Gran'.  Separation  of  fat  and  fatty  acids  from  coin- 
pounds  containing  the  same.    July  16 

12216  J.  Kirkpatrick.  Manufacture  of  oil  for  Turkey-red 
d]  eing,  calico  printing,  etc.    July  2 

12799  C.  Schill  and  V.  Seilacher.  Oxidising  oils  and  fats  and 
other  organic  substances.    June  29 

13765  J.Stott.  Apparatus  for  treating  waste  lubricating  oils. 
July  9 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

S122  J.  F.  F.  F.  Lowe.  London.  An  improved  process  of 
manufacturing  white  lead.    Complete   specification.    June  27 

9618  S.  Washington.  Manchester.  An  improved  compound 
for  application  to  iron  work  as  a  paint  or  varnish.    July  8 

9887  J.  Rust,  London.  A  new  and  improved  material  for 
colouring  paints,  cements  and  other  substances.    July  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

11493  A.  McLean  and  R.  Smith.  Preparation  of  colours  for 
artistic  purposes.    July  13 

1SS7. 

7524  II.  H.  Lake— From  J.  P.  Perkins.  Manufacture  of 
pigment  or  paint.    June  29 


XIIL— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    and   SIZE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

9088  X.  Proctor.  Alfrcton.  The  utilisation  of  curriers' 
shavings  and  waste  leather  by  the  use  of  chemical  and 
mechanical  appliances;  to  be  used  for  insoles,  etc.    June  27 

9353  W.  P.  Inompson— From  J.  P.  N.  Bidrow.  France.  Im- 
provements in  compounds  tor  use  in  tanning,  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  the  same.    July  1 

9104  M.  J.  A.  Uarglos,  Liverpool.  A  process  of  carotting 
skins.    July  2. 

9493  H.  11.  Lake— From  A.  M.  Bowers.  United  States.    Im- 

firovements  in  machines  for  softening  and  othci  w  iae  treating 
cather.    Complete  specification,    July  5 
9215  E.  Worms  and  J.  Babe.   London.     Improved  process 
and  apparatus  for  tanning  by  the  aid  of  electricity.    July  5 

9545  It.  Ward.  London.  The  treatment  of  rhinoceros  hide 
and  its  manufacture  into  articles  of  furniture  and  ornament. 
July  6 

XIV.— AGRICULTURE,   MANURES,    Ere. 
APPLICATIONS. 

9513  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co.,  Limited,  and  W.  E.  Scndey.  See 
Class  VII. 

10,060  T.  Roxburgh.  London.  An  improved  process  of  making 
manure.    Complete  specification.    July  18 

XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

>71S  W.  T.  Crooke,  London.  Improvements  in  pockets  or 
bags  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  sugar  and  like  sub- 
stances, together  with  an  improved  process  for  cleaning  the 
same.    June  17 

9690  C.  Leuchtenberger  and  B.  Moiske.  London.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  purification  of  molasses  and  other  sac- 
charine solutions.    July  9 

9751  E.J.  P.  Robet,  Paris.  Process  for  treating  vegetable 
(  milky  juices,  and  extracting  therefrom  indiarubber,  gutta- 
percha, mangabeira,  and  such  like.  Complete  specification. 
July  12 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIOXS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 
11151  S.  Vickers.  Apparatus  for  making  lump  sugar.  July  13 
11861  T.  C.  A.  Carre.    Mouldiug  sugar,  and  apparatus  there- 
for.   July  20 

12012  H.  H.  Lake— From  T.  F.   Krajewski.     Treatment  of 
sugar   cane    for   the   extraction    of    sugar    therefrom,    and 
apparatus  therefor.    July  9 
12535  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  Manufacture  of  sugar.    July  16 

1887. 
7259  F.  Harm.    Converting  the  syrups  from  sugar-manufac- 
ture into  mono-snccbaralcs.    July  2 

XVI.— BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATION'S. 

89S6  W.  W.  Davenport.  Birmingham.  Xew  or  improved 
apparatus  for  automatically  regulating  the  temperature  of 
fermenting  liquids,  applicable  for  other  similar  uses.    June  24 

9045  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Rommenholler.  London.  Means 
for  impregnating  beer  and  other  liquids  with  carbonic  acid  in 
the  cask.    Complete  specification.    June  25 

9016  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Rommenholler.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  automatically  mixing  liquids  with  carbonic  acid. 
Complete  specification.    June  25 

9048  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Rommerhbller.  An  imj  roved  ap- 
paratus for  using  carbonic  acid  in  large  quantities.  Complete 
specification.    June  25 

9049  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Rommenholler.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  the  automatic  mixing  of  liquids  with  carbonic 
acid.    Complete  specification.    June  25 

9219  A.  G.  Greenway.  Liverpool.  Preserving  ale.  beer, 
porter,  and  other  fermented  liquors  in  barrels.    June  29 

9363  G.  C.  Jacquemin.  London.  The  manufacture  of  wine 
from  barley  and  other  grain.    July  1 

9125  E.  J.  Taylor.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  spirits.    July  2 

9505  J.  Wetter— From  E.  T.  Gautier.  Belgium.  Process  or 
processes  for  the  manufacture  of  alcoholic  liquors.    July  5 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION'  ACCEPTED. 

1-N- 

U3S  O.  Imray— From  F.  W.  Weisebrock.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  dry  ing  and  cooling  malt,  etc.    J  une  29 

XVII.- CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 
A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 
9217  J.  F.  V.  Steenberg.  London.    Improved  process  for  pre- 
serving fish,  meat,  and  other  victuals.    June  29 

9319  W.  II.  Gilruth.  London.  Mechanically  treating  tea  leaf 
in  what  is  known  as  the  fermentation  process.    June  30 


53 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      Uuiy  30, 1887. 


9419  Prince  J.  Tarchan-Monranoff  (called  Tarchanoff),  Lon- 
don.   Inipnn  ementalo  the  treatment  ol  eggs,  or  the  albumen- 

ous  portions  thereof,  for  preservation,  transport,  and  use  U 
food.    .' 

9950  L.  Stollwerck  and  C.  Stollwerck,  London.  An  im- 
proved  method  of  preserving  fruit,  vegetables  and  other 
-  of  food.    July  15 

9956  A.  ('.  Prenkham.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  evaporating  or  boiling  milk  and  other  matters.    July  15 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

8S00  F.  W.  Laeey.  Hrentford.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
connected  with  the  treatment  of  sewage.    June  18 

8999  W.  Horsfall.  London.  A  new  or  improved  construc- 
tion of  furnace  for  burning  towns'  or  other  refuse.  Complete 
specification.   June2i 

9010  B.  C.  Hadham.  London.  Certain  improvements  in  and 
apparatus  for  purifying  gases  arising  from  sewers,  surface 
water  drains,  closet  3,  etc.    June  25 

9755  it.  Weaver,  London.  An  improved  means  of  treating 
sewage  and  other  matters.    July  IS 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

X— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

18S6. 

10076  A.  Dutour.     A  process  for  making  the  bones  in  fishes 
eatable.    July  6 
11995  W.  G.  Dunn.  Improvements  in  baking  powders.  July  13 

1887. 

8008  T.  A.  Marshall.  Preparation  of  farinaceous  substances 
for  use  as  food.    July  6 

8063  J.  C.  Mewburn— From  J.  J.  Hate.  Processes  for  pre- 
serving Crustacea,  and  certain  new  and  useful  chemical 
solutions  of  special  utility  in  such  connection.    July  6 


XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8855  E.  Julien.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and  appertain- 
ing to  electric  piles  and  plates  therefor.    June  20 

SS56  H.  Aron,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
measuring  electric  currents.    Complete  specification.    June  20 

9011  E.  Jones.  London.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  dynamo-electric  generators  and  motors.    June  24 

9013  C.Coerper,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  dynamo 
electric  machines.    Complete  specification.    June  24 

9017  W.  Cross.  London.  An  improved  method  of  heating 
ores  and  other  substances  by  an  electric  current  for  effecting 
metallurgical,  chemical  and  other  operations,  and  furnaces  or 
apparatus  therefor.    June  21 

9104  A.  P.  Trotter,  H.  W.  Ravenshaw  and  W.  T.  Goolden. 
Clapham.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  generators  and 
motors.    June  27 

9196  A.  J.  Boult— From  S.  Doubrava.  Austria.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  changing  or  regulating  electric  currents.  Com- 
plete specification.    June  28 

9215  E.  Worms  and  J.  Babe.    See  Class  XII  I. 

9654  J.  J.  Shedlock,  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    July  8 

\f.i:<  W.  P.  Thompson— From  G.  Westinghouse.  jun.,  United 
States.    Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines.    Julv  12 

9726  W.  P.  Thompson— From  G.  Westinghouse,  iun.  Im- 
provements in  armatures  for  electric  generators.  Complete 
specification.    July  12 

9727  W.  P.  Thompson— From  G.  Westinghouse.  jun.  Im- 
provements in  or  relating  to  commutators  for  electric  ma- 
chines.   Complete  specification.    July  12 

9810  B.J.  li. Mills  From  W.E. Smith. Russia.  Improvements 
in  bleaching  by  electrolysis.    July  12 

9829  T.  Stanley.  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo-electric 
machines.    July  13 

li-.ii  II.  Watt.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  dynamo- 
electric  machines.    July  13 

9871  J.  Gibson,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  orconnected  with 
dynamic  and  dynamo-electric  machines.    July  14 

9876  It.  Dick  and  It.  Kennedy,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  dynamo-electric  machines.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   July  14 

9904  L.  Grabau,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the  pro- 
duction of  insulated  coatings  or  linings  in  electrolytic  appara- 
tus.   July  14 

9979  It.  K.  B.  Crompton,  Chelmsford,  and  J.  C.  Howell. 
Llanelly.  Improvement  in  circulation  of  electrolyte  in  electric 
depositing  vats,  accumulators,  etc.    July  16 

10057  E.  dc  Pass- From  M.  and  K.  Bernard,  France.  See 
Class  X. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

8573  J.  T.  Armstrong.  Portable  electric  batteries  and 
appliances.    June  25 

UI16  sir  W.Thomson.  Apparatus  for  measuring  the  efficiency 
of  an  electric  circuit.    June  85 


10765  W.  Lowric  and  C.  J.  Hall.  Secondary  generators  for 
the  conversion  of  electrical  energ\  by  induction.    June 29 

11187  S.  Farbaky  and  S.  Schenek.  Manufacture  of  positive 
pole-plates  for  secondary  batteries.    July  16 

11834  C.  E.OKeenan.    Improved  primary  battery.    July  16 


lv<7 


7527    R.   M.   Hunter, 
machines.    July  2 


Electric   motors  or  dynamo-electric 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8782  J.  Wood  and  R.  Wood.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  straining  paper  pulp  and  the  like.    June  18 

^SI7  II.  J.  Simpson,  G.  de  M.  MacKirdy  and  A.Taylor,  Liver- 
pool. A  manufacture  of  cellulose  or  wood  pulp  from  a  certain 
tree  bark  and  wood,  and  treatment  and  process  employed  for 
obtaining  such  material.    June  18 

8861  G.  II.  Mallary.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manner, 
method  or  mode  of  treating  esparto  grass  and  other  fibrous 
materials  for  paper-making  and  other  uses.    June  20 

8S62  G.  H.  Mallary.  An  improved  machine  or  apparatus 
whereby  fibrous  materials,  such  as  esparto  grass,  may  be 
reduced  to  pulp  for  paper  making  and  other  uses.    June  20 

8969  H.  Gardner— From  S.  S.  Stevens.  United  States.  A  novel 
process  of  manufacturing  pulp  for  paper,  and  in  apparatus  for 
the  purpose.    Complete  specification.    June  23 

9211  It.  Crompton.    See  Class  VI. 

9294  G.  Kirkman,  London.  An  improvement  in  glazing 
paper  and  other  materials  by  machinery.    June  30 

9632  T.  B.  Holmes  and  S.  H.  Holmes,  Liverpool.  A  new  or 
improved  manufacture  of  pulp  suitable  for  paper-making  and 
for  other  purposes,  and  utilisation  or  treatment  of  a  certain 
waste  product  or  article  of  commerce  therefor.    July  8 

9S50  M.  Strasser  and  P.  Hosemann,  London.  An  improved 
composition  for  coating  pasteboard  and  other  material  to  form 
writing  tables.    July  13 

9919  E.  A.  Sengel  and  L.  F.  Dobler.  An  improved  manufac- 
ture of  gelatinised  cloth  or  artificial  parchment.    July  15 

10,006  G.  R.  Gill,  London.  The  utilisation  of  paper,  paper 
board,  paper  pulp  or  any  of  the  preparations  of  which  paper 
forms  the  base,  for  the  manufacture  of  geometric  models. 
Complete  specification.    July  16 

I  "UPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

5649  C.  Barataud.  Apparatus  for  reducing  material  for  the 
manufacture  of  paper.    July  2 

773S  The  British  Xylonite  Co..  Limited,  and  L.  P.  Merriam. 
A  novel  xylonite  celluloid  or  pyroxylin  fabric  suitable  for 
making  shirt  fronts,  collars,  etc.    June  29 


XX— FIXE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES,  and  EXTRACTS. 

8816  H.  J.  Simpson,  G.  de  M.  MacKirdy.  and  A.  Taylor,  Liver- 
pool. A  manufacture  of  tannins,  gnllales.  kinos,  and  other 
vegetable  extracts,  from  a  certain  tree,  bark  and  wood,  and 
treatment  and  process  employed  for  obtaining  such  articles. 
June  18 

9639  A.  McDougall.  London.  New  manufacture  or  prepara- 
tion of  compounds  of  sugar  and  tea  extract  or  other  extracts 
or  essences.    July  8 

XXI. -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

8929  H.  Guttler.  London.  An  improvement  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  charcoal  for  explosives  and  other  purposes  and 
apparatus  therefor.    June  22 

8970  E.  Grime,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  dynamite  cartridges.    June  23 

9141  W.  Hill,  Longport.  An  improved  safety  blasting 
cartridge.    June  28 

9209  C  (J.  Heusscben,  London.  A  new  explosive.  Complete 
specification.     June  28 

9502  11.  C.  Seddon,  London.  Improvements  in  percussion 
fuses  for  projectiles.    July  5 

9511  \\  .  B.  Fitch,  London.  An  improvement  in  matches. 
July  5 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


11135  A.  F.  Hawksley. 
11110  It.  11.  Punshon. 
11197  T.  Nordenfelt. 


1886. 

Means  for  lighting  cigars,  etc.  Juno  29 
Explosive  compounds. 


Fuses  for  projectiles. 


July! 
July  i 


1'rii.lfJ  and  Published  by  Emmovt  A  Oo  .  BTe»  Bridge  Btxeet,  Stningewajs,  Manchester,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
Lo.ndu.n  OrriCI,  fur  the  Sale  of  Copies  and  Receipt  of  Subscriptions  :  6,  York  Street,  Cerent  Garden, 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    TIIK 


Society  of  Chemical  3nbustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  8. -Vol.  VI. 


AUGUST    31,    1887. 


Non-Members  30/-  per  annum  ;  Members 
21/- per  Set;  Single  Copies  2,6. 


Che  ^ocictp  of  Chemical  JinDustrj). 


Past  Presidents  : 
Sir  H.  E.  Roscoc.  M.P..  LL.I)..  V.P.E.S. 
Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.K.S. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.K.S 

W.  II.  Parkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 

E.  K.  Muspratt 

Iiavid  Howard 


1SS1-1882. 
1882-1883. 
ls<;  i"i. 
1884—1885. 
1885—1886. 
1886—1857. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1888. 

President :   Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
J'ice-Presidents  : 


Sir   H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 

Prof.  W.  A  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Prof.  F.  Clowes.  D.Sc. 

Sir  J.  N'eilson  Cuthhertson. 

David  Howard. 

l>r.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 

Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 
John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E.  John  Pattinson. 

Eustace  Carey.  B.  S.  Proctor. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 
James  Duncan. 
Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 
S.  H.  Johnson. 


With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks.  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary : 

Ludwig  Mond.  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park.  N.W. 

General  Secreta7-y :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

THE    JOURNAL. 

Publicatioyi  Committee : 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
A.  II.  Allen. 

11.  E.  Armstrong,  F.K.S. 
U.  H.  Bailey.  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
II.  Hrunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 
Prof.  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The 


F  Hurter.  Ph.D. 

F.  Jones.  F.R.S. F. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  lleldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond 

E.  Iv.  Muspraw. 

C.  O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

SirH.  E.  Koscoe.M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 

Owens  College,  Manchester. 


ASSISTED    BY   THE   FOLLOWING   STAFF   OF 

Abstractors : 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
K.  J.  Be  van. 

W.  Dalrynvple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
0.  F.  Cross. 


A.  R.  Davis. 

Win.  Elborne. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  0.  Hutchinson. 

D .  K.  Jones,  B.Sc. 
W.  E.  Kay. 


B. 

F.  J.  Rowan. 

Dr.  Edwd.  Schunck,  F.R.S. 

T.  W.  Stuart. 

Lewis  T.  Wright. 


A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 


Chap.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

W.  G.  .McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 
J.M.  II.  Munro,  D.Sc. 
H.  A.  Rademacher. 


Abstractors  : 

S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 


A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  w.  Reliant. 

James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  II.  Velejr.  -M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whitelcy. 
Sydney  Young,  D.Sc. 


NOTICES. 

Comment  having  been  made  on  the  delay  in  reprinting 
the  numbers  for  January,  ]SS2and  1883,  the  Secretary 
begs  to  inform  those  whom  it  may  concern,  that  the 
delay  is  due  to  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present  not  more 
than  twenty  orders  for  those  numbers  have  been  received. 
It  is  hoped  that  this  notification  may  stimulate  those 
who  desire  to  complete  their  sets,  to  make  early  applica- 
tion with  a  view-  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  the 
question  of  reprinting  by  the  Council.  Notice  is  also 
hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  January  and  Febru- 
ary, 18S6,  being  exhausted,  no  orders  for  those  copies, 
nor  for  complete  sets  of  Vol.  V.,  can  be  executed. 


The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  pur- 
chase of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January,  18S2 
and  1SS.3,  at  the  following  prices  :— January,  1882,  5s.  ; 
January,  18S3,  '2s.  lid.  .Members  possessing  odd  copies 
of  these  numbers  are  particularly  requested  to  commu- 
nicate at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye-Law-  4.3,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  .Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

W.  R.  Andrew,  I.'o  Duntocher ;  Gavinburn.  Old  Kilpatrick, 
Dumbartonshire. 

(i.  H.  Beckett,  1  o  Hortou  Lane  ;  37,  St.  Andrew's  Place, 
Listerhills.  Bradford.  Yorks. 

Bertram  Blount:  Journals,  etc.,  to  Chemical  Laboratory, 
Broadwav,  Westminster.  S.W. 

F.  G.  Claudet.  l.o  Runcorn;  c/oF.  Claudet,  10,  OakhillPark, 
Hampstead.  N.W. 

R.  L.  Dale,  I  o  Cornbrook;  1,  Chester  Terrace.  Chester  Road, 
Manchester. 

Robt.  Davidson,  l/o  Greenock;  Fiji  Sugar  Co.,  Samanoa, 
Navua  River,  Fiji. 

T.  J.  Flynn.  In  Miteham  ;  2,  Dorset  Villas,  Herbert  Road, 
Wimbledon,  S.W. 

J.  W.  Freestone,  l/o  New  Ferry  Road;  33,  Brownlow  Road. 
New  Fern .  Cheshire. 

A.  J.  Iliggin.  1  o  Timperley  ;  5,  Tenerirte  Street,  Higher 
Brouehton.  Manchester. 

H.  W.  Langbeck,  lo  Leman  Street;  The  Cottage,  St. 
Leonard  s  Street,  Bromley  by  Bow,  E. 

J.  Walter  Leather;  Journals,  etc.,  to  Royal  Agricultural 
Society  of  England.  12.  Hanover  Square.  W. 

G.  B.  Niroll,  l.'o  Oregon  ;  c  o  Barnard,  Lack  and  Alger.  Ply. 
mouth,  Devon, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     LAug.  si.  isst. 


Thos.  Owen,   l/o   Koynsham;   Haxlohyrst,  cmlum  Park. 
Bristol. 

R,  Wight  wick  Roberts,  1  o  Valparaiso;  retain  Journals,  etc., 
until  further  DOl ; 

<     L.  Sen*,  I/O  New   Vork;  1J0,  High  Street,  Stoki    New 
ington.  N. 

II.  II.  Slater,  I  o  Brading:  38,  w  '.  Tollington 

Park.  N. 

A.  Trobridge;  Journals,  etc.,  10  c  o  Chance  Bios..  Alkali 
Works,  Oldbury,  Birmingham. 

Win.  Upward,  1  o  Appleton  :  Albert  Road,  Widnes. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Agnew  Griffith,  1  0  186,  High  Park  Street.  Liverpool. 

T.  It.  Marshall.  1  o  Dachaner  Strasse,  Munich. 

Eugcn  Wild.  l,n  Technikuin,  Wiuterthur,  Switzerland. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED.  JULY  29,  1887. 


J.  Bingham  Alliott.  Messrs.  Manlove,  Alliott,  Fryer  and 
Co.,  Nottingham,  mechanical  engineer. 

N.  J.  Bryce-Smitb,  Oakfield,  Harrow,  Whalley,  near  Black- 
burn, apprentice,  calico  printing 

W.  ],.  Dudley,  Vanderbill  University,  Nashville,  Tenn., 
U.S.  A.,  professor o{  chemistry. 

Frederick  Foster,  Niagara  Works.  Eagle  Wharf  ltiad, 
London,  N.,  engineer  and  manufacturing  chemist. 

Charles  J.  p.  Fuller.  Laboratory.  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire 
Railway.  Horwieh.  near  Helton,  analytical  chemist. 

James  N.  Gamble,  Messrs.  Procter  and  Gamble,  Cincinnati. 
Ohio,  U.S.  A  .  soap  and  oil  manufacturer. 

Harry  Gibbs.  73.  Horton  Lane.  Bradford,  Yorkshire. 
manufacturing  chemist. 

Kichard  Haig-Hrown.  .jun..  Seymour  Terrace.  Old  Trafford. 
Manchester,  storekeeper.  M.  S.  and  L.  Railway. 

Ernest  A.  Hellier.  34.  Brunswick  Avenue.  Beverley  lioad. 
Hull.  varni>h  maker. 

Edwin  Higginboitom.  Oakfield  House,  Barrow,  Whalley, 
near  Blackburn,  printworks  manager. 

John  F.  Ingleby,  5.  Carlton  Terrace,  Spring  Bank,  Hull, 
oil  boiler  and  refiner. 

Frederick  C.  Jenkins.  21,  Heber  Road,  East  Dulwieh,  S.E.. 
analytical  chemist. 

Walter  S.  Jessop.  Healey,  Ossett.  near  Wakefield,  manu- 
facturer and  dver. 

T.  Tolley  Jones.  31.  Little  Collins  Street  East.  Melbourne, 
Victoria,  manufacturer  of  nitroglycerine  and  acids. 

Samuel  Lees.  jun..  Park  Bridge,  Ashton-under-Lvne,  chemist. 

J.  Francis  Mason.  Eynshsni  Hall,  Witney,  Oxon. 

Edwin  B.  Morgan.  31S.  Nechells  Park  lioad.  Birmingham, 
chemical  manufacturer. 

John  M.  C.  Paton.  Messrs.  Manlove,  Alliott.  Frver  and  Co., 
Nottingham,  mechanical  engineer. 

Thomas  Scattergood,  22,  North  Front  Street.  Philadelphia. 
Pa..  U.S.A..  drysalter. 

Thomas  Stenhouse,  1.  Milton  Street,  Rochdale,  public 
analyst  for  Rochdale. 

James  Stuart.  Prince's  Avenue.  Hull,  seed  crusher  and  oil 
refiner. 

James  Sutherland,  Ballyclare,  Co.  Antrim.  Ireland,  chemr-t 
to  paper  mills. 

G.  W.  A.  Teanby.  22.  Grosvenor  Place,  Illaekman  Lane 
Leeds,  student. 

Frederick  Percy  Watson.  31.  Carholmc  Roatl,  Lincoln 
analyst  and  pharmaoist 

John  Campbell  White.  7,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow 
chemical  manufacturer. 


ILiticrpool  Section. 

i  hairman  :  J.  Campbell  Brown. 

I  | .  :   »  litm  man  :   V.  llurter. 

( 'ommittt  ■ 

I      G.  Ballard.  I).  Herman. 

Ernest  Bibby.  J.  W.  Kynaston. 

Eustace  Carey.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 

II.  Deacon.  G.  Shack  Soiiuncr. 

J.  C  Gamble.  Jas.  Simpson. 

S.  Hamburger.  A.  Watt, 

Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer:    W.  P.  Thompson,  6,   Lord  Street. 
Liverpool. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

Qjmncbcstcr  Section. 

Chairman :  Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P. 

Vict-Chatrman  :  I.  Levinstein. 

Committee : 


LonDon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


SirF.  A.Abel. 
H.  E.  Armstrong. 
W.  l.ant  Carpenter. 
w.  t  hrowder. 
W.  J.  Dibdin. 
C.  tiraliam. 
S.  Hall. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 


Chairman:  David  Howard. 
Committee : 

II.  Messel. 


B,  E.  R,  Newlands. 

B.  I  ted  wood. 
T.  Royle. 
John  Spillcr. 
Win.  Thorp. 

C.  R.  Alder  Wright. 


Htm.   lA>cal  Sec.  and   Treasurer :   Thos.  Tyrer 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road,  Battersea,  S.W.  ' 

The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  resumed  on 
Monday,  7th  November  next. 


J.  Angell. 
G.  11.  Bailey. 
C.  A.  Burghardt. 
R,  V.  t  larpenter. 
H.  Griroabaw. 
Peter  Bart. 


W.  H.  Perkin.  jun. 
Edward  Schunek. 
Win.  Thomson. 
T.  Wardle. 
P.  Wmser. 


Local  Secretary  : 

J.    Carter-Bell,    Bankfield.    The    Cliff,    Higher    Broughton, 

Manchester. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

jRetocastlc  Section. 

Chairman  :   P.  P.  Bedson. 

Vice-Chairman:   J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 

Co7/i7H  ittee  : 


Alfred  Allhusen. 
G.  T.  France. 
John  Glover. 
John  Morrison. 
John  Pattinson. 
J.  B.  Payne. 


H.  R.  Procter. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  W.  Proctor. 
W.  L.  Rennoldaon. 

C.  T.  Richardson. 
T.  W.  Stuart, 


Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer  :  J.T.  Dunn,  115,  Scotswood 
Road,  Newcastle. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

T5irmintj|)am  ano  8©iDlanD  Section. 

Chairman  :  Charles  Hunt. 
Vice-Chairman  :  W.  A.  Tilden. 
Committee  : 
G.  S.  Albright.  F.  E.  Lou 

T.  Barclay. 
T.  Bayley. 
Horace  T.  Brown. 
J.  F.  Chance. 
B.  Dawson. 
E.  W.  T.  Jones. 

Treasurer 

Local  Secretary  : 
A.  Bostoek  Hill,  II.  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

^lasgoto  ano  ^cottisb  Section. 

Chairman :  J.  J.  Coleman. 

Vice-chairman  :   W.  Wallace. 

„       .....  I  E.  C.  C.  Stanford 

Hon.  Iict-cAair»«en(si-r  j    Nuil 


G.  11.  Morris. 
W.  W    J.  Nicol. 
E.  P.  Peyton. 

Howard  Kylaud. 
T.  Turner. 
W.  A.  Wiggin. 
C.  O'Sullivan. 


son  Cuthbertson. 


.1.  Addle. 

G.  Heilby. 

J.  Y.  Buchanan. 

w.  s.  Curphey. 

W.  Foulis. 

J.  Fyfe. 

It.  lr\  ine. 

T.  P.  Miller. 


Committee : 


E.  J.  Mills. 
J.  M.  Milne. 
T.L.  Patterson. 

.1.  Pattison. 
It.  Pullar. 
E.  J.  Rowan. 
1).  H.  Steuart. 
A.  Whitelaw. 


7/on.  7>ca*ur«r.-  W.  J.  Chrystal. 

Local  Secretary: 

0.  G.  Henderson.  Chemical    Laboratory, 

University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Aug. 31. 18W.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  TT1E  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUKTl.Y. 


537 


jKortingtwm  Section. 

Chairman:  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Vice-Chairman:  Frank  Clowes. 

Committee  : 

T.  W.  Lovibond. 


S.  J.  Pentecost, 

11.  .1.  Staples. 
K.  11.  Truman. 
R.  L.  Whlteley. 


L.  Arehbutt. 
Jus.  ii.  AahweU. 
j.  H.  Coleman. 
II.  Doidge. 
K.  Fitzhugh. 
K.  Francis. 

Treasurer:  \V.  II.   Parker, 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

Ji.o.  It.  Ashwcll,  Midanbury  Lodge,  Bentinck  Road, 

Nottingham. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  lor  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary, 


Journal  ano  Ipatent*  literature. 


I— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Korting's  Steamjet  Aspirator  for  the  Filtration  of  Viscid 

Liquids.     Chein.  Zeit.  11,510. 
THE  action  of  the  apparatus  is  based  on  the  production 
of  a  vacuum  below  the   niter.     Fig.  1   shows  the  essen- 


tial parts  of  an  apparatus,  A  being  the  filtering  vessel,  B 
the  steam-aspirator,  and  C  the  suction  pipe. — S.  11. 


Apparatus  for  Drying  Waste  Animal  Mutter  and  for 
like  Uses:'  J.  S.  Edwards  and  J.  Edwards,  Eastbourne. 
Eng.  1'at.  6306,  May  10,  1886.  lid. 
THE  apparatus  consists  of  a  short  cylinder  provided 
with  a  hollow  steam-heated  bottom.  The  npper  part  is 
covered  with  a  conical  dome  provided  with  a  lip  at  the 
lower  part  which  catches  and  drains  away  Ihc  condensed 
steam.  The  interior  of  the  cylinder  is  provided  with  a 
revolving  mechanical  agitator  and  also  fixed  blades  for 
the  agitation  of  the  mateiial  during  the  operation. 

Improvements  in  Filter  Presses  and  in  Apparatus  con- 
nected therewith.     J.  I!.  AJliott and  J.   M.  C.   Paton, 

Nottingham.     Eng.  Pat.  704.">,  May  26,  1SS6.     Sd. 

The  central  screw  which  is  usually  employed  to  press  the 
plates  of  the  filler  press  together,  is  replaced  by  a  double 
acting  hydraulic  piston  or  ram.  Low-piessure  water  is 
used  to  forte  into  place  or  withdraw  the  loose  head  or 
follower  of  the  press,  and  high-pressure  water  is  used 


•  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  II.  Reader  Lack, 
Coniptioller  of  the  Patent  Office.  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chcnceiy  Lane,  LondoD,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows  :— 


If  the  price  does  not  exceed  8d 

Above  8d..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  (id. . 

„      Is.  6d.,    „  „         2s.  Id.. 

„      2a.  Id.,    „  ..         3s.  Id.., 


id. 
Id. 

It 


afterwards  for  holding  the  plates  tight  against  the  pres- 
sure in  the  press.  Tin-  high  pressure  may  be  applied 
either  by  a  pump,  a  screw  plunger  or  a  weighted  acco 
mutator.  The  second  portion  of  the  specification  de- 
scribes an  improved  "clip  nut"  for  si  ruling  I  he  cloths 
on  the  plate  round  the  central  orifice  which  forms  the 
communication   between    chamber  and    chamber. 

— C.  C.  11. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Separating  Impurities 
or  Objectionable  Matter  (rum  bolids.  S.  vickess, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  8905,  July  8,  1886.     Is.  id. 

FOB  the  removal  of  the  matter  separated  by  filtration  of 
a  liquid  from  the  filtering  body,  in  order  that  it  may  be 
re-used,  the  patentee  describes  a  form  of  apparatus, 
which  i  (insists  essentially  of  a  revolving  cylindrical 
vessel,  the  internal  periphery  of  which  is  provided  with 
curved  or  screw  shaped  projections  ;  passing thiougb  the 
centre  of  the  cylinder  is  a  rotating  continuous  archimedian 
screw  of  opposite  pitch  to  the  pioji  ctions  in  the  cylinder. 
This  combination  selves  to  ensure  the  passage  of  tie 
material  through  the  apparatus  in  a  contrary  direction  to 
a  current  of  water  which  is  inti  nded  to  cany  away  the 
impurities.  The  washed  materia]  is  delivered  into  one 
of  a  series  of  vertical  receivers  where  some  of  the  excess 
washing  water  drains  away.— C.  C.  II. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Filtering  Liquius. 

Vickess,  Liverpool. 


S. 
Eng. 'Pat.  10,370','  July  S,  1SSG. 
Is.  Id. 

The  improved  apparatus  is  a)  plicableto  the  ttealmentof 
large  quantities  of  liquid  such  as  water  in  a  waler  works. 
It  consists  of  an  arrangement  of  tanks  so  contrived  that 
the  liquid  triated  is  filtered  by  upwaid  filtration  through 
a  bed  of  filteiing  material  arranged  to  lie  on  a  sloping 
surface.  Apparatus  and  appliances  for  the  removal  and 
washing  of  the  filtering  nitdium  are  also  described. 
The  various  details  are  shown  on  five  sheets  of  drawings. 

— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Filtering  -Machines.     J.   A.  Crocker, 
Kew  York,  U.S.A.    Eng.  Tat.  2710,  Feb.  22,  1S87.    8d. 

The  improved  filtering  machine  consists  of  a  cylindrical 
wrought-iron  vessel,  capable  of  rotation  on  its  axis, 
placed  horizontally,  provided  with  a  hollow  inlet  trun- 
nion and  a  similar  outlet  trunnion  at  the  opposite  end. 
The  periphery  of  the  cylinder  is  provided  with  corru- 
gated, curved  or  cylindrical  strainers,  through  w  hich  the 
water  must  pass  before  passing  through  the  liltei  ing  mate- 
rial, which  may  be  of  charcoal  or  any  similar  material. 
The  current  can  be  reversed  by  the  revolution  of  the  whole 
apparatus,  the  water  then  entering  the  machine  by  the 
perforated  pipe  and  conugated  sheet  by  which  previously 
it  had  left  the  apparatus  after  filtration,  and  nice  versa. 
— C.  C.  II. 

Improvements  in  Filtering  Machines.     J.  A.  Crocker, 
New  York,  U.S.A.    Eng.' Pat.  '271 1,  Feb.  22,  1SS7.    Sd. 

This  specification  describes  improvements  on  former 
similar  apparatus  patented  by  the  author,  and  refers  to 
that  description  of  filter  described  in  Eng.  l'at.  2710. 
The  reversal  of  the  cut  rent  of  water  in  the  improved 
machine  is  effected  by  a  gravity  valve,  which  falls  and 
so  reverses  the  current  of  water  passing  through  the 
apparatus,  in  place  of  the  coincidence  of  parts  and 
passages  in  the  hollow  journals  upon  which  the  machine 
is  rotated.-  C.  C.  H.     

Improvements  in  Decantation  Apparatus  for  Clarifying 
and  Purifying  Water  and  other  Liquids.    J.  Y.  John- 
son, London.     From  La  Society  <I.  Boone  et  J.  Norv, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  2706,  Eeb.  22,  1887.     8d. 
THIS  apparatus   is  somewhat   similar  to  those  already 
known  as  "Subsidence"  apparatus,  and  is  intended  to 
separate  solid    matter  from   the   liquid    in   which    it   is 
suspended  without  filtration.     The  apparatus  consists  of 
a  vessel,  shown  in  adjoining  figure,  divided  into  three 
portions— A,  U  and  0,      Water  or  other  liquid  to  he 

A2 


538 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [An*.  31. 1887. 


clarified  enters  at  the  upper  part  of  A  :  some  of  the  soliil 
matter  deposits  on  the  sloping  shelves  o,  down  which  it 
slides  into  the  bottom  of  A,  andis  periodically  removed 
through  valve  1;  .  The  pipe  o  conducts  the  liquid  from 
A  to  B,  where  in  its  ascension  further 
occurs.     It  finally  enters  ;ii   the   bottom   of 


subsidence 
C   through 


FIG  I 


burned  away  when  the  mantle  is  used.  The  improve- 
ments include  various  details  concerning  the  suspension 
of  the  mantle  and  arrangement  of  burner  and  chimney. 

A.    R.   !>'. 

Absorption    Apparatus  for  the   Condensation   of  Gases 
inn/    Vapours  by  Liquids.     Lunge  and  Rohrmann. 

Chem.  Zeit.  H,  093. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  the  dish  A,  which  is  the 
bottom  of  the  absorbing  column  B,  and  the  top  1).  The 
cooled  gases  enter  at  the  bottom  through  a  and  thence 
rise  into  the  cylinder,  where  they  meet  a  descending 
stream  of  liquor,  which  is  equally  distributed  over  the 
top  by  the  turbine  6.  Lutes  <?and  boles  c  form  a  passage 
for  the  liquor  into  the  interior,  which  consists  of  a  large 
number  of  horizontal  shelves.  Raised  divisions  divide 
each  shelf  in  a  large  number  of  squares,  each  of  which  is 
provided  with  a  hole,  through  which  the  liquor  Hows  to 


the  perforated  pipe  or  pipes  .<  :  ascension  through 
the  sloping  shelves  V  causes  more  of  the  soliil  matter 
to  be  removed,  as  described  in  the  case  of  A.  R  aud  R' 
serve  for  the  periodic  removal  of  the  subsided  matter. 
F  is  a  filter  formed  of  any  porous  material  sufficiently  tine 
to  remove  the  last  traces  of  the  suspended  matter  still 
remaining  in  the  liquid. — C.  C.  H. 


IX— FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 

Improvements  in  Means  for  Utilising  Oils  or  Gases  as 
Fuel  and  for  Lighting  fires.  W.  Welch,  Portsmouth. 
Eng.  Pat.  9658,  July  27,  18S6.     4d. 

A  metal  or  fireproof  porcelain  box,  small  enough  to 
pass  between  the  bars  of  an  ordinary  grate,  is  employed 
with  a  pipe  admitting  oil  or  gas  to  its  lower  portion,  j 
This  lower  portion  is  packed  with  some  porous  or 
granular  material,  which  is  covered  with  a  perforated 
fireproof  lid.  The  oil  or  gas  percolates  through  the 
porous  medium  and,  burning  upon  the  perforated  sur- 
face, kindles  the  coal  or  other  fuel  in  the  grate.  The 
supplv  of  oil  or  gas  is,  of  course,  controlled  by  a  tap. 
—A.  R.  D. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Light  bn  the 

Incandescence  of  Refractory  Materials.     P.  L.  Rawson 

and  W.  S.  Rawson,  London.     Eng.   Pat.  11,161,  Sept. 

1,  18S6.     8d. 

The  patentees  stretch  the  mantles  upon  a  mandril  of 

platinum     foil    and     ignite    them    with    a    blow  pipe 

flame.     By   this  means   a  great  regularity  of  shape  is 

secured  and  the  mantles  when   brought  into  use  may  be 

raised  to  their  full  efficiency  at  once.     Otherwise  they 

require   four  or  five    hours'  burning   over  the   ordinary 

Bunsen  flame  to  produce  full  incandescence.  To  diminish 

risk  of  breakage  in  transport  the  mantles  are  dipped  in  a 

hot  liquid  hydrocarlxm,  preferably  a  paraffin  of  high 

boiling  point,  such  as  ojsokerit.     The  paraffin  is  sooq 


the  lower  shelf.  The  diagram  shews  the  peculiar  con- 
struction of  the  squares  and  holes,  which  has  the  effect 
of  compelling  a  layer  of  liquor  to  stand  on  each  square, 
thus  exposing  an  immense  surface  to  the  ascending 
gases.  The  shelves  are  arranged  in  such  a  manner  that 
each  hole  is  above  the  junction  point  of  four  squares 
in  the  next  lower  shelf.  The  descending  liquid  drops  on 
this  point,  is  Bplashed  about  and  collec's  on  the  adjoining 
squares,  renewing  its  surface  continually.  G  is  the 
outlet  pipe  for  the  saturated  liquor.  The  "  shelf- 
tower,"  as  the  apparatus  is  termed,  claims  to  be 
far  more  effective  than  the  absorbing  columns  of  the 
usual  construction. — S.  II. 


An  Improved  Magnesium  Light  for  Photographic  Pur- 
poses.  J.  Gaedicke,  Berlin,  and  A.  Miethe,  Potsdam, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat  7035,  May  13,  1887.     6d. 

It  is  proposed  that  the  magnesium  be  mixed  in  the 
state  of  fine  powder  with  an  oxidising  agent,  such 
as  a  chlorate  or  nitrate,  and  a  substance  such  as  amor- 
phous phosphorus,  which  would  accelerate  combustion. 
The  mixtures  suggested  as  most  suitable  are — 12  parts  of 
chlorate  of  potash,  six  parts  of  magnesium  powder  and 


Aur.  31,1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


539 


one  pari  of  prussiate  of  potash,  it  24  parts  of  chlorate  of 
potash,  12  parts  of  magnesium  powder  ami  one  part  of 
amorphous  phosphorus.  The  light  may  be  coloured  by 
the  audition  of  salts  of  suitable  on  tals  to  the  above  mix- 
tures. The  powder  burns  with  a  Hash,  lasting  only  from 
aV  to  s'j  of  a  second,  and  yields  a  more  intense  light  than 
when  wire  or  ribbon  is  used  ;  and  the  shortness  of  its 
duration  removes  the  difficulty  hitherto  experienced  of 
petting  the  proper  "exposure'  with  the  magnesium 
light.— A.  R.  D.  

Regenerative  Gas  Lump!!.     F.  Siemens,  London.     Eng. 
l'at.  7610,  May  25,  1887.     6d. 

A  horizontal  gas  flame  burns  in  a  transparent  or 
translucent  globe.  Above  the  Annie  is  a  perforated 
reflector  which  forms  the  bottom  of  a  kind  of  flattened 
chamber  connected  with  a  casing  round  the  base  of  the 
chimney.  By  suitable  apertures  air  enters  this  casing 
and  travels  through  the  flattened  chamber,  whence  part 
of  it  passes  through  the  perforated  reflector  to  the  upper 
surface  of  the  flame,  and  part  finds  its  way  by  another 
channel  into  the  globe  space  and  supplies  the  under  side. 
The  products  of  combustion  pass  upward  into  a  cavity 
above  the  flattened  chamber,  and  thence  through  a  per- 
forated top  to  the  chimney.  It  will  be  seen  that  the 
flattened  chamber  is  kept  hot  by  the  flame  below  it,  and 
the  passage  of  the  products  of  combustion  above.  Moie- 
over,  the  air  before  entering  here  has  been  already  heated 
by  contact  with  the  chimney  base.  The  lamp  is  started 
by  a  small  gas  jet,  which  is  lighted  from  the  outside 
through  one  of  the  air  apertures.  This  renders  it  unneces- 
sary to  remove  the  globe  when  lighting  up,  as  the  main  jet 
ignites  from  the  smaller  one,  which  may  then  be 
extinguished. — A.  R.  D. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAB. 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Notes  from  Baku.  Chcm.  Xeit.  H,  470. 
It  has  been  decided  to  lay  pipes  from  Baku  to  the 
Caspian  Sea,  for  the  purpose  of  conveying  both  kerosene 
and  naphtha.  There  can  lie  no  doubt  that  as  a  lesult  of 
this,  a  considerable  quantity  of  naphtha  residues,  which 
hitherto  were  wasted,  will  be  utilised. 

A  patent  has  been  recently  taken  by  G.  Tergmanowski 
for  the  production  of  naphtha  gas,  which  is  made  in  a 
generator,  identical  with  those  used  for  gas-firing  in 
metallurgical  and  glass  works.  Gas  is  produced  from 
wood,  turf  or  coal,  and  is  employed  for  igniting 
lime  in  the  so  called  "lime  furnace,"  and  on  this 
ignited  lime,  crude  naphtha  is  poured  and  steam  passed 
over  it  at  the  same  time.  The  evolved  gas  is  chiefly 
composed  of  hydrogen,  mixed  with  small  proportions 
of  other  combustible  gases  and  carbonic  acid.  It 
is  passed  through  a  condenser  and  thence  into  the 
gasometer.  After  being  purified  by  the  lime  process  it 
enters  if  necessary  the  carburetter.  Another  portion  of 
the  gas  from  the  generator  is  used  for  decomposing  some 
naphtha,  but  without  the  aid  of  steam.  The  product 
consists  chiefly  of  olefines,  which  in  conjunction  with 
that  from  the  lime  furnace  gives  a  constant  illuminating 
gas.— A.  R. 

The  Baku  Petroleum  Industry.     Chcm.  Zeit.  11,  005. 

A  CONSIDERABLE  rise  in  prices  has  been  caused  by  the 
combined  action  of  some  of  the  more  important  companies 
interested  in  this  industry.  The  Caspian  and  lilack  Sea 
Association  (i.e.,  the  Rothschilds')  has  made  an  arrange- 
ment with  most  of  the  smaller  firms  according  to  which 
they  are  for  the  next  fiveor  six  years  to  sell  theirdistillates 
exclusively  to  this  Association,  and  at  a  fixed  price.  At 
present  the  yield  of  naphtha  is  small,  and  the  oil  is  only 
obtained  at  considerable  depths  (210  to  255  metres). 
Some  firms,  seeing  that  the  Baku  supply  most  be  ex- 
hausted sooner  or  later,  have  been  looking  out  for  new 
naphtha  districts  and  have  already  purchased  land  near 
Klii-abethpol  and  Tillis.  The  richest  oil  Gelds  in  the  Trans- 
Cancasus  lie  between  Tillis,  the  province  of  Kakhetien, 
and  the  valley  of  the  river  Kara.     Naphtha  is  found  close 


to  Tillis,  on  the  banks  of  the  Kara,  and  also  near  Elisa- 
bethpol,  about  15  kilometres  from  the  railway.  Geologi- 
cal investigations  of  the  Trans-Caucasian  provinces  have 
only  been  carried  out  in  a  few  places,  and  there  very 
superficially.  The  country  contains  an  abundance  of 
valuable  minerals  and  ofl'ers  an  inviting  field  for 
energetic  capitalists,  of  whom,  unfortunately,  there 
appear  to  be  few  in  Russia. — D.  E.  J. 


Notes  on    the  Analysis    of  Commercial  Benzene.      C. 
llausserinann.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  S03. 

It  is  the  custom  at  some  works  to  ascertain  the  quantity 
of  olefines  in  commercial  benzol  by  the  titration  of  the 
latter  with  bromine.  This  process  may  easily  cause 
mistakes,  since  the  power  of  rapidly  absorbing  bromine 
depends  principally  upon  the  presence  of  pyridine,  pyrrol 
and  members  of  the  thiophen  group  and  also  upon 
occasional  olefines.  So  that  a  benzene  from  which  these 
impurities  have  been  removed  by  treatment  with  sul- 
phuric acid  may  have  completely  lost  the  property  of 
decolorising  bromine  water,  and  still  contain  valueless 
hydrocarbons.  The  author  frequently  detected  as  a 
companion  of  commercial  toluene  a  hydrocarbon,  or  a 
mixture  of  several  hydrocarbons,  which  was  not  acted 
upon  by  bromine  and  resisted  nitrification.  It  was 
separated  during  the  process  of  nitrifying  toluene 
on  the  large  scale,  and  forms  a  colourless  liquid  of  sp.  gr. 
OvJs,  boiling  between  119s  ('.  aud  124'  C.  It  is  not 
dissolved  by  sulphuric  acid,  and  consists  probably  of  a 
member  of  the  paraffin  group  (octane?).  The  test  with 
bromine  is  therefore  only  a  test  for  the  more  or  less 
complete  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid. — S.  H. 


Presence  of  Fatty  Acids  in  Light  Resin  Oil.     J.  Lwoff. 

Ber.  20,  1017—1023. 
It  has  already  been  shown  by  Kelbe  [Ber.  13,  1157  ;  and 
15,  308)  that  from  the  lower  boiling  fractions  of  resin  oil, 
a  number  of  acids  of  the  general  formula  CnH2n02  can 
be  extracted  by  means  of  caustic  soda,  amongst  which 
are  isobutyrie  and  caproic  acids.  Kelbe  and  Warth  sub- 
sequently showed  that  the  caproic  acid  of  resin  oil  was 
niethyl-propylacetic  acid.  In  addition  to  these  acids  the 
author  has  succeeded  in  extracting  valeric  and  tenanthy- 
lic  acids  from  the  acid  mixture  obtained  by  treating 
light  resin  oil  with  soda. — D.  B. 


Pyrogenic  Reactions.     P.  Ferko.     Ber.  20,  660 — 664. 

Tut: experiments  were  made  in  an  iron  tube  60cm.  long, 
and  4cm.  in  diameter,  which  was  heated  in  a  Mermet's 
gas  furnace.  Washed  and  well-dried  ethylene  gas  was 
passed  through  gently-boiling  benzene  and  then  through 
the  tube  until  15  litres  of  benzene  were  used,  a  process 
which  occupied  seven  hours.  A  brownish  black  distillate 
was  obtained,  commencing  to  boil  at  SO',  from  which  the 
following  compounds  were  separated  by  fractional  dis- 
tillation : — Unchanged  benzene  SOgrms.,  cinnamene 
(styrol)  17grms.,  diphenyl  300grms.,  phenanthrene 
lOgrms.,  and  anthracene  15grms.  The  absence  of  naph- 
thalene and  acenaphthene  is  explained  by  the  fact  that 
in  these  experiments  a  lower  temperature  was  used  than 
in  the  case  of  the  trials  made  by  Berthelot. 

From  toluene  perse  (1'5  litres),  the  following  products 
were  obtained: — Benzene  lSOgrms.,  toluene  180grms., 
cinnamene  7grms.,  naphthalene  40grms.,  diphenyl 
27grms..  a  yellow  oil,  boiling  at  270-280°,  lOgrms., 
phenanthrene  l'5grms.,  and  anthracene  12grms.  When 
toluene  and  ethylene  are  passed  through  the  tube,  the 
following  hydrocarbons  are  obtained,  125  litres  of 
toluene  being  nsed  : — Benzene  200grms.,  toluene 
ICOgrnis.,  cinnamene  lOgrms.,  naphthalene  35grms.,  an 
oil  boiling  between  270-280'  13grms.,  and  anthracene 
20grms. 

Naphthalene  alone  (SoOgrnis. )  yielded  470grms.  of 
unchanged  naphthalene  and  130grms.  of  dinaphthyl. 
Naphthalene  (fHXIgrms.)  and  ethylene  gave  400grms.  of 
unchanged  naphthalene,  Oogrm.  of  acenaphthene, 
lgnn.  of  phenanthrene  and  125grms.  of  dinaphthyl  ;  no 
anthracene  was  formed. 


540 


THK  JOITXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aug. 31, 1887. 


Ethyl-benzene  [SOOgrms.)  yielded  75grms.  of  benzene, 
5grms.  of  toluene,  20grms.  of  unchanged  ethylbenzene, 
lOgrms.  of  cinnamene,  llgrms.  of  naphthalene,  Sarins,  of 
diphenyl,  13grms.  of  phenantbrene  and  -grins,  of  anthra- 

Ct'llr. 

Azobenzene  yielded  only  small  quantities  of  benzene 
and  diphenyl,  no  anthracene  or  chrysene  being  formed, 
although  in  the  trials  made  by  Clans  (Ber.  8,  37)  these 
hydrocarbons  are  said  to  have  heen  isolated. — D.  B. 


Pentamethylbenzene.  0.  Jacobsen.  Ber.  20,  SOG— 5)02. 
The  author  has  prepared  this  compound  by  treating 
trimethylbenzcne  with  methylcbloride  at  100 — 110°  in 
the  presence  of  aluminium  chloride,  cooling  the  product, 
pressing  ii  and  subjecting  it  to  fractional  distillation. 
The  portion  boiling  between  220°  and  235°  was  then 
dissolved  in  hot  alcohol  ;  hexamethylbenzene  crystallised 
out  on  cooling,  whilst  the  mother-liquor  contained  the 
penta-compound.  The  latter  was  purilied  by  conversion 
into  its  sulplione  and  sulpbamide  derivatives  and  sub- 
sequent treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid.  Pentamethyl- 
benzene C,.,H(CH:,\.,  forms  large  tlat  prisms  melting  at 
51  -5°  and  boiling  at  231°.  It  is  readily  soluble  in 
alcohol.  The  picrate  crystallises  from  alcohol  in  golden 
yellow  prisms  melting  at  131°.  The  bromo-derivative 
C6Br(CH3)6  forms  nacreous  rhombic  leaflets  melting  at 
163°  and  boiling  at  202°.  It  dissolves  readily  in  ether, 
but  is  only  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol.  The  sodium 
and  potassium  salts  of  the  sulphonic  acid  are  insoluble 
in  cold  and  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  water.  The  barium 
salt  forms  small  plates  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  water. 
The  calcium  salt  crystallises  in  large  nacreous  scales ; 
the  silver  salt  in  small  lustrous  plates.  The  copper  salt 
forms  thin  hexagonal  greenish  vthite  tablets,  which  are 
almost  insoluble  in  water.  The  sulphonic  chloride  dis- 
solves readily  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  crystallises  from 
the  latter  in  large,  well-defined  tlat  prisms  melting  at 
82°.  The  sulphamide  forms  large,  flat  prisms,  having  a 
vitreous  lustre  and  melting  at  186°.  I'eutamethylbenzene- 
sulphone  C6(CH3)s.SOa.C6(CHs)5  crystallises  from  warm 
petroleum  spirit  or  dilute  alcohol  in  long,  fine,  colour- 
less needles  melting  at  9S'5°.  It  is  readily  soluble  in 
alcohol.  By  the  action  of  cold  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  on  pentamethylbenzene,  hexaniethvlbenzene  and 
prehnitene  and  the  sulphonic  acids  of  the  latter  are 
obtained. — D.  B.  

Preparation  of  Primary  and  Secondary  Xylylamines 
from  Xylenots.     P.  Miiller.     Ber.  20.  1039— 1042. 

t  lx  beating  jS  orthoxylrnol  with  zinc-ammonium  bromide 
and  ammonium  bromide  in  the  proportion  of  1:3:1,  the 
following  compounds  are  obtained  : — 

Experiments—  I.         II.        III. 

Xylidine   27'5 

Ihxylylamine 50'0 

Carbonaceous  matter    4  0 

Unchanged  Xylenol — 

In  experiments  I.  and  II.  the  temperature  was  kept  for 

40  hours  at  310 — 320°, whilst  in  experiment  III.  the  mass 

was  heated  for  20  hours  at  330—340°. 

On  heating   a-metaxylenol   under  similar  conditions 

the  following  results  were  obtained  :  — 

I.  II. 

o-Metaxylidine    39'0  400  per  cent. 

Di-a-metaxylylaminc    19'5  12'o 

Carbonaceous  matter  3'5  4*5         „ 

Unchanged  Xylenol 310  32-o 

In  No.  I.  the  temperature  was  kept  for  40  hours  at  310 — 
320°,  and  in  No.  II.  the  temperature  ranged  from  330— 340°. 

— D.  B. 


I'.V.t  . 

.  2G0  per  cent. 

180  - 

.  -o-o 

4  0  . 

•  17  0 

165  . 

.  30-5 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bi  nzene,  Anthracene, 
Naphthalan  and  other  Products  from  Naphtha  and 
Naphtha  llesidites.  A.  Nikiforoff,  Chiuika,  Russia. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,957,  August  27,  1886.     (id. 

The  inventor  claims  the  production  of  benzene  and  other 

aromatic     hydrocarbons     fr< aphtha     and     naphtha 

residues  (presumably  petroleum  residues)  bj  first  slowly 

decomposing  the  naphtha  in  cylindrical  retorts  at  a  low 


temperature,  the  object  being  to  obtain  as  large  a  quantity 
as  possible  of  hydrocaibons  boiling  below  200°  and  having 

a  sp.  gr.  of  about  0  M00  to  O'SIO,  and  then  submitting  the 
hydrocarbons  to  a  second  distillation,  by  which  they  are 
transformed   into  hydrocarbons  of  the  aromatic  series, 

CnH;n c.  anthracene  ami  naphthalene  being  obtained 

from  the  residue.  The  second  distillation  can  be  effected 
in  cylindrical  or  in  other  shaped  retorts,  and  it  has  been 
found  that  the  best  result  is  obtained  by  dividing  the 
hydrocarbons  for  redistillation  in  two  parts — viz.,  those 
boiling  at  from  0°  to  140°  and  higher,  and  then  to  redistil 
them  again  separately.  The  following  results  are  usually 
obtained: — About  12  per  cent,  of  benzene  and  its  homo- 
logucs,  sp.  gr.  0'S70,  boiling  at  SO — 135°,  0'5  per  cent,  of 
anthracene,  2  per  cent,  of  naphthalene,  5  per  cent,  of 
coke,  and  a  residue  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  different 
hydrocaibons,  some  of  which  can  be  used  for  the  manu- 
facture of  lubricating  oils. 

The  invention  "is  based  on  the  theory  of  producing, 
firstly,  easily  transformable  hydrocarbons  with  a  group- 
ing of  elements  capable  of  being  transformed  into  a  more 
solid  group — viz.,  into  the  aromatic  group.  These 
hydrocarbons,  at  the  pressure  and  temperature  obtained 
by  a  second  distillation  of  the  tar  boiling  at  from  0°  to  200°, 
produce  benzene,  from  which  aniline  oil  can  be  prepared. " 
Hitherto  it  has  not  been  possible  to  produce  benzene 
commercially  from  naphtha,  though  it  has  been  proposed 
to  produce  it  in  retorts  charged  with  coke,  copper  filings 
or  platinised  coke  ;  but  as  each  charging  of  tte  retorts, 
besides  increasing  the  cost  of  the  production,  is  quite 
impracticable,  owing  to  the  stoppingup  of  the  retorts, 
such  method  of  producing  benzene  has  not  been  success- 
ful. In  the  seci  nd  distilling  process,  as  above  described, 
the  coke  detaches  it.-elf  in  the  retorts,  which,  up  to  the 
present,  has  not  occurred  in  the  distillation  of  naphtha 
for  gas. — I).  B. 


Improvements  in  Retorts  for  the  Destructive  Distillation 
of  Shale,  Coal  and  other  Bituminous  Substances,  J. 
.tones,  Dalmenv,  N.B.  Eng.  Pat.  11,134,  Sept.  1, 
18S6.     8d. 

In  constructing  vertical  retorts  for  the  destructive  dis- 
tillation of  coal  the  common  practice  is  to  set  them  in 
two  rows,  with  their  backs  disposed  towards  each  other, 
and  the  discharge  mouths  projecting  outwards  at  the 
bottom  of  each  retort.  In  retorts  thus  constructed 
hindrance  to  their  efficient,  working  is  caused  by  the 
clinker  collecting  as  a  hard  mass  at  the  back  of  the 
retort.  In  the  present  invention  the  parts  to  which 
the  clinker  usually  adheres,  forming  the  backs  of  a 
pair  of  retorts,  are  removed,  and  the  lower  part  of  each 
pair  thereof  is  thus  constituted  into  a  chamber  common 
to  the  upper  parts  of  the  two  retorts.  It  is  stated  that 
this  mode  of  construction  is  applicable  both  to  the  setting 
of  new  retorts  as  well  as  to  the  alteration  of  existing 
retorts.— I").  B. 


IY.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Contributions    to    the    Knowledge    of  Hydroxyanthra- 
qninonc    Colouring    Matters.      C.    Liebermann    and 
.  \V.  Wense.     Ber'.  20,  862—866. 

It  has  been  shown  by  Liebermann  and  Kostanecki  that 
only  those  hydroxyanthraquinones  possess  tinctorial 
properties  which  contain  the  hydroxy!  groups  in  the 
alizarin  position.  In  order  to  obtain  evidence  in  con- 
firmation of  this  view  a  compound  which  is  an  alizarin 
and  a  quinazai  in  simultaneously  has  been  prepared  from 
hemipinic  acid  by  condensation  with  quinol  in  the 
presence  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  The  mass  thus 
obtained  crystallises  in  microscopic  leaflets  of  brown-red 
colour  melting  at  225-   230°,  and  having  the  constitution 

C«Hs(OCHj)a<QQ>.C,H,(OH)j.    It  is,  therefore,  a 

dimethyl  <iher  of  quinalizarin.  It  dissolves  readily  in 
Imt  glacial  acetic  acid,  less  readily  in  hot  alcohol  or 
benzene.  Alkalis  dissolve  it  with  a  violet  colour,  whilst 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  gives  a  blue  solution.  With 
mordants  it  gives    but  a   faint   colour   reaction.      The 


Aug.  31, 1887.)     THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


541 


acetyl  compound  crystallises  in  small  needles  melting  at 
210  -211'.  It  is  almost  insoluble  in  cold  alcohol,  acetone, 
or   petroleum   spirit,    but   more   readily   soluble  in   hot 

solvent.    Quinalizarin  C6H3(OH)2  <,.,,>  C6H.,(OH), 

is  obtained  by  heating  its  dimethyl  ether  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  at  200°  for  3 — 4  hours.  It  crystallises  in 
long  deep  red  needles  which  are  more  insoluble  than  the 
dimethyl  ether,  hot  glacial  acetic  acid  being  the  best 
solvent.  Its  reactions  with  alkalis  and  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  are  similar  to  those  of  the  dimethyl  ether; 
its  barium  and  calcium  salts  are  insoluble  in  water.  It 
sublimes  in  dark-red  needles,  but  exhibits  no  sign  of 
fusion  at  275°.  On  distillation  with  zinc  dust  anthracene 
is  obtained.  It  possesses  strong  tinctorial  properties 
resembling  those  of  cochineal.  The  tetracetyl  compound 
CmH4(OC9H]0)«0]  crystallises  in  needles  melting  at 
201.— D.  B. 

Trimethylanthragallol.     II.  Wende.     Ber.  20.  867— 870. 

<£ -CUMIDINK,  when  converted  by  Sandmeyer's  method 
into  duryl-eyanide  (duronitrile)  yielded  only  15  percent, 
of  the  theoretical  quantity.  The  nitrile  was  converted 
by  heating  with  IK'l  into  durylic  acid.  Three  parts  of 
durylic  acid,  2  parts  of  gillie  acid  and  30  parts  of  strong 
sulphuric  acid  were  gradually  heated  from  70 — 115° 
during  S  hours,  and  then  kept  at  120°  until  a  sample 
showed  the  absence  of  durylic  acid.  The  sulphuric  acid 
was  removed  from  the  melt  by  precipitating  and 
washing  with  water,  and  the  trimethylanthragallol  was 
extracted  first  with  alcohol  and  then  finally  with  benzene, 
leaving  a  residue  of  rufigallic  acid.  Trimethylanthragallol 
C,tHs.(CH,),.0!.(OH)il[(CHa)!,:(OH),  =  l:3:4:l'':2':3'] 
crystallises  from  dilute  alcohol  in  brilliant  brown  needles, 
melting  at  244°,  readily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  glacial 
acetic  acid,  less  soluble  in  benzene  ;  it  dissolves  in  strong 
sulphuric  acid  with  a  red-violet,  in  potash  with  a  green, 
and  in  ammonia  with  a  violet  colouration.  Its  absorp- 
tion spectrum  and  dyeing  properties  are  similar  to  those 
of  anthragallol.  Its  triacetyl-derivative  C,4H,(CH,),. 
0,.(OC5HT0),  forms  pale  yellow  rhombic  tables,  melt- 
ing at  174°.  When  distilled  over  zinc-dust  trimethyl- 
anthragallol yields  a  solid  hydrocarbon,  melting  at  236° 
— probably  the  triniethylanthracene  of  Gresly — and  an 
oily  substance  which  the  author  considers  to  be  a  hydride 
of  trimethylanthracene. — T.  L.  13. 


Dimetkylanthragallol.    W.  Birukoff.    Her.  £0,  870— 873, 

WHEN  gallic  acid  (3  parts)  is  condensed  with  metaxylic  I 
acid  (5  parts)  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid  (40  parts)  di- 
methylantiiragallolCltH,{CH))iOt{OK)JL(CH.,)t-.{011), 
=  1:2: l':'2':3]  is  obtained.  After  heating  the  above 
mixture  for  20  hours  at  70-120'-',  the  melt  is  poured  into 
water  and  the  sulphuric  acid  washed  away.  The  pre- 
cipitate is  extracted  with  absolute  alcohol,  which  leaves  ' 
undissolved  the  rufigallic  acid  formed.  The  alcohol  is 
evaporated,  and  the  dimethylanthragallol  is  extracted  by  : 
benzene  from  the  residue.  The  yield  is  only  about 
2  per  cent,  on  the  xylic  acid  used.  This  body  crystallises 
in  yellowish-red  needles,  and  is  similar  in  its  absorption- 
spectrum  and  behaviour  with  alkalis  to  anthragallol. 
On  distilling  over  zinc-dust,  it  yields  a  solid  hydrocarbon, 
probably  a  dimethylanthracene,  melting  at  220—226°,  I 
the  quinone  obtained  from  this  melting  at  about  112°. 
The  isomeric  compounds  obtained  by  Gresly  melted  at 
202°  and  180°  respectively.  The  author  recommends 
the  following  methods  for  obtaining  the  metaxylic 
acid.  Pure  metaxylidine  is  prepared  from  commercial 
xylidine  by  Litnbach's  method  : — 4  parts  of  xylhline  are 
mixed  with  1  part  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  allowed  to 
stand  for  24  hours ;  the  crystals  of  the  acetate  of  meta- 
xylidine are  then  pressed  free  from  the  paraxylidine, 
which  remains  in  solution,  basified,  dried  and  distil- 
led. The  meta-compound  is  converted  by  Sandmeyer's 
method  into  the  nitrile.  12grms.  of  this  product  arc- 
dissolved  in  8grms.  of  water  and  20grms.  of  IK'l,  and 
7grms.  of  sodium  nitrite  dissolved  in  20grms,  of  water 
slowly  added.  This  diazo-solution  is  poured  in  a  thin 
stream  into  the  copper  cyanide  solution  warmed  to  00".  I 


The  yield  of  cyanide  of  metaxylene  (metaxylonilrile)  is 
50—00  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical.  By  gently  warm- 
ing the  nitrile  with  about  85  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid,  it 
is  converted  into  the  amidoacid,  and  this,  by  heating 
for  two  hours  at  170"  with  HC1,  yields  about  60  per 
cent,  of  metaxylic  acid. — T.  L.  B. 

Opiavrin.     C.  Liebermann  and  P.   Seidler.     Ber.    20, 

873—874. 
OPIANIC  ACID  and  phenol,  when  heated  together  with 
strong  sulphuric  acid,  give  rise  to  an  intense  yellow  red 
dye.  The  reaction  takes  place  between  the  aldehyde- 
group  of  the  acid  and  the  phenol: — CeH»  (0<'H.)5(<'0,H) 
(('(ill)  -  20.  II,  (HI  =  HaO  +  C,H,(OCH,)s.(COaH). 
OH:(Or,H4OH).,.  This  compound  leucopiaurin  is  oxi- 
dised during  the  process  to  opiaurin  t'.,H,  ,00.  The  best 
results  were  obtained  by  stirring  an  intimate  mixture  of 
opianic  acid  and  phenol  into  sulphuric  acid  (60°  Be.) 
and  keeping  the  mixture  well  cooled.  After  24  hours'  rest 
the  melt  was  thrown  into  a  large  quantity  of  cold  water, 
and  the  precipitate  when  washed  and  dried,  freed  from 
tarry  matters  by  extraction  with  hot  benzene.  <  >piaurin 
is  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  in- 
soluble in  benzene  and  petioleum  eiher.  It  could  only 
be  obtained  in  amorphous  condition.  It  dissolves  in 
alkalis  with  a  purple  colour;  the  solution  in  alcoholic 
ammonia  becomes  on  heating  brownish-yellow,  but  the 
purple  colour  returns  on  cooling. 

Sulphurous  acid  does  not  reduce  it.  <  ipianic  acid  reacts 
in  a  similar  way  with  other  phenols,  and  the  reaction 
can  be  used  to  detect  the  presence  of  opianic  acid,  as  also 
of  an  aldehyde-group  in  aiomatic  compounds;  the  re- 
agents being  each  dissolved  in  an  excess  of  cold  sulphuric 
acid,  on  mixing  the  solutions  the  coloration  takes  place 
at  once. — T.  L.  B.  

Preparation  offi-Kiironaphthalene.    E.  Lellmann.     Ber. 

20,  891— S93. 
The  following  is  a  modification  of  the  method  origin- 
ally employed  for  the  preparaiion  of  this  compound. 
The  mixture  of  o-  and  p-nitroacetonaphthalide  is 
obtained  as  in  the  old  process,  the  product  is  then 
boiled  with  a  14  per  cent,  solution  ot  caustic  potash 
in  the  presence  of  alcol.ol  and  the  resultant  mass  con- 
si-ting  of  the  o-aceto-com]  ound  and  y>-uitronaphthalene 
is  treated  with  ethyl-nitrite.  A  brown  precipitate  is 
obtained  which  was  found  to  contain  the  diazoamido- 
derivative  of  y-nitronapl  thylamine.  This  is  filtered 
off  as  quickly  as  possible  so  that  the  o-nitroaceto- 
naphthalide  crj stallises  out  in  the  filtrate.  It  is  puri- 
fied by  reciystallisatiin  and  filtration  through  animal 
charcoal  and  is  decempostd  by  the  addition  of  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  o-nitro- 
naphthylamine  thus  obtained  forms  small  red  needles 
melting  at  143"  anil  is  suitable  for  the  preparation  of 
3-nitronaphthalene.— D.  B. 


An    Universal  Reaction   of   Diazo-amido  Bodies.      K. 
Heuniann  and  L.  « leconomides.     Ber.  20,  904—909. 

This  reaction  takes  place  when  diazo-amido  bodies  are 
brought  in  contact  with  phenols,  one  of  their  basic 
constituents  being  regenerated,  the  phenol  taking  its 
place  and  forming  oxyazo  compounds.  Thus  on  heat- 
ing gently  diazoamidobenzene  with  resorcinol,  aniline 
is  regenerated  and  benzeneazoresorcinol,  melting  at 
161  .formed:  (  \.  H  .  X  -  N.NH.l ',,11  ,  +  C„H4(0H),  - 
C.H..NH,  +  (',  H,.X  =  N.C.HJOH),.  Diazo-amido- 
paratoluene  treated  with  phenol  yields  paratoluidine 
and  paratolueneazophenol  C.H7X  =  X.(',.H,OH  ;  with 
resorcinol,  the  same  base  and  paratolneneazoresorcinol 
O.ll-X  =XC,  11  (OH) ...,  which  forms  yellowish-red 
needies  melting  at  1S4  .  A  nionochloro-oxyazobenzene 
was  obtained  by  acting  on  diazoamidoparachloroben- 
zene  with  phenol  ;  it  forms  red-yellow  needles  melting 
at  151—152°.  In  a  similar  manner,  diazoamidometa- 
benzoic  acid  i-  converted  into  benzoic-acid-azophenol 
melting  at  220°.  The  author  found  that  the  diazo- 
amido  bodies  obtaiued  by  diazotising  aniline  and  com- 
bining with  paratoluidine,  or  met  versd,  and  considered 


542 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [A..g.  31,  us7. 


to  lie  identical,  give  lise  with  phenol,  to  mixed  oxyazo 
bodies,  a  mixture  of  about  equal  parts  of  aniline  and 
paratoluidine    being    regenerated.        Diazoarnidopara- 

chlorobenzene-benzene,  obtained  by  diazotising  para- 
chloraniline  and  combining  with  aniline,  yielded  para- 
chloraniline  and  oxyazobenzene.  This  reaction  can  be 
readily  illustrated  in  a  lecture  experiment,  by  warm- 
ing some  diazuamidobenzene  with  a  little  phenol  in  a 
test  tube  for  a  few  moments,  when  on  the  addition  of 
caustic  soda  solution  the  oxya/o  body  formed  will  dis- 
solve, and  can  be  thrown  down  on  the  addition  of  an  acid. 
— T.  L.  B. 

-4  New  Chromogenic  Body     Phenazootin.    A.  Bernthsen. 

Her.  20,  942-   044. 
Bis  has  shown  that  phenazine  may  be  obtained  by  the 
action  of  o-phenylenediamine  upon   catechol.      By  the 
action  of  o-amidophenol  upon  catechol,  phenazoxin  may 
be  prepared,  thus  : — 


C6H4< 


OH  ,  NIL. 


;>C6H4  =  C6HJ<^f1>C(iH4  +  2H,0 


Equal  weights  of  o-amidophenol  and  catechol  are  heated 
in  closed  tubes  for  40  hours  to  260—280°.  The  product 
is  extracted  repeatedly  with  water  and  caustic  soda 
solution,  and  the  residue  with  ether.  The  ethereal 
solution  on  distillation  leaves  a  solid  brownish  residue 
which,  on  recrystallis.ition  from  alcohol,  yields  a  colour- 
less crystalline  product.  The  analysis  corresponds  to 
the  formula  t'1:ll,,NO.  Phenazoxin  may  be  readily 
nitrated,  and  the  nitro  product  on  reduction  with  Sn  and 
HO,  and  subsequent  oxidation  with  FeXlfi  gives  a  red- 
violet  colouring  matter.  This  reaction  corresponds  to 
the  formation  of  Lauth'e  violet  from  thio-diphenylamine, 
and  confirms  the  chromogenic  character  of  phenazoxin. 
—J.  B.  C. 

>n-(aj3<)-Xtij,/ttk)/le»c   Diamine.      C.    Urban.      Ber.  20, 

973—974. 
Liebermanx  and  Hammerschlag  prepared  a  dinitro- 
naphthylamine  with  the  amido  and  nitro-groups  in 
one  nucleus,  the  former  and  one  of  the  nitro-groups 
in  the  a,  the  other  being  in  the  p  position.  Worms  showed 
that  the  latter  group  occupies  an  adjacent  position  to  the 
amido-group,  and  the  compound'  has.  therefore,  the 
formnIa-rCi,H5.NHs(NOs)s.[NHs  :  NO,  :  No.-l  :2  :4.] 
By  eliminating  the  amido-group  a  dinitronaphthalene 
should  be  obtained  with  the  nitro-group  in  the  meta- 
posiiion.  On  reducing  the  dinitro-compound,  a  meta- 
diamido  compound  is  obtained,  which  yields  with  nitrous 
acid  the  deep  yellow  colour  characteristic  of  nieta- 
diamines,  and  further  a  precipitate  of  the  corresponding 
ehrysoidinewith  diazo-benzene  sulphonicacid.— J.  B.  C. 


So,,,,    Derivatives  of  Benzidene.     P.  Brunner  and  Otto 

N.  Witt.  Her.  20,  1023-1030. 
The  authors  recommend  the  following  method  for  ob- 
taining the  orthodinitrobenzidine  of  Strakosch  :  lOgrms. 
of  diacetylbenzidine  are  stirred  into  lOOgrms.  of  nitric 
acid  (sp.  yr.  148)  kept  cool  with  ice,  and  then  ice  and 
water  added  until  the  dinitrodiacetylbenzidine  is  pre- 
cipitated. From  this  body  the  acetyl  groups  are  readily  re- 
moved by  warming  with  1!  parts  of  caustic  potash  and  a 
little  alcohol,  the  dinitrobenzidine  precipitating  in  the 
form  of  fine  red  needles.  It  is  insoluble  in  water 
soluble  with  difficulty  in  alcob  >l,  more  readily  soluble  in 
phenol.  \\  hen  it  is  (rronnd  up  with  the  proper  quantity 
of  stannous  chloride,  BC1  added,  and  the  mixture  warmed 
on  the  water-bath  until  all  dissolves  in  water,  it  is  re- 
duced to  a  tetramidodiphenyl;  C,,H,(NH.)  .  The 
hydrochloride  of  this  base  forms  needles  containing 
2ll.li,  readily  soluble  in  water,  less  soluble  in  IK  'f 
The  basic  sulphate  C,,H,(NH,)4H  SO j  is  very  slightly 
soluble  in  cold  water,  alcohol  and  either,  soluble  in  hot 
water.  The  base  precipitates  on  the  addition  of  ammonia 
to  a  solution  ol  the  hydrochloride,  forming  small  silvery 

platessolublein  hot  water, bnl  whichdec posedsoreadily 

that  the]  could  not  be  analysed.     The  dry  hydrochloride 
gives  Ladenburg's   reaction   with   benza'lde'hyde  ;    with 


sodium  nitrite,  a  crystallised  azimido  eompoundisformed. 
The  platinum  double  salt  forms  needles  which  quickly 
decompose.  Ferrous  chloride  gives  a  brown  colour  re- 
action. Tetramidodiphenyl  condenses  with  phenan- 
threnequinone,  forming  a  brownish  yellow  azine,  sub- 
liming in  yellow  needles,  which  dissolve  in  H.;S04  with 
a  violet  colour.  With  isatine  a  yellow-orange,  and  with 
^-naphthoquinone  a  brown  gelatinous  compound  is 
formed.  ( »n  mixing  glacial  acetic  acid  solutions  of  this 
base  and  benzil  together,  a  pale  yellow  azine  < ',  ,11  , .  N  , 
precipitates.  It  does  not  melt  at  270'  and  decomposes 
when  heated  higher.  It  is  very  soluble  in  phenol.  Its 
sulphate  tonus  lemon  yellow  needles,  dissolving  in  strong 
H.,S04  with  a  fine  magenta  colour.  Its  constitution  is 
probably  as  follows  : 


0,11. -C-N 

II      I 
C6H.-C-N 


I ',, H..C.H 


/ 


N-C-C8H, 
I      II 
N-C-CH, 


From  the  properties  of  the  above  tetramidodiphenyl  it 
is  evident  that  the  four  amido  groups  are  arranged  in  two 
pairs,  in  each  of  which  the  groups  are  in  ortho-position 
to  each  other.  It  follows  that  in  Strakosch's  dinitro- 
benzidine the  No,  and  Nil  ,  groups  are  similarly  placed. 
The  authors  succeeded  in  removing  the  two  benzidine 
NH.  groups  by  diazotising,  and  subsequent  removal 
of  the  diazogroups  by  boiling  alcohol,  obtaining  thus 
a  new  body,  the  symmetrical  metadinitrodiphenyl 
t',„Hs(N( )..).,.  This  is  a  yellow-orange  substance  form- 
ing fine  dichroic  needles  from  alcohol  or  acetic  acid  :  it 
is  soluble  in  benzene  or  cumene.  It  melts  at  197 — 198°. 
It  is  reduced  by  tin  and  HC1  to  the  symmetrical  meta- 
diamidodiphenyl  C12Hj(NH,),.  The  hydrochloride  of 
this  base  is  readily  soluble.  The  sulphate  C,aHlsNa. 
H;SD4  is  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water,  forming  long 
needles  from  hot  water;  the  platinum  double  salt 
ClsHlsNs(HCl)jPtCl4  forms  straw-yellow  grains.  Al- 
kalis precipitate  the  free  base  from  solutions  of  its  salts 
as  an  oil  which  solidifies  after  a  few  days' rest.  An  isomer 
of  Congo-red  is  obtained  by  combining  the  diazo  com- 
pound with  sodium  naphthionate ;  it  forms  small  yellow- 
orange  plates.  This  substance  dyes  cotton  in  a  soap- 
bath  a  fast  orange  without  a  mordant,  but  the  affinity  for 
the  cellulose  is  much  less  intense  than  in  the  case  of 
the  benzidine  azo-eompounds  :  the  cause  of  this  affinity 
is  therefore  apparently  connected  not  only  with  the 
diphenyl  nucleus,  but  also  with  the  position  which  the 
two  azo  groups  bear  to  each  other. — T.  L.  B. 


p-Napkthoicaldehyde.    E.  Bamberger  and  O.  Boekmann. 
Ber.  20,  1115—1119. 

In  preparing  this  aldehyde,  the  authors  obtained  a  series 
of  new  derivatives  of  naphthalene.  For  the  production 
of  p-naphthoicthiamide  O,  „H;.CSNH._,,/i-naphthylnitrile 
C10H..C'N,  obtained  from  ^-diazonaphthalene  chloride 
by  means  of  potassium  cuprosocyanide,  was  digested  with 
ammonium  sulphide  in  a  closed  vessel  at  35 — 10"  for 
several  days.  It  forms  golden-yellow  silky  needles 
melting  at  149°,  and  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and 
benzene.  p-naphthylmethylamine  ClnH;CHo.NHa  is 
obtained  by  reducing  an  alcoholic  solution  of  the  thiamide 
with  zinc  dust  and  alcoholic  solution  of  hydrochloric  acid. 
It  crystallises  in  colourless  lustrous  prisms  melting  at 
59 — 60°,  and  absorbs  carbonic  anhydride  freely  on 
exposure  to  the  air.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water, 
more  readily  soluhle  in  hot  water  and  easily  soluble  in 
alcohol  and  ether.  It  is  a  powerful  ba.se.  The  hydro- 
chloride crystallises  in  Hat,  satin  like  prisms  melting  at 
260 — 270  .  The  picrate  forms  gold-coloured  lustrous 
needles  soluble  in  hot  water,  and  the  platinochloride 
crystallises  from  hot  water  in  fine  dendritic  needles. 
8-naphthylmethylalcohol  (V.IK.Clb.  UH  is  obtained 
by  treating  naphthyimethylaniine  hydrochloride  with 
sodium  nitrite.  It  crystallises  in  small  lustrous  plates, 
melting  at  80-  80"5°,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  (in  oxidation,  it  yields  p-naphthoicaldehyde 
C,0H,CHO,  whirli  forms  small  silver- white  plates  melt- 
ing at  60  o    61".   This  compound  reduces  an  ammoniacal 

solution  of  silver  and  forms  a  leueo  base  with  dimethyl- 
aniline  ami  zinc  chloride,  which  yields  a  <\\e  resembling 
benzaldehyde  green  in  properties.  — D.  B. 


Ave.  3i.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


543 


On  Azonium  Bases.  Otto  N.Witt  Ber.  20,  1183— 1186. 
The  formula  recently  proposed  by  the  author  for 
s.ifranine  is  based  upon  the  hypothetical  base,  which  he 
terms  hydroxyphenylphenazonium — 

C6H^N\C,;II, 


C8H5  nil 
(This  Journal,  18S7,  285).  All  attempts  to  obtain  this 
substance  by  removal  of  the  amido-grorjps  of  pheuo- 
safranine,  however,  failed.  The  ease  with  which  most 
orthodiketones  react  with  orthodiamines,  rendered  it 
probable  tbat  phenyl  derivatives  of  the  latter  bases 
would  behave  in  a  similar  way,  in  which  case  t  be  desired 
azonium  bases  would  be  obtained.  Experiment  lias 
proved  the  correctness  of  this  idea,  phenylortho- 
naphthylenediamine  reacting  with  phenanthrenequinone 
as  follows  : — 

C6H4-CO 
NH,.C10H,.NH.C6H6+  |  | 

L'.Hj-CO 

N-C-C.H, 
=  H2O  +  C10H„<  |      II      | 

^N-C-  C0H4 

A 
C,;H5  OH 

Thephenylnaphthylenediamine  was  obtained  by  reducing 
10  parts  of  the  perfectly  pure  azo-compound  of  sulphanilic 
acid  and  fJnaphthylphenylamine,  dissolved  in  10  parts 
of  glacial  acetic  acid  and' 100  parts  of  alcohol,  with  12 
parts  of  stannous  chloride  dissolved  in  20  parts  of  acetic 
acid,  and  gradual  addition  of  HC1  till  the  solution  is 
colourless.  Its  hydrochloride  forms  white  needles 
insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol.  The  free  base 
crystallises  in  glass-clear,  Hat  prisms,  melting  at  136 — 
137°.  When  equal  quantities  of  this  base  and  pbenan- 
tbrenequinone  dissolved  in  acetic  acid,  are  mixed 
together,  intermediate  yellow  fluorescent  bodies  are  at 
first  formed,  an  addition  of  a  mineral  acid  causing  the 
formation  of  the  azonium  base.  The  solution  is  diluted 
with  alcohol  and  a  good  excess  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  13) 
added,  when  the  nitrate  of  the  new  base  C30rl,.,N  0a 
slowly  crystallises  out  in  the  form  of  long  needles  or 
thick  prisms,  with  strong  red  and  green  dichroism.  This 
salt  is  scarcely  soluble  in  water,  more  so  in  alcohol, 
dyeing  wool  and  silk  a  salmon  red  and  behaving  like  a 
true  dye.  The  other  salts  are  much 'more  soluble  than 
the  nitrate,  and  dissolve  with  a  splendid  blue  colouration 
in  strong  sulphuric  acid.  The  basic  qualities  are  more 
strongly  marked  than  in  the  case  of  the  azines,  the 
above  salts  onlv  being  basilied  by  boiling  with  an  excess 
of  alkali.—  T.  L.  B. 

Action  of  Ethylenediamine  mi  Catechol.    V.  Merz  ami  C. 

'  Bis.     Her.  20,  1190—1197. 
When  ethylenediamine  is  allowed  to  act  on  catechol  at 
•200 — 210°,  the  following  reaction  takes  place  : — 

CeH1<gg+g$>C,H4=C6H.<g^CsH,+2H,0 

Ethyleneorthophenylenediamine  crystallises  from  hot 
water  or  ether  in  small  colourless  lustrous  plates,  melt- 
ing at  96-5—97°  and  boiling  at  288o— 289.3 =.  It  is 
sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  more  readily  soluble  in  hot 
water,  and  forms  erystallisable  salts  with  acids.  Dilute 
aqueous  solutions  of  the  base  give  a  blue  coloration 
with  ferric  chloride  and  oxidising  agents.  It  is  converted 
into  quinoxaline  on  treatment  with  an  alkaline  solution 
of  potassium  ferricyanide. — D.  B. 

A  New  Method  for  the  Production  ofPicrocarmine.     L. 
Gedolst.     Le  Monit  du  Practic.  IssT,  91. 

A  picrocarmine  of  good  colour,  which  filters  well  and 

may  be  boiled  without  decomposition,  is  made  by  sub- 
stituting caustic  soda  for  ammonia  in  its  preparation. 
9occ.  of  distilled  water  are  added  to  Sec.  of  a  1  per  cent. 


XaOH  solution,  and  in  this  mixture  is  dissolved  0'45grm. 
of  the  best  carmine  in  the  state  of  line  powder  ;  the  solu- 
tion is  stirred  with  a  glass  rod  and  boiled  for  10  to  15 
minutes,  cooled,  filtered  and  made  up  to  lOOcc.  with 
water.  It  is  next  diluted  in  a  300ce.  graduated  glass 
cj  linder  with  lOOcc.  of  water,  and  is  ready  for  the  addi- 
tion of  a  1  per  cent,  acid  solution,  of  which  20  to  2occ. 
should  suliice.  locc.  of  the  picric  solution  is  added  tir.-t, 
producing  a  cloudiness  which  disappears  on  stirring  ;  a 
further  occ.  still  produces  a  transient  turbidity,  but  with 
a  final  addition  of  5  or  at  most  Tec.  the  precipitate 
becomes  permanent  and  indicates  the  end  of  the  reaction. 
After  an  hour's  subsidence,  the  solution  is  passed  twice 
or  thrice  through  the  same  filter  until  clear,  and  concen- 
trated by  evaporation  with,  if  necessary,  a  final  filtration. 
The  sodium  picrocarminate  is  said  to  possess  distinct 
advantages  over  the  ammonium  compound,  and  is  recom- 
mended for  microscopical  work. — W.  G.  M. 


V.— TEXTILES  :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Method  «f  Preparing  Fibres  capable  of  being  ■'■■pun  from 
Wood.  Alex.  Mitscherlich,  Freiburg,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  10,515,  Aug.  17,  1SS6. 
BOARDS,  as  free  from  knots  as  possible,  of  any  desired 
width,  and  about  §  of  an  inch  thick,  are  cut  in  a 
direction  parallel  with  the  fibre,  preferably  from  pine  or 
fir- wood  or  from  the  softer  part  of  larch,  and  are  boiled 
in  a  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  or  a  bisulphite  whereby 
the  disintegration  of  the  wood  is  effected.  No  chopping, 
is  required,  and  before  boiling  the  wood  is  steamed  at 
212°  F.  for  a  long  time.  After  boiling,  the  mass  is 
partly  dried  on  a  wooden  frame  and  then  passed  through 
rollers  having  "  deep  ribs "  in  the  direction  of  their 
length,  the  projections  on  one  roller  fitting  in  the  corru- 
gations of  the  other,  whereby  the  fibres  will  be  separated 
from  each  other  and  may  be  combed  in  an  apparatus 
similar  to  that  for  combing  flax,  etc. — H.  A.  R. 


YI.-DTEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 

On    Turkey-red    Oils.      R.     Benedikt    and     F.    Ulzer. 
Monatsh.  Chem.  8,  208. 

The  product  obtained  by  the  action  ot  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  on  triolein  consists  of  two  portions,  one 
of  which  is  soluble,  whereas  the  other  is  insoluble  in 
water.  The  latter  is  chiefly  oxystearic  acid  and  its 
anhydride,  sometimes  accompanied  by  oleic  acid  and 
unchanged  triolein,  while  the  soluble  portion  splits  up 
under  suitable  conditions  in  oxystearic  and  sulphuric 
acids.  The  opinions  on  the  nature  of  this  soluble 
portion  are  divided.  I.iechti  and  Suida  believe  it  to  be 
a  mixture  of  oxystearic  acid  and  oxyoleic  acid-glycerol 
sulphonic  ether,  which  opinion  is  not  shared  by 
Midler-Jacobs  and  the  authors.  Muller-Jacobs  and 
Tsabenejew  take  the  soluble  oil  to  be  sulphonic  acids, 
either  sulpbo-oleic  or  sulpho-oxystearic  acid.  The 
authors  produced  the  sulphonic  acid  of  a  higher  homo- 
logue  by  heating  oleic  acid  with  sulphur  at  200 — 220  C. 
and  oxidising  the  sulpho-oleic  acid,  C,  ^H,  ...SO;,  thus 
obtained  with  potassium  permanganate.  The  object  of 
this  proceeding  was  to  see  whether  compounds  similar 
to  the  soluble  Turkey-red  oils,  but  belonging  to  a  higher 
series,  had  similar  properties.  This  is,  indeed,  the  case. 
They  are  attacked  by  boiling  concentrated  caustic 
solutions,  but  (litter  from  the  acids  derived  from  the 
Turkey-red  oils  by  not  being  decomposed  by  hydrochloric 
acid.  This  behaviour  seems  to  point  to  the  fact  that 
the  acid  from  Turkey-red  oil  is  no  real  sulphonic 
arid,  but  rather  a  sulphonic  acid  ether.  The 
authors  compared  the  Turkey  -  red  oils  from  olive 
oil,  which  chiefly  consists  of  triolein,  cot  ton-seed  oil 
and  castor  oil,  and  explain  the  difference  in  the 
behaviour  of  the  olive  and  castor  oil  by  the  different 
constitution  of  oleic  and  ricinoleic  acid.  The  latter, 
being  an  oxyacid,  combines  with  sulphuric  acid  to  an 
ether    sulphonic    acid,    C18H,,0j.0.80jB,  which,   on 


544 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [Aug.  si.  1887. 


decomposition,  must  yield  ricinoleic  aeiil  and  sulphuric 
acid,  whereas  the  oleic  add  combines  with  sulphuric 
acid  to  oxystearinsulphonic  acid.     The  Turkey-red  oil 

from  castor  oil,  therefore  contains  t lie  acid  sulphonic 
acid  ether  of  an  unsaturated  acid,  while  the  Turkey  red 
oil  from  olive  oil  contains  the  corresponding  derivative 
of  a  saturated  acid.  The  Turkey-red  oil  from  castor  oil 
therefore  possesses  a  high  oxidising  power,  which  is  not 
the  case  with  the  derivative  of  olive  oil.  The  former  is 
consequently  the  far  hotter  mordant  for  Turkev-red 
dyeing.-  S.   II. 

Process  for  the  Production  of  Alumina  compounds 
applicab'e  for  Bleaching.  K.  'Weiss,  Oranienburg, 
Pussia.     Eng.  Pat  0573,  May  15,  18SC.     6d. 

HYPOCHLORITE  of  alumina  has  long  since  been  em- 
ployed in  bleaching,  under  the  name  of  "Wilson's 
bleaching  liquid,'*  and  has  been  preferred  on  the  grounds 
that  "it  accelerates  the  bleaching  process  and  deterior- 
ates the  fibres  of  the  tissue  much  less  than  the  chloride 
of  lime."  Up  to  the  present,  the  usual  method  of 
manufacture  has  been  by  double  decomposition  of 
alumina  sulphate  and  chloride  of  lime.  "  Experiments 
have  proved  that  similar,  but  still  more  energetic 
bleaching  compounds  of  alumina,  are  produced  by  the 
direct  action  of  chlorine  on  nlumiuates.  and  especially 
on  alnminates  of  sodium  or  calcium  and  of  magnesium, 
whereby  the  use  of  chloride  of  lime  is  entirely  obviated. 
These  bleaching  alumina  compounds  may  be  prepared 
either  in  the  form  of  a  solution,  or  in  a  solid  form." 
Chlorine  is  passed  through  a  solution  of  the  aluminate 
or  over  the  solid  substance,  till  no  more  is  absorbed. 
The  inventor  claims  that  the  alumina  compounds 
prepared  in  the  manner  he  describes,  act  as  very- 
rapid  bleachers  "in  consequence  of  the  delivery  of 
ozonised  oxygen.''  "The  use  of  acid  baths  is  also 
dispensed  with  :alsothese  alumina  compounds  deteriorate 
the  fibres  much  less  than  chloride  of  lime." — H.  A.  1!. 


I  a  jet  or  jets  of  steam  playing  upon  the  opposite  side  of 
the    piece  :    the   finishing,   dressing,    etc.,     being   also 
'  carried  out  in  the  same  apparatus. — H,  A.  11. 


A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  Dyeing  and  Finishing 
'J'ii  lib  Fabrics  without  Immersion.  W.  I-'..  Hevs 
Manchester.  Prom  II.  Danzer,  A.  Simian  and  I>e 
(Harden,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  11,164  Sepl  -J 
1888.    8d. 

THE  Solution  of   the  dye    is  applied   to  the  surface  of  the 
fabric  in  the  form  of  a  hue  spray  and  the  colour  lixed  by 


Improvements  in  Dyeing.  II.  J.  Haddan,  London. 
From  A.  Henry,  Bar-le-Duc.  Eng.  Pat.  11,7:10,  Sept. 
15,  ISsU 

The  claim  is  for  the  dyeing  of  cotton  and  other  textiles 
a  fast  black  by  passing  the  goods  rapidly  and  in  small 
quantities  through  a  bath  of  two  solutions  as  follows  : — 
The  first  solution  consists  of  chlorate  of  potash,  sul- 
phate of  copper,  "chlorhydrate  of  ammonia,''  nitrate  of 
iron  and  water  ;  the  second  solution  consists  of  aniline, 
toluidine,  etc.,  hydrochloric  and  tartaric  acids ;  the 
solutions  are  mixed  just  before  use.  The  goods  are  then 
dried  in  a  current  of  air  for  a  short  time  at  35°  C,  and 
for  about  12  hours  at  30"  C.  without  exposure  to 
light.  Afterwards  the  goods  are  passed  through  a  bath 
of  potassium  bichromate,  sulphuric  acid  and  water, 
stretched  and  frequently  turned  in  a  dark  place 
for  about  two  hours,  finally  washed  and  dried.  — H.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Oil  for  Turkey-red 
Dyeing,  Calico  Printing,  and  such  like  purposes.     J. 

Kirkpatrick,   Glasgow.     Eng.   Pat.   12,216,   Sept.  25, 
1886.    4d. 

TEN  gallons  of  olive  oil  are  treated  with  15  gals,  of  sul- 
phuric acid  at  108°  B.,  washed  with  hot  water  and 
neutralised  with  3  gals,  of  caustic  soda  at  68°  B.  and 
1  gal.  of  ammonium  hydrate  0'9  sp.  gr. — W.  L.  C. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Woolor  other  Animal  Fibres,  in 
either  tin  ran- or  manufactured  state.    F.  A.  Gatty, 

Accrington.     Eng.  Pat.!12SG,  July  17,  1SS6.     Gd. 

Ix  carrying  out  the  process  of  mordanting  according  to 
this  method,  the  patentee  instead  of  boiling  the  wool, 
alkaline  chromate  and  acid  together,  as  is  usual, 
steeps  the  goods  in  the  bichromate  or  chromate  (of 
potash  or  soda)  and  the  acid,  preferably  sulphuric,  at  ! 
the  ordinary  temperature  of  the  air.  and  then  after 
working  for  some  time  in  this  bath,  washes  and  subjects 
to  the  action  of  boiling  water  or  steam.  Chromium 
oxide  is  thus  fixed  on  the  fibre,  which  is  then  ready 
for  the  usual  dyeing  operations.  Before  mordanting, 
the  wool  is  well  prepared  and  freed  from  all  oily  and 
similar  impurity. — 11.  A.  R. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Te.etilc  Fibres.     T.    Holliday, 

Huddersfield.  Eng.  Pat  10,542,  Aug.  17,  1886.  Gd.' 
The  inventor  dyes  wool  and  other  textile  fibres  various 
shades  of  colour  by  alternately  treating  the  fibre  with 
"chrome  iron,"  copper  or  lead  salts,  ami  the  uitroso- 
compounds  of  iand/3-naphthol.  "The  quantities  of  wool 
or  other  fibre  and  the  nature  of  the  metallic  salt,  acid  and 
nitroso-compound  are  varied  according  to  the  result 
required  and  the  shades  of  colour  varied  by  using 
logwood  or  alizarin  along  with  or  alternately  with  the 
Ditroso-compounds.  The  fibres  can  be  dyed  either 
in  a  raw,  spun,  woven,  felted  or  otherwise  parti  v  manufac- 
tured state."— H.  A.  R, 


An  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Dyeing 
Unspun  Textile  Fibres.  G.  Jagenburg,  Kvdboholm, 
Sweden.     Eng.  Pat.  443,  Jan.  11,  1SS7.     Sd". 

The  dye  in  the  form  of  a  concentrated  solution  is 
injected  into  the  water  contained  in  the  vat  and  in  which 
the  goods  are  continually  agitated.  It  is  claimed  that  by 
this  means  the  dyeing  is  even  and  without  prejudice  to 
the  strength  of  the  fibre,  also  that  cotton  dyed  in  this 
way  remains  soft  and  as  fit  for  spinning  as  ordinary 
raw  cotton,  whereby  it  will  be  possible  for  spinners  to 
spin  dyed  yarn  up  to  the  finest  counts  according  to 
the  quality  of  the  cotton  employed. — H.  A.  R. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Preparing  Indigo  Solutions  for 
Dyeing  Purposes.  F.  E.  Schmiickert,  Pritzwalk, 
Prussia.     Eng.  Pat.  7333,  May  19,  1887.     4d. 

Thk  inventor  produces  indigo  solutions  for  dyeing 
purposes,  especially  for  wool  dyeing,  by  dissolving  the 
indigo  in  water  by  tneans  of  Peruvian  guano  and  the 
like  :  also  by  adding  bodies  which  absorb  oxygen,  such  as 
zinc  powder  (at  65c'  to  75°  G. ),  proposes  to  regulate 
automatically  the  process  so  that  any  supervision  may 
become  superfluous.  It  is  claimed  that  such  additions 
will  obviate  the  defective  treatment  and  consequent  loss 
of  indigo  which  frequently  occurs  in  the  preparation  of 
the  bath.— H.  A.  K. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

Ammonio-zinc  Chlorides.    II.  Thorns.    Ber.  20,743 — 744. 

In  addition  to  the  compound  of  the  formula  ZnCl>NHs, 
described  by  Herzelius,  a  compound  of  the  formula 
ZnCla.5NH3  +  H,0  has  been  recently  observed.  The 
author  finds  that  if  ammonia  be  passed  into  a  hot  con- 
centrated solution  of  ziuc  chloiide  until  the  precipitate 
first  formed  is  redissolved,  nacreous  scales  separate  on 
cooling,  which  have  the  composition  ZdC1,.4NHj+H,0. 
On  concentrating  the  mother-liquor,  colourless  rhombic 
crystals  of  the  formula  Zn<l.2NlP  are  obtained, 
w  hich  do  not  change  on  exposure  to  air,  and  are  insoluble 
in  water.  When,  however,  boiled  with  water,  decom- 
position takes  place  with  evolution  of  ammonia  anil  for- 
mation of  zinc  oxy  chloride.  This  compound  is  easily- 
soluble  in  solutions  of  ammonium  chloride  or  ammonia. 


Aub. si.  1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOC1ETV  Of  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


545 


Well-formed  crystals  of  the  same  compound  have  also 
been  found  in  Leclanche  cells  (this  Journal,  1S87, 
M5),  the  following  equations  illustrating  the  forma- 
tion : — 

ZnO+2NH4Cl=ZuCl,+2NH»+H,0 

ZnCl,+2NH,=ZnCl,.2NH, 

The   author    considers   the    constitution  of    this   com- 
pound to  be  expressed  by  the  formula  NH3C1  Zn.N  H3CI. 
__  — D.  13. 

The  Borate  Industry  in  Chili.    Dr.  L.  Darapsky.    Chem. 

Zeit.  11,  605—607. 
In  a  lengthy  paper  the  author  gives  an  account  of  tliis 
industry,  and  discusses  the  probabilities  of  its  future 
development  Boric  acid  occurs  on  the  west  coast  of 
South  America,  principally  in  the  form  of  lioronatrocalctte 
and  is  found  throughout  the  province  of  Atacama  and  the 
newly-acquired  portions  of  Chili.  Ascotan — which  is 
now  on  the  borders  of  the  republic,  but  formerly 
belonged  to  Bolivia — and  Maricunga,  which  is  to  the 
north  of  Copeap6,  are  the  jdaces  which  have  proved  most 
successful  commercially.  The  crude  material  occurs  in 
both  places  in  lagoons  or  troughs  ;  these,  instead  of  being 
entirely  tilled  with  common  salt — as  is  usual  y  the  case 
in  the  desert  contain  zones  or  layers  of  boronatrocalcite 
imbedded  in  it  The  lagoons  of  Maricunga  lie  about  64km. 
fromthenearest  railway  station,  andare  estimated  to  cover 
3,000,iHio  sq.  metres.  The  boronatrocalcite occurs  in  beds 
alternating  with  layers  of  salt  and  salty  earth.  The 
author  gives  a  large  number  of  analyses  of  the  raw- 
material,  from  which  it  would  appear  that  the  average 
amount  of  boric  acid  contained  in  it  is  about  25  per  cent., 
but  the  percentage  varies  very  much  in  different  samples, 
and  can  bi  considerably  increase  1  by  proper  treatment  ; 
in  ime  case  quoted  it  was  raised  to  60*52  per  cent,  by 
washing  and  calcination  (Krohnke  . 

The  raw  material  contains,  in  the  form  of  gypsum  and 
glauberite,  a  large  amount  of  calcium  sulphate,  which 
apparently  cannot  be  removed  either  by  washing  or  ; 
mechanical  treatment  Instead  of  investigating  some  j 
method  of  working  up  the  crude  material  into  a  better  j 
state  for  the  market,  the  promoters  of  the  industry 
appear  to  have  turned  their  attention  to  the  manufacture 
of  crystallised  borax.  This  was  a  fundamental  mistake,  ! 
for  about  half  the  weight  of  borax  consists  of  water,  and 
in  the  purest  state  it  only  contains  36*64  per  cent,  of 
boric  acid  ;  transport  is  therefore  as  costly  as  that  of  the 
raw  material,  the  percentage  of  which  can  be  raised  to 
30  simply  by  careful  selection,  and  to  30  or  liO  by  dehy- 
dration. As  there  are  no  large  chemical  works  in  the 
country,  the  soda  and  acids  required  in  making  the  borax 
had  to  be  imported  or  specially  made  ;  and  experience 
has  shown  that  the  conversion  of  boronatrocalcite  into 
crystallised  borax  otters  difficulties  even  when  the  requi- 
site materials  are  easily  obtained.  The  works  at  the 
Copeapu  harbour,  belonging  to  the  Maricunga  <  k>.,  were 
erected  without  sufficient  knowledge  and  foresight,  and 
never  yielded  satisfactory  results.  After  a  while  the 
boronatrocalcite  (roughly  purified)  was  shipped  direct  to 
England  and  Germany,  and  finally  all  operations  were 
suspended.  —I  >.  E.  J. 

The  Borate  Industry  in  Chili.      L.  Darapsky,  Santiago, 

Chili.     Chem.  Zeit.  H,  675. 

The  following  analysis  may  be  taken  as  representing  the 
eeueral  average  percentage  composition  of  the  mineral  : — 
H,O=29-0;  AIM.  and  Fe,05=0*7;  Cl=12-6;  S04H, 
=  07:  MgO=0*5j  CaO  =  12*5-Na,0=14*8*  B,0   =26*4* 

insoluble  inatter  =  .5*7.     The  mineral  is  purified  to  a ie 

extent  before  it  is  shipped  for  export.  This  purification 
consists  of  a  preliminary  washing  and  drying  operation, 
after  which  it  maybe  considered  to  test  as  follows:— 
H.o  =  ll  7<>;  Al  U  and  lv  O,=3*08j  Cl=0*70;  S04H« 
0*49;  CaO  =  12*48;  NaaO=9*12-  BtOs=55-20;  insoluble 
iuat!er  =  7  Ml  per  cent.  If  the  amount  of  the  foreign  itn- 
purilies  is  not  large,  the  percentage  of  boracic  acid  in  the 
crude  mineral  may  be  estimated  in  a  very  simple  manner. 
The  sample  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  filtered, 
the  sulphuric  acid  being  estimated  in  one  portion  and  the 
lime  in  another  portion  of  the  filtrate.     The  amount  of 


lime  which  is  equivalent  to  the  sulphuric  acid  is  sub- 
tracted from  the  total  amount  of  lime,  and  the  rest,  mul- 
tiplied by  3  1,  gives  the  percentage  of  boracic  acid. 

—  S.  H. 

On   a  X- "■  Class  of  Ferro-   and  Fcrricyctnides.    J.  A. 
Miiller.     Compt.  Rend.  104,  992— 995. 

In  the  chemical  works  at  Croix,  where  Ortlieb  and 
Miiller's  process  for  obtaining  cyanides  is  carried  on, 
i  irtlieb  obtained  a  solution  giving  a  violet  precipitate, 
by  fractional  precipitation  of  the  mother-liquor  of  the 
ferrocyanide  with  ferric  chloride.  By  treatment  of  this 
I  precipitate  with  potassium  carbonate  and  a  subsequent 
process  of  purification,  the  potassium  salt  of  the  new 
substance  was  obtained  in  thin  scales  or  plates  very 
soluble  in  water.  The  solution  is  coloured  violet  by 
ferric  chloride,  and  a  precipitate  settles  out  after  one  or 
two  days. 

The  analysis  of  the  new  ferrocvanide  corresponds  to 
the  formula  K,FeC,NtO  +  3JH,0.  The  water  vola- 
tilises at  HO"'.  Heated  in  a  closed  vessel  to  300— 4t«r, 
the  suVistance  loses  9*05  of  its  weight  and  yields 
8*33  JofCO.  The  formula  K.,KeCO  (CN>"  requires  s  47  . 
In  tliis  decomposition  ordinary  ferrocyanide  and  cyanide 
of  iron  are  formed  amongst  other  compounds.  The 
formula  K  FeCO(CNh  becomes  explainable  by  the 
assumption  of  a  trivalent  radicle,  carbonvlferrocyanogen 
[FeCO(CN)5T". 

To  the  above  is  appended  a  note  by  C.  Friedel,  who 
finds  in  the  existence  of  the  substance   K,FeC0  •  N 
a  support  to  his  proposed  formula  for  the  ferrocyanides. 

— G.  H.  B. 

ThcNitn  Deposit  in  Tarapaed.    L.  Darapsky,  Santiago, 
Chili.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  752. 

The  report  is  an  abstract  of  a  book  lately  published  by 
Mr.  W.  E.  Billinghurst,  himself  a  nitre  manufacturer, 


and  entitled  "Estudio  sombre  la  geografia  de  Tarapaen.'' 
The  province  of  Tarapaca  lies  on  the  west  coast  of  South 


5-lfi 


THE  JOFRNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aub.  31, 1887. 


Amnion,   between  68°  15' and  70°  18' loDg.  and  19°  12' 

and  '21  28'  30"  lat.  The  nitre  d(  posits  do  not  only  occur 
in  i lie  province  of  Tarapacii,  but  also  fintlier  south,  espe- 
cially near  Antofagasta  and  Taltal.  Fiom  cast  to  west 
the  province  may  be  divided  in  five  zones.    The  first 

reaches  from  the  sea  coast  for  a  width  of  74  miles,  and 
yields  guano.  It  also  contains  many  silver  mines, 
among  which  is  the  famous  mine  of  lluantajava.  The 
second  zone  is  the  nitre  zone.  It  occurs  at  an  altitude  of 
3600ft.,  and  pees  down  to  the  Pampa  de  Tamarugal. 
The  third  zone  is  the  pampa,  devoid  of  watei  and  vege- 
tation. The  fourth,  between  the  Pampa  de  Tamarugal 
and  the  Cordillera  de  los  Andes,  contains  silver  and 
copper  mines,  whereas  the  fifth,  the  Cordillera,  is 
scarcely  explored  yet.  The  natives  are  said  to  collect 
sulphur  here  The  anther  then  proceeds  to  the  valua- 
tion of  the  total  quantity  of  nitre  which  may  be  expected 
from  the  second  zone,  and  states  his  conclusions  in  the 
following  table  : — 


into  phosphorus  oxychloride.  tin  the  other  hand,  the  anti- 
mony pentachloride  acts  similarly  to  phosphorus  penta- 
chloride  on  carl  on  compounds,  which  contain  no  oxygen. 
The  same  will  be  the  case  if  the  compound  contain  no 
hydrogen  atoms  which  are  not  combined  to  carbon. 
The  oxalic  acid  is  a  case  in  point,  and  the  production  of 
a  compound  like  C.O,SbaCla  cr  SbCl..COO— COO. 
ShCl4  makes  the  existence  "of  PCl,.COO— COO— PCI, 
probable.  The  investigations  of  Anschiitz  and  some  of 
liis  pupils  show  that  phenols  and  oxyacids,  which 
contain  an  oxygen  attm  which  is  very  difficult  to  dis- 
place, are  likely  to  yield  directly  or  indirectly  com- 
pounds of  the  general  formula  R.O.PCI4. — S.  H. 


Process  for  the  Production  of  Alumina  Compounds 
applicable  for  Bleaching.  K.  Weiss,  Oranienburg, 
Russia,     Eng.  Pat.  6573,  May  15,  1886.     6d. 

See  page  544. 


Group. 

Number  of 
Estaca& 

Exhausted 
Estacis. 

Untouched 
Kstacus. 

Average 
Yield  (if  Nitre 

per  Estaca 

in 

Spanish  cwts. 

Total  Quantity  of 
Nitre  in 

Spanish  cwts. 

North    

PampadeHuara 

Midland 

South    

5,61150 
1,00000 

5.150-50 
9,150-00 

4,208-62 
3,433-66 

1,402-87  \ 

1.000-00  I 
1,716-83  [ 
9.15000' 

145,958-71 

204,750,878-38 

115.958.710-00 

250.611,10507 

1,379,009,809-50 

21,212*00                7,642-28             13,569-70 

1.980,630.502  95 

*  1  Estaca  =  40,000  Square  Varas  =  27,919-55  Square  Metres 


The  State  receives  an  export  duty  of  279CSd.  per  Spanish 
cwt.,  which  is  equivalent  to  the  sum  £230,809,474  for  the 
total  19S0  millions  Spanish  cwts. — S.  H. 


Turn  New  Hydrates  of  Caustic  Potash.   C.  Gottig.     Ber. 
20,  1094—1096. 

One  hydrate  of  potash  KHO  +  2H  O  is  already  known. 
The  author  has  prepared  two  new  hydrates  : — 

1.  From  a  concentrated  solution  of  caustic  potash  in 
strong  alcohol,  prismatic  erystalsof  the  formula  2KOH  + 
9H20  separate  out.  These  crystals  lose  3  molecules  of 
water  over  sulphuric  acid. 

2.  If  a  moderately  concentrated  solution  of  potash  in 
strong  alcohol  be  evaporated  down  until  the  temperature 
of  the  boiling  liquid  rises  to  110°,  and  then  allowed  to 
cool,  the  new  hydrate  crvstallises  out  in  a  mass  of  fine 
needles  of  the  formula  2KHO  +  5H.,0.— J.  B.  C. 


On  Antimony  Pentarhloride.     B.  Anschiitz  and  N.   P. 
Evans.     Annalen,  1887,  285. 

If  a  solution  of  antimony  pentachloride  in  chloroform  be 
treated  with  the  equivalent  quantity  of  water,  crystals, 
of  antimony  pentachloride  monohydrate  SI  Cl6  H,0  are 
formed,  which  melt  between  87°  and  92°  C,  and  are 
very  deliquescent.  A  larger  quantity  of  water  converts 
the  monohydrate  into  the  tetrabydrate,  which  is  in- 
soluble in  chloroform.  Daubrawa's  statement  that 
antimony  pentachloride  is  decomposed  by  one  molecule 
of  water  into  the  oxychloride  and  hydrochloric  acid  could 
not  be  confirmed.  The  authors  attempted  to  produce  the 
oxychloride  by  the  action  of  the  pentachloride  on  anhy- 
drous oxalic  acid,  but  they  obtained  a  new  compound, 
(',<  >,Sb„CL,  which  is  decomposed  by  warm  water.  On 
the  basis  of  these  results  the  different  behaviour  of  phos- 
phorus and  antimonj  pentachloride  to  carbon  compounds, 
which  contain  both  hydrogen  and  oxygen,  can  be 
explained.  Whereas  antinioin  pentachloride  combines 
with  water,  phosphorus  pentachloride  decomposes  it. 
The  former,  therefore,  does  not  exchange  chlorine  for 
oxygen,  whereas  the  latter  displaces  oxygen  in  hydroxy] 
and  ketone  groups  by  chlorine,  being  itself  converted 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  employed  in  the 
Manufacture  of  Sulphites.  A.  \V.  Gillman  and  S. 
Spencer,    London.     Eng.    Tat.    10.0C0,     August   4, 

1SS6.     Sd. 

The  following  arrangement  of  apparatus  is  employed  by 
the  inventors  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphites" — Sul- 
phurous acid  is  generated  in  a  sulphur  kiln,  and  the  gas 
is  cooled  by  suitable  means  before  it  passes  into  the 
limestone  tower.  The  latter  is  constructed  of  headless 
casks  placed  one  above  the  other,  the  ends  of  the 
casks  are  bevelled  to  fit  each  other,  and  are  connected  by 
leaden  bands.  The  limestone  is  supported  on  a 
wooden  frame  in  the  lower  part  of  each  tower,  so  as 
to  leave  a  free  space  below  for  drainage  and  the  entry  of 
the  pas.  The  gas  in  rising  through  the  limestone  is  to 
a  great  extent  absorbed  by  the  descending  water,  which 
is  admitted  at  the  top  of  the  tower,  and  the  saturated 
water  dissolves  out  lime  from  the  limestone, 
forming  a  solution  of  calcium  bisulphite  which  runs 
from  the  bottom  of  the  limestone  tower  into  suitable  store 
tanks.  Eor  the  manufacture  of  calcium  monosulphite 
the  sulphurous  acid  gas  is  conveyed  to  the  bottom  of  a 
chamber  provided  with  trays,  on  which  sifted  slaked 
lime  is  spread,  the  trays  being  so  arranged  as  to  make 
the  gas  pass  to  and  fro  over  the  lime.  The  top  of  the 
chamber  is  removable  to  enable  the  trays  to  be  charged 
and  emptied.  Sulphite  of  soda  cr  potash  is  made  in 
similar  chambers,  the  trays  being  rilled  with  a  solution 
of  sodium  or  potassium  carbonate,  which  is  admitted  at 
the  top  of  the  chamber  through  a  bent  pipe  and  Hows 
over  the  trays,  descending  from  one  tray  to  another  until 
it  arrives  at  the  bottom,  meeting  in  its  course  the  cuirent 
of  {.as  which  traverses  the  chamber  in  the  opposite 
direction. — S.  II. 


Improvements  in  Separating  the  Ammonium  Chloride 
from  Liquors  obtained  in  tin  Manufacture  of  Soda  by 
tin  Ammonia-Soda  Process,  C-.  Jarmay,  YA'innington. 
Eng.  Pat  in, 419,  August  14,  1886.    6d. 

THESE  improvements  relate  to  the  separation  of  am- 
monium chloride  from  the  spent  liquors  of  the  ammonia- 
toda  process.     It  is  proposed  to  lower  the  temperature 


Aug.  31.  Irs:.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


547 


of  these  liquors  by  artificial  menus,  until  a  sullicient  quan-  I 
tity  of  ammonium  chloride  has  crystallised  out.  After 
the  crystals  arc  separated,  sodium  ehloiide  is  added  to 
the  mother-liquor  ami  the  liquor  afterwards  again 
cooled,  when  an  additional  crop  of  ammonium  chloride 
crystals  is  secured.  The  addition  of  salt  and  subsequent 
cooling  is  several  times  repeated.  The  mother  liquor  is 
ultimately  used  again  in  the  place  of  brine  for  the  initial 
stage  of  the  ammonia-soda  process,  thereby  saving  the 
expense  of  distillation  and  effecting  a  great  economy  of 
sodium  chloride. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  tin-  Manufacture  of  Alkali.    J.  Barrow, 

Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  10,491,  August  16,  1886.  Bd. 
Sodium  sulphate  is  decomposed  by  barium  sulphide,  or 
a  mixture  of  barium  sulphide  and  oxide,  whereby  a 
solution  of  sodium  sulphide  and  oxide  and  a  precipitate 
of  barium  sulphate  is  obtained.  The  latter  is  separated 
by  filtration,  and  the  liltrate  is  treated  with  carbonic 
acid,  thus  converting  the  solution  into  sodium  carbonate 
and  bicarbonate,  both  of  which  may  be  obtained  at  will 
according  to  the  amount  of  carbonic  acid  added.  At  the 
same  time  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  given  oil',  which  is 
worked  up  for  sulphuric  acid  to  be  used  in  the  conversion 
of  sodium  chloride  into  sulphate.  The  precipitate  of 
barium  sulphate  is  reduced  to  sulphide  or  a  mixture  of 
sulphide  and  oxide  by  means  of  carbonaceous  matter. 

-S.  H. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Charging  Liquids  with 
Carbonic  Acid  Gas.  F.  Foster,  Hoxton.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,722,  August  21,  1886.     8d. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  modification  of  an  apparatus 
described  in  a  previous  specification  (Eng.  Pat.  242ti, 
1882).  The  machine  there  described  was  fitted  with  an 
arrangement  for  generating,  storing  and  delivering  car- 
bonic acid  gas  in  a  compressed  form  to  the  condenser 
containing  the  liquid  to  be  aerated.  The  present  inven- 
tion dispenses  with  all  those  parts,  as  it  is  now  intended 
to  use  portable  vessels  containing  compressed  carbonic 
acid  gas. — S.  H.  

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture,  Purification,  or 
Separation  of  Sodium  Bicarbonate.  J.  J.  Watts  and 
■\Y.  A.  Richards,  Sandbach.  Eng.  Pat.  10,955, 
August  27,  1886.     4d. 

The  sodium  bicarbonate,  as  obtained  in  the  ammonia- 
soda  process,  contains  ammonium  compounds  and  tarry 
matters.  Mond  and  Jarmay  (this  Journal,  1885,  282) 
purify  the  crude  bicarbonate  by  dissolving  it  in  water 
and  recrystallising  it  from  the  solution  by  refrigera- 
tion. The  yield  of  crystals  being  small,  the  present 
inventors  increase  the  yield  by  adding  to  the  warm 
saturated  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate  a  quantity 
of  common  salt,  which,  on  dissolving,  separates  sodium 
bicarbonate.  The  yield  of  the  latter  is  in  proportion 
with  the  quantity  of  sodium  chloride  added  and  dis- 
solved. The  mother  liquor  may  be  used  for  dissolving 
fresh  quantities  of  crude  bicarbonate,  or  for  the  initial 
stage  of  the  ammonia-soda  process   in  lieu  of  brine. 

— S.   H. 


which  as  many  impressions  as  are  required  are  printed 
with  printing  ink  on  to  lithographic  transfer  paper. 
The  pattern  or  design  is  then  transferred  from  the  paper 
to  the  coating  on  the  glass  ur  other  article  to  be  etched. 
The  transferred  matter  is  now  dusted  or  covered  with 
bronze  powder,  gold  or  other  metal  leaf,  or  any  tine 
powder  which  obstructs  the  passage  of  light.  The 
powder  adheres  to  the  printed  matter  only,  and  forms 
above  it  an  opaque  surface.  After  exposure  to  light  the 
surface  is  treated  with  paraffin  oil,  the  asphalte  coating 
being  removed  from  those  parts  which  have  been  pro- 
tected from  the  action  of  the  light.  The  surface  is 
now  ready  for  "adding"  in  the  usual  manner. 

-E.  G.  C. 

Improvi  ments  in  or  relating  to  the  Manufacture  if  Glass:. 

E.  Picard,  Brussels,  Belgium.    Eng.   Pat.   7338,   June 

1,  1SS6.  lid. 
This  invention  relates  to  the  production  of  a  layer  or 
sheet  of  glass  of  uniform  thickness  and  of  indefinite 
length,  which,  without  break  of  continuity,  can  be  cast, 
rolled,  tempered  or  annealed,  straightened  or  flattened, 
polished  and  cut  into  suitable  pieces  ;  also  to  a  method 
of  manufacturing  glass  consisting  in  the  formation  of  a 
continuous  layer  or  sheet,  by  means  of  a  rolling 
apparatus  combined  with  a  continuously  fed  reservoir  or 
tank  and  with  an  annealing  or  tempering  gallery, 
provided  with  a  movable  table,  in  which  the  sheet  is 
tempered  or  annealed  without  further  heating. 

— E.  G.  C. 

Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Fireproof  Materials 
and  Articles  of  Enamel.  A.  Feldman,  Linden, 
Prussia.     Eng.  Pat.  S064,  June  17,  1SS6.     6d. 

Fireproof  and  enamelled  articles  are  produced  from 
a  mixture  of  one  or  more  of  the  fluorides  of  sodium, 
calcium,  magnesium,  strontium,  barium  and  alumin- 
ium with  one  or  more  of  the  following  basic  oxides  : 
lime,  magnesia,  baryta,  strontia,  alumina,  and  oxide  of 
zinc.  The  substances  to  be  employed  aie  powdered  and 
mixed  with  water  to  form  a  dough,  which  is  dried  and 
burnt  at  such  a  temperature  that  its  ingredients  will 
sinter  together. — E.  G.  •'. 


Till.— GLASS,  POTTERY  AND  EARTHENWARE. 

A  Xeu:  and  Improved  Process  for  Producing  Ornaments 
and  Lettering  on  Glass,  or  other  Pound  or  Flat  Sub- 
stances, for  Decorating  and  Advertising  Purposes.  F. 
AVinterhotl',  London.  Eng.  Pat.  5978,  May  3,  18S6.  6d. 
GLASSand  other  surfaces  are  sometimes  coated  withasolu- 
tion  of  a  substance  such  as  "asphalte,"  which  is  rendered 
insoluble  by  the  action  of  light.  A  photographic  negative 
is  placed  over  the  coated  surface  and  exposed  to  light, 
part  of  the  coating  is  thus  rendered  insoluble,  the 
remainder  is  dissolved  away,  and  the  portions  nf  the 
glass,  etc.,  so  left  exposed  are  etched  with  hydrofluoric 
or  other  acid.  According  to  this  invention,  the  surface 
to  be  treated  is  coated  with  a  solution  of  asphalte  in 
spirit  of  turpentine.  The  matter  to  be  etched  is  drawn 
or  engraved  on  a  lithographic  stone  or  steel  plate,  from 


Improvements  in  thcMuu  ufacture  ofPorons  Earthenware. 
H.  J.  Allison,  London.  From  C.  G.  Gilman,  Iowa, 
U.S.A.    Eng.  Pat.  15,579,  Nov.  30,  18S6.     Od. 

Clay  is  mixed  with  vegetable  matter,  cut  in  short 
lengths,  pressed,  dried,  burnt  in  a  kiln  and  shaped  with 
edged  tools  to  the  desired  form.—  E.  G.  C. 


The  Manufacture  of  Opaque  Glass  of  a  Xeu-  Colour.     E. 

Moore,  South   Shields.     Eng.    Pat,    4822,    March  31, 

1 887.  4d. 
A  light  brown  or  f  iwn  colour  is  imparted  to  opaque 
glass,  by  adding  to  the  ordinary  batch  used  in  making 
the  glass  any  of  the  following  substances : — Flowers  of 
sulphur,  calcined  oats,  or  other  calcined  cereal,  vine 
stalks,  etc. — E.  G.  C. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS 
AND  CEMENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Processes  and  Manufacture  of 
Cement  in  a  Powdered  Stale,  and  the  Apparatus  relating 
thereto.  F.  W.  S.  Stokes,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  788$, 
June  12,  1S86.     Is.  Id. 

This  is  an  improved  process  which  consists  in  introduc- 
ing finely  powdered  slurry  or  other  cement  material, 
while  held  in  suspension  in  air  or  gas,  into  a  chamber, 
subjecting  it  therein,  while  still  held  in  suspension,  to 
the  action  of  heat,  and  then  separating  the  particles  of 
cement  from  the  gases  or  products  of  combustion. 
Various  improvements  in  apparatus,  etc.,  are  described 
in  detail  in  the  specification,— E.  G,  C, 


548 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Aug.  31.  i?ot. 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etfi. 


Which  Formof  Blast  Furnace  least  hinders  theregular 
descent  of  the  Charge.1  P.  VV.  Lurmann.  Stall] 
u.  Eisen,  1887,  163. 

The  author  considers  thai  the  charge  rests  more  lightly 

in  a  furnace  without,  than  in  one  with  boshes.  A  wide 
furnace  with  hut  slightly  contracted  area  gives  free 
space  for  the  descent  of  the  charge  and  is  indeed 
practically  without  boshes  ;  but  a  furnace  in  which  the 
retarding  action  of  the  boshes  on  the  downcoming 
materials  makes  itself  felt  even  in  the  centre,  is 
objectionable.  A  charcoal  furnace  built  on  the  author's 
principle  was  run  regularly  on  grey,  mottled  or  white 
irons  of  extremely  high  quality,  working  steadily  and 
without  derangement  for  fifteen  months.  It  was 
9  651  metres  high,  1*25  metres  in  diameter  beneath,  and 
1  10  metres  at  the  mouth  ;  from  below,  to  a  height  of 
1-255  metres,  it  rose cylindrically,  and  was  thence  evenly 
reduced  in  diameter,  making  an  inclination  of  1J  with 
the  vertical.  The  furnace  was  of  lOcbm.  capacity,  and 
produced  on  an  average  BOOOkilos.  per  -24  hours,  equiva- 
lent to  1  ton  of  metal  per  diem  per  1  (iTcbm.  capacity  — 
thus  comparing  favourably  with  the  larger  coke  furnaces 
in  (Germany  and  in  the  Cleveland  district,  of  which  the 
outputs  are  1  ton  per  3cbm.  and  per  lOcbm.  respectively. 
On  blowing  out  the  furnace  it  was  found  that  the 
greatest  diameter  was  at  the  tuyeres,  from  which  the 
writer  concludes  that  the  shoulder  of  the  boshes  is  quite 
unnecessary. — W.  G.  M. 


properties.  The  correctness  of  the  theory  that  the 
heating  of  the  blast  facilitate  s  the  reduction  of  deleterious 
bodic  s,  is  therefore  reasonably  open  to  doubt.     \V.  (I.  M. 


Notes  on  the  Recovery  of  Copper,  Lead  and  SUver.Jrom 
Rio  Tinto  Burnt  Ore.      Chem.  Zeit.  11,  753  and  785. 

The    burnt  ore  coming  from  the  pyrites  kilns  tests   as 
follows : — 

Fe-,03 77  00    —  7S'00  % 

FeS 3"7o    —    4-00 

CuO 2-75    —    2!)0 

S   3-00    —    8-50 

CuS Io0    —    1-75 

Pb    0-30    —    O'.iil 

Ag    0-0025—    00050 

The  result  of  a  year's  working  (ISSli)  at  a  well-managed 
works  was  as  follows  : — 


Chemical    Notes   for     Fovndrymcn.       Otto    Gmelin. 

Oesterr.  Zttehr.  f.  Berg.  n.  Hutlenw.  Is>7,  155. 
(hi  the  Introduction  of  the  Blast  and  the  Formation 
of  Carbonic  Oxide  in  the  Cvpola  and  matters  connected 
therewith. — The  lowest  /one  of  the  charge  should,  as  far 
as  practicable,  be  evenly  penetrated  by  the  blast,  to 
ensure  complete  combustion  and  a  uniformly  high  tem- 
perature. The  blast  pressure  for  large  cupolas  should 
not  exceed  55cm.  of  water,  and  should  be  even  less  for 
those  of  which  the  shaft  diameter  is  under  800mm.  ;  a 
stronger  blast  produces  a  cold  blown  metal.  Two 
tuyeres  "ill  generally  lie  sufficient,  but  the  actual 
number  is  of  little  consequence,  provided  that  the  re- 
lation of  the  aggregate  areas  of  the  tuyeres  to  that  of  the 
shaft  be  not  less  than  1  :  2'5  :  the  arrangement  of  tuyeres 
in  two  superposed  bands  has  no  advantages  over  the 
usual  disposition.  The  diameter  of  the  shaft  should  not 
excet  (1  900mm.  ;  works  requiring  to  run  down  more  than 
(jOOOkilos.  per  hour  would  find  two  cupolas  preferable  to 
one  of  larger  size.  Finding  that  a  cupola  gives  so  much 
the  more  favourable  results  the  lower  ihe  zone  of  high 
temperature  is  maintained,  the  author  has  constructed  a 
water-cooled  furnace  with  double  sheet  metal  casing, 
and  has  found  it  to  give  most  satisfactory  results. 

— W.  G.  M. 

Improvements  in  the  Process  of  obtaining  Alloys  of 
Aluminium  with  Copper  ami  with  other  Metals.  J. 
(lark,  Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat.  10,594,  August  IS, 
1SS6.     (id. 

HYDRATED  aluminium  chloride,  obtained  by  treating 
clay  or  other  aluminous  matter  with  aqua  recjia  or 
commercial  hydrochloric  acid,  is  heated  with  a  [educing 
agent;  a  mixture  of  3i  parts  of  granulated  zinc  with  1 
part  of  iron  borings  is  preferred,  but  ammonia  or  its 
bicarbonate  may  be  employed  instead.  The  residue  is 
then  mixed  with  a  suitable  proportion  of  shot  copper 
and  with  fluxes,  and  fused  in  crucibles  to  melt  the 
alloy,  and  to  volatilise  the  chlorides  of  the  reducing 
metals— W.  G.  M. 


Burnt  Ore  worked  up. 

Metallic  Copper. 

Sulphiite  of  Lea  '. 

silver  Preaipitate. 

Flue-dust. 

10.000.0CO  Kilos. 

ljs.000  Kilos. 

71,000  Kilos. 

3,109  Kilos. 

30,000  Kilos. 

(28    „  Pb) 

(48    .   Pb) 

(20  _  C'u) 

(1-1-5  %  Ag) 

[20  .  Ag) 

(.-.      Pb) 

(0G01S  \  Au) 

(0  031  \  An) 

On  the  Influence  of  a  Heated  Blast  on  the  Composition 
of  the  resulting  Pig  Iron.  A.  Ledebur.  Stahl  u. 
Eisen,  1SS7,  10S. 
The  author  has  experimented  with  two  samples  of 
foundry  pig  produced  from  precisely  the  same  materials, 
but  one  with  a  heavy  charge  of  fuel  and  with  cold  blast, 
the  other  with  a  blast  heated  to  350"  C.  The  fractures 
were  alike  that  of  a  good  grey  charcoal  pig  ;  the  only 
noteworthy  differences  in  composition  being  observed  in 
the  percentages  of  carbon  and  silicon,  the  carbon  in 
the  cold  blast  metal  being  4363,  and  in  the  hot  blast 
iron  4063 — an  increase  in  the  former,  due  probably  to 
the  longer  period  of  exposure  to  the  carburiring  in- 
fluences, owing  to  the  greater  proportion  of  fuel  in  the 
charge.  The  silicon  was  lower  in  the  cold  blast  pig,  the 
proportion  being  0*635;  1*168.  Hence  it  is  probable 
that  the  cold  blast  metal  was  slightly  the  stronger  of  the 
two.  The  question  whether  foreign  earths  existing  in 
the  charge  are  mote  largely  reduced  at  the  higher  tem- 
perature of  the  hot  blastfurnace  is  negatived  by  the 
fact  that  aluminium,  titanium,  calcium  and  mag- 
nesium are  rarely  found  in  the  pig  mid  never  in  sufficient 
quantity     to     i'nlluence    appreciably     its     mechanical 


-S.  H. 

Imp/art  minis  in  the  Vendue!  inn  and  Treatment  of  Steel. 

R.  Hadlield,  Sheffield.     Eng.  Pat.  566,  Jan.   13,  1S86. 

6d.     Amended  Specification. 

The  emendation  consists  in  a  slight   variation   of   the 

amounts  of  silicon  and  manganese  originally  employed. 

— W.  G.  M. 


XL- FATS,  OILS  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Fish  and  other 
Matters  t<i  Extract  till  or  Fat  therefrom  and  in  Appa- 
ratus to  be  employed  therein.  J.  S.  Edwards,  East- 
bourne.    Eng.  Pat.  6736,  May  19,  1SS6.     Bd. 

The  fish  or  other  material  is  placed  in  a  closed  vessel, 
connected  with  a  steam  boiler  by  pipes  which  run  both 
from  its  top  ami  bottom.  A  constant  circulation  of  hot 
water  is  thereby  maintained,  so  that  the  fat  is  w  ashed  out. 
From  the  mixture  thus  obtained,  the  fat  is  separated 
by  simple  subsidi  nee.  In  some  cases,  pumps  may  be 
used  to  draw  or  suck  the  hot  water  through,  or  any 
other  liquid  heavier  than  the  fat,  as  e.g.  petroleum, 
may  be  employed.     Drawings  arc  given.— NY.  L.  C, 


auk. 3i,  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


549 


On    the   Non-acid    Constituents    of   Bees-wax.      F.    R. 
Schwalb.     Arch.   I'liarm.  13,  979. 

The  author  has  carefully  re-investigated  the  matter 
with  the  following  results:— (1)  Besides  higher  fatly 
acids  and  alcohols,  beeswax  contains  hydrocarbons,  two 
of  which  boiling  at  60o"  and  68°  were  isolated.  (2)  The 
highest  melting  alcohol  has  the  formula  C,  ,  II ,  ,<  *  (not 
C3I)H|,0,  as  stated  by  Brodie).  (3)  Besides  mvricylal- 
cohol,  beeswax  contains  cervl  alcohol  (C .. .  11 .,,  ( >),  and 
a  third  alcohol  (C.,- H5.,<  .>).—  F.  W.  T.  K.  ' 


always  very  slightly  cooler  than  the  fatty  matters, 
instead  of  being  much  hotter,  as  is  often  the  case,  much 
to  the  detriment  of  the  distilled  product.  Another 
feature  of  the  apparatus  is  that  the  latent  heat  Of  the 
fatty  acid  vapours  is  utilised  to  heat  the  fatty  acids  that 
are  to  be  distilled,  when  the  apparatus  is  worked  con- 
tinuously. Great  economy  in  fuel,  and  great  improve- 
ment in  the  product?,  are  claimed  for  the  arrangement. 

-W.L.i. 


Improvements  in   Apparatus   for  Expressing   Oil  from 
Oleaginous  Substances,    and  for    similar   purposes. 

H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  La  Socielc  Anonyme 
du  Compresseur  Jourdan,  Paris,  Fiance.  Eng.  1'at. 
10.S33,  August  24,  1SS6.     lid. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  hydraulic  press  with  two 
rams  and  two  receptacles  so  arranged  that  while  the 
compressed  cakes  are  being  prepared  in  or  removed 
from  one,  fresh  material  for  compression  can  be  intro- 
duced into  the  other.  The  apparatus  therefore  performs 
double  the  work  of  an  ordinary  press.  In  some  casc> 
the  receptacles  are  mounted  on  rollers  and  transported 
fiom  the  compressing  ram  to  the  emptying  rams.  Filter 
plates  of  peculiar  and  special  construction  are  employed. 
Elaborate  drawings  are  given. — W.  L.  C. 


XII— PAIKTS,  YAMISHES  AND  EESIKS. 

On  the  Changes  which  Vulcanised  Caoutchouc  undergoes. 

Balland.v  Pbarm.  (.'him.  15,  417. 
VBEY  elastic  caoutchouc  tubing  becomes  gradually 
covered  with  white  spots,  which  penetrate  into  the  in- 
terior, in  consequence  of  which  the  caoutchouc  loses  some 
of  its  elasticity.  Later,  the  tubes  break  on  stretching, 
even  if  previously  laid  in  warm  water,  and  finally  they 
crack  if  pressed  between  the  lingers.  This  change  the 
author  puts  down  to  a  very  slow  formation  of  sulphuric 
acid  by  the  action  of  moist  air  on  the  sulphur  contained 
in  the  caoutchouc.  By  frequent  washing  with  slightly 
alkaline  water  the  action  of  the  acid  is  prevented.  Tubes 
which  were  wa.-hed  live  or  six  times  a-)  ear  remained 
perfectly  elastic. — A.  K. 


-1  Process  for  the  Treatment  of  Wool  Fat  to  Produce 
Unguent  Material  therefrom.  H.  W.  Langbeck,  Lon- 
don.    Eng.  Pat.  11,192,  Sept.  12,  1S86.     6d. 

The  raw  fat  is  treated  with  solvents,  such  as  a  mixture 
of  alcohol  and  carbon  disulnhide,  to  remove  the  fatty 
acids,  cholesterin,  etc.,  and  the  remaining  fat  is  treated 
with  animal  charcoal  (preferably  "Prussia  waste"),  and 
from  this  mixture  the  pure  wool  fat  is  dissolved  out  by 
benzine,  naphtha,  etc.,  the  solvent  being  in  its  turn 
removed  by  the  injection  of  steam. — AY.  L.  C. 


An  Improved   Washing  Ponder.      J.  E.  Quajle,  Liver- 
pool.    Eng.  Pat.  11,560,  Sept.  11,  1886.  "  4d. 

Carbolic  acid  hard  soap  and  the  ordinary  dry  soap  of 
commerce  are  dried  and  ground  together  in  equal 
weights.— W.  L.  C. 

A  New  or  Improved  Process  for  Oxidising  Oils  and  Fats 
and  other  Organic  Substances.  C.  Schill  and  C. 
Seilacher,  Stuttgart,  Germanv.  Eng.  Pat.  12,799, 
Oct.  6,  1886.     6d. 

Train  oil  or  other  fat,  heated  to  120°  C,  is  supplied  to 
an  injector  apparatus,  which  is  worked  by  heated  air  at  4 
or  5  atmospheres'  pressure.  The  "grease-mist''  thus  pro- 
duced is  condensed  in  suitable  chambers.  Ozonised  air, 
or  a  mixture  of  air  and  ammonia,  may  be  employed  with 
advantage  in  some  cases. — W.  L.  C. 


Obtaining  certain  Products  or  Substances  from  Essence 
of  Birch-Bark,  and  utilising  thi    tame  in  the  Manu- 
facture   or    Production     of    certain     Compounds    or 
Substances.    W.  L.  Wise,  London.    From  E.  Mourlot, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  7903,  June  12,  1886.     6d. 
The   inventor   obtains  from  essence  of  birch  bark,    by 
rectification,   an   essential    oil,  which   possesses   among 
other  properties  that  of  being  fatal  to  "  insect  life,"  and 
an  electrically  insulating  tarry  substance.     These  two 
products  are  "so  treated  and  combined  with  other  sub- 
stances as  to  produce  an  ami  oxidising  material  and  an 
insulating  substance   capable  of  the  same  applications 
as  ebonite.     Among  the  other  ingredients  employed,  in 
additon  to  the  products  from  the  essence  of  birch  baik, 
are  caoutchouc,  sulphur,  chalk,  talc,  litharge,  antimony 
sulphide,  kaolin,  zinc  white  and  red  ochre.  —  E.  G.  C. 


A  Process  far  Extracting  Oil  or  other  Lubricants  from 
Greasy  Waste  or  Cleaning  Cloths,  and  for  Making  the 
Extracted  Grease  into  Soap.  S.  Schotield.  Eng.  Pat. 
5960,  April  23,  18S7.     4d. 

The  cloths,  etc.,  to  be  extracted  are  put  into  a  washing 
machine  with  an  alkaline  solution.  The  soapy  water 
thus  produced  is  decomposed  with  acid,  the  lesulting 
rough  grease  pressed  and,  if  desired,  re-saponified. 

— W.  L.  C. 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Fatt;/  Acids  by 

Means  of  Superheated  Stea/n.     W.  Sanzenbacher  and 

S   Tanatar,  Odessa,  Russia.     Eng.  Pat.  69S6,  May  12, 

1887.     Sd. 

In  the  ordinary   plant  for  distilling  fats,  the  steam  is 

superheated  in  a  furnace  separate  from  the  still.     In  the 

arrangement  here  patented,  the  superheating  coils  are 

inside  the  still,  and  are  so  arranged  that,  until  the  steam 

reaches  200°  C,  it  escapes  into  the  air,  after  which  it  is 

turned  into  the  fatty  matters.     The  steam  is,  therefore, 


.1  New  or  Improved  Manufacture  and  Process  of 
Production  of  Material  that  can  be  used  as  or  in  the 
Making  of  Substitutes  for  Indiarubber,  Varnish, 
Icon/.  WhaUboni  and  other  Substances.  F.  Greening, 
I  x bridge.  Eng.  Pat.  S442,  June  2d,  1SS6.  6d. 
Fibrous  substance  of  any  suitable  kind,  such  as 
paper,  old  rag,  grass,  cotton,  etc.,  is  saturated  with  a 
mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  nitrate,  and 
maintained  for  about  2(1—24  hours  at  a  temperature  of 
from  75'  to  90  F.  The  converted  fibre  is  then  freed  from 
excess  of  the  mixture  by  pressure  or  otherwise,  washed 
with  water  and  dried  sutlieiently  to  be  submitted  to  a 
suitable  bath  for  neutralising  the  excess  of  acid.  'Such 
a  bath  mav  be  of  liquid  carbonic  acid,  or  carbonic  acidgas 
may  be  used.  The  tibious  mass  is  to  be  thorougnly 
impregnated  with  the  carbonic  acid,  and  afterwards 
allowed  to  dry  ;  when  dry  it  will  be  ready  to  be  treated 
with  a  suitable  solvent  or  solvents.''  A  ?uitable  solvent 
is  produced  as  follows  :— To  lOOgalls.  of  methylated 
alcohol  are  added  from  25— 301b.  of  refined  colophony, 
from  10 — 121b.  gum  benzoin  and  from  SO — 1001b.  of 
castor  oil.  The  mixture  is  distilled  until  the  tempera- 
ture reaches  300—320'  F.,  and  the  distillate  is  dried 
by  quicklime  or  calcium  chloride.  The  residue 
in  the  retort  is  suitable  for  waterproofing  or  for  mixing 
with  the  prepared  base  before  described.— E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Indiarubber 
Waterproof  Textile  Fabrics.  P.  M.  Matthew,  jun., 
Edinburgh.  Eng.  Pat.  9337,  July  19,  1886,  6d. 
FOR  several  years  waterproof  textures  have  been  made 
by  coating  various  fabrics  with  a  thin  film  of  india- 
rubber,  and  coating  the  surface  so  obtained  with  a  layer 


530 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [AuB.Sl,lS8T. 


of  farina  or  other  substance  capable  of  producing  a 
lustrous  or  ornamental  effect.  This  inventor  covers  the 
indiarnbber  surface  with  some  light  fabiic  of  an  open 
nature,  such  as  lace  or  similar  material,  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  greater  part  oi  the  robber  surface 
remains  exposed.  The  network  or  open  fabric  is  attached 
under  considerable  pressure  to  the  rubber  surface  while 
the  latter  is  still  tacky  or  adhesive.  The  farina  or 
other  ornamental  material  is  then  spread  over  the  whole 
surface,  and  adheres  to  those  portions  of  the  india- 
rubber  which  are  still  exposed.  The  fabric  may  be 
vulcanised  either  before  or  after  the  application  of  the 
farina  or  ornamental  powder. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  relating  to  means  for  rendering  Tex- 
tile Fabrics  and  other  Substances  Impermeable,  or 
for  Protecting  them  from  Injury  by  Moisture.  W. 
1!.  Lake,  London.  From  C.  Orlay,  Milan,  Italy.  Eng. 
Pat.  10,828,  August  24,  1886.     6d. 

The  inventor  claims  to  be  able  to  retain  acetate  of  alu- 
mina in  the  libre.  "  by  means  of  a  pitchy  varnish,  insolu- 
ble and  not  powdery,  without  however  obstructing  the 
pores  of  the  fabric."  This  substance,  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  fabric  and  its  colour,  is  applied  in  either  a 
dry  or  a  hot  state,  after  they  have  been  subjected  to 
baths  of  acetate  of  alumina,  soap  and  alum,  and  after 
tliev  have  been  diied  in  a  drying  sto\e  at  about  30°  C. 

The  soap  bath  is  made  up  with  either  a  solution 
of  soap  of  1,2  or  3  per  cent,  or  an  emulsion  of  soap, 
paraffin  and  resin.  The  alum  bath  contains  4  per  cent, 
of  alum.  For  cloth,  a  gall-nut  bath  comes  before  the 
alumina  process  and  then  Btoving  with  hot  plates  not 
exceeding  36 — 40"  C.  The  next  process  consists  in  treating 
with  the  following  substances  :— Paraffin  wax,  wax  and 
vaselin,  the  proportions  of  each  varying  according  to 
the  nature  and  thickness  of  the  fabric.  A  metallic 
soap,  such  as  of  iron,  copper,  zinc  or  the  like  may  be 
added  according  to  the  colour  desired.  Besides  for 
paper,  pasteboard,  etc.,  this  preparation  also  serves  for 
treating  leather,  hides,  ropes,  etc.,  also  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  awnings.— H.  A,  K. 


Manufacture  of  Material  for  Jit  mural  of  Old  Paint.  M. 
Benedictus,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat.  10,960, 
August  27,  IS86.     6d. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  a  material 
which,  when  laid  by  a  brush  or  spatula  on  old  paint, 
has,  in  the  course  of  an  hour  or  h  ss,  such  action  on  the 
paint  that  the  whole  can  be  readily  sponged  ell'  with 
water  without  any  scraping.  The  material  in  question 
consists  of  a  mixture  of  water,  (lour  or  meal,  alum,  black 
soap,  with  caustic  soda  and  caustic  potash. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  Making  WhitePaint,  J.  B.  Hannay, 
Dumbarton,  and  E.  J.  Pape,  Oxton.  Eng.  Pat.  9581, 
July  24,  1886.     4d. 

Oxide  of  zinc  is  combined  with  a  white  pigment,  con- 
sisting principally  of  sulphite  or  chlorosulphite  of  lead, 
the  mixture  being  subsequently  ground  up  with  a  suit- 
able oil  or  medium  to  form  the  paint. — E.  G.  C. 

The  Manufacture  (if  a  Transparent  Flexiblt  Material 
Suitable  for  all  Purposes  when  a  Transparent,  Flexibl< 
ami  Light  Material  is  required,  such  as  a  Base  for 
Photographic  Pictures,  Transparent  Show  Cards, 
Artistic  It'"/'/.',  Similar  and  other  Purposes.  F.  H. 
Froedman,  Dublin.  Eng.  Pat.  10,659,  August  20, 
1S86.     6d. 

This  invention  consists  in  rendering  gelatin  or  other 
colloid  insoluble  with  chromium  salts  and  convert- 
ing these  bodies  into  colourless  transparent  and 
pliable  films  by  means  of  sulphurous  acid  or  its  com- 
pounds. Gelatin  is  softened  in  water,  then  dissolved 
in  a  certain  quantity  of  water  on  the  water-bath  and 
bichromate  of  potash  added.  Alcohol,  and  if  necessary 
a  small  proportion  of  glycerine,  is  also  added.  Clean 
glass  plates  which  have  been  dusted  with  French  chalk 
are  coated  with  enamel  collodion,  and  when  set,  immersed 
in  water  till  the  coated  surface  is  free  from  greasiness. 
The  plates  are  then  coated  with  the  hot  gelatin  solution 
and  dried  at  65—70°  F.  When  dry  they  are  exposed 
to  light  and  then  washed  in  water,  after  which  they  are 
immersed  in  a  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  or  its  com- 
pounds, and  when  sufficiently  acted  on  are  thoroughly 
washed  and  the  n  dried.  The  following  is  a  mixture 
which  may  be  used  advantageously  :— Best  hard  gelatin 
3  parts,  water  24  parts,  4  parts  of  a  6  per  cent,  solution 
of  bichromate  of  1  otash,  alcohol  4  parts,  glycerin  J  part. 

— B.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  fur  the  Manufacture  of 
Varnish.  W.  L.  Wise,  London.  From  P.  Lehmann, 
Dresden,  Germany.   Eng.  Pat.  6323,  April  30, 1887.  6d. 

This  inventor  claims— (1)  an  apparatus  heated  by  super- 
heated steam  for  melting  resins,  such  as  amber  and  copal, 
consisting  mainly  of  a  melting  vessel  provided  with  a 
rising  body  and  cover,  and  surrounded  by  a  steam  jacket; 
and  (2)  the  use  in  conjunction  with  this  apparatus  of  a 
vessel,  surrounded  by  a  steam  jacket,  into  which  the 
waste  steam  from  the  melting  apparatus  is  introduced, 
to  heat  the  oil  varnish  before  and  during  its  mixture  with 
the  melted  resin.  — E.  t ;.  C. 


Improvements  in   Compositions  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Articles    hi/    Moulding,   Carving  or    Turning,   or  of 

Varnish  and  Lacquer,  and  tor  similar  Purposes. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  E.  N.  Todd,  Newark,  New 
Jersey,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  6870,  May  10,  1887.    4d. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  effect  the  solution  or 
conversion  of  soluble  nitrocellulose  by  means  of  a 
"  latent  solvent  "  other  than  camphor,  and  also  to  enable 
solutions  of  pyroxylin  dissolved  in  any  of  the  known 
solvents  and  mixed  with  any  of  the  known  menstrua, 
to  be  used  as  lacquers  or  varnishes,  which  shall  be 
free  from  iridtscence  or  irregularities.  These  de- 
siderata  are  attained  by  the  use  of  balsam  of  tolu, 
which  the  inventor  has  found  to  be  a  -'latent  solvent  " 
of  pyroxylin,  in  place  of  camphor. — E.  G.  C. 


Imj  rorements  in  the  Manvfwluri  of  1'ii  ment  or  Paint. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  J.  P.  Perkins,  Pullman, 
U.S.A.  Erg.  Pat.  75C4,  May  25,  1887.  6d. 
The  inventor  reduces  silicate  iion  slag  to  a  granular  or 
pulverulent  form,  calcines  it  and  niixis  it  with  oil  or 
some  other  suitable  vehicle.  Colouring  matters  may  be 
added,  with  the  \iew  of  pn  dueing  other  than  the 
natural  shades  of  the  calcined  material. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Fireproofmg  Fluids 
or  Faints,  to  be  applied  to  Tut  Hi  and  other  Inflam- 
mable Mali  rials.  G.  Harrison  and  U.  Trimming, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  7809,  May  28,  1887.     4d. 

The  articles  to  be  tireproofed  are  dipped  in  a  solution 
prepared  by  adding  to  one  gallon  of  water  sixteen 
ounces  each  of  ammonium  sulphate,  powdered  boiax, 
and  potash  alum,  and  one  ounce  of  boracic  acid.  After 
immersion,  the  materials  are  wrung  out,  dried  and 
ironed  in  the  ordinary  way.  The  paint  is  prepared  by 
tiist  mixing  with  the  above  preparation  enough  whiten- 
ing to  form  a  thin  paste  and  then  adding  boiling  size 
until  the  mixture  is  thinned  to  the  gauge  of  ordinary 
paint.  Any  colour  may  be  imparted  to  the  paint  in  the 
usual  way. — E.  G.  C. 


XIIL-TAMING,   LEATHER,  GLUE  AND  SIZE. 

Tannin  from    Oak   Wood.     C.  Bottinger.     Ber.  20, 
761-766. 

The  author  has  investigated  the  tannin  of  oak  wood, 
which  has  of  late  occurred  largely  in  commerce  in  the 
form  of  an  extract.  In  order  to  separate  the  tannin  he 
used  the  method  previously  described  by  him  (this 
Journal,  1884,  526),  which  consists  in  converting  it  into 


Aug.  si.  188-.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


551 


the  acetyl  compound.  Acet-tannin  from  oak  wood  is  a 
greyish-white  heavy  powder,  soluble  in  water  and  cold 
alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  boiling  absolute  alcohol  ;  it 
slowly  loses  acetic  acid  on  exposure  to  the  air.  On 
analysis  it  gives  numbers  corresponding  to  the  formula 
CigH.tCgHjOjgOg.  Fused  with  potash  it  is  decomposed, 
yielding  acetic  acid,  protocatechuie  acid  and  an  undeter- 
mined phenol.  It  is  also  decomposed,  yielding  the  corres- 
ponding tannin  by  heating  for  two  hours  with  water  in  a 
sealed  tube  at  135'  with  frequent  shaking  and  subsequent 
treatment  with  water  and  absolute  alcohol.  The  tannin 
from  oak  wood  thus  purified  forms  a  light  yellow 
hygroscopic  powder  readily  soluble  in  water  ;  the  aqueous 
solution  gives  no  precipitate  with  bromine,  but  a  brown 
precipitate  with  excess  of  caustic  soda,  a  yellowish- 
white  precipitate  with  lead  acetate  and  a  tlocculent 
precipitate  with  gelatine  solution  :  with  solutions 
of  the  alkaline  earths  it  only  giv<  s  a  precipitate  after 
addition  of  ammonia.  When  dried  in  a  desiccator  the 
substance  gives  numbers  corresponding  to  the  formula 
C16H,.,09  +  2H,,O,  and  on  heating  it  loses  1  molecule  of 
water  at  100'  and  the  second  at  125°  without  alteration 
of  properties.  Tannin  from  oak  wood  is  not  soluble  in  a 
mixture  of  bromineand  water,  differinginthisrespect  from 
the  sumach-tannin  and  its  acetyl  compound.  When 
heated  at  130'  with  bromine  water,  it  appears  to  yield 
the  same  substance  as  the  bromine  derivatives  of  oak- 
bark  tannin,  hemlock  tannin  and  the  tannin  of  Terra 
japonica. 

The  acet-tannin  from  oak  wood  when  treated  with 
bromine  in  chloroform  solution  yields  a  substance  which 
appears  to  be  a  monobromo-derivative  containing  one 
acetyl  group.  This  substance  can  be  easily  converted 
into  a  higher  bromine  derivative  by  adding  excess  of 
bromine  to  the  chloroform  solution  and  warming  the 
precipitated  oil  at  40 — 50°  ;  the  product  has  the  composi- 
tion C,  sH.BrJC.H.OK),,. 

The  author  concludes  from  the  foregoing  experiments 
that  oak-wood  tannin  is  the  methyl  salt  of  digallic  acid, 
and  that  it  has  quite  a  different  constitution  to  tannin, 
as  shown  by  its  action  towards  bromine,  alkalis  and 
moulds  (PeniciUium  glaitc.,  etc.).  With  the  two  latter  it 
forms  gallic  acid. — G.  H.  M. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Hide  or  Skins.    J.  Townsend, 
Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.'lO,9S7,  Aug.  2S,  1S86.     6d. 

The  hides  or  skins  are  first  steeped  in  a  solution  of 
aluminate  of  soda  or  potash,  containing  lib.  aluminate 
per  gallon.  After  a  few  days  of  this  treatment  the 
hair  can  be  removed.  The  hides  or  skins,  having,  by 
preference,  been  washed  with  water,  are  next  placed  iii 
a  solution  containing  2 — i  per  cent,  of  boracic  acid,  and 
are  again  washed  with  water.  The  hides  or  skins  may 
be  then  tanned  in  the  ordinary  way  or  otherwise  treated. 
The  treatment  with  boracic  acid  may  also  be  used  for 
hides  or  skins  which  have  been  "limed,"  the  boracic 
acid  removing  the  lime.  Sulphate  or  other  soluble  salt 
of  alumina  may  be  used  along  with  the  boracic  acid,  and 
instead  of  first  treating  the  hides  or  skins  with  aluminate 
of  soda  or  potash,  or  after  so  treating  them,  silicate  of 
soda  or  potash  of  a  strength  of  about  IS"  Tw.  niav  be 
used.— B.  H.  

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Drying  Hides,  Shins 
and  other  Articles  or  Mali  rials.  j.  H.  I.orimer 
Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  16,411,  Dec  14 
18S6.     8d. 

This  invention  has  reference  to  improved  drying 
apparatus,  whereby  the  materials  to  be  dried  may  be 
passed  through  the  apparatus  in  a  limited  time  "and 
exposed  to  mechanical  air  draughts.  For  this  purpose 
are  provided  one  or  more  tubular  passage  ways  or 
chambers,  through  which  trucks  containing  the  material 
to  be  dried  are  passed.  The  movement  of  the  vehicle 
through  the  chamber  is  made  intermittent,  being 
arrested  at  certain  distances  by  a  suitable  stop,  and 
this  movement  may  be  made  either  automatic  or  con- 
trolled by  hand.  Through  the  chamber,  in  an  op- 
posite   direction    to    the    movement    of     the    vehicle 


air  currents  are  caused  to  pass  by  a  fan  or  other 
mechanical  means,  and  this  air  may  be  either  cold  or 
heated,  pure  or  impregnated  with  disinfecting  or 
bleaching  substances.  When  desirable,  two  or  more 
passage  ways  may  be  connected  together,  so  that  a  truck 
can  be  run  successively  through  each  of  them.  Draw- 
ings are  given. — B.  II. 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,  MAKUB.ES,  Etc. 

On  the  Assumed  Loss  of  Nitrogen  in  Mixtures  of  Super' 
phosphates  with  Nitre,  u.  GiUsefeld.  Chem.  Zeit. 
11,  591. 
The  author  describes  experiments  to  prove  that  mix- 
tures of  superphosphate  with  nitre  suffer  no  loss  of 
nitrogen,  and  attributes  the  reason  of  the  loss  in  such 
cases  where  it  has  been  known  to  occur  to  the  adventi- 
tious presence  of  free  sulphuric  acid.  He  shares  the 
opinion  of  Peterman  in  opposition  to  that  of  Andouard 
on  this  question. — G.  H.  B. 


On 


A. 


the  Action    of  Superphosphates  on    NitraU  s, 
Andouard.     Compt.  Bend.  1C4,  583 — 585. 

The  author's  experiments  show  that  mixtures  of  Chili 
saltpetre  and  superphosphates  experience  a  great  loss  of 
;  nitrogen,  due  to  the  formation  of  nitric  acid  and  its  sub- 
sequent reduction.  A  marked  diminution  in  organic 
nitrogen  is  also  found  tooccur.  Mixtures  to  which  ammo- 
nium sulphate  had  been  added  showed  a  loss  of  ammo- 
niacal  nitrogen  as  well.  The  decomposition  starts  at 
temperatures  between  25 — 30C. ,  but  once  started  it  goes  on 
even  at  15 — 12°  C.  An  intimate  mixing  of  superphos- 
phate with  Chili  saltpetre  should,  therefore,  be  avoided. 
— F.  W.  T.  K. 

On  the  Relations  between  Plants  and  Inorganic  Nitrogen 
Compounds.  Dr.  H.  Molisch  (Akademie  der  Wissens- 
chaften,  Wien).     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  GOT. 

The  following  are  the  most  important  results  arrived  at 
by  the  author: — 1.  Nitrates  occur  throughout  the  vege- 
table kingdom,  but  are  found  in  much  larger  quantities 
in     herbaceous     plants    than     in    trees.      2.  Nitrites, 
although   occurring   frequently  in    the    soil,    were    not 
found  in  any  of  the  plants  (100)  investigated.     Nitrites, 
when  absorbed  by  the  plants,  are  rapidly  reduced  ;  and 
this    is    clearly  the    reason    why  they    can    never     be 
detected.     On   the  other    hand,    nitrates    may    remain 
without  change  within  the  plant-cells  for  weeks  or  even 
months.     3.  Even  in  dilute  solutions  (01     to  001  per 
cent.),   nitrites— unlike  nitrates— act  prejudicially  upon 
some    plants.      4.  When     plants      are    supplied     with 
nitrogen  in  the  form  of  nitrites  or  ammonia,   they    are 
|  never  found    to  contain  nitrates  ;   it  follows  from  this 
that  their  nitric  acid  is  not  produced    by  the  oxidation 
either   of  nitrous  acid   or  ammonia.     Contrary  to  the 
views  of  Berthelot  and  Andre,  plants  (with  perhaps  the 
exception  of   bacteria)  have  not  the   power  of  convert- 
ing   nitrogen  compounds  into    nitrates.     Plants    obtain 
their  nitrates  simply    by  absorption  ;    and  when    they 
contain  more  than  the  soil,  the  apparent  production  is 
only  due  to    a  process  of  accumulation.     5.  Diphenyl- 
amine    dissolved     in    sulphuric    acid    is  a    convenient 
reagent  for  detecting    nitrates  under   the  microscope  : 
but  the  reaction  is  sometimes  masked   by  the  action  of 
the    acid    upon  the    tissues.     6.  The     communication 
contains  some   further  observations  upon  the  localised 
occurrence  of  substances  which  produce  a  blue  colour, 
both  with   guaiacum   emulsion    and  potassium   iodide 
starch  paste.— D.  E.  J. 

On  the  Composition  of  Thomas  Slag.  Bucking  and  Linck- 
Stahl  u.  Eisen,  7,  245. 

It  has  been  incorrectly  supposed  that  the  crystalline 
concretions  formed  in  the  cellular  spaces  in  Thomas 
slag  and  the  coarsely  crystalline  phosphatic  slags  con- 
sist almost  entirely  of  tetrabasic  calcium  phosphate.  If 
the  not  too  finely-powdered  slag  be  sifted  from  the  fine 

B 


552 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Atig.  si.  1887. 


lin.-t,  and  the  particles  of  iron  be  removed  by  magnets, 
a  further  separation  ran  be  effected  by  means  of  solu- 
tions of  high  specific  gravity,  and  the  three  must  im- 
portant bodies  contained  in  the  slag  n  aj  i  e  si  parately 
obtained  in  a  homogeneous  condition  suitable  for 
erystallogiaphic  observation.  The  authors  found  :- 
1.  Slender  six  sided  needles,  the  ends  showing  usually  a 
cleavage  on  which  smooth  pyramidal  faces  were  not 
observed.  The  chemical  composition  corresponded 
nearly  to  the  formula  A<  !a  PsOs  -  e'a.Sio.,  so  that  the 
phosphoric  acid  is  tribasic  in  this  compound,  as  is 
further  proved  by  the  yellow  precipitate  of  silver 
phosphate  pioduced  with  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate. 
In  many  respects  these  crystals  resemble  apatite  and 
may  be  considered  as  closely  analogous  thereto.  2. 
A  body  difficult  to  isolate  from  the  two  accompanying 
forms,  crystallising  in  the  monoclinic  system  and 
approximating  in  composition  to  the  formula  -il'a  I' ..O. 
+  3Ca,Si06.  The  crystals  are  very  small,  possessing  a 
brilliant  lustre  and  showing  a  striking  dichroism 
between  light  blue  and  intense  blue.  3.  The  principal 
constituent  of  the  coarsely  crystalline  phosphalic  slags. 
It  crystallises  sometimes  in  thin  plates  J  to  Anim.  in 
thickness  and  5  to  15mm.  in  length,  sometimes  quite 
clear  and  colourless,  sometimes  more  or  less  coloured 
and  cloudy  and  holding  particles  of  slag.  The  crystals 
belong  to  the  rhombic  system  and  correspond  nearly  to 
the  formula  Ca^PjO,.  Other  compounds  found  in 
Thomas  slag  are  still  under  investigation.— G.  H.  B. 


Is  Nitric  Add  funned    in    the    Higher  Plants/      U. 
Kreusler.    Ber.  £0,  999— 1C01. 

The  author  has  canied  out  a  series  of  experiments 
with  potatoes  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  the  nitrates 
which  are  generally  found  in  growing  plants  are 
formed  from  other  nitrogenous  constituents  during 
the  growth  of  the  plant,  or  are  directly  obtained 
from  the  surrounding  media.  The  results  lead 
the  author  to  the  conclusion  that  nitrates  are  not 
formed  during  the  growth,  but  that  the  condi- 
tions of  their  presence  must  be  looked  for  outside  the 
plant.— G.  H.  M. 

Investigation  on  the  Water  Capacity  of  Soils.     Part  II. 
E.  Wollny.     Agriculturphysik,  18S6,  361— 378. 

For  the  first  communication  (see  Bied.  Centr.  15,  225), 
the  author  arrives  at  the  following  conclusions,  based  on 
his  experiments  : — I.  The  water  capacity  (measured  by 
volumes)  of  a  soil  diminishes  with  a  rise  in  temperatuie. 
The  opposite  is  the  case  with  peat.  This  diminution  is 
relatively  greater  the  larger  the  pores  in  the  soil.  II.  («) 
The  freezing  of  the  water  in  soils  usually  causes  a  dimi- 
nution in  their  water  capacity.  (b)  This  latter  result 
is  merely  transient  in  the  case  of  soils  of  only  a  slightly 
cohesive  character — i.e.,  coarsely  granular,  sandy,  poor 
in  vegetable  matter.  It  is  of  a  more  permanent  natui e 
in  the  case  of  soils  which  show  a  tendency  to  form 
crams— e.g.,  finely  granular,  argillaceous  soils,  or  soils 
rich  in  vegetable  matter,  (c)  The  result  mentioned  in 
(n)  is  more  marked,  the  greater  the  quantity  of  water  in 
the  soil,  and  the  more  frequently  (within  certain  limits) 
the  fiosts  alternate  with  thaws.  (<l)  In  the  case  of 
crummy  soils  the  duration  of  the  diminished  water  hold- 
ing capacity  may  be  materially  altered,  and  even  con- 
verted into  an  increased  capacity  if  there  are  frequent 
alternations  of  frost  and  thaw  or 'the  crnms  are  loosely 
aggregated,  as  this  facilitates  the  breaking  up  of  the 
crums  into  a  finer  state.  An  explanation  of  these 
facts  is  the  increased  or  diminished  aggregation  of 
the  soil,  resulting  from  the  freezing  of  the  water  in  the 
soil.  III.  (cc)  The  water  holding  capacity  of  a  coarsely 
granular  soil  is  increased  by  the  presence  of  even  a  very 
thin  (3— 5cm.)  difficultly  permeable  subsoil  —  c../.,  clay. 
The  more  so,  the  nearer  the  latter  is  to  the  surface.  This 
effect  is  mote  marked  the  greater  the  difference  in  water 
capacity  of  the  upper  and  lower  soils.  \l,\  An  easily 
permeated  subsoil  only  slightly  increases  the  water 
capacity  of  the  soil  above  it,  if  the  latter  is  of  a  finely 
granular  or  argillaceous  character,  but  diminishes  its 
(rapacity  if  it  is  more  coarsely  granular,— F.  \\.  T.  K, 


Experiments   with    Herts  in    Manured  Sand.      A.   Tag- 
noul.     Bull,  de  I'Assoc.  des  ('him.,  1887,12. 

Tilt:  sand  employed  was  free  from  chalk  and  organic 
matter  and  contained  only  traces  of  alumina,  clay,  iron, 
potash  and  phosphoric  acid.  The  object  of  the  experi- 
ments was  to  determine  what  effect  the  various  fertilisers 
had  on  the  growth  of  beets  when  supplied  in  various 
forms.  The  fertilisers,  used  either  alone  or  in  combina- 
tion, were  (a)  Chili  saltpetre  (15'5  per  cent,  nitrogen), 
ammonium  sulphate  ('20  per  cent,  nitrogen),  ammonium 
nitrate  and  dried  blood.  (6)  Potassium  chloride  (50  per 
cent.)  (c)  Superphosphate,  Thomas  slag  (7  per  cent.  P»Os), 
and  a  natural  finely  powdered  phosphate  from  the  l'ernes 
deposits  (20  per  cent.  PjOg.)  (d)  Calcium  carbonate. 
The  unmanured  sand  and  that  to  which  no  phosphates 
had  been  added  gave  practically  no  results.  The  addition 
of  phosphates  in  all  cases  produced  a  marked  increase  in 
production,  the  improvement  being  least  marked  with 
the  natural  phosphate,  and  not  much  better  with  the 
Thomas  slag.  The  use  of  carbonate  of  lime  always 
caused  an  increased  production.  Manuring  with  coarsely 
crushed  oil-cake  gave  good  results,  though  the  develop- 
ment of  the  plants  was  slightly  retarded,  and  the  diiiu- 
sion  of  the  fertilising  juices  does  not  seem  to  go  on  very 
uniformly  in  this  case.  Deficiency  of  potash  appears  to 
diminish  the  quantity  of  sugar  in  the  beets;  at  the  same 
time  the  soda  salts  and  consequent  impurities  show  a 
considerable  increase.  A  deficiency  of  soda  and  potash 
considerably  lowers  the  yield  of  beets,  and  consequently 
of  sugar,  though  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  beets  them- 
selves is  apparently  not  lessened.  Experiment  shows, 
that  though  the  beets  take  up  soda,  they  absorb  \  otash 
in  preference,  as  the  amount  of  soda  in  beets  grown  in 
the  soil  to  which  potash  had  been  added  was  less  than  in 
the  cases  where  the  potash  had  been  omitted.  The  eon- 
version  of  ammonia  into  nitric  acid  was  also  observed, 
especially  where  a  sufficient  quantity  of  potash  and  soda 
was  present.— F.  \V.  T.  K. 


Employment  of  the  Lye  from  the  (Strontium  Idethcd) 
Siigar  Factories  as  a  Manuring Agent.  L.Kuntze.  Organ 
des  Centr.  Verein'sf.  Bubenzucker  Ind.  1S87,  125—131. 

The  author  has  been  continuing  his  experiments  on  the 
fertilising  power  of  a  manure  prepared  by  mixing  25 
parts  of  peat  dust  with  100  parts  of  the  lye  (concentrated 
to  40°  B.).  This  lye  contains  3 — 22  per  cent,  of  nitro- 
genous matter,  and  between  13 — 14  per  cent,  and  7 — S 
per  cent,  of  potash  respectively.  Manuring  experi- 
ments weTe  carried  out  with  (a)  the  dilute  lye 
as  obtained  directly  from  the  presses  ;  (6)  the  concen- 
trated lye  mixed  with  peat  dust  ;  (c)  the  lye 
mixed  with  the  mud  from  the  clarifying  vats.  The 
dilute  lye  was  employed  with  good  results  as  a  manure 
for  hay,  and  also  for  beet  and  c)o\er  fields  (directly  after 
gathering  the  crops)  intended  for  winter  wheat  and  oats. 
Potato  lield,s  should  not  be  treated  with  the  lye,  as  the 
potatoes  are  said  to  acquire  the  taste  of  the  he.  Experi- 
ments with  the  second  foim  ot  manure  gave  goc  d  tesults 
with  wheat,  barley  and  leets  ;  4 — 6 centners  of  the  loose 
sandy  mass  were  used  permorgen.  These  manures  seem 
particularly  to  affect  the  strength  of  the  stalks.  The 
mixture  of  the  hot  lye  with  the  mud  offers  a  convenient 
means  of  keeping  the  lye  constituents  for  a  long  time 
without  loss.  Five  to  six  cart  loads  of  this  manure  per 
morgen  ( j  hectare)  gave  good  results.  Large  quantities 
of  straw,  which  only  undergo  slow  decomposition  when 
mixed  with  ordinary  stable  dung,  are  converted  into 
good  manure  in  four  to  six  weeks  by  treatment  with  the 
hot  lye— F.  W.  T.  K. 

On  the  Direct  Fixing  of  Gaseous  Atmospheric  Nitrogen  by 
Soils.     N.  Berthelo't.     Compt   Rend.  94,  205—209. 

Previous  experiments  of  the  author  have  shown  that 
clay  and  clayey  sand  soils  directly  absorb  the  nitrogen  of 
the  atmosphere.  The  fixing  of  the  nitrogen  appears  to 
be  brought  about  by  means  of  micro-organisms,  which 
first  take  it  up.  This  fixing  of  the  nitrogen  goes  on,  both 
in  a  soil  free  from  vegetation,  or  with  grass  on  it,  in  the 
open  air  and  in  closed  vessels.    The  above  soils  were 


Aug. 31, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


553 


almost  free  from  nitrogen  ami  organic  matter.  Experi- 
ments which  t he  author  lins  now  carried  out  with 
arable  land  containing  more  or  lets  nitrogen,  show  a 
similar  increase  in  nitrogen,  both  when  kept  under  cover 
ami  exposed  to  rain  :  only  m  the  latter  case  the  increase 
of  nitrogen  was  greater,  no  donbt,  on  account  of  the  more 
thorough  airing  of  the  soil,  which  assists  the  develop- 
ment of  the  organisms.  The  necessary  corrections  were 
made  for  the  small  quantities  of  nitrogen  compounds  in 
the  air  and  rain  water.  —  F.  \Y.  T.  K. 

Chemical  Investigations  on   the  Feeding  and  Detelop- 
ment  of  the  Silkworm  (Bombyx  Mart).     O.   Kellner, 
T.     Kakizaki,   V.    Matsuoka  and  P.  Joss.      Landw. 
Versuchstationen,  33,  381—382. 
PREVIOUS  experiments  had  shown  that  1000  caterpillars, 
fed  on  a  quantity  of  leaves  =  5162-(jgrnis.  of  dry  leaves, 
ate  2172grms.    of  dry    substance,    and  digested  771'2 
grms.         The     following     experiments     were     carried 
out  to  determine  approximately  the  minimum  amount  of 
food  necessary  to  insure  the  complete  development  of 
the  larvae.     A  hatch  of  caterpillars  was  divided  into  three 
lots.     Lot  I.   received  a  quantity  of  leaves  equivalent 
to  the  following  quantities  of  dry  substance  : — 
Period  I.  II.  III.  IV.  V. 

Substance!  19'2Srrns-  "2-cgrms.2ir8grms.  948"5grms.  3S13-5grms. 

Lot  [I.  received  two-thirds  of  this,  and  Lot  III.  one-half 
of  the  quantity.  The  quantity  of  food  given  to 
Lot  1.  proved  perfectly  sufficient.  Lot  II.  was 
insufficiently  fed,  anil  Lot  III.  still  more  so. 
The  development  of  Lots  II.  and  III.  progressed 
very  irregularly,  and  the  mortality  was  greater  in  each 
successive  lot.  The  periods  of  eating,  too.were  lengthened 
and  the  shedding  retarded.  The  insufficient  feeding 
produceda  marked  ellect  on  the  yield  of  the  more  valuable 
portion  of  the  cocoon.  The  larva'  (5th  period)  cocoons 
and  butterflies  of  Lot  III.  were  found  to  contain  a  higher 
percentage  of  mineral  and  nitrogenous  matter  than  those 
of  Lot  L,  though  Lot  I.  yielded  a  greater  amount  of 
fat  and  non-nitrogenous  matter.  As  in  previous  experi- 
ments other  non-nitrogenous  matter  besides  fat  was 
found  in  the  larvae  which  were  leady  to  spin. 

—  F.  W.  T.K. 

Investigations  on  the  Solubility  of  Gypsum  in  Solutions 

of  Ammonium  Suits.       S.  (John.       J.   Prakt.  Chem. 
27,  1887,  43— 5G. 

AMMONIUM  SULPHATE,  chloride,  nitrate  and  acetate  all 
increase  the  solubility  of  gypsum.  It  is  most  soluble  in 
solutions  of  the  acetate,  next  of  the  nitrate,  then  the  sul- 
phate and  finally  the  chloride.  The  sulphate  probably 
forms  a  more  soluble  double  salt  ;  with  the  other  am 
monium  salts,  double  decomposition  probably  takes 
place.  The  formation  of  double  salts  probably  plays  a 
less  important  part  in  these  cases.  For  the  tame  weight 
of  salt,  the  power  of  reacting  on  the  gypsum  is  greatest 
in  the  c  ise  of  the  acetate,  then  follows  the  chloride, 
the  nitrate  and  lastly  the  sulphate.  This  power 
rapidly  increases  with  dilution.  —  F.  W.  T.  K. 


ground  only  half  as  much  of  b.  A  large  pyramidal  tree 
or  wall  fruit  tree  requires  about  250grms.  of  u  and 
l.JOgrms.  of  l>.  Small  border  trees  require  fjOgrms.  of 
a  and  40grms.  of  6.  — F.  W.  T.  K. 


Man  me  for  Fruit-trees  in    Winter.     Prof.   P.   Wagner. 

Bied.  Cent.  16,  357. 
FOB  this  purpose  a  mixture  of  (a)  potassium  chloride 
(50  )  and  superphosphate  (20\  )  in  equal  parts,  is  recom- 
mended. In  November  the  mixture  should  be  strewn 
over  the  whole  area  covered  by  the  foliage  and  incor- 
porated with  the  soil,  together  with  ordinary  stable  dung. 
In  February,  Chili  saltpetre  (6)  should  be  spread  over  the 
surface.  The  latter  should  also  be  strewn  on  the  paths 
if  the  trees  Hank  or  overshadow  them.  The  Chili-salt- 
petre may  be  omitted  if  the  trees  show  a  good  develop- 
ment both  in  wood  and  leaves  but  do  not  bear  much 
fruit.  If  the  trees,  however,  are  defective  in  all  three 
points,  the  saltpetre  is  indispensable.  The  treatment 
should  do  equally  well  for  ornamental  trees  and  bushes. 
A  strong  fruit  tree  requires  lkilo.  of  a  and  Akilo.  of  b. 
Weaker  trees  require  proportionately  less  and  in  moist 


Improvements   in    the  Treatment  of  Manure  and  other 

Organic  Matters  and  in  the  Production  therefrom  of 
Ammonia  and  Residual  Products  free  from  Ammonia. 
W.  F.  Nast,  St.  Louis,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  15.SS7, 
Dec.  4,  1SS0.     ed. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  extraction  of  the  fixed 
nitrogen  in  the  form  of  ammonia.  It  has  been  found 
that  the  presence  of  sodium  chloride  greatly  facilitates 
the  liberation  of  ammonia  by  limeat  an  elevated  tempera- 
ture.— S.  H. 


XV— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

The  Sugars  from-  Besperidin  and  Naringin.      W.  Will. 

Ber.  20,  H  So— ll'JO. 
The  author  has  previously  shown  (this  Journal,  1SS7,  449) 
that  naringin  and  hesperidin  are  closely  related  chemically. 
It  was,  however,  supposed  that  the  former  glucoside  gai  e 
isodulcite  on  treatment  with  dilute  acid,  while  the  latter 
yielded  dextrose  by  the  same  treatment.  He  has  now 
shown  that  each  substance  yields  a  mixture  of  isodulcite 
and  dextrose.  The  former  he  separated  in  a  crystalline 
state  and  analysed,  whilst  the  latter  was  obtained  as 
phenylglucosazone  by  means  of  Fischer's  reaction  with 
pbenylhydrazine.  Isodulcite  also  gives  a  compound 
with  this  reagent,  but  it  can  be  easily  separated  from  the 
dextrose  compound  by  its  solubility  in  acetone. 

— G.  H.  M. 

On  the  Work  of  the  Bruthing  Cylinders  in  the  Manu- 
facture of  Starch.     Ztschr.  f.  Spir.  Ind.  1.S87,  810. 

The  use  of  the  cvlindirs  is  solely  to  separate  from  the 
crushed  inatter  such  quantities  of  starch  as  have 
already  been  set  free  :  they  themselves  have  no  freeing 
action,  for  Saaren  has  found  as  much  as  635  and  036  of 
starch  (calculated  on  the  dry  substance)  in  the  residual 
matter  separated  by  them. — W.  G.  M. 


On  Sugar  Cane.      Journ.  Fabr.  Sucre,  1SS7,  15. 

ACCORDING  to  Schickendantz,  the  cane  contains  sugar 
and  invert  sugar :  colouring  matters  bleached  by 
sulphur  dioxide,  precipitated  by  lime  but  asain  dissolved 
by  excess  of  the  precipitant :  citric,  oxalic,  malic  acid,  and, 
after  longer  storing,  acetic  acid  :  silicic  and  phosphoric 
acids,  of  which  the  greater  part  passes  away  in  the 
separated  solids  :  alkalis,  which  are  found  in  the 
molasses  :  organic  substances  :  bases,  pectin,  albu- 
menoids  (not  precipitated  by  tannic  acid)  and  vaiious 
carbohydrates.  —  W.  CI.  M, 


On  Alcoholic  Polarisation   of  Sugar-Beet.      Ztschr.    f. 
Zucker  Ind.  INS",  255. 

DSGENEB  has  found  that  certain  conditions  in  climate 
and  manuring  cause  the  juice  of  the  sugar-beet  to  become 
optically  active.  This  interferes  considerably  with  the 
exact  results  otherwise  to  be  obtained  with  alcoholic 
polarisation.  As  a  remedy,  the  alcoholic  solution  should 
be  boiled,  and,  before  polarising  and  after  cooling,  pre- 
cipitated with  lead  acetate.  Occasionally,  as  in  the  case 
of  molasses,  reducing  substances  are  present,  but, 
contrary  to  what  has  been  expressed  by  others,  invert 
sugar  is  not  one  of  these  products. — A.  K. 


On   Sugar  Production    without  Bone-black      Ztschr.    f. 
Zucker  Ind.  in  Bohmen,  1SS7,  305. 

The  disuse  of  bone-black  is  considered  to  be  gaining 
ground.  The  sugar  made  thus  is  equally  good,  and  easily 
refinable  with  that  in  which  this  material  has  been 
employed  ;  and  at  the  Madgeburg  Refinery,  under  the 
management  of  Lach,  and  at  that  under  Miksch,  it  has 

32 


55  1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Aue.si.uw. 


already  been  very  greatly  reduced  in  quantity.  It  is 
strongly  recommended  thai  the  treatment  with  limealone, 

and  the  removal  of  the  resulting  slimes,  should  1 fleeted 

before  saturation  ■.  the  addition  of  the  J  per  edit,  of  lime, 
mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  ground  and  washed  eoke 
dust,  the  remainder  of  the  lime  being  added  to  the 
filtered  liquor,  gives  a  firm  hut  porous  precipitate,  which 

Jitters  well   and  is  easily    fi i  from  sugar.     Since  the 

oarbon  dioxide  cannot  now  decompose  the  precipitated 
lime  compounds,  the  juice  shows  a  far  higher  decree  of 
purity  than  doe-  that  produced  in  the  usual  way. 

-W.  G.  M. 
— 

Oxidation  of  Dextrosi   I"!   Red  Oxide  of  Mercury  and 

Baryta  Water.  Ztschr.  Ztieker  [nd.  ISsT,  337. 
The  oxidation  was  conducted  by  Herzfeld  in  the  same 
way  as  with  levulose,  using  red  oxide  of  mercury;  the 
yellow  oxide  acts  too  energetically.  The  oxidation 
was  considered  to  he  complete,  when  the  product  ceased 
to  reduce  Fehling's  solution.  The  reaction  yielded  formic 
and  glycollic  acids  and  a  mixture  of  acids,  consisting 
principally  of  glyconic  acid.  The  same  products  were 
obtained  by  Haberman  and  Honig  in  the  oxidation  of 
dextrose  by  hydrated  cupric  oxide. — G.  H.  B. 


this  simple  operation  the  juice  is  clarified,  purified  and 
bleached,  and  at  the  same  time  the  levuline  and  innline 
of  the  artichokes  are  converted  into  saccharine  matter 
which  i-  readily  fermentable.  After  the  reaction,  which 
takes  place  at  100  •  '.,  is  terminated  the  sulphurous  acid 
remaining  in  the  stthstance  is  expelled  by  means  of 
steam,  and  the  juice  is  filtered.  For  purposes  of  distil- 
lation the  juice  may  he  used  as  it  comes  from  the  filter. 
For  breweries  or  wine  factories  it  is  concentrated  to  the 
consistency  of  a  syrup.  For  the  production  of  glucose  it 
is  further  bleached  by  sulphurous  acid. — A.  .1.  K. 


A  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Gum.     M. 

Strasser,    Germany.     Eng.    Pat.    10,481,    August   10, 

1886.  4d. 
12'5KILOS.  of  sugar  are  powdered  and  boiled  with  a 
mixture  of  750grms.  of  fresh  cow's  milk  previously  boiled 
and  skimmed,  2'5kilos.  of  water  and  SOOgrms.  of  colour- 
less 20  per  cent,  glycerin  :  into  this  mixture  whilst  boiling 
are  strained  25kilos.  of  36  per  cent,  borax,  the  whole  is 
then  cooled  to  40°  It.  and  poured  into  small  moulds  of 
sheet  iron,  in  which  it  sets  into  hard  lumps  which 
may  he  broken  up  ami  used  as  a  gum  substitute. 
The  boiling  process  lasts  about  three  days. — A.  J.  K. 


On  Molasses  Sugar-making  according  lo  Le  Franc.    Bull. 
Ass.  C'him.  ]*s7,  33. 

PoiSSON  has  described  the  method  employed  in  Tracy - 
le-Yal  for  treating  3000ctrs,  of  beet  and  sOetrs.  of 
molasses  daily.  The  cold  diluted  molasses  (containing  8 
to  9  per  cent,  of  sugar)  is  stirred  in  S  to  10  charges,  with 
very  finely  ground  quicklime,  until  3S  to  40  parts  are 
dissolved  for  each  100  parts  of  sugar  and  a  dibasic 
saecharate  is  produced.  The  excess  of  lime  is  filtered 
oil','  and  the  solution  boiled  ;  the  trihasic  saecharate  thus 
precipitated  is  filtered,  washed  once  or  more  by  mashing 
in  boiling  water,  pressed  and  finally  conveyed  to  the  beet- 
juice.  The  separated  solution  still  retains  one-third  of 
the  sugar  :  it  is  therefore  cooled,  saturated  with  lime  as 
before,  filtered,  treated  with  calcium  chloride  and 
caustic  soda,  and  again  boiled  to  separate  the  trihasic 
saecharate,  the  liquid  being  now  allowed  to  run  to  waste. 
The  cost  per  lOOkilos.  molasses  should  be  19"2fr.,  which 
would  be  made  up  as  follows  : — Molasses,  10  ; chemicals, 
2  5  :  coal,  0'9  ;  wages,  1*65  :  press-cloths,  19  :  sundries, 
2  25frs.  The  nett  profit  on  the  95  per  cent,  of  the  sugar 
obtained  would  he  lOfr.  at  present,  or  by  improved 
methods,  15fr. — W.  G.  M. 

Notes  on  Saccharates.     W.  Stromever.     Arch.   Pharm. 
1887,  25,  2-29.  * 

Barium  Socc/wrrnte.— Peligot  has  ascribed  to  this  salt 
the  foi inula  C ,. U  ._._<> ,  ,.I!aO,  whereas  Stein  believes  its 
constitution  to  he  expressed  by  ( ',  ,11  ,,„<  >,  „.Ba(  >.  The 
author  corroborates  the  previous  formula. 

Calcium  Saecharate. -  According  10  E.  O.  v.  Lipp- 
mami,  cam-  sugar  may  form  mono-,  di-  and  tii-cahiunisac- 
eharates,  thus-C,  H ..  ..<»,, .CaO  -  2H  O;  I ',  .11.. ..( >, ,. 
2CaO  +  2HsO;  c,  ,11,. ,< »,  ,.3i  'at  M  311, i).  The  author 
considers  that  Peligol's  is  the  only  method  of  preparing 
the  pure  monocalcium  -alt — viz.,  to  add  alcohol  to  a  clear 
lime  solution  containing  an  excess  of  sugar. 

Aluminium  Saecharate.  Freshly  precipitated  and 
pure  aluminium  hydroxide  was  mixed  with  a  10  percent. 
sugar  solution,  and  the  mixture  allowed  to  stand  several 
days.     Very  little  aluminium  hydroxide  was  dissolved. 

'  'hromium  Sue, ■hurul,  ran  he  prepared  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  previous  salt.  — A.  II. 

Improvement  in  the  Treatment  of  Jerusalem  Artichoke, 

to  prepari  Distilling  in  the  Manufacture 

.,/'  Glucose  and  .similar  Industries.     11.  J.  Haddan, 

London.    From  A.  '/..  Ubampy.  A.  N.  Charapy and L. 

P.  Champy,  Brussels.     Eng.   Pat.    10,164,  August  9, 

1886.     Od." 

JERUSALEM    ARTICHOKE    in   a   state  of    greater  or  less 

division  is  treated  with  sulphurous  acid  either  alone  or 

in  admixture  with  carlwnic  acid  or  nitrogen  gas.     By 


A.    Rossi 
Fng.  Pat. 


A  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  Gum. 
and  C.  Hellfriseh,  Offenbach,  Germany. 
10,873,  August  '25,  1880.    4d. 

A  SUBSTITUTE  for  gum  arahic  is  prepared  as  follows  : — 
Starch, water  and  an  acid  (preferably  sulphuric)  are  boiled 
together  under  pressure  until  the  originally  pasty  mass 
begins  to  get  fluid.  The  material  is  then  neutralised 
and  again  boiled,  v hereby  the  free  starch  is  converted 
1  into  gummy  matter  (gommaline).  The  product,  con- 
sisting of  dextrin,  gommaline,  traces  of  glucose, 
cellulose  and  the  salts  resulting  from  the  neutralisa- 
tion, is  freid  from  cellulose  and  t lie  salts  in  the 
Taylor  apparatus,  and  is  then  filtered  through  animal 
charcoal.  The  limpid  fluid  so  obtained  may  be  concen- 
trated by  evaporation  to  a  syiup  or  to  dryness.  The 
product  "  is  dear  as  water,  hard  like  glass,  ami 
not  hygroscopic,"  and  can  he  used  for  most  purposes 
as  a  substitute  for  gum  arahic,  its  adhesive  power  being, 
nearly  equal  to  that  of  the  latter  body. — A.  J.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  the  Juice 
cf  Beet-root  t  Sugar-cane,  and  other  Juices  or  Liguids. 
P.  Laberie,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  10,911,  August 
20,  18S6.     8d. 

For  the  evaporation  of  saccharine,  or  other  liquors,  the 
author  uses  a  pan  which  may  be  in  all  respects  like  an 
ordinary  vacuum  pan.  Hot  air  is  rapidly  drawn  through 
the  liquor  by  means  of  a  pump  or  other  exhauster.  The 
air  may  be  heated  by  waste  heat  from  flues,  and  drawn 
into  the  pan  along  with  the  liquor,  which  is  fed  in  con- 
tinuously in  the  form  of  a  spray.— A.  J.  K. 


Improved  Process  for  Converting  the  Syrups  from  Sugar- 
manufacture  into  Mono-saccharates.  F.  Harm,  Kurt- 
witz-Prauss,    Germany.      Fng.    Pat.    7259,   May  IS, 

1887.  4d. 
I  This  invention  relates  to  the  treatment  of  waste  liquors 
in  raw  sugar  factories.  "The  process  consists  essen- 
tially in  conducting  the  syrups  from  the  first  product  in 
a  diluted  slate,  and  with  addition  of  sugar  ami  sweeten- 
ing wateis,  and,  it  required,  further  dilution  with  water, 
to  a  saturating  station,  in  the  admixture  of  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  lime  for  the  formation  of  mono-saccharate," 
and  in  the  separation  and  purification  of  the  sugar  by 
carbonic  acid  gas. — A.  J.  K. 


XVI— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Recent  Advances  in  Breu-ing.      C.  J.  Lintner.     Dingl. 
Polyt.  J.  263,  51S— 525. 

lit. ik  has  investigated  the  cause  of  the  viscosity  or 
palate-fulness  of   beer ;   be    criticises    Michel's  results 


Aug.  3i.  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


555 


ami  conclusions,  ami  lays  down  the  following  three 
conditions  as  necessary  to  the  investigation  of  this 
subject : — 

1.  A  method  is  necessary  by  means  of  which  determi- 
nations can  he  made  with  sufficient  exactness,  in  order 
to  he  able  to  determine  the  relative  viscosity  of  different 
liquids. 

•_'.  By  the  aid  of  this  method  determinations  of  the 
viscosity  of  aqueous  solutions  of  different  substances 
at  varying  degrees  of  concentration  must  b-3  made,  and 
every  substance  which  occurs  in  beer  and  wort  as  an 
important  constituent  must  he  thus  examined. 

3.  Comparative  determinations  of  the  viscosity  of 
different  beers  and  of  a  number  of  worts,  prepared  in 
various  manners,  must  be  made. 

I  llik's  determinationsweie  made  with  a  modification  of 
the  ordinary  viscosimettr,  the  capillary  tube  of  which 
was  of  such  a  size  that  between  the  limits  of  15"  and  28  a 
difference  of  1  of  temperature  made  a  difference  of  only 
one  second  in  the  time  occupied  by  oOec.  of  water  in 
passing  through  the  tube.  Determinations  with  varying 
strengths  of  solutions  of  the  salts,  acids,  peptone, 
albuminoids,  glycerin,  etc.,  which  are  present  in  beer 
in  quantities  Jess  than  1  per  cent.,  showed  that  these 
exercised  no  marked  influence  on  the  viscosity,  but  that 
it  was  governed  in  the  case  of  beers  by  the  dextiin, 
alcohol  and  maltose,  and  in  the  ease  of  worts  by  the 
dextrin  and  maltose.  The  determination  of  the  viscosity 
of  a  number  of  beers  and  worts  compared  with  the 
quantitative  estimation  of  extract,  maltose,  dextrin  and 
alcohol  gave  rise  to  the  following  conclusions:—!.  The 
viscosity  is  the  greater  the  higher  the  percentage  of 
dextrin,  and  the  latter  depends  on  the  method  of  pre- 
paration and  the  concentration  of  the  wort.  The  viscosity 
is  certainly  not  directly  proportional  to  the  amount  of 
dextrin  present,  since  it  is  dependent  upon  three  unequal 
factors.  2.  It  is  possible  to  prepare  by  certain  methods 
infusion  worts  which  have  the  same  viscosity  as  de- 
coction worts  from  equal  quantities  of  the  same  malt. 
3.  By  slow  mashing  at  a  low  temperature,  and  pro- 
longed  digestion  at  50",  a  wort  is  obtained  of  less  vis-  | 
cosity  than  by  mashing  quickly  at  75  ,  a  result  directly 
opposite  to  that  obtained  by  Michel.  4.  Boiling  the 
thick  mash  increases  the  viscosity,  the  highest  result  ! 
being  obtained,  together  with  the  greatest  amount  of  , 
dextrin,  when  the  mash  is  directly  boiled.  5.  A  malt  | 
kilned  at  a  high  temperature  gives,'  under  the  same  con- 
ditions, a  wort  of  greater  viscosity  than  a  low-dried 
malt ;  in  each  case,  however,  this  is  due  only  to  an 
increased  percentage  of  dextrin  and  a  decreased  per- 
centage of  maltose. 

Ullik  sought  to  calculate  the  viscosity  of  beers,  etc., 
from  the  data  afforded  by  the  determination  of  maltose, 
dextrin,  alcohol,  etc.,  in  the  given  beer,  and  the  numbers 
obtained  in  the  above-mentioned  estimations  of  the 
viscosity  of  solutions  of  these  substances.  He  found, 
however,  that  there  were  considerable  discrepancies 
between  the  calculated  and  experimental  numbers.  This 
he  attributes  to  the  presence  of  small  quantities  of  sub- 
stances, such  as  O'Sullivan's  a  and  /3-amylans,  gums  and 
pectoris  substances.  He  has  endeavoured  to  separate 
and  estimate  the  viscosity  of  these  and  similar  sub- 
stances in  beer  and  wort,  and  has  succeeded  in  obtaining 
small  quantities  of  ascries  of  bodies  with  a  high  rotatory 
power  and  viscosity. 

Stockholm  has  introduced  a  new  filter  for  beer,  which 
is  connected  with  an  air-pomp  and  worked  under  re- 
duced pressure.  It  is  said  to  filter  perfectly  bright  20 
to  30  hectolitres  per  hour,  without  in  any  way  affecting 
the  taste  of  the  beer. 

Delbriick  has  investigated  the  influence  of  carbonic 
acid  on  the  preservation  of  bottled  beer.  In  former 
experiments  the  author  proved  that  carbonic  acid  exer- 
cised an  important  influence  in  checking  the  growth  and 
fermentative  power  of  yeast,  ami  ho  therefore  concluded 
that  carbonic  acid  might  be  used  as  an  agent  for  stopping 
yeast  growth  and  fermentation  at  any  given  point.  He 
has  now  made  experiments  to  lest  the  efficacy  of  car- 
bonic acid  in  stopping  the  further  growth  of  yeast  and 
the  fermentation  of  the  beer  when  in  bottle.  The  results 
obtained  show  that  carbonic  acid   under  a  pressure  of 


3  to  4  atmospheres  does  possess  this  influence,  and 
completely  stops  the  growth  of  yeast  and  prevents  the 
consequent  yeast  turbidity.— G.  H.  M. 

Extraction  of  Fusel  Oil  from  Raw  Spirit.     F.  Pampe. 

(hem.  Ze'lt.  11,313—3)4. 

The  purification  of  raw  spirits  from  fusel  oils  (propyl-, 
isobutyl-,   amyl-alcohols    and    higher    homologues)    by 

purely  chemical  means  has  not  yet  been  successfully 
accomplished.  It  is  known  that  alcohols,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  chemical  agents,  undergo  decomposition,  hence 
it  follows  potash,  soda  and  lime  must  act  net  only  on 
the  fusel  oil,  but  also  on  the  ethyl-alcohol,  and  the  em- 
ployment of  calcined  magnesia,  as  lately  proposed,  can 
form  no  exception.  The  addition  of  alkalis  is  only 
useful  when  the  raw  spirit  contains  organic  acids  which 
must  he  neutralised  in  order  lo  prevent  the  formation  of 
the  corresponding  ethers,  and  for  the  same  reason  the 
addition  of  various  acids  (sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.)  should 
be  avoided,  except  when  a  refined  spirit  lor  a  special 
purpose,  as  for  the  manufacture  of  rum,  is  desired,  and 
even  then  it  is  better  to  mix  the  ether  required  for 
flavouring  and  the  neutral  refined  spirit  together  than  to 
use  acids  in  the  rectification.  The  best  filter  spirit  which 
is  found  in  practice  cannot  be  considered  as  absolutely 
pure  ethyl-alcohol.  In  the  case  of  filtered  spirit,  the 
aldehyde  of  the  raw  spirit  has  been  changed  into  acetic 
acid  by  the  oxygen  absorbed  in  the  carbon  filter,  and  this, 
on  distillation, forms  acetic  ether, which  must  be  regarded 
as  a  by-product  and  impurity  in  the  finest  spirit.  If  the 
acid  in  the  filtrate  lie  neutralised  with  lime  or  an  alkali, 
■the  formation  of  ether  on  distillation  is  avoided  and  a 
spirit  obtained  that  contain-  only  a  small  quantity  of 
by-products.  This,  however,  is  seldom  done  in  practice, 
since  customers  are  accustomed  to  the  agreeable  charac- 
teristic taste,  and  suppose  it  indicates  the  fineness  of  the 
product. 

In  consequence  of  the  greater  acidity  of  the  mash  lees 
the  distillate  obtained  from  it  has  also  a  characteristic 
agreeable  aroma,  which  is  not  quite  removed  by  distilla- 
tion. But  there  is  considerable  difference  between  the 
finest  filter  spirit  and  the  rectified  spirit  from  the  press 
lees.  By  filtration  over  wood  charcoal,  the  aldehyde 
being  changed  into  acetic  acid,  the  retification  is  made 
more  easy. 

In  the  case  of  corn  spirit  the  aldehyde  remains  un- 
altered, and  it  is  only  owing  to  the  greater  acidity  of  the 
mash  on  distillation  that  ethers  are  lormed  which  mask 
the  disagreeable  smell  of  the  aldehydes  and  fusel  oils. 
The  difficulty  of  the  process  depends  upon  the  quality  of 
the  raw  spirit,  hence  corn  spirit  is  not  in  favour  with 
refiners.  The  process  of  purifying  from  by-products  is 
rendered  more  difficult  by  the  addition  of  acids  to  the 
raw  spirit  than  i  y  the  acidity  of  the  mash  lees,  hence 
this  method  cannot  be  recommended. 

Neither  alkalis,  alkaline  earths  nor  acids  can  be  con- 
sidered suitable  for  extracting  fusel  oils  from  spirit, 
because  they  act  similarly  on  all  alcohols  and  do  not 
simplify  the  process  of  rectifying.  They  should  be  em- 
ployed only  to  neutralise  the  liquors. 

As  already  mentioned,  the  acetaldehyde  is  the  sub- 
stance in  the  raw  spirit  which  renders  the  extraction  of 
the  fusel  oil  by  distillation  so  difficult.  ibis  is  owing 
to  the  fact  that  it  is  readily  soluble  in  the  other  com- 
ponents of  the  mixture  and  boils  at  21°  C.  If  the 
solubility  of  the  acetaldehyde  could  be  lessened  and  the 
boiling  point  raised  at  a  moderate  cost,  a  great  improve- 
ment would  lie  effected.  The  conversion  of  the  acet- 
aldehyde into  paraldehyde,  which  is  only  slightly  soluble 
in  dilute  alcohol  and  boils  at  125"  C,  has  unfortunately 
no  value  in  practice,  since  the  acetaldehyde  is  re  formed 
on  distilling.  The  only  method  which  is  successfully 
applicable  for  this  purpose  is  that  of  oxidising  the  alde- 
hyde to  acetic  acid,  and  this  process  has  the  dis- 
advantage already  mentioned— i.e.,  the  formation  of 
acetic  ether. 

The  process  of  spirit  filtration  also  merits  attention, 
and  apparently  oilers  a  field  for  inquiry.  In  large 
factories  where" 40—  ">0  filters  are  in  daily  use,  only  one 
or  two  filters  are  replenished  daily  with   freshly-burned 


556 


THE  JOTJBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     iA«K.Si,Mte. 


wood  charcoal.  The  amount  of  fusel  oil  in  the  raw  pro- 
duct can  be  estimated  and  also  the  quantity  contained 
in  the  saturated  tilter.  According  to  this,  on  steaming 
the  filter  a  considerable  quantity  of  fusel  oil  should  be 
liberated  (the  complete  disappearance  of  fusel  oil  takes 
place  when  superheated  steam  is  used  for  this  purpose). 
How  does  it  happen  that  on  steaming  the  carbon  so 
little  fusel  oil  is  obtained  !  This  considerable  difference 
is  not  lobe  found  either  asether  or  fusel  oil  in  the  distillate, 
neither  in  the  early  or  final  distillates  nor  in  the  residue 
in  the  retort.  What  has  become  of  this  fusel  oil  ?  If 
we  consider  the  characteristic  differences  of  the  alcohols 
formed  by  fermentation— i.e.,  the  various  amounts  of 
carbon  and  hydrogen— we  are  led  to  inquire  whether  it 
may  not  be  possible  to  convert  the  higlier  homologues 
into  ethyl-alcohol  by  abstracting  the  group  «CH,.  The 
phenomena  apparent  on  the  filtration  of  spirit  lead  to 
the  conclusion  that  the  fusel  oil  is  removed  by  the  filter 
carbon  by  physical  attraction  and  chemical  action. 

—J.  P.  C.  S. 


Removal  of  Fuse!  Oil  from  Crude  Spirits.     F.  Pampe. 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  379. 

In  reply  to  a  criticism  of  l'feifl'er  (this  Journal,  1SST, 
514),  the  author  remarks  that  only  those  ilefuselation 
a,rents  are  of  value  which  oxidise  the  aldehydes 
and  reduce  the  amount  of  fusel  oil.  These  agents 
cannot  be  compared  with  animal  charcoal,  whose  action 
is  both  chemical  and  physical.  He  recommends, 
however,  an  agent  which  may  be  less  known.  In  former 
years  the  charcoal  was  treated  with  manganese  dioxide 
and  sulphuric  acid,  and  a  pleasant  odour  was  thus  gained 
for  the  product.  The  action  of  these  agents  obviously 
depends  on  the  evolution  of  oxygen,  oxidation  of  the 
aldehyde  and  the  formation  of  ether.  The  employment 
of  this  is  not  to  be  recommended,  unless  it  is  for  the  pro- 
duction of  a  certain  sort  of  brandy. — G.  H.  M. 


Brandy  Distillation  in  Switzerland.      Her.  d.  k.k.  Con- 
sulates in  Zurich,  osterr-ungar.  IJrauer.  Zeit.  1887,  118. 

The  total  production  amounts  to  50,000  hectolitres,  and  it 
is  obtained  from  potatoes,  maize  and  residual  matters 
from  the  brewery.  Only  in  six  distilleries  is  the  raw  spirit 
obtained  by  a  continuous  apparatus,  and  it  then  contains 
about  132  per  cent,  of  fusel  oil.  The  rectification  is 
mostly  insufficient;  raw  spirit  filtered  through  charcoal 
showed  0"2  per  cent,  of  fusel  oil,  rectified  by  distillation 
006  per  cent.,  and  by  filtration  with  subsequent  distilla- 
tion none.  A  brandy  from  a  distillery  in  the  Berne 
district  contained  70  per  cent,  of  alcohol  and  0'75  per 
cent,  of  fusel  oil.  The  residuary  liquors  are  worth  about 
50cts.  per  hectolitre.  The  cost  of  production  of  absolute 
alcohol  varies  from  about  90  tifrcs.  at  small  and  medium 
sized  works  to  about  GOfics.  at  the  large  establishments. 

— \V.  G.  M. 


On  the  Delicacy  of  Hansen's  if ethod  of  Detecting  the  Con- 
tamination of  Bottom  Yeast  irit/i  Wild  Yeast. 
('.   Holm  and  S.  Y.  Poulsen.      Per.  Bierbrauer,  18, 

80— S2. 

This  method  depends  on  the  rate  of  development  of 
ascospores  in  the  different  yeasts.  The  authors  have 
made  experiments  with  Baccliaromyces  cerevisise,  and  the 
following  wild  yeasts  :  S.  Pastorianue  I,  S.  Pastorianus 
II,  and  S.  Ellipsoidens  II.  At  25*  C.  the  last  three  form 
aacosporea  in  "25  28  hours  ;  the  first  only  contains  a  few- 
after  live  days.  Experiments  with  mixturesof  these,  cul- 
tivated on  plaster  of  Paris  blocks,  at  25°  C.  for  40  hours, 
were  carried  out,  togeth<  r  with  check  experiments  on 
pure  cultures.  It  was  found  that  the  presence  of  wild 
yeast,  representing  only  ..'.,, 1 1 1  of  the  mass,  could  be 
detected  by  observing  the  formation  of  ascospores.  This 
decree  of  delicacy,  according  to  Hansen,  is  sufficient. 
The  method  can  be  employed  with  other  forms  as  well, 
but  it  will  not  always  be  possible  to  work  at  the  same 
temperature. — F.  W.  T.  K. 


On  the  Presence  of  Comer  in  }Yine.     Leopold  YVeigert- 
Die  Weinlaube,  19,  27—28. 

Copper  has  been  detected  in  wine  from  vines,  the 
leaves  of  which  had  been  treated  with  a  solution  of 
copper  sulphate,  an  excellent  protective  against 
Pcronospora.  The  fear  that  ths  drinking  of  such  wine 
might  lead  to  chronic  copper  poisoning  seems  to  be 
groundless,  as,  according  to  experiments  by  Theodor 
Count  G.  de  la  Tour,  one  litre  of  such  wine  only  contains 
0000002— 0  000026grm.  of  copper.— F.  W.  T.  K. 


XVII.-  CHEMISTRY    OF    FOOLS,    SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(A)    CHEMISTRY    OF    FOODS. 

Artificial  Butter  from  a  Sanitary  Point  of  View.     M. 
Schrodt  and  Fleischmann.    Bied.  Centr.  16. 270— 277. 

The  conclusions  arrived  at  may  be  summed  up  as 
follows  : — Artificial  butter  prepared  from  good  fat  may 
be  looked  upon  as  perfectly  wholesome  food  ;  but  as  it 
appears  to  be  somewhat  less  digestible  than  butter,  the 
latter  should  be  given  to  invalids  and  children  in  prefer- 
ence. No  serious  objection  can,  therefore,  be  raised 
against  the  sale  of  artificial  butter,  provided  (l)that  only 
good  fat  from  healthy  animals  has  been  used  in  its  pre- 
paration :  (2)  that  it  is  sold  as  an  artificial  preparation, 
and  that  the  word  "butter"  is  left  out  of  the  name  of 
the  product,  as  its  presence  is  misleading  ;  (3)  that  it  is 
not  mixed  with  true  butter  for  the  purpose  of  preparing 
so-called  "mixed  butters"  (N.B. — The  sale  of  such 
mixed  butters  should  be  prohibited,  as  they  are  mainly 
prepared  for  fraudulent  sale)  ;  (4)  that  vegetable  oils  are 
not  used  as  an  ingredient.  Official  supervision  of  the 
artificial  butter  factories  is  considered  necessary,  par- 
ticularly for  the  purpose  of  seeing  that  proviso  (1)  is  en- 
forced. For  though,  no  doubt,  there  are  a  number  of 
honest  artificial  butter  factories,  which  sell  a  carefully 
prepared  wholesome  article,  there  is  very  little  doubt  but 
that  a  large  trade  is  carried  on  in  artificial  butter  pre- 
pared from  material  of  very  doubtful  quality.  The  latter 
is  prepared  from  the  fat  obtained  from  unknown  sources, 
and  no  precautions  are  taken  to  exclude  the  fat  of  un- 
healthy or  diseased  animals.  Bad  fat  has  even  been 
used  which  had  to  be  deodorised  by  treatment  with  sul- 
phuric acid  and  saltpetre.  The  majority  of  patents 
recommend  a  temperature  of  40—50°  C.  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  artificial  butter.  A  high  temperature  is  supposed 
to  spoil  the  flavour.  At  these  temperatures,  however, 
animal  and  vegetable  parasites  are  able  to  live  ;  many 
of  the  latter  would  not  even  be  destroyed  at  100  C. 
Such  living  parasites  may,  therefore,  occur  in  artificial 
butter,  more  especially  if  pig's  fat  be  employed,  and,  in 
fact,  Dr.  Piper,  of  Chicago,  has  demonstrated  their  pre- 
sence in  artificial  butter. — F.  \Y.  T.  K. 


Feeding  Experiments  with  Dried  Brewers'  Grains.  T. 
Schiller.  Bied.  Centr.  16,282.  (Zcitschr.  f.  Spiritus 
Industrie  10,  19.) 

The  quality  and  quantity  of  milk  obtained  From  cows 
fed  on  dried  returns  (protein,  227  per  cent.;  fat, 
7S  per  cent.;  non-nitrogenous  extractive  matter,  311  4 
per  cent.)  proved  highly  satisfactory.  Analysis  of  the 
milk  gave— water,  85*37  per  cent.;  nitrogenous  matter, 
4-7  per  cent.;  fat,  M  71  per  cent.:  milksngar,  5  42  per 
cent. :  salts,  (ISO  per  cent.  The  milk,  therefore,  contained 
2"05  per  cent,  of  solids  more  than  average  normal  milk. 
Good  results  were  got  with  the  following  daily  quantities 
per  head  (iii  lbs.  German) : — 31b.  dried  returns,  lib.  rye- 
bran,  lib.  linseed  cake,  ami  251b.  of  beets  and  mush- 
rooms, 9'.-  19  litres  per  head  of  milk  were  obtained. 
Horses  and  ewe-lambs  thrive  well  on  returns. 

-F.  \Y.  T.  K. 


Aug. 31, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


557 


The  Freezing  of  Normal  Cows' Milk.  O.  Hengohl.  Milch- 
zeituDg,  15.  461— 162. 

TllK  author  has  analysed  milk,  samples  of  which  were 
frozen  either  slowly  or  rapidly,  whilst  being  stirred  up  or 
left  quiet,  and  has  found  that  the  milk-ice  always  ton- 
tains  more  water  and  less  solid  residue  than  the  portion 
which  has  remained  liquid.  Frozen  milk  should  there- 
fore always  be  thawed  and  well  mixed  before  being 
analjsed.-F.  W.  T.  K. 

A   New  Adulteration   of  Linseed  Cake.      Ad.    Mayer. 
Milchzeitung,  16,  143—144. 

The  author  draws  attention  to  the  presence  of  the  finely - 
ground  husks  of  ground  nuts  in  lin-eed  cake  as  a  sophis- 
tication. In  the  sample  examined  the  husks  were 
detected  microscopically,  and  as  the  percentage  of 
cellulose  (ZeUstoff-Kohfaser)  was  found  to  lie  22  per 
cent.,  whereas  good,  pure  linseed  cake  only  contains 
8  per  cent,  on  the  average,  at  least  14  per  cent,  of  ground 
nut  husks  must  have  been  added,  for  the  latter  do  not  by 
any  means  solely  consist  of  cellulose. — F.  V\  .  T.  K. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Preservation  </  Alimentary 
Substance*.  H.  H.Lake.  London.  From  M.  Muller, 
St.  Petersburg,  Kussia.  Eng.  Pat  7044,  dune  7, 
1S86.  6d. 
TllK  substance  to  be  preserved  is  placed  in  a  hermeti- 
cally sealed  vessel  and  heated  to  a  temperature, 
previously  determined  experimentally,  by  means  of  a 
steam  or  hot-water  bath.  It  is  then  removed  and  allowed 
to  stand  and  cool  ;  a  succession  of  similar  periods  of 
cooking  and  cooling  follow  until  the  operation  of  com- 
plete cooking  is  concluded.  If,  after  standing  three 
weeks,  the  tins  in  which  the  material  is  sealed  show  no 
signs  of  convexity,  the  operation  is  deemed  successful. 
When  particular  flavours  are  desired  to  be  imparted  the 
material  is  previously  partially  cooked  by  the  usual 
method,  which  determines  the  flavour.  The  specification 
contains  a  table  showing  the  temperatures  and  duration 
of  cooking  and  cooling  experiment  has  shown  to  be  best 
or  each  particular  substance. — C.  C.  11. 


Improvements  in  the  Manvfacturi  of  Liquid  Extract  of 

Coffee.     M.  Samuelson,   New   York,    U.S.A.      Eng. 
I'at.  17,017,  Dec.  28,  15S6.     6d. 

COFFEE  is  first  steeped  in  water  at  a  temperature  of 
40°  for  three  or  four  hours,  "  until  the  aromatic  oils  ami 
fatty  substances  are  extracted  ;  "  the  extract  s<>  obtained 
i>  pressed  out  from  the  coffee,  which  is  next  saturated 
with  water  at  90"  and  allowed  to  stand  30  hours,  in 
order  to  extract  the  caffeine  aud  kindred  substances  ; 
after  the  removal  of  the  resulting  infusion,  as  before,  the 
coffee  is  finally  steeped  in  boiling  water  for  halt  an 
hour  or  so.     The  three  extracts  are  mixed  together. 

— E.  G.  C. 

An  Improved  Process  for  Producing  Albumen-maltose 
or  Dietary  Malt  Ponder  for  Food.  A.  K.  Leerbeck 
and  .1.  F.  Holm,  Copenhagen,  Denmark.  Eng.  I'at. 
6285,  April  29,  1SS7.     4d. 

By  special  treatment  of  wheat  Hour  a  very  pure  starch 
is  obtained  which  is  converted,  by  means  of  diastase  at 
65'  C.,  into  maltose  and  dextrose.  To  the  solution  of 
these  two  bodies  are  added  albumen  materials,  chloride 
of  sodium  and  sulphate  of  lime.  The  whole  is  evapor- 
ated and  the  residue  dried  and  ground.  From  the  impure 
residue  of  the  wheat  flour  a  second  quality  finishing 
starch  is  prepared. — A.  J.  K. 


(P.)  SANITARY    CHEMISTRY. 

The   Purification    or'    Wastt     Waters.       E.    Reichardt 

Arch,  l'harm.   lss-7,  252. 

The  author  has  made  special  experiments  en  the  separa- 
tion of  arsenic  from  waters. 

Separation  of   AsJ).   by  Lime. — The   addition   of  a 
slight  excess  of  lime  water  with  rapid  stirring  produces 


an  immediate  deposition  of  an  easily  separable  precipi- 
tate, only  2  per  cent  of  the  arsenic  remaining  in  the 
liquid  after  treating  a  01  per  cent,  solution  of  arsenic 
trioxide.  The  addition  of  ferric  chloride  causes  com- 
plete precipitation,  both  of  arsenious  and  arsenic  acids. 

Precipitation  by  Magnesia. —Even  air-dried  pre- 
cipitated magnesium  hydroxide  added  to  the  liquor  left 
66  per  cent,  of  the  arsenic  in  solution  ;  other  oxides  were 
still  less  efficient.  But  when  the  mixture  was  warmed 
to  ."0—60°  C.  for  some  hours,  only  1  per  cent,  of  the 
As  0a  was  unprecipitated. 

Siparation  of  Colouring  .Veil tcr.  —Magnesia  was  found 
to  be  preferable  to  lime,  but  the  organic  matter  in  the 
water  experimented  with  was  reduced  only  from  38'4  to 
16  parts  per  100,000.— W.  G.  M. 

Experiments  ami  Researches  on  the  Use  of  Zinc-coated 

Iron    Water-Pipes.      H.   Bunte.      Schilling's  Jul.   f. 

Gasbel.  u.  Wasserveis. 
As  the  result  of  a  discussion  at  a  recent  meeting  of  the 
German  Societv  of  Gas  and  Water  Engineers,  the  author 
has  collected  information  from  various  sources,  which 
tends  to  show  that  the  use  of  galvanised  pipes 
should  be  in  no  way  detrimental  to  health.  According 
to  Dr.  V.  Ehmann,  late  director  of  the  water  supply 
in  Wiirtemburg,  objection  to  such  pipes  cannot 
be  taken  on  sanitary  grounds  and  he  considers  them 
peculiarlv  suitable  for  use  in  the  interior  of  buildings. 
Dr.  Boardmann,  of  Boston,  has  found  that  newly-coated 
tubes  give  up  zinc  to  the  water  Mowing  through  them, 
but  in  quantities  so  small  as  to  be  perfectly  harmless. 

— W.  G.  M. 

On  the  Increase  of  Bacteria  in  Water.  G.  Wolffhiigel 
and  <  i.  KiedeL  ( Arbeiten  a.  d.  kaiserl.  Gesundheits. 
I.  455—480.) 
At  temperatures  between  3—23-8°  C,  water  containing 
traces  of  nutritive  matter  showed  a  greater  or  less 
increase  in  the  number  of  bacteria  corresponding  to  the 
higher  or  lower  temperature.  A  <>■  I  reuse  in  the  number 
of  "germs  was  invariably  observed  in  water  placed  in  ice. 
Certain  forms  of  bacteria  are  not,  however,  so  easily 
affected  by  cold  as  others,  for  ice  usually  contains  germs 
still  capable  of  development.  According  to  Gartner 
mechanical  motion  aids  the  increase  of  germs  even  at 
6— 11°  C.  In  water  analysis  these  facts  should  be  taken 
into  account.  Anthrax  and  tvphus  bacilli  developed 
well  at  30°  C,  and  even  at  12—15°  C.  in  water  taken 
from  contaminated  streams.  Water  which  has  satis- 
factorily passed  chemical  examination,  may  for  weeks 
still  be*  capable  of  providing  the  conditions  necessary 
for  maintaining  the  power  of  development  of  the  typhus 
bacilli.  These  bacilli  were  also  found  to  develop  well 
in  milk.  Cholera  germs  present  in  water  containing 
other  germs  as  well  were  soon  superseded  by  the  latter. 
Cholera  germs  increased  slowly  in  sterilised  milk,  but 
rapidly  at  20—24°  C.  The  rapid  development  of  the 
organisms  contained  in  non-sterilised  milk  produced  an 
acidity  which  prevented  the  further  growth  of  the  cholera 
germs. — F.  W.  T.  K. 

Apparatus  for  and  Mode  of  Clarifying  Sewage  and 
Filtering  large  Volumes  of  Water.  T.  Rffld,  >or- 
manton.  Eng.  I'at.  4.544,  April  1,  1SS6.  8d. 
The  sewage  is  received  in  tanks,  worked  three  in  a 
series,  where  it  is  settled  and  defecated  and  the  effluent 
parsed  therefrom  on  to  filtration  areas,  which  are  some- 
times useu  singlv  and  at  others  in  duplicate.  The 
details  of  the  invention  are  claimed  at  length  under 
twenty-four  heads.— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  or  Additions  to  Means  or  Apparatus 
employed  in  tin   Manvfacturi   of  Coke  for  th.   Desic- 
cation   and    Inn,,,  ration     of    l'rcip Hants    or    Solids 
tilting  from  Sludge  or   other   Substances  liable  to 
Putrefy.     K.  de  Soldenhoff,  Cardiff.     Eng.  Pat.  74S2, 
May  23,  1887.     Ud. 
THESE  improvements  relate  to  the  system  of  incineration 
described  in   Eng.    Pat.    2721   of  1S66  and   Provisional 


:.;,s 


THK  .lOl'KXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  tAng.Sl,MW, 


Specification  12,259  of  the  same  year,  and  consist  mainly 
of  locating  the  incinerating  furnace  between  two  coke 
ovens,  instead  of  above  the  coke  ovens  as  therein  pro- 
posed. A  hopper  is  placed  above  the  furnace,  in  which 
the  Blndge  is  received  from  the  truck,  and  in  which  it 
undergoes  a  preliminary  drying  before  incineration.  The 
specification  is  accompanied  by  full  drawings  showing 
the  disposition  of  flues,  etc. — A.  E.  D. 


XVIII.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Improvements  in  the  Preparation  or  Manvfacture  of 
Negativi  Elements  for  Voltaic  Batteries.  D.  G.  Fitz- 
gerald, London.     Ki'g.  Pat.  7036,  June  7,  1SS6.    6d. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  improved  method  of 
manufacturing  the  "  litbanode  "  negative  elements, 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  4671,  18S5,  and  consists  in 
obtaining  the  granular  peroxide  of  lead  by  mixing 
litharge  with  a  salt  or  acid,  which  causes  it  to 
set.  and  passing  the  plastic  mass  through  a  sieve 
before  the  reaction  is  complete  ;  peroxidation  is  then 
produced  by  treatmeut  with  chlorine  or  a  hypochlorite. 
These  granules  are  mixed  with  plastic  oxide  of 
lead,  formed  into  plates  and  allowed  to  "  set,"  or  plared 
in  a  frame  of  celluloid,  or  made  to  surround  a  suitable 
negative  element  such  as  carbon. — B.  T. 


XIX.— PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

I  Improvements  in  Waterproofing  and  Sizing  Paper,  and 
surl,  like  Material.  C.  Mevgang,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
7904,  June  12,  1S86.     6d. 

Fok  the  purpose  of  producing  a  waterproof  paper  or 
•  paper  material,  the  inventor  adds  to  the  fibrous  pulp  in 
the  beater  a  resinous  or  fatty  size,  or  a  mixture  of  resin- 
ous, fatty  and  oily  substances,  such  as  resin,  tallow  and 
petroleum,  also  starch  gelatinised  by  the  action  of  a 
solution  of  caustic  alkali.  Various  nvixturesare  described 
for  different  purposes. — H.  A.  K. 


Plates  without  Support,  entirely  made  of  Activi 
Material,  for  Voltaic  Batteries.  E.  Andreoli,  Lon- 
d.on.     Eng.  Fat.  SS42,  July  G,  1SS6.     Sd. 

These  plates  are  cast  from  a  fused  mixture  of  metallic 
salts,  preferably  composed  of  chloride  of  lead  and  chloride 
of  zinc,  with  a  paste  of  manganese  peroxide  and  hydro- 
chloric acid.  To  add  to  the  conductivity  of  the  plates, 
a  skeleton  of  platinum  wire  or  copper  wire,  contained 
in  a  leaden  tube,  may  be  surrounded  by  the  fused  mass. 
A  leaden  frame  is  then  cast  round  the  plates  with 
terminals  for  connecting  them,  ami  the  chloride  of  lead 
is  reduced  to  a  metallic  state  iu  a  bath  of  chloride  of 
zinc,  the  last  traces  of  chlorine  being  removed  by  sub- 
mitting the  plates  to  an  electric  current.  .After  the 
plates  have  been  dried  thev  are  ready  for  peroxidation. 

— B.  T. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Primary  and  Second- 
ary Batteries.     H.   H.   Lake,  London.     From   \V.   J. 
Ludlow,  Cleveland,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  6S69,  May  10, 
1887.     Sd. 
The  time  of  formation  of  battery  plates  is  lessened  and 
the  amount   of  their  active  surface  increased  by  placing 
them  in  an  air-tight  vessel,  exhausting  the  air  and  then 
introducing  the  electrolyte  under  pneumatic  pressure,  so 
that  it  is  forced  into  the  pores  of  the  plates.     Two  modes 
of  arranging  the  plates  ot  a  battery  are  described. 

— B.  T. 

ndary  Batteries  or  Magazines  of  Electricity.    J-  S. 
Sel Ion,  London.     Eng.  Pat  3987,  Sept  15,  1881.    (IV. 

Edition  of  Spec.)     Sd. 

An  alloy  of  lead  with  antimony  is  used  to  give  hardness 
and  durability  to  the  plates,  which  plates  may  be  com- 
posed of  perforated  strips,  tubes  or  woven  fabrics  of  the 
above  alloy. — B.  T. 

.1  Compound  for  Covering  Electric  Wires,  applicable 
iil.\:,  for  other  Purposes.  II.  W.  Merritt,  Somerville, 
Mass.,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat  6927,  May  11,  1887.    4d. 

The  ingredients  of  this  compound  are  silicate  of  soda, 
fir  balsam  or  an  equivalent,  asbestos,  sugar,  oxalic  acid 
anil  water.  —  E.  G.  •'. 

.1  Compound  for  Covering  Electric  Wires.  H.  W. 
Merritt,  Somerville,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  6928, 
May,  II,  1887.     4d. 

Tin-  compound  is  an   intimate   mixture   of  quicklime, 

lir  balsam,  asbestos,  sugar,  oxalic  acid  aud  water. 

— E.  G.  C. 


Improvements    in    the    Manufacture   or  Treatment  of 

Paper.     C.   Morfit,   London.     Eng.  Pat.    S14S,   June 
19,  1SS6.     6d. 

The  inventor  claims  that  by  this  method  of  manufacture, 
paper  is  toughened  differently  from  any  other  now  in  the 
market  and  that  this  applies  more  particularly  to  thin 
and  inferior  grades  of  news  and  wrapping  papers.  The 
soluble  matter  of  sea-weeds  such  as  Carrageen,  Agar- 
Agar,  etc.,  is  to  be  extracted  by  means  of  boiling  water, 
and  the  extract  forms  the  bath  with  which  the  paper  is 
to  be  treated.  If  desired,  resin  soap  and  aluminous  cake 
may  be  added,  but  these  rather  serve  to  size  the  paper 
and  increase  the  rustle  than  to  toughen  it. 

The  above  mentioned  liquor  may  be  applied  either  to 
the  web  or  to  the  pulp  in  the  engine. — H.  A.  E. 


Improvements  in  tin  Manufacture  of  Paper  Pulp  and 
Papier-M&cht.  A.  Wilkinson,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
S493,  June  28,  1SS6.     6d. 

ABOUT  lewt.  of  any  vegetable  fibre  is  placed  in  a  "  pit  " 
with  water  after  being  sprinkled  with  quicklime  and 
crystal  soda.  Altera  time,  this  material  is  removed  and 
placed  in  a  tank  containing  lib.  each  of  sulphuric, 
hydrochloric  and  acetic  acids  to  40  gallons  of  water, 
"for  loosening  the  gum  and  resinous  matter  in  the 
fibre." 

The  next  process  is  boiling  with  "a  quantity  of 
crystal  soda,  soap,  common  potash  and  bi-sulphate  of 
sodium,  the  liquor  being  boiled  for  about   eight   hours, 

:  until  the  resinous  and  gummy  matters  are  discharged." 
According  to  the  patentee,  "fibre  thus  treated  is  fit 
for  papier  maehe  purposes,  bnt  any  bleaching  operation 
will  fit  it  for  ordinary  paper.  I  prefer,  however,  to  pre- 
pare a  bleach  composed  of  say  lib.  sulphohydrate  and 
sulphuret  of  barium,  4oz.  cyanide  of  potassium,  and  4oz.  of 
oxide  of  calcium,  to  which  may  be  added  a  small  quan- 
tity of  ammonia.  These  ingredients  are  broken  down 
in  warm  water,  or  I  make  a  bleach  of  chlorine,  chloride 
of  lime  dissolved  at  a  boiling  heat  with  4oz.  of  soda,  a 
little  sulphur,  2oz.  of  cyanide  of  potassium  and  lib.  of 
ammonia  which  is  dissolved  in  30  gallons  of  water  at 
about  150°  F." 
A  recipe  is 'also  given  for  what  the  inventor  terms 

I  "dry  bleach,"  consisting  of  sulphuric  acid,    "salts   of 
lemon  or  of  tin,"  and  "solid  ammonia.'' — H.  A.  E. 


An  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating 
Spent  Hops  for  use  in  the  production  of  Pulp  for 
Paper  and  Millboard  E.  Davies,  London,  and  H.  1'. 
Harris,  Fleet.     Eng.   Pat.  S93fi,  July  S,  1SS6.     Sd. 

This  invention  relates  to  methods  and  apparatus  for 
cleaning,  drying,  separating  and  sifting  the  spent  hops 
as  received  from  breweries.  It  is  claimed  thai  in  this 
way  pulp  is  produced  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of 
paper  and  millboard. — H.  A.  E. 


Improvements  in  tht  Manufacture  of  Paper  Pulp  from 
Moss  Peat.  A.  J.  Boult,  London.  From  A.  Ubbelohde, 
Hanover.     Bog.  Fat.  9178,  July  14,  1886.    Sd. 

The  main  features  of  ibis  invention  are  the  manufac- 
ture of  paper  pulp  from  moss  peat  by  soaking  and 
agitating  the  same  so  as  to  separate  it  into  its  com- 
ponent parts,  the  detached  moss  leaves  beiDg  separated 


Aug.  si.  1887.)    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


569 


from  the  stalks  and  other  foreign  matter  by  means  of 
a  sieve.  Secondly,  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp  from 
moss  peat  by  means  of  the  rag-engine,  in  which  the 
said  material  is  either  used  alone  or  else  together  with 
other  stock.— H.  A.  K. 

Improvements  in  Carbonising  Wool,  Hags  and  the  lite. 

G.    Tolson,    Dewsbury,   and   J.    lllingworth,    Bailey. 

Eng.  Tat.  13,498,  Oct'  22,  1SS6.  4d. 
This  invention  refers  "  to  the  use  and  employment 
of  an  oscillatory  rotary  cage  or  cylinder  working 
horizontally  in  a  machine  employed  for  carbonising 
fabrics  or  fibres,  so  that  the  said  fabrics  are  more 
effectually  agitated  within  such  cage  or  cylinder. 
(Compare  this  .Journal,  1883,  476,  and  Eng.  Pat.  13,4!>7. 
1 SS6. )— H .  A .  R. 

Improvements  in  tin  Manufacture  of  Paper  from  Wood, 
and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  (I.  Pitt,  Sutton.  From 
R.  P.  Pictet,  Geneva,  and  G.  L.  Brclaz,  Lausanne, 
Switzerland.     Eng.  Pat.  5269,  April  9,  1887.     8d. 

The  inventor  claims  to  be  able  by  his  new  method 
and  apparatus  to  reduce  to  a  point  of  exceptional  cheap- 
ness the  process  of  manufacturing  cellulose  from  wood 
by  the  use  of  dilute  S(  >.,  solution  only,  obtained  by  the 
combustion  of  pyrites  and  condensation  of  the  gas 
produced  in  a  peculiar  tower.  A  recovery  process  is  also 
described.  For  particulars  the  specification  must  be 
consulted. — H.  A.  B. 

Manufacture  of  Waterproof  and  combined  Water  and 
Fireproof  Paper.  L.  Bastet,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  5296,  April  12,  1887.     4d. 

Paper  stock,  and  more  particularly  asbestos  stock,  is 
treated  during  the  process  of  manufacture  with  a 
waterproofing  composition,  consisting  of  mineral  oil, 
stearic  acid,  tallow,  fucus  or  Irish  moss  and  caustic 
alkali  at  the  rate  of  5  to  15  per  cent,  on  the  material 
employed.  When  well  saturated,  the  pulp  is  to  be 
treated  with  sulphate  of  alumina.  It  is  claimed  that 
this  composition  has  a  hardening  and  strengthening 
effect  upon  the  paper,  more  especially  where  asbestos  is 
employed,  and  makes  tougher  paper  for  any  use. 

— H.  A.  R. 

A  Novel  Xylonite,  Celluloid  or  Pyroxylin  Fabric,  suitable 

for  making  Shirt  Fronts,  Collars.  Cuffs,  Hats  and 
Bonnets, and  for  other  purposes.  The  British  Xylonite 
Company  and  Levi  P.  Merriam,  Homertou.  Eng. 
Pat.  7738,  -May  27,  1SS7.     4d. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  a  striped 
or  lined  xylonite,  celluloid  or  pyroxylin  fabric  suitable 
for  the  above  purposes  by  superposing  in  suitable  order 
a  number  of  sheets  of  these  substances  of  the  several 
colours  required  in  the  fabric,  compacting  these  sheets 
into  a  solid  block  or  body  and  then  cutting  this  block  or 
body  into  sheets  at  right  aDgles  to  the  strata. 

— H.  A.  R. 


colonr(caffe-tannicacid  givesawhite  precipitate).  Gelatin 
solutions  are  not  precipitated  (mori-tannic  acid  causes 
a  precipitate  iu  them)  nor  are  quinine  salts  by  this  new 
tannic  acid,  termed  sorbitannic  acid  by  the  authors.  On 
distillation  it  yields  a  thick  brown  liquor,  containing 
much  catechol."  In  the  potash-melt,  protocatechuic  acid 
andphloroglucinol  were  observed.— A.  B. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

On  a  New  Modification  of  Tannic  Acid  in  the  Berries 
of  the  Rowan-tree.  ('.  Vincent  and  Delachanal.  Bull. 
Soc.  Chim.  1S87,  47,  402. 

To  isolate  this  new  modification  of  tannic  acid  from  the 
juice  of  the  berries  of  Sorlius  aucuparia,  the  juice  was 
allowed  to  ferment,  for  the  purpose  of  decomposing  the 
glucose,  then  clarified  with  a  little  lead  acetate  and, 
finally,  precipitated  by  an  excess  of  the  reagent.  The 
lead  salt  was  decomposed  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and 
the  filtrate  evaporated  in  vacuo.  The  residue  was  then 
extracted  with  absolute  alcohol  and  the  solution  again 
evaporated  in  vacuo.  The  tannic  acid  remained  as  a 
thick  syrup,  which  could  not  be  crystallised.  It 
resembles  mori  tannic  acid,  and  particularly  caffe-tannic 
acid,  but  unlike  these  acids  produced  in  its  solutions, 
a  precipitate  with  lead  nitrate  of  a  pure  lemon-yellow 


Manufacture  of  Santonin.    A.  Busch.     J.  Prakt.  Chem. 

35,  322-341. 
Artemisia  Cina  or  Maritima,  the  principal  source  of 
suntonin,  is  found  on  the  steppes  of  Kirghiz,  and  the  cost 
of  carriage  is  consequently  an  important  item.  To 
obviate  this  as  far  as  possible  a  factory  has  been  estab- 
lished at  Orenburg,  the  terminus  of  the  Kussian  railway; 
and  in  1S84  a  St.  Petersburg  firm  started  a  factory  at 
Tschimkent,  which  is  3200  kilometres  beyond  Orenburg. 
The  great  advantages  possessed  by  the  latter  manufac_ 
tory  are  to  some  extent  counterbalanced  by  the  cost  of 
and  loss  by  transport  across  the  steppes  and  deseitof  the 
necessary  hydrochloric  acid.  In  spite  of  this  this  factory 
can  place  santonin  in  the  market  at  Hamburg  at  18  marks 
per  kilo.  The  santonin  is  extracted  from  the  plant  by 
treating  the  latter  with  very  thick  cream  of  lime.  Themix- 
tureof  seedsandlimeisground  with  water,  the  temperature 
rising  so  as  to  drive  off  the  excess  of  water.  Hot  alcohol 
is  now  added  to  the  cooled  mixture,  and  the  extracted 
juice  after  removing  the  alcohol  is  neutralised  with 
hydrochloric  acid.  After  a  few  days  the  crude  santonin 
crystallises  out  and  is  washed  with  cold  water.  This 
process  depends  on  the  formation  of  a  calcium  salt  readily 
soluble  in  alcohol  ;  this  on  the  addition  of  hydrochloric 
acid  is  split  up,  and  santoninic  acid  (C^H^O.Jset  free, 
which  with  the  loss  of  a  molecule  of  water  is  converted 
into  santonin  (C,5HlsO,).  In  the  extraction  of  santonin 
a  quantity  of  resinous  substance  is  formed,  which  on 
treatment  with  warm  sodium  carbonate  solution  yields  a 
large  quantity  of  santonin.  It  was  found  that  animal 
charcoal,  which  is  used  to  decolorise  the  alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  the  crude  product,  absorbs  a  considerable  quantity 
of  santonin.  The  amount  of  pure  santonin  obtained 
amounts  to  18— 20  per  cent,  of  the  plant  originally 
taken.  . 

Santonin  crystallises  in  flattened  columns  or  in  feather- 
like radiating'  crystalline  groups  with  a  pearly  lustre, 
sp.  gr.  1-247  at  20°  ;  it  melts  at  16S— 170°.  It  can  be 
sublimed,  but  with  difficulty,  since  the  sublimation  and 
decomposition  points  lie  close  together.  Hydrochloric 
acid  causes  santonin  to  resinify  ;  it  is  more  soluble  in 
hot  than  cold  acid.  Sulphuric  acid  dissolves  santonin, 
and  the  solution  in  strong  acid  is  completely  decomposed 
on  warming,  with  evolution  of  sulphur  dioxide  ;  dilute 
acid  decomposes  it  with  formation  of  glucose  and  other 
substances,  showing  that  it  is  a  glucoside.  Nitric  acid 
also  dissolves  santonin.  The  hydroxides  of  the  alkalis 
and  alkaline  earths  combine  with  santonin,  forming  salts 
more  or  less  soluble  in  alcohol.  The  potassium  salt  is 
only  obtained  with  difficulty  in  a  crystalline  state. 
When  potassium  hydroxide  is  mixed  with  santonin  the 
characteristic  carmine-red  coloration  is  produced.  The 
sodium  salt  C15H,  9NaOt  is  easily  obtained  in  fascicular 
prisms.  Both  the  sodium  and  potassium  salts  are  easily 
soluble  in  water  and  absolute  alcohol,  and  are  decomposed 
by  acids.  The  calcium  salt,  which  is  formed  in  the  extrac- 
tion of  santonin,  crystallises  in  colourless,  very  fine  silky 
needles,  soluble  in  water  and  dilute  alcohol,  almost  en- 
tirely insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol :  acids  decompose  the 
salt  with  precipitation  of  santonin,  but  it  is  not  decom- 
posed by  carbonic  anhydride. 

Barium  santoninate  (C16H,  „04) .  Ba  is  analogous  to 
the  calcium  compound. 

When  salts  of  the  heavy  metals  are  added  to  a  solution 
of  potassium  santoninate  the  corresponding  salts  are 
thrown  down  ;  if  these  salts  are  boiled  with  water  they 
are  decomposed  with  formation  of  pure  santonin  and  the 
oxide  of  the  metal.  . 

Santonin  resin,  which  results  from  the  action  of  acid 
upon  santonin,  and  is  most  readily  obtained  by  heating 
santonin  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  in  sealed 
tubes,   appears  according   to  the  author  to  consist  of  a 


.l,f!o 


THE  .TOrilXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aur.  31. 1887. 


number  of  substances  which  are  formed  by  the  decom- 
position of  santonin.  This  resin  prevents  santonin  from 
crystallising  out.  and  the  best  method  of  separating  the 
resin  and  santonin  is  by  means  of  the  metallic  salts  of 
the  latter.   -G.  II.  M. 


On  the  Constituents  of  Calamus-root.    H.  Thorns.  Chem. 
Zeit.  11,  118. 

The  author  finds  that  the  substance  which  was 
supposed  to  he  an  alkaloid,  and  which  he  had  described 
in  a  previous  communication  (Chan.  /.(it.  10,  13!))  under 
the  name  calamine,  is  methylamine.  The  other  con- 
stituent of  calamus-root,  acorin,  appears  to  have  the 
composition  C.,,  Ho, ,0,,.  On  treatment  with  dilute  acids 
and  alkalis  in  an  atmosphere  of  hydrogen,  or  in  contact 
With  ferments,  it  splits  up  into  sugar  and  the  ethereal 
oil  of  calamus,  according  to  the  equation:  Ca,H600,= 
C,HjSOe+3C^„Hj,.  When  the  aqueous  extract  of 
calamus  is  distilled  with  caustic  potash  a  large  quantity 
of  ammonia  is  evolved  and  the  distillate  is  found  to  con- 
tain methyl-alcohol,  due  to  a  partial  decomposition  of 
the  methylamine  contained  in  the  root  into  ammonia  and 
methyl-alcohol.  This  explains  the  occurrence  (pointed 
out  by  Gutzeit)  of  methyl-alcohol  in  the  distillation- 
products  of  calamus-root.— I).  E.  J. 


Short  Notice  on  Saccharine.     F.  Witting.     Chem.  Zeit. 
11,  314. 

THEauthor  considers  that  saccharine  was  obtained  by  him 
in  the  course  of  the  following  experiments  already  in 
1S79.  l'aratoluenesulphamide  was  converted  by 
oxidation  into  the  corresponding  acid,  parasulphamido- 
benzoic  acid,  thus  :  CH.  CcH4.SO.,.NH„  +  0„  = 
C00H.CcH4.S02NH„  +  H,0.  The  "  paratoluenesul- 
phamide  (melting  point  135°,  and  not  lST^  as  given  by 
Wolkow)  is  ground  together  with  pyro  chroma te  of 
potash  and  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  the  best  propor- 
tions being  4grms.  of  the  amide,  9grms.  pyro-chromate  of 
potash,  and  an  excess  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  last  must 
be  added  by  degrees,  otherwise  the  temperature  is  raised 
and  the  amide  melts  and  is  only  attacked  with  diffi- 
culty. After  about  six  hours  the  parasulphamidobenzoic 
acid  was  produced,  which  crystallises  from  w  ater  in  small 
flittering  rhombic  tablets,  melting  at  245°  C,  but  com- 
mencing to  decompose  at  235°  C.  <  >n  one  occasion  when 
making  the  above  experiment,  in  addition  to  the  para 
sulphamidobenzoic  acid,  there  was  produced  an  intensely 
sweet  tasting  oxidation  product  which  was  not  obtained 
on  again  repeating  the  experiment.  It  dissolved  readily 
in  alcohol  and  ether,  hut  with  difficulty  in  water,  anil 
crystallised  fiom  various  solvents  in  small,  white,  wart- 
like masses,  the  melting  point  of  which  was  111—112°  C. 
A  combustion  of  this  body  gave  no  clue  to  its  constitu- 
tion, probably  because  it  was  not  thoroughly  purified 
from  the  amide.  Acid  sodium  sulphite  gave  with  this 
sweet  substance  small  needle-shaped  crystals,  insoluble 
in  ether  and  possessing  a  bitter  taste.  If  to  the  aqueous 
solution  HC1  and  ether  be  added  the  original  sweet  sub- 
stance is  produced  again.  The  author  supposes  from 
these  results  that  he  had  thus  prepared  parasulphamido- 
benzaldehyde,  whilst  from  later  investigations  saccharine 
is  apparently  sulphamidobenzanhydride. — J.  F.  C.  S. 


New  Drugs.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  379. 

Radix  Aristolochim  Cymbifera. — The  underground  parts 
of  very  many  Aristolochia-  are  distinguished  by  a  par- 
ticularly strong  and  unpleasant  smell  and  camphor-like 
taste.  They  have  been  long  used  as  antidotes  against 
snake  bites  and  also  in  malignant  fevers,  etc.  There 
are  13  species  known  in  Europe  and  14  species  in 
America.  The  constituents  of  the  Aristolochix  have 
been  very  little  investigated.  The  root  in  question,  which 
is  a  native  of  Brazil,  and  occurs  in  pieces  about  10cm. 
long,  the  thicker  of  which  are  split,  is  greyish  brown, 
with  longitudinal  corrugations.  A  section  shows  a  thick 
bark  and  considerable  radiated  woody  tissue.  The 
woody  tissue  contains  wide  spotted  vessels  and  also 
spotted  woody  fibre.  The  bark  and  pith  fibres  contain 
much  amyhini,  besides  a  mixture  of  yellow  resin  and 
ethereal  oil  in  numerous  slightly  enlarged  cells.  In  out- 
ward appearance  thin  pieces  of  the  drug  somewhat 
resemble  Had.  Aristoloch.  long.,  which,  however,  con- 
tains much  smaller  and  less  numerous  woody-tissue. 

— G.  H.  M. 


Constitution  and  Synthesis  "1  Jvglon. 
A.  Semper,     her.  20,  937 


A.  Beinthsen  and 
-941. 


Juglon,  or  oxynaphthoquinone,  gives  on  oxidation 
juglonic  acid  or  diuitro -a-oxyphthalic  acid.  Juglon  will, 
therefore,  have  the  following  constitution  : — 


Juglon  may  be  artificially  obtained  by  oxidation  of  aid, 
dioxynaphthalene.  According  to  Armstrong,  dioxynaph- 
thalene  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  chloro-sulphonic  acid 
upon  naphthalene  dissolved  in  CS2.  The  excess  of  CS2 
is  driven  oti',  the  residue  dissolved  in  water,  treated  with 
lead  carbonate,  the  lead  salt  of  the  sulphonic  acid  con- 
verted into  the  sodium  salt  and  the  latter  fused  with 
caustic  potash.  On  adding  acid,  the  dioxynaphtha- 
lene separates  as  a  crystalline  precipitate.  Dioxy- 
naphthalene mixed  into  a  fine  i  aste  with  water,  is 
oxidised  with  chromic  acid  mixture  in  the  cold,  the 
brown  precipitate  resulting  brought  on  to  a  filter,  washed 
and  extracted  with  ether.  To  the  ethereal  solution  a 
small  quantity  of  petroleum  ether  is  added  to  precipi- 
tate impurities  which  are  filtered  oil  and  the  filtrate 
evaporated  to  dryness.  The  product  on  re-crystallisa- 
tion yields  the  characteristic  needles  of  juglon,  with 
the  peculiar  smell  of  nut-shells.  It  dissolves  in  dilute 
alkalis  with  characteristic  purple  colour,  and  in  con- 
centrated HjS04  with  an  intense  blood-red  coloration. 
The  other  properties  are  identical  with  those  of  the 
natural  product. — J.  B.  C. 


Timbo.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  315. 

This  is  the  name  of  a  new  narcotic  medicine,  the  root 
rind  of  the  Conchocarptu  Peckolti.  The  rind  appear-  in 
the  form  of  tubes  or  rolls,  is  bright  reddish  brown 
on  the  outside  and  yellowish  on  the  inside.  The  outer 
and  middle  rind  break  oil  short,  but  the  inner  rind  has  a 
long  fibrous  fracture  and  the  interior  colour  is  whitish. 

It  |" ses  a  weak    aromatic   taste   somewhat    like  eas" 

canlla  bark,  hnt  has  no  special  "dour.     A  cross  section 

shows  an  interrupted  yellow  zone  near  the  Outer  -ide, 
whilst  the  inner  rind  is  faintly  streaked  in  radiating 
lines.  Some  of  the  cells  contain  crystals  of  calcium 
oxalate.— J.  F.  C.  S. 


Coccerylalcohol  and  Coccerie  And.     C.  Liebermann  and 
0.  Bergami.      Ber-.  20,  9">9— 966. 

COCCEUIN  is  a  crystalline  wax  obtained  from  the 
cochineal  insect.  This  substance  may  be  resolved  into 
coccerylalcohol  and  coccerie  acid.  Coccerylalcohol  when 
treated  witli  acetic  anhydride  yields  an  acetic  ether  of 
the  formula  C50H,0(O.CaHjO)2.  With  benzoic  anhydride 
the  benzoic  ether  of  analogous  constitution  is  obtained 
on  oxidising  coccervl  alcohol  with  chromic  aciil  in  acetic 
acid  solution  ;  an  aeid  is  obtained  containing  a  small 
quantity  of  an  indifferent  substance,  probably  a  deriva- 
tive of  coccerie  acid,  from  which  it  is  with  difficulty 
purified.  The  acid  is  pentadecylic  acid  C,,HS0Oa. 
Coccerie  acid  when  oxidised  with  chromic  aeid  yields,  in 
addition  to  a  large  quantity  of  unchanged  coccerie  acid, 
anew  acid,  which  may  be  separated  by  its  much  more 
ready  solubility  in  acetic  aeid.  This  acid  is  likewise 
pentadecylic  acid.  The  methyl  ether  has  the  formula 
CliH20O2CH;,.-J.B.  C. 


Ang.Si.iK7.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  T1IK  SOCIET*  OF  CHEMICAL  ENDI'sTEY. 


set 


New  Drugs  from   the  Namaqua  Country  (South-West 
Africa).    Chem.  Zeit.  11,  755—819. 

1.  Joti.  It  forms  transverse  .sections  of  a  pulpous 
angular  stalk  of  2  to  3cm.  diameter.  The  drug  swells 
very  much  in  water  and  has  a  sweet  taste.  It  is  applied 
against  hemorrhoids.  2.  Nuheib.  A  thick  root  covered 
with  a  light  brown  bark.  It  is  useful  against  diseases 
of  the  uterus.  3.  Rabass.  Fragments  of  stalk  and  leaves, 
which  taste  and  smell  like  oil  of  thyme.  4.  Blue  Shrub. 
Fragments  of  a  green  bark,  which  is  used  as  a  "  healing 
plaster."  The  bark  is  probably  derived  from  Rhus 
tomentosa.  5.  Wild  Gourd.  The  drug  represents  frag- 
ments of  a  root,  probably  from  Cucumis  Citrullus  Ser., 
which  is  very  common  in  that  country.  It  is  said  to 
produce  blisters  like  cantharides.  6.  Jubi.  A  root  with 
a  thin  reddish  skin,  the  taste  of  which  is  sweet  at  first, 
but  afterwards  bitter.  It  is  applied  against  gonorrhoea. 
7.  Iciheib.  A  wood-like  stalk.  S.  Kutt.  Brown  seeds  of 
the  size  of  a  pea  and  rich  in  oil.  9.  The  Seeds  of  Acacia 
Giraffac.  They  are  oval  and  of  a  greenish -brown  colour. 
There  is  on  each  side  of  the  seed  a  light-coloured  circle, 
the  interior  of  which  is  brown.  The  roasted  seeds  are 
used  as  a  substitute  for  coliee  and  furnish  a  beverage 
of  pleasant  taste  and  nutritious  value.  10.  Klipsmlt. 
A  brown,  thickish  extract  of  salty  taste,  soluble  in  water. 
On  heating  it  gives  oil' a  smell  of  urine,  and  its  prepara- 
tion has  probably  a  mysterious  and  unpleasant  origin. 
It  is  applied  against  diseases  of  the  uterus. — S.  H. 


hydrochloric  acid  required  for  titrating  back  multiplied 
by  0042  gives  the  percentage  of  cocaine  in  the  sample. 
The  following  are  some  of  the  results  with  ditterent 
samples  of  coca  leaves  of  various  age  :  — 


Contained  i>er  cent, 
of  Cocaine. 


Of  the  weight 

of  tbe 

dry  leaves. 


The  Mann  for/ lire  of  Cocaine  and  t/ic  Valuation  of 
Coca  Leaves.  H.  T.  Pfeiffer.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  783, 
784  and  SIS. 

Cocaine  is  manufactured  from  the  dry  leaves  of  the 
Erythroxyion  coca,  which  grows  in  the  valleys  of  the 
East  Cordilleras  of  South  America — i.e.,  in  the  interior 
of  Peru  and  Bolivia.  The  fresh  leaves  contain  0-003  to 
0000  per  cent,  of  cocaine,  which  percentage  decreases 
considerably  if  the  leaves  are  stored  any  length  of  time 
before  being  worked  up.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
alkaloid  can  lie  transported  and  kept  without  decomposi- 
tion. This  circumstance  caused  tli<>  author  to  devise  a 
simple  process  for  the  manufacture  of  crude  cocaine  on 
the  spot,  neither  Peru  nor  Bolivia  being  suitable  coun- 
tries for  complicated  chemical  operations.  After  many 
experiments,  he  hit  upon  the  following  plan : — The 
disintegrated  coca-leaves  are  digested  at  70"  C.  in  closed 
vessels  for  two  hours,  with  a  very  weak  solution  of 
sodium  hydrate  and  petroleum  (boiling  between  2003 
and  250  C.).  The  mass  is  filtered,  pressed,  while  still 
tepid,  and  the  filtrate  allowed  to  stand  until  the  oil 
has  completely  separated  from  the  aqueous  solution.  The 
oil  is  drawn  off  and  carefully  neutralised  with  very  weak 
hydrochloric  acid.  A  white  bulky  precipitate  of  cocaine 
hydrochloride  is  obtained  together  with  an  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  the  same  compound,  while  the  petroleum  is  free 
from  the  alkaloid  and  may  be  used  for  the  extraction  of  a 
fresh  batch  of  leaves.  The  precipitate  is  driedand  by  con- 
centrating the  aqueous  solution  a  further  quantity  of 
the  hydrochloride  is  obtained  :  both  can  be  shipped 
without  risk  of  decomposition.  The  product  is  not  quite 
pure,  but  contains  some  hygrine,  traces  of  gum  and 
other  matters.  It-  percentage  of  alkaloid  is  7.">  per 
cent.,  while  chemically  pure  cocaine  hydrochloride 
(Cl7H,,N04.2HCl)  contains  806  per  cent,  of  the  alkaloid. 
The  sodium  hydrate  solution  cannot  be  replaced  by  milk 
of  lime,  nor  can  any  other  acid  be  used  for  neutrali- 
sation. Alcohol  or  ether  are  not  suitable  for  extraction. 
A  repetition  of  the  process  with  once  extracted  coca 
leaves  gave  no  further  quantity  of  cocaine,  proving  that 
all  the  cocaine  goes  into  solution  by  one  treatment.  The 
same  process  serves  on  the  small  scale  for  the  valuation 
of  coca  leaves.  lOOgrms.  of  coca  leaves  are  digested  in 
a  flask  with  400cc.  of  water,  50cc  of  NaOH  (lOgrms. 
of  NaOH  in  lOOcc.)  and  250cc.  of  petroleum.  The  flask  i- 
looscly  covered  and  warmed  on  the  water  bath  for  two 
hours,  shaking  it  from  time  to  time.  The  mass  i-  then 
filtered,  the  residue  pressed  and  the  filtrate  allowed  to 
separate  in  two  layers.  The  oil  layer  is  run  into  a 
bottle  and  titrated  back  with  ,,',,  HC1  (lgrm.  of  HC1  in 
lOOcc.)  until    exactly   neutral.      The  number  of  cc.  of 


Coca-leaves  from  Mapiri.  1  uionth  old..    D"5 

,.  .,        .,      Yungas 0'5 

,,  .,        .,      Mapiri  and  Yungas 

6  months  old.. .  n'l 
,.  ..       ..     Cuzco(Peru) 

i;  months  old....  0-3 
Mapiii  and  Yungas 

1  year  old.... 0  3 

, f'uzco  U-l 

Mapiri  and  Yungas 

2  years  old 0*15 

Coca  leaves  from  Yungas  and  Cuzco,  three  years  old, 
contained  no  trace  of  the  alkaloid,  whereas  fresh  green 
leaves  from  Yungas  contained  07  per  cent,  of  the  weight 
of  the  dry  leaves.  The  same  process  is  also  applicable 
for  the  manufacture  of  quinine  from  poor  quinine  bark, 
with  the  single  alteration  that  weak  sulphuric  acid  must 
be  used  for  the  neutralisation  of  the  alkaline  petroleum 
extract. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Salicylic  Arid 
"Esters."  M.  v.  Xeucki,  Berne,  Switzerland:  and 
C.  Kolbe,  Dresden,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  8018,  June 
16th,  1S86. 

These  compounds,  which  are  termed  "salols,"  as  well  as 
their  properties  and  manufacture,  have  been  described  at 
length  in  this  Journal,  1SS6,  577— 57S.— E.  O.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Peptone  from  Nucleo- 

proteines.     \Y.    Merck,    Darmstadt,   Germany.     Eng. 

Pat.  S46S,  June  28,  18S6.  6d. 
The  inventor  claims  :— (1)  A  process  of  eliminating  the 
nucleine  by  digestingthecaseine,  for  example,  with  water, 
dilute  acid  or  dilute  alkaline  lye,  under  pressure  and  at 
a  temperature  of  150—170°  C,  and  filtering  :  (2)  a  process 
of  eliminating  the  nucleine  by  digesting  with  dilute 
alkaline  lye  at  SO— 90'  C,  neutralising  with  acid  and 
filtering  :  "(3)  the  elimination  of  the  nucleine  by  digesting 
with  a  ferment,  or  ferment-containing  substance,  act- 
ing in  an  alkaline  or  neutral  solution,  neutralising  and 
filtering. — E.  G.  C. 


XXI.— EXPLOSITES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
0,i  Roburite.  C.  Roth.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  53S. 
ROBURITE  belongs  to  the  class  of  "combined"  explo- 
sives. It  is  composed  of  two  constituents,  each  of  which 
is  completely  indifferent  to  friction,  detonation  and  heat. 
Furthermore,  the  same  can  be  said  of  the  finished  explo- 
sive. Thrown  into  the  fire  it  burns  quietly  with  a  light 
flame,  and  it  can  only  be  exploded  by  an  intensive  flame 
such  as  is  produced  by  a  fulminating-mercury  cap.  One 
of  the  constituents  consists  of  a  nitrate,  whereas  the 
other  is  a  mixture  of  the  chloro-nitro  compounds  of  the 
benzene-group.  The  mixture  with  the  nitrate  is  in  such  a 
proportion  that  all  the  carbon  burns  to  carbonic  acid  and 
all  the  hydrogen  to  water,  while  the  chlorine  combines 
with  the  alkali.  The  presence  of  chlorine  in  the  nitro- 
compound- has  not  only  a  loosening  effect  on  the  nitro- 
groups  of  the  aromatic  series,  but  it  increases  the  ex- 
plosive power  by  at  least  20  per  cent.  If  roburite  be 
mixed  with  water  it  loses  its  ability  of  exploding  and 
becomes  quite  harmless.  The  principal  application  of 
roburite  is  in  coal-mining,  as  it  blasts  the  coal  in  large 
lumps  with  a  small  percentage  of  powder.  Neither  can  it 
fire  mine  gases. — S.  11. 


XXII.— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

.1   Conlrivanct    for  Automatic  Filtration.     O.  Billeter. 

Chem.  Zeit.  11,  509. 
The  arrangement  will  be  readily  understood  from  the 
figure.     The  tube  A  is  open  at  both  ends,  and  its  lower 
end  is  adjusted  to  the  level  up  to  which  the  liquid  may 


562 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aug.  31. 1887. 


rise  in  the  funnel.  In  order  to  use  the  apparatus,  the  syphon 
isstartedbyblowiogintoA,  when  the  operation  of  filtering 


rf 

1 

'rv 

will  proceed  quite  automatically.  The  liquid  in  the 
bottle  may  be  heated  if  required  and  the  funnel  may 
be  connected  with  a  suction  pump. — S.  H. 


A  Simple  Arrangement  ftn  the  Regulation  of  Low 
Temperatures  in  Air-baths.  M.  Ekenberg.  Cheni. 
Zeit.  11,  536. 

A  METAL  CASING,  provided  with  boles,  is  arranged  below 
the  air-bath.  The  source  of  heat  is  a  gas  burner,  the 
flame  of  which  must  end  about  4cm.  below  the  bottom 
of  the  air-bath,  so  that  the  bath  is  not  heated  directly 
by  the  flame,  but  rather  by  warm  air,  which  is  partially 
retained  by  the  metal  casing.  The  key  of  the  gas  tap  is 
elongated  and  made  to  play  on  a  circular  dial,  which  is 
graduated  empirically.  For  temperatures  up  to  50"  C.  a 
small  flame,  provided  with  a  well-fitting  chimney,  is 
employed  ;  for  higher  temperatures  a  burner  with  several 
small  flames  should  be  used. — S.  H. 


and  the  gasometer  is  used  in  the  usual  manner,  a  being 
the  tube  containing  the  water  to  exert  pressure  on  the 
gas.— S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Balances.     P.  Ilunge. 
559. 


(  hem.  Zeit.  H, 


It  is  at  first  noted  that  in  most  balances  the  sensitive- 
ness of  a  balance  decreases  uniformly  with  increase  of 
load ;  this  is  conditioned  by  steel  alloy  used  for  the 
construction  of  the  beam,  which  frequently  coutains  pores 
invisible  to  the  naked  eye.     To  avoid  this,  and  to  produce 


the  maximum  sensitiveness  with  mean  load,  argentan 
alloy,  drawn  and  rolled,  is  substituted  for  steel,  which  it 
approaches  in  solidity,  while  in  elasticity  it  surpasses 
nickel  alloy  and  aluminium  bronze.  In  order  to  avoid 
vibrations  of  the  pointer,  the  author  adopts  a  peculiar 
sectional  form,  which  is  found  to  act  better  than  the 
usual  conical  form.  A  cam  arrangement  is  also 
described  for  opening  the  window  of  the  balance  case 
with  one  hand  and  for  keeping  it  open  in  any  desired 
position.  The  window  opens  out  towards  the  observer, 
and  the  weights  are  introduced  by  side  windows  ;  thus 
the  breath  of  the  observer  does  not  injure  the  balance. 
In  conclusion,  an  arrangement  is  detailed  in  outline  for 
transporting  the  weights  wholly  within  the  balance  case, 
when  it  may  be  desired  to  conduct  weighings  in  vacuo  ; 
such  an  arrangement  also  avoids  a  possible  diminution 
in  the  weights  by  contact  with  pincers  or  the  fittings  of 
the  box.     The  arrangement  is  not  as  yet  completed. 

— V.  H.  V. 

A  Reaction  for  Narce'ine.    P.  C.  Plugge.    Nieuw.  Tijdsh. 
l'harm.  Nederl.  1887,  163. 

If  a  trace  of  narceine  be  warmed  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  in  a  porcelain  basin  over  a  water-bath,  a  beautiful 
violet-red  colour  appears  as  soon  as  the  solution  is  suffi- 
ciently concentrated  :  continued  heating  changes  it  to 
cherry-red.  After  cooling,  the  addition  of  a  trace  of 
HXtljiir  KXO:.  solution,  produces  bluish-violet  streaks 
in  the  red  liquid.  O'OOOOlogrni.  of  narceiue  can  be 
detected  in  this  way. — D.  E.  J. 


A   Spherical   Gasometer.     A.  Ehrenberg.     C'hem.   Zeit. 

11,  786. 
The  apparatus  is  of  glass,  and  rests  after  the  fashion  of 
the   Gay-Lussae   burettes   in   a   wooden   support.     The 
accompanying  illustration  shows  the  shape  given  to  it 


Hyposulphite   of  Sodium  and  Bismuth    as  a   Test  for 
Potassium.    C.  I'auly.    Pliarni.  C.H.N.F.  18S7,  187. 

This  reaction  had  already  been  pointed  out  by  A. 
Carnot.  The  author,  however,  finds  that  the  reaction  is 
a  delicate  one  and  applicable  as  a  test  for  the  presence 
of  potassium  in  very  dilute  solutions.  An  alcoholic 
solution  of  bismuthic  sodium  hyposulphite  gives  with 
potassium  salts  a  strongly  yellow  crystalline  precipitate 
of  bismuth  potassium  hyposulphite  K,Bi(SsOa)?,  which 
dissolves  in  water  to  a  colourless  solution,  but  is  repre- 
cipitated  unchanged  by  the  addition  of  alcohol.  Neu- 
tral solutions  of  sodium,  lithium,  calcium,  magnesium 
and  ammonium  salts  are  without  effect  :  barium  and 
strontium  .--alts  give  precipitates,  but  as  the  colour  is 
white,  they  are  sufficiently  distinguished  from  the  potas- 
sium precipitate. 

The  reagent  is  prepared  in  two  solutions,  which  are 
kept  separate  until  required  for  use.  For  the  one,  six 
molecules  of  sodium  hyposulphite  (14SS  parts)  are  dis- 
solved in  the  least  possible  quantity  of  water.  For  the 
other,  one  molecule  of  bismuth  oxide,  BUG;;  (468  parts) 
is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  diluted  with  acidi- 
fied water  to  a  volume  equal  to  that  of  the  hyposulphite 
solution.  The  procedure  recommended  is  the  following  : 
— One  or  two  drops  of  the  hyposulphite  solution  are 
placed  in  a  teijt  tube  together  with  the  same  quantity  of 
bismuth  solution,  and  then  lcc.  of  water  and  10tol5cc. 
alcohol  are  added.  If  any  cloudiness  does  not  disappear 
on  shaking,  water  is  added  in  drops  until  the  solution 
becomes  clear.  To  this  is  added,  drop  by  drop,  the  solu- 
tion to  be  tested  for  potassium,  which,  if  present,  will 
produce  a  fine  yellow  precipitate  after  some  lapse  of 
time.  The  author  obtained  an  unmistakable  indication 
with  OOOOOogrm.  KCL— G.  H.  B. 


On  tlir  Detection  of  .small  quantities  of  Luetic  Acid. 
W.  Windiach.     Wochensch.  Brauerei,  13,  214. 

LACTIC  acid,  when  heated  with  potassium  chromate  and 
sulphuric  acid,  is  decomposed  into  formic  acid  and  acetic 
aldehyde.  The  solution  to  be  tested  is  diluted  to  about 
lOOcc. ;  5— lOcc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  a  little 
potassium  chromate  are  added  and  the  mixture  is  sub- 
mitted to  distillation.  The  vapours  are  received  in  warm 
Ncssler's  solution.  The  presence  of  aldehyde  causes  a 
yellow  precipitate,  small  quantities  giving  only  a  yellow 
opalescence.  F'ormic,  acetic,  propionic,  butyric,  valeri- 
anic, succinic,  malic,  tartaric  and  citric  acids  do  not 
give  this  reaction. — G.  H.  B. 


Aug.  31, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


5G3 


A   Reaction  for  Morphine.     U.  Ynlpius.     Arch.  Pharm. 

1887,  25,  256. 
ABOUT  0'00025grm.  of  a  morphine  salt  is  dissolved  in  a 
porcelain  dish  in  about  six  dropsof  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  a  few  centigrams  of  sodium  phosphate  added  and 
the  mixture  carefully  heated.  White  fumes  are  evolved, 
and  a  violet  colour  appears.  Water  added  drop  by  drop 
to  the  cold  mixture  produces  at  first  a  brilliant  red, 
which,  on  further  addition,  changes  to  a  dirty  green  ; 
if  the  solution  be  then  shaken  with  the  same  volume  of 
chloroform,  the  latter  is  coloured  blue. — A.  K. 


On  the  Detection  of  Duron  in  MM  and  similar  Liquids, 
M.  Kretzschmar.     (hem.  Zeit.  11,  470. 

AlTER  well  shaking  the  milk,  S — Occ.  are  evaporated  to 
about  one-third  their  hulk  in  a  platinum  crucible.  A 
few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  now  added,  and  the 
evaporation  continued,  by  means  of  the  non-luminous 
flame  of  a  Hansen  burner  held  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  play  on  the  top  of  the  crucible.  If  boron 
be  present  the  Maine  is  coloured  green,  but  the  colour 
disappears  as  soon  as  inflammable  gases  are  evolved. 
The  author  maintains  that  practically  all  the  boron 
present  is  evolved  in  this  manner,  and  that  the  test  is 
therefore  a  very  delicate  one. — A.  R. 


A   Novel  Reaction   of  Chloroform,     A.  Jolles.     Cheru. 
Zeit.  11,  786. 

Chloroform,  if  not  quite  free  from  water,  gradually 
undergoes  decomposition  under  the  influence  of  daylight. 
An  addition  of  1  per  cent,  of  alcohol  effectually  prevents 
oxidation.  Nevertheless,  the  article  in  commerce  fre- 
quently contains  a  high  percentage  of  oxidisable 
matters,  such  as  aldehyde,  ethylene,  and  so  forth,  which 
may  he  readily  detected  in  the  following  manner : — A 
few  grains  of  chemically-pure  potassium  manganate 
(Iv.MnO,)  are  added  to  the  chloroform  to  be  tested, 
l'ure  chloroform  does  not  act  on  it  at  all,  whereas  an 
addition  of  about  2  per  cent,  of  alcohol  or  similar 
oxidisable  matter  quickly  reduces  the  manganate,  pro- 
ducing yellow-brown  spots  of  potassium  manganite 
(KjMnOj).  The  quicker  the  reduction  and  the  more 
intense  the  spots,  the  greater  was  the  addition  of  foreign 
oxidisable  matter.  The  reaction  is  expressed  by  the 
following  equation  :  —  KsMnU4  +  C2HrtO  =  K,Mn03  + 
H..O  +  C. H(U.  Potassium  permanganate  (KMn04)  does 
not  act  nearly  so  rapidly.— S.  H. 

The.  Estimation  of  Acetic  Arid  in  Acetates  by  direct 
Titration.  A.  Sonneiiscbein.  Chem,  Zeit.  11,  591 
—592. 

The  method  hitherto  in  use  has  been  that  of  Presenilis, 
which  involves  a  distillation,  and  to  a\oid  this  has  been 
the  object  of  several  experimenters  on  the  subject.  The 
author  claims  to  have  devised  a  successful  method  of 
direct  titration  by  availing  himself  of  the  colour 
reaction  given  by  methyl-orange  (On.nge  IV.).  In 
testing  a  sample  of  sodium  acetate,  the  solution  is  Hist 
titrated  with  normal  hydrochloric  add  in  presence  of 
phenacetolin  in  order  to  determine  the  sodium  carbonate 
present,  after  which  methyl-orange  is  added  and  the 
addition  of  acid  continnetl  until  a  red  colour  shows  that 
the  acetate  has  been  decomposed.  The  sodium  carbon- 
ate can  also  be  removed  by  means  of  barium  chloride  as 
a  preliminary  to  titration.  The  yellow  colour  of 
commercial  calcium  acetate  is  renio\ed  by  treatment 
with  animal  charcoal  ;  in  other  respects  the  procedure  is 
the  same  as  with  the  sodium  salt.  Using  Presenilis' 
method  as  a  standard,  the  author  obtains  closely- 
agreeing  results  bv  his  direct  method. — G.  H.  B. 


Iodine-starch  is  the  only  exception  known,  and  this  fact 
seemed  to  point  to  the  probability  of  iodine  combining 
with  starch  in  a  peculiar  maimer.  The  author  has  now 
found  that  the  formation  of  blue  iodine-starch  is  not 
caused  by  iodine  alone,  but  by  the  simultaneous  action 
of  hydriodic  acid  or  one  of  its  salts.  The  properties  of 
iodine-starch  well  agree  with  this  statement.  All  the 
iodine  solutions  which  colour  starch  blue,  contain 
hydriodic  acid  or  an  iodine  salt.  If  a  compound  be 
present  which  destroys  hydriodic  acid — e.g.,  chlor'ne — 
no  blue  iodine-starch  is  obtained.  A  silver  solution 
decolorises  iodine  starch  ;  on  the  addition  of  iodine,  the 
mixture  becomes  yellow,  but  hydriodic  acid  or  one  of  in 
salts  restores  the  blue  colour.  Again,  an  aqueous 
solution  of  iodine  does  not  turs  starch  blue,  whereas  the 
addition  of  the  smallest  trace  of  hydriodic  acid  is 
sufficient  for  the  formation  of  blue  iodine-starch.  As  a 
consequence,  all  those  substances  which  convert  iodine 
in  hydriodic  acid,  change  yellow  iodine-starch  to  blue. 
In  analysing  iodine-starch,  it  is  not  sufficient  toestimate 
the  total  iodine  present,  but  the  proportion  of  iodine  to 
hydriodic  acid  must  also  be  ascertained.  If  starch 
solution  be  added  to  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium 
iodide,  acidilied  with  sulphuric  acid,  a  precipitate  of 
blue  iodine-starch  is  produced  which  quickly  collects  at 
the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  By  the  titration  of  the  filtrate, 
the  relation  of  iodine  to  hydriodic  acid  can  beascertained  ; 
and  if  the  proportion  of  iodine  to  hydriodic  acid  in  the 
original  solution  is  known,  the  quantities  of  iodine  and 
hydriodic  acid  can  be  calculated  which  were  absorbed 
in  the  formation  of  blue  iodine-starch.  A  series  of 
experiments  showed  that  four  iodine  atoms  and  one 
molecule  of  hydriodic  acid  go  to  form  blue  iodine-starch, 
and  if  the  formula  (C,,H,  0O5),,  represents  the  molecule 
of  starch,  the  composition  of  blue  iodine-starch  is 
[(C.H.oOjlIRHI.  On  the  other  hand,  the  analysis  of 
iodine-starch  dried  in  vacuo  yielded  :  C  =  3G-14  percent., 
H=5C6per  cent,  1  =  1847  percent.     This  best  corres- 

I  ponds  with  the  formula  (C24HroO.,(,I)4HI,  which  shows 
at  the  same  time  that  the  formula  of  starch  is 
(  ,4H100.;o.  Pfeifl'er  and  Tollens's  formula,  which  is 
the  same,  and  was  obtained  by  another  method,  thus 
receives  a  confirmation.  Iodine-starch  contains  a 
hydrogen  atom  which  can  be  replacetl  by  metals.  These 
metallic  compounds  are  obtained  in  the  same  way  as 

:  the  iodine-starch,  by  using  the  respective  iodine  salts. 
Several  of  these  compounds  are  soluble  in  water— e.g., 
the  sodium  and  potassium  compound,  whereas  others 
are  insoluble — e.g.,  the  barium  ami  zinc  compound. 

— S.  H. 

An  A/i/iaratus  for  the  Estimation  of  Hydrogen  in 
presence  of  Marsh  Gas  in  Gaseous  Mixtures.  F. 
Hoppe-Seyler.     Zeits.  Physiol.  Chem.  H,  257. 

This  is  an  adaptation  of  the  method  of  Winkler  and 
llempel,  of  passing  the  gas  mixed  with  air  over  spongy 
palladium,  when  only  the  hydrogen  burns,  and  the 
marsh  gas  remains  unattacked. — G.  H.  B. 


Notes  on  the  Blue  Iodine-starch.     V.  Mylius.     Ber.   20 

688—695. 
If  iodine  combines   with   colourless  substances  which 
contain   carbon,    hydrogen   and   oxygen,    the  resulting 
compounds  are,  as  a  rule,  either  colourless  or  yellow. 


Titration  of  Phosphoric  Acid  with  Uranium  Nitrate.  Ch. 
Malot.     Monit.  Scient.  1887,  4S7. 

Oxide  of  uranium  gives  a  green  lake  with  cochineal, 
which  property  may  be  utilised  for  a  very  exact  deter- 
mination of  phosphoric  acid.  The  phosphate  is  treated 
according  to  Joulie's  method — i.e.,  dissolved  in  HC1,  the 
phosphoric  acid  precipitated  with  the  citro-magnesium 
mixture  and  the  precipitate  dissolved  in  dilute  nitric 
acid.  A  few  drops  of  tinctuie  of  cochineal  are  added, 
then  ammonia  until  the  violet  coloration  just  appears, 
and  this  in  its  turn  is  made  to  disappear  with  1 — 2  drops 
of  nitric  acid.  The  solution  is  now  heated  to  100°,  occ. 
of  sodium  acetate  solution  added  and  the  mixture 
titrated  with  uranium  nitrate.  Each  drop  of  the  latter 
causes  a  greenish-blue  zone,  which,  on  agitation,  dis- 
appears again.  As  soon  as  precipitation  is  complete,  the 
solution  assumes  a  lasting  greenish-blue  colour,  remain- 
ing unchanged  by  excess  of  the  uranium  solution.  The 
end-reaction  is  most  distinct.     By  employing  very  dilute 


564 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     Ia»k.  a.  1887. 


solutions  of  uranium  nitrate,  the  determination  is 
rendered  very  exact  The  author  uses  solutions,  Ice.  of 
w  liii-li  represents  0*002grm  of  phosphoric  acid.  It  is 
necessary  to  keep  the  tempi  rature  about  100°  during  the 
titration.     A.  R. 

Analysis  of  Sulphides.     Fr.  Weil.     Ber.  20,695-^97. 

The  sulphur  in  sulphides  which  are  decomposable  by 
hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid  can  be  rapidly  estimated 
by  passing  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  evolved  into  a 
modified  Fehling's  solution,  and  retitrating  the  copper 
not  precipitated  with  stannous  chloride.  The  Fehling's 
solution  used  is  prepared  by  dissolving  39'3375grms.  of 
crystallised  copper  sulphate,  197grms.  of  Seignette-salt 
(sodium-potassium  tartrate)  and  125grms.  of  sodium 
hydrate  per.  litre  ;  this  solution  thus  contains  exactly 
lOgrnis.  of  copper.  The  finely-powdered  mineral, 
wrapped  in  a  piece  of  filter-paper,  is  quickly  thrown 
into  a  Bask  which  contains  50cc.  of  pure  hydrochloric 
acid  and  heated  on  the  sand-bath.  The  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  is  absorbed  in  .iOcc.  of  the  copper  solution, 
which  were  previously  diluted  with  lOOcc.  of  a  dilute 
sodium  hydrate  solution(70  toSOgrms.  of  Nat  HI  per  litre). 
The  distillation  is  finished  in  five  minutes.  The  contents 
of  the  receiver  are  filtered,  washed  and  a  portion  of  the 
filtrate  titrated  back  with  stannous  chloride,  lgrm.  of 
Cu=0\30393grui.  S.— S.  H. 


On  the  Detection  and  Estimation  of  Vanadium  in  Mine- 
rals and  Ores.    L.  L'Hote.    Conipt.  Bend.  104,  990. 

In  order  to  isolate  the  vanadium  the  author  passes  dry 
chlorine  over  a  mixture  of  4  parts  of  the  substance  with 
1  part  of  charcoal  heated  in  a  tube  to  250°.  In  the  case 
of  ores  which  contain  arsenic,  the  mixture  must  first  be 
made  into  a  paste  with  oil  and  then  heated  to  redness. 
Two  Mohr's  bulb  tubes  containing  water  are  connected 
to  the  end  of  the  tube.  The  presence  of  vanadium  is  in- 
dicated by  a  red  colour  iu  the  first  bulb  due  to  the  for- 
mation of  vanadic  acid,  but  the  thud  remains  colourless 
when  only  very  little  vanadium  is  present.  The  products 
of  condensation  are  dissolved  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid, 
the  solution  evaporated  and  the  residue  tested  with  a 
drop  of  colourless  ammonium  sulphide,  producing  the 
characteristic  purple  coloration  of  vanadium  sulphide. 

For  the  estimation  of  the  vanadium,  the  author  uses 
Margueritte's  method  for  determining  small  quantifies 
of  iron,  by  reduction  with  zinc  and  titration  with  a  dilute 
permanganate  solution.  The  operations  must  be  con- 
ducted at  a  somewhat  elevated  temperature,  and  special 
precautions  must  be  taken  in  preparing  the  distilled 
water  used. 

If  a  larger  quantity  of  vanadium  be  present,  the  con- 
tents of  the  first  bulb  will  have  a  bluish-green  colour, 
and  in  that  case  the  acidified  solution  is  treated  with 
ammonia  and  evaporated  to  dryness  :  the  residue,  after 
heating  to  redness,  is  weighed  as  vanadic  acid.  The 
author  found  in  bauxite  00.">  and  0'031grm.,  in  Bohe- 
mian pitchblende  1"62  and  L'40grm.,  and  in  brown  iron- 
stone 0*083gnn.  of  vanadium  per  kilo.— G.  H.  B. 


The  Influence  of  Barium  Phosphate  upon  Acidimetrie 

Analysis.  A.  Yilliers.  Compt.  Kend.  104,  1103. 
PHOSFHOBIC  acid  can  easily  be  estimated  by  means  of 
caustic  potash  or  baryta  water,  using  phenolphthalein 
as  an  indicator  :  a  phosphate  which  has  a  neutral  reaction 
being  formed  in  the  hrst  case  and  insoluble  di-barinm 
phosphate  in  the  second  case.  It  might  therefore  be 
ex|  ected  that  in  the  volumetric  determinate  n  of  an  acid, 
no  difficulty  would  l.e  occ  isioned  by  the  presence  of  such 
a  salt  as  di-sodium  phosphate  ;  tliis  is  true  for  caustic 
potash,  but  it  is  not  so  when  baryta-water  is  used. 

If  ill  lis  neutralised  with  baryta-water  in  presence  of 
phenolphthalein,  so  that  a  red'  coloration  i>-  produced, 
and  if  di-sodium  phosphate  (which  reacts  neutrally  to- 
wards the  indicator)  is  added,  the  same  effect  is  pro- 
duced as  if  there  had  been  an  addition  of  acid--/....  a 
further  quantity  of  baryta-water  is  required  to  restore 
the  red  colour.     This  reappi  ars  at  once,  but  again  dis- 


appears in  live  or  ten  minutes  and  more  baryta  has  to 
be  added  before  it  becomes  permanent,  the  amount  de- 
pending upon  the  relative  amounts  of  di-sodium  phos- 
phate and  barium  chloride.  In  presence  "f  a  large  excel  s 
of  di-sodium  phosphate  the  preci]  itate  nltimatelj  formed 
has  the  composition  BaNaP04. 

The  main  product  of  the  reaction  of  barium  chloride 
upon  di-sodium  phosphate  is  acid  barium  phosphate  : — 
Na.Hl'n,  ,  BaCL  BaHP04H  2NaCl.  On  the  addition 
of  baryta-water  the  following  decomposition  occurs  : 
2BaHPO<  +  2NaCl      Ba(OH)..  -  2BaNaK)4  +  BaCl..+ 

■JI1.H. 

Thus  a  free  acid  cannot  be  titrated  with  baryta-water 
in  presence  of  Na«HP04,  even  when  phenolphthalein 
(towards  which  the  salt  is  neutral)  is  used  as  indicator. 
This  is  also  true  for  the  estimation  of  phosphoric  acid  iu 
presence  of  salts  of  the  alkalis  ;  but  such  determinate  ns 
can  be  carried  out  when  caustic  potash  is  employed. 
— D.  E.  J. 

Estimation    of  Copper    and    Arsenic    in    Pyrites,     1!. 
Nahnsen.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  692. 

It  is  supposed  that  the  pyrites  to  be  tested  contain  no 
more  than  03  per  cent,  to  Oo  per  cent,  of  copper.  The 
mineral  is  powdered  very  finely  and  12  5grms.  of  it  are 
treated  in  a  tall  beaker  with  lOcc.  of  water  and  lcc.  of 
strong  sulphuric  acid.  Nitric  acid  of  14  sp.  gr.  is  then 
added  until  there  is  lo  further  reaction,  and  the  beaker 
covered  with  a  porcelain  dish.  The  liquid  is  made  to 
boil,  the  porcela;n  dish  i  em  oved  after  a  few  minutes  and 
the  beaker  shak<  n  very  frequently,  the  boiling  being  con- 
tinued until  the  liquid  becomes  very  thick  and  commences 
to  separate  a  yellow  salt  The  pasty  mass  is  then  dissolved 
in  warm  water.  The  solution,  after  cooling,  is  trans- 
ferred to  a  '250cc.  Mask,  filled  up  to  the  maik  and  200cc. 
(  =  lOgrms.  pyrites)  are  filtered  through  a  dry  filter.  The 
solution,  now  free  from  silica  and  lead,  is  treated  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  for  several  hours,  until  theire- 
cipitate  tonus  small  lumps  and  the  liquid  is  quite  clear. 
i  The  former  is  then  rinsed  into  a  beaker,  which  contains 
|  a  strong  solution  of  sodium  sulphide  in  sufficient  quan- 
tity to  dissolve  all  the  sulphur  on  boiling.  The  solution 
is  diluted  with  hot  water,  allowed  to  settle  for  some 
hours  and  filtered.  The  solution  contains  all  the  anti- 
mony and  arsenic,  whereas  the  cupric  sulphide  is  on  the 
filter  and  can  be  estimated  as  cuprous  sulphide.  By  the 
addition  of  an  acid  to  the  sodium  sulphide  solution, 
antimony  and  arsenic  is  precipitated,  the  latter  of  which 
is  extracted  from  the  washed  precipitate  bj  ammonia. 
— S.  H. 

tin  the  Determination  of  Arsenic  as  tht  Pentasulphide. 
Be  Roy  W.  BuBCay.  Amer.  Chtm.  .lour.  9,  174 — 
179. 

The  author  strongly  recommends  that  where  arsenic  has 
to  be  determined  in  an  ar.-enate,  it  should  be  estimated 
gravimetrically  as  follows: — The  solution  contain- 
ing from  01  to  0  3grni.  of  arsenic  is  placed  in  a  Mask 
with  a  well-fitting  stopper,  the  capacity  of  the  flask 
being  about  "JOOcc.  It  is  then  acidified  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  diluted  with  fie.-hly  boiled  water 
until  the  tlask  is  nearly  full.  H.S  gas  is  then 
passed  in  to  saturation,  the  stopper  inserted  and 
fastened  down,  and  i lie  whole  placed  in  a  hot  water 
bath  for  an  hour.  At  the  end  of  I  hat  time  all  the 
arsenic  will  be  precipitated  as  AsjSs,  containing,  as  the 
author's  experiments  show,  no  free  sulphur. — S.  G.  B. 


Est, /nation  of  Hydrogen  Peroxidi .    H.  Thorns.    Chem. 
Zeit.  11,  US. 

The  two  following  methods  for  the  determination  of 
hydrogen  peroxide  are  recommended  as  being  both  rapid 
and  accurate  :—(l.)  The  apparatus  used  is  Presenilis 
and  Wills's  apparatus  for  the  estimation  of  CO„.  Pour 
in  5cc.  of  the  solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  and 
introduce  a  small  tube  nearly  filled  with  coarsely- 
powdered  MnO„  without  allowing  the  solution  to  touch 
this.     Concentrated  sulphuric  .acid  is  poured  into  the 


Aug.  31, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


565 


second  flask,  and  after  a  little  of  this  lias  been  drawn 
over,  the  apparatus  is  shaken  so  as  to  bring  the  mix- 
ture into  contact  with  the  MnO..  Oxygen  is  freely 
given  off,  and  after  the  evolution  of  ga-  hae  ceased 
a  stream  of  air  if-  drawn  through  the  Basics  m  the 
usual  manner,  after  which  they  are  weighed.  The 
loss  oi  weight  indicates  the  amount  of  oxygen  evolved  ; 
one-half  of  this  comes  from  the  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, according  to  the  equation  MnO.,  +  HO.,  = 
MnO  +  H,0  +  Oj.  (2.)  The  second  method  depends 
upon  the  fact  that  hydrogen  peroxide  liberates  from  acid 
solutions  of  potassium  iodide  a  corresponding  quantity  of 
iodine,  which  can  then  be  titrated  with  Na,S,0,. 
Oogrm.  of  KI,  lgrm.  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  (1:4)  and 
50grms.  of  water  are  heated  to  about  40°  ;  to  this  is 
added  O'occ.  of  the  hydrogen  peroxide  (or,  better,  5cc.  of 
the  solution  diluted  "to  a  tenth  of  its  previous  strength) 
and  the  whole  is  allowed  to  stand,  with  frequent  shak- 
ing, for  about  five  minutes,  after  which  it  is  titrated 
with  decinormal  thiosulphate  solution.  On  further  heat- 
ing to  40  a  slight  brown  coloration  is  produced,  which 
is  again  destroyed  by  adding  more  thiosulphate.  The 
re-action  is  as  follows  :—H.,U, +2KITH, SO  =K„S04 
+  2H...O  +  2I;  2Na,S,0s+21=2NaI+NasS4O,.  Thus 
21  corresponds  to  H90,  or  2Na,Ss03  ;  and  conse- 
quent^ Ice.  of  decinormal  thiosulphate  is  equivalent 
to  0  OOlTgrm.  H„02.—  D.  E.  J. 


Notes    on    the   Estimation    of  Morphia,      H.    Goebel. 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  508. 

5 — I0GBMS.  of  opium  are  digested  with  llOcc.  of  water 
at  55°  C.  and  from  4  to  5grms.  of  quicklime  are  then 
added.  The  mass  is  allowed  to  stand  with  frequent 
stirring  for  one  hour.  It  is  then  filtered,  and  50cc.  of 
the  filtrate  are  shaken  with  5cc.  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol, 
2.Vc.  of  ether  and  3grms.  of  ammonium  chloride.  The 
mixture  is  allowed  to  crystallise  over-night.  The  ether 
is  then  carefully  decanted  through  a  filter,  the  latter 
washed  with  pure  ether,  and  the  alcholic  liquid  is  at 
last  filtered  into  a  graduated  cylinder,  using  the  mother 
liquor  to  bring  the  crystals  on  the  filter.  They  are 
washed  with  cold  water,  until  the  filter  is  colourless. 
For  every  lOcc.  of  water  OOlgrm.  of  morphia  is  allowed. 
The  filter  is  dried  at  100°  U.  and  the  weight  noted  down. 
The  crystals  are  then  removed  from  the  filter  and  the 
latter  is  moistened  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  after- 
wards washed  with  water,  until  the  washings  give  no 
reaction  with  starch  solution  and  iodic  acid.  The  filter 
is  again  dried  and  weighed,  and  the  difference  of  the 
two  weighings  is  the  amount  ot  morphia  in  the  opium. 
— S.  H. 

On  the   Estimation    of  Nicotine    in  Tobacco   Extracts. 
Or.  K.  Kissliug.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  605. 

The  following  additional  details  are  given  by  the  author 
in  further  explanation  of  the  method  of  determining 
nicotine,  previously  published  by  him  (Chem.  Zeit.  9, 
1336).  lOOgmis.  of  the  extiact  is  a  convenient  quantity 
to  work  with  ;  this  is  distilled  in  a  current  of  steam 
until  the  contents  of  the  distillation  flask  have 
diminished  by  about  25  per  cent,  (and  not,  as  previously 
stated,  until  the  volume  is  reduced  to  10 — 15cc.).  The 
flask  must  be  very  carefully  heated  over  wire  gauze, 
otherwise  it  may  easily  become  over-heated  owing  to 
the  precipitation  of  insoluble  matters.  It  is  found 
advantageous  to  grind  up  the  mixture  of  ammonium  and 
nicotine  sulphates  with  lcc.  of  concentrated  caustic  soda 
solution,  then  to  add  4C — 50grms.  of  sand  and  as  much 
powdered  lime  as  is  required  to  convert  the  whole  into  a 
pulverulent  mass. — O.  E.  J. 


taking  a  series  of  hand-made  papers  containing  known 
amounts  of  ground  wood  the  author  was  able  to  make  a 
colour  scale,  the  colours  of  which  correspond  to  the 
colours  given  with  dimetbylparaphenylenediamine  bj 
papers  of  known  strength.  Test  papers  with  the  latter 
substance  are  employed,  and  since  these  and  the  scale 
can  be  carried  on  the  person,  Ibis  method  forms  a  most 
convenient  and  quick  means  of  estimating  both  quali- 
tatively and  quantitatively  the  amount  of  ground  wood 
in  paper.  The  author  has  also  determined  the  amount 
of  normal  iodine  solution  corresponding  to  the  scale 
colours. — G.  II.  M.       

Chemical  Examination   of  Si//;.      J.   Persoz.      Monit. 
.Scient.  1SS7,  597. 

Devii.le  first  suggested  that  the  quantity  of  pure  silk 
present  in  silk  fabrics  might  be  estimated  by  determin- 
ing the  amount  of  nitrogen,  and  the  method  has  been 
worked  out  by  Moyret,  who  takes  2grms.  of  the  material, 
bleaches,  dries,  cuts  it  up  line  and  determines  the 
nitrogen  by  Will  and  Varrentrap's  method.  Moyret 
concluded,  after  making  numerous  analyses,  that  silk- 
fibre  contained  17"6  of  nitrogen.  The  author  recom- 
mends, in  order  to  prevent  loss  in  reducing  the  material 
to  a  finely-divided  state,  that  it  should  be  immersed  for 
a  few  moments  in  HC1  diluted  with  two  to  three  times  the 
volume  of  water,  then  exposed  to  the  air  for  some 
time  and  diied  at  120  ,  when  it  can  easily  be  reduced  to 
an  impalpable  powder.  He  now  finds  that  silk  contains 
18  of  nitrogen  and  bases  his  calculations  upon  this 
result. 

Silk  fabrics  often  contain  tin  salts  (especially  the 
chloride)  :  these  can  be  detected  by  burning  the  silk 
and  examining  the  ash  before  the  blowpipe.  Or  the 
material  may  be  warmed  in  a  test-tube  with  just  enough 
concentrated  HC1  to  dissolve  it  completely,  the  solution 
diluted  with  water  and  HjS  passed  through,  when 
the  presence  of  tin  can  easily  be  detected.  To 
distinguish  between  pure  mulberry-silk  and  the  wild  or 
Tussali-silk,  the  material  under  examination  may  be 
boiled  for  a  minute  with  zinc-chloride  solution  of  45'  B., 
which  dissolves  the  mulberry-silk  without  appreciably 
attacking  the  other. — D.  E.  J. 


Extraction  Aconiti. 


A.  Kremel. 
253. 


Pharm.   Post.   1SS7 


'. 


The  alkaloids  in  extract  ot  aconite  can  best  be  estimated 
as  follows  :  7'5grms.  of  the  extract  are  weighed  into  a 
porcelain  dish,  dissolved  in  lOcc.  of  water  and  carefully 
transferred,  with  5cc.  of  water,  to  a  Hask  graduated  to 
hold  150cc.  95:  alcohol  is  added  in  small  quantities, 
with  frequent  shaking,  until  the  flask  is  filled  to  the 
mark  :  it  is  then  allowed  to  stand  for  three  to  four  hours, 
after  which  lOOec.  (  =  .">grms.  of  the  extract)  are  filtered 
from  the  precipitated  albuminous  matters.  25ec.  of 
water  are  added  to  the  filtrate,  which  is  heated  on  a 
water  bath  to  drive  off  the  alcohol  :  after  standing  for  a 
few  hours,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  precipitation  of  resinous 
matters,  the  liquid  is  filtered  through  a  wetted  filter, 
which  should  be  carefully  washed.  The  acid  solution 
thus  prepared  (20 — 25cc.  in  volume)  is  shaken  up  with 
15 — 20cc.  of  chloroform  in  order  to  remove  free  organic 
acids  and  any  resinous  matters  which  may  still  be  pre- 
sent. The  solution  is  separated  from  the  ihlorofoim, 
made  alkaline  with  potassium  carbonate  and  shaken  up 
first  with  15cc,  then  with  lOcc.  and,  lastly,  with  5cc. 
of  chloroform.  .After  each  addition  of  chloioform,  the 
mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  for  two  or  three  hours  ;  the 
chloroform-solution  of  the  alkaloids  is  then  transferred 
to  a  crystallising-disb,  allowed  to  e\aporate  spontane- 
ously and  the  residue  dried  over  H,S04.  Otherextracts 
can  also  be  examined  in  this  way.  — D.  E.  J. 


Quantitative  Determination  of   Lii/nin    in  Paper.      C. 

Wurster.  Ber.  20,  SOS— 810. 
The  author  has  taken  advantage  of  the  fact  that  paper 
containing  ground  wood  turns  dimethylparaphenylene- 
diamine  an  intense  magenta  colour,  whilst  paper  made 
from  linen  or  cotton  fibre,  orwith  chemically  treated  wood 
cellulose,  only  turns  this  substance  slightly  yellow.     By 


A  Scheme  for  the  Examination  of  Clue.      R.  Kisslin". 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  691  and  719—720. 

(«)  Estimation  of  Water. — 2  or  3grms  of  glue  shav- 
ings are  dried  at  110'  to  115°  C.  until  the  weight  remains 
constant.  (b)  Estimation  of  Ash. —  The  residue  from  the 
test  a  is  burned  in  a  platinum  crucible,  if  necessary  with 


566 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [Aug.  si,  1887. 


the  addition  of  a  drop  of  nitric  acid,  (c)  Qualitative 
i  lamination  of  the  ash. —  The  properties  of  the  ash  give 
a  clue  to  the  origin  of  the  pine.  The  ash  from  bone- 
glue  fuses  by  the  beat  of  the  Bunsen  burner  :  it-  aqueous 
solution  is  neutral  and  it  contains  phosphoric  acid  and 
chlorine,  whereas  the  ash  from  leather-glue  does  not  fuse, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  caustic  lime.  Leather-glue  has 
an  alkaline  reaction  and  is  free  from  phosphoric  acid 
and  chlorine.  (d)  The  determination  of  the  Arid. — 
.'{Ogrins.  of  glue  are  suspended  in  sOee.  of  water  and 
allowed  to  stand  for  seveial  hours.  The  volatile  acids 
are  then  driven  over  by  a  current  of  steam.  As  soon  as 
the  distillate  amounts  to  200cc. ,  the  distillation  is  dis- 
continued and  the  contents  of  the  receiver  titrated  with 
standard  alkali.  Sometimes  the  distillate  contains 
sulphurous  acid,  in  which  case  the  receiver  should  contain 
a  known  amount  of  standard  alkali,  (e)  Capacity  of 
Drying. — The  solution  of  glue  freed  from  volatile  acids  is 
made  up  with  water  to  lSOgrras.  and  heated  on  the  water- 
bath,  llicc.  are  spread  on  a  watch-glass,  and  allowed  to 
stand  in  a  room  which  i»  free  from  dust  and  not  exposed 
to  freijuent  changes  of  temperature.  The  change  of  the 
glue  jelly  is  observed  for  seveial  days,  and  if  possihle 


modified  method.  In  a  long  paper,  containing  a  large 
number  of  analytical  Jesuits,  the  author  compares  the 
two  processes,  and  shows  conclusively  thai  Schlickum's 
method  is  no  improvement  upon  his  own. — U.  E.  J. 

Estimation  of   Morphia  in    Opivm.      J.    Bid.      l'hnim. 
Zeit.  Rusal.  1887,  -241. 

Thk  author  has  eomrarcel  the  best-known  methods — 
those  of  Fliickeger,  linger  and  Dieteiieh-  and  he  draws 
from  his  analytical  lesultsthe  conclusion  that  Diet  erich's 
(the  "  Helgenlerger  "  method — ste  previous  abstract)  is 
the  best,  because  (l)it  gives  the  largest  yield  of  morphia; 
(2)  the  precipitated  morphia  is  the  put  est  ;  (3)  the  method 
is  an  easy  and  cemenient  one;  and  (4)  the  results 
obtained  agree  well  with  one  another.  —  D.  E.  J. 


Determination   of  Starch   in   Paper.      G.    Schumann, 
l'apicr  Zeitung,  1SS7,  389. 

The  author  finds  that  diastase  (malt  extract)  is  a  good 
solvent  for  the  starch.     A  strip  of  the  paper  weighing 


So. 

Water 
per  Cent. 

Ash  per 
Cent. 

305 

Qualitative 

Properties  of  Ash. 

Volatile 

Acids 

per 

Cent 

Capacity  of 
Drying. 

Foreign 
Matter. 

Smell  of 

Quality 

of  tilue. 

Price  per 

lOOkilos. 
Mark--i.r., 
Shillings. 

PO.Hj 

r]         Reaction  of 
"-'■          Extraet. 

Solid  Blocks. 

The  hot  Jelly. 

1 

15-7 

none 

none 

<slrongly '. 

alkaline 

none 

very  gcod 

trace 

very  good 

very  good 

1 

92 

2 

2  68 

none 

trace 

alkaline       none 

very  good 

trace 

very  good 

very  good 

Leath- 

92 

3 

156 

1-10 

none 

trace 

alkaline 

0022 

very  good 

trace 

very  good 

very  good 

92 

4 

is-i 

110 

trace 

none 

alkaline 

0015 

very  good 

3 

good 

good 

92 

a 

17-0 

216 

much 

noDe 

0110 

bad 

40-5 

bad 

medium 

\ 

66 

6 

156 

1-26 

much 

much 

0831 

good 

medium 

medium 

66 

14-9 

1-13 

0-262 

medium 

medium 

medium 

66 

8 
9 

•• 

2-RO 

2-63 

much 
much 

much 
much 

"neutral J 

0487 
0-172 

had 
good 

6 
trace 

very  bad 
medium 

very  bad 

bad 

50 
50 

1» 

1641 

266 

very  much 

tiacc 

0  038 

medium 

trace 

very  good 

very  good 

Bone 

68 

11 

1600 

1-93 

very  much 

little 

.. 

.. 

Glue 

70 

12 

13  24 

200 

very  much 

little 

' 

0-068 

very  bad 

15 

good 

good 

68 

13 

177 

5-07 

much 

much 

alkaline 

O0S2 

bad 

20 

medium 

bad 

60 

14 

3  04 

much 

much 

1                I 

none 

medium 

very  good 

good 

66 

15 

12-28 

ISO 

much 

none 

-neutral-'     0056 

bad 

trace 

good 

bad 

66 

l.; 

1356 

2-S0 

much 

Little 

1                 1     0-113 

good 

20 

good 

good 

68 

the  behaviour  of  this  jelly  is  compared  side  by  side 
with  glue  jellies  of  known  quality,  as  the  temperature 
and  amount  of  moisture  in  the  air  has  an  influence  on 
the  consistency  of  the  jelly.  (/)  Foreign  Matter. — The 
rest  of  the  glue  solution  from  the  test  e  is  diluted  with 
hot  water  and  transferred  to  a  cylinder  holding  lOOOcc., 
and  provided  with  a  cc.  scale.  After  tilling  up  to  the 
top,  the  contents  of  the  cylinder  are  allowed  to  subside 
for  24  hours  and  the  settlement  noted  down  as  "  foreign 
matter."  (y)  Smell. — The  smell  of  glue  differs  very 
much.  Leather-glue  smells  least.  Other  glues  do  not 
smell  in  the  solid  state,  while  their  jelly  has  an  un- 
pleasant odour.  The  above  table  shows  the  result  of 
the  examination  of  different  kinds  of  glue. — .S.  H. 


I'harin. 


Methods  of  Analysing  Opium.     E.  Dieterich. 
0.  H.  N.  F.  1SS7,  219. 

The  so-called  "  Helgenberger  "  method  of  estimating 
morphia  in  opium  and  its  preparations  was  introduced  by 
the  author.  Objections  were  raised  to  it,  mainly  on 
account  of  its  difficulty,  by  .Schlickuin,   who  proposed  a 


ogrms.  is  boiled  four  times  with  dilute  alcohol  in  an 
Eilenmeyer  tlask,  in  order  to  remove  resins  and  soluble 
salts,  the  alcohol  being  changed  every  half-hour.  The 
extract  is  tiltered  through  a  parchment  filter  in  order  to 
retain  aDy  fibres  held  in  suspension  ;  the  strip  of  paper 
and  the  contents  of  the  filter  are  then  dried  at  100:  until 
the  weight  becomes  constant.  They  are  next  digested 
with  the  malt  extract  at  tin— 70°  until  the  starch  is  all 
extracted,  then  washed  with  hot  water,  again  dried  at 
100°  and  weighed.  The  loss  gives  the  amount  of 
starch. 

To  prepare  the  malt  extract,  pour  a  mixture  of  two 
litres  of  water  and  four  litres  of  glycerine  over  Sokilos. 
of  freshly-pounded  malt  ;  let  it  stand,  with  occasional 
stirring,  for  eight  days,  then  press  and  filter.  The  solu- 
tion keeps  well  ;  five  drops  of  it  are  sufficient  to  dissolve 
Igrm.  of  starch. — D.  E.  J. 


Quantitative    Determination    of  Theine   in  Tea-leaves. 

Loseh.  l'harm.  Zeits.  Kuss.  18S7,  177. 
j0 — 206RMS.  of  tea-leaves  are  twice  extracted  with  boil- 
ing water.      The   leaves  are   filtered  oil'  and   washed 


Aug.  31. 1887.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


567 


with  hot  water  until  the  latter  is  no  longer  coloured. 
The  filtrates  are  then  evaporated  with  1£  times  the 
weight  of  magnesia,  calculated  on  the  weight  of  tea 
leaves  employed.  The  residue  is  finely  powdered, 
extracted  with  chloroform,  the  latter  evaporated  off,  ami 
the  residue  dried  at  100— 10.V  and  weighed.  All  the 
theine  is  thus  obtained  in  a  perfectly  colourless  state. 

—A.  R. 


A  otes  on  Sugar  A  naiysis. 
Zuckerind. 


Sevli'art.      Neue   Zeits.    f. 
1887,  150. 

The  article  first  treats  on  a  method  for  taking  samples  of 
raw  sugar,  particularly  as  regards  the  systematic 
mixing  thereof.  For  igniting,  without  addition  of  sul- 
phuric acid,  vaselin  free  from  ash  may  be  advantage- 
ously employed,  ogrrns.  of  the  sugar  are  weighed  into 
a  platinum  dish,  covered  over  with  vaselin  and  the 
disli  isgently  heated  and  finally  made  red-hot.  The  author 
also  refers  to  the  determination  of  alkalinity  of  juices,  par- 
ticularly as  regards  the  use  of  normal  alkaline  solutions 
and  indicators  of  constant  composition.  For  the 
determination  of  caustic  lime  in  burnt  lime,  4  667grms. 
of  the  powder  are  weighed  oft',  boiled  for  30  minutes  in  a 
250ce.  Hask  with  water,  and  mixed  with  a  solution  of 
SOgrms.  of  sugar  in  loOcc.  of  water,  previously  warmed 
to  65°.  The  mixture  is  well  shaken,  and  the  solution 
filled  to  the  mark,  filtered  after  5  —  6  hours  and  50cc. 
titrated  with  normal  acid  solution.  Treble  the  number 
of  cc.  employed  gives  the  percentage  of  caustic  lime 
present. — A.  R. 

Determination  of  the  Melting  Point  of Paraffin.    LAYein- 
stein.     Chem.  Zeit.   H,  784. 

Many  methods  exist  for  the  determination  of  the  melting 
point  of  paraffin.  Although  the  matter  is  very  simple, 
discrepancies  in  the  test  are  very  frequent  owing  to 
diffeient  points  being  observed  as  the  point  of  fusion. 
The  Halle-Association  prescribes  to  melt  a  small  piece  of 
paraffin  in  warm  water,  observe  the  temperature  of  the 
water  while  cooling,  and  note  that  point  as  the  melting- 
point  when  the  paraffin-drop  shows  the  first  signs  of 
solidification.  In  America  a  sufficient  quantity  of  paraffin 
is  melted  in  a  small  beaker  and  allowed  to  cool,  stating 
that  point  as  the  melting-point  when  the  mass  commences 
to  be  stiff.  Again  in  Scotland,  the  paraffin  is  melted  in  a 
small  crucible  and  the  liquid  mass  is  stirred  with  a 
thermometer,  until  half  of  it  has  solidified.  At  this 
point  the  temperature  is  said  to  remain  constant  for  a 
few  moments.  The  author  tried  to  ascertain  the  melting- 
point  in  the  manner  usually  employed  in  scientific 
laboratories — viz.,  with  a  capillary  tu lie— anil  found  that 
the  results  obtained  are  very  concordant  indeed.  He 
recommends  this  method  as  the  simplest,  and  it  is  the 
method  most  generally  used  for  other  substances.  The 
re-ults  agree  with  those  of  the  Halle  and  American 
method,  but  arc  lower  thau  those  obtained  by  the  Scotch 
process  by  2'  C. — S.  H. 


Quantitative  Examination  of  Strychnine  and  Brucine.  G. 

Hoist  and  H.  Beckurts.    Pharm.  C.H.X.F.,  1887,  119. 

The  authors  have  now  discovered  a  method  in- 
volving the  employment  of  potassium  ferrocyanide,  which 
gives  absolutely  certain  results.  A  similar  method  had 
not  hitherto  given  good  results.  On  adding  to  a 
strong  hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  both  alkaloids 
(not  too  dilute,;  about  0o — 1%)  a  solution  of  potas- 
sium ferrocyanide  till  a  sample  of  the  filtrate 
produces  a  blue  colour  on  ferric  chloride  paper,  the 
whole  of  the  strych  nine  is  separated  as  strychnine 
ferrocyanic  acid  C;iHo.2X.,O..H4Fe(CX)0,  whilst 
the  brucine  remains  completely  in  solution.  By 
using  a  standard  solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide,  the 
strychnine  may  be  easily  determined  volumetrieally. 
244  parts  of  pot  assium  ferrocyanide  are  equivalent  to 
334  parts  of  strychnine.  In  a  mixture  of  strychnine 
alkaloids,  the  total  of  the  strychnine  and  Drucine  would  in 
the  first  place  lie  determined  by  gravimetric  analysis, 
then  the  strychnine  as  above  and  the  brucine  would  be 
obtained  bv  difference. — W.  R. 


Testing  of  Bitter  Almond  Water.  H.  Beckurts.  Pharm. 

Centr.  H.  N.  F.  8,  131. 
By  adding  magnesium  hydroxide  to  bitter  almond  water 
until  the  solution  just  becomes  ojalescent  and  then 
titrating  with  decinormal  silver  solution,  after  the  addi- 
tion of  a  few  drops  of  potassium  chromate,  the  results 
obtained  are  always  too  low.  An  aqueous  solution  of 
hydrocyanic  acid  gives  accurate  results  when  similarly 
treated.  The  author  considers  the  above  inaccuracy 
to  be  due  to  the  slowness  with  which  the  benzaldehyde 
hydrocyanide  is  decomposed  with  formation  of  mag- 
nesium cyanide,  and  not  to  the  gradual  decomposition 
of  the  latter  by  the  silver  chromate.  By  allowing  the 
bitter  almond  "water  to  stand  for  half  an  hour  after 
the  addition  of  the  magnesium  hydroxide  better  results 
are  obtained  :  while  by  replacing  the  magnesium 
hydroxide  by  magnesium  acetate,  according  to  Knbel's 
suggestion,  the  reaction  takes  place  quickly  and 
uniformly.  — C.  A.  K. 

The  Examination  of  Officinal  Bromides.     G.  Vulpius. 
Pharm.  Centr.    H.   N.  F.    8,  133. 

According  to  the  Pharmacopoia,  the  bromides  of  potas- 
sium, sodium,  and  ammonium  are  tested  by  theamountof 
decinormal  silver  solution  needed  to  completely  precipi- 
tateO  3grm.  of  thesalt.  This  method  is  no  guard  against 
the  presence  of  chlorides  in  sodium  or  ammonium  bro- 
mide, should  they  contain  potassium  bromide  as  well, 
owing  to  the  higher  molecular  weight  of  the  latter 
bromide.  Ammonium  or  sodium  bromide  contained  in 
potassium  bromide  would,  owing  to  their  lower  mole- 
cular weight,  have  an  opposite  effect  on  the  results. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Examination   of  Lead-plaster.      A.    Kremel.     Pharm. 

Post.  ?0,  190. 
Lead-plaster  is  readily  tested  by  extracting  it  with 
ether.  Plaster  prepared  from  oleic  acid,  consisting  of 
lead  oleate,  is  almost  completely  soluble  in  ether  ;  that 
from  olive  oil  contains  17—20  per  cent,  of  lead  salts 
insoluble  in  ether  (lead  stearate  and  palmitate),  and 
that  from  pig's  fat  40—50  per  cent. — C.  A.   K. 


The  following  letter,  addressed  roMr.  Douglas  Coghill, 

M.P.  fur  Newcastle-tinder- Lyme,  has  been  handed  tu  us 

for  publication : — 

North  Staffordshire. 

Douglas  H.  Coghill,  Esq.,  M.P. 

Honourable  Sir, — Having  read  in  the  newspapers 
a  report  of  the  statements  made  by  representatives  from 
the  South  Wales  district  to  the  Home  Secretary  on 
the  Coal  Mines  Regulation  Bill,  we,  as  certificated 
managers  in  North  Staffordshire — the  most  dangerous, 
fiery,  and  dusty  district  in  the  kingdom — desired  to 
attend  as  a  deputation  to  explain  our  views  and  give  our 
experience  to  Mr.  Matthews  before  the  rules  of  the  new 
Act  as  to  blasting  are  settled  ;  but  we  understand  it  is 
too  late  to  arrange  for  the  reception  of  such  a  deputation, 
and  we,  therefore,  beg  you  to  take  an  opportunity  of 
conveying  to  the  Home  Secretary  a  digest  of  what  we 
should  have  said. 

Blasting  by  means  of  ordinary  powder  has  been  given 
up  as  quite  unsafe  in  some  of  the  mines  in  this  district 
for  years;  but  since  the  introduction  of  the  gelatinous 
compounds  and  the  water  cartridge  with  electric  tiring 
apparatus,  we  have  been  employing  the  system  for  nearly 
two  years,  and  at  this  moment  its  adoption  is  daily 
increasing,  and  not  one  single  case  of  accident  has 
occurred,  while  some  200,000  shots  have  been  fired. 

In  the  question  of  cost,  the  new  system  compares 
favourably  with  the  use  of  powder  and  old-fashioned 
fuse,  and  "on  the  average  the  expense  is  no  greater,  while 
the  coal  is  got  in  an  equally  good,  if  not  better,  condition  ; 
but  above  all  is  the  senseof  security  experienced  by  the 
workmen  and  managers,  owing  to  the  killing  of  the  flame 
on  the  explosion  of  each  shot, 

c 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aug.  a.  18B7. 


We  consider  that  the  clauses  on  shot-firing  in  the  bill 
as  drawn  are  wisely  drawn,  and  with  some  slight  modifi 
cations  should  stand. 

We  object  to  the  permission  oi  the  employment  of 
gunpowder  in  anj  ventilating  district  where  gas  has 
been  found  issuing  or  accumulated  within  four  weeks 
previously,  on  the  grounds — 

1.  That  it  is  wholly  unnecessary. 

2.  That  it  would  lie  unfair  to  allow  it  in  one  district 
and  not  in  another. 

3.  That  it  is  certain  very  soon  to  result  in  serious 
explosions  and  lo>s  of  life. 

We  have  the  honour  to  subscribe  ourselves,  Honourable 
Sir,  yours  respectfully, 

Thomas   Robson,   Manager.   Podmore   Hall   Collieries, 

Mr.  Craig's  Collieries  (late  M.I'.i 
\V.    ROBSON,   Duke    of    Sutherland    and    others,    Great 

Fen  ton. 
IIkn.i    JOHNSON,  Audlcv  Coal  and  Iron  Co. 
William  Meadows,  Madeley  Coal  and  Iron  Co.,  Ltd. 
William  Scott.  '1'he  Bnttcrley  Co..  Silverdalc. 
Enoch  Edwards,  .Miners'  Agent,  President  of  .Midland 

Miners'  Federation. 
Jamks  Potts.  Manager,  Mossfleld  Colliery.  Loi.glon. 
Simon  Barker,  Mossrields  and  Berry  Hill  Collieries. 
Edward   Mm  mm, tun,  Harrison  and  Wood-.        (1|1 

burn.  I  Hrmlicate 

William  Bridoett,  Chatterley  1'on  Co.,  Ltd.  i    j,.tu,r 
J.  Cadman,  Stainer  &  Co..  Aped  ale  Collieries.  I 
W.  Osvi  u  d,  Tulk-o'th'-Hill  Collieries. 

The  above  certificated  colliery  managers  are  directly 
and  personally  responsible  for  the  lives  of  over  14,000 
miners. 

1885.—  Coals  raised  in  North  Staffordshire,  4,815,000 
tons. 


CraDc  IRcport. 

(From  (lie  Board  oj  Trade  Journal.) 

BOARD  OF  TRADE  NOTICE. 
The  International  Exhibition  at  Barcelona. 

With  reference  to  the  notification  on  p.  522  of  the  llih 
Number  of  the  Journal,  a  communication,  dated  the  .'iutli 
July  last,  has  been  received  from  the  Foreign  Office,  to  the 
effect  thai  Mr.  Frederick  Witty,  unpaid  British  Vice-Consul 
at  Barcelona,  who  is  engaged  in  business  at  that  poit  as  a 
commission  agent  and  broker,  is  ready  to  act  as  agent  for 
British  exhibitors  at  the  Exhibition  proposed  to  be  held  at  that 
place  next  year,  and  to  afford  information  iu  regard  tu  the 
Exhibition  to  persons  who  may  wish  to  obta  n  particulars  wil.i 
the  view  i •  >  taking  part  in  it. 

TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AXD   THE  UNITED 
K INC  Dim. 

Imparts  into  the  Untied  Kingdom  from  Spain. 

PaiNCXPAL  Akticlls.  June,  1886.  June,  1887. 


Chemical   Products  unenume- 

ratcd    Value 

Cupper  (lie  and  ltegulus  .Tons 

Value 
Manganese  Ore    Tons 

Value 
I  'y  rites  of  Iron  or  Coppe  ...Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver  lbs. 

Value 
Bags,  Esparto  1'ons 

Value 

Total  Value  ... 
June. 

July  . 


£8,  273 
£95.426 


51,931 
£92  103 
WW.  741 
£55.879 

.£32.178 


isse. 


£699,338 
£195,361 


£<.420 
1,366 

e|s,:-:M 

2.100 

£6  <«u 

45.619 

£78.338 

825.000 

£72.375 

3.601 

£20,030 


1S87. 


£7IS.5G1 
£081,501 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from  the   United 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


Pi.ini  n  \i    Ai  i  i    i  '  - 


Alkali    Cwt 

Value 
Caoutchouc       Manufactures 

Value 
Cement    Tons 

Value 
Chemical   Products   including 

Dyestuffs Value 

Coal,    Products    of,    including 

Naphtha,  etc Value 

Glass  Manufactures Value 

Manure Value 

Painters'  Colours  and  Ma- 
terials  Value 

Paper  of  .i  II  sorts    Cwt. 

Value 
Soap  Cwt. 

Value 

Total  Value 

June 

July 


June,  1886. 

June,  1887. 

24,963 
£8,737 

18,867 
£6,113 

£1.223 

910 

£1,587 

£885 

851 

£1,581 

£3,375 

£2,897 

£390 

£635 

£21,955 

£868 

£108 

£26,980 

£2.671 

C53 

£1,505 

279 
£228 

£1,659 
1052 

£1,889 

80 

£128 

18S6. 

1887. 

£262.576 
£221,722 

£302,019 
£261,5-1 

TARIFF   CHANGES   AND    CUSTOMS   PEGU- 

LA  T10NS. 

Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

[Note.— Quintal =220'41b.  avoirdupois.    Franc =9,s„d.> 
The  following  decisions  a  fleeting  the  classification  of  articles 

in  the  Swiss  Customs  Tariff  have  been  given  by  the  Swiss 

Customs  Authorities  During  the  month  of  June  last : — 
Peroxide  of  manganese;   extract   of  oak  and  of  oak  bark, 

liquid.    Category  1H.  duty  30  centimes  per  quintal. 
Dualine  (nitrite  of  sodal  ;    extract  of  oak  and  of  oak  bark, 

solid.    Category  17,  duty  1  franc  per  quintal, 

Russia. 
Pcecnt  Customs  Decision. 
(.Vote.  —  Poud  =  361b.  avoirdupois     Rouble  =  3s.  2d.) 
The  duty  on  ammonia  and  all  salts  of  ammonia   shall  be 
raised  as  follows  :— 
Section  127.  Ammonia  and  all  salts  cf  ammonia. 
1    Silammonia  (chloride  of  ammonial.  carbonate  of  am  monia, 
and  all  salts  of  ammonia,  excepting  sulphate  of  ammonia,  iu  a 
raw  and  rerintd  state,  as  well  as  liquid  ammonia,  1  rouble  20 
copecks  per  poud. 
2.  Sulphate  of  ammonia.  50  copecks  per  poud. 

New  Customs  Tariff  of  Brazil. 

The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  rates  of  import  duty  now 
levied  under  the  Xew  Customs  Tariff  of  Brazil,  which  came 
into  operation  on  the  1st  July  last  :  — 

[Kote. — Kilogramme=2 2011b.  avoirdupois.    I.itre=0'22  Imp. 
gallon.    Milrtis^2s.  3d.,  nominal  value.) 


Articles,  etc. 


Rates  cf  Duty. 


llfi 
117 
118 
150 
151 
153 


151 
155 
157 
159 

161 


162 
163 


161 
165 


X.—  Materials  for  Dyeing, 
Painting,  etc. 

Ultramarine  of  every  kind  Kilog. 

Bistre  

Carmine „ 

Blue  Ashes    

Cochineal  ,, 

Aniline  or  fuchsine  colouis  of  every 

kind.  etc..  liquid  or  solid 

Cork,  pulverise.!,  or  Spanish  black  „ 

Arttiiei.il  essences  of  every  kind  .. 

Indigo  

Lac  uf  every  colour  „ 

Past escir  extracts  fur  dyeing,  liquid 
m  -olid  — 
(If  pastel    and   gall-nut.    Cam- 
peehe,    Brazil,    sandal-wood. 

and  sumac „ 

Not  otherwise  mentioned ,, 

Powders  forgilding ,, 

Colouring  materials,  such  as  aliza- 
rin, anchusinc.  bichine.  curcu- 
tniae.  iudigotinc.  bematinc. 
hra/iline.  ciitliaminc  (extract  of 

saffron),  etc  ,, 

Size  for  gilding   „ 

Indian  ink ,, 


Heis. 

200 
300 
G.OOtl 
200 
100 

1,000 
30 

3,000 
600 

800 


120 

600 

30 


1.000 
300 
800 


Aug.  si,  issr.i      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


509 


No.  in 
Tarifl. 


183 
184 


Articles,  etc. 


Rates  of  Duty. 


183 


186 

187 


188 
189 


190 
191 
192 
193 
191 

193 
196 
197 


198 
199 

200 
201 
202 
203 


206 


209 
210 


XI.— Chemical  Products,  Phar- 
mai  elticai.  Compositions,  and 
Memcaments  in  general. 

Acetone  or  pyro-acetic  spirit  Kilog. 

Acetates  or  pyrolignites : 

Of  alumina    ,, 

Of  ammonia,  liquid  or  solid —  „ 

Of  lead,  liquid  or  crystallised, 

salt  or  vinegar  of  lead 

Of  copper,  ammoniacal  ,, 

Do.,  crystallised  or  in  powder. .  ,, 

Of  lithia 

Of  silver Gramme 

Of  cobalt Kilog. 

Of  iron ,, 

Of  mercury   ,, 

Of   any    metal,  not    otherwise 

distinguished  „ 

Of  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . .     Gramme 
Acids  : 

Acetic,  strong  or  crystallisable. 

and  pure  of  verdigris  or  glacial     Kilog. 
Arsenious,  or  white    oxide  of 

arsenic ,, 

Benzoic  or  flowers  of  benzoin.. 

Bromic    ,, 

Perchloric ,. 

Formic ,, 

Hydrochloric,    chlorhydric    or 
muriatic,  pure  or  colourless  . 

Do.,  impure  or  coloured ,, 

Iodic,  pure 

Lactic ,, 

Nitric  orazotic,  pure,  colourless         ,, 

Do.,  impure  or  coloured 

Oxalic  

Phosphoric,  solid  or  glacial , 

Do.,  liquid , 

Pyrogallic , 

Pyroligneous,     pyroacetic     or 

vinegar  of  -wood  

Sorbic  

Succinic,  volatile  salts  of  amber  ,, 

Sulphuric,  oil  or  spirit  of  vil  riol. 

pure  or  colourless „ 

Do.,  impure  or  common 

Sulphurous,  liquid    ,, 

Tartric 

Valerianic ,, 

Xot  otherwise  mentioned 

Aconite  Gramme 

Waters : 

English    Kilog. 

Distilled,  of  orange,  rose  and 

lettuce  flowers    

Do.,  not  otherwise  mentioned. .  ,, 

Hemostatic    of    any  kind    and 

vulneraric  alcohol ,, 

Mineral,  natural  or  artificial,  of 

any  kind 

Albumen,  animal  or  dried    

Alkaloids  or  natural  or  artificial 
organic  bases,  etc.,  not  otherwise 

mentioned Gramme 

Alcohol,  amylaceous   Kilog. 

Gun-cotton    

Alumina,  dry  or  gelatinous ,, 

Ambergris Gramme 

Liquid  ammonia,  volatile  alkali,  or 

spirits  of  aal  ammoniac Kilog. 

Amygdaline Gramme 

Amylene Kilog. 

Antimoniates  of  potash,  plain  or 
diaphoretic  antimony,  purified  or 

not 

Do.,  of  alkaloids Gramme 

Antipyrene    M 

Carburet  of  potash,  of  any  descrip- 
tion          Kilog. 

Anthraquinineand  hydroquinine . .     Gramme 

"  Apiol."  pure  

Arrobes  for  medicinal  purposes ....     Kilog. 
Arsenates  and  arsenites  : 

Of  potash  or  of  soda,  pure M 

Do.,  impure,  for  the  arts  and 

industries  I       ,, 

Of  silver Gramme 

Of  any  metal,  not   otherwise 

specified Kilog. 

Of  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . .     Gramme 

Asparagine,  pure  

Sugar   of  milk,  salt   of   milk,  or 

lactine Kilog. 

Balms,  prepared,  of  any  kind,  not 

otherwise  mentioned  

Benzine   

Benzoates,  metallic,  of  any  kind  . . 

Do.,  of  organic  bases    Gramme 

Medicinal  biscuits  of  any  kind  ....  \  Kilog. 
"  Bolas  de  Xancy  "    '       „ 


Heis. 


1,000 

300 
210 

200 

1,800 

250 

16.C00 

50 

10.000 

50 

7.0OU 

1,000 
100 


80 

SO 
2.2UO 
7,000 
2,100 

2,000 

100 

15 
3,500 
2,000 

liio 
30 

.,, 

1,000 

120 

1.000 

80 
3.000 
2,100 

SO 

10 

80 

300 

4.000 

800 

210 

800 

100 

UNI 

1,000 

21  HI 
1,600 


Ififj 

l.i««i 

2.500  I 

1110 

210 
30 

1,,.,.., 


2,000 


2.0OO 
100 
20 

1,000 


EXTRACTS    FROM    DIPLOMATIC   AX1> 

CONSULAR  REPORTS. 
Openings  foe  British  Trade  in  Mexico. 

The  following  information,  respecting  openings  for  British 
Trade  in  Mexico,  is  extracted  from  a  report,  dated  the  16th 
of  July  last,  by  Mr.  Lionel  Garden.  Her  Majesty's  Minister  at 
Mexico,  which  appeared  in  No.  202  of  the  Foreign  Office  ilSSTi 
Annual  Seriesof  Diplomatic  and  Consular  Reports  on  Trade 
and  Finance  '* :  - 

"  In  view  of  the  great  field  which  exists  for  agricultural  and 
mining  enterprise  in  this  country,  a  fact  which  is  at  last 
beginning  to  be  realised  abroad,  the  machinery  trade  may  be 
considered  to  be  as  yet  in  its  infancy,  and  offers  special 
inducements  to  business  men,  in  that  unost  of  the  articles 
being  free  of  duty)  not  so  much  capital,  comparatively  speak- 
ing, is  required  as  in  other  businesses. 

"  In  a  secondary  degree,  it  is  probable  that  houses  forthe  sale 
of  English  hardwares,  which  have  been  almost  entirely  super- 
seded in  this  country  of  late  years  by  similar  German  and 
American  goods,  might  be  established  with  a  good  chance  of 
success. 

"  Another  class  of  business  in  which  English  capital  might 
be  profitably  employed,  is  that  of  ore-buying  for  shipment  to 
England.  There  arealready  two  American  agencies  established 
in  the  capital  for  that  purpose,  but  the  cheaperrates  of  freight 
to  England,  and  the  lower  cost  of  reduction  there,  would  enable 
English  firms  to  compete  with  every  prospeet  of  success. 
This  business  is  likely  to  be  one  of  very  great  importance  in 
the  near  future,  in  view  of  the  large  number  of  mines  which 
are  at  present  unworked  on  account  of  the  heavy  cost  atten- 
dant on  the  establishment  of  reduction  works,  and  from  which 
large  quantities  of  ore  of  moderate  ley  might  be  exported. 

l"n  conclusion,  it  may  be  said  1  hat  if  English  manufacturers 
are  contented  to  leave  the  distribution  of  their  goods  in  Mexico 
to  merchants  of  foreign  nationalities,  though  they  may  con- 
tinue to  retain  a  certain  share  of  the  trade,  aconsiderable  part  of 
what  theymight  have  will  unquestionably  be  wrested  from  them 
by  their  more  active  competitors.  The  superiority  of  English 
manufactures  is  not  so  unquestioned  nowadays  as  to  ensure 
for  them  a  constant  demand  in  foreign  markets,  and  the  in- 
difference of  the  manufacturers  to  the  special  requirements  of 
their  foreign  customers  stands  out  in  strong  relief  to  the 
solicitude  shown  by  American  and  German  merchants  to 
anticipate  their  wants  and  provide  for  them. 

"With  equal  advantages  as  regards  the  prime  cost  of  their 
productions  and  the  expense  of  placing  them  on  the  market, 
it  only  requires  the  same  taeticsof  advertising  and  canvassing, 
which  have  been  sosucessfully  employed  by  other  nationalities, 
to  secure  to  British  merchants  their  due  share  in  the  trade  of 
Mexico,  the  future  importance  of  which  can  scarcly  be  over- 
estimated. 

Concession  for  Paper  Making  in  Turkey. 

The  following  information  respecting  industrial  monopolies 
recently  granted  in  TurKev  is  extracted  from  a  report  by  Mr. 
W,  H.  Wrench.  Her  Majesty's  Consul  at  Constantinople:— 

"  During  the  year  1885—86.  six  concessions  for  the  establish- 
ment of  factories  in  Turkey  have  been  granted  by  the  Ottoman 
Government,  among  which  the  follow  ing  one  is  of  interest  :— 

"  A  monopoly  for  the  manufacture  of  paper,  granted  to  a  high 
palace  official.  Besides  the  privileges  conceded  to  the  fore- 
going monopolies,  this  concession  enjoys  a  term  of  monopoly 
for  50  years  for  the  whole  empire,  and  the  factory  may  be 
established  in  any  part  of  Turkey  the  concessionary  may 
select.  If  the  site  chosen  should  belong  to  the  State  it  will  be 
granted  free  and  without  purchase.  At  the  expiration  of  the 
50  years  the  concessionary  is  bound  to  give  up  the  factory  to 
the  Ottoman  Government,  who  will  purchase  the  machinery, 
etc  but  take  over  the  building.  The  refusal  for  the  future 
working  of  the  affair  will  then  be  offered  to  the  concessionary 
or  his  heirs.  ,  ... 

"  This  concession  is  now  in  the  market,  and  negotiations  are 
being  carried  on  with  certain  Austrian  financial  houses." 

MISCELLAXEoUS  TEA  HE  X0T1CES. 
The  New  German  Sugar  Law. 

On  page  160  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  August  will 
be  found  a  dispatch  from  Mr.  C.  S.  Scott.  Her  Majesty's 
Charge  d'Affaires  at  Berlin,  enclosing  conies  of  the  text  of  the 
new  sugar  law  which  was  published  in  the  Official  Gazette  on 
the  15th  July,  and  of  a  memorandum  thereon. 

Production-  and  Exports  of  Chilian  Nitrate. 

The  following  information  respecting  the  production  of 
Chilian  nitrate  during  the  month  of  April  last,  and  the  ex- 
ports for  the  four  months  ended  the  30th  April,  is  extracted 
from  the  Chilian  Times  forthe  21st  May  :— 

'■  The  total  exportation  of  nitrate  from  all  the  nitrate  porta 
in  April  was  968.654  Spanish  quintals  as  compared  with 
712  '66  quintals  in  the  corresponding  month  of  last  year. 

"The  total  loadings  of  nitrate  at  all  the  nitrate  ports  on 

April  30th  amounted  toSI5.140  Spanish  quintals,  as  compared 

,  with  806.304  quintals  on  the  corresponding  date  of  last  year. 

"  The  total  production  of  nitrate  in  the  province  of  lara- 

naca  in  April  was  512.237  metric  quintals :  the  quantity  sent 

down  to  the  shipping  ports  was  438,080  metric  quintals;  and 

the  stocks  on  hand  at  the  w  orks  on  the  30th  AprU  amounted 

to  456.346  metric  quintals. 

"The  exports  of  nitrate  to  the   united  Kingdom  directly 

i  amounted  to  105,771  Spanish  Quintals  for  the  first  four  months 

I  of  1887  as  compared  with  21,831  quintals  for  a  corresponding 

C2 


570 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETYjOFCHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


IAub.S1.188T 


period  in  1886;  the  exports*  the  l  .  yd  k  g  dom  org  the 
Continent  for  oriers  amounted  to  l. ^v  "  »  ;  '  M  „„,„. 
compared  with  1,346,607  quintals  1 .1886  .the  •  m  uh 

burgand Bremen  870,669  quintals    n    ^:;l;'o"  Vast  coast. 

«V5 "SHaft SBftfi  Egg  •-»--'  with 

2,180,988  tor  the  corresponding  period  of  isso. 

Till'    POSITION  OF  THE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY  IN  CHILI. 

as  regards  the  R^uc  >on  ^  copp em d  s.n  er.^  „_ 

S  i'r 2  ua  °  At  Vina  S  Mar  there"  a  targe  sugar  refinery 

Hktti 

xi.  S15. 

CONSULAR    REPORTS. 

B  R  A  ZI L . 

Chemical   Imports. 


Bulgaria. 
D/-»7  Imports. 

lias,5„  at' of  1884.    Turkish  imports,  though  rela- 

pete  with  Eoglandin  the  value  other  Imports. 
China. 
Dyestuffs. 

The  imports  of  dyestuffs  into  the  Chinese  port  of  Chin- 
...  „..  „oorl  from  "11  24.i  buttles  in   ISSo  to  2i  1.1JB  111  ls.v>. 

'«;  "ef are  sula'n  g  native  tor  dyeing  silk  and  the 
Foreign  dyes  are  m  1         a  bottles,  whilst 

i^b^nnu'  '  n  oSyybebought  fortheeame  so,,,.  The 
1331b- or  nai"  e  i.  -  greater  number  ol  puces  than 

""r^"  but  the  Cb KSk '  Ives  stand  washing  better,  and  do 
™',h  1  I  -  bring  Brown  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Sft  t'ii'nir  in?  nercasing  quantities,  but  the  growers  com- 
(  "n  V'tbe  "1  .  .cti  ion  they  have  to  endure  fromforeign 
1  tne«  redo,  -  their  profits  and  underselling  their  blue. 
bolt  es,  rettUCHif   u»      1  Q      1|aiid    th(,H.  business 

?,eal,,'„s  .",".,■  u,  is 'confined  more  than  was  formerly  the 
,s  ,a-  •  to reign  cloth  and  to  native  cloth;  the  quantity 

''■!",'  Li,  ',  •  .'lT.tl.  sol.l  increases,  however,  Erom  .Man,, 
0  ^BDvSwmer?oniGeVmwi3  from  Messrs  Lembke  Gin- 
pe^h,  Ba,m.wai,U.  and  from  dfrenhach,  the  latier  being  the 

best. 

1'  RANI  E. 


m„st  of  which  finds  a  market  in  England,  the  tota^xpo^in 

is,-,;    being    390  ions     ^'"n    the  "ap  Corse,    owned   and 
worked  in    '«',  small  mims  in     nevP  be   nw* 

w,„k,, 1    05    Corsicans;   tteir  p^roaucu  English  com- 

fegrtsajss  sn&£gs£3 u,us "' 18S6) ",; 

annually  shipped  from  Corsica  to  l-ian,  e. 

Germany. 
The  Frankfort-o-M.  Drug  Trade. 

The  prices  of  nearly  all  ^Xvv.'tno'uf  ^p.I  ViU 
Frankfort -o-M.  market  P^i^Vprovement  which  then  set 
September,  1«6,  and Jfce  demd^  im  active  demand.    The  low 

eSAass'vs.  fffijsr  °£  e8tablishinK'  a  con" 

forniity  in  production  ot  sale  P»c,s  th(j  cnemical 

After  a  lapse  of  many  ^^"^tmprovement  seems  to 

industry  lu.d  to  snip       01   ^.      ^       u  ,      selUng  well    and 
have  set  in  last  J  ear, ,mosi  ' 01  i  ,     pr,189i;lte  of  potash, 

obtaining  even  h  ghei  prices.  '^  '  ,,,,0n iac.  etc.  The  import 
borax,  blue  vitriol,  spirit*  of  si '».  ^"iouslv.  caustic  soda  declii.- 
of  most  British  chemicals  fell  0 ffse  10^  •  ^  „  £rom  m6  lo 
i„g  from  2G21  tons  in  1^ "^ »  >»•  sooa  ^  ^.^ 
1079  tons,  soda  en  Btals riom )  *.>.  .,.  nand  the  m ports  ot 
lime  from  .iCWO  to* torn*    O a^ he  *t  e.  I    o^  iu 

ammonia  sulphate  f  101 1  oreaiuri  31?0  tong_ 

Sate -ol  tfh  gSS  t^f  runs,  and  dyewoods  from 

in   1886.  continued    throughoiit    1 »e    >       j    regulating  prices 
English  manutoottirers^ possess  *e  Power,  j^g  3     u 

I  £  ^ "^wlnch  U^t,™  of  tlie  market  dni  notshow 
S^s.^°on^e^tra^^^th  their  full  approval. 

United  States. 
The  Petroleum  Industry. 

„  „,orlrpd  increase  in  the  production  of 
In  18S6  there  was ,  .  mark  d .mc rea  1  decline  in  all  thc 

^r!™1^'^'  S,S  a  la?ge ^increase  in  field  operations,  a 
old  reliable  n'^'' in  don.estic  and  foreign  consumption,  and 
material  increase  in  do  ue sue  a n  b         rcflned  oU  th;in 

necessarily  a  larger  export  of  cruae  aer 

haAl'VSr^  toatu« *  of    ne  A merican  oil  industry  is  that  the 
Thegraxen.iiuic   11  11  Bylvania    distract,    long   re- 

yield  of  the  old  Bradtoici    1  en"--  where  the  production 

Warded  as  the  mainstay  of  1  he  1;  dus trj  gag 

inoneday.  V^±  iroduc^  only  SS,000  barrels  per  day. 
declined,  and  >™  »''°f. '  ^  dVstrict.  showing  in  1X82,  24,000 
Tlie  Alleghany  ll'enns ylval  u  ,  1  i  .  perdav.  These  two 
barrels perday. now yieldsbut^baCTeBP   ^  ^^  ^^ 

districts  have  been   tne  eo'Bl  **  t0   foreshadow   a 

decline  causes  apprehension    aatt  seems  ag  ^ 

further  general ^decrease in  the  pi »»  .eniL.d-  The  domestic 
sent  available  sonrcMOtsuyw  a  cent    Kreater  in 

consumption  of  peggenS?hJ  exports  for  the  year  1886  show  an 
1886  than  it  was  ml8to.    Ihe  expor»  .        es     t.ially  t0 

increase  of  o  per  "?^£i™,Ef  South  America ;  but  the 
the  Kast  Indies.  India  and.  nun  a  uff      Hollaud 

shipments  to  China  and  £PgJ£2»   tlieir   consumption. 

Sa5VeatdBrirain   Germany,  Denmark  and  Austria  have 


A'£1I'    OPENINGS    FOR    TRADE. 


Spain. 


Opening  for  British  Ooods. 

.  ,  ■  ,.-.,   thai    tip  would   strongly    advise 

Cor,s„,   WooUrige   says  that    ^      ou'linufni.tl7r  d  KOods 

the  increased   mtiod    '    '•»  ,       can  almost   promise  a  sure 

illt0  Barec lorn,   and  a     U.     Iu  arti,,es  being  better  and 

chetp?r?han  nStfv" "goods,  if'.he  eountrys  wants  are  duly 
studied  and  considered:  consul  says  that  very 

Elsewhere  in  his  el »  ■  '"  .j.,,,  ^uniries  into  Barcelona 
tew  goodsare  import, .  If.  u .  lou  v;.  o  g^  j,,,,,,,,,,,  ,,avt 
thai  could  not  be  so  t.on .       b  _  q(        in_  whlch  an 


Corsiean 


Industrie  s. 


—       .  .v,~  :uio.,,i  of  Corsica  large  works  have  been 

At„I\af.,,r'th"n.       nt "   .  I  ..  SuSllfg  eSractfxom  the  wood 

orttches,nut  trees  a.,,U  cry  excellent   qnaUtJ  U>  produced, 


lately  cropped  ..,,  m     .is  .''    ,,'troieum   refineries, 
eenninolj    national, „„„„ rriv s^rom  Kussia,  Germany,  and 

Tniantdns   o.   petroleu,      .     .  10  |k,s    of    d  ,„„, 

ibe    United   Makes,    also  largo   qu  ^  brfore  (h( 

ehemical.  groductjons  com;    »*££*&  ,„„;„,,  treatment. 

treaty,  ^;<>~      ';    ^  ' ,   ,i(,,lt  ,-,„■  England  tocoi to  with 

was  signed,  ti  wasi     ■ '  ■     m       ,  quantiUesof  these  armies 
M  wassho^bj^lns^ninran^M  rf    fo  c ir.,||i0]i 

imported    from    n  1 .   ■  'Hriiish     success    by    no    means 

is   becoming  lessraed.  •  -„,  '  o„se  tariffs,  enabling  other 
depends,  as  before.  .  n  c.   l  ,     ^  10  Hri,19h  traders, 

b'ut'r  .I-  Ju,nn^c.a"aUainn^n.s  possessed  by  British  agents 


AUB. si.  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


571 


in  opposition  to  German  and  French.  The  countries  which  at 
present  compete  with  England  in  supplying  goods  to  Barce- 
lona are  France.  Germany.  Belgium  and  Italy,  and  they  com- 
pete strongly  in.  among  other  things,  drugs. 

Travellers  must  be  Sent. 

The  British  Consul  at  Malaga,  in  common  with  his  fellows 
almost  everywhere  else,  takes  up  the  parable  of  the  necessity 
for  English  traders  to  send  out  travellers.  Something  more,  i 
he  says,  than  the  mere  reduction  of  the  tariff  on  British  goods 
is  still  apparently  wanting  to  bring  back  from  German.  French  ' 
and  Belgian  competitors  the  trade  which  thev  were  able  to 
divert  from  us  during  the  many  years  that  British  manufac- 
tures  were  handicapped  by  a  differential  tariff.  So  much  has 
already  been  written  on  the  subject  of  the  imperative  neces- 
sity of  pushing  our  trade  and  commerce,  by  the  means  adopted 
by  our  foreign  rivals,  that  it  seems  superogatorv  to  insist  again 
upon  the  matter,  but  unless  our  manufacturers  are  prepared 
to  make  some  sacrifice  in  this  direction  by  the  employment  of 
commercial  travellers  acquainted  with  the  language  of  the 
country,  and  qualified  to  study  the  requirements  of  their  cus- 
tomers, they  can.  it  is  feared,  hardly  regain  the  ground  that 
has  been  lost  in  Spain.  There  are  at  Malaga  a  number  of 
young  German  clerks  who.  on  their  return  home,  will  be  well 
prepared  by  knowledge  of  Spanish  for  employment  in  German 
firms  having  business  with  Spain,  and  some  such  system  as 
this  might  doubtless  advantageously  be  adopted  at  home. 

High  Price  of  English  Goods. 

„  The  same  Consul  goes  on  to  say  that  such  British  goods  as  do 
find  their  way  to  Malaga,  although  generally  acknowledged  to 
be  of  better  quality  than  foreign  manufactures  of  the  same 
class,  are  usually  complained  of  as  being  too  expensive,  and  so 
the  dealers  are  forced  to  fall  back  on  the  cheaper  wares  of 
other  countnes. 

Sweden. 

The  Old  Cry. 

Our  Consul  at  Gothenberg  declares  that  British  trade  would 
no  doubt  greatly  develop  by  commercial  travellers  visiting  the 
country  with  samples,  studying  the  requirements  of  the 
people,  and  meeting  local  tastes  in  the  nature,  quality,  and 
value  of  the  goods  most  in  demand. 

Cash  Terms  Favoured. 

The  same  Consul  says  that  the  three  to  six  months'  credit  in 
business  transactions  accorded  to  natives  bv  European  manu- 
facturers is  not  recommendable.  The  English  system  of  cash 
terms,  though  inconvenient  to  local  tradesmen,  is  far  more 
preferable,  and  may,  if  other  facilities  be  afforded,  cope  suc- 
cessfully with  the  money  concessions  of  France,  Austria  and 
Germany. 

Turkey. 

Diminished  Trade  with  England. 

iBMneJmporf  pf.Petroleum  into  Turkey  shows  an  increase  for 
i»et>.  consul  Dickson,  writing  from  Damascus,  savs  that  the 
decrease  in  the  imports  of  British  goods  is  attributable  to  the 
stocking  of  the  market  during  the  previous  year,  on  account  of 
the  over-supply  m  England,  and  also  to  the  efforts  at  competi- 
tion of  other  European  countries.    As  regards  foreign  compe- 

!,I„!Sn-f  n  ?,°e3.  on  t0  ,sar-  efforts  must  not  be  neglected  on  the 
Par'°fBrin?b  manufacturing  firms  to  Promote  their  interests 
in  the  East,  m  the  same  way  as  other  foreign  houses.  Costlv 
and  elab°rately  got-up  circulars  are  sent  out  to  Turkev  by 
mif  Sdhr 'S  r,rn,Ve3  b0VL  England,  and  no  opportunity  is 
S^.h.^^13?1  Dickson  to  bring  them  to  the  notice  of  native 
SfJr„rnof  R^«r2d.ers,:  tut  inucn  more  COQld  be  done  in  the  Yalonia 
Savellere    Bntlshtrade  bJ"  the  Periodical  visits  of  commercial 

Credit  and  Travellers. 

The  British  Acting  Consul  General  at  Beyrout  cautions  Arms 
at  home  against  giving  long  credit.  German  traders  are  infi' 
nitely  more  accommodating  in  this  respect  than  British  and 
it  is  due  greatly  to  this  fact  that  Germans  hold  in  their  hands 
as  much  of  the  trade  as  they  do.  But  increase  of  trade  does 
J2i™?!?,Kea°  ""crease  of  profit,  when  on  an  unsound  basis. 
and  under  these  conditions  it  is  more  than  doubtful  whether 
\°n  '£?  Cnd  anJKProfit  wm  .°e  realised.  It  would  be  impossible 
to  do  much  business  with  Beyrout  if  cash  payments  were 
insisted  on,  but  three  months  should  be  the  outTide  limit  of 

With  regard  to  the  question  of  commercial  travellers  he  ' 
says  that  it  is  undoubtedly  a  fact  that  whereas  man v  German 
^dF^en.'V,hfiraVe-llerS  Vlsit  Beyrout.  a  traveller  on  behaTf  of  , 
32„     £v3h  ,b™  1S,  a   ^anty-    He  thinks  something  might  be 
and  Col  &ZlDS  requirements  of  the  nati?es.-j?rtr! 


STATISTICS. 
Trade  Statistics  fob  July. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  July  show  the  following 
figures  :— 

Imparts. 

■July.  1386.  July,  1887. 

Total  value £29,152,197    ....     ±28.958,156 


Exports. 


July,  1886. 

British  and  Irish  Produce £18.150.371 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 
(partly  estimated)    6,097,107     5,541,604 


■July,  1587. 
£13,181,395 


Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals : — 


Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumerated. .  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 
and    Products,    un- 
enumerated— 

Alkali   cw-t. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  £ 

Xitre  (nitrate  of  soda)       cwt. 

,,  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 

value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value£ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick. 

and  dye   cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers' use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 


July  1885.    July  1886.    July  1887. 


5S.712        16.226         54,817 


Other  coal-tar  dyes . 
Cochineal 


Cutch  and  gambier. 
Indigo  


value  £ 
cwt. 

value  £ 
tons 

value  £ 
cwt. 

value  £ 


Oils- 
Cocoa-nut 


Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine.  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root. 
garancine,  and  mun- 

„jeet value  £ 

tons 
.  value  £ 

cwt. 

.  value  £ 

tuns 

,  value  £ 

cwt. 

value  £ 

gals. 

value  £ 

tuns 

value  £ 


116.603 

5,771 

5,301 

31.391 

8,710 

65.510 

33,352 

10,062 

8,173 

32,02.5 

2.515 

13,197 

84.041 

8,058 

24,053 

13,384 

41,507 


32.486 

11,075 

17.683 

18,219 

194 

666 

3,811 

2.073 

14.  78  3 

1.309 

27,374 


L40S 


Olive 

PsLim'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'. 

Petroleum 

Seed,  of  all  kinds 


Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm  tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm   value  £ 

cwt. 

value  £ 


Turpentine 

Rosin    

Tallow  and  Stearine. . . 


cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 


1.918 

1.35S 

21.534 

7.524 

11.709 

1.276 

52.13S 

83.274 

113.142 

1.016,981 

109.548 

568 

16,291 

1.777 

53.353 
35.591 
17,796 

122.706 
36.481 
130,072 


125.3C0 

6.184 

5.169 

59.204 

15.386 

137.718 
60.352 
12.963 
11.791 

331,317 
30,120 
12.071 
61,371 
2.753 
10,826 

5,112 

11,359 


48,071 

22.010 
22.809 

11.572 

678 

4,324 

1.36S 

31.171 

2.172 
32,512 


951 


139  9GB 

5,363 

1,998 

18.642 

11.046 

78.480 

32,500 

12,349 

11,136 

356,525 

30.801 

10,192 

39.763 

4.112 

:  ■  9GB 

10,162 

26,551 


11,786 

20.032 
25.S95 
18,786 
1,103 
398 
2.606 
1.075 

2.166 
37,072 


1,845 


1,365 

3,602 

51,002 

1,307 

6.378 

1,511 

55,885 

110.685 

111.507 

6,296.797   i».  429. 293 

172.553        260.681 

1.851 

10.810 


2.521 

2.654 

39,114 

730 

1.118 

1.631 

57.083 

82.101 

7,979 


47 
18.179 


55.638 

61.112 

78.208 

115.753 

18,960 

102.871 

125.316 


2,133 

10.733 
65.819 
83.122 
1.55,928 
13.087 
101.991 
119.706 


572 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETYOF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


[AOg.  31,  1887. 


nil. 

value  t 

Bleaching  materials       cwt. 
value  t 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations    (un- 

enumerated) ■  value  £ 

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal    prepa- 

rations va  ue  £ 

Chemical  manure  ..  value  *. 

°il<8eed) value"! 

ST ::::■■  ■•v-^--' vaiu^ 

Painters'        colours 
and  materials  (un- 
enumerated)  ......  value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 
Bark,  Cinchona  ....         cwt. 

value  i 

Chemicals"  (unenu- 

merated)     • 

Cochineal  ,c     n 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
value  i. 

Gum  Arabic cvrX: 

value  i. 

Ind*°-  ::  value  £ 

cwt. 

.  value  £ 


165.S91 

1S0.254 

5,137 

120.213 

311.092 

12,030 


109,168        107,165        112,111 


Lac,  various  kinds. . 

Lard 

Oils,  cocoa-nut — 

,',    olive  

,',    palm  

,',    petroleum    .  ■ 
Quicksilver    


Nitre'lnitrate  of  pot- 
ash)     


cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

tuns 
value  £ 

cwt, 
value  £ 

gals. 

.  value  £ 

lb. 

value  £ 


cwt. 

value  £ 
Tallow  and  stearine       cwt. 
value  £ 


0,051 
42,903 

16,203 
1.236 
8.275 
830 
19.601 
3,973 
12,822 
4,929 
90,203 
4,109 
13,495 
3.036 
6.067 
19.522 
26,713 
232 
11,368 
27.250 
38,410 
74.270 
2.878 
234,144 
18.223 


7,541 
31.210 

18.443 
780 

5.309 
S96 
23,830 
4,620  i 
15,176 
2.483- 
50,890 
5.419 
15,136 
12,586 
21,617 
5,318 
7,185 
232 
9.933 
76,180 
78.171 
5.040 
1,352 
327,687 
2S.658 


THE  CONVENTION  OF  GERMAN  SODA  MANUFACTCRERS. 

The  firms  which  belong  ^*v«  gESSS5.JR«S 
Deutsche  Solvay-VS  l'rke  >^B5"„"m?;t  and  Co.  in  Bontwy,  the 
Buokan  In  Magdeburg.  H  °.bn^  ""'  onn(?  Krause  Trot  ha  .the 
Nurnberger  Sodafabrik,  fcnf^iw  Vctiengesellschaft  in 
Rothenfelder  Sahnen-  ur'd,,^?°lVaGeOTg  Fgestorff's  Bate- 
Kothentelde.  the  Actiengese "schaft  »>J°rf  ik  ^ontogen  in 
werke  in  Linden,  and  ^  them« che  tarn  ^^ 
Schoningen.    The  syndicate  hopes  to  *       association  in  the 

3B^W5fc^l£SK.  members  when  they 
please. 

DRUGS  AND   CHEMICALS  FOR    JAFAN. 
A  comprehensive  review  of  the  ^n  mde  of^Japar .in 
1886  has  just  been  pub  .shed      U.^' consul  at  Tokyo,  who 

I  signed  by  SirF.lt.  Plunk«"'.1fn'Tt^ir  Vice-Consul  Longford. 
,  states  that  it  has  been  prepared  b^Mr.  Nice  bu[  contain8 

The  report  deals  with  all  branch c?  °J    tation  0f  drugs  and 

2,599.753 

Great  Britain   . . . . . 1,456,263 

China  and  Hong  Kong   729.615 

East  Indies  and  Mam 687,433 

United  States  and  Canada   474.092 

Germany 

France 

And  the  export  trade  as  follows  :— 

United  States  and  Canada    

VrRTiCG  ,.p-  » •  •  ■  ■ ■■•  ■  •  •*  • 

China  and  Hong  Kong    

Great  Britain  

Germany •  ■  ■ :  •  ■• 

East  Indies  and  biam 

Referring  particularly  to  drugs  and  medicines 

writes  as  follows :—  ,   ,  imDOrt  was  of  Chinese  and 

A  considerate  PrpP0"1^™  Xan\^r  ion  was  principally 

Indian  Production,  but  the  European  ponio  e  ctlve 

divided  between  Great  Britain  and  oerma.^    ^  &  ^^ 


471.092 
272,635 

£ 

3.326.103 

1,605.003 

.  1,513,202 

693,430 

143,119 

107.531 


the  Consul 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

RESTRICTIONS    ON    THE    RUSSIAN    TRADE  IN   FOREIGN 

Medicaments. 
0f, ,he  itf^SSM  sale'of  f^gn^Tdfcinal 

wmmmmm 

it'em      The  articles  to  be  imported  must  be  m  good  conditio... 

and  othe  "advertisements    relating    to    medicines    must    be 
approved  by  the  authorities  previous  to  publication. 

SOAP-M  IKING   IN  JAVA. 

M  «amarang,  in  Java,  a  soap  factory  is   now  in  full  swing: 
every  ggSJon  b^-^-J^^w-fUn^r 

SSffSSUR&^ilUrt  c3  is  the  bet  for  manufacturing 

^fhecan  turn  ou  FSeJe  < «ual  in  even  way  totheimi 

*.*,«  «-T,ich".ow  exist,  in  Java  may,  to  some  extent  at  least, 
be  lost. 


SETS  ft^ach  being  :Jrom Qmjt  Jrijain,  to  av-lue  of 
£102,203  ;  from  Germany,  to  a  yalue  ot  fc.i  .*.*  amounts 

with  the  figures  for  the  previous year th aDor(  of  Kn?lish 
ESTSFSSSESf a^f'ove^mOOO  in    those  from 

G  AaTJia  no,  already  ar Mutant o<rade ^^^^whjch  if 
likely  to  assume  m  the  future  very  COI161U  S0JDC 

have  made  careful  inquiry  '°tor£,h9\YicVl  have  seen  from 
degree  to  do  so  by  various  paragraphs  wh.cn  i  ch 

market.  .    .  lh  .    litt]t.  Dr  no  foundation   is 

It   is  satisfactory  to    find  that    litiK         contained    in     he 
afforded  for  these  h°Ur»  ,7,^8  of  the  total  increase  in  the 
customs  returns  for .1888,  tvi ,  o  i™™8*"  .  h  nian„(actures.  The 
trade  for  that  year  having  been  in ^rit  sn  n    i         ^^ 
customs  returns  have  howoer   to  Deia  irhaTing  been 

tications.  some  of  thedrugs  which  owing  heheadmg 

imported  by  British  nier.ha iite  are inctm  eo .  rf  Germ8n 

of  British  "BnufBCte^hMmgneen™  ed  gg  Gc,man 

or  French  origin  :    « l"le  oth   rs  »g'  merchants  were 

manufactures  because  imporuno^e  .  nces  of  these 
just  as  undoubtedly  of  Brit. si,  orgni.  yalue     ,  go. 

discrepancies.  I  niay  quo  e- salicylic  ac>  ^  ^         lmnei 

iodide  of  PO>»ss^-r>u-^-a8amongThe  British  imports, 
36.8330*..  value  £o92,.  rclurn*'ni^ ,a°'a s  certainly  of  German 
but  a  great  ProPort'™  r0{,  "'i',,' 7U()lb.  of  bicarbonate  of  soda 
origin  ;  and,  on  the  other  1  and. 1»-'-<" "■  d  and  othcl.  heavy 
returned  as  German,  but.  Ike  caustM  son  a  Maki„g 

chemicals,  almost  certainly  of  Bnusl^nanu  simj 

full  allowance,  however,  for  }h£e  "^  prol,able  that  the 
slight  modifications,  it  i?  mor.  tnan  p  {rom  |hr  ,wo 
aggregate  values  ^_  forrcct  in  which  case  British  manu- 
gfe^S  dread  the  realisation  of 

G^eans?tCn^^3g^e ^ftf™  && 
ggSSii»«SSSKtt&MS  during  the  past  two 

years.         .         »._*»-nui  in  this  list  in  which,  according  to 

The  only  'mPOT^V^ermancxceed.  dthe  English  import 
the  Customs  rettriuj,  the  Gern^cxc^onand 

^latic^a^T^eJsnec^t^ ■JS^~3BS%& 
llt  isenUrelyaOerman  monopoly.    *  established  in 


in 


S^^Ge^arS^lsTe^trolof  iU  sale  in  Europe. 


Aug.  31. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


573 


Iodide  of  potassium  is  an  article  Dot  subject  to  any  patent 
protection,  but  controlled  by  a  trade  combination;  Scotch. 
Peruvian,  and  Scandinavian  makers  of  iodiDe  having  agreed 
among  themselves  to  a  general  course  of  action  in  teganl  to 
price  and  production.  So  far  as  cost  of  raw  material  is  con- 
cerned, manufacture! *  of  iodide  of  potassium  of  all  countries 


Acid,  carbolic 

.,     salicylic 

tartaric  

Bleaching  powder 

Cinchona    

Cinchonine    

Glycerine    

Gum  arabic  

Morphine oz. 

Phosphorus  a  inorphous 

Potash,  bromide 

iodide  

Quinine oz. 

Pantonine  

Soda,  bicarbonate 

caustic    

.,     crystal    

Worm-seeds 


Increase  or 

Import 

Import 

decrease  in 

in 

in 

1886.  as 

1886. 

It  85. 

compared 

with  1885. 

Lb. 

Lb. 

Lb. 

1>5,H0 

31.998 

153,442 

22  -:■ 

18.t53 

4,225 

2S.981 

9.718 

19.263 

196,927 

253.753 

326 

13.91U 

16.757 

-         2.817 

2.59B 

2,011 

552 

160,793 

111.213 

16.550 

92.512 

38,929 

c  2.583 

9.701 

6  686 

-          3.015OZ. 

34.8S0 

16,615 

+       18.235 

33.661 

10.009 

—         6,315 

15,808 

!i  Iliu 

+        9,758 

62.663 

95.5^5 

—      32.862oz. 

1,912 

3,688 

-        1.776 

1,768,127 

1.161,708 

+     606,119 

3.644.117 

1.727.692 

-  1.916.125 

1.012.396 

1.003.021 

8,772 

81,573 

15,037 

+      69,536 

are,  therefore,  on  an  equality  ;  but  the  Germans  make  a  nicer- 
looking  crystal  than  English  makers,  and  the  Japanese,  being 
particularly  alive  to  appearance  where,  as  in  this  case,  not 
accompanied  by  inferior  quality,  give  the  preference  to  the 
German,  and  nearly  all  the  trade  in  this  article  goes  to  Ger- 
many. German  quinine  is  cheaper,  but.  though  up  to  the 
necessary  Japanese  standard,  it  is  doubtful  if  it  is  equal  either 
in  strength  or  purity  to  the  English.  Other  drugs  in  which 
those  of  Germany  have  a  preference  to  English  make  are  cin- 
chona, cinchonine.  glycerine,  and  worm-seeds.  Tartaric  acid, 
glycerine,  and  quinine  are  to  some  extent  obtained  from 
France,  and  bromide  of  potassium  from  the  United  States. 
England,  on  the  other  hand,  supplies  carbolic  acid,  tartaric 
acid,  bleaching  powder,  phosphorus  amorphous,  bicarbonate 
of  soda,  caustic  soda,  crystal  soda,  and  biomide  of  potassium 
—all  of  which  are  very  important  items  in  the  whole  trade. 

In  order  to  protect  the  people  against  the  consequences  of 
the  sale  by  native  dealers  of  inferior  and  spurious  drugs,  an 
analytical  laboratory,  carefully  organised  under  foreign  direc- 
tion, was  a  few  years  ago  established  by  the  Government. 
Theoretically,  this  laboratory  exercised  no  control  whatsoever 
over  foreigners,  who  were  nominally  left  free  to  import  any 
drugs  they  pleased,  whether  of  good  or  bad  quality.  Aa  far 
as  drugs  used  for  medicinal  purposes  are  concerned,  foreign 
importers  are,  however,  practically  entirely  subject  to  it.  No 
Japanese  dealer  is  permitted  to  sell  medicinal  drugs  that  are 
not  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  vernacular  Pharmacopo-ia 
which  the  laboratory  has  issued;  and  they,  in  consequence, 
decline  to  purchase  from  foreign  importers  any  that  have  not 
either  already  passed  through  the  laboratory,  or  that  are  un- 
accompanied by  a  certificate  from  a  well-known  chemist,  or 
other  satisfactory  guarantee  that  they  meet  all  the  necessary 
requirements. 

The  tests  used  by  the  laboratory  generally  admit  of  a  lower 
standard  than  is  recognised  by  ihe  English  Phannacopotta; 
but  they  are  at  the  same  time  more  severe  in  some  details. 
They  are,  without  exception,  observed  with  the  very  utmost 
strictness,  no  latitude  whatsoever  being  allowed,  and  any 
drugs,  however  pure  and  good  in  themselves,  that  fail  in 
the  minutest  particular  to  conform  to  them  are  at  once 
rejected. 

British  manufacturers  are  generally  guided  only  by  the 
British  Pharmacopo-ia,  and  it  is  with  the  utmost  difficulty  that 
they  can  be  induced  to  alter  their  productions  so  as  to  bring 
them  into  conformity  with  Japanese  requirements.  The 
English  drug  trade  is  very  vigorously  pushed  by  one  English 
firm  — the  only  firm  of  any  nationality  established  in  Japan 
whose  business  is  exclusively  in  this  line.  A  great  portion  of 
the  whole  trade  is  in  their  hands,  A  member  of  this  firm  has 
informed  me  that  they  are.  in  their  own  interests,  in  many 
cases  forced,  for  the  reason  above  stated,  to  have  recourse  to 
German  manufacturers.  In  one  which  was  quoted  to  me,  that 
of  bismuth,  which,  though  included  under  the  heading  of 
"  Unenuraerated  Drugs"  in  the  Customs  returns,  is  largely 
imported,  he  stated,  "  We  are  obliged  to  get  all  ours  from 
Germany,  as  all  our  efforts  to  get  from  English  sources  an 
article  which  will  satisfy  the  Japanese  laboratory  have  failed, 
English  makers  considering  the  Japanese  tests  too  severe, 
whereas  we  are  able  to  get  the  article  required  from  our 
German  friends.  Generally  speaking,  we  find  it  more  practical 
to  do  business  with  German  makers.  They  are  more  alive  to 
the  fact  of  competition  existing,  and  it  is  easier  todo  business 
direct  with  the  manufacturers;  while  with  the  English  it  is 
often  difficult  to  arrange  transactions,  owing  to  mere  detail. 
and  not  price  or  quality." 

The  import  of  drugs  is  only  an  item  in  the  business  of  those 
German  merchants  in  Japan  who  deal  in  them,  and  cannot, 
therefore,  receive  from  them  the  same  attention  and  thought 


that  the  English  firm  just  referred  to  is  able  to  give  to  it.  On 
the  other  hand,  Japanese  medical  practitioners  have  been 
almost  entirely  educated  by  German  professors,  and.  actuated 
by  the  spirit  to  which  allusion  has  been  made  in  another  part 
of  this  report,  no  doubt,  therefore,  wherever  possible,  give  a 
preference  to  German  pharmaceutical  preparations. 

It  is  not.  however,  from  an  increase  of  the  import  of  drugs 
of  the  latter  class  that  an  extension  of  this  trade  is  to  be 
expected  in  the  future.  The  general  adoption  throughout  the 
country  of  the  European  in  preference  to  the  old  Chinese 
system  of  medicine,  and  the  great  increase  that  is  yearly 
taking  place  in  the  number  of  skilled  native  practitioners 
t  rained  under  foreign  professors,  no  doubt  is  creating  a  demand 
for  European  medicines;  but  there  is  no  branch  of  Western 
science  in  which  the  Japanese  have  attained  greater  pro- 
ficient y  than  that  of  chemistry,  and  they  can  already,  and  are 
yearly  becoming  more  and  more  able  to  make  themselves  all 
extracts,  tinctures,  and  other  preparations  prescribed  by  the 
Pharmacopoeia.  This  trade  will,  therefore,  always  be  a  re- 
stricted one,  even  if  it  does  not  in  time  come  to  an  end  alto- 
gether, or  if,  as  is  not  impossible,  the  Japanese  do  not  become 
exporters  rather  than  importers.  But  in  all  heavy  chemicals, 
alkalis,  and  such  as  are  required  in  manufacturing  indus- 
tries, the  import  is  not  only  yearly  increasing,  but  it  promises 
to  continue  a  progressive  one,  and  to  grow  ultimately  to  very 
large  dimensions.  It  is  this  class  of  goods  which  really 
interests  British  manufacturers  most,  and  in  it  they  need  fear 
no  competition  to  any  serious  extent,  if  they  will  only  adapt 
themselves  to  the  requirements  of  the  Japanese  market,  rather 
than  expect  the  latter  to  adapt  itself  tot  hem. —t'hem.  and  Drug. 


a&onthip    ipatcnt   List. 

I.— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS   AMD 

MACHINERY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1015S  H.  Appleby.  London.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  blast  pipes.    July  19 

10166  J.  Imray— From  A,  Moszczensky.  Russia.  Manufac- 
ture of  refractory  crucibles,  pots,  bricks,  and  lumps  for  fur- 
naces.   July  20 

10203  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co..  Lim..  and  H.  C.  Bull,  London.  An 
improved  calcining  oven.    July  21 

10205  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co..  Lim..  and  H.  C.  Bull.  Improvements 
in  or  connected  with  gas  producers.    July  21 

10216  G.  Downing— From  F.  Morin.  L.  van  Effenterre.  and  P. 
Thiercelin.  France.  Method  of  and  means  and  appliances  for 
regulating  the  pressure  of  liquids  and  gases.    July  21 

10269  J.  A.  Breysse,  London.  Insulating  pipes,  etc..  for  the 
retention  or  exclusion  of  heat,  and  for  like  purposes.    July  22 

HfcOl  W.  Heidenhain  and  H.  Hoffmann,  Berlin.  Platine 
presses.    Complete  specification.    July  23 

10393  K.  W.  Tucker.  London.  Hot-air  bridge  walls  for  fur- 
naces.   Complete  specification.    July  26 

10101  J.  Shone  and  E.Ault.  Liverpool.  Apparatus  for  raising 
and  forcing  liquids.    July  26 

10102  A.  J.  Boult— From  W.  C.  Shatter.  L  nited  States. 
Application  of  the  expansive  power  of  heat,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    Complete  specification.    July  26 

10512  J.  Stewart  and  T.  Charlton,  London.  Method  and 
means  for  storing  volatile  or  inflammable  liquids.    July  28 

10513  J.  Stewart  and  T.  Charlton.  Method  and  vessels  for 
storing  and  transporting  volatile  or  inflammable  liquids. 
July  28 

10535  H.  Davey,  Westminster.  Air-compressing  pumps. 
Complete  specification.    July  29 

10595  J.  J.  Hicks.  London.  Anemometers  and  pressure 
and  vacuum  gauges.    July  30 

10723  R.  Cunlitt'e  and  J.  Lund,  London.  Apparatus  for  cal- 
cining.drying,  roasting  or  carbonising  substances  or  materials 
and  extracting  gases,  spirits  or  acids  therefrom.  Complete 
specification.    August  1 

10735  H.  A.  Snow,  London.  Means  for  connecting  pipes  and 
cocks  to  vessels  of  earthenware,  stoneware,  glass  and  other 
similar  materials.    August  1 

1075S  X.  I  layden— From  I).  Francis,  South  Africa.  An  im- 
proved amalgamator.    August 5 

10S62  YV.  II.  Symons,  London.  Construction  of  cocks  and 
valves.    Augusts 

10957  L.  Mond,  London.  Apparatus  for  treating  solids  by 
gases,  also  applicable  to  other  purposes.    August  10 

10976  J.  B.  Hannay,  Glasgow.  Furnaces  or  heating  appara- 
tus.   August  11 

10991  J.  H.  Plant.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  heads  and 
lids  of  caustic  drums,  and  for  like  purposes.    August  11 

11022  T.  Xixon.  Sheffield.  An  improved  valve  for  water, 
steam  or  other  fluids,  and  especially  suitable  for  acids. 
August  12 

11035  R.  Clayton,  London.  Construction  of  filters.  Complete 
specification.    August  12 

11050  G.  E.  Stead  and  T.  W.  Duffy,  Leeds.  Means  or  method 
for  purifying  water;  applicable  also  for  preventing  incrusta- 
tion in  boilers.    AuguBl 

11139  R.  Johnson.  Bradford.  Air  compressors.  Complete 
specification.    August  15 

11151  R.  I  low  arth.  London.  Machines  for  drying  granular, 
fibrous  and  like  materials:  also  applicable  for  cleaning,  bleach 
ing.  damping,  germinating  and  disinfecting.    August  16 


674 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aug.  31. 1887. 


11127  J.  P.  Jackson,  Liverpool.    Filters     August  17 
11292  J.  S.  Croft  and  G.  T.  Appleyard,  London.     Refrigera- 
tors.   August  IS 

11310  K.  Edwards— From  K.  M.  Heiber. Germany.  Improved 
boilers,  and  apparatus  for  preventing  and  removing  deposit  or 
incrustation  therein.    August  18 

(  I  iMPLETE  SPEt  IFIi  A  TIONS  A  '  '  EPTED." 

1886. 

](>037  E.  Edwards— From  G.  Lunge  and  L.  Rohrmann.  Appa- 
ratus (or  effecting  the  absorption  of  gases  by  liquids  or  solids. 
July  30 

11953  C.  G.  P.deLavai.  Apparatus  for  supporting  and  work- 
ing centrifugal  machines.    July  23 

12018  A.  11.  ('lark— From  V.  A.  rilloud.  Apparatus  for 
automatically  compressing  air.    July  23 

12061  IL  R.  Lipscombe.  Composition  for  softening  and 
purifying  water.    August  17 

[2352  .1.  L.  Wade.  Composition  for  preventing  incrustation. 
July  30 

12395  T.  Hill.  Apparatus  for  heating,  cooling  and  condensing. 
August  10 

1241S  G.  Best.    Apparatus  for  condensing  steam.    August  13 

12769  W.  Rums.    Sec  Class  III. 

12975  F.  11.  Staccy  and  H.  Wilkinson.  Apparatus  for  blow- 
ing, exhausting  and  pumping.    Augvist  6 

13799  \V.  li.  Gard.  Liquid  for  preventing  and  removing 
incrustation  in  steam  boilers.    August  3 

.  11933  A.  Cockey  and  W.  Smith.    Self-acting  safely  bye-pass 
gas  valves  for  gas  exhausters.    July  23 

16290  J.  B.  Hannay.  Apparatus  for  condensing,  absorbing 
or  washing  gases  or  fumes,  etc.    August  17 

1887. 

7723  0.  Kruschki.  Heating  apparatus  with  air  supply  from 
above.    July  30 

7S14  E.  Palmer.  Bricks  and  tire  bridges  for  furnaces,  etc. 
July  30. 

9015  H.  H.  Lake— From  A.  P.  Lighthill.    Atomisers.    July  27 

9017  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Rommenhdller.  Pressure  redu- 
cing valves  for  highly  compressed  gases,  and  especially  for 
carbonic  acid.    August  6 

9110  P.  A.  Newton— From  R.  A.  Chesebrough.  Hot  air 
furnaces.    August  3 

9165  G.  Blackwell.  Rotary  exhausters  or  pumps  for  gas  and 
other  fluids.    August  6 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10112  R.  Haddan— From  T.  T.  Prosser  and  H.  Waller,  jun., 
V n ited  States.  Process  for  utilising  products  of  heat.  Com- 
plete specification.    July  19 

10127  J.  J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Salamon,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  desulphurisalion  of  gaseous  and  other  products. 
July  19 

10371  E.  F.  Gwynne,  London.  Improved  combination  of 
ingredients  for  lighting  fires.    July  25 

10558  O.  E.  Guibout,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and  re- 
lating to  apparatus  for  lighting  and  heating  by  means  of  gas. 
July  29 

10603  T.  Fletcher  and  A.  Clare,  Manchester.  Improvements 
in  incandescent  gas  fires.    July  30 

10628  A.  D.Mackenzie  and  G.  G.  Moncur,  Glasgow.  Im- 
provements in  radiators  for  heating  purposes    August  2 

10680  T.  H.  Gray.  Norwood.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  hydrocarbon  illuminating  oils.    August  3 

10681  E.  Grahn,  Liverpool.  An  improved  process  for  treating 
gas  liquor  and  other  ammoniacal  liquors.    August  3 

10713  J.  H.  W.  String! ellow  and  W.  Brown,  London.  Im- 
provements in  carburctting  or  enriching  gas  or  air,  and 
apparatus  therefor.     August  4 

10861  R.  H.  Michell,  Wiesbaden.  Consuming  smoke,  and 
thereby  economising  fuel.    August  8 

11149  J.  Castle.  E.  Castle,  and  E.  Braithwaitc,  London.  A 
new  or  improved  arrangement  of  reflectors  for  distributing, 
concentrating,  increasing  and  shading  artificial  light. 
August  15 

11195  ().  Imray  — From  C.  A.  von  Wclsbach,  Austria.  Im- 
provements in  incandescence  bodies  for  illuminating  purposes, 
and  in  the  treatment  of  mantles  produced  therefrom. 
August  16 

11201  J.  Tennent,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  apper- 
taining to  the  transmission  of  heat  from  one  fluid  body  to 
another.    Complete  specification.     August  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

10861  T.  P.  Rollick.  Apparatus  for  raising  the  covers  of 
gas-puriliers  and  oilier  weights.    August  17 

11833  .1.  M.  Turnlmll.  Manufacture  of  gas  from  mineral  oil, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    August  10 

The  dates  given   are  the  dates  of    the  Official   Journals  in   which 

acceptances  of  the  Complete  Bpeoiflcatlomi  are  advertised.     Complete 

>ofl  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  t  i  inspection  at  the 

■  ottice  immediately,  and  to  opposition  within  two  monthe  of  the 

said  dales. 


12769  W.  Burns.    See  Class  III 

11111  G.  Seagrave-  From  P.  Fougeron,  jun.  Construction 
and  arrangement  of  carburetling  apparatus.    August  3. 

11958  W.  Burns.  Distillation  of  tar.  oil.  resin  and  liquid 
hydrocarbons  :  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  and  heating 
gases  therefrom,  and  apparatus  for  that  purpose.    July  30. 

1887. 

7518  J.  Belou.  Process  for  manufacturing  pure  hydrogen. 
July  30 

9391  C.  S.  Ellery  and  J.  Chaftin.  Preventing  the  choking  of 
pipes  between  the  retort  and  hydraulic  main  in  gas-works. 
August  3 


III.-DESTKUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,     TAH 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

12769  W.  Burns.  Construction  of  retorts  and  apparatus  for 
the  destructive  and  cutnmulative  distillation,  carbonising  and 
calcining  of  dry  compound  substances.    August  6 

14958  W.  Burns.  Distillation  of  tar.  nil.  resin  and  liquid 
hydrocarbons  in  the  manufacture  of  heating  and  illuminating 
gases  therefrom,  and  apparatus  therefor.    July  30 


IV.— COLOURING    MATTERS    and    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10223  S.  Hallsworth  and  R.  Bailes.  LondoD.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  or  preparation  of  a  certain  material  to  be 
used  for  dyeing  purposes.    July  21 

10554  J.  A.  Walton.  London.    A  liquid  blue.    July  29. 

1131S  H.  H.  Lake— From  Leonhardt  &  Co..  Germany.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  alpha-naphtholdisulpho 
acid,  and  in  the  production  of  colouring  matters  therefrom. 
August  18 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

12054  R.  Ripley.  Forming  blacklead,  blue  and  other  like 
substances  into  packets. 

12908  G.  Pitt— From  L.  Cassella  &  Co.  Manufacture  of  new 
naphtylaminemonosulphonic  acids  and  of  dyestuffs  there- 
from.   August  10 

13166  C.  A.  Bennert.  Manufacture  of  Colouring  compounds 
or  materials.    August  20 

13473  C.  A.  Bennert.  Treatment  of  certain  colouring  com- 
pounds to  render  them  soluble,  or  more  soluble,  and  suitable 
for  dyeing  and  printing.    August  20 

1887. 

10016  C.  A.  Bennert.  Manufacture  or  production  of  colour- 
ing matters.    August  20 


V. -TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10137  T.  F.  Wiley.  Bradford.  A  new  or  improved  process  of, 
and  apparatus  for,  waterproofing  textile  fabrics.    July  20 

10650  P.  Cohnreich,  London.  Improvements  in  oiling  or 
fatting  wool,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  2    ' 

10979  W.  Marriott,  Huddersfield.  A  new  process  and  means 
for  separating  silk,  cotton,  or  vegetable  matter  from  wool. 
August  11 

11182  W.  J.  Grawitz.  London.  Process  for  the  treatment  of 
textile  materials  dyed  with  aniline  black.    August  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFHATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

10035  A.  Wilkinson.  Treatment  of  plants,  shrubs,  barksand 
other  fibres  to  be  used  in  spinning  processes,  and  to  be  woven 
into  textile  fabrics.     August  6 

13054  T.  Honeywood.  Preparation  of  fibre  for  textile  and 
other  purposes.    August  17 

1887. 

6461  C.  C.  Kauffniann.  Process  and  apparatus  for  treating 
ramie,  iute  and  other  fibres,    July  23 

8575  H.  H.  Lake— From  C.  Shrebler.  Dryingand  carbonising 
wool,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  17 


^^mr,      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


575 


VI.-DYEIXG,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS 

i£EZ&2S£Sft£; JSSSSh  ami  J-  £  CarUer- London- 

colours  van  ing  from  ^inrh     Up°n.  nbres  and  fabrics  ot 
blue.    July's  black  or  brown-Dlack  to  blue-black  and 

JSri   i?1&W-^;dr0tBBh^P«>vTent?  in  machines 
July 30.  '™g'  S1ZIDB   "ashing,  and  wringing    hanks. 

August  3  g  "-ertain  dyes  or  combinations  of  dyes. 

u-jt  ?•  Sl'KS*'    See  f'ass  I. 
August  17       produc,,on  of  grey  and  coloured  cotton  yarns. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPT*.!). 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


13,362    F.  A.  Gatty. 
fabrics.    August  17 


1886. 

Dyeing  cotton,  cotton  yarns  and  cotton 
1887. 


JBSME^ESS  Snd  P'  DenaDhou".     Apparatus  for 

cleaning  anPd  bleSn^couon'anri   H?"*..   Apparatus  for 
labrics.    August  13       g  and  other  fibrous  and  textile 

TO- ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AMD  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

raSo?oiVa1nLegV^re1l°un,i?a™mSOr  PT,°CeSSeS  and  aPPa" 
orTeYaUngfoTh^iSi^'ef/-  L^     ^oren^s  in 

4Kfi£«=8™-- -  w* in  conncction 

Upn^ihafe^lX™-  w^^T<Stein  th«  -^.rue- 
through  which  they  are  pasVd  ,hf  «£ "  ^  generated-  or 
applicable  to  the  construct^  of  ,.^'d  lniProvenients  being 

thJn{W?Jure  «S    Wo        ^"  °r  taDkS  USed  *» 

10168  W.  H.  Knowlcs— From  —  Phnl    it«m  j  o 
proved  apparatus  for  generating  p-mS?  '•  l  D  Led  &ta'es.    Im- 
praising  beer   and  T^T^^^ ^0^^°^ 

in^&f^&t&^j^^    Increment, 

ammonia  and  carbon  c  acM  from r?e™<??en,ts,.,in   obtaining 
10^aF"UH°ni&aIkaIi  P™cesrmju5y  §"duaI  CbJoride  U^oil 

pSgEse?:sa"tUan^crm^ravin?,rVCmentS  in  -m- 
and  apparatus  therefor     jujT-^  g  lhe8aiue  Properties. 

10307  P.  Bateson  and  31    ('•  "l™„n,    r- 
mentsin  apparatus  for  the  man  1  ni^^^'l  Improve- 
carbonate  of  soda  by  the  amnTn.fi.  acJure  OI  bicarbonate  and 

10329  T.  Bayley.  BirmLeham      t^?*  process-    My  23 
ment  of  waste  acids     jujf -A        ^""emeuts  in  the  treat- 

vi^gar-1-  5ube?f  °°d'  S*«»»-»-    A  specially  pure  and  acid 
10o»o  S.   Wolf,   Livernnnl       t™« 

^ssss^^SSS?^  rasa 

Provements  in  the  manufacture  'nf  .^"J?-  V  nited  States.  Im- 
.h^8  J-  ,HansOD-  Lond"rf    The  utuiaHon0^0','!  gaS'    Au*'  5 

uSffi  T  KS"1'  £°nd0D     Seeeec£s  A"*"st  I0 
ofKhfohri^nfgan^fofin?a  £Kh,ent"?  thc  trea«»ent 

provfnJitV  in' thc"^'^-  «»-lic*k.  Liverpool.  Im- 
potash  from  their  respect/". '  %°,L*".Stlc  s.oda  and  caust>e 
certain  by-products  therefrom  JSh8'05'  Ihe  recovery  of 
therein.    August  16       "crcrrom,    and    apparatus   emploved 


1886. 
}^  ?■  J'aswe11  Lyte.    See  Class  XII. 
liquid!  ^ulyr23  *"     U  Q-  BHn-    -Manufact«re  of  bleaching 

niSS  A'  hr^n  and  LVQ'  Brin-  Treatment  of  copper  and  iron 
pyrites  for  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid  and  oxides  of 
n?,^?fnr  ".I?  ,r?n:  and  "eatment  of  the  said  oxides  fo?  the  pro 
fron     Aug^t  3°m       me'a'liC  C°PPer  3Dd  the  higher  oxides  of 

12110  J.  J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Saiamon.  Manufacture  and 
purification  of  metastannic  acid.    Juiy3    -u<1DUIaclure  and 

J2Jb9  W.  Burns.    See  Class  III. 

13001  J  I.  Watts  and  W.  A.  Richards.  A  new  sodium  nm. 
d,i«^nd  nCt,hod  of  manufacturing  same.  Aug^stTo  V°~ 
n,  -l^t,-  "aDna5"-  Apparatus  for  condensing.  ab=orbine 
or  washing  gases  or  fumes.    August  17  aosoroing 

1887. 

%ll  n  B"mler  and  C.  G.  RommenhbUer.    See  Clasa  I 
„.^8i-°-  SrunLer  and  &  G.  Rommenhollcr.    Apparatus  for 
<)Tf§  *3  Hd.  carbomc ,a^d  in  'argc  quantities.    Xug^sf  13 
9188  i..  Hanisch  and  31.  Schroder      Prorpu  anA^t^t.     . 
for  production  of  sulphuric  anhydride.    Z^si  s*  apParatU3 

VIII.-GLASS,  POTTEBT   and  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

to  other  purposes     July  a         >-"■""«.  «ares,  also  apphcable 
tiirrotkTin|Um1cS'LJ^d<S-    to^«»«t.  in  brick  and 
ln-j^   wAV  Sn»w.  London.    See  Class  L 

domestic  fire-places.    August  5  tcrra-cotta  or  fire-brick 

specificaUon.    August  6  "i"Jieniing  glass.      Complete 

1m.«  ^  Jr.^,ha?"croJ3s-    See  c'ass  XIX. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

wire™  ?i,f  IcT11  aDd  W'  ^  M-chlnen-  for  drying  pottery 
12793  H.  L.  Doulton  and  W   P   RiT      c™i„  ^: 

mf^IP,ottTer>-ware-  August' 25.  '^  Proda^on  of  orna- 
13209  W  .  Lutwyche— From  A.  Ceresa      Pr~i„„i„„ 

by  means  of  enamel  substances  aVd^louredtla^  A^ 

1887. 

til?o6rcJr^iLadCedsTndHceerilnic  ^SFn^'L^SS,  ,in,f 
new  and  improved  principles.    August  10  generally  on 


IX.-BUILDINt;  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 

MORTARS  axd  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 


an1c1ff^rAu^mThrcreftiodnODof^X,"efd  means  oraPP"- 
"'f'erjal.  ^Complete^pe'cfficiuon/  JulyV'  CODCrete  or  &e 

fac?ureof  cemfnf'  July^01'  ^"P^rements  in  the  manu- 
factfA  oVP30^ahn?cSen!^d0nj„ly,l3Prorenienta  »  °»  m«- 
contk7ruction.OUJulv'2V,nd0n-    ImPr°-ements  in  fireproof  floor 

of'  Tg  ^S^nf^  the  teSS""!?  iD  the  —ufacture 
therefor.    July  26  Preparation  of  raw  materials  used 

tureftff  piaiie^oTp'aris011^  ,I-mPrOTements  in  the  manufac 
">ne.  eement  and  like  substanSf  "Xly '"  burn,ng  «Vd»nIie 
cooling  of  the  burnt  cement. ^AugusTd  d  the  8ub6equent 


576 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Aug.  31. 1887. 


10779  E.  de  Pass— From  J.  M.  Danielli,  France.  A  method 
or  process  for  imitating,  bv  casting,  white  and  coloured 
marble.    Augusts 

13S98  E.  Keirby,  London.  A  new  or  improved  compound  or 
cement,  and  application  of  the  same  in  maKingasphalte  walks. 
in  renovating  and  repairing  old  asphaltc  walks,  in  coatingand 
protecting  masonry,  and  for  other  analogous  purposes.  Com- 
plete  specification.    August  9 

11271  .1.  S.  Kigby,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  lime  mini  and  like  substances,  to  obtain  whiting  and 
cement,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    August  18 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 
857  A.  C.  Ranyard.    Paving  road  and  other  ways.  August  3. 

X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
applications. 

10152  J.  Fleming.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  treating 
copper  matte.    Julv  20 

10153  J.  Fleming.     See  Class  VII. 

10189  It.  Bentham.  Atherton.  Miners'  portable  electric 
lamp.    Julv  21 

10206  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co..  Limited,  and  H.  C.  Bull,  London. 
An  improved  metallurgical  process,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
July  21 

10266  J.  Wilkes  and  E.  Mapplebeck.  London.  Improvement 
in  cores  used  in  casting  tubes  of  copper,  brass  and  other 
metals  and  alloys.    July  22 

10276  C.  Xetts.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the  pre- 
paration of  sodium  and  potassium.     Julv  22 

10338  J.  Routledge,  Sunderland.  The  safe  blasting  of  shots 
with  a  safety  blasting  cartridge.    July  25 

10387  J.  W.  Wailes,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and 
applicable  to  open  hearth  steel-melting  and  like  furnaces. 
July  26 

10100  W.  J.  Wilder.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  process  of 
coating  metals.    Complete  specification.    Julv  26 

10106  H.  J.  Allison-From  B.  Atha  and  W.  R.  Hinsdale, 
United  States.  Process  and  apparatus  for  forming  metallic 
ingots  in  a  sectional  bar.    July  26 

10113  C.  P.  Tabary,  London."  A  new  description  of  metallic 
cc.uent  and  processes  for  its  manufacture.    July  27 

10538  C.  E.  Miles,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
smelting  ores.    Jul}  29 

10552  H.  Johnson.  London.  Improvements  in  hand  punches 
for  making  bore  holes  for  blasting  and  wedging  operations  in 
getting  coal  and  other  minerals,  and  for  like  purposes.  July  2a 

10561  A.  Xeujean.  London.  Improved  method  of  utilising 
and  applying  basic  slag  alone  or  in  combinati  in  with  other 
materials  to  various  useful  purposes.    July  29 

10570  A.  E.  Carroll  and  W.  P.  Burnley.  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  compositions  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  the 
moulds  for  steel  and  other  metal  castings.    Julv  30 

105SS  F.  Fenton.  Bailey— From  J.  Woolford!  France.  Im- 
provements in  extracting  gold  from  simple,  compound  and 
refractory  ores,  or  slags,  or  wastes,  or  cinders  of  ores  or  metals 
containing  gold  or  gold  blends.    July  30 

10591  C.  T.  .1.  Vautin,  London.  An  improved  method  of 
extracting  gold  from  the  various  auriferous  ores.    July  30 

10611  L.  Mellett,  London.  Improvements  in  means  or 
apparatus  for  use  in  ascertaining  and  indicating  the  presence 
of  mineral  ores  or  metallic  substances.  Complete  specifica- 
tion,   Augu-t  2 

10622  J.  Gill,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  sleeves  of  refractory  material  f.ir  the  stopper- 
bars  of  vessels  containing  molten  metal.    August  2 

10659  W.  P.  Thompson— From  G.  L.  Robert,  France.  Im- 
provements in  converters.    August  2 

10738  A.  W.  Daw  and  Z.  W.  Daw,  London.  Improvements 
in  rock  drills.    Complete  specification.    August  1 

10815  W.  P.  Thompson— From  M.  G.  Farmer.  United  States. 
New  and  improved  process  and  apparatus  for  procuring 
aluminium.    Complete  specification.    August  6 

10817  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  La  Compagnic  Anonyme  des 
Forges  deCh&tillon  etCommentry,  France.  Improved  means 
and  apparatus  for  tempering  armour-plates  and  other  massive 
articles  of  iron  or  steel.     August  6 

10820  T.  Malliuson.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  tinned  wire.    August  6 

10868  J.  Toussaint.  London.  An  improvement  in  the  con- 
striction of  furnaces  for  refining  iron,  steel  or  other  metal- 
August  8 

10893  M.  II.  Smith.  Halifax.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  separating  iron  from  other  substances.    August  9 

10918  F.  W.  Dahne,  London.  Improvements  in  refining 
copper,  copper  regulus  and  copper  precipitate,  and  more 
especially  such  copper  products  as  contain  arsenic  and  other 
Volatile  impurities.     August  9 

10022  c.  Koth.  London.  Safety  apparatus  to  be  employed 
for  igniting  fuses  especially  adapted  tor  ase-ln  blasting  opera- 
tions in  coal  mines  for  preventing  explosion  of  firedamp. 
Complete  specification.    August  9 

1  .1.  il.  Lamprey.  London.  An  improved  armour  for 
ships,  floating  stricture-  fortifications,  targets,  and  the  like 
August  II 

U025  J,  Coombs,  London.  Improvement-  in  ore  BeparatorG 
or  gold  extracting  machinery.    August  12 

11128  J.  Foster  and  J.  s."  Caldwell.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  miners'  or  safety  lamps.    August  15 


11112  H.  II.  Lake- From  B.  Atha,  United  States.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  casting  of  metal  ingots  or  bars,  and  to 
apparatus  therefor.    August  15 

11210  H.  H.  Lake— From  S.  Heilbronn,  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  boring  or  drilling  earth,  rock,  or  the 
like.     August  16 

11233  J.  Hollnay.  London,  An  electro  deposition  of  metal. 
August  17 

11267  W.  Priestland,  Chesterfield.  An  improved  core  barrel 
for  making  cast-iron  pipes.    August  IS 

11268  G.  A.  Jarvis.  Wellington.  Salop.  The  manufacture  of 
sodium  and  potassium.    August  18 

COMPI.  K  TE  SPE(  'I Fit  '.1  TIONS  A  CCEPTED. 
1886. 

11972  B.  H.  Thwaite.  Purification  of  iron  ore  and  fluid  iron 
metal,  and  apparatus  therefor.    July  30. 

12070  A.  Krin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.    See  Class  VII. 

12128  R.  l'oole.  Box  and  cover,  for  use  in  annealing  sheet 
iron.  etc.    July  27. 

12601  J.  1).  Ellis.  Manufacture  of  iron  or  steel  plates  with 
ribs  or  projections,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  6. 

12692  H.  W.  Bessemer.  Manufacture  of  malleable  iron  and 
steel,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  6. 

12866  J.  Gilchrist  and  D.  Billardie.  Miners'  lamps.  August 
13. 

1323S  J.  Havenhand.    Ingot  moulds.    August  10. 

1323!!  G.  H.  Lloyd,  A.  L.  Lloyd  and  H.  Bewlay.  Manufacture 
of  pipes  of  malleable  metal.    August  17. 

13160  R.  Heathfield.  Apparatus  for  coating  sheets  and 
articles  of  iron  and  steel  with  zinc  or  alloys  of  zinc  and  other 
metal.    August  10- 

1887. 

27SO  J.  Dahl.    Annealing  steel.    July  30. 

3531  T.  Shaw.  Method  and  apparatus  for  testing  gases 
drawn  from  mines,  and  signalling  results.    July  27. 

6370  S.  T.  Montagne.  Process  and  apparatus  for  recovering 
tin  from  tinned  cuttings  and  scrap.    July  27. 

7.519  J.  Belou.    Treatment  of  ores.    July  30. 

7533  F.  J.  C'lamer  and  J.  G.  Hendrickson.  Process  for  clean- 
ing, preparing  and  coating  metal  plates  and  surfaces.  July  23. 

8599  E.  Walsh,  jun.  Method  and  apparatus  for  reducing 
zinc  ores  and  collecting  metallic  zinc  therefrom.    July  30. 

8712  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  A.  de  Meritens.  Process  for 
browning  or  colouring  iron  or  steel  surfaces  and  protecting 
them  from  rust.    July  27. 

9199  A.  J.  Bjult— From  W.  H.  Larimer.  Drills  for  niiniDg 
purposes.    August  20. 


XL— FATS,    OILS   and    SOAP    MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11U2I  G.  Goiiiley.  Glasgow— From  T.  Bell.  Auckland.  An 
improved  lubricating  oil,  and  the  method  of  manufacturing 
the  s.uiie.     August  12 

11115  W.  P.  Kelly,  London.  A  new  composition  to  be  used 
as  a  lubricant.    August  15 


XII.— PAINTS,  VARNISHES  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10610  T.  O.  Ncsbit  and  T.  Forster.  Xewcastle-on-Tyne.  An 
improved  method  of  producing  white  lead  and  other  com- 
pounds and  combinations  of  lead.    August  2 

10656  A.  J.  Boult— From  T.  Rosenfeld.  J.  Zeleny  and  A. 
Wei-s,  Austria.  An  improved  manufacture  of  paste  for  pro- 
tecting metal  alloys  against  rust.  Complete  specification. 
August  2 

11068  J.  J.  Speakman.  London.  Improved  compositions  for 
use  as  "  paint  restorers."  or  paint  or  varnish  removers,  and  for 
cleaning  various  surfaces.    August  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

10298  F.  M.  l.yte.  Manufacture  of  white  pigment.  August  3. 
13416  J.  B.  Ilannay.  Manufacture  andtreatment  of  lead  pig- 
ments and  compounds,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  17. 
13799  W.  G.  Sard.    See  Class  I. 


XTIL— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    and    SIZE. 
APPLICATION. 

11253  T.  Palmer.  London.  Improvements  in  tanning,  and  in 
tanning  apparatus.    August  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

11005  C.  Wagner,  inn.  Machines  for  skiving  or  sharpening 
August  17  

13681  K.  I'.  Nesbii  Process  for  clearing  hides,  skins,  hair, 
wool,  or  fur  from  lime.   August  6. 

13636  T.  Palmer.  Purifying  and  graining  or  bating  hides 
and  skins,  and  apparatus  therefor.     August  20. 


AuK.  31. 1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XIV.-AGRIOULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

12772  W.  S.  Squire.    Obtaining  manure  from  distillers' spent 
wash.    August  10. 

1887. 

10000  T.  Roxburgh.    Process  of  making  manure.    August  20. 

XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

10158  J.  T.  Griffin— From  It.  J.  Henderson,  United  States. 
The  manufacture  of  soft  or  spongy  material  from  rubber  com- 
pound.   Complete  specification.    .July  27 

10523  R.  T.  Lloyd,  London.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  syrup  pumps.    July  28 

10812  L.  K.  A.  Prangey,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  sugar,  and  in  the  apparatus  to  be  employed 
therefor.    Augusts 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

11048  F.  Candy.  Materials  for  use  in  purifying  and  de- 
colourising liquids  and  solutions.     August  3, 

13168  E.  M.  Knight  and  A.  H.  Hobson.  Manufacture  of 
liquid  cement  or  gum.    August  17. 

1887. 

9751  E.  J.  P.  Robtt.  Treating  vegetable  milky  .iuices.  and 
extracting  therefrom  indiarubber,  gutta-percha,  mangabeira, 
etc.    August  13. 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10108  W,  Wild,  London,  Improvements  in  or  applicable  to 
the  manufacture  of  grape  wines.  Complete  specification. 
July  19 

11227  J.  P.  Jackson,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  filters  for 
wine  and  other  liquids.    August  17 

11232  It.  Ranger,  London.  Improved  apparatus  for  regulat- 
ng  the  surface-flow  of  wort  from  coolers  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  beer. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

12772  W.  S.  Squire.    See  Class  XIV. 

13259  G.  Thornley  and  T.  Huxton.  Apparatus  for  expelling 
liquid  from  spent  hops.    August  20 

1887. 

9045  O.  Rriinler  and  C.  G.  Itommenhbller.  Means  for 
impregnating  beer  and  other  liquids  with  carbonic  acid  in  the 
cask.    July  27 

9046  O.  Brunler  and  C.  G.  Itommenhbller.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  automatically  mixing  liquids  with  carbonic 
acid.    July  27 

9049  O.  Rriinler  and  C.  G.  Itommenhbller.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  the  automatic  mixing  of  liquids  with  carbonic 
acid.    July  27 

10018  W.  Wild.    Manufacture  of  grape  wines.    August  '.0 


XVII. -CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 
A.— Chemistry  ok  Foods. 

10147  A.Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  Westminster.  Improvements 
in  means  and  apparatus  for  producing  pure  oxygenated  drink- 
ing waters.    July  27 

10647  J.  Lyle,  London.  Smoke-curing  fish,  flesh  and  other 
food,  and  the  application  of  tar  and  other  substances  for  the 
purpose.    August  2 

10810  H.  R.  Romncy,  London.  An  improved  process  for 
desiccating  cocoa-nut  and  other  materials.    August  6 

10915  H.  H.  Lake— From  H.  ('.  Andrews,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  drying  or  curing  fruit, 
tobacco,  and  other  substances.  Complete  specification.  Aug.  9 

10917  H.  H.  Lake— From  T.  C.  Oakman,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  drying  or  curing  trait, 
tobacco  and  other  substances.    Complete  specification.  Aug.  9 

10948  W.  F.  Reid,  London.  A  new  or  improved  method  or 
process  for  the  preservation  of  fruit.    August  10 

10994  A.  Dunderdale,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  extract- 
ing the  black  colouring  matter  from  pepper  -  corns,  and 
obtaining  light  coloured  pepper-corns  thereby.    August  11 

11031  G.  \V.  Charter,  London.  Improvements  in  manufac- 
turing and  preserving  whole-meal,  wheat  and  other  crushed 
cereals  used  for  bread,  and  preventing  fermentation.    Aug.  12 


11051  G.  F.  Redfern— From  A.  Mosser  and  L.  Chiari,  France. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  preserving  alimentary  and 
other  like  substances.    August  12 

11311  G.  Grout,  Hornsey.  An  improved  preparation  of  cocoa. 
August  18 

B.—  Sanitary  Chemistry. 

10901  A.  It.  Curling  and  J.  Dunbar,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  deodorisation  and  disposal  of  sewage,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    August  9  ,  _  ,.    x       . 

10942  H.  C  Hull  and  Co.,  Lim.,  and  H.Clay  Bull,  London. 
Improvements  in  and  connected  with  the  treatment  of 
sewage.    August  111 

C— Disinfectants. 

10306  K.  H.  Hutchinson,  London.  An  improved  method  of 
compressing  solid  and  liquid  disinfectants,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    July  23  . 

10309  J.  Hanson, London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  to  be 
used  in  the  generation  of  gases  for  disinfecting  or  deodorising. 

Ulii747  A.  Boake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts,  London.  Improved 
means  and  apparatus  for  disinfecting  and  deodorising.   Aug.  4 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A.— CHEMISTRY'  OK  FOODS. 

1887. 

4474  C.  Kranz.  A  preparation  for  use  as  a  food  and  condi- 
ment.   July  30. 

8962  F.  Sievers  and  It.  Damm.  Manufacture  of  sausages 
from  fish.    August  10 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1886. 

8999  W.  Horsfall.  Furnace  for  burning  towns'  or  other 
refuse.    August  6  '.  '  . 

12248  T.  Ogden.  Furnaces  for  desiccation,  deodorisation  and 
combustion  of  refuse.    August  13 

12382  W.  B.  Hallett.  Preparation  of  materials  for  use  in 
treatment  of  sewage,  method  of  treatment,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    August  10 

XYIII.-ELECTROCHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10177  E.  L.  Mayer  and  II.  Lcipmann.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  or  treatment  of  porous  pots,  plates 
or  partitions  for  electric  batteries. 

10201  H.  C.  Hull  &  Co.,  Limited,  and  H.  C.  Bull,  London. 
Improvements  in  electric  storage  batteries.    July  21 

10'17  J.  Serson  and  J.  Orville  Whitten,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  galvanic  batteries.    Complete  specification.    July  21 

10322  C.  Gassner,  junr.,  London.  Improvements  in  carbon 
manganese  electrodes.    July  23 

10174  E.  De  Pass— From  Cuenod.  Sautter,  et  Lie..  Switzer- 
land    An  improved  dynamo-electric  machine.    July  28 

10514  V.  J.  J.  Hirbec.  London.  An  apparatus  lor  storing 
electricitv  and  facilitating  the  utilisation  thereof.    July  28 

10»65  C.  P.  Elieson,  London.  Improvements  in  electrical 
batteries.    July  29 

10606  L.  Gerard,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
distribution,    storage,    and   regulation    of   electric    currents. 

10611  R.  P.  Milburn,  Xewcastle-on-Tyne.  Improvements  in 
electrical  batteries.    August  2 

10767  W.  Lowrie,  C.  J.  Hall,  and  H.  VV.  Kolle,  London.  Im- 
provements in  instruments  for  measuring  electric  currents, 
and  for  regulating  and  controlling  dynamo-electric  machines 
and  prime  movers.    Augusts 

1II8M  A.  R.  Upward  and  C.  \\  .  Pridham.  London.  Improve- 
ment s  in  galvanic  batteries.    August  6 

10919  E.  Jones,  London.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  plates  for  secondary  batteries.    August  9 

10952  L.  Anspach  and  L.  Gerard,  London.  Improvements  in 
or  connected  with  dynamo-electric  machines  and  electro- 
motors.   August  10 

11188  H.  11.  Lake  From  \\  .  E.  Case,  United  States.  Im- 
provements relating  to  the  conversion  of  chemical  energy 
into  electrical  energy,  and  to  apparatus  theicfor.  Complete 
specification.    August  16 

11189  H.  H.  Lake— From  VS.  E.  Case,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  the  conversion  of  heat  into 
electrical  energy.    Complete  specification.    August  16 

11213  T.  J.  Digby.  London.  Improvements  in  electric  accn- 
mulators'or  secondary  batteries.    August  17 

11252  H.  Mower,  London.  Improvements  m  secondary 
batteries  or  electrical  accumulators.    August  17 

1131)  H  II  Lake— From  G.  E.  Cabancllas,  France.  Im- 
provements in  and  relating  to  dynamo-electric  machines. 
August  IS 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 
8693  W.  J.  Stnikey-Barber-starkey.     Secondary  batteries. 

A1U01T.  J.  Jones  and  YV.  II.  Tasker.    Secondary  batteries. 

August  3 


MT8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Aug.  91,  ml. 


11239  H.  Carter.  Electric  battery,  with  means  (or  regulating 
the  amount  of  submersion  or  withdrawal  of  the  positive 
plates.    July  27 

11242  D.  E.  Fitzgerald.  Means  for  effecting  the  electro- 
chemical generation  of  chlorine  in  metallurgical  operations 
for  the  extraction  of  gold  from  its  ores,  and  for  other  purposes. 
July  23 

12117  W.  Maxwell.     An  electric  furnace.    July  27 

12595  E.  Andreoli.    Secondary  batteries.    August  0 

18S7. 

1618  C.  L.  Twecdale.     Primary  batteries.    August  13 
5720  C  Coerper.    Dynamo-electric  machines.    August  3 
9013  ('.  Coerper.     Dynamo-electric  machines.    July  27 
9726  W.  I'.  Thompson— From  G.  Westinghouse,  ju'n.    Arma- 
tures for  electric  generators.    August  17 


XIX— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

10SH  H.  J.  SbawcTOBB,  London.  The  preparation  and  treat- 
ment of  paper,  woven  or  tissue  fabrics,  glass  or  other  material 
for  the  production  of  copies  of  drawings,  designs,  pictures, 
photographs,  writings,  and  the  like,  by  the  action  of  light. 
August  6 

11056  J.  L.  Lewis,  London.  An  improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  paper.    August  12 

11190  G.  A.  Wilkins— From  L.  H.  Thomas,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  paper  bottles.  Com- 
plete specification.    August  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS6. 

12217  II.  D.  Sinclair  and  J.  G.  Brow-n.  Manufacture  of  paper, 
to  render  same  antiseptic  and  germ-proof.    August  10 

1887. 

8969  H.  Gardner— From  .S.  S.  Stevens.  Manufacturing  pulp 
for  paper,  and  apparatus  for  the  purpose.    July  27 


XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES,  and  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATION. 

10260  C.  Kolbe,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  salicylic  esters,  called  "  Salols."    July  22 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

11816  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  Means  for  the  manufacture 
or  production  of  ozone.    Attgust  6 

12610  P.  H.  Lecormc  and  Raynaud.  Manufacture  of  per- 
fumery.   August  6 


XXL— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

10518  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  explosives.    July  28 

10655  E.  Turpin,  London.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  explosives.    August  2 

10667  E.  Turpin.    Improvements  in  explosives.    August  2. 

10729  A.  J.  Boult— From  .1.  S.  Foley.  United  States.  Im- 
proved match  magazine  and  lighter.  Complete  specification. 
August  4 

10821  A.  Brock  and  G.  J.  Mayer,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  gunpowder,  and  machinery  or  apparatus 
therefor.    August  6 

10822  A.  Brock  and  G.  J.  Mayer,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  quick-match  and  apparatus  for  covering 
the  same,  and  other  Arc-work  compositions.    August.  6 

10905  H.  Eehberg,  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  channel  torpedos.    Complete  specification.    August  9 

10922  C.  Roth.    See  Class  X. 

10999  J.  Boag,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  blasting  cartridges.    August  11 

11120  T.  \V.  Newey,  Birmingham.  Improvements  in 
matches  and  paper  lighters.    August  15 

11286  J.  Masters.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  wax-matches.    August  IS 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


12561  II.  S.  Maxim.  Manufacture  of  cartridges  and  explo- 
sive projectiles.    August  3 

12711  G.  J.  Smith.  Method  and  material  for  rendering  the 
coating  of  fuses  incombustible.    August  13 

1887. 

7603  G.  S.  Spencer.     Detonating  signal  apparatus  for  rail- 
ways.   August  6 
9209  L.  G.  Heusschen.    A  new  explosive.    July  30 


XXII.-GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 
APPLICATION. 

10801  W.  Devoll,  Erdington.    Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  testing  butter.    August  6 


UNCLASSIFIED. 

APPLICATION. 

10099  M.  \V.  Hydes,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  treat 
meut  and  utilisation  of  a  hitherto  waste,  or  nearly  waste- 
product.    July  19 


Printed  and  Published  by  Emmott  4  Co.,  New  Bridge  Street.  StrancmajB,  Manchester,  tor  the  Society  of  Chunicai  Industry, 
London  Office,  for  the  Sale  o(  Copies  anil  Receipt  ot  hubecril'tions  :  6.  York  Street,  Coved  t.imli  n 


THE    JOURNAL 


UK    THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3ttbustry: 

A   MONTHLY   EECORD 

FOR  ALL   INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  9,-Vol.  VI. 


SEPTEMBER    30,    1887. 


Xon-Meuibers  30  -  per  annum;  Members 
21 -per  Set;  Single  Copies  2.6. 


€be  Society  of  Cbcmtcal  Jnoustrj?. 


Past  Presidents  : 

Sir  IT.  K.  Roscoc.  M.P..  LL.IL.  V.P.R.S.  ..  1881-1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B..  D.C.L..  F.R.S.   ..  1882—1883. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1881-18S5. 

K.  K.  Muspratt 1S83—  1S86. 

David  Howard li>8G-18o7. 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1888. 

President :    Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents  : 


Prof.  V.  Clowes,  D.Sc. 

Sir  J.  Neilsnn  Cuthbertson. 

I  )u  id  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

K.  K.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  W.  H.  i'erkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 

Prof.  W.  A  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Wo.-sley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 
John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E.  John  Pattinson. 

Eustace  Carey.  B.  S.  Proctor. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter.  F.  J   Rowan. 

James  Duncan.  Dr.  Edwd.  Schunck.  F.R.S. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.  T.  W.  Stuart. 

S.  H.  Johnson.  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  20,  Avenue  Road.  Regent's  Park,  X.W. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices  .- 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee: 


The  President, 
Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S.  F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 

A.  II.  Allen. 

H.  E.  Armstrong.  F.R.S. 
G.  H.  Bailey.  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Beniays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes.  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 

Peter  Griess,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
David  Howard. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K   Huntington. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

ASSISTED   BY  THE   FOLLOWING   STAFF  OF 

Abstractors : 


F.  Jones.  F.R.S.  E. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond 

E.  K.  Musprai  c 

C.  OSullivan.  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  II.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

1).  Bendix. 

K.  K.  Berry. 

E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrvmple  Borland. 

T.  L.  Briggs. 

E.  G.  Clayton. 

Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 

C.  F.  Cross. 


A.  R.  Davis. 
Wm.  El  borne. 
A.  G.  Green. 
S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 
James  Huline. 
Bertram  Hunt. 
('.  (.'.  Hutchinson. 
D.  E.  Jones.  B.Sc. 
W.  E.  Kay. 


Abstractors  : 


A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 
Chas.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

W.  <;.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 
J.M    H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 
H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  [tenant. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 


NOTICES. 


Comment  having  been  made  on  the  delay  in  reprinting 
the  numliers  for  January,  1882  and  1883,  the  Secretary 
•  to  inform  those  whom  it  may  concern,  that  the 
delay  is  'lue  to  the  fact  that  up  to  the  present  not  more 
than  twenty  orders  for  those  numbers  have  been  received. 
It  is  hoped  that  this  notification  may  stimulate  those 
who  desire  to  complete  their  sets,  to  make  early  applica- 
tion with  a  view  to  expedite  the  consideration  of  the 
question  of  reprinting  by  the  Council.  Notice  is  also 
hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  January  and  Febru- 
ary, 18S6,  being  exhausted,  no  orders  for  those  copies, 
nor  for  complete  sets  of  Vol.  V.,  can  be  executed. 

The  Secretary  i>  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  pur- 
chase of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January,  18S2 
and  1SS3,  at  the  following  prices  :— January,  1882,  os.  ; 
January,  18S3,  2s.  6d.  Members  possessing  odd  copies 
of  these  numliers  are  particularly  requested  to  commu- 
nicate at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye- Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

Jno.   Anderson,     l/o  Gleogarnock;    5G.    Jamaica    Street, 
Glasgow. 

Dr.  II.  .1.  Atcherley,  1  o  Starch  Green:  SO.  Elsham  Road, 
Kensington.  W.  (for  Journals! ;  and  23.  Bucklersbury.  E  C. 

R.  W.  Peregrine  Birch.  1  o  Victoria  Street ;  2.  Queen  Anne's 
Gate.  Westminster.  S.W. 

('.  von  Bnch  1  o  Cavendish  Place;  12,  Buckingham  Street 
■Strand.  W.C. 

F.  G.  Claudet.  l/o  Runcorn  :  13.  Townley  Park  Villas.  Du>- 
wicii  Rise.  s.E. 

F.J.H.Coutts.l  o  Bolton  ;  21G.  Plymouth  Grove,  Manchester. 

Spencer    Dunn:   Journals,   etc.   to  50.    Upper  Park   Road 
-tock  Hill.  X.W. 

II.    Frankland.    l/o    Eaglescliffe ;  Streonshalh  House,    The 
I  Irescent.  Linthorpe,  Middlesbrough. 

Alex.    Gait,    l/o    Hillhead :    9.    Park     Place,     Rutherglcn. 
Glasgow. 

K.  Gracey,  1  o  Nile  Street ;  Tobacco  Works,  70.  Great  George 
Street,  Liverpool. 

Agnew    Griffith,    to    Liverpool;    Daisy    Mount,    Blundell 
Sands.  Liverpool. 

Dr.  F.  von  Heyden ;  Journals,  etc.,  to  Chemische  Fabrik. 
Ila  iebeul.  bei  Dresden.  Saxony. 

Wm.  Jones,  l/o  New  Broad  Street ;  c  o  Mr.  Weils,  8,  Derby 
Road,  Burton-on-Trent. 

J.  Falconer  King ;  Journals,  etc.,  to  Russell  Place.  Edinburgh . 

A 


580 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [!-»>.  "<>.  iff: 


F.  W.  T.  Krohn,  1  o  South  Hampstead;  1ST,  Brunswick 
Terrace,  Newark-on-Trent 

J.is.  L  ttuspratt,  I/O  Flint;  Kempton   House,   Rhyl,  North 

Wales. 

Jas.  Mater;  Journals,  etc,  to  Oil  Mills,  Dunneedaw, Han- 
goon,  Burmah. 

B.  Nickels,   lo   St.    Mary-at-Hill ;    130,    Hulburn.   London.  , 

El'. 

Thos.  Parker,  lo  Commercial  Road ;  6,  Crawford  Street, 
\\'o\\  erhampton. 

A.  (J.  I'trkin,  1  o  Cbeetham;  55,  Victoria  Crescent.  Eccles, 
Manchester. 

W.  U.  Eteid,  1  o  Vphall :  '-'.  Hailes  Street.  Edinburgh. 

Jas.  Richards,  1  o  Swinton  ;  340.  Lower  Broughton  Road, 
Manchi 

Sir  H.  K.  Ro-coe.  M.P.,  lo  Manchester ;  10,  Bramham 
Gardens.  South  Kensington.  S.W. 

C.  Sevio,  1  o  Fenchurch  street ;  Morris  Road,  C'hrisp  Street, 
Poplar.  E. 

J.  Fleming  Stark.  1  o  Olapham  ;  Bromborough  Pool,  near 
Birkenhead. 

R.  L.  Taylor,  1  o  Higher  Broughton  ;  37,  May  field  Road. 
Alexandra  Park,  Manchester. 

G.  Tunbridge.  1  o  Leicester;  c/o  W.  H.  Brown  &  Co.,  51, 
Leadenhall  Street,  London.  E.C. 

G.  Want,  oC  Leicester;  Journals, etc,  toe  o  Richardson  & 
Co.,  10,  Friar  Lane.  Leicester. 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 
G.  J.  Hamlen,  1  o  Muir Street,  Silvertown,  E. 


Communications. 


OX    THE    COMPOSITION   OF   SOME   COKE- 
OVEN    TARS  OF  GERMAN    ORIGIN. 

(Bead  before  the  British  Association,  Manchester,  ; 

BY   G.    LTJNGE, 

Professor  of  Chemical  Technology  in  the  Federal 
Polytechnic  School,  Zurich. 

The  composition  of  gas-tar — that  is,  that  tar  which 
is  obtained  as  a  "  residual "  in  the  manufacture  of 
illuminating-gas,  has  been  ascertained  by  many 
analyses,  and  is,  moreover,  thoroughly  known  from 
practical  experience  in  the  great  industry  of  tar- 
distilling.  But  the  case  is  quite  different  with  the 
tar  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  manufacture  of 
coke,  this  industry  having  sprung  up  only  within  the 
last  few  years,  apart  from  its  isolated  existence  in  the 
Sc  Etienne  district.  It  is  now  placed  beyond  any 
doubt  that  the  old  mode  of  coke-making  is  very 
uneconomical,  particularly  when  carried  out  in  "  bee- 
hive ovens."  as  it  is  almost  universally  in  England, 
where  the  distillation  gases  freely  escape  and  burn  at 
the  mouth  of  the  oven,  without  as  much  as  contribut- 
ing to  heat  the  ovens.  But  it  is  not  sufficient  to 
utilise  the  gases  for  heating  purposes,  as  it  has  been 
done  for  many  years  past  in  the  "Belgian"  ovens 
and  many  other  descriptions  of  coke-ovens,  widely 
disseminated  throughout  Germany.  Fiance,  and 
Belgium.  Since  the  prejudice  against  the  quality  of 
the  coke  obtained  in  any  other  but  bee-hive  ovens 
has  been  thoroughly  refuted  by  the  practice  of  many 
of  the  foremost  iron-smelters  (which  does  not  at  ail 
involve  the  extinction  of  that  prejudice,  no  more  than 
is  the  case  with  any  other  prejudice),  it  may  be  taken 
as  an  established  fact  that  the  only  rational  way  of 
manufacturing  coke  is  that  in  which  all  the  products 
of  the  destructive  distillation  are  utilised — tar  and 
ammonia  being  condensed  as  liquids,  and  the  gas 
being  burned  as  fuel  to  carry  on  the  process  of 
distillation,  without  consuming  aoy  of  the  substance 
of  the  coke  for  that  purpose. 

It  can  be  only  a  question  of  time  when  all  the 
coke-works  will  be  e>tablished  on  this  basis.  But  it 
is  self-evident  that  the  enormous  capital  required  for 
the  reconstruction  of  all  the  old-fashioned  coke-ovens 
now  existing  cannot  be  found  all  at  once  :  nor  is  it 
even  desirable  that  this  reconstruction  should  take 


place  with  undue  haste,  for  this  would  haveadis- 
astn  us  effect  on  the  value  of  tat  and  ammonia,  and 
completely  disorganise  all  the  industries  in  connection 
therewith.  It  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  even  the 
comparatively  small  quantity  of  those  by-products 
which  has  hitherto  come  into  trade  has  had  a  con- 
siderable share  in  the  unprecedented  fall  in  the  value 
of  those  products,  from  which,  fortunately,  a  reaction 
has  taken  place  during  the  last  few  months.  But  it 
suffers  no  doubt  that,  as  soon  as  any  considerable 
and  lasting  rise  of  the  prices  of  tar  and  ammonia 
should  set  in,  there  will  be  no  lack  of  coke-works 
fitted  up  to  meet  the  demani. 

But  it  is  not  permissible  to  class  coke-oven  tar 
altogether  with  gas-tar  without  further  enquiry. 
Undoubtedly  an  imperfect  realisation  of  that  fact 
has  greatly  contributed  to  check  the  expansion  of  the 
modern  coke-manufacturing  processes  in-  England. 
This  is  owing  to  the  circumstance  that  in  this  country 
the  bee-hive  coke-oven  was  pertinaciously  regarded 
a-  the  only  one  fit  to  turn  out  proper  coke  for  iron- 
smelting,  and  that  it  was  thought  indispensable  by 
most  of  those  interested  in  this  industry  to  connect 
any  plant  for  recovering  the  by-products  with  the 
bee-hive  oven,  in  the  preconceived  idea  that  the  tar 
recovered  from  these  must  be  of  the  same  quality  as 
that  recovered  elsewhere.  On  the  other  hand,  in 
Germany  coke-manufacturers  had  been  familiar  for  a 
long  time  with  closed  coke-ovens,  especially  those  on 
the  Coppee  system,  which  are  heated  from  without 
by  means  of  burning  the  distillation  gases,  and  it 
was  a  comparatively  easy  step  to  apply  to  those  the 
Carves  process  for  taking  out  tar  and  ammonia, 
before  burning  the  residual  gas.  It  was  soon  found 
by  practical  trials  that  the  quality  of  the  tar  obtained 
from  Coppee  or  Carves  ovens  did  not  greatly  differ 
from  that  obtained  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas, 
and  that  the  quantity  of  ammonia  was  about  the 
same  in  both  cases.  English  inventors  jumped  to  the 
conclusion  that  these  conditions  must  apply  to  coke- 
tuaking  generally,  and  that  it  was  greatly  preferable, 
in  lieu  of  the  Continental  plan,  to  adapt  some  cheap 
recovery-plant  to  the  ancient  bee-hive  ovens,  both  on 
account  of  the  very  much  smaller  outlay  of  capital, 
and  of  the  assumed  superiority  of  bee-hive  coke, 
produced  by  internal  combustion  of  part  of  the 
coal,  to  any  coke  produced  by  distilling  the  coal  from 
without.  But  it  soon  turned  out  that  the  yield  of 
ammonia  from  such  modified  bee-hive  ovens  (of  which 
Jameson's  are  the  most  widely  known  type)  was 
decidedly  inferior  ;  and  matters  were  still  worse  with 
the  tar,  which  could  not  by  any  means  be  employed 
in  the  same  way  as  gas-tar,  nor  even  for  the  produc- 
tion of  illuminating  and  lubricating  oils.  This  has 
been  made  very  clear  by  the  exceedingly  thorough  in- 
vestigations of  Mr.  Watson  Smith.*  There  were  also 
other  drawbacks  connected  with  the  working  of  the 
modified  bee-hive  ovens,  and  ail  this  has  evidently 
deterred  the  great  majority  of  British  coke-manu- 
facturers from  going  into  any  improvements  concern- 
ing the  recovery  of  by-products.  They  preferred  an 
expectant  attitude,  until  the  depression  of  prices 
made  any  further  efforts  in  this  direction  altogether 
impracticable  for  the  time  being. 

Fortunately  in  the  meantime  a  few  English  coke- 
works  had  adopted  the  Carves  system  (introduced 
into  this  country  by  Mr.  11.  Simon,  of  Manchester), 
and  it  was  soon  found  that  the  tar  produced  by  them 
is  totally  different  from  Jameson  tar,  and  is  compar- 
able to  gas-tar  as  to  its  yield  of  products  useful  in 
the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.  This  tar  has 
been  repeatedly  examined  by  Watson  Smith. + 

•J.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind..  1SS3,  pp.  403and  109  :  Industries.  ISSfi,  p.  162. 
tJ.  Soe.  Chem.  lml.,  1S83,  p.  500;  1SS5,  p.  i:,l. 


Sept  30.  is?;.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


581 


Now  the  general  principle  of  the  Copped  ovens  is 
so  similar  to  that  of  the  I  !an  ea  ovens,  much  difference 
as  there  exists  in  details,  that  the  tar  from  both 
descriptions  of   ovens  might  be  expected  from  the 

outset  not  to  offer  any  essential  chemical  differences. 
Experience  has  proved  this  to  be  the  case,  as  is 
evidenced  by  an  analysis  of  tar  from  his  ovens, 
quoted  by  Dr.  Otto  in  Stakl  und  Eisen,  1884, 
p.  399.  Hut  this  analysis  is  not  authenicated  by  any 
name,  and  is  much  too  little  detailed  in  comparison 
with  those  instituted  by  Watson  Smith.  When 
meeting  with  this  gap  in  the  course  of  preparing  the 
new  edition  of  my  "Coal  Tar  anil  Ammonia,''  I 
resolved  to  fill  it  up  myself.  Through  the  kindness 
of  Dr.  Otto  I  procured  large  average  samples  of  two 
descriptions  of  tar — viz.,  one  from  the  "Germania" 
]iit  near  Dortmund,  where  there  is  a  set  of  50 
Hoffmann  -  Otto  ovens,  and  another-  from  the 
"  Hibernia  and  Shamrock  "  pit  near  Bochum,  where 
there  is  a  set  of  bee-hive  coke-ovens,  modified  by  a 
system  totally  different  from  those  tried  in  England — 
viz.,  by  making  flues  below  the  bottom,  adding  a 
Siemens  recuperator,  and  heating  the  ovens  entirely 
from  without  (by  means  of  the  bottom  flues)  without 
any  internal  combustion.  These  bee-hive  ovens  thus 
enter  into  the  class  of  closed  coke-ovens,  and  we 
shall  not  be  surprised  to  find  that  the  tar  obtained 
from  them  is  veiy  similar  to,  although  not  identical 
with,  that  obtained  from  the  Hott'inann-Otto  oven-. 
The  system  in  question  has  been  patented  by  Dr.  C. 
Otto  in  common  with  the  Hibernia  and  Shamrock 
Coal  Mining  Company  (Germ.  Pat.  No.  37,:2*0).  I 
shall  refer  to  it,  for  the  sake  of  briefness,  as  the 
"  Hibernia  "  system. 

Befnre  entering  into  a  description  of  the  analytical 
investigation  of  those  tars,  I  have  to  state  that  most 
of  the  practical  laboratory  work  connected  with  it 
has  been  carried  out  in  the  most  painstaking  and 
conscientious  way  by  my  assistant,  Dr.  Jacob 
Schmid. 

Such  an  investigation  cannot  be  expected  to  yield 
useful  results,  unless  somewhat  large  quantities  are 
taken  in  'hand.  But  in  a  scientitie  laboratory  it  is 
difficult  to  employ  more  than  a  few  kilograms  for 
each  distillation.  The  results  thus  obtained  will 
never  exactly  coincide  with  those  obtained  in  manu- 
facturing practice,  but  experience  proves  that  they 
give  a  very  good  idea  of  the  general  quality  of  the 
tar.  It  would  be  most  convenient  to  employ  for 
such  quantities  distilling  vessels  made  of  metal,  and 
I  would,  indeed,  strongly  recommend  this  for  factory 
laboratories,  all  the  more  as  it  is  thus  easy  to  work 
upon  very  much  larger  quantities.  But  in  scientific 
laboratories,  where  for  more  reasons  than  one  it  is 
out  of  the  question  to  distil  a  hundredweight  of  tar 
or  some  such  quantity,  it  will  be  always  preferred  to 
accurately  observe  the  progress  of  the  operation,  and 
this  it  is  only  possible  to  do  in  glass  retorts.  Especially 
the  dehydration  of  the  tar,  such  as  will  be  described 
further  on,  can  be  hardly  carried  out  in  any  other 
way,  whilst  it  is  comparatively  easily  done  in  glass 
retorts.  Watson  Smith  has  also  used  such  for  his 
investigations. 

My  retorts  were  tubulated,  holding  about  5  litres, 
and  were  heated  in  a  kind  of  sand-air  bath — that  is, 
in  a  suitably-shaped  thin  wrought-iron  dish,  the 
bottom  of  which  was  covered  by  a  layer  of  sand,  one 
centimetre  thick.  About  half  of  the  retort  was 
within  the  dish,  and  the  whole  of  it,  down  to  the 
sand,  and  including  the  upper  part  of  the  neck,  was 
wrapped  round  with  wire  gauze.  The  heating  was 
done  by  a  Fletcher's  gas-stove,  placed  in  a  large  flat 
pan,  partially  filled  with  sand.  Hence,  in  case  of  an 
accident,  the  tar  would  have  first  run  into  the  upper 
pan,  forming  the  sand-air  bath,  and  anything  boiling 


over  from  this  would  have  been  caught  in  the  lower 
P  in. 

The  tubulure  of  the  retort  was  fitted  with  a  twice- 
perforated  cork,  holding  a  thermometer  and  a  tube, 
drawn  out  into  a  capillary  at  the  lower  end,  with  the 
object  of  passing  a  minute  current  of  air-bubbles 
through  the  liquid,  in  order  to  prevent  bumping. 
This  precaution,  first  introduced  by  Dittmar,  and  also 
employed  by  Watson  Smith,  was  found  to  be  very 
useful  indeed  ;  but  it  seems  possible  that  the  air 
current  might  carry  away  a  minute  quantity  of 
benzene. 

The  retort  was,  during  the  first  part  of  the 
operation,  connected  with  a  Liebig's  condenser,  so 
long  as  the  distillate  remained  entirely  liquid.  When 
it  began  to  partly  solidify — that  is,  between  170°  and 
180°,  the  cooler  was  removed  ;  and  since  now  the  last 
portions  of  water  had  been  volatilised,  and  no  more 
bumping  was  to  be  apprehended,  the  current  of  air 
was  discontinued.  The  last  of  the  water  escape  1 
between  140°  and  170''  with  explosive  violence. 

The  distillation  of  -l\  or  :>,  litres  of  tar  took  about 
8  hours.  It  is  decidedly  advisable  to  carry  it  right 
through  without  any  interruption,  both  because  the 
heating-up,  after  the  contents  of  the  retort  have 
been  semi-solid  or  solid  on  cooling,  is  always  an 
awkward  operation,  and  because  during  the  cooling- 
down  and  the  heating-up  a  considerable  quantity  of 
substance  passes  over  far  below  the  proper  boiling- 
points. 

The  distillates  were  collected  in  tared,  narrow, 
graduated  cylinders,  and  after  cooling  down  they 
were  measured  and  weighed.  The  fractions  were  made 
in  the  way  to  be  stated  below.  But  although,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  every  precaution  was  taken  to  keep 
the  temperature  as  constant  as  possible,  still,  without 
any  recognisable  reason,  the  thermometer  showed  con- 
siderable oscillations,  and  sometimes  went  down  -20° 
without  any  diminution  in  the  rate  of  distillation. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  such  assays  are  exact  analyti- 
cal operations.  The  fractions  will  differ  to  some  ex- 
tent, as  the  distillation  proceeds  more  or  less  slowly. 
Each  time,  when  substances  are  poured  from  one 
vessel  into  another,  small  losses  are  unavoidable, 
although  in  the  case  of  the  higher-boiling  substances 
the  vessels  were  rinsed  with  ether,  which  was  subse- 
quently evaporated.  In  washing  and  drying,  in  the 
case  of  the  first  distillates  also  by  evaporation,  small 
losses  will  occur,  which  become  all  the  more  important 
when  the  absolute  quantity  of  substance  is  only 
slight 

If  the  tar  had  not  been  previously  dehydrated,  the 
work  must  begin  with  that  operation,  which  is  of 
great  importance.  It  was  easy  enough  with  the 
''  Germania  "  tar,  which  reached  me  almost  completely 
dehydrated,  but  in  the  case  of  the  "  Hibernia"  tar  it 
could  not  be  effected  by  several  weeks'  rest,  even  at  a 
somewhat  elevated  temperature.  It  is  not  feasible 
to  go  as  far  as  100',  because  then  the  tar  would  lose 
many  valuable  portions,  especially  as  the  operation 
takes  so  much  time.  Hence,  the  dehydration  was 
performed  in  the  retort  itself,  turning  its  neckupwards 
and  connecting  it  with  a  cooler,  inclined  downwards, 
in  order  to  collect  any  benzene  escaping  along  with  the 
water.  The  heating  was  continued  in  this  manner  to 
60 — 70°  for  a  full  fortnight ;  every  morning,  before 
re-commencing,  the  water  collected  in  the  meantime 
on  the  surface  was  removed  by  a  pipette.  For  all 
that  some  water  remained  behind,  evidently  in  chemi- 
cal combination  with  phenol,  pyridine,  etc.,  and  this 
could  only  be  removed  by  distillation. 

Previous  to  the  distillation,  and  after  completing 
the  dehydration  as  much  as  possible,  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  tar  was  taken  by  pouring  it  warm  into  a 
200cc.m.  flask,  and  filling  this"  up  to  the  mark  on  cool- 


582 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Sept  so,  JS87 


ing  ;  the  quantity  left  in  the  (previously  tared)  retort 

was  taken  as  the  basis  of  the  subsequent  calculations. 

The  fractions  wore  made  as  follows  : — 
1. — Light  oil,  up  to  170°. 

2.— Middle  oil,  up  to  230"  (Carbolic  oil). 

3. — Creosote  oil.  up  to  -J70\ 

4. — Anthracene  oil,  up  to  the  close  of  the  distillation, 
which  was  continued  as  long  as  anything  would  come 
over;  this  explains  why  the  pitch  was  extraordinarily 
hard. 

The  above  fractions  were  treated  in  the  following 
manner  : — The  Light  nil  was  first  agitated  with  caustic 
soda  solution  of  specific  gravity  I'l,  and  the  contrac- 
tion of  volume  was  calculated  as  "  phenols."'  The  oil 
was  then  washed  with  water,  with  concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid,  and  again  with  water,  and  the  total  con- 
traction was  calculated  as  "loss  by  washing."  The 
residual  oil  was  distilled,  and  the  fractions  coming 
over  up  to  100°  and  140"  were  separately  collected. 
The  distillate  up  to  140°  was  considered  as  "crude 
aniline  benzol,''  and  its  degree  of  parity  was  examined 
by  nitrification  with  the  ordinary  mixture  of  acids. 
The  portion  remaining  behind  at  140°  was  calculated 
as  "  heavy  naphtha  "  ;  it  must,  of  course,  leave  a  good 
deal  of  residue  on  rectification,  and  this  residue  will 
practically  go  to  the  creosote  oil ;  but,  on  the  other 
hand,  some  heavy  naphtha  will  come  back  from  the 
"  middle  oil,''  and  on  the  small  scale  it  was  impossible 
to  say  how  far  this  would  compensate  for  the  residue 
left  on  rectifying.  The  small  quantity  of  liquid  also 
made  it  impossible  to  separate  the  "aniline  benzol  " 
into  benzene,  toluene  and  xylenes. 

From  the  Middle  oil  and  the  Creosote  oil  a  quantity 
of  naphthalene  crystallised  on  cooling.  This  was 
filtered  through  calico,  strongly  pressed, and  calculated 
as  "  crude  naphthalene."  The  liquid  portion  of  the  oil 
(making  allowance  for  the  mechanical  loss  in  pressing) 
was  treated  with  caustic  soda  solution,  and  the  con- 
traction of  volume  again  set  down  as  "  phenols." 

The  Anthracene  oil,  after  cooling,  was  filtered 
thi'  nigh  calico,  the  crude  anthracene  was  pressed  cold, 
then  spread  out  upon  porous  earthenware  slabs, 
heated  in  an  air  bath  to  30— 40°,  pressed  while  warm, 
ami  weighed.  It  was  now  analysed  by  the  "  Hochst" 
test  (washing  theanthraquinone  with  sulphuric  acid), 
and  the  percentage  of  pure  anthracene  was  thus  es- 
tablished. But  since  commercial  anthracene  is 
generally  sold  at  33  to  40  per  cent ,  three  times  the 
weight  of  the  pure  anthracene  was  deducted  from  that 
oi  the  crude  anthracene  oils,  in  order  to  find  that  of 
the  liquid  anthracene  oil.  In  actual  work,  probably 
the  distillation  would  not  be  carried  quite  so  far  as 
in  our  ease,  or  at  any  rate  some  of  the  liquid  oil  would 
be  employed  for  softening  the  hard  pitch,  so  that  for 
practical  purposes  the  quantity  of  liquid  anthracene 
oil  would  be  considerably  less,  and  that  of  pitch 
correspondingly  more  than  in  our  tests. 

The  Pitch  was  tested  for  its  softening-point,  by 
heating  a  piece  of  the  size  of  a  pea,  stuck  upon  a  wire, 
in  an  air  bath  alongside  of  a  thermometer,  until  on 
pressing  with  the  fingers,  it  proved  to  be  distinctly 
plastic.  The  water  bath  did  not  suffice  for  this  pur- 
pose.    It  was  further  tested  for  "  carbon  "—one  of  the 

st  tedious  parts  of  the  work.     For  this  purpose  it 

was  extracted  alternately  with  boiling  benzene  and 
carbon  disulphide  ;  but  it  took  many  days  toil,  the 
solvents  did  not  show  any  but  a  faint  colour,  and  left 
no  more  residue  when  evaporated  on  a  watch-glass. 
This  operation  must  be  carried  out  with  the  greatest 
caution,  since  otherwise  fine  particles  of  carbon  will 
pass  through  the  filter  ;  for  this  reason  Soxhlet's 
extracting  apparatus,  otherwise  so  convenient,  could 
not  be  employed* 

•  An  attempt  to  substitute  for  this  tedious  process  a  simple 
coking  of  the  pitch  did  not  yield  any  trustworthj  results. 


The  results  were  a-  follows 


First    Distillation. 


Specific  gravity  at  15° 


'Germania"  tar;  "  Bibernifl  "tar 
Hoffmann-Otto     Otto's  mo 

Ovens.  Beehive  ovens. 


rims 

wght.        vol. 


Light  oil  up  to  170  :  per  cent. 
Middle  oil    ..     230 
Creosote  oil ..    270 

Anthracene  oil 

Pitch 

Water  

Loss   , , 


I'.-;,;, 
10-51 

7-62 
11  '3  5 
a  I  -55 
trace 

0-39 


7-13 
10-16 

7-23 


1*1388 
wght        vol. 


1-8S 
H-ll 

999 
22-65 
43-11 

3-S1 

109 


5-21 
13-97 


100-00         - 


1O0-0O 


By  working  up  the  fractions  we  obtained  : — 


A 

'  Gtrmania" 

tar. 


Light  Oil. 

Phenols 3-S0  % 

Total  loss  on  washing   18*12,, 

Distillate  from  78-100" 811., 

,,    100-110" 175G  ., 

Sp.  gr.  of  total  distillate  at  15   0-869 

Residue  from  distilling   55  91,, 

Middle  Oil 

Phenols  (crude) 260   „ 

Naphthalene  (crude) (3  0 

Ckeosotk  Oil. 

Phenols IPO    „  vol. 

Naphthalene    130 

Anthracene  On- 
Crude  anthracene  "'.  on  Tar 
Containing  pure  anthracene 12-90 

Pitch. 

Softening  point 

Percentage  of  carbon   


,  w'ght. 


w'ght. 


B. 

'  HilieMlia 
tar. 


5-32      vol. 
33  05,.    „ 

t  race. 
-'1-39  „    ., 

0862 
12-56  „    „ 

37-66,.    .. 
"(•76  ..  w'ght. 

18-33  „  vol. 
1-10  ,.  w'ght 


113 


llM 

5P6f 


0-93 
25'oJ 

160 
1211 


The  distillate  from   th   washed  light  oil  up  to  140 

in  the  case  of  the  "  Germania  "  tai  had  the  specific 
gravity  =  0X31)  at  15'  ;  it  could  be  nitrified  without 
leaving  any  residue,  and  yielded  133  per  cent,  weight 
of  nitro  compounds  of  specific  gravity  1*191.  On  dis- 
tilling these  yielded  only  l'l  per  cent,  up  to  190',  too 
small  a  quantity  to  be  submitted  again  to  the  acid 
treatment.  This  distillate  may, therefore,  beset  down 
entirely  as  "  aniline-benzol,"  comprising  within  this 
term  its  percentage  of  xylenes.  The  portion  distilling 
above  140'  contained  a  good  deal  of  naphthalene, 
against  which  should  be  set  the  naphtha  coming  back 
from  the  treatment  of  the  middle  oil.  Since  it  was  not 
possible  to  examine  these -mall  quantities  of  liquid 
more  closely,  1  have  set  the  whole  down  as  "heavy 
naphtha  "  :  but  it  cannot  be  expected  to  recover  it  ail 
in  the  shape  of  commercial  solvent  or  burning 
naphtha. 


Sept.  30, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


583 


On  rectifying  the  washed  naphtha  from  the 
"  Hibernia "  light  oil,  the  thermometer  rapidly  rose 
above  100°,  then  slowly  up  to  140  :  a  somewhat  con 
siderable  proportion  distilled  only  above  170s.  On 
nitrification  the  distillate  up  to  140"  yielded  129  Oper 
cent,  weight  of  nitro  compounds  of  specific  gravity 
1'188.  On  rectifying  these,  2'47  per  cent,  of  oil  dis- 
tilled between  110  and  190  ,  along  with  a  little  water. 
When  submitting  this  oil  once  more  to  nitrification, 
maily  the  whole  "I  it  remained  unchanged.  Hence,  this 
"  aniline-benzol "  is  not  as  pure  as  that  from  "  Ger- 
mania  tar  ;  moreover,  it  contains  very  little  benzene 
and  principallytoluene  and  xylenes;  its  value  must  bea 
good  deal  lower  than  that  obtained  from  the  "  Ger- 
mania"  tar.  Unfortunately  the  quantity  of  benzene 
from  2'7kilos.  tar  is  too  small  to  admit  of  any  more 
extended  investigation. 

The  described  data  will  enable  us  to  make  the 
following  statement  concerning  the  commercial  pro- 
ducts to  begot  out  of  the  two  tars  examined  : — 


A 

B 

"  Germania '' 
tar  per  cent. 

■'  Hibernia  " 
tar  per  cent. 

Aniline-benzol 

- 

1-68 

- 

11-2 

Heavy  naDbtha 

- 

3G1 

- 

2-06 

Crude  naphthalene  from  mid- 

lol 
315 

- 

1-09 
011 

Crude  naphthalene  from  creo- 
sote oil 



Crude  naphthalene  total 

- 

rea 

- 

1-53 

Crude  phenols  from  light  oil. . 

0-25 

- 

0-28 

- 

..    middle  oil.. 

1-56 

- 

490 

- 

,.  creosote  oil.. 

0-12 

- 

1-75 

total 

223 

1-59 

693 

Anthracene,   calculated  as   33 

0-72 

Creosote  oil  for  pickling  timber 

- 

S-24 

1567 

Filtered  anthracene  oil 

- 

12-TG 

- 

21-93 

30'd5 

_ 

1341 

Water 

- 

- 

- 

383 

98-38 

'J7-21 

Always  bearing  in  mind  that  the  above  are  only 
laboratory  results,  we  may,  nevertheless,  draw  the 
following  conclusions. 

The  tar  from  Hoffmann-Otto's  modified  Coppee 
ovens  is  at  least  equal  in  value  to  the  best  descriptions 
of  gas  tar.  The  "aniline-benzol''  contains  a  good  deal 
of  real  benzene,  and  is  almost  free  from  non-nitrifiable 
oils.  There  is  an  abundant  quantity  of  heavy  naphtha. 
That  of  the  phenols  and  of  naphthalene  is  normal, 
also  that  of  anthracene  (0'53  of  pure  anthracene  in 
100  tar).  An  essential  difference  between  this  kind 
of  coke-tar  and  ordinary  gas-tar,  and  that  in  favour  of 
the  former,  consists  only  in  the  smaller  proportion  of 
creosote  oil  and  of  hard  pitch,  and  a  larger  proportion 
of  filtered  anthracene  oil,  which  is  more  and  more  em- 
ployed for  pickling  timber  and  for  lubricating  pur- 
poses, and  part  of  which  can  be  usefully  employed  for 
working  up  with  the  hard  pitch  into  soft  pitch, 
varnishes,  etc.  All  this  is  easily  explained  by  the  fact 
that  the  cpke  ovens  in  question  work  at  a  temperature 
at  least  as  high  as  that  of  gas  retorts,  and  that  the  coal 
remains  in  them  for  a  longer  space  of  time. 


The  "  Hibernia  "  tar,  produced  in  outwardly  /<■  att  d 

I  beehive  ovens,  and  evidently  at  a  lower  temperature 
than  the  "  Germania  "  tar,  is  not  as  valuable.  It  con- 
tains lessaniline-benzol  of  inferior  quality.lcss  naphtha, 
and  less  anthracene.  Especially  remarkable  is  the  very 
small  quantity  of  naphthalene  and  the  large  proportion 
of  phenols.     It  is  also  awkward  to  dehydrate.     Still, 

,  this  tar  undoubtedly  belongs  to  the  same  class  as  gas 
tar,  and  can  !»■  worked  up  exactly  in  the  same  manner. 
It  is  most  sharply  distinct  from  the  Jameson  tar, 
which  must  rather  be  classed  with  brown-coal  tars, 
but  does  not,  like  these,  yield  a  large  quantity  of  good 
burning  oils  and  solid  paraffin. 

Tar  distillers  still  complain  that  even  in  Germany 
(where  tars  of  the  Jameson  type  are  not  produced), 
coke-oven  tars  are  of  unequal  quality,  and  on  the 
average  yield  less  benzene  than  gas  tar.  But  it  should 
not  be  overlooked  that  gas  tars  are  also  nothing  like 
uniform  in  quality,  and  there  is  some  risk  in  that 
respect,  even  with'the  tar  from  one  and  the  same  gas- 
works, because  they  may  make  changes  in  the  coal 
employed,  and  very  frequently  the  quality  of  gas  tal- 
is deteriorated  by  the  addition  of  bituminous  shales 
in  gas  making.  Such  additions  can  never  happen  in 
coke  making,  and  the  coal  used  at  a  certain  part  must 
be  always  very  nearly  of  the  same  quality.  The  differ- 
ences in  coke  oven  tars  noticed  up  to  the  present 
will  be  partly  caused  by  the  unavoidable  difference  in 
the  description  of  coals  coked,  and  partly  by  the  fact 
that  the  tar  produced  by  different  systems  of  coke 
ovens  is  not  identical,  as  we  have  seen.  Otherwise, 
there  is  no  reason  why,  in  the  manufacture  of  coke, 
there  should  be  any  more  irregularities  than  in  the 
manufacture  of  coal-gas. 

ON  THE  COMPOSITION  OF  THE  BLAST 
FURNACE  TARS  FROM  THE  GART- 
SHERRIE  IRON  WORKS. 

(Bead  before  the  British  Association,  Manchester,  1SS7.J 

BY  WATSOS    SMITH,   F.C.S.,   F.I.C., 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  the  Victoria 
University,  etc. 

The  first  examination  of  tar  from  blast  furnace  gases 
obtained  by  the  condensing  process  patented  by 
Messrs.  Alexander  &  McCosh,  and  adopted  in  the 
Gartsherrie  Iron  Works  of  Messrs.  Baird  it  Co.,  at 
Coatbridge,  I  undertook  in  1883,  and  the  results 
formed  the  subject  of  a  paper  read  before  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry  (Liverpool  Section)  in  that 
year.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  tar  was  found  to 
be  0954.  It  was  a  tar  lighter  than  water,  and  con- 
sequently would  be  subject  to  the  immediate  suspi- 
cion of  tar  distillers,  all  true  gas  tars  of  value  for  the 
aromatic  constituents  being  slightly  heavier  than 
water.  Subsequent  examination  showed  that  about 
1  per  cent,  of  paraffin  wax  could  be  extracted  from 
the  blast  furnace  tar,  the  crude  Scotch  shale  oils 
yielding  about  9  per  cent  of  solid  paraffin.  The 
ordinary  process  of  oxidising  with  chromic  acid  in 
glacial  acetic  acid  solution  failed  entirely  to  discover 
for  me  any  traces  of  anthracene  in  the  higher  boiling 
products  from  this  tar,  but  I  am  convinced  some 
anthracene  is  present,  and  shall  submit  the  product 
to  treatment  by  another  process  very  shortly,  so  as 
first  to  effect  separation  of  the  preponderating 
paraffin.  But  the  phenols  presented  a  remarkable 
feature  in  this  tar,  on  account  of  their  abundance,  as 
has  been  more  recently  confirmed  by  A.  H.  Allen  and 
L.  Archbutt  ("Commercial  Organic  Analysis,"  vol. 
ii.  57 -1  :  Allen).  However,  my  first  experiments 
quantitatively  aimed  rather  at  a  comparison  of  the 


584 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Scpi.  30, 18S7. 


amounts  of  crude  phenol  (carbolic  acid)  obtained  by 
the  commercial  method  of  undersaturation  with 
caustic  soda  of  1SC  Tw.  It  was  then  found  that 
whilst — 

(1.)  Ordinary  Lancashire  gas  retort  tar  oils,  known 
a>  the  carbolic  oils,  yield  about  5  per  cent,  by  volume 
of  good  crude  phenol  containing  Go  per  cent,  (volume) 
"i  crystallisable  phenol,  that— 

(2.)  The  blast  furnace  oils  nearly  corresponding  to 

the  above,  gave  by  the  same  treatment  no  less  than 

per  cent,  of  phenols,  containing,  however,  very 

little  carbolic  acid.      The  creosote  oils  gave  14'3  per 

cent,  of  phenols. 

By  a  mure  recent  trial  (1885)  I  found  that  on  exhaus- 
tive treatment  with  stronger  caustic  soda  of  the  oils 
iii  the  blast  furnace  tar  ol  Gartsherrie  analogous  to 
the  carbolic  and  creosote  oils  of  ordinary  coal  tar, 
about  23  -to  -24  per  cent,  by  volume  of  crude  phenols 
could  be  extracted.  Allen  and  Archbutt  extracted 
from  their  samples  of  blast  furnace  tar  oils  even 
larger  quantities. 

It  was  also  found  that  on  extracting  the  same  blast 
furnace  oils  with  sulphuric  acid  of  specific  gravity 
1.'.  exhaustively,  11'09  percent,  by  volume  of  crude 
basic  constituents  could  be  extracted. 

K.  E.  Schulze  [Annaltn,  227,  143)  propounded  the 
theory  that  the  aromatic  coal-tar  hydrocarbons  are 
formed  by  the  breaking  up  at  higher  temperatures  of 
first-formed  phenols  into  the  elements  of  water  and 
hydrocarbons,  and  this  theory  would,  of  course, 
pre-suppose  the  possible  existence  of  certain  transition 
tars,  if  we  may  so  call  them-  i.,..  transi  ion  from  the 
predominance  of  the  paraftinoids  to  that  of  the 
benzenoid  and  allied  products.  Such  a  link  of  logical 
connection  is  supplied  by  the  existence  of  a  tar  like  I 
that  of  the  Gartsherrie  iron  furnaces,  as  well  as  those 
of  certain  coke  ovens,  which  contain  considerable 
quantities  of  b;nzenoid  hydrocarbons  and  phenols.  ! 
Schulze's  theory  being  accepted  as  correct,  we  ought, 
moreover,  to  be  able  to  find  amongst  the  phenols  in 
the  transition  tars  those  members  most  nearly  cor-  j 
responding  to  the  hydrocarbons  which  predominate 
in  what  we  may  term  normal  coal  tar,  or  perhaps, 
better,  gas  tar,  as  produced  in  gas  retorts  at  the 
highest  temperatures.  In  order  to  test  this  question 
an  investigation  was  instituted  in  conjunction  with 
Messrs.  Coutts  i-  Brothers  (J.  Chm.  Sue.  Jan- 
uary, 1886  :  see  also  this  Journal,  1885,  p.  738)  for  j 
the  purpose  of  discovering  which  are  the  principal 
constituents  of  the  blast  furnace  tar  phenols.  These 
were  found  to  be  ordinary  phenol,  the  cresols  (chiefly 
metacresol),xylenols(chieflj  metaxylenol  1 :3:4),pseudo- 
cumeuol  and  the  naphthols.  It  has  been  mentioned 
that  an  exhaustive  extraction  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  yielded  11  per  cent,  by  volume  of  basic  consti- 
tuents— i.e.,  nitrogen  bases.  A  more  recent  exami- 
nation of  these  bases  shows  that  aniline  is  present 
amongst  them.  The  odour  of  the  mixed  bases  is  just 
that  of  the  crude  bases  extracted  from  ordinary  gas 
tar,  reminding  one  of  the  pyridine  and  quinoline  series. 
It  was  now  of  great  interest  to  discover  what  hydro- 
carbons, especially  of  the  aromatic  series,  are  presi  nt 
in  the  _  blast  furnace  naphthas,  since  following 
Schulze's  theory,  and  having  detected  the  predomi- 
nating presence  of  phenol,  cresol  and  xylenol,  more 
especially  metaxylenoL  also  pseudocumen  >1  and 
naphthol,  we  now  ought  to  be  able  to  find  amongst 
the  naphtha  constituents  the  corresponding  hydro- 
carbons. 

la  a  recent  investigation  with  the  object  of 
isolating  the  benzenoid  and  other  aromatic  hydro- 
carbons from  the  mixture,  in  which  the  paraffinoid 
hydrocarbons  largely  predominate,  the  hydrolytic 
method  of  Armstrong  and  Miller  was  made  use  ol 
(•/.  C/tem,  Soc,  1884,  14*).     I  desire  to  record  here 


my  opinion,  after  an  extended  experience  of  this 
method,  that  it  is  one  of  the  simplest  and  at  the  same 
time  most  valuable  solutions  of  a  hitherto  tedious 
and  difficult  problem  that  has  been  put  into  the 
hands  of  chemists  for  a  long  time,  and  Messrs.  Arm- 
strong and  Miller  deserve  the  thanks  especially  of 
technological  chemists,  whose  vocations  necessitate 
the  frequent  examinations  of  coal  tars,  naphthas  and 
tar  oils.  The  hydrocarbons  thus  isolated  in  the  pure 
state  are  toluene,  xylene  containing  70  per  cent,  of 
metaxylene,  pseudocumene  and  mesitylene.  Also,  I 
have  identified  the  presence  in  the  higher  boiling  oils 
of  small  quantities  of  naphthalene. 

Benzene  I  have  never  been  able  to  discover  in  the 
light  naphthas,  specimens  of  which  have  been  kindly 
sent  me  from  time  to  time  by  Mr.  Andrew  Mel  loan, 
of  the  < !  irtsherrie  Works.  However,  I  believe  firmly 
that  benzene  is  present  in  the  crude  gas  used  as  fuel, 
and  with  the  kind  permission  of  the  firm,  I  shall  make 
this  subject  a  further  matter  of  experimental  inquiry. 
The  question,  "  Is  bisulphide  of  carbon  formed  at  the 
temperature  at  which  such  a  low  temperature  tar  as 
this  is  formed  ?  "  I  shall  try  to  answer  at  the  same 
time,  and  it  would  doubtless  be  of  practical  interest 
to  the  gas  industry. 

It  is  certainly  interesting,  and  so  far  confirm \tory 
of  Schulze's  theory,  that  not  only  xylene  and  the 
other  hydrocarbons  corresponding  to  the  aromatic 
phenols  are  present  in  the  coal  fed  blast  furnace 
fumes,  but  that  the  xylene  is  substantially  of  the 
same  composition  as  that  found  in  gas  tar — i.e., 
it  contains  about  70  per  cent,  of  the  meta-isomer. 
That  this  is  the  case  was  proved  by  means  of  Levin- 
stein's method  based  on  the  reactions  of  Briickner 
and  Jacobsen,  as  well  as  by  the  fact  of  the  xylene 
obtained  furnishing  dyestuffs  of  the  azo  class.  Thus, 
I  have  here  a  specimen  of  xylidine  scarlet  R.  ob- 
t  lined  from  about  20ec.  of  the  xylene  of  the  blast 
furnace  tar. 

Mr.  Hamilton,  my  assisting  whose  valuable  aid  in 
this  research  1  desire  to  acknowledge,  will  dye  a  piece 
of  flannel  with  this  scarlet,  and  I  think  1  may  assure 
you  that  no  one  has  seen  before  a  piece  of  fabric  dyed 
with  a  colour  derived  from  the  waste  gaseous  products 
hitherto  escaping  in  flames  from  coal-fed  blast  furnaces. 
Though  I  believe  there  is  much  truth  in  Schulze's 
theory  of  the  formation  of  the  aromatic  hydrocarbons, 
I  should  be  slow  to  ascribe  this  formation  exclusively 
to  the  decomposition  of  the  phenols,  but  would  be 
most  inclined  to  believe  that  the  reaction  is  one 
running  concurrently  with  several  others.  For 
example,  the  theories  proposed  by  Perthelot,  O. 
Jacobsen  and  Anschiitz  may  all  likewise,  at  least  to 
some  extent,  hold  good  in  the  formation  of  the 
aromatic  constituents  of  crude  coal  gas  (see  Gompt. 
Rend.  62,  905  ;  //■ ,-.  1-77,  853  :  Ber.  1878,  1215). 

A    NEW    APPARATUS    FOR    CONDENSING 
OASES  BY  CONTACT  WITH  LIQUIDS. 

T.Y    G.   LTTNGK, 

The  problem  of  condensing  gases  by  contact  with 
liquids  is  one  which  is  presented  in  a  very  large 
variety  of  cases,  only  a  few  of  which  are  enumerated 
here  :— The  condensation  of  hydrochloric  acid,  both 
when  its  manufacture  is  a  principal  object,  and  when 
it  is  only  done  to  prevent  pollution  of  the  atmos- 
phere ;  the  condensation  of  sulphurous  acid  as  a 
"noxious  gas;"  the  manufacture  of  nitric  acid,  and 
its  recovers  from  nitrous  vapours  by  means  of  water 
and  air  ;  the  condensation  of  ammonia  in  the  shape 
of  liquor  ammonia;  the  absorption  of  chlorine  in  the 
manufacture  of  chloride  of  lime,  of  chlorates,  of  ferri- 


Sept.  3(1.1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


585 


cyanides;  the  recovery  of  nitrous  acid  in  the  Gay- 
Lussac  apparatus,  and  many  others.  We  must  also 
class  herewith  the  drying  of  gases  (chlorine,  sulphur 
dioxide,  atmospheric  air,  etc.)  by  means  of  sulphuric 
acid,  as  required  for  the  Deacon  chlorine  process,  and 
for  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  anhydride  ;  the  con- 
densation of  carbon  disulphide  by  contact  with  cold 
water,  and  so  forth. 

For  some  of  these  processes  special  apparatus  has 
been  invented,  according  to  the  specific  nature  of 
the  compounds  to  be  treated,  and  with  these  we  shall 
not  occupy  ourselves  hereafter.  We  will  confine  our 
attention  to  that  most  numerous  class  of  processes 
where,  up  to  the  present  time,  manufacturers  in  this 
country  have  almost  exclusively  employed  the  well- 
known  coke  tower,  whilst  continental  manufacturers 
in  many  cases  prefer  a  string  of  three-necked  stone- 
ware receivers  or  "  tourilles."  The  latter  are  now 
generally  supplemented  by  a  small  coke  tower, 
mostly  constructed  from  large  stoneware  pipes,  and 
this  combination,  properly  carried  out,  would  seem 
to  he  the  most  favourable  where  the  highest  possible 
yield,  along  with  the  greatest  possible  concentration, 
are  principally  looked  for,  whilst  the  coke  tower  is 
found  more  suitable  where  the  largest  possible  quan- 
tity of  work  is  the  primary  object.  Both  kinds  of 
plant  have  their  advantages  and  their  drawbacks. 
The  tourilles  system  owes  its  success  in  producing 
very  concentrated  liquids  to  the  systematical  way  in 
which  the  water  or  other  condensing  liquid  travels 
from  the  further  end  of  the  set  of  receivers  to  the 
end  nearest  the  furnace,  always  rising  from  the  bottom 
of  each  receiver  on  to  the  top  of  the  next  receiver  ; 
the  large  cooling  surface  of  the  stoneware  jars  and 
pipes  also  comes  into  play  here.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  contact  between  the  gas  and  the  liquid  takes 
place  exclusively  at  the  surface  of  the  latter  ;  the 
great  bulk  of  the  liquid  participates  but  indirectly  in 
the  work  of  condensation,  and  some  of  the  gas  enter- 
ing at  the  top  of  the  receiver  and  leaving  it  at  the 
opposite  side  does  not  come  into  contact  with  the 
condensing  liquid.  Hence  a  long  string  of  receivers, 
often  fifty  and  upwards,  must  be  employed,  and  even 
then  experience  has  proved  that  very  perceptible 
quantities  of  condensable  gases  escape  condensation, 
being  carried  along  with  the  bulk  of  inert  gases  over 
the  top  of  the  liquid.  Therefore,  in  the  manufacture 
of  hydrochloric  acid  the  tourilles  are  now  always 
supplemented  by  a  small  (sometimes  even  a  large) 
coke  column  ;  and  where  the  proportion  of  condens- 
able gas  in  the  total  volume  of  gases  is  but  small,  as 
in  the  recovery  of  nitrous  compounds  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sulphuric  acid,  the  tourilles  system  has 
been  entirely  superseded  by  the  coke  tower. 

The  manufacture  of  nitric  acid  by  the  ordinary 
method  does  not  come  under  this  head,  for  here  the 
compound  in  question  is  itself  a  liquid,  and  the 
vapours  need  only  be  cooled  down  in  order  to  yield 
the  final  product,  therefore  a  smaller  number  of  tou- 
rilles suffices,  and  they  may  be  almost  entirely  super- 
seded by  stoneware  worms,  or  the  like. 

The  coke-tower  is  too  well  known  to  need  any 
description  or  any  specification  of  its  merits.  It  is 
agreed  that  this  apparatus  has  been  instrumental  in 
procuring  the  excellent  and  almost  absolute  con- 
densation of  the  hydrochloric  acid  vapours  in  alkali 
works.  But  far  superior  as  the  coke  tower  is  to  the 
tourilles  for  taking  out  a  small  quantity  of  con- 
densable gas  from  a  great  bulk  of  inert  gases,  it  is 
not  altogether  beyond  reproach.  It  has  been  found 
practically  inefficient  for  washing  sulphur  dioxide  out 
of  furnace  gases  by  means  of  water,  nor  is  it  a  "per- 
fect condenser  for  the  nitrous  vapours  in  the  Gay- 
Lussac  process,  even  when  made  of  very  large 
size.    Just  these    large  dimensions,  and  the  great 


attendant  cost,  form  one  of  the  drawbacks  of  the  coke 
tower. 

Let  us  consider  in  which  manner  a  coke  tower,  say 
a  hydrochloric  acid  condenser,  acts.  It  is  filled  with 
large  pieces  of  coke,  about  a  foot  long,  at  the  bottom  ; 
then  follow  pieces  of  the  size  of  a  child's  head,  and 
at  the  top  pieces  of  the  size  of  an  apple,  but  every- 
thing is  kept  out  which  passes  through  a  sieve  with 
2in.  meshes.  The  interstices  between  the  pieces  of 
coke  thus  must  be  pretty  large,  and  very  irregular. 
The  coke  is  moistened  by  a  shower  of  water,  but 
this  must  not  be  too  abundant,  lest  the  acid  should 
become  too  dilute,  and  it  is  therefore  resolved  into  a 
number  of  drops,  occuping  a  very  small  portion 
indeed  of  the  channels  left  between  the  pieces  of 
coke.  These  drops  during  their  fall  will  therefore 
have  but  little  action  ;  almost  the  whole  action  of  the 
tower  depends  upon  the  moisture  covering  the  sur- 
face of  the  coke.  Unless  the  latter  is  very  well 
''  packed,"  so  that  the  gaseous  current  is  constantly 
compelled  to  change  its  way,  the  tower  acts  very 
badly  indeed  ;  for  naturally  the  gas  ascends  by  pre- 
ference in  the  widest  and  straightest  channels,  and 
just  these  are  evidently  least  supplied  with  water  in 
comparison  to  the  air  space.  But  even  in  a  properly- 
packed  tower  the  channels  are  comparatively  very 
large,  and,  especially,  very  irregular  ;  for  this  reason 
it  is  necessary  to  procure  a  very  large  condensing 
area,  and  to  leave  the  gases  in  long  contact  with 
water,  by  constructing  the  towers  of  very  large 
dimensions. 

Of  course  all  this  has  been  very  well  known  long 
ago,  and  attempts  have  not  been  wanting  to  diminish 
the  size  of  condensing  towers  by  substituting  for  coke 
regular  pieces  of  perforated  tiles,  bundles  of  tubes, 
and  similar  objects.  But  not  much  has  come  of 
this  ;  the  remedy  has  never  been  a  thorough  one,  and 
occasionally  very  expensive.  Probably  such  apparatus 
are  mostly  in  use  only  in  such  cases  where  coke  is  too 
rapidly  destroyed  by  the  agents  at  work  within  the 
condenser. 

The  just  mentioned  failures  have  deterred  many 
from  attacking  the  problem.  Still  I  did  not  like  to 
submit  to  coke  towers  as  a  finality,  and  I  have  tried 
to  work  out  another  system  wrhich  should  be  founded 
on  rational  principles  throughout.  I  have  in  this 
benefited  by  the  co-operation  of  a  manufacturer  of 
chemical  stoneware,  Mr.  Ludwig  Kohrmauu,  of 
Krauschwitz,  near  Muskau,  in  Prussian  Silesia,  who 
has  the  command  of  most  suitable  material  for  acid 
and  heat  resisting  stoneware,  as  well  as  great  experi- 
ence in  the  manufacture  of  chemical  apparatus  made 
from  it,  and  untiring  energy  in  overcoming  the  mani- 
fold difficulties  which  accompanied  our  first  efforts. 
But  success  has  not  been  wanting,  and  the  apparatus 
which  we  have  ultimately  constructed  has  more  than 
fulfilled  the  hopes  I  had  entertained  of  it. 

The  following  description  and  diagram  will  give  an 
idea  of  the  new  apparatus,  which  I  have  styled  the 
"  Plate  column,"  because  its  essential  feature  is  in 
the  perforated  plates  with  which  it  is  filled.  It  can 
be  carried  out  in  many  shapes,  and  can  be  made  of 
any  suitable  material,  but  so  far  it  has  only  been 
made  of  that  kind  of  stoneware  which  is  the  speciality 
of  Mr.  Rohriuann.  It  is  unnecessary  to  say  that  the 
material  must  offer  the  greatest  possible  resistance 
both  to  the  action  of  acids  and  to  changes  of  tempera- 
ture, but  it  should  also  admit  of  a  great  deal  of 
nicety  in  moulding  every  detail.  For  some  purposes 
such  apparatus  might  be  made  of  metal,  or  even  of 
wood  lined  with  lead,  especially  when  it  is  made  of  a 
larger  size  than  can  be  well  done  with  stoneware. 

The  plate  column,  in  that  shape  which  is  now  pre- 
ferably made,  consists  of  a  number  of  earthenware 
cylinders  of  as  large  diameter  as  can  be  conveniently 


586 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept. 30, WW. 


turned  out.  It  is  at  present  made  '-  centimetres 
(say  -it.  oin.)  wide.  The  bottom  is  formed  by  a 
trough.  A,  with  an  outlet  for  the  liquid,  and  an  inlet 
for  the  gas,  «  (compare  diagram).  This  bottom 
trough  is  surmounted  by  one  or  more  cylinders,  B,  C, 
which  contain  the  perforated  plates,  and  at  last  by 
the  top  cylinder  1>,  provided  with  an  outlet  for  the 
gas,  H,  aud  an  arrangement  for  spreading  the  con- 
densing liquid.  That  liquid  (in  the  majority  of  cases, 
watei  i  is  run  from  a  store  tank  on  to  the  cover  of  the 
column,  and  is  spread  out  by  means  of  the  self-acting 
"acid-wheel"  b  all  over  the  divisions,  produced  on  the 
cover  by  the  radial  ledges,  as  seen  on  the  plan  D. 
The  water  runs  off  by  the  holes  c,  closed  by  the  cups 
</,  serving  as  hydraulic  seals,  aud  the  bottom  of  the 
cover  is  so  shaped  that  the  liquid  must  drop  out  of 
each  single  hole  without  spreading  along  the  under 
side  of  the  plate.  By  this  means  the  liquid  is  forced 
to  drop  quite  regularly  all  over  the  area  of  the 
column,  aud  to  cover  the  whole  surface  of  the  upper- 
most of  the  plates  EE. 


o:^ 

1 

fiTTT" 

Except  the  last-mentioned  arrangement,  there  is 
nothing  novel  in  the  construction  of  the  cover, 
indeed  any  other  suitable  means  for  spreading  the 
liquid  quite  evenly  all  over  the  area  of  the  column 
might  be  employed.  But  the  peculiar  feature  of  my 
apparatus  appears  in  the  plates  EE.  Each  of  these 
is  covered  with  a  network  of  small  ledges,  and  in  each 
of  the  squares  thus  formed  there  is  a  perforation,  with 
a  somewhat  raised  margin.  The  height  of  that 
margin  is  not  quite  as  great  as  that  of  the  ledges, 
hence  there  is  always  a  layer  of  liquid,  about  Jin 
deep  in  each  of  the  squares,  and  as  there  is  always 
more  liquid  dropping  in.  the  excess  is  forced  out 
through  tlie  perforations  drop  by  drop.  The  plates 
are  not  identical  in  shape,  but  differ  as  to  the  posi- 
tion  of  the  holes.  To  each  perforation  in  any  one 
plate  there  corresponds  the  point  ol  anion  of  the 
in    the  plates  above  and  below.     Hence   the 


liquid  cannot  drop  straight  through  the  holes  in  the 
following  plates,  but  strikes  the  solid  portion  of  the 
next  plate,  is  scattered  about,  and  is  divided  among 
the  adjoining  squares.  This  action  is  repeated  from 
{date  to  plate.  Thus  the  thin  layer  of  liquid  resting 
upon  the  plates  and  clinging  to  the  holes  is  constantly 
renewed,  and  by  the  scattering  about  of  the  liquid 
another  absorbing  surface  is  created. 

The  gases  and  vapours  rising  within  the  column 
pass  through  the  numerous  holes  of  the  lowermost 
plate,  and  are  thus  divided  into  a  great  number  of 
fine  jets.  Immediately  cu  issuing  through  the  holes 
of  this  plate,  they  strike  against  the  solid  places  in  the 
next  plate  above,  which  correspond  to  the  holes,  and 
are  thus  divided  and  mixed  again  ;  and  this  process 
is  repeated  as  many  times  as  there  are  plates  provided. 
Whilst  the  gases  and  vapours  thus, travel  upwards  in 
continuously  renewed  mixtures  they  come  into  the 
most  intimate  contract  with  the  absorbing  liquid, 
which  they  meet  within  the  narrow  holes  on  the 
plates  and  scattered  all  over  in  fine  drops.  By  the 
incessant  changes  in  the  direction  of  the  current,  and 
the  equally  incessant  renewal  of  the  surface  of  the 
liquid,  the  most  favourable  conditions  are  produced 
for  a  mutual  action  of  the  gaseous  and  liquid  sub- 
stances. Owing  to  the  principle  of  the  apparatus,  no 
false  channels  can  exist,  in  which  the  gases  or  liquids 
would  travel  separately  without  coming  into  proper 
contact  with  each  other. 

This  circumstance  partly  accounts  for  the  enormous 
difference  in  condensing  power  between  the  "  plate 
column  "  and  a  perfectly  well  constructed  and  packed 
coke  tower,  or  any  similar  apparatus,  fitted  with 
pieces  ol  pottery  and  the  like.  The  liquid  within  a 
coke  tower  is  never  quite  evenly  distributed  ;  there 
are  always  many  places  where  it  drops  down  a  con 
siderable  height  without  meeting  a  piece  of  coke,  and 
where,  on  the  other  hand,  the  gases  find  channels  in 
which  they  can  ascend  without  for  some  time  getting 
mixed  and  coming  into  contact  with  liquid.  More- 
over, the  individual  gas  channels  are  too  wide,  and 
the  inner  portion  of  the  gaseous  current  does  not  enter 
into  reaction  with  the  absorbing  liquid.  This  is 
unavoidable,  because  the  interstices  between  the  pieces 
of  coke  are  quite  irregular,  and  therefore  the  section 
of  the  tower  must  be  made  wide  enough,  and  the 
pieces  of  coke  large  enough  to  secure  a  sufficiency  of 
draught  for  the  worst  case.  Nor,  as  experience  has 
demonstrated,  have  any  arrangements  of  pieces  of 
pottery  hitherto  had  a  better  effect  than  coke.  Hence, 
coke  towers  must  be  made  very  wide  and  high,  thus 
offering  a  long  time  and  corresponding  opportunities 
of  mixing  the  gases  and  contact  with  liquid  ;  and  in 
this  way  the  reaction  is  certainly  very  complete  at  the 
end.  But  this  enormous  enlargement  of  space  can  be 
avoided  by  the  systematical  way  in  which,  in  my  new 
apparatus,  the  gaseous  current  is  split  up  into  upwards 
of  a  thousand  very  thin  and  exactly  equal  jets,  which 
must  continually  alter  their  direction,  and  must,  there- 
fore, be  thoroughly  mixed  every  time  they  pass 
through  a  new  plate.  On  their  way  they  come  into 
the  most  intimate  contact  with  constantly  and  syste- 
matically renewed  thin  layers  of  liquid.  The  network 
of  ledges  prevents  any  unequal  downward  passage  of 
the  liquid,  differently  to  the  action  of  coke  towers  or 
of  any  other  hitherto  known  form  of  similar  appara- 
tus. Perhaps  a  still  more  important  difference  is  the 
following  : — That  there  is  a  very  thin  and  constantly 
renewed  layer  of  liquid  standing  on  each  plate,  and 
that  the  gases,  in  passing  through  the  perforations  of 
the  plate,  must  frequently  break  through  the  drops 
of  liquid.  This  seems  to  produce  an  action  somewhat 
similar  to  the  Coffey  still,  or  other  "  rectifying  "  appa- 
ratus, and  it  may  to  a  great  extent  explain  that  such 
an  intense  action  takes  place  in  so  small  a  space. 


Sept.  30. 1SS7.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  587 


I  'ndoubtedly,  with  respect  to  the  condensing  action 
one  of  the  most  important  conditions  is  this  :  that 
the  gaseous  current,  holding  small  drops  of  liquid  in 
suspension,  should  be  exposed  to  very  frequent  .«// 
against  solid  surfaces.  It  is  very  well  known  that 
such  shocks  enormously  assist  the  precipitation  of 
extremely  minute  particles  of  liquid,  existing  in  the 
shape  of  a  mist,  and  not  uniting  into  real  drops  under 
ordinary  circumstances.  This  action  is  made  use  of 
in  t'^e  Pelouze  and  Audouin  process  for  purifying 
coal-gas  from  tar  ;  it  is  at  play  in  the  vitriol  chambers, 
and  explains  several  phenomena  unintelligible  in 
other  ways,  as  proved  by  Dr.  Naef.  It  is  also  most 
certainly  at  work  in  the  ordinary  coke  tower  :  but 
nowhere  that  I  know  of  has  it  been  so  systematically 
and  thoroughly  brought  about  as  in  my  apparatus, 
and  this  must  go  far  towards  explaining  its  great 
efficiency.  It  is  unnecessary  to  say  that  these  con- 
tinuous shocks  also  greatly  promote  the  mixture  of 
the  gases. 

In  one  respect  only  the  plate  column  is  inferior  to 
the  tourilles  system,  and  perhaps,  even  to  the  coke 
towers,  namely,  that  the  cooling  action  of  the  air  has 
comparatively  little  scope.  In  the  tourilles  this 
action  is  very  considerable  ;  in  the  coke  towers,  with 
their  thick  stone  walls,  it  cannot  be  anything  like  so 
complete  ;  but  the  slow  passage  of  the  gases  through 
these  towers  makes  up  for  this  to  some  extent. 
Whether  the  thin  walls  of  the  plate  column  do  not 
compensate  for  the  very  much  greater  speed  with 
which  the  gases  pass  through,  I  have  no  means  of 
judging.  In  any  case  this  cooling  action  is  nothing 
like  so  important  as  the  other  considerations  men- 
tioned before,  and  it  can  be  partly  replaced  by  a  good 
preliminary  cooling  of  the  gases  before  entering  the 
columns.  But  for  such  cases  where  it  is  desirable 
that  there  should  be  good  cooling  in  the  columns  them- 
selves, I  have  constructed  a  special  form  of  column, 
provided  with  an  external  water-cooling  arrangement. 
This,  of  course,  makes  the  apparatus  much  more  com- 
plicated, and  the  simpler  form  of  apparatus,  as  shown 
in  the  diagram,  will  be  found  sufficient  for  most 
purposes. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  several  modifica- 
tions of  my  apparatus  have  been  arranged  in  order 
to  adapt  it  to  the  special  requirements  of  various 
technical  operations  ;  but  I  would  not  trouble  the 
meeting  with  such  details,  confining  myself  to  an 
explanation  of  the  general  principle.  I  may,  however, 
be  allowed  to  conclude  with  a  short  report  of  the  work 
done  by  the  first  and  necessarily  imperfect  form  of 
apparatus  at  one  of  the  best  conducted  German  alkali 
works.  They  have  there  salt-cake  furnaces,  consist- 
ing of  a  combination  of  two  pans  with  one  roaster. 
The  charge  is  Tcwt.  of  rock  salt  (98  per  cent.)  to  each 
pan,  or  14cwt.  in  all,  and  there  are  7  charges  made  in 
24  hours.  The  average  proportion  of  HC1  in  the 
roaster-gas,  as  determined  by  a  very  large  number  of 
analyses,  is  1"26  per  cent,  in  one  set,  and  2  64  per 
cent,  in  another  set  (minimum  0'4  per  cent.,  maximum 
44  per  cent.) ;  the  average  proportion  of  HC1 
in  the  pan  gases  was  11'73  and  31'78  per  cent. 
respectively  (minimum  1'2,  maximum  S5'0  per 
cent.).  The  present,  condensing  plant  for  the 
pans  (we  will  leave  the  roaster  gas  out  of  con- 
sideration, as  I  have  not  tried  any  operations  with 
it)  consists  in  one  case  of  12  stone  cisterns,  with  a 
water  surface  of  38'88  superficial  metres  ;  in  the  other 
case  of  4'.i  tourilles,  with  a  water  surface  of  21*56 
superficial  unties.  Although  the  air  cooling  in  the 
latter  case  is  far  mure  thorough  than  in  the  former, 
the  tourilles  being  connected  with  one  another  by 
U-tubes,  a  metre  high,  yet  the  cistern  apparatus  per 
forms  much  better  work,  thus  proving  that  the  exter 
nal  cooling  is  nothing  like  so  important  as  an  efficient 


contact  with  water.  The  condensation  in  these  cis- 
terns or  tourilles  still  being  imperfect,  the  residual 
gases  are  carried  into  a  coke  tower,  100  feet  high, 
which  serves  for  the  whole  works.  There  was  supplied 
to  that  works  a  set  of  five  plate  columns,  consisting 
of  1 1  plates  each,  and  possessing  a  total  surface  of 
only  1'36  square  metres  per  column,  or  6"8  square 
metres  in  all.  A  great  deal  of  difficulty  arose  from 
this  cause  :  that  it  proved  practically  impossible  to 
equally  divide  the  gases  issuing  from  the  bottom 
column  among  the  four  columns  placed  at  a  higher 
level.  But  just  this  circumstance  led  me  to  a  brilliant 
demonstration  of  the  efficiency  of  my  system.  I 
caused  first  two  of  the  top  columns  to  be  cut  off,  and 
when  it  proved  to  be  the  case  that  there  was  still 
sufficient  draught,  and  that  the  condensation  was  still 
good,  a  third  column  was  cut  off,  so  that  all  the  gas 
from  the  pans  passed  only  through  the  bottom  column 
and  one  top  column,  thus  applying  a  condensing  sur- 
'  face  of  only  272  square  metres,  or  about  one-fifteenth 
of  the  surface  of  the  water  in  the  stone  cisterns.  But 
1  even  then  the  acid  came  out  between  23°  and  36°  Tw., 
the  average  strength  being  32M1  at  l.V  C,  and  the 
quantity  condensed  amounted  to  00  per  cent,  of  that 
calculated  from  the  salt  charges.  The  trials  were  con- 
tinued through  27  hours  consecutively.  Now,  if  it  is 
,  considered  that  in  this,  the  first  attempt  on  a  working 
scale,  the  apparatus  still  contained  several  imper- 
fections, which  could  not  possibly  be  remedied  on  the 
spot  (the  most  important  being  a  faulty  system  of 
feeding  the  columns  with  water,  which  caused  great 
irregularities),  it  will  be  granted  that  the  result 
obtained  was  most  encouraging,  and  proved  a  great 
superiority  of  the  plate  columns  over  any  other  appa- 
ratus of  similar  size  and  cost.  It  cannot  be  doubted 
that,  if  it  had  been  possible  to  apply  half  as  many 
1  plates  again,  that  is,  about  33  plates  in  lieu  of  22,  in 
a  consecutive  set,  and  with  a  better  system  of  water 
feeding,  the  condensation  would  have  been  as  perfect 
as  in  all  the  cisterns  or  tourilles  and  the  coke  tower 
combined.  But  it  was  not  feasible  at  the  time  to 
alter  the  apparatus  in  that  manner,  and  only  now  it 
1  has  become  possible  to  turn  it  out  in  an  improved 
'  form,  guided  by  the  experiences  made  in  those  pre- 
|  liminary  trials.  I  hope  to  be  able,  at  no  distant  time, 
I  to  report  the  results  obtained  with  the  plate  column 
in  that  improved  form,  as  shown  in  the  diagrams. 
But  even  as  it  stands  now,  I  thought  that  a  short 
report  of  a  condensing  apparatus,  devised  on  more 
scientific  principles  than  those  previously  existing, 
would  not  be  unwelcome  to  those  members  of  the 
Section  who  are  interested  in  technological  chemistry. 

— *^*o»*»<-e>» — 

SACCHARINE  :  THE  NEW  SWEET  PRODUCT 
FROM  COAL-TAR. 

'  (Real    before   the    British  Association,    at    Manchester, 
September  J.  18S7.J 

BY    DR.    CONSTANTIN    K.WILBERG. 

The  subject  which  I  am  going  to  bring  before  you  is 
one  which  may,  perhaps,  be  known  to  many  of  you, 
at  least,  by  name.  In  the  first  place,  I  think  it  well 
to  give  you  a  short  history  of  this  new  and  interest- 
ing compound,  stating  how  I  came  to  discover  it,  and 
what  my  principal  work  was  during  the  period  of 
nine  years,  in  developing  it  for  purposes  of  manu- 
facture on  a  large  scale. 

When,    in  the   year    1879,    I     became    connected 

with  the  Johns  Hopkins   University  of   Baltimore, 

part  of  my  work  was  to  repeat  the  older  experiments 

of  Latchiuow,  Anna  Wolkow,  Remsen,  Beckurts,  and 

.  others,  on  the  toluene  sulphamides.     I  prepared  first 


588 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,     [-sept.so.issr. 


the  toluene  sulphamides,  in  order  tq  study  their  oxi- 
dation products ;  some  ol  them,  the  "para"  and 
'  meta"  compounds,  bad  previously  been  studied  by 
other*,  but  the"ortho:  compound  had  not  been  in- 
tted  up  to  that  time. 

Bj  oxidising  pure  orthotoluene  sulphamide,  I  found 

that  it  yields  a  remarkably  sweet  compound,  but  the 

amount    obtained  by  the  process  employed  was  so 

small,  that  it  was  hopeless  to  think  of  making  the 

iratory  experiment  tit  for  a    manufacturing  pro 

Not  discouraged  by  this  fact,  I  set  to  work  to 

study  other  reactions,  in  order  to  get  a  better  yield 

■  sweet  body. 

[n  the  first  place,  the  costly  anhydrous  or  fuming 
sulphuric  arid  was  not  tit  for  yielding  sufficient  ortho- 
toluene  sulphonic  acid  :  it  was  found  that  by  treating 
toluene  with  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  the  parasul- 
phonic  acid  was  the  principal  product  formed.  Ex- 
perimenting with  different  strengths  of  acid,  it  was 
found  that  sulphuric  acid  of  66  Baume  answered 
the  purpose  best  at  low  temperature,  converting  almost 
ball  of  the  toluene  into  the orthosulphonic  acid. 

The  next  step  in  the  process  was  the  treatment 
with  phosphorus  pentachloride — a  reaction  which 
cannot  be  carried  out  on  a  large  -rile.  I  therefore 
experimented  with  phosphorus  trichloride,  employ- 
ing a  current  of  chlorine  gas,  and  found  by  this  method 
ol  treatment  that  the  action  was  less  violent  and  more 
under  control,  but  it  gave  the  same  results  as  when 
phosphorus  pentachloride  was  employed.  In  orderto 
manufacture  phosphorus  trichloride  a  new  apparatus 
had  to  be  devised,  this  compound  not  having  been 
manufactured  up  to  that  time  in  sufficient  quantities 
to  warrant  the  hope  of  obtaining  a  continuous 
supply  for  my  purpose. 

The  apparatus  which  I  have  devised  for  effecting 
this  object  is  made  of  cast  iron,  and  the  phosphorus 
used  i-  the  yellow  arid  not  the  red  modification  ;  the 
apparatus  being  so  constructed  as  to  allow  of 
continuous  flow  of  phosphorus  into  it  through  a 
funnel.  With  this  apparatus  an  unlimited  quantity 
of  the  trichloride  may  be  manufactured,  the  cost  of 
production  being  comparatively  small,  whilst  the 
purity  of  the  article  is  very  high. 

In  my  laboratory  work  I  made  use  of  aqueous 
ammonia  for  transforming  the  orthosulphonic  chloride 
into  the  amide,  but  I  found  that  the  water  was  very 
dangerous,  changing  the  sulphonic  chloride  frequently 
back  into  the  sulphonic  acid  and  not  into  the  amide 
as  desired,  and  so  rendering  this  step  of  the  process 
very  uncertain.  To  avoid  this  inverse  reaction,  water 
had  to  be  excluded,  and  dry  ammonia  gas  had  to  be 
used,  which  again  required  complicated  apparatus 
and  study  of  the  condition-  under  which  the  reaction 
progress*  d  most  favourably. 

My  apparatus  as  now  constructed,  and  the  know- 
ledge which  I  have  gained  by  patient  study  of  this 
part  of  the  reaction,  have  so  overcome  this  inverse 
reactii  m  as  t- .  make  the  yield  almost  a  theoretical  one. 
oxidation  of  toluene  orthosulphamide  into 
harine  requires  great  precaution,  and  it  was 
found  necessary  to  change  very  materially  the  work 
at  this  stage  of  the  process  from  the  laboratory 
method  to  that  necessary  for  a  manufacturing  opera- 
tion, in  my  previous  work  I  had  stated  that  toluene 
sulphamide  yields  on  oxidation  with  potassium  per- 
manganate t\\o  products— namely,  saccharine  and 
orthosulphobenzoicacid.  At  that  time  1  had  assumed 
the  reaction  to  take  place  with  elimination,  not  of 
ammonia  as  a  chemist  would  be  inclined  to  suppose, 
but  in  that  of  nitrogen.  Now  J  find  that  this  re- 
action is  an  entirely  different  one  :  that  neither 
ammonia  nor  nitrogen  is  formed,  but  that  by  oxida- 
tion, part  of  th"  amido  group  is  changed  into  nitrates 
in  the  presence  of  potassium  permanganate. 


To  check  this  formation,  very  dilute  solutions  have 
to  be  employed,  and  the  subsequent  evaporation 
becomes  a  very  expensive  operation. 

A  discovery  which  took  place  at  this  time  helped 
me  greatly  to  utilise  the  sulphobenzoic  acid  formed 
during  the  process,  by  transforming  it  into  saccharine. 
This  discovery  consisted  in  the  following  reaction: — 
If  a  neutral  salt  of  sulphobenzoic  acid  be  treated  with 
phosphorus  pentachloride  or  with  trichloride  in  a 
current  of  chlorine  gas,  the  bichloride  formed  in  this 
reaction  yields,  on  treatment  with  ammonia,  not  as 
might  lie  assumed,  a  diamid,  but  an  ammonium  salt 
of  saccharine,  from  which  saccharine  can  be  easily 
separated,  like  from  any  other  salt  of  it,  by  the 
additionof  amineral  acid.  The  parasulphonic  chloride, 
which  forms  a  bulky  mass,  in  order  to  carry  through 
the  operations  to  separate  the  orthosulphonic 
chloride,  is  now  transformed  in  autoclaves  under 
pressure,  and  by  super  heated  steam  into  toluene  and 
sulphuric  and  hydrochloric  acids.  The  toluene  is 
made  use  of  again,  and  by  this  reaction  almost  all  the 
substance  started  with  is  transformed  finally  into 
saccharine. 

Works  of  such  an  extensive  character  as  those  at 
Salbke  Westerhiisen,  Germany,  erected  to  supply  the 
whole  world  with  saccharine,  require  very  large 
quantities  of  potassium  permanganate  and  phosphorus, 
and  to  work  economically  it  is  necesssary  to  utilise 
the  manganese  hydroxide  obtained  as  a  by-product 
fe>r  reconversion  into  permanganate.  It  may  also  be 
necessary  to  utilise  the  phosphate  residues  for  making 
phosphorus  later  on,  if  this  material  continues  to  be 
sold  at  its  present  high  price,  but  I  hope  that  the 
existing  phosphorus  manufacturers  will  be  able  to 
supply  me  for  some  time  to  come. 

From  the  above  statements  you  can  easily  conclude 
that  there  was  much  work  to  be  done  to  put  me  iu 
the  position  in  which  I  am  at  present,  to  supply  the 
1  world  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  saccharine. 

My  previous  publications  on  saccharine,  although 
of  an  entirely  theoretical  value,  had  not  been  accurate 
enough  in  their  statements,  so  as  to  leave  no  doubt 
about  the  constitution  of  saccharine.  Remsen, 
Mauineiie.  and  others,  had  speculated  on  various 
formula'    for    this    new    body.        The    former    had 

/COH 
assumed    the    formula    to  be  C,;H,^  N  : 

\S02-"' 
whereas  Maumene  had  thought  to  find  a  similarity 
between  saccharine  and  taurine,  probably    through 
his  manipulative  errors    in   the    determination    of 
sulphur. 

For  the  formula?  of  the  salts  of  saccharine  I  had 
assumed  the  non-existence  of  the  orthosulphamine- 
benzoic  acid,  and  had  thought  the  salts  of  saccharine 
corresponded  to  the  formula  belonging  to  sulpharnine- 
benzoic  acid.  Later  on  the  existence  of  orthosulph- 
aminebenzoic  acid  was  proved  by  Noyes,  who  had 
oxidised  sulphamide  with  ferricyanide  of  potassium 
in  an  alkaline  solution.  It  now  became  of  the 
utmost  importance  to  decide  between  the  two 
formula'  assumed  by  Remsen  and  myself  ;  and 
taking  into  consideration  the  work  published  by 
Noyes,  whether  the  existence  of  orthosulphamine- 
benzoic  acid  was  true  or  not,  and  which  of  the  two 
formulae  really  belonged  to  saccharine— namely, 
COHx 


I ■ ' i  IF 


-so.. 


me,    ( ',;  II 4 

of  Noyes,  and 
his  statements. 


X,  or  the  formula  suggested  by 

CO\ 

XII.     I  repeated  the  work 

Sir 

found   that    he  was   correct  in    all 
At   present  I  have  an  investiga- 


Sept  30, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


580 


tion  in  progress,  which  will  prove  that  the 
above  orthosulphaininebenzoic    acid  of    Noyes  can 

also  be  made  in  a  'different  way,  and  with  a  better 
yield,  which  reaction  I  will  make  known  at  a  future 
time.  The  formulae  lor  the  salts  of  saccharine,  as 
assume  1  by  me,  were  accordingly  wrong  in  some 
respects,  as  it  is  impossible  for  two  isomeric  ortho- 
sulphaminebenzoic  acids  to  exist.  On  re-examining 
my  salts  of  saccharine  I  found  them  all  to  correspond 

/CO 

to  the  formula  CJl ,  >NM,  in  which  the 


,H.<     W> 


hydrogen  atom  of  the  imide  group  is  repla 1  by 

monad  metals,  or  monad-organic  radicles.  The  ethers 
which  in  my  first  attempts  I  found  impossible  to 
prepare,  1  have  finally  succeeded  in  forming, 
and  these  were  greatly  instrumental  in  helping 
me  to  prove  the  constitution  of  saccharine 
and  its  salts,  without  any  doubt  whatever.  If  any 
of  these  ethers  be  enclosed  in  a  sealed  tube  in  the 
presence  of  hydrochloric  acid  an  alkyhmine  and 
sulphobenzoic  acid  are  formed.  I  have  proved,  in  one 
instance,  the  existence  of  ethylamine  by  the isonitrile 
reaction  of  Hofmann  and  the  formation  of  the 
double  salt  of  platinum  chloride.  This  transfor- 
mation proves  beyond  any  doubt  the  constitution 
assumed  by  me,  as  given  above,  for  saccharine 
and  its  salts,  as  well  as  for  its  ethers. 

According  to  the  above  facts  we  must  look  upon 
saccharine  as  an  inner-anhydride  or  benzoylortho- 
sulphonic  imide,  which  yields  salts  and  ethers  entirely 
different  from  the  orthosulphaininebenzoic  acid  ;  in 
fact  I  have  succeeded  in  transforming  one  into  the 
other,  and  vice  vt )  sd. 

If  orthosulphaininebenzoic  acid  be  heated,  it 
changes  into  saccharine  (i.e.,  benzoylorthosul- 
phonic  imide)  with  the  elimination  of  water  :  if, 
on  the  other  hand,  saccharine  be  subjected 
to  a  current  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  in  the  presence 
of  alcohol,  the  ether  of  orthosulphaininebenzoic  acid 
is  formed,  which  also  yields,  on  heating,  saccharine, 
with  the  exception,  that  in  this  case  not  water  but 
alcohol  is  eliminated.  A  further  interesting  reaction 
of  the  ether  of  saccharine,  and  not  of  orthosulph- 
aminebenzoic  acid,  is  this,  that  it  forms  by  saponi- 
fication with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potash  a 
double  potassium  salt  of  ethylsulphaminebenzoic  acid, 
having  the  formula  COOK-C„H4— SO, X.K(',H,. 
If  this  compound  be  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
or  any  mineral  acid,  the  potassium  is  eliminate  1.  and 
an  isomeric  compound  of  the  ether  of  orthosulphamine 
benzoic  acid  is  formed,  which  I  have  designated  as 
ethylsulphaminebenzoic  acid,  and  which  is  isomeric 
with  the  above-stated  ether  of  orthosulphainine- 
benzoic acid.  I  have  an  investigation  in  progress 
which  will  prove  that  these  reactions  hold  good  for 
all  sulphimides  ;  as,  for  instance,  terephthalic  and 
mesitylenic  sulphimides,  and  other  bodies  of  the  same 
constitution. 

Having  mentioned  the  first  difficulties  which  I 
met  with,  and  having  given  you  a  short  outline  of  the 
chemical  side  of  the  saccharine  question  (the material 
which  has  been  of  late  so  prominently  before  the 
public  notice),  I  wish,  at  this  stage  of  my  paper,  to 
call  your  attention  to  the  uses  of  saccharine  in  the 
arts,  in  the  household,  and  in  medicine.  I  may  say 
that  there  are  at  the  present  moment  a  number  of 
m  inufacturers  using  saccharine  already  for  the  pur- 
poses of  sweetening  bread,  cakes,  champagne, 
lemonade,  oils,  essences  and  medicines  of  all  kinds. 
Its  sweetening  power  being  three  hundred  times 
gre  iter  than  that  of  sugar,  you  can  imagine  that  it 
will  serve  for  many  purposes  to  which  sugar  cannot 
be  applied,  such  as  disguising  the  unpleasant  taste  of 


medicines,  and  be  used  in  flavouring  the  food  of 
patients  to  whom  the  use  of  sugar  would  be  injurious. 

( )ne  very  important  fact  must  be  here  pointed  out 
with  respect  to  saccharine,  and  that  is,  its  non  fer- 
mentable character,  distinguishing  it  from  the 
sweetening  materials  belonging  to  the  carbohydrate 
class  or  sugar  family  proper  ;  it  is  in  no  way  altered 
by  the  action  of  ynast  or  other  ferments,  in  the  way 
that  the  carbohydrates  are  degraded,  in  fact,  it  rather 
acts  in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent  fermentation,  so  that 
saccharine  retains  its  sweetening  property  under  all 
conditions  for  an  indefinite  time. 

In  addition  to  the  high  sweetening  power  of 
saccharine,  it  has  also  antiseptic  properties,  which 
will  make  it  useful  in  preserving  articles  of  food,  as  I 
have  frequently  seen  suggested  in  the  newspapers  ; 
it  is  nothing  more  than  a  condiment  or  spice, 
and  should  never  be  tasted  in  the  pure  state, 
because  taken  in  too  large  a  quantity  it  will  act 
upon  the  nerves  in  such  a  way  as  to  paralyse 
the  sense  of  taste,  just  as  powerful  music  stuns  or 
deadens  the  auditory  nerves,  or  a  very  bright  light 
acts  upon  the  optic. nerves. 

I  may  inform  you  that  almond  and  other  breads 
are  now  to  be  had  sweetened  with  saccharine,  as  well 
as  champagne  similarly  sweetened,  for  diabetic 
patients  and  those  suffering  from  fatty  degeneration. 


jRottmgfjam  Section. 


Chairman  :  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

Vice-Chairman  :  Frank  Clowes. 

Committee  : 


L.  Archbutt. 
Jas.  11.  Ashwcll. 

J.  B.  Coleman. 
H.  Doidge. 
It.  Fitzhugh. 
K.  Francis. 


T.  W.  Lovibond. 
S.  J.  Pentecost. 
11.  .1.  Staples. 
K.  B.  Truman. 
R.  L.  Wluteley. 


Treasure)-:  \V.  II.  Parker. 
Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

Jno.  R.  Ashwell,  JUidanbury  Lodge,   Bentinck  Road, 
Nottingham. 

October  (date  to  be  fixed). -Opening  Meeting:  Address  bv 
ilir  Chairman,  Lewis  T.  Wright,  Esq. 
November.— C.  Spackman,  l-Uq.,  on  "Portland Cement." 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


journal  ant)  [patent*  literature. 


I. -GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Improvements  in  Chemical  Fire  Extinguishers.  J. 
llaslamTonge.     Eng.  Pat.  12,253,  Sept.  27,  1886.    Sd. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  that  class  of  apparatus  wherein 
a  bottle  containing  add  is  placed  in  a  Eolation  of  a  car- 
bonate, and  broken  when  the  occasion  for  use  arises,  and 
consists  in  providing  means  for  readily  charging  and 
breaking  the  said  bottle.  The  extinguisher  case  is 
provided  at  the  top  with  a  metallic  nozzle  closed  by  a 

*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  bv  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Jlr.  H.  Reader  Lack. 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London.  W.C.  '1  he  amount  of  postage  may 
bo  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  does  not  c  xceed  Sd jd. 

Above  sd..  and  not  exceeding  is.  Bd...  id. 

„      is.  lid.,    „  „         Js.  J.I...  lid, 

„     2s.  id.,    „  „         3s.  Id...  2d. 


590 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept.  30. 1887. 


swivel  lid  or  cover,  the  joint  beinj,'  made  tight  by  an 
indiarubber  ring.  Attached  to  the  underside  of"  the 
nozzle  is  a  wire  cage  containing  the  bottle  of  acid,  and 
on  the  side  of  the  extinguisher  case  is  inserted  a  bar  or 
plunger  passing  through  a  suitable  stuffing  box  and 
provided  with  a  convenient  handle  for  driving  it  sharply 
against  the  bottle  inside  and  effecting  the  breakage 
thereof.  The  same  end  may  be  attained  by  the  use  of 
an  eccentric  mounted  on  a  spindle  passing  through  a 
stuffing  box  in  the  case  side.  An  outlet  pipe  delivers 
from  the  bottom  of  the  casing  and  is  of  course  controlled 
by  a  tap.  -A.  It.  D. 

Method  for  Distillation  in  an  Indifferent  Gas.   P.  Kaikow. 
(hem.  Zeit.  11,  572. 

The  apparatus  is  lilled  with  gas  by  means  of  the 
generator  (/,  the  cork  of  the  retort  being  removed.     This 


particular  mode  of  making  ^'as  from  liquid  hydrocarbons 
by  distilling  the  said  liquids  in  a  double  distilling  retort 
and  in  mixing  the  vapours  under  hoods  placed  inside 
the  retort  and  then  decomposing  the  said  vapours  in  a 
separate  retort  by  passing  them  through  red  hot  charcoal 
contained  therein."  2.  "  The  use  of  a  fluted  perforated 
pipe  surrounded  with  charcoal  inside  the  decomposing 
retort  for  distributing  the  hydrocarbon  vapours  and 
steam  equally  through  the  charcoal."  3.  "The  blowing 
of  air  through  fluted  and  perforated  pipes  inside  the  de- 
composing retorts  and  surrounded  by  charcoal."  4. 
'•  The  mixing  of  the  fresh  hydrocarbon  liquids  with  dis- 
tilled naphtha  in  the  hydraulic  main  and  then  distilling 
the  mixture  in  a  low  temperature  still,  placed  on  the 
top  of  the  high  temperature  distilling  retort,  and  theu 
distilling  the  heavier  portions  in  the  high  temperature 
still.— D.  B. 


having  been  effected  the  cork  is  replaced  and  the  distilla- 
tion commenced.  The  evolution  of  gas  is  stopped  by  the 
pressure  within  the  apparatus,  but  whenever  this 
diminishes,  the  acid  in  the  beaker  rises  in  </,  and  the 
evolution  of  gas  recommences. — A.  G.  G. 


II.— FUEL.  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  what  art  known  as 
Mantles  used  ,,<  what  is  called  Incandescent  Gas  Light- 
ing. A  Paget,  Loughborough.  Eng.  Pat.  11,287, 
Sept  4,  1SSB.     (id. 

The  patentee  describes  his  improvements  under  four 
heads.  1.  He  temporarily  strengthens  the  mantles 
(after  due  incineration  and  preparation)  by  immersion 
in  a  solution  of  some  resinous,  glutinous  or  farinaceous 
substance,  '2.  He  attains  the  same  end  by  immersion  in 
some  melted  substance  such  as  paraffin  wax  or  bees- 
wax, from  which  the  mantles  can  be  removed  while  hot. 
3.  He  proceeds  as  under  head  '2,  but  allows  the  wax  to 
cool  with  the  mantle  embedded  in  it.  This  entirely 
removes  ri~k  of  breakage  in  transport.  The  surrounding 
substance  left  on  the  mantles  by  the  above  methods  of 
treatment  is  easily  burnt  off  previous  to  use.  4.  To 
prevent  the  mautle  from  oscillating  he  drops  upon  its 
point  of  attachment  to  the  suspending  hook  a  drop  of  one 
of  the  well-known  solutions  of  glass.  The  liquid  is 
evaporated  when  the  burner  is  lighted,  and  the  residue, 
vitrified  by  the  heat,  cements  the  mantle  to  the  suspend- 
ing book. — A.  1!    1 1. 


Improvements  in  Iht  Distillation  of  Tar,  Oil,  Resin,  and 
Liquid  Hydrocarbons  in  the  Manvfactun  of  Illumi- 
nating ana  Heating  Gasi  s  thi  refrom,  and  in  Apparatus 
for  that    Purpose.     \V.    Bums,    Leith.      Em:.    Pat. 

'l4,!i.-)S,  Nov.  KS,  1886.     8d. 

Tuts    peciucation,  which  is  unsuitable  for  abstraction, 

■  •on  tains  two  sheets  of  drawings.  The  claims  are  :— 1.  "The 


.1  New  or  Improved  Process  for  Manufacturing  Pure 
Hydrogen.  J.  Belou,  Paris.  France.  Eng.  l'at. 
751S,  Slay  25,  1887.     6d. 

Steam  (preferably  superheated)  is  caused  to  pass  over 
red-hot  iron  in  retorts.  Pure  hydrogen  and  oxide  of  iron 
are  thus  formed.  The  hydrogen  passes  on  to  a  gas- 
holder for  use,  and  the  oxide  is  reduced  to  metallic  iron 
again  by  the  introduction  of  charcoal  dust.  This  latter 
operation  generates  so  much  heat  that  the  retort  is  again 
immediately  ready  for  decomposing  steam.  By  using  a 
number  of  retorts  and  carrying  on  the  two  processes  of 
decomposition  and  revivificatiou  alternately,  the  produc- 
tion of  hydrogen  may  be  made  continuous.  Suitable 
provision  must,  of  course,  be  made  for  the  removal  of  the 
carbonic  acid  and  carbonic  oxide  formed  during  the 
revivification. — A.  It.  D. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Producing  Gas  or  Vapour 
from  Hydrocarbons,  and  for  utilising  Gas  <a-  Vapour 
for  Lighting  or  Heating  and  for  Igniting  Gas.  J.  A. 
Marsh,  Cleveland,  U.S.A.  Eng!  Pat.'341S,  March 
5,1887.     8d. 

Tins  specification  is  unsuited for  useful  abstraction.  It 
has  fifteen  drawings  explanatory  of  the  patentee's  twenty- 
one  claims. — A.  K.  li. 


Improvements  in  Regenerative  Hydrocarbon  Lamps  or 
Lanterns.  L.  Chandor,  St.  Petersburg  ;  and  (J.  H. 
Nolting,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  S790,  June  IS,  1SS7.    Bd. 

The  lamp  proper  is  contained  within  a  casing  provided 
with  a  double  bottom.  Air  is  admitted  into  the  lower 
part  of  the  casing,  but  cannot  make  its  way  direct  to  the 
lamp  flame,  as  this  is  protected  by  a  sheath.  It  there- 
fore rises  through  a  funnel  kept  hot  by  the  escaping 
products  of  combustion,  and  then  passes  downwards  by 
tubes  to  the  hollow  bottom  of  the  casing,  where  suitable 
provision  is  made  for  causing  it  to  circulate  around  the 
oil  reservoir  (which  stands  upon  this  case  bottom)  and 
then  to  pass  through  the  upper  part  of  the  wick  sheath 
to  the  flame.  Mass  chimneys  are  dispensed  with,  but 
the  upper  pari  of  the  lamp  is  provided  with  two  sheet 
metal  cowls,  one  within  the  other,  whereby   the  draught 

can  be  regulated.      Drawings  ax mpany  the  specifica' 

tion.— A.'K.  I'. 


3ept.30.l887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDISTKV. 


591 


III.  -DESTRUCTIVE   DISTILLATION,  TAR 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Petroleum  Distillation. 
Dingl.  i'olyt.  J.  26L  227—229. 

T 1 1 1:  usual  forms  of  apparatus  do  not  allow  of  a  sufficient 
separation  of  t lie  products  by  one  distillation  ;  the  large 
quantity  of  raw  naphtha  to  be  operated  upon  in  each  -till 
causes  the  lower  layers  to  he  overheated,  and  a  continu- 
ous distillation  necessitates  a  regular  system  of 
.-tills.  0.  K.  Lenz,  of  Baku,  has  patented  two  distinct 
apparatus  in  which  these  objections  are  avoided.  The 
one  consists  of  a  long  four-sided  boiler  of  thin  iron  or 
copper  plate,  on  the  two  longest  internal  sides  of  which 
shallow  gutters  are  horizontally  fixed,  along  which  the 
naphtha  is  made  to  Mow  from  one  end  to  the  other,  and 
thence  on  to  the  next  lowest  gutter,  until  the  bottom  of 
the  boiler  is  reached.  In  this  way  only  naphtha  with 
a  high  boiling  point  runs  out  at  the  bottom  of 
the  last  of  a  -'Ties  of  such  apparatus,  from  each  of  which 
oil  of  certain  special  hailing  points  is  obtained.  To 
obtain  constant  regular  result-  in  working  these  boilers 
the  inflow  of  raw  naphtha  must  be  accurately  regulated, 
a- also  the  heating.  Lenz,  by  the  use  of  two  zinc  rods 
lixed  to  one  side  of  the  boiler,  passing  out  through 
Btuffing  boxes  in  the  other  side,  and  connected  with 
levers  which  regulate  the  taps  for  the  raw  naphtha 
supply  to  the  stills  anil  the  supply  of  naphtha  residues  to 
the  tires,  lias  rendered  this  apparatus  entirely  automatic. 
The  second  apparatus  consists  of  a  long,  four-sided 
metal  box  made  up  of  two  parts  resting  one  above  the 
other  and  bolted  together.  The  lower  one,  which 
receives  the  raw  naphtha  for  the  distillation,  is  divided 
into  numerous  chambers  by  means  of  upright  cross-walls 
projecting  alternately  from  either  side  almost  to  the 
opposite  side,  so  that  the  naphtha  which  Hows  in  at  the 
end  furthest  removed  from  the  fires  has  to  make  a  long 
zig-zag  passage  to  the  other  end  of  the  still.  The  upper 
vessel  is  likewise  divided  into  a  corresponding  number  of 
chambers  ;  these,  however,  are  not  at  all  connected  »  ith 
each  other,  but  each  chamber  is  provided  with  a  separate 
condensing  apparatus.  With  this  form  of  still  a  con- 
tinuous fractional  distillation  can  easily  be  carried  on, 
raw  naphtha  entering  at  one  end  and  the  heavy  residues 
being  drawn  off  at  the  other.  The  still  is  fired  by  the 
gasoline  vapours  from  the  first  compartment. — T.  L.  B. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Washing  or  Treating 
Mineral  oils  with  Adds  or  Alkalis.  A.C.  Thomson, 
Edinburgh.  Eng.  Pat  11,300,  Sept.  G,  1SS6.  Sd. 
THE  liquids  which  are  to  be  agitated  together  are  caused 
to  How  through  a  series  of  turbines  placed  one  above 
the  other  in  a  vertical  cylinder.  By  another  modifica- 
tion the  process  goes  on  in  a  horizontal  or  inclined 
cylinder  divided  into  compartments  and  traversed  by  a 
central  shaft,  on  which  are  fixed  discs  provided  with 
bars  or  studs.  As  the  shaft  revolves  these  studs  work  in 
between  corresponding  bars  or  studs  projecting  from  the 
partitions  of  the  cylinder,  and  cause  a  thorough  mixing 
of  the  contained  liquids.  The  compartments  communi- 
cate with  each  other,  and  the  liquids  travel  from  one  end 
of  the  cylinder  to  the  other. — A.  K.  1). 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

On    the   Orange  Azo-colours.       Dr.    Otto    Miihlhauser. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  264,  1S1 — 187  and  23S-  244. 

The  paper  opens  with  a  short  historical  sketch  of  this 
class  of  colouring  matters,  ranging  from  the  discovery  of 
azo-benzene  by  Mitscherlich  in  183i,  and  that  of  the 
diazo-bodies  by  Griess  in  1858,  to  the  investigation  and 
manufacture  of  chrysoidine,  and  the  tropceolins  or 
oranges  by  Caro,  Roussin,  and  Otto  X.Witt  in  187(3—77. 
The  author  then  proceeds  to  give  details  of  the  technical 
production  of  four  of  the  most  important  simple  members 
of  this  class  of  oranges,  which  are  known  under  the 
names  of  orange  I.,  or  tropeeolin  OOO  Xo.   1  ;     orance 


II.,  or  tropeeolin  (MM)  No.  2;  orange  II,  ami  orange 
KK.  The  first  operation  in  the  manufacture  of  these 
bodies  is  the  production  of  the  amido-sulphonic  acid-  of 
benzene,  toluene,  and  xylene.  In  the  case  of  the 
benzene  and  toluene  compounds,  the  sulphates  of  aniline, 
or  o-  and  /.toluidine,  are  decomposed  by  the  aid  of  heat 
at  190—200°,  according  to  the  equation  : 

C,  II... XII ,.11, SO,    HsO  +  C0H4.NH,.(SOsH). 

An  iron  pan  provided  with  cover,  lead  cooler,  and  stirrer, 
serves  to  mix  the  aniline  and  sulphuric  acid  together  in  ; 
49kilos.  IDS! ),  (66  B6.)  are  placed  in  the  pan,  and  4G5 
kilos,  pure  ''aniline  for  blue"  poured  in  a  thin  stream 
through  the  cooler  into  the  acid,  whilst  well  stirring  for 
about  twenty  minute-.  The  cover  is  then  removed  and 
the  acid  aniline  sulphate  is  equally  divided  among  three 
shallow  sheet-iron  trays,  75cm.  square  and  25cm.  deep, 
provided  with  slides  to  facilitate  the  drawing  in  and  out 
of  the  oven,  line  of  these  trays  at  a  time  is  then  placed 
iu  an  iron  oven,  100cm.  square  and  50cm.  high,  which  is 
built  in  a  mutHe-furuace  so  as  to  receive  the  heat  at  the 
bottom,  at  the  two  sides,  and  the  end,  the  top  being  pro- 
vided with  an  opening  to  allow  the  steam  to  escape. 
The  temperature  of  the  oven  must  be  kept  between 
220— 230 ,  for  if  raised  above  this,  charring  will  ensue, 
and  if  allowed  to  fall  below,  there  will  be  some  of  the 
sulphate  left  unconverted.  In  about  three  hours'  time 
the  reaction  will  be  complete,  and  the  cakes  ou  the  trays 
should,  whilst  still  quite  hot,  show  no  sticky  centres 
when  broken  up  by  an  iron  tool,  but  should  be  quite 
hard  and  brittle.  The  yield  of  crude  Bulphanilic  acid 
averages  SOkilos.  from  the  above  quantities.  In  the  case 
of  the  toluidine  Bulphonation  the  proportions  are  53-5 
kilos,  toluidine  to  4ilkilos.  H.,SOj,  hut  the  temperature 
should  not  exceed  220',  and  be  maintained  for  from  live 
to  six  hours.  The  xylidine  sulphonie  acid,  which  is  used 
for  the  production  of  the  orange  RR,  is  obtained  from 
m  xylidine  by  the  action  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid.  175 
kilos.  20  per  cent,  fuming  acid  are  placed  in  an  iron 
jacket,  provided  with  stirring  gear  (20  revolutions  per 
minute),  and  connected  with  both  steam  and  cold  water 
mains.  Whilst  well  stirring,  oOkilos.  metaxylidine  are 
slowly  added,  care  being  taken  that  the  temperature  of 
the  mixture  does  not  exceed  50°.  The  whole  is  then 
heated  for  four  hours  to  105 — 110°,  until  a  sample  thrown 
in  water  and  made  alkaline  dissolves  completely  and 
gives  no  smell  of  xylidine.  Hereupon  the  melt  is  blown 
by  air  pressure  into  a  3000-litre  vat  containing  a  solution 
of  G4kilos.  sodium  sulphate  in  1000  litres  of  water,  the 
mixture  made  alkaline  by  the  addition  of  about  120kilos. 
lime,  raised  to  the  boil  by  free  steam  and  then  say  500 
litres  of  cold  water  added  to  cause  the  gypsum  to 
crystallise.  After  being  forced  through  a  filter-press, 
the  lime  cakes  are  re-boiled,  again  put  through  the  press, 
and  the  united  filtrates  evaporated  to  about  GOO  litres, 
then  treated  with  about  okilos.  sodium  carbonate  to 
precipitate  any  lime  still  remaining  in  solution,  when 
after  another  filtration  the  solution  of  sodium  m-xylidine- 
3Ulphonate  is  ready  for  further  treatment.  The  crude 
sulphanilic  acid  is,  after  dissolving  in  the  requisite 
amount  of  soda  and  water,  boiling  to  remove  aniline,  and 
after  filtration,  also  ready  for  subsequent  operations. 

The  amount  of  sulphonie  acid  contained  in  these  solu- 
tions is  determined  by  normal  nitrite  solulion,  the 
reaction  being 

C,H4.NH2(S0aH)  +  Xt)()II  =  2H,0  +  C,-H,N;.S(A. 

A  solution  containing  say  2  per  cent,  of  the  acid,  is 
acidified  with  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  in  the 
cold  the  nitrite  solution  slowly  added  until  a  sample 
dropped  upon  potassium  iodide  and  starch  paper  gives 
the  blue  iodide  of  starch  reaction.  The  normal  nitrite 
contains  G9grms.  NaNO,  per  lOOcc.,  Ice.  corresponding 
to  0-173grm.  sulphanilic,  01S7  toluidinesulphonic,  oT 
0'201  xylidincsulphonic  acid.  The  nitrite  solution  may 
be  standardised  by  the  same  reaction,  using  a  ,'„  normal 
sodium  sulphanilate  solution  (19'5grms  to  lOOOcc),  lcc. 
of  which  equals  0  OOGOgrm.  XaXO,. 

In  the  actual  manufacture  of  the  colours,  the  amido- 
sulphonic  acids  are  by  the  action  of  nitrite  of  soda 
converted  into  diazo-sulphonic    acids,  and    these   then 


593 


TltK  JOIT.XAF  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDI'STRV.     [Sept. SO. Wl. 


combined  with  either  a  oi  ;  naphthol  in  alkaline  solution, 
the  quantities  being  bo  chosen  ns  i  i  correspond  as  exactly 
as  possible  to  the  theory  as  expressed  in  the  following 
equations  :— 

1.    SOaNa— B    Ml.     HjSOi+NaNO^Na.SOi+H^ 

I  i:.x..so. 


II.  E.N4.S03+C,oH7.ONa=  si  ),N:l.K.X,.c1  II0.OII. 

It  is  to  lie  noteil  that  excess  of  acid,  acid  and  nitrite,  or 
of  n.iphthol,  are  prejudicial  to  a  good  result;  it  is  advis- 
able therefore  to  always  have  a  small  excess  of  diazo- 
compound  and  some  .'!  per  cent,  excess  of  alkali  present. 

Manufacture  of  Orangi  II..  Tropceolin  000  No.  II. 
NaSOj.C,  Hj.N:N  Ci„Ha  OH.(|3).  —  lOOkilos.  sulphanilic 
acid  are  dissolved  in  an  iron  vessel  in  400  litres  of 
water  containing  26kilos.  solid  caustic  soda,  and  the 
solution  boiled  during  twenty  minutes  till  no  smell  of 
aniline  is  noticeable.  The  solution  is  passed  through  a 
six-chambered  filter-press  into  a  vat  arranged  upon  a 
scale,  the  weight  taken,  the  analysis  made,  and  then 
run  into  the  diazotisiug  vat.  This  is  provided  with 
Stirling  gear,  and  should  hold  2000  litres.  The  sulph- 
anilic acid  is  then  thrown  down  iu  a  line  crystalline  con- 
dition by  the  careful  addition  of  t>4kilos.  IF..S04.(litjw'  B.) 
whilst  well  stirring,  and  the  mixture  left  over  night  to 
cool.  Supposing  the  analysis  gave  9S'7kilos.  sulphanilic 
acid,  that  would  require  41 -."kilos,  nitrite  of  soda  con- 
taining 95  percent.  NaNO-j  and  82'lkilos.  /3-naphthol. 
This  naphthol  is  dissolved  in  30kilos.  caustic  soda  and 
400  litres  water,  also  being  allowed  to  cool  overnight. 
The  next  day  it  is  rim  through  a  filter-press  into  the 
precipitating  vat,  which  should  hold  4000  litres  and  be 
provided  with  rapid  stirrers.  The  stirrers  of  the  vat 
containing  the  sulphanilic  acid  being  put  in  motion,  ice 
is  added  until  the  temperature  of  the  mixture  is  reduced 
to  4J  ;  the  solution  of  413kilos.  NaNO,  in  200  litres  of 
water  is  then  run  in  during  say  10  —  15  minutes,  until 
the  starch  papers  show  a  slight  excess  of  nitrite.  If 
necessary  more  ice  must  be  added,  so  that  the  tempera- 
ture does  not  exceed  10°.  After  stirring  for  some  live 
minutes  or  so  longer,  this  diazo-benzene  sulphonie  acid 
solution  is  run  carefully  into  the  naphthol  solution  in 
the  precipitating  vat,  which  has  been  cooled  with  ice  to 
i',  stirring  vigorously.  This  operation  takes  about  forty 
minutes  to  accomplish,  during  which  the  temperature  of 
the  mixture  must  not  exceed  12'.  After  stirring  for 
about  an  hour  the  mass  of  gulden  yellow  glistening 
netdles  is  lowered  into  a  m  mtejns  placed  in  the  ground, 
forced  through  two  18-chambered  lilter-presses,  and  the 
mother  liquor  well  blown  out  of  the  cakes,  which  are 
then  placed  on  zinc  trays,  cut  up,  and  dried  at  60—70" 
during  three  or  five  days.  The  yield  of  dry  ground  colour 
from  the  above  quantities  averages  200kilos.  The 
mother-liquors  are  run  to  waste. 

Manufacture  of  Orange  I.,  Tropatolin  OOO  No.  I. 
NaSOj.C6H1.N:N.Ci0H,OH(a).  —All  the  proportions 
and  operations  are  exactly  similar  to  those  described  for 
orange  II., with  the  exception  that  in  this  case  a-naphthol 
takes  the  place  of  the  /3-naphthol.  Further,  the  mother- 
liquors  are  not  run  t  i  waste,  but  are  raised  to  the  boil  in 
a  suitable  vat,  and  the  colour  they  contain  silted  out. 
When  sufficient  of  this  residual  colour,  say  10  lots,  has 
collected,  it  is  boiled  up  in  about  '2000  litres  of  water 
and  again  silted  out,  forming  when  dry  one  of  the  acid 
brown  colours  of  commerce,  Ai  id  Brown  11.  The  yield 
of  orange  I.  averages  I70kilos. 

Manufacture     of    Orange    li,    (NaSp3)CHj.C,H3.N: 

N.I ',  ,11,1  Ul' ii. —This  colour,  which  is  a  combination 
of  tin-  diazo-sulphonic  acids  of  ortbo-and  para-toluidine 
with  0-naphtb.nl,  i-  made  otherwise  exactly  in  the  manner 
described  under  orange  II. 

Manufacture  of  Orangi  A7.\  nil  .snN'n.r  H,.N: 
N.C,Jl„i>]|  ,,')  [CH,:CH  ,  1:3]  In  this  case  also 
the  formation  ami  combination  of  the  diazo-m-xylidine 
sulphonie  acid  with  S-naphthol  takes  place  as  described 
for  orange  II.,  but  the  resulting  colour  being  gelatinous 
must  he  raised  to  the  boil  and  then  precipitated  with 
strong  brine  before  it  can  be  filter-pressed.  The  yield 
from  SOkilos.  ra-xylidine  averages  I55kilos.— T.  L.  B. 


Man  i  .r  nt  Magenta.     I'.   Schoop. 

(hem.  Zeit.  11,  572     573. 

The  sulphonation  of  rosaniline  cannot  be  effected   by 

means  of  i  rdinary  II  „Si  I,  even  at  high  temperatures.    A 

variety  of  sulphonaling  agents  have  been-proposed  for 
this  purpose,  but  the  only  method  at  present  in  use  con- 
sists in  the  employment  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid. 

In  performing  the  reaction  the  points  to  be  taken 
account  of  are:  (1)  the  concentration  of  the  fuming 
sulphuric  acid ;  (2)  the  temperature;  (3)  the  length  of 
time  taken.  As  the  quality  of  the  product  greatly  de- 
pends upon  the  rapidity  with  which  the  operation  is 
carried  out,  it  is  best  to  work  with  small  quantities  and 
to  add  the  powdered  rosaniline  hydrochloride  to  the 
fuming  acid,  allowing  the  temperature  to  rise  spon- 
taneously. The  operation  is  performed  in  a  series  of 
small  pans,  of  about  lolitres  capacity,  into  each  of  which 
i  is  put  a  mixture  of  :;Mvil<>s.  of  '20  per  cent,  fuming  sul- 
phuric acid  and  1  kilo,  of  40  per  cent.  acid, 
i'o  each  is  then  added,  all  at  once,  with  vigorous 
Stirling,  lkilo.  of  finely-ground  magenta  crystals,  dried 
at  120  —  130  for  12  hours.  The  stirring  is  continued 
till  all  the  magenta  has  dissolved  :  the  temperature 
meanwhile  quickly  rises  to  170°  and  the  sulphonation  is 
complete  iu  about  a  minute.  The  cooled  melt  is  diluted 
with  water  (1500  litres  to  10  pans)  and  boiling  milk  of 
lime  added  till  alkaline  and  colourless.  The  liquor  is 
forced  through  a  filler-press,  and  concentrated  in  a 
wooden  vat  by  means  of  a  steam  coil.  To  the  concen- 
trated liquor  is  added  sufficient  hydrochloric  acid  to 
convert  it  into  the  acid  salt  and  give  it  a  bronzy  appear- 
ance. The  syrup  is  finally  dried  upon  enamelled  iron 
trays  iu  a  chamber  at  100'.  The  press  cakes  are  re- 
boiled,  ami  the  liquor  used  for  diluting  a  second  charge. 
When  the  sodium  salt  is  required  instead  of  the  calcium 
salt,  the  concentrated  filtrate  is  mixed  with  sufficient 
Xa  <  1 1 .,  filtered  from  CaC< »,;,  aud  the  filtrate  treated  in 
the  s  ime  way  as  above.  lOkilos.  of  magenta  give  on  an 
average  about  20kilos.  of  acid  masrenta  of  ordinary 
strength.  The  strength  of  fuming  acid  required  for  the 
sulphonation  varies  very  much  with  the  quality  of  the 
magenta  :  thus  maroon  and  cerise  are  far  more  easily 
sulphonated  than  crystallised  magenta,  and  require  an 
acid  of  lower  value  iu  Si  i    than  niveu  above. 

— A.  G.  t;. 


On  Rosindoles.     E.  Fischer  and  P.   Wagner.     l!er.  20, 
815     SIS. 

BY  heating  bodies  of  the  indole  series  with  benzoyl 
chloride,  red  colouring  matters  are  formed  of  great 
similarity  to  losaniliue,  and  have  hence  been  named 
rosindoles.  The  same  compounds  are  also  formed  by 
oxidation  of  the  benzylidene  derivative  of  the  indoles. 
They  probably  stand  in  near  relation  to  the  triphenyl- 
metiiane  derivatives. 
Dimethylrosindole  (.'., ,H,„X  .,  probably 

c«H»-^C.tf7N 

— Obtained  by  heating  equal  weights  of  methylketole 
and  benzoyl  chloride  with  2nCl2  on  the  water-bath  ;  or  by 
oxidation  of  benzylidene-methylketole(from methylketole 
and  benzaldehyde).  The  hydrochloride  C  „H .  N.IK'l 
forms  small  green-glistening  crystals,  sparingly  soluble  in 
water.  It  dyes  silk  and  wool  red.  The  base  is  precipitated 
fromacold  solution  of  the. -ales  in  the  form  of  a  bright  yellow 
amorphous  powder,  which  by  boiling  with  water  darkens 
in  colour  and  becomes  crystalline  ;  recrystallised  from 
hot  alcohol  it  forms  mange  red  prismatic  crystals.  It 
dissolves  in  alcoholic  NaOH  with  a  magenta-red  colour, 
which  disappears  on  addition  of  water.  By  zinc-dust 
and  alcoholic  Nil,,  it  is  reduced  to  benzylidene-metbyl- 
ketole.— A.G.  G. 


Methylation  of  Iii<l<iin.     E.  Fischer  and  A.   Stecke, 

Ber.  20,  818-S20. 
If    methylketole  ( 1  part)    is    heated   with    methyliodide 
(2j  parts)  and  a  little  methyl  alcohol  at  100    fur  15  hours, 

a  new  base  of  the  formula  CijH,  ,N  is  obtained  in  nearly 


sept. 30. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  sol'TETV  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


.103 


theoretical  quantity.  This  compound  La  uot  an  indole  part--  of  ordinary  lKsn,  at  150— 160°,  :md  keepiDg  the 
derivative,  bat  is  probably  a  derivative  of  quinoline  e.)  mixture  at  this  temperature  for. about  U  bonis.  '1  lie 
dimethyldihydroquinoliue.      It    boils    at    243    24i     at     hot    solution   is    then  at  once   poured  into  ice,  allowed 


It    boils    at    213    244'    at  hot 

740mm",  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  ete.,  very  to  stand  some  time  and  filtered.     By  repeatedly  boiling 

slightly   in   water,     it   does    not    redden    a  pine-wood  the  preeipitate  with  water  the  5-acid  goes  into  solution 
shaving,   is  not  affected  by  nitrous  acid,  and  is  a  stror  ■ 


base.  The  sulphate  erysialli-es  from  alcohol  in  small 
plates,  the  pierate  in  beautiful  golden  yellow  plates. 
Other  indole  derivatives  behave  with  methyliodide  in  a 
similar  manner,  producing  liases  which  are  probably 
derivatives  of  quiuoline.  Kthvliodide  also  acts  simi- 
larly.—A.  I.,  i..  " 

The  Tartrazines,  a  New  Scries  of  Colouring   Matters. 

J.  U.  Ziegler  and  M.  Locher.     Ber.  20,  S34-S40. 


DIOXYTARTARIC  ACID 


C(OH  ,.CO,H 


is    capable     of 


I   i  'II     rip.,11 
forming  a  mono-  and  a  diphenylhydrazide,  which  are    tetrazodiphenyl  an  easily  soluble  \ellowish-red  dyestufl 


and  crystallises  out  again  on  cooling.  It  is  obtained 
pure  by  conversion  into  the  barium  or  Bodium  salt, 
which  are  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water.  The  S-sui- 
phonic  acid  i-  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  wa»er,  nearly 
insoluble  in  cold,  and  crystallines  in  long  silky  needles 

-11. ill.  In  their  colour  reactions  with  tetrazodiphenyl 
and  tetrazoditolyl,  the  four  isomers  differ  greatly.  The 
a-acid  gives  with  both  these  tetrazo- compounds  easily 
soluble   yellow    dyestuffs.   very  fugitive    to   light:    the 

i-  and  ',-acids  give  with  tetrazodiphenyl,  yellowish  red 
sparingly  soluble  products;  with  tetrazoditolyl  the 
f}-acid  gives  a  fine  red  il>enzopurpurin  I!',  whilst  the 
7-acid  gives  an  orange.     The    new    o  acid    gives    with 


termed  by  the  authors  mono-  and  diphenylizindioxy- 
tartaric  acids.  The  di-sulphonie  acid  of  tho  latter  is  the 
yellow  dyestuff  called  tartrazine 

tjtartaric-acid  Mon  i/i/,e>iylhy(/i 
C,  H..N2H:  C.OO..H 
(OH)3C.CO,H 
is    formed    at    the    ordinary    temperature   by    mixing 
equal     mols.     of     dioxytartaric     acid    and     phenyl- 
hydrazine    in    dilute    HC1   solution,   aud  separates  on 
standing  as   a  crystalline    precipitate.      It    is    readily 
soluble  in  hot  alcohol  and  acetic  acid,   nearly  insoluble 
in  cold  water,  slightly  in  hot  ;   it  melts  at  about  218°  C. 
It  is  decomposed  by  water  or  dilute  acids  only  on  long 
boiling.    By  sodium  amalgam  it  is  reduced  to  an. line  anil 
an  amido  acid.     The  sodium  salt  forms  yellowish  plate-. 
the  silver  and  barium  salts  yellow  precipitates. 

Dioxytartaric-acid  Diphenylhydrazide  |C,;HMI  _, 
'  OjH  ..  Obtained  by  heating  the  monophenyl- 
hydrazide(l  moL)  with  a  solution  of  phenylhydrazine 
hydrochloride  (1  mol.),  or  directly  from  dioxytartaric 
acid  (1  mol.)  and  phenylhydrazine  ("2  mols.).  It  is  an 
orange-yellow  crystalline  powder,  readily  soluble  in 
warm  alcohol  and  acetic  acid,  very  sparingly  in  water. 
It  melts  with  decomposition  above  200.     With   alkalis 


(b'-purpurin  G),  with  " tetjazocitolyl  a  splendid  ted 
8-purpurin  5B).  The  5-acid  also  differs  from  the 
a  acid  in  the  solubility  of  its  Bodium  salt  in  alcohol, 
from  the  3  acid  by  the  solubility  of  the  free  acid  in  boil- 
ing water,  and  from  the  .-acid  by  the  sparing  solubility 
of  its  barium  salt.  By  diazotisation  and  boiling  with 
dilute  11  Si),  it  i*  converted  into  a  S-sulphonic  acid  of 
0  naphCbol,  which  is  identical  with  the  B-napbtbol- 
sulphonic  acid  F  of  L.  Cassella  &  Co.,  obtained  by 
heating  naphthalene-a  disulphonic  acid  with  alkalis. 
Conversely  the  0 -naphthol-  S-sulphonic  aeid  prepared  ir, 
the  latter  way  can  be  converted  into  8-napbthylamin- 
o-sulphonic  acid  bv  heating  with  Ml  under  pressure 
at200°.  Theoonum  softlG,  H  NU_  SO  Ba  4_H,o 
crystallises  in  small  plates,  soluble  in  400  parts  of  cold 
water.  The  sodium  salt  (11  NH.)S0>Na+4rJ20 
forms  small  white  needles,  readily  soluble  in  hot  water 
and  in  hot  alcohol,  sparingly  (1  in  70)  in  cold  water. 

— .V.  11.  G. 

ni  of  NH    b  .   NO  <nds 

T.  Sandmeyer.      Ber.  20,  1494—1497. 
Tut:    conversion    of     aromatic    aiu'do-couipounds    into 
nitrocompounds  can  be    effected  by  the  action  of  pie- 
it  forms  easily  soluble  neutral  salts  and  sparingly  soluble    tipitated  cuprous  oxide  upon  the  nitrites  of  the  diazo- 
acid  salts.     The  nentral  Na  and  NH4  salts  crystallise  in    compounds,    possibly    by     intermediate    formation     of 
yello.v  plates,  the  acid  salts  in  red  needles.     The  mono-     addition-products 


inhydridt sC,  .II,  -.X4(*4  is  formed  liy  heating  the 
a< id  with  acetic  anhydride.  It  crystallises  on  adding 
alcohol  in  glistening  red  needles  which  melt  at  234'.  It 
is  inso'uole  in  most  solvents. 

Dioxytartarie-a  id     Diphenylhydrazide     Disulphonic 

(tc/<<  (Tartrazine)C'H*(S,,HN-alr-,U^H-    Prepared 

C,H1(SO,H).N»H.C.COaH. 
by  dissolving  10  parts  of  phenylhydrazine-sulphonic  acid 
in  40  parts  of  water  with  sufficient  NaOH,  and  adding 
the  solution  to  5  parts  of  sodium  dioxynrtrate  in  lOcc. 
of  water  and  lOcc.  ot  hydrochloric  acid.  On  warming 
the  tartrazine  separates  out  as  an  orange  precipitate  of 
the  sodium  salt.  The  yield  amounts  to  97  per  cent,  of 
the  theoretical  quantity.  It  dyes  wool  a  beautiful 
greenish  yellow,  which  is  very  fast  to  light. 

—A   G.  G. 

A     New    ttonosulphonie    Aeid   of    B-Naphthylamine. 

Fr.  Bayer  aud  ('.   Daisberg.     Ber.  20.   1420  -1435. 

Bv  heating  d-naphthylamiue  with  three  parts  of  ordi- 
nary H.SOj  at  100 — 105=  C,  a  mixture  of  three  isomeric 
mono-sulphonic  acids  (a,  3  and  -, )  is  obtained ,  which 
differ  considerably  in  their  properties  and  colour  reactions 
(Germ.  Pats.  20.700,  22,547,  and  20,054).  Of  these  the 
3  is  also  prepared  by  heating  Schaeffers  0-naphthol- 
p-sulphonic  acid  with  NH;i  under  pressure.  The  7-acid 
is  the  chief  product  when  the  sulphonation  is  carried  out 
at  15—20°   (Germ.  Pa'.    32.270).     In   addition    to   these 


X— N— N— ONO 
Cu   Cu 

V 

u 

The  amine  is  dissolved  in  exactly  2  mols.  of  dilute  BN03 
(or  1  mol.  of  dilute  HaS04,  but  uot  IH  1  .  and  to  the 
mixture,  cooled  with  ice.  is  added  one  half  of  a  so  mien 
of  2  mols.  of  NaNO.,  the  remainder  be  ng  added  when 
the  diazotisation  is  complete  This  soluli'  n  of  the 
diazo-nitrite  is  then  added  to  the  suspended  cuprous 
oxide  :  nitrogen  is  evolvtd  in  the  Cold  and  the  reaction 
is  complete  on  standing  for  about  an  hour.  As  an 
example  the  conversion  of  aniline  into  nitrobenzene  is 
performed  as  follows :— A  cold  solution  of  20grms.  of 
NaOH  in  60CC.  of  water  is  added  to  a  boiling  solution 
of  50grms.  of  crystallised enpric  sulphate  J  mols.  and 
lagrms.  of  ordinary  glucose  in  lOOcc  of  water.  A~  soon 
as  all  the  cupric  hydrate  is  converted  into  cu(  rouu  oxide 
the  mixture  is  quickly  cooled  and  the  excets  of  NaOH 
neutralised  with  acetic  acid.  A  solution  of  diazo- 
benzene  nitrite  is  prepared  by  adding  lagrms.  of  NaN<  >. 
in  50<sc  of  water  to  an  iced  solution  of  '.igrm-.  of  aniline 
in  50ee  of  water  and  20grms.  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1  4  . 
This  is  then  slowly  aided  to  the  cuprous  oxide  with 
cooling  and  allowed'  to  Btand  for  an  hour  till  the  evolu- 
tion of  nitrogen  has  ceased.  Th-  nitrobenzene  is  dis- 
tilled off  with  steam  and  freed  from  phenol  and  nitro- 
pbenol  by  shaking  with  aqueous  Nat  ill.  The  j  ield  was 
the  authors  have  found  that  by  heating  .i  naphthylamine  12  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  quantity.  ^  ith  p-brom- 
sulphate  with  much  sulphuric  acid  at  150"  or  above,  a  iniliue  and  j  naphthylamine  the  yield  was  -  ill  sma'ler. 
fourth  isomer  is  obtained.  This  5-acid  is  also  formed  The  product  from  the  latter  crystallised  in  yellow 
when  either  of  the  other  three  isomers  is  heated  with  needles  of  melting  point  7*-7!>,  and  had  all  the 
sulphuric  acid  to  this  temperature.  It  is  be>t  prepared  j  properties  of  the  3  nitronaphthalene,  as  given  by  Lell- 
by  adding  1  part  of  pt-uaphthylamine  sulphate  to  .3  or  0  |  maun  and  Bemy. — A.  G.   G. 


594 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept  80.1887. 


IndiiUncs  «/../  .1  sop/u ,,  ,..  f.       1 1 
1538     1541. 


V   Win.      Ber.   20. 


Manufacture  of  a- Naphthylamine.      O.  N. 

(linn.  Iml.   10,  215    220. 


Witt. 


AZOPHENINB  ('  II  \  is  an  intermediate  product  in 
tlic  formation  of  induline.  Ii  is  very  readily  prepared 
by  heating  a  mixture  of  amidoazobenzene  (2  parts), 
aniline  hydrochloride  (1  part),  ami  aniline  (4  part~>  at 
SO — 90°  for  24  hours.  The  melt  solidities  to  a  mass  of 
azophenine  crystals,  which  are  separated  by  washing 
with  alcohol  (in  which  they  are  insoluble),  and  obtained 
pure  by  crystallisation  from  aniline  or  nitrobenzene. 
Ammonium  chloride  and  p-phenylenediamine  are  con- 
stant by-products  of  the  azophenine  formation,  a  proof 
that  a  pbenylation  and  reduction  of  the  amido-azo- 
benzene  ha-  taken  place.  If  the  melt  containing  the 
azophenine  is  further  heated  to  125 — 130°  for  some 
time,  indulines  are  obtained.  In  the  azophenine  forma- 
tion the  amidoazobenzene  can  be  replaced  by  other  azo- 
and  nitroso-compounds,  such  as  phenylamirioazobenzene, 
azobenzene,  chrysnidine,  nitrosodimethylaniline,  etc., 
without  altering  the  product:  but  if  toluidine  is  sub- 
stituteil  for  aniline,  azotoline  is  obtained.  This  shows 
that  azophenine  is  not  a  transformation  product  of 
amidoazobenzene,  but  is  simply  an  oxidation  product  of 
aniline.  A  convenient  method  for  the  preparation  of 
azophenine  and  its  homologues  consists  in  dissolving 
nitrosodimethylaniline  with  excess  of  aniline  {or 
homologues)  in  acetic  acid  and  warming  slowly  to  S0°. 
The  liquid  solidities  to  a  crystalline  magma  of  the 
corresponding  azophenine,  the  mother-liquor  containing 
diniethyl-;)-phenylenediamine.  Azophenine  itself  forms 
unstable  salts  of  a  violet  colour:  it  does  not  appear  to 
have  any  replaceable  hydrogen  attached  to  X,  for  it 
cannot  be  acetylated.  By  heating  alone  to  360°  it  is 
converted  into  aniline,  and  fluorindine,  a  splendid  blue 
crystalline  dyestuff,  whose  solutions  exhibit  a  fine  red 
fluorescence  and  a  remarkable  absorption  spectrum.  Azo- 
phenine is  reduced  by  tin  and  EG  to  aniline,  and  the 
sparingly  soluble  hydrochloride  of  a  new  base  :  the  latter 
when  set  free  by  alkalis  is  rapidly  oxidised  by  the  air, 
forming  phenylcarbamine  and  a  red  base  whose  salts  are 
of  an  indigo-blue  colour.  The  indulines,  like  azophenine, 
are  probably  condensation  products  of  aniline  formed  by 
removal  of  hydrogen.  If  ordinary  induline  is  distilled 
with  CaO,  the  distillate  consists  chiefly  of  carbazol  :  this 
would  seem  to  indicate  that  induline  belongs  to  the 
class  of  diphenyl  derivatives. — A.  G.  G. 


Roshydrazine  and  <i   New  <'lass  of  Colouring   Matters. 
.1.  H.  Ziegler.     Ber.  20,  1557—1558. 

The  colour-  and  leuco-bases  of  triphenylmethane,  when 
diazotised  and  tieated  with  SnCl>,  are  readily  con- 
verted into  hydrazines.  For  example  :  Kosaniline 
(ogrms.)  is  dissolved  in  30cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  and 
70cc.  of  water,  and  the  iced  solution  is  diazotised  by 
adding  Sigrms.  of  NaNOj  in  lOcc.  of  water.  On  mixing 
the  solution  of  the  diazo  compound  with  a  well  cooled 
solution  of  12grms.  of  tin  in  30cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
the  roshydrazint  hydrochloridi  separates  out  in  green- 
shimmering  crystals.  The  body  is  easily  soluble  in 
water,  nearly  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid.  Its  solu- 
tion has  a  bluer  shade  than  rosaniline  ;  it  is  a  strong 
colouring-matter,  and  dyes  tannined  cotton  a  deep 
brownish-red.  Like  other  hydrazines  it  reduces 
Fehling  s  solution  and  forms  condensation-products  with 
aldehydes  and  ketones.  The  latter  compounds  are 
sparingly  soluble  dyestuffs  :  thus  acetone,  aldehyde, 
pyruvic  acid,  benzophenone,  etc.,  give  reddish  to  bluish 
viob-t  colours  ;  acetoacetic  ether  and  benzaldehyde  give 
bines  :  whilst  glucose  gives  a  greyish-bine.  Benzalde- 
hyde sulpbonic  acid  yields  a  blue  soluble  in  water. 
These  condciis  ition-products  can  also  be  formed  upon 
the  fibre.  The  reduction  of  the  diazo-compound  of 
acid-magenta  gives  rise  to  easily  soluble  sulphonic  acids 
of  roshydrazine,  the  condensation  products  of  which  are 
soluble  colouring  matters.  Satlranine,  when  treated  in 
the  same  way.  does  not  give  a  hydrazine,  but  evolves 
nitrogen.— A.  O.  G. 


Ai.THot  i.h  chemically  the  preparation  of  a  naphthyl- 
amine  is  quite  analogous  to  that  of  aniline,  the  difference 
in  the  physical  properties  necessitates  great  modifications 

in  the  practical  details  of  the  process.  The  purity  of 
the  naphthalene  used  is  of  great  importance.  It  should 
tneltexactly  at  79°  <'.,  and  boil  constantly  at  216°— 217  I !. 
A  small  piece  exposed  to  the  air  on  a  glass  plate  should 
evaporate  in  a  few  days  without  leavingany  residue,  and 
remain  white  to  the  last.  Xo  red  colour  should  be  pro- 
duced by  beating  Igrm.  with  pure  concentrated  II  S(  >,  to 
170—200".  If  the  naphthalene  fulfils  all"  these 
conditions,  it  is  suitable  for  the  preparation  of 
naphthylamine. 

The  nitration  of  naphthalene  is  not  an  easy  operation, 
for  the  nitro-derivative  is  attacked  by  warm  nitric  acid 
almost  as  easily  as  naphthalene  itself,  so  that  when 
working  in  an  ordinary  manner  a  mixture  is  obtained  of 
unaltered  naphthalene,  nitro-naphthalene,  and  dinitro- 
naphtbalene.  To  avoid  this  difficulty  as  much  as  possible 
the  operation  is  performed  as  follows:— In  a  cast-iron 
jacketed  shallow  cylinder  provided  with  an  agitator  is 
put  a  mixture  of  200kilos.  of  nitric  acid  (40:  II.),  200 
kilos  of  ordinary  sulphuric  acid,  and  (iOOkilos.  of  the 
spent  acid  from  a  preceding  operation.  250kilos.  of 
naphthalene,  ground  to  a  line  meal,  is  slowly  sprinkled 
in  through  a  sieve  keeping  the  temperature  at 
45— 50"  by  regulating  the  stream  of  cold  water 
flowing  through  the  jacket.  At  this  temperature  the 
nitration  takes  place  steadily,  and  with  the  above  quan- 
tities is  completed  in  the  course  of  a  day.  The  contents 
of  the  vessel  are  now  run  out  into  lead-lined  troughs,  and 
allowed  to  cool,  when  the  spent  acid  can  be  drawn  off 
from  the  solid  cake  of  nitro-naphthalene.  The  latter  is 
fned  from  acid  by  boiling  with  water,  and  finally  granu- 
lated by  running  in  cold  water  whilst  stirring.  The 
product  should  then  form  light  yellow  granules  and  give 
off  no  naphthalene  on  boiling  with  water.  If  required  for 
sale  it  is  crystallised  ;  this  is  best  effected  by  melting  on 
a  water-bath  and  adding  one-tenth  its  weight  of  xylene 
or  solvent  naphtha.  The  mixture  keeps  fluid  for  a  long 
time,  andean  be  filtered  and  dried  over  CaCL.  ;  when 
left  to  itself  it  slowly  crystallises,  and  the  crystals  can  be 
freed  from  hydrocarbon  and  impure  nitro-naphthalene  by 
hydraulic  pressure. 

The  reduction  apparatus  is  very  similar  to  that  em- 
ployed for  aniline,  but  simpler,  as  no  cohobator  or  con- 
denser are  required. 

The  reduction  is  performed  with  iron  and  a  little  HC1 
in  the  same  way  as  with  nitrobenzene;  SOOkilos.  of  iron 
borinas,  40kilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  some  water 
are  put  into  the  still  agitated  ami  warmed  ;  600  kilos,  of 
granulated  nitro-naphthalene  are  slowly  added:  the 
reaction  is  tolerably  vigorous,  and  is  so  regulated  that 
the  temperature  of  the  mixture  keeps  at  about  50°. 
When  all  the  nitro-naphthalene  has  been  added  the  tem- 
perature is  maintained  for  6  or  8  hours  by  blowing  in 
steam.  When  nitro-naphthalene  can  no  longer  be 
detected,  milk  of  lime  (about  SOkilos.  of  CaO)  is  added, 
the  mixture  stirred  vigorously  and  emptied  out.  .Since 
naphthylamine  is  only  slightly  volatile  with  steam,  it 
cannot  be  isolated  in  the  same  way  as  aniline,  but  the 
mass  has  to  be  submitted  to  dry  distillation. 

This  operation  is  the  weak  point  of  the  present  naph- 
thylamine process,  for,  however  carefully  conducted,  there 
is  always  an  unavoidable  loss  due  to  the  conversion  of 
some  of  the  naphthylamine  into  naphthalene  and  other 
products  by  the  heated  Fe»0j  i  'bis  is  le-s  the  quicker 
the  naphthylamine  can  be  removed  from  the  retort.  The 
mass  is  spread  out  in  thin  layers  upon  iron  trays,  which 
are  placed  on  shelves  within  the  retort  ;  the  latter  is 
heated  strongly  by  direct  firing,  whilst  superheated  steam 
is  passed  through  it  The  naphthylamine  is  condensed 
in  a  worm,  the  surrounding  water  being  kept  at  60"  C. 
It  is  separated  from  water,  dried  by  heating  with  dry 
steam,  and  distilled  in  an  ordinary  wrouglit-iron  retort. 
It  then  forms  the  ordinary  commercial  product  ;  it  is  not 
quite  pure,  but  contains  small  quantities  of  naphthalene. 


?ePT.  no.  188-.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


r>95 


The  yield  is  fairly  good,  though  considerably  below  the 

theoretical.  The  iron  residue  left  in  the  retorts 
coin  iins  much  reduced  iron,  which  renders  it  strongly 
pyrophoric. — A.  G,  G. 

Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Colouring  Matters  or 

Dyestiijfs.  C  1).  Abel,  London.  Fr C.  Roth,  Berlin, 

Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  43%  Jan.  1,  18S0.    6d. 

Tin:  emendation  consists  in  the  deletion  of  a  misprint. 
(See  this  Journal,  1886,  662.)    T.  L.  B. 


of  tin-*  are  mentioned.  Finally,  the  author  points  out 
tlieinvari.il.li-  presence  of  oily,  fatty,  and  waxy  matter 
along  with  commercial  cotton,  and  the  necessity  for  due 
consideration  of  this  fact  in  the  methods  employed  in 

manipulating  the  fibre  for  technical  purposes. 


VI.- 


-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 


.1  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  Anthraquinone.  J. 
Iniray,  London.  From  A.  1'.  Poirrier  and  D.  A. 
Rosenstiehl,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  8431,  June  11, 
1887.     id. 

It  is  proposed  to  oxidise  anthracene  in  a  solution  of  ferric 
sulphate  in  the  following  manner : — 50  kilos,  of  pure 
anthracene  are  introduced- into  a  close  vessel  lined  with 
lead  containing  2000  to  3000  litres  of  a  solution  of  feiric 
sulphate  of  from  28 — 15°  B.  The  mixture  is  heated  for 
about  72  hours  at  120 — 150",  -while  compressed  air  is  in- 
jected to  maintain  the  ferric  sulphate  at  its  full  degree 
of  oxidation,  so  that  at  the  end  of  the  operation  ferric 
sulphate  remains  ready  for  further  use,  the  anthracene 
and  its  associates  being  thus  virtually  oxidised  by  the 
injected  air,  the  ferric  sulphate  serving  merely  as  a 
carrier  of  oxygen.— D.  B. 


V.- TEXTILES  :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

The  Chemistry  of  the  Cotton  Fibre.  A  paper  read 
before  the  British  Association,  Manchester,  1SS7, 
by  l>r.  F.  II.  Bowman. 

The  author  proceeds  to  point  out  that  our  investiga- 
tions  in  regard   to  the  cotton    fibre   must  embrace   its 
mechanical  and  chemical  structure.     The  microscope  has 
enabled   us  to   unfold  the  former,    and  the   science-   of 
chemistry  to  reveal  the  latter.     After  speaking  of  the 
mechanical    structure,    he   proceeds   to   point  out  how 
cotton,  in  common  with  all    vegetable   substances,  has 
for  its  base  the  substance  cellulose,  to  which  the  formula 
<_',.  II  ,„<».-,    has  been   assigned.      After  referring    to  the 
results  of   the  analysis  of  various  kinds  of  commercial 
cotton,  he  proceeds  to  show  that   there  is  strong  reason 
to  suppose  that  the  fibre,  as   met  with   under  ordinary 
circumstances,  is  really  composed  of  a  series  of  bodies 
more  or  less  corresponding  to  this  empirical  formula,  but 
differing  from  it  in  regard  to  the  arrangement  of  the 
hydrogen  and  oxygen  atoms   within   the   molecule,  and 
thus  constituting  a  series  of  celluloses  which  have  a  dis- 
tinct differentiation  rather  than  one  single  definite  com- 
position.    He  also  points  out  how,  having  due  regard  to 
the  atomicity  of  the  constituents  of  the  typical  cellulose 
molecule,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  conceive  that  the 
hydrogen  and  oxygen  are  arranged  in  the  molecule  in  the 
same  atomic  combination  as  water,  although  that  body 
is  always  associated  with  the  fibre  to  the  extent  of  from 
f>  to  7  l>er  cent.,  and  hence  concludes  that  this  water  of 
hydration  is  not  an  essential  constituent  of  the  cellulose 
molecule.      After    summing   up   our  knowledge  of  the 
general  chemical  characters  of  the  cotton  cellulose,  refer- 
ence is  made  to  the  hydration  and  dehydration  changes 
of  which  the  cellulose  molecule  is  capable,  as  exhibited 
in  recent  researches  on  this  subject,  specially  with  regard 
to  those  conducted  by  M.   VYitz,  and   Cross  and  Sevan 
on  the  formation  and  reactions  of  oxy-cellulose.     The 
behaviour  of   this  body,  as   distinguished  from  cellulose 
and  the  reactions  of  the  latter  when   treated  with  acids 
and   alkalis,  are  then   discussed,  and   the  light   which 
these  throw  on  the  probable  constitution  of  commercial 
cotton  is  pointed  out.     Considerable  stress  is  laid  upon 
the  fact   that  the  cotton   fibre  always  contains  mineral 
matter  to  the  amount  of  about  1  percent,  as  an  integral 
part  of  its  structure,  and  the  importance  of  this  as  a 
factor  in  the  chemical  reactions  of  the  cotton  fibre  is  in- 
sisted upon,  and  various  researches  which  give  evidence 


Improvements  in  Bit  aching  mul  Apparatus  therefor.  J. 
U.  Johnson.  London.  From  E.  Ilermite,  Paris.  EDg. 
Pat.  13  929,  Oct.  21,  1SS4  (Amended  Specification). 
lid. 

I«  this  amended  specification  the  inventor  withdraws  his 
claim  to  the  use  of  chioiides  of  calcium  and  aluminium, 
and  confines  himself  to  the  employment  of  magnesium 
chloridefor  bleaching  purposes,  and  tha.t only  when  used 
in  the  particular  manner  des  ribed  ii;i  him.  lie  also  with- 
draws the  claim  for  its  employment  asa  bleach  for  paper 
pulp.  For  description  of  the  apparatus  employed,  see 
this  Journal,  1885,  673— 674.— O.  H. 


An  Improved  Process  of  ( 'olourmg  or  Producing  Coloured 
Designs  upon  Celluloid  and  Analogous  Products.    A. 

M.  Clark,  London.  From  La  Compagnie  Francaise 
du  Celluloid,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat  9874,  July  31, 
1SSG.    6d. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  producing  fast 
and  washable  coloured  designs  upon  celluloid  and  other 
analogous  products.  By  analogous  products  are  under- 
stood plastic  substances  with  a  base  of  nitrocellulose,  as, 
for  example,  the  substances  known  in  commerce  uuder 
the  name-;  of  fihrolitboid,  litboxyl,  zylonite,  ivorine, 
and  pyroxylin.  The  process  depends  on  the  action  of 
the  three  agents— heat,  pressure,  and  steam.  A  vehicle 
|  or  temporary  support  is  used  for  receiving  the  coloured 
design,  and  transferring  the  same.  Good  results  have 
been  obtained  by  using  the  ordinary  printed  calicoes  of 
commerce,  which  readily  transfer  their  colours  to  cellu- 
loid. This  process  is  distinct  from  those  in  use  for 
colouring  celluloid,  where  this  operation  is  performed  by 
incorporating  colouring  matter,  or  by  immersion  in  an 
alcoholic  solutiou  or  dye,  or  printing  or  painting  by 
known  means  giving  results  destroyed  by  friction. 

— H.  A.  R. 

.1  Sew  Process  for  Fixation  of  the  Colouring  Matters 
lii/  Oxidation  <it  High  Temperature  of  the  Textile 
Fibres.     C.  Collin  and  1..  lienoist,  1'aris,  France.    Eng. 

l'at.  11737,  May  7,  1887.     4d. 

The  inventors  claim  "  the  application  of  heat  for  the 
oxidation  or  fixation  on  textile  fibres — when  taken  out 
from  cold  or  hot  vats — of  indigo  or  any  other  colouring 
matter,  with  which  the  fibres  are  impregnated."  The 
fibres  or  tissues  are  drawn  from  the  vat  through  squeez- 
ing rollers,  and  put  on  heated  metal  rollers,  whereby 
the  liquid  remaining  in  them  is  converted  into  steam, 
and  "a  violent  escape  of  vapour  takes  place,  which, 
mixed  with  air,  will  oxidise  or  fix  the  colouring  matter 
on  the  fibres  or  tissues." — T.  L.  B. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  and  Scouring  Yarns.     C.  L. 

Klauder,    Philadelphia,     U.S.A.      Eng.     Pat.    8803, 
June  IS,  1887.     8d. 

The  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  a  wooden  or  other 
suitable  circular  frame  or  wheel,  to  which  two  concen- 
tric sets  of  transverse  bars  are  adapted  to  support  the 
yarns.  The  skeins  are  stretched  from  one  set  of  bars  to 
the  other,  and  caused  to  move  by  the  rotation  of  the  bars. 
On  causing  the  wheel  to  turn  round  in  a  dye-vat  the 
yarns  are  alternately  immersed  in  the  dyebath  and  ex- 
posed to  the  atmosphere.  The  claims  are  fully  set  forth 
under  eighteen  heads.     Drawings  are  given.  — T.  L.  B. 

B 


.r)!)(i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [Sept. so,  1887. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bleaching  Liquid. 
A.  Brin,  London,  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,891,  Sept.  18,  1887.     Id. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  liydrochloric  acid  is  charged  with 
oxygen  under  pressure  until  it  becomes  saturated.  The 
liquid  thus  formed  exhibits  marked  bleaching  properties, 
and  is  retained  in  closed  vessels  under  pressure  until 
required  lor  use,  when  it  may  in-  employed  for  bleaching 
after  the  same  manner  as  hydrogen  peroxide. — S.  11. 


YII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

On  the  Manufacture  of  Salt  near  Middlesborovgh.  Sir  I. 
Lowthian  Bell,    l'roc.  Inst.  Civ.  Eng.  1SSU — S7. 

The  existence  of  salt  beds  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tees  was 
first  ascertained  in  1850,  when  Messrs.  Bolckow, 
Yaughan  &  Co.,  sinking  a  deep  well  at  Middles  borough 
in  hopes  of  getting  water  for  steam  purposes,  came,  at  a 
depth  of  1200  feet,  upon  a  bed  of  rock  salt  100  feet 
thick.  This  point  may  bo  regarded  as  the  south-east 
corner  of  a  parallelogram,  having  a  length  of  at  least 
3 j  miles,  and  a  breadth  of  at  least  2  miles,  over  the 
whole  of  which  the  salt  deposits  are  known  to  lie, 
and  each  square  mile  of  which  probably  contains 
100,000,000  tons.  The  average  thickness  of  the  bed 
seems  to  be  about  iOO  feet,  and  at  the  most  northerly 
hole  it  is  reached  at  a  distance  of  900  feet  from  the  sur- 
face, or  300  feet  less  than  in  the  original  hole  of  Messrs. 
Bolckow,  Yaughan  &  Co.  The  inference  that  the  bed 
sinks  as  it  goes  southward  is  borne  out  by  the  depth  at 
which  salt  has  beea  found  in  the  intermediate  holes. 
The  district  (see  map)  belongs  geologically  to  the  new 
red  sandstone  formation.  On  the  right  bank  of  the  river 
this  rock  underlies  the  Lower  Lias  beds  (which  here  form 
the  Cleveland  Hills)  ;  on  the  left  bank  it  gradually  vises 
till  it  reaches  the  surface  near  Hartlepool.  Nearly  a 
dozen  years  after  Messrs.  Bolckow,  Vaughan's  discovery, 
the  firm  of  Bell  Bros,  put  down  an  exploring  hole  1314 
yards  from  that  first  sunk,  in  a  direction  a  few  degrees 
east  of  north.  Here  they  practically  demonstrated  the 
possibility  of  raising  the  salt  in  the  form  of  brine  by  a 
method  which  was  then  working  at  Nancy,  iu  France, 
and  which  will  presently  be  described.  The  boring 
was  performed  by  the  Diamond  Hock  Boring  Company, 
and  specimens  of  the  .strata  penetrated  were  obtained  In 
short  lengths  of  a  cylindrical  form.  The  boring  was 
continued  for  150  feet  below  the  salt  bed,  and  satisfac- 
tory proof  obtained  of  the  existence  of  the  magnesian 
limestone  below  the  red  sandstone.  Considerable 
quantities  of  inflammable  gases  escaped  from  this  bore- 
hole, but  whether  they  indicated  merely  the  presence  of 
bituminous  shales,  or  whether  they  originated  in  coal 
measures  lying  below  the  magnesian  limestone,  there 
was  no  means  of  deciding.  Besides  Messrs.  Bolckow, 
Yaughan,  and  Bell  Bros.,  the  Newcastle  Chemical  Co., 
the  Haverton  Hill  Salt  Co.,  Messrs.  Tennant  &  Co., 
anl  Messrs.  Casebourne  &  Co.,  of  Hartlepool,  have 
salt  wells  at  work.  There  are  supposed  to  be  altogether 
20  holes,  of  which  seven  are  lying  idle  from  accidents 
of  various  kinds.  The  quantity  of  salt  raised  per  week 
is  estimated  at  from  2750  to  3000  tons.  Brine  when 
saturated  contains  20.1  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  salt,  and 
has  a  sp.  gr.  of  1  '204.  The  principle  adopted  m  work- 
ing the  wells  is  to  make  the  fresh  water  running  in  lift 
the  brine  as  far  as  the  difference  in  sp.  j^r.  will  allow. 
From  the  above  data  it  will  be  seen  that  a  column  of 
water  1200  feet  huh  will  support  a  column  of  brine  997 
feet  high— that  is,  will  bring  it  within  203  feet  of  the 
surface.  From  here  il  is  pumped  by  ordinary  means. 
In  practice  the  operation  is  performed  as  follows :— A 
hole  of,  say,  12  inches  diameter  at  the  surface  is  con- 
tinued a  certain  distance  d  i.v.i.  Then  a  wrought  inm 
tubers  dropped  down  the  hole  to  support  the  sides.  The 
borin,'  i«  continue!  anl  new  supporting  or  retaining 
tube  j  dropped  down,  one  «r.(  lin  the  other,  till  the  sail 
bed  i-  penetrated,  and  the  lowest  length  of  tube  fixed 
by  entering  a  short  distance  into  the  limestone.  That 
portion  of  the  tube  which  passes  through  the  sail 
is   pierced    with    apertures.       Within     this     tube     is 


lowered  a  second  one,  having  a  diameter  from  two 
to  four  iuches  less  than  that  of  the  outer  tube, 
ami  provided  with  snore  holes  in  its  lower  portion, 
Fresh  water  is  fed  down  the  annular  space  between  the 
two  tubes,  the  inner  of  which  serves  for  raising  the  brine. 
The  pump  which  completes  the  elevation  is  an  ordinary 
one,  provided  with  a  bucket  and  clack,  which  are  placed 
some  feet  below  the  point  to  which  the  brine  is  raised  by 
the  fresh  water.  The  pump  is  provided  at  the  surface 
with  a  plunger,  which  forces  the  brine  into  an  air  vessel 
for  distributing  purposes.  It  is  obvious  that  the  amount 
of  salt  raised  will  depend  chiefly  upon  the  surface  ex- 
posed to  the  fresh  water,  and  increases  with  the  cavity 
tormed  by  the  dissolving  action  of  the  latter.  This 
cavity  takes  the  form  of  an  inverted  cone,  which 
increases  the  danger  of  accidents  ensuing  from  the 
falling  iu  of  the  outlying  rock.  This  danger  is  greater 
from  the  fact  that  in  many  places  the  covering  bed  of 
sandstone,  some  40  feet  thick,  is  interstratiried  with 
soft  marls,  which  are  affected  by  the  inlfowing  water. 
In  some  places  the  rock  salt  contains  a  good  deal  of 
earthy  matter,  and  this  may  account  for  the  diminution 
of  strong  brine  sometimes  observed.  Another  cause  of 
this  is  probably  the  presence  of  defects  in  the  screwed 
joints  of  the  pump,  which  allow  fiesh  water  from  the 
annulus  to  mingle  with  the  brine.  In  connection  with 
this  system  of  salt  raising  another  question  will  prob- 
ably soon  arise — viz.,  with  regard  to  the  right  of  a  man 
to  raise  salt  produced  under  the  lands  demised  to  his 
neighbour.  The  brine  as  delivered  from  the  wells  is  run 
first  into  settlers  (where  the  earthy  matter  is  deposited) 
and  thence  into  evaporating  pans  00  feet  by  20  feet  by 
2  feet.  The  heat  applied  varies  according  to  the  pur- 
pose for  which  the  salt  is  intended.  Table  salt  is 
required  of  hue  grain,  and  the  evaporation  is  carried  on 
much  more  rapidly  than  in  the  case  of  fishery  salt,  where 
large  grains  are  preferred.  For  salt  for  soda  works, 
which  is  intermediate,  the  pans  are  kept  at  about  196° 
F.  The  salt  is  fished  out  every  other  day.  Messrs. 
Bell  Bros,  anil  Bolckow,  Yaughan  perform  some  of  their 
evaporation  with  waste  heat  from  the  blast  furnaces. 
The  other  tinns  use  ordinary  tires  of  small  coal.  The 
discovery  of  the  South  Durham  Salt  Beds  has  been  a 
great  boon  to  the  soda  makers  on  the  Tyne.  The  old 
Leblanc  process  only  lives  by  virtue  of  its  rivals' 
inability  to  produce  bleaching  powder,  and  this  reduction 
in  the  price  of  salt  comes  as  a  most  welcome  and  timely 
aid  towards  keeping  back  the  shadow  on  the  dial  yet  a 
little  longer.— A.  R.  D. 


On  the  Formation  of  Saltpetre.     A.  Celli  and  F.  Marino- 
Zuco.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  151. 

The  author  finds  that  traces  of  saltpetre  are  formed  in 
pure  sand  wetted  with  ammonia  salts,  even  when 
bacteria  germs  are  carefully  excluded  ;  in  the  presence 
of  bacteria  a  considerable  quantity  is  produced.  It  is 
remarkable  that,  whereas  many  kinds  of  bacteria  assist 
the  formation  of  saltpetre,  others — such  as  Bacillus 
saprogt  nus  wquatilus,  Bacillus  fluidificans,  Micrococcus 
I nl  v  not  only  form  no  nitrates,  but  even  possess  the 
power  of  decomposing  them.  This  at  least  is  the  case  in 
gelatin.'  solutions  ;  bat  when  they  are  cultivated  on 
potato-slices  they  assist  the  formation  of  the  nitrate. 

— 1>.  E.  .1. 


Deposition  "of  u)  M-formed   Crystals  of  Sulphur  from  it 
Solution  ••:'  Calcium   Polysulphide,     E.   Holderman. 

Chem.  Z.it.  U.  573. 

A  soli  riON  of  calcium  polysulphide  (obtained  by  boil- 
ing 1  part  of  Ca(i,  2  parts  of  S,  and  20  parts  of  water), 
which  bad  been  kept  in  a  stoppere  1  bottle,  occasionally 
opened,  for  seven  years  without  apparent  change,  in 
the  course  of  a  feu-  months  d  rposited  an  abundant  crop 
of  well-formed  crystals  of  sulphur.  The  solution  was 
then  found  to  contain  calcium  hyposulphite  i<  aSj  (s),  but 
no  sulphide.  The  oxidation  must  nave  been  produced 
by  the  air  admitted  when  the  bottle  was  opened. 

A.  (i.  (i. 


concentruiiii"  a  siiuuto  an.mmm.aui 


sept.  so.  11*7.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


!    ! 


Apparatus  for  Absorption  of  Sulphuric  and  Sulphurous 
Acids,  iind  for  the  Manufacture  of  Copper  Sulphate 
(Rosaler's  system).     Chem.  Zeit  11,  J74. 

This  method  is  suitable  for  all  cases  in  which,  by  solu- 
tion of  metals  in  hot  sulphuric  acid,  gas  ous  mix  I 
are  evolve  I  containing  SO  and  SOs  mixed  with  air. 
The  lead  lined  iron  c\  tinder  <  n  is  half-tilled  with  a  satu- 
rated solution  of  CuS04,  and  precipitated  copper  is 
added.     After  opening  the  valve    Vj,   a   stream  of  the 


they  all  show  the  characteristic  behaviour  when  placed 
apon  water,  as  does  the  crystalline  hydrate  of  sodium, 

Nalln  - -'ll.<  >    see  this  Journal,  1887,  508),  also  i 

pared  by  the  author.— I  '.  A.  K. 


mixed  gases  is  drawn  by  means  of  the  Korting's  injector 
Li,  from  the  flue  K,  into  the  liquid  through  the  perfor- 
ated tube  11.  When  all  the  copper  has  dissolved,  the 
cylinder  G_,  is  set  at  work,  whilst  6|  is  allowed  to  cool 
and  deposit  the  CuS04.  Py  this  treatment  the  whole  of 
the  SOj  aud  the  greater  part  of  the  SOs  are  removed 
from  the  gases. — A.  G.  G. 


The    Crystallisation    of  the    Alkaline    Hydrates 

iolic  Solution.  '  C.  Gottig.     J.  Prakt.  Chem.  35, 
1887,  500— 506. 

On  heating  a  fairly  concentrated  solution  of  caustic 
potash  in  90S  per  cent,  alcohol  to  60—80°,  very  tine 
microscopic  crystals  separate  on  the  solution  cooling  to 
50°.  Their  composition  is  not  constant.  When  dried 
they  form  a  fine  powder,  which  loses  its  water  of  crystal- 
lisation on  heating,  and  absorbs  carbonic  acid  readily 
from  the  air.  When  placed  in  contact  with  the  water  it 
moves  about  over  the  surface  until  dissolved  similarly  to 
the  alkali  metals.  This  behaviour  is  characteristic  of 
most  of  the  hydrates  prepared  by  the  author,  and  has 
not  been  observed  in  the  case  of  the  hydrates  of  the 
caustic  alkalis  already  known.  If  a  very  concentrated 
solution  of  caustic  potash,  in  hot  90  S  percent,  alcohol,  be 
allowed  to  cool.  birt'e  columnar  shaped  crystals  having 
the  composition  2KHO  +  9H20  separate.  These  melt  at 
40°,  and  lose  the  last  traces  of  moisture  only  with  great 
difficulty.  The  hydrate  2KHO+5H  (I  is 'obtained  by 
concentrating  a  saturated  alcoholic  solution  of  potassium 
hydrate  to  about  half  its  volume,  when  the  boiling  point 

of  the  solution  rises  to  95 — 110'.     On  allowing  to  t 1 

fine  needle-shaped  crystaN  separate,  which  melt  below 
50°,  and  which  on  continued  drying  over  sulphuric  acid 
in  vacuo  lose  1J  molecules  of  water — the  hydrate 
KHO-H20  remaining.  If  the  alcoholic  solution  be 
concentrated  until  the  boiling  point  reaches  100-.  only 
crystals  having  the  approximate  composition  2KHO+ 
3H.0  result.  All  these  crystalline  hydrates  absorb 
carbonic  acid  from  the  air  very  readily,  and  the  freshly 
prepared  substances  always  contain  varying  amounts  of 
CO  .     With  the  exception  of  the  hydrate  2KHO  +  3H   U 


Impri  he    Manvfa  of 

Strontia  atidoj  Baryta      J.  Mac  tear,  London.     1 
Pat.  5170,  April  14,  188G.     4d. 

Strontium  (or  barium)  sulphate  is  mixed  with  a  little 

more  than   its  equivalent  of  sodium  sulphate,  and 
with  carbonaceous  matter.     The  finely-divided  mixture 

is  heated  in  a  furnace,  until  the  sulphates  are  almost 
completely  reduced  to  sulphides.  The  resulting  mass  is 
dissolved  "in  hot  water,  when  sodium  sulphide  at  once 
on  strontium  sulphide,  forming  strontium  hydrate 
and  sodium  bydrosulphide.  The  former  is  obtained  by 
crystallisation,  while  the  latter  remains  in  the  mother 
liquor,  which  is  subsequently  boiled  down,  and  the 
residue  used  again  in  reducing  another  batch  of 
strontium  sulphate  with  carbonaceous  matter.  If,  as 
in  the  usual  process,  solid  strontium  sulphide  be  treated 
with  hot  water,  it  is  split  up  into  hydrate  and  hydro- 
sulphide,  the  hydrate  crystallising  out,  while  the 
bydrosulphide  remains  in  the  mother-liquor  and  forms 
a  by-product  of  the  process.  It  is  now-  proposed  to 
utilise  this  by-product  by  mixing  it  with  a  solution 
of  sodium  sulphide,  obtaining  as  a  result  strontium 
hydrate  and  sodium  bydrosulphide,  which  are  separated 
by  crystallisation. — S.   11. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  effecting  the  Absorption 
of  Gases  hit  Li'j  •   lids.     E.  Edwards,  London. 

From  G.    Lunge,   Zurich,  and  L.    Kohrmann,   Krau- 
schwitz,  Silesia.     Eng.   l'at.   10,037,   August  :•,  L8S6. 
8d. 
The  essential  parts  of  this  patent  specification  are  con- 
tained in  a  communication  to  this  Journal  (see  p.  584  ; 
also  this  Journal,  I>s7,  538.— S.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sodium  Sulpf, 

.1.  M.  t'ollett,  Gloucester.      Eng.   l'at.   11,518,  Sept. 

10,  1886.     4' I. 
Dry  sodium  hydrate  is  treated   with   sulphur  dioxide 
until  it  is  converted  to  sulphite  or  bisulphite.— S.  H. 


Improvements  in  tht  Treatment  of  Copper  and  Iron 
Pyrites  for  the  Manufacture  therefrom  of  Sulphuric 
Acid  and  Oxides  of  '  'opper  andiron,  mid  in  (In  Treat- 
ment  ofth 

of  Metallic  Copper  and  the  Higher  " ,  idt  s  of  Iron.  A. 
lirin,  London,  and  L.Q.  Brin,  Paris,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  1-2,070,  Sept.  22,  1886.  Sd. 
'  The  pyrites  is  first  mixed  with  fuel  and  ignited  on  a 
suitable  hearth  until  the  temperature  is  sufficient  for 
the  unaided  combustion  of  the  pyrites  :  air  is  then  ex- 
cluded, and  a  current  of  oxygen  is  introduced  from 
beneath.  The  sulphur  dioxide  produced  is  drawn 
off  by  a  steam  jet,  by  which  it  is  injected  into  a  lead- 
lined  chamber  with  water-cooled  walls,  provided  with  an 
inlet  for  a  nitric  acid  spray,  an  escape  pipe  leading  to 
condensers  above,  and  a  cock  for  drawing  off  the  liquid 
productsbeneath, together  with  internal  revolving  beaters 
for  the  more  complete  mixture  of  the  j;ases.  The  residue 
on  the  hearth  in  the  case  of  copper  pyrites  is  an  oxide  of 
copper  which  may  be  smelted  for  the  metal  ;  in  the  case 
of  iron  pyrites  it' is  an  oxide  which  may  lie  submitted  to 
the  further  action  of  oxygen  for  the  production  of  pig- 
ments or  other  similar  substances. — W.  G.  M. 


I,,,,,,-  Apparatus  for  Dist 

.'i, ,.  L.   A.  Chevalet,  Pans.     Fug. 

Pat.  8819,  duly  6,   1886.     8d. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  production  of  a  highly 
concentrated  ammoniacal  liquor,  aud  this  end  is  attained 
by  condensing  ammoniacal  vapours  freed  from  steam  in 
ammoniacal  liquor.     The  apparatus  employed  in  this 


598 


THE  JOUl-iNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     fSept,  so,  1887 


process  consisis  of  a  distilling  chamber  B,  heated  by 
steam  and  divided  into  three  or  four  compartments,  an 
air-cooler  1>  and  a  condenser  L.  The  ammoniacal 
liquid   is  pumped  into  the  top  of  the  disti  mber 

1'..  and  as  it  descends  successive!}  from  one  compart- 
ment to  another  it  loses  the  volatile  ammoniacal  com- 
pounds until  it  reaches  the  last  compartment  of  the  still 
B,  where  it  comes  in  contact  with  milk  of  lime,  and  is 
thus  freed  from  the  fixed  ammoniacal  salts.  The  vapours 
passing  into  the  air-cooler  become  more  concentrated 
inasmuch  as  the  steam  becomes  partially  condensed  and 
returns  to  the  still,  while  the  ammonia  proceeds  to  the 
closed  reservoir  1..  which  contains  a  cooling  worm  M. 
The  reservoir  I.  is  two-thirds  full  of  cold  ammoniacal 
liquor,  which  absorbs  the  ammoniacal  vapours  bubbling 
through  it  :  the  worm  A  keeps  the  solution  at  a  low 
temperature.     The  gases  arising  from  L  are  first  washed 


acid,  which,  after  being  washed  free  from  acid,  and 
equently  neutralised  or  rendered  alkaline,  is  ready 
for  use  in  the  elimination  of  iron  from  aluminium  sulphate 
or  otherwise.  The  oxidation  of  the  stannous  salt  may 
also  he  performed  by  ferric  sulphate  or  manganese 
dioxide  (Weldon  mud).  When  industrially  applied, 
the  meta  stannic  acid  gradually  becomes  so  cha 
with  iron  as  to  interfere  with  the  efficacy  of  its  action, 
and  the  removal  of  the  iron  becomes  imperative.  To 
this  end  the  stannic  nuul  is  boiled  with  sulphuric  acid 
for  a  few  minutes,  a  solution  of  stannous  chloride 
added,  in  sufficient  quantity  to  reduce  ferric  oxide  to  the 
ferrous  state,  and  the  latter  is  removed  by  washing. 
Any  stannous  chloride  in  excess  is  oxidised  by  bleaching 
powder  Bulution.  Organic  matters  are  removed  from  the 
stannic  mud  by  the  combined  action  of  sulphuric  acid 
and  an  oxidising  agent.  — S.  II. 


with  ammoni  ical  liquor  in  the  tank  Q,  and  finally  with 
sulphuric  arid  in  the  saturator  G.  If  it  be  desired  to 
manufacture  ammonium  sulphite,  the  liquor  in  I.  is 
allowed  to  become  heated,  when  most  of  the  ammonia 
will  proceed  to  the  tanks  Q  and  6,  which  must  be  tilled 
with  sulphuric  acid.  By  another  modification  this 
apparatus  can  produce  s,,tid  ammonium  carbonate.  A 
tank  is  placed  above  L  and  connected  with  it  by  a  wide 
pipe.  A  jel  of  cold  water  is  directed  against  Ibis  upper 
tank,  and  the  lower  one  I.  is  allowed  to  heat  slightly  so 
as  to  distil  ammonium  carbonate.  The  latter  condenses 
on  the  cold  side-  of  the  upper  tank  and  forms  a  con- 
tinually increasing  crust.  If  the  liquor  obtained  in  the 
tank  L  is  heated  for  n  short  time  it  gives  off  carbonic 
aci  1  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  while  most  of  the 
ammonia  remains  in  solution.  Such  a  liquor  is  par- 
ticularly suitable  when  cold  for  washing  coal-gas  and 
removing  its  carbonic  acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
'    s.  11. 

nents  in  the  Manufacture  of  Mcta-Uannic  Acid, 

a  nt  in  the  I'm  iti -at  urn  oj  Meta-stati  ,1.   J. 

II land  A.G.  Salamon,  London,     ling.  1'at.  12,110, 

.  23,  1836.    6d. 

METALLIC  tin  is  treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  the 
resulting  mass,  containing  more  or  leas  stannous  salt, 
oxidised  with  sodium  nitrate.  A  large  quantity  of 
water  is  then  added,  to  precipitate  tin-    meta  stannic 


-!-^   -rsr^T;  ?^TSr;,'j-aV^  .v^rTU^ 


r    relating   to,  I  of 

Chlorate    of  Potash.     J.    W.    Kynaston,    Liverpool. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,344,  Nov.  6,  1886.     6d. 

THIS  invention  has  for  its  object  the  recovery  of 
potassium  chlorate  ai  d  cbloiide  from  the  mother-liquors, 
which  are  obtained  as  a  waste  product  in  the  manufacture 
of  potassium  chlorate.  For  this  purpose  it  is  proposed 
tu  remove  a  large  portion  of  the  calcium  chloride,  which 
forms  the  principal  constituent  of  the  chlorate  niother- 
liquors,  by  ttie  addition  of  caustic  lime.  On  heating, 
the  latter  combines  with  calcium  chloride,  forming 
calcium  oxychloride,  which  crystallises  out  on  cooling, 
and  is  a  very  stable  compound  when  suspended  in  a 
solution  of  calcium  chloride.  Half  of  the  latter  is  there- 
fore only  converted  into  oxychloride.  while  the  other 
half  remains  in  the  mother  liquors  along  with  all  the 
potassium  chlorate  and  chloride.  On  evaporation  these 
liquors  yield  crystals  containing  both  potassium  salts, 
which  are  separated  in  a  well-known  manner.  The 
liquor  drained  off  from  these  crystals  is  mixed  with  an 

;1  lmlk   of   fresh  mother-liquor,  and  the  treatri 
witli    lime    repeated,    as    previously    mentioned.     The 
calcium  oxychloride  crystals  are  treated    with    boiling 
water,  when  theoxychloiide  is  decomposed  into  calcium 
chloride   and  hydrate,    which    latter  settles  out     The 

mutant  liquor  is  run  away:  the  calcium  hydrate 
washed  with  water  is  used  again  for  the  tiealiiient  of 
fresh  mother  lhjuor.     S.  II. 


Sept 30,1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


5S)0 


Imp)  .       luction  of  Liquid  ■  .    I 

Chlorine.     C.  T.  ,1.  Vantin,  Si.  Kilda,  Victoria.    Eng 
Pat.  8820,  June  18,  1887.    4d. 

Chlorine  gas  is  collected  in  a  receiver  lined  with  a 
suitable  material,  which  resists  the  action  of  the  gas 
When  the  eeivei  is  full,  it  is  connected  with  an  air 
compressor,  and  air  is  forced  in  until  the  gas  is  com- 
presBi  'I  to  any  required  degree  or  entirely  liquefied.  The 
liquefied g  is  may  be  distributed  in  suitably  lined  vessels 
for  transport. — S\  H. 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Automatically  Mil  ing  Li 
,r  i    ■  Acid.     A.    Brunler,    Berlin,   and  t.  G. 

Rommenholler,  Rotterdam.     Eng.  Pat.  9046,  June 25, 
1887.     Gd.  • 

Tub  object  is  attained  by  the  utilisation  of  the  power 
which  is  stored  up  in  the  compressed  gas.  The  latter 
passes  un  let  great  pressure  throngh  a  jet  injector, 
which  aspirates   the  liquid  to  he  impregnated  with  the 

gas,  and  both  liqui  1  and  gas  travel  into  a  mixing  tank, 
where  a  set  of  arms  keeps  up  a  continuous  agitation. 

S.  B. 

An  Improve  I  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Production 
ofSulphx  Iridc.    V.   Hanisch  and  M.  Schroder, 

Neumuhl-Hamborn,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  9188,  June 
28,  1887.     6d. 

Tin:  object  of  this  invention  is  to  facilitate  the  com- 
bination of  sulphurous  acid  and  oxygen  to  form  sulphuric 
anhydride.  A  mixture  of  the  two  ga>es  in  a  certain 
fixed  proportion  is  passed  at  a  low,  red  heat,  and  under 
pressure,  over  asbestos,  coated  with  spongy  platinum, 
whereby  a  large  surface  and  a  lengthened  duration  of 
cunt  art  is  ensured  t  i  the  gases.  The  pressure  also  pro- 
motes chemical  reaction  by  bringing  nearer  together 
the  active  gas  molecules.  A  gas  mixture  consisting  of 
25  sulphurous  and  7-5 '.  air  is  most  suitable  for  the 
process,  and  the  mixing  of  the  gases  simultaneously  with 
their  compression  is  effected  by  a  double  cylinder  com- 
pressor, the  two  cylinders  of  which  have  a  cross  sectional 
area  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  3.  By  these  means  the  gas 
mixture  will  always  have  the  most  suitable  composition, 
one  cylinder  pumping  three  times  as  much  air  as  the 
other  pumps  sulphurous  acid.  The  compressed  gases 
mix  in  the  conducting  tube,  whence  they  pass  to  the 
compressing  vessel,  and  subsequently  to  the  combining 
furnace.  The  latter  is  furnished  with  two  wrought-iron 
pipes,  heateel  to  redness,  and  charged  with  platinised 
contact  substance  through  which  the  mixed  gases  pas-. 
Here  the  greater  portion  of  the  gases  is  converted  into 
anhydride,  whereas  that  which  escapes  passes  into  a  tube 
beyond  the  furnace,  through  a  valve  and  into  a  bent  tube 
leadiug  to  condensing  jars.  To  prevent  deposition  in 
these  pipes  they  are  surrounded  with  a  steam-heated 
lead  worm.  Thus  all  this  latter  S<_>3  is  carried  forward 
and  condensed  in  the  jars. — S.  11. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS.  CLAYS,  MORTARS 

AND  CEMENTS. 

Impi  •  w  the  Man  ufaelui  •  •■;'  A  i 

or  Elastic  Bitumen  to  be  employed  in  Road  Making, 

Surfacing,  and  other  like  Purposes  and 
W.  Brierley,   Halifax.     From  F.   Wallbrecht  and  H. 
Ruese,  Hanover,  Germany.     Eng.  l'at.  7492,  June  4, 
1886.     lid. 

"THE  Elaterite  is  found  in  its  natural  state  principally 
in  regions  of  volcanic  origin,  and  forms  a  soft  and 
elastic  bitumen  (mineral  caoutchouc),  formed  under  the 
influence  of  a  high  or  volcanic  temperature  from  the 
liquid  bitumen  or  naphtha."  It  is  proposed  to  manufac- 
ture this  substance  artificially  by  mixing  the  liquid 
bitumens  or  naphthas  with  vegetable  oils  or  fatty  or 
sebacie  acids  of  vegetable  origin,  and  heating  this 
mixture  under  pressure  with  sulphur,  compounds  of 
sulphur,  nitric  acid,  or  other  oxidising  agent.  The 
elaterite  prepared  in  this  manner  may  then  be  mixed 


with  asphaltic  substances  and  powdered  limestone,  and 
the  mixture  heateel  and  ground.  This  powder  can  be 
pressed  ami  stamped  very  easily.  1 1  resists  friction  and 
atmospheric  influences,  and  eompares  favourably  ,\ith 
the  best  native  asphalte.  —  D.  1!. 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

Improm  ments  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gt  rni  E. 

Uottam,  Sutton.     Eng.  Fat.  8PS9,  July  9,  lss,;.     Gd. 

The  patentee  claims  the  use  of  siliceous  copper,  made 
by  heating  shot  copper  for  fiom  three  to  fix  hours  to  a 
temperature  just  short  of  fusion,  with  a  mixture  of  i  ■ 
parts  of  sand  and  charcoal.  An  alloy  ot  equal  quantities 
of  copper  and  nickel  and  a  similar  alloy  of  copper  and 
zinc  ;brass)  ore  also  prepared.  The  siliceous  copper  and 
the  copper  nickel,  with  copper,  iron,  cobalt  oxide,  and 
charcoal,  are  melted  together,  and  then  before  pouring, 
brass  and  tin  are  added.  The  following  percentage  pro- 
portions are  recommended  :— Siliceous  copper  18,  copp  r- 
niekel  2SA,  copper  4},  iron  2j,  brass  4ii,  cobalt  oxide  j, 
tin  £.— W.  G.  M. 

An   Improved    Proi  Apparatus   for   obtaining 

Spelter  audit  i  \stt  N  da,  Chloral'  of  Lim  .  '  loriae 
of  Calcium,  or  other  Products.  P.  Higgs,  L  n  Ion. 
Eng.  Pat.  9158,  July  14,  1SS6.     8d. 

The  zinc  ore,  rendered  conducting  by  admixture  with 
graphitic  coke,  serves  as  the  anode,  while  plates  of  some 
conducting  mateiial  form  the  cathode,  and  receive  a 
deposit  of  metallic  zinc.  The  electrolyte  consists  of  a 
solution  of  chloride  of  magnesium  or  sodium  chloride  ;  in 
the  latter  case  the  products  consist  of  zinc,  fodic  hydrate, 
and  chlorine.  The  chlorine  enters  at  the  bottom  of  a 
tower,  from  the  top  of  which  lime  is  falling  in  a  sta'e  of 
fine  powder  :  by  this  means oxychloride  of  lime  is  formed, 
and  from  it  chloride  of  calcium  can  be  obtained  by  the 
application  of  heat. — B.  T. 


Improvements  iii  Apparatus  used  for  Coating  Sheet*  of 
Iron  and  Stt  <  I  and  Articlt  s  of  Iron  and  Steel  with  Zinc 
or  Alloys  of  Zinc,  or  other  Coating  Metal  or  Alio  t.  R, 
Heathtield",  Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat.  10,089,  Aug  G, 
1SS6.     Gd. 

As  the  plate  leaves  the  bath  of  zinc  it  is  passed  between 
one  or  more  pairs  of  flat  or  slightly  curved  brushes, 
pressed  with  au  even  pressure  against  it,  and  having,  if 
desired,  a  reciprocating  motion. — \Y.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in   Furnaces  for  Chlorinating  O/v.   and 
inthe  Process  connected  therewith.     J.  E.  Baugh  and 

C.  Hinksman,  Loudon.     Eng.   Pat.    11,770,   Sept.  16, 
1886.    Sd. 

The  furnace  is  of  a  kiln  form,  and  made  of  such  a  size 
that  20  to  100  tons  may  be  treated  at  a  time.  After 
preparing  a  simple  foundation  and  rearing  the  outside 
walls  for  any  required  internal  size  in  length,  width, 
or  height,  a  number  of  small  arches  is  built 
across,  leaving  sufficient  space  beneath  for  tiring  ; 
these  arches  are  crossed  every  30in.  by  2in. 
openings.  Pyrites  in  lumps  is  laid  over  the  2in. 
openings,  forming  a  column  of  about  lOin.  in  width 
and  1ft.  in  height  the  whole  length  of  the  furnace,  which, 
for  operating  on  20  tons,  is  about  12ft.  square  within  and 
14ft.  high.  Pulverised  calcined  ore  mixed  with  salt  in 
the  ordinary  manner  is  now  placed  between  the  rock 
pyrites  on  the  arches.  The  columns  of  rock  pyrites,  first 
broken  to  any  required  lump  size,  are  again  reari 
foot  higher,  when  more  prepared  tine  ore  forchlorination 
is  added  as  before,  and  this  repeated  until  the  furnace  is 
charged.  After  the  use  of  a  little  fuel  to  kindle  the 
sulphur  in  the  raw  pyrites,  the  furnace  may  be  left  un- 
disturbed, without  cost  of  material  or  labour  of  any  kind, 
until  the  charge  is  calcined  and  has  cooled  down  ready 
to  be  withdrawn.  "The rock  pyrites  is  then  passed  to  the 
crusher  for  pulverisation,  to  be  afterwards  mixed  with 


I 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      [sept,  so,  iss7. 


t-.-ilt  or  any  other  chlorinising  agent,  when  the 
already  chlorinised  (ire  will  1  >«•  found  completely 
cd  for  any  of  the  humid  process.  '  A  chimney, 
S  lOfr.  in  In  iglil  mi  i  on  the  top  of  the  kiln 
or  furnace,  will  be  sufficient  where  no  objection  is  made 
to  noxious  vapours.  Whengold  is  contained  i:t  the  ore 
in  the  for i  arsenide  or  sulphide,  it  i-  found  to  be  con- 
verted into  chloride,  along  with  the  silver  and  copper 
present.  A  large  percentage  of  the  metallic  gold,  if 
not  tlie  whole  of  it,  is  also  converted  into  chloride. 
When,  however,  it  is  found  by  assay  that  metallic  gold 
is  still  present,  chlorine  generated  in  the  ordinary 
manner  is  passed  through  the  ore  after  the  latter  has 
been  leached  by  the  aia  >>f  boiling  brine.  The  gold, 
silver,  and  copper  are  precipitated  together  by  means  of 
metallic  iron. — I.  T. 


Improvement!  in    obtaining    Gold,    Sih\i;     and    other 

Metals    from     Ores    or    other    Compounds. 

J.  S.  MacArthur,  Pollokshields  ;  and  R.  W.  Forrest, 

W.  Forrest,   and    G.    Morton,    Glasgow.     Eng.   Pat. 
11,817,  Sept.  17,  1886.     6d. 

Tin:  crushed  ore  is  submitted,  in  suitable  tanks,  to  the 
action  of  a  solution,  saturated  with  chlorine,  bromine,  or 
iodine,  of  a  substance  which,  unacted  upon  by  halogens, 
is  itself  incapable  of  precipitating  gold  from  solution, 
but  which  will  prevent  the  solution  of  base  metals. 
Borax,  sodium  hypochlorite,  and  many  other  bodies 
are  specified  as  suitable  for  the  purpose.  The  gold  and 
silver  are  precipitated  from  the  decanted  liquors,  into 
which  they  have  dissolved  as  haloid  salts,  and  the 
halogen  is  recovered  for  further  use. — W.  G.  M. 


Purification  of  Iron  Ore  and  Fluid  Iron  Metal,  and 
Apparatus  therefor,  B.  H.  Tliwaite,  Liverpool.  Eng. 
Pat.  11,972,  Sept.  21,  1886.     Sd. 

Molten  pig  iron  in  a  falling  stream  is  subjected  to  the 
action  of  one  or  more  jets  of  air,  by  which  it  is  partially 
oxidised,  and  so  purified.  Several  more  or  less  elaborate 
pieces  of  apparatus  are  shown  with  this  object  in  view. 
Iron  ores  are  purified  by  being  passed  through  a  "  cal- 
cining revolving  cylinder,"  having  its  axis  somewhat 
inclined  to  the  horizontal.  In  this  cylinder  the  ore  is  sub- 
jected to  reducing  gases,  and  drops  out  of  the  lower  end 
"  in  the  form  of  reduced  spongy  metal  into  a  line  B.  W.G. 
riddle,  by  which  the  metal  and  its  impurities  are  properly 
shaken,  and  the  finer  particles  of  the  metal  and  earthy 
and  other  impurities  fall  into  a  trough  in  which  there 
revolves  a  magnetised  Archimedean  screw,  to  which  the 
finer  metal  particle--  become  attached  by  magnetic 
attraction  :  the  earthy  particles  fall  through  the  perfora- 
tions." The  present  invention  principally  consists  in 
improvements  on  a  prior  invention  (Kng.  Fat.  11,402, 
Sept.  25,  lss.->  ;  this  Journal,  lss5,  615  ;  1886,  461). 


tapped  oil'  at  intervals.  The  arrangement  is  thus  con- 
tinuous. Copper,  it  present,  forms  a  regulus,  and 
may  he  extracted  by  wet  processes;  had,  silver,  and 
gold  sink  to  the  bottom  in  the  metallic  condition. 

—  W.  G.  M. 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Extracting  the  Tin  from 
Tin  mil  Iron  Cuttings  or  Scrap,  andfrom  Metal  covered 
with  Jin.  S.  T.  Montagne,  N'anles,  France.  Eng. 
Fat.  6370,  May  2,  1887.     6d. 

Tins  is  an  improvement  on  Eng.  Fat.  2865,  of  1886 
(this  Journal,  ISS7,  294).  The  scrap  is  packed  loosely 
in  a  number  of  chambers  arranged  in  series,  so  that  a 
current  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  introduced  into  any  one 
tlows  successively  through  each  of  the  others,  the  waste 
gases  escaping  anally  into  a  Hue.  When  the  scrap  in 
the  first  chamber  is  sufficiently  treated,  it  is  washed 
with  water  spray  and  afterwards  steam  ;  the  tin  liquors 
are  then  drawn  oil'  into  a  reservoir,  the  charge  with- 
drawn, and  a  fresh  quantity  introduced.  This  chamber 
is  then  made  the  last  of  the  series,  that  which  was 
formerly  second  now  receiving  the  fresh  acid  gas,  and  so 
on.—  W.  G.  M. 

A  Processof  obtaining  Aluminium  from  its  Ores  or  from 
Aluminiferous  Earths,  or  Eaiths  containing  Alumina; 
and  of  combining  Aluminium  with  other  Metals.      W. 

A.  Baldwin.  Chicago,    f'.S  A.     Eng.  Pat.   7198,  May 
17,  18S7.     6d. 

A  MIXTURE  of  4  parts  of  clay,  1  part  of  charcoal,  and  3 
parts  of  sodium  chloride  fused  in  a  suitable  pot  yields  a 
light  alloy  of  aluminium  and  sodium,  to  be  skimmed  oil' 
and  remelted  iu  a  fresh  crucible  under  a  cover  of  sodium 
or  sodium  chloride;  when  melted,  the  contents  of  the 
second  vessel  are  poured  into  a  heated  mould,  wherein 
the  heavier  aluminium  subsides.  Or  by  introducing  other 
metals,  useful  alloys  are  formed  without  fusion,  by  the 
simple  permeation  of  the  alloying  metal  by  the 
aluminium. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  Producing  Siliceous  Copper  andutUising 
the  siniir  for  Metallurgical  Purposes.  C.  lleusler, 
Bonn.  Prussia.     Eng.  Fat.  12,720,  Oct,  6,  1SS0.     6d. 

Tin;  inventor  fuses  copper  with  siliceous  pig  iron,  re- 
moves the  two  upper  layers  which  form  on  allowing  the 
molten  miss  to  stand,  and  utilises  the  copper  silicide 
left  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  fur  refining  purposes  or 
for  producing  silicon  alloys. — O.  II. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Zinc  from  Us  Blende  or  Sul- 
phide.    R.  Hannan  and  M.  Milburn,  Glasgow      In 
Pat.  5029,  April  5,  1887.     6d. 

An  upright  retort,  with  bell  and  cone  hopper  above,  with 
tap  holes  beneath,  and  condensing  an angemenl  suitably 

placed,  is  used  in  preference.  The  charge  consists  of 
rinc  sulphides,  mixed  will]  an  equivalent  quantity  of 
metallic  (malleable)  iron  scrap,  oi  with  iron  oxide  and 
carbon,  and  with  the  necessary  fluxes.  This  is  fed  in 
throu  li  ile-  hopper,  the  liberated  zinc  i^  collected  in  the 
condenser,  and  the  resulting  iron  sulphide  and  slag  are 


Improvements  in  Treatment  of  Ores.     J.   Belou,    Paris, 

Fiance.  Eng.  Pat.  7519,  May  25,  1887.  Sd. 
It  is  proposed  to  treat  ores  in  general,  and  more 
especially  pyritous,  auriferous,  and  argentiferous  ores, 
with  pure  hydrogen  or  gaseous  hydrocarbons,  for  the 
purpose  of  extracting  their  metals,  instead  of  employing 
carbon  and  the  oxygen  of  the  air.  In  some  cases,  retorts 
may  be  employed,  which  are  heated  externally  and  are 
charged  with  the  ore  and  reducing  gas  or  gases.  In 
other  cases,  blast  furnaces  may  lie  employed,  into 
which  the  reducing  gases  are  blown,  and  also  the 
necessary  amount  of  atmospheric  air  or  of  pure  oxygen 
to  heat  the  charge.  No  claim  is  made  to  any  of  the 
apparatus  described. — J.  T. 


An  Improved  Method  of  ami  Apparatus  for  Reducing 
Zinr  Ores  and  Collecting  the  Metallic  Zinc  therefrom. 

E.  Walsh,  St.    Louis,  U.S.A.     Eng.   Pat.  8599,  Juno 

15,  1887.  8d. 
Zinc  oxiDEreduces  at  1300'  F.,  and  the  metal  volatilises 
at  about  100°  1'".  lower  than  that  temperature.  At 
1300°  F. ,  carbon  is  unaffected  by  the  action  of  carbonic 
acid,  and  the  carbonic  acid  generated  from  the  reduction 
of  the  zinc  oxide  is  carried  oil'  with  the  zinc  vapour  at 
that  temperature.  ( 'arhonic  acid  at  a  temperature  below 
1300'  F.,  when  mixed  with  zinc  vapour,  oxidises  the 
latter  ;  but  when  zinc  vapour  and  carbonic  acid,  both  at 
a  temperature  of  1400  -1500°  1'.,  are  allowed  to  pass 
through  carbonaceous  matter  at  the  same  temperature, 
the  carbonic  acid  is  immediately  converted  into  carbonic 
oxide,  and  the  zinc  vapour  remains  nnoxidised. 
Applying  these  principles,  it  is  proposed  to  reduce  zinc 
oxide  iu  a  closed  top  cupola.  The  cupola  is  charged 
with  a  mixture  of  fuel  and  zinc  oxide,  by  means  of  a 
hopper  which  descends  below  t lie  level  at  which  the 
surface  of  the  fuel  is  maintained  by  means  of  two  more 
hoppers,  through  which  fuel  alone  is  charged,  'are  is 
taken  that  the  ore   hopper  descends  to  a  point  in  the 


Sept.  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


fi.il 


furnace  at  which  (he  temperature  is  1500^  i\,  <>r  slightly 
higher.  The  hoppers  have  each  a  movable  cover  ami  a 
conical  valve  to  prevent  escape  of  gases  during  charging. 
The  zinc  vapour  and  products  of  combustion  are  taken 

oil'  above  the  fuel  to  a  condenser,  consisting  of  two 
horizontal  iron  pipes  placed  parallel  to  each  other  and 
connected  together  by  a  series  of  U-shaped  pipes  placed 
vertically  above  them  ;  the  whole  being  heated  to  a  tem- 
perature of  780 — 1200  F. ,  so  that  the  zinc  is  collected  and 
maintained  in  a  liquid  state.  The  waste  furnace  ga-e-  are 
either  passed  into  heating  lines  surrounding  the 
condenser,  or  are  otherwise  utilised.  In  a  modified 
form  of  the  cupola,  one  charging  hopper  only  is  used, 
which  doe-  not  pass  below  the  level  of  the  fuel,  through 
which  both  ore  and  fuel  are  charged  ;  and  the  reduced 
zinc,  together  with  the  products  of  combustion,  are 
drawn  oil'  to  the  condenser  from  a  point  below  the 
surface  of  the  fuel  at  which  the  temperature  exceeds 
140O'  !■'.— J.  T. 


XIL-PAINTS,  TARNISHES  AND  RESINS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of   White  Pigment. 

F.   M.    Lvte,   Putney.      Eng.    Pat.     10,298,   Aug.   11, 

18S6.  Gd. 
Tilt;  covering  power  of  insoluble  or  sparingly  soluble 
lead-salts  [eg.,  carbonate,  sulphate,  chloride  and  phos- 
phate) depends  in  part  on  the  degree  of  their  basicity. 
The  patentee  prepares  these  basic  salts  by  digesting 
insoluble  or  difficultly  soluble  Dornial  or  partly  ha-i? 
lead-salts  with  solutions  of  soluble  basic  lead-salts,  such 
as  basic  lead-acetate. — F.  W.  T.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Colours  for  Artistic 
Purposes.  Alexander  M'Lean,  Brockley,  and  Robert 
Smith,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  11,493,  Sept.  9,  1886.    6d. 

ACCORDING  to  the  patentees,  the  bleaching  of  aniline 
colours  is  due  to  oxidation.  By  the  employment, 
however,  of  materials  containing  little  or  no  oxygen 
{e.g.,  fusel  oil,  benzene,  pitch,  resins,  etc.),  they  prepare 
coloured  varnishes  with  aniline  colours,  in  which  the 
latter  remain  perfectly  unatfcete.1  by  the  strongest  light. 
They  have  obtained  good  results  with  the  following 
mixture,  to  which  the  requisite  <iuantity  of  "aniline 
crystals"  is  added:  Fusel  oil,  37  02;  alcohol,  24-GS  ; 
Swedish  pitch,  asphaltum  or  tar,  1000  ;  resin  or  gum 
(gum  Dammar),  2S30.— F.  W.  T.  K. 

Improvements  in  Preservative  Coatings  for  Ships' 
Bottoms.      J.    B.    Hannav,  Loch    Long.       Eng    1'at. 

1-2,499,  Oct.  2,  18S6.     6d.~ 

The  coating  consists  of  a  mixture  of  powdered  zinc, 
mercuric  and  other  metallic  oxides  and  a  suitable  coating 
medium.  According  to  the  patentee,  the  use  of  mercuric- 
oxide  increases  the  efficiency  of  the  coating  as  a  preserva- 
tive against  shellfish,  on  account  of  the  formation  of 
metallic  mercury  through  the  redaction  of  the  oxide  by  the 
zinc;  and  also  the  ami  corrosive  action  is  due  to  the  zinc  in 
the  coating  placing  the  metal  of  the  ships'  bottoms  in  an 
electro-negative  state. — F.  W.  T.  K. 


A    Process    if  and  Apparatus  for  obtaining  Purified 
Carbon  from  Soot   ami  other  similar   Carbont 
Products  of  Combustion.       11.   Pringle,   Blaekbeath. 
Eng.  Pat.  11.6S4,  Sept.  14,  1S8G.     8d. 

The  soot,  etc.,  i~  worked  into  a  thin  paste,  strained  to 
remove  coarser  particles,  and  then  passed  down  a  tube 
into  a  ve.s>el  almost  full  of  water.  The  mixture  enters 
the  lower  vessel  (under  a  pressure  due  to  a  head  of  ten 
feet)  by  a  nozzle  or  rose  fixed  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel 
and  directed  upwards.  Four  inches  above  the  nozzle  is 
fixed  a  horizontal  plate,  against  which  the  jet  of  mixed 
soot  and  water  strikes.  As  soon  as  the  current  is  thus 
arrested,  the  carbonaceous  matter  separates  from  the 
accompanying  impurities,  the  latter  sinking  to  the 
bottom,  the  former  rising  to  the  surface  of  the  liquid  in 


the  vessel,  where  it  is  skimmed  oft".  To  prevent  the 
carbon  being  carried  away  by  the  overflow  water,  a  dip 
curtain  i-  placed  in  front  of  the  outlet  at  the  top,  and 
the  carbon  is  held  back  whilst  the  water  Hows  oil'.  The 
process  can  thus  be  worked  continuously. 

— F.  W.  T.  K. 


XIIL— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE   AND   SIZE. 

An  Improved  Method  of  making  Leather  and  other  Ma- 
to  any  Degree,  am/  of  Walerpi 
tin    same.      T.    Laycock,   Northampton.     Eng.   Pat. 
9613,  July  26,  1886.     4d. 

The  patentee  employs  wax  of  various  kinds,  such  as 
parattin,  bees',  common,  or  earth  wax  alone  or  mixed 
with  "petroleum  jelly,"  and  drying  oils.  The  ingredi- 
ents are  heated  in  a  suitable  vessel  to  about  200°  F.  and 
the  leather  is  soaked  in  the  melted  wax.  The  leather 
when  impregnated  is  placed  in  a  drying  chamber.  If 
flexibility  is  not  required,  parattin  wax  alone,  or  9  parts 
of  paraffin  wax  with  1  part  of  common  earth  wax,  are 
used.  If  greater  flexibility  is  required,  4  parts  of  paraffin 
to  1  part  of  common  earth  wax,  or  1  part  of  petroleum 
jelly  are  used.  —  P.   II. 

A  Process  for  clearing  Hales,  Skins,  Hair,  Woof  or  Fur 
from  Lime.  E.  P.  Nesbit,  Wandsworth.  Erg.  Pat. 
12,681,  Oct  •">,  188&  4d. 
In  the  inventor's  specification,  Xo.  7744,  of  1SS6  (this 
Journal,  1SS7,  513),  was  described  a  method  of  removing 
lime  from  hides  or  skins,  preparatory  to  tanning,  by  sub- 
jecting them,  while  in  water,  to  the  action  of  carbonic 
acid  gas.  The  present  invention  consi-ts  in  the  applica- 
tion of  this  method  to  the  removal  of  lime  from  hides,  or 
scraps  of  these,  stub  as  are  used  for  the  manufacture  of 
size  or  glue,  and  also  from  hair,  wool,  or  fur  which  has 
undergone  lime  treatment. — B.   H. 


XIY.— AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

On  the  Probable  Part  planed  by  Magnesia  and  other 
Elements  in  resisting  Phylloxera  in  French  and 
American  Vines.  A.  C.  Dejardin.  Compt.  Rend. 
104,  1249. 
The  author  draws  the  following  conclusions  from  his 
investigations  : — (1)  That  in  places  where  French  vines 
i. tier  the  greatest  resistance  to  phylloxera,  anil  American 
vines  flourish  the  best,  magnesia  plays  an  important  part 
;.s  a  constituent  of  the  soil.  (2)  The  percentage  of 
magnesia  in  the  ash  of  American  vines  is  somewhat 
greater  than  in  that  of  the  Yinifera.  (3)  In  ran-  cases 
where  the  resistance  of  French  vines  against  phylloxera 
has  been  increased,  a  greater  amount  of  magnesia  has 
always  been  taken  up  by  the  plants.  Nitrogen,  iron, 
manganese,  and  especially  phosphoric  acid,  also  increase 
the  resistance  ottered  to  phylloxera  ;  and  the  author 
suggests  the  addition  of  ammonium  magnesium  phos- 
phate to  manure,  and  the  use  of  manures  containing 
nitrogen,  iron,  manganese,  phosphoric  acid,  and  magnesia, 
as  a  preventive  against  this  vine  pest. — C.  A.  K. 


AreNitralt  s  formed  in  the  Organism  of  Higher  Plants? 
E.  Schulze.    Ber.'  20,  1500-^1504, 

KREUSLEB  [Ber.  20,  ■1"'li  has  shown  that  young  potato 
plants,  sown  in  sawdust  and  watered  with  a  fertiliser 
free  from  nitrogen,  contain  no  nitrates.  On  the  other 
hand  the  author  bad  previously  found  [J.  Prakt.  Chan. 
[21  32,  451)  that  the  young' shoots  of  lupines  and 
pumpkins  grown  in  pure  sand,  anil  watered  with  distilled 
water  only,  contain  considerable  quantities  of  nitrates. 
This  at  first  sight  seems  to  be  evidence  in  favour  of  the 
occurrence  of  nitrate-formation  within  the  organism  as 
assumed  by  Bertbelpt  and  Andre.  When,  however,  the 
;eeds  are  sown  upon  paraffined  gauze  lying  on  the  surface 
of  distilled  water,  no  nitrate-  could  he  detected.  Upon 
further  investigation  the  author  came  to  the  conclusion 


602 


THE  JOtliXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept. so,  1887. 


that  t lie  nitrates  contained  in  the  shoots  when  grown  in 
sand  are  absorbed  from  the  sand,  where  they  are  pro 
duccil.  by  oxidation  of  nitrogenous  matter  given  off  by 
the  plants.     A.  G.  G. 

The  Origin  of  Methyl  Alcohol  in  Plants.      II.  Gutzeit. 

C'hem.   Zeit.    11,  663. 

ACCORDING  to  Thorns  (iViaren.  Centra'halle, 28,  231)the 
presence  of  methyl  alcohol  in  plants  is  due  to' the  de- 
composition of  a  salt  of  melhylamine  by  means  of  alkali. 
This,  the  author  disputes,  since  in  the  first  place  amines 
cannot  he  thus  decomposed  by  alkalis,  and  further,  were 
such  a  decomposition  possible  in  plants,  then  one  would, 
in  all  probability,  be  able  to  detect  methylamine  wher- 
ever methyl  alcohol  is  found,  and  this  is  contrary  to 
the  experiments  of  Mbslinger  Maquenne  and'  the 
author,  ammonia  being  present  in  quantity,  Irnt  only 
traces  of  the  co  npound  ammonias.  Thorns  found  the 
reverse  the  c  se  xthhAcorus  calamus,  the  chloride  of  the 
volatile  base  contained  in  the  root  consisting  essentially 
of  methylamine  hydrochloride,  and  containing  only 
traces  of  ammonium  chloride.  Since,  however,  the  former 
was  dissolved  out  by  means  of  a  mixture  of  absolute 
alcohol  and  absolute  ether,  in  which  ammonium  chloride 
is  not  altogether  insoluble,  and  further,  because  the 
chlorine  determination  was  eflected  by  igniting  the  dried 
chloride  with  calcium  carbonate,  and  then  precipitating 
with  silver  solution  after  exhausting  the  ignited  mass 
with  nitric  acid,  the  author  considers  the  results,  which 
are  contrary  to  his  own,  to  be  incorrect.— C.  A.  E, 


XV.-STJGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

A    New   Galactan   and  tome   Properties  of  Galactose. 
E.  O.  von  Lippmann.     Ber.  20,  1001  — Kins. 

TlIK  author  lias  succeeded  in  isolating  a  new  substance 
which  he  calls  y-Galactan,  from  the  liquors  from  the  lime 
mud  forming  the  eud  product  in  the  purification  of 
sugar.  It  closely  resembles  dextran  and  levnlan  in 
appearance,  and  when  pure  consists  of  a  white 
amorphous  substance,  which,  in  the  hydrated  state  is 
easily  soluble  in  hot  and  cold  water  ;  in  the  anhydrous 
state  it  is  soluble  in  hot,  but  onlv  very  slowly  in  cold 
water  :  the  hot  solution  does  not  'gelatinise  on  coolim* 
resembling,  in  this  respect,  dextran,  and  differing  from 
leTulan.  The  substance  is  insoluble  in  alcnhol  It  has 
the  composition  (',11  ,,.<  i,,and  has  a„=  +238°,  a  number 
more  than  three  times  as  highasthatforcahesuwar ;  itdoes 
not  reduce  Fehling's  solution,  and  gives  muc~'c  acid  on 
oxidation  with  nitric  acid.  When  inverted  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  it  is  completely  converted  into  galactose 
lbe  substance  appears  to  belong  to  the  series  of  bodies 
lately  found  in  the  vegetable  kingdom  bv  the  author  and 
others,  which  yield  galactose  on  invertion.  The  galactose 
from  the  above  >  -galactan  was  obtained  in  crystalline 
masses,  which  melted  at  166—168°;  the  optical  activity 
was  aDr  +S1-3;  when  oxidised,  it  yielded  77  per  cent 
of  mucic  acid;  u  also  combined  with  phenvlhvdra 
zine. 

In  conclusion  the  author  discusses  the  fermentability 
or  otherwise  of  galactose,  and  considers  that  further 
experiments  are  necessary,  in  order  to  explain  the  present 

discordant  views.—  (',.  11.  M. 


Oh    Progress  m    the  Manufacturt   of  Starch    Dextrose 
andGhusose.     Prof .  L.  V.  Wagner.      Dingl   1'oKt   .1 
264,  174—179, 

Lbos  Cdiswibr,  in  Paris,  has  patented  a  process 
for  the  sacchanncation  of  starchy  substances  l,v  mems 
of  a  malt  which  has  been  allowed  to  germinate  for  from 

i  to  111  days.  The  raw  materials  uinsl  be  made  perfectly 
mmtral  (acid free) by  treatment  witha  I  percent,  sod;,' 
or  \  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid  eolation,  as  the  case  may  I , ,  • ' 

1  he  -rain  alter  two  or  (hire  days'  soakinj 

Should  contain  not  more  than  40 

is  then  to  be  ground.     The  moist  materials  a 

■d  paste  with  an  equal  weight  of  water,  and  from  21  to  6 


::  in  tepid  water, 
-45 percent,  water,  and 


jut  cent,  of  malt  is  well  kneaded  into  it,  during  an  hour. 
The  liquefactii  n  of  this  paste  takes  place  in  an  upright 
cylinder,  surrounded  by  a  water  bath  which  is  main- 
tained at  75°  C.,  and  provided  with  powerful  stilling 
gear.  The  mash  thus  obtained  is  then  heated  in  a  steam 
jacket,  under  a  pressure  of  one  atmosphere  for  about  an 
hour,  then  c(  oled  to  7(1  and  treated  with  1  to  2  per  cent. 
of  malt  infusion.  After  two  hours  the  solution  is  put 
through  a  filter-press,  cooled  to  50  ,  and  treated  with  15 
to  '20  percent,  of  malt  infusion,  which  is  added  in  5  per 
cent,  lots  every  two  hours.  When  thoroughly  sacchari- 
fied, the  solution  is  heated  again,  filtered  and  evaporated 
to  Ml    l!i-.,  and  sold  us  concentrated  beer  wort. 

Joseph  Franklin  Gent,  of  Columbus,  Ind  ,  U.S.A., 
flees  maize  from  the  germs  and  husks  by  steaming  at 
Hid  in  a  special  apparatus,  for  not  longer  than  1  minute, 
and  subsequently  crushing  and  sifting  the  grain.  The 
product  thus  obtained  is  then  again  steamed,  pressed 
into  thin  cakes,  and  brought  into  the  market  under  the 
name  of  "  Cerealine." 

Messrs.  Viemeisel,  K.  Trobach,  and  Alfred  Cards 
recommend  the  following  treatment  of  potatoes  for  the 
purpose  of  dextrose  manufacture,  avoiding  thereby  the 
necessity  for  the  separation  of  the  starch  from  the  pulp, 
which  always  retains  a  considerable  percentage,  and 
utilising  the  roots  at  the  period  when  they  contain  most 
starch — viz.,  at  their  harvest  time ;  thus  avoiding  also 
the  lo.-s  of  starch  which  stored  potatoes  always  undergo. 
The  potatoes  are  washed  and  ground,  the  paste  put 
through  a  filter-press,  in  which  the  cakes  ate  well  washed 
with  a  solution  of  calcium  bisulphite,  to  prevent  any  fer- 
mentation, and  then  either  dried  for  storing  or  worked 
up  forthwith.  The  cakes  made  into  a  suitable  paste 
with  water,  are  saccharified  underpressure,  by  acid  :  the 
acid  sugar  solution  is  thereupon  neutralised  with  calcic 
sulphite  and  chalk,  put  through  a  tilter-press,  evaporated 
to  ."10°  B.,  again  filter-pi  eased,  and  finally  concentrated 
at  100'  down  to 35'  B  ,  tor  crystallisation.  The  resulting 
sugar  when  separated  from  the  molasses  is  ready  for  the 
usual  processes  of  recrystallisation.  Thadeus  v.  Korvins- 
Sakovicz  and  David  Rosenblum,  of  Warsaw,  produce 
crystallised  grape  sugar,  from  all  sorts  of  starch,  by 
boiling  10  per  cent,  solutions  of  starch  with  certain 
quantities  of  sulphuric  anhydride,  which  quantities  vary 
from  4'9  per  cent,  with  11  hours'  boiling  when  work- 
ing in  open  vessels,  to  015  per  cent,  when  the  opera- 
tion is  conducted  in  a  closed  vessel,  and  under  a 
pressure  of  four  atmospheres.  The  boiling  in  the 
first  case  lasts  eleven  hours,  in  the  latter  only  four 
hours.  Instead  of  using  charcoal  to  decolourise 
the  neutral  sugar  solution,  it  is  cooled  to  45 J  and  about 
0"-'  per  cent,  (on  the  weight  of  starch)  of  permanganate  of 
potash  added,  whereby  a  brown  precipitate  is  formed, 
the  solution  after  passing  through  the  filter-press  being 
perfectly  colourless.  The  crystallisation  is  performed  under 
vacuum,  but  the  crystals  cannot  be  readily  freed  from  the 
mother-liquor. 

Alt'.  Seyberlich,  of  Riga,  and  Alex.  Trampedach,  of 
Mitau,  transform  starch  into  sugar  by  the  action  of 
dilute  nitric  acid.  The  starch  is  made  into  a  milk 
with  water,  and  inn  into  a  dilute  boiling  solution  of 
nitric  arid,  and  boiled  until  10  drops  of  the  solution 
added  to  °.00cc.  96  per  cent,  alcohol  no  longer  produce 
any  turbidity.  The  proportions  used  are  1000  starch,  5 
nitric  acid,  ami  _'000  to  30U0  water.  They  then  recom- 
mend that  the  solution  be  made  distinctly  alkaline  by 
the  addition  of  sodium  or  potassium  carbonate,  there- 
upon evaporated  in  the  vacuum  apparatus  to  35—36"  He, 
and  allowed  to  crystallise.  The  crystals  thus  obtained 
are  well  developed,  and  easily  separated  from  the  mother- 
liquor.  -T.  1..  11. 

Manufacti  Icid    in    Sugar    Works. 

Dingl.  Tolyt.  J.  264,  191—192. 

Nearly  half  the  Russian  sugar-works  obtain  their  car- 
bonic acid  from  the  flue  gases,  which,  however,  usually 
contain  only  8  to  12  per  cent.  Jelinek  obtains  a  richer 
gas  by  mil  sing  the  gases  of  only  one  boiler,  the  damper 
being  kept  as  closely  shut  down  as  possible,  and  the 
gases  removed  by  a  pump  the  supply  pipe  to  which  is 


Sept.  30, 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


adapted  va.  front  of  the  damper.  Under  most  favourable 
conditions  18  pel  cent,  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  gas  are 
obtained,  sufficient  to  work  up  from  100,000  to  170,000 
kiln-,  roots. 

I'.  Ehrhardt  describes  in  h  vis  hen  Zii  '  rindustrie, 
1SS7,  78,  a  continuous  apparatus,  consisting  of  a  blast 
furnace,  as  is  osed  in  French  factories,  into  which  lime- 
stone and  fuel  are  together  thrown,  in  the  proportion  of 
7  parts  limestone  to  1  of  coke.  The  heat  is  ver*  thoroughly 
used  up,  and  the  gases  are  drawn  oft"  at  a  lower  tempera- 
ture, and  contain  on  an  average  .'10  per  cent.  CO,. 
Another  apparatus  consists  of  a  so-called  step-kiln,  in 
which  the  warming,  burning,  and  cooling  chambers  are 
kept  distinct,  but  owing  t"  the  fact  that  the  material  has 
to  puss  through  two  elbow-shaped  and  one  level  channel, 
it  will  probably  he  found  difficult  to  keep  in  regular 
work.— T.  1..  1'.. 

Tin    Sweetness  of  G  ur.    ''hem.  Zeit.  H,  139. 

According  tonnmeronsexperiments  made  with  different 
persons,  Herzfeld  concludes  that  153  parts  of  glucose  are 

equivalent  to  100  parts  of  cane  sugar — i.e.,  that  the  rela- 
tive sweetness  of  these  two  kinds  of  sugar  is  approxi- 
mately in  the  proportion  of  jj  :  1. — D.  E.  J. 

Errata.— On  p.  5:3,  second  column,  line  2  from  bottom,  for 
"  .Madgeburg,"  read  "Magdeburg.'  On  same  page  and 
column,  line  25  from  bottom,  for  "  acetic  acid,"  read  '  acetic 
and  lactic  acids.' 


XVI.— BREWING,  WINES.  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

The  Influence  of  the  Mineral  Constituents  of  Water  upon 

the   i  Worts.     E.    R,    Moritz.     Dingl. 

l'olyt.  J.  264,  338—339. 

Thk  author-  results  are  given  in  the  following  table. 
from  which  it  will  be  seen  that  common  salt  added  to  the 
mash  liquor  increased  the  yield  of  maltose  and  dextrose 
by  9  per  cent.  He  thereforerecomiuendsthe  addition  of  20 
to  35grms.  of  salt  per  hectolitre  of  water  before 
mashing : — 


decinormal  cans  olution  until  a  drop  of  an  al- 

coholic solution  of  pkenolphtbale'in  acquires  a  red  tint  as 
it  spreads  over  t'le  surface  of  the  cream.  The  time 
necessary  for  churning  increases  regularly  with  an  in- 
crease in  the  acidity  of  the  cream. — C.  A.  K. 

i    t/'C  Margarimeter.      V. 
Renecke.     Zeits.    f.    Nahrongsmittel-Untersuch.    u. 
Hygiene,  1  ss;t  S7. 
Tin:  application  of  the  margarimetei  rests  on  the  supp  «i- 

tion  that  batter  has  a  higher  specific  gravity  at  100  than 
all  other  animal  and  vegetable  fats  tins  .Ion 
1SS7,  447 1.  A  specific  gravity  of  0-8650  0  8670  a;  II  0 
is  taken  as  a  sl.'n  of  tin'  purity  of  'nutter,  but  the  author 
has  found  that  the  specific  gravity  of  ground-nut  oil  is 
3  >,  thai  of  sesame  oil  0S675,  and  that  of  poppy  Beed 
oil  0  8710,  all  taken  at  luu.  still  the  margarimeter  is 
of  use  as  a  preliminary  test,  the  specific  gravity  of  four 
adulterated  samples  of  butter  examined  being  from 
0SG10  toO-8625.— C.  A.  K. 


Varia  Amount    of  Phosphoric  Acid  con- 

tin  if  J  in  Milk.     A.   Andouard.     Compt.  Rend.   104, 
1298. 

Tut:  author  draws  the  following  conclusions  from  his 
results  : — 1.  The  phosphoric  acid  in  milk  decreases  from 
the  beginning  to  the  end  of  lactation,  while  the  amount 
of  butter,  and  especially  of  sugar,  is  also  decreased 
during  the  same  period.  2.  With  two  of  four  cows 
experimented  on  the  quantity  of  casein  increased  :  with 
the  other  two  it  decreased.  3.  The  increase  of  solids  in 
milk  during  lactation  is  not  constant.  4.  The  age  of 
cows  appears  to  influence  the  quantity  of  milk  given, 
the  youngest  giving  the  least.  The  nutritive  power  of 
the  food  affects  both  the  quality  and  the  quantity  of  the 
milk.  0.  In  opposition  to  Kroner's  conclusion,  the 
author  states  that  green  fodder  is  better  for  cows  than 
dry  fodder.  Cabbages  and  leguminous  plants  are  the 
best  green  fodder,  and  then  in  order  of  merit  )  otafc  i  -. 
beetroot  and  maize.  7.  Individuality  appears  the  chief 
factor  in  modifying  the  quantity  and  composition  of  the 
milk.— C.  A.  K. 


Mash  Water. 

Maltose  per  cent. 

De\truse  per  cent. 

Total  per  cem. 

Colour  of  the  AVort. 

13-90 

18-01 

66  97 

Pale. 

2.    New  river  water 

18*96 

1801 

6697 

». 

Distilled  water  containing 

3.    50'37  salt  per  hectolitre    .. 

50US 

2377 

7597 

Extremely  pale. 

1.    3170  calcium  chloride 

16-68 

15-10 

61-78 

Very  pale. 

5.    1010  gypsum 

4779 

1731 

65-13 

»» 

6.    3034  magnesium  sulphate 

1718 

1731 

6513 

7.    1607 sodium  sulphate  

48-96 

18-01 

66  97 

Rather  darker, 

B-9S 

1S-01 

60-97 

,, 

9.    11"27  sodium  carbonate    .. 

4271 

2015 

6316 

Dark. 

10.    Burtonised  water  

49-57 

15-66 

65  23 

Vt iy  pale. 

XYIL— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY.  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(.1)  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

The  Relation  of  the  Yield  of  Butler  to  tin-   Acidity  of  \ 
the  Cream.     J.  Sebelien.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  133. 

FSOM  a  series  of  experiments  made,  the  greater  the 
acidity  of  the  jream  used,  the  greater  the  yield  of  butter 
appears  to  be.  The  amount  of  fat  contained  in  butter 
milk  decreases,  as  the  degree  of  acidity  of  the  cream  in- 
creases up  to  an  acidity  equal  *  to  40ce.  deci- 
normal soda,  when  the  decrease  ceases.  In  some 
experiments  the  fat  seemed  to  increase  above 
this  limit.  The  author  determines  the  degree  of 
acidity      of    the     cream      by     titrating     OOcc.     with 


— T.  L.  B. 

(B)  SANITARY  CHEBdISTRY. 

Examination  of  Effluent  Water.  H.  Schreib.  Rep.  Anal. 
Chem.  7,  271— J7-5. 

The  author  has  endeavoured  to  account  for  the 
remarkable  fact  that  effluent  water  often  contains  more 
organic  matter  in  solution  after  than  previous  to  being 
purified.  To  a  certain  extent  this  may  be  traced  to  the 
lime  which  has  been  added,  and  which  renders  soluble 
certain  bodies  previously  suspended  in  the  water.  But 
this  cannot  be  the  only  cause.  Attention  is  particularly- 
drawn  to  the  fact  that  waste  water  which  has  not  been 
purified  decomposes  very  rapidly,  which  entails  loss  of 
organic  matter,  whereas  lime,  etc.,  preserves  the  water 


604 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [?o,.t. 30.  i«87. 


by  stopping  the  fermentation.    EhTuenl  water  containing 
large  quantities  of  carbo-hydrates  is  particularly  liable 
imposition. — A.  1!. 

Composition  of  the  Water  of  the  River  Bode  as  Irtfflu 
by  Drainage  from  the  n  lash   Works,  "  Dongtashall." 

H.  l-'oeke.     Eep.  Anal.  Cheru.  7,  287. 

Composition. 


Dry  residue  (120")  

Organic  substances  (by  ignition).. . 

Chlorine 

Sulphuric  anhydride   

Silica    

Ferric  oxide  and  alumina 

Lime 

Magnesia   

Potassium  oxide 

Sodium  oxide  


Previous  to            After 
entiftuceof  Drainage. 

0-390     ... 

0752 

0-027      ... 

0152 

0-019     .... 

0-181 

0012       ... 

0132 

0019      ... 

0011 

0-1101      .... 

0-002 

0-092      .... 

0130 

0-017      .... 

O'OoS 

0007       ... 

0  015 

0  043      .... 

0106 

A'.  (/■  or  Improved  Tri  atment  or  Manufacture  of  Materials 

Usi   as  the  Incandescing  Medium  or  Luminant  of 

Electric  Lamps,  or  for  other  Purposes.    T.  Mace,  New 

York,  I'.S.A.  From  the  Nitrite  and  I.uminoid  Co., 
New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  9696,  July  27,  1886.  6d. 
Tins  treatment,  as  applied  to  carbon  filaments,  for 
example,  is  as  follows: — The  filament  is  dipped  in  a 
solution  of  an  organic  salt  of  aluminium  (such  as  the 
methylatc  or  ethylate),  after  which  an  electric  current  is 
passe  1  through  it  in  the  absence  of  oxygen.  The  decom- 
position of  the  salt  thus  effected  causes  a  deposit  oi 
carbon  and  alumina  to  form  upon  the  filament,  which 
confers  upon  it  a  high  degree  of  strength  and  elasticity, 
and  enables  it  subsequently  to  resist  disintegration  by 
the  electric  current. — A.  K.  D. 


-A   K 


On  Ptomaines  from  Pure  Cultures  of   Vibrio  Proteus. 
ii.  Bocklisch.     Ber.  20,  1441—1446. 

IT  has  been  repeatedly  observed  that  animals  injected 
with  the  vibrio  proteus  of  Finkler  and  Prior  (which 
occurs  normally  in  the  intestinal  canal),  often  exhibit 
pathological  symptoms  which  sometimes  end  in  death. 
In  order  to  determine  whether  this  microbe  produces  a 
specific  poison  by  its  action  upon  proteids,  the  au'nor 
has  submitted  sterilised  beef  broth  to  the  action  of  pure 
cultivations,  at  a  temperature  of  37°  to  38"  for  several 
weeks.  The  only  base.-  produced  were  ammonia  and 
the  non-poisonous  cadaverine  (pentamethylenediamine), 
together  with  traces  of  indole.  As  it  appeared  likely 
that  the  pathological  appearances  observed  in  animals 
might  have  been  due  to  the  impure  cultivations  of  the 
vibrio,  the  experiments  were  repeated  with  the  addition 
.if  certain  putrefactive  bacteria.  It  was  now  found  that 
the  action  of  the  vibrio  was  entirely  altered,  the  products 
containing,  in  place  of  the  innocuous  cadaverine,  the 
highly  poisonons  methylgnanidine.     A.  (I.  <;. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.  T.  J.  Jones  and 
W.  H.  Tasker,  London.'  Eng.  Pat.  11,101,  Aug.  31, 
1886.     8d. 

A  thin  sheet  of  lead  is  perforated  with  oblong  holes, 
surrounded  by  two  thin  sheets  of  celluloid  and  corrugated 
or  crimped  by  suitable  means,  the  bends  being  parallel 
to  the  intervening  strips  of  lead.  The  lead  strips  are 
thus  separated  by  distances  equal  to  the  double  thick- 
ness of  celluloid,  and  these  spaces  are  filled  with  a  paste 
formed  of  lead  monoxide  and  ammoninm  sulphate 
solution.  Several  modifications  of  this  method  are 
described.  — 15.  T.         

An  Improved  Arrangement  of  Electric  Butter;/  with 
means  for  regulating  the  amount  of  Submersion  or 
Withdrawal  of  the  Positive  Flutes.  H.  Carter,  Loudon. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,239,  Sept.  3,  1886.     8d. 

The  carbons  are  attached  to  the  sides  of  very  elongated 
ceils,  but  do  not  extend  to  the  bottom.  The  zincs  are 
carried  on  a  suitable  platform  with  sliding  liars,  which 
can  be  adjusted  by  a  set  screw  until  the  required  surface 
of  the  positive  plates  is  immersed  in  the  solution.  A 
combined  binding  screw  and  switch  is  described. — I).  T. 


XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 

Noli  on  a  Hew  Class  of  Voltaic  Combinations  in   which 
Oxidisabh  Metals  are  replaced  In/  alterable  Solutions. 

('.    K.   Alder   Wright  and  C.   Thompson.     J.   Chem. 
Soc,  18S7,  67-2—67(5. 

Tm:  authors  find  that  voltaic  combinations  can  be 
obtained  by  substituting  for  oxidisable  metals  plates 
of  platinum  or  other  incorrodible  material  immersed 
in  liquids  capable  of  taking  up  oxygen  or  chlorine,  and 
opposed  to  similar  plates  immersed  in  Buids  capable  of 
yielding  up  oxygen  or  chlorine,  the  two  plates  being 
connected  by  a  siphon  or  a  wide,  or  arranged  as  in  a 
gravity  cell.  As  an  illustration,  a  solution  of  sodium 
sulphite  is  opposed  t  >  potassium  permanganate,  the 
former  being  oxidised  to  sulphate  while  the  latter  is 
reduced.  — O.  H. 

Improvi  ments  in  the  Construction  oj  •  Batteries. 

.1.  S.  Sellon,  London.     Eng.   I'at.  5631,  Dec.  23,  1^1 
id.     (Third  Edition.) 

Plates  or  supports,  composed   of  materials  Bucb   as 

carbon  or  platinum,  not  readily  subject  to  oxidation  or 
other  destructive  action,  are  made  use  of,  and  may  be 
made  id  a  cellular,  corrugated  or  llutcd  shape  :  or  a  com- 
pound plate  composed  of  two  outer  non-metallic  plates, 
with  an  intervening  plate  of  platinum,  may  be  utilised. 

— B.  T. 


Improved  Means  tor  effecting  the  Electro-chemical 
&i  iteration  «/  Chlorine  n.  Metallurgical  Operations  for 
tin  Extraction  of  Hold  from  its  Ores,  and  for  other 
Purposes.  D.  !■.  Fitzgerald,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
ll,-_'l--',  Sept.  4,  1SS6.     8d. 

Thk  inventor  makes  use  of  peroxide  of  lead  as  the  anode, 
and  builds  up  this  anode  with  slabs  or  plates  of  the 
peroxide,  cemented  together  with  a  paste  of  litharge  and 
dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  anodes  hitherto  used  have 
been  unable  to  withstand  the  action  of  nascent  chlorine. 

— B.  T. 

Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  or  Means  for  Electro- 
plating, li.  K.  Bovle,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  11,291, 
Sept.  4,  1886.'    Sd. 

Tins  is  a  dry  process  of  electro-plating,  and  by  its  means 
plating  of  iridium  can  be  effected,  and  plating  of 
aluminium  facilitate!.  The  article  to  be  plated  and  the 
metal  to  form  the  plating  are  included  in  an  electric 
circuit,  and  a  rapid  make  and  break  is  produced  between 
the  article  and  metal,  the  article  being  gradually  moved 
along  to  expose  new  surface  for  deposition. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Positive  Pole-plates 
fur  Secondary  Battt  ries  or  Accumulators.    S.  Farbaky 

and  S.   Schenek,    Sehetnnitz,    Hungary.      Eng.   Pat. 

11,4n7,  Sept.  9,   1886.      si. 
The  active  material  is  packed  in  polygonal  divisions  of 
a  leaden  grating.  ha>  ing  unoccupied  Bpaces  between  the.-e 
divisions,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  expansion  of  the  active 
material  without  alteration  to  the  form  of  the  plate. 

B.  T. 

-l/i  Improved  Primary  Battery.    C.  E.  O'Koenan,  Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  11,834,  Sept.  17,  1886.     lid. 

A    DISTRIB1   NNi.   CANAL,   in  connection   with  the  cell> 
and  also   with  vessels  containing  crystals  of  the  salts 


sept.  30. 18S-.)       THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


605 


useil,  is  adopted  (o  maintain  tlie  solutions  at  their  proper 
level;  while  by  means  of  an  automatic  arrangement 
de-aturating  solutions  are  supplied  to  the  cells.  An 
apparatus  for  measuring  the  number  of  ampere-hours 
given  out  is  attached.— B.  T. 


.1  Method  of  Producing  Carbon  Fibres  or  Filaments. 

.Maxwell,     Loudon.       Eng.    Pat. 
ISSb.     6d. 


11,997,    Sept. 


W. 
21, 


Within  a  closed  vessel  kept  constantly  full  of  agaseous 
hydrocarbon,  under  a  pressure  preferably  below  that  of 
the  atmosphere,  a  refractory  conductor  (such  as  a  bar  of 
dense  hard  carbon)  is  maintained  at  a  white  heat  by  an 
electric  current.  Hair  like  fibres  or  ti laments  gradually 
appear,  attached  to  the  conductor.  These  may  be  re- 
moved for  use  as  the  apparatus  cools.— A.  It.  D. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS.  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 

AND  EXTRACTS. 
Phenyl-piperidinc.  E.  Lellmann.  Ber.  20,  (ISO— 681. 
rHENYL-PlPERlDiXEC0H1„XCr.H8  is  produced  in  con- 
siderable quantity  when  piperidine  (3  mols.)  is  heated  at 
250—270°  with  bromo-  or  iodo-benzene  (1  mol.).  It 
forms  a  strongly  alkaline  colourless  oil  of  slight  scatol- 
like  odour.  Its  platino-chloride  crystallises  in  long 
needles.  The  aromatic  nitro-halogen  derivatives  react 
with  piperidine  more  readily.— A.  G.  G. 


Ber.  20, 


Synthesis  of  Pyridine  Bases.     J.   Plochl. 
and   723. 

Tin-;  action  of  aldehydes  upon  a  concentrated  solution  of 
ammonium  chloride  at  a  high  temperature,  appears  to  be 
a  general  reaction  for  the  preparation  of  bases  of  the 
pyridine  series.  In  this  way  paraldehyde  gives  collidine, 
and  propionic  aldehyde  gives  parvolin'e.  The  yields  are 
rather  small.— A.  (;.  G. 


Strychnine.     C.    Stoehr.     Ber.    20,   810— S14  :     and 
1108—1111. 
Bv  the  dry  distillation  of  strychnine  hydrochloride  with 
lime  (10  parts)  there  is  formed' in  addition  to  ethylene  and 
MI,     picohne    (p  or  y  ?),   a    reduced    pyridine    base, 
skatole,  and  probably  a  collidine  or  liitidine.     From  this 
it  appears  that  the  strychnine  molecule  does  not  contain 
a  quinoline  residue   (as   assumed  by  Hanssen,  Ber    20 
4601.  but  a  pyridine  and  possibly  also  an  indole  residue.' 

ine  two  oxygen  atoms  in  strychnine  are  not  present 
as  hydroxyl,  for  they  are  not  removed  by  heatinf  with  a 
huge  excess  of  PCI,,  the  product  of  the  reaction  being 
tnehlorostryehnme.  This  body  forms  very  stable 
colourless  crystalline  salts,  and  is  different  "from  the 
trichlorostrycbnine  obtained  bv  chlorination.— A.  G   G 


Aesculetin  and  some  Derivatives  of  Hydroxy quinol 

Will  and  W.  Pukall.     Ber".  20,  1119—1136.' 


W, 


Aksculktix,  found  in  the  horse-chestnut,  has  been  shown 
to  be  a  di  hydroxy-derivative  of  cumarin,  but  endea\  ours 
made  by  various  chemists  to  prepare  it  by  decondensation 
of  the  ethereal  salts  of  different  acids  with  phloroglueinol 
have  been  unsuccessful  ;  other  experiments  also  showed 
that  the  only  possible  constitution  of  aesculetin  was  that 
of  an  ethereal  derivative  of  hydroxyqninol.  To  settle 
this  question,  the  authors  have  prepared  these  derivatives 
and  compared  them  with  aesculetin.  After  preparing 
the  tri  ethoxyquinol  C6H3(0< ' „H-,1  [1  :  3  :  4],  and  a 
comparison  of  its  properties,  the  author  concludes  that 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  aesculetin  is  derived  from  the 
phenol  corresponding  to  this  substance,  and  future 
experiments  must  be  made  to  show  the  position  of  the 
acrylic  acid  in  the  benzene  ring.—  G.  H.M. 


Wcgonine.    E.  Einhorn.    Ber.  20,  1221—1229.    (Compare 

this  Journal,  1886,  40,  and  1887,  225.) 
ECGONINE    is    a    decomposition     product    of    cocaine. 
Merck  has  stated  that  when  ecgonine  hydrochloride  is 


heated   with  phosphorus   pentachloride  and  chloroform 

a  new  base  is  formed.  The  author,  however,  had  pre 
vionslv  to  this  prepared  the  substance  in  a  much  simpler 
manner,  and  since  it  appears  to  be  formed  from  ecgonine 
by  the  simple  abstraction  of  water,  he  proposes  to  call  it 
anhydroecgonine.  The  following  gives  the  preparation 
and  properties  of  its  chief  compounds  :— 

Anhydro-ecgonine  C  ,11 ,  No,  is  best  prepared  by  boil- 
ing ecgonine  hydrochloride  with  phosphorus  oxvcliloride 
with  an  inverted  condenser  ;  the  product  is  pciired  into 
water  and  a  solution  of  iodine  in  hydriodic  acid  added. 
Theperiodide  of  anbydro-ecgonine  is  completely  precipita- 
ted ;_  this  is  washed  with  water  and  distilled  i"n  steam  to 
riil  it  of  free  iodine  ;  the  colourless  aqueous  solution 
thus  obtained  is  evaporated,  and  the  iodide  allowed  to 
crystallise.  It  forms  fine  crystals  of  the  composition 
C.lH1..N02HI.  These  are  treated  with  moist  silver 
oxide,  the  silver  removed  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and 
the  free  base  crystallised  from  methyl  alcohol.  It  forms 
colourless  crystals  melting  at  235,:>  with  decomposition  ;  it 
is  easily  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  quite  insoluble 
in  ether,  chloroform  and  benzene.  It  gives  <*ood 
crystalline  salts  with  the  haloid  acids  :  the  hydrochloride 
melts  at  240— 241 ;  ;  the  platinum  double  salt  crystallises 
in  yellow  prisms,  melting  at  223°. 

Theperiodide  of  anhydro-ecgonine  C..H,  ,N0,HI.ISI 
crystallises  in  violet  plates,  melting  at  185—186°.  The 
aqueous  solution  loses  the  excess  of  iodine  on  boiling. 
The  perbromide  forms  orange  crystals,  melting  at  154 — 
155°  with  decomposition  ;  the  bromide  melts  at  122°. 
The  substance  admits  of  easy  etheritieation.  The 
ethylanhydro-eegonine  is  an  oil  which  forms  ervstallisable 
salts  with  haloid  acids.  The  hydrochloride,  C0H,,NOS. 
C,.H,.HC1,  forms  white  needles,  melting  at  243—244°. 
Theplatinum  double  salt  (CMHi,N",»,.C-.H,-..HCI)„,PtCI4, 
crystallises  in  yellow  prisms*  melting  at  2lL. 

When  anhydroecgonine  hydrochloride  is  heated  in  a 
sealed  tube  with  bromine,  a  substance  crystallising  in 
white  crystals  and  melting  at  183—  1S4'  is  obtained.0  It 
appears  to  have  the  composition  CaH12NBr2COOH.HCl, 
and  does  not  lose  its  bromine  to  a  solvent  :  it  also  differs 
in  behaviour  from  the  perbromide  of  anhydro-ecgonine. 

The  author  regards  anhydro-ecgonine  as  methylated 
tetrahydropyridytaerylic  acid;  ecgonine  as  methyl-tetra- 
hydropyridyl  -  p  -  oxypropionic  acid:  and  cocaine  as 
mcthylic  mcthylteirahydropyridyl-p  benzoyloa  ypi  opion  - 
ate,  with  the  following  formula'  :— Anhydro-ecgonine, 
C,H4X(CH:,)H,.CH:CH.CO<>H.  ;  ecgonine,  C-H, 
N(CH,).H,.CHOH.CH..COOH  :  cocaine,  C-HjX(CH  ) 
II  ..CHinnCC,H.,i.CHJ. COUCH,,  Anhydro-ecgonine 
oxidised  with  potassium  permanganate  yields  a  crystal- 
line substance. — G.  H.  M. 


Xouv. 


Eucalyptus   and   Eucalyptus    Oils.      Adrian. 

Itemed.  1SS7,  195. 
The  eucalyptus  oil  of  commerce  is  obtained  from  more 
than  150  species  of  eucalyptus,  but  E.  globulus  is  the 
only  one  that  yields  the  hydrocarbon  'eucalyptol  dis- 
covered by  Chez.  In  the  south  of  France  a  yield  of  0'4 
to  07  per  cent,  is  obtained  by  distilling  the  leaves  of  E. 
globulus,  and  lkilo.  of  oil  gives  on  the  average  OOOgrms. 
eucalyptol.  The  oil  is  fractionated,  and  the  portion 
boiling  between  170°  and  175'  separated.  It  is  then 
treated  with  caustic  potash  and  warmed,  separated  from 
the  alkaline  solution  and  fractionated  repeatedly  till  a 
distillate  having  the  constant  boiling  point  175°  is 
obtained.  A  little  below  170°  6  per  cent,  of  a  liquid 
with  a  pleasant  smell,  resembling  that  of  valeraldehydc, 
passes  over.  The  author  considers  Cloez'  formula  for 
eucalyptol  (C„4H30O„)  unfounded,  and  regards  it  as  a 
hydrocarbon  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  varying  amounts 
of  terebene  and  cvmene. — C.  A.  K. 


Lactic  Acid  Fermentation.     JM.  Havduck.    Chem.  Zeit. 
11,  151. 

Tin;  author  has  investigated  the  effect  which  lactic  acid 
itself  has  upon  the  development  of  lactic  acid  bacteria. 
He  finds  that  an  addition  of  0  1  percent,  of  lactic  acid 
distinctly  retards  the  fermentation,  whereas  if  0'15  per 


606 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept.  So,  lfflt. 


cent  is  added  it  stops  completely.  Now  in  practice 
about  ten  times  as  much  lactic  acid  as  this  i.s  produced. 
The  apparent  contradiction  is  explained  by  tin.-  fact  that 
the  liquids  examined  by  the  author  only  contained  very 
Bmall  quantities  of  the  i  iclic  acid  ferment ;  the  presence 
of  0  15  per  cent,  of  lactic  acid  doesnotcheck  the  fer- 
menting power  of  the  bacteria,  but  only  prevents  their 
rapid  development.  This 'explanation  is  supported  bj  a 
set  of  microscopic  observations  made  concurrently  with 
.if  acidity  (no  lactic  acid  having  pre- 
viously   been   added).      Ii   was  found   that  at  first  the 

a nut  of  acid  produced  was  very  small,  because  of  the 

small  quantity  of  ferment  present  ;  as  the  ferment  deve- 
loped t!i"  rate  of  production  increased,  until  the  very 
presence  of  the  acid  reacted  prejudicially  upon  the 
development  of  the  ferment,  and  so  ultimately  upon  the 
furthei  formation  of  the  acid  itself.  The  presence  of  4 
cent  of  alcohol  hinders  the  lactic  acid  fermentation, 
and  ti  per  cent,  stops  it  entirely.  It  acts  even  more 
prejudicially  upon  t tic  butyric  acid  ferment  :  whereas 
arctic  acid,  on  the  other  hand,  is  more  readily  formed  in 
the  presence  of  alcohol. — D.  E.  J. 


in  which  is  fixed  the  delivery-lube.  The  dips  G  and  P 
are  now  opened,  and  the  ball  F  is  squeezed  bo  i  s  toforce 
water  from  the  reservoir  E  into  A  and  B,  until  it  reai  hes 
the  zero  of  the  graduation  on  the  m«asuring-tuhe  B. 
The  clips  arc  now  closed,  ami  the  bottle  C  is  lipped  over 


On  Ethyl  Bromide.    M.  C.  Traub.     Chem.  Zeit.  H,  151.  j 
AS  this  is  now  used  as  an  anaesthetic,  it  is  important 

that  it  should  be  free  from  sulphur  compounds,  which 
have  an  injurious  effect  Commercial  ethyl  bromide  is 
prepared  from  phosphorus  containing  sulphur,  which  i 
accounts  for  the  presence  of  ethyl  sulphide  in  it.  For 
this  reason  the  phosphorus  method  should  not  be 
employed  :  a  much  better  preparation  can  be  obtained 
by  the  method  given  in  the  French  Pharmacopoeia.  A 
good  preparation  should  be  unite  colourless,  of  a  pleasant 
ethereal  smell,  and  of  sp.  gr.  1'3S5 — 1'390.  It  should 
undergo  no  change  when  shaken  up  with  pure  sulphuric 
acid  for  three  or  four  days  ;  if  the  acid  is  coloured  yellow, 
sulphur  compounds  are  present.  If  it  is  shaken  up  with 
an  equal  volume  of  water,  the  water  should  neither 
colour  litmus  paper  nor  react  upon  silver  nitrate. 

-D.  E.  J. 

Cali  -V»'v.      Chem.  Zeit.  11,  033-631. 

CALABAR  BEANS,  by  fraudulent  intention,  accident,  or 
carelessness,  are  occasion  illy  mixed  with  the  seeds  of 
other  West  African  plants,  such  as  those  of  the  palm  oil 
tree  [Elxis  guineensis)  and  of  Entada  icatidens.  The 
seeds  of  various  species  of  Mm"  mi.  more  especially  those 
of  M.  cylindrosperma  (Cali  nuts),  often  got  iuto  com- 
merce as  will  Calabar  beans.  Since  they  are  said  to 
possess  similar  properties  to  the  true  Calabar  beans,  and 
arc  somewb  it  similar  in  physical  characters,  botanists 
are  divided  in  opinion  as  to  whether  Cali  nuts  are  not  a 
ies  of  physostigma  rather  than  of  Mucuna.  The 
Is  of  M-  cylindrosperma  may  be  distinguished  from 
the  true  Calabar  beans  by  the  former  being  cylindrical, 
of  a  reddish-brown  colour,  finely  corrugated,  and  the 
hiluiu  docs  not  extend  quite  to  the  extremity  of  the  bean 
at  the  end  where  the  microphyle  is  visible,  but  forms 
there  a  slight  projection.  Both  are  used  by  the  natives 
of  West  Africa  a- ordeal  poisons.— W.   I'.. 


Brrati  m.    In  hra. linn  of  second  abstract  in  second  column 
p.  561,  for  "  Neucki"  read  "  Nencki." 


XXII.— ANALYTICAL    CHEMISTRY. 

ermining  Carbonic  Acid  Volumetrically 
rbonates.    D.  Sidersky.    Zeits.  Anal.  them.  26, 
336- 
THE  apparatus,  which   i-  shown  in  Fig.  1,  is  of  simple 
construction,  aid  requires  no  stands  or  supports  ;  the 
graduated  tube  B;  which  is  used  for  measuring  the  car- 
bonic acid,  is  placed  in  the  glass  cylinder  A,  and  held  in 
ii  by  the  cork  above.     The  cylinder  A   is  tilled 
with  water,  and    thus    protects  the  gas  from  changes  of 

temperature.    Thi  ir  substance  to  be 

analysed,   is   placed   in   the   bottle    Cj  the  small  india- 

test  tub-  r,  tilled  with   IK'I,  is  next  introduced 

carefully,  and  the  bottle  closed  by  means  of  the  stopper, 


so  as  to  bring  the  acid  in  contact  with  the  substance; 
by  opening  the  clip  P  the  water  can  le  brought  to  the 
same  level  in  A  ami  B.  The  temperature  of  the  evolved 
gas  in  1>  is  noted,  and  the  volume  of  the  air  in  Bread 
off  at  the  same  time      D.  E.  J. 


Some 


Kep. 


A  i  Laboratory  Appliances.  E.  Pollack. 
Anal.  ('hem.  7,  287—288. 
FlG.  1  represents  a  dropping  funnel  which  allows  of  a 
constant  out  How  of  the  fluid.  This  is  ell'ected  by  a 
hollo-n  stop-cock,  to  which  a  small  tube  is  fused  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  interior  of  the  stopcock  can  commu- 
nicate with  the  air  when  in  a  certain  position.     Another 


I 


Fig.  l. 


Q. 


\ 


¥ 


Fig.  3. 


advantage  of  this  arrangement  is  that  H  i-  possible  to 
dry  the  air  or  to  free  it  from  (_'u,  before  allowing  it  to 
enter  the  funnel,  by  attaching  to  the  side  tube  apparatus 
for  absorbing  this  gas  or  the  aqueous  vapour.  Fig.  •-!  is 
a  flat  funnel  used  instead  of  glazed  paper  in  collecting 
precipitates  previous  to  weighing  them.  Fig.  3  is  a  new 
reflux  condenser  with  interior  cooling  actum.—  A.  It. 

Sinwlt  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Mercury  in  1'nnm.    P. 
ffebel.     Repert.  Physik,  1887,  28,  236. 

Vn  inverted  bottle  connected  by  a  glass  tube  with  a 

■  ■lass  cylinder  fitted  iuto  a  movable  wooden  frame  serves 

to  supply  the  mercury  to  the  distilling  bulb,  which  is 
placed  a't  the  average  barometric  height  above  the  cylin- 
der, and  which  is  connected  to  it  by  a  tube  fused  into 
the  bulb.  The  exit  tube  of  the  bull,  is  bent  twice,  and 
finally  connected  with  a  narrow  vertical  tube,  the  end 
of  which  is  bent  in  a  semi  circle  and  fused  into  a  small 


Sept. so,  us;.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


fiOT 


trumpet-shaped  vessel,  from  which  a  short  side  tube 
leads  to  the  receiver.  In  order  to  Mart  the  distillation, 
the  supply  bottle  is  charged,  and  then  the  bulb  exhausted 
fey  attaching  a  pump  to  a  glass  tube  which  fits  inside  the 
trumpet-shaped  vessel  connected  with  the  receiver.  The 
mercury  is  thus  drawn  into  Ihe  distilling  Bask,  where  it 
is  heated  by  a  Hansen  burner.  As  so  m  as  the  distilled 
mercury  (ills  the  trumpet-shaped  vessel  to  the  height  of 
the  exit  tube  connected  with  the  receiver  the  pumping  is 
stopped,  for  now  the  mercury  falling  down  the  narrow 
tube  connected  with  the  distilling  bulb  acts  like  a 
Sprengel  pump.  The  total  vertical  length  of  the  tube 
is  850mm.  The  apparatus  works  continuously,  and 
di>(ils  500— OOOgrms.  of  mercury  per  hour. — C.  A.  K. 


Qualitative   Method  for  the   Detection   of  SujphiU      'n 
!><'■  i    -  tat  s)andSiilphates. 

A.  Villiers.     Compt.  ltend.  104,  1177. 

When  an  alkaline  sulphite  is  precipitated  with  barium 

chloride  the  previous  alkaline  solution  becomes  neutral 
to  test  paper,  while  with  alkaline  bisulphites  an  acid 
solution  results  according  to  the  equation  : — 

2K  BS03  +  BaCL  =  BaS(  ),  h  2KC1  +  H..SO,. 
Thiosulphates  behave  like  bisulphites,  and  can  he 
detected  in  presence  of  sulphites  by  carefully  neutralising 
the  solution  if  previously  alkaline  with'  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  then  treating  with  barium  chloride.*  The  acid 
solution  is  distilled,  and  the  sulphurous  acid  tested  for 
in  the  distillate. — C.  A.  K. 


Solubility  of  Magm  tiurn   in     Water   containing   CO.,. 

Kappel.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  137. 
If  a  stream  of  carbonic  acid  is  led  for  some  time  through 
distilled  water  in  which  magnesium  wire  is  placed,  the 
magnesium  gradually  dissolves,  forming  magnesium 
■  mate,  and  hydrogen  is  evolved.  In  the  opinion  of 
the  author,  this  indicates  the  existence  of  the  compound 
HJ'U...— L>.  E.  J. 

On  a  New  Reagent  for  Copper  Salts.     Aliamet.     Bull. 
So-.  Chiin.  47.  754. 

Tins  reagent  produces  in  aqueous  solution  of  copper  silts 
a  blood-red  coloration  like  that  of  sulphocvanate  of  iron. 
The  reagent  itself  is  colourless,  and  is  prepared  by  adding 
allic  acid  to  neutral  sodium  sulphite.  The  reaction 
is  very  delicate;  eg.,  a  solution  containing  onlv 
rgrm.  of  CuS04  percc.  gives  a  distinct  orange-red 
coloration.  Pyrogallic  acid  itself  gives  with  copper 
salts  a  red  colour;  but  the  reaction  is  not  nearly  bo 
delicate  as  wdien  sodium  sulphite  is  present—  D.  E.J. 


On  the  Determination  of  Ammonia  in  Soils  by  the  A  :  >1o- 
metric  Method.     Dr.  Anton  Baumann.      Zeit-.   Anal 
Chem.  26,  302-312. 

Of  the  three  methods  for  estimating  ammon'a  in  s  ils— 
B  iussingault's,Schlbsing's,and  theazotomefricmethod— 
the  first  alone  is  capable  of  giving  good  results.  It 
depends  upon  driving  off  the  ammonia  by  means  of 
magnesia  at  the  boiling-point.  Scblbsing's  plan  of  driving 
off  the  ammonia  with  caustic  soda  in  the  cold  can  only 
b  applied  to  soils  which  contain  little  humus,  for  soda 
decomposes  other  nitrogenous  constituents  of  humus 
soils,  with  evolution  of  ammonia.  Knop-Wolfs  azo- 
metric  method,  which  is  recommended  in  the  text-books 
as  being  the  best,  is  shown  by  the  author  to  be  quite 
unreliable,  inasmuch  as  it  is  subject  to  three  important 
sources  of  error.  The  method,  as  originally  described 
consisted  in  treating 200— 300grms.  of  the  soil  with  borax- 
solution  and  .30  cc.  of  bromine-water,  shakio°  up  well 
and  measuring  in  the  azotometer  the  nitrogen  evolved' 
lotion  of  borax  was  added  with  the  object  of  pre- 
vent, ng  that  contraction  of  the  air  in  the  evolntion-naek 
which  would  otherwise  occur  on  shaking  up  of  soils  with 
alkaline  fluids.  It  is  just  this  contraction  which  forms 
the  hrst  detect  of  Knop's  method,  for  the  author  has 
shown  that  when  humus  soils  aie  shaken  up  with 
alkalis  in  closed  vessels,  they  absorb  oxygen  from  the 


air  ;  a  contraction  therefore  occurs  which  diminishes  the 
appircnt  amount  of  nitrogen  evolved.  When  the  soil 
umler  examination  is  very  rich  in  humus,  this  con- 
traction may  even  overpower  the  increase  in  volume  due 
t  i  the  evolution  of  nitrogen,  so  that  the  reading  of  the 
azotometer  b  comes  negative.  Again,  the  addition  of 
borax  does  not  correct  this  error,  for  borax-solution  is 
itself  alkaline — as  is  shown  by  its  behaviour  towards 
indi  tatora  and  ammonium  salts — and  it  produces  the 
same  contraction  as  alkalis;  it  therefore  increases  the 
error,  instead  of  diminishing  it.  Lastly,  bromine-water 
not  only  sets  free  nitrogen  from  ammonia,  but  also  from 
other  nitrogenous  substances,  such  as  amido-compounds 
and  albuminous  substances.  The  eiror  from  this  source 
is  very  serious,  and  may  increase  the  apparent  amount  of 
ammonia  by  400—4000  per  cent.  The  author  further 
criticises  the  modification  of  the  method  proposed  by 
Kuop  (Zeits.  28,  1),  and  shows  that  it  is  subject  to  the 
same  errors. — D,  E.  J. 


r.minalion  of  Sodium  and  Potassium  Chloride  in 
Crude  Potash.  II.  Foske.  Hep.  Anal.  Chem.  7, 
2S5— 286. 

MOST  chemists  have  hitherto  assumed,  on  the  authority 
of  Presenilis,  that  the  chlorine  contained  in  potash  must 
b?.  regarded  as  combined  with  potassium  rather  than 
with  sodium.  Dr.  Ziurek,  however,  held  that  the 
chlorine  is  chiefly  present  as  sodium  chloride,  and  with  a 
view  to  testing  the  accuracy  of  this  idea,  he  undertook 
some  experiments,  which  were  not  quite  concluded  before 
his  death,  and  the  author  of  this  paper  is  publishing  the 
results  obtained  by  Ziurek.  The  method  employed  was 
as  follows  : — The  residue  obtained  by  evaporation  of  a 
crude  potish  solution,  previously  exactly  neutralised 
with  sulphuric  acid,  was  extracted  with  alcohol  of  S.5  per 
cent,  strength.  Determination  of  chlorine  and  potash 
were  then  made  in  this  alcoholic  extract,  and  the 
quantities  obtained  compared  with  those  originally  found 
in  the  crude  potash.  It  appears  that  all  the  chlorine  in 
the  latter  is  found  in  the  alcoholic  extract.  The  following 
is  the  result  of  a  few  analyses  : — 


Chlorine  in  Potash, 
directly  determined. 

CI.                      K20. 
In  Alcoholic  Solution. 

The  latter  corre- 
sponds to    Chlorine. 

5"36     

5  23       ... 
1-49       .. 

2-4.5       . . 
2  37        . . 
£•54 
163       .. 

041 

1-45 

2-70 
2-71 
1-50 
1-94 

0'33: 

4  7G      

109 

f  2  45      

) 

J 

1  :'  15      

J  2-02 

2-62      

ri3 

1-68      

i'ii 

A.  B. 


Estimation  of  Sulphur  by  Wei  '  ■  Mt  thod.    (  .  Friedheim. 
Ber.  20,  1483—1485. 

The  method  proposed  by  "Weil  for  the  estimation  of 
sulphur  in  sulphides  decomposable  by  acids  consists  in 
absorbing  the  H.,S  in  ammoniacal  CuS04,  or  Fehling's 
solution,  and  titrating  the  copper  remaining  in  the  filtrate 
with  SnCls.  The  author  has  already  shown  (Ber.  20, 
59)  that  with  employment  of  ammoniacal  CuSO,  the 
process  gives  incorrect  results.  He  now  publishes  a  series 
of  analyses  which  show  that  the  method  is  equally  inexact 
it  Fehling's  solution  is  used  ;  in  this  case  the 
numbers  are  too  high,  probably  from  formation  of 
bide.— A.  G.  i ;. 


On  a  Reaction  whichcan  for  theColori 

motion    of  Phosj  Iron,  Steel,    itc.      F. 

Osmond.     Bull.  Soc  Chim.  47,  745. 

WHEN  phospho-molybdic  acid  is  dissolved  in  an  acid 
solution  of  chloride  of  tin,  a  beautiful  blue  coloration  is 
produced,  the  intensity  of  which  is  proportional  to  the 


COS 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept. 30, 1887. 


amount  of  phospho-molybdic  acid  present.  The  author 
employs  tins  reaction  for  the  rapid  determination  of 
phosphorna  in  iron  and  steel.  The  solution  of  tin  is 
prepared  by  dissolving  I2grms.  of  the  crystallised 
chloride  in  SOcc.  ol  pnre  hydrochloric  acid,  and  diluting 
with  water  to  1  litre.  The  precipitate  of  ammonium 
phospho-molybdate  obtained  in  the  usual  way  is  filtered 
through  asbestos  (not  through  paper,  because  mis  absorbs 
the  colouring  matter),  and  after  washing  upon  the  tiller 
is  dissolved  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  t  lie  tin  solution; 
the  filtiate  is  then  made  up,  by  means  of  the  same 
solution,  to  a  constant  volume  of  lOOcc.  for  every 
gramme  of  the  metal  used,  and  the  depth  of  the  colora- 
tion is  determined.  A  series  of  solutions  made  up  so  as 
to  contain  known  quantities  of  ammonia  phospho-molyb- 
date can  be  used  for  this  purpose  ;  these  solutions  keep 
well  for  several  days.  Crova's  spectrophotometer  can 
also  be  employed  for  estimating  the  intensity  of  the 
colour. — 1>.  K.  J. 

Detection  of  Alcohol  in  Oil  of  Lemons.   Dingl.  Polyt    .1 

261,  520. 
THE  oil  to  be  tested  is  placed  in  a  dry  test  tube,  and  a 
little  powdered  fuchsin  is  dusted  over  the  inside  of  the 
test  tube,  above  the  oil,  which  is  now  heated  to  bailing. 
If  it  is  free  from  alcohol,  the  fuchsin  remains  unchanged  ; 
butif  the  oil  contains  even  0-1  percent,  of  alcohol,  the 
solvent  action  of  the  latter  produces  a  red  edge  round 
each  particle  cf  fuchsin.-— D.  E.  J. 


Determination  by  Titration  of  the  Fire  Arid  in  Tannin 

Liquor.  K.  Koch.  Dingl.  Polyt  J.  265,  33-41. 
In  a  previous  communication  [Ibid.  234,  395)  the  author 
recommended  the  use  of  albumen  for  the  precipitation  of 
tannin  and  the  decolorisation  of  tannin  liquor.  He 
now  iinds  the  application  of  a  gelatin  solution  more  pre- 
ferable. It  is  necessary,  however,  to  adjust  the  concen- 
tration of  the  solution  to  the  percentage  of  tanuin  in  the 
liquor,  otherwise  difficulties  in  connection  with  the  lil- 
tration  of  the  precipitate  may  arise.  A  solution  con- 
taining 2grms.  of  gelatin  in  a  litre  is  applicable  to  most 
cases.  The  method  is  based  on  the  fact  that  on  treating 
tannin  liquor  with  gelatin  and  nearly  neutralising  the 
mixture  with  standard  alkali,  a  light-coloured  filtrate  is 
obtained  which  assumes  a  dark  colour  as  soon  as  the 
point  of  alkalinity  is  reached.  The  mode  of  procedure 
is   described   in  detail   in  the  original   paper,    and  the 

results  of  several  test  analyses  are  given.    In  conclnsi 

it  is  shown  that  powdered  skin  cannot  be  employed 
instead  of  gelatin,  owing  lo  the  fact  that  it  absorbs  acid 
from  tannin  liquor. — D.  B. 


Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of  Paratoluidine  in 
Orthotoluidine.  C.  Haussermann.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J 
265,  42—43. 

I  >i  the  methods  recommended  for  the  estimation  of  para- 
and  orthotoluidine  (compare  Lewy  and  Lunge,  this 
Journal,  1883,  242  ;  ami  IsSj,  339),  the  process  based  on 
the  titration  of  the  para  compound  with  oxalicacid  in  an 
ethereal  solution  (Rosenstiehl,  Ibid.  201.  3261  has  been 
mostly  adopted.  It  is  not,  however,  wholly  free  from 
error,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  amount  ofether  to  be 
used  is  frequently  insufficient  to  completely  dissolve  the 
"ortho-oxalate  "  produced  by  the  reaction."  The  author 
suggests  the  following  method:— A  solution  containing 
rms.  of  crystallised  oxalic  acid  in  750cc  of  water 
and  43cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  of  22  Be\  is  heated  in 
a  porcelain  basin  to  from  70  :.v  and  treated  with 
lOgrms.  of  the  toluidine  under  examination.  When  the 
precipitate  which  separates  ha-  been  entirely  redissolved, 
the  mixture  is  allowed  to  cool  gradually  to 30— 35  until 
the  oxalate  shows  signs  of  crystallisation  on  the  surface 
of  the  solution.  It  is  then  filtered  through  cotton,  ami 
the  residue  washed  with  a  ir\\  drops  of  water.  The  pre- 
cipitate forms  small  colourless  scales  bavin"  a  dull 
appearance.    The  filtrate  on  standing  deposits 'a  further 

portion  of  Crysf  tls  which  arc  collected  on  a  separate  filter 

and  washed.     This  operation  is  repeated  until  crystals 


are  obtained  having  a  lustrous  appearance.  These  con- 
sist of  the  pure  "ortho-oxalate,  and  are  readily  dis- 
tinguished from  the  crystals  of  the  para  compound.  The 
crystalline  fractions  are  then  treated  with  a  solution  of 
sodium  carbonate  and  subjected  separately  to  distilla- 
tion. The  solidifying  point  of  the  distilled  bases  is 
determined  by  cooling  a  fraction  of  each  distillate  with 
ice.  If  the  oil  solidifies  by  merely  agitating  it,  the 
crystals  are  collected  on  a  tared  filter,  and  after  drying 
over  caustic  soda,  weighed  as  paratoluidine.  If,  how- 
ever, the  addition  of  a  few  crystals  of  pure  paratoluidine 
is  required  to  induce  solidilication,  only  one-half  of  the 
mass  is  calculated  as  paratoluidine.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  it  is  impossible  to  solidify  the  base  obtained  from 
the  distillation  of  the  first  crystalline  fraction,  ortho- 
toluidine only  is  present  in  the  sample  under  examination. 
With  good  toluidines,  it  generally  suffices  to  collect  and 
distil  two  fractions,  in  which  case  the  base  from  the 
second  crystallisation  mostly  constitutes  a  perfectly 
liquid  oil.  This  method  being  inapplicable  to  mixtures 
containing  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  paratoluidine,  it  is 
suggested  to  dilute  such  mixtures  by  the  addition  of  pure 
orthotoluidine. — 1).  1!. 


New  Method  for  the  Quantitative  Determination  of 
Starch.    A.  Y.Asbbth.    Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,299—302'. 

Tin:  author  maintains  that  unsatisfactory  results  are 
obtaiued  in  determinations  of  starch,  when  the  method 
employed  is  based  upon  the  inversion  of  sugar,  formed 
as  an  intermediate  product,  since  maltose,  dextrose,  and 
Ievulose  are  partly  decomposed  by  boiling  with  dilute 
acids.  He  proposes  to  replace  the  methods  hitherto  em- 
ployed by  one  which  depends  upon  the  formation  of  a 
barium  salt  of  starch,  to  which  he  assigns  the  formula 
I!a(  i.Cjj  HJ(,( ».,...  This  salt  is  sparingly  soluble  in 
water  and  insoluble   iu  dilute   alcohol.      In   making  a 


determination  a  weighed  quantity  of  Btarch  is  sacchari- 
fied with  water,  then  mixed  with  an  excess  of  normal 
baryta  solution,  dilute  alcohol  added  to  make  up  to  a 
certain  volume  and,  after  the  precipitate  has  settled 
the  excess  of  baryta  is  titrated  back  with  acid. 

The  author  also  describes  the  apparatus  he  employs 
for  storing  and  titrating  with  baryta  solution.  The 
latter  is  contained  in  the  bottle  A,  ami  the  drying  tube 
attached  to  the  neck  of  the  same  is  Idled  with  quicklime. 
The  burette  1!,  which  is  in  direct  connection  with  the 
bottle,  may  be  filled  with   the  solution  by  openiug  the 


Bept30.i887J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


609 


stopcock,  aud  the  small  drying  tube  n  is  tilled  with 
dry  KOH,  thus  preventing  the  entrance  of  any  ('<»,. 
Numbers  are  appended  which  seem  to  testify  to  the 
excellence  of  the  method  employed.  The  author  finally 
gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  entire  a  lalysis  of  various 
cereal*.— A.  II. 


The 


out 
im- 


"  ffelfenberger"   Method  of   Estimating  Morphia, 
Eugen  Dieterich.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  144. 

FCRTHEIt  study  of  the  best  conditions  for  carryin 
this  analysis  has  led  the  author  to  the  following 

proved  methods : — 

I.  Opium. — Rub  up  6grms.  of  finely  powdered  opium 
with  Ogrms.  of  water,  transfer  to  a  weighed  llask,  and 
make  up  with  water  to  olgrms. .  Allow  the  maceration 
to  proceed  (with  frequent  stirring)  for  one  hour,  and 
lilter  through  a  quick  filter  of  10cm.  diameter.  To 
42grms.  of  the  filtrate  add  2cc.  of  normal  ammonia,  mix 
well,  and  lilter  as  before.  Place  36grms.  of  the  filtrate 
(  =  4grms.  of  opium)  in  a  tared  Erlenmeyer's  llask,  add 
lOgrms.  of  ether  and  4cc.  of  normal  ammonia,  shake 
gently  until  the  liquid  becomes  clear,  then  cork  up  the 
llask  and  leave  it.  After  standing  for  5  hours,  transfer 
the  ethereal  layer  as  completely  as  possible  on  to  an 
ordinary  lilter  of  Scm.  diameter,  add  another  lOgrms.  of 
ether  to  the  solution  in  the  Mask,  shake  gently,  ami 
again  transfer  this  to  the  filter.  After  this  has  run 
through,  pour  the  arjueous  solution  on  the  filter  :  the 
morphine  crystals  will  now  be  found  attached  to  the 
walls. of  the  flask.  Wash  the  llask  twice  with  See.  of 
water  saturated  with  ether,  dry  the  flask  and  filter  at 
100°,  transfer  the  small  quantity  of  morphia  on  the  lilter 
to  the  flask,  and  again  dry  until  the  weight  becomes 
constant. 

II.  Opium-extracts. — Dissolve  3grms.  of  the  extract 
in  lOgrms.  of  water,  mix  with  2cc.  of  normal  ammonia, 
and  Alter  at  once  through  a  quick  Alter  of  10cm.  dia- 
meter. 30grms.  of  the  filtrate  (  =  2grms.  of  the  opium- 
extract)  are  then  treated  as  above. 

The  method  depends  on  the  peculiar  behaviour  of  the 
salts  of  morphia,  which,  when  decomposed  by  ammonia, 
remain  clear  at  first,  and  only  deposit  the  "morphia  (in 
crystals)  slowly. — D.  E.  J. 


filter  at  100  for  2  or  :s  hours.  0-lgrm.  of  glycerol  cor- 
responds to  0385grm.  of  the  ether.'   If  it  is  proposed  to 

estimate  the  amount  present  in  wines  or  beer,  the 
glycerol  should  first  be  isolated  in  the  usual  way,  and 
then  examined  as  above  and  tinder  the  conditions  there 
described  (i.e.,  not  more  than  0"2grni.,  and  ina0'5per 

cent,  to  1  percent,  solution).  Ail  carbohydrates  should 
be  carefully  removed,  because  they  also  yield,  when 
treated  with  benzoyl  chloride  and  soda,  ethereal  salts 
which  are  insoluble  in  water  and  alkalis.  The  follow- 
ing directions  are  to  be  observed  in  the  several  cases 
described:  A.  Fermented  wines  poor  in  sugar. — Take 
20cc.  of  the  wine,  and  after  driving  oil' the  alcohol,  evap- 
orate it  nearly  to  dryness  with  an  excess  of  lime  :  extract 
the  residue  while  still  warm  with  20cc.  of  90  percent, 
alcohol.  After  cooling  add  30cc.  of  dry  ether,  filter,  and 
wash  with  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether  (2  :  3).  After 
evaporating  ofl'  the  solvent,  dissolve  the  glycerol  in  water, 
and  proceed  as  above.  /;.  Sweet  wines. — A  larger  amount 
of  lime  should  be  used,  and  lgrm.  of  sand  added  to  it. 
Twice  the  quantity  of  alcohol  and  ether  should  be  taken. 
C.  Beer. — Evaporate  50cc.  with  lime  and  sand  nearly  to 
dryness.  Allow  the  residue  to  cool,  grind  it  to  a  line 
powder,  and  treat  it  with  50cc.  of  90  per  cent,  alcohol  ; 
then  add  75cc.  of  dry  ether  and  allow  it  to  stand.  The 
glycerol  obtained  from  the  filtered  solution  is  dissolved 
in  from  5  to  lOcc.  of  water  and  treated  as  above  with 
soda  and  2  to  3cc.  of  benzoyl  chloride. — D.  E.  J. 


Estimation  of  Emetine  in  Ipecacuanha  a  id  its  Extracts. 
M.  Lignon.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  148. 

Analysis  of  the  Hoot.— Grind  up  25gnns.  of  the  root  in 
a  mortar  with  25cc.  of  water,  mix  with  20grms.  of  slaked 
lime,  and  after  this  has  been  well  rubbed  up,  add  30grms. 
more  of  slaked  lime.  Extract  for  3  hours  in  a  suitable 
extraction-apparatus  with  300cc.  of  ether,  lilter  the 
ethereal  solution  (about  200cc. )  if  it  contains  any  solid 
matter,  and  make  it  up  to  200  or  250cc.  Place  50cc.  of 
the  solution  in  a  lOOcc.  flask  ;  to  this  add  lOcc.  of  semi- 
normal  sulphuric  acid  and  4  to  5  drops  of  freshly-pre- 
pared concentrated  extract  of  campeachy  wood.  Alter 
thorough  shaking  the  mixture  divides  into  a  colourless 
ethereal  layer  and  a  yellow  aqueous  layer.  The  acids 
contained  in  the  solution  are  neutralised  "by  adding  semi- 
normal  ammonia  drop  by  drop  until  the  aqueous  layer  is 
coloured  red. 

Analysis  of  the  Extract.— Mix  Sgrms.  of  the  extract 
with  ."igrms.  of  water,  and  add  gradually  25grms.  of 
slaked  lime,  rubbing  it  up  thoroughly  with' the  mixture. 
A  powdery  mass  is  thus  obtained  which  can  easily  be 
extracted :  it  is  to  be  treated  with  200cc.  of  ether  as 
above.  According  to  the  experiments  of  the  author, 
good  ipecacuanha  ought  to  contain  about  1*45  per  cent. 
of  emetine,  or  I -663  per  cent,  of  the  hydrochloride. 

-D.  E.  J. 

A    New  Method   of  Estimating    Glycerol.      II.    Diez. 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  Its. 

0'lGRH.  of  glycerol  is  dissolved  in  from  10  to  20cc.  of 
water,  and  shaken  up  in  a  llask  with  5ce.  of  benzoyl 
chloride  and  35cc  of  10  per  cent,  caustic  soda  solution. 

During  the  reaction  the  llask  should  be  cooled,  and  after 
the  benzoyl  compound  has  separated  out  it  is  collected 
upon  a  dried   lilter,  washed  with  water,  ami  dried  ,,n  the 


Adulteration  of  Hope  Uil  with  Mineral  Oil.     H.  Focke. 

Pep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,  280—287. 
Pape  OIL  is  occasionally  found  to  be  mixed  with  mineral 
oil.  A  specimen  examined  by  the  author  contained  20  per 
tent,  of  oil  which  could  not  be  saponified.  The  specific 
gravity  of  the  admixture  was  the  same  as  normal  i ape 
oil,  viz.,  0-9144,  and  its  reactions  appear  to  show  that  it 
is  a  mixture  of  a  mineral  and  resinous  oil.  For  lubrica- 
ting purposes  this  adulteration  causes  a  serious  deteriora- 
tion in  the  value  of  the  rape  oil,  and  in  some  countries 
where  rape  oil  is  aUo  used  for  cooking  purposes,  several 
cases  of  poisoning  occurred  which  were  traced  to  the 
presence  of  mineral  oil  in  the  rape  oil  employed.— A.  P. 


jBCtt)  1500R.S. 


C'Oii-TJK  jxi)  Ammonia.  The  Second  and  Enlarged  Edition 
of"  &.  Treatise  on  the  Distillation  of  Coal-tar  and  Amino- 
niacal  Liquor."  By  George  LuNGB,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of 
Technical  Chemistry  in  the  Federal  Polytechnic  School, 
Zurich.  London  :  Gurney  &  Jackson,  1.  Paternoster  How. 
1S87. 
Is  its  second  edition  this  important,  and  indeed  unique  work, 
has  grown  to  double  the  size  of  the  lirst  edition.  It  now  takes 
the  form  of  a  somewhat  thick  Svo  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  and 
containing  Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  and  727  pages  of  subject 
matter,  including  an  introductory  chapter,  and  at  the  end  of 
the  book  a  chapter  of  Addenda  and  an  Appendix.  An  Alpha- 
betical Index  concludes  the  work.  With  the  text  are  inter- 
spersed 191  excellent  woodcuts.  The  plan  of  the  work  may  be 
roughly  sketched  as  follows  :  — Chap.  I.  Introductory.  CHAP. 
11.  Processes  for  Obtaining  Coal-tar;  (A)  the  Production  of 
Coal-tar  at  the  Gas- works ;  (Bt  Tar  and  Ammonia  obtained  as 
By-products  in  Coke  Making;  (C)  Tar  and  Ammonia  from 
Gas  Producers;  (D)  Tar  and  Ammonia  from  Blast-furnace 
Gases ;  (E)  Preparation  of  Mixtures  similar  to  Coal-tar.  by  the 
Decomposition  of  certain  vapours  at  a  high  temperature. 
CHAP.  III.  The  Properties  of  Coal-tar  and  its  Constituents. 
Chap.  IV.  The  Applications  of  Coal-tar  without  Distillation. 
Chap.  V.  The  First  Distillation  of  Coal-tar.  Chap.  VI.  Pitch. 
Chap.  VII.  Anthracene  Oil.  Chap.  VIII.  Creosote  Oil.  Chap. 
IX.  Carbolic  Acid  and  Naphthalene.  Chap.  X.  Light  Oil  and 
Crude  Naphtha.  Chap.  XI.  Rectification  by  Steam.  Final 
Products.  Chap.  XII.  Sources  from  which  Ammonia  is 
obtained.  Chap.  XIII.  The  Composition  and  Analysis  of 
Ammoniacal  Liquor  and  Properties  of  its  Constituents.  Chap. 
XIV.  The  Working  up  of  Ammoniacal  Liquor. 


Die  Chemische  Techxologie  der  Brennstoffe.  Von  Dr. 
FEKDISAND  Fischer.  (Bolley's  Handbuch  der  Chemi- 
schen  Technologic).  15,  Bd.I.  3.-j.  Zweite  LicO  rung. 
Braunschweig:  Druck  und  Verlag  von  frriedrich  vieweg 
and  Sohn.  1SS7.  London  :  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street, 
Covcnt  Garden,  London. 

The  second  part  of  this  important  work  has  now  made  its 
appearance,  and  takes  the  form  of  an  Svo  volume,  bound  in 
papercover.    The  first  part  was  issued  in  1880,    Tbeprioeot 


010 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTBY. 


[Sept.  nn,  1887. 


■  .ind  part  is  Ss.  The  work  asa  whole  is  Illustrated 
with  281  woodcuts,  the  text  covering  105  '■  comnse 

Table  o(  Contents,  in  lieu  ot  alphabetical  index,  is  given  :lt  ,h<' 
end.    The  work  opens  with  some  chaptei  ,;  »sure- 

mc-nt  OP  Heat,   followed  by  others  on  the    Measi  rement 
of  Light.   The  suhje  :t  oi  thi   i  ••■  i  - 1 1  ■  1 1  '  >■*  J™ 

taken  up,  various  solid  and  gaseous  tw  rested  or, 

i   all   the   prini  ips  imeters.    ihe 

INVESTIGATION   OF  ATMOSPHERIC     All;   then  follows,    ana  IS 

illy  dealt  with.  The  subject  of  the  Examination  of 
Fire-gases  is  iheii  considered  in  detail,  and  the  methods  of 
Bunsen.  Winkler,  Hume.  Liebig.  Kegnault  Frankland.  and 

.  I.  etc.,  for  measuring  and  otherwise  testing  gases,  are 
given  The  Investigation  of  Illuminating  Gas  forms  the 
closing  subject  of  the  treatiso,  and  it  is  very  completely 
treated. 

Melting  and  Boiling  Point  Tables.    Phy37co-Chemical 
Constants.    Bv  Thomas  Carnblley,  D.Sc..  F.C.S..  F.I.C., 
Professor   of   Chemistry  in    I  niversity    College,    Dundee. 
Vol.11.    London  :  Harrison  &  Sons.  09.  Pall  Mall.     1887. 
Prof.  C'akneukv.  with  this   Becond  volume,  completes  a 
real)]  great  work,  the  preparation  of  which,  as  he  slates  in 
the  Preface,  has  been  extending  over  10  years,     vol.  II.  con- 
tains more  than  32.000  melting  and  boiling  point  data,  which, 
with  these  given   in  the  first  volume,   make  a  total  of  over 

51 1.     I!.,     book    presents   the   form    of  a  quarto  volume, 

strongly  bound  in  cloth,  with  short  Preface,  Table  of  Contents, 
and  matter  covering  .  .lealing  with  Organic  Com- 

pounds of  from  4  to  Tos  elements,  also  special  elements.  This 
brine;  the  re  iderto  Part  III.,  which  is  devoted  to  :— 1.  \  apour 
tension  and  boiling  point  tables  of  simple  substances.  2.  liitto 
of  mixed  substances,  such  as  mixed  liquids  and  saline  solutions. 
3.  Freezing  and  melting  points  of  mixtures,  including  cryo- 
hyd rates.  4.  Miscellaneous  melting  and  boiling  point  data, 
such  as  melting  and  boiling  points  of  fats,  oils.  etc.  5.  \  olutnes 
and  corresponding  years  of  issue  of  the  more  important 
chemical  and  physical  periodicals.  G.  Alphabetical  index  of 
root  carbon  compounds.  The  work  is  of  such  a  kind  that  any 
compound  can  he  speedily  looked  up.  and  being  once  found,  a 
glance  serves  to  inform  the  reader  as  to  its  constitution, 
formula,  boiling  and  melting  point,  authority,  original  works 
of  reference,  and  references  to  "  Watts'  Dictionary  and  the 
Journal  oj  tht  Chemical  Society.  In  point  of  fact,  it  is  a 
kind  of  condensed  Dictionary  of  Chemistry  that  would, 
un,  e  1,  occupy  eighl  or  nine  volumes,    and  cost   four 

times  the  amount  of  this  work.  Being  exceedingly  handy  for 
immediate  reference,  it  combines  economy  in  every  form. 
The  price  of  the  work  is  for  each  of  the  two  vols.  £2  2s.,  net 
cash  tl  12s.  each. 


New    11  stoms   Tumi    of   Brazil. 

[Continued  from  pag    .'■  iofthe  last  Number  of  the  Board 
of  Trade  Journal.) 

(Aroie.-Kilogrammo  =  22011b.  avoirdupois.    Line     0"22    Imp. 
gallon.    Milrois  =  2s.  3d.— nominal  value.) 


CraDc  Report. 

(From  the  Board  of  Truth-  Journal.) 

TAHTFF    CHANGES     AND     CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

IT;  AX  I.E. 

Classification  of  Bromidt  s  and  lodidt  tof  Ammonia. 

A  circular,  dated  20th  July  last,  has  been  issued  by  the 

French  Direction  Qeniral  dea  Douanes,  from  which  it  appears 

that  the  Committee  of  Arts  and  Manufactures  has  giver  the 

opinion   that    bromides  and  iodides  of    ammonia  .should  be 

assimilated  in  in-  tariff  1  >  salts  having  potassium  tor  their 

:,.!    consequently,  pay  duties  of  100  and  350  francs  per 

100  kilogramn  tively;  also,  that   this  decision   has 

been  ratified  by  the  Departments  of  Finance  and  Commerce. 

Spain. 

ition  of  Articles  in  Cast:, as  Tariff. 

fAbte.— Quintal =220-llb.    avoirdupois.     Kilogramme  =  2'2011b. 
avoirdupois.     Peseta    Sfifii.) 

The  following  decision  has  recently  been  given  by  the 
Spanish  Customs  authorities :— 

Ground  colours  for  painting,  composed  01  two  elements, 
organic  and  inorganic  and  easily  soluble  in  alcohol  ai.d  ether. 
72.     Duly  75 cents,  per  kilog. 

Switzerland. 

sif  cation  of  A,  Itstoms  Tariff. 

Ufote.— Qulntal=22  dlb.  avoirdupois.    Franc=9n>d.) 


f,Ha^hornUoi!r'Vaw.^Ca,egory  111.  Duty.  30  francs  per 
Quintal.    (Formerly  inoluded  in  Category  17.)  . 

1  amphor  oil.-Category  IS.     Duly.  2  francs  per  quintal. 

Chrome  ochrc.-Category  30.  Duty,  3  francs  aO  centimes  per 
quintal. 


211 


212 
213 
211 

215 


216 

217 

218 
2111 

220 

221 


225 
224 


226 


227 
228 
229 

230 


>7 


XL— tin  mum  Products,  Phar- 
maceutical Compositions  and 
Medicaments  in  General— 
contd. 

Borates : 

i  if  manganese  

..  silver .••,•■•,' 

-  ..la    (sub  or  bi),  or   tinkal, 

melted  or  crystallised  — 

.,  an]     metal,    not   otherwise 

mentioned  

.,  alkaloids  or  organic  ba  ■ 

Bromine,  hydrated    

Bromates  of  any  description  

Bromoformium  or  perbromure  of 

formyle      

Bromides,  hydrobromates  or  brom- 
hydrates : 

Of  ammonia 

,,  iron 

.,  lithia 

..  gold 

,.  potash    

,.  silver 

,.  soda    

.,  metal,  metalloids,  no:  other. 

wise  mentioned  

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  .. 

Brucine  an  1  its  s  ills 

Chemical  re-agents  (boxes  of)   tor 

use  in  laboratories 

Caffeine,  theine,  and  their  salts 

Cantharidcs ■  •••, 

Capsules  and  medicinal  confections 

of  any  kind  

Carbonates: 

1 11  ammonia,  concrete,  volatile. 
alkali,  or  sesquicarbonate 

of  ammonia  

..  baryta   

,,  bismuth    

..  cadmium 

.,  lead,  or  white  lead 

..  copper   - •■•• 

..  iron  iproto,  sub.  or  sesqui)  .. 

..  lithia  .-■ 

magnesia  or  white  magnesia 
',  potassium:        _ 

Impure.  Dantzic,   pearlash, 

nr  commercial 

rurilieil.  salt    of  tartar,    or 

>,  egctable  alkali 

Biearliuii.il  es : 

1  if  p  itassium 

..  silver : 

soda    or  barilla  or  mineral 

alkali: 
.  Common,  black  and  raw 
White  refined  or  punned, 
in  crystals ■ 

..  soda •.■;:■•. 

zinc  pure  or  precipitate  .... 
Do    inipiire.natur.il,  or  cala- 
mine stone  prepared   

,,  any   metal,   not    otherwise 

specified .•••■ 

alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . 
Vegetable  charcoal,  pure  or  medi- 

'     einal  Of  anj  kind    .. 

Castoreum,  in  powder  or  whole. 

Ihcr.  medii  inal,  ot  any  kind    

,  Mi  iral  of  any  kind 

Chlorates: 

uf  potash  or  sola  ...  ••  — .-•• 
;,,,..    metal.  <■><>'    otherwise 
distinguished 
..  alkaloids  or  organic 

Chloroform   

BuSrolodU-of'mereVrylBout; 
igny  salt  1 -.-••• 

CliloiideJiydroehloratcorniiirMie: 

Uf  ammonia ••  ■;. 

ammonia  and  mercurj  ,01  01 
ammonia  and  iron,  ot 
flowers  of  sal  amm  oniac  . . 


Kilog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Lois. 

800 
50 

160 

3.000 

100 

20,000 

11,000 

30,000 


1,500 

:;.i 

11  nun 

Gramme 

31  HI 

Kilog. 

2,41111 

Gramme 

no 

Kilog. 

2,400 

6,000 

Gramme 

100 

,. 

GO 

15      atl  ral. 

Gramme 

30 

Kilog. 

l.imo 

2,1111.1 


240 

640 

4.01 111 

9,6110 

711 

1,200 

320 

10, 

320 


16 
200 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


250 

50 


1G 

SO 

160 

1,000 

210 

2,000 
100 

1.000 

12UOII 

.ilMI 

3,000 

320 

1,200 
100 

2  100 
5,200 

10,000 

210 


Sept. 30.UB7J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


61] 


Rates  of  Duty.  JJo   '" 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 


231 
233 


233 


231 

235 


236 
237 
238 
239 

240 
211 


XL— Chemical  Products.  Phar- 
maceutical Compositions  axd 
Medicaments    in    General. 

CO  lit  (I. 

Chlorides— contd. 

Of  antimony  or  bulter  of  anti- 
mony, liquid  Kilog. 

..  antimony  or  butter  of  anti-  i 
mony,  solid  or  concrete  .. 

,.  arsenic | 

..  baryta    

..  bismuth  (sub) 

..  c  tliiiiuni 

,.  chalk    or   hypochloride    of 
chalk,  solidified  or  liquid 
..  calcium,  dissolved  or  crys- 
tallised     

..  cerium 

..  chromium    

'ilt    

..  tin  Iproto.  bi.  ordcu: 

of  tin.  oxymuria'.e  of  tin 

..  iron,  solid  or  liquid 

Do.    sublimate    

..  i odium 

..  lithia 

..  mi  ignesia 

.,  mercury  iproto, bi,  ordeuto'. 
sweet  mercury  or  white 
precipitate,  calomel,  and 

rrosive  sublimate 

,.  gold.  pure,  or   of  gold  and 

other  metals 

..  palladium   

..  platinum,  pure,  or  of  plati- 
num and  other  metals. 
,.  patash.  liquid,  or  hypochlor- 
ide   of    potash,     Javelle 

water  

.,  silver 

..  -ida  or  hypochloride  of 'soda 

(Labarra  ine  water) 

„  sodium,  common  or  cooking 

salt,  coarse  or  impure 

Do.,  refined  or  purified 

,,  strontium  orstrontian    .... 
,,  metals    or    metalloids,    not 

otherwise  mentioned  

..     alkaloids  or  organic   bases 
Chocolate,  medicinal  of  anv  kind 
Chromatis  : 

Of  bismuth    

„  lead,  yellow  or  chrome  yel- 
low  

Do.,  red  or  vermilion 

„  potash    

„  silver 

,,  metals,  not  elsewhere   dis- 
tinguished    

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases.. 
Medicinal  cigars  and  cigarettes  of 

every  kind 

Cinchona    

Citrates  : 

Or  bismuth  and  ammonia 

,,  iron,   pure,  or  of  iron    and 
ammonia,  or  of  iron  and 

any  other  metal 

„  iron  and  quinine Gramme 

..  l»p"a : Kjl 

-silver ■  ■-  ■: Gramme 

.,  metals  not  otherwise  men- 
tioned   

alkaloids  or  organic  bases. 


Ileis. 
800 

1.200 

10,000 

300 

4.000 
16.000 

50 

800 

8,000 

10,000 

500 

800 

3.200 

20 

II. OKI 

1,000 


Artie' 


Rates  of  Duty. 


XX— Chemical  Products.  Phar- 
maceutical Compositions  and 
Medicaments  in  General.— 
conttl. 


219 
250 


Reis. 
1,000 

500 
100 


1,000 


300 
00 


100 


Kilog. 
Gramme 


Kilog. 

Litre 
Kilog. 


Gramme 

Ki.  ■,_-. 


Gramme 

Kilog. 
Gramme 

Kilog. 
Gramme 


210 
50 

210 

10 

80 
600 

1,600 
100 

1,090 

10.000 

240 
150 

150 
50 

_ 

mo 

2.000 
20 


251 
253 

254 

255 

250 


257 


Kilog.         12.003 


2.000 
10 
10,00 
50 

1.500 


-Saponaceous  coil  tar 


Kilog. 
Gramme 


coai  tar  Kilog 

Codeine  and  its  salts    r;,-„,rV, 


212 
2U 

214 

215 
240 
217 


Collodion  of  every  kind 
Preserves,  electuaries,  and  medi- 
cinal opiates  of  anv  kind 

t 'reosote  

Cyanides,  bydrocyanates,  eyanhy- 
drates.  hydro  fcrrocyanates 
or  prussiates  : 

Of  iron  (Prussian  blue)    

„  gold    .  „ 

,,  potash  white 

Do.,  yellow  or  vermilion.!!! 

„  silver     

..  metals   or    metalloids,    riot 

otherwise  mentioned 

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . ! 

Delphinite     

Dextrin ',.'... 

Disinfectants  of  any  kind. not  other- 
wise mentioned 

Digitaline  ""' 

Eiaterine  pure 

Elaterium 


Gramme 

Kilog. 


Gramme 
KUog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 
Gramme 

Kilog. 


Gramme 


258 


259 


201 
262 

203 

204' 
265 

200 

267 

- 
269 

27" 

271 


273 

274 


100 

1.600 

200 

2,000 

l.ooo 

1,200 

600 

600 

2.500 

600 

30 

3,000 

100 

300 

25" 

275 

350 

270 

•J" 

250 
300 

150 


-    - 


Elixirs  or  medicinal  liquors  of  any 

kind  Kilog. 

Emctin  : 

Pure Gramme 

Impure  or  of  Codex ,, 

Ointments  : 

In  paste  or  in  magdaleous,  o' 
cantharides.     or    vesica 

tories Kilog. 

Do.,  not  otherwise  mentioned  ,, 

Spread  (plasters)  or  cerecloths. 

resicatories  of  any  kind..  „ 
Do.,   waxed,  oiled  or  pharma- 
ceutical tatfetas ,, 

Do.,  adhesive,  and  those    not 

otherwise  mentioned  

Ergotine 

Bechie  plants  ithe  Swiss),  etc 

Medicinal  spirits  and  alcohols  of 
any      kind,     not     otherwise 

specified  

Sponges :  / 

Calcined 

Prepared  or  compressed    

Ether: 

Sulphuric,  vitriolic  

Not  otherwise  mentioned 

Extracts : 

Of  Spanish  or  Asiatic  saffron  .. 

„  liquorice,  dry  or  soft 

..  Calabar  beans  

„  ipecacuanha  

.,  opium    

Not  otherwise  mentioned 

Iron  and  steel : 

Pure  or  pulverised    

Iron  reduced  by  hydrogen  or  by 

electricity ". 

Fluorides,  filiates  and  hydronuates: 

Of  calcium  or  filiate  of  Hihl- 

Not  otherwise  mentioned 

Fluosilicates  of  any  description 
Formiates  : 

Metallic,  of  any  kind  

Of  alkaloids  Gramme 

Medicinal  .iellics  of  any  description     Kilog. 

Medicinal  gin  of  every  kind 

Honiceopathic    globules,  prepared 

or  not.  of  any  kind I 

Glutin  or  vegetable  ribrine  |       ,, 

Glycerine    

Glyceroles.         glycerades,        and 

glyceratcs  

Medicinal  drops  of  any  kind  

Guaranine Gramme 

Helicine Kilog. 

Hydrateof  sulphur,  milk  of  sulphur, 
ormagisterium  of  sulphur 

Me  licinal  injections  of  kind    

Iodates : 

Metallic,  of  any  kind   

Of      alkaloids      or      organic 

-    - 

Iodo  (?  iodine) . 

Iodates,    hydriodatcs,    and  iodhy- 

drargyrates  

Of  lead 

..  iron  : 

Pure  or  with  manganese 
Of   quinine,    or  of    other 

alkaloids 

,.  formyle  or  iodoform  

..  lithia 

,,  mercurv : 

Pure 

Of     morphia     or      other 

alkaloids 

..  gold 

.,  potassium  or  potash 

..  silver 

„  platina  

..  sodium  or  soda 

„  zinc,  and  of  strychnine,  or  of 

other  alkaloids  

,,  metals  or    metalloids,     not 

otherwise  mentioned    

.,  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 

Iridine 

Kairine    

Lactophosphatc  of  lime 

Laeta' 

Oflime „  2.009 


Gramme 
KUog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 

Kilog. 
Gramme 

Kilog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 
Gramme 


Kilog. 


1.000 
2,000 

1,000 

8,000 

2.500 

ii.ooo 

1,000 

1,000 

1,600 
14,000 

600 
1,000 

36.000 

.'.-j  i 
3".o»i 

20.000 

5.DO0 

900 
3,000 

160 

1,000 

4.000 
100 

: 

2,000 
1,000 

500 

2.500 

1,800 

24" 

8,000 

800 

1.000 

16,000 

100 
20,000 

5.000 
5.000 

9,600 

1"0 
84,000 

16.000 

7,000 

100 

500 

4.000 

40 

160 
1,00 

100 

12,000 

ioo 

40 

50 

3,600 


f)12 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Sept. 30, 1887. 


No.  in 

Tariff. 


■279 

2S1 

282 

283 
284 

285 

286 

287 

■>s 

289 


290 
291 
292 

293 


294 
29.i 
206 

297 
298 
299 


300 
301 


Articles,  etc. 


XI.— Chemical  Products,  Phar- 
mai-ki  THAL  Compositions  and 
Medicaments  in  GENERAL.— 
contd. 

Lactates.— eontd. 

Of  iron,  pure  or  combined  with 

other  salts 

..  metals,    not    otherwise  dis- 
tinguished   

„  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 
Laudanuml  Rousseau  or  Sydenhaml 
"  Le  Roy  "  (purgative) . .    ... . .  — . . . . 

Lemonades  (gaseous),  01  all  kinds. . 

Liniments  and    fomentations,   not 

otherwise  mentioned  .... 

Lupulin   

l.vcopodium 

Magnesia,  fluid  (Murray  and  other 

descriptions) 

Manganates  and  permanganates  of 

every  description  

Manna  sugar,  crystallised 

Cocoa  butter 

Honey  : 

0  nprepared.  or  bees    

Prepared 

Molvbdates  of  any  kind 

Naphthaline  and  naphtol 

Narcotinc  or  Derosne  salt 

Nitrates  or  azotates  : 

Of  ammonia 

,,  baryta   

„  bismuth  (sub)  in  powder,  or 

in  troches   

,.  lime,  pure    

,,  cadmium 

„  lead  : 

Common  or  unprepared.. 

Pure 

,.  cerium 

„  cobalt,  solid,  or  liquid 

,.  copper,  crystallised   

.,  lithia 

..  magnesia 

..  mercury : 

Proto  or  deuto 

Soluble  Hahnemann  mer- 
cury    .. 

..  nickel,  solid  or  liquid    

,,  potash  : 

Impure,  nitre  salts  of  nitre 

Pure 

.,  silver. crystallised  or  smelted 
..  soda,  refined  or  unrefined  .. 

..  strontlan 

,.  uranium  

..  metals,  not  otherwise  men- 
tioned    

„  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 

Nitrites  or  a/.otites  of  all  kinds 

Nitrobcnzinc  or  essence  of  Myrbane 

Nitroprussiates  of  any  kind 

Oleine,  pure  or  common 

Opodeldoc 

Oxalates: 

Of  bismuth    

..  fterium 

,,  nickel    

,.  lithia  or  lithium  

,.  potash,  neutral  or  acid 

„  silver 

,.  metals,  not  otherwise  men- 
tioned   

„  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 
i  ix\  chlorides: 

"Of  bismuth    

,,  any  other  metal   

i  bides : 

Of  barium  or  baryta  (proto  orbi) 

,,  bismuth    

,,  cadmium 

„  cerium  

„  lead  : 

Yellow  or  massicot  and 
vermilion,  blue  and 
vitreous,     litharge     nr 

gold  litharge 

White  siccative 

,,  cobalt 

,,  iron : 

lilack,  and  red  or  colco- 

thar   

(Per)  or  peroxide  of  iron, 
hydrated,  gelatinous    .. 

,,  lithium  or  lithia  

„  magnesia : 

(  alcined,  common    


Rates  of  Duty. 


Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 

Kilog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 


Reis. 
2.0OO 

5,000 

100 

4.000 

2.000 

S00 

2,000 
1,800 
1,300 

800 

2.000 
3,000 
1.000 

250 
1.000 

15 
3.000 

30 

500 
200 

4.000 

1.200 

10.000 

200 
GOO 
8,000 
8.000 
1,000 
2CO00 
1,200 

2,500 

5.000 
0,000 

30 
200 

30 

100 

250 

15.000 

1,300 
100 

3,200 
1.200 
3.200 
400 
2,000 

4.000 
5.000 
6.000 

20.000 
350 

30,000 

2,000 
100 

4,000 
2,000 

3,500 
4.000 
10.000 
16,000 


50 

160 
12,000 


250 


500 
16,000 


1,000 


No.  in 
Tariff. 


302 
303 
304 

305 

306 


307 

30S 
309 
310 


311 


312 
313 

314 
215 
316 

317 


318 
319 
320 


321 
322 
323 

321 


Articles,  etc. 


XI.— Chemical  Products,  Phar- 
maceutical Compositions  and 
Medicaments  in  General.  — 
contd. 

Oxides — contd. 
Of  magnesia : 

Calcined,  "  Henry  " 

,,  manganese  (per  or  hi)   

„  mercury  (proto,  bi,  or  deuto), 
mereurious  oxide,    oxide, 

mercuric  salt   

,,  nickel 

„  gold 

„  platinum  

,,  potassium  or.  potash : 

Pure  or  alcoholic  potash . . 
Impure,  caustic  potash  .. 

,,  silver 

,,  sodium  or  soda  : 

Pure  or  alcoholic  soda 

Impure  or  caustic  soda  . . 

Liquid 

,,  uranium    

,,  zinc  : 

Impure  (white)  or  ceruse 

of  zinc 

Impure  dust 

Pure,  sublimate,  flowers 

of  zinc 

,,  any    metal,    not    otherwise 

mentioned 

Pancreatine,  pure 

"  Papaina  " 

Chemical  or  medicinal   papers  of 

any  kind 

Pectoral  or  medicinal  lozenges  of 

any  kind 

Medicinal  past  illes  or  tablets  of  any 

kind 

Pepsine   

Phcnates : 

Of  soda  (phenol  of   soda)  and 

other  mineral  bases 

„  alkaloids  or  organic  bases.. 

Medicinal  pearls  of  any  kind 

Phosphates,  pyrophosphates,  and 
metaphosphates : 

Of  alumina    

,,  lime    

„  cobalt    

,,  iron : 

Simple  (proto  or  deuto) 
Of  manganese  and  of  other 
metals,  and  (pyro)  sim- 
ple, citro-  ammoniacal, 
and  of  soda,   liquid  or 

solid 

Pyrophosphates    of    iron 

and  of  quinine 

,,  lithium  or  lithia  

,,  silver 

,,  nickel    

,.  soda: 

Phosphate 

Pyrophosphate  or  meta- 
phospliate,  and  of  am- 
monia   

,,  any    metal,    not   otherwise 

mentioned 

,,  alkaloids  or  organic  bases. . 
Phosphites  and  hypophosphites : 

Of  any  metal 

.,  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 

Phosphurets  of  all  kinds  

Sledicinal  pills,  balls  and  grains  of 

every  kind 

Piperine 

Podophylin   

Stag-horn,   raw,  or  in  powder  or 

calcined 

Medicinal  powders,  compounded : 

Dover  or  ipecacuanha 

James  oraiitiiuonial  powders. . 

Of  pepsine.  of  any  kind 

,.  pancreatine,  of  any  kind. . .. 
Seidlitz  of  any  kind  not  other- 
wise specified  

Pyridine 

Qiiinates  of  any  kind   

Quinine  and  quinidine,  and  salts  of 
the  same,  not  otherwise 

mentioned 

Quinium  of  any  kind 

Medicinal  soap  of  any  kind 

Saccbarates.  saccharoles,  and  sac- 
charides   

Salts: 

For  the  manufacture  of  ice  — 


Rates  of  Duty, 


Kilog. 


Gramme 

Kilog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


Reis. 

4,000 
40 


2,000 

3.0U0 

500 

300 

3,000 

120 

50 

3.000 

120 

30 

16,000 


70 
500 

800 

800 
30 
60 

2,000 

1,000 

1,000 
4.000 


Gramme 
Kilog. 


2.500 

100 

3,200 


4,000 

hOO 

11.000 

1.500 


3,000 

50 

16.00U 
30,000 
8,000 

500 


1,500 


Gramme 

2.100 
100 

Kilog. 

Gramme 

Kilog. 

6.000 

100 

5,000 

Gramme 

4,800 
40 
15 

Kilog. 

600 

■• 

5.000 
4.000 
20.000 
12,000 

" 

2,400 
0.000 
10.000 

Gramme 
Kilog. 

50 
16 

l.ooo 

,. 

1,800 

" 

160 

Sept.  30, 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


613 


XI.— Chemical  Prodi-cts.Phar- 
maceutical  compositions  and 
Medicaments  in 
contd. 


Salts— contd. 

Vichy,  for  bathing  and  drink- 
ing, and  Carlsbad Kilog. 

Of  any  other  description 

323       Salicine  Gramme 

326  Sarsaparilla  (Sands.  Bristol.  Ayer, 

and  other  fluid  extracts)..      Kilog. 

327  Santonine 

328  Silicates : 

Pure,  for  medicinal  use ,, 

Impure,  for  the  arts,  liquid  or 
solid  

329  Stearates : 

Of  any  metal 

„  alkaloids  or  organic  bases 

330  Strychnine    

331  Succinates  of  any  kind 


Rcis. 

1,300 

2,100 

10 

2.000 
10,000 

1,200 

80 


2.000 

Gramme 

100 

60 

i. 

16 

Xote.—  The  translation  of  the  Brazilian  Customs  Tariff  will 
be  continued  in  the  next  number  of  the  Journal . 


New  Customs  Tariff  op  Portugal. 

With  reference  to  the  notification  which  appeared  on  page 
390  of  the  May  number  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal,  a 
despatch,  dated  the  18th  August  last,  has  been  received  from 
Mr.  M.  de  Bunsen,  Her  Majesty's  Charged' Affaires  at  Lisbon, 
enclosing  translation  of  the  new  Portuguese  Customs 
Tariff,  which  will  come  into  operation  on  the  1st  of  October 
next. 

Tarij)  Proper. 

(Note.— The  column  headed  "Total  Duty"  refers  to  the 
duties  leviable  under  the  Portuguese  General  Tariff  a3  modi- 
fied by  treaties  between  Portugal  and  other  Powers.  The 
additional  duties  for  Custom  House  fees  and  Harbour  Works, 
in  the  case  of  articles  not  governed  by  any  of  the  treaties,  are 
stated  to  be  included  in  the  rates  specified  in  the  final 
column.) 

(Xote.— Kilogramme  =  2'20ilb.  avoirdupois.       Decalitre  =  2'2 
Imp.  Gallons.    Milreis  =  ls.  6d.) 


No. 


Ill 
112 
113 
114 
115 
116 
117 
118 
119 
120 
121 
122 

123 
121 
125 
126 
127 

128 
129 

130 
131 
132 
133 

131 

135 

136 
137 


260 
261 
262 
263 
264 
267 


270 
271 
272 
273 
274 
275 
276 

277 
278 
279 

280 
281 


Articles. 


Conventional 
Duty. 


Three  per  Cent. 
for  Custom 
House    Fees. 


Tax  for 

Harbour 

Works. 


Total  Duty. 


Kilog. 


Class  VII.— Mineral   Substances.  Glass,   Crystal 

ami  Ceramic  Products.  Keis. 

Sulphuric  and  chlorhydric  acids  

Azotic  or  nitric  acid 

Saltpetre    

Sulphate  of  soda,  potash,  copper,  or  iron 

Carbonate  of  potash,  raw 

Do.  refined  

Carbonate  of  soda,  refined,  dry,  or  crystallised  

Chlorate  of  sodium,  caustic  alkali,  solid  or  liquid 

Chemical  products,  not  otherwise  distinguished 

Earths  for  colouring,  and  ochres 

Explosives,  nototherwise  distinguished, includingtares 
Dynamite  and  powder  without  cartridges,  including 

tares 

Gunpowder  in  cartridges,  including  shot  and  tares 

Gypsum,  calcined,  and  cements    . 

Hydraulic  lime  and  pozzolana  clay 

Marbles  

Mineral  oils  for  lighting  purposes,  pure  or  refined,  and 

other  residues 

Coal  and  coke 

Combustible  fossils  and  their  products,  not  otherwise 

dist  inguished  

Mineral  waters,  including  tares    

Minerals,  manufactured    

Glass  vessels,  common,  of  any  colour    

Glass  and  crystal,  in  polished  sheets,  with  or  without 

frames 

Glass    and    crystal,     manufactured,     not     otherwise 

classified 

Earthenware  

Porcelain 

Ceramic  products,  not  distinguished 

Class  XI.— Miscellaneous  Articles. 

Cotton  seed  oil    

Fixed  oils,  vegetable,  not  otherwise  mentioned 

Volatile  oils,  not  solid  and  not  elsewhere  specified    

Camphor,  refined 

Oleaginous  cotton  seeds,  cleaned 

Fruits  and  seeds,  for  distilling,  not  otherwise  men- 
tioned   

Barky,  germinated,  and  yeast  

Vegetable  juices  and  materials,  not  otherwise  men- 
tioned   

Soap 

Gelatine,  glue,  and  fish  gum 

Glues,  nototherwise  mentioned   

Wax,  raw.  cleaned,  or  its  residues  (gross  weight  I 

Candles  of  any  description    

Ink  (including  the  tare) 

Varnishes,  colours,  and  inks,  not  solid,  not  otherwise 
mentioned  (gros3  weight) 

Blacking  (including  the  tare) 

Acids,  fatty,  and  margariue  

Medicinal  substances  and  perfumery',  not  elsewhere 
specified 

Medicines,  nototherwise  mentioned  (including the  tare)        Kilog. 

Perfumery  of  every  description  (including  bottles,  but 
excepting  the  boxes  of  paper  or  wood) |  „     200 

Matches  of  all  descriptions „       — 


Keis. 


Reis. 


12 


Reis. 

1 

30 
35 

5 

7 
55 
15 
10 
ad  val. 

6 
300 


1      ad  val. 

Kilog.   - 
Ton       — 

Kilog.   — 

1   ,  ad  val. 

Kilog.   - 

25  %  ad  val. 

Kilog.  100 

"      200 


2     ad  val. 


250 
350 

3 

1 
3      ad  val. 


325 


Kilog. 


ad  val. 

3 

25 
ad  ral. 
20 

ad  val. 

27 

%  ad  val 

1 
11 

110 

100 

220 

2 

_ 

800 
50 
700 
100 
30 



15 

- 

o 

- 

7     ad  val. 
50 
60 
10 
20 
80 
50 

— 

30 
80 
60 

_ 

7 

;  ad  val. 
300 

14 

220 
80 

614 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     l*ept.  30, 1887. 


Free  List.     (U.) 

( Articles  free  oj  Import  Duty,  but  subject  to  a  taxoj  iper 
cent,  ad  valorem,  for  works  in  Harbours  and  Bars.  J 


No. 


17 

18 
32 
S3 
39 

40 

a 

12 

43 

41 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 

50 
51 
52 
53 
51 
5o 
56 
57 

58 
59 


Italy. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

(.Vote.— Quintal  =  220'41b.    avoirdupois.      Kilogramme  =  2'20llb. 
avoirdupois.    Lira  =  9,^.  I 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Italian  Customs  Tariff  have  recently  been  given  by  the 
Italian  Customs  authorities:  — 

Phenic  acid,  containing  GO  per  cent,  of  light  oil.— Category  I 
No.  8a.    Duty.  3S  lire  per  quintal. 

Chlorhydrate  of  quinine.— Category  III.,  No.  326.  Duty 
5  lire  per  kilog. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia,  natural.— Category  III..  No.  45. 
Duty,  5  lire  per  quintal. 

New  South  Wales. 
Modification  of  Customs  Duties. 
With  reference  to  the  notification  that  appeared  on  page  267 
of  the  December  number  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal  a 
communication,  dated  the  20th  July  last,  has  been  received 
from  the  New  South  Wales  Government  statistician,  enclos- 
ing copy  of  an  Act  modifying  the  Customs  duties  on  certain 
articles  imported  into  that  colony.  The  following  statement 
shows  ihe  new  duties  imposed  by  this  Act  which,  up  to  the 
30th  of  September  next,  is  to  be  read  with  th'3  previous  Act  of 
1886,  notice  of  which  appeared  in  the  December  number  of  the 
Journal— that  is.  the  old  duties  are  leviable  except  in  regard 
to  the  articles  specified  in  the  following  Schedule  (on  winch 
the  new  duties  came  into  force  on  the  30th  March  last,  and 
were  to  remain  in  force  until  the  30th  September  next,  after 
which  date  the  new  tariff  alone  comes  into  operation)  :  — 


Classification  of  Articles. 


Cement..     per  barrel  £0 

Essences,  flavouring  and  fruit,  containing  not  more 

than  25  .  of  proof  spirit  per  gallon  0    4 

Containing  more  than  25  ,  of  proof  spirit,  per  gallon  n  it 

Glucose,  liquid  and  syrup per  cwt  0    3 

solid    '  0 

Naphtha  or  gasoline per  gallon  0    0 


EXTRACTS     FROM     CONSULAR      A  XI) 
DIPLOMATIC    REPORTS. 

German    Law   respecting   the    Employment    of 
Colours  in  Articles  of  Food. 

(See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  September,  page  275,  seg.) 

The  Wine  Trade  of  La  Rochelle. 
Ib.,  page  279,  seq. 

British  and  German  Trade  in  Brazil. 

lb.,  page 280,  seg.-  •'Unless  it  be  in  chemicals  and  drugs— 
and  in  earthenware— it  is  absurd  to  suppose  that  Great  Britain 

lie  supremacy  in  any  single  article  imported  into  this 
province. 


!  i  \i  i  w   Trade 


DURING     THE 

iiF    DSS7. 


I  1 1 :-  I     Six     MONTHS 


Mineral  ore. 

Sulphur,  refined  or  unrefined. 

Metallic  antimony,  pure  or  sulphurated. 

Quicksilver  or  mercury. 

Resins,  gums,  and  resinous  gums. 

Concrete  fixed  oils. 

Volatile  turpentine  oils. 

india-rubber  and  gutta-percha. 

Oleaginous  seeds,  not  otherwise  mentioned. 

Dry  materials  for  the  ails. 

Vi  _-,  table  materials  not  classified. 

Colouring  materials  and  products. 

Bromide,  iodine,  and  phosphorus. 

Arsenical  acid. 

Pyroligueous     acid,    marking    6     in    the    Beaume 

areometer. 
Azotate  of  soda. 
Azotate  of  silver. 
Carbonate  of  soda,  natural. 
Borate  of  soda. 
Chloride  of  calcium 

Boxes  of  chemical  preparations  and  copies  for  study. 
Miners'  fuses. 
Shreds  and  rubbish  for  paper  paste,  and  paste  in  any 

shape  for  paper  manufacture. 
Ice. 
Manures  for  agriculture. 


He  page 282. 

Associations    for   the   Development   of   the 
Export   Trade   in   Germany. 

A  despatch,  dated  the  23rd  August  last,  has  been  received 
from  Mr,  K.  Milbankc,  her  Majesty  "s  Secretary  of  Legation  at 
Coburg,  respecting  the  forming  of  an  association  at  Gotha  for 
the  development  of  the  export  trade.  The  following  is  an 
extract  from  the  despatch  in  question:— 

"It  is  intended,  according  to  the  local  press,  to  found  at 
Gotha  an  association  for  the  development  of  the  export  trade 
of  the  manufactures  of  this  part  of  Germany.  Similar  asso- 
ciations (export-rcrcine)  have  been  established  in  various 
parts  of  the  Empire  with  the  objecl  of  facilitating  the  export 
of  Herman  goods  to  foreign  countries  by  enabling  the  individ- 
ual manufacturers  to  obtain,  with  little  trouble,  and  but  small 
cost,  information  as  to  the  best  markets  for  their  goods,  the 
kind  of  articles  which  will  find  most  ready  sale,  etc. 

'*  These  associations  intend,  moreover,  it  is  stated,  to  appoint 
representatives  in  the  great  commercial  centres,  as  well  as 
travelling  agents,  whose  business  it  will  be  to  furnish  reliable 
information  respecting  the  goods  to  be  exported,  and  the 
state  of  the  market  as  affecting  the  manufactures  of  the 
district  to  which  they  belong. 

"  It  appears  now  to  be  considered  advisable,  in  the  interests 
of  Thuringian  trade,  to  establish  such  an  association  at  Gotha." 

Egypt. 
Drug  Trade  of  Alexandria. 

The  exports  of  drugs  from  Alexandria  during  the  last  two 
years  were  as  under.  The  effects  of  the  Soudan  war  are 
traceable  in  the  enormous  reduction  in  the  quantity  of  gum 
arabic  exported  :— 


Drugs  proper  

Chemicals,  medicines,  and  per- 
fumery     

Cum  Arabic 

Wax     


£37,134 

11.699 
14,717 

9,s;;i 


£29,287 

9,513 

100.112 
11.867 


while  among  the  imports  the  following  are  enumerated  :— 


1886. 


1885. 


Indigo 

Other  dyes    

Soap 

( 'iiemicals  and  perfumery 

Olive  oil 

Spices 


£1S4.665 
36,791 
131.605 
II  2.335 
80,110 
40.828 


£254.822 
43.095 
142.618 

107.785 
93,031 
67,111 


French  Colonies. 
Vanilla-growing  in  Reunion. 

The  quantity  of  vanilla  exported  from  the  island  of  Reunion 
in  1S85  was  111.2291b.  lvalue  £54.8311.  while  in  IS86,  110,3081b. 
lvalue  £53.7521  were  shipped.  The  high  prices  lately  realised 
by  vanilla  on  the  European  markets  have  been  a  great  temp- 
tation to  many  persons  in  Reunion  to  convert  what  little  land 
they  possess  into  vanilla  plantations;  but  this  happy  state  of 
things  is  not  destined  to  a  long  life,  vanilla  being  an  article 
for  which  the  demand  is  restricted,  and  its  over-production 
must  necessarily  be  attended  by  a  great  fall  in  value. 

Essential  Oils. 
The  industry  of  perfume  manufacture  is  assuming  consider- 
able proportions  in  Reunion.  At  present  the  industry  is 
mainly  confined  to  the  manufacture  of  essence  of  geranium. 
great  tracts  of  land  having  been  devoted  to  the  cultivation  of 
this  plant.  Otherperfum.es  are  as  yet  ma  le  on  an  insignificant 
scale  only;  but  this  industry  may  assume  large  proportions. 

Japan. 

Nagasaki  Drue/  Trade. 

The  value  of  the  imports  into  Nagasaki  of  Western  (Euro- 
pean I)  drugs,  medicines,  and  chemicals  in  1886  was  £51137, 
against  £3551  in  1S85.  Of  dyes  and  paints  £3989  worth  was 
received  in  1886.  and  £1876  the  year  before. 

The  exports  include :  — 


1856. 


1885. 


Camphor 

Cuttlefish 

Drugs  (sundry) .. 

Sulphur    

Vegetable  wax.. 


lb. 
5.096.674 

2.017,172 

1,001.350 
151,611 


£ 

76.191 

39,822 

2. 21  HI 

1.716 

2,615 

lb. 

1.288  918 
2.106.091 

1,053,604 
385,538 


£ 

80.300 

38.1M 

3,290 

2.211 

6.850 


Sept 30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


615 


Sulpft  nr  Exports, 

In  18S6  4117  tons  of  sulphur  were  exported  from  Hakodate, 
of  a  value  of  £7960  6s.  8d.,  against  6260  tons  l.Vwt.,  rained  at 
EU.529  7s.  6d..  in  1835,  being  a  decrease  of  2190  tons  and 
5.  10d.  The  production  was  about  the  same  as  in  1885, 
and  the  prices  did  not  vary.  Of  the  quantity  shipped,  about 
9v»0  tons  went  to  San  Francisco  and  the  remainder  to  New 
York.  At  the  end  of  the  year  there  were  some  2500  tons  of 
sulphur  on  hand,  owing  bo  difficulty  in  obtaining  suitable 
vessels  to  take  it  away.  It  is  anticipated  thai  the  production 
of  sulphur  during  1887  will  be  greatly  in  excess  of  former 
years,  as  a  company  has  been  formed  to  work  the  sulphur 
mines  at  Atosanobori,  near  Kushiro,  and  a  line  of  rails  will  be 
laid  from  the  works  to  Shibecha.  a  distance  of  nearly  twenty- 
five  miles;  thence  the  sulphur  will  be  conveyed  by  river  to 
K  iishiro,  a  distance  of  about  forty-four  miles.  Hitherto  great 
difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  conveying  the  refined 
Milphur  from  the  works  to  the  river. 

Persia. 
Bushirc  Exports. 

The  following  articles  figure  among  the  exports  of  the  port 
of  Bushire  :— 


Drugs  and  medicines 

I>yeingand  colouring  materials 

Gum     

opium 

Perfumery    


1886. 

1885. 

Value 

Value 

£2,216 

£1,010 

1.387 

1,126 

1.97S 

5.32S 

303.071 

310.240 

9.025 

6.071 

TSADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE   V SITED 
KINGDOM. 

(1.)  Imports  into  the  United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Principal    Articles. 


Chemical    products    unenume- 

rated    Value 

Copper  ore  and  rcgulus    .  Tons 

Value 
Manganese  ore     Ton,* 

Value 
Pyrites  of  iron  or  copper.. .Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver lb. 

Value 
Rags,  Esparto    Tons 

Value 


July,  1886. 


£3, 

1. 

£59. 

1 

£: 

35 

£05 

285, 

£215. 

3. 

£1S. 


792 

(I7.i 

712 
,150  • 
,013 
.712 

541 

567 

177 

116 

176 


July,  1887. 


Total  Value 


£4,895 

7,098 

£110,366 

-» 

£8 

11,466 

£77,256 

289,125 

£25.250 

1.U17 

£23,260 


1886. 


1"7. 


July  ... 
August 


£195.364 

£518,550 


£681,501 
£660,821 


(2.)  Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Producefrom  the  United 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


Principal    Articles. 

July,  1886. 

July,  1887. 

Alkali     Cwt. 

Value 
Caoutchouc       manufactures 

Value 
Cement Tons 

Value 
Chemical    products,    including 

26,102 

£9.021 

£824 

2,030 

£3,445 

£2.603 

£231 
£5.350 

£1.503 
184 

£1.181 

190 

£190 

25,137 

£8,782 

£930 

502 

£970 

£5  521 

Coal      products,      including 
naphtha,  etc Value 

Painters'  colours  and  materials 
Value 

1  'a  pel  of  all  sorts    Cwt. 

Value 

Value 

£221 
£4.808 

£2,290 

349 

£760 

186 

£207 

Total  Value  

1886. 

1887 

July   

£221  7  "                *-'lU  .v>l 

£233,117 

£313,297 

STATISTICS. 


Trade  Statistics  for  August. 


The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  August  show  the  following 
figures  :— 


Imports. 

Aug.,  1886. 
Total  value £27,321,354 

Exports. 

Aug.,  1886. 
British  and  Irish  Produce  ....  £18,711.859 
Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 
(partly  estimated)     1,610,586 


Aug..  1887. 
£29,699,020 


An-.,  1887. 
£19,788,299 

1.162.080 


Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :- 
Imports. 


Aug.  1885.    Aug.  1886.   Aug.  1887. 


Drugs,  unenumerated. .  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 
and  Products,  un- 
enumerated— value  £ 
Dyestutfs,  tanning  ma- 
terial and  crude 
chemicals. unenume- 
rated— value  £ 

Alkali   cwt. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

„  value  £ 

Xitre  (nitrate  of  sodal        cwt. 
„  „  value  £ 

,,    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 
,,  „  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac.  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £ 

Dyes  and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) . . . .        cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Other  coal-tar  dyes value  £ 

Cochineal   cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..        tons 
,,  value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Aladder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet value  £ 

Valonia  tons 

value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

,,      value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

„  value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuns 

,,  value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm  tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Rosin    cwt. 

value  £ 

Tallow  and  Stearine cwt. 

value  £ 


61.221 
111,513 


42,889        51.170 
102.901       110.310 


115.836 

8.497 

7.427 

74.694 

20,316 

95.262 

53,755 

31.651 

24.033 

120,577 

9,519 

7.963 

50.307 

3,388 

12,582 


99,791 

9.637 

7,686 

20,987 

7,429 

S.i.OK) 

43.705 

27.568  I 

26,088  ! 

96.670 

S.120 

11,009 

57,2:3 

1.796 

7,600 


9,927 

7,092 

31,119 

18,733 

76,765 

43,531 

38.717 

17,981 

20.815 

23, 4i  19 

15,709 

23,404 

400 

550 

1.007 

300 

0.107 

3.474 

2.179 

3,220 

15,416 

75,679 

1.756 

700  1 

28,557 

12,356 

1,837 

1,901 

2,745 

2,430 

3,208 

2.301 

50,561 

31,033 

i 

10,169 

11,793 

15.828 

15,90:, 

2,  ISO 

1,814 

85,525 

68,292 

97.241 

71.431 

129.832 

73.090 

4,922,962 

1.827.402 

154,077 

155.569 

1,016 

1.116 

28,696 

34.284 

2,519 

2,330 

68,626 

55,302 

35,829 

23,260 

40.271 

30.971 

103.557 

120.9S7 

30.031 

38.881 

104,181 

97.102 

157.247 

122,722 

124.516 

7.591 

5,574 

36.842 

7,862 

168,257 

73.H5 

23.489 

19,6iS 

90,000 

7.530 

10.305 

46.619 

3.S40 

1S.392 

11,929 

30,216 


29.580 

10.033 

21.978 

22,461 

418 

881 

5.474 

2,757 

65,363 

778 

12,616 


S99 


1.410 

2,806 

36,162 

6.989 

9.556 

2.280 

77.307 

115.057 

106.678 

i.097.811 

136,251 

897 

22,802 

2,598 

50.362 
61.091 
81.216 
96.995 
22.  ITS 
94,990 
107,951 


616 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      ISept.  30, 1887. 


Exports. 


Aug.,  1885. 

Aug.,  1886. 

Aug.,  1887. 

British  and   Irish   pro- 

duce : — 

Alkali  

cwt. 

126.076 

153.313 

176.903 

value  £ 
cwt. 

127,900 
110.188 

126.783 
129.387 

135,223 

Bleaching  materials 

119,893 

value  £ 

36,381) 

39,366 

15,139 

Drugs  and  medicinal 

preparations    (un- 

enumerated) 

value  £ 

71,1162 

61,130 

71,176 

Other  chemicals  anc 

medicinal     prepa- 

value  £ 

159.836 

161,126 

1S6.303 

Chemical  manure  .. 

value  £ 

111,413 

128.507 

151.138 

Oil  (seed) 

tons 

5,004 

3.791 

4,910 

value  £ 
cwt. 

117,531 
28.411 

85,055 
35.511 

106,758 

33,675 

value  £ 

31,879 

35,127 

31,159 

Painters'        colours 

and  materials  (un- 

value  £ 

99,681 

96,991 

125,691 

Koreign    and    Colonial 

merchandise : — 

Bark.  Cinchona 

cwt. 

8,125 

7,960 

9.395 

.... 

value  £ 

43,521 

36,580 

30,012 

Chemicals     (unenu- 

merated)     

,, 

16,309 

11,132 

18,637 

Cochineal  

cwt. 

1.038 

870 

198 

value  £ 

6,350 

5.793 

3,251 

Cutch  and  gambier 

tons 

925 

1,077 

678 

value  £ 

18,252 

27,710 

IS.  031 

cwt. 

4.984 

1.3SS 

5.077 

value  £ 

17.123 

18.005 

22.086 

Indigo 

cwt. 

3,228 

3.218 

2.0S1 

value  £ 

67,915 

59,183 

42,519 

Lac,  various  kinds.. 

cwt. 

1,455 

1,569 

6,307 

value  £ 

13.905 

10.545 

15,810 

Lard 

cwt. 

2,505 

2,216 

2.257 

value  £ 

1.954 

4.188 

3,196 

Oils,  cocoa-nut 

cwt. 

9.919 

8.628 

3.058 

value  £ 

15,178 

12,614 

3,931 

„    olive  

tuns 

168 

216 

221 

value  £ 
cwt. 

8.515 
21.340 

9.115 
24,989 

7,592 

27,863 

value  £ 
gals. 

28,820 

.V.I.  MB 

25.863 

35.509 

21.800 

„    petroleum    

27.772 

value  £ 

3.818 

1,356 

1.216 

Quicksilver   

lb. 

186,678 

296,411 

168,300 

,,              

value  £ 

36.709 

26,699 

42,936 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 

ash)     

cwt. 

7,061 

1.768 

3.345 

value  £ 

5,929 

1,154 

2.768 

Tallow  and  stearinc 

cwt, 

5,384 

16.257 

35.060 

•• 

value  £ 

8,012 

18,152 

38,130 

rear  1879,  when  a  change  was  made  in  the  excise  regulations 
which  affecl   the  trade.     At  t !.;> t  time,  and  for  some  rears 

Ereviously,  soda,  equal  to  about  27.000  pure  carbonate,  had 
ecu  imported  from  abroad,  tbi-  being  about  10  per  cent,  of  the 
quantitj  consumed  in  the  country.  Since  thai  period  the 
production  has  increased  so  as  to  stop  importation,  and  to 
leave  a  small  balance  for  export.  At  the  same  time  the  price 
lias  fallen  from  20e.  to  8s.  per  kilo— 48  per  cent,  soda  ash. 

There  are  in  Germany  twenty-four  alkali  works,  from  which 
the  yearly  output  is  a  quantity  equivalent  to  150.000  tons  pure 
carbonate.  This  is  against  an  output  in  1878  of  42,000  tops. 
This  rapid  growth  is  shown  in  the  following  tabular 
statement  :— 

Import  and  Export  of  Foreign  Soda  to  or  from  Germany. 
Amount  given  in  tons. 


Annual  Production  of  Alkali, 
Kingdom. 


etc.,    in  United 


By  the  kind  assistance  of  Mr.  E.  K.  Muspratt,  hon.  sec.  to 
the  Alkali  Manufacturers'  Association.  lam  enabled  to  append 
a  tabular  statement  of  the  amount  of  the  various  products  of 
the  soda  industry,  annually  produced  from  the  year  1877  to  1886 


Alkali  48% 


Year. 


Salt      - 

decom- 
posed.   Lebl'nc  , 
Process 


Soda 
Crys- 
tals. 


1877 
1878 
1879 
lssj) 
1881 
1882 
1883 
1881 

1SS5 

1886 


578.201 
568.512 
615.287 
700.016 
675.099 
679.935 
705.732 
690.502 
72-M72 
713.112 


217.556 
196,876 

230.683 
266,093 

238,68: 
233.213 
227.281 
201.07-' 
184.597 
165,782 


Bleach-  Bi-car- 
Caastic  ins  bonate 
Bod*.    Powder      of 

[  •    .        Soda. 


6,220  169,769 
11,116  170,872 

15.526  1S5.319 
18,8  0  192,926 
20.100  203,773 
39.000  180,816 
52,750  188.678 
61.480  182.507 
77.530  202.705 
85,000  182,379 


71.663 
81,612 
86.511 
106.381 
108.310 
1 16.861 
119.929 
111.639 
111.951 
153.8S1 


105,529 
105,014 
115,i90 
131.606 
135.826 
135.170 
141.868 
128,651 
132.761 
136.234 


12.109 
11.756 
13.083 
13,539 
12.853 
14.115 
13.609 
11,576 
15.179 
15.083 


1,161.017 
1.118.818 
1.126,699 
1,129,361 
1,391,918 
1.399.113 
1,452,188 
1,423.487 
1.480.198 
1,454,465 


Total 

Year. 

Soda  Ash. 

Caustic. 

Crystals. 

Pi-car- 
bonate. 

Calculated 

as  Pure 
Carbonate 

1872 

7,513 

1.331 

10,977 

238 

12.211 

1873 

10,101 

1.858 

12.306 

172 

16.093 

1871 

15.113 

3.751 

11.010 

404 

22,638 

1875 

16.061 

5.980 

11.381 

517 

26.104 

1876 

11.412 

7,831 

13,253 

503 

27.500 

1877 

11.530 

7.915 

10.679 

510 

26.787 

1878 

14.111 

9,275 

9.219 

452 

27,174 

1879 

15.911 

6,887 

10.6S6 

366 

26.475 

1880 

6.061 

9.373 

10.053 

263 

20.512 

1881 

6.310 

5.266 

10,833 

327 

16.132 

1882 

5,598 

6.134 

7.332 

297 

15.251 

1883 

887 

4.748 

2,076 

206 

7.917 

18X4 

7.SM 

1.973 

2,037 

250 

SfiOS 

1885 

-  963 

2,299 

282 

112 

■'■.::" 

1886 

9,150 

676 

1,759 

120 

10,i0h 

'  This  includes  chlorate  of  potash,  taking  5  tons  of  bleaching  powder 
for  1  ton  of  chlorate.  The  amount  of  chlorate  now  made  is  7000  tons  per 
annum. 

Statistics  OK    THE    GERMAN     SODA     INDUSTRY. 

(From  a  lecture  delivered  before  the  British  Association 
at  Manchester,  by  Mr.  A.  K.  hletcher,  II. M.  Chief  Inspector 
under  Alkali,  etc.  Work*  Regulation  Act. I 

By  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Hasenclcrer,  o(  Aachen,  I  am 
enabled  to  give  the  following  statistics  of  the  German  soda 
Indus!  ly.     There  has  been  a  great  development  of  it  since  the 


•  The  figures  printed   in  italics  indicate   exports,  the  plain  figures 
imports. 

Mr.  Hasenclever  adds  that  it  is,  in  his  opinion,  impossible 
for  Germany  to  carry  on  permanently  an  export  trade  in  soda 
products,  since  in  England  all  the  raw  materials  for  that 
industry  are  cheaper,  and  the  alkali  works  are  better  situated 
in  relation  to  the  seaports. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Chilian  Borax. 

From  some  analyses  made  by  Senor  Emil  Eisele. 
of  Valparaiso,  and  by  Mr.  J.  Clark,  of  London,  of  several 
samples  of  crude  Chilian  borax,  it  would  appear  that 
Chill  is  capable  of  producing  at  least  as  good  borax  as  Cali- 
fornia, the  quality  being  equal  to  a  good  deal  of  that  which 
comes  from  Italy.  The  attempts  which  are  being  made  to 
open  up  a  borax  industry  in  Chili  would,  therefore,  seem 
likely  to  prove  successful. 

Trade  in  New  Perfumes. 

The  Danish  Archie  for.PharmacioftcchniskChcmi  for  July 
of  this  year  describes  two  new  vegetable  perfumes  which  have 
lately  become  articles  of  commerce.  One  of  these  is  a  kind  of 
jj/lojiia'from  the  province  of  Chirigui  in  Costa  Rica.  The 
odour  closely  resembles  that  of  canaga  odorata,  and  the 
flowers  are  now  used,  like  those  of  that  plant,  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  ylang-ylang.  The  other  is  named  ouco,  and  is  the 
extremely  odorous  blossom  of  a  kind  of  acacia  tree  which  is 
found  in  Central  Africa,  and  which  Serpa  Pinto  was  the  first 
to  describe.  The  ouco  flowers  are  brought  down  the  Cubangin 
river  for  sale  :  they  cover  the  trees  on  which  they  grow  with 
such  profusion  that  they  fill  the  atmosphere  with  the  over- 
powering richness  of  their  scent. 

Production  of  Mai.va  Fip.ee  in  Brazil. 

The  Belgian  Bulletin  du  Music  Commercial  for  the  13th 
August  last,  quotes  from  the  Journal  Coni7ncrcial  ct  Maritime 
an  article  on  the  growth  of  malea  in  the  province  of  Ceara  in 
Brazil.  Until  lately  this  plant,  the  orena  lubata.  was  looked 
upon  as  a  weed  ;  it  now  proves  to  be  a  considerable  source  of 
wealth.  The  fibre  of  the  malea  forms  an  excellent  material 
for  the  manufacture  of  sacks,  ami  is  found  to  take  the  place  of 
jute.  It  is  beginning  to  be  largely  exported  for  manufacturing 
purposes  to  Kurope.  The  preparation  of  the  malea  fibre  is 
easy  and  cheap,  and  if  machinery  of  a  suitable  kind  were 
introduced  From  Europe  it  might  lie  produced  on  a  large  scale. 
The  journals  of  Ceara  assert  that  their  province  contains  in 
abundance  other  textile  plants,  which  need  only  to  be  pre- 
pared to  become  a  source  of  revenue. 


Sept.  SO,  1887.1      THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


617 


Imposts  of  Medicines. 

Tlic  following  tuble  shows  the  amount  of  duly  collected  by 
the  Customs  on  the  importation  of  the  articles  named  for  the 
years  ending  March  31,  1886 anil  1887,  respectively!— 


Chloroform  

Chloral  hydrate 

Collodion  

Ether,  sulphuric  

Ethyl,  iodide  of 

Naphtha,  purified    

Soap,  transparent,  in  the  manufacture  of 

which  spirit  has  been  used 

Varnish  containing  alcohol    


1887. 


1886. 


£. 
2 

979 
16 
15 

£. 

6 

1045 

6 

5 

180 

112 

221 
91 

As  the  duty  oil  chloroform  is  3s.  per  lb.,  it  appears  thai  the 
total  quantity  of  that  article  imported  from  abroad  last  year 
was  under  111b.  The  duty  on  chloral  hydrate  is  Is.  3d.  per  lb. 
The  total  import  of  the  chemical  for  home  consumption  was 
therefore  15,GGHb.-C.  «nd  D.  10/9/87. 

Recent  Trade  Blue  Books. 

Mining  and  Mineral  Statistics  of  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  including  Lists  of  Mines  and 
Mineral  Works  for  the  pear  1886,  and  a  list  of  plans  of 
abandoned  mines.    (Cf—SlSS)  Price  is.  Td. 

Special  Report  from  the  Select  Committee  on  Merchandise 
Marks  Act  {1869)  Amendment  Bill,  together  with  the  Proceed 
inas  of  the  Committee  Minutes  of  Evidence  and  Appendix. 
90S.     Price  is.  W. 


flgontftlp    Ipatcnt   list. 

I.— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS    and 

MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11412  B.H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  methods 
of  calcining  and  heating  argillaceous,  calcareous,  and  metal- 
liferous substances  and  any  mixture  thereof,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    August  22 

11156  \V.  S.  Squire,  London.  Improvements  in  machinery 
for  the  separation  of  solid  matters  from  liquids,  and  for  wash- 
ing out  and  exhausting  the  solid  matters  so  separated. 
August  23. 

1H73  C.  Kasefang.  London.  Taps  or  cocks  specially  adapted 
for  the  delivery  of  fluids  under  pressure.    August  23 

11519  P.  Hodkinson,  London.  Apparatus  for  consuming 
smoke  in  steam-boiler  and  other  furnaces.    August  21 

11519  G.  Large,  Wolverhampton.  A  water  tuyere  with  a 
false  nose  or  nozzle  for  use  in  hearths,  cupolas,  furnaces,  etc. 
August  25. 

11609  J.  E.  Warren,  London.  Means  and  apparatus  for 
filtering  water  and  other  fluids.  Complete  specification. 
August  26 

11622  X.  Petersen,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces. 
August  26 

11628  C.  Howe,  B.  Beckwith,  and  J.  H.  Beckwith,  Londo.i. 
Apparatus  for  generating  secondary  steam  ;  specially  appli- 
cable for  distilling  water.    August  27 

11636  R.  Kob8on,  Leeds.  Atmospheric  injector,  forimproving 
draught  and  consuming  smoke  in  furnaces.    August  27 

11780  R.  Cahn,  London.    Cooling  apparatus.    August  30 

11811  J.  H.  Hayes,  London.  Improved  means  for  regulating 
the  supply  of  gas  and  other  fluids  or  liquids.    August  31 

11865  R.  Gough,  London.  New  or  improved  filter. 
September  1 

11876  F.  W.  Cannon,  G.  P.  Addison,  and  F.  R.  Burnett, 
London.  Method  and  apparatus  for  generating  steam. 
September  1 

11877  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshaw,  London.  Construction 
of  water  or  liquid  gauges.    September  1 

11887  W.  Fairweather— From  the  Babcock  and  Wilcox 
Company,  United  States.  Drumheads  and  manifolds  for 
sectional  steam  generators.  Complete  specification. 
September  2 

11891  B.  D.  Healey,  Bamber  Bridge.  Making  and  working 
furnace  rocking  bars.    September  2 

11929  B.  Willcox— From  M.  Perret,  France.  Firebars  or 
grates  for  furnaces.    September2 

11981  W.  Leigh,  London.  Amalgamating  apparatus. 
September  3 

11984  H.  F.  Green,  London.  Processes  and  apparatus  for 
producing  currents  of  air,  spray,  and  gas,  and  for  purifying, 
disinfecting,  and  chemically  treating  the  same.    September  3 

12003  J.  R.  Alsing,  London.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for 
reducing  sawdust,  straw,  and  other  vegetable  substancesto  an 
Impalpable  powder  or  to  a  pulp,  the  apparatus  being  also 
applicable  for  pulverising  hard  substances.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   September  5 


12038  J.  S.  Doran— From  J.  Reilly,  United  States.  Heating 
apparatus.    September  6 

12071  J.  von  Ehrenwerth,  London.  Improved  regenerative 
gas  furnace  with  periodical  action.  Complete  specification. 
September6 

12088  R.  II.  Brownhill,  Manchester.  Rotary  pumps  for 
raising  and  forcing  liquids.  Complete  specification. 
September  7 

12153  F.  H.  Danchell.  London.    Filter-presses.    September  8 

12169  P.  Alfieri,  Naples.  Preventing  and  removing  the  in- 
crustations in  steam  boilers— known  as  "  Vegetable  Disin- 
crustant."    Complete  specification.    Septembers 

12180  G.  Seagrave,  London.  Apparatus  for  heating  or  cooling 
air,  gas,  or  other  fluids.    September  8 

12216  H.  L.  Currier,  London.  Method  and  apparatus  for  re- 
moving the  scale  and  other  deposits  from  steam  boiler  and 
other  tubes.    Complete  specification.    September  9 

12249  W.  McElroy  and  11.  Connett,  London.  Machines  and 
apparatus  for  carbonating  liquids.    September  9 

12293  W.  P.  Thompson— From  \\  .  Jager  (W.  Pataky), 
Prussia.  Centrifugal  machine  Alters.  Completespecifieation. 
September  10 

12352  T.  L.  G.  Bell,  London.  Means  and  apparatus  for  dis- 
tilling sulphur,  tar,  rosin,  arsenic,  sal-ammoniac,  and  the  like. 
September  12 

12357  R.  M.  Bryant,  London.  Anti-incrustation  preparation 
for  steam  boilers.    September  12 

12155  H.  W.  Lewis,  London.  An  improved  press  for  com- 
pressing cotton,  jute,  sewage,  clay,  china  clay,  small  coal, 
artificial  fuel,  tar,  yeast  or  barm,  etc.,  into  partly  solid  blocks. 
September  11 

12594  J.  H.  Hayes,  London.  Means  for  regulating  the  supply 
of  gas  and  other  fluids  or  liquids.    September  16 

12627  G.  F.  Deacon.  Liverpool.  Apparatus  for  disintegrating 
the  flow- of  liquids.    September  17 

12631  O.  Imray— From  La  Compagnie  Industrielle  des 
Procedes  RaoulPictet,  France.  An  improvement  in  refrigerat- 
ing apparatus.    September  17 

12685  D.  Mellor,  London.  Furnaces  and  furnace  bars. 
September  19 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.' 


12475  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  L.  Labeyrie.  Automatic  valve 
for  steam  and  other  pipes  or  conduits  conveying  fluids  under 
pressure.    August  31 

12907  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  Apparatus  for  combustion  of 
liquid,  gaseous,  or  pulverulent  fuel,  for  generating  steam,  etc. 
September  14 

13605  J.  Cooke.  Composition  for  preventing  and  removing 
incrustation  and  corrosion  in  boilers.    September  3 

13789  F.  Siemens.  A  combined  evaporating  and  calcining 
furnace.    August  27 

13861  J.  Bernhardt  Apparatus  for  distilling,  condensing, 
heating,  cooling,  and  extracting  operations.    August  31 

13959  J.  Howie  and  T.  Groves.    Open  kilns.    September  3 

11111  R.  CunUffe  and  J.  Lund.  Apparatus  for  calcining. 
drying  or  roasting  materials,  and  extracting  gases  or  acid 
therefrom.    September  10 

11349  G.  Dietrich.  Apparatus  for  promoting  consumption  of 
smoke  by  means  of  air  and  steam  jets.    September  U  • 

11415  E.  A.  Cowper.    Filter-presses.    September  21 

14535  C.  A.  Sahlstrbhm.  Apparatus  for  burning  oil.  tar,  and 
similar  substances.    September  17  ... 

11613  T.  Gilmour.    Feed-heating  apparatus.    September  li 

11873  H.  H.  Lake— From  M.  Hanford  and  C.  C.  Hanford.  See 
Class  XVI. 

11967  E.  O.  Cooper  and  \\  .  T.  Cooper.  Preventing  and 
removing  calcareous  incrustations.    September  21 

15006  T.  Routledge— From  A.  Abadie,  France.  Apparatus  for 
crushing,  grinding,  triturating,  disintegrating,  reducing  or  pre- 
paring fibrous  materials,  or  mineral,  chemical,  oleaginous,  or 
other  substances.    August  31 

1887. 

3818  C.  J.  Buliring.    Filtering  apparatus.    September  21 

8260  M.  Lachman— From  J.J.  Hauer.  Apparatus  for  auto- 
matically supplying  gas  to  closed  vessels  at  a  regulated 
pressure.    August  31  ....  ,,     .      * 

10393  E.  W.  Tucker.  Hot  air  bridge  walls  for  furnaces. 
August  27  .  , 

10451  O.  D.  Orvis.  Means  for  consuming  smoke  and  gases  in 
furnaces.    August  31 

10535  H.  Davev.    Air-compressing  pumps.    August  31 

10723  R.  Cunliffe  and  J.  Lund.  Apparatus  for  calciniag, 
drying,  roastingorcarbonisingmaterials, and  extracting  gases, 
spirits,  or  acids  therefrom. 

11035  R.  Clayton.    Construction  of  filters. 

II.— FUEL,  GAS  and  LIGHT. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11367  G.  Thew,  J.  Stansfield,  and  G.  Long,  Farnworth. 
Making  illuminant  gas  and  other  chemical  products  from 
human  excreta.    August  20 

•  The  dateB  given  are  the  dates  of  the  official  Journals  in  which 
acceptance  rf  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
specifications  llua  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  In  mspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  imincoiately,  and  to  opposition  within  two  months  ol  the 
said  dales. 


618 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Sept.  30, 1887 


11439  \V.  C.  I'.  Asselbergs,  London.  Improvements  in 
hydraulic  mains  for  gas  works.  Complete  specification. 
August  22 

mm  W.  C.  P.  Asselbergs.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
purifying  or  washing  gas.    August  22 

11450  A.  Eiehelbrcnner.  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.    August  -- 

11537  O.  Bo  wen  and  A.  S.  Fomkins.  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  charco  il.    August  21 

11627  J.  A.  Walker,  Farnham.  An  improved  means  of 
obtaining  greater  heat  and  generating  steam  more  rapidly  in 
boilers  b\  the  agency  of  liquid  fuel.    August  2G 

11783  J.  Hall,  London.  Improvements  in  machinery  for  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  fuel.     August  .'ill 

12129  J.  McEwen,  London.  An  improved  double  purifier  or 
gas  washer.    Complete  specification.    September  7 

122211  A.  Kitson,  Philadelphia.  Improvements  in  carburet- 
ing gas  lamps.    Complete  specification.    September  9 

12t.il  J.  T.  Williams,  London.  Improvements  in  treating 
anthracite  coal,  and  in  machinery  or  apparatus  therefor. 
September  14 

l-'l-l  W.  11.  Nevill,  London.  Improvements  in  artificial 
fuel  for  heating  and  gas  producing  purposes.    September  14 

12519  J.  Orchard  and  II.  Lane,  London.  Improvements  in 
means  and  apparatus  for  producing  and  utilising  heat  and 
energy  arising  from  the  combtistion  of  gases.    September  15 

12.560  A.  Hill,  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  incandescent 
gas  fires.  September  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

8163  R.  Stone.  Manufacture  of  fuel,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
August  24 

12340  A,  G.  llecz;.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  gas 
from  fluid  hydrocarbons.    September  21 

13578  H.  H.  Lake— From  G.  Godelfroy.  Preparation  of  fuel. 
August  27 

13637  It.  Combret.  Manufacture  of  blocks  of  artificial  fuel. 
August  'il 

13752  W.  M.  Cbinnery  and  H.  Hill.  Apparatus  for  inducing 
complete  combustion  of  mineral  oil,  gases  or  smoke,  to  be  used 
for  heating  or  lighting.    August  27 

13922  W.H.Lindsay.  Apparatus  for  moulding  coal  dust  or 
small  coal  into  solid  blocks.    August  24 

13985  W.H.Lindsay.   Manufacture  of  artificial  fuel.  Aug.  27 

15007  C.  S.  Court,  H.  Veevers.  and  M.  Schwab.  Continuous 
process  for  the  purification  of  coal  gas  from  sulphur  com- 
pounds, by  which  the  sulphur  is  recovered.     September  21 

15021  B.  H.  Thwaite.  Method  of  generating  gaseous  fuel, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    September  21 

188". 

8953  R.  B.  Avery.  Method  and  apparatus  for  generating  gas 
for  illuminating,  heating,  and  metallurgical  purposes  from 
liquid  hydrocarbons.    September  21 

10102  A.  J.  Boult— From  W.  C.  Shaffer.  Application  of  the 
expansive  power  of  heat,  and  apparatus  therefor.  September 
11 

11201  J.  Tennent.  Heating  air  and  other  fluids.  September  21 


III. 


-DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION,     TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11689  A.  H.  Allen  and  R.  Angus,  Sheffield.  Improvements 
in  the  treatment  of  the  oil  or  tar  obtained  by  condensation 
from  the  gases  of  blast  furnaces,  gas  producers  and  coke 
ovens,  or  by  the  distillation  of  bituminous  shale,  and  in  the 
utilisation  of  the  products  therefrom.    August  29 

11716  M.  L.  Honnay.  London.  A  new  or  improved  process 
for  enriching  pitch  obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  tars  pro- 
duced from  coal.    August  29 

11805  S.  Banner,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  treating  resins, 
oleo  resins,  gums,  pitches,  varnishes,  bitumens,  and  other  like 
substances.    August  31 

12090  Watson  Smith,  Manchester.  The  employment  of  the 
phenoloid  bodies  obtained  from  the  tar  or  oil  condensed  from 
blast  furnaces,  coke  ovens,  or  similar  gases,  or  from  the  dis- 
tillation of  bituminous  shale,  in  the  manufacture  of  water- 
proofed indiarubber  goods.    September  7 

'  OMPLETE  SPE(  UH  A  TION  ACl  EPTED, 

1887. 

13929  H.  Ellison  and  G.  E.  Davis.  Method  for  distillation  of 
coal  tar.  the  oils  from  coke  ovens,  and  other  similar  fluids. 
September  14 


IV. 


-COLOURING    MATTERS    AND    DYES. 
APPLICATION^. 


U879  C.  I).  Abel— From  C.  Wachendorff  (of  R.  Koepp  and 
Co.),    Germany.     Production   "f  compounds    of  antimonic 

fluoride  with  alkaline  fluorides  and  alkaline  chlorides,  and 
the  application  thereof  and  of  known  combinations  of  these 
substances  to  dyeing  and  printing.    September  1 


11880  C.  Ii.  Abel -From  the  Actiengesellschaft  fur  Anilin- 
Fabrikation,  Germany.  Process  for  the  production  of  azo 
colouring  matters.    September  1 

11976  J.  Imrav— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  dee  Matieres 
Colorantcs  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis.  A.  F.  Poirrier 
.mil  D.  A.  Rosenstiehl,  France.  Production  of  azoic  colouring 
matters.    September :; 

11958  J.  Dawson,  Kirkbeaton,  and  R.  Hirsch,  Huddersfield. 
The  manufacture  of  rosaniline  sulpho  acid.    September  5 

11959  J.  Dawson,  Kirkheaton,  and  R.  llirsrh.  Huddersfield. 
The  manufacture  of  a  new  alpha-naphtylamine-disulphoacid. 
September  5 

12020  J.  Imray— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantcs  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  st.  Denis,  A.  F.  Poirrier, 
andD.A.  Rosenstiehl,  France.  Production  of  new  azoic  colour- 
ing matters.    September  5 

122S5  E.  Bent/.,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture and  composition  of  oil  compounds  for  dyeing  and 
calico  printing,  and  such  like  purposes.    September  10 

12355  J.  Imrav— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis.  A.  F.  Poirrier 
andD.  A.  Rosenstiehl,  France.  Production  of  new  tetruzoic 
colouring  matters.    September  12 

12519  H.  II.  Lake -From  Wirth  and  Co.,  agents  for  K. 
Ochlcr.  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
colouring  matters.    September  15 

12667  C.  S.  Bedford,  Liverpool.  New  or  improved  colouring 
matters,  and  process  of  manufacturing  the  same. 

12692  J.  Imray— From  La  Soci6W  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  de  St.  Denis.  France,  A.  F. 
Poirrier  and  Z.  Roussin.  Production  of  colouring  matters  by 
combination  of  nitrodiazobenzoles  and  their  analogues  with 
isomers  of  naphthionic  acid.    September  19 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


11283  J.  Annaheim.  Methods  of  treating  oxynaphthol  and 
aniline  or  its  homologues,  obtaining  certain  products,  and 
utilising  the  same  in  the  manufacture  of  dyes.    September  7 

14625  J.  H.  Johnson— From  the  Badische  Anilin  and  Soda 
Fabrik.    Preparation  of  red  colouring  matters.    September  17 

15363  D.  Stewart.  Preparing  grey  and  black  colouring 
matters,  to  be  applied  to  textile  fabrics.    September  21 


V.—  TEXTILES,  COTTON,  "WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11441  W.  S.  Archer,  London.  Improvements  in  machines 
for  opening  or  separating  and  cleaning  cotton  or  other  fibrous 
material.    August  22 

11570  S.  S.  Bromhead-From  U.  C.  Allen.  United  States.  An 
apparatus  for  separating  wool,  silk,  or  other  animal  fibre, 
from  vegetable  fibre  or  other  vegetable  matter.  Complete 
I  specification.    August  25 

11612  H.  Martina,  London.  Improvements  in  machinery  for 
',  preparing  or  dressing  textile  fibres.  Complete  specification. 
August  26 

11665  W.  Xelson  and  E.  Bowen,  London.  An  improved 
machine  for  drying  wool.    Complete  specification.     Aug.  27 

12365  J.  Xasmith,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  and 
apparatus  for  combining  fur  or  fur  waste  with  fabrics  made 
from  cotton,  wool,  or  other  fibrous  substances.     September  13 

12506  J.  Fitton,  .1.  Fitton.  jun..  and  E.  Fitton,  Bradford.  An 
improved  method  of  and  apparatus  for  carbonising  or  des- 
troying vegetable  matter  contained  in  or  mixed  with  woollen, 
silk,  or  other  animal  fibre  or  fabric.    September  15 

12709  W.  Nelson  and  K.  Bowen,  London.  An  improvement 
in  machinery  or  apparatus  for  drying  wool.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   September  19 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

14610  A.  C.  Henderson— From  La  Societe  Charles.  Tignet1 
'  Sons  &  Co.  Method  and  apparatus  for  dressing  or  sb.ingtex" 
I  tile  fabrics.    August  31 

1SS7. 

9274  E.  W.  Serrell.  jun.  Process  and  machinery  for  reeling 
silk  from  the  cocoon.    September  21 


VI.— DYEING,    CALICO   PRINTING,    PArER 

STAINING  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11355  W.  J.  S.  Grawitz,  London.  The  preparation  of  cotton 
fibres  for  dveing.    August  19 

11394  J.  H.  Gartside  and  J.  Barnes.  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  dyeing  cotton  and  other  vegetable  fibres  and  yarns, 
and  fibres  composed  thereof.    Augusl  20 

1149!  A.  Graemiger,  London.  Processes  of  and  apparatus 
for  dyeing,  scouring,  bleaching,  and  otherwise  treating  jam 
in  cops.    Complete  specification.    August  23 

11625  J.  Farran,  Manchester.  Improvements  iu  bleaching 
certain  materials.    August  21 


Sept.  30. 188-.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  CNDtJSTRY. 


619 


11812  .1  Smith  and  P.  W.  Xicolle.  Jersey.  Improvements  in 
bleaching  cotton,  tlax.  jute.  rhei.  esparto,  and  similar  fibres 
ami  fibr  ius  -  lbs  an  sea.     Au;n-i  .;. 

11879  C.  Ii.  Abel— From  c.  Wa  hendorff  (of  R.  Koeppand 
Co.l.  Germany.    .See  Class  IV. 

12)31  A  C  Henderson— From  U.  A.  G.  Herisson  and  U. 
Lefort.  France.  Improvements  in  bleaching  vegetable  fibres 
of  all  kinds,  whether  raw  or  manufactured.    S  ipteuib 

12075  B.  wiilcox— From  the  Farbenfabriken  Vormals,  F. 
Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  A  new  process  or  means  for  pro- 
ducing a  so  colour  upon  animal  or  vegetable  fibres  or  fibrics 
in  printing  or  dyeing.     September  6 

12111  T.  F.  Naylor,  Kidderminster.  Improvements  in  dye- 
ing yarns.    September  8 

12283  M.  Ash  worth  and  R.  Wild,  Rochdale.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  or  machinery  for  washing,  scouring,  or  bleaching 
fibres,  fibrous  materials,  and  textile  fabrics.    September  10 

12358  T.  Sampson  and  F,  II.  Jealous.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  dyeing  of  yarn  and  other  fibrous  materials,  and 
in  means  or  apparatus  employed  therein.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   September  13 

12502  J.  Ilirtwistle.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
printing  of  textile  fabric-.    September  15 

12322  T.  Skene  and  L.  Devallee.  Improvements  in  machines 
for  dyeing  wool  and  other  textile  materials.    September  15 

13602  C.  T.  Clegg,  H.  A.  Clegg.  and  F.  Lee.  .Manchester. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  dyeing  wool,  cotton,  silk,  or 
other  similar  fibrous  material.    September  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1SS6. 

11981  A.  Hodgkinson.  Cleansing  composition  for  use  in 
bleaching  cotton  and  linen  fabrics  or  varns,  etc.    August  31 

13814  A.  Aykroyd,  W.  E.  Aykroyd,  and  J.  Smith.  Aniline 
black  dyeing  or  printing  processes  for  obtaining  a  fast  aniline 
black  in  textile  fibres  and  fabrics.    September  14 

1887. 

4053  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin.  Bleaching  fibrous  substances 
for  paper  making.    September  10 


VII.— ALKALIS,  ACIDS  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11119  ,1.  Clark.  London.  Improvements  in  obtaining  chloride 
of  aluminium,  etc.    August  22 

1U56  W.  S.  Squire,  London.    See  Class  I. 

11192  H.  H.  Lake— From  A.  Kayser,  H.  Williams,  and  A.  B. 
Young,  United  States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  produc- 
tion of  caustic  alkali  carbonates  of  the  alkaline  metals, 
muriatic  acid,  and  other  substances.  Complete  specification. 
August  23 

11493  H.  II.  Lake— From  A.  Kayser.  H.  Williams,  and  A.  B. 
Young.  An  improved  method  or  process  of  producing  silicate 
of  sodium  or  of  potassium.    Complete  specification.     Aug.  23 

11494  H.  H.  Lake— From  A.  Kayser.  H.  Williams,  and  A.  B. 
Young.  An  improved  method  or  process  of  producing 
muriatic  acid.    Complete  specification.    August  23 

11500  C.  J.  E.  de  Haen.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  and  application  of  the  compounds  of  fluoride  of 
antimony  with  the  combinations  of  the  chlorides  of  sodium, 
potassium,  and  ammonium,  and  phosphates  of  soda,  potash, 
and  ammonia.    Complete  specification.    August  23 

11653  F.  P.  E.  de  Lalande,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  caustic  soda  and  potash.    August  27 

11799  R.  Wyllie,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  and  con- 
nected with  apparatus  for  distilling  ammoniacal  liquors. 
August  31 

11821  T.  Schloesing,  Paris.  Extraction  of  chlorine  from 
solutions  of  chloride  of  magnesium.    August  31 

11840  G.  E.  Davis.  Manchester.  An  improved  method  of 
manufacturing  alkalis.    September  1 

12249  W.  McElroy  and  H.  Connett.    See  Class  I. 

12071  W.  L.  Wise— From  G.  M.  Tauber,  Saxony.  Process 
for  the  manufacture  of  sodium-ammonium-sulphite  and  con- 
verting the  same  into  sodium  sulphite  and  sodic  hydrate. 
September  19 

12700  S.  Pitt— From  V.  Ragosine  and  P.  Dvorkovitch, 
Russia.  Method  of  producing  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  and 
its  monohydrate.  and  of  utilising  for  this  purpose  the  acid 
residues  of  petroleum  production  and  other,  as  also  sulphates  of 
all  metals.    September  19 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1880. 

10868  J.  Lea  and  H.  R.  Hammond.    Sec  Class  X. 

12180  F.  H.  Gossage,  T.  T.  Mathieson,  and  J.  Hawliczek. 
Treatment  of  sulphate  of  sodium  for  manufacture  of  sulphide 
of  sodium  therefrom,  and  apparatus  therefor.    September  7 

13286  A.  Frank.  Treatment  of  spent  lyes  used  in  manufac- 
ture of  cellulose,  by  means  of  sulphites,  fur  recovery  of  sul- 
phurous acid  therefrom,  and  utilisation  of  said  lyes  after  such 
treatment.    September  17 

13389  E.  Sulvay.  Cont  inuons  furnace  for  the  production  of 
chlorine.    August  31 

13762  W.  Bramlcy  and  W.  P.  Cochrane.  Manufacture  of 
hydrate  carbonate  of  magnesia  and  other  products  produced 
herein.    September  3 


11217  J.  B.  Hannay.    Manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid.    Sep- 

:'  111 

Hill  w.  Burns,    Manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid  under  high 

with  agitation,  andapparal  i  August31 

11673  E.    Sermite,   K.    .1.    Patterson,    and    C.    E.    C 
Apparatus     for     preparation     of     bleaching     solutions      by 

"    :"   17 

11711  .1.  Simpson  and  K.  W.  Parncll.  Apparatus  for  treat- 
ment  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  for  the  separation  of  sulphur 
or  the  production  of  sulphurous  acid.    September  21 

15182  E  1'.  Ales  mdi  r— From  E.  .1.  !,.  Delsol.  Obtaining 
mother-liquors  free  from  magnesium  salt-  in  i  lie  manufacture 
of  carbonate  of  potash  by  means  of  the  double  carbonate  of 
potash  and  magnesia,    September  21 

15352  w.  Burn-.  Manufacture  of  bichromate  and  carbonate 
i  by  the  ammonia  process,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
September  n 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY  and  EARTHENWARE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

114915  A.  J.  Boult— From  F.  Czech.  Austria.  Improvements 
in  decorating  ceramic  ware.    Complete  specification.    Aug.  23 

11513  . 1.  S.  Williams,  Brierley  Hill  Glass  Works.  Improve- 
ments in  frosting  the  surfaces  of  flint  and  coloured  glass  ware. 
August  21 

11906  J.  Budd,  London.  Improvements  in  the  crystallisa- 
tion of  glass.    September  2 

12001  J.  Miller  and  The  Sowerby's  Ellison  Glass  Works. 
Limited,  London.  Improvements  in  polishing  cut  glass  of 
every  description.    September  5 

12516  A.  D.  Brogan.  J.  French,  and  J.  Craig,  London.  Im- 
provements in  and  connected  with  glass  annealing  kilns. 
September  15 

12566  C.  G.  Warne,  Weston-super-Mare.  Improvements  in 
pottery  kilns  for  the  purpose  of  economising  fuel  and  equalis- 
ng  the  burning  of  the  goods.    September  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

12190  W.  Horn  and  R.  Bell.  Shears  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  glass  bottles.    September  17 

11216  A.  M.  Clark— From  E.  Weis.  Process  for  cutting  very 
thin  parts  on  glass  articles.    September  11 

1128S  G.  F.  Chance.  Machinery  employed  in  manufacture 
of  sheets  of  rolled  glass.    August  31 

113S0  A.  D.  Bro-ran  and  A.  M.  Malloch.  Manufacture  of 
chequered  glass,  and  apparatus  therefor.    September  7 

11727  II.  M.  Ashley.  Manufacture  of  bottles,  etc.  Sep- 
tember 14 

10613  J.  Northwood.  Treating  the  glass  eullet  known  as 
blacks.    September  21 

1887. 


87  W.  H.   Hales. 
August  21 
10S71  A.  J.  Boult— From  P.  Sivert.    Glass  furnaces, 


Machinery  for   making   pottery   ware. 

Sept.  10 


IX.—  BUILDING  MATERIALS,   CLAYS, 
MORTARS  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11509  H.  Warrington  and  W.  W.  Howlett.  Hanley.  Itu 
provements  in  bricks  and  other  blocks  for  building  purposes. 
August  21 

11937  J.  Homan,  London.  Improvements  in  the  construc- 
tion of  fireproof  floors.    September  2 

11996  S.  G.  Rhodes,  Leeds.     Making  bricks.    September  5 

12271  J  Davies.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
struction of  brick  kilns.    September  10 

12500  E.  Winsor,  F.  Winsor,  and  J.  Winsor,  Manchester. 
Improved  method  of  treating  clay  or  gypsum,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    September  15 

12524  G.  J.  Snelus,  W.  Whamond,  and  T.  Gibb,  London. 
An  improved  preparation  or  manufacture  of  cements. 
September  15 

12J25  G.  J.  Snelus,  W.  Whamond,  and  T.  Gibb.  London. 
Improvements  in  the  preparation  or  manufacture  of  cements. 
September  15 

12526  G.  J.  Snelus,  W.  Whamond,  and  T.  Gibb,  London. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  cements.     September  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

11303  E.  Larscn.    See  Class  X. 

13984  W.  H.  Lindsay.  Apparatus  for  moulding  bricks  or 
blocks.    September  II 

lli'.Tl  W.  Scott.  J.  C.  Swan  ami  H.  Smith.  Manufacture 
ortiiatio.ru  of  Porl  land  and  other  hydraulic  cements.  Sep- 
tember 11 

15012  H.  Macevoy,  II.  Holt.  L.  White,  and  W.  Wildes. 
Manufacture  and  burning  of  Portland  cement.    September  11 


620 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept.  SO,  1887. 


1887. 

1089S  E,  Kcirby.  Compound  or  cement  for  making  and 
renovating  asphalte  walks,  protecting  masonry  »and  Mtmlogous 
purposes.    September  17 

X.—  METALLURGY,  MIXING,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11432  G.  French,  London.  An  improved  method  of  blasting 
in  coal  mines  and  in  other  places,  and  in  materials  to  be  used 
therein.    August  22 

11449  .T.  C.  Clark.    See  Class  VII. 

11)74  P.C.Gilchrist,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  steel  and  ingot  iron  by  the  basic  process.  Complete 
specification.     August  23 

11478  L.  L.  Lefevre,  .jun.— From  C.  Payen,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  crystallised  metal,  and 
in  articles  made  thereof.     August  23 

U510  F.  Fenton  and  It.  J.  Partridge- From  J.  Woolford. 
France.  Improvements  in  plant,  apparatus,  furnaces,  or 
retorts  for  extracting  auriferous  and  othermetallic  ores,  slags, 
cinders,  or  wastes.    August  24 

11516  K.  Cope  and  A.  Hollings,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in 
hollow  steel  shafting,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  the  same. 
August  21 

11532  G.  Gatheral,  London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  ores  for  the  extraction  of  copper  therefrom,  or  of  ore 
residues  and  the  like,  for  the  elimination  of  copper  or  other 
impurities.    August  24 

11556  J.  McCann,  Millom.  The  improvement  of  blocks  and 
tuyeres  connected  with  blast  furnaces.    August  25 

11571  K.  E.  Shill  and  A.  Martin,  London.  Improvements  in 
hardening  or  chilling  the  face  of  armour  and  other  plates  and 
projectiles.     August  25 

11613  F.  A.  Herbert?.,  London.  Improvements  in  cupola 
smelting  furnaces.    Complete  specification.    August  26 

11672  M,  51.  Bair.  London.  Improvement  relating  to  the 
volatilisation  of  lead,  antimony,  and  other  substances,  and  to 
the  condensation  of  the  resulting  vapours.     August  27 

11733  J.  K.  Bennett,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  metallic  chlorides  for  the  extraction  of  metals 
therefrom.    August  30 

11797  A.  M.  Crossley.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  preparing 
ferruginous  material  for  smelting.    August  31 

11862  C.  F.  Clark  and  J.  Sanders,  London.  Improvements 
in  preparing  moulds  for  casting  hollow-ware,  and  in  apparatus 
employed  therein.    September  1 

11S68  J.  Gilligan,  London.  Improvements  in  the  working 
up  of  scrap  iron  and  steel,  either  separately  or  together  in  a 
puddling  furnace.    September  1 

11S98  N.  Arthur,  Heaton.  Improved  method  and  apparatus 
for  bending  angle,  tee,  and  other  sections  of  bars.    Sept.  2 

11900  A.  J.  Shannon.  London.  Improvements  in  the  extrac- 
tion of  antimony  from  its  ores.    September  2 

11928  J.  W.  Swann,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  indicating  the  presence  of  fire-damp  in  coal  mines  or  other 
places.    September  2 

11915  H.  A.  Rowland,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
casting  of  metals.    September  3 

12032  L.  B.  Atkinson.  H.  W.  liavenshaw.  and  F.  Mori,  Hali- 
fax. Improvements  in  machines  for  cutting,  boring,  or  drill- 
ing coal  or  other  minerals.    September  6 

12042  W.  P.  Thompson-From  C.  Kellogg.  United  States. 
Improvements  in  machines  for  rolling  seamless  tubes,  pipes, 
or  other  hollow  articles  from  hollow  ingots.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   September  6 

12111  \V.  P.  Thompson— From  E.  Dumas,  Paris  (agent  for 
Bickford.  Smith  &  Co.)  Improvements  in  electric  fuses  for 
mines.    September  7 

12162  C.  Humfrey,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  apper- 
taining to  the  manufacture  of  sodium.    Seotember  8 

12210  J.  T.  King— From  H.  Kennedy,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  connection  with  hot  blast  stoves  and  furnaces. 
Complete  specification.    September  9 

12269  G.  Hardy.  Abram,  Lancashire.  An  improved  miners' 
safety  lamp.    September  10 

12272  G.  Siddell,  Sheffield.  An  improved  process  in  iron 
and  steel.    September  10 

12277  A.  .1.  Shannon.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  zinc  ores.    September  10 

12332  S.  Pearson.  A.  \\".  Turner,  and  \V.  Andrews.  Birming- 
ham. A  new  process  of  extracting  aluminium  from  minerals, 
and  also  making  aluminium  alloys  therefrom.  Complete 
specification.    September  12 

12346  J.  D.  F.llis,  London.  Improved  method  of  making  iron 
or  steel  castings.    September  12 

12347  T.  J.  Tresidder.  London.  Improved  means  for  harden- 
ing metal.    September  12 

12353  H.  Lc  Xeve  Foster,  London.  An  imnroved  fire-resist- 
ing compound,  especially  suitable  for  forming  the  stoppers 
and  nozzles  used  in  steel  melting  operations  and  other  similar 
purposes.    September  12 

12378  B.  H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool.  An  improved  pneumatic 
steel  process,  and  plant  therefor. 

L2458  H.  Bird.  Liverpool.  Treating  the  residual  spent  iron 
liquors  resulting  from  the  manufacture  of  copper  from  burnt 
cupreous  sulphur  ores  to  obtain  a  certain  oxide  of  iron  there- 
from, and  apparal  us  to  be  used  I  herefor.     September  14 

12186  0.  M.  Thowlcss,  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  production  of  sodium  and  potassium,  and  to  apparatus 
therefor.    Complete  specification.    September  14 


12540  A.  B.  Cunningham,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  sodium  and  potassium,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    September  15 

12575  A.  Feldman,  London.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  aluminium  and  alloys  of  aluminium.    September  16 

12590  H.  Lane,  London.  Improvements  in  shaping,  forming 
and  manipulating  metals.    September  16 

12616  J.  Thomas.  Middlesbrough-on-Tees.  Improvements  in 
ingot  moulds.    September  17 

12683  F.  M.  A.  Laurent-Cely,  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  spongy  lead  suitable  for  electrical  accu- 
mulators.   September  19 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

10868  J.  Lea  and  H.  H.  Hammond.  Operating  on  zinc  ore 
for  producing  chlorine  and  zinc,  and  utilising  the  said  zinc  for 
coating  metals.    August  31 

11219  W.  S.  Squire  and  S.  C.  C.  Curric.  Obtaining  zinc  in 
metallic  form  from  alkaline  solutions  of  zinc  oxide.  Sep- 
tember 7 

11303  E.  Larsen.  Manufacture  of  furnace  slag  and  of 
cement  partly  made  therefrom.    September  Pi 

12041  T.  Blackmore.    Metallic  chill  core.    September  11 

12362  C.  J.  Sandahl,  J.  Birchall,  and  J.  Musson.  Manufac- 
ture of  iron  and  steel,  and  blast  furnaces  employed  therein. 
August  27 

12363  C.  J.  Sandahl.  J.  Birchall,  and  J.  Musson.  Manufac- 
ture of  iron  and  steel.    August  27 

12630  W.  S.  Squire  and  S.  C.  C.  Currie.  Obtaining  metallic 
zinc  from  its  ores.    September  7 

12729  G.  M.  Edwards.  Process  and  apparatus  for  treating, 
dressing,  and  cleaning  tin  and  other  mineral  ores.    August  27 

13.503  E.  Wheeler.  Production  of  metal  bodies  or  ingots. 
August  31 

13562  P.  M.  Justice— From  W.  B.  Spear.  Coating  metal 
sheets  with  other  metal.    August  27 

l:  680  B.  C.  Tilghman.  Drawing  iron  and  steel  bars  through 
dies  to  produce  a  smooth  surface  suitable  for  shafting. 
August  24 

13920  T.  Xordenfelt.  Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel  castings. 
August  27 

14001  J.B.  Hannay.  Obtaining  gold  from  refractory  ores,  etc. 
August  24 

14169  T.  Kordenfelt-Partly  from  C.  G.  Wittenstrdm,  E. 
Faustman.  and  P.  Ostberg.  Bessemer  converters,  and  manu- 
facture of  castings  thereby.    September  10 

14220  R.W.  Lindsay  and  W.Darwen.  Manufacture  of  tubes 
<if  copper  or  copper  alloys.    August  31 

11385  E.  Patterson  and  \V.  H.  Strypc.  Miners'  safety  lamps. 
September  14 

14407  (I.  M.  Thowless.  manufacture  of  aluminium  chloride, 
and  extraction  of  aluminium  therefrom.    September  21 

14568  A.  Howat.    Electric  safety  lamps.    September  10 

14903  J.  G.  Cranston.  Machinery  for  drilling  rock,  etc. 
September  14 

14974  M.  Settle.  Electric  safety  lamps  for  use  in  mines. 
September  21 

15001  A.  M.  Clark— From  H.  A.  Brustlein.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  hardening  shells  and  other  steel  articles.  Sep- 
tember 10 

15206  E.  C.  Molloy.  Apparatus  for  amalgamating  gold  and 
other  precious  metals.    September  21 

15476  A.  Wilson.  Manufacture  of  compound  armour  plates. 
September  3 

1887. 

2602  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining.  See  Class  XVIII. 
August  24 

9471  J.  B.  D.  Bolton.  Process  and  apparatus  for  casting 
metallic  ingots  in  a  sectional  mould.    September  7 

10400  W.  J.  Wilder.  Process  of  coating  metals.  Sep- 
tember 3 

10S15  W.  P.  Thompson— From  M.  G.  Farmer.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  procuring  aluminium.    September  17 

XL— FATS,    OILS   and    SOAP    MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATION. 
12181  W.  II.  Gilruth,  London.    Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  extracting  oil  or  juice  from  seeds,  nuts,  fruits  or  leaves  of 
plants,  or  any  analogous  substances.    September 8 

COMPLETE  .SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

1198!  A.  Hodgkinson.    See  Class  VI. 

14835  F.  T.  Archer,  G.  \V.  Hardy,  and  F.  J.  Archer.  Lubri- 
cating composition.    September  7 

1887. 

10783  J.  Sean..    Compound  preparation  of  cotton  seed  oil. 

September  7 


XII. -PAINTS,  VARNISHES  and  RESINS. 
APPLICATION*. 

11806  T.  Banner.  Liverpool.    Sec  Class  III. 

12031  II.  !.  Allison- Kreni  G.W.  Barker,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  paints  and  paint  compounds.  Complete 
specification     September  6 


Sept. so.  1SS7.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


r.21 


1233S  W.  Fordyce,  Glasgow.  An  improved  anti-fouling 
composition  for  ships'  bottoms  and  other  submerged  surfaces. 
September  12 

12388  E.  C.  Atkinson.  London.  Improvements  in  and 
machinery  for  packing  paste  blacking  and  other  similar  seuii- 
iiquid  matters.     September  13 

12632  J.  C  Lyman— From  J.  H.  Lyman.  L'nited  States.  All 
improvement  in  paint.    .September  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFH  ATIOS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 
11889  F.  M.  Lytc.    Manufacture  of  pigments.    September  17 

XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    and   SIZE. 

APPLICATION. 
12.396  J.  Pujos,  London.    The  manufacture  of  leather  from 
rabbit  skins.    September  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
-1887. 
9193  H.  H.  Lake— From  A.  M.  Bowers.  Machines  for  soften- 
ing and  otherwise  treating  leather.    August  24 

1»121  J.  \V.  Vaughan.  Machines  for  unhairing  and  green 
shaving  hides  and  skins. 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11393  O.  Bowen  and  J.  Cobeldick.  London.  An  improved 
deodorising,  decolourising  and  filtering  medium.     August  20 

12596  C.  H.  J.  Franzen.  London.  Process  for  manufacturing 
white,  lump  or  loaf  sugar  directly  from  boiled  refinery  mass. 
Complete  specification.    September  16 

12597  C.  H.  J.  Franzen.  Process  and  apparatus  for  treating 
raw.  clarified  or  perfectly  white  sugar  masses  in  loaf  forms  by 
means  of  the  centrifugal  machine.  Complete  specification. 
September  16. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

17041  R.  Campbell— From  J.  Foster  and  J.  Campbell.  Triple 
effet  evaporating  vacuum  pans,  for  boiling  sugar  and  other 
evaporating  purposes.    September  11 

1887. 

10157  J.  '.T.  Griffin-  From  R.  J.  Henderson.  Indiarubber 
compositions.    September  17 

10158  J.  T.  Griffin— From  R.  J.  Henderson.  Manufacture  of 
soft  or  spongy  material  from  rubber  compound.    September  7 

XVL— BREWING,  WINES  ahd  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11376  F.  G.  Burton  and  T.  S.  Coleman,  Burton-on-Trent. 
Cleaning  malting  tiles,  and  removing  therefrom  sediment  or 
deposit  formed  therein  by  barley  or  other  grain  and  malt 
whilst  in  the  course  of  steeping  and  drying,  and  also  for 
cleaning  and  removing  coatings  formed  on  brewing  and  other 
coppers  after  boiling,  and  also  the  glutinous  and  other 
substances  from  refrigerators,  after  use  in  cooling  process  of 
beer  and  other  liquors.     August  20 

11584  A.  J.  Boult  -From  B.  Bniel.    See  Class  X.XH. 

12057  A.  G.  Brookes— From  C.  G.  P.  de  Lavel  and  A.  Bergh, 
Sweden.    Improvements  in  purifying  yeast.    September  6 

12329  \V.  G.  Hicks,  Ramsgate.  Improving  furnaces  used  for 
drying  the  barley  in  the  process  of  making  malt,  for  drying 
hops  and  other  similar  purposes.    September  12 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

12291  E.  Manbre.  Compounds  for  the  manufacture  of  ale. 
stout,  porter,  lager,  etc.,  and  apparatus  for  making  said  com- 
pounds.   September  3 

11168  E.  Piot.  Distilling  apparatus,  applicable  to  the  con- 
centration and  rectification  of  alcoholic  and  other  liquids. 
September  10 

14873  H.  H.  Lake-From  M.  Hanford  and  C.  C.  Hanford. 
Cooling  of  liquids,  and  apparatus  therefor.    August  31 

1887. 

8260  M.  Lachnion— From  J.  J.  Bauer.  Apparatus  for  auto- 
matically supplying  gas  to  closed  vessels  at  a  regulated  pres- 
sure.   August  31 


12065  H.  H.  Lake— From  J.  H.  Stebbins,  jun.,  I'nited  States. 
An  improved  food  compound.  Complete  specification. 
September  6  .     , 

18131  II.  Stollwerck  and  L.  Stollwcrck,  London.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  treatment  of  cocoa  to  facilitate  the 
transport  thereof,  and  for  other  purposes.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   September  13  . 

125211  J.  M.  Mitchell.  Chicago.  I  nited  States.  New  and 
valuable  improvements  in  the  preservation  of  perishable 
articles  of  food,  and  other  perishable  matter,  by  means  of 
ozone  or  other  gases.    September  15 

12595  W.  H.  Beck— From  E.  A.  Dexmier,  France.  A  new  or 
improved  preparation  of  coffee,  and  process  for  manufactur- 
ing the  same.    September  16 

B.— Sanitary  Cbemistry. 

11367  6.  Thew.  J.  Stansfield.  and  G.  Long.    See  Class  II. 

11185  J.  H.  Barry.  London.  Improvements  in  treating  and 
purifying  sewage',  the  same  being  applicable  for  other  disin- 
fecting purposes.    August  23 

11531  T.  M.  J.  Truchelut  and  J.  N.  Trnchelut.  London.  A 
new  or  improved  process  and  apparatus  for  the  treatment  of 
■  sewage  and  other  matteis.  for  extracting  or  neutralising 
ammonia  and  sulphur  compounds.    August  21 

11917  G.  Liscoc,  London.  An  improved  method  and  means 
of  separating  the  solids  from  the  fluids  of  sewage  matters. 
September  3 

12212  F.  W.Durham.  London.  An  improved  construction 
of  furnace  for  burning  town  refuse.    September  9 

C— Disinfectants. 

11393  O.  Bowen  and  J.  Cobeldick.  London.  An  improved 
deodorising,  decolourising,  and  filtering  medium.    August  20 

12029  J.  Bennett.  London.  A  new  disinfectant.  Septem- 
ber 5 

12222  K.  V.  Tuson,  London.  Improvements  in  the  prepara- 
tionof  materials  to  be  used  as  disinfectants,  deodorisers,  and 
antiseptics,  as  well  as  for  the  destruction  of  parasites  infesting 
man  and  the  lower  animals,  and  for  similar  uses.  Septem- 
ber 9 

12392  G.  Van  Overbeck  de  Meyer.  London.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  disinfection.    September  13 

121S3  J.  Bennett.  Goole.   A  new  disinfectant.     September  14 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

.4.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

18S56. 

13731  E.  Terrant.    Manufacture  of  biscuit  bread.   August  27 
13955  H.  Stockman.    Curing  articles  of  food,  and  disinfect- 
ing.   September  3 

1S87. 

10915  H.  H.  Lake— From  H.  C.  Andrews.  Apparatus  for 
drying  or  curing  fruit,  tobacco,  etc.    September  17 

10917  H.  H.  Lake-From  T.  C.  Oakman.  Apparatus  for  dry- 
ing or  curing  fruit,  tobacco,  etc.    September  17 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 
18S6. 
1S822  W   Burns.    Purifving  sewage  and  other  foul  liquids, 
and  making  oil.  alkali,  and  cement  from  sewage  precipitate, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    September  21 

XVIII. -ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY. 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

.4.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

11927  A.  McDougall.  jun  ,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  or  preparation  of  concentrated  extracts  or 
e-=ences  of  tea,  coffee  and  the  like  with  cream  or  milk. 
September  2. 


APPLICATIONS. 

11369  C.  Gauzentes.  Bradford.  Improvements  in  electric 
batteries.    August  20  . 

11390  J  S.  Stevenson.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  elements  or  plates  for  secondary  batteries  or  elec- 
trical accumulators.    August  20 

11118  J.  S.  Sellon.  London.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries  or  electrical  accumulators.    August  22 

1150-7  E  F  H.  H.  Lauckert.  London.  Improvements  in 
dvnaiiio  electric  and  electro-dynamic  machines.    August  23 

"11513  H  Tudor.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  electrodes  for 
electric  accumulators  or  secondary  batteries.    August  24 

11923  C  L.  R.  E.  Menges.  London.  Improvements  relating 
to  the  manufacture  of  plates  or  electrodes  for  primary  or 
secondary  electric  batteries,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.    Sep- 

12017  P  L.  Verchere.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  carbons  for  voltaic  batteries  and  certain  other  elec- 
trical apparata.    September  5  . 

12175  W.  B.  Adams,  London.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries.    September  S 

18203  T.  L.  Hemming.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in 
dynamo-electric  machines.    September  9  . 

12252  R.  P.  Sellon,  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo- 
electric  machines.    September  9 

125"$  J  \  Timmis.  London.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
struction of  secondary  batteries.    September  lo  .... 

12512  T.  C.  Lewis.  London.  Improvements  in  electrical 
storage  batteries.    September  15 

1>676  W  T.  Goolden  and  L.  B.  Atkinson.  London.  Im- 
provements in  dynamo-electric  generators  and  motors.  Sep- 
tember 19 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     LSept.30.i8S7. 


COMPLETE  SPECIFH  ATION&  ACCEPTED. 

12S18  W,  W.  Beaumont.    Secondary  batteries.    August  31 
■   W.  [L  Johnston    Manufacture  of  carbons  for  electrical 
and  other  purposes.    August  "_'l 

13712  a.  M.  chirk    From    The  Electrotechnische    Fabrik 
Cannstatt.    Dynamo  electric  machines.    August  27 

11463  J.  S   Scllon.    Se  ondary  batteries.    September^ 

H757  W.Lahmeyer.    Dynamo-electric  machine.  September 
17 

I 1763  C.   Lever.     Dynanio-c'.ectric   machines    and    electric 
motors.    September  i7 

16810  T.  Uoodman     From    C.  Gasner,  .inn.      Galvanic   ele- 
ments. 

1ES7. 

990  S.  W.  Maquaj .    Means  for  feeding  electric  batteries,  anrl 
for  removing  the  plates  therefrom.    September  7 

A.    Burghardt    and    W.   Twining.     See  Class  X. 
August  21 

i.    Serson   anil    .1.  O.  Whittcn.    Galvanic   batteries. 
ist  21 
11188  11.  It.  Lake— From  W.  E.  Case.    Conversion  of  chemi- 
cal energy  into  electrical    energy,  and  apparatus    therefor. 
tber  17 
11IS9  H.  H.  Lake— From  W.   K.  Case.     Apparatus  for  the 
conversion  of  heat  into  electrical  energy.    September  17 


XIX.— PAPER,   PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11610  J.  E.  Warren  and  F.  A.  Cloudman.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  means  or  apparatus  for  effecting  the  recovery  of 
chemicals  from  spent  liquors  of  pulp  digesters.  Complete 
specification.    August  26 

11735  J.  Baldwin.  King's  Norton.  An  improved  mode  of 
pressing  paper  w -hilst  in  the  process  of  manufacture,  securing 
an  equal  surface  on  both  sides  of  the  paper,  and  obtaining  the 
conditions  produced  by  hand-pressing.    August  30 

12642  K.  Squire,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  paper.    September  17 

1 :.  Ellis,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  palp  for  making  kamptulicon,  linoleum,  and  paper.  Sep- 
tember 19 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

13827  B.  Makin.  Fitting  cylinders  with  blades  used  in 
macerating  materials  for  pulp  for  the  manufacture  of  paper, 
millboards,  etc.    August  27 


1887. 

0171  F.  Voith.  Machines  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp. 
September  17 

10006  t;.  II.  Gill.  Utilisation  otpaper,  paper  board,  pulp,  or 
any  preparation  of  which  piper  forms  t  lie  base,  for  the  manu- 
facture of  geometric  models.    Augus!  31 

XX. -FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES   ixn  EXTRACTS. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

0.  Imray— From  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry, 
Switzerland.  Manufacture  of  the  cthyletherof  a  new  acid. 
Si  pi  'rnber  3 

14618  O.  Imray— From  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
Switzerland.  Manufacture  and  treatment  of  a  compound  of 
phcnylhydrazinc.  with  anew  elhylether.    September  7 

1SS7. 
72fil  C.  T.  Arnold— From  C.  W.  Arnold.    A  dental  anodyne, 
or  local  anesthetic.    September  3 


XXI. 


-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 


1165$  E.  Edwards— From  K.  S.idberg,  Sweden.  Improve- 
ments in  explosives.    Complete  specification.    August  27 

12297  \V.  T.  Chamberlain,  London.  A  new  method  of 
enclosing  high  and  sensitive  explosives  in  shells  and  other 
projectiles.    September  10 

12124  E.  D.  Miiller,  London.  Improvements  in  explosive 
compounds.    September  13 

I  "MPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1S86. 

11S03    Sir  F.  A.  Abel.    A  manufacture   of  smokeless  ex- 

1S87. 


plosive.    September  11 


6071  F.  D.  Banister  and  YV*.  Stroudley.     Fog  signal  appara- 
tus for  railways.    September  17 


XXII.— GENERAL  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPLICATION. 

11381  A.  J.  Boult— From  B.  Bruel.     Improved  apparatus  for 
testing  alcohol.    August  25 


Printed  and  Published  by  BHMOn  i  Oo..Not  Bride  Bteeet,8tian«ewajB,  I  I  thi  Boctetj  of(  hemical  Industry. 

London  Office,  fur  the  Sale  of  Copies  and  Receipt  of  Subscription* :  6,  \ert  stmt,  Corent  Uaiden 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  Comical  3noustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  IO.-Vol.  VI. 


OCTOBER    31,    1887. 


Non-Members 3C/- per  annum;  Members 
21 -per  Set;  Single  Copies  2  6. 


Cbe  Society  of  Cbrmical  JnDttsttp. 


Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P..  LL.D..  V.P.R.S.  ..  JS81-18S2. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B..  D.C.L.,  F.R.S.   ..  1882-1383. 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883-1831. 

W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1831-1885. 

'  E.  K.  Muspratt 188.1—1886. 

David  Howard 1»S6  -ISi". 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1888. 

President :   Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
I'ice-Presidents  : 


Prof.  F.  Clowes,  D.Sc. 

Sir  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

K.  K.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,     M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  SpUler. 

Prof.  W,  A  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 


John  Pattinson. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 

F.  J   Rowan. 

Dr.  Edwd.  Schunek,  F.R.S. 

T.  W.  Stuart. 

Lewis  '1*.  Wright. 


John  Calderwood,  F.R.S.E. 

Eustace  Carey. 

K.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foi-eign  Sewetary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  20.  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park.  N.W. 

Oenej-al  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W 


Abstractors: 


A.  J.  Kins.  B.Sc. 
Chao.  A.  Kohn,  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

W.  (J.  .McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris,  Ph.D. 
J.  M.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 
H.  A.  Rademacher. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Tavlor,  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whitelcy. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  .January, 
ISS'2,  l.sS.'S,  and  1886,  and  February,  ISS6,  are  exhausted, 

and  no  orders  for  those  copies  can  be  executed. 

The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  pur- 
chase of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January,  1SS2 
and  1SS3,  at  the  following  prices  :— January,  1882,  5s.  ; 
January,  1SS3,  2s.  6d.  Members  possessing  odd  copies 
of  these  numbers  are  particularly  requested  to  commu- 
nicate at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye- Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law— 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
I  liscussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee  : 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
A.  H.  Allen. 

H.  E.  Armstrong.  F.R.S. 
G.  H.  Bailey.  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Beruays,  M.I. O.K. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes.  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 

Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  1).  Hewitt,  M.D. 
David  Howard. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor:  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester 

ASSISTED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  STAFF  OF 

Abstractors: 


F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 

F.  Jones.  F.R.S.E. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola.  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  H.E.  Roscoe,  M. P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrcr. 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.Cohen,  Ph.D. 
C.  F.  Cross. 


A.  R.  Davis. 

Win.  Elborne. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulnie. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E.  Jones.  B.Sc. 
W.  E.  Kay. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

T.  Akitt.  1  o  Tirhoot ;  3.  Victoria  Road,  Lenzie.  X.H. 

Jas.  Angus,  lo  Lugar  ;  Thornclitlc  Collieries,  Chapeltown 
Shcrlield. 

James    Armour.    1  o    Bothwell    Street ;    Clippens'  Oil    Co., 
Limited,  27,  Exchange  Square,  Gla-gow. 

W.  H.  Aubrey,  1  o  Plumstead  ;  32.  Ashmead  Road,  St.  John's 
S.E. 

J.    A.   Kradburne,   l/o  Northwich;  Quince  Street,   Geddes 
Syracuse,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Dr.  L.  Claisen,  I  o  Marsstrasse  ;  Sophienstrasse,  6  0.  Man- 
chen.  Bavaria. 

H.  D.  Dupee  ;  Journals  to  Walpole.  Mass.,  U.S  A. 

G.  J.   Hamlen.   l/o  Silvertown;  It',   Willowbank  Crescent 
Glasgow. 

J.  Win.  James.  1  o  Cardiff;   Aylmer  House,  Weston-super- 
Mare. 

J.    Lorinier.  1  o    Hargravc    Park   Road  ;    Britannia    Row. 
Islington.  X. 

T.  M.  Mac  donald  ;  Journals  to  Walilabo  Estate,  St.  Vincent, 
West  Indies. 

H.  T.  Mannington,  1  o  Liverpool;  Pentre,  near  Flint.  N'orth 
Wales. 

J.  Ostersetzer.  l/o  Castleknock  ;  Balcarras  House,  Serpentine 
Avenue.  Ballsbridge,  Dublin. 

Prof.  W.  Ramsay,  l/o  Bristol ;  University  College,  Gower 
Street,  London.  W.C. 

Wm.  Ray,  l/o  Leeds  ;  School  of  Science.  Kidderminster. 

II.  II.    Robinson.    1,  o    Cirencester;    12.    Montpclier    Row, 
Twickenham. 

W.  T.  Scott,  l/o  Stratford  ;   11,  Cromartie  Road,  Hornsey 
Rise.  N. 

C.  Sevin:  Journals  to  "Strathmore,"  72,  Central  Hill,  Upper 
Norwood,  S.E. 


624 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Oct.31,1887 


F.  P.  Siddall,  1  0  New  Bamet ;  Park  Sid'  ommon, 

K.  Napier  Sutton,  1  o  Gordon  Square;  -'-'.  Hartham  Road. 

ll.'llliW  .l\  .    N.  „  ,        ,,     r> 

(  h  is.  fhompson,  1  o  Lcighton  Crescent  ;  15.  Patshull  Road. 
Kentish  Town.  N.W  _ 

t;.  M.  P.  Vary.  1  o  Edinburgh;  General  Pos1  Offlee,  San 
Francisco.  Cal.,  I    s.A. 

C.  w  ightman,  1  0  Fenchurch  Strei  i  ;  1,  I  unchurch  Avenue. 
London.  EC.  „    ,  .     ,         #-n-j* 

I'.  J.  Worsley ;  Journals,  etc..  to  Rodney  Lodge.  Clifton. 

A.  Wutt,  l/o  Ranisbottom  :  11.  Dambachthal,  Wiesbaden. 
Germany. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 

K  Nettlefold.  1  o  Sterndall  Road,  West  Kensington. 
M.  W.  Wiley.  1  o  1.  Bell  Terrace.  West  Hartlepool. 


SESSION   1887 
Prospective   Arrangements. 

Nov.  7. -Mr.  C.  T.  Kingzett.  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.,  "Note  on  the  Com 
parative  Antiseptic  Action  of  Chlorides.  Nitrates 
and  Sulphate?-." 
,.  Discussion  on  Mr.  John  Ruffle's  Paper  in  July  Num- 

ber of  Journal  (1887).  on  "The  Correct  Analysis  of 
Superphosphates.  Plain  and  Ammoniated." 

Dec.   5.— Professor  Dewar,   M.A..   F.R.S.    (President  of    the 
Society  |,  "The  New  Weldon-Pediincy  Process  for 
the  Manufacture  of    Chlorine  from    Chloride    of 
Magnesium." 
Communications  to  be  addressed  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  28th  OCTOBER.  1887. 

Thomas  Bailey,  25,  High  Street .  Hull,  seed  crusher. 

John  Blair,  18,  Old  Mi .1  IIu.id.Ncw  Hcndon.  Sunderland,  tar 
distiller  .     ,  , 

John  Clark.  80,  Great  Brook  Street.  Birmingham,  metal- 
lurgist. „  ,  .  ,     . 

W  H.  Constable,  Hale  Bank,  Widnes.  Lancashire,  analyti- 
cal chemist. 

Samuel  Dalziel.  Smyrna,  Asia  Minor,  chemist. 

Bennett  F.  Davenpnt.  A.M.  M.D.,  161,  Tremont  Street. 
Boston.  Mass.  I.S.A..  state  analyst. 

William  Dixon,  10-.',  Spring  Street,  Bury.  Lancashire,  science 
master.  , 

Alexander  Ellis  Ford,  i,  Orme  Square,  Hyde  Park,  V  .. 
chemical  manufacturer. 

J.  R.  P.  Goold.  6S  and  70.  Hop  Exchange.  Southwark  Street. 
S.E..  chemical  manufacturer. 

J.  C.  Harvev,  Eceleston  Hall.  Pie-cot.  Lancashire, brewer. 

John  Heaton,  741,  Rochdale  Road.  Manchester,  manufactur- 
ing chemist. 

S.  C  Hignett,  66.  Whitechapel.  Liverpool,  tobacco  manu- 
facturer. 

G.  H.  Holdcn.  Langley  Place.  Victoria  Park.  Manchester, 
manufacturing  chemist, 

Joseph  Jackson,  Ash  Bank,  Rudheath.  Northwich,  alkali 
manufacturer. 

Cavalier  H.  Joliet,  Roselle.  L'nion  Co.,  X.J.,  U.S.A..  techni- 
cal chemist. 

Robert  King.  115,  Wellington  Street.  Glasgow,  chemical 
manufacturer  and  merchant. 

Sir  James  King.  12,  Claremont  Terrace,  Glasgow,  chemical 
manufacturer  and  merchant- 
Vivian  B.  Lewes.  Royal  Naval  College.  Greenwich,  S.E., 
assistant  professor  of  chemistry. 

i  li.i- E.  Munroe.  Torpedo  Station,  Newport,  Rhode  Island, 
U.S.A.,  chemist. 

H.  T.  Pentermann,  51.  Clifton  Crescent.  Peckham,  S.E.. 
chemist. 

Aithur  J.  Shannon,  c,  o  Syme  &  Co.,  Singapore,  mining 
engineer. 

Albert  Tarn,  1.  Darnley  Road.  Monument  Road,  Birming- 
ham, technical  chemist. 

.1.  F.  Tristram,  8,  Castle  street.  Northwich.  chemist. 

Stuart  Tyzaek.  Brocketl  House.  Montgomery  Road,  Shef- 
field, steel  manufacturer. 

Fred.  Young.  Touge  Lane.  Middleton.  Manchester,  chemist. 


IDcarb. 


Charles  Moseley,  Grangethorpe,  Rusholme.  Manchester- 
October  1. 


iLonOon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


Chairman:  David  Howard. 
Committee  : 
Sir  F.A.Abel.  K.  Messcl. 

11.  K.  Armstrong.  B.  E.  K.  Newlands. 

W.  Lant  Carpenter.  H.  Redwood. 

W.  Crowder.  I'.  Royle. 

W.  J.  Dibdin.  John  SplUer. 

C.  (Jraham.  Wm.  Thorp. 

8.  Hall.  C.  R.  Alder  Wright, 

c.  C,  Hutchinson. 

Hon.  Local  Sec.  and   Treasurer:   Thos.  Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf.  Church  Road.  Battersca.  S.W. 


Communications. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on   the 

first  Monday  in  each  month. 


REPORT  OS  SECTION  III.  OF  THE  MAN- 
CHESTER ROYAL  JUBILEE  EXHIBITION. 
—THE  CHEMICAL  AND  ALLIED  INDUS- 
TRIES. 

HY   WATSON   SMITH, 

lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  the  Victoria 
University,  ttc. 

Before  proceeding  to  describe  some  illustrations 
of  the  results  of  chemical  research  of  more  modern 
date  having  a  direct  bearing  on  the  chemical 
industries,  a  report  on  this,  probably  the  most 
complete  exhibition  of  objects  illustrative  of 
the  progress,  advance,  and  present  position 
of  the  chemical  industries  that  has  ever  been 
brought  together,  with  a  description  of  certain 
interesting  relies  of  chemical  and  physical  discovery 
that  have  had  the  most  important  influence  on  the 
growth  of  chemical  science,  and  hence  on  the  develop- 
ment of  chemical  industry,  will  be  desirable.  To  com- 
mence with  scientific  celebrities  belonging  to  Man- 
chester, there  is  a  most  interesting  selection  of  the 
apparatus  employed  by  John  Dalton  in  his  classical 
researches.  Here  one  may  see  how  the  most  homely 
utensils  are  made  useful  for  doing  the  highest  class 
of  scientific  work,  and  how  so  humble  an  instrument  as 
an  old-fashioned  penny  earthen  inkpot  or  a  soda- 
water  bottle  maybe  rendered  classical.  The  MS.  of 
the  "Principles  of  Chemistry,"  with  the  original 
table  of  atomic  weights  as  first  determined  by 
Dalton,  will  be  to  chemists  objects  of  the  deepest 
interest  Dr.  J.  P.  Joule,  F.R.S.,  has  lent  for 
exhibition  the  very  apparatus  with  which  he  deter- 
mined the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat.  It  consists 
of  a  small  iron  cylinder  furnished  with  a  central  shaft 
and  agitating  apparatus  and  a  cover  fitted  with  holes 
for  the  end  of  the  shaft  and  for  a  thermometer  with 
which  to  measure  the  rise  of  temperature  produced 
in  the  conversion  of  mechanical  energy  into  heat. 
The  important  result  attained  by  Joule  he  express)  d 
thus :— The  actual  quantity  of  heat  developed  by 
friction  is  dependent  simply  on  the  amount  oi  force 
expended,  without  regard  to  the  nature  of  the  sub- 
stances rubbed  together,  and  the  numerical  conclusion 
deduced  was  that  the  quantity  of  heat,  capable  of 
raising  the  temperature  of  lib.  of  water  by  1°  F. 
requires  for  its  evolution  the  expenditure  of  a 
mechanical  force  adequate  to  lift  7721b.  one  foot. 
It  may  be  added  that  a  good  sketch  of  Joule's 
apparatus,  and  description  of  his  method  of  using  it, 
is  given  in  the  Phil.  Trans.,  1850,  Part  I. 

Here  may  be  seen  the  very  first  lamps  constructed 
by  Davy,  whilst  patiently  feeling  his  way  towards 
a  light  which  could  be  used  with  safety  in  our  coal- 
mines. Four  or  five  of  the  Davy  safety  lamps  in 
various  stages  of  construction  are  exhibited. 

Also  Davy's  chemical  balance,  an  unwieldy  looking 
object  compared  with  the  delicate  instruments  of 
to-day,  is  shown. 


Oot.Sl.M87.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


I   !B 


Perhaps  the  greatest  discovery  made  by  Davy 
was  that  recorded  in  the  Phil.  Tunis,  for  1808, 
when  he  succeeded  in  decomposing  the  alkali.-,  potash 
and  soda  by  electricity,  producing  the  respective 
alkaline  metals,  potassium  and  sodium.  A  portion 
of  the  very  galvanic  battery  used  is  shown,  together 
with  the  laboratory  note-book,  which  is  opened  at 
the  page  in  which  the  record  may  be  read  in  Davy's 
handwriting.  Sodium  is  now  an  article  of  com- 
merce, and  fine  specimens  of  it  may  be  seen  at 
Stand  804,  just  opposite,  shown  by  the  Magnesium 
.Metal  Company,  Limited.  It  is  chiefly  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  aluminium. 

One  of  Faraday's  greatest  discoveries  was  that 
of  the  possibility  of  liquefying  certain  gases,  up 
to  that  time  regarded  as  permanent,  by  means  of 
strong  pressure. 

Specimens  of  liquefied  gases  are  shown  in  sealed 
tubes.  These  are  hydrochloric  acid,  cyanogen,  am- 
monia, arseniuretted  hydrogen,  hydrobromic  acid, 
chlorine,  chlorine  and  sulphuric  acid,  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  hydriodic  acid. 

Faraday's  laboratory  note-bnok,  which  is  also 
exhibited,  is  opened  at  the  place  where  this 
discovery  is  recorded. 

Coal-tar  distillers,  gas  manufacturers,  and  aniline 
dje  manufacturers  will  be  greatly  interested  to  see 
the  very  first  specimen  of  benzene  as  it  was  originally 
isolated  and  prepared  by  Faraday.  It  was  called  by 
him  "  bicarbide  of  hydrogen,''  the  old  formula  of 
benzene  being  C12HG. 

The  other  specimen,  also  contained  in  a  sealed 
tube,  is  one  of  carbon  tetrachloride  prepared  by 
him. 

A  plate  of  earthenware  is  shown  on  which 
characters  have  been  inscribed,  burnt  in  and  glazed  ; 
the  characters  are  in  the  handwriting  of  the  great 
chemist,  Berzelius. 

Passing  on  to  those  exhibits  illustrating  chemical 
research,  it  may  be  noted  that  some  of  the  discoveries 
which  have  had  the  most  important  influence  on 
the  development  of  chemical  industry  were  made 
accidentally,  during  investigations  in  quite  other 
directions. 

Sir  Henry  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  F.R.S.  (No.  741)  — 
This  exhibit  comprises  a  collection  of  speci- 
mens of  pure  vanadium  and  tungsten,  with 
various  compounds  of  these  rare  metals,  illustrating 
Roscoe's  researches.  Roscoe  found  vanadium  in 
deposits  near  Alderley,  and  when  subsequently  John 
Lightfoot  showed  the  important  influence  this  metal 
was  capable  of  exerting,even  in  mere  traces,  in  print- 
ing aniline  black,  Roscoe  suggested  to  Mellor  of 
Patricroft,  the  industrial  preparation  of  vanadium 
compounds  for  the  use  of  the  printer  of  aniline  black. 
Mellor  procured  a  quantity  of  the  raw  material  from 
M'ttiam.  near  Alderley,  and  manufactured  vanadium 
compounds  for  a  considerable  time.  The  specimens 
exhibited  illustrate  a  veiy  completely  worked-out 
research  in  inorganic  chemistry. 

Dr.  Edward  Schunck:,  K.R.S.  (No.  741a).— 
The  specimens  exhibited  consist  for  the  most  part 
of  natural  colouring  matters.  Some  of  them,  it  will 
be  observed,  are  colourless,  or  only  slightly  coloured  ; 
these  are  ehromogens— <>.,  bodies  which,  when  suit- 
ably treated,  yield  colouring  matters.  As  an  example 
of  a  chromogen  we  may  take  orcin,  a  colourless 
crystallised  substance  contained  in  various  species 
of  lichen,  which,  by  the  combined  action  of  air 
and  alkalis,  yields  orcein,  the  colouring  matter  to 
which  orchil  and  litmus  owe  their  dyeing  properties. 
Orcin  was  discovered  by  Robiquet,  an  eminent  French 
chemist.  Dr  Schunck  many  years  ago  discovered 
lecanorin,  a  body  which,  when  acted  on  by  alkalis, 
splits  up  into  orcin  and  carbonic  acid,  and  is  the 


subst: ,  or  on-  ol   tin'  substanci      orisinallj   con 

tained  in  the  lichens  which  are  employed  fur  dyeing 
purposes.      Since  then   a  great  number  of  similai 

substances,  some  well  crystallised  and  all  of  them  in- 
teresting, have  been  obtained  from  lichens.  It  is 
difficult  to  understand  what  function  these  well- 
defined  chemical  substances  perform  in  the  cells  of 
suchlowlj  organised  plants  as  lichens.  Whether  so 
■  far  as  the  plant  is  concerned  they  simply  represent 
excrementitious  matter  is  doubtful,  but  they 
certainly  afford  us  a  very  beautiful  though  somewhat 
fugitivedye,  orchil,  and  a  pigment,  litmus,  much  used 
by  chemists  as  a  reagent  for  acids  and  alkalis. 

Another  instance  of  a  chromogen  is  seen  in 
rubianic  arid,  a  substance  crystallising  in  yellow 
;  needles,  obtained  from  the  root  of  the  madder  plant, 
Rubin  tiiictorum.  This  root  has  been  employed  for 
ages  in  the  East  for  dyeing  turkey-red  and  other 
colours,  but  it  was  not  until  about  the  year  1835  that 
the  substances  to  which  itowes  its  tinctorial  properties 
were  detected. 

Alizarin,  the  most  important  of  these  substances, 
was  discovered  and  described  by  Robiquet.  Speci- 
mens of  this  colouring  matter  in  various  states,  and 
also  of  purpurin,  another  colouring  matter  contained 
in  the  root,  and  closely  allied  to  alizarin,  vill  be 
found  in  the  showcase.  Alizarin  yields  a  variety  of 
colours  on  calico— red,  pink,  black,  lilac,  etc. — accord- 
ing to  the  mordant  used  and  the  treatment  employed. 
Now  this  subs' ance,  alizarin,  is  not  contained  as 
such  in  the  plant — i.e..  it  is  not  there  in  a  free  state, 
but  exists  in  combination  with  glucose,  forming  a 
peculiar  compound,  rubianic  acid,  which  is  itself 
quite  incapable  of  dj  eing.  and  only  exhibits  tinctorial 
properties  after  decomposition  with  acids  or  ferments 
— i.e.,  after  it  has  split  up  into  alizarin  and  glucose 
(grape  sugar).  It  is  the  natural  ferment  of  the  root 
which  in  the  ordinary  process  of  dyeing  with  madder 
causes  the  decomposition  of  the  glucoside  (such  is 
the  name  given  by  chemists  to  this  class  of  substances) 
into  alizarin  and  glucose.  It  should  be  stated  that 
Rochleder  was  the  first  to  discover  a  glucoside  yield- 
ing alizarin  by  decomposition  with  acids.  He  called 
it  ruberythric  acid,  but  since  this  differs  in  some  of  its 
properties  as  well  as  in  composition  from  rubianic 
acid  the  latter  name  is  retained.  The  characteristic 
property  of  rubianic  acid  — thatof  yielding  a  potassium 
salt  crystallising  in  plum-coloured  needles  (of  which 
a  specimen  is  exhibited) — is  not  mentioned  by  Roch- 
leder. It  was  the  analysis  of  this  salt  which  led  to 
the  conclusion  that  alizarin  contains  14  atoms  of 
carbon,  a  fact  of  importance  in  connection  with  the 
artificial  production  of  alizarin,  which,  if  due  atten- 
tion had  been  given  to  it,  would  have  shown  that  the 
attempts  made  to  obtain  the  latter  from  naphthalene, 
a  substance  containing  only  ten  atoms  of  carbon,  could 
not  possibly  succeed.  The  other  substances  extracted 
from  madder  — rubian,  rubiadin,  purpuroxanthin,  etc. 
— are  mere  chemical  curiosities  of  no  practical 
importance.  The  very  beautiful  substance,  mui'jistin, 
obtained  by  the  late  Dr.  Stenhouse  from  munjeet  or 
Indian  madder,  should,  however,  not  be  overlooked.' 
Purpuroxanthin,  which  is  a  product  obtained  by 
reduction  from  purpurin,  is  isomeric  with  alizarin, 
but  does  not  dye  mordants.  Munjistin  is  purpuro- 
xanthin carbonic  acid,  and  rubiadin  is  probably 
methyl-purpuroxanthin. 

The  artificial  production  of  alizarin  from  anthra- 
cene, a  coal-tar  constituent,  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant discoveries  of  modern  times,  from  a  scientific  as 
well  as  a  practical  point  of  view.  The  history  of  this 
discovery  and  its  practical  consequences  will  doubt- 
less be  discussed  in  connection  with  other  exhibits, 
and  may  therefore  be  passed  over  here.  It  may,  how- 
ever, be  mentioned  that  during  the  process  of  making 


626 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Oct.si.MW. 


artificial  alizarin  as  originally  carried  out  a  consider- 
able  amount  of  another  substance  is  formed,  which 
was  noticed  first  by  Dr.  Schunck,  and  named  anthra- 

rlavic  acid.  This  was  shown  by  I'r.  l'erkin  to  be 
isomeric  with  alizarin,  though  quite  incapable  of 
combining  with  mordants.  By  fusion  with  caustic 
alkali,  anthraflavic  acid  is  converted  into  rlavo- 
purpurin,  which  is  isomeric  with  ordinary  purpurin, 
and  is  endowed  with  marked  tinctorial  properties.  It 
is  now  prepared  on  a  large  scale  for  the  use  of  dyers. 

Ghryaammic  acid,  the  salts  of  which  are  coloured 
and  remarkable  for  their  golden,  semi-metallic  lustre, 
is  also  a  derivative  of  anthracene.  It  was,  however, 
obtained  originally  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on 
aloes.  It  belongs  to  the  same  class  of  compounds  as 
picric  acid,  and,  like  the  latter,  may  be  employed  for 
dyeing  purposes. 

Indigo,  the  well-known  blue  dye,  is  obtained,  as 
most  people  are  aware,  from  the  leaves  of  various 
plants.  In  what  state  the  colouring  matter  is  con- 
tained in  the  indigo  plant  was  formerly  unknown,  the 
leaves  showing  no  blue  tint  when  fresh  and  unin- 
jured, but  having  the  same  green  colour  as  any  other 
leaves.  Dr.  Schunck  showed  that  the  colouring 
matter  is  contained  in  the  plant  as  a  pale  yellow 
glucoside,  easily  soluble  in  water,  which  he  called 
indican.  This,  like  other  glucosides,  is  decomposed 
by  acids,  splitting  up  into  indigo  and  a  peculiar  kind 
of  sugar,  and  thus  the  fact  of  indigo,  which  is  an 
extremely  insoluble  body,  being  removed  from  plants 
by  means  of  cold  water  was  easily  explained.  There 
is  a  specimen  of  indican  from  Indigofera  tinetoria 
among  the  exhibits,  but,  being  a  body  very  easily 
decomposed,  it  has  already  begun  to  show  signs  of 
change,  the  surface  being  covered  with  a  blue  film  of 
indigo.  Its  physical  properties  are  not  interesting  : 
it  never  assumes  a  crystalline  form,  always  appearing 
as  a  yellow  syrup.  All  commercial  indigos  contain  a 
certain  proportion  of  a  red  colouring  matter.  This 
red  colouring  matter  was  first  obtained  by  Dr.  Schunck 
in  a  state  of  purity,  and  sailed  by  him  indirubin.  It 
is  a  very  interesting  body,  crystallising  in  red  needles, 
subliming  unchanged,  and  yielding  solutions  of  a  fine 
crimson  colour.  It  has  the  same  percentage  com- 
position as  indigo  blue,  but  is  a  more  stable  body 
In  dyeing  it  affords  crimson  in  place  of  blue  shades. 
1  >r  Schunck  has  shown  that  by  treating  indican  in  a 
particular  way  before  acting  on  it  with  acid  it  may 
be  made  to  yield  indirubin  only,  and  as  the  latter 
would  probably  turn  out  a  valuable  dvestuff,  on 
account  of  its  great  stability,  a  means  is  pointed  out 
whereby  the  manufacturer  would  be  enabled  to 
produce  a  true  red  in  place  of  a  blue  indigo. 

As  a  curiosity  interesting  to  physiologists  as  well  as 
chemists,  the  specimen  of  indigo  from  urine  may  be 
pointed  out.  Dr.  Schunck  first  showed  that  all 
urines,  whether  pathological  or  not,  contain  an  indigo- 
producing  body  in  minute  quantities.  The  chemical 
nature  of  this  body  was  first  ascertained  by  Baumann, 
who  showed  that  it  was  not  a  glucoside  like  the 
indican  of  plants,  but  the  potassium  salt  of  a  peculiar 
acid,  indoxyl-sulphonic  acid. 

The  substances  from  cotton  here  exhibited  are  more 
interesting  to  the  bleacher  than  to  the  dyer,  since 
they  represent  together  the  matter  which  is*  removed 
from  cotton  fabrics  during  the  bleaching  process. 
Among  them  will  be  found  a  dark  brown  colouring 
matter  which  is  the  substance  causing  the  brown 
tinge  seen  in  raw  cotton.  All  cotton,  however  white 
it  may  appear,  contains  some  of  this  colouring  matter, 
but  the  so-called  Nankin  cotton  has  more  of  it  than 
other  kinds.  During  the  bleaching  process  it  is  partly 
removed  by  treatment  with  alkaline  lye,  and  in  part 
it  is  destroyed  by  the  action  of  chloride  of  lime.  The 
cotton  wax  may  have  something  to  do  with    the 


property  that  the  cotton  fibres  possess  of  adhering  to 
each  other. 

Dr.  J.  Peteii  Okies.-,,  F.1I.S.  (No.  741b).— In  this 
exhibit  we  have  specimens  illustrative  of  the 
discovery  of  diaz)  and  azo  compounds,  more 
especially  the  azo  colours  ;  also  specimens  of  fabrics 
dyed  with  these  beautiful  and  brilliant  colours  are 
shown.  The  history  of  the  discovery  of  the  first 
diazo  compound,  which  was  made  in  the  year  1858,  is 
thus  related  by  Dr.  Griess,  in  a  letter  to  the  writer  : 
—"Dr.  Gerland,  when  working  in  the  laboratory  of 
Professor  Kolbe,  in  Marburg,  investigated  the  action 
of  nitrous  acid  on  amidobenzoic  acid  at  the  request  of 
Kolbe.  Thus  the  oxybenzoic  acid  was  prepared,  indi- 
cating a  chemical  change  then  considered  of  much 
importance.  In  like  manner  I  investigated  a  means 
of  converting  picramic  acid  (amidodinitrophenyiiu 
acid),  into  the  oxydinitrophenylic  acid,  C0H2(N<  >_) 
(OH).>,biit  I  obtained  instead  of  thislatteracompounri 
possessed  of  such  striking  and  peculiar  properties 
that  I  at  once  concluded  it  must  belong  to  a  com- 
pletely new  class  of  compounds.  Analysis  soon 
showed  me  that  this  peculiar  compound  had  the  com- 
position C'uH.^XOloNjO.  Naturally  I  soon  sub- 
mitted many  other  amido  compounds  in  like  manner 
to  the  action  of  nitrous  acid,  and  obtained  thus  in 
almost  every  case  the  corresponding  diazo  compound. 
But  the  circumstance  to  which  I  was  indebted  for 
my  success  in  obtaining  the  diazo  compounds  was 
that  of  the  treatment  of  the  amido  compounds  with 
nitrous  acid  in  the  cold,  whereby  the  immediate  con- 
version of  the  diazo  compounds  into  other  products 
was  prevented,  whereas.in  the  earlier  experiments  of 
Hunt  and  Gerland  a  higher  temperature  was  always 
attained,  and  consequently  no  diazo  compounds  could 
exist.  Having  obtained  these  diazo  compounds,  I 
then  tried  their  action  upon  all  possible  substances, 
amongst  which,  of  course,  are  the  numerous  class  of 
amido  compounds.  I  found  that  the  diazo  compounds 
combine  directly  with  these,  forming  frequently 
brilliantly  coloured  substances  which  dye  directly 
animal  fibres.  The  first  colouring  matter  thus  pre- 
pared by  me,  which  I  obtained  in  the  years  1861  —  62, 
was  the  benzene  azo-a  naphthylamine  (see  Phil. 
Trans.  1864,  Part  III.  679).  It  was  first  prepared  on 
the  large  scale,  to  the  best  of  my  recollection,  in  the 
years  186") — 6,  by  Caro,  who  was  then  chemist  in  the 
works  of  Messrs.  Roberts,  Dale  &  Co.,  of  Manchester. 
I  first  recommended  the  oxyazobenzene  obtained  by 
me  for  use  as  a  colouring  matter  in  Liebig's  Ann. 
137(1866)." 

It  will  be  observed  from  this,  as  in  the  case  of 
Perkin's  mauve,  that  these  bodies  were  never  thought 
of  until  they  appeared,  but  came  unexpectedly  and 
unsought.  At  the  present  moment  the  conditions  on 
which  the  formation  of  coal-tar  colours  depend  are 
so  well  understood,  that  in  forecasting  a  new  sub. 
stance  it  is  not  only  possible  to  predict  of  what  colour 
it  will  be,  but  also  whether  it  will  be  a  dye  soluble  or 
insoluble  in  water,  etc. 

The  following  azo  dyes  of  principal  historic  interest 
are  exhibited  by  Dr.  Griess  : — 

1.  Benaene-azo-phenol.  Discovered  1861 — G3.  See 
Phil.  Trans.  1864,  IH.  689. 

2.  Benzene-azo-a-Tiaphthylamine.  Discovered  1861-- 
63.     Phil.  Trans.   1864,  III.  679. 

3.  Diphenyl  -  i/i*u//i/io  -  azo  -  a  -  naphthylamine  svl- 
phonic  aci<t.  The  first  known  cotton  dye  of  the 
Congo  red  type.  Discovered  1882.  Eng.  Pat.  1099, 
January  9,  1884. 

4.  Dimethylaniline-azo-p-benzeni  sulpkonic  acid 
("  Helianthine  "  or  "  Orange  No.  III.  ").  Described 
Bar.  10,  528. 

.}.  p-Naphthol-azo-p-plienol  sulpkonic  acid.  First 
known  red  azo  dye.    Eng.  Pat.  3698,  October  4,  1877. 


Oct.  3!.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


627 


(1.  Anitol-azo-fi-naphtkol  mtlphonic  acid  ("Anisol 
red').    Eng.  Pat.  4726,  November  20,  1878. 

The  first  diazo  compound— viz.,  diazodinitropkenol, 
was  discovered  in  1858.  (Liebig's  Ann.  IOC.  page 
123J 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.K.S.  (No.  74lc).-Tbis  is 
an  exhibit  of  very  special  interest,  inasmuch  as 
it  marks  a  completely  new  era  in  the  history  of 
colouring  matters  and  dyes.  Perkin  was  the  dis- 
coverer of  the  first  coal-tar  colour,  but,  singular  to 
say,  he  did  not  in  the  experimental  research  he  was 
cariying  out  expect  a  colour,  and  in  fact,  from  the 
scientific  standpoint,  he  did  not  want  a  colour.  He 
was  working  in  18."><>  on  aniline  with  a  view  to 
pro. iuce  quinine,  but  obtained  mauveme  or  '•mauve'' 
instead.  Specimens  of  the  original  mauve  are  shown, 
both  solid  and  in  solution.  The  only  small  use 
to  which  mauve  is  now  put  in  this  country  is 
for  colouring  postage  stamps.  It  has  been  com- 
pletely superseded  by  the  finer  methyl  violets. 
Perkin  patented  his  method  for  producing  the  eolour, 
which  was  by  oxidising  sulphate  of  aniline,  con- 
taining also  sulphate  of  toluidine,  with  potassium 
biehromate,forming  sulphate  of  mauveme  or  "mauve." 
A  specimen  of  safranine  is  also  shown,  produced  by 
the  oxidation  of  the  mauve'ine. 

In  the  year  18<i'.i,  Graebe  and  Liebermann  having 
shown  that  alizarin  is  an  oxidised  derivative 
of  anthracene,  Perkin  devised  a  method  of  manu- 
facture which  was  subsequently  known  as  the 
English  method,  and  by  its  use  the  necessity 
of  first  oxidising  anthracene  to  anthraquinone 
was  avoided.  The  anthracene  was  chlorinated, 
dichloranthracene  being  formed,  which  on  treatment 
with  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  yielded  the  sul- 
phonic  acid  of  dichloranthracene.  But  on  heating 
the  mixture,  hydrochloric  acid  and  sulphurous  acid 
were  evolved,  and  a  conversion  into  a  sulphonic 
acid  of  anthraquinone  took  place. 

The  German  method  involved  the  direct  oxidation 
of  anthracene  to  anthraquinone  by  means  of  bichro- 
mate of  potash  and  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  sub- 
sequi  nt  heating  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  to  ensure 
sulphonation.  The  sulphonated  product  is  in  both 
methods  then  fused  with  considerable  excess  of  caustic 
soda,  when  the  alkali  abstracts  the  elements  of  the 
sulphuric  acid  and  leaves  a  hydroxy  product,  which 
may  be  alizarin  or  one  of  its  congeners.  Specimens 
are  shown  of  a  wide  series  of  anthracene,  anthra- 
quinone, and  alizarin  derivatives.  Perkin  also  dis- 
covered a  valuable  means  of  purifying  anthracene,  by 
distilling  it  from  potash.  By  this  method,  the 
Germans  say,  a  10  per  cent,  loss  is  sustained,  but 
Perkin  denies  that  such  is  the  case.  The  residue 
is  then  found  to  contain  a  remarkable  substance 
called  carbazol,  a  body  containing  nitrogen  ;  a 
specimen  is  shown  of  this  beautiful  body. 

But  alizarin  is  only  one  of  a  series  of  colours  pro- 
duced from  anthracene,  and  the  great  advantage  of 
the  synthetical  methods  of  preparing  these  colouring 
matters  from  the  one  common  source,  anthracene,  is 
that  according  to  desire,  either  one  or  other  colour 
of  this  series  may  be  obtained,  whereas  in  working 
the  madder  root,  the  dyer  must  take  and  use  what 
nature  has  put  into  his  hands.  Perkin  also  suc- 
ceeded in  preparing  artificially  for  the  first  time  the 
odoriferous  principle  contained  in  the  sweet-scented 
Tonka  bean — viz.,  coumarin. 

Specimens  of  cinnamic  acid,  first  prepared  by 
Perkin,  are  also  shown.  Cinnamic  acid  is  remark- 
able as  being  the  raw  material  used  in  the  preparation 
of  artificial  indigo. 

PROF.  C.  SCHORLEMMER,  F.R.S.,  AND  MESSRS.  R.  S. 

Dale,  B.A.,  axi>  C.  Schorlemmer  (741a).— In  the 

showcase    in  which   Dr.   Schunck's    specimens  are 


displayed  will  be  found  a  small  case  of  bottles 
and  specimen  tubes  containing  preparations  neither 
large  in  bulk  nor  striking  to  the  eye.  Nevertheless, 
these  specimens  illustrate  a  very  important  series  of 
chemical  investigations.  There  are,  firstly,  a  series 
of  samples  of  the  pure  constituents  of  American 
1  etroleum,  separated  and  prepared  for  the  first  time 
by  Professor  Schorlemmer.  Schorlemmer  conclu- 
sively proved  that  these  constituents  are  not 
alcohol  radicles,  as  was  at  first  believed,  but  the 
hydrides  of  those  radicles.  The  final  result  of  this 
research  was  the  grand  division  of  organic  substances 
into  the  paraffin  series  and  the  aromatic  series. 
It  has  been  stated  that  American  petroleum 
contains  absolutely  none  of  the  members  of  the 
benzene  series, but  this  statement  Schorlemmer  shows 
not  to  be  true,  for  amongst  his  little  specimens  may 
be  seen  some  crystallised  dinitrobenzene,  which  he 
prepared  from  Pennsylvanian  petroleum. 

Secondly,  specimens  of  pure  aurin  and  aurin 
derivatives,  substances  of  considerable  interest  to 
the  dyer,  illustrating  the  joint  researches  of  Dale 
and  Schorlemmer,  are  also  shown. 

GROUP  1.— CHEMICAL  AND  PHYSICAL 
APPARATUS. 

W.  H.  Bailey  it  Co.,  Albion  Works,  Salford 
(No.  701). — This  firm  exhibits  apparatus  and 
machinery  used  chiefly  by  chemical  manufacturers, 
bleachers,  engineers,  etc.  Especially  is  the  exhibit 
interesting  for  the  variety  of  pyrometers  shown,  some 
of  these,  as  well  as  other  physical  apparatus,  being 
the  inventions  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Bailey.  The  question 
i  of  the  precise  temperature  at  which  a  large  number 
of  chemical  and  physical  changes  occur,  is  one 
which  has  only  recently  received  attention. 
The  carrying  out  of  operations  on  the  large 
scale  involving  chemical  changes  is  _  being 
brought  into  continually  closer  approach  to  scientific 
and  laboratory  method,  and  thus,  just  as  the  ther- 
mometer is  essential  in  the  latter,  so  the 
pyrometer  must  be  adopted  in  the  former. 
This  firm  exhibits  Hargreaves  and  Robinson's 
hydrochloric  acid  pump,  stopcocks  for  h}drochloric 
acid,  and  lead-lined  valves  for  acids  and  sours. 
A  pump  for  raising  an  almost  equally  cor- 
rosive liquid  —  viz.,  bleaching  liquor,  is  also 
shown.  Of  patent  pressure  recorders,  air  coni- 
pressers,  pyrometers  for  all  kinds  of  special  purposes, 
such  as  for  blast  furnaces,  japanners'  stoves,  portable 
army  ovens,  biscuit  bakers,  confectioners,  for  the 
Hargreaves  and  Robinson  salt-cake  plant  (a  model  of 
which  can  be  seen  just  opposite  Messrs.  Bailey's 
stand),  etc.,  there  is  a  great  variety.  The  large 
automatic  mortar  and  pestle  exhibited  is  a  curious 
as  well  as  ingenious  piece  of  mechanism. 

Messrs.  Doulton  k  Co.,  Deansgate,  Manchester, 
and  Lambeth  Pottery.  London. — This  firm  shows  at 
Stand  70l'  interesting  specimens  of  earthenware  acid 
pipes,  pumps,  and  taps  of  various  sizes.  Besides  these, 
a  feature  is  madeof  retorts,  stills,receivers,  condensing 
worms,  store  jars,  chlorine  retorts,  unglazed  chemical 
pipes  for  boiling  in  tar,  specimen  of  hydrochloric  acid 
pipes  which  have  been  in  actual  use,  stoneware  jars 
and  bottles,  with  patent  screw  stoppers  to  3in. 
diameter  ;  24in.  diameter  stoneware  pipes,  free  from 
iron,  for  acid  towers  ;  plumbago  and  other  crucibles, 
and  various  goods  capable  of  resisting  the  action  of 
fire. 

Messrs.  Follows  &  Bate,  Limited,  Gorton,  Man- 
chester (No.  703),  exhibit  apparatus  used  by  whole- 
sale drug  and  fine  chemical  manufacturers,  as  well 
as  by  viticulturists.  A  specimen  of  an  edge 
rum.er    mill,    with    granite  rollers,    measuring   18 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct. 31. 1887. 


by  6,  and  granite  bed  2ft.  in  diameter  :  drug  mills  for 
grinding  such  friable  materials  as  gentian,  ginger, 
and  copperas ;  also  a  iiowerful  tincture  press  so  de- 
signed thai  mi  part  ot  the  material  operated  upon 
can  come  into  contact  with  iron  or  other  metallic  sub- 
stance used  in  the  construction  of  the  press.  The 
size  of  the  hopper  of  this  useful  apparatus  is  nine 
gallons,  and  the  calculated  pressure  of  the  plunger 
l-  six  tons.  A  small  iron  circular  tincture 
press,  capacity  one  gallon,  for  chemists,  a 
65  gallon  wine  press  and  a  grape  crusher  with 
rollers  29in.  by  7m..  numerous  specimens  of  granite 
pestles  and  mortars,  and  an  assortment  of  hand- 
power  horizontal  misers  for  light  powders,  liquids, 
semi-liquids,  and  soluble  compounds  are  also  ex- 
hibited. 

William  Allen,  Union  Brass  and  Iron  Works, 
Great  Ancoats  Street.  .Manchester  (Xo.  717).— In  this 
exhibit  are  shown  Allen's  improved  filter-press  in  its 
complete  form,  and  fitted  up  with  24  chambers  :  also 
a  3in.  ram  pump  to  be  used  with  it.  The  press  is 
suitable  for  the  filtration  of  products  in  almost  all 
kinds  of  chemical  works.  He  also  exhibits  his 
patent  regulus  screw-down  acid  jug-valve,  made  of 
regulus  metal,  his  plugs  and  seatings,  cocks  and  in- 
jectors. 

Messrs,  Shaw  &  Connolly,  electrical  engineers, 
Manchester  (No.  70(5).  display  .Miles  Settle's  patent 
electric  miners'  lamps,  as  used  at  Darcy  Lever- 
Colliery,  Bolton,  and  Madeley  Colliery,  Staffordshire  : 
patent  water  cartridge,  exploded  by  electricity,  and 
all  the  necessary  apparatus  :  mine  signals,  some  fine 
specimens  of  the  deep-seam  cannel,  a  collection  of 
cablesand  derivations  for  mine  lighting,  and  a  remark- 
able fossil  tree  (a  Lepidodendron)  from  the  Bolton 
coalfield. 

Messrs.  Shaw  &  Connolly,  Yarley  Street, 
Manchester  (Xo.  707),  also  exhibit  insulated  wires,  as 
well  as  cables  for  submarine,  torpedo,  electric  light, 
telephone,  and  telegraphic  purposes.  Five  special 
varieties  of  insulated  wires  are  shown,  suited  for 
different  circumstances  and  purposes  ;  also  flexible 
cords,  of  which  a  large  number  of  specimens  are  to 
be  seen.  There  are  wires  differently  insulated  to 
suit  all  the  following  exigencies  :— Great  dryness, 
for  internal  work  where  walls  are  rather  damp  ;  de- 
cided dampness  and  exposed  position  (this  variety 
the  best  to  use  in  cotton  mills,  weaving  sheds,  and 
the  like),  when  laid  under  water  or  subject  to  tem- 
porary permanent  heat,  also  exposed  to  acid  or  other 
chemical  fumes  or  to  sea  water.  Besides  these  there 
is  a  variety  like  the  last,  but  with  additional  cover- 
ings to  protect  and  preserve  from  mechanical  injury. 
This  is  the  variety  used  by  Holroyd  Smith,  and 
alone  found  available  for  the  collectors  of  his  electric 
tramways.  A  portion  of  such  a  collection  is  shown. 
<  luing  to  the  increase  in  size  of  dynamos,  it  was 
found  necessary  to  provide  a  copper  conductor  of 
very  large  section  for  the  connections,  which  at  the 
same  time  was  to  be  flexible  enough  to  handle  with 
the  greatest  ease.  A  piece  of  the  largest  cable 
ever  made  for  this  purpose  is  exhibited  :  it  is  used 
on  an  Edison-Hopkinson  dynamo  made  for  Germany, 
and  is  required  to  carry  the  current  for  uoo  lights! 
It  is  composed  of  1813  copper  wires,  .stranded  in  the 
best  manner  possible,  and  this  has  been  done  so 
successfully  that,  although  the  copper  cable  is  liin. 
in  diameter,  it  can  be  easily  tied  into  knots  with  "the 
hand. 

Specimens  of  cables  used  for  telephone,  electric 
light,  torpedo,  mine  signalling,  blasting,  domestic,  and 
other  classes  of  work  are  exhibited  Cables  for  trans- 
mission ot  power  arc  also  coining  into  use,  and  as  an 
example  the  cable  is  pointed  to  which  is  used  by 
Messrs.   Mather  &   Piatt,  and    specially  constructed 


by  Messrs.  Shaw  &  Connolly,  to  transmit  the  power 
to  work  their  bleaching  plant  from  the  dynamo- 
house. 

J.  W.  LovrjBOND,  St.  Ann's  Street.  Salisbury  (No. 
704),  exhibits  an  apparatus  for  measuring  colours 
called  a  tintometer.  We  believe  this  apparatus  has 
a  useful  future  before  it.  It  is  a  new  instrument, 
by  means  of  which  the  depth  of  colour  in  liquids  and 
solids  can  be  accurately  measured  in  degrees  and 
placed  in  their  position  in  a  permanent  colour  scale, 
and  mainly  consists  of  a  standard  scale  made  of 
coloured  glasses  numbered  according  to  their  depth 
of  colour,  and  an  instrument  for  hoi  ling  the  glasses 
and  the  object  to  be  measured.  It  is  likely  to  be  of 
service  wherever  colour  is  an  index  for  manufactu- 
rers or  where  a  permanent  record  of  colours  is  de- 
sirable. 

Edward  Ward,  F.R.M.S.,  249,  Oxford  Street, 
Manchester,  exhibits  microscopes  and  appliances  for 
microscopic  investigation.  Mounted  slides  and  un- 
mounted specimens,  and  photographic  apparatus  and 
lantern  slides  of  scientific  apparatus.  An  interesting 
feature  of  this  exhibit  is  a  special  row  of  microscopes 
ready  mounted  and  furnished  with  objects  to  be 
viewed  at  any  time  by  those  interested  in 
Entomology  and  Natural  History. 

Joseph  Davis  &  Co.,  Fitzroy  Works,  Kenning- 
ton  Park  Road,  London,  S.E.  (Xo.  705),  exhibit  Royal 
Polytechnic  and  other  barometers,  optical  and  scien- 
tific instruments  of  various  kinds. 

The  Committee  of  Section  III.  and  Waxson 
Smith  (No.  709).— Model  of  the  Hargreaves  salt  cake 
plant,  as  used  for  the,  direct  conversion  at  a  high 
temperature  (about  500°  C.)  of  common  salt 
into  sulphate  of  soda,  by  means  of  sulphurous  acid, 
steam,  and  air. 

Harden  Stab  and  Sinclair  Fire  Appliance 
Company,  Limited,  Yictoria  Street,  Manchester  (Xo. 
710). — All  kinds  of  fire  appliances.  The  Lucigen  light 
apparatus,  used  during  the  dark  evenings  of  last  win- 
ter to  enable  the  Exhibition  workpeople  to  continue 
the  erection  of  the  buildings  by  night,  is  exhibited. 
It  is  a  simple  but  very  effective  means  of  utilising 
the  "creosote  oil"  of  the  tar  distilleries,  recently  be- 
come so  cheap  as  to  be  almost  a  waste  product. 

Joseph  Casartelli,  Market  Street,  Manchester 
(Xo.  712).—  All  kinds  of  surveying,  mining,  and  engi- 
neering instruments,  thermometers  for  industrial  and 
other  purposes,  as  well  as  hydrometers,  etc.,  in  which 
the  special  features  of  accuracy  and  lightness  com- 
bined with  strength  are  desired. 

Franz  Mueller,  formerly  Dr.  II.  Geissler,  of 
Bonn,  Germany  (Xo.  713).— This  exhibit  contains, 
amongst  other  things,  a  complete  Geissler's  mercury 
air  pump,  with  all  the  accessories,  also  sets  of 
Crookes',  Geissler's,  and  I'uluj's  tubes  and  apparatus. 
Attention  must  be  especially  called  to  the  new  form 
of  the  Crookes'  apparatus  containing  rhombs  of  phos- 
phorescent minerals,  which  on  being  electrified  be- 
come apparently  incandescent,  and  radiate  the  most 
beautiful  coloured  light.  There  is  to  be  seen  also  a 
new  electric  radiometer,  which  carries  phosphorescent 
wings.  The  fine  show  of  delicate  standard  or  normal 
thermometers  will  be  interesting  to  the  scientific 
chemist  and  chemical  physicist.  All  the  finer  ther- 
mometers are  constructed  of  Jena  normal  glass. 
The  series  of  clinical  thermometers  contains  instru- 
ments each  of  which  is  furnished  with  a  kind  of 
registering  vernier  with  zero  point  graduation.  A 
baro-thermometer  is  exhibited  the  thermometer  of 
which  is  divided  into  M',,,ths  of  a  degree.  This  ex- 
tremely  sensitive  instrument  marks  differences  of 
height  of  only  two  metres  (Ci  to  7  feet).  These  are 
perhaps  among  the  most  striking  objects  in  the  valu- 
able collection  shown  by  the  Geissler  Institute.    A 


Oct.  31. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


629 


beautiful  illuminated  display  was  made  at  this  stand 
during  the  visit  of  the  British  Association. 

F.  < '.  Rein  &  Son,  Strand,  London  (No.  7l">). 
show  acoustic  apparatus  and  instruments  for 
ness.  John  Heywood,  Ridgefield,  Manchester  (No. 
722),  shows  a  completely  fitted  up  chemical  lab 
tory  table,  with  all  the  newest  appliances;  whilst 
Messes.  Mottershead  &  Co.  and  Messes. 
James  Wooixey,  Sons  &  I  !o.,  vie  with  each  other  in 
the  beauty  and  interest  of  their  exhibits  of  chemical 
and  physical  apparatus  (Nos.  720  and  722a).  The 
Hex  Biti  minous  Coal  Company,  Hulme  Hall  Road, 
M-tncfaester  (No  719)  exhibit  specimens  showing tbe 
advances  in  the  manufacture  of  patent  fuel,  a  branch 
can  a  wonderful  degree  of  perfection   in 

France  and  <  iermany,  where  coal  is  scarcer  and  dearer 
than  in  this  country. 

Henry  Simon,  MountStreet,  Manchester  (No.  71M, 
exhibits  models  and  drawings  of  apparatus  by  ibe 
use  of  which  the  smoke  and  fumes  trom  coke-ovens 
of  the  beehive  or  open  variety  are  completely  abated, 
and  in  place  of  that  smoke,  tar  and  ammonia  are  ob- 
tained. The  ammonia-water  is  worked  up  into 
sulphate  of  ammonia  and  liquor  ammonia-,  whilst  the 
tar  is  distilled  and  products  obtained  from  which 
coal-tar  colours  are  prepared.  The  colours  thus  made 
are  exhibited,  as  well  as  fabrics  dyed  with  them. 
There  is  shown  a  model  of  a  Simon-Carves  recuper- 
ative coke  oven,  with  adjustments  for  the  recovery  of 
by-products,  and  also  a  drawing  giving  a  sectional 
elevation  of  the  coke  oven,  with  the  apparatus  for  the 
automatic  discharge  of  the  finished  coke. 

There  is  also  shown  a  model  of  a  continuous 
ammonia  still  (Simon's  patent),  so  arranged  that 
either  ammonia  solution  ("liquor  ammonite")  or 
sulphate  of  ammonia  can  be  made  at  will,  and  that 
whilst  the  crude  ammonia  water  is  being  fed  in  at  one 
end,  the  liquors  exhausted  of  ammonia  down  to  some 
two-hundredths  of  a  per  cent,  are  running  off  at  the 
other  by  a  suitable  overflow  pipe.  A  drawing  is 
shown  of  a  sulphate  of  ammonia  works  arranged  on 
Simons  principle  at  the  Stafford  Corporation  Gas- 
works, and  another  of  a  liquor  ammonia-  works 
as  erected  on  the  similar  principle  at  the  Michigan 
Ammonia  Works,  Michigan.  Processes  have,  as  is 
well  known,  been  devised  for  extracting  the  benzene 
hydrocarbons  from  coal  gas,  so  that  they  might  be 
eventually  worked  up  into  aniline  colours.  We 
observe  that  a  series  of  products  similarly  recovered 
from  the  gas  of  the  Simon-Carves  coke  ovens  is 
exhibited.  The  gas  was  treated  by  the  large  Swiss 
colour  manufacturing  firm,  Messrs.  Durand  & 
Huguenin,  and  an  interesting  series  of  aniline  dve> 
thus  obtained  is  shown,  together  with  silks  dyed  with 
these  colours. 

The  East  Lan<  ashibe  Chemical  Company,  Fair- 
field, near  Manchester  (No.  721),  exhibits  plant  i 
for  bleaching  cotton  and  linen  yarn  and  cloth 
by  the  "  blanchine''  process — i.e.,  using  blanchinj  in- 
stead of  soda  ash,  but  no  lime,  and  only  very  little 
bleaching  powder  and  acid  :  a  starch  substitute  for 
stiffening,  and  goods  thus  stiffened  ;  also  a  patented 
stitute  for  bone  size  used  for  stiffening  fustian 
goods.  Of  bone  size  it  is  alleged  that  it  .smells  badly 
and  communicates  its  odour  to  the  goods  ;  this 
substitute  is  guaranteed  to  do  the  work  without 
communicating  any  odour.  There  is  also  a  powder 
soap  specially  adapted  for  the  "  white  grounds  "  of 
alizarin  prints  :  it  is  commended  by  the  firm  on  the 
score  of  economy  and  effectiveness.  A  variety  of 
other  drugs  and  chemicals  used  by  calico  printers 
and  dyers,  with  models  of  apparatus,  is  exhibited  at 
this  stand. 

George  E.  1>a\  is.  301,  Great  <  Howes  Street 
West    Gallery,    Xo.   937),    exhibits    specimens    of 


raw  materials  and  products  used  and  produced 
in  apparatus  and  plant,  the  drawings  of  which 
are  shown.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  principal 
items  in  this  collection  : — 

1.  Drawings  of  the  Poirion  evaporator,  with  sarn- 

•  esparto  liquor  and  recovered  ash. 

2.  Drawings  ol  plant  erected  for  making  liquor 
ammonia  direct  trom  gas  water. 

3.  The  drawing  of  a  pyrites  smalls  burner  is  shown. 
Seville  smalls  may  be  burnt  in  it  with  as  much  a-  - 
per  cent,  of  Cu.  so  that  half  of  this  copper  becomes 
soluble  in  acidulated  water  alone,  and  when  the 
residue  is  calcined  with  salt,  the  spent  ore  or  "  blue 
billy  "  contains  less  than  015  per  cent.  Cu. 

4.  Specimens  of  benzene,  toluene,  xylene,  solvent 
naphtha,  naphthalene,  anthracene,  and  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  made  by  Davis's  patented  carbonising  pro- 
cess from  the  celebrated  Rockingham  coal. 

5.  1  drawings  of  kilns  for  burning  the  spent  oxide  of 
gas-works.  In  these  kilns  every  provision  is  made  for 
the  thorough  combustion  of  the  organic  matter  before 
coming  in  contact  with  the  nitrous  gases.  If  not 
burnt,  the  carbonic  oxide  or  organic  substances  would 
reduce  those  nitrous  gases  and  cause  an  undue  con- 
sumption of  nitre. 

6.  Drawing  of  a  hydrochloric  acid  condensing  tower 
of  the  usual  pattern,  except  with  regard  to  the  method 
of  taking  off  the  acid,  which  is  novel. 

7.  Glover  tower  on  Davis's  pattern  having  a 
low  form,  and  only  seven  feet  of  packing,  which  in 
practice,  it  is  claimed,  has  been  found  to  answer  very 
well.  These  towers  are  packed  with  a  special  blue 
brick,  and  the  area  of  the  tower  is  apportioned  to  the 
work  to  be  done  in  it,  the  height  always  remaining 
the  same. 

8.  A  copper  calciner,  fitted  with  a  Mond's  smoke- 
less fireplace. 

9.  Samples  of  products  obtained  on  an  industrial 
scale  from  the  condensed  gases  from  bee-hive  coke 
ovens. 

10.  Samples  showing  the  Davis  and  Aitken  method 
of  treating  sewage  and  refuse  water  from  various 
manufactories.  Specimens  are  shown  of  the  Salford 
sewage  treated  by  this  process,  and  the  refuse  water 
of  a  dyeworks  before  and  after  treatment. 

GROUP  II.— HYGIENE. 

Messes.  Motteeshead  &  Co.  (No.  723),  exhibit 
Benger's  natural  digestive  ferments,  peptomsed 
foods,  fluids  and  powders.  The  writer  showed 
that  beef  tea  prepared  by  adding  a  very  little  of  the 
•Liquor'  preparation  to  mince  beef  and  water 
contains  just  three  times  as  much  nutritive  matter  as 
ordinary  beef  tea  prepared  from  just  the  same  pro- 
portions aud  quantities  of  mince  beef  and  water 
without  the  addition  of  the  "  Pancreaticus  Bengcr. 
A  similar  experiment,  followed  by  the  same  success, 
was  observed  on  adding  some  of  the  fluid  to  thick 
gruel  or  arrowroot,  these  compositions  soon  becoming 
liquefied  through  the  partial  conversion  of  starchy 
matter  into  glucose.  These  experiments  were 
described  by  Sir  William  Roberts  in  the  course  of  a 
lecture  before  the  College  of  Physicians,  London. 

Messrs.  James  Woolley,  Sons  &  Co.,  Market 
Street,  Manchester  (No.  725),  exhibit  antiseptic  pre- 
parations, and  all  kinds  of  elegant  aud  usetul  toilet 
articles,  both  perfumed  and  antiseptic. 

Burroughs,  Wellcome  &  Co.,  Snow  Hill  tfuild- 
ings,  London,  EC.  (No.  724).~Professor  Oscar 
Liebreich,  of  Berlin,  first  successfully  investigated 
the  chemical  composition  of  the  tat  or  grease  of  the 
wool  of  sheep,  and  found  it  to  contain  cholesterin. 
The  commercial  article  is  termed  "lanolin,  and  it 
has  a  marvellous  power  of  forming  an  emulsion  on 


G30 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct31.ifB7. 


shaking  up  with  water  and  of  penetrating  the  skin 
when  applied  to  it.  This  firm  shows  specimens  of 
lanolin,  lanolin  pomades,  soaps,  cold  creams,  and 
ointments  of  various  kinds. 

M'Dougall  Brothers,  Port  Street,  Manchester 
(No.  720),  exhibit  a  large  variety  of  carbolic  and  sul- 
phurous disinfectants  in  powders,  liquids,  and  soaps: 
also  Mm: ins,  Little  &  Son,  of  Doncaster  (No. 
727),  show  similar  preparations,  dog  soaps  containing 
phenols,  etc. 

Winseb  &  Co.,  of  Barter  Street,  Manchester 
[No.  728),  lay  stress  on  their  new  antiseptic  and  dis- 
infectant which  they  term  "  salufer,''  chiefly  composed 
of  alkaline  fluosilicates.  It  is  stated  that  'lA  parts  of 
this  compound  have  greater  power  of  preventing  the 
growth  of  mildew  on  flour  paste  or  cloth  sized  with 
flour  or  starch  than  14  parts  of  the  best  chloride  of 
zinc  in  the  commercial  form. 

F.  -T.  Harrison  &  Co.,  Limited,  of  Leicester 
(Xo.  72:i),  and  Swan  &  Leach,  of  Albert  Square, 
Manchester  (Xo.730),  show  many  varieties  of  sanitary 
and  disinfecting  soaps,  soap  powders,  and  prepara- 
tions for  household,  toilet,  and  other  uses. 

GROUP    III.— DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION, 

The  Broxburn  On.  Company,  Limited,  Royal 
Exchange  Square,  Glasgow  (No.  750).— This  firm 
exhibits  specimens  of  the  products  obtained  by  the 
destructive  distillation  of  Scottish  boghead  shale, 
together  with  samples  of  the  raw  material  itself.  It 
is  an  industry  originally  founded  by  the  late  Dr. 
James  Young,  F.R.S.,  about  thirty  years  ago.  I  >r. 
i  oung  commenced,  however,  not  with  boghead  shale, 
but  with  the  boghead  cannel  itself,  a  mineral  the 
identity  of  which  with  cannel  coal  was  disputed  in  a 
celebrated  lawsuit  started  to  upset  Young's  claims. 
This  suit  failed  in  its  object,  and  so  vigorously  was 
the  manufacture  of  paraffin  oils,  naphthas,  and  wax 
pushed  that  the  mineral  became  speedily  exhausted. 
A  fine  specimen  of  this  now  extinct  Scotch  mineral, 
presented  to  the  writer  by  the  late  1  >r.  James  Young,  ' 
is  to  be  seen  at  Stand  ,81.  In  the  great  lawsuit 
already  referred  to  the  presence  of  a  single  charac- 
teristic coal  fossil  in  the  mineral  would  have  quickly 
decided  the  case  and  have  saved  much  expenditure 
of  money,  but  no  fossils  were  to  be  found  in  this 
boghead  cannel.  It  is  interesting,  however,  to  mention 
that  Professor  W.  Boyd  Dawkins,  when  recently  in 
Australia,  identified  a  cannel  which  is  practically  iden- 
tical with  the  old  Scottish  boghead,  and  fine  speci- 
mens were  brought  over  by  him,  and  are  now  to  be 
seen  in  the  Geological  .Museum  of  the  Owens  College 
The  interesting  point  is  that  the  Australian  boghead 
doi  s  contain  tossil  remains.  The  first  record  we  have 
ot  the  manufacture  of  paraffin  wax  is  that  by  a  Man- 
chester man  (nevertheless  a  Scotchman),  Mr.  John 
I  horn,  of  Birkacre  (and  of  the  firm  of  M'Naughton 
&  fhom),  who  made  it  before  the  year  1835  by 
Reichenbach's  process  from  the  products  of  the 
distillation  of  wood,  as  he  informed  the  writer 
He  has  still  a  specimen  of  the  paraffin  wax 
then  actually  put  in  the  market.  Mr  Thorn 
was  then  the  chemist  in  a  works  at  Camlachie 
near  Glasgow  The  present  approximate  annual' 
production  and  value  in  the  United  Kingdom  of ; 
the  staple  articles  manufactured  by  the  paraffin  oil  I 
trade  represented  over  £2,250,000.  In  the  year  1886 
to  produce  this  value  in  the  staple  articles  there 
were  consumed  1,810,000  tons  of  shale,  and  in  the 
manufacturing  processes  there  would  be  over  500  000 
tons  of  coal  consumed.  The  capital  invested  in' the 
jiaraflin  oil  trade  amounts  to  about  £2  000  000 
The  articles  exhibited  by  the  Broxburn  Company 
are   (1)   crude    oil;    (2)    sulphate    of    ammonia; 


(3)  the  refined  products  of  the  crude  oil,  which 
are  burning  oil  in  several  qualities,  naphtha  of 
shale  spirit,  lubricating  oil  in  various  qualities, 
ordinary  and  debloomed;  solid  paraffin  scale,  the  same 
in  a  refined  state  as  wax  of  various  qualities  and 
eandles  prepared  from  it.  The  specimens  of  candles 
vary  from  the  cheapest  to  the  finest  hand-painted 
kinds  for  drawing-room  use. 

The  Linlithgow  Oil  Company,  Limited,  Edin- 
burgh, and  4,  St.  Anns  Square, Manchester  (No.  748). 
— This  is  also  one  of  the  Scottish  shale  distilling 
firms,  and  exhibits  fine  specimens  of  its  raw  and 
manufactured  products,  similar  to  those  of  the  Brox- 
burn Company. 

The  Dee  Oil  Company,  5,  Cross  Street,  Manches- 
ter, and  Saltney,  Chester. — We  now  pass  on  to  a 
handsome  exhibit,  illustrating  the  extraction  of 
paraffin  wax  and  paraffin  products,  not  by  destruc- 
tive distillation  from  *hale  or  cannel,  but  by  direct 
distillation  from  crude  American  petroleum  resi- 
dues first  deprived  of  their  light  naphthas  in 
the  States  before  export  to  this  country.  This 
is  a  special  line  of  paraffin  industry  of  itself,  and 
the  annual  production  and  value  in  this  country 
of  the  staple  articles  thus  produced  amount  to  about 
i'150,000.  For  this  an  annual  consumption  of  raw- 
materials  takes  place  represented  by  about  i'50,000. 
The  works  of  this  firm  are  established  just  on  the 
borders  of  Cheshire  and  Flintshire,  at  Saltney,  near 
t  ihester,  and  the  history  of  the  oil  trade  in  the  locality 
of  North  Wales  is  one  of  peculiar  interest.  The  trade 
may  be  said  to  have  had  its  origin  in  the  discovery 
of  "curley  cannel"  coal  in  Flintshire,  on  the  borders 
of  Cheshire,  about  20  years  ago.  This  discovery  led 
to  the  establishment  of  many  companies  and  works  in 
Flintshire  for  the  production  of  paraffin  oil,  and  the 
new  industry  was  commenced  with  great  vigour. 
However,  American  petroleum  also  came  to  the  front, 
and  the  competition  became  too  severe  for  the  Flint- 
shire paraffin  industry.  Burning  oil  reaches  this 
country  from  the  United  States  far  cheaper  than  it 
could  be  made  here  from  English  products.  At  the 
present  moment  there  is  not  a  single  firm  in  North 
Wales  producing  oils  from  the  curley  cannel  of  the 
district,  which,  moreover,  is  nearly  exhausted.  During 
the  decadence  in  this  locality  of  the  cannel  paraffin 
industry,  one  of  the  last  of  the  surviving  companies 
— viz.,  the  Coppa  Oil  Company,  who  amalgamated 
with  the  Dee  Mineral  Oil  Company,  which  then 
assumed  the  title  of  the  Dee  Oil  Company,  under 
which  title  it  trades  at  the  present  time.  There  is  a 
lesson  for  chemical  manufacturers  in  this  little  history, 
one  which  as  to  facts  has  been  repeated  and  will  be 
repeated  scares  of  times.  It  is  this  : — In  times  of 
change,  depression,  and  revolution  of  circumstances 
only  those  can  survive  and  continue  to  flourish  who 
possess  elasticity  and  energetic  mental  and  physical 
vigour,  backed  up  by  and  supported  with  scientific 
knowledge  and  intelligent  observation.  It  is  clear 
that  the  Dee  Oil  Company  possessed  these  qualities, 
and  the  subsequent  history  of  the  firm  shows  that 
they  were  thoroughly  needed.  Thus,  somewhat  later, 
it  was  found  that  the  paraffin  scale  and  crude  wax 
market  became  glutted,  and  no  competition  could 
be  longer  undertaken  in  that  direction.  The 
Dee  Company  therefore  utilised  the  apparently  hard 
circumstances  by  at  once  erecting  its  own  candle 
works,  where  it  could  manufacture  its  own  raw- 
material  into  candles  and  so  remove  it  beyond  the 
region  of  impracticability  and  danger.  To  cut  down 
other  expenses  the  company  further  erected  its  own 
sulphuric  acid  works,  and  will  shortly  put  up  its  own 
stearin  plant,  Competition  was  thus  fought  with  its 
own  weapons.  The  samples  of  manufacture  exhibited 
comprise  specimens  of  crude  petroleum  as  taken  from 


Oct.  3i.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


631 


tbe  American  wells,  refined  petroleum,  burning  oils 
and  residuum, which, as  has  been  stated,  is  the  material 
used  by  this  firm.  From  it  are  manufactured  lubri 
eating  oils  of  different  brands,  cylinder  oils,  and  a 
special  class  of  oils  termed  "valvolines"  sterling. 
They  are  oils  for  internal  lubrication,  and  are  said  to 
be  superior  to  even  the  best  makes  of  cylinder  oils. 
They  are  especially  recommended  for  use  with  sight- 
feed  lubricators  and  in  all  high-pressure  steam  cylin- 
ders. They  are  remarkable  for  a  high  flash  point 
(510°  to  550°  F.)  a  low  setting  point  (under  32° 
F.),  and  a  great  viscosity  even  when  exposed  to 
high  temperatures.  An  entirely  new  method  is  used 
for  their  preparation,  avoiding,  it  is  said,  distillation 
and  treatment  with  acids  and  alkalis.  Three  grades 
are  exhibited  -"'torpedo  oil,"  for  use  on  torpedo 
boats,  launches,  etc.;  "dynamo  oil,"  adapted  tori 
electric  machines  ;  "  gas  engine  "  and  "  ring  spindle  " 
oils.  We  observe  also  a  preparation  for  therapeutic 
use,  oleum  Dedinc,  a  medicinal  oil  for  skin  diseases. 
Besides  these  we  see  many  other  varieties  of  oils,  and 
also  fine  specimens  of  paraffin  wax,  and  candles,  both 
plain  white  and  coloured. 

Messes.    Ragosine   &    Co.,  7,  Idol    Lane,  (Ireat 
Tower  Street,  London,  EC.  (No.  73:?).— This  exhibit 
is  one  illustrative  of  the  advanced  present  position 
of  the  Russian  petroleum  industry.    Two  of  the  most 
wonderful  things  in  connection  with  this   industry 
are  its   apparently    inexhaustible  stores  of  natural 
raw  material  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Baku,  South 
Russia,  and  the  enormous  rapidity  with  which  that 
industry  has  developed.      To  give  an  idea  of  this 
advance  and  development,  it  may  be  interesting  to 
sketch  the  history  of  the  firm  who  e  beautiful  exhibit 
is   under  consideration  —  that  of   llagosine   it   Co. 
In   1870,   when     the     monopoly     in    petroleum    at 
Baku    was  abolished  by  the  Russian  Government, 
the    production   began   at    once    to    increase    enor- 
mously,  but    so    far    the    only   valuable    products 
obtained  from  the  crude  oil  were  spirit  and  burning 
oil.      Since  the  Russian   crude  oil   only  yields  27 
to  30  per  cent,   of  these,   there  remained  an  enor- 
mous production  of  residuum,  which  was  for  a  long 
time  used    as    fuel    or    entirely    wasted.      It    was 
Vicior  Ivanovitch  Ragosine  who  first  suggested  the 
util  satiou  of  the  heavier  portions  of  the  crude  oil 
for  the  manufacture  of  machinery  oils  and  greases. 
The  firm  of  Y.  I.  llagosine  i  Co.  was  founded  by 
him  in  1S7<;,  at  Nijm  Novgorod,  with  a  capital  of 
200,000  roubles.     A  refinery  was  built  at   Balachna, 
on  the  Yolga,  in  1876,  and  a  second  at  Constantinow 
in  1S80.     The  capital  of  the  Company  was  raised  by 
successive  fresh  issues  to  3.1  million  roubles,  and  in 
1 880   this   Company   obtained   an   imperial  charter. 
The  worksat  Balachna  and  Constantinow  are  supplied 
with  raw  material  from  Baku,  by  a  system  of  tank 
barges,  which  are  towed  up  the  river  during  the  month 
of  May.    The  two  refineries  together  have  storage  in 
iron  tanks  (each  of  about  2500  tons  capacity)  of  up- 
wards of  30,000  tons  of  crude  oil  and  residuum.     The 
plant  at  the  two  works  includes  54  stills,  and   is 
capable  of  treating  35,000  to  40,000  tons  of  crude  oil 
per  annum,  and  of  producing  from  30,000  to  35,000 
tons  of  lubricating  oil,  etc.    The  oils  made  from  the 
Russian  petroleum  were  first  introduced  into  Eng- 
land in  187b.     No  mineral  oils  of  the  same  "body," 
it  is  said,  have  been  seen  before,  and  this  "  body,"  or 
better,  "  viscosity,"  of  the  Russian  mineral  lubricating 
oils  indicates  their  special  advantage.     The  .viscosity 
of  Russian  oil  of  specific  gravity  0'915  is  about  six 
times  that  of  American  oil  of  the  same  specific  gravity 
at    GO3    F.      The    viscosity     diminishes    rapidly    as 
the   temperature    rises,    but   even    at   120    F.    the 
Russian  oil  is  claimed  to  possess  tbree  times  that  of 
the  American  of  the  same  specific  gravity.    As  com- 


pared with  colza  and  olive  oils,  the  Russian  of  0  905 
specific   gravity    has  roughly    about    two    or   three 
times   the    viscosity  at    (J0° ;    at   120°    F.   they   are 
about  equal.     These  statements  are  confirmed  by  the 
tables   of  William  Mclvor  and  Boverton  Redwood. 
Hence  (1)  high  viscosity— i.e.,  lubricating  power  ;  (2) 
Freedom   from   acid:    (3)   absolute    immunity    from 
"gumming,"  since  oxidation  and  drying  cannot  take 
pla<:e  ;    (4)   very  low  freezing  point.      The  Russian 
crude  oil  contains  practically  no  paraffin.    A  valuable 
product,  viz  .  paraffin  wax,  is  lost  by  this  peculiarity, 
but  the  cost  of  freezing  out  the  scale  from  the  lubri- 
cating oilis  saved.     The  burning  oils,  "petroleum" 
of  specific  gravity  0"826,  No.  3,  now  largely  used  in 
this  country  and  said  to  have  a  higher  Hash  point 
than  the  corresponding  American  product,  and  equal 
illumination,"  pyronaphtha  "and  "Australine,"  special 
oils  of   very  high  Hash  points— viz.,  20i>"  and  130", 
and  used  in  specially-constructed  lamps,  are  pressing 
the  American  oils  very  hard.     When  the  inert  resi- 
duum of  the  American   petroleum  is  destructively 
treated  in  red  hot  tubes,  a  large  amount  of  charring 
takes  place,  and  very  little— scarcely  any— increase  of 
value  in  the  distillate  occurs  ;  but  if  Russian  petro- 
leum residues  are  similarly  treated,  as  was  first  dis- 
covered  by   Letny,   and   Liebermann  and  Burg  of 
Berlin,    these    residues   are  converted,    it    is    true 
with  much   charring,   into    the    true    coal-tar    pro- 
ducts, benzene,  toluene,  napthalene,  anthracene,  etc. 
Besides  a  fine  collection  ot  crude  pretroleum,  with 
naphthas,  lubricating  and  burning  oils  of  all  kinds, 
as  well  as  oils  for  other  special  uses,  a  set  of  in- 
teresting specimens  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons,  such 
as  are  obtained  from  gas  tar  by  the  tar  distiller,  and 
I  used  in  the  making  of  aniline  and  other  coal-tar  dyes, 
j  is  exhibited.     Those  specially  interested  on  proceed- 
j  ing  to  Stand  No.  781,  may  see  there  a  specimen  of 
ciiule  anthracene  obtained  from  the  Russian  petro 
leum  in  the  way  specified,  and  another  of  20  per  cent, 
alizarin  prepared  from  the  anthracene,  and  finally  a 
piece  of  printed  and  dyed  cotton  in  the  colouring  of 
which  some  of  this  alizarin  was  used.    It  has  been, 
however,  sufficiently  proved  by  numerous  practical 
experiments  that  the  method  of  preparing  coal-tar 
hydrocarbons    by     carbonising     the    petroleum     or 
residuum  will  not  pay,  and  we  believe  the  process  is 
now  entirely  or  almost  entirely  abandoned. 

J.  C.  &  J.  Field,  Upper  Lambeth  Marsh,  London 
(No.  752).— This  firm,  though  also  manufacturing  and 
i  exhibiting  a  special  kind  of  soap,  is  best  known  for 
its  "ozokerite"  candles,  ozokerite  being  a  peculiar 
mineral  wax  occurring  largely  in  Galicia.and  contain- 
ing a  very  considerable  proportion  of  paraffin.  It  is 
thus  a  kindred  substance  with  crude  pertroleum. 
Ozokerite  was  probably  formed  by  the  denuding 
action  of  water  on  peaty  and  similar  vegetable 
remains,  the  vegetable  part  being  gradually  removed 
and  the  insoluble  resins  washed  away  or  de- 
posited. Till  about  1770  wax  and  tallow  were  the 
sole  ingredients  of  candles.  The  wax  candles  were 
'rolled,"  the  tallow  "dipped"  or  "moulded."  The 
wicks  in  all  cases  were  of  twisted  cottor.,  except  in 
the  cheaper  tallow  candles,  in  which  rushes,  partly 
stripped,  were  used.  In  1850,  James  Young  having 
isolated  paraffin,  J.  K.  Field  took  out  a  patent  for 
manufacturing  candles  therefrom,  which  at  once 
]  became  very  popular.  Subsequently  various  members 
of  the  Field  firm  patented  different  forms  of  the 
candle— spiral,  cable,  etc.,— to  which  the  plastic 
and  transparent  paraffin  readily  lent  itself.  In  1872 
the  attention  of  F.  Field,  F.R.S.,  was  drawn  to  the 
mineral  wax  ozokerite,  long  known  in  Galicia.  In 
1874  a  patent  was  taken  out  for  the  distillation  of  the 
crude  earth  wax,  and  the  white,  very  hard  paraffin 
now    known   as  ozokerite    was    produced  (melting 


632 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  lXDLSTHY.       ion.  si.  1SS7 


point  142°  F.).  The  recent  introduction  of  semi 
refined  paraffin  scale  into  the  candle  trade  lias  almost 
annihilated  the  composite  and  tallow  candle  branch 
of  the  industry.  The  amount  of  candles  and  night- 
lights  produced  in  Great  Britain  annually  cannot  be 
much  under  30,000  tons  :  probably  it  exceeds  this 
estimate.  Prices  Company  turn  out  over  i;o,000,000 
night-lights  annually.  The  amount  of  palm  oil  im- 
ported nun  England  exceeds  40,000  tons ;  tallow 
(exclusive  of  home  consumption),  20,000  tons.  (See 
Field's  Cantor  Lectures,  Journ.  Soc.  Aria,  1884,  and 
Rep.  on  Oils  and  Fats,  CLE.,  1886.)  The  principal 
part  of  Messrs  Field's  exhibit,  the  ''samphire  soap,'' 
is  an  article  made  by  Dr.  Alder  Wright's  ammonia 
process,  and  in  this  process  all  free  alkali  is  removed. 
Moreover,  a  small  quantity  of  free  iodine  is  introduced, 
and  glycerine  of  specific  gravity  1'26  is  substituted 
for  the  20  per  cent,  of  water  usually  present  in  toilet 
soaps.  Eucalyptol,  the  essence  of  the  Eucalyptus 
globulus  in  an  iodised  and  semi  saponified  form,  is 
finally  added. 

Price's  Latent  Candle  Company,  Limited, 
Belmont  Works,  Battersea,  London,  S.W.— This 
exhibit  is  one  made  by  a  firm  which  has  a  remark- 
able history.  It  is  owing  to  a  discovery  made  by  a 
member  of  this  firm  that  cheap  and  pure  glycerine  may 
now  be  had  in  abundance.  To  describe  the  develop- 
ment of  the  firm  in  detail  would  be  out  of  the  question, 
for,  to  begin  with,  more  than  80  patents  have  been 
held  by  Price's  Company.  The  great  French  chemist 
Chevreul,  now  over  100  years  of  age,  but  still  active 
as  a  chemist,  in  1811  began  his  researches  on  the 
constitution  of  fats  and  oils,  and  in  1823  he  com- 
pletely published  his  discoveries  in  this  direction.  In 
conjunction  with  Gay  Lussac  he  attempted  the 
industrial  application  of  the  scientific  principles  he 
had  made  known,  but  did  not  attain  the  success  lie 
doubtless  anticipated.  It  was  reserved  to  M.  de 
Milly  to  lay  the  foundation  of  the  stearic  candle 
manufacture  in  1832.  In  1833  the  "Bougies  de 
l'Etoile,"  as  the  candles  of  MM.  de  Milly  and  Motard 
were  called,  were  sold  in  Paris  at  about  Is.  Ski.  per 
pound  (retail),  and  at  this  price  were  placed  "on  the 
market  to  the  extent  of  about  25  tons  per  annum. 
In  1829  Mr.  James  Soames,  of  London,  separated 
cocoanut  oil  into  its  solid  and  liquid  components  by 
pressure.  He  took  out  a  patent  for  it.  The  patent 
was  purchased  by  Mr.  William  Wilson  and  his  part- 
ner, who  worked  under  the  title  of  "  E.  Price  & 
Co.1  They  perfected  it,  and  produced  by  its  aid 
cocoanut  candles  and  lamp  oil.  In  1847  the  concern 
passed  into  the  hands  of  "Trice's  Patent  Candle 
Company,'  Mr.  William  Wilson  becoming  the  first 
chairman,  and  his  two  sons— J.  P.  Wilson  and  G  F. 
Wilson— the  managing  directors.  The  plaited  wick, 
patented  in  France  in  182")  by  Cambaceres,  was 
introduced  into  England  by  Henri  Meyer,  subse- 
quently manufactured  near  Derby  by  Mr.  Thomas 
Top  ham,  and  he  in  183(5  was  supplying  the  wick  to 
E.  Price  &  Co.  In  the  year  1840  Mr.  J.  P.  Wilson, 
whilst  endeavouring  to  produce  a  cheap  self-snuffing 
candle  for  the  coming  illumination  innonourof  the 
marriage  of  Her  Majesty  Queen  Victoria  then 
approaching,  succeeded  in  making  such  candles  of  a 
mixture  of  equal  parts  of  stearic  acid  and  coacoanut 
stearin.  They  gave  a  brilliant  light,  required  no 
snuffing,  and  could  be  sold  retail  at  is.  per  lb.  The 
new  candles  came  rapidly  into  notice,  and  the  sales 
advanced  in  a  manner  entirely  without  precedent. 
They  were  termed  "  composite,"  Because  oi  the  mix- 
tun.'  of  materials  in  them.  Such  was  a  new  and 
successful  departure  in   illumination   for   our   homes 

and  "ii  festi\ icasionsat  the  date  of  the  marriage 

ol  Queen  \  ictoria. 
In  I84u  George  Gwynne  took  out  a  patent  for  the 


distillation  of  the  fatty  acids  in  vacuo.     It  is  these 
fat   acids   which,  chemically  united   with  glycerine, 
form  true  fats,  much  as  sulphuric  acid  united  with 
soda  forms  a  salt,  sulphate  of  soda.     The  knowledge 
which  had  already  been  acquired  that  these  fat  acids 
could  be  distilled  without  destruction  or  decompo- 
sition was    thus    for    the    first    time   commercially 
applied.    But  in   1842—43  Messrs.  Price  &  Co.,  in 
the  names  of  W.  C.  Jones  and  G.  F.  Wilson,  patented 
a  still  more   important   discovery,  superseding  the 
first.     They  discovered  that  all  the  good  effects  of 
the  vacuum  process  could  be  gained  by  substituting 
the  use  of  free  steam.     Thus  the  costly  vacuum  still 
was  avoided.     With  respect  to  the  hardening  of  fats, 
Fremy,  another  great  French  chemist,  had  shown  in 
1836  that  treatment  with  50  per  cent,  of  their  weight 
of  sulphuric  acid  in  the  cold  was  needful.     In  com- 
merce this  was  impracticable.     Clarke  and  Gwynne 
patented  a  process  based  on  the  foregoing  in  1840, 
but  Jones  and  Wilson  subsequently  proved  that  if 
the  mixture  were  warmed,   not  cooled,  then  33  per 
cent,  of  sulphuric  acid  would  suffice  and  still  all  the 
good  results  be  obtained  that  were  realised  in  the 
other  process.     Another  commercial  success  was  the 
result.      In    1848  the    night-light   patent   of   (I.  M. 
Clarke,   and   in  1849    the    night-light    business    of 
>S.  Childs  were  acquired,  a  new  factory  was  erected, 
and  in  1852  the  sale  of  night-lights  already  amounted 
to  over  12  millions  per  annum.      Some  years  before 
the  English  millowners  could  be  induced  to  use  oleic 
acid  instead  of  olive  and  other  oils  for  the  oiling  of 
wool,  that  acid,  as  produced  in  large  quantity  in  the 
manufacture  of  stearic  or  hard  candles,  had  been  thus 
successfully  used  on  the  Continent.     The  process  of 
Messrs.  Price  it  Co.  by  distillation  appeared  likely 
to  remove  the  impediment  in  this  country,  and  so  ill 
1851  the  English  patent  of  Messrs.  Alcan  and  Peligot 
(another  noted  French  chemist)  was  secured  for  the 
use  of  oleic  acid  as  a  "cloth  oil."     However,  it  was 
only  after  some  time  the  prejudice  of  the  Yorkshire 
millowners  was  overcome.     In  1854  1!.  A.  Tilghman 
took  out  his  English  patent  for  acidifying  fats  and 
separating  them  into  fat  acids  and  glycerin  by  means 
of  contact  with  water  under  high  temperatures  and 
pressures.    The  Company  took  an  exclusive  licence 
under  this  patent.    However,  a  still  further  and  very 
material   advance   was   made    when    Messrs.    G.    F". 
Wilson   and   G.   Payne,    in    1855,  discovered    that 
neutral  fats  could  be  broken  up  (a  kind  of  partially 
destructive  distillation  or,  better,  analytic  distillation 
or    hydrolysis)    by    distillation     with    superheated 
steam  alone.     Before  the  close  of  this  same  year  Mr. 
(i.  F.  Wilson  secured  another  discovery  and  patent 
for    his     firm     of    great     commercial     importance 
and    scientific    interest.      He   found,   namely,  that 
glycerin     could     be     distilled    without    decomposi- 
tion by  the  use  of  steam.     Previous  to  this  date  a 
chemically    pure    glycerin    had     never    been    seen. 
Under  the  new  patent  such  a  product  became  not  only 
possible  but  commercially  so.     In  1850  James  Young 
obtained  his  celebrated  patent  for  the  production  of 
paraffin  hydrocarbons  by  the  destructive  distillation 
el  coal  at  a  low  red  heat.     In   1853,  seeing  the  pro- 
gress of  Mr.  Young's  paraffin   industry,  Mr.   Warren 
de  la  Rue  took  out  patents  for  working  the  Burmese 
or  Rangoon  petroleum.     Hardly  had  the  first  exports 
of  some  10,000  gallons  of  burning  oil   prepared  from 
this  Rangoon  petroleum  to  New  York  in   185!(  been 
effected  when  "oil  was  struck  '  in  America,  and  this 
new  discovery  of  petroleum  upset  all  calculations  as 
to   the  value   of  the    Rangoon    article.      Meanwhile 
Messrs.   Price   &  Co.    turned  their  attention  to  the 
perfection  of  the  candle  and   other  machinery.     The 
increased  use  of  American  burning  oil  had  no  slight 
effect  on  the  Company's  sales,  for  whereas  in  the  five 


"•■31,1867.)      THE  JOtJRNAt  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


033 


years  1857  to  1801  46,905  tons   were   got    i  id  of,  in  ' 

1862  to  1866  only  .sales  of  43,00!)  tons  were  effected. 
The  thin  now  tarried  the  war  into  the  enemy's  camp, 
and  from  using  paraffin  scale  from  Scotland  and  the 
United  States  a  forward  movement  was  made,  first 
in  the  patenting  a  new  process  for  producing  fine 
white  paraffin  wax  without  the  use  of  the  dangerous 
spirit  generally  used  in  the  washing  processes,  and 
stcondly,  in  enlarging  and  improving  its  paraffin 
rerinery  at  Battersea.  At  the  present  time,  it  is  said. 
Piice's  Company  is  the  largest  refiner  of  paraffin  iu 
the  world.  By  this  indomitable  perseverance  and 
intelligent  co-operation  with  circumstances  the  fall- 
ing off  already  referred  to  in  the  transition  period 
was  soon  recoveied,  the  previous  highest  sales 
surpassed,  and  in  the  five  years  lvs2  to  1886 
the  saleable  produce  rose  to  80,205  tons.  At 
present  the  approximate  annual  production  of 
the  articles  manufactured  by  Price  ife  Co.  is  18,000  ! 
tons ;  value  about  £700,000.  The  annual  consump- 
tion of  raw  materials  is  about  19,000  tons.  The 
present  annual  production  of  paraffin  candles  in  this 
country  is  27,1  00  tons  :  of  stearin  candles  7.">00  tons. 
After  what  has  been  recorded  of  the  invention  of  a 
new  and  brilliantly  burning  caudle,  .just  in  time  for 
household  use  and  for  purposes  of  festive  illumination 
about  the  period  of  Her  Majesty's  marriage,  it  would 
sei -m  natural  that  some  special  memento  might  be 
afforded  of  such  an  occasion  in  the  Exhibition  : 
this  has  been  the  case,  for  Messrs.  Price  exhibit  a 
life-size  bust  of  Her  Majesty  in  pure  white  stearic 
acid,  standing  on  a  pedestal  of  the  same  fat  acid, 
supported  on  a  cube  of  the  material  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  the  gold  medal  palmitin  candles. 
The  soaps  exhibited  by  this  firm  are  extremely  varied, 
and  are  of  excellent  quality.  An  interesting  exhibit 
of  candles,  night  lights,  tapers,  etc.,  and  the  machinery 
used  in  forming  them  is  to  be  seen  in  tbe  Machinery- 
Annexe,  Stand  No.  410. 

I.  Lkvinstkln  &  Co.,  Manchester  (Xo.  742). — 
There  is  here  a  model  of  its  kind,  for  it  is  both  emi- 
nently beautiful  as  well  as  instructive.  Very  artistic. 
too,  is  the  arrangement  of  the  little  pavilion,  which 
forms  the  show-stand,  for  if  the  visitor  go  inside 
it  he  at  once  loses  sight  of  any  specimen  of  dye. 
colour,  or  other  material  used  in  the  preparath  n-and 
colouring  of  the  exquisite  ornamental  silks,  wools, 
and  flowers,  which  are  so  arranged  as  to  make  the 
interior  resemble  that  of  a  conservatory.  Let  him 
proceed  to  the  outside,  and  immediately  on 
passing  the  doorway  he  at  once  loses  sight  o! 
the  ornamental  and  artistic  embellishments,  and  a 
series  of  elegantly  arranged  chemical  specimens 
presents  itselt.  He  may  now  see  and  examine 
all  the  materials  and  products  through  every  stage, 
from  the  raw  coal  to  the  finished  dye  and 
colouring  matter,  as  well  as  other  useful  coal-tar  pro- 
ducts But  Mr.  Levinstein  has  so  devised  it  that  not 
only  are  the  specimens  and  samples  shown,  but  they 
are  exhibited  in  the  proportions  in  which  they  are 
practically  obtained  in  the  factories,  so  that, "com- 
mencing with  the  cubical  block  of  coal  weighing  1 
cwt.,  the  specimens  shown  in  the  lower  compartments 
of  the  pavilion  represent  also  the  proportions  h\ 
weight  obtainable  from  the  lewt.  of  coal  aforesaid. 
We  observe  on  the  lewt.  block  of  coal  a  small  1 
contaiuingsaccharine  from  coal  tar,  the  announcement 
of  the  manufacture  for  the  first  time  of  which  was 
made  by  Mr.  Levinstein  nearly  two  years  ago. 
The  little  sample  in  question  represents  the  actual 
proportion  obtainable  from  the  large  block  of  coal 
on  which  it  rests.  Besides  the  raw  and  inter- 
mediate products,  which  are  shown  in  all  complete- 
ness of  detail,  about  100  different  coal-tar  dyes  are 
also   exhibited.     As    regards   illustrations  of'dyeing 


power  as  exhibited  in  the  superficies  of  fabric  which 
can  be  dyed  to  a  full  shade,  the  lent,  of  c^al  already 
nu  ntioned  is  here  again  brought  usefully  into  requi- 
sition, and  around  the  block  are  arranged  Bome 
folds  of  flannel  dyed  scarlet,  and  represent  - 
accuiately,  therefore,  the  amount  of  scarlet-dyeing 
powtr  (if  it  may  be  so  described)  that  resides  in  the 
lent  ol  coal.  Especially  we  notice  fine  specimensof 
the  eosines,  naphthol  yellow  and  azo-scarlets  for 
which  this  firm  has  obtained  such  celebrity. 

Messrs.  Josiab  Hardmax  &  Co ,  H ilea  Platting, 
Manchester  (No.  747).—  An  accurate  and  beautifully 
constructed  model  of  the  tar  distillery  in  its  n 
complete  form  first  strikes  the  eye  of  the  visitor.  This 
model  is  moreover  no  fanciful  representation,  and 
to  show  how  thoroughly  its  arrangement  and 
planning  have  been  thought  out  and  designtd, 
it  is  modelled  to  scale,  and  on  its  premises 
are  arranged  sulphuric  acid  chambers,  with  all 
the  paraphernalia  of  a  vitriol  works,  so  necessary 
an  adjunct  in  these  days  of  low  prices,  when 
materials  must  be  as  far  as  possible  manufac- 
tured direct  rather  than  bought  As  regards  the 
splendid  collection  of  specimens,  these  are  arranged 
so  as  to  exhibit  not  only  quality  but  also  proportion 
by  weight  derived  from  a  given  unit  weight  of  raw 
coal.  A  large  cubical  block  of  coal  is  shown  and  the 
weights  of  useful  products  derived  also,  and,  further, 
the  quantities  of  different  fabrics  that  can  be  dyed 
with  the  given  proportions  of  colours  that  may 
be  extracted  from  the  block  are  exhibited. 
This  furnishes  an  interesting  and  striking  idea  of 
measurement  of  the  colouring  capacity  that  is  latent 
in  ordinary  gas  coal.  The  exhibit  of  course  includes 
crude  as  well  as  purified  products  obtained  from  coal 
tar,  ammoniacal  liquor  and  spent  oxide. 

Messbs.  Hart'Ma.v  &  Holders,  Miles  Platting, 
Manchester  (No.  746). — A  kind  of  branch  firm  of  the 
foregoing.  Here  is  seen  a  most  attractive  and  in- 
teresting exhibit  arranged  to  Dlustrate  the  manu- 
facture of  alizarin  from  coal  tar,  and  showing  a  series 
of  chemical  products  with  their  derivatives,  remark- 
able for  their  purity  and  beauty.  The  practical 
application  of  alizarin  to  cotton  is  shown  by  a  variety 
of  dyed  and  printed  yarn,  cloth,  velvet,  etc.  Alizarin 
colours  on  iabries  are  also  shown  alone  as  well  as  in 
i  conjunction  with  other  dyes.  Special  prominence  is 
given  to  the  exhibition  of  specimens  illustrating  the 
advances  made  in  the  dyeing  of  silk  and  wool  with 
alizarin.  Skeins  of  silk  in  six  colours,  showing  four 
shades  of  each,  also  examples  of  dyed  and  printed 
silks,  form  a  new  and  pleasing  feature  in  the  exhibit. 
Moreover,  samples  of  wool  in  various  shades,  also 
cloths  and  tweeds  in  which  alizarin-dyed  wool  pre- 
dominates, are  shown.  The  old  original  madder  in 
various  forms  is  not  forgotten,  and  some  specimens 
of  madder-dyed  and  printed  fabrics  are  exhibited, 
among  the  most  interesting  being  the  Indian  dre- 
woven  and  dyed  with  munjeet  (Rubin  munjUta)  by 
the  natives. 

It  was  not  until  the  expiration  of  the  German 
patents  that  Hardman  &  Holdens,  who  were  first  in 
the  field,  were  able  to  start  their  alizarin  work.  There 
are  now  three  English  makers,  and  it  seems  probable 
that  ere  long  England  will  make  all  the  alizarin  she 
consumes.  One  effect  of  this  competition  following 
the  expiration  of  the  patents  has  been  that  whereas 
four  years  ago  the  price  of  alizarin  was  2s.  Od.  per  lb., 
,  the  present  market  price  is  only  8id.  per  lb. 

Messrs.  Sadler  &  Co.,  Limited,  Cleveland 
Chemical  Works,  Middlesbrough  (Xo.  744).— This 
firm  makes  a  specially  interesting  exhibit  of  coal-tar 
products,  crude  and  refined,  and  amongst  the  latter 
notably  alizarin,  aniline,  and  other  coal-tar  dyes:  like- 
wise acids,  alkalis,  and  other  chemicals  are  reprc- 


034 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     I0c-t.  31.  isw. 


sented  as  being  manufactured  for  use  or  in  order  to  the 
working  upol  by-products.  It  is  worthy  of  mention 
thai  Messrs.  Sadler  &  (  v..  were  the  first  manufacturing 
chemists  to  recognise  the  practical  value  of  the  coal- 
tar  from  the  coke  ovens  on  the  Simon-Carves  system 
as  worked  by  -Messrs.  Pease  &  Partners,  at  Crook, 
near  Darlington,  and  long  before  other  manufactuiers 
were  willing  to  admit  the  genuine  character  of  that  tar 
and  ammoniacal  water,  or  thought  anything  about 
the  subject,  this  firm  had  made  contracts  for  both 
products  and  worked  them  to  profit  :  and  hence 
-Messrs.  Sadler  .V-  Co.  were  certainly  the  first  firm, 
at  all  events  in  this  country,  to  make  alizarin  and 
other  coal-tar  colouring  matters  from  coke-oven  tar. 
As  a  record  of  enterprise,  the  foregoing  may  lie 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  brief  list  new  to  follow. 
Alizarin  is  one  of  the  specialities  of  this  firm,  and  in 
its  manufacture  Messrs.  Sadlerenjoy  the  advantage  not 
only  of  making  the  raw  material,  anthracene, direct  from 
coal  tar,  but  they  make  at  the  same  time  all  the  other 
chemicals  which  are  necessary  for  its  complete  pro- 
duction. Ry  their  process  they  produce  an  article  of 
exceptional  purity.  The  beautiful  dyed  and  printed 
specimens  illustrating  the  effect  of  Messrs.  Sadler  & 
Co.'s  alizaiin  and  allied  colours  on  the  fibre  were  fur- 
nished, we  understand,  by  Messrs.  E.  Potter  it  Co., 
of  Dinting  Yale.  With  regard  to  aniline  colours. 
Messrs.  Sadler  &  Co.  commence  with  the  tar,  distil 
it,  and  proceed  onwards  to  the  finished  colours.  Their 
magenta  is  produced  by  the  nitrobenzene  process. 
Another  dyestuff— viz.,  Bismarck  brown,  is  made 
by  a  patent  process  direct  from  dinitrobenzene,  the 
benzene  for  this  being  extracted  from  coal  gas. 

This  firm  manufactures  oxalic  acidlargely  from  saw- 
dust Amongst  the  alkali  products,  soda  is'made  from 
salt,  which  occurs  largely  in  the  strata  below  the  ground 
on  which  the  factory  stands,  and  the  sulphuric  acid 
from  pyrites  obtained  from  the  Cleveland  hills  in  the 
neighbourhood.  Fuming  sulphuric  acid,  considerably 
used  by  the  dye  manufacturer,  Messrs.  Sadler  make 
from  bisulphate  of  soda. 

Epsom  salts,  for  a  great  number  of  years  made  in 
Middlesbrough  from  the  magnesian  limestone,  are 
now-  entirely  manufactured  from  kieserite,  a  refuse 
product  of  the  Stassfurth  mines. 

All  the  waste  products  of  the  factory  which  possess 
any  value  for  the  purpose  are  mixed  with  dissolved 
bones  and  superphosphate,  which  is  also  made  in 
large  quantities  and  sold  in  the  form  of  manures. 

The  British  Alizarin  Company,  Limited,  Silver- 
town,  London,  E.  (No.  736). — This  beautiful  exhibit, 
mainly  a  reproduction  of  the  one  which  excited  so 
much  admiration  in  the  late  International  Inventions 
Exhibition,  and  which  gained  a  gold  medal  there,  is 
not  only  of  present  interest,  but  it  illustrates  well 
the  history  of  the  development  of  the  madder  and 
alizarin  industries. 

1st.  Is  a  series  of  specimens  illustrating  the 
growth  and  form  of  the  madder  plant  and  various 
dyeing  products  derived  from  it.  These  natural 
dyes  have  been  superseded  by  the  "alizarins." 
Specimens  are  also  shown  of  cotton  prints  prepared 
with  madder  colours. 

2nd.  There  are  specimens  showing  the  crude  pro- 
ducts from  the  distillation  of  coal-tar. 

3rd.  Specimens  illustrating  the  process  of  the 
manufacture  of  alizarin,  flavopurpurin,  and  anthra- 
purpurin  front  crude  anthracene,  together  with 
others  exhibiting  some  of  the  chemical  properties  of 
anthracene  and  its  derivatives,  as  well  as  further 
specimens  of  the  pure  chemical  substances  which 
occur  along  with  pure  anthracene  in  crude  coal-tar 
anthracene. 

4th.  Numerous  specimens  of  printed  and  dyed 
cottons,  muslins,  velvets,  cretonnes,  etc.  :   also  others 


of  dyed  turkey-red  cloths  and  yarns  produced  with 
the  alizarin  colours  of  the  British  Alizarin  Company, 
Limited.  Some  of  these  specimens  show  the  alizarin 
in  conjunction  with  other  colouring  matters. 

5th.  According  to  an  instructive  system  of  arrange- 
ment, a  series  of  samples  illustrating  the  various 
stages  of  cotton  printing  and  dyeing  with  alizarin  is 
shown — e.g.,  cotton  cloth  in  all  the  following  con- 
ditions and  in  the  following  order  : — Grey,  bleached, 
mordanted,  fixed,  dyed,  oiled,  steamed,  cleared  and 
finally  finished. 

6th.  Specimens  exhibiting  the  shades  obtained  by 
the  same  mordant  from  alizarin,  anthrapurpurin,  and 
flavopurpurin  respectively. 

7th.  A  "  five-striped  swatch"  (mordanted  and  dyed 
cotton  cloth),  showing  the  colours  produced  by 
various  mordants  from  the  same  alizarin  dye-bath. 
Besides  the  foregoing  are  two  Indian  figures, 
draped  in  native  costume,  printed  with  alizarin,  and 
numerous  samples  of  wool  and  silk  dyed  with  the 
same  colouring  matter. 

-Messes.  Brooke,  Simpson  &  Spiller,  Limited, 
Hackney  Wick,  London,  E.  ;  also  106,  Portland 
Street,  Manchester  (No.  732).— This  firm  is  one  which 
has  a  history,  for  in  earlier  days,  under  the  style  of 
Simpson,  Maule,  iV-  Nicholson,  it  acquired  a  European 
reputation  for  violet  and  blue  dyestufls.  The  ma- 
gentas and  acid  magentas  produced  by  Messrs. 
Brooke,  Simpson  &  Spiller  have  a  reputation  for 
exceeding  purity  and  beauty  of  colour.  Dyed  and 
printed  patterns  indicate  the  applications  of  the 
dyestufls  exhibited. 

Society  of  Chemical  Industry  of  Basle,  Swit- 
zerland, formerly  Messrs.  Bindschtdler  &  Busch  (No. 
743). — W.  G.  Thompson  ifc  Co.,  Cooper  Street ;  and 
O.  Isler  &  Co.,  Marsden  Street,  Manchester. — The 
writer  has  had  the  privilege  of  inspecting  the 
works,  laboratories,  and  offices  of  this,  the  fore- 
most of  Swiss  colour  and  dye  manufactories,  com- 
prising aniline  and  azo  colour  factories,  and  also  an 
extensive  alizarin  works.  The  laboratories  are 
extensive,  excellently  arranged,  and  form  a  leading 
feature  of  the  establishment  :  they  are  manned  by  a 
staff  of  15  chemists.  Throughout  the  works,  clean- 
liness and  good  order  are  qualities  which  at  once 
strike  the  visitor  ;  excellent  discipline  is  also  every- 
where observable.  There  are  from  3">o  to  400  work- 
men and  foremen.  To  give  an  idea  of  the  steam 
power  required  in  a  factory  of  this  kind  we  may 
mention  that  11  steam  boilers,  representing  in  the 
aggregate  1100  horse-power,  are  regularly  at  work. 
Nil  less  than  22  steam  engines  are  in  operation 
for  the  communication  of  power.  The  specialities 
quoted  by  this  firm  from  a  long  and  well-classified 
list  of  their  products  are  the  following  : — Violet  5  B 
crystals,  ethyl  purple,  Yictoria  blue  B  and  4  R, 
night  blue,  auramine,  tartrazine,  acid  magenta,  fast 
green  3  B,  crystals  acid  violet  7  B,  alkali  violet. 

St.  Denis  Dyestuff  and  Chemical  Company, 
Limited  (Poxrrieb  &  Co.),  St.  Denis,  Paris,  and  3, 
Booth  Street,  Manchester  (No.  740).— This  exhibit  is 
well  worthy  of  the  foremost  firm  in  France  in  the 
manufacture  of  dyestutt's.  Amongst  the  colouring 
matters  shown,  we  observe  some  interesting  ones  of 
the  azo  class,  and  not  the  least  so  that  one  termed 
"roccelline." 

Manchester  Aniline  Company  (Charles  Truby 
&  Co.)j  55,  High  Street,  Manchester,  and  Clifton 
Junction  (No.  738).— This  exhibit  comprises  speci- 
mens of  aniline  oil  for  dyeing,  calico  printing,  and 
colour  making,  of  essence  of  mirbane  (nitro-benzene) 
for  scenting  soap,  dinitrobenzene  and  toluene,  pure 
naphthalene,  nitrouaphthaleue,  arseniates  of  soda, 
oleine  as  alizarin  oil,  soluble  oil,  and  all  the  special 
materials  lor  sizers  and  finishers. 


OH.  31.  1887 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


Y..\  Hohknhauskn  4  < '" .  Yew  Tree  Chemical 
Works,  31  8,  ( lollyhurst  Road,  Manchester  i  No.  745 |.— 

An  elegant  display  of  all  the  materials  used  by  the 
calico  printer  and  dyer  which  come  undtr  the  head- 
ings of  mordants,  dung  substitutes,  preparing  liquors, 
assistants,  etc.,  together  with  some  special  dye-stuffs. 
The  sulphocyanides  and  acetate  of  chrome  deserve 
special  mention. 

Dan  Dawson  Brothers,  Milne  Bridge  Chemical 
Works,  Huddersfield  (No.  737),  exhibit  a  neatly- 
arranged  series  of  specimens  illustrating  the  chemicals 
and  coal-tar  dyes  manufactured  by  them. 

Charles  Lows  i  Co.,  Reddish,  near  Stockport, 
and  Piccadilly,  Manchester  (No.  739>— With  the  name 
of  Charles  Lowe  that  of  chemically  pure  carbolic 
acid  is  intimately  associated.  Mr.  Lowe  was  the 
discoverer  of  a  finely  crystalline  hydrate  of  carbolic 
acid,  and  the  name  of  his  firm  has  for  long  been 
taken  as  a  guarantee  of  excellence  and  purity  of 
manufacture  of  the  carbolic  acid  preparations  and 
derivatives  —  some  of  them  dyestuffs  —  which  are 
manufactured  there.  A  novel  method  of  exhibiting 
the  phenol-  and  other  colours  in  a  kind  of  glass  case 
is  adopted. 

.T.  0.  Siegerist,  41,  Faulkner  Street,  Manchester 
(No.  731),  representative  of  the  Fabriques  des  Produits 
L'himiques  de  Thann  et  de  Mulhouse,  Alsace. — In  the 
first  place  are  exhibited  colours  in  dry.  paste,  aud 
liquid  states,  specially  prepared  for  calico  printing. 
These  colours  are,  almost  without  exception,  "  fin- 
ished colours";  that  is  to  say,  specially  prepared 
colours,  which,  in  order  to  be  printed  upon  the  cloth, 
siniply  require  mixing  with  a  thickening  such  as 
starch,  gums,  albumen,  etc.,  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  colour.  No  mordants  having  to  be  added  to 
these  colours  by  the  printers,  the  latter  are  easier  for 
them  to  manipulate,  and  are  said  to  give  more  satis- 
factory results  as  to  uniformity  of  shade,  etc.,  than 
colours  made  up  by  themselves.  There  are  colours 
for  ordinary  calico  printing,  indigo  discharge,  aud 
others  for  printing  on  alizarin  red-dyed  cloth.  The 
principal  feature  in  the  latter  (both  blues)  is  that 
they  are  simply  printed  on  the  cloth  with  a  thicken- 
ing, steamed,  and  then  washed.  This  gives  a  very 
good  imitation  of  indigo  discharge  on  turkey-red. 
There  is  also  one  colour  (Alsace  green)  for  piece 
dyeing,  and  this  colour  can  be  discharged.  With  the 
exception  of  a  few,  these  colours  are  said  to  be  fast 
to  light  and  soap.  We  observe  (2)  colours  for  printed 
wall  papers  ;  (3)  colours  for  wool  dyeing.  Amongst 
these  i»  an  aniline  blue  which  gives  shades  equal  to 
indigo.  The  colour  is  even  faster  than  indigo  both 
to  light  and  soap,  and  no  acid  can  discharge  it.  It 
stands  milling  and  felting  perfectly  well.  (4)  Chem- 
icals used  as  mordants,  etc.;,  (5)  substances  used  in 
the  making  of  aniline  colours  :  (6)  chemicals  for  pro- 
ducing blacks  on  cotton  goods  ;  (7)  aniline  colours 
for  wool,  silk,  and  cotton  :  (8)  glycerines  made  from 
pure  stearin  :  (9)  albumens  :  (10)  Senegal  gums. 

B.  Kchx,  agent  for  L.  Duhand  amd  Hukuknin, 
Basle,  Switzerland.  55,  Bloom  Street,  Manchester, 
and  36,  St.  Mary-at-Hill,  London,  E.C.—  An  ink 
ing  display  of  coal-tar  colours  is  shown  for  dyeing 
and  printing  wool,  cotton,  silk,  etc.,  with  patten 
illustrate  the  shades  and  character  of  these  colours. 
Special  dyes  for  leather  are  also  exhibited,  with 
specimens  of  that  material  dyed  and  printed.  An 
interesting  feature  of  the  exhibit  is,  however,  the 
new  coal-tar  medicaments  shown.  First  we  observe 
•'  $alol,"  or  phenyl  salicylate,  which  has  been  recently 
applied  with  success  as  an  anti-rheumatic.  It  is 
better  to  take  than  salicylic  acid,  which  deranges  the 
stomach.  The  salicylic  acid  of  the  salicylate  (salol), 
however,  is,  after  all,  the  effective  agent,  but  the 
decomposition  necessary  to  set  free  that  acid  from  its 


combination  with  the  phenol  only  takes  place  when 
the  dose  of  ;alol  reaches  the  duodenum,  and  conse- 
quently only  alter  it  has  passed  through  the  stomach. 
& Anttfebrine"  is  the  second  therapeutic  agent  >x 
hibited  ;  its  true  name  is  acetanilide.  The  therapeutic 
name  indicates  its  use. 

GROUP  VII.— DYES  AND  COLOURING  MAT- 
TERS FROM  OTHER  SOURCES  THAN  " 'AL- 
IA R. 

Of  colouring  matters  or  other  principles,  the 
chemical  constitution  of  which  is  still  unknown 
to  us,  we  have  those  contained  in  most  of  the  dye- 
woods— e.jjr.,  logwood,  fustic,  quercitron  bark,  Persian 
berries,  etc..  and  also  tannic  acid.  (See  Stand  No. 
796.)  Many  of  these  are  of  the  very  greatest  im- 
portance to  the  textile  colourist,  and  hence  recourse 
must  still  be  had  to  Nature's  resources.  It  is  in- 
teresting to  note  that  nearly  all  the  colouring  matters 
above  referred  to  are  such  as  require  the  aid  of 
mordants  in  order  to  develop  and  fix  upon  fabrics 
the  colours  they  are  capable  of  producing. 

Millward  &  Crver,  10,  Greenwood  Street, 
Manchester  (No.  795). — The  exhibit  of  this  firm 
includes  samples  of  indigo  and  the  model  of  an  indigo 
factory  ;  specimens  of  the  seed,  plant,  etc.,  and  classi- 
fied samples  of  indigo  :  specimens  of  refined  indigo, 
and  extract  of  indigo  ;  patterns  of  fabrics  dyed  with 
indigo.  Indigo  is  a  colouring  matter  used  as  a  dyestuff 
in  India  from  the  earliest  times.  Cloth  dyed  with 
indigo  has  been  found  in  the  old  Egyptian  tombs,  and 
the  process  of  preparing  and  manipulating  the  dye  is 
accurately  described  by  both  Pliny  and  Dioscorides. 
The  chitf  source  of  East  Indian  indigo  is  the 
Indigofera  tinetorta,  au  herbaceous  plant  raised  from 
seed,  of  which  a  sample  is  exhibited,  which  is  sown 
in  either  spring  or  autumn.  The  plant  grows  with  a 
single  stalk  to  a  height  of  about  3ft.  (jin.,  and  about 
the  thickness  of  a  finger.  It  is  usually  cut  for  the 
first  time  in  June  or  July,  ai  d  a  second,  cr  even 
a  third  cutting  obtained  later  in  the  year.  The 
number  of  leaves  which  the  plant  puts  forth  deter- 
mines the  value  of  the  crop,  as  it  is  in  the  leaves  that 
the  colouring  principle  is  chiefly  contained.  The 
crude  mode  of  manufacture  carried  on  in  Bengal 
at  the  present  day  coincides  exactly  with  the 
description  of  the  processes  given  by  Pliny  and 
Dioscorides.  When  the  leaves  arrive  at  a  proper 
degree  of  maturity  the  plants  must  be  speedily 
gathered,  and  each  cutting  rapidly  executed  during 
the  night,  for  the  scorching  sun  would  wither  the 
branches  and  injure  the  produce.  A  great  many 
hands  are  employed  in  the  gathering  process,  ai  d 
the  surrounding  villages  are  all  requisitioned.  The 
workmen  are  dispersed  in  the  fields  at  midnight,  and 
in  the  morning  the  produce  of  the  harvest  is  de- 
posited in  stone  troughs  previously  tilled  with  water. 
Under  the  influence  of  the  sun's  rays  fermentation 
soon  takes  place,  and  after  about  48  hours  the  liquid 
is  drawn  off  into  shallow  vats  Heie  it  is  btaten 
about  by  means  of  oars  by  the  natives,  who  enter  the 
vats,  the  object  being  to  expose  the  liquid  as  much 
as  possible  to  the  action  of  the  air.  During  this  pro- 
cess the  greenish  yellow  fermented  extract  from  the 
leaves  assumes  a  deep  blue  or  almost  black  colour. 
The  liquid  is  allowed  to  stand,  and  the  indigo  blue 
\\  hich  has  been  formed  gradually  settles  to  the  bottom 
as  a  fine  powder.  The  supernatant  liquid  is  drawn 
off  and  the  indigo  precipitate  is  boiled  with  water  in 
metal  vats  in  order  to  prevent  further  fermentation, 
which  would  injure  the  indigo  itself.  The  indigo 
paste  is  then  drained  in  filters,  and  the  dark  blue 
clay-like  mass  is  cut  into  cubes,  dried  in  open-air 
sheds,  packed  into  chests  and  sent  to  the  Calcutta 
market. 


636 


THE  .TOFRXAL  OF  TTTF.  SOCIETY  OF  OITFMTOAL  IXDUSTRY.      [Oet. 31, 1887. 


Tin     fresh    leaf    of   the    indigo   plant    does    not 
contain    indigo,     but    a    colour-yielding    principle 

called  Indican,  Under  the  influence  of  the 
fermentation  and  the  subsequent  oxidation  this 
colourless  or  faintly- coloured  and  soluble  indican 
is  decomposed  or  split  up  into  glucose  and  indigo 
blue.  The  former  remains  dissolved  in  the  liquid, 
while  the  latter,  being  insoluble,  is  precipitated  in 
the  beating  or  oxidation  vats  as  described.  From 
Allahabad  eastward  vast  districts  are  to  be  found  in 
which  this  forms  almost  the  sole  product  manufac- 
tured. Oude,  Tirhoot,  Upper  Behar,  and  a  large 
area  of  Bengal  are  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  tin 
indigo  pi  inters.  The  average  annual  production  of 
East  Indian  indigo  during  the  last  IK  years  may  be 
placed  at  12  1,000  inaunds  (about  74lb.  to  the  factory 
maund),  and  the  value  over  two  millions  sterling. 
The  price  of  indigo  has  ranged  within  the  same 
period,  for  fine  Bengal  and  Tirhoot,  from  8s.  6d.  per 
lb.  in  1870,  when  the  crop  was  92,000  maunds,  to 
5s.  3d.  per  lb.  in  1S78,  when  the  crop  reached  155.000 
maunds,  and  is  largely  governed  by  the  abundance  or 
paucity  of  the  crop,  which  in  its  turn  is  influenced  by 
the  monsoon  or  rainy  season.  Although  the  main 
supply  of  indigo  is  furnished  from  East  India  (con- 
sisting of  Bengal,  Tirhoot,  Benares,  Oude,  Kurpah, 
Madras,  and  Bimlipatam  qualities),  yet  there  are  also 
some  considerable  imports  from  Guatemala,  from 
Caraccas  in  South  America,  and,  in  addition,  from 
Java  and  some  little  from  Manilla,  the  capital  of 
Luzon,  in  the  Philippine  Islands  :  but  all  these  last 
named  occupy  relatively  a  subordinate  position. 
Recent  experiments  by  R.  C.  Phillips  have  also  shown 
that  indigo  can  be  easily  grown  on  the  West  Coast  of 
Africa,  near  the  Congo. 

E.  D.  Milnes  &  Brother,  Lumn  Mills,  Lanca- 
shire (Xo.  7SJ6).— The  mainproducts  exhibited  by  this 
firm  are  extracts  used  in  dyeing,  calico  printing,  and 
tanning  of  their  own  manufacture  :  also  the  raw 
materials  from  which  such  extracts  are  prepared  : 
moreover,  a  number  of  chemicals  and  drysalteries 
employed  in  the  same  industries.  The  extracts 
exhibited  comprise  those  of  logwood,  fustic,  quer- 
citron bark,  Persian  berries,  sapanwood,  sumac 
leaves,  inyrabolams.  galls,  divi  divi,  valonia,  chestnut, 
oak  bark,  quebracho,  and  1  :rch  bark.  The  annual 
consumption  of  these  articles  in  the  United  King- 
dom already  amounts  to  thousands  of  tons,  and  con- 
tinues to  increase  rapidly.  These  extracts  are  simply 
aqueous  decoctions  of  the  above-mentioned  vegetable 
products  evaporated  to  the  requisite  consistency  with 
special  precautions  :  they  are  now  obtained  in  a  state 
of  excellence  formerly  unattainable,  and  promise  ere 
long  to  entirely  displace  thedyewoods  and  other  raw 
materials  from  which  they  are  prepared.  The  im- 
provements effected  consist  mainly  in  the  adoption 
of  improved  mechanical  means  for  ensuring  a 
thoroughly  complete  extraction  of  all  valuable  in- 
gredients, and  prevention  of  any  deterioration  or 
composition  during  both  extraction  and  evaporation. 
This  end  is  accomplished  by  the  us;  of  vacuum 
pans,  in  which  the  extraction  can  be  effected  at  lower 
temperatures.  Specimens  of  cloth  dyed  and  printed 
with  the  extracts,  etc  ,  are  shown  in  the  same  case,  as 
well  as  fine  examples  of  dyewoods. 

Bourgeois  Aim.,  Rue  de  ('aire.  Paris;  agent, 
Alfred  Hallam,  Post  <  (trice,  Peel  Causeway,  Altrin- 
cham  (No.  798).— The exhibltof  this  Hrm  is  composed 
chiefly  of  superfine  colours  for  designers  and  en- 
gravers to  calico  printers.  The  colours  are  made  up 
in  rive  forms— viz..  in  tube,  baton,  Hake,  paste,  and 
powder,  and  it  is  claimed  for  them  that  they  are 
especially  brilliant  and  opaque,  and  will  work  one 
over  the  other  without  loss  of  tone.  These  are  the 
colours  used   in   France   in   the  production  of  the 


calico-print  designs,  etc.,  so  well  known  in  this  dis- 
trict. A  selection  of  drawing  materials  as  used  by 
designers  is  also  shown. 

GROUP   IV.— LAKES,    PIGMENTS,    PAINTS 

AN  1)   VAUNISIIES. 

Rawlins  a-  Son,  Brook  Works,  Rainhill, 
Prescot  (Xo.  753). — A  fine  exhibit  comprising 
the  raw  materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  ultra- 
marine, ultramarine  in  its  intermediate  stages, 
known  as  "  raw  ultramarine,''  "  settled  ultramarine," 
and  "dried  pulp  ultramarine  ';  the  finished  ultra- 
marine, and  various  manufactured  goods  illustrating 
its  application  in  various  industries  ;  the  raw 
materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  "smalts/'  the 
fused  cobalt  glass  or  smalts  in  the  intermediate 
stage,  and  the  finished  article  ready  for  the  market, 
together  with  manufactured  goods  illustrating  its  use. 
Charles  Schbu, 2,  ( iumberland Street,  Manchester ; 
and  (i5,  West  Regent  Street.  Glasgow  (No.  754), 
exhibits  very  fine  specimens  of  ultramarine  colours, 
blue,  green  and  violet,  and  the  raw  material  use  1  in 
their  preparation  :  also  a  model  of  the  form  of 
furnace  used  in  the  ultramarine  manufacture. 

Robert  Ingham  Clark  k  Co.,  West  Ham 
Abbey,  and  Leadenhall  House,  London,  E.G.  (Xo. 
775). — A  variety  of  varnishes  for  coichbuilders. 
decorators,  heald  manufacturers,  etc.,  also  carriage 
spokes,  panels,  and  healds  coated  with  these 
varnishes.  An  interesting  collection  is  shown 
of  fossil  gums  and  resins  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
varnishes,  including  gum  amber  from  the  shores  of 
the  Baltic,  gum  mastic  from  the  island  of  Chois,  gum 
kauri  from  Xew  Zealand,  gum  animi  from  Zanzibar 
and  Demerara,  also  gums  from  the  interior  of  Africa — 
e.r/.,  Angola,  Benguela,  Sierra  Leone,  and  red 
Angola  copals,  also  gum  copal  from  South  America. 
Amongst  these  specimens  are  two  which  merit  special 
notice — i.e.,  a  mass  of  gum  kauri  from  Xew  Zealand 
weighing  about  200lb.,  and  a  mass  of  animi  from 
Demerara  containing  emb-'dded  in  its  midst,  a  large 
number  of  ants  and  other  insects.  Both  these  pieces 
of  gum  are  said  to  be  the  largest  of  their  kind  yet 
discovered. 

William  Pakeman,  Manchester  Road,  Stockport 
(No.  756) — Specimens  of  mineral  and  vegetable  pig- 
ment colours  for  the  use  of  calico  printers  ;  also 
bronze  powders  and  colours  for  paper  stainers, 
printers,  and  manufacturers,  all  guaranteed  free 
from  arsenic;  lakes  and  mineral  colours  for  litho- 
graphic inks,  etc. 

Henry  Cbookes,  A  R.S.M.,  M.S.T.E.,  4,  West- 
minster Chambers,  London,  S.W.  (No.  757). — 
Shows  a  heat-indicating  paint  and  some  of  its 
applications.  The  paint,  which  is  a  specially  prepared 
ii'dide  of  mercury,  or  contains  that  substance,  takes 
its  name  from  the  property  it  has  of  changing 
colour  when  heated  to  a  certain  temperature  ;  the 
point  at  which  the  change  takes  place  can  be  varied 
between  140  and  170  F.  by  certain  modifications  in 
the  manufacture.  Its  principal  use  is  to  show 
when  bearings  of  machinery  or  other  surfaces  liable 
to  become  overheated  have  reached  a  tempera- 
ture which  may  be  a  source  of  danger  ;  at  such  a 
point  the  paint  changes  its  colour  from  a  bright  red 
to  a  dark  chocolate.  When  allowed  to  cool  it  resumes 
its  red  colour,  and  this  change  takes  place  whenever 
the  paint  is  heated  and  cooled.  As  examples  of  its 
application  two  flat-irons  are  exhibited,  one  painted 
a  bright  red,  showing  the  colour  of  the  paint  at  a  low 
temperature  :  the  other  painted  dark  brown— i.e.,  the 
colour  which  the  paint  assumes  when  the  temperature 
rises  over  150  Fahrenheit.  Another  application 
claimed  for  this   paint  is  that  it   can  be  used   for 


Oct.3i.i887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


na: 


punting  cuil>  of  wire  through  which  electric  currents 
nave  to  pass;  when  the  current  exceeds  a 
limit,  the  coil  will  become  heated  and  the  paint  will 
change      colour,      thus      indicating      the      rise     of 
temperature, 

.li>~.  1!.  FREEMAN  &  Co.,  Grove  Works,  Lombard 
Road,  Pattersea,  London  (No.  758),  exhibit  a  kiosk 
painted  with  their  patent  non-poisonous  white  lead, 
also  samples  of  the  lead,  and  boards  painted  with  it 
and  subjected  to  the  action  of  sulphurous  fumes. 
This  non-poisonous  white  lead  consists  mainly  of 
nine  oxide  and  lead  sulphate,  specially  prepared  from 
metallic  lead,  mixed  together,  and  finely  ground 
under  great  pressure.  Many  attempts  had  previously 
been  made  to  utilise  lead  sulphate  as  a  pigment,  but 
without  success,  the  product  being  quite  useless, 
possessing  neither  the  necessary  density,  body,  nor 
opacity.  .Moreover,  a  large  quantity  of  oil  is  required 
in  grinding  it,  and  as  a  paint  it  is  what  painters  term 
"slimy,"  and  works  very  badly  under  the  brush. 
The  difficulties  were  finally  overcome  by  adding 
about  2.)  per  cent,  of  zinc  oxide  (in  itself  a  substance 
possessing  neither  good  body  nor  density),  and 
subjecting  the  mixture  to  great  friction  and  pressure 
under  heavy  edge  runners.  A  complete  change  in 
the  character  of  the  substances  employed  is  thus 
effected,  such  indeed  as  it  would  appear  impossible 
to  produce  by  any  mere  process  of  mixing,  and 
a  pigment  possessing  great  density,  opacity, 
and  whiteness  is  the  result.  The  whiteness 
is  said  to  be  greater  than  that  of  the  finest 
white  lend  nude  by  the  Dutch  process.  As 
regards  density,  3  cubic  feet  of  lead  sulphate 
weighing  1701b.  per  cubic  foot  and  1  cubic  fojt  of 
zinc  oxide  weighing  58lb.  when  mixed  together  and 
treated  by  the  above  process  yield  the  pigment  in 
question,  weighing  over  200lb.  per  cubic  tout.  Ac- 
cording to  Professor  Church,  when  surfaces  coated 
with  this  paint  are  submitted  for  various  periods  to 
the  action  of  air  containing  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
they  remain  unaffected,  or  are  "only  very  slightly 
tinged  ; "  when  they  are  excluded  from  light  for  some 
time  the  paint  does  not  turn  yello.v  or  butt' — a  well- 
known  objection  to  the  use  of  white  lead. 

Donald  Macthkrsox  &  Co,  Manchester  Paint 
and  Colour  Works,  Knott  Mill,  Manchester  :  and  10(5, 
Cannon  Street,  London  (No  7(51). — The  ai tides  exhi- 
bited are  a  kiosk  illustrating  the  use  of  Foocbow 
enamels,  metallic  paints  for  exterior,  quick- 
drying  enamels  that  require  no  stoving,  and  v.-.ses. 
bricks,  and  timber  enamelled  with  the  quick-drying 
Chinese  enamels  with  which  tea  trays  and  papier- 
mache  articles  imported  from  China  are  coated.  Tne 
paints  have  on  drying  an  extremely  hard,  tough, 
glossy  surface,  are  not  affected  by  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  and  will  not  crack,  blister,  or  scale  off. 
They  are  suitable  for  machinists,  japanners, 
and  other  manufacturers  who  have  to  turn  out  goods 
as  soon  as  finished,  and  yet  require  a  highly  enamelled 
surface. 

Goadsby  <Si  Co.:  office.  2,  4  an  1  0,  Albert 
Bridge;  works,  Newton  Heath,  Manchester  (No. 
762),  exhibit  colours,  paints,  varnishes,  etc., 
amongst  which  are  a  concentrated  oil  drier, 
used  by  linseed  oil  boilers  and  manufac- 
turers of  tarpaulin,  oilcloth,  and  linoleum  ;  it  is  said 
that  1  part  of  this  drier  to  20  parts  of  linseed  oil 
makes  it  dry  hard  in  about  eight  to  twelve  hours. 
Terebene  is  used  by  painters,  decorators,  etc.,  as  a 
drier.  Engine  green  is  used  for  locomotive  and 
other  engines  ;  it  is  stated  that  this  paint  does  not 
change  colour  or  crack  even  when  heated  by  means  of 
super-heated  steam.  Vermillionette  is  a  substitute  for 
vermillion,  largely  used  at  a  time  when  genuine  ver- 
million  was  high  in  price.    It  is  a  ehromate  of  lead 


prepared  in  a  special  manner.    A   large  number  of 
prepared  lakes  ot  eosin  are  also  called  vermillionette 

by  some  makers,  but  though  a  good  imitation  in  point 
.  of  colour  they  do  not  stand  exposure  This  colour 
is  used  by  railway  companies,  manufacturers  of 
printing  inks,  agricultural  implements,  etc.  ( loadsby 
it  Co.'s  paint  detergent  is  used  for  washing  down 
and  cleaning  off  old  paint  and  grease,  and  for  washing 
lithographic  stones  and  type.  Varnish  enamel  paint, 
!  a  combined  colour  and  varnish,  household  paint 
ready  for  use,  and  peroxi  le  of  iron  paint  are  also 
shown. 

Griffiths  Brothers  &  Co.,  <;,  Da-dnvood 
I  House.  9,  New  Broad  Street,  London.  E.C.  (No.  71  3 
—The  exhibits  of  this  firm  comprise  aquol,  a  wash- 
able water  paint  :  vitros  bath  enamel,  for  enamell- 
ing baths,  etc.,  without  stoving  :  and  Griffith's 
|  patent  zinc  white  (sulphide  of  zinc).  It  is  claimed 
for  this  latter  article  that  besides  being  non-poisonous 
"  it  covers  one-third  more  than  white  lead  and  100  p.-r 
cent,  more  than  zinc  oxide."  It  is  said  to  have  no 
chemical  action  upon  metals,  is  not  discoloured  by 
foul  gases  or  bilge  water,  and  is  fireproof  and  un- 
affected by  a  red  heat.  It  is  also  sa;d  that  the  mo;  t 
delicate  tints  or  "  tones "  can  be  produced  with  it 
not  possible  with  lead.  This  zinc  white  is  produced 
as  follows  : — Either  zinc  chloride  or  sulphate  is  pre- 
cipitated by  a  soluble  sulphide— sodium,  calcium,  and 
barium  sulphides  all  having  been  used  for  the  pur- 
pose— and  precautions  are  taken  lest  any  iron  that 
may  be  contaiued  in  small  quantities  as  an  impurity 
in  the  zinc  solution  should  be  precipitated  with  the 
sulphide  of  zinc.  The  precipitate,  being  collected 
and  dried,  is  calcined  in  a  furnace,  then  raked  out, 
whilst  quite  hot.  into  vats  of  cold  water,  when  it  is 
levigated  and  dried.  An  analysis  by  Dr.  T.  L. 
Phipson  shows  tint  the  pigment  consists  of  an  oxy- 
sulphide  of  zinc.  Pyrodene  is  a  fire-proof  paint  for  fire- 
proofing  wood,  canvas,  etc.  It  may  be  mentioned  that 
all  the  timberwork  of  the  Fine  Arts  Section  of  the  Ex- 
hibition has  beea  treated  with  Griffith's  pyrodene 
and  painted  with  aquol. 

F.  a  ('.  Osler,  Birmingham  and  London  (Xo. 
768a). — This  firm  shows  an  ornate  glass  fountain, 
playing,  according  to  a  device  of  Mr.  I.  Levinstein, 
fluorescent  water — ie.,  a  faintly  alkaline  solution  of 
fluorescein.  The  basin  is  painted  with  black  and  white 
bands,  and  shows  the  fluorescence  remarkably  well,  the 
water  appearing  yellow  by  reason  of  the  light  trans- 
mitted from  the  white  bands,  and  sea-green 
when  the  black  bands  absorb  the  light.  The  non- 
poisonous  nature  of  the  fluorescein  is  illustrated 
by  the  fact  that  goldfish  have  been  living  in  the 
water  for  two  months. 

GROUP    V.—I;LEACHED    AND    COLtiVRED 
FIBRE. 

Ermkn  a:  Koby,  Nassau  Mills,  Patricroft  ;  and 
'  14,  College  Land,  Manchester  (Xo.  771)  —This  exhibit 
of  cotton  yarns  is  divided  into  three  groups — 1,  mend- 
ing, knitting,  embroidery,  and  crotchet  cottons  ;  2, 
polished  cotton  :  3,  sewing  cotton  on  spools  and  in 
balls:  — 

1.  The  mending  and  knitting  cotton  being  princi- 
pally used  for  h  isiery,  it  is  important  th  it  the  colours 
should  be  fast,  so  as  t)  resist  washing  and  exposure 
to  the  1  ght  Consequently  the  most  permanent  dyes 
are  selected  for  these  yarns,  such  as  turkey  reds, 
indigo  blues,  aniline  blacks,  etc.  A  large  quantity  of 
bleached  knitting  cotton  is  used.  The  same  remarks 
apply  in  great  measure  to  the  embroidery  and  crotchet 
cottons;  the- colours  are  made  a-  fast  as  possible. 
Crochet  cottons  are  principally  used  in  white. 


C3S 


THE  JOCHNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDUSTKV.       [Oct. Si.  1887. 


2.  Godfrey  Ermeii,  late  partner  in  this  Grin,  was 
the  first  inventor  and  patentee  ol  the  process  of 
polishing  or  glazing  cotton  thread,  and  the  firm  has 
made  this  article  a  speciality  ever  since.  Polished  thread 

is  shown,  wound  on  reels  of  various  sizes.  The 
aim  of  the  firm  has  always  been  to  combine  elasticity 

and  softness  with  strength,  in  order  to  produce  the 
most  suitable  thread  both  for  the  sewing  machine  and 
for  hand  sewing. 

This  exhibit  as  a  whole  is  rendered  something  more 
than  striking — in  fact  almost  magnificent — by 
being  itself  incorporated  in  another  representation. 
In  short,  the  items  above  given  are  incorporate  1 
in  a  model  of  the  famous  monument  at 
Athens,  erected  B.C.  33."),  by  Lysikrates  to  celebrate 
his  victory  for  the  best  chorus  at  a  dramatic  contest. 
It  takes  the  form  of  a  small  temple  in  the  Corinthian 
style,  showing  the  finest  and  purest  style  of  Greek  art. 
The  height  of  the  original  is  35ft,  Messrs.  Ermen  and 
Koby's  facsimile  being  184ft. 

Ch.  Webeb  &  Co.,  Thann,  Alsace  (778).— The 
exhibit  of  this  firm  consists  of  cotton  yarns,  slubbings, 
rovings,  etc.,  both  dyed  and  bleached,  in  the  cop, 
spools  and  bobbins.  The  process  of  dyeing  and 
beaching  the  yarn  in  this  form  is  worked  on  the 
Continent,  and  as  it  dispenses  with  the  operation  of 
reeling,  pirn-winding,  etc.,  effects  economy  in  space, 
plant,  time,  and  labour.  It  is  also  claimed  that  when 
yarns  are  dyed  in  this  form  there  is  less  waste  and  no 
shrinkage  or  loss  in  length. 

Select  Exhibit  of  Committee  op  Section  III., 
collected  by  J.  J.  Hummel,  Yorkshire  College  (No. 
779). — A  most  valuable  and  instructive  exhibit,  col- 
lected and  arranged  with  very  great  skill  and  con- 
siderable artistic  effect.  Messrs.  E.  Potter  &  Co., 
we  are  informed,  supplied  much  of  this  valuable 
exhibit  of  calico  prints,  and  placed  their  whole  col- 
lection at  Professor  Hummel's  disposal.  Messrs.  F. 
W.  Grafton  also  contributed  liberally.  An 
illustration  of  the  gradual  advance  in  artistic 
design  and  colouring  since  1785  to  the  present  day  is 
shown,  the  equal  of  which  has  rarely  been  seen  and 
probably  does  not  exist  outside  that  belonging  to  the 
Soeiete  Industrielle  de  Mulhouse.  A  series  of  woollen 
patterns  dyed  with  the  natural  colouring  matters. 
and  also  with  the  artificial  (coal  tar)  colouring  matters, 
is  shown  ;  also  compound  shades,  dyed  w  ith  mixtures 
of  three  colouring  matters,  of  each  class.  Besides 
these,  patterns  of  cotton  and  silk  dyed  with  coal-tar 
colours  obtained  by  Goppelsroeder's  electrical  method, 
and  the  apparatus  by  which  aniline  black  is  produced 
on  cotton,  and  discharge  white  on  indigo  blue,  by  the 
aid  of  electricity. 

William  Mi' \ki.ank,  Miller's  Brook  Dyeworks, 
Hey  wood,  near  Manchester  (Xo.  78o). — This  firm 
exhibits  specimens  of  dyed  cotton  yarns  used  in  the 
manufactureof  coloured  textiles  at  home  and  abroad — 
,../.,  for  dhootie,  khakee,  drill,  and  general  trade,  also 
specimens  of  dyed  cotton,  lace  and  lace  yams.  The 
yarn  is  dyed  in  various  forms — in  hanks  or  bundles 
and  in  ball  warps  and  chains.  A  special  feature  in 
this  exhibit  is  the  alizarin  red  dyed  on  yarn  in  the 
form  of  ball  warp  and  chain.  Until  recently  all  yarn 
was  dyed  in  the  form  of  hanks,  and  the  operations 
were  almost  entirely  manual.  The  introduction  (if 
improved  machinery,  however,  has  made  it  possible  to 
dye  yarn  in  the  form  of  ball  warps  and  chains,  and 
this  method  forms  now  a  most  important  branch  of 
the  cotton  yam  dyeing  industry. 
Select  Exhibit  of  Committee  o*  Section  III., 
collected  by  Watsoh  Smith  (No.  781). 

I.  A  series  of  silks  dyed  with  coal-tar  colours  in 
all  the  prismatic  shades  according  to  a  graduated 
system.  These  specimens  were  dyed  by  the  eminent 
French  firm,  Mamas,  Bonnet  et  Fils. 


2.  A  set  of  specimens  of  fabrics  printed  and  dyed 
in  indophenol  by  the  firm  ol  II.  i£oechlin,of  Lorrach, 
Alsace,  as  well  as  the  indophenol  white  and  blue  in 
paste  and  powder.  This  dye  was  formerly  proposed 
as  a  substitute  for  indigo,  but  its  non-resistance  to 
acids  is  much  against  it.  Specimens  of  all  the  raw 
materials  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  indophenol 
blue  are  shown,  as  prepared  by  Dr.  Otto  N.  Witt 

3.  A  specimen  of  murexide,  a  crimson  colouring 
matter,  formerly,  prepared  from  guano,  is  exhibited, 
asoriginally  manufactured  bythe  late  Robert  Rumney, 
of  Manchester,  who  first  introduced  the  colouring 
matter  into  England.  The  discovery  of  magenta 
quickly  crushed  any  hope  of  extending  the  use  of  this 
fugitive  but  beautiful  red.  A  piece  of  cotton  cloth 
printed  with  murexide  is  exposed,  and  though  full 
and  bright  when  first  placed  in  the  case,  is  now  much 
faded. 

4.  Piece  of  calico  printed  with  alizarin  on  different 
mordants  :  the  alizarin  used  being  a  20  per  cent. 
paste  prepared  from  anthracene,  made  in  S  >uth 
Russia  from  Baku  petroleum  residuum,  by  passing 
through  red-hot  pipes  tilled  with  charcoal  or  coke. 
(See  exhibit  Xo.  733,  Messrs.  Ragosine  it  Co.)  Speci- 
mens of  the  residuum  and  of  the  alizarin  paste  are 
also  shown. 

.">.  One  pound  each  of  the  several  kinds  of  coal 
used  in  the  Manchester  Gasworks  for  the  mixture 
adopted  in  charging  the  gas  retorts  is  shown,  and  by 
the  side  of  these  specimens  a  particoloured  strip  of 
cloth  dyed  with  the  exact  amounts  of  the  coal-tar 
colours  that  could  be  prepared  from  the  products  of 
the  tar  from  one  pound  of  such  coal.  The  dyed  strip 
of  cloth  thus  strikingly  represents  the  amount  of 
colouring  power  in  one  pound  of  Lancashire  gas  coal. 

(i.  Watson  Smith  exhibits  chemically  pure  speci- 
mens of  the  aromatic  hydrocarbon  series,  and  of 
phenols  contained  in  coal-tar. 

7.  The  amount  of  bisulphide  of  carbon  formed  in 
coal-gas  making  varies  directly  with  the  temperature 
of  distillation  adopted,  and  hence  where,  as  in  London, 
coal  is  dear  and  the  gas  supply  required  very  large, 
the  highest  temperatures  are  employed.  A  maximum 
of  carbon  bisulphide  will  of  necessity  be  formed  in 
such  eases  and  appear  in  the  tar.  Watson  Smith, 
by  fractionally  distilling  a  quantity  of  rectified 
benzene,  obtained  from  the  "  first-runnings  "  of  Lon- 
don coal-tar,  succeeded  in  separating  no  less  than  0 
per  cent,  of  pure  bisulphide  of  carbon.  A  specimen 
of  this  bisulphide  is  exhibited,  together  with  the 
oi  iginal  benzene  from  which  it  was  isolated.  A  small 
specimen  of  chemically  pure  benzene  prepared  by 
parsing  phenol  over  red-hot  iron  borings  is  shown. 
Even  ordinary  alcohol  is  contained  in  some  specimens 
of  London  rectified  benzenes,  formed  by  the  action  of 
the  sulphuric  acid  used  in  the  purification,  on  a  cer- 
tain quantity  of  olefiant  gas  dissolved  in  the  crude 
benzene  and  the  subsequent  action  of  steam  in  the 
final  distillation  process.  A  specimen  of  such  alcohol, 
separated  by  Dr.  Otto  X.  Witt,  is  shown. 

8.  A  specimen  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  as  obtained 
from  the  products  condensed  from  the  blast  furnaces 
of  the  Gartsherrie  Ironworks  is  shown,  and  also 
specimens  of  the  tar  and  various  hydrocarbons 
extracted  from  it  by  Watson  Smith,  bothparaffiusand 
members  of  the  benzene  ,-eries. 

9.  In  order  to  prepare  naphtha  and  acetic  acid  from 
wood,  the  latter  must  be  submitted  to  a  destructive 
distillation  at  a  comparatively  low  temperature.  Oak 
cropwood  is  used  lor  this  purpose,  and  thedistijlation 
takes  place  in  cast  or  wrought  iron  retorts.  Specimens 
of  oak  cropwood  such  as  is  actually  charged  into  the 
wood  retorts,  and  of  charcoal  left  as  a  residue,  are 
exhibited,  and  besides  these,  specimens  of  crude  tar 
and  acid,  and  also  of  the  purified  products,  are  shown. 


Oct.  3i.  18S7.J       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


639 


It  is  generally  said  that  pure  commercial  methyl 
alcohol  made  from  wood  must  be  obtained  from 
Germany,  as  it  is  not  prepared  in  this  country.  How- 
ever, a  specimen  is  shown  here  of  a  pure  product 
made  by  a  Glasgow  firm  for  the  use  of  dye  and  colour 
makers. 

lc.  An  exceedingly  fine  specimen  of  the  Boghead 
cannel  coal,  now  quite  extinct,  but  from  which  Dr. 
James  Young  first  prepared  paraffin,  is  shown,  withone 
of  the  Boghead  shale  at  presentused,  and  a  collection  of 
naphthas,  burning  oils,  paraffin  waxes,  etc.,  prepared 
from  the  Scotch  shale. 

In  a  horizontal  case  are  shown  specimens  of  raw 
cotton  in  the  pod,  and  even  with  the  pod  attached 
to  the  branches  from  the  cotton  tree,  raw  picked 
cotton,  cotton  silk  of  various  kinds  in  the  pod  and 
picked,  raw  jute  and  jute  fibres,  China  grass,  various 
dyewoods,  several  species  of  indigo  plant  and  colour- 
ing matter,  with  seeds  of  the  Indigofera  tinctoria. 
On  the  outside  of  the  case  the  entire  trunk  of  a 
cinchona  tree  is  shown  ;  also  a  set  of  cinchona  barks, 
collection  of  twenty  commercial  gums,  one  of  resins, 
and  specimens  of  seed,  stick  and  shell  lac  ;  Chinese 
insect  wax,  nutmeg  in  shell  and  fruit,  cocaine  plants 
and  fruit,  with  active  principles. 

An  interesting  set  of  specimens  illustrating  the 
phosphate  trade,  and  consisting  of  fine  specimens  of 
coprolites,  apatites,  etc.,  from  the  United  States,  is 
exhibited.  Finally,  a  Chinese  opium-smoker's  tray 
is  shown,  with  pipe  and  all  the  apparatus  of  tlia 
opium  slave.  Opium  consisting  of  large  balls,  the 
commercial  form,  is  also  exhibited. 

Henry  Xkwall  &  Sons,  10.  Marsden  Street,  Man- 
chester (782),  exhibit  wood  pulps  prepared  by 
mechanical  and  by  chemical  processes  for  the  manu- 
facture of  paper ;  also  wood  flour,  used  in  making 
linoleum,  wall  decorations,  and  other  fabrics,  and 
in  the  manufacture  of  explosives.  A  special  feature 
in  the  exhibit  is  the  chemically  prepared  wood 
pulp,  which  shows  a  fibre  much  longer  and 
stronger  than  that  prepared  by  the  mechanical 
process.  The  manufacture  of  wood  pulp  was  com- 
menced in  Norway  about  the  year  1870,  from  500  to 
600  tons  being  exported  in  that  year.  The  industry 
has  increased  very  rapidly,  the  production  last  year 
being  about  100,000  tons.  At  first  the  wood  pulp 
made  by  the  mechanical  or  grinding  process,  and 
possessing  very  little  fibre,  was  the  only  kind  pro- 
duced, but  within  the  last  few  years  chemical  pro- 
cesses have  almost  superseded  this  method.  By  treat- 
ing thewood  with  sodium  sulphite  a  pulp  with  a  long 
fibre  suitable  for  better  class  papers  is  obtained,  whilst 
mechanical  pulp  is  only  used  for  newspapers,  wall 
papers,  etc.  A  large  amount  of  wood  pulp  is  produced 
in  Germany,  but  it  is  mostly  consumed  there,  very 
little  being  exported.  It  is  estimated  that  this  year 
the  production  of  this  article  will  amount  to  150,000 
tons,  valued  at  about  .£350,000. 

GROUP    VI.— FINE   CHEMICALS,   ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Messes.  James  Woolley,  Sons  &  Co.,  Man 
Chester  (No.  785),  exhibit  an  interesting  collection  o 
drugs  of  vegetable  origin  recently  adopted  as  remedia 
agents,  and  solid  and  liquid  preparations  thereof 
adapted  for  medicinal  use.  Amongst  the  new 
remedies  sh)wn  of  vegetable  origin  are  cocaine 
and  strophanthus ;  whilst  amongst  those  of  coal- 
tir  origin  are  antipyrine,  antifebrine,  and  salol. 
Everyone  has  heard  of  the  deadly  Konibe  arrow 
poison,  used  by  the  natives  of  the  African  coast. 
This  poison  is  the  extract  of  the  seeds  of  the  Stro- 
phanthus plant,  and  the  chemical  principle,  a  gluco- 


side,  is  termed  strophanthin.  Mr.  William  Elborne, 
of  the  Owens  College,  has  succeeded  in  isolating  this 
poisonous  glucoside  in  a  state  of  purity.  In  small 
doses  it  is  being  used  extensively  in  medicine  as  a 
valuable  remedy  in  certain  forms  of  heart  disease. 
There  are  also  specimens  of  various  solid  and  fluid 
extracts,  besides  preparations  of  cinchona,  opium, 
and  nux  vomica  as  directed  by  the  "  British  Pharma- 
copoeia "  of  18S5  to  contain  a  definite  proportion  of 
active  principle.  The  oleates  shown  are  of  consider- 
able interest,  and  are  prepared  both  by  double 
decomposition  and  direct  combination.  They  are 
principally  used  in  dermatology.  Besides  these  are 
to  be  seen  ointments,  pills  coated  by  a  soluble  cover- 
ing so  as  to  temporarily  conceal  taste  and  odour,  and 
a  specially  prepared  cod  liver  oil,  with  emulsions  of 
the  same.  etc. 

Thomas  Cheisty  &  Co.,  25,  Lime  Street, 
London,  E.C.  (No.  787).  —  An  interesting  collec- 
tion, containing  in  the  dried  state  a  variety 
of  the  plants,  nuts,  fruit,  etc.,  from  which  the 
principal  medicaments,  extracts,  alkaloids  and 
essences— as  well  as  foods — of  vegetable  origin  are 
obtained.  Besides  these  are  also  shown  the  pre- 
pared essences  and  other  medicaments.  It  may 
not  occur  to  those  who  admire  the  large  quanti- 
ties of  rare  alkaloids  and  extract  preparations 
exhibited  in  some  of  the  neighbouring  show- 
cases to  Messrs.  Christy's  to  inquire,  "  Where  are 
the  raw  plants  and  drugs,  nuts,  roots,  etc.,  obtained, 
from  which  these  preparations  are  made  f  The 
reply  is,  Messrs.  Thomas  Christy  ife  Co.  is  one 
of  the  few  firms  in  existence  for  collecting  these. 
Amongst  pharmacologists  Mr.  Thomas  Christy's 
interesting  periodical,  "New  Plants  and  Drugs,"  is 
well  known,  but  a  staff  of  experts  is  kept  employed 
in  foreign  lands  whose  duty  it  is  to  investigate  and 
report  to  headquarters,  with  the  object  of  bringing 
new-  drugs  and  extracts  to  light.  This  firm  has  now 
a  very  considerable  stock  of  raw  plants  and  drugs, 
which,  being  convinced  must  be  used  some  time,  they 
offer  to  supply  samples  of  to  practical  experimenters 
and  scientific  investigators  for  their  researches.  The 
exhibit  is  a  collection  of  raw  and  manufactured  drugs 
and  their  preparations,  menthol  and  menthol  cones, 
barks  of  various  kinds,  fibres,  different  specimens  of 
gutta-percha,  rubbers,  tanning  barks,  dyewoods,  etc., 
together  with  many  other  materials  and  finished 
products. 

Messrs.  Howards  &  Sons,  Stratford,  London, 
E.  (No.  792). — Me=srs.  Howards  A  Sons  have  pro- 
bably done  more  than  any  firm  in  practical  experi- 
mental research  and  commercial  enterprise  to  place 
fine  quinine,  as  well  as  other  preparations,  at 
a  moderate  price  in  the  market.  Exceedingly  fine 
and  tastefully  arranged  specimens  of  cinchona  barks 
and  alkaloids  are  exhibited,  as  well  as  an  interesting 
variety  of  organic  acids  and  alkaloids  used  in  phar- 
macy. The  samples  shown  illustrate  the  great  change 
which  the  introduction  of  cultivated  bark  has  brought 
about  in  the  quinine  industry.  The  alkaloids  exhibi- 
ted by  this  firm  are  extremely  pure.  A  beautifully 
crystallised  specimen  of  iodoform  is  exhibited  as  the 
manufacture  of  Messrs.  Howards.  Specimens  of 
coca  leaves,  of  the  cocaine  alkaloids  and  their  salts, 
and  of  benzoyl-ecgonine,  obtained  by  heating  cocaine 
with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  are  also  shown. 

E.  Merck,  Darmstadt,  London  and  New  York 
(No.  788).  —This  firm,  so  well  known  for  pharma- 
ceutical preparations,  alkaloids,  and  similar  chemicals, 
makes  a  fine  display.  Without  attempting  to  describe 
all  the  features  of  interest  in  the  showcase  of  this 
firm,  some  preparations  and  substances  found  useful 
in  the  case  of  the  most  recent  remedial  efforts, 
may  be  desirable.    In  the  first  place,  a  colourless 

c 


040 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct.3i.i88-. 


syrupy  liqujd  is  shown.  Lactic  acid,  alb.,  of  specific 
gravity  LU1.  It  has  been  lately  recommended  by 
Slosetig-Moorhof  for  the  purpose  of  destroying  mor- 
bid and  unnatural  growths  and  formations.  In- 
ternally used,  it  is  recommended  for  diabetes,  5  :  300 
per  diem.  A.  splendid  specimen  of  Aconitim  nitrate 
cryst  (Merck)  is  also  to  be  seen.  It  is  prepared 
from  aconitwn  napt  litis  by  Duquesnel's  method.  The 
salt  appears  in  the  form  of  colourless  crystals,  soluble 
in  water  and  alcohol.  Its  action  on  the  animal 
economy  is  much  more  intense  than  that  of  the 
amorphous  aconitine ;  it  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the 
strongest  poisons  known.  The  consumption  in 
England  and  France  is  very  considerable.  Another 
specimen  of  great  interest  for  the  physician  and 
student  of  medicine  is  that  of  Apomorphine  hydro- 
chloride cri/st.  It  is  a  salt  in  the  form  of  colour- 
less crystals,  soluble  both  in  water  and  alcohol. 
The  solution  on  exposure  to  air  and  light  becomes 
gradually  green,  but  the  change  is  said  not  to  diminish 
its  physiological  effect.  Apomorphine  is  a  certain 
emetic,  0'004  to  O'Olgnn.,  causing  vomiting  within  six 
minutes.  A  valuable  principle  is  the  giucoside 
Arbuiin,  which  is  exhibited  in  white  crystals.  It  is 
contained,  along  with  tannic  acid,  gallic  acid,  and 
ursone,  in  the  leaves  of  Uvce  ursi.  Arbutin  is  easily 
soluble,  in  water,  but  less  so  in  alcohol,  and  it  has  a 
bitter  taste.  Even  large  doses  do  not  produce  fatal 
effects.  It  is  a  valuable  medicine  in  the  treatment  of 
inflammatory  catarrh  of  the  bladder.  The  usual  dose 
is  three  to  four  grms.  in  solution  or  as  powder.  Speci- 
mens of  Atropine  and  its  sulphate,  of  rare  beauty  as 
well  as  bulk,  are  shown.  Atropine,  melting  at  239° 
Fahr.  (Merck),  absolutely  pure,  and  especially  free 
fromdaturine(so-ealled  light  atropine).  The  high  melt- 
ing point  proves  this.  Moreover,  its  purity  is  indicated 
by  its  being  in  very  hard,  bright,  and  heavy  crystals. 
Preparations  containing  daturine  have  a  much  lower 
melting  point  (about  223  to  220°  Fahr.),  and  are 
never  seen  in  such  fine  crystals  as  those  which  are 
free  from  it.  Atropine  sulphate  white  cryst.  neutral 
(Merck):  Extremely  pure  and  absolutely  neutral.  A 
solution  of  1  in  1000  produces  mydriasis  after  15 
minutes;  solutions  of  1  in  200  have  the  same  effect 
in  from  rive  to  10  minutes.  The  internal  use  of 
atropine  as  anti-spasmodic,  anodyne,  and  sedative,  as 
well  as  a  means  for  limiting  certain  secretions,  has 
increased,  and  especially  since  atropine  has  been  re- 
cognised as  a  powerful  antagonist  to  different  narcotic 
poisons,  such  as  morphine,  digitaline,  prussic  acid, 
etc.  Thus  the  most  reliable  antidote  to  atropine 
would  be  repeated  injections  of  morphia,  accompanied 
with  skin  excitation  and  artificial  respiration.  This 
property  and  fact  of  the  antagonism  of  symptoms 
produced  by  certain  alkaloids  and  principles  is  very 
singular,  and  likely  to  prove  of  great  value  in  medi- 
cal practice.  It  was  referred  to  by  Professor  Leech 
at  the  Pharmaceutical  Conference  recently  held  in 
Manchester.  Since  the  increase  in  demand  for  Bella- 
donna root,  and  the  consequent  rise  in  price,  the 
cheaper  root  of  a  kind  of  scopolia  (false  belladonna) 
has  been  extensively  placed  in  the  market,  and  has 
found  a  ready  sale.  The  fact  of  many  makes  of 
atropia  sulphate  having  varying  melting  points  is  thus 
accounted  lor.  An  interesting  alkaloid  shown  is  Ber- 
l;  vine.  It  is  found  in  the  Berbt  ris  vulgaris L., and  also 
in  many  other  plants.  The  specimen,  a  very  fine  one, 
is  in  glittering  reddish  brown  crystalline  scales, 
which  begin  to  sublime  at  392°  F.  The  alkaloid  is 
not  readily  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  easily  soluble 
in  hot  water  and  in  alcohol,  and  nearly  insoluble  in 
ether  and  carbon  bisulphide.  The  salts,  hydrochloride 
and  phosphate  of  li<  rh<  >  me,  which  are  also  exhibited, 
are  readily  soluble  and  are  easily  absorbed.  The 
dose  for  indigestion  and  diarrheca  is  about  one  grm. 


per  diem.     It  is  used  also  in  cases  of  sickness  during 
pregnancy  and  malaria. 

A  beautiful  series  of  salts  of  Caffeine  is 
shown— c.(/.,  the  benzoate,  hydrobromide,  hydro- 
chloride, nitrate,  salicylate,  sulphate,  valerian- 
ate, sodio-benzoate  containing  45-8  per  cent,  of 
caffeine,  sodio-cinnamylate  with  02  5  per  cent,  of 
caffeine,  etc.  Mr.  Merck  made  an  interesting  report 
on  these  salts  and  double  salts  as  soon  as  he  had  suc- 
ceeded in  producing  them  in  the  form  of  true  salts, 
especially  the  easily  soluble  double  ones,  instead  of  the 
indefinite  mixtures  hitherto  known.  According  to 
Merck,  Riegel  and  other  investigators  proposed  these 
new  compounds  as  substitutes  for  diuilalw—%.  pro- 
posal of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  medical  world. 
The  effect  of  the  injection  of  caffeine  is  perceived  at 
once,  and  collateral  effects,  especially  those  of  a 
cumulative  nature,  are  absolutely  excluded. 

Camphor  Monobromide  ami  Dibromide. — Of  these 
compounds  the  monobromide  is  chiefly  in  demand. 
It  is  but  slightly  soluble  in  water  and  glycerine.  As 
sedatives  these  preparations  are  used  for  epilepsy 
(subcutaneously  O'lgrm.  dissolved  in  oil),  for  chorea, 
migraine,  nervous  palpitations  of  the  heart  (internally 
O'lgrm.  to  0'5grm.  in  wafers);  whilst  in  cases  of 
delirium  tremens  doses  of  l"5grm.  are  given.  Fine 
specimens  are  shown  of  both  these  salts.  An 
important  compound,  also  shown,  is  Merck's 
Cannahine  tannate.  It  serves  in  many  respects 
successfully  as  a  substitute  for  morphia,  and 
together  with  the  preparation  named  Gannabinone 
(a  10  per  cent,  trituration)  we  have  two  valuable 
hypnotics  showing  no  unpleasant  after-effects. 
The  raw  material  is  obtained  from  the  Cannabis 
indica,  a  variety  of  the  Cannabis  saliro  L. 
(Uticacece).  The  tannate  is  given  in  doses  of  0'25grm. 
to  O'lgrm.;  in  cases  of  delirium  l'5grm.  The  canna- 
binone  (pure)  is  administered  in  doses  of  0'05grm.  to 
O'lgrm.  The  rare  metal  Cerium,  in  the  form  of  its 
oxalic  acid  salt,  even  serves  as  a  valuable  medica- 
ment, and  a  sample  of  pure  cerium  oxalate  is  to  be 
seen  as  a  white  granular  powder,  insoluble  in  water 
and  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
dose  is  0'Ougrm.  to  O'ISgim.  It  is  used  as  an  antidote 
to  catarrhal  affections  of  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
sickness  during  pregnancy,  and  epilepsy.  Chri/sarobin 
prepared  from  Voa  powder  is  another  specimen  of 
interest.  This  preparation  is  absorbed  by  the  skin, 
and  has  thereby  a  stimulating  effect.  It  produces 
vomiting  and  diarrheca,  and  has  a  stimulating  effect 
on  the  kidneys;  this  is  the  case  also  when  applied 
externally.     It  is  chiefly  used  for  Psoriasis. 

Among  the  finest  specimens  are  the  Cocaine 
preparations,  of  which  the  hydrochloride  and 
salicylate  are  shown.  The  hydrochloride  is 
granular,  crystalline,  and  white,  and  free  from 
every  impurity.  Dr.  Karl  Keller,  of  Yienna, 
was  the  first  to  draw  attention  to  the  local 
anaesthetic  properties  of  cocaine,  and  to  turn  them  to 
account.  Dr.  Urettauer,  at  Koller's  request,  explained 
andexemplifiedthediscovery  onthe  17th  andlSth  Sep- 
tember, 1884,  before  the  Ophthalmological  Society  of 
Heidelberg.  It  is  proposed  to  use  the  cocaine  in 
various  ways.  Emmert  in  the  treatment  of  the  eye 
proposes  to  use  it  as  a  salve  with  vaseline;  Fodor  to 
use  it  alone.  To  make  its  solutions  keep  well,  many 
additions  have  been  proposed.  The  simplest  is  an 
addition  of  glycerine.  In  tuberculous  disorders  of 
the  air  passages  Meyer-Huni  recommends  inhalations 
of  cocaine.  Most  painful  injections  of  corrosive  sub- 
limate are  made  quite  bearable  by  first  adding  to  the 
mercurial  solution  only  O'OSgrm.  of  cocaine  per  dose. 
Randolph  and  Dixon  commend  a  concentrated  solu- 
tionof  cocainehydrochloride  in  nitric  acid  as  a  painless 
causticising  agent;  the  wound  to  be  bound  up  with  a 


Oct.  3i,  i«87.]        THE  JOUENAL  OF  TEE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  1KDUSTRY. 


C41 


bandage  covered  with  cocaine  salicylate.  The  best 
antidote  against  poisoning  with  cocaine  is  awyl 
nitrite,  according  to  Schilling.  When  cocaine  is 
heated  with  strong  hydrochloric  acid  it  decomposes, 
forming  benzoic  acid,  methyl  alcohol,  and  Ecgcmine,  a 
specimen  of  which  is  exhibited.  Ecgonine  was  first 
discovered  in  .Merck's  laboratory. 

Specimens  of  pure  crystallised  Codeine,  its  soluble 
phosphate  and  salicylate,  much  in  favour  on  account 
of  stability  of  tbe  solutions,  are  shown.  The  phos- 
phate dissolves  in  four  parts  of  water,  and  the  solu- 
tion, subcutaneously  injected,  produces  no  pain  or 
reaction  at  the  place  of  incision.  The  dose  of  the 
phosphate  for  diabetes  Merck  gives  as  O'OGgrm.  three 
times  daily,  increasing  by  0-06grm.  every  eight  days 
up  to  0'54grm. :  cod  liver  oil  is  taken  at  the  same 
time.     C  a  meihylniorphine. 

Another  useful  vegeto-alkaloid,  exhibited  in  fine 
crystalline  condition,  is  Colchicine.    It  is  found  in  all 
parts  of  the  meadow  saffron  {Coldiimm  autumnale 
L.),  and  is  a  very  strong  poison.     Jn  doses  of  0  0005 
up  to  0'002grm.  two  or  three  times  a  day  it  is  a 
remedy  for  gout  and  lheumatism.    For  subcutaneous 
injection  it  is  not  to  le  recommended.   For  complaints 
of  a  convulsive  nature,  spasmus  glottidis,  tuss  s  con- 
vulsiva,  asthma,  etc.,  a  valuable  remedy  is  coniine  in 
the  form  of  its  salts.     Coniine.  is  an  alkaloid  of  the 
I      i,um  maculatum  L.,  whi  h  plant  also  contains  two 
other  alkaloids,  conydrine  and  methyl  coniine.     Our 
knowledge  of  the  chemical  constitution  of  cornice  we 
owe    to     Hofmann  and    Ladenburg.     Coni'ne  Las 
been    recommended    and    used    by   Muraweiff  for 
toothache    caused     by    decayed    teeth  ;    the    pain 
ceases  through    the    paralysis    of  the    ners-es.     Of  | 
course    the    alkaloid    is    directly    applied    to    the  ] 
exposed  nerve.     Very    remarkable  is  the  antagon-  ' 
ism  of  certain  highly  poisonous  substances  :  such  an- 
tagonism exists   between   coni'ne  and  brucine,  for  ; 
coniine,  as  Hugo  ScLuiz  has  shown,  paralyses  the  : 
symptoms  of  brucine  ]  oisouing.     Pure  coniine  is  a  J 
colourless  oily  liquid,  whilst  the  salts  take  the  i  rys- 
talline  form.    The  hydrochloride    crystallises  best. 
The  hydrobromide  is  a  very  constant  compound,  and 
contains  a  definite  quantity  of  coniine.     It  is  read  ly 
soluble  in  water,  and  thus  easy  to  administer.     The 
dose  of  coniine  hydrobromide  is  O'OOl  to  0  02grm. 
several  times  daily.      Fine  specimens  of  the  above 
two  salts  are  to  be  seen  in  the  exhibit. 

Cotoine  and  Paracot  .<«»  are  very  interesting  bodies 
about  which  as  yet  very  little  is  chemically  known. 
Messrs.  Merck  show  fine  specimens  of  both  in 
the  pure  state.  Since  the  year  1873,  various  barks 
have  been  introduced  into  the  market,  which  it  was 
believed  would  replace  the  quinine  or  cinchona  barks. 
These  drugs  were  brought  Ironi  Bolivia,  though  still 
more  recently  the  old  forests  of  Brazil  have  been  made 
to  furnish  them.  The  barks  mentioned  appear  to 
come  from  a  species  of  Kvbiaeece.  However,  the 
crystallisable  principle  cotoine  was  first  isolated  by 
Hesse,  and  it  has  the  composition  CS2H180c.  It  is 
soluble  with  difficulty  in  cold  water,  easily  in 
hat,  also  in  alcohol  and  ether.  Cotoine  and  Para- 
cotoine are  styptics,  and  have  been  found  useful 
against  diarrhoea  and  excessive  perspiration.  Parti- 
cularly must  cotoine  be  considered  as  a  preventive 
of  diarrhi  ea  in  children  and  in  cases  of  phthisis.  The 
doses  vary  from  005  to  Olgrm.  for  cotoine 
and  01  to  0'2grm.  for  paracotoine.  The  relations  of 
cotoine  and  paracotoine  to  each  other  seem  to 
be  remarkably  similar  to  those  of  quinine  and 
cinchonine. 

Another  rival  of  quinine  is  Ditaine,  of  which  a  well 
crystallised  specimen  is  shown.  It  is  a  ciystalline  sub- 
stanceobtainei  from  AUtoniaseholaritLJ,SM  apocynea 
found  in  the  East  Indian  Islands.       Ditaine,  it  is 


stated,  has  effects  similar  to  those  of  quinine,  and  is 
recommended  against  intermittent  fevers. 

A  finely  crystallised  srecimen  of  Ethoxy-cafftine 
is  exhibited.  It  takes  the  form  of  needle-shaped 
crystals,  melting  at  284  F.,  very  little  soluble-  in 
alcohol  and  ether,  insoluble  in  water,  and  of  very 
basic  properties.  The  dose  varies  from  0'25  to 
lgrm.  per  diem.  Ethoxy-eaffeine  is  a  sedative  and 
,  a  narcotic,  and  is  of  value  in  the  treatment  of 
migraine  in  cases  where  other  medicines  do  not  pro- 
duce any  effect 

Another  very  pure  and  beautiful  preparation  is 
Merck's  Helenine.  This  is  shown  in  the  absolutely 
pure  state,  melting  at  230  F.,  and  consisting  of 
colourless  neutral  ciystalline  needles.  At  one  time 
an  impure  so-called  helenine  was  used,  and  con- 
sisted mainly  of  powdered  alant  root.  However, 
serious,  even  fatal,  results  followed  the  use  of  it, 
owing  to  other  and  foreign  substances  present. 
Merck  now  offers  only  the  absolutely  pure  alkaloid. 
It  is  used  for  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs,  for 
.  reducing  inflammation,  and  is  said  to  speedily  relieve 
chronic  bronchitis. 

Hydrastint  (pure,  crystallised),   and    Hydrastine 
Tartrate  (pure,  neutral). — The  first  of  these  interest- 
ing preparations  is   the  alkaloid  of  the  Hydrastis 
Canadensis    L.,    a    ranunculacean    plant    found  in 
North  America.     Pure  hydrastine  is  almost  insoluble 
in  water,  but   the    tartrate    dissolves    easily.      In 
America  hydrastine  is  recommended    as    an    anti- 
periodic    for    fever    with    inclination    to    profuse 
d  arrhcea,  for  certain  diseases  of  the  eye,  of    the 
skin,  for  hemorrhoids,  etc.    In  Germany  it  is  some- 
|  times  prescribed  for  its  effect   in   contracting  the 
uterus. 
Hyoscyamine  (pure  and  crystallised),  from  Hyoscy- 
s  niger. — This  is  perhaps  one  of  the  most  extra- 
ordinary of  the  alkaloids  as  regards  the  remarkable 
results  in  tbe  treatment  of  diseases  that  are  obtained 
with  it.     The  specimens  of  the  alkaloid  and  its  salts, 
the  hydrobromide  and  hydriodide,  exhibited  are  per- 
fectly pure.     Hyoscyamine  is  isomeric  with  atropine 
and   identical  with  daturine  and  duboisine.      This 
preparation  is  used  by  oculists  instead  of  atropine  ; 
subcutaneously  as  a  hypnotic  in  cases  of  insanity,  and 
as  an  antispasmodic  in  asthma,  epilepsy,  whooping- 
cough,  chcrea,  etc.    The  dose  as  a  I13 pnotic  is  up  to 
0"005grni.  subcutaneously  injected.     Pure  Hyoscine 
is  amorphous  and  of  a  syrupy  form,  but  its  salts  crys- 
tallise readily.     The  hydrobromide  and  hydriodide 
are  in  chief  use  as  medicines.     E.  Merck  produces 
both  hyoscine  and  hyoscyamine  on  a  large  scale,  and 
he  claims  that  the  articles  sold  in  the  market  are 
generally  of  his  preparation.     The  most  wonderful 
feature  in  the  properties  of  hyoscine  is  the  power  of 
tranquilising  maniacs,  and  of  all  the  remedies  in  use 
for  this  purpose  it  may  be  regarded  as  the  most 
valuable  on  account  of  its  prompt  effect,  and  because 
it  is  not  dangerous  even  to  patients  suffering  in  a 
high  degree  from  heart  disease.    Experiments  carried 
out  by  Professor  B.   Robert  and    Dr.   Sohr    with 
hyoscine  hydrochloride  proved  that  the  greater  part 
of  the  hyoscine  administered  passes  from  the  body 
through  the  kidneys.    Doses  of  one  milligramme  of 
hyoscine  applied  subcutaneously  increase  the  action 
of  the  heart  and  circulation,  but  have  no  influence 
on  the  respiration.     The  secretion  of  saliva  is  sus- 
pended by  it,  as  also  the  action  of  the  intestines  due 
to  nervous  irritation.    In  therapeutics  the  effect  of 
hyoscine  on  the  healthy  and  the  (mentally)  diseased 
organism  is  of  most  particular  importance  :   on  the 
former,  the  effect  is  generally  that  of  a  narcotic, 
and  on  the  latter,  in  all  cases,  the  effect  on  excitable 
patients,  even  on  raging  lunatics,  is  sleep-producing 
and  calming.   Dr.  Gamgee,  F.R.S.,  late  of  the  Victoria 

82 


C42 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Ou.3i.i887. 


University,  told  the  -writer  that  he  had  observed 
the  effect  of  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  about 
OOOlgrin.  (between  one  and  two' hundredths  of  a 
grain)  in  the  case  of  a  maniac  in  a  condition  of  which 
to  say  the  strait-waistcoat  and  padded  room  were 
necessary  would  give  but  a  mild  notion  of  the 
frenzied  state.  That  effect  was  a  marvel ;  in  a  few- 
seconds  the  patient  being  led  away  as  tractable  and 
harmless  as  a  child,  though  with  a  stupefied  and  dazed 
expression  of  countenance.  Ot  101  subcutaneous 
injections  of  hyoscine  hydrochloride  in  doses  of  i  to 
1  milligramme  applied  to  a  large  number  of  patients 
in  the  Clinical  Hospital  for  Mental  Diseases  at 
1  knpat  during  the  months  of  July,  August,  Septem- 
ber of  1886,  not  one  failed  to  produce  sleep,  nor  were 
in  any  case  secondary  effects  observable.  Almost  in 
all  kinds  of  diseases,  accompanied  by  periods  of 
excitement,  either  sleep  or  a  calming  effect  had  been 
produced,  even  when  other  means  had  been  tried  in 
vain,  applied  for  the  same  purpose. 

A  useful  preparation  called  pure  lacmoid,  in 
scales,  is  shown.  It  will  be  of  interest  to  chemical 
analysts,  as  a  substitute  for  litmus.  It  is  extremely 
sensitive  to  acids  and  alkalis.  A  useful  solution  for 
testing  is  recommended  by  Merck,  as  follows  :— 
Oogrm.  lacmoid,  lOOcc.  of  water  and  lOOcc.  of  alcohol 
of  96  per  cent,  strength. 

Lithium  Salts,  the  Carbonate,  Hippurate,  Citrate 
(crystallised),  and  Salicylate,  are  exhibited  in  great 
purity.  The  lithium  salts  have  a  more  powerful 
diuretic  effect  than  the  salts  of  potassium. 

Naphthalene.— Many  people  will  look  at  this  as  a 
remarkable  substance  topropose  as  a  medicine.  If  well 
purified,  it  is  a  valuable  anti-diarrhoicum  in  cases  of 
typhoid,  diarrhoea,  and  intestinal  complaints  in  case 
of  phthisis.  Not  being  absorbed  by  the  bowels,  this 
preparation  has  no  general  effect  on  the  organism,  but 
only  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  bowels.  Dose, 
up  to  ogrms.  per  diem. 

Papaine.— This  is  a  form  of  vegetable  albumen 
capable  of  extraordinary  powers  of  digestion,  even 
greater  than  those  of  pepsine.  It  is  obtained 
from  the  Carica  papaya  I..  [Papayacew).  One  part 
of  papaine  peptonises  and  renders' soluble  200  parts 
of  blood- fibrin.  It  has  been  used  very  successfully 
for  painting  and  so  dissolving  and  removing  the  fatal 
membrane  in  cases  of  diphtheria.  Merck  states  that 
most  of  the  papaines  in  the  market  do  not  possess 
one-fourth  the  digestive  power  of  his  preparation. 

Pi/ocarpini  .—This  alkaloid  is  exhibited  in  the  pure 
state,  and  also  in  the  form  of  salts,  which  are  very 
fine  examples  as  pharmaceutical  preparations.  The 
hydrobromide,  hydrochloride,  nitrate,  and  salicylate 
are  shown,  and  also  the  pilocarpidine  nitrate  of 
Harnack- Merck.  Pilocarpine  is  the  alkaloid  of  the 
jaborandi  leaves  ;  it  possesses  a  powerful  diaphoretic 
salivating  action.  West  recomends  very  small  doses 
(0005  to  0-Olgrm.  snbcutaneously)  in  cases  of  the 
nocturnal  sweating  of  consumptive  patients.  Pilo- 
carpidine was  discovered  in  E.  Merck's  laboratory  in 
the  process  of  working  upon  a  large  quantity  of 
jaborandi  leavt  a  1  'il<  .carpine  and  pilocarpidine  pro- 
duce the  same  physiological  effect.  This  alkaloid 
has  recently  become  of  enhanced  interest  to  chemists, 
since  the  mode  of  artificially  preparing  it  by  syn- 
thetical chemical  processes  has  been  discovered '  by 
two  French  chemists.  Finally,  magnificent  speci- 
mens of  strychnine  in  the  pure  crystalline  state  and 
of  strychnine  sulphate  are  exhibited.  The  best  anti- 
dotes for  this  most  deadly  poison  are  paraldehyde  and 
chloral  hydrate.  Fine  specimens  ol  Veratrine  are 
shown.  I  sed  externally,  the  effect  is  that  of  a 
stimulant  to  the  skin,  whilst  taken  internally  it  acts 
as  an  antipyretic. 

Dr.   Thkodok   Schdchabdt,   Goerlitz,  Germany 


(No.  790). — The  following  are  specimens  of  special 
rarity  and  beauty  in  Dr.  Schuchardt's  exhibit  : — 
Metallic  selenium,  its  tetrachloride  and  tetrabro- 
mide  ;  Tellurium,  crystallised  and  sublimed,  and 
its  tetrachloride  ;  fine  specimens  of  Germanium, 
discovered  by  Clemens  Winkler,  with  its  sulphide  and 
oxide;  Ceroiis  s»//>/tat-,  crystallised  with  five  mole- 
cules of  water  ;  Vtti  ium  mt rati',  crystallised  ;  Erbium 
nitrate  :  metallic  Indium,  a  magnificent  specimen 
as  a  block,  weighing  100  grammes,  also  its  hexa- 
chloride.  sulphate,  hydroxide,  and  its  double  potas- 
sium chloride  ;  Gall  mm,  fine  specimen  of  the  metal, 
its  ammonium  alum,  and  other  salts  ;  Thorium 
chloride,  Tantalum  chloride,  Niobium  chloride,  and 
an  interesting  specimen  of  crystallised  Osmic  acil. 
So  much  for  the  rare  metals  and  their  salts  to  be 
seen  in  this  instructive  cabinet,  Amongst  the  or- 
ganic preparations  we  note  the  following,  of  which  it 
will  not  be  easy  to  find  similar  examples,  if  examples 
at  all,  in  the  chemical  collections  and  museums  in 
this  country  : — ^-Naphthoquinone  and  ^-naphtho- 
quinone (well  crystallised)  ;  Eupittonie  acid,  the 
interesting  colouring  principle  found  in  wood- 
naphtha  and  wood-tar.  The  following  are  derived 
from  or  contained  in  coal  tar  : — Pyrene,  together 
with  its  fine  red  picrate,  so  characteristic  of  it ; 
chrysene,  a  magnificent  specimen,  pure  white  and 
crystalline  ;  durene  (tetramethyl-benzene),  only  re- 
cently discovered  by  K.  E.  Schulze  in  coal-tar; 
acenaphthene  and  pseudo-cumene,  hydrocarbons  of 
coal-tar.  Thiophen  and  thiotolen,  recently  discovered 
by  Victor  Meyer.  The  phenol  of  thiotolen  is  also 
exhibited,  together  with  a  series  of  thiophen  com- 
pounds, etc.  a-a-Lutidine  and  a-y-lutidine  are  finely 
exemplified  ;  alsnthepbenylandtolylpyrrols.  Besides 
these  are  the  following  : — Crystallised  sorbin  and 
dextrose,  galactose,  inulin,  a  crystallised  compound 
of  dextrose  with  sodium  chloride  and  a  molecule  of 
water  ;  arabinose,  inosite  (crystallised),  levulose,  and 
maltose  (crystallised).  Amongst  colouring  matters 
are  : — Orcein,  diinethyl-^-phenylenediamine,  tetra- 
metbyl-//-phenylenediamine,  metaphenylenediamine, 
chlorophyll,  phyllopurpurin,  pyrrol  red,  etc.  ;  whilst 
as  specimens  interesting  to  the  pharmaceutical  che- 
mist are  : — Hypnone  (crystallised),  glutamine  hydro- 
chloride, umbelliferone,  terebene,  sylvestrene,  pinene, 
champhene  (crystallised),  limonene,  borneol  (artificial 
crystallised  and  natural  crystallised),  terebine  hydro- 
chloride, curarine  hydrochloride,  helenine  (crystal- 
lised), tyrosine  (crystallised),  alloxan  (crystallised), 
and  finally  tincture  of  strophanthus. 

Messrs.  Kay  Brothers,  Lower  Hillgate  and  St. 
Petersgate,  Stockport  (No.  7i>4),  exhibit  a  miscel- 
laneous collection,  comprising  the  following: — Simple 
and  compound  essences,  extracts,  etc.,  absorbent  and 
antiseptic  cotton  wools— e.g.,  pure  absorbent,  car- 
bolised,  sublimated,  salicylated,  and  iodoformed. 
Glass  valve  tubes  (Kay's  patent).  Disinfectants,  a 
fusible  cement  for  stone  and  iron  work.  Perfumery, 
syrups,  medicinal  extracts  and  essences  of  ginger, 
peppermint,  sarsaparilla,  taraxacum,  and  ergot. 
Among  medicinal  oils  we  note  those  of  cod  liver, 
castor,  linseed,  cotton  seed,  mustard  seed,  sweet 
almond,  olive,  sperm,  and  lard. 

Gbimshaw  Brothers,  Canal  Chemical  Works, 
Clayton,  Manchester  (No.  786).— This  exhibit  may 
be  divided  into  three  series  : — _ 

1.  Zinc  compounds  used  in  manufactures  and 
pharmacy,  the  chief  of  these  being  (a)  chloride  of 
zinc  in  the  solid  and  liquid  state,  the  former  run  hot 
into  lead-lined  casks  for  export  (Messrs.  Grimshaw 
were  the  first  who  made  it  largely  in  this  form) ;  (b) 
sulphate  of  zinc,  commercial,  and  chemically  pure. 
These  articles  are  largely  used  in  the  sizing  ot  cotton 
goods  for  the  prevention  of  mildew  :  («•)  Sulphide  of 


Oct.  3i,  188?.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


im 


zinc,  for  rubber  purposes  and  as  a  white  pig- 
ment. Among  the  other  zinc  salts  are  ferro- 
cyanide,  silicate,  carbonate,  acetate,  nitrate,  oxide, 
tannate,  bromide,  iodide,  chromate,  phosphate,  etc. 
Probably  never  before  has  such  a  complete  set 
of  commercial  zinc  compounds  been  shown.  The 
spelter  and  the  zinc  ores  and  minerals  which  are  the 
natural  sources  of  zinc  compounds  are  also  to  be 
seen. 

■1.  Sizing  materials  for  cotton  warps  and  piece 
goods,  also  materials  used  in  finishing  the  same. 

3,  Recovered  indiarubber,  substitutes  for  india- 
rubber,  and  chemicals  and  drugs  used  in  the  rubber 
manufacture.  The  recovered  rubber  consists  of 
qualities  which  range  in  value  from  what  is  almost 
equal  in  value  to  native  Para  rubber  down  to 
qualities  which  are  lower  in  price  than  the  cheapest 
native  rubber. 

The  substitutes  for  rubber  are  of  lower  value  still. 
They  are  (many  of  them)  more  lasting  in  their  nature 
than  many  forms  of  real  rubber.  Both  the  recovered 
rubbers  and  the  substitutes  are  generally  used  incor- 
porated with  new  rubbers.  The  colour  of  the  sub- 
stitutes varies  from  dark  brown  to  white,  according 
to  their  nature  and  the  particular  use  to  which  they 
are  put. 

The  rubber  chemicals  are  used  for  vulcanising  rubber, 
or  colouring  it,  or  giving  it  body,  and  consist  of  such 
substances  as  oxide  of  zinc,  sulphide  of  zinc,  sulphide 
of  antimony  (red),  sulphideof  lead,  hyposulphite  (thio- 
sulphate)  of  lead,  and  many  of  the  pigment  colours 
which  are  used  in  paints.  The  rule  in  using  these  is 
that  they  must  not  be  such  as  will  be  affected  by 
combining  with  the  sulphur  in  the  vulcanisation 
process. 

Vesuvian  white  is  a  special  vulcanising  material 
which  Grimshaw  Brothers  make  for  use  in  the  manu- 
facture Of  tennis  balls  and  some  other  articles.  This 
firm  also  shows  some  solvents  of  rubber — viz.,  solvent 
naphtha,  chloride  of  sulphur,  bisulphide  of  carbon, 
etc.,  also  indiarubber  solution  or  varnish.  In 
addition  to  the  above  three  series,  the  following  are 
illustrated  : — 

H.  Grimshaw's  patent  process  for  separating 
and  utilising  the  zinc  and  iron  of  galvanisers'  waste. 
The  zinc  is  dissolved  by  an  acid  solution  of  chloride 
of  zinc,  which  thereby  becomes  more  concentrated, 
and  the  iron  is  left  in  a  pure  state.  The  galvanised 
waste  cannot  be  smelted,  as  the  zinc  makes  the  iron 
"short"  or  "brittle,"  whereas  the  iron  after  it  has 
been  treated  becomes  adapted  for  working  up  again. 

— »««<*^fr»^» — 

AX  INQUIRY  INTO  THE  EXTENT  TO  WHICH 
CALICO  PRINTING  AND  THE  TINCTORIAL 

ARTS    HAVE    BEEN  AFFECTED    BY    THE 
INTRODUCTION  OF  MODERN  COLOURS. 

(.1  Paper  read  before  the  British  Association, 
Manchester,  1887. ) 

BY   CHARLES   o'XEILL,  F.C.S. 

The  first  of  the  modern  colours  was  Mr.  Perkins 
aniline  mauve,  which  was  discovered  and  applied 
in  the  year  1856  (August) :  it  was  two  or  three  years 
after  (April,  1859)  that  the  next  modern  colour, 
magenta  or  fuchsine,  made  its  appearance  ;  the  tide 
rose  slowly  in  I860  with  purples,  blues  and  violets, 
gained  every  year  in  force  and  volume,  until  the  flood 
li  is  now  risen  to  such  a  height  that  one  who  would 
like  to  keep  up  with  it  stanls  astonished  and 
dismayed  at  its  extent,  and  well  nigh  confounded 
with  the  prospect  before  him.     Nor  is  there  any 


sign  that  we  have  got  to  high-water  mark,  for  month 
after  month  chemists  and  colour  manufacturers  are 
patenting  new  colours  or  new  processes  in  such 
numbers  that  only  a  specialist  of  specialists  can 
pretend  to  follow  or  appreciate  the  work  that  is 
being  dona  I  do  not  pretend  to  be  that  specialist, 
but  having  served  my  time  to  dyeing  and  calico 
printing  before  the  beginning  of  the  era  of  modern 
colours,  and  been  in  one  way  or  another  engaged 
in  the  business  ever  since,  I  am  enabled  to  give  some 
sort  of  account  of  the  differences  of  the  two  periods. 

The  fixing  of  1856  as  the  date  when  the  modern 
colours  came  in  cannot  be  seriously  objected  to, 
because  it  is  evident  that  it  is  the  artificial  colours 
introduced  in  that  year,  and  afterwards  for  a  long 
time  and  even  now  spoken  of  as  aniline  colours, 
which  occupy  one's  thoughts.  Just  before  that  date 
three  new  colours  occupied  attention  ;  these  were 
murexide  red,  Chinese  green  or  Lo-Kao,  and  the  fast 
archil  purple,  but  their  life  was  short  and  their 
influence  nil :  a  little  further  back  still  catechu  and 
ultramarine  blue,  accompanied  by  the  use  of  albumen, 
one  a  natural  and  the  other  an  artificial  colouring 
matter,  were  very  welcome  additions  to  the  materials 
of  the  printer,  and  still  highly  valued  by  both  printer 
and  dyer.  If  the  term  in  the  title  of  the  paper  had 
been  artificial  colours  instead  of  modern  colours  the 
claims  of  Saxony  blue  or  sulphate  of  indigo,  used 
since  1740,  would  have  to  be  considered  as  well  as 
the  red  and  yellow  chromates  of  lead  and  Prussian 
blue  or  royal  blue,  and  some  others  of  great  value, 
which  may  be  considered  quite  as  much  made  by  art 
as  aniline  black  or  the  azo  reds  are  made  by  art ;  but 
the  most  modern  of  these  were  in  use  long  before  the 
date  fixed  upon,  and  may  be  left  without  further 
notice. 

The  relations  of  the  modern  colours  to  the  various 
textile  fibres  is  so  very  different  that  it  is  advisable 
to  treat  them  separately.  In  the  first  place  I  will 
take  cotton,  and  afterwards  wool  and  silk,  and  in  cot- 
ton give  precedence  to  calico  printing.  The  two  most 
important  colouring  matters  in  185b'  were  indigo  and 
madder.  Neither  of  these  colours  could  be  directly 
printed  on  calico.  Indigo  indeed  in  the  form  of  China 
blue,  was  printed,  but  it  had  to  be  subsequently  fixed 
by  a  process  analogous  to  dyeing,  and  it  was  not  an 
important  branch  of  the  indigo  styles.  All  attempts 
to  obtain  an  extract  of  madder  fit  for  printing  had 
failed  ;  it  was  not  until  about  ten  years  afterwards 
that  the  extract  of  madder  came  into  the  market,  and 
for  the  first  time  the  printer  was  enabled  to  produce 
by  direct  application  upon  the  cloth  the  various 
colours  yielded  by  madder.  Of  indigo  little  need  be 
said.  We  have  seen  of  late  years  some  advance  in  the 
manner  of  applying  indigo,  new  reducing  agents,  as 
the  hyposulphite  of  soda  and  zinc  dust,  the  actual 
printing  of  it  by  the  glucose  process  of  Schlieper  and 
Baum,  and  the  ingenious  pigment  coloured  discharges 
of  Canaille  Koechlin.  but  the  fundamental  indigo 
styles  in  which  probably  nine-tenths  of  all  indigo  im- 
ported is  consumed,  remain  practically  in  the  same 
state  they  were  in  in  1856.  The  artificial  indigo  of 
Baeyer  is  a  scientific  victory,  not  less  remarkable  than 
that  of  Graebe  and  Liebermann  in  the  case  of  artificial 
alizarin,  but  it  is  not  an  economic  success,  and  has 
had  no  visible  influence  in  the  trade.  The  madder 
styles  of  1856  were  of  great  excellence  as  produced  by 
the  best  houses,  quite  as  good  or  better  than  pure 
alizarin  styles  are  now  ;  not  that  alizarin  cannot 
be  made  to  yield  as  good  work  as  madder  did,  but  the 
present  conditions  of  the  trade  with  regard  to  prices 
are  unfavourable  to  the  highest  excellence  in  that 
class  of  prints.  In  the  dyed  madder  and  garancine 
styles,  the  designs  were  practically  limited  to  the  four 
or  live  colours  yielded  by  madder  or  garancine,  with 


G44 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct.  31.  kst.  1 


the  help  of  catechu  brown  or  drab,  catechu  being  the 
only  colouring  matter  which  could  be  worked  in  con- 
junction   with  the  ilyo>  :  some  years  after   the  date 
'i,  chrome  yellow  and  orange  were  combined  with 

madder  colours,  and  for  a  time  proved  a  great  relief 
to  printers,  permitting  a  variety  in  design  and  colour- 
ing not  before  possible.  If  it  was  desired  to  combine 
such  colours  as  blue,  green,  or  other  shades  with  mad- 
der colours,  it  could  only  be  done  by  printing  these 
mrs  with  block  after  themaddei  colours  had  been 
dyed  and  finished.  All  this  is  changed  now,  and  the 
calico  printer  can  produce  designs  of  ten,  twelve  or 
fourteen  colours  printed  at  one  time,  in  which  the 
reds,  pinks,  purples  and  chocolates  may  be  alizarin 
colours,  possessing  all  the  stability  of  the  old  madder 
colours.  Strictly  considered  the  modern  colours 
cannot  be  credited  with  this  change,  it  was  actually 
accomplished  as  soon  as  extract  of  madder  was 
obtainable  some  two  or  three  years  before  the 
discovery  of  artificial  alizarin,  but  if  artificial 
alizarin  had  not  come  up  there  could  not  have 
been  the  extensive  production  of  many  coloured  fast 
cretonne  styles  which  has  been  a  characteristic  of 
the  trade  for  several  years  past,  for  extract  of  madder 
would  always  have  been  a  more  expensive  form  of 
madder  and  of  restricted  application.  I  do  not  stop 
to  argue  the  question  whether  it  is  proper  to  consider 
artificial  alizarin  a  modern  colour  or  not,  for  the 
fact  of  its  being  identical  with  something  obtainable 
from  madder  does  not  affect  its  claim  to  be  a  new 
substance.  The  introduction  of  this  most  important 
and  most  valuable  of  the  modern  colours  has  had  for 
effect  to  cheapen  the  price  of  the  best  kind  of  calico 
prints  ;  by  best  I  mean  those  of  most  durable  colours, 
and  used  for  personal  wear.  So  far  it  is  a  boon  to 
purchasers  of  prints  ;  how  far  it  has  benefited  calico 
printers  is  another  question.  It  would  appear  that 
the  greater  facility  of  producing  passable  colours  has 
greatly  increased  production.  The  same  works  and 
machinery  can  with  this  and  other  modern  colours 
turn  out,  say  50  to  70  per  cent,  more  printed  calico 
that  could  have  been  done  in  the  old  madder  dyeing 
days.  Even  dyeing  with  artificial  alizarin  is  going 
out  for  many  styles.  It  is  printed,  steamed,  passed 
through  an  open  soaping  machine  for  a  few  minutes, 
cleared  and  finished  straight  off.  This  is  very  different 
from  the  old  madder  dyeing,  with  first  and  second 
dunging,  washing,  dyeing,  two  or  three  soapings  and 
clearing.  Increased  production  without  a  corre- 
sponding increased  demand  of  course  leads  to  a 
gradual  lowering  of  prices,  until  profits  are  cut  down 
to  a  very  low  margin  indeed.  I  think  it  may  be  held 
that  the  colour  mixing  made  easy  by  the  introduction 
of  modern  colours  has  much  to  do  with  the  unre- 
munerative  condition  of  calico  printing.  As  nearly 
as  I  can  fix  the  date  it  would  be  in  1852  or  18.33  that  I 
saw  the  newly  erected  20-colour  printing  machine 
at  a  now  extinct  works  printing  an  18-colour  pattern. 
The  same  machine  is  now  at  another  works,  and  I  saw 
it  lately  printing  a  14-colour  design.  I  ask  myself 
the  question,  what  difference  has  the  34  years  made 
in  the  character  of  the  colours  and  the  work,  supposing 
that  the  colourist  was  using  the  best  colours  available 
at  each  time.  The  reds  and  pinks  then  were  from 
cochineal,  now  they  are  from  alizarin,  the  blues, 
greens,  myrtles  and  olives  were  of  the  prussiate  class, 
the  greys,  drabs,  browns  and  chocolates  were  from 
the  woods— logwood,  sapanwood,  sumach,  etc.  It 
may  be  said  that  only  the  black,  which  is  from  log- 
wood, remained  essentially  the  same  at  both  dates, 
for  even  in  the  chocolates  and  other  colours  which 
depended  mainly  upon  wood  extracts,  there  was  an 
admixture  of  modern  colours,  while  the  blues  and 
greens,  purples,  etc.,  were  unmixed  modern  colours, 
with  the  usual  fixing  agents.    Of  course  one  has  to 


depend  upon  memory  and  impressions,  for  the  prints  of 
34  years  ago  cannot  be  now  seen  in  their  freshness, 
but  I  think  there  has  been  no  great  change  in  results 
as  far  as  regards  quality  of  work.  There  has  been  a 
lessening  of  cost  of  colour,  and  a  lessening  of  labour 
to  the  colour  mixer,  and  undoubtedly  some  colours 
now  are  brighter  than  then,  but  there  is  not  much  in 
that  :  as  to  fastness  of  colour,  except  as  regards  the 
reds  there  has  been  no  gain,  perhaps  even  a  loss. 

None  of  the  modern  colours  except  alizarin  and  its 
allied  blue  and  orange  derivatives  can  be  said  to  be 
fast  colours  upon  cotton  in  the  sense  that  madder  or 
indigo  are  fast,  but  at  the  same  time  many  of  tbem 
are  fast  enough  for  the  purposes  to  which  they  are 
applied,  and  have  contributed  in  calico  printing  to 
give  a  variety  in  colourings  which  has  no  doubt  ex- 
tended the  demand  for  printed  goods.  In  plain  dyed 
calicoes  many  fancy  shades  are  dyed  with  these 
colours  and  serve  well  enough  for  a  variety  of  uses, 
as  linings  for  garments,  hangings,  and  the  like.  Im- 
provements in  fixing  have  been  introduced  of  late 
years,  which  have  materially  improved  the  stability 
and  resistance  of  many  of  the  colours.  Lloyd  and 
Dale's  discovery  of  the  utility  of  tartar  emetic, 
patented  in  1S61,  did  not  come  to  be  generally  used 
until  the  patent  had  expired,  but  it  has  been  of  great 
service  ;  in  combination  with  tannic  acid  in  the  colour, 
it  gives  fixity  enough  to  many  colours  to  resist 
soaping  sufficient  to  brighten  and  clean  the  goods. 

In  the  Silk  Section  of  the  Royal  Jubilee  Exhibition 
there  are  two  exhibits  which  raise  the  question  of 
modern  colours  as  to  stability.  In  one  case  there  is 
a  silk  patch-work  coverlet  exhibited  of  many  colours. 
It  was  made  in  1850,  six  years  before  the  first  of  our 
modern  colours  came  into  existence.  A  written 
notice  informs  the  visitor  that  the  silks  were  dyed  in 
the  "  old  fast  unfading  dyes,"  and  further  states  that 
this  coverlet  "  is  a  striking  illustration  of  a  lost  Leek 
industry,  a  genuine  representation  of  the  old  fast  un- 
fading dyes,  which  is  still  practised  by  us,"  the 
exhibitors,  "for  all  purposes  for  which  they  may  be 
required."  The  other  exhibit  of  dyed  silks  has  two 
sides  to  it— the  silks  on  one  side  are  said  to  be  "  in 
Eistern  unfading  dyes,  identical  in  nature  with  the 
colours  found  iu  the  ancient  Oriental  and  Italian 
needlework,  they  will  bear  washing,  and  they  are  the 
same  by  gaslight  as  by  daylight."  On  the  other  side 
the  silks  are  said  to  be  dyed  by  modern  dyes,  and 
marked  for  shipping.  Of  course,  the  implication  in 
both  these  notices  is  that  the  old  dyes  are  much 
faster,  less  liable  to  fade,  and  altogether  better  than 
the  modern  dyes  :  they  really  contain  an  assertion 
that  if  you  want  well-dyed  silks  you  must  discard 
the  modern  and  go  back  to  the  ancient  colours. 
The  idea  that  all  new  dyes  are  bad  dyes  is  one  held 
by  numbers  of  people,  who  are  inclined  at  the  same 
time  to  believe  that  in  the  old  times  there  were  no 
loose  colours.  The  truth  is  that  with  the  ancient 
dyes,  as  with  the  modern  dyes,  there  was  an  abun- 
dance of  loose,  bad  dyeing,  and  it  is,  perhaps,  as  well 
to  show  that,  bad  as  the  moderns  may  be,  their 
ancestors  were  not  a  whit  better,  and  that  there  were 
loose  colours  before  aniline.  There  is  a  book  on 
calico  printing  by  C.  O'Brien,  dated  1791.  This 
author  had  an  exalted  opinion  of  the  art  of  calico 
printing,  and  condemns  in  strong  language  those 
printers  who  used  only  or  mainly  what  he 
calls  chemical  colours  in  printing.  lie  will  not 
give  receipts  for  these  colours  lest  he  should  increase 
the  number  of  bad  men  who  used  them.  He  says,  in 
the  chapter  on  colour-making:  "By  permanent 
colours  every  one  in  the  printing  line  considers  those 
that  are  not  to  be  removed  by  soap,  sun,  nor  air  ;  the 
others  are  of  various  kinds,  as  some  withstand 
washings,  but  will  fly  on  the  air  ;  others  will  with- 


Oct.  31,1887 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


645 


stand  neither,  and  others  only  for  a  little  time."  Fur- 
ther on  he  says  :  li  Arbuthnot  made  some  stir  with 
green  stalks  in  light  chintz,  which  soon  Hew  (faded), 
and  no  provision  being  made  to  supply  the  vacant 
parts  the  cloth  then  had  a  truly  ludicrous  appearance, 
the  flowers  seeming  scattered  here  and  there  without 
stalks  or  any  other  appendage  ; "  and,  again,  "  it  is 
notorious  that  in  many  commissioned  and  other 
shops,  the  lowest  chemical  work,  even  with  such 
colour  as  almost,  literally  speaking,  would  shah  off. 
is  warranted  and  ticketed  as  '  fast.'  and  often  called 
chintz."  Roth  in  13th  and  23rd  of  George  III.  the 
Legislature  interfered  with  the  dyers  to  stop  certain 
loose  colours.  Rancroft  gives  the  essence  of  these 
Acts,  but  elsewhere  I  have  read  the  occasion  of  their 
enactment.  It  was  the  case  of  a  Government  contract 
for  the  supply  of  blue  cloth,  for  navy  purposes.  It 
should  have  been  indigo  blue,  but  it  was  logwood  and 
copper  blue.  The  cloth  passed  inspection,  bat  as  this 
colour  is  one  of  the  worst  possible,  and  will  not  stand 
24  hours'  sunshine  w-ithout  fading  into  a  dismal 
brown  or  burl',  the  results  were  disastrous,  and  the 
enraged  Government  threatened  to  impose  the  enor- 
mous penalty  of  twenty  pounds  per  piece  upon  cloth 
so  dyed  in  the  future.  Rancroft  quotes  a  curious  case 
of  a  certain  Dr.  Richard  Williams,  who  was  granted 
the  sum  of  i,'2000  in  1773,  by  Act  of  Parliament 
13  George  III.  chap.  77,  for  his  discovery  of  a  fast 
green  and  yellow  dye  on  cotton  yarn  and  thread. 
The  secret  was  not  to  be  disclosed  for  fear  the 
foreigner  should  reap  advantage  from  it,  but 
Williams  supplied  the  materials  to  the  dyers.  It  was 
soon  found  the  colour  was  no  good,  as  it  could  not 
stand  light  though  it  would  stand  soap  ;  yet  the  in- 
ventor was  supported  by  the  favourable  testimonials 
of  persons  to  whom  he  had  made  presents  of  pocket- 
handkerchiefs  with  borders  of  yarn  woven  in  which 
had  been  dyed  with  his  yellow  and  green.  The 
colours  lasted  well  enough  in  pockets,  that  is  in  the 
dark,  but  faded  in  the  light.  These  are  examples 
from  the  literature  of  the  subject,  but  anyone  of  suffi- 
ciently extended  experience  knows  well  enough  that 
loose  colours  are  not  peculiar  to  the  modern  era.  The 
range  of  modern  colours,  just  like  that  of  the  ancient 
colours,  includes  fast  and  loose,  and  it  mainly  de- 
pends upon  the  dyer  to  select  those  which  are  suit- 
able. There  are  cases  in  which  the  dyer  has  no 
control,  as,  for  example,  in  the  old  safHower  pink  ;  it 
is  ordered  and  must  be  supplied.  There  is  nothing 
but  saftiower  which  will  dye  the  peculiar  sahaower 
pink,  and  no  art  or  skill  can  make  that  colour  fast  or 
durable.  The  same  may  be  said  of  many  light 
shades  dyed  with  the  old  dyes,  annatto,  turmeric,  or 
cudbear,  upon  either  silk  or  cotton  ;  so  with  some  of 
the  new  colours,  as  eosin,  fluorescein,  peacock  blue, 
and  some  others  :  they  are  weak  colours,  and  nothing 
can  be  done  to  strengthen  them.  Rut  to  say  that  the 
modern  colours  mostly  in  use  for  silk  and  wool  dye- 
ing are  characterised  by  general  instability  and 
proneness  to  fade  is  not  at  all  true.  I  think  I  may  go 
so  far  as  to  say  that  all  or  nearly  all  the  colours  upon 
the  Leek  quilted  silk  could  now  be  dyed  with  modern 
colours  which  would  keep  their  quality  as  long  and 
as  well  as  those  actually  on  the  quilt.  If  the  whole- 
sale condemnation  of  modern  colours  that  one  some- 
times hears  had  any  truth  in  it  they  must  have  gone 
into  disuse  long  ago,  for  purchasers  of  dyed  goods  do 
not  twice  purchase  a  false  and  deceitful  colour.  Rut 
the  opposite  is  the  case,  the  consumption  is  in- 
creasing ;  and  the  respectable  dyer  knows  how  fat  he 
can  use  these  colours  without  bringing  discredit  upon 
himself. 

Whatever  may  be  the  true  state  of  the  case  with 
regard  to  cotton,  I  consider  that  the  introduction  of 
modern  colours  in  the  dyeing  of  silk  and  wool  has 


been  of  great  service.  Retween  the  greater  number 
of  these  colours  and  the  animal  textile  fibres  there  is 
a  direct  and  powerful  attraction  which  it  is  the  part 
of  the  dyer  rather  to  restrain  and  modify  than  to 
t.  For  the  most  part  no  mordant  of  any  kind  is 
required  ;  simply  heating  the  fibre  in  a  solution  of 
the  colouring  matter,  with,  perhaps,  addition  of  a 
little  acid  or  sulphate  of  soda,  and  finally  washing, 
constitutes  the  whole  of  the  dyeing.  Compare  cochi- 
neal scarlet  upon  wool  with  azo  red,  called  fast  red 
or  rocceline.  They  can  hardly  be  distinguished  from 
one  another  by  shade,  but  the  difference  of  the  dyer's 
work  in  their  production  is  quite  remarkable.  In 
cochineal  scarlet  the  uncertain  tin  mordant  has  to  be 
made  and  applied  by  prolonged  heating  with  the 
wool,  and  then  the  cochineal  dyed  upon  it,  a  process 
requiring  much  care,  and  attended  with  uncertainty 
in  unskilful  hands,  but  the  dyeing  with  azo  red  is  a 
simple  mechanical  operation,  which  can  hardly  miss 
at  all.  This  colour  threatens  to  displace  cochineal 
much  the  same  as  alizarin  has  displaced  madder. 
But  it  is  in  the  fancy  shades  upon  silk  and  wool  that 
the  modern  colours  have  been  most  useful.  Great 
fastness  of  colour  is  not  required  for  these  textiles  ; 
in  a  number  of  cases  they  are  never  intended  to  be 
washed  or  treated  with  acid  or  alkaline  liquids,  but 
the  hue  of  colour  should  be  fresh  and  the  fibre  un- 
dulled.  These  conditions  the  artificial  colours  fulfil 
admirably.  Some  mistakes,  no  doubt,  have  been 
made  in  employing  very  fugitive  dyes,  with  loss  and 
annoyance  to  all  concerned,  but  they  can  be  avoided. 

Seeing  the  comparative  ease  and  facility  with  which 
the  modern  colours  can  be  applied  to  textiles,  it  may 
be  asked  whether  this  has  not  a  deteriorating  influence 
upon  the  foremen  dyers  and  colour  mixers,  who  do 
not  seem  to  be  required  to  exercise  the  same  care  and 
skill  as  formerly,  and  who  might  be  expected  there- 
fore to  become  careless  and  unprogressive  ;  well,  it  is 
true  the  work  seems  easier  and  less  responsibility 
attaches  to  the  foreman,  who  uses  rather  than  makes 
colour,  but  in  all  reasonably  large  and  active  dye- 
houses,  doing  a  variety  of  colours,  there  must  be  the 
same  watchfulness  now  as  ever  there  was,  for,  if  it  is 
easy  to  dye  with  these  colours,  it  is  quite  easy  also  to 
spoil  cloth  with  them  ;  besides,  there  is  no  place  of 
general  dyeing  that  has  given  up  the  old  dyestuffs, 
and  the  dyer  must  know  how  to  produce  blacks, 
browns,  slates,  drabs,  buffs,  etc.,  which  are  still  made 
from  the  more  ancient  wares. 

Except  madder  and  cochineal,  it  does  not  appear 
that  the  old  colouring  matter* — such  as  catechu,  fus- 
tic, logwood,  sumach,  and  peachwood — have  been 
much,  if  at  all,  affected  by  the  advent  of  the  modern 
colours  ;  their  consumption  has  not  diminished  r.or 
their  price  gone  down.  Logwood  still  remains  a  main 
source  of  black  colours  upon  wool  and  cotton.  Aniline 
black  has  been  of  very  great  service  in  calico  print- 
ing, possessing  a  stability  to  which  no  other  black 
can  lay  claim,  and  working  very  well  in  some  com- 
binations where  logwood  black  would  have  been  very 
poor.  I  am  thinking  of  the  styles  containing  much 
alizarin  red  and  black  as  well  as  the  chrome  orauge 
and  aniline  black  style,  both  of  which  had  a  consider- 
able Euccess.  Rut  yet  nearly  all  the  blacks  in  combina- 
tions of  more  than  five  or  six  colours  are  still  logwood 
blacks,  but  the  old  iron  mordant  has  been  displaced 
generally  by  acetate  of  chromium.  I  may  say,  in 
passing,  that  the  introduction  of  acetate  of  chromium 
as  a  fixing  agent  in  steam  colours,  both  of  the  ancient 
and  modern  class,  has  been  a  conspicuous  boon  to 
printing,  hardly  second  to  any  other  material  intro 
duced  of  late  years.  The  dyed  blacks  and  black 
and  whites,  called  sometimes  the  mourning  style,  are 
yet  almost  universally  produced  from  logwood  ;  log- 
wood black  is  soon  injured  by  light  and  air,  and  it 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      I0d.  31.  iss7. 


would  be  desirable  to  replace  it  by  aniline  black. 
But  there  are  difficulties  in  the  way,  the  aniline 
Mack,  which  is  dyed  in  a  vat  with  bichromate  of 
potash,  an. lino  salt,  with  acids  and  metallic  salts,  may 
be  called  a  precipit  ite  black  ;  it  has  the  disadvantage 
of  rubbing  off  and  soiling  white  articles.  The 
oxidation  black,  if  that  name  may  be  given  to  the 
printer's  black  where  the  colour  is  developed  through 
the  agency  of  chlorates  and  metallic  salts,  does  not 
nili  off  and  is  unexceptionable  in  hue  and  stability, 
but  it  has  the  fatal  tendency  of  affecting  the  fibre, 
-  iftening  and  tendering  it,  unless  it  be  applied  with 
the  utmost  skill,  and,  I  may  say,  also  the  utmost  good 
luck. 

Thus  I  have  glanced  and  touched  at  some  points  in 
textile  colouring  bearing  upon  the  subject  of  the 
theme  submitted  to  me.  There  is  nothing,  of 
course,  scientific  or  even  definite  in  what  has 
been  said  :  it  is  more  properly  to  be  called  a 
speculation,  probably  a  good  deal  influenced 
by  my  personal  surroundings  or  even  prejudices; 
but,  in  fact,  neither  I  nor  any  other  can  at  the  present 
time  give  more  than  an  imperfect  estimate  as  to  how 
the  tinctorial  arts  have  been  influenced  by  the 
modern  colours,  for  we  are  in  the  middle  of  the  battle 
of  the  colours  and  can  only  darkly  discern  what  is 
going  on. 

THE  THREE  ISOMERIC  PYROCRESOLS. 

BY   DR.    W.   BOTT, 

The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

I  Read  be/ore  the  British  Association,  Manchester,  1SS7.) 

About  five  years  ago  Prof.  H.  Schwarz,  of  Graz,  in 
Austria,  announced  the  discovery  in  coal  tar  of  three 
new  isomeric  bodies,  which  he  termed  a-,  /3-,  and 
y-pyrocresol,  and  to  which  he  assigned  the  formula 
C28Ho„Oo,  which  later  on  was  corrected  toC13H140. 
A  few  months  before  Schwarz's  publication  appeared, 
I  had  been  examining  a  certain  by-product  obtained 
during  the  preparation  of  phenol  and  cresol  at  the 
chemical  works  of  Messrs.  G  Calvert  &  Co.,  Brad- 
ford, and  had  succeeded  in  isolating  from  it  three 
new  substances  and  prepared  several  derivatives  of 
them,  and  I  soon  recognised  Hchwarz's  pyrocresols  to 
be  identical  with  the  bodies  I  had  obtained.  I  com- 
municated with  Prof.  Schwarz  upon  the  matter,  and 
we  agreed  to  jointly  pursue  the  further  study  of  the 
pyrocresols.  Unfortunately  neither  Prof.  Schwarz 
nor  I  have  been  able  to  give  very  much  time  to  the 
work  until  quite  lately,  so  that  the  investigation 
is  far  from  complete  at  present.  In  a  paper  prepared 
by  Prof.  Schwarz  and  myself,  and  read  before  the 
Chemical  Section  of  the  British  Association,  at  Man- 
1  bester,  in  September,  we  have  given  a  condensed 
and  revised  summary  of  all  the  facts  already  known 
concerning  the  pyrocresols  and  part  of  our  new 
results  ;  the  present  paper  is  a  more  detailed  recapitu- 
lation of  the  joint  one  referred  to,  with  special 
iid  to  the  more  recent  results,  which  have  been 
obtained  principally  by  myself.  I  may  add  that,  as 
Prof.  Schwarz  has  now  given  up  working  in  this 
direction,  I  shall  continue  the  work  alone,  and,  in  a 
paper  sent  to  the  German  Chemical  Society,  I  have 
reserved  to  myself  the  further  study  of  o-,  £-,  and 
y-pyrocresol. 

mavpe  pyrocresols  occur  in  varying  though  small 
wood  r<?s  '"  certain  kinds  of  acid  oils  or  phenols, 
for  even  in';t'n°  suchoilswith  causticsodaasolutionis 
depended  main. l urns  tur'jid  on  diluting-even  after 
admixture  of  n.oV?nraml  ,the-  f'"e.e,  l.'henols  obtained 
greens,  purples,  etc.,  jf™*}?  acidifying  with  mineral 
with  the  usual  fixing  a^utlou  leave  a  l"8'*'  resldue 


somewhat  resembling  butter  in  appearance, 
and  containing  a  considerable  percentage  of 
pyrocresols.  The  yield  of  this  pasty  residue 
seems  to  vary  with  the  experimental  conditions, 
it  apparently  increases  whenever  the  walls 
of  the  retort  become  superheated  during  the  distilla- 
tion. The  freshly  made,  crude  product  has  a  dark 
yellow  colour,  but  on  exposure  to  light  and  air  it  turns 
dark  brown  or  purple.  It  begins  to  boil  about 
180—185°,  the  distillate  upwards  from  about  325° 
solidifies  on  cooling  :  it  is  yellow  between  330 — 350°, 
darker  and  of  a  softer  consistency  above  350°  :  finally 
a  little  charcoal  remains  in  the  retort.  All  the 
distillates  collected  at  various  temperatures  are 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  acetic  acid  with  a  greenish 
fluorescence,  which  becomes  less  intense  upon  puri- 
fication, and  is  to  a  certain  extent  discharged  by 
nascent  hydrogen. 

In  order  to  prepare  the  pure  substance,  the  crude 
product  is  best  pressed  between  hot  plates,  so  as  to 
effect  a  partial  separation  of  the  a-  and  ^-compound 
from  y-isomeride,  which  accumulates  in  the  liquor 
coming  off  on  pressing.  By  long  protracted  crystalli- 
sation of  the  dry  residue  from  boiling  ligroin  and 
benzene  the  pure  a-pyrocresol  is  first  obtained,  the 
/i-isomer  passing  into  the  mother-liquors  along  with 
considerable  quantities  of  the  a-compound.  The 
latter  can  to  a  certain  extent  be  removed  by  partial 
evaporation,  and  from  the  residue  obtained  on 
complete  evaporation  of  the  mother-liquors  the 
/S-isomeride  is  prepared  by  frequent  re-crystallisation 
from  alcohol.  The  y-pyrocresol  is  isolated  in  a 
similar  manner  from  the  liquor  obtained  on  hot- 
pressing.  It  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  paper  to 
give  a  more  minute  description  of  the  mode  of  pre- 
paring the  pure  pyrocresols  ;  suffice  it  to  add,  that 
the  process  is  a  very  long  and  tedious  one,  and  one 
involving  considerable  loss  of  material ;  but,  so  far, 
it  has  been  found  impossible  to  find  a  better  mode  of 
separation.  There  is  one  circumstance  worthy  of 
mention  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  the 
pyrocresols,  more  particularly  of  a-pyrocresol.  When 
prepared  from  the  freshly  made,  crude  material,  the 
pure  product  is  readily  obtained  perfectly  white  ; 
whilst  that  prepared  from  material  which  has  been 
kept  for  someyears,  exposed  to  light  and  air,  shows  a 
pink  colour,  which  cannot  be  altogether  removed  by 
protracted  crystallisation  nor  by  boiling  with  zinc 
dust  and  caustic  soda.  By  cautious  treatment  with 
chromic  trioxide  and  acetic  acid,  the  colour  can, 
however,  be  got  rid  of. 

a-7,///«(7Y{c/,Ci:,H140,is  by  far  the  best  defined  of 
the  three  isomers.  It  can  be  readily  obtained  in 
large  shining  plates,  exhibiting  a  beautiful  bluish 
fluorescence,  and  resembling  pure  anthracene  in 
appearance  ;  also  in  smaller  needles.  It  is  readily 
soluble  in  benzene,  chloroform,  carbon  tetrachloride, 
carbon  disulphide,  etc.  :  less  so  in  acetic  acid,  alcohol, 
and  ether  ;  and  quite  insoluble  in  water  and  alkalis. 
The  latter  do  not  act  upon  it  even  under  pressure, 
and  it  is  also  not  acted  upon  by  acid  chlorides  like 
acetyl  chloride  or  solution  of  phosgene  gas,  nor  by 
phosphorus  trichloride — from  all  of  which  it  may 
re-crystallised  without  decomposition.  It  melts  at 
196°,  the  solidifying  point  varying  slightly  within 
4 — 6°  below  the  melting  point.  The  most  striking 
property  of  a-pyrocresol,  however,  is  the  ease  with 
which  it  sublimes;  so  gnat  indeed  is  this  tendency 
that  it  makes  it  impossible  to  determine  the  boiling 
point  of  a-pyrocresol.  Sublimed  a-pyrocresol  forms 
beautiful  white  fluorescent  flakes,  which  are  exceed- 
ingly light  and  bulky,  so  that  a  very  small  quantity  of 
pyrocresol  suffices  for  the  experiment.  The  vapour 
density  of  a-pyrocresol  has  been  determined,  and  is 
in  accordance  with  the  formula  CifHuO. 


Oct.  3i,  1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


647 


y-J'i/rocresol  differs  fioiu  the  "-compound  by 
its  much  greater  solubility  in  all  solvents  :  the 
crystals  are  less  well-defined,  and  invariably  needle- 
shaped.  Its  melting  point  lies  at  104 — 105°,  and  it 
does  not  sublime,  although  it  may  be  volatilised  with- 
out decomposition,  so  that  its  vapour  density  can  be 
determined.  The  properties  of  y-pyrocresol  are  ! 
altogether  less  marked  than  those  of  the  "-product, 
and  the  same  applies  to  their  respective  derivatives. 

P-Pprocresol,  melting  at  124:,  stands  intermediate 
between  the  a-  and  y-isomers.  It  forms  needles  or 
laminse  smaller  than  those  of  the  a-compound,  and, 
like  the  latter,  it  can  be  sublimed,  though  less  readily. 
Its  solubility  is  about  the  mean  of  those  of  a-  and 
y-pyrocresol. 

Oxides  of  Pyrocresol  :  Cj.Hx.jOo. 

Upon  oxidation,  the  pyrocresols  take  up  one  atom 
of  oxygen. 

a-Pi/rociesol  Oxide  melts  at  168°,  and  forms  long 
yellowish  needles,  turning  darker  on  exposure  to  light. 
It  is  much  more  soluble  in  acetic  acid  and  alcohol 
than  pyrocresol  itself,  and  does  not  sublime  readily  ; 
although  it  may  be  volatilised  without  change,  and 
admits  of  a  vapour  density  determination. 

y-1'yrocresol  Oxide  solidifies  at  77",  and  crystallises 
in  small  rhombic  plates,  which  turn  red  on  exposure 
to  light. 

P-Pyroertsol  Oxide  is  less  well  defined,  its  solidify- 
ing point  lies  at  95°. 

The  oxides  above  described  are  prepared  by 
oxidising  pyrocresol  in  acetic  acid  solution  with 
chromium  trioxide,  diluting  with  water,  and  re-crystal-  j 
lising  the  precipitated  and  well-washed  oxides 
from  alcohol.  They  are  indifferent  bodies,  insoluble 
in  water  and  alkalis.  By  gentle  reduction  with  HI, 
at  a  moderate  temperature,  they  yield  pyrocresols 
again.  Upon  very  energetic  reduction,  however, 
they  are  completely  decomposed,  yielding  products 
identical  with  those  derived  from  the  pyrocresols 
themselves,  and  which  will  be  described  later  on. 

XriRo-CoMPorxDs :  C1SH8(N02)40S. 

a-Tetranitro-pyrocresol  Oxide  crystallises  ftom 
nitrobenzene  or  glacial  acetic  acid  in  small  yellowish 
plates,  which,  on  heating,  burn  with  a  Hash.  It  is 
insoluble  in  caustic  potash,  and  sparingly  soluble  in 
alcohol. 

p-Tetranitro-pyrocre&ol  Oxide  resembles  the  a-com- 
pound, but  is  more  soluble  in  alcohol. 

y-Tetranitro-pyrocresoi  Oxide  forms  a  granular 
mass,  and  has  a  distinct  yellow  colour.  It  is  also 
more  soluble  in  alcohol  than  the  o-dtrivative. 

Nitric  acid  alone  fails  to  nitrate  pyrocresol  com- 
pletely, and  chiefly  gives  rise  to  oxides.  It  is  there- 
fore best  to  act  upon  the  oxides  at  once  with 
nitrating  mixture,  boil,  dilute,  wash,  and  crystallise 
from  hot  glacial  acetic  acid.  The  product  is  then 
washed  with  absolute  alcohol,  and  dried  at  100^'. 

Upon  reduction  in  alcoholic  solution  with  sodium 
amalgam,  or  in  acetic  acid  solution  with  zinc  dust 
the  nitro-oxides  yield  amido-derivatives,  which  have 
not  yet  been  obtained  pure,  but  are  being  further 
investigated  at  this  moment. 

Halogen  Derivatives. 
When  a-pj/ocresol  is  dissolved  in  chloroform,  or 
carbon  tetrachloride,  and  dry  chlorine  passed  through 
the  boiling  solution  for  a  few  days,  it  assumes  a  very 
pungent  odour,  quite  different  from  that  of  chlorine, 
and  strongly  reminding  of  the  smell  of  acid  chlorides  ; 
more  particularly  of  phosgene  gas.  Upon  standing 
this  odour  disappears,  and  a  white,  granular  mass 
separates,  which  can  be  re-crystallised  from  boiling 
benzene.  Upon  analysis  and"  re-crystallisation  this 
turned   out  not   to  be  a  uniform  product,  though 


crystals  were  obtained  approximately  answering  to 
the  formula  Cj  jHj  20C12.  By  repeated  crystallisation 
we  expect  before  long  to  obtain  a  perfectly  pure 
substance.  The  corresponding  d-  and  y  compounds 
have  not  as  yet  been  prepared. 

a.-Dibromo-pyrocresol,  C15H12Br20,  is  obtained  by 
mixing  acetic  acid  solutions  of  pyrocresol  and  bromine. 
The  precipitate  is  a  mixture  of  the  dibromo-compound 
with  an  unstable  perbromide,  which  can  be  removed 
by  washing  with  strong  alcohol.  The  dried  precipi- 
tate is  then  re-crystallised  from  boiling  benzene,  and 
thus  obtained  in  the  form  of  thick,  elongated  plates, 
melting  at  215"  . 

tf-  and  v-pyrocresol  form  similar  derivatives  with 
bromine. 

A  number  of  experiments  have  been  made  to 
exchange  the  oxygen  in  pyrocresol  for  chlorine,  as 
such  a  substitution  would  doubtless  afford  a  clue  as 
to  the  relative  position  of  the  oxygen  atom.  The 
replacement  has  been  effected  in  the  case  of  a-pyro- 
cresol  ;  the  p-  and  y-isomeride  have  not  yet  been 
examined. 

Upon  gently  heating  a  mixture  of  o-pyrocresol 
with  phosphorus  pentachloride,  the  mass  assumes  a 
dirty  green  colour,  and  with  chloroform  or  benzene 
yields  a  beautiful,  intensely  green  solution.  Upon 
continued  heating  in  an  oil-bath  the  colour  disappears, 
and  if  the  mixture  is  then  boiled  with  water,  filtered 
and  washed  till  the  filtrate  is  perfectly  free  from 
chlorine,  a  residue  remains  containing  chlorine. 
This  may  be  dissolved  in  chloroform  or  benzene, 
but  the  solutions  cannot  be  made  to  crystallise,  they 
invariably  dry  up  to  a  hard,  transparent  resin 
resembling  shellac. 

Since  direct  treatment  with  PC13  seemed  to  lead  to 
no  satisfactory  result,  a  solution  of  o-pyrocresol  in 
carbon  tetrachloride  was  mixed  with  one  of  PC13  in 
the  same  solvent,  and  boiled.  A  dark  yellow  powder 
was  precipitated  which,  however,  turned  out  to  be 
very  unstable,  readily  decomposing  with  formation  of 
an  oil,  or  resin,  so  that  it  could  not  be  re-crystallised. 
During  the  above  decomposition  the  intense  green 
colour  already  referred  to  is  again  noticed,  and 
upon  washing  the  precipitate  with  glacial  acetic  acid 
it  gradually  disappears,  yielding  a  dark  green  solu- 
tion. Further  experiments  will  have  to  show  whether 
this  interesting  body  can  be  obtained  pure  and  in  a 
crystallised  state. 

Sulpho  Derivatives. 
a-Pyrocresol  can  be  sulphonated,  though  not  very 
readily,  and  the  sodium  and  barium  disulphonates 
have  been  prepared.  Upon  trying  to  sulphonate  the 
oxide,  the  latter  was  found  to  separate  unaltered 
upon  diluting  the  solution.  From  this  it  would 
appear  that  the  hydrogen  atoms  in  pyrocresol  which 
can  be  replaced  by  (S0:;H)  are  identical  with  those 
which  upon  oxidation  are  exchanged  for  oxygen. 

Reduction  of  the  Pyrocresols. 

As  the  reduction  of  oxygenated  aromatic  compounds 
has,  in  many  cases,  led  to  the  discovery  of  their 
mother  substance,  and  thus  finally  to  that  of  their 
constitution,  it  was  one  of  the  first  things  to  try  and 
reduce  the  pyrocresols.  Schwarz's  experiments  to 
that  effect,  however,  met  with  no  success  on  account 
of  the  great  stability  of  these  bodies,  and  only 
recently  I  have  been  able  to  reduce  o-pyrocresol,  and 
to  satisfy  myself  by  preliminary  tests  that  also 
,3-  and  v-pyrocresol  can  be  reduced  in  a  similar 
manner,  though  the  reaction  has,  so  far,  been  more 
closely  studied  in  the  case  of  the  a-isomer  only. 

Pure  a-pyrocresol  was  heated  with  80  parts  of  a 
saturated  solution  of  hydrio  lie  acid  in  glacial  acetic 
acid,  in  sealed  tubes,  to  250— 300°.  From  1 — 2grms.  of 
pyrocresol  were  used  at  a  time,  and  in  some  cases 


i;is 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct.  31, 1887. 


aqueous  HI  saturated  at  0°  and  excess  of  amorphous 
phosphorus  were  used.  After  heating  for  two  days  a 
copious  separation  of  iodine  had  taken  place,  and  an 
oily  liquid  had  separated  on  the  surface  if  the 
mixture  enclosed  in  the  tubes.  The  contents  of  the 
latter  were  then  neutralised  with  caustic  potash,  and 
distilled  with  steam,  when  colourless  oil  passed  over, 
which  was  dried  by  caustic  potash,  and  repeatedly 
distilled  over  metallic  potassium,  so  as  to  free  it  from 
traces  of  iodine  which  seemed  to  obstinately  adhere 
to  it  and  caused  it  to  turn  violet  on  heating.  Finally, 
a  colourless  non- fluorescent  oil  was  obtained,  which 
on  fractionation  proved  to  be  a  mixture  of  compounds. 
It  began  to  boil  at  about  70',  then,  excepting  one  or 
two  short  stoppages,  the  temperature  quickly  rose, 
becoming  stationary  for  some  time  about  27.V,  the 
last  portions  passing  over  above  300  with  slight 
decomposition.  The  part  boiling  at  275°  was  collected 
separately  and  analysed,  the  following  data  being 
obtained  : — 

(1.)  0-305  substance  gaveO'9405  CO..  +  04235H..O. 
(2.)  0'2205  substance  gaveO'6825  CO.  +  03105H..O. 


!•                          11.                 Calculated  for  CHv 

C  =  8100 
H  =  1512 

81-16 
15-61 

81-905  p.c. 
15-095  p.c. 

99-51 

100-10                          100-00 

The  above  analyses  agree  sufficiently  well  with  the 
formula  C'l-.H^.j,  still  the  result  cannot  be  taken  as 
conclusive  with  regard  to  the  exact  amount  of 
hydrogen,  or  the  number  of  hydrogen  atoms  con- 
tained in  the  molecule.  Three  vapour  density  deter- 
minations were  then  made  by  Victor  Meyer's  method, 
a  diphenylamine  bath  being  employed,  and  an 
atmosphere  of  dry  hydrogen  being  substituted  for  the 
one  of  nitrogen  generally  used.  Upon  trying  to 
determine  the  vapour  density  in  air  a  dissociation 
occurred,  and  a  similar,  though  slight  decomposition 
takes  place  even  in  hydrogen,  when  the  diphenylamine 
bath  is  replaced  by  once  of  anthracene.  The  follow- 
ing results  were  obtained  : — 


I. 

11. 

III.       ^ 

G  =    0-1035 

008-20 

0-1015 

V  =  ll 

8-7 

11-S 

K  =  105 

65 

9-S        , 

B  =  757 

763-2 

755 

d  =  7-69 

7  "51 

7'23 

110-96 

10S-I8 

101-32     / 

Calculated  for  C, 
/    H,a  :  d  =  106. 


mean  107 '92 

As  the  small  quantity  of  the  reduction  product  at 
present  at  our  disposal  did  not  admit  of  anything  like 
a  complete  examination,  we  had  to  be  satisfied  with 
a_  few  preliminary  tests.  Strong  nitric  acid  or 
nitrating  mixture  fail  to  nitrate  the  oil  ;  upon  boil- 
ing, a  kind  of  resin  is  formed  which  is  lighter  than 
water.  Bromine  and  strong  sulphuric  acid  have  no 
perceptible  action  upon  the  oil.  The  higher  boiling 
portion  distilling  at  275°  is  a  perfectly  colourless, 
non-fluorescent,  thick  oil,  having  a  faint  odour 
reminding  of  paraffins,  and  does  not  solidify  even  in 
a  freezing  mixture. 

A  considerable  time  ago  we  had  already  tried  in 
vain  to  reduce  a-pyroeresol  by  means  of  zinc  dust,  and 
Schwarz's  experiments  seemed   to  confirm   our  own 


negative  result.  Recently  we  have,  however,  re- 
peated the  experiment  and  found  that  on  slowly  pass- 
ing a-pyrocresol  over  a  long  layer  of  heated  zinc  dust 
in  a  current  of  dry  hydrogen  or  carbonic  oxide  gas,  a 
yellow,  soft  mass  is  formed,  having  a  strong,  sweet 
smell,  reminding  of  anis-seed  oil.  When  distilled 
with  superheated  steam  it  yields  an  oil,  which,  as  far 
as  we  are  able  to  judge  at  present,  is  identical  with 
that  obtained  by  reduction  in  the  wet  way.  The  solid 
residue  left  upon  distilling  consists  of  unaltered 
a-pyrocresol. 

The  further  investigation  of  these  reductions  is 
being  proceeded  with. 

With  regard  to  the  constitution  of  the  pyrocresols 
we  cannot  at  the  present  stage  of  our  work  offer  any 
definite  opinion,  still  we  may  safely  draw  divers  con- 
clusions trom  the  results  so  far  obtained,  more  par- 
ticularly in  the  case  of  a-pyrocresol. 

The  empirical  formula  C,,5H140  is  in  concordance 
with  the  results  of  the  analysis  and  the  vapour 
density  determination,  still  it  cannot  be  said  to  have 
been  proved  beyond  doubt,  as  a  very  small  difference 
in  the  percentage  of  hydrogen  could  not  possibly  be 
determined  by  either  method.  In  the  worst  possible 
case  the  formula  must,  however,  be  a  very  close 
approach  to  the  truth.  Taking  the  formula  for 
granted,  the  first  question  arising  is  that  regarding 
the  position  of  the  oxygen  atom.  Since  the  absence 
of  an  hydroxyl  group  is  evident,  from  the  fact  that 
neither  alkalis,  nor  acid  chlorides,  nor  phosphorus 
trichloride  have  any  action  upon  pyrocresol,  we  must 
assume  the  oxygen  to  be  directly  linked  to  carbon,  and 
this  again  admits  of  two  possibilities.  We  may  sup- 
pose the  oxygen  to  be  contained  in  a  carbonyl  group 
C  =  O,  which  would  impart  to  pyrocresol  the  general 
character  of  a  ketone.  Schwarz,  in  fact,  at  one  time 
believed  a-pyrocresol  to  be  a  ditolyl  ketone 
C7H7.CO.CrH7,  and  although  the  properties  of 
dibenzyl  and  ditolyl  ketones  as  described  by  Fischer 
and  Weiler  (Ber.  vii.  1183)  and  E.  Hepp  (Ber.  vii. 
1439)  are  different  from  those  of  a-pyrocresol,  still  it 
might  have  been  an  isomeric  ketone.  In  order  to 
settle  this  question  we  tried  to  combine  a-pyrocresol 
with  hydroxylaininc  and  phenylhydrazine  but  with- 
out success,  neither  a-pyrocresol  nor  the 
/3-  and  y-isomers  act  upon  hydroxylamine  or  Fischer's 
reagent,  however  one  may  vary  the  experimental 
conditions.  The  absence  of  a  carbonyl  group  is  made 
still  more  probable  by  the  fact  that  no  acid  oxidation 
product  of  a-pyrocresol  could  be  obtained  and  no 
disubstituted  methane — like  ditolylmethane — seems 
to  be  formed  upon  reduction.  We  can  at  the  present 
time  epitomise  our  views  in  saying  that  we  believe 
a-pyrocresol  !ind  its  isomerides  to  be  anhydrides  like 
diphenyl  ether,  consisting  of  two  chains  held  together 
by  oxygen,  thus  : 

CxHxC 

O 
CyHyC 

As  to  the  structure  of  the  two  chains  and  the  rela- 
tive position  of  the  oxygen  atom  connecting  them,  we 
cannot  express  any  decisive  views  until  we  shall  have 
more  closely  studied  the  reduction  products  and  the 
chloride  obtained  with  PCI,-.  As  the  reduction  of 
o-pyrocresDl  gives  rise  to  the  formation  of  a  mixture 
and  one  of  the  constituents  of  this  mixture  contains 
the  original  number  of  carbon  atoms,  it  is  possible 
that  the  other  products  have  resulted  from  the  reduc- 
tion of  the  separated  chains,  and  that  this  dissocia- 
tion has  taken  place  at  the  point  where  the  oxygen 
atom  is  attached,  in  which  case  the  reaction  would  be 
directly  indicative  of  the  relative  position  of  this 
oxygen  atom.  The  chemical  nature  of  the  reduction 
products  remains  to  be  ascertained.     The  properties 


Oct.  31, 1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


lilt) 


of  the  high  boiling  hydrocarbon  are  different  from 
those  of  known  compounds  having  a  similar  composi- 
tion— viz.,  pentadecane  CiSH32,  quindecon  C,  -11..,., 
benylene  016H2g,  triamylene  "C1.-,H:-,0,  etc.,  etc. ;  it 
may  possibly  not  be  a  paraffin,  but  belong  to  the  class 
of  hydrocarbons  which  Markownikow  and  others 
have  termed  "  naphthenes,"  though  this  is  at  present 
a  mere  speculation.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  con- 
tinued investigation  of  the  reduction  products  will 
soon  throw  light  upon  the  matter,  and  ultimately 
upon  the  structure  of  the  pyrocresols. 

In  conclusion,  we  may  add  that  a  number  of  experi- 
ments— some  on  a  large  scale— have  been  made  with 
a  view  of  obtaining  an  insight  into  the  origin  and 
mode  of  formation  of  pyrocresols  in  coal  tar,  which 
would  furnish  a  valuable  clue  to  their  synthesis. 
Some  of  the  results  have  already  been  made  known 
at  the  recent  meeting  of  the  British  Association,  but 
as  their  discussion  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  report, 
we  reserve  these  and  subsequent  results  for  a  separate 
paper. 

journal  ano  Patent*  Literature. 


L— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Preventing  Corrosion 
of,  Preventing  Incrustation  in  or  Facilitating  the 
Removal  of  Incrustation  from  Steam  and  other  I 

S.  Hoyle,  Accriiigton.     Eng.  Pat.  11,023,  August  30, 
1SS6.     Sd. 

WHEN  zinc  is  used  as  an  electrode  in  the  interior  of  a 
steam  boiler  for  the  purpose  set  forth,  the  patentee  pro- 
poses to  use  it  in  a  cylindrical  form  mounted  upon  a 
cup-shaped  brass  tray  pivoted  on  a  stud  in  the  interior 
of  the  boiler,  at  such  a  point  that  the  motion  of  the 
water  causes  an  oscillation,  thus  keeping  the  point  of 
contact  clean  and  bright. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Filters  for  Filtering  Water  for  Manu- 
facturing Purpos.es.  C.  Hird,  Huddersfield.  Eng. 
Pat.  11,301,  Sept.  2,  1SS0.     8d. 

A  SQUARE  or  oblong  tank  is  provided  with  perforate d 
sloping  shelves  one  above  the  other,  upon  each  of  which 
is  a  lied  of  filtering  material  kept  in  place  by  mease  of 
a  perforated  corrugated  plate.  The  water  is  admitted 
at  the  bottom  of  the  tank  and  on  to  a  perforated  plate, 
which  catches  and  retains  the  coarser  impurities  ;  it 
ascends  through  the  filtering  beds  and  flows  oft'  at  the 
top  of  the  tank.  Wash-out  ami  drain  cocks  are  provided 
for  removing  the  sediment  which  accumulates  between 
the  filtering  beds.— C.  C.  H. 


.1  Cock  for  Charging  Air  and  Liquor  combined  into 
Stills  and  other  Vessels.  J.  Harvey,  Port  Dundas. 
Eng.  Pat.  5358,  April  13,  1S87.     lid. 

The  object  of  the  improved  cock  is  to  prevent  the 
collapse  of  a  still,  into  which  liquor  is  being  charged, 
owing  to  the  formation  of  a  partial  vacuum  due  to  the  con- 
densation of  steam  or  vapour  within  the  still.    It  consists 

*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  bv  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  Reader  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office.  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows : — 

If  the  price  does  not  excced8d jd. 

Above  Sd.,  and  not  exceeding  Is.  6d. . .  Id. 

„      Is.  Gd.,    „  „         2s.  Id...  1  4, 

„      2s.  Id.,    „  „  3s.  Id...  2d. 


of  a  cock  with  two  passages  or  pipes  at  right  angles  to  and 
one  aliove  the  other;  the  lower  pipe  is  connected  with 
the  bottom  of  the  still  and  serves  for  the  admission  of  the 
liquor.  One  branch  of  the  upper  pipe  is  open  to  the  air 
and  the  other  connected  to  the  upper  port  of  the  still. 
The  plug  of  the  cock  is  hollow,  but  the  upper  and  lower 
portions  are  separated  by  a  cast  diaphragm.  It  follows 
that  when  the  lower  port  is  so  placed  as  to  admit 
liquor  to  the  still,  the  upper  port  is  open  to  the  air 
and  the  upper  part  of  the  still. — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Fusible  Plugs  for  Steam  Boilers,  Feed 
lt'n/,r  Heaters  and  other  Appliances  connected  vrith 
Steam  Boilers.  W.  Williams,  Peckham.  Eng.  Pat. 
3361,  March  1,  1SS7.     Sd. 

The  improved  fusible  plug  is  made  as  shown  in  the 
drawing  attached  ;  A  is  the  gun-metal  body  screwed 
into  the  Hue  of  the  boiler  at  B  from  the  water  side  of  the 


boiler.  F  i>  the  loose  or  falling  plug  forced  by  the 
pressure  screw  G  upon  the  ring  E  of  soft  fusible  metal 
which  rests  upon  the  seating  D  ;  the  action  of  such  a 
plug  is  well  understood. — C.  C.  H. 


An  Improved  Screen-bottom  for  Bunr  Charcoal  Wash- 
inrj  anil  Filter  Tanks.  A.  Gan  Kroger,  San  Francisco, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9909,  July  11,  1887. 

The  screen-bottom  forming  the  lower  part  of  the  base  of 
the  charcoal  washing  tank  used  in  sugar  refineries  is 
formed  by  a  number  of  frames  ;  each  frame  has  solid 
sides  grooved  at  the  bottom  edge  for  a  jointing  material, 
and  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  frame  is  formed  of 
perforated  plate.  The  space  between  the  two  plates  is 
packed  with  sand,  fihe  gravel  or  other  suitable  material. 
The  fine  char  which  would  otherwise  be  carried  away, 
is  retained  during  the  washing. — C.  C.  H. 


A  Combined  Evaporating 

Siemens,   London.     Eng 
8d. 


md  Calcining  Furnace.     V. 
Pat.  13,7S9,  Oct.  27,  1SS6. 


Thk  improved  furnace  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
drawings ;  Fig.  1  is  a  longitudinal  section,  Fig.  2  a 
sectional  plan.  Gas  from  a  producer  enters  the  furnace 
at  G,  meets  with  air  entering  the  flue  I  and  the  flame 
generated  passes  into  the  interior  of  the  furnace  at  E. 





THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     I0ct.3i.i88?. 


A  portion  of  the  tlarue  passes  over  the  hearth  A,  and  the 
remainder  emerges  therefrom  through  the  passages  I>, 
circulates  round  the  evaporating  pan  C  and  back  to  the 
body  of  the  furnace  through  1>'  :  the  consumed  gases 
leave  the  furnace  at  MM.  If  a  stronger  heat  is  required 
in  the  pan  (',  bricks  covering  a  number  of  openings  b  l> 
are  removed,  admitting  a  larger  portion  of  the  rlame 
underneath  the  pan  C.      The  dried  material   removed 


With  mixtures  containing  20  per  cent,  of  heavy  hydro- 
carbons the  decrease  in  luminosity  after  eight  to  nine 
hours  amounted  to  7  3 — 9'5  per  cent.,  with  those  con- 
taining 20 — 40  per  cent,  the  decrease  was  '22 — 48  per 
cent.,  and  with  one  made  up  with  .">0  per  cent,  of  No.  3 
the  loss  of  light  was  56*7  per  cent.  In  the  last-named 
mixtures  the  wick  was  more  sooty  than  in  the  first.  The 
author  ascribes  the  diminished  luminosity  to  the  slow 


from  the  pan  is  fed  on  to  the  hearth  of  the  furnace 
through  passages  K  K  leading  from  the  upper  surface  of 
the  setting  of  the  pan  to  the  hearth  A,  from  which, 
after  calcination,  it  is  removed  through  the  doors  L  L. 

-C.  C.  H. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 
T/"  Influence  ofthi  Composition  of  Petroleum  and  of  Vie 
contained  therein  mi    its  Illuminating  I'oim-. 

E.   Alftan.     Zap.  Imp.   Russk.  Techn.  Obszcz.   18S7, 

21,  107. 
While  petroleum  is  now  commonly  tested  in  regard  to 
alkalinity  or  acidity,  the  inlluence  of  the  ingredients  on 
the  luminosity  of  the  Uame  has  been  neglected.  The 
author  has  distilled  an  ordinary  commercial  sample  of 
Nobel's  petroleum  into  three  fractions  : — ()i  with  sp.  gr. 
of  0- 7647  and  boiling  point  under  150°  ;  (2)  with  sp.  gr. 
of  0'S2S7  (normal)  and  boiling  point  between  150-' 
and  270";  and  (3)  with  sp.  gr.  "of  0  sii7  and  boiling 
point  over  270°.  The  two  latter  were  then  mixed 
various    proportions    and    sutlicient    of    the    light 


no 

in 

distillate     was     added     in     eacli     case     to    bring    the 

product     clown     to      the     normal    ap.    gr.    of    D"8287. 

These  mixtures  were  then  burnt  severally  in  a  Kuhmberg 

lamp  and  the  decrease  in  illuminating  power  determined 

photometrically,   always  after  known  periods   of   time. 


rise  of  the  heavy  oil  in  the  wicks.  In  regard  to  the 
presence  of  salts,  the  bases  most  frequently  occurring 
are  iron  oxide,  lime  and  magnesia.  A  sample  of  petroleum 
insufficiently  neutralised  with  soda,  either  gives  an  acid 
reaction,  when  it  becomes  yellow  on  standing  in  iron 
vessels  owing  to  the  solution  of  iron,  or  else  it  contains  or- 
ganic salts,  in  which  case  it  burns  so  badly  that  the  rlame 
may  even  become  extinguished  after  one  or  two  hours.  It 
is  found  that  the  presence  of  O'lgrm.  of  iron  salts  per 
lOOOgrms.  of  petroleum  is  not  prejudicial,  and  this  is  an 
exceptionally  high  percentage  ;  but  even  002  per  1000  of 
lime  or  magnesia  salts  may  suffice  to  reduce  the 
luminosity  by  30  —40  per  cent,  after  eight  hours,  and  0-1 
of  lime  per  1000  lowers  it  85-5  per  cent.,  while  the  same 
proportion  of  magnesia  compounds  reduces  it  94  per 
cent.  This  remarkable  difference  in  the  effect  of  iron 
oxide  and  of  these  bases  is  traced  by  the  author  to 
the  fritting  together  of  the  latter  in  the  wick,  with 
consequent  obstruction  to  the  passage  of  the  petro- 
leum, whilst  the  iron  oxide  remains  pulverulent  at 
the  summit  of  the  wick  or  falls  away  as  a  powder. 
It  is  especially  to  be  observed  that  no  lime  or 
magnesia  have  been  found  in  samples  having  an  acid 
reaction  :  by  creating,  however,  a  demand  for  alkaline 
petroleum  it  is  quite  ooncei\  able  that  a  product  containing 
these  objectionable  impurities  might  lind  its  way  into 
the  market. — W.  G.  M. 


Oft.  3i.  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


651 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gas  from  Mineral 
Oil  and  in  Apparatus  therefor  and  connected  there- 
with, J.  M.  Turnl.ull,  Edinburgh.  Eng.  Pat.  11,833, 
Sept.  17,  1886.     gd. 

Refined  or  " medium  "  oil  is  admitted  to  the  interior 
of  an  externally  heated  retort.  The  cross  section  of  the 
retoit  is  such  that  a  ridge  running  down  the  centre  leaves 
a  hollow  on  each  side,  which  may  he  tilled  with  open 
refractory  material  in  order  to  expose  a  greater  surface, 
and  so  assist  the  gasification.  The  gas  thus  generated 
passes  through  a  cooler  and  washer  of  ordinary  form  to 
the  gasholder  or  bellows,  which  is  made  like  a  photo- 
graphic camera  expanding  vertically  upwards  in  a 
suitable  frame.  The  topboard  of  the  gasholder,  when 
this  latter  is  full,  comes  in  contact  with  a  weight  at  the 
end  of  a  rod,  and,  raising  this,  effects  the  shutting  of  a 
tap  which  stops  the  oil  supply  to  the  retort.  The  supply 
is  thus  automatically  regulated. — A.  R.  D. 


Means  for  Indicating  Escape  of  Gas:  Specially  Appli- 
cable for  Buildings  and  Domestic  Use.  J.  Stott, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  13,577,  Oct.  23,  1886.     Sd. 

This  invention  is  intended  to  be  applied  to  an  apparatus 
such  as  that  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  10,348  of  lSsij.  and  is 
illustrated  in  the  accompanying  figure.  A  hole  a  in 
some  convenient  part  of  the  apparatus,  or  a  by-pass  b, 
allows  the  escape  of  a  minute  quantity  of  gas  even  when 
the  valves  G,  G  ,  are  seated.      Thus  if  the  gas,  after 


having  been  turned  off  at  the  meter,  be  turned  on  again, 
sufficient  will  escape  at  the  open  burners  to  indicate  the 
state  of  affairs,  but  not  enough  to  do  harm.  When  the 
burner  taps  are  closed,  this  gas  will  accumulate  under 
the  tloat  I,  and,  causing  the  stop  valves,  G,  G1,  to  rise, 
allow  the  main  supply  to  pass  through  and  be  lighted  in 
the  usual  manner.  The  hole  a  is  fitted  with  a  regulating 
screw  c  to  determine  the  size  of  the  passage. — A.  R.  D. 


Apparatus    for    Inducing     Complete    Combustion    of 
Mineral  Od,  Gases   or  Smoke,  to  be  used  for  Heating 
or  Lighting  Purposes,      <;.  T.  Chinnery,' tiateshead 
Eng.  Pat.  13,75'2,  Oct.  27,  18S6.     6d. 

The  oil  is  incompletely  burned  in  a  vessel  provided  with 
a  cover  and  fitted  with  a  steam-coil  to  warm  the  oil  if 
necessary.  Inside  the  vessel  is  also  placed  an  ejector  so 
disposed  as  to  draw  off  the  vapours  and  gases  formed  by 
the  incomplete  combustion  going  on  in  the  vessel,  and 
discharge  them  by  an  opening  in  the  cover.  The  ejector 
is  fed  with  compressed  air,  steam,  or  air  and  steam 
together.  This  mingling  with  the  oil  gases  forms  a 
highly  inflammable  mixture,  which  burns  with  a  white 
light  and  great  heat.— A.  R.  I>. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Constitution  of  the  Hydrocarbon  C,,.H,.,  from  Styro- 
cio'  Alcohol — Phenylnaphthalene.  T.  Zioke.  Ann- 
/alen,  240,  137—146. 

It  has  already  been  shown  that  the  constitution  of  the 
hydrocarbon  C,  ,.H,  5  obtained  from  sty rolene alcohol  and 
phenylacetaldehvde  is  represented  by  the  formula 
C„H..(  \H ...(.',  11.,  it  being  assumed  that  the  condensa- 
tion takes  place  in  two  stages  as  in  the  case  of  the  con- 
densation of  aeetaldehyde  to  crotonic  aldehyde.  Eurther 
researches  on  the  constitution  of  this  hydrocarbon  tend 
to  show  that  it  is  /3-phenyInaphthalene,  the  reaction 
which  gives  rise  to  its  formation  probably  including  the 
following  phases  :— (1.)  Two  molecules  of  the  phenylacet- 
aldehvde unite  to  form  1  molecule  of  an  aldole  having  the 
formula  :—  C,;H5.CH„.CH(OH).CH(C(  )H)CCHS.  (2.) 
This  aldole  then  parts  with  1  molecule  of  water,  being  re- 
solved into  diphenylisocrotonic  aldehyde  C8H-.CH  : 
CH.CHffoHif,  II  ;.'  13.)  The  latter  also' loses  1  molecule 
of  water,  of  which  one  hydrogen  atom  is  absorbed  by  a 
phenyl  group,  by  which  means  the  naphthalene  ring  is 
formed,  thus  : — 

CH=CH 

<'.».<  | 

CH=C-C,HB. 

fi-phenylnaphthalene.  The  formation  of  the  above  aldole 
may  be  explained  also  by  assuming  that  a  phenyl  group 
takes  part  in  the  condensation,  in  which  case  the  follow- 
ing intermediate  product  is  obtained: — C.H,.('H,CH 
(<>H)  C,,H4.C'H  (COH).  The  reaction  which  gives  rise  to 
theformationofthis  compound  eorrespondswith  von  Pech- 
mann's  synthesis  of  coumarin.  This  product  then  loses 
2  molecules  of  water  in  two  phases,  an  aldehyde  being  first 
formed,  which  is  subsequently  converted  into  the  hydro- 
carbon    thus  :— C-Hj.CH  :  *CH.C0H.  .CH...COH  "  and 


C,HB.C  :  CH.C,H4.CH :  CH. 

^-phenylnaphthalene.  The  author  has  prepared 
,i -phcnylnaphthoquinone,  the  hydroxyquinone  and  the 
amido-methylamine  and  aniline  derivatives.  In  con- 
firmation of  the  view  that  this  hydrocarbon  is  phenyl- 
naphthalene it  is  stated  that  on  oxidation  the  theoretical 
amount  of  benzoic  acid  is  obtained.  Moreover,  on  oxida- 
tion with  potassium  permanganate  the  hydroxyquinone 
forms  phthalic  anhydride  and  an  acid  of  the  formula 
C,TI,C(  )(COOH)„  together  with  benzoic  acid,  a  circum- 
stance which  affords  additional  proof  to  the  correctness 
of  the  author's  opinion  regarding  the  constitution  of  the 
hydrocarbon.  Unsuccessful  attempts  were  made  to  pre- 
pare this  compound  by  synthesis.  The  author  also  failed 
in  his  endeavours  to  obtain  diphenylisocrotonic  acid  from 
phenylacetaldehvde  and  sodium  phenylacetate.—  D.  B. 


P 'irene.     E.  Bamberger  and  M.  Philip.     Annalen,  240, 
147—192. 

Nearly  all  the  contents  of  this  paper,  which  gives  a 
complete  resume  of  the  researches  on  pyrene,  have  been 
previously  published.  After  some  historical  references, 
the  authors  allude  to  the  numerous  investigations  on  the 
constitution  of  pyrene,  and  point  out  that  it  has  been 
established  beyond  donbt  that  pyrene  represents  a  com- 
bination of  a  naphthalene  nucleus  with  two  benzene 
nuclei.  In  the  experimental  portion  of  the  paper  the 
authors  describe  in  detail  the  preparation  and  properties 
of  pyrene  and  a  large  number  of  its  derivatives.  The 
raw  material  from  which  the  hydrocarbon  was  extracted 
was  the  by-product  formed  in  the  condensation  chambers 
when  mercury  ores  are  smelted  (in  Idria).  This  product, 
called  "stuppfett,"  has  been  investigated  by  Gold- 
schmidt  and  Schmidt  (Mouatsh.  Chem.  1881,  i),  who 
isolated  about  twelve  different  substances  therefrom, 
among  which  pyrene  occupied  the  second  place  as  regards 
yield.  The  extraction  of  pyrene  from  this  material  was 
effected  by  the  authors  by  digesting  the  mass  with 
alcohol  on  a  water-bath,  decanting  the  alcoholic  solution 


C52 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Oct.  31.1887. 


and  collecting  and  pressing  the  residue.  The  latter  was 
then  extracted  with  boiling  alcohol,  in  which  it  all 
dissolved  with  the  exception  of  a  small  quantity  of 
inorganic  matter.  On  cooling,  a  yellowish  brown  crystal- 
line powder  separated,  which  was  collected  on  a  Biter 
and  pressed.  From  this  the  pyrene  was  obtained  by 
fractional  crystallisation  of  its  picrate  from  alcohol,  in 
which  medium  it  is  the  least  soluble.  The  picrate  was 
then  decomposed  with  ammonia  and  the  hydrocarbon 
recrystallised  from  alcohol. — D.  B. 


Action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  on  Ozokerite.     R,  Zalozieeki. 
Dingl.  Polyt,  .1   265,  ITS— 181. 

It  is  known  that  the  yield  of  ceresin  is  largely  affected 
by  the  purification  of  ozokerite  with  sulphuric  acid,  from 
15  to  30  per  cent,  being  lost  during  this  operation.  The 
author  has  attempted  to  determine  the  conditions  under 
which  the  most  favourable  results  are  obtained.  He  finds 
that  between  1G01  and  200°  the  yield  is  approximately  the 
same,  being,  if  anything,  in  favour  of  the  higher  tempera- 
ture. This  apparently  anomalous  result  is  explained  by 
the  fact  that  on  increasing  the  temperature  the  sulphonic 
compounds  originally  produced  are  decomposed  with 
regeneration  of  sulphurous  anhydride  and  hydrocarbons. 
Two  reactions  appear  to  govern  the  action  of  sulphurous 
anhydride  at  high  temperatures,  the  one  occasioning  the 
decomposition  of  the  organic  matter  with  separation  of 
carbon  and  formation  of  water  and  sulphurous  anhydride, 
and  the  other  effecting  the  splitting  up  of  the  sulphonic 
acids  with  reproduction  of  certain  constituents.  The 
former  constitutes  a  source  of  lo*s  ;  the  latter  one  of 
gain.  It  is  stated  in  conclusion  that  the  residual  waste 
acid  may  be  employed  with  advantage  for  the  purifica- 
tion of  a  fresh  portion  of  ozokerite,  inasmuch  as  it  con- 
tains a  considerable  quantity  of  free  sulphuric  acid  ;  and 
the  heavy,  spongy  precipitate  facilitates  the  clarification 
of  the  mass  by  absorbing  the  separated  particles  and 
precipitating  them. — D.  B. 


Amount  of  Nitrogen  in  Different  Coals  and  Production  of 
Ammonia  therefrom.  E.  Schilling.  Dingl.  l'olyt.  J. 
265,  218-222. 
The  specimens  of  coal  examined  represent  all  the  best 
known  types  found  in  different  parts  of  Germany  and 
used  for  gas  making.  The  following  results  were 
obtained  :  -The  amount  of  nitrogen  in  the  coals  ranged 
from  1  to  To  per  cent.,  whilst  the  coke  which  they  pro- 
duced contained  from  1*2  to  1"4  per  cent.  The  coke 
from  cannel  coal,  however,  contained  less  nitrogen.  The 
amount  of  nitrogen  present  in  coal  diminishes  with  an 
increase  in  the  percentage  of  oxygen.  The  production 
of  ammonia  varied  considerably,  ranging  from  0094  to 
0284kilo.  per  lOOkilos.  of  coal.  It  rises  and  falls  with 
the  total  nitrogen  present  in  the  coal.  The  yield  of 
ammonia  from  100  parts  of  total  nitrogen  gave  a  mean  of 
14  per  cent.,  the  maximum  result  being  20  per  cent.  The 
addition  of  2  5  per  cent,  of  lime  to  coal  influences  the 
production  of  ammonia  in  various  ways,  some  specimens 
being  unaffected  whilst  others  exhibit  a  considerable 
increase  in  the  yield  of  ammonia. — D.  B. 


Cmt  nrsion  of  Higher  Homologies  of  Phenol  into 
Primary  and  Secondary  Amines,  it.  Llovd.  Ber. 
20,  1254—1265. 
Isobutyi.phenol,  isam\ dphciiol,  thymol  and  caivacrol, 
when  heated  to  320—350°  with  zinc  bromide  ammonia 
and  ammonium  bromide,  or  the  corresponding  chlorine 
compounds,  give  the  corresponding  primary  and 
secondary  amines.  Carbonaceous  matter  is  also  formed. 
Carvaeroi  gives  a  yield  or  70  per  cent,  of  the  amine  ;  the 
other  phenols  vary  between  45  and  00  per  cent.  On  the 
whole  the  homologues  of  phenol  appear  less  capable  of 
reacting  than  phenol  itself. 

Carvacrylamiue   is   an  almost  colourless    oil,    which 
solidifies  in  a  freezing  mixture  and  boils  at  241—242". 


Diphenisobutylamine  (C1H„C,.Hj  .Nil,  diphcnisamyl- 
amiue  (C,,H, ,.(_',.  II  J, Nil,  dithymyi-  and  dicarvacryl- 
amine  (C:;1I7<  II  .,.</,  H  ),N1I,  are  only  liquids  boiling 
above  300°,  which,  on  distillation,  are  colourless,  but 
rapidly  darken.  All  these  amines  yield  characteristic 
platinum  double  salts.— . I.  1!.  ('. 


Substituted  Naptitliyhne  Diamines.    J.  Annaheim,    Ber. 
'  20,  1371—1374. 

Tn K  preparation  of  these  compounds  is  based  upon  the 
well-known  reaction  of  Merz  and  Weith  for  converting 
phenols  into  amines.  If  dioxynaphthalenes  be  sub- 
stituted for  phenol,  naphlhylene  diamines  are  obtained. 
In  this  way  dioxynaphthalene  condenses  with  aniline 
and  aniline  hydrochloride  to  form  diphenylnaphthylene- 
diamine  C, ,,H,.,  :  (C,;ll -Nil)...  The  action  takes  place 
at  145  — l(i0J,  and  no  dehydrating  agent  is  necessary.  It 
is  a  solid  body,  crystallising  in  brilliant  plates.  Similar 
compounds  are  obtained  with  para-  and  orthotoluidine 
and  xylidine,  etc. — J.  B.  C. 


Ethereal  Salts  of  Benzoyl  Sulphimide  and  of  o-Sulph- 
amido-benzoic  Acid.  C.  I'ahlberg  and  R.  List.  Ber. 
20,  1596— 1G04. 
Benzoyl  sulphimide,  when  neutralised  with  caustic 
soda  or  sodium  carbonate  and  evaporated,  yields  a 
sodium  salt.  The  dry  salt,  heated  with  ethyl  iodide 
to  230c,  yields  the  ethyl  ether  of  the  imide.  It  has  the 
formula  C,II.,S(  >  ,N.  This  compound  is  decomposed 
with  hot  I1CI,  and  gives  o-sulphobenzoie  acid  and 
cthylamine,  just  as  the  imide  yields  snlphobenzoic  acid 
and  ammonia.  This  compound  must,  therefore,  have 
the  formula — 

0„H4  <soa>  xc-»,- 

Heated  with  alcoholic  potash,  a  compound  of  the  for- 
mula CU0K.C,,H4.SO„.NKC.,H-  is  obtained,  and  on 
acidifying  the  aqueous  solution  the  free  acid  COOH. 
C,;H4.SU...NKCWH.,  is  precipitated  in  the  form  of  an  oil, 
which  solidiiies  on  standing.  The  ethereal  salt  of 
o-sulplianiidobenzoic  acid  is  prepared  bypassing  II  CI  gas 
into  the  alcoholic  solution  of  benzoyl  sulphimide.  It 
has  the  formula  SO ,,.NH;.C,iHJ.CO„C...II  -,  and  is 
isomeric  with  o-ethylamidosulphobenzoate,  Heated 
with  potash,  not  the  free  acid,  but  the  potassium  salt  of 
the  sulphimide  is  obtained.  An  analogous  compound  to 
the  above  is  obtained  by  passing  HC1  gas  into  an  alco- 
holic solution  of  snlphainidobenzoyl  sulphimide. 

As  o  sulphamidobenzoic  acid  cannot  be  obtained  from 
its  ethereal  salt,  tie  authors  attempted  to  prepare  the 
ethereal  salt  from  the  acid.  Ortho-toluenesulphaniide,  on 
oxidation  with  rv..l?eOy,.  yields  the  acid.  On  passing 
HC1  gas  through  the  alcoholic  solution,  the  sulphimido 
compound  is  obtained,  but  on  treating  the  sodium  salt  of 
o-sulphamidobenzoic  acid  with  ethyl  iodide  the  ethereal 
salt  is  formed. 

Its  identity  with  that  from  benzoyl  sulphimide  was 
further  confirmed  by  comparison  of  its  characteristic 
decomposition  products. 

1.  The  sulphimides  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons  are, 
therefore,  the  anhydrides  of  the  corresponding  o-sulph- 
amidocarboxylic  acids.  Both  compounds  are  strong 
acids,  and  yield  ethereal  and  metallic  salts. 

2.  The  salts  of  o-sulphamidocarboxylic  acids  give 
sulphimides  on  heating,  as  also  the  free  acid  and 
ethereal  salts. 

3.  The  alkaline  salts  yield,  with  haloid  ethers, 
ethereal  salts,  in  which  the  11  of  the  imido  group  is  re- 
placed by  the  alcohol  radical. 

4.  The  ethereal  salts  give  on  saponification  with 
alcoholic  potash  the  ethereal  salt  of  o-sulphamido- 
carboxylic acid,  isomeric  with  the  other  ethereal  salt  of 
the  same  acid. 

5.  With  IK'l  the  ethers  of  the  sulphimides  yield 
alcohol  bases  and  sulphonic  acids. 

6.  The  sulphimides  are  readily  converted  into  the 
ethers  of  the  o-sulphamidocarboxylic  acid.— J.  B.  & 


Oct.  31, 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


G53 


By-products    in   the    Manvfaeturt     of  Thiophen.      Y. 

.Meyer  and  K.  Neure.  Ber.  20,  1756—1758. 
The  higher  boiling  liquid  remaining  after  distilling  off 
the  thiophen  (prepared  by  Volhard  and  Erdmann'a 
method),  solidities  on  cooling  and  consist*  of  thio- 
succinic  anhydride  and  succinic  anhydride.  In  addition 
to  the  solid  constituents  an  oil  remains  which  distils  with 
steam  and  consists  of  a  portion  soluble  in  alkali  and 
another  insoluble  in  alkali.  The  soluble  portion  is 
thienylmercaptan  CS1L.SH.  The  solution  of  the  iner- 
captan  in  concentrated  alcoholic  ammonia  yields,  on 
spontaneous  evaporation,  thienyldisulphide  C,SH  .S.S. 
('  SH  .  The  portion  insoluble  in  alkali  was  too  small 
to  be  identified  but  contains  probably  thienylsulphide. 

—J.  B.  i _'. 


Preparation  of  Antlunnoi  and  Dianikryl. 
maim  and  A.  Gimbel.     Ber.  20.  1854- 


i  .  Lieber- 
- 1 855. 

Anthranol.  —  lOgrms.  of  anthraquinone  in  4— 500grms. 
of  glacial  acetic  acid  are  boiled,  and  2.">grms.  of  granu- 
lated tin  added.  The  yellow  liquid  changes  to  brown, 
especially  on  addition  of  about  lOcc.  of  concentrated 
HC1,  but  regains  its  original  colour.  Small  quantities  of 
HC1  are  added  from  time  to  time,  as  long  as  the  solution 
darkeas  on  addition  of  the  acid.  After  about  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  the  process  is  complete.  The  end  of 
the  reaction  may  be  recognised  by  the  solution  remaining 
clear  on  cooling.  The  anthranol  is  precipitated  by  pour- 
ing into  water  containing  HC1  and  may  be  obtained 
pure  by  one  recrystallisatiou  from  glacial  acetic  acid. 

Dianthryl. — Anthraquinone  is  mixed  into  a  thin  paste 
with  boiling  glacial  acetic  acid,  40grms.  of  tin  in  2 — 3 
portions  are  added  to  every  lOginis.  of  anthraquinone, 
and  halt  the  quantity  of  concentrated  HC1  to  that  of  the 
acetic  acid  used.  The  latter  is  added  in  two  portions. 
The  mass  is  kept  boiling  for  an  hour.  It  becomes  grey 
and  is  then  decanted  from  unattacked  tin  on  to  a  tiller 
and  washed  with  water.  The  substance  is  best  crys- 
tallised from  toluene.— J.  B.  C. 


On  Triphenylmethane  Derivates.      E.  Kock.     Ber.   20- 
1562—1566. 

The  action  of  benzaldehyde  on  aromatic  bases  to  form 
tiiphenylmethane  derivatives  have  been  studied  by 
I'llmann  and  others.  The  author  adopts  the  same 
method,  employing  substituted  aldehydes  and  substi- 
tuted bases.  Thus  he  finds  that  although  m-toluidine 
does  not  react  readily  with  benzaldehyde,  dimethyl- 
//i-toluidine  combines  with  ^-nitrolienzaldehyde  to  form 
tetratiietliylditolvluitrophenylmethane  l'„H  .Nt  L.CH. 
(CsH,.CHs.N(CH,)*)i.  Similar  condensation  products 
are  produced  with  dimethyl-z/i-chloraniline  and  p-nitro- 
benzaldehyde  and  ro-anMdine  and  y/nitrobenzaldehyde. 
It  appears,  therefore,  that  although  the  met.i  substituted 
aromatic  basts  form  with  difficulty  triphenylmethane 
derivatives,  the  reaction  proceeds  readily  on  converting 
the  base  into  a  tertiary  amine.  It  is  also  interesting  to 
note  that  the  leuco-basee  with  two  meta-positions  in  one 
benzene  nucleus  do  not  yield  colouring  matters  on 
oxidation,  which  is  not  the  case  with  the  ortho-  and 
para-compounds.  With  anisldine,  however,  the  meta- 
position  does  not  produce  this  effect.  — J.  B.  C. 


IV.-COLOURB'G  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Manufacture  of  the  Ethyletherofa  X  us  Arid.  O.  ImrajT, 
London.     From  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry  in 
Basle,   Switzerland.      Eng"    Bat.    14,U17,     Nov.    11, 
1S86.     4d. 
For  the  production  of  this  new  substance,  which   has 
the  formula CuH.,1N.U4,  1  o  parts  of  ethylenedianiine  are 
heated  on  a  water  bath  with  5  parts  of  acetylacetic  ether. 
On  cooling,  a  crystalline  mass  separates,  which  is  col- 
lected on  a  filter  and  recrystallised  from  alcohol.     The 
new  compound  is  thus  obtained  in  the  form  of  needles  or 
prisms,    melting  at   120°  C.     It   is  insoluble  in   water, 
sparingly    soluble    in   petroleum    spirit    but    dissolves 
readily  in  alcohol,  ether,  acetic  ether,  glaiial  acetic  acid, 
chlorofoiin,  benzene,  toluene  and  dilute  acids.— D.  B. 


",,     the     Production     and     Applications     of     Aniline 
Chromatis.      C.    Girard   and    L.    L'Hote.      (ompt.  I 
Bend.  105,  284. 
Grawitz,  in  a  communication  laid  before  the  Academy 
[Compt.   Until.,   IssT.  1S2)  iu  reference  to  the  authors' 
researches  on  a  crystalline  aniline  chromate,  pointed  out  I 
that  aniline  chromates  formed  by  double  decomposition, 
had  been  crystallised  by  Persoz  in  1S72  [Bull.  Soc.  Ind. 
Mid.);   that  Zurcber  in  1S7G  had  obtained  fine  yellow 
crystals  of  the  salt  by  the  action  of  potassium  bichro- 
mate  on   a    slightly    acid    solution    of    aniline    hydro- 
chloride ;  and  that  he  himself,  in  a  patent  dated  Nov. 
:i,  1S74,  had  recommended  the  use  of  this  chromate  in  ' 
the  manufacture  of    various   dyes.      To    all    this    the 
authors    reply    that  aniline   chromates   are   constantly 
being  produced,  but  that  no  one  had  previously  isolated 
and  examined  the  bichromate  described  by  them,  by  the 
aid  of  which  they  had  produced  a  whole  "series  of  dyes, 
and  hoped  also  to  obtain  an  aniline  black.      Contrary 
to  Grawitz's  assertions,  it  could  be  isolated   in  a   pure 
condition  only  by  working  with  an    acid  solution  of  i 
an  aniline  salt. —  \Y.  G.  M. 


Formation  of  Haloid  substituted  Amido -Compounds  by 
the  Reduction  of  Nitro-hydrocarbons.  E.  Kock.  Ber. 
20,  1567. 
The  anthor  has  prepared  a  chlorotoluidine  by  the  action 
of  tin  and  HC1  upon  ni-nitrotoluene.  This  is  identical 
with  the  compound  prepand  by  Honig  and  Goldschmidt, 
by  nitrating  u  chloiotoluene  and  then  reducing  the  nitro 
compound  thus  obtained.  The  substance  is  therefore 
o  chloro-ffi-toluidine.  It  combines  with  phosgene  to 
form  di-o-chloro-m-tolylnrea  and  gives  a  thiourea  of  the 
formula  CS(NH.C,H,C1.CH3)»-^J.  B.  C. 


A  Tubu'ar  Survey  of  the  Artificial  Organic  Colouring 
Matters.  G.  Schultz  and  P.  Julius.  Chem.  Ind.  10, 
20o— 305. 
The  first  column  of  the  table  contains  the  commercial 
names,  and  the  letters  in  square  brackets  denote  which 
firm  uses  the  particular  names  : — [A]  The  Berlin  Actien- 
gesellschaft  fur  Anilinfabrikation.  [B]  Badische  Anilin- 
and  Soda-Fabrik,  Ludwigshafen  a/Bh.  [Bi]  Aciien- 
gesellsehaft  fur  Chem.  Industrie  (late  Binschedler  and 
Bu-ch),  Basel.  [By]  Farbenfabriken,  formerly  F.  Bayer 
&  Co.,  Elberfeld.  [< ']  Leopold  Cassella  &  Co., 
Frankfurt  a/M.  [D]  Dahl  &  Co.,  Barmen.  [DH] 
L.  Durand  &  Huguenin,  Basel.  [K]  Kalle  &  Co., 
Biebrich  a/Kb.  [L]  A  Leonhardt  &  Co.,  Muhlheim, 
Hesse.  [M]  Farbweike,  formerly  Meister,  Lucius  & 
Briining,  Hoechst  a/M.  [Mo]  P.  Monnet  &  Cie,  La 
I'laine,  Geneva.  [O]  K.  Uehler,  Offenbach  a/M.  [P] 
Society  Anonyme  des  Matieres  Colorantes,  et  Produits 
(himiques  de  St.  Denis,  Paris.  [Sch]  The  Schbllkopf 
Aniline  and  Chemical  Co.,  Buffalo,  I". S. A.  [V]  Yerein 
(  hemische  Fabriken,  Mannheim.  The  second  column 
contains  the  scientific  names  ;  the  third,  the  con- 
structional formula-  ;  the  fourth,  a  concise  notice  of 
the  methods  of  formation  ;  the  fifth,  the  years  of 
discovery  ;  the  sixth,  the  names  of  the  discoverers, 
number  of  tbe  German  patent  and  reference  to 
the  literature  on  the  subject  ;  and  the  last  column 
contains  the  characteristic  reactions.  In  the  fourth 
column,  under  P-naphthylaminemonosulphonic  acid 
Br,  is  understood  the  acid  patented  by  Messrs.  F. 
Bibnner  i*c  Co.,  German  patent  No.  22,547  ;  B-naphthyl- 
aminemonosulphonic  acid  D,  that  obtained  bv  Dahl, 
German  patents  Xos.  29,084,  32,271,  32,276;  P-naphthyl- 
amine-  8  -monosid phonic  acid,  of  F.  Bayer  &  Co."s 
German  patent  39,923;  a-naphtholnwnosulphonic  acid 
N\V,  that  obtained  by  Nevile  and  Winther  from 
naphthionic  acid  ;  a-naphtholmonosulphonic  acid  C, 
Cleve's  acid;  a-naphtholdi*ulphonic  add  Sch,  that 
patented  by  the  Schbllkopf  Aniline  Co.,  No.  40,571  ; 
B-naphtholmonosulphonie  acid  B,  patented  by  Bayer, 
No.  IS, 027  ;  p-naphtholmonosulphonic  acid  S,  Sehaeffer's 
acid  ;  and  p-naphlholdisulphonic  acid  K  and  G,  those  of 
the  German  patent  3229, 


834 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct.  si.  1887. 


•/. 

cs 

D 

o 
•1 
o 
o 
6 

x 

O 
K 

— 

55 

I 


c 

s 

o 

5 
o 

« 

greyish  brown  powder,  easily  solublo  in  hot  water, 
with  difficulty  in  cold;    soluble  in  dilute  caustic 
soda.    Deflagrates  Blightly  when  heated. 

dark    green    powder;     leaves    when    ignited    on 
platinum   ii  residue  of  Iron  sulphide.     Soluble  in 
water  with  yellowish  green  colouration.    HCl—  no 
change.  Nat  ill -colour  becomes  blue-green.    Con- 
centrated  ll;  so,    yellow-brown  solution,  becomes 
yellow  on  dilution  with  water  and  gives  iron  reaction 
with  both  ferri  and  ferro-cyanidea. 

ile  yellow  crystals,  soluble  with  difficulty  in  cold 
water,  easily  soluble  in  hot  water,  alcohol,  benzene 
etc.;    melts  at,  122-5".     Tastes   bitter.     Boiled  witli 
potassium  cyanide  forms  a  brown  solution. 

red-yellow    powder;    potash    salt     deflagrates; 
ammonia  salt    burns  otf.      Soluble  in   water  with 
orange-yellow  colour.      HCl- white  precipitate  of 
dinitro-eresol.     NaOH  -no    change,   but  ammonia 
given  off  from    the  ammonia  salt.     Concentrated 
11  SO,  -pale  yellow  solution. 

yellowish-red    powder;    rises  like   a  "Pharaoh's 
serpent"  when  heated.     Yellow  solution  in  water. 
HCl— wine-red  coloration      Nat  Ill-ammonia  given 
}ff  and  solution  darkened,  which  zinc  dust  turns 
brown,   and  decolorises  on    boiling;     air  restores 
the  brown  colour.     Concentrated  H  so,—  wine-red 
solution,  colourless  on  dilution. 

a 

V 

A 

5 

S 

5 

h 

o 

-a 

t- 

V 

O 

o 

OD 

s 

o 

pale  yellow  powder,  which  melts  when  heated  on 
platinum  and  than  burns  quietly.      Very  dilflcultly 
soluble  in  hot  water  ;  soluble  in  alkalis. 

«1 

«e 

~ 

<i 

"\ 

> 

•4 

c 

d 

S    2 

i-       9 
^  JS    - 

;:? 

-go 

.3 

S-00 

_■•=<-       u5=sg 

**  S  &*  C    .  L  ^  ea" 

s 
& 
z 

a 

K 

cu     PPh 

pq 

111 
.  s  a 

Si     S     5 

JT  y  ..  ,r*cs  q, 

s   1 

=    - 

hi 
nq 

Or'—     ^    ^    ?    A    U 

sill  1 

o       * 

o  .  |j 

"^ 

— 

S=> 

OO 

S8 

I-        00              OO 

s 

■t* 

£i 

gg 

-        0 

00 

T3 

o  g  55 

BJ 

-■  i.a 

°c2 

ii  =  3 

W   3    j) 

t-—  -o 

.-E  - 

g    • 

c 

«.i 

O 

O 

O  3 

O  3 
en 

o 
•a 

.-  en 
B  2 

o 
1 

m 
Be 

HO 

ifsj 

'5  go's  j 

O 

o 
6 

.si 

o   i 

■o 

■g§ 

flja  . 

y 
E— ; 

*a  o 

E 

o  o 

—  - 

18  § . 

s 

c  3 

o|£.=  » 

55 

„°8 

c  c  c 

3   -    3 

-•2  a. 

c  1  = 
o  s  o 

.2  3 

4-      t. 

O  =  u 

P_  u 

a  - 

§&gfi| 

OB.Pl 

----da 

a  Ep. 

3  §  Jj 

*$ 

») 

x) 

<; 

<1 

«<( 

< 

w 

-^ 
•  ■o 

cT 

d 
o     9 

3         1 
55         « 

«        fe 
55           1 

d      o 

(DO— 55 

#_i, 

55- 

o". 

o 

"5 
a 

o 

0 

■ 
B 

o 
O 

o 

O-fe 

H 

Hodo 
cy.yy 

dt 

55  = 
'-.  1 

S3 

r.  — ■ 

-so 

So 

go" 

d 

a  £ 
o 

OC355 

w 

o 

O 

o 

c2 

d 

o 

^§ 

1 
"3 

Is- 

=•= 

6 

a 

?&§_• 

"iC 

=JS  s 

g 

i-  p3 

•*-* 

«  =  =■ 

c  a 

c  . 

s 

*C   0 

cc 

55 

s 

09 

o 

o  o  ,   = 

t-   CO         ., 

feF-- 
£S2n 

3ot2 

£-2 

S 

DD 

a 

B"S|-§ 

*3  CD 

Z  m  °  ° 

alls 

r  a  c 

■D  >. 

5 

S£  5 

s'zl 

00 

£  £ 

XoJt.- 

o  S 

dq 

sM 

a 

□a 

s 

<    * 

ej 

e 

«■ 

1  i 

S 

2  "':  S-A     si 

-  "Z   Z  —         0° 

00 

c  C          - 

y. 

—  -  s  S      C 

o>     s 

c      s 

an 

-  3  -  -S     « 

° =      ■£ 

No.   Commercia 

1*5 

S3 

- 

o« 

~—  « 

- 

t>  -:  >  'S2     < 

c 

5 

~.2.i'?  e 

p  =  ci° 

W-CJ  ^  —  n 

DO      £ 

■h 

Ol 

- 

«* 

- 

to 

t- 

Oct.  31, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


G55 


If  88 

c—  o    . 
DOnM 

.WS-g 


--  - 
■dga 


s.5 


El 


3SfeJ 


=  ■=     or! 


-  — 
do" 
S  3g 


|J|OS 


Orange-yellow     powder;     deflagrates 
Forme  a  yellow  solution  In  water.    I 
inics  the  free  acid.    NaOll    precipita 
salt,    which     re-dismilvcH  on    warini 
brown  coloration  with  zinc  dust. 

©So 

-  -—  ~ 

**£ 

l"l 

— £.3 

«D        £1 

To 
=  = 

>   ■_ 

■d  c 

u  so 

O 

*  I  s 

1-'  z  — 
-  5  - 

=  5  - 
3g« 

■z-  — 

t:   2   » 
—  ?   r 

5^  2 

r  -^ 

n 

Aninionia  and  soda  sails,  small  1,'liiici 
lime   silt   yellow-red   crystals.      Sole 
ammonia  salt    is  soluble   in  alcohol 
deflagrate*,    ammonia    sail    burns 
llcl    precipitates    dlnitro-alpha  nan] 
al  138 . 

0 

-3 

1 
0 

< 

An  orange-yellow  powder,  easily  sola 
the   solution    being  turned   pale    veil 
but  nol  preoipltated,    Emits  sparks  w 

m  ~  z    '  — 

3  X   ""   3- 

—  .eJoSo 

—  a  s  "S  .^-3 
t  =  5  1  E  = 

lilffg 

ifS  >>  —  c  — 

fa- 

6 

s 

s 

5  --=  "S  -  E 

^  J  "f  i  --i 

i --•  r 

s 

--                    ;        0        ai 

u      M                   .     .       i.            -'- 

-   -         ^      <      = 

-?'>r-.\=         3  fa     2!              m   .3 OS           2fa-      '- 
?mhSSs         l»      =■            .^fa-.'?;           7-fa---". 
"^  0  ;  —  7  '-:          -x:-           ^--":#           r-:^» 

■psS    |       5s    ft           -    ---        s  =  =    - 

S  ,;    =     i;             <                 ;-5 

_S    -                            pq                         < 

6 

- 

0 

g                 5 

30                                        3C 

*o                                     go                   I    00               \    tZ                     1    25 

00                                                                 30                                         00                                 00                                             00 

Ditto,   and    formation    of 

soda  sail. 

CA 

si 

u  — 
c  n 

^   DO 
.-   O 

.§  i— 

0  a                 —                   —  =  jr 
-  -               3                §S« 

°g|         o|           °l~| 

<               <;              < 
1 

§g              §3           i-g.               il 

5o                  29              ~ -                   ~- 

■5  s                  ~—  .           "^                   -2 

»g-                  "rt             =r-                    "!■'-" 

.irS-                 o5o            S'f.--                    :•=  = 
0  3  c                  ~  —  "H.            T"=E                    ode 

3 
55 

O  3        A 

CZuO 

~z-y. 

K 

- 

9.         -5 

s 

-* 

— 
■ 

H    =- 

-  il 

— .    ~ 

O 

1  i 

o-  a 

■J 

*E 

3 

55 

0 

0 

55 

?  -O  •-: 

—     ^^ 

Soda    salt    of     sali- 
cylic yellow  A. 

Soda  sail   of   mono- 
brom-dlnltro-  sali- 
cylic acid. 

Probably     nitrified 
rosolio  acid. 

0  d 

*^  ^ 

■-  -  2 
B  £  - 

B  ^  - 

■8—  i"                                   S~ 

=  -;  s                    *  ?_• 

S  Co                                    =2  = 

5=3                r-- 

.w  0                   sots 
Bang              5=== 

12               S?                 !                 =  f              S     •     a     ^    a              -:                 0     5           =    =    m            = 

-  -                  ==                   ~                   s  =                 —    .  z      -      ■-     —               ■-  =                   =     .fa              J"£             B 

■a-*         s|         d|           §8          3^ |'1| i  -       |  =  i           £58        i  Si?        s| 

i    S                   C'l                |o                    B|                  ?I0||.=  gM             M§|                     3     J              ■g-iifS             |~ 

-  0             -0            Be              -c              =:=•;.=">.  =  -=  =         So  -               P    0           -'■  Jf:          B 
a)    Z           ,    t«Z             SZ                B<<5              S^X    55    S    0          x  =  6                -    5           5!    55^<           - 

co                      1     C5                1     O                          m                  1     H                                               "                         I     *"                                                           — 

656 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct. SI,  1887. 


Sei 

i  C  [I 

Cj'-   CO 

73  = 

C'~^ 

%~\ 

*g§ 

s  -  g 

=  =  a 

-  --  - 

i->. 

4) 

5§g 

apjE 

e  x  -j*c 

£     - 

O 

1 

9 

7P 

5a.2a 

K 

Hrown  red  crystals, 
yellow   coloration. 

dijilienylaminc  mol 
heating,  large  qnai 

Hark      red      powder 
Hi' llagrat.es    on    he 
in  imi  water;  solub 
Mel  -brown  solutu 

a 

■isf 

. 

ci 

a   s 

i  .- 
—  i  * 

§    M 

o 
to   . 

xi 

a  - 

o 
o 

Hi 

a 

-   <  -' 

—  3 

s  — 

-  ■- 

s    - 

si 

-  ; 

-  =: 

*3  ,  >> 

SH  - 

00 

M 

m 

g 

oo 

CO 

1 

e 

o£ 

c 

© 

O 

O 

■a 

s 

2  5 

•a 

a 
a 

o 

- 

>. 

:  Pi 

cS 

°_j 

c 

&a 

o  © 

°2 

-c.= 

a" 

VS 

= 

^  a 

HE 

Be 
o"2 

.si 
o 


E 

o 


CO     CO 

BBSBB 

.'      =   =       Q      - 

V       V 

a     a 

55         55 


o  a 

'£  =;  o 


o'a 

c  s 
z  o 

o  a 


a. J. 

£^ 

C '—  z 

-  — — 

t.  *;  - 


11  = 
Ci'i 

9" 

-  - 

5gd 


-  ~ 

S  2 


CO 
OOfc 


i  _- 

o  = 

is* 

-r  o> 

>.0 

c  ^ 

^?^ 

.-     3 

go 

£■  -    *■ 

-.        t£ 

c      c 

■  .•  3 

o    — 

— ;:  — 

g  _- 

o5  a 

M            g 

— 

.      t5     - 

»-a      ;r* 

-  /    « 

^ 

i 

IC;     . 

_ 

_ 

a* 

=  ^? 

l_] 

/ 

i-t 

_ 

— 

*    toa 

X 

■-. 

-;    % 

0 

oo 

£  i 

=  fl 

G  O 

bog 

'8r§ 

c  o 

«"§•» 

^  c  = 

<  *  M 

— 

1  ^ 

a  m 

55  ^ 

.2  a  o 

C    5   M 

'_  :   - 
-  5"ri 

—  -  ? 
r_z  g 

c         - 

o  *-■ 


a'il 

U  J  r 
=  =  s 


ID  gO 

=  =  '-, 


i  =  ■-"■ 


-     ,    \    - 

i.    55—55     /.  z'. 

V    V  = 

to        h*  *5 


~_  - 

o  -  » 
CO 


_  - 
j:  — 

C=    - 
---- 

5  x  - 

-  -  = 


00 

d 

c  <- 

—  a 
C  = 


c  3 


o  5 


.'-.  _  — 
5a'g 

O   DO   = 


o  - : 

_  :  = 
5»H 

'"  =  '= 

-~  s 

5'- 
t. 


— ■  -■  - 

-—  - 
g  -  i 

jr  = 

~  '  _ 

■-  « - 

=  =— 

~  -  G 
-  -V 


-,' 

— 

v. 

c 

= 

- 

-  = 

DC 

d 

_  - 

So 

:/  ;. 

£  bo  * 

c—  e 

x  -t  Z 

•i.  a  o 

I -_  % 

| — x"0 

~  r.    -    ~ 

T'- .   §  J 

»°O0 


c  "  =  3 


X,   -    r- 

-  B*a 

--  = 

-  :  _  - 

■3,2  gg 

o  »-  -     "• 

Ph^     -  ° 

r  -  - 

.  -  t£  = 

t CS 


o  ga-s 
3  =Pa 


*;-?  = 


s       «2-§ 

lis 

CO 

.to^    .Dgcjn 

.•as  i 

jj  C  -co 

H  "-  o^l 

ill? 

.  ■/.  _—-« 

^  _J~"^ 

PS-g  J 

i?        -  -Z  j~ 
S        x  /  s; 

-  ;  = 

5 

Oct.3l.ttS7.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


657 


3  S 

o  & 


J.- 

yn 

.. 

- 

y- 

y. 

l* 

_' 

a 

/-. 

Z 

= 

~ 

6 

Z 

—  o 

—  ^ 


r     Li 


i:  ^  3 

c  -_. 

=  d  _- 

-  i  j. 

i  -; 

c—  g 

-  •_  ; 

S  : 

=  =  -"= 

-  • .-. 

-S  E 
gu-g 

="""    . 
J  --17  ; 

■gSaSS 

~-  = 

■O    Q    O    _ 

^-     =      ^ 

£     «W     0 

^     g 

^  ~  ~ 

r  ~  - 

-    -    .•! 

>   x    -    - 

C3  -■  2 
- .    a 

~  I  ■:  -. 

0       -    .- 

32    B 

=  ~  = 

°  £  S 

2  =  r- 

2SS 

-9  - 

—       N   /. 

-    ■  r. 

d  ^ 

-    /  ~  - 
*-  r  — ^ 

z   il   ^ 

V.           £   30 

=     go 

EOH 
0  -  = 

-OS; 

oO  0 

3     ,  CO 

■/.  —  - 

«  1 
>/  - 

-  -  ° 

lil 

C          CD 

s  -  i 

-Til 

5| 

lis! 

r  ?■   "r 

.-        i     - 
>  r.  —  r 
P- m        0 

5a^o 
ggJ?e 

-V 

=   it     .   - 

£  gp, 

^  -  E 

sill 

~~f.l 

r-     O 

3£d 
hi 

to—  C  c 

tUgg 

IseJ 

3  O      -5 

ftodg 

=  >-  s 
lil 

2=5 
—  -*  £■ 

7   2  r 
B-g-S 

'£  **    — 

■  z  —  -. 
>  0D  5 

~  -  -  ~ 

M  O  >  O  _■ 

-  q  x  - 

0  Z  ? 
~*  — ■  y 

Q>>0 

1. 

p 

—  "S  y 

V,  ~  0 

-£- 

.-  © 

•r  y 

|gZ|| 
5  s  x  1  •« 

=    3    -' 

gild 

-  =.=■■= 

I'M 

i  -  z 

S  2  o 

:-  —  x 

0  >  =- 

>  x  ;  -  — 

*  -     0 

— —  '-_: 

=  §:• 

a  j_*  a  ,2 

lsli| 
Sofia's 

—  =—'■= 
s  -  -'2 

: 

2*i= 

">SZa 

—  >    — 

—  =  =:•= 

—  c  n  - 

w  y.  —  - 

—  c  -  -  — 

— 

< 

« 

« 

pq 

i- 

-" 

^ 

> 

w 

•a    c 

• 

is  i 

a  z  3 

*' 

^       1 

a     g 

a  "Os 

3 

y. 

CO 

CO 

^-  —  - 

a 

x           S 
a       .- 

-    .  ~ 

3"  z-s'sa 

0 

5S 

z     -a 

S". 

5^ 

5 

"^ 

tC-f. 

[J  A 

Q 

K 

s         S 

7.         5 

8. 

-^ 

y 

Ss 

y 

=  = 

0 

y 

w 

« 

,  =         a  2  S  ■ 

S 


:  c^'-'H 


-  =  '-         *6° 


30 

.-  ^ 

00 

X 

O0  3O 

,_■= 

:.-i  — 

c   . 

;<: 

JBS 

>> 

O 

y  0 

M          CJ 

M      0 

T 

=  5 
5 

51  s  . 

K 

Beta 

tlidl 

K. 

" 

d 

=  2 

< 

< 

CO 

^.' 

T 

0 

-i" 

XJ 

_ 

_• 

q 

z 


• 

© 

- 

0 

g 

c 

s 

B 

< 

". 

< 

<! 

^ 

<; 

< 

. 

d 

a 

3  3 

—  a 

-z 

®5 
~y. 

©  a 
-y 

-s 

5  "J 

-  _ 
■3  a 

S  Z 

5° 

Cx 

-z 

1 

-  Z 

0  x 

y 
0 

V 

1— 

- 

y 
y. 

V 

= 

r 

d 
z 

z. 

V 

W 

d 
z 

.  11 
z 

y 

d 
z 
11 
z 

y. 

d 

y. 

11 
y. 

-y. 
z  • 

— — 
_.z 

0— 

y. 

y. 

y. 

„- 

= 

= 

= 

- 

- 

6 

— 

0 

u 

d 

a 

0 

Q  ^  : 


i  B 


^  --■'•-  .  E  -  -  =    ■<»  s    0 

go  I  =  £•=•=  fe  cS  >A,    ! 
a -o  op ! 


rju?" 


:  -z  —  ^  " 


a._—  c  ^~ 
-  w » §        ago 


::i 

d  i  0 

=  —  7  — 

-  ■*■  ~  ~ 

—  —  1 '~ 

-j  ~  -  • 

d*j  -  d 

KI-y 

=  s  ~  " 
»6oi 

*  NJ3^ 

s    ~  —   _j 

=  -  —  2 

/. 

■/. 

O  0  y 

m 

2    ■ 

0 

-/, 

.5  y 

—  0  c^ 

-i:- 

•H  Ba 

H<J 

UOC 

~  =!H      °  -  ; 


as  o  c; 

—  n:  -  : 

o<o  B  < 

CO 


x_r  — 

5^5 


Zf^ 


§2  a 


"-:  =  = 
a—  .5  — 


£   o 


.  o 


o    c 


c2 


658 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      I0ct.3i.i8sr. 


d 

5 

Brown    powder;    the    brown  aqueous  solution   Is 
unaltered  bj    acids  or  alkalis.    Cone.   H..SO,— red 
brown  solution,  on  dilution  yellowish  brown. 

Red-brown  powder,  forms  h  reddish  yellow  solution 
in  wilier.    HCl — orange-yellow  precipitate, soluble 

in  much  water.  Nat  HI— solution  becomes  yellow  ish 
brown.     Cone.     II  SO,—  orange     yellow     solution, 
on    dilution    first   an  orange  yellow    precipitate 
is    formed,    redissolving    then   to  a    clear  yellow 
solution. 

lirown    paste,    soluble    in   water.      The    red  brown 
solution  is  precipitated  by  HCl.      NaOH— produces 
a.   precipitate   soluble  in     water.     Cone.     H...SO,  - 
magenta-red  solution,  brownish  red  precipitate  on 

dilution. 

Cinnabar    red  powder,    sparingly    soluble    in    cold, 
easily     soluble    with    yellowish     red     coloration, 
in  hot  water.  HCl  precipitates  red  nakes.    NaOH 
solution  becomes  orange.    Cone.  11. SO,  —  magenta- 
red  solution;   precipitates  red  Makes  on  dilution, 

Senrlet-red  powder,  orange-yellow  solution  in  water. 
HCl  -precipitates  brown  oily  drops.   NaOH— dark 
brown  red  solution.       Cone.  IKSO,  —  magenta-red 
solution  ;  ondilution.  oily  drops." 

Brownish   red    powder,    insoluble  in    water.     Cone. 
HjSO,— magenta-red  solution;  on  dilution,  straw- 
yellow  precipitate. 

1  2            <   -;•'.- 

.§ ""  £                a     g  ~  *s 

£              5  |§J 

m          s;    .    -So 

d&d   •»  'a 

IN 

.Sid 

x  g" 

r1~S 

a 

•I.     06 

•-oo                            K  0  [♦ 

d 
5 

n 

3  3  c's 

OS  Z3J 

K  -x  s  a 
"<  -—  - 

-     - 

^1                                         30 

g                    2 

QO 

r-- 
00 

l 

00                00 

00                                    M> 

00                                    CC 

a 

c 

IS 

c 
O 

6g~ 

=  5-3 

5SI.H 
™—  3  3 

T  =  =  2 

B  S  aa 

3  C  O     . 

.3  — —  ~ 

U 

c 
o   . 

d 

c  =  c 

ri  O  O    . 

ace 

5c  0 
t5  »  s 

Beta  -  naph- 
thol  -disul- 
phonic 
aeid  G. 

Beta  -  naph- 
thol   -  di- 
sul  phonic 
acid  R. 

Beta  -  naph- 
thoic 

s:  - 

d 
a 

"H 
< 

2  — 

s 

5  cj 
B-1 

d                          3                i     o 

C                                   _3                               3 

35                           -3                       -5 

3                                 3                            3 
O                                 O                           % 
H                             H                         r- 

- 

EH 

d 

3 

is 
>. 

Constitutional  Formula. 

— 
=     •• 
•^    ^* 
^.    ^ 

55  m     « 

1  = 

~y.    V. 

d      "g 

=    £ 

la 

d 

to 

B 

O 

w 

AV, 

IS 

o 

Is 

o 

CO 

z   ^: 

is 

y.y, 

= 

II 

w 

a 

= 
0 

.  . 

^= 

CI 

0 

'  M 
0 

d 

i          A 

0                  S 

w              =. 

s 

Q 

d 

Is 

H 
O 

M 

s 

"3 
as 

m 

._  =  -•- 
SE.S 

d  3      — 

»—  i  c 

to 

-    "-    3                                         -    -   = 

ct'                            3  3.'=_; 

K  jd                                              —   3   - 

"_-^.-                                  -    "."    =    3 

3  s  ° 

a  3  3 
0:  .  d 

O        u 

0 .  —  0 

00       ^J3 

*  3  3-3T 

CO 

—  *  O  si 

5- 3  a 

CO 

"3  53 
-r  »  x 

li^.3 
3  =-5 

=-  =  ! 
"g-sc, 
so 

=  «            2 

—  3!  3                     ~ 
OQ                           ' 

°  0  r   .           a 

s™—                =  — 

-,c:             .0 

■3     —  a              vj3 

S    '3   «                  3- 

3  7^  O                =  -3 

5«3  2  5                  >,3 

in                   S< 

Commercial  Name. 

d 

d 

■4 

if  i~ 

•-  - 
CO 

■a      •=» 

n           c  - 

1  .si 

Sag's 

Sa    'ftS 

£s    as 

o      z5 

&                    -•                 H 

J.    ■=•             ^-,              O 

--             ~              s 

gs        .  g           § 

U               ;   en            1   0. 

K   . 

:S 
1  — 

V 

3 
O 

< 

■a 
3 
0 

CO 

►S                   1     1Q                      I1*                              1     *-                      1     »                      i     2                  1°                         1     ^ 

M 

ct.  31,  issr.i       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEillCAL  INDUSTRY. 


659 


■f  3 

■2Z 
"Jl 


o 
v. 


a 
o 

A 
u 

i  J. 

3-= 


7f3 

Sz 


Ox 


o 

Z 

Z 

a 
a 

o 


-13 

SZ 


;r3 

Ox 


•_ 


gg 


o 
z" 
z 


a 

o 


—  a  x 

—  =  3 

B==i 

o  a.-  =J 

CO 


>.=  - 
x  a| 

-_  3  3     . 

3    •    3-3 

gJ-To 

=  i  O  3 


-  3  3 


w  ■   O.S 

«a  9—  2 

1?S| 

1-" 

m 


-  3  O 


=  325 

a  .sg 


5.=  3  = 
5-3  =  1 

GO 


'£< 

=  ^ 

ad 

u 

fc-  — 
bS  - 

Sen 

-<s 

°-* 

0 

~" 

< 

-5 

0 
■  £ 

0 

CO 

en 

1  » 

■* 

-»« 

1    •* 

1*1 

3  ='5 

^33 

;z-=; 

Mi 

owlsb 

bluish 
1    rod. 
ution. 

h    red 
rocipi- 

d  pre- 

- 

111 

=  0  ~ 

3OJ0 
gl  Ba 

■  =  -=- 
'  3 

—  *£o 

3"2§ 

•:  =  =  w 

oo3 

"3:-^ 

—  3) 

>SS.2 

2|a 

3  j  3= 

H 

1 

I.1* 

?-sd 

.3   »         O 

a  1  C  ti 

s-2  >. 

S^-g-o 

"  r- - 
-3^9  5 

—   3^,-j 

*~=   - 

3  ?"/3    . 

.— —    3 

fl«flO 

0  t,        O. 

fc.  t.  -     - 
0  53"  3 

©     .CD  O 

£  tfo*3   . 

0  £  B^<- 

£      "O 

•3-5  3 

5  sj,  L 

is?'! 

0  =   .  * 

■3  £•£- 

i-Z  h  3 

rown-i 

yellow 
brown 

.  -  =  3 

-*»1^—  3 
T-    -    - 

.z—  >•  — 

E-d-dg 

3-2        >■.- 
J3  C     .  -  3 

3  3  0  3-tt 

.3^—33 

33 

i. 

a 

0 

A   s 

y  1- 

i 

•  is 

53 

— -"Xoo 

gggggg 

'"£     5 

£z 

©i 

a 

00 

s 

1^ 

rt 

iilfe 

•=2-3 

"3.-C  =  o 

-==-3 

a  2  2-,; 
=  =— * 

3—  "-S 

2  r"E._ 

3  O-T-s" 

3  2  2-* 

| 

11=1 

=-5  S  5 

f-223 

5  2  =  3 

3~  tn  3 

C 

< 

< 

<; 

<a 

«a 

Compound  of  Chromic  Arid  with  Aniline.      C.   Girard 
and  L.  L'Hote.     Compt.  Rend.  104,  1725. 

If  saturated  solutions  of  potassium  bichromate  and 
aniline  hydrochloride  be  well  cooled  and  then  mixed 
together,"  yellow  crystals  of  aniline  bichromate 
(C  II  .Ml  1  H.Cr.U;!  are  readily  formed.  They 
crystallise  in  clino-rhombic  prisms  and  are  optically 
active ;  they  are  only  slightly  soluble  in  cold  and  are 
decomposed  by  boiling  water.  In  alcohol  they  are  only 
very  slightly  soluble,  and  gradually  convert  it  into 
aldehyde;  when  gently  heated  they  decompose,  and 
when  thrown  on  to  mercury  heated  to  108"  they  burn 
away,  leaving  a  residue  of  chromic  oxide.  With  warm 
water  a  variety  of  violet  colours  is  formed,  while  on 
addition  of  aniline  hydrochloride  and  aniline,  colours 
also  result.  Sodium,  calcium  and  ammonium  bichro- 
mates act  similarly  on  aniline  hydrochloride. — C.  A.  K. 


The    Colouring  Matter  of  Lac-dye.       R.    E.    Schmidt, 
tier.  20,  1285—1303. 

Lac-DYE  is  obtained  from  the  resin  of  certain  trees  in 
India,  which  are  punctured  by  insects  (coccus  lacca). 
From  these  punctures  the  resin  flows,  which  is  known 
under  the  name  of  gum-,  stick-  and  shellac.  The  colour- 
ing matter,  or  lac-dye,  is  obtained  from  the  resin,  pro- 
bably by  dissolving  in  water  and  precipitating  the  dye 
with' lime  and  alum.  The  purification  of  the  colouring 
matter  is  as  follows  :  —  Commercial  lac-dye  is  treated 
with  dilute  H„S04  at  90',  or  HC1  at  the  boiling  point. 
The  residue,  which  contains  the  larger  portion  of  the 
colour  and  insoluble  mineral  substances,  is  washed  and 
the  colour  dissolved  in  water  and  precipitated  with  lead 
acetate  in  the  hot  solution.  The  precipitate  is  washed, 
suspended  in  water,  and  the  lead  precipitated  with  H,S. 
This  solution  is  evaporated  to  dryness  and  extracted 
with  alcohol.  An  insoluble  powder — some  of  the 
colouring  matter  combined  with  iron.  lead,  and  lime — 
remains.  To  the  alcoholic  solution  30  to  40  volumes  of 
ether  are  added  until  no  further  precipitate  forms. 
Some  of  the  colouring  matter  and  all  the  impurities  are 
carried  down.  From  the  tittered  solution  the  ether  is 
distilled  and  the  residue  left  to  crystallise.  An  analysis 
of  the  crystallised  product  corresponds  to  the  formula 
ClsH„0,.  The  author  gives  to  the  substance  the 
name  of  laccaic  acid.  Caustic  alkalis  dissolve  the  colour 
and  give  a  magenta  solution.  Baryta  water  forms  a 
violet  lake.  Although  laccaic  acid  resembles  in  many- 
respects  carminic  acid  (the  colouring  matter  of  cochineal), 
the  two  substances  are  apparently  different  in  their  pro- 
perties, as  well  as  in  the  shades  which  they  give  on  wool 
and  silk.  A  comparison  of  the  absorption  spectra  of  the 
two  substances  points  to  a  close  relationship  between 
laccaic  and  carminic  acids.  Laccaic  acids  give  a  potas- 
sium salt  of  the  formula  C,  sH„OaK3,  and  a  barium  salt 
of  the  formula  ClsH,„0,Ba.  With  nitric  acid  it  yields 
picric  acid.  Heated  with  concentrated  HC1  to  ISO  ,  a 
new  crystalline  body  is  formed  and  an  inflammable  gas, 
probably  <  'H3C1  or  C,.H,C1,  is  given  off.  This  new  com- 
pound lias  the  formula  f '.,  „ H ,  40, , .  Laccaic  acid  is  de- 
composed on  fusing  with  potash.  On  dissolving  the 
melt  in  water  and  steaming,  part  volatilises  and  part 
remains  behind.  The  aqueous  distillate  contains  acetic 
acid  and  a  phenol.  The  non-volatile  portion  contains 
three  substances.  A  body  which  is  difficultly  soluble  in 
water  and  gives  a  red  colour  with  Fe.Xl,.  ;  this  the 
author  finds  to  be  oxyphthalic  or  oxyuvitic  acid.  The 
second  compound,  which  gives  no  coloration  with 
le  rl,s,  gives  on  analysis  numbers  corresponding  to 
oxvtoluvlic  acid.  The"  third  substance  has  not  been 
identified.— J.  B.  C. 


Format  ion  of  Oxijazo-eompounds.      B.   Fischer  and  H. 
AVimmer.     Ber.  20,  1577. 

OXYAZO-COMPOUNDSaie  formed  by  the  action  of  phenols 
upon  diazoamido  compounds.  The  reaction  proceeds 
best  when  the  diazo-compound  is  added  to  the  phenol, 
which  should  be  heated  a  little  above  its  melting  point. 
Kesorcinol  and  diazoamidobenzene  yield  dioxyazobenzene 


660 


THE  JOt'UNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct, 31, 1887. 


C,H  N  i  II  OH).,,  resoreinoland  diazoamidoo-toluene 
yielil  o-:\{  itolueneresorcinoL  Similar  compounds  are 
obt  lined  with  diazoamidoxylene  and  resorcinol,  diazo- 
amidobenzene  and  ,8-uaphth  d,  diazoamido-p-toluene  and 
3-naphthol,  and  diazoamido-o-toluene  and  jS-naphthol. 
After  heating  the  substances  together  for  about  half  an- 
honr  the  product  is  poured  into  caustic  soda  solution  and 
extracted  with  ether.  The  filtered  alkaline  solution  is 
acidified  with  acetic  acid  and  the  new  compound,  which 
is  precipitated,  is  recryst.illised  from  alcohol. — J.  B.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Film  for  Textile  and 
other  Purposes.  T.  Honvwood,  Horsham.  Eng.  Pat. 
13.0J4,  Oct.  13,  18S6.     6d. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  treatment  of  the  common 

nettle  and  allied  species  for  the  preparation  of  textile 
fibres.  The  bast  and  liark  are  separated  from  the  wood 
and  are  then  boiled  in  a  solution  containing  soap  jelly 
and  either  lime  water,  liorax,  soda  or  potash.  This 
treatment  may  be  preceded  by  a  maceration  in  cold 
water. — E.  J.  B. 


Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone.    0.  Baithcr.    Ber. 

20,  1731-1739. 
This  compound,  which  is  manufactured  commercially  by 
the  firm  of  Kern  &  Sandoz,  has  not  yet  been  described. 
It  melts  at  202°,  and  occurs  in  the  form  of  ruby  red 
crystalline  plates  with  a  blue  shimmer  and  also  as  a 
cintharides  green  powder.  The  hydrochloride  is  pre- 
pared by  passing  HC1  gas  into  the  chloroform  solution  of 
the  compound,  and  forms  blue  crystals.  On  heating  the 
thiobenzophenone  with  HO,  teframethyldiamidobenzo- 
phenone  is  formed,  and  H2S  is  given  off.  A  platinum 
double  salt  obtained  by  passing  II CI  into  a  solution  of 
the  thioketone  was  found  to  contain  no  sulphur,  and  gave, 
on  analysis,  numbers  corresponding  to  one  atom  Ft,  four 
atoms  X,  and  seven  atoms  CI.  With  concentrated  nitric 
acid  the  thioketone  gives  trinitro  dimethylaniline.  With 
hydroxylamine  a  reaction  occurs  in  which  HS  is  evolved, 
and  an  oxime  is  formed  of  the  formula  CCH4N(CH -)... 
CN.OH.C,H4N(CHs,)2.  Methyl  iodide  combines  with 
the  thioketone  to  form  a  compound,  which  from  its 
intense  colouring  power  is  not  a  ketone  but  has  pro- 
bably the  following  graphic  formula  : — 
C6H4.N(CH3).> 
c<— -S 'I 

XC6H4X(CH,).J 
Heated  with  zinc  dust  it  is  resolved  into  dimethylaniline 
and  tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethane,  with  thiophos- 
gene  in  CSo  solution  it  yields  a  colouring  matter  in  the 
form  of  metallic  golden  green  crusts,  which  dissolve  in 
water.  The  colouring  fades  rapidly.  This  compound 
has  probably  the  formula  :— 

C,H4    NCCH,), 

/  s-  Na 

\  CSC1 
C.H,   N(CH,)a 

—J.  B.  C. 


Carbazol  Blue.     E. 


Bamberger  and  R.  Midler. 
1003-1907. 


SuiDA's  compound  is  obtained  by  melting  together 
carbazol  and  oxalic  acid  in  the  proportion  of  one  of  the 
former  to  10—12  of  the  latter.  The  melt  is  extracted  with 
hot  water  and  benzene.  The  residue  is  dissolved  in 
warm  alcohol,  filtered  and  evaporated.  The  alcoholic 
solution  of  carbazol  blue  when  treated  with  glacial  acetic 
acid,  H('l,  and  ziuc  dust  is  decolorised.  Filtered  into 
caustic  soda  solution  the  leuco-base  separates  out  as  a 
white  tloiculent  precipitate.  On  oxidation  with  any  of 
the  usual  reagents  the  blue  colouring  matter  is  again 
formed.  ( m  the  basis  of  this  reaction  and  an  analysis, 
which,  however,  is  not  entirely  satisfactory,  the  authors 
consider  the  compound  to  be  a  triphenylmethane  deriva- 
tive of  the  formula  : — 


(H0).C:(C,H,.NH.C0H4),. 


-J.  B.  C. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  •Fuller's  Earth  for 
Use  in  Manufactures.  F.  Candy,  Middlesex.  Eng 
Pat.  15,947,  Dec.  28,  1885.  6d. 
Fui.t.i  B*S  EARTH  in  its  natural  state  is  ground  in  suitable 
apparatus,  passed  through  a  pug  mill,  formed  into 
blocks,  stacked,  dried  and  pulverised,  after  which  it  is 
ready  for  use. — E.  G,  ('. 


Improvements  in  tin:  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for 
Dressing  or  Sizing  Textile  Fibres.  A.  ('.  Henderson, 
London.  From  La  Societe  Charles  Vignet  ses  Fils 
et  Cie.,  Lyon,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  14,610,  Nov.  11, 
18SG.     8d. 

THE  method  consists  in  producing  immediate  contact  of 
the  material  to  be  sized  with  the  sizing  substance  by 
means  of  rollers,  a  drawing  of  which  accompanies  the 
specification.  The  apparatus  is  specially  adapted  to 
light  substances  such  as  crape,  net  or  tulle. — E.  J.  B. 

New  or  Improved  Process  u>ul  Apparatus  for  Washing 
null  Preparing  Wool  einel  other  Fibrous  Materials. 
W.  11.  Beck,  London.  From  C.  I'elerue,  Koubaix, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  16,787,  Dec.  21,  1SS6.     6d. 

The  wool  or  other  material  to  be  treated  is  drawn  in 
between  the  rollers  c  placed  in  the  washing  vat  A. 
The  small  "squirrel"  rollers  H  prevent  the  fibres  from 
lapping  round  the  rollers  c.     Jets  of  water  for  washing 


are  furnished  by  the  pipes  t.  The  washed  fibre  then 
passes  through  the  squeezing  rollers  K.  The  object 
of  the  apparatus  is  to  draw  out  the  fibres  while  the 
material  is  being  washed,  thus  rendering  the  subsequent 
carding  operation  unnecessary. — E.  J.  B. 


Ber.  20, 


Improvements  in  tin  Process  of,  and  Apparatus  for, 
Treating  Ramie,  Jntc  and  oilier  Fibres.  C.  C.  Kaurl'- 
man,  New  Orleans.  Eng.  Pat.  6464,  May  3,  1S87. 
Is.  3d. 

The  process  consists  in  drying  the  decorticated  fibres  by 
means  of  artificially-heated  air,  whereby  the  gammy 
matters  in  the  fibie  are  solidified  and  rendered  more 
easily  removed  by  the  subsequent  mechanical  treat- 
ment. The  decorticated  and  dried  fibres  are  then 
passed  through  the  cleaning  machine,  the  construction 
of  which  can  only  be  understood  by  referring  to  the 
drawings  and  detailed  description. — E.  J.  B. 


YL— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Preparing  Seaweeds  and  other 
Marine  Objects  for  Ornamental  Purposes.    M.  and  C. 

L.  Smout,  Hastings.     Eng.   Pat.   9492,  July  5,  1SS7. 

4d. 
The  inventors  claim  the  use  of  a  solution  of  perman- 
ganate of  potash,  followed  by  treatment  with  a  solution 
of  acid  oxalate  of  potash,  for  the  purpose  of  bleaching  the 
seaweed,  sponges,  etc.  The  bleached  materials  are  then 
soaked  in  glycerine,  or  in  a  solution  of  a  deliquescent 
salt,  dried  and  finally  shaken  up  in  a  tax  containing 
finely-powdered  starch.—  E.  J.  B. 


<>. -i.3i.is8?.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


661 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of  Soda.  Harrison  Grey  Dyai 
anil  John  Hemming,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  7713, 
I  )tc.  29,  1838.     Second  Edition,  6d. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  ammonium  car- 
bonate, sesquicarbonate  or  bicarbonate  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  sodium  carbonate,  by  applying  it  to  decompose 
common  salt,  and  also  in  afterwards  recovering  the  am- 
monia thus  used  in  such  a  way  as  to  allow  of  its  being 
used  again  to  convert  fresh  portions  of  salt  into  sodium 
carbonate.  Successive  portions  of  sodium  carbonate  are 
thus  produced  from  the  same  portion  of  ammonia.  As 
to  the  first  pait,  common  salt  is  dissolved  in  as  much 
water  as  is  barely  sufficient  to  dissolve  it,  so  as  to  consti- 
tute a  fully  saturated  solution,  and  an  equal  weight  of 
powdered  ammonium  carbonate  is  added  to  this  solution. 
The  mass  is  well  mixed  together  and  allowed  to  stand 
from  ten  to  twenty  hours,  agitating  from  time  to  time  to 
prevent  the  solid  parts  from  settling  before  the  reaction 
is  complete.  The  liquid  is  then  drained  and  pressed 
from  the  solid  matters,  which  latter  consist  chiefly  of 
sodium  bicarbonate.  To  remove  the  excess  of  carbonic 
acid  and  to  recover  any  ammonia  contained  therein, 
the  mass  is  heated  in  a  retort  to  (J00J  or  S00°  F.  The 
vapours  given  off  are  condensed  in  a  cooling  chamber  or 
refrigerating  apparatus.  The  substance  left  in  the  retort 
is  sodium  carbonate.  As  to  the  second  part,  the  liquid 
separated  from  the  solid  sodium  bicarbonate  contains 
ammonium  chloride  and  carbonate,  common  salt  and  a 
small  portion  of  the  sodium  carbonate  formed.  In  order 
to  recover  the  ammonium  carbonate,  the  liquor  is  run 
into  a  still  and  heated,  when  water  and  ammonium  car- 
bonate distils  over,  which  must  be  condensed.  Or, 
instead  of  distilling  over,  a  solution  of  calcium  chloride 
is  added  to  the  mother-liquor,  until  the  precipitate  of 
calcium  carbonate  formed  increases  no  longer.  The 
latter  is  liltered,  and  the  filtrate,  now  chiefly  a  solution 
of  ammonium  and  sodium  chloride,  is  evaporated  to 
dryness  and  intimately  mixed  with  powdered  chalk. 
The  mixture  is  heated  in  an  iron  retort  until  the  ammo- 
nium carbonate,  formed  by  this  operation,  is  sublimed 
and  separated.  It  is  condensed  in  suitable  chambers, 
into  which  the  carbonic  acid  and  ammonia  vapours,  given 
off  on  heating  the  sodium  bicarbonate  retorts,  are  also 
conveyed.  The  carbonic  acid  combines  with  the  ammo- 
nia to  ammonium  bicarbonate,  and  if  the  amount  of 
carbonic  acid  is  not  sufficient,  more  of  it,  obtained  from 
any  economic  source,  should  be  introduced.  Further- 
more, in  order  to  complete  the  thorough  recovery  of  the 
ammonia,  a  sufficient  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas 
may  be  passed  into  the  last  of  these  condensing  cham- 
bers, which  acid  gas  will  effectually  retain  the  last  traces 
of  ammonia.  The  carbonate  of  ammonia  thus  reproduced 
or  recovered  is  employed  over  again  to  convert  fresh  por- 
tions of  common  salt  into  sodium  carbonate.  It  is 
essential  for  the  success  of  the  process  to  employ  vessels 
or  apparatus  of  such  construction  as  to  expose  the  am- 
monium carbonate  as  little  as  possible  to  the  air,  so  that 
loss  of  ammonia  may  be  prevented.  The  inventors 
claim  as  their  invention  :  (1)  the  use  of  carbonate  or 
bicarbonate  of  ammonia  in  converting  common  salt  into 
carbonate  of  soda,  and  (2)  the  recovery  of  ammonia  in 
combination  with  the  first  part  of  the  process. — .S.  H. 


A  New  or  Improved  Sodium  Product  and  Method  or 
Methods  of  Manufacturing  the  same.  J.  I.  Watts  and 
W.  A.  Richards,  Sandbach.  Eng.  Pat.  13,001,  Oct. 
1SSG.     (3d. 

The  new  sodium  compound  is  called  "  sesquicarbonate 
of  soda,"  and  is  composed  of  one  equivalent  of  sodium 
carbonate,  one  equivalent  of  sodium  bicarbonate  and  two 
equivalents  of  water  (NaaCOj.NaHCOj.2HsO).  In  manu- 
facturing this  compound,  a  solution  containing  three 
equivalents  of  soda  to  four  equivalents  of  carbonic  arid 
is  prepared,  and  the  solution  is  allowed  to  crystallise  at 
a  temperature  not  below  35 J  C.  There  are  many  ways 
of  obtaining  a  solution  of  the  right  composition.  The  best 
appears  to  be  to  heat  sodium  bicarbonate  so  as  to  deprive 


it  of  about  one-third  of  its  carbonic  acid  and  to  dissolve 
the  residue  in  hot  water,  or  to  add  to  a  hot  solution  of 
84  parts  of  sodium  bicarbonate  106  parts  of  sodium  car- 
bonate. The  solution,  obtained  by  any  of  these  methods, 
is  clarified  and  slowly  cooled,  while  it  is  kept  agitated, 
when  the  sesquicarbonate  crystallises  out  in  distinct 
crystals,  which  are  separated  from  the  mother-liquor  and 
dried.— S.  H. 


.1  Seir  ../■  Improved  Continuous  Furnace  fur  the 
Production  of  <  'Marine.  E.  Solvav,  Brussels,  Belgium. 
Eng.  Tat.  13,389,   Oct.  20,  1S86.   *Sd. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  a  furnace  for  the  continuous 
production  of  chlorine.  In  a  mass  of  brickwork  a, series 
of  hollow  vertical  columns  is  mounted,  which  receive  the 
charge  to  be  decomposed  by  heated  air.  These  hollow 
columns  are  formed  by  placing  one  above  the  other  a 
number  of  retorts  made  of  fire-proof  materia],  their  dia- 
meter being  very  small  in  proportion  to  the  total  height 
of  the  columns,  the  heat  having  ready  access  to  the  ma- 
ferial.  The  peculiar  construction  of  the  furnace  has  the 
further  advantage  of  allowing  all  the  parts  to  expand  or 
contract  freely  in  every  direction,  as  the  columns  are 
really  only  a  combination  of  separate  segments.  The 
whole  series  is  heated  from  one  gas-producer,  the  pro- 
ducts of  which  are  conducted  by  suitable  rlue9  to  each 
column,  round  which  they  circulate.  The  temperature 
is  regulated  by  opening  or  closing  air-holes  and  the 
damper  of  the  chimney.  In  carrying  out  the  operation, 
the  heated  columns  are  tilled  from  the  top  with  the  matter 
to  be  decomposed.  A  current  of  dried  and  heated  air  is 
admitted  through  the  air-holes  at  the  bottom  of  eaeli 
column.  The  decomposed  material  is  withdrawn  con- 
tinuously at  the  bottom,  and  the  air,  charged  with 
chlorine,  is  conducted  away  from  the  top  of  the  column. 

— S.  H. 


The  Manufacture  of  Bydrated  Carbonate  of  Magnesia 
and  other  Products  produced  therein.  W.  Bramley 
and  W.  P.  Cochrane,  Middlesbrough.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,762,  Oct.  27,  1886.     4d. 

To  a  solution  of  an  alkaline  bicarbonate  or  sesquicar- 
bonate or  ammonium  carbonate  magnesia  is  added,  and 
the  mixture  is  heated  and  agitated.  Hydrated  mag- 
nesium carbonate  is  formed,  whereas  the  alkaline  bicar- 
bonate or  sesquicarbonate  is  converted  into  carbonate. 
In  the  case  of  ammonium  bicarbonate  or  sesquicarbonate 
the  solution  will,  after  treatment,  contain  ammonium 
carbonate  or  ammonia  according  to  the  amount  of  mag- 
nesia used.  The  operation  should  be  performed  in  a 
closed  vessel,  to  prevent  loss  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  and 
ensure  more  rapid  mutual  decomposition. — S.  H. 


Explosion  of  a  Tube  containing  Crystals  of  Chromous 
Sulphate.  J.M.  van  Bemmelen.  Kec.  d.  Trav.  Chem. 
des  Pays  Bas.  18S7,  6,  -02. 
The  author  prepared  chromous  sulphate,  CrSOj.711^0,  as 
follows  : — A  solution  of  chromic  chloride  was  reduced, 
precipitated  by  sodium  acetate,  the  precipitate  washed, 
dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid,  the  solution  crystallised,  the 
crystals  filtered,  washed,  dried  and  finally  sealed  in  a 
tube,  all  the  operations  being  conducted  in  an  atmo- 
sphere of  carbon  dioxide.  After  being  kept  a  year,  pro- 
tected from  direct  light,  one  of  the  tubes  exploded 
violently.  The  crystals  in  this  tube  were  not  perfectly 
dry,  their  colour  having  chauged  from  blue  to  green.  The 
contents  of  the  tube  became  liquid  immediately  after  the 
explosion.  No  smell  of  acetic  acid  derivatives  or  of 
suiphurdioxide  could  be  detected  and  only  a  trace  of 
the  latter  appeared  on  distilling  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid.  The  author  considers  the  explosion  to  be  due  to 
the  water  remaining  with  the  imperfectly-dried  crystals, 
which  had  gradually  been  decomposed,  the  oxygen 
going  to  oxidise  the  chromous  salt,  while  the  hydrogen 
was  liberated  and  that  the  water  of  crystallisation  of  the 
salt,  partially  freed  owing  to  the  oxidation,  had  also 
been  thus  decomposed.  —  C.  A.  K. 


662 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct. si.  isk7. 


Improvements  in   the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Arid 

under  lligli  Pressure  with  Agitation,  and  in  Apparatus 

for  that  Purpose.    W,  Burns,  Leith.    Eng.  l'at.  14,441, 

Nov.  9,  18S6.     Sd. 

The  object  of  tliis  invention  is  to  form  sulphuric  acid  of 

any  required  strength  at   one  operation,  by  causing  tlie 

chemical  combination  of  sulphur  and  oxygen  under  high 

pressure.      A  is  a  cylindrical  retort   for  burning  sulphur, 

and  ('  is  a  nitre  pot.     Both  are  placed  horizontally  in  an 

oven  with  a  lire-place  F  underneath  them.     The  oven 

is  heated,  and  as  soon  as  the  retorts  are  brought  to  the 

proper  temperature,  a  blast  of  air  from  a  blowing  engine 

is  injected  into  the  retort  A,  to  burn  the  sulphur.     The 

sulphurous  acid  passes  up  the  pipe  1)  and  down  D'  into 


verts  the  nitrous  acid  into  nitric  acid,  which  in  passing 
through  the  liquor  forms  a  nitrate  and,  after  boiling 
down,  is  used  over  again  in  the  nitre-pot  C.  The 
remaining  gases  escape  by  the  valve  V,  which  can  be 
weighed  down  to  cany  on  the  operation  under  any 
required  pressure.  Fig.  2  shows  the  construction  of  the 
ball  and  cup  agitator.  Z  shows  one  of  the  balls  forced 
up  by  the  gas  and  the  arrows  show  the  direction  the 
gases  take  in  passing  through  the  cups.  The  constant 
rising  and  falling  of  the  balls  keeps  np  a  continuous 
agitation.  In  manufacturing  on  a  large  scale,  three  com- 
bining cylinders,  E,  are  employed  and  in  place  of  the 
sulphur  retort,  a  vertical  retort  for  burning  iron  pyrites 
is  substituted.  The  specification  contains  illustrations 
of  this  and  other  modifications. — S.  H. 


FI6.1&- 


iUz 


& 


=x&= 


it 


^ 


£ 


EET 


the  vessel  G,  where  it  deposits  any  sublimed  sulphur. 
and  then  up  D"  into  the  mixer  M.  At  the  same  time, 
the  nitre  in  the  pot  C  is  decomposed  by  sulphuric 
acid  from  11  and  the  liberated  vapours  pass  up  the  pipe 
H  into  the  mixer  M.  Atmospheric  air  from  a  blowing 
engine  and  high-pressure  steam  from  a  boiler  are  also 
blown  into  Iff.  Here  all  the  gases  are  thoroughly  mixed, 
and  on  leaving  the  mixer,  enter  the  large  cylinder  E, 
where  they  pre  dellected  by  the  glass  plate  I  down  upon 
the  surface  of  sulphuric  acid  contained  in  the  basin  L, 
whereby  the  vapours  condense  and  form  strong  sulphuric 
acid,  which  overflows  and  falls  to  the  bottom  of  the 
cylinder.  The  uncombined  gases  ascend  and  pass 
through  the  cup  and  ball  agitators  K,  K,  where  the 
remainder  of  the  sulphurous  acid  is  converted  into  sul- 
phuric acid  and  falls  to  the  bottom.  The  remainder  of 
the  gases,  consisting  of  nitrogen  and  nitrous  acid,  pass 
out  by  the  pipe  N  into  the  cylinder  (),  which  is  filled 
with  auimoniaciil  liquor  or  a  solution  of  soda.  Here  they 
also  meet  a  fresh  supply  of  atmospheric  air,  which  cou- 


Crystallisation  of  the  Alkalis  from  Alcohol.      C.  Gb'ttig. 
Ber.  20,  1907—1908. 

The  author  reserves  the  previous  iormuhe  of  his  new 
hydrates  of  potassium  and  sodium  hydroxide  for  further 
revision,  as  the  substances  were  obiained  from  aqueous 
alcoholic  solution  and  may  contain  alcohol  of  crystal- 
lisation.— J,  B.  C. 


An   Improved  Apparatus  for   Using  Liquid   Carbonic 
Acid  in   Large  Quantities.      «>.    Bl  unler  and   C.    G. 
Uommcnholler,  Rotterdam,  Holland.     Eng.  l'at.  904S, 
dune  '-'."),  1SS7.     6d. 
In  using  liquid  carbonic  acid  in  large  quantities  out  of 
the  usual  portable  Masks,  inconveniences  occur  owing  to 
the  supply  of  heat  from  outside  being  too  small,  as  com- 
pared with  the  absorption  of  heat  through  the  expansion 
of  the  liquid  carbonic  acid.      In  consequence,  the  gas 
inside  the  ilask  and  passages  in  connection  therewith, 
becomes  ' '  torpid,"  and  causes  obstacles  in  the  working  as 


oh.  3i.  I88M       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


663 


well  as  danger.  In  order  to  do  away  with  these  draw- 
backs, the  inventors  lix  a  number  of  tlasks  in  a  frame 
and  connect  their  outlet  valves  with  a  common  gas-pipe, 
which  lead  to  a  small  gas-holder. — S.  H. 


An  Improved  Apparatus  fur  Impregnating  Water  with 
Carbonic  Arid.  T.  II.  Sbillito,  London.  From  C.  <  '•■ 
Rommenhidler  and  O.  Briinler,  Rotterdam.  Holland. 
Eng.  Pat.  9994,  July  16,  1SS7.     6d. 

This  invention  is  designed  for  application  in  conjunction 
with  a  "La  Chapelle  "  apparatus  for  impregnating  water 
with  carbonic  acid.  Its  object  is  to  render  unnecessary 
the  mechanical  power  for  driving  the  mixing  machine  by 
doing  this  with  the  driving  force  of  the  wafer  to  be  im- 
pregnated. Carbonic  acid  from  a  gasholder  and  water 
from  a  well  is  drawn  or  forced  by  a  pump  into  the 
mixing  vessel.  The  latter  usually  contains  an  agitator 
driven  from  the  main  shaft,  but  according  to  this  inven- 
tion, a  cylinder  fitted  with  a  small  turbine,  the  shaft  of 
which  is  provided  with  agitating  blades,  is  placed  under- 
neath the  mixing  vessel,  the  turbine  being  driven  by 
the  partially-mixed  carbonic  acid  and  water  passing  to  it 
through  a  pipe.  When  both  are  thoroughly  mixed  to- 
gether, the  water  passes  out  into  a  collecting  vessel. 

-S.  H. 

The  Present  Position  of  the  Leblanc  and  Ammonia-soda 
Industry.    R.  Hasenclever.     Cheni.  Ind.  10,  -90. 

In  the  last  few  years  the  consumption  of  sodium  car- 
bonate has  steadily  increased,  but  this  increase  has  been 
exclusively  supplied  by  alkali  made  by  the  ammonia 
soda  process.  In  Germany  75  per  cent.,  in  France  GO  per 
cent.,  in  Austria  47  per  cent. ,  and  in  Great  Britain  22 
per  cent,  of  the  total  production  of  alkali  is  made  by  this 
latter  process.  At  the  present  time,  150,000  tons  of  100 
per  cent,  sodium  carbonate  are  annually  produced  in 
Germany,  compared  with  an  output  of  42,500  tons  in 
1878.  Germany  now  produces  more  than  its  require- 
ment, and  although  a  small  quantity  has  even  been 
exported,  the  author  thinks  the  export  cannot  be  kept 
up  permanently,  as  the  raw  materials  for  the  manu- 
facture of  alkali  are  cheaper  in  Great  Britain,  which  has 
also  a  better  geographical  situation  for  export.  Since 
1878,  the  price  of  alkali  has  decreased  from  £10  to  t'4 
per  ton.  Previously  lOOkilos.  of  hydrochloric  acid  were 
calculated  as  costing  1  mark  (1  shilling),  but  this  price 
is  too  low  at  the  present  selling  price  of  alkali.  Con- 
sequently, certain  branches  of  industry,  which  required 
a  large  amount  of  hydrochloric  acid,  as,  for  instance, 
Mond's  or  Schaffher's  sulphur  recovery  process,  had  to  be 
discontinued.  The  Rhenania  Co.  of  Aix-la-Chapelle 
then  tried  to  extract  the  sulphur  from  vat  waste  by  Upl's 
process — viz.,  to  drive  out  sulphuretted  hydrogen  by 
carbonic  acid,  and  to  use  the  former  for  the  dissolution 
of  more  vat  waste.  Pure  carbonic  acid  gas  worked 
satisfactorily,  but  a  mixture  of  28  per  cent.  CO,  and  05 
per  cent,  to  1  3  per  cent.  O — gases  from  lime  kilns — gave  a 
bad  result,  as  the  oxygen  proved  troublesome,  forming 
hyposulphites.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  Rhenania  Co. 
now  to  try  H.  v.  Miller  and  Opl's  modification,  by  which 
vat  waste  is  first  converted  into  calcium  sulphhydrate, 
which  latter  is  decomposed  by  steam  into  calcium  hydrate 
and  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  thus  : 

CaS  +  H.,S  =  CaS»H ... 
CaSsHa+2H!!0=CaOsHj+2H,S. 
If  this  process  could  be  cheaply  carried  out,  a  great  advan- 
tage would  result  to  Leblanc  soda  works.  The  com- 
petition between  the  two  processes  has  lately  become 
more  acute,  since  the  great  depreciation  of  ammonia 
compounds,  as  well  as  improvements  in  apparatus,  have 
been  of  the  greatest  benefit  to  the  ammonia  soda  maker. 
In  addition,  the  utilisation  of  the  byproducts  of  the 
ammonia  soda  industry  is  not  lost  sight  of.  Solvay 
has  worked  out  his  process  of  decomposing  calcium 
chloride  by  silica  so  far,  that  the  price  of  hydrochloric 
acid  must  not  exceed  a  certain  limit,  whereas  Moud 
experiments  incessantly  on  the  manufacture  of  chlorine 
from  ammonium  chloride.  At  present,  nothing  is  known 
about  the  commercial  vaiue  of  these  experiments. — S.  H. 


A  Method  of  working  up  Stassfurt  Potash-salt  Li'piors 
containing  an  excess  oj  NaCl.  H.  Fischer.  J.  Prakt. 
Chem.  36,  222-224. 
It  is  well  known  the  solubility  of  KC1  and  K.,S(t,  in 
water  increases  much  more  rapidly  with  temperature 
than  that  of  NaCl  :  that  the  sulphates  of  potassium  and 
sodium  are  le->  soluble  in  cold  water  than  the  chlorides  ; 
and  lastly,  that  the  solubility  of  all  these  salts,  with 
the  exception  of  KC1,  is  diminished  by  the  presence  of 
MgCI,.  Upon  these  facts  is  based  the  following  method 
of  working  up  liquors  containing  little  potassium  but 
much  common  salt  ;  it  has  been  found  to  work  well  in 
practice. 

Mother-liquors  rich  in  magnesium  chloride  are  added 
until  the  quantity  of  MgClj  in  solution  is  about  one 
quarter  the  amount  of  NaCl.  This  produces  imme- 
diately a  partial  precipitation  of  the  common  salt  ;  and 
if  the  mixture  is  concentrated  in  a  vacuum-pan  below 
100  ,  a  further  quantity  of  salt  separates  out,  while  the 
other  chlorides  and  sulphates  remain  in  solution.  The 
salt  thus  obtained  is  tine-grained  and  contains  96 — 98 
percent,  of  NaCl.  The  liquor  is  boiled  down  to  such 
a  point  that  on  cooling  to  the  temperature  of  the  air,  all 
the  potassium  chloride  remains  in  solution  while  the 
sulphates  of  potassium  and  magnesium  crystallise  out. 
The  potassium  chloride  is  recovered,  partly  as  such  and 
partly  as  artificial  carnallite,  by  boiling  down  this  and 
the  successive  mother-liquors  in  open  pans.  During  this 
concentration  the  common  salt  still  in  solution  separates 
out,  together  with  a  low  percentage  of  sulphates  :  as 
soon  as  KC1  begins  to  ciystallise  out  the  heating  is 
stopped  and  the  liquor  transferred  to  the  crystallising 
vats.  The  potassium  chloride  thus  obtained  is  free 
from  sulphuric  acid. — D.  E.  J. 


The  Reaction  between  Sulphites  and  Nitrites.      E.  Divers 

and  T.  Haga.  Ber.  20,  1992—1996. 
Claus  and  Fkemv  found  that  potassium  sulphite  gives 
with  potassium  nitrite,  among  other  products,  a  salt 
HON(SO,K)„  which  on  heating  yields  HONHSOaK  and 
HKSU4.  The  authors  have  investigated  the  reaction 
with  other  nitrites  and  sulphites. 

Silver  and  mercurons  nitrite  and  SO?  in  excess  yield 
sulphites,  and  NO  and  H2SOj  are  formed;  also  "after 
1  oiling,  hydroxylamine  may  le  detected.  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  solution  is  allowed  to  stand  several  hours 
without  boiling,  no  hydroxylamine  is  formed. 

Sodium  nitrite  and  sulphurous  acid  yield  NO  and 
HjSOj,  and  also  hydroxylamine.  In  the  cold  and  with 
an  amount  of  SOs,  just  sufficient  to  decompose  the 
nitrite,  hydroxylamine  is  not  formed  but  only  after  boil- 
ing. Sodium  nitrite  and  sulphite  solutions,  when 
mixed,  acidified  and  boiled,  give  hydroxylamine  ;  with  1 
molecule  of  NaNOg  and  2  molecules  of  Na  S03almost  the 
whole  of  the  N  present  is  converted  into  hydroxylamine. 
The  solution  of  the  two  salts  must  be  slowly  acidified. 
Sodium  metasulphite  Na.jS.,0-.  when  added  to  a  solution 
of  NaNO .,,  acidified  and  boiled,  yields  hydroxylamine, 
and  appears  to  be  the  best  salt  for  the  purpose. 

Easchig  has  shown  that  potassium  hydroxylamine 
sulphonate  on  boiling  gives  hydroxylamine.  The" authors 
recommend  the  use  of  the  sodium 'salts  in  this  reaction 
as  being  cheaper.  These  salts  yield  sodium  hydroxyl- 
amine sulphonate,  and  also  scdium  amine  sulphonate. 
On  mixing  the  sulphite  and  nitrite  the  solution  becomes 
alkaline,  and  absorbs  CO.,  readily.  In  presence  of  t  O. 
the  reaction  goes  on  with  the  formation  of  the  amine- 
snlphonates,  and  after  acidifying  and  boiling  hydroxyl- 
amine may  be  detected  in  the  solution.— J.  B.  C. 


YLU.— GLASS,  POTTERY  AND  EARTHENWARE. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Working  Glass.     E.  H. 

Pearce,  Birmingham,  and  H.  Besson,  London.     Eng. 
Pat.  12.14S,  Sept.  24,  1886.     lid. 

There  are  five  claims  in  this  patent,  referring  to 
machinery  for  grinding  spectacle  and  similar  glasses,  to 
an    arrangement    for  holding  and   manipulating   large 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDl'sTKY.      loct. 31.  i«S7. 


sheets  of  glass  so  ihai  (he  edges  may  be  "trued," 
bevelled,  etc.,  and  to  other  matters,  detailed  at  consider- 
able length  in  the  specifications.  —  E.  6.  C. 


IX, 


was  broken,  there  was  such  a  strong  animoniacal  smell 
that  it  annoyed  the  workmen.  The  same  thing  occurred 
with  an  iron  casting  j  this  was  only  perceptible  in  great 
masses.     It  was  specially  perceptible  when  the  steel  con- 

BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS    ^f%g^$i£g£^^^M'^ 


AKD  CEMENTS. 


i'.'tisi    Furnace  Slag   and  Portland  Cement.      Knapp. 
Diugl.  Vo'vt.  .1.  265,  1S4— 1S6. 

THE  author  has  recently  observed  a  peculiar  property 
possessed  by  blast  furnace  sing  which  he  considers 
worthy  of  publication,  seeing  that  the  utilisation  of  slag 
for  the  production  of  hydraulic  mortar  is  creating  greater 
interest  daily.  In  experimenting  with  Harzburg  slag  it 
was  found  that  on  digesting  it  with  magnesium  or 
ammonium  chloride  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  lime 
was  dissolved,  whilst  the  silica  remained  unaltered. 
Portland  cement  exhibited  the  same  property,  magne- 
sium chloride  extracting  from  14  to  18  per  cent,  of  1  me 
without  absorbing  even  traces  of  silica.  From  these 
Facts  the  author  infers  that  both  blastfurnace  slag  and 
Portland  cement  contain  free  lime,  which  is  taken  up 
physically  by  the  silica,  thus  forming  a  homogeneous 
mixture,  the  absorption  in  the  case  of  cement  taking 
place  during  the  process  of  cementation,  whilst  with 
blast  furnace  slag  the  absorption  is  effected  by  solution 
during  the  operation  of  fusion  — D.  1!. 


Improvements  in  Making  Portland  Cement.  A.  Smith, 
J.  Robertson  and  J.  1!.  Andrew,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat. 
7539,  May  25,  1887.  4d. 
CLAY  is  taken  as  dug  from  the  pit,  without  being  dried, 
and  mixed  with  the  usual  proportion  of  lime,  a  portion 
of  which  is  used  as  limestone,  the  remainder  as  freshly- 
burnt  lime.  The  burnt  lime  is  first  added  in  such  pro- 
portion that  the  water  in  the  clay  exactly  suffices  to  slake 
it  and  the  heat  given  out  effects  the  necessary  drying. 
The  limestone  is  then  added  and  the  mixture  ground  in 
a  mill  to  the  usual  degree  of  fineness,  made  into  bricks, 
calcined  and  the  "clinker"  reduced  to  a  fine  state  of 
division  as  usual. — C.  C.  II. 

Improvements  in  the  Application  of  Various  Inflammable 
Fluids  and  Substances  to  all  /.  inds  of  Materials  requiring 
Hii/li  Temperatures  in  their  Manufacture.  I!.  Stone, 
London.  Eng.  Pat.  945S,  July  21,  1SS6.  6d. 
In  the  manufacture  of  plastic  and  other  materials,  such  as 
bricks,  lime,  gypsum,  tiles,  pottery,  cement,  etc.  .petroleum 
spirit,  petroleum,  tar  or  any  other  highly  inflammable 
liquid,  and  vitriol  are  used,  according  to  this  invention, 
either  together  or  separately  as  substitutes  for  ordinary 
fuel,  such  as  coals  or  coke.  Fibrous  materials,  as  peat, 
sawdust,  tow,  hemp,  old  rope  and  refuse  cotton  waste, 
may  be  used  for  ihe  absorption  of  the  liquid  fuels,  which 
are  sometimes  also  employed  in  the  form  of  a  spray 
thrown  upon  the  incandescent  mass.  By  the  use  of  this 
invention,  almost  all  kinds  of  refuse,  including  dust, 
coal  dust,  breeze  cinders,  ashes,  clinkers,  sewage  and 
other  materials,  either  ground  or  compressed,  may  be 
utilised.— E.  (1.  C. 

X.— METALLURGY,  Eto. 

Development    of    Ammonia    in     Working    Iron.      II. 
Wedding.     Stab!  and  Eisen,  7.  513. 

G.  W.  GoTZ,  of  the  Otis  Iron  and  Steel  Company,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio,  noticed  that  when  a  freshly-cast  steel  roller 


Sugar  as  a   Cement.      Herzfeld.      Ztschr.  f.  Zucker-Ind. 

37,  499. 
MoETAR  containing  sugar  has  been  employed  in  build- 
ing the  new  Natural  History  Museum  in  Berlin  and  has 
proved  far  superior  to  common  mortar.  It  sets  almost 
with  the  firmness  of  a  good  cement,  while  mortar  made 
with  molasses  became  soft  and  brittle  after  a  time.  In 
Madras  a  mortar  is  used  with  which  either  sugar,  butter 
or  buttermilk,  shellac  and  eggs  are  mixed.  It  holds  well 
and  takes  a  marble-like  polish — C.  A.  K. 


On  Gautier's  Investigations  "n  Ferro-silicon  mid  Iron 
Suitable  for  Foundry  Purposes.  II.  Wedding.  Stahl 
and  Eisen,  8,  562. 

The  object  of  Gautier's  investigations  (this  Journal, 
18S6,  000)  was  to  dispense  with  the  Scotch  pig- 
iron,  which  was  employed  by  French  ironfounders 
as  an  addition  to  the  different  kinds  of  iron  used 
for  castings.  The  Scotch  pig-iron  was  replaced  by 
ferro-silicon,  containing  10  per  cent,  of  silicon,  and  it 
was  shown  that  the  favourable  influence  of  the  Scotch 
pig-iron  on  certain  castings  was  due  to  the  presence  of 
silicon.  A  repeated  heating  and  fusion  of  the  iron 
oxidises  the  silicon  and  converts  the  graphite  into 
amorphous  carbon,  and  in  order  to  maintain  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  iron  mixture,  silicon  must  be  added 
in  some  form.  A  mixture  containing  2  per  cent,  of 
silicon  is  specially  suitable  for  dense  castings,  as  it  pre- 
vents the  formation  of  Haws.  Owing  to  the  application 
of  ferro-silicon,  the  anuual  consumption  of  Scotch  pig- 
iron  in  France  has  decreased  from  200,000  tons  to 
20,000  tons.  Wedding  opposes  Gautier's  proposal  on 
the  point  of  economy.  Since  every  iron  mixture  contains 
iron  peroxide  a  portion  of  the  silicon  is  used  for  the 
reduction  of  the  peroxide,  and  this  is  evidently  a  waste 
of  such  an  expensive  article  as  silicon.  Carbon  is 
much  cheaper  as  a  reducing  agent.  Indeed,  prac- 
tical working  has  shown  that  the  addition  of  the  theo- 
retical amount  of  silicon  is  insufficient :  a  larger  or 
smaller  excess,  according  to  circumstances,  is  always 
required.  As  10  per  cent,  ferro-silicon  costs  971  marks 
and  15  per  cent,  ferro-silicon  costs  1571  marks,  the 
author  advises  ironfounders  to  calculate  carefully 
whether  it  is  economical  to  replace  pig-iron  by  ferro- 
silicium. — S.  H. 


Operating  <>n    Zinc  Ore  for  Producing   Chlorine,   also 

'/.me,  mid  tin'  utilisation  of  said  Zinc  for  Coatinrj 
Metals  Galvanically.  J.  Lea  and  H.  1!.  Hammond, 
London.     Eng.  Pat,  10,808,  August  25,  1SS0.     4d. 

ZlNC  ORE  (calamine!  is  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  or 
an  aqueous  solution  of  chlorine  and  the  solution  of  zinc 
chloride  thus  formed  submitted  to  electrolysis.  The  zinc 
is  deposited  upon  metals  as  a  coating,  or  articles  in  zinc 
may  be  moulded  by  deposition,  while  the  chlorine  is 
used  for  operating  upon  fresh  quantities  of  calamine. 

— S.  H. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  and  Appliances  for  Treat- 
ing, Dressing  and  Cleaning  Tin  and  other  Mineral 
Ores,  and  in  Modes,  Means  and  Processes  eon  meted 
therewith,  and  for  other  useful  Purposes.  G.  M. 
Edwards,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,729,  Oct.  G,  1880. 
lid. 
This  is  a  development  of  the  sizing  apparatus  of  Eng. 
I 'at.  0:147  of  18S5  (see  this  Journal,  1886,  328).  A  series 
of  vertical  cylinders  are  so  placed  on  an  inclined  plane  or 
on  step-,  that  the  overllow  from  each  cylinder  is  con- 
ducted into  the  bottom  of  that  one  next  on  the  lower 
level.  The  first,  or  highest,  of  the  series  has  a  fuunel 
connected  with  a  large  aperture  at  the  lowest  point  on 
one  side,  and  through  this  the  slimes  are  introduced.  It 
has  also  a  telescopic  cylinder,  closed  at  it-  upper  end, 
working  within  it  at  the  upper  part,  the  joint  being 
rendered  water-tight  by  an  india-rubber  ring :  the 
object  of  this  contrivance  being  the  accumulation 
of  water  in  the  cylinder  at  will,  to  a  level  much 
higher  than  that  in  the  next  vessel.  Each  cylinder  is 
supplied  also  with  a  four-arm  radial  agitator,  working 
on  the  bottom  ;  the  agitator  in  the  first  being  rotated, 
while  those  in  the  others  are  simply  oscillated 
by  an  eccentric  and  crank  movement,  the  motion 
imparted  to  each  being  less  than  that  to  the  previous 


Oct.  31, 1887.)       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


665 


one.  Slimes  are  allowed  to  flow  into  the  highest  vessel 
to  the  full  extent  of  the  telescopic  lining.  The  action  of 
the  boaters  is  suspended  for  a  few  seconds,  and  then  a 
release  of  the  inner  cylinder  causes  a  rapid  overflow  from 
th"S  top  of  each  pan  to  the.  bottom  of  the  next  throughout 
th  !  whole  series.  The  gradual  diminution  in  rapidity  of 
flow,  coupled  with  the  decreasing  agitation  in  each  suc- 
cessive cylinder,  causes  an  etticient  sizing  of  the  ore.  An 
automatic  siphon  arrangement  may  be  substituted  foi  the 
telescopic  lining.  After  sufficient  ore  has  collected  in 
ea  h  vessel,  it  may  be  removed  by  any  suitable  sliding 
door,  and  may  then  be  still  further  sized  by  passing 
alternately  over  and  under  partitions  in  a  series  of 
stepped  chambers,  in  a  continuous  stream  of  water. 

— w.  g.  >r. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  used  for  Coating  Sheets  of 
Jron  and  Steel,  and  Articles  of  Iron  and  Steel,  with 
Zinc  or  Alloys  of  Zinc,  or  other  Coating  Metal  or 
Alloy.  R.  Heathheld,  Birmingham.  Eng.  l'at.  13,460, 
Oct.  21,  1S86.     8d. 

In  addition  to  the  brushes  specified  in  Eng.  Pat.  8390  of 
1SSG  (this  Journal,  1SS7,  512),  a  pair  of  revolving  finishing 
brushes,  preferably  made  of  fine  wire,  similar  to  scratch 
brushes,  is  placed  above  the  former  for  the  purpose  of 
surfacing  the  plate  after  coating.  More  than  one  pair  of 
such  brushes  may  be  used  and  they  may  be  employed  in 
addition  to,  or  in  lieu  of,  the  finishing  rolls. 

— W.  G.  M. 

XL— FATS,  OILS  AND  SOAP  MANUFACTURE, 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Separation  of  Fat  and 
Fatty  Acids  from  Compounds  containing  the  same. 
Wilhelm  Graff,  Bremen,  Germany.  Eng.  l'at.  11,741, 
Sept.  15,  1SS6.     6d. 

Is  treating  water  from  wool-washing  works,  neutral 
calcium  chloride  is  usually  added,  thereby  precipitating 
large  quantities  of  calcium  carbonate.  The  inventor 
uses  an  acid  solution  of  calcium  chloride  and  to  the  pre- 
cipitate obtained  he  adds  caustic  lime,  in  order  to  obtain 
calcium  salts  of  the  free  fatty  acids  and  of  those  com- 
bined with  cholesterin  or  an  alkali.  This  lime  soap  is 
dried  on  a  steam  bath,  the  non-saponifiable  fats  are  ex- 
tracted by  benzine,  etc.  and  the  residue  decomposed 
by  hydrochloric  acid. — W.  L.  C. 


Improved  Apparatus   for  Treating  Waste  Lubricating 

Oils.    J.  Stott,  Bolton.  Eng.  Pat  13,765,  Oct,  27,  1SS6. 
8d. 

This  is  a  description,  with  drawing,  of  an  apparatus 
with  cisterns,  provided  with  sieves  and  water-gauges, 
through  which  the  mixture  of  oil,  water,  metallic 
refuse,  etc.,  is  passed.  The  refuse  is  kept  back  by  the 
sieves,  the  oil  and  water  are  separated  by  subsidence 
and  the  oil  is  used  over  again. — W.  L.  U. 


XII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  YAENISHES  AND 

PvESINS. 

On  Cadmium  Sulphide  and  the  various  Cadmium  Colours 
of  Commerce.  < ;.  Buchner.  Chem.  Zeit.  H,  1087 — 
1089,  and  1107— HO'i. 

Lbd  by  the  great  diversity  of  shades  among  the 
commercial  cadmium  colours,  and  the  almost  complete 
absence  of  reliabletext-book  information  concerning  them, 
the  author  has  experimented  with  the  different  pigments 
and  the  methods  employed  in  their  production.  When 
hydrogen  sulphide  is  led  into  a  neutral  cadmium  sulphate 
solution,  the  slight  yellow  cloudiness  at  first  produced 
rapidly  changes  to  a  lemony  ellow  precipitate ;  but  when 
half  of  the  metal  has  been  thrown  down,  this  precipitate 
darkens  in  colour  until  eventually  it  is  of  a  dark 
I 'omeranian  or  red-yellow  shade;  meanwhile  about  the 
period  of  half-precipitation  a  dark  yellow  scum  forms  on 
the  surface,  and  there  is  a  red  ring  around  the  margin 
and  within  the  gas-tube  ;  a  small  quantity  of  cinnabar- 
red,  heavy,  pseudo  crystalline  powder  collects  also  on  the 


walls  of  the  vessel.  The  precipitate  after  washing 
and  drying  may  bs  separated  by  washing  into  a  light 
and  a  dark  coloured  portion.  But  by  filtering  off  the 
precipitate  at  ha'f  time,  the  collected  portion  darkens  a 
little  on  drying,  and  the  filtrate  yields  only  the  darker 
variety  of  sulphide.  If  the  solution  is  warm  or  contains 
free  acid  before  treatment  (and  l'ollenius  has  shown* 
that  as  much  as  14  -  of  T12  sp.  gr.  HO  may  be  present 
without  hindrance  to  precipitation)  ;  the  yellow  stage  is 
but  evanescent,  giving  place  immediately  to  one  in  which 
the  colour  is  completely  a  full  red.  By  using  a  different 
soluble  salt  of  cadmium,  a  slight  variation  in  shade  will 
result  ;  but  an  insoluble  salt,  treated  while  in  suspension 
in  water,  always  gives  the  dark  product.  The  presence 
of  neutral  salts  NaCl.  etc.)  in  the  solution  is  without 
influence.  But  all  these  precipitates  withoutexception  are 
practically  pure  cadmium  monosulphide  (CdS)  :  they 
contain  no  excess  of  sulphur,  combined  or  otherwise,  are 
similarly  acted  upon  by  reagents,  are  absolutely  in- 
soluble in  water,  and  when  suspended  in  the  latter  in 
pure  condition  are  quite  unaffected  by  air  or  hydrogen 
sulphide ;  they  all,  however,  contain  traces  of  the  salt  from 
which  they  were  formed,  which  no  amount  of  washing 
can  remove  and  this  is  generally  greater  in  the  dark  or  red 
variety,  in  some  cases  amounting  to  even  4  per  cent,  of 
the  sulphide.  The  chloride  is  the  most  obstinate  in  this 
respect,  and  may  be  iemoved  only  by  prolonged  heat- 
ing in  hydrogen  sulphide  ;  the  small  quantity  of  sulphur 
then  deposited  may  be  extracted  by  carbon  bisulphide. 
Follenius  suggested  that  this  trace  of  undecomposed  ~alt 
may  effect  the  various  colour  alterations  ;  but  this  is  dis- 
proved bythe  fact  that  one  finds  similar  shades  with  differ- 
ent percentages  of  impurity,  and  varying  colours  with  the 
same  quantity  of  foreign  matter.  The  yellow  is  specifi- 
cally much  less  dense  than  the  dark  variety,  but  in  no 
sample  has  the  author  found  any  trace  of  structure  or 
crystalline  arrangement.  He  is  convinced  that  there  are 
two  modifications  only  of  the  cadmium  sulphide,  one  of 
a  pure  lemon  yellow,  the  other  of  a  full  minium  red 
colour ;  and  that  all  the  shades  producible  in  the 
laboratoiy  or  obtainable  in  the  market  are  mixtures  of 
these  two  varieties  in  varying  proportions.  The  altera- 
tion is  simply  molecular,  the  darker  product  being 
produced  from  the  lighter  by  the  condensation  or  aggre- 
gation of  the  molecules  ;  so  that  to  obtain  a  given 
modification,  this  aggregation  must  either  be  made  as 
complete  as  possible  or  be  prevented  entirely.  The 
yellow  (or  a  modification)  is  converted  into  the  brown  by- 
the action  of  dilute  acids  or  alkalis,  and  the  more  readily 
if  it  be  in  statu  naseendi  :  hence,  since  by  the  action  of 
hydrogensulphideon  aneutral  cadmium  saltamineralacid 
is  gradually  generated  in  the  solution,  it  is  easy  to  compre- 
hend why  at  a  certain  stage  of  the  precipitation  an 
aggregation  of  molecules  is  brought  about.  Tbe  red  (or 
^-modification)  becomes  yellow  fora  moment  immediately 
before  solution  in  strong  acids  :  and  the  interconvertible 
character  of  the  two  varieties  may  be  observed  by  treat- 
ing lgrin.  of  the  red  sulphide  in  a  reagent  glass  with 
lgrm.  of  water  and  3— ."ice.  HO  (1*124  sp.gr.)  until  it 
becomes  yellow,  and  solution  commences  with  evolution 
of  SH_.  :  by  then  throwing  the  whole  very  rapidly  into  a 
large  volume  of  cold  water  the  J-  will  be  found  to 
have  changed  into  the  o-modification,  anil  the 
reverse  change  will  then  gradually  take  place, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  the  diluted  acid.  The  recorded 
formation  of  a  CdS,  described  in  Gmelin's  hand-book  as 
produced  by  the  addition  of  potassium  pentasulphide  to 
neutral  cadmium  sulphate,  is  an  error  originated  by 
Sehiff(.lHH.  d.  I'ltarm.  115,  74).  K,Sr.  aud  K2S5  pro- 
duce respectively  with  CdSOj  rapidly-subsiding  sulphur- 
or  lemon-yellow  precipitates,  which  become  slightly  red 
on  complete  precipitation,  owing  to  the  partial  aggrega- 
tion caused  by  a  trilling  excess  of  the  potassium  salt ;  a 
large  excess  causes  re-solution  of  the  cadmium  compound. 
The  pigment  thus  made  is  wanting  in  brilliancy  ;  it  con- 
sists of  cadmium  mono.-nlphide  with  a  variable  excess  of 
sulphur,  extractable  by  carbon  bisulphide  and  separable 
on  treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid.     In  regard  to  this 

•  "  Contributions  to  the  Knowledge  of.  Cadmium,  especially 
to  the  Quantitative  Analysis  of  the  same,"  Zeits  Anal.  Chem, 
1671,  Bd,  13. 


666 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |Oct.  31, 1SS7. 


precipitate,  it  is  most  important  to  note  that,  whilst  the 
pure  CdS,  either  in  the  a-  or  ^-modification,  is  absolutely 
unaltered  by  light  or  air,  all  those  products  which  con- 
tain free  sulphur,  finely  divided  by  precipitation,  become 
so  completely  oxidised  when  exposed  to  light,  that  the 
yellow  colour  passes  in  a  short  time  into  a  dirty  white, 
whether  it  be  dry  or  moist,  but  most  rapidly  it'  rubbed 
down  with  linseed  oil.  This  oxidation  does  not  occur  in 
the  dark,  nor  can  it  be  effected  in  any  degree  by  mixing 
flour  of  sulphur  with  the  monosulphide ;  it  must  be 
traced  to  the  oxygen-carrying  power  of  the  precipitated 
sulphur,  which  is  in  this  case  so  intimately  mixed  with 
the  cadmium  sulphide,  and  which  is  assisted  greatly  in 
its  action  by  the  oil — itself  apparently  not  inactive  as  a 
carrier  of  oxygen.  From  these  facts  one  may  learn  how 
great  care  should  be  expended  in  the  choice  of  colours  to 
ensure  permanence,  and  how  vast  an  influence  may  be 
possessed  by  an  apparently  insignificant  impurity.  The 
statement  to  be  found  in  technological  hand-books  that 
the  finest  cadmium  colours  are  made  by  the  action  of 
.sodium  monosulphide  on  the  neutral  sulphate,  although 
apparently  supported  by  theoretical  considerations,  since 
no  free  acid  is  formed  in  their  production,  is  not  borne 
out  by  the  author's  experience.  Dilute  cadmium  solu- 
tions so  treated  give  a  bright  yellow,  concentrated  solu- 
tions a  dark  yellow  or  red,  and  boiling  solutions  a  brick- 
red  precipitate.  They  are  free  from  excess  of  sulphur, 
but  will  contain  cadmium  hydroxide  or  basic  carbonate 
if  sodium  hydroxide  or  carbonate  be  present  in  the  pre- 
cipitant. The  hydrosulphide  behaves  similarly.  <  'adminm 
hydroxide,  like  the  sulphide,  appears  to  exist  in  two 
modifications  :  and  the  action  of  hydrogen  or  sodium 
sulphide  on  these  will  produce  a  precipitate,  coloured 
yellow  or  red  according  as  the  hydroxide  is  in  the  form 
of  a  bulky  gelatinous  precipitate  (a-modiiication)  or  is 
heavy  and  finely  tlocculeat  (^-modification).  The  former 
of  these  may  be  produced  by  adding  a  solution  of  sodium 
hydroxide  to  one  of  a  cadmium  salt,  the  latter  either 
by  adding  the  cadmium  solution  to  the  caustic 
soda  or  by  precipitating  in  boiling  solutions.  It  would 
appear  that  the  ..^-modification,  with  the  red  colour,  is 
always  the  result  of  molecular  aggregation  ;  and  this 
view  is  supported  by  the  fact  thai  an  oxysulphi.de, 
CdS.Cd(UH).,,  which  is  formed  when  cadmium  hydroxide 
is  precipitated  by  sodium  monosulphide  (avoiding  an 
excess  of  the  latter),  and  which,  of  course,  contains  a 
double  molecule,  is  of  a  red  colour.  This  oxysulphide  is 
regarded  by  the  author  as  an  intermediate  stage  in  the 
production  of  the  sulphide  from  the  hydroxide,  thus  :— 

(1.)    Cd(OH)s  +  CM(OH)3=-[g(gH^ 

<'-•>      !  Cd(OH.*+Na  S=  >S~     +2NaOH 
I      lu    '■-'  Cd-OH 

Cd-lHI  Cd-S 

(3.)        >S       +  Na,.S  =      |      I  +2NaOH 
Cd-OH  Cd-S 

It  has  a  very  fine  red  colour,  of  great  brilliancy,  but  is 
less  permanent  than  the  sulphide  when  rubbed  with  oil  ; 
it  dissolves  completely  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  gives  up 
its  oxide  to  acetic  acid.  "The  basic  carbonate  in  its 
transformations  resembles  the  hydroxide.  The  behaviour 
of  cadmium  sulphide  at  different  temperatures  is  worthy 
of  remark.  It  is  quite  non-sublimable,  but  maintained 
in  air  for  Bome  time  at  1 3."i — 1-10=  C,  it  becomes  super- 
ficially and  only  to  a  very  slight  extent,  oxidised,  losing 
at  higher  temperatures  -J—:;  per  cent,  of  its  weight  partly 
by  oxidation,  partly  by  the  loss  of  the  acid  of  the  trace 
of  co-precipitated  cadmium  salt.  As  the  temperature 
rises,  the  yellow  modification  gradually  passes  through 
dark  yellow,  orange  and  crimson  to  dark  violet  red, 
and  on  cooling  returns  through  the  same  shades  to  its 
original  colour  ;  the  red  variety  undergoes  a  similar  play 
of  colours,  but  on  cooling  become-  yellow,  show  ing  thai 
the  molecular  aggregation  has  been  dispersed.  The 
final  yellow  is  seldom  a  pure  shade,  but  becomes  tinged 
slightly  with  the  brown  of  the  oxide.  There  are  a  few 
v  arieties  of  the  red  sulphide  which  return  to  the  original 
red  except  after  long-continued  or  repeated  heating;  and 
a  few  a-mudifications  which  become  orange  on  cooling 


after  protracted  exposure  to  an  even  temperature  without 
access  of  air. 

Finally  the  author  classifies  cadmium  pigments  into 
three  groups.  (1.)  Pure  Cadmium  Colours.— The  best 
are  those  pure  monosulphides  produced,  it  may  be  in 
various  physical  modifications,  by  the  action  of  hydrogen 
sulphide  on  cadmium  solutions.  They  are  unaffected 
by  the  media  of  the  oil  or  water-colour  artist,  though 
less  suitable  for  mixture  with  water-glass.  Rubbed  with 
linseed  oil  tiiey  undergo  no  appreciable  alteration,  even 
after  a  two  years'  exposure  to  light  and  air;  even  rancid 
oil  of  the  worst  description  produced  but  a  slight  darken- 
ing. (2.)  Impure  Cadmium  Colours. — Every  trace  of 
free  acid  or  matter extractable  by  water,  but  above  all 
of  free  precipitated  sulphur,  renders  a  sample  unsuitable 
for  use  as  a  pigment.  Impurities  from  the  materials 
employed  in  manufacture,  and  cadmium  hydroxide,  car- 
bonate, oxalate  or  phosphate  must  also  be  absent.  (3.) 
Adulterated  Cadmium  Colours. — Flour  of  sulphur  is 
believed  never  to  be  used  for  adulteration,  nor  has  the 
author  met  with  vermilion  in  the  red  pigments.  The 
chief  adulterants  appear  to  be  zinc  oxide,  sulphide  and 
carbonate  and  cadmium  oxide,  carbonate,  phosphate  and 
oxalate  ;  and  these  may  amount  to  over  50  per  cent,  of 
the  substance,  A  sample  of  colour  for  use  as  a  pigment 
must  satisfy  the  following  tests,  applied  in  each  case  to 
about  2grms.  of  colour;— (a.)  HC1  should  effect  com- 
plete solution,  with  evolution  of  SH„,  to  a  clear,  or  at 
most  opalescent,  liquid,  which  must  give  a  yellow  or 
orange  precipitate  with  SH..,  and  the  filtrate  from  this 
must  give  no  cloudiness  with  excess  of  NH:1  and  (NH,)SS. 
An  addition  of  ammonia  in  excess,  and  afterwards  of 
calcium  chloride,  must  produce  no  turbidity,  nor  must 
CSS  extract  more  than  the  merest  trace  of  sulphur.  (6.) 
The  moist  CdS  must  be  neutral  to  litmus,  and  digested 
with  water,  the  solution  must  remain  quite  clear  on  the 
addition  of  AgNt  t:l  or  BaiX<  (3) ...  ('-. )  The  loss  on  heat- 
ing must  not  exceed  3  per  cent.  ;  and  after  heating  on 
platinum  foil  the  residue  must  be  red,  yellow  or  orange- 
yellow,  but  never  brown-tinged  when  cold.  The  extract 
by  acetic  acid- (1*06  sp.  gr.)  must  not  become  turbid  with 
KOH.  ((..)  After  digestion  with  XH;,  the  filtrate  must 
be  quite  clear  on  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  HC1.  (e.) 
They  must  be  quite  odourless,  and  if  for  use  in  oil- 
painting,  absolutely  dry— losing  nothing  at  100"  C. 

— W.  G.  M. 


The   Identity    of  Dambose    and  Inosite.      Maquenne. 
Coinpt.  Rend.  104,  1S53. 

Ix  a  series  of  researches  on  the  composition  of  the  juices 
of  different  plants  yielding  indiarubber,  M.  A.  Girard 
has  distinguished  three  new  principles,  "  ]>ambonite," 
"Bornesite,"  and  "  Matezite,"  which  he  extracted  from 
the  gums  of  Gaboon,  Borneo  and  Madagascar  (Com/it. 
Rend.  67,  820  :  73,  420  ;  and  77,  995).  These  bodies 
behave  as  the  methyl  ethers  of  dambose,  Borneo- 
dambose  and  matezdambose,  a  special  variety  of  saccha- 
rine substances,  non-reducible,  non-fermentable,  and 
which  Girard  has  isolated  by  decomposing  their  methylic 
derivatives  with  lrydriodic  acid.  Thus  methylic  iodide 
was  disengaged.  Having  occasion  to  study  a  remark- 
able sample  of  pure  dambonite,  furnished  him  by  the 
firm  Billault  and  prepared  according  to  Girard's  prescrip- 
tion used  for  the  caoutchouc  of  Gaboon,  the  author 
now  finds  a  complete  identity  between  (Iambus*  and 
inositt  (Compt.  Hind.  104,225).  Dambonite  may,  per- 
haps, be  considered  as  the  dimethyl  ether  of  inosite. 
Hence,  there  is  no  longer  any  need  of  retaining  the  name 
"dambose,''  since  it  is  absolutely  identical  with  tiie 
inositt'  contained  alike  in  the  vegetable  and  animal 
economies. — C.  A.  K. 


Caoutchouc     Yielding   PI, mis.     T.  T.   I'.  I!.  Warren. 

Jour.  Soc.  Arts.  35,  7S7— 7SS. 
AFTEB  some  brief  remarks  en  the  sources  of  the  rubbers 
known  as  "Ceara,"  "Pernambnco,"  and  "Mangau- 
beira,"  a  description  is  given  from  the  Monitevr  Offlcicl 
(Feb.  1S87)  of  the  method  for  extracting  caoutchouc 
from  the  Honchus  oleraceus.      The    plant  is  exhausted 


Ort.3i.i8S7.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


CC7 


with  carbou  bisulphide  and  the  residue  obtained  on 
evaporation  treated  with  boiling  alcohol.  The  insoluble 
matter,  which  is  crude  caoutchouc,  is  purified  by  warming 
with  alcoholic  potash  and  washing  well  with  warm 
diluted  alcohol.  The  yield  is  413  per  cent,  of  extractive 
matter,  0  41  per  cent,  of  crude  caoutchouc,  which  gives 
O'lG  when  purified.  An  alternative  process  is  to  treat 
the  plant  with  alcohol  and  then  with  benzene.  After 
evaporating  the  solution,  the  residue  (92  per  cent,  by 
weight  of  the  whole  plant)  yields  027  per  cent,  of  nearly- 
pure  caoutchouc  on  treatment  with  alcohol.— E.  E.  li. 

XIH.-TAMING,   LEATHER,  GLUE   AND  SIZE. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Liquid  Cement  or 
Hum.  E.  M.  Knight  and  A.  11.  Hobson,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,108,  Oct.  1.3,  1S86.    Gd. 

To  make  one  gallon  of  the  gum  about  one  and  a  half 
gallons  of  water,  31b.  of  glue,  4oz.  of  borax  and  2oz.  of 
carbonate  of  soda,  or  an  equivalent  of  any  other  alkali, 
are  taken.  The  glue  and  alkaline  salts  are  dissolved  in 
the  water  by  heat,  and  the  solution  is  kept  at  a  tempera- 
ture a  few  degrees  below  boiling  point  for  5  or  0  hours. 
The  continued  application  of  heat  renders  the  gum  per- 
manently liquid  at  the  oidinary  temperature.  After 
allowing  the  sediment  to  settle,  the  clear  liquid  is  evapor- 
ated to  the  required  consistency. — B.  H. 


Improvements  in   Purifying  and    Graining  or  Bating 

Hides  and  other  Skint,  and  in  Apparatus  Employed 

tin  rein.     T.  Palmer,  Bermondsey.      Eng.  Pat.  13,636, 
Oct.  25,  1886.     Sd. 

The  patentee  first  describes  the  ordinary  process  of 
"  bating  "  or  "graining  "  hides,  by  means  of  a  solution  of 
pigeon  or  other  birds  dung  in  water,  and  the  use  of  the  "new 
graintr,"  "mended grainer  "  and  "old  grainer."  Hethen 
describeshisimprovements,by  which  heclaimsthat  amuch 
larger  number  of  hides  can  be  "grained  "  in  proportion  to 
theamount  of  dung  employed.  Beforesubmitling  the  hides 
to  the  action  of  the  grainers,  they  are  placed  in  a  re- 
volving drum  and  rinsed  with  water  (preferably  soft),  at 
a  temperature  of  about  70°  F.  The  drum  is  rotated  for 
about  an  hour.  This  rinsing  removes  a  large  proportion 
of  the  lime,  so  that  the  subsequent  action  of  the  grainers 
is  to  soften  the  hides.  The  hides  are  next  stocked  for 
20—30  minutes,  and  are  then  submitted  for  about  45 
minutes  to  the  action  of  an  old  grainer.  The  hides,  after 
draining,  are  then  placed  in  a  new  or  mended  grainer. 
To  make  a  new  grainer,  instead  of  placing  the  dung  in 
the  pit  itself,  ttie  patentee  places  abaut  3  bushels 
of  dung  in  a  separate  vessel  and  mixes  it  with  about 
130  gallons  of  water.  The  strong  solution,  after 
straining  through  a  suitable  sieve,  is  run  into  a  grainer 
pit  containing  900—1000  gallons  of  water.  "  A  further 
improvement  and  economy  "  is  eSected  by  covering  in 
the  grainer  pit,  instead  of  leaving  it  open.  "Eor  this  pur- 
pose it  is  provided  with  a  roof  having  one  or  more  doors, 
for  the  introduction  or  removal  of  the  hides  Drawings 
are  given  showing  a  grainer  pit  and  drum,  the  pit 
provided  with  a  roof  as  described. — B.  H. 

XIV.— AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

Examination  of  Beetroot  Seeds.  Pagnoul.  Sucr.  Indigene, 

30,  68. 
The  quantities  of  phosphoric  acid  contained  in  sixteen 
varieties  of  seeds  were  determined  and  compared  with 
the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  beets  grown  from  them,  with 
the  result  that  no  relationship  between  the  two  was 
evident. — C.  A.  K. 


Agricultural  Experiments  on  the  Behaviour  of  Certain 
Plants  towards  the  addition  of  Nitrogenas  Saltpetre. 

G.  Wolf  and   Kreuzhage.     Landw.   Jahrb.   1887,  16 
659. 

From  a  series  of  experiments  the  authors  conclude  that 
cereals  only  grow  well  when  the  soil  oners  a  sufficient 


quantity  of  nitrogenous  nourishment,  partly  in  the  form 
of  saltpetre.  This  also  applies  to  potatoes,  which  need 
a  considerable  amount  of  nitrogenous  matter,  and  in  both 
cases  the  addition  of  manure  containing  nitre  proved 
advantageous.  Leguminous  plants,  on  the  other  hand,  did 
not  appear  to  be  influenced  by  the  use  of  saltpetre  manure, 
but  they  were  found  to  have  assimilated  a  large  amount 
of  nitrogen  even  after  live  months  growth  in  a  soil  con- 
taining little  or  no  nitrogenous  food.  This  assimilation 
of  nitrogen  by  leguminous  plants  in  cases  where  it  is  not 
supplied  by  the  soil,  appears  extraordinary,  and  the 
authors  suggest  that  it  may  be  absorbed  as  ammonia  from 
the  air  by  the  leaves  or  indirectly  from  the  soil,  which 
has  itself  absorbed  the  ammonia  from  the  air  ;  or,  as  may- 
be possible  in  the  case  of  a  dry  soil,  the  plants,  ow  ing  to 
the  presence  of  limestone,  assimilate  the  free  nitrogen 
of  the  air. — C.  A.  K. 


Effect  of  th>    Manure   used  for  Beetroot.      Hellriegel. 
Ztachr.  f.  Zucker  Ind.  37,  543. 

The  author  finds  that  beetroot  is  more  liable  to  decay  on 
keeping  when  a  phosphoric  acid  manure  has  been  used, 
than  when  one  containing  Chili  saltpetre  has  been 
employed  and  that  this  is  especially  the  case  when  the 
beet  is  preserved  under  conditions  of  great  heat  and  con- 
tinued drvness. — C.  A.  K. 


Action  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in    Various  Forms.    Pom 

nier.  Ztschr.  f.  Zucker  Ind.  37.  5-17. 
The  author  compares  the  relative  efficiency  of  super- 
phosphate and  Thomas  slag  as  manures,  and  considers 
that  while  for  the  present  superphosphate  is  of  greater 
u~e,  still  further  experiments  should  be  made  with 
Thomas  slag,  which  appears  to  have  the  advantage  that 
lis  etl'ect  is  more  lasting.  When  used  the  slag  should 
be  finely  ground  and  evenly  spread  as  early  in  the  year 
a-  possible.  It  is  specially  good  for  moist  and  marshy 
land.— C.  A.  K. 

On  the  Behaviour  of  Thomas  Slat/  under  Treatment  with 
an  Aqueous  Solution  of  Carbon  Dioxide.  M.  A.  von 
P.eis.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  933—934  and  981— 9S2. 

These  experiments  are  a  continuation  of  others  (see  this 
Journal,  1SSG,  3S1),  and  are  in  reply  to  v.  Maltzahn,  who 
discredits  the  previous  experiments  in  affirming  the  rela- 
tive insolubility  of  phosphates  in  slags  which  have 
undergone  igneous  fusion.  Eighteen  phosphates  have 
been  treated  and  the  results  are  recorded  in  tabular  form. 
lOgrms.  of  the  finely  powdered  sample  were  exposed  in  a 
funnel  to  a  flow  of  the  carbonic  acid  water,  at  the  iate  of 
:  litre  per  hour.  Tests  made  at  regular  intervals  with 
one  slag  showed  that  the  ratio  of  silicates  to  phosphates 
passing  into  solution  corresponded  fairly  well  with  that 
in  the  original  sample  -,  that  comparatively  little  silica  or 
phosphoric  acid  are  removed  after  25  litres  have  passed  ; 
but  that  a  somewhat  greater  proportion  of  lime  was  ex- 
tracted even  up  to  50  litres.  The  decompositions  are 
stated  respectively  as  follows  : — 

Ca.P.O^GHsCO^CaH^POJa+SCaH^COsJj+H-O. 

Ca2SiO.~2H,CO.=CaSin  —  I'aHjlCO.l.  +  HjO. 
The  remaining  slags  and  compounds  were  examined 
only  after  passing  two  successive  quantities  of  5  litres 
each.  Considerable  differences  appear  in  the  relative 
solubilities  of  the  phosphates — i.e.,  the  amount  of 
phosphate  dissolved  as  compared  with  that  in  the  fresh 
sample — which  are  explained  as  arising  from  different 
combinations  of  the  phosphoric  acid.  Thus,  it  was  found 
that  421  percent,  of  thephosphoric  acid  in  calcium  tetra- 
phosphate  were  dissolved,  while  only  12  5  per  cent,  were 
extracted  from  the  tri-  and  16 'S  per  cent,  from  the  di- 
phosphate; bones  (containing  organic  matter)  yielded 
28  5  per  cent.,  bone  ash,  5  5  percent.,  and  apatite,  3-l 
per  cent.,  the  slags  giving  from  23  to  48  per  cent,  in  the  10 
litres.  The  silica  thus  extracted  (relatively)  from  the  slags 
varied  from  50  to  85  per  cent.,  the  total  lime  from  40  to  57 
per  cent.  The  bulk  of  the  magnesia  appeared  to  be  left 
in  the  undissolved  residne.     The  experiments  tend  to 


668 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Oct.si.i8M 


confirm  the  accepted  theory  that  the  phosphorus  in 
thomas  "  slags  is  present  actually  as  tetrapho  phate, 
and  not  as  a  mixture  of  triphosphate  with  free  lime.  The 
Bral  action  of  aqueous  carbon  dioxide  on  tetraphosphate 
i-  to  dissolve  out  any  excess  of  CaO  (if  pre-existing) 
and  then,  after  aboul  5  litres  have  passed,  to  extract 
the  CaO  and  1\.(  I,  in  the  constant  ratio  of  4:1,  whereas 
the  above  mentioned  mixture  would  continue  to  yield  the 
lime  in  great  excess  up  to  the  point  of  practical  ex- 
haustion. This  research  lias  an  important  bearing  on 
the  manorial  value  of  the  slags  in  question.—  W.  CM. 

The  Phospftatic   Deposits  of  Santa  Maria  di  Linen  in 
South, in  Italy.     H.  Spindler.     Chem.  Zeit.  11  989. 

These  deposits  occur  between  Gallipoli  and  Otranto, 

and  consist  of  coprolites,  bones,  etc.,  embedded  in  a 
porous  tertiary  limestone.  There  are  two  lied-,  having 
a  thickness  of  19j  to  .Sljin.  and  extending  for  a  distance 
of  100  yards  along  the  shore.  A  phosphoric  acid  deter- 
mination in  numerous  samples  obtained  from  various 
parts  of  the  bed  and  ground  up  together  gave  7  4  per 
cent.  lMl-and  the  coprolites  alone  S7  per  cent.  P.,05. 
The  pbosphatic  nodules  contain  a  considerable  amount 
of  iron  but  no  fluorine.  How  far  these  deposits  extend 
inland  has  not  yet  been  determined.— ('.  A.  K. 


Uilm   oj  Different    Varieties  of  Winter  and   Summer 

Wheat.     A.  Beseler  and  M.    Marcker.     I'.ied    Centr 
16,  400—407. 

Ix  these  experiments  twenty-one  varieties  of  winter 
wheat  and  live  of  summer  wheat  were  cultivated,  as 
nearly  as  possible  under  exactly  similar  conditions  ;  th. 
yields,  quality,  etc.,  were  noted,  and  other  properties  of 
the  products  were  investigated.  Tables  of  the  results  in 
detail  are  given,  from  which  the  following  conclusions 
are  drawn :  -Large  grain  wheat  generally  contains  a 
lower  proportion  of  gluten  than  small  "grain.  The 
swelling  power  of  gluten  is  greatest  in  those  cases  where 
the  amount  of  the  gluten-nitrogen  is  in  the  greatest  excess 
above  that  of  the  non-gluten  nitrogen.  It  does  not  follow 
that  llourriehest  in  gluten  isneeessarily  that  containing  the 
largest  proportion  of  its  total  nitrogen  in  form  of  gluten- 
nitrogen.  As  regards  baking  qualities,  on  the  average, 
summer  wheat  as  compared  with  winter  wheat  contains 
more  gluten  ;  the  swelling  power  of  its  gluten,  both 
relative  and  absolute,  is  greater  and  the  paste  made 
from  it  is  lighter,  although  there  are  varieties  of  winter 
wheat  which  produce  lighter  paste  than  some  summer 
wheats.  Bearded  rivetts  yielded  the  worst  baking  Hour, 
although  some  non-bearded  coarse  white  wheat  proved 
good  in  the  bakery.  There  is  no  regular  relationship 
between  baking  qualities  and  either' the  quantity  of 
gluten  or  the  swelling  power  of  the  gluten  contained  in  a 
Hour  ;  hence  these  factors  alone  are  insufficient  to 
determine  the  bread-making  value  of  Hour.  The 
behaviour  of  these  flours  when  mixed  was  not  in- 
vestigated. — D.  A.  L. 


Agricultural  Value  of  Different  Varieties  of  Oats     O 

Beseler  and  M.  .Marcker.     Bied.  Centr.  16,  4ii7 4S4.  ' 

SIXTEEN  varieties  of  oats  were  cultivated,  under  similar 
condition-,  on  a  warm  humus  loamy  soil  :  their  various 
valuable  qualities  were  compared  and  estimated  and 
from  the  .lata  obtained  the  following  conclusion's  are 
drawn,  which,  of  course,  apply  in  main  to  the  particular 
varieties  and  conditions  of  the  experiments  :— The  best 
yielding  varieties  were  Beseler's  oats  and  oats  of  Swedish 
origin.  Early  maturing  varieties  yielded  smaller  crops 
than  those  varieties  maturing  later;  the  Duppauer 
variety  was  an  exception,  but  it  far  exceeded  all  other 
early  varieties  in  yield  of  grain.  The  amount  of  yield 
trom  the  same  variety  in  dirt'erent  years  does  not  depend 
directly  on  the  length  of  the  period  of  vegetation.  The 
beat  yielding  varieties  have  not  only  the  largest  "rain- 
but  also  the  greatest  number  of  grains  to  the  ear"  The 
weight  per  hectolitre  varied  from  408  to  50'1  kilos  in 
tlu    ditl'erent    varieties,   the   smallest    grained    baring, 


as  a  rule,  the  smallest  weight  per  hectolitre.  The 
amount  of  hu.-ks  in  (he  different  sorts  of  oat-  varied 
from  22-8  to  •_'!!  !i  per  cent:  the  richest  in  albu- 
minoids having  the  largest  proportion  of  husk  ;  whereas 
the  grain  poor  in  albuminoids  had  a  larger  pro- 
portion of  its  protein  in  the  husk  than  grain  rich 
in  albuminoids.  Only  4o  per  cent,  of  the  nitrogen 
of  the  oats  was  contained  in  the  husk  ,  and  on  an  average 
only  5*3  per  cent,  of  the  total  nitrogen  was  non-albu- 
minoid. The  absolute  germinating  power  was  about  the 
same  in  all  the  varieties,  but  the  energy  of  germination 
differed  considerably,  generally  being  least  in  those  grains 
containing  most  albuminoids  ;  these  were  frequently  the 
smaller  grains  which  were  generally  richer  in  albuminoids 
than  the  larger  grained  varieties  of  oats,  but  all  small 
grain  oats  are  not  rich  in  albuminoids.  In  the  varieties 
cultivated,  richness  in  albuminoids  did  not  accompany 
abundance  in  crop-yield,  in  fact,  the  varieties  yielding 
the  smaller  crops  were  in  many  cases  characterised  by  a 
high  percentage  of  albuminoids.  The  early  varieties  had 
a  higher  percentage  of  albuminoids  than  the  late  varieties, 
but  the  latter  yielded  the  larger  quantity  of  albuminoids 
per  acre.  In  many  cases  richness  in  albuminoids  was 
associated  with  a  low  percentage  of  fat,  but  there  were 
several  exceptions  to  this.  During  the  season  1880  seeds 
poor  in  albuminoids  also  yielded  crops  poor  in  albu- 
minoids. By  Stutzer's  method,  94  per  cent,  of  the 
nitrogenous  matter  of  the  oats  was  found  digestible,  an 
amount  greatly  in  excess  of  any  results  obtained  by 
direct  experiments  with  animals.  The  amount  of  nutri- 
tive matter  produced  per  acre  differs  very  greatly  in  the 
various  kinds  of  oats  ;  and  from  a  financial  point  of  view 
for  every  £5  value  of  nutritious  matter  obtained  from 
the  lowest  yielding  variety,  a  value  of  £0  10s.  was  got 
from  the  highest  yielding  variety.  Hence  showing  the 
importance,  in  fanning,  of  selecting  a  variety  of  oat 
suitable  to  the  surrounding  conditions.— D.  A.  L. 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 

Decomposition  of  Cane  Sugar  by  Boiling  with  Lime.    W. 
Niedsclag.    Deutsche  Zucker  Ind.  1887,  159—100. 

In  reference  to  the  so-called  "  undeterminable  loss"  of 
sugar  during  its  extraction  from  sugar-beet,  the  author 
shows  experimentally  the  decomposition  of  sugar  by 
•  •oiling  with  lime.  On  boiling  with  lime,  250grnis.  of 
cane  sugar  were  almost  entirely  decomposed  at  the  end 
of  twenty-one  days,  forming  an  amorphous  calcium  salt. 
Heating  cane  sugar  for  seventy-two  hours  with  lime, 
strontia  and  baryta,  respectively,  caused  a  loss  of  sugar 
and  more  especially  of  the  crystallisable  portions :  the 
baryta  was  most  energetic  in  its  action. — D.  A.  L." 


A  Carbohydrate  contained  in  Acorns.    C.  Vincent  and 
Delachanal.     Tempt,  [tend.  104,  1856. 

AFTER  isolating  quercite  from  acorns  by  further  concen- 
trating the  extract  after  the  removal  of  the  potassium  and 
calcium  salts  as  sulphates  by  concentration  and  addition 
of  alcohol,  the  author  found  that  after  a  good  yield  of 
quercite  had  been  obtained,  the  mother  liquor  yielded 
a  small  quantity  of  large  transparent  crystals.  These 
formed  hexagonal  prisms,  contained  water  of  crystalli- 
sation and  effloresced  in  the  air.  The  substance  i-  a 
bexatomic  alcohol  and  has  the  formula  C«H  (OH)  , 
isomeric  therefore  with  iuosite,  from  which  however  it 
is  distinguishes  by  its  crystalline  form  and  physical 
properties.  It  melts  at  342°  (inosite  at  '217'-'i,  its  hex- 
acetyl  derivative  at  301°  (that  of  inosite  at  •21•2'•,)  and 
dissolves  in  00  parts  of  water  at  15°.  The  author 
suggest-  the  name  Quercin  for  this  new  body. 

-('.  A.  K. 


On  the  Storage  of  Diffusion  Residues  of  the  Sugar  Works, 
unit  Experiments  on  the  Loss  resulting  from  the  same. 
K.  Miiller.  Hildesheim.  land-u-for-tw.-  \  erein-bl. 
18S7,  1. 

SATISFACTORY  results   have   accrued   from   the   appli- 
cation of  Fry's  sweet  ensilage  system  to  the  residues  of 


Oct.  si,  188:.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


nco 


the  diffusion  process  :  these  should  be  mixed  with  thin 
milk  of  lime,  pressed  in  a  Klnsemann  mess  and  packed 
closely    (now  containing  20—30  per  cent,   oi  dry  sub- 

stance)  in  the  silo.  The  silo  consists  of  a  deep 
pit  with  steep,  cement-covered  walls,  covered  air- 
tight with  rooting  felt  or  similar  material  and  so 
weighted  with  bricks  that  the  ensilage  matter  is  sub- 
jected to  a  pressure  of  ">(>kilos.  per  square  foot.  The 
pit  may  be  opened  after  live  months  and  the  contents 
used  as  fodder.  In  an  experiment  recently  made.  90 
kilos  of  the  shavings  had  lost  but  1  kilo,  in  five  months 
and  were  then  eagerly  eaten  by  the  cattle. 

*  -W.  G.  M. 


Direct  Extraction  of  Sugar  by  means  of  Alcohol.     Zeits. 

f.  Zucker  Ind.  1887,  371. 

HeRZFELD  has  tested  Trobach's  patented  method  (see 
this  Journal,  1884,  376),  and  finds  it  to  possess  the 
followingad  vantages  : — The  direct  production  of  relinable 
sugar,  the  concentration  of  nearly  all  the  nitrogen  in 
the  molasses  and  the  use  of  the  shavings  as  a  fodder. 
But  the  consumption  and  loss  of  alcohol  by  distillation 
and  frequent  rectification  are  so  great  as  to  utterly  pre- 
clude the  practical  use  of  the  process.  Moreover,  the 
purity  of  the  alcoholic  product  is  but  little  higher  (3 
per  cent.)  than  that  resulting  from  the  use  of  water. 

— W.  G.  M. 


.S024grms.  of  sugar  in  ."»0cc,  with  5cc.  concentrated  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  heating  ten  minutes  at  68  <  ,  then 
diluting  to  lOOcc,  found  32  instead  of  34°,  but  on  using 
the  same  quantities  as  employed  by  Clerget  they  also 
were  able  to  confirm  his  number. — D.  A.  L. 


Improvement  of  the  Press  Method. 
1SS7.  203. 


Hull.   Soc.  C'hini 


BOYBR  has  found  that  the  impurities  carried  into  the 
sap.  when  beet  pulp  is  heated  to  70 — 80°  before  pressing, 
could  be  retained  in  the  pulp,  not  by  calcium  bisulphite, 
but  by  a  small  addition  of  lime  l<>'2  litres  of  milk  of 
lime  of  20°  per  100  litres  of  water). —  W.  »i.  M. 


Extraction  of  Saltpetre  from  the  Suits  fro,,,  Sugar-beet 
Molasses  in  trance.     Bied.  Centr.  16.  485    4SI>- 

WHEN  sugar-beets  are  heavily  dressed  with  nitrogenous 
manures,  nitrates  are  found  in  abundance,  both  in  their 
juice  and  in  the  molasses  obtained  from  such  juice. 
Some  molasses  of  this  description  on  dialysing  yielded 
a  dialysate,  which  on  evaporation  deposited  a  crystalline 
mass  of  the  following  composition: — KNOj,  48'90; 
KC1,  34  70:  KsS04,  187;  sugar  and  organic  matter, 
7  96:  insoluble,  0'92  ;  water,  o  95  per  cent.  resp.  By 
dissolving  this  mixture  in  hot  water  and  cooling  to  70  I  '., 
when  the  gravity  equals  3S=  B.,  the  potassium  chloride 
crystallises  and  the  liquid  is  easily  removed.  On  further 
cooling  the  nitre  is  deposited  and  by  simple  digestion  in 
a  solution  of  nitre  and  whizzing,  may  he  purified  to  a 
fineness  of  90  to  9S  per  cent.— D.  A.  L. 


The  Quantity  of  Juice  and  Marc  in  abnormal  Sugar  Beet. 
G.  v.  Lippmann.     Hied.  Centr.  16.  449. 

It  is  frequently  asserted  that  sugar-beets  are  poor  in 
juice  when  they  yield  their  juice  and  diffuse  with 
difficulty.  The  author,  however,  in  common  with  some 
other  investigators,  finds  these  abnormal  beets  contain 
the  ordinary  amount  of  juice,  94 — 5K5  per  cent,  (see  this 
Journal,  1887,  44-3).  The  difficulty  in  diffusing  them 
(due  to  the  peculiar  swelling  of  the  pulp-portions)  may 
be  removed  by  using  slightly  alkaline  water  for  the 
extraction  or  by  treating  the  sections  with  milk  of  lime. 
It  is  shown,  moreover,  that  the  mode  of  extraction 
inlluences  results  in  analysis  ;  thus  by  the  use  of  hot 
or  cold  water,  of  weak  or  strong  alcohol  or  methyl 
alcohol,  etc.,  a  difference  of  over  1  per  cent,  in  the 
quantity  of    marc  was  obtained. — D.  A.  L. 


Estimation  of  Raffinose.     R.  Creydt  and  ('.   Scheibler. 

Hied.  Centr.  16,  4S7     4ss. 

Creydt  is  perfecting  a  method  for  the  estimation  of 
raffinose.  Scheibler,  taking  advantage  of  the  solubility 
of  raffinose  in  methyl  alcohol,  has  the  following  method 
for  estimating  it  in  spike  sugar: — The  sugar  under 
examination  is  digested  with  a  saturated  solution  of 
sugar  in  methyl  alcohol  in  which  the  polarisation  has 
been  previously  determined.  If  the  sugar  is  pure  no 
change  is  observed ;  on  the  other  hand,  raffinose,  if 
preseut,  dissolves  and  increases  the  polarisation  of  the 
solution.  Inversion  methods  are,  however,  of  greatest 
importance  and  wherever  iu  question  should  be  set 
right.  Clerget  found  when  cane  sugar  is  polarised,  then 
inverted  by  heating  with  acid  and  again  polarised,  that 
for  every  100  of  original  right-handed  rotation  at  20=  C, 
34°  of  left-handed  appeared  ;  this  was  confirmed  by 
Tuchschmidt.      Creydt,  aud  also  Wolff,  working  with 


XVL-BBEwINe,  WIKES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  or  appertaining  to  Compounds  applic- 
able for  i hi  Manufacture  therefrom  if  Ale,  Stunt, 
Porter,  Lager  and  other  like  Liquors;  and  in 
Apparatus  for  making  said  Compounds.  E.  Manbre, 
Garston.     Eng.  Pat.  12,291,  Sept.  28,  1886.     Sd. 

A  WORT  is  prepared  in  the  usual  manner  and  when  all 
the  starch  has  been  converted,  it  is  heated  under  a 
pressure  of  60fb.  to  901b.  with  a  small  quantity  of  alkali 
in  order  to  free  it  fiom  oil,  nitrogenous  matters  and 
easily  volatilised  salts  and  acids.  An  extract  of  hops  is 
then  prepared  by  boiling  hops  in  distilled  water  under  a 
high  pressure  and  temperature.  The  two  solutions  are 
then  mixed,  concentrated  and  used  for  the  above 
purposes  in  this  state.  A  drawing  of  the  apparatus 
employed  accompanies  the  specification. — G.  H.  M. 


Improvements  in  or  applicable  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Grape  Wines.  W.  Wild,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  10,108, 
July  19,  1SS7.     4d. 

This  embraces  the  preparation  of  a  pure  grape-must  by 
the  concentration  in  vacuo  of  fresh  grapes.  Uufermented 
and  fermented  still  and  sparkling  grape  wines  can  be 
prepared  from  this  concentrated  must  by  dilution  with 
water  and  aeration  with  carbonic  acid  gas  or  by  feiuien- 
talion,  as  the  case  may  be.  — G.  H.  M. 


An  Improved  Mode  of,  and  Apparatus  for,  iJistilliug 
and  Maturing  Alcohols.  J.  Wallace,  London.  Eng. 
Pat  7190,  May  17,  1887.     8d. 

The  object  of  the  apparatus  described  in  this  specifica- 
tion is  the  production  of  alcohol  free  from  fusel  oil  and 
acetic  acid,  the  absence  of  which  is  the  characteristic  of 
spirit  which  has  been  "  aged,"  and  an  increased  yield 
from  a  given  qu  intity  of  grain,  which  the  patentee 
states  amounts  to  about  10  per  cent.  A  is  the  wash 
charger  feeding  the  wash  continuously  through  the 
heater  C,  kept  full  of  spent  wash,  to  the  still  column  H. 
The  lower  part  of  the  still  column  is  formed  into  a 
boiler  a,  heated  by  a  steam  coil  lying  between  the 
convolute  partitions,  b,  b,  b,  are  the  distilling  trays, 
each  consisting  of  an  annular  space  connected  to  the  next 
tray  lower  by  overflow  pipes  b' ;  Cisa  battle  preventing  the 
steam  and  vapour  from  passing  through  the  centre  of  the 
still  without  passing  through  the  wash  on  the  trays  b. 
d,  d,  d,  are  the  rectifiers  charged  at  the  beginning  of  an 


670 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       lOct.  3i,  issl 


operation  with  cold  water  ;  they  communicate  with  each 
other  by  an  overflow  pipe,  anil  compel  the  vapours  to 
follow  a  circuitous  path.  The  fusel  oil  condensing  on 
the  rectifiers  finds  its  way  to  the  rings  6'  at  the  lower 
part  of  the  still  and  out  by  the  pipe  rf'.  I)  is  the 
condenser  in  which  the  rectified  and  pure  spirit  is  finally 
condensed,  after  passing  through  a  baffle  plate-box  e,  e,  e, 
which  removes  the  last  traces  of  fusel  oil.  The  condensing 
water  is  supplied  to  D  from  an  overhead  cistern,  through 


preserving  butter.  Aiter  bavins  enumerated  the  causes 
which  led  last  year  to  the  lowering  of  the  prices  of  dairy 
produce,  and  especially  of  butter,  he  dwells  upon  the  un- 
fortunate results  of  the  over-production  of  this  article, 
and  on  its  falsification  by  means  of  oleomargarine.  He 
has  discovered  a  way  of  preserving  butter,  without  altera- 
tion, for  a  long  period,  so  that  it  can  be  imported  into 
countries  the  climate  of  which  does  not  permit  it  to  be 
made  there.     The  process  has  been  subjected  to  practical 


a  regulating  valve  /.-  the  quantity  of  water  supplied  to 
this  vessel  regulates  the  purity  or  "  age  "  of  the  finished 
spirit.—  C.  C.    H. 

XVII.  —  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS.  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY.  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

[A]  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

New  Method  of  Preserving  Butter.     Board  of  Trade 

Journal,  Sept.  18S7. 
Thb  French  MoniUur  Induttriel  states  that  At.  Pierre 
Groefils,  of  Yervier,  has  communicated  to  the  "Soeictc 
d'Encourageiuent  de  Yervier  "  a  note  on  his  process  for 


experiments  for  more  than  six  months.  M.  Grosfils 
describes  the  various  phases  of  his  research  as  follows  : 
He  first  mingled  Ignn.  of  salicylic  acid  with  1  kilo, 
of  butter,  but  after  some  weeks  the  product  had 
altered.  He  thought  that  the  cessation  of  the  antiseptic 
action  of  the  acid  was  due  to  its  crystallisation  in  the 
non-liquid  substances  which  were  mingled  with  it. 
After  numerous  experiments,  ho  found  that  lactic  acid 
prevents  this  crystallisation.  This  acid  is,  in  fact,  a 
good  solvent  for  salicylic  acid  -.  it  has  the  advantage  of 
being  hygroscopic,  of  possessing  antiseptic  power,  and, 
finally,  "of  being  nninjurious  in  food. 

The  lirst  result  of  the  discovery   of  M.  Grosfils  was 
to   be   able  to   diminish  the   amount  of  salicylic  acid 


Oct. si,  1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


671 


used  to  preserve  t lie  butter.  [nstead  of  mixing  lgrm. 
of  acid  per  kilo.,  lie  put  tlie  butter  in  a  liquid  cou- 
taining  "05  per  cent,  of  salicylic  acid  and  3  per  cent,  of 
lactic  acid.  He  successively  divided  the  Balicylic  acid 
into  still  smaller  doses,  until  at  last  be  bad  the  proportion 
of  lgrm.  of  aeiil  to  5000  parts  of  water.  The  final  com- 
position consisted  then  of  !IS  parts  water,  two  parts  luetic 
acid,  and  0'0002  of  salicylic  acid.  This  composition 
allows  of  the  indefinite  preservation  of  butter  of  good 
uuality,  even  at  a  high  temperature  ami  in  lmt  countiies. 
If  the  butter  has  already  undergone  some  alteration,  a 
stronger  dose  must  be  used. 

But  the  author  points  to  the  following  fact  : — The 
lactic  acid  contained  in  the  antiseptic  liquid  in  doses 
stronger  than  2  per  cent,  gives  the  product  a  taste  which, 
without  being  offensive,  is  a  little  too  sour  to  leave  the 
article  saleable.  In  such  case  the  butter  should  be 
washed  with  water,  or  better  still  with  scalded  milk,  to 
which  a  little  carbonate  of  so.la  has  been  added  to  prevent 
any  coagulation  of  the  casein.  This  washing  will  not  only 
remove  the  lactic  acid  and  its  taste,  but  also  the  salicylic 
acid  in  solution,  to  such  a  degree  that  what  remains  will 
be  imperceptible. 

The  process  is  stated  to  be  most  economical,  as  the 
antiseptic  liquid  will  serve  indefinitely,  being  unalterable. 
Care  must  be  taken  each  ti  tie  to  use  the  same  quantity 
of  butter. 

The  preparation  of  a  kilo,  of  butter  by  means  of  this 
process,  it  is  stated,  will  not  cost  more  than  one  or  two 
centimes. — C.  (i.  C. 


Examination  of  Milk.     It.  Kibbling.     Rep.  Anal.  ('hem. 
7,  517— 523. 

This  paper  contains  a  detailed  description  of  the  methods 
adopted  for  testing  once  a  month,  both  morning  and 
evening,  an  average  sample  of  the  milk  yielded  by  about 
17  cows  at  a  dairy  for  "  nursery  milk."  In  order  that 
the  quality  of  the  milk  might  be  as  uniform  as  possible 
throughout  the  year,  dry  food  only  was  used,  the  nature 
and  quantity  of  which  is  also  fully  described. 

The  average  composition  of  the  milk,  tested  monthly 
from  January  to  December,  lSSo',  was  :  — 


Evening. 

Morning. 

Fat     

3  00 
3  9G 
0  72 
i-43 
87-89 

2-81 

3-92 

Ash    

072 
88-13 

Sp.  gr.  at  ITS' 

100  00 
10325 

100-00 
T0307 

All  the  monthly  analyses  are  published  in  full.  The 
milk  and  cream  obtained  were  quite  white,  but  experi- 
ments showed  that  these  became  yellow  again  if  green 
food  was  provided. — E.  E.  B. 


New  Researches  on  the  Behaviour  of  Proleids  when  treated 
with  Digestive  Fermtnts,  A.  Stutzer.  Zeits.  f. 
Physiol.  Chemie,  1887,  529. 

From  the  newer  researches  of  the  author (Ghem.  Zeit.  Sep. 

11,  515)  it  appears  that  peptic  digestion  is  best  effected  by 
warming  lgrm.  of  the  substance  under  examination  for  12 
hours  with  a  pepsin  solution  containing  02  percent,  of 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  quantity  of  the  latter  solution  to 
be  employed  will  depend  upon  the  percentage  of  total 
nitrogen  in  the  proteid— viz.,  ICOcc,  for  bodies  with  less 
than  5  per  cent.  ofN,  200cc.  for  those  with  5— 10  per  cent., 
and  400cc.  for  those  holding  more  than  10  i  er  cent. 
When  more  than  lgim.  of  substance  is  used,  the  amount 
of  pepsin  is  proportionately  increased.  A  solution  with 
1  per  cent,   of  HC1  will  dissolve  a  somewhat  greater 


quantity  of  nitrogen  than  one  with  0  2  per  .cut.  By 
successive  treatment  with  acid  pepsin  solution  anil 
alkalinepancreaticfluidjtheamountof  undigested  nitrogen 
remained  almost  identical,  whether  the  former  contained 
0'2  percent,  or  1  per  cent,  of  HO.  The  pancreatic  fluid, 
made  according  to  the  author's  directions,  acts  moie 
readily  in  dilute  alkaline  solution  than  when  neutral; 
but  a  slightly  greater  or  less  quantity  of  sodium  carbon- 
ate is  a  matter  of  indifference.  The  dried  pancreatic 
preparations  of  commerce  simply  dissolved  in  water  are 
able  to  dissolve  more  protein  than  when  025  per  cent,  of 
sodium  carbonate  is  present. — W.  G.  M. 


Improve  un  nts  in  or  applicable  to  Packages/or  Canning 
or  Preserving  Articles  used  as  Food,  or  in  Plates 
applicable    for  the  Manufacture  of  the  same.      W, 

Powell,   Liverpool.     Eng.   Pat.   9932,  Aug.   21,   18S5. 
lid.     Amended  specification. 

Tut:  title  and  body  of  this  specification  were  amended 
duly  2,  1887.  Tin  plate,  sheet-iron,  steel  or  other  thin 
metallic  sheet,  is  coated  with  mucilage  or  cement,  ren- 
dered antiseptic  by  salicylic  acid  ;  a  sheet  of  papier 
m&chi  or  paper  is  applied  thereto,  parsed  through  rolls 
and  dried.  The  paper  prevents  injury  to  the  contents  of 
'■  tinned  "  packages  by  contact  with  the  metal. 

C.  C.  H. 


(B)  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Notes  on  Crude  Carbolic  Acid  anil  its  Substitutes. 
Alfred  H.  Allen.  A  paper  read  before  the  British 
Association.     Brit,  and  Col.  Drug.  1887,^364. 

A  VARIETY  of  substances  has  been  employed  and  patenttd 
asbasesfor  themanufacture  of  carbolic  powders.  Tims,  the 
oldest  preparation  of  this  kind  is  made  by  adding  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  crude  carbolic  acid  to  a  crude  sulphite 
of  calcium, prepared  by  passing  sulphurous  acid  gas  over 
ignited  limestone.  Sulphurous  acid  is  introduced  into 
other  powders  by  the  direct  addition  of  a  solution  of 
calcium  bisulphite,  and  the  use  of  other  sulphites  has 
also  been  patented.  Carbolic  and  other  powders  are  made 
by  adding  carbolic  acid  to  silica  in  various  forms,  to  peat, 
spent  gas  lime,  etc.  A  mixture  of  bleaching  powder 
and  carbolic  acid  has  also  been  employed.  Soluble  salts 
have  been  used  as  absorbents  of  carbolic  acid,  the 
resultant  powder  being  more  readily  removed  and  less 
likely  to  choke  up  drain  pipes  than  the  preparations 
commonly  employed.  "  Borophenol,"  a  similar  prepara- 
tion, is  made  by  absorbing  carbolic  acid  in  dried  borax. 

Although  the  term  carbolic  acid  has  been  extended 
commercially  so  as  to  include  products  consisting  chiefly 
of  cresylic  acid  and  still  higher  homologues  of  phenol,  it 
appears  a  straining  of  its  legitimate  signification  to  apply 
it  to  products  from  which  the  real  carbolic  acid  has  been 
previously  extracted.  This,  however,  is  sometimes 
done,  but  the  matter  becomes  more  serious  when  the 
article  is  purposely  mixed  with  neutral  tar-oils  or  other 
hydrocarbons  of  little  direct  value  as  antiseptics  ;  and 
this  has  been  done  to  the  extent  of  fully  50  per  cent. 

Another  practice  which  is  increasing  is  the  complete  or 
partial  replacement  of  carbolic  or  cresylic  acid  from  coal- 
tar  by  the  mixture  of  crude  phencloid  bodies  obtained 
from  the  tar  or  oil  produced  by  condensing  the  waste 
gases  from  coke-ovens  or  blast  furnaces  burning  bitu- 
minous coal.  "Blastfurnace  creosote  oil"  is  now  pro- 
duced in  enormous  quantities  in  Scotland,  and  has 
already  found  an  extensive  application  for  creosoting 
timber,  for  producing  the  "  lucigen  "  light,  and  as  a 
liquid  fuel.  It  contains  from  20  to  35  per  cent,  of 
phenoloid  bodies  soluble  in  caustic  ^otla,  as  against  5  to 
10  per  cent,  in  coal-tar  creosote  oil  of  London  make 
(Newcastle  coal). 

Here  there  is  a  cheap  and  abundant  source  of 
phenoloid  bodies,  but  it  is  evident  that  the  unacknow- 
ledged substitution  of  them  for  coal-tar  adds  is  objec- 
tionable, even  assuming  them  to  be  comparable  to  the 
latter  in  antiseptic  value. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  phenoloid  bodies  extracted  by 
caustic  soda  from  blast-furnace  creosote  oil  is  chiefly  due 

D 


672 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Oct. si.  1887. 


to  the  researches  made  by  Watson  Smith.  He  found 
a  sample  of  phenoloids,  extracted  from  Gartsherrie  tar, 
to  contain  only  1 '33  per  cent,  of  real  phenol  boiling  at 

ivj  c,  whereas  the  tar  acids  from  Lancashire  coal-tars 
yield  about  63  per  cent,  of  crystallisable  carbolic  acid. 

The  traction  which  would  contain  t lie  cresols  (cresylic 
acid),  amounted  to  4"5  per  cent,  of  total  phenoloids.  The 
larger  fraction  (19'4  per  cent),  distilling  between  210" 
and  230  ,  he  regarded  as  probably  consisting  mainly 
of  a  mixture  of  the  xylenols,  C. II,  nil.  A  large 
proportion  of  the  phenoloids  distilled  at  a  temperature 
aboi  it  its  nature  requires  further  study.     The 

fraction  distilling  above  360J  gave,  on  treatment  with 
i  and  exposure  to  air,  unstable  colouring  matters, 
which  are  probably  allied  to  the  eupitonic  acid  obtained 
from  wood-tar.  The  tars  obtained  by  condensing  the 
gases  from  gas-producers  and  Jameson's  coke-ovens  con- 
tain phenoloid  bodies  nut  unlike  those  of  blast-furnace 
tar.  Similarly,  the  crude  oil  or  tar  produced  in  Scotland 
by  the  distillation  of  bituminous  shale  yields  to  soda 
phenoloid  bodies  to  the  extent  of  1  or  2  per  cent. 
Creosol  seems  to  be  wholly  absent,  but  on  the  other 
hand,  phlorol  is  present,  as  also  a  ei  nnenol  I  <  'i,,H,  ...<  >H), 
boiling  at  237°  and  two  phenols  isomeric  therewith.  The 
pyrogallic  ethers,  boiling  respectively  at 253°,  265°  and 
285°,  found  by  Hoffmann  in  wood-tar  creosote,  have  also 
been  isolated  from  the  shale  product,  together  with  other 
bodies  of  very  high  boiling  point  which  have  not  yet  been  ! 
fully  examined. 

These  results  show  that  a  similarity  exists  between  the 
phenoloids  of  low  temperature  tars,  whether  they  be  ob- 
tained by  the  distillation  of  wood  or  shale,  or  by  the 
condensation  of  the  gases  from  blast-furnaces,  coke- 
oven-  or  gas-producers.  In  minor  though  important 
points,  differences  exist,  but  they  seem  to  present  a 
greater  resemblance  to  each  other  than  they  do  to  the 
coal-tar  phenols. 

A  well-known  firm  is  now  preparing  an  antiseptic 
from  these  phenoloids  of  blast  furnace  tar.  At  the 
author's  suggestion  they  have  adopted  for  their  product 
the  name  "  Neosote,"  a  word  winch  signifies  "  new  pre- 
server," or  "  new  preservative,"  and  may  serve  to 
suggest  its  similarity  to  creosote.  The  crude  mixture  of 
phenoloid  bodies  obtained  by  treating  blast-furnace 
tar  with  alkalis  is  subjected  to  a  process  of 
further  purification,  which  greatly  improves  it. 
Thus,  the  strong  disagreeable  odour  of  the  crude 
product  is  destroyed  and  the  highly  irritating  and  acrid 
bodies  are  also  removed.  These  objectionable  constitu- 
ents are  probably  identical  with  or  closely  allied  to  the 
ca  rnlignone  of  wood-tar  creosote,  a  single  drop  of  which 
causes  bleeding  when  placed  on  the  tongue. 

"  Neosote,"  freshly  prepared  from  blast-furnace  tar,  is 
almost  as  colourless  as  water  but  it  acquires  a  sherry 
colour  by  keeping.  Experiments  made  to  test  its 
antiseptic  value  indicate  that  it  is  fully  able  to  com- 
pare with  crude  carbolic  acid,  while  its  caustic  properties 
(when  applied  in  a  concentrated  condition  to  the  skin) 
are  very  much  less  marked  than  those  of  the  coal-tar  pro- 
duct. In  short,  when  properly  purified,  neosote 
[•resents  a  considerable  resemblance  to  wood-tar  creo- 
sote. 


Purification  of  Water.     Ztschr.  f. 
and   599. 


Zucker  Ind.  37.  498 


The    Antiseptic    Properties    of  .some    of  lie    Tim, rim 
pounds.    Wm.  Thomson.     Chem.  News,  56,  132. 

THE  author  finds  that  the  compounds  of  lluorine, 
hydrofluoric  acid,  the  acid  and  neutral  fluorides  of  the 
aikalis.  and  also  their  lluo-ili  ale  s  ale  powerful  antisep- 
tic-, and  possess  besides  the  advantages  of  ben-  non- 
volatile and  nut  destroyed  by  oxidation.  <  if  these  com- 
pounds the  sodium  flnosilicate  seemed  the  best  suited  for 
l he  general  purposes  of  an  antiseptic.  This  salt  is  not 
poisonous,  pi  Bsesses  no  smell,  and  is  Bnaringlj  soluble  in 
water.  Possessing  only  a  -li^ht  saline  taste;  it  may  be 
employed  for  preserving  articles  of  food  without  com- 
municating any  taste  to  i  hem.  As  regards  nsesin  surgery, 
ii  may  be  remarked  thai  a  saturated  aque  uis  solution 
containing  Oiil   per  cent,  of   the  silt  is,  it    is    stated, 

not    irritating    to    wounds,    while   it   | isses   greater 

antiseptic  power  for  animal  tissues  than  one  part  of 
mercuric  chloride  in  1000  of  water.     \V.  s. 


Communications  on  the  purification  of  the  waste wafa  t 
from  sugar  factories  by  Sickel,  Handtmann,  Schattmann, 
Herzfeld  and  Stammer  point  out  that  no  method  yit 
known  is  generally  applicable,  and  that  methods  of 
purification  by  chemical  means  are  objectionable,  since, 
although  they  clear  the  water,  they  do  not  serve  to  re- 
move the  injurious  impurities  (sugar,  gum,  etc.),  for  as 
the  alkalinity  of  the  water  gradually  disappears,  decom- 
position and  fermentation  again  set  in.  Further,  it  is 
stated  the  fish  are  often  not  killed  by  the  organic  im- 
purities of  the  w  ater,  but  by  the  ingredients  introduced  in 
the  purification,  especially  the  large  amount  of  alkali, 
though  the  results  of  the  experiments  on  this  point  are  not 
concordant.  Nevertheless,  purification  by  chemical 
means  is  recommended  where  the  neighbourhood  is 
annoyed  by  rapid  decay  and  fermentation  taking  place 
in  the  polluted  water.  The  authois  consider  such  puri- 
fication sufficient— C.  A.  K. 


Manufacture  oj  itionfor  Softening  and  Purify- 

ing   Water.     11.    1!.   Lipscombe,   London.     Eng.   Pat. 
12,061,  Sept,  22,  1880.     4d. 

Dry  slaked  lime,  40  parts,  is  mixed  with  sodium  car- 
bonate, 50  to  GO  parts,  or  an  equivalent  quantity  of  potas- 
sium carbonate,  phosphate  of  sodium  2  parts  and  one 
part  each  of  potassium  permanganate,  oxide  of  man- 
ganese and  ammonium  carbonate.  The  compound  is 
added  to  the  water  to  be  softened.  "Generally  lib.  of  the 
composition  will  suttice  for  softening  200  gallons  of  water." 
-C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Furnacesfor  the  Desiccation,  Deodorisa- 
tion  and  t  'ombustion  of  A  nimal  and  Vegetable  Math  rs, 
or  Toon's  Refuse.  T.  Ogden,  Burnlev.  Eng.  Pat. 
12.24S,  Sept,  27,  18S6.     lid. 

The  refuse  or  matter  to  be  desiccated  is  placed  in  an 
oven  underneath  the  bars  of  a  furnace  constructed  in  the 
ordinary  manner.  The  products  of  combustion  from  the 
furnace  divide  at  the  farther  end  of  the  furnace  and  are 
carried  by  Hues,  circulating  in  opposite  directions,  round 
the  sides  and  underneath  the  Hoor  of  the  oven,  passing 
from  thence  to  a  shaft.  The  gaseous  products  of  dessica- 
tion  rise  from  the  oven  and  pass  through  the  furnace, 
mingling  with  the  products  of  combustion  ;  they  are  thus 
completely  destroyed.  The  dried  matter  may  be  after- 
wardsfed  into  the  furnace  itself  and  consumed. — C.  C.  II. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Materials  for  use  in 
the  Treatment  of  Sen  age  and  Other  Foul  Liquids,  in 
order  tu  Purify  them,  and  in  the  Method  of  Treating 
them,  and  in  Apparatus  for  Use  in  their  Treatment. 

W.  B.  Hallett,  Goring.     Eng.   Pat,   12.3S2,  Sept.  2!>, 
1880.     8d: 

The  sewage  is  first  rendered  alkaline  and  then  treated 
with  from  4  to  20grs.  per  gallon  of  the  improved  com- 
pound. This  is  prepared  by  grinding  and  mixing  thiee 
parts  by  weight  of  commercial  sulphate  of  alumina  or 
iron,  or  both,  with  two  parts  of  spent  oil  shale,  or  other 
carbonaceous  matter,  or  a  carbonised  mixture  of  clay, 
shale  and  tar.  The  sludge  is  settled  out  in  tajiks  or  in 
the  improved  apparatus  described.  This  apparatus  cou- 
sins ot  a  tall  rectangular  tank  slightly  larger  at  the  bot- 
tom than  at  the  top;  a  centre  diaphragm  divides  one 
side  from  the  other  reaching  nearly  to  the  bottom,  so 
that  the  treated  sewage  passes  down  to  the  bottom  and 
rises  again  before  flowing  ell'  at  the  upper  part.  The 
sludge  collects  at  the  bottom  and  is  removed  by  lifting 
two  large  valves  admitting  it  into  an  outlet  chamber  pro- 
vided with  a  slop  valve.— ('.  C.  II. 

Combining   Disinfectants  tcitfi   Sain   <  R,    I.. 

Bickes,  London.     Eng.  Pat  6209,  April  28, 1887.    4d. 

A  s\ii  rated  solution  of  soda  crystals  is  made  in  water 

,-u  the  boiling  poiflt.     At  the  moment  of  crystallisation, 


cct.3i.iss7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


673 


on  cooling,  a  mixture  of  diamy  lene,  camphene,  menthene, 
terebene,  cvmol  and  thymol,  and  sometimes  phenol,  is 
added.— C.  C.  II. 


XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Porous  Cells  of  Cork.     M.  Stein.     Electrician,  19,  245. 

The  author  -nceeeded  in  making  porous  cells  of  cork, 
which  are  very  light  and  not  easily  broken.  Finely 
powdered  cork  is  made  to  a  paste  with  water  and  a  small 
quantity  of  naphthalene  added,  moulds  are  tilled  with  this 
mixture  and  dried  at  a  low  temperature.  Tin;  presence  of 
naphthalene  is  said  to  prevent  the  formation  of  ^alt- 
crusts  on  the  sides  of  the  cells.  — S.  H. 


The  Electrolytic  Reduction  of  Antimony  with  1. 
the  Sulphur  in  both  Ore  and  Solvent.     \V.  Butchers. 
Chem.  Zeit.  11,  1021—1022. 

The  process  is  based  on  the  electrolytic  separation  of 
the  antimony  from  its  solution  in  a  liquid  containing 
sodium  sulphide,  and  is  really  an  application  on  the 
large  scale  of  the  analytical  method  of  <  ilassen  and 
Ludwig.  Any  antimony  compound  which  is  thus  soluble 
may  be  employed,  the  presence  of  hydro-  or  poly- 
sulphides  being  immaterial.  But  the  ratio  of  sodium  to 
sulphur  should  be  maintained  at  1:1;  for  above  this. 
any  excess  of  the  former  causes  an  increase  in  electrical 
resistance,  of  the  latter  a  separation  of  sulphur.  A 
preponderance  of  Na  S  is  advisable,  as,  although  such 
a  mixture  as  SbjSa-t-  Na,S  +  2NaHO  contains  the  correct 
relation  of  sodium  to  sulphur,  it  is  too  unstable  to  be  of 
practical  use.  Antimonite  is  most  suitable  lor  the  pro- 
cess, very  poor  ores  being  available,  owing  to  the  ready 
solubility  of  the  SbaS,  in  even  dilute  solutions  of 
sodium  sulphide.  After  extracting  by  Na.S  solu- 
tion to  a  giavity  of  12°  B.,  about  three  per  cent. 
(on  the  whole  solution)  of  sodium  chloride  should 
be  added  to  increase  the  conductivity  of  the  liquid.  The 
decomposing  tanks  may  be  of  iron,  and  are  thus  avail- 
able as  cathodes,  to  increase  the  surface  of  which  a 
concentric  lining  in  metallic  connection  with  them  may 
be  used,  the  anodes  being  inserted  between,  but  insu- 
lated from  them. 

The  anodes  are  of  lead,  the  presence  of  the 
sulphur  compounds  in  the  electrolyte  tending  both  to 
hinder  the  solution  of  the  metal  and  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  dioxide.  An  intensity  of  2  to  2j  volts  per 
cell  is  required.  The  deposited  antimony  is  either 
pulverulent  or  in  shining  scales.      It  is  collected  (the 

Eortiou  clinging  to  the  anode  being  detached  by  steel 
rushes),  washed  lirst  with  water  containing  a  little 
Na^S,  NaOH  or  NHS,  then  with  pure  water,  next  in 
water  slightly  acidulated  with  Hl'I,  and  finally  again 
with  pure  water  ;  it  may  then  be  dried  end  fused  with 
glass  of  antimony.  The  depositing  solution  may  after- 
wards be  made  to  yield  the  sodium  chloride  added,  and 
also  sodium  thiosulphate.  In  an  experiment  with  9"62 
kilos,  of  sodium  sulphantiinoniate,  with  O'S  of  sodium 
hydroxide,  2'437  out  of  a  p<  ssible  2'440kilos.  of  antimony 
were  recovered,  the  mother-liquor  consisting  of  2'4kilos. 
of  NaHS,  T2kilos.  of  Na*9Ss  and  1  okilos.  of 
NaaSj03.5HsO.  In  another  trial  with  3'4kilos.  of 
Sb„S.  and  7'2kilos.  of  Na  S  (crystallised)  a  loss  of 
ogrms.  of  antimony  on  2'4kilos.  occurred,  the  residual 
liquid  containing  13kilos.  of  NaHS,  1  okilos.  of 
NaoSj  and  l'6kilos.  of  Na _.S  ,0;.5IL(_>.  The  explana- 
tion of  the  reactions  at  the  anode  and  cathode  respec- 
tively are : — 

SbaSa+3Na2S+6H  =  Sb.,  +  GNaHS 

6NaHS+30  =  3HaO+3NaaSa. 

The  difference  between  this  statement  and  the  actual 
numbers  obtained  from  the  second  experiment  is  (o  be 
ascribed  to  the  imperfect  circulation  of  the  liquiu  in  the 
cell,  whence  a  higher  degree  of  oxidation  of  one  portion 
occurs  before  the  hydiosulphitle  formed  at  the  anode 
can  reach  the  opposite  pole.     In  the  first  experiment  the 


reaction  at  the  anode  is  supposed  to  be: — 2Na3SbS 
-:  2NanII  t  till-Sb,  -JNa>  iv.lis  2HaO.  These 
reactions  are  fully  borne  out  by  the  experimental 
numbers  and  it  would  thus  appear  thai  the  decompo- 
lition  occurs  through  the  electrolysis  oi  3  molecules 
of  water  for  every  2  atom-  of  antimony  in  each  case 

— W.  G.  M. 

The  Change  Produced  in  the  Retort  Carbon  when 
the  Positive  Electrode  in  the  Electrolysis  of  Acids.     H. 
Deb-ray  and  Pechard.     Compt.  Bend.  105,27. 

When  retort  carbon  is  used  in  the  electrolysis  of  acids 
the  positive  electrode  is  always  more  or  less  rapidly 
destroyed  with  the  formation  of  a  black,  finely  divided 
powder.  The  authors  found  the  powder  to  contain 
9 — 10  per  cent,  of  oxygen,  S — 10  per  cent,  of  water  and 
when  nitric  aciil  was  electrolysed,  nitrogen  also.  They 
regard  this  as  a  chemical  rather  than  a  mechanical 
action. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.     \Y.  J.  S.  Barber- 
Starkey,  Bridgnorth.     Eng.  Pat.   8693,  July  2,  L876. 

4d. 

In  those  cells  in  which  plates  of  lead  and  peroxide  of 
lead  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid  are  usually  employed  a  new 
electrolyte  is  used  consisting  of  a  solution  of  bisulphate 
of  sodium  or  a  mixture  of  bisulphate  of  sodium  and 
dilute  sulphuric  acid.  If  the  plates  are  coated  with  a 
white  insoluble  compound,  carbonate  or  bicarbonate  of 
soda,  or  a  mixture  of  both,  is  added  to  the  dilute  acid. 
A  solution  of  sulphate  of  sodium  may  be  used. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in   Secondary    Butteries.       E.  Andreoli. 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  12,595,  Oct.  4,  18SG.     6d. 

To  increase  the  conductivity  of  the  peroxide  plates 
formed  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  8S42,  of  1SSG,  the  inventor 
employs  thin  metallic  conductors  of  any  suitable  shape 
either  in  the  mass  or  on  the  surface.  These  do  not  serve 
as  supports,  but  to  increase  the  discharge  per  plate  and 
to  utilise  more  fully  the  active  material  by  collecting  the 
current  from  all  parts  of  it,  thereby  lessening  the  resis- 
tance. The  conductors  may  be  of  any  material  that  will 
not  be  acted  on  by  the  acid  or  cause  local  action  with  the 
peroxide. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Hut/eric-,:      \V.   W.  Beau- 
mont, London.     Eng.  Pat.  12,818,  Oct.  S,  1SS6.     Sd. 

Pieces  of  active  material  moulded  into  regular  forms 
and  preferably  composed  of  Fitzgerald's  "  Lithanode," 
are  at  ranged  in  regular  or  irregular  order  in  moulds  of 
suitable  torm  for  the  electrodes  and  lead  or  lead  alloy  is 
either  poured  or  forced  into  the  interstices.  This  opera- 
tion is  performed  under  pressure  to  prevent  blow  holes 
forming  and  also  to  force  the  lead  into  every  interstice. 
The  active  material  may  consist  of  a  mixture  of  oxides  of 
lead  or  partly  of  sulphates,  or  sulphites  and  water,  sul- 
phuric acid,  steam,  sulphate  of  ammonia  or  similar 
suitable  materials. — B.  T. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  if  Carbons  for 
Eli  ctricai  and  Other  Purposi  ?.  W.  B.  Johnston,  ( 'lan- 
chattan,  N.B.     Eng.  Pat.  13,648,  Oct.  25, 1886.     Id. 

PAPER  pulp,  which  may  be  that  made  from  textile  or 
other  fibre,  or  from  straw,  wood  or  other  vegetable 
material,  is  moulded  into  the  desired  shape,  subjected 
to  pressure  and  carbonised  in  the  usual  way.  To  give 
greater  cohesion  the  pulp  is  sometimes  mixed  with 
materials  such  as  starch,  sugar  or  tar. — B.  T 


Improvements  in  Obtaining  Gold  from  Refractory  Ores 
or  other  Substanci  ?.  J.  B.  Hannay,  Loch  Long. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,001,  Nov.  2,  1886.     lid. 

The  crushed  ore  is  chlorinated  either  by  electrolytic 
means  or  by  the  injection  of  liquelied  chlorine  ;  but  in 
any   case  t lie  premature  precipitation  of  the  gold    by 

D2 


<;:t 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       lOct.  31 


ferrous  f alts,  produced  in  situ,  is  prevented  bya  solution  i  XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 


of  a  soluble  cyanide  or  solphocyanide  contained  in  an 
inner  porous  compartment,  in  which  is  placed  the  cathode 
of  a  comparatively  feehle  electric  current ;  the  anode 
being  placed  in  the  external  chamber.  The  solution 
should  be  slightly  alkaline  and  therefore  commercial 
potassium  cyanide  may  be  employed. — YA  .  G.  M. 


Itnprovemi  nts  in  Galvanic  Baltt  ries.  T.  Goodman,  Lon- 
don. From  C.  Gassner,  jun..  Mainz,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  lf),S10,  Dec.  22,  L886.  4d. 
Pr0T0XI1>k  of  zinc  is  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  exciting 
salts  and  plaster  powder  of  a  dry  cell  before  water  is 
added.  The  otherwise  heavy  and  hard  mass  becomes 
porous  and  so  facilitates  the  exchange  of  gas  and  lessens 
the  polarisation  and  resistance  of  the  cell.  The  inventor 
uses  two  parts  of  plaster  to  one  of  protoxide.— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Aluminium  and  of 
Alloys  of  Aluminium  and  Copperby  Electro  Deposi- 
tion. C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining,  Man- 
chester.    Eng.  Pat.  2602,  Feb.  19,  18S7.     6d. 

To  a  solution  containing  copper  and  aluminium 
chlorides,  from  which  excess  of  acid  has  been  evaporated, 
sodium  hydroxide  is  added  to  complete  precipiiation  of 
copper  hydroxide  and  re-solution  of  alumina.  16oz.  of 
potassium  cyanide  per  ounce  of  metal  in  solution  is  now 
added,  and'  the  liquid  heated  until  the  copper  is  dis- 
solved. Half  that  quantity  (Soz. )  of  potassium  bicar- 
bonate is  added  and  the  mixture  boiled  for  about  24 
hours.  After  filtration,  if  necessary,  a  small  quantity  of 
hydrocyanic  acid  is  added,  when  the  bath  is  ready  for 
depositing  a  bright  alloy  of  copper  and  aluminium  at  a 
temperature  of  ISO"  F.  and  with  a  platinum  or  alu- 
minium bronze  anode. — W.  G.  M. 


AND  EXTRACTS. 

Occurrence  oj  Methyl  Alcohol  in  th*  Vegetable  Kiia/ilom. 
H.Gutzei't.     Annalen,  240.  243-244. 

It  has  been  shown  by  Maqucnne  (this  Journal,  18SG, 
317)  that  on  distilling  fresh  plants  with  water  the  distill- 
ate contains  methyl  alcohol.  The  latter  may  already 
exist  in  the  plant  or  it  may  be  produced  as  a  decom- 
position product  during  the  process  of  distillation.  The 
author  states  that  the  occurrence  of  alcohol  in  plants  is 
no  novelty.  In  1875  he  discovered  its  presence  in  the 
distillates  from  the  fruits  of  the  following  plants  : — 
Heracleum  giganteum,  Pastitiaca  sativa  L.  and  An- 
thriscus  eerefolium  Hoffm.,  whilst  in  1S79  he  extracted 
ethyl  compounds  from  heracleum  fruits  by  means  of  pure 
ether.  Having  recently  isolated  methyl  alcohol  from 
Acorus  calamus  L.,  in  the  course  of  an  investigation  on 
the  constituents  of  the  rhizome  of  this  plant,  the  author 
concludes  that  methyl  and  ethyl  alcohol  exist  in  a  frie 
state  in  plants. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  Primary  Batteries.     C.   L.  Tweedale, 
Crawshawbooth.    Eng.  Pat,  464S,  March  29,  1SS7.  8d. 

Ix  this  two-fluid  battery  the  positive  element  consists  of 
either  lead,  tin,  copper,  or  alloys  composed  of  these 
metals,  and  is  immersed  in  any  suitable  acid  or 
solution  of  an  acid  salt ;  when  lead  is  employed 
the  be6t  results  are  obtained  from  a  mixture  of 
nitric  and  hydrochloric  acids.  The  negative  element 
consists  of  platinum  or  carbon  and  is  immersed  preferably 
in  dilute  nitro-sulphuric  acid,  but  nitric  alone  or  nitro- 
hydrochloric  acid  may  be  used.  Arrangements  are  made 
for  withdrawing  the  liquids  from  the  two  cells  indepen- 
dently of  one  another. — B.  T. 


Medico-chemical  Notes.  V.Meyer.     Ber.  20,1725—1731. 

1.  The  Stability  of  Sublimate  Solutions — Professor 
Angerer  of  Munich  recommends  the  addition  of  common 
salt  as  a  preventive  against  precipitation  of  sublimate 
solutions  made  without  distilled  water.  The  author 
finds  that  common  salt,  even  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  4, 
has  not  this  property  in  tightly  closed  vessels  and  in 
corked  vessels  it  has  but  a  slight  preservative  action. 
On  the  other  hand  it  has  a  consideiable  preservative 
action  in  open  or  loosely  closed  vessels. 

2.  Physiological  Action  of  Chlorinated  Ethyl  Sul- 
phides. — As  the  author  has  already  shown,  thiodiglvcol- 
chloride  CH.,Cl.CH,.S.CHJ.CH20l  is  a  powerful  poison 
and  produces  terrible  blisters  and  ultimately  necmsis 
when  in  contact  with  the  skin.  The  eflcct  of  the  mono- 
chlorinated  compound  has  been  tried  with  the  following 
result: — A  small  quantity  placed  on  a  rabbit's  car 
produced  inflammation  but  not  so  violent  as  the 
dichloride  ;  after  48  hours  the  inflammation  had  gone 
down.  No  inflammation  below  the  epidermis  occurred. 
Babbits  in  a  confined  space  and  subject  to  the  vapours 
of  the  monocbloride,  died  on  the  fourth  day.  The  acton 
of  the  non-chlorinated  product  is  not  poisonous.  The 
poisonous  action  is  therefore  directly  due  to  the  preset. ce 
of  chlorine — J.  B.  C. 


Improvements  in   Galvanic  Batteries.     J.  Serson  and  J. 

O.  Whitten,  Boston,  U.S.A.     Eng.  l'at.    10,217,  July 

21,  1887.  8d. 
A  CYLINDRICAL  zinc  rests  in  a  circular  channel  in  the 
bottom  of  the  outer  cell  containing  mercury.  The  porous 
cell  contains  a  cylindrical  carbon,  within  which arethree 
small  porous  cells  resting  in  sockets  formed  in  the  base 
of  the  large  porous  cell.  The  latter  contains  water. 
sulphuric  acid,  nitric  acid,  chromic  acid  and  bichromate 
of  potash,  and  of  the  small  porous  cells  the  first  contains 
bichromate  of  potash,  the  second  nitric  acid,  and  the 
third  sulphuric  acid  to  reinforce  the  compound  solution. 
The  outer  cell  contains  a  solution  (1:6)  of  sulphuric  acid. 
The  lid,  which  is  held  on  by  a  cam,  may  nave  india- 
rubber  rings  on  it  to  prevent  spilling  and  mixing  of  the 
liquids.— B.  T. 

XIX.— PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Improvements    in  the  Manufacture  of  Paper  to  render 

same  Antiseptic  and  Germ  Proof.     It.  I).  Sinclair  and 

J.  B.  Brown,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.   12,217,  Sept.  25, 

1886.     4d. 

RUSORCINOL,  prepared  by  fusing  galbanum  resin  with 

potassium  hydrate,  or  from  coal  tar,  is  incorporated  with 


Idealisation  and  Recognition  of  Alkaloids  in  the  Plants 
containing  them.  B.  Krrera.  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Boy. 
de  Phaim.  de  Brux.  31,  217. 

Ai  ONITLNE  is  contained  in  all  parts  of  the  Aeonitvm 
napellus,  though  not  uniformly  diffused.  The  greatest 
amount  is  found  in  the  ovaries  and  in  the  extremity  of 
the  root— the  so-called  vegetation  point.  Considerable 
quantities  are  also  contained  in  the  other  parts  of  the 
root,  the  blossom,  and  the  seeds.  The  reaction  with 
sulphuric  acid  and  sugar  can  also  he  obtained  in  the  case 
of  the  dry  plant,  provided  the  latter  has  been  previously 
softened  by  soaking  in  lukc-warm  water. — W.  S. 


T.  R.  Fraser. 


Notes  on  the  Chemistry  of  Strophanthine 

Fharni.  J.  1SS7,  69. 
The  active  principle  obtained  by  the  anther  from  >tro- 
phanthus  seeds,  some  years  ago,  by  treating  the  alcoholic 
extract  with  ether,  is  found  to  he  resolvable  by  acetate 
of  lead  iuto  at  least  two   bodies,    one    of    which    is    an 
extremely  active  glucosidc  and  the   other  an   acid   for 
which  the  name  Kowbic  acid  is  suggested.     The  follow- 
ing is  an  outline  of  the  process  now  recommended  for  the 
preparation  of  strophanthin  : — The   product  obtained  in 
the  earlier  process   is  dissolved  in   water,  tannic  acid 
added  and  the  tannate  digested  with   recently  precipi- 
.     tated  oxide   of   lead.      This  is  extracted  with  rectified 
the  paper  piilp  in  the  proportion  of  one  to  two  thousand  :    and   proof  spirit,  the   extract   obtained  dissolved  in  a 
oil  of  Eucalyptus  is  sometimes  added.— C.  C.  11.  small  quantity  of  rectified  spirit  and  the  solution  pre- 


Oct.  31, 1887.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


675 


cipitated  by  ether.  The  precipitate  is  finally  dissolved 
in  weak  alcohol  and  carbonic  anhydride  passed  through 
this  solution  for  several  hours,  by  which  means  lead  is 
completely  got  rid  of.  After  filtration,  the  solution  is 
evaporated  at  a  low  temperature  and  dried  in  vacuo  over 
sulphuric  acid.  Strophanthintb.ua  obtained,  is  imper- 
fectly crystallised,  neutral  iii  reaction,  intensely  bitter, 
freely  soluble  in  water,  less  so  in  rectified  spirit  and 
nearly  insoluble  in  ether  and  chloroform.  All  the  mineral 
and  many  organic  acids  resolve  stiophanthin,  even  in  the 
cold,  into  glucose  and  a  body  which  the  author  names 
strophanthidin. — W.  E. 

Tests  for  some  Pharmaceutical  Preparations  recommended 
by  the  Committee  of  the  German  Pharmaceutical 
Society.    Arch,  l'liarm.  25, 1353. 

Tartaric  Acid. — The  aqueous  solution  (I:  10)  must 
not  be_  altered  by  calcium  sulphate,  sulphuretted  hy- 
drogen or  ammonium  sulphide.  Barium  nitrate  and 
ammonium  oxalate  must  not  produce  an  immediate  tur- 
bidity Lard. — It  should  be  white  and  nearly  without 
smell.  A  boiled  mixture  of  2  parts  of  lard,  3  parts  of 
caustic  potash  and  2  parts  of  water,  should  remain 
almost  clear  on  the  addition  of  50  parts  of  water  and  10 
parts  of  alcohol.  Sulphuric  Ether. — Mixed  with  fifteen 
times  its  volume  of  water,  it  should  remain  clear.  It 
should  be  kept  protected  from  light,  as  the  influence  of 
the  latter  may  conduce  to  the  formation  of  aldehyde  or 
hydrogen  peroxide.  Acetic  Ether. — It  frequently  con- 
tains butyric  ether  and  amyl-conipounds,  which  are 
detected  by  steeping  filter  paper  in  the  ether  to  be  tested 
and  allowing  the  latter  to  evaporate.  The  paper  must 
not  have  the  characteristic  smell  of  the  foreign  ethers 
towards  the  end  of  the  evaporation.  Codeine.  —  Dried  at 
100° C.  it  should  lose  0  per  cent,  of  its  weight  and  should 
burn  without  residue.  A  solution  of  potassium  ferri- 
cyanide,  to  which  one  drop  of  iron  perchloride  has  been 
added,  must  not  immediately  turn  blue  on  the  addition  of 
an  aqueous  codeine  solution  acidified  with  lcc.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid.  This  test  detects  very  small  quantities  of 
morphia.  Collodium. — It  is  to  be  prepared  by  moistening 
one  part  of  collodium  wool  with 7  parts  of  alcohol,  adding 
42  parts  of  ether  and  shaking  repeatedly.  The  solution 
is  allowed  to  subside  and  the  supernatant  liquoris  drawn 
off.  Iron  Lactate. — On  igniting,  it  should  leave  27  per 
cent,  of  iron  peroxide.  Sugar  is  detected  by  boiling 
30cc.  of  the  solution  (1  :  50),  to  which  3cc.  of  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid  has  been  added,  for  some  minutes  and  adding 
caustic  soda  solution  in  excess.  The  mass  is  filtered  and 
the  filtrate  heated  with  0'lgrm.  of  potassium-sodium  tar- 
trate and  some  drops  of  copper  sulphate  solution  should 
not  give  a  precipitate  of  red  cuprous  oxide.  Iodoform. — It 
is  sometimes  adulterated  with  picric  acid,  which  is  easily 
detected  by  shaking  the  crystals  with  water  and  filtering. 
The  filtrate  should  be  colourless. — S.  H. 


Antvpyrine  an  a  Substitute  for  Morphine  for  Subcutaneous 

Injections.     Germain  See.      Compt.  Rend.  105,  103. 

The  dose  for  subcutaneous  injections  is  0'5grm.  of  anti- 
pyrine  dissolved  in  an  equal  weight  of  water.  The 
injection,  which  is  effected  just  as  in  the  case  of  morphine, 
produces  a  diminution  of  pain  after  first  causing  a  pain 
which  lasts  for  a  few  moments,  and  is  unattended  by  the 
unpleasant  secondary  actions  due  to  morphine.  Antipyrin 
possesses  a  further  healing  power  which  morphine  does 
not,  and  this  in  addition  to  its  antiseptic  action.  The 
author  has  not  met  with  any  cases  in  which  antipyrin 
cannot  be  substituted  for  morphine.  — C.  A.  K. 


dissolving  the  latter  in  a  solution  of  trimethylamine  and 
heating  the  whole  in  a  closed  tube  to  150°,  a  product  re- 
sulted from  which  a  few  drops  of  the  alkaloid  pilocarpi- 
dine  were  extracted  by  ether-alcohol.  The  nicthyliodide 
addition  product  of  pQocarpidine  was  next  prepared  and 
this,  on  oxidisation  with  silver  permanganate  until  all 
tin'  iodine  in  the  methyliodide  had  been  precipitated, 
yielded  pilocarpine,  which  remained  in  solution  and  which 
possessed  all  the  physiological  properties  of  the  natural 
alkaloid.— G.  A.  K. 


On  tiie  Secretion  of  the  Araucaria,      E.    Heckel  and   F. 
Schlagdenhauffen.     Compt.  Rend.  105,  359. 

It  is  usually  supposed  that  the  secretions  of  the  conifene 
consist  of  an  essential  oil  and  a  resinous  substance. 
The  authors'  experience  shows  that  this  is  not  the  case 
for  a  large  number  of  conifera-,  especially  the  araucaria 
group.  Their  secretion  consists  of  resin,  essential  oil 
and  a  pure  gum,  which  turns  the  plane  of  polarisation  to 
the  left,  is  oxidised  by  nitric  acid  to  a  mixture  of  mucic 
and  oxalic  acids  and  contains  traces  of  glucose. — S.  H. 


Phenol-Cocaine.     Yiau.     Nouv.  Reined.  87,  192. 

The  author  recommends  phenol-cocaine  as  a  very 
efficient  local  anaesthetic  in  surgical  dentistry.  It  is  pre- 
pared by  heating  for  a  short  time,  two  parts  of  cocaine 
with  one  part  of  phenol. — S.  H. 


The  Alkaloids  of  the  Coca  Leaves,     O.  Hesse.      Pharni. 
Zeit.  32,  407. 

Stockmann  supposes  the  amorphous  cocaine  to  be  a 
solution  of  cocaine  in  hygrin.  The  author's  results  do 
not  support  this,  although  he  finds  that  hygrin  may  be 
formed  during  the  decomposition  of  one  or  other  of  the 
coca-bases.  The  blue  lluorescence  of  a  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid  solution  of  hygrin  was  the  test  adopted  for  detecting 
its  presence.  The  leaves  were  treated  with  ammonia, 
shaken  with  ether  and  the  ethereal  extract  shaken  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  it  was  found  that  with  fresh, 
unbruised  leaves,  the  acid  solution  did  not  show  any 
lluorescence  at  first,  but  on  standing  the  characteristic 
blue  fluorescence  gradually  appeared,  showing  that  hygrin 
is  a  decomposition  product.  Hygrin  is  precipitated  from 
its  acid  solution  by  ammonia  or  caustic  soda  as  a  basic 
oil  with  a  characteristic  smell. 

The  author  also  separated  an  amorphous  base,  having 
the  same  empirical  formula  as  cocaine  (C,7HglNOi) 
from  a  small  leaved  coca  plant,  to  which  lie  gives  the 
name  Cocamin.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
and  chloroform,  melts  at  SO3  and  is  decomposed  above 
100".— C.  A.   K. 


Coriander  Oil.  It.  Eck.  Pharni.  Zeit.  32,  423. 
FIFTY  KILOS,  of  the  dried  seed  extracted  with  direct 
steam  yield  on  an  average  550grms.  of  rectified  oil.  The 
oil  gives  a  brown-red  colouration  when  mixed  with  a 
drop  of  sulphuric  acid  on  a  watch  glass ;  a  bright  red 
with  nitric  acid,  which  passes  into  lilac  and  blue  on 
warming  ;  and  with  a  drop  of  tincture  of  iodine  a  green 
to  dark  green  colour.  All  these  colorations  are  de- 
stroyed on  adding  alcohol. — C.  A.  K. 


Synthesis  of  Pilocarpine.      Hardy  andCalmels.     Compt. 
Rend.  105,  OS. 

Starting  from  ^-pyridine  ethyiidene  lactic  acid,  the 
authors  prepared  ^-pyridine  a-bromopropionic  acid  by 
treatment  with  I'Br  dissolved  in  carbon  bisulphide. 
The  bromine  substitution  product  was  separated  as  the 
gold  double  salt  C,HS BrNOs.AuBrtH  and  this,  when 
decomposed  in  presence  of  alcohol  by  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen,   yielded    the   free    acid    in    a  syrupy   form.     On 


The    Alkaloid   of  Indian   Hemp.      E.   Jahns.     Arch. 

Pharni.  25,  479. 
THE  alkaloid  supposed  to  exist  in  Indian  hemp  is, 
according  to  the  author,  simply  choline.  It  exists  in 
varying  amounts  from  0  05— 01  per  cent.  Five  kilos, 
of  hemp  were  worked  up,  but  there  was  not  the  least 
indication  of  the  presence  of  any  other  alkaloid. 

— C.  A.  K. 


The  Ethereal  Oil  of  Black  Pepper.     L.  A.   Eberbardt. 

Arch,  l'liarm.  25,  515. 
THE  oil  has  the  characteristic  smell  of  pepper,  is  of  a 
green  colour,  and  at  15   has  a  sp.  gr.  of  0*8735.     It  is  not 
miscible  with  alcohol  (sp.  gr.  0830),  but  mixes  readily 


676 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Oet.3i.  1887. 


on  addition  of  ether.  Subjected  to  fractional  distillation 
it  yields  a  levro-rotatory  terpene  boiling  at  169"5  -  171, 
ami  having  the  Bp.  gr.  0  858  at  20  .  together  with  higher 
boiling  isomers.  The  fractions  up  to  180'  are  colourless, 
but  above  this  temperature  they  are  greenish  to  blue- 
green  ;  above  310"  a  thick  brown  residue  remains  in 
which  the  presence  of  a  phenol  could  not  be  proved. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Ucuhuba,  //if  Seeds  <■/  Myristica  Surinamcnsis.  A. 
Tschirch.    Arch.  Pharm.  25.  Old. 

Fhese  seeds  contain  72-5  percent,  of  fat.  which  is  solid, 
of  a  yellow  colour  and  melts  at  36°.  The  fat  fills  the 
inside  of  the  seeds,  is  in  part  amorphous  and  in  part 
crystalline.  The  seeds,  which  morphologically  resemble 
the  ordinary  musk  seed,  contain  no  starch  but  are 
specially  characterised  by  the  presence  of  large,  regular 
and  well-formed  albumen  crystalloids. — C.  A.  K. 


which  are  in  the  present  publication  shown  to  he 
erroneous,  the  author  succeeded  in  isolating  a  quantity 
of  a  liquid  sufficient  for  identification  as  methj  I  alcohol. 

('.  F.  U. 


Arbutin.  W.  Stoedcr.    Nieuw.  Tijdsch.  Pharm.  Nederl, 
KSS7,  170. 

I'm;  author  obtained  1  T>  percent,  of  arbutin  from  the 
leaves  of  the  strawberry  tree  (arbutus).  He  confirms  the 
formula,  CS5H„0n  and  liuds  that  on  gentle  warming 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  it  is  decomposed  into  sugar, 
quinol  (hydroquiuone)  and  methyl  quinol.— C.  A.  K. 


A  New  American  Vaselin.     R.  Gerstenberger.     Pharm. 

Post.  20,  IK. 
"  S.u.yo  PETROLIA  "  is  the  name  given  to  a  new  vaselin 
which  is  sold  in  two  forms— white  and  light  coloured. 
The  former  possesses  no  smell  at  the  ordinary  tempera- 
ture, melts  at  35  and  after  melting  has  a  slight  smell  of 
petroleum .  Treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  it  soon  becomes 
brown  and  after  ten  minutes' standing,  black.  When 
melted  and  poured  into  a  test  tube  it  assumes  a  dirty 
white  colour  with  a  tinge  of  yellow  on  coolin".  lis 
sp.  gr.Js  0833.— C.  A.  K. 


The  Ethereal  Oils  of  A  llivm  Ursinvtn.     F.  W.  Scnnuler. 

'  Annalcn  241,  149. 
The  author  summarises  the  results  of  his  investigation 
as  follows  :  (1)  The  oil  consists  chiefly  of  vinyl  sulphide, 
containing,  in  addition,  but  in  small  proportion,  a  poly- 
sulphide  of  this  radicle,  a  mercaptan,  and  an  aldehyde. 
(2)  The  crude  oil  treated  with  metallic  potassium  yields 
directly  pure  vinyl  sulphide  of  sp.  gr.  0*9125  anil  boiling 
point  101°,  the  odour  of  which  is  similar  to  and  yet  dis- 
tinct from  that  of  allyl  sulphide.  (3)  The  corresponding 
oxide  (CjHJjO  boils  at  .'it)  :  it  is  obtained  from  the  sul- 
phide by  treatment  with  dry  silver  oxide.  (4)  Moist 
silver  oxide,  on  the  other  hand,  determines  oxidation, 
vinyl  alcohol  is  the  first  product,  and  passing  into  the 
isomeric  acetaldehyde,  the  oxidation  to  acetic  acid  is 
completed.  (5)  Vinyl  sulphide  is  oxidised  by  nitric  acid, 
permanganates  and  chromic  acid,  to  carbonic,  oxalic 
and  sulphuric  acids,  no  sulphones  being  formed.  (G)  The 
sulphide  forms  crystalline  compounds  with  HgCl2, 
PtCl4  and  AgNOs,  according  to  the  following  equations 
respectively  : — 

(7)  2(C,H3):S  +  2HgCl2  = 

2C „ H , CI . HgCl  ( C.H , ).SHgS. 
(S)  3iC2Hs)2S  +  2PtCl)  = 

4C2H-Cl.Pt,ClJ(CJIc)„S.PtS2. 

(9)  (C„H0)„S  +  2AgNO3  =  (C„H,),S.2AgNO3.  ' 

(10)  The  sulphide  absorbs  the  halogens  and  the 
halogen  hydracids.  With  bromine  it  combines  to  form 
the  compound  (C2H3Br2)2SBr2.  (11)  By  the  action  of 
potassium  snlphocyanide  upon  the  mercury  compound  (7) 
vinyl  mustard  oil  is  formed  C.H  NCS. — C.  F.  C. 


The  Fatly  Oil  of  Strophantus  Seeds.    V.  W.   Fischer. 

Pharm.  Post.  20,  4S9. 
In  thin  layers  the  oil  is  of  a  greenish-yellow  colour,  and 
in  thicker  layers  dark  green  with  a  red  fluorescence  by 
reflected  light :  it  is  a  thick  liquid  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  and  possesses  a  narcotic  smell  due  to  the 
presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  an  ethereal  oil.  This 
latter  is  removed  by  distillation  with  steam  and  may  be 
extracted  from  the  aqueous  distillate  by  means  of  ether, 
which  when  distilled  otTleaves  it  behind' asa  colourlessoil 
The  fatty  oil  has  a  sp.  gr.  of  0"9247  at  21"  :  it  is  onlv 
slightly  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol  but  dissolves  readilv 
111  ether  and  chloroform.  Nitric  acid  does  not  dissolve 
ii  but  colours  it  emerald  green  and  on  warming  the 
colour  passes  first  to  brown  and  then  to  yellow.  "  The 
oil  is  readily  saponified  by  caustic  potash,  and  coutains 
92  per  cent,  of  total  fatty  acids.  Kbttstorfer's  test  gave 
as  a  mean  of  two  determinations  1795,  and  Hubl's 
iodine  test  in  two  experiments,  95-3  and  959.  The 
green  colour  of  the  oil  is  due  to  its  containing  chloro- 
phyll.— C.  A.  K.  ° 


Acetphenetidine    as     an     Antipyretic.      E.   Ghillanv. 

Ztschr.  listen-  Apoth.  Ver.  25,  33! i. 
Acetphehetidinb,  prepared  by  Hinsberg,  has  the  for- 
mula i  II  h.u.i  ■  ,11  ,.NH.C  II  u.  It  reduces  the  tem- 
perature gradually  for  4—  0  hours,  when  the  maximum 
reduction  of  2  is  reached.  In  none  of  ."iO  cases  in  which 
it  was  employed  were  any  unpleasant  after  symptoms 
observed.— ('.  A.  K. 


Andromedotoxin,tIie  Poisonous  Principle  of  the  Ericacece, 
H.  G.  de  Zaayer.      Archiv.  f.  Physiol.  40,  4S0. 

PLUGGE  has  shown  that  andromedotoxin  is  not  only  the 
poisonous  principle  of  Andromedas,  but  very  probably 
also  of  all  the  poisonous  cricace-c.  The  author  has 
extracted  this  poison  in  considerable  quantity  from 
Rhododendron  ponticum.  Pure  andromedotoxin  forms 
small  white  crystalline  needles,  which  melt  and  begin  to 
decompose  at  228' — 229'\  It  is  not  altered  by  continued 
heating  at  100°.  It  dissolves  in  alcohol,  chloroform, 
ether  and  benzene,  and  is  three  times  more  soluble  in 
cold  than  in  boiling  water.  When  dissolved  in  water  or 
alcohol  the  solution  is  levro-rotatory,  while  the  chloroform 
solution  turns  the  plane  of  polarisation  to  the  right.  It 
belongs  to  the  indifferent,  non-nitrogenous  bodies ;  its 
solutions  in  indifferent  liquids  have  an  alkaline  reaction 
and  are  not  precipitated  by  any  of  the  general  precipitants 
for  alkaloids.  It  is  fairly  stable,  is  not  decomposed  by 
acetic  acid  on  boiling  and  only  decomposed  bystrongsolu- 
tions  of  oxalic  or  tartaric  acid  after  boiling  for  a  long  time. 
It  is  not  precipitated  from  its  solutions  by  metallic  salts, 
nor  does  it  reduce  Fehling's  solution.  Concentrated  sul- 
phuric acid  dissolves  it  with  a  dark  red-brown  colour. 
When  evaporated  with  dilute  sulphuric,  hydrochloric  or 
phosphoric  acids,  colorations  varying  from  rose-red  to 
violet-red  are  obtained ;  these  reactions  are  all  very 
delicate.  The  author  assigns  the  formula  C>1H,1O10to 
the  pure  substance. — C.  A.  K. 


A. 


Occurrence  of  Methyl  Alcohol  in  th  Calamus-Root 

Geuther.     Annalcn,  240,  109. 
IN   the   course  of  an   investigation   of   this   substance, 
undertaken  asa  reviewofH.  Thorn's  work  [Arch.  Pharm. 

24,  4tJd  ;  also  this  Journal,   1887,   5U0),    the  results   of 


Improvements  in  Means  for  the  Manufacture  or  Pro- 
duction  of  Ozone.  A.  Brin,  London,  and  L.  <{.  Brin, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  11,846,  Sept.  17,  1886.    Sd. 

The  patentees  produce  ozone  commercially  from  air  or 
oxygen  by  causing  electric  sparks  to  pass  between  layers 
or  nia-ses  of  conducting  material  so  disposed  as  to  pre- 
sent a  large  surface.  The  conducting  material  may 
consist  of  granular  plumbago,  iron,  zinc  or  copper  filings, 
or  dust  shot.  Drawings  of  the  apparatus  employed 
accompany  the  specification. — E.  J.  B. 


o  t.3i.  1837.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


67' 


A  Dental  Anodyne  or  Local  Antesthetic  C.  T.  Arnold, 
London.  From  C.  W.  Arnold,  Florida,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat  7061,  May  Is,  1887. 

ChemicajJiY-ptjbe  acetic  acid  is  neutralised  with  ammo- 
nimn  carbonate  and  the  mixture  saturated  with  sali- 
cylic acid.  The  whole  is  then  filtered  and  treated  with 
'•  cocoaine  hydrochloride.''  This  compound  is  used  for 
preventing  or  relieving  the  pain  in  sensitive  dentine 
during  the  process  of  preparing  the  cavity  of  the  tooth 
for  the  purpose  of  filling  it.  It  also  acts  as  disinfectant 
ami  deodoriser  for  preventing  septic  action  and  lesseu- 
iog  the  liability  to  trouble  usually  following  a  dental 
operation. — D.  B. 


XXII.— ANALYTICAL   CHEMISTRY. 

A  New  Extractor,  •  p   tally  suitable  for  Ezperimei 
Researches.     Dr.  R.  Rempel.     Chem.  Zeit.  U,  936. 

Tin;  author,  finding  Soxhlet's  and  Drechsel's  apparatus 
unsatisfactory  for  the  purposes  for  which  he  required 
them,  has  devised  an  extractor  which  may  be  made  of 
size  sufficient  to  treat  lOOgrms.  or  more  of  material  at 
one  operation.      In   the   subjoined  figure,  A  is  the  ex- 


the  bulb  H  is  filled  with  cotton  wool  or  other  filtering 
medium  and  the  matter  to  be  treated  is  placed 
The  vapour  of  the  solvent  passes  from  B,  through  the 
tube  E  and  the  holes  F,  into  the  extractor  A  and  thence 
into  the  condenser,  where  it  becomes  liquefied.  The 
liquid  percolating  through  the  substance  under  ex- 
traction becomes  more  or  less  saturated  and  finds  its 
way  through  the  lower  perforations  in  D  ;  and  a- 
liquid  condenses,  it  gradually  rises  between  the  two 
ntil  the  notch  (i  is  reached,  whence  it  finally 
trickles  down  the  walls  of  the  tube  E  into  the  Hask. 
The  height  of  the  solution  in  the  extractor  may  be  regu- 
lated by  adjusting  the  sliding  tube  E  ;  or,  if  the  mate- 
rial treated  permits  only  a  very  slow  filtration,  tl. 
may  even  be  removed  without  fear.  The  extraction  ended, 
the  vessel  A  is  emptied,  the  tube  E  then  raised  as 
high  as  possible  and  the  liquid  still  left  in  B  distilled 
into  A.  whence  it  is  subsequently  removed.  The  greater 
part  of  the  solvent  is  thus  recovered  without  the  aid  of 
any  special  distilling  arrangement. — W.  ( .'..  M. 


tractor  with  a  lower  bulb  H  ;  it  is  connected  by  corks 
with  an  upright  condenser  C  above  and  with  a  Hask 
B,  to  contain  the  solvent,  beneath.  Within  A  and 
maintained  in  place  by  an  air-tight  cork  on  which  it 
rests,  is  the  tube  D,  which  has  openings  F  above  into 
A  and  also  openings  into  the  bulb  H  of  the  extractor  j 
through  the  cork  is  passed  the  tube  E.  This  innermost 
tube  is  cut  off  at  an  angle  beneath  and  has  a  notch  ( :  at 
the  top  of  the  longest  side.  The  mouth  of  the  con- 
is  closed  by  a  plug  of  cotton  wool.     When  iu  use 


Orsat's  Apparatus.    Chem.  Zeit.  11,  989—990. 

Ix  order  to  allow  the  cupper  spirals  and  capillary  tubes 
in  this  apparatus  to  be  readily  removed  when  required, 
as  well  as  to  facilitate  the  washing  out  of  the  apparatus, 


C.  Heintz  has  fitted  the  vessel  A  with  a  well-ground  and 
air-tight  stopper,  thus  avoiding  the  renewal  of  the  vessel 
due  to  the  spirals  getting  burned  or  to  the  breaking  of 
the  capillary  tubes. — C.  A.  K. 


A    Practical    Thermostat.      L.   Itugheiiuer.      Ber.   20- 
1280—1284. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  glass  tube  a  with  thick 
walls  (see  figure)  to  which  a  side  tube  /<  is  attached  and 
also  a  narrower  U-tube  6  opening  into  a  wider  tube  r. 


The  latter  terminates  on  one  side  in  a  tube  and  simple 
glass  stop-cock  <',  on  the  other  side  in  a  narrow  thick- 
walled  tube  t  with  a  knee-shaped  bend.  The  tube  ;(  is 
fixed  iu  a  by  means  of  a  cork  and  is  drawn  out  towards 
f  and  cut  oil'  at  an  angle.      The  tube  a  is   also   per- 

'  forated  at  i.  The  mercury'  placed  iu  h  is  just  in  contact 
with  the  open  end  of  f.  When  the  gas  tap  is  open,  gas 
passes  through  g and/ and  then  through /'  to  the  heating 

I  apparatus.  If  the  tap  d  is  now  closed  and  the  temperature 


678 


THE  .101  I'NAI.  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      [on. 31, 188?. 


of  the  air  bath  raised,  t  ho  mercury  will  rise  and  [partly  close 
the  aperture  at/.  The  total  extinction  of  the  llame  is  pre- 
vented by  the  hole  at  i",  which  supplies  a  constant  stream 
of  gas  to  the  flame.  The  apparatus  used  in  connection 
with  an  air-hath  for  8  sealed  tubes  has  the  following 
di  non-ions  :/has  a  diameter  of  5mm.  and  walls 0  7.3mm. 
thick,  and /<  a  diameter  of  8Jmm.  The  mode  in  which 
the  apparatus  is  regulated  requires  no  detailed  descrip- 
tion. The  tap  d  is  gradual!)  closed  as  the  required  tern 
perature  is  reached  ;  or  better  still  the  tap  is  closed  com- 
pletely several  degrees  below  the  point  required,  the 
temperature  allowed  to  become  constant,  the  tap  again 
opened  and  quickly  closed  and  this  operation  repeated 
once  or  twice. — J.  B.  C. 


Apparatus  for   Fractional  Distillation    under  reduced 

Pressure.  L.  Meyer.  Ber.  20,  1834-1836. 
The  vessel  Aisattached  to  the  end  of  the  condenser  B.  In 
the  upper  end  of  A,  which  is  lGmm.  wide,  a  glass  tube  is 
fitted  through  a  cork.  The  lower  end  of  this  tube  is  cut  off 
at  an  angle,  and  is  well  ground  into  the  narrow  part  of  A 
at  ".  Below  a,  the  lower  end  of  A  again  widens  and  is 
then  drawn  out  conically  and  cut  off  at  an  angle.  To  this 
conical  piece  the  receiver  D  is  attached  by  a  well-litting 
cork.  The  tube  C  is  bent  above  A  at  right  angles  and 
on  the  horizontal  portion  a  three-way  glass  cock  c  is 
fitted.  A  similar  cock  b  is  attached  to  the  side  of  A. 
A  simple  tap  may  be  substituted  for  the  latter  ;  a  three- 
w  iv  tap  is  preferable  in  case  the  liquid  should  froth  over. 
In  order  to  use  the  apparatus,  the  two  taps  &and  c  are 
attached  by  strong  narrow  indiarubber  tubing  (1 — 2mm. 
inside  diameter,  3— 4mm.  thick)  to  aj  piece  E,  and  this 


is  connected  with  a  manometer  and  water-jet  aspirator. 
It  is  convenient,  in  case  the  liquid  should  run  back,  to 
insert  a  large  empty  wash  bottle  between  K  and  the 
pump.  The  tube  C  is  raised  by  a  gentle  upward  turn  so 
that  A  and  I)  aiein  connection,  and  both  taps  turned,  as 
in  the  ligure,  so  that  both  are  in  connection  with  the 
pump.  If  a  fraction  of  the  distillate  is  to  be  separated, 
the  tube  C  is  pressed  down,  which  shuts  off  D  from  A. 
In  order  to  remove  D  the  tap  c  is  so  turned  that  air  enters 
through  the  tail  of  the  tap  and  enters  D  through  C.  When 
1 1  has  been  emptied  or  filled,  r  is  slowly  turned  through 
90  so  that  it  is  again  in  connection  with  the  pump.  The 
small  quantity  of  air  introduced  produces  a  very  slight 
change  of  pressure.  When  I)  has  heen  again  evacuated, 
by  raising  c  the  liquid  in  A  is  allowed  to  flow  into  D. 
The  author  recommends  cork  and  not  indiarubber 
stoppers. — J.  B.  C. 


Laboratory  Apparatus  far  Fractional  Distillation,     V. 

Monnet.     Monit.  Scient.  -4  Ser.  1,  336. 
Tiik  tube    I),    which    serves   as   the  dephlegmator,  is 

ii  :;.". -ii  lui.  high  and  has  an  internal  diameter  of 
28— 35mm.,  narrowed  to  5mm.  at  the  bottom  to  allow  of 
its  being  fitted  into  the  stopper  of  thf  flask  B.     It  is 


filled  with  lead  shot  or,  if  acids  are  distilled,  with  pieces 
of  glass  or  Hint.  For  ordinary  use  lead  shot  No.  4  is 
used  for  the  lower  half  and  No.  l>  for  the  upper  half,  the 
two  being  separated  by  a  piece  of  copper  gauze.     In  the 


case  of  very  volatile  substances,  finer  shot  is  employed 
and  the  length  of  the  tube  increased.  A  funnel  with  an 
upturned  edge  is  inserted  above  the  narrowed  portion  of 
the  tube  to  support  the  shot.  I  is  the  tubulure  leading 
to  the  condenser  and  H  the  thermometer  which  is  fixed 
just  above  the  top  of  the  lead  shot. 

300cc.  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  water  and  alcohol 
yielded  the  greater  part  of  tlie  alcohol,  on  distilling,  of 
a  strength  of  95%,  and  with  a  mixture  of  aniline  and 
toluidine  the  author  obtained  nearly  two-thirds  of  the 
aniline  in  a  pure  state  after  three  distillations. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Apparatus  for  Measuring  out  Definite  Quantities  of 
Nutritive  Solutions  in  Bacteriological  Investigations. 
H.  Treskow.     ltep.  Anal.  Chem.  7,  505 — 506.  ' 

The  construction  of  this  apparatus,  which  ismadeof  glass, 
will  be  readily  understood  from  the  accompanying  dia- 
gram, a  is  the  vessel  containing  the  nutritive  solution,  b  a 


graduated  cylinder,  c  a  cock  with  a  right  angled  aper- 
ture drilled  in  it  so  that  there  may  be  either  a  passage 
from  b  to  a  or  from  b  tot/,  which  is  the  outlet  tube;  a  and 
b  are  preferably  closed  by  plugs  of  cotton  wool.  Any 
desired  quantity  of  the  solution  can  thus  he  rapidly 
measured  into  a  test  tube  without  any  risk  of  intro- 
ducing micro-organisms  as  would  be  the  case  if  a  pipette 
were  used. —E.  E.  B. 


Oci.3i.iS87.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


67fi 


Purification  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen    from  Arseniu- 
retted  Hydrogen,     O.  Jaeobsen.     Ber.  20.  1999—2001. 

Thk  author  passes  H:S  gas,  which  has  been  completely 
dried,  over  solid  io  line.  This  process  is  based  upon  the 
(act  that  Asll .  readily  combines  with  iodine  to  form  Asia 
and  III,  whereas  H  _S  is  not  acted  upon  by  the  solid  iodine. 
2 — 3grms.  of  iodine  suffice,  and  should  be  spre  id  in 
Livers  between  plugs  of  glass  wool  in  a  tube  30 — 10cm. 
long.  The  gas  is  then  passed  into  water,  when  any 
iodine  vapour  remains  dissolved  in  the  water  as  hvdriodic 
acid. -J.  B.  C. 


Notes  on  the  Logwood  Test  for  Alum  in  Bread,  etc.     W. 

C.  Young.  Analyst  12,  145—147. 
Further  experiments  have  led  the  author  to  modify 
the  opinions  expressed  in  a  former  paper.  He  finds,  how- 
ever, that  aluminium  phosphate  is  slightly  soluble  in 
cold  acetic  acid,  although  it  is  repreeipitated  on  boiling. 
The  alumina  naturally  present  in  Hour  is  combined  with 
the  gluten.  Alumiua  would  be  detected  in  bread  by  the 
logwood  test  if  present  either  as  hydrate  or  phosphate, 
and  the  author  now  considers  that  "this  test  is  invariably 
efficient  in  detecting  alum  added  to  bread.  —  E.   E.  B. 


el.      Hep.   Anal.   Chem.  7, 


Thomas   Slag.      J.   H.   Yogel. 
469-47 

In  connection  with  the  valuation  of  basic  slag  according 
to  the  fineness  of  the  ground  product  (see  this  Journal^ 
1S87,  46),  it  has  been  suggested  that  those  portions 
which  pulverise  with  facility  contain  phosphoric  acid  in  a 
more  useful  form  than  the  phosphoric  acid  of  the  remain- 
ing portions.  The  author  has  investigated  this  subject 
and  finds,  as  many  others  do,  that  the  percentage  of 
phosphoric  acid  is  higher  in  the  fine  than  in  the  coarser 
portions  of  the  ground  slag  and  intermedi  ite  in  the  com- 
mercial product.  Collateral  experiments  with  these  three 
forms  of  the  slag  indicate  that  on  digestion  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  or  with  ammonium  citrate  thev  always  yield 
phosphoric  acid  in  the  following  order':— Most  from 
the  tine,  least  from  the  coarse,  with  the  original  com- 
mercial ground  slag  intermediate.  With  hydrochloric  acid 
of  different  dilutions  up  to  1  :  S,  the  quantity  of  phosphoric 
acid  dissolved  increases  with  the  dilution.  The  author 
is  perfecting  a  method  of  analysis  based  on  this  fact. 
Taking  all  things  into  consideration,  the  author  concludes 
that  the  phosphoric  acid  exists  in  the  same  forms  in  both 
the  fine  and  coarse  portions  of  the  ground  slag  ;  and  that 
the  low  percentage  in  the  coarse  stull'  is  due  to  the  higher 
percentage  of  iron  it  contains. 

The  author  recommends  the  following  method  of 
decomposing  the  slag  in  preference  to  Brunnemaun's 
(see  this  Journal,  1S87,  304);  it  is  quicker  and  yields 
results  within  less  than  O'l  per  cent,  from  Brunnemann's. 
Five  grams  of  slag  are  digested  in  a  half-litre  llask, 
with  lOOcc.  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid  and  20cc.  of 
concentrated  nitric  acid  for  half -an -hour  on  a  water-bath  ; 
when  cool  the  flask  is  filled  up  to  the  mark  and  the 
phosphoric  acid  determined  in  oOee.  by  the  molvbdate 
method. 

By  fusing  the  slag  with  potash,  extracting  with  hot 
water  and  digesting  with  ammonium  carbonate,  a  con- 


Detection  of  Nitrogen  Compounds  in  Seleniferous  Sul- 
phuric Acid.  G.  Lunge.  Ber.  20, -031— 2033. 
SULPHURIC  ACID  containing  selenium  gives  no  reaction 
with  diphenylamine,  but  on  the  addition  of  a  layer  of 
water  the  blue  colouration  is  formed  just  as  in  the  case  of 
the  nitrogen  acids.  With  sulphate  of  iron  solution  the 
brown  riag  is  also  obtained,  but  this  is  only  intensified 
on  warming,  due  to  the  reduction  of  the  selenium. 
From  the  above  it  follows  that  neither  diphenylamine  nor 
ferrous  salts  can  be  used  for  the  detection  of  nitric  acid 
in  sulphuric  acid  containing  selenium.  Neither  can 
indigo  be  used.  Brucine  gives,  however,  no  reaction 
with  selenious  acid  and  can  therefore  be  used  in  detect- 
ing nitrogen  acids  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid. 

—J.  B.  C. 


stant  quantity  of  phosphoric  acid  is  always  found  in  the 
solution,  which  invariably  coiuci  les  with  the  quantity 
extracted  by  ammonium  citrate. — D.  A.  L. 


Determination    of   Titanic    Arid.       L.    Bevy.      Pharm. 

Chim.  16,  56. 
To  determine  titanic  acid  in  presence  of  alkalis  or  the 
oxides  of  magnesium,  zinc,  aluminium  or  copper,  the 
substance  is  fused  with  live  times  its  weight  of  potassium 
bisulphate.  the  melt  extracted  with  water  (if  necessary 
with  addition  of  sulphuric  acid)  and  the  liquid  neutralised 
with  caustic  potash  or  ammonia.  Sulphuric  acid  is  then 
added  to  the  extent  of  0  5  per  cent,  by  volume  of  the 
total  solution  and  lhe  whole  boiled  for  six  hours,  water 
being  added  from  time  to  time.  The  precipitated  acid 
is  ignited  and  weighed. — C.  A.  K. 


Tin  Reactions  of  Vanadium  and  their  Application  to 
Chemical  Analysis.  A.  Carnot.  Compt.  Rend. 
104, 1S50. 

URANIUM  SALTS  precipitate  vanadic  acid,  both  from  an 
ammoniacal  solution  and  from  a  solution  slightly  acidi- 
fied with  acetic  acid,  and  this  reaction  can  be  employed 
for  its  determination.  The  solution  of  vanadic  acid  is,  if 
acid,  very  nearly  neutralised  with  ammonia,  a  few 
grammes  of  ammonium  acetate  added,  then  an  excess  of 
uranium  acetate  and  the  whole  heated  to  boiling,  when 
a  yellow  precipitate  is  formed.  To  ensure  the  presence 
of  an  excess  of  uranium  acetate  a  drop  of  the  solution  is 
tested  with  potassium  ferrocyanide.  The  precipi- 
tate is  filtered,  washed  and  dried.  Its  composition 
is  ViO,.-2L"0:i(XH4)jU.HjU.  This  is  heated  to  redness, 
together  with  the  filter  ash,  and  the  resulting  com- 
pound, V505.2U03  weighed.  Vanadic  acid  can  be 
determined  by  this  method  in  presence  of  the  alkalis, 
alkaline  earths  and  of  most  of  the  metallic  oxides  whose 
acetates  are  not  decomposed  by  boiling.  The  method  is 
especially  useful  in  separating  vanadic  acid  from  man- 
ganese, zinc  and  copper,  but  cannot  be  employed  to 
separate  it  from  the  acids  of  arsenic  or  phosphorus. 

A  second  method  of  determining  vanadic  acid  depends 
upon  the  formation  of  an  insoluble  compound  with  man- 
ganese monoxide.  A  slight  excess  of  ammonium 
chloride  and  ammonia  is  tirst  added  to  the  vanadium 
solution.  The  solution  is  then  heated  to  boiling  in  a 
strong  II  isk,  when  the  manganese  chloride  or  sulphate 
is  added,  mixed  with  ammonium  chloride.  The  boiling 
is  continued  for  2—3  minutes,  the  flask  corked  and  placed 
in  cold  water  until  the  precipitate  settles,  after  which  the 
latter  is  filtered  off  and  washed.  It  should  be  yellow 
brown  in  colour  and  become  lighter  on  drying.  It  is 
finally  ignited  and  weighed  as  V305.2MnO,  which  has  a 
red-brown  colour.  By  this  reaction  vanadic  acid  can  be 
completely  separated 'from  molybdic  acid.  The  filtrate 
from  the  above  precipitate  is  treated  with  ammonium 
sulphide  to  remove  the  manganese  and  then  molybdenum 
(if  present)  is  precipitated  as  sulphide  on  the  addition  of 
hydrochloric  acid.  Phosphoric,  arsenic  and  tungstic 
acids  cannot  be  separated  from  vanadic  acid  by  this 
method.  The  formation  of  the  above  precipitate  also 
serves  as  a  convenient  means  for  isolating  vanadium 
from  alkaline  or  ammoniacal  solutions.  The  manganese 
vanadate  is  heated  with  sulphur  in  a  slow  current  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  and  then  treated  with  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  (1:20),  when  the  manganese  sulphide  is 
readily  dissolved,  while  the  sulphide  of  vanadium  remains 
behind. — C.  A.  K. 


Nitrates  and  Nitrites  (II.).     A  Percy  Smith.     Analyst, 

12,  152—153. 
In  using  the  naphthylamine  test,  water  must  be  prepared 
quite  nitrogen-free  by  treating  it  with  a  copper-zinc 
couple  for  at  least  a  week,  rendering  alkaline  and  dis- 
tilling, rejecting  any  portion  containing  ammonia.  The 
naphthylamine  hydrochloride  must  be  almost  colourless, 
so  it  is  advisable  to  keep  animal  charcoal  in  the  bottle 
with  it.  It  is  best  to  perform  the  test  by  evaporating 
lOOcc.  just  to  dryness,  adding  ten  drops  of  pheuolsul- 


660 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (ot.3i.i8S7. 


phonic  ncid,  then  lcc.  of  water,  three  drops  of  strong 
sulphuric  ncid,  diluting,  adding  excess  of  ammonia  and 
finally  making  up  to  lOOcc.  This  reagent  is  better  than 
»i-phenylene  diamine  for  ascertaining  when  all  nitrites 
have  been  reduced  by  the  copper-zinc  couple,  and  the 
author  prefers  to  use  a  surface  of  at  least  8  sq.  in.  of 
ziuc  for  lOOcc.  of  water.  — E.  E.  B. 


Paraffin   as   a    Preventive    against     Frothing     during 
Distillation.     H.  Kunz.     Arch,  Pharm.  25,  632. 

PARAFFIN  acts  very  effectually  in  preventing  the 
frothing  that  generally  occurs  in  decomposing  ammo- 
nium salts  by  lime  or  magnesia.  Two  to  three  grms. 
are  sufficient  for  an  Erlenmeyer  Mask  of  SOOcc.  capacity, 
and  containing  200 — 300cc.  of  solution. — C.  A.  K. 


- 


-I 


Estimation  of  Metallic   Iron   in   Slnrj.      G.    Neumann. 

Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  26,  530—534. 
THE  two  methods  at  present  in  use  for  the  estimation 
of  metallic  iron,  mixed  with  iron  compounds,  are: — (a) 
Digestion  with  Hg('l2,  and  titration  of  the  ferrous 
chloride  produced,  with  KMnOj  ;  (6)  Digestion  with 
CuSOj,  weighing  the  separated  copper  or  titration  of  the 


contains  CO..  or  rLS,  they  can  be  removed  by  allowing 
some  caustic  potash  to  run  in  from  the  funnel  c  The 
apparatus  is  also  very  serviceable  for  the  estimation  of 
metallic  zinc  in  zinc  dust  or  of  C03  in  carbonates. 

-A.  t:.  G. 

On  the  Estimation  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Thomas  Sic/. 
Dr.  G.  Kennepohl.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  1089. 

Till-:  ready  solubility  of  slag  phosphates  in  moderately 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  would  have  long 
since  caused  tins  method  of  exti action  to  become 
general  in  analysis,  but  that  it  was  not  clear  whether  it 
would  be  advisable  thus  to  leave  out  of  account  the 
phosphorus  existing  in  the  slag  as  phosphide.  Jensch, 
it  is  true,  has  shown  (this  Journal,  1880,  451)  that  iron 
phosphide  is  rapidly  oxidised  in  garden  soils,  but  this 
does  not  prove  an  equality  between  the  phosphorus 
present  as  phosphide  anil  that  as  phosphate.  How- 
ever, the  author  confirms  the  experiments  of  Jensch 
and  Klein  (this  Journal,  1886,  451  and  502)  as  to  the 
practical  non-occurrence  of  iron  phosphide  in  normal 
-lags,  and  recommends  the  digestion  ot  the  phosphates 
for  half-an-hour  with  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  in  which 
time  the  extraction  should  be  absolutely  complete.  He 
has  used  the  following  method  in  the  Darmstadt  labora- 
tory during  the  last  two  years  : — lOgrms.  of  slag  are 
introduced  into  a  500cc.  tlask,  moistened  with  alcohol 
to  prevent  adhesion  and  heated  in  a  water-bath  for  at 
least  half-an-hour  with  40cc.  of  HC1  (1*12  sp.  gr.)  and 
40cc.  of  water.  After  cooling,  the  tlask  is  filled  to  the 
graduation  mark  and  the  solution  filtered  ;  25cc.  of  the 
filtrate  are  then,  after  an  addition  of  ammonium  nitrate, 
precipitated  directly  with  molybdate  solution  (without 
previous  separation  of  silica),  heated  to  80°  for  15  min- 
utes, cooled,  filtered,  the  precipitate  washed  with  water 
containing  3  per  cent,  of  nitric  acid,  dissolved  in  a  2£ 
per  cent,  ammonia  solution  and  finally  precipitated  with 
magnesia  mixture.  The  presence  of  the  nitric  acid  in 
the  wash-water  for  the  phospho-molybdate  precipitate  is 
especially  necessary  in  the  presence  of  much  iron,  since 
a  portion  of  the  latter  will  otherwise  remain  and  will 
contaminate  the  magnesium  phosphate.  In  all  the 
analyses  made  to  test  this  process  the  magnesium  pre- 
cipitate after  ignition  was  examined  carefully,  but  in 
no  case  was  any  silica  found,  although  no  special  precau- 
tions had  been  taken  to  ensure  its  exclusion.  This  is 
owing  to  the  ready  solubility  of  ammonium  silico- 
niolybdate.  Where,  however,  a  portion  of  the  silica 
has  become  converted  into  the  silicon-molybdenum 
salt,  it  may  be  readily  removed  by  washing,  the  yellow 
colour  of  the  wash-water  being  an  indication  of  its 
presence.  If  the  presence  of  ferrous  salts  should 
tend  to  cause  the  separation  of  molyhdic  oxide,  which 
dissolves  but  slowly  in  ammonia,  an  addition  of  nitric 
acid  or  bromine,  before  introducing  the  molybdate 
solution,  will  ensure  the  production  of  a  precipitate 
instantaneously  soluble  in  the  ammonia. — W.  G.  M. 


residual  CuSO*  The  first  method  is  liable  to  give  too 
high  results,  the  second,  though  very  exact,  cannot  be 
employed  when  other  bodies  which  decompose  CuS()4are 
present  ;  both  methods  require  a  great  expenditure  of 
time.  The  method  employed  by  the  author,  whilst 
quite  as  exact  as  the  above,  has  the  advantage  of  bein<* 
more  rapid  and  generally  applicable.  The  process 
consists  in  measuring  the  hydrogen  evolved  when  the 
slag  is  treated  with  acid  ;  this  can  be  effected  in  a 
Lunge's  nitrometer,  but  more  conveniently  with  the 
apparatus  figured.  The  llask  B  of  50— lOOcc.  capacity, 
containing  the  material  and  nearly  filled  with  water,  is 
connected  by  indiarnbher  tubing  to  the  graduated  tube 
A  of  about  SOcc.  capacity  and  Icm.  wide.  Water  is 
poured  through    the    tube   ('   into    B   till   the  cock  b  is 

filled.     The  latter   is  now  cl 1,  and   the  cock  a  beiti" 

open,  the  tube  A  is  filled  with  acid  through  C.  After 
closing  «,  b  is  opened  and  the  aeid  allowed  to  mix  with 
the  water  in  the  tlask.  On  warming  the  hydrogen  is 
given  off,  collects  in  A,  and  after  the  apparatus  has 
cooled,  it  is  measured  and  its  volume  corrected  for 
temperature  and   pressure.     If    the  hydrogen   evolved 


Abnc 


d  Et/u 


Explosion.  Ed.  Schiir.  Arch.  1'harm. 
25,  023. 
THE  ether  used  was  from  a  stock  bottle  which  had  been 
kept  for  many  years  ;  it  was  used  for  the  estimation  of 
fat  in  "copiah"  and  exploded  while  being  evaporated 
in  a  platinum  dish  on  an  iron  plate.  It  also  did  so  with 
fats  other  than  coprah.  Analysis  showed  that  the 
ether  iu  question  contained  an  extremely  high  per- 
centage of  H30.j  (over  5  per  cent.),  to  which  the 
author  attributes  the  violent  decomposition,  it  being 
favoured  by  the  presence  of  the  acids  which  are  formed — 
viz.,  acetic  and  formic. — W.  E. 


A   Note  on    Pettenkofer's  Gallic   Acid  Reaction.      F. 
Mylius.     Zeits.  f.  Physio).  Chem.  H,  402. 

Tllli  author  points  out  that  this  greatly  depends  upon 
the  action  of  fnrfurol.  If  one  drop  of  furfurol  be 
dissolved  in  lOcc.  of  water,  one  drop  of  the  solution  is 
sullicient  to  colour  a  mixture  of  cholic  acid,  water  and 
sulphuric  acid   blood-red.     The  substance  which  gives 


Oct. 31. 1887.)  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY . 


681 


rise  to  the  reaction  is  of  itself  apparently  colourless  and 
acid  in  property.  It  can  be  extracted  by  ether  from 
the  acid  solution ;  0  000,025grm.  of  furfurol  can  be 
detected  by  this  cholic  acid  reaction.  There  are  other 
substances  which  give  a  similar  reaction  with  furfurol 
and  sulphuric  acid — viz.,  isopropylalcohol,  isobutyl- 
alcohol,  allylah-ohol,  trimethylcarbinol,  dimethylethyl- 
carbinol,  amvlalcohol,  oleic  acid,  petroleum  ;  the  follow- 
ing do  not  give  the  reaction:  ethyfalcohol,  propylaleohol, 
caprylalcohol,  acetic  acid,  acrolein,  benzene.  Probably 
the  alcohols  do  not  in  themselves  enter  into  combination 
with  furfurol,  but  the  decomposition  products  by  the 
action  of  the  sulphuric  acid. — W.  E. 


A  Test  for  Linseed  OH  and  Linseed-oil  Varnish.    Ed. 
llahn.     Pbarm.  Zeit.  32,449. 

The  readiest  means  of  distinguishing  these  is  by  the 
action  of  lime  water  which,  when  mixed  in  eqnal 
proportions,  gives  a  yellow  permanent  emul- 
sion with  linseed  oil  but  not  with  linseed-oil  varnish. 
Bleached  linseed-oil  varnish  does  not  react  like  the 
unbleached  but  give;  a  pure  white  emulsion.  —  W.  E. 


Examination     of    Raw    Sugar  for  Sulphurous  Arid. 
Deutsche  Zuckerind.  12.  939. 

ACCORDING  to  Davidson,  Do — 2cc.  of  cold,  very  dilute 
starch  solution  is  poured  over  1 — Dogrni.  of  the  sugar  and 
as  soon  as  the  greater  part  of  the  sngar  is  dissolved 
a  few  drops  of  iodic  acid  are  cautiously  allowed 
to  How  over  the  surface  of  the  sugar  solution.  In 
the  presence  of  sulphurous  or  hyposulphuroos  acid  there 
immediately  appears  at  the  point  of  contact  a  blue  ring. 
Second  rate  products,  as  molasses,  do  not  give  this 
reaction,  owing  to  the  presence  of  reducing  agents.  To 
estimate  the  amount  of  S02,  lOgrms.  of  sugar  are 
dissolved  in  cold  water  free  from  air,  neutralised  with 
H2S04,  a  few  drops  of  starch  solution  added  and  titrated 
with  a  centi-normal  iodine  solution  until  the  blue  colour 
no  longer  disappears.  Ordinary  sugars  mostly  require 
03cc.  of  iodine  solution,  while  some  sugars  as  much  as 
9Scc.  equivalent  to  003  per  cent,  of  SOo. — W.  E. 


Thr  Carbamide*  and  their  Reaction  uith  Nitric  Arid. 
P.  N.  Francbimont.  Bee.  des.  Trav.  Chim.  des  Pays- 
lias,  1887,  213. 
Thk  author  has  already  shown  that  carbamide  and  its 
methyl  derivatives  are  readily  decomposed  at  ordinary 
temperatures  by  nitric  acid,  with  evolution  of  nitrous 
oxide.  He  has*  now  examined  other  urea  derivatives, 
especially  those  in  which  hydrogen  is  replaced  by  an 
acid  residue  and  is  led  to  the  conclusion  that,  if 
the  urea  residue  forms  a  closed  chain  with  the  residue  of  a 
mono  or  dibasic  acid,  it  no  longer  behaves  as  an  amide 
towards  nitric  acid,  with  a  decomposition  similar  to  that 
quoted  above.  A  further  study  of  these  reactions  showed 
that  if  carbamide  forms  a  closed  chain  with  a  chain  of 
two  or  three  carbon  atoms  linked  to  hydrogen  or  oxygen, 
whether  satuiated  or  not,  the  resulting  urea  derivative 
is  not  decomposed  by  nitric  acid  at  normal  temperatures  ; 
if  carbamide  forms  a  closed  ring  with  one  carbon  atom, 
nitric  acid  produces  an  unstable  nitroderivative  which 
decomposes  into  a  iiitro-hydrocarbon  and  urea,  the  latter 
of  which  then  suffers  decomposition  as  explained.  I  He- 
add  is  so  broken  up  by  nitric  acid  at  common  tempera- 
tores  into  carbon  dioxide  and  nitrous  oxide,  as  to  show 
that  cne  molecule  of  urea  corresponds  to  one  molecule  of 
uric  acid,  though  this  does  not,  at  first  sight,  agree 
with  Medicus'  formula  for  uric  acid.— W.  G.  M. 


Detection  of  " Fahlberg's  Saccharin."   C.  Schmitt.    Pep. 
Anal.  Chem.  7,  437-441. 

THK  tests  for  Fahlberg's  saccharin  (orthosulphamine- 
benzoic  acid)  depending  on  the  formation  of  ammonia  or 
the  alkaline  sulphides,  are  scarcely  of  sufficient  delicacy 
or  convenience  for  the  detection  of  minute  quantities,  as, 
for  instance,  in  wine.  The  following,  based  on  the  forma- 
tion of  salicylic  acid  during  the  fusion  of  saccharin  with 
alkalis,  is  recommended  where  salicylic  acid  is  not  already 
present  in  quantities  sufficient  to  impair  the  delicacy  of 
the  reaction.  The  wine  is  rendered  strongly  acid  and 
lOOcc.  are  shaken  three  times  successively  with  "iOcc.  of 
a  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  ether  and  light  petroleum. 
The  united  extracts  are  evaporated  after  the  addition  of 
some  caustic  soda  and  the  residue  Ls  heated  at  250"  for 
half-an-hour  with  05  or  lgrni.  of  solid  caustic  soda. 
The  fused  mass  is  dissolved  in  water  and  the  salicylic 
acid  separated  and  detected  in  the  usual  manner.  In 
this  manner  0  005  per  cent,  of  saccharin,  or  even  less, 
may  be  detected.  The  mixture  of  equal  volumes  of  ether 
and  light  petroleum,  an  excellent  solvent  for  saccharin, 
does  not  dissolve  tannin  and  such  like  substances,  which 
also  form  salicylic  acid  when  fused  with  alkalis  and 
would  interfere  with  the  test  if  they  were  extracted. 
Potash  cannot  be  used  for  the  fusion  in  place  of  soda. 
— D.  A.  L. 

Colour  Reaction  fur  Chloral  Camphor.    Haarst.     Nieuw. 
Tijdsch.  Pharm.  Nederl.  1SS7,  179. 

By  adding  a  trace  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  few  drops 
of  peppermint  oil  to  chloral  camphor,  a  red  coloration 
results,  which  on  warming,  gradually  passes  into  blue- 
violet.  On  dilating  with  alcohol  or  ether  the  liquid  first 
becomes  dark-blue,  then  blue-green  and  finally  chloro- 
phyll green  with  a  blood-red  fluorescence. — C.  A.  K. 


The   Determination  of  Certain  Salts  in  Soap.      F.    M. 

Horn.  Zeits.  f.  d.  Chem.  Inu.  16,  So. 
The  usual  process  of  estimating  the  sulphate,  chloride 
and  carbonate  of  sodium  or  potassium  in  soap  by  extract- 
ing the  soap  with  absolute  alcohol  and  testing  the  residue, 
leads  to  wrong  results,  as  absolute  alcohol  of  commerce 
dissolves  not  inconsiderable  quantities  of  those  salt~. 
Furthermore,  the  high  percentage  of  water  in  soaps 
dilutes  the  alcohol,  whereby  salts  go  into  solution  in  the 
alcoholic  extract,  which  amount  is  always  neglected.  The 
author  recommends  to  dissolve  soap  in  water,  separate 
the  fat  with  nitric  acid  and  determine  the  chlorine  in  the 
filtrate  with  silver  nitrate.  For  estimating  sodium  or 
potassium  carbonate  and  sulphate,  the  soap  must  be 
dried  for  a  long  time  at  30'  to  40;  C.  and  afterwards  at 
110=to  120°  C.  The  dry  soap  is  then  treated  with  absolute 
alcohol,  filtered,  washed,  and  the  residue  on  the  filter 
taken  up  with  boiling  water  :  one  portion  is  titrated 
with  standard  acid,  while  another  portion  is  retained  for 
the  estimation  of  sodium  or  potassium  sulphate.  Better 
still  is  a  direct  determination  of  the  carbonic  acid. 
Below  are  the  results  of  two  analyses,  performed  by  the 
old  (I.)  and  the  author's  (II.)  process:— 

Na.SO, 


H.O 

XaCl 

Na.CO 

Glycerine  Soap  . . . 

357  . 

..  386  . 

...  2-01 

Cocoa-nut-oil  Soap 

65-4  . 

..  t-58  . 

...  166 

Glycerine  Soap    . . . 

357 

..  5-06  . 

. . .  396 

L'ocoa-nut-oil  Soap 

551 

.  9'30  . 

. . .  3-33 

0-73  1 


1. 


0-61  | 

l3§  I  ii 

1-23  j  u- 
—S.  H. 


Examination  of  Cane  Sugar  mired  with  other  Optically 
Activi  Substances  by  the  Polarimeter,  both  before  and 
ii/'ter  Inversion,  andetnplaying  <  1  rget's Formula.     W. 

Gautenberg.  Chem.  Zeit.  11,  953. 
Darkcoloiked  syrups  and  molasses  maybe  decolorised 
by  lead  acetate  without  any  prejudicial  effect  in  the 
resulting  measurements  by  the  polarimeter.  The  pro- 
duct must  be  decolorised  before  inversion,  then  the  lead 
precipitated  by  hydrochloric  acid  and  an  excess  of  acid 
added  to  effect  the  inversion.  The  weighed  quantity  of 
molasses  is  dissolved  in  water,  decolorised  with  acetate 
of  lead  (if  necessary  with  tannin),  the  solution  made  up 
to  lOOcc,  filtered  and  examined  in  the  polarimeter. 
50ce.  of  the  filtrate  are  next  placed  in  a  lOOcc.  flask,  an 
excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  added  and  the  flask  warmed 
in  the  water-bath  for  not  more  than  15  minutes  to  66 
—lis  ( '.  ft  is  important  not  to  exceed  either  the  time  of 
warming  or  the  temperature  and  the  flask  should  be 
placed  inside  the  water-bath,  not  on  a  metal  ring. 
After  heating,  the  flask  is  cooled  as  quickly  as  possible 
to  the  temperature  of  the  room,  filled  up  to  the  lOOcc. 
mark  with  water,  allowed  to  stand  at  least  10  minutes 


GS2 


THE  JOI'IIWYL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct. 31. 1887. 


and  then  the  levro-rotatory  power  of  the  solution  deter- 
mined.  This  factor  multiplied  by  two  and  corrected  for 
tern perat ure  is  introduced  into  Cler^et's  formula  as  the 
value  for  the  inverted  solution. — C.  A    K. 


Estimation  of  Rosin  in  Be&swix.      F.  M.  Horn.     Rep. 
Anil.  Chein.  7,  503— 5Qi 

A  sample  of  beeswax  known  to  be  impure  was 
examined  by  determining  the  amount  of  alkali  required 
to  combine  with  the  free  fatty  acid,  the  total  alkali  to 
effect  complete  saponification,  the  amount  of  matter 
extracted  by  ether  and  lastly,  the  ratio  of  the  ether  ex- 
tract to  the  amount  of  alkali  required  to  combine  with 
the  free  fatty  acid.  Compared  with  the  figures  obtained 
with  genuine  beeswax,  these  results  showed  that  stearic 
acid,  tallow  and  rosin  might  be  present.  A  glycerin 
test  by  Iienedikt  and  Zsigmondy's  process  proved  tallow, 
etc.,  to  be  absent  and  then  from  the  ether  extract  no 
stearic  acid  could  have  been  present.  Rosin  was  found 
by  Donath'a  test,  which  consists  in  boiling  with  nitric 
acid  and  adding  first  water  and  afterwards  ammonia, 
when  a  blood-red  colour  is  produced.  The  percentage  of 
ro>in   (R)  could  then  be  calculated  from  the  formula — 


R  = 


UK)  (A— a) 


where  A.  a  and  r  were  the  amounts  of 


[r— a) 

alkali  required  to  combine  with  the  free  acid  in  the 
mixture,  in  pure  beeswax  (20)  and  in  pure  ro3tn  (146) 
respectively. — E.  E.  B. 


Estimation  of  Extract  of  Conium.     A.  Kremel.    Pharm. 
Post.  20,  521. 

To  estimate  the  amount  of  coniine,  Togrms.  of  extract 
are  dissolved  in  10— 15cc.  of  water  and  the  solution 
gradually  brought  up  to  l.">0cc.  with  9.">  per  cent,  alcohol. 
To  the  solution  placed  in  a  cylinder  lOgrms.  of  freshly- 
slaked  lime  a-e  added,  the  cylinder  corked,  the  whole 
shaken  and  set  aside  twenty-four  hours,  then  filtered. 
To  the  filtrate  lgrm.  of  tartaric  acid  is  added  and  the 
precipitated  tartrate  of  lime  filtered  off :  lOOcc.  of  the 
filtrate  (=ogrms.  extract)  are  freed  from  alcohol  by 
healing  on  a  water-bath  after  the  addition  of  2occ.  of 
water.  After  cooliug.  the  aqueous  solution  is  filtered, 
washed  and  the  acid  liquid  exhausted  with  ether. 
After  the  removal  of  the  ether  the  residue  is  rendered 
alkaline  with  KHO  and  then  shaken  with  ether,  which 
removes  the  conine.  To  the  ethereal  extract  an  equal 
volume  of  absolute  alcohol  and  2occ.  of  centi-normal 
H(/l  are  added  and  the  solution  is  titrated  back  with 
centi-normal  NaHO,  litmus  being  used  as  the  indicator. 
— W.  E. 

Determination    of  Sugar  in    Beet.      Rurkhard.      Neue 
Ztschr.  Zuckerind,  19,  30, 

The  author  states  that  accurate  and  concordant  results 
are  obtained  by  the  Sickel-Soxhlet  apparatus,  by  that  of 
Scheibler  (both  the  old  and  new  form)  and  by  the  Rapp- 
Degener  method,  provided  the  necessary  conditions  are 
carefully  fulfilled.  It  is  best  to  digest  51  -2grms.  of  the 
beet  with  alcohol  in  the  usual  form  of  flask,  with  a 
capacity  of  201  "2cc,  add  10 — lo  drops  of  acetate  of  lead 
and  heat  on  the  water-bath  to  75°  for  three-quarters  of  an 
hour.  In  using  Scheibler's  apparatus  A  the  time  for  ex- 
traction should  be  extended  to  one  hour.  Scheibler's 
apparatus  B  (capacity  of  flask  200cc.)  is  specially 
recommended. — ('.  A.  K. 


jRcto  isoofts. 


'I Hi:  EXTRA  PraBMACOPOSIA,  with  the  Additions  introduced 
into  i lie  British  Pharmacopoeia,  18S.:>.  By  William  Martin- 
dale,  F.C.S.,  etc.  Medical  References  and  a  Therapeutic 
Index  of  Diseases  and  Symptoms,  by  W.  Wvnn  Wkstcott, 
MB.  Fourth  Edition.  London:  U.K.  Lewis,  136,  Gower 
Street,  V7.C.    1885. 

Sm  ill  Svo  Voluhic,  bound  in  morocco  leal  her  to  serve  ;n  a 
pocket-book,  containing  list  of  references  to  current  litera- 
ture, a  review  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  of  1885— its 
additions,  omissions,  changes  in  nomenclature,  and  principal 


alterations,  and  38B  pages  of  text,  including  from  page  337  on- 
wards a  Secondary  List  of  Drugs,  of  some  of  which  little  <>r  no 
experience  has  been  had,  and  of  others  which  arc  old  remedies 
recently  resuscitated.  An  Appendix  is  devoted  to  Antiseptic 
Applications  and  Surgical  Dressings,  to  Histological  Prepara- 
tions for  staining.  Hardening  an  1  Mounting  Microscopic 
<  Ibjects,  Index  and  Posological  Table,  and  a  Therapeutic  Index 
of  Diseases  and  Symptoms.  The  mo-!  interesting  part  of  this 
little  work  to  manufacturers  of  Fine  Chemicals  and  others 
connect  jd  with  such  branch,  as  well  as  lo  the  Iteseirch 
Chemist  of  Organic  Chemistry,  will  he  the  portion  devoted  to 
the  rarer  alkaloids,  vegetable  extracts,  and  other  organic 
compouuds. 


©tJituarg. 


MR  CHARLES  MOSELEY. 

A     MEMBER     OF     THE     SOCIETY     OF     CHEMICAL 
INDUSTRY. 

Ix  the  sudden  death  of  Mr.  Charles  Moseley, 
on  Saturday,  8th  October,  Manchester  has  lost 
one  of  her  most  public-spirited,  far-sighted,  and 
energetic  citizens.  Besides  having  the  practical 
management  of  the  extensive  indiarubber 
factory  of  which  he  shared  the  proprietorship 
'.vith  his  brother,  Mr.  Joseph  Moseley,  he  was 
Chairman  of  the  Lancashire  and  Cheshire  Tele- 
phone Company,  one  of  the  most  active  of  the 
Directors  of  the  Manchester  Ship  Canal,  and  the 
Chairman  of  the  No.  7  Section  of  the  Royal 
Jubilee  Exhibition  in  Manchester,  a  Section 
having  charge  of  the  electric  lighting  of  thebuild- 
ing  and  of  the  gardens,  of  th.e  music  and  of  the 
catering.  But  even  these  duties,  sufficiently 
heavy  for  any  ordinary  individual,  only  represent 
a  fraction  of  all  the  engagements  to  which  he  so 
zealously,  so  untiringly  devoted  his  full  energies. 
It  is  well  known  in  Manchester  how  much  we 
owe  to  that  indefatigable  energy  and  persistent 
attack,  which.in  the  contest  with  the  PostOffice — 
that  strove  under  the  Telegraphs  Act  to  prevent 
the  establishment  of  telephonic  communication 
between  adjoining  towns — gave  Mr.  Charles 
Moseley  at  length  the  victory  over  that  short- 
sighted opposition,  and  to  his  fellow-country- 
men the  inestimable  boon  of  telephonic 
communication  between  towns.  Thus,  the 
present  "trunk-line"  system  has  been  developed, 
by  which  it  is  possible  for  most  of  the  Lanca- 
shire towns  to  hold  telephonic  communication 
with  each  other.  When  the  Edison  Electric 
Light  Company  was  organised,  his  interest  in 
electricity  induced  him  to  take  a  leading 
position,  and  as  a  Director  he  has  always  taken 
an  active  part  in  fostering  its  development  and 
welfare. 

One  of  the  most  surprising  things  in  con- 
nection with  Mr.  Moseley  was  his  quick 
perception.  For  example,  it  was  his  voice 
that  was  first  raised  to  propose  the  aboli- 
tion of  technical  juries  and  medal  awards  in 
connection  with  the  Manchester  Exhibition,  a 
proposition  unanimously  received  by  the 
Executive  Council,  and  adopted  with  the 
greatest  benefit  to  the  Exhibition.  This  fact  is 
borne  ample  testimony  to  by  the  determination  of 
the  Executive  of  the  Glasgow  Exhibition  of 
1888  to  follow  in  this  respect  the  example  of 
Manchester,  and  leave  reward  to  the  natural 
and  unbiassed  voice  and  verdict  of  public 
opinion. 

Mr.  Charles  Moseley  was  born  in  the  year 
1840,  ami  in  his  death  he  leaves  a  widow  and 
three  young  children  to  mourn  his  loss. 


Oct.  3i,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


(83 


Crane  Report. 


(From  the  Board  of  Trade  mid  other  Journals.) 


GENERAL  MEETING  OF  THE  SOCIETY  FOR 
THE  PROTECTION  OF  THE  INTERESTS  OF 
THE  GERMAN  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRIES. 

Frankfort,  Sept  18th. 

The  secretary  of  the  Society  submitted  his  business  report. 
The  result  of  a  retrospect  of  the  last  year,  188ti,  is  relatively 
favourable.  In  spite  of  a  not  unimportant  augmentation  in 
production,  which  occurred  in  all  branches  of  chemical 
industry,  the  increased  supply  was  taken  up  by  the  consumers 
without  difficulty,  so  that  nu  great  accumulation  of  stocks  has 
taken  place.  This  favourable  development  of  trade  was, 
however,  in  part  compensated  for  by  a  fall  in  the  prices  of 
many  of  the  articles  produced.  In  the  course  of  the  year  it 
has  been  possible,  chiefly  through  conventions,  not  only  to  put 
a  stop  to  this  movement,  but  in  many  instances  to  cause  an 
improvement  in  prices.  It  is  unfortunately  not  yet  possible 
to  make  a  statistical  comparison  of  the  activity  developed 
during  the  year  1886  in  the  productions  of  the  chemical 
industries  with  former  years;  however,  in  future  years  the 
statistics  of  the  associations  will  furnish  the  suitable  materials 
for  this  purpose.  During  the  year  1880  there  were  in  the 
chemical  industries  23,528.198  working  days,  for  which 
61,797,190  marks  were  paid  as  wages.  It  is  seen  from  the  pub- 
lished statistics  of  the  companies  that  as  a  matter  of  fact  an 
increase  in  the  profits  occurred  in  almost  all  branches  of 
chemical  industry.  In  the  year  1S86  82  limited  companies, 
with  a  paid-up  capital  of  162.510,812  marks,  returned  as  divi- 
dend ll.6j9.89o  marks,  being  7'17  per  cent. 

This  increase  of  profits  has  not  taken  place  in  all  instances, 
but  principally  only  in  the  older-established  works,  where 
large  amounts  have  already  been  written  off.  In  order  to 
render  a  comparison  with  former  years  possible  only  those 
factories  may  be  considered  which  have  existed  at  least  since 
1881.  In  that  case  there  is  an  average  dividend  of  9'25  per 
cent.  In  comparison  with  former  years  it  is  seen  that  the 
average  dividend,  which  since  1882  steadily  decreased,  in  the 
last  year  again  moved  in  an  upward  direction.  The  average 
dividend  of  these  manufactories  amounted  to— 

For  the  year  1882  1307  per  cent. 

1883  11-04 

1884  842 

1885  7-92 

1886  9*25 

If  the  principal  branches  of  chemical  industry  be  considered 
which  paid  dividends,  the  following  results  are  obtained.  The 
dividends  paid  in  the  soda  and  potash  industries  were— 

In  the  year  1882  9'89  per  cent. 

„    1883  9-27 

„    18S4  654       „ 

„    18S5  5-58 

„    1886  568 

It  results  from  this,  that  if  the  turn  for  the  better  in  this 
branch  of  chemical  industry  has  not  been  very  important, 
still  it  shows  that  a  step  has  been  taken  in  an  upward  diiee- 
tion.  No  branch  of  chemical  industry  within  the  last  ten 
years  has  had  such  rapid  development  as  the  soda  industry. 
While  the  production  in  the  whole  of  Germany  during  1878 
only  amounted  to  42,500  tons,  there  are  at  present  in  21  works 
(Getriebsstatten)  150.000  tons  manufactured.  This  increase  is 
almost  wholly  due  to  the  introduction  of  the  ammonia-soda 
process-  Ten  years  ago  the  imports  of  soda  amounted  to  only 
27.000  tons,  signifying  that  40  per  cent,  of  our  requirements 
had  to  be  covered  from  abroad.  Now  we  are  able,  in  spite  of 
the  immense  increase  in  consumption,  not  only  to  supply  home 
requirements,  but  we  have  already  commenced  to  export.  The 
price  of  the  98  per  cent,  calcined  soda  in  the  same  time  lias 
gone  down  from  20  to  Smarks  in  spite  of  the  increased  duty. 

In  the  Stassfurt  industry  (potash  salts)  the  business  in 
chloride  of  potash  has  been  developed  steadily,  with  un- 
changed prices  and  increased  sahs  The  production  is 
increased  so  that  at  the  beginning  of  this  year  the  daily  out- 
put of  carnallit  has  risen  from  15.000  to  55,000cwt.  The  sales 
to  the  different  countries  have  been  fluctuating.  This  was 
particularly  seen  with  America,  which  did  import  consider- 
ably less  than  in  former  years  on  account  of  a  commercial 
crisis.  This  deficiency  has  been  abundantly  compensated  for 
by  larger  home  consumption,  so  that  at  the  close  of  the  year 
only  the  necessary  stocks  were  in  band.  The  sales  of  potash 
salts  for  manure  which  are  obtained  from  kainit  were  less 
favourable,  as  America,  the  chief  purchasing  country,  took 
considerably  smaller  quantities.  Still,  the  total  sales  arc  not 
much  behind  those  of  former  years. 

In  the  tar  colour  trade  the  average  dividends  declared  by  the 
German  "  Aktien  Fabriken"  were — 

In  the  year  1882  20'53  per  cent. 

„    1883  1406 

„    1884  1049 

„    1885  6-70 

„    1886  9  45 

In  this  branch  of  chemical  industry,  likewise,  reduction  in 
prices  took  place,  which,  however,  was  kept  within  moderate 
limits,  whilst  the  sales  at  the  same  time,  particularly  for  ex- 
port, rose  considerably.  The  exports  in  the  vear  1885  were 
l.OlJ.OOOkilos.,  and  in  1»S0  5,7oO,UOOkUos. 


Respectirg  the    manufacture   of    explosive  materials,  the 
following  aro  the  results.  The  average  dividends  raid  wire- 
In  the  vear  1JS2  939  per  cent. 

,,    1883  10-51 

„    1SS1  809 

„    1885  10(11 

„    1S86  1516 

This  favourable  development  of  business  during  the  last  years 
has  principally  been  of  good  to  the  old  and  large  establish- 
ments, which  through  conventions  were  able  to  secure  high 
export  prices,  and  utilise  suitably  the  fluctuations  intheraw 
material  market ;  while  some  of  the  more  recently  established 
factories,  as  the  Cologne  and  Siegener  dynamite  works,  have 
not  yet,  for  instance,  been  in  a  position  todeclare  any  dividend 
to  their  share!  olders.  and  lately  the  prospects  of  profits  of  these 
companies  have  got  worse  on  account  of  the  price  of  glycerine, 
which  has  risen  from  54-60  marks,  paid  last  year,  to  106— 
11(1  marks. 

The  manufacturers  of  artificial  manures  (superphosphates) 
have    again    worked   most     unsatisfactorily.     They   paid  as 
dividends- 
In  the  year  1882  674  per  cent. 

,,    1S83  5-79 

„    1884  4-16 

„    1885  3-30 

„    1886  352 

The  fault  of  this  unfavourable  result  lies  not  so  much  in  the 
small  consumption  as  in  this,  that  the  manufacturers  have 
been  injuring  themselves  through  constantly  Ioweiing  their 
prices  on  account  of  the  unfounded  fear  that  the  very  much 
increasing  consumption  of  Thomas  basic  slag  might  influence 
the  demand  for  superphosphates.  The  etfoits  to  foim 
conventions  remain  without  result.  Only  in  some  dis- 
tricts (Hamburg,  Hanover)  have  the  manufacturers  succeeded 
in  coming  to  an  agreement  among  themselves,  and  here  it  has 
worked  with  somewhat  better  results,  to  which  principally 
the  increase  in  the  average  dividend  of  this  year  is  to  be 
ascribed. 

In  the  production  of  technical,  pharmaceutical,  and  photo- 
graphic preparations  the  average  dividends  stand  as  follows : — 

In  the  year  1882  1TSS  per  cent. 

„      1883 11  05 

„      1884  15-50 

„      1885  15-01 

,,      1886  16S3 

This  satisfactory  average  is  not  found  to  occur  in  all 
branches  of  this  industry  ;  it  is  rather  due  to  the  prosperous 
condition  of  one  of  the  most  important  manufactories 
(Scheringl.  In  this  industry,  also,  important  reduction  in 
prices  has  taken  place,  particularly  so  with  the  alkaloids 
quinine,  caffeine,  atropine,  cocaine,  and  veratrine.  The 
acknowledged  superiority  of  the  German  preparations,  espe- 
cially abroad,  has  also  here  insured  an  increase  of  sales. 

Among  the  other  important  branches  of  chemical  industry, 
the  manufacturers  of  mineral  colours  have  done  satisfactory 
business  both  at  home  and  abroad.  Only  the  export  to  Austria 
was  somewhat  limited  owing  to  the  disproportionately  high 
duty,  and  to  Scandinavia  on  account  of  the  rigorous  arsenic 
law'.  Owing  to  strong  competition,  prices  were  only,  with 
much  difficulty,  able  to  maintain  themselves. 

The  condition  of  ultramarine  has  been  very  unsatisfactory. 
The  cause  of  this  is  to  be  sought,  not  perhaps  in  over-produc- 
tion, but  in  diminished  consumption,  occasioned  partly 
through  the  influence  of  fashion  and  partly  because  ultra- 
marine is  being  replaced  by  other  colouring  materials.  Ex- 
port for  inferior  sorts  has  become  impossible  on  account 
of  the  high  duties,  and  can  only  be  effected  for  the 
best  varieties  and  for  specialities.  Only  old  and  very  substan- 
tial firms  have  been  able  to  defy  these  unfavourable  circum- 
stances, and  there  are,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  in  Germany 
scarcely  two  or  three  firms  which  work  without  loss. 

The  secretary  reported  as  to  the  internal  activity  of  the 
Society,  and  the  work  which  has  been  carried  out  by  the 
various  committees. 

In  connection  with  the  secretary's  report,  the  meeting 
resolved  to  direct  their  etfoits  so  that  German  manufactures 
should  only  be  exported  with  German  labels  and  German 
designation,  and  called  upon  the  numbers  to  use  their  influ- 
ence in  their  Chambers  of  Commerce,  etc..  to  prevent  the 
credit  of  the  good  products  of  German  manufacture  being 
given  to  foreign  countries. 

The  revision  of  the  Patent  law  was  next  the  order  of  the 
day.  The  Imperial  Enquiry  Commission  has  rendered 
a  report,  on  the  basis  of  the  enquiry  discussion,  to  the 
Imperial  Government,  in  which  definite  proposals  are  made 
concerning  the  alterations  in  the  existing  Patent  Law.  The 
Patent  Law  Committee  of  the  Society  has  given  definite 
counsel  in  these  discussions  concerning  the  position  of  the 
chemical  industries ;  these  discussions  will  soon  be  brought 
to  a  conclusion. 

With  respect  to  the  original  project  of  the  Imperial  Govern- 
ment for  making  provision  for  invalid  and  aged  workmen, 
there  being  many  alterations  necessary  before  bringing  about 
a  discussion  in  the  Society,  the  subject  was  adjourned. 

The  meeting  then  considered  the  question  of  insurance 
against  fire  of  chemical  factories.  Statistics  concerning  the 
fire  insurance  of  chemical  works  during  the  last  10  years,  v>  ith 
a  collective  insurance  amount  of  over  200  million  marks,  were 
laid  before  the  meeting.  This  showed  that  during  the  Mated 
time,  on  the  whole  23  2  per  cent,  of  the  paid  premiums  have 
been  paid  back  in  making  good  losses.  On  the  basis  of  'hese 
statistics,  and  regarding  the  little  consideration  which  the 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      (o.-t. ai. isst. 


insurance  companies  have  hitherto  shown  to  the  wishes  of  the 
chemical  manufacturers,  the  Society  resolved  by  a  large 
majority  to  instruct  the  committee  i  oncoming  the  plan  of  the 
formation  of  an  insurance  of  chemical  works,  based  on  reci- 
procity, to  take  the  matter  into  consideration,  and  to  take  in 
hand  the  necessary  preliminary  Bteps.  The  necessary  sum  for 
this  purpose  (amounting  to  5000  marks)  was  placed  at  the  dis- 
posal of  the  committee. 

Respecting  the  reform  of  the  Trade  Marks  law,  a  petition 
will  be  forwarded  from  the  Society  to  the  Imperial  Chancellor, 
who  will  be  requested  so  to  framo  the  law.  that  in  the  intended 
reorganisation  of  the  Patent  Law  Commission,  steps  be  taken 
at  the  same  time  for  the  consideration  of  the  reorganisation  of 
the  Trade  Marks  law.  The  petition  included  also  that  there 
might  be,  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  Trade  Marks  law,  a  dis- 
tinct trade  marks  office  established,  affiliated  to  the  patent 
office  itself. 

This  official  should  at  the  same  time  take  in  hand  the  task  of 
examining  the  already  registered  marks,  as  well  as  the  more 
recent,  and  to  publish  periodically  the  authorised  and  recog- 
nised marks. 

Unfortunately,  for  Frankfort  especially,  the  next  order  of 
the  day  had  to  be  set  aside,  as  the  work  of  the  committees  had 
not  sufficiently  advanced.  It  related  to  the  pollution  of  public 
watercourses  by  manufacturers'  waste  liquors. 

The  work  of  the  special  committee  to  which  has  been 
entrusted  the  question  of  the  preparatory  education  of 
chemists  continues.  For  the  present  it  has  been  decided  that 
the  real  schools  for  the  preparatory  education  of  technical 
chemists  shall  be  considered  equal  to  that  obtained  in 
the  colleges.  The  conclusion  of  academic  study  should 
not  in  future  (as  up  till  now)  form  the  doctor  degree, 
but  an  examination  before  a  Government  Commission, 
and  which  shall  comprise  certain  subjects  (general 
chemistry,  chemical  technology,  physics,  and  various  other 
allied  subjects).  Concerning  the  fixing  of  the  proper  course  at 
the  technical  high  schools  or  at  the  universities,  the  considera- 
tion shall  be  continued.  Eventually  prizes  should  be  granted 
for  the  best  papers  oealing  with  this  subject. 

T  wo  resolutions  were  moved  by  members.  The  first  concerned 
the  transport  of  mineral  acids  by  rail ;  the  second  the  needful 
facilities  for  the  use  of  alcohol  in  chemical  industries  for 
general  and  manufacturing  purposes.  The  meeting  resolved 
regarding  the  first  proposition  to  petition  the  proper  quarter, 
and  appointed  a  special  committee  (consisting  of  nine  mem- 
bers* for  its  consideration. 


MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  NOTICES. 
The  New  German  Spirit  Law. 

By  order  of  the  Prussian  Finance  Minister  alcohol  for  medi- 
cinal and  scientific  purposes  has  been  provisionally  declared 
exempt  from  the  principal  clauses  of  the  new  German  spirit 
law.  It  is  also  provided  that  all  alcohol  for  such  purposes  at 
present  existing  in  Germany  will  remain  free  from  the  in- 
creased duty  if  used  within  three  months  from  October  1.  The 
authorities  charged  with  the  execution  of  the  law  have 
measured  the  quantity  of  alcohol  in  stock  in  Prussian  phar- 
macies and  chemical  works  on  the  1st  of  this  month,  and 
nothing  may  be  taken  from  the  supply  thus  found  except  in 
the  presence  of  the  Customsotiicers.  who  will  satisfy  themselves 
that  it  is  used  for  pharmaceutical  or  scientific  purposes,  a  con- 
trol which  appears  to  be  of  a  rather  complicated  character.— 
Chemixt  and  Druggist,  October  22.  1887. 

Exhibition    <>f    Illuminating     Apparatus     and 
Naphtha  Industry  at  St.  Petersburg. 

A  report,  dated  the  2nd  September  last,  has  been  received 
from  Mr.  J.  Michcll,  her  Majesty's  Consul  at  St.  Petersburg, 
enclosing  copies  of  notices  relating  to  an  exhibition  of  illumi- 
nating apparatus  and  naphtha  industry  which  is  to  be  opened 
at  St.  Petersburg  in  November  next,  with  the  sanction  of  the 
Kussian  Government  and  under  the  auspices  of  the  Imperial 
Russian  Technical  Society. 

[The  notices  in  question,  containing  particulars  as  to  the  ex- 
hibition, may  be  seen  on  application  at  the  Commercial 
Department ,  Board  of  Trade.  S.  W.J 

Ramie  Cultivation  in  Saxony. 

The  Italian  Bollettino  di  \oli:ic  Commerciali  for  the  1th 
September  last,  quoting  from  the  Moniteur  Industrie!,  slates 
that  the  first  German  manufactory  of  ramie  was  established  at 
Zittau.  The  thread  produced  in  these  lo<  ms  has  the  brilliancy 
of  silk,  an  1  is  used  largely  for  the  upholstering  of  furniture. 
After  some  initial  delay  and  disappointment,  the  manufacture 
began  to  flourish,  and  -inn-  US)  has  been  in  a  verv  satisfac- 
tory state.  The  cultivation  of  the  ramie  is  carried  on  in  the 
Oberkunewalde,  with  the  following  species  of  plants,  the 
Urtica  durica  or  common  nettle  of  Germany,  the  Laportia 
North  American  nettle,  the  Urtica  nieea, 
which  is  known  :n  "China  grass,"  and  is  a  native  of  China, 
and  the  Urtica  tenacissima  or  "ramie''  proper,  which  was 
originally  discovered  In  Siberia,  then  cultivated  in  Algeria. 
and  afterwards  introduced  into  central  France,  and  lately  into 
Hungary.  The  two  last  -mentioned  species  have  borne  the 
winter  in  Oberkunewalde  with  perfect  success. 

Commercial  Museum  at  Tkebizond. 

According  to  the  Bulletin  du  M usee  Commercial  for  the-  17th 
September  last,  a  Commercial  Museum  is  about  to  be  opened 


at  Trebizond.  under  the  auspices  of  the  Belgian  Consulate  in 
that  city. 

Commercial  Museum  at  Avignon. 

According  to  the  Moniteur  ujj'ni>  I  du  Commerce  for  the  loth 
of  September,  the  French  Minister  of  Commerce  and  Industry 
has  approved,  by  adecreeof  thcothof  September,  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  Commercial  Museum  by  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce of  Avignon. 

Commercial  Museum  at  Tokio. 

The  Bulletin  du  Musee  Commercial  for  the  27th  September 
last  states  that  the  Japanese  Government  has  attached  to  (he 
School  of  Commerce  in  Tokio  a  Commercial  Museum,  for  the 
purpose  of  exhibiting  to  Japanese  importers  foreign  articles 
of  trade  which  are  likely  to  interest  them.  The  School  of 
Commerce  at  Tokio.  according  to  the  Bulletin,  is  an  important 
institution,  containing  no  less  than  500  students,  who  are  being 
trained  with  a  view  to  their  spreading  the  latest  principles  of 
commercial  science  through  the  length  and  breadth  of  Japan. 
The  Bulletin  remarks  that  it  is.  therefore,  of  importance  to 
European  merchants  to  contribute  to  the  new  museum,  and 
adds  that  specimens  may  be  sent,  addressed  to  Mr.  Takashi 
Masuda.  Hitotsubashidori,  Tokio,  Japan. 

Commercial  Museum  at  Antwerp. 

The  Bollettino  di  Notizie  Commerriali  for  the  Jth  of  Sep- 
'  ember  states  that  a  Commercial  Museum  was  opened  at 
Antwerp  on  the  21st  of  August  last. 

Candle  Trade  in  China. 

The  Bulletin  du  Musts  Commercial  for  the  10th  of  Septem- 
ber last,  quoting  from  the  Kxporteur,  states  that  the  trade  in 
candles  with  China  is  important,  and  capable  of  great  develop- 
ment. The  candles  most  in  demand  in  China  arc  those  which 
are  of  the  colour  of  red  sealing-wax.  Blue  candles  are  used 
in  funeral  ceremonies,  and  there  might  well  be  made  a  large 
supply  of  these.  At  present  none  but  white  candles  are 
imported  into  China,  and  they  are  surface-coloured  very 
cheaply  before  being  re-sold.  It  should  be  remembered  in  pre- 
paring candles  for  the  China  market  that  the  Chinese  prefer 
them  with  a  bamboo  wick  projecting  at  the  bottom,  so  as  to  be 
easily  fixed  into  a  hole  in  the  candlestick. 

Beet  Sugar  Cultivation  in  the  United  States. 

It  is  stated  in  Bradstreet's  of  the  3rd  September  last  that  a 
large  sugar  refiner  is  reported  to  be  contemplating  the  experi- 
ment of  growing  beet-root  sugarintheUnitedStates,  inoneof  the 
central  XVestern  States.  The  climate  is  said  to  be  similar  to 
that  in  Germany  and  Austria,  where  beet-root  cultivation  is  a 
most  important  industry.  Whether,  sajs  Bradstreet,  under 
present  conditions  of  low  sugar  prices  it  is  possible  to  success- 
fully make  this  sugar  in  the  United  States,  is  an  intereiting 
question.  In  1S86  the  total  consumption  of  sugar  of  all  kinds 
in  the  United  States  was  1,389.125  tons,  of  which  only  one-tenth 
was  produced  in  that  country. 

Filters  Wanted  for  the  States. 

There  is  a  good  opening  in  the  States,  says  the  Afedtcfl?  Press, 
for  an  enterprising  manufacturer  of  filters.  They  have  no 
'  filters,  or  if  they  have  they  do  not  use  them.  Nor  is  it  on 
account  of  the  extreme  purity  of  their  water  supply,  for  out  of 
many  specimens  examined  duringthe  past  few  weeks,  scarcely 
one  fulfilled  the  primary  conditions  of  freedom  from  colours 
and  sediment.  It  was  to  this,  indeed,  apart  from  what  was 
mixed  with  the  water,  that  the  foreign  delegates  to  the  Medi- 
cal Congress  attributed  the  choleraic  diarrhoea  from  which 
nearly  all  of  them  suffered  during  their  visit. 

Probable  Advance  in  the  Price  of  Petroleum. 

We  have  reasbn  to  believe,  says  the  Financial  News,  that 
there  is  likely  to  be  a  substantial  and  sustained  advance  in  the 
price  of  petroleum.  We  understand  that,  at  the  instance  of 
the  Standard  Oil  Company,  steps  have  been  taken  to  limit 
the  production  for  a  long  period,  and  the  effect  of  this  upon 
values,  both  here  and  in  the  United  States,  is  already  beginning 
to  be  felt. 

The  Chloride  of  Potassium  Industry. 

According  to  the  report  of  the  general  representative  of  the 
syndicate,  the  chloride  of  potassium  business  in  the  first  half 
of  the  current  year  entirely  fulfilled  the  expectations  of  the 
syndicate.  The  sales  in  the  first  half  were  generally  weaker 
than  in  the  second  half  of  the  curren  year.  Nevertheless,  the 
sales  in  the  first  half  attained  a  higher  standard  than  has  yet 
been  reached  since  the  syndicate  has  been  established,  as  is 
clear  from  the  following  figures.  The  sales  of  potassium 
chloride  amounted  :— 

In  the  1st  half  of  18*1  to 

..  2nd  ,.  1881   .. 

,.  1st  ..  1883 

,.  2nd  ..  1885 

..  Iff  ..  1881'' 

,.  2  id  „  1886 

..  1st  .,  1887 


875,197  dr." 
912.012    .. 

flolj.  tt'.l  .. 
1,0011.851    .. 

S7W.0.3J  .. 
1.005.028  ,. 
1,062,024    „ 

—Kulilou's. 


'  The  centner  e^u.-ds  UOlb.  I 


Oct.3i,i887.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


685 


TARIFF  CHANGES    AND    CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 


UNITE! 


S  [   AXES. 


Customs  Decision. 

Sugar  known  as  "  cube  sugar."  refined  in  the  United  States 
from  imported  raw  sugars,  is  held  upon  exportation  tu  be 
entitled  to  the  rate  of  drawback  prescribed  by  the  existing 
instructions  of  the  Treasury  Department  as  to  "refined  loaf, 
cut-loaf,  crushed,  granulated,  and  powdered  sugar."  viz., 
■J,     cents,  per  pound,  less  the  legal  retention  of  1  per  cent. 

New  Customs  Tariff  i>f  Brazil. 

[Continued  from  pa;/'  81   of  the  September  A  umber  of  the 
Journal.) 

(Xote.— Kilogramme    2-20411).  avoirdupois       Litre=0-22  Imp. 
gallon.     Milreis=2s.  3d.— nominal  value.) 


No.  in 

Tariff. 


Articles,  etc. 


Rates  of  Duty. 


332 


333 


.C3I 
335 


XL— Chemical  Products,  Phar- 
maceutical Compositions  ami 
Medicaments  in  gexekal- 
contd. 

Sulphates  and  hyposulphates : 
Of  alumina  : 

And    potash,     alum     stone. 

crystallised   Kilog, 

And"  potash,    alum     stone, 

calcined 

And  of  ammonia  and  other 

bases    

,,  ammonia 

,,  baryta,  common,  heavy  spar 
or  Bologne  stone,  and 
artificial  or  precipitate   .. 

..  cadmium 

,,  lime  or  plaster,  pure  or  pre- 
cipitate     

,,  cerium  

,,  lead 

„  cobalt 

,,  copper : 

Pore,  blue  vitriol  or  blue 

copperas  

Of  ammonia  or  ammoni- 

acal    

,,  iron : 

Impure,  green  vitriol  or 
common  green  coppeias 

Pure  salts  of  iron    

Of    ammonia     or     other 

bases    

„  lithia  

..  magnesia,  Epsom  salts 

,,  potash,  neutral,  Duobus 
salts,  polychrest  salts,  and 
acid     or     bisulphate     of 

potash 

,,  silver 

,.  quinine,  neutral  or  acid    

..  >ada : 

Neutral  nrGlauber salts.. 
Acid  (ir  bisulphate  of  soda 
,,  strontian : 

Natural  or  in  the  lump   .. 

Artificial  or  precipitate. . 

,,  zinc,  white  vitriol  or  white 

copperas 

.,  any   metal,    not    otherwise 

mentioned 

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  . . 
Sulphites,  bisulphites,  and    hypo- 
sulphites: 

Of  soda 

..any    metal,    not   otherwise 

distinguished  

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  .. 

Sulphocyanidcs  of  any  kind    

Sulphides,     hydrosulphatcs.     and 
sulphydrates : 
Of  antimony : 

Native  or  crude  antimony 
Of  sulphur,  coated   with 

antimony    

Hydrated.     or      mineral 

kermes 

Vitrified      or     antimony 

glass  

.,  arsenic  yellow  or  red 

,,  carbon,  impure 

,,  lead,  neut  ral.  or  galena 

,,  iron 

..  rnpper 

..  mercury,  black  mineral,  and 
(demo  or  bil,  yellow  or  red 


R<  is. 


30 
GOO 


400 
400 


650 
7.000 

500 
6,000 

500 
7.000 


50 
1.600 


10 
160 

350 

10.300 

10 


40.000 

lu.ooo 


10 


300 
1.000 


!60 


Gramme 


Kilog. 


Gramme 

Kilog. 


1.600 
100 


160 

sno" 
mi 

2,000 


70 
1.000 
2.000 

500 

250 
320 
250 
_'  0 
200 

1,200 


No.  in 
Tariff. 

Articles,  etc. 

Elites  of  Duty. 

XI.— Chemical  Products.  Phar- 

Iteis. 

maceutical  Compositions  and 

Medicaments   in    General.  — 

contd. 

Sulphides.     hydrosulphate3.     and 

sulphvdrates— eontd. 

Kilog.         30.CK.0 

,,  anv  metal  or  metalloid  not 

otherwise  specified    

1.000 

336 

2,000 

337 

Tannatis  : 

4.500 

..  alkaloids  or  organic  bases  .. 

Gramme         100 

338 

Tannin,  pure,  or  tannic  acid    

Kilog.           1,600 

339 

Tartrates : 

Of  bismuth    

1.C0O 

„  iron.  pure,  and  of  potash  and 

of  ammonia   or  ammoni- 

acal  and    of  manganese 

(manganesiferous  iron)  .. 

1,300 

,.  potash  : 

Neutral  or  soluble  tartar 

of      potash     (vegetable 

saltsl  and  of  emetic  anti- 

1,000 

Acid  (bi)  : 

Pure,  or  cream  of  tartar. 

crvstalliscd       or      in 

400 

Do.,  soluble  

900 

Impure,  crude  tartar  or 

70 

Gramme          50 

„  soda,  neutral  or  acid,  and  of 

potash,  Seignette  salts    .. 

Kilog.          1.000 

.,  metals,  not  otherwise  men- 

tioned   

2,000 

,,  alkaloids  or  organic  bases 

Gramme         100 

310 

Turpentine,  distilled   

Kilog.              800 

341 

Theriac  aDd  diascordium 

1,000 

342 

Alcoholic  dves : 

6.000 

6.000 

1.000 

,,  vanilla  

1.000 

8,000 

,,  green  plants  and  those  not 

otherwise  mentioned  

1,000 

[Note.— Etherated  dves  or  ethero- 

latures    will    par  25    per  cent. 

over  and  above  the  respective 

duties) 

3i3 

Troches  and  perfumes : 

5.CO0 

Not  otherwise  mentioned 

1.300 

341 
315 

6,000 

Medicinal    salves,    cerates,     and 

1.000 

316 
317 

Gramme          10 

Valerianates : 

Of  metal  of  every  kind  

Kilog.         10.000 

,,  alkaloids  or  organic   bases 

not  otherwise  mentioned 

100 

318 

Vanadiates  of  any  kind 

Kilog.         11.000 

3111 
35U 

1.000 

Medicinal  vinegars  of  every  kind 

1,000 

351 

Medicinal  w  ices : 

Bitters 

320 

Vermouth 

320 

Not  otherwise  distinguished  . . 

1.000 

352 

Medicinal  svrups  of  any  kind 

7C0 

353 
351 

4.000 

Chemical  products,  natural  or  arti- 

ficial,   pharmaceutical    prepara- 

tions and  medicaments  in  general. 

not  otherwise  mentioned  

IS  .  ad  ral. 

{Xote.— Articles    included    in    this 

category,  if  they  are  of  a  nai  urc 

to  be  imported   in  the  follow- 

ing conditions,  viz.  :— bruised. 

scraped,  grated,  and  in  powder 

will  pav.inthe  first  three  cases. 

in  per  cent .  and  in  the  latter 

case.    25   per    cent,    over    and 

above  the  respective  duties.) 

Russia. 
Recent  Customs-  Decisions. 


(.Vote.-Poud 


=  361b.  avoirdupois. 
Gold  rouble 


Funt=09021b.  avoirdupois. 
=  3s.  2d.) 


Sesquicarbonate  of  soda.— Section  151.  Duty.  10  roubles  pe  r 
poud  gross,  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of 
duty  leviable. 


686 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Oct.81,  1887. 


Disinfecting  powder,  composed  of  carbolic  acid  not  cleaned. 
—Section  16.  Duty,  5  copecks  per  poud  gross,  with  an  addi- 
tion of  20  percent,  on  each  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

Mixtures  of  starch  and  borax.— Section  15.  Duty,  1  rouble 
per  poud.  with  an  addition  of  JO  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of 
dutv  leviable.  .  .        . 

Spirits  of  wine  mixed  with  ammonia^  and  imported  in 
bottles. -Sect ion  77.    Duty,  75  copecks  per  bottle.       _ 

Solution  of  cochineal. -Section  119,  Part  8.  Duty,  o  roubles 
per  poud. 

Precipitate  of  alumina. -Section  12a.    Duty,  11  copecks  per 

P  Pyrogallic  acid.-Section  1.37.  Part  I.     Duty.  4  roubles  per 

P°Sol'ution  of  chloric  lime  —Section  140.    Duty,  2  roubles  per 
poud.  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of  duty 

Naphthalene.— Section  140.  Duty,  2  roubles  per  poud.  with 
an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

It  has  been  decided  by  the  Customs  authorities  to  prohibit  in 
future  the  importation  of  Tamar  Indian,  unless  it  is  accom- 
panied by  a  staf  smenl  setting  forth  the  manufactory  at  which 
it  was  prepared,  and  an  exact  description  of  its  properties. 

Finland. 
Modification  of  Customs  Dutii  v. 
It  appears  from  a  report  of  Mr.  Charles  J.  Cooke.  British 
Vice-Consul  at  Helsingfors.  dated  the  5th  September  last,  that 
the  Imperial  Finnish  Senate  has  decreed  that  raw  asbestos 
and  asbestos  powder  should  be  imported  into  Finland  duty 
free,  while  all  goods  made  of  asbestos  should  pay  a  duty  on 
importation  of  12  mark}  per  lOOkilos.,  with  an  addition 
of  20  per  cent,  if  these  goods  consist  of  ready-made  clothing  of 
asbestos. 

TR  IDE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE   UNITED 

KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  tin-  United  Kingdom  from  Spain. 


Principal    Articles. 


Chemical   products    unenume- 

rated    Value 

t  '<  ipper  ore  and  regulus    .  Tons 

Value 
Manganese  ore     Tuns 

Value 
Pvritesof  iron  or  copper.. .Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver  lb. 

\  alue 
Rags,  Esparto   Tons 

Value 


August  1886. 


Total  Value 


£6.101 

3,115 

£66,  .568 


1'i.vy, 

£84,795 

17.920 

£1.200 

3,193 

£17.594 


1886. 


£6.524 

1.268 

£67.:S35 


42.H.-,:! 
t74.830 


4.S30 
£25.704 


1887. 


August     . . . 
September  . 


£548.550 
£719,560 


£660,821 

£7Ui.3U3 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Prod  nee  from  the  United 
Kingdom  to  Sjniin. 


Principal    Articles. 


Alkali     Cwt. 

Value 
Caoutchouc       manufactures 

Value 
Cement Tons 

Value 
Chemical    products,   including 

dyestnfls    Value 

Coal         products,         including 

naphtha,  etc Value 

Glass  manufactures    ..    Value 

Urease,     tallow,    and     animal 

fat    J3wt. 

\  alue 

Manure Value 

Painters'  coloursand  unit,  rials 

Value 
Paper  of  all  sorts     Cwt. 

Value 
Soap    -Cwt 

\  alue 

Total  Value  

August    

September 


August  1886. 

August  1887. 

21.961 
£7.166 

27.147 
£9,038 

£.537 
1,355 

£2.142 

£1,385 

258 

£160 

£5.093 

£1,813 

£856 
£508 

£1.153 

£7111 

1,332 

£1,328 

SIM 

2,3:2 
£2  17! 

£4.212 

£1.191 

763 

£1,548 

175 
£154 

£2.580 

242 

£581 

3>5 

C272 

188G. 

1887. 

£233.417 
£328.466 

£313.207 
£304,001 

STATISTICS. 
Trade  Statistics  for  September. 

The  Board  of  Trade  Returns  for  September  show  the  (ol- 
lowing  figures  :— 

Imports. 

Sept.  1886. 
Total  value £28,898,505 


Sept.  1887. 
£27,191,591 


Exports. 

Sept.  1886. 

British  and  Irish  Produce  ....  £18.928.975 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Produce 

(partly  estimated)    4,496,979 


Sept.  1887. 
£19,833.830 


1.553,101 

Below  are  the  details  affecting  drugs  and  chemicals  :  - 
Imports. 


Sept.  1885.  Sept.  1886.  Sept.  1887. 


Drugs,  unenumerated. .  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 

and    Products,    un-  ] 

enumerated—  value  £ 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)        cwt. 

„  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 

,,  value  £ 

Quicksilver   lb. 

value  t 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Lae.   seed,  shell,  stick. 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £ 

Barksand  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers' use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  value  £ 

Other  coal-tar  dyes —  value  £ 

Cochineal   cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier..        tons 
value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine.  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

juet value  £ 

Valonia   tons 

value  £ 

Chemicals  and  dyestufrs, 

unenumerated—         value  £ 
Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

„  value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds  . .  „        tuns 

,,  value  £ 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm  tuns 

Train,    blubber,    and 

sperm    value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

value  £ 

oils,  not  enumerated  . .  value  £ 

Tallow  and  Stearine cwt. 

value  £ 


72.981         60,655        16,156 


ys.sio 

6.910 

5.375 

90.2U0 

21.5% 

110.370 

60,280 

47.411 

39.883 

22,500 

1.750 

7.180 

43,217 

4,637 

14.541 

7,599 

22.752 


50,907 

22,013 

16.211 

31.57H 

109 

4,329 
2,590 

53.4S3 
S:i5 

11,825 


1.262 


98.214 
5.140 
1,088 
52,30! 
13.413 
28.300 
11.655 
21,173 
18,315 
63.75) 
5.130 
11,044 
25,537 
1,021 
17,813 

6,114 

16,921 


23,300 

7.S21 

21.073 

10.718 

210 

916 

6.210 

3,015 
75,361 

1.200 
20.620 


2,818 


105.167 

5.952 

4.952 

66.907 

14.910 

54,249 

23.131 

24.599 

20.911 

38,270 

3,252 

8.604 

35,0i7 

1.171 

20,162 

3.969 

9.290 


32,285 

13.510 

25,310 

23,227 

660 

854 

5,431 

2.507 

62.050 

826 

11,017 


1,126 


1,595 

3.120 

1.820 

1.989 

1489 

1.574 

32,636 

21.079 

22.231 

168,734 

160.689 

123,361 

33.464 

6.933 

9,173 

51,261 

9.181 

11.199 

674 

1,308 

1,309 

26,786 

50.:,87 

43.636 

73.552 

98.533 

77.097 

95.618 

101,637 

75,729 

9,672,123 

3,965,723 

6.153.916 

292,177 

131,560 

168  070 

1.237 

1,268 

1.233 

34.841 

33.215 

29,139 

3,205 

2.025 

1,402 

92.002 

50.699 

29,363 

61,817 

13,5fM 

32,594 

84.917 

41.275 

51.101 

71.620 

70.051 

72.100 

75.M11 

61.781 

101.776 

91,090 

73.631 

oct.ai.issr.l      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Exports. 


Sept.  1685.  Sept.  1886.  Sept.  1887. 


011,330 

lrn.tia:* 
132.31  i 

it, ..in 


British  and    Irish    pro- 
duce:— 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials       cwt, 
.,  ,,  value  £ 

Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations   (un- 

enumeratedl value  £ 

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations   value  £ 

Chemical  manure  ..  value  £ 
Oil  (seed] tuns 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Painters'  colours 
and  materials  (un- 

enumerated) value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 

liark.  Cinchona cwt. 

„  value  £ 

Chemicals     (unenu- 

merated)     value  t 

Cochineal  ' cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
,,  ,,         value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac,  various  kinds..        cwt. 
...  ..  ....  value  £ 

Lard cwt 

value  £ 

Oils,  cocoa-nut cwt. 

..  value  £ 

,,    olive  tuns 

,.       .,      value  £ 

,.    palm   cwt. 

„        , value  £ 

.,    petroleum    gals. 

value  £ 

Quicksilver    lb. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 

ash)    cwt. 

,,  „         value  £ 

Tallow  and  stearine       cwt. 

.,  „         value  £ 


179.080 

U0.108 

126.869 

10,707 


541.165 

153.431 
128.562 
48.380 


64,928         68,299         6S.209 


168.017 

1741,411) 

181.101 

130,399 

129,613 

139.633 

5.9S1 

4,478 

5.021 

138,776 

99.362 

1119.316 

ii.  a  ii 

35.143 

40, 198 

46.587 

36.276 

37,9118 

101, 055        111,282        121.127 


9.007 

S.611 

10,107 

51.299 

39,729 

33.332 

12,954 

9.471 

17,521 

657 

1.421 

508 

4,510 

9.291 

3,183 

549 

1.237 

1.006 

14.418 

33.093 

'.6  853 

7,924 

3.046 

2.917 

28,252 

11.273 

10.987 

3.066 

2.79.' 

2,336 

60.202 

55.304 

46.969 

:;  881 

,..oo 

8,551 

12.102 

23.101 

21,533 

3.894 

1.216 

1.802 

7.6H 

2.313 

3.068 

8  968 

12.507 

5  10  8 

12,975 

18.002 

7,150 

216 

209 

213 

10.193 

8,928 

8  859 

27.548 

05,342 

83,831 

36.3S6 

67.626 

80.713 

27.792 

24.780 

28,728 

1.462 

1.123 

i  -»-.-i 

'23.252 

603  937 

252,538 

55,524 

51.787 

21.628 

2.255 

586 

973 

1,814 

591 

908 

19,886 

29.617 

28,867 

26,110 

33.108 

33,530 

CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

Chili. 

Saltpetre  Exports. 

19,230,047  pesos,  or  two  fifths  of  the  whole  exports  of  Chili, 
are  represented  by  saltpetre.    Signs  arc  not  wanting  that  the 

production  of  saltpetre  is  to  be  materially  reduced,  and  the 
effects  of  this  upon  consuming  markets  in  Europe  will  be 
considerable.  It  is  estimated  that  of  the  total  quantity 
exported,  one-third  Unds  its  way  to  England,  the  remaining 
two-thirds  going  to  the  Continent.  The  average  freight  is 
£1  10s.  per  ton,  the  vessels  employed  being  mostly  sailing  ships. 
The  Italian  FloriuUubattino  Co.  is  beginning  to  ship  airect  to 
Italy. 

Egypt. 
Candles,    etc. 

The  French  Consul  at  Alexandria,  in  his  report,  sav--  that 
France  supplie i  wax  caudles  very  largely.  Nearly  all  those 
consumed  come  from  the  Marseilles  factory  of  JI.  Founder. 
The  activity  and  enterprise  of  this  firm  have  succeeded  in 
establishing  almost  a  monopoly  cf  the  trade.  For  several 
years  Austria  endeavoured  to  find  a  market  in  Egypt  for  these 
goods,  but  all  serious  competition  has  now  been  abandoned. 
As  to  the  English  products  they  exist  only  in  the  Customs 
returns.  They  are  either  manufactures  which  have  been 
warehoused  in  England  or  transported  to  Egypt  by  English 
steamers.  'I  he  strongest  competition  which  French  manufac- 
turers have  to  face  comes  from  Belgium.  It  is  calculated  that 
Belgian  traders,  owing  to  the  smaller  charges  on  Iheir 
industry,  can  save  five  francs  per  lOOkijos.  in  the 
manufacture  of  their  goods,  compared  with  the  cost  of  pro- 
ducing French  products.  This  makes  Belgian  competition 
serious.  French  manufactures,  however,  still  maintain 
superiority  in  quality  to  those  of  other  countries. 

According  to  the  Belgian  Consular  Agent  at  Mansoorab, 
Belgium  has  for  some  years  competed  strongly  with  French 


products.  Belgian  prices  are  lower  than  tlmse  of  the  French, 
and  it  the  natives  had  not  had  a superioi  aiticle  offered  to 

Hum  ,it  less  cost,  they  would  not  have  purchased  as  thes  have 
done  from  Belgian  trailers.  French  wax  candles  an  still  m  ry 
much  sought  alter  at  the  present  time,  but  now  there  a  i  i  om 
petitors  in  the  field  the  prices  have  been  very  considerabh 
reduced. 

Holland. 

'  'untiles. 

The  ini)ioi ts  of  wax  lights  and  candles,  says  the  Secretary  of 
the  Belgium  Ligation,  at  the  Hague,  arc  unimportant,  and 
tend  to  be  still  further  reduced.  In  1881  they  amounted  to 
21.0110  dorms,  while  in  1885  they  were  onlv  valued  at  14.000 
florins.  Candle  factories  at  the  Hague  are  important,  although 
not  numerous;  the"  Apollo  "  factory,  established  in  1869,  and 
employing  between  100  and  500  men.  being  the  chief  one.  The 
candles  turned  out  by  this  factory  are  not  only  employed 
throughout  Holland,  but  are  used  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 
Each  year  the  factor]  consumes  between  8000  and  9000  tons  of 
tallow  from  Austria.  America,  or  Russia.  The  factory  is  a 
prosperous  concern.  It  manufactures  candles  of  all  kinds, 
shapes,  sizes,  and  colouis.  The  total  export  of  candles  in  1885 
was  i,244.000kilos.,  a  decline  of  upwards  of  2,000,000 
kilos,  on  1SS4. 

The  Chemical  Industry. 

The  chemical  industry  is  not  as  flourishing  as  it  used  to  be. 
Dutch  manufacturers  of  chemical  products  are  now  seeing 
Germany,  their  best  market,  closed  to  them  owing  to  the  high 
Customs  duties  of  that  country.  Germany,  however,  still 
remains  the  best  market  for  Dutch  chemical'products.  Dutch 
manufacturers  have  since  sought  to  establish  a  new  tiadc 
with  this  country. 

S'kiji   Man  "faclure. 

Soap  making  during  the  past  few  years  has.  from  a  manu- 
facturing point  of  view,  made  considerable  progress.  Dutch 
soaps  are  partly  consumed  in  the  country  and  partly  exported 
to  the  Dutch  East  India  possessions,  where  they  bid  fair  to 
successfully  compete  with  the  English  and  French  products, 
which  until  recently  were  the  only  kinds  known.  The  soap 
works  are  divided  into  two  principal  categoiies,  those  which 
manufacture  solt  soap,  which  are  the  must  numerous,  and 
those  that  make  the  hard  soap.  In  I»83  there  were  sixty-six 
manufactories  of  the  first  kind  and  thirty-three  of  the  see:ond 
which  produced  17,83l,000kilos  'The  toilet  soaps  the 
most  estimated  are  those  bearing  the  mark  of  Sanders  &  Co., 
ofLeyden.  This  firm  is  equally  noted  for  the  best  makes  of 
soap  as  for  the  commoner  kinds.  This  industry  has  not  been 
so  flourishing  lately,  as  protective  duties  have  been  adopted 
in  the  countries  which  offered  the  best  openings.  It  has 
suffered  also  from  English,  French,  and  German  competition, 
the  raw  materials  in  these  countries  being  cheaper  than  in 
Holland.  Belgium.  Afi  ica,  ana  the  Dutch  possessions  are  the 
chief  markets  for  Dutch  soaps.— Brit,  and  Vol.  Ltruygist. 


Our  Trade  Last  Year. 

The  year  18S6  was  a  year  of  marked  commercial  depression, 
and  we  therefore  cannot  expect  to  find  very  satisfactory 
reading  in  the  annual  statement  of  the  trade  of  the  United 
Kingdom  with  foreign  countries  and  British  possessions 
which  has  just  been  issued  in  the  form  of  a  bulky  Blue  Book. 
We  impoited  during  the  year  merchandise  to' the  value  of 
£349.863  472,  a  less  value  than  in  any  year  since  1S82  inclusive. 
To  this  amount,  foreign  countries  "contributed  £267,979,429, 
and  British  possessions  £81,884,043,  in  each  case  a  aiminuiion 
upon  the  figures  for  any  corresponding  period  during  the 
previous  four  years.  Our  exports  during  the  year  amounted 
to  £268,667.017,  again  a  less  figure  than  in  IS-."..  1884,  1883  or 
I8S2.  British  produce  contribuud  to  this  sum  £212.132.754.  and 
foreign  and  colonial  produce  £56,234. L13.  in  each  case  the 
smallest  amount  in  the  five  years.  It  is  significant  that  the 
falling  off  in  our  exports  last  year,  in  comparison  with  1885, 
was  due  to  a  decreased  demand  in  our  ow  n  possessions. 
While  we  sent  to  foreign  countries  goods  to  the  value  of 
£186,599.306.  an  improvement  of  nearly  a  million  upon  the 
preceding  year,  our  exports  to  British  possessions  onlv 
amounted  to  £82,087,711,  as  against  £85.121.218  in  1885. 

Turning  to  the  articles  in  which  our  readers  are  mainly 
interested,  we  find  that  the  drugs  unenumerated,  Peruvian 
hark,  and  opium,  imported  last  year  were  valued  respectively 
at  £669.979.  £801,353  and  £307,666.  in  each  instance  a  consider- 
able falling  oft'in  comparison  with  the  figures  for  any  of  the 
preceding  four  years.  Our  imports  of  alkali  amounted  to 
£55.828,  again  a  smaller  sum  than  in  any  other  of  the  n\e 
years,  while  our  imports  of  chemical  manufactures  and 
products  are  put  down  at  £1,281,537.  which  figures  also  com- 
pare unfavourably  with  those  for  the  former  years. 

On  the  export  side,  which  is  of  course  the  most  important, 
we  And  a  failing  off  under  almost  every  item.  The  value  of 
our  exports  of  medicines,  drugs  and  medicinal  preparations 
is  put  down  at  £814,213  as  against  £842,725  in  18S5.  £893.184  in 
1884.  £922,649  in  1883,  and  £935,233  in  1SS2.  We  exported  alkali 
to  the  value  of  £1,788,078  as  against  £1,955,790  in  1885.  and  still 
larger  sums  in  each  of  the  three  preceding  years.  One  of  the 
few  redeeming  features  in  the  character  of  our  expoits 
during  the  past  year  is  to  be  found  under  the  head  of  chemical 
products  and  preparations,  our  exports  of  which  were  valued 

E 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct Si.  1887. 


at  £1  492.57).  an  improvement  upon  each  year  of  the  live  with 
tbe  one  exception  of  I**-' 

The  statement  before  us  also  contains  a  table  showing  the 
total  value  of  the  artic  ism  and  colonial  produce  and 

manufactures  expotted.  From  this  table  it  appears  that  the 
values  of  the  drags  unenumerated,  Peruvian  hark  and  opium. 
of  this  class  exported,  were  respectivelj  £363.398.  £517.791  and 
£215,868.  All  these  figures  compare  bauly  with  the  figures  for 
the  preceding  four  years,  with  the  exception  of  those  relating 
to  opium  in  1882. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  parts  of  the  compilation  from 
which  wc  take  the  figures  given  above  is  that  portion  which 
shows  the  extent  of  our  imports  and  exports  from  and  to  the 
different  foreign  countries  and  British  possessions.  From  this 
it  appears  that  of  the  (lings  unenumerated  brought  into  tin' 
country,  foreign  countries  contributed  to  the  value  of  £508,880. 
and  British  possessions  to  the  value  of  £101.099.  The  United 
States,  the  British  East  Indies.  Holland,  and  France  scut  us 
the  largest  amount.  What  is  tabulated  as  Peruvian  bark- 
though  why  does  not  appear  was  imported  from  foreign 
countries  to  the  value  of  £167,688,  and  from  British  possessions 
to  that  of  £633.669.  For  Peruvian  (?)  bark  we  were  indebted 
chiefly  to  Ceylon.  Madras,  the  United  States  of  Columbia,  and 
France.  The  value  of  opium  imported  from  foreign  countries 
and  British  possessions  is  put  down  respectively  at  £298.682 
and  £8984.  Turkey  sent  us  this  drug  to  the  value  of  £239,662 
and  Persia  to  that  of  £50.727.  £31.885  and  £23.943  represent  the 
value  of  the  alkali  imported  last  year  from  foreign  countries 
and  our  possessions  respectively.  Our  imports  from  British 
North  America  amounted  to  £23,930,  from  Holland  to  £11.313, 
and  from  France  to  £10.532.  Our  imports  of  chemical  manu- 
factures and  products  from  foreign  countries  amounted  to 
£1,269,527,  while  those  from  British  possessions  are  put  down 
at  £15.010.  France,  Holland,  Germany,  and  Italy  were  our 
largest  suppliers. 

Turning  again  to  the  export  side,  we  And  that  last  year  we 
cm  orted  alkali  to  foreign  countries  to  the  value  of  £1,666.454. 
and  to  British  possessions  to  that  of  £121.621.  America  was  by- 
far  our  largest  customer  for  this  article,  Russia  and  Spain 
coming  next,  a  long  way  behind.  Our  exports  to  foreign 
countries  of  chemical  products  or  preparations  not  specially 
enumerated  amounted  to  £1,219.532,  while  those  to  Kitisii 
possessions  were  estimated  at  £273,012.  The  United  States. 
France,  and  Germany  took  the  largest  quantity.  Of  medi- 
cines, comprising  drugs  and  medicinal  preparations,  we  ex- 
ported to  foreign  countries  to  the  value  of  £306.323.  and  to  our 
own  possessions  to  that  of  £507. S90.  Australasia  and  India 
were  our  largest  customers.— Brit,  and  Col.  Druggist. 


The  Rock  Salt  of  Belfast  and  Carrickfeegus. 

Mr.  Robert  Hanna.  of  Belfast,  has  published  a  letter  with 
regard  to  local  industries.      In  that  communication  he  says  :— 

"  It  is  now  almost  half  a  century  ago  since  Sir  Robert  Kane 
wrote  that  the  strata  in  the  vicinity  of  Belfast  corresponded 
with  that  of  Rancorn,  near  Liverpool;  for  all  that,  he  re- 
marked, there  was  no  rock  salt  in  the  vicinity  of  Belfast. 

"If  this  scientist  did  not  hit  tbe  mark,  he  took  a  good  aim 
at  all  events,  for  in  the  hills  at  Carrickfergus  for  many  a  year 
there  appeared  a  well  of  water  that  was  continually  sending 
up  hubbies.  People  wondered  at  this  phenomenon.  At  last 
the  boring-rods  went  down,  and  rock  salt  was  found  to  explain 
the  phenomenon. 

*"  And  now  we  come  to  a  greater  wonder.  Here,  within  a 
few  miles  of  Belfast,  there  are  several  rock  salt  mines.  One  of 
them.  'Logan's.'  contains  100ft.  of  a  solid  seam.  The  manu- 
facture, like  tbe  others  in  full  operation,  has  a  siding  to  the 
railway  within  a  few  miles  of  Belfast,  and  for  all  that  there 
was  imported  last  year  from  England  nearly  6000  tons  of 
manufactured  salt.  At  Runcorn  the  mines  are  flooded  to 
produce  brine.  At  Carrickfergus  the  rock  salt  is  lifted  from 
the  mine,  melted,  and  conveyed  by  pipes  to  the  pans.  This 
prevents  the  salt  water  from  being  in  any  way  Impregnated 
with  terrene  matter.  And  as  for  the  samples  of  rock  and 
manufactured  salt  of  Carrickfergus,  I,  as  a  geologist,  proclaim 
them  to  be  the  finest  samples  in  God's  rive  broad  continents. 
For  all  that,  how  does  it  come  this  vast  importation  of  manu- 
factured salt  into  Belfast  ?  It  is  surely  shipping  coals  to  New- 
castle with  a  vengeance.  It  is  wonderful  the  mania  we  have 
at  present  for  the  importation  of  everything  we  use  from 
England.  Even  the  Tramway  Company  and  the  Town  Coun- 
cil must  have  every  stone  for  square  sets  from  England.  Ma  is 
mourns  a  7ios  mohtons.  Lately  there  has  been  a  prospectus 
issued  and  stnt  to  this  country  from,  I  believe,  the  vicinity  of 
Runcorn,  near  Liverpool,  enlarging  on  the  merits  of  a  company 
that  is  about  to  be  formed  for  the  manufacture  of  soda  ash. 
crystals,  bleaching  powder,  etc.  Of  course,  the  materials  are 
at  hand  for  the  manufacture  of  these  commodities,  and  it 
would  appear  'a  patent '  is  in  the  background  to  forward  this 
important  scheme.  Wishing  this  company  every  success,  I 
would  like  that  these  '  patents'  that  are  issued  should  be  con- 
fined to  the  respective  countries  of  England.  Ireland,  and 
Scotland.  It  creates  a  monopoly  that  is  highly  injurious  to 
the  countries  not  interested.  For  instance,  it  is  well  under- 
stood we  have  salt  in  millions  of  tons  at  Carrickfergus;  we 
have  limestone  and  coal  slack  cheap  enough;  ammonia  in 
abundance  in  Belfast.  For  allthat.it  may  nappen  that  for 
fully  fifty  years  we  will  be  debarred  the  manufacture  of  these 
chemical  ashes,  although  all  the  materials  arc  at  hand.  Con- 
sequently we  lose  thousands  on  thousands  of  pounds  to  the 
capitalist  and  loss  of  employment  to  our  local  population. 
Formerly  in  Ballymacarrett  this  industry  of  the  manufacture 


of  chemical  ashes  was  carried  on  on  a  very  extensive  scale. 
but  English  monopoly  ruined  it.  Now,  it  'is  understood  the 
Ballymacarrett  manufacturers  were  not  able  to  hold  their 
ground,  »  ben  at  Runcorn  they  had  all  the  materials  at  hand- 
viz.,  lime.  salt,  ammonia,  etc. ;  but  tilings  do  change,  and  here 
at  Carrickfergus  we  have  lime  and  salt  in  inexhaustible  sup- 
plies, ammonia  cheap  enough,  and  coal  slack  at  a  nominal 
rate  could  be  landed  near  Eden  at  a  very  cheap  item. 

"  Now,  last  year  there  were  imported  into  Belfast  soda  ash 
and  soda  crystals.  3983  tons:  bleaching  powder.  2177  tons;  and 
soda  ash,  3124  tons.  This  is  not  taking  in  the  quantity  imported 
into  Larne.  Now,  in  handing  out  patents.  1  do  maintain  that 
these  patents  should  be  confined  to  the  several  countries 
interested,  for  why  should  a  patent  of  any  individual  debar 
another  country  from  developing  its  great  resources  >  It  looks 
also  very  strange  to  see  almost  6000  tons  of  manufactured  salt 
imported  into  Belfast  last  year,  and  millions  of  tons  of  it  at  our 
own  doors  :  and.  if  an  effort  was  only  made,  we  should  be  able 
to  ship  it  to  all  parts  of  the  world,  instead  of  only  shipping  one 
single  ton  last  year. 

"  Now,  there  are  three  salt  mines  open  at  present  in  Carrick- 
fergus, and— would  it  be  believed  .'-the  rock  salt  has  been 
found  in  the  vicinity  of  Belfast,  and  the  owner  is  afraid  to  let 
it  be  known  for  fear  of  too  high  a  rate  of  loyalties  !  And,  if 
we  are  not  capable  of  manufacturing  chemical  ashes,  perhaps 
we  might  be  allowed  to  open  our  salt  mines,  manufacture  and 
sell  it." 

a^ont&lp    Ipatcnt    list. 

I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 

MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

12801  J.  Parsons.  Liverpool.  Methi  d  and  apparatus  for  pre- 
venting incrustation  in  steam  boilers 

12876  F.  Livet,  London.  Steam  generator,  its  flues  and  fur- 
naces, with  feed  water  combination,  for  producing  heat  and 
sit  am.    September  22 

12963  A.  Siegert  and  W.  Durr.  London.  Devices  for  measur- 
ing the  density  of  gases.    September  24 

12986  J.  Vicars.  T.  Vicars  and  J.  Vicars,  jun..  Liverpool. 
Furnaces  of  externally-fired  steam  generate]  s!    September  26 

13015  W.  R.  Lake — From  Madiue.  Marcoux,  France.  Appa- 
ratus for  raising  liquids.    September  26 

13017  P.  A.  Newton— From  Theisen  and  Langcn,  Gel  many. 
Apparatus  for  cooling  or  heating  liquids  and  air.  September  26 

13043  H.  Wilson  and  A.  Wilson.  Stockton-on-Tees.  Appara- 
tus for  injecting  air,  gas.  oil  or  other  fluids  into  furnaces,  for 
increasing  draught,  reducing  smoke,  and  assisting  combus- 
tion.   September  27 

13105  J.  Buttcrworth,  Rochdale.  An  improved  valve.  Sep- 
tember 28 

13256  F.  W.  Allchin,  London.  Apparatus  for  mixing  sub- 
stances or  materials  in  a  dry  state.    September  30. 

13266  A.  T.  Clarkson.  London.  Valves  for  regulating  the 
flow  of  gases  under  pressure.    September  30 

13395  H.  Kilburn.  Bishop  Auckland.  Valves  for  regulating 
the  flow  of  fluids.    October  4 

13131  W.  P.  Thompson- From  W.  B.  Wright  and  E.  T. 
Williams,  United  States.  Improvements  in  furnaces  burning 
hydrocarboi  s.    Complete  specification.    October! 

13483  W.  E.  Harrington  and  J.  Brocklehurst.  London.  Kilns 
for  calcining  limestone,  iron  ore,  and  for  other  analogous  pur- 
ges.     I  letolier  5 

13667.  L.  Perkins,  London.  Cooling  and  refrigerating  appa- 
ratus.   October  8 

13852  J.  Spencer,  Glasgow.  Reverberatory  furnaces  for  heat- 
ing, metallurgical,  glass  making  and  similar  operations. 
October  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.' 

1886. 

11682  L.  Rouvicrc.  Generation,  application  and  utilisation 
of  steam,  and  apparatus  therefor.    Septembers 

15076  C  A.  Sahlstrom.  Apparatus  for  projecting  oil  or  other 
fuel  into  furnaces  in  the  form  of  sprav.    September  28 

15125  F.  L.  Met  ritt.    Sec  Class  if. 

15158  J.  K.  Hodgkin  and  E.  Perrett.    Filters.     September  21 

15171  T.  Richmond— From  W.  Wills.  Apparatus  for  the 
separation  of  smoke  from  the  gases  evolved  during  combustion 
of  fuel.    September  21 

15176  E.  M.  li.  Faull  and  F.  W.  Cannon.  Method  and  appa- 
ratus for  prevention  of  corrosion  in  steam  boilers.  September 
28 

15210  O.  Howen  and  J.  Cobcldiek.  Deodorising,  decolorising 
and  filtering  medium.    September  28 

16029  C.  de  Montgrand.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  pro- 
duction of  heat  and  cold.    October  12 

16525  F.C.Bond.  Apparatus  for  heating  liquids  by  steam. 
October  19 

16517  J.  Atkinson.    Refrigerating  apparatus.   October  19 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  datea  ef  the  Official  Journals  in  which 
acceptances  of  tbe  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised.  Complete 
BDeaficationfl  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to  inspection  at  the 
Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition  with  n  two  months  of  the 
said  dutes. 


Oct. 3i.  1887]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


680 


1887. 

3719  M.  Kotyra.   Electrical  apparatus  for  prevention  of  cor- 
rosion and  Bcale  in  steam  boilers.   September  2* 
3804  . 1.  Howl-,    ratering apparatus.    Occober  If 
9251  G.   E.   Wright.     Valve  (or  regulating  passage  of  gas. 
October  a 

9077  S.  Pitt— From  J.    R.  Knapp.    Blowpipe  apparatus  fur 
prolucing  intense  heal  and  artificial  light.    October  12 
9206  J.  Howes.    Rotary  littering  apparatus.    October  19 
11139  R.  Johnson.    Air  compressors.    September  21 
112>4  J  Smeaton  and  J.  D.  Simpson.     Valves  for  controlling 
the  flow  of  liquids,  gases  and  steam.   October  19 

12210  J.  T.  Kinir-From  H.  Kennedy.    Hot  blast  stoves  and 
furnae-s.    October  12 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 

APPLICATIONS. 

12801  A  McKune  Margerison.  London.  Improvements  in  tire 
lighters.    Complete  specification.    September  21 

12916  \V.  Guest  and  others.    See  Class  III 

13096  It.  Wall  work  and  A.  C.  Wells.  London.  Self-generat- 
ing  oil.  gas,  or  vapour  burners,  and  arrangements  connected 
therewith.    September  2S 

1338S  J.  Atkinson,  London.  Improvements  in  gas-making 
apparatus.    October  1 

134.50  S.  R.  Dickson.  London.  A  process  and  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  gas  for  heating  and  illuminating  and  of 
cyanogen  or  some  of  its  compounds.  Complete  specification. 
October  I 

13521  W.  Gadd  and  W.  F.  Mason.  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  construction  of  gas-holders.    October  6 

13514  P.  Jensen.  London — From  J.  Leele  and  V.  1).  Stock- 
bridge.  United  States.  Improvements  in  Carburettors.  Com- 
plete specification.    October  6 

13627  E.  Kenyon,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  illuminating  gas.  ammonia  and  other  products,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.    Complete  specification.    October  8 

13734  K.  K.  Kilbourn.  London.  Improvements  in  methods  of 
generating  heat.    October  11 

13922  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  C.  Bertou,  France.  A  new  or  im- 
proved compound  for  lighting  and  heating.    October  13 

13993  W.  Wilkie.  Glasgow.  An  improvement  in  effecting  the 
combustion  of  fuel.    October  15 

11085  H.  J.  Fcnuer  and  G.  H.  Fenner.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  naphthalene  into  forms  suitable 
for  use  in  illumination  and  in  apparatus  employed  therein. 
October  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFIC  A  TIONS  ACCEPTED, 

1886. 

8348  J.  Hammond.  Method  and  apparatus  for  purification 
of  coal  gas  by  concentrated  liquid  ammonia,  and  the  recovery  of 
sulphur  and  ammonia  for  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid 
and  sulphate  of  ammonia.    October  1 

12640  H.  Sutcliffc.  I'tilising  the  waste  heat  of  gas  and  com- 
bustion explosive  motor-engines  for  heating  water.  Septem- 
ber 21 

14395  J.  Hammond.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  the  utilisa- 
tion of  gas  tar.    October  12 

15125  F.  L.  Merritt.  A  retort  fire  bar  to  generate  water 
gas  as  fuel  in  furnaces,  where  the  ordinary  fire  bar  is  used. 
October  5 

15287  J.  S.  Sellon.  Apparatus  to  be  employed  in  lighting  and 
heating.    September  24 

15716  S.  Cutler.  Apparatus  for  the  distribution  of  liquid  in 
gas  scrubbers.    Septemb 

15728  F.  J.  Jones.  Method  and  apparatus  for  manufacturing 
gas  for  illuminating,  etc.    October  5 

16581  A.  Paget.  I  sc  and  construction  of  mantles  for  incan- 
descent gas-lighting.    October  15 

1887. 

11139  W.  C.  P.  Asselbergs.  Hydraulic  mains  for  gas  works. 
September  24 


IV.— COLOURING    MATTERS    and    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

12736  R.  Ashton.  Manchester.  An  improved  method  of  pre- 
paring blue  for  laundry  use.    September  20 

13088  B.  Willcox— From  The  I  arbenfabriken  vormals.  F. 
Bayer  SC  Co..  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
methylen  chloride.    September  27 

13860  S.  E.  Ciunyon— From  P.  Tonrnajnre,  France.  New  or 
improved  colouring  matters  and  methods  or  processes  for  the 
preparation  thereof.    October  8 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

126  H.  J.  Walder.  Production  of  colouring  matters  from 
carbolic  acid  and  other  phenols.    October  15 

127  H.  J.  Walder.  Producing  colouring  matter  from  anthra- 
quinone.    October  15 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE    DISTILLATION, 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 


TAR 


12946  W.  Guest.  T.  Guest.  G.  Guest,  and  A.  Guest,  Mapple- 
well.  An  invention  to  take  the  waste  gases  from  coke  ovens 
to  fire  boilers  and  light  works,  and  to  make  shale  and  waste 
dirt  into  oxide  of  iron  and  calcine  and  creosote  oil.  Sep- 
tember 24 

13336  W.  L.  Wise— From  The  Actien  Gesellschaft  fur 
Chemische  Industrie.  Germany.  New  process  of  manufactur- 
ing retene  from  resin  oil.    October  3 

13462  T.  Nicholson,  Bceston.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
struction of  coke  ovens  designed  to  secure  the  by-products. 
October  5 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15772  R.  B.  Tennent.  Destructive  distillation  of  shale  and 
other  minerals,  and  retorts  therefor.    October  1 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
APPLICATION^. 

13593  C.  B.  Warner.  London.  A  process  for  rendering 
fabrics  and  other  articles  water  repellent.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   October  7 

13669  I.  Singer  and  M.  W.  Judell.  London.  An  improved 
process  for  obtaining  cleansing  and  other  products,  applicable 
also  to  the  ex'ra  tion  of  oils,  and  similar  purposes,  together 
with  an  apparatus  for  carrying  the  same  into  effect.  Complete 
specification.    October  10 

13743  P.  M.  Matthew,  jun..  Edinburgh.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  indiarubber  waterproof  textile  fabrics. 
October  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

15343  W.  Mather.  Apparatus  for  treating  textiles  with 
liquids,  gases,  or  vapours.    September  24 

15599  J.  B.  Whiteley  and  W.  Whiteley.  Machinery  for  dry- 
ing wool  and  other  fibre.    October  1 

15600  J.  B.  Whiteley  and  W.  Whiteley.  Machinery  for  wash- 
ing and  scouring  wool  and  other  fibrous  substances. 
October  1 

1887. 

11570  S.  S.  Bromhead— From  L".  C.  Allen.  Apparatus  for 
separating  wool,  silk,  etc.,  from  vegetable  fibre  or  matter. 
September  28 

1(665  W.  Nelson  and  E.  Bowen.  Machine  for  drying  wool. 
September  28 


VI.— DYEING,    CALICO    PRINTING,    PAPER 
STAINING  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

13115  W.  J.  S.  Grawitz.  London.  Improvements  in  dyeing 
vegetable  and  animal  textile  materials  before  spinning.  Filed 
October  1.  Ante-dated  March  4  under  International  Con- 
vention. 

13S96  A.  J.  Boulc— From  W.  S.  Alexander.  L'nited  States. 
Improvements  in  the  dyeing  of  wool  tops  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    Complete  specification.    October  13 

13944  J.  S.  Knott.  London.  Bleaching  and  finishing  all  de- 
scriptions of  textile  fabrics,  yarns  and  all  fibrous  substances. 
October  H 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 

11971  E.  Sutcliffe  and  G.  E.  Sutcliffe.  Apparatus  for  bleach- 
ing, damping,  and  dyeing  loose  fibre  yarns,  threads,  etc. 
September  2s 

1.5258  T.  Lebrowski.  Method  and  apparatus  for  washing, 
scouring  and  bleaching  wool-    September  21 

15135  R.  Holt.  Method  and  apparatus  for  dyeing  warps 
Turkey  red,  alizarin  red  and  other  fancy  colours.  Sep- 
tember 28 

1887. 

7740  E.  Boursier.  Dyeing  fabrics  and  apparatus  therefor. 
October  S 

11426  E.  W.  Wrigley.  Method  and  apparatus  for  passing 
warps  into  and  receiving  them  from  dyeing  machines  and 
drying  cylinders.    October  12 

11497  A.  Graemiger.  Processes  and  apparatus  for  dyeing, 
scouring,  blea.-hiug  and  otherwise  treating  yarn  in  cops. 
September  24 

12358  T.  Sampson  and  F.  H.  Jealous.  Dyeing  yarn  and  other 
fibrous  materials  and  apparatus  therefor.    October  15 


690 


THE  .lolUN'AL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct.  31. 1887. 


VII.— ALKALIS,  ACIDS  and  SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

13001  W.P.Thompson  From  S.  Wolf,  Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  nr  connected  with  the  application  or  utilisation  of 
acid  sulphate  of  soda  In  the  manufacture  of  cellulose  and  for 
other  purposes.    September  26 

130bi  J.  Beve  idge,  Fnidshain.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
[acture  of  sulphuric  acid.    September  27 

13061  P.  Batesoa  and  M.  C.  Arnholtz.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments  in  or  connected  with  the  manufacture  of  carbonate  of 
s. m1;i  from  the  hi  M'soda  made  by  the  ammonia  soda 

process.    September  '27 

13323  E.  Solvay,  London.  A  new  or  improved  revolving  fur- 
nace  for  the  decomposition  of  biearhonate  of  soda.     October  l 

13336  .1.  E.  Johnson— Johnson.  London.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  acetic  acid  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
t  tetober l 

13617  C.  Hein/.erling.  Berlin.  A  process  for  separating 
chlorine  from  gas  mixtures.    October  S 

13648  C.  Heinzerling.  Improvements  in  a  furnace  for  dc- 
i   imposing  chlorides  of  metals,    Octobers 

13695  C.  Huggenberg,  London.  Processes  for  obtaining 
nitrates,  chromates.  manganates.  permanganates  and 
arsenates.    October  10 

13716  B.  J.  B.  Mills— From  T.  B.  Fogaitv.  United  states. 
A  process  of  and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  ammonia. 
Complete  specification.    October  11 

13717  B.  J.  B.  ALUs— From  T.  B.  Fogarty.  A  process  of  and 
apparatus  for  producing  sulphate  of  ammonia.  Complete 
specification.    October  11 

139S3  D.  Herman.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sulphate  of  soda  ami  in  apparatus  therefor. 
October  15 

U000  F.  Bale.  Droit wich.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  ammonia  and  hydrochloric  acid  and  in  the  apparatus 
employed  therein.    October  15 

14001  F.  Bale,  Droicwi.-h.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  ammonia  and  chlorine  aud  in  the  apparatus  employed 
therein.    October  1.5 

lion;  i;.  K.  Davis.  Manchester.  An  apparatus  for  extract- 
ing arsenic  from  oil  of  vitriol  and  muriatic  acid,  and  for  the 
absorption  of  gases  by  liquids  and  by  substances  held  in  sus- 
pension in  liquids.    October  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

8348  J.  Hammond.    See  Class  II. 

US75  J.  R.  Francis  and  F.  F.  Jones.  Process  and  apparatus 
for  obtaining  sulphur,  etc.,  from  ores,  and  for  purifying  such 
substances.    October  1 

15391  S.  H.  Croll.  Distillation  of  ammoniacal  and  other 
liquors,  concentration  of  liquids  and  salts  in  solutions  and 
apparatus  therefor.    October  o 

15188  W.  Burns.  Manufacture  of  sulphate  of  soda  and 
bleach  in  one  operation  under  high  pressure,  and  apparatus 
theref.il'.     October  15 

1549S  W.  Bramley  and  W.  P.  Cochrane.  Treating  solutions 
of  calcium  chloride  so  as  to  obtain  magnesium  chloride  and 
other  products.    October  15 

16118  H.  Kenyon.  Production  of  sulphide  of  zinc  and 
chloride  of  ammonium.    October  12 

1887. 

62  W.  Donald.  Production  of  chlorine  from  hydrochloric 
acid  gas.    October  19 

11492  H.  H.  Lake-From  A.  Kayser,  H.  Williams,  and  A.  B. 
'i i  oung.  Production  of  caustic  alkali,  carbonates  of  the  alka- 
line m  Mais,  muriatic  acid.  etc.    September21 

11193  H.  H.  Lake— From  the  Sittie.  Producing  silicate  of 
sodium  or  of  potassium.    September  21 

11491  H.  H.  Lake— From  the  same.  Producing  muriatic 
acid.    September  21 

1I50D  C.  J.  E.  de  Ha6n.  Manufacture  and  application  of  the 
ih muds  of  fluoride  of  antimony  with  the  chlorides  or  sul- 
phates of  so .lium.  potassium  or  ammonium.    October  1 


13852  J.  Spencer.    See  Class  I. 

14028  G.  r  .  Chance.  London.    Xcw  or  improved  machinery 
for  rolling  glass.    October  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 


12990  J.  Armstrong.  Manufacture  of  glass,  opal  crystal 
porcelain,  etc..  and  apparatus  therefor.    October  8 

11519  A.  Oi  sine  her.  Machines  for  cutting,  grinding,  and 
polishing  glass.    September  21 

16268  J.  Armstrong.  Blowing  and  moulding  glass,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    October  12 

16366  A.  I).  Brogan  and  A.  M.  Malloch.  Manufacture  of 
rippled  glass  and  apparatus  therefor.    October  15 

1887. 

10812  J.  Earle.  G.  Bourne,  and  T.  Bourne.  Apparatus  for 
cutting  anil  ornamenting  glass.    September  24 

11496  A.  J.  Boult-From  F.  Czech.  Decorating  ceramic 
ware.    October  15 


IX. 


-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

12775  W.  H.  Manders,  London.  Rod  or  white-faced  stock 
bricks.    September  20 

131S0  J.  llargrcaves.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  cement.    September  29 

13214  J.  H.  Greathead,  London.  A  method  of  moulding 
articles  in  cement  or  other  semi-fluid  setting  material. 
September  29 

13322  E.  Solvay,  London.  Improvements  in  lime  kilns. 
October  1 

13467  W.Smith.  Dublin.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  cement.    October  5 

13534  T.  C.  Hutchinson.  Stockton-on-Tees.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  blast  furnace  slag  for  the  manu- 
facture therefrom  of  hydraulic  or  similar  cement.    Oct.  6 

13902  I!.  Punshon,  London.  Paving,  flooring  and  roofing 
material.    October  13 


viii.  -glass,  pottery  and  earthenware. 
applications. 

127i'.'i  M.  W.  Samuel.  London.  Manufacture  of  a  plastic 
i  .iup  nun  I.  an  i  treatment  thereof,  for  the  production  of 
moulded  and  decorated  tiles,  slabs  and  other  articles.    Sept.  2U 

12835  T.  A.  Green,  s.  Green,  and  II.  Leak,  London.  Im- 
provements in  the  maniii'  i.  i  me  jf  lux  .ranks  or  rings  for  use 
in  biking  china  or  the  like,  and  in  apparatus  therefor, 
September  21 

13022  .1.  F.  Carey,  London,  Improvements  in  the  formation 
of  tiles  for  roofing  aud  such  like  purposes,    September  26 

13214  .1.  II.  Ore  it  head.     Sec  Class  IX. 

13502  T.  I!.  Gibson,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture and  ornamentation  of  vessels  to  imitate  earthenware, 
china,  porcelain,  terracotta  and  such  like.    Octobers 

13577  J.  Emery  and  II.  Lockelt.  Longport.  Improvements 
la  the  method  of  decorating  potter]  ware.    October  : 

13591  K.  Leak.  I,  union.  An  improved  method  of  supporting 
plates,  saie  ers.  dishes  and  other  similar  potteryware  while 
being  Bred.    ( >ctober7 

13723  i '.  Amand-Dtirand  and  R.  P.  Engelniann.  London. 
improvements  in  decorating  glass,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
<  omplctc  specification.    October  10 


X. -METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

12741  G.  G.  Mullins,  London.  A  process  of  purifying,  hard- 
ening and  otherwise  greatly  improving  iron.  Complete 
i  specification.    September  20 

12717  A.  J.  Boult— From  E.  E.  Ries,  United  States.  Im- 
proved method  of  and  apparatus  for  welding  and  tempering 
metals.    Complete  specification.    September  20 

12751  W  P.  Thompson— From  A. . I.  A.  Lagane.  France.  Im- 
provements in  rollering  machines  or  apparatus  for  imparting 
8  given  form  to  iron  plates,  called  in  France  "  machine  a 
Galbord."    September  20 

12761  S.  Massey.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  presses  for 
forging,  cutting,  punching,  bending  and  otherwise  operating 
|  on  iron,  steel,  or  other  metals  or  alloys  or  other  materials. 
September  20 

12856  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining.  Manchester.  Im- 
i  provements  in  the  production  of  aluminium  and  aluminium 
bronze.    September  22 

128li!  S.  Dawes  and  W.  Smith,  London.  An  improved  pro- 
cess for  converting  iron  into  steel.    September  22 

1288?  C.  Philippart,  London.  Improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  producing  finely-divided  metal,  especially  for 
use  in  secondary  batteries.    September  22 

12887  W.  P.  Thompson— From  A.  Schneider  and  Co.,  France. 
Improvements  in  or  appertaining  to  the  hardening  or  temper- 
ing of  steel  or  steely  iron.    September  23 

12912  R.  II.  Gubbins.  London.  Improvements  in  rolls  for 
rolling  metal.    September  23 

12951  J.  Dennis.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  miners' safety 
lamps.    September  21 

13150  G.  P.  Hedfern,  London— From  J.  Molas,  France.  An 
automatic  apparatus  for  indicating  the  presence  of  explosive 
gases,    September  28 

13177  T.  Appleby,  Middlcsbro'-on-Tees.  An  improved  con- 
struction of  ingot  moulds  and  a  better  method  of  casting 
various  shaped  iron  or  steel  ingots.    September  29 

13212  G.  Hatton.  London.  Improvements  in  the  open-hearth 
method  or  process  of  manufacturing  iron  and  steel,  and  in 
furnaces  employed  therein.    September  30 

13324  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe.  London.  A  new  and 
improved  method  for  the  recovery  of  the  precious  metals  and 
platinum.    October  1 

13325  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe.  Anelcetro-ehcniical 
process  for  the  recovery  of  the  precious  metals.    October  1 

13348  J.  Cooke,  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  safety 
lamps.    Octobers 

13457  J.  II.  Smith  and  J.  Talbot,  Birmingham.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  bars  from  scrap  iron,  applicable 
tn  hi  her  like  purposes.    October  5 

13183  W.  E.  Carrington  and  .1.  Broeklchiu'si .  London.  See 
Class  I. 

13522  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  W.  J.  Twining.  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  the  production  of  aluminium.    October  0 


Oct. 31. 1887.]      THE  JOURXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


HOI 


13560  J.  Butler,  London.  Improvements  in  machinery  for 
compressing  iron  or  metal  scraps  for  the  manufacture  of  bars 
therefrom.    October  6 

13570  T.  K.  Weston,  London.  An  improvement  in  the 
manufacture  of  Bteel  forcings  and  t lie  like.    October  7 

13.586  H.  de  Mosenthal.  Loudon.  Improvements  in  cartridges 
for  blast  i ng  and  -hot  firing  in  mines     October  7 

13787  W.  Blackwood  and  T.  Blackwood,  jun..  Edinburgh. 
An  improved  machine  for  corrugating  metallic  plates  or 
tubes,  or  for  corrugating  and  bending  metallic  plates.    Oct.  12 

138.52  J.  Spencer.    See  Class  I. 

U&26  W.  H.  Penning  and  H.  G.  Owen,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  saving  fine  or  flour  gold  in  milling. 
hydraulising  and  sluicing.    October  14 

13938  M.  Adams  and  J.  Jenkins,  London.  Improvements  in 
ventilating  mines  and  in  means  employed  in  connection  there- 
with.   October  14 

139.50  M.  Darnbrough  and  E.  Darnbrough  Drighlington. 
The  saving  of  waste  of  material  in  the  tempering  and  coating 
of  steel  or  iron  wire  by  molten  lead,  of  mixture  of  lead  and 
tin,  or  tin,  or  during  the  galvanising  of  wire  with  zinc. 
October  H 

14(101  S.  Dawes  and  W.  Smith,  London.  An  improved 
process  for  converting  iron  into  steel.    October  1.5 

1401-5  H.  Auly.  London.  An  improved  method  of,  and 
apparatus  for,  electrically  lighting  miners'  safety  lamps  whilst 
locked,  and  which  is  also  applicable  to  lighting  other  lamps. 
October  15 

140.51  D.  G.  Fitzgerald,  London.  An  improved  electro- 
chemical process  for  the  extraction  of  the  precious  metals 
from  their  ores.    October  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
18S6. 

12428  E.  R.  Cummins— From  G.  P.  Schwcdcr.     Extracting 

fold  and  antimony  regains  from  auriferous  antimony  ore. 
eptember  28 

13073  A.  Parkes-  Extracting  gold,  silver,  and  other  metals, 
from  ores  or  compounds  containing  the  same.    O*.  tober  12 

14020  J.  T.  Dann-  From  A.  Schaag  and  Messrs.  Flurscheim 
ft  Bergman n.     Galvanising  iron  and  steel      October  19 

14875  J.  K.  Francis  and  F.  F.  Jones.    See  Class  VII. 

15303  C.  W.  Crossley.  Apparatus  for  the  separation,  ex- 
tra "t  ion,  and  amalgamation  of  metals.    September  28 

1.5531  A.  E.  Tucker  and  F.  \V.  Harbord.  Materials  used  in 
the  construction  of  metallurgical  furnaces  and  converters. 
October  1 

1553-5  R.  Dixon.  Apparatus  for  purifying  coal  or  like 
material  by  the  washing  process.    October  1 

1579(1  W.  G.  Copestake  and  C.  Jones.  Converting  or  re- 
converting old  steel,  iron  and  other  kinds  of  metal  into  com- 
pounds known  as  the  d  Life  rent  kinds  of  steel.    October  15 

15946  J.  Clark.  Obtaining  alloys  of  aluminium  with  certain 
other  metals.    October  8 

15993  A.  W.  Conquist  and  C.  O.  Lundholm.  Fuse  for  mining 
purpose*.    October  15 

16923  E.  Vlasto.  Apparatus  for  cleaning  and  pickling 
metals  and  utilising  the  used  liquids.    October  19 

1887. 

624  H.    H.    Like— From   J.   IUing wort  h .     Ma  nufact  are   of 

metal  ingots,  and  apparatus  therefor.    October  15 

10611  L.  Mellctt.  Apparatus  for  indicating  the  presence  of 
mineral  ores  or  metallic  substances.    October  8 

10922  C.  Roth.  Safety  apparatus  for  igniting  fuses  in  blast- 
ing operations,  and  for  preventing  explosion  of  fire  damp. 
October  1 

11474  P.C.Gilchrist.  Manufacture  of  steel  and  ingot  iron 
by  the  basic  process.    September  24 


XII. -PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES  and 
RESINS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

13286  S.  Washington,  Manchester.  An  improved  compound 
for  application  to  leather  as  a  stain  or  varnish.    October  1 

13109  S.  C  Rowell  and  .1.  W.  Newell  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  plumbic  oxide  or  litharge,  and  in 
apparatus  employed  therein.  Complete  specification. 
October  1 

13885  A.  G.  Wass.  London.  A  new  or  improved  combination 
of  substances  for  the  manufacture  of  varnish,  paint,  enamel, 
and  other  similar  articles.    October  13 

complete  specifications  accepted. 

1SS7. 


9122  J.  F.  F.  F.  Lowe 
September  28 

12031  H.  .1.  Allison— From  (J.  W.  Banker, 
compounds.    October  8 


Process  of  manufacturing  white  lead. 
Paints  and  paint 


XIII.— TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    and    SIZE. 

APPLICATION. 

13012  C.  J.  Viscount  d'Hautcrive— From  A.  Bedu,  France. 
Improvements  in  tanning.    September  26 

XIV.— AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

16211  T.  B.  Wilson.    See  Class  XVII.-B. 
17(HX1  A.  W.  Carlson.    Process  and  apparatus  for  utilising 
urine  as  manure.    October  12 


XL— FATS,   OILS   and    SOAP    MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

13017  J.  W.  Paton,  Liverpool.  A  new  or  improved  cleansing 
powder  or  compound.    September  27 

13085  W.  P.  Thompson— From  La  Societe  Industricllc  des 
Glycerine  et  Acides  gars.  France.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  and  distillation  of  fatty  acids,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.    September  27 

13139  If.  .1.  Whibley.  H.  G.  Whibley,  and  A.  Williams. 
London.    Improvements  in  soap  making.    September  28 

13499  W.  E.  Heath.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  scented  and  coloured  soaps,  and  apparatus  for 
making  the  same.     October  5 

13669  I.  Singer  and  M.  W.  Judell.    See  Class  V. 

13739  J.  Mcl'lure.  C.  Paton.  and  J.  Wilkinson.  Manchester. 
Improvement  in  the  plates  of  presses  for  the  extraction  of  oil 
from  seeds.    October  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

13865  H.  G.  Xixon  and  W.  Stewart.  The  preparation  of 
iodised  oil.    October  1. 

16086  J.  Butler  and  J.  Evans.  Apparatus  for  carrying  or 
lifting  patterns,  or  removing  patterns  from  the  satid,  etc. 
October  1 


XV.— SUGARS,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

12831  X.  Tscherikowski.  London.  An  improved  process  of 
producing  refined  sugar  from  raw  sugar.    September  21 

13bl3  W.  Hoskin,  Halifax.  A  new  or  improved  treatment 
of  lump  sugar,    Octobers 

13671  H.  Siebert.  London.  A  process  for  and  materials  used 
in  the  production  of  a  substitute  for  gutta-percha.    October  8 

13955  S.  Fisk,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  or 
devices  for  the  treatment  of  sugarcane.  Complete  specifica- 
tion.   October  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15240  O.  Bowen  and  J.  Cobeldick.    See  Class  I. 

1887. 

7119  C.  Steffen.  Process  for  systematically  lixiviating  raw 
sugar  by  means  offaqucous  alcoholic  or  other  saccharine 
solutions.    October  19 

12596  C.  H.  J.  Franzen.  Manufacturing  white  lump  or  loaf 
sugar  directly  from  boiled  refinery  mass.    October  19 

12597  C.  H.  J.  Franzen.  Process  and  apparatus  for  treating 
raw,  clarified  or  perfectly  white  sugar  masses  in  loaf  forms  by 
means  of  the  centrifugal  machine.    October  19 


XVI.-BREWIXG,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

129S8  J.  Bonthrone  and  R.  B.  Bonthrone.  Falklands. 
Improvements  in  brewing.    September  26 

13031  A.  de  Gaulnc.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  filtering  alcoholic  beverages.    September  26 

13102  C.  C.  Clausen,  London.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
malt  kilns.    Complete  specification.    October  4 

13840  A.  H.  Huntley.  Xewcastle-on-Tyne.  An  improved 
process  for  the  manufacture  of  yeast  and  vinegar.    October  12 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15175  J.  C.  Mew  burn  -From  L.  Teilliard.    See  Class  XX. 
15896  W.  P.  Thompson— From  S.  Bensaude.    Manufacture 
of  alcohol  from  manioc.    October  8 


XVII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 
A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 
13019  J.    Allegretti,  London.    Certain    improvements    in  a 
preserving  system  for  perishable  articles.    Complete  specifi- 
cation.   September  27 

13315  T.  Carroll.  Dublin.    Preserving  milk,  cream,  butter, 
meat.  fish,  eggs  and  other  foods.    October  3 

13829  W  .  R.  Baker.  A.  L.  Savory  and  C.  Ekin.  London.    An 
improved  preparation  of  milk.    October  12 


692 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Oct. 31. 1887. 


B.-Sanitary  Chemistry. 
13271  T.  Donnithome,  London.    Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  sewage.    Septembers 

13539  J.  Bates.  Liverpool.     Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
the  purification  of  sewer  gas  and  noxious  vapour.    Octobcr6 
i:i7Sl  VV.  Mann.  Loudon.    Improvements  in  refuse  burners. 
Complete  specification.    October  11 

13913  J.  H.  Porter.  (1.  Porter  and  J.  Porter,  London,  im- 
provementsin  filtration  in  relation  to  the  process  known  as 
I'larke's  process,  and  to  other  purposes.    October  14 

13990  G.Roger.  London.  Improvements  in  water  purifiers 
and  sludge  separators.    October  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICA  TIONS  ACCEPTED. 
A.— Chemistry  ok  Foods. 
1SS6. 
16270  C.  D.  Abel— From  C.  Lindc.    Process  and  apparatus 
for  making  clear  ice.    October  5 
16950  R.  Glover.    Dog  biscuits.    October  15 

1SS7. 
I20S3  H.  H.  Lake— J.  H.  Stebbins,  jun.    An  improved  food 
compound.    October  8 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 
18S6. 
13007  J.  C.   Hutterfield  and   H.   H.   Mason.     Treatment  of 
sewage,    and    recovery    of     valuable     products    therefrom. 
October  8 
15-ilii  O.  Bowcn  and  J.  Cobcldiek.    See  Class  I. 
10211  T.  B.  Wilson.    Treatment  and  purification  of  sewage 
and  other  liquids,  and  obtaining  fertilisers  therefrom.     Octo- 
ber 15 

10101  F.  D.  Brown— From  A.  Howatson.  Treating  sewage, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    October  IS 

C— Disinfectants. 
1886. 
146S5  H.  E.  Harris.     Manufacture  and  application  of  anti- 
septic, disinfecting,  curative  and  healing  agents.    October  12 
1887. 
2831  J.  H.  Harford  and  W.   W.   Reeves.    Disinfecting  and 
curative    device,    and    composition    to    be    used   therewith. 
October  5 

1283  Dr.  A.  Dupre  and  0.  X.  Hake.  Preparation  of  disinfec- 
tants, deodorants  and  antiseptics.    October  15 

XVIII.—  ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 
APPLICATIONS. 

128S3  C.  Phillipart.  London     See  Class  X. 

128M  G.  E.  Cabanellas,  London.  Improvements  in  dynamo- 
electric  or  magneto-electric  machines.    September  22 

13080  W.  Fritsche,  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  dvnamo-electric  machines.    September  27 

13159  \V.  W.  Dunn,  London.  Improvements  in  electro- 
motors and  dvnamo  electric  machines.    September  28 

13309  C.  V.  Burton,  London.  A  new  dynamo  -  electric 
machine.    October  1 

13325  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe.    See  Class  X. 

13120  E.  L  Mayer.  London.  Improvements  in  elements  or 
electrodes  for  electric  batteries.    October  4 

13110  G.  Zanni,  London.  Improvements  in  electric  batteries. 
October  1 

13611  T.  Coarl  and  H.  V.  Coad,  London.  Improvements  in 
voltaic  or  electric  batteries.    October  8 

13722  ('.  E.  Ponder.  J.  MacGregor.  and  P.  Harris.  London. 
An  improvement  in  electrical  secondary  batteries.  Complete 
specification.    October  10 

13805  H.  M.  Musgrove  and  11.  Lyon.  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  electric  batteries.    October  12 

13890  D.  Urquhart,  London.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  electric  batteries.    October  13 

13903  R.  Kennedy,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  thermo-electric  generators.    October  13 

11021  X.  de  Benardos,  Loudon.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries  or  electrical  accumulators.    October  15 

11051  D.  G.  Fitzgerald.    See  Class  X. 

COUPLETS   SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
188G. 

12778  S.  F.  Walker.  Dynamo-electric  machinery.  Octobers. 

13987  J.  G.  Statter,  S.  L.  Brunton.  and  J.  W.  Kempstcr. 
Collector  or  brush  for  dynamo  or  magneto-electric  machines. 
September  21 

11033  ('.  D.  Abel  — From  Siemens  and  Halske.  An  improve- 
ment in  electrolysis.    September  28 

14286  A.  Wundcrlicb  and  O.  Eisele.  A  Galvanic  battery. 
October  8 

16151  W.  Webster,  jun.  Primary  voltaic  batteries,  and 
preparation  of  the  elements  and  solutions  employed  therein. 
October  12 

16823  E.  Barbier  and  M.  L?clanchc.  Electrical  batteries, 
and  depolarising  bodies  to  be  used  therein.    September  21 

170.56  G.  ICapp.    Dynamo-electric  machines.   September  28 

1887. 

3719  M.  Kotvra.   See  Class  I. 

1311  II.  H.  Lake  -From  A.W.  Meserole.  Secondary  batteries. 
October  5 


7079  E.Wilson.  Dynamo-electrical  machines.  September  28. 

7975  L.  C.  E.  Liebez.    Secondary  batteries.    October  8 

9101  A.  P.  Trotter.  II.  W.  Ravcnshaw,  and  W.  T  Gooldcn. 
Dynamo  electric  generators  and  motors.     October  12 

11917  K.  Kennedy.  Continuous  current  dynamo -electric 
machines  and  electro-motors.  October  5 


XIX- 


PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Ere. 
APPLICATIONS. 


12712  G.  Mills  and  G.  H.  May.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
machinery  for  manufaet  uring  paper.    September  20 

12762  P.  E.  E.  Pesier.  London.  Improvements  in  treating 
vegetable  materials  to  fit  them  for  the  manufacture  of  paper, 
pasteboard,  threads,  tow,  or  other  like  objects.   September  20 

12903  A.  Wright.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  paper  pulp.    September  23 

12917  C.  Beadle,  London.  A  new  or  improved  method  of 
treating  or  preparing  paper  for  the  manufacture  of  paper 
bags  and  other  envelopes  therefrom,  and  for  other  purposes. 
September  23 

13255  A.  B.  Warhurst,  Manchester.  Improved  paper  for 
toilet  and  other  purposes.    September  30 

13792  J.  Robertson,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  paper  from  Esparto  straw  or  other  material, 
and  in  the  arrangement  of  machinery  or  apparatus  employed 
for  such  purposes.    October  12 

13920  A.  Schleipen.  Paris.  Improved  process  and  machinery 
for  the  treatment  of  peat  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paper 
pulp,  also  applicable  to  the  washing  of  the  raw  material 
for  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp  generally.    October  14 

11034  E.  Casper,  London.  Improvements  in  treating  the 
barks  of  rhea  or  China  grass  and  like  plants,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    Complete  specification.    October  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 
15856  H.  Blackmail.    Disintegrating  fibrous  substances,  and 
manufacturing  paper  pulp,  ana  apparatus  therefor. 

1887.- 

11610  J.  E.  Warren  and  F.  A.  Cloudman.  Apparatus  for 
effecting  the  recovery  of  chemicals  from  spent  liquors  of  pulp 
digesters.     October  1 

XX.-FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  and  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1319li  W.  P.  Thompson  —  From  F.  Kleeman.  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  purification  of  extracts  or  juices  from 
fruits,  roots,  malt,  and  other  vegetable  matters,  and  of  juices 
from  maltose.    Complete  specification.    September  29 

13277  F.  Xettlefold,  London.  The  synthetical  or  artificial 
production  of  quinine  or  body  of  the  chemical  composition  of 
quinine.    September  30 

13693  G.  Trier,  London  —  From  C.  R.  Poulsen,  Denmark. 
Apparatus  for  producing  ozone.    October  10 

13839  A.  G.  Salamon.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  benzoyl  sulphonic  amide,  commonly  known  as 
"saccharine."    October  12 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 
15175  J.  C.  Mewburn— From  L.  Lcilliard.     Manufacture  of 
ozone  and  apparatus  therefor,  and  application  of  ozone  to  the 
purification  of  alcoholic  liquids,  etc.    Octobers 


XXL— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

127.15  D.  Grunfeld  and  H.  J.  Schumann,  London.  The 
manufacture  of  "repeating  matches."  Complete  specifica- 
tion.- September  20 

13029  T.  Xordenfelt.  London.  Improvements  in  fuses  for 
projectiles.    September  26 

13541  J.  Cope.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  fog  signals  for 
railways.    October  6 

13730  T.  G.  Hart.  London.  Improvements  in  explosives  for 
use  in  firearms.    October  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

10580  D.Johnson  and  W.D.  Borland.  Ammunition.  Oct.  19. 

15993  A.  W.  Conquist  and  ('.  O.  Lund  holm.    See  Class  X. 

141595  W.  11.  Noble.  Manufacture  of  gunpowder  and  charges 
for  guns.    October  19 

16656  H.  E.  Newton  — From  A.  Xobel.    Explosives,  and  use 
of  same,  especially  shells  and  torpedoes.    October  19 
1887. 

US  E.  Edwards  -  From  R.  Sjoherg.  A  new  explosive. 
September  28 

nil'....'.  K.  Turpiu.    Production  of  explosives.    September  28 

10867  B.  Turpin.     Explosives.    September  28 


Printed  and  Published  by  EBHOTT  &  Co..  New  Bridge  Street.  Strangewiej  s,  Manchester,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
Lc m. c.N  OFFICE,  for  the  Bale  ot  Copies  un.l  Receipt  el  Subscriptions:  6,  \ork  Street,  Corest  Garden 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THK 


Society  of  Chemical  3nbustry: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED   IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  11.— Vol.  VI. 


NOVEMBER    30,     1887. 


Non-Members  30  -  per  annum;  Members 
21  -  per  Set ;  Single  Copies  2, 6. 


Cfje  Society  of  Chemical  JnDustrg. 


Past  Presidents: 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M. P.,  LL.D..  V.P.R.S.  ..  1881— 1SS2 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B.,  D.C.L..  F.R.S.  1--:     1--.: 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1S83-1881. 

W.  1 1.  Perkin.  Ph.D.,  F.  R.S 1831— 18S5, 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886, 

David  Howard 1SS6— 18S; 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1888. 


President:   Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
rice-Presidents  : 


Prof.  F.  Clones.  D.Sc. 

Sir  J.  Xeilson  Cuthbertson. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

K.  K.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir    H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 

Prof.  W.  A.  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Worsley. 


Ordinary  ^[embers  of  Council : 
John  Calderwood,  F.R.8.E.  John  Pattinson. 

Eustace  Carey.  B.  S.  Proctor. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter.  F.  J.  Rowan. 

Jame3  Duncan.  Dr.  Edwd.  Schunck,  F.R.S. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.  T.  W.  Stuart. 

S.  H.  Johnson.  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Ti-easurer : 

E.  Rider  Cook.  East  London  Soapworks.  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond.  20,  Avenue  Road.  Regent's  Park.  N.W. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers.  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee: 
The  President. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel,  F.R.S. 
A.  H.  Allen. 

H.  E.  Armstrong.  F.R.S. 
G.  H  Bailey,  I  >>_■..  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.K. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes.  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 

Peter  Griess.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
David  Howard. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor:  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

ASSISTED   BY  THE   FOLLOWING    STAFF  OF 


Abstractors  : 


A.  J.  King.  B.Sc. 
Chap.  A.  Kohn,  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather,  Ph.D. 

D.  A.  Louis. 

W.  G.  McMillan. 

G.  Harris  Morris.  Ph.D. 
J.M.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 
H.  A.  Rademacner. 


S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  January 
1SS2, 18S3,  and  1«'S6,  and  February,  18S6,  are  exhausted, 
and  no  orders  for  those  copies  can  be  executed. 


The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  pur- 
chase of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January,  1SS2 
and  1SS3,  at  the  following  prices  :— January,  1SS2,  5s.  ; 
January,  1SS3,  '2s.  6d.  Members  possessing  odd  copies 
of  these  numbers  are  particularly  requested  to  commu- 
nicate at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell. 


F.  Hurter.  Ph.D. 

F.  Jones,  F.R.S.E. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

C.  0  Sullivan.  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

Sir  II.  E. Rose x,  M.P..  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Ta*e. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  "under  Bye-Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law — 
viz.,  that  they  five  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint. 

Members  are  requested  to  note  that  the  subscription 
of  2.3s.  for  1SSS  falls  due  oa  the  1st  January  next. 
Cheques  and  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
Honorary  Treasurer,  Mr.  E.  Rider  Cook,  and  forwarded 
either  to  Mm,  at  Bow,  or  to  the  General  Secretary. 
Until  payment  is  made  members  are  not  entitled  to  the 
Society's' Proceedings,  under  Rule  29  of  the  Bye-Laws. 


Abstractors: 


G.  II.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
C.  F.  Crois. 


A.  R.  Davis. 

Win.  Elborne. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Huline. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc. 
W.  E.  Kay. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

Jno.  Charlton;  Journals,  etc..  to  12.  Blackfriars  Street,  Man- 
chester, instead  of  to  "  Ellcsmerc  Park,  Eecles.'  as  erroneously 
given  in  printed  register.  - 

E.  Clemiushaw,  I  o  Birmingham;  Belvedere.  Kent. 

Jas.  Coikburn.  lo  Heathcotfi  Street;   IV,  Camden  Square, 

"  E.  C.  Conrad.  1  o  Wellclose  Square;   Paraparap,  Portland 
Road,  Gravesend,  Kent. 
II.  B.  GlbDins,  1  o  Cheltenham;  Holly  Lawn,  Beechen  UiB, 

V.  S.  Gilchrist,  1  o  Goole;  c  o  Orient  Guano  Co.,  Orient, 
XV     US  A 

"  I;.  J.  Ha'mlcn,  1  o  WiUowbank  Crescent;   162,  St.  Vincent 
Street,  Glasgow.  _     „    ,    „  „ 

J.  F.  Inglcbv.  1  o  Carlton  Terrace ;  The  Park,  Hull 

Dr.  Wm.  Johnstone:  Journals,  etc.,  to  City  Lential  Labora- 
tory. 13.  Fioh  Street  Hill.  h.C.  . 

J.  J.  Knight.  1  o  Birmingham;  Lcstiford  Mill,  \\  onersh 
Guildford.  .  .    -.      ,   ~    . 

F.  Maxwell   Lvte,  1  o  Pv.tney ;  CO.  Fmbcrough  Road,  Red 

'  J.  B.McArtmir,  L  o  Midcalder;  ll.Haile   Street.  Edinburgh 


694 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Nov.  30, 1887. 


G.  D.  Macindoe.  I/O  Wolverhampton ;  Hall'a  House.  North 
\\  oolwich  Road,  Victoria  Docks.  E. 

T.  R.  Maraball,  I  0  Munich;  bci  Fran  Reicnold,  I,  Spital- 
strossc,  Erlangen.  Bavaria 

.In. 1.  Morrison,  I  o  Box  71;  1M>.  H"*  :;:io.  North  Adams, 
Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Win.  l'ringle.  I/O  London;  Laboratory.  Morcara,  Coorg. 
Soutll  India. 

Jno.  Riley,  l/o  Fairfield;  Mayfield,  Castlcton,  near  Man- 
chester. 

I;  Wighiwlck  Roberts,  1  0  London;  22,  Callc  Arturo Prat, 
Valparaiso.  Chili.  „, 

W.  Johnston  Saint.  1  oAb  irdeen;  bei  die  Fran  Pfarrer  Kern, 
13,  Friedricnstrasse,  Erlangcn,  Bavaria. 

C  Sevin;  Journals  itenip.l  to  c  o  Dollman  &  Piitchard. 
3,  Lawrence  Ponntney  Hill,  K.C. 

F.  P.  Stiker.  1  o  High  strict:  1J:S,  Fourteenth  Street.  Butl'alo, 
N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

J.  F.  Tristram.  1  o  Xorthwich  ;  U2.'.  Stockport  Hoad,  Man- 
Chester. 

P.  H.  Walsh,  1  o  B'aekhnrn;  e,o  Proctor  &  Gamble,  Soap 
Factory,  Ivorydale,  Ohio.  LT.S.A. 

M.  W.  Wiley,  I  u  Bell  Terrace;  Hillsdale  House.  York  Itoad, 
W.-st  i I  i i-i  lepool. 

W.  11.  Wood,  1  o  London;  10,  Church  Place,  Hopwood  Lane, 
Halifar. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED.  25th  NOVEMBER.  1887. 


J.  J.  Oandlish,  Pottle  Works.  Seaham  Harbour,  Co.  Durham, 
glass  manufacturer. 

Jas.  P.  Cornett.  Ford  Paper  Works,  Hylton,  near  Sunder- 
land, paper  manufacturer. 

Thos.  M.  Drown,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Technology,  Boston,  Mass-., 
U.S.  A.,  professor  of  analytical  chemistry. 

David  K.  Hamilton,  19.  Graham  Street,  llridgeton,  Glasgow, 
dyer. 

Dr.  F.  Stanley  Kipping.  13,  Lonsdale  Terrace.  West 
M*  a  lows.  Edinburgh,  chemist. 

Dr.  L.  Limpach,  20,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Crumpsall,  Manchester, 
chemist. 

Wm.  A.  McGubbin,  The  Elms,  West  Derby,  Liverpool, 
chemical  student. 

Sydney  Martineau,  South  Road,  Clapham  Dark,  S.W., 
analyst  in  sugar  refinery. 

Gideon  Pott,  e  o  Watson.  Laidlaw  and  Co.,  Kingston, 
( rlBsgow.  engineer. 

Daniel  W.  Rogers.  Hadlcy,  Mass.,  U.S.A..  mastt  r  of  Hopkins 
Academy. 

W.  I.ascelles  Scott,  Oh  mical  and  Physical  Laboratories, 
Forest  Gate.  K.,  chemical  engine*  r. 

Dr.  J.  A.  Voelcker,  Royal  Agricultural  Socii  ty  of  Ei  gland, 
12,  H-inover  Square,  W.,  consult;ug  chemist 

And.  Wallace,  15,  Abbey  Street.  Paisley,  X.B.,  dyer. 


Dcatfj. 


Thos.  Routledge,  Claxheugh,  Hylton.  near  Sunderland. 


Communication. 

REPORT  OX  SECTION   III.  OF    THE  MAN- 
CHESTER ROYAL  JUBILEE  EXHIBITION  ; 
The  Chemical  and  Allied  Imdustbies. 
by  watson  smith, 

Lecturer  In  Chemical  Technology  in  the  Victoria 
University,  etc. 

(Continued  from  />.  04s.) 

GROUP  VIII.— META LLVBGY. 

The  Abeam  Coal  Co.,  Bickershaw,  ^Viqall  (No 
799).— This  firm  shows,  among  specimens  of  Gas 
Coals,  the  Abram  new  boghead  cannel,  giving  gas 
of  high  illuminatiiig  power  ;  selected  cannel  chip- 
piDgs,  washed  cannel  nuts  and  Arley  gas  coal,    This 


latter  coal  gives  gas  of  high  illuminating  power,  and 
furnishes,  it  i-  said,  a  goo  i  yield  of  residual  products. 
Specimens  are  also  shown  of  VVigan  1ft.,  5ft  and  6ft. 
coals. 

As  regards  House  Coals,  there  are  the  best  Arley 
coal,  one  of  the  best  house  coals  in  the  district  ; 
Orrell  5ft.  coal  and  Abram  Main  mal.  These  are 
raised  from  depths  varying  from  :100  to  650  yards. 
A  peculiarity  with  respect  to  the  cannel  is  that  it 
occurs  iu  the  middle  of  the  Wigan  lit.  mine,  and 
is  much  thicker  than  at  any  other  colliery  in  the 
district, 

The  Astley  and  Tyldesley  Coal  and  Salt 
Co.,  Limited,  near  Manchester  (No.  813).  The 
specimens  shown  are  blocks  of  the  following:— 
'"Astley,"  best  hou.se  coal  ;  "Hartley,"  house  and 
steam  coal  ;  "Six  Feet  Rams,"  steam  coal ;  "  Crom- 
bouke"  coal  and  Great  Seven  Feet  coal. 

The  two  latter  blocks  give  sections  of  the  upper 
part  of  the  seams  referred  to,  just  as  when  taken 
from  the  mine  at  a  depth  of  about  340yds.  from  the 
surface. 

Pl\tt  Brothers  &  Co.,  Limited,  Oldham  (No. 
80(i) — Specimens  of  "  Big  .Mine  "coal  for  house-lire 
purposes,  very  clean  ami  hot,  with  a  minimum  of 
lash.  It  is  obtained  from  Moston  Colliery,  Fails- 
\\  oith,  near  Manchester.  Calcined  shale  is  also 
shown,  for  carriage  drives,  footpaths  and  garden 
walks,  as  well  as  close-fire  bricks  made  from  pit 
shale  and  clay  ground  together  and  passed  through 
two  pairs  of  tollers  obtained  from  materials  from  the 
same  colliery.  Very  good  specimens  of  machine- 
made  facing  bricks  and  ornamental  bricks  are 
exhibited.  Specimens  of  Mountain  Mine  coal,  from 
the  Jubilee  Colliery,  Shaw,  near  Oldham,  are  also 
shown  : — (1)  For  house-tire  purposes,  slow-burning 
and  clean  in  use  ;  (2)  washed  smithy  coal  for  weld- 
ings ;  and  (3)  hard  coke,  made  from  Mountain  Mmc 
slacks,  ground  and  washed,  and  containing  carbon 
93'23,  sulphur  0"77,  moisture  0  7!)  and  ash  5*21  per 
cent. 

Statistics  of  Coal  Tkade. 

The  approximate  annual  output  of  coal  is  about 
lb'O  million  tons,  and  the  value  at  the  pits 
about  43  millions  sterling.  The  output  of  coal 
reached  its  maximum  in  1883,  when  the  quantity 
raised  was  163,737,000  tons.  Since  this  date  the 
amount  raised  each  year  has  declined,  that  for  1885 
(the  most  recent  year  for  which  statistics  are  avail- 
able) being  159,351,418  tons,  and  it  is  said  the  quantity 
for  1886  will  only  be  about  l.">8,000,000  tons.  The 
value  has  also  decreased  in  the  same  period  from 
about  £45,000,000  to  £ 4 2, 500,000. 

Percy.  C.  Gilchrist,  Palace  Chambers,  Bridge 
Street,  Westminster,  S.W.— The  specimens  exhibited 
illustrate  the  basic  material  used  in  the  con- 
verter or  open-hearth  furnace,  the  phosphoric  pig 
used,  the  lime  used  during  the  process  and  the  steel 
made,  showing  some  of  the  uses  to  which  it  has  been 
applied  ;  finally,  the  slag,  both  as  made  and  as  ground 
ready  for  use  as  a  manure. 

Prior  to  1879  it  was  believed  that  intense  heat  was 
the  obstacle  that  prevented  the  elimination  of  phos- 
phorus in  the  Bessemer  and  open-hearth  processes. 
The  Basic  or  Thomas- Gilchrist  process,  introduced  in 
1879, proved  that  excellent  steel  could  be  commercially 
made  from  phosphoric  pig  by  simply  changing  the 
lining  in  the  converter  and  open-hearth  furnace  from 
a  silicious — ie,acid  one,  to  a  lime—  i.e.,  basic  one, 
and  by  adding  some  2cwt.  to  4c  wt.  of  lime  lor  each  ton 
of  pig  treated.  In  other  words,  these  proci 
instead  of  being  conducted  so  that  the  slag  produced 


Nov.  r.o,  1887.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


695 


with  the  steel  contained  over  (10  per  cent,  of  silica 
and  traces  of  lime,  were  conducted  so  that  the  slag 
produced  contained,  roughly,  li  per  cent,  of  -i lica  and 
50  per  cent,  of  lime  aud  magnesia  ;  under  the  former 
(acid)  conditions  the  steel  contained  rather  more 
phosphorus  than  the  pig  from  which  it  was  made  : 
and  under  the  new  (basic)  conditions  the  steel  only 
contains  3  per  cent,  of  the  phosphorus  in  the  pig 
treated. 

The  lime  lining  in  general  use  is  made  by  roasting 
or  igniting  limestone  (preferably  magnesian  limestone) 
at  a  very  intense  heat,  by  which  means  the  limestone 
becomes  reduced  in  weight  and  bulk  to  one-half  of 
its  previous  weight  and  bulk,  and  also  becomes 
intensely  hard.  This  material  is  ground  and  made 
plastic  by  admixture  with  boiled  tar,  and  the  result- 
ing material  put  into  place  by  ramming;  or  it  is  used 
in  the  form  of  bricks  made  under  a  very  considerable 
pressure ;  the  object  of  this  basic  lining  being  to 
allow  of  the  production  and  retention  of  a  lime  (i.e., 
basic)  slag.  The  2ewt.  to  4cwt.  of  lime  used  per  ton 
of  pig  treated  consist  of  ordinary  lime  as  free  from 
silica  as  possible,  the  function  being  to  produce  a 
limey  slag  capable  of  absorbing  the  phosphoric  acid 
produced  by  the  oxidation  of  the  phosphorus  in  the 
pig  treated. 

The  pig  used  contains  : — 

Silicon (12      tola    percent. 

Sulphur trace  to  015 

Phosphorus OUS    to  32         „ 

.Manganese  0  5      to  2"0         ,, 

The  steel  made  contains  :— 

Sil'coo trace. 

.Sulphur trace  to  0"OS  percent. 

l'hospliorus 0002   to  0-08 

Manganese  0*1       to  U'5         ., 

Carbon   0  OS     to  05         ..  as  required. 

The  slag  made  contains  07  per  cent,  of  the  phos- 
phorus in  the  pig  treated,  averaging  : — 

Phosphoric  acid 17  per  cent,  to  20  per  cert. 

Lime 50 

Magnesia   4  ,, 

silica     S 

Oxide  of  iron   11  ,. 

Oxide  of  manganese    5  „ 

Alumina 2  ,. 

This  slag,  ground  to  an  almost  impalpable  powder, 
has  been  proved  to  be  a  valuable  manure,  giving  the 
best  results  on  sandy,  peaty  and  loamy  soils,  and  is 
now  becoming  generally  known  as  a  valuable  fertiliser. 

The  production  of  basic  steel  has  been  : — 


Eni'hind 

Other 

Countries. 

TutaU 

12  Months  ending 30th 

Sept. 

1S78 

20 

2) 

,. 

.. 

1S79 

1.150 

50 

1,200 

.. 

.. 

1889 

10,000 

10.000 

50.000 



.. 

1881 

16.120 

336.0C0 



•• 

1882 

109,301 

310,636 

150,000 

., 

>• 

1883 

122.3S0 

511,993 

634.373 

n           ,•           <i 

•  ■ 

1SS1 

179.000 

OS5.000 

S61.000 

M 

.• 

18S5 

115.707 

799.610 

915.317 

„           .,           ,.  31st  Dec. 

188S 

277,259 
891.000 

1.097.75S 
3,761,927 

1,375.017 

4.655.927 

111  1886  some  1,050,000  tons  of  pig,  scrap  and  ferro- 
manganese  were  employed  ;  171,000  tons  of  limestone 
for  lining;  and  240,600  tons  of  lime  lor  additions — 
producing  some  1,375,000  tons  of  ingotsof  the  value 
of  £4,125,000,  and  412,500  tons  of  slag  of  the  value 
of  £412,500. 

Before  the  introduction  of  this  process  one-tenth 
only  of  all  the  iron  ores  in  Europe  was  available  for 
steel-making,  owing  to  their  containing  too  much 
phosphorus,  and  owing  to  the  fact  that  no  phosphorus 
is  eliminated  in  the  processes  of  steel-making  then 
practised.  By  this  process  the  remaining  nine-tenths 
can  be  made  into  excellent  steel,  the  phosphorus  at 
the  same  time  being  converted  into  a  phosphate  of 
lime,  easily  assimilated  by  plants. 

Tut:  College  oe  Agriculture,  Downton,  near 
Salisbury  (No.  812),  illustrates  in  a  series  of  interest- 
ing specimens  the  experiments  and  researches  of  Dr. 
Munro  on  the  utilisation  of  basic  slag  for  manurial 
purposes,  as  already  referred  to  in  the  last-named 
exhibit.  A  chart  is  shown  indicating  the  effects  of 
basic  cinder  used  as  a  fertiliser.  (See  this  Journal, 
1886,  pp.  104.  433,  4U4,  G10  and  611.) 

The  Mostyn  Coal  and  Ikon  Co.,  North  Wales 
(No.  809),  exhibits  specimens  of  spiegcleisen,  ferro- 
manganese,  silico-spiegel,  silicious  iron,  ferro- 
chromium,  and  also  samples  of  manganese,  whilst  the 
West  Cumberland  Irojj  and  Steel  Co  ,  Limited 
(No.  811),  shows  specimens  of  material  and  products 
illustrative  of  the  manufacture  of  Bessemer  pig  iron, 
steel  rails,  plates  and  steel  castings. 

Messes.  Carrick  &  Brockbank,  Pall  Mall, 
Manchester  (Xo.  730),  show  a  beautiful  model  of 
Gjers,  Mills  it  Co.s  Ayresome  lion  Works,  Middles- 
brough, and  a  case  containing  samples  of  Ayresome 
foundry  iron  and  hematite  iron,  with  ferro  silicon  and 
silico-spiegel. 

Messes.  Johnson,  Matthey  &  Co.,  Hatton 
Garden,  London  (No.  802). — Platinum  in  the  form  of 
apparatus  for  the  concentration  of  sulphuric  acid, 
etc.,  is  shown  to  the  value  of  £3000.  Glass  is  gradu- 
ally giving  way  to  platinum  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
centrating sulphuric  acid.  In  German  vitriol  works 
these  stills  are  of  much  more  frequent  occurrence 
than  in  English  factories.  Even  in  the  comparatively 
small  Swiss  factory  of  Gebriider  Schnorf,  of  Leiikou, 
near  Zurich,  referred  to  by  Lunge  in  his  book  on  the 
Alkali  Manufacture  as  amongst  the  first  to  adopt 
Malctra'ssmalls  kiln,therearetwosuch  platinum  stills 
in  operation.  An  interesting  feature  is  the  standard 
metre  in  irido-platinum,  and  of  great  value. 

James  Smith,  39  and  41,  Bridge  Street,  Manchester 
(Xo.  803). — The  process  of  manufacturing  gold  leaf  is 
here  ssen  in  practical  operation.  In  beatiug  out  the 
leaf  a  peculiar  method  of  administeiing  the  blow 
with  the  mallet  is  necessary,  one  in  which  a  certain 
forward  movement  of  the  whole  body  appears  to  be 
involved.  This  is  one  of  the  most  popular  exhibits 
in  the  section. 

The  Magnesium  Metal  Co.,  Patricroft,  near 
Manchester  (Xo.  S04). — Prominent  in  this  exhibit 
are  very  fine  specimens  of  the  ores  of  the  metals 
antimotay,  bismuth,  magnesium,  mercury,  potas- 
sium, sodium,  vanadium,  also  silver  and  gold,  with 
beautiful  specimens  of  each  of  these  metals.  One  of 
the  ingots  of  antimony  is  perhaps  the  largest  speci- 
men ever  exhibited.  On  its  surface  is  distinctly  seen 
the  beautiful  fern-like  or '"  star7'  crystallisation  that 
characterises  this  metal  when  pure  ;  hence  its 
technical  name,  "  Star  Antimony."  One  of  the  speci- 
mens of  bismuth  shows  the  beautiful  crystals,  Grecian 
key-like   in   pattern,  that  characterise  this  peculiar 

A  2 


69C 


THF.  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov. 30. 1887. 


metal.  Magnesium  is  seen  in  the  \  arious  forms  in  which 
it  is  produced  For  the  market,  such  as  ribbon,  wire, 
ingots  and  powder.  Possibly  the  fines!  specimen  of 
quicksilver  ore  existent  in  the  world  may  be  seen  in 
this  case.  This  magnesium  company  is  the  only  firm 
in  the  kingdom  which  distils  mercury  from  its  ore 
or  matrix  A  fine  specimen  of  metallic  sodium  is 
exhibited.  Attention  may  also  be  called  to  the 
splendid  exhibit  of  "silver  cake,"  which  weighs  some 
8000  ounces,  and  to  a  valuable  specimen  of  auri- 
ferous or  gold  quartz  from  the  Sheba  Reef,  in  the 
Transvaal. 

The  ore  is  found  to  average  from  live  to  seven 
ounces  of  gold  to  the  ton.  Immediately  beneath 
this  auriferous  ifuartz  may  be  seen  a  small 
bottle  of  pure  gold,  the  actual  product  of  one 
ton  of  this  ore.  Adjoining  will  lie  found  some  quartz 
in  which  the  gold  is  visible.  In  addition  to  the  pre- 
cious metals,  this  firm  exhibits  a  variety  of  chemic  ds. 
Amongst  these  we  may  mention  sodium  chlorate, 
crystallised  ;  an  article  first  introduced  by  the  Mag- 
nesium Company,  and  which  is  now  manufactured  on 
a  fairly  large  scale.  Here  also  may  be  seen  large 
specimens  of  salts  of  vanadium.  The  oxide  of  vana- 
dium exhibited  is  a  portion  of  the  first  specimen  ever 
produced,  and  was  shown  a  few  years  ago  by  Sir 
Henry  Roscoe  at  a  lecture  delivered  by  him  on 
"Vanadium"  at  the  Royal  Institution,  London,  as 
one  of  the  greatest  chemical  novelties  of  that  year. 
The  specimens  of  Senarmontite  crystals,  one  of  the 
oxides  of  the  metal  antimony,  will  be  very  interesting 
to  mineralogists.  The  fine  specimens  of  crystallised 
sodium  and  potassium  have  attracted  much  attention. 
With  this  firm,  whose  exhibits  denote  much  skill  and 
scientific  enterprise,  the  name  of  its  director,  Mr. 
Samuel  Mellor,  is  intimately  connected. 

Joseph  Walker  Parker  ifc  Co,  Lead  Works, 
Chester  (No.  805). — This  firm  has  long  been  noted 
for  its  sheet  lead,  termed  "chemical  lead,"  supplied 
to  sulphuric  acid  manufacturers  for  their  vitriol 
chambers.  Red  lead,  and  red  lead  for  the  use  of 
glassmakers  :  flake  and  powdered  litharge,  also  flake 
litharge  specially  refined  for  varnish  manufacturers  ; 
orange  lead,  and  sublimed  lead  made  from  lead 
fumes,  are  represented.  Laminated  lead  for  damp 
walls,  and  all  kinds  of  sheet  lead  ;  water  piping,  gas 
piping,  lead  pipe  tinned  inside,  and  pure  and  block 
tin  pipe,  offer  considerable  interest.  Specimens  of 
patent  shot  and  hard  shot,  and  also  lead  bullets,  are 
shown.  Special  stress  is  laid  en  the  dry  white  lead 
ground  in  oil,  and  the  oval  lead  piping  for  resisting 
the  action  of  frost. 

Henry  Wiggin  &  Co.,  55,  George  Street,  Bir- 
mingham (No.  810).— Specimens  illustrating  the 
manufacture  of  nickel  and  cobalt,  from  the  raw 
material  to  the  finished  product,  are  shown.  As  raw 
materials,  samples  of  nickeliferous  pyrites  from 
Norway,  double  silicates  of  nickel  and  magnesium 
from  New  Caledonia,  arsenical  nickel  and  cobalt 
from  Hungary,  and  manganiferous  cobalt  ore  from 

Ncu     Caledonia,    are    shown.       The     metals    termed 

speiss  or  regulus,  obtained  in  the  smtlting  of  these 
ores,  and  their  ultimate  solutions  from  which  the 
iron,  copper,  etc.,  are  separated  by  precipitation  or 
oth>  rwi.-e,  form  an  interesting  feature.  The  nickel 
and  cobalt  ate  precipitated  by  a  process  applied  by- 
Mr.    Chas.   Askin,  the    original  or  of    the    firm,   as 

hydrated  oxidl  S  The  nickel  oxide  is  then  convi  rted 
into  metal  for  the  manufacture  of  German  silver  and 
other  white  alloys,  whilst  the  cobalt  obtained  in  the 
form  of  various  oxides  is  used  for  producing  blue  oil 
earthenware,  porcelain,  and  glass.  Specimens  of  all 
these  are  shown,  together  with  pure  nickel  oxide  and 
metal  in  cubes  and  grains  j  also,  an  alloy  containing 


respectively  50  per  cent,  of  copper  and  of  nickel,  for 
casting  purposes;  and  an  ingot  of  German  silver 
ready  fi  r  rolling,  as  well  as  all  kind-  of  utensils, 
Specimens  of  refined  black  cobalt  oxide,  cobaltous 
oxide,  silicate  of  cobalt  (printing  blue),  red  silicate 
and  carbonate  of  cobalt,  and  a  handsome  plaque 
illustrating  the  way  in  which  various  shades  of  cobalt 
may  be  produced  upon  china.  Nickel  and  cobalt 
occurring  in  many  complicated  minerals  containing 
sulphur,  arsenic,  iron,  copper,  antimony,  bismuth, 
tin,  lead  and  various  earthy  matters,  all  of  which 
require  to  be  separated  by  smelting  or  wet  processes. 
Various  by-products  obtained  in  these  processes  are 
exhibited.  Amongst  specialities  in  the  form  of  white 
alloys  is  VYiggins's  registered  metal  " Silveroid,"  used 
largely  for  harness  furniture,  railway  carriage  fittings, 
steamship  and  lavatory  fittings,  etc.  This  alloy  pos- 
sesses the  whiteness  of  silver,  and  does  not  become 
tarnished  under  ordinary  conditions.  The  patent 
rolled  nickel  and  cobalt,  used  specially  for  anodes  in 
the  processes  of  nickel  and  cobalt  plating,  and  also  a  • 
i  variety  of  cast  and  wrought  anodes,  are  shown.  As 
regards  the  ores,  much  of  the  nickel  ore  does  not  con- 
tain more  than  2  per  cent,  of  the  metal,  whilst  the 
richest  specimens  obtained  from  Hungary  are  found 
with  15  per  cent.,  and  also  5  or  0  per  cent,  of  cobalt. 
Nickel  is  at  present  very  low  in  price — about  2s.  per 
i  lb. ;  a  few  years  ago  it  was  as  high  as  16s.  per  lb.  The 
'  introduction  of  nickei  as  the  means  of  whitening  and 
coating  copper  has  proved  of  the  greatest  value,  and 
thus  the  extensive  and  important  industry  of  electro- 
plating with  it  has  been  built  up. 

Webster's  Patent  Aluminum  C'rowx  Metal 
Co.,  St.  Mary  Axe,  London,  E.G.  (No.  807).— Alu- 
minium is  very  light,  and  also  capable  of  receiving  a 
high  polish  ;  does  not  easily  tarnish,  and  gives  out  a 
j  clear  and  beautiful  ring  when  struck.  It  is,  there- 
I  fore,  not  surprising  that  inventors  have  paid  it  greit 
attention.  In  the  handsome  show-case  of  this  firm  are 
exhibited  articles  illustrating  the  manufacture  of 
aluminium  and  its  alloys.  As  a  raw  material,  a 
specimen  of  the  chloride  is  shown,  and  also  a  large 
button  of  aluminium  as  reduced  in  the  matrix  in 
which  it  was  formed  ;  pure  aluminium  in  pig,  etc.  ; 
and  various  forms  of  alloys  as  applied  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  different  industries. 

I  Untax  McKechnie,  St.  Helens,  L-.nca.shire 
(No.  808). — The  wet  process  of  copper  extraction 
is  here  illustrated,  and  among  the  specimens  of 
materials  and  products  shown  are  Rio  Tinto  Spanish 
pyrites,  burnt  Spanish  pyrites,  purple  ore,  lead  pre- 
cipitate, silver  precipitate  and  copper  precipitate. 
1  These  are  worked  up  to  the  production  chiefly  of 
refined  ingot  copper,  refined  bar  silver  and  pig  lead, 
specimens  of  which  are  exhibited.  The  manufacture 
of  sulphate  of  copper  as  a  branch  of  the  foregoing  is 
illustrated  as  to  material  and  product  by  specimens  of 
argentiferous  and  auriferous  shot  copper,  sulphuric 
acid,  sulphate  of  copper  and  silver  residue. 

Wei  Process  of  Copper  Extraction. — This  process 
is  used  in  the  extraction  of  copper  from  the  burnt 
cupreous  pyrites  Used  in  the  vitriol  manufacture. 
The  process,  as  worked,  is  generally  designated 
Henderson's,  but  the  idea  was  first  worked  out  by 
Mr.  Longmaid,  In  1842  he  took  out  a  patent  for 
''Improvements  in  I  retting  ores  and  minerals,  and  in 
obtaining  various  products  therefrom,  certain  parts 
of  which  improvements  are  applicable  to  the  manu- 
facture of  alkali."  This  consisted  in  calcining 
pyrites  with  sodium  chloride  at  a  low  red 
heat,  lixiviating,  precipitating  the  copper  with 
iron  and  evaporating  the  liquor  down  to  obtain 
crystals  of  sodium  sulphate.  This  process  was 
worked    at     St.    Helens    for     some    time,    but     was 


N-..v.  30. 18S7.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  697 


abandoned  in  1862.  Mr.  Henderson's  process  incor- 
porated in  a  more  or  less  modified  form  Longmaid's 
ideas,  but  to  the  former  must  be  ascribed  the  credit 
of  first  recognising  the  suitability  of  burnt  Spanish 
pyrites  for  this  method  of  treatment.  Yariou-  kinds 
of  furn  ires  have  been  in  use  in  calcining  the  ore  with 
sodium  chloride.    In  L  sore  was 

calcined  in  an  open  i  ,tory  furnace.  There  have 

also  bien  employed  long  open  furnaces  tire  1  by  - 
furnaces  in  which  an  arch  extended  from  the  bri  - 
half  over  the  bed,  thus  protecting  the  ore  nearer 
the  bri  lge  from  too  intense  a  heat.  Mr.  Gibb  patented 
a  mechanical  furnacj  with  revolving  hearth,  which 
was  used  at  the  Bede  Metal  Company's  Works,  New- 
tie  on-Tyne,  but  has  a  long  time  been  abandoned, 
and  now  the  furnace  in  general  use  since  1872  is  the 
blind  roaster,  or  muffle  fun 

The  mixture  of  burnt  ore  and  salt  is  calcined  until 
the  copper  is  converted  into  soluble  cupric  chloride. 
It  is  then  lixiviated  in  vats  containing  about  14  tons 
of  ore,  with  water  alone,  and  later  on  with  acidulated 
water,  which  removes  the  copper,  silver  and  lead, 
leaving  the  oxide  of  iron,  called  "  purple  ore,"  behind 
in  the  vat.  The  first  three  washes  contain  95  per 
cent,  of  the  silver,  which  is  recovered  by  Claudet's 
process.  In  this  proee=s  a  precipitation  with  a  soluble 
iodide  is  adopted.  The  resulting  silver  iodide  is 
decomposed  with  zinc,  and  the  zinc  iodide  then  used  to 
precipitate  more  silver.  The  silver  precipitate 
obtained  is  smelted  into  argentiferous  pig  lead,  which 
is  then  cupelled,  and  the  silver  cast  into  bars.  The 
cupric  liquor,  after  desilverisition,  is  run  into  tanks 
containing  scrap  iron,  and  boiled  until  all  the  copper 
is  precipitated  as  metallic  copper;  this,  after  washing 
and  sieving,  is  either  smelted  and  refined  by  itself,  or 
along  with  the  produce  of  other  ores,  into  cake  or 
ingot  copper.  The  purple  ore,  or  oxide  of  iron,  is  sold 
either  in  the  tine  state,  for  "fettling  '  puddling  fur- 
naces, or  made  into  blocks  for  the  blast  furnaces. 
The  lead  precipitate  is  >melted  in  the  Cornish  furnace 
into  pig  lea  I. 

Sulphate  of  Copper  Manufacture. —  This  salt 
was  at  one  time  chiefly  prepared  as  a  by-product 
in  silver  smelting  works.  In  argentiferous  copper 
mattes  obtained  from  these  works  the  copper  and 
silver  were  separated  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  the 
liquor  obtained  being  run  into  leaden  tanks,  and 
copper  sulphate  crystallised  therefrom.  The  silver 
and  gold  were  left  undissolved  by  the  acid.  Owing 
to  the  increasing  demand  for  copper  sulphate,  and  this 
source  not  being  sufficiently  productive,  special  works 
are  now  engaged  in  its  manufacture. 

Wet  Copper  Extraction — Quantities  of  the  above 
metals  extracted  in  Great  Britain  during  !--■  1885, 
and  18S6  :— 


Burnt 

lire. 
Tons. 

rxtracteil. 
Tons. 

Bxtncted  by  Claudet's 
Process. 

Gold. 
Oinces, 

Silver. 
Ounces. 

1881.... 
1S36... 

416.112 
407.700 

15.203 
1I.SS0 
13.799 

19J3 
1S10 
17S0 

335.050 

32S.O03 
316.928 

About  one-eighth  part  of  this  ore  is  treated  at  the 
exhibitor's  works. 

Sulphate  of  Copper. — The  quantity  manufactured 
is  about  10,000  tons,  of  which  about  one-sixth  is 
produced  at  the  exhibitor's  works. 


GROUP  IX.— ALKALIS,  ACIDS  AND  SALTS. 

John  Riley  &  Sons,  Hapton  Chemical  Works, 
near  A  crington  (No.  «!-}).— This  firm  makes  a  special 
feature  of  pure  sulphuric  acid  produced  from  brim 
st  'iie  an  1  concentrated  in  platinum.  This  pure  acid 
is  much  in  request  for  dissolving  indigo,  to  form  the 
sulphonic  acid,  as  well  as  for  the  preparation  of  white 
and  pure  sulphate  of  ammonia. 

la  ash  i  Leblanc  process),  which  has  undergone 
special  refinement  for  the  purposes  of  the  calico 
printer,  is  also  a  speciality.  It  is  an  article  free  from 
insoluble  matter,  iron,  etc ,  and  which  can  be  used 
by  bleachers  without  fear  of  iron  stains,  etc.,  in  the 
cloth  after  bleaching,  so  detrimental  to  the  colours 
used  in  printing  and  dyeing.  In  obtaining  such  a 
so  la  ash,  besides  special  purifying  processes,  a  sy-t  ;m 
of  mechanical  furnaces,  heated*  by  coal-gas,  is  adopted. 
For  the  wool  scourers  a  pure  and  highly  carbonated 
ash.  free  from  hydrate,  is  made.  Stannate  of  soda, 
made  by  Riley's  patent  process,  and  in  a  very  pure 
state,  is  exhibited.  It  is  used  as  a  mordant  by  calico 
printers,  dyers,  etc.  Ferrous  sulphate  (" copperas  ') 
as  used  in  black  dyeing  and  for  preparing 
the  indigo  vat ;  and  also  ferrous  and  ferric  chlorides, 
as  used  by  dyers  and  papermakers.  Copper  sulphate 
and  nitrate,  tin  crystals  (crystallised  stannous 
chloride),  and  also  acetate  and  nitrate  of  tin,  likewise 
.serving  as  mordants,  are  exhibited,  as  prepared  for 
mordanting  purposes. 

Zinc  chloride  is  largely  used  by  the  Lancashire 
cotton  merchants  in  the  sizing  of  their  goods,  to 
prevent  the  starch  of  the  size  from  contracting 
mildew.  It  is  made  in  the  pure  state  and  liquid  form 
for  home  consumption,  but  solid  for  export.  Sulphate 
of  zinc  is  also  used  for  antiseptic  purposes.  Besides 
these,  alizarin  oil  and  oleine  oils  are  specialities,  as 
well  as  a  serits  of  chemicals  made  for  the  use  of 
indiarubber  manufacturers,  of  whom  there  are  a  great 
many  in  the  Manchester  and  Salford  districts. 

Gaskell.  Deacon  &  Co.  (No.  815). — The  chief 
articles  exhibited  are  bleaching  powder,  bicarbonate 
of  soda,  crystal  carbonate,  calcium  chloride,  soda  ash 
of  30  per  cent,  and  58  per  cent,  of  Na^.0,  refined 
alkali  at  30  and  58  per  cent.,  cream  caustic  at  60  per 
cent ,  and  wh  te  caustic  at  60  and  70  per  cent.  Also 
a  fine  block  of  soda  crystals  under  a  glass  shade. 

i  te. — For  an  account  of  this  valuable 
salt  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  report  on  the 
chemical  exhibits  in  the  International  Inventions 
Exhibition  of  1885.     (This  Journal,  1--:..  p.  523.) 

Bicarbonate  of  Soda. — From  the  crystal  carbonate, 
itself  a  very  pure  article,  a  fine  high  strength  bicar- 
bonate is  made  which,  on  analysis,  gives  the  following 
numbers : — Bicarbonateof  soda,99"48;  monocarbonate, 
0U3  :  sulphate,  nil  :  chloride.  005  ;  magnesium 
chloride,  ml ;  moisture,  0"10  :  insoluble,  nil :  total  = 
99-96. 

The  full  account  of  the  improved  processes  of 
manufacture  patented  by  this  firm  will  be  found  in 
Mr.  Muspratts  address  to  the  Society  of  Chemical 
Industry.  (This  Journal,  vol.  5,  p.  401  ;  also  voL  4, 
pp.  523  and  524.) 

WiGG  Bros,  j:  Steele,  Old  Quay,  Runcorn 
i  No.  M7t. — This  firm  exhibits  specimens  illustrating 
the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  and  other  acid 
cake,  copper  by  the  wet  process,  pearl  hardening, 
bleaching  powder  and  paints,  with  the  raw  materials 
used. 

Messrs.  Josias  C.  Gamble  &  Son,  Garrard's 
Bridge  Chemical  Works.  St  Helens  (No.  819).— The 
name  of  Col.  Gamble  will  always  be  closely  associated 
with  the  history  and  development  of  the  Leblanc 
alkali  industry.     It  was  in  the  wjrks  of  this  firm  that 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     INoy.S0.1SS7 


Weldon  first  discovered  the  true  conditions  on  which 
depends  the  success  of  the  Weldon  process  for 
recovering  peroxide  of  manganese  from  the  otherwise 
waste  still-liquors. 

Besides  the  usual  products  of  the  alkali  maker  in 
nn  alkali-making  district,  this  firm  shows  the  follow- 
ing specialities  of  interest : — 

Sulphide  of  sodium,  in  crystals,  and  of  the  formula 
Na'g'S  +  9H20,  made  by  Schaffner  and  Helbig's  patent 
process,  pure  chlorate  of  sodium,  made  by  Pechiney's 
patent  process,  the  same  in  small  crystals,  pure 
chlorate  of  barium  in  crystals,  and  of  the  formula 
Ba(C103)j!+Hg0,  barium  chlorate  (pure)  in  powder, 
chlorate  of  strontium  (pure)  Sr(C103)2,  sodium 
hypochlorite  NaCIO,  potassium  hypochlorite  KCIO, 
aluminium  hypochlorite  A1o(CIO)6,  chloric  acid 
HC10.V  calcium  chlorate  (  'a((  'it  >.,).,,  ammonium 
chlorate  NH^C10n,  aluminium  chlorate  A12(C103)6, 
Pearl  hardening. 

Tennants  &  Co.,  Mill  Street,  Clayton,  Man- 
chester (No.  818).— Like  most  of  the  alkali  makers  in 
the  Manchester  district,  this  firm  has  grafted  on  to 
the  usual  products  of  the  Leblanc  alkali  industry, 
those  used  by  the  dyer,  calico  printer  and  bleacher. 
Since  it  may  be  interesting  to  other  alkali  makers 
not  resident  in  a  district  the  prevailing  industries  of 
which  are  so  largely  those  devoted  to  dyeing  and 
calico  printing,  the  list  of  exhibits  shown  by 
Tennants  &  Co.  is  given  : — 


Iron. 

Tin. 

Sodium, 

Potassium, 

Zinc. 

Ferrous 
chloride 

Stannateof 
soda 

Sodium 
bisulphite 

(Acid    po- 
tassium 
sulphate) 

Zinc  chlor- 
ide 

F  e  rric 
chloride 

Stannous 
chloride 

(tin 
crystals) 

,S  o  d  i  u  m 

sulphate 

(Glauber 

salts) 

(Potassium 
bichromate 

Zinc    sul- 
phate 

Ferrous 

sulphate 

Ferric 

sulphate 

Stannic 
chloride 

Tin   nitro- 
muriate 

Sodium  bi- 
chromate 
(dry) 

Sodium  bi- 
chromate 
(Crystals) 

Red    and 

yellow 
Prussiates 
of  potash 

- 

- 

Tin  osy- 
muriate 

— 

— 

— 

- 

Tin  acetate 

— 

— 

— 

Magnesium.    Manganese 


Magne-    Precipi- 

sinm  sul-    tated  pure 

iihate        Peroxide  of 

(Kpsoms)     Manganese 


Copper. 


Magne- 
sium  car- 
bonate 

Magncsite 


Mangan- 
ese chlor- 
ide 

Manganese 
carbonate 


Copper 
sulphate 


Copper 
nitrate 


Acn's. 


Rectified 
oil  of  vitriol 


Brown  oil 
of  vitriol 


II  y  d  r  o  - 
chloricacid 

Aquafortis 
(com) 

Aquafortis 
(pure) 


Calcium 
bisulphate 


JAMBS  Mospratt  As  Sons,  Liverpool  and 
Widnes  (No.  820).-  .lames  Muspratt  was  the  founder 
of  the  Smith  Lancashire  Alkali  Industry,  and  any 
exhibition  of  chemical  products  would  be  incomplete 
without  being  represented  by  so  historic  a  firm. 


The  specialities  illustrated  in  the  examples  shewn 
are  sulphur  recovered  from  alkali  waste  by  Mond's 
process,  manganate  of  soda,  chlorates  of  potash  and 
soda,  produced  by  Missis.  Muspratt  and  Eschell- 
niaim's  process,  together  with  the  materials  and  by- 
products.    (See  this  Journal,  18S5,  p.  524.) 

Barium  Products. — Barium  sulphide,  zinc  sulphide, 
blanc  fixe,  barium  chloride  and  hydrate. 

A.  G.  Kurtz  &  Co.,  Sutton  Alkali  Works,  St. 
Helens,  Lancashire  (No.  825). — The  manufactures  of 
this  old-established  firm  are  chiefly  confined  to  salt 
cake  designed  for  alkali  and  glass  making,  caustic 
soda,  chlorate  of  potash,  bleaching  powder,  soda  ash 
and  soda  crystals. 

The  Widnes  Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  Widnes,  Lan- 
cashire (No.  830). — Aificles  exhibited. — Caustic  soda, 
76,  74,  72,  70,  64,  and  60  per  cent,  white  ;  chlorate  of 
potash  in  crystals,  containing  !)9'9S  per  cent,  of 
KCIO::,  and  extra  fine  ground  ;  chlorate  of  calcium  in 
solution  ;  manganate  of  soda,  the  new  disinfectant ; 
permanganate  of  soda,  crude  and  in  solution  ;  black 
ash  or  crude  carbonate  of  soda  ;  sulphate  of  soda 
(salt  cake) ;  bleaching  powder. 

General  Statistics  of  the  Above  Prodi  its  of 
the  Alkali  Manufacturer, 

The  manufacture  of  caustic  soda  has  increased 
within  the  last  twenty-two  years  from  about  100 
tons  per  week  to  about  3000  tons  per  week. 

Caustic  Soda  is  chiefly  used  by  paper  makers,  and 
in  the  manufacture  of  soap  ;  but  it  has  also  a  con- 
siderable application  for  various  other  purposes.  Its 
selling  value  in  1865  was  £13  per  ton  for  60  per  cent., 
in  1873,  £22  to  £24,  and  the  price  has  now  declined 
to  £7  per  ton. 

Manganate  of  Soda  has  been  recently  developed  on 
a  manufacturing  scale  for  the  deodorisation  of 
sewage,  and  as  a  disinfectant. 

The  total  weights  of  caustic  soda  and  bleaching 
powder  made  for  the  year  1886,  were  : — 

( 'aiistic  Soda  :  153,884  tons. 

Bleaching  Powder:  136,234  tons. 

The  return  of  the  exports  to  foreign  countries  for 
the  year  1 886,  was  :  — 

Alkali,  including  Caustic  Soda,  Soda  Ash,  Bicar- 
bonate, Crystals,  etc.:  284,634  tons,  at  a  value  of 
£1,609,484. 

Bleaching  Powder  :  77,524  tons,  value  £503,000. 

The  annual  consumption  of  raw  materials  for  the 
above,  wdiich  merely  include  the  two  chief  export 
centres,  and  two  articles  out  of  the  numerous 
products  of  the  alkali  trade,  will  be  about : — 

{,423,465  Ions  of  fuel. 
394,742    ,.     „  pyrites. 
713.11'.'    „      ,.  salt. 
234,493    .,      ,.  lime. 
134,649    .,      ,.  limestone. 

The  trade  also  employs  some  thousands  of  work- 
people, and  a  surrounding  of  dependent  trades  for 
machinery,  packages,  etc.,  etc. 

The  value  of  chemicals  (with  the  exception  of 
bleaching  powder,  which  is  supported  by  a  combin- 
ation of  manufacturers)  has  been  reduced  about  one 
half  during  the  last  ten  years. 

The  Gbjbenbank  Alkali  Works  Co,  Limited, 
St.  Helens,  Lancashire  (No.  831).  —  This 
firm  acquired  many  years  ago  a  high  reputation, 
both  in  this  country,  the  Continent  and 
America,  for  a  very  pure  and  high-strength  caustic 
soda,  and  it  was,  the  writer  believes,  the  first  to  put 
in  the  market  a  76  per  cent,  caustic  soda.  The 
improvements  introduced  into  the  various  processes 
which  mainly  led  t<>  the  production  of  this  high- 


Wov.ao.i8W.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


699 


strength  caustic,  as  well  as  increased  yields  of  chlor- 
ate of  a  superior  quality,  in  the  operations  involved 
in  that  branch  of  manufacture,  were  mainly  the 
work  of  the  lite  Mr.  W.  H.  Balmain,  the  former 
manager,  whose  name  is  historically  connected  with 
the  development  and  improvement  of  the  Leblanc 
so  la  industry  in  South  Lancashire. 

The  specialities  exhibitel  may  be  enumerated  as 
doubly-refined  caustic  soda,  and  the  same  in 
p  v.vdered  form  for  bleachers,  dyers,  etc.,  and  for 
making  hard  soap;  pure  caustic  potash  for  woollen 
manufacturers,  and  lor  making  pure  potash  soaps  ; 
refined  pearl  ashes;  chlorate  of  potash  in  crystal 
and  powder  ;  bleaching  powder  :  pure  red  oxide  of  iron 
and  oxide  paint. 

John  Thom,  Birkacre,  Chorley,  Lancashire  (No. 
821). — This  exhibit  is  of  great  historic  interest,  being 
a  faithful  representation  in  mo  lei  form  of  the  simple 
apparatus  which  Mr.  John  Thom,  now  for  many  years 
a  citizen  of  Manchester,  though  originally  hailing 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  Glasgow,  constructed  in 
1836  for  making  sola  by  the  ammonia  process.  Mr. 
Thom  was  the  original  discoverer,  of  the  simple 
reaction  between  sesquicarbonate,  or  otherwise  bicar- 
bonate of  ammonia  and  sodium  chloride,  which  forms 
the  essential  principle  of  the  ammonia  soda  process. 
He  was  the  first  who  made  paraffin  wax  as  a  com- 
mercial article,  obtaining  the  paraffin,  however,  from 
wood-tar  by  Reichenbaeh's  process.  He  made  small 
candles  with  tuis  paraffin  so  obtained.  Moreover, 
Mr.  Thom  was  the  first  to  manufacture  artificial 
manures  containing ammoniacal  salts:  he  was  actually 
the  founder  of  the  artificial  manure  industry.  This 
work  was  accomplished  in  a  chemical  factory 
at  Camlachie,  near  Glasgow,  belonging  to  Messrs. 
Turnbull  &  Ramsay,  in  whose  service  he  then  occupied 
the  position  of  chemist  at  the  not  too  liberal  salary 
of  £30  per  annum. 

We  have  already  referred  to  the  fact  that  Dalton 
impressed  penny  ink-pots  and  soda-water  bottles  into 
his  service  in  the  pursuit  of  scientific  research,  but 
he  was  outdone  by  Thom  in  point  of  economy,  the 
latter  illustrating  the  reaction  between  sodium 
chloride  and  ammonium  sesquiearbonate  in  apparatus 
simply  composed  of  the  hollow  in  the  palm  of  one 
hand,  using  the  finger  of  the  other  as  a 
stirrer.  I  will  use  Mr.  Thorn's  own  words  in  a  letter 
to  his  son  : — "  My  first  experiment  was  made  by 
taking  a  good  pinch  of  the  substances  (bicarbonate  of  ' 
ammonia  and  common  salt),  placing  them  in  the  palm 
of  my  left  hand,  mixing  them  with  the  forefinger  of 
the  right  hand,  and  allowing  water  to  drop  from  the 
fingers  of  my  right  hand  to  wash  with  as  little  water 
as  possible.  The  heat  of  my  hand  dried  very  soon 
the  product,  and  I  learned  that  the  decomposition 
could  be  made,  whether  profitably  or  not.  This 
experiment  done  in  the  same  way  was  shown  by  me  to 
Professor  Graham,  the  late  L)r.  Young,  and  many 
others,  amongst  whom  I  may  mention  Mr.  William 
Henderson,  of  Glasgow- — then  a  pupil  of  Graham's. 
After  ascertaining  that  soda  could  be  made  in  that 
way,  i  tried  it  in  increasing  quantities.  I  had  no 
machinery  in  connection  with  it,  except  an  old  screw- 
press  (model  shown).  I  mixed  the  two  salts  in 
tubs  (see  models)  and  then  placed  the  product  in 
the  till  or  burnt  clay  moulds,  then  used  for  refining 
or  refined  sugars.  Later  on,  we  substituted  wooden 
ones  of  a  similar  shape,  but  larger.  The  soda  was  not 
crystallised  by  itself,  but  was  dissolved  with  soda 
from  other  processes  and  crystallised  in  500-gallon 
pans.  It  was  considered  better  to  carry  this  product 
from  the  ammonia  soda  process  than  put  up  dis- 
solving, crystallising  and  draining  apparatus  specially 
for  it."  This  latter  statement,  of  course,  means  that  [ 
so  impure  a  soda  would  not  bear  the  expenses  alone  of  | 


a  sufficient  purification,  and  hence  it  was  mixed  with 
the  liquors  of  a  stronger  and  purer  Leblanc  soda,  and 
converted  into  soda  crystals,  relying  upon  the  fact  of 
formation  of  these  crystals  from  a  tolerably  dilute 
solution,  and  the  retention  in  the  mother-liquors  of 
the  salt  in  excess  and  sal-ammoniac.  The  writer  has 
received  from  Mr.  William  Henderson,  of  Glasgow, 
complete  confirmation  of  Mr.  Thorn's  statements,  and 
he  (Mr.  Henderson)  describes  not  only  the  experi- 
ments wrought  in  the  palm  of  Mr.  Thorn's  hand,  but 
the  apparatus  for  making  larger  quantities  of  the 
crude  ammonia  soda. 

The  following  clause  in  a  letter  from  Mr.  Thom  to 
the  writer  is  worth  quoting  :—"  When  I  left  my 
employers,"  writes  Mr.  Thom,  "I  informed  them  that  I 
did  not  think  it  advisable  for  them  to  continue  this 
process,  unless  they  got  a  chemist  or  someone  who 
would  feel  interested  in  its  success.  I  left  them 
becauseldidnotgetpaidenough.  I  had  £30  a  year  for, 
I  think,  four  years,  and  the  attention  required  through 
bad  joints,  etc.,  etc.,  was  very  great.  I  left  in  1838." 
Those,  therefore,  who  feel  disposed  to  institute  any 
comparison  between  John  Thom  and  Dyar  and 
Hemming,  to  the  disadvantage  of  the  former,  should 
reflect  on  the  fearful  disadvantages  of  Thorn's  situa- 
tion, and  that  despite  all  these  he  still  succeeded  in 
passing  from  his  crude  laboratory  performances  to 
his  equally  crude  manufacturing  operations,  and  did 
succeed  in  putting  ammonia  soda  in  the  market. 

Some  may  be  curious  to  know  in  what  spirit  he 
left  such  not  very  liberal  employers.  The  account  of 
the  final  episode  deserves  recital ;  it  redounds  to  his 
credit,  as  it  doubtless  did  to  theirs — in  quite  another 
sense  !  As  it  was  resolved  to  stop  the  process  when 
Thom  left,  he  "  collected  all  the  odds  and  ends  with 
ammonia  in  them,"  to  use  his  own  words,  "  mixed  them 
and  all  the  urine  on  hand,  with  the  charred  sittings — 
that  is,  the  charcoal  not  saleablefrom  beingtoosmall — 
and  with  a  lot  of  old  animal  charcoal  which  we  had 
from  the  '  yellow  prussiate '  process  and  '  red  liquor 
bottoms' — i.c,  the  sulphate  of  lime  resulting  from 
making  the  '  red  liquor '  or  aluminous  mordant  for 
calico  printing,  I  took  enough  of  the  latter  to  at  least 
fix  all  the  ammonia  in  the  let.  These  were  mixed 
in  large  heaps,  many  scores  of  tons,  and  I  advised 
my  employers  to  sell  all  as  fertilisers.  This  mixture 
was  tried  in  the  Yale  of  Leven,  Scotland,  and  in  the 
West  Indies,  for  sugar  cane,  by  James  Ewing,  then 
M.  P.  for  Glasgow.  The  result  was  astonishingly  suc- 
cessful. Mr.  Turnbull  came  up  to  Manchester  to  see 
how  the  stuff  had  been  made,  and  tried  to  get  me  to 
go  back  to  make  more.  I  advised  him  to  obtain 
, liter-house  offal,  dead  horses  or  cattle  dying  of 
disease,  and  place  this  material  in  a  chamber  where 
uncondensed  muriatic  acid  gas  could  pass  through, 
and  continue  the  purchase  of  the  urine  of  the  neigh- 
bourhood (previously  the  material,  bought  at  3d.  per 
ten  gallons,  for  the  ammonia  soda  process)  along 
with  the  red  liquor  bottoms.  He  followed  my  instruc- 
tions more  or  less,  and  laid  the  foundation  of  a  most 
lucrative  trade  to  him,  and  I  believe,  and  the  late 
Dr.  R.  Angus  Smith  believed,  of  the  first  manure 
works,  of  which  there  are  now  so  many. 

Messes.  Brux.ver,  Moxd  &  Co..  Limited,  Xorth- 
wich,  Cheshire  (No.  SUi).— The  description  and 
general  report  given  of  the  exhibit  of  this  firm  in  the 
late  Inventions  Exhibition  of  1885  (see  this  Journal, 
1885,  pp.  526  and  527),  may  be  very  well  referred  to 
in  this  case,  with  the  statement  that  this  exhibit  in 
Manchester  is,  as  regards  specimens,  show-case, 
and  general  appearance,  incomparably  finer  than  that 
in  London.  The  specimens  illustrate  the  Solvay 
ammonia-soda  process,  with  the  improvements  intro- 
duced by  Mr.  Mond  and  other  members  of  the  firm. 
A  specimen  of  bleaching  powTder  made  by  Mond's 


;oo 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Nov.  30. 1887. 


recently  patented  processes  is  now  to  be  seen— (this 
Journal,  1887,  p.  140)— as  also  one  of  caustic  soda, 
and  another  of  a  beautifully  crystallised  sesqui- 
carbonate  of  soda,  made  by  the  process  of  Watts  and 
Richards.  This  salt,  which  is  crystallised  in  fine 
needles,  is  not  a  true  sesquicarbonate,  but  has  the 
formula  Na2COs.NaHCO,.2HaO.  A  great  advan- 
tage of  this  salt  is  that  it  does  not  effloresce  or 
deliquesce.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  is  free 
from  insoluble  matter.  The  writer  understands  that 
this  salt  has  already  been  tried  in  Bradford  for  wool- 
washing  with  most  satisfactory  results.  It  is  said 
to  serve  in  the  washingof  flannels  without  shrinking 
them. 

Messrs.  Bell  Brothers,  Limited.  Middlesbrough 
(No.  822),  exhibit  specimens  illustrating  the  charac- 
ter of  the  salt  deposits  and  the  salt  industry  of  the 
Tees ;  also  the  Sehlosing  ammonia-soda  'process. 
Samples  illustrating  the  manufacture  of  pig  iron  at 
the  Clarence  Iron  Worts,  near  Middlesbrough,  and 
also  the  manufacture  of  barium  compounds,  on  the 
Tyne.  For  further  information  on  Schlosing's  pro- 
cess, see  this  Journal,  1885,  pp.  527—528. 

The  Eureka  Salt  Manufacturing  Co.,  Limited, 
Northwich,  Cheshire  (No.  836).— Rock  salt,  natural 
brine,  and  manufactured  salt.  A  fine  bust  of  Queen 
\  ictoria  in  manufactured  salt  forms  a  conspicuous 
object  in  this  exhibit. 

John  Howarth  Padgett,  Brookdale  Salt  Works, 
JNorthwich,  Cheshire  (No.  826).— Various  qualities 
and  brands  of  salt. 

R.  &  J.  Carroway,  Netherfield  Chemical  Works, 
Glasgow  (No.  832).— An  interesting  model  of  the 
■Netherfield  Chemical  Works,  and  fine  specimens 
illustrating  the  sulphuric,  nitric,  acetic,  boric,  oxalic 
and  hydrochloric  acid  manufactures  ;  as  also  the 
manufacture  of  mordants  and  other  dyers'  and 
printers'  chemicals. 

Messrs.  Peter  Spjsnck  &  Sons,  Manchester  Alum 
Works,  Manchester  (No.  829).— The  leading  feature 
of  this  exhibit  is  a  colossal  block  of  alum  standing 
12ift.  high,  measuring  6ft  in  diameter,  and  weighing 
slightly  over  10  tons.  This  is  the  largest  block  of 
crystallised  alum  which  has  ever  been  manufactured, 
and  has  an  imposing  appearance,  the  colour  being 
exceedingly  white  ;  the  light  transmitted  through 
the  mass,  when  looked  at  from  the  hollow  inside,  is 
of  a  beautiful  pale  blue  tint. 

In  the  case  standing  alongside  the  block  there  is 
a  rich  variety  of  manufactured  products. 

One  pile  is  composed  of  blocks  of  "  Turkey 
red"  alum,  manufactured  by  the  firm.  This  alum 
is  employed  by  all  the  great  Turkey-red  dyers, 
and  is  the  purest  which  has  ever  been  produced 
on  so  large  a  scale.  Specimens  of  ground  alum  and 
granulated  alum,  and  a  collection  of  splendid  alum 
octohedra,  are  exhibited. 

The  sulphate  of  ammonia  is  manufactured 
by  Messrs.  Spence's  patented  process,  and  is  of 
extremely  pure  quality. 

The  column  of  light  brown  material  is  alumino- 
ferric  cake,  an  article  patented  by  Messrs.  Spence  a 
number  of  years  ago,  and  is  used  very  extensively  in 
sizing  ordinary  classes  of  paper.also  in  the  clarifying  of 
water  for  towns  and  manufactories.  This  article  is 
now  employed  in  almost  every  part  of  the  world  for 
one  or  other  of  these  purposes. 

"AjfersU"  is  the  new  sewage  precipitant  lately 
introduced  by  this  firm,  and  is  used  for  the 
purification  by  precipitation  of  refuse  waters  from 
manufactories  and  town  sewage.  It  is  claimed  as 
the  cheapest  known  source  of  soluble  alumina  for 
this  purpose. 

Specimens  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  sulphate  of 
potash. 


A  bottle  containing  a  liquid  representing  the 
average  tint  of  Manchester  sewage  is  shown.  A 
second  is  a  sample  of  Manchester  sewage  after 
purification  by  the  Alfersil  above  referred  to,  the 
result  being  a  very  pure  effluent  obtained 
at  an  insignificant  cost.  The  small  bottle  by 
the  side  of  this  contains  the  impurities  preci- 
pitated from  one  gallon  of  this  sewage.  A  third 
bottle  represents  the  average  tint  of  the  water  of 
the  river  Irwell.  A  fourth  the  same  water  after 
purification  by  aluminoferric.  This  is  the  quality  of 
water  with  which  the  Ship  Canal  will  be  supplied 
when  all  the  manfacturers  in  the  district  purify  their 
refuse  water.  The  small  bottle  alongside  the  last 
contains  the  impurities  precipitated  from  one  gallon 
of  Irwell  water. 

Of  the  two  2ft.  tubes,  the  first  shows  Manchester 
water  as  drawn  from  the  mains  of  the  Exhibition. 
The  second  contains  the  same  water  purified  with 
Messrs.  Spence's  aluminoferric  cake,  used  in  the  propor- 
tion of  one  ton  to  twenty  million  gallons.  A  comparison 
J  of  these  will  show  to  what  a  degree  of  purity  town's 
!  water  supplies  can  be  brought  by  the  use  of  those 
materials.  Few  people  have  examined  perfectly 
pure  water  in  the  analyst's  2ft.  tube,  and  the  lovely 
blue  tint  of  this  purified  product  is  very  striking.  It 
may  be  noted  that  the  water  after  treatment  with 
aluminoferric  contains  no  constituent  which  it  did 
not  contain  before. 

The  other  exhibits  are  sul  phuric  acid,  manufactured 
from  Spanish  pyrites,  and  sulphuric  acid  from  the 
spent  oxide  of  gas  works. 

It  is  now  nearly  half-a-century  since  Messrs.  Spence 
commenced  the  manufacture  of  alum  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Manchester,  and  the  name  of  the  firm  is 
now  universally  associated  with  alum  and  aluminous 
products  of  the  best  quality. 

The  firm  also  exhibits  a  set  of  the  new  international 
hydrometer  devised  by  Mr.  Frank  Spence  as  a 
standard  measurer  both  of  the  strength  and  specific 
gravity  of  solutions  and  other  liquids,  and  proposed 
by  him  in  replacement  of  the  arbitrary  and  incom- 
mensurate hydrometric  scales  in  use  in  Great  Britain, 
the  Continent  and  America.  Mr.  Spence's  object  is 
to  unify  the  hydrometric  scales  of  all  nations.  His 
hydrometer  possesses  the  unique  advantage  of  show- 
ing at  a  glance  both  the  strength  and  specific  gravity 
of  a  solution. 

R  &  N.  Pott,  22,  South wark  Bridge  Road,  London 
(No.  827). — All  the  vinegars  exhibited  are  brewed 
from  grain  only.  Brown  vinegars  :  These  are  in  their 
pure  state  as  brewed.  Pale  vinegars :  These  are  the 
same  as  brown  vinegar,  but  reduced  in  colour  by 
being  blended  with  pure  distilled  vinegar.  Concen- 
trateJ  vinegars  :  These  are  produced  byan  improved 
patented  process  of  fractional  distillation,  whereby 
all  empyreumatic  and  foreign  flavours  are  expelled, 
leaving  nothing  but  a  -  pure  concentrated  vinegar. 
Distilli d  vinegars:  These  differ  only  from  the  con- 
centrated vinegar  in  the  strength,  the  distillation  not 
having  been  carried  to  so  high  a  point.  Sample}  of 
grain  used  in  the  manufacture  of  vinegar.  Samples  of 
rape  seed  used  as  a  filtering  medium.  Models  of  vat, 
showing  the  new  process  of  acetifying  patented  by 
the  exhibitors,  illustrating  the  advantages  over  the  old 
process  and  apparatus  (of  which  latter  there  is  also  a 
model).  Model  of  vat,  showing  method  of  cleansing 
and  clarifying  the  vinegar  by  filtration  through  rape 
seed.     .Models  of  casks  used  in  the  trade. 

In  Concannon's  History  of  Southwark  mention  is 
made  of  the  Vinegar  Works  of  Messrs.  Pott  as  exist- 
ing in  the  year  1641. 

W.  O.  Pdrseix  &  Co.,  13,  Bernard  Street,  Leith 
(No.  s:i:j). — Borax  in  various  forms  suitable  for  manu- 
facturing, chemical,  therapeutic  and  domestic  pur- 


Nov.  so.  1887.)  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


701 


poses.  Refined  boric  acid,  and  a  specially  prepared 
powder  for  the  preservation  of  fresh  fish  and  other 
articles  of  food.  The  exhibitors  refer  to  the  state- 
ment of  an  Italian  physician  to  the  effect  that  the 
workpeople  in  bjrax  factories  appear  to  b)  safe- 
guarded from  the  attacks  of  cholera.  During  the 
terrible  epidemic  of  1864 — 65  the  workmen  in  seven 
contiguous  factories  in  Italy  were  quite  free  from 
the  disease,  which  killed  one-third  of  the  pjpu 
lation  of  a  village  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  He 
recommends  the  internal  administration  of  borax  as 
a  specific  for  cholera,  in  doses  of  five  grammes  per 
diem.  He  believes  that  it  destroys  not  only  the 
microbes  in  the  intestinal  canal  but  also  in  the  blood. 

The  Trustees  of  the  lvte  James  Buckley, 
108,  Higher  Ardwick,  Manchester  (Xo.  834).  — 
Crystallised  ferrous  sulphate  (copperas),  largely  used, 
especially  in  black  dyeing,  ink  manufacture,  and  for 
the  reduction  of  the  indigo  vat,  and  other  purposes. 

J.  M.  Collett  it  Co.,  High  Orchard  Works, 
Gloucester  (Xo.  823). — Specimens  of  pure  bisulphites 
of  lime,  soda,  potash  and  magnesia,  and  also  of  the 
sulphites  of  lime,  potash  and  soda.  Solutions  of  , 
sulphurous  acid  and  a  sulphite  composition  called  the 
"  Universal  Preservative."  Samples  of  isinglass  from 
Russia,  Siberia,  Hudson's  Bay,  Brazil,  West  Indies, 
Penans,  Bombay,  Kurrachee,  China  and  Manilla. 

C.  B.  Cullerne  &  Co.,  Crown  Works  Napier 
Street,  Liverpool  (Xo.  82-1). — Simples  of  isinglass, 
finings,  bisulphite  of  lime,  sulphurous  acid,  etc. 

Anthony  K.  Kaye  &  Sox.  ,Mold  Green  Chemicil 
Works,  Huddersfield  (Xo.  828),  exhibit  specimens  of 
a  variety  of  dyestuft's,  mordants,  soaps,  dyewoods, 
dyewood  extracts  and  general  drysalteries. 

H.  D.  Pochin  &  Co.,  Limited,  Quay  Street, 
Silford  (Xo.  835). — A'umi'ious  Cake. — Mr.  Pochin, 
previous  to  188  i,  undertook  a  series  of  experi- 
ments for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  concentrated 
sulphate  of  alumini,  which  he  succeeded  in 
doing  in  1854  by  the  decomposition  of  kaolin. 
This  process  was  patented  in  1855.  The  quan- 
tity consumed  in  the  first  year  was  only  a  few 
hundred  tons,  but  before  the  patent  expired  the  sale 
had  increased  to  very  many  thousands  of  tons  per 
annum  of  his  own  manufacture,  besides  a  quantity 
made  by  other  persons  under  a  royalty  paid  to  him. 
Tnis  article  (aluminous  cake)  is  very  largely  used  by 
paper  makers. 

Sulphate  of  Alumina  is  produced  from  aluminous 
cake,  this  being  much  cheaper  than  by  employing  the 
old  process,  which  consisted  in  precipitating  the  iron 
from  the  very  crude  sulphate  of  alumina  by  means 
of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  This  article  is  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  tissue  papers  and  the  finest  kinds 
of  writing  papers. 

Concentrated  Alum. — A  neutral  sulphate  of  alumina 
of  a  low  price,  which  may  be  advantageously  em- 
ployed for  paper  sizing  and  the  precipitation  of 
waters  containing  sewage  and  other  ftocculent  matter. 
This  article  contains  14  per  cent,  of  alumina,  and 
will  compare  favourably  wTith  any  a'umina  compound 
now  in  the  market  at  an  equal  price.  The  results  are 
not  equal  to  those  obtained  by  the  use  of  aluminous 
cake,  but  they  are  satisfactory  to  those  who  prefer  a 
neutral  sulphate. 

It  is  perhaps  desirable  to  explain  here  that  all  paper 
would  be  blotting  paper  unless  it  was  made  partially 
waterproof  by  precipitating  with  the  pulp  in  the  pro- 
cess of  manufacture,  rosin  obtained  from  a  rosin  soap, 
and  then  mixing  with  either  aluminous  cake  or  sul- 
phate of  alumina— the  waterproofing  material  con- 
sisting, in  the  aluminous  cake,  of  hydrated  silica, 
alumina,  and  rosin  ;  and  in  the  case  of  sulphate  of 
alumina,  of  rosin  and  alumina  alone. 

China  Clay. — This  article,  which  is  the  rawmaterial 


for  the  aluminous  cake  and  sulphate  of  alumina,  is 
found  in  very  1  irge  quantities  in  Cornwall,  and  results 
from  the  dec  imposition  of  felspar  in  granite.  Jt  is  in 
its  natural  condition,  pipe  clay,  but  as  made  arti- 
ficially is  a  very  pure  silicate  of  alumina.  Messrs. 
Pochin  are  amongst  the  largest  manufacturers  in 
( lornwall,  the  production  and  .-ale  amounting  to  tens 
of  thousands  of  tons  per  annum.  It  is  also  used  in 
pottery,  an  1  is  0113  of  the  be^t  articles  used  for  stiffen- 
ing and  finishing  cloth. 

Binarseniate  of  Soda  as  used  by  calico  printers 
as  a  dung  substitute. 

Dextrin  has  been  made  by  this  firm  since  the  year 
1830. 

AcelaU  of  Alumina  obtained  by  a  new  process, 
which  has  been  in  operation  for  the  past  two  and  a 
half  years.  It  is  free  from  colour  and  from  excess  of 
acid. 

The  Refined  Rosin  exhibited  is  the  result  _  of  the 
patent  taken  out  by  Messrs.  Hunt  and  Pochin.  By 
this  patent  common  black  rosin  is  distilled  by  super- 
heated steam  and  deprived  completely  of  its  colouring 
matter. 

Patent  Anhydrous  Rosin  Sise.—Thh  size  is  pre- 
pared for  use  with  Pochin's  patent  aluminous 
cik3,  and  is  quite  free  from  water.  When 
use  1  in  the  following  proportions,  the  greatest 
economical  results  are  obtained — there  is  no  loss  of 
size  on  the  on?  hind,  or  aluminous  cake  on  the  other. 
This  result,  we  think,  has  in  very  few  cases  been 
obtained  by  paper-makers,  previous  to  the  introduc- 
tion of  this  sizs  :  it  is  now  obtained  with  certainty, 
if  used  in  the  following  proportions :  To  5lb.  of 
the  size,  Tib.  of  aluminous  c%ke.  The  best  w-ay  of 
proceeding  is  to  dissolve  the  size  in  water,  in  the 
proportion  of  say  3lb.  to  one  gallon  of  water,  boil  it 
for  about  15  or  20  minutes,  so  as  to  ensure  complete 
soluti  '/i  :  it  is  then  fit  for  use. 

In  the  Irish  Section,  Messrs.  Harriviton 
Brothers,  of  the  Shandon  Chemical  Works,  Cork, 
exhibit  a  variety  of  preparations  comprising  oxides 
for  the  glass,  porcelain  and  enamel  industries, 
such  as  cobalt,  nickel,  copper,  tin  and  other  oxides. 
Besides  these  are  metallic  tungsten  and  its  salts, 
stannate  of  soda,  oxalate  of  antimony,  penta-  and 
trichlorides  of  phosphorus,  goldea  sulphide  of  anti- 
mony, etc.  A  series  of  organic  preparations  is  also 
shown,  as  well  as  one  of  chemically-pure  salts  for 
analytical  and  scientific  purposes,  and  finally  a  set  of 
pharmaceutical  preparations.  This  enterprising  firm 
publishes  an  exceedingly  neat  price  list  in  the  form  of 
a  small  book,  which  excels  even  those  supplied  by  well 
known  firms  in  Germany.  This  serves  not  only  as  a 
price  list,  but  as  a  pocket-book,  since  it  contains  most 
of  the  usual  tables,  such  as  those  of  the  atomic  weights, 
specific  gravities,  and  percentage  strengths  of  acids 
and  alkalis,  alcohol  tables,  with  other  useful  data. 


LonDon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


''hairman:  David  Howard. 
Committee : 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 
H.  E.  Armstrong. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
AY.  Crowder. 
W.  J.  Dibdin. 
('.  Graham. 
S.  Hall. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 


R.  Messel. 

1).  E.  K.  Newlands. 

B.  Redwood. 
T.  Royle. 
John  SpUIer. 
Win.  Thorp. 

C.  R.  Alder  Wright. 


Hon.  Local  Sec.  and   Treasurer :   Thos.  Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf,  Church  Road.  Battersea,  S.W. 


702 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     IN'ov.  so.  U87. 


The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  he  held  on   the 
first  Monday  in  caeh  month. 


SESSION  1887-88. 

Prospective   Arrangements. 

Dee.  5.— Professor  Dcwnr,  M.A..  F.B  S.  (President  of  the 
Society).  "The  New  Weldon-Pechir.ey  Proeess  fur 
the  Manufacture  of  Chlorine  from  Chloride  of 
Magnesium." 

Communications  to  be  addressed  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  of  Stratford,  des'res  to  state  that  he 
was  not  the  member  of  that  surname  present  at  the  meeting 
of  the  Lindon  Section  of  the  Society,  laid  November  7.  1887. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  November  ?,  1887 


MR.    D.    HOWARD    IN   THE   CHAIR. 

NOTE  ON  THE  COMPARATIVE  ANTISEPTIC 
VALUES  OF  CHLORIDES,  NITRATES  AND 
SULPHATES. 

BY   C.   T.    KINGZETT,   F  I.C  ,   F.C.S. 

The  simple  observations  of  which  I  propose  in  this 
note  to  give  a  brief  description,  were  not  intended  to  ! 
serve  as  a  defiuite  measure  of  the  antiseptic  values  of 
the  substances  employed,  but  were  only  made  by  way 
of  a  preliminary  introduction  to  another  study.  As, 
however,  they  were  comparative  in  character,  they 
may  possess  some  little  interest  and  value.  Two 
series  of  experiments  were  made,  one  being  upon 
flour-piste,  to  ascertain  for  what  period  certain 
quantities  of  5  per  cent,  solutions  of  the  various  sub- 
stances protected  it  from  the  growth  of  mould,  and 
the  other  upon  extract  of  beef,  to  ascertain  for  what 
period  the  same  5  per  cent,  solutions  protected  it  from 
putrefaction. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  in  cases  where  the  salts  were 
not  perfectly  soluble  in  water,  the  solutions  contain- 
ing the  undissolved  compound  in  suspension  were  I 
used. 

The  manner  of  proceeding  with  the  Hour-paste 
observations  was  as  follows  :  In  each  case  -igrms.  of 
flour  were  boiled  up  with  the  water  until  a  gelatinous 
product  was  obtained,  and  when  nearly  cold  the 
solutions  to  be  tested  were  well  stirred  in.  One 
series  of  observations  (•/)  was  made  with  a  mixture  of 
4grms.  flour,  38cc.  water,  and  2ee.  of  the  5  per  cent. 
antiseptic  solutions  ;  and  another  (6)  with  igrms. 
flour,  aficc.  water, and  4cc.  of  the  5  percent,  antiseptic 
solutions.  Practically,  therefore,  the  mixtures  con- 
t  lined  respectively  about  5  per  cent,  and  10  per 
cent,  of  the  ."i  per  cent,  solutions  under  examination. 
In  other  words,  the  actual  weights  of  substances 
employed  in  these  two  scries  of  trials  were  severally 
01  and  0'2grm. 

By  way  of  comparison,  an  unprotected  mixture 
of  flour  and  water  wasjsimilarly  made  and  employed, 
using  terms,  flour  and  40cc  water. 

For  the  other  series  of  observations  (<•)  5lbs.  of  lean 
fresh  beef  was  digested  at  10  C  with  distilled  water 
ilnting  three  hours,  the  extract  was  diluted  up  to 
1  litres,  and  after  cooling,  strained  through  fine 
muslin. 

Quantities,  each  of  95cc,  of  this  extract  were  then 
taken,  and  to  them  was  added  5cc.  of  the  respective  5 
per  cent,  solutions  under  examination  (=  to  0'25grm. 
dry  substance).  All  the  test  glasses  were  left  un- 
covered. 


SUMMARY  OF  RKSULT3.-SERTES  A. 

Chlorides. 

On  2nd  dav  mould  was  seen  upon  the  following  mixtures  :— 
NaCl.  Caf'l.."ond  Sri  1-.  • 

On  3rd  day  on  Nll.cl.  Hall...  MgCl2.  ZnCl-. 

On  4th  day  on  the  standard  rlour-pasrc. 

<  )n   5th  dav  on  SnCl ... 

On  6th  day  on  Al.C'l,. 

On  9th  dav  on  Kc.i  'I,. 

On  16th  day  on  PiiCI*. 

On  20th  day  the  following  mixtures  were  still  free  from 
mould,  but  had  dried  up  :— HgCli-andCuCla- 

Nitrates. 

On  1th  dav  KNO,.  NaNO,,  NH.NO,,  SrlNOdn,  CalNo,!,. 
Mg(NO  la. 

On  Sth  dav  flour  paste  standard.  HalNO:lK.  Z1HNO3I-  and 
Fe(NOj),. 

On  7th  dav  PblNO:,K 

On  15th  day  HgstNOalj  (mercurous  nitrate). 

On  21th  day  the  Cu(NO:t)o  mixture  had  dried  up  free  from 
mould. 

SJULl'HATRS. 

On  Sthday  mould  was  to  be  seen  on  the  following  mixtures: — 
flour-paste   standard,  K..SO,,  Na-SO,,   (NHj)aSO«.  A12(S04>3, 

MnSO,.  Zn-O,. 

On  7th  dav  on  MgSl  >,. 

On  9th day  on  FeSO.. 

on  20th  day  on  CuSO,. 

On  21th  day  the  HgSO,  mixture  had  dried  up  free  from 
mould. 

SUMMARY  OF   RE3LLTS.-SERIES  B. 

CnLORIDES. 

On  2nd  dav  mould  had  appeared  on  theCaCl-  mixture 
On  3rd  day  on  lvt'l.  NaCl.  XH.C1.  BaCIj,  SrCL. 
On  4th  day  on  flour-paste  standard,  MgCK  ZnClo. 
On  7th  dav  on    M..OI,. 
On  9th  day  on  Fe.C.)„  SnCU. 

On  26th  dav  the  following  mixtures  had  dried  up  free  from 
mould  :-HgCL,  PbCl.,  CuCL. 

Nitrates. 

On  4th  dav  KNO,,  NaNO:t.  SrlNOi),.  CalNOiK 
On    Sth    dav     Hour-paste    standard,     NH,N03,    Ba(NO,)2. 
Mg(NO,tj,  ZnlNOjl,. 
On  7th  day  Fe  (NO,).,. 
On  81  h  day  PbfNOal.. 
On  20th  day  Hg(\o,l.. 
On  21th  day  the  Cu(NO:.l-  had  dried  up  free  from  mould. 

Sulphates. 

On  5th  dav  on  the  flour-paste  standard.  K.SO,,  Na-.-SO,, 
INHV2SO,.  AlatSO.la,  ZnS04. 

On  7th  dav  FeSO,,  MnSO,. 

On  9th  dav  JK-SO,. 

On  21th  day  CuSO,  and  HgSO,  mixtures  had  dried  up  free 
from  mould. 

It  should  be  mentioned  that,  although  in  the  pre- 
ceding records,  the  first  day  on  which  mould  made  its 
appearance  on  the  pastes  has  been  noted  in  each  case, 
yet  the  quantity  so  appearing  differed  within  wide 
limits  ;  in  some  instances  the  growth  was  barely 
decisive  in  character,  whereas  in  others  it  was  well 
developed. 

Reviewing  the  results  generally,  it  may  be  sa:d 
that  the  compounds  of  the  alkalis  and  alka- 
line earths  appeared  in  many  instances  to  promote 
the  growth  of  mould  in  the  same  sort  of  way  as 
Warrington  has  observed  the  presence  of  gypsum 
facilitates  the  nitrification  of  urine.  In  no  instance 
was  the  growth  of  mould  postponed  by  the  presence 
of  salts  of  potassium,  sodium  or  ammonium,  and 
among  the  compounds  of  the  alkaline  earths,  mag- 
nesium sulphate  alone  exhibited  a  slight  prohibitive 
effect.  The  zinc  compounds  rank  with  those  of  the 
alkaline  earths.  The  sulphate  of  manganese  in  the 
higher  proportion  slightly  delayed  the  growth  of 
mould.  The  compounds  of  iron,  tin.  lead  and 
aluminium  exercised  distinct  but  not  very  powerful 
prohibitive  effect,  excepting  the  chloride  of  lead,  the 
antiseptic  action  of  which  must  be  described  as 
incisive  and  as  ranking  with  the  sulphate  of  copper. 
As  to  copper  and  mercury,  the  chlorides  of  those 
metals  rank  apparently  as  of  highest  and  equal 
value, side  by  side  with  nitrate  of  copper  and  sulphate 


"The  KC1  paste  did   not  go  mouldy, 
the  7th  day,  when  maggots  appeared. 


but  sniellcd  sour  0 


Kov.30.1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


703 


of  mercury.  Somewhat  below  these  compounds  in 
antiseptic  action  stands  sulphate  of  copper  ami 
nitrate  of  mercury,  the  first-named  of  these  substances 
being  decidedly  the  most  effective  of  the  two. 

SUMMARY  OF  RE3ULT3.-SERDES  C. 

Chlorides. 

On  the  2nd  day  the  solutions  containing  the  following  salts 
were  putrid  :-KCl,  NaCl.NH.Cl.  Bat'],.  SrCls.  CaCl2.  MtfCl,. 
(Mould  on  BaCK  solution  3rd  day). 

(in  the  6th  day  Al.cl..  Fe,Cl„,  PbCl,,  SnCK  (Mould  on 
AljCla-  PbClj  and  SnCI,  solutions  on  3rd  day). 

("in  Hie  Sth  day.  ZnC!  .  .  I 

The  solutions  containing  CuCl,  and  BTgCU  alone  remained 
good  during  the  whole  period  of  observation  (summer  weather) 
—viz.,  some  ltl  days. 

Nitrates. 

On  the  2nd  day  the  following  solutions  were  putrid  :— 
KNO,.  NaNO-.  Nil. No,.  MgfNO,),,  FetNO,),. 

(in  (lie  3rd  day  SrlNO.I.,  CaiNo,i    (also  mould).  i 

On  the  Glh  day  BalN(i,l...  Pb(NO,).  (mould  appeircd  3rd 
day). 

(in  the  loth  day  Zn(NO,)j  ibeen  suspicions  some  three  days). 

The  I'm  NO. I,  and  Hg(NO,l,  solutions  alone  remained  intact 
from  putrefaction,  although  there  was  a  speck  of  mould  on 
the  copper  solution  on  the  ott, i  day  ;  it  did  not  grow  appreciably. 

Sulphates. 

On  the  2nd  day  the  following  solutions  had  broken  down  :— 
K2SO..  Na  SO,.'iNH.).SO,.  MgS04,  MnSO,. 

On  the  3rd  day  FeSO,. 

On  the  6th  day  Al,(SO,)s.  ZnSO,  (also  mould  on  both). 

The  CuSO«  and  IlgSO,  solutions  alone  stood  the  test,  but  a 
speck  of  mould  appeared  on  the  copper  solution  on  the  1th 
day  ;  it  did  not  appreciably  develop. 

The  (standard  meal  extract  was  very  bad  on  the  2nd  day. 

With  respect  to  the  observations  made  with  extract 
of  meat,   the  results  generally  accord  with  those  of  I 
the  flour-paste  series,  excepting  that  the  salts  of  zinc 
appeared  to  exercise  a  distinctly  superior   antiseptic  ■ 
action  to  that  which  they  exhibited  in  protecting  flour 
paste  from  the  growth  of  mould.  The  chloride  of  lead 
did  not  behave  up   to  expectation,  based  upon  the 
flour-paste  experiments  with  that  substance,  but  in  | 
all  probability  its  effect  is  modified  by  the  precipita-  I 
tion  which  the  solution   undergoes  when  added  to 
meat  extract.    The  compounds  of  mercury  and  cop- 
per   again  come  out  as  most  effective,  and,  if  any 
choice    is  to    be  made,  it  seems    to  fall  upon  the 
chlorides  of  those  metals. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  the  thanks  of  the  meeting 
were  due  to  Mr.  Kingzett  for  his  record  of  an  admir- 
able and  accurate  research,  the  value  of  which  he  had 
underestimated.  It  was  only  by  experiments  of  this 
kind,  made  with  various  substances  and  under  vary 
ing  conditions,  that  one  could  realise  the  great  dif- 
ferences in  the  action  of  various  reagents  on  various 
micro-organisms.  Without  such  knowledge  there 
was  the  danger  of  over-wide  generalisation  from 
insufficient  evidence.  For  example,  the  action  of 
boracic  acid  was  widely  different  on  animal  and  on 
vegetable  life.  To  animal  life  it  was  a  doubtful 
poison,  but  to  vegetable  life  it  was  most  deadly.  The 
whole  question  of  the  application  of  such  bodies  to 
preservative  or  disinfectant  uses,  therefore,  depended 
on  the  nature  of  the  substances  to  be  treated.  Mr. 
Kingzett's  experiments  were  very  interesting  as 
showing  that  it  was  only  in  very  dilute  solutions  that 
one  could  determine  the  specific  action  of  the  anti- 
septic body.  Everybody  knew  that  a  strong  solu- 
tion of  common  salt  was  a  powerful  preservative,  and 
it  was  desirable  that  it  should  b3  equally  well  known 
that  the  same  body,  if  dilution  were  carried  beyond 
a  certain  point,  not  only  ceased  to  be  a  preservative 
agent,  but  probably  encouraged  the  growth  of 
organisms.  Mr.  Kingzett's  experiments  seemed  to 
show  that  the  most  powerful  destroyers  of  these  low 
forms  of  life  were  the  salts  of  mercury  and  copper. 
Without  wishing  to  propose  that  blue  vitriol  should 
be  run  into  the  drains,  he  certainly  thought  that  this 


salt  ought  to  have  a  more  extended  use  for  sanitary 
purposes,  as  it  was  comparatively  inexpensive,  and 
its' action  was  far  more  powerful  than  was  generally 
realised. 

Mr.  Tybek  considered  the  paper  to  be  a  striking 
example  of  the  good  work  which  many  members 
might,  but  from  motives  of  diffidence  did  not,  bring 
before  the  Society.  It  would  be  most  useful  if  results 
of  this  kind  — i.e.,  laboratory  notes — were  recorded  in 
the  Society's  Journal,  with  the  discussions  to  which 
practical  points  always  gave  rise. 

Mr.  A.  H.  HUTCHINSOM  expressed  surprise  that 
Mr.  Kingzett  had  not  compared  the  action  of  the 
bodies  dealt  with  in  his  paper  with  that  of  other  pre- 
servative agents.  He  would  lie  glad  if  Mr.  Kingzett 
would  explain  the  nature  of  the  action  of  his  Sanitas 
solution,  and  state  why  it  prevented  decomposition 
win-re  bichloride  of  mercury  did  not. 

Mr.  J.  Heeon  wished  to  ask  what  was  Mr.  King- 
zett's object  in  making  these  experiments?  It  seemed 
to  him  that  the  object  was  to  determine  at  what 
period  mould  would  first  appear.  Nothing  had  been 
said  about  other  forms  of  micro- organisms,  which 
could  be  seen  only  under  the  microscope.  It  was 
well  known,  however,  that  where  mould  might  appear 
on  the  surface  of  the  bodies  treated,  other  organisms 
originally  present  mij;ht  have  been  destroyed  by  the 
antiseptic  used — in  short,  that  the  salts  would  have  a 
different  antiseptic  action  on  different  forms  of 
organisms.  He  would  like  to  know  whether  Mr. 
Kingzett  had  differentiated  his  experiments,  whether 
he  could  say,  for  instance,  that  nitrate  of  zinc  would 
destroy  bacteria  and  other  ferments,  as  well  as  mould, 
up  to  a  certain  point,  or  that  mercury  chloride  would 
practically  kill  everything  it  came  in  contact  with,  or, 
at  least,  prevent  its  development.  He  understood 
that  Mr.  Kingzett  had  boiled  the  flour  and  the  meat 
extract.  It  would  have  been  much  better,  however, 
to  have  simply  mixed  the  substances  with  water  and 
then  added  the  antiseptics. 

Mr.  Kinuzett,  replying  to  the  last  speaker's 
remarks  first,  pointed  out  that  in  describing  how  his 
experiments  had  been  conducted,  he  had  expressly 
stated  that  the  flour  paste  had  in  all  cases  been  pre- 
pared by  boiling  the  starch  with  water  only,  and  that 
when  the  paste  was  nearly  cold  the  antiseptic  solu- 
tion was  stirred  in,  and  the  mixture  placed  in  open 
glasses  exposed  to  the  air.  In  the  case  of  the  meat 
extract,  to  have  boiled  it  would  have  been  to  entirely 
de/eat  the  experiment,  because  it  would  have  coagu- 
lated. He  had  avoided  that  by  preparing  it  at  a 
temperature  at  which  the  constituent  albumen  would 
not  coagulate.  The  experiments  were  only  intended 
to  ascertain  the  comparative  antiseptic  value  of  the 
various  solutions  employed  upon  the  specific  growth 
of  mould,  and  the  active  bacteria— notably  bactei  ium 
lermo— concerned  in  the  process  of  putrefaction,  and 
for  these  two  growths  there  was  no  question  of  the 
value  of  the  comparative  results  obtained.  He  wil- 
lingly admitted  that  if  he  wished  to  place  before  a 
scientific  body  an  adequate  explanation  of  the  action 
of  any  one  antiseptic,  he  should  not  deal  with  a  mix- 
ture like  flour  paste,  nor  with  extract  of  beef.  He 
would  prefer  to  take  a  number  of  well-known  simple 
substances.  For  example,  he  would  take  so  much 
sugar,  and  ascertain  how  much  alcohol  and  carbonic 
anhydride  were  produced,  and  in  every  case  would 
not  be  content  till  the  sum  total  of  the  products 
equalled  the  amount  of  substances  operated  on.  That 
had  not  been  his  object  in  the  present  experiments, 
which  were  merely  preliminary  to  such  a  study. 
Some  two  years  ago  he  had  occupied  himself  fur 
eight  months  with  an  investigation  of  that  kind.  In 
that  case  the  antiseptic  employed  was  exclusively  his 
own  "Sanitas"  fluid.    He  had  always  regretted  that 


704 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Nov.  SO,  1887. 


he  did  not  communicate  those  results  to  the  Society, 
because  they  were  quantitative  throughout  Even  if 
rescuscitated  now  they  would  be  robbed  of  much  of 
their  interest,  because  they  had  been  already 
published  in  pamphlet  form.  With  reference  to  Mr. 
Hutchinson's  remarks,  he  could  only  say  that  he  had 
studiously  avoided  any  reference  to  his  own  products. 
If  he  had  desired  t  >  com  pare  the  "Sanitas'  products 
with  other  antiseptics,  lie  would  hive  been  compelled 
to  pursue  the  investigation  much  further  than  seemed 
desirable  on  the  present  occasion.  Tims,  instead  of 
being  content  with  the  bare  comparative  antiseptic 
results  as  obtained  from  laboratory  experiments,  he 
would  consider  it  necessary  to  ascertain  how  far  it 
was  possible  to  take  practical  advantage  of  them  not 
only  in  a  public  sense,  but  in  such  special  direction, 
also,  as  in  the  practice  of  antiseptic  surgery,  and  the 
chemical  modification  (destruction)  of  those  poisonous 
substances  which  are  often  produced  as  concomitants 
of  the  life  and  development  of  micro-organisms. 

DISCUSSION  ON    MR.  J.  RUFFLE'S    PAPER 

ON  "THE  CORRECT  ANALYSIS  OF  SUPER 
PHOSPHATES,  PLAIN  AND  AMMONIATED  " 
— Printed  in  the  July  (1887)  Number  of  the 
Society's  Journal. 

Me.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands,  while  fully  recognising  the 
great  merit  of  Mr.  Ruffle's  work,  could  not  agree  with 
his  views  on  certain  points.  He  thought  that  Mr. 
Ruffle  attached  too  much  importance  to  the  quantity 
of  water  in  these  manures.  His  process  would  give 
the  percentage  of  uncombined  water  ;  but  then  that 
percentage  would  vary  week  by  week  as  the  manure 
aged,  and  so  it  would  be  impossible  to  verify  results. 
On  the  other  hand,  by  the  old  method  of  determining 
the  whole  of  this  useless  water  at  212°,  one  got 
uniform  results.  Supposing  a  manure  intended  for 
export  to  America  ;  a  certain  degree  of  moisture 
guaranteed  ;  and  that  moisture  determined  by  the 
calcium  chloride  test  at  10  per  cent.  On  its  arrival 
in  America,  some  weeks  later,  the  results  would 
appear  so  much  lower  that  the  American  buyer  would 
be  apt  to  lose  faith  in  the  skill  of  the  London  analyst. 
Mr.  Ruffle  was  of  opinion,  too,  th  it  there  was  prac- 
tically no  monocalcic  phosphate,  on  the  ground  that 
"  the  BOa  is  present  in  hss  quantity  than  is  necessary 
to  combine  with  l11  the  CaO."  It  seemed  to  him, 
however,  that,  there  being  insufficient  SOa  to  com- 
bine with  the  three  molecules  of  lime,  this  was 
a  good  reason  for  its  combining  with  two — on  the 
principle  that  an  army  of  soldiers  desiring  to  take 
three  cities,  but  being  insufficient  in  numbers,  would 
make  sure  of  two  cities  first  rather  than  attempt  the 
impossible  feat  of  taking  all  three.  Mr.  Ruffle's 
paper  was  an  interesting  one,  and  abounded  in  con- 
scientious work  ;  he  hoped  it  would  do  much  to  ven- 
tilate an  important  subject  and  to  clear  up  results 
which  had  been,  to  some  extent,  a  disgrace  to  public 
chemists,  because  of  their  variations  and  incongruities. 
Mr.  Bernard  Dyer  thought  he  might  anticipate 
Mr.  Ruffle's  reply  to  Mr.  Newlands  in  mi  far  as  to  say 
that  if,  continuing  the  military  comparison,  "third 
regiment  of  molecules"  were  read  for  "  third  mole- 
cules,'' the  passage  would  be  perfectly  clear.  The 
paper  had  finally  disposed  of  the  supposition  that  the 
so-called  monobasic  phosphate  formed  a  constant  or 
sometimes  even  a  very  appreciable  quantity  of  the 
so-called  "  soluble  phosphates "  present.  In  devising 
his  method  of  moisture  determination,  and  in  the 
work  that  had  led  up  to  it,  Mr.  Ruffle  had  done  a 
great  deal  for  the  chemistry  of  the  subject.    There 


would,  of  course,  be  practical  difficulties  in  the  way 
of  adopting  the  process,  the  chief  one  being  perhaps 

that  of  getting  chemists  to  agree  on  this  mode  of 
statement.  Each  one  would  be  afraid  to  take  a 
new  depirturc,  for  fear  of  bringing  about  what  would 
be  looked  upon  as  hopeless  clashing.  With  regard 
to  .Mr  Ruffle's  general  method  of  stating  results,  the 
old  method  of  writing  out  an  analysis  of  superphos- 
phates could  be  defended  on  only  one  ground  :  that 
it  was  convenient  because  it  was  conventional. 
Scientifically,  it  was  lamentable  that  four  out  of  five 
items  of  an  analysis  should  be  more  or  less  meaning- 
le-s  ;  but,  practically,  it  was  of  little  consequence. 
The  cases  in  which  full  analyses  of  superphosphates 
were  required  were  rare,  the  usual  course  being  merely 
to  show  the  percentage  of  soluble  and  insoluble 
phosphates  of  ammonia,  and  sometimes  of  (so-called) 
moisture.  But,  on  the  scientific  question,  he  must 
quarrel  with  the  author,  not  for  introducing  a  reform, 
but  for  not  being  a  good  thoroughgoing  Radical  while 
he  was  about  it.  In  this  case  Mr.  Ruffle,  if  he  would 
forgive  him  for  saying  so,  was  posing  rather  as  a  sort 
of  analytical  Whig.  He  (Mr.  Dyer)  objected  to 
analyses  which  mixed  up  acids  and  bases  stated  as 
such  with  salts  stated  as  such.  Mr.  Ruffle  had 
quarrelled  with  the  old  method  because  of  its 
"  assumptions,"  but  it  was  surely  an  assumption  on 
his  part  to  make  the  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  all 
tribasic  phosphate  of  lime,  whereas  a  considerable 
percentage  of  it  might  be  phosphate  of  iron  or  of 
alumina.  He  had  also  assumed  that  all  the  SO..,  was 
present  as  sulphate  of  lime.  But  there  were  many 
bases  present  :  oxide  of  iron,  alumina,  magnesia, 
potash  and  soda.  Why  then  give  all  the  SOs  to 
lime?  Then,  too,  the  difference  that  Mr.  Ruffle  had 
shown  in  the  composition  of  ordinary  superphos- 
phate and  ammoniated  superphosphate  came  in  to 
bother  one,  the  total  sulphuric  acid  in  the  one  case 
being  calculated  as  sulphate  of  lime  and  in  the  other 
case  the  lime,  other  than  insoluble  phosphate,  being 
stated  as  sulphate  of  lime.  In  the  one  case,  he 
assumed  the  "sulphate  of  lime  "from  the  SO:i  ;  in 
the  other  case  from  the  lime.  But  there  were 
different  degrees  of  "ammoniation,"  so  to  speak,  and 
the  variation  in  composition  might  be  considerable  in 
different  cases.  He  would  suggest  that,  to  place  the 
thing  on  a  scientific  basis,  no  assumptions  at  all  should 
be  made,  but  that  the  various  constituents  should  be 
stated  as  they  were  determined — acids  and  bases  being 
written  separately.  He  felt,  as  would  all  brother 
agricultural  analysts,  personally  grateful  to  the  author 
for  the  work  he  had  done,  but  while  having  a  full 
sense  of  the  value  of  that  work,  he  would  like  to  ^ee 
the  reform  in  the  statement  of  results— if  there  were 
to  be  any  reform — made  complete. 

Mr.  T.  W.  B.  Mi'mford,  referring  to  Mr.  Newlands' 
remarks  that  water  had  no  value,  said  that  a  manu- 
facturer who  produced  a  superphosphate  containing 
much  water  soon  found  that  he  had  to  put  his  hand 
in  his  pocket  and  allow  for  it.  Mr.  Ruffle's  experi- 
ments had  shown  that  it  was  possible  to  determine 
the  amount  of  actual  or  uncombined  moisture,  whereas 
the  old  method  determined  the  whole  of  the 
water  present.  Assuming  that  a  superphosphate 
tested  by  the  old  method  gave  21  1  per  cent  of  moisture, 
by  the  calcium  chloride  test  it  might  show,  say 
10  per  cent.,  which  later  on  would  be  somewhat 
reduced,  as  more  of  the  water  would  combine  with 
sulphate  of  lime.  But  if  the  same  manure  were  then 
again  tested  by  the  water-bath,  it  would  still  show 
20  per  cent,  of  water  ;  and  hence  the  manufacturer 
wis  placed  in  an  invidious  position.  it  was 
therefore  very  desirable  that  analysts  should  adopt 
some  one  method  which  could  be  depended  on. 

Mr.  G.  D.  Maundoe  said  that  was  just  the  point  at 


Nov.30.i8S7.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


705 


issue.  All  who  understood  the  American  trade  knew 
that  if  the  calcium  chloride  method  were  adopted 
makers  would  be  required  to  guarantee  a  certain 
moisture  <  n  'intra/  in  America.  Sellers  had  to 
guarantee  a  14  per  cent,  moisture,  and  if  they  were 
to  be  called  on  to  adopt  what  it  might  be,  say  after 
three  months,  more  difficulties  and  quarrels  would 
arise  than  at  present 

.Mr.  A.  H.  HUT(  KINSON  differed  from  both  the 
author  and  Mr.  Dyer  as  to  the  form  in  which  the 
results  of  the  analyses  should  be  expressed,  and 
indicate!  on  the  black  board  the  formulae  which  he 
considered  should  be  used. 

Mr.  HUGHES  pointed  out  that  the  difficulties  which 

aro-e  between  manufacturers  of  superphosphates  and 

American  buyers  practically  turned  upon  the  question 

of  what    tv«<    moisture.       If  manufacturers    would 

adopt    either    the  determination    by   the 

ium  chloride  method  or  by  the  water-bath 
method,  and  stipulate  for  a  certain  percentage  by 
one  or  the  other  method  when  contracts  were  made, 
many  of  the  disputes  which  now  occurred  would  be 
avoided.  It  was  matter  for  regret  that  the  subject 
of  the  statement  of  analytical  results  in  regar 
superphosphates  should  not  have  been  taken  up  long 
before  ;  and  Mr.  Ruffle  deserved  their  thanks  for 
his  work.  He  would  like  some  further  information 
with  respect  to  the  free  acid  in  superphosphates. 
He  had  found  that  when  an  excess  of  sulphuric  acid 
was  used  there  was  a  perceptible  amount  of  free  acid, 
and  if  the  superphosphate  were  kept  for  some  time  it 
bee  ime  wet,  not  dry.  In  such  cases  the  determina- 
tion of  the  free  acid  would  be  of  great  use  to  the 
manufacturer. 

Mr.  Ceowdee  thought  that  Mr.  Hughes  bad 
answere  1  his  own  question.  If  a  superphosphate 
contained  free  acid,  it  was  clear  that  it  was  badly 
made  and  that  too  much  acid  had  been  used.  His 
objection  to  analyses  as  at  present  expr;ssed,  was 
that  statements  were  made  which  sellers  found  it 
very  difficult  to  prove,  and  Mr.  Ruffle  had  done  good 
service  in  drawing  attention  to  the  subject.  The 
whole  of  the  phosphoric  acid  was  epical  ite  1  as  mono- 
calcic  phosphate,  whereas  really  two-thirds  only  was 
so.  Mr.  Ruffle  had,  however,  been  illogical  in  not 
stating  his  insoluble  as  well  as  his  soluble  phosphate 
in  terms  of  phosphoric  acid,  so  that  anyone  could 
readily  see  what  it  represented  in  phosphate  of  lime. 
The  question  of  moisture  could  be  regarded  from  twu 
points  of  view,  the  commercial  and  the  scientific 
standpoints.  The  commercial  manager  of  course  re- 
garded it  from  the  first,  and  the  works  manager  from 
the  other  standpoint.  It  might  be  necessary  to  m  ike 
elaborate  analyses  for  the  works  manager,  but 
for  the  other  it  was  waste  of  time.  The  que-tion 
of  moisture  did  not  often  arise  in  the  English  tra  le. 
The  condition  of  the  manure  was  the  main  point.  One 
might  have  half-a-dozen  different  m inure;  all  in 
good,  dry,  powdery  condition,  and  yet  sho.ving 
several  per  cents,  difference  as  to  moisture.  There- 
fore moisture  did  not  represent  the  condition,  and  it 
w  is  the  latter  point  to  which  the  fanner  chiefly  looked. 
Mr.  Ruffle's  plan  for  the  determination  of  moisture  had 
dou  it  scientific  value,  but  was  not  of  much 

commercial  importance.  Mr.  Ruffle  argued  rightly 
enough  that  if  a  thing  was  "worth  doing  at  all  it  was 
worth  doing  well  "  Still  that  mode  of  analysis  entailed 
it  expen  liture  of  time.  If  an  analysis  was 
required  during  the  day.  and  it  took  one-and-a-half 
diys  to  do  it  by  the  CaCL  method,  surely  it  wis 

•>rt)  use  the  old  water-bath  method  and  so  get  the 
work  done  quickly. 

Mr.  0.  G.  Ohbsswell  slid  that  users  of  these 
manures  complained  greatly  of  the  method  in  which 
analyses  were  stated  to  them.      Farmers  of  average 


intelligence  found  themselves  unable  to  grasp  the 
information  given  to  them,  though  anxious  to  do  so, 
-imply  because  the  terms  employed  were  as  so 
much  (  keek  to  them.  It  was  to  be  desired  that  such 
useful  works  as  Mr.  Wyatt's  "  Modern  High  Fai  i 
should  become  generally  known  to  fanners,  since  they 
would  therein  rind  a  clear  and  simple  translation  of 
all  the  analyses  with  which  they  were  concerned. 

The  Chairman,  in  calling  on  Mr.  Ruffle  to  reply, 
siid  that  he  would  probibly  tell  them  that  he  had 
stated  his  phosphate  as  "soluble"  and  "insolubl 
because  those  were  the  states  in  which  it  was  found 
in  the  manure.  He  must  nevertheless  admit  that 
even  to  the  mind  of  the  average  chemist  there  would 
be  an  advantage  in  stating  both  in  terms  of  phos- 
phoric acid. 

Mr.  Ruffle,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Newlands,  admitted 
that  the  results  of  his  method  would  vary  with  time  ; 
but  it  was  right  that  they  should  do  so,  since  the 
composition  of  the  manure  itself  varied  with  lapse  of 
time.  That  seemed  to  him  an  argument  in  favour  of 
the  adoption  of  the  proposed  methoJ.  He  thanked 
Mr.  Dyer  for  his  suggestion  of  the  "regiments"  of 
molecules  of  sulphuric  acid  attacking  the  equivalents 
of  lime,  which  was  quite  in  accordance  with  what  he 
wished  to  express.  It  had  been  suggested  that  the 
sulphate  of  lime  should  be  determined  by  one  method 
for  both  plain  and  ammoniated  phosphates.  He 
thought  not.  If  one  method  were  adopted  the  results 
would  be  incorrect,  for  there  was  an  essential  difference 
between  the  two  compounds.  In  the  one  case  the 
lime  could  be  estimated  from  the  sulphuric  acid,  in 
the  other  it  could  not.  The  first  duty  of  the  analy-t 
was  to  get  the  result  correct  in  each  case,  although  it 
might  entail  more  trouble. 

Mr.  Newlands  a-ked  whether  the  sulphate  of 
line  could  not  be  determined  from  the  lime  in  ea"h 
• 
Mr.  Riffle  replied  that  it  could  not,  for  whilst 
possible  in  ammoniated  superphosphates,  owing  to 
their  containing  practically  no  lime  as  monocalcic 
phosphate,  yet  in  plain  superphosphates  the  amount 
of  lime  present  as  monocalcic  being  appreciable, 
was  yet  too  irregular  to  permit  any  rule.  As 
to  the  question  of  whether  the  water  in  these 
manures  was  of  any  value,  it  was  to  be  remembered 
that  although  the  manure  was  not  sold  at  so  much 
'  per  unit  of  water,  yet  if  it  were  the  fact  that  a  maker 
had  a  manure  which  was  wet  and  out  of  condition, 
and  by  keeping  it  for  two  or  three  months  it  came 
into  good  condition,  simply  by  the  water  combining, 
the  water  question  did  appear  to  be  of  considerable 
importance.  He  did  not  believe  that  American 
buyers  would  succeed  in  forcing  any  manufacturer  to 
guarantee  a  certain  condition  on  arrival.  No  maker 
would  agree  to  that,  not  knowing  the  time  which 
would  be  taken  in  transit  The  most  he  would  agree 
to  would  be  to  deliver  it  on  this  side  in  a  certain  con- 
dition and  have  it  examined  here.  Mr  Dyer  had 
complained  that  he  had  mixed  up  acids,  bases,  and 
ts.  That  was  perfectly  true.  He  had  done  so 
because  it  was  the  practi  e  among  merchants  and 
brokers  to  speak  of  soluble  P^O-,,  and  he  thought  it 
would  be  going  too  far  to  intro  luce  such  terms  as 
soluble  phosphoric  acid  hydrated,  or  soluble  phos- 
phoric anhydride.  He  had  carried  the  matter  as  far 
as  it  was  likely  to.be accepted  commercially.  Whether 
insoluble  phosphoric  acid  existed  as  insoluble 
phosphate  of  lime,  alumina,  or  iron,  the  usual  course 
was.  after  showing  ho-v  much  soluble  phosphoric 
a  id  could  be  got  out,  to  call  the  remainder  insoluble 
phosphate.  He  w  mid  hive  liked  t  >  state  his  results 
with  more  scientific  accuracy,  but  feared  to  go  too 
far  lest  his  readers  woull  not  accompany  him.  He 
could  only  claim  to  have  started  the  subject.    No 


TOO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Xov.3o,i887. 


doubt  as  time  went  on  other  questions  would  arise  in 
connection  with  it,  and  if  he  could  make  a  further 
communication  lie  would  willingly  tli>  so. 


Lincrpool  Section. 


(  hairman  :  J.  Campbell  Brown. 
Fice-Chairman  :  F.  Ilurter. 
Committee  : 
E.  G.  Ballard.  1).  Herman. 

Finest  Bibby.  J.  W.  Kynaston. 

Eustace  Carey.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 

H.  Deacon.  G.  Shack-Somnier. 

J.  C.  Gamble.  Jas.  Simpson. 

S.  Hamburger.  A.  Watt 

Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer ;    W.  P.  Thompson,  G,  Lord  Street, 
Liverpool. 

Notices  of  Pajers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to 
be  6ent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Metting  held  November  S,  at  the  University  College^ 
Brounlow  Street,  Liverpool. 


DR.   J.   CAMPBELL   BBOWN    PRES1DIKG. 

CHAIRMAN'S  OPENING   REMARKS, 

Dr.  Campbell  Brows  opened  the  Session] with  the 
following  sliort  address  : — 

I  shall  probably  be  not  far  wrong  if  I  assume  that 
the  great  majority  of  manufacture]  s  think  mainly  of 
their  manufactures  as  a  means  of  making  money. 
Y'et  manufacture  performs  far  higher  functions, 
which  should  not  be  lost  sight  of,  but  which  should 
be  a  source  of  pride  to  the  established,  and  a  con- 
sideration to  the  prospective,  manufacturer.  He,  by 
his  industry,  benefits  not  only  himself,  but  the  rest 
of  the  world,  providing  employment  for  those  under 
him,  and  generally  a  useful  product  for  his  customers. 
He  has  the  opportunity  of  choosing  whether  he  will 
devote  himself  to  the  supply  of  something  beneficial 
to  his  fellows,  or  something  which  will  merely  tickle 
their  fancy  or  please  their  senses.  He  has  the 
opportunity  of  meeting  with  new  facts  and  new 
things  which  may  add  to  the  general  store  of  know 
ledge  ;  these  he  ought  not  to  neglect,  but  either 
follow  them  up  himself  or  take  care  that  tome  one 
else  has  the  opportunity  of  doing  so  ;  and  he  ought 
to  impart  his  knowledge  to  others,  unless  in  such 
instances  where  it  is  necessary  to  withhold  informa- 
tion for  a  little  time  in  order  to  secure  commercial 
success.  He  often  has  the  opportunity  of  fostering 
in  many  ways  the  growth  of  the  science,and  of  perfect- 
ing the  art  of  chemistry,  by  working  out  details  or 
making  suggestions  whereby  others  may  do  so. 

The  most  satisfactory  thing  to  contemplate  in 
looking  at  the  history  of  the  development  of  the 
akali  manufacture,  for  instance,  is  not  that  it  made 
the  fortunes  of  the  fathers  and  grandfathers  of  so 
many  members  of  this  Society,  nor  even  that  it  gave 
employment  to  so  many  thousands  of  workmen, 
although  both  were  great  things  to  accomplish  :  but 
that  it  brought  cheap  and  abundant  means  of  clean- 
sing themselves  and  their  dwellings  and  raiment 
within  the  reach  i  f  every  family  among  the  civilised 
nations  of  the  earth,  and  facilitated  in  countless  ways 
ihe  manufacture,  not  only  of  soap,  but,  also  of  many 
other  things  of  high  utility,  which  would  never  Lave 
been  introduced  to  the  public  use  without  a  plentiful 
and  economical  supply  of  sulphuric  acid,  alkali  or 
chlorine. 

One  of  the  greatest  developments  that  we  have 
witnessed  has  been  that  of  the  coil-tar  industry  and 
its  numerous  dependencies.  When  one  sees  the 
glaring  colours  wdiich  arc  uow  Haunted  before  the  I 


public  eye,  often  without  any  thought  of  harmony 
and  with  no  consideration  of  appropriateness  oi 
positi r  surroundings— in    advertising    placards, 

house  decoration,  dress  and  so  forth  -one  is  some- 
times tempted  to  ask  whether  the  production  of 
these  new  dyes  has  been  a  good  thing  for  mankind, 
and  whether,  when  our  last  mines  are  worked  out 
and  coal-tar  dyes  cease  to  be  manufactured,  the 
world  will  be  any  better  for  having  had  them,  and 
whether  the  huge  industry,  which  is  at  present 
flourishing,  is  not  a  waste  of  time,  and  of  carbon 
compounds  that  would  be  better  saved  to  keep  us 
warm  in  winter — whether,  at  least,  its  highest  merit 
is  not  that  it  affords  a  present  means  of  livelihood  to 
so  many  thousand  workmen. 

We  sometimes  hear  it  said  that  the  production  of 
artificial  alizarin  has  done  an  immense  service  in 
setting  free  so  many  square  miles  of  land  for  the 
growth  of  grain  ;  but  I  am  afraid  this  is  not  a  great 
merit,  and  that  perhaps  the  Egyptian  farmer  might 
have  been  better  off  with  his  madder  crop  than  with 
his  grain  crop.  The  wo:  Id  has  abundance  and  super- 
abundance of  acres  on  which  to  grow  food.  The 
great  difficulty  seems  to  be  not  to  find  acres  to  grow 
food  on,  but  to  find  something  that  will  grow  on  all 
the  acres  that  are  in  cultivation  cr  available  for 
cultivation,  and  that  will  sell  at  a  price  which  will 
enable  the  grower  to  buy  something  more  than  the 
mere  grain  necessary  to  keep  him  alive. 

It  is  possible  that  the  art  sense  may  be  influenced 

by  some  of  the  colours  which  have  been  introduced 

and  popularised  by  the  coal-tar  industry  ;    but  no 

improvement  of  that  kind,  if  it  takes  place  at  all, 

[  can  last  after  the  supply  of  material  has  ceased. 

When  all  the  available  coal  in  the  world  has  been 
exhausted,  and  we  have  to  depend  again  on  tar  from 
vegetable  sources,  and  when  our  fuel  has  to  be  cut 
from  living  forests  instead  of  dead  mineialised  ones, 
and  the  progress  of  manufacture  of  coal-tar  colours 
has  .shrunk  to  insignificant  dimensions,  the  world 
will  still  have  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of 
chemical  compounds,  and  of  the  modes  of  transforma- 
tion which  they  undergo— knowledge  which  has  been 
acquired  through  the  stimulus  given  to  organic 
research  by  this  industry,  and  whose  acquisition 
would  not  have  been  possible  but  for  the  industrial 
development  of  coal-tar  products. 

The  knowledge  which  we  already  have  of  the  laws 
and  modes  of  organic  synthesis,  of  the  symmetry 
which  we  see  in  the  groups  of  carbon  compounds 
from  the  simplest  to  the  most  complete — knowledge 
wdiich  is  increasing  every  day,  and  is  destined  to 
increase  for  a  long  time  to  come — is  the  real  justifi- 
cation of  that  waste  of  our  sources  of  crude  carbon 
compounds' out  of  which  it  has  sprung,  the  highest 
reward  for  all  the  ingenuity,  labour  and  resources 
which  have  been  expended  upon  the  coal-tar  industry, 
and  will  be  the  most  lasting  benefit  which  that 
industry  has  indirectly  bestowed  on  mankind.  This, 
rather  than  cLeap  alizarin,  gaudy  bills,  brilliant  shop 
windows  and  lainbow  coloured  dress,  is  the  thing  of 
wdiich  the  coal-tar  manufacturer  should  be  proud. 

( '  isciorolus  doubtless  made  excellent  shoes  and 
sold  them  at  a  fair  price  ;  but  the  world  would  not 
know  his  name  nor  feel  the  least  indebted  to  him, 
had  he  not  introduced  into  the  chemical  laboratories 
of  his  time  barium  sulphide  or  Bononian  phosphorus. 
John  Kunkel  was  manager  of  a  Potsdam  glass 
manufactory  which  produced  a  famous  ruby  glass  j 
he  also  published  a  book  in  which  all  the  known 
receipts  for  making  glass  are  given.  Yet,  when  one 
names  Kunkel,  it  is  phosphorus  and  not  glass  that 
rises  before  one's  mental  vision. 

Balard  is  revered  now  not  because  he  manufactured 
and  sold  so  many  thousand  kilos,  per  week  of  sale 


Nov. 30. 1887.]     the  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


707 


extracted  from  sea  water  ;  but  because  he  one  day, 
in  the  course  of  his  experiments  with  the  mother- 
liquor,  observed  some  reddish-brown  vapours  which 
he  had  never  seen  nor  heard  of  before,  and  did  not 

carelessly  neglect  them,  nor  selfishly  conceal  his  dis- 
covery, but  made   a  very  elaborate  examination 
these  red  fumes  and  made  known  to  the  world  the 
now  very  useful  element — bromine. 

Joule  doubtless  made  excellent  beer,  because  he  is 
the  sort  of  man  who  does  everything  well  that 
he  undertakes  ;  but  his  great  work  for  which  the 
world  is  most  indebte  1  t  >  him,  and  by  which  he  will 
be  remembered  with  gratitude  throughout  all  time, 
was  his  determination  of  the  mechanical  equivalent 
of  heat,  whereby  he  laid  the  foundation  of  chemical 
dynamics  and  of  the  science  of  thermal  chemis 
as  well  as  brought  about  a  revolution  i'u  an  important 
branch  of  phy-i  > 

It  is  desirable  that  the  manufacturer  should 
remember  that  he  has  other  and  higher  privileges, 
and  that  nobler  duties  devolve  upon  him  than  those 
which  necessarily  occupy  the  greater  part  of  his 
thoughts  during  business  hours. 

— »*»**«♦*♦«>» — 

COMPARATIVE  EFFICIENCY  OF  VARIOUS 
MODES  OF  TREATING  LIQUID.-^  WITH 
GASES. 

BY    FKP.D.    HTJRTK&,    PH.D. 

Two  years  ago  I  read  a  piper  before  this  Section, 
entitl  d.  '*  Comparative  Efficiency  of  Various  Modes 
of  Treating  Liquids  with  Gases."  The  following  short 
paper  forms  a  c  mtinuation.  I  can  hardly  expect 
the  members  to  recollect  that  paper,  and  I  will, 
therefore,  recapitulate  briefly  its  iontent-.  The 
intention  of  the  paper  was  to  compare  the  effi- 
ciency of  various  apparatus  fur  bringing  into  inti- 
mate contact  liqui  \s  *nd  gas;  s,  that  apparatus  being 
considered  most  efficient,  which  produces  the  most 
intimate  contact  with  least  expenditure  of  mechanical 
work.  I  divided  the  various  modes  of  treating  a 
liquid  with  a  gas  into  three  classes.  The  first  method 
consisted  in  propelling  the  gas  divided  into  small 
bubbles  through  a  column  of  liquid.  The  second 
method,  the  inverse,  divides  the  liquid  into  fine  drops, 
which  fall  through  a  column  of  gas,  and  in  the  third 
method,  which  is  the  most  important,  the  liquid  is 
spread  over  extensive  surfaces  of  solids,  the  gas 
filling  the  interstices  between  the  solids. 


T     *  ~T8~ 


In  my  last  paper  I  only  dealt  with  the  rnechan'cal 
pr'nciples  of  apparatus  of  the  first  class,  and  showed 
tin  t  it  is  cheaper  to  force  the  gas  through  the.  liquid 
ih:  n  to  pull  it  through,  and  that  it  is  best  to  allow 
the  gas  to  escape  at  atmospheric  pressure  from  the 
suiface  of  the  liquid,  when  that  is  possible.  The 
arguments   wer3   based   upon   experiments   on   the 


behaviour  of  gas  bubbles  under  various  pressures, 
and  upon  the  uniform  velocity  with  which  they  rise 
through  the  solution.  1  assumed  a  uniform 
perfect  distribution  at  the  bottom  of  the  column  of 
liquid  in  all  cases,  and  I  gave  a  warning  that  the 
mere  consideration  of  mechanical  principles  and 
disregard  nf  the  chemical  side  of  the  question  might 
lead  to  the  reverse  of  economy. 

It  is  my  intention  to-night  to  complete  my  remarks 
as  to  how  to  obtain  a  good  distribution  of  the  , 
and  also  to  show  how  the  chemical  side  of  the  ques- 
tion may  influence  the  economy  of  the  process. 

The  usual  methods  of  distributing  agas  at  the  bottom 
of  a  column  of  liquid  are  :—  Either  the  employment 
of  a  false  bottom  (Fig.  l),which  is  a  perforated  plate 
sometimes  plain  (</),   sometimes  provided    with    a 


downward  flange  so  as  to  make  it  into  an  inverted 
perforated  flatdi.-h  (l),  or  the  distributor  consists  of  a 
system  of  radiating  pipes,  perforated  with  small 
holes  (Fig.  2),  or  it  often  consists  of  a  bell  or  cone 
open  at  the  bottom  (Fig  3).  under  which  the  gas  is 
delivered,  and  from  the  serrated  circumference  of 
which  the  gas  rises  in  a  number  of  fine  streams. 


Only  the  false  bottom  and  the  pipe  system  can  be 
called  distributors  in  the  wider  sense  of  the  word, 
since  they  alone  can  distribute  a  gas  equally  over  a 
large  area,  whilst  the  serrated  cone  only  causes  the 
gas  to  rise  in  a  number  of  strtaras  instead  of  only 
one,  and  is  a  distribution  in  that  sense,  but  it  does 
not  attempt  to  distribute  the  gas  equally  over  a 
large  area. 

The  purpose  of  the  perforated  plate  and  the  per- 
forated pipes  is  to  divide  the  gas  into  as  many  streams 
as  there  are  perforations,  and  to  equally  distribute 
these  streams  over  the  sectional  area  of  the  vessel. 

A  rule  often  observed  by  engineers  iu  designing 
these  distributors,  is  to  choose  the  number  and  size 
of  the  perforations  so  that  the  total  area  of  the 
perforations  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  or  rathtr  larger 
than  the  area  of  the  supply  pipe. 

I  had  some  doubts  as  to  this  rule,  and  I  decided  to 
test  the  question  as  to  whether  the  gas  would  always 
divide  itself  into  as  m  my  streams  as  there  are  per- 
forations by  direct  experiment. 


708 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.  30,  is«7. 


At  the  bottom  of  a  circular  glass  vessel  I  placed 
a  Banged  perforated  plate,  as  shown  in  Fig.  4.  At 
the  side  of  this  false  bottom  through  the  flange,  I 
provided  an  inlet  pipe.  Another  inlet  pipe  passed 
through  the  bottom  of  the  glass  vessel  in  the  centre. 
I  may  at  once  state  that  in  all  experiments  it  was 
found  perfectly  indifferent  which  of  these  two  inlets 
w  is  used,  the  position  of  the  inlet  pipe  in  no  way 
affected  the  result. 


The  false  bottom  had  two  circular  rows  of  holes, 
one  larger  circle  containing  12  holes,  and  a  smaller 
circle  containing  six  holes,  all  of  exactly  the  same 
diameter,  ^  of  an  inch.  The  supply  pipe  was  J-in., 
and  it  will  be  seen  that  16  holes  would  have  equalled 
the  supply  pipe. 

On  admitting  air  into  this  arrangement  it  was 
found  that  only  a  particul  ir  amount  of  air  could  be 
fairly  distributed  with  it.  When  a  small  quantity  of 
air  was  used,  only  a  few  of  the  perforations  were  sup- 
plied ;  no  gas  issued  from  the  others.  Spasmodically 
the  holes  which  were  supplied  would  cease  to  deliver 
and  others  would  start.  By  increasing  the  quantity 
of  air  a  greater  number  of  the  holes  began  to  deliver, 
and  with  a  certain  supply  all  the  18  holes  were  fairly 
and  regularly  supplied.  But  if  now  the  quantity  of 
air  was  still  further  increased,  it  would  find  its  way 
in  large  masses  from  under  the  flange  of  the  false 
bottom,  and  regular  distribution  no  longer  existed. 

I  measured  the  quantity  of  air  which  each  hole 
delivered;  first  when  only  a  few  of  the  holes  were 
supplied,  and  secondly  when  the  whole  18  were  all 
fairly  supplied.  I  measured  it  by  allowing  it  to 
enter  a  vessel  held  over  the  hole,  and  observing  the 
time  required  to  completely  fill  that  vessel  (see  Fig.  7). 

I  thus  found,  first,  that  every  one  of  the  18  holes 
delivered  the  same  amount  of  air,  and  secondly  that 
when  only  a  few  holes  were  working,  the  amount  of 
air  delivered  by  one  of  them  was  the  same  as  when 
the  18  were  working.  It  was  evident,  therefore,  that 
the  relative  areas  of  the  perforations  and  the  supply 
pipe  had  no  connection  whatever  with  the  regular 
distribution,  but  that  the  number  and  areas  of  the 
perforations  must  depend  upon  the  quantity  of  gas 
to  be  distributed,  and  that  only  one  particular 
quantity  of  gas  could  be  distributed  by  a  given 
distributor  of  this  type. 


be  delivered  either  from  the  supply  pipe  soldered  to 
the  flange,  or  from  the  central  pipe  through  the 
bottom  of  the  glass  vessel.  The  results  again  in  no 
way  depended  upen  the  position  of  the  inlet  pipe. 

The  intention  was,  that  a  small  amount  of  air 
should  issue  only  from  ihe  holes  in  the  ridge,  and  a 
larger  quantity  of  air  should  supply  both  the  holes 
in  the  ridge  and  the  holes  in  the  side  of  the  cone. 

On  delivering  a  small  quantity  of  air  any  number 
of  holes  up  to  the  \i  in  the  ridge  could  be  gradually 
supplied,  but  on  increasing  the  supply  the  air  found 
its  way  from  under  the  flange  of  the  false  bottom, 
and  none  issued  from  the  six  holes  at  the  side,  not 
until  they  had  been  made  considerably  iarger.  The 
amount  of  air  delivered  by  one  hole  in  the  ridge 
was  equal  to  that  delivered  by  a  hole  in  the  former 
apparatus. 


I  next  tried  another  form  of  false  bottom,  as 
shown  by  Fig.  5.  This  was  intended  to  deliver  and 
distribute  two  different  quantities  of  gas.  The 
distributor  consisted  of  an  indented  flat  cone  ;  apex 
downward*,  and  a  downward  flange  at  the  periphery. 
Twelve  holes  were  drilled  into  the  ridge,  and  six  on  a 
circular  line  on  the  side  of  the  cone.     The  gas  could 


I  next  tried  a  pipe  j-in.  bore  bent  into  a  circular 
ring  (Fi«  6).  One  end  of  the  pipe  was  sealed,  the 
other  open  end  formed  the  inlet.  There  was  a  branch 
soldered  on  at  half  length  of  the  pipe,  which  could 
be  used  as  an  inlet.  Again  it  was  found  that  the 
position  of  the  inlet  pipe  did  not  affect  the  results 

When  a  small  current  of  air  was  passed  into  this 
pipe  of  the  twelve  holes  which  were  drilled  into  it, 
only  a  few  began  to  deliver.  The  position  of  these 
holes  could  not  be  foretold  when  the  ring  was 
perfectly  level,  but,  if  the  ring  was  slightly 
out  of  level,  the  highest  holes  had  the  lead. 
On  gradually  increasing  the  air  all  the  twelve 
holes  could  be  supplied.  When  measuring  the 
quantity  of  air  delivered  by  each  hole,  it  was 
found  that  the  holes  delivered  all  the  same  quantity, 
those  nearest  to  the  inlet  pipe  delivering  no  more 
than  those  furthest  from  it.  On  increasing  still 
further  the  current  of  air,  each  hole  delivered  mire 


and  more  air,  all  alike.  Of  course  there  was  no  other 
outlet  for  the  air  than  the  twelve  holes.  This  type 
of  apparatus  is  the  one  which  can  distribute  any 
amount  of  air,  larger  than  a  certain  minimum,  which 


Nov.  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


709 


was  necessary  to  supply  all  the  holes.  To  find 
that  minimum  and  how  to  calculate  for  any  given  case 
the  number  and  size  ol  the  holes  was  the  purpose  of 
the  next  experiment. 

I  placed  a  cylindrical  vessel,  open  at  bottom,  having 
one  single  hole  i\5in.  drilled  in  the  centre  of  the  top, 
under  water  (Fig.  7).  On  the  vertical  side  of  this 
vessel  I  drilled  four  holes  in  a  vertical  line  iin.  apart, 
the  first  hole  being  gin.  from  top  of  vessel. 

Air  was  supplied  and  so  regulated  that  whilst  a 
regular  stream  issued  from  the  top  hole,  now  and  then 
a  bubble  would  rise  from  one  of  the  side  holes,  the 
others  being  plugged.  This  side  hole,  by  delivering 
bubbles,  showed  how  far  the  liquid  was  depressed 
under  the  cylinder  and  served  thus  as  a  simple  pres- 
sure gauge.  Uy  measuring  the  time  necessary  to 
deliver  a  given  bulk  of  air  when  the  level  of  the 
liquid  was  depressed  under  the  cylinder  by  a  certain 
amount,  the  following  results  were  obtained,  each 
measurement  being  repeated  several  times  : — 


J6\'  p    .  0-9 
Velocity 

calculated. 

No.  of  Experi- 
ments made. 

Depression 
below  level 
of  vessel. 

Time  re- 
quired for 
filling  balk. 

Lineal  Velo- 
city in  feet 
per  second. 

3 

Jin. 

11  sec. 

I5"59 

3023 

3 

; .. 

G-8  ,. 

5758 

55-26 

1 

li„ 

575,. 

CS'10 

69  50 

3 

li  ,. 

o     „ 

78'30 

SI '36 

In  this  table  I  have  added  a  column  which  con- 
tains the  lineal  velocity  calculated  by  the  usual  ordin- 
ary formula  used  for  finding  the  lineal  velocity  of  air 
flowing  from  a  vessel  through  an  orifice  into  the 
atmosphere,  the  pressure  in  the  vessel  being  p  inches 
of  water  above  atmospheric  pressure  ;  0  9  being  taken 
as  coefficient  of  friction,  etc. 

It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance  that  the  discharge  of  air 
from  the  orifice  of  my  cylinder  obeys  evidently  the 
same  law,  and  that  the  discharge  from  an  orifice 
under  water  is  nearly  the  same  as  the  discharge 
through  the  same  orifice  with  the  same  hydraulic 
head  would  be  in  air.  This  can  be  proved  I  y  a 
simple  experiment,  particularly  with  higher  velocities. 
If  a  current  of  air  be  allowed  to  issue  from  an  orifice, 
and  the  velocity  of  the  current  is  indicated  by  an 
anemometer,  the  mere  submerging  of  the  orifice 
under  water  does  not  alter  the  velocity  as  indicated 
by  the  anemometer,  unless  the  depth  to  which 
the  orifice  is  immersed  becomes  serious  in  comparison 
to  the  pressure  which  forces  the  gas  out  of  the 
orifice. 

It  is  thus  evident  that  in  order  to  distribute  a  gas 
properly  the  number  and  area  of  the  holes  must  be 
such  as  correspond  to  the  smallest  amount  of  gas  to 
be  distributed.  Suppose  that  amount  known  in  cubic 
feet  per  second.  Take  the  smallest  pressure  at  which 
all  the  In 'les  are  supplied  as  f  of  a  inch,  then  the 
lineal  velocity  of  discharge  is  about  35ft.  Divide  the 
quantity  of  gas  by  3")  ;  that  will  give  the  total  area  of 
all  the  holes. 

It  will  also  be  evident  that  a  false  bottom  is  as  good 
as  the  pipe  system,  when  its  flange  is  deep  enough, 
which  in  my  experimental  apparatus  it  was  not. 
Hence  the  reason  why  in  the  inverted  cone  the  second 
row  of  holes  did  not  deliver. 

I  have  now  communicated  the  mechanical  principles 
upon  which  the  efficient  working  of  apparatus  of  the 
first-class  depend,  as  far  as  I  know  them. 

In  my  former  paper  I  said  that  intimate  contact 
might  be  wasted,  if  we  did  not  pay  sufficient  attention 
to  the  chemical  part  of  the  problem. 

In  order  to  show  how  this  is  possible  with 
apparatus  of  this  description — i.e.,  where  the  gas  is 


allowed  to  rise  in  bubbles  through  a  column  of  liquid — 
I  will  direct  your  attention  to  two  special  cases. 

It  can  be  shown  theoretically  that  as  the  height  of 
the  column  of  liquid  is  increased  the  efficiency  of 
an  apparatus  continually  decreases.  But  the  demon- 
stration of  the  general  problem  is  tedious,  and  the 
consideration  of  special  cases  is  more  interesting, 
and  will  give  a  better  illustration  of  what  I  wish  to 
convey. 

One  of  the  simplest  operations  usually  carried  out 
by  means  of  such  apparatus  is  the  carbonating  of 
crude  soda  solutions  in  alkali  works.  These  solutions 
contain  about  J  of  the  soda  in  the  state  of  caustic 
soda,  which  is  converted  into  carbonate  of  soda  by 
forcing  through  the  solution  impure  carbonic 
acid  gas,  either  products  of  combustion  simply,  or  the 
-  from  a  lime-kiln.  Such  a  solution  absorbs 
carbonic  acid  with  tolerable  rapidity. 

If  it  were  only  the  caustic  alkali  which  contributed 
to  the  absorption,  the  rapidity  of  absorption  would 
decrease  as  the  caustic  is  gradually  converted  into 
carbonate.  When  the  solutions  are  boiling  hot,  this 
is  more  or  less  the  case.  But  when  the  solutions  are 
cool,  the  carbonate  of  soda  also  absorbs  carbonic  acid, 
and  the  result  is  that  as  the  caustic  decreases,  and  the 
carbonate  increases,  the  absorption  remains  tolerably 
uniform  from  the  beginning  of  the  operation  to  the 
end.  But  when  bi-carbonate  of  soda  begins  to  form 
in  the  solution,  the  rate  of  absorption  decreases  fast, 
as  the  following  experiments  show  : — 


At  Beginning. 
1 


ABSORPTION  OF  CO,. 

1st  hour.  2nd  hour.  3rd  hour.       4th  hour. 


464 '. 55-3%. 52-6'i 3&9X  — 

Samples  of  solution  not  "analysed. 

2.  — iS7 14-6 55-3 — 

NaHO  at  beginning  31*6grms.  per  litre. 
NaHO  at  end  0'Ogrm.  per  litre. 

3.  574  600 534 317 — 

XaHO  at  beginning  lOgruis.  per  litre. 
NallCO,  at  end  9'2grms.  per  litre. 

4.  677 63-5 42  2 61  4  37'4 

XaHO  at  beginning  51*2grms.  per  litre. 
XaHCO,  at  end  6  72grms.  per  litre. 

This  operation  then  represents  one  of  the  rare  cases 
where  a  chemical  reaction  continues  at  uniform  rate 
to  its  end. 

I  found  that  with  such  solutions  on  an  average 
from  40  to  50  per  cent,  of  carbonic  acid  could  be 
absorbed  with  a  given  distribution  under  a  column  of 
two  meters  in  depth. 

Since  the  gas  used  is  fuel  gas,  the  cost  of  the 
operation  is  simply  that  of  propelling  the  gas  through 
the  solution.  Theoretically,  the  amount  of  work 
which  must  be  expended  to  propel  one  cubic  meter  of 
gas  through  two  meters  of  water  is  1930  kilogram- 
meters  ;  and  through  four  meters  of  water  3043 
kilogrammeters.  It  does  not  theoretically  require 
quite  double  the  expenditure  of  work  to  drive  the 
gas  through  four  meters  of  water  than  to  drive  it 
through  two  only.  But  in  practice  the  small  differ- 
ence is  not  worth  taking  into  accouut,  and  we  may 
safely  take  it  that  the  cost  of  pumping  the  gas 
through  four  meters  of  liquid  is  double  that  of 
pumping  it  through  two  meters  only. 

If,  then,  four  meters  of  liquid  absorbed  twice  the 
amount  of  carbonic  acid  which  twu  meters  of  the 
same  liquid  absorb,  the  cost  of  carbonating  would 
be  independent  of  the  depth  of  the  solution.  Un- 
fortunately, that  is  not  so.  Whilst  two  meters  of 
liquid  absorb  40  per  cent,  of  CO._.,  four  meters  absorb 
only  about  60  per  cent ,  so  that  for  double  the 
amount  of  work  we  obtain  little  more  than  li  times 
the  result,  and  the  operation  becomes  the  more 
costly  the  deeper  the  column  of  liquid  is  chosen. 

But  immediately  we  put  a  price  on  the  gas,  how- 
ever small,  the  aspect  of  the  case  is  considerably 
altered. 


no 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.  30, 1887. 


Suppose,  for  instance,  we  had  a  blowing  engine  de- 
livering 1000  cubic  meters  of  gas  per  hour,  and  that 

this  engine  cost  £300.  At  L0  per  cent  interest  this 
would  amount  to  about  Id.  per  1000  cubic  meters  of 
gas  delivered.  The  cost  of  blowing  for  steam,  etc., 
would  be  for  i  v<  ry  meter  of  depth  of  liquid  id.  per 
1000  cubic  meters  (at  the  rate  of  id.  a  horse-power 
per  hour). 

Consequently  the  total  cost  would  be  for  D  meters 
depth, — 

2D  +  1  ]»inii\  pi  r  1000  cubic  meters. 

If,  now,  the  absorption  of  gas  is  represented  by  the 
following  scries  which  I  have  interpolated  from  ex- 
periments : — 

At  1  meter    22  per  cent. 

2  „  10 

3      53 

4  , 64 

5      72 

U      7S 

and  the  gas  contain  20  per  cent,  by  volume  of  pure 
C02,  the  cost  of  every  100  cubic  meters  pure  car- 
bonic acid  gas  really  absorbed  would  be  at 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

neter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

6'6d. 

6-2od. 

6lid. 

7-2d. 

7-01 

8'2d. 

We  see  that  under  such  conditions  about  two  meters 
in  depth  gives  the  most  economical  result. 

If,  however,  interest  and  depreciation  include  other 
plant,  if  costs  have  to  be  charged  for  freeing  the  gas 
from  tar  and  sulphurous  acid  or  other  impurities,  or 
if  for  other  reasons  the  gas  has  a  value,  the  result 
becomes  still  more  altered. 

Assuming,  for  instance,  a  charge  of  lOd.  per  1000 
cubic  meters,  instead  of  Id.,  and  taking  otherwise 
similar  conditions,  the  costs  for  100  cubic  meters  pure 
CO 


.,  aosu 
1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

meter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

meter 

27-0d. 

17-5d. 

lo'L'd. 

ll'Od. 

13-8d. 

14'0d. 

which  shows  that  under  these  altered  conditions  the 
most  economical  result  is  obtained  at  about  five  meters 
depth. 

Let  us  consider  as  another  example  the  Weldon 
process.  Here  atmospheric  air  is  pumped  through  a 
solution  of  calcium  chloride,  holding  in  suspension 
manganese  monoxide,  which  absorbs  the  oxygen  of 
the  air,  and  is  thereby  converted  into  di-oxide.  As 
rapidly  as  the  monoxide  decreases,  as  rapidly  does 
the  rate  of  absorption  decrease,  and  when  about  80 
per  cent,  of  the  manganese  monoxide  has  been 
charged,  the  absorption  of  oxygen  is  very  small  in- 
deed. 

From  some  figures  given  in  Professor  Lunge's 
treatise,  I  calculate  that  the  average  absorption 
amounts  to  about  lo  per  cent.  Weldon  quotes  in- 
stances where  it  was  more,  but  I  have  seldom  found 
it  to  exceed  5  per  cent,  on  the  average. 

Now,  when  the  rate  of  absorption  is  so  small,  the 
effect  of  doubling  the  depth  of  the  solution  is  so 
nearly  that  of  doubling  the  resulting  absorption,  that 
in  such  a  case  the  costs  of  the  operation  continually 
decrease  as  the  depth  of  the  liquid  is  increased, 
particularly  when  the  charges  for  the  gas  are  for  any 
reason  high.  Consequently,  in  such  a  case,  we  must 
use  as  deep  columns  as  are  practicable 

If  our  engineers  could  SO  construct  blowing  engines 
that  a  gas  could  be  forced  economically  through  a 
great  depth  of  solution  it  would  be  a  great  advantage 
Theoretically,  the  cost  of  propelling  a  gas  by  means 
of  a  cylinder  which  is  not  cooled  through  a  column 
of  20  meters  ought  not  to  be  more  than  about  13 
times  that  of  blowing  through  one  meter,  and  with  a 
well-cooltd  cylinder,  it  ought  not  to  cost  more  to 
force  a  gas  against  401b.  of  pressure  than  six  times  the 
cost  of  forcing  it  against  lib.  of  pressure. 


But  owing  to  the  difficulties  of  leakage  and 
noxious  space  it  costs  more  and  more  per  lb. 
additional  pressure  to  force  a  gas  against  high 
pressures. 

The  efficiency  of  apparatus  of  the  class  I  have  dis- 
cussed can  therefore'  be  improved  very  much  more 
by  attention  to  good  blowing  engines  than  by  attend- 
ing to  the  other  points,  But  1  think  I  have  shown 
that  they  are  worthy  of  attention  too,  particularly 
the  rate  of  absorption,  and  if  I  have  succeeded  iii 
making  it  clear  that  for  some  operations  there  are 
certain  depths  which  are  more  economical  than  either 
greater  or  lesser,  I  hope  I  may  be  considered  to 
have  rendered  a  small  service. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  RiWSON  wished  to  know  whether  Dr.  Hurter 
had  made  any  experiments  on  the  shape  of  the 
orifices  through  which  the  gas  passed  .'  As  far  as  lie 
understood,  the  orifices  used  in  Dr.  Hurter's  experi- 
ments were  of  a  circular  shape.  He  would  like  to 
know  whether  any  square  or  rectangular  orifices 
were  used  also  ?  It  appeared  to  him  that,  supposing 
the  orifices  had  been  small  and  circular,  the  bubble 
would  pass  over  it,  like  a  bridge  ;  it  would  not  have 
time  to  pass  through  that  orifice,  but  would  simply 
cross  ;  whereas,  if  the  orifice  had  been  long  anil 
narrow,  it  was  quite  possible  that  it  would  pass 
through  it.  Also,  he  would  ask  whether  nipples 
placed  over  each  of  the  little  holes  would  have  made 
any  difference  1  Then  as  regards  the  absorption  of 
COa  in  the  caustic  soda,  it  was  shown  that  in 
the  second  experiment,  if  he  remembered  rightly, 
at  the  end  of  the  second  hour  the  amount  of 
( 'i  ).j  absorbed  had,  as  compared  with  the  absorption 
at  the  end  of  the  first  hour,  much  diminished  ere 
bicarbonate  had  been  formed,  whilst  in  the  fourth 
experiment  the  amount  of  C02  absorbed  had  in- 
creased at  the  end  of  the  third  hour,  and  yet  much 
bicarbonate  had  been  formed,  and  he  did'  not  see 
how  these  two  results  agreed  together. 

Mr.  W.  P.  Thompson  asked  was  it  a  fact  that  if  a 
pipe  closed  at  the  end,  with  a  series  of  orifices  along 
it,  were  placed  very  obliquely,  the  amount  of  gas 
evolved  from  each  of  these  orifices,  when  full  pres- 
sure was  on,  would  be  the  samel  He  thought  there 
should  be  very  much  more  from  the  top  orifice  than 
there  would  be  from  any  of  the  others,  as  there  would 
be  less  resistance  from  head  of  water  above  the 
orifice.  And  with  regard  to  the  differential  absoip- 
tion  of  carbonic  acid  at  different  heights,  when  there 
was  only  10  per  cent,  of  carbonic  acid  in  the  mixture, 
was  not  the  lessening  effect  very  -greatly  due  to 
the  fact  that  through  the  bottom  meter  most  of  the 
carbonic  acid  was  absorbed,  and  that  as  it  got  to  the 
top  there  was  a  film  of  air  all  around  the  bubble  of 
gas,  almost  clear  of  carbonic  acid,  so  that  it  was  a 
simple  mechanical  effect '(  Then,  again,  as  the  bubble 
gradually  got  to  the  top  it  would  increase  so  much 
more  in  velocity.  Might  he  ask  whether  an  experi- 
ment was  tried  with  pure  carbonic  acid  ? 

Dr.  Koiin  siid  there  were  few  manufacturers  to 
which  the  subject  was  of  greater  importance  than  to 
tho-ie  of  coal  gas.  The  gas  had  to  be  brought  in  con- 
tact with  liquids  in  order  to  be  washed,  and  he 
would  like  to  point  out  that  to  a  great  extent  this 
washing  of  the  gas  is  purely  a  mechanical  question, 
the  impurities  being  so  much  more  readily  removed 
when  the  orifices  through  which  the  gas  issues  are 
very  small,  so  as  to  break  up  the  gas.  The  two 
speci  d  things  which  he  wished  to  call  their  attention 
to  were  :—  1st,  The  removal  of  tar.  It  was  well 
known  that  coal  gas  contained  benzene,  etc.,  and  many 
attempts  had  been  made  to  recover  these  substances, 
although  their  removal  was  certainly  a  bad  thing  for 


Xor.  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


•11 


the  gas.  In  the  tar-condenser  of  PtSlouze  and 
Audouin  they  adopted  a  principle  in  which  the  gas,  by 
impinging  on  a  large  number  of  small  holes  and  then 
spreading  over  a  large  surface,  was  readily  broken  up, 
and  the  benzene,  etc..  which  was  contained  in  the  gas 
as  a  kind  of  mist,  was  then  removed.  This  was  a  very 
efficient  apparatus  for  the  removal  of  tar  from  gas, 
and  it  showed  bow  very  much  the  removal  of  the  tar 
in  this  way  was  a  mechanical  operation.  In  the 
second  place,  the  purification  of  gas  in  the  gasworks 
depended  partly  on  the  gas  being  brought  into  con- 
tact with  liquids,  and  in  this  connection  the  extent 
to  which  effective  washing  wasa  me  -hanical  question 
was  shown  by  the  efficiency  of  Messrs.  Kirkham, 
Hulett  &,  Chandler's  scrubber- washer,  the  good  results 
obtained  with  this  apparatus  being  due  to  the  large 
wetted  surface  which  the  gas  meets.  The  relative 
amounts  of  washing  effected  by  the  different 
portions  of  a  column  of  water,  as  pointed  out  by  Dr. 
Hurter,  was  well  illustrated  in  the  ordinary  coke- 
scrubbers  of  gasworks,  which  were  now  made  much 
higher  than  formerly,  the  additional  height  being 
necessary  to  remove  the  ammonia  satisfactorily, 
although  by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  removal 
was  effected  in  the  lower  half  of  the  column. 

Mr.  Carey  :  How  fast  do  these  discs  revolve  ;  fast, 
or  very  slowly  ? 

Dr.  Kohn  :  Slowly.  There  is  no  spray ;  they 
simply  get  wetted. 

Dr.  Campbell  Brow>-  said  that  in  connection  with 
Mr.  Rawson's  question  it  might  be  just  as  well  to  tell 
them  whether  the  air  travelled  up  in  bubbles,  as  he 
fancied  there  was  a  reservoir  of  gas  beneath  the  false 
bottom. 

Mr.  Rawson  said  he  had  not  quite  understood 
that  there  was  a  reservoir  of  a*r  underneath  the 
cone,  but  had  supposed  the  air  to  be  admitted  more 
slowly. 

Dr.  Hcrter  said,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Rawson,  that  they 
must  not  forget  that  in  these  experiments  on  the 
absorption  of  carbonic  acid,  the  place  where  the  inlet 
sample  was  taken  was  a  considerable  distance  from 
where  the  outlet  sample  was  taken,  and  it  required 
two  operators.  Consequently  the  result  of  one  single 
test  could  not  be  relied  on  fur  any  argument.  What 
he  wanted  to  represent  by  the  series  of  experiments, 
was  that  on  the  average  there  was  uot  much  difference 
in  the  rate  of  absorption  from  beginning  to  end.  But 
when  the  solution  began  to  contain  bicarbonate  of 
soda,  it  had  a  tension  for  carbonic  acid  (for  the 
temperature  was  at  least  from  130 — 140c  1'.),  and 
then  the  absorption  decreased  rapidly.  The  hours  in 
the  various  experiments  had  nothing  to  do  with  each 
other  ;  the  third  hour  of  one  experiment  could  not  be 
compared  with  the  third  of  another.  As  regards  the 
bubbles  rushing  past  the  holes,  this  was  not  so.  The 
false  bottom  was  of  a  certain  thickness  of  metal,  and 
before  the  water  made  room  for  the  air  in  the  holes, 
there  must  be  a  certain  pressure  of  gas  below  the 
false  bottom.  Now  in  his  conical  false  bottom  the 
flange  was  not  deep  enough,  and  sufficient  pressure 
could  not  be  got  before  the  air  rushed  past  the  flange. 
But  he  had  made  no  experiments  with  holes  of  any 
other  shape  than  circular.  In  reply  to  Mr. 
Thompson,  he  had  tried  similar  experiments  with  an 
oblique  pipa,  and  as  Mr.  Thompson  quite  correctly 
supposed,  the  highest  holes  delivered  most  air. 
With  regard  to  the  reason  for  the  decrease  of 
absorption  with  increased  height,  the  gradual  decrease 
of  carbonic  acid  in  the  gas  was  partly  the  reason,  but 
the  chief  reason  was  that  the  upper  half  of  the  column 
absorbed  of  the  gas  presented  to  it  just  as  many  per 
cent,  as  the  lower  half  did.  Thus,  if  the  lower  half  : 
absorbed  50  per  cent,  and  left  50  per  cent.,  the  upper 
half  would  absorb  50  per  cent,  of  what  was  left— i.e.,  I 


25  per  cent,  of  the  original  amount.  If  pure  carbonic 
acid  were  employed,  that  would  be  a  different  thing 
altogether.  Here  the  gas  would  remain  equally  rich 
throughout,  and  the  absorption  would  be  very  much 
faster.  In  reply  to  Dr.  Kohn,  the  removal  of  tar  from 
coal-gas  was  an  entirely  different  problem  to  the  one  he 
had  been  discussing  where  a  gaseous  constituent  had 
to  be  removed.  Without  very  careful  experiment  he 
would  not  be  inclined  to  accept  as  a  fact  that  the 
coke  tower  was  so  much  superior  an  apparatus  as 
the  one  Dr.  Kohn  had  described,  and  which  was  very 
similar  in  principle  to  one  Professor  Lunge  had  lately 
proposed  for  hydrochloric  acid  gas.  In  reply  to  Mr. 
Carey,  there  always  was  a  layer  of  gas  under  the  false 
bottom.  When  the  false  bottom  was  constructed  of 
glass,  that  layer  could  be  seen. 


ajancfjester  Section. 

Chairman :  Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 
Vice-Chairman  :  Edward  Schunck. 


J.  Angell. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 
C.  A.  Burghardt. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 
H.  Grimsbaw. 
Peter  Hart. 


Committee  : 

I.  Levinstein. 
\V.  H.  Perkin,  jun. 
W'ni.  Thomson. 
T.  Wardle. 
P.  Winser. 


Local  Secretary  ■" 

J.    Carter-Bell,    Bankfield.    The    Cliff,    Higher    Broughton, 

Manchester. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


A  METHOD   OF  COOLING  WATER  FOR 
TECHNICAL  PUBPOSES. 

BY     PETER     HART. 

The  consumption  of  20,000  gallons  of  water  per  day 
for  cooling  purposes  alone,  at  a  rather  high  price  per 
thousand,  with  a  prospect  of  curtailment  of  quantity 
in  consequence  of  continued  drought,  induced  me  to 
try  if  much  of  it  could  not  be  used  again  and  again. 
My  first  effort  consisted  in  constructing  an  under- 
ground reservoir,  in  the  shape  of  a  portion  of  a  boiler- 
shell,  into  which  the  hot  water  was  run,  and  from 
thence  pumped  into  the  ordinary  high  cistern  from 
which  the  works  obtained  its  supply.  I  thought  it 
possible  that  during  its  travel  and  exposure  in  these 
cisterns  it  might  lose  sufficient  heat  to  be  again 
available  for  its  original  purpose,  especially  as  it 
would  get  mixed  with  the  water  used  for  the  steam 
boilers  and  solution  purposes.  This  arrangement 
worked  well  for  perhaps  two  or  three  days,  when,  in 
consequence  of  its  receiving  more  heat  than  it  could 
dissipate  by  its  exposure,  the  whole  works  became 
supplied  with  water  sufficiently  hot  for  an  ordinary 
warm  bath.  Of  course,  this  state  of  things  could 
not  continue,  for  though  well  adapted  for  a  severe 
frost  and  consequent  immunity  from  frozen  pipes,  it 
failed  to  cool  to  the  requisite  degree  the  apparatus 
it  was  largely  employed  in.  At  this  stage  a  compro- 
mise was  entered  into.  As  much  of  the  hot  water 
was  pumped  into  the  cistern  as  could  be  sufficiently 
cooled  without  deranging  the  works,  the  remainder 
as  before  being  run  to  waste.  This,  though  satis- 
factory as  far  as  it  went,  was  not  wholly  so  ;  it 
was  evident  that  could  the  water  be  sufficiently 
exposed  to  the  air  the  object  would  be  effected. 
The  obvious  expedient  for  this  purpose  was  a 
shallow  reservoir  in  which  the  hot  water  could 
circulate,    but   for    this   purpose   no  available  land 

b2 


712 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Not. so.  1887. 


existed.      After    further    consideration  of   the  i 
ditions,    1   achieved    my    object    by    means  of   the 

apparatus  I  am  about  to  describe.  Within  the 
cistern  itself,  and  which  is  about  20  feet  square, 
I  erected  what  may  be  aptly  termed  a  huge  gallows, 
the  cross  beam  of  which,  placed  10  feet  above  the 
highest  water  level  in  the  cistern,  consisted  of  a 
wooden  shoot  lined  with  lead  and  firmly  bolted  to 
the  uprights,  which  were  placed  15  feet  apart,  the 
whole  erection  being  placed  so  as  to  face  the  pre- 
vailing summer  winds.  The  bottom  of  the  shoot, 
was  perforated  with  a  large  number  of  small  holes 
along  the  whole  length,  and  the  delivery  pipe  of 
the  pump,  instead  of  being  permitted  as  before  to 
deliver  its  contents  immediately  into  the  cistern,  was 
raised  and  compelled  to  empty  itself  into  the  shoot, 
from  whence  the  water  fell  into  the  cistern  in  a  series 
of  small  streams,  chiefly  broken  into  rain  before 
reaching  the  cistern.  Our  first  experiment  was  made 
in  calm  weather,  and  seemed  eminently  satisfactory. 
But  winds  came  and  found  out  one  weak  place  in  the 


jRctucastlc  Section. 

Chairman  :   P.  P.  Bedson. 

I'ice-Chairman :    J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 

Committee: 


Alfred  Allhuson. 
G.  T.  France. 
John  Glover. 
John  Morrison. 
John  Pattinson. 
J.  B.  Payne. 


H.  P..  Procter. 

B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  W.  Proctor. 
W.  1.   Rennoldson. 

C.  T.  Richardson. 
T.  W.  Stuart 


Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer:  J.T.  Dunn,  115,  Scotawood 
Road,  Newcastle. 


Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meetings  to 

be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

ON    THE    COMPOSITION    OF    CERTAIN 
COLLIERY  WATERS. 

BY    PROF.    F.   PHILLIPS  BEDSON,  D.SC, 
Durham  College  of   Science,   Xewcaslli-on-Tt/ne. 

The  introduction  to  the  notice   of    mineral  brine 
springs  contained   in   the  volume  devoted   to    the 


Water  CWZs-j 


iJCccLe-fz  Inch, 


ahJl'  i  .V  i '  i^lvi 


s.'.(.(,:1'.,'.Kt,\uag 


tTflaor^ 


nil  'i-r-r 


a.  .1  'i  i,  it 


m 


rS 


t^=?tPtW^ 


M 


■*:f—  r*-f 


■.I. i  .!  i,iJj_-i  .I,,  i  \.<  i  .',i;i  -•); 


//^■Hvi»',hj>?;^i-7irft7M,n 


•1 

ii: 


scheme  ;  a  comparatively  moderate  one  blew  showers 
of  water  either  into  the  works  or  into  the  adjoining 
street,  unsatisfactory  in  either  case.  Fortunately 
this  was  easily  obviated  by  the  very  simple  expedient 
of  nailing  jin.  by  Tin.  boards  horizontally  from 
upright  to  upright,  leaving  3in.  spaces  between  on 
both  sides,  a  space  on  one  Bide  being  opposite  a  board 
on  the  other.  These  openings  seem  to  be  ample  to 
permit  the  wind  to  blow  through,  and  are  otherwise 
an  improvement,  as  a  very  gentle  breeze  drives  the 
streams  on  to  the  boards,  over  which  they  trickle 
down,  exposing  thus  a  very  large  surface.  The  cool- 
ing power  of  this  apparatus  is  very  erratic,  varying 
very  much  with  the  temperature  of  the  air  and"  the 
quantity  blown  through,  as  far  as  our  observations 
go,  from  20°  to  35°  P.  of  decrease  of  temperature. 
At  all  events  it  has  served  my  purpose,  but  should  I 
find  next  summer  that  it  does  nut  effect  all  I  desire, 
I  shall  simply  duplicate  the  arrangement  and  divide 
the  pump  stream  into  two,  thus  giving  the  water  a 
longer  exposure. 


"  Industrial  Resources  of  the  Tyne,  Wear  and  Tees,'' 
prepared  for  the  meeting  of  the  British  Association 
in  1863,  may  serve,  with  slight  alteration,  as  a  suit- 
able introduction  to  my  paper. 

The  first  sentence  reads  as  follows: — "The  dis- 
covery of  the  bed  of  rock-salt  at  Middlesbrough 
lends  additional  interest  to  all  the  saline  springs  met 
with  in  the  collieries  of  this  district."  After  a  lapse 
of  20  years  or  more,  we  may  now  read  this  sentence 
with  but  slight  alteration,  substituting  for  "  dis- 
covery," the  "working  of  the  bed  of  rock-salt  at 
Middlesbrough  lends  additional  interest  to  all  the 
saline  springs  met  with  in  the  collieries  of  this 
district." 

The  analyses  also  published  by  Dr.  Richardson, 
Mr.  Dunn,  M.Sc,  and  others,  of  water-pipe  deposits 
found  in  various  collieries  in  this  district  have  com- 
bined to  make  the  investigation  of  the  waters  from 
the  coal  measures  of  the  neighbourhood  a  matter  of 
some  interest,  and  interest  sufficient  to  make  it 
unnecessary  for  me  to  apologise  for  laying  before  you 


Nov.  so,  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


713 


this  evening  tbe  results  of  the  analysis  of  two  mineral 
waters  obtained  from  collieries  situated  in  tbe  neigh- 
bouring county  of  Durham.  Nor  should  the  nature  of 
the  mineral  contents  of  such  watersfail  tobe  of  interest 
to  those  connected  with  the  chemical  industries  of 
this  district,  as  the  history  of  the  soda  industry  of 
the  Tyne  shows  how  intimate  has  been  the  associa- 
tion of  one  with  the  other  ;  and,  as  you  are  aware, 
until  within  comparatively  recent  times  a  brine 
spring  at  the  Birtley  (  tolliery  was  worked  for  salt. 

These  facts  then  will  sufficiently  excuse  my  making 
the  results  of  the  analysis  of  two  colliery  waters 
conducted  under  my  supervision  the  subject  of  a 
communication  this  evening. 

Water  from  the  Redheugh  Colliery. 

This  water  drains  from  the  Brockwell  seam  and 
adjacent  rock.  The  sample  was  collected  from  a 
sump  on  the  2nd  West  Way,  into  which  the  feeder  is 
continuously  running,  and  from  which  the  water  is 
siphoned  to  the  shaft,  a  distance  of  about  a  quarter 
of  a  mile.  A  siphon  pipe  juts  into  the  water  about 
five  yards  from  where  the  sample  was  taken.  The 
temperature  of  the  water  was  found  to  be  13:  C. 
For  this  information,  as  also  for  the  sample  of  water, 
I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  T.  O.  Robson,  the  manager  of 
the  Redheugh  Colliery. 

The    qualitative  analysis  of   the  residue  left  on 
evaporating  this  water  shows  it  consists  of  chlorides  ; 
of    the    metals,   barium,   calcium,  magnesium,  and 
sodium  and  lithium. 

The  method  adopted  in  determining  the  quantities 
of    these    substances    was    briefly    as    follows  : — A 
measured  volume  of  water  was  taken,  and  in  it  the 
barium  and  calcium  were  precipitated  as  carbonates  ' 
by  means  of  ammonium  carbonate  ;  the  carbonates 
were,  after  washing,  subsequently  dissolved  in  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  the  barium  converted  into  sulphate, 
the  calcium  being  estimated  in  the  filtrate  from  the 
barium    sulphate    by    precipitating    it    as    oxalate,  J 
the  latter  being  converted  into  calcium  carbonate  and  j 
weighed  as  such. 

The  filtrate  from  the  barium  and  calcium  carbonates  j 
was  evaporated  to  dryness  and  ignited  ;  the  residue  i 
thus  obtained  was  dissolved  in  water,  and  the  mag-  [ 
nesium  contained  in  it  precipitated  in  the  form  of 
hydrate  by  means  of   baryta   water.    The  precipi- 
tated magnesium  hydrate,  after  filtering  and  com-  | 
pletely    washing,    was     dissolved     in    hydrochloric  ! 
acid,    the     barium    compound    associated    with    it 
was  removed  by  precipitation  with  sulphuric  acid,  j 
and  in  the  filtrate  from  the  barium  sulphate  the  I 
magnesium   precipitated   as   magnesium  ammonium 
phosphate,  weighing  in  the  form   of  the  pyrophos- 
phate.    The  magnesium  has  not  only  been  separated  | 
in  this  manner,  but  in  some  cases  it  was  precipitated 
directly  from  a  measured  volume  of  the  water  by 
baryta  water,  the  precipitated  magnesium  hydrate 
being  ultimately  converted  into  the  phosphate,  as 
described  above. 

The  filtrate  from  the  magnesium  hydrate  contain- 
ing,  in  addition  to  baryta  water,  the  chlorides  of  the  | 
metals  sodium  and  lithium,  the  baryta  was  removed 
by  precipitation  with  ammonium  carbonate,  and  the 
filtrate  evaporated  to  dryness  and  ignited  leaves  a 
residue  of  the  chlorides  of  sodium  and  lithium, 
which  was  weighed  as  mixed  chlorides. 

The  estimation  of  lithium  has  been  attempted  in 
various  ways,  and  the  results  obtained  are  not  such 
as  to  warrant  any  great  confidence  being  placed  in 
their  accuracy.  My  experience  shows  that  a  method 
of  estimating  and  separating  lithium  from  sodium  is 
still  a  desideratum.  These  reflections  apply  to  those 
methods  originally  given  for  this  purpose  ;  but  I 


have  not  yet  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  fully 
the  method  described  by  Gooch  (Chem.  News,  55, 
1887,  pp.  Is,  29,  40,  56,  78),  which  depends  upon  the 
difference  in  solubility  of  lithium  chloride  and  sodium 
chloride  in  amyl-alcohol.  The  experiments  made  by 
one  of  the  students  of  the  Durham  College  of  Science, 
Mr.  II.  A.  Hi "'per,  certainly  show  that  Gooch's  method 
is  more  promising  than  any  of  the  others,  and  I  hope 
to  be  able  to  apply  the  method  to  this  and  other 
similar  cases. 

In  the  first  attempt  to  determine  the  lithium, 
lOOcc.  of  the  water  only  were  taken,  and,  after  the 
removal  of  all  the  metals  (save  sodium),  the  lithium 
was  separated  from  the  sodium  by  precipitation  as 
phosphate.  A  second  attempt  was  made  with  a 
larger  volume  of  water — viz.,  1  litre.  The  lithium 
chloride  was  partially  separated  from  the  sodium 
chloride  by  treating  the  residue,  left  after  evaporating 
the  water  to  dryness,  with  alcohol,  filtering  from  that 
insoluble  in  alcohol  and  washing  with  alcohol  until 
the  residue  was  freed  from  lithium  salts,  as  tested  by 
the  spectroscope.  The  alcoholic  filtrate  and  wash- 
water  were  next  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  residue 
dissolved  in  water  and  the  magnesium  removed  by 
precipitation  with  baryta  water  ;  and  in  the  filtrate 
from  the  magnesium  hydrate  the  barium  and  calcium 
were  removed  by  precipitation  with  ammonium  car- 
bonate. The  solution  containing  ammonium,  sodium 
and  lithium  salts  was  evaporated  to  dryness  and 
ignited.  In  the  residue  thus  freed  from  ammonium 
.-alts,  the  lithium  was  precipitated  as  phosphate  by 
sodium-phosphate  in  presence  of  caustic  soda  and 
ammonia.  The  directions  given  by  Fresenius  as  to 
the  mode  of  carrying  out  this  method  require 
repeated  treatment  with  sodium-phosphate,  owing  to 
the  solubility  of  lithium-phosphate. 

The  first  of  these  methods  gave  723mgrms.  of  LiCl 
per  litre  and  the  second  gave  381'9mgrms.  of  LiCl. 
The  want  of  agreement  being  far  from  satisfactory, 
a  third  attempt  was  made.  For  this  purpose  nearly 
two  litres — viz.,  1860cc. — of  the  water  were  evapo- 
rated to  dryness.  The  lithium  chloride  was  extracted 
from  the  residue  by  treating  first  with  alcohol  until 
the  insoluble  portion  was  freed  from  lithium  salts. 
The  residue  left  after  evaporation  of  the  alcohol  was 
dried  at  110 — 120°,  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  and 
digested  for  several  hours  with  a  mixture  of  alcohol 
and  ether.  The  solution  thus  obtained  was  again 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  dried  residue  digested 
again  with  alcohol  and  ether.  The  residue  left,  after 
removal  of  the  alcohol  and  ether,  was  dissolved  in 
water,  and  thus  a  solution  was  obtained  containing  the 
lithium -salts,  associated  with  some  of  the  sodium, 
calcium  and  magnesium  salts.  The  magnesium  and 
calcium  were  removed  in  the  manner  already 
described,  and  finally  a  residue  of  lithium  aud 
sodium  chlorides  obtained.  This  residue  was 
weighed  and  then  dissolved  in  water,  the  solution 
made  up  to  a  quarter  litre  and  the  chlorine  deter- 
mined in  an  aliquot  part  of  this  solution  by  precipi- 
tation with  silver  nitrate  in  the  usual  way.  From 
the  weight  of  the  mixed  chlorides  and  the  weight  of 
chlorine  in  these,  the  lithium  chloride  has  been  esti- 
mated indirectly. 

The  result  obtained  in  this  case  gives  the  amount 
of  LiCl  as  0'335grm.  per  litre,  which  is  no  doubt  too 
low,  as  some  of  the  lithium  was  found  to  have  been 
precipitated  by  ammonium- carbonate  with  the  barium 
and  calcium  salts.  Still,  the  result  lends  some  sup- 
port to  that  obtained  by  the  direct  determination  of 
the  lithium  as  phosphate.  The  amount  of  chlorine 
as  chlorides  in  the  water  was  determined  by  taking 
lOcc.  of  the  water,  diluting  it  with  distilled  water  to 
lOOcc,  and  of  the  diluted  water  lOcc.  were  used  for 
precipitation  with  silver  nitrate. 


714 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     INov.  30. 1887. 


The  results  obtained  wire  as  follow : — 

From  lOOcc.  of  the  water:— 

0'153S9grm.  BaSO,      =  0-0901  Ba. 

1-897      .,        CaCO,      =075SSCu. 

0-3656    ,.        Mg.P.O,  =0-079  M*. 
(Mean  of  two  separate  determinations). 

5-9603grms.  NaCl  and  LiCl. 

(Mean  of  three  separate  determinations). 
From  lOee.  of  the  water  :— 

2-182grms.  Agl  1    0-539grm.  CI. 
From  one  litre  of  the  water  :— 

(It  03175  Li3PO,=0-3819grm.  LiCl. 

Indirect  determi- 
nation giving..  0-335    ,, 

Mean-=0'358grm. 

These  results  give  the  following  as  the  amount  of 
salts  in  this  water  : — 

„     .  ,,  Orms.  per  litre.  Grns.  per  gallon. 

Barium  chloride 1372    9W01 

Calcium  chloride    21'058    147101" 

Magnesium  ehloride 3'127     218"S9 

Sodium  chloride 59-265    4118-55 

Lithium  chloride 0'353(!) 2j-06(?) 


85-1S0 


5962-60 

Chlorine  required    52-521grms.\         ... 

found 53-9       „      "  Pcr  htr0- 

Water  from  the  Wardley  Colliery. 
The  second  water  is  remarkable  not  only  from  its 
mineral  constituents,  but  also  from  the  fact  that  it 
contained  a  considerable  quantity  of  gas  dissolved  in 
it,  and  amongst  the  gaseous  constituents  Marsh  gas 
is  to  be  reckoned.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Walton 
Brown,  of  Newcastle,  for  directing  my  attention  to 
this  matter,  and  also  my  thanks  to  Messrs.  John 
Bowes  and  Partners,  the  owners  of  the  colliery,  for 
permission  to  collect  and  examine  the  water  ;  as  also 
for  the  facilities  afforded  for  the  examination  of  the 
gas  given  off  from  the  water. 

The  history  of  the  water  is,  briefly,  the  following  : 
—In  the  early  part  of  July,  1R8(>,  a  borehole  in  explor- 
ing workings  from  Wardley  Colliery  touched  a  feeder 
of  water  which  had  accumulated  in  some  old  work- 
ings. The  bore-hole  was  plugged  and  a  tap  inserted, 
so  that  the  water  might  be  run  off  as  desired  by 
means  of  a  pipe  to  the  sump  at  the  bottom  of  the 
pit.  It  was  soon  noticed  that  inflammable  gas  was 
being  continually  given  off  from  this  water,  as  it 
passed  over  the  flat  sheets  towards  the  sump. 

Several  samples  of  the  water,  collected  as  it  issued 
from  the  pipe  at  the  bottom  of  the  shaft,  were 
examined  for  their  gaseous  and  mineral  contents.  A 
sample  of  the  gas  was  collected  by  Mr.  Saville  Shaw, 
Demonstrator  in  Chemistry  in  this  College,  from 
the  water  at  the  same  point.  This  was  effected 
by  allowing  a  stream  of  water  to  run  through  a  hori- 
zontal branch  of  T  piece  made  of  tin-plate  tubing, 
the  vertical  branch  of  which  was  attached  to  a  bottle 
filled  with  water.  The  vertical  branch  of  the  T  piece 
was  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  piece  of  tin-plate,  and 
in  this  way  the  stream  of  water  passing  through  the 
horizontal  tube  was  broken  up,  the  gas  given  off  pass- 
ing into  the  bottle  and  displacing  the  water  contained 
in  it. 

The  qualitative  examination  of  the  residue  left  on 
evaporating  the  Wardley  Colliery  water  showed  it  to 
contain  chlorides  and  sulphates  of  iron,  calcium, 
magnesium,sodium,and  lithium  ;  also  small  quantities 
of  carbonates  of  calcium  and  magnesium.  When  first 
collected,  the  wateris  perfectly  clearand  colourless, but 
on  standing  it  first  becomes  opalescent,  and  gradually 
a  brown  precipitate,  apparently  of  hydrated  ferric 
oxide,  separates  out.  On  boiling,  ;l  deposit  is  formed, 
which  is  black  at  first  and  gradually  becomes  brown. 
This  deposit  appeared  to  consist'  at  first  of  the 
magnetic  oxide  of  iron.  The  method  adopted  in 
analysis  need  not  be  described  in  detail.  It  consisted 
first  in  evaporating  a  measured  volume  of  the  water 
to  dryness.  The  residue  after  drying  at  120°  was 
weighed,  next  treated  with  water'  and  the  soluble 


portion  thoroughly  evaporated  by  washing  from 
insoluble  matter.  The  insoluble  matter  contained 
ferric  oxide  and  calcium  and  magnesium  carbonates  : 
the  amounts  of  which  were  estimated  in  the  usual 
manner. 

The  soluble  salts  consisted  of  sulphates  and 
chlorides  of  iron,  calcium,  magnesium,  sodium,  and 
lithium.  The  methods  of  separation  and  estimation 
were  similar  to  those  used  in  the  previous  case, 
with  the  exception  that  in  the  estimation  of  the 
sodium  and  lithium  a  measured  volume  of  the 
water  was  taken  in  which  the  iron  and  magnesium 
were  precipitated  by  baryta  ;  in  the  filtrate  from 
these  the  barium  and  calcium  salts  were  precipitated 
with  ammonium  oxalate,  and  from  the  filtrate  the 
sodium  and  lithium  chlorides  were  obtained  by 
evaporation  to  dryness  and  ignition  to  expel  ammonium 
salts.  The  weight  of  sodium  and  lithium  chlorides 
was  determined  ;  these  were  next  converted  into 
sulphates  and  the  weight  of  mixed  sulphates  esti- 
mated. I  have  not  attempted  to  estimate  the  lithium 
in  this  case,  as  my  experience  with  the  Redheugh 
water  was  not  such  as  to  invite  a  second  essay.  An 
indirect  estimate  has  been  made  by  determining  the 
amount  of  S04  in  the  weighed  sulphates,  calculating 
this  as  sodium  sulphate,  and  from  the  weight  of 
mixed  sulphates  and  the  weight  of  sodium  sulphate 
the  lithium  sulphate  was  calculated.  The  results  were 
not  satisfactory,  which,  no  doubt,  is  to  be  explained 
by  the  fact  that  such  methods  are  only  applicable 
when  there  is  a  greater  equality  in  the  relative 
amounts  of  the  two  compounds  than  there  was  in  this 
case. 

Mr.  Hooper  has  recently  examined  the  mixed 
sodium  and  lithium  chlorides  by  the  method  proposed 
by  Gooch,  and  the  results  of  his  determinations 
show  that  there  is  about  8—9  grains  per  gallon  of 
lithium  chloride  in  this  water. 

RESULTS.-WARDLEY  COLLIERY  WATER. 
(70cc.  of  water  gave  6260mgrms.  of  solids,  dried  at  120'.) 
From  70c. he.  of  water  were  ohtained  : — 

Hesidue  soluble  in  water. 

Ferricoxide   2J-8mgrms.  =     H'56mgrm3.  Fc. 

Calcium  carbonate    1294-1     ,,         ==  51776    „        Ca. 

Mg.P,0; 228         „         =    49         „        Mg. 

Residuum  insoluble  in  water. 

Ferricoxide 19   mgrms.  =    13-3mgrms.   Fe. 

Calcium  oxide    53      „         =       94    ,.     CaCO, 

Mg,P:Or    2-8      „         =       l-ol  „    MgC03 

From  70c.be.  were  obtained  :  — 
Sodium  and  lithium  sulphates=4590mgrms.=3775mgrms.  NaCl. 
Sodium  and  lithium  chloride  found  =  3747-lmgrms. 
Chlorine  estimation  gives  3332mgrmg.  per  70oc. 
SO,  „  „  78-4    „         „      „ 

Grains  per  gallon.    Grains  per  litre. 

Ferrous  sulphate 75'61     1'08 

Calcium  sulphate     4342     0"62 

Calcium  chloride 1401-49    20021 

Magnesium  chloride 193'9      277 

Sodium     and    lithium 

chlorides   3747-l      5.V53 

Calcium  carbonates    ....  9*4      0'134 

Magnesium  carbonate  ..         151     0021 


547213 


58-176 


Chlorine  required    . . 
Chlorine  found 333: 


33197grain3|pergallon 


Gases  contained  in"  Wardley  Colliery 
Water. 

Several  determinations  have  been  made  of  the  gases 
expelled  from  the  water  by  boiling.  The  result* 
show  that  the  amount  and  composition  of  the  gas 
varies  with  the  time  allowed  to  elapse  between 
collection  and  examination.  The  gases  evolved  were 
examined  in  a  Hempel's  apparatus,  and  cannot  there- 
fore claim  superior  accuracy. 

A  sample  of  water  collected  on  the  13th  of  July 
was  examined  on  the  Kith.  The  results  obtained 
were  as  follow  : — 

GBlcc.  of  water  gave  557ce.  of  gas  at  17  C.  and  29  64in. 
This  would  represent  7'Slcc,  of  gas  N'.T.P..  from  lOOcc.  of 
water- 


Nov.  30. 1887.'      THE  JOl'KXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


715 


The  analysis  of  the  gas  showed  it  to  have  the 
following  composition  : — 

Carbon  dioxide  Silt 

Marsh  gas 5'2 

Nitrogen    1329 

9963 

A  further  examination  of  the  gaseous  contents  of 
the  .same  water,  after  it  had  already  stood  in  the 
laboratory  for  four  days  in  a  partially-filled  bottle, 
yielded  the  following  results  : — 624cc.  gave  41"4cc. 
gas  at  19*  and  29"56in.,  representing  3S"4cc.  at  X.T.  P., 
therefore  100  volumes  of  the  water  would  give  615 
vols,  of  gas.  The  gas  was  found  to  have  the  following 
composition  : — 

Carbon  dioxide  _  79 "7 

Nitrogen 17'3 

Oxygen    1*4 

Marsh  gas Vi 

These  results  show  that  not  only  does  the  water 
lose  gas  on  standing,  but  also  a  change  in  the  com- 
position of  the  gas  takes  place. 

Another  sample  of  the  water  was  collected  by  Mr. 
S.  Shaw  at  the  bottom  of  the  colliery  shaft,  on  the 
19th  July,  and  submitted  at  once  to  examination, 
with  the  following  results  : — 664cc.  of  water  gave 
71'8cc.  of  gas  at  19°  and  29Sin.,  representing  66'8cc.  of 
gas  at  normals  ;  or  100  vols,  of  the  water  will  give 
1005  vols,  of  gas  measured  at  normals.  The  gas 
was  found  to  have  the  following  composition  : — 

Carbon  dioxide  85"9 

Nitrogen 9*6 

Marsh   gas    4*17 

Oxygen   <>'Jo 

100-23 

On  the  same  occasion  that  this  water  was  col- 
lected, Mr.  Shaw  also  collected  some  of  the  gas  given 
off  by  the  water,  in  the  manner  I  have  already  indi- 
cated. The  result  of  the  examination  of  this  gas 
yielded  the  following  : — 

Carbon  dioxide  10"8 

Oxygen    44 

Marsh  gas 50"2 

Nitrogen 34  6 

100-0 

Supposing  the  oxygen  here  to  represent  airentering 
the  Dottle  during  the  collection  of  the  gas,  then  the 
volume  of  air  would  be  21  06  per  100  ;  deducting 
this  we  should  obtain  by  re-calculation  the  following 
as  representing  in  all  probability  the  composition  of 
the  gas  given  off  by  the  water  :— 

Carbon  dioxide    1368 

Marsh  ga3  63"59 

Nitrogen 2073 


Journal  ano  patent*  Literature. 

L— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Stean  Explosions  in  the  >'»</ 

tht  yem   L886.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  1044—1046. 

DURING  the  last  year  sixteen  steam  boiler  explosions 
took  place  in  the  German  Empire.  The  official  investi- 
gation into  the  causes  gave  the  following  result: — (1) 
Explosion  of  a  boiler  at  the  machine  works  of  F. 
Wachter,  Entin.  The  boiler  was  in  a  horizontal  position, 
and  provided  with  many  heating  tubes.  Cause  of  the 
explosion  was  want  of  water.  The  taps  of  the  water 
gauge  were  stopped  up,  whereby  the  want  of  water  was 
not  detected.  The  plates  became  red  hot,  and  as  soon  as 
fresh  water  was  pumped    into  the  boiler,  the   sudden 


Pig.  5. 


Figs.  2  AND  3. 


evolution  of  steam,  which  increased  the  pressure  within 
the  boiler  rapidly  from  15  to  6011>.  per  square  inch,  burst 
the  boiler.  (2aud3)  Two  contiguous  vertical  cylindrical 
boilers  at  the  iron  works,  Hiisten.  The  explosion  tore 
one  of  the  boilers  in  three  pieces,  one  of  which  was  com- 
pletely rolled  up.  At  the  points  of  the  fracture  the  iron 
was  badly  corroded,  which  circumstance  accounts  for  the 
explosion.  The  second  boiler  was  torn  from  its  seat  by 
the  explosion  of  its  neighbour  and  broke  in  two.  (4) 
Explosion  of  a  Cornish  boiler  at  the  brewery  of  A. 
Mergell.  Cause  of  the  explosion  was  presumably  want 
of  water.  The  edges  at  the  points  of  fracture  were 
porous,  and  had  the  appearance  of  pumice-stone.  (5) 
Explosion  of  a  Lancashire  boiler  at  the  Tiefbau  colliery. 
After  the  explosion  the  second  plate  of  the  left  flue  was 
found  to  have  burst.  The  fissure  went  right  across  a 
patch,  which  had  been  put  on  the  second  plate  some  two 
vears  previously.  The  cause  of  the  explosion  was  want 
of  water  due  to  a  strong  leakage  through  the  patch  in 
the  left  flue.  (6)  Explosion  of  a  Lancashire  boiler  at 
the  Zocherndorf  colliery.  The  left  flue-tube  was  torn 
right  across  the  top,  at  which  place  the  iron  scaled  off. 
The  right  flue-tube  burst  only  partially  at  the  top,  and 
was  crushed  somewhat  flat.  Corrosion  of  the  plates,  as 
well  as  an  inferior  quality  of  the  iron  appeared  to  be 


100DO 


These  waters  somewhat  resemble  in  composition 
that  of  the  brine  spring  at  St.  Lawrence  Colliery, 
containing,  according  to  Dr.  Richardson,  4038  grains 
per  gallon,  of  which  293Sgrs.  consisted  of  common 
salt  ("Industrial  Resources  of  Tyne,  Wear  and 
Tees,"  p.  56). 

Dr.  Richardson  has  also  shown  that  the  water 
found  at  the  Wallsend  Colliery  is  somewhat  similar 
in  character,  and  he  has  pointed  out  that  the  con- 
stituents of  this  water  vary  in  a  most  remarkable 
manner,  as  shown  by  the  analysis  of  this  water,  made 
at  two  different  periods  some  six  years  apart.  The 
point  raised  by  Dr.  Richardson  is  of  such  interest 
that  I  shall  again  examine  the  Redheugh  water,  and 
should  it  be  deemed  of  sufficient  interest  to  the  mem- 
bers, communicate  the  results  at  some  future  period, 
together  with  others  obtained  in  the  examination  of 
other  colliery  waters. 


Fig.  7. 

the  cause  of   the  explosion.      (7)  Explosion  of  a  Lan- 
cashire boiler  at  a  saw  mill.     The  boiler  burst  above  the 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  II.  Header  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Offlee.  Southampton  Buildings, 
Chancery  Lane,  London.  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may 
be  calculated  as  follows  :— 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  Sd Id. 

Above  Sd..  and  not  exceeding  Is.  tid. . .  Id. 

„      Is.  Bd..    „  „         2s.  Id...  lju. 

..      2s.  Id.,    ..  ,.         38.  Id...  2d, 


716 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Nov. 30. 1887. 


fireplace,  and  made  a  rent  of  -  04  metres  in  tlie  direction 
of  the  length  of  the  flue-tube.  Cause  of  the  explosion, 
presumably  the  presence  of  scale  on  the  plate  over  the 
fireplace,  which  must  have  attained  such  a  thickness  as 
to  make  the  plate  red  hot  (8)  Explosion  of  a  horizontal 
cylindrical  boiler  at  the  Zawadski  Rolling  Mills.  Cause 
of  the  explosion  was  want  of  water,  whereby  the  plate 
over  the  hottest  part  of  the  furnace  became  red  hot 
and  hurst.  (9)  Explosion  of  an  Elephant  boiler  at  the 
Lindow  Alcohol  Distillery.  The  surface  of  the  left  tube 
allowed  a  hole  after  the  explosion,  and  the  plate  was 
particularly  thin  at  this  point.  Near  the  hole  were  four 
patches,  which  were  covered  with  a  dirty  scale,  evidently 
pioduced  by  a  leakage  of  water  through  the  patches. 
The  water  trickling  through  gradually  caused  the  cor- 
rosion.  (10)  Explosion  of  a  Cornish  boiler  at  the 
Beuthen  Flour  Mill.     The  flue-tube  was  crushed  flat  and 


Elephant  boiler  at  the  Mhhlhausen  Flour  Mill.  The 
hit  tube  burst,  causing  a  Insure  of  370mm.  length  ami 
300mm.  width.  The  plate  nearthe  plug  was  very  thin  and 
corroded,  and  it  is  supposed  that  the  plug,  not  being 
absolutely  tight,  allowed  water  to  trickle  through, 
which  gradually  caused  a  local  corrosion.  (15)  Explo- 
s:on  of  a  multi-tubular  boiler  at  a  spinning  mill.  One 
of  the  boiling  tubes  in  the  second  row  burst,  and  the  red 
coloration  of  the  iron  showed  that  it  had  been  red  hot 
owing  to  deficient  circulation  of  the  water,  due  to  the 
length  and  cross  section  of  the  boiling  tubes  not  having 
the  right  proportion  to  each  other.  (16)  Explosion  of  a 
multi-tubular  boiler  at  a  paper  works.  The  boiler  was 
not  yet  at  work,  as  the  necessary  pressure  of  701b.  per 
square  inch  had  not  been  obtained,  owing  to  the  draught 
being  faulty.  Suddenly  an  explosion  took  place,  which 
broke  all  the  joints  of' the  tube  in  the  tube-plate,  and 
also  bulged  out  the  latter.  It  was  then  found  that  snow- 
in  the  previous  night  had  partially  closed  the  chimney, 
and  thus  caused  the  fire  to  burn  badly,  liy  these  means 
explosive  gas  mixtures  may  have  been  formed  in  the 
tubes,  which  were  suddenly"  lighted  on  opening  the  fire- 
door.— S.  H. 


Fig.  12. 


Fig.  9. 


Fig.  11. 


torn  in  the  middle.  Cause  of  the  explosion  was  evi- 
dently want  of  water.  (11)  Explosion  of  a  horizontal 
boiler  at  the  Glue  Works  of  Jorg  &  Kbnig.  The  boiler 
contained  a  scale  of  15mm.  thickness,  and  the  bluish 
appearance  of  the  plates  pointed  to  their  having  been 
red  hot  before  the  explosion.  A  leakage  of  the  blow-off 
cock  also  caused  want  of  water.  (12)  Explosion  of  a 
Lancashire  boiler  at  the  Marsberg  Saw  Mills.  Both 
flue-tubes  were  crushed  out  of  shape.  The  plates  over 
the  fire-bridge  had  burst.  Cause  of  the  explosion  was 
want  of  water.  (13)  Explosion  of  a  horizontal  boiler  at 
the  Eschweiler  Wire  Works.     The  front  of  the  upper 


Fig.  13. 


Fig.  15. 


Fig.  18. 


portion  of  the  boiler  was  completely  torn  away.  Cause 
of  the  explosion  was  want  of  water,  which  had  sunk  to 
40cm.  below  the  low  water  level.     (14)  Explosion  of  an 


Klein,  Schanzlin   it-    Becker's  Rotary  Pumps.      Chem. 
Zeit.  11,  1046. 

These  pumps  arc  pre-eminently  suitable  for  pumping 
boiling  hot,  pulpy  liquids,  in  which  they  are  best  sus- 
pended (see  Fig.  1,  next  page).  They  are  also  extremely 
useful  for  lifting  nearly  dry  and  crumbling  substances, 
as,  for  instance,  the  filling  mass  of  sugar  works.  They 
then  run  the  reverse  way  (Fig.  2);  the  mass  is  emptied  into  a 
hopper  and  forced  from  the  bottom  upwards  to  12  metres. 
The  pumps  can  also  be  used  for  draining  shafts  and 
wells  (Fig.  3).  They  can  be  driven  by  a  vertical  shaft, 
as  shown,  and  no  harm  is  done  if  the  pump  is  suspended 
below  the  water  level. — S.  H. 


II.- FUEL,   GAS  AND  LIGHT. 

On  the  Bate  of  Consumption  of  Illuminating  Agents  and 
the  Intensity  of  Light  given  out  by  the  various  Methods 
of  Illumination.  Journal  fiir  Casbeleuchtung,  1SS7, 
30,  1371. 

C.  Heim  has  compared  various  methods  of  illumination 
as  regards  their  intensity  and  effective  power  from  an 
economic  point  of  view.  The  intensity  was  measured 
by  a  photometer  of  the  usual  construction  and  stated  in 
normal  candle  units,  the  intensity  of  the  various  lights 
being  examined  both  iu  horizontal  direction  and  at  an 
angle  of  45°  downwards.  1.  Petroleum  Lamps.  The 
lamps  were  supplied  with  "  Kaiser-oil  "  of  0'796  sp.  gr. 
and  yielded  .the  following  tests  : — 


TABLE    1. 


Description  of 
lamp. 

Diameter  of 

burner. 

mm. 

Angle  with 
the  horizon- 
tal plane. 

Streneth 
]!_-ht  in  nor- 
mal candles. 

Con.  of  oil 

per  hour. 

grins. 

Consumption 

of  oil  per 
candle  unit. 

Remarks. 

Circular  burner 

25 

O- 

ic-1 

51"-' 

3  37 

Kaiser-oil 

.. 

1". 

12  3 

53  6 

136 

„ 

Circular  burner  with 

30 

0" 

19-2 

631 

330 

.. 

.. 

.. 

45 

11-1 

61  1 

5'51 

..        .. 

Circular  burner  with 
plate  (large) 

62 

0" 

67 -3 

22  9 

310 

.. 

,. 

.. 

15° 

33-9 

22  S 

fi'72 

..       .. 

Kosmos  Circular 

30 

0! 

22-9 

849 

3-70 

American  Petro- 
leum 

.. 

,. 

45' 

17-S 

85'5 

r-n 

,. 

,. 

•• 

0' 

22-8 

81-7 

358 

Kaiser-oil 

Nov. so.  188?.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDUSTKV. 


717 


The  figures  of  this  table  show  that  the  intensity  of 
light,  measured  in  the  horizontal  direction,  from  all  the 
lamps  examined  is  about  equal.  The  effective  power  is 
not  proportionately  increased  by  an  increased  size  of  the 
lamp.  -Measured  at  an  angle  of  4S  the  intensity  of  light 
decreases  with  an  increased  diameter  of  the  burner. 
The  effective  power  of  a  petroleum  lamp  decreases  con- 
siderably if  the  flame  is  not  screwed  up  to  its  full 
height,  a-s  is  shown  by  Table  Ia. 


suitable  for  illuminating  large  rooms  or  halls,  as  for  an 
eqnal  consumption  of  gas  its  light  is  three  and  a  half 
times  as  strong  as  that  of  split  burners  Larger  types  .  f 
the  Wenham  lamp  yielded  a  better  result  still.  The 
Welsbach  incandescent  lamps  are  also  preferable  to 
Argand  and  split  burners,  at  least  as  long  as  the  incan- 
descent body  is  new. 

Electric  Arc  Lamps.—  Three  of  the  best  known  con- 
structions   were    examined.      A    compound    engine   of 


TABLE  Ia. 


Angle. 

Intensity  of 
Light. 

|  Consumption  of 
1     oil  per  hour. 

Cons,  per  cardie 
and  hour. 

0' 

18  9 

581 

309 

0' 

16-S 

56-0 

333 

0* 

150 

54  8 

i 

365 

0* 

127 

50-7 

399 

Gas  Lamps. — The  different  tests  were  made  under 
equal  and  normal  conditions.  Regenerative  burners 
were  lit  half  an  hour  before  testing,  smaller  burners  a 
sufficient  time  to  warm  all  the  parts  of  the  lamp.  The 
combustion  gases  were  carried  away  by  a  ventilating 
tine.  The  plane  of  the  split  burner  was  vertical  to  the 
photometer-axis. 

It  is  well  knownthat  theintensityof  light  is  considerably 
raised  by  an  increase  of  the  temperature  of  combustion, 
and  the  last  column  but  one  in  Table  II.  confirms  this 
fact.  The  split  burner  is  surpassed  by  the  Argand  and 
the  latter  by  the  regenerative  burner.  Both  Argand  and 
Siemens'  burner  distribute  the  light  badly,  since  they 
emit  the  maximum  of  light  in  the  horizontal  direction, 
whereas  the  Wenham  lamp  emits  most  of  the  light 
vertically  downwards.     The  latter  is  therefore  specially 


Fig.  3. 


100  V.  was  employed  as  a  source  of  the  electric  current. 
Only  the  tests  taken  at  an  angle  of  45°  can  be  fairly  con- 
sidered as  representing  the  value  of  the  various  lamps. 
The  intensity  of  light  in  the  horizontal  direction  fluctuates 
continually,  increasing  and  decreasing  with  the  slightest 
variation  in  the  position  of  the  arc.  By  enlarging  the 
type  of  lamp  or  increasing  the  strength  of  the  current  the 
effective  power  of  the  lamp  is  raised. 

Incandescent  Lamps. — Only  sixteen  candle  power 
lamps  were  tested,  as  these  are  nearly  exclusively  in 
use.  The  intensity  was  only  examined  in  the  horizontal 
direction. 

Magnesium  Lamp. — A  lamp  from  A.  Griitzel,  Hanover, 
was  photometrically  tested.  It  was  constructed  in  such  a 
manner  that  as  many  as  eight  magnesium  ribbonsof  2  •omm. 
width  and  O'lomni.  thickness  could  be  burned  at  the 
same  time.  The  white  smoke  of  magnesia  was  carried 
away  by  a  ventilating  tube  which  was  firmly  connected 
with  a  reflector.  To  obtain  the  intensity  of  light  without 
reflector  the  latter  was  covered  with  black  paper.  The 
light  was  measured  in  the  horizontal  direction  ;  measure- 
ments at  an  angle  of  33"  showing  a  decrease  in  intensity 
of  25  per  cent. 

Theintensityof  light  forone  ribbon  is  greatest  when  only 

one  ribbon  is  being  burned  ;  it  sinks  not  inconsiderably  it 

'  more  are  lit.     The  consumption  of  magnesium  per  hour 

amounts  with  8  ribbons  to  0  134kilo.    One  kilo,  costs  45s., 

consequently,  the  cost  of  one  hour's  burning  is  about  6s. 


718 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     IN'uv.  so,  is87. 


TABLE  II. 


Description  of  Burner. 

Angle  with  the 

horizontal 

plane. 

Strength  of 

light  in  normal 

candles. 

Consumption  of 
gas  per  hour  in 
cubic  metres. 

Consumption  of 

gas  per  candle 

and  hour. 

Remarks. 

0° 
45' 
0* 

169 
17  2 
21-9 

0-251 
0  256 
0239 

U'8 

11-9 
10  9 

]  Medium    size, 
[so-called  6  CO. 
)  ft.  burner. 

45* 
0° 
Jo- 

191 
111 

105 

0-211 

0-0951 

0-1037 

121 
6-60 

9-88 

i  Latest  type. 

Welabach  incandescent  light 

Siemens'  regenerator  No.  3  .. 

0* 

653 

0160 

7  05 

No.  3  . . 

45- 

40-9 

0-156 

975 

No.  1  . . 

V 

222 

1-621 

7-30 

No.  1.. 

30' 

162 

1-614 

9-96 

No.  1 . . 

45" 

132 

1-601 

12-2 

Wenham  lamp,  No.  2 

0" 

2S-4 

0  249 

8-77 

45' 

41-5 

0'257 

5  77 

„      No.2 

90' 

158 

0-256 

5-58 

„      No.  4 

0" 

99 

0-685 

6'92 

„      No.  4 

25' 

152 

0-6S6 

451 

.,      No.  4 

45' 

170 

0677 

398 

„      No.  4 

65' 

200 

0  685 

3-42 

„      No.  4 

90" 

202 

0-671 

333 

TABLE   III. 


Name  of  Lamp. 

Diameter  of 

carbon  rod, 

mm. 

Length  of 

lower  arc. 

mm. 

Angle  with 
the  horizon- 
tal plane. 

Intensity  of 
light  in  nor- 
mal candles. 

Effective 
powerin  volt- 
amperes. 

Voltam- 

pcres  per 

candle  unit. 

Candle 

units  per 

h.p. 

|  at  top  6  7 
1  at  bottom  5"0 

1   - 
1   - 

)  ■ 
!■  • 

[    4  to  5 

0' 
45° 

0* 
45' 

0' 
45° 

126 
377 
220 

1420 
575 

3S30 

100 
153 
4!4 
413 
918 
912 

1-27 

0  405 

1-88 

0-291 

1-60 

0-238 

433 
1360 

293 
1890 

311 
2310 

Piette  (Schuckert) 

Siemens  and  Halske 

TABLE  IV. 


Name  of  Incandescent  Lamp. 

Intensity  of 

light  in  normal 

candles. 

Erhcieut  power 
in  voltamperes. 

Voltamperes 

per  candle 

unit. 

Candle  units 
per  h.p. 

Lamps  per  h.p. 

16 

16 
16 
16 
16 

10 

72 

60 
66 
56 
52 

56 

4-50 

375 
4  13 
3-50 
325 

3-50 

122 

147 
133 

157 
169 

157 

7-5 

9-2 
83 
9-8 
10-6 

9-8 

Edison  (new  type),  German  Edi- 

Siemens  and  llalske 

Bernstein  (Electro-Technical  Co.. 

Nov.  so.  is*?.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


719 


TABLE  V. 


Intensity  in  norm. 
Candles. 

w 

tbout  Beflector. 

2 

Nunit>i  r  of 
ribbons. 

Without 
icllcc-tor. 

si 

.  a 

----- 

"  =  - 
o 

Conn.of  Mk' 
L'lhbon  pez 
one  hour 

mill  ribbon. 

S  «  g  5  « 

*-  ~  S  °-s 

3  5-8  = 

■£  -~  - 

gs  o  gg 

o        = 

1 

150 

3,200 

150 

Gmi9. 
167 

irii 

2 

287 

5,880 

1187 

167 

u-io 

4 

150 

8,000 

1125 

167 

1180 

6 

700 

11,300 

U7 

167 

11-15 

8 

950 

17,000 

119 

167 

1103 

Latterly,  an  improved  construction  of  lamp  reduces  the 
cost  of  one  hour's  burning  to  4s.  Gd.  But  even  at  this 
price  the  light  is  far  too  expensive  to  enter  into  competi- 
tion with  gas  or  the  electric  light.  The  lamp  is  easily 
handled  and  carried  about.  It  can  be  lit  with  a  match 
and  put  out  quickly.  It  is,  therefore,  most  suitable  for 
signalling,  photographic,  theatrical  and  similar  pur- 
poses.— S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Gas 
from  Fluid  Hydrocarbons.  A.  G.  Meeze,  Redhill. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,340,  Sept.  29,  18S6.  Is.  Id. 
Within  an  ordinary  gas  retort,  heated  by  a  firebox  of 
the  usual  construction,  is  placed  an  inner  retort  of  con- 
siderably less  diameter  and  preferably  of  thin  wrought 
iron,  the  outer  one  beingof  fireclay.  Within  the  outer  retort 
and  attached  to  the  doorplate,  in  order  to  be  easily  remov- 
able, is  placed  a  superheating  steam  coil.  Both  retorts 
are  packed  with  fireclay  "  defiectors  "  or  surfaces,  so 
arranged  as  to  promote  concussion  and  impact  among  the 
gaseous  particles  travelling  through  the  retorts.  In 
operation,  steam  from  the  superheater  is  made  to  drive 
oil  through  an  injectorinto  the  inner  retort.  Here  decom- 
position takes  place,  promoted  by  the  presence  of  the 
dellectors.  The  gas  evolved  then  passes  from  the  inner 
to  the  outer  retort,  where,  encountering  a  greater  heat, 
it  is  fixed  and  rendered  homogeneous,  and  whence  it 
passes  by  au  ascension-pipe  in  the  front  to  the  hydraulic 
main.  The  inventor's  claim  refers  mainly  to  the  use  of 
the  deflectors.      Full  drawings  are  attached. 

—A.  R.  D. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for  the 
Complete  Purification  of  Coal  Ons  by  Concentrated 
Liquid  Ammonia,  and  in  the  .  f  Sulphur  and 

Ammonia  for  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and 
Ammonium  Sulphate.  J  Hammond,  Lewes.  Eng. 
Pat.  S34S,  June  24,  1886.  8d. 
This  specification,  which  is  unsnited  for  useful  abstrac- 
tion, contains  four  sheets  of  drawings.  The  claims  are 
(li  the  use  of  a  series  of  chambers,  whereby  the  passing 
gas  can  be  made  alternately  hot  and  cold  in  the  presence 
of  free  ammonia  and  vapour,  for  the  purpose  of  suddenly- 
condensing  therefrom  much  of  its  impurity,  which  may 
then  be  carried  off  by  the  strong  condensed  alkaline 
liquors;  (2)  the  i  reparation  and  use  of  coke  and  iron, 
with  the  admission  of  a  regulated  quantity  of  air  (carbu- 
retted  or  otherwise),  to  keep  the  same  chemically  active 
upon  the  passing  gas  in  the  presence  of  liquid  ammonia 
or  water. — D.  B.  

An  Apparatus  for  Projecting  Oil  or  other  Fuel  into  Fvr- 
uxs  in  the  form  of  Spray.  C.  A.  Sahlstrom,  Aber- 
deen. EDg.'Pat.  15,076,  Nov.  19,  1SS6.  Sd. 
This  apparatus  is  an  improvement  on  that  described  by 
the  patentee  in  the  specification  of  Eng.  Pat.  14,535  of 
1SS6  and  may  be  described  as  an  injector  consisting  of  a 
central  passaae  for  superheated  steam,  an  outer  annular 
passage  for  hot  air  and  an  intermediate  annular  passage 
for  oil.  All  these  deliver  into  a  mouthpiece  with  a  con- 
tracted throat.  The  apparatus  is  made  to  swing  on  a 
trunnion  socket,  so  that  it  can  readily  be  fixed  in  position 
for  working  and  as  readily  allowed  to  fall  back  from  the 
furnace  firebox  when  not  required. — A.  R.  D. 


An  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  fur  Genei  ating 
Gas  for  Illuminating,  Heating  mid  Metallurgical  Pur- 
poses  from  Liquid  Hydrocarbons.  K.  B.  Averv,  New 
York,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  8953,  June  23,  1SS7."    lid. 

This  is  a  process  for  generating  gas  by  passing  oil  and 
superheated  steam  through  heated  retorts.  The  retorts 
and  superheaters  are  packed  with  cones  (of  iron  or  fire- 
clay), having  serrated  or  perforated  llanges,  and  are  so 
di -posed  as  to  present  their  apices  to  meet  the  current  of 
gas.  These  cones  have  the  effect  of  finely  dividing  the 
passing  vapours  and  greatly  economising  the  heating 
power  of  the  retort.  The  use  of  an  exhauster  is  recom- 
mended, both  to  prevent  back  pressure  in  the  retorts  and 
also  to  draw  in  a  certain  amount  of  air,  which  consider- 
ably improves  the  quality  of  the  gas.  The  specification 
is  accompanied  by  nine  drawings. — A.  R.  D. 


An  Improved  Continuous  Process  for  the  Purification  of 
Coal  Gas  from  Sulphur  Compounds,  by  which  the 
Sulphur  is  Pecovcred.  C.  Estcourt,  Manchester,  H. 
Veevers,  Dukinfield,  and  M.  Schwab,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,007,  Nov.  IS,  1886.  Sd. 
The  inventors  propose  to  eliminate  the  sulphur  com- 
pounds (chiefly  sulphuretted  hydrogen)  from  coal  gas, 
by  bringing  it  into  contact  with  sulphurous  acid,  either 
alone  in  aqueous  solution  or  in  the  presence  of  the  car- 
bonates, chlorides  or  sulphates  of  the  alkalis  or  alkaline 
earths  ;  or  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  salt-  containing  sul- 
phurous acid.  When  any  of  these  various  salts  are 
present,  practically  the  whole  of  the  sulphur  is  precipi- 
tated, which  is  far  from  being  the  case  when  sulphurous 
acid  is  used  alone.  The  process  is  preferably  carried  on 
in  a  scrubber,  divided  into  a  number  of  chambers,  so 
connected  that  the  course  of  the  gas  is  made  as  tortuous 
as  possible.  Each  chamber  is  provided  with  a  set  of 
blades,  brushes  or  other  suitable  contrivance,  mounted 
on  a  revolving  shaft.  At  each  revolution,  tlie.^e  dip  into 
the  washing  liquid  contained  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
scrubber  and  constantly  present  wet  surfaces  to  the 
passing  gas.  The  process  is  a  continuous  one,  the  i 
liquor  after  leaving  the  scrubber  being  again  charged 
with  sulphurous  acid  in  a  coke  or  other  absorber  and 
used  for  purifying  over  again. — A.  K.  D. 


HI— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 

PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Vatelin.     G.  Vulpius.     Pharm.  Post,  1S87,  30S. 

The  author  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  the  German 
vaselin  has  become  purer  and  better  from  year  to  year, 
whilst  the  quality  of  the  American  product  has  con- 
tinually deteriorated  and  that  quite  apart  fronithepurity, 
which  is  there  never  greatly  aspired  to,  the  consistency 
of  the  American  article  is  also  inferior  to  the  German. 
— G.  H.  M. 

Occurrence  oj  Alkaloid-lihe  Bases  in  Paraffin  Oil.     A. 
Weiler.     Ber.  20,  2097— 2099. 

BAKDROWSKI  having  recently  established  the  existence 
of  bases  in  Galician  tetroleum,  the  author  thought  it 
desirable  to  publish  the  results  of  an  investigation  on  the 
so-called  yellow  oil,  obtained  in  the  marufacture  of 
Saxon  petroleum,  from  which  he  some  time  ago  isolated 
basic  substances.  The  separation  was  effected  by 
shaking  the  oil  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  precipitating 
with  caustic  soda,  extracting  with  ether,  re-dUsolving 
and  re-precipitating  several  times,  finally  subjecting 
the  product  to  distillation.  The  bases  thus  obtained 
form  a  colourless  oil  having  a  sp.  gr.  of  0  98 — 0  09.  They 
have  a  very  unpleasant  odour,  assume  a  dark  colour  on 
exposure  to  the  light  and  do  not  solidify  at  llc.     They 


720 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Mot. B6, 1887. 


are  sparingly  sol  able  in  water,  but  freely  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether  and  chloroform.  They  contain  nitrogen, 
but  are  free  from  oxygen  and  sulphur.  Treatment  with 
potash  causes  the  evolution  of  strongly  alkaline  vapours, 
which  are,  however,  free  from  ammonia.  Bromine  and 
methyl  iodide  react  with  the  bases  dissolved  in  chloro- 
form, forming  non-crystalline  oily  products.  (Jnsuccess 
ful  attempts  were  made  to  isolate  the  bases  by  means 
of  fractional  distillation,  the  product  obtained  after 
several  fractionations  boiling  between  220°  and  260° 
without  the  temperature  remaining  constant  at  any  one 
point.  Several  salts  were  prepared.  The  most  charac- 
teristic salt  is  the  oxalate,  which  crystallises  in  nacreous 
scales  sparingly  soluble  in  water  and  ether,  but  readily 
soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  benzene  and  petroleum 
spirit.— D.  B. 


Isomeric  Change  in  the  Phenol  Series.    A.  R.  Ling.     J. 
Chem.  Soc,  1SS7,   147— 152  and  782— 794. 

The  first  portion  of  the  author's  experiments  were 
devoted  to  the  action  of  bromine  on  the  dibromonitro- 
phenols,  with  the  view  of  obtaining,  if  possible,  some 
explanation  of  the  isomeric  change  of  dibrom-orMo- 
intu  dibromo-/>ara-nitrophenol  (Armstrong,  J.  Chem. 
Soc.  is;;,,  .320). 

When  either  of  the  dibromonitrophenols  is  heated  with 
bromine  and  water,  the  chief  product  is  tetrabromo- 
quinone  thus  : — 

C  H2Br2(N02)OH  +  4Br2  +  20H2  = 

CcBr40,  +  6HBr  +  HNO, 

Several  lOgrm.  quantities  of  dibromonitropbcnol 
(m.p.  117°)  were  heated  in  a  water  hath  with  one 
molecular  proportion  of  bromine  and  about  40cc.  water 
for  several  hours.  The  products  were  exhausted  with 
potassium  carbonate  solution  and  the  tetrabromoquinone 
separated  by  filtration. 

From  the  filtrates  the  potassium  salts  of  the  following 
compounds  were  obtained  : — 

M.r. 

O-bromoilinitrophcnol 116* 

O-bromo-para-nitrophenol    102° 

Dibromo-para-nitrophcnol    111° 

The  same  compounds  were  obtained  in  a  similar  ex- 
periment made  with  dibromo-y«/ra-nitropbcnol. 

1 1  would  seem  that  the  formation  of  tetrabromoquinone 
involves  the  partial  denomination  of  the  diliromonitro- 
phenol,  the  resulting  brom-err/to-nitrophenol  then  under- 
going isomeric  change  :  the  bromo-para-nitrophenol  thus 
produced  is  in  part  converted  into bromodinitrophenol  by 
the  nitric  acid  resulting  from  the  N02  displaced,  and  in 
part  into  dibromo-para-nitrophenol. 

The  second  portion  of  the  experiments  relates  to  the 
action  of  bromine  on  the  dichloronitrophenols,  and  on 
/>-chlor-oW/io-nitrophenol. 

Dichloro-orMo-nitrophenol  (m  p.  12.T)  is  not  converted 
into  its  isomeride  when  heated  with  bromine  and  water 
under  the  conditions  above  described,  but  is  decomposed, 
yielding  chlorotribromoquinone  in  accordance  with  the 
following  equation  :  — 

CCH,C1,(X0J0H  +  4Br„  +  20H2  = 

C0ClBr3O    +  5HBr  +  HC1  +  HN03 

Chlorotribromoquinone  crystallises  from  glacial  acetic 
acid  in  glistening  yellow  scales  ;  the  quinone  forms 
colourless  needles,  melting  at  231°;  and  the  diacetyl 
compound  colourless  prisma,  melting  at  2112  . 

Chlorotribromoquinone  treated  with  a  4  per  cent,  solu- 
tion of  potash  is  decomposed,  giving  rise  to  the  potassium 
salt  of  chlorobromanihc  acid  (C,ClBr(OK)  j  >_,,  211  0), 
described  by  Krause  (Her.  12,  47). 

Dichloro-y/ora-nitrophenol  (m.p.  125°)  yields  m-dichloro- 
dibromoquinone,  described  by  Krause  (loo.  cit.),  when 
heated  with  bromine  and  water,  thus  : — 

C,  HJ'l(N(),)()II   i  4Brs  +  20II5  = 

C,Cl2BraO,  :  6HBr  I   UNO, 
P-chlor-oWAo-nitrophenol  (m.p.  s~J°)  was   dissolved  in 
glacial  acetic  acid  and  treated  with  one  molecular  pro- 


portion of  bromine  at  the  ordinary  temperature.  The 
resulting  chlorohromonitrophenol  crystallised  from 
alcohol  was  found  to  melt  at  125°.  This  compound, 
heated  with  four  molecular  proportions  of  bromine  and 
water,  was  entirely  converted  in'o  tetrabromoquinone, 
and  wastliereforey(-chloro-ori/if>-bromo-r;;i/<<<-nitroplienol. 

OH  :  NOj,  :  CI :  Br  =  1  : 2  : 4  : 6. 

The  potassium  salt  crystallises  in  dark  red,  anhydrous 
needles,  and  the  calcium  salt  in  orange-red  plates  of  the 
composition  (C6H3ClBrN08)aCa,3H20. 

P-chloro-ortAo-nitrophenol  dissolved  in  glacial  acetic 
acid  and  the  solution,  after  boiling  for  half  an-hour  with 
one  molecular  proportion  of  bromine,  left  for  some  hours 
to  cool,  yielded  a  compound  isomeric  with  the  above, 
melting  at  119°,  and  giving  a  potassium  salt  in  red 
anhydrous  plates,  and  a  calcium  salt  of  a  somewhat 
darker  colour  than  that  of  p-chloro-ortAo-bromo-orfAo- 


nitrophenol,    and   containing 


of   H,0.      Heated 


with  4  molecular  proportions  of  bromine  and  water 
chlorotribromoquinone  was  obtained.  The  compound 
was  therefore  o-chloro^para-bromo-ort/io-nitrophenol. 

(HI  :NH,  ;Br  :  Cl  =  l:2:4:6. 

The  constitution  has  been  further  proved  by  preparing 
o-chloro-para-bromo-orfAo-nitrophenol  from  p-bromo- 
orMo-nitrophenol  (m.p.  SSc)and  chlorine,  and  comparing 
it  and  its  salts  with  the  compounds  last  described.  The 
melting  point  of  pure  o-chloro-para-bromo-orfAo-nitro- 
phenol  is  117°. 

It  has  also  been  found  possible  to  convert  p-chloro- 
ortho  -  bromo  -  ortho  -  nitrophenol  [OH  :  NO^  :  CI  :  Br  = 
1:2:4:6]  (m.p.  125°)  into  o-chloro-^ptim-broino-orMo-nitro- 
phenol  [OH  :  NO,  :  Br  : CI  =  1 : 2  :4  :6]  (m.p.  117)  by 
heating  the  former  with  a  small  quantity  of  bromine. 

The  change  takes  place,  however,  with  much  less  ease 
in  the  last-named  case  than  when  p-chloroo/Mo-nitro- 
phenol  is  brominated  at  the  higher  temperature.  This 
is  possibly  because  it  occurs  simultaneously  with  the 
exchange  of  hydrogen  for  bromine.  Di-halogen  deriva- 
tives of  o-  and  ^-nitrophenol  being  incapable  of  further 
substitution  might  be  expected  to  behave  somewhat 
indifferently  towards  reagents.  No  other  compound 
being  formed,  there  can  be  no  doubt  whatever  that  it  is 
a  case  of  true  intramolecular  change. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbon  u»d  in 
Apparatus  employed  therein.  A.  Jacquelain,  Paris, 
France.  Eng.  Pat.  25G6,  Nov.  11,  1S59.  Second 
Edition.     Sd. 

It  is  proposed  to  manufacture  carbon  from  tars  and 
heavy  oils  distilled  from  coal,  schist,  peat  or  other  vola- 
tile organic  matter.  The  tar  is  heated  in  a  boiler  and 
the  vapours  generated  therein  are  led  into  a  horizontal 
earthen  retort  heated  to  redness.  The  retort  is  con- 
nected with  two  vertical  cast-iron  receivers.  The 
deposits  in  the  retort  are  removed  by  means  of  a  rake. 
A  pipe  is  connected  to  the  second  receiver,  by  which  the 
gas,  as  well  as  such  carbon  compounds  as  may  have 
escaped  decomposition  by  the  heat,  and  the  volatile  pro- 
ducts are  led  off  to  be  utilised  for  heating  purposes.  The 
inventor  also  claims  means  for  improving  carbon 
produced  in  gas  retorts  and  the  preparation  of  a  hard 
carbon. — D.  B. 


A  New  and  Improved  Method  for  the  Distillation    of 
Coal    'Tar,    the    Oils  from    Cuke    Onus   and    other 
similar  Fluids.     11.  Ellison,  Cleckheaton.  and  G-.  E. 
Davis,  Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.   13,929,  Oct.  30,  1886. 
Sd. 
The  vapours  from  the  tar  or  oil  still  are  passed  through 
coils  of  piping,  placed   in  a  closed  boiler  of   sufficient 
capacity  to  contain  at  least  one  full  charge  of  liquid  for 
the  still.     This  boiler  being  previously  failed  with  cold 
tar  or  oil  to  be  distilled,  the  hot  vapours  coming  from 
the  still  will  bring  its  contents  to  a  state  of  quiet  ebulli- 
tion, so  that  by  the  time  the  working  of  the  still  is  com- 
pleted, the  water  and  more  volatile  constituents  of  the 
tar  in  the  boiler  will  have  been  expelled  and  condensed 


Nov.  30. 1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


721 


in  a  suitable  manner.  When  the  re-idu.il  pitch  lias  been 
runout  from  the  still,  the  latter  i?  immediately  charged 
with  t  lie  hot  tar  from  the  closed  boiler  and  a  heavy  Ere 
started,  as  there  i-  no  danger  of  the  tar  boiling  over. 
The  boiler  is  then  filled  up  quickly  with  a  fresh  supply 
of  colli  tar  or  oil  and  the  operation  repeated. — 1».  P. 


Improvement!  in  the  Destructive  Distillation  of  Shale 
and  other  Minerals  and  in  Retorts  therefor.  K.  11. 
Tennent,  Coatbridge.  Eng.  Pat.  15,772,  Hec.  2,  1886. 
lid. 

This  specification,  to  which  two  explanatory  sheets  of 
drawings  are  attached,  has  reference  to  an  improved 
mode  oil  arranging  gas-heated  retorts  for  the  distillation 
of  .-hale  and  other  minerals,  whereby  great  saving  of 
heat  is  said  to  he  obtained  by  utilising  the  heat  of  the 
waste  gases,  :ii  ter  heating  the  tetorts,  tor  heating  the  air 
to  a  very  high  temperature  before  reaching  the  gas,  also 
in  superheating  the  steam  for  treating  the  shale  within 
the  retort.  The  waste  gases  passing  into  the  main  tlue 
leading  to  the  chimney  may  also  be  made  to  heat  a 
steam  boiler  erected  over  a  continuation  of  the  tlue 
beyond  the  whole  range  of  retorts. — D.  13. 


IT— COLOIJEIXG  MATTERS  ASD  DYES. 

Tabular  Arrangement  of  the  Artificial  Organic  Colouring 
Matters.     Gnstav  Schultz  and  Paul  Julius. 

Ih  view  of  the  fact  that  the  reprint  of  these  tables  is 
prohibited,  as  also  the  right  of  translation,  the  reader  is 
referred  to  the  Chemisehe  Industrie,  1887,  Noe.  8,  9,  10 
et  sea.  The  appearance  in  this  Journal  of  the  first  part 
of  this  tabulated  matter  was  the  result  of  an  unfortunate 
oversight,  

Researches  on  tin  •  onstitution  of  Azo- and  Diazo-deriva- 
tives.  II.  Diazoamido-Compounds  {continued).  R. 
Meldola  and  F.  W.  Streatfeild.  J.  Chem.  Soc.  18S7, 
434_4.Jl.     (See  also  this  Journal,  1887,  2S3.) 

IN  this  paper  the  authors  describe  the  results  of  their 
experiments  upon  thedecompositinn  of  dinitro-diaz'  amido- 
coiupounds  by  cold  hydrochloric  acid.  The  method 
adopted  is  to  allow  the  diazo-compound  to  stand  in  con- 
tact with  excess  of  the  cold  concentrated  acid  till  decom- 
position 1  as  taken  place,  and  the  whole  or  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  substance  has  passed  into  solution.  The 
latter  then  contains  only  a  eliazo-chloride  and  an  amit  e, 
so  that  on  dropping  the  acid  solution  into  a  solution  kept 
well  cooled,  containing  the  necessary  quantity  of  (i  -napn- 
thol  dissolved  in  sufficient  caustic  soda  to  keip  the  whole 
alkaline  after  mixing,  the  diazo-chloride  at  once  forms 
an  azo-3  naphthol  compound,  while  the  amine  is  set 
free.  A  mixed  precipitate  of  amine  and  azo  8  naphthol 
compound  is  thus  obtained,  and  from  this  dilute  acid 
dissolves  out  the  amine,  leaving  the  azo-ce  m pound,  which 
can  be  identified  by  its  melting  point  and  other  charac- 
teristics. The  teactions  are  illustrated  by  the  following 
equations  : — 

(1)  NO„.C6H4.N„.NH.C.H..N<>  ,+2HCl  = 

N04.C,H4.N,.Cl+NOs.C,H4  Nil..  HC1 

(2)  N0s.C,H4.N  .('1-  Nil. ("MI. Ml  .  IK1- 

(      IK.nNa     NaOH  =  NO  .C,H4.Nt.C1(lH0,.H  + 

NO..C,  11 4.  NH  ,  f  2>  aCi  -r  OH, 

The  symmetrical  comjound,  par.  dinitro  diazo  amido- 
benzene  (prepared  by  the  action  of  nitrous  acid  upon 
/./-nitraniline)  by  this  means  is  shown  to  be  resolved  by 
cold  hydrochloric  acid  into  paranitro  diazohenzene 
chloride  and  paranitraniline.  The  unsymmetrical  com- 
pound (m.p.  211°)  describ  el  by  the  authors  in  their 
previous  paper,  and  prepared  by  the  action  of  diazotised 
para  -nitraniline  on  /// -nitraniline  or  vice  versa*  is  resolved  by 
the  cold  acid  into  a  mixture  of  />■  and  m-nitraniline  and 
ji-  and  m-nilr  i-diizobenzene  chloride.  The  symmetrical 
dhnetadinitrodiazoamidobenzene  (m.p.  194:)  obtained  by 
the  actinn  of  nitrous  acid  on  metanitraniline  is  resolved 
into  »i-nitraniline  and  )/i-nitrodiazobenzene  chloride. 
The  method  has  also  been  applied  to  the  ethyl-derivatives 


with  the  following  results  :— The  ethyl- derivative  of  the 
dipara-compound  (m.p.  191—192°)  gives  p-nitrodiazo- 
benzene  chloride  and  tthyl-p-nitraniline.  The  corre- 
sponding dimeta-compound  gives  m-nitro-diazobenzene 
chloride  and  ethylwi-nitraniline.  The  ethyl-derivative 
(m.p.  148')  prepared  by  tie  direct  etiolation  of  the 
unsymmetrical  compound  of  m.p.  211' behaves  like  the 
latter,  giving  a  mixture  of  the  two  nitro-diazo-chlorides 
and  the  two  ethylnitranilines.  Ihe  ethyl-derivative 
(m.p.  174—17.")  )  obtained  by  the  action  of  diazotised 
m -nitraniline  on  ethyl  p  nitraniline  is  resolved  into 
m-nitro-diazobenzene  chloride  and  ethyl-/' -nitraniline. 
The  isomeric  compound  (m  p.  1S7 "')  prepared  by  the  action 
of  diazotised  //-nitraniline  on  etbyl-fn  nitraniline  is 
resolved  into  //  nitio  diazobenzene  chloride  and  ethyl- 
m -nitraniline.  A  more  thorough  investigation  of  this 
last  ethyl-derivative  has  led  the  authors  to  the  conclusion 
that  it  is  a  true  diazo-amido-componnd,  this  being  shown 
by  its  decomposition  by  rold  acid,  as  above  described,  as 
well  as  by  its  products  of  reduction  (p-phenyleneoiamine 
and  ethyl-m  phenylenediamine).  The  possibility  of  this 
compound  being  an  amido-azo-compound  having  been 
thus  disproved,  the  authors  point  out  that  the  existence 
of  three  isomeric  ethyl-derivatives  is  quite  inexplicable 
on  the  generally  received  lormula  of  the  diazo-amido- 
compounds.  and  they  propose  as  an  alternative  expression 
for  the  mixed  diazo-amido-compounds  the  formula  : — 

X  V 

■  y 

H 

in  which  the  aromatic  radicles  X  and  Y  are  triadic  in 
function,  in  the  same  manner  that  phenyl  is  supposed  to 
be  tetradic  in  quinore  when  this  compound  is  written 
according  to  Fittig's  view  as  a  double  ketone  : — 


CM! 


In  the  paper  the  authors  descrile  a  r.unil  er  of  metallic 
derivatives  in  which  the  H  of  the  Nil  group  is  replaced 
by  silver,  copper,  cadmium,  cobalt  and  nickel,  the  general 
formula  of  these  compounds  being  : — 

N(i,.C1H1.N  M'.C.ir.Nu.,.   (NO.,.C0H4.N3. 
c  H..\"i>_  ,M". 

Further  investigations  to  test  the  generality  of  the  ce  n- 
clusion  as  to  the  existence  of  three  isomeric  alkyl 
derivatives  are  in  progress.  The  theoretical  ssjeet  of 
the  question  has  been  discussed  in  a  paper  published  by 
one  of  the  authors  in  the  Philosophiial  Magazine  for 
June,  1SS7  (p.  513).— P.  M. 


Two    B-naphthylaminesulphonic    Acids.      S.    Forsling. 
Ber.  20,  2099— 2106. 

In  a  previous  communication  (this  Journal,  1886,  4S1)  the 
author  described  the  pn  paration  of  a  3  naphthylaniine- 
sulphonicacid  by  the  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
on  0-naphthylamine.  Further  investigation  has  shown 
that  this  acid  is  not  pure,  but  contaminated  with  two 
isiiinerides,  of  which  one  is  identical  with  Ptoenner's 
acid,  whilst  the  other  is  designated  as  1  and  2,  being 
respectivelv  identical  with  Dahl's  af  ids  1  and  3  (Ger. 
Pat.  29,084,  March  2,  1SS4).  A  fourth  acid,  pet  haps 
identical  with  the  5  -acid  (this  Journal,  1SS7,  593),  is 
produced  in  small  quantity  only.  These  acids  were 
isolated  by  repeated  fractional  crystallisation  of  the 
calcium  salt. 

p-naphthylammesulphonic  Acid  I. — C,.  H.-.NH  SO^H 
is  almost  insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  Its  salts  form 
well-defined  crystals,  which  are  readily  >olub!e  in  water, 
vielding  solutions  laving  blue  fluorescence.  They  can 
be  heated  to  ISO  without  decomposition,  excepting  the 
silver  and  copper  salts.  The  corresponding  diazo- 
naphthalenesvJphonicacidC,  H  N.SO  formsagreenbh- 
vellow-  indistinctly  crystalline  powder.  It  is  converted 
into  ^-naphtholmonosulphonic  acid  (Bayer's  acid)  wlen 


722 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov. so,  1887. 


boiled  with  acidified  water.  On  heatingits  potassium 
salt  « ith  phosphot  us  pentachloride  S-dichloronaphthalene 
C,  .,11  ,(  1 .  is  obtained,  melting  at  61*5  . 

fi-naphthtflaviine&ulpht  nicai  Ul II.  —  C,„H,,. MI.. SO 3H 
dissolves  in  about  1300  parts  of  water,  and  is  almost 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  lis  salts  slew  great  similarity  in 
properties  to  the  corresj  onding  salts  of  the  I.  acid.  The 
diazo-suiphonic  acid  tonus  a  green  micro-cry-. talline 
powdtr.  On  boiling  with  strong  hjdrochloric  acid  a 
chloromiphthalenetulphonic  acid  is  obtained,  the  potas- 
sium salt  of  which  on  treatment  with  i  hosphoms  penta- 
chloride  yields  v-dichloronm  htlutlenc,  melting  at  48  . 
__J —1).  B. 

Ruberythric  Arid.       C.    Liebermann  and   O.   Berganii.  . 

Ber.  20,  2241—2247. 
HAVINO  obtained  a  large  sample  of  Caucasian  madder 
roots  (of  1886  harvest),  the  authors  repeated  the  investiga- 
tion of  the  above  acid,  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the  results 
obtained  by  Rochleder,  Schunck,  and  E.  Kopp.  They 
obtained  by  a  process  described  in  the  abstract  follow- 
ing this,  about  ,'„  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  roots  of 
pure  ruberythric  acid,  forming  lemon-yellow  silky 
needles,  melting  at  25S— 2(50'.  It  is  readily  soluble  in 
hot  water,  crystallising  well  on  cooling  ;  less  soluble  in 
alcohol,  and  almost  insoluble  in  ether  and  1  enzene.  On 
boiling  with  either  acids  or  alkalis  it  splits  up  into 
alizarin  and  grape-sugar.  It  does  not  form  lakes  with 
mordants,  nor  does  it  ferment  with  yeast.  Its  Ba,  Sr, 
and  Ca  salts  form  beautiful  red  precipitates  from  boiling 
aqueous  solutions. 

Schunck  and  Rochleder  admitted  the  pos-ibility  that 
rubianie  and  ruberythric  acids  might  be  identical  sub- 
stances, and  careful  comparison  of  the  two  lias  proved 
the  correctness  of  this  theory.  The  authors  compared 
their  glucoside  with  a  sample  of  rubianie  acid  piepared 
by  the  late  Dr.  H.  Kilmer,  in  Dr.  Schunck's  laboratory. 
The  results  of  the  analysis  of  the  free  acids,  and  of  their 
Ba  and  K  salts,  correspond  better  to  the  formula  of 
Graebe  and  Liebermann — viz.,  C38HS8014,  than  to  that 
of  Rochleder — viz.,  Ci„H,.,011.  The  latter  formula  is 
tendered  more  improbable,  because  according  to  his  equa- 
tion the  decomposition  of  the  glucoside  into  alizarin  and 
sugar  takes  place  under  dehydration  of  the  molecule  : 
C,01H,,0„  =  H..O  +  C,4H,04+C,,H1,,0,,  whilst  usually 
such  decompositions  are  effected  by  hydration,  which  also 
is  the  case  in  the  equation  proposed  by  Graebe  and 
Liebermann:  C3„Haa0lt  +  2HaO=C14H801+2C6HJS0(,. 
As  further  proof  in  favour  of  this  equation,  the  rubery- 
thric acid  was  dissolved  in  cold  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
this  solution  diluted  with  four  times  its  weight  of  water 
was  then  heated  on  a  boiling  water  bath  for  one  hour, 
and,  after  further  dilution,  for  other  two  hours;  the 
amount  of  alizarin  obtained  was  43  per  cent.,  whilst  the 
equation  requires  42-5  per  cent.  However  the  decompo- 
sition in  like  manner  of  the  Oeto-acetylruberythric  acid 
C,,..H..„(OC..H:.OhO„  and  quantitative  determination  of 
the  alizarin,  grape-sugar,  and  acetic  acid  formed  proved 
beyond  doubt  the  identity  of  the  two  bodies,  the  reaction 
being  as  follows  :  —  C.,,H.„,(OC.,HaO)sO„  +  10H.,O  = 
C14H..O.+2C„H, ,<>,. +  SC,H4U.>.  The  above  ncetyl- 
compound  is  rtadily  formed  by  the  usual  method  by 
means  of  acetic  anhydride  and  acetate  of  soda  ;  it  forms 
bright  yellow  needles,  soluble  in  cold  glacial  acetic  acid, 
soluble  with  dillicul  y  even  in  hot  a'cohol,  and  insoluble 
in  water.      It  melts  at  230". 

The  lonstitution  of  ruberythric  acid  is  usually 
express)  d  by  the  formula 

c,ji0o/ac«H'a<OH>* 

"XO.C„H70.(OH)4 

in  which  both  phenol-bydroxyl-groups  are  combined 
with  grape  sugar,  and  which  admits  quite  well  of  the 
formation  of  an  octo-acetyl  compound.  However,  the 
formu'a 

r    ,,  0  /O.C18HU03(OH)., 

C"H°    -\0H 
admits    this    equally   well,   and    explains    better    why 
raberythric  is  a  strong  mono-basic  acid,  decomposing 
carbonates,    and  even,   when   heated,   acetates    of    the 


alkalis.  The  fact  that  it  docs  not  form  lakes  with  mor- 
dants, which  might  be  urged  in  favour  of  the  former 
formula,  loses  its  significance,  since  one  of  the  authors 
has  shown  that  substitution  in  only  one  hydroxy  1-group 
destroys  the  dyeing  property  of  alizarin.  However,  Jt 
necessitates  what  is  not  jtt  proved  tin  roughly,  that  the 
sugar  combined  with  the  alizaiin  should  he  a  D<ose 
(C,„  £ugar-group\  wbiih  on  elect reposition  must  jield 
grape  sugar. — T.  L.  1!. 

Examination  if  Caucasian  Madder.      O.  Bergami.     Ber. 

20,  2247—2251. 
The  madder  was  sun-dried,  and  contained  about  6  per 
cent,  of  pure  colouring  matters  (an  exceptionally  large 
amount,  the  average  being  about  2  percent);  10  per  cent. 
of  crude  colour  was  obtained  by  extracting  200grnis.  of 
dried  rrot  with  boiling  alcohol  (4  litres)  containing  a 
little  HIT,  concentrating  the  solution,  and  then  precipi- 
tating the  colour  with  water.  It  contained  also  7  per 
cent,  of  cane  sugar.  The  roots  were  first  well  dried  at 
80—90°  and  then  pulverised.  The  author's  object  being 
to  obtain  the  glucosides,  he  found  the  best  method  was 
extraction  by  means  of  alcohol,  which  required  to  be 
absolute,  as  otherwise  the  yield  was  smaller.  Twenty 
kilos,  of  madder  were  taken  and  180  litres  of  alcohol 
used.  At  a  time,  lkilo.  of  the  powdered  roots  was 
cohobated  with  8—9  litres  of  absolute  alcohol  for  2—3 
hours  ;  the  solution  filtered  whilst  hot  and  evaporated  to 
}— J  of  its  volume.  Un  quickly  cooling  this  extract  oO— 
60grms.  of  a  vellowish-brown  crystalline  body  were 
obtained,  forming  the  crude  glucosides  for  subsequent 
treatment.  On  further  distilling  off  the  alcohol  from  the 
filtrates,  from  15— 30grms.  of  crude  cane  sugar  crystal- 
lised out  from  the  mother  liquors,  of  which  30— 40grms. 
of  crude  colouring  matters  were  thrown  down  by  the 
addition  of  water.  The  crude  glucosides  thus  obtained 
were  dissolved  in  about  5—6  times  the  quantity  of  water, 
the  solution  treated  with  a  small  excess  of  lead  acetate 
and  filtered  from  the  brown  precipitate  of  lead  salts  of 
colouring  matters.  On  adding  sugar  of  lead  to  the 
filtrate,  a  cinnabar-red  precipitation  took  place.  11ns 
precipitate  after  filtration  and  washing,  was  decomposed 
under  water  with  SIT,  and  the  lead  sulphide  boiled  out 
with  water  and  filtered  gave  a  deep  yellowish-red  solu- 
tion of  ruberythric  acid.  This  was  then  again  thrown 
down  as  barium  salt  in  the  form  of  dark  cherry -red  flakes, 
by  the  addition  of  alcohol  and  baryta- yvater.  Ine  well- 
washed  barium  salt  by  solution  in  dilute  acetic  acid  and 
filtration  was  freed  from  a  tarry-resinous  substance, 
thereupon  neutralised  with  ammonia,  and  the  solution 
again  precipitated  with  lead  acetate.  The  now  bright 
red  precipitate  on  decomposition  with  H.,S  and  extrac- 
tion of  the  lead  sulphide  with  water  gave  a  clean,  golden- 
yellow  solution,  from  which,  on  evaporation,  the  rubery- 
thric acid  crystallised  in  the  form  of  fine  lemon-yelloyv 
needles,  melting  at  25S".  The  yield  yvasabout  A  per 
cent,  of  the  weight  of  madder  worked  up.— T.  L.  B. 


Galloftavin. 


R.  Bohn  and  C.  Graebe.     Ber.  20,  2327— 
2331. 

The  preparation  of  this  yellow  dye-stuff  is  effected  by 
subjecting  gallic  acid  to  atmospheric  oxidation  at  a  low 
temperature  in  the  presence  of  a  small  amount  of  alkali  ; 
the  best  results  being  obtained  in  an  alcoholic  solution  of 
potash  (this  Journal,  1S87,  437).  Galloilavin  has  the 
probable  composition  C.jHjOj.  It  crystallises  in 
greenish-yellow  leaflets,  is  sparingly  soluble  in  water, 
alcohol  and  ether,  more  readily  soluble  in  glacial  acetic 
a.id  and  aniline.  Unsuccessful  attempts  were  made  to 
obtain  a  reduction  product.  The  potassium  salt 
C1.,H40.,K\,  is  a  crystalline  body  which  is  insoluble  in 
alcohol  and  cold  yvater.  Galloilavin  yields  insoluble 
lakes  with  metallic  oxides.  Alumina  gives  a  greenn- h- 
vellow  colour.  Alumina  in  the  presence  of  a  salt  of  tin 
gives  a  yellow  colour,  whilst  the  yellow  chrome  lake  is 
said  to 'be  exceedingly  fast  to  light  and  soap.  The 
acetyl  compound  crystallises  from  benzene  in  white 
need'les,  melting  at  230°.     It  is  freely  solutde  m  glacial 

j  acetic  acid  and  chloroform,   but  does  not  dissolve  readily 

i  in  alcohol  and  ether. — D.  B. 


xor. 30. 1887.)     THE  JOUltNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY. 


723 


Alkannin,    C. 


Liebenuann  ami  M. 
242S-2431. 


Riimer.      Ber.  20, 


The  colouring  matter  of  the  alkanna  root  eal'ed, 
"  alkannin/'  was  described  by  1'elletier  more  tlian 
seventy  years  ago,  and  lias  frequently  been  investigated, 
without,  however,  any  satisfactory  solution  being  arrived 
at  as  regards  the  group  of  colouring  matters  to  which  it 
belongs.  Carnelutti  and  Nasini  [Ber.  13.  1514)  obtained 
the  formula  C1:i  Hull,  from  their  analytical  result?,  and 
stated  that  this  body  contains  two  hydrogen  atoms  which 
may  be  displaced  by  acetyl.  As  aikani-in  produces  a 
variety  of  colours  with  mordants — resembling  quin- 
alizarin  in  this  respect — and  the  blue  solution  obtained 
with  alkali  exhibits  a  spectrum  similar  to  that  yielded 
by  alizarin,  the  authors  undertook  an  investigation  of 
this  colouiing  matter.  For  its  pieparation  alkanna  roots 
were  extracted  with  petroleum  spirit,  the  extract  was 
then  digested  with  dilute  alkali,  littered,  and  the  blue 
solution  precipitated  with  hydrochloric  acid.  The  dye 
was  further  purified  by  solution  in  ether.  It  formed  a 
dark  red  Lon  crystalline  mass.  The  results  of  analyses 
point  to  one  of  the  following  formula-:  ClsH12Oj  or 
CjjH,,U4.  When  alkannin  is  passed  over  zinc  dust 
heated  to  redness  methylanthracene  is  produced,  a  cir- 
cumstance which  appears  to  show  that  this  compound  is 
a  derivative  of  methylanthracene,  probably  thedihydro- 
quinone,  or  i's  dihydride.  This  point,  however,  requires 
further  investigation. — D.  B. 


Azines  of  Chrysoquinone.     C.  Liebenuann  and  0.    N. 

Witt.  Ber.  20,  2442— 2444. 
The  azine  reaction  of  the  diketones  and  diamines  being 
generally  applicable  the  authors  have  studied  its  beha- 
viour with  chrysoquinone.  C%rysotoItfazineC*sH1(N, 
was  obtained  by  treating  chrysoquinone  withorthotoluy- 
lenediamine.  It  crystallises  in  small  gold-coloured 
needl.  s,  giving  a  dark  violet  solution  with  strong  sul- 
phuric acid.  ChrysonaphtAazine  C,aH1(Ni  was  prepared 
trorn  chrysoquinone  and  orthonnphthyhnediamine.  It 
forms  a  yellow  microcrystalline  powder.  The  formation 
and  properties  of  the  azine  derivatives  confirm  the 
analogy  of  chrysoquinone  with  phenanthrenequinone ; 
chrysoquinone  is  therefore  naphth\lenephenylenedike- 
tone.  Pyrene  does  not  form  azine  derivatives.  Pytene- 
quinone  gives  a  large  amount  of  tarry  matter,  in  which 
respect  it  resembles  ,3-naphthaquinone. — D.  B. 


These  consist  for  the  most  part  of  the  In  drochloride  of  the 
an  hydro-base  and  two  by-products,  separable  by  alcohol 
Horn  each  other.  This  1  \  drucblniiue  C  .11.  N.I1CI 
f2H,0  is  soluble  with  difficulty  in  water,  and  tonus 
fine  colourless  needles.  The  anhydro-base  is  identiial 
with  that  obtained  by  Lieheimann  and  Jacol  sen. 

3.  In  a  previous  paper  the  authors  hoped  to  obta'n 
phenazinrs  fioni  certain  nitnso  bases  by  t lie  action  if 
dehydrating  agents.  They  ha\e  since  succeeded  in 
obtaining  Witt's  naphlliopl  enazine  (ibis  Journal,  IE&7, 
505)  by  the  action  of  alcoholic  HC1  <  n  (S-J  li<  nyll  aphlbj  I- 
nitroramine.  2Pgims.  of  finely  ground  nitrotatuine  are 
mixed  with  200grms.  of  absolute  alcohol,  40gims.  of 
alcoholic  HC1  added  whilst  well  ceding,  and  the  na-s 
allowed  to  stand  overnight.  The  clear  yellow  soiutien 
is  poured  into  water,  the  precipitated  tar  separated  from 
the  solution,  and  allowed  to  st;md  for  a  few  l.our>  with 
cold  dilute  sulphuric  acid  (1:3).  The  acid  soiutien  is 
thereupon  drawn  off.  and  the  tar  boiled  up  a  few  times 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  united  acid  filtrates  on 
being  poured  into  much  water,  precipitate  the 
pbenazine  as  a  yellowish-white  powder,  melting  at  142  . 
The  reaction  is  as  follows  : — 

r;H1.XH.CulHc.NO=C1„H,/'i^CtH1  +  H.O. 

The   yield   obtained,    however,   was  only   10  per  cent, 
upon  the  nitrosamine. 

4.  Experiments  to  produce  nitrcsoaniline  by  the 
action  of  boiling  ammonia  upon  nitrosophenol  proved 
fruitless,  although  under  similar  conditions  nitroso-a- 
naphlhol  is  converted  into  a-nitroso-fi-napht/iylamiiic — 


CjoH, 


N 

I 
XH- 


:0. 


On  Nitrosamines  and  Kitro&o-lasrs.      III.      O.  Fischer 
and  E.  Hepp.     Ber.  £0,  2471— 247S. 

By  the  action  of  alcoholic  HCI  upon  fi  naphthylethyl- 
nitrosamine  two  substances  are  obtained,  according  to 
the  method  used.     (Ber.  20.  124S.) 

1.  Equal  parts  by  weight  of  ^ -naphthyletbylnitro- 
samine  and  absolute  alcohol  are  mixed  together  and 
cooled  by  ice,  and  then,  in  two  portions,  one  part  of 
alcoholic  HC1  is  added,  the  mixture  being  then  allowed 
to  stand  in  ice,  with  occasional  stirring,  for  about  three 
hours.  The  solution  is  then  poured  into  water,  filtered 
front  unolanged  nitrosamine  and  the  nitrcso-base  pre- 
cipitated by  ammonia.  The  a-nitroso-fi  ethylnaphthyl- \ 
amine  NO.C1#H(  NH.C,H,[NO:NH.CsHIi  =  l:2]  thus  I 
obtained  forms  green  prisms,  which  crystallise  from 
benzene  in  the  form  of  flat  tables,  melting  at  120 — 121  . 
Its  salts  are  easily  soluble,  the  hydrochloride  and  the 
sulphate  form  orange  solutions,  from  which  a  yellowish 
white  nitrosamine  precipitates  on  the  addition  of  a  ' 
nitrite.  On  reduction  with  t'n  and  HC1.  or  simply 
warming  to  10 — 15'  with  alcoholic  HCI,  it  is  converted 
into  the  hydrochloride  of  the  anlydro-base  ethinyl  a-fi- 

nophthylenediamint  C10H,  <-',,>  C.CHj. 

2.  This  is  obtained  by  treating  six  parts  of  the  first 
named  nitrosamine  with  one  part  of  absolute  alcohol  ! 
and  two  parts  of  alcoholic  HCI,  and  allowing  the 
mixture  to  stand  for  some  time  at  the  ordinary  tem- 
perature. The  nitrosamine  dissolves  slowly,  and  in 
about  four  hours'  time  rouud  masses  of  crystal  appear. 


This  the  authors  consider  to  be  the  proper  constitution 
of  Ilinskt's  naphthalene-a-oxime-iS-imide  \B>>:  17,  391), 
obtained  by  the  action  of  ammonia  upon  nitroso-a- 
naphthol,  since  this  latter  substance  by  treatment  with 
ethylamine  solution  at  10O=  is  converted  into  the  same 
o-nitroso-jS-etbylnaphthylamine,  as  described  above. 
However,  when  one  part  of  nitrosophenol,  five  parts  of 
ammonium  chloride,  ten  parts  of  dry  ammonium  acetate 
and  a  little  ammonium  carbonate,  are  mixed  and  heated 
together  for  half-an-honr  upon  the  water  bath,  nitroso- 
amlme  is  obtained,  which  precipitates  in  the  form  of 
dark  green  crystals  when  the  melt  is  thrown  into  cold 
water.  Xitrosoauiline  dissolves  in  water,  forming  a 
grass-green  solution,  which  on  boiling  with  XaOH, 
gives  off  ammonia,  the  soda  salt  of  nitiose  phenol  being 
formed.  It  crystallises  frern  benzene,  forming  beautiful 
steel-blue  crooked  needles,  melting  at  173 — 174°. 

5.  By  the  action  of  alcoholic  HCI  upon  Schwetel's 
nitrosophenylglyiin  {Ber.  11,  1132),  a  very  interesting 
diazo  compound  is  formed,  most  prolably  diazo-phenyl- 
ylamine.  One  part  of  the  nitrosamine  is  dis- 
solved in  two  parts  of  absolute  ether,  and  three  parts  of 
alcoholic  HCI  added.  Alter  twelve  bouts'  standing,  the 
bluish  red  crystalline  mass  is  filtered  off,  washed  with 
ether,    dissolved    in    cold    alcohol,    filtered    and    then 

fnecipitated  by  ihe  addition  of  ether.  The  yellow 
eaflets  lhus  "obtained  explode  on  heating,  and  are 
decomposed  even  by  eld  water,  evolving  two  atoms  of 
nitrogen.  They  dissolve  without  decomposition  iu 
concentrated  HCI,  and  the  platinum  salt  precipitates 
from  this  solution  on  the  addition  of  PtCI,,  foimirg 
yellow  leaflets,  readily  decom[  osed  by  water.  The 
above  r<  action  probably  takes  place  in  two  stages,  in 
the  first  of  which  nitrosophenylnydroxylamint  would  be 
formed  : — 

X.CHCOOH 

+H»0-NO.C.rJt.N 

NO 


1.    Ccb,< 


IT 
OH 


+  C,H40,. 


which   would  then  be   diazotised   by   the   nitrous 
which  is  freely  given  off  by  the  nitrosamir  e. 


acid 
NO. 


C,H1.NH.OH  +  3HNO,+HCl  =  H,0  +2HNO,  -  HUH 

X.C4H4.N:X.C1[N:X-=1:4].— T.  L.  B. 


724 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nev.M,l8W. 


Preparation   of  an  Orange-red  Colouring  Matter.      '/.■ 
Roussin.      Bull.  Soc.  ind.  de   Rouen  L887,  15. 

Tin.  new  colouring  matter  results  from  the  action  of 
naphthol  on  the  azo-derivative  of  sulphanilic  acid.  An 
aqueous  solution  of  an  alkaline  sulpbanilate,  mixed  with 
a  slight  excess  of  a  soluble  nitrite,  is  decomposed  in  the 
cold  by  a  dilute  acid.  A  crystalline  precipitate  of  the 
azo-derivative  is  formed;  ibis  is  decomposed  by 
boiling  water  ami  violently  explodes  when  brought 
in  contact  with  ;l  flame.  By  treating,  in  the  cold,  the 
azo-derivative  suspended  in  water  with  finely  divided 
naphthol,  with  frequent  stirring,  the  colouring  matter 
separates  after  some  hours  without  the  evolution  of 
pis.  When  the  reaction  is  at  an  end,  the  mass  is  I 
heated  with  boiling  water,  from  which  the  colouring 
matter  separates  on  cooling  in  brownish-red  crystals', 
which  can  be  easily  washed  with  cold  water."  The,1 
'.Inuring  matter  dyes  wool  and  silk  orange-red  without 
mordants  and  from  an  acid  1  ath.  The  colour  is  lisht- 
last.-l..  11.  M. 


On   Azophenines  ami   Indulines.      0.    Fischer  and  E. 
Hepp.    Ber.  20,  2470— 24S4. 

THE  authors  dispute  the  correctness  of  the  opinion 
expressed  by  Otto  X.  Witt  (this  Journal,  1SS7,  594), 
that  the  azophenines  are  simply  oxidation  products  of 
aniline  and  not  transformation  products  of  the  various 
amidoazo-  or  nitroso-compounds,  by  the  help  of  which 
they  are  obtained.  They  hold  that,  as  Kimich  lirst 
stated,  the  nitroso-compounds  themselves  enter  into  the 
reaction,  since  they  obtain  with  jo-nitroso-diphenyl- 
amine  andy<-bromaniline  a  telra-bromoazophenine,  with 
tn-hydroxynitrosodiphenylamine  a  hydroxyazophenine, 
and  with  inonochloronitrosoeliphenylamine  a  nionc- 
cbloroazopbenine.  Further,  on  heating  dibromonilroso- 
pbenol  with  aniline  and  aniline  salt,  a  bromiuated 
azophenine  resulted. 

Azophenine  C3?H9,N,  can  be  produced  in  very 
many  ways,  besides'  those  described  by  Witt  and 
Kimich  ;  it  is  easily  obtained  from  nitroso-,  mono-, 
methyl-  or  ethyl-aniline,  but  the  best  yield  was  ob- 
tained by  beating  100  parts  of  p-nitrosodiphenylaniine 
with  100  parts  of  aniline  hydrochloride  and  500  parts  of 
aniline  for  eight  to  ten  hours  on  the  water  bath.  The 
yield  of  pure  azophenine  was  loO  parts.  As  by-products 
were  obtained  a  little  induline,  and  p-amidodiphenyl- 
amine,  melting  at  66— 67°.  Withjj-toluidine,  ;;-nitroso- 
diphenylamioe  yielded  the  same  azutoline  obtained  by 
Kimich,  melting  at  249°. 

MotiocAlorazophenine.  C^Hj'IX,.  The  /j-chloro- 
diphenylaniine  was  obtained,  by  Sandmeyer's  method, 
from  yj-aniidodiphenylamine  ;  it  melts  at  74°,  and 
yielded  a  nirrosamine,  which  was  converted  by  the 
action  of  alcoholic  HC1  into  p-nitroso/i-chlorodiphenyl- 
amine.  From  this  substance  the  above  azophenine  was 
obtained  ;  in  appearance  very  similar  to  azophenine 
itself,  but  rather  more  soluble  in  benzene  and  toluene, 
and  melting  at  230  . 

Tetra-bromo-azophenine.  C„H  >Br4.N6.  This  sub- 
stance is  also  very  like  azophenine  ;  it  melts  at  243°, 
and  is  soluble  in  toluene  or  xylene.  It  was  obtained 
by  heating  on  the  water  bath  one  part  of  ;)-nitroso- 
diphenylamine  with  four  parts  of  p-bromaniline  and  one 
part  of  ^-bromaniline  hydrochloride  (or  acetate). 

Di-hydrazophenine,  C  ,H,,NS,  is  obtained  by  lieating 
azophenine  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  ammonium 
sulphide  under  pressure  to  130  — 140".  Un  cooling 
colourless  glistening  leallets  are  obtained,  sparingly 
soluble  in  a'cohol,  soluble  in  chloroform,  and  toluene. 
The  solutions  soon  become  red,  azophenine  bein<»  re- 
formed. It  is  soluble  in  HCI,  and  melts  at  173—174*. 
When  1  part  of  azophenine  is  cohobated  with  100  parts 
of  alcohol,  and  5  parts  concentrated  H.M  >4  (60°  B.), 
it  gradually  dissolves,  forming  a  blue  solution,  from 
which  email  glittering  needles  settle  out.  These  are 
insoluble  in  most  solvents,  crystal  I  i  sing  from  aniline  in 
the  form  of  silver-grey  leallets'.  The  composition  of  this 
substance  is  (.',  ,11,  ,N,  1 >,,  the  azophenine  being  split 
up  into  aniline,  and  this  substance,  which  contains  two 


hydroxy^  -roups.  ('  ,11  \  .  II  n  c  ,11,  \  0 
1  B  Ml  .  It  dissolves  in  alcoholic  caustic  soda 
with  a  red-yellow  coloration,  in  concentrated  B.S04 
with  a  magenta  coloration.  Tin  and  Hi  1  form  a 
crystalline  colourless  reduction  product.  The  alcoholic 
toother  liquor  from  the  above  substance  contains  aniline 
and  a  small  amount  of  a  blue  colouring  matter. 

From  the  above  results  the  authors  conclude  that  the 
reaction  by  which  azophenine  is  obtained  from  nitroso- 
bodies  may  be  expressed  as  follows  : — 2C,« H,0N»O 
+4C„HBNHi=C  ,11,  \,  2H,0  +  NHsh  C^H^N.. 
Probably  nitrosophenol  or  the  nitroso-bases  are  lirst 
converted  into  p-nitrosodiphenylamine,  owing  to  the  ease 
with  which  they  react  with  ammonia,  anilines  ami  amines 
in  general  (see  preceding  abstract).  As  y/-nitroso- 
diphenylamine  is  doubtless  a  quinoneoxime  derivative,  it 
is  probable  that  it  will  react  with  aniline  as  quinone 
does,  which  produces  quinoneaniline,  a  substance 
resembling  very  much  azophenine  in  its  outward  appear- 
ance, and  therefore  the  reaction  may  be  further  expressed 
in  this  manner  : — 

\  N  / 


=  C,II, 


Ml 
X 


)Xi\,Il 


r  II, U. 


/NH\—C,HS, 

II.  CCH,  ;NCcH3  +3CJI.XII, 


=  ('„1I-X 


X  11.   .IF 


N     '  .11. 


KC.H, 


+NH2+4H 


X 


(azophenine). 

I  It  is  hopeel  that  the  above  reactions  will  throw  some 
light  upon  the  constitution  of  the  indulines,  as/)-nitroso- 
diphenylamine,  when  heated  to  130 — 140°  with  4  parts 
of  aniline,  and  1  to  2  parts  of  aniline  salt,  gives  a  gooel 
induline  melt,  containing  much  of  the  blue  shade  indu- 
line, and  less  of  the  reel  shade  or  azodiphenyl 
blue.  Also  azophenine  when  heated  with  equal  parts 
of  aniline  and  aniline  salt,  appears  to  be  converted  into 
the  blue  shade  almost  alone,  it  being  still  uncertain  if 
anv  azodiphem  1  blue  is  produced  at  the  same  time. 

— T.  L.  B. 


Tlic  Chromogenic  Properties  of  the  Oxyanthraotmumes. 

C.  Liebcrmann  and  St.  v.  Kostanecki.     Annalen  240, 
•24.5—304. 

The  oxyanlhraqninones  may  be  divided  into  groups 
according  to  their  colouring  or  non-colouring  propetties. 
The  oxyanthraquinones,  which  give  coloured  lakes  with 
alumina  and  oxide  of  iron,  are  very  similar.  Kuligallic 
acid  and  anthragallol  form  a  different  class  of  colouring 
matters,  but  possess  similar  shades  among  themselves. 
The  niono-oxynnthiaquinones  possessing  no  chromogenic 
properties,  yield,  on  fusing  with  potash,  colouring 
matters  formed  by  oxidation,  in  which  process  a  second 
hydroxy]  group  is  added.  The  colouring  properties  of 
these  bodies  depend  upon  the  position  of  the  hydroxyl 
group.  That  one  hydroxy  1  is  insufficient  to  produce 
chromogenic  properties  is  seen  from  the  fact  that  the 
two  possible  mono-oxy  compounds  are  not  colouring 
matters.  (If  the  nine  isomeric  dioxyanthraquinonee, 
only  one,  alizarin,  is  a  colouring  matter.  The  relative 
positions  of  the  two  hydroxyl  group-;  is,  therefore,  an 
essential  condition.  Dioxyanthraquinones,  with  a 
hydroxyl  in  eai  h  benzene  nucleus,  may  be  regarded  as 
mono-oxy  compounds,  and  have  no  colouring  properties. 
tjuiuizarin  ami  xanthopurpurin  have  both  nydroxyls  in 
one  nucleus,  but  possess  no  colouring  properties.  Of  the 
four  possible  positions  of  the  hydroxyls,  the  above  two 
being  excluded,  there  remain  two,  one  of  which  is  found 


Xov.30,1887]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


725 


iu  alizarin,   to  wide 
given  : — 


vOH 

The  second,  with  the  formula — 
\OH 


following  formula  has  been     t lie  alizarin  hydroxyls.     The  constitution    of  rafiopin 

has  not  been  completely  cleared  up  ;  but,  from  its  produc- 
tion from  protocatechuic  acid,  has  the  following 
formula  : — 


is  not  known.  The  difference  of  shade  between  alizarin 
and  anthragallol  is  probably  due  to  the  second  ortho- 
position  of  the  third  hydroxyl.  That  the  colouring  pro- 
perties of  these  bodies  is  due  to  their  acid  nature,  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  the  acetyl-  and  methoxyl-deriva- 
tives  ate  not  chromogenic.  And  even  the  replacement 
of  one  hydrogen  atom  of  the  hydroxyl  by  an  alcohol 
radicle  destroys  this  property.  This  accounts  also  for  the 
fact  that  tlieglueo.-ide  in  freshly  gathered  madder  root  is  a 
weak  colouring  matter.  Of  the  six  trioxy -com  pounds,  two, 
purpurin  and  anthragallol,  are  colouring  matters  ami 
have  two  of  the  hydroxyls  in  the  same  position  as  in 
alizarin  j  they  are,  therefore,  mono-oxy  alizarin". 
Purpurin  is  so  closely  related  in  shade  to  alizarin  that 
the  third  hydroxyl  appears  to  exert  little  inlluence  of  a 
chromogenic  character.  It  is  otherwise  with  anthra- 
gallol. Of  the  remaining  four  tiioxy-eompounds,  one 
has  been  little  studied,  and  the  other  three,  tlavopurpurin, 
anthrapurpurin,  and  oxyehrysazin,  have  not  had  the 
positions  of  the  hydroxyl  groups  definitely  determined. 
It  appears,  however,  that  these  are  divided  between  the 
two  nuclei.  Both  the  mono-oxy  anthraquinones,  ou 
fusion  with  potash,  yield  alizarin — i.e.,  the  adjacent 
hydrogen  atom  is  in  each  case  oxidised  to  hydroxy!. 
Authratlaviiiic  acid,  benzdioxy  •  anthraqu'none  and 
anthrarulin,  have  one  of  the  following  formula'  : — 


OHf 


-CO- 
-CO- 


/\ 


V 


OH 


OH 


/\ 


V 


— co- 


-CO- 


/\ 


V 

OH 


OH 


OH 


of  which  the  last  is  probably  that  of  anthrarulin.  On 
fusion  all  these  bodies  take  up  oxygen,  forming  tlavo- 
purpurin, anthrapurpurin  and  oxyanthrarutin,  which 
nave  much  the  same  i-hade  as  alizarin.  It  is,  therefore, 
not  unlikely  that  the  third  hydr  xyl  takes  up  an  adjacent 
position  to  one  of  the  other  two  ;  and  that  the  isolated 
group  in  the  one  nucleus  has  no  influence  on  the  chromo- 
genic character  of  the  body.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that 
when  the  alizarin  hydroxyls  are  present,  further  oxida- 
tion, with  the  addition  of  more  hydroxyl  groups,  ceases. 
That  is  to  say,  that  no  tetraoxy  anthraquinones  have 
been  obtained  by  fusion  from  the  trioxy-compounds. 
The  greatest  difference  in  properties  is  observed  in  the  case 
of  the  six  tetraoxy  anthraquinones.  Anthrachrysone,  the 
constitution  of  which  may  be  expressed  by  the  following 
formula :  — 


OIH 


-CO- 
-CO-A 


10II 


and  has  chromogenic  properties  similar  to  alizarin.  The 
two  tetroxyanthraquinoues,  obtained  from  oxybenzoic 
acid  and  gallic  acid,  are  oxyanthragallols  and  are  colour- 
ing matters,  with  a  .-hade  similar  to  anthragallol. 
Finally,  a  new  tetraoxy- compound  qninalizarin  has 
been  obtained,  and,  from  its  formation,  has  two  hydroxyls 
in  the  alizarin  position  in  one  nucleus,  and  two  in  the 
quinizariu,  in  the  other.  It  produces  a  shade  similar 
to  alizarin,  with  a  blue  tinge.  Of  the  isomeric  penta-  and 
hexa-oxy  anthraquinones,  only  one  of  each  has  been  pie- 
pared.  The  former,  according  to  the  manner  of 
synthesis,  is  a  dioxyanthragallol,  and  gives  an 
anthragallol  shade  Kufigallic  acid,  or  hexaoxyanthra- 
quiuone,  is  a  dianthragallol.  From  the  above,  it  is  seen 
that  only  those  bodies  which  have  the  hydroxyls  in  the 
alizarin  position  yield  colouring  matters.— J.  13.  C. 


OHf 


1—  CO- 


OH 


OH 

has  no  colouring  property. 


— CO— 'vJOH 


This  is  due  to  the  absence  of 


The  Manvfacture  qfKew  Naphthol  and  Naphlhylamine 

Monosulphonic  Acids  and  of  Dyestvffs  therefrom.  G. 
Pitt,  Sutton.  From  Leopold  Caselia  &  Co.,  Frank- 
fort-a-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  12.90S,  Oct.  9, 
1SS6.     Gd. 

The  new  naphtholmonosulphonic  acid  (F)  is  prepared 
by  fusing  the  a-naphthalenedisul  phonic  acid  of  Ebert 
and  Alerz  (Ber.  9,  G12),  with  alkali  and  stopping  the 
fusion  before  both  BS03  groups  are  replaced.  In  order 
to  effect  this,  lOkilos.  of  the  disulphonate  of  sodium  are 
mixed  with  -lOkilos.  of  50%  caustic  soda  and  heated  to 
200-  till  traces  of  dioxynaphthalene  begin  to  be  formed 
(ascertained  by  acidulating  a  sample  and  extracting  with 
ether,  or  by  weighing  the  azo-compound  formed  with 
diazoxylene  chloride).  The  melt  is  dissolved,  acidulated, 
and  boiled  till  free  from  sulphurous  acid.  The 
/j  raphtholsulphonic  acid  F  remains  in  solution,  and  can 
be  used  directly  for  the  manufacture  of  azo-colours.  The 
formation  of  dioxynaphthalene  is  best  avoided  by  using 
only  two  molecules  of  caustic  alkali  to  one  of  the  disul- 
phonate ami  heating  for  16  hours  in  an  autoclave  to 
250°  C.  The,3-naphtholsulphonic  acid  thus  formed  is  said 
to  differ  widely  from  all  known  isomerides  :  the  aqueous 
solutions  of  the  alkaline  salts  have  a  pure  blue 
fluorescence  ;  ferric  chloride  gives  a  dark  blue  colour  in 
neutral  solutions.  The  acid  yields  a  nitroso-sulphonic 
acid  by  the  action  of  nitrous  acid  and  combines  with  all 
diazo-salts  when  these  are  made  to  act  upon  it  in  alkaline 
solution.  The  azo-colours  thus  formed  are  said  to  be 
bluer  in  shade  than  the  corresponding  compounds  from 
Schaeffer'sacid.  The  F  sulphonic  acid  when  heated  with 
ammonia,  gives  a  new  jS-naphthylamine-monosulphonic 
acid  described  in  the  specification  as  the  F  acid,  the 
salts  of  which  show  a  violet  fluorescence.  The  F 
amidosulphonic  acid  can  be  readily  diazotised,  and  then 
gives  in  combination  with  amines,  phenols,  and  their 
sulphonic  or  carboxylic  acids,  a  series  of  valuable  dye- 
stutfs.  Conversely  the  amines  or  amidosulphonic  acids 
may  be  diazotised  anel  combined  with  the  F  amidosul- 
phonic acid.  As  examples,  the  patentees  mention  thef  olio  w- 
ing  azo-colours: — (1)  The  compounds  produced  by  the 
action  of  diazotised  aniline  and  its  homologues,  the 
naphthylamines,  amidoazobenzene  and  its  homologues, 
nitraniline  and  benzidine  and  their  homologues,  dianisi- 
dine  and  the  sulphonic  acids  of  all  these  bases,  on  the 
fJ-naphthol  (F)  monosulphonic  acid  in  alkaline  solution. 

(2)  "The  action  of  the  diazotised  F-amidomonosulphonic 
acid  on  the  foregoing  amines  and  sulphonic  acids, 
as    well    as    on   phenols   and     their    sulphonic    acids. 

(3)  The     action     of    the     diazotised     amines,      etc., 

C 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     INov.so.isst 


mentioned  nnder  (1)  apon  tlie  F-amidosulpbomc  acid. 
Thus  by  the  action  of  diazotised  benzidine,  etc., 
secondary    azo  colours  containing  Bimilar  or   dissimilar 

radicles  (mixed  tetrazo  colour.-)  ma;  be  produced. 


hen  decompose  '1  by 


The  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Colouring  Compounds 
or  Material*.  0.  A.  Bennert,  Blaydtn-on-Tyne.  Eng. 
Pat.  13,466,  Oct   21,  1886.    6d. 

The  colouring  matters  described  are  termed  "  thiamines 
and  are  produced  by  the  action  of  aromatic  amines  on 
sulphur  dioxide.  The  following  examples  illustrate  the 
process  :— (1)  Aniline  sulphite  is  heated  to  -2.50'  in  a 
closed  vessel  for  about  10  hours  ami  the  resulting  mass 
purified  by  boiling  with  weak  acid  to  remove  by-pro- 
ducts. Final  purification  may  he  effected  by  dissolving 
in  cold  strong  sulphuric  acid  and  pouring  into  water 
when  the  thiamine  is  precipitated  and  can  be  tillered  oft. 
(2)  Aniline  sulphite  is  mixed  with  one  molecule  of 
aniline  and  treated  as  in  the  last  example.  (3)  Aniline 
sulphite  is  heated  with  two  or  more  molecules  of  aniline 
as  in  the  last  example,  and  the  excess  of  aniline  blown  oft 
before  purification.  The  addition  of  nitrocompounds, 
such  as  nitro-benzene,  or  of  such  compounds  as  azo, 
azoxy  and  hvdrazobenzene,  is  said  to  increase  the  yield 
by  diminishing"  the  by-products.  Examples  of  the  use 
of  these  materials  are  given. — R.  M. 


quinizine  ami  ethylenediamioe.     W 

healing  to  above  200'    C.   these  products  also  result. 

Heated  to   120—130°  with   methyl  alcohol  and  methyl 

iodide  for  1- hours  the  compound  C  ,  H  ,,N,  ( I  yields 
antipyrine,  which,  after  the  removal  of  the  volatile 
substances,  is  liberated  by  the  addition  of  caustic  soda 
and  purified  by  extraction  with  alcohol  or  other  suitable 
1  solvent. — C.  A-  K. 

The  Treatment  of  Certain  Colouring  Compounds  or 
Materials  for  the  Purpose  of  rendering  ttum  Soluble 
(/)•  more  Soluble  and  Suitabli  for  J>;o  ing  and  Printing. 
C.  A.  Bennert,  Blaj  don-on- Tyne.      Erg.  Pat.  13,473, 

(let.  '21,  lSSli.  (id. 
The  object  of  this  process  is  to  convert  the  insoluble 
thiamin*  a  described  in  the  last  specification  into  sulphonic 
acids.  This  is  effected  by  heating  tlum  with  sulphuric 
I  acid  or  any  appropriate  sulphonating  mat(  rial.  The 
'  details  concerning  t lie  strength  of  acid,  time,  tempera- 
ture, etc..  aie  given  in  the  specification.  The  thiamine - 
sulphonic  acids  are  said  to  be  colouring  matters  if 
various  shades  of  blue  suitable  for  dyeing  and  printing. 

-K.   M. 


Methods  or  ProcessesqfTreatingOxunaphtholand  Aniline 

or  its  Bomologues,   obtaining   certain    Products  and 

utilising   the  same  in    the  Manufacture  of  Di/cs.     J. 

Annaheim,    Basel,    Switzerland.      Eng.    Pat.    14,2s3, 

Nov.  5,  1SS6.     6d. 

According  to   this    invention  oxynaphthol  is  heated 

with    or    without  condensing   agents    and    a  primary 

aromatic  amine,  such  as  aniline  and  its  bomologues,  the 

naphthylamines,  etc.      Thus  with  aniline  the  following 

reactions  take  place  : — 

C10He(OH)a  +  C6H5NH  r^CoHJOHj.NH.CeH.  +  OH, 
c"Ho(OH2)  +  2CcHs.XH2=C1„Hc(NH.CcH,).,  +  20H  = 

In  carrying  out  the  process  for  the  production  of  the 
secondof  these  compounds  id  iphenylnapht  by  lenediamiuel 
16kilos.  of  oxynaphthol  (Ebert  and  Merz,  Per.  9,  609) 
are  mixed  with  *37kilos.  aniline  and  13kilos.  of  dry 
aniline  hydrochloride  and  the  whole  heated  for  several 
hours  nearly  up  to  the  boiling  point  of  the  aniline. 
When  purified  the  diphenylnaphthylenediamine  is  a 
white  ciystalline  solid  melting  at  l(i3-o°  C.  The  corre- 
sponding compound  from  paratoluidine  melts  at  237°  C. 
Two  methods  of  obtaining  dyes  from  these  compounds 
are  described  :  — (1)  By  heating  the  condensation  product 
with  a  nitroso-compound,  such  as  nitrosodimethylaniline 
hydrochloride  "in  conjunction  with  a  suitable  solvent." 
(•2)  By  reducing  the  nitrosodimethylaniline  to  amido- 
dimethylaniline  and  oxidising  with  potassium  dichromate 
or  ferric  chloride  in  the  presence  of  the  condensation 
product.  The  characters  of  the  colouring  matters  thus 
formed  are  not  described.— It.  M. 


Manufacture  and  Treatment  of  a  Compound  if  Phenyl 
Hydrazine  with  a  new  Ethylelher.  ( >.  Iniray,  London. 
From  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  Basle,  Swit- 
zerland.    Eng.  l'at.  14,018,  Nov.  11,  1SS0.     (id. 

The  ethyl  ether  of  a  new  acid,  having  the  formula 
CTlH,«N,0<  (Eng.  Fat.  14,617,  lSSO;  this  Journ.  1SS7, 
653)  is  heated  on  the  water-bath  with  phenyl  hydrazine, 
when  a  violent  reaction  takes  place  and  a  yellowish 
crystalline  mas-  separates  The  ether  may  be  first  dis- 
solved m  boiling  alcohol  and  then  added  to  the  phenyl 
hydrazine,  in  which  <a-e  the  new  compound,  v. Inch  has 
the  formula  C,„H,  ,N\i).  separates  on  cooling  either  in 
crystals  or  as  a  crystalline  powder.  It  melts  with 
decomposition  at  200°,  is  difficultly  soluble  in  pure 
water  or  alcohol,  slightly  soluble  in  amy]  alcohol  and 
insoluble  in  methyl  alcohol,  acetic  ether,  chloroform, 
etc.  Caustic  potash  or  soda,  sodium  carbonate,  mineral 
acids  and  acetic  acid  decompose  it  into  methylhydroxy 


Improvements  in    the   Preparation   of  Bed    Colouring 

Mutters.  .1.  H.  Johnson,  London.  From  the 
"  liadische  Anilin  and  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen- 
a-Rhine,  (iermany.  Eng.  I'at.  14,o'25,  Nov.  11,  1886. 
6d. 

These  arc  secondary  azo-dyes  possessing  the  property  of 
dyeing  cotton    without  the  use   of  a  mordant.     The 
starting  point  in  the  manufacture  of  these  compounds  is 
a-naphthyleue  diamine   obtained    by   the   reduction   of 
p-dinitronaphtha]ene(m.p.  216'  C).   The  tetrazo. deriva- 
tive of  the  diamine  can  only  be  formed  in  the  presence 
of  a  large  excess  of  acid,  and  this  tetrazo  salt  then  com- 
bines with  phenols,  amines,  and  sulphonic  acids  in  the 
usual   manner.       The   present   specification   limits   the 
claim  to  the  compounds  resulting  from  the  action  of  one 
molecule  of    the   tetrazo-salt   upon   two    molecules    of 
naphthionic  acid  or  of  the  three  niono-snlphonie  acids  of 
8  napbtbylamine.     The  diazotising  is  effected  by  mix 
ing  23  parts  of  the  finely-divided  hydrochloride  of  the 
diamine  in  125  parts  of   35  percent,  hydrochloric  acid 
mixed  with  250  parts  of  water  and  an  equal  quantity  of 
ice.    The  necessary  quantity  of  sodium  nitrite  (14  parts) 
is  dissolved   in    three   times   its   weight  of   water  and 
gradually  added  to  the   acid  solution  of  the  diamine, 
and  when   the  action   is   complete  the  solution   of  the 
tetrazo-chloride  is  mixed  with  the  necessary  quantity  of 
a  solution  of  sodium  naphthionate  and  sodium  acetate. 
The  colouiing  matter  begns  to  separate  at  ome,  but 
the  mixture  must  be  kept  agitated  for  several  days  in 
order  to  complete  the  reaction.      The  solution  is  finally 
made   alkaline    by   sodium    carbonate,    boiled   up   and 
allowed  to  cool,  when  the  sodium  salt  crystallises  out. 
This  colouring  matter  dyes   vegetable    fibre   (from  an 
alkaline  bath)  of  a  bright  red  shade,  fast  to  light  and 
moderate  soaping,  but  becoming  purple  by  the  action  of 
acetic  acid,  and  dull  green   by  strong  hydrochloric  acid. 
Isomeric  compounds  are  obtained  in  a  similar   manner 
from  the  8-naphtbylamine  monosulphonir  acid-,  the  best 
results  being  given  by  (1)  the  acid  obtained  from  Schaeffer's 
8 -naphtholsulphonic  acid  ;  (2)  Dahl's  acid  obtained  by 
sulphonating  p-naphthylamine  at   100°  C,  and  (3)  the 
8-sulphonic  acid  obtained  by  sulphonating  fi-napbtbyl- 
amine  at  a  temperature  above  150°  C.  —  R.  M. 


The  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Colouring  Matties. 

C.  A.  Bennert,  Hebbnrn -on -Tvne.      Enu'.  Fat.  10,040, 
July  13,  1SS7.     4d. 

The  colouring  matters  clain  ed  in  this  spccilicatic  n  are 
produced  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  "  thiamines 
and  their  sulphonic  ac'ds.  These  nitrated  products  are 
termed  respectively  "thiamines  and  "  thiaminine- 
sulpho-acids,"  the  latter  he  n_:  described  as  colouring 
matters  of  various  shades  of  brown  suitable  for  dyeing 
and  printing.  Details  of  the  method  of  nitrating  are 
illustrated  by  several  examples  in  the  specification. 

— R.  M. 


Nov.  so.  18S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


727 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PKINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 

Dyeing  with  Turkey-red.     V.  Storck  and  G.  de  Coninck, 
Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  do  Kouen,  1SS7,  44. 

The  cotton  goods  are  steeped  in  a  bath  of  fatty  acid 
neutralised  with  caustic  alkali,  then  dried  and  exposed  in 
the  open  air  ;  the  fat  is  removed  by  a  passage  through  a 
solution  of  sodium  carbonate  and  subsequent  washing. 
The  material  is  then  steeped  in  aluminium  acetate, 
aged,  duuged,  and  dyed  with  artificial  alizarin. 
After  dyeing  it  is  dried  and  steamed  for  half-an-hour  at 
a  low  pressure,  whereby  the  shade  changes  from  reddish 
brown  to  a  powerful  red.  One  or  two  washings  with 
soap,  with  the  addition  of  tin-salt,  finally  produces  the 
finest  Turkey-red  colour.  The  superiority  of  this  pro- 
cedure amongst  other  things  consists  in  the  production 
of  Turkey-red  by  means  of  a  single  oil-bath  and  in  the 
employment  of  steam  to  brighten  the  shade.  According 
to  the  observation  of  the  authors,  light  is  an  important 
agent  in  the  production  of  the  fatty  mordant.  The 
latter  is  developed  best  in  sunlight. — 6.  H.  M. 


Turkey-red  Oil.     F.  Storck  and  G.  de  Coninck.     Hull. 
Soc.  Ind.  de  Kouen,  18S7,  47. 

This  concerns  the  preparation  of  a  fatty  substance  which 
gives  very  great  briglitness  to  alizarin  red.  The  sub- 
stance can  be  applied  both  in  the  pressure  dyeing  and 
also  in  the  colour-bath  and  therefore  makes  the  passage 
of  the  material  through  a  fatty  preparation  (oil-emulsion, 
sulpholeinic  acid,  etc.)  unnecessary.  The  authors 
prepare  the  substance  by  the  treatment  of  oil  with 
sulphuric  acid.  The  product  obtained  is  submitted  to 
the  action  of  an  oxidising  agent  (chloride  of  lime, 
potassium  bichromate,  etc.),  again  taken  up  with  an  acid 
and  neutralised. — G.  II.  M. 


The   Whitening  of  Wool.     H.  Hofmann.     Cheni.   Zeit. 

11,  1224. 
Unlike  cotton,  wool  cannot  be  bleached  to  a  pure 
white  ;  whatever  bleaching  agent  is  used  the  wool 
always  retains  a  slight  dull-yellow  tint,  which  cannot  be 
completely  counteracted  by  the  application  of  a  blue 
dyestuff.  In  order  to  overcome  this  difficulty  many 
attempts  have  been  made  to  "dye"  the  wool  white  by 
the  deposition  in  the  fibre  of  a  white  pigment.  One 
method  consists  in  adding  magnesium  sulphate  to  a  bath 
of  carbonate  of  soda,  in  which  the  wool  is  steeped  ;  on 
warming,  magnesium  carbonate  is  deposited  in  the  fibre. 
This  process  has  the  objection  that  the  magnesium 
carbonate,  although  at  first  tolerably  adherent,  after  a 
time  dusts  oft'.  Very  good  results  are  obtained  by 
soaking  the  wool  in  a  solution  of  cotton  in  ammoniacai- 
cupric-oxide,  washing  with  water  or  dilute  acid  to 
precipitate  the  cellulose  upon  the  fibre  and  finally 
treating  with  ether  to  render  the  film  opaque  and  white. 

—A.  G.  G. 


Improvements    in    Apparatus   for   the    Preparation    of 
Bleaching   Solutions    by   Electrolysis.      E.   Hermite, 
Paris  ;  E.  J.  Paterson  and  G.  F.  Cooper,  London.    Ens 
Pat.  14,673,  Nov.  12,  1SS6.     lid. 

The  magnesium  or  calcium  chloride,  or  other  suitable 
solution,  is  submitted  to  the  action  of  an  electric  current 
in  a  tank  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  perforated 
partition  ;  contained  in  the  tank  are  the  electiodes,  pre- 
ferably of  zinc  and  platinum,  and  a  screw  propeller, 
which,  by  revolving,  maintains  a  constant  circulation  of 
the  solution.  The  electrodes  are  so  placed  relatively  to 
the  openings  in  t he  partition,  that  the  solution  iii  its 
circulation  always  comes  in  contact  with  these  electrodes. 
The  positive  electrode  is  made  up  of  thin  plates  of 
platinum  cast  into  a  suitable  support  at  the  top  ;  by 
means  of  a  mechanical  device  knives  are  kept  constantly 
moving  up  and  down  over  the  surface  of  the  zinc,  to 
prevent  any  deposit  accumulating  thereon. — B.  T. 


Cleansing  Compound  for  vs\  inthi  Process  of  Bleaching 
Linen  and  Cotton  Fabrics  or  Yarns,  ami  other  Cleans 
ing    Purposes.      A.    Hodgkinson,    Ballyclare.      Eng. 
Pat.  11,981,  Sept.  21,  1886.     id. 

On,  of  turpentine  or  resin  is  boiled  with  paraffin  or 
petroleum  oil,  and  then  about  an  equal  weight  of  («) 
common  soap  or  {It)  soda  or  potash  added.  Compound 
(a)  is  for  laundry  use  ;  compound  (6)  for  addition  to  the 
chemicals  used  in  the  lime  and  soda  boils  of  ordinary 
bleaching  processes.  The  use  in  the  mixture  of  car- 
bonate or  chloride  of  ammonium  is  claimed  in  the 
provisional  but  abandoned  in  the  final  specification. 

'    — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Cotton,  Cotton  Yams,  and 
Cotton  Fabrics.  F.  A.  Gatty,  Accrington.  En".  Pat, 
13,362,  Get.  22,  ISSfi.     6d. 

FOR  dyeing  yellow  the  cloth  is  padded  in  a  solution  of 
suitable  strength  of  tribasic  acetate  of  lead  (obtained  by 
mixing  a  solution  of  301  bs.  of  acetate  of  lead  with  lgalf. 
of  25  per  cent,  ammonia),  whereby  the  lead  becomes  fixed 
in  the  fibre  without  further  treatment.  The  yellow  is 
then  produced  by  raising  in  bichrome  in  the  usual  way. 
If  a  green  shade  is  required  the  cloth  is  dyed  blue  before 
treating  with  the  lead  salt.— W.  E.  K. 


Improvements   in    Aniline   Black   Dyeing   or   Printing 
Processes  for    obtaining   a,    Fast    Aniline    Black    in 
Textile    Fibres  and    Fabrics.      A.   Aykroyd,   W.    E. 
Aykroyd,  and  J.  Smith,  Bradford.     Eng.  Pat.  13  814 
Oct.  28,  1SS6.     Gd. 

As  a  preliminary  to  the  usual  dyeing  or  printing  pro- 
cesses, the  fibre  or  fabric  is  padded  in  sufphated  oil  or 
other  oily  or  soapy  emulsion,  or  is  tinted  with  any 
suitable  colouring  matter,  or  these  two  preliminary 
treatments  are  combined. — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Preparing  Grey  and  Black  Colouring 
Matters  to  be  applied  to  Textile  Fabrics  and  Materials 
D.   Stewart,    Glasgow.      Eng.    Pat.    15,363,  Nov.   25 
1880.     4d. 

Earthy  compounds  of  the  class  of  diatomite,  kiesel- 
guhr,  etc.,  are  carbonised  in  retorts  and  the  grey  or 
black  product,  finely  ground,  is  mixed  with  albumen  or 
other  medium  used  by  calico  printers  for  the  fixation  of 
pigment  colours. — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Cleaning  and  Bleach- 
ing Cotton  and  other  Fibrous  and  Textile  Fabrics.     XV. 
P.    Thompson,  Liverpool.     From   J.   JMeikle.    Provi- 
dence, U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat,  9722,   July  12,  1887.     8d. 
In  place  of  the  usual  alkaline  boiling  in  kiers,  the  cloth 
(several  pieces  at  a  time)  is  carried  forward  in  the  open 
width,  in  a  crowded  or  folded  form,  on  travelling  tables, 
operated  in  the   manner   of  ei-dless  bands.      On  these 
tables  the  cloth  is  subjected  to  a  powerful   spray  of  the 
hot  alkaline  liquor,  whilst  at  the  same  time   beaters  or 
stampers  play  rapidly  upon  the  fabric.     Two  or  moie  of 
these   t.ibles,  arranged  one    above  the  other,  are  con- 
tained in  the  tank  in  which  the  operation  is  carried  on, 
and  the  surplus  liquor  is  drawn  oft' at  the  bottom 

-W.  E.  K. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Application  of 
the  Compounds  of  Fluoride  of  Antimony,  with  the 
Chlorides  or  .Sulphates  of  Sodium,  Potassium  or  Am- 
monium, XV.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  C.  J. 
E.  de  Haen,  List,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  11,500,  Aue 
23.  1SS7.     Od. 

FLUORIDE  of  antimony  (SbFlj),  which  is  obtained  by 
dissolving  pure  antimonions  oxide,  free  from  iron,  in 
aqueous  hydrofluoric  acid,  yields  crystalline  double  salts 
with  solutions  of  the  chlorides  aud'sulphates  of  sodium, 
potassium  and  ammonium.  These  have  the  composition 
SbFl .  XaCl,  etc.,  and  SbF]j.Xa,SO+,  etc.  The  object  of 
the  production  of  these  compounds  is  their  use  in  dyeing 
and  cloth-printing,  in  place  of  tartar  emetic  ;  they  coiT- 

C2 


T2s 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.  30, 1887. 


tain  a  higher  percentage  of  antimonious  nxide  than 
tartar  emetic.  [The  compound  SbFl  .Ml,  |sSl  >,  contains 
46*94  percent.,  tartar  emetic  43*46  per  cent).  The  mode 
of  applying  these  salts  in  dyeing  is  the  same  as  in  the  case 

of  tartar  emetic,  except  that  o  smaller  quantity  is  needed. 
The  cost  of  these  compounds  per  100  parts  of  antimonious 
oxide  contained,  is  considerably  less  than  that  of  tartar 
emetic  or  of  oxalate  of  antimony  Mixtures  of  the  above 
chlorides  and  sulphates  may  be  obtained,  having  a 
different  composition  from  the  original  salts.— ( '.  A.  K. 


VII— ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 

Discovery    of  New  Deposits  of  Phosphorite  in    Tunis'. 
P.  Thomas.     Compt  rend.  104,  1321. 

Is  a  former  paper  (this  Journ.  1SS6, 169),  the  author  drew 
attention  to  the  occurrence  of  phosphorite  deposits  in 
Tunis.  He  lias  now  made  further  explorations,  with  the 
result  of  discovering  new  deposits  which  may  perhaps  be 
empl  >yed  for  agricultural  purposes.  —  LI.  II.  M. 


The    Artificial  Production    of  Manganese  blende.     II. 
Baubigny.     Compt.  rend.  104,  1372. 

-V  SOLUTION  of  manganese  acetate  gives  with  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  in  the  cold,  a  copious  precipitate  of 
manganese  sulphide,  which  in  a  sealed  tube  at  100°, 
more  slowly  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  becomes  dense 
and  crystalline.  The  author  dissolved  1  lgrms.  of  normal 
manganese  sulphate  in  loOcc.  of  water,  added  a  slight 
excess  of  ammonium  acetate,  a  few  drops  of  acetic 
acid  saturated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  at  0C  C.  and 
sealed  up  the  vessel.  After  five  years'  standing  very  fine 
octahedral  crystals  were  formed,  some  of  which  were 
0'4 — Oomm.  long.  The  crystals  exhibit  the  same 
crystalline  form,  colour,  gravity,  etc  ,  as  the  natural 
manganese  blend,  MuS. — (i.  H.  M. 


N  • 

Hvdra'.e  o:  Da  sic 

Salt. 

Salt. 

Amount  of  Metal 
in  the  Precipitate. 

1 

Zn 

On 

-\11  the  Cu 

o 

Cu 

Fe 

60-3  p  c.  Fe 

3 

Mb 

Fe 

71-2    ..      ., 

I 

to 

Jin 

1 1-7    „   Mn 

5 

Ni 

Hn 

12-3    ,,     „ 

G 

Cu 

Mg 

Xo  Mg 

7 

Mg 

Ni 

GO'5  p.c.  Ni 

8 

Fe 

lln 

No  Mn 

9 

Zn 

Ni 

Little  Ni 

10 

Mg 

Mn 

712  Mn 

Affiniiij  of  Certain  Hydrated  Sulphates  of  the  Metals 
[Vitriols)  for  Sulphuric  Acid.  It.  Fink.  Bcr.  20, 
2106—2108. 

The  author  digests  the  pure  oxides  of  the  metals  (Cu,  Zn, 
Mg,  Fe,  Co,  Ni)  with  metallic  sulphates,  of  the  same 
and  of  other  metals,  in  solution.  In  the  first  case  the 
composition  of  the  product  is  independent  of  the  amount 
of  the  solution  present,  provided  it  is  always  of  the  same 
strength.  The  metallic  sulphate  gives  up  to  the  hydrated 
oxide  both  a  p  irtion  of  the  salt  and  the  metal,  in  the  case 
of  Cu  and  Zu.  In  the  case  of  Co,  only  a  very  small 
portion  is  thus  decomposed  and  the  magnesium  salt 
remains  unchanged.  The  hydrates  of  Fe  and  Mn  behave 
similarly  to  that  of  Mg.  The  hydrates  of  Co  and  Al  could 
not  be  investigated,  as  they  dissolve  in  their  sulphates. 
Where  mixed  oxides  and  sal's  were  employed,  the 
following  results  were  obtained  :  — 


-J.  B.  C. 


Phospho  I  i'm    Chili    Saltpetre.      C.    Ochsenius, 

Jahrb.  f.  Min.   Ins?,  221. 

SINCE  the  principal  objection  to  the  explanation  of  the 
formation  ot  Chili  saltpetre  from  guano,  which  comes  in 
contact  with  tin-  saline  solutions  of  the  nitrate  beds,  is 
based  on  the  absence  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the  nitrate, 
the  author  sent  for  a  series  of  strata  from  the  nitrate 
beds  of  the  pampa,  eastward  of  Taltal,  in  the  Chilian 
province  of  Atacama,  and  tested  microchemically  two 
bed-  above  the  ordinary  sodium  nitrate,  pure  white 
crystalline  nitrate  from  the  surface  secretion  of  the 
latter,  as  well  as  the  beds  below  the  deposit.  He 
detected  phosphoric  acid  in  both  the  beds  above  the 
nitrate  deposit  and  in  the  ordinary  sodium  nitrate,  the 
white  crystalline  nitrate  and  the  beds  below  the  deposit 
gave  no  reaction  for  phosphoric  acid.  The  author  also 
remarks  that  Streng  has  found  phosphoric  acid  in  boro- 
calcitefrom  Ascotan,  in  Bolivia,  between  Atacama  and 
Tarapaea.—  G.   H.  M. 


Tin-  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Carbon   Bisulphide,  and  of 
Sulphur  on  Carbon  Perchloride.    P.  Klason.   Ber.  20, 

2370— 23S.3. 
Chlorine  acts,  as  is  well  known,  but  little  on  carbon 
bisulphide  at  common  temperatures,  but  in  the  presence 
of    chlorine-carriers,   such  as    iodine,    the  chlorides   of 
antimony  and  molybdenum,  etc.     Chlorine  quickly  re- 

j  places  the  sulphur,  forming  ultimately  carbon  perchloride. 
If  the  action  of  chlorine  be  interrupted  before  the 
complete  conversion  of  carbon  bisulphide  into  per- 
chloride has  taken  place,  intermediate  compounds, 
so-called    carbon    sulpho-chlorides,    are    formed.     This 

I  is  a  distinct  proof  that  the  reaction  proceeds  in  several 

I  successive    stages.      On    the    other    hand,    the    whole 

'  process  can  be  reversed  by  reconverting  carbon  per- 
chloride into  bisulphide.  The  author  undertook  the 
examination  of  all  the  details  of  these  reactions.  Dry 
chlorine  was  allowed  to  act  on  carbon  bisulphide  con- 
taining a  traceof  iodine  and  the  process  interrupted  as  soon 
as  one  molecule  of  carbon  bisulphide  had  absorbed  5  atoms 
of  chlorine.  The  product  of  the  reaction  turned  out  to  be 
tr-chloromethylsulphochloride,  CCL.SC1,  a  yellow  oil 
having  an  extremely  unpleasant  and  penetrating  smell. 
This  compound,  in  the  fpure  state,  absorbs  chlorine  in 
considerable  quantities  ;  but  if  the  latter  contains  only  a 
trace  of  iodine  the  chlorine  is  not  merely  absorbed,  but 
substituted,  thus  :— Cni,.SCi+Cl=CCIt  +  SCL      If  sul- 

j  phur  in  sufficient  quantities  is  made  to  act  on  trichloro- 
methylsulphochloride  at  220"  C.,  the  products  obtained 

1  are  almost  exclusively  carbon  bisulphide  and  perchloride. 
But  if  the  same  process  be  repeated  at  lower  tempera- 
tures, many  intermediate  products  are  formed,  such  as 
carbon  chloride,  thiophosgene,  perchloromethylbisul- 
phide   and   perchloromcthyltrisulphide.      The    primary 

\  products  of  the  reaction  are  undoubtedly  perchloro- 
mefchylbisulphide  and  sulphur  chloride,  while  the  other 
compounds  a.re  probably  products  of  decomposition  of 
the  latter  two,  thus  r— 2CC1S.SC1+S,=CC13.S).GG1S  + 
S.CU.  By  the  action  of  silver  dust  on  trichloromethyl- 
sulpiioehloride  the  same  compound,  perchloromethyl- 
bisulphide,  was  obtained.  It  forms  a  yellow,  thick  oil 
with  a  turpentine-like  smell  and  undergoes  decomposi- 
tion  on  being  distilled  at  the  ordinary  barometric  pressure. 
One  of  the  products  of  decomposition  is  thiophosgene, 
CCl.jS.  Sulphur,  heated  with  perehloromethylbisuiphide 
at  170°  C,  formed  a  trisulphide,  CClsS3CClal  a  thickish 
liquid  wlrch  partially  crystallises  on  the  addition  of 
water.  If  trichloromethylsuiphochloride  be  reduced 
with  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid,  thiophosgene  is 
formed  ;  the  reaction  proceeds  so  smoothly  that  it  can  be 
recommended  for  the  preparation  of  this  interesting 
compound.  This  phosgene,  heated  with  sulphur  at  130" 
to  150°  C,  formed  chlorothiocarbonylsulphochloride, 
CC1S.SC1,  which  is  easily  acted  upon  by  chlorine,  forming 
trichloiomethylsulphochloride,  thus  : — 

CC1S.SC1  +  C1  =  CC13S  +  SC1 
CClaS  +  Cl4- CCU.SC1. 

From   these  reactions  the  author  concluded   that  the 


Nov.  so.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


729 


chlorination  of  carbon  bisulphide  passed  through  the 
following  four  stages  : — 

1.  CS»+CU=CC1S.SC1. 

2.  CC1S.SC1+C1=CC1SS+SCL 

3.  CClaS+Cla=CCla.SCL 

4.  CC1,.SC1+C1=CCI4+SCL 

If  the  ]>rocess  is  reversed,  sulphur  being  made  to  act 
on  carbon  perchlnride,  the  reaction  does  not  take  place 
below  220  C.  The  final  products  are  always  carbon 
bisulphide  and  chloride,  whereas,  only  rarely  inter- 
mediate products  can  be  obtained,  which,  however,  were 
recognised  in  all  cases  as  thiophosgene  and  trichloro- 
methylsulphnihlnride.  It  is,  therefore,  highly  probable 
that  the  series  of  reactions  is  as  follows  : — 

1.  CC14+S=CC1,.SC1. 

2.  2CCISSC1+Sa     C,t'l,S,+S2('l... 

3.  C,Cl,Sa+S=C1!W1S3. 

4.  C,CI„S3  =  C('l,sc'l    CC12S+S. 

5.  CCI,S  +  S  =  CC1S.S(  1. 

6.  CC1S.SC1+SS=CS-J+S;,C12. 

The  author  is  now  engaged  in  examining  the  action 
of  bromine  on  carbon  bisulphide. — S.  H. 


quantity  of  gas  consumed  and  to  minimise  the  risk  of 
explosion  by  tiring  back.  For  this  purpose  two  vessels 
are  employed,  each  of  which  is  provided  with  an  inlet 
and  an  outlet  valve.  Both  vessels  are  filled  and  emptied 
simultaneously  by  a  mechanical  arrangement,  such  as 
cylinders  and  pistons  or  gasholders  raised  and  lowered  in 
tanks  containing  liquid.  The  inlet  valves  of  the  vessels 
are  connected  respectively  with  the  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen storage  tank  and  with  the  atmosphere,  while  the 
outlet  valves  are  in  connection  with  the  burner  or  com- 
bustion chamber.  The  working  parts  of  the  mechanical 
contrivance  are  so  coupled  that  the  two  vessels  act  in 
conjunction,  and  the  air  or  gas  entering  and  leaving 
one  of  the  vessels  in  a  given  time  has  a  constant  pro- 
portion to  the  quantity  of  air  or  gas  entering  and  leaving 
the  other  vessel  during  the  same  period. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  the   Treatment  of 
Sulphate  of  Soda  for  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphide  of 

Sodium  therefrom  F.  H.  Gossage,  T.  T.  Mathieson 
and  J.  Hawliczek,  Widnes.  Eng.  Pat.  12,4S0,  Oct.  1, 
1SS6.     6d. 

Sodium  sulphate  is  mixed  with  carbonaceous  matter, 
and  the  mixture  placed  in  a  furnace  containing  coke  at  a 
red  heat.  The  mixture  fuses  and  passes  down  through 
the  coke,  whereby  the  reduction  into  sulphide  is  effected 
without  the  latter  coming  into  contact  with  the  lining  of 
the  furnace,  which  would  be  destroyed  by  the  action  of 
the  fused  sulphide.  The  furnace  used  has  preferably  the 
shape  of  a  lime-kiln,  and  is  furnished  at  the  bottom  with 
discharging  doors.  There  are  air  openings  about  midway 
in  the  height  of  the  furnace  for  admitting  air  for  com- 
bustion of  the  coke  ;  air  is  excluded  from  the  lower  part 
of  the  furnace,  in  which  the  reduction  proper  takes 
place.  The  coke,  saturated  with  sodium  sulphide,  is  then 
drawn  off  at  the  end  of  the  opera  ion,  kept  from  the  air 
until  cool,  lixiviated  and  the  liquor  used  for  the  manu- 
facture of  pure  soda  products.  The  remaining  coke  may 
be  used  over  again. — S.  H. 


A  Process  for  obtaining  Mother -liquors  free  from  Blag- 
nesian  Salts  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of  Potash 
by  Means  of  the  Double  Carbonate  of  Potash  and 
Magnesia.  £.  P.  Alexander,  London.  From  E.  J. 
L.  Delsol,  Lot,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  15,182,  Nov.  22, 
1S86.  6d. 
IK  the  manufacture  of  potassium  carbonate  by  Engel's 
process,  mother  liquors  are  obtained,  which,  in  addition 
to  the  nntransformed  salts  of  potash,  contain  magnesia 
salts.  These  salts  are  formed  at  the  expense  of  a  por- 
tion of  the  magnesia  introduced  in  the  manufacture, 
which  has  afterwards  to  be  replaced  and  it  would, 
therefore,  be  of  great  advantage  to  obtain  mother  liquors 
free  from  magnesia.  For  this  purpose  a  quantity  of 
sodium  carbonate  equivalent  tothe  quantity  of  potassium 
carbonate  which  it  is  desired  to  obtain,  is  added.  The 
sodium  carbonate  precipitates  the  magnesia,  at  the 
moment  of  its  going  into  solution  and  at  the  teiminadon 
of  the  operation  the  mother  liquors  contain  no  magnesia, 
but  the  corresponding  sodium  salt.  The  addition  of 
sodium  carbonate  presents  the  further  advantage,  that 
instead  of  potassium  chloride  and  magnesia,  the  double 
salt  of  potassium  and  magnesium  chloride—  e  g. ,  the  raw- 
salts  of  Stas3furt  (carnallite,  kainite,  etc.),  may  be  used 
with  perfect  success. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid. 
J.  B.  Hannav,  Loch  Long.  Eng.  Pat.  12,247,  Nov. 
5,  1886.     4d. 

Sulphurous  acid  from  any  available  source  is  pas-ed 
along  with  nitrous  acid  through  a  condensing  tower, 
where  the  gases  become  minutely  subdivided  and 
thoroughly  mixed  by  pas-ing  through  screens,  which  are 
kept  moistened  by  a  continual  stream  of  water  trickling 
on  them,  with  the  result  that  the  sulphurous  acid  is  con- 
verted into  sulphuric  acid,  which  dissolves  in  the  water. 
The  process  is  continually  repeated  until  the  solution 
acquires  considerable  strength,  when  it  is  drawn  off  and 
a  fresh  supply  of  water  is  run  into  the  apparatus.  The 
uncondensed  gases  contain  oxides  of  nitrogen,  which  are 
recovered  by  well-known  means. — S.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Use  in  the  Treatment  of 
Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  for  the  Separation  of  Sulphur, 
or  for  the  P 'rod action  of  Sulphurous  Acid.     J.  Simpson 
and  E.  H.  Parnell,  Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  14,711,  Nov. 
13,  1S86.     8d. 
In  burning  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  either  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  sulphur  or  for  the  production  of  sulphurous  acid  of 
uniform  strength,  there  is  a  great  difficulty  in  regulating 
the  respective  currents  of  air  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
entering  the  burner  or  combustion  chamber  :  air  in  excess 
causing  a  loss  of  sulphur,  while  a  deficiency  of  air  allows 
the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  to  pass  away  undecomposed. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  regulate  the  supply   of 
air  and  gas  in  any  desired  proportions,  to  measure  the 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bicarbonate  and 
Carbonate  of  Soda  by  the  Ammonia  Process,  and  in  the 
Consh-uction  and  Use  of  Apparatus  for  that  Purpose, 
EL  Burns,  Leith.  Eng.  Pat.  15,352,  Nov.  25,  1SS6.  Sd. 

A  BOILER  is  filled  with  a  solution  of  ammonium  salts  or 
with  gas  liquor  and  the  temperature  raised  to  about 
270°  F.°  Ammoniacal  liquor  is  pumped  constantly  into 
the  boiler  so  as  to  keep  up  a  regular  overflow  of  hot 
liquor  from  the  top  of  the  boiler  into  steam-tight  cylin- 
ders, where  the  liquor  mixes  with  a  shower  of  milk  of 
lime,  which  liberates  the  ammonia.  The  latter,  along 
with  a  portion  of  the  steam,  is  conducted  into  an  ele- 
vated vessel  containing  ground  rock  salt,  where  the 
steam  condenses,  dissolving  part  of  the  salt,  and 
runs  down  into  a  second  vessel,  called  the  mixing 
vessel.  This  vessel  is  filled  with  a  saturated  solution 
of  sodium  chloride  and  into  it  a  constant  stream  of 
saturated  brine  is  pumped,  while  the  overflow  is  made  to 
run  down  into  a  condenser  and  thence  into  the  decom- 
poser. At  the  same  time  the  ammonia  is  passing 
through  the  salt  solution  a  regular  current  of  carbonic 
acid  is  also  forced  through  it.  Both  the  vessel  containing 
the  salt  solution  and  the  decomposer  contain  a  frame  of 
agitating  balls  with  cups,  through  which  the  liquor  and 
gasesareforced.  The  agitation  produced  by  the  rising  and 
fallin"  of  the  balls  causes  an  intimate  contact  ot  the 
different  compounds,  with  the  result  that  a  precipitate 
of  sodium  bicarbonate  settles  at  the  bottom  ot  the  pre- 
cipitating vessel,  while  the  solution  of  ammonium 
chloride  'collects  in  the  decomposer.  This  solution  is 
pumped  back  into  the  boiler  and  re-enters  the  cycle  of 
operations.  When  crude  gas  liquor  is  used,  the  gases 
and  vapours  must  be  purified  before  passing  them 
through  the  salt  solution.  The  bicarbonate,  after  being 
washed  and  dried,  is  packed  into  drums  with  perforated 


730 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     |Xov.  30.  u»7. 


centre-tubes,  which  allow  the  gases  to  escape  during  the 
subsequent  heating,  and  the  drums  are  placed  in  retorts 
for  the  conversion  of  the  bicarbonate  into  carbonate. 

S.  II. 

An  Improved  Method  or  Process  of  Producing  Muriatic 
Acid.  If.  II.  Lake.  From  A.  Kayser,  11.  Williams 
an.l  A.  B.  Young.  Buffalo,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  11,494, 
August  23,  18S7.  6d. 
A  SOLUTION  of  calcium  chloride,  such  as  is  a  waste  pro- 
duct in  various  processes,  is  partlyevap  irated  and  mixed 
in  this  moist  condition  with  silica  or  clay.  The  mixture 
is  moulded  with  bricks,  which  after  diving  are  placed  into 
a  converter  heated  to  a  very  high  temperature  by  gases 
which  contain  steam.  At  this  high  temperature  the 
silica  or  clay  decomposes  the  calcium  chloride,  forming 
calcium  silicate  or  silico-ealcium-aluniinate  and  generat- 
ing hydrochloric  acid,  which  is  condensed  in  any 
suitable  manner.  The  product  of  the  reaction  left  in  the 
converter  may  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  hydraulic 
lime  and  artificial  stone.  The  use  of  clay  is  prefer- 
able to  the  use  of  silica  alone,  as  the  latter  requires  a 
higher  temperature  in  the  converter.  The  apparatus 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  11,492,  1S87,  is  also  suitable  for 
this  process.  — S.  H. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Caustic 
Alkali,  Carbonates  of  the  Alkaline  Metals,  Muriatic 
Acid  and  other  Substances.  H.  H.  Lake,  London 
From  A.  Kavser,  H.  Williams  and  A.  B.  Young, 
Buffalo,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  11,492,  Aug.  23,  1SS7.  8d. 
Clay,  common  salt  and  water  are  mixed  together  and  the 
mixture  moulded  into  bricks  of  convenient  size.  These  are 
dried  and  heated  in  a  converter  by  a  current  of  hot  gases 
superheated  steam.  The  clay  acts  on  the  sodium 
chloride,  generating  hydrochloric  acid  long  before  visible 
red  heat  is  reached,  and  the  action  increases  rapidly  as 
the  temperature  rises.  The  conversion  is  complete  after 
about  24  hours'  heating  at  a  red  heat.  The  hydrochloric 
acid  is  condensed  in  the  usual  manner.  The  converted 
material  is  termed  "  acid  silico sodium  aluminate."  The 
clay  and  salt  of  the  charge  are  mixed  in  such  proportions 
that  this  aluminate  contains  about  33  per  cent,  of  sodium 
oxide.  It  is  then  nearly  insoluble  in  water  and  infusi- 
ble even  at  the  beginning  of  white  heat.  In  order  to 
extract  sodium  oxide  from  it,  it  is  crushed  and  fused 
with  such  a  quantity  of  soda  as  will  raise  the  total  per- 
centage of  soda  to  about  50  per  cent.  The  resulting 
product,  termed  "  basic  silico  sodium  aluminate,"  is  very 
deliquescent  and  yields  all  of  its  sodium  compounds  by 


quantity  of  steam  to  furnish  hydrogen  for  combination 
with  the  chlorine  and  an  excess  of  oxygen  to  prevent 
formation  of  carbon  monoxide  and  the  reducing  action 
resulting  therefrom.  When  it  is  desired  to  produce 
potassium  salts,  an  equivalent  quantity  of  potassium 
chloride  should  be  used  in  place  of  sodium  chloride.  The 
accompanying  drawing  represents  a  section  of  the 
apparatus  employed.  A  is  the  gas  producer,  and«  a  steam 
pipe  supplying  steam  to  the  producer.  The  gas  escapes 
at  b  ami  is  drawn  by  a  fan  C  into  the  combustion 
chamber  D,  while  another  fan  E  delivers  a  blast  of  air 
for  burning  the  gas  ;  /connects  the  converter  F  with  the 
combustion  chamber.  The  converter  is  provided  with  a 
feed-opening  G  and  a  discharging  door  at  H.  The  pipe 
I  leads  the  escaping  gases  to  the  acid  condensers.  Two 
or  more  converters  may  be  used  in  a  battery;  the  gas 
exit  pipe  of  one  converter  is  then  connected  with  the  gas 
inlet  of  the  following  one.=-S.  H. 


VIIL— GLASS,  POTTERY  AND   EARTHENWARE. 

A  n  Improved  Method  or  Process  of  Producing  Silicate  of 
Sodium  or  of  Potassium.  H.  H.  Lake,  From  A. 
Kavser,  H.  Williams  and  A.  B.  Young,  Buffalo, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  11,493,  August  23,  1S87.     Sd. 

Finely  i>i\  n>Ki>  SILICA,  sodium  chloride  and  water 
are  mixed  and  the  mixture  moulded  into  bricks. 
The  quantity  of  sodium  chloride  should  be  so  calculated 
that  the  resulting  mass  does  not  contain  more  than  15 
per  cent,  of  sodium  oxide.  The  bricks  are  dried  and 
placed  into  a  converter  of  tire  brick  heated  by 
gases  from  a  combustion  chamber  located  near  it. 
In  this  combustion  chamber  water-gas  is  burned  by  a 
blast  of  air  in  slight  excess,  forming  carbon  dioxide  and 
steam  under  development  of  a  high  temperature.  The 
hot  gases  pass  through  the  converter  and  come  in  inti- 
mate contact  with  the  charge,  penetrating  it  thoroughly 
and  causing  at  a  bright  red  heat  the  gradual  combination 
of  silicic  acid  and  soda,  while  hydrochloric  acid  is  given 
off  and  condensed  in  the  usual  manner.  When  the 
operation  is  complete,  the  resulting  mass  forms  an 
excellent  material  for  the  manufacture  of  glass  in  place 
of  a  portion  of  the  soda  and  sand  ordinarily  employed; 
or  by  smelting  the  silicate  with  soda,  water-glass  is  pro- 
duced. The  apparatus  shown  in  the  preceding  abstract 
is  also  suitable  for  this  process. — S.  H. 


n      3_.lt — ~ 


■ 


- 

lixiviation.  The  basic  salt  is,  therefore,  treated  with 
water,  when  it  yields  a  solution  containing  80  to  90  per 
cent,  of  the  total  sodium  a-  sodium  hydrate,  the  rest  being 
sodium  carbonate  and  sodium  silico. aluminate.  The  in- 
soluble residue  is  regenerated  clay,  free  from  iron,  and  can 
be  used  overagain  in  place  of  the  original  clay.  As  regards 
the  composition  of  the  clay,  the  best  results  are  obtained 
when  the  proportion  of  silica  to  alumina  is  about  two  to 
one,  and  it  is  usually  necessary  to  prepare  a  clay  of  suitable 
composition  by  adding  or  removing  sand  from  it.  The 
gases  entering  the  converter  should  contain  a  sufficient 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

The   Bending,    7'.  nsile   and   Compressive     Strength    of 

Samples  of  Magnesium. 
The  following  experiments  were  made  for  the  Aluminium 
and  Magnesium  Manufactory  in  Bremen,  at  the 
Mechanical  Experimental  Station,  in  Charlotteuhurg. 
Tensile  strength,  limit  of  breaking,  23'2kilos.  per 
lqmm.:  specific  resistance  to  compression  27'2kiIos.  per 
lqnim.  ;  bending  strength  17'4kilos. 

In  comparison  with  other  metals,  the  strength  of  mag- 
nesium is  relatively  verv  considerable.  The  breaking 
coefficient  for  tensile  strain  per  square  millimetre  is  : — 

Specific 
Gruv  itv. 

Magnesium  23'2kilos 17". 

Aluminium   20"5    2*67 

Brass IFo   7_-  9_ 

Bronze 231)    8—9 

Rod-iron 3STJ    7U-78 

l>e!ta-metal,  pouredi  n  sand    31 — 36 8'G 

Delta-metal,  rolled  hard    53'0  — 

Since  the  rolling  of  magnesium  does  not  offer  the 
slightest  difficulty,  even  in  such  complicated  forms  as 
JIU,  or  as  angles,  round  or  four-cornered  rods,  (dates 
or  sheets  of  O'ltiiin.  thickness,  and  as  pure  magnesium 
is  sufficiently  resistant  to  atmospheric  influences  and 
can  be  polished  and  easily  cleaned,  it  lends  itself  on 
account  of  its  lightness  and  relative  strength  to  the  eon 
-trurtion  of  apparatus,  etc.,  required  to  be  made  of 
metal  and  also  to  be  light — as  for  instance,  nautical, 
pin  sical  ami  astronomical  instruments.  The  working 
of  magnesium  requites  heat.     At  a  temperature  of  450'  C. 


Nov.  .30.  i8«7.i      THE  JOUltNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


731 


it  can  be  rolled,  pressed,  worked  and  brought  into  com- 
plicated forms.  Screws  and  threads  can  lie  made  of 
magnesium  and  these  are  considerably  sharper  and  more 
exact  than  tlmst  from  aluminium.  Owingtoitscheapness, 
magnesium  can  also  be  used  in  ibe  manufacture  of  a 
variety  of  useful  articles  :  experiments  in  this  direc- 
tion are  now  being  made. — G.  11.  M. 


Examination  of  Zinc    Muffles.     Steger.     Ztschr.  f.  d. 
Berg,  Iliitten-  u.  Salinenw.  18S7,  1 1>5. 

The  author  considers  that  most  interesting  and  import- 
ant results  may  be  obtained  from  the  study  of  the  pro- 
ducts remaining  in  zinc  muffles  after  the  distillation  of 
zinc.  The  original  mass  may  lie  converted  into  new  and 
crystalline  minerals;  this  would  explain  the  forma- 
tion of  many  crystalline  minerals  in  volcanic  locks.  The 
author  has  examined  charge-*  before  and  alter  distilla- 
tion, and  finds  that  considerable,  changes  take  place. 
— G.  H.  M. 

On  Genua  n  in  in.     C.    Winkler.     J.    Prakt.    Client.    36. 

177-209. 
Is  this  communication  (the  second)  on  germanium,  a 
more  detailed  description  is  given  of  the  metal  and  of  its 
compounds  with  the  halogens,  alcohol  radicles,  etc. 
Germanium  is  prepared  from  argyrodite  by  fusing  it 
with  equal  weights  of  soda  and  sulphur.  The  melt  is 
extracted  with  cold  watei,  treated  with  an  excess  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  the  precipitate  is  filtered  oil  and 
washed.  After  stirring  up  with  water  the  precipitate  is 
treated  with  sufficient  hot  caustic  potash  to  dissolve  all 
the  soluble  sulphides  and  the  yellow  alkaline  liquid  is 
separated  by  deoantation  from  the  insoluble  sulphides  of 
the  heavy  metals.  Dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  added  as 
long  as  it  produces  a  precipitate  and  the  solution  con- 
taining the  germanium  and  K2SU4is  filtered  from  the 
sulphides  of  antimony  and  arsenic  ;  after  adding  an 
excess  of  H„S04  it  is  evaporated  down  until  acid  fumes 
1  egin  to  escape.  The  acid  mass  is  dissolved  in  water  and 
saturated  with  H„S,  the  precipitate  tiltered  off,  trans- 
ferred to  a  porcelain  dish,  heated,  moistened  with  HNO~ 
and  again  heated  to  redness,  so  as  to  convert  it  into 
germanium  oxide,  which  can  be  reduced  in  a  current  of 
hjdrogen  at  a  red  heat.  The  oxide  obtained  as  above  is 
however  impure  ami  it  is  best  to  convert  it  into  the 
insoluble  potassium  germanium  tluoride  by  dissolving  in 
hydrofluoric  acid  and  adding  potassium  fluoride.  This 
can  be  brought  into  solution  by  fusing  with  potassium 
carbonate  and  sulphur  and  extracting  with  water,  when  it 
is  again  treated  as  above.  Large  quantities  of  the  oxide  are 
best  reduced  to  the  metallic  form  by  mixing  with  10 — 15 
per  cent,  of  starch  and  hot  water  and  heating  with 
charcoal  in  a  crucible.  The  semi-fused  regains  is  again 
melted  under  borax-glass,  when  the  germanium  is 
obtained  as  a  partially  crystalline  mass. 

Chlorides  of  Germanium, — Germanium  forms  with 
chlorine  a  dichloride  (GeCU)  and  a  tetrachloride  (GeClJ. 
The  latter  can  be  obtained  by  the  direct  union  of  its 
elements  and  also  by  beating  a  mixture  of  germanium 
sulphide  and  mercuric  chloride,  when  cinnabar  is  left 
behind.  The  colourless  fuming  liquid  obtained  by  heat 
ing  powdeied  germanium  in  a  current  of  dry  Hi  I  is  oof 
the  dichloride,  but  germanium-chloroform,  GeHCl3, 
hydrogen  being  evolved  during  the  process  ;  the  reaction 
which  takes  places  is  :— Ge+3HCl=GeHCl ,  -2H.  The 
compound  is  very  unstable,  being  readily  oxidised  with 
format  ion  of  anoxychloridc  (GellCL  +  0=Ge(  !lsO  +  HCI) 
and  on  heating  it  appears  to  decompose  like  silicon- 
chloroform  according  to  the  equation  2GeHCl3=Ge+ 
GeCl.,+2HCl.  Victor  Meyer  and  Mensching  find  that 
its  vapour  density  is  5 '55— the  theoretical  vapour  density 
being  6  21. 

Fluorides  o/Germaniwro. —Germanions  Huoride,  GeF2, 
has  not  yet  been  prepared  in  a  pure  state,  but  it 
probably  exists.  The  tetralluoride  (GeFtl  germanic 
tluoride)  is  formed  when  the  oxide  GeO.,  is  dissolved  in 
hydrofluoric  acid  ;  after  evaporation  over  sulphuric  acid 
it  remains  as  a  clear  viscous  liquid,  which  is  very  hygro- 
scopic and  gradually  solidifies  to  a  transparent  mass 
having  the  composition  GeF4  -r3H;U.     This  melts  in  its 


water  of  crystallisation  when  heated  and  on  further 
heating  becomes  covered  with  a  coating  of  oxide.  Kriiss 
and  Nilson  have  recently  stated  that  the  fluoride  is  non- 
volatile. The  author  denies  this  and  describes  several 
experiments  which  support  his  views.  In  one  of  these, 
germanic  o\ide  (or  germanic  acid,  GeO.)  was  gently 
heated  with  CaF  ,  and  H  SU,  :  penetrating  acid  fumes 
were  evolved,  which  were  readily  absorbed  by  water, 
yielding  a  clear,  colourless,  acid  liquid,  which  contained 
in  solution  hydrogen  germanium  fluoride  H2<;eFK 
(corresponding  to  hydrotluosilicic  acid).  The  potassium 
salt  of  this  acid,  K2GeF6,  is  prepared  by  dissolving  GeO, 
in  hydrofluoric  acid  and  adding  a  concentrated  solution 
of  KCl  ;  it  forms  a  fine  crystalline  powder,  similar  in 
its  propei ties  to  the  Huosiiicate  of  potassium.  The 
existence  of  this  salt  confirms  the  anticipations  of 
Mendelejeff,  who  predicted  that  Kka  silicon  would  form 
double  lluoi ides  isomorphotis  with  the  corresponding 
salts  iii  silicon,  titanium,  zirconium  and  tin. 

Mendelejeff  also  stated  that  Eka-silicon,  like  .Si  and 
Sn  (but  unlike  Ti,  which  belongs  to  an  uneven  series) 
could  form  volatile  organic  compounds  such  as  Es  I C,  H  ,  i , , 
which  should  boil  at  160"  and  have  a  density  of  about 
0'9(i.  This  prediction  has  been  completely  verified. 
Germanium-ethyl,  Ge(C„H.)4,  is  formed  by  the  action  of 
zinc-ethyl  upon  germanic  chloride  : — 2Zn(C-..H?);  -  •  -eCl , 
=2ZnCia+Ge(CaHs)4.  It  is  a  colourless  liquid  of  weak 
alliaceous  odour,  boiling  at  about  100  :  it  does  not  mix 
with  water,  but  rises  sloirfy  to  the  surface  when  poured 
into  water,  thus  showing  that  its  density  must  be  near 
0-96.  Its  theoretical  vapour-density  is  651,  but  the 
value  found  by  Victor  Meyer  and  Mensching  from  a 
specimen  which  was  shown  by  analvsis  to  be  pure,  was 
8-50.— D.  E.  J.  

Improved  Process  for  Extracting  Cold  and  Antimony- 
Kegulus  from  Auriferous  Antimony  Urc.  E.  K. 
Cummins,  London.  From  G.  P.  Schweder,  Porto, 
Portugal.     Eng.  Pat.  12,428,  Sept.  30,  1886.     6d. 

The  crushed  ore  is  roasted  per  se  in  a  long  reverberatory 
furnace  at  a  gradually  increasing,  but  always  low,  tem- 
perature, by  continuously  charging  at  the  cooler  end 
and  working  the  charge  up  towards  the  fire  bridge, 
where  it  is  removed  ;  it  is  then  roasted  absolutely  sweet 
at  a  higher  temperature  and  in  a  smaller  furnace.  Or  it 
may  be  mixed  with  from  5  to  40  per  cent,  of  lime,  or  of  the 
carbonate  or  sulphate  of  magnesium,  sodium  or  potassium, 
and  subjected  to  similar  treatment.  Or  these  bodies 
may  be  mixed  after  the  first  calcination,  but  previous  to 
treatment  in  the  smaller  furnace.  After  cooling,  the  gold 
is  extracted  by  amalgamation  or  cblorination.  The 
residue  from  this  operation  is  dried  and  smelted  for 
crude  antimony  regulus  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  with 
powdered  coal  and  a  flux  :  or  it  is  moulded  into  bricks 
with  lime  or  clay  and  worked  in  a  cupola.  — W.  G.  M. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Aluminium  Chloride 
and  in  the  Extraction  of  Aluminium  therefrom.   O.  M. 
Thowless,  Newark,   I'lS.A.     Eng.  Pat.    14,407,   Nov. 
8,  1SSG.     tid. 
ALUMINIUM   chloride,   preferably    produced   by    dis- 
solving  recently   precipitated  aluminium  hydroxide  in 
hydrochloric  acid,  or  aluminium  Huoride  or  other  similar 
compound  is   mixed   with   chalk,    coal     or  other  car- 
bonaceous material,  sodium  carbonate  or  soda  ash,  and 
cryolite.  The  mixture  is  then  heated  in  a  closed  vessel 
at  a    temperature  of  2000s  F'.,   cooled    and  washed  to 
separate  the  reduced  aluminium,   which  may  then  be 
remelted  and  run  into  ingots. — W.  G.  M. 


An   Improrcd   Process   and  Apparatus  for  obtaining 
Sulpn  ur  and  otht  r  Substances  from  Ores,  for  Purifying 

such    Substances,    and  for  similar   Purposes.     J.    R. 

Francis,  Swansea,  and  F.  F.  Jones,  London.   Eng.  Pat. 

14,875,  Nov.  10,  188G.     Sd. 
The  ore  containing  the  sulphur  or  other  volatile  sub- 
stance is  roasted  in  monies,  the  products  of  combustion 
being     carried     by   a   draught,     induced     by     a     tlue 


732 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [N'ov. so.  1887. 


slack,  through  a  series  of  depositing  chambers  preceded, 
if  desirahle,  by  a  reducing  chamber  packed  with  charcoal 
or  a  similar  deoxidising  substance.  In  these  chambers, 
which  are  water-cooled,  condensible  products  such 
as  arsenic  trioxide  or  sublimed  sulphur  are  deposited  ; 
but  the  more  volatile  substances  arc  carried  on  to  the 
stack,  in  which  they  ascend  over  trays  of  limestone  or 
magnesia  ar.d  thus  become  absorbed.  A  gentle  stream 
of  water  admitted  at  the  top  of  the  shaft  dissolves  such 
of  these  products  as  may  be  soluble  and  conveys  them 
to  a  tank  situated  at  the  bottom.  Two  sets  of  condensing 
chambers  may  be  used  alternately,  access  to  each  being 
controllable  by  cocks  in  the  main  pipe  from  the  muffle; 
the  deoxidising  chamber  may  be  similarly  thrown 
in  or  out  of  circuit  at  will.  Thus  pyrites  may  be  treated 
lir>t  by  distillation  without  access  of  air  to  the  retort 
and  the  sublimed  sulphur  condensed  in  one  set 
of  chambers,  when  the  roasting  may  be  completed 
in  presence  of  air,  the  products  now  being  diverted  into 
the  other  set  :  or  ores  containing  two  bodies  which 
sublime  at  different  temperatures,  such  as  sulphur  and 
arsenic,  may  be  fractionated  by  respectively  treating 
at  the  temperatures  most  suitable  and  collecting  the 
products  separately. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Steel  and  Ingot 
Iron  bi/  the  Basic  Process.  P.  C.  Gilchrist,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,474,  Aug.  23,  1SS7.     4d. 

In  the  basic  open-hearth  process,  instead  of  using  an 
admixture  of  scrap,  which  requires  a  longer  time  to  melt 
than  does  the  accompanying  pig  iron,  the  furnace  is 
charged  in  the  usual  way,  but  without  the  addition  of 
the  scrap  and  with  a  smaller  proportion  of  lime  than 
is  theoretically  necessary  to  purify  the  pig.  Meanwhile, 
another  portion  of  pig  iron,  preferably  phosphoric,  is 
blown  with  an  exits-,  of  lime  in  a  basic  converter.  When 
the  charge  in  the  open-hearth  furnace  is  melted  or  is 
semi-fluid,  that  from  the  converter,  together  with  its 
slag,  is  tapped  in.  The  thoroughly  liquid  converter  slag, 
containing,  as  it  does,  excess  of  lime,  ensures  a  complete 
purification  of  the  charge  with  greater  rapidity  than  is 
usually  possible,  owing  to  the  very  gradual  Basing  of  the 
lime  which  ordinarily  occurs :  also  the  presence  of  oxide: 
of  iron  iu  the  same  slag  permits  the  use  of  a  smaller 
quautity  of  ore  during  the  process. — W.  G.  M. 


XI.— FATS,    OILS,   AND   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 

On  the  Composition*  if  Rape-seed  Oil.  C.  I/.  Keimer  and 

W.  Hill.  Per.  20,  2385-2390. 
THE  rape-seed  oil,  in  spite  of  its  large  consumption,  is, 
from  a  chemical  point  of  view,  one  of  the  least  known 
fat  oils.  There  exist  only  a  few  investigations  of  it  and 
thess  are  of  old  date  and  contradictory  in  their  results. 
The  authors  have  been  engaged  for  some  time  in  the 
investigation  of  erucic  and  brassic  acids,  and  extending 
their  work  on  the  acids  occurring  in  rape-seed  oil,  found 
that,  contrary  to  previous  statements,  rape-seed  oil  con- 
tained three  different  acids,  one  of  which  fusing  at 
75",  was  only  present  in  very  small  quantities,  whereas 
the  other  two,  erucic  acid  and  a  liquid  acid  occurred 
in  about  equal  quantities.  The  liquid  acid  mentioned 
and  now-  termed  "rapic  acid,"  had  been  previously 
observed  by  AVebsky  (./.  Prakt.  Chan.  58,  44(.l),  but 
he  did  not  study  it  much  further,  probably  owing  to 
the  fact  that  he  experienced  great  dil'licuhiis  in 
separating  it  from  the  erucic  acid.  The  usu  d  means 
of  separation  by  the  different  solubilities  of  their  lead 
salts,  failed  in  this  instance  ;  but  it  was  found  that 
of  erucic  and  rapic  acid",  the  zinc  salt  of  the  latter 
is  ca^i  y  soluble  in  ether,  whereas  that  of  lip;  former 
is  nearly  insoluble  in  the  simc  solvent.  Zinc  rapate 
forms  a  wbite  crystalline  mass,  from  which  the  free  acid 
is  obtained. by  heating  with  tartaric  acid.  On  analysis 
the  rapic  acid  was  fonnd  to  have  the  formula  (',  II  '<  i  . 
It  is  therefore  an  owoleic  acid  and  although  isomeric 
to  ricinoleic  acid,  it  differs  in  properties.  It  cannot  be 
solidified  by  treatment  with  nitrous  acid  nor  by  coolin". 
Fused  with  potassium  hydrate,  it  is  decomposed  with 


the  evolution  of  hydrogen.  The  melt  dissolved  in  water 
and   acidified    with    hydrochloric   acid,    precipitates   a 

white  substance,  which  is  a  mixture  of  two  crystallisable 
acids,  which  acids  can  be  separated  by  a  long-continued 
fractional  crystallisation.  The  acid  occurring  in  very 
small  quantities  along  with  the  erucic  and  rapic  acids,  is 
obtained  by  saponifying  1  kilo,  of  rape-seed  oil  and  pre- 
cipitating the  solution  with  4grms.  of  zinc  acetate.  The 
precipitate  is  filtered,  washed  and  then  decomposed  with 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  resulting  product  is  purified  by 
crystallisation  from  alcohol.  It  forms  silver-shining 
plates  and  on  analysis  was  found  to  have  the  formula 
( ' ._..,  II , ,( •  .,.  It  was  identified  as  behenic  acid.  The  rape- 
seed  oil  therefore  contains  the  glycerides  of  erucic,  rapic 
and  behenic  acids. — S.  11. 


XH.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES  AND 
RESINS. 

Improvement*  in  the  Manufacture  of  Pigments.    F.  1M. 
Lyte,  Putney.    Eng.  Pat.  11,889,  Sept,  is,  1886.    6d. 

This  invention  is  an  improvement  in  the  method  of 
manufacturing  basic  salts  of  lead  for  use  as  pigments 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  10,298,  1886.  A  solution  of  basic 
lead  acetate,  prepared  by  repeatedly  pouring  neutral 
lead  acetate  over  finely-divided  lead,  is  treated  with 
sulphuric  acid  till  barely  acid,  heated  to  boiling  and 
the  precipitate  allowed  to  setlle.  The  clear  liquid  is 
decanted  oft  and  again  rendered  basic  by  pouring  over 
finely-divided  lead.  To  the  precipitate  of  lead  Bulphate, 
a  known  volume  of  basic  lead  acetate,  containing  a  given 
amount  of  base,  is  added  and  the  mixture  boiled  for  a 
short  time,  when  "it  will  be  found  that  the  sulphate 
has  attained  its  right  degree  of  basicity.'' — 0.  H. 


Improved  Process  of  Manufacturing  While  lead.  J. 
F.  F.  F.  Lowe,  Frankfort,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  9122. 
June  27,  1SS7.     4d. 

The  carbonate  of  lead  is  first  prepared  from  solutions  of 
lead  nitrate  or  acetate  by  precipitating  with  bi-carbonate 
of  soda  or  potash,  or  with  a  mixture  of  bicarbonate  and 
carbonate.  To  the  carbonate  of  lead  thns  prepared  is 
added  a  solution  of  basic  acetate  of  lead,  when  white 
lead  settles  down. — E.  E.  B. 


New  Process  for  the   Vulcanisation  of  Pure  Caoutchouc 

in   Sheets   or  in  Articles  made   therefrom.     B.  J.  B. 

Mills,  London.  From  A.  Fayaud,  Paris,  France.    Eng. 

Pat.  16,775,  Pec.  21,  1SS6.     8d. 

The  caoutchouc    is   coated    with   sulphur,   stoved  and 

after  being  dipped  in  pure  water,  placed  in  a  reservoir 

containing  water  and  provided  with  a  movable  bottom. 

The  reservoir  containing  the  articles  is  then  steamed  in 

any  suitable   steaming   apparatus  under  pressure.      A 

drawing  of  the  reservoir  is  given. — E.  E.  B. 


Improvements  in  Indiaruhber  Compositions.  J.  T. 
Griffin,  Hampstead.  From  K.  J.  Henderson,  New 
York,  U.S.A.     Eng  Pat,  10,457,  July  27,  1SS7.    4d. 

Asbestos  FIBRE,  asbestos  powder,  ground  whalebone, 
earth  wax  (paraffin,  ozokerite,  etc.),  carbon  (soot,  lamp- 
black, etc.)  and  sulphur  are  incorporated  with  Para  or 
similar  rubber  before  moulding  and  the  mass  is  then 
cured  in  the  ordinary  way.  The  compound  is  said  to  be 
unaffected  by  the  atmosphere,  by  acids  and  by  oils. 

— E.  E.  B. 

Maitufactuic  of  Soft  or  Spongy  Material  from  Rubber 
Compound.  J.  T.  Griffin,  Earapstead.  From  K.  J. 
Henderson,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  10,458, 
July  27,  1887.     4d. 

Sit.sti  rUTBS  for  rubber  sponge,  termed  by  Hie  patentee 
"  light,"  "  intermediate  "  and  "heavy"  sponge  respec- 
tively, are  made  from  Para  rubber  by  incorporating  with 
it  sulphur,  alum,   tungstate  of  soda,  borax,    camphor, 


Nov.  30. 1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


733 


lampblack  and  either  carbonate  of  ammonium  for  the 
"light  sponge  "or  chloride  of  ammonium  for  the  other  two 
Qualities.     Proportions  are  given  in  the  specification. 

-E.  E.  IS. 


XIIL-  TANNING,   LEATHER,   GLUE  AND  SIZE. 

Improvements  in  Machines  for  Unhairing  and  Green- 
shaving  Mile*  and  Skins.  J.  W.  Vaughn,  Peabody, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  10,121,  July  19,  1887.     Ud. 

THE  hide  to  lie  operated  on  is  clamped  to  a  semi- 
cylindrical  table  with  a  rotary  motion  and  brought  in 
contact  with  a  roll,  the  periphery  of  which  is  provided 
witli  metallic  flanges  arranged  spirally,  which 
revolves  in  an  opposite  direction  to  the  table.  For  a 
description  of  the  mechanism  the  specification  must  be 
consulted.     Drawings  are  given,  and  there  are  17  claims. 

-B.  H. 


XIV.— AGPJCULTUBE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

Analysis    of  Brewing  Barleys  of  different   Years.      L. 
Aubry.     Ztschr.  f.  d.  ges.  Brauw.  18S7,  7. 

The  author  publishes  the  analyses  of  baileys  of  the  years 
1878— 18S0,  of  which  the  following  are  the  mean,  maxi- 
mum and  minimum  values  :  — 

Barley  of  the  1S7S  harvest — Go'  barleys  examined  : — 
In  100  parts  of  the  dry  substance. 


'-  o  ■::  •  •  o  . 

o  to  Bjs  ~  ~-^ 

-5  o  32  «  PTS 

*  s 

Maximum     17'13  ..  2  11     ..  13  22  ..  3'30  ..  1-365  .. 

Minimum      12-55  ..  T21    ..    7'60  ..  2-42  ..  0715  .. 

Mean    —     ..  173     ..  1081  ..  2'98  ..  1-020  .. 

Barley  of  the  1879  harvest — 40  barleys  : — ■ 

Maximum     1900  ..  2-030  ..  12-69  ..  3T2  ..  1-319  .. 

Minimum 1200  ..  10289..    8'06  ..  2-53  ..  0-852  .. 

Mean    —      ..  1710  ..  10-93  ..    —    ..  1100  .. 

Barley  of  the  1SS0  harvest — 76  barleys:  — 

Maximum 2070  ..  2-100  ..  lo'OO  ..    —    ..  1'696  .. 

Minimum 1176  ..  1337  ..    836  ..    —    ..  C756  .. 

Mean    _.._..  lo  51  ..     —    ..  1056  .. 

The  ash  of  15  of  the  above  barleys  was  analysed  : 
In  100  parts  of  the  dry  substance. 


68-65 
6121 
65-12 


With  improved  furnaces  and  means  of  removing  the 
sulphur  from  smoke,  such  as  are  now  known,  this 
nuisance  ought  to  he  removed.  Other  experiments  with 
plants  grown  in  the  vicinity  of  chemical  works  and 
exposed  to  smoke  containing  both  hydrochloric  ;ind 
sulphurous  acids,  show  that  in  the  case  of  sickly  plants 
the  ash  contains  more  hydrochloric  and  Bulphuric  acids, 
less  carbonic  acid  and  lower  basicity  than  ash  from 
healthy  plants. — I).  A.  L. 

Assimilation  and  Respiration   of  Carbonic   Anhydride 

by  Plants.  U.  Kreusler.  Landw.  Jahib.  1887,  711. 
TKMPEKATfRE  plays  an  important  part  in  both  respira- 
tion and  assimilation,  in  fact  in  the  former  case  is  of 
primary  importance.  Both  respiration  and  assimilation 
take  place  within  wide  ranges  of  temperature,  but  the 
curve  representing  the  relation  of  respiration  to  tempera- 
ture takes  a  very  different  course  to  the  corresponding 
curve  for  assimilation.  Respiration  becomes  more 
intense  with  elevation  of  temperature  and  is  at  its 
highest  at  a  point  not  far  removed  from  the  fatal 
temperature ;  this  increase  in  intensity  is  not  merely 
proportional  to  the  rise  in  temperature,  but  goes  on  at  a 
continually  increasing  progression.  The  author's  experi- 
ments confirm  the  assumption  that,  under  otherwise 
similar  conditions,  plants  respire  more  carbonic  anhydride 
at  those  periods  of  growth  when  the  greatest  changes  in 
form  and  composition  are  taking  place  ;  for  instance, 
during  flowering  and  fruition.  Changes  in  other 
conditions  produce  comparatively  little  effect  on  the 
intensity  of  respiration.  With  regard  to  the  assimilation 
of  carbonic  anhydride  by  plants,  the  amount  of  water 
in  a  plant  and  consequently  the  water  supply  also,  are 
the  most  important  controlling  factors  and  hence  must 
be  taken  into  consideration  in  all  measurements,  etc. 
Shoots  of  different  stages  of  devolopment  show  visible 
differences  in  their  energy  of  assimilation.  At_  a 
temperation  of  25°,  an  undoubted  falling  off  in  activity 
of  assimilation  is  observed  with  advancing  age  of  leaves. 
Older  leaves  contain  less  water  and  probably  accumulate 
less  than  younger  leaves;  the  difference  between  this 
power  of  accumulating  water  appears  to  be  relatively 
greater  than  the  difference  between  the  evaporating 
power  of  old  and  young  leaves.  Under  otherwise 
favourable  conditions,  raising  the  temperature  to  25° 
does  not  necessarily  produce  an  equal  change  in  the 
amount  of  water  in  comparatively  young  leaves.  Electric 
light,  as  supposed,  proved  as  efficient  as  ordinary  daylight 
in  promoting  assimilation  in  cut  shoots  during  the  more 
favourable  periods  of  vegetation. — D.  A.  L. 


Maximum 
Minimum  . 


3-1 

2-17 


.0  013  ..0  093  ..0  286 
.0-039  ..0-051  ..0-191 


.1-032 
.0-502 


.1  203 

.0885 


.0-216 
.0  061 


-G.  H.  M. 


Effect  of  Noxious  Vapours  on  Vegetation.      E,  Fricke. 
Landw.  Yersuehsst.  1SS7,  275. 

In  a  neighbourhood  suffering  from  the  sulphurous  smoke 
from  a  zinc  (blende)  smelting-works,  grain  crops  grew 
thin,  the  ears  were  small  and  the  stalks  weak;  whilst 
potato  leaves  were  wrinkled  and  marked  with  black 
spots.  These  sickly  plants  contained  more  sulphuric 
acid  than  healthy  plants  grown  in  the  same  neighbour- 
hood, but  at  a  greater  distance  from  the  works.  The 
excess  of  sulphuric  acid  varied  from  0*442  to  4-5grms. 
per  1000  of  dry  matter.  Taking  these  quantities  as 
representing  the  injurious  amount  of  sulphuric  acid  in 
each  case,  the  author's  results  support  the  suggestion  of 
Schroder  and  Reuss,  that  with  regard  to  sulphurous 
smoke,  young  meadow  herbage  is  most  susceptible,  oats 
can  resist  its  injurious  action  better  than  wheat,  while 
potatoes,  on  the  other  hand,  can  thiive  within  the  limits 
of  smelting  works.  Leaves  and  needles  from  trees 
exposed  to  such  smoke,  yield  ashes  containing  more 
sulphuric  acid,  but  less  carbonic  acid,  and  of  lower 
basicity  than  ashes  from  healthy  leaves   and  needles. 


Influence  of  Lime  as  a  Soil  Constituent  on  Vegetation. 
E.  W.  Hilgard.  Forschungen  auf.  d.  Geb.  d. 
Agriculturph.  1887,  1S5. 

Inasmuch  as  a  high  percentage  of  lime  in  soil  induces 
short,  strong  and  compact  growth  with  high  yielding 
power,  of  most  trees  and  plants,  whilst  absence  of  lime, 
in  spite  of  the  otherwise  good  composition  of  a  soil, 
produces  weak  growth  and  low  yielding  power :  the 
author  considers  that  the  stunted  round  form  of  trees 
grown  in  arid  districts  may,  at  least  to  a  great  extent,  be 
attributed  to  the  same  influence. — D.  A.  L. 


Effect  of  removing  Leaves  from  the  Bret-root  Plant  on 
the  Amount  anil  Composition  of  the  Produce. 
•I.  Fittbogen  and  It.  Schiller.  Uhem.  Zeit.  11, 
239—240. 

The  removal  of  leaves  appears  to  interfere  with  the 
ripening  of  the  plant,  and  early  removal  diminishes  the 
total  vield  of  nutritive  organic  substances. — D.  A.  L. 


XV.— SUGAR,  GUMS,   STARCHES,  Etc. 

Study  of  the  Products  of  the  Sacchariflcalion  of  Starch. 
J.  Effront.     Monit.  Scient.  1887,  513. 

The  author  draws  the  following  conclusions  from  his 
investigations: — (1)  The  course  of  the  conversion  of 
starch  into  sugar  and  dextrin  is  not  the  3ame  whether 
the  saccharification  is  effected  by  malt  or  acid.     The 


734 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  1NDUSTEY.      INov.  EO,  1887. 


saceharitication  by  malt  is  attended  by  a  decomposition 

of  the  starch  molecule  into  dextrin  and  maltose,  ■whilst 
the  saceharitication  by  acid  is  i  haiacle  lised  hy  the  con- 
version of  the  starch  into  dextrin  and  the  latter  into 
sugar.  (2)  The  dextiins  formed  by  the  conversion  of 
starch  by  the  two  agents  named  are  Dot  identical.  The 
dextrins  foimed  by  the  action  of  malt  are  polymeric, 
whilst  those  formed  by  the  action  of  ;  cid  are  rot.  (3) 
All  these  dextrins  have  the  same  rotatory  power.  (4) 
Maltose  is  always  foimrd  in  the  saceharitication  of  starch 
by  means  of  acid.  The  quantity  increases  as  the 
saceharitication  proceeds.  Even  in  the  earlier  stages  of 
the  sacchaiilieation  there  exists  an  almcst  constant  ratio 
between  the  amount  of  glucese  and  maltose  formed. 
This  is  34—38  of  maltose  to  ICO  of  glucose.  (5)  In  the 
saceharitication  of  starch  by  malt  the  foimation  of 
glucose  is  not  regular.  Whilst  it  almost  always  occurs 
in  solutions  of  high  gravity,  it  is  only  formed  in  liquids 
of  low  gravity  if  the  malt  extract  employed  be  turbid. 
(6)  The  dextrin  can  he  obtained  pure,  when  the  sugar  is 
destroyed  by  a  lactic  acid  fermentation.  (7)  For  the 
analysis  of  the  products  of  saceharitication,  the  author 
proposes  to  destroy  1  he  sugars  by  means  of  ammonium 
hydroxide  and  sonium  hypochlorite,  and  determine  the 
dextrin  by  the  polariscoi  e  readings  of  the  solutic  n  btfote 
and  after  treatment.— G.  H.  M. 


XYL— BREWING,  WINES  AND  SHEETS. 

Fijth    General    Meeting    and  Exhibition  of  the   Berlin 
Brewery  Institute.     Chera.  Zeit.  11,  851—652. 

The  Tapers  read  at  the  above  annual  meeting  were  : — 

1.  Hops  and  their  Constituents,  by  Bayduck. — The 
author  has  separated  a  new  resin  from  hops.  When  hops 
are  extracted  with  ether  and  the  ethereal  extract  sub- 
mitted to  examination,  three  distinct  resins  may  be 
separated  ;  one  of  these,  a  soft  lesin,  is  precipitated 
from  its  alcoholic  solution  by  lead  acetate  and  possesses 
remarkable  antiseptic  power  ;  the  second,  also  a  soft 
resin,  is  not  precipitable  by  lead  acetate,  but  it  is  soluble 
in  petroleum  ether  and  appears  to  he  identical  with  the 
oxidation  product  if  Bungener's  acid  from  hops  (this 
Journal,  1S85,  543)  and  may  he  obtained  from  lupulin  ; 
it  possesses  a  much  feebler  antisept  c  action  than  the 
former  ;  the  third,  which  is  a  1  aid  resin,  is  insoluble  in 
petroleum  ether,  has  only  very  slight  antiseptic  power, 
a  less  intense  bitter  taste  and  a  pleasant  smell.  Both 
of  the  soft  resins  give  a  yellow  coloration  when  treated 
with  magnesium  oxide  in  alcoholic  solution  ;  under  the 
same  conditions  the  solid  resin  gives  an  orange-coloured 
precipitate.  All  the  resins,  when  shaken  in  ethereal 
solution  with  copper  sulphate  solution,  give  a  beautiful 
grass-green  colour  to  the  ethereal  liejuid.  All  the  resins 
are  soluble  in  water  to  the  extent  of  about  0042—  0"058 
per  cent.  The  antiseptic  action  of  the  soft  resins  is  very 
considerable  on  the  lactic  acid  feiment,  but  it  is  very 
slight  on  sarcina  and  the  acetic  acid  ferment.  The 
solubility  of  the  resin  in  water  decreases  on  boiling  (there- 
fore the  repeated  use  of  hops  is  not  to  be  recommended) 
and  the  presence  of  lactic  acid  in  wort  also  reduces  the 
solubility.  This  fact  accounts  for  the  formation  of  a  tilni 
of  resin  on  ferruentiti"  worts,  since  traces  of  lactic  acid 
are  always  present  in  beer  wort. 

2.  Ilo  Consumption  of  Foe/  in  Breweries,  by  Goslich. 
— The  author  referred  to  the  waste  of  heat  in  ceipper 
boiling  and  recommended  boiling  by  steam,  a  discussion 
following  on  the  relative  merits  of  direct  firing  and  steam 
boiling. 

3.  The  Influence  of  Carbonic  Acid  on  the  Fermentation 
and  Keeping  Properties  of  Beer,  by  Delbriick. — Pressure 
of  carbonic  acid  prolongs  the  fermentation  and  also 
checks  the  yeast-turbidity  in  the  finished  beer.  The 
author,  in  conjunction  with  Folh,  allowed  beer  to  remain 
in  bottle  under  a  pressure  of  2—  4  atmospheres  of 
carbonic  acid  and  compared  the  results  with  those  of  beer 
bottled  under  ordinary  conditions.  The  results  were  in 
favour  of  that  bottled  under  pressure,  the  liter  remaining 
bright  for  a  much  longer  time.  Pressure  of  carbonic 
acid  does  not  check  the  growth  of  bacteria  or  sarcina. 
Euzinger  considered   that  the  prolonged    influence    of 


carbonic  acid  on  beer  improved  it.     V.  de  Planitz  con- 
sidered that  air-pressure  is  preferable  to  carbonic  acid 
pressure  during  the  pasteurisation  of  beer. 
4.  Thi    Yield  of  Mashing  Materials,  by  0.  Beinke,— 

The  author  determines  the  extract  of  a  malt  by  analysing 
the  malt  and,  after  the  mashing  process  is  over,  the 
plains,  instead  of  by  the  usual  methods  of  examining  the 
wiit.  I  neler  the  most  favourable  conditions  the  yield 
of  extract  is  eeiual  to  the  theoretical,  hut  various  facte  rs 
usually  causea  loss  of  less  than  12per  cent,  of  the  theoretical 
yield.  Normal  grains  contain  on  the  absolute  dry  sub- 
stance  about  S  per  cent,  of  extract,  yielding  26  per  cent, 
of  starch  and  4."i  per  cent,  of  substances  free  from 
nitrogen.  The  high  value  of  grains  as  fodder  must 
therefore  depend  greatly  on  the  easy  digestibility  and 
solubility  of  the  altered  cellulose  of  the  malt,  quite 
apart  from  the  high  percentage  of  proteins.— G.  11.  M. 


XVIII.-ELEGTBO-CHEMISTRY    AND   ELECTRO- 

METALLUEGY. 

Obtaining  Zinc  in  a  Metallic  Form  from  Alkaline 
Solutions  of  Zinc  Oxide.  W.  S.  Squire  and  S.  C.  C. 
Cuirie,  London.    Eng.  Pat.  12,249,  Sept.  27,1886.    4d 

Thk  solution  is  electrolysed  with  an  anode  of  iron  or 
carbon  and  a  cathode  of  mercury.  The  resulting  zinc 
amalgam  is  distilled  to  separate  the  mercury. 

— W.  G.  M. 


W.  S.  Squire 
Pat.    12.CC0. 


Obtaining  Metallic  Zinc  from  its  Otcs. 

and   S.    C.   C.    Currie,   London.      Fn 

Oct.  5,  1886.  4d. 
The  ore  is  diessed,  oltained  as  oxide,  if  not  already  in 
this  form,  by  roasting,  dissolved  in  potassium  or  sodium 
Indroxide  and  electioljsed  with  a  mercury  cathode. 
The  zinc  is  obtained  by  thesulsequent  distillation  tf  the 
amalgam.  (See  Eng.  Pat.  12,249  of  1SS6.)— W.  G.  M. 


An  Improvement  in  Electrolysis.  C.  IX  Abel,  London. 
From  Messrs.  Siemens  and  Halske,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,033,  Nov.  1,  1886.     8el. 

A  solution  of  copper  sulphate  and  feirous  sulphate  with 
sulphuric  acid,  enters  at  the  cathode  (near  the  bottom 
of  the  cell)  on  which  its  copper  is  deposited  by  the 
electric  current.  It  then  passes  over  a  non-metallic 
partition  and  falls  along  the  surface  of  an  insoluble 
carbon  anode,  the  ferrous  sulphate  being  meantime  con- 
verted into  ferric  sulphate  and  acting,  therefore,  as  a 
depolariser.  This  solution  then  Hows  from  the  cell  over 
roasted  copper  pyrites,  acting  on  the  cuprous  sulphide 
and  copper  oxide  to  form  sulphate  of  copper,  but  not 
touching  the  iron  oxide.  In  this  process  the  ferric 
sulphate  is  again  leduced  to  ferrous  sulphate  and  the 
solution,  thus  brought  to  the  same  condition  as  before, 
passed  again  through  the  cells.  Similar  processes  may  be 
used  employing  zinc  and  other  metals.  If  chlorides  of 
the  metals  are  used,  ferrous  sulphate  is  replaced  by  iron 
protochloride.  The  patent  also  relates  to  arranging 
several  such  cells  in  series.  By  these  methods  a  lower 
counter  E.  M.  F.  is  produced  and  the  current  is  not  wasted 
in  reducing  iron  salts  ;  the  ancele  also  remains  untouched. 

— E.  T. 


Improvements   in    Apparatus  for   the  Preparation    of 

Bleaching  Solutions  by  Electrolysis.  E.  Hermite, 
Paris,  E.  J.  Paterson  and  G.  F.  Cooper,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,673,  Nov.  12,  1886.     lid. 

See  under  VI.,  page  727. 

Improvements  in  Holdtrs  or  Supports  for  Incandescent 
i  lee  trie  Lamps.    J.  H.  Holmes,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Eng.  Pat.  15,094,  Nov.  20,  1886.     S.l. 

To  obtain  an  even  distribution  of  pressure  between  both  of 
the  platinum  loops  of  electric  lamps  and  the  hooks  of  the 
holder,  a  spring  is  caused  to  act  on  the  part  of  the  lamp 
midway  between  the  loops. — B.  T. 


xov.  so.  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


735 


the    Mann f,n lure   of  Incandescent    New  and  Improved  Process   and  Apparatus  for  fro- 


Improvement* 

Electric  Lamps.     W.  Maxwell,  London.      Eng.   Pat 

15,165,  Nov.  22,  1SS6.  Sd. 
WHEN  the  filaments  have  been  attached  to  the  connect- 
ing; wires  in  the  usual  manner,  they  are  p'aced  upon  a 
refractory  conductor  contained  in  an  air-tight  ease,  froii 
which  the  air  has  been  exhausted,  and  the  conductor  is 
elecricilly  heated  until  carbonisation  of  the  mount  is 
complete."  Sealing  the  glass  ste-n  of  the  bulb  is  accom- 
plished by  a  similarly  heated  adjacent  c  inductor.  The 
bulbs  are  sometimes  filled  with  nitrogen  or  hydrogen, 
which  gases  are  maintained  at  any  desired  pressure  or 
temperature  in  order  to  facilitate  their  purification.    The 


j    Aluminium.     W.     P.    Thompson,    Liverpool. 

FromM.  G.  Farmer,  Eliot,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  10,815, 

Aug.  6,  18S7.  Sd. 
Ax  aluminous  material  is  either  made  into  a  paste 
with  a  suitable  quantity  of  carbon,  by  means  of  niolasse8 
or  other  similar  body,"  and  moulded  into  rods  of  con- 
venient size  (Jin.  in  diameter  by  2ft.  long),  or  it  is 
packed  within  a  carbon  tube  by  itself  or  mixed  with  a 
reducing  substance.  At  one  end  of  each  rod  is  a  pro- 
jecting portion,  which  for  convenience  of  connection  will 
tit  into  a  corresponding  socket  at  the  reverse  end  of  any 
other  rod.     These  rods  are  then  so  passed  through  the 


gas-holder   is   connected   with   the   lamps    by   inverted     opposite  side  walls  ot  a  furnace,  constructed  of  refractory 

1        ■  .  ..  .■  c       .         i  t    •     i      .1         1——S..1       *•.,,.♦      *V....-     ,......,     it,     il.n     oa.itru  liPTlP:ltN      tlllS 


syphon  tubes,  preferably  of  steel,  in  which  the  mercury 
acts  as  a  seal  against  admission  of  air.  The  mercury  of 
the  exhausting  apparatus  passes  through  a  refrigerating 
chamber  and  the  parts  of  the  apparatus  are  connected 
together  by  inverted  syphons  as  above. — B.  T. 


material 
point    is 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Amalgamating  Gold 
and  other  Precious  Metals.  B.  C.  Molloy,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,206,  Nov.  22,  1SS6.  lid. 
Within  a  shallow-  circular  tray  ami  floating  freely 
upon  the  mercury  contained  in  it,  is  a  disc  with  sides 
lusher  than  those  of  the  outer  tray,  with  a  central 
aperture  carrying  a  hopper  for  the  introduction  of  the 
ore,  and  a  cross-bar  through  which  passes  a  spindle 
required  for  the  rotation  of  the  disc.  Attached  to  the 
spindle  and  to  the  circumference  of  the  disc  are  wires 
Cupping  into  the  mercury  for  the  purpose  of  preventing 
the  aggregation  of  ore  at  any  point.  The  spindle  runs 
in  a  socket  on  the  floor  of  the  tray,  and  is  supported  by 
a  cross-head  above  :  it  is  lotated  at  about  10  revolutions 


that  they  meet  in  the  centre.  Beneath  this 
an  aperture  communicating  with  a  crucible 
beneath  ;  above  it  is  a  similar  vent  for  the  discharge  of 
waste  gases  into  the  air,  whilst  at  the  side,  midway 
between  the  rods,  is  an  opening  for  the  admission  of  a 
jet  of  gas  or  of  petroleum  spray  injected  by  steam  or  air, 
the  combustion  of  which  will  cause  a  flame  to  play  con- 
tinuously on  the  points  of  the  compound  carbons.  An 
electric  arc  is  then  formed  between  these  two  poles,  with 
the  result  that  as  they  are  consumed  the  aluminium  is 
reduced  and  falls  in  molten  drops  into  the  crucible.  A 
suitable  arrangement  of  shunt,  solenoid  and  motor 
maintains  the  points  at  the  right  distance  apart  and 
gives  the  necessary  feed  to  the  rods.  Several  furnaces 
may  be  arranged  in  series  and  the  current  may  be  con- 
tinuous or  alternating.— W.  G.   M. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Conversion  oj  Chemical 
Energy  into  Electrical  Energy,  and  to  Apparatus 
therefor.  H.  H.  L?ke,  London.  From  \\  .  E.  Case, 
New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  11,1SS,  Aug.  10, 
18S7.   Sd. 


per  minute.     The  finely-crushed  ore   is  fed  in  suitable 

quantities  into  the   hopper,  either  drv  or  as  pulp.     It 

thence  -raduallv  finds  its  wav  spirally  over  the  mercury     The  soluble  element  is  either  f.ee  carbon,  ora  compound 

in  the  bath,  being  impelled  forward  bv  the  motion  of  the     reducible  to  free  carbon  which  must  be  a  conductor  ot 

disc  and  the  resulting  centrifugal  wave,  until  on  reaching    electricity.     The  solulion  contains  oxygen  in  nnsta 


the  circumference  it  deposits  any  mercury  particles 
caught  in  it  and  overflows  into  such  receptacle  as  may 
be  provided  to  receive  it.  Thus  each  particle  will 
remain  in  contact  with  the  mercury  for  the  space  of 
about  15  seconds.  If  desired,  a  porous  diaphragm  may 
be  provided,  having  a  lead,  carbon  or  other  anode  packed 
in  sand,  wetted  with  soda  or  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  or 
any  suitable  electrolyte,  beneath  it  ;  the  mercury  itself 
acts  as  cathode  to  a  weak  current  of  electricity  and 
is  thus  preserved  from  "sickening.'  —W.  (;.  M. 


equ  libriiim  and  is  preferably  peroxide  of  chlorine.  An 
anode  such  as  platinum  is  used.  The  cell  is  charged 
with  peroxide  of  chlorine  by  pouring  in  first  sulphuric 
acid  and  then  adding  chlorate  of  potash.  —  E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electrical  Batterie*,  and  in  the  Manu- 
facture of  Depolarising  Bodies  t<>  be  used  tin  rein.  E. 
Barbier  and  M.  Leclanche,  Paris,  France.  Erg.  1'at. 
16,823,  Dec.  22,  1SS6.  Sd. 
In  agglomerated  depolarisers  the  agglomerating  sub- 
stance is  usually  a  non-conductor  of  electricity,  snch  as 
gnm-lac.  The  inventors  use  a  combination  of  a  peroxide, 
such  as  peroxide  of  lead,  manganese,  etc.,  with  graphite, 
pitch,  sulphur  and  water.  These  are  intimately  mixed 
and  compressed  cold.  The  block  obtained  is  heated 
slowly  to  about  350°  C.  The  water  and  volatile  oils  of 
the  pitch  are  driven  oft'  and,  finally,  the  sulphur  acting 
on  the  remnant  of  the  pitch  converts  it  into  an  un- 
alterable conductor  or  electricity.  The  inventors  also 
claim  a  sealed  form  of  battery,  containing  a  centre 
cylinder  of  zinc  surrounded  by  a  cylinder  agglomerated 
as  described. — E.  T. 


An  Improved  Insulating  Material  especially  adapted 
for  Covering  Electrical  Conductors.  11.  W.  Fddison, 
Leeds,  From  J.  Tatham.  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  10,092,  July  19,  1SS7.     4d. 

The  claims  are  for  an  insulating  material  made  of  resin 
and  cottonseed  oil  (to  render  the  former  tough),  to  which 
other  materials  may  be  added.  Four  to  six  pari-  of 
resin  to  one  of  the  oil  make  a  good  mixture,  but  other 
proportions  may  be  used. — E.  E.  B. 


XIX.— PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Improvements  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of  the  Spent 
Lys  used  in  the  Manufacture  of  Cellulose  by  means 
of  Sulphites,  for  the  Recovery  of  Sulphurous  Add 
therefrom,  and  to  the  Utilisation  of  the  said  Lye? 
after  such  Treatment.  .\.  Frank,  I'harlottenhurg, 
Prussia.  Eng.  Pat.  13,286,  Oct.  IS,  1SS0.  Od. 
The  lyes  resulting  from  the  manufacture  of  cellulose, 
paper  pulp,  textile  fibres,  etc.,  by  the  sulphite  process 
contain  sulphurous  acid,  some  of  which  is  free,  while 
some  is  in  the  form  of  sulphites  ard  bisulphites.  The 
present  invention  relates  to  the  removal  and  recovery  of 
the  sulphites  from  the  lyes,  so  that  the  remaining  solu 
tion  can  be  utilised  for  forage  and  manuring  purposes. 
When  the  lyes  contain  lime  or  magnesia  as  a  base,  a 
quantity  of  caustic  lime  is  added  equivalent  to  the  pro- 
portion "of  sulphurous  acid  present.  When  the  lyes  con- 
tain the  sulphite  or  bisulphite  of  soda  or  potash,  a 
mixture  of  calcium  chloride  and  lime  is  added,  so  that 
the  amount  of  calcium  chloride  is  equivalent  to  the  alkali, 
while  the  lime  is  in  proportion  to  the  sulphurous  acid 
present.  In  every  case  the  sulphurous  acid  is  precipitated 
as  calcium  monosulphite,  which  is  separated  from  the 
Ives  by  filter-presses.  The  organic  matter  still  adhering 
tip  this'  precipitateis  removed  by  clutriation  with  water,  to 
which  neutral  sails  (sodium  or  calcium  chloride)  can  he 
added  to  incnase  the  specific  gravity.  The  calcium 
monosulphite,  owing  to  its  greater  specific  weight, 
thereby  separates  from  the  lighter  organic  ^ibstances. 
Or  the" purification  may  be  effected  by  washing  the  pre- 
cipitate with  a  highly-diluted  solution  of  sulphurous 
acid  or  with  a  solution  of  calcium  bisulphite,  in  either 
of  which  solutions  the  organic  substances  are  soluble. 


rnn 


THE  JOtJRNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IXov. 30. iss7. 


The  purified  calcium  monosnlphite  is  worked  up  f^r 
producing  Fresh  solutions  of  bisulphites  by  either  of  the 
following  processes: — (1)  It  is  stirred  up  in  an  aqueous 
solution  of  sulphurous  acid  or  (2)  t he  monosulpliite  is 
treated  with  sufficient  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to  combine 
with  a  part  of  the  lime,  the  lime  forming  calcium  sulphate 
(annalin,  pearl  hardening),  whilst  the  sulphurous  acid, 
which  has  thus  become  tree,  changes  the  undecomposed 
monosnlphite  into  a  solution  of  bisulphite  of  the  desired 
composition;  or  (3)  the  monosnlphite  is  introduced 
into  a  solution  of  sodium  bisulphate,  whereby  a 
precipitate  of  calcium  sulphate  and  a  solution 
of  sodium  bisulphite  is  obtaiucd.  Owing  to  the 
use  of  caustic  lime  for  the  precipitation  of  the  mono- 
sulphite  fiom  the  l\es,  these  solutions  will  have 
an  alkaline  reaction,  which  makes  them  unfit  for  use  as 
foiage  and  manure.  It  is.  therefore,  of  advantage  to 
pass  carbonic  acid  and  air  through  the  solution  to  pre- 
cipitate the  caustic  lime  and  oxidise  the  last  traces  of 
sulphite  still  dissolved.  If  the  use  as  manure  be  intended, 
a  quantity  of  acid  pho-phnte  of  lime  is  added  sufficient 
for  forming  a  basic  pliosj  hate  with  the  caustic  lime 
present. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  forvse  in  effecting 
the  Recovery  of  <  hemicals  from  Spent  Liquors  of 
Pa//)  Digesters.  .1.  E.  Warren  and  1'.  A.  Cloudman, 
Maine,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  11,610,  Aug.  26,  1SS7.     Sd. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  recovering 
chemicals  from  the  spent  liquors  of  pulp  digesters.  The 
appaiatus  consists  of  an  evaporating  chamber,  a  com- 
bustion furnace  and  a  rotary  calcining  furnace  between 
the  evaporator  and  combustion  furnace  The  evaporator 
is  provided  with  a  series  of  screw  conveyors  placed  near 
the  hearth  of  the  <diamber,  by  means  of  which  the  liquid, 
which  is  in  a  syrupy  condition,  may  be  fed  towards 
the  inlet  of  the  rotary  calcining  furnace.  The  latler 
is  furnished  with  an  agitator  for  detaching  the 
chemicals  from  the  sides  of  the  furnace.  The  combus- 
tion furnace,  near  the  outlet  of  the  calcining  furnace,  is 
provided  with  a  hollow  throat,  through  which  the  spent 
liquor  circu'ates  before  entering  the  evaporator.  By  this 
arrangement  the  throat  is  always  kept  cool  and  can  be 
made  of  iron,  which  is  the  most  desirable  material.  The 
throat  projects  into  the  outlet  of  the  rotarv  furnace. 

— S.   H. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 


AND  EXTEAOTS. 


-2222. 


Sparteine.     F.  Ahrens.     Ber.  20,  2211 

Sparteine  is  reducible  with  Sn  and  HC1,  yielding  a 
tin  double  salt,  from  which  the  base  can  be  separated. 
The  latter  forms  a  mtroso-compi  und,  which  is  decomposed 
with  HC1  and  on  distilling  with  potash  in  steam  an  oil 
passes  into  the  receiver.  This  gives  a  platinum  double 
salt  of  the  formula  C„H,8N1!(HGl)a.PtCl».  On  oxidis- 
ing sparteine  with  KMnOj  in  an  acid  solution,  formic 
acid  is  formed  but  no  acid  of  the  pyridine  series. 
Sparteine  dissolves  in  HoO,  and  a  violent  reaction 
occurs  with  the  formation  of  a  white  precipitate.  This 
is  filtered,  the  filtrate  neutralised  with  H,S04  and 
evaporated.  To  get  rid  of  H2S04,  barium  hydrate  is 
added  and  excess  of  the  latter  subsequently  precipitated 
with  CO..  On  evaporation,  an  alkaline  syrup  remains 
which  gives  a  double  platinum  salt  of  the  formula 
C.H.cNVO.aHCl.l'tCU.—  J.  B.  C. 


Addition  Products  of  the  Cinchona  Alkaloids.     W.  J. 
Comstock  and  AY.  Koenigs.      Ber.  20,  '-'510—2527. 

Cinchonine  C,,HKN*.0  and  cinchene  C10H,,Nj  )  ield 
with  bromine,  cinchonincdibromide  and  cinehenedi- 
bromide.  These  split  oil"  HBr  on  treating  with  KoH, 
and  give  dehydrocinchonine  C,  ,11  .  „N.,<  >  and  dehydro- 
cinchene  C,,H,8Ni.  In  brominating  cinchene  two 
dibromides  a  and  ,i  are  formed.  Chineuc  also  forms  a 
dibromide  CloH,1Br,NaO  and  by  elimination  of  HBr 
vields  dehydrochiuene  C^H,,N90.   Quinine,  cinchonine, 


cinchene  and  dehydrocinchonine  absorb  the  hydracids 
at- 17"  and  form  compounds  analogous  to  the  dibromo- 
compounds  enumerated  above.  Quinine  yields  hydro- 
chlorquinine  ;  cinchonine,  hydrochlorcinchonine,  etc. 
The  dibromides  are  obtained  by  acting  upon  the  alkaloid 
with  bromine  in  CHC1,  solution.  Cinchenedibromide 
may  be  distinguished  from  the  fi-compound  as  it  crystal- 
lises with  one  molecule  water.  Dehydrochinene,  obtained 
by  boiling  dry  chinenedihromide  with  alcoholic  potash,  is 
a  colourless  crystalline  body  almost  insoluble  in  water. 
Hydrochlorquinine  C,,H,6ClN]0a,  obtained  by  leaving 
the  hydrochloride  of  the  alkaloid  in  contact  with 
an  aqueous  solution  of  11(1,  saturated  at- 17,  for 
several  weeks,  is  a  crystalline  substance.  By  the 
action  of  potash  quinine  is  regenerated.  The  hydro- 
bromide  has  the  formula  Ca>H1IBrN,0,.2HBr  and 
dissolves  completely  in  dilute  KOH  solution  with  a 
yellow  colour.  CO,  precipitates  the  bromide  again  from 
this  solution.  It  appears  that  by  the  action  of  HBr  at 
a  higher  temperature,  not  only  is  an  addition  product 
formed,  but  the  met  boxy-group  is  also  split  off 
Cinchonine  also  takes  up  1  molecule  of  HC1  ai.d  HBr, 
forming  hydrtchlorcinchonine  ami  bydrobromcinchonine. 
When  bydrobromcinchonine  is  boiled  with  alcoholic 
potash  for  12  hours  a  considerable  quantity  of  cinchonine 
is  regenerated.  In  addition  to  this  a  second  product 
remains  in  the  ethereal  mother-liquors  from  the  cin- 
chonine and  has  the  formu'a  C,  .,H„„N..O.  The  authors 
give  to  this  body  the  name  isocinchonine.  Hydrobrom- 
cinchene  is  a  crjstallinc  compound.  Dehydrocinchonine 
absorbs  concentrated  HBr  in  the  cold  with  the 
formation  of  hydrobromdehydrocinchonine.  Neither 
the  pyridine  and  quinoline  bases  nor  the  tetra-  or 
hexabydiides  of  these  absorb  the  hydracids  at 
the  ordinary  temperature.  Experiments  with  Fischer's 
base  obtained  by  heating  methylketol  and  methyliodide 
pave  the  same  result,  and  the  same  with  methyl- 
lepidone.  The  different  action  of  the  natural  and  the 
artificial  bases  lherelore  points  to  a  difference  in  constitu- 
lion,  and  it  is  little  likely  that  the  quinoline  nucleus  in 
the  former  compounds  aie  hydrogmated  either  in  the 
benzene  or  pyridine  nucleus.  As,  moreover,  cinchonine 
gives  a  nearly  theoretical  yield  of  cinchonic  acid  (Py-3- 
quinoline  carboxylic  acid),  cinchonine  probably  contains 
the  non-saturated  group  C1(,H,r.NO,  in  addition  to  the 
quinoline  nucleus  with  which  the  hydracids  form  addi- 
tion products.  This  group  contains  probably  a  partly 
hydrogenated  benzene  nucleus.  At  present  sufficient 
facts  are  not  forthcoming  whereby  it  is  possible  to  state 
if  this  second  benzene  nucleus  in  quinine  and  cinchonine 
is  hydrogenated  or  is  anon-saturated  fattv  group. 

—J.  B.  C. 

Therapeutic  Value  of  Quinine  Salts.     Boymond.  Arch. 

de  Pharm.  1S87,  145. 
The  author  publishes  in  a  tabular  form  the  various 
recipes  for  quinine  salts  in  the  different  Pharmacopoeias, 
their  formula,  equivalent  numbers,  solubilities,  water 
percentage  and  the  percentage  composition  of  acid  and 
base.  According  to  these  tables  the  amount  of  pure 
alkaloid  iu  the  hvdrate  is  S5'72  per  cent.  ;  in  the  acetate 
84  37  ;  in  the  hydrochloride  8T71  ;  in  the  lactate  78  26  ; 
in  the  basic  hydrobromide  76*60  ;  in  the  valerianate 
76"06  ;  in  the  basic  sulphate  74.31  ;  in  the  neutral  sulpho- 
vinate,  71*20;  in  the  arseniate  69'3S;  in  the  basic 
salicylate,  68"79 ;  in  the  citrate,  67  OS  ;  in  the  neutral 
hydrobromide  60'57  :  in  the  neutral  sulphate  (bisulphate) 
59*12  ;  in  the  hydroferrocyamde  £652;  in  the  hydriodide 
55*95  ;  and  in  the  tannate  22*60  per  cent.— G.  H.  M. 


Emetine.     H.  Kunz.     Arch.  Pharm.  1SS7,  461. 

Emetine  has  hitherto  been  very  little  studied  on  ac- 
count of  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  it  in  a  form  sufficiently 
pure  for  analysis.  The  author  now  obtains  it  by  a  modi- 
fication of  l'odwissotzky's  method  as  a  pure  white, 
amorphous,  electrical  powder,  which  rapidly  becomes 
yellow  or  brown  on  exposure  to  the  light  ;it  has  a  bitter 
and  harsh  taste.  The  Kim  ti mini  purum  of  commerce 
is  a  whitish-grey  to  greyish-brown  powder.  Anexamina- 


xov.  30, 188;.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


737 


tion  of  emetine,    which,  like  quinine,  is  obtained  from 
a  Rubiacfe,  gave  the  following  results  : — 

1.  Emetine  possesses  the  molecular  formula 
C,„H10N.,O-  anil  gives  a  platinochloride  with  the  compo- 
sition (3j0H40N,O6.HjPtCl6.  It  is  a  diatomic  base  and 
also  a  tertiary  diamine  like  quinine,  since  it  yields  by 
the  addition  of  methyl  an  ammonium  base  methyl- 
emetonium  hydrate,  C   ,11  ,„<  'II  ,NaOsOH. 

2.  Emetine  is  very  probably  a  derivative  of  ouiuoline, 
like  quinine. 

3.  In  addition  to  emetine  the  Radix  ipecacuanha  also 
contains  bilineurin  or  choline. — G.  H.  M. 


Ineine  from  Strophanthu.i  Hisuidus.     J.   L.  Soubeiran. 
Jour.  Pharm.  Chim.   1887,  593. 

When  the  seeds  are  macerated  with  acidified  alcohol  a 
crystalline  glucoside,  strophanthine,  is  obtained,  which 
by  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid  is  decomposed  into 
glucose  and  strophanthidin^.  The  latter  is  insoluble  in 
water,  eisily  soluble  in  alcohol  and  is  particularly 
bitter.  The  tufts  of  hair  of  the  seeds  give,  when  treated 
with  acidified  alcohol,  a  ciystalline  substance  of 
alkaloidal  character,  to  which  Hardy  and  Gallois  have 
given  the  name  ineine.  According  to  the  author  ineine 
doe?  not  possess  the  physiological  properties  of  stroph- 
anthine ;  lie  does  not  state,  however,  what  propenies  it 
actually  possesses.  Helbing  an  I  Elborue  ould  not  tiud 
iue'inein  the  seeds. —G.  H.  M. 


A  False  Kola-nut.    E.  Heckel  and  F.  Schlagdenhaufl'en. 
Nouv.  Eemed.  1887,  123. 

According  to  the  investigation  of  the  authors,  the 
fruit  of  Heritiera  littoralis  Wight  et  Am  is  found  mixed 
with  kola-nuts.  This  substitution  possesses  a  double 
interest,  siuce  both  the  plants  named  belong  to  the  same 
family  [Stereuliacas)  as  those  which  give  the  kola-nuts, 
and  the  fruits  in  question  also  serve  as  a  food-stuff  in 
India,  aud  they  possess  exactly  the  same  waste-repairing 
properties  as  tie  kola-nut.  Heritiera  littoralis  is  a  large 
nee  which  jjrows  in  India,  in  the  Philippines.  Molucca, 
and  other  islands  of  the  South  Coast  of  Africa.  The 
form  of  the  nut  is  oval-pointed,  it  weighs  20 — 25grms. 
and  is  of  a  white  colour,  similar  to  the  so-called  Kola 
blanca.  The  cotyledons  have,  when  chewed,  at  first  an 
astringent,  then  a  sweet,  and,  finally,  a  slightly  bitter 
taste.  The  chemical  examination  of  the  fruit  showed 
a  complete  absence  of  caffeine  in  the  nuts  of  Heritiera 
littoralis.— G.  H.  M. 


of  a  coumarin-like  odoui'.     With  cone.  HN<>     it  gives  a 
green  coloiation. 

Homopterocarpin,  Ci9Hj,Oj,  is  soluble  in  ether,  chlo- 
roform, benzene  and  carbon  bisulphide,  less  soluble  in  cold, 
more  easily  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol.  It  crystallises 
from  ether  in  beautiful  long  needles.  It  softens  at  70", 
begins  to  melt  at  82",  completely  melts  at  S(>  ,  and,  once 
melted,  remains  pasty  for  several  duys.  It  withstands 
boiling  concentrated  potash  solution,  but,  when  fused 
with  potash,  it  jields  carbonic  anhydride  and  phloro- 
glucinol  and  evolves  an  odour  of  conmarin.  When  neated 
for  10  hours  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  it  yields 
a  substance  which  appears  to  be  a  resorcinol  ether 
i '  Hj.Ull)  ,0,  and,  by  further  action,  a  strongly  fluores- 
cent substance  and  methyl  chloride.  This  admits  of  the 
conclusion  that  homopterocarpin  contains  the  resorcinol 
group  and  one  or  more  methyl  groups.  It  appears  to 
resemble  the  internal  anhydrides  of  the  aromatic  series, 
and  particularly  coumarin. — G.  11.  M. 


Pterocarpin   unci    Homopterocarpin.       Cazeneuve    and 
Hugounenq.     Compt.  Kend.  104,  1722. 

Cazeneuve  showed  in  1874  that  there  occurred  in  sandal- 
wood (Ptcrocarpus  santalinus),  in  addition  to  santa'in  and 
santol,  a  beautiful  crystalline  substance,  which  he  called 
pterocarpin.  The  authors  have  now  extracted  a  second 
substance,  which  appears  to  be  a  close  homologue  of 
the  first,  and  they  now  give  the  name  pterocarpin  to  the 
new  substance  and  call  the  earlier  substance  homoptero- 
carpin. Powdered  sandal-wood  is  intimately  heated 
with  an  equal  weight  of  slaked  lime,  moistened  with 
water,  dried  in  the  water-bath  and  extracted  with 
ether.  The  lime  forms,  with  the  colouring  matter,  a 
lake  insoluble  in  ether,  and,  with  the  resin,  a  slightly 
soluble  body.  The  ethereal  extract  is  evaporated"  the 
residue  taken  up  with  boiling  alcohol  of  93",  from  which 
pterocarpin  and  homopterocarpin  separate  on  cooling 
They  are  again  crystallised  from  alcohol,  then  from  ether, 
and  finally  separated  by  cold  carbon  bisulphide,  in  which 
homopterocarpin  is  very  easily  soluble,  and  pterocarpin 
almost  insoluble.  1  kilo,  of  sandal- wood  contains  about 
ogrms.  of  homopterocarpin  and  Igrm.  of  pterocarpin 

Pterocarpin,  C!  Hs03,  is  insoluble  in  water  and  cold 
alcohol,  soluble  in  boiling  alcohol,  less  soluble  in  ether 
and  crystallises  from  chloroform  in  clino-rhombic  prism", 
which  melt  at  152°.  The  substance  is  neutral,  isiusoluble 
in  acids  and  even  in  boiling  concentrated  potash  solution, 
but  it  is  decomposed  by  fused  potash  with  the  evolution 


/'.  rcentagc  of  Essential  Oil  in  Certain  Drugs  and  Parts 
of  Plants.  Result  obtained  at  the  Works  of  Messrs. 
ijchimmel  ,L  Co.,  Leipzig. 

Average  yield 
Name  of  Plant.  from  lOOkilos. 

In  kilos. 

Seed  of  Ptvi  hotis  Ajowan 3-000 

Root  of  Inula  Helcnium  0000 

Seed  of  Arcliangelica  officinalis 1450 

11001  °f  ISSffi?"}*"*"*  officinalis  {  J™ 

Seed  of  Russian       1  i'2S00 

„      Thuiingian  2"400 

Chilian  hPimpinella  Anisuni  -  2400 
.      „      Spanish  3-000 

Lcvanlian   ;  \.P300 

Flowers  of  Arnica  montana  O'OJO 

Hoot  of  .,  „  1100 

ferula  Assafcetida 3'250 

Uva  I'rsi 0-010 

Root  of  German  }  VaIerittml  officinalis  .J     0-950 

Ocimum  Basilicum 0  040 

Leaves  of  Pimenta  Aciis 2-300—  2o00 

Artemisia  Abrotanuni    0  040 

Rootof  „  ,.  0100 

Leaves  of  Piper  Bttle    0'ioO 

Betula  alba 20-OCO 

Leaves  of  Barosma  cremilata   2CO0 

Root  of  Acorus  Calamus 2'£00 

Cevlon      ,  , 4  000—  C-000 

Madras     [    Elcttaria  carda-    J 5  OtO 

Malabar    |  momum  | 4'250 

Siam         '  v 4310 

Bark  of  Croton  Eluteria  1'730 

Flowers  of  Ciunamomum  Cassia?    T350 

Wood  of  Juniperum  Yirginiana 3'5O0 

German  Matricaria  Chamomilla 0'285 

Roman  Anthemis  nobilis 0700—  POOO 

Leaves  of  Myrtus  Chekan  l'OOO 

Copaifei a  officinalis   to'OOO 

Dipteroearpus  turbinates  Oo'OOO 

Thuringian    -\  (..  0-800 

Russian  . .  0  900 

Dutch  .-Coriandrum  sativum  -   . .  0  000 

East  Indian  I  ..  0150 

Italian  )  {..  0700 

Piper  Cubeba 120(0— 16  000 

Bark  of  Laurus  Culilawan 3'400 

„       Malteaian     )  ,.,lminl]m    (  3900 

t»     V  ..  f  «•».., ,« '  i  un  liiiiin  i  „wi 

beedof  Syrian  t  rvminnm    i  * -100 

,.       East  Indian  •  Ljrmmum    < 2  250 

Root  of  Curcuma  lOBga    5200 

Seed.°f  RS  Anethum  graveolens    j  *™ 

Seed  of  East  Indian  Anethum  Sowa 2'000 

L-icaAbilo  17-000 

llried  leaves  of  Eucalyptus  Globulus  3  000 

Thymus  Serpyllum 0-200 

Seed  of  Saxonian  i        Anethum         i o'OOC — 5'oCO 

Galiciau    i      Foeniculum       '  . . . .  600U 
Seed  of  East  Indian   Paumoiium  Foeni- 
culum    2-200 

Flowers  of  Sambucus  nigra  0025 

Galbanum  officinale 6'5U0 

Root  of  Alpinia  Galanga 0150 

Root  of  Asaruni  Europa*um l'lOO 

Root  of  Heracleum  Sphondylium  1003 

Humulus  Lupulus 0-700—2  250 

Root  of  African  i  |    . .  2600 

Bengal  '       Zingiber      1    ..  2000 

,,       Japanese         (      officinalis     /   ..  l'SOO 

Cochin  China  I  [  ..  1900 

Root  of  Iris  Florentina 0-100 

Hyssopus  officinalis O'lOO 

I va  moschata    0'400 


738 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     INov.30.1887. 


Av.r;ige  yield 
N:nin  of  1  laot.  from  lOOfcilos, 

111  kiloe. 

Mentha  crispa  1000 

Seed  of  Carum  carvi 4000—  7'COO 

Lavandula  vera  2'900 

Koot  of  Lcvistii  urn  otlirinale  0*600 

Wood  of  Elanhrium  gravcolens .V000 

Laurus  nobilis  1  00  1 

Leaves  of  Lauras  nobilis 2-100 

Orendaphnc  Californica  7'600 

Flowers  of  Myristica  liioscliala  HOOO-16-OOO 

Origanum  Majoiana 0'350 

..  ,.  dried 0  900 

Amyplalus  Rmara 0'4C0 —  0'700 

Matricaria  Parthenium   0'030 

Leaves  of  Piper  augustiMium    2'400 

Root  of  Irnperatoria  Ostruthium    0  800 

Melissa  officinalis    0'100 

Bark  of  Michelia  Nilagirica 0300 

Seed  of  Daucus  Carota 1650 

Seed  of  Hibiscus  Abelmoschus    02C0 

Hoot  (if  Ferula  Sumbul 0'300 

Myristica  moschaia  8  000-10-OfO 

lijlsamodcndron  Mynha    2-500—  fi  500 

Caryaphyllus  aromatkus  17t00— l'J'UOO 

Ileum  urbanum    O'OIO 

Olibanus  tliuriftra 6'300 

Pastinaca  Opoponax 6600 

Populus  nigra    O'oOO 

Seed  of  Pastinaca  sativa 2100 

Pogostemon  Patchouli l'SOO—  4  000 

Myroxylon  Percirae  0-100 

Oil  of  Tnssilago  Petosites  0  056 

Apium  Petroselinum 0  300 

Seed  of  Apium  Petroselinum    3  500 

Piper  nigrum 2'200 

Mentha  piperita   0  300 

dried 1000-  1250 

Amygdalus  Persica    O'SOO-  10O0 

Myitus  Pimenta 3  500 

Koot  of  Pimpinella  Saxifraga 0'025 

Oil  of  Ledum  palustre  O3--0 

Tanacetum  vulgare  0  150 

Ruta  graveolens 0']80 

Wood  of  Convolvulus  Scoparius  0010 

Flowers  of  Rosa  Centifolia 0-050 

.luniperus  Sabina 3  750 

German  |   galvia  offlcinalig  j MCO 

Italian    I  I 1  i00 

Fast  Indian I    SaDtalum  album  { 4;500 

Macassar      )  I 2  o00 

Wood  of  Laurus  Sassafras    2  600 

Achillea  Millefolium 0'080 

Root  of  Canadian  Asarnm  canadense 2-800  -  3  2i0 

Virginian  Aristoloehia  serpentaria  2000 

Seed  of  Xigclla  sativa O'SOO 

Apium  graveolens     0'200 

Seed  of  Apium  graveolens    3  000 

Dutch  )  ( 0  850 

German         -  Sinapis  nigra  ■ 0750 

East  Indian!  ( 0-590 

,,        Sinapis Juncia 0"500 

Priganem  creticuni 3  500 

Root  of  Valtrinia  celtica   r000 

Illicium  anisaium 5000 

Illicium  religiosum  l'OOO 

Liquidatnbar  orientalis 1000 

Andropogon  Nuricatis  0200 -0350 

German       |  junim,ruBoom    (....  O'SOO  -0700 

,.        Italian  n^[»U  . .  . .   P100  -P200 

Hungarian  I  munis  (....  rooo —1-100 

Seed  of  Phellandiium  aquaticum 1.300 

Artemisia  absynthium  0"i00 -0-100 

Ciniiamomum  zeylanicum  0900 —1250 

Canellaalba POOO 

Artemisia  n  aritima 2  000 

CuiumaZedoariae 1300 

— S.  H. 


more  especially  the  well-known  preparations  of  Guilder, 
Sanders,  Ezn,  Witte,  Krmmeiichs  and  Koch,  their  name 
is  a  misnomer,  since  they  contain  scarcely  any  peptone 
but  easily  soluble  albumen.  Nevertheless,  all  these 
preparations  are  easily  digestible  and,  therefore,  a  food 
which  can  be  highly  rt  commended  to  persons  with  a 
sluggish  digestion  and  lo  convalescents. — S.  II. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Drying  or  Curing  Fruit, 
Tobacco  and  other  Substances.  11.  II.  Lake,  London. 
From  II.  ('.  Andrews,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,915,  Aug.  9,  1SS7.     6d. 

This  apparatus  consists  of  a  closed  chamber,  in  the  lower 
portion  of  which  is  situated  a  hot  air  pipe  or  heating 
tine.  Above  and  parallel  to  this  is  another  pipe  provided 
with  perforations  and  communicating  with  the  exterior  of 
the  chamber.  Cold  air  enters  this  latter  pipe  and  escaping 
by  the  perforations  mingles  with  the  up  current  of  hot 
air  rising  from  the  neighbourhood  of  the  heating  flue 
The  substance  to  be  dried  is  contained  in  the  tipper 
portion  of  the  chamber. — A.  K.  D. 


XXIL-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

A   Gas  Burette  Working  Independently  of  Temperature 
and  Pressure.     W.  Hernpel.    Ber.  $J0,  2340-2343. 

A  is  an  ordinary  lOOcc.  gas  burette,  fixed  to  a  foot  E, 
and  closed  above  by  a  Greiner-Friedrich's  three-way 
cock.  The  burette  is  connected  by  caoutchouc  tubing 
with  the  gauge  F  and  the  tube  B.  The  latter  is  a  simple 
glass  tube,  which  is  closed  below  and  communicates 
with  F.  The  whole  is  contained  in  the  vessel  of  water 
C.  The  tube  C  is  open  above  and  closed  below  by  an 
indiarubber  stopper  with  a  single  bore.  The  gauge  tube 
F  is  about  6mm.  wide  at  the  bind  ;  from  e  to  c  it  is 


On  Peptones   and  the  so  called  Peptones  of  Commerce. 
Gerlach.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  1246. 

I'EPTONIS  are  the  final  active  products  of  digestion. 
They  are  soluble  in  water  and  dilute  acids,  and  diffuse 
through  membranes.  They  appear  to  melt  on  the 
water-bath,  but  this  apparent  melting  is  owing  to  wa'er, 
which  they  hold  tenaciously  enclosed.  Peptones  injec- 
ted into  the  blood  of  dogs  gradually  cause  narcose,  and 
the  blood  loses  for  some  time  its  power  of  coagulating. 
The  peptoues  used  as  food  therefore  do  not  pass  unal- 
tered into  the  blood,  but  are  changed  in  the  cells  of  the 
intestines.  They  can  be  c'assed  in  three  groups — 
I  c|sine  -  peptones,  pancreas  peptones'  and  peptones 
derived  from  vegetable  lenntnts  (Cm  ica  papain,  Agate 
Americ.).  Whereas  those  of  the  first  group  have  a 
pleasant  tiste,  those  of  the  lecond  (lass  of  peptones 
taste  and  smell  viry  disagreeably;  the  last  has  no 
practical  value  yet.     As  to  the  peptones  of  commerce, 


*=m 


N 


4 


capillary  if  mercury  is  used,  or  3mm  wide  if  water  is 
the  liquid  employed.  The  burette  is  in  connection  with 
the  tap  G  and  the  vessel  H  for  adjusting  the  level.  If 
the  gas  is  measured  in  the  moist  state,  a  drop  of  water 
is  introduced  into  B.  The  volume  of  the  gauge  tube 
between /and  c  must  be  measured  once  fur  all  previous 
to  use.  This  is  done  by  drawing  a  given  volume  of  gas 
into  the  burette,  then  placing  the  three-way  cock  in  the 
position  IK,  so  that  it  communicates  with  the  gauge.  By 
raising  or  lowering  the  vessel  H  the  pressure  can  be 
brought  to  that  of  the  gas  in  B.  When  the  pressure  is 
equal  the  level  of  the  mercury  in  both  limbs  of  F  is  the 
same.     The  cock  G  is  closed  and  the  volume  read  off. 


Nov.  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


739 


If  ii  is  again  opened  and  H  lowered,  the  liquid  in  the 
gauge  can  lie  brought  to  c.  If  the  cock  I>  i-  closed  and 
the  volume  of  gas  again  read  oil'  on  the  scale  subse- 
quently to  adjusting  the  liquid  in  the  vessel  M,  the 
difference  of  the  two  readings  gives  the  volume  between 
/  and  c.  The  operation  of  measuring  eases  is  as  follows : 
—The  burette  is  first  filled  with  the  liquid,  and  is  then 
connected  by  a  capillary  tube  with  the  vessel,  which 
contains  the' gas  for  analysis.  The  three-way  tap  must 
be  in  position  D,,  so  that  the  gas  passes  into  the  tube  b. 
For  measuring,  the  cock  is  put  in  position  D.  By  raising 
or  lowering  the  vessel  H  the  liquid  in  both  limbs  of  the 
V  tube  is  adjusted  to  one  level,  the  cock  G  is  closed, 
and  the  volume  read  oil'.  After  measuring,  the  gas  is 
withdrawn  from  the  ginge  tube  — J.  B.  C. 


Improvement  of  Bunte's  Gas  Burette.     Chem.  Zeit.  H, 

l'22o. 
Tins  very  useful  form  of  gas  burette  is  greatly  improved 
by  the  application  to  it  of  the  new  cock  introduce!  by 


Greiner    and     Friedrichs    (Chem.  Zeit.    H,    53). 
working  of  the  apparatus  is  sufficiently  illustrated  by 
the  figures. — A.  G.  G. 


is  due  to  the  presence  of  a  colouring  matter  formed 
from  the  indigo.  The  other  properties  of  the  alcoholic 
extract  do  not,  however,  allow  of  any  confusion.  The 
test  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  cannot  be  regarded 
as  absolutely  safe.  If  it  is  desired  to  test  the  dyed  cloth 
instead  of  the  extract,  a  sample  is  gently  heated  with 
an  acid  solution  of  stannous  chloride.  Prussian  blue 
lemains  unchanged  ;  indigo  blue,  indigo  carmine  and 
ctton  blue  are  acted  upon,  and  the  cloth  becomes 
bleached,  whilst  the  solution  is  coloured  yellow.  Log- 
wood is  also  discharged,  and  the  solution  acquires  a  pink 
colour.  If  hydrogen  peroxide  is  added  in  excess  to  the 
stannous  chloride  extract,  cotton  blue  gives  a  blue 
coloration  and  the  pink  colour  with  logwood  is 
destroyed. 

The  indigo  colour  is  not  regenerated  under  these  con- 
ditions. A  more  rational  method,  however,  is  to  dissolve 
the  colouring  matter  from  the  fibre,  and  for  this  purpose 
alcohol,  which  dissolves  the  aniline  colours  especially, 
ami  acidified  alcohol,  which  indicates  the  presence  of 
logwood  colours,  is  used.  The  te-t  with  acidified 
aleohol  is  of  considerable  value.  It  must  be  borne  in 
mind,  however,  that  not  all  the  aniline  colours  can  be 
dissolved  from  the  fibre  with  alcohol  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  indigo  and  indigo  carmine  are  somewhat 
Boluble.  The  action  of  acidified  alcohol  is  still  more  comp'i- 
cated.  The  red  reaction  with  logwood  is  produced  in 
sufficiently  concentrated  solution,  but  changes  on  boiling 
to  reddish  yellow,  a  property  which  may  be  overlooked 
in  testing  indigo  and  indigo  carmine  with  a  hot  soluli  in 
of  alcohol. 

In  such  cases  boiling  glacial  acetic  acid,  or  concen- 
trated formic  acid,  may  be  employed.  Logwood  colours 
the  acid  in  the  cold,  pink,  which,  on  heating,  changes  to 
yellowish  red,  but  this  colour  is  very  rapidly  masked  by 
the  indigo  which  subsequently  dissolves. 

These  two  sol  vents  dissolve  all  the  blue  organic  colours, 
with  the  exception  of  indigo  carmine  and  Prussian  blue, 
the  first  extract  containing  the  largest  quantity  of  log- 
wood blue  when  present.  If  the  acetic  acid  solution  is 
mixed  with  ether  and  water  added  till  the  ether 
The  separates,  the  indigo  remains  in  the  ethereal  solution, 
'  either  dissolved  or  su>pended.  If,  in  addition  to  iudigo, 
only  logwood  was  present,  the  aqueous  solution  is 
coloured  reddish  yellow,  and  on  the  addition  of  concen- 
trated HC1  the  aqueous  solution  becomes  red.  In 
presence  of  indigo  carmine  and  cotton  blue,  logwood 
cannot  be  detected.     In  this  case  the  ethereal  solution  is 


Congo-red  as  an  Indicator.    G.  Vulpius,    Ztschr.  osterr, 

Apoth.-Ver.  18ST,  286. 
Test  papers  prepared  with  Congo-red  are  sensitive  not    separated,  and  the  aqueous  solution  shaken  with  chloro 
only  to  ordinary  inorganic  bases,  but  also  to  aniline  and    form  or  amyl  alcohol,  which  dissolves  out  cotton  blue, 
similar  bodies  and  also  to  quinine,  brucine,  morphine,     After  separating  the  amyl  alcohol   the  aqueous  solution 


etc.  ;  and  are  useful  in  cases  where  both  litmus  and 
phenol phthalein  are  unsuitable.  The  author,  however, 
considers  that  its  delicacy  towards  acid  is  not  so  great 
as  that  of  carefully  prepared  litmus  paper,  since  the 
latter  will  show  slight  traces  of  acid  much  quicker  than 
the  Congo-red  paper.  It  is,  therefore,  not  to  he  recom- 
mended for  all  pharmaceutical  purposes. — G.  II.  M. 


Detection  of  Indigo  in  Dyed  Fabrics.     W.  Lenz.     Zeits. 
Anal.  Chem.  18S7,  535 — 555. 

The  following  different  qualities  of  indigo  of  undoubted 
genuineness  were  used  in  these  experiments  :— 

Madras  indigo  imedium). 


1.  Fine  Bengal  indigo. 

_.  Bengal  indigo. 

3,  ( lude  indigo. 

I.  Kurpah  indigo  (violet). 

o.  Kurpah  indigo  (red  violet) 

6.  Kurpah  indigo. 


s.   Madras  inoigo  (irdinary). 

9,  i  i  uatemala  indigo  (flnei. 

IS.  Uengal  indigo  (in  povv  der). 

11.  Java  indigo  (tine). 

12,  Java  indigo  (common). 


In  the  dyeing,  a  bath  containing  zinc  dust  and  dilute 


is  shaken  with  an  equal  volume  of  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  and  if  indigo  carmine  is  present  it  now  dissolves 
in  amyl  alcohol.  If  after  treatment  with  glacial  acetic 
acid  insoluble  blue  colouring  matter  remains  on  the 
cloth,  it  may  consist  of  indigo  carmine  or  Prussian  blue, 
which  may  be  treated  for  and  separated  by  one  of  the 
well-known  reagents.  Another  method  for  separating 
the  different  blues  is  to  treat  the  4  sq.  cm.  of  the  cloth 
with  4cc.  boiling  hot  borax  solution.  In  this  way  log- 
wood, indigo  carmine  and  Prussian  blue  are  dissolved, 
while  cotton  blue  and  indigo  remain  undissolved.  To 
detect  logwood  in  presence  of  indigo  the  cloth  may  be 
boiled  with  hydrochloric  acid,  in  which  case  a  red 
solution  is  obtained,  or  white  alum  with  the  formation 
of  a  blue  solui ion,  whereas  indigo  is  undissolved.  The 
examination  of  the  absorption  spectrum  is  also  a  useful 
guide  for  distinguishing  these  two  colours.  If  the  cloth 
is  dyed  with  pure  indigo  it  should  give  the  following 
reactions  : — Boiling  water  should  not  dissolve  any  colour- 
ing matter,  nor  spiritsof  wine  (50— 95  per  cent.).      Cold 


so  la  solution  was  employed,  as  the  property  of  the  dye    saturated   solutions  of  oxalic   acid,  borax,  alum,    etc 


prepared  by  this  method  shows  no  abnormal  action  with 
reagents.  In  addition  to  these,  fabrics  dyed  with  com- 
mercial indigo  carmine,  Prussian  blue,  logwood  extracts, 
and  mixture <  of  these  were  also  examined.  The  results 
are  found  in  the  following  table  This  table  shows  an 
abnormality  with  indigo  No.  11.  It  colours  acidified 
alcohol  similarly  to  cloth  raised  in  logwood.  As  this 
property  was  only  indicated  when  the  cloth  was  dyed 
under  certain   conditions,   the  author  considers  that  it 


should  take  up  no  colouring  matter,  nor  should  the 
borax  solution  on  acidifying  with  HO  give  a  red  colour, 
turning  blue  with  FeL,Cl,;.  Stannous  chloride  and 
FeaCle  should  destroy  the  blue  colouring  matter  on 
heating,  and  glacial  acetic  acid  should  dissolve  the 
colour  completely.  No  H,S  should  be  evolved  on  heat- 
ing the  cloth  with  concentrated  HO,  nor  should  the 
carbamiue  reaction  be  given  on  heating  the  fabiic  with 
KOH  and  CHCL. 


Method  of 
Te  tin;:. 


Linen  Strips  dyed  in  the  v;it  with 

»a i    kin  i   of  [nd  go  already 

ennni'  r  ited)  snd  subsequently 
washed. 


N    - 

I.-X.,andXII. 


Cotton    Vim 
dyed    with     In 

(tigo  vat  only, 
(rtj  lin  h 
i' i  Li^ht  shade, 

both  in  an 
uuhniBhe-d   and 
finished  sample. 


Linen  dyed  with 

c  immercial 
Indigo  Carmine 

(extract!.  \i  itli 

addition  of 

Alum. 


Linen  dyed 

without     Mm- 

dantin  solution 

't   Logwood, 

extracted   by 

boilme. 


The  colour 
of   the    sani- 

Kle     showed 
y  daylight 


Deep  blue. 


Deep  blue. 


About     I 

sq.  cm.  of  the 
dyed  fabric, 
re  resenting 
about  1  metre 
of  the  yarn 
threads, were 
treated  for 
half  an-hour 
at  the  ordin- 
ary tempera- 
t  u  r  e  wit  h 
about  ice.  of 
80  -.  spirits 
of  wine,  to 
which  1  of 
H  (J  1  had 
been  added. 
The  solution 
appeared 


The  sam- 
ples of  cloth 
(as  in  2)  were 
boiled  with 
alcohol  ($0  J 
to  which  1 
of  HC1  had 
been  added. 
Theresulting 
extract  sepa- 
rated from 
the  cloth  ap- 
peared 


The  samp- 
les were  with 
alcohol  80  '. 
(as  under  3) 
but  with  the 
addition  of 
i  HC1.  The 
solution  ap- 
peared 


Colourless. 


Light  blue. 
Ammonia 
did  not 
change  the 
colour.  Ether 
was  coloured 
blue  on  being 
shaken  up 
with  the  di- 
luted solu- 
tion ;  the  so- 
lution itself 
became 
colourless. 


Purple  red  to 
cherry  red.  Di- 
lute ammonia 
gave  a  yellowish, 
cloudiness. 
Ether  removed 
the  yellow  colour 
from  both  the 
acid  and  alkaline 
solution.  Onadd- 
ingHClthe  layer 
of  ether  bet  nine 
red.  but  yellow 
again  oiisha1  ins: 
if  too  much  Ik'l 
had  not  been 
added  ;  the  ether 
gave,  however, 
no  colour  to  She 
strongly  acid 
solution. 


Linen  dyed  with 
I  ogwood  BOhl. 

tion,  and  innr 

danttd  with 

Alum. 


(ill  Deep  blue. 
lb)  Light  blue. 


Colourless. 


Deep  blue. 


Faint  blue. 


Yellow 
(reddish  on 
washing 

with  water'. 


Rather  more  of 
a  blue-red  than 
the  foregoing 
sample.  other- 
wise similar  to 
2ci. 


As     under 
3c. 


Decolorised, 
almost  yellow 
brown,  likewise 
the  ether  added 
to  diluted  solu- 
tion :  the  latter 
did  not  appear 
red  on  addition 
of  HC1. 

The  Bolnbility 
of  the  brown 
colouring  matter 
in  ether,  the  ab- 
sorption spec- 
trum of  the  solu- 
tion,and  the  pre- 
cipitation by 
water  from  an 
acid  alcoholic  so- 
lution, indicated 
a  resinous  pro- 
duet.  This  was 
found  to  be  must 
readily  obtained 
by  reduction  of 
indigo  for  ]'l 
hours  with  zinc 
ami  caustic  soda 
(isolated  by 
ini-aiis  of  mer- 
cury), and  sub- 
sequent precipi- 
tation from  the 
acidified  and  di- 
luted alcohol  by 
shaking  up  with 
ether. 


Light  blue. 
A  ui  m  on  ia 
did  not 
change  the 
colour;  ether 
wascoloured 
blue  on  being 
shaken  up 
with  the  di- 
luted acid 
solution ;  the 
solution 
itself  was 
thereby  de- 
colorised. 


Light  blue. 


Red,  solu- 
tion chang- 
ing to  yellow 
on  warming; 
red  again  on 
furl  her  ad- 
ditionofHCI, 
and  purple 
red  witli  am- 
monia; the 
latter  colour 
was  not  per- 
manent. Se- 
paration of  a 
lake  did  not 
take  place, 
even  when 
ether  was  ad- 
ded. 


Bluish  red. 


Linen  dyed 
with  Log- 
wood BolU- 

t and 

in  ml  rated 
\i  itli  i  lopper 

Sulphate. 


Blue. 


Yellow, 
but  red  with 
a  further  ad 
dition  of  HO. 

otherwise  as 
under  2y. 


Red.    on 

warming  the 
solution  yel- 
I  o  w  ,  w  i  t  h 
more  HC1  red 
again.  Am- 
monia preci- 
pitateda  vio- 
let blue  lake. 
A  previous 
addition  of 
tartaric  acid 
hindered  the 
separation  of 
the  lake;  the 
solution  ap- 
peared vio- 
let, but  the 
colour  soon 
change  d. 
Ether  also, 
without  ad- 
dition of  am- 
monia, se- 
parated a 
lake  of  a  red 
violet  colour, 
which  was 
changed  to 
violet  blue 
by  ammonia. 


Asunder 
2(7.  Here 
also  no 
lake  was 
separated 
on  addi- 
t  i  o  n  of 
ammonia 
in  excess, 
nor  on  the 
further 
add  i  t  i  o  n 
of  ether. 


As  under 
3c. 


As  under  3/. 


As     under 
30. 


Yellow, 
but  red  with 
a  further  ad- 
dition o  f 
HC1:  otlicr- 
w  i  s  e  as 
under  2A. 


As  under 
30. 


Asunder  3A. 
Ether,  how- 
ever, did  not 
separate  any 
lake  from  the 
a  Old  solu- 
tion. 


As  under 
30. 


Linen  dyed  in  the 
tat'with  Indigo  and 

^""'m.','.™   ami     Threads  from  the  fabric  of  blue  and  ] 

towel  with   1  ■■■■      **ite  strips,  which  was  to  1                    <'.>tton  Yam  dyed  with 

».'...  1.  along  with                     for  purity  of  Dyeing. 

Linen  treated  jlter- 
lution 

1  of    ft-rrie     a. 

i  solution  of 

woodC'l  same  aa  |(t). 

}  u-  mordanted  aitli 

Aium 

strip      J>t-.i    witb 

sna'ie.     !(/)  warn  snaae. 
F:ii-h     nf     th*-     -in..-     in 

::i       ferro-        Remark-. 

the  vat  employed 
D  an   unfin- 

both raw  and   finished 

—thus  djed 
with      Berlin     blue 

with  Logwood. 

ished  and  finished 
sample. 

Light  blue 
threads. 

'  Dark  blue  threads. 

Bample. 

e  1    on      the 
fibre. 

*: 

I 

•7! 

n 

0 

P                             Q 

(a)  Dark  blue. 

Dark  blue. 

Light  blue. 

Dark  blue. 

(a)  Light  blue. 

Deep  blue. 

(6)  Blue. 

(6)  Dark  blue  (with 

(c)  Dark  blue. 

a     reddish     copper 
glitter). 

1 

Purple  red. 

Purple     red, 

Colourless. 

Purple       red. 

Colourless. 

Colourless.             On      treat- 

Ammonia     se- 

on       warming 

changing  to  yel- 

mcDt   with 

parated  iu  (61  a 

yellowish 

low  on  warming. 

spirits  of 

violet  dye  -  lake 

red.  and  on  ad- 

and red  again  on 

wine  of  90  t 

—  hastened     by 

dition  of  more 

addition  of  HC'l. 

strength,   all 

dilutingthesolu- 

HC1  red  again. 

Ammonia  separ- 

the    objects 

tiou  with  water 

Ammonia 

ated      a     violet 

under  exam- 

. and    shaking 

changes       the 

lake,   and    more 

ination     im- 

with ether. 

colour  to  violet 

quickly       when 
the  diluted  solu- 

parted slight 

In    (a)   and  (c) 

blue  ;      subse- 

but      not 

ammonia      pro- 

quent addition 

tion  was  treated 

characteristic 

duced  no  separa- 

of ether  facili- 

with ether. 

colourings, 

tion  of  lake,  but 

tated     the    se- 

Ether         also 

with  the  ex- 

only   an    altera- 

paration   of    a 

separated  a  red- 

cep t ion  of 

tion  of  the  colour 

blue  violet  dye- 

dish  violet  lake 

the    linen 

to  bluish  red. 

lake,    so     that 

from    the     acid 

dyed       with 

the  lower  solu- 

solution:  an  ad- 

No. XI.  indi- 

tion   appeared 

dition     of     am- 

go, described 

colourless. 

monia    changed 
the  colour  of  the 
separated     lake 
to  a  dirty  violet. 

incolumnld). 
This  gave  a 
red  colour  to 
the  spirits  of 
wine. 

Blue  red:  when 

More  blue  red 

Light  blue. 

Blue  red. 

The     solution    ap- 

Yellowish    in 

shaken  up  with 

than  under  21, 

On      shak- 

The ether  used 

peared  blue,  but  the 

•  consequence  of  a 

ether,  the  latter 

owing    to    the 

ing,  ether  ab- 

for shaking  with 

yarn  ceased  parting 

slight  excess  of 

receivea    a    dis- 

indigo which  is 

stracted  from 

appears  of  a  de- 

with   its    colouring 

iron  oxide,  which 

tinct  blue  colour. 

taken     up    by     the    solution 

cided    blue    col- 

matter after  a  time. 

went  into    solu- 

Otherwise       as 

ether    with    a 

1  previously 

our;  the  solution 

as  shown  when  the 

tion  as  chloride. 

under  2k. 

blue        colour 

diluted  with 

mixed  with  the 

solution     was      re- 

after   previous 

water).       it3 

ether     acts     to- 

newed. 

addition          of 

blue  colour. 

wards  HC'l  and 

water.      The 

ammonia     in    a 

solution  mixed 

similar    manner 

with  the  ether 

to  that  described 

was     coloured 

under  In. 

more  distinctly 

red  on  further 

addition  of  HC1. 

As  under  3k. 

As  under  21. 

As  under  3m. 

Without  addi- 

As under  3o. 

As  under  3p. 

tion  of  ammonia. 

ether     did     not 

effect  anysepara- 

tionof  lake  in  the 

solution  ;    other- 

wise,   the    solu- 

tion behaved  as 

described  under 

3n    and    2n    re- 

- 

spectively. 

Method  of 
Testing. 


The  sam- 
ples (as  under 
a)  were  boiled 
with  about 
ice.  of  20.=; 
acetic  acid. 


Litun  Strips  dyed  in  the  vat  with 

various  kinds  of  Indigo  (already 

enumerated  1  and  subsequently 

washed. 


Nob, 

L-X.  and  XIL 


The  sam- 
ples (asunder 
3)  were  boiled 
with  glacial 
acetic  acid, 
and  if  a  com- 
plete separa- 
tion of  the 
colouring 
matter  from 
the  fibre 
was  de- 
sired, fresh 
quantities  of 
glacial  acetic 
acid  were 
added,  and 
the  solution 
kept  at  the 
boil. 


The  solu- 
tion appear- 
ed blue,  and 
gave  up  its 
colour  to 
ether  on 
beingshaken 
with  the 
same. 


No.  XI. 
d 


The  samp- 
les were  com- 
pletely de- 
col  ori  sed. 
and  the  acid 
coloured 
blue.  Ether 
absorbed  this 
blue  colour- 
ing matter 
complet  e  1  y 
on  dilution 
with  water; 
chlorof  o  mi, 
and  amyl  al- 
cohol be- 
haved in  a 
similar  man- 
ner to  ether. 
The  solution 
evaporated 
down  with 
one  of  these 
solvents  was 
neither 
coloured  by 
HC1  nor  by 
ammonia, 
nor  by  alum 
sol  u  t  i  o  n 
after  neutra- 
lising with 
ammonia..  It 
gave,  in  fact, 
none  of  the 
reactions 
which  are 
employed  to 
indicate  the 
presence  of 
Cam  peachy, 
nor  any  re- 
action which 
could  in  any 
way  inter- 
fere witli  the 
search  for 
this  colour- 
ing matter. 

The  fibres. 
when  com- 
pletely de- 
colorised by 
glacial  acetic 
acid,  did  not 
give  any  red 
colour  with 
HCPL 


The  solution 
became  blue; 
ether  absorbed 
the  blue  colour, 
thesolutionthen 
appeared 
brownish,  but 
more  yellow  on 
addition  of  HC1. 


Cotton  Yarn 

dyed  with  In-     Llaen  dyed  with 
digo  vat  only,    !      commercial 
[a  iit.uk  shade,    Indigo  Oarmine 

(61  Light  sba.de,  1    (extract),    with 


both  in  an 
unfinished  and 
finished  sample. 


As  under 
5c. 


The  samples 
were  completely 
decolorised; 
the  solution  be- 
haved as  under 
bd.  After  re- 
moving the  blue 
colour  by  means 
of  ether,  the 
latter  was 
coloured  by  HC1 
in  a  manner  not 
characteristic, 
as  described 
under  5d.  The 
characterist  ic  re- 
act ions  for  Cam- 
peachy  would 
not  be  materially 
affected  by  the 
behaviourof  this 
solution.  When 
completely  de- 
colorised by 
glacial  acetic 
acid  the  fibres 
did  not  give  any 
red  colour  with 
HC1. 


As  under 
6c. 


addition  of 
Alum. 


The  solu- 
tion became 
blue  (re- 
mained al- 
most colour- 
1  e  s  s  when 
wool,  dyed  in 
a  weak  so- 
lut  ion  of 
H3SO,,  was 
used  instead 
of  liueni; 
ether,  chloro- 
form, and 
amylic  al- 
cohol did  not 
take  up  any 
colour  from 
either  acid  or 
alkaline  solu- 
tion. If,  how- 
ever,  an 
equal  vo- 
lume of  di- 
H2SO« 
added, 
colour 
taken 
up  by  Bhak- 
ing  wit  h 
amylic  al- 
cohol (not 
with  chloro- 
form or 
ether). 


lute 
was 
the 
was 


The  solu- 
tion was 
slowly 
coloured  blue 
onusinglinen 
which  had 
been  dyed 
the  day  pre- 
vious, but 
which  was 
quitedry.  On 
using  wool 
dyed  at  the 
same  time  in 
a  weak  solu- 
t  i  0  n  of 
H2S04,  in- 
stead of  linen, 
the  acid  re- 
m  a  i  n  e  d 
colourless. 
Glacial 
acetic  thus 
abstracted 
less  colour 
than  dilute 
acetic  acid. 
On  shaking 
up  the  di- 
luted boIu- 
t  i  0  n  with 
ether,  chloro- 
form,  and 
amylalcohol, 
it  behaved  as 
described 
under  5/. 


Linen  dyed 
without  mor- 
dant, in  solution 
of  Logwood, 
ex  traded  by 
boiling. 


The  solu- 
tion was 
coloured  a 
yellowish 
red,  and  red 
on  addition 
of  HC1. 


As     under 
5ff. 


Linen  dyed  with 
Logwood    solu- 
tion, and  mor- 
danted with 
Alum. 


As  under 


Linen  dyed 
with  Log- 
wood solu- 
tion,   and 
niordnnted 

with  Copper 
Sulphate. 


As  under 
bg. 


As     under 
5g. 


Asunder 

bg. 


Lines  dyed  in   the 

vat  with  IndlgO  and 

(a)  tupped  With  Lufc,'- 
VOOd  I'')  same  as 
(n),  but  mordanted 

with  Alum  [c)  bol- 
toniedwithL<-iiHu">l. 


Ootton  Vara  vat- 
dyed  blue  and 
tupped  with  Log- 
woodi  along  with 
a  strip  dyed  with 
t  hv  v  it  1'inplt.j'  d, 
both  il)  an  unliji- 
ished  and  finished 
sample. 


Threads  from  the  fabric  of  blue  and 

white  stripes  which  was  to  be  tested 

fur  purity  of  Dyeing, 


Liglit  blue 
threads. 


The  solution 
appeared  discol- 
oured; el  her  ab- 
stracted from  it 
blue  colouring 
matter.  The  so- 
lution appeared 
then  but  slightly 
characteristic, 
but  became  red 
on  application 
of  HC1. 


As  under  5k. 


The  solu- 
tion became 
blue,  ether 
took  up  the 
colouring 
matter,  thus 
d  ecolorising 
the  solution. 
The  latter 
was  not  col- 
oured even 
on  addition 
ofHCl. 


Dark  blue  threads. 


The  solution 
became  blue. 
and  the  sample 
decolorised 
after  lengthy 
boiling  ;  other- 
wise as  under  ok. 


As  under  6k. 


As  under  5m. 


The  solution 
was  coloured  a 
dirty  blue,  and 
ether  extracted 
from  the  same  its 
blue  colouring 
matter,  and  on 
shaking  with 
etherand  adding 
HC1,  the  solu- 
tion was  col- 
oured red. 


By  prolonged 
boiling  the  sam- 
ple was  com- 
pletely decolor- 
ised ;  the  solu- 
tion behaved  as 
described  under 
5n. 

A  brownish- 
red  colour  of  the 
sample  was  the 
longest  to  re- 
main, but  on  re- 
moving  the 
acetic  acil  by 
washing  with 
water  and  heaf- 
with  dilute  HC1, 
it  disappeared  at 
once,  colouring 
the  HC1  red. 


Cotton  Yarn  dyed  with 
a  cotton  blur,  la)  Light 
shade,     (M  Dark    shade 

each   uf    the   Eame   in 

both  raw  and   tinished 
sample. 


Linen  treated  alter- 
nately with  solution 
of  ferric  acetate, 
and  acid  solution  <>f 
I"  itassium  ferro- 
cyanide— thus  dyed 
with  Berlin  blue 
produced  on  the 
hbre. 


Ben  otss. 


The  solution  was 
coloured  blue  with 
both  samples,  but 
ether  did  not  ab- 
stract any  colouring 
matter  from  theacid 
solution.  On  addition 
of  caustic  soda  the 
solution  was  clouded 
brownish  red,  and 
ether  took  up  tin- 
colouring  matter 
with  a  yellow  color- 
ation. From  an 
acetic  acid  solution 
the  blue  colouring 
matter  could  be  ab- 
stracted by  shaking 
with  ether,  chloro- 
form, or  amyl-alco- 
hol. 


The  sam  pie  of  yarn 
was  completely  de- 
colorised. On  dilut 
ing  with  water  ether 
only  abstracted 

traces  of  a  red  col- 
ouring matter  (pre- 
sumably present  as 
impurity)  from  the 
blue  solution,  whilst 
the  whole  of  the  blue 
colouring  matter  re- 
mained dissolved  in 
the  diluted  acetic 
acid ;  it  was.  how- 
ever, completely  ab- 
stracted by  chloro- 
form, and  with  more 
certainty  by  amylic 
alcohol  with  a  blue 
colour.  The  acid 
solution  of  the  blue 
colouring  matter 
separated,  on  addi- 
tion of  caustic  soda  in 
excess,  a  brownish- 
red  colouring  matter 
with  a  bluishglitter, 
which  dissolves  in 
ether  with  a  yellow- 
ish brown,  more 
easily  in  amylic- 
alcohol  with  a  some- 
what redder,  and 
more  easily  still  in 
chloroform  with  a 
red  colour.  If  the 
ether,  amyl- alcohol 
and  chloroform  were 
separated  from  the 
alkaline  solution, 
acetic  acid  added  to 
each,  and  the  mix- 
tures shaken  with 
water,  etner  gave  up 
the  colouring  matter 
again  changed  to 
blue,  whilst  chloro- 
form and  amyl-alco- 
hol  retained  it  in 
solution  with  a  blue 
colour. 


The  colour  of 
the  dyed  sample 
remained  un- 
changed.andthe 
acid  colouiie.-s. 


Thesampleand 
thesolution  were 
unaltered.  On 
addition  of  3  % 
HClto  the  acetic 
acid  the  ma- 
terial was  decol- 
orised on  boil- 
ing, and  the 
solution  yellow- 
ish. On  dilution 
with  water,  the 
solution  was  col- 
oured blue. 


d2 


"*i-1 

i 

1 

x.  i-3 

-  a  $  "S  ; 

Linen  dyed 

Linen  strii-s  <ly<l  [n 

the  vat 

>  _~  i-i 

] 

,inen<ly«»<l    with  **°B'  i 

[To, 

Method  o!  resting. 

with  r&rioui  kin.ls  of    Indigo 

(ulrei'ly  enumerate  U  and  iub- 

sequeutly  washed. 

p/"~ gi  h  s      Linen  dyed  with  c  >m- 
-r  £-3!9  >:     mercial  Indigo  Carmine 
a"E     ir—      [extract)  with  addition 

SoSaJ                of  Alum. 

r*  -- "-  •:  - 

Linen  dyed  without 
mordant   in  sulu- 
tion  i  f Logwood  ex- 

with  Log- 

wood  solu- 
tiuu  and 

u 1  BOlU-  ' 

tion  and  j 

nordanted 

with 

('•  ppex 

ua  fed  byboiling.     mordanted 
with  alum. 

Sulphate 

Not.  I— X.,  and  XII. 

No.  xi. 

C  '    ■= 

e                          / 

1 

a 

b 

c 

d 

a 

h 

7 

A  sample    of  the 
object  under  exam- 

The   acid  was 

As 

As            The  solution  was 

The    solution 

As             As 

not   coloured  in 

under 

under    ,  coloured  blue  on  |  was  coloured    a 

under        under 

inntion  las  under  21 

the      cold  :      on 

7c. 

7c.         being  gently  warm-  i  beautiful  red  in 

~g-          "g. 

was    covered    with     heating  to     the 

ed ;     otherwise     as     the  cold,  and  be- 

concentrated  formic     boil  indigo    was 

under  7c.                       i  came  yellowish-  | 

acidofsp.g.  1'2,  heat-     dissolved,  and  on 

red  on  heating. 

ed  and  extracted  as     repeated    diges- 

in  6.                                  lion    completely 

extracted     from 

the  fibre. 

8 

A    small    sample 

The     solution 

As 

As 

The  solution   was 

The    solution 

As 

As 

was      boiled      with     remained  colour- 

under 

under 

coloured  blue.    The 

became    reddish 

under 

under 

l-2cc.  of  cold  satur-     less,  and  was  not 

8c. 

8c. 

colouring  matter  was 

w  hen     cold. 

Sg. 

8ff. 

ated  solution  of  ox- 

changed by  HCl. 

taken  up  by  wool  ex- 

yellowish on 

alic  acid. 

cept  for  traces ;  more 
easily  by  linen. 

heating,   red  on 
addition  of  HCl, 
red  on  addition 
of     0'05  — 0*lgr. 
crystallised  am- 
monium   molyb- 
date,  and  violet 
if  a  quantity  was 
added. 

9 

The    samples    (as 

The     solution 

As 

As 

As  under  5/. 

At    the  com- 

As 

As 

under  2)  were  boiled 

appeared  colour- 

under 

under 

mencement      o  f 

under 

under 

with  about  4cc.  phos- 

less. 

9c. 

9c. 

warming    the 

Sg. 

9g. 

phoric  acid. 

solution  was 
coloured  red, 
then    yellowish- 
red.    HCl  effect- 

ed a  red  colora- 

tion in  the  same 

manner  as  in  the 

acetic  acid  solu- 

' 

' 

tion. 

i 

10        A    small     sample 

I 

The   acid  was 

As 

A3            As  under  10c. 

The    acid  was 

As 

As 

was    covered    in    a 

coloured  bluish- 

under 

under 

coloured  red- 

under 

under 

small  porcelain  dish 

green,    and    be- 

10c. 

10c. 

dish-yellow. 

lOff. 

100. 

with     concentrated 

came     blue     on 

HsSO* 

dilution      wi  th 

1  water. 

11         A  sample  las  under        The      solution 
2)  was    boiled   with     remained  un 

As 

As            The  wool    was 

The      solulion 

As 

under 

11(7- 

As 

under 

under      coloured  slightly 

appeared    of    a 

under 

about  4cc.  of  a  10  . 

eoloured. 

lie. 

lie.         blue.      If   WOO.   was 

purple-  violet 

llff. 

solution  of  pure  pot- 

used instead  of  linen 

colour,  and  gave 
a      put  pie  -  olue 

ash  alum  iu  vvaliT. 

t  h  e    solulion    was 

coloured  even  when 

precipitate     o  n 

the  samples,  after 

addition   of    am- 

nnre    boiling     with 

monia.     Caitstic 

alum    solution,    did 

soda  produced  a 

not  impart  any  fur- 

blue    deposition 
which  was  solu- 

then olour  to  boiling 

water. 

ble    in  excess 

(contrary  to  the 

statement 

in    1»  a  in  m  era 

"  Lexicon     der 

Verfaclschun 

gen,"  p.  730). 

Linen  dyed  in  the 
rat  with  Indigo  and 
('i  I  tupped  with  Log- 
wood, (Msame  as  (<i) 
tut  mordanted  with 
alum,  (<•)  bottomed 
with  Logwood. 


Cotton  Yarn  vat- 
dyed     blur,     and 

topped  with  L"^'- 
wood.  along  with 

:i  strip  dyed  with 
tli.  rat  --inployed, 
both  iu  ;iit  iinrtn- 

ishedand  finiahe  1 
aample. 


Threads  from  the  fabric  of  blue  and 

white  strips,  which  waa  to  be  tested 

for  purity  of  dyeing. 


Cotton  Yarn  dye-1  with 
a  cotton  blue,  >  -t|  Light 
shade,  16>  Dark  <had.-, 
tach  of  the  same  in  both 
raw  ami  finished  sample. 


Light    blue 
threads. 


Dark  blue  threads. 


L'nen  treated 
alternately  with  so- 
lution of  ferric  ace- 
tate and  acid  solu- 
tion of  potassium 
ferrocyanide  —  thus 
dyed  with  Berlin 
blue  produced  on 
the  fibre. 


The  solution 
was  coloured  a 
beautiful  red  in 
the  cold :  on 
heating  this  be- 
came rather 
lighter,  but  was 
immediately 
concealed  by  the 
indigo  bluegoing 
into  solution.  If 
the  cold  red  solu- 
tion was  poured 
off  and  heated 
by  itself,  it  as- 
sumed a  yellow- 
ish red  colour. 


As  under  Sg. 


As  under  Ik.       As  under  7c. 


As  under  Ik. 


The  solution 
turned  blue  in  the 
cold,  and  extracted 
the  colouring  matter 
easily  and  complete- 
ly on  warming. 
Ether  extracted 
traces  of  a  red 
co louring  matter 
from  the  acid  solu- 
tion diluted  with 
,  water  ;  amyl  alcohol 
extracted  the  blue 
colouring  matter 
from  the  same. 


The  solution 
disso  It  ed  t  he 
eolouringmatter 
even  on  warm- 
ing, and  was  not 
coloured  blue  on 
addition  of  chlo- 
roform. Even  on 
addition  of  a 
little  HC1.  only 
a  small  quantity 
of  Berlin  blue 
was  dissolved. 


As  under  8ff. 


The  solu- 
tion remain- 
ed colourless 
and  unchan- 
ged on  addi- 
tion of  HC1. 


As  under  8g. 


As  under  9g. 


As  under  9a. 


The  solu- 
tion remain- 
ed colourless 


The  colouring 
matter  was  easily 
and  completely  ex- 
tracted from  the 
fibre;  the  blue 
coloured  solution 
did  not  impart  the 
same  to  ether, 
though  it  did  so 
to  amyl  alcohol. 


The  solution 
became  distinct- 
ly blue,  and  the 
fabric  of  a 
brighter  colour. 
On  rubbing  with 
water,  it  gave  up 
some  of  its  col- 
ouring matter 
mechanically. 


The  solution 
became  coloured 
in  quick  succes- 
sion red,  and 
then  yellowish 
red ;  likewise  on 
using  threads 
which  had  been 
previously  ex- 
tracted for  70 
hours  with  boil- 
ing chloroform, 
HO  coloured 
the  solution  very 
distinctly  red. 
On  using  phos- 
phoric acid  of 
1  %  strength,  and 
then  adding 
phosphoric  acid 
of  20  %  strength, 
the  colours  be- 
came very  weak. 


The    solution    re- 
mained colourless. 


The  sample 
and  the  solution 
remained  un- 
changed. 


The  acid  was 
coloured  green 
and  became  blue 
on  dilution  with 
water. 


As  under  10A-.    As  under  10c. 


The  acid  was 
coloured  green 
and  blue  on  dilu- 
tion with  water. 


The  acid  was 
coloured  green,  and 
on  dilution  with 
water  blue. 


The  acid  was 
coloured  brown- 
ish green,  and 
became  blue  on 
dilution  with 
water. 


The  change 
of  colour  in 
the  fabric 
could  not  be 
properly  es- 
timated, since 
the  same  was 
considerably 
influenced  by 
mordants, es- 
pecially iron. 


As  under  Ug.         As  under  Ug. 


The  solu- 
tion remain- 
ed colourless 


The  solution 
was  coloured 
purple  red  and 
gave  a  violet 
blue  precipitate 
with  ammonia  ; 
caustic  soda  also 
produced  a  blue 
precipitate. 
.Much  H  C  1 
coloured  the  so- 
lution red.  If  the 
solution  of  alum 
was  treated  with 
tartaric  acid  pre- 
vious to  addition 
of  ammonia,  no 
precipitate  was 
caused  by  ammo- 
nia, but  a  very 
slightly  constant , 
bluish  red 
coloration. 


The   solution    re- 
mained colourless. 


The  solution 
remained  colour- 
less. 


746 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [Xov.  so,  i8S7. 


No. 
a 

Method  of  Testing, 
b 

Linen  Stripe  dyed  in  the  vat 

with    various    kind£    of    Indigo 

(already  enumerated  i  and  Bnb- 
aeouentlj  washed. 

S*.  •  a 

2  o  S  a  * 

=  *  » .2  = 

Linen  dyed  with  oom 

n,ercial  Indigo  Carmine 

(extract )  with  addition 

of  Alum. 

L:nen  dyed  without 
mordant  in  solu- 
tion nl  Logwood  ex- 
tracted by  boiling. 

a 

Linen  dyed 
with  Log- 
wood solu- 
tion  and 
mordanted 
with  alum. 

Linen  dyed 
with  Log 

woo. 1  solu- 
tion and 
mordanted 
with 
Copper 
Sulphate 

Nos.I.-X.,an.lXII. 
c 

No.  XL 
d 

o  ,"3     « 

Q  -    £ 
e 

/ 

h 

i 

12 

A  sample  (as  under 
2)  was  boiled  with  a 
solution    of    1    part 
crystallised    ammo- 
nium molybdate   in 
2  parts  water. 

The      solution 
remained  colour- 
less. 

As 

under 

12c. 

As 

under 

12c. 

The  solution   *.vaa 
coloured  blue.    The 
colouring    m  at  ter 
was    abstracted   by 
wool    except    for 
traces— not  so  easily 
by  linen. 

The    solution 
was       coloured 
deep  blue-violet. 

As 

under 

12ff. 

As 

under 

12(7. 

13 

A    sample  of    the 
stutftas  under  2)  was 
boiled    with    about 
4cc.  of  a  solution  of 
borax.     The    borax 
solution     employed 
was    prepared     by 
allowing   a  concen- 
trated boiling  solu- 
tion of  borax  to  cool 
andstandforseveral 
days  at  the  tempera- 
tureof  the  room,  and 
then     pouring     off 
from  the  salt  which 
had  separated  out. 

The      solution 
was      colourless 
after  filtration. 

As 

under 

13c. 

As 

under 

13c. 

The    sample   was 
decolorised  and  the 
solution  coloured 
blue.    Ether  chloro- 
form     and  amylic 
alcohol  did  not  take 
up     the    colouring 
matter    even  when 
acidified  with  acetic 
acid.     Amylic  alco- 
hol,   however,  took 
uptheindigosulpho- 
acid  with  a  bluish- 
green  colour  on  ad- 
dition of  a  quantity 
of  dilute    sulphuric 
acid. 

The    solution 
appeared  yellow- 
i  s  n,    a  n  d  w  a  s 
coloured  red  by 
HC1.    The  addi- 
tion of  10%  alum 
solution    in    ex- 
cess   first    pro- 
duced a  colour- 
less  gelatinous 
precipitate,  and 
a    few    minutes 
later    a    purple- 
violet    colora- 
tion.    This  was 
changed  to  blue 
on  the  addition 
of  ammonia. 

As 

under 

13ff. 

tija  t» 

=  cS 

•3.2  " 
O   £  C 

■a    a 

SjE 

»-»         TO 

"•c  => 

TO  0~* 

OS  3 

o  c  S 
sa; 

u  u  a 
*  o  O 
O  >   TO 

6-  CsS 

2* 

A     sample      was 
gently  warmed  with 
an  acid  solution  U  in 
101  of  tin  chloride. 

The  sample  of 
stuff     was     de- 
colorised      and 
the  solution  be- 
came yellowish. 
On    addition    cf 
hydroxyl  in  ex- 
cess  no  change 
was   perceptible 
in  the  colour  of 
the  liquid. 

As 

under 

lie. 

As 

under 

He. 

As  under  lie. 

The     solution 
was  coloured    a 
beautiful  rose- 
red,    the    fabric 
being  decolor- 
ised.    The  rose- 
red    colour  was 
completely 
destroyed  on 
warming   with 
hydroxyl  in  ex- 
cess. 

As 

under 

Ug. 

As 

under 

Ug. 

15 

Single    untwisted 
and         dissevered 
threads  of  the  cloth 
or  yarn  in  considera- 
tion    were     boiled 
with  several  cc.  of 
a    mixture  of  lOcc. 
iron    chloride  solu- 
tion.    90cc.     water, 
and  10  drops  HC1. 

The     threads 
were     decolor- 
ised. 

As 

under 

16c. 

As 

under 

15c. 

As  under  15c. 

The     threads 
were    coloured 
gray,    the    sohi- 
tion     blackish- 
green. 

As 

under 

l&g. 

Various  Reactions  of  Vanadates,  and  their  employment 
in  Analytical  Chemistry.  A.  Carnot.  Compt.  rend. 
104,  1S03. 

The  determiration  of  vanadic  acid  in  its  alkaline  and 
ammonium  salts  is  very  easily  performed  in  the  form  of 
barium  vanadate  (see  this  .Journal,  1SS7,  079).  If  the 
solution  be  acid,  it  is  neutralised  with  ammonia,  the 
solution  at  first  remains  yellow  hut  on  boiling  it 
quickly  becomes  colourless.  Barium  chloride  is  then 
added,  the  liquid  stirred,  allowed  to  settle  and  tested 
with  a  little  more  reagent  ;  there  should  be  only  a  very 


slight  smell  of  ammonia.  The  flask  is  then  corked  and 
quickly  cooled.  All  the  vanadic  acid  separates,  as 
barium  vanadate,  BajV,Or.  If  the  liquid  is  boiled  for 
some  minutes  after  precipitation,  the  precipitate  becomes 
denser  and  can  be  easily  separated  by  decantation. 
Strontiumsaltsgive  no  precipitate  in  slightly  ammoniacal 
solutions  of  vanadates,  which  have  been  saturated  with 
ammonium  chloride  [provided  that  the  solutions  contain 
no  carbontte  and  are  not  exposed  to  the  air),  although 
phosphates  and  arseniates  are  precipitated  by  strontium 
salts  under  these  conditions.  On  this  is  based  the 
separation  of  vanadic  acid  from  phosphoric  and  arsenic 


Xov.  30. 1887.)   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


747 


Linen  dyed   in  the 
rat  with  Indigo .-vnd 
in)  topped  with  Log- 
wood, (o)sameas  i  .i  1 
but  mordanted  with 
alum,   (rl  bottomed 

Cotton  Yarn  vat- 
dyed    blue,     and 
topped  with  Log. 
wood,  along  with 
a  strip  dyed  with 
the  Tat  employed, 
both  in  an  unfin- 

Threads from  the  fabric  of  blue  and 

white  strips,  which  was  to  be  tes'ed 

for  purity  of  dyeing. 

Cotton  Yarn  dyed  with 
a  cotton  blue  (a)  Light 
shade,  (M  Dark  shade, 
each  of  the  same  in  both 
raw  and  finished  sample. 

0 

Linen  treated 
alternately  with  so- 
lution of  ferric  ace- 
tate and  acid  solu- 
tion   of    potassium 
ferrocyanide  —  thus 
dyed     with    Berlin 
blue  produced  on 
the  fibre. 

P 

Remark^. 
5 

k 

ished  and  finished 
sample. 

1 

Light  Hue      1    Dark  blue  threads. 
threads. 

m                            ■ 

As  under  12g. 

Asunder  12(7. 

The     solu- 
tion remain- 
ed colourless 

As  under  12g. 

The    solution     re- 
mained    colourless, 
or  assumed  a  rather 
brownish  tint. 

The      solution 
remained  colour 
less,  and  was  not 
coloured  blue  on 
addition  of  ferric 
chloride. 

As  under  1347. 

As  under  I3g. 

The     solu- 
tion   appear- 
ed colourless 
after     filtra- 
tion. 

The      solution 
was   coloured 
rather      yellow, 
and  became  red 
on    addition     of 
HCl.     Alum  so- 
lution   (of    IC     . 
strength!  in  ex- 
cess produced  in 
addition  to  gela- 
tinous     precipi- 
tate,   a     purple 
violet        colora- 
tion, which  was 
changed  to  a  blue 
precipitate      on 
addition  of   am- 
monia. 

The  solution  show- 
ed a  slight  reddish 
cloudiness,  and  ap- 
peared      colourless 
after  filtration. 

The  sam  pie 
was    decolorised 
to  a    rusty    red 
condition.      The 
solution  was  col- 
oured      slightly 
blue    if    a    few 
drops     of     HCl 
were    added    (if 
filtered       before 
the   addition   of 
HCl  it  remained 
colourless),   and 
became    deep 
blue  on  addition 
of    ferric    chlo- 
ride. 

As  under  11(7. 

As  under  Ug. 

As  under  lie. 

The     solution 
was    coloured 
rosy  red  with  ae- 
colorisation    of 
the  fibres.     Hy- 
droxyl  destroyed 
the  colour,  with 
formation  of  an 
inconsiderable 
brownish  cloudi- 
ness. 

The  solution  was 
coloured  yellow, 
whilst  the  yarn  be- 
came colourless. 
Hydroxyl  in  excess 
coloured    the   solu- 
tion blue. 

The  blue    col- 
our of  the  sam- 
ple remained  un- 
changed. 

No   character- 
istic   difference 
from  15c. 

As  under  15k. 

As  under  15c. 

As  under  lot. 

On  using  about  3m. 
threads  and  dcc. solu- 
tion, the  latter  was 
coloured    a    bluish 
red;  on  dilution  with 
three      times      the 
volume     of     water 
more  blue;  on  addi- 
tion    of   spirits    of 
wine     light    green. 
The   threads    how- 
ever  were   not   de- 
colorised        on 
lengthy  boiling. 
Ether    did    not  ex- 
tract   any    blue 
colouring       matter 
from    the    coloured 
solution ;      c  h  1  o  r  o- 
form    extracted     a 
little.andamyl-alco- 
hol  a  quantity. 
Chloroform   absorb- 
ed    the     colouring 
matter  from  the  ex- 
tract   treated   with 
alcohol. 

Threads      and 
solution  remain- 
ed unchanged. 

acids.  The  same  reaction  also  serves  for  the  very  close 
separation  of  vanadic  acid  from  molybdic  and  tungstic 
acids,  since  both  these  acids  are  almost  completely 
precipitated  by  strontium  salts  in  weak  ammoniacal 
solutions,  in  presence  of  ammonium  chloride.  This 
reaction  also  admits  of  application  for  the  separation 
and  estimation  of  barium  and  strontium.  Ammonium 
chloride  is  added  to  the  solution  and  then  ammonia  free 
from  carbonate,  a  dilute  solution  of  ammonium  vana- 
date is  now  added  and  the  solution  boiled  for  some 
minutes,  when  the  barium  is  completely  precipitated, 
whilst  the  strontium  remains  in  solution. "  The  liquid  is 


—J.  B.  C. 

cooled  out  of  contact  with  air,  decanted,  the  precipitate 
washed  with  cold  water  and  the  strontium  precipitated  in 
the  filtrate  by  means  of  ammonia  and  ammonium  car- 
bonate, and  weighed  as  strontium  carbonate.  The  barium 
vanadate  is  dissolved  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid, 
precipitated  and  weighed  as  sulphate.  The  method 
gives  good  results. — G.  H.  ML 


An  Error  in  Gas  Analysis.  W.  Hempel.  Ber.  20,  2344. 
CUPROUS  chloride  absorbs  ethylene  gas  ;  it  is  therefore 
necessary  to  absorb  the  hydrocarbons  in  generator  gases 


TI- 


THE JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     (Nov.  30, 1887. 


previously  to  determining  carbon  monoxide.  If  this  is 
ni't  done  the  carbon  monoxide  liberates  the  previously 
absorbed  ethylene,  and  the  volume  of  gas  when  passed 

back  to  the  burette  is  often  found  to  increase  instead  of 
diminish. — J.  B.  C. 

Apparatus  for  Testing  Producer~Gas  and   Water-Gas. 
V.  Fischer.     Ber.  20,  2551—2553. 

For  the  accurate  testing  of  producer  or  water-gas,  the 
author  strongly  recommends  the  apparatus  shown  in  the 
diagram.  The  tube  M  is  tilled  with  mercury  by  raising 
the  mercury  bottle  L  and  opening  the  taps  /;  and  d.  h 
is  then  shut  off,  and  d  so  regulated  that  it  connects  A 
and  the  indiarubber  tube  a.  The  mercury  is  then  made 
to  rise  through  A  to  the  tube  c  by  raising  ¥ ;  the  funnel  t 
is  filled  with  water,  which  is  allowed  to  flow  out  through 
tap  it  and  tube  a,  so  that  the  latter  remains  full  of  water 
when  shut  by  the  clip.  The  sample  of  the  gas  to  be 
tested  is  collected  in  a  glass  sphere  with  capillary  ends. 
The  indiarubber  tube  a  is  drawn  over  one  end,  while  the 
other  is  placed  in  water.  Both  points  are  then  broken 
off  and  the  gas  is  aspirated  into  A.  The  taps  d  and  h 
are  turned  90°  :  the  required  quantity  of  gas  is  forced 
into  M  ;'h  is  then  shut  off  and  the  rest  of  the  gas  and 


the  gas  may  be  calculated.  Producer-gas,  from  coal  and 
wood,  and  water-gas  tested  by  this  apparatus,  had  the 
following  composition  : — 


water  in  A  is  driven  out  through  h.  About  Ice.  of 
potassium  hydrate  solution  is  introduced  into  A,  the 
measured  gas  then  forced  from  M  into  A  and  after 
being  here  deprived  of  its  carbonic  acid,  is  again 
measured  in  M.  In  the  same  manner,  any  oxygen 
present  is  absorbed  by  pyrogallic  acid.  In  order  to 
determine  the  combustible  gases,  the  tube  A  is 
cleaned  with  water  and  pure  oxygen  introduced 
into  A  through  a.  The  necessary  quantity  of  oxygen  is 
then  driven  over  from  A  into  M,  while  the  rest  of  the 
oxygen  in  A  is  removed  through  d  and  n.  After 
measuring,  the  mixture  of  gases  in  M  is  returned  to  A, 
to  be  there  submitted  to  the  electric  spark.  The  con- 
traction is  read  off,  the  carbonic  acid  formed  determined 
by  absorption  and  from  these  data  the  composition  of 


Gae  from 
Coal. 

Gas  from 
Wood. 

Water- 

■ 

CO, 

5-06 

695 

2  71 

CO    

2fo8 

2860 

13  75 

CH 

2111 

220 

031 

H  

5-66 

8-51 

19-17 

N  

6179 

53-71 

106 

100-00 

10000 

100-00 

-S.  H. 


.1  Volumetric  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Carbon 

in  Iron.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  265,  502—507. 
This  method,  which  is  due  to  J.  Wiborgh,  of  Stock- 
holm, differs  from  existing  processes,  in  which  the 
sample  is  treated  first  with  copper  sulphate  and  after- 
wards with  a  mixture  of  chromic  and  sulphuric  acids, 
chiefly  in  measuring  the  volume  rather  than  the  weight 
of  carbon  dioxide  produced.  A  considerable  economy  in 
time,  labour  and  apparatus  is  thus  effected,  and  a  more 
delicate  measurement  obtained — e.g.,  2Vcc.  of  C02  from 
0-2grm.  of  iron  represents  0014  per  cent,  of  carbon,  but 
weighs  only  O'OOOlgrin.  It  is  essential  that  the  carbon 
shall  be  completely  burnt  to  dioxide  and  in  view  of  this 
the  following  three  points  must  be  borne  in  mind:— (1) 
Solutions  of  copper  sulphate,  even  though  neutral,  cause 
an  evolution  of  hydrocarbon  from  the  metal  and  con- 
sequently a  loss  of  carbon  ;  but  this  occurs  in  appreciable 
quantity  only  when  steel,  cooled  from  a  red  heat  with- 
out working,  or  grey  cast  iron  are  treated.  In  such  cases 
the  solution  in  the  sulphate  should  not  be  urged  to  com- 
pletion. (2)  Hydrocarbons  will  be  evolved  even  in  the 
chromic  acid  solution,  unless  the  iron  has  been  suffi- 
ciently coated  with  a  protecting  film  of  copper  in  the 
first  stage  of  the  process.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
the  sulphuric  acid  attacks  the  iron  vigorously,  even  in  the 
cold,  but  the  hydrocarbons  produced  cannot  be  oxidised 
by  the  chromic  acid  except  the  liquid  is  nearly", at  a 
boiling  temperature  ;  thus  they  must  escape  until  the 
solution  has  attained  the  necessary  temperature  for  their 
oxidation.  But  since  the  deposited  copper  also  resists 
solution  until  the  same  point  is  reached,  it  will  protect 
any  kernel  of  undissolved  iron  until  such  time  as  complete 
oxidation  of  the  carbon  is  ensured.  (3)  The  iron  must 
ultimately  be  completely  dissolved  ;  the  metal  should 
therefore  be  sufficiently  finely  divided  to  pass  a  sieve 
with  1 -5mm.  perforations. 

The  apparatus  required  is  shown  in  the  accompanying 
block.  A  test  tube  A,  14.0mm.  long  by  20mm.  internal 
diameter,  is  surrounded  by  a  cage  of  brass  wire  gauze, 
and  fitted  with  a  good  caoutchouc  cork  with  two  perfora- 
tions. Through  one  perforation  passes  the  narrow  end 
of  the  stop  cock  funnel  li,  which  should  project  for  about 
15—  20mm.  beneath  the  cork  ;  through  the  other,  but 
not  projecting  beneath  the  stopper,  passes  the  connect- 
ing tube  D.  The  latter  tube  (D)  consists  of  two  portions, 
united  by  india-rubber  tubing  ;  the  part  more  remote 
from  A  and  carrying  the  stopcock  E,  is  bent  to  pass 
through  one  of  the  perforations  of  another  caoutchouc 
stopper  in  the  graduated  tube  ( ',  the  other  perforation 
serving  to  connect  the  latter  with  a  stop-cock  funnel  F. 
The  tube  C  should  for  the  distance  of  70mm.  downwards 
have  an  internal  diameter  of  16mm.;  it  should  then  be 
widened  to  a  bulb  G  of  about  25cc.  capacity,  and  be 
finally  reduced  for  the  remaining  200  mm.  to  about 
9mm.,  this  narrow  portion  being  graduated  into  rYths  or, 
preferably,  ^tbs  of  a  ec.  divisions  denoting  in  each  case 
the  capacity  of  the  whole  of  that  portion  of  the  tube 
above  the  respective  graduations.  Beneath  this  tube  is 
the  stop-cock  H,  communicating  by  flexible  tubing  with 
the  movable  water  reservoir  I.  The  test  tube  A  is 
warmed  by  a  gas  or  spirit  lamp  and  the  whole  apparatus 


Nov. 30. 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


749 


s!i  mid  be  mounted  on  a  suitable  stand.  Tbe  me  isuring 
tube  is  surrounded  with  a  water  jacket  K  to  preserve 
an  even  temperature.  To  conduct  an  analysis,  0  2grm.  of 
finely  divided  wrought  iron  or  steel,  or  O'lgrm.  of  cast 
iron  are  introduced  carefully  into  the  open  test  tube  A, 
taking  care  that  none  of  the  filings  adhere  to  its  sides  ; 
4cc.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  pure  crystallised  copper 
sulphate  are  then  introduced  and  allowed  to  act  with 
frequent  stirring  during  ten  minutes,  unless  an  appre- 
ciable smell  of  hydrocarbon  be  observed,  when  the 
action  must  be  suspended  after  three  or  four  minutes. 
l'2grms.  of  crystallised  chromic  acid  are  added  to  the 
solution,  when  considerable  heat  will  be  evolved,  which 
will  necessitate  cooling  the  liquid  by  plunging  the  tube 
into  cold  water.  Meanwhile  the  tube  C  must  hive 
been  filled  with  water  by  raising  the  reservoir  I  until  j 
the  liquid  has  risen  above  the  bulb  G,  the  remaining  ' 
space  up  to  the  cick  being  filled  by  water  introduced  | 
through  F.  The  test  tube  is  now  corked  and  connected 
with  the  burette  C.  8cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  (17  sp.  gr.) 
are  introduced  drop  by  drop  into  A  through  B,  the  cock 
of  the  latter  is  closed,  that  marked  E  opened  and 
the  liquid  in  the  test  tube  gradually  raised  to 
boiling,  the  pressure  having  been  diminished  by 
previously  lowering  the  water  reservoir  I.  After 
ten  minutes'  boiling,  during  which  the  reservoir 
has  been  still  further  lowered,  if  necessary,  to  main- 
tain the  diminished  pressure,  the  tube  is  cooled  some- 


must  be  mule  by  multiplying  or  dividing  by  (1  r  0'00367  t) 
where  t  is  the  variation  in  temperature,  according  as 
the  solution  is  cooler  or  wanner  than  the  normal,  A 
table  of  results  obtained  with  many  irons  and  steels, 
estimated  both  by  this  and  other  processes,  shows  a 
striking  agreement  in  each  case  between  the  old  and  the 
new  methods. — W.  G.  M. 


wdiat  and  together  with  the  connecting  tube  l>  is  carefully 
filled  with  water  introduced  through  B.  The  cock  E 
is  then  closed  and  the  total  volume  of  air  and  carbon 
dioxide  read  off  after  levelling  with  the  reservoir.  I 
is  then  once  more  lowered  and  the  cock  II  closed,  in 
order  to  draw  in  a  quantity  of  a  10  per  cent,  hydrate 
solution  through  F.  Afier  the  carbon  dioxide  has  been 
completely  absorbed,  H  is  reopened,  the  liquid  levelled 
again  and  a  reading  of  the  amount  of  residual  air  is 
taken.  The  dilt'ercnce  between  the  two  readings  will 
be  the  volume  of  carbon  dioxide  evolved  from  the  carbon 
in  the  iron.  Evidently  if  0"2grni.  of  substance  were  used, 
each  cc.  of  C02  will  correspond  to  0  253  per  cent,  of  C, 
and  the  factor  0253  multiplied  by  the  number  of  cc.  of 
gas  should  give  a  direct  reading  of  the  percentage  of 
carbon.  But  this  is  not  quite  correct,  since  a  certain 
quantity  of  CO..  (to  be  found  only  by  experiment)  is 
absorbed  by  tbe  water  in  the  tube.  By  treating  pure 
anhydrous  sodium  carbonate  in  the  apparatus  instead 
of  iron  and  comparing  the  actual  with  the  theoretical 
yield  of  carbon  dioxide  the  factor  may  be  corrected. 
Thus  the  true  factor  was  found  to  be  0  28  and  this 
was  universally  correct  for  cast  irons  ;  but  for  wrought 
irons  or  steel,  which  contain  less  carbon,  it  should  be 
0-20.  When  O'lgrm.  of  iron  is  used  the  factor  must, 
of  course,  be  doubled.  Where  the  temperature  of  the 
operation  differs  much  from  the  normal  18°,  correction 


Portable  Apparatus  for  Determining  Curium  Dioxide  in 
Air.  O.  Petterson  and  A.  I'almquist.  Ber.  20 
2129—2134. 

The  apparatus  is  shown  in  the  diagram.  An  oblong 
wooden  box,  not  «iven  in  the  figure,  is  screwed  to  the 
wooden  stand.  The  sample  of  air  enters  A,  and  is 
measured  oft'  here  by  means  of  the  graduated  scale  both 
before  and  after  absorption  of  the  CO,.  The  absorption 
of  COj  is  carried  out  in  B.  By  raising  or  lowering  E, 
which  contains  mercury,  the  measuring  pipette  may  be 
filled  with  either  mercury  or  air.  A  drop  of  water  is 
always  kept  on  the  surface  of  the  mercury.  In  adjusting 
the  meniscus  of  the  mercury  previous  to  reading  off,  the 
pressure  in  A  is  made  equal  to  that  in  C.     A  ditl'erential 


gauge  containing  a  drop  of  coloured  liquid  (azobenzene 
dissolved  in  petroleum)  communicates  on  the  one 
hand  with  A  and  on  the  other  with  C  by  means  of  a 
capillary  tube  h.  By  moving  the  reservoir  E  and 
finally  (after  closing  the  cock  d)  the  screw  e,  the 
level  of  mercury  in  A  is  adjusted,  so  that  the  drop  of 
liquid  in  the  gauge  remains  at  zero.  In  this  way,  as  the 
air  in  A  and  C  is  shut  off  from  outside  throughout  the 
experiment,  and  as  the  temperature  is  maintained  con- 
stant by  means  of  the  water  in  the  surrounding  vess  el, 
temperature  and  pressure  may  be  neglected.  The  cor- 
rection for  saturation  of  the  air  with  moisture  may  also 
be  neglected.  In  the  analysis  three  operations  are 
necessary  : — (1)  Air  is  drawn  in  by  adjusCng  the  mer- 
cury level  to  zero  on  the  scale.  The  cocks  N  r/,  b,  c j  d 
are  closed.  (2)  The  cocks  d  and  b  are  opened  '  jg 
closed  and  the  air  driven  into  A  from  B.     In  one  or  "  Wo 


750 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.  so,  1887. 


minutes  the  COj  is  absorbed  ;  the  air  is  passed  back 
into  A,  b  is  closed,  a  opened,  and  the  mercury  level  in 
A  adjusted  bo  that  the  index  of  the  gauge  is  normal. 
The  diminution  in  volume  is  then  read  off  on  the  scale. 

—J.   B.  C. 


Estimation  ttf  Calcium  in  Thomas-stay,  as  veil  as  in 
J'hosphorite  and  Similar  Minerals.  H.  Immendorff. 
Landwr.  Versuchsst.  ISsT,  377. 

The  following  method  is  recommended  for  the  rapid 
estimation  of  calcium  in  presence  of  iron  and  phosphoric 
acid.  The  substance  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid, 
excess  of  ammonia  added,  the  mass  neutralised  and 
made  just  acid  to  litmus.  It  is  then  wanned,  precipi- 
tated by  ammonium  oxalate,  diluted  considerably  and 
when  cold,  filtered,  etc.  The  precipitate  is  dissolved  in 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  titrated  with  potassium  per- 
manganate and  the  quantity  of  calcium  calculated  from 
the  numbers  obtained. — D.  A.  L. 


The  Examination   of  Ether.     G.  Vnlpins.     Chem.  Zeit. 

11,  1246. 
Previous  to  the  last-  rectification  the  ether  should 
always  be  treated  with  some  fused  potassium  hydrate. 
Ether  thus  prepared  and  kept  in  the  dark  will  not 
liberate  iodine  from  potassium  iodide.  In  examining 
ether  as  to  its  purity,  the  following  tests  should  be 
made  : — (1)  5cc.  of  ether  are  allowed  to  evaporate  until 
the  residue  only  amounts  to  O'lcc.  This  residue  should 
be  neutral  to  litmus  paper.  (2)  lOcc.  of  ether  shaken 
with  some  water  and  O'lcc.  of  decinormal  potassium 
hydrate  and  a  trace  of  phenol-phthalein  should  turn  red. 
(3)  Potassium  hydrate  treated  with  the  ether  in  ques- 
tion should  not  turn  yellow  within  one  hour.  (4)  lOcc. 
of  ether  shaken  with  lcc.  of  a  10  per  cent,  potassium 
iodide  solution  in  a  small  glass-stoppered  bottle  must 
show  no  coloration  within  one  hour. — S.  H. 


On  the  Estimation  of  Paratoluidine  in  Anilincfor-red. 
C.  Haiisserman.     Chem.  Zeit.  11,  1223. 

Of  the  various  analytical  methods  which  have  up  to  the 
present  been  proposed  for  the  estimation  of  the  consti- 
tuents of  aniline-for-red,  not  a  single  one  is  capable  of 
yielding  even  approximately  correct  results.  The 
method  of  Schoop  (Chem.  Zeit.  9,  17S5),  which  depends 
upon  the  separation  of  the  paratoluidine  as  the  acetyl- 
derivative,  has  of  late  been  much  employed  for  the  com- 
mercial valuation  of  aniline  oils.  The  great  discrepancies 
which  have  arisen  have  led  the  author  to  make  a  critical 
examination  of  the  method  with  known  mixtures 
of  pure  aniline,  orthotoluidine  and  paratoluidine.  The 
extremely  incorrect  results  obtained  show  that  the 
method  is  utterly  unreliable. 

Mixture.  Paratoluidine  found. 

24  per  cent,  paratoluidine    ) 

42  per  cent,  orthotoluidine \     19  per  cent. 

34  per  cent,  aniline  ) 

6  per  cent,  paratoluidine    | 

44  per  cent,  orthotoluidine r      0  per  cent, 

50  per  cent,  aniline  ) 

10  per  cent,  orthotoluidine  \    ~,„  , 

90  per  cent,  aniline  /    22  Percent. 

The  numbers  found  are  the  'mean  of  several  determina- 
tions.— A.  G.  G. 


Examination  of  Xarcotic  Extracts.  U.  Beckurts.  Chem 
Zeit.  11,  1245. 

The  author  examined  the  different  methods  published 

for  the  determination  of  alkaloids.  None  of  them  could 
be  considered  accurate  or  simple.  lie  therefore,  in  con- 
junction   with  Hoist,   worked  out  another   process,    as 


follows:— (1)  For  extracting  strychnine  2grms.  of  the 
finely-powdered  extract  are  shaken  with  5ce.  of  water, 
5cc.  of  ammonia  and  10.x.  of  alcohol  until  all  is  dis- 
solved. The  solution  is  thrice  shaken  with  20,  10  and 
IOcc.  of  chloroform  respectively.  The  chloroformic  extract 
is  collected  and  deprived  of  the  solvent  by  distillation. 
The  residue  is  dissolved  in  locc.  of  decinormal  hydro- 
chloric acm  and  filtered  ;  after  washing  the  filter  with 
water,  the  filtrate  is  titrated  with  normal  sodium 
hydrate  solution,  cochineal  being  used  as  indicator.  The 
number  of  cc.  of  sodium  hydrate  required  deducted  from 
150  and  the  rest  multiplied  by  000364,  yields  theamount 
.  of  alkaloids  in  grms.,  which  figure  multiplied  by  50 
gives  the  percentage  of  strychnine  and  brucine  in  the 
solid  extract.  (2)  For  Ertr.  Hyoscvami,  Bella- 
donnae,  Acomti,  2  ogrnis.  of  the  extract  are  dissolved  in 
3cc.  of  alcohol  and  6cc.  of  water,  lcc.  of  ammonia  is 
added  to  the  solution  and  the  latter  shaken  thrice  as 
above  with  20,  10,  and  lOcc.  of  chloroform.  After  distil- 
ling off  the  solvent  the  residue  is  dissolved  in  5cc.  of 
decinormal  hydrochloric  acid,  filtered  and  the  filtrate 
titrated  back  with  centinormal  sodium  hydrate.  The 
number  of  cc.  of  sodium  hydrate  used,  deducted  from  50, 
yields  the  number  of  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  required  for 
neutralising  the  alkaloids. 

(0-00289  atropine, 
lcc.  of  centinormal  HC1  =  •:  0002S9  hyoscyamine. 
(00O533aconiline. 

The  same  method  is  not  suitable  for  Extr.  Conii 
owing  to  the  volatility  of  eoneine.  The  titrated  solutions 
may  be  further  examined  for  the  different  alkaloids,  after 
making  them  alkaline  with  sodinm  hydrate,  extracting 
with  chloroform  and  driving  off  the  latter.— S.  H. 


Action  of  Oils  on  Polarised  Light.     W.  Bishop.  Jour. 
Pharm.  Chim.  1887,  300. 

Veoetable  oils,  with  the  exception  of  castor  and  resin 
oils,  are  generally  supposed  to  be  optically  inactive. 
The  author,  however,  has  obtained  the  following  results 
from  filtered  oils,  using  a  Laurent  saccharometer,  with  a 
tube  20cm.,  at  a  temperature  of  13  to  15  degrees :— - 

Rotation  in 
Nature  of  Oil.  Saccharometer-Degrees. 

Sweet  Almond — 0'7° 

Earth-nut -04 

Colza  (German) — 2"1 

Colza  (Japanese) — 1*6 

Linseed  (not  German)  — 0-3 

Xut —0  3 

Poppy    —0  0 

Olive  +06 

Sesame  (various  samples)  from+31  to  +  90 

Hence,  if  a  sample  of  oil,  linseed  oil  for  example,  has  a 
right-banded  rotation,  this  may  be  due  to  adulteration 
with  either  resin  oil  or  sesame  oil,  or  a  mixture  of  the 
two.  Therefore  it  is  important  to  test  for  the  sesame  oil 
in  such  cases. — D.  A.  L. 


Estimation    of  Sugar    in    Beets.        Bbhm.    Ztschr.    f. 
Zuckerind,  H,  531. 

A  convenient  quantity  of  beet-magma  is  weighed  and 
placed  in  a  graduated  flask,  allowing  lOOcc.  for 
every  half  of  the  normal  quantity  of  beet-magma  taken; 
the  flask  is  filled  to  the  mark  with  water  at  70  degrees, 
air-bubbles  being  brought  to  the  surface  by  whirling  and 
these  broken  down  with  ether.  After  fifteen  minutes' 
standing,  the  mass  is  cooled  and  the  flask  re-filled  to  the 
mark  with  lead  acetate.  The  filtrate  is  polarised  in  a 
40cm.  tube.  To  correct  for  volume  of  the  beet  marc, 
multiply  result  by  0  997,  or  add  beforehand  0'3cc.  for 
every  half  of  the  normal  quantity  of  beet  magma  taken. 
According  to  Herles,  results  by  this  method  agree  very 
closely  with  those  from  alcohol  extraction  and  other 
methods.  Lead  acetate  must  not  be  added  earlier  in  the 
operation,  nor  must  the  mass  be  heated  with  lead  acetate, 
otherwise  the  results  will  he  incorrect. — D.  A.  L. 


Sov.-MKim.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


f51 


Stall 


Prcscnre  of  Copper  in  Coal  and  Coke.     II.  l'latz. 
and  Eisen  1SS7,  258. 

Tiik  author  states  that  copper  occurs  in  all  the  varieties 
of  Westphalian  coal.  The  mean  of  twelve  analyses  gave 
0  032  per  cent.  The  quantity,  however,  is  too  small  to 
affect  the  iron  smelted  with  this  coal  and  the  coke  pre- 
pared from  the  coal. — G.  H.  M. 


Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Testing  Gases 

drawn  from  Mines,  and  Signalling  or  Indicating  the 

Result  thereof,  and  for  General  Signalling  in  Mines. 

T.  Shaw,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Erg.  Tat.  3531,  March 

S,  1S87. 

The  purpose  of  the  patent  is  to  draw  off  gases  from  the 

mine  for  testing  and  indicating  the  result  by  signal.    The 

followiug  apparatus  is    used.      A    pipe    communicates 

from  the  ceiling  of  the  mine  with  the  top  of  the  shaft. 

This  pipe  is  in  communication  with  an  exhaust  pump, 

and   a  small   pipe   leads   from    the  exhaust  pump  to  a 

metallic   cylinder  having  a  contracted  opening  on  one 

side   opposite  a   flame   and  at  one   end  a  loose  piston 


F  I  C.I. 


2   '  ^ 


^T 


valve  opposite  a  gong  with  a  spring  for  retracting  this 
piston  valve.  If  the  gases  from  the  mine  which  are 
driven  into  the  cylinder  form  an  explosive  mixture,  they 
will  explode  on  coming  in  contact  with  a  flame,  and  the 
piston  will  he  driven  against  the  gong.      Each  gun  is 

Erovided  with  means  to  prevent  the  flame  from  travelling 
ack  to  the  mine.  The  construction  of  the  apparatus 
may  be  seen  from  the  diagram.  It  consists  of  a  cylinder 
p  closed  at  one  end  by  a  piston  s,  which  also  serves  as  a 
valve,  and  is  pressed  against  the  cylinder  by  a  bow  spring 
t.  The  gas  is  pumped  in  through  h.  The  explosion 
forces  the  piston  against  the  gong  and  at  the  same  time 

F  I  C-2. 


raises  the  valve  «  to  the  position  indicated  by  the  dotted 
lines,  so  that  when  several  gongs  are  sounded,  the 
attendant  may  know  with  which  mine  to  communicate. 
To  prevent  the  flame  from  travelling  back,  the  valve  >/ 
(Fig.  2)is  placed  in  front  of  the  pipe  communicating  with 
the  mine.  The  valve  is  hinged  at  the  bottom  and  opens 
inside  the  cylinder,  so  that  the  pressure  of  the  explosion 
causes  it  to  close.  The  pipe  is  provided  at  the  mine  end 
with  a  whistle,  so  that  by  reversing  the  exhaust-engine, 
air  is  blown  into  the  mine  and  the  whistle  sounded. 

—J.  B.  C. 


jftctn  "^ooks. 


A    Shout    Manual    of   Analytical    Chemistry,   Qr  ■  i.i- 
TATIVE    AND    QUANTITATIVE  —  INORO »NI0     AND     ORGANIC 

By   John    Muter.    M.A..   Ph.D..    F.K.s.E .   etc.     Thi  d 
Edition.    Illustrated.    London:  W.  Baxter.  Secretary.    At 

the  Offices  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy.  325,  KenningtonRoad. 
Simkin,  .Marshall  &  Co.,  Stationers'  Hall  Court.  F..C '. 

Svo  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  containing  Preface.  Table  of 
Contents,  195  pages  of  subject  matter,  and  an  Alphabetical 
Index.  Intersperse  1  with  the  text  are  46  wood  engravings. 
As  might  be  expected  from  a  man  with  the  author's  reputation, 
special  attention  is  given  to  the  important  subjects  of  the 
analyses  of  Water.  Air  and  Food,  and  especially  of  Drugs, 
Alkaloids.  Urine  and  Urinary  Calculi.  This  fact  will  justify 
the  confidence  of  medical  students  and  those  engaged  i 
pharmacy.  Of  particular  interest  is  the  portion  devoted  to  the 
Micro-Chemical  Identification  of  Drugs,  with  the  tabulated 
engravings  showing  the  crystalline  appearances  of  the  same 
under  the  microscope.  The  work  as  a  whole  is  embodied  as 
follows :— Part  I.  treats  of  Qualitative  Analysis,  which  is 
again  subdivided  and  headed  thus:  Processes  employed  by 

Bractical  chemists ;  Detection  and  Separation  of  the  Metals; 
letcction  and  Separation  of  Acidulous  Radicals;  Qualitative 
Analysis,  as  applied  to  the  Detection  of  Unknown  .-alts; 
Qualitative  Analysis  of  Alkaloids  and  of  the  so-called  "Scale" 
Medicinal  Preparations  containing  them,  with  a  General 
Sketch  of  Toxicological  Analysis.  Part  II.— Quantitative 
Analysis.  Weighing,  Measuring,  and  specific  Gravity; 
Volumetric  Quantitative  Analysis  and  Use  of  the  '*  Nitro- 
meter ' ;  Gravimetric  Quantitative  Analysis  of  Metals  and 
Acids  ;  Ultimate  Organic  Analysis;  Special  Processes  for  the 
Analysis  of  Water,  Air,  and  Food;  Special  Processes  for  the 
Analysis  of  Drugs,  Urine,  and  Urinary  Calculi ;  Analysis  of 
Gases.  Polarisation,  and  Spectrum  Analysis.  The  published 
price  of  this  work  is  6s.  6d.,  that  for  students  and  those  out- 
side the  trade  5s.  Gd. 


Exercises  in  Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis,  with  a 
short  Treatise  on  Gas  Analysis.  By  William  Dittmar 
LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  the  Glasgow  and 
West  of  Scotland  Technical  College.  Glasgow  William 
Hodge  &  Co.,  123,  Hope  Street,   1887. 

This  excellent  treatise  takes  the  form  of  an  8vo  volume 
bound  in  cloth,  with  preface,  tables  of  contents  and  of  the 
atomic  weights  and  313  pages  of  subject  matter.  The  work 
terminates  with  an  alphabetical  index.  It.  may  also  be  noted 
that  the  last  twelve  pages  of  subject  matter  are  devoted  to 
notes  on  the  matter  of  the  preceding  text,  the  whole  of  which 
is  divided  into  "  exercises  "  which  are  individually  numbered 
and  definitely  headed.  These  notes  are  somewhat  similar  to 
thosefoundattheendofFresenius'  large  "TrcatiseonQuantita- 
1  ivc  Analysis."  but  they  are  even  more  usefully  conceived  and 
clearly  stated.  The  work  is  illustrated  with  61  well-executed 
wood  engravings.  As  regards  the  division  of  text  into 
exercises,  the  principal  divisions  or  groups  are  the  following  • 
—Exercises  in  Exact  Weighing  and  Measuring' 
Exercises  in  Analytical  Mkthods  ;  Elementary' 
Analysis  op  Combustible  Carbon  Compounds-  Gas 
Analysis;  Promiscuous  Exercises  in  Applied  Analysis- 
Notes.  ' 


ElNFACHERE  Gewichtsanalytisciie  Uhrungsaukgaren  in 
Besonderer  Anordnung  Neust  Einleitung:  als  Vor- 
wort:  Einiges  uber  Unterricht  in  Ciikmischen 
Laboratorien  Von  Dr.  F.  Muck.  Mit  17  Textabbil- 
dungen.    Breslau  :  Verlag  von  Edward  Trewendt.    1S87. 

This  little  book,  bound  in  cloth,  and  of  Svo  size,  contains  69 
pages  of  subject  matter  illustrated  with  17  woodcuts.  The 
text  is  subdivided  into  thirteen  chapters,  each  devoted  to  the 
treatment  and  examination  analytically  of  characteristic  salts 
and  compounds  of  the  following  metals  and  metalloids  :— 
Sodium,  potassium,  calcium,  copper,  lead,  iron,  aluminium, 
manganese,  magnesium,  silicon,  cobalt,  nickel,  antimony,' 
arsenic.  With  regard  to  the  treatment  referred  to,  this  con- 
sists of  a  series  of  exercises  in  the  conversion  by  the  best 
methods  of  the  above  elements  into  well-known  and  most 
characteristic  compounds,  with  a  view  especially  to  throw 
light  upon  the  usual  analytical  processes  adopted  in  the 
separation  from  other  and  similar  bodies,  or  in  the  absolute 
gravimetric  determination.  The  little  work  might  be 
designated  an  introduction  to  qualitative  and  quantitative 
chemical  analysis  for  beginners.  A  book  on  this  pattern 
might  be  of  great  service  m  schools. 


Modern  American  Methods  of  Copper  Smelting.  By 
Edward  D.  Peters,  jun..  M.E..  M.D.  New  York: 
Scientific  Publishing  Company.  '27,  Park  Place.   1887. 

Svo  volume  bound  in  cloth,  containing  preface,  table  of  con- 
tents and  335  pages  of  subject  matter,  terminating  with  an 
alphabetical  index.  With  the  text  are  interspersed  numerous 
woodcuts.  In  this  work  the  processes  of  "  wet  extraction  " 
are  not  treated  of.  but  merely  methods  of  smelting.  The  text 
issub-divided  into  the  followingchapters:— Distribution  of  the 
Ores  of  Copper ;  Description  of  the  Ores  of  Copper :  Methods 
of  Copper  Assaying :  The  Roasting  of  Copper  Ores  in  Lump 


752 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.  30.  i8B7. 


Form;  Stall  Roasting;  Kiln  Roasting:  Calcination  of  Fine 
Ore  and  Matte;  Chemistry  of  the  Calcining  Process;  Smelting 
nf  Copper;  Blast  Furnaces  of  Brick ;  Blast  Furnace  Smelting; 
Reverberator;  Furnaces ;  Treat  tnont  of  Gold-  and  Silver-bear- 
ing Copper  Ores  ;  Bessemerising  Copper  Mattes. 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce/rom  the.  United 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


Crane  lRcport. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  and  other  Journals.) 


TARIFF    CHANGES    AND    CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

France. 

Regulations  respecting  the  Importation  of  Toys  coloured 
with  Poisonous  Substances. 

The  following  rules  are  to  he  oh3erved  on  the  importation  of 
toys  coloured  with  prisonous  substances  into  France  : — 

1.  It  is  forbidden  to  import  toys  coloured  with  arsenical 
colours  (Scheelc  green.  S  -hwcinfurt  green,  metis  green.  Sec.)  • 
s^lts  of  lead  soluble  in  water  and  acids,  a  ^  ceruse,  read  lead, 
massicot,  chrome  orange  ;  salts  of  copper,  such  as  blue  ashes. 

2.  The  following  colours  arc  allowed  to  be  employed  :  Ver- 
million, neuter  chromate  of  lead  (yellow  chromate  of  lead, 
chrome  yellow),  painted  on  with  spirit  or  oil  varnish. 

3.  White  lead  is  admissible  if  applied  with  oil  varnish  for 
the  manufacture  of  indiarubber  balloons  or  tin  toys. 

Importation  of  Antijii/rinc. 

The  following  is  a  recent  decision  of  the  Customs  authori-  I 
ties  :— 

An  article  known  as  "ant  ipyrine"  is  included  in  the  category 
of  "  Chemical  products  not  enumerated,"  duty  5  per  cent  ad 
valorem. 

Spain. 

Regulations    respecting    the    Importation,    of   Alcoholic 
Liquors. 

See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  November,  p.  169  et  seq. 

United    States. 
Customs  Decisions. 

An  article  called  Soufrc  raffini  en  masse,  which  consists  of 
the  residue  obtained  in  the  process  of  sublimation  in  producing 
the  substance  known  as  "flowers  of  sulphur,"  and  which  is 
imported  generally  in  the  ground  condition,  is  held  to  be 
exempt  from  duty,  under  the  provision  in  the  free  list,  section 
632,  for  "sulphur  or  brimstone,  not  specially  enumerated  or 
provided  for,"  the  article  being  neither  "  sulphur,  refined,  in 
rolls,"  nor  "sublimed,  or  flowers  of  sulphur,"  which  are 
specially  provided  for  in  sections  77  and  78. 

Certain  so-called  "  recovered  manganese,"  which  is  under- 
stood to  consist  of  the  product  of  manganese  recovered  from 
manganese  after  it  has  been  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
chlorine,  and  which  is.  in  fact,  an  oxide  of  that  article,  is 
held  to  be  free  of  duty,  under  the  provisions  in  the  free-list, 
section  621,  for  "  manganese,  oxide,  and  ore  of." 

TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AND  THE   UNITED 

KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  the   United  Kingdom  fom  Spain. 


Principal    Articles. 

Sept.  1886.             Sept.  1887. 

Alkali     Cwt. 

Value 
Caoutchouc       manufactures 

Value 
Cement Tons 

Value 
Chemical  productsand  prepara- 
tions    (including     dycsfutfsl 

Value 
Coal  products  (including  naph- 
tha and  petroleum  ....Value 

Manure Value 

Painters'  colours  and  materials 

Value 
Soap    I  Iwt. 

Value 

23,660 

£8,677 

£1.656 
1.330 

£2,378 

£3,871 

£1,540 

£11,300 

£2,122 

653 

£500 

27,522 

£2,553 

250 
£11X1 

£1,268 

£351 
£3,1127 

£2.111 
619 

£187 

Total  Value  

1886. 

1887. 

September 

October   

£328,166 
£301,133 

£301,001 
£262,039 

Principal    Articles. 


Chemical   products    unenume- 

rated    Value 

Copper  ore  and  regulua       Tons 

Value 
Manganese  ore     Tons 

Value 
Pyrites  of  iron  or  copper.. .Tuns 

Value 
Quicksilver lb. 

Value 
Rags,  Esparto    Tons 

Value 

Total  Value  

September 

October    


Sept.  1886. 

Sept.  1887. 

£3,829 
2,852 

£56.2-<l 

32.727 
£61.021 

1.707 
£27,908 

£5.918 

1.896 

£36.758 

1 

£15 

11.712 

£71.779 

2.626 
£16,337 

1886. 

1887. 

6719,560 

£910,778 

6710,363 

£1131,399 

MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  NOTICES. 
The  Inland  Revenue  and  Methylated  Spirit. 

A  new  regulation  has  been  issued  by  the  Inland  Revenue 
Board.  Any  person  authorised  to  receive  methylated  spirit 
for  use  in  any  art  or  manufacture,  will  in  future  be  restricted 
to  purchasing  the  same  from  a  licensed  maker  of  the  spirit  — 
B.  and  C.  V.,  November  5,  1887. 

Adulteration  of  Wine  in  Spain. 

See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  November,  p.  527  et  seq. 

Syndicate   of    the    Rhenish-YVestphalia.n     Sul- 
phuric Acid  Manufacturers. 

The  price  of  sulphuric  acid  having  sunk  to  a  very  low  figure, 
the  manufacturers  of  the  northern  part  of  the  Rhine  province 
and  Westphalia  have  formed  an  association,  with  the  object 
of  raising  the  price  of  sulphuric  acid  on  the  1st  of  January, 
1888.— S,  H. 

Commercial  Relations  between  Russia  and 
roumania. 

The  Russian  Journal  de  St.  Pit crsbourp  lor  the  11th  October 
last,  quotes  from  the  Roumanian  Express  Orient,  of  Bucharest, 
an  article  on  the  subject  of  the  commercial  relations  between 
Russia  and  Roumania.  The  Express  Orient  considers  that  in 
the  absence  of  any  commercial  convention  with  Austria,  the 
present  is  a  very  opportune  moment  for  cementing  the  com- 
mercial relations  between  Roumania  and  Russia.  The  recent. 
Exhibition  at  Craiova  was  particularly  rich  in  exhibits  which 
proved  the  interest  felt  by  Russian  merchants,  in  favourably 
impressing  the  Roumanian  market,  and  those  exhibits  were 
received  with  extraordinary  favour.  There  is,  in  particular, 
an  increasing  demand  in  Roumania  for  Russian  refined  sugar, 
toilet  soap,  candle-*,  naphthaline,  and  cigarette-paper.  Each 
of  these  articles,  the  Roumanians  are  now  finding,  can  be 
bought  cheaper  in  Russia  than  in  Austria.  The  Express 
Orient  also  believes  that  Russian  merchants  would  find  a 
reidy  sale  for  other  exports,  and  especially  for  hardware  and 
for  chemical  products,  such  as  sulphuric  acid.  It  believes 
that  in  Roumania  there  exists  an  immense  field,  hitherto 
almost  unworked,  for  Russian  commercial  enterprise,  and 
that  a  very  little  energy  on  the  part  of  the  Russians  would  be 
sufficient  to  persuade  the  Roumanians  to  purchase  from 
Russia  almost  all  the  articles  which  are  at  present  brought  to 
them  at  great  trouble  and  expense  from  western  Europe. 

Zinc  Fields  of  Missouri. 

The  following  information,  respecting  the  zinc  fields  of 
Missouri,  was  contained  in  Brads treefs  for  the  8th  October 
last ■ — 

"The  St.  Louis  Qlobc- Democrat  states  that  in  1885  the  world's 
production  of  zinc  amounted  to  291,609  tons  of  2210  pounds  each, 
'55.270  of  which  were  obtained  in  Europe,  and  36.339  in  the 
United  States.  The  principal  zinc-producing  states  in  this 
country  are  Illinois,  Kansas,  and  Missouri,  which  stood  in  this 
order  in  volume  of  output  in  1885.  The  production  of  Missouri 
was  about  one-ninth  of  that  of  the  whole  country  in  that  year. 
In  the  order  of  importance.  Missouri  towns,  in  the  Ozark  zinc 
region,  arc  Webb  City  and  Cartervi.le.  Zuicite.  Joplin  and 
Lchigli.  The  area  of  the  ziuc  region,  however,  ■  covers  many 
counties  and  includes  milliuns  of  acres  of  territory.'  The  zinc 
ores  of  Missouri  are  of  every  variety  of  carbonates,  silicates, 
and  sulphurets.  The  sulphnrets  are  most  abundant  in  Jasper 
and  Newton  counties.  Other  varieties  are  found  in  that 
region,  but  in  small  ruantities.  Zinc  and  lead  ores  crop  out 
on  the  surface  of  I  he  ground  in  Washington  county,  especially 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Londale  and  Hopwell.  These  metals 
are  plainly  exposed  to  view  above  soil  over  many  miles  in  that 
region." 


Nov. 30. 1887.]      THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


753 


The  Cinchona  Trade  of  Ceylon. 

The  following  is  a  ropy  of  extracts  from  the  annual  report 
of  the  Planter's  Association  of  Ceylon  for  the  years  1SS5— 6  and 
1886—7:- 

'■  Tear  1885—86.  CinrAona.— Notwithstanding  the  growing 
feeling  that  in  a  few  years' time  this  product  will  again  become 
of  great  value,  there  has  been  practically  no  f  urthur  planting 
of  cinchona.  The  need  for  money  to  plant  tea.  the  slow  growth 
of  tea  when  covered  by  growing  cinchona,  as  well  as  the  dying 
off  of  the  trees  themselves  are  causes  which  have  led  to  the 
enormous  export  of  l!.736,l711b.  for  the  past  year  against 
11.865  2801b.  for  1884.  While  a  rise  in  price  during  the  current 
year  would  lead  to  a  considerable  export  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  maximum  production  has  been  reached,  and  that  ere 
long  there  will  be  a  «reat  reduction  in  the  quantity  exported. 
It  may  be  doubted  whether  the  acreage  under  cinchona  is  now 
one-fourth  of  what  it  nominally  was  four  years  ago. 

"  Tear  1886—87.  Cinchona.— The  same  causes  which  led  to 
the  large  export  during  1885,  have  occasioned  a  similar  export 
during  1!>S6.  and  consequently  prices  have  fallen  to  a  barely 
prolitable  point.  It  is  impossible  to  say  for  how  many  months 
this  export  may  continue,  but  it  is  unlikely  to  be  for  long,  and 
it  is  maintained  entirely  at  the  expense  of  the  future. 

"The  exports  for  1&S0  were  11.675.6631b..  against  13  736.1711b. 
in  1885." 

Silk  Conference  at  the  Manchester  Exhibition. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  a  report  by  Mr.  Bateman.  of 
the  Commercial  Department  of  the  Board  of  Trade,  upon  the 
proceedings  at  the  Conference  of  the  Silk  Section  of  the  Man- 
chester Exhibition  for  the  promotion  of  the  silk  industries  of 
the  United  Kingdom,  which  was  held  on  the  21st  of  October 
last.  Mr.  Bat  ;tnan  attended  the  Conference  with  the  sanction 
of  the  Board  of  Trade,  and  at  the  request  of  the  Executive 
Committee  of  the  Exhibition. 

The  object  of  the  Conference,  consisting  of  a  very  represen- 
tative gathering  of  spinners,  dyers,  manufacturers,  merchants, 
and  retailers,  to  the  number  of  three  or  four  hundred,  was  to 
discuss  the  present  depression  in  the  silk  industry,  and  to 
propose  remedies  for  the  same. 

After  the  discussion  of  papers  dealing  with  the  vanou3 
phases  ofihe  question,  the  chairman  proposed  what  was  to  be 
the  practical  outcome  of  the  meeting,  namely,  a  resolution  for 
the  establishment  of  a  silk  guild. 

The  majority  of  the  meeting  appeared  to  favour  the  re-estab- 
lishment of  duties  on  silk  manufactures,  but  did  not  submit 
any  formal  resolution  to  that  effect. 

Technical  education  in  dyeing,  design,  and  mechanism,  and 
information  as  to  new  sources  of  supply  of  the  raw  material 
and  of  new  markets  for  silk  manufactures  abroad,  were  among 
the  objects  which  it  was  considered  the  proposed  guild  should 
assist,  and  a  suggestion  by  Mr.  Bateman  that  the  association 
should  include  merchants  and  retailers  as  well  as  manufac- 
turers, so  as  to  bring  the  latter  into  closer  touch  with  the  con- 
sumers who  use  their  goods,  was  very  favourably  received  by 
the  meeting,  and  ultimately  adopted. 

A  resolution  was  finally  passed  that  a  committee  of  the 
exhibition,  with  certain  names  added,  should  form  an  asso- 
ciation for  the  purposes  described,  and  draw  up  rules. 

As  the  result  of  a  discussion  on  the  subject  of  weighting 
silks,  a  further  resolution  was  passed  in  favour  of  stamping 
the  amount  of  dye  in  silks  on  the  piece  on  importation  into  the 
country,  or  on  leaving  the  manufactory.  It  was  pointed  out 
that  this  would  be  a  most  difficult  and  expensive  regulation  to 
enforce,  since  only  very  skilled  analysts  can  distinguish  the 
percentage  of  loading. 

Other  resolutions  were  adopted  in  favour  of  a  Minister  of 
Commerce  and  Agriculture  being  appointed,  and  of  the 
Techuical  Education  Bdl  of  last  session  being  passed.  The 
Merchandise  Marks  Act  appeared  to  be  appreciated  by  most 
speakers. 


The   Development  of    the   American    Chemical 
Industry. 

This  is  the  title  of  a  series  of  articles  in  course  of  contribution 
to  the  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal  by  Dr.  Francis 
VVyatt,  and  dealing  thus  f3r  with  the  sulphuric  acid  manufac- 
ture in  general,  and  the  utilisation  of  pyrites  for  this  purpose 
in  particular. 

Pyrites  deposits  are  found  in  almost  all  the  States  of  the 
Union,  but  only  those  in  New  Hampshire.  Massachusetts  and 
Virginia  are  actually  worked  to  any  extent.  The  following 
analyses  give  a  good  idea  of  the  quality  of  these  ores  :— 


importation  of  57,000  tons,  making  altogether  112.000  tons,  or 
rather  less  than  one-tenth  of  the  total  quantity  of  pyrites  con- 
sumed in  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid  throughout  the 
world,  a  fact  which  in  itself  indicates  a  lamentably  backward 
condition  of  chemical  industry,  and  one  that  is  far  from  har- 
monising with  the  brilliant  progress  of  the  States  in  other 
departments  of  the  arts  and  manufactures.  Below  are  some 
interesting  figures  with  regard  to  the  distribution  of  the 
consumption :— 


Sulphur. 

Iron. 

Copper 

Zinc. 

Arsenic 

Silica. 

Milan  Mines.  New 

Hampshire.  No.  1.. 

160 

io-o 

37 

I'M 

trace 

6-J5 

Milan   Mines,   New 

Hampshire.  No.  2 

350 

305 

5  0 

8-0 

nil 

215 

Davis  Mines,  Mas- 

sachusetts   

1927 

153 

117 

— 

trace 

383 

Arminius    Mines. 

Virginia 

160 

115 

2-1 

trace 

710 

Actu'l 

n'mb'r 

1881. 

13&3. 

works 

Boston  &E's't'n 

0 

0 

2.500 

7.500 

11,500    25,£00 

New  York  Dis- 

trict  

6 

7,000  23 

29,500 

39.000  i  44.600 

Philadelphia 

District 

■» 

0 

5.000 

5,000 

3,500   11,500 

Baltimore   and 

Southern 

States 

3 

0 

2,000 

2.000 

1.000 

7.500 

W'st'rn  District 

1 

0 

1,000     1.000 

2,000 

2.01X1 

Total     .... 

17 

7,000 

28,900 

15.000 

65,000 

91,100 

26,900 
55.700 
23.6U0 


1.300 
!.500 


It  must,  of  course,  be  taken  into  consideration  that  in  many 
cases  the  railway  rates  are  so  heavy  that  there  is  little  differ- 
ence in  cost  at  consumers'  works  between  pyrites  sulphur  and 
pure  brimstone. 

The  following  table,  showing  the  comparative  costs  of  pro- 
ducing one  ton  of  50'  B.  sulphuric  acid  from  sulphur  and 
pyrites  in  the  district  of  New  York  or  Philadelphia,  will  be 
interesting  to  English  makers  :— 

Brimstone  {short  tons). 

1  ton  brimstone  thirds  (98,  Stat  $19     $19.00 

501b.  nitrate  of  soda  at  2j  cents  per  lb 1.25 

Scwts.  of  coals,  at  say  §1  per  ton 1.00 

Workmen's  wages 2.25 

Superintendence  and  management 2.00 

General  jobbing  repairs 0.50 

Interest  on  capital  of  $75,000  4.60 

Total   $30.60 

Pro1uct  =  4Uons  50'  B.— cost  per  ton,  $6.80. 

Pyrites  [short  tons). 

2)  tons  pyrites.  46\  sulphur,  at  10  cents  per  unit  .  $11.50 

601b.  nitrate  of  soda,  at  21  cents  per  lb 1.50 

5  cwts.  of  coals,  at  say  $1  per  ton 1.00 

Superintendence  and  management 3.00 

Workmen's  wages 2.00 

General  jobbing  repairs 0.60 

Interest  on  capital  of  $100,000 6.15 

Total $25.75 

Product  =  11  tons  50'  B.— cost  per  ton.  $5.5. 

The  concentration  of  chamber  acid  to  brown  oil  of  vitriol 
and  rectified  oil  of  vitriol  is  carried  on  pretty  much  as  in 
England.  The  author  is  by  no  means  favourably  disposed 
tow-ards  concentration  in  platinum  ;  in  fact,  he  estimates  it  to 
cost  between  60  and  70  per  cent,  more  than  in  glass.  He  says, 
however,  that  near  New  York  a  rectifying  plant  is  at  work 
upon  a  new  principle,  wherein  cast  iron  is  made  to  replace 
glass  and  platinum,  and  which  bids  fair  to  create  as  great  a 
sensation  as  the  introduction  of  the  Glover  tower. 

The  cupreous  cinders  are  treated  for  the  extraction  of  the 
copper  by  both  wet  and  dry  methods.  The  non  cupreous 
residues— especially  from  smalls— are  often  sufficiently  low  in 
sulphur  to  permit  of  their  direct  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
Bessemer  pigs  At  the  Lancashire  Hill  Chemical  Works,  Long 
Island.  New  York,  where  a  Canadian  ore  containing  about  3} 
per  cent,  of  copper  and  13 — 14  per  cent,  silica  is  used,  the 
residues  are  smelted  (with  the  admixture  of  a  small  quantity 
of  green  smallsi  in  a  Herreshoff  water-jacket  furnace,  and  a 
matte  of  50 — 60  per  cent,  copper  obtained  with  a  loss  of  less 
than  half  a  per  cent,  of  copper  in  the  slag.  The  average 
daily  charges  are  :— 


Win. 

Furnace. 

60in- 
Round  Furnace. 

RectaDguIar 
Furnace. 

Pyrites  cinders  . . 

Green  smalls  

Sand 

Iron  slag    

Coke    

51  7  tons 
4'3      .. 
2-8     ., 

760  tons 
80    ,. 

12-0    ,. 
90    .. 

76'8  tons 
13  2    „ 
53    .. 

50'8    tons 

105'5  tons 

95  3  tons 

ll'5tons  =  20\ 

17  tons  =  16'. 

17-1  tons  =  18=: 

The  total  domestic  extraction  used  for  acid-making  in  1886 
was  estimated  at  55,000  tons.    This  was  supplemented  by  an 


Of  the  various  wet  methods  in  vogue,  the  author  prefers  that 
of  Hunt  and  Douglas,  wherein  the  copper  is  precipitated  as 
sub-chloride  by  the  agency  of  sulphurous  acid  gas. 

Besides  the  112,000  tons,  pyrite.  above  mentioned,  there  was 
also  used  for  acid-making  in  1886,  90,200  tons  of  brimstone.  Of 


754 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [  Nov.  30.  iss7. 


the  sulphuric  acid  produced  four-fifths  ncrc  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  fertilisers  or  m  petroleum  refining,  the 
remainder  being  distributed  among  the  various  smaller 
channels  of  consumption.  —  Engineering  and  Mining 
Journal.  New  York,  Aug..  Sept.  and  Oct.  1887.-A.  R.  U. 


STA  TISTICS. 
Italian  Chemical  Statistics. 

Ollicial  returns  have  been  published  relating  to  the  Italian 
trade  in  chemical  products  during  the  hist  six  months  of  1887. 
In   that   period   1S27  tons  boracic  acid  were  exported    from 
Italy,  against  17.'.'  tons  in  the  tirst  half  year  of  1850     Of  Italian 
refined  borax  311  tons  were  exported.    Formerly  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  boracic  acid  produced  in  Italy  was  exported,  but 
recently  large  works  have  been  established  in  the  country  by 
the  firm  of  Larderel.  and  a  considerable  part  of  the  acid  is  now 
treated  at  these  works.    The  export  of  cinchona  salts  from  the 
Milan  and  Genoa  works  rose  from  5000  to  lO.OOOkilos.  (176.500oz. 
to  353  000oz.l.    This  includes,  besides  quinine  sulphate,  all  the 
minor  cinchona  salts.    The  export  of  the  latter  has  been  much 
assisted  by  the    establishment    of    drawback  on    shipments 
abroad.    The  importation  of  soda  nitrate,  which  is  principally 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  nitrate  of  potash  by  boiling  with 
chloride  of  potash,  rose  from  2600  to  0100  tons.    The  cause  of 
this  advance  is  due  to  the  increase  I   requirements  of  gun- 
powder by  the  War  Department.      Soda  imports  rose  from  910 
to  lido  tons,  caustic  soda  from  3S03  to  4000  tons,  oxides  of  iron 
and  lead  from  1100  to  1700  tons.    The  alum  works  of  Civita 
V  ecehia  have  not  been  so  successful  as  was  expected,  it  being 
found  preferable  to  export    the  crude  mineral.     The    ship- 
ments of  winelees  and  argols  rose  from  3600  tons  to  no  less 
than  11,200  tons.     More  lemon-juice  was  also  exported — viz.. 
503  tons  raw  and  ISO.'  tons  concentrated  juice,  against  220  and  I 
782  tons  respectively.     This   enormous  increase  in  the  ship- 
ments is  due  to  the  large  crop  of  "  agrumi  "  and  the  cheapness  ! 
of  the  lemons;  but   it  seems   inexplicable  that  under  these 
favourable  circumstances  the  manufacture  of  citric  acid  in  : 
Italy  should  still  be  so  much  neglected.    Of  common  soaps, 
1959  tons  were  exported  in  the  first  six  months  of  1SS7  and  of 
medicinal  preparations.  S31cwt    in  the  first  half-year  of  1886 
rue  total  value  of  the  imports  of  chemical  and  medicinal  pro- 
ducts,  resins  and    perfumery,     was    £1,000,000,    the 
£1,160.000. 


Imports. 


Oct.  1885. 


Drugs,  unenumerated..  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 
and    Products,    un- 
enumerated— value  £ 
Chemical  and  Dyestuffs. 

un  -numerated value  £ 

Oils. note-numerated.,  value  £ 
Alkali   


Brimstone  

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda) 


cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 
„  (nitrate  of  potash)  cwt. 
value  £ 

Quicksilver  lb. 

value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 


Bark  (Cinchona) 

Gum  Arabic 

shell,  stick, 


exports 


Board  of  Trade  Returns. 
Exports. 


Lac,  seed, 

and  dye    cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £• 

Barks  and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Anilirie  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  ic  othercoal- 

tardyes    value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £  | 


Cochineal 

Cutch  and  gambier. 

Indigo  


tons  | 
value  £ 

cwt. 
value  £ 


Oct.  1885. 


British  and    Irish    pro- 
ducer- 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations    (un- 
enumerated)   value  £         S0.9S3 

Other  chemicals  and 
medicinal  prepa- 
rations  value  £        153.17" 

Painters'        colours 

and  materials  value  £ 

Alkali  cwt. 

value  £ 

Bleaching  materials        cwt. 
.,  .,  value  £ 

Oil  (seed) tuns 

value  £ 

Soap cwt. 

value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 
Chemicals     (unenu- 
merated)      value  £ 

Bark,  Cinchona cwt. 

„  —  value  £ 

Cochineal    cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
„         value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

value  £ 

Lac  seed,  shell,  stick 

and  dye   cwt.  7.702 

....  value  £         25,023 

Oils,  cocoa-nut cwt.         15,162 

value  £         22,116 

„    olive  tuns  193 

value  £  I        9.619 

.,    palm  cwt.         32.123 

value  £  ,       44,186 

„    petroleum    gals.         52.366 

....  value  £  1.971 

Quicksilver    lb.        173,709 

value  £         13,611 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)            cwt.  I        6.S76 

value  £  5,171 


Oct.  1886.     Oct.  1887. 


70.4S4 


186,654 


77,528 


190,796 


106,179 

107.924 

116.573 

590.544 

601.753 

521.465 

179,582 

17.'.  217 

150.  SS9 

107.012 

157.574 

165.972 

36.111 

53.117 

62,245 

6.153 

6.584 

7.5SS 

146.246 

138.521 

159.361 

27.017 

43.692 

37,295 

33,561 

42.167 

36,511 

19,39! 

10.0D7 

18.»f7 

13,492 

11.177 

10,556 

91.939 

42,558 

29,778 

1,530 

SI2 

847 

9,402 

5.294 

5.374 

925 

943 

1.105 

211.320 

23,618 

31,845 

4,497 

1.524 

4.71--. 

15.189 

is. Ill 

17.907 

1.092 

1.032 

2.700 

73.071 

81,152 

55,021 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  andmun- 

jeet cwt. 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet value£ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  


75.015 


108,779 

151. 15S 

9;.»si; 

6.1S7 
5.011 
16,821 

4.559 
291.350 
119.707 
31.759 
26,099 
151,286 
11.3S2 
12.523 
71.251 
7,893 
29,166 

9,708 

31,239 


10.818 

2.765 
22.371 

26,137 
1,128 
6,988 

1.767 
36.708 

1.367 
26,581 


Oct  1886. 

Oct.  1887. 

49,501 

59,923 

102,722 

102,749 

121,855 

131,011 

97.828 

105.231 

7,511 

4.211 

4.578 

3.201 

211.321 

68.917 

5,907 

19016 

7S.9S7 

192,871 

31.097 

86.597 

23.0:8 

33.878 

20,060 

27.811 

Wi.075 

97.327 

8,060 

8,620 

9.700 

11,378 

47.390 

17,792 

6,353 

7,561 

29.961 

25,805 

cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds tuns 

„  value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

,,  value  £ 


3,031 


5,181 


12.091 

1.118 

57.019 

86.991 

112.291 

S.23O.606 

215,877 

1.069 

41491 

29,601 

36,930 


11.121 
29,515 


12,202 

18,506 
21.649 

19.77S 
1.381 
8,880 
2,873 

817 
11.181 


1.333 


1.672 

26.117 

36.139 

1,118 

51.011 

81.811 

84.761 

5,427,095 

158,194 

1,589 

35.595 

36  292 

50.432 


1.771 
11.203 


17.8S7 

5.SI6 
26,624 

28,629 

950 

5.971 

2.236 

56.682 
1.20.1 

11,699 


2,129 


2.S01 

39.433 

52.870 

784 

29,436 

90.100 

87.7.50 

.897,747 

186,537 

1.510 

37.761 

20  S3 1 

26, 38  J 


Japan. 

Groirin  j  Drug  Imports. 
Hyogo    imported  in  1SGS,  £72.036  worth  of   drugs,   against 
£I1,S3S  in  1S5", ;  of  aniline  dyes  and  paints,  £12.934.  and  of  other 
dyes,  £28,912  were"  imported  in  ISSti,  against  £25,085  in  1885. 

Drug  Exports. 

The  exports  from  Hyogo  in  18S6  show  the  following  results 
as  compared  with  the  preceding  year  : — 

1886.  1885. 


S.522 
25.557 

9.078 

12.111 

202 

8,147 
28,186 
29.151 
91,328 

3.071 
190.615 
18,342 

259 

271 


4.713 
12.706 

12,865 

155 

6,998 

59.T32 

59.619 

09.116 

3.232 

223.993 

31,859 

2.540 
2,181 


tons 

£ 

tons 

£ 

Antimony 

1.928 

25.513    . 

.     2.195 

35,761 

C-.mphor    

2.328 

111.789     . 

.     1,393 

59.082 

^oap  l  washing) 

1,871 

8,567     . 

.     1.991 

lli.vio 

A  egetahle  wax 

1,199 

51,613     . 

.     1,183 

57.003 

Drug  Statistics. 

The  following  figures  relate  to  the  imports  of  drugs,  etc., 
into  Yokohama  :— 


1886. 


1885. 


Mercury    lbs.'      112.731 

Drugs  and  medicines       ., 

I  lyes,  aniline cwts.  1,163 

Dyes  and  paints    I 

Indigo    c  797 

Logwood  extract lbs.        911.423 

Eastern  drugs  and  medi-  j 
cines   lbs. 


10.113 
102,920 
25.011 
26.020 
17,514 
13.118 

20,711 


£ 

60,002 
19,185 
29,441 


15.186 


Nov.  30. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


755 


The  Exports  include : 


1886. 

1885. 

Drugs    and    medi- 

Fish  oil    gall. 

Peppermint  oil    ,, 

373',810 
9,010 

16.180 
13.1167 
9,678 

£                   £ 

26.613 
gal.  108.533        16,8113 

Medicine  Imports. 

Amongst  the  miscellaneous  foreign  imports  not  considerable 
enough  in  value  to  rank  as  staples,  the  most  noteworthy  item 
during  the  past  year  was  undoubtedly  drugs  and  medicines,  of 
which  over  £100.000  worth  were  importe  1.  as  against  only 
£60,000  worth  in  1885. 

Other  Drugs. 

Of  antimony  Japan  exported  3  298.519  catties  in  1886,  and 
3.795.610  in  18s5.  Great  Britain  receives  by  far  the  largest  part 
of  the  export  offish  wax  (exports,  2.126.922  catties  in  1856  and 
3.150,122  in  18<5I.  France  and  Germany  receive  the  largest  ship- 
ments, while  sulphur  (exports.  7.939.296  catties  in  13S6  and 
12.166,616  the  year  before)  is  mostly  sent  to  the  United  States, 
ami  a  little  to  Australia. 


EXTRA  CTS  FROM  DIPLOMA  TIC  A  ND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

New  Method  foe  the  Production  of  Iron  and 
Steel  Direct  from  the  Ore. 

According  to  a  report,  dated  the  11th  October  last,  of  the 
British  Vice-Consul  at  Moscow,  a  new  process  for  producing 
iron  and  steel  direct  from  the  ore  has  been  recently  invented 
and  patented  by  a  Russian  engineer.  The  Vice  Consul  says:— 

"  The  whole  secret  of  the  process  lies  in  the  construction  at 
the  furnace,  which  is  simple  and  inexpensive. 

"It  will  be  dillicult  for  our  ironmasters  to  be'ieve  that, 
under  the  new  process,  iron  ore,  after  submitting  it  to  the 
ordinary  smelting  process  is  taken  direct  from  the  furnace  to 
the  rolling-mill  and  turned  into  thin  sheets  of  the  finest  char- 
co  il  iron,  yet  such  is  certainly  the  case,  there  being  to  my 
positive  knowledge  three  such  furnaces  in  this  country  work- 
ing with  perfect  success. 

"There  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  the  new  invention  will 
create  quite  a  revolution  in  the  manufacture  of  charcoal  iron. 
Whether  the  process  can  be  applied  with  equal  success  where 
coke  is  the  f uel  I  cannot  positively  assert,  as  the  furnaces  I 
refer  to  are  tired  with  charcoal.  I  am.  however,  assured  that 
an  experiment  has  been  made  with  coke  and  was  crowned 
with  equal  success." 

Discovery  of  Infusorial  Earth  at  Stavanger. 

The  following  is  an  extract  from  a  report  by  Mr.  T.  Michell, 
Her  Majesty's  Consul-General  at  Christiana,  dated  the  20th 
October  last,  with  reference  to  the  discovery  of  infusorial 
earth  pits  at  Stavanger : — 

"  A  considerable  number  of  pits  of  '  infusiorial  earth.'  con- 
taining 85  to  95  per  cent,  of  silica,  have  been  discovered  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Stavanger,  and  capital  is  being  sought  for 
the  purpose  of  w  irking  those  deposits,  which  are  estimated  to 
be  capable  of  yielding  100,000  cubic  metres  of  that  rare  product. 

"  It  is  affirmed  that  while  similar  deposits  at  Lyneberg.  ia 
Hanover,  are  mixed  with  sand  and  gravel,  those  now  dis- 
covered are  so  pure  in  quality  as  to  be  available,  for  most 
purposes,  merely  after  desiccation." 

Trade  of  Chili  for  the  Year  1SS6. 

See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  November,  p.  517  et  seq. 


agontblj)    patent    list. 

I.-GENEKAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

14120  W.  Bergh,  London.  Improvements  in  centrifugal 
apparatus  for  separation  of  fluids  of  different  specific  gravi- 
ties.   October  18 

11153  E.  N.  Henwood,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
arrangements  and  construction  of  apparatus  for  injecting 
liquid  hydrocarbons  into  furnaces.    October  18 

11169  J.  J.  Hicks,  London.  Hydrometers  and  saccharo- 
meters.    October  18 

11182  T.  Kirk,  Birmingham.  Bye-pass  cocks  and  valves  for 
gas  and  other  fluids.    October  19 


11209  W.  H.  Rusden,  London.  Electrical  apparatus  for  pre- 
vention of  corrosion  and  incrustation  in  st -am  boilers.  Com- 
plete specification.    October  19 

11231  H.  H.  Lakc-From  ().  S.  Anderson.  Valby.  Centri- 
fugal apparatus  for  separating  liquids  of  different  density  or 
Bpeciflc  gravity.    October  19 

11251  F.  Hazlett  and  H.  McCrudden,  London.  Furnaces. 
October  20 

11157  J.  C.  Ohest.  London.  The  application  of  superheated 
steam  to  the  furnaces  of  steam-boilers,  retort-furnaces,  pud- 
dling-furnaces  glass-furnaces  and  the  like,  and  the  construc- 
tion of  furnaces  for  that  purpose.  October  21.  Antedated 
April  27.  under  International  Convention. 

11500  A.  Stevenson.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  grinding 
or  pulverising  sugar,  salt,  and  other  like  material,  and  in 
apparatus  or  machinery  therefor.    October  25 

1153'J  vV.  L.  Home.  London.  Improvements  in  vacuum 
apparatus.    Complete  specification.    October  25 

11621  P.  Birchall  and  W.  Baiubridge,  Longport.  Nozzles, 
and  mode  of  connecting  same  to  staud  or  press  pipes  for 
charging  filter-presses.    October  27 

11686  A.  M.  Crossley,  Glasgow.  Refractory  or  materials  for 
lining  furnaces,  etc.    October  28 

11706  J.  Nicholas  and  H.  H.  Fanshawe,  London.  Mode  of 
and  apparatus  for  carbonisation,  calcination,  and  decompo- 
sition of  organic  and  inorganic  matter.    October  28 

11758  A.  Sctireibcr.  London.  Smokeless  furnaces.  Com- 
plete specification.    October  29 

11931  J.  J.  Miller.  G.  J.  Tupp  and  H.  G.  A.  Rouse,  London. 
Airtight  furnace  and  retort  doors  and  mouth-pieces.    Now  2 

15003  J.  G.  Hawkins  and  J.  Barton,  London.  Gas  retort  lids, 
and  materials  and  method  forensuring  gas-tight  joints  between 
the  lids  and  mouth-pieces.    Complete  specification.    Nov.  3 

15009  H.  W.  P.  Nugent,  London.  Gas  retort  and  other  fur- 
naces.   Complete  specification.    November  3 

15091  H.  M.  Thomas.  London.  Pumps  for  exhausting  to  a 
high  state  of  vacuum,  and  for  compressing  air  or  gases  to  high 
pressures.    November  5 

15198  G.  Pinnington.  Chester.  A  combination  of  revolving 
pumps  for  raising  liquids.    November  8 

15238  E.  A.  Cowper,  London.  Filter-presses.  Complete 
specification.    November  8 

153.'2  H.  E.  Newton— From  The  Maschinenbau  Actiengcsell- 
BChaft.  Austria.    Filter-presses.    November  9 

15129  T.  Newman.  London.    Filters.    November  11 

15J90  W.  Creswick,  London.  Apparatus  for  drying,  heating, 
or  cooling  substances.    Complete  specification.     November  11 

15615  F.  Goddard,  Nottingham.    Furnaces.    November  15 

156S8  A.  Anderson,  Monkwearmouth.  Appliance  for  con- 
suming smoke  and  utilising  waste  heat  of  boilera  and  fur- 
naces.   November  16 

15713  T.  Carter,  Monkwearmouth.  Firebars  for  combined 
assisted  and  forced  draughts  for  furnaces.     November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

18S6. 

12381  J.  Gilmore  and  J.  F.  Gilmore.  and  VV.  R.  Clark.  Steam 
generating  apparatus.    November  2 

1887. 

560  W.  Whittaker.    Mechanical  stokers.    October  26 

686  A.  Boulouse.  Self-acting  air  valve  for  heating  apparatus. 

November  2 
991  W.  Land.    Steam  generators.    November2 
1911  E.Green.    Fire-bars  for  furnaces.    October  29 
6287  \V.  Bevitt.    Amalgamating  apparatus.    October  29 
7815  T.  Taylor.    Consuming  smoke  in  steam  boilers.    Oct.  26 
12071  J.  von  Ehrenwerth.     Rcgeuerativc  gas  furnaces  with 

periodical  action.    October  26 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11108  J.  Mitchell,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture or  construction  of  firelighters.    October  18 

11305  W.  Weller,  jun.,  London.  Improvements  in  the  con- 
struction of  firelighters.    October  21 

11325  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co.,  Limited,  and  H.  Clay  Bull,  London. 
Impiovements  in  or  connected  with  apparatus  for  producing 
and  utilising  "  producer  gas."    October  21 

14531  J.  G.  Johnson— From  G.  Mulheims  and  R.  Zimmer- 
mann,  France.  Improvements  in  presses  or  apparatus  for 
moulding  blocks  of  artificial  fuel.  Complete  specification. 
October  25 

11589  R.  H.  Courtenay,  Battersea.  Improvements  in  gas 
apparatus,  or  lamps  for  generating  gas  from  volatile  hydro- 
carbons, which  apparatus  may  also  be  applied  to  oxy-hydrogen 
gas  incandescence  and  ordinary  gas  or  other  burners  for  light- 
ing and  heating  purposes.    October  26 

11626  J.  W.  Newall,  London.  A  method  of  making  gas  for 
heating  purposes  from  tar  or  oil.    October  27 

11688  A.  M.  Crossley.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  making 
coal  briquettes  or  fuel  blocks.    October  28 

11805  J.  Marlow  and  W.  Marlow,  London.  A  fire-lighter  of 
an  improved  construction.    October  31 


756 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.30.i887. 


11976  R.  II.  Quine.  Manchester.  Supplying  pure  hot  air  by 
means  of  special]!  constructed  stoves  or  grates  to  burn  coal, 

gas,  oil.  or  01 1 : 

'  15067  J.  C.  Krayenbiihl,  II.  C.  Peterson,  and  C.  C.  Hnrmcis- 
ter,  London.    A  Dew  oi  ;ngor 

separation  of  tar  from  animoniacal  liquor  or  other  matters, 
November  1 

15082  A  Denoon,  R.  Jameson  anl  A  Keid.  Newcastle-on- 
Tyne.    Utilis    •  oeat  in  coke  manufacture.     Nov.5 

'lolGl  0.  Knublauch,  London.  Improvements  in  production 
or  recovery  of  cyanogen  compounds  from  coal  gas  and  other 
gases.    Complete  specification.     November7 

15256  S.  Pitt— From  T.  B.  Hall.  United  States.  Process  of 
refining  hvdrocarbon  oils.    Complete  specification.    Nor.  S 

15554  D.  Clan  Alpine  Thatcher,  London.  A  liquid  fuel  car- 
tridge.    November  14 

15S61  J.  H.  Glevf  and  .1.  Hayes,  London.  Improved  means 
and  appar  itus  for  feeding,  compressing,  and  delivering  com- 
posiiion  firelighters.    November  15 

16171  Ci.  Porter,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  appa- 
ratus and  fittings  for  enriching  and  burning  illuminating  gas. 
November  15 

15-I81  J.  A.  Veadon  and  R.  Middleton.  Leeds.  An  improved 
mode  of  moulding  lumps  of  fuel  or  materials  for  smelting  and 
analogous  purposes,  and  machinery  therefor.    November  16 

15738  J.  A  Yeidon,  R.  Middleton  and  H.  T.  Nodin,  Leeds. 
An  improved  method  and  appliance  for  cleaving  blocks  or 
briquettes  of  fuel,  or  materials  for  smelting  and  analogous 
purposes.    November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1SS7. 

31  J.  A.  Yea  Jon  and  R  Middleton.  Machinery  for  manu- 
facturing blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel,  etc  ,  for  smelting  pur- 
poses.   November  2 

670  J.  Broad.  J.  W.  Broad,  G.  P.  Broid,  and  H.  J.  Broad. 
Night-lights.    November  16 

12411  A.  M  -Kune  Margerison.    Firelighters.    October  25 

13150  T.  K.  Dickson.  Process  an1  apparatus  for  manufac- 
turing gas.  and  cyanogen  or  its  compounds     November  9 

13514.  P.  Jensen  -From  J.  Leede  and  V.  D.  !-toekbridge. 
Carburettors.    November  9 

13627  H.  Kenyon.  Production  of  illuminating  gas,  ammonia, 
etc.,  and  apparatus  therefor.    November  9 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE     DISTILLATION,     TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

HS10   J.  Young.     Carbonising  or  distilling  coal  or  shale. 
October  26 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc; 
APPLICATIONS. 

14196  II.  M.  Girdwood,  Manchester.  Improvements  in 
retting,  ungumming.  washing,  and  otherwise  treating  rhea, 
ramie,  or  China  grass,  hemp,  jute,  flax  and  certain  other 
Mores.     October  19 

11177  T.  A.  Boyd,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  producing 
variegated  or  fancy  yarns.    October  25 

15178  C.  Robeson.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  and  in 
apparatus  for  cleansing  and  scouring  wool.  Complete  speci- 
fication.   November  8 

15161  U.  Mason.  Paris  —  From  A.  Schlamm  and  F.  a 
Borassard,  Germany.  Improvements  in  treating  wool. 
November  10 

15693  T.  U.  Lee.  Manchester.  An  improved  means  for 
rendering  woven  fabrics  and  other  goods  and  materials  non- 
inflammable.    November  16 

(  UMPLETE  SPEt  1FK 'A  TION  Act 'EPTED. 

U87. 


IV.—  COLOURING    MATTERS    and    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11161  G.  Pitt,  London— From  A.  Weinberg,  Prussia.  A  new 
class  of  diamido  compounds  and  azo  colours  produced  there- 
from, and  the  process  of  producing  the  same.    October  21 

11616  C.  A.  Benncrt.  London.  The  manufacture  or  produc- 
tion of  coloured  compounds  or  colouring  materials.  October27 

11820  E.  Ostermayer,  Loudon.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  production  of  iodised  sulpho-acids  of  phenols,  cresol,  and 
thymol.    October  31 

15154  C.  D-  Abel  —  From  G.  C.  Zinimer,  Germany.  Production 
of  yellow,  red,  and  violet  colouring  matters  from  tetrazo- 
diphcnyl  and  tetrazo-ditolyle.    November  7 

15265  U.  Thomas,  Manchester— From  II.  Schulz,  Germany. 
The  manufacture  of  a  certain  dye  matter.    November  9 

15371  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  the  Badisehe  Anilin  and  Soda 
Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  tne  minufacture  or 
production  of  red  colouring  matters  suitable  for  dyeing  and 
printing.    November  10 

15159  S.  Forel.  London.  The  manufacture  of  yellow  colour- 
ing matters  by  the  reactim  of  tetrazodiphenyl  or  tetrazo- 
ditolyl  on  phenol  or  orthocresylol.  Complete  specification. 
November  11 

15617  <*.  Tall  and  W,  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  or  relating  to  the  separation  or  manufacture  of 
colouring  matter  or  mordant  for  dyeing  purposes  from  cotton 
scr*d  or  cotton-seed  oil.    November  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

170S3  J.  Y.  Johnson-  From  the  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
B  L)  er  &  Co.     Manufacture  of  azo  dyes.     November  2 

1887. 

875  G.  Thomas  —  From  A.  Zander.  Manufacture  of  dye 
matters  from  red  sanderswood  and  other  woods.    October  22 


12709  W.  Nelson  and    E.  Bowen. 
wool.    October  22 


Apparatus  for  drying 


VI.—  DYEING,    CALICO    PRINTING,    PAPER 
STAINING  and  BLEACHING. 

APPLICATIONS. 

14092  F,  R.  Rothen,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  and  apparatus  for  dyeing,  bleaching,  impregnat  ing 
and  otherwise  similarly  treating  yarn  in  bobbins'  and  cops. 
October  18 

11485  P.  H.  Booth,  Leeds.  Dyeing  wool  and  woollen  cloth 
and  yarn,  and  all  textile  materials,  either  in  the  raw  state,  in 
process  of  manufacture,  or  manufactured,  a  fast  and  fadeless 
woaded  green  and  other  colours.    October  25 

11614  H.  E.  Newton— From  the  Actiengessellschaft  fur 
Papier  und  Druck  Industrie  Lcykam  Josefsthal.  Austria.  An 
improved  process  for  bleaching  jute.    October  27 

11SI3  D.  Stewart  and  R.  Walker,  Glasgow.  Improvements 
in  machines  for  washing,  soaping,  or  scouring  piece  goods, 
November  1 

14850  J.  Lodge,  Huddersfield.  A  new  treatment  of  worsted 
'"tops"  and  other  slivers  of  fibre  for  the  production  of  an 
evenly  mixed  dyed  yarn.    November  1 

15922  J.  Lodge,  Huddersfield.  New  or  improved  apparatus 
for  dyeing  worsted  "tops"  and  slivers  of  fibre.    November  4 

15097  W.  A.  L.  Hammersley,  London.  Improvements  in 
machinery  or  apparatus  for  fulling,  washing,  scouring,  clean- 
ing, beating,  softening,  and  beetling  of  yarns  and  textile 
fabrics.    November  5 

15350  M.  Ashworth  and  R.  Wild.  Rochdale.  Improvements 
in  the  means  and  method  of  and  for  the  washing,  scouring, 
boiling,  and  bleaching  of  fibres,  fibrous  materials,  and  textile 
fabrics,  and  the  stripping  of  fibres  from  hides  or  skins, 
applicable  for  the  like  purposes  for  domestic  or  household  use. 
November  10 

15432  J.  Grunhut.  London.  Improvements  in  dyeing. 
November  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15340  W.  H.  Turner.   Machines  for  printing  designs  on  paper 
id  other  material,  and  for  decorating  earthenware,  china, 


glass,  etc.    October  22 


1887. 


171  W.    Birch.    Apparatus  for    washing,   soaping,  dyeing, 
etc.,  woven  fabrics.    November  9 


VII.—  ALKALIS,   ACIDS  and    SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

111°7  L  Mond  and  G.  Eschellmann.  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  chlorine.    October  18 

14315  The  Tyne  Alkali  Company.  Limited,  and  I .  Gibb, 
London  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  hydrate  of 
baryta  and  of  strontia.  and  the  treatment  of  solutions  contain- 
in"-  barium  or  strontium  for  the  obtainment  of  compounds 
thereof  and  other  products,  and  the  utilisation  of  the  products 
so  obtained.    October  21. 

14653  W  F  B  WMi.n-Froni  A.  R.  Peclnney.  France.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  suitabli  for  preparing  oxychloridcs 
of  magnesium.    October  27 

14654  W  F  it  W  ildon— From  A.  R.  Peclnney,  France.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  suitable  for  use  in  the  process  of 
desiccating  oxvchloride  of  mapncsium.    October  2, 

ll'KjO  C  Fahlberg.  London.    Improvements  m  apparatus  for 
he  'production  of  phosphorus  trichloride.    November  2 


Nov. 80. 1SH.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


I  I  927  I..  Cm-rot  and  ('.  I. tier.  I.  Liverpool.  New  or  improved 
process  Bud  apparatus  for  obtaining  a  continuous  and  deter- 
mined quantity  of  carbonic  acid  or  othei  g  mber2 

14897  J.Hanson.  The  treatment  ot  alkali  waste  for  use  in 
the  purification  and  deodoritation  oi  .-c»age  and  impure 
waters  or  matters.    No\  ember  3 

15168  II.  Senior,  London.  A  process  for  the  separation  ol 
zinc  hydrate  as  a  crystalline  bodj  from  solution  in  the  fixed 
alkali  hydrates.    November  7 

15189  F.  J.  Thompson.   Hertford.  Cheshire.     Improvi 
in  the  manufacture  of  salt,  and  generation  of  steaniorlie.it. 
by    an    improved    furnaee    and    system    of  tiling   employed 
Herein.     November8 

15237  L.  it  Baziu,  London.  A  process  and  apparatus  for 
conversion  of  phosphates  into  thermophosphates.  Novembers. 

15255  G.  W.  Hart.  London.  Improvements  in  obtaining  car- 
bonates of  soda  and  other  products,  and  in  apparatus  .suitable 
fur  this  purpose.    November  8 

A.  Keldman,  London.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  the  fluorides  of  magnesium,  of  strontium,  and  of 
barium.    Complete  specification.    November  9 

1  j.'iiu  G.  E.  Davis.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  the  distillation  of  ammoniacal  fluids.    November  11 

15575  C.  T.  J.  Vautin.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  the  separation  of  solutions  of  metallic  salts  from  pulverised 
material  mixed  therewith.  Complete  speciheatien.  Novem- 
ber 1 1 

150S7  J.  Dixon.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  concentrating  and  evaporating  soda  lye. 
November  16 

15770  J.  F.  Madocks,  Andover.    See  Class  XV. 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1886. 

13651  L.  Grabau.  Manufacture  of  fluoride  of  aluminium, 
the  double  fluoride  of  aluminium,  and  an  alkali.     October  26 

16199  W.  B.  Gibs  and  A.  Shearer.  Manufacture  of  phos- 
phoric acid.    November  12 

1887. 

13746  B.  J.  B.   Mills— From    T.   B.  Fogarty.  Process  and 

apparatus  for  producing  sulphate  of  ammonia.  November  12 

13717  B.   J.   B.    Mills— From   T.   B.    Fogarty.  Process  and 

apparatus  for  producing  sulphate  of  ammonia.  November  12 


VIII.  -.GLASS,  POTTERY  and  EAUTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

14457  J.  C.  Ghost.    See  (lass  I. 

14619  J.  Armstrong,  London.  Forming  necks  or  tops  ou 
glass  bottles  or  other  articles,  and  appliai - 1  herefor.    Oct.  27 

M951  T.  Minton.  II.  Minton-Senhuuse.  II.  Minton  Robinson, 
J.  Clegg  and  J.  Lea.  London.  A  new  method  of  printing  ou 
pottery  and  tiles,  and  apparatus  therefor.    November 2 

15096  S.  Fenn  and  A.  Fenn.  Birmingham.  Improvements  in 
fireplaces  of  kilns  or  ovens  for  burning  bricks,  pipes,  terra- 
cotta, tiles,  and  other  articles.    Complete  specification.   Nov.  5 

15119  D.  Grant.  London.  A  novel  process  of  produeiug 
artistic  and  commercial  devices  in  and  upon  glass.    Nov.  11 

I5i>90  G.  Wood,  Leeds.  Improvements  in  apparatusemployed 
in  the  manufacture  of  glass.    November  16 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS   ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15310  W.  II.  Turner.    See  Class  VI. 

15678  H.  Sulley.  Manufacture  of  glazed  pavement  lights. 
October  2fi 

16833  W.  D.  Cliff.  Manufacture  of  porcelain  and  metal 
baths.    October  22 

1887. 

351  D.  Rylands  and  B.  Stoner.  Manufacture  of  glass  bottles, 
jars,  etc.    November  12 

576  IJ.  M.  Justice.  From  the  Societe  Anonyme  des  Mum 
facturesde  Glaces,  Verres,  Vitres,  etc.  Apparatus  for  handling 
crucible!  used  for  melting  glass.    October  29 

2076  J.C.  Mitchell.  Producing  plain  and  ornamental  designs 
ou  glass.    October  29 

6779  W.  Lutwyche— From  J.  Valere.  Ornamenting  glass 
ceramic  ware  and  metal  by  means  of  translucid  aod  opaque 
enamels  in  relief.    November5 

9.192  M.  K.  L.  Ehrlich.  Producing  dead  gold  (silver  pla'inel 
decorations  on  china,  crockeryware,  glass,  and  enamelled 
metals.    November  9 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
•   MORTARS  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

14286  J.  Tennyson.  London.  Improved  method  of  and  devices 
for  laying  asphalte  roadways,  yards,  and  other  analogous 
surfaces.    October  22 


11392  G.  .1.  Snelns,  W.  Whamond.  and  T.  Glbb.  London. 
Improvements  in  '  be  manufai 

It.  W.  Whamond.  and  T.  Gibb.    Improve- 

mentaintb  onoriuan'i     " 

ii  ii,  J. Snelus,  W.  Whamond, and  I .  i.ibb.  An  improved 
manufacture  of  ■  ■     ■ 

11551  R.  B.  Lee.  Manchester.     Improvement?  in  the  m 
fa   tureof  concrete  and  cement  fireproof  building  m<t>-rials 
and  parts  of  buildings,  bride/.  -   and  other  strucji 
strong  rooms,  slabs,  blocks,  baths,  tanks,  and  other  articles, 
parts,  ami  receptacles.    October  26 

11875  P.  S.  Larsen,  London.  Improvements  in  the  ].roecss 
of  crushing  and  screening  clay.    November  1 

14897  P.  von  Krystotfovitch.  An  improved  process  tor  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  granite.  Complete  specification. 
November  1 

15028  J.  Lauder.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  artificial  stone 
for  flooring,  paving,  decorating,  and  like  purposes.    Nov.  4 

15065  F.  Kansome,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  cement.    November! 

15395  It.  A.  McGregor.  London.     Brick*,  b  and 

any  article  made  of  clay,  poi  ll  I  a.  Btone.  terran  i 

or  other  material  used  for  bull  ling  of  booses,  sewers,  arches, 
etc.    November  lo 

15596  J.  W.  MacKnight.  London.  Improvements  in  artificial 
pavement.    Novi  mber  15 

;i  .1.  Gay  and  F.  W.  Wood.  Nortbflect.     The  manufacture 
of  firebricks  and  other  fire  goods.    November  la 

15666  G.  M.  F.  Layton.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  cement.    November  15 

15739  .1.  W.  T.  Stephens,  I  lardiff.  The  m  inufacture  of  Po.t- 
land,  Roman,  and  other  cements.    November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ."EH. 

18S7. 

121  W.  White.    Roads  aud  pavements,  an  1  paviilg  blocks 
therefor.    November 2 
11283  W.  Bull.    Manufacture  of  tiles  for  rooSng.    Nov.  5 


X. -METALLURGY,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11159  F.  L.  Tirmann  and  H.  Tirmann.    See  Class  XXI. 

11171  J.  S.  MacArthur.  It.  W.  Forrest,  and  W.  Forrest, 
London.  Improvements  in  obtaining  gold  and  silver  from  ores 
and  other  compounds.    October  19 

11221  A.  B.  Cunningham.  Loudon.  Improvements  in  the 
reduction  of  lead,  silver,  and  other  metals,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    October  l;i 

1 1271  S.  J.  Evans.  London.  Improvements  in  hydraulic 
apparatus  for  preventing  upsetting  of  converters  emoloyed  in 
the  manufacture  of  steel,  whicn  improvements  are  applicable 
also  to  hydraulic  centre  October2J 

14  111  T.  C.  K.  II  irstie  d  and  R.  Porter.  London.  An  improved 
hydraulic  press  for  mining  coal  and  other  niiue.als,  or  for 
other  purp  le  a  re  miring  pressnre.    '  >  -tob  sr  21 

11356  L.  Grabau.  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
production  of  fluoride  of  aluminium.    October  21 

11371  J.  Toy  and  S.  II  Stevens.  Helston.  Improve-nents  in 
machinery  for  reducing  tin  stuff  and  other  partially  pulverised 
I  herefrom.    October  22 

14151  T.  Elford,  G.  Ackland,  and  R.  Morgan.  London. 
Improvements  in  calcining  and  melting  copper,  lead,  and  other 
ores  and  regulus.    October  21 

11452  J.  A.  Crawford  and  R.  M.  Black.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  steel  and  of  malleable  iron. 
a- 21 

11157  J.  C.  Ghest.  London.     See  Class  I. 

11153  K.  von  Enrenworth.  London  Improvements  rela'ing 
to  the  blasting  of  coal  and  other  substances  in  mines,  and  to 
apparatus  therefor.    0  rtober  24 

11170  M.  Settle.  M  inchester.  Improvements  in  orapplicablc 
u  tridges  employed  for  blasting  in  mines  and  other  places 
where  inflammable  gases  are  present.    October  25 

14152  E.  B.  Smith— From  J.  Brown.  New  Zealand.  Improved 
construction  or  arrangement  of  surfaces  for  separating  gold 
or  other  fine  metal  particles  from  quartz  or  earthy  matters. 
October  25 

14492  C.  E.  Moncricff.  Belfast.  Improvements  in  means  of 
raising  rock  salt  from  the  mine.    October  25 

14515  M.  Gledhill.  London.  An  improved  method  of  and 
machine  for  forging  met  lis,  chiefly  designed  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  tubes,  cylinders,  -hafts,  and  similar  work.     O.tober  25 

11602  C.  Netts.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  sodium  and  potassium,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    Oct.  26 

11617  H.H.  Lake-Fiom  A.  Breden.  Austria.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  electro-deposition  of  silver  and  nickel  upon  iron. 
steel,  and  other  metals.    October  27 

14664  J.  H.  Bell  aod  W.  Rockcliffe.  Sunderland.  Improved 
plates  for  ship-building  and  other  purposes.    October  -■ 

11687  A.  M.  Crossley.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  making 
spiegeleisen  or  ferro-manganese.    October  28 

11700  L.  A.  Groth— From  V.  and  K.  Roufl.  Pans.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  chrome  and  its  alloys.    Oct.  28 

14723  W.  Crawford  and  J.  Crawford.  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  shaping  sheet  iron,  steel,  or  copper  into  vessels  of 
various  forms,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    October  29 

E 


758 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      lNov.30.i887. 


U750  W.  Lloyd,  London.  Improvements  in  the  lining  or 
fettling  "i  puddling  and  other  furnaces  emploj  ed  in  the  manu- 
facture and  beating  of  iron  and  steel     October  29 

H7S1  B.  <'.  Tilghmun,  Manchester.  An  improvement  in  pig 
iron.    October  31 

U792  11.  J.  Allison— From  .1.  H.  D'Arey  Bonlton.  I  nited 
States.  Improvements  in  process  for  casting  metallic  ingots. 
Complete  specification.  October  31 

14793  J.  E.  Kott  and  C.  H.  Cousins.  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  cast -steel  shells  and  projectiles,  also 
applicable  to  other  forms  of  steel  eastings.   October  31 

1IS03  W.  Haw. Ion.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
removing  molten  slag,  scoria,  and  other  similar  materials 
from  furnaces.  October  31 

11810  W.  L.  Purves,  London.  Improvements  in  tempering 
steel.  October  31 

11901  C.  W.  Kilts.  London.  An  improved  apparatus  for  dis- 
tributing, mixing,  separating,  grinding,  cleaning,  and  amal- 
gamating gold  or  other  ores  or  tailings.  November  2 

15029  JTG.Beckton,  Middlesbrough-on-Tees.  Improvements 
in  ingot  moulds  for  easting  steel  and  other  metals.     Nov.  1 

15012  J.Tibbs.  London.  A  new  or  improved  covering  for  the 
bottoms  of  puddling  I'nriia  e-.    November  1 

15'09  A.  Gutensohn.  London.  Improvements'  in  apparatus 
for  and"  method  of  pickling  or  cleaning  the  surface  of  iron, 
steel,  or  other  metals.    November  5 

10199A  H.  C.  Bull  &  Co.  Limited,  und  H.  Clay  Bull.  London. 
Improvements  relating  tot  lie  production  of  aluminium  alloys. 
November  10:  but  dated  July  21,  when  originally  Bled 

15185  M.  Swain.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  hollow-ware.    Novembers 

15215  F.  J.  Legge,  Liverpool.  I  nprovements  in  or  apper- 
taining to  the  manufacture  of  tinned  or  icrne  plates.    Nov.  8    1 

15257  W.  B.  Middleton,  London,  .Met hud  of  welding  steel. 
Complete  specification.    November  8 

l.'i.'Tl  M.  Uarnbrough  and  K.  D.rnbrough,  Driglilington. 
Appliances  to  prevent  the  o.vdation  of  tin.  lead,  or  zinc,  when 
used  in  tempering  coating,  or  galvanising  steel  or  iron  wire. 
November  9  ,...,„,..         ,,       , 

9389  A.  C.  A.  Burghardt  and  V\  .  J.  Twining,  Manchester. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  aluminium.  Received 
November  11  :  antedated  July  2.  when  originally  Hied. 

15417  T.  Slater  and  J.  Laidlaw,  London.  An  improved 
method  of  coating  cast-iron  or  wrought-iron  with  other  metal 
or  alloys  thereof.    November  11 

15125  J.  Westgarth.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  and  con- 
nected with  galvanising  and  similarly  coating  metals.  Nov.  11 

15122  J.  Nicholas  and  II.  II.  Fanshawe.  Loudon.  A  mode  of 
and  apparatus  for  the  recovery  of  aluminium  and  other  cart  hy 
metals  from  ores.    November  11 

15118  G.  Trier— From  E.  Fischer.  Denmark.  Iniprovements 
in  i  he  preparation  of  spongy  lead  for  use  in  secondary  bat- 
teries or  accumulators.    November  11 

15174  H.  Hobson.  Manchester.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  pulverising  minerals  and  other  hard  substances  and 
materials:    November  12 

15504  A.  N.  Contarini.  London.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
cess of  separating  precious  metals  from  their  ores,  and  in 
apparatus  to  be  employed  therein.    November  12 

15515  A.  B.  Cunningham.  London,  Improvements  relating 
to  the  production  of  aluminium  and  aluminium  alloys. 
November  12 

15574  C.  T.  J.  Vautin.  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  the  extraction  of  gold  from  crushed  or  other  finely-divided 
auriferous  material.    Complete  specification.     November  14 

15593  L.  Grabau.  London.  Improved  processes  and  apparatus 
for  the  production  of  aluminium  and  compounds  or  alloys 
cunt  .lining  the  same.    November  14 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

If  86. 

13183  B.  H.  Thwaite.  Pneumatic  process  of  manufacturing 
steel  ingots  and  castings     October  21 

13651  L.  Grabau.     See  Class  VII. 

13682  J.  It.  Turnock.  Machinery  for  coating  metal  sheets. 
October  29 

1  :92S  J.  E.  liaugh  and  C.  llinksman.  Humid  reduction  of 
gold  and  other  ores.    Octobor29 

U297  J.  Nicholas.  Smelting  and  recovering  metals  from 
ores  and  dross.    November  5 

15010  c1.  Rogers  and  J.  Flayer.  Machine  for  coating  metal 
sheets  with  tin.  lead,  or  other  metal  or  alloy.    O  tobev  22 

16017  G.  Ajshworth  and  E.  Ashworlh.  Apparatus  for  harden- 
ing and  tempering  steel  wire  and  tape,    November  12 

16196  J.  Lauer.  Firing  blasting  charges  in  mines,  and  means 
therefor.    October  29 

1887. 

274  T.  B.  Sharp.  Manufacture  of  copper  and  other  tubes  and 
apparatus  therefor.    November  5 

235  E.  Hunt— From  (J.  Thomson.  Obtaining  silver  from  ores, 
mattes,  etc.    November  9 

331  J.  Vavaseeur.   Steel  projectiles.    November  12 

1751  H.  H.  Lake— From  Count  do  Montgelas.  Extracting 
aluminium  from  its  chlorides,  and  apparatus  therefor.  Nov.  12 

45SI  K.  II.  W.  Biggs-  Extracting  tin  from  iron  or  tin  scraps, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    November  5 

11613  F.  A.  Herbelz.  Cupola  furnaces  for  smelting  metals 
and  burning  malachite,  dolomite,  etc.    October  26 

11900  A.  J.  Shannon.  Extracting  antimony  from  its  ores. 
November  9 


123>3  II.  I.e  Neve  Foster.  Fire-resisting  compound  for  form- 
ing the  stoppers  ami  nozzles  used  in  steel-melting  operations. 
November  a 

12486  O.  M.  Thowdess.  Production  of  sodium  and  potassium, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    November  5 


XL— FATS,    OILS   and    SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

14187  W.  Lincolne  and  J.  Templeman,  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  soap.    October  19 

14285  J.  Thomson,  London.  An  improved  mercurial  anti- 
septic soap.    October  20 

14627  C.  Haines  and  W.  Thompson,  London.  Improved  com- 
pound suitable  for  washing,  scouring,  and  cleaning  purposes. 
October  27 

11693  M.  J.  Whibley.  H.  G.  Whibley.  and  A.  Williams.  Lon- 
don. Improvements  in  the  decolourising  and  deodorising  of 
t  allow,  grease,  and  similar  substances.  October  28 

15051  M.J.  Hanung  and  W.  Gallagher.  London.  An  im- 
provement in  the  manufacture  of  lubricating  oils  and  greases. 
Complete  specification.    November! 

15134  F.  Workman,  II.  Workman,  and  A.  Workman.  Lon- 
don. Improvements  in  presses  suitable  for  extracting  oil 
from  linseed,  and  for  other  purposes.    November  7 

15314  H.  Wiesinger  and  L.  Rissrauller,  London.  Method  of 
manufacturing  100  per  cent,  soap  free  of  water.    November  9 

15490  J.  W.  Lord.  London.  Improved  apparatus  for  express- 
ing oil  from  substances.    November  12 

15491  J.  W.  Lord.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of  oils  for 
their  purification.    November  12 

15774  C.  Williams.  London.  Improvements  relating  to 
purifying  compounds  for  textile  materials,  and  to  washing 
powders.    November  17 

COMPLETE   SPECIFICATIONS    ACCETTED. 

1886. 

14729  H.  Mackay.  Preparation  of  oils  for  medicinal  purposes. 
October  29 

1887. 

4  R.  Tervet.    Apparatus  for  treating  or  purifying  paraffin 
wax.    November  2 
1893  W.  Hicks.    Manufacture  of  lubricating  grease.   Nov.  2 


XII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES  and 
KESINS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15231  P.  M.  Justice— From  M.  B.  Church.  United  States.  Im- 
proved process  of  coating  or  painting  applicable  to  carriage 
bodies  and  other  surfaces.    November  8 

15320.  J.  Hiekisson.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  coloured  marking  ink  pencils,  and  in  the  mordants  or 
fixers  to  be  employed  thcrewit  h.    November  9 

153S1  K.  McLea  and  R.  Puiiihoa.  London.  An  improved 
paint  or  varnish  for  iron,  steel,  metal,  and  tarpaulins.  Nov.  10 

15106  A  Orr.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  making  white 
lead.  November  11 

15771  F.  Crane— From  W.  I).  Field,  ITnited  States.  Iniprove- 
ments in  or  connected  with  varnishes.    November  17 

15772  F.  Crane  — From  W.  1>.  Field.  Process  for  purifying 
or  clarifying  resins  and  gum  resins,  or  solutions  of  the  same. 
November  17    . 

15773  F.  Crane— From  W.  D.  Field.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  and  composition  of  varnish.    November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

16832  H.  Buezkowski.  Polish  (soluble  in  water)  for  leather. 
October  22 

18S7. 

12632  J.  C.  Lyman  — From  J.  H.  Lyman.  Waterproof  com- 
positions or  paints.    November  2 

13109  S  C  Rowelland  J.  W  .  Newell.  Manufact  lire  of  plum- 
bic oxide  or  litharge,  and  apparatus  therefor.   November  12 


XIII. -TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    AND    SIZE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

14096  II  J  Allison  —  From  J.  J.  Ascli,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  fur-dyoing  ovens.  Complete  specification. 
October  18 


Nov.  30.  U87.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


7.-,!  I 


1112.1  J.  E  Darby  and  E.  Blakeslee,  London.  Improvements 
in  process  of  impregnating  chamois  skin  with  rouge.  Com- 
plete specification.    October  24 

14n'99  L.  A.  Groth— From  C.  Collin  and  L.  Benoist,  Paris. 
Antiseptic  treatment  of  skins  before  or  after  training.    Oct.  28 

15766  C.  Collin,  L.  Benoist,  B.  Nicholson,  and  T.  Palmer, 
London.  Improvements  in  means  for  preventing  the  forma- 
tion  or  dt-velopment  of  injurious  germs  of  animal  or  vegetable 
life,  applicable  to  the  treatment  of  hides  or  skins.    Nov.  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

166(7  A.  Bedu.  Manufacture  of  substances  suitable  for 
tanning.    October  2! 

16891  J.  Straiton.  Apparatus  for  burring,  cleaning,  and 
unhairing  or  softening  skins.    October  29 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11151  H.  H.  Lake-From  P.  B.  Rose,   United  States.     An 

improved  fertiliser.    Complete  specification.    October  IS 

14701  F.  H.  Danchell.  London.  A  new  or  improved  manu- 
facture of  manure.    October  28 

1.3309  J.  Davenport,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  fertilisers  or  manuring  compounds.  Complete 
specification.    November  9 


XV—  SUGARS,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

14161  G.  Fletcher,  London.  Improvements  in  the  evaporation 
and  concentration  of  sugar-cane  juice  and  other  liquids,  and 
apoa-atus  therefor.    October  18 

11801  B.  E.  R.  New-lands.  London.  Improvements  in  means 
or  apparatus  for  drying  slabs  of  sugar,  applicable  for  heating 
and  cooling  other  articles,  and  for  analogous  operations. 
October  31 

11883  A.  Brin  and  L.Q.  Brin.  London.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  saccharine  and  sacchariferous  matters  for  the 
purpose  of  dec3lorising.  purifying,  or  refining  them.    Nov.  1 

14SSI  A.  Brin  and  L.  Q.  Brin,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  saccharine  and  sacchariferous  matters  for  the 
purpose  of  d^Morising.  purifying,  or  refining  them.   Nov.  1 

15770  J.  F,  M  idocks,  Andover.  The  direct  Bteam  boiling  of 
acid  solutions  generally,  and  the  inversion  of  cane  sugar  in 
particular.    November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

151 15  J.  Baker,  J.  A.  Baker,  W.  K.  Baker,  and  G.  S.  Baker. 
Machines  for  manufaet  iring  sugar  wafers,  etc.    October  22 

16S27  H.Vivien.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  refined 
sugar,  glucose  starch,  etc.    October  26 


1887. 


Method  for 
from    sugar 


165  C.  D.  Abel  —  From  Pfeifer  and  Langen. 
extracting    foreign    substances   (rafttnose.    etc.! 
solutions  by  means  of  lead,    November  5 

12831  N.  Tscherikowski.    Producing  refined  sugar  from  raw 
sugar.    November  12 


XVL— BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 
APPLICATIONS. 

14189  D.  Mason— From  V.  d'Ostachiewicz  and  L.  de  Gerlicz, 
France.  Improvements  in  the  process  and  use  of  substances 
for  the  production  of  alcoholic  fermentation.    October  25 

14548  J.  F.  Henderson.  London.  Improvements  in  or  appli- 
cable to  the  manufacture  of  wine.    October  25 

14737  T.  G.  Bowick,  Harpcnden.  An  improved  process  and 
apparatus  for  purifying  alcohols  by  means  of  hydrocarbons. 
Complete  specification.  October  29 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

54  P.  Weinig.    Malt  germinating  apparatus.    October  22 
521  E.  Beanes.    Treatment  of  wines  of  the  port  and  claret 
class.    October  26 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

A.— Chemistrt  of  Foods. 

11095  II.  J.  Allison— From  The  De  la  Vergne  Refrigerating 
Machine  Co.  Limited,  United  States.  An  improved  pr<> 
for  refrigerating  by  compression  and  expansion  of  gases. 
when  such  gases  are  compressed  in  contact  with  or  in 
presence  of  lubricating  liquids.  Complete  specification. 
October  18 

14378  S.  Puplett  and  J.  L.  Rigg.  Knowlc.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  mechanical  refrigeration,  and  for  the  artificial 
production  of  ice.    October  22 

14410  L.  Sterne— From  J.  C.  de  la  Vergne,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  pure  ice.  and  apparatus 
therefor.    Complete  specification.    October  24 

11527  J.  F.  Henderson,  London.  Dnproved  compounds  of 
coffee  and  cocoa.    October  25 

H7U  S.  M.  Mar  Tory.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  vats,  and  obtaining  a  new  product  therefrom.    Oct.  28 

14744  E.  Scherfl  and  C.  Drenckham,  London.  An  improved 
process  for  condensing  milk  and  other  fluids  containing  pro- 
teine,  and  preserving  the  same  in  glass  or  other  hermetically 
closed  vessels.    Complete  specification.    October  29 

14945  N.  1'.  M.  Tronson.  London.  Manufacture  of  a  food 
for  animals  from  wood.    November  2 

15502  A.  Horn.  London.  Improved  means  of  applying 
saccharine  as  a  preserving  and  sweetening  agent      Nov.  12 

15578  J.  Hofmann.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  brown  bread.    November  14 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

14364  J.  Greenwood.  Keighley.  Improvements  in  valves 
applicable  for  the  outlets  of  sewage  tanks,  barrels,  and  the 
like.    O  tober22 

14656  T.Glennie,  Glasgow.  A  new  system  of  sewage  disposal. 
October  28 

lij.57  A.  Engle.  London.  A  furnace  for  and  process  of 
burning  wet  and  offensive  substances.  Complete  specification. 
November  1 

11982  F.  A.  Hille,  London.  Improvements  in  treating  sewage, 
and  in  liquid  disiufectants  used  for  that  purpose.    November  3 

15381  E.  Hermite,  E.  J.  Paterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper,  London. 
A  process  for  disinfecting  impure  liquids.    Noveuiher  10 

15385  E.  Hermite.  E.  J.  Paterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper. 
Apparatus  for  disinfecting  impure  liquids  by  electrolytic 
action.    November  10 

15431  W.  C.  Roberts,  Pntncy.  An  improved  construction  or 
arrangement  for  chemically  charging  water-closets  to  prevent 
the  formation  of  noxious  gases,  and  to  destroy  offensive 
smells  arising  from  soil  pipes,  drains,  etc.    November  11 

15519  S.  Hoiman,  London.  Improvements  in  means  or 
appliances  for  exhausting  or  consuming  foul  air  or  gases  fiom 
sewers,  or  other  places  containing  foul  air  or  gases,  and  for 
effecting  ventilation  of  the  same  ;  applicable  also  for  heating 
purposes.    November  12 

C— DlSIN  FECTANTS. 

14864  W.  B.  Giles  and  A.  Shearer.  Stratford.  The  manufac- 
ture and  application  of  new  antiseptic  and  disinfectant  sub- 
stances.   November  1 

15564  A.  Boake.  F.  G.  A.  Roberts.  A.  Shearer,  and  W.  B. 
Giles,  London.  An  improved  manufacture  or  preparation  of 
antiseptics.    November  14 

15668  W.  J.  Cooper,  London.  An  improved  antiseptic  or 
disinfectant.    November  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods, 

1887. 

4063  W.  L.  Wise— From  C.  A.  Wahlin,  A.  Forssell,  and  F.  L. 
Enquist.    Treatment  of  milk.    October  29 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1887. 

13781  W.  Mann.    Refuse  burners.    November  12 

C— Disinfectants. 


16S31  F.  H.  Weber. 
October  22 


1886. 
Candles  for  fumigating  or  deodorising, 
1887. 

27C  C.  T.  Kiogzett.  Solutions  for  use  as  antiseptics,  dis- 
infectants, deodorants,  oxidants,  and  general  sanitary 
reagents.    October  26 

381  J.  S.  Stevenson.  M.P..  and  J.  G.  Tatters.  An  improved 
disinfectant  and  oxidising  agent.    November  9 

102  H.  Schlichter.  Platinum  lamps  for  deodorising  and 
disinfecting.    November  9 

451  R.  V.  Tuson.  Production  of  powders  for  disinfecting 
and  deodorising.    November  9 


ICO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Nov.30,1887. 


XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

A  PPL  ICA  TIONS. 

11107  N.  G.  Thompson,  London.  Continuous  current  com- 
mut  itorless  dynamos.    October  18 

ii_. J  A.  S.  Flinore.  London.  Improvements  in  the  electroly- 
sis of  aqueous  solutions.    October  19 

14259  0.  Hall  and  II.  Binks,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
application  of  primary  batteries  for  electric  signals,  tele- 
phones, lights,  or  hi  her  purposes.    October  20 

14270  BtJ.B.  Mills— From E.  Emerson,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  means  or  apparatus  to  be  employed  in  the 
production  of  sheet  copper  by  electro  deposition.    October  20 

IIJ73  A.  J.  Littleton.  Sydenham.  Separating  the  plates  of 
secondary  batteries,    October20 

111211  Sir  C.  S.  Forbes.  Bart..  London.  Producing  voltaic 
electricity  by  means  of  a  cell  of  which  the  positive  element 
consists  of  an  amalgam  of  either  sodium  or  potassium  or  of 
both.    October  21 

14161  A.  Stetson.  London.  Improvements  in  electric  accu- 
mulators or  secondary  batteries.    October  21 

11622  E.  W.  Vaugblon.  Birmingham.  An  improved  electric 
accumulator.    October  27 

U729  W.  II.  Douglas,  Birmingham.  An  improved  meter  for 
measuring  electrical  currents.   October  29 

14901  ('.  R.Goodwin.  Paris.  Improvement  in  electric  bat- 
teries.   Complete  specification.    November  2 

11951  W.  Terrill,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  to  be 
used  in  the  deposition  or  treatment  of  metals  by  the  electro- 
lyl  ic  process.    November  2 

15053  I).  Skrivanow,  London.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    November  1 

!  '1 II  A.  F.  St.  George  ami  C.  11.  Boune.  London.  Improve- 
ments iu  galvanic  batteries.    November  7 

1.5259  T.  J.  Jones.  London.  An  improvement  in  voltaic 
batteries,    Novembers 

1.5321  J.  Pitkin.  London.  Improvements  in  electrical  storage 
batteries,    November  9 

15323  A.  SchanschiefF,  Gipsy  Hill.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries,    November  9 

I53S5  E.  Hermite,  E.  J.  Paterson.  and  C.  F.  Cooper.  See 
CI  is-  XVII.     IB.) 

15392  II.  J.  Haddan  — From  B.  Scheithauer.  Germany.    Im- 
provements in  primary  batteries.    November  10 
15532  S  Joyce,  London.    Electric  explosives.    November  11 
15555  W.  M.   Mordey,  London.    Improvements  in  and  per- 
taining to  electric  motors  and  their  application  for  charging 
secondary  batteries  or  accumulators.     November  11 

15583  .1.  V.  Johnson  -From  \V,  ('.  Ueckniewski.  France. 
Improvements  in  dynamo-electric  machines.  Complete 
Bp  'ei'i  alien.    November  11. 

1.5730  J.  V.  Sherrin.  Hamsgate.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    Complete  specification.    November  16 

1.5751  \Y.  J.  S.  Barber-Starkey.  Manchester.  Improvements 
in  the  electrolytes  of  secondary  voltaic  batteries.    Nov.  17 

157110  W".  Webster,  jun.,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
electrolytic  treatment  of  sewage  and  sea-water  for  the  produc- 
tion of  certain  products  therefrom,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
November  17 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

15831  F.  E.  Elmore.  Apparatus  for  the  deposition  or  obtain- 
nient  of  metals  by  electrolysis.    November  5 

1887. 

Ill  W.  A.  Leipncr.    Dynamo  electric  and  electro-dynamic 

machines     November  12 
1303  W.  Main.    Secondary  and  other  batteries.    October  22 
13722  c.  K.  Ponder.  J.  McGregor,  and  P.  Harris.    Secondary 

batteries.    November  12. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

APPLICATIO.XS. 

11521  I'.  J.  Richardson  and  R.  Squire,  London.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  I  hi-  manufacl  lire  of   paper.     I  i   tober  25 

11733  J.  Jameson,  Newcastle  ou-Tyne.  Improvements  in  the 
preparation  of  safety  paper,  affording  protection  against 
erasure  or  other  alteration.    October  29 

153S6  ('.  Morrtt,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  paper.    November  10 

15419  C.  Morfit,  London 
of  paper.     November  11 


Improvements  in  the  manufacture 


COMPLETE  SPS(  III'  A  lIoNS  AC( 'BP TED. 

1886. 

lltill  D.  Allport.     Incorporating    wire    with  paper,  paper- 
pulp,  wood-pulp.  etc.    November  9 

1887. 

8391  J.  Craig— From  C.  H.  Hanbold.    Manufacture  of  paper 
suitable  for  use  for  calender  bowls.    October  22 


XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 

ESSENCES  and  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

11159  A.  Bt'iinn,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
production  of  peptone  and  maltose  or  maltose  substances. 
October  21 

146S9  W.  Stevenson  and  It.  Howell.  London.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  aerated  beverages  and  syrups  and 
essences  for  carbonating  or  flavouring  purposes.    October  28 

155S7  C.  11.  Abel— From  W.  Roser.  Germany.  Improvements 
in  the  production  of  alkaloids.    November  14 


XXI. -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

11159  F.  Li  Tirmann  and  H.  Tirmann.  London.  Improved 
percussion  fuses  for  shooting  and  blasting  purposes,  especially 
applicable  for  working  in  mines  infected  with  fire-damp. 
October  IS 

11390  R.  Morris,  London.  An  electric  firing  fuse  or  primer. 
October  22 

11170  M.  Settle.    See  Class  X. 

15532  S.Joyce,  jun.,  London.    Electric  explosives.    Nov.  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

391  W.  Bickford-Suiith  and  G.J.  Smith.  Means  of  igniting 
fuses  without  exposing  dame  or  sparks.    November  9 

393  W.  Bickford-Smith  and  G.  J.  Smith.  Means  of  igniting 
fuses  without  exposing  flame  or  sparks.    November  9 

1165S  E.  Edwards— From  R.  Sjoberg.    Explosives.    Nov.  2 


XXII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPLICATION. 

15667  B.  Nicholson  and  T.  Palmer— From  C.  Collin  and  L. 
Bcnoisl.  France.  A  process  for  testing  or  estimating  the 
strength  of  solutions  of  tannin.    November  15 


Printed  and  Published  i,y  em  mutt  i.  Co  .  Ni-w  I :  i  i .  i — .  -  sir,  et.  Strangcwajs,  Manchester,  for  the  Society  of  c ;  •li.i.iiral  Industry. 
London  Offh  i  .  foi  the  Bali  ol  Copies  und  Receipt  of  Subscriptions  j  6,  \ork  fetreet,  Coveut  i.umeu 


THE    JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  (Comical  3nbu5try: 

A   MONTHLY   RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED   IX  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


Xo.  12.— Vol.  VI. 


DECEMBER    31,     1887. 


Xon-Members  30  -  per  annum  ;  Members 
21  -  per  Set;  Single  Copies  2  6. 


Cije  ©ocicrp  of  vEfjemtcal  Jnmistrp. 


Past  Presidents  : 
Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe.  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P  R  S 
Sir  Frederick  Abel.  C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R  3 
Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S. 
W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

{";•  K>-Uuspra't ■'•    1885-1886! 

David  Howard 1S86— 18A7. 


1881—1882, 
1882—1883, 
1--.:  -188J 
1884-1885 


COUNCIL  FOR  YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1888. 

President :   Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents: 


Prof.  F.  Clowes.  D.Sc. 

Sir  J.  Xeilson  Cutliliertson. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Hurter. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

EL  K.  Muspratt. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Sir   H.    E.    Roscoe,    M.P., 

F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 

Prof.  W.  A.  Tilden.  F.R.S. 
John  Williams. 
Philip  J.  Wo.-sley. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 
John  Calderwood.  F.R.S.E.  John  Pattinson. 

Eustace  Carey.  B.  S.  Proctor. 

R.  t  orbes  Carpenter.  F.J   Rowan 

James  Duncan.  Dr.  Edwd.  Sehunek.  F.R.S. 

Dr.  John  Evans.  F.R.S.  T.  W.  Stuart 

S.  H.  Johnson.  Lewis  T.  Wright. 

With  Sixteen  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer  : 

E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks.  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretaj-y  : 

Ludwig  Mond.  20,  Avenue  Road.  Regent's  Park.  X.W. 

General  Secretary  :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE    JOURNAL. 


Publication  Committee: 


The  President 

S.irx?"  fv,Abel-  FR-S-  F-  Hurler.  Ph.D 

A.  H.  Allen. 

H.  E.  Armstrong.  F.R.S. 

B.  BL  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 
H.  Brunner. 
W.  Lant  Carpenter. 
Prof.  Frank  Clowes,  D.Sc. 
W.  Y.  Dent. 

Peter  Griess,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 
D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 
David  Howard. 
Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 
Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
Editor :  Watson  Smith,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester 


F.  Jones.  F.R.S.  E. 

Ivan  Levinstein. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 

Ludwig  Mond. 

E.  K.  JIuspratt. 

C.  O'Sullivan,  F.R.S. 

John  Pattinson. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin.  F.R.S. 

SirH.  K.  Roscoe.  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


ASSISTED   BY  THE   FOLLOWING   STAFF  OF 

Abstractors  : 


G.  H.  Beckett. 

D.  Bendix. 

E.  E.  Berry. 
E.  J.  Bevan. 

W.  Dalrymple  Borland. 
T.  L.  Briggs. 
E.  G.  Clayton. 
Julius  B.  Cohen,  Ph.D. 
C.  F.  Cross. 


A.  R.  Dari3. 

Wm.  Elborne. 

A.  G.  Green. 

S.  Hamburger,  Ph.D. 

James  Hulme. 

Bertram  Hunt. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

D.  E.  Jones.  B.Sc. 
W.  E.  Kay. 


A.  J.  King,  B.Sc. 

Chap.  A.  Kohn.  Ph.D. 

F.  W.  T.  Krohn. 

J.  Walter  Leather.  Ph.D 

I).  A.  Louis. 

W.  (;.  McMillan. 

<;.  Barria  Morris,  Ph.D. 

J.  M.  H.  Munro.  D.Sc. 

H.  A.  Rademacher. 


Abstractors  : 

S.  G.  Rawson,  B.Sc. 
A.  Ree.  Ph.D. 
F.  W.  Renaut. 
James  Taylor.  B.Sc. 
Bertram  Thomas. 
Eustace  Thomas. 
V.  H.  Velev.  M.A. 
R.  Lloyd  Whiteley. 


NOTICES. 

Notice  is  hereby  given  that  the  numbers  for  January 
1882,  1883,  and  1886,  and  February,  1886,  are  exhausted, 

and  no  orders  for  those  copies  can  be  executed. 

The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  pur- 
chase of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January,  1  B82, 
at  the  price  of  5s.  each."  Members  possessing  odd 
copies  of  this  number  are  particularly  requested  to 
communicate  at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell." 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society 
or  any  of  its  Local  Sections  are  requested  to  take  notice 
that,  under  Bye- Law  43,  they  cannot  receive  the  pre- 
scribed 50  copies  of  their  communications  unless  they 
comply  with  the  condition  laid  down  in  that  Bye-Law— 
viz.,  that  they  give  notice  of  their  desire  to  receive  such 
copies  upon  their  manuscript  before  sending  it  to  the 
Editor.  Mention  should  also  be  made  as  to  whether  the 
Discussion  is  to  be  included  in  the  reprint 

Members  are  requested  to  note  that  the  subscription 
of  25s.  for  18SS  falls  due  on  the  1st  January. 
Cheques  and  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
Honorary  Treasurer,  Mr.  E.  Kider  Cook,  and  forwarded 
either  to  him,  at  Bow,  or  to  the  General  Secretary. 
I  ntil  payment  is  made  members  are  not  entitled  to  the 
Society's  Proceedings,  under  Rule  29  of  the  Bve-Laws. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 

„.Jn°-.   Anderson,     1  o    Glasgow;    Workington   Ironworks. 
\\  orkington.  Cumberland. 

W  H.  Aubrey,  1  o  St.  Johns;  121.  Burrage  Road.  Plum- 
stead.  S.E. 

G.  Christopher,  1  o  Clapham  :  5,  Shoe  Lane,  E.C.  (for  Jour- 
nalsl  and  6.  Barrow  Road.  Streatham  Common  S  W 

Dugald  Clerk;  Journa's  to  Driffold  Villa,  Sutton  Coldfield 
near  Birmingham. 

G.  Gilmour.  1,  o  Fifeshire  ;  c,  0  Dublin  Whisky  Distillery  Co 
Jones  Road.  Dublin.  " 

W.  J.  Hall,  1  o  Venezuela ;  c  o  Wm.  Lucock.  Hudson  Street 
Tyne  Dock. 

R.Lucas,,  lo  Manchester:  Mainzerstrasse,  8,  Wiesbaden 
Germany. 

J.  A.  Maefarlane,  1  o  Barcelona;  c  o  La  Compania  Cnida, 
wuanjuato.  Mexico. 

W.  M.  Miller :  Journals  to  Laboratory.  Pin.  Tuschen  den 
\  nenden,  Demerara,  W.  Indies. 

E.  Kennard  Mining ;  Journals  to  273,  Clinton  Street,  Brook- 
lyn. N.Y..  U.S.A. 

Dr.  B.  Mohr;  Journals  to  69a,  Parliament  Hill,  Hampstcad, 

H.  E.  Taylor,  1  o  Langdale  Road  :  ta.  Brand  Street.  Green- 
wich. S.E. 

Harold  Wager ;  Journal  to  2.  Phene  Street.  Chelsea.  S.W. 

C.  Greville  Williams.  1,  o  Wandsworth  Common  :  J  Queen 
Anne's  Terrace.  Schubert  Road.  Putnev.  S.W. 

Jas.  Wood,  l/o  Whalley ;  Foxhill  Bank  Printworks,  Church 
near  Aecrington, 


762 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


[Dec.  31,  i-'-:. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 

T.  S.  BoulMn  :  1  o  Mounlford  House,  Barasburj  Square.  N 

l»r.  J.  M.  Morrison  ;  l/o  HcnlaL  Hill,  Ci'pcr  Norwood.  S.E. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  16th   DECEMBER.    1887. 


H.  Broadbent,  c/o  Goodall,  Backhouse  &  Co.,  Sovereign 
Street,  Leeds,  chemist. 

F.H.  Perry  Coate,  Laboratory,  IT.  Tower  Street,  London. 
E.O.,  analytical  chemist. 

James  Dale,  IS-',   Lord-hip    ltoad,    Moke    Newington,   N„ 
coppersmith, 
Unas.  I\  Mabery.  Case  School  of  Applied  Science,  Cleveland, 

Ohio,  U.S.A..  l'ro'fesMn- i>f  elu-niistry. 

Chas.  C.  Moore,  125,  Chester  Koad,  Hartford.  Cheshire. 
chemist, 

Chas.  Oxland.  Creystoke,  Palace  Park  Koad,  Sydenham, 
S.K..  mininpr  engineer  and  metallurgist. 

Frank  A.  Huberts.  Messrs.  Roberts, Dale  &  Co.,  Warrington, 
chemical  manufacturer. 

(ieorge  \V.  Slatter.  Saltaire  Works,  Shipley,  Yorkshire, 
analytical  chemist. 

Thos.  Snape.  Phoenix  Alkali  Works.  Widnes.  alkali  manu- 
facturer. 

Oscar  J.  Steinhart.  17.  Kid's  Court  Square.  South  Kensing- 
ton, S.W..  Ph.D.,  chemist. 


3Dcat&. 


R.  R.  Kelly,  1  o3.  Pall  Mall  K.ist,  London,  S.W. 


Communication. 


REPORT    ON    SECTION    III.    OF    THE 

MANCHESTER  ROYAL  JUBILEE 

EXHIBITION  : 

The  Chemical  and  Allied  Industries. 

by  watson  smith, 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  the  J~ictoria 
University,  etc. 

(  Contin  ned  from  p.  701.  ) 
GROUP  X.—FATS,  OILS,  AND  SOAPS. 

Joseph  Ceosfield  ife  Sons,  Warrington  (No.  838). 
— Toilet  and  household  soaps,  and  more  especially  a 
Turkish  temple,  entirely  buiic  of  cakes  and  blocks  of 
soap.  The  structure  was  so  arranged  that  whilst  in 
it  elegance  and  artistic  effect  were  combined,  yet 
every  variety  and  colour  of  soap  was  brought  in  and 
exhibited.  A  silent  hand  stamping  machine  was 
shown  in  operation,  producing  small  tablets  of  the 
speciality  of  the  firm,  the  "  Perfection  "soap,  in  which 
it  is  claimed  that  no  free  alkali  and  only  very  little 
free  fat  are  present. 

Joshua  Mabgerison  &  Co.,  'White  Windsor  Soap 
Works,  Preston  (No.  842). — Besides  samples  of  vari- 
ous soaps  are  elegant  designs  in  the  speciality  of  the 
firm — viz.,  a  scented  white  curd  soap. 

William  Brown,  Yictoria  Soap  Co.,  Limited,  47, 
Oldham  Koad,  Manchester  (No.  844).— Specimens  of 
soaps  for  silk  throwing,  spinning  and  dyeing,  cotton 
sizing  and  feeding  ;  also  prepared  soap  for  cops. 
Fulling  and  scouring  soaps. 

T.  B.  Rove  &  Co.,  Thames  Soap  Works,  Brentford, 
London  (No.  840). — The  exhibits  of  this  firm  consist 
of  a  variety  of  soaps  for  manufacturing  purposes,  as 
follows : — 

(a)  White  Oil  Soap,  a  neutral  emollient  soap  used 
by  China  silk  throwsters,  and  manufacturers  of 
machine-made  writing  papers. 

(6)  Refined  CvrdSoap,VSod  by  white  silk  throwsters 
and  cotton  bleachers. 

Mottled  Soap. — This  is  used  by  calico  printers, 
by  clothiers  for  milling  and  scouring,  a»«l  for  domestic 
and  laundry  purposes, 


(d)  BerSgal  Yellow  Soap,  used  for  "boiling  off" 
Bengal  silks,  and  for  softening  and  glossing  them. 

(.  i  Brown  Oil  Soap,  used  by  general  silk  dyers  as  an 
addition  to  certain  dye  baths. 

Since  the  duty  on  snap  was  abolished  in  1852  there 
have  been  no  means  of  estimating  accurately  the 
amount  of  soap  annually  produced,  but  it  was 
calculated  that  in  1881  the  quantity  had  risen  to 
225,000  tons. 

James  Alexandeb  &  Co.,  IS,  Paradise  Street, 
Lambeth,  London  (No.  846).— Savon  Hamamelia 
Virginica,  or  Hazel  soap.  (See  this  Journal,  1885, 
p.  563.) 

Cray,  Smith  &  Bennett,  Rockingham  Soap  and 
Starch  Works,  Wath-upon-Dearne,  Yorkshire  (No. 
847).—  Household  soaps,  toilet  soaps,  soft  soap,  dry 
soap,  milling  and  scouring  soaps,  starch,  and  various 
chemicals,  tallow,  etc.,  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
these  articles,  their  annual  production  amounting  to  . 
about  1500  tons. 

David  Shaw  <Se  Co.,  35,  Market  Street,  Manches- 
ter (No.  858).— Machinery  oils  suitable  for  cotton 
and  woollen  industries,  some  of  which  are  known  as 
stainless  oils.  <  'ylinder  oils  are  shown  in  the  various 
stages  of  manufacture,  from  a  dark  green  to  a  pure 
white.  Prepared  tallow  for  engines,  and  oils  suitable 
for  railway  and  colliery  lubrication,  oleine,  cloth, 
wo  >l,  and  soap  oils,  and  the  tallows  and  fats  from 
which  they  are  made.  Samples  of  yarns  spun,  and 
scoured  with  these  oils  are  also  shown.  A  variety  of 
greases,  showing  the  various  stages  of  distill ition 
and  refining.  Lanolin,  made  from  the  grease  recovered 
from  wool  scouring  liquors,  olive,  fi-ih,  animal,  and 
seed  oils,  chemical  manures,  paraffin  wax,  and  a  bust 
in  stearin  made  from  tallow  and  palm  oil,  are  also 
exhibited. 

A.  P>.  Fleming  >v  Co.,  Limited,  Caroline  Park, 
Edinburgh  ;  and  b'7,  Piccadilly,  Manchester  (No.  859). 
— Patent  solidified  oil  and  lubricators,  spindle,  loom 
and  engine  oils,  cylinder  and  valve  oils,  Russian  and 
American  colliery  greases.  The  new  mineral  fibre, 
known  as  agalite,  both  in  its  native  rock-form  and 
ground.  The  special  features  of  this  exhibit  are  the 
solidified  oil  and  the  agalite.  The  first  of  these  is  a 
lubricant  intended  to  replace  tallow  and  suet.  Tallow 
often  contains  acid  and  suet  always  leaves  a  residue 
of  membranous  matter,  and  both  these  lubricants 
act  injuriously  on  india-rubber  valves.  It  is  claimed 
that  the  solidified  oil  has  none  of  these  drawbacks. 
Agalite  is  a  fibrous  silicate  of  magnesia,  similar  to 
asbestos.  It  is  obtained  from  America  in  the  form  of 
a  powder,  which  under  the  microscope  is  seen  to 
consist  of  small  elastic  fibres.  It  is  used  by  paper- 
makers  as  a  "  loading  "  for  paper  instead  of  China 
clay,  and  for  this  purpose  from  COOO  to  7000  tons  are 
consumed  annually. 

.  John  Sandeman,  Ruchill  Oil  Works,  Maryhili, 
Glasgow  (No.  860).— Specimens  of  greases  prepared 
from  mineral  oils,  for  use  in  collieries,  and  for  carts, 
cogwheels,  etc.  Rosin  oils,  used  for  printing  ink, 
jute-batching,  etc.  Siccative,  used  as  substitute  for 
linseed  oil  in  paints  and  varnishes.  Rosin  spirits 
and  rosin  pitch. 

Edwin  Washington  Wollaston,  12,  Dutton 
Street,  Manchester  (No.  B67). — This  firm  exhibits 
lubricating  and  burning  oils,  as  enumerated  below. 
(1.)  Oils  and  tallow  ;  oils  for  all  kinds  of  machinery. 
These  oils  are  stated  to  be  free  from  acidity  and 
mucilage.  (2.)  Burning  oils,  for  lamps  of  all  kinds  ; 
colza  oil,  refined  rape  oil,  cotton  seed  oil,  colliery 
lamp  oil,  marine  lamp  oil,  brown  rape  oil,  seal  oil, 
petroleum  oil.  (3.)  Various  oils  for  machinery,  calico 
1  printers,  dyers  and  finishers,  woollen  mills,  bleachers, 
painters,  etc.,  etc.  The  oil  trade  comprises  a  great 
variety  of  productions  from  animal,  vegetable  and 


Dec. si.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


763 


mineral  .sources.  In  Manchester  and  the  district 
within  30  miles,  the  chief  sale  of  oil  is  for  machinery, 
spindles,  looms,  and  engines.  For  this  pnrpo.se 
mineral  or  hydrocarbon  oils  have  largely  taken  the 

place  of  sperm,  animal,  and  other  oils,  and  the  aver 
age  (nice  has  been  reduced  from  about  Bs,  per  gallon 
to  is.  6d.  per  gallon. 

The  superiority  of  mineral  oils  as  lubricants  for 
machinery  rests  on  the  fact  that  being  hydrocarbons, 
and  having  a  somewhat  inert  character  they  do  not  de- 
compose and  give  rise  to  corrosive  and  sticky  products 
under  the  action  of  steam,  heat,  and  the  oxygen  of 
the  air,  as  do  the  ordinary  vegetable  and  animal  oils  : 
the  latter  are  of  course  composed  of  glycerol  and 
fatty  acids,  and  under  the  influences  mentioned 
oxidise  and  produce  sticky  resinous  substances,  or 
they  decompose  more  or  less  readily  according  to 
their  origin  and  quality  into  the  component  parts 
referred  to.  The  liberated  fatty  acids  act  very  ener- 
getically upon  iron,  especially  under  the  influence  of 
steam,  hence  in  ocean  steamers  mineral  oil  has 
practically  displaced  tallow  as  a  lubricant  for  the 
cylinders  of  the  steam  engine.  The  chief  point  to  be 
attended  to  is  the  selection  of  a  mineral  oil  of  such 
viscosity  that  it  is  entirely  adapted  to  the  light  or 
heavy  character  of  the  machinery  and  its  bearings. 
So  many  improvements  have  been  effected  in  the 
distillation,  etc.,  of  mineral  oils  in  recent  years,  that 
it  has  now  become  possible  to  obtain  an  oil  suitable 
for  every  possible  purpose  of  lubrication.  The 
average  prices  given  below,  for  the  various  oils  and 
tallow  in  1870,  1880  and  at  the  present  time,  show 
a  great  reduction  in  value  : — 

1870  1880  1887 

3.   d.  S.   d.  s.   il. 

Oliveoil 51  Opercwt.  11    Opercwt.  3*1  Opercwt. 

Rape  oil  18  li       ..  32    0       „  _'l  (I       ,, 

Linseed  oil 33  6       „  28    G       „  -11  0 

Cottonseed  oil.  So  il       ..  28    0       ..  21  0 

Palm  oil 38  (1       ,,  31    0       „  20  0 

Cocoa-nut  oil   ..  17  H      ..  3S   6      .,  :ts  0 

V.  T.   C.  Tallow  17  0       ..  13    0       ,,  32  n 

Mineral  oil    ....  15  0       „  10    0       „  ti  0 

Lard  oil  C  0  per  gall.  3    3  per  gall.  3  1  per  gall. 

Spurm  oil 7  0       „  19       ..  3  0 

Joski'H  Kershaw  &  Co.,  Hollinwood,  near  Man- 
chester (No.  869). — Samples  of  non-conducting 
composition  for  coating  steam  boilers,  steam  pipes, 
and  all  steam  heated  surfaces,  also  a  variety  of 
greases,  soaps,  lubricants,  and  paints,  etc.  Thirty 
years  ago  steam  heated  surfaces  were  usually 
left  bare,  and  nothing  was  adopted  as  a  non-conduct- 
ing coating  to  prevent  loss  of  heat.  Later,  well- 
mixed  mortar  and  hair  was  used,  then  laths  and  a 
second  coating  of  the  mortar  and  hair  were  applied, 
and  finally  cloth  was  put  over  all  and  painted.  At 
the  present  day  there  is  a  large  number  of  non- 
conducting compositions  in  the  market,  and  this  firm 
particularly  claims  for  its  composition,  that  it  is  very 
hard,  does  not  shrink,  and  is  not  destroyed  by  the 
continual  heat  to  which  it  is  subjected. 

Wm.  Gossage  a  Sons,  YVidnes,  Lancashire  (No. 
872).  —  A  most  elegantly  constructed  pavilion  con- 
taining large  specimens  in  illustration  of  the  history, 
chemistry,  and  manufacture  of  ordinary  English 
soaps.  The  chemical  substances  employed  in  soap- 
making  in  former  times  and  as  now  used.  Palm 
plant,  with  fruit  from  which  palm  oil,  as  imported 
lrom  Africa,  is  made.  11  iw  palm  oil  as  imported. 
Cocoa-nuts,  in  fibre  and  divested  of  fibre.  Coprah, 
the  dried  fleshy  part  of  the  cocoa-nut,  from  which 
cocoa-nut  oil  is  expressed.  Palm  nuts  and  palm 
kernels  from  which  palm-kernel  oil  is  made.  Cotton 
seeds  from  Egypt,  from  which  cotton  oil  is  produced. 
Kelp  weed.  Kelp  salts,  as  used  by  soap  makers 
before  the  invention  of  Le  Plane  revolutionised  the 
soda  manufacture  of  the  earlier  period.  Soda  ash. 
Caustic  soda  and  soda  crystals.     Spent  lye,  waste 


liquor  from    soap    making,    the    largest    souroe    of 
glycerin.      ( 'rude  glycerin.      Pure    glycerin,   lit  for 
dynamite    making.       Imitation    sample    of    nitro- 
glycerin  and   cases  (empty)   in   which  dynamite  is 
usually  packed  to  form  dynamite  cartridges.    Sili 
cates   of  soda  and  potash,   both   -olid  and   liquid. 
Besides  the  employment  of  silicate  oi  soda  (water 
glass)  in   soap  making,  it  is  also  used  largely  in,  i! 
manufacture  of  artificial  stone,  and  in  calico  printing 
The  calico  with  which  this  court  was  draped  had 
been  printed  by  a  process  in  which  silicate  of  soda 
served  as   ''fixing  agent"   for  the  alumina  of  the 
alumina  mordant  employed. 

Levbb  Brothers,  Sunlight  Soap  Works,  Warring- 
ton (No.  873).— The  exhibit  of  this  firm  consists  of 
samples  of  their  soap,  known  as  the  "sunlight  soap." 
They  show  the  "stamping"  process  by  which  the 
soap  tablets  are  produced,  also  a  series  of  illustrations 
of  the  methods  of  using  the  soap,  and  a  complete 
model  to  scale  in  fibrous  plaster  of  the  "Sunlight" 
Soap  Works  at  Warrington.  The  whole  was  enclosed 
in  a  beautiful  pavilion  resembling  a  Turkish  Mosque, 
and  adjoining  that  of  Messrs.  Gossage  it  Sons,  wdiich 
it  almost  rivalled  in  elegance.  It  is  claimed  for  the 
"sunlight "  soap,  that  it  is  perfectly  saponified  and 
only  contains  a  trace  of  free  alkali. 

In  this  Section  the  department  of  soaps,  oils, 
greases  and  fats,  was  most  largely  represented, 
besides  those  mentioned  the  following  firms  also 
exhibited  :— N.  Kilvert  A  Sons,  Henry  Shaw  &  Co., 
David  Thorn  it  Co.,  William  Brown,  Chiswick  Soap 
Company,  Hazlehurst  &  Sons,  .1.  C  Paton  A-  Son, 
Geldart  A:  Co.,  Poy  &  Co.,  Bagnall  &  Co.,  Smith  it 
Forrest,  Robert  Brown  it  Co.,  The  Health  Soap 
Company,  George  it  George  W.  Skelton,  George 
Fairclough,  Senior  it  Brooks,  Limited,  Colledge  Roy 
it  Co.,  Broadbeut  it  Son,  J.  Yeiteh  Wilson,  Halliday 
ifc  Co.,  W.  H.  Samuel  it  Co.,  James  Light  it  Son,  and 
lfobert  Oliver  it  Co. 

GROUP  XL— TANNING,  LEATHEli,  GLUE, 
GELATIN,  ETC. 

William  Walker  it  So.vs,  Pose  Hill  and  Bark 
Street  Tanneries,  Bolton  (No.  874).  —  This  firm 
exhibits  English  sole  leather  (bends),  shoulders, 
bellies,  and  the  curried  goods  known  as  English 
strap-butts,  welt-shoulders,  and  clog-butts.  The 
art  of  manufacturing  sole  leather,  and  some  species 
of  upper  leather,  has  been  known  from  ancient 
times,  but  it  is  only  during  the  last  half-century  that 
tanning  has  become  a  science,  and  that  the  value 
of  chemistry  has  been  appreciated  by  the  tanne-. 
The  manufacture  of  strap-butts  is  a  growth  of  the 
present  century,  and  it  has  naturally  developed  with 
the  increased  application  of  machinery  throughout 
the  world,  until  now  it  may  be  estimated  that  there 
are  manufactured  from  English  strap-butts  alone 
upwards  of  from  35  to  40  million  feet  of  belting  per 
annum.  The  manufacture  of  "  clog  butts  "  is  mainly 
confined  to  this  country,  and  is  not  an  increasing 
industry.  Probably  less  than  a  million  pairs 
of  clogs  are  made  annually  in  England,  and 
these  are  made  entirely  from  English  leather. 
The  number  of  hides  and  skins  imported  into  this 
country  for  English  consumption  may  be  roughly 
estimated  at  about  9.000,000  per  annum,  the  bulk 
of  which  come  from  South  America,  the  Cape, 
Australia,  Brazil,  Madagascar,  and  the  West  Indies. 
With  regard  to  English  hides,  if  we  take  as  a  basis 
the  amount  of  beef  consumed  in  Lancashire,  the 
supply  of  hides  will  be  about  195,000  to  every  half- 
million  inhabitants.  This  would  mean  a  total  of 
about  10,000,000  English  hides  per  annum,  and  about 
1,000,000  calf  skins.  The  value  of  these  hides  (in 
all  about  20,000,000)  is  probably  15  to  18  millions 

A2 


:iu 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     LDcc.8i.i887 


sterling,  and  this  value,  after  the  cost  of  tanning,  and 
perhaps  currying  has  been  added,  will  probably  be 
increased  to  something  between  30  and  40  millions 
sterling.  (For  statistics  of  exports  and  imports,  see 
description  of  exhibit  878.)  The  chief  tanning  agents 
used  in  England  are,  oak  bark,  stripped  in  English 
and  Belgian  forests,  valonia  from  Smyrna,  myrabo- 
lams  From  the  Easl  Indies,  divi  divi,  Mimosa  bark, 
hemlock,  and  other  extracts  used  in  smaller  quantities. 
The  staple  agents  used  in  currying  are -cod  oil  from 
Newfoundland,  and  tallow  melted  in  England  or 
imported  from  Russia. 

liRNRY  Pabkikson  .V'  Co.,  Latchford,  near  War- 
rington  (No.  875).— Specimens  of  heavy  and  light 
sole  and  in-sole  leathers,  also  army,  hydraulic,  and 
other  machinery  leathers.  The  chief  characteristic 
of  these  materials  is  their  fineness  of  texture  and 
compactness  of  pattern,  and  these  qualities  are 
attaint, 1  by  special  preparation.  The  ordinary  sole 
leather  is  tanned  for  nine  months  in  oak-bark  liquors, 
and  three  months  in  strong  valonia  liquors,  to  give 
solidity.  The  leather  for  army  and  hydraulic  purposes 
is  continued  six  months  longer  in  the  valonia  liquors. 
The  "  offal  "  or  in-soling  is  tanned  for  a  period  of  six 
months  only. 

James  Taylor  it  Sons,  -7.  29  and  31,  Union 
Square,  Bury,  Lancashire  (No.  87*).— Specimens  of 
closely-rounded  English  bends  exhibited,  weighing 
lolb.— 19lb.,  made  from  English  hides  and  tanned 
with  oak  bark  and  valonia,  also  "  ranges  "  cut  from 
the  above  and  specially  adapted  for  slipper  and  shoe 
work.  Shoulders  for  sewing,  pegging,  or  riveting, 
in-soles,  welt-shoulders,  and  oak  bark  tanned,  hand- 
shaved,  shoe-butts  matured  in  grease  before  finishing. 
Black-grained  butts  for  shooting  boots,  brown-grained 
for  army  purposes,  and  clog-butts  for  both  whole- 
backed  and  seam-backed  clogs.  East  India  kip-butts 
of  all  weights  and  classes.  Black  and  brown  bellies 
and  black  shoulders  for  slippers  and  boots.  Harness 
hides  and  backs,  black  and  brown.  The  following 
materials  employed  in  tanning  are  also  shown  : — 
Tanning  Extracts:  Clarified  oak,  myrabolam,  sumac, 
valonia,  larch,  and  divi  divi  extracts.  Ground  Tan- 
ning Materials:  Extra  best  Palermo  sumac,  fine 
ground  myrabolams.  Raw  Tanning  Materials: 
Sumac,  divi  divi,  myrabolams,  and  valonia. 

Imports  into  tiik  United  Kingdom  of  Articles  con- 
nected with  the  Leather  Trades  during  the  Year 
ending  December  1. 1S86,  were:— 

Hides  (dry) 732.578  cut. 

„      (salted) 518.542    ., 

Leuther 76,633,037  lb. 

value  £5162,906 

Boots  and  shoes    dozen  pairs        104, ISA 

Exports  prom  the  United  Kingdom  during  tiik  Y'ear 
ending  December  1,  1886:— 

Hides  (dry) 516.096  cwt. 

„     isaltt-d) 118,127    „ 

British  Manufacture. 

Leather  unwrought  155,050  cwt. 

Declared  value £1,380.231 

Leather  wrought,  and    boots   and    shoes, 

declared  value £1.829,519 

Saddlery  and  harness.  (Iceland  value £382,819 

Gexdley  &  Co,  I'.ishopsgate  Avenue,  London  (No. 
876). — This  firm  exhibits  Bussian  isinglass.  Brazil  isin- 
glass in  similar  stages.  Isinglass  of  every  description,  in 
crude  state,  from  Penang,  Bombay,  Hudson's  Bay,  West 
Indies,  Saigou,  Singapore,  and  China  ;  also  the  same 
kind  in  their  manufactured  condition.  The  trade  in 
isinglass.thoughconsiderablein  itself,  issmall  compared 
with  many  other  fish  industries.  Isinglass  consists  oi 
the  dried  swimming-bladder  of  different  fishes.  The 
bladders  vary  much  in  shape,  according  to  their 
origin,  and  they  are  prepared  for  the  market  in 
various  ways.    Some  are  simply  dried  while  slightly 


distended,  forming  pipe  isinglass.     When  there  are 
natural  openings  in  these  tubes  they  are  called  purses. 
When  the  swimming-bladders  are  split  open,  flattened, 
ami  dried,  they  are  known  as  leaf  isinglass.     Other 
things  being  equal   the  value  of  a  sample  is  deter- 
mined by  the  amount  of  impurities  present     These 
impurities  are  ordinary  dirt,  mucus  naturally  present 
inside    the   bladder,    technically    called    .mease,    and 
bloodstains.     If  the  bladders  were  hung  up  to  dry 
with    the   orifice   downwards,    the  mucus   could    be 
drained  oil  :    but    usually   the   fishermen    fear    the 
reduction  in  weight,  and   take  care  to  retain  all   they 
can.     It  is  necessary  to  insist  on  having  the  bladders 
slit  up  and  rinsed  clean  as  soon  as  tbey  are  removed 
from   the   fish.     This  would  so  much  increase  the 
value  of  the  product  that  the  extra  labour  would  be 
very   profitable.      Blood-stains   cannot    be   removed 
without  injuring  the  quality.     If  any  process  could 
be  devised  effectual  for  this  purpose,  a  valuable  dis- 
covery would  be  made.     The  chief  places  of  produc- 
tion are  Russia,  Siberia  and  Hudson's  Bay,  Brazil, 
West  Indies,   Penang,   Bombay,  Manilla,  this  being 
approximately  the  order   of  their  importance.     All 
Russian  and  Siberian  is  known  as  Russian,  the  more 
frequent  varieties  being  "  Beluga  leaf,"  the  finest  in 
the  market,  obtained  from  a  species  of  sturgeon  ; 
Astrakhan    leal  ;    Saliansky    leaf    and    book ;    and 
Samovy   leaf  and   book.      The   fish    yielding   them 
inhabit  the  great  rivers  and  fresh-water  lakes.     They 
are  caught  during  the   winter,    and    the    bladders 
removed  and  dried  in  various  forms.     The  winter 
catch  is  collected  at  the  great  fair  at  Nijni-Novgorod, 
and  is  there  bought  by  brokers  and  merchants  from 
St.  Petersburg.      Some  trade  is  done  in  Hamburg, 
but  the  varieties  there  sold  are  not  what  we  know- 
as  Bussian.     When  the  ice  breaks  up  the  isinglass 
is  shipped  by  steamer  as  quickly  as  possible,  mostly 
to  the  London  Docks,  on  account  of  the  isinglass  mer- 
chants there.    The  end  of  June  andjthe  beginning  of 
July  is  the  season  when  the  winter's  produce  reaches 
this  country.      The    Brazil,   Penang,  Bombay,  and 
Manilla  products  are  imported  at  all  periods  of  the 
year,  generally  packed  in  cases,  varying  in  weight. 
Original  cases  of  Penang  isinglass  weigh  about  3CT  t. : 
Manilla,  about   2cwt.  ;    Brazilian,  about  2cwt.   3qrs. 
The  uses  of    isinglass  are  not  very  varied.      The 
largest  quantity  is  used  by  brewers  and  wine  mer- 
chants for  clarifying  their  goods.    This  proprrty  is 
extraordinary,  for  gelatin,  which  seems  chemically 
the  same  thing  as  isinglass,  does  not  possess  it.     One 
theory  is  that  the  tenacious  mucilage  shaken  with 
the  liquid  gradually  settles  to  the  bottom,  entangling 
all  floating  particles  as  it  sinks.    Ar.other  suggestion 
is  that  a  very  delicate  fibrous  network  remains  after 
the  isinglass  is  dissolved,  and  entangles  the  particles 
in  the  way  the  mucilage  is  supposed  to  act.     Many 
varieties  of  isinglass,  generally  the  lower  brands,  are 
used  for    this   purpose.       Some    brewers  use  it  in 
the   natural    state,    others    prefer  it   manufactured 
into  a  fine  or   wide  strip,  which  dissolves  quicker. 
and     suffers     no    waste.        At     present,      Penang 
is     the      favourite      kind.       Bussian      long-staple 
isinglass  is  used  only  by  the  Worcestershire  farmers 
for  clarifying  their  cider.     In  spite  of  its  costliness, 
Scotch  brewers  prefer   Russian   leaf.      The  use   of 
Samovy  isinglass  was  formerly  universal  among  the 
Irish  brew  ers,  and  much  is  still  sent  to  Dublin  ;  but 
either  varieties  have  partly  taken  its  place.     It  is  a 
Russian  kind,  obtained  from  the  bladders  of  the  som 
fish.    Its  name  is  the  adjective  form  of  the  noun  som. 
It  is  used  enly  by  brewers.    Bussian  isinglass  is  also 
shipped  to  Madeira  for  use  in  clarifying  wines.    A 
good  deal  of  various  kinds  is  used  in  this  country  by 
wine  merchants.    For  clarifying  purposes  the  isinglass 
is  "  cut  "  or  dissolved  in  acid,  sulphurous  acid  being 


Deo.31,  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  I\l>l  STRY. 


.  DO 


used  by  brewers,  as  it  tends  to  preserve  the  beer. 
When  reduced  to  the  right  consistence,  a  little  is 
placed  in  each  cask  before  sending  it  out  for  con- 
sumption. Sole  skins  are  the  only  substitute  used 
for  isinglass.  They  can  only  be  had  in  winter,  the 
supply  is  uncertain,  and  they  have  not  the  strength 
of  the  Penang  varieties.  Xext  to  the  brewer's 
demand  comes  that  of  the  cook,  who  uses  it  for 
making  jellies,  thickening  soup,  and  stiffening  jams. 
For  this  purpose  best  Russian  takes  the  highest 
position,  owing  to  the  superior  strength  and  nourish- 
ing properties.  Isinglass  being  the  purest  natural  form 
of  gelatin,  a  very  pure  article,  artificially  prepared 
without  the  use  of  acids  or  other  chemicals,  has  long 
been  known  in  the  market  as  patent  isinglass.  It 
does  not  possess  the  clarifying  power  of  the  natural 
article,  but  is  equally  useful  for  cooking. 
There  seem  to  be  only  six  isinglass  cutters 
in  England,  all  being  domiciled  in  London.  The 
sorted  isinglass  is  very  hard  and  tough,  very  difficult 
to  bend  or  manipulate.  It  is  soaked  till  it  becomes 
a  little  pliable,  and  is  then  trimmed.  Sometimes 
it  is  just  pressed  by  hand  on  a  board  with  a  rounded 
surface,  at  others,  it  is  run  once  between  strong 
rollers  to  flatten  it  a  little,  and  make  the  dark  and 
dirty  spots  accessible  to  the  knife,  the  top  of  the 
roller  being  used  to  bend  the  pieces  on.  The  cuttings 
are  sold  separately  as  an  inferior  grade.  The  next 
process  is  that  of  rolling.  Very  hard  steel  rollers, 
powerful  and  accurately  adjusted,  are  used.  They 
are  capable  of  exerting  a  pressure  of  100  tons. 
Two  are  employed,  the  first  to  bring  the  isinglass  to 
a  uniform  thickness,  and  the  smaller  ones  kept  cool 
by  a  current  of  water  running  through  them,  to 
reduce  it  to  little  more  than  the  thickness  of  writing 
paper.  It  is  very  curious  to  see  the  thick,  tough 
pieces  gradually  spreading  out  under  the  rollers,  and 
folded  and  rolled  like  puff-pastry  till  the  separate 
pieces  so  unite  that  no  joint  can  be  seen,  and  the 
mass  is  reduced,  under  the  coarse  rollers,  to  what 
looks  like  semi-transparent  millboard.  From  the 
finer  rollers  it  comes  in  a  beautifully-transparent 
ribbon,  many  yards  to  the  pound,  "shot"  like 
watered  silk,  in  parallel  lines  about  an  inch  broad. 
It  is  now  hung  up  to  dry  in  a  separate  room,  the 
drying  being  an  operation  of  considerable  nicety. 
When  sufficiently  dried,  it  is  stored  till  wanted  for 
cutting,  or  it  is  sold  as  ribbon-isinglass  to  all  who 
prefer  this  form.  The  machines  for  cutting  are  well 
and  accurately  made,  and  are  so  adjusted  that  they 
slice  pieces  off  a  sheet  of  paper  without  stirring  or 
bending  it  in  the  least.  For  the  "fine-cut"  isinglass  in 
which  chemists  are  interested,  these  machines  are 
run  a  great  speed,  2000  to  2500  revolutions,  making 
10,000  to  12,000  cuts  in  a  minute.  It  takes  an  hour 
to  cut  5lb.  or  (lib.,  so  that  each  pound  would  contain 
100,000  to  125,000  separate  fibres  if  none  of  them  were 
broken.  The  actual  number  must  be  very  much  greater. 

J.  M.  Collett  it  Co.,  High  Orchard  Works,  Glou- 
cester (No.  823). — Already  noticed  on  page  T01,  under 
Croup  IX.,  alkalis,  acids,  and  salts.  Besides  being 
an  exhibition  of  sulphites  and  bisulphites,  is  also  an 
exhibition  of  isinglass  from  Russia,  Siberia,  Brazil, 
Penang,  Bombay,  Kurracbee,  and  Manilla. 

Thomas  R.  B.  Bindley  &  Son,  Smethwick,  neat 
Birmingham  (No.  877).— Sample  cakes  of  gelatins 
and  glues.  Samples  of  size  and  grease.  Specimens 
of  articles  of  different  trades  in  which  these  goods 
are  consumed.  Raw  materials  from  which  manu- 
factured, and  the  refuse  products, 

GROUP  XIL— INDIARUBBER,  GU%TA-PERCHA, 

ETC. 
(Jhas.  Macintosh  &  Co.,  Cambridge  Street,  Man- 
chester (No.  885).— This  exhibit  has   been   divided 


into  two  parts,  one  of  which  is  devoted  to  the  origin 
of  indiarubber  and  the  various  materials  used  in  its 
manufacture,  and  the  other  to  the  processes  of  manu- 
facture of  finished  articles.  Probably  no  exhibit 
illustrating  the  indiarubber  industry  has  ever  before 
been  shown  of  so  complete  a  kind. 

The  articles  exhibited  are  the  entire  trunk  of  an 
indiarubber  tree  (Sighonia  elastica),  specially  obtained 
from  South  America,  and  from  which  tine  Para 
rubber  is  obtained.  It  is  a  tree  inhabiting  dense 
forests  on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon  and  several  of  its 
tributaries,  where  it  is  called  the  " Seringue,"  The 
chief  district  from  which  its  caoutchouc  is  obtained 
is,  according  to  Wallace,  the  country  between  Para 
and  the  Xinqui  river.  The  " Si/ihonia"  species  com- 
prises trees  varying  from  twenty-five  to  upwards  of 
one  hundred  feet  in  height,  and  all  contain  a  milky 
juice  in  more  or  less  abundance,  though  they  do  not 
all  yield  caoutchouc  of  good  quality,  that  from  some 
j  of  the  species  being  brittle.  The  fruit  is  a  rather 
'  large  capsule,  composed  of  three  one-seeded  pieces, 
which  split  in  halves  when  ripe.  The  raw  seeds  are 
'  poisonous  to  man  and  to  quadrupeds,  but  macaws  eat 
them  greedily,  and  they  are  an  excellent  bait  for  fish ; 
long  boiling  deprives  them  of  the  poisonous  principle, 
and  renders  them  very  palatable.  The  bulk  of  the 
caoutchouc  exported  from  Para,  whence  our  chief 
supply  comes,  is  obtained  from  S.  brasiliensis,  which 
is  tire  one  common  in  the  forests  of  the  Province  of 
Para  :  but  that  brought  down  the  Amazon  and  Rio 
Negro  is  derived  from  6'.  ItUea  and  S.  bremfolva.  The 
thin  white  milk  is  obtained  by  making  incisions  in 
the  trunk,  from  which  it  exudes.  The  trunk  exhi- 
bited is  thus  punctured,  and  a  pocket-shaped  recep- 
tacle of  clay  has  been  attached  just  below  the  puncture 
si  i  as  to  represent  the  way  in  which  the  milk  is  caught. 
This  clay  receptacle  is  furnished  with  a  lip,  so  that 
the  milk  overflowing  may  be  caught  in  the  earthen 
vessels  used  by  the  native  workpeople.  This  clay 
receptacle  to  the  tree  holds  about  a  tumblerful,  and  it 
requires  about  three  hours  to  fill  if  the  tree  be  fruit- 
ful :  this  will  give  an  idea  of  the  rate  of  flow.  When 
the  first  cutting  ceases  to  yield,  the  natives  make  a 
second  one  lower  down,  and  so  on  until  they  have 
exhausted  the  milk  in  the  tree,  which  is  done  by 
makiag  in  all  four  incisions,  all  at  equal  distances. 
They  then  pour  the  milk  into  larger  vessels,  gather 
heaps  of  Urucari  or  Inaja  nuts,  which  yield  a  thick 
oily  smoke,  and  set  them  on  fire.  Now  they  begin 
the  manufacturing  process  by  covering  the  wooden 
forms  for  sheets,  long  and  H  it  bottles,  etc.,  with  clay 
(so  as  to  fie  able  to  detach  the  rubber  easily  after- 
wards), dip  the  forms  into  the  milk,  and  hold  them 
over  the  smoke.  As  soon  as  the  milk  is  dry,  they 
dip  them  a  second  time,  and  so  on  till  the  rubber  is 
of 'sufficient  thickness  :  they  then  take  it  off  the  form, 
and  it  is  ready  for  exportation.  A  tree  cannot  be 
again  made  use  of  for  two  years,  as  it  requires  that 
time  to  recover  its  exhausted  strength.  A  section  of 
a  rubber  tree  is  shown,  measuring  about  18in.  in 
diameter  :  also  a  bottle  of  the  white  milk  brought 
from  Para,  and  now  coagulated.  The  actual  trunk 
of  the  tree  is  so  arranged  as  to  appear  to  form  the 
foreground  of  a  picture  in  win  h  the  scene  is  com- 
pleted in  a  very  ingenious  in  inner,  as  a  painting,  the 
foliage  of  the"  trees  being  represented,  the  natives 
at  work  curiner  the  rubber,  carrying  the  milk,  etc. ;  a  * 
small  sapling  (Fie us  elastica),  actually  growing,  and 
planted  close  to  the  picture  referred  to,  assists  still 
further  the  imagination  of  the  visitor.  Specimens  of 
the  Urucari  nuts  are  shown,  and  also  of  crude  rubber 
as  imported— fine  Para,  Negro  head  or  Sernamby, 
Mangabeira,  and  Ceara.  In  the  other  parts  of  the 
exhibit  are  three  other  pictures  pourtraying  all  the 
details  of  the  native  work— the  collecting  of   the 


766 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     H'ec.si.rss:. 


rubber  from  the  trees,  smoke-curing,  a  rubber-collec- 
tor's settlement,  and  a  river  boat  An  actual  specimen 
of  such  a  boat,  nude  of  rubber,  is  also  to  be  seen. 
Specimens  of  washed  Para  rubber,  pure  solid  rubber 
block,  and  fine  cut  sheet  used  for  making  tobacco 
poucbes,  elastic  bands,  surgical  bandages,  etc.,  are 
shown,  along  with  drugs,  chemicals,  and  pigments 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  rubber  goods.  Very 
interesting  are  also  the  six  specimens  illustrating  the 
products  of  the  destructive  distillation  of  caoutchouc! 

Elastic  Rubbi  r  Thread. — The  manufacture  of  this  is 
one  of  the  most  important  branches.  This  thread  is 
used  for  weaving  with  silk  or  cotton  into  elastic  webs 
for  boots,  braids,  and  other  articles  of  dress.  Amongst 
these  threads  are  some  exceedingly  tine  vulcanised 
varieties  shown  by  this  firm.  A  considerable  variety 
of  articles  used  for  mechanical  purposes  is  shown, 
and  also  a  convenient  form  of  matting  recently  intro- 
duced, which  is  finely  ribbed.  It  is  used  as  floor- 
cloth, and  presents  several  advantages  in  such  use  ;  | 
it  is  styled  "Rabdotos."  There  are  also  waterproof 
and  air-proof  fabrics,  and  all  varieties  of  garments  ; 
mattresses  which  can  be  used  on  board  ship,  and,  by 
being  inflated,  will,  in  case  of  necessity,  serve  as  rafts. 
A  camp  equipment  is  shown,  consisting  of  bed,  air- 
mattress,  folding-bath,  and  bucket  ;  playing  balls, 
Macintosh  tennis  balls,  and  elastic  bands.  " 

The  works  of  this  firm  were  first  established  in  1824 
by  Mr.  Charles  Macintosh,  who  first  applied  india- 
rubber  to  the  waterproofing  of  articles  of  clothing  ; 
whence  the  term  "  Macintosh."  The  processes  used 
to  render  rubber  non-adhesive  and  insensible  to  cold, 
usually  termed  vulcanisation,  are  the  invention  of 
Mr.  Thomas  Hancock,  one  of  the  members  of  the 
firm.  The  effect  of  vulcanising  is  also  to  make  the 
rubber  permanently  elastic,  as  well  as  insensible  to 
cold  or  heat,  besides  resisting  largely  the  dissolving 
action  of  oils  or  fatty  matters.  Vulcanisation  has 
enabled  rubber  manufacturers  to  produce  articles 
applied  by  engineers  in  machines  driven  by  steam  or 
otherwise. 

With  regard  to  statistics  of  the  rubber  trade  :— 

Value.  Per  lb. 

£2.202,716  or  2s.  0Jd. 


Tons. 

Raw  rubber  imported  in  18S6 9625 

Raw  rubber  exported  in  1886. 
chiefly  to  America.  Germany, 
and  Russia  5470 

Raw  rubber  munufactured  in  the 
United  Kingdom 1155 

A  large  amount  of  other  materials 
used,  as  cotton,  woollen,  linen 
and  silk  fabrics,  iron  wire,  metal 
mounts  and  fittings;  also  drugs 
and  chemica's,  probably 


Exports  from  the  United  Kingdom 
of  British  manufactured  goods 

in  lssG 

Imports  into  United  Kingdom  of 
foreign  manufactured  goods:— 

1883  1100 

1S86 iaw 


£1,281,499  or  2s.  Id. 


1321.217 


£500.000 
£1,421,217 


£071.052 


£397,730"or  25.  6d. 
£353,729" 

EXPORTS  OF  MANUFACTURED  GOODS   FROM   THE 
UNITED   KINGDOM. 


Country. 


Catutchouc, 


lb.  :.        C\\\.        £ 

Foreign  Countries    83.022  9.197        j   '    113 

Australasia  32,362  2,816 

1  )t her  British  Possessions S.0I0  875 

1885    123,424  13.18*        0       151 



169,75  11.707         I         20 


IMPORTS. 


Caoutchouc. 


lb. 
Germany   1,611,751 


Holland 

Belgium     

France    

United  states 

Other  Foreign  Countries  . 
British  North  America  . . 
Other  British  Posses-ions. 


.".13.715 

2-58.965 

267.605 

1S5.18S 

11,150 

2.235 

211 


£ 
191.112 

5?.155 

43,580 

38,620 

27.181 

804 

226 

21 


1886    2,681.210      353,729 


1885    3.139.632      397,730     105       903 


r.utta 

Perclin. 


Cv>t. 
15 


£ 
3S1 


964 


David  Moseley  &  Sons,  Chapel  Field  Works, 
Ardwick,  Manchester  (Xo.879). — An  extensive  exhibit 
of  indiarubber  for  mechanical  purposes  ;  washers, 
sheet,  valves,  railway  buffers,  steam  packing,  ball 
valves,  bearing  spriDgs,  deckle  straps  for  paper 
machines,  door  mats,  stair  treads,  etc.  Tubing  for 
chemical  purposes,  as  also  delivery  and  suction  hose, 
and  the  figure  of  a  diver  completely  clad  in  the 
necessary  waterproof  garments  and  helmet,  and  fur- 
nished with  hose-gear  for  supply  of  air  ;  Anchor 
linen  hose  for  fire  brigades,  Simplex  cotton  belt, 
vulcanite  and  ebonite  for  electrical  and  chemical 
purposes  ;  patent  Coruscus  waterproof  garments  and 
waterproof  garments  of  all  kinds,  especially  ladies' 
cloaks,  printed  by  the  new  process  in  most  elegant 
patterns  :  the  new  Rex  tennis  balls,  and  many  varieties 
of  rubber  tobacco  pouches. 

J.  Mandlebebg  &  Co.,  Albion  Rubber  Works, 
Pendleton,  Manchester  (No.  880).— Also  an  extensive 
exhibit,  illustrating  the  various  applications  of  india- 
rubber,  though  paying  special  attention  to  waterproof 
clothing  in  various  styles  and  materials  ;  ventilated 
waterproof  clothing,  Albion  and  embossed  proofing, 
waterproof  pouches. 

Besides  the  foregoing  are  similar  exhibits  by 
Messrs.  Broadhurst  A:  Co.,  Bradford,  Manchester; 
The  Salford  and  Irwell  Rubber  Company,  Limited  ; 
William  Currie  &  Co.,  Caledonia  Rubber  Works, 
Edinburgh  :  Cooper,  Box,  &  Co.,  7,  Love  Lane,  Wood 
Street,  London  ;  Bilsland  &  Co.,  99  Princes  Street, 
Edinburgh  ;  and  the  Ancoats  Vale  Rubber  Company, 
Limited,  Palmerston  Street,  Ancoats,  Manchester. 

Isidob  Fkankknhuki;,  Greengate  Rubber  and 
Leather  Works,  Salford,  Manchester  (No.  888). — 
Both  indiarubber  and  leather  goods,  as  well  as  speci- 
mens of  crude  rubber  as  received  from  abroad.  It  is 
due  to  this  exhibitor  to  mention  the  fact  that  he  has 
recently  patented  a  new  appliance  and  means  whereby 
the  workpeople  of  the  rubber  factories  may  be  pro- 
tected from  the  very  deleterious  and  poisonous  fumes 
of  carbon  bisulphide.  The  arrangement  is  such  that 
after  leaving  the  tap  of  the  bisulphide  cistern  the 
liquid  runs  along  a  gutter  covered  by  glass,  until  it 
reaches  the  apparatus  where  the  solution  of  the 
rubber  is  effected,  which  is  surrounded  by  glass  and 
furnished  with  slide  doors,  the  whole  being  covered 
by  a  dome  connected  with  the  chimney,  so  as  to  carry 
off  by  the  draught  all  fumes  which  escape.  The  work- 
table  and  proofing  machine  are  similarly  covered  over, 
so  that  the  fumes  escaping  into  the  atmosphere  of  the 
rooms  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  Those  who  know 
what  a  terrible  malady  the  carbon  bisulphide  poison- 
ing  inducts,  and   have  witnessed    the   cases,   which 


Dec.  si,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


707 


resemble  in  some  respects  those  of  delirium  tremens, 
but  differ  from  this  by  the  peculiar  blueness  and 
numbness  induced  in  the  hands  when  dipped  in 
water,  will  appreciate  the  boon  to  the  workpeople  of 
any  effectual  method  of  avoiding'  the  vapours  of  the 
volatile  bisulphide.  Those  interested  in  the  pheno- 
mena of  bisulphide  of  carbon  poisoning  will  find  the 
subject  exhaustively  treated  in  the  excellent  article 
by  Dr.  Ross  in  the  Medical  Chronic!?,  vol.  v.  No.  2, 
pp.  2.">7— 209. 

The  Laverine  Chemical  Co.,  Abbey  Hey,  Gorton, 
Manchester  ( No.  89 1 ).  — A  very  interesting  indiambber 
substitute,  designated  "  Sea  foam,''  or  light  white 
artificial  indiambber,  is  exhibited  by  this  firm.  It  is 
an  extremely  porous  light  article,  almost  resembling 
sponge  in  appearance  The  writer  understands  that 
it  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  sulphur  chloride  upon 
linseed  oil,  and  also  that  it  possesses  physical  proper- 
ties which  almost  exactly  resemble  those  of  india- 
rubber  ;  and,  finally,  that  it  may  be  mixed  with 
rubber  perfectly,  and  will  produce  a  mass  adaptable 
to  all  the  purposes  to  which  ordinary  rubber  is 
applied.  Articles  of  clothing  waterproofed  with  the 
rubber  substance  are  shown,  etc.  Amber,  or  hard, 
yellow,  artificial  indiarubber  ;  Nigrum  elasticum,  or 
hard  black  ;  and  Castor,  or  hard  grey  artificial 
rubber  ;  powdered  white,  yellow  and  black  artificial 
indiarubber,  are  also  represented  by  various  samples. 

GROUP  XHf.-BUILDIXG  .MATERIA r.. 

Kneeshaw,  Ltjpton  a-  Co.,  41,  Oldhall  Street, 
Liverpool  (No  892). — Specimens  of  paving  sets  from 
their  quarries  at  Port  Nant,  N.  Wales.  A  special 
feature  of  these  sets  is  the  cleavage,  and  it  is  claimed 
for  them  that  they  do  not  become  slippery.  Specimens 
of  macadam,  clappings  and  breaking  stones  from  the 
same  quarry,  are  shown  :  also  specimens  of  limestone, 
limestone  drippings,  dust  and  lumps,  as  used  by  lime- 
burners,  chemical  manufacturers  and  contractors  ; 
also  specimens  of  lime  burnt  in  Hoffman  kilns. 
Analyses  of  this  limestone  show  it  to  contain  lis  per 
cent,  of  calcium  carbonate  ;  it  is  obtained  from  the 
Lysfaen  quarries  of  the  firm. 

Thttrstonland  Brk  k  &  Stone  Co.,  Limited, 
Brockholes,  near  Hudderstield  (No.  *93).- -Specimens 
of  bricks  and  hard  York  blue  stone.  The  various 
kinds  of  brick  shown  are  displayed  in  a  sunk  panel 
of  dark  red  bricks,  and  a  wall  of  dark  red  bricks 
with  moulded  stone  coping.  There  are  shown  also 
special  moulded  bricks  and  hard-burnt  imperishable 
engineering  bricks.  The  display  of  stone  consists 
of  specimen  steps,  palisading  stone  and  platform 
coping  stones,  also  moulded  steps,  and  coping  and 
cornice  stones.  This  stone,  which  is  known  as  '"hard 
York  blue  stone,"  is  said  to  be  very  hard  and  tough, 
and  specially  suitable  for  positions  exposed  to  great 
wear.  The  bricks  are  made  from  a  quality  of  shale 
containing  05  per  cent,  of  silica,  two  cubic  yards  of 
the  shale  producing  1000  bricks.  This  shale  contains 
a  large  percentage  of  iron,  which  becoming  oxidised 
in  the  kiln,  gives  the  cherry  red  colour  they  possess. 
Each  brick  is  subjected  to  a  pressure  of  14  tons,  to 
make  it  solid,  and  the  heat  of  the  kiln  is  such  that 
the  bricks  are  almost  vitrified.  It  is  claimed  for 
these  bricks  that  they  resist  the  action  of  acids, 
weather  ami  tire,  and  are  not  broken  by  a  crushing 
strain  of  390  tons  to  the  cubic  foot. 

Geo.  Ktnu  Harrison,  The  Lye  Fire-clay  and  Brick 
Works,  Stourbridge  (Xo.  894).—  The  exhibits  of 
this  firm  include  gas  retorts  in  one  piece  and  in  seg- 
ments, firebricks,  samples  of  best  Stourbridge  fire- 
clay, as  raised  from  the  mines  of  the  firm,  and  the 
same  after  being  subjected  to  intense  heat,  after  which 
no  contraction  is  shown.  Stourbridge  clay  used  in 
the   manufacture  of  glass-melting  pots,   linings  of 


potash  furnaces,  etc.  This  clay  has  been  well  known 
for  more  than  three  centuries.  It  is  estimated  that 
the  trade  in  firebricks  finds  employment  for"  about 
30ii0  hands,  and  that  the  quantity  of  clay  raised  for 
this  manufacture  amounts  to  about  200,000  tons  per 
annum. 

The  Croft  Granite,  Brick  a-  Concrete  Co., 
Croft,  near  Leicester  (No.  89.">).— Articles  for  building, 
paving  and  decorating  in  Croft  adamant.  String 
courses,  panels,  medallions,  and  other  ornamental 
mouldings.     Paving  slabs,  plain  and  grooved. 

Thomas  Lawren*  e  a-  Son.  Brackwell,  Berkshire 
(No.  81)0).— A  piece  of  gauged  and  carved  brickwork 
in  the  form  of  a  niche,  tbe  bricks  used  being  those 
made  by  the  firm,  and  known  as  No.  8, "  Orange  Bed 
Robbers."  The  erection  stands  on  a  base  built  with 
red-pressed  facing  bricks.  The  special  feature  claimed 
for  these  bricks  is  that  they  are  solid  throughout,  and 
fres  from  air  or  sand  holes  ;  and  that  though  soft 
enough  to  be  readily  worked  and  carved  by  hand, 
they  will  yet  stand  exposure  to  the  most  severe 
weather.  They  are  made  from  clay  found  on  the 
edge  of  the  Bagshot  Sands,  on  the  verge  of  the 
London  clays. 

William  Mellor,  Gorton  Brook  Pottery,  Ard  wick, 
Manchester  (No.  Si)7).—  Chemical  stoneware  pottery, 
used  in  condensing,  evaporating,  collecting,  crystal- 
lising, or  mixing  of  chemicals,  and  consists  of 
receivers,  taps,  pipes,  mugs,  jugs,  funnels,  test  trials, 
jars  and  dishes. 

Edward  Brooke  &  Sons,  Fieldhouse  Fireclay 
Works,  Hudderstield  (No.  898).— This  firm  exhibits 
white  and  coloured  glazed  bricks,  sanitary  tubes, 
silica  firebricks,  white  and  coloured  glazed  sinks,  salt 
glazed  earthenware  cisterns,  glass  tank  boats,  glass 
tank  syphons,  gas  retorts  and  tuyeres.  The  silica 
firebricks  are  made  from  ganister,  a  silicious,  fine- 
grained sandstone  in  the  lower  coal  measures 
known  geologically  as  the  "  Ganister  Beds."  The 
analysis  of  this  ganister  is  98  per  cent,  t  f  silica,  1  '50  per 
cent. of  alumina, 0"50 per  cent. of  iron, lime, etc.  Special 
features  of  this  exhibit  are  the  fireclay  blocks,  used 
for  plate,  window-Hint  and  bottle-glass  furnaces. 
Most  of  the  English  furnaces  are  supplied  with  thes9 
biocks.  This  firm  consumes  annually  about  3.">,000 
tons  of  raw  material,  and  the  value  of  the  articles 
manufactured  amounts  to  about  £00,000. 

Otto  Trechmann,  West  Hartlepool  (No.  899).— 
Handsome  model  of  Dietzsch's  patent  kiln,  for  the 
continuous  burning  of  cement,  limestone  and  other 
materials.  Explanatory  drawing  of  the  same. 
Apparatus  for  testing  the  tensile  strength,  soundness, 
fineness,  setting  time,  etc.,  of  cement.  Calcimeter  for 
estimating  the  amount  of  carbonate  of  lime  in  the 
slurry.  Sundry  sample  specimens  of  ehalk,  clay, 
slurry, clinker,  Portlandani  other  cements.  Briquettes 
and  standard  sand  for  testing.  Set  cement  and  con- 
cretes, illustrating  the  manufacture,  testing  and  appli- 
cation of  cement.  In  the  Dietzsch's  kiln  it  has  been 
sought  to  combine  the  principle  of  the  cone  kiln  with 
the  advantages  of  the  circular  kiln,  and  instead  of 
allowing  the  heat  to  circulate  through  the  mass,  to 
pass  the  material  by  the  aid  of  gravitation  through 
a  canal  kept  at  a  constant  high  temperature.  This 
is  achieved  by  dividing  the  vertical  shaft  of  the  former 
horizontally  into  two  parts  and  connecting  the  upper 
with  the  lower  by  a  horizontal  channel,  thus  repro- 
ducing in  a  manner  several  chambers  of  the  circular 
kiln  ;  not  in  a  horizontal  plane  but  vertically  super- 
imposed. The  upper  part  of  the  lower  shaft  is 
retained  at  a  clinkering  temperature  by  the  addition 
of  fuel,  and  all  superincumbent  weight  on  the  clinker- 
ing cement  is  obviated,  thus  permitting  it  to  descend 
by  its  own  weight  so  soon  as  the  decrease  in  volume, 
due  to  the  completion  of  the  calcining  process,  takes 


res 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Dec. 31, 1887. 


]  lace.  With  this  movement  a  disturbance  of  the 
mass  ensues,  and  the  incipient  cooling,  together 
with  a  slightly  conical  form  of  the  shaft,  tend  to 
prevent  adhesion.  The  annexe. 1  figure  represents  a 
double  kiln,  produced  by  simply  building  two  kilns 
back  to  back.  The  individual  kiln  consists  of  three 
essential  parts,  of  which  the  two  lower  ones,  C  and  D, 
lie  in  a  different  vertical  plane  from  the  upper  one  A. 
A  may  be  railed  the  warming  or  pre-heating  chamber, 
C  the  calcining  chamber  and  1>,  a  continuation  of  it, 
the  cooling  chamber  At  E  are  doors  or  openings  for 
charging  A  with  dried  slurry.  The  covered  calcining 
chamber  C  is  connected  with  A  by  means  of  the 
arched  horiz-ntal  channel  B,  and  the  cooling  chamber 
1  >  terminates  with  ordinary  firebars  H,  through  which 
the  air  to  supply  the  whole  system  enters.  The 
finished  clinker  is  drawn  at  H,  and  the  calcining 
chamber  C,  as  the  central  point  of  the  system,  is  the 


. 


one  where  the  main  operation  of  burning  is  carried 
out,  where  the  cement  becomes  soft  and  plastic,  alters 
its  form  and  eventually  welds  into  larger  or  smaller 
blocks  ancl  inclines  to  adhere  to  the  walls  of  the 
furnace.  This  part  is  therefore  arranged  in  such  a 
manner  that  it  is  accessible  from  all  directions,  by 
means  of  small  openings  (J,  for  the  removal  when 
necessaiy  of  adhering  lumps.  In  order  to  put  the 
kiln  into  operation  A  is  rilled  with  dried  slurry,  D 
with  clinker,  and  C  with  alternate  layers  of  dried  stuff 
and  coal  or  coke.  After  the  fuel  is  tired,  the  heat 
escapingfrom  C strikes  through  the  direct  slurry  lying 
on  Band  in  A  and  is  almost  totally  absorbed,  only 
sufficient  passing  to  keep  up  the  requisite  draught 
in  the  chimney  like  continuation. of  A.  As  soon  as 
the  cement  is  sufficiently  calcined  in  C  a  quantity  of 
clinker  is  drawn  at  the  bars,  causing  the  whole  mass 
in  C  and  1)  to  sink;  thru  upon  fuel  is  introduced 
through  the  furnace  doors  F,  and  preheated  slurry  is, 
with  the  aid  of  fiat  shovels,  turned  over  from  BintoC, 
the  fuel  and  dried  mass  being  placed  in  layers  until 
C    is  filled  again.     This   operation    is  repeated  at 


intervals  of  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  and  the 
burning  proceeds  continuously  without  further  inter- 
ruption than  may  be  caused  by  the  adhesion  of 
clinker  to  the  sides  of  the  furnace.  It  is  apparent 
from  this  description  that  the  fuel  is  utilised  to  its 
utmost  extent,  for  the  cold  air  entering  at  the  firebars, 
coming  into  contact  with  the  hot  descending  clinker, 
becomes  gradually  heated  to  a  white  heat  before 
reaching  the  fuel,  thus  producing  a  combustion  akin 
in  intensity  to  that  of  the  regenerative  furnace.  It 
is,  however,  not  completed  at  this  point,  but  the 
mixed  products  of  combustion,  which  entail  such  an 
enormous  loss  of  available  heat  in  the  ordinary  kdns, 
here  strike  the  dried  mass  lying  at  B,  and  which  at 
this  point  is  in  a  state  of  bright  cherry  redness  and 
incipient  fusion,  and  are  completely  burnt.  This 
system  of  burning  cement,  lime,  etc.,  therefore  offers 
a  double  advantage  to  most  previous  systems — 
firstly,  in  the  complete  utilisation  of  the  fuel,  com- 
bined with  a  minimum  loss  of  heat,  since  the 
unavoidable  radiation  is  restricted  to  one  part  of  the 
kiln  ;  secondly,  because  the  mass  to  be  burnt  remains 
for  the  shortest  possible  time  at  the  point  of  greatest 
heat,  the  critical  period  where  over  or  under  calcina- 
tion so  easily  takes  place.  The  amount  of  fuel  required 
for  each  of  the  three  principal  systems  in  use  for 
cement  burning  is  approximately,  per  ton  of  clinker  : 


For  the  open  or  chamber  kiln . . 


22  to  23,%  of  coke,  or  I J 
to  titewt. 


..     Hoffman  type 17  to  18.)  ;        „ 

or3jcwt. 

„    Dietzsch     „     10  to  16°.  of  small  eoal. 

or  2  to  3c\vt. 

Or  roughly,  \  to  A  of  the  weight  of  a  cheaper  and 
cleaner  fuel. 

The  Great  Bocks  Lime  &  Stone  Co.,  Love 
Holes,  near  Stockport ;  works,  Beak  Forest,  Buxton 
(No.  900). — Sample  ot  best  lime.  Ordinary  raw  lump 
limestone.  Crushed  limestone  for  chemical  and  other 
purposes. 

T.  C.  Broww-Westhead,  Moore  &  Co.,  Cauldon 
Blace,  Staffordshire  Fotteries  (No.  901). — Specimens 
of  all  the  materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  china 
and  various  kinds  of  earthenware.  All  the  stages  of 
manufacture  are  illustrated  in  a  most  instructive 
manner. 

Doultoh  &  Co.,  IT,  Deansgate,  Manchester  ;  and 
Lambeth  Pottery,  London  (No.  902). — Stoneware 
drain  pipes,  self-adjusting  joint  and  composite  joint 
drain  pipes  of  Lambeth,  Rowley  Begis  ancl  St. 
Helens  manufacture,  Gullie's  interceptors,  patent 
channels,  Loulton  peto  fireproof  flooring,  patent 
silicon  tread,  blue  facing,  paving  and  coping  bricks, 
red  and  buff  terra  cotta,  water  waste  preventers, 
double-valve  .syphon  waste  preventers,  drop-by-drop 
flushing  siphons  for  main  and  branch  drains,  Hushing 
tanks,  grease  interceptors,  stop  cocks,  etc.,  glazed 
ware,  slow  combustion  grates  and  mantels ;  also 
radiating  open  tile  stoves  for  halls,  etc. 

The  Tboutbkck  Park  (Westmoreland)  Green 
Slate  Co.,  Limited,  Windermere  (Xo.  905).— 
Specimens  of  light  and  dark  sea-green  rooting  slates. 
The  special  advantages  claimed  for  these  slates  are 
durability,  colour  and  thin  clearage.  It  is  stated  that 
they  are  from  strata  composed  of  volcanic  ash,  and 
are  therefore  more  durable  than  the  Welsh  slates 
quarried  from  ordinary  sedimentary  deposits  ;  the 
colour,  a  soft  sea  green,  either  light  or  dark,  said  to 
withstand  all  climatic  influences,  whilst  the  thin 
cleavage  renders  it  possible  to  have  a  strong  roof 
without  corresponding  increase  in  weight.  One  ton 
of  the  best  slate,  is  said  to  cover  about  21  superficial 
square  yards.  These  quarries  have  been  worked 
about  100  years,  and  it  is  estimated  that  at  the 
present  time  they  turn  out  from  8(  00  to  10,000  tons 


Dec  31. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


769 


of  slates  per  annum,  the  value  of  the  total  production 
being  about  i.'28.noo  to  £35,000. 

Willesdeh  Papeb  \V"!;ks  (The  Patent  Water- 
proof Paper  and  Canvas  Co.,  Limited).  Willesden 
Junction,  London.  N.W.fNo.  908).  This  firm  shows 
a  ventilating  shaft  of  Willesden  4-ply  pa]  er,  for  mining 
and  other  purposes  :  awning,  illustiating  uses  of  Wil- 
lesden canvas  ;  tank  made  of  Willesden  4  ply  paj  er. 
holding  water  :  Willesden  noting.  Willesden  paper, 
Willesden  rotproof  canvas  and  rotproof  scrim. 
in  rolls  ready  for  use.  The  peculiarity  claimed  for 
this  paper  is  that  it  is  rendered  waterproof  and 
weather  resisting  by  the  so-called  "  Willesden  "  pro- 
cess, and  that  canvas  treated  in  the  same  way  is 
made  rotproof.  The  process  consists  of  a  treatment 
with  a  metallic  solution,  originally  discovered  by 
Dr.  Scoffern  ;  it  has  since  been  improved  by  I  >r. 
C.  1!.  Alder  Wright  and  others.  It  is  based  on  the 
fact  that  cellulose  is  soluble  in  an  ammoniacal 
copper  solution.  The  pores  of  the  paper  become 
thus  stopped  up  by  a  dried  magma  of  cellulose 
and  cellulose  solution  formed  by  treating  the  sheets 
of  paper  with  the  said  solution. 

Casebodene  a:  Co.,  Limited,  West  Hartlepool 
(No.  909X  —  Portland  cement,  showing  the  raw 
material  (chalk  and  clay)  from  which  it  is 
manufactured  :  the  cement  as  it  is  when  mixed 
and  ready  for  burning.  The  same  in  the  form 
of  clinker  when  burnt,  and  also  in  the  powder  when 
ground  and  sifted  ready  for  use  :  also  Faija's  cement- 
testing  machine,  and  Scheibler's  apparatus  and 
Arnold's  Patent  Cement  Test  Moulding  Machine. 
Apparatus  has  now  been  devised  by  which  cement 
may  be  almost  immediately  tested  in  such  a  way  that 
perfect  confidence  may  be  felt  in  regard  to  its  be- 
haviourunder  any  circumstances.  Theobject  of  testing 
cement  is  to  determine  in  a  short  time  its  quality  and 
the  results  which  may  be  expected  by  ascertaining  the 
fineness  to  which  the  cement  is  ground  ;  by  its  tensile 
strength  (when  gauged  and  treated  in  a  certain 
manner)  at  the  expiration  of  three  and  seven  days 
from  gauging,  and  by  observing  the  increase  in 
strength  between  those  dates  :  and  lastly,  by  the 
soundness  of  the  cement—/.*.,  the  absence  of  either 
expansion,  contraction  or  cracking,  commonly  called 
blowing.  Faija's  testing  machine  is  intended  to 
facilitate  this  operation.  The  ordinary-sized  machine, 
adapted  to  test  briquettes  of  one  square  inch  section, 
will  test  from  lib.  up  to  lOOt'lb.  :  it  stands  14in.  high, 
is  14in.  long.  3in.  wide  and  weighs  under  30lb.  It  is 
of  the  best  workmanship  and  materials,  the  knife, 
edges,  and  all  wearing  parts  being  of  phosphor- 
bronze,  and  special  gearing  has  been  arranged  so  that 
the  strain  may  not  be  put  on  the  briquette  at  too 
great  a  speed.  The  clips  of  the  machine  are  made  to 
suit  the  form  of  briquette  adopted  by  the  Metro- 
politan Board  of  Works,  but  can  be  made  to  suit 
other  forms  at  a  small  extra  cost.  The  firm  also  shows 
Scheibler's  apparatus  for  estimating  the  proportion 
of  lime  used  in  the  process  of  cement  -  making, 
samples  for  testing,  test  bars,  and  samples  of  different 
kinds  of  concrete.  This  Company's  work*  at  West 
Hartlepool  produce  about  250  tons  of  cement  per 
week.  Hydraulic  cements  are  those  which  have  the 
property  of  solidifying  under  water.  They  are  pro- 
duced by  burning  or  calcining  calcareous  rocks  con- 
taining 10  or  more  per  cent,  of  insoluble  matter. 
The  hydraulic  quality  depends  ehieHy  upon  the 
amount  of  the  insoluble  matter,  and  the  per- 
centage of  silica,  alumina,  magnesia,  or  iron  which 
it  contains.  By  the  calcining  the  silicates  insoluble 
before  the  action  of  heat  are  modified.  The  can-tit 
lime  and  the  modified  silicates  react  upon  each  other 
in  the  presence  of  water  and  produce  a  solid  stone- 
like silicate     The  water  contributes  to  harden  the 


cement  by  uniting  with  the  silicate  formed  and 
producing  therewith  hydrate.  Portland  cement  is  a 
mortar  which  is  now  largely  manufactured  from 
chalk  and  certain  kinds  of  clay.  It  possesses  the 
property  of  solidifying  and  hardening  under  water, 
and  is  therefore  said  to  be  a  "hydraulic'  cement 
The  chalk  and  clay  are  thoroughly  ground  together 
with  water  and  the  finely-divided  mixture  termed 
"slip.'  is  dried  and  then  carefully  burnt  in  kiins. 
The  clinker  thus  pi  educed  is  ground  to  a  powder  and 
-iitedandisthen  ready  for  use.  This  cement  forms  the 
-of  concrete  and  the  artificial  stones  so  largely 
used  in  engineering  operations. 
GROUP  XIV.-SUGAR,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  ETC. 

Thomas  Cbitchuky,  10,  King  William  Street. 
Blackburn  (No.  910).— A  prepared  form  of  starch 
known  as  "starch  gloss. 

Thew  a-  Stiki-.kl.  65,  Sackville  Street,  Man- 
chester (No.  '.ill).  — Shellacs  of  all  descriptions,  viz.  : 
Button,  orange  and  garnett  shellacs,  as  imported  by 
the  exhibitors  :  also  the  seedlac  and  sticklac  from 
which  the  shellacs  mentioned  are  obtained.  White 
shellac  manufactured  from  the  crude  shellac.  Yarious 
gums  used  in  varnish  making. 

Tootell  a-  Co.,  Alexandra  Buildings,  Ormond 
Street.  Liverpool  (No.  H12).— Exhibited  by  their 
agent,  F.  J.  Scott,  Blackburn. 

I.  Materials  used  for  the  sizing  and  finishing  of 
cotton,  linen,  jute,  and  other  textile  fabrics,  paper, 
etc.:  also  for  brewing,  confectionery,  etc. :— fa) 
In  Sizing,  substances  used  for  laying  the  fibre, 
and  for  causing  the  size  to  adhere  ;  also  for  stiffening 
the  finished  fabrics  :  Farina  :  Granulated,  ground, 
and  sifted,  "  prime  "  or  ordinary  quality,  second  and 
commoner  qualities  :  sago  Hour  :  finest  quality,  fine 
"Sarawaek "  (Liverpool  classification), fine  "Borneo'' 
( Liverpool  classification) :  tapioca  Hour :  Indian  corn 
starch  :  rice  starch  :  wheat  starch  :  rice  flour  (various 
qualities):  wheat  flour  (various  qualities) :  dextrin 
or  British  gum  (various  shades):  "Yirine"  (anew 
preparation  from  farina).  (>>J  Substances  used  for 
giving  weight  and  body  to  the  size  :  China  clay 
(various  qualities);  French  chalk;  sulphate  of 
baryta:  Epsom  salts:  Glauber's  salts.  (c)  Substances 
used  for  strengthening  the  yarn,  giving  weight,  and 
preventing  the  growth  of  mildew :— Chloride  of 
magnesium  ("  prime  white,''  German  manufacture) ; 
chloride  of  magnesium  (English  manufacture) : 
chloride  of  calcium  :  chloride  of  zinc  (solid  and 
liquid),  (d)  Substances  used  for  softening  the  size, 
and  giving  "feel"  to  the  cloth:  Tallow,  various 
kinds  :  sizing  soap  :  soft  soap  :  prepared  sizing  wax ; 
paraffin  wax,"  various  kinds  ;  Storey's  warp  softeners, 
various:  "Emolline."  (e)  Prepared  sizes :  "Lanca- 
shire size    :  "  muciline    :  paper  stainers'  size. 

II.  Yarious  products  of  the  potato  and  sago  palm, 
etc.  (other  than  those  mentioned  before),  used  in  the 
arts  and  for  food  :— (a)  Of  the  potato  :  Glucose,  both 
solid  and  liquid  ;  crystallised  sugar  :  potato  spirit, 
raw,  fine,  and  wine  spirit  :  caramel,  various  kinds, 
for  beer,  spirits,  etc. :  potato  barley  :  pearl  farina  : 
potatoes  :  pulped  potatoes  showing  the  precipitated 
starch  :  photos  of  machines  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  farina.  I  b)  Of  the  sago  palm  :  Photo  of  a  sago 
palm  :  section  of  trunk  of  sago  palm  :  piths  of  sago 
palm  ;  raw  sago  from  the  troughs  :  sago  flour  :  pearl 
s.igo  (small,  medium,  large),  (c)  Tapicca  :  Tapioca 
plants  :  bulbs  or  roots  of  plant :  tapioca  flour  :  flake 
tapioca. 

A  varjety  of  articles  manufactured  from  potatoes, 
and  chief  amongst  these  is  farina,  in  its  granulated, 
ground,  and  sifted  forms.  Whatever  excellence  of 
quality  has  been  arrived  at,  is  by  (1)  years  of  careful 
cultivation  of  selected  seed,  certain  varieties  of  the 


770 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      (Uec.3i.i887. 


potato  yielding  not  only  larger  quantities  but  better 
quality  of  starch  than  others  :  (->)  gathering  and 
storing  the  potatoes  properly.  It'  the  tubers  are 
taken  up  too  soon  or  stored  too  long  afterwards,  the 
quality  of  the  starch  they  contain  is  very  greatly 
deteriorated.  (3)  The  avoidance  of  all  chemicals  in 
the  manufacture,  the  process  being  entirely 
mechanical.  By  these  precautions  it  is  possible  to 
produce  the  strongest  possible  starch  of  one  regular 
and  uniform  quality,  points  of  considerable  import- 
ance, since  it  is  found  that  in  the  farina  used  for 
sizing  the  slightest  variation  in  quality  is  of  great 
concern  to  the  users  as  likely  to  cause  injury. 

For  Light  Sising. — 11  lb.  shirtings,  40  yards  long, 
are  being  sized  with  foz.  of  farina  alone. 

For  Heavy  Sizing. — Warps  of  medium  counts  are 
being  weighted  to  the  extent  of  from  150  to  180  per 
cent,  (with  China  clay  and  the  usual  chlorides),  and 
this  weight  is  being  successfully  carried  through 
the  weaving  process  by  the  aid  of  farina  already 
mentioned. 

The  sago  palm  and  its  products  are  also  of  interest. 
As  in  the  manufacture  of  the  farina,  the  same  system 
of  careful  selection  of  the  best  variety  of  palm,  com- 
bined with  a  select  method  of  manufacture,  is  being 
carried  out,  and  although  the  progress  is  but  slow, 
owing  to  the  length  of  time  which  the  sago  palm 
requires  to  arrive  at  maturity,  yet  the  improvement 
in  the  quality  of  the  sago  flour  produced  is  very 
marked. 

The  "  Lancashire  Size  "  and  "  Muciline  "  are  for 
use  chiefly  in  hot  and  dry  climates  for  the  sizing  and 
weighting  of  cotton  fabrics  :  the  paper  stainers'  size 
for  use  with  delicate  shades  of  colours. 

H.  L.  Lili.ky  &  Co.,  Albert  Works,  Queens  lioad, 
Manchester  (Xo.  913). 

(a)  Starches  for  various  industries.  "Crystal" 
rice  starch  and  rice  starch  in  powder  :  Indian  corn 
starch,  same  varieties  :  "  Crystal  "  wheat  starch  : 
farina  and  potato  starch,  granulated  and  in  powder, 
with  various  kinds  of  finishing  starch  for  bleachers, 
calico  printers,  finishers,  and  paper  makers. 

(6)  lirituh  'Sums  of  all  kinds  for  calico  printers, 
paper  stainers,  etc. 

(c)  Rict  Starch  for  domestic  purposes.  Certain 
specialities  are  (a)  some  very  fine  "  crystals  "  obtained 
by  moulding  and  stoving  the  starch  in  blocks  of 
about  2olb.  each.  (Ii)  Some  blo;ks  of  starch  specially 
prepared,  and  showing  the  process  of  "crystallisation" 
of  starch. 

(d)  Corn  Flour  for  domestic  uses. 

Henry  Tate  &  Sons,  15,  Exchange  Buildings, 
Liverpool  (No.  913a). — Specimens  of  refined  sugars. 

The  Crystals  are  manufactured  at  the  Liverpool 
refinery,  and  are  of  the  best  quality,  it  is  said,  con- 
taining 99'9  per  cent,  of  real  sugar. 

The  Cut  Loaf  Sugar,  known  as  "Tate's  Cubes," 
is  made  at  Silvertown,  in  London,  and  *  cut  ready 
for  use  instead  of  being  sold  in  loaves.  It  is  stated 
that  the  mechanical  device  for  producing  at  once  the 
cube  sugar,  at  the  same  time  maintaining  its  purity, 
has  enabled  this  firm  to  keep  an  industry  in  London, 
which  must  have  otherwise  been  taken  away  by  its 
Continental  competitors. 

The  Sankki  Sogab  Co.,  Earlestown,  Lancashire 
(Xo.  914). — In  the  lower  part  of  this  show  case  are 
the  refined  sugars  in  the  bags  as  sold — the  largest 
2cwt.  each,  medium  lewt ,  and  the  smallest  size  ."><;lb. 
each.  In  the  upper  part  ol  the  case  are  all  the 
refined  sugars  made  by  the  firm,  and  also  samples  of 
(a)  Java  raw  sugar:  (0)  Peruvian  raw  sugar:  (c) 
Demerara  grocery  sugar  :  (</)  Peruvian  concrete  sugar 
(all  four  made  from  pure  sugar  cane,  and  all  contain- 
ing aeari) ;  liquor  in  the  various  stages  of  refinery, 
etc.;(0  raw  sugar  dissolved  in  water:  (/')  the  same 


liquor  after  passing  through  tine  cotton  filter  bags  ; 
(</)  sample  of  dirt  (dried)  removed  by  these  filter 
bags;  (A)  liquor  ready  for  boiling  into  grain  after 
passing  through  animal  charcoal,  the  only  refining 
agenl  ;  (t)  sample  of  the  animal  charcoal  used  ;  (./) 
specimen  of  black  treacle  ;  (/•)  specimen  of  refined 
treacle. 

The  specialities  are  two  very  pure  varieties,  termed 
"  ( lasti  ir  and  "  Pulver."  Analyses  made  by  the  writer 
and  Dr.  Burghardt  show  that  these  sugars  are 
extremely  pure,  an  average  specimen  of  "  castor  "con- 
taining  99'8n9  per  cent,  of  real  cane  sugar,  and  one  of 
"pulver,''  99*922  per  cent.  Some  interesting  photo- 
graphs are  shown  of  sugar  cane  plantations,  raw  cane 
sugar  factories;  interior  and  exterior  views  in  the 
Fiji  and  Sandwich  Islands  and  West  Indies;  cane 
mills,  small  size  for  the  East  Indies  and  larger  size  in 
general  use  in  West  Indies  :  Fryer's  concretor,  for 
making  concrete  sugar;  Wetzel's  pan  used  for  concen- 
trating raw  cane  juice  :  four  views  of  the  Sankey 
Sugar  Befinery,  and  several  of  places  in  the  West 
Indies. 

Photographic  views  are  shown  of  the  sugar  mite 
(acarus  sacchari)  considerably  magnified,  and  also  of 
a  sugar  cane  in  bloom,  and  a  cabbage  palm. 

The  acarus  sacchari  is  almost  always  contained  in 
unrefined  sugars,  and  the  average  number  per  pound 
has  been  estimated  as  upwards  of  100,000.  Filtra- 
tion through  the  bag  niters  removes  the  creature 
along  with  other  sedimentary  matters.  Its  food  con- 
sists chiefly  of  nitrogenous  matter  contained  in  the 
coarse  sugar.      The  illustration   below  shows    the 


magnified  form  of  the  sugar  mite.  It  is  only  seen  as 
a  very  minute  moving  speck  on  the  surface  of  a 
solution  of  raw  sugar.  These  insects  are  the  cause  of 
the  "grocers"  itch,  from  which  those  workmen  who 
handle  the  raw  sugar  suffer. 

Stiff  &  Co.,  Kedcliff  Street,  Bristol  (Xo.  915). 
—  Specimens  of  starch  and  other  products  obtained 
from  rice. 

GB0 1  T  X I '.—MISUELLA XEOl \S. 
The  Wf.exham  Lager  Beeb  Co.,  Limited,  14, 
Brown  Street,  Manchester  ;  Brewery,  Wrexham  (Xo. 
1116).—  This  firm  exhibits  samples  of  the  welt  known 
lager  beer  so  largely  consumed  on  the  ( 'ontinent  and 
in  the  United  States,  and  which  is  now  enjoying  con- 
siderable popularity  as  a  beverage,  especially  in  the 
larger  towns  of  this  country.  It  is  produced  by  the 
system  of  bottom-fermentation  (Untergiihrung) 
followed  by  the  Bavarian  brewers,  in  contradistinction 
to  that  of  top- fermentation  generally  adopted  in  this 


Do-.  31, 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


country.  The  "  mashing  process "  differs  only  in 
detail  from  that  usually  followed.  It  consists  essen- 
tially in  the  mixing  of  malt  and  water  of  such  a 
temperature  that  the  ferment  of  the  malt  (the 
diastase)  changes  the  starch  of  the  same  into  glucose. 
The  clear  saccharine  liquid  or  "  wort "  obtained  by 
the  mashing  process  is  then  submitted  to  the  sedi- 
mentary- or  bottom-fermentation  alluded  to  above. 
This  fermentation,  which  forms  the  characteristic 
feature  in  the  brewing  of  lager  beer,  is  excited  by 
that  particular  form  of  yeast  which  is  deposited  at 
the  bottom  of  the  fermentation-vats  of  a  previous 
brewing.  This  yeast  consists  essentially  of  the  round- 
celled  variety  of  the  alcoholic  ferment  known  as 
saccharomi/ces  ccrivisi-a:  The  fermentation  requires 
three  or  four  weeks,  and  takes  place  in  comparatively 
shallow  tuns  placed  in  cool  cellars,  the  temperature 
not  being  allowed  to  exceed  40  F.  (4V  O).  which 
necessitates  in  summer  time  a  large  consumption  of 
ice.  During  the  fermentation  the  carbonic  acid  is 
disengaged  in  very  minute  bubbles,  and  carries  up  a 
mere  film  of  froth  and  yeast,  it  being  chiefly  deposited 
at  the  bottom.  One  main  object  of  the  lager  beer 
process  is  to  completely  remove  the  gluten  and  all 
other  oxidisable  matters  from  the  "  wort."  The 
gluten  or  yeast  is  deposited  as  a  viscid  sediment 
during  the  fermentation,  while  ether  matters  are 
oxidised  by  the  oxygen  of  the  air,  their  destruction 
in  this  manner  being  accelerated  by  the  freedom  of 
the  surface  of  the.  beer  from  any  protecting  layer  of 
yeast  and  the  large  area  of  the  fermenting  vessels. 
Lager  beer  being  deficient  in  alcohol  is  not  suitable 
for  home  consumption,  since  it  is  impossible  to  keep 
it  for  any  length  of  time  in  barrels,  but  it  is  eminently 
adapted  for  export  in  bottled  form.  To  sum  up  the 
chief  characteristics  of  "store"  or  lager  beer,  it  is 
less  alcoholic,  of  higher  specific  gravity,  richer  in 
dextrose,  albuminoids  and  carbonic  acid  than 
English  beers.  Further,  since  ice  is  used  instead  of 
hops  to  preserve  the  lager  beer  the  narcotic  action  of 
the  hop  is  avoided.  Lager  beer  is  eminently  adapted 
as  a  safe  beverage  for  quenching  the  thirst  in  hot 
weather  without  inducing  that  soporific  action  so 
characteristic  of  English  beers. 

John  Johnson  &  Co.,  St.  Anne's  Works,  Liver- 
pool (No.  918). — Specimens  of  various  qualities  and 
forms  of  plumbago  or  graphite  (a  native  form  of 
carbon,  also  termed  "blacklead")  from  different 
parts  of  the  world  and  in  the  different  stages  of 
manufacture.  The  price  of  this  article  of  commerce 
varies  from  £9  to  over  i'.">00i>  per  ton.  An  exceedingly 
fine  quality  of  plumbago  but  limited  in  amount  is 
regularly  imported  from  the  celebrated  mines  of 
Prince  Schwarzenberg.  None  of  the  native  products 
are  entirely  suitable  for  making  a  really  good  polishing 
blacklead.  Some  descriptions  are  too  hard  and 
gritty,  others  too  soft  and  dusty,  some  too  pale  and 
with  so  little  body  that  they  will  not  adhere  to  the 
surface  of  a  smooth  piece  ot  ironwork.  The  so-called 
"  prepared  blacklead  "  used  for  machinery  is  obtained 
by  separating  the  lighter  portion  of  the  blacklead  by 
grinding,  the  product  of  which  is  dried,  ground  to  an 
impalpable  powder  and  sieved.  The  residue — ie.,  the 
heavier  portion — is  used  for  making  the  block  black- 
leads.  The  grinding  of  the  "  natural  "  and  also  of  the 
levigated  leads  is  accomplished  by  means  of  vertical 
grinding  stones  of  about  one  ton  weight  each,  revolv- 
ing at  a  certain  rate  upon  horizontal  stones  of  similar 
proportions.  The  ground  lead  passes  into  machine 
sieves,  which  separate  the  finely  ground  from  the 
rougher  portions  ;  the  latter  falling  again  into  the  mill- 
stones, is  re-ground,  whilst  the  finished  powder  is  con- 
veyed by  means  of  elevators  into  the  mixing-room, 
where  the  different  qualities  are  mixed  together — 
various  proportions   for  the    preparation  of  block 


black-leads  and  powder  leads.  The  blocks  of  black- 
lead  are  formed  and  polished  by  special  machinery. 

This  firm  also  exhibits  various  forms  of  laundry 
blues  manufactured  from  the  ultramarine  of  com- 
merce, and  indigo  blues  for  laundry  pui  poses  are  also 
exhibited.  The  ultramarine  blue  is  exhibited  in  the 
various  stages  from  the  raw  materials  to  the  finished 
article.    [See  also  Nos.  753  and  754] 

I'.kyam'  &  May,  Limited,  Faiiheld  Works,  Bow, 
London,  E.  (No.  !»1!»).— A  complete  selection  of 
household  matches,  also  wax  vestas  and  wax  tapers 
for  gas  lighting.  Specially  to  be  noticed  are  the 
specimens  of  patent  safety  matches.  The  principle 
observed  in  making  the  latter  is  best  exemplified  by 
a  brief  description  of  the  modes  of  preparation  of 
ordinary  and  safety  matches.  In  the  former  the 
wood  splints  are  tipped  with  a  composition  containing 
amorphous  phosphorus  mixed  with  oxidising  agents, 
which  cause  the  phosphorus  readily  to  inflame  on 
friction.  Such  oxidising  agents  are,  e.g.,  saltpetre, 
chlorate  of  potash  and  red  lead.  Other  accessories 
are  glue  and  finely  powdered  glass.  Now,  in  the 
latter  (the  safety  matches),  the  splints  are  simply 
tipped  with  a  composition  containing  the  oxidising 
agent  only,  the  rubber  on  the  box  being  painted  with 
a  solution  of  glue  containing  amorphous  phosphorus 
and  powdered  glass.  The  matches  are  thus  rendered 
at  once  non-poisonous  and  incapable  of  ignition 
under  ordinary  circumstances. 

Jewsbury  &  Brown,  113,  Market  Street,  and  44, 
Downing  Street,  Manchester  (No.  91  9a). — Aerated 
waters  and  beverages  generally  known  in  the  trade  as 
mineral  waters — Soda  water,  seltzer  water,  potash 
water,  lithia  water,  carrara  water,  magnesia  water, 
Vichy  water,  simple  aerated  water,  lemonade,  ginger 
ale,  quinine  tonic  water,  ginger  beer,  horehound  beer, 
champagne  cider,  Brin's  oxygen  water,  in  bottles, 
half-bottles,  and  siphons,  for  which  accuracy  of 
preparation  and  perfect  purity  are  claimed.  One 
speciality  in  siphons  is  the  metal  part,  which  is  of 
pure  English  block  tin,  thus  absolutely  avoiding  any 
injurious  metallic  impregnation.  Specimens  of  the 
pure  English  tin  pipe  are  shown.  The  materials 
used  by  this  firm  in  the  manufacture  of  artificial 
mineral  waters  and  aerated  beverages  are  repre- 
sented. According  to  analysis  the  soda  water 
contained  5  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  ;  the  potash 
water,  20  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  potash,  and  the 
lithia  water,  with  potash,  5  grains  of  carbonate  of 
lithia,  and  15  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  potash  per 
bottle,  or  half  imperial  pint  ;  the  seltzer  water  was 
found  to  contain  the  more  important  mineral  con- 
stituents of  the  natural  spring. 

Frederick  King  &  Co.,  Limited,  2t;,  Waring 
Street,  Belfast,  and  6,  Bishopsgate  Avenue,  London 
(No.  920). — The  following  is  a  list  of  the  exhibits  of 
this  firm  : — Edwards's  preserved  potato— a  granu- 
lated preparation  of  the  fresh  potato.  Edwards's 
desiccated  soup — a  dry  preparation  of  vegetables  and 
extract  of  beef,  and  his  white  (vegetable)  soup. 
The  potato  was  first  preserved  by  a  former  member  of 
the  firm,  the  late  Mr.  Downes  Edwards,  in  1840  (see 
Dr.  Ure's  "  Dictionary  of  Arts,"  etc.).  It  was  quickly 
adopted  by  H.M.  Navy,  and  for  sea  dietary  generally. 
The  effect  of  being  able  to  carry  this  anti-scorbutic 
vegetable  at  sea  materially  assisted  in  expelling  the 
scurvy,  which  formerly  was  very  destructive  to  life  on 
board  ship.  Edwards's  patent  desiccated  soup  is  a 
mixture  of  beef  with  the  potato  and  other  vegetables, 
the  principle  of  preservation  being  the  same  as  in 
the  preserved  potato — viz.,  the  entire  removal  of  the 
water,  which  enables  both  the  animal  and  vegetable 
substances  to  keep  for  any  time  and  in  any  climate. 
The  white  desiccated  soup  is  a  preparation  of 
vegetables   only,  adapted  for  use  with   milk.      The 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |Dec.Sl.tfa7. 


annual  production  varies  considerably,  the  require- 
ments of  H.M.  Government  increasing  largely  when 
any  war  arises  abroad,  as  recently  in  Burmah  and 
Afghanistan.  In  quiet  times  3000  to  -4000  tons  of 
potatoes  and  other  vegetables  are  manufactured  by 
this  firm,  and  from  300  to  400  tons  of  beef  represent 
the  animal  raw  material  required  for  the  desiccated 
soup  manufacture.  The  force  value  of  lib.  (dry)  of 
Edwards's  desiccated  soup  is  said  to  be  about  500 
foot  tons,  and  the  animal  and  vegetable  elements  are 
so  proportioned  as  to  produce  a  diet  in  which  the 
nitrogen,  carbo-hydrates  and  mineral  substances 
e.\i>t  in  suitable  proportion.  The  concentration  is 
effected  in  localities  where  beef  and  vegetables  are 
very  low  in  juice,  and  its  transport  in  the  concen- 
trated form  being  trifling,  a  very  cheap  and  nutritive 
food  is  thus  obtained. 

Bratky  &  Hixchcliffe,  Sandford  Street, 
Ancoats,  Manchester,  and  146,  Minories,  London, 
E.C.  (No.  921).— Various  essential  oils,  fruit  essences, 
syrups  and  cordials,  citro-chloric  acid,  salts  for 
natural  mineral  waters,  lime  juice,  harmless  colours, 
and  sundries  connected  with  theaerated  water  and  con- 
fectionery trades.  The  pure  soluble  de-resinised 
fruit  essences,  essential  oils,  etc.,  are  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  aerated  beverages,  and  for  confec- 
tionery purposes.  The  special  feature  of  these 
articles  is  their  solubility  (mixing  perfectly  bright 
and  clear  with  water  or  syrup)  while  they  impart 
rich,  fruity,  aromatic  flavours  to  the  drinks.  This 
firm  also  shows  specimens  of  the  various  chemicals 
used  in  the  trade.  Salts  for  mineral  waters,  prepared 
by  a  ci impounding  which  is  based  on  analysis  of  the 
natural  mineral  springs,  such  as  Seltzer,  Vichy,  etc. 
Citrochloric  acid  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  citric  and 
tartaric  acids.  It  is  a  mixture  containing  75  per  cent, 
of  the  acid  of  lemon  juice,  and  25  per  cent  of 
hydrochloric  acid.  One  fluid  ounce  is  equal  in 
strength  to  one  ounce  of  citric  or  tartaric  acid 
crystals,  while  the  cost  is  about  one  half.  The 
approximate  annual  production  of  these  articles 
represents  a  value  of  about  £100,000. 

Moki.an,  Lomas  &  Co.,  Crumpsall  Yale  Match 
Works,  Blackley,  near  Manchester  (No.  926). — 
Ordinary  household  matches  of  various  brands, 
household  dry  soap,  and  Hoffman's  rice  starch.  A 
detailed  account  of  the  manufacture  of  these  matches 
a]  >i  .eared  in  the  Jiiitix/i  Journal  of  Commerce  for 
February,  1887.  The  illuminating  power  of  each 
match  is  0"75  candle  light.  The  total  value  of  the 
English  match  manufacture  is  estimated  to  be  about 
U  to  2  millions  sterling,  one  half  of  which  amount  is 
spent  in  raw  materials. 

Burroughs,  Wellcome  &  Co.,  Snow  Hill  Build- 
ings,  07,  Holborn  Viaduct,  London,  E.C.  (No.  928). 
—The  following  specimens  are  exhibited  by  this 
firm  :—  Kepler  extract  of  malt.  Kepler  solution  of  cod 
liver  oil  in  extract  of  malt,  ha/.eline  (a  distillate  of 
witch-hazel),  beef  and  iron  wine,  tablets  and  tabloids 
of  compressed  drugs,  strophantus  (African  arrow 
poison,  a  heart  tonic),  digestive  ferments  (zymine, 
pepsiq,  etc.),  pure  tercbene,  medicine  chests  and 
cases  fitted  with  compressed  drugs,  etc. 

Jacob  Babstow,  Filter  Works,  Pontefract,  York- 
shire (No.  931).— Filters  of  various  patterns,  such  as 
domestic  filters,  tank  filters,  table  filters,  emigrants' 
filters,  tourists'  and  pocket  filters.  The  oldest  style  of 
water-filter  is  the  old  drip  stone,  used  very  many 
years  ago.  They  were  huge  stones  hollowed  out  into 
the  shape  of  a  basin  and  fixed  in  a  frame,  and  a 
vessel  placed  underneath  to  catch  the  water  as  it 
filtered  or  dripped  through  the  stone.  About  thirty 
years  ago  they  were  made  of  a  more  compact  form. 
a  slab  of  stone  being  cemented  across  the  middle  of 
an  earthenware  jar,  a  space  underneath  being  left  for 


the  filtered  water.  Two  taps  were  provided,  one  to 
draw  off  the  filtered  water,  the  other  to  draw  off  the 
dirty  water.  This  style  of  filter  was  used  until  it 
was  recognised  that  "  stone  "  was  a  mechanical  filter, 
and  had  no  effect  on  the  matters  in  solution,  when 
it  was  superseded  by  such  modern  filters  as  are 
shown  by  this  linn.  In  these  filters  the  water  has 
first  to  pass  through  "  natural  stone,"  which  removes 
all  suspended  ami  mechanical  impurities,  and  then 
through  a  layer  of  "specially  prepared  carbon." 
The  carbon  being  thus  kept  clean  and  free  from  sus- 
pended impurities  can  exercise  its  full  purifying 
power  on  matters  held  in  solution  in  the  water,  so 
that  the  water  is  first  filtered  and  afterwards  purified. 
The  filters  are  so  constructed  as  to  be  readily  taken 
to  pieces  for  the  purpose  of  cleansing  and  examina- 
tion. The  water  is  said  to  be  cooled  and  aerated 
in  passing  through  the  apparatus. 

Slack  it  Brownlow,  Canning  Works,  Upper 
Mediock  Street,  Manchester  (No.  932). — The  exhibits 
of  this  firm  comprise  filters  for  household,  military, 
and  manufacturing  purposes,  the  largest  of  which  is 
capable  of  purifying  500,000  gallons  of  water  per  day. 
The  filtering  medium  in  these  filters  is  compressed 
carbon. 

James  A:  Joseph  Clayton,  139,  Higher  Cam- 
bridge Street,  Manchester  (No.  937).— Natural  stone 
filters  with  or  without  charcoal,  for  domestic 
purposes,  immersion  in  cisterns,  etc.,  also  pocket 
filters  on  the  same  principle,  for  tourists,  etc.  The 
filtering  arrangement  consists  of  a  hollow  cylinder 
of  natural  stone  cut  out  with  machinery  :  this 
cylinder  is  filled  with  charcoal,  and  there  is  also  a 
layer  underneath,  so  that  the  stone  filters  the  water, 
and  the  charcoal  purifies  it  after  it  has  passed 
through  the  stone.  In  this  arrangement  it  is  sought 
to  imitate  the  filtration  which  takes  place  in  nature 
through  beds  of  rock.  The  stone  cylinders  employed 
are  cut  out  of  solid  blocks  of  porous  sandstone,  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  core  taken  from  a  large 
cylinder  can  be  used  for  making  a  smaller  cylinder. 
By  this  method  a  block  of  stone  2  feet  square  can  be 
made  to  yield  no  less  than  ten  cylinders,  varying  in 
size  from  the  core  li  inches  in  diameter  to  the  outer 
cylinder  2  feet  in  diameter.  Before  the  application 
of  machinery  the  entire  core  of  these  cylinders  was 
chipped  out  with  a  chisel. 

Lieiui.'s  Extract  i if  Meat  Co.,  Limited,  9,  Fen- 
church  Avenue,  London,  E.C.  (No.  938). — The  well- 
known  extract  of  beef,  ox  tongues,  corned  beef,  meat 
meal,  etc.  These  products  are  manufactured  princi- 
pally in  South  America  or  other  grazing  countries 
where  large  herds  of  cattle  are  at  hand.  The  extract 
of  meat  is  prepared  from  the  flesh  of  cattle  not  less 
than  four  years  old  so  as  to  ensure  it  being  healthy 
and  mature.  In  the  season  this  firm  slaughters  over 
1000  oxen  per  day,  and  since  1865,  when  the  company 
was  established,  the  number  of  cattle  slaughtered 
amounts  to  2,600,000  head,  representing  a  value  of 
i'8,00o,000. 

Ev  \-\-,  Sons  a  ( !o.,  56,  Hanover  Street,  Liverpool 
(No.  939).— This  firm  exhibits  raw  Montserrat  lime 
fruit  juice,  as  received  in  its  filtered  state,  also  the 
cordials,  sauce,  bitters,  tablets  and  jujubes  made 
therefrom.  Specimens  of  the  fresh  fruit  itself  are  also 
shown. 

The  lime  tree  (Citrus  linn Wt)  is  a  member  of  the 
mange  family,  and  grows  well  in  all  the  West  India 
Islands.  It  requires  a  light,  loamy  and  somewhat 
Stony  soil,  and  an  elevation,  depending  upon  latitude, 
from  sea  level  up  to  500ft.  The  trees  are  planted 
15ft  apart,  and  come  into  bearing  in  about  six  or 
seven  years,  but  light  crops  are  often  gathered  from 
trees  at  five  years.  To  ensure  large  and  permanent 
crops, the  trees  requireto  be  regularlypruned  and  kept 


iv?. si,  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  OTDUSTRY. 


773 


free  from  all  parasitic  growths,  such  as  Lorauthus,  etc 
They  are  also  greatly  benefited  l>y  tillage,  loosening 
of  the  soil  around  the  roots,  and  being  kept  free  from 
grass  and  weeds. 

The  annual  mean  temperature  of  Montserrat  at  sea 
level  is  given  at  7s  F.,  and  the  annual  rainfall  at 
59in.  These  conditions  are  evidently  those  most  suit- 
able for  the  successful  cultivation  ot  lime  trees. 

The  lime  fruit  harvest  is  heaviest  from  September 
to  January,  but  a  good  supply  of  fruit  is  yielded 
throughout  the  whole  year.  The  fruit,  after  collec- 
tion, is  taken  to  central  factories,  where  it  is  sliced  by 
machinery,  and  then  squeezed  in  huge  wooden  presses, 
the  juice  being  run  into  puncheons  and  quickly  bunged 
up.  This  is  a  most  important  point  in  preparing  the 
juice  in  a  tropical  climate,  for  if  exposed  it  would 
rapidly  decompose.  The  choicest  fruit  alone  is  used, 
and  only  about  two-thirds  of  the  juice  is  pressed  out,  , 
thus  ensuring  greater  freedom  from  mucilaginous  and 
pulpy  matter.  The  further  pressings,  together  with 
the  juice  of  unsound  fruit,  is  evaporated  to  the  con- 
sistence of  treacle,  and  sent  over  to  this  country  for 
the  manufacture  of  citric  acid.  The  export  of  lime  , 
juice,  both  crude  and  concentrated,  is  now  nearly 
100,000  gallons  per  annum. 

The  Distillers  Co.,  Limited,  12,  Torphichen 
Street,  Edinburgh  (No.  !»40). — A  collection  of  grain 
and  malt  whiskies,  London  gin,  and  other  spirits. 
Spirits  and  whiskies  for  export  in  bottle. 
The  Distillers  Company  was  formed  by  the 
union  of  the  seven  largest  distillers  in  Scotland,  and 
they  subsequently  acquired  the  Phoenix  I'jrk  Distil 
leiy  in  Dublin,  and  the  Tooley  Street  Distillery  in 
London.  The  actual  output  of  spirit  is  10,000,000 
gallons  a  year,  the  plant  being  capable  of  producing 
13,(>00,0C0  gallons  if  at  full  work.  The  capital  is 
i"T.i  nn.  and  there  is  in  addition  a  debenture  capital 
of  £450,000.  The  exhibit  (in  the  two  front  compart- 
ments! consi.-ts  of  different  kinds  of  spirits  and 
whiskies,  chiefly  grain  whisky,  some  of  which  is  very 
old.  Also  gin,  spirits  of  wine,  and  British  brandy  from 
the  Tooley  Street  Distillery.  The  Company  also 
exhibits  Squire's  patent  yeast,  of  which  they  are  the  sole 
manufacturers.  About  300  tons  of  foreign  yeast  are 
imported  every  week  into  England,  of  an  annual 
value  of  £840,000.  It  was  believed  that  pressed  yeast 
could  not  be  made  in  Great  Britain  owing  to  the  excise 
regulations.  Dr.  Squire,  however,  succeeded  in  dev  is  n_: 
a  process  which  was  approved  by  excise,and  the  manu- 
facture commenced  on  a  large  scale  only  18  months  ago. 
The  production  alrt  ady  amounts  to2000  tons  a  year,  and 
when  the  process  is  at  work  at  all  the  distilleries  of 
the  Company  the  production  will  be  about  120  tons 
weekly,  or  say  6000  tons  a  year.  At  present  the  yeast 
is  made  only  at  Cameron  Bridge  and  Port  Dundas 
1  »istilleries. 

Ar.i  hibald  Latdef.,  7ti,  Sauchiehall  Street,  Glas- 
gow (No.  '.t41 ). — The  exhibitor  shows  samples  of 
materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  pure  malt 
whisky,  illustrating  the  various  stages  in  the  process 
of  distillation  ;  also  a  working  model  of  a  "Multiple 
Pot  Still,"  and  samples  of  whisky.  The  following  is 
a  synopsis  of  the  method  pursued  in  the  distillation 
of  pure  malt  whisky.  Samples  of  the  different  stages 
herein  enumerated  are  exhibited  along  with  whisky, 
old  and  matured  : — 

No.  1.  The  barley  received  from  the  farmer  is 
stored  in  large  barns  or  lofts.  From  the  loft 
the  barley  is  shot  down  into  a  cistern,  where  it  is 
immersed  in  water,  and  allowed  to  remain  for  some 
40  to  CO  hours,  till  it  is  thoroughly  swelled  and  ger- 
mination has  just  commenced. 

Nn.  2.  Out  of  this  cistern  it  is  run  through  a  shoot 
into  the  "  couch  "  where  it  lies  a  day  or  two  ;  it  is 
then  removed  to  a  cool  barn  with  a  composite  floor, 


where  it  remains  some  10  to  16  days,  being  turned 
over  till  it  has  been  thoroughly  malted. 

No.  3.  This  stage  attained,  it  is  transferred  to  the 
kiln,  where  the  vegetation  is  destroyed  by  great  fires 
j. laced  under  the  perforated  tile  or  wire-cloth  flooring. 
After  two  or  three  days  on  the  kiln  it  is  dry,  and  is 
then  called  malt. 

\o.  4.  It  is  then  removed  to  the  mill  and  -round, 
and  when  ground  is  placed  in  the  mash  tun,  where 
hot  water  is  inn  in  upon  it  to  extract  saccharine 
matter. 

No.  5.  After  remaining  some  time,  the  liquid 
called  ''worts''  is  removed  from  the  mash  tun  to  the 
refrigerator,  the  object  being  to  cool  the  liquor  as  fast 
as  possible  to  a  certain  temperature  so  as  to  prevent 
it  being  soured,  or,  as  it  is  technically  termed, 
"blinked. 

No.  6.  From  the  refrigerator  the  "  wort "  is  run 
into  the  "  wash  backs  and  yeast  is  added  to  cause 
fermentation.  Fermentation  is  allowed  to  proceed 
until  the  whole  of  the  saccharine  matter  in  the  liquid 
is  changed  into  alcohol.  The  liquid  now  Ls  technically 
called  "  wash." 

No.  7.  The  "wash"  is  then  removed  to  the  "wash 
charger'"  and  thence  to  the  " wash  still,"  a  large 
copjer  boiler  with  a  closed  head,  to  which  isattaehed  a 
copper  pipe  leading  to  the  "condenser,'  which  consists 
of  a  "worm"  of  copper  tubing  immersed  in  cold  water. 
On  heating  the  still  the  vapours  pass  and  are  con- 
densed in  the  condenser,  whence  they  issue  in  the  form 
of  a  liquid  technically  known  as  "  low  wines." 

No.  8.  After  the  "low  wines"  are  collected  they 
are  removed  to  the  "low  wines'' and  "feints  charger,  ' 
and  thence  to  the  "low  wines  still,"  a  vessel  similar  to 
the  "  wash  still,"  for  redistillation. 

No.  9.  When  the  vapour  arising  from  the  boiling 
of  the  "  low  wines  "  is  condensed,  the  first  product — 
a  strong  spirit  containing  a  large  quantity  of  the  essen- 
tial oil  of  the  grain  called  "  foreshot  "—is  run  into  the 
"feints  receiver."  On  testing  and  finding  the  liquid 
free  from  oil,  it  is  run  into  the  "  spirit  receiver  "  until 
;  it  is  found  on  trial  that  the  liquid  is  becoming  weaker, 
when  the  remainder  is  run  into  the  "  feints  receiver  " 
and  mixed  with  the  "foreshot." 

No.  10.  That  liquid  which  has  been  run  into  the 

,  "  spirit  receiver  "  is  the  pure  whisky,  which  is  pumped 

thence  to  the  spirit  store  and  vatted,     The  produce 

of  each  week's  distillation,  or  "  period,"  as  it  is  called, 

is  kept  separately. 

The  origin  of  distillation  seems  to  be  lost  in  anti- 
quity. Although  the  <  J  reeks  knew  the  art  of  evapor- 
ating water  and  extracting  the  aromatic  principles  of 
plants,  they  had  but  crude  ideas  as  to  the  art  of 
distillation.  The  Romans  knew  nothing  about  brandy. 
Pliny,  who  wrote  during  the  first  century  and  to 
whom  we  are  indebted  lor  a  treatise  on  wine,  nowhere 
alludes  to  it. 

It  is  said  that  the  first  navigators  of  the  islands  of 
the  Archipelago  obtained  fresh  water  by  boiling  sea 
water  and  receiving  the  steam  in  the  sponges  placed 
over  the  vessels  for  that  purpose. 

It  is  probable  that  the  art  of  distillation  originated 
with  the  Arabs,  who,  from  the  earliest  times  were 
acquainted  with  the  extraction  of  scents,  and  who  in- 
troduced their  (processes  successively  into  Italy,  Spain, 
and  the  south  of  France.  The  word  "alembic''  is 
composed  of  two  Aiabic  words  and  is  found  in 
writings  previous  to  the  10th  century.  Raimond 
Sulle,  an  alchemist  of  the  13th  century,  mentions 
eau-de-vie  and  alcohol,  and  describes  the  method  of 
obtaining  eau-de-vie  by  means  of  fixed  alkali,  a  pro- 
cess for  which  Basil  Valentine  substituted  lime  in  the 
following  century. 

J.  Rubee  describes  a  process  which  he  found  in  the 
writings  of  the  ancients,  consisting  of  the  reception  of 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      IDec.81,1887 


vapour  in  very  long  winding  tubes  immersed  in  cold 
water.  Towards  the  end  ouhe  L7th  century,  I!.  Porta, 
a  Neapolitan  chemist,  published  a  treatise  on  distilla- 
tion, and  it  is  evident  that  tin-  apparatus  described  by 
him  served  as  a  model  for  succeeding  inventors. 

X.  Lefebore  published  in  1651  the  description  of  an 
apparatus  by  which  he  obtained  pure  alcohol  by  one 
distillation,  and  he  was  followed  by  numerous  in- 
ventors, but  distilling  apparatus  up  to  the  close  of 
the  18th  century  was  only  very  slightly  modified,  the 
variation  consisting  chiefly  in  increased  size. 

The  inventions  of  ifr.  Edward  Adam  in  18i>0  and 
of  Mr.  Isaac  Berard  in  1805  marked  an  epoch  in  the 
history  of  distillation,  and  these  have  been  succeeded 
by  a  host  of  others  culminating  in  the  "Multiple  Pot 
Still,"  a  model  of  which  is  exhibited.  The  special 
feature  of  this  still  is  that  it  is  capable  of  making 
whisky  of  a  fine  "aged"  character  direct  from  the 
"wash"  and  "low  wines,"  purifying  it  from  the  fusel 
oil  which  is  such  an  offensive  and  dangerous  ingre- 
dient in  much  of  the  whisky  regularly  consumed. 
There  are  two  kinds  of  stills  in  use  in  this  country — 
i.t :.,  the  old  pot  still  and  the  Coney  patent  still.  The 
first  is  that  used  by  the  whisky  distillers,  and  with  it 
three  separate  distillations  have  to  be  made  before 
what  is  called  "finished  spirit"  is  obtained.  Even 
then  only  about  one-fourth  part  of  the  third  distilla- 
tion is  really  finished,  the  remainder  requiring  to  be 
distilled  over  and  over  again.  The  Coffey  still  is  that 
used  for  making  "silent  spirit"  for  the  gin  rectifiers, 
and  is  employed  by  all  the  large  London  distillers. 
It  finishes  the  spirit  in  one  operation,  but  it  may  be 
pointed  out  that  its  "silencing"  the  whisky  flavour  is 
only  apparent,  and  this  enables  "silent  spirit"  to  be 
made  from  every  kind  of  fermentable  material, 
including  that  produced  by  the  chemical  action  of 
sulphuric  acid  on  potato,  beetroot,  inferior  or  damaged 
cereals,  or  even  on  sound  grain,  which  saves  the  cost 
of  the  necessary  malt  in  brewing,  and  allows  to  creep 
into  consumption  a  most  deleterious  form  of  alcohol 
infinitely  more  poisonous  than  the  coarsest  make  of 
genuine  whisky  or  brandy. 

The  general  principle  embodied  in  this  invention 
may  be  thus  briefly  stated  :  The  hot  alo  .holic  vapour 
is  made  to  impiuge  upon  numerous  inverted  copper 
dashes  arranged  throughout  the  column  of  the  still. 
Upon  these  the  vapour  partially  condenses,  depositing 
the  heavier  poisonous  impurities  in  conjunction  with 
the  excess  of  water,  which  drip  into  separate  side 
receptacles  from  which  they  are  conducted  by  dropping 
pipes  to  the  lowest  compartment  of  the  still,  whence 
they  are  discharged  in  one  continuous  independent 
stream  while  the  purified  alcohol,  with  its  senanthic 
or  flavouring  ether,  passes  over  as  a  finished  spirit. 
"Feints"  and  "low  wines"  are  unknown  in  this  pro- 
cess, and  only  a  very  small  modicum  of  weak  spirit  is 
required  to  be  held  over  at  the  end  of  each  distilling 
period.  Even  this,  however,  can  be  dispensed  with, 
and  the  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  operation  to 
a  practical  distiller  is  the  fact  that  the  "  foreshot "'  is 
equal  to  matured  pot-still  whisky. 

The  quantity  of  spirits  consumed  as  beverage  in  the 
United  Kingdom  is  as  follows  : — 

(  England 10,322,991  gal'ons. 

. -,    Scut  land 6,629,361 

{   Ireland    5,069,028       „ 


Total 28.U21.3S0 


The  number  of  distilleries  at  work,  was,  in  each 
country  :-  England,  10  :  Scotland,  li'T  :  Ireland,  27  : 
total,  164. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  following  amounts  of  raw 
material  were  used:— Malt,  928,91 9qrs. ;  unmalted 
grain,  986,366qrs,  ;  molasses,  341,087cwt.  ;  rice, 
167,513cwt. 

The  quantity  of  British  spirits  remaining  in  bonded 
stores  at  the  close  of  the  year  was—  1884,  59,245,624 
gallons  ;  1885,  114,405,817  gallons. 

The  amount  exported  being — 1884—85,  2,588,078 
gallons  ;  188,-)— 86,  2,808,198  gallons. 

The  following  table  shows  the  consumption  of 
British  and  foreign  spirits  in  the  United  Kingdom 
during  the  twenty  years  ending  1885  : — 


Year. 
1866 

Gallons. 

l'er  Head  of  Popu- 
lation, 

29,769,000 

0-99 

1867 

29.(190,000 

0'90 

1868 

28.filO.COii 

0-91 

1869 

29,62',OO0 

096 

1870 

31,707,000 

1-02 

1S71 

31.151.000 

me 

1872 

33.618,000 

100 

1873 

37,779,000 

149 

1874 

40,510,000 

!  20 

1875 

42,127.000 

131 

1876 

41,790,000 

1-28 

1877 

10.120.0ii0      . 

1-22 

1878 

40.722,000 

1  23 

1879 

38,175,000 

115 

1SS0 

35,701.000 

1-05 

1881 

37.0S1.0O0 

1  05 

1882 

30.916,000 

1  03 

1883 

30.705,000 

T02 

1884 

36,631,000 

mi 

1885 

35.956,000 

0-99 

Year  1885-86. 


(  England  . 
Scotland. 

(.  Ireland 


. .  15.290.816  gallons. 
. .     0.297,365 
..     1,751,670 


Total 26.312,851 

The  quantity  of  spirit  distilled  in  the  United  King- 
dom was  :— 1884— 85,  41,000,486  gallons  ;  1885—86, 
38,961,842  gallons. 


LiEBKi'is  Wine  Co.,  12,  St.  Helen's  Place,  London, 
and  68,  Highfield  Street,  Liverpool  (No.  942). — Liebig's 
Beef  Wine  with  quinine,  pepsineor  iron  ;Liebig's  in  valid 
and  tonic  port  wines ;  extracts  of  malt  and  meat ;  also 
malt  and  meat  wine,  and  health  sweets.  All  these 
preparations  are  intended  for  invalids,  the  object 
being  to  condense  the  largest  amount  of  nourishment 
in  the  smallest  and  most  palatable  form.  This  firm 
produces  over  38,000  dozen  of  the  beef  wines 
annually,  and  consumes,  in  preparing  these  and 
extract  of  beef,  12.000  head  of  cattle,  287  tons  of 
barley,  and  256  pipes  of  wine. 

The  London  and  Counties  Tea  Co.,  Moulton 
Street,  Strangeways,  Manchester  (No.  943). — 
Model  of  a  Chinese  junk,  laden  with  original 
packages  of  various  growths  of  tea  from  the 
tea  districts  of  China,  India,  and  Ceylon, 
including  fine  Darjeeling  pekDe  ;  Assam^  pekoe 
souchong  ;  Ceylon  pekoe  ;  Moning,  Kaisow,  Kintuck, 
and  Xingehow  congous  ;  Formosa  Oolong  ;  Moyune, 
young  hyson,  and  gunpowder;  Lapseng  souchong; 
Foochow  and  Canton  scented  orange  pekoe ;  and 
scented  caper  tea.  Tea  was  firstim  ported  intoEurope  by 
the  Dutch  East  India  Company,in  the  early  part  of  the 


Ifco.Sl.1887.        THE  JOURXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


seventeenth  century  ;  but  it  was  not  until  the  year 
16(ib'  that  a  small  quantity  was  brought  over  trom 
Holland  to  this  country  by  the  Lords  Arlington  and 
Ossory,  and  yet,  for  three  generations  past,  tea  has  been 
reckoned  among  the  principal  necessaries  of  life  by  all 
classes  of  the  community.  To  provide  a  sufficient 
supply  of  the  beverage  produced  from  this  plant, 
many-thousand  tons  of  the  finest  mercantile  Davy  in 
the  world  are  annually  employed.  The  plant  is 
in  ligenous  both  to  China  and  Japan,  and  has  been 
used  in  the  former  country  from  the  earliest  times  ; 
but  it  is  only  a  particular  part  of  the  central  provinces 
which  is  distinguished  as  the  tea  country  of  China. 
The  plant  is  a  shrub,  having  the  botanical  name  of 
J'hea,  and  its  leaves  constitute  the  tea  of  commerce. 
The  first  crop  of  leaves  is  not  collected  until  the 
plant  is  three  years  old,  after  which  they  are 
gathered  three  or  more  times  a  year,  generally  in 
April,  June,  and  August,  the  earliest  gathered  lea\  > -- 
having  the  most  delicate  and  aromatic  flavour.  In 
1834,  a  committee  was  appointed  to  consider  the 
question  of  introducing  te.i  cultivation  into  British 
India,  and  a  scientific  party  was  sent  to  explore  the 
newly-acquired  province  of  Assam,  a  district  in  the 
north-eastern  extremity  of  India,  and  to  make  special 
inquiries  respecting  the  tea-growing  there  practised. 
The  result  was  that  a  Mr.  Bruce  was  selected  to 
superintend  the  formation  of  (Government  nurseries  ; 
and,  with  the  aid  of  Chinese  seeds,  Chinese  plants, 
and  Chinese  cultivators,  he  proved  beyond  doubt  the 
possibility  of  producing  good  tea  in  India.  This 
profitable  industry  is  now  well  established  in  several 
of  the  provinces  of  our  Indian  Empire.  Mr.  I  ioschen, 
the  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer,  in  his  annual 
financial  statement  this  year,  stated  that  "  the  con- 
sumption of  tea  had  diubled  between  1857  and  1887. 
In  1857  the  consumption  was  2 '4  jib.  per  head  of  the 
\i  ipulation,  whilst  in  1687  it  was  4S7lb.  per  head.  Ten 
years  ago,  156,000,0001b.  of  tea  were  imported  into 
this  country  from  China,  and  only  28,00o,0o0lb.  from 
India:  in  1886,  England  imported  14J,000,o00lb. 
from  China,  and  81,000,000lb.  from  India,  thus  show- 
ing that  the  importation  of  tea  from  India  had 
increased  threefold."  The  customs  duty  on  tea  is 
now  6d.  per  lb.,  and  the  total  weight  of  tea  on  which 
duty  was  paid  in  1886  was  178,893,8801b.,  producing 
a  revenue  of  .£'4,472,347  to  the  National  Exchequer. 

John  L.  Johnston,  10,  Trinity  Square,  Tower  Hill, 
London  (Xo.  947). — Johuston's  fluid  beef,  or  bovril, 
bovril  lozenges,  bovril  lozenges peptonised,  bovrilcream 
lozenges. bovril  andironl<>zenges,peptonisedfluid  beef, 
beef  aad  iron  wine,  beef  Hour,  beef  flour  peptonised, 
and  beef  flour  soup.  The  special  feature  claimed  for 
these  preparations  is  the  addition  of  albumen  and 
fibrin,  the  nutritive  constituents  of  meat,  to  the 
extractive  or  stimulating  portion.  The  manufacture 
is  carried  on  in  Canada  and  America.  The  juices  of 
the  meat  are  evaporated  to  a  thick  syrup  in  steam 
pans,  and  this  syrup  is  mixed  with  the  powdered 
meat  and  other  substances.  From  30  to  43  tons  of 
beef  are  required  daily  by  this  firm  for  their  manu- 
factures, 

Henri  Nestle,  9,  Snow  Hill,  London,  E.C.  (No. 
948). — Samples  of  the  well-known  condensed  milk. 
Swiss  milk,  and  milk  food.  The  latter  is  composed 
of  milk,  wheaten  bread,  and  sugar. 

Pearson  k  Co.,  Limited,  Cambridge  Street, 
Lower  Broughton,  Manchester,  and  Dunster 
House,  Mincing  Lane,  London  (No.  951). — Law 
chicjry  and  specimens  of  chicory  in  the  different 
stages  of  manufacture  :  also  the  various  forms  of 
packages  in  use  for  the  home  and  export  trades. 
French  coffee  and  dandelion  coffee  are  also  shown, 
and  the  various  packages  in  which  they  are  sold. 
Chicory  has  been  in  use  in  England  for  nearly  40 


years,  but  has  only  been  scientifically  manufactured 
within  the  last  15  years.  The  trade  in  this  article 
has  been  considerably  retarded  by  the  excise  regula- 
tions. The  approximate  annual  production  of  manu- 
factured chicory  in  the  United  Kingdom  is 
lOO.OOOcwt,  valued  at  about  £175,000.  This 
includes  both  the  English  grown,  which  is  only  a 
small  item,  and  the  foreign  imported.  At  least  90 
per  cent  of  this  is  consumed  in  the  United 
Kingdom. 

Benjamin  Robinson,  Church  Street.  Pendleton, 
Manchester  (No.  953).— Natural  sparkling  wines 
made  from  English  fruit  :  universal  champagne, 
sparkling  cowslip  wine,  sparkling  raspberry  wine, 
British  or  home-made  wines,  fruit  cordials,  and 
soluble  essences  of  lemon,  orange,  and  ginger.  These 
wines  are  produced  by  the  fermentation  of  the  juices 
of  English  fruits  and'  foreign  white  grapes,  or  from 
refined  cane  sugar,  flavoured  with  fresh  flowers  or 
fruit.  The  process  is  exactly  similar  to  that  used  on 
the  Continent  for  the  production  of  sparkling  wines 
from  grapes.  Some  of  these  win«s  are  stored  four 
years  before  they  are  fully  matured.  The  "  British 
wines  "  are  free  "from  added  alcohol,  and  are  made 
solely  from  fruit  and  sugar.  Not  being  liable  to 
excise  duty,  there  are  no  available  returns  as  to  the 
annual  production  and  consumption.  "  Fruit  cor- 
dials ■"'  are  made  from  the  juices  of  various  fruits. 
The  fruits  are  subjected  to  hydraulic  pressure,  and 
the  juice,  after  being  clarified,  is  mixed  with  suffi- 
cient refined  cane  sugar  to  preserve  it.  They  are 
free  from  alcohol,  and  are  frequently  called 
"  non-alcoholic  wines.' 


LonDon  Section. 


Chemical  Societv's  Rooms,  Burlington  Hocse. 


Chiirman:  Divid  Howard. 


Committee  : 


R.  Messel. 

B.  E.  K.  Newlands. 

B.  Redwood. 
T.  Royle. 
John  Spiller. 
Wm.  Thorp. 

C.  R.  Alder  Wright. 


Sir  F.  A.  Abel. 
H.  E  Armstrong. 
W".  Lant  Carpenter. 
\V.  Crowder. 
W.  J.  Dibdin. 
C.  Graham. 
S.  Hall. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Hon.  Local  Sec.  and   Treasurer:   Thos.   Tyrer, 
Garden  Wharf.  Church  Road.  Battersea,  S.W. 

The  meetings  of  the  London  Section  will  be  held  on  the 
flr-t  Monday  in  each  month. 

Communicatioas  to  be  addressed  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


THE  WELDOX-PECHIXEY  PROCESS  FOR 
THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  CHLORINE  FROM 
CHLORIDE  OF  MAGNESIUM. 

BY   PROFESSOR   JAMES    UEWAR,   M.A.,    F.R.S. 

It  will  be  in  the  memory  of  my  hearers  that  the 
late  Mr.  Walter  Weldon,  just  before  the  sad  event 
which  deprived  industrial  chemistry  of  his  services, 
had  been  actively  engaged  in  attempting  to  develop 
a  second  chlorine  process.  It  is  a  fact— and  a  fact 
of  which  I  have  no  doubt  Mr.  Weldon  was  fully 
conscious— that  it  is  a  most  rare  thing  for  one  man  to 
make  two  great  sucesses  as  a  patentee  dealing  with 
the  same  subject.  Yet  he  was  always  hopeful  of  the 
success  of  this  new  process,  which  was  patented  on 
the  23rd  June,  1884,  under  the  title  of  "Improve- 
ments in  obtaining,  partly  in  the  free  state  and 
partly  as  vapour  of  hydrochloric  acid,  the  chlorine 
of  the  chloride  of  magnesium,  of  aqueous  solutions 


::■; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Bee.  31, 1887. 


of  chloride  of  magnesium,  or  of  mixed  solutions  of 
chloride  of  magnesium  and  chloride  of  sodium."  It 
would  take  too  much  time  and  space  to  go  into  the 
history  of  previous  attempts  to  economise  chloride  of 
magnesium.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  though  numbers 
of  patents  have  been  taken  (including  several  by 
Air.  VYeldon  himself  at  about  the  time  of  the  in- 
dustrial application  of  his  great  process  for  the 
regeneration  of  manganese)  for  the  direct  utili- 
sation of  magnesium  chloride  in  the  production 
of  chlorine,  none  have  been  successful.  Before  pro- 
ceeding to  a  description  of  the  process  I  should  say 
that,  besides  the  patent  already  mentioned,  there 
are  others,  taken  at  the  same  time  and  subse- 
quently, partly  based  on  suggestions  of  Mr.Weldon's, 
but  chiefly  the  inventions  of  AT.  Pechiney — namely, 
patents  for  the  various  pieces  of  apparatus,  diagrams 
of  which  are  shown.  I  think  my  hearers  will  agree 
with  me  that  the  chemical  side  of  this  question  has 
not  been  so  difficult  to  deal  with  as  the  mechanical 
side,  and  that  the  development  of  the  process  has 
required  the  application  of  engineering  talent  of  the 
very  highest  order.  In  fact  the  credit  for  the 
realisation  of  this  process  must  be  divided  between 
three  names— those  of  Mr.  Weldon,  M.  Pechiney,  and 
the  able  chief  of  Pechiney 's  start',  M.  Boulouvard.  Mr. 
Weldon  himself  pointed  this  out  in  the  letter  which 
accompanied  his  account  of  the  process  for  this 
Society's  report  on  the  Chemical  Exhibits  at  the 
Inventions  Exhibition  (see  note,  p.  526,  September, 
1885).  The  process  has  been  worked  at  Salindres 
for  about  five  months,  on  an  experimental  plant 
designed  for  the  production  of  one  ton  of  chlo- 
rine per  day,  and  may  be  briefly  described  as  follows, 
the  description  being  in  great  measure  in  M.  Pechi- 
ney's  own  words:— The  raw  material  employed  is 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  process  consists  of  the  follow- 
ing operations  : — 

(1)  Dissolving  magnesia  in  HC1. 

(•J i  Preparation  of  oxychloride  of  magnesium. 

(3)  Crushing,  breaking,  and  sifting  the  oxychloride. 

(4)  Drying  the  oxychloride. 

(5)  Decomposing  the  oxychloride. 

Fibst    Operation. — Dissolving    the     Magnesia 
in  HC1. 

The  magnesia  to  be  dissolved  in  HC1  is  a  por- 
tion of  that  which  results  from  the  fifth  operation. 
The  HC1  itself  also  results  in  part  from  the  fifth 
operation,  and  the  remainder  from  the  decomposition 
of  salt.  The  operation  in  cpiestion  is  somewhat 
difficult,  owing  to  the  considerable  rise  in  the  tem- 
perature which  it  produces.  It  has  to  be  performed 
slowly  to  prevent  the  solution  from  boiling,  which 
is  apt  to  occur  with  violence.  To  this  end  the  opera- 
tion is  performed  in  an  ordinary  well,  similar  to  those 
used  in  the  Weldon  manganese  process.  The 
agitator  is  put  in  motion  ;  the  hydrochloric  acid 
is  run  in  slowly,  and  magnesia  is  then  added  j 
little  by  little  as  fast  as  it  will  dissolve.  ! 
When  the  temperature  of  the  solution  reaches  the 
point  of  ebullition  the  operation  is  stopped 
for  a  short  time,  to  allow  the  solution  to  cool.  [One 
means  of  moderating  the  elevation  of  the  temperature 
consists  in  employing,  for  the  saturation  of  the  acid, 
not  magnesia  oidy,  but  a  certain  quantity  of  oxy- 
chloride in  powder,  resulting  from  the  sifting  which 
forms  part  of  the  third  operation.  This  portion  of 
the  oxychloride  cannot  be  treated  in  the  decomposing 
furnace,  because  it  would  render  the  charge  too 
compact,  and  therefore  difficult  to  be  traversed  by 
gases.  On  the  other  hand,  it  will  be  well  under- 
stood that  the  solution  in  HC1  of  magnesia,  com- 
bined with  MgCL,  will  disengage  less  heat  than 
the  solution  of  magnesia  alone,  the  destruction  of 


the  oxycliloride  itself  absorbing  a  considerable  amount 
of  heat.] 

When  the  well  contains  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the 
solution,  the  operation  is  terminated  bv  adding  to  the 
liquid  (which  always  retains  a  little  acid)  some 
further  small  quantities  of  magnesia,  in  order  to 
precipitate  part  at  least  of  the  foreign  oxides  (oxides 
of  iron, alumina,  etc.),  and  thus  prevent  the  accumu- 
lation of  these  impurities.  There  is  also  added  a 
certain  quantity  of  solution  of  <  !aCl.,  for  the  purpose 
of  transforming  into  MgCL  and  SO,Ca  a  part  at 
least  of  the  magnesium  sulphate  resulting  from  the 
presence  of  sulphuric  acid  in  the  hydrochloric  acid 
employed.  The  solution  is  then  pumped  into  stand- 
ing vessels,  wherein  the  insoluble  matters  (oxides 
and  calcium  sulphate)  are  deposited,  and  the  clarified 
liquor  is  then  ready  for  the  following  operation. 

Second  Operation.— Preparation  of  the  Oxy- 
chloeide  of  magnesium. 

The  solution  resulting  from  the  first  operation  is 
evaporated  in  boilers  down  to  the  point  at  which  it 
will  contain  not  more  than  about  6  equivalents  of 
water,  and  is  now  ready  for  conversion  into  oxy- 
chloride. 

The  apparatus  in  which  this  conversion  of  the 
chloride  into  oxychloride  is  performed  is  illustrated 
by  Figs.  ]  and  2  of  the  accompanying  diagrams,  Fig. 
1  being  a  vertical  section,  and  Fig.  2  a  horizonal  sec- 
tion. It  consists  of  an  annular  sheet  iron  vessel  A 
resting  on  rollers  a,  a.  The  bevelled  wheel  //  acting 
on  the  pinion  c  gives  a  continuous  but  slow  rotary 
motion  to  the  vessel  A.  M  is  a  fixed  frame  upon 
which  are  mounted  three  agitators  G,  D,  E,  as  well 
as  the  shafts  </  and  /.  These  agitators  are  rotated 
from  the  shaft  /'  by  means  of  a  bevelled  wheel  gearing 
with  a  bevelled  wheel  on  the  shaft  of  the  central 
agitator  D,  which  also  carries  a  spur  wheel  gearing 
with  two  equal  spur  wheels  on  the  shafts  G  and  E. 
The  fast  and  loose  pulleys  B  and  B1,  diiven  by  a 
band,  give  motion  to  the  whole  machine. 

The  quantity  of  MgO  used  at  Salindres  in  this  opera- 
tion is  about  1;',  equivalents  per  equivalent  of  MgCL. 

This  magnesia  is  brought  to  the  above  dtscribed 
annular  vessel  by  means  of  a  chain  of  buckets  which 
elevates  the  magnesia  and  then  lets  it  descend  through 
a  s- trainer  under  which  the  horizontal  rotary  motion 
of  the  annular  vessel  brings  successively  every  portion 
of  the  MgCL  which  the  latter  contains.  The  operation 
lasts  only  about  twenty  minutes.  The  whole  mass 
becomes  very  hard  and  during  solidification  disengages 
much  heat.  It  is  then  in  the  form  of  solid  pieces, 
of  different  sizes.  This  operation  finished,  the 
material  is  discharged  from  the  annular  vessel  into 
little  waggons,  which,  by  means  of  a  lift,  bring  it  to 
an  upper  floor,  where  the  reaction,  which  was  not 
quite  finished,  continues  for  some  time. 

The  composition  of  the  oxychloride  in  this  state  is 
approximately  as  follows  : — 

Impurities..    4"00 

Water II'IB 

MgCl. :i.V00    01=36-16  per  rent. 

Mk'O 19'81    =1*316  equivalents  per  equivalent 

ofMgCl* 

100-00 

Third    Operation.  —  Breaking,   Crushing   and 
Sifting  of   the  Oxychloride  of  Magnesium. 

Theoxychlorideproduced  by  the  preceding  operation 
is  in  the  form  of  pieces  of  various  sizes  along  with  a 
small  quantity  of  powder.  It  is  necessary  to  reduce 
this  material  to  morsels,  of  which  the  largest  shall  not 
be  larger  than  a  walnut,  and  further  to  clear  these 
pieces  of  all  dust,  which  might,  when  in  the  decompos- 
ing furnace,  prevent  the  free  passage  of  air  through 
the  mass. 


Dor.  31. 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IXDCSTRY. 


B   a 


H 


pl;  • 


M 


^ 


o 


•  v 


M 

«  o    o   e   3 


' 


~   -' 


-> 


*~ 


-J 


_i£_jce 


L 


i? 


br/ 


era 

- 


1 


Fie.  1. 


Tm.  -2. 


Fig.  10. 


78 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,      [i>«-.3i.i8g7. 


To  this  end  the  oxychloride,  after  remaining  for 
ne  time  in  the  boxes  mentioned  in  the  preceding 
operation,  is  crushed  in  a  special  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  cylinders  bristling  with  diamond  points. 
In  passing  between  these  cylinders  the  material  is 
broken  topiecesof  the  required  size.  It  then  falls 
int  i  a  rotary  sieve,  which  separates  from  it  all  that 
can  pass  through  a  metallic  cloth  of  which  the  threads 
are  5  millimetres  apart.  That  which  passes  through 
this  sieve  constitutes  the  powder  of  oxychloride 
spoken  ol  a  iove.  This  dust  can  be  either  dissolved 
in  HCI  with  magnesia  in  the  first  operation,  or  be 
reintroduced  into  tin-  operation  of  preparing  the  oxy- 
chluride.  We  have  succeeded  in  reducing  the 
proportion  of  dusl  to  20  per  cent,  of  the  total  weight 
of  oxychloride. 

Fourth   Operation. — Drying  the  Oxychloride 
of  Magnesium. 

The  operation  of  drying  previous  to  decomposition 

is  necessary,  because  in  the  decomposition  of  the 
oxychloride  by  heat  and  air  a  larger  quantity  of 
free  chlorine  and  a  smiller  quantity  of  hydrochloric 
acid  result:  1st.  If  the  material  to  be  decom- 
posed contains  less  water  ;  and  2nd.  If  the  decompo- 
sition is  performed  at  a  higher  temperature.  The 
previous  drying  is  necessary  for  the  realisation  of  the 
first  condition.  It  is  indirectly  necessary  for  the 
realisation  of  the  second  condition,  because  the  less 
water  the  material  contains  the  less  will  it  lower  the 
temperature  of  the  decomposing  furnace. 

Whereas  chloride  of  magnesium  containing  six 
equivalents  of  water  cannot  be  dried  even  partially 
without  a  large  quantity  of  IIC1  being  disengaged, 
the  oxychloride  can  be  made  to  lose  a  considerable 
quantity  of  water  without  the  escape  of  more  than 
a  small  portion  of  HCI.  However,  the  desiccation 
must  not  be  carried  on  at  a  temperature  above  2.">0 
to  300  C.  The  only  practicable  means  of  drying  the 
oxychloride  therefore  is  to  submit  it  to  the  action  of 
a  current  of  hot  gases.  The  necessity  of  avoiding  the 
formation  of  dust  during  the  operation  made  it  im 
possible  to  use  the  mechanical  agitator  for  exposing 
the  surfaces  of  the  pieces  of  oxychloride  to  the 
current  of  hot  gases.  We  have  therefore  adopted  a 
system  of  working  which  consists  in  making  a  train 
i  if  wagonettes  with  shelves  one  above  the  other,  on 
which  the  oxychloride  is  spread  in  layers  of  5  to  (5 
centimetres  thickness,  circulate  in  a  flue  in  a  direction 
opposite  to  that  traversed  by  the  hot  gases. 

The  apparatus  in  and  by  which  the  drying  of  the 
oxychloride  is  effected  is  shown  in  Figs.  3  and  4  of 
the  accompanying  diagrams.  Fig.  3  is  a  cross  section 
ot  the  Hue  or  tunnel  of  brickwork  through  which  the 
trucks  tilled  witli  oxychloride  pass.  "Fig.  4  is  a 
longitudinal  section  of  the  said  Hue  and  trucks.  The 
line  is  furnished  at  its  ends  with  the  locks  A,  B, 
which  permit  trucks  to  enter  and  leave  without 
opening  direct  communication  between  the  interior 
of  the  flue  and  tin-  atmosphere.  To  introduce  a 
truck,  the  door  "  is  opened,  and  is  shut  again  alter 
the  truck  has  been  put  in  the  lock.  The  dampers  r 
and  d  are  then  lilted,  and  by  means  of  the  pusher 
<;  tli.  truck  is  made  to  advance  into  the  flue. 
Having  crossed  the  space  separating  it  from  truck 
No.  lo,  it  pushes  this  truck  and  the  whole  train 
forward,  itself  occupying  the  place  of  No.  10,  and 
No.  1  being  pushed  partly  into  the  exit  lock  B.  No. 
1  is  now  drawn  into  the  lock  1!  by  the  hook  1) 
worked  from  outside  The  damper  c£  is  then  shut, 
the  door  A  opened  and  the  truck  withdrawn  by  hand. 
The  hot  gasi  s  enter  the  tunnel  by  the  pipe  .M.  an  1  leave 
it  by  the  pipe  N.  It  may  be  produced  in  any  manner, 
but  it  is  important  that  its  temperature  should  not 
1  '•     filling   tic   trucks  i     i    omewhat 


difficult  operation,  for  it  is  necessary  that  the 
oxychloride  should  be  spread  in  regular  layers  on 
each  of  the  seven  shelves  of  the  trucks.  We  have 
succeeded  in  tilling  rapidly  by  means  of  the  apparatus 
shown  in  Fig.  5.  This  apparatus  consists  of  three 
parts:— 1.  A  measurer  A  formed  of  seven  equal  spices 
corresponding  to  the  seven  shelves  of  the  truck. 
The  bottom  of  each  of  these  spaces  is  shut  by  an 
inclined  door  a,  furnished  with  a  lever.  The  seven 
levers  are  jointed  to  a  connecting  rod  B,  which  is 
worked  by  a  screw,  two  bevelled  wheels  and  a  hand 
wheel  C.  so  that  all  the  seven  doors  are  shut  or  opened 
simultaneously,  i.  Below  the  measurer  is  a  soit  ot 
hopper  D,  also  divided  into  seven  compartments  and 
mounted  on  wheels.  3.  Under  these  two  parts,  and 
on  a  level  with  the  drying  apparatus,  is  a  reversible 
frame  E,  on  which  the  truck  to  be  loaded  is  placed. 
In  the  drawing,  this  frame  and  a  truck  is  represented 
as  overturned  —i.e.,  in  the  position  in  which  it  should 
be  to  be  loaded.  Before  being  put  in  this  position, 
the  truck  is  furnished  with  a  series  of  sheet  iron 
diaphragms,  d,  to  limit  on  each  side  the  thickness  of 
the  oxychloride.  Two  of  the  diaphragms  are  placed 
on  each  shelf,  being  introduced  endwise  by  making 
them  slide  in  like  drawers.  At  the  bottom  end  of 
the  reversible  frame  are  two  rails  It,  on  which  the 
truck  rests.  These  rails  are  supported  by  levers  / 
and  ;/,  by  which  the  truck  can  be  raised  so  as  to  bring 
it  against  the  top  end  of  the  reversible  frame.  Tue 
levers  /  and  <j  are  worked  by  the  larger  lever  G, 
which  is  itself  worked  by  the  screw  H  and  the  crank  M. 
The  diaphragms  are  fixed  by  screws  n,  whose  heads 
press  against  the  cross-bars  b,  which  form  part  of  the 
diaphragms.  The  reversing  movement  is  effected  by 
the  toothed  wheel,  pinion  and  crank  shown  by  the 
dotted  lines.  When  the  diaphragms  have  been  placed 
as  described,  the  frame  is  reversed  and  the  hopper  D 
brought  over  the  truck.  The  measurer  having  been 
tilled  with  oxychloride,  the  wheel  C  is  turned,  opening 
the  doors  a  and  letting  the  material  drop,  which, 
being  guided  by  the  hopper  1>,  descends  into  the 
spaces  between  the  shelves  and  the  diaphragms.  The 
reversible  frame  is  then  brought  to  its  normal 
position,  the  diaphragms  are  removed,  and  the  truck 
is  ready  to  enter  the  drying  apparatus.  The  following 
table  will  indicate  the  results  of  this  process  of 
desiccation  : — 

TABLE  A. 

RESULTS    OF    DRYING    OXYCHLORIDE    OF 
MAflNESIUM. 


Equivalents  of 

MgO  p.  i- 

Equivalent  of  CI 

in  the 

Oxychloride. 

Percentage  of 

el  in  the 
Oxyohloride. 

Percentage  of 
1I,0  in  the 
<  Ixychloride. 

.  =     -' 
V~i'l 

Z -z  -  - 

--    z 
3 

c 

pit 

Wet. 

Pry. 
1-359 

Wet. 

Dry. 

Wet. 

Dry. 

"  S 

X 

1-333 

2673 

32  89 

11-27 

30-89 

112 

ii 

1391 

1-511 

2591 

32-05 

II 'OT 

29*81 

1-67 

in 

1313 

1-531 

25-80 

::j  ::i 

15-93 

-J7-<17 

7  13 

Bj 

1-316 

r.iii 

'.'ii  16 

33-30 

I5"16 

27-ii9 

0  60 

57 

During  this  operation  the  oxychloride  loses  GO  to 
65  per  cent,  of  its  water  ;  at  the  same  time  it  disen- 
gages in  the  state  of  HCI  from  5  to  8  per  cent,  of  its 
ohlorine.  The  dried  product  is  therefore  richer  in 
magnesia  than  the  original  material.  Thus  100  of 
original  oxychloride,  of  which  the  analysis  is  given 
above  under  "  Preparation  of  Oxychloride  of  Magne- 
sium," is  reduced  by  drying  to  ;;:  36,  formed  of  : — 


Decsi.iffi7.l       THE  JOURNAL  OF  TUT  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  rNDUSTRY. 


71 


E'2 


780 


HIE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Deo. si,  1887, 


Impurities..  I  00 

Water   MM 

MgCl,  82-69    ((  I    .113) 

MgO..     ..  20-81 

73-30 

and  of  which  the  centesimal  composition  is  : — 
Imparities . .    5t7 

Water 21-62 

MeCl.  4l-4.i    (Cl=3330percent.) 

MgO 28-36       1-M1  equivalents  per  MgClt. 

10000 

As  100  parts  of  oxychloride  before  drying  contained 
of  C'l  26*16.  and  have  been  reduced  to  73'3G  parts 
containing  CI  :i4'-i:i,  the  drying  has  caused  a  loss  of  C'l 
173.  Say  that  6  6  per  cent  of  the  CI  put  in  work  have 
been  lost  in  this  operation.  This  loss  will  hardly 
exceed  8  per  cent.  We  shall  have  occasion  to  speak 
of  this  further  on. 

Fifth  Operations-Decomposition  of  Oxychloride 
of  Magnesium 

The  first  idea  which  occurs  to  one's  mind  for  carry- 
ing out  this  operation  is  to  employ  an  apparatus 
a  utlagous  to  a  retort,  heated  externally,  into  which 
the  dried  oxychloride  should  be  charged  and  air  passed 
through.  But  this  method  of  working  was  imprac- 
ticable for  several  reasons,  the  chief  one  beingthat  both 
magnesia  and  oxychloride  of  magnesium  are  very  bad 
conductors  of  heat.  Supposing  a  retort  of  practical 
size  and  dimension  filled  with  oxychloride  of  mag- 
nesium, it  would  require  a  considerable  time  and  an 
enormous  quantity  of  fuel  to  bring  the  centre  of  the 
mass  to  a  red  heat.  And  not  only  would  there  be  a 
great  expenditure  of  fuel,  but  the  operation  would 
be  executed  under  extremely  bad  conditions  from  the 
point  of  view  of  getting  free  C'l.  Experience  has 
proved  that  the  proportion  of  free  CI  driven  off  is 
always  greater  and  the  proportion  of  HC1  always 
smaller  the  more  rapidly  the  oxychloride  is  brought 
to  the  maximum  temperature.  For  these  reasons, 
and  for  others  (tor  instance,  the  porosity  of  refractory 
retorts),  the  apparatus  shown  in  Figs.  G,  7  and  8  was 
adopted  instead  of  the  retort.  This  apparatus  and 
the  method  of  working  it  may  be  briefly  described  as 
follows  : — 

Fig.  G  shows  a  vertical  section,  alike  of  the  furnace 
proper  and  of  the  movable  regenerative  burner.  Fig. 
7  shows  a  horizontal  section,  alike  of  the  furnace 
proper  and  of  the  said  movable  regenerative  burner. 
The  upper  part  of  this  section  is  taken  along  the 
line  C,  D,  Fig.  1,  and  the  lower  part  of  it  along  the 
line  E.  1'.  Fig.  6.  Alike  in  Fig.  6  and  in  Fig.  7,  the 
movable  regenerative  burner  is  shown  in  the  position, 
in  relation  to  the  furnace  proper,  which  it  occupies 
during  the  operation  of  heating  up  the  working 
chambers  of  the  latter.  Fig.  8  shows  a  vertical  sec° 
tion  of  the  furnace  proper,  taken  at  right  angles  to 
the  section  shown  in  Fig.  6.  A,  A,  A,  A,  Fig.  8,  are 
tour  narrow  decomposing  chambers,  having  very  thick 
walls.  The  upper  extremity  of  each  chamber  A  opens 
into  the  combustion  chamber,  ]).  The  lower  extremity 
of  each  chamber  A  communicates  with  one  of  the 
four  horizontal  channels,  a,  a,  a,  a.  D,  Fig.  (j,  is  the 
movable  regenerative  burner.  It  consists  of  a  system 
of  cast-iron  pipes,  contained  in  an  envelope  of 
masonry,  which  envelope  of  masonry  is  encased  with 
iron  plates,  and  securely  armatured.  The  cast-iron 
pipes  are  of  rectangular  section,  and  each  of  them  is 
divided,  by  two  vertical  partitions,  into  three  com- 
plements, i,  o,  u.  The  central  compartments,  o,  o,  o, 
i  tc.,  convey  [gaseous  fuel  into  the  combustion  chamber 
B,  and  the  side  compartments  i  and  u,  convey  air  into 
the  combustion  chamber.  The  gaseous  fuel  is  sup- 
plied by  the  main  pipe  upon  which  is  the  valve  N, 
E  ig.  7,  from  which  main  pipe  it  passes  by  the  pipes 
\  an  1  C,  Fig.  7,  into  the  flue  C,  Fig.  G,  from  which 


Hue  C  it  enters  the  compartments  o,  o,  o,  by  apertures 
at  the  bottom  of  those  compartments.  Having 
reached  the  upper  extremity  of  the  compartments 
o,  o,  a,  the  gaseous  fuel  issues  into  the  combustion 
chamber  Ii,  by  the  small  pipes  d,  d,  d,  Figs.  G  and  7. 
The  air  which  is  to  burn  the  gaseous  fuel  enters  at 
the  bottom  of  the  compartments  i  and  u,  and,  having 
risen  to  the  upper  extremity  of  those  compartments, 
issues  into  the  combustion  chamber  by  the  wide  flat 
pipe  T,  Fig.  6.  It  will  be  seen  from  Fig.  6  that  the 
small  pipes  d,  d,  d,  pass  through  this  wide  flat  pipe  T, 
and  that  the  .small  pipes  </,  d,  d,  are  a  little  longer 
than  the  Hat  pipe  T.  The  pipe  V,  Fig.  7,  is  fixed  to 
the  main  pipe  on  which  is  the  valve  N.  The  pipe  C, 
Fig.  7,  is  fixed  to  the  movable  regenerative  burner. 
When  the  movable  regenerative  burner  is  in  the 
position,  in  relation  to  the  furnace  proper,  in  which  it 
is  shown  in  Figs.  G  and  7,  the  pipe  C  communicates 
with  the  pipe  Y,  at  the  point  U,  Fig.  G.  The  joint  at 
U  is  one  which  can  be  readily  made  and  readily 
unmade.  From  the  combustion  chamber  B,  products 
of  combustion  enter  the  narrow  working  chambers, 
A,  A,  A,  A,  by  the  upper  extremity  of  each  of  them. 
After  traversing  these  chambers  downwards,  they 
pass  off,  by  the  four  horizontal  channels  a,  a,  a,  a, 
into  the  movable  regenerative  burner.  Following  the 
direction  of  the  arrows  in  Fig.  1,  they  pass  upwards 
through  the  flues  Z,  Z,  Z,  Figs.  6  and  7,  and  then 
travel  downwards,  circulating  round  the  rectangular 
cast-iron  vertical  pipes  which  hive  been  described, 
and  passing  between  those  rectangular  pipes,  and  then 
passing  off  from  the  burner  by  the  pipe  P,  Figs.  G  and 
7,  which  conveys  them  to  the  flues  G,  Fig.  6.  In  thus 
passing  downwards  through  the  movable  burner,  they 
heat  the  gaseous  fuel  which  is  passing  upwards 
through  the  compartments  o  and  the  air  which  is 
passing  upwards  through  the  compartments  i  and 
u.  They  are  then  conveyed  to  the  apparatus  em- 
ployed for  the  drying  of  the  oxychloride.  The 
pipe  P,  which  is  fixed,  communicates  with  the 
flue  by  which  products  of  combustion  pass  off 
from  the  movable  burner  by  the  piece  Q,  the 
lower  part  of  which  fits  into  the  upper  part  of 
the  pipe  P.  in  such  manner  that  the  piece  Q  can  be 
raised  or  lowered  by  the  lever  S.  It  will  be  seen  from 
Fig.  6  that  the  whole  regenerative  burner  is  mounted 
on  wheels.  When  the  burner  is  in  the  position  in 
relation  to  the  furnace  proper,  in  which  it  is  shown 
in  Figs.  6  and  7,  the  wheels  of  the  movable  regen- 
erative burner  stand  on  rails  upon  a  truck  K,  K,  Figs. 
6  and  7.  This  truck  also  stands  on  rails.  When  the 
truck  is  drawn  a  short  distance  from  the  furnace 
proper  the  rails  on  the  truck  K  become  in  such  a 
position  in  relation  to  other  rails,  one  of  which  is 
shown  at  r,  'Fig.  G,  that  the  burner  can  be 
transferred  to  other  rails,  and  drawn  along 
them  on  to  another  truck  in-tailed  opposite  another 
furnace.  Thus,  while  oxychloride  of  magnesium  is 
being  heated  in  a  current  of  air  in  one  furnace,  the 
movable  regenerator  can  be  employed  to  heat  up  the 
decomposing  chambers  of  another  similar  furnace.  The 
working  of  the  appvatus  will  now  be  ei-ily  under- 
stood. When  the  four  working  chambers  A,  A,  A.  A, 
have  been  heated  to  a  sufficient  temperature,  the  first 
step  is  to  close  the  valve  N,  Fig.  7,  and  so  to  cut  off 
the  supply  of  combustible  gas  to  the  movable  regene- 
rative burner.  The  pipe  C,  Figs.  G  and  7,  must  then 
be  disconnected  from  the  pipe  Y,  Fig.  7,  the  pipe  P 
must  be  lowered,  and  then  the  truck  on  which  the 
whole  regenerative  burner  is  supported  must  bedrawn 
away  from  the  furnace  proper,  until  the  wheels  of 
the  burner  are  opposite  the  rails,  one  of  which  is 
marked  r  in  Fig.  G.  The  openings  by  which  products 
of  combustion  have  entered  the  working  chambers 
must  now  be  closed  by  the  doir  E,  Fig.  G,  and   the 


Ucc.3i.i887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


ftfl 


<t 


sJL: 


Flu.  5. 


7f2 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      |DecM.i»7. 


opening  bj  which  those  products  of  combustion  have 

passed  off  from  the  working  chambers  must  beclosed 

by  the  door  F,  Fig.  6.     One  door  E  and  one  door  1' 

suffice  for  the  whole  furnace.  The  doors  E  and  F  are 

hung  on  hinge-*  :  and  when  they  are  in  position  to 

close  the  openings  to  which  they  correspond,  they  are 

pressed  tightly  against  their  seats  by  screws.    The 

decomposing  chambers  A.  A,  A,  A.  are  charged  with 

oxychloride  of  magnesium,  in  small  pieces,  from  a 

tip-waggon  charged  therewith  which  has  been  pre- 

msly   brought    into   position  on   the  top  of  the 

furnace.      The  oxychloride  enters  the  decomposing 

chambers    by     the    opening    H,    Figs,    (i    and    8. 

The    cover    or    door     which     closes    this    opening 

is    seen    in    Figs.    6    and   8,    but    is    not    marked 

with     any      letter.       This     cover      having     been 

removed,  a  hopper  is  brought  over  the  opening  H, 

and    oxychloride    is   then    poured  into   the   hopper, 

whence    it    falls    into    the    chambers   A,  A,    A.   A. 

The  door  or  cover  of  the  opening  H  is  then  rapidly 

replaced    and    air    is    admitted    into   A,    A.   A,  A, 

through   apertures  in  the  door  E.     The   oxychloride 

rapidly  becomes  heated  by  absorption  of  some  of  the 

heat  previously    stored    up    in    the    walls    of    the 

chambers  in  which  it  is  contained,  and  there  passes 

on*'  from   those  chambers  a  mixture  of  gases   and 

vapours  containing  both  free  chlorine  and  vapour  of 

hydrochloric  acid.  This  mixture  of  gases  and  vapours 

passes  off  from  A.  A.  A,  A.  by  the  horizontal  channels 

■  '.  ■',  a,  a,  into  the  vacant  space  between  the  masonry 

of  the  furnace  and  the  door  F,  and  then  passes  by 

the  channel  I,  F'ig.  7,  into  the  pipe  m,  Figs.  7  and  8. 

From  the  pipe  m  the  mixture  of  gases  and  vapours  is 

conveyed  to    apparatus   for   condensing  out    of   it 

vapour  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  what  passes  off  from 

that  apparatus    then  goes  on  to  apparatus  for  the 

absorption  of  chlorine.      The  air  which  enters   the 

chambers  A.  A,  A,  A,  through  apertures  in  the  door 

E,  is  drawn  in  by  means  of  an  aspirator.     When  the 

decomposition    of    the    oxychloride    has   proceeded 

sufficiently  far.  the  admission  of  air  into  the  working 

chambers  is  arrested,  the  door  F  is  opened,  and  the 

residua]  oxide  contained  in  the  chambers  A,  A.  A.  A, 

is  discharged.  That  residual  oxide  is  drawn  out  of  the 

horizontal  channels  a,  or,  a,  a,  by  means  of  a  suitable 

rake.    When  the  residual  oxide  has  been  completely 

discharged  the  cover  of  the  opening  H  is  replaced, 

and    then   the    door   E    having   been    opened,   the 

movable  regenerative  burner  is   brought   back   into 

the    position    in    which    it    is    shown    in     Fig.     6, 

and  the  decomposing  chambers  of  the  furnace  proper 

:u\-  then  heated   up    again   for   another  operation. 

Table  1!  gives  the  results  of  several  operations  of 

decomposition.      Fig.    11    shows    the    result    of    a 

special  operation  made  at  my  request  with  a  view  to 

determining  the  rate  of  evolution  of  the  chlorine. 

i  >f  course  in  actual  working  care  would  betaken  to 
make  the    operations  in  the   various  decomposing 


furnaces  overlap  one  another,  so  as  to  maintain  the 
percentage  of  chlorine  at  a  fairly  constant  average. 
The  form  of  the  curve  obtained  in  this  experimental 
operation  suggested  to  my  mind  that  the  reaction  was 
a  reversible  one  :  that  is  to  say  that  when,  as  in  this 
case,  magnesium  chloride  is  treated  by  oxygen  it 
forms  magnesium  oxide  and  chlorine,  and  when  the 
resulting  magnesia  is  treated  by  chlorine  it  gives 
chloride  of  magnesium  and  oxygen.  In  order  to 
arrive  at  an  accurate  understanding  of  the  matter  I 
determined  to  make  a  series  of  experiments  myself. 
First,  however,  I  looked  up  the  literature  of  the 
subject  in  the  best  textbooks,  but  could  find  no 
mention  of  it.      But  when  I  went  back  to  Davy  I 


r\ 

f 

V 

V 

1 

■"-\ 

1 

I 

\^ 

\ 

iz_ 

Fig.  n. 

found  that  he  did  know  that  magnesia  treated  by 
chlorine  gives  chloride  of  magnesia  +  oxygen,  and  I 
found  further  that  Graham  knew  that  chloride  of 
magnesia  +  oxygen  yields  magnesia -chlorine.  How- 
ever, all  these  facts  appear  to  have  been  eliminated 
from  our  modern  manuals.  We  will  now  make  an 
experiment  to  prove  this  interesting  reaction. 
My  assistant  has  here  a  porcelain  tube  contain- 
ing anhydrous  oxychloride  of  magnesium.  If  he 
slowly  passes  through  this  tube  a  current  of  oxygen 
we  shall  collect  at  the  other  end  an  equivalent 
quantity  of  chlorine.  If  he  now  reverses  the  operation, 
substituting  a  current  of  chlorine,  we  shall  obtain  as 
the  product  a  continuous  current  of  oxygen.  There- 
fore the  reaction  is  a  balanced  or  reversible  one. 
Calling  one  end  of  my  apparatus  A  and  the  other  end 
B,  I  found  that  by  passing  oxygen  from  A  to  B.  I 
obtained  from  82  to  77  per  cent,  of  chlorine,  and  by 
reversing  the  current  and  passing  it  from  B  to  A  I 
got  7."i  to  78  per  cent,  in  the  resulting  gas.  Whichever 
way  I  worked  the  result  was  practically  the  same,  77j 
per  cent,  of  chlorine  and  2">  per  cent,  of  oxygen.  Then, 
by  passing  chlorine  from  A  to  B,  I  obtained  -2-2  to  28  per 
cent,  of  oxygen,  and  from  B  to  A  26  to  24  of  oxygen 
in  the  gaseous  mixture.  The  impression  I  had 
formed  from  the  curve  given  in  the  above  diagram 
was  therefore  amply  confirmed.  My  theory  of  the 
decomposition  which  goes  on  in  the  furnace  is  that. 


T  A  l:  L  E    B. 

DECOMPOSITION  UV  DRY  OXYCHLORIDE  OK  MAGNESI1  U. 


Weirhtcl 
01 

Kilus. 
115 

IDS 

111 

120 

CI  in  the 

ResiMtu  B 
l«r  100  of 
CI  C 

17-00 
1900 
1000 
15011 

ftrlMjfd    Charged.                          **  i^™  C1 

Weight 

of 
Free l  1 

per 

Operation. 

M,<  ouiimi 
Per:entase 
OI  C  1 
1U  tin- 
Cast*. 

101 

Pi><  i 
HC1  -  ci. 

FreeCL 

HC1. 

Fie^  I  t. 

HC1. 

18-80 

1701 
16-80 

1GS0 

bl-00 
Sj-00 

1-J10 
12-90 
litis 
15-23 

lO'OO 

3S'10                 52-96 

53-20 

39-77                 53-20 

Kilos. 
176 

175 

185 
190 

U-25 
(i  15 
7  15 
7'78 

nee.  :u,  18S7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


83 


I Hi 


iftp^i      I   ma  ..-  .     ■ 

£A% 'Jl  tt  ?  nil      f 

j-  ^#,w  ^^'vwi  gmmte — g — j 


;m 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      li'«-.  a  iss7. 


in  the  first  stage,  there  is  a  rapid  evolution  of  steam  ; 
the  steam  decomposes  a  portion  of  the  magnesium 
chloride,  producing  hydrochloric  acid,  which  passes 
off  with  the  vapour  of  water.  What  remains  is 
anhydrous  magnesium  chloride  and  magnesia,  and 
this  mixture  then  undergoes  the  reaction  which  we 
have  just  seen  by  the  action  upon  it  of  atmospheric 
oxygen.  I  shall  pursue  these  experiments  further, 
because  it  will  be  interesting  to  know  whether  the 
decomposition  will  vary  with  a  varying  pressure  of 
oxygen.  Finding  in  my  first  experiment  that  three- 
fourths  1  iy  vi  'lume  of  the  original  oxygen  was  replaced 
by  chlorine  I  inferred  that  three-fourths  of  the  oxygen 
contained  in  the  air  would  be  the  proportion  which 
would  replace  the  chlorine  at  the  temperature 
attained — viz ,  a  full  red  heat,  or  nearly  1000°  C.  I 
therefore  looked  for  15  to  18  per  cent,  of  chlorine 
when  I  used  air  ;  instead  of  which  I  got  30  per  cent, 
showing  a  nearly  complete  absorption  of  the  oxygen. 
The  products  of  the  decomposition  have  to  be  drawn 
off  from  the  furnace  by  means  of  a  diminished 
pressure  steadily  maintained.  For  this  purpose  M. 
Pechiney  employs  f.n  aspirator  consisting  of  two 
small  gasometers  of  cylindrical  form,  plunging  in  a 
concentrated  solution  of  chloride  of  calcium.  This 
solution  is  used  rather  than  pure  water,  because  CI  is 
nearly  insoluble  in  it.  These  cylinders  have  a  regular 
vertical  movement,  alternately  up  and  down.  A  tube 
traverses  the  bottom  of  the  vat  which  contains  the 
solution  of  CaCU,  and  rises  in  the  interior  of  the 
cylinder  to  a  height  superior  to  that  which  the  liquid 
attains.  When  the  cylinder  rises  it  causes  aspiration 
by  means  of  this  tube,  and  when  it  descends  it  drives 
back,  through  a  tube,  the  gases  with  which  it  was  pre- 
viously tilled.  The  said  tube  is  connected  outside  the 
cylinder  with  two  other  tubes,  one  of  which  is  fixed  to 
the  apparatus  through  which  pass  the  aspirated  gases, 
the  other  being  fixed  to  the  apparatus  through  which 
pass  the  rejected  gases.  Each  of  these  new  tubes  is 
closed  alternately  by  valves  worked  by  the  movement 
of  the  apparatus  itself  ;  that  is  to  say,  when  the 
cylinder  ascends  the  valve  of  the  suction  tube  is 
opened  and  that  of  the  ejecting  tube  is  closed,  and 
when  the  cylinder  descends  the  valve  of  the  ejecting 
tube  is  opened  and  that  of  the  suction  tube  is 
closed.  The  two  cylinders  of  the  pump  in  question 
are  suspended  at  the  extremities  of  a  balance,  so  that 
while  one  is  rising  the  other  is  falling.  The  action  of 
aspiration  and  rejection  is  therefore  nearly  continuous 
and  regular.  The  aspirator  is  not  in  immediate 
connexion  with  the  decomposing  furnace,  but  acts 
through  : 

1.  An  ordinary  HC1  condensing  tower. 

2.  A  number  of  sandstone  bonbonnes. 

3.  A  glass  tube  refrigerator. 

This  refrigerator  consists  of  a  stone  tower,  of 
square  or  rectangular  horizontal  section,  in  the 
interior  of  which  tower  are  arranged,  in  an  inclined 
position,  glass  tubes,  through  which  cold  water  is 
kept  flowing.  The  said  stone  tower,  in  the  interior 
of  which  the  said  glass  tubes  are  placed,  may  be  con- 
structed after  the  same  manner  as  the  towers  in 
which  the  vapour  of  hydrochloric  acid  which  is 
generated  in  the  first  stage  of  the  manufacture  of 
soda  by  the  Leblanc  process  is  usually  condensed. 
This  tower  is  shown  in  vertical  section  in  Fig.  9  and 
in  horizontal  section  in  Fig.  10.  Two  opposite  sides 
of  the  said  tower  are  each  pierced  with  holes.  These 
holes  should  preferably  be  arranged  in  horizontal 
rows,  those  of  any  one  row  except  tin'  lowest  being, 
do1  immediately  above  the  holes  in  the  row  beneath 
it,  but  above  the  spaces  between  tin-  holes  in  the  row 
immediately  beneath.  In  Figs.  ;i  and  10  the  two  sides 
of  the  tower   which  are  so  pierced  with  holes  are 


marked  A  and  B.  In  Figs.  9  and  10  the  glass  tubes 
are  marked  c,  c,  c,  c.  One  extremity  of  each  of  these 
glass  tubes  protrudes  through  one  of  the  holes  in  the 
A  side  of  the  tower,  and  its  other  extremity  protrudes 
through  the  corresponding  hole  in  the  opposite  or 
B  side  of  the  tower.  On  the  A  side  of  the  towet 
(which  may  of  course  be  whichever  of  its  four  sides 
is  most  convenient  in  each  case)  the  protruding 
extremity  of  each  glass  tube  is  connected  by  a  piece 
of  caoutchouc  tubing,  or  other  equivalent  appliance, 
marked  d,  d,  d,  in  Figs.  9  and  10,  with  one  of  the 
tubes  or  pipes  some  of  which  are  marked  T.  These 
tubes  T  may  be  of  iron  or  other  convenient  material. 
Water  passes  into  these  tubes  T  from  the  hollow 
column  N,  and  then  from  the  tubes  T  into  the  glass 
tubes  c,  i;  c,  c.  On  the  13  side  of  the  tower  the  pro- 
truding extremity  of  each  glass  tube  is  connected  with 
a  piece  of  caoutchouc  tubing,  or  other  equivalent 
appliance  marked  </',  by  which,  in  each  case,  water 
which  has  entered  one  of  the  glass  tubes  from  the 
hollow  column  N  by  one  of  the  pipes  T,  and  has 
traversed  the  glass  tube,  passes  from  that  glass  tube 
and  is  discharged  into  one  of  the  gutters  or  conduits 
m,  m,  m.  From  the  gutters  m,  >n,  m,  the  water  dis- 
charged from  the  glass  tubes  passes  away  by  the 
hollow  column  M.  In  order  that  the  glass  tubes 
e,  c,  c,  c  may  not  be  liable  to  break,  it  is  necessary  that 
they  should  be  kept  always  full  of  water.  This  result 
may  be  secured  by  slightly  inclining  the  glass 
tubes,  as  in  Fig.  9,  placing  that  extremity  of  each  of 
them  by  which  water  enters  it  a  little  lower  than  that 
extremity  of  it  by  which  water  is  discharged  from  it. 
When  the  mixture  of  vapours  and  gases  which  the 
apparatus  is  employed  to  cool  is  one  from  which  an 
acid  liquor  condenses  during  the  operation  of  cooling 
it,  this  acid  liquor  will  condense  upon  the  glass  tubes, 
and  will  run  along  each  tube  towards  its  lower 
extremity,  being  the  extremity  of  it  which  is  at  the  A 
side  of  the  tower,  or  at  the  side  of  the  tower  at  which 
the  cooling  water  enters  the  glass  tubes.  It  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  that,  at  that  side  of  the  tower,  the 
joint  between  the  glass  tube  and  the  stone  through 
which  it  passes  should  be  perfectly  tight.  It  will  be 
seen  that  upon  that  extremity  of  the  glass  tube  c 
which  protrudes  through  the  A  side  of  the  tower 
there  is  placed  a  short  piece  of  caoutchouc  tubing 
upon  which  is  a  caoutchouc  flange,  which  flange  comes 
iu  contact  with  the  face  of  the  stone  through  which 
the  tube  passes,  and  is  pressed  tightly  against  the  face 
of  that  stone  by  the  tubular  flange  of  the  gland  n,  n, 
that  tubular  flange  of  the  gland  n,  n,  being  pressed 
tightly  against  the  annular  flange  of  the  piece  of 
flanged  caoutchouc  tubing  t,  i,  by  means  of  screws 
passing  through  the  annular  flange  of  the  gland  n,  n, 
and  working  into  the  iron  bar  or  band  R,  R.  The 
joint  between  the  other  extremity  of  each  glass  tube 
c  and  the  stone  through  which  it  passes  on  the  B  side 
of  the  tower  may  be  made  simply  by  means  of  any 
cement  unattackable  by  acids.  The  gas  or  vapour  to 
be  cooled  by  this  apparatus  should  preferably  enter 
near  the  top  of  the  tower,  for  example  at  P,  Figs.  9 
and  10,  and  the  cooled  gas  or  vapour  should  preferably- 
pass  off  from  near  the  bottom  of  the  tower,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  it,  as  at  PL  Fig.  10.  Any  liquid  con- 
densing in  the  tower  will  pass  out  of  it  by  the 
aperture  S,  Fig.  9.  It  will  be  evident  that  if  one  of 
the  glass  tubes,  c,  c,  c,  happens  to  break,  the  broken 
tube  can  be  removed  and  a  new  one  put  in  its  place 
very  readily,  and  without  stopping  the  working  of 
the  apparatus.  The  fact  that  a  tube  has  broken  will 
be  perceived  by  an  increase  in  the  quantity  of  liquid 
discharged  from  S,  and  which  tube  it  is  which  has 
broken  will  be  indicated  by  water  ceasing  to  issue 
from  that  extremity  of  the  broken  tube  which  pro- 
trudes through  the  1?  side  of  the  tower.     The  cock  o 


L.uc. ai.  isrfT.j     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  IM»l'STKY. 


785 


of  that  tube  may  then  at  once  be  closed,  and  the 
broken  tube  be  removed,  ami  a  new  one  substituted 
for  it,  without  interrupting  the  working  of  the 
apparatus. 

It  is  this  last  apparatus  which  is  in  immediate  con- 
nection with  the  decomposing  furnace  by  means  of  a 
pipe.  The  gases  leaving  the  decomposing  furnace  by 
the  pipe  M  pass,  by  another  pipe,  into  the  gla- 
refrigerator.  There  they  are  condensed.  From  the 
refrigerator  they  pass  on  through  a  series  of  sand- 
stone bonbonnes  and,  lastly,  through  a  condensing 
tower.  In  their  passage  above  described  the  erases 
have  been  deprived  of  the  whole  of  their  HCI,  and 
they  now  enter  the  cylinders  of  the  aspirator  as  a  mix- 
ture of  air  and  chlorine  gas.  It  is  this  gaseous  mixture 
which  the  cylinders  drive  into  special  apparatus 
wherein  they  are  brought  into  contact  with  milk  of 
lime,  which  is  gradually  transformed  into  a  mixture  of 
chlorate  of  lime  and  chloride  of  calcium.  It  is  by 
the  volumetric  measurement  and  the  analysis  of  this 
liquid  that  the  production  of  chlorine  is  calculated. 

The  hydrochloric  acid  condensed  in  the  refri- 
gerator, in  the  bonbonnes,  and  in  the  tower,  is  all 
mixed  in  a  single  reservoir,  and  yields  an  acid  averag- 
ing about  12-  15.  It  would  be  possible  to  obtain  a 
much  stronger  acid,  thus  : — The  vapour  which  at  the 
beginning  of  the  operation  is  condensed  in  the  glass 
tube  refrigerator,  contains  an  enormous  proportion  of 
water,  and  only  a  small  proportion  of  HCI.  But 
later  on  the  proportion  of  water  diminishes  greatly, 
while  the  proportion  of  HCI  does  not  diminish,  it 
■would  be  possible  to  condense  the  relatively  strong 
gaseous  HCI  in  the  weak  aqueous  acid  of  the 
refrigerator  and  the  condensing  tower.  This  has  not 
yet  been  done,  but  it  is  a  course  which  would  suffice 
to  bring  the  whole  of  the  aqueous  HCI  of  the  pro- 
cess to  a  strong  degree.  For  proof  of  this  it  will  be 
sufficient  to  compare,  in  the  figures  which  will  be 
given  later  on,  the  relative  quantities  of  HCI  gas  and 
vapour  of  water  which  are  disengaged  during  the 
decomposition. 

The  decomposition  of  oxychloride  of  magnesium 
produces,  as  we  have  just  seen,  free  chlorine  and 
aqueous  hydrochloric  acid.  The  proportion  of  the 
CI  given  off  in  the  free  state  to  that  disengaged  as 
HCI  is  as  53  to  47.  There  remains  in  the  residues  a 
quantity  of  CI  equal  to  about  15  per  cent,  of  the  total 
Cl  charged  into  the  furnace. 

Consequently  there  is  obtained  per  100  of  chlorine 
charged  : — 

Cl  remaining  in  the  residues   1500 

Free  Cl 15-23 

Cl  as  HCI 39-77 

100-00 

Or,  as  these  103  of  chlorine  charged  arise  from  107  of 
Cl  commenced  with  [there  being  a  loss  of  G'60  per 
cent,  during  the  operation  of  drying],  100  of  original 
chlorine  would  be  accounted  for  thus  : — 

Cl  lost  in  drying 6pu0 

Cl  rem  lining  in  the  residues H'OO 

FreeCl    J2"23 

Cla3HCl  3715 

100-00 

If,  besides  this,  we  admit  a  loss  of  5  per  cent,  of 
Cl  during  the  various  manipulations,  especially  in 
emptying  the  tanks  in  which  the  mignesium  chloride 
is  clarified,  a  loss  which,  if  taken  at  5  per  cent.,  is 
certainly  exaggerated,  the  account  of  each  100  of  Cl 
put  in  work  would  be 

Cl  lost      I  In  the  various  manipulations  5  00  ),...,- 
absolutely  <  In  drying  6"27  f 

Cl  entering  (  i>l>Illlinins,  in  ttie  resfdues. .   13-30  >  „,.-„ 
teproco°s  (.Condensed  in  1  hestale  of  HCI  35-29  i  *    ™ 

Cl  produce  1  in  the  free  si  ate  [OH 

100-00 


Consequently,  to  produce  4014  of  free  Cl  one  must 
consume  100— Vv. I  or  51*41  of  Cl.  The  result  in 
free  Cl  of  the  Cl  entering  the  process  is  therefore 
cent 

( )ne  can  see  at  a  glance  that  this  result  can  be 
improved  only  by  succeeding  in  one  or  more  of  three 
things.  : — 

1.  In  diminishing  the  loss  of  Cl. 
•2.   In  increasing  the  proportion  of  free  Cl  yielded. 
3.  In  diminishing  the  quantity  of  Cl  remaining  in  the 
residual  magnesia- 
It  is  probable  that    the  process  will  improve  in 
all  these  various  ways.    And  to  produce  this  effect 
one   means   will   suffice — viz.,   the   improvement  of 
the  heating  of  the  decomposing  furnace.     At  present 
we  obtain  therein  a  mean  temperature  of  about  1000 
degrees  C.     It  is  necessary  to   greatly  increase  that 
temperature. 

The  magnesia  when  it  is  taken  out  of  the  furnace 
is,  firstly,  cooled  by  putting  it  in  a  vessel  provided 
with  h  mechanical  agitator,  this  vessel  itself  being 
placed  in  another  vessel,  and  cold  water  being  cir- 
culated through  the  space  between  the  two.  _  The 
MgO  having  a  very  weak  capacity  for  heat  is  quickly 
cooled.  The  mechanical  cooling  is  necessary,  how- 
ever, because  MgO  is  an  extremely  bad  conductor  of 
heat.  When  the  magnesia  is  cooled  sufficiently  it 
passes  into  a  rotary  sieve,  which  separates  it  into 
two  parts  : — 

1.  The  more  important  part  (about  i),  which  passes 
through  the  sieve  as  a  fine  powder,  being  almost  entirely 
deconiposed,  containing  hardlv  4  per  cent,  by  weight 
of  Cl. 

2.  The  less  important  part  (about  ! )  which  cannot  pass 
through  the  sieve.  This  latter  is  oxychloride  hardly  at 
all  decomposed,  retaining  no  water,  it  is  true,  but  con- 
taining much  Cl,  sometimes  as  much  as  40  per  cent,  by 
weight.  This  porl  ion  of  tin  residue  is  at  oner  mixed  and 
re-charged  with  oxychloride  from  the  fourth  operation. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  when  native 
chloride  of  magnesium  is  treated,  the  magnesia 
which  will  be  drawn  out  will  be  the  Jine  magnesia, 
containing  not  more  than  4  per  cent,  by  weight  of 
Cl — a  small  proportion  considering  the  low  equiva- 
lent of  magnesia. 

At  Stassfurt,  the  working  of  100  parts  of 
MgCl26H20  (containing,  say,  35  pirts  of  Cl)  will 
yield  a  residue  of  about  20  parts  of  MgO.  At  the 
rate  of  4  per  cent,  these  20  parts  of  MgO  will  con- 
tain 08  part  of  Cl,  or  only  2-3  per  cent,  of  the  total 
chlorine  entering  the  process.  Such  a  loss  of  Cl 
will  be  insignificant. 

The  present  installation  at  Salindres  comprises  two 
furnaces  of  nine  chambers  each.  These  chambers 
are  each  3  metres  high,  1  metre  long,  and  0'08  metre 
wide.  These  two  furnaces,  heated  alternately  by  a 
single  regenerative  burner,  constitute  a  unit.  It  has 
be;n  seen  that  such  a  unit  should  produce  per  24 , 
hours  lOOOkilos.  of  free  Cl  with  three  operations  to 
each  furnace,  say  six  operations  in  all,  or  about 
170kilos.  per  operation.  Instead  of  which,  at  present, 
owing  to  the  insufficiency  of  the  heating  apparatus, 
we  can  make  only  two  operations  in  each  furnace,  or 
four  operations  in  all  per  24  hours,  which  give, 
according  to  the  heat  of  the  furnaces,  from  180kilos. 
to  190kilos.  of  free  Cl  each.  There  is  obtained,  there- 
fore, per  24  hours  from  720  to  760kilos.  of  free  Cl. 
The  improvement  of  the  heating  of  the  furnaces  would 
considerably  change  all  the  results.  Indeed,  if  the  fur- 
naces could  be  made  considerably  hotter,  one  might 
dry  the  oxychloride  a  little  less  than  at  present  with- 
out fear  that  the  increased  humidity  of  the  material 
charged  would  inconveniently  lower  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  furnace.  And  as  it  is  the  expulsion  of 
the  last  portions  of  the  water  driven  off  which  causes 


7  m: 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Dee. 31, 1887. 


the  principal  loss  of  I1C1  in  the  fourth  operation,  it 
will  thus  be  seen  that  that  loss  might  be  considerably 
reduced.  Moreover,  with  hotter  furnaces,  the  quan- 
tity of  total  chlorine  disengaged  (CI  IK 'I  I  would  be 
greater,  or  in  other  words  the  decomposition  would 
be  more  complete.  And,  lastly,  with  hotter  furnaces, 
the  decomposition  would  be  more  rapid,  so  that  at 
jeast  five  operations  might  be  made  per  24  hours 
instead  of  four,  as  at  present,  and  that  without  pro- 
portionately increasing  labour  or  the  consumption  of 
coal.  In  a  word,  if  a  higher  temperature  is  obtained 
in  the  furnaces,  the  quantity  of  chlorine  will  be 
greater,  and  the  cost  per  ton  for  producing  it  will  be 
less. 

It  has  been  said  above  that  the  respective  quanti- 
ties of  steam  and  gaseous  HC1  which  come  from  the 
decomposing  furnace  are  such  as  not  to  prevent  the 
obtainment  of  a  concentrated  aqueous  HC1.  In  fact, 
for  every  LOO  of  chlorine  charged  there  is  obtained  a 
quantity  of  CI  in  the  state  of  HCI=to  3977.  And 
it  is  shown  above  that  in  the  dried  oxychloride 
33'3  of  CI  are  accompanied  by  2PG2  of  water. 
That  is  to  say,  100  of  CI  charged  are  accompanied  by 

618  of  water t'l'S 

Hu!  Hie  above  311  77  of  C)  have  been  disengaged  in  the 

state  of  11C1  holding  a  quantity  of  \vater=  100 

The  quantity  of  water  disengaged  is  thus  only    5CS 


and  this  quantity  is  not  sufficient  to  condense  the 
3977  of  CI  in  the  state  of  HCI— which  in  reality 
represents  about  41  of  HCI. 

Having  now  described  the  process  itself,  let  us 
consider  the  question  of  cost  of  production,  and  in 
that  respect  compare  it  with  the  old  Weldon  process. 
The  latter  was  essentially  a  cheap  method.  The 
plant  required  for  it  was  not  an  expensive  one,  nor 
did  it  involve  any  great  cost  for  repairs.  The  plant 
for  the  new  process  is  more  complicated,  and  con- 
sequently mare  expensive.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  results  obtained  have  increased  the  confidence 
which  M.  Pechiney  has  always  had  in  the  process, 
and  have  decided  him  to  commence  at  once  the 
erection  of  an  industrial  installation  to  work  on  a 
.-cale  of  (iOOOkilos.  of  free  chlorine  i  er  day.  Speaking 
of  the  small  experimental  plant  which  'he  has  been 
working  since  last  .fitly,  M.  J'eehiney  says  :— 

1.  We  produce  at  the  present  time  from  720  to 
.GOkilos.  of  chlorine  per  24  hours,  at  the  following 
cost  : — 

Coal    for  the    drying  and 

decomposing  furnaces..  3;S00kilus. 
Coal  for  mechanical  work    50u    ,, 
Coal      for     concentrating 

JIgClj    500    ,. 


Labour  

Kepairs 

Loss  of  magnesia  (.'I 


JUOOkilos.  <■<  12fr. 


Say  for  IOOOkilos.  at  the  most  209'20fr. 


t  rancs. 
olBO 

74-011 
20  On 
500 

150  00 


2.  If  in  working  the  one  unit  we  succeed  in  pro- 
ducing IOOOkilos.  of  CI  per  day  instead  of  740kilos.  as 
at  present,  by  getting  a  higher  temperature  and  a 
more  rapid  decomposition  in  the  furnaces,  the  only 
expenses  which  would  be  increased  (but  which  would 
certainly  not  be  increased  proportionately)  would  be 
those  for  fuel  and  magnesia.  The  other  ex]  i 
would  remain  unaltered.  The  expenses  for  a  pro- 
duction of  IOOOkilos.  of  CI  would  then  at  the  utmost 
amount  to  :— 


Francs 

— —-.v.-.. f2-00 

l;abour 71-00 

ltepatrs    on-m 

Loss  of  magnesia  I.') 


(  oal.  6000kilos.  t»  lifr 

.1-00 
Repairs    20-00 

•ou 


3.  The  experience  which  we  now  have  of  the  pro- 
cess, and  certain  improvements  which  \u- see  our  way 
to  make  in  the  heating  of  the  decomposing  furnace 
and  in  various  points  of  detail,  warrant  us  in  expi 
with  an  installation  producing 601  okilos.  per  24 hours, 
the  following  cost  of  production  per  IOOOkilos.  of 
CI:- 

i  rat  i 

Coal.  IOOOkilos.  <s  12  OOfr 1810 

Labour I5C0 

Repairs  ;o  to 

Loss  of  magnesia  5(0 


='ay  fur  IOOOkilos.  of  chlorine   173-00 


Sav  for  IOOOkilos.  of  chlorine    HSIO 

It  will  lie  seen  at  once  from  these  figures  and  from 
si  me  which  will  follow,  that  the  main  expense  ol  the 
process  is  for  fuel,  and  that  if  fuel  were  as  cheap  in 
France  as  in  England,  M.  Pechiney  would  be  able  to 
produce  a  ton  of  chlorine  at  the  same  working  cost  as 
he  calculates  it  is  now  pioduced  in  England  by  the 
old  'Weldon  process — viz.,  !»4  francs.     There  is   no 
doubt  that  the  main  feature  of  the  new  process  is 
economy  of  hydrochloric  acid  ;  for  whereas  the  old 
Weldon  process  yields  only  33  per  cent,  of  the  (  1 
entering  into  it,  the  process  now  under  consideration 
yields  78  to  80  per  cent,  at  least.     Roughly  speaking, 
therefore,  the   economy  effected  by  it  as  compared 
with  the  old  process,  may  be  said  to  be  the  equivalent 
value  of  two  tons  of  absolute  HCI  per  ton  of  CI  pro- 
duced.    Now,  Mr.  Weldon  has  himself  estimated  the 
value  of  HCI.     He  says  (this  Society's  Journal,  1883, 
p.  434)  :— "  HCI  costs  the  Leblacc  soda  maker  3fi  per 
cent,  of  the  total  cost  of  the  process  by  which   he- 
obtains  it.     The  cost  of  that  quantity  of  HCI,  which 
is  required  ly  the  present  Weldon  j  ro:ess  for  the 
manufacture  of  one  ton  of  B.P.,  amounts  to  more 
than  all  the  other  items  of  the  cost  of  that  ton  of 
B.P.  put  together.    I  believe  M.  Pechiney  will  eventu- 
ally succeed   in   realising  a  cheap  process  which  will 
diminish  the  present  cost  of  11.1'.  for  HCI  by  not  less 
than  two-thirds."     He  estimated  the  value  of  27  per 
cent,  acid  to  the  Leblanc  soda  maker  to  be  about  £1 
per  ton,  and  he  arrived  at  that  value  by  taking  the 
difference  in  the  cost  of  producing  a  ton  of  soda  by 
the  Leblanc  process  and  the  ammonia  process.     That 
difference,  he    maintained,    was    the   value  to  the 
Leblanc  manufacturer  of  the  quantity  of  acid  which 
he  produced  in  the  making  one  ton  of  soda.     It  is 
incorrect  to  say  that  the  value  of  HCI  has  diminished, 
though  it  is  possible  that  the  selling  price  of  HCI 
has  materially  diminished.     This  decrease  can   be 
explained  by  the  fact  that  the  manufacture  of  B.P. 
having    diminished    by    reason  of  an  arrangement 
between  the  makers,  there  is  a  little  more  HCI  for 
disposal.      But   this    decrease   in   the  selling  price 
applies  only  to  a  certain  limited  quantity  of  HCI. 
The  real    value    of    HCI    ought    not    to    be    ex- 
pressed  by  the    selling  price   of  certain  quantities 
of    acid,     but     rather,     as     Mr.     Weldon     always 
maintained,    by   the    difference  between    the   cost 
price    of    ammonia    soda    and    the   cost    price    of 
Leblanc  soda.     Now,  one  ton  of  soda  ash  of  58  per 
cent,  corresponds  to  about  2  tons  Cewt.  of  aqueous 
HCI  of  28  per  cent.     If  this  latter  is  worth  only  10s. 
per  ton,  there  ought  to  be  a  difference  of  only  2(is. 
per  ton  of  58  per  cent,  ash  between  Leblanc  and 
ammonia  soda.     The  difference  is  much  greater  than 
26s.,  and  must  be   nearly  double  that,  say  50s.     It 
cannot  be  much  less  than  20s.  per  ton.    By  finding  the 
difference  in  the  cost  price  of  the  two  .-oda  processes, 
I  fix  the  value  of  HCI,  and  that  difference  is  such  as 
to  bring  the  value  of  aqueous  HCI  of  28  per  cent,  to 
very  nearly  £l   per  ton.      Admitting,  however,  its 
value  to  be  only  16s.  per  ton,  that  would  bring  the 
value  of  a  ton  of  gaseous  HCI  to  i'2  10s. 

It  is  possible,  ol  course,  that  circumstances  may  be 
changed  in  the  future— for  example,  by  the  recovery 


Doc.  si.  1887.1      THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


787 


of  sulphur  ;  but  that  will  be  of  no  great  importance- 
At  present,  the  pyrites  sulphur  entering  the  Leblanc 
process  at  3d.  per  unit,  costs  nearly  10s.  per  ton  of 
58  per  cent,  soda  ash.  If  Mr.  Chance  succeeds  in 
recovering  sulphur  at  an  average  cost  of  Id.  per 
unit,  the  expense  for  pyrites  will  be  lessened  by 
two-thirds,  or  6s.  8d.  per  ton  of 58  percent,  soda  ash. 
This  would  reduce  the  value  of  the  2  ton,  Gcwt.  of 
28  per  cent.  HC1  by  6s.  8d.  in  all,  or  say  2s.  6d.  per 
ton. 

It  is  therefore  incorrect  to  say  that  the  value  of  HO 
has  diminished  in  England  during  several  years  past. 
The  value  of  HC1  should  increase  in  proportion  as  the 
selling  price  of  alkali  decreases.  And  for  several 
years  past  the  selling  price  of  alkali  has  not  ceased  to 
decrease.  The  selling  price  of  English  soda  ash  and 
caustic  soda  is  now  20  to  25  per  cent,  lower  than  it 
was  in  1884.  I  admit,  however,  that  this  reduction 
is  to  some  extent  due  to  improvements  in  Leblanc 
plant,  large  furnaces,  etc. 

We  have  said  above  that  for  the  English  Leblanc 
manufacturer  HC1  gas  ought  to  have  a  value  of 
£9  \('i*.  per  ton.  On  the  other  hand  the  probable 
cost  price  of  CI  per  lOOOkilos.  at  Salindres  will  be— 

Francs. 

Ceal.  lOOOkilos.  <8  l'-'fr IS'OO 

Labour    1500 

Kt  I'aii  8,  etc 20  00 

Loss  of  magi.csia  (?) 5'00 

ns-oo 

The  cost  price  will  rot  be  the  same  in  England,  for 

the  simple    reason  that    coal  costs   there  only   6fr. 

per  ton   instead  of  I2IV.   as  at    Salindres.     The  cost 

pi  ice  in  England  would  therefore  be — 

francs. 

Coal.  iuOUkiloa.  <8  6fr 21 '00 

Labour    45  00 

Repairs,  etc 2000 

Loss  of  magnesia  (.'I 5'CO 

94-00 

That  is  to  say,  in  England  one  ton  of  CI  will  cost  the 
same  amount  as  by  the  old  Weldon  process. 

To  this  conclusion  two  objections  may  be  made  : — 

1.  The  cost  price  of  118fr.  at  Salindres  mentioned 
above,  is  a  calculated,  cost  not  yet  realised.  The 
experience  gained  of  the  new  process  warrants  M. 
I'echiney  in  expecting  that  he  will  realise  this  resu't 
when  an  experimental  plant  producing  only  \  ton  per 
day  is  replaced  by  an  installation  working  on  a  scale 
el  ii  tons  per  day,  and  to  the  working  of  which  an 
experience  which  increases  every  day  will  be 
applied.  It  is  with  the  expectation  that  the  above 
estimate  will  be  the  maximum  rather  than  the 
minimum  that  this  probable  cost  price  of  118fr.  is 
given. 

2.  Wages,  it  may  be  said,  are  much  lower  in  France 
than  in  England.  Consequently,  if  45fr.  is  the  cost  for 
labour  in  France  a  much  higher  sum  will  be  required  for 
England.  An  English  workman,  however,  does  more 
in  a  day  than  a  French  workman.  So  that,  notwith- 
standing the  lower  wages  in  France,  the  expense  for 
labour  per  ton  of  mattiial  produced  is  nearly  the 
same  in  both  countries. 

The  cost  in  England  of  1  ton  of  chlorine  obtained 
from  the  old  Weldon  process  as  compared  with 
the  Weldon-Pechiney  will  be  as  follows  : — 

I.— THE  OLD  WELDON  PROCESS. 

£  s.    d. 

Cost  price  of  1  ton  of  chlorine  Olfr.  =   3  15    0 

Value  of  3J  tons  of  HC1  gas  at  56s.  = 9    6    II 

13    1  0 

2.— WELDON-PECHINEY  PROCK3S. 

£  s.  d. 

Cosl  priceof  1  ton  C191fr.  - 3  15  0 

Value  of  litons  HClgasat56».- 3  11  u 

7    0    U 


Therefore  the  saving  by  the  lattei  process =£13  Is.  less 
£~i  9s.,  or  £o  12s.  per  ton  of  CI  produced. 

But,  alas  !  where  will  the  English  manufacturer 
sell  his  bleaching  powder  if  he  produces  3J  tons 
insti  ad  of  lj  tons,  as  now  ? 

But  there  are  other  matters  to  be  regarded  in  con- 
sidering the  applicability  of  this  process.  In  lv--[ 
Mr.  Weldon  expected  that  its  first  effect  would  be  to 
replace  the  Leblanc  process  by  the  ammonia  process  ; 
because  he  then  thought  it  probable  that  his  new 
chlorine  process  might  be  used  in  conjunction  with 
a  method  for  decomposing  the  residual  NH4C1  of  the 
ammonia  soda  process  by  MgO.  And,  although  it  is 
not  my  intention  to  go  into  that  part  of  lhe  question 
now,  there  is  no  doubt  that  that  end  could  be  attained 
if  ammonia  soda  makers  were  willing  to  add  to  their 
already  costly  plant  the  additional  expensive  plant 
which  would  be  necessary.  M.  Pechiney  has  patented 
a  process  and  apparatus  for  thus  treating  NH4CI  ; 
and,  moreover,  Mr.  Chance  has  proved  that  it  is  easy 
to  transform  calcium  chloride  into  magnesium 
chloride  by  treating  it  with  carbonic  acid  in  presence 
of  magnesia. 

And  this  leads  us  to  the  more  serious  question,  as 
to  whether  English  manufacturers  will  care  to  use  this 
new  chlorine  process  in  conjunction  with  the  Leblanc 
soda  process.  In  considering  this  question,  we  have 
to  face  the  difficulty  that  magnesium  chloride  exists 
as  a  raw  product  at  a  place  not  far  removed  from  a  port 
easily  available  for  the  distribution  of  material,  and 
from  which  centre  enormous  quantities  of  chemical 
products  are  already  sent  out — namely,  Stassfurt.  In 
the  very  able  paper  on  the  "  Stassfurt  Salts  Industry," 
which  Mr.  Hake  read  before  thisSection  in  1883(p.  1^0), 
he  said,  speaking  of  the  residual  solution  of  magnesium 
chloride:  "Many  proposals  have  been  made  and 
numerous  patents  taken  out  for  the  further  utilisation 
of  this  mother-liquor,  but  it  still  figures  largely  as  a 
waste  product,  Of  the  6,000,000  cubic  feet  yearly 
produced,  corresponding  to  150,000  tons  of  dry 
MgCI2,  one-half  only  is  recovered,  the  remainder  being 
run  into  the  river,  carrying  with  it  300,0001b.  of  bro- 
mine." Chloride  of  magnesium  therefore  costsatStass- 
furt  practically  nothing.  It  is  run  into  the  rivers  in 
the  ferm  of  a  solution  almost  as  concentrated  as  that 
which  is  made  at  Salindres  by  dissolving  the  MgO  of 
the  process  in  HC1.  The  solution,  therefore,  has  to 
undergo  no  more  evaporation  than  is  now  made  at 
Salindres,  the  cost  of  which  is  included  in  the  esti- 
mated cost  price  of  lisfr.  per  ton  of  CI.  However, 
as  the  Stassfurt  solution  contains  some  foreign  salts 
(especially  SOsMgO  and  NaCl),  which  are  deposited 
during  the  concentration,  one  may  admit  that  the 
operation  costs  a  little  more  than  the  evaporation 
made  at  Salindres,  say  2,50fr.  more  per  ton  of 
>IgCloCH20 — or  for  3^  tons,  corresponding  to  11  tons 
CI,  9-3~7fr.~say  lOfr.  more, 

Fiuncf. 

The  cost  of  1  tun  CI  at  Salindres  being  118-00 

Will  be  increased,  as  we  have  shown,  by 10'OU 

And  will  thus  become 128  00 

But  it  is  still  necessary  to  deduct  for  the  loss  of 
magnesia  (which  will  he  nil  at  Siassfurt.  where 
MgCl,6H,0  has  no  value),  say 5  00 

The  cost  of  CI  per  ton  at  Stassfurt  will  thus  be. .  12300 
Or  say  £5. 

To  arrive  at  this  result,  it  is  assumed  that  fuel  and 
labour  cost  the  same  at  Stassfurt  as  at  Saliudres.  In 
which  case,  chlorine  and  chlorine  products  will  be 
produced  at  a  much  cheaper  rate  at  Stassfurt  than  in 
England.  On  the  other  hand,  Stassfurt  is  not  so  well 
situated  as  the  English  works  for  the  exportation  of 
B.  P.  However,  the  difference  in  this  respect  will 
imt  be  great.  The  carriage  from  Stassfurt  to  Ham- 
burg is  about  (is.  per  ton  by  water  and  Us.  by  rail.  And 


'88 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     iDec  31,  h»7. 


the  situation  of  Hamburg  is  as  goed  on  the  whole  for 
exportation  as  that  of  the  English  alkali  works. 

It  would  seem  clear,  therefore,  that  the  natural 
place  for  the  adoption  of  this  process  is  Stassfurt. 
And  if  it  can  be  worked  there  as  economically  as  I 
expect  it  will — producing  chlorine  at  less  than  one- 
half  its  present  cost,  it  will  become  a  serious  question 
whether,  even  with  the  advantages  which  Mr.  Chance 
is  securing  for  it,  the  Leblanc  process  will  be  able  to 
stand  against  its  competitor.  If  this  process  succeeds 
at  Stassfurt,  the  natural  result  in  England  will  be  a 
decrease  of  the  amount  of  soda  made  by  the  Leblanc 
process,  and  an  increase  of  the  happiness  of  the 
ammonia  soda  makers.  Mr.  Mond  and  Mr.  Solvay 
may,  and  probably  will  in  time,  succeed  in  developing 
their  respective  processes  for  producing  chlorine  from 
NH4C1  and  CaCl2  :  but  it  will  take  a  great  deal  to 
beat  this  process  if  it  is  applicable  to  the  refuse 
chloride  of  magnesium  of  Stassfurt. 

I  will  only  say,  in  conclusion,  that  I  think 
Messieurs  Pechiney  and  Boulouvard  deserve  the  very 
highest  commendation  for  the  labour,  zeal  and 
ingenuity  which  they  have  expended  on  the  develop- 
ment of  this  process.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
enormous  personal  enthusiasm  which  Mr.  Weldon 
had,  and  the  marvellous  power  he  possessed  of  com- 
municating a  share  of  that  enthusiasm  to  others,  has 
been  the  mainspring  which  has  induced  these  gentle- 
men, as  a  matter  of  honour  to  his  memory,  to 
endeavour  to  finish  this  work,  believing  all  the  time 
that  it  would  ultimately  attain  that  success  which  he 
had  anticipated.  I  cannot  conclude  without  quoting 
a  few  words  of  the  inventor  of  this  process,  uttered 
from  the  spot  on  which  I  now  stand.  In  his  note  on 
the  influence  of  the  ammonia  soda  process  on  the  value 
of  hydrochloric  acid  (see  this  Journ.  1883,  43.3) 
Mr.  Weldon  said  :  "If  this  process  succeeds,  ami  1 
am  stilt  among  i/ou,  I  viill  ask  permission  to  give  an 
account  of  it  before  this  Section  :  and  I  can  imagine 
few  things  more  delightful  than  to  be  able  then  to 
tell  you  that  the  old  Weldon  process,  after  having 
forced  its  way  into  every  chlorine  works  in  the  world 
except  two,  and  those  unimportant  works,  peculiarly 
situated,  has  at  last  passed  into  the  limbo  of  things 
which  have  served  their  time." 

Xote. — I  have  to  acknowledge  the  very  great  assist- 
ance I  have  derived  from  Mr.  Renaut,  Secretary  of 
the  Weldon's  Chlorine  Processes  Company,  in  the 
preparation  of  this  paper. 

DISCUSSION. 

The  Chairman  said  the  paper  was  one  of  singular 
interest  from  every  point  of  view.  Though  it  raised 
painful  memories  of  the  loss  they  had  sustained  by 
Mr.  Weldon's  death,  everyone  must  feel  a  deep  satis- 
faction in  the  fact  that  his  labours  had  not  been  lost, 
and  that  his  French  fellow-workers  had  been  able  to 
carry  out  his  plans  with  such  marvellous  skill  and  per- 
severance. The  President  had  given  a  most  beautiful 
exemplification  of  the  fact  that  the  highest  science 
may  find  its  application  in  technical  chemistry,  by 
working  out  before  the  meeting  the  real  character  of 
the  reaction  which  took  place  in  the  process  described. 
This  was  a  process  which  proved  the  importance  of 
engineering  skill  in  its  relation  to  manufacturing 
chemistry.  He  was  not  one  of  those  who  shared  the 
delusion  that  the  future  of  English  manufacturers 
would  be  greatly  helped  by  technical  education  given 
to  boys  of  fourteen.  Something  was  wanted  which 
no  boy  of  fourteen  ever  had-  viz.,  the  highest  skill 
in  purechemiatry  coupled  with  a  sound  knowledge 
of  physics,  and  to  both  must  be  added  engineering 
capacity  of  the  highest  order,  if  any  real  progress  was 
to  be  made  in  manufacturing   chemistry.     Without 


such  knowledge  even  skilled  chemists  were  apt  to 
fall  into  the  error  of  supposing  that  because  an 
experiment  went  well  in  the  laboratory  it  would  go 
equally  well  when  tons  were  dealt  with— forgetting 
the  enormous  cost  of  manipulating  large  masses  of 
material. 

Sir  Heney  Roscoe  heartily  endorsed  the  remarks 
of  the  Chairman  as  to  the  importance  of  engineering 
skill  to  applied  chemistry.  At  first  sight  he  had  been 
almost  frightened  by  the  complicated  character  of  the 
apparatus  shown — many  parts  of  which,  especially 
the  glass-tube  cooler,  were  striking  examples  of 
engineering  skill  and  attention  to  detail.  He  would 
like  to  know  whether  bleaching-powder  couid  be  made 
from  gases  containing  at  the  maximum  only  about  8  per 
cent,  of  chlorine,  or  whether  M.  Pechiney  had  confined 
himself  to  the  manufacture  of  chlorate  oidy.  No  doubt 
the  late  Mr.  Deacon  had  made  bleach  from  a  very 
dilute  chlorine,  but  he  could  not  remember  whether 
its  strength  was  ever  so  low  as  8  per  cent.  The 
question  of  technical  education  was  not  to  be  settled 
by  merely  teaching  boys.  Masters  needed  teaching 
as  well ;  and  the  highest  scientific  instruction  was 
needed  in  order  to  bring  England  up  to  the  mark — 
or  rather  to  keep  her  there.  This  process  had  been 
worked  out  by  the  skill  of  two  eminent  French 
engineers,  but  Mr.  Weldon's  own  work  was  a  brilliant 
example  of  what  Englishmen  could  do.  With  such 
workers,  and  with  higher  education,  England  would 
not  fail  to  keep  her  position. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel  was  glad  to  have  an  oppor- 
tunity of  expressing  the  pleasure  he  had  felt,  not 
only  in  listening  to  an  interesting  account  of  the 
last  work  of  his  friend  Weldon  carried  on  to  com- 
pletion by  M.  Pechiney,  but  seeing  Professor  Dewar 
throw  himself,  as  they  knew  he  could,  with  the 
greatest  ease,  from  the  highest  branches  of  physical 
chemistry  into  the  elucidation  of  practical  processes, 
to  the  advantage  of  those  who  followed  them,  and 
thus  illustrating  the  importance  of  a  thorough  edu- 
cation in  all  branches  of  science. 

.Mr.  Alexander  it.  Chance  thought  that  the 
Chairman  had  called  upon  him  for  an  opinion  three 
months  too  soon.  He  might  have  something  to  say 
about  it  when  he  read  his  paper  in  March. 

Mr.  E.  K.  Muspratt  was  glad  to  find  in  the  Presi- 
dent's opening  remarks  a  confirmation  of  the  opinion 
he  had  expressed  in  addressing  the  Society  from  the 
same  position  —  viz.,  that  progress  in  industrial 
chemistry  had  now  taken  the  form  of  the  develop- 
ment of  chemical  engineering.  The  ammonia -soda 
process,  as  patented  by  Dyar  and  Hemming,  in  1837, 
was  perfect  chemically,  but  his  father  and  Mr.  Young 
had  failed  to  work  it  economically  simply  because 
their  apparatus  was  imperfect ;  and  M.  Solvay  s 
merit  lay  in  the  fact  that  he  had  overcome  the 
engineering  difficulties.  However  interesting  the 
process  under  consideration  might  be  from  a  chemical 
point  of  view,  if  it  was  to  become  a  manufacturing 
process  it  could  only  be  by  reason  of  the  perfection 
of  the  apparatus  employed.  And  it  would  be  seen 
1  >y  the  diagrams  exhibited  that  it  was  not  a  question  of 
one  piece  of  apparatus,  but  of  a  whole  series.  In 
going  through  the  works  of  Messrs.  Pechiney  it  Co. 
he  had  been  deeply  impressed  by  the  admirable 
manner  in  which  every  engineering  detail  had  been 
carried  out.  M.  Pechiney's  glass-tube  cooler  was 
most  ingenious.  Mr.  Deacon  had  tried  to  cool  the 
hot  gases  coming  from  his  decomposer  by  a  glass-tube 
apparatus  in  which  the  tubes  were  arranged  vertically, 
instead  of  horizontally,  as  in  M.  Pechiney's  appara- 
tus ]  but  his  tubes  broke  so  rapidly  that  he  had  to 
abandon  the  idea.  M  Pechiney  got  his  tubes  from 
Belgium,  and  they  were  probably  better  than  the 
English  tubes.    With  respect  to  the  question  of  the 


Dec. SI,  1887.1      THE  JOLIINAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUS!  FY. 


7S0 


cost  i>t  Ibe process  and  the  viol  ability  of  its  going  to 
Stassfurt,  he  did  nut  think  anyone  could  yet  speak 
positively.  It  was  true  that  at  Stassfurt  the  raw 
material  was  in  one  sense  much  cheaper  than  either 
in  England  or  France  ;  but  then  the  working  loss  of 
magnesia  was  put  at  only  5fr.  out  of  118fr.,  or,  say,  | 
5  per  cent.  England,  on  the  other  hand,  had  a  great 
advantage  in  cheaper  fuel  ;  for  it  would  be  seen  that 
simply  on  account  of  the  higher  price  of  fuel,  the  ton  | 
of  CI  cost  25  per  cent,  more  at  Salindres  than  it 
would  in  England.  He  was  not  familiar  with  Stass-  j 
furt,  but  he  understood  that  the  fuel  in  use  there  was 
an  inferior  quality  of  lignite,  and  there  would  be 
diliieultiesin  obtaining  the  high  temperature  required,  j 
which  would  make  the  fuel  dearer.  He  did  not  fear, 
therefore,  being  absolutely  bowled  over  by  the 
Stassfurt  manufacturers.  He  thought  it  probable 
that  there  would  be  tome,  though  not  insurmount- 
able, difficulty  in  making  bleach  from  a  dilute 
chlorine  such  as  this  process  yielded.  The  average 
strength  of  Deacon  chlorine  was  9  or  10  per  cent., 
and  he  knew  that  with  that  percentage  it  was 
difficult  to  absorb  the  chlorine  in  hot  weather.  For 
the  manufacture  of  bleaching  liquor  and  chlorates, 
however,  such  a  dilute  chlorine  would  be  quite  appli- 
cable— it  being  merely  a  question  of  size  of  appara- 
tus. M.  Pechiney  at  present  used  the  chlorine 
obtained  by  the  new  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
chlorate  of  potash.  If  he  could  produce  his  chlorine 
in  that  form  cheaper  than  could  the  English  manu- 
facturer, the  latter  would  be  affected  just  as 
much  as  if  bleaching-powder  were  produced,  since 
the  two  manufactures  were,  so  to  speak,  con- 
vertible. The  effect  would  be  that  the  English 
manufacturer  would  be  able  to  make  bleaching- 
powder  only.  He  did  not  take  a  despondent  view  of 
the  future  of  the  English  chemical  trade.  Though 
England  might  have  fallen  behind  in  some  matters, 
she  had  advanced  in  others.  English  workmen  were 
still,  taking  them  all  round,  equal  to,  if  not  better 
than,  Continental  workmen.  What  was  wanted  was 
a  more  thorough  education  of  the  higher  middle- 
class,  and  that  would,  he  believed,  be  supplied  by 
such  institutions  as  the  Owens  College,  and  the  new 
colleges  at  Liverpool  and  Leeds. 

Dr.  D.  B.  Hewitt  was  not  prepared  to  criticise  the 
process.  Such  an  invention,  however,  was  a  matter 
of  the  greatest  interest  to  everyone  concerned  in  the 
manufacture  of  soda  or  chlorine  products.  Many 
active  minds  were  at  present  engaged  on  similar 
problems,  and  he  expected  great  advances  to  be  made 
during  the  next  five  years.  The  result  of  increased 
knowledge  might  appear  to  be  at  one  time  to  pinch 
the  ammonia  manufacturer,  or  at  another  time  the 
Leblanc  manufacturer  ;  but,  in  the  end,  no  one  would 
find  himself  much  the  worse,  and  the  human  race 
would  be  benefited.  An  increased  population  and 
growing  civilisation  would  create  an  increased  demand 
for  these  articles  in  proportion  to  the  development  of 
the  processes  producing  them.  It  was  extremely 
remarkable  that  notwithstanding  the  vast  develop- 
ment of  the  ammonia  soda  process,  the  decomposition 
of  salt  in  England  by  the  Leblanc  process  had  been 
affected  very  slightly;  and  the  Leblanc  soda  manu- 
facture still  showed  a  remarkable  vitality.  With 
respect  to  the  utilisation  of  dilute  chlorine,  long 
experience  enabled  him  to  express  a  firm  conviction 
that  there  was  no  difficulty  whatever  in  making 
bleaching  powder  with  chlorine  that  varied  from  4  to 
8  per  cent,  by  volume.  In  a  Deacon  chamber  there 
was  no  difficulty  in  absorbing  the  CI  to  the  very  last 
traces.  That  he  had  proved  to  the  satisfaction  of  Dr. 
Angus  Smith.  The  whole  difficulty  consisted  in 
obtaining  the  gases  free  from  any  bodies  which  would 
spoil  the  bleach.     If  the  gases  contained  neither 


carbonic  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  nor  water,  good 
bleach  could  be  made  even  if  only  3  per  cent,  by 
volume  of  chlorine  were  present  in  the  mixture  of 
gases.  Of  course  as  the  percentage  of  chlorine 
decreased  it  became  more  difficult  to  exclude  these 
deleterious  bodies.  With  respect  to  the  apparatus 
employed  in  this  process,  and  especially  the  glass-tube 
cooler,  words  failed  him  wherewith  to  express  his 
admiration.  The  glass-tube  cooler  seemed  to  him  to 
have  great  advantages  over  the  ordinary  coke  tower 
for  very  hot  vapour  of  water  mixed  with  chlorine  and 
hydrochloric  acid.  As  to  whether  more  chlorine 
would  be  made  at  Stassfurt  or  in  England  no  one 
could  at  present  speak  positively  ;  but  there  could  be 
no  doubt  that  a  great  reward  was  in  store  for  whoever 
should  solve  the  problem  upon  which  so  many 
scientific  men  were  now  at  work. 

Colonel  Gamble  had  not  seen  the  process  in 
operation.  He  had  seen  the  plant  in  course  of  con- 
struction nine  months  ago,  and,  like  everyone  who 
had  seen  it  since,  was  struck  with  the  amount  of 
engineering  skill  expended  on  it.  M.  Pechiney's 
belief  then  was  that  this  process  would  be  the  chlorine 
process  of  the  future — whether  of  two  years  hence  or 
twenty  yearshenceM.  Fechineythoughtmightbe  ques- 
tionable, but  the  speaker  feared  that  most  chlorine 
manufacturers  now  regarded  that  future  as  much 
nearer  than  they  had  hoped.  The  position  was  a 
most  serious  one  for  the  Leblanc  manufacturers  of 
this  country.  They  were  already  blessed  with  too 
much  chlorine,  in  the  shape  of  muriatic  acid,  and  had 
to  restrict  its  use  as  much  as  possible  in  order  to 
make  any  profits.  If  the  amount  of  available  chlorine 
from  each  ton  of  salt  was  to  be  more  than  doubled, 
he  did  not  know  what  would  become  of  them.  He 
feared  Mr.  Muspratt  had  hardly  expressed  the  effect 
of  the  possible  Stassfurt  manufacture  as  fully  as  he 
might  have  done.  He  had  said  that  the  5  per  cent, 
loss  of  magnesia  would  be  balanced  in  England  by 
cheaper  fuel,  etc.  But  the  fact  was,  as  Mr.  Muspratt 
was  aware,  that  at  Stassfurt  they  would  have  not 
only  magnesia  but  chlorine  also  for  the  cost  of 
evaporation.  That  being  so,  he  feared  that  bleaching 
powder  would  soon  be  very  cheap  at  Stassfurt,  if  the 
process  could  be  satisfactorily  carried  out  with  their 
waste  magnesium  chioride. 

Mr.  John  Pattinson  quite  concurred  in  the  views 
expressed  by  previous  speakers,  that  there  appeared 
to  be  considerable  danger  of  the  transference  of  the 
chlorine  industry  from  England  to  Stassfurt  ;  and 
that  real  progress  in  industrial  chemistry  was  now 
more  dependent  on  the  application  of  engineering 
ability  than  on  the  invention  of  new  chemical 
processes. 

Mr.  A.  E.  Fletcher  thought  that,  beautiful  and 
ingenious  as  the  apparatus  appeared  to  be  from  the 
diagrams  shown,  manufacturers  would  look  with 
dismay  at  the  number  of  parts,  knowing  as  they  did 
that  each  part  would  add  to  the  cost  of  production 
and  maintenance.  If,  however,  this  elaborate 
apparatus  produced  results  not  to  be  obtained  other- 
wise, then  all  thanks  were  due  to  the  engineers  who 
had  designed  it.  The  condenser  had  a  special 
interest  for  him,  and  appeared  to  be  extremely 
ingenious  and  effective.  It  should  not,  however,  be 
compared  with  a  coke  tower.  The  latter  was  well 
suited  to  the  conditions  of  the  chlorine  manufacture 
as  now  carried  on,  the  supply  of  acid  being  inter- 
mittent, and  it  being  therefore  necessary  to  hold  a 
large  store  of  water  in  reserve,  and  available  for  use 
at  any  moment.  M.  Pechiney's  condenser,  on  the 
contrary,  was  intended  to  deal  with  a  constant  supply 
of  acid.  It  had  been  said  that  good  bleach  could  be 
made  from  very  dilute  chlorine  if  it  were  pure.  But 
of  course  dilute  chlorine  was  not  pure  ;  and  although 


790 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,     [nor. si,  isss: 


elaborate  arrangements  might  be  devised  for  exclud- 
ing noxious  elements,  there  would  always  be  the 
danger  of  leakage, and  thus  of  the  presence  of  carbonic 
acid  or  vapour. 

Mr.  Thomas  Royle  inquired  on  what  scale  the 
drawings  were  supposed  to  he. 

Dr.  Alder  Weight  asked  whether  it  would  not  be 
possible  to  recover  economically  some  of  the  HC1 
lost  in  drying  ;  secondly,  whether  the  percentage  of 
( '1  would  not  be  increased  by  decreasing  the  air 
supply  during  the  process  of  decomposition,  and  thus 
diminishing  the  total  volume  of  the  gases  ;  and, 
thirdly,  whether,  supposing  the  process  to  be  worked 
at  Stassfurt,  the  by-product  of  magnesia  which  would 
result  would  not  be  available  for  use  for  making  fire- 
bricks, thus  cheapening  the  production,  and  perhaps 
turning  the  scale  in  favour  of  Stassfurt  in  a  way  not 
anticipated. 

Mi.  ( '.  T.  KlNGZETT  remarked  that  some  III  years 
ago  he  had  been  associated  with  the  late  Mr.  Weldon 
in  experimenting  a  process  for  the  production  of 
chlorine  by  means  of  magnesia,  la  that  case  no 
attempt  was  made  to  utilise  the  chlorine  directly  for 
the  manufacture  of  bleaehing-powder.  It  was  con- 
verted immediately  into  bleaehing-liquor.  Referring 
to  this  more  modern  form  of  the  process,  it  appeared 
that  the  oxychloride  as  finally  treated  contained  a 
large  percentage  of  water.  The  question  therefore 
arose  as  to  how  far  the  chemical  reactions  had  been 
determined.  Was  it  supposed  that  the  chlorine 
resulted  only  from  the  action  of  oxygen  on  the  oxy- 
chloride, or  did  it  result  in  part  from  the  action  on 
the  vapour  of  HC1  generated  in  association  <  If  it 
resulted  from  the  direct  action  of  air,  then  Leblanc 
soda  makers  would  surely  have  an  easy  method  of 
utilising  their  spare  Hi'l  by  means  of  a  little 
magnesia.  The  process  might  possibly  be  improved 
by  moulding  the  magnesia  into  blocks  suitably 
arranged  so  as  to  be  alternately  converted  into 
oxychloride  by  HCl  and  then  decomposing  by  heat, 
with  the  result  of  the  production  of  chlorine. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Swam  thought  it  would  be  useful  if 
Professor  Dewar  could  state  the  relative  cost  of  the 
apparatus  for  this  process  and  the  old  Weldon 
process ;  and  also  to  what  extent  the  HCl  was 
actually  condensed. 

Professor  Dewar  in  reply  said  :  With  regard  to 
the  question  put  by  Sir  Henry  Roscoe,  that  was  the 
point  which  first  struck  me  and  led  to  my  investi- 
gation of  the  nature  of  the  reaction  in  the  furnace. 
I  >f  course  the  practical  reply  to  that  question  is  that 
no  user  of  the  process  on  a  large  scale  would  ever 
allow  his  yield  of  chlorine  to  go  below  .">  per  cent. 
As  to  the  assumed  difficulty  of  making  bleaching 

Eowder  from  such  chlorine,  I  think  the  testimony  we 
ave  had  to-night  from  so  high  an  authority  on  the 
subject  as  Dr.  Hewitt,  confirming  as  it  does  what 
he  said  before  the  Newcastle  Section  in  April, 
[885  (this  Journal,  vol.  iv.  311),  quite  settles  the 
question.  If  Dr.  Hewitt  could  make  36  per  cent, 
bleach  from  gases  containing  only  ">  per  cent,  of 
chlorine  by  weight,  there  would  surely  be  no 
difficulty  iri  dealing  with  these  gases  in  which  the 
chlorine  averages  5  per  cent,  by  volume.  Moreover, 
Mr.  Mond]has  always  scouted  the  idea  that  any  real 
difficulty  attached  to  this  point  But  even  if  any 
such  difficulty  exists  now  it  will  disappear  when  we 
succeed,  as  we  certainly  shall,  in  increasing  the 
temperature  of  the  furnace  and  thus  obtaining  a 
quicker  decomposition  and  a  higher  percentage  of 
free  chlorine.  I  have  already  made  to  M.  Pechiney 
the  suggestion  which  !>r  Wright  has  made  to  night— 
namely,  that  the  supply  of  air  should  be  graduated. 
With  respect  to  the  suggestions  made  by  Mr. 
Kingzett  I  would  remark  that  the  oxychloride  does 


not  need  to  be  made  into  blocks;  it  is  a  natural 
property  of  the  material  to  be  somewhat  too 
"blocky."  In  practice  it  has  been  found  necessary 
to  use  it  in  small  pieces,  so  that  air  may  thoroughly 
permeate  the  mass.  Mr.  Swan's  question  is  a  most 
pertinent  one.  I  have  already  stated  that  the  plant 
for  this  process  will  be  more  expensive  than  is  the 
plant  for  the  old  Weldon  process.  In  fact,  M. 
Pechiney  estimates  that,  taking  the  unit  of  chlorine 
production  at  one  ton  per  day,  the  cost  of  plant  at 
Salindres  for  the  old  Weldon  process  would  be 
'  60,O00fr.,  and  for  the  new  process  li0,0O0fr. 
—that  is  to  say.  exactly  double.  The  diagrams  shown 
to-night  are  not  drawn  to  scale.  They  are  merely 
illustrations  for  the  purpose  of  this  paper.  1  may 
say,  however,  that  the  chambers  of  the  decomposing 
furnace  are  three  metres  high,  one  metre  long,  and 
O'OS  metre  wide.  The  hydrochloric  acid  at  present 
lost  could  undoubtedly  be  recovered  if  it  were  worth 
while  to  do  so  :  but  at  Salindres  they  are  in  the 
happy  position  of  having  a  very  extensive  area  and 
no  alkali  inspector,  and  therefore  this  loss  does  not 
trouble  them.  With  respect  to  the  possibility  of 
Stassfurt  becoming  a  centre  of  the  chlorine  industry, 
I  should  like  to  quote  a  few  words  of  my  distinguished 
predecessor  in  office.  In  his  able  address  to  this 
Society  in  July,  188(1,  Mr.  Muspratt  said  :  "If  chloride 
of  magnesium  is  used  to  replace  salt  as  the  raw 
material  for  chlorine,  this  great  chemical  industry 
will,  of  necessity,  have  its  seat  in  Stassfurt,  and  not 
in  Lancashire."  I  think,  therefore,  that  my  views  on 
that  point  are  well  supported.  I  of  course  admit 
that  the  process  has  its  difficulties,  but  I  believe 
that  those  difficulties  will  be  overcome.  For 
instance,  the  attainment  of  a  higher  temperature 
in  the  decomposing  furnace  will  obviate  the  present 
loss  of  chlorine  as  hydrochloric  acid.  The  oxychloride 
before  desiccation  containsGequivalentsof  water;  after 
desiccation  it  contains  only  3equivalents.  If  the  drying 
were  stopped  earlier  scarcely  any  hydrochloric  acid 
would  come  off  in  that  operation  ;  but  we  cannot  do 
that  until  M.  Pechiney  has  carried  out  his  improve- 
ment in  heating  the  furnace.  Then  with  respect  to 
the  remaining  difficulty  of  undecomposed  oxychloride. 
That  will  be  no  great  drawback  where  the  process  is 
worked  continuously,  because  these  small  portions  of 
oxychloride  are  easily  separated  from  the  residues 
and  are  worked  again.  Supposing  the  process  in 
work  at  Stassfurt,  there  will  be  an  accumulation  of 
cheap  magnesia  which  will  have  been  heated  strongly, 
and  will  therefore  be  very  dense.  This  magnesia 
will  contain  some  2  or  3  per  cent,  of  chlorine,  and 
will  therefore  be  in  a  condition  to  form  an  excellent 
cement,  setting  quickly  and  with  a  hard,  white 
surface.  As'Dr.  Wright  has  suggested,  such  a  cement 
will  probably  find  useful  applications,  and  may  thus 
constitute  a  source  of  profit. 


rLmcrpool  Section. 


Chairman  :  J.  Campbell  13rown. 


rice-Chairman:  F.  Ilurter. 
Committee: 


E.  G.  Ballard. 
Ernest  Bibby. 
Bustaoe  Carey. 
H.  Deacon. 

J.  ('.  (iambic 
S.  Hamburger. 


D.  Herman. 
J.  W.  Kynaston. 
K.  K.  Muspratt. 
(;.  Shack-Sommer. 

Jas.  Simpson. 
A.  Watt. 


Local  Sec.  and  Treasurer:    W.  P.  Thompson,  6,  Lord   Street 
Liverpool. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  t  he  Meetings  to 
be  sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Dec. 3i,  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  TDK  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


791 


Meeting  held  7th  December,   1887,   in  the  Chemical 
Theatre,  University  College. 

DR.   J.   CAMPBELL   BROWN   PRESIDING. 

M  ISCELLANEOUS    ( 'O.M.M  UNICATIONS. 
Db.  J.  Campbell  Brown  said  that  he  had  brought 

some  specimens  of  native  indigo  plant  from  Matacong, 
off  the  coast  of  Africa,  and  some  indigo  products, 
whilst  a  gentleman  had  been  good  enough  to  send  a 
specimen  of  wild  African  indigo.  The  African  indigo 
plant  was  extremely  rich  in  indigo,  and  it  was  exten- 
sively used  by  the  natives.  They  brought  it  down  to 
the  coast  in  the  term  exhibited  (which  was  a  number 
of  conical  masse-  of  leaves)  for  their  own  use.  It 
was  very  rough,  and  as  far  as  he  could  make  out  it 
was  matted  together  by  cow-dung,  and  they  used  that 
for  dyeing  their  own  goods.  The  process  they 
followed  was  similar  in  its  essentials  to  that  employed 
in  India  and  elsewhere.  They  extracted  it  with  alkali 
in  such  a  way  that  fermentation  took  place  :  this 
developed  the  indigo,  reduced  it  and  dissolved  the 
white  indigo,  and  as  far  as  he  understood  the  natives 
on  the  African  coast  gave  the  goods  rather  a  pro- 
longed dipping.  It  was  interesting  to  know,  also, that 
although  the  specimen  submitted  contained  a  great 
deal  of  indigo  it  was  difficult  to  get  all  the  indigo 
blue  from  it.  Dr.  Kohn  has  worked  this  out,  and 
found  that  the  difficulty  arose  from  the  fact  that  the 
indigo  was  partly  converted  into  indigo-brown,  and 
that  led  him  (Dr.  Brown)  to  endeavour  to  ascertain 
how  it  got  into  that  condition,  and  then  he  found  out 
that  the  leaves  were  mixed  with  something  like  cow- 
dung.  It  had  been  put  up  in  that  form  apparently  for 
convenience  of  carriage.  In  that  way  it  had  got  during 
carriage  a  strong  fermentation  and  heating  set  up  by 
the  presence  of  the  cow-dung  and  by  the  climate.  In 
cases  of  what  might  be  called  "  over-fermentation," 
not  only  was  indigo  blue  formed  from  indican,  but 
the  continued  fermentation  made  indigo  brown. 
There  were  on  the  table  specimens  of  indigo  brown, 
indigo  blue  from  indigo  plants,  and  some  artificial 
indigo  made  from  coal-tar.  It  was  also  interesting  to 
note  that  in  different  parts  of  the  world  where  the 
climate  is  similar,  indigo  plants  grow  and  flourish. 

Mr.  W.  P.  Thompson  exhibited  some  samples  of 
prepared  paper  for  bank  cheques.  The  cheques  are 
printed  in  black  or  any  other  colour,  but  the  paper 
was  impregnated  with  chemicals  in  such  a  manner 
that  no  matter  what  liquid  was  put  on  to  try  to 
take  out  ordinary  writing  ink,  the  paper  would  change 
colour  with  the  liquid,  though  unaffected  by  water. 
The  samples  he  had  got,  if  washed  with  caustic  soda 
solution,  oxalic  acid  or  other  acid,  or  bleaching  pow- 
der solution,  would  entirely  change  colour,  showing 
clearly  the  tampering.  This  prepared  paper  was  being 
largely  used  in  France  in  making  cheques,  coupons, 
bonds,  etc.  Envelopes  have  also  been  made  with  this 
paper,  so  that  tampering  with  them  could  easily  be 
detected, 

The  Chairman:  Is  the  colour  printed  on  the 
cheques  ! 

Mr.  W.  1'.  Thompson:  No.  it  is  in  the  white 
paper  itself.  It  is  printed  with  ordinary  printer's  ink. 
If  oxalic  acid  were  put  to  the  paper,  it  would  immedi- 
ately change  colour,  as  shown  in  s,  ,me  of  the  specimens 
exhibited  smeared  with  the  three  aforesaid  solutions. 

ULTRAMARINE, 

BY    HERBERT  J.    L,    RAWLINS. 

Lapk-LAZULI.    the     native    form    of     ultramarine, 

is   a    somewhat    rare    mineral    found    in     Prn    i  i. 


China.  Persia,  and  one  or  two  other  localities.  It 
is  generally  of  an  earthy  bluish-grey  colour,  but 
the  purest  varieties  are  of  a  deep  rich  blue.  It  is 
associated  with  iron  pyrites,  generally  in  small 
glittering  crystals,  and  this  gave  rise,  at  one  time, 
to  the  idea  that  the  blue  colour  was  due  to  the 
presence  of  iron. 

To  procure  the  blue  colour  free  from  the  earthy 
matter  accompanying  it,  the  mineral  is  first  reduced 
to  a  fine  powder,  which  is  mixed  with  resin,  wax, 
and  linseed  oil,  worked  into  a  paste.  The  mass  is 
then  placed  in  a  cloth  and  kneaded  under  water. 
The  first  portion  of  the  colouring  matter  expressed 
is  generally  dirty:  but  afterwards  the  brighter  blue 
makes  its  way  through  tin'  doth,  and  last  of  all  an 
inferior  quality.  All  these  qualities  are  carefully 
collected  and  classified. 

This  operation  is  a  very  tedious  one,  and  though 
several  others  have  been  suggested,  no  better  one  has 
been  found.  The  resulting  blue  pigment  is  certainly 
of  great  stability  and  purity  of  tone,  but  costs  about 
20s.  per  ounce. 

Discovery  of  a  Proi  ess  ok  Manufacture. 

For  a  long  time  the  composition  of  this  body 
remained  a  mystery.  "What  is  lapis!"  asks  Sir 
Hugh  Evans  in  the  "  Merry  Wives  of  Windsor,"  and 
until  half-a-century  ago  chemists  were  echoing  his 
question  and  asking  each  other  "What  is  lapis- 
lazuli  !  "  The  analysis  could  give  no  clue  as  to  the 
cause  of  the  blue  colour.  To  prepare  it  artificially 
became  a  great  object,  and  the  efforts  in  this  direction 
were  stimulated  by  the  offer  of  prizes,  amongst  which 
was  one  of  6000  francs,  offered  by  the  "Society 
d'Encouragement"  of  France,  to  be  awarded  to  the  dis- 
coverer of  a  method  of  making  ultramarine,  provided 
it  did  not  cost  more  than  90s.  per  lb.  How  strange 
it  seems  to  think  of  this  in  these  days  when  the  value 
has  fallen  to  less  than  half  that  price  per  cwt.  .' 

As  early  as  1814  two  German  chemists,  Tessiirt  and 
Ixuhlmann,  had  observed  the  formation  of  a  blue  pro- 
duct in  soda  kilns  and  calcination  kilns,  but  Guimet, 
in  1828,  first  discovered  how  it  was  produced,  and 
gained  the  6000  francs  prize.  He  did  not,  however, 
publish  his  method,and  grew  immensely  rich,  although 
the  price  sank  to  about  16's.  per  lb.  In  1828  he  was 
producing  at  the  rate  of  120,0001b.  annually. 

About  the  same  time,  or,  as  is  positively  asserted 
by  some,  even  prior  to  Guimet,  Gmelin  made  the  same 
discovery  and  published  his  researches  in  full,  thus 
perhaps  laying  the  foundation  stone  of  the  present 
supremacy  of  Germany  in  this  manufacture. 

Chemical  Constitution. 

In  spite  of  the  valuable  discoveries  of  Hoffmann, 
Unger  and  others,  our  knowledge  of  the  chemical 
constitution  of  ultramarine  is  very  limited  and 
uncertain,  many  different  theories  having  been 
advanced  regarding  the  cause  of  the  blue  colour. 

According  to  Wilkins,  ultramarine  is  composed  of 
two  portions,  one  of  which  consists  of  two  silicates  of 
alumina  with  sulphite  and  sulphide  ot  sodium,  and  is 
constant  in  its  composition  ;  the  other  being  a  mixture 
of  variable  quantities  of  sand,  clay  and  oxide  of  iron, 
with  sulphuric  acid.  The  blue  colouring  principle 
he  consideis  t<>  be  a  compound  of  sodium  sulphite 
and  sulphide.  Another  ingenious  theorist,  Stein,  in 
two  papers  published  in  the  Jahresberidite  in  1871 
and  1^72,  concludes  that  blue  ultramarine  contains 
sulphurous,  and  not  thio  sulphuric  acid,  that  neither 
sulphites  nor  thio-sulphates  are  necessary  to  its  com- 
position, and  that  it  owes  its  colour  to  the  presence 
of  black  sulphide  of  sodium,  which  is  formed  at  high 
temperatures  by  the  action  of  sulphide  of  sodium  on 
alumina— admitting, therefore. that  it  isnot  a  chemical 


rss 


THE  .TOVBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY      IDec.  31. 1887. 


compound,  but  merely  a  mechanii  a]  mixture,  the  blue 
colour  of  which  is  due  to  the  bodii  s  imposing  it. 

Brunnei  considers  ultramarine  to  be  a  compound 
of  aluminium  silicate,  with  sodium  sulphate  and  sul- 
phide, while  I'.i  iinlin  regards  it  as  a  double  silicate  of 
aluminium  and  sodium,  in  combination  with  penta- 
sulphide  of  sodium.  (Jreen  ultramarine  he  considers 
to  be  the  same  double  silicate  in  combination  with 
bisulphide  of  sodium. 

Again,  according  to  Hitter,  ultramarine  contains  a 
double  silicate,  not  only  associated  with  polysulphide, 
but  also  with  thiosulphate  of  soda  :  and  Schulzen- 
berger,  on  the  other  hand. considers  that  it  is  a  mixture 
of  a  double  silicate  with  sulphite  and  monosulphide  of 
sodium. 

Endemann  considers  that  the  blue  colour  is  due  to 
a  "  colour  nucleus,"  consisting  of  unchanging  propor- 
tions of  aluminium,  sodium,  oxygen  and  sulphur,  in 
each  variety  of  ultramarine  the  proportion  being 
different,  while  the  rest  of  the  sodium  and  alu- 
minium, and  the  whole  of  the  silica,  merely  act  as  a 
vehicle  necessary  to  the  preparation  and  existence  of 
the  colour.  He  consideis  that  this  "  colour  nucleus,'' 
in  the  case  of  white  ultramarine,  which  he  calls  the 
"mother-substance  in  the  manufacture  of  blue  ultra- 
marine," has  the  foimula  AlXa4O^S2.  By  the  action 
on  two  molecules  of  this  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  Na20 
is  removed,  and  green  ultramarine  ALNa,;0.,S4"is 
formed,  which  then,  by  the  action  of  oxygen,  which 
forms  sodium  sulphate,  passes  into  the  pure  green 
compound,  having  the  formula  ALNa40:;Sa.  In 
the  "indirect  process"  of  manufacture  green  ultra- 
marine is  converted  into  blue  by  being  burnt  with 
sulphur.  By  this  means  Endemann  considers  that 
more  sodium  and  sulphur  are  removed,  and  blue 
ultramarine  ALNao03S3  is  foimcd.  He  considers 
that  the  other  jortion,  not  included  in  the  "colour 
nucleus,"  differs  in  different  samples.  In  one  which 
he  mentions  it  has  about  the  composition 
3Al203.5Na20.16SiOs. 

But  of  all  chemists  who  have  woiked  on  this  sub- 
ject ncne  has  done  more  to  increase  our  knowledge 
of  "the  blue  marvel  of  inorganic  chemistry,"  as  he 
himself  has  called  it,  than  Remhold  Hoffmann.    His 
position  of  manager  of  the  Marienberg  Ultramarine 
Works,   near  Benscbeim,  in   the  Grand  Duchy  of 
Hesse,  renders  his  acquaintance  with  the  manufacture 
perfect,  and  his  untiring  researches  on  the  subject 
have  been  well  rewarded  by  results  both  interesting 
and  valuable.     He  considers  ultramarine  to  be  a 
double  silicate  of  sodium  and  aluminium,  together 
with  bisulphide  of  sodium,  the  variety  poor  in  silica, 
characterised  by  its  paleness  and  purity  of  tint,  and 
easy  decomposition   by  acids,    having  the  formula 
4(Al,jNa2Si2Os)+Na2S4 :  while  that  rich  in  silica, 
characterised  by  its  dark  and  somewhat  reddish  tint, 
and  more  difficult  decomposition  by  acids,  has  the 
formula  2(Al.JXa..Si..,010)  +  Na:,S4.      He  also  con- 
siders it  very  doubtful  whether  green  ultramarine  is 
really  a  chemical  compound,  and  indeed  it  is  now 
generally  considered  that  the  colour  is  only  due  to 
small    traces    of    sodium    salts    in    very    intimate 
mechanical  mixture  with  the  blue  variety,   for  by 
heating  the  green  body  for  sometime  at  160s  with 
water,  in  closed  tubes,  it  is  converted  into  the  blue 
product,  and  small  traces  of  sodium  compounds  are 
found  in  solution  in  the  water ;  and  lurther,  on  heat- 
ing blue  ultramarine  strongly  with  sodium  sulphate 
and  charcoal — that  is,  acting  upon  it  with  sodium 
sulphide — the  green  variety  is  formed. 

In  a  paper  by  Knapp,  an  abstract  of  which  appeared 
in  the  Journal  of  the  Chemical  Society  for  March, 
1880,  there  are  some  curious  facts  recorded  with  regard 
to  the  colouring  agent.'  It  was  noticed  that  when 
silicic    acid  was  replaced   by  boracic  acid,   a   blue. 


in, uly  as  stable  in  its  properties  as  that  of  ordinary 
ultramarine,  was  produced.  It  was  found  that  a  blue 
could  be  obtained  without  alumina  being  introduced. 
Hence  silica  without  alumina,  and  alumina  without 
silica,  can  be  employed  with  a  certain  amount  of 
success.  The  blue,  however,  formed  without  silica,  is 
not  so  strong  or  stable  as  that  formed  with  it. 

One  very  curious  property  which  ultramarine 
possesses  is  its  power  of  giving  up  its  sodium  in 
exchange  for  othermetals.  Thus,  by  heating  blueultra- 
marine  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  silver  nitrate 
in  sealed  tubes  to  120°  for  fifteen  hours,  a  dark  yellow 
silver  ultramarine  is  produced,  containing  about  46'5 
per  cent,  of  silver.  This  corresponds  to  about  15'5 
per  cent,  of  sodium,  which  is  just  about  the  amount 
that  the  original  body  contained. 

When  this  body  is  heated  with  an  aqueous  solution 
of  sodium  chloride  to  120°  in  sealed  tubes,  about 
three-quarters  of  the  silver  is  replaced  by  sodium, 
but  the  other  quarter  cannot  be  so  replaced  ;  in  fact, 
blue  ultramarine,  when  heated  with  silver  chloride, 
takes  up  silver,  and  becomes  green.  But  by  heating 
silver  ultramarine  with  sodium  chloride  in  the  dry 
way,  at  rather  a  higher  temperature,  the  whole  of  the 
silver  is  replaced  by  sodium,  but  the  ultramarine  thus 
regenerated  does  not  equal  the  original  body  in  colour. 
The  change  is  probably  due  to  the  loss  of  sulphur  in 
the  formation  of  the  silver  ultramarine. 

If  in  the  above  experiment  potassium  chloride  be 
substituted  for  the  sodium  salt,  and  the  temperature 
not  allowed  to  exceed  400°,  a  bluish-green  potassium 
ultramarine  is  formed.  Bai  ium  ultramarine  is  a 
yellowish-brown  product,  zinc  ultramarine  is  violet, 
and  magnesium  ultramarine  is  grey.  These  may  all 
be  obtained  by  acting  on  the  yellow  silver  ultramarine 
with  the  corresponding  metallic  chloride. 

From  the  experiments  of  Dollfus  and  Goppelsroder 
some  very  striking  differences  have  been  brought  to 
light  between  the  three  types  of  colour  which  they 
examined — namely,  the  blue,  green  and  violet — intheir 
behaviour  with  various  reagents.  Thus,  an  aqueous 
solution  of  caustic  soda  or  potash  does  not  act  on  the 
blue  or  green,  but  turns  the  violet  to  blue,  and  when 
heated  with  carbonic  oxide  the  same  result  ensues. 
Many  other  reagents  have  the  same  effect  on  the 
I  violet  variety,  but  when  acted  upon  with  sodium 
sulphide,  the  green  turns  grey,  and  when  heated  w  ith 
potassium  chlorate  becomes  darker  and  loses  its 
brightness  of  colour,  liollfus  and  Goppelsroder 
attempt  no  explanation  of  these  facts,  but  simply 
state  them  as  results  of  their  observations,  and  profess 
their  inability  to  give  any  chemical  formulae  for  the 
three  ultramarines,  though  they  consider  that  there 
is  sufficient  proof  that  each  has  its  distinct  constitu- 
tion. They  give  as  their  opinion,  however,  that  they 
are  double  silicates  of  aluminium  and  sodium,  in 
which  a  part  of  the  oxygen  is  replaced  by  sulphur. 

I  may  here  mention  that  violet  and  red  ultra- 
marines are  more  bodies  of  scientific  interest  than  of 
any  practical  use,  as  their  colouring  power  is  not 
sufficiently  great.  The  violet  variety  may  be  prepared 
by  exposing  the  underground  blue  product  to  chlorine 
gas  under  a  high  temperature,  while  the  red  may  be 
obtained  from  the  violet  by  acting  on  it,  under  a 
low  temperature,  by  dilute  nitric  acid  fumes. 

Imdibect  Process  as  Manufacture. 

The  first  artificial  method  of  producing  ultramarine 
was  that  known  as  the  "  Indirect  Process  "—that  is, 
first  the  manufacture  of  green  ultramarine  ;  and, 
secondly,  its  conversion  into  blue.  It  was  carried  out 
as  follows  : — 

An  intimate  mixture  of  Glauber's  salts,  China  clay, 
and  coal  or  resin,  finely  ground  together,  was  placed 
in    crucibles    and    based    or    burned    in    an    oven 


Dec.  si.  1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


793 


for  about  six  bums.  It  was  then  transferred 
to  iron  trays,  and  heated  with  Bowers  of  sul- 
phur to  the  point  where  the  sulphur  took  tire,  when  it 
was  allowed  to  burn  itself  out.  By  this  second  pro 
cess  the  green  was  converted  into  blue.  It  was  then 
washed,  ground  with  water,  and  settled  out.  the  first 
deposit  being  of  a  darker  shade  than  the  second,  and 
the  colour  becoming  lighter  as  the  powder  settled 
was  finer  in  grind.  This  is  essentially  the  method 
employed  now  at  many  (lerman  works,  those  at 
Marienberg,  for  instance,  and  produces  what  is  known 
as 'sulphate  ultramarine,"  distinguished  by  its  pale 
shade  and  almost  greenish  blue  tint. 


The 


Mam  fa'  i  i  i;k  as  Carried 
Furnaces. 


"IT    IN    M  TITLE 


There  are,  however,  some  objections  to  the  indirect 
process,  and  it  was  considered  advisable  to  find  a  plan 
by  which  ultramarine  could  be  made  in  bulk  in  a 
muffle  furnace.  The  following  is  a  method  which  is 
employed  at  the  present  time  in  some  of  the  German 
works  : — 

A  mixture  of  China  clay,  carbonate  of  soda,  sul- 
phate of  soda,  sulphur,  sand  and  charcoal  or  resin, 
finely  ground  together,  are  placed  upon  the  floor  of  a 
lnurtie  furnace,  being  pressed  down  so  as  to  present 
an  even  surface.  The  mixture  is  then  entirely 
enclosed  with  fire-clay  tiles,  the  spaces  between 
which  are  filled  in  with  thin  mortar.  When  the  oven 
is  so  charged  the  front  is  built  up,  a  small  hole  being 
left  for  watching  the  temperature  of  the  Hue  between 
the  tiles  and  the  top  of  the  furnace,  and  for  drawing 
samples  during  the  process,  which  is  done  through  a 
corresponding  hole  in  the  front  of  the  fire-clay  tiles, 
temporarily  closed  with  a  fire-clay  stopper.  The  oven 
is  now  heated — slowly  at  first,  and  afterwards  more 
strongly,  so  that  at  the  end  of  eight  or  nine  hours  it 
is  at  a  dull  red  heat.  It  is  kept  at  this  temperature 
for  about  24  hours,  when  the  heat  is  raised  so  that  a 
clear  red  glow  is  obtained,  which  is  kept  up  to  the 
end  of  the  operation. 

For  the  purpose  of  taking  a  sample,  an  iron  spoon 
borer  is  introduced  through  the  hole  left  in  the 
enclosing  tiles,  turned  round,  and  pulled  out.  The 
contents  are  laid  on  a  clean  tile,  and  quickly  covered 
with  another  tile,  on  which  a  second  quantity  is 
placed,  and  allowed  to  remain  exposed  to  the  air.  If 
the  oven  has  been  sufficiently  heated  the  covered 
sample  should  appear  of  a  bluish  green,  and  no  longer 
brown  or  yellow,  while  the  second  sample  should  be 
rather  bluer.  If  this  be  the  case,  the  oven  is  heated 
slowly  for  another  hour,  and  then  all  communication 
with  the  outer  air  cut  off.  It  is  allowed  to  cool  and 
then  opened,  when  the  contents  should  appear  as  a 
beautiful  blue  mass,  the  lower  portion  of  which, 
however,  is  of  a  greenish  tinge.  Both  parts  are  now 
treated  alike,  but  worked  up  separately,  the  greenish 
blue  portion  making  an  inferior  article.  The  finishing 
process  is  as  follows  : — 

The  raw  ultramarine  is  ground  in  upright  mills,  and 
then  repeatedly  boiled  for  about  ten  or  fifteen  minutes 
at  a  time  in  cast-iron  boilers,  being  all  the  time 
agitated  by  a  mechanical  stirring  arrangement.  It  is 
then  allowed  to  settle,  and  the  water  drawn  oft' with 
a  siphon.  As  soon  as  the  powder  settles  into  a  hard 
compact  mass  it  has  been  sufficiently  washed,  and  it 
is  then  dug  out.  The  part  next  to  the  bottom  of  the 
boiler  is  generally  coarse  and  of  poor  quality.  It  is 
carefully  separated  from  the  upper  portion,  which  is 
transferred  to  wet  mills  of  the  ordinary  description, 
and  there  ground  for  from  six  to  twelve  hours,  during 
which  time  about  1501b,  can  be  treated  in  each  mill. 
The  ground  colour  from  these  mills  is  then  collected 
in  a  large  tub,  and  allowed  to  settle  for  four  hours, 
during  which  time  the  coarsest  particles  fall  to  the 


bottom.  The  liquid  is  then  passed  through  a  series  of 
tuis.  iii  each  ot  w  liich  it  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a  period 
of  time,  lengthening  as  the  quality  settled  out  becomes 
liner,  the  last  settling  requiring  about  three  weeks. 
The  various  qualities  are  then  dried  and  sifted,  when 
they  are  ready  for  the  market 
The  blue  produced  by  this  operation  is  of  a  good 

quality,  but  there  are  soir.e  objections  to  the  pro< 

which  have  given  rise  to  another  in  which  the  ultra- 
marine is  produced  direct  in  crucibles  similar  to  those 
used  in  the  indirect  pro. 

Direct  Process  in  Crucibles. 

This  is  conducted  as  follows  :— The  mixture  of  raw 
materials  consistsof  about  100  parts  of  China  clay,  90  oi 
carbonate  of  soda,  110  of  sulphur,  20  of  charcoal,  and  a 
quantity  of  infusorial  earth,  varying  according  as  the 
ultramarine  produced  is  desired  to  be  rich  or  poor  in 
silica.  Thesearefinely  ground  together,  in  which  process 
great  care  must  be  observed,  as  much  depends  upon  its 
being  properly  carried  out.  The  mixture  is  then 
filled  loosely  into  crucibles  provided  with  flat 
circular  lids,  which  are  fixed  on  with  mortar  contain- 
ing clay.  This  is  allowed  to  dry,  and  the  crucibles 
are  then  ready  for  firing,  which  process  is  conducted 
in  ovens  generally  constructed  so  as  to  contain  several 
hundred  crucibles,  which  are  arranged  in  rows,  one 
above  another. 

The  mixture  undergoes  a  very  curious  change  of 
colour  while  in  the  ovens.  "When  put  in  it  is 
greyish  white,  and  during  the  process  of  burning  it 
becomes  successively  brown,  green,  blue,  violet,  red 
and  white  in  the  order  named.  These  changes  are, 
according  to  Guimet,  due  to  oxidation.  The  brown 
appears  with  the  blue  flames  due  to  the  combustion 
of  the  sulphur,  the  green  just  after  the  sulphur  flames 
have  ceased,  and  the  blue  is  first  formed  at  a  tem- 
perature of  about  700°— i.e.,  a  bright  red  heat.  If, 
after  this,  heat  be  still  applied  and  air  freely 
admitted,  the  mixture  becomes  first  violet,  then  red  or 
rose  coloured,  and  finally  white.  When  this  white 
body  is  heated  to  redness  with  carbon  or  other 
reducing  agents,  the  red,  violet,  blue,  green  and  brown 
colours  (according  to  the  amount  of  reducing  agent 
employed)  may  sometimes  be  reproduced,  though  the 
reaction  is  by  no  means  a  certain  one. 

If  brown  ultramarine  be  removed  from  the  oven, 
and  allowed  to  remain  exposed  to  the  air,  it  im- 
mediately takes  fire  and  burns  to  an  inferior  blue 
colour.  The  same  thing  occurs  with  the  green  body. 
Even  if  the  brown  product  be  completely  cooled 
before  being  exposed  to  the  air,  it  will,  as  soon  as  the 
air  is  allowed  to  reach  it,  get  hotter  and  hotter,  until 
it  is  glowing,  when  it  will  burst  into  flame  and 
become  blue.  Attempts  have  been  made  to  preserve 
the  brown  colour,  which  is  of  a  beautiful  chocolate 
tint,  but  have  always  failed.  In  one  instance,  when 
this  was  tried,  the  colour  was  put  immediately  into 
water,  and  treated  like  the  ordinary  blue  variety,  and 
as  long  as  it  was  kept  moist  no  change  was  apparent. 
After  being  washed  and  wet  ground  the  moist 
powder  was  put  into  a  cask,  where  for  some  time  it 
was  allowed  to  remain  undisturbed.  At  the  end  of 
about  three  weeks  it  was  noticed  that  the  mass  was 
hot,  and  on  being  turned  out  of  the  caskand  broken  up 
it  was  found  to  be  at  a  glowing  heat  in  the  interior. 

After  the  oven  has  been  fired  for  several  hours  it  is 
carefully  closed  at  every  point  where  air  might 
enter,  and  allowed  to  cool  for  four  or  five  days.  Ths 
exact  length  of  time  during  which  the  ovens  are 
fired,  and  the  amount  of  air  admitted,  depend  upon 
various  circumstances,  one  important  one  being  the 
state  of  the  weather.  Thus,  on  a  dull,  foggy  day, 
when  the  draught  in  the  chimney  is  not  good,  a 
r  time  is  required.     Of  course,  no  rule  can  be 

C 


::)■) 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     |H<r.si.i887. 


given  for  this,  ami  it  is  the  experience  required  in 
the  management  of  the  oven  that  makes  the  manu- 
facture so  difficult  to  cany  out  EUCCessfuUy,  the  early 
efforts  of  a  manufacturer  not  (infrequently  resulting 
in  the  loss  of  a  whole  ovenful  of  raw  material.  As 
soon  as  the  oven  has  cooled  the  crucibles  are  taken 
out,  and  the  contents  of  each  turned  out  in  a  solid 
mass,  which  must  lie  carefully  cleaned  with  a  knife  of 
any  badly  burned  portions,  and  afterwards  broken  up 
and  thrown  into  a  cask  along  with  the  contents  of 
other  crucibles. 

This  forms  what  is  known  as  crude  raw  ultra- 
marine. It  contains  about  15  per  cent,  of  sulphate  of 
soda,  which  must  be  removed  before  the  colour  is  fit 
for  sale. 

For  this  purpose  it  is  washed  with  hot  water  in 
large  tubs,  alter  which  it  is  ground  in  wet  mills  to  an 
impalpable  powder,  and  allowed  to  stand  for  about 
an  hour  in  a  large  tub,  in  order  to  remove  the 
coarsest  particles  and  dirt  which  are  sure  to  be 
present.  It  is  then  removed  to  another  tub,  where  it 
settles  for  four  or  five  hours,  and  from  this  it  passes 
to  others,  where  it  stands  for  various  lengths  of 
time,  increasing,  of  course,  as  the  powder  tobe  settled 
becomes  finer,  the  last  settling  occupying  three  or 
four  weeks,  and  producing  the  strongest  quality  that 
can  be  obtained— that  is  to  say,  it  will  bear 
mixing  with  more  of  a  reducing  medium,  such  as 
mineral  white,  than  would  a  former  settling,  for  the 
mixture  in  each  case  tobe  of  the  same  depth  of  colour. 

The  water,  after  the  final  settling,  still  continues 
about  five  per  cent,  of  ultramarine.  This  would  take 
five  or  six  months  to  settle,  and  as  this  time  could 
not  generally  be  given  to  it,  it  is  precipitated  with 
lime  water,  which  has  a  sort  of  coagulating  influence 
upon  the  particles,  which  can  then  be  removed  by 
filtration.  It  is  a  curious  thing  that  this  last 
quality  is  quite  different  to  the  one  preceding  it, 
being  very  inferior  in  both  colour  and  strength. 

After  settling,  all  the  various  qualities  are  dried  on 
kilns,  and  sifted  through  fine  brass  wire  sieves  by 
means  of  a  fan,  which  breaks  up  the  lumps  and 
forces  the  particles  through  the  meshes  of  the  sieve, 
which  must  be  very  close-about  100  to  the  inch— in 
order  that  the  ultramarine  may  be  perfectly  smooth 
and  free  from  lumps  or  giit  of  any  sort.  When 
finished,  it  should  be  in  the  form  of  an  wnpalpable 
powder— the  finer  qualities  so  fine,  indeed,  as  to  feel 
almost  hilttry  when  rubbed  between  the  fingers. 
After  this  process  the  different  qualities  and  shades 
are  mixed  to  certain  standards,  and  are  then  ready 
for  sale. 

The  uses  of  ultramarine  in  the  arts  and  manu- 
factures are  very  numerous  and  important.  The 
most  important,  from  the  point  of  view  of  quantity, 
is  the  manufacture  of  "square  blue"  for  washing 
purposes.  In  the  preparation  of  this  article  the 
ultramarine  is  generally  mixed  with  bicarbonate  of 
soda  and  some  glutinous  material,  to  help  it  to  retain 
its  shape,  and  is  then  pressed  into  the  well-known 
form  of  small  square  or  oblong  blocks. 

It  is  also  used  largely  in  the  manufacture  of  blue 
paint  and  printing  ink  and  in  the  preparation  of  blue 
mottled  soap.  The  way  in  which  it  is  employed  in 
the  last-named  manufacture  is  worthy  of  remark. 
It  is  added  to  the  soap  while  it  is  in  a  molten  state 
and  just  before  it  is  allowed  to  cool,  and  thoroughly 
mixed  with  it,  so  that  the  whole  mass  is  of  a  pale 
blue  tint.  If  a  small  quantity  of  this  be  removed 
from  the  boiler  and  cooled  quickly,  it  remains  of  a 
uniform  tint,  but  in  the  case  of  the  whole  boiler  full, 
where  the  cooling  is  very  slow,  the  action  is  entirely 
different.  Just  at  the  point  of  cooling,  when  the 
soap  is  going  to  set  hard,  the  nltiamarine — to  use  a 
technical  expression — "strikes"  and  goes  into  the 


form  which  gives  to  blue  mottled  soap  its  well-known 
appearance. 

In  the  manufacture  of  paper  ultramarine  also  plays 
an  important  part.  It  is  here  used  not  only  for  pro- 
ducing blue  shades,  but  also  as  a  bleaching  agent,  to 
counteract  the  yellow,  when  white  paper  is  made. 

Another  important  use  is  in  the  calico  manufacture, 
where  it  is  used  both  in  the  printing  of  blue  patterns 
and  in  the  finishing  of  goods.  In  the  case  of  calico 
i  printing,  it  is  mixed  with  albumen  and  printed  on  to 
the  calico,  which  is  then  subjected  to  the  action  of 
'  steam, the  albumen  being  by  this  means  coagulated  and 
!  each  grain  of  ultramarine  surrounded  by  an  insoluble 
envelope,  so  that  it  cannot  be  washed  out  of  the  calico. 
The  growth  in  the  manufactuie  of  ultramarine 
has  been  very  remarkable,  especially  when  it  is 
considered  how  little  the  process  is  understood 
chemically,  and  what  care  and  patience— to  say 
nothing  of  the  equally  important  item  of  capital — 
are  required  in  the  starting  of  a  manufactory.  Com- 
mencing less  than  50  years  ago  in  the  works  of 
Guimet,  at  Lyons,  who  produced  120,0001b.  annually, 
there  are  at  the  present  day  nearly  40  manufactories 
at  work  in  various  parts  of  the  world — chiefly  in 
(iermany—  producing  about  20  million  lbs.  per  year. 
The  following  figures  will  give  some  idea  of  ten  years' 
growth  of  this  industry— from  1862  to  1872  :- 

1862.  1872. 

No.  of  manufactories 24  32 

Men  employed  961  1929 

Tons  manufactured    3556  £585 

From  the  above  numbers  it  will  be  seen  that  in 

these  ten  years  the  manufacture  more  than  doubled 

'  itself,  the  fact  being  due,  however,  not  so  much  to  the 

i  increase  in  the  number  of  works,  which  was  only  one- 
third,  as  to  the  enlarged  capabilities  of  those  existing 
in  1S(;2.  Thus,  in  the  works  of  Dr.  Leverkus,  near 
Cologne — the  first  works  ever  started  in  Germany-  - 
the  number  of  men  employed  had,  during  these  ten 
years,  more  than  doubled,  while  the  output  had 
trebled,  and  in  the  case  of  the  Marienberg  Works  the 
difference  was  even  more  striking,  the  number  of 
Lands  employed  and  the  quantity  turned  out   per 

1  annum  having  nearly  quadrupled. 

Such  is  a  short  sketch— from  both  a  chemical  and 
a  practical  point  of  view— of  this  much  used,  but 
little  understood,  body.  I  have  not  attempted  to  go 
very  deep  into  its  chemistry.  It  was  not  within  the 
intention  of  this  paper  to  do  so,  and  besides,  to  tell 
the  truth,  I  was  rather  afraid  to  plunge  into  such  a 
troubled  sea  of  contradictory  theories.  "Patience," 
says  the  French  author,  in,  surely,  the  most  extra- 
ordinary mixture  of  metaphors  ever  put  together — 
"  Patience  is  the  crutch  by  the  light  of  which  we 
follow  the  road  to  knowledge  without  losing  the 
thread  of  it.'"  Well,  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  will 
soon  come  true  in  the  case  of  the  researches  on  the 
question  of  the  composition  of  ultramarine,  for  if 
patience  has  ever  been  expended  upon  any  subject, 
it  is  upon  this.  Gmelin,  Scheurer-Kestner,  Stein, 
Hoffmann,  Schcffer — these  and  many  other  names 
make  up  the  brilliant  list  of  those  who  have 
endeavoured  to  wrest  this  secret  from   Nature,  and 

,  yet  to-day  we  are  obliged  to  echo  the  words  written 
by  Hoffmann  ten  yearsago,  and  tosay,  "The  time  has 

',  not  yet  come  when  a  well-grounded  theory  can  be 
formed  with  regard  to  the  chemical  constitution  of 
ultramarine,  or  to  its  physical  properties  with  regard 
to  light — that  is,  its  various  colours." 

DISCUSSION'. 

Dr.  S.  Hamhuuuer  said  that  some  years  ago  a  dis- 
cussion took  place  in  a  German  technical  paper  as  to 
whether  ammonia  soda  was  applicable  to  the  manu- 
facture of  ultramarine.  Some  manufacturers  con- 
tended that  it  was,  whereas  others  found  ammonia 


Dec  Si.  1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


'  ■ 


soda  not  suitable  at  all.  He  should  like  to  hear  the 
lecturer's  opinion  on  that  point  Again,  he  had 
always  understood  that  it  was  V'auquelin  who  first 
noticed  ultramarine  on  bricks  in  black  ash  furna 
and  that  it  was  Dumas  who  gave  an  explanation  o 
formation.  Dumas  added  that  there  was  not  the 
least  doubt  tint  some  day  ultramarine  would  be 
made  from  silica,  alumina  and  sulphide  o)  sodium. 
This  suggestion  led  Engelhart,  who  translated  I  Mimas' 
works  into  German,  to  commence  experiments  in 
that  direction,  but  he  died  before  they  were  com- 
pleted. His  assistant  Leykauf  continued  his  work, 
and  is  entitled  to  the  credit  of  having  taught  the 
world  how  to  make  ultramarine  on  a  manufacturing 
scale.  Gmelin's  experiments  did  not  go  beyond  the 
laboratory  scale,  while  (Unmet  kept  his  process 
secret. 

Mr.  Thompson  asked  whether  the  blue  colour  in 
kyanite  was  due  to  ultramarine  and  also  whether  the 
colour  of  the  sapphire  (which  generally  had  a  little 
silica  in  its  composition  and  was  mainly  alumina) 
was  likely  to  be  caused  by  ultramarine  i  He  fancied 
himself,  with  regard  to  the  sapphire,  that  it  was  more 
likely  to  be  caused  by  cobalt,  because  tracts  of  cobalt 
had  been  found  in  the  sapphire  mines  in  the  Southern 
States,  but  it  had  struck  him  that  possibly,  as  there 
was  silica  nearly  always  present,  it  might  be  the 
silica  combined  with  alkali  and  sulphur  that  had 
done  the  thing,  especially,  moreover,  as  the  sapphire 
was  always  found  there  in  extinct  volcanoes,  or  in 
volcanic  eruptive  rocks.  Therefore,  there  was  plenty 
of  sulphur  for  the  purpose  of  forming  ultramarine. 
The  blue  corundum  or  sapphire  was  found  in  some 
mines  almost  to  the  exclusion  of  auy  other  colour, 
but  not  sufficiently  clear  to  be  gems  (he  had  found 
one  sapphire  himself  which  weighed  about  lolb.,  but 
too  opaque  and  flawed  to  be  of  value  as  a  gem).  1  int 
in  other  corundum  mines  there  was  not  the  slightest 
trace  of  blue,  it  was  all  yellow,  red  brown,  white,  and 
grey.  In  one — Buck's  Creek — mine,  where  it  was  all 
grey,  except  a  little  blue  in  one  place,  kyanite  came 
up  "in  great  quantity  and  it  was  all  blue,  or  blue  and 
white,  just  the  same  colour  as  ultramarine. 

1  >r.  .1.  ('.  Brown*  said  in  connection  with  Mr. 
Thompson's  question,  he  would  also  like  to  ask 
whether  ultramarine  was  ever  transparent. 

Mr.  Thompson  said  with  regard  to  the  sapphire  he 
believed  the  colouring  matter  might  be  opaque.  If 
they  took  sapphires  and  carefully  examined  them, 
they  would  find  that  the  colour  is  hardly  ever 
uniformly  spread  over  the  stone.  He  had  found 
sapphires  which  had  the  colours  red,  blue,  yellow  and 
white  all  in  the  one  stone,  and  the  blue,  --hen  it  is 
found  in  a  stone,  is  usually  in  streaks.  Well,  if  they 
took  a  very  little  ultramarine  and  stirred  it  up  in 
water,  that  water  would  be  transparent  and  blue  and 
to  all  appearances  uniform,  much  more  uniform  than 
the  sapphire.  In  the  same  way  the  blue  crystal  of 
corundum  might  be  uniformly  blue  to  all  appearance 
and  yet  be  coloured  by  ultramarine  or  other  opaque 
colour.  To  begin  with,  cobalt  blue  was  opaque  and 
there  was  very  little  doubt  that  sapphire  was  coloured 
by  cobalt  blue  or  ultramarine,  because  the  colour  was 
so  staple. 

Mr.  S.  G.  Rawson  asked  whether  the  lecturer  had 
ever  noticed  the  formation  of  crystals  of  ultramarine, 
which,  he  understood,  had  been  prepared  in  single- 
refracting  crystals  belonging  to  the  regular  system. 
As  regards  the  grinding  of  the  ultramarine,  did  pro- 
longed grinding  much  alter  the  colour,  because  in  the 
case  of  vermillion  the  longer  the  grinding  was  con- 
tinued the  brighter  was  the  colour. 

Dr.  Hamburger  said  he  did  not  mean  to  say  that 
ammonia  soda  did  not  produce  ultramarine,  but  his 
point  was  rather  whether  it  was  equally  suitable  and 


whether  the  finished  product  was  of  the  same  or  an 
inferior  quality.  As  far  as  he  could  rememl>er,  the 
discussion  in  the  German  technical  papers  did  not 
result  in  anything  definite,  and  the  question  was  left 
open,  whether  ammonia  soda  could  replace  Leblanc 
soda  a-  a  raw  material  for  the  manufacture  of  ultra- 
marine. 

Mi.  S.  MosPBATTsaid  with  regard  to  the  ammonia 
.  if  Reckitt 's  blue  was  an  ultramarine,  he  knew 
for  a  fact  that  ammonia  soda  was  used  in  it. 

Mr.  Bateson  said  he  had  always  understood  that 
the  objection  to  the  ammonia  soda  was  that  it  was 
more  voluminous  than  the  Leblanc  soda,  and 
therefore  the  pots  could  not  receive  the  same 
weight  of  charge,  and  owing  to  the  greater  porosity 
the  heat  penetrates  le-s  easily  to  the  centre  of  the 
mass. 

Mr.  Rawson  did  not  think  the  lecturer  had  quite 
understood  his  question  on  the  fineness  of  the 
grinding.  He  did  not  refer  to  the  quality  of  the 
ground  raw  material-  as  depending  on  the  fineness  of 
their  grinding  together,  but  whether  the  finished 
product  depended  on  it.  He  understood  that 
imperfect  grinding  was  quite  fatal  to  the  production 
of  the  colour. 

Mr.  Bawlins,  replying  to  Dr.  Hamburger,  said  that, 
with  regard  to  the  use  of  ammonia  soda,  it  had 
frequently  been  used  in  the  manufacture  of  ultra- 
marine, and  was  constantly  used,  he  understood,  but 
he  himself  had  not  much  experience  of  it.  As  far  as 
he  could  make  out,  it  certainly  produced  ultramarine, 
but  of  a  darker  shade  than  that  made  with  Leblanc 
soda.  Mr.  Rawlins,  continuing,  said  it  could  not  be 
supposed,  in  works  where  the  Leblanc  soda  was  used, 
that  ammonia  soda  could  conveniently  be  substituted, 
for  of  course  a  works  when  established  had  to  adhere 
to  its  known  standards  and  shades,  and  it  would  not 
do  for  them  to  change  their  raw  materials,  though  the 
ammonia  soda  produced  a  very  good  ultramarine. 
As  regards  the  discovery  of  ultramarine,  the  first 
works  started  anywhere  were  Guimefs.  He  (Mr. 
Rawlins)  had  with  him  a  little  historical  list  contain- 
ing the  dates  at  which  the  various  works  established 
before  1866  or  a  little  later  had  been  started.  It 
was  drawn  out  by  Hoffmann,  who,  as  he  stated  before, 
was  the  manager  of  large  ultramarine  works,  and  he 
put  down  Guimet's,  which  were  started  in  1829,  first 
on  the  list  Dr.  Leverkus  started  in  1834.  He  (Mr. 
Rawlins)  knew  that  the  discovery  of  ultramarine  had 
been  attributed  to  different  people.  He  had  mentioned 
Guimet  because  it  had  generally  been  considered,  as 
far  as  he  had  heard,  that  Guimet  and  Gmelin  were  the 
two  who  discovered  it  from  a  manufacturing  point  of 
view.  With  regard  to  Mr.  Thompson's  question,  he 
could  not  tell  him  about  kyanite,  but  he  did  not 
think  it  was  at  all  likely  to  be  the  case  with  sapphire. 
He  bad  heard  of  crystals  of  ultramarine,  but  had 
never  seen  any,  and  he  knew  they  were  very  difficult 
to  prepare  and  very  rare.  He  had  mentioned  that 
the  grinding  had  to  be  done  very  thoroughly,  because 
the  better  it  was  mixed  and  the  finer  it  was  ground, 
the  better  was  the  ultramarine  produced.  If  it  was 
badly  mixed  it  was  quite  fatal  to  getting  a  good 
result.  Mr.  Bawlins  said  that  grinding  lightened 
the  colour.  Raw  ultramarine  must  te  ground  before 
it  was  practicable  to  use  it  at  all.  For  instance,  a 
coarse  ultramarine  could  not  be  used  for  printing 
calico.  Therefore  it  was  necessary  to  grind  it  both 
for  the  sake  of  the  colour  and  for  the  sake  of  the  way  in 
which  it  was  applied.  It  was  increased  in  value  by 
grinding  because  it  made  it  stronger  and  finer.  Before 
grinding  it  was  of  a  dark  colour,  but  after  grinding  it 
becamelighterandbrighter.  They  would  notice  thetwo 
1  ottles  (specimens  submitted)  marked  respectively 
i  ''darkshade  "and'"lishtshade."  These  were  practically 

l   2 


796 


1HE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.    [DccM.igW 


the  same  ultramarine-  Le.,  the  same  original  bulk  of 
ultramarine,  but  these  were  two  ol  the  settlings.  The 
very  dark  one  was  an  early  settling  and  the  light  one 
,i  long  settling  that  took  three  weeks. 

Mr.  J.  M  v  donald  asked  which  one  had  the  finest 
partic 

Mr.  Rawlins  :  The  pale  one. 

NOTE    ON    A     FEW     INDIAN 
METHODS  OF 


DYES    AND 
l>\  KING  BY  NATIVES. 


In 


i;y  H.  s.  elwokthy,  f.c.s. 
the    district   in  which   I  am  engaged— namely 


Itobilkund,  N.W.P.  — there  are  no  extensive  dyeing 
operations  carried  on,  the  few  places  that  there  are 
being  on  the  smallest  scale,  and  the  dyes  they  use 
being  of  the  simplest  description. 

( lotton  goods  are  almost  the  only  kind  dyed,  as  the 
Hindoos  do  not  wear  woollen  clothes,  and  silk  and 
linen  are  obtained  ready  dyed  from  other  districts. 

Aniline  dyes  are  fast  replacing  native  dyes  on 
account  of  their  greater  ease  of  application,  German 
and  English  aniline  dyes  of  all  colours  being  readily 
obtained  in  the  bazaars,  many  of  them  being 
adulterated  by  over  50  per  cent,  of  their  weight  with 
dextrin  or  British  gum.  Although  these  colours  are  not 
as  fast  generally  as  their  own,  still  their  ready  applica- 
tion and  comparative  cheapness,  owing  to  their 
intense  colorific  power,  is  causing  them  to  replace  the 
others  more  and  more  completely. 

As  is  stated  at  first  the  dyeing  operations  are 
carried  on  in  the  most  primitive  fashion,  the  shop 
generally  consisting  ot  a  small  room  open  in  front, 
with  a  mud  floor  and  perhaps  a  small  verandah  out- 
side. The  room  itself  may  range  from  8  to  12  feet 
square,  and  in  this  all  their  work  is  carried  on. 

Their  dye  becks  and  vats  are  common  earthen 
vessels  unglazed,  known  as  nauds — large  open  pans 
holding  15  to  20  gallons; khoondat — flat  dishes  holding 
about  1  to  lA  gallons  ;  and  gharrus — a  kind  of  earthen 
pot  with  a  rather  narrow  mouth.  Their  furnace 
consists  of  two  little  mud  walls,  with  sometimes  a 
copper  or  iron  pan  as  a  boiler,  but  usually  the 
earthen  vessels  are  used  for  this. 

Their  dyes  are  dried  flowers,  fruits,  barks,  roots, 
and  seeds  of  trees,  with  occasionally  iron  salts, 
ochres,  etc.  They  use  a  few  different  kinds  of 
gum  produced  locally  and  also  occasionally  gum 
resins  as  colouring  matters  or  mordants.  Their 
favourite  mordants  are  alum  and  tree  barks.  These 
things  are  invariably  dissolved  in  water,  neither 
spirits  nor  acids  being  used.  The  cloth,  if  new,  is  not 
bleached  in  any  way,  being  simply  washed  thoroughly, 
generally  without  soap  or  alkali,  dried  or  not  and 
placed  in  the  dyeing  vessel. 

Almost  the  only  chemicals  which  they  use  as  far  as 
1  have  been  able  to  ascertain  are  alum,  called  phut 
tnrri,  ferrous  sulphate,  or  Intra  hussees,  lime  or 
chuna,  puppret  or  aujji  mittee  crude  carbonate  of  soda 
containing  from  5  to  30  per  cent,  of  carbonate  of  soda, 
with  small  quantities  of  sulphate  and  chloride,  castor 
oil  and  molasses.  Mooltani  milli,  a  kind  of  fullers 
earth,  is  also  used  occasionally. 

The  dyers  here  seem  to  have  but  a  very  vague 
conception  of  anything  but  the  most  elementary 
colours,  attempts  rarely  being  made  to  obtain 
different  shades,  and  it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  an 
exact  colour  or  shade  twice  over. 

I  shall  not  mention  the  aniline  dyes  beyond  saying 
that  they  are  simply  dissolved  in  water,  the  cloth 
dipped  in  once  or  more  until  the  required  amount  of 
colour  is  obtained,  sometimes  drying  between  the 
dips.  No  mordant  is  used  with  them,  as  far  as  I 
know. 


I  will  now  give  a  few  of  the  methods  used  with 
their  own  dj  I 

Blue. — This  is  a  colour  very  largely  used  here, 
perhaps  more  than  all  the  rest  combined,  and  it  is  in 
this  district  invariably  done  with  indigo,  no  aniline 
dye  being  used.  The  method  is  as  follows  :— lOoz.  of 
indigo  are  very  finely  ground  up  in  a  flat  dish  with 
crude  carbonate  of  soda,  and  water  the  grinding  con- 
tinued until  the  indigo  is  in  the  finest  possible  state 
of  division,  the  coarser  particles  being  removed  by 
elutriation  and  reground  again  and  again.  Ten 
pounds  of  lime  from  native  limestone  or  hunka  (a 
nodular  limestone  or  calcareous  tufa,  consisting 
principally  of  carbonate  of  lime  with  a  large  propor- 
tion of  clay,  oxide  of  iron  and  alumina),  and  2Ub.  of 
crude  carbonate  of  soda  are  mixed  with  about  7  or 
8lb.  ot  water,  well  stirred  and  then  strained  through 
grass  placed  on  top  of  a  naud  (large  open  pan) :  this 
filtrate,  consisting  principally  of  caustic  soda,  is  then 
mixed  with  the  ground  indigo;  2oz.  of  good,  stone  lime 
and  loz.  of  molasses  (which  they  say  causes  it 
to  become  ready  quickly)  are  added,  and  it  is  then 
allowed  to  stand  overnight  and  it  is  ready  in  the 
morning.  The  cloth  is  dipped  two  or  three  times 
into  this  liquor,  being  allowed  to  dry  between  each 
dip.  This  is  said  to  yield  a  fast  colour.  No  copperas 
is  used  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  the  indigo,  though 
it  is  possible  that  the  iron  in  the  kunka  (impure  lime- 
stone), which  is  largely  in  the  ferrous  state,  may 
reduce  a  portion  of  it.  That  it  is  not  entirely 
reduced  is  clearly  proved  by  the  deep  blue  of  the  dye 
liquor.  The  men  seemed  quite  unable  to  explain  the 
rationale  of  the  process,  and  the  reason  [why  they 
used  kunka  instead  of  a  purer  form  of  limestone. 
All  they  knew  was  that  it  had  been  handed  down 
from  father  to  son  and  other  limestone  could  not  be 
used  to  replace  the  kunka. 

For  Wool.— lOoz.  of  indigo,  lilb.  crude  carbonate 

'  of  soda  and  2  to  2Aoz.  of  molasses  are  mixed  w  ith  lOto 

:  12  gallons  of  water  and  allowed  to  remain  for  10  or  15 

days  according  to  temperature.    It  is  then  ready  for 

dyeing  without  further  preparation.    No  lime  is  used 

in  this  for  wool  dyeing. 

Light  Blue. — The  cloth  is  dipped  once  in  indigo 
liquor  and  dried.  Half-an-ounce  of  turmeric  ground 
tine  is  put  in  enough  water  to  cover  the  cloth  (say 
4yds),  the  latter  being  at  once  put  in  and  left  therein 
for  half-an-hour,  being  occasionally  moved  about.  It 
is  then  wrung  out  and  dried  without  washing.  The 
cloth  is  now  green  ;  4oz.  of  anar  or  naspal  (dried 
pomegranate  fruit, punica  granatum),  are  boiled  with 
!  2lb.  of  water  till  one-fourth  is  evaporated,  and  after 
cooling  the  clear  liquor  is  decanted,  and  the  cloth 
dipped  in  twice,  drying  between  each  dip ;  2oz.  of  alum 
are  dissolved  in  enough  water  to  cover  the  cloth,  the 
latter  quickly  dipped  in,  wrung  out  and  dried. 

Black. — Cotton  goods  are  first  dyed  by  passing 
three  or  four  times  through  indigo  liquor  and  then 
dried.  The  following  dye  liquor  is  then  made  up  : — 
liana,  the  fruit  of  a  tree  Terminalia  chtbula,  which 
is  one  of  the  fruits  exported  from  India  under  the 
name  of  Myrabolans,4az.  ;anar  (pomegranate),  Soz. : 
and  water,  4  or  Mb.,  are  boiled  together  until  one- 
fourth  has  evaporated,  then  allowed  to  cool  and 
strain  through  cloth.  Copperas,  4oz.,  is  dissolved  in 
the  strained  liquor,  and  the  cloth  dipped  in  and  well 
rubbed,  then  well  wrung  out,  dried  and  again  passed 
through  the  liquor,  dried,  washed,  and  is  finished. 

Another  recipe. — Harra  (myrabolans)  4oz.,  water 
2lb.,  boiled  together  till  about  one-fourth  has 
evaporated  and  allowed  to  cool.  When  cold  the  clear 
liquor  is  decanted  into  another  vessel  :  the  cloth  is 
dipped  twice  in  this  liquor,  drying  between  each  dip. 
It  is  then  put  into  a  solution  of  2oz.  of  copperas  in 
water  and  finally  wrung  out,  dried  and  then  washed. 


bee.  31. 1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Red. — There  are  a  number  of  different  recipes  for 
red  dye,  some  of  them  giving  a  fine  fast  colour,  but 
many  of  them  are  unable  to  stand  washing.  Among 
others  the  following  dyes  are  used: — Munjeet  (East 
Indian  Madder,  Rvbia  Cordi/olia  Linn.)  /lithe  root 
of  Morinda  Tinetoria  or  M.  Eliptica  ;  llarra 
(Terminalia  Chebula  fruit)  :  Kaifal  or  Kaifala,  a 
species  of  red  bark  which  I  am  unable  to  trace. 
.Many  others  are  used  in  different  places,  but  these 
are  about  the  only  ones  here. 

One  recipe  is  as  follows  for  4yds.  of  cloth  :—  Harra, 
8oz.  coarsely  ground  and  put  into  enough  water  to 
cover  the  cloth,  which  is  then  well  rubbed  about  in 
the  liquor  without  further  preparation.  After  half- 
an-hour  to  one  hour  the  cloth  is  well  wrung  out  and 
dried  ;  ^oz.  of  alum  are  dissolved  in  the  same  quantity 
of  water,  and  the  cloth  quickly  wrung  through  this 
and  dried  for  three  or  four  days  ;  it  is  then  well 
washed  in  the  river  Z>Aoiie  fashion — that  is,  dipped  into 
the  water,  then  raised  over  the  head  and  brought 
dewn  on  the  flat  stone  with  a  vigorous  swing  ;  8oz.  of 
Al  ground  up  in  cold  water  is  allowed  to  remain  in 
the  sun  for  a  day,  then  just  brought  to  a  boil  and 
while  still  hot  the  cloth  is  dipped  in,  wrung  out  and 
hung  up  in  the  sunshine  to  dry.  It  is  again  well 
washed  and  passed  through  the  Al  solution  once 
more.  A  final  washing  and  drying  complete  the 
operation. 

Khaki- Ma ju — a  fruit,  botanical  name  unknown 
to  me — cne  fruit  for  4yds.  of  cloth  well  ground,  two 
anar  fruits  also  well  ground  are  put  into  enough 
water  to  cover  the  cloth,  and  4oz.  of  Mooltan  earth,  a 
kind  of  fullers  earth,  added.  The  cloth  is  then  well 
rubbed  in  this  liquor  for  an  hour  or  more. after  which 
it  is  wrung  out.  A  pinch  of  copperas  is  put  into 
enough  water  to  cover  the  cloth  and  the  latter  wrung 
through  quickly  :  loz.  of  alum  is  put  into  the 
original  elye  liquor  with  the  maju,  etc.,  and  the  cloth 
put  in  once,  wrung  out  and  dried. 

Yellow. — There  are  also  a  number  of  ways  of 
dyeing  yellow  yielding  different  shades  and  also  of 
various  degrees  of  fastness.  Thoun,  the  seeds  of 
Cfdie/a  toona  (Roxb)  Harxingkar ;  the  flowers  of 
Nyctliantltis  Arbor  tristis  :  Kvsum  or  Safflower 
Carthamvs  tinctorivs,  Al,  Morinda  tinetoria,  (also 
used  for  dyeing  red  and  green)  turmeric,  usare  or 
r<  nana  (a  kind  of  gum  resin),  and  many  others.  For 
4yds.  of  cloth  the  following  are  taken  : — 8oz.  of 
thoun,  well  washed  and  the  dirt  allowed  to  settle,  are 
boiled  in  enough  water  to  cover  the  cloth,  and  when 
cold  strained  through  cloth.  The  goods  are  dipped  in 
for  a  few  minutes  and  then  wrung  out  and  dried  : 
2oz.  of  alum  are  put  into  the  water  containing  the 
thoun,  the  cloth  again  dipped  in,  wrung  out  and  dried. 
This  colour  is  not  fast. 

For  a  fast  yellow  for  4yds.  of  cloth  :— 4oz.  of 
turmeric  or  harsinghar  are  put  in  enough  water  to 
cover  the  cloth,  which  is  then  well  rubbed  in  the 
litjuor  for  about  15  minutes  and  then  wrung  out  and 
dried.  When  dry,  it  is  thoroughly  washed  in  the 
river  until  all  smell  of  turmeric  is  removed  :  lib.  of 
mango  bark,  bark  of  J/o?(;/»>W"  Indica,  is  well  ground 
up  and  put  into  the  same  quantity  of  cold  water,  and 
the  cloth  steeped  in  this  for  one  hour  and  again 
wrung  out  and  dried  :  4oz.  of  anar  and  4oz.  of  thoun 
are  boiled  in  water  and  when  cold  strained  through 
cloth.  The  goods  are  put  in  the  clear  liquor  and  after 
remaining  a  quarter  of  an  hour  wrung  out  and  dried, 
loz.  of  alum  is  finally  disolved  in  the  water  with  the 
anar,  etc.,  the  cloth  just  dipped  in,  wrung  out  and 
driecl. 

The  method  of  stamping  or  printing  cloth  in  use 
here  is,  as  might  be  expected,  extremely  simple.  The 
blocks  of  wood,  cut  to  the  desired  pattern,  are 
usually  small,  rarely  exceeding  0  or  S  inches  in  length 


by  4  or  .">  inches  in  breadth.  The  colours  having  been 
prepared  and  thickened  to  the  required  density,  are 
spread  upon  a  piece  of  baniit  or  felt,  and  the  block  is 
pressed  on  this  and  then  applied  to  the  cloth,  the 
operation  being  repeated  as  often  as  necessary.  The 
calico  printers  here  use  a  kind  of  gum  called  dhaura, 
which  is  obtained  from  Anogeissus  Latifolia 
(Wallace),  and  which  they  consider  superior  to  the 
Indian  gum  arabic  obtained  from  Acacia  Arabica 
Wilhl,  the  babool  tree  of  the  native.  Dr.  Watts,  in 
the  "Economic  Products  of  India,"  says  of  the 
dhaura  gum  :  "It  is  extensively  sold  for  use  in 
calico  printing:    it  occurs  in  clean,  straw-coloured 

I  elongated  masses,  sometimes  honey  coloured  or  even 
brown  from  impurities.  As  an  adhesive  gum,  it  is 
inferior  in  strength  to  gum  arabic,  in  consequence  of 
which  it  commands  a  much  lower  price  in  Europe  ; 
the  more  so,  since  it  is  nearly  always  mixed  with  the 
bark  of  the  tree,  sand,  and  other  impurities,  and 
adulterated  with  the  brown  tears,  which  are  probably 
derived  from  some  other  species  of  Anogeissus.  In 
India,  the  reputation  of  this  gum  stands  high  with 
the  calico  printers,  especially  of  Lucknow,  and  it  is 
probable  it  possesses  some  specific  peculiarity 
justifying  the  preference,  since  it  is  used  with  certain 
dyestuffs,  such  as  with  haldi  (Circuma  longa),  while 
gum  arabic  or  babool  is  used  with  madder  (Rubia 
Corditoiia).  Dhaur  or  bakli  (dhaura)  gum  is 
generally  collected  in  April.''  I  can  confirm  what  Dr. 
Watts  savs  about  this  gum,  and  it  is  probably  on 

1  account  of  the  tannin  which  all  the  samples  I  have 
examined  contain,  as  shown  by  the  black  colour  given 
with  ferric  salts,  that  it  is  preferred  in  some  cases 
and  not  in  others. 

In  my  opinion,  it  would  be  found  a  useful  gum  in 
the  dyeworks  of  England,  yielding  a  thick  viscid 
liquid  much  superior  to  dextrin  or  British  gum,  and 
being  at  the  same  time  cheaper  than  gum  arabic.  I 
find  that  when  mixed  with  a  small  proportion  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  the  liquid  gum  keeps  good  for 
several  months  even  in  this  climate,  and  although  its 
adhesive  qualities  are  slightly  lessened  by  this 
addition,  it  answers  very  well  for  labels,  etc.  Another 
gum  occasionally  used  by  the  printers  is  the  dhak  of 
Dhaka,  from  Buteafrondosa  (lloxb.),  which  occurs  in 
small  ruby-coloured  grains,  which  dissolve  freely  in 
water  to  a  clear  red  solution,  but  having  very  little 
adhesive  power.  The  colour  has  been  extracteel  and 
used  as  a  dye,  but  not  with  much  success,  I  believe. 
The  colours  printed  here  are  few  in  number,  and 
for  the  most  part  kutcha,  or  not  fast.  1  will  mention 
one  or  two. 

Yellow— Scraps  of  iron  are  put  into  a  naud,  er 
large  earthen  pan,  and  the  pan  tilled  up  with  water. 
Say,  take  101b.  of  iron,  101b.  of  water,  and  J.lb.  of 
molasses,  and  allow  to  remain  4  to  15  days,  according 
to  the  weather.  -2h\b.  of  copperas  is  boiled  in  the 
water  that  is  poured  off  from  the  sediment  of  the 
iron  scraps  till  Sib.  are  left,  and  when  cold,  enough 
dhaura  gum  is  mixed  with  it  to  thicken  it  for 
printing  :  it  is  then  added  to  the  deposit  from  the 
iron,  and  the  mixture  strained  through  cloth.  It  is 
now  ready  for  use.  l}lb.  of  sujj  (crude  carbonate  of 
soda),  or  l|lb.  of  good  stone  lime  are  mixed  with 
about  101b.  of  water.  After  the  deposit  has  settled, 
the  clear  licpior  is  poured  off  and  the  cloth  is  dipped 
in  :  it  is  at  once  taken  out  and  wrapped  up  well  m  a 
cloth  and  kept  until  the  colour  conies  out  properly, 
and  then  taken  out  and  dried.  After  washing  it  is 
ready.    This  is  said  to  be  a  very  fast  colour. 

Black.— Tot  10yds.  of  cloth,  take  .Ub  of  hurra 
broken  up  fine  and  mix  with  enough  cold  water  to 
wet  the  cloth  ;  to  this  add  Alb.  of  milk.  The  cloth 
is  put  into  this  liquor  without  previous  straining  and 

,  well  rubbed  about  for  half-an-hour,  then  well  wrung 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY     [Dec  31, 1S87. 


out  and  allowed  to  dry  in  the  sun.  The  cloth  is  then 
printed  with  the  iron  liquor  prepared  as  for  the 
previous  recipe.  The  ground  of  the  cloth  is  of  a 
slightly  greenish-yellow  colour.  Alter  drying,  it  is 
thoroughly    washed    and    again   dried.       Mb.     of    Al 

(Morinda  tincturia)  is  roughly  ground  and  added  to 
enough  water  to  rover  the  cloth,  and  the  latter  put  in 
and  well  boiled  ;  it  is  then  allowed  to  stand  all  night, 
and  next  day  wrung  out  and  dried.  After  washing, 
the  ground  is  white,  while  the  black  colour  is  very 
fast. 

<■  r< ,  a.-  Mb.  of  naspal  (pomegranate  fruit)  is  boiled 
with  2^1b.  of  water  till  ill),  remain,  and  the  clear 
liquor  poured  oil'.  Jib.  of  turmeric  is  well  ground  and 
mixed  with  this  liquor  and  well  strained  through  cloth. 
Enough  dhaura  gum,  say  about  6oz.,  is  then  mixed 
with  the  liquid  to  thicken  it.  A  little  indigo  is  well 
rubbed  up  in  a  khoonda — a  flat  earthen  pan — and 
mixed  with  the  thickened  liquor,  a  piece  of  cloth 
being  marked  with  it  from  time  to  time  until  the 
right  shade  is  obtained. 

Red. — Another  recipe — for  printing.  First  treat 
the  whole  cloth  with  hurra  as  in  previous  recipes. 
Then  4oz  of  alum  is  dissolved  in  21b.  of  water  and 
a  piece  of  "  Gairu  "  stone,  a  kind  of  red  ochre,  rubbed 
in  the  vessel  until  the  water  reddens,  and  enough 
dhaura  gum  added  to  thicken  it  for  printing.  The 
cloth  is  stamped  with  this,  and  allowed  to  dry  in  the 
sun  for  from  four  to  eight  days  and  then  washed,  Alb. 
of  "al"  is  ground  up  in  water  and  stood  in  the  sun  for  a 
day,  then  just  brought  to  a  boil, and  while  still  warm  the 
cloth  is  wrung  through  and  dried.  This  operation  is 
repeated  once  more,  the  cloth  being  finally  washed 
and  dried.     It  is  a  fast  colour. 

I  regret  that,  owing  to  the  part  of  the  country  in 
which  1  am  situated,  I  have  been  unable  to  obtain 
any  information  about  the  beautiful  colours  that  are 
used  in  many  parts  of  India — such  as  in  the  Punjaub, 
Kasbmere,  etc.— except  what  has  been  already 
published,  and  which  is  therefore  accessible  to  the 
members  of  this  Society. 

I  have  obtained  a  few  specimens  of  crude  dye- 
stuffs,  which  I  forward  for  the  inspection  of  those 
interested,  and  shall  be  pleased  to  furnish  samples  or 
information  on  any  point  as  far  as  possible. 

DISCUSSION. 

Dr.  I'.kiiwn  said  that  the  mode  of  dyeing  black 
with  iron  (referred  to  in  the  paper)  was  something 
like  inking  the  cloth.  He  also  noticed  that  they 
seemed  to  use  soda  in  India  with  the  indigo,  while  in 
Africa  they  appear  to  use  potash.  He  was  sure  the 
Society  was  veiy  much  obliged  to  Mr.  Elworthy  for 
bringing  the  dyestuffs  before  the  meeting  and  for  his 
interesting  paper. 

(fcla.sgoto  ano  ^cottistj  Section. 


t  hail  nan:  J.  J.  Coleman. 
Via  ihairmcn:  W.  Wallace. 

Vicetl.ah  nun  { fjrCj.CN.fra,rf0ld- 


lion. 


.1.  Addie. 
c.  Beilby. 
J.  V.  Buchanan. 
W.  B,  Curphey. 
W.  Kouli.-. 
1:.  1 1  \  inc. 
'I'.  P.  Milli  i. 
K.  J.Wilis. 


cilson  Cnthberti  on, 
C  i  v.  n.  it  tec : 

J.  II.  Milne. 
T.  L.  Haiti  rsoD, 
.t.  Pal  i ist_.ii. 
B   Puller. 
F.  .1.  Low  an. 
Ernest  Smith. 
D.  It.  Steuart. 
A.  Whit  claw. 


Hon.  Treasurer:  W.  J.  Chrystal. 

Local  Secretary: 

G.  G.  Henderson.   Chemical    Laboratory, 

University  of  Glasgow. 

Notices  of  papers  and  communications  for  the  meeting?  to  be 
scut  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Tlte  First  Meeting  for  t/tis  Session  was  field  in  the 
Societies'  Rooms,  #07,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow,  on  Tues- 
day, 1st  .V".'<  mbi  /■,  1887. 

Mil.    J.    J.    Ci'LEMAX    IN    THE    CHAIR 

CHEMICAL  EDUCATION. 

ENTKODOCTOEY    ADDRESS   BY   J.    .1.    COLEMAN,    K.K.s.E., 
F.I.C.,   F.C.S. 

After  referring  to  the  spread  of  chemical  education 
in  recent  years,  and  to  the  rise  of  technical 
colleges,  Mr.  Coleman  said  :  As  members  of  the 
Society  of  Chemical  Industry  we  are  chiefly  concerned 
with  chemistry  as  applied  to  industrial  processes, 
called  technical  chemistry — technological  chemistry 
or  chemical  technology,  or  simply  applied  chemistry, 
and  which  by  many  is  considered  a  distinct  depart- 
ment outside  the  science  of  chemistry  proper.  The 
line  of  demarcation  between  the  two  has,  however, 
always  been  hazy,  notwithstanding  the  able  way  in 
which  Professor  Odling  has  dealt  with  it  in  his  recent 
Presidential  Address  to  the  Institute  of  Chemistry. 
I  much  prefer  to  take  a  different  standpoint,  and 
to  view  the  chemist,  who  concerns  himself  with  re- 
search as  requiring  his  education  to  be  in  theoretical 
chemistry,  combined  with  chemical  manipulation, 
and  he  who  concerns  himself  with  chemistry  applied  to 
manufacturing  operations  as  requiring  his  education 
to  be  theoretical  chemistry  combined  with  chemical 
engineering. 

Now,  research  chemistry  may  be  in  the  region  of 
pure  science  or  the  region  of  applied  chemistry,  and 
there  are  a  great  number  of  young  men  who,  by 
physical  constitution,  or  an  inquiring  mind,  are 
naturally  predisposed  to  remain  within  the  walls  of 
the  laboratory,  and  to  confine  themselves  to  mani- 
pulative processes,  and  who  shrink  from  contact  with 
the  rough  men  and  the  rough  processes  of  a  manu- 
facturing business.  It  is  as  well,  perhaps,  that  such 
should  be  the  case  ;  indeed,  I  have  heard  of  chemical 
works  where  the  laboratory  chemists  are  not  allowed 
to  interfere  with  the  men  outside.  Even  in  these 
cases  a  little  knowledge  of  chemical  engineering 
must  at  times  be  of  incalculable  benefit  to  the  research 
chemist,  as  enabling  him  to  explain  intelligently  to 
managers  and  foremen  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
processes,  but  to  discuss  with  them  the  steps  necessary 
for  carrying  them  out  on  a  large  scale. 

Some  knowledge  of  chemical  engineering  is  then 
advisable  for  a  research  chemist,  and  not  only  advis- 
able, but  absolutely  essential  for  a  so-called  chemical 
technologist  or  technical  chemist  who  undertakes 
the  management  of  men  and  works-  men  who,  after 
the  type  of  the  late  Sir  W.  Siemens,  Walter  Weldon, 
Percy  Gilchrist,  Sir  F.Abel,  Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  have 
shown  to  this  generation  what  applied  chemistry 
can  be  made  to  accomplish.  The  progress  of  chemical 
technology  abroad,  the  flight  of  some  of  our  chemical 
industries  to  German  soil,  such  as  that  of  aniline 
colours,  has  been  attributed  to  the  skill  of  the  foreign 
chemists  in  research,  but  I  would  ask,  is  there  not 
something  more  than  this  ;  has  not  engineering  pro- 
gressed in  Germany  pari  passu  with  chemistry  ;  and 
may  not  success  abroad  in  such  matters  be  attributed 
as  much  to  good  engineering  as  good  research  I  Rut 
just  as  good  civil  engineering  implies  a  knowledge  of 
various  branches  of  physics  and  constructive  art,  so 
does  chemical  engineering  require  a  similar  basis. 
This  is  fully  brought  out  by  the  regulation  of  the 
new  Glasgow  and  West  of  Scotland  Technical  College, 
which  provides  that  for  diplomas  in  chemical  engi- 
neering students  are  to  take  a  three  years'  course — 
namely,  chemical  lectures,  natural  philosophy,  and 
drawing  the  first  year;  chemical  laboratory,  chemi- 


bec.3l.i8S7.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


79U 


cal  lectures,  applied  mechanics  and  building  con- 
struction the  second  year :  and  chemical  technology, 
drawing,  and  laboratory  practice  the  third  year. 
Turning  to  Owens  ('"liege,  Manchester,  the  course 
recommended  is  fouryears.  Probabrythis  isthe  nearest 
tothecurriculum  of  the  GlasgowCollege;  but, notwith- 
standing its  complexity  ami  length,  the  course  does 
not  include  the  important  subjects  t<  i  a  chemical  engi- 
neer of  applied  mechanics  and  building  construction. 
Drawing  i<,  however,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Glasgow 
College,  made  very  prominent,  which  indeed  is  but  the 
earryingout  of  the  weighty  words  of  Sir  H.  Roscoe,  who, 
in  addressing  the  Manchester  Section  in  1884,  said  : 
"  Instruction  in  mechanical  drawing  must  be  of  great 
value  to  the  manufacturing  chemist.  So  >trongly 
do  I  feel  this,  that  in  our  instruction  in  chemical 
technology  in  Owens  College,  this  latter  subject  is 
made  obligatory.'' 

Turning  to  the  calendar  of  the  University  College, 
London,  you  will  find  the  following  words :  "It  must 
be  iemembsred  that  the  study,  however  ample,  of 
pure  and  applied  chemistry,  is  not  sufficient  for  the 
successful  carrying  out  of  manufacturing  operations, 
even  when  they  are  chiefly  chemical  in  character:  a 
fair  knowledge  of  mathematics  pure  and  applied,  of 
physics  and  mechanics  and  of  mechanical  drawing 
is  necessary  for  all  engaged  in  manufacturing  opera- 
tions. Professor  Graham  does  not,  however,  lay  down 
any  hard  arid  fast  line  as  to  what  lectures  a  student 
should  take,  or  how  many  years  he  should  work. 

I  have  examined  also  the  calendar  of  the  Yorkshire 
College.  Leeds;  of  the  Firth  College,  Sheffield;  of  the 
Mason  College,  Birmingham:  the  University  College, 
Dundee;  the  College  of  Science,  Durham:  and  the 
University  College,  Bristol:  but  in  none  of  these 
calendars  is  there  any  mention  of  applied  mechanics 
and  steam,  building  construction,  or  freehand, 
geometrical,  or  mechanical  drawing  being  necessary 
for  the  proper  education  of  the  chemical  technologist. 
In  most  cases  they  recommend  the  curriculum  of 
the  Institute  of  Chemistry,  which  does  not  include 
these  subjects.  I  think  it  would  be  worth  while  the 
authorities  of  the  Institute  of  Chemistry  considering 
whether  there  should  not  be  examinations  in  at  least 
some  of  these  subjects,  so  as  to  ensure  future  fellows 
being  more  practical  and  useful  than  heretofore  in 
guiding  and  directing  the  industries  of  the  country. 

In  regard  to  the  literature  of  chemical  engineering, 
it  appears  to  me  that  little  has  been  done  in  its 
systematic  treatment.  Just  as  research  chemistry 
wanted  a  Michael  Faraday  to  write  a  book  on 
chemical  manipulation,  or  civil  engineering  wanted  a 
Macqiiom  Baukin  to  write  a  treatise  on  this  subject, 
so,  to  my  mind,  does  the  chemical  technologist  want 
a  good  treatise  on  chemical  engineering,  which  will 
treat  of  fuel,  furnaces,  retorts,  stills,  vacuum  pumps, 
ice  and  cold  air  machines,  the  construction  of  tanks, 
roofs,  sheds  and  other  chemical  plant,  with  all  kinds 
of  rules,  tables  and  data  connected  with  thermo- 
dynamics and  the  science  of  heat,  etc.,  and  the 
calculations  necessary  for  the  multitudinous  require- 
ments of  the  manufacturing  chemi-t. 

To  my  mind  the  study  of  the  general  principles 
upon  which  all  kinds  of  plant  is  constructed  is  a 
necessary  preliminary  to  the  study  of  special  branches 
of  technology.  Some  able  manufacturing  chemists, 
including  Mr.  Muspratt  and  Mr.  Ludwig  Mond,  have 
expressed  an  opinion  in  a  discussion  at  the  Liverpool 
Section  of  our  Society  that  technology  proper  cannot 
be  taught  properly  in  colleges.  I  will  not  go  so  far 
as  to  endorse  this— on  the  contrary  I  believe  that  the 
highest  class  of  technical  education  will  probably  be 
the  working  out  of  special  problems  under  the 
guidance  of  the  eminent  men  who  occupy  our  pro- 
te~-ional  chairs,  provided   the   student    has  had   a 


preliminary  and  comprehensive  education,  not  only 
in  the  principles  of  chemistry  proper,  but  that  of 
chemical  engineering,  also. 

Passing  from  these  educational  questions  to  the 
practical  matters  more  immediately  concerning  our 
Section,  it  appears  to  me  that  there  is  considerable 
room  for  improvement,  both  in  the  number  and 
quality  of  our  communications,  and  I  may  add  in 
the  attendance  at  our  meetings  for  their  discussion. 
In  this  respect  we  should  do  well  to  imitate  the 
activity  and  enthusiasm  of  such  bodies  as  the  Iron 
and  Steel  Institute,  the  various  Gas  Institutes,  and  I 
may  also  add  of  the  Civil  Engineers,  where  problems 
connected  with  the  prosperity  of  the  various  industries 
are  vigorously  attacked  and  discussed  with  right  good 
will,  not  only  by  the  practical  men  connected  with 

I  the  works,  out  by  those  whose  wealth  and  com- 
mercial activity  place  them  at  the  head  of  these 
important  industries. 

The  time  is  not  far  back  when  the  very  name  of 
manufacturing  chemistry  suggested  secrecy  and 
mystery,  and  even  at  this  day  I  am  afraid  chemists 
are  not  exactly  of  the  give-and-take  kind  of  people 
who  get  on  best  in  the  world.     I  am  one  of  those 

1  who  think  that  not  only  the  progress  of  the 
chemical  industries  generally,  but  success  indivi- 
dually, is  very  much  promoted  by  free  intercourse 
and  friendly  emulation  of  those  connected  with  them. 
No   doubt   when  a  man  spends  time,    money  and 

1  labour  in  improving  a  manufacture  he  is  entitled  to 
some  little  monopoly,  but  the  State  steps  in  here  and 
grants  it  on  very  reasonable  terms.  By  the  new- 
Patent  Amendment  Act  provisional  protection  for  a 

I  whole  year  can  be  had  for  the  modest  sum  of  five 
pounds,  and  this  surely  is  of  importance  in  getting 
new  processes  and  appliances  discussed  so  as  to  assess 
their  value,  and  prevent  useless  waste  of  money.  I 
hope  that  the  proprietors  of  private  works  and 
directors  of  companies  will  allow,  from  time  to  time, 
young  chemists  to  bring  before  our  Society  descrip- 
tions of  their  various  processes  and  methods,  as  most 

'  of  our  technical  dictionaries  and  encyclopedias  are 
10  or  20  years  behindhand  in  their  descriptions  of 
manufacturing  processes. 

CRITICAL  EXPERIMENTS  ON  THE  CHLORO- 
PLATINATE  METHOD  FOR  THE  DETER- 
MINATION OF  POTASSIUM,  RUBIDIUM 
WD  AMMONIUM,  AND  A  RE-DETERMI- 
NATION OF  THE  ATOMIC  WEIGHT  OF 
PLATINUM. 

by  w.  ditt.mak,  li.  d.,  l.k.~.,  p.b.s.k.  :  and  johs 
m'akthuk. 

Pkofessur  Dittmar  said  :— A  complete  account  of 
this  investigation  was  communicated  to  the  Royal 
Society  of  Edinburgh,  at  their  last  meeting  in  the 
-imimer  of  this  year,  in  the  form  of  a  memoir,  which 
we  hope  will  appear  in  last  Session's  transactions  or 
proceedings.  My  apology  for  soliciting  your  attention 
to-night  for  a  brief  summary  of  the  results  is  that,  on 
the  occasion  referred  to,  the  memoir  was  "  read"  only 
in  the  most  technical  sense,  so  that  what  I  communi- 
cate to  you  now  is  really  made  public  for  the  first 

time.  .  ... 

The  analytical  methods  referred  to  in  our  heading 
are  infected  with  numerous  sources  of  error,  amongst 
which,  until  lately  the  uncertainty  of  our  knowledge 
of  the  combining'constant  Pt  played  a  not  unimpor- 
tant part.  This  uncertainty  it  is  true  has  been 
removed  to  a  great  extent  by  a  most  meritorious 
I  investigation    of    Scubert's,   which  is    published  in 


soo 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      U>"   <i.  i^- 


Liebig's  Annaltn  for  1881  i  vol.  207,  pp.  I  et  seq.). 
'I'liere  can  be  no  doubt  that   his  value — Pt=194*8 

(0  =  16)  is  considerably  nearer  the  truth  than  Andrew's 
number  ins,  which  until  lately  \\ n ^  adopted  by  all 
chemists.  But  it  does  not  follow  that  in,  for  instance, 
the  analytical  determinati  >n  of  chloride  of  potassium 
as  metallic  platinum,  the  factor  2KC1 :  I't  07657,  as 
calculated  from  Seubert's  I't  and  Stas' number  for 
KC1,  affords  a  more  nearly  correct  result  than  even 
the  factor  07525,  which  follows  from  the  old  atomic 
weights,  K    39  :  I  'I    35*5  ;  I't     198 

The  experience  of  analysts  rather  goes  the  other 
way.  This,  of  course,  goes  no  hair's  breadth  towards 
invalidating  Seubert's  result  :  it  only  shows  that 
those  analytical  factors  which  by  theory  are  equal  to 
K2  :  I't  :  K,  :  Pt(  'I,  K „  :  2NH3  :  I't,  etc.,  etc.,  must  be 
determined  directly,  and  separately  for  the  several 
methods.  This  is  what,  in  a  limited  sense,  we  have 
endeavoured  to  do.  But  a  purely  empirical  deter- 
mination of  the  factors  would  have  been  of  compara- 
tively little  use.  If,  for  instance,  the  analyst's  factor 
for  the  reduction  of  platinum  to  chloride  of  potassium 
differs  from  the  ratio  2KC1 :  Pt,  the  causes  of  the 
difference  must  be  ascertained,  and  this  naturally 
leads  to  an  inquiry  into  the  true  value  of  the 
chemist's  Pt.  We  accordingly  took  up  this  enquiry, 
and  in  this  sense  our  investigation  joins  on  to 
Seubert's  ;  which,  of  course,  was  welcome  tons  as  an 
excellent  basis  for  our  own  work. 

In  our  memoir  we  begin  by  detailing  the  methods 
which  we  used  for  the  preparation  of  the  necessary 
reagents  ;  on  the  present  occasion  I  confine  myself  to 
a  few  remarks  on  what  goes  universally  as  chlorid<  of 
platinum. 

To  the  present  day  I  believe  a  considerable 
minority  of  chemists  believe  that  this  well-known 
preparation  is  simply  a  hydrate  of  PtCl4,  although  it 
has  long  been  shown  that  it  is  chloroplatinate  of 
hydrogen,  PtCl,;H2,  equal,  of  course,  to  PtCl^+2HCl, 
but  the  2HC1  cannot  be  removed  by  heat  without  at 
least  partial  reduction  of  the  PtCl4  to  PtCL. 

In  preparing  our  chloroplatinic  acid  we  at  first 
used  the  well-known  aqua-regia  process.  But 
the  reagent,  when  made  in  this  way,  however 
carefully,  is  liable  to  be  contaminated  with  the 
nitroso-body  PtCl6(NO)2,  which,  from  a  syrupy 
solution  of  the  crude  reagent,  sometimes  separates 
out  on  cooling  in  small  yellow  crystals  which  look 
almost  like  a  chloroplatinate.  On  addition  of  water 
the  crystals  are  dis-solved  and  decomposed  with 
formation  of  chloroplatinic  acid  and  evolution  of 
nitrous  acid  :  but  from  our  experience  it  appears 
questionable  whether  it  is  possible  to  completely 
destroy  the  nitroso-body  by  even  repeated  alternate 
evaporation  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  water  res- 
pectively. We  therefore,  in  the  later  stages  of  our 
research  always  prepared  our  reagent  by  the  action 
on  metal  of  chlorine  and  hydrochloric  acid,  as 
described  in  our  memoir,  and  also  in  my  "  Exercises 
on  Quantitative  Analysis,''  p.  310.  After  the  section 
on  the  reagents  we  pass  to  a 

Series  oi  Experiments  on  the  Composition  as 
Chloroplatinate  of  Potassium 

as  produced  under  what  we  may  call  analytical 
conditions.  In  a  first  set  of  seven  experiments  desig- 
nated as  Nos.  I,  II..  III.,  IV.,  V.,  Va,,  VI .,  the 
general  modus  operandi  was  about  as  follows  : — An 
exactly  known  weight  of  chloride  of  potassium 
weighed  out  as  a  gravinietrically  standarised  solution 
was  mixed  with  a  quantity  of  chloroplatinic  acid 
solution  containing  an  exactly  known  weight  of 
metal,  so  adjusted  that  it  was  either  very  nearly 
equivalent  to  or  slightly  in  excess  over  the  chloride 


of  potassium.  The  solutions  were  in  all  cases  pretty 
concentrated.  Sometimes  the  precipitate  produced 
was  simply  allowed  to  settle,  then  washed  by  decant- 
ing filtration,  first  with  small  instalments  of  water, 
then  with  strong  alcohol  ;  in  other  cases  the  reagent- 
moisture  was  evaporated  to  a  very  small  volume  and 
the  residue  treated  with  strong  alcohol  to  remove  the 
excess  of  chloroplatinic  acid.  From  the  united 
filtrates  (after  removal  of  the  alcohol  from  the 
alcoholic  part)  the  platinum  was  reduced  out  by 
hydrogen  in  the  wet  way  and  weighed  after  ignition  ; 
in  the  filtrate  the  small  quantity  of  chloride  of  potas- 
sium which  had  escaped  precipitation  was  deter- 
mined as  chloroplatinate  of  potassium,  so  that  the 
weights  of  platinum  and  chloride  of  potassium  in  the 
original  precipitate  of  chloroplatinate  could  be 
calculated  from  the  corrected  data  of  the  synthesis. 

The  chloroplatinate  precipitate,  after  having  been 
dried  at  a  definite  temperature  or  successively  at  a 
series  of  temperatures,  was  weighed  and  analysed. 
In  some  cases  only  the  fixed  chlorine  and  the 
platinum  were  determined  (to  check  the  result  of  the 
synthesis)  :  as  a  rule,  however,  also  the  total  chlorine 
and  consequently,  by  difference,  the  loose  chlorine 
was  determined.  In  a  few  cases  the  water,  which 
was  found  to  cling  to  those  chloroplatinates  most 
tenaciously,  so  that  some  of  it  remains  even  at  150°G, 
was  determined  directly  by  a  method  detailed  in  the 
memoir. 

In  a  special  experiment  (No.  VII.)  a  very  large 
excess  of  chloride  of  potassium  was  used  in  preparing 
the  chloroplatinate,  and  the  mode  of  collecting  the 
latter  suitably  modified. 

In  a  third  set  of  experiments  (Nos.  VIII.,  IX.  and 
X.)  the  characteristic  feature  was  that,  in  the  pre- 
paration of  the  chloroplatinates  a  very  large  excess 
of  chloroplatinic  acid  was  used  (about  1*6  times 
Pt  per  2KC1).  In  the  first  experiment  of 
this  kind  (No.  VIII.)  the  two  reagsnts  were  simply 
mixed  as  concentrated  solutions,  the  precipitate  was 
filtered  off  and  washed  with,  first  chloroplatinic  acid 
solution,  and  with  strong  alcohol.  In  other  three 
(IX.,  XL,  and  XII.)  the  mixture  was  evaporated 
to  a  magma,  and  this,  after  cooling,  first  lixivi- 
ated with  chloroplatinic  acid  solution,  and  then 
washed  with  strong  alcohol  (Mr.  Tatlock's  mode  of 
treating  analytically  obtained  PtCLK..).  The 
chloroplatinates  of  this  set  showed  the  remarkable 
peculiarity  that  their  weights  became  constant,  very 
promptly,  even  at  the  low  temperature  of  100°  O, and 
that  the  preparations  thus  dried  contained  only 
minute  proportions  of  water. 

In  true  chloroplatinate  of  potassium  every  2KC1  = 
149*18  parts  are  operated  with  Pt  parts — i.e.,  one 
atomic  weight'  of  platinum.  The  corresponding 
weights  of  platinum  in  our  preparations  were  as 
follows  : — 

Set  I.  Platinum  slightly  if  at  all  in  excess  over  the 
rh!<>rii/i  <>f  /Hifiisn'iim. — Pt=lt).V67  to  l!l(i'!).j  ;  mean 
of  7  results     196*23. 

Set  II.  The  (one)  chloroplatinate  produced  by 
adding  to  1'tC/,.//..  a  targe  excess  of  KCL— Pt= 
hum;.").  This  last  result,  however,  is  easily  explained 
by  assuming  that  the  preparation  contained  carried 
down  chloride  of  potassium.  Calculating  from  the 
loose  chlorine  we  found  for  4  CI  parts  of  the  latter 
18(578  parts  of  platinum  and  l'Oll  times  K2C1S  of 
chloride  of  potassium,  which  seems  to  us  to  be  the 
correct  mode  of  interpreting  the  analyses. 

Set  III.  A  chloroplatinate  (VIII.)  made  by  pre- 
cipitating chloridt  of  potassium  with  a  large  excess  of 
chloroplatinic  a,i,l.— Pt-  195*87. 

Chloroplatinates  made  by  evaporating  chloride  of 

potassium  with  <t  largi    excess  of  chloroplatinic  arid 

lating  with  rhlorojilatini  add  ami  then  washing 


bec,8i,  uatfj     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY'  OF  CHEMICAL  l.MH  STK\. 


"ii 


-Pt=195*59;    195*82]    196*01  *    mean 


with    alcohol, 
195-81. 

In  the  case  of  two  experiments  of  Set  I.  the  ehloro- 
platinates obtained,  after  having  been  analysed,  w<  re 
recrpttallised  from  hot  water,  and  in  both  the 
crystals  and  mother  liquors,  the  platinum,  the  fixed 
chlorine  and  the  total  chlorine  determined.  The 
crystals  were  found  to  contain  less  loose  chlorine 
than  twice  the  fixed,  and  the  weight  of  platinum 
combined  with  -2KVI  was  lower  than  that  present  in 
the  original  ehloroplatinates.  It  amounted 
case   to   195  48,  in  another  to    195*54   parts 


mother  liquors  contained  free  chloroplatinic  acid  and 
free  hydrochloric  acid  besides  chloroplatinate  of 
potassium.  Obviously  the  original  ehloroplatinates, 
in  addition  to  PtCl,;K..,  contained  surplus  platinum 
in  the  form  of,  presumably,  Pt(OH),;H.,.  By  the 
action  of  the  water  part  of  the  chlorine  of  the  PtCl+ 
was  eliminated  as  HC1  and  its  place  taken  by  an 
equivalent  of  OH  or  oxygen  ;  the  free  hydrochloric 


substance  is   dissolved    in  water    and  the  solution 
mixed  with  a  little  more  chloroplatinic  acid  than  the 
potassium  demands   for   its  conversion  into   chloro- 
platinate, and  enough  of  sulphuric  acid  to  convert  all 
the  foreign  bases  into  normal  sulphates.  Themixtureis 
he  ited  on  a  water-bath  and,  if  necessary,  some  water 
is  added  to  bring  all  the  chloroplatinate  into  solution. 
The  solution  is  evaporated  on  a  water-bath  to  the 
consistence- after  cooling— of   a    magma.      This    is 
.    allowed  to  cool,  mixed  with  a  sufficiency  of  ether- 
n  one    alcohol  (2  vol.  of  absolute  alcohol  and  1  of  absolute 
The    ether)  and  allowed  to  stand,  well  covered,  until  the 


precipitate  has  settled  completely.  The  precipitate 
then  is  washed  with  ether-alcohol  until  all  that  is 
soluble  in  this  liquid  is  removed.  The  residue 
contains  all  the  potassium  as  chloroplatinate  and 
most  of  the  sodium,  etc.,  as  sulphate.  For  the  deter- 
mination of  the  potassium  in  it  Finkener  gives  us 
the  choice  between  the  following  two  methods  :— 
(<■)    The  precipitate  is  heated  in  hydrogen  gas, 


above  numbers  195*48  and  195*54  should  be  close 
approximations  to  the  true  atomic  weight  of  platinum. 
Xo  doubt  it  is  the  water  present  as  hydroxyl  which, 
in  ordinary  ehloroplatinates  of  potassium,  clings  so 
fast  to  the'salt  on  drying  :  the  ehloroplatinates  made 
in   the    Tatlock    style  are    relatively    free  of  such 


acid  formed  served  to  dissolve  away  the  hydroxide  which  reduces  the  platinum  to  the  metallic  state,  tne 
of  platinum  as  chloroplatinic  acid.  Assuming  all  the  I  sulphates  and  chloride  of  potassium  are  washed  away, 
surplus  platinum  to  have  been  dissolved  away,  the    and  the  platinum  is  ignited  and  weighed. 

(6)  The  foreign  sulphates  are  extracted  by  means 
of  a  cold  saturated  solution  of  sal-ammoniac,  and  after 
their  complete  removal  the  residual  chloroplatinate 
( +  XH4  CI)  is  ignited  in  acrucible  in  an  atmosphere  of 
hydrogen  gas,  so  that  ultimately  a  mixture  of  chloride 
.  of  potassium,  platinum  and  charcoal  (trom  the  filter) 
water  and  consequently  presumably  of  oxidised  remains.  The  chloride  is  extracted  by  water,  the 
platinum  ;  hence  we  thought  the  best  thing  we  platinum  collected  on  a  filter,  ignited  and  weighed, 
could  do  would  be  to  prepare  a  large  quantity  of  In  this  case,  of  course,  we  have  the  option  ot  deter- 
such  chloroplatinate,  and  after  having  analysed  it,  to  mining  the  chloride  of  potassium  m  its  aqueous  solu- 
subject  it  to  a  series  of  recrystallisations  and  analyse  '  tion,  either  quite  directly  or  indirectly  by  determining 
the  recrystallised  products,     fl'e  were  not  quite  able  '.  its  chlorine. 

Finkener,  in  his  memoir,  quotes  a  number  of  test- 
analyses  which  all  gave  very  fair  and  some  very  exact 
results.  But  for  reducing  his  platinum  weight  to 
K..O,  KG.  etc.,  he  used  factors  based  upon  the  old 
atomic  weight  of  platinum,  and  these  factors,  as  we 
now  know,  were  too  low,  the  one  corresponding  to 
K.,0:Pt  by  nearly  two  per  cent,  of  its  value.  Hence 
the  precision  in  his  results  must  have  been  due  partly 
to  a  compensation  of  errors.  We  have  made  a  very 
lar^e  number  of  experiments  with  the  view  of  ascer- 
taining the  nature  and  magnitude  of  these  errors. 


to  carry  out  our  original  programme,  partly  through 
want  of  time,  but  chiefly  through  want  of  material. 
What  we  did  do  is  stated  in  our  memoir  ;  suffice  it 
here  to  say  that  a  salt  derived  by  many  successive 
crystallisations  from  ehloroplatinates  X.  (Land  II.) 
gave  for  2KC1  parts.  Pt=195*60;  and  the  chloro- 
platinate recovered  from  the  mother  liquors,  after 
having  been  recrystallised  from  hydrochloric  acid, 
gave  Pt=  195*37.  The  mean  value  derived  from  the 
analyses  of  all  our  recrystallised  salts,  as  far  as  we 
permitted  them  to  vote,  was  l')5'50. 


After  having  arrived  at  this  result,  we  submitted  and,  if  possible,  eliminating  them  by  suitable  modifa 

Seubert's  report  to  a  careful  critique,  which  led  us  to  cations.      Our  general  method  was  this  :— 
the  conviction  that  his  analyses  of  chloroplatinate  of        Starting  with   a  synthetically  prepared   solution 

potassium,  if   properly  interpreted,  fall  in  as  well,  containing  an  exactly  known  weight  of  chloride  or 

and  that  his  analyses  of  chloroplatinate  of  ammonium  sulphate  of  potassium,  associated  with  approximately 

fall  in  better,  with  our  number  195*5  than  with  his  known  quantities  of  sulphates  or  chlorides  (or  both) 

own  adopted  number  194*8  (0  =  16).  of  sodium  or  magnesium  (or  both)— the  proportion 

In  regard  to  our  experiments  on  the  chloroplatin-  of  impurities   was  made  to  vary  from  nil  to  many 


ates  of  rubidium  and  ammonium,  I  here  satisfy 
myself  with  stating  that  that  remarkable  tendency 
of  a  precipitate  of  chloroplatinate  of  potassium  to 
carry  down  platinum  as  chiefly  hydroxide,  if  pro- 
duced in  the  absence  of  any  large  excess  of  chloro- 
platinic acid,  is  greatly  intensified  in  the  case  of 
rubidium  and  not  by  any  means  absent  from  the 
ammonium  compound.  Lather  than  doing  mere  I 
will  now  pass  to  what,  for  my  present  audience,  is 
the  most  important  part  of  our  work— namely,  our 

Critical  Experiments  on  Fotkenbk's  ash 
Tatlock's  Methods  rot:  the  Detekmination 
of  Potassium  by  Means  of  Chloroplatinic 
Acid. 

Finkener3 i  Method.  -As  Finkener's  method  is 
not  much  known  to  British  chemists,  we  begin  in  our 
memoir  by  shortly  describing  it,  assuming,  to  fix 
ideas,  that"  we  had  to  deal  with  a  mixture  of  Bulpbates 
ami  chlorides  of  potassium,  sodium  and  magnesium. 
To  determine  the  potassium  a  known  weight  of 


times  the  weight  of  the  potassium  salt— we  applied 
the  Finkener  process,  and,  besides  weighing  the 
platinum,  which,  according  to  the  theory  of  the 
method,  should  measure  the  given  potassium,  deter- 
mined the  small  quantities  of  the  latter  metal  which 
had  passed  into  the  ether  alcohol  or  other  liquors 
obtained.  In  the  earlier  stages  of  the  research  we 
f-eneraily  applied  the  sal-ammoniac  form  of  the 
process,  and  always  took  care  to  collect,  weigh  and 
analyse  the  crude  chloride  of  potassium  produced. 
No  test  experiment  of  this  kind  was  accepted  as- 
complete  and  satisfactory  unless  all  the  several  instal- 
ments of  potassium  when  added  together  came  up,  as 
nearly  as  possible,  to  the  weight  of  potassium  started 
with  'in  the  synthesis.  Even  in  our  memoir  we  give 
only  a  very  condensed  report  on  our  work  :  on  the 
present  occasion  it  would  be  a  mistake  to  do  more 
than  formulate  our  conclusions.  (  me  of  these  is  that 
the  Finkener  process  <-al  ammoniac  form)  affords  an 
excellent  means  for  collecting  and  concentrating  even 
the  minutest  quantities  of  potassium  diffused  through- 


TIIK  .lOl'FXAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  lNIM'STItY.      |Uec.8l,lS». 


out  a  mass  of  sodium  or  magnesium  salts.  Only,  to 
obtain  exact  results,  one  must  take  care  to  work  up 
the  sal-ammoniac  liquors  for  potassium,  and  suppos- 
ing all  the  potassium  to  be  oil  let-ted  as  chloride,  this 
chloride  most  not  be  accepted  as  pure  KC1  (which  it 
never  is),  but  be  analysed  for  potassium  by,  say,  the 
Freseniu.,  method,  which  in  such  cases  is  perfectly 
reliable  and  probably  the  best  that  could  be  em- 
ployed. In  this  manner  minute  percentages  of 
potassium,  which  would  simply  escape  any  other 
method  and  not  be  found  at  all,  can  be  determined 
with  a  (for  such  cases)  high  degree  of  relative  pre- 
cision. The  Finkener  process,  therefore,  affords  an 
excellent  means  for  testing  other  forms  of  the  chloro- 
platinate  method  by  determining  the  small  quantities 
of  potassium  which  slipped  through  their  meshes. 
In  this  sense  among  others  we  have  used  it  exten- 
sively. Passing  now  to  the  process  as  a  means  of 
determining  relatively  large  percentages  of  potas- 
sium, I  cannot  do  better  than  shortly  describe  the 
form  of  the  process  which  we  adopted  finally  for  such 
purposes. 

The  substance  solution  is  mixed  with  a  volume  of 
standard  sulphuric  acid  so  adjusted  that  it  little  more 
than  suffices  to  substitute  a  half  S04  for  every  C'l 
of  the  clorides,  and  with  about  1"25  times  the  calcu- 
lated volume  of  chloroplatinic  acid  solution,  and,  if 
necessary,  enough  of  water  so  that  the  whole  of  the 
chloroplatinate  of  potassium  passes  into  solution  at  a 
boiling  heat.  The  solution  is  then  evaporated  to  a 
magma  and  next  mixed  with,  say,  20ec.  of  absolute 
alcohol  and  allowed  to  stand '  for  five  minutes 
(covered,  of  course).  lOcc.  of  ether  are  now  added 
and  the  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  for  half-an-hour 
under  a  small  bell-jar  on  a  ground  glass  plate,  when 
the  mixture  is  ready  to  be  filtered.  The  precipitate, 
however,  in  addition  to  chloroplatinate  of  potassium, 
contains  a  small  quantity  of  foreign  chloroplatinates, 
which,  as  we  found,  can  be  eliminated  by  what  we 
have  come  to  call  re-crystallisation.  The  mixture  (of 
sulphates  and  chloroplatinate),  after  having  received  a 
final  wash  with  pure  ether,  is  allowed  to  dry  up  in  the 
air  ;  it  is  then  re-dissolved  in  hot  water  and  re- 
Finkenerised  :  the  surplus  platinum  is  retained  in  the 
mother  liquor.  For  a  time  we  thought  that  the  addi- 
tion of  a  few  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  would  be  an 
improvement,  as  giving  the  sodium,  etc.,  a  better 
chance  of  coming  out  as  sulphate  :  but  direct  experi- 
ments showed  that  the  results  then  became  less  exact. 
The  purified  mixture  is  dissolved  in  hot  water,  the 
solution  transferred  to  an  Erlenmeyer  flask,  the 
platinum  reduced  out  in  the  wet  way  (see  Dittmar's 
"Exercises  in  Quantitative  Analysis,"  p.  28),  collected, 
ignited  and  weighed. 

The  weight  when  multiplied  with  0  7(>084  gives  a 
very  close  approximation  to  the  weight  of  chloride 
of  potassium  to  be  determined.  This  factor  was 
deduced  from  a  special  series  of  test-analyses,  to 
which  1  shall  again  have  to  refer  after  haviug* treated 
of  the 

Tatlock  Method. — This  method,  before  an  audience 
of  Glasgow  chemists,  need  not  be  described,  but  I 
doubt  whether  its  essential  points  are  as  generally 
appreciated  as  they  ought  to  be. 

According  to  Tatlock,  to  determine  the  potash  in 
a  mixed  potash  salt,  a  known  weight  is  dissolved  in 
water  and  next  evaporated  down  to  a  magma  with  a 
certain  prescribed  quantity  of  chloride  of  platinum, 
which  is  far  in  excess  of  what  would  be  needed 
theoretically  even  for  the  conversion  of  pure  chloride 
of  sodium  into  chloroplatinate.  The  residue  is 
allowed  to  digest  in  a  certain  proportion  of  five  per 
cent."  platinum  solution,  so  adjusted  that  in  the  case 

'Meaning  a  Solution  containing  Semis,  of  metallic  platinum 
per  lUOee. 


of  pure  NaCl  a  17  per  cent,  solution  of  platinum  is 
produced.  This  liquor  is  allowed  to  act  for  an  hour 
and  the  precipitate  is  then  washed  with,  first,  small 
instalments  of  the  five  per  cent,  reagent,  and  finally 
with  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  It  is  then  dried  at  100° 
and  weighed.  The  weight  multiplied  by  0'3056 
gives  the  weight  of  chloride  of  potassium  to  be  deter- 
mined. 

Tatlock's  method  at  first  sight  would  appear  to 
waste  an  unnecessarily  large  amount  of  platinum  solu- 
tion. Why  not,  cue  might  say,  separate  out  the 
potassium  with  a  moderate  excess  of  platinum  from 
a  very  concentrated  solution,  wash  the  precipitate 
very  cautiously  with  small  instalments  of  water  and 
ultimately  with  alcohol  to  get  it  ready  for  the  drying 
chamber  !  We  have  tried  this  modification,  but 
have  found  that  nearly  10  per  cent,  of  the  potassium 
escapes  precipitation.  If  Tatlock's  directions  be 
strictly  followed  the  loss  is  far  less. 

It  will  also  not  do  to  continue  the  washing  with 
chloride  of  platinum  solution  until  every  trace  of 
sulphate  is  proved  to  be  removed.  With  substances 
rich  in  SO^  this  cannot  be  accomplished  without 
losing  a  considerable  fraction  of  the  potassium  ;  with 
Tatlock's  modus  operandi,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
snlphuric  acid,  contrary  to  what  some  might  expect, 
goes  almost  completely  into  the  alcoholic  washings. 
According  to  our  determinations,  lOOgrms.  of  a  five 

J  per  cent,  solution  of  chloroplatinic  acid  dissolve,  in 
the  cold  0'23grm.  of  chloroplatinate  of  potassium, 
hence  Tatlock's  method,  in  all  cases,  must  necessarily 
leave  some  of  the  potassium  in  the  filtrate.  But  the 
quantity  of  potassium  thus  lost,  in   most   practical 

i  cases,  is  small,  and  is  compensated  for  to  a  surprising 

extent  by  the  positive  errors  inherent  in  his  method. 

At  a  time  when  we  had  not  yet  arrived  at  this  con- 

!  viction,  we  instituted  a  special  series  of  test  analyses 
for  ascertaining  what  results  the  Finkener  and  the 
Tatlock  methods  respectively  would  bring  out  with 
mixtures  of  chloride  of  potassium,  chloride  of  sodium, 

I  and  sulphate  of  magnesia,  containing  respectively 

!  95,  82,  and  33'3  parts  of  chloride  of  potassium  in  100 
of  anhydrous  mixture. 

A  known  weight  of  pure  chloride  of  potassium  was 
weighed  out,  dissolved  in  watt  r  to  a  known  weight, 
and  quantities  of  this  standard  solution  representing 

!  convenient  definite  weights  of  KC1  weighed  out  im- 
mediately in  so  many  different  bottles.  On  the  other 
hand,  pure — i.e.,  potassium  free— standard  solutions 

[  of  chloride  of  sodium  and  of  sulphate  of  magnesia  were 
prepared  and  kept  ready  for  use  To  produce,  for 
instance,  a  solution  of  95  per  cent,  salt,  the  contents  of 
one  of  the  KC1  bottles  was  mixed  with  the  proper 
volumes  of  magnesia  and  chloride  of  sodium  solution. 
In  this  manner  we  produced  eight  solutions  of  each 
kind  :  four  were  analysed  by  means  of  our  form  of  the 
Finkener  method,  the  other  four  according  to  Tat- 
lock. In  the  case  of  the  Tatlock  analyses,  we  always 
determined  the  potassium  left  unpreeipitated  by  means 
of  Finkener's  method,  and  reduced  the  cbloroplatinate, 
after  having  weighed  it,  with  hydrogen  in  the  wet 
way,  and  weighed  the  platinum,  so  that  each  of  our 
analyses  afforded  the  data  for  a  calculation  of  the 
quantity  of  chloride  of  potassium  combined  in  the 
precipitate  with  2KC1  parts  of  chloride  of  potassium 
—  i.e.,  for  what,  by  theory,  should  be  the  atomic 
weight  of  platinum.  The  several  values  for  "Pt" 
thus  obtained  lay  remarkably  close  to  196.  The 
mean  of  the  Finkener  ex]  eriments  was  195"98  ;  that 
of  the  Tatlock  experiments  was  19625.  For  the 
reduction  of  Ft  to  2KC1,  the  factor  076117  ;  for 
that  of  PtClBK„  to  K2Cl„j  -Mr.  Tatlock's  factor, 
0'300(i,  was  employed,  and  in  both  series  a  satis- 
factory agreement  between  analysis  and  synthesis 
attained.     At  the  end   of  the   work,  however,   we 


beo.31,1887.]      THE  JOLTRNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


803 


calculated  the  factors  from  our  own  experiments,  and 
found  for  the  factors  corresponding  theoretically  to 
K..CI,  :  l't  and  K..C1..  :  PtCl8Ks  the  values 076084 
and  0'30627  respectively.    On  recalculating  all  our 

analyses  with  these  factors  and  comparing  the  results 
with  the  values  demanded  by  the  synthesis,  we  found 
that  in  each  of  the  two  series  one  experiment  was 
infected  with  an  exceptionally  large  error,  amounting 
to  about  2mgrs.  in  each  case.  All  the  rest  of  the 
errors  were  far  less.  In  the  Tatlock  series  they  were 
as  follow  : — 


95  per  cent 

Errors  0  20  to  0-?8 
Per  about    <ra 


82  per  cent. 

0  01!  to  (HU 
0-52 


33  per  cent.  Suit. 

iroa  tn  triiugr. 
0-215grm.  of  KC1. 


hi 


the  Finkener  series  they  were  respectively  :— 


007  tu  O'o 
Per  about    0'75 


017  to  0-33 
0-65 


0-18  to0'7ingr. 

0'26grm.  oJ  KC'l  to 
be  determined. 


The  methods,  as  we  see,  are  about  at  a  par  in  point  of 
precision  ;  but  how  far  may  the  percentage  of  potash 
in  a  salt  sink  before  the  Tatlock  method  becomes 
inapplicable  •  We  made  a  special  series  of  of  experi- 
ments in  this  direction,  and  found  that  the  line  must 
be  drawn  somewhere  below  the  10  per  cent.  salt. 
With  a  10  per  cent,  salt,  while  the  Finkener  method 
gave  exact  results,  the  Tatlock  gave  a  deficit  of  about 
2  per  cent,  of  the  (juantity  to  be  determined— 9"8 
instead  of  10,  which  is  still  pretty  fair. 

Summary  of  Results. 
(1.)  The   value   Pt  =  194'8  (0  =  1(5),   which  Seubert 
deduced  from  his  analyses  of  chloroplatinates,  is  too 
low  :  his  own  analyses,  if  properly  interpreted,  show 


that  the  true  value  lies,  by  a  considerable  fraction  of  j  t0  a 


own  form  of  Finkener's  method  :  the  entries  N  to  the 
customary  platinum  process  for  the  determination  ot 
ammonia 

FREE  ACID  IX  SUPERPHOSPHATES. 

BY    WILLIAM    W.  MELLON. 

It  is  well  known  that  superphosphates  and  similar 
dissolved  manures  invariably  contain  a  certain 
amount  of  free  acid,  but  some  diversity  or  opinion 
exists  with  regard  to  the  amount  usually  present  and 
the  composition  of  this  constituent  of  manures. 

Having  estimated  the  free  acid  present  in  a  large 
number  of  samples  of  manures  during  the  last  four 
and-a  half  years  the  results  obtained  are  ottered  as  a 
contribution  on  the  subject.  , 

The  estimations  were  performed  by  titrating  with 
standard  alkali  a  solution  of  the  manure  containing 
about  lgrm.  of  the  sample  in  lOOcc,  to  which  a  lew- 
drops  of  methyl  orange  had  been  added.  Monobasic 
phosphate  being  neutral  to  methyl  orange,  the  amount 
of  standard  alkali  required  to  neutralise  the  solution 
is  equivalent  to  the  free  acid  present.  I  or  con- 
venience in  comparing  the  results  the  free  acid  is 
stated  as  H-.POi.  , 

The  average  amount  found  in  4*5  samples  ot 
manures  of  various  kinds  examined  by  this  method 
was  equal  to  8"54  per  cent.  H:1P04 ;  the  highest  being 
16"36  per  cent.,  and  the  lowest  2"36  per  cent. 

The  solutions  of  manures  in  which  the  freeacid  was 
determined  were  obtained  by  stirring  up  lOgrms.  of 
the  sample  with  water  in  a  beaker  and  transferring 


a  unit,  higher. 

i2.)  According  to  our  own  analysis  of  cbloro- 
platinate  of  potassium,  the  true  "  Ft,"  though,  per- 
haps, a  shade  below,  lies  close  to  195"5.  This  number 
falls  in  perfectly  well  with  Seubert's  analyses  like- 
wise, and  consequently  at  present  constitutes  the 
most  probable  value  of  the  constant. 


500cc. 


flask.    The  flask  was  filled  to  the  mark 


Tu  EOKETICAL    FACTORS. 

D.  anil 
McA.'s 
Empiri- 
cal 
Factors. 

«3 
O 

i 

Values  Calculated  fur 

Symbols. 

0) 

■a 

Pt-194'8     195-5        196 

Ta. 

2KC1 :  PIC1„K= 

O-307O7    070665  U'30633 

0-30627 

(1) 

Ta 

2KC1  :-Pt 

0-76571    0-70307  0-76112 

0-76016 

(2) 

V 

2KC1  :  Pt                           076571    0-70307  0'76112 

0-76084 

U) 

N 

2NH.C1  :  PtCUNH,l:     0'24123   0-21081  fl-21057 

0-2380 

(3) 

N 

2NH,C1  :  l't                       0-54931    0-54737  0-545118 

0-5450 

(4) 

with  water,  allowed  to  digest  for  a  couple  of  hours 
with  occasional  shaking,  and  filtered.    (Method  A.) 

Several  methods  of  extracting  the  soluble  portion 
being  in  use  in  the  analysis  of  manures,  a  number  of 
experiments  were  performed  in  order  to  ascertain  if 
the  percentages  of  free  acid  and  "  soluble  phosphate  * 
were  affected  bv  the  method  of  extraction  adopted. 
With  this  object  in  view  the  free  acid  and  soluble 
phosphate  were  estimated  in  solutions  of  manures 
obtained  by  Method  A,  and  also  in  solutions  obtained 
by  the  method  adopted  by  the  Association  ot 
Official  Agricultural  Chemistsfor  theseason  1884—8o.t 
About  2grms.  of  the  sample  are  washed  on  a  filter 
with  small  successive  quantities  of  water,  the  residue 
transferred  to  a  beaker,  rubbed  to  a  paste  with  a 
rubber-tipped  rod,  washed  back  on  to  the  falter  and 
washed  thoroughly.   (Method  B.) 

The  results,  which  are  given  in  the  following  table, 
show  that  the  amount  of  free  acid  is  generally  higher 
in  the  B  solutions,  this  result  being  more  noticeable 
in  manures  made  from  roughly  ground  materials, 
or  when  an  insufficient  quantity  of  acid  had  been 
used  in  the  first  place  to  dissolve  the  phosphate,  and 
is  probably  due  to  the  rapid  removal  of  the  acid 
solution  in  the  filter  from  the  undissolved  phosphate 
with  which  it  was  in  contact. 

With  respect  to  the  soluble  phosphate  the  experi- 
ments show  that  the  B  solutions  give  slightly  lower 

must  be  substituted  for  Pt  in  the  calculation  of  "the  I  results  with  manures  which  do  not  contain i  ferric 

ratios,  2KC1  :  PtCl6K,  :  2KC1 :  Pt  ;  2NH.C1  :Pt,  etc.,    oxide-^such  as  dissolved 

in  order  to  obtain  the  correct  factors  for  reducing 

analytically    obtained     chloroplatinate     or     chloro- 

platinatcplatinum   to   chloride    of    potassium,   etc., 

even  our  number,  195*5,  is  too  low  ;  1UC  affords  in 

general  a  better  approximation.     But  Pt,  if  taken  in 

this  sense,  is  no  constant  at  all.     Those  factors  must 

be  determined  quite  directly  by  standard  experiments. 

The  results  of  our  own   standard   experiments  are 

given,  and  contrasted  with  the  theoretically  calcu- 
lated ratios  in  the  above  table.     The  entries  "  Ta  " 

refer  to  Tatlock's  methods  ;  the  entries  "  F  "  to  our 


Notes.— (1)  Refers  to  the  chloride  of  potassium  in  the  sub- 
stance. 

12)  Refers  to  the-  chloride  of  potassium  in  the  chluroplatinate- 
precipitate. 

(3)  and  ID  Refer  to  the  sal-ammoniac  to  be  determined,  not  to 
thai  contained  in  the  chloroplatinate-precipitate. 

(3.)  Taking  "Pt"   as  meaning  the  number  which 


higher  results  with  mineral  superphosphates  contain- 
ing ferric  oxide.  .        .      .        ,  . 

The  larger  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  found  in 
the  15  solutions  of  mineral  superphosphates  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  ferric  phosphate  is  soluble  only  in  some- 
what concentrated  acid  solutions 

On  treating  the  sample,  with  small  successive 
quantities  of  water,  as  in  Method  B,  faltering  after 


-Triealcic phosphate  rendered  soluble,  is  meant  by  the  term 
'  soluble  phosphate." 
tChemical  News.  51,  Hi. 


80J 


I  Hi:  JOURNAL  OF  T11K  SOCIKTY  of'  CII  KM  tCAt  INDUSTRY.       Ibecsi.istf 


each  addition,  the  ferric  phosphate  is  carried  through 

the  filter  in  solution  and  its  phosphoric  acid  included 
in  the  soluble,  whereas  the  dilution  required  by  the 
other  method  before  filtering  precipitates  a  portion 
of  the  phosphoric  acid  as  ferric  phosphate,  which  is 
included  in  the  insoluble  phosphate. 


1.  Dissolved  bones 

2.  ,.        boneasb 
3 


372 
3H        3881 
10-20        38-67 


Mean 


I.Mineral  superphosphate 


8. 

!>. 
10. 
II. 
12. 
13. 
II. 
15. 


5  70 

7-81 
8-82 
8  82 
0-02 
1261 
930 
6-86 
774 


34-67 


21-85 
27-92 
27  04 
25-74 
32  34 
26-52 
18-91 
26-72 


Soluble 
Phos- 
phate per 
Cent. 


I  12  26-31 

8  62        38-67 

11-08        38-18 


637 


8-02 
8-82 
8-72 
9  02 
12-74 
9-22 
6-91 
774 


31-39 


Mean 


9-32 

20-94 

10-98 

6-28 

2079 

6-86 

9-22 

25  '55 

9-22 

7-16 

22-76 

754 

8-58 

25-06 

8-82 

25-27 
28-89 
29  10 

2666 
32-78 
27-00 
1942 

26-94 
21-27 

2f79 
25-87 
21-70 

25-56 


The  amount  of  free  acid  in  manures  is  obviously 
an  important  factor  in  determining  their  condition, 
yet  no  definite  amount  can  be  assigned  in  all  cases 
as  a  limit  which  should  not  be  exceeded,  as  the 
maximum  quantity  that  may  be  present  in  a  manure 
without  impairing  its  condition  varies  with  the  raw- 
phosphate  used. 

The  average  amount  of  free  acid  found  in  well- 
dissolved  manures  made  from  various  phosphates  is 
given  in  the  following  table.  The  manures  were  all 
in  a  dry  friable  condition,  and  the  mineral  phosphates 
used  were  ground  so  that  96  per  cent  passed  through 
a  sieve  of  60  meshes  to  the  inch. 


Phosphate. 


Ground  bones  

Bone  ash 

Helgian  phosphate 

Port  Royal    

Hull  River    „        

Morgan  River  phosphate 
Somme  phosphate 


Flee  Acid    as 
11  PO,. 

Iosoliible 
Phosphate 

2'8J 

4-82 

7  '55 

1-94 

7  26 

I-8S 

9  91 

1*57 

1021 

2-33 

1032 

1-68 

12-56 

1-62 

The  amount  of  free  acid  in  manures  is  also  to  some 
extent  affected  by  the  strength  <>f  the  acid  used  to 
decompose  the  phosphate. 

With  regard  to  the  quantity  of  acid  employed  the 
manufacturer  will,  as  a  rule,  use  as  much  as  isconsis- 
tent  with  a  dry  product ;  but,  other  things  being  equal, 


the  maximum  quantity  of  o.v.  can  be  used  only  when 
it  is  diluted  to  the  strength  best  adapted  to  the 
phosphate  under  treatment. 

This  is  illustrated  by  the  following  experiment 
with  ( lanadian  apatite  : — Three  portions  of  a  sample 
of  Canadian  apatite  were  each  treated  under  precisely 
similar  conditions,  with  63  per  cent.  o.v.  diluted  to 
108°,  112  and  120  T.  On  testing  the  resulting  super- 
phosphates  the  following  results  were  obtained  : — 


63  per  cent.  o.v.  at 

108°  T. 

112°  T. 

120°  T. 

28-06 
10-12 
Good 

27-50 
11-46 
Fair 

21-63 

Free  acid    ,  as  H,POj 

Condition  of  manure 

17-21 
I  lamp 

A  number  of  samples  were  examined,  and  an  effort 
made  to  determine  the  composition  of  the  free  acid 
always  present  in  manures. 

It  seems  to  consist  mainly  of  phosphoric  acid, 
with  smaller  amounts  of  hydrofluosilicic,  hydro- 
fluoric and  (occasionally)  sulphuric  acids.  The 
latter  was  found  only  in  damp  samples  containing  a 
large  amount  of  free  acid.  It  was  detected  by  treat- 
ing the  sample  with  methylated  spirits  on  a  filter 
fitted  with  a  Piccard's  filtering  tube,  the  filtrate  was 
evaporated  to  dryness,  water  containing  a  few  drops 
i  of  HC1  added  and  the  sulphuric  acid  precipitated 
with  baric  chloride.  The  conflicting  opinions  held 
with  regard  to  the  presence  of  free  sulphuric  acid  in 
manures  may  probably  be  attributed  to  the  absence 
of  a  reliable  method  of  estimating  or  detecting  free 
sulphuric  and  phosphoric  acids  in  presence  of  each 
other,  in  solutions  which  also  contain  soluble  sulphates 
and  phosphates. 

The  method  frequently  proposed  for  the  estimation 

,  of  free  sulphuric  acid  in  presence  of  soluble  sulphates, 

which  depends  on  the  precipitation  of  the  sulphates 

only  on  the  addition  of  alcohol  to  the  solution,  is 

inapplicable  in  the  presence  of  monocalcic  phosphate. 

In  the  presence  of  this  salt  the  alcohol  precipitates 
not  only  the  sulphates,  but  also  more  or  less  of  the 
free  sulphuric  acid,  which  combines  with  the  lime  of 
the  monocalcic  phosphate,  free  phosphoric  acid  being 
liberated. 

In  order  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the  method  3cc.  of 
1  normal  sulphuric  acid=0'147grm.  H2SOi  were  run 
into  a  somewhat  concentrated  solution  of  superphos- 
phate, and  about  seven  times  its  bulk  of  methylated 
spirits  was  added.  After  standing  two  hours  the 
alcoholic  solution  was  filtered,  the  filtrate  evaporated 
to  dryness,  some  water  and  a  few  drops  of  HC1  were 
added,  and  the  sulphuric  acid  in  the  solution 
estimated  with  baric  chloride.  The  amount  found 
was  equal  to  0'048grm.  H2rS04, showing  that  O-OODgrro., 
equal  to  C7'3.->  per  cent,  of  the  sulphuric  acid  added, 
had  been  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  alcohol. 
Similar  results  were  obtained  when  absolute  alcohol 
was  substituted  for  the  methylated  spirits  ;  the  free 
sulphuric  acid  precipitated  in  a  number  of  experiments 
varied  from  4-2  per  cent,  to  83  per  cent,  of  the 
sulphuric  acid  added  to  the  solution.  This  process  is 
therefore  incapable  of  demonstrating  the  absence  of 
free  sulphuric  acid  in  manures. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  method  used  for  the 
detection  of  free  sulphuric  acid  in  presence  of 
sulphates,  which  relies  on  the  blackening  of  the  residue 
obtained  on  evaporating  the  solution  to  dryness  with 
a  little  cane  sugar,  cannot  be  employed  in  presence  of 
free  phosphoric  acid,  which  also  decomposes  cane 
sugar  with  formation  of  a  Mack  residue. 

The  presence  of  free  hydrofluosilicic  and  hydro- 
fluoric acids  in  manures  seems  to  have  escaped 
observation.      In    the    ordinary  course    of  manure 


nor.3i.iw.)     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


SOf> 


analysis,  in  which  the  moisture  is  determined  by 
heating  the  toampk-  for  Beveral  hours  in  the  water 
oven,  they  are  volatilised  and  reported  as  "moisture. 
The  average  amount  of  volatile  free  acids  found  in  14 
samples  whs  equal  to  2"30  per  cent.  H8P04— the 
highest  being  3-1,'G  per  cent.,  and  the  lowest  0'96  per 
cent.  They  were  estimated  by  evaporating  a  solu- 
tion of  the  manure  to  dryness  in  a  platinum  basin, 
the  residue  was  dissolve. 1  in  water  to  which  a  known 
amount  of  standard  acid  had  been  added,  and  the 
solution  titrated  with  standard  alkali.  The  loss  of 
free  acid  on  evaporation  equals  the  total  volatile 
acidity,  stated  as  HgP04.  The  free  hydrofiuosilicic 
acid  was  estimated  by  evaporating  to  dryness  a  solu- 
tion  of  the  manure  to  which  some  potassic  sulphate, 
neutral  to  methyl  orange,  had  been  added,  the  residue 
was  dissolved  in  standard  acid  and  titrated  as  before. 
The  increase  in  the  amount  of  free  acid  as  H:;P04 
after  evaporation  with  potassic  sulphate,  as  compared 
with  the  amount  found  on  evaporating  the  solution 
of  manure  alone,  is  equivalent  to  the  free  hydro- 
tiuosilicic  acid  present.  . 

The  amount  found  in  the  few  samples  tested 
comprised  about  two-thirds  of  the  total  volatile 
acidity. 

The  above  results  were  obtained  from  manures 
manufactured  by  Mr.  (J.  H.  Anderton,  Howden, 
Yorkshire,  to  whom  the  writer  is  indebted  for  the 
facilities  afforded  in  carrying  out  the  experiments. 

—  »«**<m^fr»* — 

The  Second  .V"/i>t<j  of  (lie  Fifth  Session  of  this 
Section  teas  held  in  tkt  Rooms,  14,  St  Andrew 
Street,  Edinburgh,  on  Tuesday,  6th  December,  1887. 


MR.  K.  <'.  C.  STANFORD,  F.C.S.,  IN  THE  CHAIR. 

THE  SUPPLY  OF  ALCOHOL  FOR  MANUFAC- 
TURING PURPOSES. 

BY     D.     B.     DOTT,     F.R.S.E.,     F.I.l. 

It  is  now  over  thirty  years  since  the  Act  of  Parlia- 
ment was  passed  permitting  the  use  of  duty-free 
methylated  spirits,  and  we  have  become  so  accustomed 
to  the  idea  of  that  familiar  mixture  that  it  is  difficult 
to  imagine  things  being  otherwise — nearly  as  difficult 
possibly  as  it  would  be  to  persuade  the  Revenue 
authorities  that  a  change  in  their  system  is  desirable. 
Vet  the  systems  in  vogue  in  other  countries  have  been 
altered,  sometimes  for  the  better,  and  our  own 
Government  may  one  day  see  its  way  to  amend  the 
law  regulating  the  use  of  alcohol  in  the  arts  and 
manufactures.  Presumably  everyone  knows  how  the 
law  at  present  stands.  The  original  Act  has  been 
amended  by  two  subsequent  Acts,  and  there  are 
several  General  Orders  of  the  Roard  of  Inland 
Revenue  bearing  on  the  subject,  but  the  net  result  of 
the  regulations  may  be  shortly  stated.  Every  form 
of  ethyl  alcohol  used  or  sold  in  the  country  must  pay 
duty  calculated  on  its  equivalent  in  proof  spirit,  but 
to  encourage  manufacturers  a  mixture  of  alcohol  with 
10  per  cent,  of  wood  naphtha  is  allowed  to  pass  duty 
free.  This  naphtha  is  often  called  methyl  alcohol, 
but  it  contains  so  large  a  proportion  of  acetone,  along 
with  higher  ketones,  methyl  acetate,  allyl  alcohol,  and 
malodorous  pyroligneous  substances,  that  it  can 
hardly  be  called  even  crude  methyl  alcohol.  An 
admixture  of  pure  methyl  alcohol  would  be  no  barrier 
to  the  use  of  the  mixture  as  a  beverage.  Wherefore 
the  Excise  will  only  permit  the  use  of  a  decidedly 
crude  and  impure  wood  naphtha  for  methylating,  and 


a  sample  of  the  naphtha  proposed  to  be  used  must 
first  be  approved  by  the  Chemical  Department  at 
Somerset  House.  Alter  being  passed,  the  naphtha  is 
kepi  under  official  lock  and  key,  and  only  allowed  to 
be  used  for  mixing  in  presence  of  officers  of  Inland 
Revenue.  The  resulting  methylated  spirit  has  a 
disagreeable  taste  and  odour,  and  always  more  or  less 
colour,  which  increases  on  keeping.  It  is,  of  coin-', 
entirely  illegal  to  submit  the  spirit  to  any  process  01 
purification, even  the  preparation  of  anhydrous methy- 
1  iti'd  spirit  being  held  to  be  a  clear  breach  of  the  law. 
The  mixed  spirit  can  only  be  used  in  such  branches 
of  manufacture  as  are  approved  by  the  Roard.  Its 
use  is  not  allowed  in  the  preparation  of  compounds 
from  which  alcohol  can  easily  be  obtained.  For 
instance,  if  a  simple  process  for  converting  ether  into 
alcohol  were  known,  it  is  certain  the  Roard  would 
not  permit  the  use  of  methylated  spirits  in  the  pre- 
paration of  ether. 

We  have  often  heard  of  the  great  benefits  that  have 
accrued  by  the  wise  and  beneficent  legislation  which 
authorised  the  use  of  methylated  spirits,  but  much 
might  be  written  on  the  extent  to  which  manufac- 
turers have  suffered  by  being  compelled  to  use  that 
same  spirit  while  neighbouring  nations  had  a  supply 
of  pure  alcohol  at  or  near  the  same  price.    I  have  not 
sufficient  acquaintance  with  manufactures  in  general 
to  go  fully  into  this  question,  but  can  only  touch  upon 
those  points  which  are  more  within  my  own  know- 
ledge and  experience.     It  has  first  to  be  noted  that 
miscible  naphtha  is  a  more  expensive  article  than 
rectified  spirit,  so  that  (apart  from  duty)  methylated 
spirit  costs  more  than  pure  alcohol.     Then  it  must  be 
remembered  that  for  many  purposes  the  10  per  cent. 
of  naphtha  is  simply  10  per  cent,  of  useless  matter. 
That  is  to  say,  that  in  these  cases  methylated  spirit 
would  require  to  be  10  per  cent,  cheaper  than  the 
pure  spirit  in  order  to  put  them  economically  on  a 
par.     So  far  as  I  know,  there  is  no  purpose  for  which 
methylated  spirit  is  so  welladapted  as  is  purespirit,and 
we  have  all  grades  of  unsuitability  up  to  those  cases 
in  which  it  cannot  be  used  at  all.     Methylated  spiiit 
is  generally  supposed  to  be  specially  suitable  for 
making  varnishes,  yet  I  have  heard  of  a  fastidious 
gentleman  who  insisted  on  the  polish  applied  to  his 
furniture  being  prepared  with  pure  alcohol,  on  account 
of  the  bad  smell  of  the  usual  preparation.      For 
purposes  of  extraction,  purification  by  crystallisation, 
and  the   like,  methyl   spirit   is   very  objectionable, 
because  of    the  persistent  empyreumatic  odour    it 
leaves  on  evaporating,  which  owour  it  is  difficult  and 
sometimes  impossible  to  get  rid  of.    Again,  when  we 
employ  rectified  spirit  as  a  solvent  we  know  that  we 
are  using  what  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes  a  mix- 
ture of  ethyl  alcohol  and  water,  but  when  we  employ 
methylated  spirits  we  are  using  a  mixture  of  several, 
and  to  some  extent  unknown,  solvents.     In  certain 
operations  that  is  a  matter  of  real  importance.     In 
the  preparation  of  chloroform  methylated  spirit  is  not 
so  ill  adapted  as  might  at  first  be  supposed.     A 
certain  amount  of  chloroform  is  formed   from  the 
acetone  present  in  the  naphtha,  and  by  special  means 
of  purification  a  product  is  ultimately  obtained  which 
cannot  be  distinguished  from  that  prepared  from  pure 
alcohol.     Yet  there  can  be  no  question  that,  cttteris 
paribus,  pure  alcohol  would   be  a    preferable  raw 
material  even  in  this  instance,  as  there  would  then  "be 
no  suspicion  of  certain  impurities,  and  the  medical 
profession  would  have  more  confidence  in  the  com- 
pound.   In  the  formation  of  ether  by  the  action  of 
sulphuric  acid  on  alcohol  at  a  high  temperature,  the 
methylated  is  a  poor  substitute  for  the  pure  spirit. 
Not  only  does  the  product  contain  a  certain  amount 
of  ethyl  oxide  in  solution,  but  secondary  products  are 
formed  which  render  the  ether  unsuitable  for  inhala- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec.  31, 1887. 


tion  and  internal  use,  though  it  may  be  employed  for 
local  anaesthesia.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are 
manufactures  in  which  the  products  formed  from  the 
naphtha  are  SO  difficult  to  separate  from  the  alcoholic 
product  that  the  chemist  who  has  only  methylated 
spirit  at  his  disposal  is  hopelessly  handicapped  as 
compared  with  the  chemist  who  has  pure  alcohol  to 
work  with.  For  instance,  when  chloral  was  first 
introduced  into  medical  practice  it  was  found 
impracticable  to  obtain  a  satisfactory  product  by  the 
action  oi  chlorine  on  methylated  spirit,  for  which 
reason  principally  chloral  did  not  become,  an  article 
i  if  British  manufacture.  Doubtless  one  who  was  well 
acquainted  with  a  great  variety  of  manufactures  could 
frame  a  much  stronger  indictment  agairst  methylated 
spirits  than  can  I,  but  what  has  been  said  is  sufficient 
to  show  that  if  the  chemist  could  obtain  pure  alcohol 
free  of  duty  it  would  be  an  immense  advantage.  In 
this  connection  it  may  be  interesting  to  quote 
a  iesv  sentences  from  an  article*  by  Dr.  Squibb, 
who  was  actively  engaged  in  the  investigations  which 
preceded  the  passing  of  the  American  Spirit  Law, 
and  who  himself  uses  annually  a  large  quantity 
of  alcohol  in  his  pharmaceutical  processes : — 
"  The  proposed  law  proceeds  on  the  theory  that  this 
methyl-alcohol  once  added  to  the  clear  spirit,  per- 
manently and  irrecoverably  spoils  it  for  drinking 
purposes.  This  is  a  great  fallacy  which  should  be 
clearly  recognised  at  the  start,  for  the  methyl-alcohol 
can  be  taken  out  with  comparative  ease,  and  the  pro- 
posed law  acknowledges  this  by  forbidding  its  being 
taken  out  and  by  providing  a  penalty  against  taking 

it  out There  is  probably  not  a  single  use 

to  which  alcohol  is  put  that  would  not  be  more  or 
less  obstructed  and  hurt  by  the  presence  of  the 
methyl — just  as  every  adulterated  substance  is 
injured  by  the  adulteration — while  in  a  very  large 
number  it  would  be  more  objectionable  than  in 
drink  ;  and  for  a  still  larger  number  of  the  better  and 
more  important  uses  methylated  spirit  could  not  be 

used  at  all Again,  it  is  not  conducive  of 

true  economy  and  fair  dealing  to  attempt  by  law  to 
damage  the  purity  of,  or  to  spoil  or  defile  any  sub- 
stance for  any  purpose,  and  all  such  attempts  must 
lead  to  loose  principles  of  action  and  to  various  forms 
of  fraud." 

The  question  then  arises— Can  any  method  be 
devised  by  which  a  chemical  manufacturer  might  be 
allowed  the  use  of  duty-free  alcohol  in  his  manufac- 
tures i.  Speaking  generally,  there  are  two  ways  in 
which  this  could  be  done  :  —  1st.  The  manufacturing 
operation  might  be  conducted  "in  bond,"  nothing 
being  allowed  to  go  in  or  out  without  the  interven- 
tion of  the  Excise  officials.  2nd.  A  drawback  of  the 
full  amount  of  duty  might  be  allowed  on  all  alchohol 
which  the  authorities  were  satisfied  had  been  con- 
verted into  compounds  from  which  alcohol  could  not 
be  recovered.  Mr.  John  Williams  (of  Messrs.  Hopkin 
Williams)  has  endeavoured  to  induce  the  Inland 
Revenue  authorities  to  cansent  to  the  preparation  of 
absolute  alcohol  "  in  bond,"  but  so  far  without  suc- 
cess. At  present  it  is  impossible  to  produce  absolute 
alcohol  remuneratively  in  this  country,  for  the 
obvious  reason  that  duty  has  to  be  paid  on  the  alco- 
hol, which  is  inevitably  lost  in  dehydrating,  while  the 
imported  article  escapes  that  part  of  the  tax.  If  the 
Excise  authorities  can  hardly  be  persuaded  to  give 
their  consent  in  such  a  simple  case  as  that  of  absolute 
alcohol,  it  would  be  difficult,  indeed,  to  induce  them 
to  consent  to  eases  in  which  more  or  less  complicated 
compounds  resulted.  They  would  live  in  a  perpetual 
dread  that  alcohol  was  escaping  them  in  some  form  or 
other,  and  so  evading  duty.    Assuming  an  operation 

*  Epl.emcris,  ii.  498. 


which  could  be  performed  in  a  short  time  before  an 
Excise  officer,  or  which  could  be  performed  under 
official  lock  and  key,  and  in  which  all  the  alcohol  as 
such  was  completely  destroyed,  there  would  be  no 
obvious  reason  why  the  duty  previously  paid  on  the 
alcohol  should  not  be  recovered.  Such  a  case,  how- 
ever, is  entirely  exceptional,  if  not  merely  hypothetical. 
As  a  rule,  a  considerable  amount  of  pure  alcohol  is 
recovered  in  any  chemical  operation  in  which  it  is 
used.  That  would  require  to  be  checked,  and,  alone 
with  the  examination  of  the  other  products,  would 
throw  an  amount  on  the  Department  which  would  be 
fatal  to  any  such  method  of  procedure.  Conceivably 
a  workable  plan  for  the  use  of  duty-free  alcohol  iii 
manufactures  might  be  devised,  if  protected  by  suffi- 
cient regulations  and  penalties,  but  it  is  hardly 
within  the  region  of  present  practical  politics. 

In  considering  whether  there  is  any  other  way  of 
reaching  the  desired  end,  we  naturally  turn  to  the 
latest  legislation  cm  the  subject— namely,  the  new 
Spirit  Law  of  Germany,  the  provisions  of  which  are, 
briefly,  as  follows  :— The  denaturirte  spiritus,  which 
corresponds  to  our  methylated  spirit,  is  prepared  by 
adding  to  100  parts  of  alcohol  2  parts  of  wood  spirit 
and  1  part  of  pyridine  bases.  Tests  are  given  to 
define  the  quality  of  these  substances.  The  wood 
spirit  is  examined  as  to  colour,  specific  gravity,  boil- 
ing point,  mixibility  with  water,  content  of  acetone, 
and  behaviour  with  bromine  ;  the  mixed  pyridine 
bases  are  examined  as  regards  colour,  behaviour 
towards  cadmium  chloride,  boiling  point,  miscibility 
with  water,  contained  water  and  volatility.  Having 
put  this  paper  together  on  rather  short  notice,  I  have 
not  had  time  to  prepare  a  sample  of  this  German 
mixed  spirit.  I  should  think,  however,  that  it  must 
be  quite  as  disagreeable  to  the  taste  as  our  own 
methylated  spirit,  while  for  most  manufacturing 
purposes,  the  2  parts  of  naphtha  and  1  part  of  mixed 
pyridine  bases  would  be  far  less  objectionable  than 
our  10  per  cent,  of  naphtha.  But  the  most  important 
difference  between  the  German  law  and  our  own  is 
this  :  that  while  our  Board  of  Inland  Revenue  has 
one  hard  and  fast  rule  from  which  no  departure  is 
permitted,  the  German  Customs  make  many  con- 
cessions and  exceptions  for  the  convenience  of  manu- 
facturers, and  to  the  benefit  of  the  national  trade. 
For  instance,  the  manufacturers  of  fulminating 
mercury  are  allowed  a  mixture  of  alcohol  with  i  per 
cent,  turpentine  or  0"025  per  cent,  bone  oil.  Makers 
of  aniline  colours  are  allowed  a  mixture  containing 
0  025  per  cent,  bone  oil.  For  the  preparation  of  the 
alkaloids,  spirit  with  i  per  cent,  of  turpentine  or 
0'02o  per  cent,  of  bone  oil  is  permitted.  Similarly, 
for  the  preparation  of  chloroform,  iodoform,  ether  and 
chloral,  the.  mixture  with  0  025  per  cent,  of  animal 
oil  is  permitted.  For  the  manufacture  of  tannin, 
salicylic  acid  and  salicylates,  10  per  cent,  of  ether  is 
added  to  the  alcohol.  Makers  of  white  lead  and 
acetate  of  lead  are  allowed  the  bone  oil  mixture.  The 
stock  of  alcohol  in  the  German  pharmacies  was 
measured  some  time  ago  by  the  Customs  authorities, 
with  the  intention  of  allowing  the  pharmacists 
untaxed  alcohol,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain 
whether  that  provision  is  to  be  continued.  It  is 
certain  that  some  such  arrangements  as  those  above 
noted  w-ould  be  very  advantageous  to  our  British 
manufacturers.  It  is  equally  certain  that  the  Revenue 
Department  would  look  upon  them  with  great  dis- 
favour and  regard  them  as  dangerous,  not  only 
because  it  is  a  conservative  department,  but  also 
because  these  mixtures  could  more  readily  be  purified 
and  rendered  drinkable  than  their  well-tried  methyl- 
ated spirit.  I  believe,  however,  that  these  German 
rules  proceed  on  a  good  principle,  and  that  similar 
regulations  might  be  introduced  m  our  own  country 


r.rr.  :?i.  1887.J      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


B07 


with  benefit  to  trade  and  no  lots  to  the  Revenue  if 
properly  safeguarded. 

I  venture  to  suggest  a  method  which  meets  most  of 
the  objections  to  the  use  of  ordinary  methylated 
spirits,  and  which  I  think  might  be  made  acceptable 
to  the  legislative  authorities.  Let  a  second  quality 
of  methylated  spirits  be  legalised,  to  be  used  only  by 
licensed  manufacturers.  This  sprit  would  be  pre- 
pared by  mixing  alcohol  with  .">  per  cent,  of  commer- 
cially pure  methyl-alcohol.  Such  admixture  would 
not  interfere  with  the  use  of  the  alcohol  for  almost 
any  purpose.  ( >n  the  other  hand,  it  would  be  dirti- 
cult  to  separate  and  could  easily  be  detected  by 
analysis,  so  that  the  fraudulent  disposal  of  the  spirits 
would  be  extremely  difficult.  Of  course,  the  removal 
of  the  spirit  from  one  place  to  another  would  only  be 
accomplished  by  permit,  and  anyone  other  than  a 
licensed  manufacturer  having  such  spirit  in  his 
possession  would  be  liable  to  a  heavy  penalty.  It 
might  be  found  desirable  to  restrict  a  manufacturer 
to  only  one  kind  of  the  methylated  spirit  :  or.  at  any 
rate,  not  to  allow  the  use  of  both  kinds  in  the  same 
premises.  A  doubt  might  arise  as  to  whether  it 
would  be  permissible  to  use  the  finer  methylated 
spirit  and  alcohol  in  the  same  premises,  but  I  think 
if  any  improper  use  of  the  spirit  was  made  severely 
punishable,  there  would  be  little  danger  of  the 
Revenue  suffering.  If  the  State  could  see  its  way  to 
legalise  this  superior  quality  of  methylated  spirits, 
then  it  would  be  free  to  deal  with  the  ordinary 
methylated  spirit.-,  and  by  adding  poisonous  pyridine 
bases  or  otherwise,  so  increase  its  disagreeableness  as  a 
drink  that  a  peculiarly  objectionable  form  of  illicit 
traffic  would  be  greatly  reduced.  Such  is  a  brief  outline 
of  a  scheme  which  I  believe  to  be  quite  practicable,  and 
which,  if  worked  out  in  detail  and  legalised,  would 
be  decidedly  beneficial  to  the  manufactures  of  the 
country. 

DISCUSSION. 

Mr.  Stanford  said  that  this  was  a  subject  which 
had  created  a  great  deal  of  talk  both  on  this  side 
and  the  other  side  of  the  Atlantic,  where  they  also 
complained  of  the  duty  on  spirit.  He  did  not  see — 
and  he  had  expressed  the  view  repeatedly  — any 
valid  reason  why  manufacturers  should  not  have 
duty-free  spirit  when  it  was  necessary  for  the 
manufacture  of  fine  chemicals.  As  for  the  idea 
entertained  at  the  time  by  Messrs.  Hofmann,  Graham 
and  Redwood — i.e.,  that  the  addition  of  methylated 
alcohol  of  a  very  disagreeable  character  would  prevent 
the  drinking  of  the  spirit — it  was  known  by  everyone 
that  this  view  was  entirely  out  of  the  question,  as 
he  did  not  believe  it  was  possible— or  scarcely- 
possible — to  add  anything  to  the  spirit  nasty  enough 
to  prevent  men  from  drinking  it. 

Mr.  Bf.ii.by  considered  that  this  was  a  subject  on 
which  the  Society  should  u.-e  it-  influence  as  a 
Society,  and  he  would  propose  that  it  should  take  up 
this  subject  and  make  such  representations  to  the 
proper  authorities  as  would  bring  the  matter  under 
notice  again  in  a  proper  and  efficient  manner.  Ib- 
moved,  therefore,  that  the  matter  be  referred  to  the 
Committee  of  the  Section  for  consideration. 

Mr.  D.  B.  Dott,  in  seconding  the  motion,  said  it 
would  be  preferable  to  have  the  use  of  duty-free 
spirit  if  the  Government  could  be  persuaded  to  grant 
that.  But  perhaps  some  alternative  scheme,  such  as 
he  had  proposed,  might  be  conceded  with  greater 
readiness  by  the  Government,  and  this  would  be  a 
step  in  the  right  direction,  although  not  so  good  as 
having  command  of  pure  alcohol  for  manufacturing 
purposes. 


NOTE  ON  THE  ACTION  OF  BLEACHING 
AGENTS  UI'<»N  WHITING-INK  AS  A 
M  KAXS  OF  DETECTING  FRAUD. 

BY  BOBEBT   IRVINE,    F.R.S.E ,    F.C.S. 

It  is  well  known  that  ordinary  writing  i-  easily 
removed  when  it  is  acted  upon  by  bleaching  agents. 
Advantage  is  taken  of  this  fact  by  unscrupulous 
persons  desirous  of  altering  documents,  cheques  and 
banknotes,  for  improper  purposes  ;  hence  the  number 
of  fugitive  inks  and  supposed  untamperable  papers 
in  use  to  meet  this  difficulty. 

A  curious  and  interesting  case  of  supposed  fraud 
came  under  my  notice  in  the  form  of  a  document, 
which  was  written  upon  the  fly-leaf  or  second  page 
of  a  sheet  of  legal  paper  :  the  margin  of  the  first 
page  containing  the  stamp,  date  and  water  mark  of  a 
will  purporting  to  have  been  written  about  twenty 
years  ago.  The  document  or  will  was  thus  written 
upon  paper  bearing  both  on  .-tamp  and  in  water- 
mark a  date  which  gave  it  the  semblance  of  age. 
lhe  appearance  of  the  document  gave  rise  to  sus- 
picion, and  I  was  asked  if  it  was  possible  to  tell  the  age 
of  the  writing,  and  if  the  writing  had  been  executed 
at  one  and  the  same  time,  and  if  so  at  what  time  .' 

This  was,  of  course,  impossible,  as  I  was  not 
allowed  to  treat  the  document  itself  ;  I  had,  there- 
fore, to  make  experiments  upon  writings  the  dates  of 
which  I  knew. 

I  selected  writing  one  day,  six  months,  twelve 
months,  two  years,  six  years,  fourteen  years  and 
twenty-two  years  old.  and  exposed  these  writings  to 
the  action  of  a  very  dilute  solution  of  ordinary 
bleaching  powder  in  water  ;  the  specific  gravity 
was  about  1001.  In  six  minutes  the  newly- 
written  matter  had  disappeared  ;  in  from  nine  to 
twelve  minutes  the  writing  of  six  months  ago  had 
disappeared  ;  in  twenty  minutes  the  writing  of  two 
years  had  partly  disappeared  :  in  a  like  time  the 
writing  of  six  years  ago  was  not  greatly  affected  ; 
fourteen  years  ago  very  slightly  :  and  twenty-two 
years  hardly  affected  at  all  (indeed  old  writing  seems 
hardly  affected  by  >uch  a  weak  solution,  even  after 
hours'  exposure). 

Peroxide  of  hydiogen  acts  more  slowly,  but  gives 
more  definite  results.  Other  reagents  give  effects 
which  help  (although  sometimes  in  a  contrary 
manner  to  that  I  have  indicated)  to  establish  the 
fact  that  ordinary  writing-ink,  which  is  a  compound 
of  gallic  and  tannic  acids  with  proto-salts  of  iron, 
becomes  more  stable  (presumably  by  oxidation),  and 
consequently  is  less  or  more  affected  by  chemicals, 
which  act  upon  the  organic  colouring  matter  of  the 
ink.  There  are  great  varieties  of  writing  inks, 
chromium  and  vanadium  salts  being  sometimes 
:  substituted  for  the  iron  salts.  There  are  also  black 
and  coloured  inks,  prepared  from  ioal-tar  dye-  ; 
but  thinking  it  highly  improbable  that  any  docu- 
■  ments  intended  for  preservation  would  be  executed 
in  such  evanescent  inks,  I  did  not  investigate  their 
'  behaviour  under  such  treatment.  When  ink  is  thus 
bleached  or  apparently  removed  most  of  the  iron 
contained  in  the  compound  remains  mordanttd  with 
the  fibres  of  the  paper  ;  consequently,  writing  so 
tampered  or  dealt  with  can  be  restored  by  the  appli- 
cation of  gallic  or  tannic  acid.  The  writing  is  thus 
reproduced  almost  in  its  original  depth  of  colour. 
It  is  delicate  work  (especially  in  the  civil  legal  aspect 
of  the  case  to  which  I  have  refeired)  to  determine  in 
a  reliable  manner  the  age  of  any  particular  writing, 
and  it  is  necessary  that  the  following  precautions  be 
carefully  observed  :-  1.  The  inks  must  be  those 
known  as  ordinary  writing-inks  prepared  from  iron 
and  chromium  salts  and  galls.    -2.  Writing  dried  by 


808 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec.Sl.MW. 


means  of  blotting  paper  is  naturally  more  easily 
removed  than  writing  which  is  allowed  to  dry  on 
the  surface  of  the  paper  ;  and  light  writing  is  some- 
what more  easily  removed  than  coarse  and  heavy 
writing.  .'!.  The  bleaching  solution  must  be  exceed- 
ingly dilute,  otherwise  the  action  is  so  rapid  and 
powerful  that  both  old  and  new  writings  are  removed 
almost  simultaneously,  i.  The  action  must  be  care- 
fully watched  so  as  not  to  be  too  long  continued. 
Lastly,  very  old  writing  which  has  become  brown 
by  age,  although  it  resists  the  action  of  weak  solu- 
tions of  bleaching  powder  and  peroxide  of  hydrogen, 
will  shew  signs  of  giving  way  almost  instantly  when 
acted  upon  by  diluted  nitric,  hydrochloric  and  oxalic 
acids. 

Although  I  have  only  made  use  of  a  well-known 
process  and  materials  to  obtain  the  results  I  have 
indicated,  still  I  think  such  a  simple  means  of 
detection  may  act  as  a  check  to  frauds  which  are 
becoming  only  too  common.  There  was  a  most 
interesting  paper  read  before  the  Literary  and 
Philosophical  Society  of  Manchester  in  the  Session 
of  _187!>  and  1880,  by  Mr.  W.  Thomson,  F.R.S.E., 
which  I  commend  to  the  study  of  anyone  wishful  to 
carry  this  investigation  further  than  I  have  been  able 
to  do.  In  it  the  author  gives  many  curious  and 
interesting  facts  in  connection  with  the  behaviour  of 
writing  inks  under  the  influences  of  various  chemical 
compounds. 

— ***♦«*«*♦♦♦< — 
NOTE    ON    SACCHARINE. 

BY   I).    A.    SUTHERLAND,    F.I.C.,    F.C.S. 

It  might  be  as  well  for  me  at  the  outset  once  more  to 
call  attention  to  the  spelling  of  the  commercial  name 
of  this  substance— saccharine,  not  saccharin— as  I 
observe  in  certain  notes  recently  published  in  this 
country  this  latter  wrong  spelling  is  adhered  to. 

Saccharin  was  discovered  by  Peligot,*  and  is 
obtained  by  boiling  invert  sugar,  dextrose  or  hevulose 
with  lime,  and  is  also  obtained  from  molasses  of  beet 
sugar.  Its  taste  is  not  sweet,  but  saline  and  bitter. 
Its  formula,  according  to  Scheibler,+  is  C,  1 1 , ,,( )s. 

Saccharine,  which  is  the  subject  of  these  few  notes, 

was  discovered  by  Fahlberg  and  Remsen  in    1879, 

and     is    chemically    benzoylorthosulphonie    imide.t 

CO 
< '  ,  1 1 4    <g(j  >  NH.      It  is,  as  you  know,  a  toluene 

derivative  prepared  from  coal  tar.  It  is  "unnecessary 
for  me  to  refer  to  its  manufacture  and  numerous 
uses ;  these  have  already  been  most  completely 
described  in  our  Journal  by  Ivan  Levinstein, §  and 
more  recently  by  the  distinguished  discoverer,  Dr. 
Constantin  Fahlberg.|| 

I  desire  to  note  briefly  one  or  two  points  which  so 
far  as  I  know  have  not  been  much  commented  on. 
The  action  of  heat,  the  percentage  of  ash,  and  the 

tests. 

firstly,  1  would  note  that  there  is  considerable 
difference  between  the  samples  of  saccharine  in  the 
market.  Within  the  past  month  or  two  the  makers, 
Messrs.  Fahlberg,  List  &  Co.,  have  intimated  that 
they  can  supply  orders  for  any  quantity  up  to  one  ton. 

I  noticed  a  discussion  in  a  chemical  journal  a  week 
(  r  two  ago,  as  to  the  percentage  of  ash  on  ignition. 
I  meobserverU  notes  results  varying  from0"6to2  Hand 
G'6  per  cent.,  and  another  observer**  notes  6'(i7  pet- 
cent.    Other  statements  were  made,  some  of  which  I 

Compt.  Rend.  90, 153.    )  liir.  Deutach.  Cbem.  Ges.  19  221" 
This  Journal.  1887.  p.  589.    i  1886,  p.  V 


«   Phnroi  Jour.  Vol.xviii.  pp.  337,  116 


TTiis  Vol.  p.  587. 
[bid.  x\  iii.  p.  377. 


will  refer  to  in  this  paper,  but  it  is  to  be  regretted 
thai  thi  ai  idity  was  not  given  in  each  ease. 

Having  in  hand  three  samples  of  saccharine,  I 
resolved  to  see  what  difference,  if  any,  there  was 
between  them  and  those  above  referred  to. 

The  samples  were  obtained  as  follows  :  1.  From 
( iermany  ;  II.  From  druggist  in  usual  way  ;  III.  From 
Messrs.  Wilson,  Salamon  &  Co.,  the  London  agents, 
and  1  would  here  like  to  acknowledge  their  frankness 
and  courtesy  in  supplying  samples  and  in  giving  any 
information. 

Action  of  Heat. — 2grms.  of  each  sample  were  treated 
at  ton  C. ;  indeed  the  temperature  (maintained  with 
steam)  rarely  exceeded  95°  at  any  time. 

Contrary  to  the  statement  in  the  journal  referred 
to— viz.,  that  "  a  temperature  of  100"  O.,  even  if  main- 
tained for  some  time,  has  no  perceptible  effect  on 
saceharin(e) ;  it  loses  no  weight,  and  undergoes  no 
physical  change' tt — in  each  case  my  samples,  almost 
instantly,  on  placing  them  in  the  heater  gave  off  a 
slight  sublimate  which  adhered  to  the  watch-glass 
with  which  they  were  covered.  Moreover,  after 
three  hours,  had  decreased  in  w  eight  as  under  : — 

Sample     I, — 1*75  per  cent,  loss  \     Other  samples  after 
II. — 2-05    „      „       „     I    2J  hours— loss  about 
111. — 2"75 )  7  percent. 

The  increased  loss  in  III.  is  probably  due  to  moisture, 
as  it  had  not  been  bottled,  but  merely  wrapped  in 
paper. 

But  that  the  loss  in  the  other  cases  is  not  due  to 
moisture,  several  things  show— firstly,  the  sublimate 
being  weighed  nearly  equals  the  loss,  and  the  acidity 
loses  in  proportion  to  the  loss  instead  of  increasing  as 
it  would  have  done  otherwise. 

To  the  acidity  I  shall  refer  later  on,  as  also  to  the 
nature  of  the  sublimate.  The  samples  were  now 
ignited  :  one  of  them  (1.)  being  first  heated  on  a  sand 
bath,  a  microscope  slide  received  an  amorphous  sub- 
limate from  130—140°,  another  slide  from  145—150" 
received  a  copious  sublimate  of  acicular  crystals  and 
amorphous  matter,  and  these  crystals  also  collected 
on  top  of  the  new  brownish  mass  of  saccharine 
(several  measuring  from  0  to  7mm.  in  length).  At 
160 — 170°.  appearance  was  dark-brownish  in  colour  ; 
180 — 190°  it  fused  ;  and  subsequently  melted  to  a 
clear  yellow  liquid  which  boiled  very  soon  afterwards.^  t 

It  was  then  heated  gently  and  ignited  over  the  open 
flame.  While  heating  in  the  sand  bath  it  gave  off  a 
very  sweet  vapour  which  could  be  tasted  several  feet 
away. 

The  ash,  after  complete  ignition,  weighed  : — 

1I-5tI  T  Ce"t'     }    Average  of  two  results. 
IIT— Not  enough  of  sample  for  ignition. 

This  residue  is  also  noticed  further  on. 

The  Subitum t (  at  loo '  C.  These  crystals  correspond 
exactly  in  appearance  and  grouping  with  those 
obtained  by  cooling  a  hot  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solu- 
tion of  saccharine. 

I  have  reproduced  a  rough  sketch  of  some  of  these. 
Fig.  1,  Ncs.  I.  and  IV.  show  sublimate  as  on  watch- 
glass —  I.  being  near  edge  of  glass  and  IY.  in  the  centre. 
No.  III.  shows  crystals  from  aqueous  solution  ;  the 
crystals  will  be  noticed  as  invariably  in  tufts. 
Benzoic  acid  from  aqueous  solution  is  shown  in  II.  for 
comparison. 

The  crystals  have  a  sweet  taste,  and  seem 
indubitably  saccharine  itself.  This  loss  is  important 
in  affecting  estimations  of  moisture  if  done  in  the 
ordinary  way. 

The  residue  after  ignition  consists  of  sodium  salts, 
mainly  sulphate,  the  ash  from  II.  showing  5"05  per 

I I  I  'harm.  Jour,  xviii.  p.  337. 

JJ  The  melting  point  taken  in  capillary  tube  was  2f0'5°  C. 


nee. 3!.  1887.1      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


Fig.  1. 

'Magnified  100  Diameters.! 

I.  Sublimate   at    lOo    C.      Isolated     III.  Saccharine  from  aqueous  solu- 

crystals  at  edge  of  watch-glass.  t  ion. ' 

II.  Benzoic  acid  from  aqueous  solu-     IV.  Same  as  I.  Crystals  at  centre  of 

tion.  watch-glass. 

"Except  in  case  of  the  larger  group,  the  crystals  are  shown  laterally. 


FIG.    2. 

Sublimate  at  100"  C. 

(Magnified  200  Diameters.! 


810 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [!><■.:»,  ins:. 


cent.  Na2S0j  when  estimated  with  barium  chloride  ; 
and  comes,  I   suppose,  from  sodium  ortho-toluene 
sulpbamido-benzoate  which  bas  not  been  completely 
separated  from  the  saccharine. 

Nevertheless  this  would  seem  to  he  a  somewhat 
important  point  for  wholesale  buyers.  As  to  the 
presence  of  iron  in  ash  as  noted  in  the  journal  referred 
to,  there  was  no  trace  shown  in  any  of  my  samples 
when  tested  with  freshly  prepared  K4Fe(CN)0  or 
KGNS. 

The  acidity  was  estimated  with  lgrm.,  decinormal 
Xa.jCO.i  and  NH4HO  being  used  with  litmus  and 
phenolphthalein  as  indicators. 

I.  required  17*6cc.    ST'll  per  cent,  of  saccharine. 
II.        ,.        IS-lcc.    SS-02 

The  ash  of  II.  taken  as  sulphate  and  calculated 
to  sodium  salt  of  saccharine  makes  up  nearly  the 
difference. 

But  there  is  a  discrepancy  in  No.  I.  probably  due 
to  presence  of  the  ammonium  salt  from  Fahlberg's 
sulpho-benzoic  acid  recovery  process. 

Tests.— The  crystalline  sublimate,  together  with 
the  sweet  fumes,  etc.,  given  off  on  heating,  are 
characteristic. 

Fusion  with  caustic  alkali  yields  salicylic  acid. 

Potassium  ferro  and  ferric  cyanides  give  greenish 
coloured  precipitates  on  boiling — the  latter,  as 
already  noted,  being  so  delicate  a  test,  that  a  1  in 
1000  solution  gives  a  very  characteristic  apple-green 
colour.  These  precipitates  are  soluble  in  caustic 
alkali  and  reprecipitated  on  addition  of  acid. 

I  have  to  apologise  for  these  somewhat  incomplete 
notes.  I  should  like  to  have  given  complete  analyses 
as  well  as  to  have  noted  other  points,  but  these,  I 
trust,  will  be  given  by  someone  who  has  more  oppor- 
tunity and  time  to  devote  to  the  subject. 

In  reply  to  a  question  of  the  Chairman,  Mr. 
Sutherland  said  :  The  solubility  in  water  is — in 
cold  water  (15'5°  C),  barely  O'l  per  cent.  ;  in  boiling 
water  fully  1  per  cent.  A  1  in  1000  solution,  how- 
ever, has  a  very  sweet  taste,  and  even  a  1  in  10,000 
solution  has  a  perceptibly  sweet  taste. 

»B0tOO0»0<»C 

NOTES   ON    THE  ANALYSIS    OF    SOME 
MINERAL   OIL   GASES. 

BY  J  AS.    B.    MACARTHl  K. 

The  destructive  distillation  of  mineral  oils  for  the 
production  of  illuminating  gas  is  a  process  which  this 
Society  is  already  so  well  acquainted  with,  that  any 
detailed  account  of  it  is  quite  superfluous  on  the 
present  occasion. 

The  various  forms  of  apparatus  now  in  use  give 
substantially  the  same  results,  and  are  worked  at 
such  a  heat  as  will  give  a  yield  of  from  85  to  100  cubic 
feet  of  50  to  GO  candle  gas  from  each  gallon  of  oil 
used,  equal  to  2i',000  or  28,000  cubic  feet  of  gas  per 
ton  of  oil. 

The  oil  used  may  be  Burning  Oil  of  080  to  0'81 
sp.  gr.,  or  the  cheaper  Intermediate  Oil  of  084  to 
087  sp.  gr. 

It  is  well  known  that  these  mineral  oils  consist  of 
a  complex  mixture  of  hydrocarbons,  principally  mem- 
bers of  the  olefine  and  normal  paraffin  series.  In 
passing  through  a  red-hot  retort  (the  most  suitable 
temperature  for  which  seems  to  be  about  800— 1000J 
Centigrade),  the  oil  readily  breaks  up  into  gas,  the 
illuminating  principles  of  which  have  been  shown  by 
th-  exhaustive  researches  of  Armstrong  and  Miller 
to  consist  principally  of  members  of  the  olefine, 
benzene,  and  pseudo-acetylene  series,  with  mere 
traces  of  true  paraffins  or  other  saturated  hydro- 
iMi-1  ons, 


This  almost  complete  absence  of  the  higher  paraffins 
from  ordinary  high-heat  oil  gas  led  me  to  inquire 
whether  an  oil  gas  produced  at  a  lower  temperature 
would  also  be  destitute  of  paraffins  among  its  illumi- 
nating constituents,  and  more  especially,  whether 
paraffins  would  be  found  in  the  gas  which  is  produced 
during  the  distillations,  with  open  steam,  to  which 
mineral  oil  is  subjected  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
refining. 

In  these  distillations,  as  has  already  been  com- 
municated to  this  Society,  there  is  always  produced 
a  considerable  amount  of  permanent  gas — frequently 
as  much  as  1  cubic  foot  per  gallon  of  crude  oil 
distilled. 

With  crude  shale  oil,  or,  as  in  the  case  of  the  gases 
which  have  here  been  examined,  in  the  first  distil- 
lation of  once-treated  shale  oil,  the  gas  begins  to  be 
evolved  when  about  two-thirds  of  the  oil  charged 
into  the  still  have  been  distilled  over. 

At  successive  stages  of  the  distillation,  it  is  found 
to  vary  considerably  in  illuminating  power  and  in 
composition.  The  first  portion  of  gas  formed  is  the 
product  of  the  decomposition  of  the  oil  at  the  lowest 
possible  temperature  under  the  conditions,  and,  as 
will  be  seen  from  the  following  results  of  its  analysis, 
is  very  rich  in  heavy  hydrocarbons.  As  the  distilla- 
tion progresses,  and  the  temperature  of  the  still  rises, 
the  gas  becomes  poorer,  less  luminous,  and  contains 
hydrocarbons  of  a  lower  carbon  density,  until  at  the 
end  of  the  distillation,  when  only  spongy  "  coke  " 
remains  in  the  still,  the  luminosity  of  the  gas  which 
continues  to  come  off  is  reduced  to  10  or  1  j  candles, 
and  the  total  carbon  density  of  the  gas  to  little  over 
unity. 

The  gas  as  sampled  at  the  end  of  the  condensing 
worm  was  in  all  cases  saturated  with  naphthas  of  low 
boiling  point,  which  are  also  the  decomposition  pro- 
ducts of  the  heavy  oil. 

In  all  cases  the  samples  for  analysis  were  collected 
over  water,  and  were  left  for  some  time  at  a  tem- 
perature of  50—55°  F.  to  deposit  any  condensed 
naphtha. 

For  the  sake  of  comparison,  analyses  were  also 
made  of  ordinary  high  temperature  oil  gas  produced 
from  intermediate  oil  of  0'86  sp.  gr.  in  a  small  iron 
retort.  In  the  case  of  Nos.  6  and  7,  as  reported 
below,  the  temperature  of  the  retort  was  purposely 
raised  much  beyond  that  usually  employed  for  oil  gas 
making,  so  much  so  in  fact  that  the  iron  retort  was 
quickly  burned  out. 

The  gas  apparatus  at  my  disposal  for  these  analyses 
was  of  somewhat  primitive  form,  and  unavoidable 
errors  may  have  crept  in  ;  but  the  fair  agreement  of 
the  amount  of  oxygen  consumed  and  contraction  in 
volume  after  explosion,  with  what  is  demanded  by 
theory  for  defines  and  paraffins  of  the  carbon  density 
found,  shows  that  these  errors  have  not  vitiated  the 
results  to  any  serious  extent. 

Great  difficulty  was  experienced  in  findinga  suitable 
absorbent  for  members  of  the  paraffin  series  which 
could  be  applied  after  the  removal  of  the  olefines, 
etc.,  by  bromine.  It  was  necessary  to  effect  their 
absorption  in  order  to  determine  the  vapour  density 
of  these  heavy  paraffins,  to  examine  the  residual  gas, 
and  especially  to  test  for  free  hydrogen.  Alcohol  was 
deemed  unsuitable  owing  to  the  difficulty  experienced 
in  removing  its  vapour  from  the  scrubbed  gas,  and 
recourse  was  made  to  mineral  oil  of  about  0'87  sp.gr., 
which  had  previously  been  deprived  of  its  dissolved 
air  by  heating  and  steaming.  This  was  still  a  some- 
what imperfect  absorbent,  and  its  action  on  the  lower 
members  of  the  paraffin  series  was  feeble.  Marsh 
gas,  as  made  from  acetate  of  soda  and  slaked 
lime,  and  purified  by  caustic  soda  and  bromine,  was 
found  to  be  absorbed  to  a  considerable  extent,  but 


neo.  3i,  18R7.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


an 


it  was  difficult  to  ensure  its  complete  absorption. 
No  attempt  was  made  in  the  ordinary  analyses  to 
absorb  this  first  member  of  the  series,  and  to  avoid 
doing  so  a  uniform  treatment  of  five  volumes  of  oil 
per  100  of  gas  was  adopted,  though  this  probably  left 
some  of  the  next  higher  member,  ethane,  also  unab- 
sorbed.  Treatment  with  a  larger  proportion  of  oil 
would  have  complicated  the  results  by  dissolving  a 
considerable  amount  of  the  marsh  gas,  and  by 
reducing  the  carbon  density  of  the  absorbed  paraffins 
to  such  an  extent  that  no  true  indication  of  the 
illuminating  paraffins  present  in  the  gas  would  be 
obtained. 

The  candle  power  stated  is  only  approximate,  and 
the  sp.  gr.  of  the  gases  was  roughly  estimated  by 
observing  the  rate  of  diffusion  of  the  samples  through 
a  minute  orifice,  and  comparing  it  with  that  of  air 
under  the  same  conditions. 

The  results  are  as  follow  :— 

LOW  TEMPERATURE  GAS  FROM  STILLS. 

No.  1.  No.  2.  No.  3.       No.  4. 


:  'ample  taken  at— 

Beginning 

of  Gas 
Production. 

Middle  of 
Gas  Pro- 
duction. 

Near 
Coking 
Stage. 

Fullv 
Coked. 

Sp.  gr.  of  gas,  air  =  TOO 

1  10 

105 

0  07 

— 

Luminosity  in  candles 

30,  35 

30  35 

25  30 

10  15 

Vols.    CO*  after  com- 

tin -1  i' ni  per  10Q  of  gas 

229-0 

215-1 

134-2 

101-1 

Bromine  absorption  .. 

20  0 

18-0 

-11 

3-5 

Carbon  densitj  of  ole- 
nites     

1-21 

1-05 

351 

— 

Oil  absorption  of  resi- 
due     per    100   of 
original  gaa   

iit-4 

90 



Carbon  density  of  ab- 
soi  bed  paraffins  

_ 

130 

3  00 

— 

Vols.  CO*  on  combus- 
tion per  100  of  residue 

- 

93-8 

94  S 

- 

HIGH  TEMPERATURE  OIL  GAS. 


No.  5. 

No.  6. 

No.  7. 

IU  at  used  in  Retort- 

Dull 
Bed. 

Bright 

Red. 

Bright 
1  (range. 

Cub.  ft.  of  gas  per  gal.  of  oil 

1023 

120  0 

15S-0 

Cub.  ft.  of  gas  per  ton  of  oil 

20,050 

31.200 

12,100 

Luminosity  in  candles 

50yG0 

11 

20  25 

..Sperm    equivalent"   per 
ton  of  oil  

5025 

1330 

3252 

Sp.  gr.  of  gas,  air  =  100 

009 

0-56 

0-50 

Vols.  CQ«  on  combustion 
per  100  of  gas 

137  5 

103-7 

0SG 

Bromine  absorption  

2711 

20  1 

CO. 

Carbon  density  of  defines 

2-fifi 

2-57 

21  f!) 

Oil  absorption  of  residue . . 

2-0 

2  0 

0-9 

Vols.  CO..  on    combustion 
per  100  of  residue  from  oil 

83-2 

G02 

56-0 

The  low  carbon  densities  of  the  high  temperature 
gases,  Nos.  5,  6,  and  7,  especially  after  removing  the 
heavy  hydrocarbons,  show  the  presence  of  free 
hydrogen.  This  gas  occurs  almost  of  necessity,  from 
the  decomposition  of  the  paraffins  into  the  less  highly 


hydrogenated  defines,  and  from  the  formation  of 
coke.  At  lower  temperatures,  tip  .-.-  Li-h-boiling 
paraffins  break  up  into  lower  defines  and  paraffins, 
which  latter  may  be  largely  represented  in  the  case  of 
this  -tillg^s  byt.'H,.  Sam]  leNo.  7  of  high  heat  gas  was 
repeatedly  scrubbed  with  oil  after  the  removal  of  the 
olefines  in  the  usual  way,  when  100  vols,  of  the 
residue  gave  only  32  vols,  of  CO;.,  the  hydrogen 
being  1311,  which  agrees  well  with  a  mixture  of  two 
volumes  of  hydrogen  and  one  volume  of  marsh  gas. 

In  the  low  temperature  gas  from  stills,  the  presence 
of  free  hydrogen  was  also  proved.  In  sample  No.  2, 
the  brominated  gas  was  thoroughly  scrubbed  with 
oil,  the  combined  absorption  being  71  per  cent.  One 
hundred  volumes  of  this  residue  gave  08  volumes  of 
( !l  >_,  while  the  oxygen  consumed  and  contraction  on 
exploding  agreed  weil  with  that  required  by  theory 
for  a  mixture  of  two  volumes  of  marsh  gas  and  one 
volume  of  hydrogen.  This  result  (which  was 
confirmed  by  duplicate  trials)  would  show  the 
presence  of  about  a  per  cent,  of  free  hydrogen  in 
the  original  gas. 

It  is  hardly  possible  that  this  free  hydrogen  found 
in  the  gas  from  oil  stills  could  be  derived  from  the 
decomposition  of  the  steam  used  in  the  distillation, 
as  the  temperature  of  the  still  was  much  too  low. 
When  this  sample  of  gas  was  taken,  there  was  a 
considerable  residue  of  oil  in  the  still,  the  bottom 
being  completely  covered,  as  fresh  oil  had  been  fed 
in  during  the  distillation.  And  if  any  decomposition  of 
the  steam  had  taken  place,  any  hydrogen  thus  formed 
would  have  been  accompanied  by  an  equal  volume  of 
carbonic  oxide,  and  this  gas,  as  well  as  carbonic  acid, 
could  not  be  detected.  "  The  free  hydrogen  had 
probably  been  produced  from  the  semi-coked 
sediment  at  the  bottom  of  the  still,  which  was  nearly 
red  hot  when  the  sample  was  taken. 

In  an  analysis  of  similar  samples  of  gas,  which  was 
made  by  Prof.  Forster,  of  London,  and  communicated 
to  the  Gas  Institute  in  June,  1887,  free  hydrogen  was 
considered  to  be  absent.  But  in  the  analysis  he 
quotes,  only  the  olefines  were  removed,  none  of  the 
paraffins  being  absorbed,  and  the  carbon  density  of 
the  residual  gas  was  131,  the  hydrogen  being  <T62. 
Though  this  residue  has  the  composition  of  pure 
paraffins,  as  stated,  the  same  figures  would  be  obtained 
from  a  mixture  of  : 

20  vols,  propane, 
71  vols,  marsh  gas,  and 
9  vols,  hydrogen, 

or  even  from  a  mixture  of  : 

G5'5  vols,  ethane  and 
34 "5  vols,  hydrogen, 

or  from  any  of  a  great  number  of  mixtures  containing 
free  hydrogen.  The  carbon  density  of  the  residual 
gas  not  having  been  reduced  below  unity,  free 
hydrogen  was  not  proved  to  be  absent. 

The  great  richness  in  heavy  carbon  compounds  of 
this  gas  produced  in  oil-refining  stills,  makes  it  very 
remarkable,  but,  at  the  same  time,  its  luminosity  is 
disappointing.  Thus,  sample  No.  3  of  low-heat,  and 
No.  5  of  high-heat  gas,  have  both  a  carbon  density  of 
1-3,  but  while  the  latter  is  of  50/60  candle-power,  the 
low-heat  still  gas  is  only  30  to  35  candles.  A 
comparison  of  Nos.  4  and  6  is  still  more  striking,  the 
luminosity  of  the  high-heat  gas  being  always  much 
higher  than  that  of  the  low-heat  gas  from  stills,  the 
carbon  densities  being  equal.  But  similar  differences 
in  luminosity  may  be  found  in  comparing  marsh  gas 
with  a  carbon  density  of  It),  which  has  only  5 
candle-power,  with  coal  gas,  which,  with  an  average 
carbon  density  of  0-40.  mav  be  of  25  to  30  candle-power. 
Also,  it  is  stated  by  Berthelot  that  hydrogen  mixed 
with  3  per  cent,  by  volume  of  benzol  vapour 
burns  with  about  20  candle-power,  although  it  has  a 
1  carbon  density  of  only  0*09, 

D2 


812 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TIIH  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Doc.  31, 1887. 


The  heavy  hydrocarbons  present  in  still  gas  seem 
to  cousist  of  defines  and  paraffins,  or  bodies  similar 
to  these,  in  about  equal  proportions,  and  thus  it 
differs  altogether  from  ordinary  oil  gas.  which  has 
practically  no  heavy  hydrocarbons  which  are  not 
removed  by  bromine.  Thorpe  and  Young  found 
solid  paraffin  wax  to  break  n|i  into  Liquid  paraffins 
and  olefines,  in  about  equal  proportions,  when 
distilled  repeatedly  under  pressure  at  comparatively 
low  temperatures  ;  and  ordinary  shale  gasoline,  which 
is  the  most  volatile  part  of  the  naphtha  recovered  by 
scrubbing  the  retort  gas  u  ith  oil,  was  proved  to  be  of 
similar  composition.  Its  vapour  was  mixed  with  air, 
and  the  mixture  analysed  in  the  usual  way.  The 
sample  tested  was  saturated  at  about  4o°  F.,  and 
burned  with  about  25  candle-power.  The  total 
hydrocarbons  present  were  found  to  amount  to  35"8 
per  cent,  by  volume,  with  an  average  carbon  density 
ol  V4.  The  bromine  absorption  was  1S'7  per  cent, 
v  ith  a  carbon  density  of  5'5,  and  the  oil  absorption 
of  the  residual  gas  amounted  to  171  per  cent,  on  the 
original,  with  a  carbon  density  of  53.  This  shows 
that  the  gasoline,  as  vapourised,  contained  52 '2  per 
cent,  of  vapour  of  olefines,  which  is  equal  to  about 
527  per  cent,  by  weight. 

No  examination  has  yet  been  made  of  the  naphtha 
which  always  accompanies  the  gas  from  oil  stills. 
This  will  partly  pass  away  in  the  gas,  even  with  very 
thorough  condensing  power  ;  but  towards  the  end  of 
the  distillation,  the  condenser  requires  to  be  kept 
somewhat  warm  to  prevent  choking  of  the  pipes  with 
solid  paraffin,  and,  in  consequence,  very  little  of  this 
naphtha  arising  from  the  decomposition  of  the  heavy 
oils,  is  recovered,  and  a  very  considerable  loss  thus 
occurs.  The  quantity  of  this  naphtha  is  now 
proportionately  less  than  it  was  some  years  ago,  as 
the  tendency  in  oil-refining  now  is  to  have  as  little 
destruction  of  the  oil  in  the  course  of  the  distillation 
as  possible,  and  to  rely  more  on  chemicals  for  its 
purification.  But  it  is  impossible  to  avoid  all 
decomposition  in  the  still,  and,  in  consequence,  a 
quantity  of  naphtha  which — whatever  may  be  its 
exact  chemical  composition-  is  of  low  boiling  point, 
and  therefore  of  considerable  value,  is  every  day 
being  lost  in  our  mineral  oil  refineries. 


Improvements  in  Filters  for  Domestic  Purposes.  C.  A. 
Clapham,  Bradford.  Eng.  Pat.  0527,  July  23, 
18S6.     Sd. 

The  improved  filter  consists  of  a  cylindrical  vessel,  with 
a  contracted  orifice  at  the  lower  end  screwed  to  receive 
pipe  and  covered  with  a  perforated  plate.  The  upper  part 
is  precisely  similar  to  the  lower  part,  except  that  it  is 
screwed  on  to  the  body  of  the  filter,  thereby  compressing 
the  granular  carbon  between  the  two  perforated  plates. 
Such  a  lil ter  can  lie  attached  to  a  water  tap.— C.  (.'.  11. 


Improvements  in  Filters.     J.  K.  llodgkiuand  E.  Perrett, 
London.     Eng.  Cat.  15,158,  Nov.  22,  1886.     lid. 

Tins  class  of  filter  is  more  particularly  intended  for 
removing  the  solid  matter  precipitated  from  a  hard 
water  in  the  process  of  softening.  The  figure  annexed 
shows  one  modification.  In  the  vessel  C  mounted  on 
a  hollow  spindle  1!  are  a  number  of  corrugated  hollow 
discs  A,  somewhat  resembling  the  grooved  plates  of  a 


Journal  anD  Patent*  Literature. 

I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Improvements  in  Filter-pi-esscs.     1>.  K.  Clark,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,589,  Sept.  11,  1886.      lid. 

The  diaphragm  or  liody  of  the  filter-press  plate,  which  the 
patentee  has  hitherto  made  in  a  separate  piece  from  the 
rim,  is  iu  the  present  instance  cast  therewith  in  one.  The 
drainage  grooves  are  made  in  a  radial  direction  from 
centre  to  circumference  and  these  empty  into  one  or 
more  concentric  grooves,  which,  in  their  turn,  com- 
municate with  a  number  of  outlet  ones,  disposed  radiallv 
and  pasdng  through  the  body  of  the  rim  of  the  plate 

— C.  C.  H. 


•  Any  ot  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  bv 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  lieaderLack 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings' 
Chancery  Lane.  London,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  mav 
be  calculated  as  follows :—  ' 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  8d Jd. 

Above  8d.,  and  not  exceeding  Is.  6d.  .  Id 

,.      Is.  6d.,    ..  ,.         2s. «...  Ud. 

..      2s.  Id.,    .,  „        3s.  Id...  2d. 


circular  filter-press.  The  discs  are  covered  with  cloths. 
The  turbid  water  enters  the  tank  at  D,  filters  through 
the  cloth  into  the  corrugations  on  each  plate,  into  the 
hollow  interiors,  and  away  through  6"  into  the  hollow 
spindle  B,  and  thence  conducted  away  by  pipe  h.  The 
solid  matter  accumulated  on  the  clothed  discs  is  removed 
by  rotating  the  whole  series  by  means  of  the  mechanism 
shown  so  as  to  enable  jets  of  water  m  to  play  on  the 
surface  and  wash  away  the  deposit,  which  escapes  through 
the  pipe  H.  The  specification  shows  two  other  modifica- 
tions, in  which  the  hollow  spindle  B  is  mounted 
horizontallv.— C.  C.  H. 


Composition  for  Removing  Scale  or  other  Incrustations 

from  the  Insiile  or  other  Parts  of  Steam  Boilers.  .T. 
Brookbanks,  North  Shields.  Eng.  Pat.  12,498  Oct 
2,  18S6.     4d.  -     '■ 

The  composition  consists  of  one  part  of  sulphate  of  soda 
one  part  of  nitrj  cake  and  one  part  of  alkali. 

— C.  C.  H. 

Improvements  in  Filter-presses.     E.  A.  Cowper,  London 

Eng.  Pat.  14,41.3  Nov.  S,  18S6.  Is.  Id. 
The  improvements  described  in  this  specification  consist 
in  (1)  providing  an  arrangement  of  links,  chains  or  ropes, 
so  connecting  the  chambers  that  when  the  follower  is 
withdrawn  by  means  of  an  endless  chain,  mechanically 
worked,  the  whole  chambers  are  simultaneously  opened"; 
(2)  opening  or  closing  the  chambers  one  at  a  time  by 
means  of  a  sliding  friction  pawl  carried  by  reciprocating 
bars  ;  (3)  effecting  the  tightening  of  the  press  by  means 
of  the  pressure  in  the  interior  of  the  machine,  itself 
acting  upon  an  hydraulic  ram  forming  part  of,  but  larger 
in  diameter  than,  the  head  of  the  machine;  (4)  expediting 


nee.  31, 1887.)      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


B13 


filtration  by  intermittently  injecting  air  under  pressure 
along  with  the  material  undergoing  filtration  ;  (5) 
assisting  the  removal  of  the  cake  from  the  faces  of  the 
chambers  by  means  of  springs  or  projections  on  the  said 
faces,  or  by  forcing  air  or  water  under  pressure  behind 
the  filtering  cloth  before  the  machine  is  opened. 

— C.  C.H. 


point.  The  condensing  water  in  2  passes  away  through 
pipe  3.  A  portion  of  the  water  entering  pipe  1  is  led 
through  4,  through  the  float  box  f>  and  by  pipe  S  enters 
tli<-  lower  point  of  9,  where,  as  has  been  described,  it  is 
both  distilled  and  acts  as  a  condensing  agent.  The  con- 
centrated Urine  parses  away  through  pipe  10.  Excess 
pressure  in  vessel  9  lowers  the  water  level  as  from  A  to 
IS,  and  thus  reduces  the  evaporative  power.  — C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Producing  Distilled 
Water  from  Sea  or  other  Impure  II  ater.  A.  T,. 
Normandy,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,419,  Sept.  :i0, 
18S6.     Sd. 


Improvements     in    Filter-presses.       3.    Critcblow,    T. 

Forester,  VV.  forester,   li.  Forester,  and  L.   Forester, 
Longton.     Eng.  Pat  2915,  Feb.  25,  1887.     8d. 

The  accompanying  figure  thows  the  construction  of  the    Tnii  filtering  cloths  arc  replaced  by  porous  tiles  resting 


improved  apparatus.  The  vessel  0  contains  the  two 
tubular  vessels,  2  anil  13,  the  lower  of  which  is  immersed 
in  impure  water  undergoing  distillation.  Steam  is 
supplied  from  a  boiler  through  pipe  12  and  steam 
reducing  valve  13  into  l.">,  where  it  condenses,  passing 
away  through  steam  trap  23,  either  by  pipe  IS  or  by  pipe 
19  into  vessel  20,  where  it  mixes  with  the  "  secondary 
condensed  water  "  in  the  upper  vessel.  Cold  water  is 
supplied  through  pipe  1  to  the  upper  condenser,  and 
condenses  the  steam  arising  from  the  condensing  .vater 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  apparatus  ;  this  mixes  in  20  with 
that  from   15  and  is  carried  by  pipe  21  to  any  desired 


and  bedded  on  the  drainage  faces  of  the  chambers  of  the 
filter-press.  The  tiles  or  porous  composition  consist  of 
charcoal,  blue  clay,  ball  clay,  China  clay,  flint  and  stone 
mixed  together  with  water,  formed  into  cakes  and  fired. 

-C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Filtering  Apparatus. 

( '.  J.  Biihring,  Hamburg,  0-ermany.     Eng.  Pat.  384S, 

March  14,  1S87.     Sd. 
The  new  filter  is  made  of  enamelled  wrought  iron  and 
resembles  in  shape  an  inverted  bottle.   The  inlet  is  at  the 


II1E  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec.31,  1887. 


top  or  large  end,  v.  Inch  is  closed  by  a  loose  cover  secured 
by  a  clip,  and  the  outlet  is  at  the  lower  and  smaller 
end.  The  filtering  medium  consists  of  a  hollow  block 
of  carbon,  covered  with  an  iron  bell  perforated  at  the 
lower  end  and  surrounded  with  granulated  charcoal. 
Above  this,  again,  js  an  asbestos  plate,  holding  coarsely 
granulated  charcoal  surmounted  by  a  charcoal  plate  to 
break  the  force  of  the  water.  The  filter  as  arranged  is 
directly  connected  with  the  water  main.  Sometimes  it 
is  used  in  conjunction  with  a  pump,  in  which  case  a 
three-way  cock  is  used,  so  that  either  filtered  ornnfiltered 
water  can  be  drawn  as  desired.— C.  C.  II. 


Imprint//  .!/■  /hod  of  and  Apparatus  for  Preventing 
Corrosion  in  Strain  Boilers.  E.  M.  B.  Faull  and 
F.  W.  Cannon,  London.  Nov.  22.  18S6.  4d. 
The  feed  water  is  passed  through  an  iron  vessel,  in  the 
bottom  of  which  is  a  zinc  plate  covered  by  a  perforated  iron 
plate  :  suspended  vertically  in  the  vessel  are  three  plates, 
two  of  iron,  one  of  zinc  ;  the  zinc  plate  is  connected  with 
the  exterior  of  the  boiler  by  a  copper  wire,  and  a 
return  circuit  from  the  outside  of  boiler  to  the  iron  plates. 
The  combination  forms  "a  battery  of  sufficiently 
destructive  power  to  destroy  any  galvanism  contained  by 
the  feed  water."— C.  C.  H. 


An  Improved  Filtering  and  Lixiviating  Press.  C.  A. 
Koellner,  Kiel,  Prussia.  Eng.  1'at.'  7515,  Mav  25, 
18S7.     Sd. 

The  accompanying  Figs,  show  the  improved  filtering 
press.  B  is  a  force  pump,  with  plunger  C  fed  from  hopper 
P,  provided  with  inlet  valve.  Below  this,  and  secured 
thereto  by  bolts,  a  screw  thread  or  a  stirrup  and  screw 


T7g    I 


is  the  filtering  chamber  E  or  E1  in  which  is  compressed  by 
the  spring  \Y,  or  its  equivalent  in  screws,  the  filtering 
bed.  Reciprocation  of  the  pump  plunger  forces  the  liquid 
through  the  filtering  medium  and  out  by  the  cock  t. 
The  solid  matter  is  left  in  the  filtering  chamber,  and  can 
be  lixiviated  in  a  similar  manner.— C.  C.  II. 


admixture  of  any  reagents.  In  this  part  a  seiies  of 
sloping  shelves  are  placed  alternately  reaching  to  the  top 
and  bottom,  the  distance  between  them  increasing.  The 
spaces  between  these  are  filled  with  sloping  shelves 
parallel  to  the  partitions,  the  distance  between  these 
being  greater  in  the  end  nearest  the  entrance  to  the  tank, 
and  cicc-rcrsa.  A  turbid  liquid  entering  the  apparatus 
deposits  its  solid  matter  on  these  subsidence  shelves 
and  following  an  up  and-down  course  finally  becomes 
quite  clarified.  The  mud  slides  down  the  shelves  into 
the  lower  part  of  the  tank  and  is  removed  through  cocks. 

— C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Calcining,  Drying, 
Roasting  or  Carbonising  Substances  or  Materials  and 
Extracting  Gases,  Spirits  or  Acids  therefrom.  B. 
Cunlitle,  Pendleton,  and  J.  Lund,  St.  Annes-on-the- 
Sea.  Eng.  Pat,  107'J.S,  Aug.  4,  1S87. 

The  improved  apparatus  consists  of  a  bottle-shaped 
vessel  a,  runnning  on  friction  rollers  c  c,  and  a  hollow 
trunnion  bearing  h,  contained  by  a  base  plate  b  and 
suspended  over  a  furnace  c.     The  neck  is  fitted  with  a 


^ 


• 

— 

B            '( 

...-> : 

1 

e 

, 

pipe/for  the  conveyance  of  the  gases,  etc.  evolved  during 
distillation  to  any  desired  point.  A  door  g  serves  for  the 
introduction  of  the  material  and  blades  ef'or  its  agitation 
during  rotation.  Spirits  or  volatile  oils  may  be  introduced 
through  the  plug  i  i1.  The  whole  is  rotated  by  the  worm 
A-1  and  worm  wheel  /..— C.  C.  H. 


Improvements  in  the 
Clayton,  Deeplields. 
1SS7.     6d. 


Construction    of   Filters. 
Eng.    Pat.    11,035,    Aug 


R. 

12, 


The  improved  filter  consists  of  a  vessel,  cylindrical  or 
otherwise,  in  the  interior  of  which  is  suspended  a  second 
vessel  of  similar  shape,  the  lower  part  of  which  carries 
the  filtering  body.  This  consists  of  layers  of  sand,  fine 
and  granulated  charcoal  enclosed  between  two  carbon 
plates  or  asbestos  cloths.— C.  C.  H. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  AND  LIGHT. 


Macnab,  jnu., 
Eng.  Pat.  7S30, 


Improvements  in  the  Use  and  Construe/ion  of  what  are 
known  as  Mantles  for  Incandescent  Gas  Lighting.  A. 
Paget,   Loughborough.     Eng.   Pat.    16,581,   Dec.    17. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Separating  by  Subsidence    t  /.    . 

Solid   Matters  /nan    the   Liquids   in  which  they  are     lNSTEAD  of  Deim?  suspended  by  the  top,  the  mantle  is 

supported  at  the  bottom  by  resting  on  a  ring,  collar  or 
shelf  round  the  top  of  the  burner.  It  may  be  fastened 
to  this  support  with  shellac,  glass  or  other  suitable 
cement.  To  prevent  side  motion,  a  wire  is  carried 
upward  from  the  burner  and  bent  down  so  as  to  enter 
the  aperture  at  the  top  of  the  mantle  and  hold  it  in 
position  ;  or  this  wire  may  be  carried  upwards  inside 
the  mantle,  and  answer  the  same  purpose.  The  mantle 
may  be  strengthened  by  making  it  of  a  fabric  increasing 
in  thickness  or  closeness  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  and, 
to  ensure  an  easy  fit  over  the  burner  or  collar  without 


Suspended.       \V.   Macnab,    sen.,    W. 
Forest  Gate,  and  J.  Donald.  Paisley 
Mav  28,  1887.     Sd. 


A  HORIZONTAL  tank  is  divided  into  two  parts  ;  the  first 
part  communicates  with  the  second  through  holes  cut  in 
the  separating  diaphragm.  The  first  portion  of  the  tank- 
is  again  divided  by  vertical  partitions,  so  that  any  liquid 
entering  the  apparatus  passes  first  to  the  bottom',  mans. 
and  descending  once  again  before  entering  the  second 
part   of    the   apparatus.       This   ensures    the   thorough 


Dec. 31. 1887.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  1HE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


undue  slackness,  a  wire  inserted  in  a  "welt  '  or  "slack 
course  "  provided  for  it  in  the  bottom  of  the  mantle. 
For  strengthening  purposes,  this  wire  may  also  be 
inserted  at  the  top  of  the  mantle. — A.  li.  I). 


Improved  Blowpipe  Apparatus  for  Producing  Intense 
Beat  and  Artificial  Light.  S.  Pitt,  .Sutton.  From  J. 
R.  Knapp,  New  Orleans,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  9077, 
June  25,  18S7.     Hd. 

This  is  an  apparatus  in  which  nitrous  oxide  is  used  to 
support  the  combustion  of  a  jet  of  hydrogen.  The 
nitrous  oxide  in  liquid  form  is  stored  in  a  cylinder,  which 
forms  part  of  the  apparatus.  For  details  of  construction, 
the  specification  with  its  explanatory  drawings  must  be 
consulted.— A.  R.  D. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus/or  Burning  Heavy  Mineral 
and  Other  Oils.  L.  Chandor,  St.  Petersburg,  Russia. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,336,  Sept.  12,  1S87.     6d. 

These  improvements  relate  to  the  so  called  "  Tis- 
cbolin  candlestick,''  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  10,234,  Aug. 
23,  1SS5.  They  consist — Firstly,  in  the  substitution  ofa 
metallic,  ground  or  milk  glass  or  porcelain  cylinder  e 
for  the  tightly-fitting  mantle,  which  heretofore  was 
placed  over  the  perforated  metal  cylinder  with  inner 
gauze  lining.     This  outer  cylinder  is  not  provided  with 


airholes  at  the  top,  but  stands  in  a  circular  cap  d  with 
airholes  '•.  The  air  entering  by  these  holes  is  thus 
warmed  as  it  passes  to  the  upper  llame  li.  Secondly, 
in  surrounding  the  wick  tube  /  with  another  tube  g. 
The  space  between  these  tubes  communicates  by  the 
openings  It  with  the  outside  air  and  thus  provides  for 
the  combustion  of  the  lower  Maine  a.  Thirdly,  in  the 
use  of  the  small  tube  t  which  reaches  down  into  the  oil 
reservoir  and  leads  any  gases  formed  there  up  to  the 
lower  flame  to  be  consumed. — A.  R.  I). 


TIL-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for  the 
Utilisation  of  Gas  Tar.  G.  Hammond,  Lewes.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,395,  Nov.  8,  1886.     Is.  Id. 

It  is  proposed  to  continuously  and  automatically  distil 
coal  tar  by  means  of  high-pressure  steam  in  order 
to  recover  the  illuminating  hydrocarbon  vapours  and 
convey  them  to  the  gas  mains  for  the  pnrpofe  of  enrich- 
ing and  increasing  the  volume  of  coal  gas  in  course  of 
manufacture,  the  residual  tar  being  also  used  as  fuel  in 
the  retort  furnace  or  other  lires.  The  specification  con- 
tains five  sheets  of  drawings. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  Carbonising  or  Distilling  Coat  or  Made. 
.1.  Young,  Stoke  on-Trent.  Eng.  Pat.  14,840,  Nov. 
16,  1886.     4d. 

By  adding  sodium  chloride  to  the  coal,  the  coke  pro- 
duced is  said  to  be  improved  in  quality,  whilst  the 
resulting  gas  can  be  more  easily  purified.  The  quantities 
of  illuminating  gas  and  ammoniacal  compounds  produced 
are  also  said  to  be  increased.  The  quantity  of  salt  to 
be  used  depends  on  the  composition  of  the  coal,  but  in 
most  cases  4lb.  of  salt  to  1  ton  of  coal  will  be  found  to 
give  the  desired  result. — D.  B. 


IY.-COLOIJRING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Ago-Colouring  Matters  from  the  Paradia  mines  of  Stilbene 
and  Fluorenc  and  their  Sulphonic  Acids.  Dingl. 
Polyt.  J.  265,  478—479. 

As  is  known,  the  azo  colouring  matters,  which  arc 
obtained  by  the  combination  of  ;;ora-tetrazo-eompounds 
with  naphthylaminesulphonie  acids,  naphtholsulphonic 
acids  or  phenolcarboxylic  acids,  possess  the  property  of 
dyeing  unmordanted  cotton  and  have  become  during  the 
past  few  years  dangerous  rivals  to  the  natural  colouring 
matters. 

For  their  preparation,  the  jKira-diamines  of  diphenyl, 
ditolyl  and  dixylyl  and  the  derivatives  of  these  bases 
have  been  principally  employed.  Recently,  the  firm  of 
A.  Leonhardt  &  Co.  have  proposed  diamidostilbene, 
diamidoftuorene  and  their  sulphonic  acTds,  as  the  start- 
ing-point in  the  preparation  of  these  azo-dyes. 

ZH'ewntrforftVfieneisprepared  fromp-nitrobenzylchloride. 
This  is  treated  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potash,  and 
the  js-dinitrostilbene  thus  obtained  reduced  with  tin  and 
hydrochloric  acid,  yielding  diamidostilbene,  a  substance 
which  crystallises  in  needles  or  plates  and  melts  at 
226—227". 

The  base  is  more  easily  obtained  when  paranitrotoluene 
is  digested  with  alcoholic  soda.  A  complicated  product 
is  obtained,  which,  by  treatment  with  tin  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  is  converted  into  diamidostilbene. 

On  a  large  scale,  the  base  is  obtained  by  boiling  for  a 
long  time  SOkilos.  of  /wrrt-nitrotoluene  with  100  litres  of 
alcohol  and  SOkilos.  of  soda  solution  of  40"  B.  The  spirit 
is  distilled  off  and  the  unchanged  para-nitrotoluene 
removed  in  a  current  of  steam.  The  product  remaining 
behind  is  suspended  in  10  parts  of  alcohol  and  heated 
uuder  an  inverted  condenser  for  a  long  time  with  5  parts 
of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  and  1  part  of  tin 
chloride.  After  distilling  off  the  spirit,  the  tin  is  pre- 
cipitated by  zinc  and  the  new  base  separated  from  the 
concentrated  liquid  with  excess  of  soda.  It  is  then 
purified  by  means  of  the  sparingly  soluble  hydrochloride. 

In  order  to  obtain  diamidostilbenesulphonic  acid, 
SOkilos.  of  sodium  y<  nitrotoluene  sulphonate  are  dissolved 
in  hot  water  and  gradually  decomposed  with  lOOkilos. 
of  soda  solution  of  40°  B.  This  is  then  diluted  with 
500kilos.  of  water  and  SOkilos.  of  zinc  dust  are  added  little 
by  little.  When  the  solution  becomes  colourless,  it  is 
filtered  hot  and  the  diamidostilbenesulphonic  aeid 
separated  by  hydrochloric  acid  as  a  yellow,  sparingly- 
soluble  powder. 

Diamidofluorene  is  prepared  by  Schultz's  method  :  by 
the  fractional  distillation  and  crystallisation  of  the  por- 
tion of  coal  tar  boiling  between  290—330",  the  fluorene 
Ls  separated  from  the  other  hydrocarbons  in  this  fraction. 
By  treating  this  with  strong  nitric  acid  and  reducing  the 
resulting  nitro-compound,  diamidoftuorene  is  obtained  j 
this,  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  yields  diamido- 
fluorenesulphonic  acid. 

From  these  amido-bodies  and  their  sulphonic  acids, 
the  azo-dyes  can  be  obtained  by  combination  with 
amines,  phenols,  or  their  sulphonic  or  carboxylic  acids. 
The  tetrazo  compound,  formed  by  acting  on  the  base  or 
its  sulphonic  acid  with  nitrous  acid,  combines  first  with 
one  molecule  of  the  respective  amine  or  phenol,  forming 
an  intermediate  product,  which  then  acts  on  a  second 
molecule.  This  property  has  been  employed  in  order  to 
obtain  the  so-called  mixed  azo-dyes,  by  combining  two 


S16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        IDcc.3J.H87. 


different  amine  or  phenol  molecules  with  one  molecule 
of  a  tetrazo-compound. 

The  following  colouring  matters  were  obtained  in  the 
above-mentioned  manner : — 

])ye  Jrom  diamidostUbcnc  and  a-naphtkolmonosvlpA- 

onic  acid. — 2S'3kilos.  of  diamidostilbene  hydrochloride 
are  dissolved  in  ">000  litres  of  water,  24kilos.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  of  20  B.  added,  and  converted  into  the  tetrazo- 
compound  by  the  addition  of  a  solution  of  13  Skilos.  of 
sodium  nitrite  in  200  litres  of  wa'tr.  This  latter  is  then 
allowed  to  act,  with  frequent  shaking,  on  an  alkaline 
solution  of  492kilos.  of  sodium  a-naphtholmonosul- 
phonate  in  5000  litres  of  water.  After  standing  some 
days,  the  mixture  is  heated  to  boiling,  the  colouring 
matter  salted  out,  pressed  and  dried.  It  dyes  cotton  a 
bluish-violet  without  mordant. 

Dye  from  diamidostilbene  and  (i-naphtholdisulphonic 
acid. — When  the  a-naphtholmonosulphonic  acid  above 
mentioned  is  replaced  with  69'0kilos.  of  ,3-naphtholdi- 
sulphonic  acid,  a  colouring  matter  is  obtained  which 
dyes  cotton  in  an  alkaline  soap-bath  greenish-blue. 
When  lruol.  of  diamidostilbene  is  combined  with  lmol. 
of  d-naphtholdisulphonic  acid  and  lmol.  of  a-naphthol- 
disulphonic  acid,  a  colouring  matter  is  obtained  which, 
in  regard  to  tint  and  solubility,  falls  between  the  two 
previous  ones. 

By  further  combination  of  diamidostilbene  with 
a-naphthol,  /3-naphthol,  or  fj-naphtholmonosulphonic 
acid,  colouring  matters  are  obtained  which  dye  cotton  in 
an  alkaline  bath,  blue  to  bluish-violet. 

A  yellow  dyg  is  obtained  from  diamidostilbene  and 
salicylic  acid. 

From  diamidostilbenesulphonic  acid,  other  dyes  can  be 
obtained  in  a  similar  manner  ;  and  diamidofluorene  also 
yields  technically  useful  colouring  matters  with  a-naph- 
thylamincsulphonk  acid  or  ft-naphtholdistdphonic  add. 

— G.  H.  M. 


On  Sulphon-Flnoresccin     Ira   Bemsen  and   C.    Haves. 
Arner.  Chein.  J.  9,  372—379. 

By  heating  wrAo-sulphobenzoic  acid  with  resorcinol  to 
178 — 1S5°  for  about  seven  hours,  the  liquid  which  has  at 
first  a  clear  deep-red  colour,  begins  to  thicken  and  yellow, 
crystalline  plates  appear,  when  the  whole  soon  turns  to  a 
thick,  nearly  solid  yellow  paste.  The  mass  is  extracted 
with  water  and  the  sulphon -fluorescein  separated  from 
the  aqueous  solution  by  concentrations  and  re-crystallis- 
ation. It  forms  straw-coloured  crystals,  ready  soluble 
in  water.  The  aqueous  solution  is  slightly  fluorescent, 
the  alkaline  solution  more  so,  but  nothing  like  that  of 
fluorescein.  Heated  to  250'  it  does  not  melt,  but  is 
decomposed  at  300°,  forming  in  part  a  dark  brown 
flocculent  mass  insoluble  in  water  and  soluble  in  alkalis, 
yielding  a  strongly  fluorescent  solution.  Its  composition 
appears  to  be  analogous  to  that  of  fluorescein,  the  CO 
group  being  replaced  by  SO;.  Its  crystals  contain  two 
molecules  of  water  of  crystallisation.  An  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  sulphon-fluorescein  decomposes  carbonates  with 
the  formation  of  salts.  The  barium  salt  forms  straw- 
coloured  crystals,  the  exact  composition  of  which  is  at 
present  undecided.  When  sulphon-fluorescein  is  treated 
with  excess  of  bromine  in  acetic  acid  solution,  a  crystal- 
line dibromide  is  probably  formed.  The  strongly  alkaline 
solution  of  sulphon-fluorescein  becomes  colourless  when 
treated  with  zinc  dust,  [probably  forming  a  substance 
analogous  to  fluorescein,  which  owing  to  its  extreme 
solubility  could  not  be  isolated.  The  decolorised  solu- 
tion is  readily  coloured  again  by  oxidising  agents  or  by 
simply  allowing  it  to  stand  exposed  to  the  air. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Tin  Coal-tar  Colour*  and  the  Eevision  of  the  Laws  con- 
earning  Injurious  and  Non  -  injurious  Colouring 
Matter*.  1'.  C'azeneuve.    Ann.  d'Hygicne,  1S87,  18,  I. 

The  following  colours  are  considered  as  non-injurious  by 
the  author  : — (1)  Soluble  red  (roccellin) ;  (2)  the  sodium 
salt  of  the  sulphonic  acid  of  rosaniline  ;  (3)  purple  red 
(obtained  by  the  action  of  the  diazo-compound  of  alpha- 


naphthyhunine  uiono-sulplionic  acid  on  beta-naphthol 
alpha  disulphonic  acid);  (4)  Bordeaux  red  B,  formed  from 
the  diazo  compound  of  alpha-naphthylamine  and  beta- 
naphtbol-alpha  disulphonic  acid  ;  (5)  Ponceau  K  (from 
diazo  xylidine  and  naphthol-betadisulphonic  acid) ;  (6) 
Orange  I  (from  the  diazo-compound  of  sulphanilic  acid 
and  alpha-naphthol  i  ;  (7)  Yellow  X  S  (sodium  salt  of 
diuitronaphtholsulphonic  acid)  ;  (8)  Soluble  yellow 
i  sodium  salt  of  amido-azo-'/WAo-toluenesulphonic  acid): 
''  Ordinary  Indulin  (the sodium  salt  of  the  Biilphonic 
acid  obtained  from  the  product  of  the  action  of  amido- 
azobenzene  on  aniline)  :  (10)  Coupler's  blue  (sodium 
salt  of  a  sulphonic  acid  derivative  of  violaniline)  ;  (11) 
Acid  green  (sodium  salt  of  the  mono  sulphonic  acid  of 
malachite  green).  The  sodium  salts  of  sulphonic  acids 
are  not  poisonous  as  a  rule,  while  nitro-componnds 
(e.g.,  dinitronaphthol)  are  poisonous.  Methylene  blue  is 
injurious.  The  author  proposes  regulations  in  regard 
to  the  sale  and  use  of  artificial  colouring  matters  in 
colouring  food — viz.,  that  the  colours  must  be  free 
from  sodium  sulphate  and  other  impurities,  whether 
injurious  or  not;  neither  wine,  vinegar,  beer  nor 
butter  should  be  artificially  coloured  ;  and  that  the 
manufacturer  should  be  held  responsible  for  the  quality 
and  nature  of  his  products. — C.  A.  K. 


Derivative*  of  Triphcnylmeihune.      C.    Ullmann.     J. 
'Prakt.  Chem.  36,240—272. 

By  the  action  of  bcnzaldthyde  upon  mixtures  of  aromatic 
amines  with  their  hydrochlorides,  diamidodeiivatives  of 
triphenylmethane  are  obtained.  Benzaldehyde-aniline 
and  aniline-hydrcchloride  at  110 — 120°  give  rise  to  the 
already  known  diamidotriphenylmethane.  This  body  is 
also  formed  by  beating  benzyhdine-aniline  with  aniline 
hydrochloride.  By  heating  benzaldehyde  with  o-tolui- 
dine  and  its  hydrochloride,  diamidodi-o-tolylphenyl- 
methane  C«H(s.CH[C,.H,(CH,)NHs.]s  [1 :  3 :  4]  is  pro- 
duced, though  it  does  not  appear  to  have  been  obtained 
in  a  pure  state.  On  oxidation  it  gives  a  bluish-violet 
colouring  matter.  By  a  similar  reaction,  /j-toluidine 
gives  rise  to  diamidodi-p-tolylphenylmethan*  CCH5.CH 
[C,Hs(GHs)NHa]s  [1:3:  0,  though  the  yield  is  much 
smaller  than  in  the  preceding  cases.  This  compound 
crystallises  from  benzene,  with  lmol.  of  CClHe,  in  small, 
colourless  prisms  ;  from  alcohol  it  crystallises  in  needles. 
It  melts  at  1S5—  ISO'  and  distils  with  slight  decomposi- 
tion at  about  27— 33  .  It  scarcely  has  any  tendency  to 
form  a  dyestuff  on  oxidation.  By  diazotising  and 
treatment  with  hydriodic  acid  it  is  conveited  into 
di-iododi-p-tolylphenylmethaneC,B5.CHlCtE3l(CB 
which  crystallises  from  alcohol  in  prisms  of  melting-point 
107 — 168J.  When  dianiidodip-tolylphenylmethane  is 
distilled  with  ziuc   dust  it  is  resolved   into  jo-toluidine 

C\H 
and  methyl-acridine<    |    ^CeHs(CH,),    the     latter    of 

which    forms    small    felted    needles,   of    melting-point 
131  -o. 

The  di-aceiyl  derivative  of  diamidodi/i-tolvlphenyl- 
methane  C,Hg.CH[CsH>(CH,)NH.C,H,0]!  crystallises 
from  alcohol  in  colourless  prisms  on  plates  and  melts  at 
217—218°. 
The  di-benzoyl derivative C6H3.CH[C,  H,(t'H:)XH.CO. 
CCH51.  forms  small  prisma,  which  melt  at  190°. 

—A.  G.  G. 


Cotton  Colouring  Mutter*.     E.  P.rdmanu.     Chem.   Ind. 
10,  427-433. 

UNTIL  quite  recently,  the  only  dyestufls  known  which 
had  any  natural  allinity  for  cotton  were  a  few  non- 
nitrogenous  plant-colouring  matters  (bixin,  caithamin, 
curcumin,  etc.)  and  the  strongly  basic  compounds 
sait'ranine  and  methylene  blue.  Since  1S85  an  entirely- 
new  class  of  azo-colouring  matters  have  been  introduced 
which  have  a  very  maiked  allinity  for  the  cotton  fibie, 
which  they  dye  from  a  neutial  or  slightly  alkaline  bath 
without  a  mordant.     The  first  cotton  colours  discovered 


Dec.  31.  is.-.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


BI7 


were  all  derivatives  of  benzidine  and  tolidiue,  and  upon 
this  fact  R.  Mohlan  (Brr.  19,  2014)  has  based  a  theory 
that  the  attinity  of  these  colours  for  cellulose  is  a  function 
"I  thediphenyl  group.  More  recently,  however,  a  variety 
of  other  cotton  colours  have  been  discovered  which  do 
not  possess  this  grouping,  so  that  upon  what  peculiarity 
of  the  molecular  structure  the  attinity  for  cotton  depends 
still  remains  undetermined.  Amongst  the  cotton  colours 
which  are  not  derivatives  of  diphenyl  are  those  derived 
from  diamidostilbene  C(1Ht(NHs).CH:CH.C,H1(NH») 
and  its  sulphonic  acids.  This  base  is  obtained  by 
reduction  of  p-nitrobenzyl-chloride,  or  by  the  action  of 
caustic  alkalis  and  zinc-dust  upon  ;>-nitrotoluene 
(Bender  and  Schultz,  Ber.  19,  3234  ;  Walter,  Bull.  Hoc 
Ind.  dt  Mulhouse,  1887,  99).  According  to  a  recent 
patent  of  the  Badische  Fabrik  (Germ.  Pat.  39,955),  cotton 
colours  are  obtained  from  the  naphthylene-diaiuine, 
formed  by  reduction  of  alpha-dinitronaphthalene.  Further, 
di  ■  p  -amido  -azobenzene  C«H4(NHs).N:N.CeH4(NH2) 
and  />-phen\  lene-diainine  also  give  rise  to  azo-colouring 
matters  with  an  affinity  for  cotton,  though  those  derived 
from  the  latter  base  do  not  find  technical  employment 
on  account  of  their  sensitiveness  to  light.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  azo-colouring  matters  derived  from  di-y^-amido- 
benzophenone  CCH4(XH .).CU.CfH,(Xrl„)  and  from  di- 
p  -  aniidodiphenylmethane  C,H1(NH,).CH„C,H1(NHS) 
have  scarcely  any  attinity  for  cotton.  Whilst  it  is  the 
diazotised  base  which  appears  to  determine  the  affinity 
for  the  fibre  of  the  resulting  azo-compound,  the  shade 
produced  is  almost  entirely  dependent  upon  the  phenol 
or  amine  with  which  the  diazo-compound  is  combined. 
Thus,  with  the  above-mentioned  bases,  phenol,  phenol- 
sulphonic  acid  and  salicylic  acid  give  yellows  ;  alpha-and 
beta-naphthylamine  and  their  sulphonic  acids  give  reds  ; 
and  alpha-and  beta-naphthols  and  their  sulphonic  acids 
give  violet  to  blue  shades.  The  compounds  obtained  from 
alpha-naphthylamiuesulphonic  acid  are  stronger  colours 
than  those  from  the  sulphonic  acids  of  beta-naphthyl- 
amine :  hut  the  former  are  more  sensitive  to  acids,  which 
change  their  colour  to  blue,  whilst  the  latter  are  changed 
to  brown.  Instead  of  combining  the  diazotised  dianndo 
base  with  2niols.  of  one  phenol  or  amine,  compounds 
of  a  mixed  type  may  be  obtained  by  first  uniting  one 
X._,  group  with  lniol.  of  a  phenol  or  amine  and  then 
uniting  the  second  X,  group  with  lmol.  of  a  different 
phenol  or  amine.  This  is  readily  done,  as  the  combina- 
tion of  the  second  X-..  group  takes  place  much  more  slowly 
than  that  of  the  first.  The  compounds  R'.Na.X.N2.B?" 
prepared  in  this  way  dye  shades  intermediate  between 
the  colours  R'.N..X.Na.R'  and  K  '.NS.X.N».R"  obtained 
by  combining  the  diazotised  diamine  with  two  similar 
mols.  of  each  phenol  or  amine  separately.  Thus  : — 
Congo  Corinth  1>,  the  colour  from 

Tilidine  f  Alpha-naphthionic  acid 

( Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid 

is  intermediate  in  shade  between  Bmzopurpurin  4  B  : 

T  v  v       i  Alpha-naphthionic  acid 
ioimme  -(  Alpha-naphthionic  acid 

and  azo-blae : 

Tolidin p  (  Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid 
( Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid. 

A. — Benzidine  Colours. 

1.   Congo  red: 

Benzidine  \  Alpha-naphthylaminesulphouic  acid 


Alpha-naphthylaminesulphonic  acid. 

(Actien  Gesellschaft  fur  Aniline  Fabrication,  Germ,  Pat, 
1S84,  28,753).  This  was  the  first  cotton  azo-colour,  and 
was  discovered  by  Bb'ttiger.  Cotton  yarn  is  dyed  from 
a  bath  containing  3  per  cent,  of  borax.  5  per  cent,  of 
salt  and  4  per  cent,  of  green  soap.  For  printing,  a 
solution  of 

300grms.  of  Congo  Red, 
100     ..        ..  caustic  soda  liquor  I3ti'  Be.(, 
lii  4500     .,       ..  water, 

is  added  to  a  mixture  of 

1000  grms.  of  gum  tragacanth, 
1200     .,       ..  flour. 
300     ,,       ..  white  soap, 


and  boiled.  Congo  red  is  very  sensitive  to  acids,  by 
which  it  is  turned  blue.  Its  aqneons  solution  gives  a 
blue  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  a  trace  of  any  acid, 
on  which  account  it  is  employed  as  an  indicator  in 
alkalimetry. 

2.   Chrysamine: 


Benzidine 


I  Salicylic  acid 


r,       .,-      f  Beta-naphthylamine- 
benzidine  ^  Beta-naphthylamine- 


1^  Salicylic  acid 
(Fr.  Bayer  &  Co.,  Germ.  Pat.  1884,  31,058). 

This  yellow  colouring  matter  is  very  sparingly  soluble 
in  water,  but  dissolves  more  readily  in  a  solution  of  soap. 
Aqueous  caustic  soda  dissolves  it  very  easily,  forming  a 
red  solution  of  the  basic  salt.  Cotton  yarn  is  dyed  from 
a  bath  containing  1  per  cent,  of  chrysamine,  10  per  cent, 
of  phosphate  of  soda,  and  2j  per  cent,  of  soda,  l'or 
printing,  the  following  mixture  is  employed  : — 

loOOgrnis.  of  water. 

12O0     ,.  .,  flour. 

1000     ..  ,.  gum  tragacanth. 

300     ..  ,,  white  soap. 

300     ,,  „  chrysamine. 

Chrysamine  is  extraordinarily  sensitive  to  traces  of  iron 
and  copper  salts,  which  change  its  colour  to  brown. 
Knecht  has  found  that  chrysamine  acu  as  a  mordant 
towards  ba-ic  aniline  colours. 

3.  A-o-orseil/ii"- 

D       -,        \  Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid 
Benzidine  j  Aij1ila.naphtho]sui|1i1011ic  at.id 

dyes  wool  an  archil  shade.  Dissolves  in  cone.  H_Sot 
with  a  blue  colour,  which  becomes  violet  on  addition  of 
water. 

4.  Bensidine-blue : 

,,       ...      f  Beta-naphtholdisulphonie  acid  K 
Benzidine -^  Beta-naphtholdisulphonic  acid  R 

(G.  Schultz,  Ber.  17,  4b2)  has  no  technical  value. 

5.  Deltapurpurine : 

-sulphonic  acid 
6  -sulphonic  acid 

(Fr.  Bayer  and  C.  Dnisberg,  Ber.  19,  1426). 

6.  Yellow-paste : 

r, -A-  _  f  Sulphanilic  acid 

Benzidine  {  ph(Jnol 

dyes  cotton  from  a  hot  bath  a  greenish  yellow,  but  is 
a  weaker  colour  than  chrysamine.  It  dissolves  in  cone. 
HSU,  with  a  reddish-yellow  colour. 

6.    Congo  G  1! . 

Benzidine  {  Alpha-naphthionic  acid 
[  m  -sulphanilic  acid 

dyes  cotton  a  yellowish  scarlet. 

8.  Congo  Corinth  : 

a       .  ■•      f  Alplia-naphthvlamiuesulphonic  acid 
i.enzmine  |  Alpha-naphtholsnlphonic  acid 

dyes  a  Corinthian  red. 

9.  BriUiunt-congo  G : 

(  Beta  naphthylamiuedisulphhonic  acid 
Benzidine     Beta-naphthylaminemonosulphonic  acid 
I  (Brb'nner's* 

i*  dyed  best  with  the  addition  of  potash.  It  is  stable 
towards  dilute  acetic  acid. 

B.— Tolidine  Colours. 
1.  Bensoj)urpuriiie  B : 

n,  y  ]■      f  Beta-naphthylaminesulphomc  acid, 
loimine  {  i5cta-naiihthylaiuiiie^ulphonic  acid. 

This  red-colouring-matter  was  the  first  tolidiue  deriva- 
tive that  came  into  the  market.  It  dyes  from  a  bath 
containing  10  percent,  of  potash  or  phosphate  of  sodium, 


Bid 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      lD«.3i,  ifcff. 


2.  /.'.  nzopurpurine  4  B  : 

Tolidine  !  Alphamaphaykminesulphonic  acid. 
(  Alplia-iiaplithylaminesulphonic  and. 

(Germ.  Pat.  35,615.) 

Its  shade  is  almost  the  same  as  that  of  Congo  red,  and, 
like  the  latter,  it  is  changed  by  acetic  acid. 

3.  Deltapurpurine  5  B : 

Tolidine  ^  Bsta-naphthyJamine-  0  -sulphonic  acid. 
\  Beta-naphthylamine-  5  -sulphonic  acid. 

(Fr.  Baeyer  &  C.  Duisberg,  Bcr.  19,  1426.) 

4.  Azo-blur: 

Tolidine  f  Alpba-naphtholsulphonic  acid. 
I  Alpha-naphtholsnlphonic  acid. 
(Fr.  Bayer  &  Co.,  Germ.  Tat.   1S85,  35,341.) 

This  dyestuff  forms  a  dark-coloured  powder,  which 
dissolves  in  water  with  a  bluish-violet  colour,  changed 
to  red  by  alkalis,  but  unaffected  by  acids.  Cone. 
H2S04  dissolves  it  with  a  pure  blue  colour.  Cotton  is 
dyed  from  a  bath  containing  soap  and  10  per  cent  of 
sodium  phosphate  of  soda  (also  in  some  cases  sul- 
phate of  soda).     It  gives  dull  reddish-blue  shades. 

5.  Eosazurine  G  and B  (Fr.  Baeyer  &  Co.)  are  pre- 
pared from  tolidine  und  alkylated  beta-naphthylaruine- 
sulphonic  acids. 

6.  Congo  Corinth  B  : 

Tolidine  J  AjP»<i-naphthiomc  acid 

(^  Aipna-napntholsulphomc  acid 

dyes  a  bluer  shade  than  the  corresponding  benzidine 
colour. 

7  Congo  4  B: 

Tolidine  \  A^Pna -naphthylaminesulphonic  acid 
j  Kesorcinol 

dyes  very  beautiful  shades,  but  is  even  more  sensitive 
to  acids  than  Congo,  being  slowly  decomposed  even  by 
carbonic  acid. 

S.  Brilliant  Congo  B  : 

C  Beta-naphthylaminedisulphonic  acid 
Tolidine-,  Beta-naphthylaminemonosulphonie  acid 

I  (Bronner"s) 

(Actiengesellschaft,  Germ.  Bat.  41,095.) 

dyes  cotton  slowly  ;  the  colour  is  stable  towards  dilute 
acetic  acid, 

C—  Dianisidine  Colours. 
Bentoaturine  : 

Dianisidine  |  Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid 
1.  Alpha-naphtholsulphonic  acid 
is   the  bluest  azo-colour  yet  brought  into  the   market. 
Cotton  is  dyed  an  indigo-blue  shade  with  5  per  cent,  of 
colour. 

D.—  DlAMIDOSTILBENE  COLOURS  (A.    Leonardt  &  Co.) 

1.  Hessian  Purple  N: 

Diamidostilbenedisulphonic  acid   '  |eta-naphftylamine. 

I beta-naphthylamine, 

2.  Hessian  Purple  J:  /'  and  D  are  derived  from 
diamidostilbenedisulphonic  acid  and  the  various  naph- 
thylaminesulphonic acids. 

3.  Hessian  Yellow: 

Diamidostilbenedisulphonic  acid  |^a!!c^J!c  acf(j 
1  I  (salicylic  acid 

dyes  a  redder  shade  than  ehrysamine. 

4.  Brilliant  Yellow: 

Diamidostilbenedisulphonic  acid  I  !,}' eno  ' 

Very  similar  in  shade  to  Hessian  yellow.  Alkalis 
change  its  colour  to  red,  forming  basic  salts. 

5.  Chrysophenine  is  ail  alkyl  derivative  of  the  pre- 
ceding compound.     It  is  unaffected  by  alkali.-.. 

-A.  G.  G. 


Chromogenic  Properties  and  Preparation  of  ih  Oxy- 
anlhraquinones.  C.Liebermann  and  S.  v.  Kostanccki. 
Annalen,  240,  256—304. 

The  authors,  by  a  method  which  they  call  the  "  ruli-re- 
action,"  and  which  consists  in  condensing  two  molecules 
of  benzoic  acid  or  its  substitution  products  by  means  of 
concentrated  IIaS<  >i,  have  succeeded  in  preparing  a 
number  of  anthraquinone  derivatives.  They  find  1  hat 
of  the  ozyhenzoic  acids,  the  meta  oxy-compounds  most 
readily  undergo  condensation  and  this  they  ascrilie  to 
the  greater  stability  of  the  acid  towards  the  concentrated 
HjSOj  and  at  high  temperatures.  Of  the  compounds 
prepared  in  this  way  the  following  may  be  mentioned: — 

Meta-oxybenzoic  acid  condenses  with  benzoic  acid  to 
form  oxyanthraquinone,  according  to  the  following 
equation : — 

C,H6COsH+C6Hi(OH)C02H=2H20  +  CmH«0,  • 
At  the  same  time  oxy  benzoic  acid  condenses  with  itself, 
so  that  a  number  of  isomeric  dioxyanthraquinones  are 
formed — viz.,  anthrarufin,  erytliroxyanthraquinone, 
anthrallavinic  acid  and  ;«-benzdioxyanthrai|uinone, 
which  may  be  separated  by  means  of  the  different  solu- 
bilities of  the  barium  salts  or  of  the  acetyl  derivatives. 
The  lattei  method  is  used  in  the  separation  of  monoxy- 
from  benzdioxyanthraquinone. 

Benzoic  acid  condenses  also  with  symmetrical  dioxy- 
benzoic  acid  to  form  xantbopurpurin  and  anthrachryson. 
The  former  is  separated  from  the  latter  by  its  solubility 
in  benzene,  or  by  that  of  its  barium  compound  in  water. 

By  heating  Mi-oxybenzoic  acid  and  gallic  acid  with 
concentrated  HjSUj  to  150',  a  variety  of  condensation 
products  are  formed.  Of  these  rufigallic  acid  is  the  chief 
product  and  in  smaller  quantities  two  isomeric  tetraoxy- 
anthraquinones.  The  two  latter  may  be  separated  by 
their  different  solubilities  in  benzene.  The  condensa- 
tion of  symmetrical  dioxybenzoic  acid  and  gallic  acid 
yields  a  pentoxyauthraquinone,  together  with 
by-products  formed  by  condensation  of  each  acid  with 
itself.  By  a  method  analogous  to  the  above,  the  authors 
have  prepared  a  series  of  homoiogues  of  the  oxyanthra- 
quinones  by  means  of  the  homologous  oxy-acids.  Thus, 
for  example,  m-oxytoluylic  acid  and  oxybenzoic  acid 
yield  dimethylanthrarutin  C]4Hj(CHl;)2'02(OH)-j  and 
dimethylanthrallavinic  acid  isomeric  with  the  former. 
In  addition  to  these  two  a  third  isomeric dimethyl-wieta- 
benzdioxyanthraquinone  occurs  in  the  product  in  small 
quantity.  In  the  same  way  dimethylanthrachryson  and 
methylanthragallol  have  been  preparedfrom  cresorsellinic 
and  o-tolnylic  acids,  and  the  latter  also  by  condensation 
of  gallic  acid  and  toluylic  acid,  in  which  case  four 
isomeric  methylanthragallols  are  formed.  Dimethyl- 
anthragallol  is  prepared  from  xylylic  acid — 

C^CH^CO.H  [CH3  :CH0:CO.iH  =  l:3:4] 
and  gallic  acid,  and   trimethylanthragallol  from  durylic 
acid  and  gallic  acid. 

The  authors  find  that  the  solution  of  the  oxyantbra- 
quinones  in  concentrated  II  ,S04  give(absorption)  spectra 
which  are  characteristic  of  the  different  isomeric  bodies. 
Also  the  methyl  homoiogues  indicate  by  this  means  the 
oxyanthiaquinohe  from  which  they  are  derived,  giving 
almost  identical  spectra  with  the  oxyanthraquinone.  In 
this  way  they  have  been  able  to  determine  the  constitu- 
tion of  chrysophanic  acid,  which  is  a  derivative  of 
chrysazin. 

Hemipinic  acid  condenses  with  quinol  (hydroquinone) 
to  form  the  dimethyl  ether  of  quinalizarin,  according  to 
the  equation  :— 

OH 


CH,0 


OCH3 


COJI 
CO..H 


CH.OI 


2H..O. 


OB 


Dec.ffl,BBj.l      THE  JOL'iiSAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  Of  CHEMICAL  LNDl'STKV. 


819 


On  heating  this  compound  with  HC1,  quinalizarin  is 
obtained,  which,  according  to  its  mode  of  formation,  is  a 
tetraliydroxyanthraquinone. 

Similarly  hemipinic  acid  combines  with  cresol  to  form 
the  dimethyletlier  of  methylhydroxyalizarin. 

— J.  B.  C. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING  AND  BLEACHING. 


oleic  or  stearic  acid,  27  1  per  cent,  of  pure  alcohol  and 
130  percent,  of  "volatile  alkali.''  As  tinctorial  material, 
alcoholic  solutions  of  the  aniline  colours  are  employed, 
with  an  addition  of  5— 10  per  cent,  of  the  above  oil  mor- 
dant. Fmm  1 — 6  per  cent,  of  this  alcoholic  solution  is 
added  to  the  hydrocarbnret  bath,  according  to  the  shade 
required.  The  dye  vessel  is  cylindrical  in  shape  and  has 
a  central  shaft  to  which  are  attached  movable  discs, 
which  can  be  fixed  at  any  desired  point  on  the  shaft  by 
means  of  screws.  These  discs  carry  arms  radially 
arranged  in  the  form  of  a  regular  polygon  of  which  the 
shaft  is  a  centre  ami  provided  throughout  their  length 
with  small  hooks  on  to  which  the  fabric  is  hooked  by  its 
selvidge  spirally  around  the  shaft.  With  narrow  ribbons 
it  is  necessary  to  fix  one  selvidge  only,  with  wider  goods 
the  fabric  is  fixed  by  both  selvidges  to  a  pair  of  discs. 


Improvements  in  the  Mode  of  Producing  Certain  Colours 
,,,,    Cotton,   Linen    and  other    TextHi    Fabrics.      L. 

Hamel,  Manchester.     Kng.   Pat.   1775,  June  22,  1S70 

(Second  edition).    6d. 
TO  reduce  the  cost  of  indigo  dyeing,  «ie  cloth  is  first     The  dye  vessel  has  a  close  fitting  cover,  Ui'rough  which 
padded  in  a  solution  containing  per  gallon  from  1  to  lOozs. 
of  aniline  salt  and  from  one-eighth  of  an  ounce  to  4ozs.  of 
chlorate  of  potash,  according  to  the  weight  of  the  cloth 


and  the  dep'th  of  the  shade  required.  After  drying,  the 
usual  resist  indigo  colours  (preferably  with  addition 
of  a  little  resin  paste)  are  printed  on  and  the  pieces  are 
aged  for  two  or  more  days  at  a  temperature  of  about 
80'  F.  The  cloth  is  then  dyed  in  indigo  in  the  proportion 
of  from  2  drachms  to  2ozs.  of  indigo  to  the  pound  of 
cloth,  according  to  the  quality  of  the  indigo,  the  pattern 
and  the  depth  of  shade  required.  In  this  way  patterns  in 
white,  blue,  green,  orange,  yellow,  red  and  black  on  a 
blue  ground  are  produced  much  cheaper  than  heretofore. 
(The  use  of  chlorate  of  potash  as  described  in  the  final,  is 
not  stated  in  the  provisional  specification.) — W.  K.  K. 


the  upper  end  of  the  shaft  passes  and  by  means  of  a 
crank  the  goods  are  rotated  within  the  dye  vessel  until 
the  dyeing  is  completed.  After  dyeing,  the  shaft  and  the 
goods  it  carries  is  transferred  to  a  second  similar  vessel, 
but  with  open  ends,  and  is  rotated  at  a  speed  of  from  700 
to  1200  revolutions  per  minute  by  a  band  and  pulley 
attachment.  The  goods  thus  dried  are  subjected  to  a 
"  fixing  "  operation,  "  essence  of  naphtha  "  alone  or  with 
a  little"  acetic  acid  being  used.  After  again  drying  as 
before,  the  goods  are  ready  for  the  usual  finishing 
processes. — ^\  .  E.  K. 

Improvements    in    Dyeing    Yam    and    other    Fibrous 
Materials,    and   in    Means   or  Apparatus   employed 

therein.     T.  Sampson  and  F.  H.   Jealous,  Lawrence, 
U.S  A.     Eng.  Pat.  12,358,  Sept.  13,  18S7.     8d. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  and  Printing  Aniline  Mac/.:     jHE  apparatus  consists  of  an  arrangement  bv  which  the 
T.   Holliday,   Huddersfield.    From  W .  J.  S.  Gi&witz,  i=  dved'ins 

pa,;=       Fr»i»  F.„„      Pat       SOT73      Unknot    3      1S7«      >,am    *?    ^ e   ,  1D.  S 


Eng. 
6d. 


Pat.     3073, 


Paris,    France 
(Second  edition 

The  invention  relates  to  the  development  of  aniline  black 
on  textile  fibres  by  the  action  of  chromic  acid  on  a 
mixture  of  a  chlorate  and  a  salt  of  aniline  ;  small 
quantities  of  chromic  acid,  one  part  to  10,000,  or  even 
100,000  parts  by  weight  of  the  aniline  mixture  being 
sufficient,  larger  quantities  acting  with  increased 
rapidity.  To  prevent  the  black  forming  in  the  vessels 
in  which  the  mixture  is  contained,  the  mixture  of  chlorate 
of  potash  and  aniline  salt  may    be  rendered  alkaline 


_  stationary  receptacles  or  dye  vessels, 
August  3,  ISiS  throusli  which  the  dyeing  liquors  are  caused  to  circulate. 
For  convenience  of  handling,  the  yarn  is  carried  in  bags, 
which  are  lowered  into  the  cylindrically-shaped  dye- 
vessels,  and  suitable  Hanged  covers  are  provided,  which  so 
press  upon  the  bags  as  to  cause  the  liquors  to  pass  uni- 
forinlv  through  the  whole  mass  of  yarn.  Three  or  more  of 
these  dye  vessels  are  fixed  in  a  vat,  being  sustained 
above  the  bottom  of  the  vat  by  a  partition  plate, 
which  also  divides  the  vat  into  an  upper  and  a  lower 
chamber.  There  are  openings  at  the  bottom  of  the 
dve  vessels  and  also  in  their  covers,  so  that  the  commu- 

y  •  i     i _l VA—n   ^.C   »'..-. 


preferably  by  ammonia,  and  the  salt  of  chromic   acid    nication  between  the  upper  and  lower  chambers  of  the 

vat  is  through  the  interior  of  the  dye  vessels  themselves. 
The  dye  liquor  is  placed  first  in  the  upper  chamber, 
from  this  pumped  into  the  lower  chamber  and  being 
forced  through  the  interior  of  the  dye  vessels  comes  again 
into  the  upper  chamber,  this  circulation  of  the  dye  liquor 
being  continued  until  the  dyeing  process  is  completed. 
The  lower  chamber  is  supplied  with  upright  stand  pipes, 
through  which  the  dye  liquor  passes  and  is  conveyed  to 


added  at  the  time  of  use.     F'or  a  printing  colour 

1000  parts  of  water, 
200       „         starch. 
80       „         chlorate  of  potash, 
130       „        hydrochloride  of  aniline, 

are  mixed  and  heated  to  90  C. ,  and  when  cold  one  tenth  of 
a  part  of  chromate  of  potash  or  ammonia  is  added.  After 
printing  the  goods  are  aged  by  warm  damp  air,  by  steaming 


or  other  suitable  means.  For  dyeing  purposes  the  larger  the  upper  chamber  whenever  the  pressure  in  the  lower 
portion  or  the  whole  of  the  starch  is  omitted.  The  compartment  exceeds  a  certain  maximum  limit  ^j^e 
process  may  be  modified  by  applying  to  the  fibre  first  the 


chromic  acid  or  its  salts  and  afterwards  the  mixture  of 
chlorate  and  aniline  salts.  Any  chromate  can  be  used 
from  which  during  the  operation  chromic  acid  is  set  free. 
The  claim  is  "the  improvements  in  dyeing  and  printing 
textile  fibres  aniline  black  by  the  action  thereon  of 
chromic  acid  in  the  presence  of  chloric  or  perchloric  acid 
on  aniline  substantially  as  described." — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Fabrics  and  in  Materials  and 
Apparatus  therefor.  E.  Boursier,  Brussels,  Belgium. 
Eng.  Pat.  7740,"  May  27,  18S7.  8d. 
This  invention  relates  <a)  to  the  composition  of  the  dye- 
bath  and  (b)  to  the  arrangement  of  the  apparatus  used. 
It  is  specially  applicable  to  the  dyeing  of  silks,  ribbons 
and  velvets,  preserving  the  fineness,  suppleness  and 
brilliancy  of  the  fabrics,  not  only  with  new  good-,  but 
also  in  the  case  of  old  stocks  that  require  to  be  re-dyed. 
The  dye-bath,  which  is  used  cold,  consists  of  oil  of 
naphtha  (petroleum  naphtha),  "benzine"  or  other  hydro- 
car' 
parts 


bottom  of  the  vat  is  a  pipe,  by  means  of  which  the  dye 
liquor  can  be  run  off  into  a  closed  tank  when  the  opera- 
tion is  over  and  through  which  also  the  dye  can  again 
be  forced  up  into  the  vat  when  dyeing  a  fresh  supply  of 
yarn.—  W.  E.  K. 


TIL-ACIDS,  ALKALIS  AND  SALTS. 


F', 


Action    of  Sulphurous   And   on    Nitrous   Acid. 

Kaschig.  Annalen,  241,  161—252. 
The  following  series  of  salts  have  been  prepared  by 
Fremv  and  were  subsequently  studied  by  Claus.  These 
have  been  further  reinvestigated  by  the  author  and  a 
different  formula  assigned  to  them.  If  neutral  solutions 
of  K\C.  and  K„SU3  be  mixed,  crystals  separate  out 
which  have  the  formula  N(SOsK),  +  2H,l).  This  mtnlo' 
sulphonate  of  potassium  on  boiling  decomposes,  yield; 
ing  potassium  amidosulphonate  NH,SO,K.  If  the 
nitrilosulphonate  moistened  with  dilute  H,S04,  bp 
exposed  for  a  day,  washed  with  cold  water  and  crystal- 


buretted  liquid,  to  100  parts  of  which  are  added  12    lised  from  dilute  ammonia  solution,  the  imidosulpnonate 
is  of  a  mordant  containing  593  per  cent,  of  margaric,    is  formed,  NH(SOsK)„.     The  author  has  not  isolated  a 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     U»cc. 31. 18S7. 


corresponding  sodium  compound,  for,  on  account  of  its 
ready  solubility,  it  does  not  crystallise  from  solution; 
''lit  if  to  the  solution  KCI  solution  be  added 
i  salt  of  the  formula  N(SO  K  S.S0  Na  separates. 
Potassium  hydroxylamine  disufphonate  is  prepared  by 
first  obtaining  the  sodium  compound  and  then  adding 
KCI  solution  to  this.  Sodium  nitrite,  finely  powdered, 
is  dissolved  in  the  least  possible  quantity  01  water,  ice 
added,  and  sodium  bisulphite  solution  in  the  proportion 
of  two  molecules  to  one  of  the  nitrite  allowed  to  run  in 
and  stirred,  potassium  chloride  is  added  and  the  whole 
allowed  to  crystallise.  It  may  be  recrystallised  from 
(a  slightly  alkaline)  solution  in  hot  water.  The  com- 
JK)und  decomposes  on  standing  into  hydroxylamine 
monosulphonic  acid,  H0.NH.S03H,  and  potassium 
sulphate.  This  compound  decomposes  on  boiliDg  with 
water  for  some  time,  or  more  quickly  in  slightly  iHCl) 
acid  solution  in  sealed  tubes,  at  130°,  into  hydroxyl- 
amine. The  disulphonate  may  be  completely  con- 
verted into  hydroxylamine  sulphate  by  boiling 
the  strong  aqueous  solution  with  water,  according 
to  the  equation  2HON(SO-K)2 +4H,0  =  (XHuOH),S04 
+  2K..SO,  +  H;S04.  Free  hydroxylamine  may  also 
be  obtained  by  adding  to  an  acidified  solu- 
tion of  the  disulphonate  an  excess  of  alkali. 
In  titrating  an  acid  solution  of  hydroxylamine  with  per- 
manganate, the  author  finds  that  more  permanganate  is 
used  than  corresponds  to  the  oxidation  to  N20,  accord- 
ing the  equation  2HONH?+20=N30  +  3HjO.  This  is 
due  probably  to  the  formation  of  hyponitrous  acid,  which 
splits  up  into  NoO  and  H;0  on  the  one  hand,  and  is 
oxidised  further  to  Ditrous  and  nitric  acid  on  the  other. 
If  the  titration  is  done  with  hydroxylamine  sulphate  in 
the  boiling  solution,  the  reaction  is  very  definite,  and 
the  amount  of  (J  required  corresponds  to  the  formation 
of  NO.  The  titration  may  also  be  accomplished  with 
ferric  sulphate,  which  is  deoxidised  by  the  hydroxyl- 
amine. The  amount  of  ferrous  salt  is  then  determined 
By  acting  upon  a  strongly  alkaline  solution  of  KNOa 
with  SOj  a  compound  of  the  formula— 

HO>NSO'K 

is  obtained.  If  excess  of  alkali  be  added  to  this  salt, 
potassium  sulphite  is  formed.  Potassium  sulphazinate 
is  formed  by  adding  to  a  cooled  alkaline  solution  of 
KN(  >2  a  solution  of  KHSO,.  This  compound  has  the 
formula  KHN.03(S03K)2.  It  decomposes  on  standing 
into  hydroxylamine  sulphonate  of  potassium  and  KNO3, 
The  author  explains  the  formation  of  these  compounds 
by  the  supposition  that  condensation  occurs  between 
potassium  bisulphite  with  the  unsymmetrical  formula 
ll.si  )4.OK  and  nitrous  acid,  thus  : — 

(HO),;N+H.SO*OK=(HO)a  :N.S0  .OK     H  0. 

(HOVN-SO^OK+H.SOi.OK=HO.N:(S03.OK)j  +  HaO 

BO.N  :  [SOjOK).  -  H.S02.OK=N;(SOiOK)j+HaO. 

Sulphazotinate  of  potassium  is  obtained  in  crystals  by 

EassingSOu  into  a  strongly  alkaline  KNt  lo  solution.  It 
as  the  formula  K.-,H>",S40, ,  -  H80.  It  dissolves  in 
strong  jK)tash  solution,  and  on  addition  of  alcohol  a 
crystalline  powder  separates,  having  the  formula 
KfjX.S,ui(  -  H  <  i.  This  the  author  names  basic  potas- 
sium sulphazotinate.  The  faintly  acid  solution  of  the 
neutral  salt  yields  on  boiling  aqueous  hydroxyiamine- 
sulphonate  of  potassium  KHX  Onii'K  '■.'II  II- 
2HONHSO,K+RaSO<  KHso,.  With  CO,  a  different 
reaction  occurs.  KHM  I  ,{S0  K)t  B,0  CO  =2HON 
50jK)j+KHCOs.  To  sulphazotinic  acid,  the  author, 
from  the  method  of  synthesis,  gives  the  following 
formula  : — 


SO  Ki.  :M1<;|>.\K  SOsK    . 

—J.  B.  C. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Fluoride  of 
Aluminium  and  the  Double  Fluoridt  of  Aluminium 
and  an  Alkali.  L,  Graban,  Hanover,  Germany. 
Kng.  Pat.  13,654,  Uct.  25,  188b.     bd. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  preparation  of  fluorides 
and  fluorine  double  compounds  by  the  action  of  suitable 
quantities  of  an  alkaline  fluoride  on  a  peculiar  solution 


prepared  from  aluminium  sulphate  or  alum.  A  solution 
of  either  of  the  latter  two  salts  is  mixed  with  pulverised 
fluor-spar  and  heated  ;  the  greater  part  of  the  alumina 
combines  with  Huorine,  while  gypsum  is  simultaneously 
formed.  The  remaining  sulphuric  acid  is,  however,  no 
longer  present  as  aluminium  sulphate  or  alum,  but  in 
chemical  combination  with  the  aluminium  fluoride,  so 
that  the  solution  can  be  designated  an  "aluminium 
Huorine  sulphate  solution."  This  is  the  peculiar  solution 
mentioned  previously.  If  this  solution  be  mixed  with 
as  much  of  an  alkaline  fluoride  as  is  equivalent  to  the 
sulphuric  acid  combined  with  alumina  and  lime,  the 
mixture  evaporated,  heated  and  lixiviated  with  water, 
the  residue  consists  of  aluminium  fluoride.  To  prepare 
the  double  fluorides,  "  aluminium  fluorine  sulphate  solu- 
tion "  is  mixed  with  as  much  fluoride  of  sodium  or  potas- 
sium as  is  necessary  for  converting  all  the  aluminium 
into  the  double  fluoride  and  the  small  quantity  of  dis- 
solved gypsum  into  calcium  fluoride.  The  whole  mix 
ture  is  then  evaporated  to  dryness. — S.  H. 

Improvements  in  the  Distillation  of  Ammoniacal  and 
uther  Liquors,  the  Concentration  of  Liquids-  and 
Salts  m  Solutions,  and  in  the  Means  or  Apparatus 
employed  tin  rein.  S.  H.  Croll,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,391,  Nov.  25,  1SS6.  8d. 
IN  concentiating  ammoniacal  or  other  liquors,  the 
solutions  flow  into  a  series  of  superposed  receiving 
vessels  contained  in  a  vertical  still.  The  lowest  receiver 
is  provided  with  suitable  means  of  drawing  oft'  its  con- 
tents. Underneath  the  still  a  fireplace  for  smokeless 
fuel  is  arranged,  the  combustion  gases  of  which  are  made 
to  pass  over  the  surface  of  the  liquors.  In  the  case  of  a 
liquid  requiring  its  vapour  to  be  treated  for  partial  or 
complete  absorption,  the  gases  and  vapours  are  drawn 
into  a  chamber  or  second  vessel,  where  they  are  treated 
with  the  suitable  reagent  or  passed  through  absorbent 
matter.  If  noxious  gases  are  given  off  by  the  liquor, 
they  may  be  burned  in  the  fireplace.  In  other  cases 
they  may  be  sent  directly  into  the  chimney.  If  it  be 
desired  to  force  the  vapours  from  the  liquors  below  the 
surface  of  an  absorbing  agent  in  another  chamber,  an 
exhauster  must  be  used. — S.  H. 


Improvements    in    Treating   Solutions    of  Chloride   of 
Calcium,  so  as  to  obtain  Chloride  of  magnesium   and 

other  Products.  W.  P.  Cochrane  and  \V.  Bramlev, 
Middlesbrough.  Eng.  Pat  15,498,  Nov.  27,  1S86.  bd. 
Hvdrated  magnesium  CARBONATE  is  charged  into  a 
series  of  closed  vessels,  whilst  a  solution  of  calcium 
chloride  is  run  through  the  vessels,  passing  from  one  to 
the  other,  carbonic  acid  being  at  the  same  time  injected 
into  the  mixture.  Magnesium  chloride  is  gradually 
formed  in  solution  and  calcium  carbonate  precipitated. 
The  solution  of  magnesium  chloride  is  treated  for  the 
manufacture  of  hydrochloric  acid,  chlorine  and  magnesia 
therefrom,  while  the  precipitated  calcium  carbonate  may 
be  utilised  for  the  decomposition  of  ammonium  chloride. 
The  hvdrated  magnesium  carbonate  requisite  for  this 
process  is  obtained  bv  treating  sodium  bicarbonate  w  ith 
magnesia  (Eng.  Pat.  13.762,  1SS6).— S.  H. 

Improvements  in  ike  Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of  Soda 
and  bleach  in  one  Operation  under  High  Pressure,  and 
in  the  Construction  and  Use  of  Apparatus  for  that 
Purpose.  H.  Burns,  Leith.  Eng.  Pat.  15,48S,  Nov. 
27,  1887.     Sd. 

Sulphuk  or  pyrites  are  burnt  in  a  close  blast  retort,  and 
the  sulphurous  acid  given  off  led  into  a  condenser  and  then 
into  a  closed  vessel  containing  cold  water,  which  absorbs 
the  sulphurous  acid.  This  solution  is  run  into  a  close 
boiler  and  heated  up  to  the  boiling  point,  whereby  all  the 
sulphurous  acid  is  again  liberated.  It  is  mixed  with  an 
additional  amount  of  air  and  forced  through  sodium 
chloride  contained  in  a  retort  and  kept  at  a  high  tem- 
perature. The  salt  is  decomposed,  giving  off  hydro- 
chloric acid  which  is  led  into  a  mixing  condenser, 
to  be  mingled  with  double  its  quantity  of  air,  the 
mixed  gases  being  forced  through  a  second  decomposing 


Dec.  31. 1887.)   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


821 


h- 


822 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Dec.si.MW, 


retort,  filled  with  the  peroxide  of  iron  or  manganese,  and 
kept  at  a  red  heat     In  passing  through  the  oxide,  the 
hydrochloric  acid  i^  decomposed  into  steam  and  chlorine. 
The  escaping  gases  are  cooled  to  condense  the  steam 
and,  after  washing,  are   dried   by    being   forced    through 
sulphuric  acid.     The  dry  chlorine  is  then  led  into  a  lime 
chamber,  which  is  filled  with  a  movable  perforated  floor 
and  gas-tight  doors.   The  perforated  floor  is  covered  with 
lime   and  the  gas  enters  the  chamber  under  the  false 
floor  and    being   forced   through    the  lime  is   quickly 
absorbed.     It  is  claimed  that  the  sodium  sulphate  pro- 
duced by  this  method   is  of  superior  quality,  while  the 
bleaching  powder  can  he  made  stronger  and  at  less  cost 
than  by  any  other  process.     Pig.  1  shows  a  vertical  sec- 
tional   elevation    of   a  works  for   the    manufacture    of 
sodium  sulphate  and  bleach  at  one  operation.     A  is  a 
vertical  iron  cylinder  lined  with  tire  bricks,  having  a 
boiler  B  set  on  the  top  of  it.     A  is  charged  with  pyrites 
through  the  central  tube  C,  and  a  blast  of  air  blown  in 
through   the  pipe  F  G.     The  sulphurous    acid    passes 
up  C  and  enters  at  the  top  of   the   condenser  D  and 
forces  its  way  down  into  the  bottom  of    the  washing 
vessel  EL      The  gas  then  enters  the  condenser  I  and 
passes  by  the  pipe  J  into  the  bottom  of  the  absorber  K  ; 
in  bubbling  up  through  the  water  in  K  the  greater  por- 
tion of  the  gas  is  absorbed,   while  the  remainder  passes 
into  a  second  absorber  M,   fitted  with   a  cup  and  ball 
agitator,  where  the  last  traces  of  sulphurous  acid  are  re- 
tained.    The  nitrogen  and  excess  of  air  escape  by  the 
valveYandentertheannular  spaceN  ;  being  here  relieved 
of  pressure,  the  gases  rapidly  expand,  thereby  keeping 
M   cool.     They   then  pass  through   the  condensers   by 
pipes   n  and  escape  into  the  air.     The  water  charged 
with  sulphurous  acid  enters  the  boiler  at  (,>  ;  here  it  is 
heated  by  the  heat  of  the  burning   pyrites  and  gives  off 
its  sulphurous  acid.    The  hot  water  overflows  at  R,  while 
the  gas  passes  by  the  pipe  T  into  the  annular  space  I', 
formed   by   the  concentric   iron    cylinders   W.     In   the 
centre  of  the  latter  a  tapering  pipe  X  is  fixed,  perforated 
with  a  number  of  small  holes.     The  interior  cylinder  W 
is  also  perforated  with  small  holes,  through  which  the 
gas  passes  from  the  annular  space  U.     These  combined 
cylinders  are  set  in  a  furnace,  the  fire  gases  of  which 
surround  the  cylinders.     The  annular  space  W  is  filled 
with  salt,  and  a  blast  of  air  being  turned  into   S  here 
mixes  with  steam  and  sulphurous  acid  from   15.     The 
mixture  of  the  gases  and  vapours  passes  through  into  U, 
then  by  the  perforations  in  the  cylinder  through  the  salt, 
which   is  rapidly  decomposed.  '  The  hydrochloric  acid 
gas  escapes  into  the  perforated  tube  X  and  thence   into 
the  condenser  Z  by  the  pipe  V.     Through  the  pipe  1'  air 
is  forced  into  Z  and  the  mixed  gases  pass  by  pipe  a  into 
the  decomposing  retort  h,  which  is  made  of  iron,  with  a 
perforated   pipe  r    fitted  into   the    bottom.      Here  the 
decomposition  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  takes  place  and, 
after  the  escaping  gases  have  been  cooled,   washed  and 
dried  by  sulphuric  acid,  the  chlorine  is  forced  into  the 
bleaehing-powder  chamber/. — S.  H. 


The  apparatus  employed  is  shown  in  Figs.  1  and'.'.  A, 
A',  A-,  A  .  A'  are  a  serbs  of  closed  cylindrical  stone- 
ware vessels,  each  resting  in  a  separate  tank,  through 
which  a  continuous  tlow  of  refrigerated  brine  is  kept  up. 
The  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid  is  forced  by  means  of  a 
blower  V  into  the  drying  vessel  A.  The  dried  gas 
then  passes  into  the  decomposer  A1,  thence  in  succes- 
sion through  the  absorbers  A'-,  A3  and  A1,  from  which 
it  is  drawn  off  by  a  second  blower  C\  D,  D1  and  fl- 
are vessels  of  similar  construction  as  A  and  serve  for 
converting  the  lower  oxides  of  nitrogen  collected  in  A5 
and  A  into  nitric  acid.  Each  vessel  rests  in  a  separate 
tank  E.     The  vessel  1>  is  heated  by  hot  water  from  the 


Improved  Treatment  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  Gas  fur  the 
Production  of  Chlorine  Gas.  W.  Donald,  Pembrey. 
Eng.  Pat.  62,  Jan.  3,  1SS7.     Sd. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  obtain  chlorine  from 
hydrochloric  acid  and  to  recover  the  by-products  formed 
during  the  process.  Hydrochloric  acid  gas,  dried  by 
passing  through  a  vessel  charged  with  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  is  passed  into  a  vessel  containing  a  mix- 
ture of  strong  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids,  where  it  under- 
goes decomposition  according  to  the  following  equation  : 
2HC1+  2NO.H  =  211.0  -  NcO,  +  CI,.  The  sul- 
phuric acid  present  absorbs  the  water  formed  by  the 
reaction  and  thus  prevents  an  unnecessary  dilution  of 
the  nitric  acid.  The  decomposing  vessel  ought  to  be 
kept  at  a  temperature  of  o  C,  while  the  escaping  gases 
should  not  be  warmer  than  30°  C.  These  latter  then 
travel  through  a  scries  of  vessels  containing  dilute  nitric 
acid,  whereby  nearly  the  whole  of  the  oxides  of  nitrogen 
become  absorbed,  while  the  last  remaining  traces  are 
arrested  by  pissing  thronjh   a  sulphuric  acid  scruVber. 


Fie     2 

outside,  whereas  D  and  D-  are  cooled  by  refrigerated 
brine.  The  liquor  from  A-  and  A"  is  run  into  D,  where 
it  is  heated  while  a  slow  current  of  air  is  passed 
through,  the  lower  oxides  of  nitrogen  being  thus  oxidised 
into  nitric  acid.  From  D  the  air  passes  through  a 
tower  F,  carrying  with  it  free  oxides  of  nitrogen 
which  during  their  progress  undergo  further  oxidation, 
the  necessary  water  being  supplied  to  the  tower.  The 
condensed  gases  flow  back  into  ]),  while  those  uncon- 
densed  pass  into  D  ,  which  is  charged  with  nitric 
acid,  and  are  ultimately  scrubbed  in  D-  with 
sulphuric  acid.  The  oxidation  of  the  gases  is  also 
assisted  by  compounds  rich  in  oxygen,  such  as  man- 
ganese peroxide,  manganese  nitrate,  and  so  forth.  The 
recovered  acids  are  again  used  for  the  process. — S.  II, 


Iin/noci  incuts  in  the  Production  of  Sulphide  of  Zinc  and 
Chloride  of  Ammonium.  H.  Kenyon,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Fat,  Ki.llS,  Dec.  9,  188G.    6d. 

In  the  galvanising  of  iron,  zinc  waste  is  obtained  con- 
taining zinc,  iron,  lead,  manganese,  chlorine  and 
ammonia.  It  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  the 
lead  precipitated  frorii  the  solution  by  the  addition  of 
sulphuric  acid.  The  precipitate  is  filtered  and  the 
filtrate  treated  with  ammonia,  agitating  well  in  order  to 
oxidise  iron  and  manganese.  Sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
then  passed  into  the  clear  solution,  until  all  the  zinc  is 
precipitated  as  sulphide,  while  the  ammonia  is  converted 
into  ammonium  sulphide.  The  former  is  separated  by 
filtration  and  the  solution  of  ammonium  sulphide  treated 
with  an  equivalent  quantity  of  zinc  chloride,  to  obtain 
a  precipitate  of  zinc  sulphide  and  ammonium  chloride. 

-S.  H. 


Dec.ffl.1887.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  TFTE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


823 


X.— METALLURGY,  Etc. 

Composition  of  the  Refined  Lead  from  /■  :ibram.  Dingl. 
Polyt.  J.  264,  463. 

The  analyses  of  the  refined  lead  from  Przibiam  for  the 
successive  quarters  of  the  year   1886  gave  the  following 

results : — 

I.                  II.  III.               IV. 

Silver          0-0019  ....  0-0019  ....  0i»>17  ....  00016 

Conner..     0-0021  ....  0-0U18  ....  l)'MJ  ....  0-0031 

Bismulli      0-0O-21  ....  n-0021  ....  0-0023  ....  0  0020 

Antimony  0-0027  ....  0-0021  ....  00021  ....  00026 

Iron                ....  0  0012  ....  00<il«  ....  n'OOll  ....  00013 

Zinc  ;;;;; oooio   ....   o-ooio   ....   o-ooos    ....   o-ooos 

Nickel  trace     trace    —    trace    —    trace 

Lead  (residue)  ..  99  9887    ....  999892    ....99-9896    ....99-9886 

— G.   H.  M. 


Improvements  in  Extracting  Gold,  Silver  and  other 
S[i  tn/s  from  Ort  i  or  Compounds  containing  the  Same. 
A.    Parkes,    London.     Eug.    Pat.    13,073,    Oct.    13, 

1S86.  6d. 
The  crushed  ore  is  mixed  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  with 
caustic  lime  and  soda,  the  approximate  proportion  by 
weight  of  three  parts  of  caustic  lime  to  one  part  of 
caustic  soda,  and  with  carbonaceous  matter  ;  if  redu- 
cible compounds  of  lead  or  copper  are  not  present  in 
the  ore  they  should  also  be  added.  On  fusion  a  metallic 
bath,  containing  practically  the  whole  of  the  precious 
metals,  will  be  produced,  from  which  the  latter  may  be 
subsequently  recovered.  Sulphur  ores  should  not  be 
roasted  first ;  they  may  be  worked  as  above  or  may  be 
made  to  give  an  auriferous  and  argentiferous  regulus 
which  may  then  be  treated  ;  the  use  of  the  soda-lime 
flux  is  found  to  cause  a  rapid  disintegration  of  the 
regulus,  especially  if  it  be  sprinkled  when  hot  with  cold 
water.  The  peculiarities  of  any  given  ore  may  require 
a  modification  of  the  fiuxes  ;  thus,  the  addition  of  oxide 
of  iron,  barium  carbonate,  fluor  spar  or  cryolite  may  fre- 
quently be  desirable.  A  cupola  may  sometimes  be  sub- 
stituted for  the  reverberatory  furnace,  in  which  case  the 
ore  will  not  be  tine-crushed. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Coating  Metallic  Sheets 
or  Plates  with  other  Metals  or  Alloy  .  11.  A.  Stuart, 
Bletohley,  and  C.  K.  Biuuev,  London.  Lug.  Pat. 
15,3^0,  Nov.  24,  1886.     Sd. 

This  patent  relates  to  tin  and  teine  plating.  The 
grease  pot  is  arranged  to  give  the  smallest  possible  con- 
tact with  the  tin  hath  and  is  surrounded  by  a  hot-air 
chamber,  by  which  the  temperature  is  kept  under 
control.  By  an  arrangement  of  conical  rollers  each 
plate  on  entering  the  hath  is  delivered  at  an  angle 
with  that  last  introduced,  and  driven  forward  within 
guides,  which  are  adjustable  for  various  sizes  of  plate, 
and  thence  through  scrapers  having  a  laterai  motion  to 
the  finishing  rolls.  The  motion  is  transmitted  to  the 
rolls  by  worm  gearing,  which  imparts  a  mure  even  rota- 
tion and  gives,  therefore,  a  more  perfect  surface  on  the 
plate  than  was  possible  with  spur  gearing. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Humid  Seduction  of  Gold  and 
other  Ores.  J.  E.  Baugh  and  C.  Hinksman,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,928,  Oct.  30,  1SS6.  6d. 
If  the  ore  should  be  free  from  copper  a  small  proportion 
of  copper  pyrites  should  be  mixed  with  it.  Otherwise, 
or  after  this  addition,  it  is  chlorinated  in  the  furnace 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  11,760  of  lSS'i.  A  chemical  test 
is  then  made  to  prove  the  complete  solubility  of  the  gold, 
so  that  a  further  chlorination  with  free  chlorine  may,  if 
necessary,  remedy  any  defect  in  this  respect.  The  charge 
is  then  leached  with  boiling  brine,  and  the  gold,  silver  and 
copper  in  the  solution  are  precipitated  simultaneously  by 
means  of  iron  orzinc.  A  more  complete  extraction  of  the 
precious  metal  than  by  previous  processes  is  thus  effected, 
especially  in  the  case  of  low  grade  or  pyritous  ores.  The 
chlorine  is  preferably  to  be  obtained  by  treating  chloride 
of  lime  with  sulphuric  or  sulphurous  acid,  these  sub- 
stances, if  desirable,  being  by-products  of  the  process. 

— w.  g.  m. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Smelting  and  Recovering  Metals 
from  Ores  and  Dross.  J .  Nicholas,  Ilford.  En".  Pat. 
14,297,  Nov.  5,  1S86.     8d. 

The  matter  to  be  treated  may  contain  either  gold,  diver 
or  tin  ;  it  is  first  heated,  preferably  to  a  red  heat  in  a 
reverberatory  furnace,  and  immediately  plunged  into  a 
cold  saturated  or  very  strong  solution  of  any  alkali  or 
chloride.  It  is  thus  disintegrated,  may  be  fine-crushed 
with  ease  and  the  chemical  effect  will  render  the 
subsequent  reduction  more  satisfactory.  When  deal- 
ing with  tin  compounds  a  furnace  of  special  construction 
is  recommended.  It  is  so  arranged  that  by  the  regula- 
tion of  dampers  the  flame  from  the  grate  either  plays 
over  the  bed  as  in  an  ordinary  reverberatory,  or  is 
diverted  into  a  flue  beneath  the  bed  as  in  a  kind  of 
muffle  furnace.  Thus,  the  access  of  oxygen  to  the  charge 
s  under  perfect  control. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Obtaining  Alloys  of 
Aluminium  with  certain  other  Metals.  J.  Clark, 
Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat.  15,94(3,  Dec.  0,  1S86.  6d. 
Hydratep  aluminium  chloride  is  mixed  with 
lime,  iron,  zinc,  ammonia,  or  other  substance  which 
readily  combines  with  chlorine,  and  with  finely  divided 
coke.  After  drying,  this  mixture  is  to  be  introduced  into 
the  (iron)  blast-furnace,  added  to  the  cementation  charge 
or  blown  through  the  metal  in  the  Bessemer  converter, 
with  the  object  of  producing  an  alloy  of  iron  and  alu- 
minium, or  of  aluminium  with  spiegeleisen  or  other  iron 
alloys.— W.  G.  M.         

Improvements  in  and  in  Apparatus  for  Cleaning  or  Pick- 
ling  Metals  and  in  Utilising  the  Liquids  that  have  been 
employed  therefor.  E.  ATasto,  Paris,  Erance.  Eng. 
Pat.  10,923,  Dec.  24,  1SS6.     8d. 

All  the  operations  of  pickling  and  washing  are  con- 
ducted in  the  same  vessel.  A  series  of  reservoirs  is 
arranged,  one  containing  the  acid,  the  others  the  different 
wash  waters.  A  pipe  from  each  reservoir  runs  over  the 
pickling  tub  and  supplies  the  required  liquid  through  a 
branch  provided  with  a  cock.  After  sufficient  time  has 
elapsed,  the  liquid  is  raised  by  an  injector,  or  by  pumps, 
into  a  channel  through  which  it  returns  to  the  original 
tank.  Several  pickling  vessels  may  be  arranged  side  by- 
side,  in  which  case  each  reservoir  will  be  placed  in  direct 
communication  with  every  tub.  When  the  wash  waters 
become  too  highly  charged  with  impurities,  the  first 
washings  are  set  aside  for  extraction  and  replaced 
by  the  liquid  previously  used  for  the  second  washing, 
the  second  by  the  third"  aad  so  on.  When  sutticiently 
saturated,  the  valuable  metals  contained  are  recovered 
e.g.,  the  copper  from  brass  pickling  by  the  addition  of 
zinc,  zinc  oxide  or  carbonate,  which  precipitate 
copper,  copper  oxide  or  carbonate  respectively. 

— W.  G.  M. 

A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  Extracting  Tin  from 
Iron  in  Tin  scraps  and  in  Apparatus  therefor,  ft.  H. 
W.  Biggs,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  45S4,  March  28, 
1887.  8d. 
Hydrochloric-  acid  at  a  temperature  of  190—212°  F. 
and  a  strength  equivalent  to  17  B.,  is  introduced  from 
an  overhead  cistern,  with  or  without  further  dilution, 
into  a  revolving  asphalte-lined  metal  cylinder,  where  it 
attacks  the  tin  scraps.  When  these  have  been  sufficiently 
stripped,  the  liquid  is  run  into  a  tank  beneath  ;  the 
washings  which  are  next  obtained  are  then  run  iDto  a 
series  of  tanks  in  which  they  are  cooled  to  ensure  the 
separation  of  any  lead  that  may  be  present.  Afterwards 
the  tin  is  to  be  obtained  by  adding  zinc  or  nitric  acid 
and  the  sponge  compressed  and  melted.  Instead  of 
rotators,  tubs  with  revolving  beaters,  or  other  arrange- 
ments, may  be  employed. — W.  G.  M. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Sodium  and 

Potassium     and    to    Apparatus    therefor.       O.    M. 

Thowless,  London.     Eng.  Pat.   12,4S0,  Sept.  14,  1SS7. 

8d. 

To   avoid  the  formation  of  compounds  which,    in  the 

ordinary  process  of  manufacturing  sodium  andpota.-sium, 


m 


THE  JOmXAI,  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  TNIH'STKY.     im-.-.  m.issr. 


tend  to  lessen  the  yield  of  metal,  the  caustic  soda  or 
other  compound,  itself  heated,  is  introduced  into  pre- 
viously heated  carbonaceous  matter.  This  is  effected  by 
setting  the  vertical  retort  containing  the  coke  in  a 
furnace,  the  Hue  of  which  passes  beneath  and  thus 
warms  a  side  chamber  leading  into  the  retort.  This 
chamber  is  provided  with  a  door  for  the  introduction  of 
the  soda  componnd  and  with  a  sliding  grating  between  it 
and  the  retorl  to  regulate  t he  supplj  of  soda  to  the 
latter.  I  >n  the  opposite  side  of  the  retort  is  a  covered 
hopper  or  chute  for  the  admission  of  coke.  Above  all 
is  a  pipe  leading  to  a  condenser  of  the  usual  description. 
Beneath  the  retort  is  a  door  for  the  removal  of  ashes  and 
for  the  purpose  of  cleansing.  —  \V.  G.  M. 


The  Neiobery-Vautin  Chlorination  Process.  Engineering, 
44.  354    -356. 

This  process, which  is  said  to  he  in  successful  operation  in 
Queensland  as  well  as  other  places,  for  the  extraction  of 
gold,  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  over  90  per  cent,  of  the 


spheres,  ami  the  pressure  applied  not  only  makes  it 
possible  to  obtain  a  strong  solution  of  chlorine  with  the 
water  in  the  revolving  barrel,  containing  also  the  roasted 
and  pulverised  ore,  but  forces  that  solution  into  contact 
with  the  gold  through  every  pore  and  crevice  of  the  ore. 

Should  copper  be  present  with  the  gold,  the  aqueous 
solution,  after  running  through  the  charcoal  filter,  is 
brought  into  contact  with  scrap  iron,  by  which  any  copper 
is  precipitated.  Silver  will  be  found  as  chloride  amongst 
the  tailings  on  the  filter,  and  it  is  proposed  to  remove  it 
by  washing  with  alkaline  thiosulphate  (hyposulphite). 

Dry  crushing  is  strongly  recommended  for  treating 
the  whole  body  of  ore  from  a  mine,  and  for  this  a  stone- 
breaker  should  be  used  that  will  reduce  the  pieces  to  about 
Jin.  cubes  if  necessary.  For  subsequent  crushing,  Kroma 
rolls  have  proved  very  satisfactory.  They  will  crush 
with  considerable  evenness  to  a  30  mesh,  which  is 
generally  sufficient.  The  crushings  are  then  roasted  in 
the  ordinary  way  in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  and  the 
whole  of  the  roastings  are  chlorinated  as  described.  It 
is  claimed  that  over  (10  per  cent,  of  the  gold  can  be 
extracted    at    much    the  same  cost  as  demanded  by 


gold  in  roasted  and  crushed  gold  quartz  is  converted  by 
the  action  of  chlorine  into  soluble  gold  chloride,  which 
may  be  removed  by  washing  on  a  suitable  filter,  and 
that  gold  chloride  on  passing  slowly  through  a  charcoal 
filter  suffers  decomposition,  the  metal  being  left  in  the 
charcoal.  When  the  latter  is  fully  charged,  it  is  burnt, 
and  the  ashes  are  fused  with  borax  in  a  crucible,  and  a 
button  or  nugget  obtained. 

In  the  obi  styles  of  chlorination  treatment,  the  time 
varied  from  36  to  !I0  hours  ;  now  this  is  accomplished  in 
from  3  to  tj  hours.  In  the  new  process  the  chlorine  is 
reduced  to  the  liquid  state  under  a  pressure  of  4  atmo- 


processes  in  general  use,  which,  however,  only  extract 
some  50  per  cent. 

Ueferring  to  the  cut,  the  crushed  ore  is  put  in  the 
hopper  above  the  chlorinating  barrel,  which  revolves. 
The  latter  is  made  of  iron,  lined  with  wood  and  lead,  and 
will  stand  a  pressure  of  1001b.  on  the  square  inch,  and  its 
capacity  is  equal  to  the  reception  of  30c  wt.  of  ore.  The 
charge  falls  from  the  hopper  into  the  chlorinator,  water, 
chloride  of  lime  and  sulphuric  acid  are  added,  and  the 
manhole  lid  is  fastened  down.  On  the  side  of  the  barrel 
is  a  valve  connected  with  an  air-pump,  through  which  air 
to  the  pressure  of  4  atmospheres  is  pumped  to  liquefy 


: !     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


B25 


the  chlorine  generated,  after  which  the  valve  is  screwed 
down.  The  barrel  is  revolved  from  one  to  four  hours 
.it  the  rate  of  ten  turn-  per  minute.  The  chlorinator 
i-  then  stopped  and  the  gas  and  compressed  air  is 
nllowed  to  escape  from  the  valve  through  lime-water, 
to  prevent  pollution  of  the  air  and  to  recover  the 
chlorine.  A  glance  at  the  Bgnre  "ill  make  the  fore- 
-  explanation  clearer. — W,  S. 


XL— FATS,    OILS,   AND   SOAP   MANUFACTURE. 

Lobs  of  Nitrogen  in  the  M 

Analysis  of  Bone-fat.     H.  BorntiSger.     Kep.   Anal. 

('hem.  7,  694. 
BONES,  aftei  being  crashed,  are  extracted  with  petroleum 
spirit  under  a  pressure  of  two  atmospheres  in  order  to 
remove  the  fat.  After  distilling  off  the  petroleum  spirit 
it  was  found  that  the  water  originally  contained  in  the 
bones  passed  over  and  that  this  contained  on  an  average 
0'64  per  cent,  of  ammonia.  The  residual  fat  contains 
92*2  per  cent,  of  fat  (good  hone-fat  should  contain  95 — 96 
per  cent.)  and  2 '8  per  cent,  of  ash,  which  consists  of 
calcium  carbonate  and  phosphate. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvem*  I 'us  for  Treating  or  Purifying 

Paraffin  Wax.  R.  Tervet,  Musselburgh.  Eng.  Pat, 
4,  .Ian.  1„  1887.  Hd. 
The  novelty  consists  in  then-''  of  a  series  of  narrow 
vertical  "cells"  or  casings  with  "permeable  Bides, 
placed  in  a  suitable  heating  chamber  and  arranged  bo 
that  the  heat  may  act  on  all  sides,  Metal  moulds  are 
fixed  above  the  cells  for  receiving  the  paraffin  wax  in  a 

melted  I lition   and  moulding  il   into  suitable  form-. 

for  being  dropped  into  the  ceils,  liars  with  inclined 
si.les  are  inserted  between  the  cells  and  moulds,  for 
closing  the  latter  whilst  the  melted  paraffin  is  being 
poured  into  them.  The  inventor  also  describes  the  con- 
struction and  arrangement  of  the  closing  slides  anil 
accessory  parts  of  the  mould,  as  well  as  the  slides  for 
closing  the  cells  aud  combining  them  with  the  other 
parts.  The  specification  contains  three  sheets  of  drawing-. 
1  — D.  B. 


A  New  Oil  Plant.   L.  Richter.   Landwirthsch.  Verauchs, 

Stat.  33,  45o. 
THE  seeds  of  Lallemantia  socrtco,  a  plant  belonging  to 
the  Labiatea:  and  found  in  the  Taurus  and  Caucasus, 
contains  33*52  per  cent,  of  fat,  which  has  a  specific  gravity 
of  0!I330  at  20—  '-'1   and  solidifies  between  34  am 

— C.  A.K. 


Y,.,j,  table  Fats.  H.  Jacobson.  Chem.  Zeit.  Kep.  11,  218. 
The  fats  of  the  bean,  vetch,  pea  and  lupine  contain 
considerable  quantities  of  phosphorus  by  means  of  | 
which  the  amount  of  the  lecithin  in  them  may  be  quan- 
titatively determined.  Bean-fat  contains  1927  per  cent., 
vetchfai20S3  per  cent,  pea-fat  50*25 per  cent  and  lupine- 
tat  58*00  percent,  of  lecithin  respectively.  The  presence  of 
lecithin  in  these  fats  can  be  further  shown  by  the  isola- 
tion of  its  decomposition  product  choliu.  After  saponi- 
fication with  caustic  soda  and  extraction  with  ethr  * 
all  the  above  fats  yield  cholestcrin  together  with 
amorphous  substances.  The  cholesterin  thus  obtained 
differs  from  that  of  animal  origin  in  many  of  its  pro- 
perties, especially  in  its  melting  point.  Pea-fat  and 
lupine-fat  contain  small  quantities  of  ceryl  alcohol.  The 
solid  fatty  acids  of  the  above  four  fats  consist  mainly  of 
palmitic  acid  and  contain  also  other  acids  of  higher 
melting  point  than  stearic  acid. — C.  A.  K. 


Oxidation   Products   of  Palmitic    Acid.      M.    (iroger. 
Monatsh.  Chem.  8,  484— 4lJ7. 

The  oxidation  of    palmitic  aeid  in    alkaline   solution 
gives  rise   to: — 1.    Adds  of  the  os  tries:  Oxalic, 

succinic  and  adipic    acids.      2.    Volatile  fatty    acids  : 
Acetic,    butyric,    caproic  and   caprylic  acids.      3. 
fatty  acids :  Oxyvaleric  and  dioxypalmitic  acids.     The 
more  dilute   the  permanganate  solution  employed   the 
higher  the  carbon  value  of  the  acids  obtained. 

— a.  <;.  t;. 


Aii  Improved  Lubricating  Composition,  F.  T.  Archer, 
G.  \\  .  Hardv  and  F.  J.  Archer,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
14,S3J,  Xov.'lG,  1SS6.     4d. 

Carefully-rendered  tallow,  Kussianmineialoil,  black 
antimony  and  gum  camphor  are  mixed  together  warm 
and  stirred  while  cooling. — W.  L.  C. 


XII.— PATNTS.  PIGMENTS.  VARNISHES  AND 

RESINS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lcm!  and 
other  Lead  Salls,and  Apparatus!  mployed therein,  Parts 
of  which  air  applicabli  ti,  ot/t< r  Materials.  J.  C. 
.Martin,  Richmond.     Eng.    Pat.  1054,  March   18,   1879 

(Second  edition).  Sd. 
The  specification  describes  improvements  on  Eng.  l'at. 
1300,  April  4,  1S77.  The  solutions  of  lead  are  made  by 
dissolving  in  acetic,  nitrous  or  other  suitable  acid  small 
Hakes  or  splashes  of  lead  prepared  by  running  the  molten 
metal  in  thin  streams  upon  a  moving  or  stationary  sur- 
face, such  as  that  of  an  iron  disc  cylinder  or  cone,  which 
is  kept  cool  and  wetted  by  jets  of  water  or  by  occasional 
immersion  in  water.  Tn"e  second  part  of  the  invention 
consists  in  mixing  hydrated  lead  oxide  or  lead  suboxide 
with  carbonate  of  lead  to  impart  to  the  latter  greater 
density  and  thus  improve  its  quality  for  painting  pur- 
poses. The  mixing  takes  place  when  the  materials  are 
wet  and  the  whole  is  ground  up  when  dry,  with  or 
without  the  addition  of  more  of  the  lead  oxides,  by  means 
of  apparatus  which  is  fully  described,  with  drawings,  in 
the  specification.  -E.  E.  P. 


.1  Process  of  Producing  on  Paper,  Textile  Fabrics,  Wood, 
Leather,  Skins  and  other  light  Mat' cads  a  Transput     t 
Waterproof  Coating.    E.  H.  1  roedman,  Dublin.    Eng. 
Pat.  S85,  Jan.  20,  1SS7.     4d. 
The  material  is  coated  with  a  mixture  of  glue,  gelatine 
or  other  colloidal  substance,  and  either  the  bichromate  of 
potash  or  of  ammonia,  dried  and  exposed  to  light  to  render 
the  compound  insoluble.     The  material  is  then  placed  in 
a  bath  of  sulphurous  acid,  which  renders  the  waterproof- 
ing compound  transparent  and  almost  colourless.     The: 
process   of  rendering  gelatine  insoluble    by    means  of 
chromium  salts  is  not  claimed,  but  only  the  use  of  the 
sulphurous  acid  in  connection  with  it. — E.  E.  P. 

Improvements  in  Paints  and  Paint  Compounds.     II.  J. 
Allison,   London.     From   G.   W.    Banker,   Brooklyn, 

C.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  12,031,  Sept.  6,  1SS7.  Gd. 
The  use  of  the  oil  extracted  from  the  seed  of  Indian  corn 
is  claimed  as  a  substitute  for  linseed  or  other  oils  now 
used  for  the  manufacture  of  paints.  The  "corn"  oil 
being  one  of  the  semi-drying  oils,  it  is  usually  desirable 
to  ado  a  drier  to  it.  — K.  E.  B. 


Improvements  in  tin-  Man  ufacture  ofL  ubricating  Urease 
W.  Hicks.     Eng.  Pat.  1S93,  Feb.  7,  1887.  *  4d. 

Fibrous  material  of  any  kind,  torn  into  shreds,  is  mixed 
with  melted  tallow,  fat  or  grease.—  W.  L.  C. 


Improvements  in  Waterproof  Compositions  or  Paints. 
J  C  Lyman,  London.  From  J.  H.  Lyman,  Hadley, 
U.S.A."  Eng.  Pat.  12,632,  Sept.  17,  1887.  4d. 
The  compound  is  prepared  by  boiling  "ficticious  or 
artilicial  maltha"  (the  solid  residue  which  remains  after 
the  distillation  of  petroleum)  with  "benzine,"  and 
addins.  in  special  cases,  oil  and  turpentine,  also  some 
pigment  such  as  Venetian  red  if  a  coloured  product  be 
desired.  If  the  paint  is  liable  to  be  subjected  to  a  great 
heat,  some  non-combustible  substance,  such  as  asbestos, 
must  be  incorporated  with  it— E.  E.  B. 

E 


'HE  JOURNAL  or  Till:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Dee. si.  1887. 


Improvements  in  t/u    I  or  Method  and  Means  for 

id  other  .lit,.  I-     II  ati  r  n  / 

clam  B.   Warner,   London      Eng.    Pal     13,593,  Oct. 

7,  IS87.     4d. 

I  m    Bolution  l-  prepared  by  dissolving  indiarubbei  in 

pentane  and   "benzine"  in  equal    parts,  and  adding 

pentane  or  heptane.     The  articles  are  dipped  into  this 

olution,  after  it  has  heen  clarified  by  standing  for  a  few 

and  by  occasionally  passing  hydrobromic  acid  gas 

through,  then  drained   in  a  chamber  where  evaporation 

is  impossible,  the  solvent  expelled  by  a  current  of  steam 

or  hot  gases  and  the  articles  finally  dried  in  the  "  finish- 

ing  chamber,"  preferably  by  means  of  a  current  of  hot 

air.     Not  only  is  the  above  process  claimed,  but  also  the 

use  of  wire  gauze  or  bundles  of  wire  in  the  pipes  leading 

to  and   from  the  evaporation  chamber,  to  prevent  the 

possibility  of  an  explosion  in  it ;   and,  further,  the  use 

in  the  evaporation  chamber  of  steam  or  gas  from  which 

the  soluble  solvent  can  be  recovered  by  condensation. 

— E.  E.  B. 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,  MANURES,  Etc. 

nts    with    Ma n  tires   on    Sum  titer    Cereal*.      G. 
Andrae.     Sachsische  landw.  Zeit.  18S5,  7'.H. 

IN  these  experiments,  Chili  saltpetre,  potash  salts,  and 
soluble  phosphate  were  tried  separately  and  mixed 
together  :  -(1)  For  barley,  after  potatoes  lightly  manured 
with  dung,  on  a  soil  of  medium  quality  ;  (2)  for  oats  after 
similar  crop  and  manuring,  on  soil  16  years  in  cultivation ; 
(3)  for  oats  after  sugar  beet  on  old  cultivated  land.  The 
season  was  unfavourable.  Only  the  Chili  saltpetre, 
used  by  itself  or  mixed,  yielded  a  profit.— D.  A.  L. 


natural  arc  affected  in  a  similar  manner  sooner  or  later  : 
this  was  proved  by  experiments  with  lithium  sulphate 
on  CYi'i  r  arieliittiiit.  When  lithium  i:.  present  in  a  plant 
not  a  trace  is  detected  in  young  leaves,  bud-  oi  organs  oi 
reproduction,  as  they  are  wanting  in  hardened  portions, 
and  only  mere  indications  of  it  are  observed  in  leaf-stalks, 
stems  and  roots ;  but  it  is  found  accumulated  in  the 
hardened  woody  fibres  of  fully  grown  leaves.  Conse- 
quently by  these  leaves  falling  oil',  this  objectionable 
metal  is  gradually  removed  both  from  the  plant  and  soil; 
even  plants  which  do  not  generally  contain  lithium 
can  withstand  a  little  in  the  soil,  which,  how- 
ever, ultimately  gets  removed  through  the  leaves. 
It  is  shown  that  lithium  is  carried  upwards  by 
the  transpiration  currents,  but  it  can  also  move  trans- 
versely through  the  hardened  cell  walls.  In  experi- 
ments with  lithium  sulphate  on  plants  in  the  ground, 
it  was  found  that  merely  watering  with  the  solution  was 
not  sullieient  to  test  the  effect,  since  the  lithium  was 
retained  in  the  upper  layers  of  soil  and  was  only 
gradually  brought  within  root-range  by  subsequent 
watering  with  water. — 1).  A.  L. 


1>    traction  of  the   Ammonia   Ferment.     A.  Ladureau. 
Annates  Agronomiques,  1S85,  522 — 525. 

With  the  object  of  preventing  the  loss  of  nitrogen,  as 
ammonia,  from  manure  heaps,  experiments  were  tried 
to  arrest  ainmoniacal  fermentation  in  solutions  of  urea 
by  the  addition  of  free  phosphoric  acid,  superphosphate, 

.  ferrous  sulphate,  phenol,  sulphuric  acid,  boric 
aeid,  hydrochloric  acid  and  ferrous  chloride,  but  without 

ess.  Therefore  the  addition  of  magnesium  salts  is 
suggested,  to  tix  the  ammonia  in  the  manure  as 
ammonium  magnesium  phosphate. — D.  A.  L. 


Fit  Id  Experiments  with  Different   Phosphates.     Kremp. 
Braunschweig,  landw.  Zeit.  55,  105 — 107. 

THESE  experiments  were  conducted  with  oats  on  a 
moderate  loamy  soil,  containing  1 '90  per  cent,  of  humous 
matter,  poor  in  lime  and  moderately  porous,  Super- 
phosphate, bone  manure  and  Thomas  slag  were  tried 
separately  and  in  conjunction  with  Chili  saltpetre;  the 
phosphates  were  without  effect,  but  the  nitrate  produced 
.i  good  increase  in  yield.  Probably  the  soil  had  sufficient 
phosphoric  acid  in  it  beforehand. — D.  A.  L. 


/  of  Lithium  Salts  on  Vegetation.  J.  Gaunersdorfer. 
Landw.  Yer*.  Stat.  1887,  171—200. 

NUMEROUS  investigators  have  worked  on  this  subject 
and  have  come  to  different  conclusions  as  to  the  effect  of 
lithium  on  vegetable  life.  Poeke  found  lithium  a  constant 
constituent  of  many  plants  and  concluded  that  it  was 
normal  to  some  plants  and  accidental  in  some  others 
when  they  were  grown  on  asoil  containing  lithium.  The 
anthorhas  made  numerous  investigations  in  this  direction 
and  found  that  lithium  is  always  present  in  some  plants 
(all  varieties  of  Cirsium),  but  that  these  plants  will 
develops  quite  normally  without  it,  hence  he  concludes 
that  it  is  not  necessary  to  tin- existence  of  these  plant  sand 
i^  simply  accidental  although  an  almost  con- 
constituent  oi  such  plants.  Lithium  is  one  of  those 
substances  which  can  act  injuriously  on  vegetation  ;  it 
checks  development  and  causes  pathological  changes  in 
the  organs  and  to  most  plants  even  minute  quantities 
are  poisonous,  the  leaves  becoming  speckled  with  dried- 
up  spots  ;  and  even  those  plants  in  which  its  presence  is 


The    Wild    Potato  of  Paraguay.     F.  Nobbe.      Land- 
wirthschaftl.  Vers.  Stat.  33,  447. 

The  author  finds  that  the  composition  of  the  tubers  does 
not  differ  materially  from  that  of  ordinary  potatoes. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Free  Phosphoric  Aeid  and  Superphosphate.  M.  Weilandt. 
Landw.  Versuchsstat,  34,  207—215. 

The  author  has  continued  Ritthansen's  experiments  on 
this  subject  [Ibid.  20,  401)  and  finds  when  dilute 
phosphoric  acid  acts  on  precipitated  barium,  calcium  and 
strontium  carbonates,  more  or  less  of  the  sparingly 
soluble  dibasic  salts  are  formed  in  accordance  with  the 
concentration  of  the  acid  solution  and  duration  of  the 
reaction.  The  salts  produced  are  amorphous  except 
when  concentrated  solutions  of  the  acid  are  used. 
When  a  current  of  carbonic  anhydride  is  allowed  to  act 
simultaneously  with  the  phosphoric  acid  the  amount  of 
sparingly  soluble  salt  formed  is  increased.  Solutions  of 
superphosphate  act  very  energetically  on  marls  and  with 
less  vigour  on  the  crystalline  forms  of  calcium  carbonate, 
much  of  the  phosphoric  acid  becoming  sparingly  soluble 
during  the  reaction. — D,  A.  L. 


Experiments  to  decide  whether  Nitrates  are  essentia!  for 
tla  (  itUiraiion  of  Cereals.  O.  Pitsch  and '  L. 
Campagne.     Land.  Versuchsstat,  34,  241. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  former  investigations  and 
confirms  the  previous  results.  Cereals  can  develop 
completely  and  assimilate  large  quantities  of  organic 
substances  and  protein,  when  cultivated  in  ground 
which  during  their  period  of  growth  is  quite  free  from 
nitric  acid.  The  absence  of  nitric  acid  from  the  soil 
appears  to  hinder  the  growth  of  the  portions  of  the 
plants  above  ground  after  they  begin  to  shoot,  for  a 
time,  but  then  they  continue  to  grow  readily  and  in  a 
normal  way.  The  root  net-work  was  found  to  be 
exceptionally  strong  and  extensive  in  the  case  of  soil 
manured  with  nitric  acid  ;  more  so  than  when  manured 
with  ammonium  salts. — C.  A.  K. 


Estimation  of  Ammonia  Nitrogen  in  Sail  and  the 
Amount  of  Assimilable  Nitrogen  in  Uncultivated 
Soil.      A.  Baumann.     Landw.    Versuchsstat,    188C, 

247—303. 

The  author,  recognising  the  unsatisfactory  nature  of 
the  methods  of  estimating  ammonia  in  soils,  has  made  a 
great  number  of  experiments  with  the  more  usual 
methods. 

Schloesing's  Method.  —  In  the  cold  soda  produces  a  con- 
tinuous evolution  of  ammonia  with  humus  soils.  The 
amount  of  ammonia  obtained  from  several  samples  of  the 
same  soil  is  almost  exactly  the  same  when  the  conditions 
nf  experiments  are  similar  :  hence  with  two  samples  of 


Dec.ffl.l88T.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


--' 


the  same  soil  the  result-  by  this  method  agree  w nether  (he 
soda  is  iu  contact  with  both  samples  for48  hour.-  or  for  a 
week.  It  i.-  evident  that  this  method  is  not  suitable  for 
the  estimati'iii  of  ammonia  in  soils  rich  in  bnmus  :  at 
any  rate  if  employed  at  all,  it  is  .|iiite  inadmissible  t.. 
allow  the  Boda  to  act  more  than  4S  hours.  When  humus 
soils,  alter  boiling  with  magnesia  water,  are  treated  with 
soda  thej  yield  considerable  quantities  of  ammonia 
within  Is  honrs;  soils  free  from  humus  do  not  behave 
in  this  manner.  Boussingault's  method  the  author  linds 
is  accurate,  but  the  ammonia  in  the  hydrochloric  acid 
extract  of  the  -oil  must  be  estimated  azotometrically 
and  not  by  titration.  Knop's  azotom 
unite  usele.-s  for  soil  analysis,  inasmuch  as  the  humus 
in  the  soil  causes  a  contraction  in  the  volume  of  gas 
produced  and  the  greater  the  quantity  of  humus  the 
greater  this  contraction  becomes  ;  even  the  addition  of 
borax  does  not  make  the  method  usable.  The  author 
has  therefore  adopted  the  following  method  :— 200gnus. 
of  soil  are  mixed  with  lOOcc.  of  dilute  ammonia-free 
hydrochloric  acid  (1  :4),  if  the  reaction  is  strongly  acid 
300cc.  of  distilled  water  free  from  ammonia  are  added, 
and  the  whole  allowed  to  remain  for  two  hours  with 
frequent  agitation  :  after  liltering  200ce.  of  the  filtrate 
(corresponding  to  lOOgrms.  of  soil)  is  transferred 
to  the  azotometer„  about  5grms.  of  freshly  ignited 
magnesia  usta  added  and  a  current  of  ozonised  air 
aspirated  through  the  liquid,  with  frequent  shaking, 
for  ten  minutes.  The  azotometric  determination  then 
proceeds  in  the  ordinary  way.  The  ozonising  destroys 
the  humus  matter  which  would  otherwise  vitiate  the 
results  iu  the  manner  already  noted  above.  Numerous 
ammonia  determinations  were  done  by  this  method. 
The  amount  of  ammonia  present  in  uncultivated  arable 
soils  varies  with  the  character  of  the  soil.  Loamy  soils 
are  richest  and  tho>e  containing  most  clay  also  have  the 
largest  quantities  of  ammonia:  chalky  and  sandy  soils  are 
poor  in  ammonia  ;  but  sandy  soils  rich  in  humus  contain 
organic  matter  which  is  readily  decomposed  by  soda  in 
the  cold,  with  evolution  of  ammonia.  Such  substances 
play  a  much  more  important  part  in  vegetable  nutrition 
than  has  hitherto  been  supposed  when  judging  a  soil  ; 
the  amount  of  organic  matter  (vegetable;  has,  however, 
no  influence  whatever  on  the  actual  amount  of 
ammonia  in  soil.  The  amount  of  ammonia-nitrogen  in 
the  most  varied  soils  fluctuates  between  0004427grm.  and 
0-02894grm.  per  kilo,  of  soil.  The  amount  of  ammonia  in 
an  unfilled  and  unmanured  soil,  judging  from  those 
kinds  examined,  appears  to  be  a  constant  quantity  and 
is  scarcely  altered  by  season  or  weather ;  it  does,  how- 
ever, decrease  with  the  depth,  the  ammonia  being 
retained  by  the  upper  layers.  Thus,  from  a  depth  of  1 
to  25  centimetres  the  amount  of  ammonia  is  nearly 
uniform,  from  40  to  45  centimetres  there  is  a  marked 
falling  on",  whilst  at  about  SO  centimetres  down  only 
traces  of  ammonia  are  present. 

Nitric  Add  in    D  d  and  Unmanured  Soils 

and  Forest  Soil  : — The  watery  extracts  were  tested 
qualitatively  with  brucine  and  diphenylamine  and  when 
nitric  acid  was  present  it  was  estimated  by  the  indigo 
method.  Examination  of  numerous  soils  leads  to  the 
conclusion  that  uncultivated  and  unmanured  soils  con- 
tain an  exceedingly  small  quantity  of  nitrates,  more 
especially  forest  soils,  which  have  frequently  none  at  all 
or  at  the  most  only  traces.  Tests  were  made  to  a  depth 
or  .SO  centimetres.  The  absence  of  nitric  acid  is 
attributed  tn  low  temperatures,  dryness  of  the  soils  and 
condition  of  the  nutritive  matter  being  unfavourable 
for  the  development  of  nitrify  ing  organism.  Drainage 
experiments  were  made  to  illustrate  how  very  small  the 
nitrifying  power  is  in  soils  free  from  animal  matter  and 
containing  only  small  quantities  of  vegetable  residues. 
Details  are  given  show  ing  the  progress  of  these  experi- 
ments ;  in  course  of  the  year  the  following  amounts  of 
nitric  acid  were  obtained  by  draining  the  soils  to  a  depth 
of  1  "20  metres  : — 

Nitrogen  as 
Kind  of  Soil.  Nitric  Acid  in 

Kilos,  per  Hectare. 

sandy  soil    

Loamy  soil    20-90 

chalky  soil  ipoor  in  humiisi aO'H 

Moorland  'rich  in  huuiu-i 117 


In  no  case  was  either  ammonia  or  nitrous  acid  detect  id 
in  the  «at> 

At  Rothamsted,  a  heavy,  loamy  soil,  both  unmanured 
and  nneropped,  has  yielded  in  drainage  water  the 
following  average  quantities  of  nitrogen  as  nitric  acid 
per  annum,  for  eight  years.  Drainage  from  a  depth  of 
40  inches  (about  1  metre)  34'941b.  per  acre  i.about 
:;'.'  I.'ikilos.  per  hectare);  from  B0  inches  38 ■901b.  per 
acre  (about  43o7kilos.  per  hectare). 

it  is  pointed  out  that  the  nitric  acid  produced  in 
unmanured  and  uncultivated  soil  is  not  sufficient  for 
the  nitrogen  requirements  of  forest  trees,  hence  they 
must  obtain  their  supplies  of  this  element  from  some 
other  source,  either  ammonia  or  possibly  the  easily 
decomposable  nitrogenous  organic  substances  referred 
to  above.  The  fertile  black  soils  of  Russia,  for  example, 
contain  large  quantities  of  such  organic  substances,  but 
frequently  only  traces  of  ammonia  and  nitric  acid.  When 
soil  is  boiled  in  hydrochloric  acid  the  amount  of  ammonia 
obtained  is  10  or  20  times  the  actual  amount  of  ammonia 
in  the  soil  and  is  derived  from  substances  in  the  soil 
which  doubtless  bear  a  great  resemblance  to  amides. 

— D.  A.  L. 


Field  Experiments. 


J.    Vollmer. 
530—  ,i32. 


Bied.   Centr.    16, 


The  author's  numerous  experiments  point  to  the  fact 
that  it  is  useless  and  wasteful  to  use  manures  in  exce- 
sive  quantities.  In  comparative  experiments  with 
different  phosphates  on  sugar  beet,  Thomas-slag,  amongst 
other  phosphates,  proved  of  value  in  a  heavy  loamy  soil. 
— D.  A".  L. 

nposition  associated  with  tltc  Development 
-  Bacteria  in  Drinking  Water.  T.  Leone.  Atti  della 
K.  Accademia  dei  Lincei,  I^jT,  37. 
The  author,  like  many  other  investigators,  has  observed 
that  during  the  development  of  bacteria  in  drinking 
water,  the  organic  matter  decreases  with  the  simul- 
taneous formation  of  ammonia,  but  as  the  organic  matter 
continues  to  diminish,  the  ammonia  changes  to  nitrites 
and  ultimately  to  nitrates.  It  is  asserted  that  many- 
kinds  of  micro-organisms  are  capable  of  producing  these 
effects  and  the  results  are  obtained  either  in  open  or 
closed  vessels  and  with  many  kinds  of  bacteria  mixed 
together,  or  with  one  kind  by  itself.  With  regard  to 
denitrification — the  addition  of  nutritive  gelatin  to  a 
solution  in  active  nitrification  stops  that  process, 
and  even  the  nitrates  already  formed  are  reduced  : 
but,  provided  no  more  gelatin  is  added,  in  a  few 
days  iwhen  the  organic  matter  is  decomposed)  nitri- 
fication re  commences-  the  author  infers  that  the 
same  organisms  are  either  denitrifying  or  nitrifying 
according  to  circumstances.  He  has  confirmed  this 
statement  by  numerous  experiments  with  all  necessary 
precautions  in  sterilised  waters  and  with  carefully  cul- 
tivated and  isolated  bacteria.  Although  this  would 
appear  to  attribute  a  double  function  to  these  organisms. 
it  is  pointed  out  that  such  is  not  the  case,  but  that  their 
function  is  one  of  oxidation  throughout. — D.  A.  L. 


1  n  Improved  Process  of  Making  Man  ure.    J.  Roxburgh, 
Melbourne.     Lng.  Pat  10,060,  July  IS,  1SS7.    4d. 

Layers  of  sea  weed,  blood  and  slaughterhouse  offal,  cut- 
up  carcases  of  horses,  etc. ,  night-soil  and  urine  are  placed 
in  the  order  named  ina  vat  and  treated  with  sulphuric  acid. 
When  the  action  has  ceased,  the  mass  is  turned  over  and 
sprinkled  with  lignite  dust  or  "Hunter's  deodorising 
disinfectant.''  The  semi-liquid  mass  is  removed  to  an 
asphalted  shed  and  arranged  in  layers  of  two  feet  with 
stable  manure  in  alternate  layer-  of  three  inches.  The 
heap  i-  allowed  to  ferment  for  two  or  three  months,  then 
broken  down  and  the  large  bones  removed,  bone  dust 
added,  in  the  proportion  of  2cwt.  per  ton,  and  the 
drainage  liquor  sprinkled  over  the  whole.  It  is  again 
allowed  to  ferment  for  four  or  six  weeks,  then  broken 
down  and  mixed  with  a  further  quantity  of  bone  dust, 
preferablv  dissolved,  and  gypsum  equal  to  .".  per  cent,  of 
the  mass.  In  two  or  three  weeks  the  composition  is 
readv  for  use.— J.  M.  H.  M. 

E  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDUSTRY.     [Dee.  m.  uw. 


Manurial  Experiment*  with  different  Phosphates.     W. 

Kobcrts.  Journ.  d'Agrieult.  i'ratiq.  1885,877—880. 
Experiments  were  made  with  the  Batne  quantity  of 
phosphoric  acid  in  different  forms  on  wheat,  potatoes, 
roots  and  buckwheat.  The  results  show  t lie  superiority 
of  superphosphate  and  the  comparatively  small  value  of 
reverted  phosphate.  Taking  two  cases  of  wheat  for 
example,  the  profit  over  the  unmanured  in  francs  per 
hectare  was  a*  follows  ;  in  the  first  case  the  grain  only  is 
considered  ;  in  the  second  die  .straw  is  allowed  for  as 
well:- 

Korm  of  Phosphoric  Aral.  l'ro/lt. 

Superphosphate  41  no  153'20 

Phosphorite  (Ardennes)     21  05 5tS0 

Precipitated  phosphate —    4ST60 

Itcverted  ..         7'£0 ;n  cj 

-D.  A.  L. 


'       position  of  Cereals    in    relation    to   thi    Soil.      A. 
Atterberg.    Landw.  Jahrb.  16,  757. 

Tiik  author  linds  as  a  result  of  his  experiments  that  the 
quantity  of  mineral  constituents  in  the  plants  increases 
proportionately  with  the  quantity  of  mineral  matter  in 
the  manure,  while  the  rate  of  increase  of  the  other  nutri- 
tive substances  remains  quite  regular.  Further,  that 
when  the  quantity  of  any  one  source  of  food  at  the 
disposal  of  the  plant  decreases,  less  of  it  is  taken  up  and 
assimilated.  If  the  result  of  this  is  a  poor  crop  the 
nutritive  substances,  other  than  that  the  supply  of  which 
has  been  decreased,  will  have  increased  proportionately 
and  will  be  taken  up  in  greater  quantity  by  the  plants." 

— C.  A.  K. 

The  Phosphatic.  Deposits  of  Santa  Maria  di  Leuca  in 
Southern  Italy.   K.  Walther.    Chem.  Zeit.  H,  1157. 

COPROLITES  and  remains  of  bones,  which  contain  33  per 
cent,  of  calcium  phosphate,  form  "i0  per  cent,  of  the  total 
mass  of  these  deposits.  There  are  two  beds  of  the  phos- 
phatic  material,  which  cover  an  area  of  95,000  square 
yards,  representing  a  deposit  of  at  least  2,960,000  cubic 
feet.     [See  also  this  Journ.  1887,  C68.)— C.  A.  K. 


Formation    of   Sugar    in   Bert.       Guard.       Ztschr.    f. 

Zuckerind.  1SS7,  (372. 
A  SERIES  of  experiments  on  this  subject  has  been  carried 
out  on  a  specially  prepared  plot  of  ground.     The  weight 
of  the  root  was  found  to  increase  regularly  at  the  rate  of 
10— 12grms.   daily,  the  weight  of  libre,  ash  and  organic 
substances  other  than  sugar,  also  increased  regularly, 
while  that  of  t lie  sugar  and  water  varied  ami  in  opposite 
directions,  so  that  the  increase  in  weight  of  sugar  plus 
water  was  constant.     Heavy  rains  do  not  decrease  the 
quantity  of  sugar  in  the  root  as  generally  supposed,  but 
may  tend   to  hinder  or  to  prevent  its  formation  ;   the 
decrease  is  only  proportional.     The  roots  are  free  from 
dextrose,  and  contain  from  1*45  per  cent  after  Hi  days' 
growth  to  1219  per  cent,  after  1:20  days'  growth  of  cane 
sugar.     By  determining  the  size  of  the  roots  the  author 
concludes  that  the  portion   of  beet  below   the   surface 
must  occupy  a  space  of  6— Scb.m.     The  ash  of  the  roots 
increases  in  weight    from  0  15— 0"20grm.    daily.     The 
proportion  of  tibre,  ash,  organic  substances  other  than 
sugar,  and  water  in  the  leaves  increases  regularly,  that 
of  water  doing  so  despite  varying  atmospheric  conditions. 
Cane  sugar  is  not  formed  in  the  root  from  glucose  or 
glycogen  compounds,  but  is  formed  directly  in  the  leaves 
under  the  inlluence  of  light.     The  quantity  of  glucose  in 
the  leaves  after  a  definite  period  of  growth  is  the  same  at 
the  end  of  the  day  or  night,  while  on  the  other  hand  that 
of  cane  sugar  will  amount  at  the  end  of  a  sunny  day  to 
1  per  cent,  and  diminish  during  the  night  to  a  halt  or 
more  of  that  amount  owing  to  its  passing  down  to  the 
root  where  it  accumulates.     The  experiments  were  con- 
ducted in  1(1  plots  of  land,  from  which  the  crops  were 
collected  at  intervals  of  10—14  days,  the  maximum  time 
of   growth    extending   over    120  "days.     Details  of  the 
increase  in  size  and  weight  of  the  various  parts  of  the 
plant  during  these  intervals  are  given. — C.  A.  K. 


Obtaining  Mamm    from  Distillers' Spent  Wash.    \V.  S. 
Squire,  London.     Eng.  Pat  12,772,  Oct  7,  1886.     4d. 

THE  wash  is  ron  into  tanks,  the  suspended  matter  allowed 
to  subside,  the  clear  liquor  run  oil'  and  neutralised  by 
milk  of  lime.  The  precipitate  thus  produced,  rich  iii 
nitrogen  and  phosphates,  is  Biter-pressed,  dried  and  sold 
as  manure.— J.  M.  11.  M. 


XV.— SUGAR.  GUMS.  STARCHES.  Etc. 

The  r.v  of  Poisonous  Substances  in  the  Manufacture  of 
Sugar.     C.  Scheibler.     Chem.  Zeit  11  1263 1264.  ' 

Tills  is  a  paper  on  the  question  of  the  danger  in  the 
employment  of  barium  compounds  in  the  manufacture  of 
sugar  (compare  Chem,  Zeit  11,  1214),  and  the  author 
states  that  although  a  patent  was  refused  him  in  1882 by 
the  German  Patent  Office  on  the  ground  of  the  employ- 
ment of  poisonous  substances  being  illegal,  vet  since 
that  date  patents  have  been  granted  in  Germany  for  the 
of  lead  and  barium  compounds  for  the  above  purpose. 
The  author  is  of  opinion  that  sooner  or  later  Berious 
consequences  will  result  from  the  employment  of  these 
methods.— G.  H.  M. 


Maltose  ami  Dextrose.     Degener.     Deutsche  Zuekerinu 

11,  1094. 
MALTOSE,  owing  to  its  being  free  from  dextrin,  readily 
fermentable,  neb  in  albuminoids  and  having  a  pleasant 
taste,  is  considered  by  the  author  to  hare  a  great  future 
and  likely  to  replace  dextrose  in  brewing,  baking  and 
in  the  preparation  of  wine,  liqueurs,  artificial  honey"  etc 
employed  in  the  form  of  a  syrup  or  semi-solid  product 

I  .  A.  K. 


Direct  Method  of  Extracting  Sugar  from  Beet  by  means 
of  Alcohol.    Herzfeld.   Ztschr.  f.  Zuckerind.  188/,  714. 

THE  extract  with  methyl  alcohol  (this  Journ.  1SS7,  669) 
contains  after  concentrating  it  to  a  s\  rup,  altogether  6*18 
per  cent,  of  nitrogen,  showing  the  presence  of  organic 
substances  other  than  sugar.  The  alcohol  distilled  oil' 
contains  acids  which  tend  on  further  extraction  of  the 
beet  to  invert  the  sugar,  fin  diluting  the  residue  with 
water  after  distilling  off  the  alcohol  tin-  fat  of  the  beet 
separates  as  an  oily  layer.  This  contains  fatty  acids  in 
part  readily,  in  part  difficultly  soluble  in  ether.  On 
analysis,  it  gave  70^4  per  cent,  of  C  and  11-13  per  cent, 
of  11.  It  consists  only  partially  of  crystalline  fatty 
acids  and  is  readily  soluble  in  ethyl  alcohol  [especially 
absolute).  The  beet  examined  contained  no  optically 
active  substances  other  than  sugar. — f'.  A.  K. 


On  the  Examination  of  Sugar  for  other  kinds  of  Sm/ar 
than  Cane  Sugar.     Dingl.  l'olyt.  .1.  264,  622—626. 

/.  Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar. — It  ha.s  already  been 
shown  that  the  method  established  nut  long  ago  by  a 
Special  Commission  for  the  estimation  ol  invert  suyar 
will  not  fulfil  all  the  conditions  demanded  of  it.  Accord- 
ing to  the  Ztselu:  d.  Hubenzuektr-Industrie  d.  deutsch. 
Eeichs,  11.  flodenberger  and  It.  Scheller  have  been 
examining  this  method  andba\e  conipaied  the  results 
obtained  thereby  with  those  obtained  by  use  of  the 
bo-callod  "Soldaini's  Keagent,"  which  has  bien  recom- 
mended  by  Degener. 

With  regard  to  the  Heizfeld  method,  the  authors  lind 
that  a  very  slight  departure  in  the  method  of  working 
from  that  originally  described  may  lead  to  wide  dis- 
crepancies in  the  hnal  results.  'I bey  hud  also  that  the 
results  by  this  method  are  influenced  by  variations  in 
the  following  conditions  : — 1.1)  Manner  of  beating  and 
cooling.  (2)  Presence  of  cane  sugar.  (3;  The  presence 
ol  the  so-called  "  Koden bender's  Substance.  And 
further,  that  these  influences  can  only  be  completely 
eliminated  by  a  double  copper  e.-iimaiiuii,  a  process  too 
tedious  and  cumbrous  for  commercial  woik.  They  give, 
however,  an  exact  description  of  how  this  process  must  be 


L.  1837.1     THE  JOtJRNAt  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


_ 


worked.     The  authors  conclude,  finally,   that  an  i 

determination  of  a  small  quantity  oi  invert  suuar  in  the 
presence  of  cane  sugar  cannot  be  made  by  the  use  of 
I  ehling'a  solution.  In  its  place  they  recommend  the 
1  legener-Soldaini  reagent,  which  is  essentially  a  solution 
asie  carbonate  ot  copper  in  a  double  carbonate  of 
soda  They  claim  for  it  the  following  advantages  :— (1) 
It  remains  unaltered  on  long  boiling  and  throws  down 
no  oxide  of  copper.  2)  It  is  very  sensitive  to  invert 
sugar.  (3)  Chemically  pure  sugar  may  be  boiled  with  it 
seven  minutes  over  a  naked  Maine,  or  12  minutes  on  a 
boiling  salt-bath,  before  shewing  any  reduction.  4 
The  Soldaini  reagent  keeps  much  better  than  Fehling'e 
solution.  The  authors  describe  minutely  the  method  of 
preparation  of  this  reagent  and  the  mode  of  its 
titration  and  application  to  the  estimation  of  glucose. 
By  using  artificially  prepared  glucose-solutions  of  known 
strength,  the  value  of  the  reagent  is  obtained  in  terms  of 
metallic  copper,  to  which  the  copper  precipitate  is 
reduced  in  a  stream  of  hydrogen  gas.  Finally  the  authors 
maintain  that  for  qualitative  work  Soldaini's  reagent  is 
indispensable,  and  for  quantitative  work,  though  they 
are  not  prepared  to  say  that  it  overcomes  all  difficulties 
yet  they  recommend  it  as  the  best  known  reagent.  For 
the  preparation  of  the  foregoing  reagents  see  original 
article. 

//.     Quantitatt  of  Raffinose. — At  the 

suggestion  of  Professor  Tollens,  K.  Creydt  ( Ibid.  153 — 180) 
lias  investigated  the  problem  of  the  estimation  of 
rallinose  in  presence  of  cane  sugar.  He  starts  his 
investigation  by  determining  for  each  of  the  two  bodies 
separately  the  specific  rotatory  power  before  and  after 
inversion,  and  works  up  his  results  into  practically  useful 
formula1.  For  cases  where  the  optical  method  is  not 
applicable,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  presence  of  still  other 
optically  active  bodies,  he  makes  use  of  a  method  based 
upon  the  well-known  property  of  ratlinose  to  yield 
mucic  acid  on  treatment  with  nitric  acid. — A.  J.  K. 


XYI.-BREWL\G.  WINES,  SPIPJTS,  Etc. 

Recent   I  ■•     «    the    Manufacture  of  Spirit. 

DingL    Polvt.     .1.     264,     452—456,   566—568;    265- 
324—330,  366—373,  410— 410,  and  4b0— 467. 

i.'.  inke  has  examined  a  new  apparatus  devised  by 
Mollerfor  the  purpose  of  removing  the  fusel  oil  from 
corn  spirit.  Tne  apparatus  is  placed  before  the  con- 
denser and  acts  as  a  niter  for  the  vapour,  from  which  it 
removes  the  mechanically  carried  up  particles  of  liquid. 
It  has  been  practically  employed  in  Westphalia  with 
every  success. 

Kempel  and  Pampe's  work  on  the  causes  of  the  forma- 
tion of  bad  raw  spirit  has  been  already  noticed  (this 
Journal,  lSSU,  330). 

CoUelloni  proposes  to  pass  the  vapour  through  a  series 
of  vessels  containing  liquid  paraffin,  which  will  remove 
the  fusel  oil,  etc.  The  paraffin  can  be  regenerated  by 
boiling  with  water  and  clay. 

Bendix,  in  the  Zcitschrift  fur  SpiHtusindustrie, 
1SSU,  227,  discusses  the  question  of  the  employment  of 
ozone  for  the  production  of  a  line  spirit  and  the  removal 
of  fusel  oil.  He  also  proposes  to  remove  all  the  air 
from  the  pores  of  the  charcoal  employed  for  the  removal 
ot  fusel  oil  by  treating  it  in  a  current  of  superheated 
.steam  for  li — 2  hours,  the  subsequent  titration  to  be 
conducted  out  of  contact  with  air.  The  process  has  been 
tested  in  Eisenmann's  distillery  with  satisfactory  results. 

Pampe  suggests  the  regeneration  of  charcoal  by  means 
of  superheated  steam.  lie  obtains  a  temperature  of 
bOO — 700",  which  is  sulhcicnt  to  render  both  the  tube 
and  char  completely  red-hot.  The  charcoal  must,  how- 
ever, not  be  in  a  tine  state,  but  should  be  as  large  as 
peas,  in  order  that  the  steam  may  penetrate  between  the 
particles. 

Sclineemann  discusses  the  question  of  the  advisability 
of  drying  the  residual  products  and  comes  to  the  con- 
clusion mat  for  huge  distilleries  it  is  perhaps  advanta- 
geous, but  for  distilleries  where  there  is  a  demand  for  it 
as  fodder  it  is  not  to  be  recommended. 

Riehe  is  of  opinion  that  the  diseases  of  cattle  caused 
by  the  use  of  the-e  residual  products  as  fodder  are  due 


not  to  the  processes  of  manufacture  (fermentation 
distillation,  etc.)  but  to  certain  substances  which  are 
already  present  in  the  raw  material. 

The  poisonous  action  of  the  residues  from  potato  spirit 
is  ascribed  by  Kassni  r  to  the  presence  of  solanidine, 
which  is  formed  from  the  alanine  present  in  the  potato 
germ  by  the  action  of  acids  in  the  mash. 

II.  Midler  Thurgau  has  investigated  the  action  of 
diastase  and  invertase  under  varying  conditions  of 
temperature  and  pressure  with  the  following  results  — 
1.  The  influence  of  temperature  on  the  amount  of 
diastatic  action  judged  by  the  amount  of  maltose  formed 
can  l>e  expressed  by  the  following  proportional  number-: 
The  action  at  0  is  not  inconsiderable,  at  16°  it  is  three 
times  greater,  at  20°  about  five  times,  at  30°  about  nine 
times  and  at  40"  about  forty  times  greater  than  at  0  . 
This,  for  the  above  temperature-.  gives  the  ratio 
0  :20  ::;s  :60:98.  The  invertive  action  at  0",  10°,  20°,  30°, 
to  ..-.0  and  60  is  in  the  ratio  of  9:19:36:63:93  :  131  :163. 
The  enzymic  actions  differ  from  most  physiological 
actions,  inasmuch  as  they  take  place  at  0;  and  al-o,  on 
the  other  band,  continueat  a  much  higher  temperature 
than  the  latter.  2.  Carbonic  acid  exerts  a  marked 
influence  on  dia-tatic  action  at  ordinary  pressures  and 
increases  it  three-fold.  An  increased  pressure  also 
causes  a  marked  increase  in  the  dia-tatic  action,  both 
when  the  liquid  for  conversion  contains  air  and  also 
when  carbonic  acid  is  present.  With  the  former  it 
requires  a  pressure  of  15  atmospheres  to  double  the 
action,  whilst  with  the  latter  3  atmospheres  are  sufficient 
to  effect  the  same  result  and  at  ordinary  pressure  twice 
the  amount  of  maltose  is  formed  in  the  presence  of 
carbonic  acid.  Diastase  also  exerts  a  much  more 
energetic  action  on  ungelatinised  starch  in  the  presence 
of  carbonic  acid.  3.  The  amount  of  cane-sugar  in 
solution  between  the  limits  of  2  and  20  per  rent,  exerts 
onlv  a  very  slight  influence  on  the  energy  of  the  inver- 
tive action;  at  the  higher  concentration  the  inversion 
proceeds  slightly  more  slowly  than  at  the  lower.  The 
amount  of  invert--ugar  formed  exerts  a  considerable 
influence  on  the  further  progress  of  the  action.  Alcohol 
exerts  an  unfavourable  influence  on  the  action  of  inver- 
tase, the  presence  of  10  per  cent,  decreases  the  action  by 
about  one  half.  A  slight  addition  (0014  per  cent.)  of 
tartaric  acid  has  a  favourable  influence  on  the  action  of 
invertase.  but  0-l  per  cent,  slightly  retards  the  action 
and  a  larger  amount  has  a  very  decided  influence. 

//.  Goldschmidt  has  found  at  least  one  mould-fungus  in 
the  air  which  has  a  diastatic  action  :  this  action  appears 
to  be  exerted  during  the  earlier  stages  of  its  growth. 
The  mould  appears  to  be  a  PemcUlium  glaucum. 

L.  Cuisiuicr  concludes  that,  since  dextrose  is  found  in 
barley  and  malt,  there  must  be  another  ferment  present 
besides  diastase.  He  has  discovered  this  ferment 
and  calls  it  glycate  :  it  is  present  in  unmalted  barley  and 
is  most  active  after  the  grain  has  been  steeped,  tilycase 
converts  ungelatinised  starch  slowly  into  dextrose,  and 
it  al-o  gives^the  same  product  with  starch-paste. 

L.  Errara  has  detected  glycogen  in  yeast ;  it  i~  present 
in  considerable  quantities  in  yeast  in  active  growth.  He 
considers  that  the  glycogen  is  decomposed  in  the  self- 
fermentation  of  yeast. 

Boutronx  has  observed  an  acid  fermentation  ot  glucose 
by  a  microeoccue  which  resembles  Micrococcus  obtongus. 
jj,„,  ic  acid,  C.  .11  ;,U.,    .  is  formed  :  this  acid 

is  not  identical  with  zymogluconic  acid  funned  by  Micro- 
coccus oblongus.  llaument-  considers  that  hydroxy- 
gluconic  acid  is  probably  identical  with  one  of  the  acids 
tormed  bv  the  action  of  very  dilute  nitric  acid  on  sugar. 

F.  II."  Dafert  concludes  from  hi-  researches  that 
starch  is  an  organised,  ".ore  or  less  changing  mixture  of 
a  large  number  of  chemical  substances— starch-cellulose, 
-ranulose,  dextrin,  sugar,  protein-substances,  amides, 
etc  The  "renter  part  of  these  substances  consist  ot 
starch  bodies,  which  differ  the  one  from  the  other.  He 
concludes,  therefore,  that  starch  has  no  formula. 

J  Sostegni  ha-  drawn  attention  to  the  ditierences 
which  exist  in  the  number-  given  by  different  observers 
for  the  proportion  of  dextrose  formed  from  starch  by  the 
action  of  acids .  He  has  examined  this  point,  using'  pure 
rice-starch  •  at  a  mean  of  11  determinations  he  lmds  the 
ratio  oi  starch  to  dextrose  as  98-2  :  100,  whilst  Salomon 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOClfcTJ   OF  (  HEMICAL  1M»(  STRY.     (Dec.sl.iKl 


found  93"5  :  100.  The  author  also  examined  the  sub- 
stances which  remain  behind  on  dissolving  starch  by 
means  of  dilute  acids  or  by  soluble  ferments.  He  Forma 
this  consists  of  about  20  per  cent  ol  a  fat,  chiefly  free 
fatty  arid.  The  residue,  freed  from  fat  by  ether,  consists 
of  celluli 

h.  Grimaux  and  I..  I  laini   to  have  converted 

glucose  into  dextrin  by  treating  the  former  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid  and  treating  the  product,  after  evapora- 
tion, with  90  per  cent,  alcohol.  The  product  still 
contains  fermentable  sn.u.ir,  which  may  he  removed  by 
fermentation  with  yeast  :  it  then  has  a'  reducing  power 
of  17*8  and  rotating  power  [o]n  =  +  97"48°.  It  somewhat 
resembles  dextrin  in  propert 

A.  Midler  gives  the  results  of  experiments  undertaken 
by  Dr.  Hamberg  on  the  physiological  action  of  fusel  oil 
and  other  alcohols  present  in  crude  spirit.  The  latter 
finds  that  the  intoxicating  action  joes  hand  in  hand  with 
the  volatility  of  the  substance,  and  that  the  injurious 
effect  which  follows  the  continued  excessive  use  of  spirits 
is  due  to  the  ethyl  alcohol,  and  not  to  the  fusel  oil, 
when  the  amount  of  the  latter  present  does  not  exceed 
the  ordinary  limits. 

WiMelshofer  has  contributed  an  article  to  the  Zeit- 
ichrift  /"/■  Sptrititsindustrie  dealing  with  Henze's 
apparatus  for  mashing  and  distilling.  Provided  certain 
precautions  are  observed,  this  apparatus  compares  very 
favourably  with  that  usually  employed. 

Petermann  gives  a  series  of  analysis  of  the  Jerusalem 
artichoke,  of  which  the  following  numbers  are  the 
mean : — 

Maximum.    Minimum.         Mean. 

^ater    711-13     ....  7501     ...     J713S 

Carbohydrates  convertible  into 

sugar 16-37    ....  I2'72    ....  1133 

Carbohydrates  not  convertible 

into  sugar   7U2    ....    3S3    ....    .V37 

Fat 0-26    ....     011     ....    0'lS 

Proteids   1-ofi    ....     ru(i    ....     1-35 

Ash 1-39    ....    o-te     ....     1-10 

True  albuminoids  0'91    OTO    0'79 

Of  the  nitrogenous  substances,  59T  per  cent,  are  pre- 
sent as  true  albuminoids,  the  remaining  40'!)  per  cent. 
consist  of  amides,  peptones,  etc. 

G.  Heinzelmann  mentions  some  abnormal  constituents 
of  potatoes.  In  certain  samples  he  found  an  unusuallv 
large  amount  of  acid,  as  much  as  0'7  to  0-9'1  acid,  which 
checked  the  fermentation.  He  also  found  in  some 
samples  a  considerable  amount  of  soluble  carbohydrates 
(sugar,  dextrin,  etc.)  in  potatoes. 

The  employment  of  St.  John's  bread  for  the  manu- 
facture  of  spirit  is  suggested.  It  is  largely  used  in 
Portugal  and  the  Azores  for  this  purpose,  as  much  as 
4000  to  6000  litres  of  refined  spirit  being  produced  in 
Portugal  daily.  The  composition  of  the  locust  is  as 
follows  : — 

Total  sugar  40-00  per  cent. 

Proteins 5-jg 

.'■"     :•-•■:-. 0-65         '.'. 

Tannic  ncid  j/jg 

Butyric  acid 1"30 

Organic  matter  flee  from  nitrogen  . .  2000 

Ash 2-30 

Ligneous  fibre o  1.0 

Water 23io       .! 

The  sugar  consists  chiefly  of  cane-sugar,  with  a  little 
invert  sugar.  The  manufacture  of  spirit  is  more  difficult 
on  account  of  the  butyric  acid  present. 

A.  Ralu  proposes  "to  use  batatas  {Batatus ■  edvlis)  for 
the  production  of  spirit  In  order  to  overcome  the  ditli- 
<ulties  attending  the  manufacture  of  spirit  in  the  Azores, 
lie  lias  patented  a  method  by  means  of  which  he  reduces 
the  batatas  to  meal,  and  imports  this  meal  into  America. 
Alcohol  can  lie  produced  much  more  cheaply  from  the 
batata  meal  than  from  maize,  wheat,  rye,  or  other 
cereals. 

Various  methods  for  preparing  the  potato-mashes  for 
the  production  of  raw  spirit  are  treated  of.  The  original 
should  be  consulted  for  this. 

/:.  Rtmpel  proposes  to  cultivate  yeast  for  distill 
by  growing  it  in  a  mixture  prepared  from  the  residues  and 
a  grain-mash,    lie  claims  that  this  procedure  has  several 
advantages  over  the  ordinary  method  ;  the  yeast  is  free 
from  diseufle-organisms  and  the  cost  less.     Wittelshbfer 


also  treats  of  the  influences  affecting  yeast  growth  and 
fermentative  power  in  distilleries,  and  concludes  that 
the  temperature  and  amount  of  acid  play  an  important 

part  in  the  activity  or  otherwise  of  yeast. " 

A  series  of  instances  of  bladdery-fermentation  are 
quoted,  which  show  that  this  is  due"  not  only  to  faults 
in  the  malt  and  in  the  yeast,  but  also  to  mechanical 
influences  in  the  mash  tun. 

J.  Bar  describes  a  coal  from  Westerland  which 
possesses  considerable  power  in  the  defuselisation  of 
raw  spirit,  when  the  latter  is  filtered  through  it  ;  it  is 
very  porous, 

Rorth  states  that  the  injurious  properties  of  spiiit- 
residues  may  be  removed  by  the  evaporation  of  the 
residues  under  high  pressure,  and  subsequent  prevention 
of  the  formation  of  acetic  and  butyric  acids. 

JI".  Windisch  proposes  to  dete'et  small  quantities  of 
aldehyde  in  spirit  by  employing  metaphenylenediaminc 
hydrochloride  as  a  reagent,  astrong  aqueous  solution 
of  the  reagent  is  added  to  the  liquid  to  be  tested  drop  by 
drop ;  it  sinks  to  the  bottom  on  account  of  its  gravity, 
and  there  forms  a  more  or  less  intense  yellowish-red  io 
pale  yellow  zone,  the  depth  of  colour  depending  on  the 
amount  of  aldehyde  present.  00005  percent,  of  alde- 
hyde may  be  detected  by  this  reaction.  The  »!-pheny- 
lenediamine  must  be  chemically  pure  and  kept  in  a  dry 
state  ;  the  solution  should  be  prepared  fresh  each  time. 
The  coloured  zone  should  appear  at  the  latest  in  3  to  5 
minutes,  since  the  purest  alcohol  will  give  the  reaction 
on  standing,  aldehyde  being  formed  by  atmospheric 
oxidation. 

The  permissible  error  in  alcoholmeters  is  discussed  by 
a  writer  in  the  Zeitschrift  fur  Spiritvsindvstrie.  He 
states  that  this  may  amount  in  instruments  graduated 
in  '  or  ,',-,  per  cent,  to  0-32  per  cent.,  and  in  instruments 
graduated  in  i  per  cent,  to  as  much  as  074  per  cent.  He 
therefore  recommends  the  use  of  the  normal  alcoholmeter, 
and  also  considers  that  the  instruments  used  for  deter- 
mining liquids  poor  in  alcohol,  should  only  be  graduated 
between  the  limits  of  10  and  50  per  cent. 

II  ittelshofer  discusses  the  various  tables  in  use  for 
calculating  the  amount  of  true  starch  from  the  alcohol 
formed.     He  gives  the  preference  to  those  of  Conradi. 

G.  Portion  proposes,  in  order  to  obtain  complete  sac- 
charification  of  the  starch,  and  consequent  full  yield  of 
alcohol  in  distilleries,  to  allow  a  diastatic  action  and  the 
fermentation  to  go  on  side  by  side  in  the  fermenting 
vessels.  In  this  way  the  sugar  is  removed  as  fast  as  it 
is  formed,  and  the  action  of  the  diastase  is  not  stopped 
by  the  action  of  the  products  of  conversion  (compare 
Muller-Thurgau,  above)  ;  both  the  conversion  and  the 
fermentation  then  go  on  to  their  full  extent. — G.  H.  M. 


Swedish  Malting  Barley.    C.  G.  Getterlund.    Allgemeine 
Braur.  w.  Hopfenzeit,  1SS7,  94—96. 

SWEDISH  barley  compares  well  with  barley  from  Moravia, 
Bohemia  and  Silesia,  when  the  following  points  are 
taken  as  indicating  a  good  malting  barley.  Short,  full, 
hard,  clear,  pale-yellow  grain,  neither  red  nor  dark  at 
the  top,  1000  weighing  45 — 63grm.or  65 — Tokilos.  per 
hectolitre  ;  internally  white,  mealy,  loose,  not  glassy  ; 
the  barley  must  be  quite  clean  and  not  less  than  90  per 
cent,  germinate  within  1-20  hours.  On  the  average, 
water  should  not  exceed  14'1G  per  cent.:  ash.  20  per 
cent.  :  nitrogenous  matter,  10 — 11  percent.  :  husk,  S  per 
cent.  Extractive  matter  should  be  at  least  60 — 65  per  cent, 
and  phosphoric  acid  0614 — 1  -45  per  cent,  of  the  dry  barley. 
The  author  suggests  that  results  from  analysis  of  northern 
(Swedish,  Norwegian,  and  Finnish)  barleys  indicate  a 
more  certain  diastatic  action  than  the  southern  barlevs. 

— L).  A.  1.. 


New  Colouring  Matter  for  Wine.     Ztechr.  f.  Nahrungs- 

mittel- 1  liters  u.  Hyg.  1SS7,  141. 

THE  berries  of  Aristotelia  Magni,  a  shrub  found  in  Chili 
and  belonging  to  the  Tiliacese,  have  lately  been  used  for 
this  object  in  France.     They  contain  tannic  acid. 

-('.  A.  K. 


Dec.3i.18S7.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Omeire.     R.  Marlott.     Arch.  Pharm.  1887,  Tit. 

This  is  a  drink  resembling  koumiss,  prepared  by  tlic 
natives  in  south-west  Africa,  l>y  filling  gourd  buttles, 
which  contain  remains  of  fermented  milk,  with  milk, 
shaking  well  and  then  allowing  to  stand.  It  is  a  thick, 
half-coagulated  liquid',  possessing  a  pleasant  wine-like 
smell  and  a  slightly-sour  taste  ;  it  contains  a  little 
alcohol. — 0.  A.  K. 


Preparation  and  Composition  of  Brewers'  Pitch.  -I.  John. 
Allegem.  Ztschr.  f.  Bierbrau.  u.  Malzfabr.  1SS7,  2. 

Ix  view  of  the  great  importance  of  pitch  in  continental 
breweries,  the  author  considers  that  a  full  examination 
of  the  properties  and  composition  of  the  substance  should 
be  made.  Before  all  things,  it  is  necessary  that  the 
pitch  should  not  communicate  any  taste  to  beer,  and  it 
should  neither  be  too  soft,  nor  so  brittle  that  it  will  fall 
off  the  walls  of  the  vessels.  The  pitch  most  generally 
employed  appears  to  be  mainly  composed  of  resin  and 
resin-oil,  and  the  above-mentioned  properties  depend 
upon  the  correct  ratio  of  these  being  maintained. 

— G.  H.  M. 

Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture 
of  0:onc  and  its  Application  to  the  Purification  or 
Treatment  of  Alcoholic  Liquids  and  oilier  similar 
Purposes.  J.  C.  Mewbui  n,  London.  From  L.  Teilliard, 
Tournus,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  15,175,  Nov.  22, 1886.     8d. 

The  inventor  has  devised  a  method  for  the  preparation 
of  pure  supersaturated  o/.one  by  triple  "electrisations" 
of  oxygen  under  pressure  and  apparatus  for  carrying 
this  out.  He  applies  the  ozone  so  obtained  to  the  purifi- 
cation and  ageing  of  spirits,  etc.  Full  details  of  the 
methods  employed  and  drawings  of  the  apparatus  used 
for  both  purposes  are  given  in  the  specification. 

— G.  H.  M. 


The  Manufacture  of  Alcohol  f  rum  Manioc  or  Improve- 
ments relating  thereto.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  S.  Bensamle,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Tat.  15,S96, 
Dec.  4,  1876.     6d. 

Tin-:  manioc  roots,  after  they  are  taken  up  and  cleaned, 
are  cut  into  pieces  of  a  suitable  size  and  dried  in  the  sun. 
The  dried  root  is  then  readily  transportable  and  will 
keep  until  it  can  be  brought  to  Europe  and  transformed 
into  starch.  The  extracted  starch  is  converted  into  glucose 
and  fermented  in  the  ordinary  way. — G.  H.  M. 


XYIL— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 

CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

(.1)  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

ValueofPig-nutCalceandofCocoa-Mcal  in  the  Production 
of  Milk.   Stutzer  and  Werner,  Landw.  Jahrb.  16,819-1 

Cocoa-meal  containing  a  quantity  of  albumen  equivalent 
to  that  of  pig-nut  cake  acts  very  favourably  in  increasing 
the  amount  of  butter-fat  and  dry  substance  in  milk.  The 
taste  and  appearance  of  the  cocoa-meal  butter  is  far 
better  than  that  of  pignut  butter,  while  it  is  harder  and 
more  yellow  in  colour.  Cocoa-meal  fodder  is  therefore 
to  be  recommended,  especially  since, for  the  same  quantity 
of  albumen  contained  it  is  only  half  the  price  of  pig-nut 
cake.— C.  A.  K. 


Poisonous  Action  of  Castor-oil  Cake,  F.  Benecke.  Ztschr. 
iisterr.  Apoth.  Ver.   1887,  421. 

Castor-oil  cake  is  favourable  for  the  development  of 
germs.  Microscopical  examination  revealed  large  quan- 
tities of  germs  in  the  cake  and  also  forms  resembling 
budding  germs.  The  author,  therefore,  considers  it  pro- 
bable that  germs  are  indirectly  the  cause  of  the  poisonous 
effect,  thegenna  converting  substances  present  in  the  seeds 
into  others  possessing  poisonous  properties.  It  may  also 
be  possible  that  this  action  is  only  a  subsidiary  one  and 
that  a  non-organised  ferment,  by  absorbing  oxygen,  is  the 
cause  of  the  decomposition. — G.  A.  K. 


The  Accuracy  of  Ilehiu  r's  Mi  thodfor  Ti  fling  Butt  r.   \\ . 

Fieischmann.     Milch-Zeit.   16,  731. 

Aj  l  ORDING  to  the  investigations  made  up  to  thepn 
the  amount  of  so-called  insoluble  fatty  acids  in  butter-fat 
is    85*5 — S'J'8     per   cent,    and    in    other   fats   e\au, 
95*22 — 96*10  per  cent,   of  the   weight   of  the   respective 
fats  when  pure.     Taking  the  mean  of  these  percent 
as  a  starting  point,  the  author  liuds  that  the  accuracy  of 
Hehner's  method  when  applied  to  testing  a  mixture  of 
fats   (butter-fat   and   oleomargarine)  for  oleomargarine, 
increases   witli   the   quantity   of    the   impurity  present. 
But  when  used  for  estimating  the  quantity  of  butter  in  a 
mixture  of  fats,  the  accuracy  increases  with  a  decrease 
in  the  percentage  of  butter. — C.  A.  K. 


Additions    to    Investigations    on  the    Fermentation    of 

Cellulose.  II.  Tappeiher.  Ztschr.  F.  Biologie,  24,  105. 
Ix  previous  investigations  the  author  had  found  that  the 
cellulose  in  the  digestive  canal  of  herbivora  is  decompu  ed 
by  fermentation  into  fatty  acids  and  gases.  He  has 
tried  to  induce  such  fermentation  in  flasks  filled  with 
cotton  wool  and  a  1  per  cent,  solution  of  meat  extract  bj 
inoculation  with  the  contents  of  the  intestine,  the  result 
being  compared  with  that  produced  in  tlasks  similarly 
filled  without  the  cotton  wool.  Fermentation  sets  in 
soon  after  the  inoculation,  with  the  formation  of  fatty 
acids  and  the  liberation  of  small  quantities  of  carbon 
dioxide,  hydrogen  and  marsh  gas.  1  he  cellulose  remains 
unchanged  and  the  fermentation,  which  only  lasts  a  short 
time,  proceeds  similarly  in  the  tlasks  with  and  without 
the  cellulose.  In  another  set  of  experiments  the  flasks 
were  filled  with  cotton  wool,  >"ageli's  salt  solution 
asparagine  and  inoculated  with  the  contents  of  the 
rumen."  Fermentation  took  place,  the  cotton  wool  v.  9 
dissolved  and  volatile  acids,  together  with  carbon  dioxide 
and  some  hydrogen,  were  evolved,  which  must  have 
resulted  from  the  fermentation  of  the  dissolved  cellulose. 
Cotton  wool  added  to  a  concentrated  solution  of  aspara- 
gine does  not  dissolve  when  the  latter  is  caused  to 
ferment,  being  protected  agaiost  decomposition  by  the 
fermenting  asparagine.  The  fermentation  is  neverthe 
quicker  and  more  complete  in  presence  of  the  cotton 
wool.— C.  A.  K. 

Thu  Reichert-Meissl  Method   of  Testinej   Duller  and    its 
Application  for  controlling  the  Sale  of  Butter   and  its 

Substitutes.'  K.  Wollny.     .Milch-Zeit.  1S87,  32— 35. 

ON  the  ground  of  numerous  aualyses,  the  author  con- 
tends that  the  Reichert-Meissl  method  of  estimating 
small  quantities  of  butter  in  margarine  is,  in  its  present 
form  (<  'he,,,.  Zed.  U>p.  11,  *J10),  of  no  value  at  all.  The 
sources  of  error  are:— (1)  the  absorption  of  carbon  dioxide 
during  the  saponification,  which  can  introduce  an  error 
of  10  per  cent.  ;  (2)  the  formation  of  "esters"  during  the 
saponification,  which  may  cause  a  loss  of  S  per  cent.  ;  (3) 
the  formation  of  "  esters  "  during  the  distillation,  involv- 
ing a  loss  of  5  per  cent.  :  (4)  the  effect  of  the  coherence 
of  the  fatty  acids  during  the  distillation,  which,  in 
extreme  cases,  may  cause  a  loss  of  30  per  cent.  :  (5)  the 
form  and  size  of  the  distillation  apparatus  and  the  time 
during  which  the  distillation  lasts,  causing  an  error  of 
±5  per  cent.  The  following  modifications  of  the  process 
are  proposed,  which  render  it  perfectly  reliable  :— ogrins. 
of  the  clear  melted  fat  poured  oil'  from  any  sediment  con- 
tained, is  treated  in  a  SOOcc.  round-bottomed  Mask,  with 
2cc.  of  50  per  cent,  caustic  soda  solution  (free  from 
carbon  dioxide)  and  lOcc.  of  96  per  cent,  (by  vol.)  of 
alcohol,  and  the  whole  heated  on  the  water  bath  for  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  the  ilask  being  connected  with  aeon- 
denser.  At  the  end  of  this  time  the  alcohol  is  distilled 
off,  the  flask  being  placed  for  half-an-hour  iu  a  water 
bath  and  lOOcc.  of  distilled  water  added.  The  flask  is 
then  kept  for  another  quarter  of  an  hour  in  the  water 
bath  and  protected  against  the  absorption  of  carbon 
dioxide.  The  clear  soap  solution  is  next  treated  hot 
(boiling),  with  40cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  (30— 35cc.  =2cc.  of 
the  caustic  soda  used)  and  two  small  pieces  of  pumice 
added.  The  flask  is  immediately  connected  with  a  con- 
denser, a  tube  bent  twice  at  an  angle  and  having  a  bulb 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIET1   OF  CHEMICAL  I X 1  >  I  STRY.     li>ec.3J 


being  interposed  between  the  two.  A  gentle  lieat  is 
applied  until  the  insoluble  fatty  acids  are  melted,  when 
i lie  temperature  is  raised  and  tlOcc.  of  liquid  distilled 
off  This  should  occupy  half-an-bour.  The  distillate  is 
well  shaken,  filtered  ami  lOOcc.  titrated  with  decinonnal 
bar)  tasolution,  using  phenolpbtbaleinas  indicator.  Prom 
the  number  of  cc.  used,  multiplied  by  1*1,  the  result  ol 
h  blank  experiment,  conducted  under  the  same  condi- 
tions (without  the  fat),  is  to  be  subtracted.  This 
should  not  exceed  0'33cc.  The  exact  size  of  the  various 
apparatus  used  is  stated. — C.  A.  K. 


d  the  Action  of  tin   Rennet  Ferment  in  Cons' 
Mill,-.     F.  Sch  alter.    Landw.  Jahrb.  d.  Schweiz. 

Engling'S  conclusion  that  milk  casein  is  a  compound  of 
albumen   with  calcium  phosphate  is  confirmed   by  the 

author.  Casein  precipitated  l>y  rennet  contains  5 — S  per 
eent.  of  ash,  consisting  almost  entirely  of  calcium  phos- 
phate. The  calcium  phosphate  compound  of  albumen  is 
readily  decomposed  by  mineral  acids  and  by  acetic  acid, 
so  that  casein  precipitated  by  the  latter  only  contains 
traces  of  ash.  Small  quantities  of  lactic  acid  produce  the 
same  result;  for  which  reason  casein  obtained  from  milk 
that  has  stood  for  some  hours  contains  less  ash  than  that 
from  fresh  milk.  The  compound  of  calcium  phos- 
phate and  albumen  is  present  as  a  soluble  substance  in 
fresh  milk  and  by  the  action  of  rennet  it  is  converted 
into  an  insoluble  body  (casein).  This  action  is  purely  a 
chemical  one  ;  it  consists  in  the  conversion  ot  the  tri- 
caleium  phosphate  compound  into  one  of  albumen  and 
acid  calcium  phosphate,  and  can  be  brought  about  by 
carbon  dioxide.  Kennet,  which  does  not  precipitate 
boiled  milk,  does  so  if  after  boiling,  the  milk  is  treated 
with  carbon  dioxide  ;  the  coagulation  of  milk  by 
rennet  is  quicker  in  proportion  to  its  acidity.  Kennet 
alone  cannot  convert  the  tricalcium  phosphate  compound 
into  the  acid  calcium  phosphate  one,  the  presence  of  a 
small  quantity  of  acid  being  necessary  for  the  change. 
The  action  of  acids — e.<j.,  of  acetic  acid — differs  from  that 
of  rennet,  inasmuch  as  the  acid  calcium  phosphate  com- 
pound formed  is  further  decomposed,  so  that  linally  an 
albumenoid  substance  free  from  ash  results ;  this  further 
decomposition  is  not  effected  by  carbon  dioxide.  As  the 
action  of  rennet  in  coagulating  milk  depends  upon  the 
freshness  of  the  latter,  the  author  proposes  to  examine 
milk  by  treating  lOOcc.  with  i!cc.  of  a  solution  made  by 
solving  a  Hansen  rennet-tablet  (smallest  number)  in 
half  aliire  of  water  and  determining  the  time  required  for 
■  lagulation  at35°C.  With  fresh  milk  this  should  not  be 
less  than  10  nor  more  than  20  minutes.— C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Processes  for  Preserving  Crustacea  o»d 
Vertain  New  and  Useful  Chemical  Solutions  of  Special 
Utility  in  such  Connection.  J.  <.'.  Mewburn,  London. 
From  J.  J.  Bate,  Brooklyn,   U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  8063, 

June  4,  18S7.     lid. 

ONE  pound  of  boracic  acid  is  added  to  61b.  glycerin 
and  16galls.  of  water,  and,  preferably,  also  lib.  of  bicar- 
bonate of  soda.  The  boracic  acid  may  be  replaced  by  lib. 
salicylic  acid,  or  a  mixture  of  the  two  acids.  Crustacea- 
boded  in  this  solution  will  keep  for  a  longer  period  than 
if  boiled  in  plain  water.  The  flesh  may  i"  removed  from 
Ihc  shells  atter  boiling  and  "  tinned  "  in  the  usual  way. 
or  the  body  in  its  entirety  packed  in  some  of  the  solution 
in  an  air-tight  case.  Either  of  these  methods  ensures 
ili,-  sound  condition  of  the  Crustacea;  for  a  comparatively 
long  period. — C.  C.  11. 


(/,')   SAN'ITAUV  CHEMISTRY. 

On  the  Causes  of  Corrosion  of  Lead   Pipes  by  Water. 
Max  Muller.     J.  Prakt.  Cbem.  36,   1887,  317—340. 

THE  extensive  application  of  Lead  pipes  for  water-con- 
ducting purposes  gave  rise  to  many  investigations  on  the 
acdou  of  water  on  lead,  in  older  to  lind  out  the  causes 


which  had  to  the  frequently  occurring  destruction  of  lead 
pipes.  The  author  attacked  the  same  subject  fromanew 
point  of  view,  by  giving  special  attention  to  the  nature 
of  the  gases  dissolved  in  the  water  and  their  action  on 
lead  in  the  presence  of  saline  matters.  It  is  well  known 
that  distilled  water,  prepared  in  the  usual  manner, 
strongly  attacks  lead,  with  the  formation  of  a  bulky  white 
precipitate,  consisting  of  lead  oxide,  carbonic  acid  and 
water.  One-third  of  a  cubic  metre  of  river  water  was 
distilled  and  portions  of  the  distillate  were  taken  at  the 
commencement,  middle  and  end  nt  the  distillation.  The 
river  water  contained  0*00015  percent,  of  ammonia.  The 
three  fractions  were  tested  for  dissolved  gases,  with  the 
following  result  : — 

Volume  per  cent. 
Fraction.  I.  II.  III. 

NH      000115..    OiJOOl..    OOOOOS 

CO 1-loH       ..     017S     ..     O'O'.'o 

O  0'2d0      ..    0316    ..    0"238 

X  iby  difference) O'blL'      ..    0702    ..    Ool.'i 

These  tests  show  that  both  ammonia  and  carbonic  acid 
are  chiefly  contained  in  the  first  fraction,  whereas  oxygen 
and  nitrogen  are  rapidly  taken  up  by  the  distillate  while 
exposed  to  the  air.  Lead  strips  were  then  suspended  in 
the  three  lractions.  After  24  hours  the  lead  in  Fraction 
I.  was  scarcely  attacked.  It  was  covered  with  a  very 
thin  greyish  skin,  but  the  water  remained  clear.  Not  so 
with  the  other  fractions,  the  water  being  turbid  and  the 
lead  perceptibly  corroded.  In  order  to  iind  out  the  cause 
of  the  different  behaviour  of  traction  1. — which  could  be 
ascribed  to  the  presence  of  a  certain  amount  of  ammonia 
or  carbonic  acid,  or  both — water  free  from  ammonia  was 
distilled  and  the  distillate  similarly  divided  in  three 
fractions.  The  Fraction  I.  was  again  inactive  on  lead, 
whereas  the  Fractions  II.  and  III.  attacked  strips  of 
lead.  These  observations  led  to  the  conclusion  that 
minute  traces  of  ammonia  do  not  corrode  lead  ;  the  cor- 
rosion— i.e.,  the  formation  of  a  white  lead  precipitate — 
rather  depends  on  the  amount  of  carbonic  acid  and  oxygen 
present.  Indeed,  direct  experiments,  minutely  detailed 
in  the  original  paper,  show  that  water  containing  twice 
as  much  carbonic  acid  as  oxygen  attacks  lead  most  ener- 
getically. If  carbonic  acid  be  absent  and  oxygen  present 
in  the  water,  its  action  on  lead  is  very  feeble,  whereas  no 
perceptible  corrosion  takes  place,  if  the  water  containing  a 
normal  amount  of  oxygen — about  0'3  per  cent,  by  volume 
— also  contains  about  l^vols.  per  cent,  of  carbonic  acid. 
'I  hese  phenomena  account  for  the  fact  that  distilled  water 
in  the  fresh  state  often  shows  another  behaviour  after  a 
few  days'  standing.  The  Fraction  I.,  at  first  inactive  on 
lead,  became  active  after  some  time — evidently  from  a 
loss  of  carbonic  acid  and  absorption  of  oxygen.  It  was 
to  be  expected  from  these  experiments  that  water  con- 
taining neither  carbonic  acid  nor  oxygen  would  not  attack 
lead  :  and  this  is,  indeed,  the  case.  As  to  the  composi- 
tion of  the  compound  formed  by  the  action  of  carbonic 
acid,  oxygen  and  water  on  lead,  the  author  could  get  no 
definite  result,  although  one  analysis  showed  H._, O  =  3 '40 
percent.;  CO,  =11  "89  percent.  ;  PbO  =  S441  per  cent. 
In  all  the  cases,  where  the  water  attacked  lead,  a  small 
amount  of  the  latter  was  found  in  solution  and  could  be 
detected  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  or  potassium  sul- 
phide. If  such  water — although  it  was  clear  to  begin 
with — be  warmed,  or  even  shaken  with  air,  it  turns  turbid 
and  forms  a  slight  white  precipitate.  The  solution  of  the 
lead  proceeds  very  slowly  ;  not  until  after  the  lapse  of  24 
hours  arc  small  traces  to  be  found  in  solution.  After  three 
days  the  amount  of  lead  in  solution  reaches  its  maxi- 
mum, then  it  gradually  decreases,  until  after  a  week  or 
a  fortnight  all  the  lead  has  turned  insoluble  again.  Most 
probably  the  basic  iead  carbonate  is  at  first  dissolved  in 
an  excess  of  carbonic  acid  ;  by  and  by  a  new  formation 
of  lead  oxide  takes  place,  which  combines  with  the  car- 
bonicacid  previously  in  excess,  and  the  carbonate,  deprived 
of  its  solvent,  is  thus  precipitated.  Previous  investi- 
gators evidently  overlooked  the  important  part  played  by 
the  carbonic  acid  and  oxygen  dissolved  in  water,  and 
this  circumstance  accounts  tor  their  contradictory  state- 
ments as  regards  the  action  of  soft  water  on  lead.  The 
author  also  investigated  the  action  of  saline  matters 
usually  found  in  waters  of  natural  origin.  Small  quan- 
tities of  free  ammonia  in  water  quickly  attack  lead,  but 
if  carbonic  acid  is  present  at  the  same  time,  thus  forming 


i-.»i.iss-.|     THE  .lOVKXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [tfDUSTRY. 


a  carbonate  or  bicarbonate,  no  corrosion  takes  place. 
This  statement,  however,  is  only  true  as  long  as  the 
quantities  present  are  very  minute  :  any  considerable 
amount  of  ammonia  will  certainly  dissolve  lead.  In  the 
presence  of  air,  a  solution  of  the  hydrate  of  calcium  or 
sodium  quickly  attacks  lead,  which  is  Boon  found  in  solu- 
tion and  gradually  forms  deposits  of  small  crystals.  If 
air  be  excluded,  no  action  on  the  lead  takes  place.  We 
often  find  in  buildings  lead  pipes  embedded  in  cement  or 
lime  mortar,  and  the  frequent  destruction  of  the  pipes 
gave  rise  to  an  opinion  amongst  builders  that  lead  pipes 
must  not  be  brought  in  direct  contact  with  lime  or 
cement.  It  is  difficult  to  see  how  dry  lime  could  corrode 
lead  pipes,  and  the  author  thinks  that  in  all  eases  in 
which  a  corrosion  of  the  pipes  has  taken  place  the 
destruction  may  be  traced  to  the  simultaneous  action  of 
water.  Wherever  the  presence  of  water  can  be  excluded, 
no  fear  need  be  entertained  for  the  safety  of  lead  pipes. 
If  free  carbonic  acid  be  rigidly  excluded,  sodium  car- 
bonate attacks  lead,  which  is  found  in  solution  after  some 
time.  But  the  presence  of  free  carbonic  acid  alters  the 
whole  state  of  affairs.  Not  only  does  sodium  bicarbo- 
nate not  attack  lead,  but  it  makes  even  active  water 
inactive.  This  action  of  sodium  bicarbonate  is  so  charac- 
teristic and  intense,  that  the  addition  of  a  small  quan- 
tity of  bicarbonate  at  once  precipitates  all  the  lead  in 
solution.  It  was  mentioned  previously  thatlead carbonate 
is  dissolved  by  free  carbonic  acid  ;  but  this  statement 
must  now  be  modified  by  the  addition  ot  the  words— if 
sodium  bicarbonate  be  absent.  This  salt  is,  therefore, 
an  excellent  means  for  protecting  lead  from  corro- 
sion. River  and  surface  waters  nearly  always  contain 
calcium  bicarbonate  in  solution  and  as  this  compound 
behaves  the  same  towards  lead  as  sodium  bicar- 
bonate, its  presence,  even  in  small  quantities,  protects 
the  lead.  A  solution  of  gypsum  attacks  lead  ;  but  if,  at 
the  same  time,  calcium  bicarbonate  be  present  (as  most 
frequently  will  be  the  case  in  river  water),  no  lead  goes 
in  solution.  The  very  same  may  be  said  of  solutions  of 
chlorides  and  nitrates  :  both  dissolve  lead  only  in  the 
absence  of  a  soluble  bicarbonate.  Organic  matters  will 
be  found  in  river  water  in  too  minute  quantities  to  have 
any  effect  on  lead,  But  it  should  not  be  forgotten  that 
surface  water  is  frequently  contaminated  with  sewage 
that  may  coutain  large  amounts  of  animoniacal  com- 
pounds, which  will  dissolve  lead  under  all  circumstances. 
The  conditions  under  which  water  will  take  up  lead  from 
lead  pipes  are  therefore  very  simple  and  by  an  analysis 
of  the  saline  matters  this  can  now  be  ascertained  before- 
hand.—S.  II. 


XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Galvanising  Iron  ami  Steel. 
■  I.  T.  Mann,  London.  From  A.  JSchaag  and  Messrs. 
I'liirscheim  and  Bergmann,  Eisenwerke,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,020,  Nov.  1,  IS86.     4d. 

ACCORDING  to  this  method,  the  zinc  is  electrolytically 
deposited  upon  the  article  to  be  coated  from  a  solution 
'  of  any  salt  of  zinc  with  any  salt  of  magnesia,  mixed 
in  variable  proportions,  anodes  of  zinc  being  used. 
Bichloride  of  mercury  or  muriate  of  ammonia  may  be 
added  to  expedite  the' process.— 11.  T. 


Improvements  in  Purifying  Sewage  and  other  Foul 
Liquids  arid  in  making  Oil,  Alkali,  and  Cement  from 
Sewage  Precipitate,  unci  in  Apparatus  for  thai 
Purpose.  W.  Burns,  Leith.  Eng.  Pat.  15,222, 
Nov.  23,  1886.     Sd. 

The  sewage  is  purified,  firstly,  by  the  injection  of 
gaseous  HCl  :  this  is  followed,  secondly,  by  the  injeetion 
of  SOa  ;  and,  thirdly,  by  the  injection  of  chlorine.  It  is 
then  successively  passed  through  charcoal  and  peroxide 
of  iron,  chalk,  clay  and  finally  coal-dust  and 
caustic  lime.  The  sewage  thus  defecated  is  allowed  to 
settle  in  tanks,  the  effluent  from  which  is  run  on  to  a 
filter,  composed  of  charcoal  and  iron  turnings.  The 
sludge  is  drained,  made  into  bricks  and  calcined  in 
retorts  ;  the  gaseous  products  are  utilised  and  the 
cinder  rendered  into  cement. — C.  C.  H. 


An  Improved  Deodorising,  Decolorising  and  Filtering 
Medium.  O.  Bowenand  J.  Cobeldick,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  15,240,  Nov.  23,  18S6.     Gd. 

ShALK,  such  as  found  at  Lyme  Ilegis,  is  broken  into 
about  lin.  cubes,  mixed  with  1">  per  cent,  of  alumina  or 
aluminous  earth  and  furnaced  from  four  to  six  hours  at 
a  temperature  of  1100 — 1200°E.  The  product  is  used  as 
a  filtering  media  for  the  purification  of  sewage  :  when 
exhausted,  it  can  be  regenerated  by  a  fresh  furnacing 
with  20  per  cent,  of  alumina. — C.  C.  II. 


.1  New  or  Improved  Galvanic  Battery.     A.  Wnnderlich 

and  O.  Eisele,  Brussels,  Belgium.     Eng.   Pat.  14,2S6, 
Nov.  5,  18S6.     Sd. 

Ox  a  revolvable  shaft  are  placed — first,  a  disc  of  copper 
or  carbon  ;  then  a  disc  of  zinc  insulated  from  it.  The 
space  between  the  two  is  divided  up  into  sectorial 
compartments,  which  hold  the  exciting  liquids.  Next, 
another  plate  of  copper  is  put  on  with  the  zinc,  and  then 
a  plate  of  zinc  arranged  as  above.  This  is  continued  as 
far  as  convenient.  The  exciting  fluid  falls  from  jets  in 
a  trough  above  into  the  sectorial  compartments  and 
turns  the  whole  like  a  water-wheel.  There  is  thus  a 
continual  movement  of  liquid.  The  current  is  collected 
by  brushes  from  the  zinc  and  copper  plates,  which  form 
the  ends  of  the  series. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Menus  and  Appa 
ratus  for  the  Deposition  or  Obtainment  of  Metals  by 
Electrolysis.       F.    E.    Elmore,    Cockermouth.       Eng. 
Pat.  15,831,  Dec.  3,  1886.     6d. 

LIQUOR,  rich  in  the  metal  to  be  deposited,  is  supplied  to  the 
surface  of  the  cathode  in  the  form  of  a  spray,  and  the  metal, 
as  it  is  deposited,  is  pressed  and  rubbed  by  burnishers  of 
suitable  material,  such  as  agate,  which  produce  a  fine, 
compact  deposit  and  remove  occluded  gases.  Moving 
or  stationary  cathodes  arc  employed  in  combination  with 
stationary  or  moving  burnishers. — B.  T. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to   Secondary  Batteries. 

H.  H.  Lake.    From  A.  X.  Meserole,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Tat.  4311,  March  22,  1SS7.     (3d. 

The  inventor  immerses  plates  of  zinc  and  lead  in  a 
solution  containing  a  suitable  salt  of  mercury,  sulphate 
of  zinc  and  sulphuric  acid.  On  passing  a  current 
through,  mercury  and  zinc  are  deposited  on  the  zinc  plate 
in  a  spongy  condition  and  are  then  able  to  occlude 
hydrogen  very  readily.  The  lead  plate,  which  may  be 
amalgamated,  is  peroxidised.  The  sponge  may  also  be 
formed  in  other  ways.  This  cell  has  an  E.M.E.  of  three 
volts  and  sutlers  very  little  from  local  action. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries  or  Accumulators. 
L.  C.  E.  Lebiez,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  71175, 
June  2,  1SS7.     4d. 

The  inventor  employs  as  positive  electrode,  carbon  or 
other  suitable  material,  on  which  peroxide  of  manganese 
has  been  deposited  by  electrolysis  of  a  solution  of  a 
manganese  salt,  such  as  manganese  sulphate.  He  employs 
a  solution  of  the  same  salt  as  exciting  liquid  and  zinc, 
or  lead  coated  with  zinc,  as  the  negative  electrode.  .Such 
cells  are  said  to  be  readily  formed,  are  light  and  the 
positive  electrode  is  very  durable.— E.  T. 

Improvements  in  Primary  Voltaic  Batteries,  and  in  the 
Preparation  of  the  Elements  and  Solutions  employed 

therein.      W.    Webster,    London.      Eng.   Fat.    lb,  151, 
Dec.  9,  1886.    Sd. 

The  elements  employed  in  this  battery  are  zinc, 
immersed  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  carbon,  either 
wholly  or  partially  platinised,  or  platinised  metal  in  a 
solution  of  nitrate  of  soda,  sulphuric  acid  and  water,  in 


N.-S-l 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [i>ec.  3i.  188?. 


varying  proportions,  with  or  without  the  addition  of 
chromic  acid,  or  bi-  or  tri-chromates.  The  porous  cells 
are  partially  coated  with  paraffin  wax  to  prevent  too 
rapid  an  interchange  of  the  two  solutions.  The  connec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  mercury  cups  on  the  outer 
cell  of  the  battery,  so  arranged  a^  to  enable  any  single 
zinc  or  carbon  to  be  removed  without  interfering  with 
the  working  of  the  battery.  A  compound  siphon  is 
employed  to  empty  or  fill  several  cells  at  once.— B.  T. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES 
AND  EXTRACTS. 

T/u  Preparation  of  Menthol  and  Borneol.    E.  Beckmann. 
Chem.  Zcit.  H,  1205. 

Menthol  is  obtained  by  cooling  peppermint  oil  and 
recrystallising  from  alcohol  the  solid  portion  which  sepa- 
rates out.  The  fluid  product,  which  has  been  incorrectly 
described  as  menthan,  or  a  fluid  isomer  of  menthol,  still 
contains  a  great  deal  of  menthol  dissolved  in  menthon,  a 
substance  which  has  also  been  obtained  by  Moriya  and 
Atkinson  by  the  oxidation  of  menthol,  and  which  is 
easily  converted  into  menthol.  It  has  the  composition 
Cj0HJ8O,  and  stands  in  the  same  relation  to  menthol 
((',.. H.....O)  that  camphor  (C.ll^.O)  does  to  borneol 
(C10H,8O).  The  separation  of  menthon  and  menthol 
can  be  effected  by  hydroxylamine,  which,  when  added 
to  the  alkaline  solution  of  the  mixture,  converts  the 
former  into  menthoxime,  and  leaves  the  latter  unaltered. 
The  menthol  can  then  be  obtained  by  dissolving  the 
menthoxime^in  aqueous  acid,  from  which  the  menthon 
very  slowly  separates  as  a  colourless  oil.  In  this  way  it 
was  found  that  the  greater  part  of  the  fluid  residue  from 
the  preparation  of  menthol  from  Japan  oil  contained 
about  40  per  cent,  of  almost  pure  menthol  and  00  per 
cent,  of  menthon,  and  also  that  menthon  is  present  to 
a  considerable  extent  in  American,  as  well  as  in 
Mitcbam,  peppermint  oil.  Menthon  may  be  converted 
into  menthol  by  treating  it  with  sodium  in  ethereal 
solution.  The  lirst  product  of  the  action  of  sodium  is  a 
mixture  of  sodium  menthol  and  sodium  menthon  ;  this 
latter,  when  treated  with  a  further  quantity  of  sodium 
and  menthol,  is  completely  converted  into  sodium 
menthol,  from  which  the  menthol  can  easily  be  separated. 
The  easy  conversion  of  the  menthon  of  peppermint  oil 
into  menthol  is  of  value  in  the  preparation  of  menthol, 
and  also  for  the  improvement  of  the  oil.  By  reduction, 
the  bitter  constituent  can  be  removed,  and  the  odour 
improved.  Laurel  camphor  can  also  be  easily  converted 
into  borneol,  or  borneo-camphor,  by  this  treatment,  and 
the  employment  of  this  substance,  which  is  superior  to 
ordinary  camphor  on  account  of  its  smell,  taste,  etc., 
need  no  longer  be  deferred  on  account  of  the  difficulty  iu 
obtaining  it.— G.  H.  M. 


Erigeron  Vil.    V.  Tower.    Pharm.  Rundsch.  1SS7,  201. 

Tiik  ethereal  oil  of  Erigeron  canadense,  obtained  by 
rectification  of  the  crude  oil,  boils  at  17UJ,  is  colourless, 
neutral  towards  litmus  and  has  a  specific  gravity  at  15° 
of  0-849S.  Its  composition  is  C,  ,11 , ,;  ;  it  is,  therefore,  a 
terpene. — C,  A.  K. 


and  methyl  alcohol  yields  cocaine.  With  higher  alkyl- 
iodides,  higher  homologues  of  cocaine  result.  Merck 
has  thus  prepared  the  ethyl  ether  of  benzoyl  ecgonine, 
a  body  having  the  same  physiological  properties  as 
cocaine.  The  author  has  prepared  monobromethyl- 
benzoyl  ecgonine  by  treating  benzoyl  ecgonine  in  a 
sealed  tube  with  ethylenedibromide.  It  is  an  amorphous 
body,  soluble  in  alcohol  and  water,  insoluble  in  ether. 
I'ropylbenzoylecgonine  is  obtained  by  the  action  of 
propyl  iodide  and  propyl  alcohol  on  benzoyl  ecgonine  ; 
isobutylbenzoylecgonine  is  similarly  prepared.  These 
are  both  crystalline  bodies,  possessing  a  very  bitter  taste 
and  a  powerful  anaesthetic  action. — C.  A.  K. 


Erechthites  Oil.     F.Power.   Pharm.  Rundsch,  1S87,  202. 

The  oil  of  Erechthites  hieracifolia  is,  when  rectified,  a 
colourless,  strongly  refractive  liquid,  boiling  at  185—190°. 
It  is  a  terpene,  but  by  reason  of  its  boiling  point,  pro- 
bably belongs  to  the  sesquiterpenes— CigHgi. — C.  A.  K. 


Some  Higher  Homologues  <>/  Cocaine,     P.  Nory.   Pharm. 
Rundsch.  18S7,  20«. 

COCAINE  is  tin'  methyl  ether  of  benzoyl  ecgonine,  :uid 
readily  yields  the  latter  on  saponification,  according  to 
the  equation — 

Cl7H21NOj  I  B,0    C1(  1 1 ,  .  X  < ) ,  :  <  II,  oil. 

Conversely,  benzoyl  ecgonine  treated  with  methyl  iodide 


Solubility  of  Iodol  in  Ethereal  Oils.      E.    Hirschsohn. 
Pharm.  Ztsehr.  Kussl.  1887,  513. 

VARIOUS  turpentine  oils  and  other  ethereal  oils  show 
differences  in  their  power  of  dissolving  iodol,  so  that 
this  property  may  be  applied  in  detecting  adulterations. 
Iodol  is  least  soluble  in  the  oils  of  the  conifera?,  the 
oil  of  the  Siberian  larch  and  that  of  the  screw-pine 
being  the  only  ones  that  dissolve  it  readily.  The  oils 
of  the  Auranthe  show  different  solubilities  and  may 
be  thus  distinguished  one  from  the  other.  lgrm.  of 
iodol  dissolves  in  lOcc.  of  curacoa  oil,  in  30cc.  of  orange 
oil.  and  in  about  50cc.  of  orange-peel  oil;  40ce.  of  the 
latter  are  necessary  when  mixed  with  20  per  cent,  of 
orange  oil  to  dissolve  lgrm.  of  iodol.  The  oils  of  the 
Composit.'v  and  Labiatea1  show  the  greatest  solubility, 
but  when  admixed  with  oils  of  the  conifene  the  solu 
bility  is  considerably  lessened. — C.  A.  K. 


The   Constituents   of  the    Seopolia    Root.      Henschke. 
Ztsehr.  f.  Naturwissensch.  18S7,  103. 

Two  new  alkaloids,  Scopolein  and  liotoin,  have  recently 
been  prepared  on  a  manufacturing  scale  from  Seopolia 
japonica  (Japanese  belladonna).  The  former  was 
obtained  by  Eykmann,  who  also  isolated  a  glucoside 
scopolin  and  a  decomposition  product  of  the  same, 
scopoletin.  The  author  finds  that  Seopolia  japonica 
does  not  contain  any  new  alkaloids,  but  mixtures  in 
varying  quantities  of  atropine,  hyoscy amine  and  hyoscine. 
The  commercial  rotoin  is  not  a  base  but  a  mixture  of 
the  sodium  salts  of  fatty  acids  rich  in  carbon.  Scopo- 
letin is  identical  with  the  constituent  of  Atropa  bella- 
donna called  chrysatropic  acid  (Kunz). — C.  A.  K. 


Saccharine,    Ztsehr.  f.  Riibenzucker  Ind.  36,  9-19. 

A  review  of  our  present  knowledge  on  the  subject 
(compare  this  Journal,  1880 — 75,  349,  359,  421,  540  and 
010).  The  solubility  of  saccharine  is  increased  if  the 
solution  is  neutralised.  Saccharine  melts  at  200°  with 
partial  decomposition,  and  yields  a  strong  odour  of  bitter 
almonds.  Saccharine  has  a  strong  antiseptic  action. 
Stutzer  found  that  meat-peptone  solution,  which  deve- 
loped bacteria  in  12  hours,  did  not  do  so  for  24  hours 
when  0'01  per  cent,  saccharine  was  added,  whilst 
0-02  per  cent,  prevented  any  growth  for  40  hours,  and 
0'04  per  cent,  for  00  hours.  Solutions  of  sugar,  con- 
taining potassium  phosphate  and  ammonium  nitrate 
remained  sound  for  72  hours  in  the  presence  of  0T0  per 
cent,  of  saccharine. — G.  H.  M. 


The  Preparation  of  Iodised  Oil.  H.  G.  Macalister  and 
W.  Stewart,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat.  J3.S05,  Oct.  29, 
lssG.     4d. 

Oil  (kind  not  stated)  is  agitated  with  one-fifth  of  its 
weight  of  strong  sulphuric  aeid,  and  after  subsidence 
is  washed  with  water  or  a  saline  solution.  After  a 
second  subsidence,  a  small  quantity  of  an  alkaline 
solution  (at  about  20'  Tw. )  is  added,  with  constant 
stirring.  It  is  claimed  that  with  oil  thus  treated,  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  iodine  may  be  readily  incorporated. 

—  \V.  L.  C. 


Dcc.a,i887J     THE  JOi  RNAl  OP  Till-:  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  tNDl  STRY. 


835 


Improvementi  in  the  Preparation  of  Oils  for  Medicinal 
J'urposes.  H.  Mackav.  Eng.  Pat.  14,729,  Nov.  13, 
1886.     4d. 

PURE  cod-liver  oil  is  mixed  with  3  per  cent,  of  essence 

of  hops. — W.  L.  C. 


XXI— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Hi  purl  on  the  Circumstances  attending  a  Fire  and 
Explosion  at  Messrs.  Roberts,  Vale  .1-  Co.'s  Chemical 
Works,  Cornbrook,  Manchester.  Gov.  Kep.  No.  lxxxi. 
Colonel  V.  D.  Majendie,  C.B. 
This  exhaustive  report  shows  that  the  articles  manufac- 
tured on  the  side  of  the  works  where  the  explosion 
occurred,  were  picric  acid,  nitrate  of  lead,  nitric  acid, 
hydrochloric  acid  (nitre  cake  and  salt  cake),  tin  crystals, 
tin  solutions,  nitrate  of  iron,  nitrate  of  copper,  aurin, 
Manchester  brown,  Manchester  yellow,  lakes  for  paper 
stainers  and  emerald  green.  Such  raw  materials  as 
carliolic  acid,  sulphuric  acid  and  litharge,  the  litharge 
being  used  for  making  nitrate  of  lead,  were  all  present, 
the  latter  salt  in  very  considerable  quantity ;  some 
nitrate  of  strontium  was  also  present. 

A  tire  commenced  the  catastrophe,  this  breaking  out 
at  or  near  the  stove  used  for  drying  the  picric  acid.  The 
tire  spread  quickly,  and  in  live  or  six  minutes  an 
explosion  followed,  but  not  one  of  an  alarming  character. 
This  explosion  came  from  the  site  of  the  piciic  acid  stove 
as  nearly  as  it  can  be  located.  It  was  followed  in  some- 
thing under  a  minute  by  a  second  explosion  of  an 
appalling  character,  and  attended  with  disastrous  results 
in  the  shape  of  damage.     One  life  was  lost. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  the  lire  was  caused  by  the 
carelessness  of  a  workman,  who  was  smoking.  Several 
theories  are  advanced  to  explain  the  iirst  and  lesser 
explosion,  but  the  second,  which  was  so  disastrous,  was 
in  all  probability  due  to  the  blazing  and  molten  picric 
acid  coming  in  contact  with  the  litharge  placed  in  close 
proximity  and  with  the  nitrate  of  lead  and  nitrate  of 
strontium.  It  would  at  once  combine  with  these  and  form 
fearful  explosives.  Picric  acid  nlone  can  scarcely  be 
called  an  explosive,  but  if  it  comes  in  contact  even  with 
plaster  or  lime,  it  forms  a  picrate  of  highly  explosive 
character,  and  it  is  shown  that  picric  acid  mixed  with  a 
little  litharge  in  the  cold,  produces  a  mixture  which 
explodes  much  more  readily  than  picric  acid  alone. 

Finally,  the  precaution  is  urged,  that  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  picric  acid  the  separation  of  the  acid  from  all 
other  substances  or  ingredients,  contact  with  which 
would  be  likely  to  produce  under  favourable  conditions 
a  picrate  or  explosive  mixture  should  be  carefully  seen  to. 
"At  present  picric  acid  and  picrates  appear  to  fall 
within  the  category  of  '  explosives,'  and  to  be  subject  to 
the  Explosives  Act,  1S75,  only  when  thejT  are  '  used  or 
manufactured  with  a  view  to  produce  a  practical  effect 
by  explosion  or  pyrotechnic  effect.'  " 

"In  view  of  the  present  disaster,  '  Colonel  Majendie 
proceeds,  "and  of  the  results  of  my  experiments  it  will  be 
a  matter  for  careful  consideration  whether  it  is  not 
necessary  in  the  interests  of  public  safety  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  powers  conferred  by  the  104th  section  of  the 
Explosives  Act,  1S75,  and  to  extend  the  definition  of 
explosive  to  picric  acid  and  all  picrates,  for  whatever 
purposes  manufactured,  and  to  apply  the  same  provisions 
of  the  Act,  subject  to  such  exceptions,  limitations  and 
restrictions  as  may  appear  reasonable.  This  point, 
however,  is  one  which,  in  the  interests  of  the  trade,  as 
of  the  public,  demands  the  fullest  and  most  careful 
consideration." 

As  to  the  storage  together  and  in  close  proximity  of 
the  several  substances  which  resulted  in  the  formation 
of  such  fearful  explosives,  Colonel  Majendie  stigmatises 
it  as  the  result  of  negligence. — W,  S. 


experiments  of  the  author  show  that  the  presence  of 
ammonia  or  ammonium  salts  interferes  with  the  reaction 
between  congo  red  and  acid*,  and  therefore  that  as  a 
means  of  proving  the  presence  or  absence  of  free  acid 
in  organic  liquids  such  as  urine,  where  ammonia  cannot 
be  excluded,  it  is  valueless.  Carbon  dioxide,  acetic 
acid  and  other  organic  acids  have  not  the  least  effect 
on  congo  red  in  presence  of  even  small  quantities  of 
ammonia  or  ammonium  salts  ;  the  cause  ot  this  is  that 
these  acids  are  not  aide  to  decompose  the  ammonium 
salt  of  congo  red.  The  action  of  inorganic  acids  is 
also  interfered  with  by  ammonium  salts.  Several  drops 
of  hydrochloric  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid  can  be  added 
to  a  solution  of  Congo  red  in  glacial  acetic  acid  before 
any  change  in  colour  takes  place,  and  then  this  onlv 
hikes  place  gradually  :  a  considerable  quantity  of  the 
acid  must  be  added  before  the  blue  coloration  forms. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Separating   and  Extracting  Apparatus.      K.  Schiitze. 
Chem.  Zei't.  H,  1159. 

The  aim  of  the  apparatus  is  to  prevent  the  loss  of 
solution  which  occurs  during  extracticn  and  separation. 
a  and  a>  are  two  glass  vessels,  either  of  the  same  size 
or  of  different  sizes,  connected  by  a  three-way  cock  (as 
shown  in  figure).  Tubulures  e  and  e'  fitted  with 
stoppers,  are  fixed  in  the  side  of  the  vessels  a  and  a'; 
the  edges  of  the  tubulures  are  in  part  bent  back,  and 
the  stoppers  are  provided  with  a  hole,  or  are  ground 


unevenly,  so  as  to  admit  of  the  vessels  «  andn1  being 
connected  with  the  air  by  placing  the  stoppers  in  a 
certain  position.  The  solution  to  be  extracted,  together 
witli  the  extracting  medium,  is  placed  in  either  of  the 
two  vessels,  the  stop-cock  between  the  two  being  closed. 
After  extraction,  e  and  f1  are  opened  and  the  extract 
run  from  the  one  vessel  to  the  other.  The  process  can, 
of  course,  be  repeated  as  required  :  the  liquids  can  be 
poured  off  through  e,  c1  or  the  three-way  cock. 

— C.  A.  K. 


XXII— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Con qo  Bed  as  a  Reagent  for  Free  Acid.     C.    Wurster. 

Centrall.l.  f.  Phys.  H,  -J40. 
K.   BKl'CKE  (Chem.  Zeit.  11.  315]  concludes  that  since 
human  urine  does  not  affect  Congo  red  solution,  it  does 
not    contain    anv    free   acid    or   carbon    dioxide.      The 


Lavrent's  New  Polarimeter.    Kauders.    Oesterr.  Ztschr. 

f.  Zuckerind.  16,  «45. 
THIS  is  a  half- shadow  instrument;  it  has  a  scale  of 
saccharimeter  degrees  from -200  to  +  4C0,  and  a  divided 
arc  from  -  45*  to  +  90*.  The  verniers  are  so  arranged  that 
0°  on  the  scale  corresponds  to  0J  on  the  divided  arc,  and 
100  on  the  former  to  21-  40'  on  the  latter.  The  normal 
weight  of  sugar,  which  dissolved  in  lOOcc.  of  water 
rotates  100",  is  stated  at  16-2grms  (16  315grms. 
Kauders),  while  with  the  ordinary  Laurent  s  polarimeter 
it  is  26  04Sgrms.,  so  that  the  new  form  is  Mi  times  more 
accurate.  The  results  are  reliable  to  0  0o  ,  and  by 
having  the  scale  exten.ling  to  400  very  concentrated 
solutions  may  be  examined  directly  ;  also  by  examining 
normal  solutions  in  tubes  40Omm.  long  further  exactitude 
mav  be  attained.  The  author  has  determined  the  specific 
rotarv  power  of  sugar  with  this  instrument,  using 
solutions  containing  varving  quantities  of  sugarper  lOOcc. 


836 


TI1K  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec 31, 1887. 


of  solution,  and  from  his  results  has  calculated  the 
necessary  tables  in  regard  to  the  change  in  specific 
rotation.  — ■( '.  A.  K. 


An  Improved  Form  of  Elliot's  Gas  Apparatus*   J.  1!. 
Mackintosh.    Amer.  Chem.  J.  9,  -294— -.'00. 

\  i  HREE-W  n  T-stop-COck  is  attached  to  the  measuring 
lunette  whereby  connection  can  lie  made  between  any 
two  of  the  burettes  at  will.  In  the  measuring  and 
explosion  burettes  the  zero  point  0  is  taken  at  that 
point  where  the  capillary  tube  expands  into  the  burette. 
Water  will  remain  in  the  capillary  tube  when  the  excess 
Hows  to  the  bottom  of  the  burette  and  thus  the  adjust- 
ment to  zero  is  rendered  automatic.  The  absorption 
tube  has  a  single  graduation  at  lOOcc.  measured  from 
A.  Any  gas  remaining  in  the  poition  above  A  can  be 
expelled  by  forcing  water  out  of  one  of  flie  other  burettes, 
the  cock  S  being  closed. 

In  transferring  gas  from  the  measuring  tube  to  the 
explosion  burette  its  complete  removal  from  the  capillary 
tube  is  effected  by  passing  water  from  tbe  absorption 
tube  or    by  letting  it  tlow  in  from  the  funnel.      This 


The  Application  "f  Ammonium  Dithiocarbamate  in 
Analysis.  J.Klein,  Rep.  Anal.  Chem.  J,  629 — G39 
and  645—65 1. 

Fob  the  preparation  of  ammonium  dithiocarbamate  free 
from  sulphocarbonateMulder'8directions{<7.  Prafct,  Chem. 
103.  ITS)  are  adopted,  the  ammonium  generated  from  150 
parts  of  ammonium  chloride  and  .'iOO  parts  of  quicklime 

being  passed  into  liOO  parts  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol,  and 
there  treated  with  95  parts  of  carbon  bisulphide.  At 
80'  almost  pure  dithiocarbamate  crystallises  out,  which 
is  filtered,  washed  with  alcohol,  and  dried  between  filter 
paper— CS,-!  2X11  <  Si  Ml  iSll.N  II ,.  The  presence 
of  any  sulphocarbonate  of  ammonium  is  evident  by  its 
turning  red  on  exposure  to  the  air;  it  can  thus  be 
mechanically  removed  if  present.  If  a  very  little  of  a 
solution  of  a  sulphocarbonate  be  added  to  one  of  nickel 
sulphate  which  has  been  treated  with  an  excess  of 
ammonia  and  strongly  diluted,  a  red  zone  is  formed  at 
the  point  of  contact  of  the  two  liquids,  and  on  shaking 
the  whole  solution  becomes  red.  In  this  way  the  purity 
of  the  ammonium  dithiocarbamate  used  in  the  following 
experiments  was  always  tested. 

In  all  cases  a  5  per  cent,   aqueons  solution  of  ammo- 


f  ["ji!  # 


done,  the  stop-cock  T  is  turned  so  as  to  connect  the 
explosion  and  absorption  tubes,  while  the  measuring 
lube  is  completely  shut  off.  The  oxygen  or  air  for  the 
explosion  can  be  admitted  through  the  lower  stop-cock 
of  the  explosion  burette  or  through  the  funnel  of  the 
absorption  tube.  A  supply  of  oxygen  may  be  generated 
in  the  absorption  vessel  from  potassium  peimanganate 
and  hydrogen  peroxide.  After  mixing  tbe  gases  in  the 
explosion  tube,  the  explosion  is  made,  the  correction 
noted,  the  gas  transferred  to  the  absorption  burette  and 
finally  re-transferred  to  the  explosion  burette  and 
measured. — C.  A.  K. 


Detection  of  Metals  by  Electrolysis.    Mavencon.    Journ. 
de  I'livs.  Element,  1887,  l?2. 

Tut;  gold  in  a  solution  containing  1  part  in  1,000,000, 
and  made  by  dissolving  0  oOogrm.  of  gold  in  aqua  regis, 
and  diluting  the  solution  to  u  litres  with  water  (acidified 
with  sulphuric  acid)  may  be  detected  in  less  than  a 
minute  by  electrolytic  deposition  on  a  wire. — I'.  A.  K. 

Sec  Chem.  News.  1883,  October. 


nium  dithiocarbamate  was  used  ;  it  is  advisable  to  kefp 
a  solution  for  use  in  preference  to  the  solid,  the  latter 
being  more  liable  to  decompose  after  being  kept  for  some 
time. 

Determination  >>f  Copper. — A  solution  of  copper 
sulphate  treated  with  ammonium  dithiocarbamate 
yields  a  yellow  precipitate  of  copper  dithiocarbamate — 
Cu.(CS.NH,.S)s.  It  the  precipitation  is  effected  in  the 
boiling  solution,  the  precipitate  settles  well  and  can  be 
readily  filtered.  It  dissolves  in  much  hydrochloric  acid 
after  prolonged  boiling  and  gradually  becomes  dark 
coloured,  while  ammonia  and  caustic  soda  darken  the 
precipitate  at  once.  It  dissolves  readily  in  nitric  acid 
on  warming,  and  is  unaffected  by  water  or  long  expo- 
sure to  the  air.  Heated  with  sulphur  in  a  current  of 
hydrogen  cuprous  sulphide  (Cu„S)  remains.  For  tbe 
quantitative  determination  of  copper  by  this  reaction, 
the  solution  liu  absence  of  other  metals)  is  acidified 
with  a  little  hydrochloric  acid,  heated  to  boiling,  and  an 
excess  of  the  "i  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonium  dithio- 
carbamate added,  the  boiling  is  continued  for  10 — 20 
seconds,  the  precipitate  allowed  to  settle,  filtered,  washed 
on  the  filter  .with  hot  water  and  dried.      It   is  finally 


bee. 31, 1887.1     THE  .TOI'RXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  C'HF.MH 'AT.  INDUSTRY. 


ignited  with  sulphur  in  a  current  of  hydrogen  and  the 
cuprous  sulphide  weighed.  Results  by  this  method 
agree  closely  with  those  obtained  by  precipitating  the 
copper  solution  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  weigh- 
ing as  cuprous  sulphide  directly.  Copper  in  silver  coins 
can  lie  thus  determined,  the  silver  being  tirst  removed 
as  chloride.  (This,  provided  silver  and  copper  only 
present.  | 

Determination  of  Zinc.-  Zinc  sulphate  is  precipitated 
by  ammonium  ditbiocarbamate  as  a  white  precipitate, 
soluble  in  exec-- ,  and  reprecipitated  on  boiling.  Zinc 
ditbiocarbamate  i-  -soluble  in  nitric  and  hydrochloric 
acids,  insoluble  in  dilute  acetic  arid.  In  the  Quantita- 
tive determination  sodium  acetate  and  acetic  acid  are 
added  to  the  solution  of  zinc  sulphate  ;  the  solution  i- 
heated  to  boiling,  ammonium  ditbiocarbamate  added, 
and  the  boiling  continued  for  a  short  time,  when  the 
precipitate  is  allowed  to  settle,  tillered  hot.  washed,  etc., 
and  finally  weighed  as  zinc  sulphide,  as  in  the  previous 
instance.  In  the  nitrations  the  filtrate  is  apt  to  be 
-lightly  turbid,  but.  the  quantity  of  zinc  passing  through 
is  so  .small  that  it  may  be  disregarded. 

Separation  of  Comer  and  Zinc. — This  depends  on  the 
solubility  of  zinc  dithiocarbamate  in  hydrochloric  acid. 
Hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1'0.5)  is  added  to  the  mixture, 
which  is  then  heated  to  boiling  and  precipitated  with 
ammonium  ditbiocarbamate.  The  precipitated  copper 
retains  a  small  quantity  of  zinc  and  should  be  redissolved 
in  nitric  acid,  evaporated  down  with  hydrochloric  acid 
and  reprecipitated.  The  combined  filtrates  contain  the 
zinc,  which  can  be  precipitated  as  ditbiocarbamate,  in 
acetic  acid  solution.  An  analysis  of  the  mixed  sulphates 
of  copper  and  zinc,  also  an  analysis  of  brass,  gave 
accurate  results  by  this  method. 

Separation  of  Copper  from  other  Metals. — Copper  is 
completely  separated  from  iron,  manganese  and  nickel 
by  precipitation  in  the  hot  hydrochloric  acid  solution 
with  ammonium  dithiocarbamate.  Cobalt  solutions 
turn  green  when  thus  treated,  and  it  is  only  after  pro- 
longed boiling  that  they  become  red  again,  and  the 
separation  does  not  appear  to  be  quite  complete  under 
all  conditions.  Copper  (and  also  zinc)  is  completely 
separated  from  the  metals  of  the  alkalis  and  alkaline 
earths,  provided  the  solution  is  sufficiently  dilute. 

Action  of  Ammonium  Dithiocarbamate  on: — 

1.  Salts  of  Aluminium  and  Chromium, — In  the  cold 
no  reaction  occurs, but  on  warming  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
is  evolved,  and  the  hydrates  separate.  In  the  case  of 
chromium  small  blue  crystals,  insoluble  in  cold  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  consisting  probably  of  chromium  dithio- 
carbamate, were  observed.  Chromates  are  reduced  by 
this  reagent  as  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

'2.  Salts  of  Iron,  Nickel,  Cobalt,  Manganese,  Zinc  and 
I' mi, inm. — Ferric  salts  are  reduced,  while  ferrous  salts 
are  not  affected  in  the  acid  solution  :  an  addition  of 
ammonia  causes  the  separation  of  a  dark  precipitate. 
Nickel  and  cobalt  are  not  completely  precipitated  either 
in  acid  or  alkaline  solution.  Manganese  is  only  precipi- 
tated in  alkaline  solution,  while  the  zinc  precipitate  is 
insoluble  in  acetic  acid  (v.  ante).  The  separation  of  zinc 
and  manganese  mi  this  basis  does  not  work.  Nickel, 
cobalt,  and  zinc  treated  with  an  excess  of  potassium 
cyanide  are  not  precipitated  by  the  ditbiocarbamate. 
Uranium  solutions  are  coloured  red  in  the  cold  (Debus. 
Annaleii,  73,  26)  ;  on  boiling  a  grey-black  precipitate 
settles,  insoluble  in  acetic  acid  solution,  soluble  in 
hydrochloric.  The  red  coloration  is  destroyed  by  the 
presence  of  ammonium  carbonate. 

3.  Salts  of  Mi  rcury,  Lead,  Silver,  Bismuth,  Copper  and 
Cadmium.  iSee  Debus.  I.e.). — With  mercuric  chloride  a 
white,  and  with  rnercurous  nitrate  a  black,  metallic  pie- 
cipitate  is  formed.  The  precipitates  with  lead  and  silver 
are  pale  yellow,  that  with  bismuth  orange-yellow,  and 
that  with  cidmium  white.  They  are  all  more  or  less 
rapidly  decomposed  on  boiling  with  water,  and  almost 
immediately  by  alkalis.  The  solutions  of  these  metals 
treated  with  an  excess  of  potassium  cyanide  are  not  pre-  : 
cipitated.  The  bismuth  and  cadmium  precipitates  are 
fairly  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid,  the  copper  salt 
(v.  ante)  highly  soluble,  the  lead  salt  readily  so. 


4.  Oxides  of  Arsenic,  Antimony  and  Tin.  (See 
Debus.  I.e.). — Mixed  with  an  aqueous  solution  of  arse- 
niotts  acid,  a  yellow  precipitate,  probably,  of  sulphide  of 
arsenic  separates  on  standing.  In  presence  of  hydro- 
chloric, sulphuric  or  acetic  acid  awhiteflocculent  precipi- 
tate results,  soluble  in  alkalis  and  reprecipitated  by 
acids.  The  precipitate  liberate-  no  ammonia  when 
boiled  with  caustic  soda,  but  if  it  be  liist  boiled  \\ith 
water  and  then  with  caustic  soda  ammonia  is  liberated, 
and  on  the  addition  of  acid,  fumes  of  sulphocyanic  acid 
are  given  off.  Arsenic  acid  is  similarly  precipitated  in 
acid  solutions.  Antimony  trichloride  forms  a  pale  yellow 
precipitate,  which  behaves  similarly  to  the  above,  while 
antimony  pentacbloride  also  yields  a  pale  yellow  preci- 
pitate soluble  in  alkalis,  but  decomposed  on  boiling  the 
solution.  Stannous  chloride  in  acid  solution  forms  an 
orange-yellow  precipitate,  soluble  in  alkalis,  reprecipi- 
tated by  acids  and  decomposed  on  boiling  with  evolution 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  Stannic 
chloride  behaves  similarly,  but  the  precipitate  is  yellow. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Laboratory  Apparatus.     E.  Pollak.     Hep.  Anal.  Chem. 
7,  597—599. 

FlC.  1  represent-  a  piece  of  apparatus  specially  adapted 
for  chloiinations,  sinca  the  separate  portions  are  joined 
together  by  ground  glass  connections.  The  neck  of  the 
flask  i-  lifted  with  a  short  tube  open  at  both  ends,  into 
the  side  of  which  the  delivery  tube  for  the  gas  is  fixed  ; 
this  hist  is  expanded  at  the  bottom  and  contains  several 


^ 


> 


Fig. 


Fig.  I.  Fig.  3. 

small  holes.  The  upper  portion  of  the  short  tube  is  fitted 
to  the  outside  of  a  condenser,  which,  as  shown  in  the 
figure,  is  cooled  from  the  inside.  Fig.  2  is  a  similar 
form  of  condenser,  cooled  from  the  inside,  to  be  used  for 
extractions.  The  exsiccator  (Fig.  3)  is  provided  with  a 
manometer,  to  which  the  exit  tube  is  attached.  A  cock 
is  provided  at  the  bottom  of  the  exsiccator. — C.  A.  K. 


Action  of  Hydrogen  Arsenide  on  Arsenioui  Anhydride 
dissolved   in    Hydrochloric  or  Sulphuric   Arid.     IX 

Tivoli.    Kend.  K.  Ace.  Sc.  d.  1st  Bologna,  1S87,  98. 

ASSENIOUS  ANHYDRIDE  dissolved  in  water  yields  no 
metallic  arsenic  when  treated  with  hydrogen  arsenide, 
but  in  presence  of  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid  the 
following  reactions  take  place  : — 

i>A-H.  4  2AsCls  =  6HC1^-  As,. 
GAsHa+3(As20,)S64TH.,S04  =  4H:S04-f6H20-3As1. 

The  reaction  is  complete  in  the  former  instance,  and 
nearly  so  in  the  latter. — C.  A.  K. 


SSfi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [Dec.si.i887 


\     v  Apparatus  for  Fractional  Distillation.     I  .  Gayon. 
Ann.  Cliini    Phys.  1887, 

Tiik  author  has  made  use  of  this  apparatus  foi  distilling 
oil  the  alcohol  from  fermented  solutions.  A  is  the 
distilling  flask,  holding  3 — &  litres,  which  is  heated  in 

a  calcium  chloride  bath  M,  or  better,  by  means  of  steam 
generated  from  the  autoclave  0,  to  which  the  cock  »•  is 
attached.  To  prevent  the  augmentation  of  the  volume 
of  the  liquid  in  A  by  the  condensed  steam  the  flask  is 
surrounded  by  a  water  bath  ;  11  is  a  water  manometer. 
The  fractionating  column  consists  of  a  series  of  glass 
tubes  separated  from  one  another  by  metal  plates  P 
(Figa  2  and  3).  The  tubes  are  supported  by  iron  rods 
T  fixed  in  the  metal  plates  at  t  (Fig.  3).  The  plates  are 
open  in  the  centre  and  are  covered   by  pieces  of  tinned 


-lass  siphons  soon  become  filled  with  the  less  volatile 
portions  of  the  liquid  c'istilled,  causing  the  vapours  to  pas« 
through  the  small  holes  of  the  plate  0  (Figs.  2  and  3). 
With  a  column  consisting  of  12  plates  and  with  pure 
alcohol  in  the  analyser  D,  the  strength  of  the  alcohol 
distilled  from  wine  or  other  fermented  liquids  is  !I4  —  98 
per  cent. — C.  A.  K. 


New  Mellwdfor  the  Quantitative  D<  termination  of  Phos- 
phoric  Acid  in  Thomas-slag.  J.  H.  Vogel.  Hep.  Anal. 
Chem.  7,  568  -573. 

0'5grM.  of  the  well-sampled  slag  is  heated  with  oOcc.  on 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.gr.  1  030—1  •025)  for  24  hours 
in  a  beaker  with  occasional  stirring.    With  the  exception 


or  silvered-copper  foil  full  of  numerous  small  holes  of 
lmm.  diameter.  The  tube  G  holding  the  reversed  glass 
siphon  S  is  fixed  as  shown  in  Fig.  '2.  E  is  a  small  piece 
of  tin  foil,  and  C  a  piece  of  indlarubber.  The  longer 
limb  of  the  siphon  contains  a  small  hole  at  ( t  to  allow 
the  liquid  condeused  above  the  plate  to  run  down  to  the 
next  lower  division  of  the  dephiegmator.  At  the  top  of 
the  apparatus  the  tube  C  (Fig.  1)  is  fixed,  and  inside 
it  the  tube  D,  which  is  connected  with  a  vertical  con- 
denser at  A  (not  shown  in  figure).  In  D  a  liquid  of  con- 
stant boiling  point  is  placed  and  also  some  platinum  wire 
to  render  the  boiling  regular.  By  tin-  means  a  constant 
temperature  is  maintained  at  the'top  of  the  column.  The 
tube  C  is  connected  with  the  exit  tube  T,  in  which  the 
thermometer  is  fixed  and  from  which  a  second  tube 
branches  oil'  leading  to  the  condenser.     When  in  use  the 


Fig.  3. 

of  carbon  and  a  little  gelatinous  silica  everything  goes 
into  solution  ;  this  residue  is  filtered  off  and  washed 
with  50 — (iOcc.  of  the  dilute  acid.  The  filtrate  is  evapo- 
rated to  dryness  in  a  porcelain  or  platinum  crucible  and 
dried  at  108 — 110°  for  balf-an-hour.  When  cold  the 
residue  is  treated  with  lOcc.  of  cone,  nitric  acid,  and 
then  with  20 — 25cc.  of  hot  water.  All  but  the  last  traces 
of  silica  are  thus  got  rid  of,  and  the  determination  of 
the  phosphoric  acid  consequently  rendered  more  accurate, 
the  presence  of  silica,  according  to  the  author,  involving 
low  results.  The  small  quantity  of  silica  left  in  the 
solution  is  without  etl'ect,  provided  the  molybdic  acid 
precipitate  is  thoroughly  washed.  The  silica,  after  the 
treatment  with  nitric  acid,  is  filtered  off  and  the  phos- 
phoric acid  precipitated  by  ammonium  molyhdate  as 
usual.     Thomas-slag  is  similarly  decomposed   by  other 


DM.S1.U87.1     THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


=39 


dilute  acids  (nitric  :iutl  sulphnric),  although  hardlj  so 
effectually  asby  hydrochloric  acid.  The  results  obtained 
by  tlie  above  method  are  slightly  higher  than  when  no 

removal  of  silica  is  elicited,  or  when  Brunnemann  - 
method  (see  this  Journal,  1SS7,  304)  or  the  method  pro- 
posed by  the  author,  of  treating  the  slag  with  a  mixture 
of  hydrochloric  and  nitric  acids  (see  this  Journal,  1887, 
G79)  is  employed.— C.  A.  K. 


The  Estimation  of  Carbonic  Add  in  Beer.  C.  A.  Cramp- 
ton  and  T.  C.  Trescot.  Amer.  Client.  J.  9,  290—293. 
THE  method  applies  only  to  bottled  beer.  The  carbon 
dioxide  is  allowed  to  escape  from  the  bottle  by  boring 
through  the  cork  with  a  champagne  tap,  the  thread  of 
which  has  been  turned  oil'  and  the  tube  left  smooth  (see 
figure),  and  passes  lirst  through  an  Erlenmeyer's  tlask 
and  then  through  I'-tubcs  containing  sulphuric  acid, 
calcium  chloride  and  soda  lime  successively,  the  whole 
being  arranged  as  shown  in  figure.  The  Erlennieyei  e 
tlask  serve-  both  to  catch  and  to  break  up  the  froth  coming 
over  from  the  bottle.  Towards  the  end  of  the  operation 
the  contents  of  the  bottle  are  warmed  to  80°  and  finally  a 
current  of  air  (freed  from  CO.,)  is  drawn  through  the 
system  of  l'-tubes.  With  patent  rubber-stoppered  beer 
bottles  the  carbon  dioxide  cannot  be  determined  in  this 
manner  and  the  method  of  totalloss  is  adopted,  the  bottle, 


excess  of  the  oxidising  agent  at  the  commencement  of  the 
experiment  is  therefore  apparent  (3.)  The  supposition 
that  possiblv  a  portion  of  the  sulphurous  acid  is  converted 
into  dithionic  acid (2SO  H  21=  SsO,B  2HI)wasnoi 
borne  out  by  experiment  The  correct  explanation  c:m 
therefore  alone  be  based  on  the  following  observations:  — 
Snlphnr  dioxide  is  reduced  by  hydriodic  acid  ; 
iodine,  water,  and  sulphur  (and  a  little  hydrogen  sul- 
phide) being  formed.  '_'.  \  solution  of  hydriodic  acid 
similarly  reduces  a  concentrated  solution  of  sulphurous 
acid.  The  iodine  is  not,  however,  liberated,  but  in  pre- 
sence of  the  water  at  once  oxidises  a  further  portion  of 
sulphurous  acid  to  sulphuric  acid.  The  final  result  of 
the  reaction  is  therefore  a  conversion  of  the  sulphurous 
acid  into  sulphur  and  sulphuric  acid:— 3St  i  2HsO  4HI 
=2SO«H  S+4HL  The  ratio  of  sulphur,  as  sulphuric 
acid,  to  "free  sulphur  was  proved  quantitatively.  We 
here  have  a  very  neat  example  of  so-called  catalytic 
action.  Now  when  iodine  and  sulphurous  acid  solution 
are  mixed,  hydriodic  acid  is  formed,  and  this  may  cause 
a  further  reduction  of  a  further  portion  of  the  sulphurous 
acid.  This  is  of  course  more  liable  to  occur,  even  when 
dilute  solutions  are  used,  when  the  iodine  solution  is  run 
into  the  sulphurous  acid  solution  than  when  the  reverse 
takes  place.  It  is  interesting  to  note  here  that  the  pro- 
longed action  of  alkaline  sulphites  exerts  a  similar  action 
on  sulphurous  acid  ;  sulphur  and  sulphuric  acid  being 
formed,  hydro-sulphurous  acid  being  formed  as  an  inter- 


together  with  the  drying  tubes,  connections,  etc.,  being 
weighed  before  and  after  the  determination.  The  authors 
find  as  a  mean  of  1G  results  0398  per  cent,  of  CO„,  the 
quantities  varying  from  0219  per  cent,  to  0 '629  per  cent. 
Most  authorities  give  an  average  of  01  to  0'2  per  cent,  of 
CO,  in  beer.  — C.  A.  K. 


On    Sulphurous    Arid    and   Iodomeiry.       J.    Yolhard. 
Aanalen,  242,  93—113. 

BTJNSBS  explains  the  well-known  tact,  that  in  his  iodo- 
metric  method  the  sulphurous  acid  is  not  completely 
oxidised  to  sulphuric  acid  unless  the  sulphurous  acid  solu- 
tion is  very  dilute — (i.e.,  0'03 — 0'04  per  cent,  sulphur 
dioxide),  by  the  supposition  that  in  a  more  concentrated 
solution  the  sulphuric  acid  first  formed  is  again  reduced  by 
the  hydriodic  acid.  Now-  this  explanation,  though  it  has 
never  been  experimentally  proved,  has  been  universally 
accepted  and  is  often  cited  as  an  instance  of  a  reversable 
reaction.  The  author  has  carried  out  numerous  experi- 
ments on  the  subject,  with  the  following  results: — (1.) 
The  presence  of  even  10  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid  does 
not  intluencetlie  correctness  of  the  results.  The  reduc- 
tion of  sulph  uric  acid  is  not  therefore  the  cause  of  irregu- 
larities when  strong  solutions  are  used.  (2.)  When  the 
iodine  solution  is  run  into  the  sulphurous  acid  solutions, 
the  results  are  never  so  concordant  (even  with  a  00153  per 
cent,  solution  ;  factor  of  iodine  solution  =  01013)  as  when 
the  sulphurous  acid  solution  is  run  into  theiodinesolution, 
when  concordant  results  are  obtained,  even  with  a  2  per 
cent,  solution  of  sulphurous  acid.     The  necessity  of  an 


mediate  product.  When  concentrated  solutions  are 
used,  not  a  colourless  solution,  but  a  slightly  yellow  one, 
is  obtained,  which  does  not  turn  starch  blue  :  the  colour  is 
therefore  not  due  to  free  iodine. — F.  W.  T.  K. 

Examination  of  Crude  Soda-liquors  and Mother-liqi 

W.  Kalmann  and  J.  Spuller.     OingL   l'olyt.  J.  264. 

456  —4.39. 
The  authors  propose  to  determine  the  composition  of 
crude  soda-  and  mother-liquors  in  the  following  manner, 
instead  of  by  the  method  at  present  in  use.  The  separation 
of  the  Na,S03  from  Na  S.,03  by  the  author's  method 
depends  on  the  almost  complete  insolubility  of  BaSO,  in 
alkaline  liquids,  whilst  BaS,Os,  in  the  state  of  dilution 
dealt  with,  remains  in  solution.  Experiments  carried 
out  with  solutions  of  known  composition  showed  that 
only  a  very  slight,  negligable  amount  of  BaS,0 
reniained  in  the  precipitate.  The  method  of  procedure  is 
shortly  as  follows. 

1.  In  a  measured  volume  of  the  liquor  the  total 
alkali  is  determined  with  normal  acid  and  methyl-orange 
as  indicator.  The  amount  of  acid  used  corresponds  to 
the  amount  of  sodium  carbonate  +  sodium  sulphide  - 
sodium  hydroxide  +  half  the  sodium  sulphite,  i  Methyl- 
orange  is  alkaline  to  Xa„SO ..,  neutral  to  NaHsi )  .) 

2.  "An  equal  volume  of  the  liquor  is  titrated  with  a  deci- 
normal  iodine  solution,  after  acidification  with  acetic 
acid  and  addition  of  starch-paste.  The  iodine  used 
corresponds  to  the  amount  of  sodium  sulphide  +  sodium 
sulphite  +  sodium  hyposulphite. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [NDUSTRY.     [Dec  »i,i887 


3.  Twice  the  volume  of  the  liquor  employed  iuil) 
.•mil  (2)  i-  precipitated  with  alkaline  zinc  volution,  the 
liquid  made  up  to  a  certain  volume,  one-half  filtered  off, 
acidified  with  acetic  acid  and  titrated  with  deeinormaJ 
iodine  solution  and  starch  paste.  The  iodine  used  corre- 
sponds to  the  -odium  sulphite       sodium  hyposulphite. 

4.  Three  or  lour  times  the  volume  of  the  liquor  taken 
in  ili  and  (2)  i<  decomposed  with  barium  chloride  in 
i  oeas,  made  np  to  a  given  volume  with  boiled  water, 
and  the  precipitate  filtered  off;  a,  one  third  or  a  quarter 
is  titrated  with  normal  acid.  The  arid  used  corresponds 
in  sodium  hydroxide  sodium  sulphide  ;  (6)  another 
third  or  quarter  of  the  filtrate  is  acidified  with  acetic 
acid  and  titrated  with  decinormal  iodine  solution.  The 
iodine  used  corresponds  to  the  sodium  sulphide -I- sodium 
hyposulphite. 

The  calculation  then  is  : — 

-  -  tl>  A  cc.  of  decinormal  iodine  solution  correspond- 

ing to  N'n.SI '  . 

2     ::  =  B  cc  of  decinorma]  iodine  solution  correspond- 

ing to  Na.S. 

Jli  -   (2    3)        Ccc.  of  decinormal  iodine  solution  correspond- 
ing to  Xa.sc  i  . 

i  i      i',-iB       =  I)   cc.    of    decinormal  acid   corresponding    to 
N'aHO. 

l-tla+..',7-V)=  E  cc   of    decinormal    acid     corresponding    to 

Na.cn  . 

The  numbers  are  then  calculated  on  the  litre  of 
liquor.  Analyses  are  given,  showing  the  fairly  con- 
cordant results  obtained  by  the  method,  which  answers 
well  for  all  practical  purposes.  (Compare  Dingl.  Pulyt.  J. 
237,  30S.)— G.  H.M. 


Lieberman?i'$    Reaction   for    Albumen.     C.    le    Nobel. 
Centralbl.  f.  die  Med.  Wissenscb.  25.  625. 

The  author  confirms  the  accuracy  of  Liebermaun's  re- 
sults (Clam.  Ze.it.  Rep.  11.  130.  With  a  sample  of  pure 
peptone  prepared  from  fibrin  according  to  Kiihne's 
method  and  which  was  not  precipitated  by  either  acids, 
alkalis,  ammonium  sulphate,  or  acetic  acid  and  neutral 
alkaline  salts,  and  which  gave  the  red  coloration  with 
the  biuret  test,  the  reaction  with  hydrochloric  acid  gave 
no  result.  Whether  the  presence  of  albumen  in  urine 
can  be  detected  by  this  test  cannot  be  stated  with  cer- 
tainty, but  in  one  case  in  which  it  was  present  by  the 
microscope  and  all  the  usual  albumen  reactions  failed, 
this  test  answered  extremely  well. 

The  author  has  further  succeeded  in  detecting  globulin 
in  urine  by  saturating  a  large  quantity  of  the  former 
with  magnesium  sulphate. — 0.  A.  K. 


(o)  Filtrate  com  tins  thebaine,  codeine,  and  morphine. 
Add  concentrated  sodium  salicylate  solution  ana  allow 
I..  -land  for  24  hours. 

Precipitate:    Thebaine    salicylate;     weighed    as 

-llrll 

Filtrate:    Vdd  lli'l.     The  excess  of  salicylic  a.  id 
i-  precipitated  ami  may  he  tillered  oil.  and  the  filtrate  i- 
liaken  out   w  i 1 1 1  chloroform,  which  removes  traces   oi 
salicylic  acid,  narceine,  and  thebaine. 

I  The  sol ii i  ion,  after  extraction  with  chloroform,  con- 
tains i  in-  codeine  and  morphine.    Concentrate  on  water- 
bath,  and  add  potassic  sulpnocyanate. 
i/ 1  Precipitate  :  Codeine  hydrosulphocj  anate,  weighed 

as  such. 

(A)  Filtrate  contains  morphine  and  a  little  codeine, 
which  has  escaped  precipitation.  Add  a  little  ammonia, 
allow  to  stand  lor  some  time  in  a  separating  funnel 
and  shake  out  repeatedly  with  chloroform,  which 
removes  the  la-t  traces  of  Co  'cine.  Separate  the  aqueous 
solution,  acidify  with  IK'l.  heat  to  about  00°  C,  render 
alkaline  with  Ml.,  and  shake  out  the  morphine  with 
amyl  alcohol. 

The  experimental  results  given  are  very  satisfactory. 


Detection  <>f   Woody  fibre   in    Paper.     E.    Hanansek. 
Ztschr.  f.  Nahrungmitteirentersuch  u.  Hygiene,  Inst, 

1,  I.".:!. 
I'll  k  author  examined  several  varieties  of  wood  cellulose 
which  did  not  give  the  usual  colour  reactions  with 
aniline  or  phleroglucinol,  and  considers,  therefore,  that 
in  order  to  detect  woody  fibre  in  paper  both  a  micro- 
scopical and  chemical  examination  should  be  made. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Detection  mid  Direct  Estimation  of  Starch  in  Solutions 
containing  Dextrin.  G.  Burkhard.  (.'hem.  Zeit.  H, 
U5S. 

The  qualitative  test  for  starch  in  presence  of  dextrin  is 
to  ado  alcohol  to  the  cold  solution  until  it  just  becomes 
turbid,  when  the  solution  is  Manned  until  the  turbidity 
disappears.  The  starch  is  then  precipitated  by  tannic 
acid  solution,  filtered  oft',  washed  with  alcohol,  dried  and 
tested  for  on  the  filter  paper  with  a  dilute  iodine  solu- 
tion. In  applying  tins  method  of  separation  to  the 
quantitative  estimation  of  starch  the  precipitation  is 
similarly  effected,  the  tannic  acid  completely  removed 
by  washing  with  alcohol,  and  the  residue  (filter  paper 
and  starch  I  heated  with  Ice.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid 
and  20cc.  of  water  for  i  hours  to  115°  C.  in  a  paraffin  bath. 
After  the  beating  (which  is  done  in  a  Lintner's  pressure 
flask),  the  solution  is  filtered  and  the  sugar  formed  deter- 
mined by  Fehling's  solution.  The  quantity  of  sugar 
found,  multiplied  by  09,  gives  the  amount  of  starch. 
Allihu's  table  for  reckoning  the  quantity  of  copper  solu- 
tion used  should  be  employed. — C.  A.  K. 


Separation    of  the   Opium  Alkaloids.    P.    C.    Plunge. 

The  Analyst,  13,  197—200. 

To  the  solution  of  the  free  alkaloids  add  sodium  acetate. 

in)  Precipitate:  Narcotine  and  papaverine. 

•  h\  Filtrate:  Narceine,  thebaine,  codeine,  and  mor- 
phine. 

(r<)  Dissolve  in  least  possible  quantity  of  H(  1  and  dilute 
the  solution  so  that  lOOcc.  contains  only  0'25grms. 
of  alkaloids,  and  precipitate  with  K.FeCy,,":  precipitate 
is  papaverine  hydroferrocyanate,  which  may  be  weighed 
a-  such.  Filtrate  contains  the  narcotine,  which  can  he 
obtained  as  pure  alkaloid  by  addition  of  ammonia. 

|//)  Filtrate  (from  sodium  acetate  precipitate)  concen- 
trate on  the  water  bath  to  small  volume  when  the 
narceine  crvstallises  out,  only  OTOgrm.  remaining  in 
lOOcc. 


Determination  of  Ash  in  Org         Substances.  A.Kobrick. 

('hem.  Zeit.  11,  1159. 

5 — lOGRMS.  of  substance  are  heated  in  a  platinum  dish  to 
begin  with,  as  the  loss  is  less  than  when  a  platinum 
crucible  is  used,  the  tendency  of  the  substance  after 
bein"  first  ignited  to  creep  over  the  sides  of  the  vessel 
being  reduced.  If  the  sample  examined  be  readily 
burned,  the  ignition  is  completed  in  the  dish;  if  not,  the 
residue  i.-  broken,  up,  transferred  to  a  platinum  crucible, 
and  heated  in  a  current  of  oxygen.  The  oxygen  is  passed 
into  the  crucible  by  a  pipe-clay  tube  (such  as  is  used  for 
the  reduction  of  a  metallic  oxide  in  a  crucible)  and  may 
begenerattd  for  the  purpose  from  potassium  chromate 
and  sulphuric  acid  or  from  potassium  permanganate  and 
nitric  acid,  the  gas  being  . washed  with  water.  The 
organic  matter  is  burned  away  completely  and  quietly, 
so  that  there  is  no  chance  of  loss  by  spirting.  Any  par- 
ticles of  carbon  remaining  in  the  ash,  in  case  it  is  fusible, 
are  removed  by  exhausting  with  water  and  concentrating 
carefully,  when  the  light  carbon  particles  remain  on  the 
surface  "and  are  readily  oxidised.— C.  A.  K. 


Notes  on  the  Soda- Lime  Method  for  Determining 
Nitrogen.  W.  A  t  water  and  C.  Woods.  Anter.  Chem.  J. 
9,  311—324. 

FROM    a    series    of    determinations    of     the    nitrogen 
contained    in  animal  tissues,  the  authors   consider  the 


Dec.81,1837.]      THE  JOHnXAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


811 


soda-liuie  method  unite  reliable,  results  by  this  method 
agreeing  accurately  with  those  obtained  by  the  volu- 
metric process.  The  composition  of  the  soda  lime  is 
without  appreciable  effect  on  the  results  ;  nor  does  a 
difference  in  the  temperature  of  combustion,  or  of  the 
length  of  the  tube,  affect  the  accuracy  of  the  method.  In 
testing  the  purity  of  the  soda  lime  by  sugar  it  was  found 
to  contain  traces  of  nitrogen,  while,  when  burnt 
with  stearin  or  oxalic  acid,  it  appeared  quite  free  from 
it,  the  traces  of  uitrogen  being,  therefore,  in  the  sugar, 
which  it  is  advisable  to  replace  for  this  purpose  by  the 
above  substance-.— ('.  A.  K. 


Testing  of  Commercial  Quinine  Sulphate.     <:.  Kerner 
and  A".  Weller.     Arch,  l'harm.  1887,  712  and  ,40. 

The  authors  give  the  following  directions  for  the 
ammonia  test  :—  Allow  the  sample  to  effloresce  com- 
pletely in  a  warm  place  (40—50°  C),  and  then  treat 
2grms  with  20grms.  of  water  in  a  suitable  test  tube. 
Heat  the  tube  for  half-an-hour  in  a  water-bath  to  60— 
65°  and  afterwards  allow  it  to  cool  for  two  hours  in  a 
water-bath  at  15".  Both  during  the  heating  and  coolin" 
it  is  necessary  to  shake  the  contents  of  the  tube  well 
from  time  to  time.  Next  lilter  the  solutkn,  take  5cc. 
of  the  filtrate  and  add  to  it  ammonia  of  specific  gravity 
0900  It  is  important  that  the  tempuature  of  the 
cooling  bath  should  be  as  nearly  as  possible  exactly  15 
before" filtering.  The  ammonia  is  added  until  the  pre- 
cipitate first  formed  is  just  dissolved.  Pure  quinine 
sulphate  requires  34— 35cc.  of  ammonia;  when  mixed 
with  3  per  cent,  of  pure  cinchonidine  sulphate,  4cc.  of 
ammonia  are  needed,  and  with  7  per  cent .  about  (ice.  In 
the  better  classes  of  commercial  quinine  sulphate  the 
quantity  of  cinchonidine  sulphate  at  present  is  2— ti  per 

cent 

The  authors  contend  that  thus  modified  the  ammonia 
method  is  the  safest  and  simplest  known  for  the  detection 
and  estimation  of  admixed  alkaloids  in  quinine 
sulphate.  Hesse's  ether  test,  which  diners  from  the 
above  by  the  substitution  of  ether  for  ammonia,  for 
cinchonidine,  takes  longer  and  depends  too  much  on 
the  quality  of  the  ether  employed. 

De  Yrij's  chromate  method  (see  this  Journal,  188(, 
151  306,  and  38S)  is  open  to  the  objections  that  pure 
quinine  sulphate  is  not  completely  precipitated  as 
chromate,  and  that  the  quantity  of  the  precipitate, 
obtained  by  the  addition  of  alkali  to  the  filtrate,  is  not 
appreciably  different  with  pure  quinine  or  when  2—2  \> 
per  cent,  of  cinchonidine  is  present ;  also  less  than  3\> 
percent  of  qiiinidine  cannot  be  detected.  In  Schiifer's 
oxalate  method  (see  this  .Journal,  1887,  522)  a  portion  of 
tlie  cinchonidine  remains  behind  with  the  quinine 
oxalate,  while  varying  quantities  of  quinine  pass  into 
the  filtrate.  The  bisulphate  method  (see  this  Journal, 
1887  455)  is  of  use  in  the  removal  of  cinchonidine  in  the 
preparation  of  quinine,  but  as  a  test  it  is  unreliable,  as 
the  cinchonidine  is  not  completely  precipitated  from  the 
ethereal  solution,  and  then  it  has  to  stand  for  24  hours. 

These  criticisms,  which  are  based  on  numerous  analy- 
ses show  that  the  chromate  and  oxalate  tests  can  only 
determine  whether,  in  the  sample  examined,  a  certain 
small  percentage  of  cinchonidine  is  exceeded  or  not. 


titrate  the  solution  with  ammonium  Bulphocyanide, 
according  to  Yolhard's  method.  Willi  20grms.  of  sub- 
stance the  results  only  differ  by  0  003  0  005  per  cent. 
The  removal  of  gypsum  from  bone  charcoal,  by  means  of 
-odium  carbonate,  is  best  effected  by  using  one  mol.  of 
the  latter  for  each  mol.  of  calcium  sulphate,  and  is  the 
more  readily  done  the  higher  the  temperature. 
Digestion  for  four  days  is  sufficient,  fur,  although  the 
extraction  i-  only  completed  alter  15  days  at  ordinary 
temperatures,  after  the  fourth  day  the  quantity  of 
calcium  sulphide  gradually  increases,  owing  to  the 
reduction  of  the  gypsum  in  solution  by  bacteria 
(Iieggiota  alba?).  Washing  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid  does  not  appreciably  diminish  the  amount  of  calcium 
sulphide  present  in  the  charcoal,  but  bringing  the 
moistened  substance  in  contact  with  air  does,  owing  to 
the  oxidation  by  hydrogen  peroxide.— C.  A.  K. 


Gimsiim    and    Cain  urn    Sulphide     in    Bone    Charcoal. 
Ztschr.  f.  Znckerind.  1887,  704. 

If  in  determining  the  calcium  sulphide  in  bone  charcoal, 
the  moist  sample  be  dried  at  or  about  100  ,  a  portion 
of  the  sulphide  is  oxidised  to  sulphate,  owing  to  the 
formation  of  hydrogen  peroxide.  The  charcoal  is  there- 
fore best,  dried  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  treated 
with  h\  drochloric  acid  after  the  addition  of  zinc  (to 
reduce  the  ferric  oxide),  and  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
absorbed  in  an  ammoniacal  silver  solution  the  silver 
sulphide  formed  being  either  weighed  directly  or  else  as 
metallic  silver  bv  reduction  in  a  current  of  hydrogen.  A 
better  plan  is  to  dissolve  the  sulphide  in  nitric  acid,  and 


Examination  of  Gun  Cotton.     Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  265,  332. 

In  a  recent  communication  Wisser  gives  the  results  of 
experiments  on  the  chemical  examination  of  gun  cotton. 
Moisture  and  calcium  carbonate  were  determined  in  the 
usual  way.  The  ash  was  found,  after  removal  of  the 
calcium  carbonate,  by  treating  a  weighed  quantity  in  a 
tared  platinum  crucible  with  concentrated  nitiic  acid, 
carefully  evaporating  to  dryness  and  igniting  the 
residue ;  the  increase  of  weight  gives  the  ash.  The 
nitrogen  was  determined  with  a  I.ubarsch's  nitrometer. 
Mono-  and  di-nitrocellulose  were  found,  when  5gims.  of 
the  cotton  wool  were  treated  first  with  200grms.  of  a 
mixture  of  ether  and  alcohol  in  the  ratio  of  3  :  1  for  12 
hours  ;  then,  with  the  same  amount  in  the  ratio  of  2  :  1 
for  six  hours,  and  finally  with  the  same  amount  of  1:1. 
After  standing  some  time  the  liquid  was  poured  oil 
through  a  tared  filter,  the  residue  washed  twice  with 
pure  alcohol,  twice  with  dilute  alcohol,  and  then  several 
times  with  water  :  it  was  then  collected  on  the  filter, 
dried  at  60°,  and  weighed  ;  the  loss  of  weight  gave  the 
lower  nitro-bodies.  For  the  determination  of  the  un- 
nitrated  cellulose  a  weighted  quantity  of  the  gun-cotton 
was  boiled  for  15  minutes  in  a  concentrated  solution  of 
sodium  stannate,  which  dissolves  out  the  nitrated 
cellulose  ;  the  residue  is  filtered  off,  washed,  dried 
at  100°,  and  weighed.  The  tin  salt  must  be  freshly 
prepared  each  time  by  melting  caustic  soda  with  tui 
and  dissolving  the  product.—  <;.  H.  M. 


Detection  of  the  Adulteration,  of  Olive   Oil  with  Vaselin 
nil.    J.  Birl.    Archiv  der  Pharmacie,  225,  310. 

L  VTELV  the  fat  oils  have  been  much  adulterated  with 
vaselin  oil  ;  olive  oil  has  also  suiiered  in  this  respect, 
and  is  consequently  unfitted  for  pharmaceutical  pur- 
poses, since  the  oil  adulterated  in  this  way  gives  neither 
a  proper  plaster,  soap,  nor  liniment.  The  author  has 
now  devised  a  new  method  for  detecting  vaselin  oil  in 
vegetable  oil,  which  promises  to  be  very  useful.  He 
test*  the  vegetable  oil  for  mineral  oil  by  titration  with 
standard  alcoholic  potash.  Oogrms.  of  the  purest 
potash  are  dissolved  in  1  litre  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol, 
and  the  solution  made  of  such  a  strength  that  lOcc.  are 
neutralised  bv  lOcc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid;  this 
solution  will"  keep  well.  lOgrms.  of  the  oil  to  be 
examined  are  heated  to  boiling  for  10  minutes  in  a 
oorcelain  dish  with  40cc.  of  the  potash  solution  ;  water 
is  then  added  until  the  volume  is  lOOcc.  The  mixture  is 
again  warmed  with  shaking,  whereby  the  soap  formed 
nrSes  into  solution,  and  titrated  with  normal  acid  in  the 
ordinary  way,  using  phenolphthalein  as  an  indicator 
Pure  oils  require  6cc.  of  acid  (with  the  exception  of 
castor  oil  and  the  oils  from  the  Cruciferce,  which  require 
7_8cc  )  vegetable  oil  with  10  per  cent,  of  mineral  oil 
requires  Sec!,  with  20  per  cent  of  vaselin  oil  lice.  ;  the 
adulterated  oils  of  commerce,  examined  by  the  author, 
required  14  to  17cc.  of  normal  sulphuric  acid.  (Compare 
Focke,  this  Journal,  1HS0,  176.)-G.  H.  M. 

F 


842 


HIE  JOURNAL  OF  Till'.  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  lXM'sTKY.     [Dec si.  1887. 


CraDc  iKcport. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  and  other  Journals.) 


TRADE  BETWEEN  SPAIN  AM)  THE   UNITED 
KINGDOM. 

Imports  into  the  United  Kingdom  from  Spain, 


TARIFF    CHANGES    AND    CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

Russia. 

Customs  Decisions. 
(Poud=361b.  avoirdupois.    Gold  rouble=3s.  2d.) 
The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of  articles 
in  the  Russian  Customs  Tariff  have  recently  been  given  by 

the  Russian  Government.  

Ozokerite,  not  bearing  traces  of  chemical  purification  by 
means  of  sulphuric  acid.— Section  16.  Duty,  5  copecks  per 
poud  gross,  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on  each  rouble  of 
duty  leviable. 


Principal    Articles. 


Oct.  1886. 


Oct.  1887. 


per  bottle.  .«.,..         o    .-      .- 

Starch  paste,  with  an  admixture  of  chloric  zinc— section  4o. 
Duty,  1  rouble  per  poud.  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on 
each  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

Pigment  of  coal  tar.— Section  120.     Duty.  15  roubles  per 

Dry  paper  pulp,  impregnated  with  coal  tar.— Section  110. 
Duty,  2  roubles  per  poud,  with  an  addition  of  20  per  cent,  on 
each  rouble  of  duty  leviable. 

Spain. 

Regulations    respecting    the    Importation    of  Alcoholic 
Liquors. 
Sec  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  December,  p,  596. 

United    States. 
Customs  Decisions. 

Thymol  or  thvmic  acid,  an  article  not  enumeralel  by  name 
in  the  existing  Tariff  Acts,  upon  investigation,  is  found  to  be 
commerciallv  known  as  an  acid,  and  to  be  used  chiefly  for 
medicinal  purposes,  both  externally  and  internally,  and  it  is 
therefore  held  that  it  is  entitled  to  free  entry,  under  the 
provision  in  the  free  list.  No.  591.  for  "acids  used  for  medicinal 
purposes,  not  specially  enumerated  or  prcvided  for." 

Certain  so-called  "  wool  grease,"  which  upon  investigation 
is  found  to  consist  of  an  expressed  oil  of  wool,  commercially 
known  as  solid  fat  oil  of  animal  origin,  is  held  to  be  dutiable 
at  the  rate  of  25  per  cent,  ad  ralorem,  under  the  provision  in 
section  92,  for  all  "preparations  known  as  expressed  oils." 

Brazil. 

New  Customs  Tariff. 
(Continued  from  October  .Vo.  of  the  Journal.) 


{Note. 


-Kilogramme =2-2011b.  avoirdupois.   Milreis  =  2s.3d. 
—nominal  value.) 


X  ..  in 
Tariff. 


805 
806 
807 
808 
809 
810 
811 


Articles,  etc. 


Bates  of  Duty. 


812 


813 
811 
BIS 

816 

817 
818 


XXVI.  —  Metalloids   and   Mis- 
cellaneous Metals, 

Aluminium  Kilog.     16,000 

Antimony ,.              200 

Arsenic  450 

Bismuth 1,600 

Bromium   „           1,200 

Cadmium  ,.          1,600 

Chlorine     dissolved    or    chlorine 

solution „              500 

Sulphur: 

In  sticks   ,,                10 

Sublimate  or  flowers  of  sulphur  „               30 

Iodine „           2.500 

Mercury,  metallic,  or  quicksilver  ,,              500 
Nickel  in  cubes   for   galvanising, 

etc „              800 

Phosphorus,  white    or   yellow,  in 

lumps  or  in  Eticks  ' ,,            650 

Sodium    ,.           2,500 

Metals   or   metalloids,  not   other- 
wise mentioned    Gramme      30 


Chemical   products    unenume- 

rated    Valne 

Copper  ore  and  rcgulus    .  Tons 

Value 
Manganese  ore     Tons 

Value 
Pyrites  of  iron  or  copper.. .Tons 

Value 
Quicksilver lb. 

Value 
Rags.  Esparto    Tons 

Value 


Total  Value 


October  . . . 
November  . 


£1.396 
6.1 15 

£92,908 


29,611 
'.V,."0 
3.S25 
£3S0 
3.908 
£23,019 


!"■;. 


£940,778 
£881,032 


£6.391 

5,378 

£96,758 

550 

£1,650 

32.054 

£62.995 

12,600 

£1,200 

3.381 

£20.004 


18S7, 


£1.134.399 
£918,301 


Exports  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  from  the  United 
Kingdom  to  Spain. 


PaixcrPAi,    Articles. 


Oct.  1886. 


Oct.  1887. 


Alkali     Cwt. 

23.636 

24.629 

"\  alue 

£7.725 

£7,9*3 

Caoutchouc       manufactures 

Value 

£2,265 

£2,397 

Cement Tons 

1.065 

240 

Value 

£1,874 

£117 

Chemical  productsand  prepara- 

tions    (including     dvestutfs) 

Value 

£6.636 

£3,870 

Coal  products  (including  naph- 

tha and  petroleum) Value 

£1,938 

£2.563 

Glass  manufactures    \  alue 

£564 

£1.038 

Manure Value 

£10.125 

£23,272 

Painters'  colours  and  materials 

Value 

£2,393 

£1.565 

Paper  of  all  sorts    Cwt 

712 

517 

Value 

£1.697 

£1,275 

Soap    Cwt. 

597 

146 

^  alue 

£493 

£146 

Summary  Stat'  ment  showing  the  Trade  between  Spam 
and  the  United  Kingdom  during  the  period  subsequent 
to  tin  Conclusion  of  the  Commercial  Treaty,  compared 
n  ith  tlf  corresponding  Period  of  the  previous  Year. 


December 
January  . . 
February 

March 

April 

May  

June 

July  

August  . . 
September 
October  .. 
November 


Imports  into  the  ■ 

United  Kingdom 

from  Spain. 


1885-86.  '  1886-87. 


£ 
924,165 
635,256 

815,407 
781,157 
759,616 

495.361 
548,550 
719.560 
910.77S 
884,052 


t 
867,183 
818,935 
890,692 
906.072 
799.05S 
7S0.764 
71^.561 
681,501 
660,821 
710.363 
1.134.391 
918,304 


Exports  of  Pro- 
duce ami  Uann- 

facture  of 
United  Kingdom 

to  Slain. 


Exports  of 

Foreign  and 

Colonial  Produce 

to  Spain. 


1885-86.    1886-87. 


I 


£ 

241.S6S 
240,097 

244.033 
2S6.6US 
273.115 
222,129 
262.576 
221,722 
233,147 
328,166 
301.133 


£ 

253.23S 
235.S26 
297,122 
327,115 
216,897 
265. 7  J" 
302,019 
264.524 
313.207 
301,0111 
262,089 
272,223 


1885-86.    1886«. 


£ 

£ 

69,940 

59,020 

60.676 

34,821 

52.031 

37,317 

67.113 

74,493 

96,222 

108,699 

55,313 

78,922 

86.162 

09.314 

51,785 

50.077 

11,102 

43.623 

32.141 

49.469 

59,358 

57,810 

54,638 

66.958 

Dec.3l.MW.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


843 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AXI>  CON- 
SULAR REPORTS. 
Industrial  and  Commercial  Museum  at  Cisbok. 

See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  December,  p.  838. 

Dutch  Colonies. 

Jura  Indigo. 

The  indigo  crop  of  1SS6  was  satisfactory,  boih  as  regards 
quality  and  quantitv.  During  the  year  B12,00Dkilos.  were  ex- 
ported from  Bataria.  against  UOl.OOOkilos.  in  1885.  and  an 
average  export  of  t&OOOkilos.  from  18S0  to  1881.  Ihe  high 
prices  which  ruled  at  the  commencement  of  1886  could  not  be 
maintained,  and  the  season  closed  at  decidedly  lower  rates 
than  the  one  preceding.  Prices,  in  fact,  were  so  low  that  the 
planters  would  not  sell  outright,  but  preferred  to  ship  the  bulk 
of  the  crop  to  Holland  for  their  own  account.  The  hnest 
varieties  are  becoming  more  and  more  scarce.  The  18S7  crop 
does  not  look  favourable  as  regards  quantity,  having  suffered 
from  excessive  rains  and  insects. 

Tuhis. 


Condition  of  the  Country. 

In  a  country  which,  like  Tunis,  depends  for  its  commercial 
prosperity  on  the  productions  of  the  soil,  there  is  little  change 
from  vear  to  year  in  the  totals  of  its  exports  and  imports,  unless 
a  year  of  drought  should  cause  a  failure  of  the  crops.  Such  a 
calamity  has  not  befallen  the  land  since  France  took  it  under 
her  protection  in  1881.  In  spite,  however,  of  the  continuance 
of  agricultural  prosperitv,  the  trade  of  Tunis  languishes,  com- 
mercial failures  are  of  unusual  frequency,  and  small  merchants 
And  it  increasingly  difficult  to  obtain  credit. 

British  Trade. 

England  continues  to  occupy  the  first  place  in  the  imports. 
Her  pre-eminence  is  due  to  the  cheapness  and  excellence  of 
the  products  of  Manchester  and  Glasgow.  What  is  clnet  y 
needed  to  give  a  stimulus  to  British  import  trade  is  the  est  ab- 
lishment  of  direct  steam  communication  with  Liverpool,  which 
would  permit  of  the  introduction  of  British  goods  at  cheaper 
freights.  English  commercial  firms  might  then  hope  to  sell  in 
Tunis  many  articles  which  arc  at  present  hardly  known  in 
the  Regency. 

The  Cork  Fort  sts. 

The  forests  of  Tunis  cover  an  appreciable  part  of  the  surface 
of  the  country,  and  their  care  has  been  placed  under  the 
management  of  a  separate  department  by  the  1  rem  h.  The 
explorations  of  the  new  department  have  resulted  in  the 
division  of  the  forests  into  two  main  groups  ;  one  consisting  of 
the  cork  tree  and  deciduous  oak,  locally  known  as  "  Zen, 
covering  the  north-western  angle  of  Tunis  where  it  abut  son 
the  Algerian  frontier  and  the  sea,  inhabited  by  the  Kroumirs, 
and  separated  from  the  rest  of  Tunis  by  the  river  Mejerdah. 
These  trees  grow  in  a  stratum  of  sandstone,  which  again 
reposes  on  the  upper  chalk,  and  they  completely  disappear 
where  the  latter  stratum  crops  to  the  surface.  They  cover 
an  area  of  about  36U.00O  acres,  on  330.000  acres  of  which  flourishes 
the  cork  tree,  and  on  30,000  the  "zen."  It  is  found  that  the 
former  invariably  grow  on  the  southern  slopes  of  the  moun- 
tains ;  the  latter  on  the  northern  slopes,  and  in  the  ho'lows 
of  valleys. 

Red  Gum  Trees. 

The  French  railway  company  which  owns  the  line  running 
from  Tunis  to  the  Algerian  frontier,  has  succeeded  in  planting 
a  considerable  number  of  the  eucalyptus  resinifera  (red  gum 
trees) and  acacia  cyanophylo.  It  is  estimated  that  300.000  trees 
have  been  planted  along  tne  line  of  railway.  The  cost  of 
planting  an  acre  with  the  eucalyptus  amounts  to  £20.  about 
1  600  trees  going  to  the  acre  of  nursery  ground.  After  planting 
out  it  is  probable  that  at  the  end  of  twenty  years  BOO  trees 
Will  have  survived,  worth  8s.  apiece.  The  bark  of  the  aiacta 
cyanopliylla  is  rich  in  tannin,  and  valuable  for  the  tanner. 

Saleable  Drugs  and  Chemicals. 

The  total  value  of  drugs  and  chemicals  imported  during  1S86 
was  £25  613.  but  there  are  no  detailed  figures  given  of  the  im- 
ports from  the  different  nations  trading  with  Tunis,  and  only 
this  much  can  be  said  with  certainty,  that  in  the  general 
imports  Great  Britain  occupies  the  first,  and  France  the 
second  place  The  Germans  have  made  many  unavailing 
efforts  to  gain  a  footing  in  the  drug  and  chemical  line.  There 
is  scarcely  any  industry  extant  in  Tunis  in  which  chemical 
products  can  find  employment,  and  the  consumption  is.  there- 
fore limited  to  a  few  articles  only.  Painters  colours,  ultra- 
mirine  (but  only  the  cheapest  qualities,  powdered  and  in  ball 


form),  indigo,  and  incense,  are  the  only  articles  which  are  em- 
ployed largely,  and  which  it  will  pay  to  import  direct.  Most 
other  goods  are  taken  in  small  quantities,  and  can  only  be  im- 
ported economically  assorted  with  other  goods.  The  same  is 
the  case  with  pharmaceutical  articles.  The  laboratories  of 
the  Tunisian  pharmacies  are  generally  of  a  very  primitive 
character,  and.  wherever  possible,  the  pharmacist  prefers  to 
buy  the  preparations  put  up  ready  for  sale  Manufacturing 
firms  and  wholesalers  who  sell  crude  products  only  have. 
therefore,  little  chance  of  doing  a  large  trade,  but  not  so  firms 
who,  in  addition  to  quinine,  iodine.  magne6ia,  etc..  also  otter 
specialities,  such  as  mustard  plasters,  fluid  preparations,  and 
patent  medicines  of  all  varieties. 

Havti  (Sax  Domingo). 
Logwood. 

The  logwood  trade  has  been  much  depressed  lately,  mainly 
in  consequence  of  excessive  competition.  There  is  a  very 
good  demand-larger,  in  fact,  than  the  supply-tor-  the  better 
varieties  of  logwood.  In  consequence  a  good  deal  of  inferior 
wood  is  brought  down  from  the  interior,  and  these  shipments 
give  rise  to  claims  on  the  part  of  the  receivers  in  Europe.  The 
Ixports  from  Hayti  fell  from  293.548,75010.  in  188o  to 2,3,o2b,2,  ,1b. 
in  1886.  The  decrease  is  principally  owing  to  reckless  destruc- 
tion of  the  woods  and  to  the  haste  with  which  young  trees  are 
felled  before  they  have  attained  maturity,  and  by  the  wretched 
condition  of  the  roads  in  the  island,  which  are  never  repaired, 
and  have  now  become  so  bad  that  it  is  impossible  to  bring 
down  the  fine  trees  which  are  still  found  plentifully  in  the 
interior.  In  the  coast  districts  there  is  no  wood  left.— Chemist 
and  Druggist. 


MISCELLANEOUS  TRADE  X0T1CES. 
Exportation  of  Pine-Bark  from  Turkey. 

The  Belgian  Bulletin  du  Musee  Commercial  fpr  the  19th 
November  last,  states  that  Turkish  pine- bark,  used  for  dyeing 
and  for  the  preparation  of  skins,  is  now  forming  an  important 
branch  of  exportation  from  the  Turkish  Empire.  The  bark  is 
usually  sent,  in  the  first  instance,  cither  to  Syra  or  to  certain 
parts  of  Italy.  For  some  time  the  exportation  of  pine-bark 
from  TurkeyVas  prohibited,  at  the  request  of  the  Department 
of  Mines  and  Forests,  but  this  embargo  has  now  been  removed, 
and  the  trade  is  once  more  active. 

Indiarubber  Trade  ix  Holland. 

The  Moniteur  Officii  I  du  Commerce  for  the  10th  November 
last  states,  on  the  authority  of  the  Belgian  Secretary  of 
Legation  at  The  Hague,  ihat  a  few  years  ago  there  existed  no 
india-rubber  manufactory  in  all  Holland  and  that  the  Dutch 
merchants  were  obliged  to  buy  all  their  goods  either  m 
Germany  or  in  England.  At  the  present  time  two  menu- 
factories  exist,  but  they  are  far  from  satisfying :the  require- 
ments of  the  country,  for  there  are  still  imported  annual  J 
into  Holland  a  value  of  60.000  florins  in  articles  of  india-rubber 
and  gutta-percha.  The  Belgian  Secretary  recommends  the 
Belgian  manufacturers  of  these  goods  to  make  their  products 
known  in  Holland. 


STATISTICS. 
A  Few  Indian  Statistics. 

\.  recent  statistical  abstract  relating  to  British  India  con- 
tains a  mass  of  interesting  information  concerning  our  great 
dependency,  and  is  well  worth  the  perusal  of  anyone  who  is 
not  afraid  of  three  hundred  closely-printed  pages  of  statistics. 
The  total  population  of  India,  according  to  the  census  or.  l*»i, 
was  253,982,595  (including  55.191,712  in  the  native  states). 
occupying  an  area  of  1,378.011  square  miles;  the  density  ot 
population  in  the  provinces  under  direct  British  control  being 
more  than  25  per  cent,  greater  than  in  the  native  states.  As 
might  be  expected,  a  larger  number  of  people  are  employed  in 
agriculture  than  in  any  other  branch  of  occupation  ;  the  next 
largest  section  being  formed  by  those  engaged  m  industrial 
pursuits.  Chemical  industries  give  employment  to  81,033 
workers.  19,813  of  whom  are  women.  No  less  than  't>A.'»' 
persons  (including  273,169  women)  are  engaged  in  the  collection 
and  preparation  of  gums  and  resins.  The  shellac.  industr> , 
which  is  classed  in  one  category  with  ivory,  bone,  etc.. 
occupies  107,996  people,  but  in  this  branch  women  are  more 
than  twice  as  numerous  as  men.  One  solitary  lndnidual 
among  what  orators  call  the  "  teeming  millions  is  classified 
as  a  worker  in  surgical  instruments;  but  on  the  other  hand 
-physicians,  surgeons  and  druggists'  are  wen  to  the  tore, 
their  combined  number  being  188,818,  of  whom  113  o,9are  males 

The  value  of  the  sea-borne  imports  into  Brit  sh  India 
(excluding  Government  stores  and  treasure)  was  ol81 1.  bOOKs. 
in  1888,  against  531,493.110  Ra.  the  year  bef Ore  ,  but  the  tatter 
figure,  it  should  be  added,  was  Far  above  t  he  usual  a; ciage 
Besides  the  sea  imports,  goods  to  the  Tal»arf4Sj9ffi.pjO  Rs.  in 
1886.  53.314.030  lis.  in  1885,  and  53,142,510  Rs.  in.  1884,  were 
carried  into  British  India  Overland.  Among  the  imports  by 
sea  occur  the  following  items  directly  or  indirectly  connected 
with  the  drug  trade :— 


844 


I'lIK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY,     [i>ec.  si.  1887. 


1884. 


I;-. 

Drugs  and  Medicines 362.8440 

I'vcs    251.4220 

Glass,  and  Manufactures  of  560.0620 

Gums  and  resins  115.6770 

Quicksilver 40.1080 

Oils 654.2270 

Paints  and  Colours,  etc.  ..  239.2440 

Perfumery  til. 0120 

Spices 557.1090 


1885. 


Rs. 
358.2780 
214.9520 
499.7010 

OS  -o:n 
10.94311 

1.221l.l!lti0 

204.9640 

66.2700 

602.1650 


1886. 


Rs. 
310.0830 
225.71S0 
505.7040 
96.9900 
23.5610 
961.1300 
214.8060 
55.7110 
71S.67SO 


The  following  are  among  the  exports: 


Rs. 

Drugs  and  Medicines 134.2990 

Dyes:  Indigo 4.610.9910 

Otheriexcept  Lac)..  272.5920 

Cuius  and  Resins 397.2010 

Lac  i live.  Shell,  etc.) 556.7380 

Oils 520.4740 

Opium    11.291.1600 

Spices 100.9300 


Rs. 
199.4950 

l,00s.9nou 
317.2210 
361.8890 
599.9S20 
564.7160 
10,882.6000 
511.5800 


1886. 


Es. 

192.6050 
I.7S3.16O0 
169.3690 
193.1760 
580.6100 
412.19S0 
1,735.5180 
528.5670 


For  Government  account  130.960  Hs.  worth  of  drugs  and 
medicines  were  also  imported  into  India  in  1886  is-iinst 
152,280  Rs.  in  1885,  and  111,330  lis.  the  year  before.— CVTcxn'sf 
ana  Druggist. 

Boaed  of  Trade  Returns. 
Imports. 


Drugs,  unenumerated..  value  £ 
Chemical  manufactures 
and    Products,    un- 
enumerated— value  £ 
Chemicals   and   Dye- 

stuffsunenumerated  value  £ 
Oils, not  enumerated.,  value  £ 

Alkali   cwt. 

value  £ 

Brimstone  cwt. 

value  £ 

Nitre  (nitrate  of  soda)       cwt. 

„  „  value  £ 

„    (nitrate  of  potash)       cwt. 

value  £ 

Quicksilver  lb. 

value  £ 

Bark  (Cinchona) cwt. 

value  £ 

Gum  Arabic cwt. 

„  value  £ 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye  cwt. 

Lac,  seed,  shell,  stick, 

and  dye   value  £ 

Barks  and  tanning  mate- 
rials— 
Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers' use) cwt. 

Bark  (for  tanners'  or 

dyers'  use) value  £ 

Aniline  dyes value  £ 

Alizarin  &  othercoal- 

tar  dyes    value  £ 

Cochineal    cwt. 

value  £ 

Cutch  and  gambicr..         tons 
value  £ 

Indigo  cwt. 

value  £ 

Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet cwt. 

.Madder,  madder  root, 
garancine,  and  mun- 

jeet value  £ 

Oils- 
Cocoa-nut  cwt. 

value  £ 

Olive tuns 

value  £ 

Palm cwt. 

,,      value  £ 

Petroleum gals. 

value  £ 

Seed,  of  all  kinds  ....        tuns 

value  £ 

Turpentine    cwt. 

value  £ 


Nov.  1885. 

.  _ 

Nov.  1886. 

71,311 

52,802 

112,850 

93,663 

118.820 

190,100 

106,310 

106,109 

4,613 

6,763 

3,827 

.-.,611 

57.219 

91.900 

11,110 

21.117 

248,265 

7S.0I0 

134,721 

34.995 

22.566 

20.300 

19,909 

17,6.55 

35,551 

75.300 

3,631 

6,885 

12,800 

10.220 

91.340 

59,819 

9,139 

7,128 

33,027 

31,373 

7,236 

3,781 

22,990 

10,217 

23.259 

25,636 

7,752 

9.804 

18,038 

25,307 

29,154 

19.836 

1.808 

1,975 

1O.9S0 

12,633 

1,360 

2.601 

31,112 

57,725 

3,759 

2,123 

69,147 

15,488 

2.171 

856 

3,612 

1,072 

8.808 

23,579 

12.513 

31,611 

1,161 

1.306 

58,950 

48,168 

84,212 

80.737 

93.152 

81,810 

7,112.816 

8,278,727 

229,232 

239.217 

1,562 

1,395 

13,261 

36,162 

30,444 

11,911 

10.460 

51,551 

Nov.  1887. 


59,928 


109,516 

135,393 

111,655 

1,895 

1,091 

11,137 

11.028 

116,252 

52,531 

18.127 

15,669 

28,000 

3,630 

8,662 

35,558 

6,271 

27,119 

2,700 

7,302 


11,076 

2.625 
23.791 

29,911 

883 

5,473 

2,217 

ssiSii 

S83 

2(1.204 


1.372 


1,481 

697 

905 

1,091 

39,712 

98,033 

95,208 

9.410,373 

211.694 

2,160 

53,272 

46.434 

62,538 


Exports. 


Nov.  1885; 

Nov.  1886. 

Nov.  1887. 

British  and    Irish    pro- 

duce : — 
Drugs  and  medicinal 
preparations    (un- 
enumerated)   value  £ 

Other  chemicals  and 

78,313 

61,991 

79,917 

medicinal     prepa- 

Painters'        colours 

and  materials  value  £ 

Alkali  cwt. 

, value  £ 

Bleaching  materials       cwt. 
,,                  ,,           value  £ 

297,355 

95,163 

579,1611 
168,839 

127,071 
11.889 
5.643 

13(1.174 
30,201 
35,185 

17,886 

10,102 

62,281 

1,217 

8,253 

1,212 

28,33(1 

1,325 

18,497 

3,381 

71,172 

5.588 
17,958 

272,291 

106,049 
552,584 
160.447 
145,143 

49,950 
6.19S 
130,889 
37,787 
39.720 

10,528 

10,06(1 
38,310 

1,341 

9,162 

839 

20,593 

1,115 
20,150 

3.052 
01,541 

1,522 
12,754 

253,907 

111.779 
600.682 
164,819 

172.670 
65.187 

7.7(11 

158,699 

„     value  £ 

Foreign    and    Colonial 
merchandise : — 
Chemicals     (unenu- 
merated)      value  t 

Bark,  Cinchona cwt. 

,,              „          value  £ 

36,419 

37.171 

17,859 

8,314 

19,092 

935 

5,522 

Cutch  and  gambier        tons 
,,                     ,,         value  £ 

Indigo cwt. 

736 
21.063 
5,101 

21,176 

1,916 

10,684 

Lac  seed,  shell,  stick 

1,999 

,,          „          „     ..  value  £ 

12.254 

Oils,  cocoa  nut. 
olivi 


cwt. 

.  value  £ 
tuns 
.  value  £ 
cwt. 
.  value  £ 
gals. 
,  value  £ 
lb. 
.  value  £ 
Nitre  (nitrate  of  pot- 
ash)            cwt. 

„  „  value  £ 


,,    palm  

,,    petroleum 
Quicksilver 


3,-147 
5,895 

188 

9,957 

28.510 

36,383 

45,023 

1,785 

115,696 

11,106 

5,719 
4,616 


12,178 
18.130 
111 

5,880 
50.676 
19,275 
51.071 

2,176 

248,284 

23,256 

389 

348 


6.317 

8,258 
216 

8.876 
55,059 
53,116 
50,091 

2,223 

158.822 

44,182 

316 
361 


An  Expiring  Patent. 


On  February  17. 1874.  an  English  agent  of  Professor  Hermann 
Kolbe,  of  Leipzig,  was  granted  a  patent  in  this  country  for 
"  Improvements  in  the  production  of  salicilic  acid,  and  of  the 
isomeric  and  homologous  acids.''  The  statutory  period  of  four- 
teen years,  during  which  a  patentee  is  allowed  to  reap  the 
harvest  of  his  brains,  will  soon  be  completed,  and  it  is  expected 
that  this  circumstance  will  have  a  considerable  influence  on 
the  commercial  position  of  the  acid.  It  will  be  recollected 
that  this  patent  was  the  subject  of  an  expensive  lawsuit  in 
1879.  when  the  case  Yon  Heyden  v.  Neustadt  occupied  Vice- 
chancellor  Bacon  for  ten  days.  Dr.  Von  Heyden,  who  manu- 
factured the  acid  by  Kolbe's  process  in  Germany,  sought  to 
restrain  the  defendant  Neustadt  from  importing  into  and  sell- 
ing in  this  country  salicilic  acid,  manufactured  by  a  process 
identical  with  Kolbe's,  and  for  which  a  patent  had  been  granted 
in  Germany.  Tins  was  not  denied  by  the  plaintiff,  but  on  his 
behalf  it  was  alleged  by  counsel  and  experts  that  Kolbe's  pio- 
cess  was  well  known  for  many  years  before  it  was  patented 
in  this  country.  Kolbe  first  announced  in  1860  that  he  had 
succeeded  in  preparing  salicilic  acid  artificially  by  acting  upon 
phenol  with  metallic  sodium,  simultaneously  subjecting  the 
mixture  to  the  action  of  carbonic  acid  gas.  This  process 
was  known  to  chemists  as  a  beautiful  one  for  experimental  or 
lecture-table  purposes,  but  no  one  would  have  dreamed  of 
working  it  on  a  commercial  scale,  nor  did  Kolbe.  Hut  when 
in  1874  there  seemed  to  be  a  widening  outlet  for  salicilic  acid 
as  an  antiseptic,  he  was  ready  with  a  modification  of  bis  pro- 
cess, which  simply  consisted  of  substituting  caustic  soda  for 
metallic  sodium.  It  was  this  new  process  which  was  patented 
in  this  country,  and  which  was  the  basis  of  the  action  against 
Messrs.  Neustadt  &  Co.  In  this  action  Dr.  Von  Heyden  was 
successful,  and  since  April,  1S79,  only  Kolbe's  salicilic  acid,  and 
its  compounds,  have  been  used  in  this  country.  Consequently 
the  manufacturers  could  fix  their  own  prices,  and  they  have 
done  so.  The  expiry  of  the  patent  will  affect  this,  whether  it 
be  on  account  of  the  probable  manufacture  of  the  acid  in  this 
country  or  through  the  importation  of  the  products  of  Other 
foreign  makers.  By  one  way  or  the  other  it  is  almost  certain 
that  the  coming  year  will  show  a  substantial  fail  in  the  price 
of  salicilic  acid.  -  I'lietuixt  and  Lruggist. 


bee  31, 1887.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  (SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LNDUS1  RY. 


THE  SUO AH  BOUNTIES  CONFERENCE. 

The  members  of  the  International  Conference  in  Sugar 
Bounties  met  on  the  l'.ith  December,  at  the  Foreign  Office,  and 
adjourned  until  April  5th.  Baron  Henry  de  Worms  presided, 
and  all  the  representatives  attended.  The  sitting  occupied 
over  three  hour-. 

The  delegates  in  the  course  of  the  proceedings  signed  the 
following  Protocol : 

"  The  undersigned.  Delegates  from  Germany.  Austria-Hun 
gary.  Belgium.  Denmark,  Spain,  France,  Great  Britain,  It  il 
the  Netherlands,  Russia,  and  Sweden,  met  at  London  on 
November  24th,  1887,  to  consider  the  bases  of  an  agreement 
relative  to  the  suppression  of  bounties  on  the  exportation  of 
sugar. 

"  In  the  course  of  the  deliberations  set  forth  in  the  minutes 
of  the  sittings,  an  agreement  was  come  toon  the  principles 
liid  down  in  the  Report  of  the  Commission.  In  order  to  give 
to  this  agreement  a  practical  application,  the  President  of  the 
Conference  placed  before  them  a  Draft  Convention,  which 
they  have  examined,  and  which  they  pledge  themselves  to 
submit  to  the  consideration  of  their  respective  Governments, 
together  with  a  request  that  those  Governments  will  make 
known  to  the  Government  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty,  before 
the  1st  day  of  March,  if  they  give  their  adhesion  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  this  Draft  Convention,  which  is  subjoined  to  the 
present  Protocol.  Kvery  Government  replying  affirmatively 
will  communicate  to  the  British  Government  before  the  above- 
mentioned  date  a  Draft  Statement  indicating  the  bases  of 
application  of  the  system  of  taxation  on  the  quantities  of  sugar 
produced.  The  Draft  shall  state  with  what  limitations  and  in 
what  cases  use  would  be  made  of  the  saccharometcr.  Each 
Government  will,  at  the  same  time,  declare  whether,  for  the 
saka  of  uniformity,  it  would  be  disposed  to  admit  what  is 
known  as  the  French  method,  generally  employed  in  the 
commerce  of  several  nations. 

"As  regards  Article  HI.  of  the  aforesaid  Draft  Convention, 
the  French  being  of  opinion  that  the  system  proposed  for 
Belgium  does  not  present  those  guarantees  for  the  suppression 
of  bounties  with  which  the  High  Contracting  Parties  are 
bound  to  protect  themselves,  accept  this  Article  with  every 
possible  reservation.  The  Delegates  of  Germany,  Austria- 
Hungary,  Spain.  Italy,  the  Netherlands,  and  Russia  support 
the  reservations  made  bv  the  French  Delegates. 

••  London,  Dec.  19tb,  1887." 

"  subjoined  to  the  protocol  of  dec.  19,  1887. 
"Draft  Convention. 

"The  High  Contracting  l'arties,  desiring  to  bring  about  the 
total  suppression  of  bounties,  open  or  disguised,  on  the  export 
of  sugars,  have  resolved  to  conclude  a  Convention  to  this 
effect,  and  have  nominated  as  their  Plenipotentiaries  the  fol- 
lowing, to  wit  : 

"  Who,  after  interchange  of  their  full  powers,  and  finding 
them  to  be  in  valid  and  proper  form,  have  agreed  to  the  fol- 
lowing Articles  :— 

"I. 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  pledge  themselves  to  take 
or  to  propose  to  their  respective  Legislatures  such  measures 
as  shall  constitute  an  absolute  and  complete  guarantee  that  no 
bounty,  either  open  or  concealed,  shall  be  granted  on  the 
export  of  sugars, 

"II. 

"  The  High  Contracting  Parties  pledge  themselves  to  adopt, 
or  to  propose  to  their  respective  Legislatures,  a  system  of 
duties  on  the  quantities  of  sugar  produced  and  intended  for 
consumption,  as  the  only  one  by  which  the  suppression  of  the 
bounties  in  question  can  be  attained,  and  to  place  under  one 
and  the  same  regime  the  manufacture  of  glucose,  and  the 
manufactures  for  the  extraction  of  sugar  from  molasses. 

"III. 

"As  Belgium  is  not  under  the  same  conditions  in  respect  of 
the  application  of  the  system  of  duties  on  the  quantities  of 
sugar  produced,  the  existing  regime  established  in  that 
Kingdom  may  be  maintained,  subject  to  the  following  modi- 
fications:— 

"  The  amount  of  duty  shall  be  reduced  from  15  francs  to  25 
francs  from  and  after  the  day  when  this  Convention  shall 
come  into  force. 

"IV. 

"There  shall  be  admitted  to  equal  rights  in  this  Convention 
all  such  States,  or  Colonies,  or  Foreign  Possessions  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties,  as,  though  not  adopting  the  system 
described  in  Article  II..  do  not  impose  duties  on  sugars,  or 
who  undertake  not  to  accord  to  sugars  for  export,  either  raw 
or  refined,  any  drawback,  repayment,  nor  abatement  of  dues 
or  quantities. 

"  V. 

"  In  case  any  State  which  docs  not  impose  dues  upon  sugar 
should  intend  to  establish  them,  such  State  shall  be  bound  to 
charge  these  dues  upon  t lie  quantity  of  sugar  produced  and 
intended  for  consumption,  or,  at  least,  to  give  no  drawback, 
repayment,  nor  abatement  of  dues  or  quantities. 


"VI. 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  will  communicate  to  one 
another  the  law-  which  may  have  been  already  repealed  in 
their  respective  States,  or  arc  about  to  be.  in  relation  to  the 
purpose  of  the  present  Convention. 

"VII. 

"The  States  which  have  not  taken  any  part  in  the  present 
Convention  are  permitted  to  join  in  it  on  application.  Their 
adh  -ion  shall  be  diplomatic-ally  announced  to  Her  Britannic 
Majesty's  Government,  and  by  it  to  the  other  Signatory 
Powers, 

"VIII. 

"  The  stipulations  of  the  present  Convention  shall  be  appli- 
cable to  the  Colonies  and  Possessions  of  Her  Britanni' 
Majesty,  with  thi  exception  of  those  hereinafter  named,  to 

"The  F.ast  Indies.  Canada,  Newfoundland,  the  Cape,  Natal. 
New  South  Wales.  Victoria.  Queensland.  Tasmania,  South 
Australia.  Western  Australia,  and  New  Zealand. 

"At  the  same  time  the  stipulations  of  the  present  Conven- 
tion shall  be  applicable  to  any  of  the  Colonies  or  Possessions 
above  mentioned,  from  the  date  at  which  the  Government  of 
Great  Britain  shall  notify  the  adhesion  of  such  Colony  or 
Possession  to  the  other  contracting  Powers. 

"Any  one  of  the  Colonics  or  Possessions  above  named  which 
may  have  given  its  adhesion  to  the  present  Convention  retains 
the  power  of  withdrawal  in  the  same  way  as  the  Contracting 
Powers.  „ 

"  In  the  case  of  anv  one  of  the  said  Colonies  or  Possessions 
desiring  to  withdraw  from  the  Convention,  a  notification  to 
that  effect  will  be  made  by  the  British  Government  to  the 
Contracting  Powers. 

"IX. 

The  present  Convention  shall  come  into  force  on  and  after 
.  It  shall  remain  in  force  for  ten  years  from  that  date, 
and  in  the  event  of  no  one  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties 
having  given  notice,  twelve  months  before  the  expiration  of 
this  period  of  ten  vears.  of  its  intention  to  bring  it  to  an  end, 
it  shall  continue  in  force  for  another  twelve  months,  and  so 
from  year  to  year. 

"  Should  one  of  the  Signatory  Powers  denounce  the  Conven- 
tion, their  denunciation  will  affect  only  the  Power  making  it. 

"X. 

"The  present  Convention  shall  be  ratified,  and  the  ratifica- 
tions in  regard  to  it  shall  be  exchanged  in  London  within 
months  at  the  latest,  and  sooner  if  possible." 


e^ont&lp    Ipatent   list. 

I.— GENERAL    PLANT,    APPARATUS    and 
MACHINERY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15S45  F.  B.  Hill  and  M.  Shearer.  London.  Vacuum  and 
pressure  fluid  pumps  for  gases.    November  18 

151138  R.  Morris.  London.    Filters.    November  19 

16011  R.  Horsburgh,  Glasgow.  A  regenerative  furnace. 
November  22 

16016  J.  Jackson,  Manchester.  Lead  lined  boilers  an  1 
similar  vessels.    November  22 

16013  J.  Jackson,  London.  Gauges  for  measuring  pressure 
or  iand>  vacuum.    November  22 

16051  R.  Pol,  London.  Apparatus  for  the  filtration  of  liquids. 
November  22 

10220  J.  Powell.  London.  Regenerative  furnaces.  Novem- 
ber 25 

16223  J.  Hodgkinson,  London.  Furnaces  for  steam  boilers, 
and  mechanical  siokers  for  supplying  same  with  fuel.  Nov- 
ember 25 

16381  II.  Berghoff,  London.  Apparatus  for  filtration  of 
liquids.    November  29 

16383  T.  F.  Cashin.  Hastings.  Furnaces  and  appliances  for 
generating  heat  and  steam.    November  29 

16531  E.  Edwards— From  E.  Cambiaso,  I.  Colomba  and  G  N. 
Mangini,  Italy.  Apparatus  for  feeding  coal  to  furnaces. 
December  1 

16515  J.  S.  Sawrcy  and  H.  Colcet,  London.  Apparatus  for 
separating  liquids  from  solid  matters  in  suspension  therein. 
December  1 

16591  J.  S.  Sawrey.  G.  E.  Bellis  and  A.  Morcom,  London. 
Apparatus  for  separating  liquids  from  solid  matters  suspended 
therein.    December  2 

1698  W.  Mellor.  Manchester.     Mechanical  stokers.    Dec.  5 

16715  J.  Noble  and  B.  H.  Thwaite,  Liverpool.  Ingot  and 
crucible  heating  arrangement.  Complete  specification. 
December  6 

16787  H.  E.  Newton-  From  E.  Theiser,  Germany.  Apparatus 
for  condensing  and  cooling  purposes.    December  6 

16805  W.  T.  Walker.  London.  Distillatory  apparatus  for  use 
in  chemical  operations.    December  6 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  TfiE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     IDec.SI,  I8B7. 


lusHi  \\  .  I.  \\  .ilker,  London.  Apparatus  to  be  used  in 
Chemical  operations  where  it  is  required  to  drive  oft  from 
liquids  volatile  constituents  thereof.    December  6 

16952  \\ .  11.  QUruth,  London.  Apparatus  for  treating 
t  egetable  or  mineral  substances  to  evaporate  moisture  there- 
from.   December  9 

17019  1.  S.  McDougall  and  T.  Sugden,  London.  Apparatus 
for  effecting  the  separation  of  solid  matter  from  fluids,  applic- 
able also  for  separating  water  or  liquids  from  steam  or  oilier 
vapours  or  gases.    December  10 

171:13  T.  1'ursall  and  W.  Lister.  Birmingham.  Smoke  con- 
suming and  fuel  economising  apparatus  for  boiler  muffles. ,  t,  . 
1  tecember  1 1 

17290  A.  Ivnoop,  London.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
apparatus  for  evaporating  brine  and  other  solutions,  for 
distilling  or  rectifying  alcohol,  and  for  similar  purposes. 
Complete  specification.    December  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED.* 

1S87. 

791  A.  H.  W.  Brown.  Means  for  economising  fuel  and  con- 
suming smoke  in  furnaces.    Xovember  19 

811  W.  Waller,  steam  boilers  for  heating  and  evaporating 
fluids.    November  30 

991  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  H.  J.  Drory.  Apparatus  for 
spraying  and  burning  liquid  fuel.    November  30 

2870  J.  A.  Katon— From  S.  H.  Shaw.  Apparatus  for  heating 
air  to  a  high  temperature.    November  19 

7772  fj.  \V.  Allen  and  H.  J.  A.  Bowers.  Water  purifying 
apparatus.    December  7 

12168  P.  Alfleri.  Powder  for  preventing  and  removing 
incrustation  111  boilers.    December  7 

12357  R.  M.Bryant,    Anti-incrustation  preparation.    Dec.  7 

1j043  H.  \\  ilson  and  A.  Wilson.  Apparatus  for  injecting 
air,  gas,  oil,  etc..  into  furnaces,  for  increasing  draught,  reduc- 
ing smoke,  etc.    December  7 

11209  W.  H.  Rusden.  Electrical  apparatus  for  preventing 
corrosion  and  incrustation  in  boilers.    November  23 

11539  W.  L.  Home.    Vacuum  apparatus.    November  26 

His  ;V  Schneber.    Smokeless lurnaces.    November  30 

IsSE  tY-A"  Cowl'er-    Filter  presses.    November  8 

loo.H)  W.  Creswiek.  Apparatus  for  drying,  heating  or 
cooling  substances  in  a  semi-liquid  or  powdered  state     Dec  17 


II.— FUEL,  GAS  and  LIGHT. 
APPLICATIONS. 

15S11  G.  Wats. .11.  Birmingham.  A  hydraulic  gas  valve  to  be 
fixed  between  retorts  and  gas  main  on  ietort  bed.    Nov.  IS 

15852  J.  H.  R.  Dinsmore,  Liverioo).  Improvements  in  and 
connected  with  the  manufacture  of  il.uminating  gas  from 
coal.    November  18 

16222  S.  Cueler.  London.  Improvements  in  gas  washers  or 
scrubbers  when  more  than  one  are  employed.    November  25 

16396  J.  H,  Pearson,  London.  A  metho'd  of  preparing  peat 
for  firelighters  and  for  fuel  by  means  of  preparations  of  coal 
tar.    November  29 

16183  J.  Swift.  London.  An  improved  method  for  increasing 
the  luminosity  of  circular  flames  in  oil,  gas  or  incandescent 
lights.    November  i0 

16501  L.  Wacks,  London.  An  improved  artificial  fuel. 
December  1 

16543  F.  Pool.  London.  Improved  appliance  for  scraping 
the  insides  01  retorts  in  which  gas  is  produced  from  steam  and 
hydrocarbon,  and  the  simultaneous  removal  of  the  deposit 
therefrom.    December  1 

10600  A.  G.  Browning  and  M.  R.  Waddle.  Bradford.  Im- 
provements in  the  means  or  method  of  securing  the 
lids  of  gas  retorts  and  other  similar  covers.  Complete  specifi- 
cation.   December  2 

16631  A.  F.  Firth.  Halifax.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  pipes  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas. 
December  3 

16860  It.  Good,  London.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
injecting  liquid.- into  gas  retorts.    December? 

1,1107  J.  Swallow  and  N.  Procter.  Leeds.  Method  for  con- 
verting gascoke,  smudge,  small  coal,  and  all  descriptions  of 
coal  and  coke  residue  into  a  flammable  fuel  by  either  hot  or 
cold  process.    December  10 

17223  J.  Cobbe,  London.  Improved  method  of  reflecting  gas 
or  other  artificial  light.    December  11 

CUM  PL  E  TE  SPECIFIC  :  1 TKUT8  AC  CEP  TEL: 
1886. 

16048  A.  Thomas.  Means  for  straining  gas  tar  to  be  used  as 
fuel.    December  10 

18053  B.  II.  Thwaite.  Producing  combustible  gases  from 
liquid  hydrocarbons,  and  apparatus  therefor.    November  30 


1887. 

1150  J.  S.  Sellon.  Apparatus  for  lighting  by  the  consump- 
tion of  gas  and  air.    December  7 

1190  J.  Atterton.  Apparatus  for  charging  gas  retorts. 
December  3 

1681  W.  II.  Lindsay.    Manufacture  of  artificial  fuel.  Nov.  23 

1922  P.  Haddan-Froni  G.  L.  Barton.  Method  of  refining 
crude  and  refuse  petroleum  and  the  like.    November  26 

1965  J.  Birchall.  Manufacture  of  gas  and  apparatus  there- 
for.   December  10 

11531  J.  V.  Johnson— From  G.  Mulheims  and  R.  Zimmer- 
mann.  Apparatus  for  moulding  blocks  of  artificial  fuel. 
November  26 

15003  J.  G.  Hawkins  and  J.  Baiton.  Gas  retort  lids,  and 
method  for  ensuring  gas-tight  joint  between  the  lids  and 
mouthpieces.    November  3 

15009  H.  W.  P.  Nugent,    Gas  retort  and  other  furnaces. 

15161  O.  Knublauch.  Production  or  recovery  of  cyanogen 
compounds  from  coal  gas  and  other  gases.    December  It 

15256  S.  Pitt— From  T.  G.  Hall.    Process  of 


carbon  oils.    December  10 


refining  hydro- 


Ill.— DESTRUCTIYE    DISTILLATION,     TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

16301  J.  Lewkswitsch,  London.  Improvements  in  the 
extraction  of  oiganic  bases  from  the  distillates  of  coal  and 
shale  tars.    November  26 

16582  J.  Dempster,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  appara- 
tus employed  in  the  continuous  production  or  distillation  of 
gas  and  other  products  from  coal  and  other  materials  and 
minerals.    December  2 


IY.—  COLOURING    MATTERS    and    DYES. 
APPLICATIONS. 

16213  I.  Levinstein.  Manchester.  A  new  or  improved 
colouring  matter.    November  25 

16181  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  The  Farbcnfabrikcn  vormals 
F.  Bayer  &  Co..  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  azo  dves.    November  30 

16193  J.  Y.  Johnson- From  The  Farbcnfabrikcn  vormals  F. 
Bayers  Co..  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
azo  dves.    November  30 

16810  R.  Chad-wick  and  J.  W.  C.  Chadwkk.  London. 
Improved  colouring  matter  for  dyeing,  painting,  staining,  or 
printing.    December  ti 

16974  J.  Iniray— From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Matieres 
Colorantes  et  Produits  Chimiques  do  St.  Denis,  A.  F.  Poirritr 
and  L.  Roussin,  France.  Manufacture  of  orange  and  red  azoic 
colouring  matters.    December  9 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

737  O.  Imray-  From  The  Farbwerkc  vormals  Mcistcr.Luciu.s 
and  Briining.  .Manufacture  of  colouring  matters  by  the  action 
of  nitrosoderivatives  of  secondary  aromatic  amines  upon 
phenols  and  oxycarbonic  acids.    December  3 

1691  O.  Imray— From  The  Farbwerkc  voimals  Mcister, 
Lucius  S:  Briining.  Production  of  alkalised  diamidobenzo- 
phenonaniinechlorides,  and  conversion  of  the  same  into 
alkyliscd  diamidobenzophenones  and  yellow  colouring  matters 
of  the  class  of  the  '"auramines."    December  7 

2985  O.  Imray- From  The  Farbwerkc  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius  &  Briining.  Manufacture  of  a  methylene  blue  specially 
adapted  fur  printing  on  textile  fibres.    December  17 

302S  F.  Ratchig.    Production  of  hydroxylamine.    Dec.  14 

3301  R.  Reid.  Separating  solid  matter  from  alizarin  or 
other  colouring  matters  or  starch.    December  10 

1192  H.  H.  Lake— From  K.  Oehler.  Manufacture  of  colouring 
matters.    November  23 


ren  ..ie  the  .lutes  of   Uu    Oil  I     rnali  a.  irbiofa 

plete  Specifications  ue  idveniaed.     Complete 

»l*c>»'  . .hems,--.!  as  accepted  are  ..pen  t..  inspection  at  the 

■  Office  iiiiine-liiitsly,  and  to  opposition  witr.in  two  months  "f  the 

sii.l  dati .-. 


Y.— TEXTILES,  CUTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15896  T.  F.  Wiley,  Bradford.  A  new  process  or  method  of 
and  apparatus  tor  rendering  textile  fabri.-  waterproof  or 
water-repellent.    November  19 

15899  T.  F.Wiley,  Bradford.  Improvements  in  machinery  or 
apparatus  for  water-proofing  or  rendering  textile  fabrics 
water-repellent,    November  19 

15900  T.  F.  Wiley,  Bradford.  A  new  or  improved  process 
and  apparatus  for  rendering  textile  fabrics  waterproof  or 
water-repellent,    November  19 


Dec.Si.ia87.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


16330  A.  C.  Henderson    From*  . Stockcr,  France,     i 

nil  nls  in  the  method  of.  and  manufacture  of  lion  inflammable 

cellul ttets.    November  28 

16653  J.  H.  Megeraond,  jun.,  M.  K.  Megemond,  J.  B.  A. 
Megemond,  and  c.  J.  M.  Raffard,  London,  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  felt.    Docember3 

complete  specifications  accepted. 

1887. 

5097  R.  H.  Collyer.  Process  and  apparatus  for  preparation 
of rhca  or  other  vegetable  fibres  for  textile  purposes.  Novem- 
ber 19 

IDS'-'  W.  J.  S.  Grawitz.  Treatment  of  textile  materials  dyed 
with  aniline  black,    December  7 


VI. -DYEING,    CALICO   PRINTING,    PAPER 
STAINING  and  BLEACHING. 
•  APPLICATIONS. 

13972  J.  Marshal],  Walsden.  Dyeing  and  painting  a  cotton 
velvet  in  two  colours,  and  so  producing  ashot  effect.  Novem- 
bers 

10174  A.  Bensingcr.  London.  Process  for  producing  designs 
on  celluloid  or  like  pyroxiline  compounds.    November  24 

17102  G.  A  Schleber,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
bleaching,  dyeing,  and  similar  treatment  of  cloth  and  other 
fabrics,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.    December  12 

1710IJ  J.  (irunhut,  London.  An  improved  process  and  means 
of  dyeing  cotton  and  other  fibrous  substances  in  aniline  black. 
December  12 

17251  B.  W.  Liddiard.  Manchester.  Improved  apparatus  for 
dyeing,  soaping,  washing,  and  finishing  yarn.    December  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

818  J.  Walker.  Method  and  apparatus  for  dyeing  or  treating 
textile  fibres.    November  19 

1351  W.  Birch  Machines  for  washing,  soaping,  dyeing,  and 
dunging  woven  fabrics.    November  30 


VII.— ALKALIS,   ACIDS   AND    SALTS. 
APPLICATIONS. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY    ind  EARTHENWARE. 
APPLICATIONS. 

15875  S.  Pitt-  From  M.  s.  Higbie  and  G.  G.  Frelinghusen, 
1'nited  States.  Improved  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
earthenware  and  the  compounds  therefrom.    November  18 

16031  E.  S.  Baldwin— From  D.  Mitchell,  [few  Zealand.  An 
improved  apparatus  for  cutting  glass  tubes.     Nov  ember  22 

16142  G.  J.  Atkins,  London,  improved  process  or  means  of 
producing  a  crystalline  effect  on  the  surface  of  glass  or  other 
vitreous  substances.    November  21 

loios  T.Taylor,  W.  TunnycUff,  andW.  II.  Slater,  Birming- 
ham. Improvements  in  the  ornamentation  oi  china  and 
earthenware  surfaces.    November  21 

16355  J.  Y.  Johnson — From  M.  Aubriot,  France.  Anew  or 
improved  process  fur  prudu,  iii^  <  lnisonne  designs  or  decora- 
tions in  enamelling  glass  and  Dtner  substances.     Novembi  i  2E 

10359  E.  M.  Macdonald,  London.  An  improved  process  or 
method  for  producing  fixed  drawingsorpaintingson  porcelain, 
china,  or  on  other  BUitabic  material.    November  28 

10487.  T.  \V.  Webb.  Loudon.  Improvements  in  ornamenting 
glass.     Nov  ember  30 

10021  J.  Larmanjat.  London.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  and  apparatus  for  moulding,  pressing,  and  drying  tiles 
having  inlaid  patterns.    December  2 

16951  K.  Stitt',  Lambeth.  Constructing  water-tight  tank-, 
cisterns,  tuns,  vats,  and  other  vessels,  of  slabs  of  earthenware 
or  other  suitable  material.    December  9 

169S0  F.  V.  Macqpaire,  London.  An  improved  refractory 
compound,    lie  ember  9 

1700ii  M.  Erlich  and  C.  Storck,  Beriin.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  printing  gold,  silver,  or  platinum  decorations  on 
ceramic  articles.    Complete  specification.    December  12 

17125  A.  D.  Brogan  and  A  II.  Malloch,  Glasgow.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  rolling  plate  glass  to  produce  rippled, 
dappled,  vermicular  chequered,  or  other  patterns  or  designs 
thereon.    December  13  . 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1SS6. 
12076  T.  C.  J.  Thomas.    Manufacture  of  glass.     November  23 
1887. 

907  W.  Cliff.  Manufacture  of  fire-clay  enamelled  baths. 
November  23 

1431  D.  Rylands  and  B.  Stoner.  Means  for  blowing  bottles 
or  other  hollow  glass-ware.    November  30 

nil  P.  Graham.  Manufacture  of  hollow  clay- ware,  and 
"jollies  "  or  machines  therefor.    December  3 

23U5  H.  L.  Doulton  and  \V.  P.  Itix.  Ornamenting  pottery, 
tiles,  or  glass.    December  14 

3434  H.  M.  Ashley.  Manufacture  of  bottles  and  other  hollow 
glass-ware,  and  machinery  therefor.    December  17 

9291  M.F.  L.  Ehrlich  Sc  Co..  and  C.  T.  Storck.  Producing 
decorations  in  gold,  etc,  on  pottery 

13723  C.  Amand-Durand  and  R.  P.  Engelmann.     Decorating 
glass,  and  apparatus  therefor.    December  3 
« 15096  S.  Fenn  and  A.  Fenn.    Fireplaces  of  kilns  or  ovens  for 
burning  bricks,  pipes,  terracotta,  etc.    December  14 


10034  F.  Foster,  London.  Generating  carbonic  acid  gas. 
November  23 

16254  The  Tyne  Alkali  Company,  Limited,  and  T.  Gibb, 
London.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of  solutions  con- 
taining barium  or  strontium  compounds,  and  the  obtainment 
of  products  therefrom.    November  25 

17050  W.  II.  Beck— From  P.  de  Lachometle,  Fiance.  Newor 
improved  process  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
sulphiteand  bisulphite  of  ammonia.    December  10 

17073  W.  Mason  and  C.  J.  Whittakcr,  Accrington. 
Improvements  in  the  process  and  apparatus  for  the  manu- 
facture of  soda  and  ammonia  silts  by  the  ammonia  alkali 
process.    December  12 

170J5  W.  White,  and  A.  Richardson,  London.  Improvements 
in  the  packing  of  acids.    Decembar  12 

17255  D.  Herman,  Liverpool.  Improvements  iu  condensers 
and  towers  for  the  condensation  of  acid  and  corrosive  gases. 
i  ber  15 

17273  L.  Mond,  and  G.Kschellman,  Liverpool.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  chlorine.    December  15 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

1832  J.  Mangnall.  Generating  carbonic  acid  gas,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    December  10 

1973  W.  B.  Cogswell,    Bicarbonate  columns.    December  7 

1971  L.  Mond,  andD.B.  Hewitt.  Manufacture  of  causticsoda 
or  caustic  potash,  and  of  carbonic  acid  from  mono  or  other 
carbonate  of  soda  or  potash.    December  7 

1993  E.  Hermite,  E.  J.  Patterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper.  See 
Class  XVIII. 

2906  J.  J.  Hood,  and  A.  G.  Solomon.  Manufacture  of 
sulphate  of  alumina.    December  17 

15104  O.  lCnublanch.    See  Class  II. 


IX. -BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS  and  CEMENTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15920  O.  Bowen.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  Portland  cement.    Nov  ember  19 

10117  S.  J.  Payne,  West  Shurrock.  The  improvement  of  the 
manufacture  of  hearthstones  or  similar  kind  of  goods. 
November  23 

16740  W.  G.  Watson,  Heaton.  and  J.  Judge.  Wallsend.  An 
improved  machine  for  dressing  and  finishing  building  bricks, 
flooring  tiles,  and  other  clay  articles.    December  0 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

678  E.  W.  Jones  and  C.  Brand.    See  Class  X.    November  19 
11897    P.   von    Krystoffovitch.      Manufacture    of  artificial 
granite.    December  3 


X. -METALLURGY,   Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15S57  R.  R.  Gubbins.  London.    Improvements  .in  treating  or 
piling  wrought  scrap  iron.    November  IS 


PIS 


THF.  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec  31. 1887, 


81  C.  A.  Meygret  and  P.  Marino,  London      S 
and   process  for  manufacturing  the  same,  and  for  electro- 
platingand  typing  therewith.    November  18 

15881  .1.  Ashworth,  Manchester.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  miners'  safety  lamps.    November  19 

159SI  w.  Davis.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
and  appliances  for  the  manufacture  of  steel  plates  with  thick- 
cued  edges.    November  19 

16027  C.  E.  Tripler,  Londi  n.  Improvements  for  amalga- 
mating and  separating  precious  metals  from  powdered  ore  or 
.  ;n th.    Cumi'lrte specification.    November22 

16118  L.  A.  Brode,  Glasgow.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  bricks  or  blocks  of  ironstone  waste  or  dust,  or  iron- 
stone, sand,  or  similar  ferruginous  materials  for  smelting. 
November  21 

161S3  J.  li.  Spence.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  oris  containing  gold  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the 
gold  therefrom.    November  21 

16192  J.  P.  Ogle,  London.  An  improved  arrangement  of 
the  amalgamated  plates  employed  in  the  treatment  of  gold 
ores,  in  the  supports  for  the  same,  and  in  apparatus  connected 
therewith.    November  21 

16270  li.  Hutchinson.  London.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  refractory  gold  and  silver  ores.    November  26 

16316  11.  IS.  Scott  and  \Y.  Gentles,  London.  Improvements 
in  tuyeres  for  blasts  of  furnaces,  and  for  agitating  molten 
material.    November 28 

10317  II.  B.  Scott  and  W.  Gentles.  Improvements  in  the 
smelting  of  copper  and  lead  ores,  and  arrangement  of  furnaces 
for  that  purpose.    November  28 

16436  G.  J.  Snelus,  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  steel,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.    November  29 

16491  H.  W.  Buddicom,  London.  Improved  apparatus  for 
dipping  or  cleansing  tin  or  feme  plates.    November  30 

16195  W.  K.  Lake— From  A.  vogelmann,  Germany.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  extracting  metals  from  their  ores. 
Complete  specification.    November  30 

16197  B.  II.  Thwaite  and  J.  Noble,  Liverpool.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  steel,  and  in  plant  therefor. 
Complete  specification.    December  1 

16553  A.  Schanscbieff  and  D.  Marks.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  extracting  gold,  silver,  and  other  metals  from  their 
ores  and  alloys.    December  1 

16601  A.  S.  Ramagc,  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  or  relat- 
ing to  the  chemical  treatment  or  utilisation  of  scrap  tin.  or 
terne  plates,  scrap  zinc,  galvanised  iron,  and  the  like. 
December  2 

16611  F.  Caulfield  and  A.  Allan.  Glasgow.  Improvements  in 
preparing,  compressing,  and  uniting  materials  for  smelting 
purposes.    December  3 

16727  A.  B.  Cunningham.  London.  Improvements  relating 
to  the  production  of  aluminium  and  aluminium  alloys. 
December  5 

16745  J.  Noble  and  B.  H.  Thwaite.    SeeClassI. 

16770  VV.  Wood,  London.  Miners'  safety  lamps,  Decem- 
ber 6 

15771  A.  Fieldsend  and  J.  E.  Bott.  Manchester.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  crucible  steel,  and  apparatus 
therefor.    December  6 

16784  W.  Pilkington.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  steel  and  iron  shells  for  ordnance  and  machine  guns. 
December  6 

16828  A.  J.  Ash,  Birmingham.  Improvements  in  coating 
metals  with  zinc,  tin,  terne,  and  other  coating  metals. 
December  7 

16853  W.  L.  Wise— From  the  Schweizhische  Metailurgischie 
Gesellschaft  of  Lauffen,  Switzerland.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  producing  alumina  and  other  metals  and 
their  alloys,  and  operating  the  same.    December  7 

16S62  E.  J.  Ball  and  B.  H.  Brough,  London.  Improvements 
in  appliances  for  amalgamating  auriferous  and  argentiferous 
substances.     December  7 

16901  L.  A.  Groth— From  J.  Lotineaux,  Paris.  Improve- 
ments in  safety  lamps  for  miners.  Complete  specification. 
December  8 

16910  C.  M.  Pielstickcr.  London.  An  improved  method  and 
apparatus  for  the  production  of  metal  bars  direct  from  the 
molten  metal.    December  9 

16911  C.  M.  Pielsticker.  The  removal  of  blow-holes  from 
metals.    December  9 

16979  T.  Anderson,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
tinning  of  hollow-ware  and  other  articles.    December  9 

169111  J.  Walls.  Hiudley  Green.  Improved  miners'  safety 
lamps.    December  111 

17033  A.  Parkes.  London.  Improvements  in  the  extraction 
of  gold  and  silver  from  ores  or  compounds  containing  the 
same,  and  in  solvents  for  such  metals.    December  10 

17036  W.  D.  Allen,  London.  Improved  means  for  carrying, 
turning,  and  otherwise  manipulating  ingots  of  iron  or  steel  in 
the  process  of  heating  and  forging.    December  10 

17037  W.  Robinson,  London.  Improvements  in  ingot  moulds. 
December  10 

17111  M.Gledhill,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
easting  of  hollow  metal  ingots,  and  to  apparatus  therefor. 
December  12 

17156.1.  Bedford.  London.  Improved  methods  or  processes 
of  treating  or  purifying  alloys  of  iron  and  manganese  and 
other  metals,  for  use  when  so  purified  in  admixture  with  other 
materials.    December  13 

17169  D.  Edwards,  R.  Lewis,  and  P.  Jones.  London.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  coating  metal  plates  with  tin  or 
other  metal.     I)ocemberl3 

17288  S.  Siemang.  London.  Improved  manufacture  of  c im- 
pound castings  for  armour-plates  and  other  purposes,  and 
apparatus  therefor.    December  15 


, 


COM  ll- I.  u:  SPE(  U  n  'A  TIONS  A  OCEPTZ.  D. 
1886. 

11308  J.  H.  James.  Crushing  and  dressing  tin  and  other 
ores,  and  machinery  therefor.    December  10 

15477  E.  Morewood.  Coating  sheets  or  pieces  of  iron  or 
other  metal  with  1  in  or  other  coating  metal.    November  26 

16109  S.F.  Walker.    Miners'  electric  safety  lamps.    Dec.  14 

1660S  D.  G.  Fitzgerald.  Production  of  coherent  masses  of 
peroxide  of  lend  for  use  as  battery  elements,  and  in  elect ro- 
lytical  and  metallurgical  operations.    December  3 

17C49  K.  W.  E.  Maruhn.  Reducing  slag  and  recovering 
metnl  therefrom.    December  14 

1887. 

29S  T.  Allen.  Machine  for  forging  or  shaping  metal  articles. 
December  3. 

678  E.  W.  Jones  and  C.  Brand.  Manufacture  of  paving 
blocks  from  scoria  or  slag,  and  means  therefor.     Nov.  19 

803  P.  M.  Justice— From  W.  V.  Shelton.  Production  of 
alloys  or  bronzes.    November  19 

943  A.  E.  Tucker  and  F.  W.  Harbord.  Manufacture  of  iron 
and  steel.    November  23. 

1134  J.  A.  Veadon  and  R.  Middleton.  Blocks  or  briquettes 
Of  foe]  for  smelting  or  analogous  purposes.    December  11 

1261  D.  McCorkindale  and  G.  Dougall.  Stoppers  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  steel.    November  26 

1276  K.  Cleaver.  Manufactureof  aluminium  and  aluminium 
alloys.    November  30 

2060  W.  Gentles.    Manufacture  of  copper.    December  10 

2935  J.  Dickson.  Preparing  steel  for  roller  bars  and  bed- 
plate bars  for  manufacture  of  paper  and  paper  pulp.    Dec.  14 

4583  R.  II.  W.  Biggs.  Manufacture  of  dyes,  disinfectants, 
artificial  stone,  artificial  ivory,  artificial  manure,  sodium 
chloride,  zinc  sulphate,  and  zinc  carbonate.    November  23 

9231  J.  Toussaint.  Manufacture  of  wrought  iron  and  steel, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    December  10 

14792  H.  J.  Allison— From  J.  B.  D'Arcy  Boulton.  Casting 
metallic  ingots.    December  3 


XL— FATS,   OILS   and   SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

APPLICATION. 

16329  F.  Rainbow.  Luton.  Incorporating  mineral  oils  known 
as  kerosine  and  petroleum  oils  into  soap,  or  mixing  with  soaps. 
November  28 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

1886. 

16925  Sir  D.  L.  Salomons.    Buoyant  soap.    November  26 

1SS7. 

1291  N.  M.  Henderson.  Apparatus  for  treating  or  purifying 
paraffin  wax.    November  30 

15054  M.  J.  Homing  and  W.  Gallagher.  Lubricating  oils 
and  greases.    December  7 


XIL— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES  AND 
RESINS. 
.    APPLICATIONS. 

15835  T.  D.  Harries,  Aberystwyth.  Enamelled  composition. 
November  IS 

16263  F.  M.  Spence  and  D.  D.  Spence,  Manchester.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  certain  pigments,  and  in 
the  manufacture  of  certain  products  obtained  in  connection 
therewith.    November  26 

16S91  S.  J.  duff,  Dublin.    Improvements  in  blacking.   Dec.  S 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

955  H.  H.  Gunn.  Manufacture  of  sulphide  of  zinc  white. 
November  30 

1382  E.  Page  and  G.  Brayfield.  Composition  for  varnishing 
and  reviving  leather.    November  30 


XIII. —TANNING,   LEATHER,  GLUE    AND   SIZE. 

APPLICATIONS. 

15811  J.  J.  Carr.  Scarborough.    An  improved  paperbangers 
and  painters'  combined  paste  and  size.    November  18 


Dec.31.1887.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


8-10 


15851  J.  Palmer,  London.  An  improved  solution  and  treat- 
ment for  unhairing  hides  and  skins  and  preparing  tliem  for 
tanning.    November  18 

16169  F.  H.  Colley.  Sheffield.  Improvements  in  the  process 
of  tanning.    November  30 

17103  E.  J.  Lanvin-Schraen,  London.  Improvements  in  tan- 
ning and  apparatus  therefor.    December  1'-' 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

KK)9  A.  Smetham.  Manufacture  of  waterproof  leather. 
November  23 


XIV.— AGRICULTURE,    MANURES,    Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 

17031  II.  D.  Salomonson  and  J.  Laubheimer.  London.  Im- 
provements in  machines  with  spiked  appliances  for  reducing 
or  pulverising  superphosphates  and  other  materials.    Dec.  12 

17181  L.  G.  G.  Dandenart.  Liverpool.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  manufacturing  hydrated  phosphates,  and  in  appa- 
ratus therefor.    December  11 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

15309  J.  Davenport.  Manufacture  of  fertilisers  or  manuring 
compounds.    December  10 


XV.— SUGARS,  GUMS,  STARCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATION. 

16732  E.  Breyer,  London.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
purification  of  saccharine  juices,  glycerine,  oil,  alcohol  and 
analogous  substances.    December  5 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 
1887. 

688  J.  Karpcl.'S.  Process  and  means  for  concreting  amber 
shavings.    November  19 

986  V.  C.  A.  M.  Bondonneau  and  A.  J.  M.  G.  Forct.  Process 
and  apparatus  for  acid  saccharitication  of  starchy  materials. 
November  23 

2572  C.  D.  Abel— From  T.  Rousselot.  Multiple  three-roll 
sugar-cane  mills.    December  7 

2905  H.  H.  Lake— Fro-n  La  t'ompagnie  de  Fives-Lille. 
Diffusing  apparatus  for  use  in  the  treatment  of  beet-root, 
sugar-sane.  etc.    December  17 

3301  K.  Keid.    See  Class  IV. 


XVL— BREWING,  WINES  and  SPIRITS. 

APPLICATION. 

15995  C.  Billin?.  Liverpool.  New  or  improved  wines  or 
beverages.    November  21 

COMPLETE    SPECIFICATIONS    ACCEPTED. 

1883. 

17059  W.  Gerdes.  Trcament  of  waste  products  of  brewers 
for  production  of  alcoholic  liquor.    November  23 

1887. 

1516  W.  Adlam  and  F.  Faulkner.  Treating  brewers'  wort, 
and  apparatus  therefor.    November  30 

2005  C.  Church.    Brewing.    December  3 

2109  II.  Grote.  Process  for  removing  fusel  oil  from  crude 
spirits,  or  from  the  mash  containing  crude  spirits.  December  10 

11232  It.  Hanger.  Apparatus  for  regulating  the  surface  flow 
of  wort  from  coolers.    November  23 

1(737  T.  G.  Bowick.  Purifying  alcohols  by  means  of  hydro- 
carbons, and  apparatus  therefor.    December  11 


XVII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  DISINFECTANTS,  Etc. 

APPLICATIONS. 
A  —Chemistry  or  Foods. 

15832  R.  H.  Courtenay,  London.  An  improved  method  of 
preparing  and  desiccating  fruit  and  other  substances  in  com- 
bination with  whole  meal  from  cereals  and  nuts,  without  the 
use  of  sugar  in  the  prepared  compounds.    November  18 

16100  W.  H.  Wells.  Evershot.  An  improved  dairy  method 
for  treating  milk  and  its  products.    November  23 

16592  C.  R.  YV.  Often  and  A.  T.  More.  London.  Improve- 
ments in  preventing  the  second  or  further  fermentation  of 
yeast,  or  any  other  ferment  or  raiser,  where  combined  with 
wheat  or  any  other  cereal  or  admixture  of  cereals  to  be  con- 
sumed or  used  as  food.    Complete  specification.    December  J 

16652  F.  Graeff,  London.  Improved  method  of  preparing 
ferment  of  rennet.    December  3 

16135  C.  Collin  and  L.  Benoist.  London.  An  improved  method 
or  means  of  preserving  and  preventing  the  putrefaction  of 
animal  and  vegetable  substances.  Complete  specification. 
December  8 

16961  A.  R.  Rooson,  London.  An  improvement  in  or  relating 
to  the  preservation  of  fish  and  other  substances,  and  a  novel 
preparation  of  antiseptic  material  for  use  therefor  cr  for 
other  purposes.    December  9 

17268  M.  Frischer,  London.  A  composition  of  matter  to  be 
used  as  a  preserved  food.    December  15 

B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 

15939  W.  Webstcr.jun..  London.  Improvedapparatusfortln 
electrolytic  treatment  of  sewage  ana  other  impure  liquids. 
November  19 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATIONS  ACCEPTED. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1886. 

1.5674  T.  B.  Brodbelt.  Manufacture  of  cheese  and  apparatus 
therefor.    November  30 

1887. 

1772  J.  France.  A  new  treatment  of  milk  to  prevent  its 
turning  sour.    December  7 

9950  L.  Stollwerck.  C.  Stollwerck,  and  F.  Baumer.  Pre- 
serving fruit,  vegetables,  and  other  articles  of  food-    Dec.  3 

13019  I.  Allegretti.  -V  preserving  system  for  perishable 
articles.    December  11 

H741  E.  Scherff  and  C.  Drcukham.  Condensing  milk  and 
other  fluids  containing  protein,  and  preserving  same.    Nov.  30 


B.— Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1SS6. 

12259  R.  de  Soldenhoff.  Desiccation,  incineration,  etc.,  of 
precipitants  of  solids  resultiug  from  sludge  or  otnersubstauc  es 
liable  to  putrify,  and  apparatus  t  herefor.    November  26 

16039  W.  H.  Hartland.  Treating  sewage  and  waste  liquids 
for  recovery  or  manufacture  of  manorial  products,  and  appa- 
ratus thereior.    December  7 

lss;. 

1699  D.  Craig.    Utilising  sewage  sludge.    December  7 

2103  C.  Wigg.    Treatment  of  spent  copper  liquors  and  the 

application  or  the  product  for  the  purification  of  sewage  and 

like  matters.    December  17 
11857  A.  Engle.    Furnace  and  process  for  burning  wet  and 

offensive  substances.    December  7 


XVIII.—  ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

APPLICATIONS. 

1585S  W.  Main.  London.    Improvements  in  dynamo-electric 
machines  and  electro-motors.    Complete  specfication.   Nov.  IS 

15939  YV.  Webstcr.jun.    See  Class  NVII.  B. 

15913  O.  C.  D.  Ross.  London.    Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.    November  19 

16032  W.  Main,  London.     Improvements  in  electro-motors 
and  dynamo-electric  machines.  Complete  specification.  Nov.  2.' 

16120  E.  Tver.  London.    An  improvement  in  voltaic  batteries. 
Complete  specification.    November  23 

G 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Dec. 31, 1887 


16131  T.  .1     Jones,  Loudon.     An  improvement    of  voltaic 

9.     V'Ycinber  23 
16296  A.  F.  St.  Ge   ree  and  C.  R.  Bonne,  London,    Improve- 
ments in  primary  and  secondary  galvanic  batterie?.    Nov.  26 
M.  t '.  Donovan  and  T.  Weatherall,  London.   An  im- 
rienl  In  voltaic  cells.    Nbvember26 
il.  Thame,  London.     Improvements  in  secondary  or 
ire  batteries.    November  30 

U.  Bailey  ami   J.  Warner,    London.     An  improved 
[ary  battery  combined  with  a  miner's  lamp.    Complete 
specification.    December  3 

16709  T.  A.  Edison,  London.  Improvements  in  electrical 
generators,  Receii  ed  December  5.  Antedated  June  13,  under 
Internationa]  Convention. 

16S49  G.  A.  Schoth,  London.  Improvements  m  the  mann- 
racture  of  galvanic  batteries.    December  7 

16926  T.  Fenwick,  London.  Improvements  in  the  electro- 
depositions  of  metals.    December  S 

17197  F.  Kinn.  London.  Improvements  in  secondary  bat- 
teries.   December  10 

17157  H.  H.  Lake.— From  J.  0.  Whit  ten.  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  galvanic  batteries.  Complete  specification. 
I  >ee-  niber  13 

17l*t!  K.  E.  Hides.  Sheffield.  An  improved  process  of  orna- 
menting metallic  and  other  surfaces  by  the  electro-deposition 
of  metals.    December  It 


complete  specifh  'A  nays  a <  cepted. 

1887. 

700  L.  Z.  de  Ferrari  ti.  Electric  furnaces  and  apparatus  for 
lu.it  ing,  lighting,  and  carrying  on  chemical  processes.  Dec.  17 

1738  C.  I K  Abel— From  Siemens  and  Halske.  Dynamo- 
electric  machines.    December  23 

1862  C.  1).  Abel— From  A.  Dunn  and  F.  Ilasslacher. 
Secondary  batteries.    December  7 

1929  C.  It.  Abel— From  A.  liunn  and  F.  Hasslacher.  Galvanic 
batteries.    December  7 

1993  E.  Iletmite.  K.J.  Paterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper.  Appara- 
tus for  electrolysing  bleaching  solution.    December  10 

ltyot  C.R.Goodwin.    Electric  batteries.    December  3 

15730  J,  Vaughan-Sherrin.     Galvanic  batteries.    Dec.  17 


XIX.—  PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
APPLICATION. 

17096  W.  Black  and  W.  Rennoldson,  London.  An  improve- 
ment in  the  manufacture  or  preparation  of  materials  for  use 
in  paper  making  and  the  like.    December  12 


XX.— FINE    CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  and  EXTRACTS. 

APPLICATIONS. 

16700  C.  Wilson,  Grimsby.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  chemicals  and  medicinal  tablets,  pearls,  and  efleTI  esc 
nig  or  other  lozenges.    December  ■> 

16987  E.  It.  Ellice-Clarke  and  L.  Chapman.  London.  Im 
provements  in  apparatus  for  the  production  of  oxygen  and 
nitrogen  gases  from  atmospheric  air.    December  9 


XXI. -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
APPLICATIONS. 

1(1083  W.  H.  Percival.  London.  Self-extinguishing  or  semi, 
inflammable  match  that  can  be  applied  to  any  kind  of  match. 
November  23 

1(1116  E.  Grime.  London.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  Kieselguhr-dynamite.    Complete  specification.    Nov.  23 

16353  H.  C.  Zappert,  London.  Apparatus  for  dipping  match 
splints  for  applying  to  them  the  igni table  tips  or  heads.  Nov.  28 

16153  J.  A.  AYanklyn,  H.  M.  Macluxe,  and  W.  A.  Ui-ynn. 
London.    Smokeless  gunpowder.    Xovenibcr20 

16721  W.  P.  Thompson— From  the  Compagnie  Generate  des 
Explosifs  Favier,  Belgium.  New  or  improved  explo^h , 
compounds,  and  improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  formation 
of  cartridges  thereof.    Complete  specification.    December  5 

16783  C.  F.  Hengst.  London.  Smokeless  gunpowder.  Dec.  li 

16919  A.  N.  Newton— From  A.  Nobel,  France.  Improvements 
in  detonators.    Decembers 

16920  A.  V.  Newton— From  A.  Nobel.  France.  An  improved 
explosive  compound.    December  8 

17176  J.  Y.  Johnson— From  F.  C.  Glaser,  Germany.  Impro\  e- 
ments  in  the  manufacture  of  explosives.    December  13 

COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1887. 

231S  H.  H.  Lake— From  the  Deutsche  Sprengstoff  Actien- 
gesellsehaft.    Gelatinising  nitro-glycerine.    December  11 


XXII.—  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPLICATION. 

17030  J.  G.  Jourdan.  London.  Improved  apparatus  f,,r 
ascertaining  and  measuring  the  density  or  pressure  of  vapours 
and  gases.    December  10 


$v>  0 


Printed  ud  Published  bj  Eu  BOH  i  Co.,  New  Bridge  Street.  Star»Bgew»}B,  Manchester,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Indus  tl  J 
London  OFT1CB,  for  the  Sale  of  Coiiies  and  Keceil.t  of  Subscriptions :  6,  York  Street,  Corent  (tardea 


"  mo  DCPT.  MAR  4    1957 


Society  of  Chemic  i^+-  . 

London 

Journal 


Eng» 


Vncer^ 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


ENGlN 


s?OR*(# 


_